This version of the PTS Dictionary is (ultimately) derived from the digitized on-line version which is based on the 1921 Rhys Davids and Stede edition.
It was extracted from Digital Pali Reader by Ven. Nandiya, who made some additional corrections and improvements.
Subsequent improvements were made by Sujato and Vimala. On 6/9/2016 we introduced the following:
On 25/9/2016 Sujato introduced the following. Corrections were checked against the scanned edition from the internet archive: https://archive.org/details/palitextsocietys00pali
The text is edited and corrected on an ongoing basis.
If in doubt, check the paper edition. For further discussions, see: https://github.com/suttacentral/suttacentral/issues/180, https://github.com/suttacentral/suttacentral/issues/181, https://discourse.suttacentral.net/t/major-upgrade-to-pts-dictionary/3186
the prep. ā shortened before double cons., as akkosati (ā + kruś), akkhāti (ā + khyā), abbahati (ā + bṛh)
Best to be classed here is the a- we call expletive. It represents a reduction of ā- (mostly before liquids and nasals and with single consonant instead of double). Thus anantaka (for ā-nantaka = nantaka) Vv.80#7; amajjapa (for ā-majjapa = majjapa) Ja.vi.328; amāpaya (for āmāpaya = māpaya) Ja.vi.518; apassato (= passantassa) Ja.vi.552.
(an- before vowels) neg. part. prefixed to 1 nouns and adjectives; 2 verbal forms, used like (1) whether part., ger., grd. or inf.; 3 finite verbal forms. In compound. with words having originally two initial cons. the latter reappear in their assimilated form (e.g. appaṭicchavin). In meaning it equals na-, nir- and vi-. Often we find it opp. to sa-. Verbal negatives which occur in specific verb. function will be enumerated. separately, while examples of neg. forms of (1) & (2) are given under their positive form unless the neg. involves a distinctly new concept, or if its form is likely to lead to confusion or misunderstanding
Concerning the combining & contrasting (orig. neg.) -a-(ā) in redupl. formations like bhavā-bhava see ā4.
Vedic a-, an-; Idg. *n̊, gradation form to *ne (see na2); Gr. ἀ, ἀν-; Lat. *en-, in-; Goth. Ohg. & Ags. un-; Oir. an-, in-
the augment (sign of action in the past), prefixed to the root in pret., aor. & cond.; tenses; often omitted in ordinary prose. See forms under each verb; cp. also ajja Identical with this a- is the a- which functions as base of some pron. forms like ato, attha, asu etc. (q.v.).
Vedic a-; Idg. *e (loc. of pron. stem, cp. ayaṃ; orig. a deictic adv. with specific reference to the past, cp Sk sma); Gr. ἐ-; also in Gr. ἐκεϊ, Lat. equidem, enim.
the sound a (a-kāra) Ja.vi.328, Ja.vi.552; Vv-a.279, Vv-a.307, Vv-a.311.
Vedic aṃsa; cp. Gr. ̓ ̈ωμος, Lat. umerus, Goth ams, Arm. us
point, corner, edge; frequently in combination with numerals, e.g. catur˚; four-cornered, chaḷ˚, aṭṭh˚ soḷas˚; etc. (q.v.) all at Dhs.617 (cp. Dhs-a.317). In connection with a Vimāna: āyat˚; with wide or protruding capitals (of its pillars) Vv.84#15; as part of a carriage-pole Vv.64#2 (= kubbara-phale patiṭṭhitā heṭṭhima-aṃsā Vv-a.265).
see next
feminine a corner, edge (= aṃsa2 Vv.78#2 (= aṃsa-bhāga Vv-a.303).
cp. Vedic aśri, aśra, aśani; Gr. α ̓́κρος pointed, α ̓́κρις, also ὀςύς sharp: Lat. ācer sharp. Further connections in Walde Lat. Wtb. under ācer
a thread Vin.iii.224. -mālin, sun Sāsv.1.
cp. Sk. aṃśu (Halāyudha) a ray of light
adjective not made, not artificial, natural; -yūsa natural juice Vin.i.206.
a + kaṭa
neuter the condition of not being shaken, stableness Mil.354.
abstr. fr. akampiya, grd. of a + kampati
(cp. agalu) an ointment Ja.iv.440 (akaluñ candanañ ca, variant reading BB aggaluṃ; C. explains as kālākaluñ ca rattacandanañ ca, thus implying a blacking or dark ointment); Ja.vi.144 (-candana-vilitta; variant reading BB aggalu˚); Mil.338 (-tagara-tālīsaka-lohita-candana).
adjective pure, flawless, clear DN.ii.244; Snp.476; Ja.v.203.
a + kāca
adjective = akāca Vv.60#1. Kern (Toevoegselen s. v.) proposes reading akkācin (= Sk. arka-arcin shining as the sun), but Vv-a.253 explains by niddosa, and there is no variant reading to warrant a misreading.
adjective noun “not from the Kāsī-country” (?); official name of certain tax-gatherers in the king’s service Ja.vi.212 (akāsiya-saṅkhātā rāja-purisā C.).
a + kāsika?
adjective
a + kicca + kāra
adjective not practical, unwise, foolish Ja.iii.530 (-rūpa = akattabba-rūpa C.); Mil.250.
a + kiriya
adjective not lazy, diligent, active, untiring SN.i.47; SN.v.162; Ja.i.109; Mil.382.
a + kilāsu
at SN.i.149 is probably faulty reading for akiñcana.
adjective see ku˚.
adjective not to be shaken, immovable; sure, steadfast safe Vin.i.11 (akuppā me ceto-vimutti) = SN.ii.239; Vin.ii.69; Vin.iv.214; DN.iii.273; MN.i.205, MN.i.298; SN.ii.171; AN.iii.119, AN.iii.198; Mil.361.
a + kuppa, grd. of kup, cp. BSk. akopya Mvu.iii.200
feminine “state of not being shaken”, surety, safety; epithet of Nibbāna Thag.364.
abstr. fr. last
Name of a plant: Calotropis Gigantea, swallow-wort MN.i.429 (-assa jiyā bowstrings made from that plant).
cp. Sk. arka
stepped upon, mounted on AN.i.8; Ja.i.71; Mil.152; Dhp-a.i.200.
pp. of akkamati
to lament, wail, cry SN.iv.206.
ā + kandati, krand
neuter going near, approaching, stepping upon, walking to Ja.i.62.
cp. BSk. ākramaṇa Jtm.31#58
to tread upon, to approach, attack Ja.i.7, Ja.i.279; Thag-a.9
■ to rise Vin.iii.38
ger akkamma Cp.iii.7#2
pp akkanta (q.v.).
ā + kamati, kram
g417adjective noun
pp. of akkosati
adjective confused, perplexed, agitated, frightened Ud.5 (akkulopakkula and akkulapakkulika) See ākula.
= ākula
shouting at, abuse, insult, reproach, reviling Snp.623; Mil.8 (+ paribhāsa); Snp-a.492 Thag-a.256; Pv-a.243; Dhp-a.ii.61.
ā + kruś = kruñc, see kuñca & koñca2; to sound, root kr̥, see note on gala
adjective one who abuses, scolds or reviles, + paribhāsaka AN.ii.58; AN.iii.252; AN.iv.156; AN.v.317; Pv-a.251.
from last
to scold, swear at, abuse, revile Ja.i.191; Ja.ii.416; Ja.iii.27; Dhp-a.i.211; Dhp-a.ii.44. Often combined with paribhāsati, e.g. Vin.ii.296; Dhp-a.iv.2; Pv-a.10
aor akkocchi Dhp.3; Ja.iii.212 (= akkosi Dhp-a.i.43. Der. wrongly fr. krudh by Kacc. vi.417 cp. Franke, Einh. Pāli-gramm. 37, and Geiger, P. Gr. § 164)
pp akkuṭṭha (q.v.).
to krus see akkosa
the axle of a wheel DN.ii.96; SN.v.6; AN.i.112; Ja.i.109, Ja.i.192; Ja.v.155 (akkhassa phalakaṃ yathā; C.: suvaṇṇaphalakaṃ viya, i.e. shiny, like the polished surface of an axle); Mil.27 (+ īsā + cakka), Mil.277 (atibhārena sakaṭassa akkho bhijjati: the axle of the cart breaks when the load is too heavy); Pv-a.277 -akkhaṃ abbhañjati to lubricate the axle SN.iv.177; Mil.367.
Vedic akṣa; Av. aša; Gr. α ̓́ςων α ̔́μαςα ohariot with one axle); Lat. axis; Ohg. etc. ahsa, E. axle, to root of Lat. ago, Sk. aj
a die DN.i.6 (but explained at DN-a.i.86 as ball-game: guḷakīḷa); SN.i.149 = AN.v.171 = Snp.659 (appamatto ayaṃ kali yo akkhesu dhanaparājayo); Ja.i.379 (kūṭ˚; a false player, sharper, cheat) anakkha one who is not a gambler Ja.v.116 (C.: ajūtakara). Cp. also accha3.
Vedic akṣa, prob. to akṣi & Lat. oculus, “that which has eyes” i.e. a die; cp. also Lat. ālea game at dice (fr.* asclea?)
adjective (-˚) having eyes, with eyes Pv-a.39 (BB. rattakkha with eyes red from weeping, gloss on assumukha). Prob. akkhaṇa is connected with akkha.
to akkhi
the collar-bone Vin.iv.213 (adhakkhakaṃ); Vin.v.216.
akkha1 + ka
wrong time, bad luck, misadventure, misfortune. There are 9 enumerated at DN.iii.263; the usual set consists of 8; thus DN.iii.287; Vv-a.193; Sdhp.4 sq. See also khaṇa-vedhin (adj. n.) a skilled archer, one who shoots on the moment, i.e. without losing time, explained as one who shoots without missing (the target) or as quickly as lightning (akkhaṇa = vijju). In var. combinations; mostly as durepātin a. AN.i.284 (+ mahato kāyassa padāletā), AN.ii.170 sq. (id.), AN.i.202; AN.iv.423, AN.iv.425; Ja.ii.91 (explained as either avirādhita-vedhī or akkhaṇaṃ vuccati vijju: one who takes and shoots his arrows as fast as lightning), Ja.iii.322; Ja.iv.494 (C. explains aviraddha-vedhin vijju-ālokena vijjhana-samattha p. 497). In other combination at Ja.i.58 (akkhaṇavedhin + vālavedhin); Ja.v.129 (the 4 kinds of archers: a., vālavedhin, saddavedhin & saravedhin).
In BSk. we find akṣuṇṇavedha (a Sanskritised Pāli form cp. Mathurā kṣuṇa = Sk. kṣaṇa) at Divy.58, Divy.100, Divy.442 (always with dūrevedha), where MSS. however read akṣuṇa˚; also at Lal.178. See Divy Index, where translation is given as “an act of throwing the spear so as to graze the mark” (Schiefner gives “Streifschuss”).
Note. The explanations are not satisfactory. We should expect either an etym. bearing on the meaning “hitting the centre of the target” (i.e. its “eye”) (cp. E. bull’s eye), in which case a direct relation to akkha = akkhi eye would not seem improbable (cp. formation ikkhana or an etym. like “hitting without mishap”, in which case the expression would be derived directly from ak khaṇa (see prec.) with the omission of the neg. an-akkhaṇa in the meaning of “lightning” (Ja-a.ii.91) is not supported by literary evidence.
a + khaṇa, BSk. akṣaṇa Avs.i.291 = Avs.i.332
adjective unhurt, without fault Mhvs.19, Mhvs.56 (C. niddosa)
■ acc. akkhataṃ (adv.) in safety, unhurt. Only in one phrase Vv.84#52 (paccāgamuṃ Pāṭaliputtaṃ akkhataṃ) & Pv.iv.11#1 (nessāmi taṃ Pāṭaliputtaṃ akkhataṃ); see Vv-a.351; Pv-a.272.
pp. of a + kṣan, cp. parikkhata1
adjective not decaying, in akkhayapaṭibhāna, of unfailing skill in exposition Mil.3, Mil.21.
a + khaya, kṣi
adjective constant, durable, lasting DN.iii.86. As tt. for one of 4 branches of Vedic learning (DN.i.88) it is Phonetics which probably included Grammar, and is explained by sikkhā (DN-a.i.247 = Snp-a.477) pl. nt. akkharāni sounds, tones, words. citt’akkhara of a discourse (suttanta) having variety & beauty of words or sounds (opposed to beauty of thought) AN.i.72 = AN.iii.107 = SN.ii.267. Akkharāni are the sauce, flavour (vyañjana of poetry SN.i.38. To know the context of the a˚ the words of the texts, is characteristic of an Arahant Dhp.352 (C. is ambiguous Dhp-a.iv.70). Later: akkharaṃ a syllable or sound Pv-a.280 (called sadda in next line) akkharāni an inscription Ja.ii.90; Ja.iv.7 (likhitāni written), Ja.iv.489; Ja.vi.390, Ja.vi.407. In Grammar: a letter Kacc. 1.
Vedic akṣara
feminine a game (recognising syllables written in the air or on one’s back). DN.i.7; Vin.ii.10; Vin.iii.180. So explained at DN-a.i.86. It may be translated “letter game”; but all Indian letters of that date were syllables.
adjective announced, proclaimed, told, shown AN.i.34 (dur˚); AN.ii.195; AN.iv.285, AN.iv.322; AN.v.265 AN.v.283; Snp.172, Snp.276, Snp.595, Snp.718.
pp. of akkhāti
one who relates, a speaker, preacher, story-teller SN.i.11, SN.i.191; SN.iii.66; Snp.167.
to declare, announce, tell Snp.87 Snp.172;
imper akkhāhi Snp.988, Snp.1085;
aor akkhāsi Snp.251, Snp.504, Snp.1131 (= ācikkhi etc. Cnd.465);
fut akkhissati Pv.iv.1#63;
■ cond. akkhissaṃ Snp.997; Ja.vi.523
pass akkhāyati to be proclaimed, in phrase aggaṃ a to be deemed chief or superior, to be first, to excel Mil.118 Mil.182 (also in BSk. agram ākhyāyate Mvu.iii.390);
ger akkheyya to be pronounced SN.i.11; Iti.53
pp akkhāta (q.v.)
■ Intensive or Frequentative is ācikkhati.
ā + khyā, Idg. *sequ; cp. Sk. ākhyāti, Lat. inquam, Gr. ἐννέπω, Goth. saihvan, Ger. sehen etc. See also akkhi & cakkhu
neuter telling stories, recitation; tale, legend DN.i.6 (= DN-a.i.84: Bhārata-Rāmāyanādi); DN.iii.183; MN.i.503; MN.iii.167; Sdhp.237
■ preaching, teaching Mnd.91 (dhamm˚;). The 5th Veda Ja.v.450. (vedam akkhānapañcamaṃ; C: itihāsapañcamaṃ vedacatukkaṃ)
■ The spelling ākhyāna also occurs (q.v.).
Sk. ākhyāna
adjective relating, narrating Ja.iii.535; lokakkhāyikā kathā talk about nature-lore DN.i.8; Mil.316.
adjective telling, relating, announcing SN.ii.35; SN.iii.7; Ja.iii.105.
neuter the eye MN.i.383 (ubbhatehi akkhīhi); Snp.197, Snp.608; Ja.i.223, Ja.i.279; Ja.v.77; Ja.vi.336; Pv.ii.9#26 (akkhīni paggharanti: shed tears, cp. Pv-a.123); Vv-a.65 (-īni bhamanti, my eyes swim) cp. akkhīni me dhūmāyanti Dhp-a.i.475; Dhp-a.ii.26; Dhp-a.iii.196 (-īni ummīletvā opening the eyes); Sdhp.103, Sdhp.380
■ In combination with sa- as sacchi & sakkhi; (q.v.). As adj. (-˚) akkha3 (q.v.).
to *oks, an enlarged form of *oqu, cp. Sk. īkṣate, kṣaṇa, pratīka, anīka; Gr. ο ̓́σσε, ω ̓́ψ (*Κύκλωψ), ὀφχαλμός, πρόσωπον; Lat. oculus, Ags. ēowan (= E eye wind-ow); Goth. augō. See also cakkhu & cp. akkha2 ikkhaṇika
adjective (-˚) having eyes, with eyes Thag.960 (añjan˚; with eyes anointed); Dhp-a.iv.98 (aḍḍh˚; with half an eye, i.e. stealthily); Sdhp.286 (tamb˚; red-eyed) -an˚; having no eyes Dhp-a.i.11.
neuter the mesh of a net Ja.i.208. -hāraka one who takes up a mesh (?) MN.i.383 (corresp with aṇḍahāraka).
cp. Sk. akṣa
see khitta.
adjective hit, struck, thrown Ja.iii.255 (= ākaḍḍhita C.).
BSk ākṣipta Divy.363, pp. of ā + kṣip
adjective = akkhika Ja.iii.190 (mand˚; softeyed); Vv.32#3 (tamb˚ red-eyed); Dhp-a.i.11.
adjective not to be shaken, imperturbable Mil.21.
a + kṣubh, see khobha
adjective = akkhobbha Ja.v.322 (= khobhetun na sakkhā C.).
feminine one of the highest numerals (1 followed by 42 ciphers, Childers) Ja.v.319; Ja.vi.395.
= akkhobhiṇī
see khaṇḍa.
adjective not dug: see khāta.
barren-soil: see khetta
■ In cpd. -ññu the neg. belongs to the whole: not knowing a good field (for alms) Ja.iv.371.
see gati
■ ˚gamana practising a wrong course of life, evil practice, wrong doing DN.iii.228 (4: chanda˚ dosa˚ moha˚ bhaya˚); AN.ii.18 sq., Ja.iv.402; Ja.v.98, Ja.v.510; Pv-a.161.
medicine, drug, counterpoison Ja.i.80 (-harīṭaka); Mil.121, Mil.302, Mil.319, Mil.334; DN-a.i.67; Dhp-a.i.215; Pv-a.198 (= osadhaṃ).
Vedic agada; a + gada
adjective
cp. Sk. aguru, a + garu
fragrant aloe wood, Agallochum Vv.53#7 (aggalu = Vv-a.237 agalugandha); Vv-a.158 (+ candana). Cp. also Avs.i.24 and akalu.
cp. Sk. aguru, which is believed to appear in Hebr. ahālīm (aloe), also in Gr. ἀλόη & ἀγάλλοξον
neuter
cp. Sk. agāra, probably with the a-of communion; Gr. ἀγεἱρω to collect, ἀγορά market. Cp. in meaning & etym. gaha1
neuter a small house, a cottage MN.i.450; Ja.vi.81.
fr. agāra
adjective
adjective one who has or inhabits a house, a householder Snp.376, Thag.1009; Ja.iii.234
■ f. agārinī a housewife Vv.52#7 (= gehassāmmī Vv-a.225) Pv.iii.4#3 (id. Pv-a.194). Agariya = agarika
fr. agāra
a layman MN.i.504 (˚bhūta)
■ Usually in neg. anagāriyā (f.) the homeless state (= anagāraṃ as opp. to agāra (q.v.) in formula agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajita (gone out from the house into the homeless state) Vin.i.15; MN.i.16; MN.ii.55, MN.ii.75; AN.i.49; DN.iii.30 sq., DN.iii.145 sq.; Snp.274, Snp.1003; Pv.ii.13#16; DN-a.i.112.
adjective noun
Vedic agra; cp. Av. agrō first; Lith. agrs early
neuter (only-˚) a (small) house, housing, accomodation; shelter, hut; hall dān˚; a house of donation, i.e. a public or private house where alms are given Ja.iii.470; Ja.iv.379, Ja.iv.403; Ja.vi.487; Pv-a.121; Mil.2. salāk˚; a hut where food is distributed to the bhikkhus by tickets, a food office Ja.i.123, Vv-a.75.
a contracted form of agāra
feminine pre-eminence, prominence, superiority Kv.556 (˚ṃ gata); Dpvs.iv.1 (guṇaggataṃ gatā)
■ (adj.) mahaggata of great value or superiority DN.i.80; DN.iii.224.
abstr. of agga
neuter the state or condition of being the first, pre-eminence Pv-a.9, Pv-a.89.
abstr. of agga = Sk. agratvan
adjective occupying the first place, of great eminence AN.i.70, AN.i.243.
see agalu. Aggala & Aggala
feminine (also occasionally with l.) a contrivance to fasten anything for security or obstruction:
cp. Sk. argala & argalā to; *areg to protect, ward off, secure etc. as in Ags. reced house; *aleg in Sk. rakṣati to protect Gr. ἀλέςω id., Ags. ealh temple. Cp. also *areq in Gr.ἀρκέω = Lat. arceo, Orcus, Ohg rigil bolt.
fire.
Note. The form aggini occurs only at Snp.668 & Snp.670 in the meaning of “pyre”, and in combn. with sama “like”, viz. aggini-samaṃ jalitaṃ Snp.668 (= samantato jali taṃ aggiṃ Snp-a.480); aggini-samāsu Snp.670 (= aggisamāsu Snp-a.481). The form agginī in phrase niccagginī can either be referred to gini (q.v.) or has to be taken as nom. of aggini (in adj. function with ī metri causa otherwise as adj. agginiṃ), meaning looking constantly after the fire, i.e. careful, observant, alert.
-agāra (agyâgāra) a heated room or hut with a fire Vin.i.24; Vin.iv.109; DN.i.101, DN.i.102 (as variant reading BB for agāra); MN.i.501; AN.v.234, AN.v.250. -khandha a great mass of fire, a huge fire, fire-brand SN.ii.85; AN.iv.128; Thig.351 (˚samākāmā); Ja.iv.139; Ja.vi.330; Pts.i.125; Dpvs.vi.37; Mil.304. -gata having become (like) fire Mil.302
■ ja fire-born Ja.v.404 (C; text aggijāta). -ṭṭha fire-place Ja.v.155. -ṭṭhāna fire-place Vin.ii.120 (jantāghare, in bathroom). -daḍḍha consumed by fire Dhp.136; Pv.i.7#4 -dāha (mahā˚) a holocaust AN.i.178. -nikāsin like fire Ja.iii.320 (suriya). -nibbāna the extinction of fire Ja.i.212 -pajjota fire-light AN.ii.140 (one of the 4 lights, viz canda˚, suriya˚, a˚, paññā˚). -paricaraṇa (-ṭṭhāna) the place where the (sacrificial) fire is attended to Dhp-a.i.199 -paricariyā fire-worship Dhp-a.ii.232; Snp-a.291 (pāri˚), Snp-a.456 -paricārika one who worship the fire aN.v.263 (brāhmaṇa) -sālā a heated hall or refectory Vin.i.25, Vin.i.49 = Vin.ii.210 Vin.i.139; Vin.ii.154. -sikhā the crest of the fire, the flame, in simile ˚ûpama, like a flaming fire Snp.703; Dhp.308; Iti.43, Iti.90 (ayoguḷa). -hutta (nt.) the sacrificial fire (see above 2), Vin.i.33, Vin.i.36 = Ja.i.83; Vin.i.246 = Snp.568 (˚mukha-yañña); SN.i.166; Dhp.392; Snp.249, Snp.p.79; Ja.iv.211; Ja.vi.525; Thag-a.136 (= aggi); Dhp-a.iv.151 (˚ṃ brāhmaṇo namati). -huttaka (nt.) fire-offering Ja.vi.522 (= aggi-jūhana C.). -hotta = ˚hutta Snp-a.456 (variant reading BB ˚hutta). -homa fire-oblation (or perhaps sacrificing to Agni DN.i.9 (= aggi-jūhana DN-a.i.93).
Vedic agni = Lat. ignis. Besides the contracted form aggi we find the diaeretic forms gini (q.v.) and aggini (see below)
adjective one who worships the fire Vin.i.71 (jaṭilaka); DN.ii.339 sq. (jaṭila); SN.i.166 (brāhmaṇa).
aggi + ka
see agghati
adjective = aggha; worth, having the value of (-˚) Mhvs.30, Mhvs.77. an˚; priceless Mhvs.30, Mhvs.72.
intr. to be worth, to have the value of (acc.), to deserve Ja.i.112 (satasahassaṃ; aḍḍhamāsakaṃ); Ja.vi.174, Ja.vi.367 (padarajaṃ); Dhp-a.iii.35 (maṇin nâgghāma); Mhvs.32, Mhvs.28. Freq. in stock phrase kalaṃ nāgghati (nāgghanti) soḷasiṃ not to be worth the 16th part of (cp. kalā) Vin.ii.156; SN.i.233; Dhp.70; Vv.20#7 (nânubhoti Vv-a.104), Vv.43#7; Ja.v.284
caus agghāpeti to value, to appraise, to have a price put on (acc.) Ja.i.124; Ja.iv.137, Ja.iv.278; Mil.192; Mhvs.27, Mhvs.23. Cp. agghāpanaka & agghāpaniya.
Sk. arghati, argh = arh (see arhati), cp. Gr. ἀλφή reward, ἀλφάνω to deserve
adjective (-˚) having the value of, equal to, worth Vin.iv.226; Ja.i.61 (satasahass˚), Ja.i.112; DN-a.i.80 (kahāpaṇ˚); Dhp-a.iii.120 (cuddasakoṭi˚); Mhvs.26, Mhvs.22; Mhvs.34, Mhvs.87
■ f. -ikā Ja.i.178 (satasahass˚).
fr. *agghana, abstr. to agghati
adjective priceless, invaluable, beyond the reach of money Mil.192.
in function & form grd. of agghati
a valuator, appraiser Ja.i.124, Ja.i.125; Ja.v.276 (˚ika).
fr. agghāpana to agghāpeti, Caus. of agghati
adjective that which is to be valued, in -kamma the business of a valuator Ja.iv.137.
grd. of agghāpeti, see agghati
neuter (-˚) an oblation, decoration or salutation in the form of garlands, flowers etc., therefore meaning “string, garland” (cp. Sinhalese ägä “festoon work”) Mhvs.19, Mhvs.38 (pupph˚;), Mhvs.34, Mhvs.73 (ratan˚;), Mhvs.34, Mhvs.76 (dhaj˚); Dāvs i.39 (pupphamay˚); v.51 (kusum˚;).
= agghiya
adjective noun
grd. form from agghati
neuter evil, grief, pain, suffering, misfortune SN.i.22; MN.i.500 (roga gaṇḍa salla agha); AN.ii.128 (id.); Ja.v.100; Thig.491; Sdhp.51
■ adj. painful, bringing pain Ja.vi.507 (agha-m-miga = aghakara m. C.). -bhūta a source of pain SN.iii.189 (+ agha & salla).
cp. Sk. agha, of uncertain etym.
masculine neuter the sky, orig. the dark sky, dark space, the abyss of space DN.ii.12; SN.v.45; Vv.16#1 (aghasi gama, loc. vehāsaṃ gama Vv-a.78); Ja.iv.154; Dhs.638 (+ aghagata) Vb.84 (id.).
the etym. suggested by Morris J.P.T.S. 1889, 200 (with ref. to MN.i.500, which belongs under agha1) is untenable (to Sk. kha, as a-kha = agha, cp Jain Prk. khaha). Neither does the pop. etym. of Bdhgh offer any clue (= a + gha from ghan that which does not strike or aghaṭṭaniya is not strikeable Dhs-a.326 cp. Dhs. trsl. 194 & Ja.iv.154 aghe ṭhitā = appaṭighe ākāse ṭhitā the air which does not offer any resistance) On the other hand the primary meaning is darkness, as seen from the phrase lokantarikā aghā asaṃvutā andhakārā DN.ii.12; SN.v.454, and BSk. aghasaṃvṛta Mvu.i.240, adj. dark Mvu.i.41; Mvu.ii.162; Lal.552
at Thag.321 may be read as agha-gata or (preferably) with variant reading as aggha-gataṃ, or (with Neumann) as agghaṃ agghatānaṃ. See also Mrs. Rh. D, Psalms of the Brethren, p. 191.
a sort of wild animal Ja.vi.247 (= aghāvaha miga), Ja.vi.507 (= aghakara). Cp. BSk. agharika Divy.475.
to agha1?
adjective suffering pain, being in misery Snp.694 (= dukkhita Snp-a.489).
to agha1
= anga, sign, mark, brand Mil.79; -karana branding Ja.iv.366, Ja.iv.375. See also anketi.
Vedic anka hook, bent etc., anc, cp. ankura & ankusa. Gr.; ἀγκών elbow, α ̓́γκυρα = anchor; Lat. uncus nail; Ohg. angul = E. angle
marked, branded Ja.i.231 (cakkankitā satthu padā); Ja.ii.185 (-kaṇṇaka with perforated ears).
pp. of anketi
a shoot, a sprout (lit. or fig.) Ja.ii.105; Ja.vi.331 (Buddh ˚a nascent Buddha), Ja.vi.486; Dhs.617 (˚vaṇṇa); Mil.50, Mil.251 Mil.269; Sdhp.273; Mhvs.15, Mhvs.43.
cp. Sk. ankura, to anka a bend = a tendril etc.
a hook, a pole with a hook, used
Vedic ankuśa; to anc, see anka2
see anka2, cp. ankusa
to mark out, brand Ja.i.451 (lakkhaṇena); Ja.ii.399
pp aṅkita, q.v.
Denom. fr. anka1
a species of tree Alaṅgium Hexapetalum Ja.vi.535. Cp. next.
dial. for ankura
= ankola Ja.iv.440; Ja.v.420.
neuter
Vedic anga, anc cp. Lat. angulus = angle, corner etc., ungulus finger-ring = Sk. angulīya. See also anka, anguṭṭha & angula
neuter an open space, a clearing, Vin.ii.218; Ja.i.109 (= manussānan sañcaraṇa-ṭṭhāne anāvaṭe bhūmibhāge C.); Ja.ii.243, Ja.ii.290 Ja.ii.357; Dāvs i.27
■ cetiy˚; an open space before a Chaitya Mil.366, DN-a.i.191, DN-a.i.197; Vv-a.254. rāj˚; the empty space before the king’s palace, the royal square Ja.i.124 Ja.i.152; Ja.ii.2; Dhp-a.ii.45.
cp. Sk. angaṇa & ˚na; to anga?
a speck or freckle (on the face) AN.v.92, AN.v.94 sq. (+ raja) Usually in neg. anaṅgana (adj.) free from fleck or blemish clear, (of the mind) (opp. sângana Snp.279); DN.i.76; MN.i.24 sq.; MN.i.100 (+ raja); AN.ii.211; Snp.517 (+ vigata raja = angaṇānan abhāvā malānañ ca vigamā… Snp-a.427), Snp.622 = Dhp.125 (= nikkilesa Dhp-a.iii.34); Dhp.236 Dhp.351; Pp.60; Ne.87.
prob. to anj, thus a variant of añjana, q.v.
a bracelet Ja.v.9, Ja.v.410 (citt˚; adj. with manifold bracelets).
cp. Sk. angada; prob. anga + da that which is given to the limbs
adjective wearing a bracelet Ja.v.9.
to angada
masculine neuter charcoal, burning coal, embers AN.iii.97, AN.iii.380, AN.iii.407; Ja.i.73; Ja.iii.54, Ja.iii.55; Ja.v.488; Snp.668; Sdhp.32. kul˚; the charcoal of the family, a squanderer SN.iv.324 (see under kula).
Vedic angāra
adjective like charcoal, of red colour, Name of the planet Mars DN-a.i.95; cp. Ja.i.73.
cp. Sk. angāraka
a charcoal-burner Ja.vi.206 (= angāra-kammakara Ja.vi.209).
adjective (burning) like coal, of brightred colour, crimson Thag.527 = Ja.i.87 (dumā trees in full bloom).
to angāra
(-˚) adjective consisting of parts, -fold; only in compn. with num. like aṭṭh˚, duv˚ (see dve) catur˚, pañc˚ etc., q.v.
fr. anga
adjective limbed, having limbs or parts, -fold, see catur˚ & pacc˚ (under anga-paccangin)
■ f.; aṅginī having sprouts or shoots (of a tree) Thig.297 (= Thag-a.226).
cp. Sk. anguṣṭha, see etym. under anga
= anguṭṭha Ja.iv.378; Ja.v.281; pād˚ the great toe SN.v.270.
Vedic angula, lit. “limblet” see anga for etym.
neuter a finger Ja.iii.13 (pañc˚); Ja.v.204 (vaṭṭ˚ = pavāḷ˚ ankurasadisā vaṭṭangulī Ja.v.207). See also pañcangulika. Anguli & Anguli;
= angulī
(thus always in compounds) feminine a finger AN.iv.127; Snp.610; Ja.iii.416 Ja.iv.474; Ja.v.215 (vaṭṭ˚ with rounded fingers); Mil.395; Dhp-a.ii.59; Dhp-a.iv.210; Snp-a.229.
Vedic angulī & ˚i; see anga
neuter an ornament for the finger, a finger-ring Ja.ii.444 (= nikkha).
cp. Sk. angulīyaka that which belongs to the finger, Mhg. vingerlîn = ring; E. bracelet, Fr bras; thimble thumb etc.
adjective not fit for walking, not level or even Thag.1174 (magga).
a + cankama
adjective
a + citta2 + ka
adjective not well thought of Mil.229.
a + citta2 + kata; cp. cittikāra
see cira & cp. nacira.
adjective noun one who is not clothed, esp. t. t. for an anti-Buddhist naked ascetic DN.i.161, DN.i.165; DN.iii.6 DN.iii.12, DN.iii.17 sq.; SN.i.78; Ja.v.75.
a + cela
= acela DN.i.166; DN.iii.40; AN.i.295; AN.ii.206; AN.iii.384 (˚sāvaka); Ja.iii.246; Ja.vi.229; Pp.55; Dhp-a.iii.489.
3rd sg. pret. of ati-gacchati (q.v. for similar forms) he overcame, should or could overcome Snp.1040 (expld. wrongly as pp. = atikkanta at Cnd.10 and as atīta at Dhp-a.iv.494); Dhp.414.
ati + agā
adjective beyond the reach of the goad DN.ii.266 (nāga).
ati + ankusa
see atitarati.
to praise, honour, celebrate Dāvs v.66 (accayittha, pret.)-pp accita, q.v.
Vedic arcati, ṛc, orig. meaning to be clear & to sing i.e. to sound clear, cp. arci
adjective & adverb ˚-
ati + anta, lit. “up to the end”
from acceti, ati + i, going on or beyond; cp. Sk. atyaya
adjective
a form. fr. aor. accasari (ati + sṛ;), influenced in meaning by analogy of ati + a + sara (smṛ) Not with Morris (J.P.T.S. 1889, 200) a corruption of accaya + sara (smṛ), thus meaning “mindful of a fault”
feminine overbearing, pride, selfsurity Vb.358 (+ māyā). Note. In id. p. at Pp.23 we read acchādanā instead of accasarā.
abstr. to accasara
aor 3 sg. of atisarati to go beyond the limit, to go astray Ja.v.70.
fr. ati + sṛ.
adjective = accasara 1., aspiring too high Snp.8 sq. (yo nâccasārī, opp. to na paccasārī; expld. at Snp-a.21 by yo nâtidhāvi, opp. na ohiyyi).
aor 3 sg. of atiharati to bring over, to bring, to take Ja.iii.484 (= ativiya āhari C.).
fr. ati + hṛ.
˚- too often Ja.v.233 (˚saṃsagga; C. explains ativiya abhiṇha).
ati + abhikkhaṇa
adjective & adverb exerting oneself very or too much, with great exertion Vin.i.182; Thag.638; Snp-a.21.
ati + āraddha
adjective too long AN.iii.375.
ati + āyata
adjective out of time, viz.
fr. accaya
to speak more or better, to surpass in talk or speech; to talk somebody down, to persuade, entice Vin.iv.224, Vin.iv.263; SN.ii.204 sq.; Ja.v.433 (variant reading BB ajjhārati), Ja.v.434 (variant reading BB aghācarati for ajjhācarati = ajjhāvadati?).
ati + āvadati; or is it = ajjhāvadati = adhi + āvadati?
adjective very near, too near Pv-a.42 (na a. n’âtidūra neither too near nor too far, at an easy distance).
ati + asanna
adjective very cruel, very unfriendly, terrible Ja.iv.46 = Ja.v.146 (= ati ahita C.) = Ja.vi.306 (id.).
ati + ahita
& (in verse); accī (f.) a ray of light, a beam, flame SN.iv.290 (spelt acchi), SN.iv.399; AN.iv.103; AN.v.9; Snp.1074 (vuccati jālasikhā Cnd.11); Ja.v.213; Mil.40; Thag-a.154 (dīp’) Sdhp.250.
Vedic arci m. & arcis nt. & f. to; ṛc, cp. accati
feminine a flame MN.i.74; SN.ii.99.
fr. acci
honoured, praised, esteemed Ja.vi.180.
pp. of accati
adjective flaming, glowing, fiery; brilliant Thag.527; Ja.v.266; Ja.vi.248; Vv.38#8.
fr. acci, cp. Vedic arcimant & arciṣmant
adjective at Vin.i.287 is expld. by Bdhgh as caturassa-kedāra-baddha (“divided into short pieces” Vin Texts ii.207), i.e. with squares of irrigated fields. The vv.ll. are acca˚ and acchi˚, and we should prefer the conjecture acchi-baddha “in the shape of cubes or dice”, i.e. with square fields.
= accibaddha?
to rise out (of), ger. accuggamma DN.ii.38; AN.v.152 (in simile of lotus).
ati + uggacchati
adjective
ati + uggata
adjective very hot, too hot Snp.966; Mnd.487; Dhp-a.ii.85, Dhp-a.ii.87 (variant reading for abbhuṇha). See also ati-uṇha.
ati + uṇha
adjective immoveable; everlasting, eternal; nt. ˚ṃ. Epithet of Nibbāna (see also cuta) AN.iv.295, AN.iv.327; Snp.204, Snp.1086 (= nicca etc. Cnd.12); Dhp.225 (= sassata Dhp-a.iii.321); Sdhp.47.
a + cuta
at Ja.v.124 is to be read with variant reading as apaccupaṭṭhapeti (does not indulge in or care for).
at Ja.iv.250 read accuppati, aor. 3rd sg. of accuppatati to fall in between (lit. on to), to interfere (with two people quarelling). C. explains atigantvā uppati. There is no need for Kern’s corr. acchupati (Toev. s. v.).
adjective too full, too thick Vin.ii.151.
ati + ussanna
= accāyika, special; -cīvara a special robe Vin.iii.261; cp. Vin Texts i.29#3.
caus acceti to make go on (loc.), to put on Ja.vi.17 (sūlasmiṃ; C. āvuṇeti) but at this passage prob. to be read appeti (q.v.).
ati + eti fr. i
adjective too abundant, too plentiful (of riches), lit. plunged into AN.iv.282, AN.iv.287, AN.iv.323 sq.
ati + ogāḷha
neuter too much water (opp. anodaka no water) Dhp-a.i.52.
ati + udaka
neuter too much eating, greediness, lit. too much of a belly Ja.iv.279 (C. ati-udara).
ati + udara
adjective clear, transparent Vin.i.206 (˚kañjika); DN.i.76 (maṇi = tanucchavi DN-a.i.221), DN.i.80 (udakapatta), DN.i.84 (udaka-rahada); MN.i.100; SN.ii.281 (˚patta); SN.iii.105 (id.); AN.i.9; Ja.ii.100 (udaka); Vv.79#10 (vāri); DN-a.i.113 (yāgu).
cp. Sk. accha, dial., to ṛc (see accati), thus “shining”; cp. Sk. ṛkṣa bald, bare and Vedic ṛkvan bright Monier-Williams however takes it as a + cha fr. chad thus “not covered, not shaded”
a bear Vin.i.200; AN.iii.101; Ja.v.197, Ja.v.406, Ja.v.416; Mil.23 Mil.149. At Ja.vi.507 accha figures as Name of an animal, but is in expln. taken in the sense of accha4 (acchā nāma aghammigā C.). Note. Another peculiar form of accha is P. ikka (q.v.).
Vedic ṛkṣa = Gr. α ̓́ρκτος, Lat. ursus, Cymr. arth
= akkha2 (a die) see acci-bandha.
adjective hurtful, painful, bad Dhp-a.iv.163 (˚ruja).
Ved. ṛkṣa
= accha2, a bear Ja.v.71.
Vedic āsyati & āste; ās; cp. Gr. η ̈ ̔σται
adjective covered with, clothed in, fig. steeped in (c. loe.) Ja jii.323 (lohite a. = nimugga C.) At DN.i.91 nacchanna is for na channa (see channa2) not fair, not suitable or proper (paṭirūpa).
pp. of acchādeti
adjective not frightened, undismayed, fearless Snp.42 (reading achambhin; Cnd.13 explains abhīru anutrāsi etc.); Ja.vi.322 (= nikkampa C.). See chambhin.
a + chambhin
feminine the snapping of the fingers, the bringing together of the finger-tips:
etym. uncertain, but certainly dialectical; Trenckner connects it with ācchurita (Notes 76); Childers compares Sk. akṣara (see akkhara); there may be a connection with akkhaṇa in akkhaṇa-vedhin (cp. BSk. acchaṭā Divy.555), or possibly a relation to ā + tsar, thus meaning “stealthily”, although the primary meaning is “snapping, a quick sound”
feminine a celestial nymph MN.i.253 (pl. accharāyo MN.ii.64; Thig.374 (= devaccharā Thag-a.252); Ja.v.152 sq (Alambusā a.) Vv.5#5 (= devakaññā Vv-a.37); Vv.172; Vv.18#11 etc.; Dhp-a.iii.8, Dhp-a.iii.19; Pv-a.46 (dev˚); Mil.169 Sdhp.298.
Vedic apsaras = āpa, water + sarati, orig; water nymph
(nt. or f.?) in -ṃ vādeti to make heavenly music (lit. the sounds of an accharā or heavenly nymph) AN.iv.265.
fr. accharā2
adjective noun wonderful, surprising strange, marvellous DN.ii.155; MN.i.79; MN.iii.118, MN.iii.125, MN.iii.144 (an˚); SN.iv.371; AN.i.181; Mil.28, Mil.253; Dhp-a.iii.171; Pv-a.121; Vv-a.71 (an˚). As nt. often in exclamations how wonderful! what a marvel! Ja.i.223, Ja.i.279; Ja.iv.138 Ja.vi.94 (a. vata bho); Dhp-a.iv.51 (aho a.); Vv-a.103 (aho ti acchariyatthena nipāto). Thus freq. combd. with abbhutaṃ = how wonderful & strange, marvellous, beyond comprehension, e.g. DN.i.2, DN.i.60, DN.i.206, DN.i.210; DN.ii.8; and in phrase acchariyā abbhutā dhammā strange & wonderful things, i.e. wonderful signs, portents marvels, MN.iii.118 MN.iii.125; AN.iv.198; Mil.8; also as adj. in phrase acchariyaabbhuta-(citta-)jātā with their hearts full of wonder and surprise Dhp-a.iv.52; Pv-a.6, Pv-a.50
■ See also acchera accheraka.
cp. Sk. āścarya since Upanishads of uncertain etym
■ The conventional etym. of Pāli grammarians connects it with accharā1 (which is prob. correct & thus reduces Sk. āścarya to a Sanskritisation of acchariya) viz. Dhammapāla: anabhiṇha-ppavattitāya accharāpaharaṇa-yoggaṃ that which happens without a moment’s notice, at the snap of a finger; i.e. causally unconnected (cp. Goth. silda-leiks in similar meaning) Vv-a.329; and Buddhaghosa: accharā-yoggan ti acchariyaṃ accharaṃ paharituṃ yuttan ti attho DN-a.i.43
neuter covering, clothing Thag.698; Mil.279
■ fig. protection, sheltering Ja.i.307.
fr. acchādeti
feminine covering, hiding, concealment Pp.19, Pp.23
■ Note. In id. p. at Vb.358 we read accasarā for acchādanā. Is the latter merely a gloss?
= prec.
to cover, to clothe, to put on DN.i.63 = Iti.75; Ja.i.254; Ja.iii.189; Ja.iv.318; Pp.57; Pv.i.10#5 (ger. acchādayitvāna); DN-a.i.181 (= paridahitvā); Pv-a.49, Pv-a.50
■ fig to envelop, to fill Ja.vi.581 (abbhaṃ rajo acchādesi dust filled the air)
pp acchanna (q.v.).
ā + chādeti1, Caus. of chad, cp. BSk. ācchādayati jīvitena to keep alive Avs.i.300; Divy.136 Divy.137
at SN.iv.290 is faulty spelling for acci (q.v.).
(variant reading accheja) destroying (?) SN.i.127. Is the reading warranted? Cp. acchecchi.
see chidda.
to remove forcibly, to take away, rob, plunder Vin.iv.247 (sayaṃ a. to appropriate); Ja.ii.422; Ja.iii.179; Ja.iv.343; Mil.20; Sdhp.122
ger acchinditvā Ja.ii.422; Dhp-a.i.349; Pv-a.241 (sayaṃ); & acchetvā MN.i.434. Caus. ii. acchindāpeti to induce a person to theft Vin.iv.224, Vin.iv.247.
ā + chindati, lit. to break for oneself
adjective removed, taken away, stolen, robbed Vin.iv.278, Vin.iv.303; Ja.ii.78 Ja.iv.45; Ja.v.212.
ā + chinna, pp. of acchindati
a certain species of tree (Hypanthera Moringa) Ja.vi.535.
*Sk. akṣiba and akṣība
to procure or provide a hold, to insert, to put on or in Vin.i.290 (aggaḷaṃ), Vin.ii.112.
ā + chupeti, Caus. of chupati
3rd sg. aor. of chindati “he has cut out or broken, has destroyed” (see also chindati 3) in combn. with taṇhaṃ MN.i.122; SN.i.12, SN.i.23, SN.i.127 (so read for acchejja); SN.iv.105, SN.iv.207. Iti.47; AN.iii.246, AN.iii.445; Dhp-a.iv.70 (gloss acchindi, for acchidda pret. of Dhp.351). The variant reading at all passages is acchejji, which is to be accounted for on graphological grounds, ch & j being substituted in MSS. Kern (Toevoegselen s. v.) mistakes the form tries to explain acchejji as adj. = ati-ejin (ejā), acchecchi ati-icchin (icchā). The syntactical construction however clearly points to an aor.
Sk. acchaitsīt
= a + chejja not to be destroyed, indestructible, see chindati.
neuter robbing, plundering Ja.vi.544.
abstr. to acchindati
adjective = acchariya wonderful, marvellous SN.i.181; Vv.84#13 (comp. accheratara); Pv.iii.5#1 (˚rūpa = acchariyasabhāva Pv-a.197); Sdhp.244, Sdhp.398.
adjective = acchera (acchariya) Ja.i.279; Bv.i.9 (pāṭihīraṃ).
a he-goat, a ram DN.i.6, DN.i.127; AN.ii.207; Ja.i.241; Ja.iii.278 sq. Ja.v.241; Pp.56; Pv-a.80.
aja-pada refers to a stick cloven like a goat’s hoof; so also at Vism.161.
Vedic aja fr. aj (Lat. ago to drive), cp. ajina
a goat, pl. goats Vin.ii.154
■ f. ajikā Ja.iii.278 & ajiyā Ja.v.241.
a large snake (rock-snake?), Boa Constrictor Ja.vi.507; Mil.23, Mil.303, Mil.364, Mil.406; Dhp-a.iii.60. Also as ajakara at Ja.iii.484 (cp. Trenckner, Notes p. 64).
aja + gara = gala fr. *gel to devour, thus “goateater”
adjective of low birth Ja.iii.19; Ja.vi.100.
a + jacca
see jajjara. Ajaddhuka & Ajaddhumara;
see jaddhu.
cummin-seed Vv-a.186.
Sk. ajamoda, cp. Sk. ajājī
feminine a she-goat Ja.iii.125; Ja.iv.251.
˚- neuter not knowing, ignorance (of) Ja.v.199 (˚bhāva); Ja.vi.177 (˚kāla).
a + jānana
neuter the hide of the black antelope, worn as a garment by ascetics DN.i.167; Snp.1027; Ja.i.12, Ja.i.53; Ja.iv.387; Ja.v.407. kharājina a rough skin (as garment) MN.i.343; SN.iv.118; AN.ii.207; Snp.249 (= kharāni a˚-cammāni Snp-a.291). dantājina ivory (q.v.).
Vedic ajina, to aja, orig. goats’ skin
aor 3rd sg. jayati, q.v. Ajiya = ajika
(see ajaka).
neuter a court, a yard Mhvs.35, Mhvs.3.
Vedic ajira to aj, cp. Gr. ἀγρός, Lat. ager, Goth. akrs = Ger. Acker, = E. acre
neuter indigestion Ja.i.404; Ja.ii.181, Ja.ii.291; Ja.iii.213, Ja.iii.225.
a + jīraka
adjective
a + jeyya, grd. of jayati, q.v.
adjective not decaying, not growing old, permanent Ja.vi.323. Ajja & Ajja
a + jeyya, grd. of jīyati, q.v.
adverb to-day, now Snp.75 Snp.153, Snp.158, Snp.970, Snp.998; Dhp.326; Ja.i.279; Ja.iii.425 (read bahutaṃ ajjā; not with Kern, Toev. s. v. as “food”); Pv.i.11#7 (= idāni Pv-a.59); Pv-a.6, Pv-a.23; Mhvs.15, Mhvs.64. Freq. in phrase ajjatagge (= ajjato + agge(?) or ajja-tagge, see agga3) from this day onward, henceforth Vin.i.18; DN.i.85; DN-a.i.235.
Vedic adya & adyā, a + dyā, a˚ being base of demonstr. pron. (see a3) and dyā an old loc. of dyaus (see diva), thus “on this day”
adjective referring to the day, today’s, present, modern (opp. porāṇa) Thag.552; Dhp.227; Ja.ii.409
■ dat. ajjatanāya for today Vin.i.17; Pv-a.171 & passim.
cp. Sk. adyatana
feminine the present time, in ajjatañ ca this very day SN.i.83 (variant reading ajjeva).
abstr. fr. ajja
to get, procure, obtain Ja.iii.263 (?). pp. ajjita (q.v.).
Vedic arjati, ṛj, a variant of arh, see arahati
adjective noun straight, upright (usually combd. with maddava gentle, soft) DN.iii.213; AN.i.94; AN.ii.113; AN.iii.248; Snp.250 (+ maddava), Snp.292 (id.); Ja.iii.274; Dhs.1339; Vb.359 (an˚); Snp-a.292 (= ujubhāva), Snp-a.317 (id.).
cp. Sk. ārjava, to ṛju, see uju
feminine straight forwardness, rectitude, uprightness Dhs.1339. (+ ajimhatā & avankatā).
fr. prec.
obtained Sdhp.98.
pp. of ajjati
Name of a plant, Ocimum Gratissimum Vin.iv.35; DN-a.i.81 (all MSS. have ajjaka).
*Sk. arjaka
Name of a tree Pentaptera Tomentosa Ja.vi.535 (nn).
*Sk. arjakarṇa
adverb this moonlight night Vin.i.25; Vin.iv.80.
haplology fr. ajja-juṇho; see juṇhā
the tree Pentaptera Arjuna Ja.vi.535; Dhp-a.i.105 (˚rukkha).
Vedic arjuna, to raj; cp. Gr. ἀργός white, α ̓́ργυρος silver, Lat. argentum
Assimilation group of adhi + vowel.
he came to, got to, found, obtained, experienced SN.i.12 (vimānaṃ); Snp.225 (expld. at Kp-a.180 by vindi paṭilabhi), Snp.956 (ratiṃ; expld. at Mnd.457 by adhigacchi); Iti.69 (jātimaraṇaṃ); Dhp.154 (taṇhānaṃ khayaṃ); Vv.32#7 (visesaṃ attained distinction; expld. at Vv-a.135 by adhigata); Vv.50#21 (amataṃ santiṃ; expld. Vv-a.215 by variant reading SS adhigañchi, T. adhigacchati).
adhi + agā 3rd sg. pret. of adhigacchati (q.v. for similar forms)
adjective noun that which is personal, subjective, arises from within (in contrast to anything outside, objective or impersonal); as adv. & ˚interior, personal, inwardly (opp.; bahiddhā bāhira etc outward, outwardly); Cp. ajjhattika & see Dhs. trsl. 272. DN.i.37 (subjective, inward, of the peace of the 2nd jhāna), DN.i.70 = AN.ii.210; AN.v.206 (inward happiness. a. sukkhaṃ niyakajjhattaṃ attano santāne ti attho DN-a.i.183 cp. Dhs-a.169, Dhs-a.338, Dhs-a.361); SN.i.70, SN.i.169; SN.ii.27 (kathaṃ kathī hoti is in inward doubt), SN.ii.40 (sukhaṃ dukkhaṃ); SN.iii.180 (id.), SN.iv.1 sq. (āyatanāni), SN.iv.139, SN.iv.196; SN.v.74 (ṭhitaṃ cittaṃ ajjhattaṃ susaṇṭhitaṃ suvimuttaṃ a mind firm, inwardly well planted, quite set free), SN.v.110, SN.v.143, SN.v.263, SN.v.297, SN.v.390; AN.i.40 (rūpasaññī), AN.i.272 (kāmacchanda etc.); AN.ii.158. (sukhadukkhaṃ), AN.ii.211; AN.ii.86 (cetosamatha), AN.iii.92 (vūpasantacitta); AN.iv.32 (sankhittaṃ), AN.iv.57(itthindriyaṃ), AN.iv.299 (cittaṃ), AN.iv.305 (rūpasaññī), AN.iv.360 (cetosamatha), AN.iv.437 (vūpasantacitta); AN.v.79 sq. AN.v.335 sq. (sati); Iti.39 (cetosamatha inward peace), Iti.80, Iti.82, Iti.94; Ja.i.045 (chātajjhatta with hungry insides); Ja.v.338 (id.) Pts.i.76 (cakkhu etc.); Dhs.161 (= attano jātaṃ Dhs-a.169), Dhs.204, Dhs.1044; Pp.59; Vb.1 sq. (khandhā), Vb.228 (sati), Vb.327 (paññā), Vb.342 (arū’pasaññī)
■ adv. -ṃ inwardly personally (in contrast-pair ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā; see also cpd. ˚bahiddhā) AN.i.284; AN.ii.171; AN.iv.305; AN.v.61; Snp.917 (= upajjhayassa vā ā ācariyassa vā te guṇā assū ti Mnd.350).
cp. Sk. adhyātma, cp. attā
adjective personal, inward (cp. Dhs trsl. 207 & Mnd.346: ajjhattikaṃ vuccati cittaṃ) opp. bāhira outward (q.v.). See also āyatana
■ MN.i.62 SN.i.73 (˚ā rakkhā na bāhirā); SN.iv.7 sq. (āyatanāni); SN.v.101 (anga); AN.i.16 (anga); AN.ii.164 (dhātuyo); AN.iii.400 (āyatanāni); AN.v.52 (id.); Iti.114 (id.), Iti.9 (anga); Kp iv. (= Kp-a.82); Ja.iv.402 (bāhira-vatthuṃ ayācitvā ajjhattikassa nāmaṃ gaṇhati); Dhs.673, Dhs.751; Vb.13, Vb.67, Vb.82 sq., Vb.119, Vb.131, Vb.392 sq.
ajjhatta + ika
SN.v.218: substitute variant reading accasara (q.v.).
adhi + ā + *prāpta
3rd sg. aor. of adhibhavati to conquer, overpower, overcome SN.i.240 (prohib. mā vo kodho ajjhabhavi); Ja.ii.336. Cp. ajjhabhu & ajjhobhavati.
to address SN.iv.117 (gāthāhi); Kp v. = Snp.p.46 (gāthāya); Pv-a.56, Pv-a.90.
3rd sg. aor. of adhibhāseti
to overcome, conquer Iti.76 (dujjayaṃ a. he conquered him who is hard to conquer; variant reading ajjhabhi for ajjhabhavi). Cp. ajjhabhavi.
3rd sg. aor. of adhibhavati (q.v.)
neuter study (learning by heart) of the Vedas Mil.225. See also ajjhena.
adhi + i
3rd sg. aor. of ajjhodahati to put down Ja.v.365 (= odahi, ṭhapesi C.). Kern, Toev s. v. proposes reading ajjhavādahi (= Sk. avādhāt).
Sk. adhyavadhāti
adverb at home, in one’s own house AN.i.132 = Iti.109; AN.ii.70.
adhi + agāre, loc. of agāra
adhi (or ati?) + ā + car
to adhi (ati?) + ā + car
habitually done Vin.ii.80 sq., Vin.ii.301.
pp. of ajjhācarati
too rigorous or strenuous a livelihood MN.ii.245 (+ adhipāṭimokkha).
adhi (ati?) + ā + jīv
to commit an offence, to incur, to become guilty of (acc.) Vin.iv.237. pp. ajjhāpanna (q.v.).
adhi + ā + pad
feminine incurring guilt Dhs.299 (an˚).
abstr. to ajjhāpajjati
neuter teaching of the sacred writ, instruction Mil.225.
fr. Caus. ii. of ajjheti
neuter burning, conflagration Ja.vi.311.
ā + jhāpana fr. kṣā
become guilty of offence DN.i.245; DN.iii.43; SN.ii.270; AN.iv.277, AN.iv.280; AN.v.178, AN.v.181 an˚; guiltless, innocent Vin.i.103; DN.iii.46; SN.ii.194, SN.ii.269; AN.v.181; Mil.401. For all passages except AN.iv.277 AN.iv.280, cp. ajjhopanna.
pp. of adhi + āpajjati
harassed, overpowered, tormented Pv-a.180 (khuppipāsāya by hunger & thirst).
adhi + ā + pīḷita
excessive power, predominance Ja.ii.357.
cp. Sk. adhyābhava
to predominate Ja.ii.357.
adhi + ā + bhū, in meaning of abhi + bhu
(a brahmin) engaged in learning the Veda (mantajjhāyaka Ja.vi.209; Snp-a.192), a scholar of the brahmanic texts, a studious learned person DN.i.88, DN.i.120; DN.iii.94; AN.i.163; AN.iii.223; Snp.140 (˚kula: thus for ajjhāyakula Fsb.); Thag.1171; Ja.i.3 Ja.vi.201, Ja.vi.498; DN-a.i.247.
cp. Sk. adhyāyaka, cp. ajjhayana
(& -rūha) adjective growing up over, overwhelming AN.iii.63 sq. = SN.v.96; Ja.iii.399.
to adhi + ā + ruh
adjective grown up or high over Ja.iii.399.
pp. of adhi + ā + ruh
to rise into the air, to climb over, spread over SN.i.221 = Ne.173 (ajjhottharati SA; cp. Mrs. Rh. D. Kindred Sayings i.285).
adhi + ārohati cp. atyārohati
see accāvadati.
surrounding; waiting on, service, retinue Ja.v.322, Ja.v.324, Ja.v.326, Ja.v.327 (explained at all passages by parisā). Should we read ajjhācara? Cp. ajjhācāra.
fr. adhi + ā + var
one who inhabits DN.i.63 (agāraṃ).
n. ag. to ajjhāvasati
to inhabit (agāraṃ a house; i.e. to be settled or live the settled life of a householder DN.ii.16; MN.i.353; Vin.iv.224; Ja.i.50; Pp.57; Mil.348
pp ajjhāvuttha (q.v.).
adhi + ā + vas
inhabited, occupied (of a house) Vin.ii.210; Ja.i.145; Ja.ii.333; Pv-a.24 (˚ghara); fig. (not) occupied by Snp-a.566 (= anosita).
cp. Sk. adhyuṣita; pp. of ajjhāvasati
intention, desire, wish, disposition, bent DN.ii.224 (adj.: intent on, practising); Ja.i.88, Ja.i.90; Ja.ii.352; Ja.v.382; Dhs-a.314, Dhs-a.334; Pv-a.88, Pv-a.116, Pv-a.133 (adj. dān˚ intent on on giving alms), Pv-a.168 Sdhp.219 Sdhp.518.
Frequently in phrase ajjhāsayānurūpa according to his wish, as he wanted Pv-a.61 Pv-a.106 Pv-a.128
fr. adhi + ā + śri, orig. hanging on, leaning on, BSk. however adhyāśaya Divy.586
feminine desire, longing Pv-a.127 (uḷār˚ great desire for c. loc.).
abstr. to ajjhāsaya
intent on, bent on Mil.361 (jhān˚). Cp. ajjhosita & nissita.
pp. of adhi + ā + śri
requested, asked, invited Vin.i.113 (an˚ unbidden); DN.ii.289 (Buddhaghosa and text read ajjhitta); Snp.p.218 (= ajjhesita Cnd.16); Ja.vi.292 (= āṇatta C.); Dhp-a.iv.100 (variant reading abhijjhiṭṭha). See also an˚.
pp. of ajjhesati
to come to, to reach, obtain; to consent to, agree, submit Thig.474 (= sampaṭicchati Thag-a.285); Ja.ii.403; Mil.300; pp. ajjhupagata (q.v.).
adhi + upa + gam
come to, obtained, reached AN.v.87, cp. AN.v.210; AN.v.187 sq.
pp. of ajjhupagacchati
neuter consent, agreement, justification Vin.ii.97, Vin.ii.104.
adhi + upa + gam
to take (food) to oneself Ja.ii.293 (aor. ajjhupāhari = ajjhohari C.).
adhi + upa + hṛ; cp. upaharati
adhi + upa + ikṣ; cp. BSk. adhyupekṣati
neuter & -ā (f.) care, diligence, attention Pts.i.16; Pts.ii.119; Vb.230 sq. Dhp-a.iv.3.
abstr. from ajjhupekkhati
one who looks on (carefully), one who takes care or controls, an overseer caretaker SN.v.69 (sādhukaṃ), SN.v.324 (id.), SN.v.331 sq. Vb.227.
n. ag. to ajjhupekkhati
to go to meet, to receive Ja.iv.440.
cp. Sk. abhyupeti; adhi + upa + i
to be anxious about, to fret, worry Snp.948 (socati +); explained at Mnd.433 by nijjhāyati, at Snp-a.568 by abhijjhati (gloss BB gijjhati).
Sk. ādhyāyati, Denom. fr. adhyāya
neuter study (esp. of the Vedas) MN.iii.1; Ja.ii.327 (as variant reading to be preferred to ajjhesanā); Ja.iii.114 (= japa); Ja.v.10 (pl. = vede), Ja.vi.201 = Ja.vi.207; Vb.353; Snp-a.314 (mant’).
Sk. adhyayana, see also ajjhayana
to request, ask, bid Dhp-a.iv.18; aor. ajjhesi Vin.ii.200; pp ajjhiṭṭha & ajjhesita; (q.v.), with which cp. pariyiṭṭha & ˚esita.
adhi + iṣ; cp. BSk. adhyeṣate Divy.160
feminine request, entreaty Vin.i.6 = DN.ii.38 = SN.i.138; Ja.ii.327 (better variant reading ajjhena).
see ajjhesati
requested, asked, bidden Cnd.16 (= ajjhiṭṭha).
pp. of ajjhesati; cp. ajjhiṭṭha
the open air, only in loc. ajjhokāse in the open Vin.i.15; SN.i.212; Dhp-a.iv.100.
adhi + okāsa
plunged into, immersed; having entered MN.i.457; SN.i.201; Mil.348.
pp. of ajjhogāhati
to plunge into, to enter, to go into DN.i.101 (vanaṃ), DN.i.222 (samuddaṃ); MN.i.359, MN.i.536; AN.iii.75 AN.iii.368; AN.iv.356; AN.v.133; Vin.iii.18; Ja.i.7; Mnd.152 (ogāhati +); Mil.87 (samuddaṃ); Mil.300 (vanaṃ)
pp ajjhogāḷha (q.v.). Cp. pariyogāhati.
Sk. *abhyavagāhate; adhi (= abhi) + ava + gāh
to bring to Pv-a.148 (gāmaṃ), where we should read ˚ṭṭhapeti.
adhi + ava + ṭhapeti, Caus. of sthā
spread over; covered, filled; overcome, crushed, overpowered Ja.i.363 (ajjhottaṭa) Ja.i.410; Ja.v.91 (= adhipanna); Dhp-a.i.278; Pv-a.55; Dāvs v.5.
pp. of ajjhottharati
to cover over, spread out, spread over, cover; to submerge, flood Vin.i.111; Ja.i.61, Ja.i.72, Ja.i.73; Mil.296, Mil.336; Dhp.i.264; Pass. -tthariyati to be overrun with (instr.), to be smothered, to be flooded AN.iii.92 = Pp.67; aor. ajjhotthari Vv-a.48 (gāmapadeso: was flooded). pp. ajjhotthata (q.v.).
adhi + ava + stṛ.
? only found in one stock phrase, viz. gathita (q.v.) mucchita ajjhopanna with ref. to selfishness, greed bonds of craving. The reading ajjhopanna is the lectio difficilior, but the accredited reading ajjhosāna seems to be clearer and to harmonize better with the cognate ajjhosita & ajjhosāna (n.) in the same context. The confusion between the two is old-standing and hard to be accounted for. Trenckner under variant reading to MN.i.162 on p. 543 gives ajjhopanna as BB (= adhi-opanna). The MSS. of Nd ii.clearly show ajjhopanna as inferior reading, which may well be attributable to the very frequent SS substitution of p for s (see Nd ii.Introd. xix.). Besides this mixture of vv.ll. with s and p there is another confusion between the vv.ll. ajjhāpanna and ajjhopanna which adds to the complication of the case. However since the evidence of a better reading between these two preponderates for ajjhopanna we may consider the o as established and, with a little more clearness to be desired, may in the end decide for ajjhosāna (q.v.), which in this case would have been liable to change through analogy with ajjhāpanna, from which it took the ā and p. Cp. also ajjhosita. The foll. is a synopsis of readings as preferred or confused by the Ed. of the var. texts.
to overcome, overpower, destroy Ja.ii.80 (aor. ajjhobhavi = adhibhavi C.).
adhi + ava + bhu, Sk. abhi˚
to crush down AN.iv.191, AN.iv.193.
adhi + ava + mṛd
stiffened out (in a swoon), lying in a faint (?) AN.iii.57 sq (variant reading ajjhomuñcïta or ˚muccita better: sarīre attached to her body, clinging to her b.).
pp. adhi + ava + mūrch, cp. adhimuccita
to hang or hold on to (acc.), to cling to SN.iii.137; MN.iii.164 = Ne.179 cp. Sdhp.284 & Sdhp.296.
adhi + ava + lamb
= ajjhosāya, in verse only as ajjhosa tiṭṭhati to cleave or cling to SN.iv.73; Thag.98, Thag.794.
to be bound to, to be attached, bent on; to desire, cleave to, indulge in. Fut. ajjhosissati (does it belong here?) MN.i.328 (c. acc. paṭhaviṃ, better as ajjhesati). grd. ajjhositabha MN.i.109 (+ abhinanditabba, variant reading ˚etabba); Dhs-a.5 (id.); ger. ajjhosāya (q.v.) pp. ajjhosita (q.v.).
neuter cleaving to (earthly joys), attachment, DN.ii.58 sq.; DN.iii.289; MN.i.498 (+ abhinandana); SN.iii.187; AN.i.66; AN.ii.11 (diṭṭhi˚, kāma˚ + taṇhā). In combn. with (icchā) and mucchā at Nd ii.under chanda & nissita and taṇhā (see also ajjhopanna), and at Dhs.1059 of lābha (the expln. at Dhs-a.363, Dhs-a.370, from as to eat, is popular etym.) Ne.23 sq. (of taṇhā).
being tied to, hanging on, attached to only in phrase a. tiṭṭhati (+ abhinandati, same in Divy MN.i.266; SN.iv.36 sq.; SN.iv.60, SN.iv.71 sq.; Mil.69. See also ajjhosa.
ger. of ajjhosati, cp. BSk. adhyavasāya tiṣṭhati Divy.37, Divy.534
hanging on, cleaving to, being bent on, (c. loc.) SN.ii.94 (+ mamāyita); AN.ii.25 (diṭṭha suta muta +); Mnd.75 Mnd.106, Mnd.163 = Nd ii under nissita; Thig.470 (asāre = taṇhāvasena abhiniviṭṭha Thag-a.284); Pv.iv.8#4 (mayhaṃ ghare taṇhābhinivisena abhiniviṭṭha Pv-a.267; variant reading BB ajjhesita SS ajjhāsita). -an˚; SN.iv.213; SN.v.319; Mnd.411; Mil.74 (pabbajita).
cp. Sk. adhyavasita, from adhi + ava + sā; but sita is liable to confusion with sita = Sk. śrita, also through likeness of meaning with esita; see ajjhāsita & ajjhesita
having swallowed Sdhp.610 (balisaṃ maccho viya: like a fish the fishhook).
pp. of ajjhoharati
neuter = ajjhohāra 1. AN.v.324; Ja.vi.213.
adjective something fit to eat, eatable, for eating Ja.vi.258; Dhp-a.i.284.
grd. of ajjhoharati
to swallow, eat, take as food MN.i.245; Ja.i.460; Ja.ii.293 Ja.vi.205, Ja.vi.213; Mil.366; Pv-a.283 (aor.)
pp ajjhohaṭa (q.v.).
Sk. abhyavaharati; adhi (= abhi) + ava + hṛ.
Sk. abhyavahāra
Ja.i.417, read añchati (see next).
to pull, drag, pull along to turn on a lathe DN.ii.291 (bhamakāro dīghaṃ a., where K has note: añjanto ti pi acchanto ti pi pātho) = MN.i.56 (vv.ll. MN.i.532 acch˚ & añj˚); Thag.750 (añcāmi T., v.l aññāmi). Añchati should also be read at Ja.i.417 for udakaṃ añcanti (in expln. of udañcanī pulling the water up from a well, q.v.), where it corresponds to udakaṃ ākkaḍḍhati in the same sentence.
in meaning = ākaḍḍhati, which latter is also the Sk. gloss (ākārṣayati) to the Jain Prk. aṃchāvei = añchati see Morris, J. P. T. S. 1893, 60
adverb suddenly, lit. with a pull or jerk pull on! go on! gee up! Ja.i.192.
orig. imper. of añjati1; cp. Sk. anjasā (instr.) quickly, Goth. anaks
See añja, añjaya, añjali, añjasa.
= Sk. ṛñjati, ṛjyati to stretch, pull along, draw out, erect; cp. Sk. ṛju straight, caus. irajyati; Gr. ὀρέγω Lat. rego, rectus = erect. See also P. uju, añchati, ajjita ānañja-ānejja
to smear, anoint, paint SN.ii.281; Ja.iv.219 (akkhīni añjetvā, variant reading BB añcitvā). Caus. ii. añjāpeti Dhp-a.i.21. pp. añjita (q.v.).
= Sk. añjayati, Caus. of anakti to smear etc.; cp. Sk. añji ointment, ājya butter; Lat. unguo to anoint, unguentum ointment; Ohg. ancho = Ger. Anke butter
neuter ointment, esp. a collyrium for the eyes, made of antimony, adj. anointed, smeary glossy, black (cp. kaṇha ii. and kāla1 note).
from añjati2
feminine a box for ointment, a collyrium pot Vin.i.203, Vin.i.204; Vin.ii.135; Vin.iv.168; MN.ii.65 = Thag.773.
fr. añjana
feminine a stick to put the ointment on with Vin.i.203; Vin.ii.135; Ja.iii.419.
adjective straight Ja.iii.12 (vv.ll. ajjava & and ājjava better?) expld by C. as ujuka, akuṭila. See also ajjava. Should we assume misreading for añjasa?
from añjati1
extending, stretching forth, gesture of lifting up the hands as a token of reverence (cp. E. to “tender” one’s respect), putting the ten fingers together and raising them to the head (Vv-a.7: dasanakha-samodhāna-samujjalaṃ añjaliṃ paggayha). Only in stock phrases
cp. Sk. añjali, fr. añjati1
feminine the raising of the hands as a sign of respectful salutation Vv.1#5 (explained at Vv-a.24 as dasanakha-samodhāna samujjalaṃ añjaliṃ sirasi paggaṇhantī guṇa-visiṭṭhānaṃ apacayānaṃ akāsiṃ).
= añjali
straight, straightforward (of a road) DN.i.235; Ja.i.5; Thig.99; Vv.50#20 (cp. Vv-a.215); Vv-a.84 (akuṭila); Mhvs.25, Mhvs.5; Mil.217; Sdhp.328, Sdhp.595. Cp pañjasa.
Sk. āñjasa (?). Cp. ārjava = P. ajjava, see añjati1 & añjaya
smeared, anointed Ja.i.77 (su-añjitāni akkhīni); Ja.iv.421 (añjit’akkha).
Sk. ankta & añjayita, pp. of añjeti
pronoun another etc
anañña 1 not another, i.e. the same, self-same, identical MN.i.256 (= ayaṃ) 2 not another, i.e. alone, by oneself, oneself only Snp.65 (˚posin; opp. paraṃ) = Nd.4 cp. Cnd.36 3 not another, i.e. no more, only, alone Snp.p.106 (dve va gatiyo bhavanti anaññā: and no other or no more, only two). See also under compounds.
Vedic anya, with compar. suff. ya; Goth. anpar; Ohg. andar; formation with n analagous to those with l in Gr. α ̓́λλος (α ̓́λjος), Lat. alius (cp. alter) Goth. aljis Ags. elles = E. else. From demonstr. base *eno, see na1 and cp. a3
pron. adj. one out of many, the one or the other of, a certain, any Mhvs.38, Mhvs.14.
añña + superl. suff. tama; see also aññatara
pron. adj. one of a certain number, a certain, somebody, some; often used (like eka) as indef. article “a”. Very frequent, e.g. Snp.35, Snp.210; Iti.103; Dhp.137, Dhp.157; Ja.i.221, Ja.i.253; Ja.ii.132 etc. devaññatara a certain god, i.e. any kind of god SN.iv.180 = AN.iv.461.
Sk. anyatara, añña + compar. suff. tara, cp. Lat. alter, Goth. anpar etc.
adverb somewhere or anywhere else, elsewhere (either place where or whereto) Ja.i.291; Ja.ii.154; Dhs-a.163; Dhp-a.i.212; Dhp-a.iii.351; Pv-a.45; Mhvs.4, Mhvs.37; Mhvs.22, Mhvs.14.
from añña = aññatra, adv. of place, cp. kattha, ettha
adverb elsewhere, somewhere else Ja.v.252; Pv.iv.1#62. In compn. also añña˚, e.g. aññatra-yoga (adj.) following another discipline DN.i.187; MN.i.487
■ As prep. c. abl. (and instr.) but besides, except, e.g. a. iminā tapo-pakkamena DN.i.168 kiṃ karaṇīyaṃ a. dhammacariyāya SN.i.101; ko nu aññatram-ariyehi who else but the Nobles Snp.886 (= ṭhapetvā saññā-mattena Snp-a.555). -kiṃ aññatra what but, i.e. what else is the cause but, or: this is due to; but for DN.i.90 (vusitavā-mānī k. a. avusitattā); SN.i.29 (k. k. a adassanā except from blindness); Snp.206 (id.).
anya + tra, see also aññattha
neuter
aññathā + tta
adverb in a different manner, otherwise, differently SN.i.24; Snp.588, Snp.757; Dhs-a.163; Pv-a.125, Pv-a.133. anaññathā without mistake Vv.44#18; anaññatha (nt.) certainty, truth Pts.ii.104 (= tatha).
añña + thā
adverb part. of affirmation = surely, all-round absolutely (ekaṃsa-vacane nipāto DN-a.i.111) only, at any rate DN.i.91; DN.ii.284; Snp.828 (na h’ aññadatth’ atthi pasaṃsa-lābhā, expld. Snp-a.541 as na hi ettha pasaṃsa-lābhato añño attho atthi, cp. also Mnd.168); Mil.133; Vv-a.58; Pv-a.97, Pv-a.114.
lit. aññad atthu let there be anything else, i.e. be it what it will, there is nothing else, all everything, surely
adverb at another time, else, once SN.iv.285; Ja.v.12; Dhp-a.iv.125.
añña + dā, cp. kadā, tadā, yadā
feminine knowledge, recognition, perfect knowledge, philosophic insight, knowledge par excellence, viz. Arahantship, saving knowledge gnosis (cp. on term Compend. 176 n. 3 and Psalms of Brethren introd. xxxiii.) MN.i.445; SN.i.4 (sammad˚), SN.i.24 (aññāya nibbuta); SN.ii.221; SN.v.69, SN.v.129 (diṭṭh’eva dhamme), SN.v.133, SN.v.237; AN.iii.82, AN.iii.143, AN.iii.192; AN.v.108; Iti.39 sq., Iti.53, Iti.104; Dhp.75, Dhp.96; Kp.vii.11; Mil.334
■ aññaṃ vyākaroti to manifest ones Arahantship (by a discourse or by mere exclamation) Vin.i.183; SN.ii.51 sq., SN.ii.120; SN.iv.139; SN.v.222; Ja.i.140; Ja.ii.333. See also arahatta.
Sk. ājñā, = ā + jñā, cp. ājānāti
neuter ignorance; see ñāṇa 3 e.
a + ñāṇa
neuter ignorance Vin.iv.144.
Demim. of aññāṇa
adjective ignorant, not knowing Dhp-a.iii.106.
a + ñāṇin
known, recognised Snp.699. an˚; what is not known, in phrase anaññāta-ññassāmī’ t’ indriya the faculty of him (who believes): “I shall know what is not known (yet)” DN.iii.219; SN.v.204; Iti.53 Pp.2; Dhs.296 (cp. Dhs trsl.86); Ne.15, Ne.54, Ne.60, Ne.191.
pp. of ājānāti, q.v.
unknown, see ñāta.
a + ñāta
he who is not a kinsman Dhp-a.i.222.
a + ñātaka, cp. Sk. ajñāti
adjective unknown, unrecognisable, only in phrase -vesena in unknown form, in disguise Ja.i.14; Ja.iii.116; Ja.v.102.
Demin. of aññāta2
one who knows, a knower of DN.ii.286; MN.i.169; SN.i.106 (dhammassa); Kv.561.
n. ag. to ājānāti
adjective noun one who has complete insight Dhs-a.291.
from ājānāti
adjective desirous of gaining right knowledge AN.iii.192. See ājānāti.
ā + jñātuṃ + kāma
recognising, knowing, in the conviction of SN.i.24; AN.iii.41; Dhp.275, Dhp.411.
ger. of ājānāti, q.v. for detail
see añña B 2 c.
eating, taking food; enjoying: only SS at Snp.240; all MSS at Snp.239 have asamāna. Snp-a.284 explains by āhārayamāna.
Sk. aśnāna, ppr. med. of aśnāti, aś to eat
Name of a certain purgatory or Niraya AN.v.173 = Snp.p.126.
BSk. aṭaṭa (e.g. Divy.67), prob. to aṭ; roam about. On this notion cp. description of roaming about in Niraya at Mnd.405 bottom
adjective roaming about, wild Ja.v.105 (˚gāvī).
cp. Sk. aṭana, to aṭ.
feminine a support a stand inserted under the leg of a bedstead Vin.iv.168; Sām. Pās. on Pāc. 14 (quoted Min Pāt. 86 and Vin.iv.357); Dhp-a.i.234; Ja.ii.387, Ja.ii.425, Ja.ii.484 supports of a seat. Morris J. P. T. S. 1884, 69 compares Marāthi aḍaṇī a three-legged stand. See also Vin Texts ii.53.
adjective solid, firm, strong, only in phrase; aṭaliyo upāhanā strong sandals MN.ii.155 (vv.ll. paṭaliye & agaliyo) = SN.i.226 (vv.ll. āṭaliyo & āṭaliko). At the latter passage Bdhgh. explains gaṇangaṇ-ûpāhanā, Mrs. Rh. D. (Kindred Sayings i.291) trsls “buskined shoes”.
cp. Sk. aṭṭa & aṭṭālaka stronghold
feminine
Sk. aṭavī: Non-Aryan, prob. Dravidian
a platform to be used as a watchtower Vin.i.140; DN-a.i.209.
cp. see aṭṭaka
lawsuit, case, cause Vin.iv.224; Ja.ii.2, Ja.ii.75; Ja.iv.129 (˚ṃ vinicchināti to judge a cause), Ja.iv.150 (˚ṃ tīreti to see a suit through); Ja.vi.336.
cp. Sk. artha, see also attha 5 b
distressed, tormented afflicted; molested, plagued, hurt Snp.694 (+ vyasanagata Snp-a.489 ātura); Thig.439 (= aṭṭita Thag-a.270), 441 (= pīḷita Thag-a.271); Ja.iv.293 (= ātura C.); Vv.80#9 (attita upadduta Vv-a.311). Often-˚: iṇaṭṭa oppressed by debt MN.i.463; Mil.32; chāt˚ tormented by hunger Vv-a.76; vedan˚ afflicted by pain Vin.ii.61; Vin.iii.100; Ja.i.293; sūcik˚ (read for sūcikaṭṭha) pained by stitch Pv.iii.2#3.
Sk. ārta, pp. of ardati, ṛd to dissolve, afflict etc.; cp. Sk. ārdra (= P. adda and alla); Gr. α ̓́ρδω to moisten α ̓́ρδα dirt. See also aṭṭīyati & aṭṭita
a platform to be used as a watchhouse on piles, or in a tree Vin.i.173; Vin.ii.416; Vin.iii.322 Vin.iii.372; DN-a.i.209.
Demin. of aṭṭa1
at Vin.ii.106 is obscure, should it not rather be read with Bdhgh as aṭṭhāna? (cp. Bdhgh on p. 315).
a watch-tower, a room at the top of a house, or above a gate (koṭṭhaka) Thag.863; Ja.iii.160 Ja.v.373; Mil.1, Mil.330; Dhp-a.iii.488.
from aṭṭa
= aṭṭāla; Ja.ii.94, Ja.ii.220, Ja.ii.224; Ja.vi.390, Ja.vi.433; Mil.66, Mil.81.
Sk. aṭṭālaka
(& occasionally addita, e.g. Pv.ii.6#2; Thig.77, Thig.89; Thag.406) pained, distressed, grieved, terrified Thag.157; Ja.ii.436; Ja.iv.85 (variant reading addhita); Ja.v.84; Vv-a.311; Thag-a.270 Mhvs.1, Mhvs.25; Mhvs.6, Mhvs.21; Dpvs.i.66; Dpvs.ii.23; Dpvs.xiii.9; Sdhp.205. See remarks of Morris J. P. T. S. 1886, 104, & 1887. 47.; Attiyati & Attiyati;
Sk. ardita, pp. of ardayati, Caus. of ardati see aṭṭa3
to be in trouble or anxiety, to be worried, to be incommodated, usually combd. with harāyati, e.g. DN.i.213 (+ jigucchati); SN.i.131; MN.i.423; Pv.i.10#2 (= aṭṭā dukkhitā Pv-a.48) freq. in ppr. aṭṭiyamāna harayāmāna (+ jigucchamāna Vin.ii.292; Ja.i.66, Ja.i.292; Iti.43; Cnd.566; Pts.i.159. Spelling sometimes addiyāmi, e.g. Thig.140
pp aṭṭita & addita.
Denom. fr. aṭṭa3, q.v.
neuter fright, terror, amazement Dhp-a.ii.179.
cp. Sk. ardana, to aṭṭiyati
num. card, eight, decl. like pl. of adj. in-a A. The number in objective significance, based on natural phenomena: see compounds ˚angula, ˚nakha, ˚pada, ˚pāda B. The number in subjective significance
Vedic aṣṭau, old dual, Idg. *octou, pointing to a system of counting by tetrads (see also nava); Av. ašta Gr. ὀκτώ, Lat. octo, Goth. ahtau = Ohg. ahto, Ger. acht E. eight
see attha.
adjective
Sk. aṣṭaka
ordinal number the eighth Snp.107, Snp.230 (cp. Kp-a.187), Snp.437
■ f. ˚ī the eighth day of the lunar half month (cp. aṭṭhakā) AN.i.144; Snp.402; Vv.16#6 (in all three pass. as pakkhassa cātuddasī pañcadasī ca aṭṭhamī); AN.i.142; Snp.570 (ito atthami scil. divase, loc.).
Sk. aṣṭama, see aṭṭha1
= aṭṭhama the eighth.
neuter stand, post; name of the rubbing-post which, well cut & with incised rows of squares was let into the ground of a bathing-place, serving as a rubber to people bathing Vin.ii.105, Vin.ii.106 (read aṭṭhāne with BB; cp. Vin.ii.315).
ā + ṭṭhāna
in combn. with katvā: to make something one’s attha, i.e. object, to find out the essence or profitableness or value of anything to recognise the nature of, to realise, understand, know. Nearly always in stock phrase aṭṭhikatvā manasikatvā DN.ii.204; MN.i.325, MN.i.445; SN.i.112 sq. = SN.i.189, SN.i.220; SN.v.76; AN.ii.116; AN.iii.163; Ja.i.189; Ja.v.151 (: attano atthikabhāvaṃ katvā atthiko hutvā sakkaccaṃ suṇeyya C.); Ud.80 (: adhikicca ayaṃ no attho adhigantabbo evaṃ sallakkhetvā tāya desanāya atthikā hutvā C.); Sdhp.220 (˚katvāna).
= attha (aṭṭha) in compn. with kar & bhū, as freq. in Sk. and P. with i for a, like citti-kata (for citta˚) angi-bhūta (for anga˚); cp. the freq. combn. (with similar meaning) manasi-kata (besides manasā-k.), also upadhikaroti and others. This combn. is restricted to the pp and der. (˚kata & ˚katvā). Other explains by Morris J. P. T. S 1886, 107; Windisch, M. & B. 100
neuter
Sk. asthi = Av. asti, Gr. ο ̓́στεον, ο ̓́στρακον, ἀστράγαλος; Lat. os (*oss); also Gr. ο ̓́ζος branch Goth. asts
neuter
fr. aṭṭhi
at Pv-a.180 (sūcik˚) to be read aṭṭita (q.v.) for aṭṭika.
see ṭhita.
undertaken, arrived at, looked after, considered Ja.ii.247 (= adhiṭṭhita C.).
ā + ṭhita
see atthika.
at Vin.ii.266 is expld. by Bdhgh on p. 327 by gojanghaṭṭika, perhaps more likely = Sk. aṣṭhīlā a round pebble or stone.
(& addha) one half, half; usually in compn. (see below), like diyaḍḍha 1 1/2 (˚sata 150) Pv-a.155 (see as to meaning Stede, Peta Vatthu p. 107). Note. aḍḍha is never used by itself, for “half in absolute position upaḍḍha (q.v.) is always used.
etym. uncertain, Sk. ardha
adjective rich, opulent, wealthy, well-to-do usually in combn. with mahaddhana & mahābhoga; of great wealth & resources (foll. by pahūta-jātarūparajata pahūta vittūpakaraṇa etc.). Thus at DN.i.115, DN.i.134, DN.i.137; DN.iii.163 Pp.52; Dhp-a.i.3; Vv-a.322; Pv-a.3, Pv-a.78 etc. In other combn. Vv.31#4 (˚kula); Cnd.615 (Sakka = aḍḍho mahaddhano dhanavā); DN-a.i.281 (= issara); Dhp-a.ii.37 (˚kula) Sdhp.270 (satasākh˚), Sdhp.312 (guṇ˚), Sdhp.540 sq. (id.), Sdhp.561.
Sk. āḍhya fr. ṛddha pp. of ṛdh, ṛdhnote & ṛdhyate (see ijjhati) to thrive cp. Gr.; α ̓́λχομαι thrive, Lat alo to nourish. Cp. also Vedic iḍā refreshment & P. iddhi power. See also āḷhiya
adjective wealthy, rich, influential Ja.iv.495; Pv.ii.8#2 (= mahāvibhava Pv-a.107).
feminine riches, wealth, opulence Sdhp.316.
abstr. to aḍḍha
debt, only in neg. anaṇa (adj.) free from debt Vin.i.6 = SN.i.137, SN.i.234 = DN.ii.39; Thig.364 (i.e. without a new birth); AN.ii.69; Ja.v.481 Thag-a.245.
Sk. ṛṇa; see etym. under iṇa, of which aṇa is a doublet. See also āṇaṇya
adjective small, minute, atomic, subtle (opp. thūla, q.v.) DN.i.223; SN.i.136; SN.v.96 (˚bīja); Snp.299 (anuto aṇuṃ gradually); Ja.iii.12 (= appamattaka); Ja.iv.203; Dhs.230, Dhs.617 (= kisa); Thag-a.173; Mil.361. Note aṇu is freq. spelt anu, thus usually in cpd. ˚matta.
Sk. aṇu; as to etym. see Walde Lat. Wtb. under ulna. See also āṇi
adjective = aṇu Snp.146, Kp-a.246.
neuter
Etym. unknown. Cp. Sk. aṇḍa
neuter = aṇḍa, egg Dhp-a.i.60; Dhp-a.iii.137 (sakuṇ˚).
adjective only used of vācā speech: harsh, rough, insolent MN.i.286; AN.v.265, AN.v.283 AN.v.293 (gloss kaṇṭakā); Ja.iii.260; Dhs.1343, cp. Dhs-a.396.
Sk.? prob. an inorganic form; the diaeresis of caṇḍaka into c˚ aṇḍaka seems very plausible. As to meaning cp. Dhs-a.396 and see Dhs trsl. 349, also Morris J. P. T. S. 1893, 6, who, not satisfactorily, tries to establish a relation to ard, as in aṭṭa3
(food, cereal). See passages under aparaṇṇa & pubbaṇṇa.
neuter
Sk. arṇa & arṇava to; ṛ; ṛṇoti to move, Idg. *er to be in quick motion, cp. Gr. ο ̓́ρνυμι; Lat. orior Goth. rinnan = E. run; Ohg. runs, river, flow.
day, only as-˚ in apar˚, pubb˚, majjh˚, sāy˚, q.v.
Sk. ahna, day, see ahan
adjective not mixed with buttermilk Ja yi.21.
a + takka2
neuter falsehood, untruth DN.i.3; Ja.vi.207.
a + taccha2
indeclinable adv. and prep of direction (forward motion), in primary meaning “on and further”, then “up to and beyond”.
adverbially (only as ttg.): in excess, extremely very (cp. ii.3) Ja.vi.133 (ati uggata C. = accuggata T.), Ja.vi.307 (ati ahitaṃ C. = accāhitaṃ T.).
A peculiar use of ati is its function in reduplication-compounds, expressing “and, adding further, and so on, even more, etc.” like that of the other comparing or contrasting prefixes a (ā), anu, ava, paṭi, vi (e.g. khaṇḍâkhaṇḍa seṭṭhânuseṭṭhi, chiddâvacchidda, angapaccanga cuṇṇavicuṇṇa). In this function it is however restricted to comparatively few expressions and has not by far the wide range of ā (q.v.), the only phrases being the foll. viz cakkāticakkaṃ mañcātimañcaṃ bandhati to heap carts upon carts, couches upon couches (in order to see a procession) Vin.iv.360 (Bdhgh); Ja.ii.331; Ja.iv.81; Dhp-a.iv.61 -devātideva god upon god, god and more than a god (see atideva); mānātimāna all kinds of conceit; vaṅkātivaṅka crooked all over Ja.i.160
Semantically ati is closely related to abhi, so that in consequence of dialectical variation we frequently find ati in Pāli, where the corresp. expression in later Sk. shows abhi. See e.g. the foll. cases for comparison: accuṇha ati-jāta, ˚pīḷita ˚brūheti, ˚vassati, ˚vāyati, ˚veṭheti.
Note The contracted (assimilation-) form of ati before vowels is acc- (q.v.). See also for adv. use atiriva, ativiya atīva.
sk. ati = Gr. ε ̓́τι moreover, yet, and; Lat. et and, Goth. ip; also connected with Gr. ατάρ but, Lat at but (= over, outside) Goth. appan
adjective too sour Dhp-a.ii.85.
ati + ambila
a super-Arahant, one who surpasses even other Arahants Mil.277.
ati + arahant
adjective very powerful(?) Ja.v.441 (˚bhesajja, medicin). Ati-unha
adjective too hot Pv-a.37 (˚ātapa glow). See also accuṇha (which is the usual form).
adjective by far the best or highest Vv-a.80.
too much water, excess of water Dhp-a.i.52.
adjective only in loc. -e (adv.) too soon after sunrise, too early Vv-a.65 (laddhabhattatā eating too early).
past participle more than done to, i.e. retaliated; paid back in an excessive degree AN.i.62.
to pull too hard, to labour, trouble, drudge Vin.iii.17.
ati + kaḍḍhati
adjective too black Vin.iv.7.
ati + kaṇha
adjective very pitiful, extremely miserable Ja.i.202; Ja.iv.142; Ja.vi.53.
ati + karuṇa
(ger.) pulling (right) through Ja.v.173 (rajjuṃ, a rope, through the nostrils; variant reading BB. anti˚).
fr. atikassati ati + kṛṣ; Sk. atikṛṣya
in instr. atikālena adv. in very good time very early Vin.i.70 (+ atidivā).
ati + kāla
passed beyond, passed by, gone by, elapsed; passed over, passing beyond, surpassing Ja.ii.128 (tīṇi saṃvaccharāni); Dhp-a.iii.133 (tayo vaye passed beyond the 3 ages of life); Pv-a.55 (māse ˚e after the lapse of a month), Pv-a.74 (kati divasā ˚ā how many days have passed).
pp. of atikamati
feminine transgressing, overstepping the bounds (of good behaviour), lawlessness Mil.122.
Der. abstr. fr. prec.
going over or further, passing beyond, traversing; fig. overcoming of, overstepping, failing against, transgression Dhp.191; Dhs.299; Pv-a.154 (katipayayojan˚), Pv-a.159 (˚caraṇa sinful mode of life); Mil.158 (dur˚ hard to overcome); Sdhp.64.
Sk. atikrama
adjective exceeding Ja.i.153.
atikkamaṇa + ka
■ Ja.iv.141; Dhp.221 (Pot. ˚eyya overcome);
■ Pv-a.67 (maggena: passes by).
grd atikkamanīya to be overcome DN.ii.13 (an˚);
■ Snp-a.568 (dur˚)
ger atikkamma DN.ii.12 (surpassing);
■ Iti.51 (māradheyyaṃ passing over), cp. vv.ll. under adhigayha; and atikkamitva going beyond, overcoming, transcending (Ja.iv.139 (samuddaṃ);
■ Pp.17; Ja.i.162 (raṭṭhaṃ having left).
■ Often to be trsl. as adv. “beyond”, e.g. pare beyond others Pv-a.15; Vasabhagāmaṃ beyond the village of V. Pv-a.168
pp atikkanta (q.v.).
ati + kamati
to make pass, to cause to pass over Ja.i.151.
Caus. of atikkamati
adverb too soon Vin.ii.284.
ati + khippa
neuter too much digging Ja.ii.296.
ati + khaṇa(na)
neuter = prec. Ja.ii.296.
adjective in cāpâtikhīṇa broken bow (?) Dhp.156 (expld. at Dhp-a.iii.132 as cāpāto atikhīṇā cāpā vinimmuttā).
ati + khīṇa
(-˚) adjective going over, overcoming, surmounting, getting over Snp.250 (sanga˚); Dhp.370 (id.) Snp.795 (sīma˚, cp. Mnd.99), Snp.1096 (ogha˚); Mnd.100 (atikkanta); Cnd.180 (id.).
ati + ga
to go over, i.e. to overcome, surmount, conquer, get the better of, only in pret. (aor. 3rd sg. accagā (q.v. and see gacchati 3) Snp.1040; Dhp.414 and accagamā (see gacchati 2) Vin.ii.192; DN.i.85; SN.ii.205; DN-a.i.236 (= abhibhavitvā pavatta). Also 3rd pl accaguṃ Iti.93, Iti.95.
ati + gacchati
to destroy, make perish, waste away Ja.vi.211 (= atigālayati vināseti C. p. 215). Perhaps reading should be atigāḷheti (see atigāḷhita.
ati + gāḷeti, Caus. of galati, cp. Sk. vi-gālayati
adjective very tight or close, intensive Ja.i.62. Cp. atigāḷhita.
ati + gāḷha 1
oppressed, harmed, overcome, defeated destroyed Ja.v.401 (= atipīḷita C.).
pp. of atigāḷheti, Denom. fr. atigāḷha; cp. Sk. atigāhate to overcome
adjective very terrible or fierce Sdhp.285.
ati + ghora
neuter transgression Pv-a.159.
fr. aticarati
ati + carati
one who transgresses, esp. a woman who commits adultery AN.ii.61 (all MSS. read aticaritvā); AN.iv.66 (T. aticarittā).
n. ag. of. aticarati
feminine transgression, sin, adultery DN.iii.190.
ati + cariyā
transgression Vv.15#8 (= aticca cāra Vv-a.72).
from aticarati
adjective noun transgressing, sinning, esp. as f. aticārinī an adulteress SN.ii.259; SN.iv.242; DN.iii.190; AN.iii.261; Pv.ii.12#14; Pv-a.151 (variant reading BB), Pv-a.152; Vv-a.110.
from aticarati
adjective very splendid, brilliant, quite exceptional Mil.28.
ati + citra
gerundive
ger. of ati + eti, ati + i
to go on, only occurring in imper. aticchatha (bhante) “please go on, Sir”, asking a bhikkhu to seek alms elsewhere, thus refusing a gift in a civil way. [The interpretation given by Trenckner, as quoted by Childers, is from ati + iṣ “go and beg further on”. (Tr. Notes 65) but this would entail a meaning like “desire in excess”, since iṣ does not convey the notion of movement] Ja.iii.462; Dhp-a.iv.98 (T. aticcha, vv.ll. ˚atha); Vv-a.101; Mil.8
caus aticchāpeti to make go on, to ask to go further Ja.iii.462. Cp. icchatā.
*Sk. ati-ṛcchati, ati + ṛ; cp. aṇṇava
a “super”-sunshade, a sunshade of extraordinary size & colours Dhs-a.2.
ati + chatta
adjective well-born, well behaved, gentlemanly Iti.14 (opp avajāta).
ati + jāta, perhaps ati in sense of abhi, cp. abhijāta
to pass over, cross, go beyond aor. accatari SN.iv.157 = Iti.57 (˚āri).
ati + tarati
adjective very, or quite empty Sdhp.430.
ati + tuccha
feminine extreme joy Ja.i.207.
ati + tuṭṭhi
adjective beyond compare, incomparable Thag.831 = Snp.561 (= tulaṃ atīto nirupamo ti attho Snp-a.455).
ati + tula
adjective dissatisfied, unsatisfied Ja.i.440; Dhp.48.
a + titta
neuter “that which is not a fording-place”. i.e. not the right way, manner or time; as ˚wrongly in the wrong way Ja.i.343; Ja.iv.379; Ja.vi.241; Dhp-a.iii.347; DN-a.i.38.
a + tittha
a guest, stranger, newcomer DN.i.117 (= āgantuka-navaka pāhuṇaka DN-a.i.288); AN.ii.68; AN.iii.45, AN.iii.260; Ja.iv.31, Ja.iv.274; Ja.v.388; Kp.viii.7 (n’ atthi assa ṭhiti yamhi vā tamhi vā divase āgacchatī ti atithi Kp-a.222); Vv-a.24 (= āgantuka).
Sk. atithi of at = at, see aṭati; orig. the wanderer, cp. Vedic atithin wandering
neuter too generous giving, an excessive gift of alms. Mil.277 Pv-a.129 Pv-a.130
ati + dāna
adjective very cruel, extremely fierce Pv.iii.7#3.
Sk. atidāruṇa, ati + dāruṇa
feminine higher doctrine, super knowledge (?) Vin.i.63 = Vin.ii.4 (+ adhisīla; should we read adhi-diṭṭhi?)
ati + diṭṭhi
adverb late in the day, in the afternoon Vin.i.70 (+ atikālena); SN.i.200; AN.iii.117.
ati + divā
to give further explanation, to explain in detail Mil.304.
ati + disati
adjective too long, extremely long Ja.iv.165; Pv.ii.10#2; Vv-a.103 (opp. atirassa).
ati + dīgha
great evil, exceedingly painful excessive suffering Pv-a.65; Sdhp.95. In atidukkhavāca Pv-a.15 ati belongs to the whole cpd., i.e. of very hurtful speech.
ati + dukkha
adjective very or too far Vin.i.46; Ja.ii.154; Pv.ii.9#65 = Dhp-a.iii.220 (vv.ll. suvidūre); Pv-a.42 (opp. accāsanna).
ati + dūra
a super god, god above gods, usually epithet of the Buddha SN.i.141; Thag.489; Cnd.307 (cp adhi˚); Mil.277. atidevadeva id. Mil.203, Mil.209. devātideva god over the gods (of the Buddha) Cnd.307 a.
ati + deva
to beat a drum too hard Ja.i.283; pp. atidhanta ibid.
ati + dhamati
oversatiation Ja.ii.193.
ati + dhāta + ta
to run past, to outstrip or get ahead of SN.iii.103; SN.iv.230; MN.iii.19; Iti.43; Mil.136; Snp-a.21.
ati + dhāvati 1
indulging too much in the use of the “dhonas”, i.e. the four requisites of the bhikkhu, or transgressing the proper use or normal application of the requisites (expln. at Dhp-a.iii.344, cp dhona) Dhp.240 = Ne.129.
ati + dhonacārin
to pass time AN.i.206; Mil.345.
BSk. atināmayati, e.g. Divy.82, Divy.443; ati + nāmeti
to rebuke too much Ja.vi.417.
ati + niggaṇhāti
adjective too low, only in phrase cakkavāḷaṃ atisambādhaṃ Brahmaloko atinīcako the World is too narrow and Heaven too low (to comprehend the merit of a person, as sign of exceeding merit) Dhp-a.i.310; Dhp-a.iii.310 = Vv-a.68.
ati + nīcaka
to bring up to, to fetch, to provide with Vin.ii.180 (udakaṃ).
ati + neti
(adj. too clever Dhp-a.iv.38.
ati + paṇḍita
feminine too much cleverness Dhp-a.ii.29.
abstr. of atipaṇḍita
neuter too much alms-giving Pv.ii.943 (= atidāna. Pv-a.130)
ati + pa + dāna
too great a delay, excessive tarrying Ja.i.64; Ja.ii.93.
ati + p.
excess in liberality Dhp-a.iii.11.
ati + pariccāga
to look for, catch sight of, discover MN.iii.132 (nāgaṃ).
ati + passati; cp. Sk. anupaśyati
attack, only in phrase pāṇātipāta destruction of life, slaying, killing, murder DN.i.4 (pāṇātipātā veramaṇī, refraining from killing, the first of the dasasīla or decalogue); DN-a.i.69 (= pāṇavadha, pāṇaghāta); Snp.242; Kp ii. cp. Kp-a.26; Pv-a.28, Pv-a.33 etc.
ati + pat
adjective noun one who attacks or destroys Snp.248; Ja.vi.449 (in war nāgakkhandh˚ = hatthikkhande khaggena chinditvā C.); Pv-a.27 (pāṇ˚).
to destroy SN.v.453; Dhp.246 (variant reading for atimāpeti, q.v.). Cp. paripāteti.
Denom. fr. atipāta
adjective too much beloved, too dear, too lovely Dhp-a.v.70.
ati + pīṇita
pressed against, oppressed, harassed, vexed Ja.v.401 (= atigāḷhita).
ati + pīḷita, cp. Sk. abhipīḍita
adverb too early, usually elliptical = it is too early (with inf. carituṃ etc.) DN.i.178; MN.i.84; AN.iv.35.
cp. Sk. atiprage
tied to, coupled Ja.i.192 = Vin.iv.5.
pp. of atibandhati; cp. Sk. anubaddha
to tie close to, to harness on, to couple Ja.i.191 sq
pp atibaddha q.v.
ati + bandhati; cp. Sk. anubandhati
adjective very thick Ja.vi.365.
ati + bahala
adjective very great or strong Pv-a.178; nt. adv. -ṃ too much DN.i.93, DN.i.95; MN.i.253.
ati + bāḷha
to drive away, to pull out Ja.iv.366 (= abbāheti).
ati + bāheti, Caus. to bṛh1; cp. Sk. ābṛhati
a greater Brahma, a super-god Mil.277; Dhp-a.ii.60 (Brahmuṇā a. greater than B.).
ati + brahmā
to shout out, roar, cry Ja.v.361 (= mahāsaddaṃ nicchāreti).
ati + brūheti, bṛh2, but by C. taken incorrectly to brū; cp. Sk. abhi-bṛṇhayati
a very dear nephew Ja.i.223.
ati + bh p.
too heavy a load Mil.277 (˚ena sakaṭassa akkho bhijjati).
ati + bhāra
adjective too heavily weighed, overloaded Vin.iv.47.
ati + bhārita
adjective too serious Dhp-a.i.70.
to eat too much, to overeat Mil.153.
ati + bhuñjati
neuter overeating Mil.135.
ati + bhutta
to excel, overcome, to get the better of, to deceive Ja.i.163 (= ajjhottharati vañceti C.).
ati + bhavati, cp. Sk. atibhavati & abhibhavati
to despise, slighten, neglect Snp.148 (= Kp-a.247 atikkamitvā maññati); Dhp.365, Dhp.366; Ja.ii.347; Pv.i.7#6 (˚issaṃ, variant reading ˚asiṃ = atikkamitvā avamaññiṃ Pv-a.37); Pv-a.36; Sdhp.609.
Sk. atimanyate; ati + man
feminine arrogance, contempt, neglect Mil.122.
abstr. to prec., cp. atimāna
adjective very lovely Pv-a.77 (+ abhirūpa).
ati + manāpa
adjective very charming Ja.i.60.
ati + manorama
adjective very charming Pv-a.46.
ati + manohara
adjective too slow, too weak Sdhp.204, Sdhp.273, Sdhp.488.
ati + manda
to favour too much, to spoil or fondle Ja.ii.316.
ati + mamāyati, cp. Sk. atīmamāyate in diff. meaning = envy
adjective very or too great Ja.i.221; Pv-a.75.
ati + mahant
high opinion (of oneself), pride, arrogance, conceit, MN.i.363; Snp.853 (see expln. at Mnd.233), Snp.942, Snp.968; Ja.vi.235; Mnd.490; Mil.289. Cp. atimaññanā.
Sk. atimāna, ati + māna
adjective DN.ii.45 (thaddha +); Snp.143 (an˚) Snp.244; Kp-a.236.
fr. atimāna
to injure, destroy, kill; only in the stock phrase pāṇaṃ atimāpeti (with variant reading atipāteti) to destroy life, to kill DN.i.52 (variant reading ˚pāteti) = DN-a.i.159 (: pāṇaṃ hanati pi parehi hanāpeti either to kill or incite others to murder); MN.i.404, MN.i.516; SN.iv.343; AN.iii.205 (correct T. reading atimāteti; variant reading pāteti); Dhp.246 (variant reading ˚pāteti) = Dhp-a.iii.356 (: parassa jīvitindriyaṃ upacchindati).
ati + māpeti, Caus. of mī, mināte, orig. meaning “to do damage to”
adjective very talkative, a chatterbox Ja.i.418; Dhp-a.ii.70. atimukharatā (f. abstr.) ibid.
ati + mukhara
Name of a plant, Gaertnera Racemosa Vin.ii.256 = MN.i.32; Mil.338.
Sk. atimuktaka
adjective very soft, mild or feeble Ja.i.262.
ati + muduka
a sorcerer, wizard, fortune-teller Ja.vi.502 (C.: bhūtavijjā ikkhaṇīka).
ati + yakkha
adjective one who asks too much Vin.iii.147.
ati + yācaka
feminine asking or begging too much Vin.iii.147.
ati + yācanā
adverb late in the night, at midnight Ja.i.436 (opp. atipabhāte).
ati + ratti; cp. atidivā
adjective too short (opp. atidīgha) Vin.iv.7; Ja.vi.457; Vv-a.103.
ati + rassa
a higher king, the greatest king, more than a king Dhp-a.ii.60; Mil.277.
ati + rājā
to be left over, to remain Sdhp.23, Sdhp.126.
ati + riccati, see ritta
adjective left over, only as neg. an˚; applied to food, i.e. food which is not the leavings of a meal, fresh food Vin.i.213 sq, Vin.i.238; Vin.ii.301 Vin.iv.82 sq., Vin.iv.85.
pp. of ati + rlc, see ritta
(ati-r-iva) see ativiya.
adjective surplus, too much; exceeding, excessive, in a high degree extra Vin.i.255; Ja.i.72 (˚padasata), Ja.i.109; Ja.i.441 (in higher positions); Mil.216; Dhs-a.2; Dhp-a.ii.98.
Sk. atireka, ati + ric, rinakti; see ritta
feminine excessiveness, surplus, excess Kv.607.
abstr. to prec.
to shine magnificently (trs.) to outshine, to surpass in splendour DN.ii.208; Dhp.59; Pv.ii.9#58 Mil.336 (+ virocati); Dhp-a.i.446 (= atikkamitvā virocati); Dhp-a.iii.219; Pv-a.139 (= ativiya virocati).
ati + ruc
adjective very crooked Ja.i.160 (vankâtivankin crooked all over; cp. ati iii.).
ati + vankin
to surpass, excel DN.ii.267.
ati + vaṇṇati
passed beyond, surpassed, overcome (act. & pass.), conquered Snp.1133 (bhava˚); Cnd.21 (= atikkanta, vītivatta); Ja.v.84 (bhaya˚) Mil.146, Mil.154.
pp. of ativattati: Sk. ativṛtta
to pass, pass over, go beyond; to overcome, get over; conquer Vin.ii.237 (samuddo velaṃ n’); SN.ii.92 (saṃsāraṃ); SN.iv.158 (id.) Iti.9 (saṃsāraṃ) = AN.ii.10 = Cnd.172#a; Thag.412; Ja.i.58, Ja.i.280 Ja.iv.134; Ja.vi.113, Ja.vi.114; Pv-a.276
pp ativatta (q.v.).
ati + vṛt, Sk. ativartate
one who insults or offends Ja.v.266 (isīnaṃ ativattāro dharusavācāhi atikkamitvā vattāro C.).
Sk. *ativaktṛ, n. ag. to ati-vacati; cp. ativākya
one who overcomes or is to be overcome Snp.785 (svātivattā = durativattā duttarā duppatarā Mnd.76).
Sk. *ativartṛ, n. ag. to ati-vattati
adjective being under somebody’s rule, dependent upon (c. gen.) Dhp.74 (= vase vattati Dhp-a.ii.79).
ati + vasa fr. vas
to rain down on, upon or into Thag.447 = Vin.ii.240.
ati + vassati, cp. Sk. abhivarṣati
neuter abuse, blame, reproach Dhp.320, Dhp.321 (= aṭṭha-anariyavohāra-vasena pavattaṃ vītikkama-vacanaṃ Dhp-a.iv.3) Ja.vi.508.
ati + vac, cp. Sk. ativāda, fr. ati + vad
too much wind, a wind which is too strong, a gale, storm Mil.277.
ati + vāta
to fill (excessively) with an odour or perfume, to satiate, permeate, pervade Mil.333 (vāyati; cp. abhivāyati ibid Mil.385).
ati + vāyati
carrying, carrying over; a conveyance; one who conveys i.e. a conductor, guide Thag.616 (said of sīla, good character); Ja.v.433
■ Cp. ativāhika.
fr. ati + vah, cp. Sk. ativahati & abhivāha
one who belongs to a conveyance, one who conveys or guides, a conductor (of a caravan Ja.v.471, Ja.v.472 (˚purisa).
fr. ativāha
adjective at a very inconvenient time, much too late DN.i.108 (= suṭṭhu vikāla DN-a.i.277).
ati + vikāla
to pierce, to enter into (fig.), to see through, only in phrase paññāya ativijjha (ger.) passati to recognise in all details MN.i.480; SN.v.226; AN.ii.178.
Sk. atividhyati, ati + vyadh
adverb = ati + iva, orig. “much-like” like an excess = excessive-ly. There are three forms of this expression, viz.
Sk. atīva
feminine Name of a plant Vin.i.201; Vin.iv.35.
Sk. ativiṣā
adjective too abundant, in ˚vākya one who talks too much, a chatterbox Ja.v.204.
ati + vissaṭṭha
adjective very, or too confidential Ja.i.86.
ati + vissāsika
adjective very famous, renowned Sdhp.473.
ati + vissuta
to wrap over, to cover, to enclose; to press, oppress, stifle Vin.ii.101; Ja.v.452 (-ativiya veṭheti piḷeti C.).
ati + veṣṭ; cp. Sk. abhiveṣṭate
adjective excessive (of time); nt. adv. -ṃ a very long time; excessively DN.i.19 (= atikālaṃ aticiran ti attho DN-a.i.113); MN.i.122; Snp.973 (see expln. at Mnd.504); Ja.iii.103 = Mnd.504.
ati + vela
adjective too much attached to worldly matters SN.v.263.
ati + līna
adjective too wretched, very miserable Sdhp.409.
ati + lūkha
adjective too hairy, having too much hair Ja.vi.457 (opp. aloma).
ati + loma
(˚cāra?) wandering about too much Mil.277.
ati + sañcāra
adjective too subtle Dhp-a.iii.326.
ati + saṇha
adjective extremely peaceful Sdhp.496.
ati + santa1
adjective too tight, crowded or narrow Dhp-a.i.310; Dhp-a.iii.310 = Vv-a.68; cp. atinīcaka. f. abstr. atisambādhatā the state of being too narrow Ja.i.7.
ati + sambādha
superiority, distinction, excellence, abundance Vv-a.135 (= visesa); Pv-a.86; Dāvs ii.62.
cp. Sk. atiśaya, fr. ati + śī
to surpass, excel; ger. atisayitvā Mil.336 (+ atikkamitvā).
ati + śī
adjective transgressing, sinning Ja.iv.6; cp. atisāra.
fr. atisarati; cp. accasara
to go too far, to go beyond the limit, to overstep, transgress, aor. accasari (q.v.) Snp.8 sq (opp. paccasari; C. atidhāvi); Ja.v.70 and atisari Ja.iv.6. ger. atisitvā (for *atisaritvā) DN.i.222; SN.iv.94; AN.i.145 AN.v.226, AN.v.256; Snp.908 (= Mnd.324 atikkamitvā etc.).
ati + sṛ.
adverb very late, late in the evening Ja.v.94.
ati + sāyaṃ
going too far, overstepping the limit, trespassing, false step, slip, danger Vin.i.55 (sātisāra), Vin.i.326 (id.); SN.i.74; MN.iii.237; Snp.889 (atisāraṃ diṭṭhiyo = diṭṭhigatāni Mnd.297; going beyond the proper limits of the right faith) Ja.v.221 (dhamm˚), Ja.v.379; Dhp-a.i.182; Dhs-a.28. See also atisara.
fr. ati + sṛ; see atisarati. Cp. Sk. atisāra in diff. meaning but BSk. atisāra (sâtisāra) in the same meaning.
adjective very loose, shaky or weak AN.iii.375.
ati + sithila
adjective too cold Dhp-a.ii.85.
ati + sīta
adjective very cold Ja.iii.55.
ati + sītala
adjective very pleased Sdhp.323.
ati + haṭṭha
to carry over, to bring over, bring, draw over Vin.ii.209; Vin.iv.264; SN.i.89; Ja.i.292; Ja.v.347. Caus. atiharāpeti to cause to bring over, bring in, reap collect, harvest Vin.ii.181; Vin.iii.18; Mil.66; Dhp-a.iv.77. See also atihita.
ati + hṛ.
brought over (from the field into the house), harvested, borne home Thag.381 (vīhi).
ati + hṛ; pp. of atiharati, hita unusual for hata, perhaps through analogy with Sk. abhi + dhā
adjective very poor or destitute AN.iv.282, AN.iv.287; AN.iv.323 (opp. accogāḷha).
ati + hīna
to despise Ja.iv.331 (= atimaññati C.).
ati + hīḍ
adjective noun
Sk. atīta, ati + ita, pp. of i. Cp. accaya & ati eti
adjective noun not seeing the shore Ja.i.46; Ja.vi.440; also as atīradassanī (f.) Ja.v.75 (nāvā). Cp. DN.i.222.
a + tīra + dassin
indeclinable very much, exceedingly Ja.ii.413; Mhvs.33, Mhvs.2 etc.
ati + iva, see also ativiya
adverb hence, now, therefore SN.i.15; MN.i.498; Mil.87; Ja.v.398 (= tato C.).
Sk. ataḥ
a class of jugglers or acrobats(?) Mil.191.
etym.?
that which has been taken up, assumed. atta-daṇḍa, he who has taken a stick in hand, a violent person, SN.i.236; SN.iv.117; Snp.630, Snp.935; Dhp.406. Attañjaha, rejecting what had been assumed, Snp.790. Attaṃ pahāya Snp.800. The opp is niratta, that which has not been assumed, has been thrown off, rejected. The Arahant has neither atta nor niratta (Snp.787, Snp.858, Snp.919), neither assumption nor rejection he keeps an open mind on all speculative theories See Mnd.82, Mnd.90, Mnd.107, Mnd.352; Cnd.271; Snp-a.523; Dhp-a.iv.180 for the traditional exegesis. As legal t. t. attādānaṃ ādīyati is to take upon oneself the conduct, before the Chapter, of a legal point already raised. Vin.ii.247 (quoted Vin.v.91).
ā + d + ta; that is, pp. of ādadāti with the base form reduced to d. Idg *d-to; cp. Sk. ātta
see attan.
see upatta.
Sk. akta, pp. of añjati
masculine & atta (the latter is the form used in compn.)
(n. and predicative adj.) not a soul, without a soul. Most freq. in combn. with dukkha & anicca-
Vedic ātman, not to Gr. αἀνεμος = Lat. animus, but to Gr. ἀτμός steam, Ohg. ātum breath, Ags. aepm
adjective belonging to the soul, having a soul, of the nature of soul, soul-like; usually nt. anything of the nature of soul MN.i.138 = Kv.67; MN.i.297 MN.ii.263; SN.iii.78 (yaṃ kho anattaniyaṃ whatever has no soul), SN.iii.127; SN.iv.54 = Cnd.680 F; SN.iv.82 = SN.iii.33 = Cnd.680 Q 3; SN.iv.168; SN.v.6; Cnd.680 D. Cp. Dhs trsl. XXXV ff.
from attā
delighted pleased, enraptured DN.i.3, DN.i.90 (an˚); DN.ii.14; AN.iii.337 AN.iii.343; AN.iv.344; Snp.45 = Dhp.328 (= upaṭṭhita-satt Dhp-a.iv.29); Snp.995; Cnd.24 (= tuṭṭha-mano haṭṭha-mano etc.) Vv.1#4; Pp.33 (an˚); Mil.18; DN-a.i.52; Dhp-a.i.89 (an˚-dhātuka displeased); Pv-a.23, Pv-a.132; Vv-a.21 (where Dhpāla gives two explains, either tuṭṭhamano or sakamano).
atta1 + mano, having an up raised mind. Bdhgh’s expln. is saka-mano DN-a.i.255 = attā + mano. He applies the same expln. to attamanatā (at Dhs.9, see Dhs trsl 12) = attano manatā mentality of one’s self
feminine satisfaction, joy, pleasure, transport of mind MN.i.114; AN.i.276; AN.iv.62; Pp.18 (an˚) Dhs.9, Dhs.86, Dhs.418 (an˚); Pv-a.132; Vv-a.67 (an˚).
abstr. to prec.
adjective without shelter or protection Ja.i.229; Mil.148, Mil.325; Thag-a.285.
a + tāṇa
(also aṭṭha, esp. in combinations mentioned under 3) masculine & neuter
masculine & neuter
Vedic artha from; ṛ; arti & ṛṇoti to reach attain or to proceed (to or from), thus originally result (or cause), profit, attainment. Cp. semantically Fr. chose Lat. causa
neuter home, primarily as place of rest & shelter, but in P. phraseology abstracted from the “going home”, i.e. setting of the sun, as disappearance going out of existence, annihilation, extinction. Only in acc. and as ˚-in foll phrases: atthaṅgacchati to disappear, to go out of existence, to vanish Dhp.226 (= vināsaṃ natthibhāvaṃ gacchati Dhp-a.iii.324), Dhp-a.384 (parikkhayaṃ gacchati); pp. atthaṅgata gone home, gone to rest, gone, disappeared; of the sun (= set): Ja.i.175 (atthangate suriye at sunset); Pv-a.55 (id.), Pv-a.216 (anatthangate s. before sunset) fig. Snp.472 (atthagata). Snp.475 (id.), Snp.1075 (= niruddha ucchinṇa vinaṭṭha anupādi-sesāya nibbāna-dhātuyā nibbuta); Iti.58; Dhs.1038; Vb.195 -atthagatatta (nt. abstr.) disappearance Snp-a.409. -atthaṅgama (atthagama passim) annihilation, disappearance opposed to samudaya (coming into existence) and synonymous with nirodha (destruction) DN.i.34, DN.i.37, DN.i.183; SN.iv.327; AN.iii.326; Pts.ii.4, Pts.ii.6, Pts.ii.39; Pp.52; Dhs.165 Dhs.265, Dhs.501, Dhs.579; Vb.105. -atthagamana (nt.) setting (of the sun) Ja.i.101 (suriyass’ atthagamanā at sunset DN-a.i.95 (= ogamana)
■ attha-gāmin, in phrase uday’ atthagāmin leading to birth and death (of paññā): see udaya. -atthaṃ paleti = atthangacchati (fig.) Snp.1074 (= atthangameti nirujjhati Cnd.28)
■ Also atthamita (pp. of i) set (of the sun) in phrase anatthamite suriye before sunset (with anatthangamite as variant reading at both pass. Dhp-a.i.86; Dhp-a.iii.127
■ Cp. also abbhattha.
Vedic asta, of uncertain etym.
pres. 2nd pl. of atthi (q.v.).
spread, covered, spread over with (-˚) Vin.i.265; Vin.iv.287; Vin.v.172 (also ˚an); AN.iii.50; Pv-a.141.
pp. of attharati
neuter reason, cause; only in abl. atthattā according to the sense, by reason of, on account of Pv-a.189 (-˚).
abstr. fr. attha1
a rug (for horses, elephants etc.) DN.i.7.
fr. attharati
a covering Ja.i.9; DN-a.i.87
■ f. -ikā a layer Ja.i.9; Ja.v.280.
= atthara
neuter a covering, carpet, cover, rug Vin.ii.291; AN.ii.56; AN.iii.53; Mhvs.3, Mhvs.20; Mhvs.15, Mhvs.40 Mhvs.25, Mhvs.102; Thag-a.22.
fr. attharati
to spread, to cover, to spread out; stretch, lay out Vin.i.254; Vin.v.172; Ja.i.199; Ja.v.113; Ja.vi.428; Dhp.i.272
pp atthata (q.v.)
caus attharāpeti to caused to be spread Ja.v.110; Mhvs.3, Mhvs.20; Mhvs.29, Mhvs.7; Mhvs.34, Mhvs.69.
ā + stṛ.
adjective full of benefit SN.i.30; Thag.740; Mil.172.
cp. Sk. arthavant
spreading out Vin.v.172 (see kaṭhina). atthāraka same ibid.; Vin.ii.87 (covering).
cp. Sk. āstāra, fr. attharati
to be, to exist.
pres Ind. 1st sg. asmi Snp.1120, Snp.1143; Ja.i.151; Ja.iii.55 and amhi MN.i.429; Snp.694; Ja.ii.153; Pv.i.10#2; Pv.ii.8#2.
■ 2nd sg. asi Snp.420; Ja.ii.160 (’si); Ja.iii.278; Vv.32#4 Pv-a.4.
■ 3rd sg. atthi Snp.377, Snp.672, Snp.884; Ja.i.278 Often used for 3rd pl. (= santi), e.g. Ja.i.280; Ja.ii.2 Ja.iii.55.
■ 1st pl. asma [Sk. smaḥ] Snp.594, Snp.595; asmase Snp.595, and amha Snp.570; Ja.ii.128.
■ 2nd pl. attha Ja.ii.128; Pv-a.39, Pv-a.74 (āgat’ attha you have come).
■ 3rd pl. santi Snp.1077; Cnd.637 (= saṃvijjanti atthi upalabbhanti); Ja.ii.353; Pv-a.7, Pv-a.22
imper atthu Snp.340; Ja.i.59; Ja.iii.26
pot 1st sg. siyā [Sk. syām] Pv.ii.8#8, and assaṃ [Cond. used as Pot.] Snp.1120; Pv.i.12#5 (= bhaveyyaṃ Pv-a.64).
■ 2nd sg. siyā [Sk. syāḥ] Pv.ii.8#7.
■ 3rd sg. siyā [Sk. syāt] DN.ii.154; Snp.325, Snp.1092 Cnd.105 (= jāneyya, nibbatteyya); Ja.i.262; Pv-a.13, and assa DN.i.135, DN.i.196; DN.ii.154; AN.v.194; Snp.49, Snp.143; Dhp.124, Dhp.260; Pv.ii.3#24; Pv.ii.9#24.
■ 1st pl. assu Pv-a.27.
■ 3rd pl. assu [cp. Sk. syuḥ] Snp.532; Dhp.74; Pv.iv.1#36 (= bhaveyyuṃ Pv-a.231)
aor 1st sg. āsiṃ [Sk. āsaṃ] Snp.284; Pv.i.2#1 (= ahosiṃ Pv-a.10); Pv.ii.3#4 (= ahosiṃ Pv-a.83)
■ 3rd sg. āsi [Sk. āsīt] Snp.994.
■ 3rd āsuṃ [cp. Sk. Perf. āsuḥ] Pv.ii.3#21, Pv.ii.13#3 (ti pi pāṭho for su).
ppr *sat only in loc. sati (as loc. abs.) Dhp.146; Ja.i.150 Ja.i.263, santa Snp.105; Cnd.635; Ja.i.150 (loc. evaṃ sante in this case); Ja.iii.26, and samāna (q.v.) Ja.i.266; Ja.iv.138.
Sk. asti, 1st sg. asmi; Gr. εἰμί ἐστί; Lat. sum-est; Goth. im-ist; Ags. eom-is E. am-is
adjective
cp. Sk. arthika
adjective one who wants something, one who is on a certain errand DN.i.90 (atthikaṃ assa atthī ti DN-a.i.255).
atthika + vant
feminine state of being, existence, being, reality MN.i.486; SN.ii.17 (˚añ c˚ eva natthitañ ca to be and not to be); SN.iii.135; Ja.v.110 (kassaci atthitaṃ vā natthitaṃ vā jānāhi see if there is anybody or not); Dhs-a.394
■ Often in abl. atthitāya by reason of, on account of, this being so Dhp-a.iii.344 (idamatthitāya under this condition) Pv-a.94, Pv-a.97, Pv-a.143.
f. abstr. fr. atthi cp. atthibhāva
adjective (-˚) desirous, wanting anything; see mant˚, vād˚.
Vedic arthin
adjective (-˚) having a purpose or end SN.iii.189 (kim˚ for what purpose?); AN.v.1 sq. (id.), Snp.311 sq.; Thag.1097 (att˚ having one’s purpose in oneself) Thag.1274; Snp.354 (yad atthiyaṃ on account of what).
= atthika
adverb here; atra atra here & there Ja.i.414 = Ja.iv.5 (in expln. of atriccha).
Sk. atra
adjective [Sk. *ātma-ja, corrupted form for attaja (see attā) through analogy with Sk. atra “here”. This form occurs only in Ja and similar sources, i.e. popular lore born from oneself, one’s own, appl. to sons, of which there are 4 kinds enumerated, viz. atraja khettaja, dinnaka antevāsika p. Cnd.448
■ Ja.i.135; Ja.iii.103 = Mnd.504; Ja.iii.181; Ja.v.465; Ja.vi.20; Mhvs.4, Mhvs.12; Mhvs.13, Mhvs.4; Mhvs.36, Mhvs.57.
adjective
the popular etym. suggested at Ja.iv.4 is atra atra icchamāna desiring here & there; but see atricchā very covetous, greedy, wanting too much Ja.i.414 = Ja.iv.4 Ja.iii.206.
feminine great desire, greed, excessive longing, insatiability Ja.iv.5, Ja.iv.327.
Sk. *atṛptyā, a + tṛpt + yā, influenced by Desid. titṛpsati, so that atricchā phonetically rather corresponds to a form *a- tṛpsyā (cch = psy, cp. P. chāta Sk. psāta). For the simple Sk. tṛpti see titti (from tappati2). According to Kern, but phonetically hardly justifiable it is Sk. atīccha = ati + icchā “too much desire” with r in dissolution of geminated tt, like atraja for attaja. See also atriccha adj. and cp. J.P.T.S. 1884, 69
feminine excessive lust Ja.iii.222.
see atricchā
indeclinable copulative & adversative part.
Sk. atha, cp. atho
Vedic atharvan; as regards etym. see Walde, Lat. Wtb. under ater
indeclinable copulative and adversative part.: and, also, and further, likewise, nay SN.i.106; Snp.43, Snp.155, Snp.647; Dhp.151, Dhp.234, Dhp.423; Ja.i.83; Ja.ii.185 Ja.iv.495; Iti.106; Kp.viii.7; Pv.iv.3#15; Pv-a.251 (atho ti nipātamattaṃ avadhāraṇ-atthe vā). Also combd. with other part., like atho pi Snp.222, Snp.537, Snp.985; Pv.ii.3#20; Kp-a.166.
Sk. atho, atha + u
adjective (-˚) eating SN.iv.195 (kiṭṭhâda eating corn); Ja.ii.439 (vantâda = vantakhādaka C.).
to ad, see adeti, cp. ˚ga, ˚ṭha, ˚da etc.
adjective = ada Ja.v.91 (purisâdaka man-eater).
neuter eating, food Ja.v.374 (variant reading modana).
from adeti
adjective see dasā.
a kind of bird Ja.iv.466.
prob. = adaṃsa, from ḍasati to bite, cp. dāṭhā tooth; lit meaning “toothless” or “not biting”
not seeing, without seeing Ja.iv.192 (T. adaṭṭhā, variant reading BB na diṭṭhā, C. adisvā), Ja.v.219.
a + diṭṭhā, ger. of *dassati
past participle that which is not given, freq. in phrase adinn’ ādāna (BSk. adattādāna Divy.302 seizing or grasping that whieh is not given to one i.e. stealing, is the 2nd of the ten qualifications of bad character or sīla (dasa-sīla see sīla ii.). Vin.i.83 (˚ā veramaṇī); DN.i.4 (= parassa haraṇaṃ theyyaṃ corikā ti vuttaṃ hoti DN-a.i.71); DN.iii.68 sq., DN.iii.82, DN.iii.92, DN.iii.181 sq.; MN.i.361; Iti.63; Kp ii., cp. Kp-a.26
■ adinnādāyin he who takes what is not given, a thief; stealing, thieving (cp. BSK. adattādāyika Divy.301, Divy.418) Vin.i.85; DN.i.138 Sdhp.78.
a + dinna
(or ādu) indeclinable part. of affirmation: even, yea, nay; always in emphatic exclamations Vv.62#2 (= udāhu Vv-a.258 variant reading SS. ādu) = Pv.iv.3#17 (ādu) = Dhp-a.i.31 (T. ādu variant reading adu); Vv.63#1 (variant reading ādu); Ja.v.330 (T. ādu, C. adu expld. on p. 331 fantastically as aduñ ca aduñ ca kammaṃ karohī ti). See also ādu.
perhaps identical with aduṃ, nt. of pron. asu
nt. of pron. asu.
adjective innocent Ja.v.143 (= nirapa rādha C.); Ja.vi.84, Ja.vi.552. f. adūsikā Snp.312.
a + dūsaka
= adūsaka Ja.v.220 (= anaparādha C.).
to eat. Pres. ind. ademi etc. Ja.v.31, Ja.v.92, Ja.v.197, Ja.v.496; Ja.vi.106 pot. adeyya Ja.v.107, Ja.v.392, Ja.v.493.
Sk. ādayati, Caus. of atti, ad to eat, 1st sg. admi = Gr. ε ̓́δω, Lat. edo; Goth. itan = Ohg. ezzan = E. eat
ginger Ja.i.244 (˚singivera).
cp. Sk. ārdraka
adjective wet, moist slippery Ja.iv.353; Ja.vi.309; Mil.346.
The reading allāvalepana occurs at Cnd.40 (= SN.iv.187), and is perhaps to be preferred. The meaning is better to be given as “newly plastered.”
Sk. ārdra, from ṛdati or ardati to melt, cp. Gr. α ̓́ρδω to moisten, αἀρδα dirt; see also alla
3rd sg. aor. of *dassati; see *dassati 2a.
3rd sg. aor. of *dassati; see *dassati 1b.
3rd sg. aor. of *dassati; see *dassati 2 a. Adda & Addayana
at Vb.371 in def. of anādariya is either faulty writing, or dial. form or pop. etym. for ādā and ādāyana; see ādariya.
to be or get wet, fig. to be attached to Ja.iv.351. See also allīyati.
v. denom. fr. adda
a mountain Dāvs ii.13.
Sk. ardri
past participle afflicted, smarted, oppressed Ja.i.21; Ja.ii.407; Ja.iii.261; Ja.iv.295 Ja.v.53, Ja.v.268; Thag.406; Mhvs.1, Mhvs.25; Pv-a.260; Sdhp.37, Sdhp.281.
see aṭṭita which is the more correct spelling
(num.) one half, half (˚-) DN.i.166 (˚māsika); AN.ii.160 (-māsa); Ja.i.59 (-yojana); iii. 189 (˚māsa).
= aḍḍha, q.v.
adjective soiled, wet; fig. attached to, intoxicated with (cp. sineha) MN.ii.223 (na anaddhabhūtaṃ attānaṃ dukkhena addhabhāveti he dirties the impure self with ill); SN.iii.1 (addhabhūto kāyo impure body) Ja.vi.548 (˚nakha with dirty nails, C. pūtinakha).
= adda3, Sk. ārdra
(in compounds addha˚;)
Vedic adhvan, orig. meaning “stretch, length”, both of space & time
■ Cases: nom. addhā, gen. dat. addhuno, instr. addhunā, acc. addhānaṃ loc. addhani; pl. addhā. See also addhāna
adverb part. of affirmation and emphasis: certainly, for sure, really truly DN.i.143; Ja.i.19 (a. ahaṃ Buddho bhavissāmi) Ja.i.66 (a. tvaṃ Buddho bhavissasi), Ja.i.203, Ja.i.279; Ja.iii.340; Ja.v.307, Ja.v.410 (C. expln. differs) Snp.47, Snp.1057; Cnd.30 = Pts.ii.21 (ekaṃsa-vacanaṃ nissaṃsaya-vacanaṃ etc.) addhā hi Ja.iv.399; Pv.iv.15 2.
Vedic addhā, cp. Av. azdā certainty
adjective = adhaniya 2, lasting Ja.v.507 (an˚).
adjective
fr. addhan
a sacrificing priest, Name of a class of Brahmins DN.i.237 (brāhmaṇa).
Vedic adhvaryu fr. adhvara sacrifice
neuter same meaning as addhan but as simplex only used with reference to time (i.e. a long time, cp. Vv-a.117 addhānaṃ = ciraṃ). Usually in phrase atītaṃ (anāgataṃ etc.) addhānaṃ in the past (future etc.), e.g. DN.i.200; SN.i.140; AN.v.32; Mil.126 (anāgatamaddhāne for ˚aṃ); Pv-a.75 (variant reading addhāne). dīghaṃ addhānaṃ Pv.i.10#5. Also in phrase addhānaṃ āpādeti to make out the length of time or period, i.e. to live out one’s lifetime SN.iv.110; Ja.ii.293 (= jīvitaddhānaṃ āpādi āyuṃ vindi C).
orig. the acc. of addhan, taken as nt. from phrase dīghaṃ addhānaṃ. It occurs only in acc. which may always be taken as acc. of addhan; thus the assumption of a special form addhāna would be superfluous were it not for later forms like addhāne (loc.) Mil.126; Pv-a.75 variant reading BB, and for compounds
a wanderer, wayfarer, traveller DN-a.i.298 (= pathāvin), DN-a.i.270; Pv-a.78, Pv-a.127 (˚jana people travelling). Often combd. with kapaṇa beggar, tramp, as kapaṇaddhikā (pl.) tramps and travellers (in which connection also as ˚iddhika, q.v.), e.g. Ja.i.6 (variant reading ˚iddhika 262; Dhp-a.ii.26.
fr. addhan
at Pv.ii.6#2 is to be corrected to aṭṭita (sic variant reading BB).
adjective (-˚) belonging to the road or travelling, one who is on the road, a traveller, in gataddhin one who has performed his journey (= addhagata) Dhp.90.
fr. addhan
see dhuva.
see dubbha.
see dvejjhatā.
in compounds like adhagga see under adho.
see dhamma.
adjective the lowest (lit. & fig.), the vilest, worst Snp.246; (narādhama), 135 (vasalâdhama); Dhp.78 (purisa˚) Ja.iii.151 (miga˚); Ja.v.394 (uttamâdhama), Ja.v.437 (id.), Ja.v.397 Sdhp.387.
Vedic adhama = Lat. infimus, superl. of adho, q.v.
adjective the lower Ja.iii.26 (adharoṭṭha the l. lip).
Vedic adhara, compar. of adho
adhi is freq. as modification pref., i.e. in loose compn. with n. or v. and as first part of a double prefixcpd, like ajjhā˚ (adhi + ā), adhippa˚ (adhi + pra), but never occurs as a fixed base, i.e. as 2nd part of a pref. cpd., like ā in paccā˚ (prati + ā), paryā˚ (pari + ā) or ava in paryava˚ (pari + ava) or ud in abhyud˚ (abhi ud), samud˚ (sam + ud). As such (i.e. modification) it is usually intensifying, meaning “over above, in addition quite, par excellence, super”-(adhideva a super-god, cp ati-deva), but very often has lost this power & become meaningless (like E. up in “shut up, fill up, join up etc) esp. in double pref
■ compounds (ajjhāvasati “to dwell here-in = āvasati “to dwell in, to inhabit”) (see C 2)
■ In the explains of P. Commentators adhi is often (sometimes far-fetchedly) interpreted by abhibhū “overpowering” see e.g. C. on adhiṭṭhāti & adhiṭṭhita; and by virtue of this intens. meaning we find a close relationship between the prefixes ati, adhi and abhi, all interchanging dialectically so that P. adhi often represents Sk. ati or abhi; thus adhi → ati in adhikusala, ˚kodhita, ˚jeguccha, ˚brahmā adhi → abhi in adhippatthita, ˚pātcti, ˚ppāya, ˚ppeta ˚bādheti, ˚bhū, ˚vāha. Cp. also ati iv.
The main applications of adhi are the foll.:
Note. The contracted (assimilation-)form of adhi before vowels is ajjh- (q.v.).
Vedic adhi; base of demonstr. pron. a˚ + suffix-dhi, corresponding in form to Gr. ε ̓́ν χα “on this” = here, cp ο ̔́χι where, in meaning equal to adv. of direction Gr. δέ (toward) = Ohg. zuo, E. to
adjective exceeding, extraordinary, superior, Pp.35; Vv-a.80 (= anadhivara, visiṭṭha); DN-a.i.141, DN-a.i.222; Dpvs.v.32 (an˚); Dhp-a.iii.238 Kp-a.193 (= anuttara); Sdhp.337, Sdhp.447
■ compar adhikatara Dhp-a.ii.7; Dhp-a.iii.176; nt. -ṃ as adv. extraordinarily Pv-a.86 (= adhimattaṃ). In combn. with numerals adhika has the meaning of “in addition, with an additional, plus” (cp. ādi + ādika, with which it is evidently confounded, adhika being constructed in the same way as ādika, i.e. preceding the noun-determination), e.g. catunahutâdhikāni dve yojana-sahassāni 2000 + 94 (= 294 000; Ja.i.25; sattamāsâdhikāni sattavassāni 7 years and 7 months Ja.v.319; paññāsâdhikāni pañca vassa-satani 500 + 50 (550) Pv-a.152. See also sâdhika.
fr. adhi; cp. Sk. adhika
adjective
adhi + kata; cp. Sk. adhikṛta
neuter
adhi + karaṇa
one who has to do with the settling of disputes or questions, a judge AN.v.164, AN.v.167.
fr. adhikaraṇa
feminine a smith’s anvil Ja.iii.285; Dāvs iii.16 sq.; Dhs-a.263.
to adhikaraṇa 1, orig. meaning “serving, that which serves, i.e. instrument”
attendance, service, administration, supervision, management, help Vin.i.55; Ja.i.56 Ja.vi.251; Mil.60, Mil.115, Mil.165; Pv-a.124 (dāna˚; cp. Pv.ii.9#27); Dhp-a.ii.41.
cp. Sk. adhikāra
adjective (-˚) serving as, referring to Vin.iii.274 (Bdhgh).
to adhikāra
feminine an executioner’s block Thig.58; cp. Thag-a.65 (variant reading kuḍḍanā, should prob. be read koṭṭana); Thag-a.287.
adhi + koṭṭanā or koṭṭana
adjective in ˚ā dhammā “items of higher righteousness” DN.iii.145.
adhi + kusala
adjective very angry Ja.v.117.
adhi + kodhita
to get to, to come into possession of, to acquire, attain, find; fig. to understand DN.i.229 (vivesaṃ) MN.i.140 (anvesaṃ n’ âdhigacchanti do not find); SN.i.22 (nibbānaṃ); SN.ii.278 (id.); AN.i.162 (id.) Dhp.187, Dhp.365; Iti.82 (santiṃ); Thig.51; Pp.30, Pp.31; Pv.i.7#4 (nibbutiṃ = labhati Pv-a.37); Pv.iii.7#10 (amataṃ padaṃ). opt. adhigaccheyya DN.i.224 (kusalaṃ dhammaṃ) MN.i.114 (madhu-piṇḍikaṃ); Dhp.61 and adhigacche Dhp.368. ger. -gantvā DN.i.224; Ja.i.45 (ānisaṃse); and -gamma Pv.i.11#9 (= vinditvā paṭilabhitvā Pv-a.60). grd. -gantabba Iti.104 (nibbāna). cond. -gacchissaṃ Snp.446. 1st aor. 3 sg. ajjhagā Snp.225 (= vindi paṭilabhi Kp-a.180) Dhp.154; Vv.32#7; 3 pl. ajjhagū Ja.i.256 (vyasanaṃ); ajjhāgamuṃ SN.i.12. 2nd aor. 3 sg. adhigacchi Mnd.457. pp. adhigata (q.v.).
adhi + gacchati
to surpass, excel SN.i.87 = DN-a.i.32; DN.iii.146; SN.iv.275; AN.iii.33; Iti.19. Ger adhigayha Pv.ii.9#62 = Dhp-a.iii.219 (variant reading BB at both pass. atikkamma); & adhiggahetvā Iti.20
pp adhiggahīta (q.v.).
adhi + gaṇhāti
got into possession of, conquered, attained, found Ja.i.374; Vv-a.135.
pp. of adhigacchati
adjective noun one who has found or obtained Vv-a.296 (Nibbānaṃ).
fr. adhigata
attainment, acquisition; also fig. knowledge, information, study (the latter mainly in Miln) DN.iii.255; SN.ii.139; AN.ii.148; AN.iv.22, AN.iv.332; AN.v.194; Ja.i.406; Ne.91; Mil.133, Mil.215, Mil.358, Mil.362, Mil.388; Pv-a.207.
fr. adhigacchati
to make obtain, to procure Pv-a.30.
adhi + gameti, Caus. of gacchati
excelled, surpassed; overpowered, taken by (instr.), possessed Ja.iii.427 (= anuggahīta C.); Ja v.102; vi.525 = 574; Iti.103; Mil.188 Mil.189; Sdhp.98.
pp. of adhigaṇhāti
only at SN.iii.12, where variant reading is aviciṇṇa, which is to be preferred. See viciṇṇa.
neuter “higher thought”, meditation, contemplation, nsually in combn. with adhisīla and adhipaññā Vin.i.70; DN.iii.219; MN.i.451; AN.i.254, AN.i.256 Mnd.39 = Cnd.689 (˚sikkhā); Dhp.185 (= aṭṭha-samāpattisankhāta adhika-citta Dhp-a.iii.238).
adhi + citta
adjective lofty-minded, entranced Thag.68 = Ud.43 = Vin.iv.54 = Dhp-a.iii.384.
adhi + ceto
learning, studying, learning by heart Ja.iii.218, Ja.iii.327 = Ja.iv.301; Ja.iv.184 (vede = adhīyitvā C.), Ja.iv.477 (sajjhāyitvā C.); Ja.vi.213; Mil.164.
ger. of adhi + eti, see adhīyati
(˚-) unsupported, uncaused fortuitous, without cause or reason; in foll. phrases -āpattika guilty without intention MN.i.443; -uppatti spontaneous origin Dhs-a.238; -laddha obtained without being asked for, unexpectedly Vv.84#22 = Ja.v.171 Ja.vi.315 (expld. at Ja.v.171 by ahetunā, at Ja.vi.316 by akāraṇena -samuppanna arisen without a cause, spontaneous unconditioned DN.i.28 = Ud.69; DN.iii.33, DN.iii.138; SN.ii.22– SN.ii.23 (sukhadukkhaṃ); AN.iii.440 (id.); Pts.i.155; DN-a.i.118 (= akāraṇa˚).
Sk. *adhṛtya, a + *dhicca, ger. of dhṛ; cp. dhāra, dhāraṇa 3, dhāreti 4
adjective without a cause (for assumption) unreasonable, unlikely SN.v.457.
= adhicca 2 in adj. function, influenced by, homonym abhabba
neuter intense scrupulous regard (for others) DN.i.174, DN.i.176.
adhi + jeguccha
adjective (-˚) bent on, given to, addicted to Ja.v.427 (surā˚).
fr. adhiṭṭhāti
(adhiṭṭhahati)
pp adhiṭṭhita (q.v.).
Sk. adhitiṣṭhati, adhi + sthā
neuter
fr. adhi + sthā
adjective (-˚) superintending, watching, looking after, in kamma˚; Mhvs.5, Mhvs.175; Mhvs.30, Mhvs.98; kammanta˚ Dhp-a.i.393.
adjective
standing on (c. loc.), esp. with the idea of standing above, towering over Vv.63#30 (hemarathe a. = sakalaṃ ṭhānaṃ abhibhavitvā ṭhita Vv-a.269)
pp. of adhiṭṭhāti
a superior or supreme god, above the gods MN.ii.132; AN.iv.304; Snp.1148; Cnd.307#b, 422 a Cp. atideva.
adhi + deva
ruler, lord, master Ja.ii.369; Ja.iii.324; Ja.v.393; Pv.ii.8#6 (jan˚ king); Dāvs iii.52; Vv-a.314.
Sk. adhipa, abbrev. of adhipati
adjective (-˚) mastering, ruling or governed, influenced by (cp. adhipati) AN.i.150 (atta loka˚ dhamma˚).
fr. prec.
to come to, reach, attain AN.iv.96 (anatthaṃ); pp. adhipanna.
adhi + pajjati
feminine higher wisdom or knowledge, insight (cp. jhāna & paññā); usually in combn. with adhicitta & adhisīla Vin.i.70; DN.i.174; DN.iii.219 (˚sikkhā); AN.i.240; AN.ii.92 sq., AN.ii.239; AN.iii.106 sq., AN.iii.327, AN.iv.360; Mnd.39 (id.); Pts.i.20, Pts.i.25 sq., Pts.i.45 sq., Pts.i.169; Pts.ii.11, Pts.ii.244; Pp.61.
adhi + paññā
to fly past, vanish Ja.iv.111 (= ativiya patati sīghaṃ atikkamati C.)
caus adhipāteti (q.v.) in diff. meaning. Cp. also adhipāta.
adhi + patati
neuter attack, pressing Thag-a.271.
fr. adhipatati
noun adjective
adhi + pati, cp. adhipa
neuter AN.i.147; AN.iii.33 = SN.iv.275 is probably misreading for ādhipateyya.
desired, wished, begged for DN.i.120.
pp. adhi + pattheti, cp. Sk. abhi + arthayati
gone into, affected with, seized by (-˚), a victim of (c. loc.) SN.i.72 Thig.345 (kāmesu); Snp.1123 (taṇhā˚ = taṇhânugata Cnd.32); Dhp.288; Ja.iii.38, Ja.iii.369; Ja.iv.396; Ja.v.91, Ja.v.379 (= dosena ajjhotthaṭa); Ja.vi.27.
cp. Sk. abhipanna, adhi + pad
neuter the higher, moral, code Vin.v.1 (pāṭim˚ +); MN.ii.245 (+ ajjhājīva).
adhi + pāṭimokkha
splitting, breaking, only in phrase muddhā˚; head-splitting Snp.988 sq., Snp.1004, Snp.1025 (variant reading Nd ii.˚vipāta).
adhipāteti
a moth Snp.964. Expld. at Mnd.484 as “adhipātikā ti tā uppatitvā khādanti taṃkāraṇā a. vuccanti”; Ud.72 (expld. by C. as salabhā).
from adhipatati = Sk. atipatati, to fly past, flit
feminine a moth, a mosquito Mnd.484 (see adhipāta2).
fr. adhipāta2
to break, split Ja.iv.337 (= chindati). At Ud.8 prob. to be read adhibādheti (variant reading avibādeti. T. adhipāteti).
Caus. fr. adhipatati, cp. Sk. abhipātayati & P. atipāteti
to flow, to trickle Thag-a.284.
adhi + ppa + gharati
3 sg. aor. of adhippagacchati to go to Ja.v.59.
adhi + ppa + i; Sk. abhiprāya
distinction, difference, peculiarity, special meaning MN.i.46; SN.iii.66; SN.iv.208; AN.i.267; AN.iv.158; AN.v.48 sq.
adhi + pāyosa
Sk. abhipreta, adhi + ppa + i, lit. gone into, gone for; cp. adhippāya
neuter the fact of being meant or understood as, in abl. ˚ā with reference to, as is to be understood of Vv-a.13; Pv-a.52.
abstr. fr. adhippeta
to vex, oppress, gore (to death) Ud.8 (T. adhipāteti, variant reading avibādeti).
adhi + bādheti, cp. Sk. abhibādhayati
a superior Brahmā, higher than Brahmā MN.ii.132.
adhi + Brahmā, cp. atibrahmā
to overcome, overpower, surpass SN.iv.185 sq. (cp. adhibhū) AN.v.248, AN.v.282 (˚bhoti); Ja.ii.336; Ja.V.30
aor adhibhavi Ja.ii.80. 3 pl. adhibhaṃsu SN.iv.185. See also ajjhabhavi & ajjhabhū pp.; adhibhūta (q.v.).
adhi + bhavati, cp. Sk. & P. abhibhavati
to address, to speak to; aor. ajjhabhāsi Vin.ii.195; SN.i.103; SN.iv.117; Snp.p.87; Pv-a.56, Pv-a.90.
adhi + bhāsati
adjective (-˚) overpowering, having power over; master conqueror, lord SN.iv.186 (anadhibhū not mastering. For adhibhūta the variant reading abhi˚ is to be preferred as more usual in this connection, see abhibhū); Snp.684 (miga˚ variant reading abhi˚).
fr. adhi + bhū, cp. adhibhavati & Sk. adhibhū
overpowered SN.iv.186.
cp. adhibhū & adhibhūta
adjective extreme, exceeding, extraordinary; nt. adv. ˚ṃ extremely MN.i.152, MN.i.243; SN.iv.160; AN.ii.150; AN.iv.241; Ja.i.92; Pp.15; Mil.146, Mil.189 Mil.274, Mil.290; Pv.ii.3#6 (= adhikataraṃ Pv-a.86); Dhp-a.ii.85 cp. Pv-a.281.
adhi + matta of mā
neuter preponderance AN.ii.150; Dhs-a.334 (cp. Dhs. trsl. 200).
abstr. fr. prec.
n-adj. n. attention, direction of mind, concentration Snp.692 (adhimanasā bhavātha). (adj.) directing one’s mind upon, intent (on) Ja.iv.433 (= pasannacitta); Ja.v.29 (an˚; variant reading ˚māna).
adhi + mano
undue estimate of oneself MN.ii.252; AN.v.162 sq.
adhi + māna
adjective having undue confidence in oneself, conceited AN.v.162, AN.v.169, AN.v.317; Dhp-a.iii.111.
fr. adhimāna
caus adhimoceti to incline to (trs.); to direct upon (with loc.) SN.v.409 (cittaṃ devesu a.).
Pass. of adhi + muc
neuter making up one’s mind, confidence Dhs-a.133, Dhs-a.190.
fr. adhi + muc
past participle drawn towards, attached to, infatuated, indulging in (with loc.) MN.ii.223 (an˚); SN.i.113; Thag.732 (variant reading ˚muccita), Thag.923 (cch), Thag.1175; Ja.ii.437 (cch); Ja.iii.242; Ja.v.255 (kāmesu ˚mucchita, variant reading ˚muccita). Cp. ajjhomucchita.
either adhi + muc or mūrch; it would seem more probable to connect it with the former (cp. adhimuccati) and consider all vv. ll ˚mucchita as spurious; but in view of the credit of several passages we have to assume a regular analogy-form ˚mucchita, cp. mucchati and see also J.P.T.S. 1886, 109
one who determines for something, easily trusting, giving credence. AN.iii.165 (variant reading ˚mucchitā)
n. ag. of adhimuccati
adjective intent upon (-˚ or with loc. or acc.), applying oneself to, keen on, inclined to, given to Vin.i.183; AN.v.34, AN.v.38; Dhp.226; Snp.1071 Snp.1149 (˚citta); Cnd.33; Ja.i.370 (dān˚) Pp.26; Pv-a.134 (dān˚).
pp. of adhimuccati, cp. BSk. adhimukta. Avs.i.8, Avs.i.112; Divy.49, Divy.302 etc.
feminine resolve, intention, disposition DN.i.174; AN.v.36; Pts.i.124; Mil.161, Mil.169; Vb.340 Vb.341; DN-a.i.44, DN-a.i.103; Sdhp.378.
adhi + mutti
adjective inclined to, attached to, bent on SN.ii.154, SN.ii.158; Iti.70; Vb.339 sq. + tā (f. inclination DN.i.2.
= adhimutta
firm resolve, determination, decision MN.iii.25 sq.; Vb.165 sq., Vb.425; Dhs-a.145, Dhs-a.264 See Dhs. trsl. 5; Cpd. 17, 40, 95.
fr. adhi + muc
see adhīyati.
ascent, ascending; in dur˚; hard to ascend Mil.322.
fr. adhi + ruh
neuter designation, term, attrîbute, metaphor, metaphorical expression DN.ii.62; MN.i.113 MN.i.144, MN.i.460; AN.ii.70, AN.ii.124; AN.iii.310; AN.iv.89, AN.iv.285, AN.iv.340; Iti.15 Iti.114; Snp.p.218; Ja.i.117; Cnd.34 = Dhs.1306 (= nāma sankhā paññatti etc.); Vb.6; Pv-a.63. See on term Dhs. trsl. 340.
adhi + vacana
to come on, proceed, issue, result SN.i.101; AN.ii.32.
adhi + vattati
adjective inhabiting, living in (c. loc.) Vin.i.28; SN.i.197; Ja.i.223; Ja.ii.385; Ja.iii.327; Pv-a.17. The form adhivuttha occurs at Ja.vi.370.
pp. of adhivasati
adjective superb, excellent, surpassing Vv.16#3 (an˚; unsurpassed, unrivalled; Vv-a.80 = adhika visiṭṭha).
adhi + vara
endurance, forbearance, holding out; only as adj. in dur˚; difficult to hold out Thag.111.
fr. adhi + vas
adjective willing, agreeable, enduring, patient Vin.iv.130; MN.i.10, MN.i.526; AN.ii.118 AN.iii.163; AN.v.132; Ja.iii.369 (an˚); Ja.iv.11, Ja.iv.77.
fr. adhivāsa
neuter
fr. adhi + vas
feminine patience, endurance, Dhs.1342; Vb.360 (an˚).
abstr. fr. adhivāsana
caus adhivāsāpeti to cause to wait Ja.i.254.
Caus. of adhivasati, cp. BSk. adhivāsayati in meaning of 3
a carrier, bearer, adj. bringing SN.iv.70 (dukkha˚); AN.i.6; Thag.494.
fr. adhi + vah; cp. Sk. abhivahati
neuter & adjective carrying, bringing, bearing Snp.79; f. -ī Thag.519.
fr. adhi + vah
neuter = adhivimokkhatta & adhimutti, i.e. propensity, the fact of being inclined or given to Ja.v.254 (T. kāmādhivimuttitā, variant reading ˚muttata).
neuter = adhimokkha; being inclined to Dhs-a.261.
feminine expression, saying, opinion; only in tt. adhivuttipada (variant reading adhimutti-p. at all passages) DN.i.13 (expld. by adhivacana-pada DN-a.i.103); MN.ii.228; AN.v.36.
adhi + vutti, fr. adhi + vac, cp. Sk. abhivadati
see adhivattha.
neuter adjective lying on or in, inhabiting Pv-a.80 (mañcaṃ).
fr. adhiseti
sat on, addled (of eggs) Vin.iii.3; SN.iii.153.
pp. of adhiseti
neuter higher morality, usually in threefold set of adhicitta-sikkha, adhipaññā˚ adhisīla˚ Vin.i.70; DN.i.174; DN.iii.219; AN.iii.133; AN.iv.25; Dhp-a.i.334; Pv-a.207. See also adhicitta, sikkhā & sīla.
adhi + sīla
to lie on, sit on, live in, to follow, pursue Dhp.41; Snp.671 (= gacchati C.)
pp adhisayita.
adhi + seti
adjective (-˚) subject, dependent DN.i.72 (atta˚ & para˚;); Ja.iv.112; DN-a.i.217; also written ādhīna Ja.v.350. See also under para.
cp. Sk. adhīna
& adhiyati to study, lit. to approach (cp adhigacchati); to learn by heart (the Vedas & other Sacred Books) Vin.i.270; SN.i.202 (dhammapadāni); Ja.iv.184 (adhīyitvā), Ja.iv.496 (adhīyamāna); Ja.vi.458; Dhp-a.iii.446 (adhīyassu)
ger adhīyitvā Ja.iv.75; adhiyānaṃ Ja.v.450 (= sajjhāyitvā C.) & adhicca: see adhicca 2; pp. adhiyita DN.i.96.
Med. of adhi + ; i, 1st sg. adhīye taken as base in Pāli
adverb just now, quite recently DN.ii.208; Vin.ii.185 (kālakata); Mil.155; Dāvs ii.94.
Vedic adhunā
neuter irresponsibility, indifference to oblihations Ja.iv.241.
a + dhura, see dhura 2
adverb below, usually combd. or contrasted with uddhaṃ “above” and tiriyaṃ “across”, describing the 3 dimensions
■ uddhaṃ and adho above and below marking zenith & nadir. Thus with uddhaṃ and the 4 bearings; (disā) and intermediate points (anudisā) at SN.i.122; SN.iii.124; AN.iv.167; with uddhaṃ & tiriyaṃ at Snp.150, Snp.537, Snp.1055, Snp.1068. Expld. at Kp-a.248 by heṭṭhā and in detail (dogmatically & speculatively) at Cnd.155. For further ref. see uddhaṃ. The compn. form of adho before vowels is adh˚.
Vedic adhaḥ; compar. adharaḥ = Lat. inferus, Goth. undar, E. under, Ind. *n̊dher-; superl. adhamaḥ Lat. infimus
form of the neg. prefix a-before vowels. For negatives beginning with an˚ see the positive.
negative prefix, contained in anappameyya, (Thag.1089), anamatagga & anabhava. See Vinaya Texts ii.113.
adjective uncalled, unbidden, unasked Vin.i.113; Pv.i.12#3 (T. anabbhita, variant reading anijjhiṭṭha Ja.iii.165 has anavhāta; Thig.129 ayācita; Pv-a.64 explains by anavhāta).
an + ajjhiṭṭha
to breathe Kp-a.i.124 (in def. of bāla); DN-a.i.244 (read ananti for aṇanti). Cp. pāṇa.
An, Vedic aniti & anati
the utter cessation of becoming. In the oldest Pali only in adj. form anabhāvaṃ kata or gata. This again found only in a string of four adjectives together expressing the most utter destruction. They are used at Vin.iii.3 of bad qualities, at SN.ii.63 of certain wrong opinions, at MN.i.487; SN.iv.62 = SN.v.527 of the khandas, at MN.i.331 of the Mental Intoxications (Āsavas) at AN.iv.73 of certain tastes, of a bad kamma AN.i.135, of evil passions AN.i.137, AN.i.184, AN.i.218; AN.ii.214 of pride AN.ii.41 of craving AN.ii.249, of the bonds AN.iv.8. In the supplement to the Dīgha (DN.iii.326) and in the Itivuttaka (p. 115) a later idiom, anabhāvaṃ gameti, cause to perish is used of evil thoughts. Bdhgh (quoted Vin.iii.267) reports as variant reading anubhāva. Cp. Mnd.90; and Nd ii.under pahīna.
ana + bhāva
adjective not restored, not to be restored Vin.iv.242; Pv.i.12#3 (where reading prob. faulty & due to a gloss; the id. p. at Thig.129 has ayācita & at Ja.iii.165 anavhāta; Pv-a.64 explains by anavhāta variant reading anabbhita).
an + abbhita
feminine the state of not being erect, i.e. hanging down Ja.v.156.
an + abbhuṇṇata + tā
feminine absence of covetousness or desire DN.iii.229, DN.iii.269; Dhs.32, Dhs.35, Dhs.277.
an + abhijjhā
adjective not greedy or covetous DN.iii.82; Pp.40.
an + abhijjhālū
adjective not desired Snp.40 (cp. Cnd.38); Vv.47#4 (= na abhikankhita Vv-a.201).
an + abhijjhita
etc. see abhi˚ etc.
adjective not taking delight in Ja.i.61 (naccâdisu).
an + abhirata
feminine not delighting in, dissatisfaction, discontent DN.i.17 (+ paritassanā); DN.iii.289; Ja.iii.395; DN-a.i.111.
an + abhirati
adjective in anger Vin.iv.236.
an + abhiraddha
feminine anger, wrath DN.i.3 (= kopass’etaṃ adhivacanaṃ DN-a.i.52).
an + abhiraddhi
adjective not obtaining, unable to get or keep up DN.i.101 (= asampāpuṇanto avisahamāno vā DN-a.i.268).
ppr. med. of an + abhisambhuṇāti
adjective epithet of Saṃsāra “whose beginning and end are alike unthinkable”, i.e., without beginning or end. Found in two passages of the Canon SN.ii.178, SN.ii.187 sq. = SN.iii.149, SN.iii.151 = SN.v.226, SN.v.441 (quoted Kv.29, called Anamatagga-pariyāya at Dhp-a.ii.268) and Thig.495, Thig.6. Later references are Cnd.664; Pv-a.166; Dhp-a.i.11; Dhp-a.ii.13, Dhp-a.ii.32; Sdhp.505. [Cp. anāmata and amatagga and cp. the English idiom “world without end” The meaning can best be seen, not from the derivation (which is uncertain), but from the examples quoted above from the Saṃyutta. According to the Yoga, on the contrary (see e.g. , Woods, Yoga-system of Patañjali, 119) it is a possible, and indeed a necessary quality of the Yogī, to understand the beginning and end of Saṃsāra].
ana (= a neg.) + mata (fr. man) + aggā (pl.). So Dhammapāla (avidit-agga Thag-a.289); Nāṇakitti in Ṭīkā on Dhs-a.11; Trenckner, Notes 64; Oldenberg Vin. Texts ii.114. Childers takes it as an + amata agga, and Jacobi (Erzähl. 33 and 89) and Pischel (Gram. § 251) as a + namat (fr. nam) + agga. It is Sanskritized at Divy.197 by anavarāgra, doubtless by some mistake Weber, Ind. Str. iii.150 suggests an + āmrta, which does not suit the context at all
adjective being in consternation or distress, crying Ja.iii.223 (˚kāle = ārodana-kāle C.).
according to Morris J.P.T.S. 1884, 70 = ana-mha “unlaughing” with ana = an (cp. anabhāva anamatagga) and mha from; smi, cp. vimhayati = Sk vismayati
misfortune, distress Mil.277, usually combd. with vyasana (as also in BSk, e.g. Jtm.215; Vin.ii.199; SN.iv.159; AN.v.156; Mil.292; Vv-a.327 Sdhp.362.
a + naya
adjective not Aiyan, ignoble, low Vin.i.10; DN.iii.232 (˚vohāra, 3 sets of 4 the same at Vin.v.125); Snp.664, Snp.782 (˚dhamma); Pp.13
■ See ariya.
an + ariya, see also anāriya
adjective
an + ala
neuter not eating, fasting, hunger DN.iii.75 & in same context at Snp.311 (= khudā Snp-a.324).
an + asana, cp. Sk. an-aśana
without eating, fasting Ja.iv.371.
ger. of an + aśati
not grumbling Ja.iii.27 (variant reading for anusuyyaṃ T.).
Sk. anasūyan, ppr. of an + asūyati
absence of abruptness Dhs.1341.
an + asuropa
adjective not grumbling, not envious Ja.ii.192.
Sk. anasūyaka, cp. usūya
adjective either an-assaka or a-nassaka (q.v.).
neuter imperishableness, freedom from waste Ja.iv.168.
a + nassana, naś; cp. Sk. naśana
adjective not intoxicated, not enjoying or finding pleasure in Snp.853 (sātiyesu a. = sātavatthusa kāmaguṇesu taṇhasanthavavirahita Snp-a.549).
an + assāvin; cp. assāva + āsava
adjective not consoling, discouraging not comforting MN.i.514; SN.ii.191.
an + assāsa + ika; cp. Sk. āśvāsana & BSk. anāśvāsika Divy.207
1st sq, pret. of anusūyati (= Sk. anvaśruvaṃ) I have heard MN.i.393.
adjective not come yet, i.e. future. On usual combn. with atīta: see this. DN.iii.100 sq., DN.iii.134 sq. DN.iii.220, DN.iii.275; MN.iii.188 sq.; SN.i.5; SN.ii.283; AN.iii.100 sq., AN.iii.400; Snp.318, Snp.373, Snp.851; Iti.53; Ja.iv.159; Ja.vi.364; Dhs.1039, Dhs.1416.
an + āgata
neuter not coming, not returning Ja.i.203, Ja.i.264.
an + āgamana
feminine the state or condition of an Anāgāmin SN.v.129, SN.v.181, SN.v.285; AN.iii.82; AN.v.108, AN.v.300 sq. Snp.p.140 = AN.iii.143; Iti.1 sq., Iti.39, Iti.40.
anāgāmin + tā
adjective noun one who does not return, a Never-Returner, as tt. designating one who has attained the 3rd stage out of four in the breaking of the bonds (Saṃyojanas) which keep a man back from Arahantship. So near is the Anāgāmin to the goal, that after death he will be reborn in one of the highest heaven and there obtain Arahantship, never returning to rebirth as a man But in the oldest passages referring to these 4 stages the description of the third does not use the word anāgāmin (DN.i.156; DN.ii.92; DN.iii.107; MN.ii.146) and anāgāmin does not mean the breaking of bonds, but the cultivation of certain specified good mental habits (SN.iii.168, the anatta doctrine; SN.v.200–SN.v.202, the five Indriyas; AN.i.64 AN.i.120, cultivation of good qualities, AN.ii.160; AN.v.86, AN.v.171, Snp.149). We have only two cases in the canon of any living persons being called anāgāmin. Those are at SN.v.177 and SN.v.178. The word there means one who has broken the lower five of the ten bonds, & the individuals named are laymen. At DN.ii.92 nine others, of whom eight are laymen, are declared after their death to have reached the third stage (as above) during life but they are not called anāgāmins. At Iti.96 there are only 3 stages, the worldling, the Anāgāmin, and the Arahant; and the Saṃyojanas are not referred to. It is probable that already in the Nikāya period the older wider meaning was falling into disuse. The Abhidhamma books seem to refer only to the Saṃyojana explanation the commentaries, so far as we know them, ignore any other. See Pts.ii.194; Kv. Tr. 74; Dhs. Tr. 302 n; Cp. 69.
an + āgāmin
see agāra & agāriyā.
freedom from anger or ill-will Vin.ii.249.
an + āghāta
misconduct, immorality Ja.ii.133; Ja.iii.276; adj. anācārin Pp.57.
an + ācāra
adjective of inferior race, not of good blood MN.i.367.
an + ājāniya
an + ādara
feminine want of consideration, in expln. of dovacassatā at Dhs.1325 = Vb.359 = Pp.30 (where reading is anādariyatā).
abstr. fr. anādara
neuter disregard, disrespect Vin.i.176; Vin.iv.113 (where expld. in extenso); Dhs.1325 dug 20 = Vb.359.
fr. anādara
without taking up or on to oneself Vin.iv.120 (= anādiyitvā C.).
ger. of an + ādiyati
adjective free from attachment (opp. sādāna) AN.ii.10 = Iti.9 = Iti.109 = Cnd.172#a; Snp.620, Snp.741 Snp.1094; Cnd.41 (where as nt. = taṇha); Dhp.352 (= khandhādisu niggahaṇa Dhp-a.iv.70), 396, 406, 421.
an + ādāna
not taking up, not heeding Ja.iv.352 (variant reading for T. anādiyitvā).
ger. of an + ādiyati
without assuming or taking up, not heeding Vin.iv.120; Ja.iv.352; Dhp-a.i.41. See also ādiyati. Ananu-
ger. of an + ādiyati, Sk. anādāya
represents the metrically lengthened from of ananu(an + anu), as found e.g. in the foll. compounds: -tappaṃ (ppr.) not regretting Ja.v.492; -puṭṭha questioned Snp.782 (= apucchita Snp-a.521); -yāyin not following or not defiled by evil Snp.1071 (expld. at Cnd.42 by both avedhamāna (?) avigacchamāna & by arajjamāna adussamāna); -loma not fit or suitable DN.ii.273 (variant reading anu˚).
adjective not fallen into the way of (the hunter), escaped him MN.i.174.
an + āpātha + gata
adjective unmarried (of a woman) Ja.iv.178 (āpāda = apādāna C.; aññehi akata-pariggahā).
an + āpāda
see āpucchati.
adjective safe and sound Vv-a.351.
an + ābādha
adjective not affected by death, immortal Ja.ii.56 (asusāna-ṭṭhāna C.); Dhp-a.ii.99.
an + amata the ā being due to metrical lengthening
˚- without asking or being asked; in -kata unasked, unpermitted, uninvited Ja.vi.226 -cāra living uninvited Vin.v.132; AN.iii.259.
an + āmanta
adjective free from illness, not decaying, healthy Vv.15#10 (= aroga Vv-a.74), Vv.17#7.
an + āmaya
adjective not touched, virgin- Vv-a.113 (˚khetta).
an + āmasita, pp. of āmassati
adjective not to be touched Ja.ii.360 (C. anāmāsitabba).
grd. of an + āmassati, Sk. āmaśya
neuter nonexertion, not exerting oneself, sluggishness, indolence Ja.v.121 (˚sīla = dussīla C.).
an + āyatana
adjective void of means, unlucky, unfortunate Vv.84#5 (= natthi ettha āyo sukhan ti anāyasaṃ Vv-a.335).
an + āya + sa, or should we read anāyāsa?
adjective free from trouble or sorrow, peaceful Thag.1008.
an + āyāsa
that which is without moil and toil Snp.745 (= nibbāna Snp-a.507).
an + ārambha
adjective one who fails, unsuccessful Vin.i.70.
an + ārādhaka
adjective not Aryan, ignoble, Snp.815 (variant reading SS. anariya).
doublet of anariya
adjective without support (from above), unsuspended, not held Snp.173 (+ appatiṭṭha expld. at Snp-a.214 by heṭṭhā patiṭṭhâbhāvena upari ālambhāvena ca gambhīra).
an + ālamba
aversion, doing away with Vin.i.10 (taṇhāya). Analhiya & Analhika;
an + ālaya
adjective not rich, poor, miserable, destitute, usually combd. with daḷidda MN.i.450; MN.ii.178 (variant reading BB. anāḷiya) AN.iii.352 sq. (vv.ll. BB. anāḷhika), 384; Ja.v.96.
an + ālhiya, Sk. āḍhya, see also addha2
˚- not shut; in -dvāratā (f.) not closing the door againṡt another, accessibility, openhand edness DN.iii.191.
an + āvaṭa
adjective noun one who does not return, almost syn. with anāgāmin in phrase anāvatti-dhamma one who is not destined to shift or return from one birth to another, DN.i.156 (cp. DN-a.i.313); DN-a.iii.132; Pp.16 sq., Pp.62.
an + āvattin
adverb as long as the sun does not set, before sun-down Ja.v.56 (= anatthangata-suriyaṃ C. cp. Sk. utsūra.
an + ava + sūra = suriya, with ava lengthened to āva in verse
adjective noun uninhabited, an uninhabited place Vin.ii.22, Vin.ii.33; Ja.ii.77.
an + āvāsa
etc. see āvikata.
adjective undisturbed, unstained, clean, pure DN.i.84 (= nikkaddama DN-a.i.226); DN-a.iii.269, 270; Snp.637 (= nikkilesa Snp-a.469 = Dhp-a.iv.192); Thig.369 (āvilacitta +); Dhp.82, Dhp.413; Thag-a.251; Sdhp.479.
an + āvila
adjective not dwelt in DN.ii.50.
an + āvuttha, pp. of āvasati
adjective fasting, not taking food SN.iv.118. f. -ā [cp. Sk. anāśaka nt.] fasting, abstaining from food Dhp.141 (= bhatta-paṭikkhepa Dhp-a.iii.77).
an + āsaka
neuter fasting Snp.249 (= abhojana Snp-a.292).
abstr. of anāsaka
adjective free from the 4 intoxications (see āsava) Vin.ii.148 = Vin.ii.164; DN.iii.112; Snp.1105, Snp.1133; Dhp.94, Dhp.126, Dhp.386; Cnd.44; Iti.75; Pp.27, Dhs.1101 Dhs.1451; Vb.426; Thag.100; Pv.ii.6#15; Vv-a.9. See āsava and cp. nirāsava.
an + āsava
adjective not longing after anything Snp.369 (Snp-a.365 however reads anāsayāna & has anāsasāna as variant reading Cp. also vv.ll. to āsasāna. Expld by kañci rūpâdi-dhammaṃ nâsiṃsati Snp-a.365.
an + āsasāna
adjective being without food MN.i.487; Snp.985.
an + āhāra
feminine not throwing out or expelling Ja.iii.22.
a + nikkaḍḍhanā
adjective not free from impurity, impure, stained Dhp.9 = Thag.969 = Ja.ii.198 = Ja.v.50; Dhp-a.i.82 (= rāgâdīhi kasāvehi sakasāva).
a + nikkasāva, cp. nikasāva
adjective not dug into, not dug down, not deep Ja.vi.109 (˚kūla; C. agambhīrā).
a + nikhāta, pp. of nikhanati
feminine dispassion SN.v.6; adj. -a without desires, not desiring Snp.707.
an + icchā
neuter immobility, steadfastness Pts.i.15.
an + iñjana
adjective immoveable, undisturbed, unshaken Thag.386.
an + iñjita
see niṭṭhā2.
see niṭṭhita.
feminine a woman lacking the characteristics of womanhood, a woman ceasing to be a woman, “nonwoman” Ja.ii.126 (compd with anadī a river without water interpreted by ucchiṭṭh-itthi).
an + itthi
in -ḷocana (with) faultless eyes Ja.vi.265.
the compn. form of nindā
adjective blameless, faultless Ja.iv.106 (-aṅgin of blameless body or limbs).
a + nindita
not finding Thag.78 = Dhp.153 (= taṃ ñāṇaṃ avindanto Dhp-a.iii.128).
ppr. of nibbisati, q.v.
adjective not winking, waking, watchful Dāvs v.26 (nayana).
Ved. animeṣa, cp. nimisati
adjective not settled, uncertain, doubtful Vin.i.112; Vin.ii.287; DN.iii.217.
a + niyata
adjective indefinite (as tt. g.) Vv-a.231.
pp. of a + niyameti
wind Ja.iv.119 (˚patha air, sky); Mil.181; Vv-a.237; Sdhp.594.
from an, cp. Sk. aniti to breathe, cp. Gr. α ̓́νεμος wind; Lat. animus breath, soul, mind
adjective see nirankaroti.
a + nirākata
adjective without a personal ereator Thag.713.
an + issara
adjective not hard, not greedy, generous DN.iii.47 (+ amaccharin; variant reading anussukin); Snp-a.569 (see under niṭṭhurin).
an + issukin, see also an-ussukin
neuter army, array, troops (orig. “front”, i.e. of the battle-array) Vin.iv.107 (where expld. in detail); Snp.623 (bala˚ strong in arms, with strong array i.e. of khanti which precedes; cp. Snp-a.467).
Ved. anīka face, front, army to Idg. *ogu̯ (see), cp. Gr. ο ̓́μμα eye, Lat. oculus, see also Sk. pratīka and P. akkhi
feminine safety, soundness, sound condition, health AN.iv.238; Mil.323 (abl. ˚ito).
an + īti
adjective free from injury or harm, healthy, secure Vin.ii.79 = Vin.ii.124 (+ anupaddava); Vin.iii.162; SN.iv.371; Snp.1137 (ītī vuccanti kilesā etc. Cnd.48); Mil.304.
fr. anīti
adjective not such and such, not based on hearsay (itiha), not guesswork or (mere) talk AN.ii.26; Thag.331 (cp. MN.i.520); Snp.1053 (= Cnd.49, Cnd.151); Ja.i.456; Ne.166 (cp. Iti.28).
an + ītīha, the latter a cpd. der. fr. iti + ha = saying so and so, cp. itihāsa & itihītihaṃ
indeclinable prep. & pref
As prep. anu is only found occasionally, and here its old (Vedic) function with acc. is superseded by the loc. Traces of use w. acc. may be seen in expressions of time like anu pañcāhaṃ by 5 days, i.e. after (every), 5 days (cp. ved. anu dyūn day by day); a. vassaṃ for one year or yearly; a. saṃvaccharaṃ id b. More freq. w loc. (= alongside, with, by) a. tīre by the bank SN.iv.177 pathe by the way Ja.v.302; pariveṇiyaṃ in every cell Vin.i.80; magge along the road Ja.v.201; vāte with the wind Ja.ii.382.
Note
Vedic anu, Av. anu; Gr. α ̓́νω to α ̓́να along, up; Av. ana, Goth. ana, Ohg. ana, Ags. on, Ger an, Lat. an (in anhelare etc.)
adjective subtile; freq. spelling for aṇu, e.g. DN.i.223 Sdhp.271, Sdhp.346 (anuṃ thūlaṃ). See aṇu.
adjective striving after, longing for Ja.v.499 (piya˚).
fr. anu + kāṅkṣ
to cut Dhp.311 (hatthaṃ = phāleti Dhp-a.iii.484).
anu + kantati2
& ˚ika (adj.) kind of heart, merciful, compassionate, full of pity (-˚ or c. loc.) DN.iii.187; SN.i.105 (loka˚), SN.i.197; SN.v.157; AN.iv.265 sq.; Iti.66 (sabba-bhūta˚); Pv.i.3#3 (= kārunika Pv-a.16), Pv.i.5#3 (atthakāma, hitesin Pv-a.25), Pv.i.8#8; Pv.ii.1#4 (= anuggaṇhataka Pv-a.69), Pv.ii.2#7; Thag-a.174; Pv-a.196 (satthā sattesu a.).
fr. anukampati
to have pity on, to commiserate, to pity, to sympathise with (c. acc.) SN.i.82, SN.i.206 SN.v.189. Imper. anukampa Pv.ii.1#6 (= anuddayaṃ karohi Pv-a.70) & anukampassu Pv.iii.2#8 (= anuggaṇha Pv-a.181). Med. ppr. anukampamāna Snp.37 (= anupekkhamāna anugayhamāna Cnd.50); Pv-a.35 (taṃ), Pv-a.62 (pitaraṃ), Pv-a.104
pp anukampita (q.v.).
anu + kampati
neuter compassion, pity Pv-a.16, Pv-a.88.
fr. last
feminine compassion, pity, mercy DN.i.204; MN.i.161; MN.ii.113; SN.i.206; SN.ii.274 (loka˚), SN.iv.323; SN.v.259 sq.; AN.i.64, AN.i.92; AN.ii.159; AN.iii.49; AN.iv.139 Pp.35
■ Often in abl. anukampāya out of pity, for the sake of DN.iii.211 (loka˚ out of compassion for all mankind, + atthaya hitāya); Ja.iii.280; Pv-a.47, Pv-a.147.
abstr. fr. anukampati
adjective compassioned, gratified, remembered, having done a good deed (of mercy Pv.iii.2#30.
pp. of anukampati
adjective compassionate, anxious for, commiserating. Only in foll. phrases: hita˚; full of solicitude for the welfare of SN.v.86; Snp.693; Pv.iii.7#6 sabbapāṇa-bhūta-hita˚; id. SN.iv.314; AN.ii.210; AN.iii.92 AN.iv.249; Pp.57, Pp.68. sabba-bhūta˚; SN.i.25, SN.i.110; AN.ii.9; Iti.102.
cp. anukampaka
to imitate, “to do after” AN.i.212; Ja.i.491; Ja.ii.162; Dhp-a.iv.197
ppr anukabbaṃ Vin.ii.201 (mamâ˚)
■ Med. anukubbati SN.i.19 = Ja.iv.65. See also anukubba. On anvakāsi see anukassati 2.
anu + kṛ.
anu + kassati, kṛṣ
adjective responding to love, loving in return Ja.ii.157.
anu + kāma
imitation Dpvs.v.39.
cp. anukaroti
adjective imitating Dāvs v.32.
strewn with, beset with, dotted all over Pv.iv.12#1 (bhamara-gaṇa˚).
pp. of anu + kirati
adjective (-˚) “doing correspondingly” giving back, retaliating Ja.ii.205 (kicca˚)
= Sk. anukurvat, ppr. of anukaroti
see anukaroti.
freq. spelling for anukūla.
adjective = anukula Sdhp.242 (iccha˚ according to wish).
adjective favourable, agreeable, suitable, pleasant Vv-a.280; spelt anukula at Sdhp.297, Sdhp.312.
anu + kūla, opp. paṭikūla
not to be sorry or not to lack anything, in ppr. -anto Ja.v.10; and pp. -ita without regret or in plenty Pv-a.13.
an + ukkaṇṭhati
neuter having no lack anything, being contented or happy Ja.vi.4.
an + ukkaṇṭhana
to anukkamati
anu + kram
to throw out Cp.xi.6 (vaṭṭaṃ).
anu + khipati
compensation Vin.i.285.
anu + khepa, see anukkhipati
to dig after or further Ja.v.233.
anu + khaṇati
adjective in cpd. khudda˚; whatever there is of minor things, all less important items Vin.ii.287 = DN.ii.154 = Mil.142; Mil.144.
anu + khuddaka
(-˚) adjective suffix following or followed by, going after, undergoing, being in or under standing under the influence of Snp.332 (vasa˚; in the power of), Snp.791 (ejā˚; = abhibhūta Snp.527), 1095 (Māra vasa˚; = abhibhuyya viharanti Cnd.507); Iti.91 (ejā˚;) Ja.iii.224 (vasa˚; = vasavattin C.); Mhvs.7, Mhvs.3.
fr. anu + gam
to go after, to follow, to go or fall into (w. acc.) Kp-a.223; Pv-a.141 (˚gacchanto) aor. -gamāsi Vin.i.16, & anvagā Mhvs.7, Mhvs.10; 3rd pl anvagū Snp.586 (vasaṃ = vasaṃ gata Snp-a.461). Pass anugammati, ppr. anugammamāna accompanied or followed by, surrounded, adorned with Ja.i.53; Ja.v.370. pp. anugata (q.v.).
anu + gacchati
adjective gone after, accompanied by, come to; following; fig. fallen or gone into, affected with (-˚), being a victim of, suffering MN.i.16; DN.iii.85 DN.iii.173 (parisā); AN.ii.185 (sota˚, variant reading anudhata); Ja.ii.292 (samudda˚); Ja.v.369; Cnd.32 (taṇhā˚); Pv-a.102 (nāmaṃ mayhaṃ a. has been given to me), Pv-a.133 (kammaphala˚).
pp. of anugacchati
feminine (-˚) following, being in the train of, falling under, adherence to, dependence on SN.i.104 (vas˚ being in the power). Usually in cpd. diṭṭhānugati a sign (lit. belonging to) of speculation Vin.ii.108; SN.ii.203; Pp.33; Dhp-a.iv.39.
fr. anu + gam
following after, only as adj. in dur˚ difficult to be followed Ja.iv.65.
fr. anu + gam
adjective going along with, following, accompanying; resulting from, consequential on Kp.viii.8 (nidhi a treasure acc. a man to the next world); Ja.iv.280 (-nidhi); Mil.159 (parisā); Pv-a.132, Pv-a.253 (dānaṃ nāma ˚aṃ nidānan ti).
adjective following, attending on; an attendant, follower Snp-a.453 (= anuyutta).
fr. anugacchati
to sing after or to, recite (a magic formula or hymn) praise, celebrate DN.i.104, DN.i.238; Snp.1131 (anugāyissaṃ); Mil.120.
anu + gāyati
to plunge into, to enter (acc.) Sdhp.611.
anu + gāhati
to be greedy after, to covet Snp.769 (cp. Mnd.12); Ja.iii.207; Ja.iv.4 (= giddhā gathitā hutvā allīyanti C.). pp. -giddhā (q.v.). Cp. abhigijjhati.
anu + gijjhati
greedy after, hankering after, desiring, coveting Snp.86 (anânu˚), Snp.144, Snp.952; Thag.580.
pp. of anugijjhati
adjective compassionate, ready to help Pv-a.42 ˚sīla.
cp. anuggaha
adjective compassionate, commiserating, helping Pv-a.69 (= anukampaka).
= anugganha
neuter anuggaha1 Dhs-a.403. Anu(g)ganhati
to have pity on, to feel sorry for, to help, give protection DN.i.53 (vācaṃ; cp. DN-a.i.160: sārato agaṇhaṇto); Ja.ii.74; Cnd.50 (ppr. med -gayhamāna = anukampamāna); Pp.36; Pv-a.181 (imper. anuggaṇha = anukampassu). pp. anuggahīta (q.v.).
anu + gaṇhāti
“taking up”, compassion, love for, kindness, assistance, help, favour, benefit SN.ii.11 SN.iii.109; SN.iv.104; SN.v.162; AN.i.92, AN.i.114; AN.ii.145; AN.iv.167; AN.v.70; Iti.12, Iti.98; Ja.i.151; Ja.v.150; Pp.25; Pv-a.145; Thag-a.104.
anu + grah
adjective not taking up Snp.912 (= na gaṇhāti Mnd.330).
an + uggaha
(& ˚ita) commiserated, made happy, satisfied MN.i.457; SN.ii.274; SN.iii.91; SN.iv.263; AN.iii.172; Ja.iii.428.
pp. of anuggaṇhāti
adjective helping, assisting SN.iii.5; SN.v.162; Mil.354 (nt. = help).
fr. anuggaha
not to unfasten or open (a door) Mil.371 (kavāṭaṃ).
an + ugghāṭeti
not shaking, a steady walk Ja.vi.253.
an + ugghāta
adjective not shaking, not jerking, Ja.vi.252; Vv.5#3 (read ˚ī for i); Vv-a.36.
fr. last
to smell, snuff, sniff up Mil.343 (gandhaṃ).
anu + ghāyati1
to follow (along) after, to go after DN.i.235; MN.i.227; Thag.481, Thag.1044; Caus ˚āpeti MN.i.253, cp. Lal.147, Lal.3; Mvu.i.350.
anu + cankamati
neuter sidewalk Ja.i.7.
fr. anucankamati
to move along, to follow; to practice; pp. anuciṇṇa & anucarita; (q.v.)
anu + cariti
(-˚) connected with, accompanied by, pervaded with DN.i.16, DN.i.21 (vīmaṃsa˚ anuvicarita DN-a.i.106); MN.i.68 (id.); Mil.226.
pp. of anucarati
past participle
pp. of anucarati
neuter thinking, upon, intention, care for Pv-a.164.
fr. anucinteti
to think upon, to meditate, consider SN.i.203 (variant reading for anuvicinteti).
anu + cinteti
see anujjangin.
(adj.) “according to one’s skin”, befitting, suitable, proper, pleasing, fit for, Ja.i.58, Ja.i.62, Ja.i.126, Ja.i.218; Ja.ii.5; Ja.iv.137, Ja.iv.138; Mil.358; Dhp-a.i.203, Dhp-a.i.390; Dhp-a.ii.55, Dhp-a.ii.56; Vv-a.68, Vv-a.78; Pv-a.13, Pv-a.26 (= kappiya), Pv-a.66, Pv-a.81, Pv-a.286. anucchaviya at Vin.ii.7 (an˚), Vin.iii.120 (id. + ananulomika); Mil.13.
anu + chavi + ka
adjective (food) that is not thrown away or left over; untouched, clean (food) Ja.iii.257; Dhp-a.ii.3 (vv.ll. anucciṭṭha).
see ucchiṭṭha
to laugh at, deride, mock DN.i.91; DN-a.i.258 (cp. sañjagghati ibid 256).
anu + jagghati
to run after, to hasten after, to follow Ja.vi.452 (= anubandhati).
anu + javati
adjective “born after” i.e. after the image of, resembling, taking after; esp. said of a son (putta), resembling his father, a worthy son Iti.64 (atijāta + opp. avajāta); Thag.827 (fig. following the example of) 1279; Ja.vi.380; Dhp-a.i.129; Dāvs ii.66.
anu + jāta
anu + jānāti
to live after, i.e. like (acc.), to live for or on, subsist by Ja.iv.271 (= upajīvati, tassânubhāvena jīvitaṃ laddhaṃ (Comm.)
pp anujīvata (q.v.).
anu + jīvati
neuter living (after), living, livelihood, subsistence, life Snp.836 (= jīvitaṃ Snp-a.545).
pp. of anujīvati
adjective noun living upon, another, dependent; a follower, a dependant AN.i.152; AN.iii.44; Ja.iii.485; Dāvs v.43.
fr. anujīvati
adjective not straight, crooked, bent, in compounds -aṅgin (anujjangin) with (evenly) bent limbs, i.e. with perfect limbs, graceful f. -ī. Epithet of a beautiful woman Ja.v.40 (= kañcana-sannibha-sarīrā C.); Ja.vi.500 (T. anuccangī C. aninditā agarahitangī); -gāmin going crooked i.e. snake Ja.iv.330; -bhūta not upright (fig. of citta Ja.v.293.
an + ujju
= anujju Ja.iii.318.
neuter meditation, reflection, introspection Mil.352 (˚bahula).
anu + jhāna
adjective permitted, allowed; sanctioned, given leave, ordained DN.i.88; Ja.i.92; Ja.ii.353 Ja.ii.416; Pv.i.12#3 (na a. = ananuññāta at id. p. Thig.129 expld. at Pv-a.64 by ananumata); Pp.28; DN-a.i.247 DN-a.i.248, DN-a.i.267; Pv-a.12, Pv-a.81.
pp. of anujānāti
neuter being permitted, permission Ja.ii.353.
abstr. to anuññāta
adjective not rising, not rousing oneself, inactive, lazy Thag.1033.
fr. an + uṭṭhahati
to carry out, look after, practise do Ja.v.121
pp anuṭṭhita (q.v.).
anu + ṭhahati = ˚thāti, see ˚tiṭṭhati
adjective one who does not rouse himself, not getting up, inactive Dhp.280 (anuṭṭhahanto avāyāmanto Dhp-a.iii.409).
ppr. of an + uṭṭhahati
one without energy or zeal Snp.96 (niddāsīlin sabhāsīlin +) Snp-a.169 (viriya-tejavirahita).
n. ag. to an + uṭṭhahati
neuter “the not getting up”, inactivity, want of energy Dhp.241 (sarīra-paṭijagganaṃ akaronto Dhp-a.iii.347).
an + uṭṭhāna
practising, effecting or effected, come to, experienced, done DN.ii.103; SN.iv.200; AN.iii.290 sq.; AN.iv.300; Ja.ii.61; Mil.198; Pv-a.132 (cp. anugata).
pp. of anuṭṭhati = anutiṭṭhati
to lick up with one’s saliva DN-a.i.138.
formally Sk. anuṣṭobhati, but in meaning = *anuṣṭīvati; anu + ṭṭhubhati, the etym. of which see under niṭṭhubhati
variant reading at Snp-a.569, see niṭṭhurin.
to bite Ja.vi.192.
anu + ḍasati
to burn over again, burn thoroughly, fig. to destroy, consume Ja.ii.330; Ja.vi.423. Pass -ḍayhati Ja.v.426
■ Also spelt -dahati, e.g. at SN.iv.190 = SN.v.53; Thig.488.
anu + ḍahati
neuter conflagration, burning up, consumption Ja.v.271; Thag-a.287.
fr. anuḍahati
adjective not raised, not elated, not haughty, humble Snp.702 (care = uddhaccaṃ nâpajjeyya Snp-a.492).
uṇṇata
to be sorry for, to regret, repent, feel remorse Ja.i.113; Ja.iv.358; Ja.v.492 (ppr. an-anutappaṃ); Dhp.67, Dhp.314; Pv.ii.9#42; Dhp-a.ii.40. grd. anutappa to be regretted AN.i.22, AN.i.77; AN.iii.294, and anutāpiya AN.iii.46 (an˚).
anu + tappati1; Sk. anutapyate, Pass. of anutapati
anguish, remorse, conscience Vv.40#5 (= vippaṭisāra Vv-a.180); Dhs-a.384.
fr. anu + tāpa
adjective repenting, regretting Thig.57, Thig.190; Vv.21; Vv-a.115.
fr. anutāpa
grd. of anutappati, q.v.
to beat Ja.ii.280.
anu + taḷeti
to look after, to manage, carry on Ja.v.113 (= anugacchati) Pv-a.78.
anu + tiṭṭhati see also anuṭṭhahati
adverb along side or near the bank (of a river) Snp.18 (= tīra-samīpe Snp-a.28) Cp. anu A b.
anu + tīre, loc. of tīra
adjective “nothing higher”, without a superior, incomparable, second to none, unsurpassed, excellent, preeminent Snp.234 (= adhikassa kassaci abhāvato Kp-a.193), 1003; Dhp.23, Dhp.55 (= asadisa appaṭibhāga Dhp-a.i.423); Pv.iv.35 2 (dhamma); Dhs.1294; DN-a.i.129; Pv-a.1, Pv-a.5, Pv-a.6, Pv-a.18, etc.
an + uttara
neuter preeminence, superiority, excellency; highest ideal, greatest good. They are mentioned as sets of 3 (viz. dassana˚, paṭipadā˚, vimutti˚;) at DN.iii.219, or of 6 (viz. dassana˚, savana˚ lābha˚, sikkhā˚, pāricariyā˚, anussata˚;) at DN.iii.250 DN.iii.281; AN.i.22; AN.iii.284, AN.iii.325 sq., AN.iii.452; Pts.i.5. Cp. MN.i.235; AN.v.37. See also ānuttariya.
abstr. fr. anuttara
adjective not (lying) open, not exposed; fig. unexplained, unclear Ja.vi.247.
an + uttāna
feminine wailing, crying, lamenting Mnd.167 (= vācāpalāpa vippalāpa etc.).
fr. anutthunāti
to wail, moan, deplore, lament, bewail DN.iii.86; Snp.827 (cp. Mnd.167); Dhp.156; Ja.iii.115; Ja.v.346, Ja.v.479; Dhp-a.iii.133; Pv-a.60 (wrongly applied for ghāyati, of the fire of conscience).
anu + thunati (thunāti); anu + stan
adjective not terrified, at ease Thag.864.
an + utrāsin
an inferior Thera, one who comes next to the elder Vin.ii.212 (therānutherā Th. & next in age).
anu + thera
to concede, grant, admit, fut. anudassati Mil.276, Mil.375.
anu + dadāti
(to sympathise with) see under anuddā.
manifested Mil.119.
pp. of anudasseti
see anuḍahati.
pointed out, appointed, dedicated, nt. consecration, dedication Ja.v.393 (anudiṭṭha asukassa nāma dassatī ti C.); Pv.i.10#7 (= uddiṭṭha Pv-a.50).
pp. of anudisati
feminine an “after-view”, sceptical view, speculation, heresy DN.i.12; MN.ii.228; SN.iii.45 sq. Thag.754; Mil.325; DN-a.i.103. attānudiṭṭhi (q.v.) a soul-speculation.
anu + diṭṭhi
to point out, direct, bid, address Pv-a.99 (aor. anudesi + anvesi)
pp anudiṭṭha (q.v.).
anu + disati
feminine an intermediate point of the compass, often collectively for the usual 4 intermediate points DN.i.222; SN.i.122; SN.iii.124.
anu + disā
to explain Mil.227 (dhammâdhammaṃ).
anu + dīpeti
a person sent with another, a travelling companion Vin.ii.19, Vin.ii.295; Dhp-a.ii.76, Dhp-a.ii.78.
anu + dūta
see anvadeva.
feminine sympathy with (-˚) compassion, kindness, favour, usually as par˚; kindness to or sympathy with other people SN.ii.218; SN.v.169 (T. anudayatā); AN.iii.184; Iti.72; Vb.356.
abstr. to anuddayā
(& anudayā) feminine compassion, pity, mercy, care Vin.ii.196; SN.i.204; SN.ii.199; SN.iv.323; AN.ii.176 AN.iii.189; Pp.35 (anukampā); Ja.i.147, Ja.i.186, Ja.i.214; Pv-a.70 Pv-a.88, Pv-a.181 (= anukampā). In compound anudaya˚; e.g. -sampanna full of mercy Ja.i.151, Ja.i.262; Pv-a.66.
anu + dayā
feminine = anuddayā Dhs.1056, where also the other abstr. formations anuddāyanā & anuddāyitattaṃ “care, forbearance & consideration”; Dhs-a.362 (anudayatī ti anuḍdā).
contracted form of anuddayā
to spoil, corrupt, degrade Vin.iv.148 (expln. here in slightly diff. meaning = codeti vā codāpeti vā to reprove, scold, bring down); Iti.42 Usually in ster. phrase rāgo cittaṃ a. lust degrades the heart Vin.iii.111; MN.i.26; SN.i.186; AN.i.266; AN.ii.126; AN.iii.393 sq
pp anuddhasta (q.v.).
anu + dhaṃseti
adjective not puffed up, not proud, unconceited calm, subdued Snp.850 (= uddhacca-virahita Snp-a.549, cp. anuṇṇata); Iti.30; Dhp.363 (= nibbutacitta Dhp-a.iv.93); Vv.64#8; Pp.59.
an + uddhata
adjective not proud Snp.952 (= anussukin Snp-a.569) see niṭṭhurin.
an + uddharin
adjective spoilt, corrupt, degraded MN.i.462 (citta); AN.ii.126 (id.).
anu + dhasta, pp. of anuddhaṃseti, cp. Sk. apadhvasta
anu + dhamma
feminine [abstr. to anudhamma) lawfulness, conformity to the Dhamma AN.ii.46; Pts.i.35, Pts.i.36.
to hold up DN-a.i.61 (chattaṃ), cp. Ja.1.53, dhariyamāna.
anu + dhāreti
to run after, to chase, follow, persecute, pursue MN.i.474; SN.i.9; Dhp.85; Thag.1174; Mil.253, Mil.372.
anu + dhāvati
adjective noun one who runs after SN.i.9, SN.i.117.
fr. anudhāvati
(-tire) along the bank of the river SN.iv.177 should be read anu nadītīre (= anu prep. c. loc.; see under anu A).
to incline, bend (intrs.), give way Mil.372 (of a bow).
anu + namati
“leading along”, friendliness, courtesy, falling in with, fawning DN.iii.254 (˚saṃyojana); AN.iv.7 sq (id.) MN.i.191; Dhs.1059; Vb.145; Ne.79; combd. w opp. paṭigha (repugnance) at Mil.44, Mil.122, Mil.322.
fr. anuneti
neuter fawning Dhs-a.362.
fr. anuneti
adjective nasal; as tt. g. the sound ṃ; in -lopa apocope of the nasal ṃ Vv-a.114 Vv-a.253, Vv-a.275, Vv-a.333.
anu + nāsā + ika
adjective led, induced SN.iv.71; Snp.781.
pp. of anuneti
one who reconciles or conciliates Pts.ii.194 (netā vinetā anunetā).
n. ag. fr. anuneti
to conciliate, appease, win over, flatter SN.i.232 (ppr. anunayamāna); pp. anunīta (q.v.).
anu + neti
see anūpa.
to shake, move, to be unsteady Thag.191 = Ud.41.
anu + pakampati
not attacking, instr. -ena not by attack (from external enemies) Vin.ii.195.
an + upakkama
adjective blameless, irreproachahle DN.i.113; Vin.iv.160; Snp.p.115; DN-a.i.281.
an + upak˚
to push oneself forward, to encroach on DN.i.122 (= anupavisati DN-a.i.290) ger. anupakhajja pushing oneself in, intruding Vin.ii.88 (= antopavisati), Vin.ii.213; Vin.iv.43 (= anupavisati); MN.i.151, MN.i.469; SN.iii.113; Vism.18.
anu + pa + khandati
to encroach, intrude Vin.v.163.
den. fr. anupakhajja, ger. of anupakkhandati
to go or return into (c. acc.) DN.i.55 (anupeti +).
anu + pa + gacchati
not hurting Dhp.185 (anūpa˚; metri causa; expld. by anupahananañ c’eva anupaghātanañ ca Dhp-a.iii.238).
an + upaghāta
adjective heaped up, accumulated Thag-a.56.
anu + pa + cita, pp. of anupacināti
not to observe or notice Ja.v.339 (= anoloketi C.; variant reading anapaviṇāti).
an + upacināti
to laugh at, to deride, mock over AN.i.198 (variant reading anusaṃ˚).
anu + pa + jagghati
to follow, accompany Ja.iv.304. - pp. anupanna (q.v.).
anu + pad
adverb every five days Pv-a.139 (+ anudasāhaṃ).
anu + pañcā + ahaṃ
feminine a supplementary regulation or order Vin.ii.286; Vin.v.2 sq.
anu + paññatti
feminine succession; as adv. in order, successively DN-a.i.277 (kathā = anupubbikathā) Dhp-a.iii.340 (anupaṭipāṭiyā = anupubbena); Vism.244.
anu + paṭipāti
adjective setting out after, following, attacking Ja.v.452.
anu + pa + ṭhita
anu + patati
“befallen”, affected with, oppressed by (-˚) SN.ii.173 (dukkha˚); SN.iii.69 (id.); Snp.334 (pamāda˚).
pp. of anupatati
neuter the fact of being attacked by, being a victim of (-˚) Snp-a.339.
abstr. of anupatita
(anuppatta) (having) attained, received, got to (c. acc), reached DN.i.87–DN.i.111; DN.ii.2; Iti.38; Snp.027, Snp.635; Dhp.386, Dhp.403; Pv.iv.1#66; Pv-a.59 (dukkhaṃ), Pv-a.242. In phrase addhagata vayo-anuppatta having reached old age, e.g. Vin.ii.188; DN.i.48; Snp.p.50, 92; Pv-a.149.
pp. of anupāpuṇāti; cp. Sk. anuprāpta
(anuppatti) feminine attainment, accomplishment, wish, desire (fulfilled), ideal SN.i.46, SN.i.52.
anu + patti
at Ja.v.302 should be read as anu pathe by the way at the wayside; anu to be taken as prep. c. loc. (see anu A). C. explains as janghamagga-mahāmaggānaṃ antare.
cp. Sk. anupadaṃ adv., anu + pada
(anuppadātar) one who gives, or one who sets forth, effects, designs DN.i.4 (cp DN-a.i.74); AN.ii.209.
n. ag. of anupadeti
(anuppadāna) neuter
giving, administering, furnishing, the giving of (—˚) DN.i.12 (cp. DN-a.i.98 both read anuppādāna) Ja.iii.205 Mil.315
anu + pa + dāna, cp. anupadeti
(anuppadinna) given, handed over, furnished, dedicated Pv.i.5#12.
pp. of anupadeti
(anuppadeti) to give out, give as a present, hand over; to design, set forth, undertake SN.iii.131 (Pot. anuppadajjuṃ); MN.i.416 (Pot. anupadajjeyya see dadāti i.3); Mil.210 (˚deti). fut. -dassati (see dadāti i.1); DN.iii.92; SN.iv.303 (variant reading SS for T. anusarissati); AN.iii.43; Snp.983. ger. -datvā Snp-a.35. inf -dātuṃ AN.i.117. pp. -dinna (q.v.).
anu + pa + dadāti
adjective free from danger, uninjured, safe Vin.ii.79 = Vin.ii.124 (+ anītika); Vin.iii.162; Dhp.338; Dhp-a.iv.48; Pv-a.250 (expln. for siva).
an + upaddava
to disregard, to heed not, to neglect Dhp-a.iv.197; Vv-a.260.
an + upadhār˚
adjective free from attachment (see upadhi) Vin.i.36 (anupadhīka); DN.iii.112 (anupadhika opp. to sa-upadhika); Snp.1057 (anūpadhīka T. but Nd ii.anūpadhika. with ū for u metri causa).
an + upadhi + ka
gone into, reached, attained Snp.764 (māradheyya˚).
pp. of anupajjati
(anuppa˚) to follow immediately, to be incessant, to keep on (without stopping), to continue Mil.132
caus -āpeti ibid.
anu + pa + bandhati
(anuppa˚) feminine nonstopping, not ceasing Mil.132.
abstr. to prec.
(anuppa˚) feminine continuance, incessance, Pp.18 = Vb.357 (in exegesis of upanāha).
abstr. fr. anupabandhati
feminine giving up worldly life in imitation of another SN.v.67 = Iti.107
anu + pabbajjā, cp. BSk. anupravrajati Divy.61
adjective unattached, “aloof” SN.i.181 (akankha apiha +).
an + upaya
to walk round and round, to go round about (c. acc.) Vin.iii.119; SN.i.75 (ger. -gamma); Snp.447 (aor. -pariyagā = parito parito agamāsi Snp-a.393); Ja.iv.267.
anu + pari + gacchati
to run up & down or to move round & round (cp. anuparivattati) SN.iii.150 (khīlan).
anu + pari + dhāvati
to go round about, to go about, to wander or travel all over (c. acc.) Vin.ii.111; SN.i.102, SN.i.124; Thag.1235 (˚pariyeti), Thag.1250 (id. to search) Pv.iii.3#4 (= anuvicarati); Mil.38; Pv-a.92 (-yāyitvā ger.) Pv-a.217
auu + pari + yāti
adjective going round, encircling, in -patha the path leading or going round the city DN.ii.83 = SN.iv.194 = AN.v.195; AN.iv.107.
adjectivised ger. of anupariyāti
to go or move round, viz.
anu + pari + vṛt
feminine (-˚) dealing with, occupation, connection with SN.iii.16.
anu + parivatti
to surround, stand by, attend on (c. acc.) Vin.i.338; MN.i.153; Dhp-a.1.55.
anu + pari + vāreti
should be written anu pariveṇiyaṃ (“in every cell, cell by cell”), anu here functioning as prep. c. loc. (see anu A Vin.i.80, Vin.i.106.
anu + pariveṇiyaṃ = loc. of pariveṇi
to move round, to be occupied with, take an interest in (c. acc.) SN.iv.312 (variant reading ˚vattati).
anu + pari + sakkati
neuter dealing with, interest in SN.iv.312 (variant reading ˚vattana).
fr. anuparisakkati
to surround, enfold, embrace MN.i.306.
anu + pari + harati
adjective unsmeared, unstained, free from taint MN.i.319, MN.i.386 (in verse); as -ūpalitta in verse of Sn & Dh: Snp.211 (= lepānaṃ abhāvā Snp-a.261), 392 468, 790, 845; Dhp.353.
an + upalitta
adjective blameless, without fault, Mil.391.
grd. of an + upavadati
(anuppa˚) adjective to anupavatteti] one who succeeds (another) King or Ruler in the ruling of an empire (cakkaṃ) Mil.342, Mil.362; Snp-a.454. See also anuvattaka.
(anuppa˚) to keep moving on after, to continue rolling, with cakkaṃ to wield supreme power after, i.e. in succession or imitation of a predecessor SN.i.191; Mil.362. See also anuvatteti.
anu + pa + vatteti, fr. vṛt
not blaming or finding fault, abstaining from grumbling or abuse Dhp.185 (anūpa˚ in metre; explained at Dhp-a.iii.238 as anupavādanañ c’eva anupavādāpanañ ca “not scolding as well as not inciting others to grumbling”); adj. -vādaka Pp.60, & -vādin MN.i.360.
an + upavāda
(anuppa˚) entered, gone or got into, fallen into (c. acc.) Mil.270, Mil.318 sq., Mil.409 (coming for shelter); Pv-a.97, Pv-a.152 (Gangānadiṃ a. nadī flowing into the G.).
pp. of anupavisati
feminine the fact of having entered Mil.257.
abstr. to anupaviṭṭha
to go into, to enter Dhp.i.290; Vv-a.42 (= ogāhati)
pp -paviṭṭha (q.v.) Caus. -paveseti (q.v.).
anu + pa + visati
(anuppa˚) to give, give over to, offer up, present, supply Vin.i.221 (˚pavacchati); DN.i.74 (= pavesati DN-a.i.218); DN-a.ii.78; MN.i.446 MN.iii.133; AN.ii.64; AN.iii.26 (variant reading ˚vacch˚); Ja.v.394; Snp.208 (variant reading ˚vacch˚); Snp-a.256 (= anupavesati); Pv-a.28.
see under pavecchati
to make enter, to give over, to supply Snp-a.256 (= ˚pavecchati).
anu + pa + vis, cp. BSk. anupraveśayati Divy.238
to go along up to (c. acc.) Pv-a.179.
anu + pa + saṃkamati
not to go to. not to approach Dhp-a.ii.30 (+ apayirupāsati).
an + upasank˚
feminine not stopping, incessance, continuance Pp.18 (but id. p. at Vb.357 has anusansandanā instead); cp. anupabandhanā.
an + upasaṇṭhapanā
adjective observing, viewing, contemplating Thag.420.
fr. anupassati
to look at, contemplate, observe Snp.477; Pts.i.57, Pts.i.187; Snp-a.505.
anu + passati
feminine looking at, viewing, contemplating, consideration, realisation SN.v.178 sq., Snp.p.140; Pts.i.10, Pts.i.20, Pts.i.96; Pts.ii.37, Pts.ii.41 sq. Pts.ii.67 sq.; Vb.194. See anicca˚, anatta˚, dukkha˚.
abstr. of anupassati, cf. Sk. anudarśana
(-˚) adjective viewing, observing, realising SN.ii.84 sq., SN.v.294 sq., SN.v.311 sq., SN.v.345, Dhp.7, Dhp.253; Snp.255, Snp.728; Pts.i.191 sq.; Vb.193 sq., Vb.236; Sdhp.411.
fr. anupassati
thrown up, blown up Mil.274.
anu + pa + hata, pp. of anu + pa + han
adjective not destroyed, not spoilt Dhp-a.ii.33 (˚jivhapasāda).
an + upahata
attack in speech, contest, reproach AN.i.161 (vāda˚).
of anupatati
adjective
fr. anupāta
adverb at the foot Vism.182 (opp. anusīsaṃ at the head).
anu + pāda
anupādāniya, anupādāya, anupādiyāna, anupādiyiṭvā see upādiyati. Anupadana & Anupadi;
ger. of an + upādiyati = anupādāya
see upādāna & upādi.
having been lead to or made to reach, attained, found Mil.252.
pp. of anupāpeti
(anuppā˚) to reach, attain, get to, find SN.i.105; ger. anuppatvāna Pv.ii.9#24 (˚pāpuṇitvā Pv-a.123)
pp anupatta (q.v.)
caus anupāpeti (q.v.).
anu + pāpuṇāti
to make reach or attain, to lead to, to give or make find Ja.vi.88; Cp. xi. 4 (aor anupāpayi); Mil.276
pp anupāpita (q.v.).
Caus. of anupāpuṇāti
wrong means Ja.i.256; Sdhp.405.
an + upāya
see upāyāsa.
adjective guarding, preserving Sdhp.474.
anu + pālaka
neuter maintenance, guarding, keeping Dpvs.iii.2.
fr. anupāleti
to safeguard, warrant, maintain Mil.160 (santatiṃ).
anu + pāleti
adjective without shoes Ja.vi.552.
an + upāhana
(anuppiya) adjective flattering, plessant, nt. pleasantness, flattery, in -bhāṇin one who flatters I iii.185; Ja.ii.390; Ja.v.360; and -bhāṇitar id. Vb.352.
anu + piya
at Pv-a.161 is to be read anuppīḷan (q.v.).
to ask or inquire after (c. acc.) Snp.432, Snp.1113
pp anupuṭṭha (q.v.).
anu + pucchati
asked Snp.782 (= pucchita Snp-a.521).
pp. of anupucchati
adjective following in one’s turn, successive, gradual, by and by, regular Vin.ii.237 (mahāsamuddo a˚-ninno etc.); DN.i.184; Snp.511; Ja.v.155 (regularly formed, of ūrū). Cases adverbially: anupubbena (instr.) by and by, in course of time, later, gradually Vin.i.83; Dhp.239 (= anupaṭipāṭiyā Dhp-a.iii.340); Pp.41, Pp.64; Ja.ii.2, Ja.ii.105; Ja.iii.127; Mil.22; Pv-a.19. anupubbaso (abl. cp. Sk. anupūrvaśaḥ) in regular order Snp.1000. In compn. both anupubba˚ & anupubbi˚ (q.v.)
anu + pubba
adjective = anupubba, in cpd. pubbānupubbaka all in succession or in turn, one by one (on nature of this kind of cpd. see anu B iv.) Vin.i.20 (˚ānaṃ kulānaṃ puttā the sons of each clan, one by one).
neuter acting in turn, gradation, succession Vv.64#14 (= anukūla kiriyā i.e. as it pleases Vv-a.280) cp. ānupubbatā. Anupubbi-katha
fr. anupubba
feminine a gradual instruction, graduated sermon regulated exposition of the ever higher values of four subjects (dāna-kathā, sīla˚, sagga˚, magga˚) i.e. charity righteousness, the heavens, and the Path. Bdhgh. explains the term as anupubbikathā nāma dānânantaraṃ sīlaṃ sīlânantaro saggo saggânantaro maggo ti etesaṃ dīpana-kathā (DN-a.i.277). Vin.i.15, Vin.i.18; Vin.ii.156, Vin.ii.192; DN.i.110; DN.ii.41; MN.i.379; Ja.i.8; Vv-a.66, Vv-a.197, Vv-a.208; DN-a.i.308; Dhp-a.i.6; Mil.228
■ The spelling is frequently ānupubbikathā (as to lengthening of anu see anu Note
a), e.g. at DN.i.110; DN.ii.41; MN.i.379; Ja.i.8; Mil.228.
anupubba + kathā, formation like dhammi-kathā
caus anupekkheti to cause some one to consider carefully Vin.ii.73.
anu + pekkhati
feminine concentration (of thought) Dhs.8, Dhs.85, Dhs.284, Dhs.372.
abstr. fr. anupekkhana, see anupekkhatī
to go into DN.i.55 (+ anupagacchati) SN.iii.207; DN-a.i.165.
anu + pa + i
to send forth after Mil.36.
anu + pa + iṣ
see anvaḍḍhamāsaṃ.
adjective to be nourished or fostered Sdhp.318.
grd. of anu + puṣ
in all combns. of anu + ppa see under headings anupa˚.
SN.iii.131 see anupadeti.
(˚uppāda, ˚uppādeti) see uppanna etc.
adjective not molested, not oppressed (by robbers etc.) not ruined, free from harm Ja.iii.443 Ja.v.378; Vv-a.351; Pv-a.161.
an + uppīḷa
neuter flashing through, pervading Mil.148.
anu + pharaṇa
to sprinkle, moisten, make wet Ja.v.242 (himaṃ C. pateyya).
anu + phusīyati, cp. Sk. pruṣāyati, Caus. of pruṣ
at Pv-a.56 is faulty reading for anubandhati (q.v.).
following, standing behind (piṭṭhito) DN.i.1, DN.i.226.
pp. of anubandhati
bondage MN.iii.170; Iti.91.
anu + bandh
to follow, run after, pursue Ja.i.195; Ja.ii.230; Ja.vi.452 (= anujavati); Pv-a.56 (substitute for anubajjhanti!), Pv-a.103, Pv-a.155. aor. -bandhi Ja.ii.154, Ja.ii.353 Ja.iii.504; Pv-a.260 (= anvāgacchi). ger. -bandhitvā Ja.i.254 grd. -bandhitabba MN.i.106
pp anubaddha (q.v.).
anu + bandhati
neuter that which connects or follows, connection, consequence Ja.vi.526 (˚dukkha).
fr. anubandhati
neuter rear-guard, retinue, suite, in -ṃ bhavati to accompany or follow somebody Mil.125.
anu + bala
to remember, recollect Ja.iii.387 (with avabujjhati in prec. verse).
anu + bujjhati, Med. of budh, cp. Sk. avabudhyate
neuter awakening, recognition Pts.i.18 (bujjhana +).
fr. anubujjhati
pp. of anu + bodhati
awakening; perception, recognition, understanding SN.i.126 (?) = AN.v.46 (anubodhiṃ as aor. of anubodhati?); Pp.21; Mil.233. Freq. in compn. ananubodha (adj.) not understanding, not knowing the truth SN.ii.92; SN.iii.261; SN.v.431; AN.ii.1; AN.iv.105; Dhs.390 Dhs.1061; Vv-a.321 (= anavabodha) and duranubodha (adj. hard to understand, difficult to know DN.i.12, DN.i.22; SN.i.136.
anu + budh
to wake up, to realise, perceive, understand; aor. anubodhiṃ AN.v.46 (?) = SN.i.126 (anubodhaṃ)
caus -bodheti to awaken, fig. to make see to instruct Ja.vi.139 (˚ayamāna)
pp anubuddha (q.v.).
anu + budh
neuter awakening, understanding, recognition Pts.i.18 (bodhana +).
fr. anubodhati
to go along, wander, follow, tread (a path) Ja.iv.399 (maggaṃ = pabbajati C.).
anu + vraj
adjective subject to the will of another, obedient, faithful, devoted Ja.iii.521 Ja.vi.557.
Vedic anuvrata, anu + vata
see ubbill˚.
see anuvyañjana.
strengthened with (-˚), full of Pts.i.167.
pp. of anubrūheti
to do very much or often, to practice, frequent, to be fond of (c. acc.), foster SN.i.178 (anubrūhaye); MN.iii.187 (id., so read for manu˚), Thig.163 (˚ehi); Cp.iii.1#2 (saṃvegaṃ anubrūhayiṃ aor.); Ja.iii.191 (suññāgāraṃ). Often in phrase vivekaṃ anubrūheti to devote oneself to detachment or solitude, e.g. Ja.i.9 (inf ˚brūhetuṃ); Ja.iii.31 (˚brūhessāmi), Dhp.75 (˚brūhaye ˚brūheyya vaḍḍheyya Dhp-a.ii.103)
pp anubrūhita (q.v.) Cp. also brūhana.
brūheti
feminine talking to, admonition, scolding Vin.ii.88 (anuvadanā +).
anu + bhaṇana
to come to or by, to undergo, suffer (feel), get, undertake, partake in, experience DN.i.129; DN.ii.12 (˚bhonti); MN.ii.204; AN.i.61 (atthaṃ ˚bhoti to have a good result); Ja.vi.97 (˚bhoma) Pv.i.10#11 (˚bhomi vipākaṃ); Pv-a.52 (˚issati = vedissati) Sdhp.290. Esp. freq. with dukkhaṃ to suffer pain, e.g Pv-a.i.11#2 (˚bhonti); Pv-a.43, Pv-a.68, Pv-a.79 etc. (cp. anubhavana)
ppr med. -bhavamāna Ja.i.50; aor. -bhavi Pv-a.75 (sampattiṃ); ger. -bhavitvā Ja.iv.1; Pv-a.4 (sampattiṃ), Pv-a.67 (dukkhaṃ), Pv-a.73 (sampattiṃ); grd. -bhaviyāna (in order to receive) Pv.ii.8#5 (= anubhavitvā Pv-a.109). Pass. anubhūyati & ˚bhavīyati; to be undergone or being experienced; ppr. -bhūyamāna Pv-a.8, Pv-a.159 (mayā a. anubhūta), Pv-a.214 (attanā by him) & -bhavīyamāna Pv-a.33 (dukkhaṃ)
pp anubhūta (q.v.).
anu + bhavati
neuter experiencing, suffering; sensation or physical sensibility (cf. Cpd. 229, 2321) Ne.28 (iṭṭhâniṭṭh-ânubhavana-lakkhanā vedanā “feeling is characterised by the experiencing of what is pleasant and unpleasant”); Mil.60 (vedayita-lakkhaṇā vedanā anubhavana-lakkhaṇā ca); Pv-a.152 (kamma-vipāka˚). Esp. in combn. with dukkha˚; suffering painful sensations, e.g. at Ja.iv.3; Mil.181; Dhp-a.iv.75; Pv-a.52.
fr. anubhavati
a secondary or inferior part, (after-)share, what is left over Vin.ii.167.
anu + bhāga
to be afraid of Ja.vi.302 (kissa nv’ ânubhāyissaṃ, so read for kissânu˚).
anu + bhāyati
orig. meaning “experience, concomitance” and found only in compounds as-˚, in meaning “experiencing the sensation of or belonging to, experience of, accordance with”, e.g. maha˚ sensation of greatness rājâ˚ s. belonging to a king, what is in accordance with kingship, i.e. majesty. Through preponderance of expressions of distinction there arises the meaning of anubhāva as “power, majesty, greatness, splendour etc.” & as such it was separated from the 1st component and taken as ānubhāva with ā instead of a, since the compositional character had obliterated the character of the a. As such (ānubhāva abs.) found only in later language
fr. anubhavati
feminine majesty, power SN.i.156 (mahā˚).
= anubhāva + tā
to speak after, to repeat DN.i.104; Mil.345; DN-a.i.273.
anu + bhāsati
(having or being) experienced, suffered, enjoyed Pv-a.ii.12#2. nt. suffering, experience Ja.i.254; Mil.78, Mil.80.
pp. of anubhavati
neuter the fact of having to undergo, experiencing Pv-a.103.
abstr. fr. ppr. Pass. of anubhavati
(-dassika) see anoma˚.
at Ja.v.201 should be read anu magge along the road, by the way; anu here used as prep. c. loc (see anu A b).
pass anumajjīyati Mil.275 (cp. p. 428).
anu + majjati
neuter threshing out, pounding up (Dhs. trsl. 11), always used with ref. to the term vicāra (q.v.) Mil.62; Dhs-a.114; DN-a.i.63, DN-a.i.122.
abstr. fr. anumajjati
adjective mediocre, without going to extremes Ja.iv.192; Ja.v.387.
anu + majjha
to assent, approve, give leave Thag.72
pp anumata (q.v.).
anu + maññati
approved of, given consent to, finding approval, given leave DN.i.99 (= anuññāta DN-a.i.267); Ja.v.399 (= muta); Mil.185, Mil.212, Mil.231, Mil.275; Pv-a.64 (= annuññāta).
pp. of anumaññati
feminine consent, permission, agreement, assent, approval Vin.ii.294, Vin.ii.301, Vin.ii.306; DN.i.137 DN.i.143; Dpvs.iv.47, Cf. Dpvs.v.18; DN-a.i.297; Vv-a.17, Pv-a.114.
from anumaññati
see aṇu˚.
to touch DN.i.106 (= anumajjati DN-a.i.276).
anu + masati
inference Mil.330 (naya +), Mil.372, Mil.413; Sdhp.74.
fr. anu + man
a secondary friend, a follower. acquaintance Ja.v.77.
anu + mitta
to observe, draw an inference MN.i.97; Pv-a.227 (˚anto + nayaṃ nento). See also anumīyati.
cf. Sk. anumāti, anu + mināti from mi, Sk. minoti, with confusion of roots mā & mi;
to observe, conclude or infer from SN.iii.36 Cp. anumināti.
Sk. anumīyate, Pass. of anu + mā, measure, in sense of Med.
adjective one who enjoys, one who is glad of or thankful for (c. acc.) Vin.v.172; Pv-a.122; Sdhf.512.
fr. anumodati
to find satisfaction in (acc.), to rejoice in, be thankful for (c. acc.), appreciate, benefit from, to be pleased, to enjoy Vin.ii.212 (bhattagge a. to say grace after a meal); SN.ii.54; AN.iii.50 (-modanīya), AN.iv.411; Dhp.177 (ppr. -modamāna); Iti.78; Pv.ii.9#19 (dānaṃ -modamāna = enjoying, gladly receiving); Pv.i.5#4 (anumodare = are pleased; pitisomanassajātā honti Pv-a.27); Ja.ii.112; Pv-a.19, Pv-a.46, Pv-a.81, Pv-a.201) imper. modāhi) Sdhp.501 sq
pp anumodita (q.v.).
anu + modati
neuter “according to taste”, i.e. satisfaction, thanks, esp. after a meal or after receiving gifts = to say grace or benediction, blessing, thanksgiving. In latter sense with dadāti (give thanks for = locative) karoti (= Latin gratias agere) or vacati (say or tell thanks) ˚ṁ datvā Pv-a.89 ˚ṁ katvā Ja.i.91 Dhp-a.iii.170 Dhp-a.iii.172.Vv-a 118 Pv-a.17 Pv-a.47; ˚ṁ vatvā Vv-a.40 (pānīyadāne for the gift of water), Vv-a.295, Vv-a.306 etc. ˚ṁ karoti also “to do a favour” Pv-a.275 cp. further Dhp-a.i.198 (˚gāthā verses expressing thanks, benediction); Dhp-a.ii.97 (Satthāraṁ ˚ṁ yāciṁsu asked his blessing) Pv-a.23 (˚atthaṁ in order to thank), Pv-a.26 (identical), Pv-a.121, Pv-a.141 (katabhatta˚), Pv-a.142; Sdhp.213 Sdhp.218 Sdhp.516
fr. anumodati
enjoyed, rejoiced in Pv-a.77.
pp. of anumodati
adjective not out of mind, sane, of sound mind Mil.122; Sdhp.205.
an + ummatta
at AN.v.22 is doubtful reading (variant reading anuyutta). The meaning is either “inferior to, dependent on, a subject of, a vassal” or “attending on”. The explanation may compare Sk. anuyātaṃ attendance, in which latter case anu-yantṛ would be “an inferior ruler” and P. yanta would represent the n. a.g. yantā as a-stem. The variant reading is perhaps preferable as long as other passages with anuyanta are not found (see anuyutta 2).
anu + yā, cp. anuyāyin or Sk. yantṛ ruler [ yam
adjective offering after the example of another DN.i.142.
fr. anu + yaj
gone through or after, followed, pursued SN.ii.105 (magga); AN.v.236; Iti.29; Mil.217.
pp. of anuyāti
pp anuyāta (q.v.). See also anusaṃyāyati
anu + yā
adjective going after, following, subject to (gen.) Snp.1017 (anânuyāyin); Ja.vi.309; Mil.284.
cp. Sk. anuyāyin, anu + yā
feminine (& -yuñjana nt.) application or devotion to (-˚) Mil.178; Vv-a.346 (anuyujjanaṃ wrong spelling?)
abstr. fr. anuyuñjati
pp anuyutta (q.v.)
caus anuyojeti “to put to”, to address, admonish, exhort Dhp-a.iv.20.
anu + yuñjati
pp. of anuyuñjati
Sk. anuyoga, fr. anu + yuj
adjective applying oneself to, full of application or zeal, devoted Pv-a.207.
anuyoga + vant
adjective applying oneself to, devoted to (-˚) Dhp.209 (atta˚ given to oneself, self-concentrated).
fr. anuyoga
adjective preserving, keeping up Ja.iv.192 (vaṃsa˚); Ja.vi.1 (id.).
fr. anurakkhati, cp. ˚rakkhin
neuter & -ā (f.) guarding, protection, preservation DN.iii.225 sq.; AN.ii.16 sq.; Ja.i.133 Pp.12; Dpvs.iv.24 (adj.); Vv-a.32 (citta˚); Sdhp.449.
abstr. fr. anurakkhati
to guard, watch over (acc.), preserve, protect, shield Snp.149; Dhp.327; Ja.i.46; Pp.12
ppr med˚ rakkhamāna(ka) as adj. Sdhp.621.
anu + rakkhati
feminine guarding, protection, preservation SN.iv.323 (anuddayā a. anukampā).
= anurakkhaṇā
adjective guarding, preserving, keeping Ja.v.24.
fr. anurakkhati
adjective in dur˚; difficult to guard Vin.iii.149.
f. anurakkhati
illumined, brighterted, beautified Bv.i.45 (byāmapabhā˚ by the shine of the halo); Vv-a.4 (sañjhātapa˚ for sañjhāpabhā˚).
pp. of anu + rañjeti, Caus. of rañj
adjective pp. of anu + rañj ] attached or devoted to, fond of, faithful Thig.446 (bhattāraṃ); Ja.i.297; Mil.146.
to resound, to sound after, linger (of sound) Mil.63.
anu + ravati
feminine lingering of the sound, resounding Mil.63.
abstr. fr. anuravati
adverb in secret, face to face, private MN.i.27.
anu + raho
to conform oneself to, have a regard for, approve, to be pleased AN.iv.158; Dhs-a.362
pp anuruddha (q.v.).
Sk. anurudhyate, Pass. of anu + rudh
enggaged in, devoted to; compliant or complied with, pleased SN.iv.71, (anānuruddha).
pp. of anurujjhati
adjective suitable, adequate, seeming, fit, worthy; adapted to, corresponding, conform with (-˚ Ja.i.91; Ja.vi.366 (tad˚); Pv-a.61 (ajjhāsaya˚ according to his wish), Pv-a.128 (id.), Pv-a.78, Pv-a.122, Pv-a.130, Pv-a.155; etc. Cp. also paṭirūpa in same meaning.
anu + rūpa
to cry after, cry for Ja.iii.166 = Pv.i.12#7 (dārako candaṃ a.).
anu + rodati
compliance, consideration satisfaction (opp. virodha) SN.i.111; SN.iv.210; Snp.362; Dhs.1059; Vb.145; Dhs-a.362.
fr. anu + rudh
feminine scolding, blame, accusation Vin.ii.88 (spelt anullapanā; combd. with anuvadana & anubhaṇanā).
anu + lapanā, lap
adjective anointed, besmeared Ja.i.266; Pv-a.211.
cp. Sk. anulipta, pp. of anulimpati
to anoint, besmear, Mil.394 (˚limpitabba). Caus. -limpeti in same meaning Mil.169 and -lepeti Mil.169 (grd. -lepanīya to be treated with ointment)
pp anulitta (q.v.).
anu + limpati
neuter anointing Mil.353, Mil.394.
fr. anulimpati
anointing Mil.152.
fr. anu + lip
adjective looking (up) at, seeing (-˚) MN.i.147 (sīsa˚).
fr. anu + loketi, cp. Sk. & P. avalokin & anuviloketi
adjective “with the hair or grain”, i.e. in natural order, suitable, fit, adapted to, adaptable straight forward DN.ii.273 (anānuloma, q.v.) SN.iv.401; Pts.ii.67, Pts.ii.70; Dhp-a.ii.208
■ nt. direct order, state of fitting in, adaptation Mil.148.
Sk. anu + loma
(& -ya) adjective suitable, fit, agreeable; in proper order, adapted to (-˚) Vin.ii.7 (an˚), Vin.iii.120 (an˚ = ananucchaviya); Vin.iv.239; AN.i.106; AN.iii.116 sq.; Iti.103 (sāmaññassa˚); Snp.385 (pabbajita˚); Kp-a.243 (ananulomiya); Dhs-a.25; Sdhp.65.
fr. anuloma
to conform to, to be in accordance with Mil.372.
v. denom. fr. anuloma
neuter smallness, littleness, insignificance Vv-a.24.
abstr. fr. an + uḷāra
adjective to be blamed, censurable, worthy of reproach Snp.p.78 (an˚ = anuvādavimutta Snp-a.396).
grd. of anu + vadati, cp. anuvāda & Sk. avavadya
adjective
fr. anuvatteti
caus -vatteti (q.v.).
Sk. anuvartati, anu + vattati
neuter complying with, conformity with (-˚), compliance, observance, obedience Ja.i.367 (dhamma˚); Ja.v.78.
abstr. fr. anuvattati
adjective following, acting according to or in conformity with (-˚), obedient Ja.ii.348 (f. ˚inī), Ja.iii.319 (id.); Dhp.86 (dhamma˚); Vv.15#5 (vasa˚ = anukūlabhāvena vattana sīla Vv-a.71); Dhp-a.ii.161.
fr. anuvattati
= anupavatteti (q.v.) Thag.826 (dhammacakkaṃ: “after his example turn the wheel Mrs. Rh. D.).
anu + vatteti
to blame, censure, reproach Vin.ii.80, Vin.ii.88
grd anuvajja (q.v.).
Sk. ava˚; anu + vadati
feminine blaming, blame, censure Vin.ii.88 (anuvāda +).
fr. anuvadati
to live with somebody, to dwell, inhabit Ja.ii.421. Caus. -vāseti to pass, spend (time) Ja.vi.296
pp -vuttha (q.v.).
anu + vasati
adverb for one rainy season; every rainy season or year, i.e. annually C. on Thag.24.
anu + vassa
adjective one who has (just) passed one rainy season Thag.24 (“scarce have the rains gone by” Mrs. Rh. D.; see trsl. p. 29 n. 2).
fr. anuvassaṃ
to say after, to repeat (words), to recite or make recite after or again DN.i.104 (= tehi aññesaṃ vācitaṃ anuvācenti DN-a.i.273); Mil.345 Cp. anubhāseti.
anu + Caus. of vac
a forward wind, the wind that blows from behind, a favourable wind; -ṃ adv. with the wind, in the direction of the wind (opp. paṭivātaṃ) AN.i.226 (˚paṭivātaṃ); Sdhp.425 (paṭivāta˚). In anuvāte (anu + vāte) at Ja.ii.382 “with the wind, facing the w. in front of the wind” anu is to be taken as prep. c. loc & to be separated from vāte (see anu A b.).
anu + vā to blow
only in connection with the making of the bhikkhus’ garments (cīvara) “weaving on, supplementary weaving, or along the seam”, i.e. hem, seam, binding Vin.i.254, Vin.i.297; Vin.ii.177; Vin.iv.121 (aggala +); Pv-a.73 (anuvāte appabhonte since the binding was insufficient).
fr. anuvadatī, cp. Sk. anuvāda in meaning of “repetition”
neuter an oily enema, an injection Mil.353.
fr. anuvāseti
to treat with fragrant oil, i.e. to make an injection or give an enema of salubrious oil Mil.169; grd. -vāsanīya ibid.; pp. -vāsita Mil.214.
anu + vāseti, Caus. of vāsa3 odour, perfume
adjective dispersed over SN.v.277 sq. (+ anuvisaṭa).
anu + vi + khitta, pp. of anu + vikkhipati
to take care of, regard, heed, consider Thag.109.
anu + vi + gaṇeti
to wander about, stroll roam through, explore DN.i.235; Ja.ii.128; Ja.iii.188; Pv-a.189 (= anupariyāti)
caus -vicāreti to think over (lit. to make one’s mind wander over), to meditate ponder (cp. anuvicinteti); always combd. with anuvitakketi (q.v.) AN.i.264 (cetasā), AN.i.iii.178 (dhammaṃ cetasā a.)
pp anuvicarita (q.v.).
anu + vi + carati
reflected, pondered over, thought out SN.iii.203 (manasā); DN-a.i.106 (= anucarita).
pp. of anuvicāreti
meditation, reflexion, thought Dhs.85 (= vicāra).
anu + vicāra, cf. anuvicāreti
one who examines, an examiner Mil.365.
fr. anu + vicināti
to think or ponder over, to meditate DN.ii.203; SN.i.203 (yoniso ˚cintaya, imper “marshall thy thoughts in ordered governance” Mrs. Rh. DN variant reading anucintaya); Thag.747; Dhp.364; Iti.82 (dhammaṃ ˚ayaṃ); Ja.iii.396; Ja.iv.227; Ja.v.223 (dhammaṃ ˚cintayanto).
anu + vi + cinteti
having known or found out, knowing well or thoroughly, testing, finding out MN.i.301, MN.i.361 (variant reading -vijja); AN.ii.3, AN.ii.84; AN.v.88; Dhp.229 (= jānitvā Dhp-a.iii.329); Snp.530 (= anuviditvā Snp-a.431) Ja.i.459 (= jānitvā C.); Ja.iii.426; Pp.49.
ger. of anuvijjati, for the regular from anuvijja prob. through influence of anu + i (anu-v-icca for anvicca) cf. anveti & adhicca; & see anuvijjati
one who finds out, an examiner Vin.v.161.
fr. anuvijja, ger. of anuvijjati
to know thoroughly, to find out, to trace, to come to know; inf -vijjitiṃ Ja.iii.506; ger. -viditvā Snp-a.431, also -vijja vicca; (see both under anuvicca); grd. ananuvejja not to be known, unfathomable, unknowable MN.i.140 (Tathāgato ananuvejjo)
caus anuvijjāpeti to make some one find out Ja.v.162
pp anuvidita (q.v.).
anu + vid, with fusion of Vedic vetti to know, and Pass. of vindati to find (= vidyate)
pp anuviddha (q.v.).
anu + vyadh
to reflect, think, ponder over, usually combined with anuvicāreti DN.i.119; DN.iii.242; SN.v.67 = Iti.107 (anussarati +); AN.iii.383.
anu + vi + takketi
found out, recognised; one who has found out or knows well Snp.528, Snp.530 (= anubuddha Snp-a.431). Same in B.Sk., e.g. Mvu.iii.398.
pp. of anuvijjati
adjective pierced, intertwined or set with (-˚) Vv-a.278.
pp. of anuvijjhati
to act in conformity with, to follow (instruction) MN.ii.105 = Thag.875; SN.iv.199; Ja.ii.98; Ja.iii.357.
cf. Sk. anuvidhīyate & adj. anuvidhāyin; Pass. of anu + vi + dhā, cf. vidahati
feminine acting according to, conformity with MN.i.43.
abstr. fr. anuvidhīyati
to look round at, look over, survey, muster MN.i.339; Snp.p.140; Ja.i.53; Mil.7 (lakaṃ), Mil.21 (parisaṃ), Mil.230.
anu + vi + loketi; B.Sk. anuvilokayati
an “after-evolution”, devolution; as part of a bhikkhu’s dress: a sub-vivaṭṭa (q.v.) Vin.i.287 (vivaṭṭa +).
anu + vivaṭṭa
(anu + visaṭa, pp. of anu + vi + sṛ; ] spread over SN.v.277 sq.; Ja.iv.102.
living with, staying, dwelling Ja.ii.42 (cira˚); Ja.v.445 (id.).
pp. of anuvasati, cf. Sk. anūṣita
adjective in an˚ see anuvijjati. Anuvyanjana & anubyanjana;
(e.g. Vin.iv.15; Ja.i.12) neuter accompanying (i.e. secondary attribute, minor or inferior characteristic, supplementary or additional sign or mark (cf. mahāpurisa-lakkhaṇa) Vin.i.65 (abl. anuvyañjanaso “in detail”); MN.iii.126; SN.iv.168; AN.iv.279 (abl.); AN.v.73 sq.; Pp.24, Pp.58; Mil.339; Vv-a.315; Dhs-a.400.
anu + vyañjana
to traverse; to go up to, surround, visit (acc.) MN.i.209 (Bhagavantaṃ ˚itvā) Ja.iv.214 (variant reading anuyāyitvā). See also anuyāti and anusaññāti.
anu + saṃ + yāyati
adjective yearly Dhp-a.i.388 (nakkhattaṃ). Usually nt. -ṃ as adv. yearly, every year Ja.i.68; Ja.v.99. On use of anu in this combn. see anu A a.
anu + saṃv˚
to walk along, to go round about, to visit MN.i.279; SN.v.53, SN.v.301; Ja.i.202 Ja.iii.502; Pv-a.279 (nagaraṃ)
pp anusañcarita (q.v.).
anu + saṃ + carati
frequented, visited, resorted to Mil.387.
pp. of anusañcarati
to set ones mind on, concentrate, think over, meditate Pp.12.
anu + saṃ + ceteti
to go to, to visit, inspect, control
ppr med -saññāyamāna Vin.iii.43 (kammante);
inf -saññātuṃ AN.i.68. (janapade).
either anu + saṃ + jñā (jānāti) or (preferably) = anusaṃyāti as short form of anusaṃyāyati, like anuyāti → anuyāyati of anu + saṃ + yā, cf. Sk. anusaṃyāti in same meaning
sprinkled with (-˚), bestrewn, scattered Vv.5#3 (paduma˚ magga = vippakiṇṇa Vv-a.36).
Sk. anusṛta, pp. of anu + sṛ.
instructor, adviser Ja.iv.178 (ācariya +). Cp anusāsaka.
n. ag. to anu + sās, cf. Sk. anuśāsitṛ & P. satthar
feminine admonition, rule, instruction Ja.i.241; Mil.98, Mil.172, Mil.186 (dhamma˚), Mil.225, Mil.227, Mil.347.
Sk. anuśāsti, anu + śās, cp. anusāsana
to stream along after, to follow, to be connected with. Thus to be read at Mil.63 for anusandahati (anuravati + ; of sound) while at AN.iv.47 the reading is to be corrected to anusandahati.
Vedic anusyandati, anu + syad
to direct upon, to apply to AN.iv.47 sq. (cittaṃ samāpattiyā; so to be read with variant reading for anusandati) Mil.63 (but here prob. to be read as anusandati, q.v.).
anu + saṃ + dhā, cf. Vedic abhi + saṃ + dhā
feminine application, adjusting Dhs.8 (cittassa).
= anusandhi
feminine connection, (logical) conclusion, application DN-a.i.122 (where 3 kinds are enumerated, viz. pucchā˚, ajjhāsayā˚, yathā˚); Ne.14 (pucchato; Hard., in Index “complete cessation”?!). Esp. freq in (Jātaka) phrase anusandhiṃ ghaṭeti “to form the connection”, to draw the conclusion, to show the application of the story or point out its maxim Ja.i.106; Ja.i.308; Dhp-a.ii.40, Dhp-a.ii.47; etc.
fr. anu + saṃ + dhā
feminine disputing, quarrelling(?) Vin.ii.88 (under anuvādâdhikaraṇa).
anu + saṃ + pavankatā; is reading correct?
(see Kvu trsl. 234 n. 2 and Cpd. 172 n. 2). Bent, bias proclivity, the persistance of a dormant or latent disposition predisposition, tendency. Always in bad sense. In the oldest texts the word usually occurs absolutely, without mention of the cause or direction of the bias. So Sn.14 = 369, 545; MN.iii.31; SN.iii.130, SN.iv.33, SN.v.28 SN.v.236; AN.i.44; AN.ii.157; AN.iii.74, AN.iii.246, AN.iii.443. Or in the triplet obstinacy, prejudice and bias (adhiṭṭhānābhinivesānusayā) SN.ii.17; SN.iii.10, SN.iii.135, SN.iii.161; AN v.iii. Occasionally a source of the bias is mentioned. Thus pride at SN.i.188 SN.ii.252 ff., SN.ii.275; SN.iii.80, SN.iii.103, SN.iii.169, SN.iii.253; SN.iv.41, SN.iv.197; AN.i.132 AN.iv.70 doubt at MN.i.486-ignorance lust and hatred at SN.iv.205, MN.iii.285. At DN.iii.254, DN.iii.282; SN.v.60; and AN.iv.9. we have a list of seven anusaya’s, the above five and delusion and craving for rebirth. Hence-forward these lists govern the connotation of the word; but it would be wrong to put that connotation back into the earlier passages. Later references are Pts.i.26, Pts.i.70 ff., Pts.i.123 Pts.i.130, Pts.i.195; Pts.ii.36, Pts.ii.84, Pts.ii.94, Pts.ii.158; Pp.21; Vb.340, Vb.383 Vb.356; Kv.405 ff. Dpvs.i.42.
anu + śī, seti Sk. anuśaya has a diff. meaning
dormant, only in combn. dīgharatta˚; latent so long Thag.768; Snp.355 Snp.649. Cp. anusaya & anusayin.
pp. of anuseti, anu + śī
adjective DN.ii.283 (me dīgharatta˚), “for me, so long obsessed (with doubts)”. The reading is uncertain.
fr. anusaya
to follow, conform oneself to SN.iv.303 (phalaṃ anusarissati BB, but balaṃ anupadassati SS perhaps to be preferred)
caus anusāreti to bring together with, to send up to or against Mil.36 (aññamaññaṃ a. anupeseti).
anu + sṛ.
at SN.ii.54 (āsavā na a.; variant reading anusayanti) & iv. 188 (akusalā dhammā na a.; variant reading anusenti) should preferably be read anusayati: see anuseti 2.
adjective having a residuum, accompanied by a minimum of… SN.iii.130; Kv.81, see aṇu˚.
adjective attached to one, i.e. inherent, chronic (of disease) MN.ii.70 (ābādha, variant reading BB anussāyika) Dhp-a.i.431 (roga).
fr. anusaya
“going along with”, following, conformity. Only in obl. eases (-˚) anusārena (instr. in consequence of, in accordance with, according to Ja.i.8; Pv-a.187 (tad), Pv-a.227; and anusārato (abl.) id. Sdhp.91.
fr. anu + sṛ.
(-˚) adjective following, striving after, acting in accordance with, living up to or after Freq. in formula dhammānusārin saddhānusārin living in conformity with the Norm & the Faith DN.iii.254; MN.i.142, MN.i.479; SN.iii.225; SN.v.200 sq.; AN.i.74; AN.iv.10; Pp.15
■ Cp. also SN.i.15 (bhavasota˚); SN.iv.128 (id.); Ja.vi.444 (paṇḍitassa˚ = veyyāvaccakara C.); Sdhp.528 (attha˚).
fr. anu + sarati
see anusarati.
adviser, instructor, counsellor Ja.ii.105; Mil.186, Mil.217, Mil.264. Cp. anusatthar.
fr. anusāsati
pp anusiṭṭha (q.v.); cp. anusatthar anusatthi & ovadati.
Vedic anuśāsati, anu + sās
neuter advice, instruction, admonition DN.iii.107; AN.i.292 (˚pāṭihāriya cp. anusāsanī); Mil.359.
Vedic anuśāsana, fr. anu + śās
feminine instruction, teaching, commandment, order SN.v.108; AN.ii.147; AN.iii.87 AN.v.24 sq., AN.v.49, AN.v.338; Ja.v.113; Thig.172, Thig.180; Pv.iii.7#6 Thag-a.162; Vv-a.19, Vv-a.80, Vv-a.81.
fr. anusāsati, cp. anusāsana
to learn of somebody (gen.); to follow one’s example, to imitate Vin.ii.201 (ppr. med. ˚amāna); SN.i.235; AN.iv.282, AN.iv.286, AN.iv.323; Snp.294 (vattaṃ, cp. RV iii.59, 2: vratena śikṣati), Snp.934; Ja.i.89; Ja.ii.98; Ja.iii.315; Ja.v.334; Ja.vi.62; Thag.963; Mil.61
caus anusikkhāpeti to teach [= Sk anuśikṣayati] Mil.352.
Vedic anuśikṣati; anu + Desid. of śak
adjective studying, learning MN.i.100; Dhp.226 (ahoratta˚ = divā ca rattiñ ca tisso sikkhā sikkhamāna Dhp-a.iii.324).
fr. anusikhati
instructed, admonished, advised; ordered, commanded MN.ii.96; Ja.i.226; Pv.ii.8#11; Mil.284, Mil.349.
Vedic anuśiṣṭa, pp. of anusāsati
to interweave Vin.iii.336 (introd. to Sam. Pās.).
anu + sibbati, siv to sew
to hear; pret. anassuṃ [Sk. anvaśruvaṃ] I heard MN.i.333.
anu + śru
to adorn, embellish, prepare Ja.vi.76.
anu + sumbhati (sobhati); śubh or (Vedic) śumbh
reading at Ja.iii.27, see anasuyyaṃ.
cp. Sk. anasūyaṃ
adjective not envious, not jealous Snp.325 (= usuyyāvigamena a. Snp-a.332); Ja.ii.192 (variant reading anussuyyaka); Ja.v.112.
an + usuyyaka
anu + seṭṭhi
to “lie down with”, i.e.
pp anusayita (q.v.).
anu + seti. cp. Sk. anuśayate or˚ śete, from śī
to mourn for, to bewail Snp.851 (atītaṃ na a.; cp. Mnd.222); Pv.i.12#7; Pv.ii.6#8; Pv-a.95.
anu + socati
neuter bewailing, mourning Pv-a.65.
abstr. fr. anusocati
in anusotaṃ (adv.) along the stream or current down-stream AN.ii.12; Ja.i.70 (opp. paṭisotaṃ against the stream); Pv-a.169 (Gangāya a. āgacchanto).
anu + sota, in ˚ṃ as adv. or acc. to expln. under anu A a.
feminine remembrance, recollection, thinking of, mindfulness. A late list of subjects to be kept in mind comprises six anussati-ṭṭhānāni, viz. Buddha˚, Dhamma˚, Saṅgha˚ sīla˚, cāga˚, devatā˚; i.e. proper attention to the Buddha the Doctrines, the Church, to morality, charity, the gods Thus at DN.iii.250, DN.iii.280 (cp. AN.i.211); AN.iii.284, AN.iii.312 sq. AN.iii.452; AN.v.329 sq.; Pts.i.28. Expanded to 10 subjects (the above plus ānāpāna-sati, maraṇa-sati, kāyagatā-sati upasamānussati) at AN.i.30, AN.i.42 (cp. Lal.34). For other references see DN.i.81; SN.v.67 = Iti.107 (anussaraṇa at latter pass.); AN.iii.284, AN.iii.325, AN.iii.452. Pts.i.48, Pts.i.95, Pts.i.186 Pp.25, Pp.60; Dhs.14, Dhs.23, Dhs.1350 (anussati here to be corr to asati, see Dhs. trsl. 351); Sdhp.225, 231, 482. See also anuttariya (anussat-ânuttariya).
Sk. anusmṛti, fr. anu + smṛ; cp. sati
adjective [an + ussada without haughtiness Snp.624 (vv.ll. anusaddha & anussuda; Snp-a.467 expln. by taṇhā ussadâbhāva) = Dhp.400 (which pass. has anussuta; v.l K.B. anussada; Dhp-a.iv.165 explains with taṇhā-ussāvâbhāva vv.ll. ˚ussada˚); Iti.97 (vv.ll. anussata & anussara).
neuter remembrance, memory, recollection Iti.107 (= anussati at id. p. SN.v.67) Pv-a.25, Pv-a.29.
abstr. to anussarati
to remember, recollect, have memory of (acc.), bear in mind; be aware of DN.ii.8, DN.ii.53, DN.ii.54 (jātito etc.); SN.iii.86 sq. (pubbenivāsaṃ), SN.v.67 (dhammaṃ a. anuvitakketi), 303 (kappasahassaṃ) AN.i.25, AN.i.164 (pubbenivāsaṃ), AN.i.207 (tathāgataṃ, dhammaṃ etc.); AN.iii.285 (id.), AN.iii.323 (nivāsaṃ), AN.iii.418; AN.v.34, AN.v.38, AN.v.132 199, 336 (kalyāṇamitte); Iti.82 (dhammaṃ), Iti.98 (pubbenivāsaṃ); Ja.i.167; Ja.ii.111; Dhp.364; Pv.i.5#9; Pp.60; Sdhp.580, Sdhp.587; DN-a.i.257; Kp-a.213; Dhp-a.ii.84; Dhp-a.iv.95; Pv-a.29, Pv-a.53, Pv-a.69, Pv-a.79, Pv-a.107
pp anussarita (see anussaritar)-Caus anussarāpeti to remind someone, to call to mind Ja.ii.147.
Vedic anusmarati, anu + smṛ.
one who recollects or remembers SN.v.197, SN.v.225 (saritar +) AN.v.25, AN.v.28.
n. ag. to anussarita, pp. of anussarati
hearsay, report, tradition MN.i.520; MN.ii.211; SN.ii.115; SN.iv.138; AN.i.26; Ja.i.158 (with ref. to part. kira = annussav’atthe nipāto; so also at Vv-a.322, cf. anussavana); ii.396, 430 (id.); iv.441; instr. -ena from hearsay, by report AN.ii.191 (cf. itihītihaṃ).
anu + sava fr. śru, cp. Vedic śravas nt.
neuter = anussava Pv-a.103 (kira -saddo anussavane, from hearsay).
anu + savana fr. śru
adjective “belonging to hearsay”, traditional; one who is familiar with tradition or who learns from hearsay MN.i.520; MN.ii.211. Cp. anussutika.
fr. anussava
one who proclaims or announces, a speaker (of a kammavācā) Vin.i.74.
fr. anussāveti
neuter & -ā (f.) a proclamation Vin.i.317, Vin.i.340; Vin.v.170, Vin.v.186, Vin.v.202 sq.
fr. anussāveti
proclaimed, announced Vin.i.103.
pp. of anussāveti
to cause to be heard or sound; to proclaim utter, speak out Vin.i.103 (˚ssāviyamāna ppr. Pass.), Vin.ii.48 (saddaṃ a.)
pp anussāvita.
anu + sāveti, Caus. of śru, cp. B.Sk. anuśrāvayati “to proclaim aloud the guilt of a criminal” Avs.i.102; Avs.ii.182
adjective free from greed Dhp.199; cf. anussukin variant reading DN.iii.47, also anissukin and apalāsin.
an + ussuka
Vv-a.74 & anussukin Pp.23 = anussuka.
an + ussuk˚
adjective free from lust Dhp.400 (= ussāvâvena anussuta C.). See also anussada.
an + ussuta, ud + sṛ.
heard of; only in cpd. ananussuta unheard of SN.ii.9; Pp.14.
anu + suta, pp. of śru
adjective according to tradition or report, one who goes by or learns from hearsay DN-a.i.106, DN-a.i.107.
fr. anu + śru, cp. anussavika
see anusuyyaka.
to laugh at, to ridicule DN-a.i.256.
anu + hasati
to be held up over, ppr. anuhīramāna DN.ii.15 (vv.ll. variant reading anubhiram˚ glosses B. K. anudhāriyam˚, cp. Trenckner, Notes 79).
for ˚hariyati, anu + hṛ.
adjective not lacking, entire, complete, without deficiency Ja.vi.273; Dpvs.v.52; Mil.226; DN-a.i.248 (+ paripūra, explained by anavaya). Anunaka = anuna
Vedic anūna, an + ūna
Dpvs.iv.34.
feminine completeness Cp.iii.6#11.
abstr. fr. anūna
adjective watery, moist; watery land, lowland Ja.iv.358 (anopa T; anupa C. p. 359), 381 (˚khetta); Mil.129 (˚khetta).
Vedic anūpa, anu + ap: see āpa, orig. alongside of water
not killing, not murdering. Dhp.185 (= anupahananañ c’eva anupaghātanañ ca Dhp-a.iii.238).
metrically for anupa˚
for anu˚ in metre Snp.1057, see upadhi.
adjective not bearing ill-will, not angry with Ja.iv.463.
an + upanāhin, with ū metri causa
at Iti.122 is metric reading for anupama (see upama).
adjective free from taint, unstained, unsmeared Snp.211, Snp.392, Snp.468, Snp.790 Snp.845; Dhp.353; cf. Mnd.90 and Dhp-a.iv.72.
an + upalitta, with ū in metre
not grumbling, not finding fault Dhp.185 (= anupavādanañ c’ eva anupavadāpanañ ca Dhp-a.iii.238).
an + upavāda, with metrically lengthened u
adjective not rooted out, not removed or destroyed Thag.223 = Cnd.97#4; Dhp.338 (= asamucchinna Dhp-a.iv.48).
pp. of an + ūhaññati, ud + han
adjective (usually ˚-) not one, i.e. many, various; countlcss, numberless Iti.99 (saṃvaṭṭakappā countless aeons); Snp.688 (˚sākhā); Dhp.153 (˚jātisāra); Ja.iv.2 Ja.vi.366.
an + eka
feminine doubt Cnd.1.
an + ekaṃsā
feminine uncertainty, doubtfulness Mil.93.
abstr. fr. anekaṃsa + kata
adjective free from desires or lust DN.ii.157; Snp.920, Snp.1043, Snp.1101, Snp.1112; Iti.91 (opp. ejânuga Mnd.353 = Cnd.55; Dhp.414 (= taṇhāya abhāvena Dhp-a.iv.194), Dhp.422; Pv.iv.1#35 (nittaṇha Pv-a.230).
an + ejā
adjective without fuel Ja.iv.26 (= anindhana).
an + edha
adjective faultless, pure; only in foll. compounds -gala free from the dripping or oozing of impurity (thus expld. at DN-a.i.282, viz. elagalana-virahita), but more likely in lit. meaning “having a pure or clear throat or, of vācā speech: “clearly enunciated” (thus Mrs. Rh. D at Kindred Sayings i.241) Vin.i.197 = DN.i.114 = SN.i.189; AN.ii.51, AN.ii.97; AN.iii.114, AN.iii.195. Cp. also Mvu.iii.322
■ -mūga same as prec. “having a clear throat” i.e. not dumb, fig. clever, skilled DN.iii.265; Snp.70 (alālāmukha Snp-a.124), cp. Cnd.259.
an + eḷa = ena, see neḷa & cp. BSk. eḍa (mūka); Vedic anena
adjective = aneḷa, pure, clear MN.ii.5; Ja.vi.529.
cp. BSk. aneḍaka, e.g. Avs.i.187, Avs.i.243; Mvu.i.339; Mvu.iii.322
feminine impropriety SN.ii.194; Ja.ii.86; Ja.iv.381; Mil.343, Mil.401; DN-a.i.169; Dhp-a.iv.34; Sdhp.392, Sdhp.427.
an + esanā
is a frequent form of compn. an-ava, see ava.
neuter houselessness, a houseless state, fig freedom from worldliness or attachment to life, singleness SN.v.24 = AN.v.232 = Dhp.87 (okā anokaṃ āgamma). adj. homeless, free from attachment SN.i.176; Dhp.87 (anālaya Dhp-a.ii.162); Snp.966 (adj.; explained at Mnd.487 by abhisankhāra-sahagatassa viññāṇassa okāsaṃ na karoti & at Snp-a.573 by abhisankhāra-viññān;’ ādīnaṃ anokāsabhūta).
sārin living in a houseless state, fig. being free from worldly attachment SN.iii.10 = Mnd.197; Snp.628 (= anālaya-cārin Snp-a.468); Ud.32; Dhp.404 (variant reading anokka˚) Dhp-a.iv.174 (= anālaya -cārin); Mil.386.
an + oka
in anogha-tiṇṇa see ogha. Anojaka = anoja
Vv.35#4 (= Vv-a.161, where classed with yodhikā bandhujīvakā).
at DN.i.91 is variant reading for anujagghati.
feminine a kind of shrub or tree with red flowers Ja.vi.536 (korandaka +); usually in cpd. anojapuppha the a. flower, used for wreaths etc. Ja.i.9 (˚dāma a garland of a flowers); Ja.vi.227 (id.); Dhp-a.ii.116 (˚cangoṭaka).
*Sk. anujā
neuter recklessness, hardness DN.iii.212; Iti.34 (ahirika +); Pp.20; Dhs.365. Cp. anottāpin. Anottapin & Anottappin;
an + ottappa
adjective not afraid of sin, bold, reckless, shameless DN.iii.252, DN.iii.282 (pp; ahirika); Snp.133 (p; ahirika +); Iti.27, Iti.115 (anatāpin anottappin vv.ll. anottāpin); Pp.20, Pp.24.
fr. anottappa
adjective without water, dry Ja.i.307; Dhp-a.i.52; Sdhp.443.
an + udaka
adjective unrestricted, without exception, general, universal; only in cpd. -vasena universally thoroughly (with ref. to mettā) Ja.i.81; Ja.ii.146; Vv-a.97 (in general; opp. odissaka-vasena). See also Mrs. Rh. D. Psalms of the Brethren p. 5 n. 1.
an + odissa + ka
not to bend, to be inflexible, in foll. expressions: anonamaka (nt.) not stooping Dhp-a.ii.136; auonamanto (ppr.) not bending DN.ii.17 = DN.iii.143; anonami-daṇḍa (for anonamiya˚) an inflexible stick Mil.238 (anoṇami˚ T, but anonami˚ vv.ll., see Mil.427).
an + onamati
see anūpa.
adjective (only ˚-) not inferior, superior, perfect, supreme, in foll. compounds
an + oma
to rub along over, to stroke, only in phrase gattāni pāṇinā a. to rub over one’s limbs with the hand MN.i.80, MN.i.509; SN.v.216.
anu + ava + majjati, mṛj
adjective having (a shore) neither on this side nor beyond Mil.319.
an + ora + pāra
not to stop, to continue Ja.iii.487; Dhp-a.iii.9 (ger. -itvā continually).
an + ava + ram
neuter absence of rain, drought Ja.v.317 (variant reading BB for anvāvassa T.; q.v.).
an + ovassa; cp. Sk. anavavarṣana
adjective sheltered from the rain, dry Vin.ii.211; Vin.iv.272; Ja.i.172; Ja.ii.50; Ja.iii.73; Dhp-a.ii.263; Thag-a.188.
an + ovassaka
adjective not inhabited (by), not accessible (to) Snp.937 (= anajjhositaṃ Mnd.441 jarādīhi anajjhāvutthaṃ ṭhānaṃ Snp-a.566).
an + ava + sita, pp. of sā
Often pleonastically, to be explained as a “pars pro toto” figure, like kammanta (q.v.) the end of the work, i.e. the whole work (cp. E sea-side, country-side); vananta the border of the wood the woods Dhp.305; Pv.ii.3#10 (explained by vana Pv-a.86 same use in BSk., vanânta e.g. at Jtm.vi.21; cp. also grāmânta Avs.i.210); suttanta (q.v.), etc. Cp. ākāsanta Ja.vi.89 & the pleonastic use of patha.; -ananta (n.) no end, infinitude; (adj.) endless, corresponds either to Sk anta or antya, see anta2.
-ānanta end & no end, or finite and endless, DN.i.22; DN-a.i.115. -ānantika (holding views of, or talking about finiteness and infinitude DN.i.22 (see expln. at DN-a.i.115) SN.iii.214, SN.iii.258 sq.; Pts.i.155. -kara putting an end to (n.) a deliverer, saviour; usually in phrase dukkhass’a (of the Buddha) MN.i.48, MN.i.531; AN.ii.2; AN.iii.400 sq.; Thag.195; Iti.18; Snp.32, Snp.337, Snp.539; Pp.71. In other combn. AN.ii.163 (vijjāy’); Snp.1148 (pañhān’)
■ -kiriyā putting an end to, ending, relief, extirpation; always used with ref. to dukkha SN.iv.93; Iti.89; Snp.454, Snp.725; Dhp-a.iv.45 -gata = antagū Cnd.436 (+ koṭigata). -gāhikā (f.), viz diṭṭhi, is an attribute of micchādiṭṭhi, i.e. heretical doctrine The meaning of anta in this combn. is not quite clear: either “holding (wrong) principles (goals, Morris)” viz. the 3 as specified above 4 under tayo antā (thus Morris J.P.T.S. 1884, 70), or “taking extreme sides, i.e. extremist”, or “wrong, opposite (= antya, see anta2) (thus Kern, Toevoegselen s. v.) Vin.i.172; DN.iii.45, DN.iii.48 (an˚) SN.i.154; AN.i.154; AN.ii.240; AN.iii.130; Pts.i.151 sq. -gū one who has gone to the end, one who has gone through or overcome (dukkha) AN.iv.254, AN.iv.258, AN.iv.262; Snp.401 (= vaṭṭadukkhassa antagata); Snp.539. -ruddhi at Ja.vi.8 is doubtful reading (antaruci?). -vaṭṭi rimmed circumference Ja.iii.159 -saññin being conscious of an end (of the world) DN.i.22 cp. DN-a.i.115.
Vedic anta; Goth. andeis = Ohg. anti = E. end; cp. also Lat. antiae forehead (: E. antler), and the prep anti opposite, antika near = Lat. ante; Gr. ἀντί & α ̓́ντα opposite; Goth., Ags. and; Ger. ant-; orig. the opposite (i.e. what stands against or faces the starting-point)
adjective
Vedic antya
neuter the lower intestine, bowels mesentery Iti.89; Ja.i.66, Ja.i.260 (˚vaddhi-maṃsa etc.); Vism.258; Dhp-a.i.80.
Vedic āntra, contr. fr. antara inner = Lat. interus, Gr. ε ̓́ντερα intestines
being at the end, or making an end, epithet of Death or Māra Vin.i.21; SN.i.72; Thig.59 (explained by Thag-a.65 as lāmaka va Māra, thus taken anta2); Dhp.48 (= maraṇa-sankhāto antako Dhp-a.ii.366), Dhp.288 (= maraṇa Dhp-a.iii.434).
Vedic antaka
adverb even Vin.iii.260; Vin.iv.123; DN.i.168; MN.iii.127; AN.v.195; Ja.ii.129; DN-a.i.170; Snp-a.35; Vv-a.155.
orig. abl. of antama, *Sk. antamaśah; cp. BSk. antaśah as same formation fr. anta, in same meaning (“even”) Avs.i.314; Divy.161
adjective Primary meanings are “inside” and “in between” as adj. “inner”; in prep. use & in compounds “inside, in between”. Further development of meaning is with a view of contrasting the (two) sides of the inside relation, i.e. having a space between, different from; thus nt. antaraṃ difference.
(Adj-n)
In prep. use (˚-) with acc. (direction) or loc (rest): inside (of), in the midst of, between, during (cp III. use of cases). a w. acc.: antaragharaṃ paviṭṭha gone into the house Mil.11 b w. loc.: antaraghare nisīdanti (inside the house) Vin.ii.213; ˚dīpake in the centre of the island Ja.i.240; ˚dvāre in the door Ja.v.231; ˚magge on the road (cp. antarāmagge) Pv-a.109 ˚bhatte in phrase ekasmiṃ yeva a. during one meal Ja.i.19; Dhp-a.i.249; ˚bhattasmiṃ id. Dhp-a.iv.12; ˚vīthiyan in the middle of the road Pv-a.96. ˚satthīsu between the thighs Vin.ii.161 (has antarā satthīnaṃ) = Ja.i.218.
Adverbial use of cases, instr. antarena in between DN.i.56; SN.iv.59, SN.iv.73; Ja.i.393; Pv-a.13 (kāl˚ in a little while, na kālantarena ib. Pv-a.19). Often in combn. antarantarena (c. gen.) right in between (lit. in between the space of) Dhp-a.i.63, Dhp-a.i.358
■ loc. antare in, inside of, in between (-˚ or c. gen. Kp-a.81 (sutt˚ in the Sutta); Dhp-a.iii.416 (mama a.); Pv-a.56, Pv-a.63 (rukkh˚). Also as antarantare right inside, right in the middle of (c. gen. Kp-a.57; Dhp-a.i.59 (vanasaṇḍassa a.)
■ abl. antarā (see also sep. article of antarā) in combn. antarantarā from time to time, occasionally; successively time after time Snp.p.107; Dhp-a.ii.86; Dhp-a.iv.191; Pv-a.272.
anantara (adj.) having or leaving nothing in between i.e. immediately following, incessant, next, adjoining Ja.iv.139; Mil.382 (solid; Dhp-a.i.397; Pv-a.63 (tadantaraṃ immediately hereafter), Pv-a.92 (immed. preceding), Pv-a.97 (next in caste). See also abbhantara.
Vedic antara, cp. Gr. ε ̓́ντερα = Sk. antra (see anta3), Lat. interus fr. prep. inter. See also ante anto
“in between the shoulders”, i.e. the chest Ja.v.173 = Ja.vi.171 (phrase lohitakkho vihat’ antaraṃso).
B.Sk. antarâṃsa; antara + aṃsa
adjective only in phrases rattisu antaraṭṭhakāsu and antaraṭṭhake hima-pātasamaye (in which antara functions as prep. c. loc., according to antara II. b.) i.e. in the nights (& in the time of the falling of snow) between the eighths (i.e. the eighth day before & after the full moon: see aṭṭhaka2) First phrase at Vin.i.31, Vin.i.288; Vin.iii.31; second at MN.i.79 (cp. MN.i.536 where Trenckner divides anta-raṭṭhaka) AN.i.136 (in nom.); Ja.i.390; Mil.396.
antara + aṭṭhaka
neuter disappearance AN.i.58 (saddhammassa); AN.ii.147; AN.iii.176 sq.; Mil.133; Dhs.645 Dhs.738, Dhs.871. Cp. ˚dhāyana.
fr. antaradhāyati
to disappear Snp.449 (˚dhāyatha 3rd sg. med.); Vv.81#28 (id.); Ja.i.119 = Dhp-a.i.248; Dhp-a.iv.191 (ppr. ˚dhāyamāna & aor. dhāyi) Pv-a.152, Pv-a.217, (˚dhāyi), Pv-a.245; Vv-a.48
ppr antarahita (q.v.)
caus antaradhāpeti to cause to disappear, to destroy Ja.i.147; Ja.ii.415; Pv-a.123.
antara + dhāyati
neuter disappearance Dhp-a.iv.191. (variant reading ˚adhāna).
fr. antaradhāyati
to go or step in between, ger. antaritvā (= antarayitvā) Ja.i.218.
cp. denom. fr. antara
adjective
pp. of antaradhāyati
adverb prep. (c. gen. acc. or loc.), pref. (˚-) and adv. “in between” (of space & time), midway, inside; during meanwhile, between. On interpretation of term see DN-a.i.34 sq
abl. or adv. formation fr. antara; Vedic antarā.
neuter place where the trading goes on, bazaar Ja.i.55; Ja.vi.52; Mil.1, Mil.330; Dhp-a.i.181.
antarā + paṇa “in between the shopping or trading”
obstacle, hindrance, impediment to (-˚); prevention, bar danger, accident to (-). There are 10 dangers (to or from) enumerated at Vin.i.112, Vin.i.169 etc., viz. rāja˚, cora˚ aggi˚, udaka˚, manussa˚, amanussa˚, vāḷa˚, siriṃsapa˚ jīvita˚, brahmacariya˚. In B.Sk. 7 at Divy.544, viz rājā-caura-manuṣy-amanuṣya-vyāḍ-agny-udakaṃ
■ DN.i.3 DN.i.25, DN.i.26; AN.iii.243, AN.iii.306; AN.iv.320; Snp.691, Snp.692; Dhp.286 (= jīvit˚ Dhp-a.iii.431); Ja.i.62, Ja.i.128; Kp-a.181; Dhp-a.ii.52; Vv-a.1 = Pv-a.1 (hat˚ removing the obstacles -antarāyaṃ karoti to keep away from, hinder, hold back prevent, destroy Vin.i.15; Ja.vi.171; Vism.120; Pv-a.20.
antara + aya from i, lit. “coming in between”
adverb [dat. of antara or formation fr. antara + ger. of i?) in the meantime Snp.1120 (cp Cnd.58) antarā Snp-a.603.
adjective causing an obstacle, forming an impediment Vin.i.94 = Vin.ii.272; MN.i.130; SN.ii.226 Thag-a.288.
fr. antarāya
adjective noun one who meets with an obstacle, finding difficulties Vin.iv.280 (an˚ = asati antarāye).
cp. antarāyika
neuter interior, interval Dāvs i.52; Dāvs iii.53 (nabh˚).
Sk antarāla
adjective “being in between”, i.e.
fr. antara
feminine “what lies in between or near”, i.e.
abstr. fr. antarika
neuter the atmosphere or air DN.ii.15; AN.iii.239; AN.iv.199; Snp.222, Snp.688; Dhp.127; Mil.150 = Pv-a.104; Pv.i.3#1 (= vehāyasa-saññita a Pv-a.14); Kp-a.166.
Vedic antarikṣa = antari-kṣa (kṣi), lit. situated in between sky and earth
adjective having an end, finite DN.i.22, DN.i.31, DN.i.187; Pts.i.151 sq.; Pts.i.157; Dhs.1099, Dhs.1117, Dhs.1175; Mil.145. -anantavant endless, infinite AN.v.193 (loka) See also loka.
anta1 + ˚vant
indeclinable adv. & prep. c. gen.: opposite near Ja.v.399 (tav’ antiṃ āgatā, read as tav’ anti-m-āgatā C. santikaṃ), Ja.v.400, Ja.v.404; Ja.vi.565 (sāmikass’ anti = antike C.)-Cp. antika.
Vedic anti = Lat ante, Gr. ἀντί, Goth. and; Ags. and-, Ger. ant-, ent-
adjective noun
der fr. anti
adjective last, final (used almost exclusively with ref. to the last & final reincarnation thus in combn. with deha & sarīra;, the last body) DN.ii.15; Dhp.351; Iti.50 (antimaṃ dehaṃ dhāreti), Iti.53 (id.); Vv.5#12 Snp.478 (sarīraṃ antimaṃ dhāreti) Snp.502; Mil.122, Mil.148; Vv-a.106 (sarīr’ antima-dhārin); Sdhp.278.
Cp. superl. of anta
prefix near, inside, within; only in foll. compounds: -pura (nt.) “inner town”, the king’s palace, esp. its inner apartments i.e. harem [Sk. antaḥpura, cp. also P. antopura] Vin.i.75, Vin.i.269; AN.v.81; Ja.ii.125; Ja.iv.472; Mil.1; Pv-a.23 Pv-a.81, Pv-a.280; -purikā harem woman Dhs-a.403; -vāsika one who lives in, i.e. lodges or lives with his master or teacher, a pupil Vin.i.60; Vin.iii.25; SN.i.180; SN.iv.136; Ja.i.166; Ja.ii.278; Ja.iii.83, Ja.iii.463; Pv-a.12; Vv-a.138; -vāsin ˚vāsika Vin.iii.66; DN.i.1, DN.i.45, DN.i.74, DN.i.78, DN.i.88, DN.i.108, DN.i.157; MN.iii.116; DN-a.i.36.
Sk. antaḥ, with change of-aḥ to-e, instead of the usual-o, prob. through interpreting it as loc. of anta
indeclinable prep. inside, either c. acc. denoting direction = into, or c. loc. denoting place where = in. As prefix (˚-) in, within, inside, inner (see compounds)
Sk. antaḥ; Av antarə Lat. inter, Oir. etar between, Ohg. untar; Idg. *entar, compar. of *en (in) inner, inside
a chain, fetter Vin.i.108 = Vin.iii.249 (tiṇ˚); DN.i.245; Ja.i.21 (˚ghara prisonhouse); Dhp-a.iv.54 (˚bandhana).
cp. Sk. andu, andū & anduka
adjective
Vedic andha, Lat. andabata (see Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v.), other etym. doubtful
“blind fly”, i.e. dark or yellow fly or gad-fly Snp.20 (= kāṇa-makkhikānaṃ adhivacanaṃ Snp-a.33).
fr. andha
neuter “eating”, food, esp. boiled rice, but includes all that is eaten as food, viz. odana, kummāsa, sattu, maccha, maṃsa (rice gruel, flour, fish, meat) Mnd.372 = Mnd.495. Anna is spelt aṇṇa in combinations apar’ aṇṇa and pubb’ aṇṇa. Under dhañña (Cnd.314) are distinguished 2 kinds, viz. raw, natural cereals (pubb’ aṇṇaṃ: sāli, vīhi, yava, godhūma, kangu varaka, kudrūsaka) and boiled, prepared food (apar’ aṇṇaṃ sūpeyya curry). Snp-a.378 (on Snp.403) explains anna by yāgubhattâdi
■ DN.i.7; AN.i.107, AN.i.132; AN.ii.70, AN.ii.85, AN.ii.203; Snp.82, Snp.240, Snp.403, Snp.924; Ja.iii.190; Pp.51; Sdhp.106, Sdhp.214.
Vedic anna, orig. pp. of adati to eat
in dur˚ see anvaya.
3rd sg. aor. of anukassati 2: drew out, removed, threw down Thag.869 (= khipi, chaḍḍesi C.).
adjective “according to the syltable”, syll. after syll., also a mode of reciting by syllables Vin.iv.15, cp. Vin.iv.355 Cp. anupadaṃ.
anu + akkhara
3rd sg. aor. of anugacchati Mhvs.7, Mhvs.10. Also in assim. form annagā Ja.v.258.
3rd pl. aor. of anugacchati SN.i.39; Snp.586.
adverb every fortnight, twice a month MN.ii.8; Vin.iv.315 (= anuposathikaṃ) Dhp-a.i.162; Dhp-a.ii.25.
anu + aḍḍha + māsa
adjective according to the sense, answering to the matter, having scnse Thag-a.6 (˚saññābhāva).
anu + attha
adverb behind, after, later DN.i.172; MN.iii.172; SN.v.1 (spelt anudeva); AN.i.11; AN.v.214; Iti.34.
anva-d-eva with euphonic d.; like sammad-eva corresponding to Sk. anvag-eva
noun adjective
Vedic anvaya in diff. meaning; fr. anu + i, see anveti & anvāya
feminine conformity, accordance MN.i.500 (kāy˚ giving in to the body)
abstr. to anvaya
adverb every day, daily Dāvs iv.8.
anu + aha
pp anvāgata (q.v.).
anu + ā + gacchati
having pursued, attained; endowed with Thag.63; Ja.iv.385; Ja.v.4.
pp. of anvāgacchati
to advise, dedicate, assign; imper. ˚disāhi Pv.ii.2#6 (= uddissa dehi Pv-a.80); Pv.iii.2#8 (= ādisa Pv-a.181).
anu + ā + disati
adjective a tailoring term. Only at Vin.i.297. Rendered (Vinaya Texts ii.232) by ʻhalf and halfʼ; that is a patchwork, half of new material half of old. Bdhgh’s note (see the text, p. 392) adds that the new material must be cut up.
derivation uncertain
to squeeze, wring Ja.iii.481 (galakaṃ anvāmaddi wrung his neck; vv.ll. anvānumaṭṭi & anvāvamaddi; C. gīvaṃ maddi).
anu + ā + maddati
undergoing, experiencing, attaining; as prep. (c. acc.) in consequence of, through after DN.i.13 (ātappaṃ by means of self-sacrifice), DN.i.97 (saṃvāsaṃ as a result of their cohabitation); Ja.i.56 (buddhiṃ), Ja.i.127 (piyasaṃvāsaṃ), Ja.i.148 (gabbhaparipākaṃ). Often in phrase vuddhiṃ anvāya growing up, e.g. Ja.i.278; Ja.iii.126; Dhp-a.ii.87.
ger. of anveti; cp. anvaya
adjective noun following; one who follows, a companion DN.iii.169; Cnd.59; Ja.iii.348.
fr. anvāya
to go up to, visit, ascend Ja.iv.465 (aor. anvāruhi).
anu + ā + rohati
at Ja.v.317 should be read with variant reading BB as anovassa absence of rain.
possessed (by evil spirits) SN.i.114.
pp. of anvāvisati
to go into, to take possession of, to visit MN.i.326; SN.i.67; Mil.156
pp anvāviṭṭha (q.v.). Cp. adhimuccati.
anu + ā + visati
clung on to, befallen by (instr.), attached to AN.iv.356 (variant reading anvāhata), cp. Ud.35 (anvāsanna q.v.) See also foll.
pp. of anu + ā + sañj, cp. anusatta = Sk. anusakta
feminine being attacked by, falling a prey to (instr.), attachment to Dhp-a.i.287 (in same context as anvāsatta AN.iv.356 & anvāsanna Ud.35).
abstr. fr. anvāsatta
endowed with, possessed of, attacked by, Ud.35 (doubtfull; variant reading ajjhāpanna) = AN.iv.356 which has anvāsatta.
pp. of anu + ā + sad
to stream into, to attack, befall DN.i.70; AN.iii.99; Pp.20, Pp.58.
anu + ā + savati, sru
struck, beaten; perplexed Dhp.39 (˚cetasa).
pp. of anu + ā + han
to wander to (acc.) AN.iv.374, AN.iv.376 [BSk. same, e.g. Divy.68 etc.].
anu + ā + hiṇḍati
to follow, approach, go with Snp.1103 (= anugacchati anvāyiko hoti Cnd.59); Dhp.1 (= kāyikaṃ… dukkhaṃ anugacchati Dhp-a.i.24), Dhp.2, Dhp.71 Dhp.124; perhaps at Pv.ii.6#20 (with variant reading BB at Pv-a.99) for anvesi (see anvesati; expld. by anudesi = was anxious for, helped, instructed).
cp. anu + eti, from i
seeking, searching, investigation, MN.i.140 (˚ṃ n’ âdhigacchanti do not find).
from next
to look, for search, seek SN.i.112 (ppr. anvesaṃ = pariyesamāna C.); Cp.iii.11#7 (ppr. anvesanto)
aor anvesi [Sk. anveṣi fr. icchati] Pv.ii.6#20 (? perhaps better with variant reading Pv-a.99 as anventi of anveti).
anu + esati
adjective striving after, seeking, wishing for Snp.965 (kusala˚).
anu-esin
see pubbanha, majjhanha, sāyanha. Cp. aha.
Vedic ahan
Well-defined directional prefix, meaning “away from, off” Usually as base-prefix (except with ā), & very seldom in compn. with other modifying prefixes (like sam, abhi etc.).
Vedic apa; Idg. *apo = Gr. ἀπό, Av. apa, Lat. ab from *ap (cp. aperio); Goth. af, Ger. ab, Ags. E. of. A compar. form fr. apa is apara “further away”
to draw away, take off, remove DN.i.180; DN.iii.127; Dhp-a.ii.86. Caus. apakaḍḍhāpeti Ja.i.342; Ja.iv.415; Mil.34
■ Cp apakassati; & see pakattheti.
apa + kaḍḍhati, cp. Sk. apa-karṣati
put off, done away, in ājīvik āpakata being without a living MN.i.463 (the usual phrase being ˚apagata); Mil.279 (id.). At Iti.89 the reading of same phrase is ājīvikā pakatā (variant reading ā˚ vakatā).
pp. of apakaroti
adjective ungrateful Vin.ii.199.
a + pa + kataññu
to cut off Thig.217 (gale = gīvaṃ chindati Thag-a.178; Kern, Toevoegselen corrects to kabale a.).
apa + kantati, Sk. ava + kṛntati
to throw away, put off; hurt, offend slight; possibly in reading T. apakiritūna at Thig.447 (q.v.)
pp apakata (q.v.). Cp. apakāra.
apa + karoti, cp. Sk. apakaroti & apakṛta in same meaning
to throw away, remove Snp.281 (variant reading BB & Snp-a ava˚; expld. by niddhamati & nikkaḍḍhati Snp-a.311)
ger apakassa Sn.ii.198 = Mil.389. See also apakāsati. Apakara & ka;
Sk. apa- & ava-kaṛṣati, cp. apakaḍḍhati
injury, mischief; one who injures or offends Dhp-a.iii.63; Sdhp.283.
cf. Sk. apakāra & apakaroti
at Vin.ii.204 is to be read as apakassati and interpreted as “draw away, distract, bring about a split or dissension (of the Sangha)”. The variant reading on p. Vin.ii.325 justifies the correction (apakassati) as well as Bdhgh’s expln. “parisaṃ ākaḍḍhanti”
■ Cp. AN.iii.145 & see; avapakāsati The reading at the id. p. at AN.v.74 is avakassati (combd. w. vavakassati, where Vin.ii.204 has avapakāsati) which is much to be preferred (see vavakassati).
at Thig.447 T (reading of C. is abhi˚) is explained Thag-a.271 to mean apakiritvā chaḍḍetvā throwing away, slighting, offending. The correct etym = Sk. avakirati (ava + kṛ2 to strew, cast out) in sense “to cast off, reject”, to which also belongs kirāta in meaning “cast off” i.e. man of a so-called low tribe. See also avakirati 2.
to go away, depart, go to one side Ja.iii.27; Sdhp.294
aor apakkami Pv.iv.7#5; ger. apakkamitvā Pv-a.43, Pv-a.124 & apakkamma Pv.ii.9#28.
cp. Sk. apakramati, apa + kram
to go away, turn aside Dhp-a.i.401 (˚gantvā)
pp apagata (q.v.).
apa + gam
pp. of apagacchati
adjective not entering another womb, i.e. not destined to another rebirth Vin.iii.3.
a + pa + gabbha
going away, disappearance Sdhp.508.
Sk. apagama
(apānga) the outer corner of the eye Ja.iii.419 (asitâpangin black-eyed); Ja.iv.219 (bahi˚). Spelt avaṅga at Vin.ii.267, where the phrase avangaṃ karoti i.e. expld. by Bdhgh. ibid p. 327 as “avangadese adhomukhaṃ lekhaṃ karonti”. According to Kern, Toevoegselen 20 Bdhgh’s expln is not quite correct, since avanga stands here in the meaning of “a coloured mark upon the body (cp. PW. apānga).
Sk. apānga
falling off, diminution (opp. ācaya gathering, heaping up), unmaking, esp. loss (of wordliness) decrease (of possibility of rebirth Vin.ii.2 = Vin.iii.21 = Vin.iv.213 cp. Ja.iii.342; SN.ii.95 (kāyassa ācayo pi apacayo pi); AN.iv.280 = Vin.ii.259 (opp. ācaya); Ja.iii.342 (sekho ˚ena na tappati); Vb.106, Vb.319, Vb.326, Vb.330.
fr. apa + ci
to honour respect, pay reverence DN.i.91 (pūjeti +); Ja.iii.82. Pot. apace (for apaceyya, may be taken to apacināti 2; AN.iv.245; Thag-a.72 (here to apacināti 1)
pp apacita (q.v.).
fr. apa- ci, cp. cināti & cayati, with diff. meaning in Sk.; better expld. perhaps as denom. fr. *apacāya in meaning of apacāyana, cp. apacita
neuter honouring, honour, worship, reverence Ja.i.220; Ja.v.326; DN-a.i.256 (˚kamma); Vv-a.24 (˚ṃ karoti = añjalikaṃ karoti); Pv-a.104 (˚kara, adj.), Pv-a.128 (+ paricariya).
abstr. fr. apa + cāy, which is itself a der. fr. ci, cināti
adjective honouring, respecting Ja.iv.94 (vaddha˚ cp. vaddhâpacāyin); Pv.ii.7 8 (jeṭṭha˚); Pv.iv.3#24 (id.). In B.Sk. the corresp. phrase is jyeṣṭhâpacayaka.
fr. *apacāya, cp. B.Sk. apacāyaka Mvu.i.198; Divy.293
adjective honouring, paying homage, revering Snp.325 (vaddha˚ = vaddhānaṃ apaciti karaṇena Snp-a.332) = Dhp.109; Ja.i.47, Ja.i.132, Ja.i.201 Ja.ii.299; Ja.v.325; Mil.206; Sdhp.549.
fr. *apacāya; cp. apacāyika
falling off, fault, wrong doing Ja.vi.375.
fr. apa + car, cp. Sk. apa & abhi-carati
honoured, worshipped, esteemed Thag.186; Ja.ii.169; Ja.iv.75; Vv.5#10 (= pūjita Vv-a.39); Vv.35#11 (cp. Vv-a.164); Mil.21.
pp. of apacayati or apacināti
feminine honour, respect, esteem, reverence Thag.589; Ja.i.220 Ja.ii.435; Ja.iii.82; Ja.iv.308; Ja.vi.88; Mil.180, Mil.234 (˚ṃ karoti), Mil.377 (pūjana +); Snp-a.332 (˚karaṇa). Cp. apacāyana.
Vedic apaciti in diff. meaning, viz. expiation
pp apacita (q.v.).
apa + cināti
offspring, child DN.i.90 (bandhupāda˚ cp. muṇḍaka), DN.i.103 (id.); SN.i.69 (an˚) Snp.991; DN-a.i.254.
Vedic apatya nt.; der. fr. apa
adjective unseen; in instr. f. apaccakkhāya as adv. without being seen, not by direct evidence Mil.46 sq.
a + paṭi + akkha
adjective “neither after nor before”, i.e. at the same time, simultaneous Ja.iii.295.
a + paccha + purima
adjective not giving up, greedy, miserly AN.iii.76 (variant reading apānuta; Commentary explains (a)vaḍḍhinissita mānatthaddha)
a + pajaha
neuter defeat Dhp.105.
pp. of apa + ji
to muse, meditate, ponder, consider MN.i.334 (nijjhāyati +); MN.iii.14 (id.).
apa + jhāyati1; cp. Sk. abhi-dhyāyati
adjective = apañña, ignorant Dpvs.vi.29.
to put aside, leave out, neglect Ja.iv.308; Ja.v.236.
Caus. fr. apa-tiṭṭhati, cp. Sk. apa + sthā to stand aloof
adjective [a + paṇṇaka; see paṇṇaka; Weber Ind. Str. iii.150 & Kuhn, Beitr. p. 53 take it as *a-praśna-ka certain, true, absolute MN.i.401, MN.i.411; AN.v.85, AN.v.294, AN.v.296; Ja.i.104 (where explained as ekaṃsika aviruddha niyyānika).
feminine certainty, absoluteness SN.iv.351 sq.
abstr. of apaṇṇaka
only in khārāpatācch˚; (q.v.) a kind of torture.
adjective thrown away Dhp.149 (= chaḍḍita Dhp-a.iii.112).
Sk. apāsta, pp. of apa + as2
2nd pl. pret. of pāpunāti (q.v.).
= avatthaṭa covered Thag.759.
see pattheti.
neuter
= Sk. apadāna
reference, testimony, witness Dhp-a.ii.39.
fr apa + diś
to call to witness, to refer to, to quote Vin.iii.159; Ja.i.215; Ja.iii.234; Ja.iv.203; Mil.270; Dhp-a.ii.39; Ne.93.
apa + disati
cp. Sk. apadeśa
to observe, request ask Thag-a.16.
Caus. of apa + dhṛ; cp. Sk. ava-dhārayati, but also BSk. apadhārayati Divy.231
“bent away”, drawn aside, in ster. combn. abhinata + apanata (“strained forth & strained aside” Mrs Rh. D. Kindred S. p. 39) MN.i.386; SN.i.28.
pp. of apanamati
to go away Snp.1102 (apanamissati, variant reading apalām˚ & apagam˚; explained at Cnd.60 by vajissati pakkhamissati etc
pp apanata (q.v.) Caus. apanāmeti.
semantically doubtful
Caus. fr. apanamati
to hide, conceal Vin.iv.123 (˚dheti ˚dheyya, ˚dhessati); Pv-a.215 (˚dhāya ger.)
pp apanihita
caus apanidhāpeti to induce somebody to conceal Vin.iv.123.
apa + ni + dhā, cp. Vedic apadhā hiding-place; Sk. apadadhāti = Gr. ἀποτἱχημι = Lat. abdo “do away”
concealed, in abstr. -ttaṃ (nt.) hiding, concealing, theft Pv-a.216.
pp. of apanidahati
taken away or off; removed, dispelled Pv-a.39.
Sk. apanīta, pp. of apa + nī, see apaneti & cp. also onīta = apanīta
to push or drive away, remove dispel; pres. apanudeti Mil.38. aor. apānudi Pv.i.8#6 (= apanesi Pv-a.41); Pv.ii.3#14 (= avahari aggahesi Pv-a.86) Dāvs i.8. ger. apanujja DN.ii.223. See also der. apanudana. Apanudana & Apanudana;
apa + nud, cp. Vedic apanudati & Caus. Sk. apanodayati
neuter taking or driving away, removal Vin.ii.148; Ja.i.94 (dukkha˚); Snp.252 (id.); Pv-a.114 (id.).
Sk. apanodana, fr. apanudati
remover, dispeller DN.iii.148.
n. ag. fr. apanudati, Sk. apanoditṛ
to lead away, take or put away, remove Ja.i.62, Ja.i.138; Ja.ii.4, Ja.ii.155 (aor. apānayi), Ja.iii.26; Mil.188, Mil.259, Mil.413; Pv-a.41, Pv-a.74, Pv-a.198 (= harati) Sdhp.63 Pass. apanīyati SN.i.176
pp apanīta (q.v.).
apa + nī
to drink from something Ja.ii.126 (aor. apāpāsi). Apabbuhati & Apabyuhati;
apa + pibati
to push off, remove, scrape away AN.iii.187 (apaviyūhitvā, vv.ll. ˚bbūhitvā); Ja.i.265 (paṃsuṃ)
caus -byūhāpeti to make remove or brush Ja.iv.349 (paṃsuṃ).
apa + vi + ūh
see apavyāma.
epilepsy Vin.i.93. Cp. apasmāra.
Sk. apasmāra
adjective epileptic Vin.iv.8, Vin.iv.10, Vin.iv.11.
cp. Sk. apasmārin
to go away Ja.vi.183 (apāyāti metri causa; expld. by C. as apagacchati palāyati)
caus apayāpeti [Sk. apayāpayati] to make go drive away, dismiss MN.iii.176; SN.ii.119.
Sk. apayāti, apa + yā
neuter going away, retreat DN.i.9 (opp. upa˚); DN-a.i.95.
Sk. apayāna, fr. apayāti
adjective another, i.e. additional, following next, second (with pron. inflexion, i.e. nom. pl apare) DN.iii.190 (˚pajā another, i.e. future generation) Snp.791, Snp.1089 (n’); Ja.i.59 (aparaṃ divasaṃ on some day following); Ja.iii.51 (apare tayo sahāyā “other friends three” i.e. three friends, cp. similarly Fr. nous autres Franc˚ais), Ja.iv.3 (dīpa); Pv-a.81 (˚divase on another day), Pv-a.226; with other part. like aparo pi DN.iii.128
■ nt. aparaṃ what follows i.e. future state, consequence; future Vin.i.35 (nâparaṃ nothing more); Snp.1092 (much the same as punabbhava, cp. Cnd.61). Cases adverbially; aparaṃ (acc. further, besides, also Ja.i.256; Ja.iii.278; often with other part like athāparaṃ & further, moreover Snp.974; and puna c’ aparaṃ Iti.100; Mil.418 (so read for puna ca paraṃ and passim; aparam pi Vism.9
■ aparena in future DN.iii.201
■ Repeated (reduplicative formation) aparāparaṃ (local) to & fro Ja.i.265, Ja.i.278; Pv-a.198; (temporal) again and again, off & on Ja.ii.377; Mil.132; Vv-a.271; Pv-a.176 (= punappunaṃ).
Vedic apara, der. fr. apa with compar. suffix-ra = Idg. *aporos “further away, second”; cp. Gr. ἀπωτέρω farther, Lat. aprilis the second month (after March, i.e. April). Goth. afar = after
adverb on the foll. day Vin.ii.167; SN.i.186; Mil.48.
Sk. apare-dyus
to sin or offend against (c. loc.) Vin.ii.78 = Vin.iii.161; Ja.v.68; Ja.vi.367; Mil.189; Pv-a.263
pp aparaddha & aparādhita; (q.v.).
Sk. aparādhyate, apa + rādh
neuter “the other kind of cereal”, prepared or cooked cereals, pulse etc. Opp. to pubbaṇṇa the unprepared or raw corn (= āmakadhañña Vin.iv.265; Vin.iii.151 (pubb˚ +); Vin.iv.265, Vin.iv.267; AN.iv.108, AN.iv.112 (tila-mugga-māsā˚; opp. sāli-yavaka etc.); Cnd.314 (aparaṇṇaṃ nāma sūpeyyaṃ); Ja.v.406 (˚jā = hareṇukā pea); Mil.106 (pubbaṇṇa˚). See also dhañña & harita.
apara + aṇṇa = anna
missed (c. acc.), gone wrong, failed, sinned (against = loc.) DN.i.91, DN.i.103, DN.i.180; SN.i.103 (suddhimaggaṃ); Thag.78; Snp.891 (suddhiṃ viraddha khalita Mnd.300); Pv-a.195.
pp. of aparajjhati
adjective not dependent or relying on others Vin.i.12 (vesārajja-ppatta +); DN.i.110 (id.); MN.ii.41; MN.i.491; SN.iii.83; DN-a.i.278 (nâssa paro paccayo).
a + para + paccaya
adjective unconquered Snp.269; Ja.i.71, Ja.i.165.
Vedic aparājita; a + parājita
sin, fault, offence, guilt Ja.i.264 (nir˚); Ja.iii.394; Ja.iv.495; Vv-a.69; Pv-a.87, Pv-a.116.
fr. apa + rādh
adjective guilty, offending, criminal Ja.ii.117 (vāja˚); Mil.149 (issara˚), Mil.189 (aparādhikatā).
fr. aparādha, cp. Sk. aparādhin
transgressed, sinned, failing Ja.v.26 (so read for aparadh’ ito).
pp. of aparādheti, Caus. of apa + rādh; cp. aparaddha
adjective having no support Ja.iii.386 (f. -ī; C. appatiṭṭhā appaṭisaraṇā).
a + parāyin, cp. parāyana
see apalāsin.
Sk. apalāpin “denying, concealing” different
to draw over to Vin.i.85.
apa + lāḷeti
adjective not running away, steadfast, brave, fearless Cnd.13 (abhīru anutrāsin apalāyin as expln. of acchambhin and vīra); Ja.iv.296; Ja.v.4 (where C gives variant “apalāpinī ti pi pāṭho”, which latter has variant reading apalāsinī & is expld. by C. as palāpa-rahite anavajjasarīre p. 5). See also apalāsin.
a + palāyin
adjective either “not neglectful, pure, clean” (= apalāpin fr. palāsa chaff cp. apalāyin at Ja.v.4), or “not selfish, not hard, generous (as inferred from combn. with amakkhin & amaccharin) or “brave, fearless, energetic” (= apalāyin) DN.iii.47 cp. Pp.22. See palāsin.
apaḷāsin; but spelling altogether uncertain. There seems to exist a confusion between the forms apalāyin apalāpin & apalāsin, owing to freq. miswriting of s, y, p in MSS. (cp. Cnd introd. p. xix.). We should be inclined to give apalāsin, as the lectio difficilior, the preference. The expln. at Pp.22 as “yassa puggalassa ayaṃ paḷāso pahīno ayaṃ vuccati puggalo apaḷāsī” does not help us to clear up the etym. nor the vv.ll.
unobstructed, unhindered, free Ja.iii.381 (˚bodha); Mil.388; Dhp-a.iii.198.
a + palibuddha, pp. of pari + bṛh, see palibujjhati
neuter licking off, in cpd. hatthāpalekhana “hand-licking” (i.e. licking one’s hand after a meal, the practice of certain ascetics) MN.i.77 (with variant reading hatthâvalekhana MN.i.535; Trenckner compares BSk. hastapralehaka Lal.312 & hastâvalehaka Lal.323), MN.i.412; Pp.55 (expld. at Pp-a.231 as hatthe piṇḍamhe niṭṭhite jivhāya hatthaṃ apalekhati).
apa + lekhana from likh in meaning of lih, corresponding to Sk. ava-lehana
to lick off Pp-a.231 (hatthaṃ).
apa + lekhati in meaning of Sk. avalihati
in “so ’palepa patito jarāgharo” at Thig.270 is to be read as “so palepa˚”. Morris’s interpret. J.P.T.S. 1886, 126 therefore superfluous.
neuter permission, leave, in ˚kamma proposal of a resolution, obtaining leave (see kamma i.3; Vin.ii.89; Vin.iv.152.
fr. apaloketi
pp. of apaloketi; Sk. avalokita
adjective “looking before oneself”, looking at, cautious Mil.398.
Sk. avalokin
pp apalokita (q.v.). See also apalokana & ˚lokin.
BSk. ava-lokayati
completion, end, final delivery, Nibbāna; in phrase saggāpavagga Dāvs ii.62; Dāvs iii.75.
Sk. apavarga
to turn away or aside, to go away Ja.iv.347 (variant reading apasakkati).
apa + vṛt, cp. Lat. āverto
to reproach, reprove, reject, despise DN.i.122 (= paṭikkhipati DN-a.i.290); SN.v.118 (+ paṭikkosati).
apa + vadati
to carry or drive away; Caus. apavāheti to remove, give up Mil.324 (kaddamaṃ).
apa + vahati
at Pv.iii.8#2 is to be read apaviddha (q.v.).
is probably misreading for apaciṇāti (see apac˚ 2). As variant reading at Ja.v.339 (anapavinanto) for T. anupacinanto (expld. by avaloketi C.). Other vv.ll. are anuvi˚ & apavī˚ meaning “not paying attention”. The positive form we find as apavīṇati “to take care of, to pay attention to (c. acc.) at MN.i.324, where Trenckner unwarrantedly assumes a special root veṇ (see Notes p. 781), but the vv.ll. to this passage (see MN.i.557) with apavīṇāti and apacinati confirm the reading apaciṇāti, as does the gloss apaloketi.
thrown away, rejected, discarded, removed SN.i.202; SN.iii.143; Snp.200 (susānasmiṃ = chaḍḍita Snp-a.250); Thag.635; Dhp.292 (= chaḍḍita Dhp-a.iii.452); Pv.iii.8#2 (susānasmiṃ; so read for T. apaviṭṭha); Ja.i.255; Ja.iii.426; Ja yi.90 (= chaḍḍita C.). Sdhp.366.
pp. of apavijjhati, Vedic apa + vyadh
see appabbūhati.
see apaviṇāti (= apaciṇāti).
disrespect, neglect, in phrase apayvāmato (apaby˚) karoti to treat disrespectfully, to insult, defile SN.i.226 (variant reading abyāmato; C. explains apabyāmato karitvā abyāmato katvā); Kv.472 (vv.ll. asabyākato abyāto, apabyāto; Kvu trsl. 270 n.1 remarks: “B trsl.: abyāsakato. The Burmese scholar U. Pandi, suggests we should read apabyākato, by which he understands blasphemously”; it is here combd. with niṭṭhubhati, as at Dhp-a.ii.36); Dhp-a.ii.36 (“want of forbearance” Ed. doubtful reading; vv.ll. appabyāyakamma & apasāma) For further detail see; apasavya.
apa + vyāma
to go away, to go aside Ja.iv.347 (variant reading for apavattati); Vv-a.101; Pv-a.265 (aor ˚sakki = apakkami).
apa + sakkati
adjective right (i.e. not left), contrary Ud.50 (T. has niṭṭhubhitvā abyāmato karitvā; vv ll. are apabhyāmāto, abhyāmato & C. apasabyāmato) where C. explains apasabyāmato karitvā by apasabyaṃ katvā “which latter corresponds in form but not in meaning to Sk. apasavyaṃ karoti to go on the right side” (Morris J.P.T.S. 1886, 127)
■ See apavyāma.
apa + savya
putting down, blame, disparagement MN.iii.230.
fr. apa + sad
blamed, reproached, disparaged SN.ii.219; Snp-a.541.
pp. of apasādeti
pp apasādita (q.v.).
Caus. of apa + sad
epilepsy, convulsion, fit Ja.iv.84. Cp. apamāra.
Sk. apasmāra, lit. want of memory, apa + smṛ.
etc. see passati.
cp. Sk. apāśraya, fr. apasseti
adjective reclining on, in kaṇṭaka˚; one who lies on a bed of thorns (see kaṇṭaka) MN.i.78; Ja.iv.299 (v. l, kaṇḍikesayika); Pp.55.
fr. apassaya; cp. Sk. apāśrayin-˚
pp. of apasseti
to lean against, have a support in (acc.), to depend on.
pp apassita (q.v.)
■ See also avasseti.
Sk. apāśrayati, apa + ā + sri
neuter a rest, support, dependence MN.iii.127 (˚ka); DN.iii.224 (cattāri apassenāni); as adj caturāpassena one who has the fourfold support viz sankhāy’ ekaṃ paṭisevati, adhivāseti, parivajjeti, vinodeti AN.v.30.
fr. apasseti
one who takes away or removes, destroyer MN.i.447 = Kv.528.
n. ag. to apaharati
taking away, stealing, robbing Ja.ii.34.
Sk. apahāra, fr. apaharati
neuter = apahara Mil.195.
to take away, remove, captivate, rob Ja.iii.315 (aor. apahārayiṃ); Mil.413; DN-a.i.38.
apa + hṛ.
feminine unfitness Mil.232 (variant reading apākatatta perhaps better).
a + pākaṭa + tā
adjective not in proper or natural shape, out of order, disturbed Dhp-a.ii.7. Cp. appakāra.
a + pākata + ika
adjective westerly, backward, below SN.iii.84; Iti.120 (apācīnaṃ used as adv. and taking here the place of adho in combn. with uddhaṃ tiriyaṃ; the reading is a conjecture of Windisch’s, the vv.ll. are apācinaṃ; apācini apāci & apāminaṃ, C. explains by heṭṭhā).
Vedic apācīna; cp. apācaḥ & apāka, western; to Lat. opācus, orig. turned away (from the east or the sun) i.e. opposite, dark
adjective not open, sly, insidious Thag.940 (as variant reading for T. avāṭuka, trsl. by Mrs. Rh. D. as “unscrupulous”, by Neumann as “ohne Redlichkeit”) Context suggests a meaning similar to the preceding nekatika, i.e. fraudulent. See also next.
a + pātu + ka (?), acc. to Morris J.P.T.S. 1893, 7 der. fr. apaṭu not sharp, blunt, uncouth. This is hardly correct. See pātur
adjective = apāṭuka, i.e. sly, fraudulent Ja.iv.184 (in context with nekatika; C. explains apāṭubhāva dhanuppāda-virahita, in which latter virahita does not fit in; the pass. seems corrupt).
a + pātu + bha (?), at the only passage changed by Morris J.P.T.S. 1893, 7 to apāṭuka but without reason
? giving away in marriage Ja.iv.179 (in explanation of anāpāda unmarried; reading should prob be āpāda = pariggaha)
apa + ā + dā
adjective not having feet, footless, creeping, epithet of snakes & fishes Vin.ii.110 = Ja.ii.146 (where see expln.). Spelt apada(ka) at Iti.87 (variant reading apāda).
a + pāda + ka
neuter breathing out, respiration (so Ch.; no ref. in P. Cauon?) On Prāṇa & Apāna see G. W. Brown in J. Am. Or. Soc. 39, 1919 pp. 104–112. See ānāpāna.
neuter “waterless state”, living without drinking water Ja.v.243.
a + pānaka + ttaṃ
adjective guiltless, innocent f. -ikā Vv.31#4; Vv.32#6.
a + pāpaka
adjective falling down into (c. acc.) Ja.iv.234 (aggiṃ).
apa + ā + pata
neuter a key (to a door) Vin.i.80; Vin.iii.119; MN.iii.127. See also avāpuraṇa. Apapurati & Apapunati;
fr. apāpurati
to open (a door) Vin.i.5 (apāpur’ etaṃ Amatassa dvāraṃ: imper. where id. p. SN.i.137 has avāpur˚, T., but variant reading apāpur˚) Vv.64#27 (apāpuranto Amatassa dvāraṃ, expld. at Vv-a.284 by vivaranto); Iti.80 (apāvuṇanti A. dv. as T. conj. with variant reading apānuṃanti, apāpurenti & apāpuranti)
pp apāruta (q.v.)
pass apāpurīyati [cp. BSk. apāvurīyati Mvu.ii.158] to be opened MN.iii.184 (variant reading avā˚) Ja.i.63 (avā˚); Thig.494 (apāpuṇitvā). See also avāpurati.
Sk. apāvṛṇoti, apa + ā + vṛ; but Vedic only apa-vṛṇoti corresponding to Lat. aperio *apa-ṷerio. On form see Trenckner, Notes 63
taken away, stolen Ja.iii.54.
pp. of apa + ā + bhṛ; cp. Vedic apa-bharati, but Lat. aufero to ava˚
“going away” viz.
Sk. apāya, fr. apa + i, cp. apeti
adjective belonging to the apāyas or states of misery DN.i.103; DN.iii.6, DN.iii.9, DN.iii.12; Iti.42; Pv-a.60 (dukkha).
also as āpāyika (q.v.); fr. apāya
adjective going away Ja.i.163 (aḍḍharattāv’apāyin = aḍḍharatte apāyin C.). -an˚; not going away, i.e. constantly following (chāyā anapāyinī, the shadow) Dhp.2; Thag.1041; Mil.72.
fr. apāya
neuter
a + pāra
adjective that which cannot be achieved, unattainable Ja.vi.36 (= apāpetabba).
grd. of paraneti + a˚
open (of a door) Vin.i.7 = MN.i.169 (apārutā tesaṃ Amatassa dvārā); DN.i.136 (= vivaṭa-dvāra DN-a.i.297); Ja.i.264 (˚dvāra).
Sk. apāvṛta, pp. of apāpurati
a mechanism to stop a chariot, a safe guard “to prevent warriors from falling out”. SN.i.33 (Mrs Rh. D. trsl “leaning board”); Ja.vi.252 (variant reading upā˚; Kern trsl. “remhout”, i.e. brake).
“a Vedic term for the hinder part of a carriage” Morris J.P.T.S. 1886, 128; the “Vedic” unidentified
driven off or back, refuted, refused Snp.826 (˚smiṃ = apasādite vade Snp-a.541).
pp. of apa + hṛ.
indeclinable both prep. & conj., orig meaning “close by”, then as prep. “towards, to, on to on” and as adv. “later, and, moreover”.
Sk. api & pi; Idg. *epi *pi *opi; cp. Gr. ε ̓́πι on to, ο ̓́πι (ο ̓́πιχεν behind, ὀπίσσα back = close at one’s heels); Lat. ob. in certain functions; Goth. iftuma. The assimil. form before vowels is app˚; (= Sk. apy˚) See further details under pi.
adjective fatherless Ja.v.251.
a + pitika
Pass. of apidahati to be obstructed, covered, barred, obscured Ja.ii.158. See also pithīyati.
for apidhīyati; api + dhā
to put on (see api 1b), to cover up, obstruct, Ja.v.60 (inf. apidhetuṃ) pp. apihita, Pass. apithīyati, Der. apidhāna (q.v.).
api + dhā, cp. Gr. ἐπιτἱχημι
neuter cover, lid Vin.i.203, Vin.i.204; Vin.ii.122. See apidahati.
Vedic apidhāna in same meaning
later in the night Ja.vi.560.
read api ratte, see api 1a
neuter counting up, repetition [Kern, Toev, s.v. gives der. fr. a + plāvana] Ne.15, Ne.28 Ne.54; Mil.37.
fr. api + lap
feminine in the pass. at Dhs.14 = Cnd.628 is evidently meant to be taken as a + pilāpana + tā (fr pilavati, plu), but whether the der. & interpret. of Dhs A is correct, we are unable to say. On general principles it looks like popular etym. Mrs. Rh. D. translates (p. 16 “opposite of superficiality” (lit “not floating”); see her detailed note Dhs trsl. 16.
“to talk close by”, i.e. to count up, recite, or: talk idly, boast of Mil.37 (sāpatheyyaṃ).
api + lap
adjective at Vv.36#1 should be read as apiḷaddha (= Sk. apinaddha) pp. of apiḷandhati (apiḷandhati) “adorned with”, or (with variant reading SS) as apiḷandhana; Vv-a.167 explains by analankata, mistaking the a of api for a negation.
neuter that which is tied on, i.e band, ornament, apparel, parure Vv.64#10, Vv.64#18 (expld. inacurately at Vv-a.279 by; a-kāro nipātamattaṃ, pilandhanaṃ = ābhāraṇaṃ); Ja.vi.472 (c. pilandhituṃ pi ayuttaṃ?). Apilahati & Apilandhati;
fr. apiḷandhati, also in shorter (& more usual) form; piḷandhana, q.v.
to tie on, fasten, bind together; to adorn oneself with (acc.) Ja.v.400 (ger. apiḷayha = piḷandhitvā C.)-Cp. apiḷandhana & pp apiladdha.
Sk. apinahyati, on n: ḷ see note on gala, & cp. guṇa: guḷa, veṇu: veḷu etc. On ndh for yh see avanandhati
adjective “unhankering (Mrs Rh. D.) SN.i.181 (+ akankha; variant reading BB asita).
apihālu? a + piha, uncertain origin, see next. Morris JP.I.S. 1886 takes it as a + spṛha
adjective not hankering, free from craving, not greedy SN.i.187 = Thag.1218 (akuhako nipako apihālu); Snp.852 (+ amaccharin, expld. at Snp-a.549 as apihana-sīlo, patthanātanhāya rahito ti vuttaṃ hoti, thus perhaps taking it as a + pi (= api) + hana (fr. dhā, cp. pidahati & pihita) cp. also Cnd.227).
a + pihālu, analysed by Fausböll Sn. Gloss. p. 229 as a-spṛhayālu, but Bdhgh evidently different (see below)
covered Ja.iv.4.
pp. of apidahati
feminine “not being a rotten egg,” i.e. normal state, healthy birth, soundness MN.i.357.
a + pūti + aṇḍa + tā
adjective “not a question”, i.e. not to be asked Mil.316.
a + pucchā
adjective waiting for, looking for SN.i.122 (otāra˚).
= apekkhā
pp apekkhita (q.v.).
Sk. apīkṣate, apa + īkṣ
adjective full of longing or desire, longing, craving Vin.iv.214; SN.iii.16; Thag.558; Ja.v.453 (= sataṇha); Snp-a.76. Apekkha & Apekha
fr. apekkhā
feminine attention, regard, affection for (loc.); desire longing for (c. loc.) SN.i.77; SN.iii.132; SN.v.409 (mātā-pitusu) Vin.iv.214; Snp.38 (= vuccati taṇhā etc. Cnd.65; = taṇhā sineha Snp-a.76); Ja.i.9, Ja.i.141; Thag.558; Dhp.345 (puttesu dāresu ca = taṇhā Dhp-a.iv.56); Dhs.1059, Dhs.1136 (= ālayakaraṇa-vasena apekkhatī ti apekkhā Dhs-a.365, cp. Dhs trsl. 279). Freq. as adj. (-˚or in combn. with sa˚; and an˚;), viz. Vin.iii.90 (visuddha˚); SN.i.122 (otara˚); sa˚ AN.iii.258, AN.iii.433; AN.iv.60 sq.; an˚; without consideration regardless, indifferent SN.v.164; AN.iii.252, AN.iii.347, AN.iii.434; Snp.200 (anapekkhā honti ñātayo); Ja.i.9. Cp. anapekkhin apekkhavant; also B.Sk. avekṣatā.
Sk. apekṣā, fr. apa + īkṣ. The spelling is either kkh or kh, they are both used promiscuously a tendency towards kh prevailing, as in upekhā, sekha
taken care of, looked after, considered Ja.vi.142, Ja.vi.149 (= olokita C.).
pp. of apekkhati
adjective considering, regarding, expecting looking for; usually neg. an˚; indifferent (against) = loc. SN.i.16, SN.i.77; SN.ii.281; SN.iii.19, SN.iii.87; Snp.166 (kāmesu), Snp.823 (id.), Snp.857; Dhp.346. Cp. apekkhavant.
Sk. apekṣin, but B.Sk. avekṣin, e.g. Jtm.215; fr. apa + īkṣ
adjective gone away; (med.) freed of, rid of, deprived of (instr., abl. or ˚-) Dhp.9 (damasaccena); Pv-a.35 (dukkhato); usually ˚-in sense of “without, -less”, e.g. apeta-kaddama free from mud stainless Dhp.95; ˚vattha without dress Ja.v.16; ˚viññāṇa without feeling, senseless Dhp.41; Thig.468; ˚viññāṇattaṃ senselessness, lack of feeling Pv-a.63.
pp. of apeti
neuter absence (of) Pv-a.92.
abstr. to apeta
to go away, to disappear DN.i.180 (upeti pi apeti pi) Ja.i.292; Snp.1143 (= n’ apagacchanti na vijahanti Cnd.66)
pp apeta (q.v.).
apa + i, cp. Gr. α ̓́πειμι, Lat. abeo, Goth. af-iddja
feminine in combn. with amatteyyatā irreverence against father and mother DN.iii.70 (cp. Dhp.332 & Dhp-a.iv.34).
a + petteyyatā, abstr. fr. *paitṛya fatherly
adjective not to be drunk, not drinkable Ja.vi.205 (sāgara).
a + peyya, grd. of pā
neuter a means of barring a door Vin.ii.154 (Bdhgh. explains on p. 321: apesī ti dīghadārumhi khāṇuke pavesetvā kaṇḍaka-sākhāhi vinandhitvā kataṃ dvāra-tthakanakaṃ).
? of uncertain origin
adjective not being in service Vin.ii.177.
ppr. fr. a + peseti (q.v.)
in app’ ekacce etc. see api.
adjective small, little, insignificant, often in the sense of “very little = (next to) nothing” (so in most compounds); thus expld. at Vv-a.334 as equivalent to a negative part. (see appodaka) DN.i.61 (opp. mahant, DN-a.i.170 parittaka); Snp.713, Snp.775, Snp.805, Snp.896 (= appaka, omaka thoka, lamaka, jatukka, parittaka Mnd.306); Dhp.174; Ja.i.262; Pp.39
■ nt. appaṃ a little, a small portion, a trifle; pl. appāni small things, trifles AN.ii.26 = Iti.102; AN.ii.138; Dhp.20 (= thokaṃ eka-vagga-dvi-vagga-mattam pi Dhp-a.i.158), Dhp.224 (˚smiṃ yācito asked for little), Dhp.259.
Vedic alpa, cp. Gr. ἀλαπάζω (λαπάζω) to empty (to make little), ἀλαπαδνός weak; Lith. alpnas weak alpstù to faint
adjective little, small, trifling; pl. few. nt. -ṃ adv. a little DN.ii.4; AN.v.232 sq., AN.v.253 sq.; Snp.909 (opp. bahu); Dhp.85 (appakā = thokā na bahū Dhp-a.ii.160); Pv.i.10#2 (= paritta Pv-a.48); Pv.ii.9#39; Pp.62; Pv-a.6, Pv-a.60 (= paritta). f. appikā Ja.i.228
■ instr. appakena by little, i.e. easily DN-a.i.256. -anappaka not little, i.e. much, considerable, great; pl. many SN.iv.46; Dhp.144; Pv.i.11#7 (= bahū Pv-a.58); Pv-a.24, Pv-a.25 (read anappake pi for T. ˚appakeci; so also Kp-a.208).
appa + ka
adjective not of natural form, of bad appearance, ugly, deformed Ja.v.69 (= sarīrappakāra-rahita dussaṇṭhāna C.). Cp. apākatika.
a + pakāra
little or not crowded, not overheaped AN.v.15 (C. anākiṇṇa).
appa + kiṇṇa, although in formation also = a + pakiṇṇa
adjective unobtrusive, free from boldness, modest SN.ii.198 = Mil.389, Snp.144, Snp.852 (cp Mnd.228 & Kp-a.232); Dhp.245.
a + pagabbha
a + paccaya
see in general under paṭi˚.
a + paṭi˚
adjective “not providing against”, i.e. not making good, not making amends for, destructive Ja.v.418 (spelling here & in C. appati˚).
a + paṭikārika
not to disturb, shake or break (fig.) Ja.v.173 (uposathaṃ).
a + paṭikopeti
adjective not to be refused Ja.ii.370. Appatigandhika & iya;
a + paṭikkhippa, grd. of paṭikkhipati
adjective not smelling disagreeable, i.e. with beautiful smell, scented odorous Ja.v.405 (˚ika, but C. ˚iya; expld. by sugandhena udakena samannāgata); Ja.vi.518; Pv.ii.1#20; Pv.iii.2#26.
a + paṭi + gandha + ika
adjective
a + paṭigha
adjective at Pv.ii.1#13 is faulty reading for sampatitacchavi (variant reading).
adjective not having a counterpart, unequalled, incomparable Dhp-a.i.423 (= anuttara).
a + paṭibhāga
adjective not answering back, bewildered, cowed down Vin.iii.162; AN.iii.57; -ṃ karoti to intimidate, bewilder Ja.v.238, Ja.v.369.
a + paṭibhāṇa
adjective matchless, incomparable, invaluable Thag.614; Mil.239.
a + paṭima fr. prep. paṭi but cp. Vedic apratimāna fr. prati + mā
adjective
a + paṭi + vattiya = vṛtya, grd. or vṛt
neuter non-obstruction, not hindering not opposing or contradicting AN.i.50; AN.iii.41; AN.v.93 sq. adj. Ja.i.326.
a + paṭivāṇa, for ˚vrāṇa, the guṇa-form of vṛ; cp. Sk. prativāraṇa
feminine not being hindered, non-obstruction, free effort; only in phrase “asantuṭṭhitā ca kusalesu dhammesu appaṭivāṇitā ca padhānasmiṃ” (discontent with good states and the not shrinking back in the struggle Dhs trsl.358) AN.i.50 AN.i.95 = DN.iii.214 = Dhs.1367.
abstr. from (ap)paṭivāṇa
feminine non-hindrance, non-restriction, free action impulsive effort; only in stock phrase chando vāyāmo ussāho ussoḷhī appaṭivāṇī SN.ii.132; SN.v.440; AN.ii.93 AN.ii.195; AN.iii.307 sq.; AN.iv.320; Nd ii.under chanda C. [cp. similarly Divy.654].
almost identical w. appaṭivāṇitā, only used in diff. phrase
adjective not to be obstructed irresistible SN.i.212 (appld. to Nibbāna; Mrs. Rh. D Kindred S. p. 274 trsls. “that source from whence there is no turning back”), Thig.55.
grd. of a + paṭi + vṛ; cp. BSk. aprativāṇiḥ Divy.655; Mvu.iii.343
adjective “not shot through” i.e. unhurt Ja.vi.446.
a + paṭi + viddha
(˚bhogin) adjective (not eating) without sharing with others (with omission of another negative: see Trenckner, Mil p.429, where also Bdhgh’s expln.) AN.iii.289; Mil.373; cp. Mil trsl. ii.292.
a + paṭi + vibhatta
not observing or noticing Ja.iv.4 (= apaccavekkhitvā anavekkhitvā C.).
ger. of a + paṭi + avekkhati
feminine want of judgment Pp.21 = Dhs.1346.
a + paṭisankhā
(and -iya) adjective
a + paṭisandhi + ka (ya)
adjective not having it’s equal, incomparable Ja.i.94 (Baddha-sirī).
a + paṭi = sama; cp. BSk. apratisama Mvu.i.104
feminine want of deference Pp.20 = Dhs.1325.
a + paṭissavatā
adjective aimless, not bent on anything, free from desire, usually as nt. aimlessness combd. w. animittaṃ Vin.iii.92, Vin.iii.93 = Vin.iv.25; Dhs.351 Dhs.508, Dhs.556. See on term Cpd. 67; Dhs trsl. 93, 143 cp. paṇihita.
a + paṇihita
adjective
a + patiṭṭha
(& appaṭissa) adjective not docile, rebellious, always in combn. with agārava AN.ii.20; AN.iii.7 sq., AN.iii.14 sq., AN.iii.247, AN.iii.439. Appatissa-vāsa an unruly state anarchy Ja.ii.352. See also paṭissā.
a + paṭi + ; śru
adjective dissatisfied, displeased, disappointed (cp. appaccaya) Ja.v.103 (at this passage preferably to be read with variant reading as appatika = without husband, C. explains assāmika), Ja.v.155 (cp C. on Ja.v.156); DN-a.i.52; Snp-a.423.
a + patīta, of prati + i, Sk. pratīta
adjective not corrupt, faultless, of good behaviour Snp.662 (= padosâbhāvena a. Snp-a.478) Dhp.137 (= niraparādha Dhp-a.iii.70).
a + paduṭṭha
adjective not to be destroyed Ja.iv.344 (variant reading duppadhaṃsa).
= appadhaṃsiya, Sk. apradhvaṃsya
(adj.) not to be violated or destroyed, inconquerable, indestructible DN.iii.175 (˚ika, variant reading ˚iya); Ja.iii.159 (˚iya); Vv-a.208 (˚iya); Pv-a.117 (˚iya). Cp. appadhaṃsa.
grd. of a + padhaṃseti
adjective not violated, unhurt, not offended Vin.iv.229.
pp. of a + padhaṃseti
feminine [cp. Sk. arpaṇa, abstr. fr. appeti = arpayati from of ṛ; to fix, turn, direct one’s mind; see appeti application (of mind), ecstasy,fixing of thought on an object conception (as psychol. t. t.) Ja.ii.61 (˚patta); Mil.62 (of vitakka); Dhs.7, Dhs.21, Dhs.298; Vism.144 (˚samādhi); Dhs-a.55, Dhs-a.142 (def. by Bdhg. as “ekaggaṃ cittaṃ ārammaṇe appeti”), Dhs-a.214 (˚jhāna). See on term Cpd. pp. 56 sq., 68 129, 215; Dhs trsl. xxviii.10, 53, 82, 347.
(Appahoti) see pahoti.
to think little of, to underrate, despise Dhp.121 (= avajānāti Dhp-a.iii.16; variant reading avapamaññati).
appa + maññati
feminine boundlessness, infinitude, as psych. t. t. appld. in later books to the four varieties of philanthropy, viz mettā karuṃā muditā upekkhā i.e. love, pity, sympathy desinterestedness, and as such enumerated at DN.iii.223 (q. v for detailed ref. as to var. passages); Pts.i.84; Vb.272 sq.; Dhs-a.195. By itself at Snp.507 (= mettajjhānasankhātā a. Snp-a.417). See for further expln.Dhs trsl. p. 66 and mettā.
a + pamaññā, abstr. fr. pamāṇa = Sk. *pramānya
adjective see appa.
appa + matta
adjective not negligent, i.e. diligent, careful, heedful, vigilant, alert zealous MN.i.391–MN.i.92; SN.i.4; Snp.223 (cp. Kp-a.169), Snp.507 Snp.779 (cp. Mnd.59); Dhp.22 (cp. Dhp-a.i.229); Thig.338 = upaṭṭhitasati Thag-a.239).
a + pamatta, pp. of pamadati
thoughtfulness, carefulness, conscientiousness, watchfulness, vigilance, earnestness, zeal DN.i.13 (: a. vuccati satiyā avippavāso DN-a.i.104); DN.iii.30 DN.iii.104 sq., DN.iii.112, DN.iii.244, DN.iii.248, DN.iii.272; MN.i.477 (˚phala); SN.i.25 SN.i.86, SN.i.158, SN.i.214; SN.ii.29, SN.ii.132; SN.iv.78 (˚vihārin), SN.iv.97, SN.iv.125, SN.iv.252 sq.; SN.v.30 sq. (˚sampadā), SN.v.41 sq., SN.v.91, SN.v.135, SN.v.240, SN.v.250, SN.v.308 SN.v.350; AN.i.16, AN.i.50. (˚adhigata); AN.iii.330, AN.iii.364, AN.iii.449; AN.iv.28 (˚gāravatā), AN.iv.120 (˚ṃ garu-karoti); AN.v.21, AN.v.126 (kusalesu dhammesu); Snp.184, Snp.264, Snp.334 (= sati-avippavāsa-sankhāta a. Snp-a.339); Iti.16 (˚ṃ pasaṃsanti puññakiriyāsu paṇḍitā), Iti.74 (˚vihārin); Dhp.57 (˚vihārin, cp. Dhp-a.i.434); Dhp.327 (˚rata = satiyā avippavāse abhirata Dhp-a.iv.26); Dāvs ii.35; Kp-a.142.
a + pamāda
(freq. spelled appamāna) adjective
a + pamāṇa
adjective immeasurable, infinite, boundless MN.i.386; SN.v.400; AN.i.266; Thag.1089 (an˚); Pp.35; Mil.331 Sdhp.338.
a + pameyya = Sk. aprameya, grd. of a + pra + mā
feminine the state of not going on, the stop (to all that), the non-continuance (of all that Thag.767; Mil.326.
a + pavattā
see pasāda.
see appa.
adjective not given up, not renounced MN.i.386; Iti.56, Iti.57; Cnd.701 Pp.12, Pp.18.
a + pahīna, pp. of pahāyati
adjective breathless, i.e.
a + pāṇa + ka
feminine of appaka.
adjective desiring little or nothing, easily satisfied, unassuming, contented unpretentious SN.i.63, SN.i.65; AN.iii.432; AN.iv.2, AN.iv.218 sq., AN.iv.229, AN.v.124 sq., AN.v.130, AN.v.154, AN.v.167; Snp.628, Snp.707; Dhp.404; Pv.iv.7#3; Pp.70.
appa + iccha from iṣ, cp. icchā
feminine contentment, being satisfied with little, unostentatiousness Vin.iii.21; DN.iii.115; MN.i.13; SN.ii.202, SN.ii.208 sq.; AN.i.12, AN.i.16 sq.; AN.iii.219 sq., AN.iii.448, AN.iv.218, AN.iv.280 (opp. mahicchatā); Mil.242; Snp-a.494 (catubbidhā, viz. paccaya-dhutanga-pariyatti-adhigama-vasena); Pv-a.73. As one of the 5 dhutanga-dhammā at Vism.81.
abstr. fr. prec.
adjective
pp. of appeti, cp. BSk. arpita, e.g. prītyarpitaṃ cakṣuḥ Jtm.31#69
see piya etc.
adverb see api 2 ax.
Vedic arpayati, Caus. of ṛ; ṛṇoti & ṛcchati (cp. icchati2), Idg. *ar (to insert or put together, cp. also *er under aṇṇava) to which belong Sk. ara spoke of a wheel; Gr. ἀραρίσκω to put together, α ̔́ρμα chariot, α ̓́ρχρον limb, ἀρετή virtue; Lat. arma = E. arms (i.e. weapon) artus fixed, tight, also limb, ars = art. For further connections see aṇṇava
adjective of little power, weak, impotent SN.ii.229; Mil.65; Sdhp.89.
acc. to Childers = Sk. *alpa + īśa + ākhya, the latter fr. ā + khyā “being called lord of little”; Trenckner on Mil.65 (see p. 422) says: “appesakkha & mahesakkha are traditionally expld. appaparivāra & mahāparivāra, the former, I suppose, from appe & sakkha (Sk. sākhya), the latter an imitation of it” Thus the etym. would be “having little association or friendship” and resemble the term appasattha. The BSk forms are alpeśākhya & maheśākhya, e.g. at Avs.ii.153; Divy.243
to attain, reach, get Vism.350 (in etym. of āpo).
the contracted form of āpnoti, usually pāpuṇāti, fr. āp
see appa.
adjective unconcerned, living at ease, careless, “not bothering”, keeping still, inactive Vin.ii.188; MN.iii.175, MN.iii.176; SN.i.202 (in stock phrase appossukka tuṇhībhūta saṅkasāya “living at ease, given to silence, resigned” Mrs. Rhys Davids trsl. 258, see also J.P.T.S. 1909, 22); SN.ii.177 (id.); SN.iv.178 (id.); Thig.457 (= nirussukka Thag-a.282); Snp.43 (= abyāvaṭa anapekkha Cnd.72); Dhp.330 (= nirālaya Dhp-a.iv.31); Ja.i.197; Ja.iv.71; Mil.371 (a tiṭṭhati to keep still); DN-a.i.264.
appa + ussuka, Sk. alpotsuka, e.g. Lal.509; Divy.41, Divy.57, Divy.86, Divy.159. It is not necessary to assume a hypothetic form of *autsukya as der. fr ussuka
feminine inaction, reluctance, carelessness, indifference Vin.i.5; DN.ii.36; Mil.232; Dhp-a.ii.15.
abstr. fr. prec.
untouched, unpervaded not penetrated. DN.i.74 = MN.i.276 (pītisukhena).
Sk. *ā-sphṛta for a-sphārita pp. of sphar, cp. phurati; phuṭa & also phusati
feminine Name of a kind of Jasmine Ja.vi.336.
fr. appoṭeti to blossom
having snapped one’s fingers or clapped one’s hands Ja.ii.311 (˚kāle).
pp. of apphoṭeti
to snap the fingers or clap the hands (as sign of pleasure) Mil.13, Mil.20. pp. apphoṭita.
ā + phoṭeti, sphuṭ.
not to be touched Mil.157 (trsl. unchangeable by other circumstances; Tr. on p. 425 remarks “aphusāni kiriyāni seems wrong, at any rate it is unintelligible to me”).
Sk. *aspṛśya, a + grd. of phusati to touch
adjective not weak, i.e. strong Ja.iii.318.
a + pheggu + ka
not tied, unbound, unfettered Snp.39 (variant reading and Nd ii.abandha; expld- by rajju-bandhan’ ādisu yena kenaci abaddha Snp-a.83).
a + baddha
noun adjective not tied to, not a follower or victim of Iti.56 (mārassa; variant reading abaddha).
a + bandha
adjective without fetters or bonds, unfettered, untrammelled Snp.948, cp. Mnd.433.
a + bandhana
Name of a certain Purgatory, enumerated with many other similar names at AN.v.173 = Snp.p.126 (cp. aṭaṭa, abbuda & also Avs.i.4, Avs.i.10 & see for further expln. of term Snp-a.476 sq.
of uncertain origin, prob. onomatopoetic
adjective not strong, weak, feeble Snp.1120 (= dubbala, appabala, appathāma Cnd.73); Dhp.29 (˚assa a weak horse = dubbalassa Dhp-a.i.262; opp. sīghassa a quick horse).
a + bala
T. reading at AN.ii.39, evidently interpreted by ed. as ā + vraje, pot. of ā + vraj to go to, come to (cp pabbajati), but is preferably with variant reading SS to be read aṇḍaje (corresponding with vihangama in prec. line).
adjective without wounds Dhp.124.
a + vaṇa, Sk. avraṇa
noun adjective
a + vata, Sk. avrata
in uday˚ at Mil.393 stands for avyaya.
to draw off, pull out (a sting or dart);
imper pres abbaha Thag.404; Ja.ii.95 (variant reading BB appuha = abbuha; C. explains by uddharatha)
aor abbahi Ja.v.198 (variant reading BB abbuhi), abbahī (metri causa) Ja.iii.390 (variant reading BB dhabbuḷi = abbuḷhi) = Pv.i.8#6 (which reads T. abbūḷha, but Pv-a.41 explains nīhari) = Dhp-a.i.30 (vv.ll. sabbahi, sabbamhi; gloss K. B abbūḷhaṃ) = Vv.83#9 (T. abbuḷhi; variant reading BB abbuḷhaṃ, SS avyahi; Vv-a.327 explains as uddhari), & abbuhi AN.iii.55 (variant reading abbahi, C abbahī ti nīhari), see also vv.ll. under abbahi
ger abbuyha Snp.939 (= abbuhitvā uddharitvā Mnd.419; v.l SS abbuyhitvā; Snp-a.567 reads avyuyha & explains by uddharitvā); SN.i.121 (taṇhaṃ); SN.iii.26 (id.; but spelt abbhuyha)
pp abbuḷha (q.v.)
caus abbāheti [Sk ābarhayati] to pull out, drag out Ja.iv.364 (satthaṃ abbāhayanti; variant reading abbhā˚); Dhp-a.ii.249 (asiṃ).
ger abbāhitvā (= ˚hetvā) Vin.ii.201 (bhisa-muḷālaṃ) with variant reading BB aggahetvā SS abbūhitvā, cp. Vin.i.214 (vv.ll. aggahitvā abbāhitvā).
pp abbūḷhita (q.v.).
the first more freq. for pres., the second often in aor. forms; Sk. ābṛhati, ā + bṛh1, pp bṛḍha (see abbūḷha)
neuter pulling out (of a sting) Dhp-a.iii.404 (sic. T.; variant reading abbūhana; Fausböll aḍahana glosses C. aṭṭhangata & aṭṭhangika, K. nibbāpana). See also; abbuḷhana and abbhāhana.
abstr. fr. abbahati
neuter
etym. unknown, orig. meaning “swelling”, the Sk. form arbuda seems to be a trsl. of P. abbuda
? & Abbuhati see abbahati.
neuter the pulling out (of a sting), in phrase taṇhā-sallassa abbuḷhanaṃ as one of the 12 achievements of a Mahesi Mnd.343 = Cnd.503 (eds. of Nd i.have abbūhana, variant reading SS abbussāna; ed. of Nd ii.abbuḷhana, variant reading SS abbahana, BB abbuhana). Cp. abbāhana.
fr. abbahati = abbuhati (abbuḷhati)
adjective drawn out, pulled (of a sting or dart), fig. removed destroyed. Most freq. in combn. -salla with the sting removed, having the sting (of craving thirst, taṇhā) pulled out DN.ii.283 (variant reading SS asammūḷha); Snp.593, Snp.779 (= abbūḷhita-salla Mnd.59; rāgâdi-sallānaṃ abbūḷhattā a. Snp-a.518); Ja.iii.390 = Vv.83#10 = Pv.i.8#7 = Dhp-a.i.30
■ In other connection: MN.i.139 = AN.iii.84 (˚esika = taṇhā pahīnā; see esikā); Thag.321; Kp-a.153 (˚soka).
Sk. ābṛḍha, pp. of a + bṛh1, see abbahati
neuter pulling out, removal, destroying Snp-a.518.
abstr. of abbūḷha
(& abbūhitta at Ja.iii.541) pulled out, removed, destroyed Mnd.59 (abbūḷhita-sallo + uddhaṭa˚ etc. for abbūḷha); Ja.iii.541 (uncertain reading; variant reading BB appahita, SS abyūhita; C. explains pupphakaṃ ṭhapitaṃ appaggharakaṃ kataṃ; should we explain as ā + vi + ūh and read abyūhita?).
pp. of abbāheti Caus. of abbāhati
at Ja.iii.34 & Ja.vi.17 is probably a mistake in MSS for appeti.
Trenckner, Notes 64 n. 19
= abbhokiṇṇa, abhi + ava + kiṇṇa, cp. abhikiṇṇa
see abbokiṇṇa 2 and abbhochinna.
adjective not of legal or conventional status, i.e
a + vi + ava + hārika of voharati
neuter A (dense & dark) cloud, a cloudy mass AN.ii.53; Vin.ii.295 = Mil.273 in list of to things that obscure moon- & sunshine, viz.; abbhaṃ mahikā (mahiyā A) dhūmarajo (megho Miln), Rāhu. This list is referred to at Snp-a.487 & Vv-a.134. SN.i.101 (˚sama pabbata a mountain like a thunder-cloud); Ja.vi.581 (abbhaṃ rajo acchādesi) Pv.iv.3#9 (nīl˚ = nīla-megha Pv-a.251). As f. abbhā at Dhs.617 & Dhs-a.317 (used in sense of adj. “dull” Dhs-a explains by valāhaka); perhaps also in abbhāmatta.
Vedic abhra nt. & later Sk. abhra m. “dark cloud”; Idg. *m̊bhro, cp. Gr. ἀφρἀφρο scum, froth, Lat. imber rain; also Sk. ambha water, Gr. ο ̓́μβρος rain, Oir ambu water
to speak against to accuse, slander DN.i.161 = AN.i.161 (an-abbhakkhātu-kāma); AN.iv.182 (id.); Ja.iv.377. Cp. Intens. abbhācikkhati.
abhi + ā + khyā, cp. Sk. ākhyāti
neuter accusation, slander, calumny DN.iii.248, DN.iii.250; MN.i.130; MN.iii.207; AN.iii.290 sq. Dhp.139 (cp. Dhp-a.iii.70).
fr. abbhakkhāti
covered (with) Thag.1068.
pp. of abhi + ā + chādeti
to anoint; to oil, to lubricate MN.i.343 (sappi-telena); SN.iv.177; Pp.56; Dhp-a.iii.311; Vv-a.68 (sata-pāka-telena). Caus. abbhañjeti same Ja.i.438 (telena ˚etvā); Ja.v.376 (sata-pāka-telena ˚ayiṃsu); Caus. ii. abbhanjāpeti to cause to anoint Ja.iii.372.
abhi + añj
neuter anointing, lubricating, oiling; unction, unguent Vin.i.205; Vin.iii.79; Mil.367 (akkhassa a.); Vism.264; Vv-a.295.
fr. abbhañjati
adjective brought (to), procured, got, Ja.vi.291.
ā + bhata + ika, bhṛ.
one who has thoroughly, left behind Ja.v.376.
pp. of abhi + ati + kram, cp. atikkanta
emphatic of atīta in all meanings, viz.
pp. of abhi + ati + i, cp. atīta & atikkanta
neuter = attha2, only in phrase abbhatthaṃ gacchati “to go towards home”, i.e. setting; fig. to disappear, vanish MN.i.115, MN.i.119; MN.iii.25; AN.iv.32; Mil.305; pp. abhhattaṅgata “set”, gone, disappeared Dhs.1038 (atthangata +) Kv.576.
abhi + attha2 in acc. abhi + atthaṃ, abhi in function of “towards” = homeward, as under abhi i.1 a; cp. Vedic abhi sadhasthaṃ to the seat R.V. ix. 21. 3
feminine “going towards setting”, disappearance, death Ja.v.469.
abstr. fr. abbhatta
to be much pleased at to show great appreciation of Vin.i.196; DN.i.143, DN.i.190; SN.iv.224; Mil.29, Mil.210; Dhp-a.iv.102 (variant reading ˚ānu˚).
abhi + anu + modati
neuter (& ˚ā f.) being pleased, satisfaction, thanksgiving DN-a.i.227 Vv-a.52 (˚ānu˚); Sdhp.218
fr. abbhanumodati
adjective = antara, i.e. internal, inner, being within or between; nt. -ṃ the inner part, interior, interval (also as ˚-) Vin.i.111 (satt˚ with interval of seven); AN.iv.16 (opp. bāhira); Dhp.394 (id.); Thag.757 (˚âpassaya lying inside); Ja.iii.395 (˚amba the inside of the Mango); Mil.30 (˚e vāyo jivo), Mil.262, Mil.281 (bāhir-abbhantara dhana) Dhp-a.ii.74 (adj. c. gen. being among; variant reading abbhantare). Cases used adverbially: instr. abbhantarena in the meantime in between Dhp-a.ii.59. loc. abbhantare in the midst of, inside of, within (c. gen. or-˚) Ja.i.262 (rañño), Ja.i.280 (tuyhaṃ); Dhp-a.ii.64 (variant reading antare), Dhp-a.ii.92 (sattavass˚); Pv-a.48 (= anto).
abhi + antara; abhi here in directive function = towards the inside, in there, with-in, cp. abhi i.1 a
adjective noun intimate friend, confidant, “chum” Ja.i.86 (+ ativissāsika), Ja.i.337 (“insider”, opp. bāhiraka).
fr. abbhantara, cp. Sk. abhyantara in same meaning
adjective internal, inner (opp. bāhirima) Vin.iii.149; Ja.v.38.
superl. formation fr. abbhantara in contrasting function
adjective not frowning, genial Vin.iii.181 (but here spelt bhākuṭikabhākuṭika); DN.i.116, cp. DN-a.i.287; Dhp-a.iv.8 (as variant reading T. has abbhokuṭika).
a + bhākuṭi + ka; Sk. bhrakuṭi frown
having arrived or come; (m.) a guest, stranger Vv.1#5 (= abhi-āgata, āgantuka Vv-a.24).
abhi + ā + gata
neuter coming arrival, approach Vin.iv.221.
abhi + ā + gamana; cp. Sk. abhyāgama
slaughtering-place Vin.iii.151 (+ āghāta).
abhi + āghāta
to accuse, slander, calumniate DN.i.161; DN.iii.248, DN.iii.250; MN.i.130, MN.i.368, MN.i.482 MN.iii.207; AN.i.161.
Intens. of abbhākkhāti
neuter coming back, rehabilitation of a bhikkhu who has undergone a penance for an expiable offence Vin.i.49 (˚âraha), Vin.i.53 (id.), Vin.i.143 Vin.i.327; Vin.ii.33, Vin.ii.40, Vin.ii.162; AN.i.99
■ Cp. abbheti.
abhi + āyana of ā + yā (i)
adjective monstrous dreadful, enormous, “of the size of a large cloud (thus C. on SN.i.205 & Ja.iii.309) SN.i.205 = Thag.652 (variant reading abbha˚ & abbhāmutta) = Ja.iii.309 (variant reading ˚mutta).
abbhā + matta (?) according to the Pāli Com.; but more likely = Vedic abhva huge, enormous monstrous, with ā metri causa. On abhva (a + bhū what is contradictory to anything that is) cp. abbhuta abbhuṃ, and see Walde, Lat. Wtb. under dubius
struck, attacked, afflicted SN.i.40 (maccunā); Thag.448; Snp.581; Ja.vi.26 Ja.vi.440; Vism.31, Vism.232; DN-a.i.140, DN-a.i.147; Dhp-a.iv.25.
abhi + ā + hata, pp. of han
neuter in udaka˚; the pulling up or drawing up of water Vin.ii.318 (Bdhgh on Cullavagga v.16, 2, corresponding to udaka-vāhana on p. 122).
either = abbāhana or āvāhana
pp. of abbheti
unprofitableness, idleness, nonsense Ja.v.295 (= abhūti avaḍḍhi C.).
a + bhū most likely = Vedic abhva and P. abbhuṃ, see also abbhāmatta
(interj.) alas, terrible, dreadful, awful (excl. of fright & shock) Vin.ii.115 (Bdhgh. explains as “utrāsa-vacanam-etaṃ”); MN.i.448. See also abbhu & abbhuta.
Vedic abhvaṃ, nt. of abhva, see expld. under abbhamatta. Not quite correct Morris J.P.T.S. 1889, 201: abbhuṃ = ā + bhuk; cp also abbhuta
neuter drawing out, pulling, in daṇḍa-sattha˚ drawing a stick or sword Cnd.576#4 (cp abbhokkiraṇa). Or is it abbhuttīraṇa (cp. uttiṇṇa outlet).
abhi + ud + kṛ.
to sprinkle over, to rinse (with water) DN.ii.172 (cakkaratanaṃ; neither with Morris J.P.T.S. 1886, 131 “give up”, nor with trsl. of Ja.ii.311 “roll along”); Ja.v.390; Pv-a.75. Cp. abbhokkirati.
abhi + ud + kirati
to go forth, go out, rise into DN.i.112, DN.i.127; AN.iii.252 (kitti-saddo a.) Pp.36. ger. -gantvā Ja.i.88 (ākāsaṃ), Ja.i.202; Dhp-a.iv.198 aor. -gañchi MN.i.126 (kittisaddo); Ja.i.93
pp abbhuggata.
abhi + ud + gacchati
gone forth, gone out, risen DN.i.88 (kitti-saddo a., cp. Dhp-a.i.146: sadevakaṃ lokaṃ ajjhottharitvā uggato), DN.i.107 (saddo); Snp.p.103 (kittisaddo).
pp. of abbhuggacchati
(nt
■ adj.) going out over, rising over (c. acc.) Pv-a.65 (candaṃ nabhaṃ abbhuggamanaṃ; so read for T. abbhuggamānaṃ).
fr. abbhuggacchati
neuter breathing out fire, i.e. carrying fire in one’s month (by means of a charm) DN.i.11 (= mantena mukhato aggi-jala-nīharaṇaṃ DN-a.i.97).
abhi + ud + jalana, from jval
(˚ṭṭhahati) to get up to, proceed to, DN.i.105 (cankamaṃ).
abhi + ud + sthā
standing up, held up, erect Ja.v.156 (in abbhuṇṇatatā state of being erect. stiffness), Ja.v.197 (˚unnata; variant reading abbhantara, is reading correct?).
pp. of abbhunnamati
adjective
ahhi + uṇha
adj. nt. terrifying, astonishing; strange, exceptional puzzling, extraordinary, marvellous, supernormal Described as a term of surprise & consternation (vimhay;’ āvahass’ adhivacanaṃ DN-a.i.43 & Vv-a.329) & expld. as “something that is not” or “has not been before”, viz abhūtaṃ Thag-a.233; abhūta-pubbatāya abbhutaṃ Vv-a.191 Vv-a.329; abhūta-pubbaṃ DN-a.i.43.
*Sk. adbhuta which appears to be constructed from the Pāli & offers like its companion *āścarya (acchariya abbhuta see below) serious difficulties as to etym. The most probable solution is that P. abbhuta is a secondary adj
■ formation from abbhuṃ which in itself is nt. of abbha = Vedic abhva (see etym. under abbhāmatta and cp. abbhu, abbhuṃ & J.P.T.S. 1889, 201). In meaning abbhuta is identical with Vedic abhva contrary to what usually happens, i.e. striking, abnormal, gruesome horrible etc.; & that its significance as a + ; bhū (“unreal?”) is felt in the background is also evident from the traditional etym. of the Pāli Commentators (see below) See also acchariya
neuter a bet, a wager, only in phrase abbhutaṃ karoti (sahassena) to make a bet or to bet (a thousand i.e. kahāpaṇa’s or pieces of money) Vin.iii.138; Vin.iv.5; Ja.i.191; Ja.v.427; Ja.vi.192; Pv-a.151; & in phrase pañcahi sahassehi abbhutaṃ hotu Ja.vi.193.
= abbhuta1 in the sense of invoking strange powers in gambling, thus being under direct spell of the “unknown”
to bring towards, to fetch, to begin or introduce (a conversation) MN.ii.132.
abhi + ud + ā + harati
to raise the voice, to utter Thig.402; DN-a.i.61; Sdhp.514.
abhi + ud + īreti
to go out over, to rise AN.ii.50, AN.ii.51 (opp. atthaṃ eti, of the sun)
ppr abbhuddayaṃ Vv.64#17 (= abhi-uggacchanto Vv-a.280; abbhusayaṃ ti pi pāṭho).
abhi + ud + eti
to shake very much Vv.64#9 (= adhikaṃ uddhunāti Vv-a.278).
abhi + ud + dhunāti
resounding, resonant Thag.1065).
pp. of abhi + ud + nadati
to, spring up, burst forth DN.ii.164
pp abbhuṇṇata (& ˚unnata), q.v.; Caus. abbhunnāmeti to stiffen, straighten out, hold up erect DN.i.120 (kāyaṃ one’s body); AN.ii.245 (id.); DN.i.126 (patodalaṭṭhiṃ; opp. apanāmeti to bend down).
abhi, + ud + namati
marched against, attacked Vin.i.342; MN.ii.124.
pp. of abbhuyyāti
to go against, to go against, to march (an army) against, to attack SN.i.82 (aor ˚uyyāsi)
pp abbhuy y āta (q.v.).
abhi + up + yāti of yā
adjective zealous, showing zeal, endeavouring in (-˚) Pgdp.101. Abbhussakati & usukkati;
abhi + usūyā + ka
to go out over, rise above (acc.), ascend, freq. in phrase ādicco nabhaṃ abbhussakkamāno MN.i.317; SN.iii.156 = Iti.20
■ See also SN.i.65; SN.v.44; AN.i.242 (same simile); AN.v.22 (id.).
abhi + ud + ṣvaṣk, see sakkati
feminine instigation, incitement Vin.ii.88.
abstr. fr. abhi + *utsahana, cp. ussāha
to rise; variant reading at Vv.64#17 according to Vv-a.280: abbhuddayaṃ (see abbhudeti abbhussayan ti pi pāṭho.
abhi + ud + seti of śī
to rehabilitate a bhikkhu who has been suspended for breach of rules Vin.ii.7 (abbhento), Vin.ii.33 (abbheyya); Vin.iii.112 (abbheti), Vin.iii.186 = Vin.iv.242 (abbhetabba)
pp abbhita (q.v.). See also abbhāna.
abhi + ā + i
the open air, an open & unsheltered space DN.i.63 (= alagganatthena a. viya DN-a.i.180), DN.i.71 (= acchanna DN-a.i.210), DN.i.89; MN.iii.132; AN.ii.210; AN.iii.92; AN.iv.437, AN.v.65; Snp.p.139 (˚e nissinna sitting in the open) Ja.i.29, Ja.i.215; Pp.57.
abhi + avakāsa
adjective belonging to the open air, one who lives in the open, the practice of certain ascetics. DN.i.167; MN.i.282; AN.iii.220; Vin.v.131, Vin.v.193; Ja.iv.8 (+ nesajjika); Pp.69; Mil.20, Mil.342. (One of the 13 Dhutaṃgas). See also Mnd.188; Cnd.587.
fr. abbhokāsa
see abbokiṇṇa.
pp. of abbhokirati
to sprinkle over, to cover, bedeck Vv.5#9 (= abhi-okirati abhippakirati), Vv.35#11 (variant reading abbhuk˚). Cp. abbhukkirati & abbhokkiraṇa; pp. abbhokiṇṇa see under abbokiṇṇa.
abhi + ava + kirati
spelling at Dhp-a.iv.8 for abbhākuṭika.
neuter in naṭānaṃ a. “turnings of dancers” DN-a.i.84 in expln of sobha-nagarakaṃ of DN.i.6.
fr. abbhokirati
(besides abbocch˚; q.v. under abbokiṇṇa2) not cut off, uninterrupted, continuous Ja.i.470 (variant reading abbo˚); Ja.vi.254, Ja.vi.373; Cp.i.6#3; Mil.72 Vism.362 (bb), Vism.391 (bb).
a + vi + ava + chinna
see abbo˚.
see avy˚.
adjective impossible, not likely, unable DN.iii.13 sq., DN.iii.19 DN.iii.26 sq., DN.iii.133; Iti.106, Iti.117; Snp.231 (see Kp-a.189); Dhp.32; Ja.i.116; Pp.13.
a + bhavya. The Sk. abhavya has a different meaning
feminine an impossibility, unlikelihood Snp.232, cp. Kp-a.191.
abstr. fr. abhabba
adjective free from fear or danger, fearless, safe Dhp.258
■ nt. abhayaṃ confidence, safety Dhp.317 cp. Dhp-a.iii.491. For further refs. see bhaya.
a + bhaya
A single pref. abhikiṇṇa strewn all over, ˚jalati shine forth, ˚jighacchati be very hungry, ˚tatta much exhausted, ˚tāpa very hot ˚toseti pleuse greatly, ˚nava quite fresh, ˚nipuṇa very clever, ˚nīla of a deep black, ˚manāpa very pleasant ˚mangaly very lucky, ˚yobbana full youth, ˚rati great liking, ˚ratta deep red, ˚ruci intense satisfaction, ˚rūpa very handsome (= adhika-rūpa C.), ˚sambuddha wide and fully-awake, cp. abbhuddhunāti to shake greatly (adhikaṃuddh˚ C.)
■ As 1st part of a prep-cpd. (as modification-pref.) in foll. combinations: abhi-ud (abbhud-˚ati, ˚anu, ˚ava, ˚ā, ˚ni, ˚ppa, ˚vi, ˚saṃ. See all these s. v. and note that the contraction (assimilation before vowel) form of abhi is abbh˚
■ On its relation to pari see pari˚, to ava see ava˚.
There are dial. variations in the use and meanings of abhi. Vedic abhi besides corresponding to abhi in P. is represented also by ati˚; adhi˚; and anu˚; since all are similar in meaning, and psychologically easily fused and confused (cp. meanings abhi = on to, towards; ati = up to and beyond; adhi up to, towards, over; anu = along towards). For all the foll. verbs we find in Pāli one or other of these three prefixes. So ati in ˚jāti, ˚pīḷita, ˚brūheti, ˚vassati, ˚vāyati ˚veṭheti; also as vv.ll. with abhi-kīrati, ˚pavassati, ˚roceti cp. atikkanta-abhi˚ (Sk. abhikrānta); adhi in ˚patthita ˚pāteti, ˚ppāya, ˚ppeta, ˚bādheti, ˚bhū, ˚vāha (vice versa P. abhi-ropeti compared with Sk. adhiropayati); anu in ˚gijjhati, ˚brūheti, ˚sandahati.
prefix, Vedic abhi, which represents both Idg *m̊bhi, as in Gr. ἀμφί/ around, Lat. ambi, amb round about, Oir imb, Gall. ambi, Ohg. umbi, Ags. ymb, cp. also Vedic (Pāli) abhitaḥ on both sides; and Idg. *obhi, as in Lat ob towards, against (cp. obsess, obstruct), Goth. bi, Ohg Ags. bī = E. be-.
to desire after, long for, wish for SN.i.140, SN.i.198 (Nibbānaṃ); Ja.ii.428; Ja.iv.10, Ja.iv.241; Vv-a.38, Vv-a.283; Thag-a.244
pp abhikaṅkhita. Cp. BSk abhikānkṣati, e.g. Jtm.p.221.
abhi + kankhati
feminine wishing, longing, desire DN-a.i.242.
abhi + kankhana + tā
desired, wished, longed for Vv-a.201 (= abhijjhita).
pp. of abhikankhati
adjective cp. wishing for, desirous (of-˚) Thig.360 (sītibhāva˚).
pp. of abhikirati
Sk. abhikirati
to play (a game), to sport Mil.359 (kīḷaṃ).
abhi + kìḷati
resounding (with the song of birds) Pv.ii.12#3 (cakkavāka˚; so read for kujita). Cp. abhinikūjita.
abhi + kūjita, pp. of kūj
adjective noun
pp. of abhikkamati, in sense of Sk. and also P. atikkanta
going forward, approach, going out Pv.iv.1#2 (opp. paṭikkama going back); Dhp-a.iii.124 (˚paṭikkama).
to go forward, to proceed, approach DN.i.50 (= abhimukho kamati gacchati, pavisati DN-a.i.151); DN.ii.147, DN.ii.256 (abhikkā muṃ aor.); Dhp-a.iii.124 (evaṃ ˚itabbaṃ evaṃ paṭikkamitabbaṃ thus to approach & thus to withdraw)
pp abhikkanta (q.v.).
Vedic abhikramati, abhi + kamati
neuter digging up of the ground MN.i.143.
fr. abhikkhanati
neuter [abhi + *ikkhaṇa from īkṣ, cp. Sk. abhīkṣṇa of which the eontracted form is P. abhiṇha only as acc. adv. ˚ṃ constantly, repeated, often Vv.24#12 (= abhiṇhaṃ Vv-a.116); Pv.ii.8#4 (= abhiṇhaṃ bahuso Pv-a.107); Pp.31; Dhp-a.ii.91.
to dig up MN.i.142.
abhi + khaṇati
to throw Dāvs iii.60; cp. abhinikkhipati ibid. 12.
abhi + khipati
abhi + gajjati from garj, sound-root, cp. P. gaggara
adjective warbling, singing, chattering Thag.1108, Thag.1136.
fr. abhigajjati
adjective to be approached, accessible Pv-a.9.
grd. of abhigacchati
abhi + gijjhati
pp. of abhigāyati, cp. gīta
Sk. abhighāta, abhi + ghāta
adjective dependent on the clearest consciousness. On the spelling see ābhic˚ (of jhāna) MN.i.33, MN.i.356; MN.iii.11; SN.ii.278; AN.ii.23; AN.v.132 (Spelt. ābhi˚ at MN.i.33; AN.iii.114; Vin.v.136). See Dial. iii.108.
abhi + ceto + ika
to intend, devise, have in mind Ja.iv.310 (manasā pāpaṃ).
abhi + ceteti
adjective covered with, bedecked or adorned with (-˚) Ja.ii.48 (hema-jāla˚, variant reading abhisañchanna), Ja.ii.370 (id.); Snp.772 (= ucchanna āvuṭa etc. Mnd.24, cp. Cnd.365).
abhi + channa
adjective desired Ja.vi.445 (so read for abhijjhita).
abhi + icchita, cp. Sk. abhīpsita
adjective of noble birth Ja.v.120.
Sk. ābhijātya; abhi + jacca
occasional spelling for abhijāneti.
to wish for, strive after, pray for SN.i.143 (read asmâbhijappanti & cp.; Kindred Sayings p. 180) = Ja.iii.359 (= namati pattheti piheti C.); Snp.923, Snp.1046 (+ āsiṃsati thometi; Cnd.79 = jappati & same under icchati). Cp. in meaning; abhigijjhati.
abhi + jappati
neuter in hattha˚; casting a spell to make the victim throw up or wring his hands DN.i.11; DN-a.i.97.
doubtful whether to jappati or to japati to mumble, to which belongs jappana in kaṇṃa˚ DN-a.i.97
feminine praying for, wishing, desire, longing Dhs.1059 = Nd ii.taṇhā ii. Dhs.1136.
abstr. fr. abhijappati, cp. jappā
adjective praying for, desiring AN III.353 (kāma-lābha˚).
fr. abhijappati
to shine forth, ppr. ˚anto resplendent Pv-a.189.
abhi + jalati
to be eager, active Snp.668.
abhi + javati
adjective of noble birth, well-born, SN.i.69; Vv.29#3; Mil.359 (˚kulakulīna belonging to a family of high or noble birth).
abi + jāta
feminine
abhi + jāti
adjective belonging to ones birth or race, born of, being by birth; only in cpd. kaṇhâbhijātika of dark birth, that is, low in the social scale DN.iii.251; AN.iii.348; Snp.563 = Thag.833; cp. Ja P T S. 1893, 11 in sense of “evil disposed or of bad character” at Ja.v.87 (= kāḷaka-sabhāva C.).
fr. abhijāti
feminine the fact of being born, descendency Vv-a.216.
abstr. fr. abhijāti
(nt. or m?) recognition, remembrance, recollection Mil.78. See also abhiññā.
Sk. abhijñāna
to know by experience, to know fully or thoroughly, to recognise know of (c. acc.), to be conscious or aware of DN.i.143; SN.ii.58, SN.ii.105, SN.ii.219, SN.ii.278; SN.iii.59, SN.iii.91; SN.iv.50, SN.iv.324, SN.iv.399; SN.v.52 SN.v.176, SN.v.282, SN.v.299; Snp.1117 (diṭṭhiṃ Gotamassa na a.) Ja.iv.142; Pv.ii.7#10 = Pv.ii.10#3 (n’ābhijānāmi bhuttaṃ vā pītaṃ) Sdhp.550; etc
pot abhijāneyya Cnd.78#a, & abhijaññā Snp.917, Snp.1059 (= jāneyyāsi Snp-a.592); aor. abhaññāsi Snp.p.16
ppr abhijānaṃ SN.iv.19, SN.iv.89; Snp.788 (= ˚jānanto C.), Snp.1114 (= ˚jānanto Cnd.78#b) abhijānitva Dhp-a.iv.233; abhiññāya SN.iv.16; SN.v.392; Snp.534 (sabbadhammaṃ), Snp.743 (jātikkhayaṃ), Snp.1115, Snp.1148; Iti.91 (dhammaṃ) Dhp.166 (atta-d-atthaṃ); freq. in phrase sayaṃ abhiññāya from personal knowledge or self-experience Iti.97 (v.l abhiññā); Dhp.353; and abhiññā [short form, like ādā for ādāya, cp. upādā] in phrase sayaṃ abhiññā DN.i.31 (+ sacchikatvā); SN.ii.217; Iti.97 (variant reading for ˚abhiññāya), in abhiññā-vosita perfected by highest knowledge SN.i.167 SN.i.175 = Dhp.423 (“master of supernormal lore” Mrs Rh. D in kindred S. p. 208; cp. also Dhp-a.iv.233); Iti.47 Iti.61 = Iti.81, and perhaps also in phrase sabbaṃ abhiññapariññeyya SN.iv.29
grd abhiññe y ya SN.iv.29; Snp.558 (˚ṃ abhiññātaṃ known is the knowable); Nd ii.s.v. Dhp-a.iv.233
pp abhiññāta (q.v.).
abhi + jñā, cp. jānāti & abhiññā
to beget, produce, effect, attain, in phrase akaṇhaṃ asukkaṃ Nibbānaṃ a. DN.iii.251; AN.iii.384 sq At Snp.214 abhijāyati means “to behave, to be”, cp Snp-a.265 (abhijāyati = bhavati).
abhi + jāyati, Pass. of jan, but in sense of a Caus. = janeti
to wish to overcome, to covet Ja.vi.193 (= jinituṃ icchati C). Burmese scribes spell -jigīsati; Thag.743 (“cheat”? Mrs Rh. D.; “vernichten” Neumann). See also abhijeti, and nijigiṃsanatā.
abhi + jigiṃsati
to be very hungry Pv-a.271.
abhi + jighacchati
adjective belonging to one’s livehood, forming one’s living Vin.i.187 (sippa).
abhi + jīvana + ika
feminine strenuousness, exertion, strong endeavour Ja.vi.373 (viriyakaraṇa C.).
abhi + jīhanā of jeh to open ones mouth
to win, acquire, conquer Ja.vi.273 (ābhi˚ metri causā).
abhi + jayati
to make clear, explain, illuminate Ja.v.339.
abhi + joteti
adjective not to be broken, not to be moved or changed uninfluenced Ja.ii.170; Dhp-a.iii.189.
a + bhijjana + ka, from bhijja, grd. of bhid
adjective that which is not being broken up or divided. In the stock descrīption of the varieties of the lower Iddhi the phrase udake pi abhijjamāne gacchati is doubtful. The principal passages are DN.i.78, DN.i.212; DN.iii.112, DN.iii.281; MN.i.34 MN.i.494; MN.ii.18; AN.i.170, AN.i.255; AN.iii.17; AN.v.199; SN.ii.121; SN.v.264 In about half of these passages the reading is abhijjamāno The various rcadings show that the MSS also are equally divided on this point. Bdgh. (Vism.396) reads ˚māne, and explains it, relying on Pts.ii.208, as that sort of water in which a man does not sink. Pv.iii.1#1 has the same idiom. Dhammapāla’s note on that (Pv-a.169) is corrupt. At DN.i.78 the Colombo ed. 1904, reads abhejjamāne and tr. ʻnot dividing (the water)ʼ; at DN.i.212 it reads abhijjamāno and tr. ʻnot sinking (in the water)ʼ.
ppr. passive of a + bhid, see bhindati
feminine , covetousness, in meaning almost identical with lobha (cp. Dhs. trsl. 22) DN.i.70, DN.i.71 (˚āya cittaṃ parisodheti he cleanses his heart from coveting; abhijjhāya = abl.; cp DN-a.i.211 = abhijjhāto); MN.i.347 (id.); DN.iii.49, DN.iii.71 sq. DN.iii.172, DN.iii.230, DN.iii.269; SN.iv.73, SN.iv.104, SN.iv.188, SN.iv.322 (adj. vigat’âbhijjha), SN.iv.343 (˚āyavipāka); AN.i.280; AN.iii.92; AN.v.251 sq.; Iti.118 Mnd.98 (as one of the 4 kāya-ganthā, q.v.); Nd ii.taṇhā ii.1; Pp.20, Pp.59; Dhs.1136 (˚kāyagantha); Vb.195, Vb.244 (vigat’âbhijjha), Vb.362, Vb.364, Vb.391; Ne.13; Dhp-a.i.23; Pv-a.103, Pv-a.282; Sdhp.56, Sdhp.69
■ Often combined with -domanassa covetousness & discontent, e.g. at DN.iii.58, DN.iii.77 DN.iii.141, DN.iii.221, DN.iii.276; MN.i.340; MN.iii.2; AN.i.39, AN.i.296; AN.ii.16, AN.ii.152 AN.iv.300 sq., AN.iv.457 sq.; AN.v.348, AN.v.351; Vb.105, Vb.193 sq -anabhijjhā absence of covetousness Dhs.35, Dhs.62
■ See also anupassin, gantha, domanassa, sīla.
fr. abhi + dhyā (jhāyati1), cp. Sk. abhidhyāna
see abhijjhitar.
to wish for (acc.), long for, covet SN.v.74 (so read for abhijjhati); ger. abhijjhāya Ja.vi.174 (= patthetvā C.)
pp abhijjhita.
cp. abhidyāti, abhi + jhāyati1; see also abhijjhāyati
to wish for, covet (c. acc.). Snp.301 (aor abhijjhāyiṃsu = abhipatthayamāna jhāyiṃsu Snp-a.320).
Sk. abhidhyāyati, abhi + jhāyati1; see also abhijjhāti
(adj.) covetous DN.i.139; DN.iii.82; SN.ii.168; SN.iii.93; AN.i.298; AN.ii.30, AN.ii.59, AN.ii.220 (an˚ + avyapannacitto sammādiṭṭhiko at conclusion of sīla); AN.v.92 sq., AN.v.163, AN.v.286 sq. Iti.90, Iti.91; Pp.39, Pp.40.
cp. jhāyin from jhāyati1; abhijjhālu with ˚ālu for ˚āgu which in its turn is for āyin. The B.Sk. form is abhidyālu, e.g. Divy.301, a curious reconstruction
variant reading at Dhp-a.iv.101 for ajjhiṭṭha.
coveted, Ja.vi.445; usually neg. an˚ not coveted, Vin.i.287; Snp.40 (= anabhipatthita Snp-a.85; cp. Cnd.38); Vv.47#4 (= na abhikankhita Vv-a.201).
pp. of abhijjhāti
one who covets MN.i.287 (T. abhijjhātar, variant reading ˚itar) = AN.v.265 (T. ˚itar, variant reading ˚ātar).
n. ag. fr. abhijjhita in med. function
adjective (usually -˚) knowing, possessed of knowledge, esp. higher or supernormal knowledge (abhiññā), intelligent; thus in chalabhiñña one who possesses the 6 abhiññās Vin.iii.88; dandh˚; of sluggish intellect DN.iii.106; AN.ii.149; AN.v.63 (opp. khipp˚) mah˚; of great insight SN.ii.139
■ Compar. abhiññatara SN.v.159 (read bhiyyo ˚bhiññataro).
Sk. abhijña
feminine in cpd. mahā˚; state or condition of great intelligence or supernormal knowledge SN.iv.263; SN.V.175, SN.V.298 sq.
fr. abhiññā
feminine Rare in the older texts. It appears in two contexts. Firstly, certain conditions are said to conduce (inter alia) to serenity, to special knowledge (abhiññā), to special wisdom, and to Nibbāna These conditions precedent are the Path (SN.v.421 = Vin.i.10 = SN.iv.331), the Path + best knowledge and full emancipation (AN.v.238), the Four Applications of Mindfulness (SN.v.179) and the Four Steps to Iddhi (SN.v.255) The contrary is three times stated; wrong-doing, priestly superstitions, and vain speculation do not conduce to abhiññā and the rest (DN.iii.131; AN.iii.325 sq. and AN.v.216) Secondly, we find a list of what might now be called psychic powers. It gives us 1 Iddhi (cp. levitation); 2 the Heavenly Ear (cp. clairaudience); 3 knowing others thoughts (cp. thought-reading); 4 recollecting one’s previous births; 5 knowing other people’s rebirths; 6 certainty of emancipation already attained (cp. final assurance) This list occurs only at DN.iii.281 as a list of abhiññās It stands there in a sort of index of principal subjects appended at the end of the Dīgha, and belongs therefore to the very close of the Nikāya period. But it is based on older material. Descriptions of each of the six, not called abhiññās, and interspersed by expository sentences or paragraphs, are found at DN.i.89 sq. (trsl. Dial. i.89 sq.); MN.i.34 (see Buddh. Suttas, 210 sq.); AN.i.255, AN.i.258 AN.iii.17, AN.iii.280 = AN.iv.421. At SN.i.191; Vin.ii.16; Pp.14, we have the adj. chaḷabhiññā (“endowed with the 6 Apperceptions”). At SN.ii.216 we have five, and at SN.v.282 SN.v.290 six abhiññās mentioned in glosses to the text. And at SN.ii.217, SN.ii.222 a bhikkhu claims the 6 powers. See also MN.ii.11; MN.iii.96. It is from these passages that the list at DN iii. has been made up, and called abhiññās.
Afterwards the use of the word becomes stereotyped In the Old Commentaries (in the Canon), in the later ones (of the 5th cent. a.d.), and in medieval and modern Pāli, abhiññā, nine times out ten, means just the powers given in this list. Here and there we find glimpses of the older, wider meaning of special, supernormal power of apperception and knowledge to be acquired by long training in life and thought. See Mnd.108, Mnd.328 (expln. of ñāṇa); Cnd s.v. and No. 466; Pts.i.35; Pts.ii.156, Pts.ii.189; Vb.228, Vb.334; Pp.14; Ne.19, Ne.20; Mil.342; Vism.373 Mhvs.xix.20; DN-a.i.175; Dhp-a.ii.49; Dhp-a.iv.30; Sdhp.228 Sdhp.470, Sdhp.482. See also the discussion in the Cpd. 60 sp. 224 sq. For the phrase sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā and abhiññā-vosita see abhijānāti. The late phrase yath’ abhiññaṃ means ʻas you please, according to liking, as you likeʼ, Ja.v.365 (= yathādhippāyaṃ yathāruciṃ C.). For abhiññā in the use of an adj. (˚abhiñña) see abhiñña.
fr. abhi + jñā, see jānāti
ger. of abhijānāti.
pp. of abhijānāti
grd. of abhijānāti.
neuter a great or deadly crime Only at Snp.231 = Kp.vi.10 (quoted Kv.109). Six are there mentioned, & are explained (Kp-a.189) as “matricide parricide, killing an Arahant, causing schisms, wounding a Buddha, following other teachers”. For other relations & suggestions see Dhs trsl.267
■ See also ānantarika.
abhi + ṭhāna, cp. abhitiṭṭhati; lit. that which stands out above others
adverb repeatedly, continuous, often MN.i.442 (˚āpattika a habitual offender), MN.i.446 (˚kāraṇa continuous practice); Snp.335 (˚saṃvāsa continuous living together); Ja.i.190; Pp.32; Dhp-a.ii.239; Vv-a.116 (= abhikkhaṇa), Vv-a.207, Vv-a.332; Pv-a.107 (= abhikkhaṇaṃ). Cp. abhiṇhaso.
contracted form of abhikkhaṇaṃ
adverb always, ever SN.i.194; Thag.25; Snp.559, Snp.560, Snp.998.
adv. case fr. abhiṇha; cp. bahuso = Sk. bahuśaḥ
to search for Dāvs v.4.
abhi + takketi
scorched (by heat), dried up, exhausted, in phrases uṇha˚ Vin.ii.220; Mil.97, and ghamma˚ SN.ii.110, SN.ii.118; Snp.1014; Ja.ii.223; Vv-a.40; Pv-a.114.
pp. of abhi + tapati
extreme heat, glow; adj. very hot Vin.iii.83 (sīsa˚ sunstroke); MN.i.507 (mahā˚ very hot) Mil.67 (mahābhitāpatara much hotter); Pv.iv.1#8 (mahā˚ of niraya).
abhi + tāpa
hammered to pieces, beaten, struck Vism.231 (muggara˚).
abhi + tāḷita fr. tāḷeti
to stand out supreme, to excel, surpass DN.ii.261; Ja.vi.474 (abhiṭṭhāya = abhibhavitvā C.).
abhi + tiṭṭhati
(tuṇṇa). Overwhelmed, overcome overpowered SN.ii.20; Pts.i.129 (dukkha˚), Pts.i.164; Ja.i.407 Ja.i.509 (˚tuṇṇa); Ja.ii.399, Ja.ii.401; Ja.iii.23 (soka˚); Ja.iv.330; Ja.v.268, Sdhp.281.
not as Morris, J.P.T.S. 1886, 135, suggested fr. abhi + tud, but acc. to Kern, Toevoegselen p. 4 fr. abhi + tūrv. (Cp. turati & tarati2 and Ved. turvati) Thus the correct spelling is -tuṇṇa = Sk. abhitūrṇa. The latter occurs as variant reading under the disguise of (sok-)âhituṇḍa for ˚abhituṇṇa at M. Vastu iii.2
indeclinable adv. case fr. prep. abhi etym.
to please thoroughly, to satisfy, gratify Snp.709 (= atīva toseti Snp-a.496).
abhi + toseti
to roar, to thunder Ja.i.330, Ja.i.332 = Cp.iii.10#7.
abhi + thaneti
to make haste Dhp.116 (= turitaturitaṃ sīghasīghaṃ karoti Dhp-a.iii.4).
abhi + tarati2, evidently wrong for abhittarati
to praise Ja.i.89; Ja.iii.531; Dāvs iii.23; Dhp-a.i.77; Pv-a.22; cp. abhitthunati.
abhi + thavati
neuter praise Thag-a.74.
fr. prec.
to praise Ja.i.17 (aor abhitthuniṃsu); cp. thunati 2
pp -tthuta Dhp-a.i.88.
abhi + thunati; cp. abhitthavati
adjective as attr. of sun & moon at MN.ii.34, MN.ii.35 is doubtful in reading & meaning; vv.ll. abhidosa & abhidesa Neumann; trsl. “unbeschränkt”. The context seems to require a meaning like “full, powerful” or unbroken unrestricted (abhijja or abhīta “fearless”?”) or does abhida represent Vedic abhidyu heavenly?
Only in the difficult old verse DN.ii.107 (= SN.v.263 = AN.iv.312 = Nd.64 = Ne.60 = Divy.203) Aorist 3rd sg. fr. bhindati he broke.
neuter sight, appearance, show Ja.vi.193.
abhi + dassana
in sabba˚ at Pv-a.78 is with variant reading BB to be read sabbapātheyyaṃ.
˚- the evening before, last night; ˚kālakata MN.i.170 = Ja.i.81; ˚gata gone last night Ja.vi.386 (hiyyo paṭhama-yāme C.).
belonging to last night (of gruel) Vin.iii.15; Mil.291. See ābhi˚.
to rush on, to assail Mhvs.6, Mhvs.5; Dāvs iii.47.
abhi + dru, cp. dava2
blow on or at AN.i.257.
abhi + dhamati, cp. Sk. abhi˚ & api-dhamati
the “special Dhamma,” i.e.
abhi + dhamma
see ābhidhammika.
adjective firm, bold, in -māna firmminded Dhp p.81 (acc. to Morris J.P.T.S. 1886, 135 not verified).
abhi + dhara
adjective “putting on”, designing, calling, meaning Pgdp.98.
abhi + dhāyin fr. dhā
to hold aloft Ja.i.34 = Bv.iv.1.
abhi + dhāreti
to run towards, to rush about, rush on, hasten Vin.ii.195; SN.i.209; Ja.ii.217 Ja.iii.83; Dhp-a.iv.23.
abhi + dhāvati
adjective fr. abhidhāvati] “pouring in”, rushing on, running Ja.vi.559.
bent, (strained, fig. bent on pleasure MN.i.386 (+ apanata); SN.i.28 (id.; Mrs. Rh. D “strained forth”, cp. Kindred S i.39). See also apanata.
pp. of abhi + namati
to resound, to be full of noise Ja.vi.531. Cp. abhinādita.
abhi + nadati
to rejoice at, find pleasure in (acc.), approve of, be pleased or delighted with (acc. DN.i.46 (bhāsitaṃ), DN.i.55 (id.), DN.i.158, DN.i.223; MN.i.109, MN.i.458; SN.i.32 (annaṃ), SN.i.57, SN.i.14, (cakkhuṃ, rūpe etc.); AN.iv.411 Thag.606; Dhp.75, Dhp.219; Snp.1054, Snp.1057, Snp.1111; Cnd.82; Mil.25; DN-a.i.160; Dhp-a.iii.194 (aor. abhinandi, opp paṭikkosi) Vv-a.65 (vacanaṃ)
pp abhinandita (q.v.). Often in combn. with abhivadati (q.v.).
abhi + nandati
neuter & -ā (f.), pleasure, delight, enjoyment DN.i.244; MN.i.498; Ja.iv.397.
fr. abhinandati, cp. nandanā
only in an˚; not enjoyed, not (being) an object of pleasure SN.iv.213 = Iti.38; SN.v.319.
pp. of abhinandati
adjective rejoicing at, finding pleasure in (loc. or-˚), enjoying AN.ii.54 (piyarūpa); esp. freq. in phrase (taṇhā) tatratatr’âbhinandinī finding its pleasure in this or that [cp. B.Sk. tṛṣṇā tatra-tatr’âbhinandinī Mvu.iii.332] Vin.i.10; SN.v.421; Pts.ii.147; Ne.72, etc.
fr. abhinandati, cp. nandin
to bend
pp abhinata (q.v.).
abhi + namati
a dramatic representation Vv-a.209 (sākhā˚).
abhi + naya
resounding with (-˚), filled with the noise (or song) of (birds) Ja.vi.530 (= abhinadanto C.); Pv-a.157 (= abhiruda).
pp. of abhinādeti, Caus. of abhi + nad; see nadati
adjective resounding with, full of the noise of (birds) Ja.v.232 (of the barking of a dog), Ja.v.304 (of the cuckoo); so read for ˚kuñjita T.). Cp. abhikūjita.
abhi + nikūjita
to go forth from (abl.), go out, issue Dhs-a.91; esp. fig. to leave the household life, to retire from the world Snp.64 (= gehā abhinikkhamitvā kāsāya-vattho hutvā Snp-a.117).
abhi + nikkhamati
neuter departure, going away, esp. the going out into monastic life, retirement renunciation. Usually as mahā˚; the great renunciation Ja.i.61; Pv-a.19.
abhi + nikkhamana
to lay down, put down D Avs.iii.12, Avs.iii.60.
abhi + nikkhipati
feminine holding back Vin.iii.121 (+ abhinippīḷanā).
abstr. fr. abhiniggaṇhāti
to hold back, restrain, prevent, prohibit; always in combn. with abhinippīḷeti MN.i.120; AN.v.230
■ Cp. abhiniggaṇhanā.
abhi + niggaṇhāti
doubtful meaning. The other is explained by Bdhgh at DN-a.i.120 as paripuṇṇ˚; and at DN-a.i.222 as avikal-indriya not defective, perfect sense-organ. He must have read ahīn˚ Abhi-n-indriya could only be explained as “with supersenseorgans”, i.e. with organs of supernormal thought or perception thus coming near in meaning to *abhiññindriya We should read ahīn˚ throughout DN.i.34, DN.i.77, DN.i.186, DN.i.195 DN.ii.13; MN.ii.18; MN.iii.121; Nd ii.under pucchā6 (only ahīn˚).
vv.ll. at all passages for ahīnindriya
to bend towards, to turn or direct to DN.i.76 (cittaṃ ñāṇa-dassanāya); MN.i.234; SN.i.123; SN.iv.178; Pp.60.
abhi + ninnāmeti cp. BSk. abhinirṇāmayati Lal.439
to lie down on Vin.iv.273 (+ abhinisīdati); AN.iv.188 (in = acc. + abhinisīdati) Pp.67 (id.).
abhi + nipajjati
to rush on (to) Ja.ii.8.
abhi + nipatati
(-matta) destroying, hurting (?) at Vb.321 is expld. by āpātha-matta.
cp. Divy.125 śastrâbhinipāta splitting open or cutting with a knife
neuter [fr. abhi-ni-pāteti in daṇḍa-sattha˚; attacking with stick or knife Cnd.576#4.
adjective falling on io (-˚) Ja.ii.7.
abhi + nipātin
adjective very thorough, very clever DN.iii.167.
abhi + nipuṇa
to be produced, accrue, get, come (to) MN.i.86 (bhogā abhinipphajjanti: sic) Cnd.99 (has n’âbhinippajjanti)
■ Cp. abhinipphādeti.
abhi + nippajjati
at Ja.vi.36 is to be read abhinippanna (so variant reading BB.).
at Dhs.1035, Dhs.1036 is to be read abhinibbatta.
(& -nipphanna) produced, effected, accomplished DN.ii.223 (siloka); Ja.vi.36 (so read for abhinippata); Mil.8 (pph.).
abhi + nippanna, pp. of ˚nippajjati
feminine pressing, squeezing, taking hold of Vin.iii.121 (+ abhiniggaṇhanā).
abstr. to abhinippīḷeti, cp. nippīḷana
to squeeze, crush, subdue Vism.399; often in combn. with abhiniggaṇhāti MN.i.120; AN.v.230.
abhi + nippīḷeti
feminine production, effecting DN.ii.283 (variant reading ˚nibbatti).
abhi + nipphatti
to bring into existence, produce, effect, work, perform DN.i.78 (bhājana-vikatiṃ) Vin.ii.183 (iddhiṃ); SN.v.156, SN.v.255; Mil.39.
abhi + nipphādeti
reproduced, reborn AN.iv.40, AN.iv.401; Cnd.256 (nibbatta abhi pātubhūta); Dhs.1035, Dhs.1036 (so read for˚ nippatta) Vv-a.9 (puññ’ânubhāva˚ by the power of merit).
abhi + nibbatta, pp. of abhinibbattati
to become, to be reproduced, to result Pp.51
pp abhinibbatta
■ Cp B.Sk. wrongly abhinivartate].
abhi + nibbattati
feminine becoming, birth, rebirth, DN.i.229; DN.ii.283 (variant reading for abhinipphatti) SN.ii.65 (punabbhava˚), SN.ii.101 (id.); SN.iv.14, SN.iv.215; AN.v.121; Pv-a.35.
abhi + nibbatti
to produce, cause, cause to become SN.iii.152; AN.v.47; Nd ii.under jāneti.
abhi + nibbatteti, caus. of ˚nibbattati
to be disgusted with, to avoid, shun, turn away from Snp.281 (T. abhinibbijjayātha, variant reading BB˚ nibbijjiyātha & ˚nibbajjiyātha, Snp-a explains by vivajjeyyātha mā bhajeyyātha; variant reading BB. abhinippajjiyā) = AN.iv.172 (T. abhinibbajjayātha vv.ll. ˚nibbajjeyyātha & ˚nibbijjayātha); ger. abhinibbijja Thig.84.
either Med. fr. nibbindati of vid for *nirvidyate (see nibbindati B), or secondary formation fr ger. nibbijja. Reading however not beyond all doubt
to break quite through (of the chick coming through the shell of the egg) Vin.iii.3; MN.i.104 = SN.iii.153 (read˚ nibbijjheyyun for nibbijjeyyun.) Cp. Buddh. Suttas 233, 234.
abhi + nibbijjhati
feminine disgust with the world, taedium Ne.61 (taken as abhinibbhidā, according to expln. as “padālanā-paññatti avijj˚aṇḍa-kosānaṃ”), Ne.98 (so MSS, but C. abhinibbidhā).
abhi + nibbidā; confused with abhinibbhidā
adjective perfectly cooled, calmed, serene, esp. in two phrases, viz. diṭṭha dhamm’ ābhinibbuta AN.i.142 = MN.iii.187; Snp.1087; Cnd.83, and abhinibbutatta of cooled mind Snp.343 (= apariḍayhamāna-citta Snp-a.347), Snp.456, Snp.469, Snp.783. Also at Sdhp.35.
abhi + nibbuta
feminine [this the better, although not correct spelling; there exists a confusion with abhinibbidā, therefore spelling also abhinibbidhā (Vin.iii.4, C. on Ne.98) To abhinibbijjhati, cp. B.Sk. abhinirbheda Mvu.i.272 which is wrongly referred to bhid instead of vyadh.] the successful breaking through (like the chick through the shell of the egg), coming into (proper) life Vin.iii.4; MN.i.104; MN.i.357; Ne.98 (C. reading). See also abhinibbidā.
feminine speaking to, adressing, invitation MN.i.331.
abstr. to abhinimanteti
to invite to (c. instr.), to offer to DN.i.61 (āsanena).
abhi + nimanteti
neuter crushing, subduing, levelling out MN.iii.132; AN.iv.189 sq.
abhi + nimmadana
created (by magic) Vv.16#1 (pañca rathā satā; cp. Vv-a.79).
abhi + nimmita, pp. of abhinimmināti
to create (by magic), produce, shape, make SN.iii.152 (rūpaṃ); AN.i.279 (oḷārikaṃ attabhāvaṃ); Nd ii.under pucchā6 (rūpaṃ manomayaṃ); Vv-a.16 (mahantaṃ hatthi-rāja-vaṇṇaṃ)
pp abhinimmita (q.v.).
abhi + nimmināti, cp. BSk. abhinirmāti Jtm.32; abhinirminoti Divy.251; abhinirmimīte Divy.166
neuter & ā (f.) fixing one’s mind upon, application of the mind Pts.i.16, Pts.i.21, Pts.i.30, Pts.i.69 Pts.i.75, Pts.i.90; Vb.87; Dhs.7, Dhs.21, Dhs.298 (cp. Dhs trsl. ii.19) See also abhiropana.
fr. abhiniropeti
to implant, fix into (one’s mind), inculcate Ne.33.
abhi + niropeti
to avoid, get rid of DN.iii.113; MN.i.119, MN.i.364, MN.i.402; SN.v.119, SN.v.295, SN.v.318; AN.iii.169 sq.; Iti.81.
abhi + nivajjeti
lit. to pour out in abundance, fig. to produce in plenty. Cp.i.10#3 (kalyāṇe good deeds).
abhi + ni + vassati fr. vṛṣ
adjective “settled in”, attached to, clinging on Cnd.152 (gahita parāmaṭṭha a.); Pv-a.267 (= ajjhāsita Pv.iv.8#4).
abhi + niviṭṭha, pp. of abhi-nivisati
to cling to, adhere to, be attached to Mnd.308, Mnd.309 (parāmasati +)
pp abhiniviṭṭha; cp. also abhinivesa.
abhi + nivisati
“settling in”, i.e. wishing for, tendency towards (-˚) inclination, adherence; as adj. liking, loving, being given or inclined to DN.iii.230; MN.i.136, MN.i.251; SN.ii.17; SN.iii.10 SN.iii.13, SN.iii.135, SN.iii.161, SN.iii.186 (saṃyojana˚) SN.iv.50; AN.iii.363 (paṭhavī˚ adj.); Cnd.227 (gāha parāmasa +); Pp.22; Vb.145; Dhs.381, Dhs.1003, Dhs.1099; Ne.28; Pv-a.252 (micchā˚), Pv-a.267 (taṇhā˚); Sdhp.71
■ Often combd. with adhiṭṭhāna e.g. SN.ii.17; Cnd.176, and in phrase idaṃ-sacc’ âbhinivesa adherence to one’s dogmas, as one of the 4 Ties see kāyagantha and cp. Cpd. 171 n. 5.
abhi + nivesa, see nivesa2 & cp. nivesana
to sit down by or on (acc.), always combd. with abhinipajjati Vin.iii.29; Vin.iv.273; AN.v.188; Pp.67.
abhi + nisīdati
past participle escaped Thag.1089.
abhi + nissaṭa
past participle oppressed. crushed, slain Ja.iv.4.
abhi + nihata
past participle led to, brought to, obliged by (-˚) MN.i.463 = Mil.32 (rājā & cora˚); MN.i.282; SN.iii.93; Thag.350 = Thag.435 (vātaroga˚ “foredone with cramping pains” Mrs. Rk. D.); Pp.29; Mil.362.
pp. of abhi-neti
adjective very black, deep black, only with ref. to the eyes, in phrase -netta with deep-black eyes DN.ii.18; DN.iii.144, DN.iii.167 sq. [cp. Sp. Avs.i.367 Avs.i.370 abhinīla-padma-netra]; Thig.257 (nettā ahesuṃ abbinīla-m-āyatā).
abhi + nīla
to drive away, put away, destroy, remove, avoid MN.i.119 (in phrase āṇiṃ a. abhinīharati abhinivajjeti).
abhi + nis + han, cp. Sk. nirhanti
abhi + nīharati
being bent on (“downward force” Dhs trsl. 242), i.e. taking oneself out to, way of acting, (proper) behaviour, endeavour, resolve, aspiration SN.iii.267 sq. (˚kusala); AN.ii.189; AN.iii.311; AN.iv.34 (˚kusala) Ja.i.14 (Buddhabhāvāya a. resolve to become a Buddha), Ja.i.15 (Buddhattāya); Pts.i.61 sq.; Pts.ii.121; Ne.26; Mil.216; Dhp-a.i.392; Dhp-a.ii.82 (kata˚).
abhi + nīhāra, to abhinīharati; cp. BSk. sarīr’ âbhinirhāra taking (the body) out to burial, lit. meaning see note on abhinīharati
adjective one who has attained, attaining (-˚), getting possession of SN.i.200 (devakañña˚).
fr. abhipatti
past participle hoped, wished, longed for Mil.383; Snp-a.85.
fr. abhipattheti
to hope for, long for, wish for Kp.viii.10; Snp-a.320; Dhp-a.i.30
pp abhipatthita (q.v.).
abhi + pattheti
to have regard for, look for, strive after AN.i.147 (nibbānaṃ); AN.iii.75; Snp.896 (khema˚), Snp.1070 (rattamahā˚) Mnd.308; Cnd.428; Ja.vi.370.
abhi + passati
to make fall, to bring to fall, to throw Ja.ii.91 (kaṇḍaṃ).
abhi + pāteti
adjective dressed Mil.222.
abhi + pāruta, pp. of abhipārupati
to protect Vv.84#21, cp. Vv-a.341.
abhi + pāleti
past participle crushed, squeezed Sdhp.278, Sdhp.279.
fr. abhipiḷeti
to crush, squeeze Mil.166. - pp. abhipīḷita (q.v.).
abhi + pīḷeti
Sk. abhipṛcchati] to ask Ja.iv.18.
abhi + pucchati
to fill (up) Mil.238; Dāvs iii.60 (paṃsūhi).
abhi + pūreti
completely strewn (with) Ja.i.62.
pp. of abhippakirati
to strew over, to cover (completely) DN.ii.137 (pupphāni Tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti a.); Vv-a.38 (for abbhokirati Vv.5#9). pp. abhippakiṇṇa (q.v.).
abhi + pakirati
to rejoice (intrs.); to please, satisfy (trs, c. acc.) MN.i.425; SN.v.312, SN.v.330; AN.v.112; Ja.iii.530; Pts.i.95, Pts.i.176, Pts.i.190.
abhi + pamodati
to hang down MN.iii.164 (olambati ajjholambati a.).
abhi + palambati
to shed rain upon, to pour down; intrs. to rain, to pour, fall. Usually in phrase mahāmegho abhippavassati a great cloud bursts Mil.8 Mil.13, Mil.36, Mil.304; Pv-a.132 (variant reading ati˚); intrs. Mil.18 (pupphāni ˚iṃsu poured down)
pp abhippavuṭṭha.
abhi + pavassati
past participle having rained, poured, fallen; trs. SN.v.51 (bandhanāni meghena ˚āni) AN.v.127; intrs. MN.ii.117 (mahāmegho ˚o there has been a cloudburst).
fr. abhippavassati
adjective finding one’s peace in (c. loc.), trusting in having faith in, believing in, devoted to (loc.) Vin.iii.43; DN.i.211 (Bhagavati) SN.i.134; SN.iv.319; SN.v.225, SN.v.378; AN.iii.237, AN.iii.270, AN.iii.326 sq.; Snp.p.104 (brāhmaṇesu); Pv-a.54 (sāsand), Pv-a.142 (id.). Cp. vippasanna in same meaning.
pp. of abhippasīdati, cp. BSk. abhiprasanna
faith, belief, reliance, trust Dhs.12 (“sense of assurance” trsl., + saddhā), Dhs.25, Dhs.96, Dhs.288; Pv-a.223.
abhi + pasāda, cp. BSk. abhiprasāda Avs.12 (cittasyu˚) & vippasāda
to establish one’s faith in (loc.), to be reconciled with, to propitiate Thag.1173 = Vv.21#2 (manaṃ arahantamhi = cittaṃ pasādeti Vv-a.105).
Caus. of abhippasīdati, cp. BSk. abhiprasādayati Divy.68, Divy.85, pp. abhiprasādita-manāḥ Jtm.213 220
to stretch out Vin.i.179 (pāde).
abhi + pasāreti, cp. BSk. abhiprasārayati Divy.389
to have faith in DN.i.211 (fut. ˚issati)
pp abhippasanna; Caus. abhippasādeti.
abhi + pasīdati
neuter attacking, fighting, as adj. f. -aṇī fighting, epithet of Mārassa senā, the army of M. Snp.439 (kaṇhassa˚ the fighting army of k. = samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ nippothanī antarāyakārī Snp-a.390).
abhi + paharaṇa
to pervade Mil.251.
abhi + vyāpeti, cp. Sk. vyāpnoti, vi + āp
to eat (of animals) Vin.ii.201 (bhinko pankaṃ a.).
abhi + bhakkhayati
defeat, humiliation Snp-a.436.
fr. abhibhavati
to overcome, master, be lord over, vanquish, conquer SN.i.18, SN.i.32, SN.i.121 (maraṇaṃ); SN.iv.71 (rāgadose), SN.i.117 (kodhaṃ), SN.i.246, SN.i.249 (sāmikaṃ); Ja.i.56 Ja.i.280; Pv-a.94 (= balīyati, vaḍḍhati)
fut abhihessati see abhihāreti 4
ger abhibhuyya Vin.i.294; Dhp.328; Iti.41 (māraṃ sasenaṃ); Snp.45, Snp.72 (˚cārin), Snp.1097, Cnd.85 (= abhibhavitvā ajjhottharitvā, pariyādiyitvā); and abhibhavitvā Pv-a.113 (= pasayha), Pv-a.136
grd abhibhavanīya to be overcome Pv-a.57
pass ppr. abhibhūyamāna being overcome (by) Pv-a.80, Pv-a.103
pp abhibhūta (q.v.).
abhi + bhavati
neuter overcoming, vanquishing, mastering SN.ii.210 (variant reading BB abhipatthana).
fr. abhibhavati
feminine as an˚; invincibility Pv-a.117.
abstr. fr. abhibhavanīya, grd. of abhibhavati
neuter position of a master or lord, station of mastery. The traditional account of these gives 8 stations or stages of mastery over the senses (see Dial. ii.118; Exp. i.252), detailed identically at all the foll. passages, viz. DN.ii.110; DN.iii.260 (& DN.iii.287) MN.ii.13; AN.i.40; AN.iv.305, AN.iv.348; AN.v.61. Mentioned only at SN.iv.77 (6 stations); Pts.i.5; Cnd.466 (as an accomplishment of the Bhagavant); Dhs.247.
abhibhū + āyatana
neuter enlightenment or delight (“light & delight” trsl.) Thag.613 (= tosana C.).
abhi + bhāsana fr. bhās
noun adjective overcoming, conquering, vanquishing, having power over, a Lord or Master of (-˚) DN.iii.29; SN.ii.284; Snp.211 (sabba˚), Snp.545 (Māra˚, cp. Mārasena-pamaddana Snp.561), Snp.642
■ Often in phrase abhibhū anabhibhūta aññadatthudasa vasavattin, i.e. unvanquished Lord of all DN.i.18; DN.iii.135 = Cnd.276; AN.ii.24; AN.iv.94; Iti.122; cp DN-a.i.111 (= abhibhavitvā ṭhito jeṭṭhako’ ham asmīti).
Vedic abhibhū, fr. abhi + bhū, cp. abhibhavati
overpowered, overwhelmed, vanquished DN.i.121; SN.i.137 (jāti-jarā˚); SN.ii.228 (lābhasakkāra-silokena); AN.i.202 (pāpakehi dhammehi); Ja.i.189; Pv-a.14, Pv-a.41 (= pareta), Pv-a.60 (= upagata), Pv-a.68, Pv-a.77, Pv-a.80 (pareta). Often neg. an˚; unconquered, e.g. Snp.934; Mnd.400; & see phrase under abhibhū.
pp. of abhibhavati
adjective (very) fortunate, lucky, anspicious, in ˚sammatā (of Visākhā) “benedicted” blessed Vin.iii.187 = Dhp-a.i.409. Opp. avamangala.
abhi + mangala
(pp. -˚) adorned, embellished, beautified Mil.361; Sdhp.17.
abhi + maṇḍita
adjective desired, wished for; agreeable, pleasant C on Thag.91.
BSk. abhimata, e.g. Jtm.211; pp. of abhimanyate
(˚eti) & -mantheti
abhi + math or manth, cp. nimmatheti
to crush SN.i.102; AN.i.198; Sdhp.288.
Sk. abhimardati & ˚mṛdnāti; abhi + mṛd
adjective having one’s mind turned on, thinking of or on (c. acc.) Thag.1122; Ja.vi.451.
abhi + mano, BSk. abhimana, e.g. Mvu.iii.259
adjective very pleasing Vv-a.53 (where id. p. at Pv-a.71 has atimanāpa).
abhi + manāpa
see abhimatthati.
a bandit, bravo, robber Ja.ii.199; DN-a.i.152.
cp. Sk. abhimara slaughter
adjective facing, turned towards, approaching Ja.ii.3 (˚ā ahesuṃ met each other). usually -˚ turned to, going to, inclined towards DN.i.50 (purattha˚) Ja.i.203 (devaloka˚), Ja.i.223 (varaṇa-rukkha˚); Ja.ii.3 (nagara˚), Ja.ii.416 (Jetavana˚); Dhp-a.i.170 (tad˚); Dhp-a.ii.89 (nagara˚); Pv-a.3 (kāma˚, opp. vimukha), Pv-a.74 (uyyāna˚)
■ nt. -ṃ adv. to towards Ja.i.263 (matta-vāraṇe); Pv-a.4 (āghātana˚, may here be taken as pred. adj.); Dhp-a.iii.310 (uttara˚).
abhi + mukha
to ask, beg, entreat Snp.1101, cp. Cnd.86.
abhi + yācati
to go against (in a hostile manner, to attack (c. acc.) SN.i.216 (aor. abhiyaṃsu, variant reading SS abhijiyiṃsu); Dhp-a.iii.310 (aor. abhiyāsi as variant reading for T. reading pāyāsi; the id. p Vv-a.68 reads pāyāsi with variant reading upāyāsi).
Vedic abhiyāti in same meaning; abhi _ yā
to contend, quarrel with Ja.i.342.
abhi + yujjhati from yudh
to accuse, charge; intrs. fall to one’s share Vin.iii.50; Vin.iv.304.
abhi + yuj
practice, observance Dāvs iv.7.
cp. abhiyuñjati
adjective applying oneself to, practised, skilled (an augur, sooth sayer) DN.iii.168.
fr. abhiyoga
neuter much youthfulness, early or tender youth Thig.258 (= abhinavayobbanakāla Thag-a.211).
abhi + yobbana
to guard, protect Ja.vi.589 (= pāleti C.). Cp. parirakkhati.
abhi + rakkhati
feminine protection, guard Ja.i.204 (= ārakkhā Ja.i.203).
fr. abhirakkhati
adjective (-˚) found of, indulging in, finding delight in AN.iv.224 (nekkhamma˚); AN.v.175 (id.) Snp.86 (nibbāna˚), Snp.275 (vihesa˚), Snp.276 (kalaha˚); Ja.v.382 (dāna˚); Pv-a.54 (puññakamma˚), Pv-a.61 (satibhavana˚), Pv-a.105 (dānâdipuñña˚).
pp. of abhiramati
neuter the fact of being fond of, delighting in (-˚) Ja.v.254 (kāma˚).
abstr. fr. abhirata
feminine delight or pleasure in (loc. or-˚) SN.i.185; SN.iv.260; AN.v.122; Dhp.88. -an˚; displeasure discontent, distaste Vin.ii.110; DN.i.17 (+ paritassanā); SN.i.185; SN.v.132; AN.iii.259; AN.iv.50; AN.v.72 sq., AN.v.122; Ja.iii.395; DN-a.i.111; Pv-a.187.
fr. abhi + ram
adjective very red Ja.v.156; fig. very much excited or affected with (-˚) Snp.891 (sandiṭṭhirāgena a.).
abhi + ratta
adjective propitiated, satisfied AN.iv.185 (+ attamana).
pp. of abhi + rādh
feminine only in neg. an˚; displeasure, dislike, discontent AN.i.79; DN-a.i.52 (= kopass’ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ).
fr. abhiraddha
to sport, enjoy oneself, find pleasure in or with (c. loc.), to indulge in love Snp.718 Snp.1085; Ja.i.192; Ja.iii.189, Ja.iii.393; Dhp-a.i.119; Pv-a.3, Pv-a.61 Pv-a.145
ppr act. abhiranto only as nt. ˚ṃ in adv. phrase yathâbhirantaṃ after one’s liking, as much as he pleases after one’s heart’s content Vin.i.34; MN.i.170; Snp.53.
ppr med. abhiramamāna Ja.iii.188, Pv-a.162
pp abhirata (q.v.).
■ 2nd Caus. abhiramāpeti (q.v.).
abhi + ram
neuter sporting, dallying, amusing oneself Pv-a.16.
fr. abhiramati
neuter causing pleasure to (acc.), being a source of pleasure making happy MN.iii.132 (gāmante).
fr. abhiramāpeti, Caus2 of abhiramati
Caus. ii. fr. abhiramati
to shout ont Bv.ii.90 = Ja.i.18 (verse 99)
abhi + ravati
having succeeded in, fallen to one’s share, attained Thag.259.
pp. of abhirādheti
adjective (-˚) pleasing, giving pleasure, satisfaction. Ja.iv.274 (mitta˚ = ārādhento tosento Commentary)
fr. abhirādheti
to please, satisfy, make happy Ja.i.421; DN-a.i.52
aor (pret.) abhirādhayi Vv.31#5 (= abhirādhesi Vv-a.130); Vv.64#23 (gloss for abhirocayi Vv-a.282); Ja.i.421; Ja.iii.386 (= paritosesi C.)
pp abhirādhita.
abhi + rādheti
feminine delight, longing, pleasure, satisfaction Pv-a.168 (= ajjhāsaya).
Sk. abhiruci, fr. abhi + ruc
adjective pleasing, agreeable, liked Ja.i.402; Dhp-a.i.45.
pp. fr. abhi + ruc
adjective -˚ resounding with (the cries of animals, esp. the song of birds), full of the sound of (birds) Thag.1062 (kuñjara˚), Thag.1113 (mayūra-koñca˚) Ja.iv.466 (adāsakunta˚); Ja.v.304 (mayūra-koñca˚); Ja.vi.172 (id. = upagīta C.), Ja.vi.272 (sakunta˚; = abhigīta C.), Ja.vi.483 (mayūra-koñca˚), Ja.vi.539; Pv.ii.12#3 (haṃsa-koñca˚; = abhinādita Pv-a.157)
■ The form abhiruta occurs at Thag.49.
Sk. abhiruta
adjective of perfect form, (very), handsome, beautiful, lovely Snp.410 (= dassaniya’ angapaccanga Snp-a.383); Ja.i.207; Pp.52; DN-a.i.281 (aññehi manussehi adhikarūpa); Vv-a.53; Pv-a.61 (abhikkanta). Occurs in the idiomatic phrase denoting the characteristics of true beauty abhirūpa dassanīya pāsādika (+ paramāya vaṇṇa-pokkharatāya samannāgata), e.g. Vin.i.268; DN.i.47, DN.i.114, DN.i.120; SN.ii.279; AN.ii.86, AN.ii.203 Cnd.659; Pp.66; Dhp-a.i.281 (compar.); Pv-a.46.
abhi + rūpa
mounted, gone up to, ascended Ja.v.217; Dhp-a.i.103.
pp. of abhirūhati
(abhiruhati) to ascend, mount, climb; to go on or in to (c. acc.) Dhp.321; Thag.271; Ja.i.259; Ja.ii.388; Ja.iii.220; Ja.iv.138 (navaṃ); Ja.vi.272 (peculiar aor. ˚rucchi with ābhi metri causa; = abhirūhi C.); DN-a.i.253
ger abhiruyha Ja.iii.189; Pv-a.75, Pv-a.152 (as variant reading T. has ˚ruyhitva), Pv-a.271 (nāvaṃ), & abhirūhitvā Ja.i.50 (pabbataṃ), Ja.ii.128.
abhi + ruh
neuter climbing, ascending, climb Mil.356.
BSk. ˚rūhana, e.g. Mvu.ii.289
abhi + roceti, Caus. of ruc
neuter concentration of mind, attention (seems restricted to Pts ii. only) Pts.ii.82 (variant reading abhiniropana), Pts.ii.84, Pts.ii.93, Pts.ii.115 (buddhi˚), Pts.ii.142 (˚virāga), Pts.ii.145 (˚vimutti), Pts.ii.216 (˚abhisamaya). See also abhiniropana.
fr. abhiropeti
to fix one’s mind on, to pay attention, to show reverence, to honour Vv.37#7 (aor. ˚ropayi = ropesi Vv-a.169), Vv.37#10 (id.; = pūjaṃ kāresi Vv-a.172), Vv.60#4 (= pūjesi Vv-a.253); Dāvs v.19.
abhi + ropeti, cp. Sk. adhiropayati, Caus. of ruh
adjective fixed, designed, inaugurated, marked by auspices Ja.iv.1; DN-a.i.18.
Sk. abhilakṣita in diff. meaning; pp. of abhi + lakṣ
neuter having signs or marks, being characterised, characteristics Dhs-a.62.
abstr. fr. abhilakkhita
to ascend, rise, travel or pass over (of the moon traversing the sky) Ja.iii.364; Ja.vi.221.
abhi + langhati
to hang down over (c. acc.) MN.iii.164 = Ne.179 (+ ajjholambati); Ja.v.70 (papātaṃ), Ja.v.269 (Vetaraṇiṃ)
pp abhilambita (q.v.).
abhi + lambati
adjective hanging down Ja.v.407 (nīladuma˚).
pp. of abhilambati
talk, phrasing, expression Snp.49 (vācâbhilāpa making phrases, talking, idle or objectionable speech = tiracchanakathā Cnd.561); Iti.89 (? reading abhilāpāyaṃ uncertain, vv.ll. abhipāyaṃ abhipāpāyaṃ abhisāpāyaṃ, abhisapāyaṃ, atisappāyaṃ. The corresp. passage SN.iii.93 reads abhisapayaṃ: curse, and C. on Iti.89 explains abhilāpo ti akkoso, see Brethren 376 n. 1); Dhs.1306 = Cnd.34 (as exegesis or paraphrase of adhivacana combd. with vyañjana & trsl. by Mrs. Rh. D. as “a distinctive mark of discourse”); DN-a.i.20, DN-a.i.23, DN-a.i.281; Dhs-a.51.
fr. abhi + lap
desire, wish, longing Pv-a.154.
Sk. abhilāṣa, abhi + laṣ
to cause to be inscribed Dāvs v.67 (cāritta-lekhaṃ ˚lekhayi).
Caus. of abhi + likh
neuter “smearing over”, stain, pollution Snp.1032, Snp.1033 = Ne.10, Ne.11 (see Cnd.88 laggana “sticking to”, bandhana, upakkilesa).
abhi + lepana
great mass (?), superior force (?), only in phrase -ena omaddati to crush with sup. force or overpower MN.i.87 = Cnd.199#6.
abhi + vagga
neuter deceit, fraud Dāvs iii.64.
abhi + vañc
rained upon Dhp.335 (gloss ˚vuṭṭha; cp. Dhp-a.iv.45); Mil.176 Mil.197, Mil.286
■ Note. Andersen P. R. prefers reading abhivaḍḍha at Dhp.335 “the abounding Bīraṇa grass”).
pp. of abhivassati, see also abhivuṭṭha
pp abhivuḍḍha & ˚vuddha; (q.v.).
Vedic abhivardhati, abhi + vṛdh
adjective noun increasing (trs.), augmenting; f. ˚ī Sdhp.68.
fr. abhivaḍḍhati
feminine increase, growth Mil.94
■ See also abhivuddhi.
cp. Sk. abhivṛddhi, fr. abhi + vṛdh
praised Dpvs.i.4.
pp. of abhivanneti
to praise Sdhp.588 (˚ayi). - pp. abhivaṇṇita.
abhi + vanneti
caus abhivādeti.
abhi + vadati
to salute respectfully, to honour, greet; grd. -vandanīya Mil.227.
abhi + vandati
adjective raining, fig. shedding, pouring ont, yielding Vv-a.38 (puppha˚).
fr. abhivassati
to rain, shed rain, pour; fig. rain down, pour out, shed DN.iii.160 (ābhivassaṃ metri causa); AN.iii.34; Thag.985; Ja.i.18 (Ja.v.100 pupphā a. stream down); Cp.iii.10#6; Mil.132, Mil.411. pp. abhivaṭṭa & abhivuṭṭha; (q.v.)
caus II. abhivassāpeti to cause (the sky to) rain Mil.132.
abhi + vassati from vṛṣ
adjective = abhivassaka Iti.64, Iti.65 (sabbattha˚).
neuter respectful greeting, salutation, giving welcome, showing respect or devotion. AN.ii.180 AN.iv.130 AN.iv.276 Ja.i.81 Ja.i.82 Ja.i.218 Dhp.109 (˚sīlin of devout character, cp. Dhp-a.ii.239) Vv-a.24 Sdhp.549 (˚sīla)
fr. abhivādeti
to salute, greet, welcome, honour Vin.ii.208 sq.; DN.i.61; AN.iii.223; AN.iv.173; Vv.1#5 (abhivādayiṃ aor. = abhivādanaṃ kāresiṃ vandiṃ Vv-a.24) Mil.162. Often in combination with padakkhiṇaṃ karoti in sense of to bid goodbye, to say adieu, farewell, e.g. DN.i.89, DN.i.125, DN.i.225; Snp.1010
caus 2 abhivādāpeti to cause some one to salute, to make welcome Vin.ii.208 (˚etabba).
Caus. of abhivadati
to blow through, to pervade Mil.385.
abhi + vāyati; cp. Sk. abhivāti
to hold back, refuse, deny Ja.v.325 (= nivāreti C.).
abhi + vāreti, Caus. of vṛ.
to remove, to put away Bv.x.5.
abhi + vāheti, Caus. of vah
(& vijināti) to overpower, to conquer. Of -jayati the ger. -jiya at DN.i.89, DN.i.134 DN.ii.16. Of -jināti the pres. 3rd pl. -jinanti at Mil.39 the ger. -jinitvā at MN.i.253; Pp.66.
abhi + vijayati
to turn somebody’s mind on (c. acc.), to induce somebody (dat.) to (acc.) Vin.iii.18 (purāṇadutiyikāya methunaṃ dhammaṃ abhiviññāpesi).
abhi + viññāpeti
“to go down to”, i.e. give in, to pay heed, observe Vin.i.134 and in ster. expln. of sañcicca at Vin.ii.91; Vin.iii.73, Vin.iii.112; Vin.iv.290.
abhi + vitarati
higher discipline, the refinements of discipline or Vinaya; combd. with abhidhamma, e.g. DN.iii.267; MN.i.472; also with vinaya Vin.v.1 sg.
abhi + vinaya
to find, get, obtain Snp.460 (= labhati adhigacchati Snp-a.405).
abhi + vindati
adjective most excellent, very distinguished DN-a.i.99, DN-a.i.313.
abhi + visiṭṭha
to send out, send forth, deal out, give DN.iii.160.
abhi + vissajjati
confided in, taken into confidence MN.ii.52 (variant reading ˚visaṭṭha).
abhi + vissattha, pp. of abhivissasati, Sk. abhiviśvasta
poured out or over, shed out (of water or rain) Thag.1065; Dhp.335 (gloss); Pv-a.29.
pp. of abhivassati, see also abhivaṭṭa
increased, enriched Pv-a.150.
pp. of abhivaḍḍhati, see also ˚vuddha
grown up Mil.361.
pp. of abhivaḍḍhati, see also ˚vuḍḍha
feminine increase, growth, prosperity Mil.34.
Sk. abhivṛddhi, see also abhivaḍḍhi
Kern’s (Toevoegselen s. v.) proposed reading at Ja.v.452 for ati˚; which however does not agree with C expln. on p. 454.
abhi + Caus. of vid
having destroyed, removed or expelled; only in one simile of the sun driving darkness away at MN.i.317 = SN.iii.156; SN.v.44 = Iti.20.
ger. of abhi + vihanati
see abhibyāpeti.
Only in abhisaṃvisseyyagattaṃ (or -bhastaṃ or -santuṃ) Thig.466 a compound of doubtful derivation and meaning. Mrs. Rh. D., following Dhammapāla (p. 283) ʻa bag of skin with carrion filledʼ.
abhi + saṃvisati
to execrate, revile, lay a curse on Ja.v.174 (˚saṃsittha 3rd sg. pret med. = paribhāsi C.)
aor abhisasi Ja.vi.187, Ja.vi.505, Ja.vi.522 (= akkosi C.), Ja.vi.563 (id.)
pp abhisattha. Cp. also abhisiṃsati.
Vedic abhiśaṃsati, abhi + śaṃs
feminine is doubtful reading at Vv.64#10; meaning “neighing” (of horses) Vv-a.272, Vv-a.279.
? abhisaṃsati
adjective prepared, fixed, made up, arranged, done MN.i.350; AN.ii.43; AN.v.343; Ja.i.50; Mnd.186 (kappita +); Pv-a.7, Pv-a.8.
abhi + sankhata, pp. of abhisankharoti
(& -khāreti in Pot.) to prepare, do, perform, work, get up Vin.i.16 (iddh’ âbhisankhāraṃ ˚khāreyya); DN.i.184 (id.); SN.ii.40; SN.iii.87 SN.iii.92; SN.iv.132, SN.iv.290; SN.v.449; AN.i.201; Snp.984 (ger. ˚itvā having got up this curse, cp. Snp-a.582); Pv-a.56 (iddh’ âbhisaṃkhāraṃ), Pv-a.172 (id.), Pv-a.212 (id.)
pp abhisaṅkhata (q.v.).
abhi + sankharoti
abhi + sankhāra
adjective what belongs to or is done by the sankhāras; accumulated by or accumulating merit, having special (meritorious) effect (or specially prepared?) Vin.ii.77 = Vin.iii.160; Sdhp.309 (sa ˚paccaya).
fr. abhisankhāra
to throw together, heap together, concentrate Vb.1 sq., Vb.82 sq., Vb.216 sq. Vb.400; Mil.46.
abhi + sankhipati
I. sticking to, cleaving to, adherence to Ja.v.6; Ne.110 Ne.112; Dhs-a.129 (˚hetukaṃ dukkhaṃ), Dhs-a.249 (˚rasa).
fr. abhi + sañj, cp. abhisajjati & Sk. abhisanga
adjective cleaving to (-˚) Sdhp.566.
fr. abhisanga
to be in ill temper, to be angry, to curse, imprecate (in meaning of abhisanga 2) DN.i.91 (= kodha-vasena laggati DN-a.i.257), DN.iii.159; Ja.iii.120 (+ kuppati); Ja.iv.22 (abhisajji kuppi vyāpajji, cp. BSk. abhiṣajyate kupyati vyāpadyate. Avs.i.286); Ja.v.175 (= kopeti C.); Dhp.408 (abhisaje Pot. kujjhāpana-vasena laggapeyya Dhp-a.iv.182); Pp.30, Pp.36. See also abhisajjana & abhisajjanā.
abhi + sañj; cp. abhisanga
neuter adjective only as adv. f. ˚nī. Epithet of vācā scolding abusing, cursing AN.v.265 (para˚). Cp. next.
abstr. fr. abhisajjati in meaning of abhisanga 2
feminine at Snp.49 evidently means “scolding, cursing, being in bad temper” (cp. abhisajjati), as its combn. with vāc’ âbhilāpa indicates, but is expld. both by Nd ii.& Bdhgh. as “sticking to, cleaving, craving, desire” (= taṇhā), after the meaning of abhisanga. See Cnd.89 & Cnd.107; Snp-a.98 (sineha-vasena) cp. also the compromise-expln by Bdhgh. of abhisajjati as kodha-vasena laggati (DN-a.i.257).
abstr. fr. abhisajjati, cp. abhisajjana
to accumulate, collect (merit) Vv.47#6 (Pot. ˚sañceyyaṃ = ˚sañcineyyaṃ Vv-a.202).
abhi + sañcināti
raised into consciousness, thought out, intended, planned MN.i.350; SN.ii.65; SN.iv.132; AN.v.343.
pp. of abhisañceteti
to bring to consciousness, think out, devise, plan SN.ii.82
pp abhisañcetayita (q.v.).
abhi + sañceteti or ˚cinteti
feminine Only in the compound abhi-saññā-nirodha DN.i.179, DN.i.184. The prefix abhi qualifies, not saññā, but the whole compound, which means ʻtranceʼ. It is an expression used, not by Buddhists, but by certain wanderers See saññā-vedayita-nirodha.
to heap up, concentrate Vb.1, Vb.2, Vb.82 sq.; Vb.216 sq., Vb.400; Mil.46 Cp. abhisaṅkhipati.
abhi + saññūhati, i.e. saṃ-ni-ūhati
pp. of abhisarati, abhi + sṛ; to flow
cursed, accursed, railed at, reviled Ja.iii.460; Ja.v.71; Snp-a.364 (= akkuṭṭha); Vv-a.335.
pp. of abhisapati, cp. Sk. abhiśapta, fr. abhi + śap
cursed, accursed Thag.118 “old age falls on her as if it had been cursed upon her (that is, laid upon her by a curse). Morris J.P.T.S. 1886 145 gives the commentator’s equivalents, “commanded worked by a charm”. This is a curious idiom. Any European would say that the woman herself, not the old age was accursed. But the whole verse is a riddle and Kern’s translation (Toevoegselen s. v.) ʻhurried upʼ seems to us impossible.
pp. of abhisaṃsati
to have faith in, believe in (c. acc.) believe SN.v.226; Thag.785; Pv.iv.1#13, Pv.iv.1#25 (˚saddaheyya paṭiñeyya Pv-a.226); Ne.11; Mil.258; Pv-a.26 Dāvs iii.58.
abhi + saddahati, cp. Sk. abhiśraddadhāti, e.g. Divy.17, Divy.337
to burn out, scorch, destroy MN.i.121.
ahhi + santāpeti, Caus. of santapati
outflow, overflow, yield, issue, result only in foll. phrases: cattāro puññ’ âbhisandā kusal’ âbhisandā (yields in merit) SN.v.391 sq.; AN.ii.54 sq. AN.iii.51, AN.iii.337; AN.vi.245, & kamm’ âbhisanda result of kamma Mil.276
■ Cp. abhisandana.
abhi + sanda of syad, cp. BSk. abhisyanda, e.g. Mvu.ii.276
neuter result, outcome, consequence Pts.i.17 (sukhassa).
= abhisanda
to put together, to make ready Thag.151; ger. abhisandhāya in sense of a prep. = on account of, because of Ja.ii.386 (= paṭicca C.).
abhi + sandahati of saṃ + dhā
to make overflow, to make full, fill, pervade DN.i.73, DN.i.74.
abhi + sandeti, Caus. of syad
adjective overflowing, filled with (-˚), full Vin.i.279 (˚kāya a body full of humours, cp. Vin.ii.119 & Mil.134) Ja.i.17 (Ja.v.88 pītiyā); Mil.112 (duggandha˚).
pp. of abhisandati = abhi + syand, cp. Sk. abhisanna
to execrate, curse, accurse Vin.iv.276; Ja.iv.389; Ja.v.87; Dhp-a.i.42
pp abhisatta.
abhi + sapati, of śap
neuter cursing, curse Pv-a.144 (so read for abhisampanna).
fr. abhisapati
“coming by completely”, insight into, comprehension, realization clear understanding, grasp, penetration. See on term Kvu trsl. 381 sq
■ Esp. in full phrases: attha˚; grasp of what is proficient SN.i.87 = AN.iii.49 = Iti.17, cp. AN.ii.46 ariyasaccānaṃ a. full understanding of the 4 noble truths SN.v.415, SN.v.440, SN.v.441 [cp. Divy.654: anabhisamitānāṃ caturnāṃ āryasatyānāṃ a.]; Snp.758 (sacca˚ = sacc’ âvabodha Snp-a.509); Mil.214 (catusacc˚); Sdhp.467 (catusacc˚), Sdhp.525 (saccānaṃ); dhamm’ âbhisamaya full grasp of the Dhamma, quasi conversion [cp. dharm’ âbhisamaya Divy.200] SN.ii.134; Mil.20, Mil.350; Vv-a.219; Pv-a.9 etc frequent; sammā- mān’ âbhisamaya full understanding of false pride in ster. phrase” acchecchi (for acchejji) taṇhaṃ vivattayi saññojanaṃ sammāmānâbhisamayā antam akāsi dukkhassa” at SN.iv.205, SN.iv.207, SN.iv.399; AN.iii.246, AN.iii.444; Iti.47 cp. māna˚ SN.i.188 = Thig.20 (tato mānâbhisamayā upasanto carissasi, trsl. by Mrs. Rh. D. in K. S. 239 “hath the mind mastered vain imaginings, then mayst thou go thy ways calm and serene”); Snp.342 (expld. by mānassa abhisamayo khayo vayo pahānaṃ Snp-a.344). Also in foll passages: SN.ii.5 (paññāya), SN.ii.104 (id.), SN.ii.133 sq. (Abhisamaya Saṃyutta); Snp.737 (phassa˚, expld. ad sensum but not at verbum by phassa-nirodha Snp-a.509); Pts.ii.215 Pp.41; Vv.16#10 (= saccapaṭivedha Vv-a.85); DN-a.i.32; Dhp-a.i.109; Vv-a.73 (bhāvana˚), Vv-a.84 (sacchikiriya˚); Dpvs.i.31. -anabhisamaya not grasping correctly, insufficient understanding, taken up wrongly SN.iii.260; Pp.21; Dhs.390, Dhs.1061, Dhs.1162 (Mrs. Rh. D. trsls. “lack of coordination”).
abhi + samaya, from sam + i, cp. abhisameti & sameti; BSk. abhisamaya, e.g. Divy.200, Divy.654
to come to (understand) completely, to grasp fully, to master Kp-a.236 (for abhisamecca Snp.143).
abhi + sam + āgacchati, cp. in meaning adhigacchati
adjective belonging to the practice of the lesser ethics; to be practiced; belonging to or what is the least to be expected of good conduct, proper. Of sikkhā Vin.v.181; AN.ii.243 sq.; of dhamma MN.i.469; AN.iii.14 sq.; AN.iii.422.
abhi + samācārika, to samācāra
to behold, see, regard, notice Ja.iv.19 (2nd sg med. ˚samekkhase = olokesi C.)
ger -samikkha ˚samekkha; [B.Sk. ˚samīkṣya, e.g. Jtm.p.28, Jtm.p.30 etc.] Ja.v.340 (˚samikkha, variant reading sañcikkha = passitvā C.); Ja.v.393 Ja.v.394 (= disvā C.).
abhi + sam + ; īks, cp. samikkhati
completely grasped or realised, understood mastered SN.v.128 (dhamma a.), SN.v.440 (anabhisametāni cattāri ariyasaccāni, cp. Divy.654 anabhisamitāni c.a.) AN.iv.384 (appattaṃ asacchikataṃ +).
pp. of abhisameti, fr. abhi + sam + i, taken as caus. formation, against the regular form Sk.P. samita & B.Sk. abhisamita
adjective commanding full understanding or penetration, possessing complete insight (of the truth) Vin.iii.189; SN.ii.133; SN.v.458 sq.
possess. adj
■ formation, equalling a n. ag. form., pp. abhisameta
to come by, to attain, to realise grasp, understand (cp. adhigacchati) Mil.214 (catusaccâbhisamayaṃ abhisameti). frequently in combn. abhisambujjhati abhisameti; abhisambujjhitvā abhisametvā, e.g. SN.ii.25 SN.iii.139; Kv.321
fut -samessati SN.v.441
aor -samiṃsu Mil.350; -samesuṃ SN.v.415
ger -samecca (for ˚icca under influence of ˚sametvā as caus. form. Trenckner’s expln.Notes 564 is unnecessary & hardly justifiable) SN.v.438 (an˚ by not thoroughly understanding) AN.v.50 (samm’attha˚ through complete realisation of what is proficient); Snp.143 (= abhisamāgantvā Kp-a.236) and -sametvā SN.ii.25; SN.iii.139
pp abhisameta (q.v.).
abhi + sameti, sam + i; in inflexion base is taken partly as ordinary & partly as causative, e.g. aor ˚samiṃsu & ˚samesuṃ, pp. sameta: Sk. samita. Cp. B.Sk abhisamayati, either caus. or denom. formation, Divy.617 caturāryasatyāni a.
at Pv-a.144 is wrong reading for variant reading abhisapana (curse).
future lot, fate, state after death, future condition of rebirth; usually in foll phrases: kā gati ko abhisamparāyo (as hendiadys) ʻwhat fate in the world-to-comeʼ, DN.ii.91; Vin.i.293; SN.iv.59 SN.iv.63; SN.v.346, SN.v.356, SN.v.369; Dhp-a.i.221
■ evaṃ-gatika evanabhisamparāya (adj.) “leading to such & such a revirn such & such a future state” DN.i.16, DN.i.24, DN.i.32, DN.i.33 etc (= evaṃ-vidhā paralokā ti DN-a.i.108)
■ abhisamparāyaṃ (acc. as adv.) in future, after death AN.i.48; AN.ii.197; AN.iii.347 AN.iv.104; Pv.iii.5#10 (= punabbhave Pv-a.200)
■ diṭṭhe c’eva dhamme abhisamparāyañ ca “in this world and in the world to come” AN.ii.61; Pp.38; Mil.162; Pv-a.195 etc. (see also diṭṭha)
■ Used absolutely at Pv-a.122 (= fate).
abhi + samparāya
to become wideawake, to awake to the highest knowledge, to gain the highest wisdom (sammāsambodhiṃ) DN.iii.135; Iti.121 aor. -sambujjhi SN.v.433; Pv-a.19. In combn. abhisambujjhati abhisameti, e.g. SN.ii.25; SN.iii.139
ppr med -sambudhāna; pp. -sambuddha -Caus. -sambodheti to make awake, to awaken, to enlighten; pp. -bodhita.
abhi + sambujjhati
neuter = abhisambodhi Ja.i.59.
pp. of abhisambujjhati
neuter thorough realisation, perfect understanding SN.v.433.
abstr. fr. abhisambuddha
adjective awaking realising, knowing, understanding Dhp.46 (= bujjhanto jānanto ti attho Dhp-a.i.337).
formation of a ppr. med. fr. pp. abhsam + budh instead of abhisam + bujjh˚.
feminine the highest enlightenment Ja.i.14 (parama˚). Cp. abhisambujjhana and (sammā-) sambodhi.
abhi + sambodhi
adjective awakened to the highest wisdom Pv-a.137 (Bhagavā).
pp. of abhisambodheti, Caus. of abhi + sambujjhati
only in dur˚; hard to overcome or get over, hard to obtain or reach, troublesome SN.v.454; AN.v.202; Snp.429, Snp.701; Ja.v.269, Ja.vi.139, Ja.vi.439. Abhisambhavati (bhoti)
fr. abhisambhavati
“to come up to”, i.e. to be able to (get or stand or overcome) to attain, reach, to bear AN.iv.241; Thag.436; Mnd.471 Mnd.485; Ja.iii.140; Ja.v.150, Ja.v.417; Ja.vi.292, Ja.vi.293, Ja.vi.507 (fut. med ˚sambhossaṃ = sahissāmi adhivāsessāmi C.); Pts.ii.193. ger. -bhutvā Thag.1057 & -bhavitvā Snp.52 (cp. Cnd.85)
aor -bhosi DN.ii.232
grd -bhavanīya DN.ii.210; Pts.ii.193
■ See also abhisambhuṇāti.
abhi + sambhavati
to be able (to get or reach); only in neg ppr. anabhisambhuṇanto unable DN.i.101 (= asampāpuṇanto avisahamāno vā DN-a.i.268); Mnd.77, Mnd.312.
considered to be a bastard form of abhisambhavati, but probably of diff. origin & etym.; also in Bh. Sk. freq.
adjective getting, attaining (?) DN.ii.255 (lomahaṃsa˚).
fr. abhi + sam + bhū
attained, got Sdhp.556.
pp. of abhisambhavati
to cease, stop; trs. (Caus.) to allay, pacify, still Ja.vi.420 (pp. abhisammanto for ˚śammento? Reading uncertain).
abhi + śam, Sk. abhiśamyati
retinue Ja.v.373.
fr. abhi + sarati, of sṛ; to go
adjective austere, stern, only in f. -ā (scil. kathā) AN.iii.117 sq.; AN.iv.352, AN.iv.357; AN.v.67.
abhi + sallekha + ika
(better -ssavati?) to flow towards or into Ja.vi.359 (najjo Gangaṃ a.).
abhi + savati, of sru
aor. of abhisaṃsati (q.v.).
to carry out, arrange; to get; procure, attain Ja.vi.180; Mil.264.
abhi + sādheti
a curse, anathema SN.iii.93 = Iti.89 (which latter reads abhilāpa and It A explains by akkosa see vv.ll. under abhilāpa & cp.; Brethren 376 n. 1.) Thag.1118.
abhisapati
feminine a woman who goes to meet her lover Ja.iii.139.
Sk. abhisārikā, fr. abhi + sṛ.
to approach, to persecute Ja.vi.377.
abhi + sāreti, Caus. of abhisarati
to utter a solemn wish, Vv.81#18 (aor. ˚sīsi. variant reading ˚sisi. Vv-a.316 explains by icchi sampaṭicchi).
= abhisaṃsati, abhi + śaṃs. As to Sk. śaṃs → P. siṃs cp. āsiṃsati, as to meaning cp. nature of prayer as a solemn rite to the “infernals”, cp. im-precare
to sprinkle over, fig. to anoint (King), to consecrate AN.i.107 (Khattiy’ âbhisekena Ja.i.399 (fig. ˚itvā ger. Ja.ii.409 (id.); Ja.vi.161 (id.); Mnd.298; Mil.336 (amatena lokaṃ abhisiñci Bhagavā); Pv-a.144 (read abhisiñci cimillikañ ca…)-Pass. abhisiñcati Mil.359
pp abhisitta
caus abhiseceti.
abhi + siñncati fr. sic to sprinkle; see also āsiñcati & ava˚, Vedic only ā˚
pp. of abhisiñcati, Sk. ˚sikta
anointing, consecration, inauguration (as king) AN.i.107 (cp. abhisitta), AN.ii.87 read abhisek’-anabhisitto; Ja.ii.104, Ja.ii.352; Dhp-a.i.350; Pv-a.74. Cp. ābhisekika.
fr. abhi + sic, cp. Sk. abhiṣeka
neuter = abhiseka, viz.
to cause to be sprinkled or inaugurated Ja.v.26. (imper. abhisecayassu).
caus. of abhisiñcati
feminine pursuit, indulgence in (-˚) Sdhp.210 (pāpakamma˚).
abhi + sevana fr. sev
adjective only neg. an˚; in formula atāṇo loko anabhissaro “without a Lord or protector MN.ii.68 (variant reading ˚abhisaro); Pts.i.126 (variant reading id.).
abhi + issara
abhi + haṃsati fr. hṛṣ
brought, offered, presented, fetched DN.i.166 = Pp.55 (= puretaraṃ gahetvā āhaṭaṃ bhikkhaṃ Pp-a.231); Dhp-a.ii.79.
pp. of abhiharati
Only in praise abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreti, to offer having fetched up. MN.i.224; AN.v.350 AN.v.352; SN.iv.190, SN.v.53, SN.v.300. See note in Vinaya Texts ii.440.
ger. of abhiharati
hit, struck Pv-a.55.
pp. of abhihanati
(& ˚hanti)
pp abhihata (q.v.).
abhi + ; han
pass abhihariyati Vv-a.172 (for abhiharati of Vv.37#10; corresp. with ābhata Vv-a.172)
pp abhihaṭa (q.v.)
caus abhihāreti 1 to cause to be brought to gain, to acquire DN.ii.188 = DN.ii.192 = DN.ii.195 Thag.637; Ja.iv.421 (abhihārayaṃ with gloss abhibhārayiṃ). 2 to betake oneself to, to visit, take to, go to Snp.414 (Paṇḍavaṃ ˚hāresi = āruhi Snp-a.383), Snp.708 (vanantaṃ abhihāraye vanaṃ gaccheyya Snp-a.495); Thig.146 (aor. ˚hārayiṃ uyyānaṃ = upanesi Thag-a.138). 3 to put on (mail) only in fut. abhihessati Ja.iv.92 (kavacaṃ; C. explains wrongly by ˚hanissati bhindissati so evidently taking it as abhibhavissati). 4 At Ja.vi.27 kiṃ yobbanena ciṇṇena yaṃ jarā abhihessati the latter is fut. of abhibhavati (for ˚bhavissati) as indicated by gloss abhibhuyyati.
abhi + harati, cp. Sk. abhyāharati & Vedic āharati & ābharati
bringing, offering, gift SN.i.82; Snp.710; Ja.i.81 (āsanâ).
fr. abhiharati
spurious reading at AN.iv.419 for -haṃsati (q.v.).
(& ˚ṃ) neighing Vv.64#10 = Vv-a.279 (gloss abhihesana). See in detail under abhisaṃsanā.
for abhihesanā cp. P. hesā = Sk. hreṣā, & hesitaṃ
SN.i.50. Read abhigīta with SS. So also for abhihita on p.51ʻSo enchanted was I by the Buddha’s runeʼ The godlet ascribes a magic potency to the couplet.
see abhihiṃsanā.
see abhihāreti 3 & 4.
adjective fearless Ja.vi.193. See also abhida 1.
a + bhīta
adjective fearless DN-a.i.250.
a + bhīru + ka
adjective groundless, unfounded, unsubstantial, Ja.v.178; Ja.vi.495.
a + bhumma
adjective not real, false, not true, usually as nt. ˚ṃ falsehood, lie, deceit Snp.387; Iti.37; instr abhūtena falsely DN.i.161.
a + bhūta
adjective not to be split or divided, not to be drawn away or caused to be dissented, inalienable Snp.255 (mitto abhejjo parehi) Ja.i.263 (varasūra…), Ja.iii.318 (˚rūpa of strong character abhijja-hadaya); Pp.30 (= acchejja Pp-a.212); Mil.160 (˚parisā); Sdhp.312 (+ appadusiya); Pgdp.97 (˚parivāra).
grd. of a + bhid, cp. Sk. abhedya
Vedic amātya (only in meaning “companion”), adj. formation fr. amā an adverbial loc
■ gen. of pron. 1st person, Sk. ahaṃ = Idg. *emo (cp. Sk. m-ama), meaning “(those) of me or with me”, i.e. those who are in my house
a bud Ja.v.416 (= makula C.).
etym.?
one who abstains from intoxicants, a teetotaler Ja.ii.192.
a + majja + pāyaka, cp. Sk. amadyapa
neuter
Vin.i.7 = MN.i.169 (apārutā tesaṃ amatassa dvārā); Vin.i.39; DN.ii.39, DN.ii.217, DN.ii.241; SN.i.32 (= rāgadosamoha-khayo), SN.i.193; SN.iii.2 (˚ena abhisitta “sprinkled with A.”); SN.iv.94 (˚assa dātā), SN.iv.370; SN.v.402 (˚assa patti); AN.i.45 sq.; AN.iii.451; AN.iv.455; AN.v.226 sq., AN.v.256 sq. (˚assa dātā); Ja.i.4 (verse 25); Ja.iv.378, Ja.iv.386; Ja.v.456 (˚mahā-nibbāna); Snp.204 Snp.225, Snp.228 (= nibbāna Kp-a.185); Thag.310 (= agada antidote); Iti.46 = Iti.62 (as dhātu), Iti.80 (˚assa dvāra); Dhp.114, Dhp.374 (= amata-mahā-nibbāna Dhp-a.iv.110); Mil.258 (˚dhura savanûpaga), Mil.319 (agado amataṃ & nibbānaṃ amataṃ), Mil.336 (amatena lokaṃ abhisiñci Bhagavā), Mil.346 (dhamm;’ âmataṃ); DN-a.i.217 (˚nibbāna); Dhp-a.i.87 (˚ṃ pāyeti); Dāvs ii.34; Dāvs v.31; Sdhp.1, Sdhp.209, Sdhp.530, Sdhp.571.
a + mata = mṛta pp. of mṛ; Vedic amṛta = Gr. ἀ μ(β)ροτ ο & ἀμβροσία = Lat. im-mort-a(lis
adjective belonging to Amṛta = ambrosial Snp.452 = SN.i.189 (amatā vācā = amata-sadisā sādubhāvena Snp-a.399: “ambrosial”), Snp.960 (gacchato amataṃ disaṃ nibbānaṃ, taṃ hi amatan ti tathā niddisitabbato disā cā ti Snp-a.572). Perhaps also at Iti.46 = Iti.62 (amataṃ dhātuṃ = ambrosial state or Amṛta as dhātu).
see amata1
? at Vv-a.111, acc. to Hardy (Index) “a precious stone of dark blue colour”.
adjective not knowing any bounds (in the taking of food), intemperate immoderate Iti.23 (bhojanamhi); Dhp.7 (id.); Pp.21.
a + matta + ˚ñu = Sk. amātrajña
feminine immoderation (in food) DN.iii.213; Iti.23 (bhojane); Pp.21; Dhs.1346 (bhojane) Dhs-a.402.
abstr. to prec.
feminine irreverence towards one’s mother DN.iii.70, DN.iii.71.
from matteyyatā
a being which is not human, a fairy demon, ghost, god, spirit, yakkha Vin.i.277; DN.i.116; SN.i.91, Ja.i.99; Dhs.617; Mil.207; Dhs-a.319; Dhp-a.i.13 (˚pariggahīta haunted); Pv-a.216
■ Cp. amānusa.
a + manussa
adjective belonging to or caused by a spirit Vin.i.202, Vin.i.203 (˚âbādha being possessed by a demon).
fr. amanussa
adjective not egotistical, unselfish Snp.220 (+ subbata), Snp.777; Ja.iv.372 (+ nirāsaya); Ja.vi.259 (= mamāyana-taṇhā-rahita C.); Pv.iv.1#34 (= mamaṃkāravirahita Pv-a.230); Mhvs.1, Mhvs.66, combd. with nirāsa (free from longing), at Snp.469 = Snp.494; Ud.32; Ja.iv.303; Ja.vi.259.
a + mama, gen. of ahaṃ, pron. 1st person, lit. “not (saying: this is) of me”
adjective not mortal, not subject to death Thag.276; Snp.249 (= amara-bhāva-patthanatāya pavatta-kāya-kilesa Snp-a.291); Ja.v.80 (= amaraṇa-sabhāva) Ja.v.218; Dāvs v.62.
a + mara from mṛ.
neuter immortality Ja.v.223 (= devatta C.).
abstr. fr. amara
? a kind of slippery fish, an eel (?) Only in expression amarā-vikkhepika eel-wobbler, one who practices eel-wriggling, fr. ˚vikkhepa “oscillation like the a. fish” In English idiom “a man who sits on the fence” DN.i.24; MN.i.521; Pts.i.155. The expln. given by Bdhgh at DN-a.i.115 is “amarā nāma maccha-jāti, sā ummujjana-nimmujjan-ādi vasena… gahetuṃ na sakkoti” etc. This meaning is not beyond doubt, but Kern’s expln.Toevoegselen 71 does not help to clear it up.
adjective without stain or fault Ja.v.4; Sdhp.246, Sdhp.591, Sdhp.596.
a + mala
adjective beardless Ja.ii.185.
a + massu + ka
adjective born in the house, of a slave Ja.i.226 (dāsa, so read for āmajāta, an old mistake, expld. by C. forcibly as “āma ahaṃ vo dāsī ti”!). See also āmāya.
amā + jāta; amā adv. “at home”, Vedic amā, see under amacca
adjective without a mother, motherless Ja.v.251.
a + mātika from mātā
adjective non-or superhuman unhuman, demonic, peculiar to a non-human (Peta or Yakkha) Pv.ii.12#20 (kāma); Pv.iv.1#57 (as n.); Pv.iv.3#6 (gandha, of Petas)
■ f. ˚ī Dhp.373 (rati = dibbā rati Dhp-a.iv.110); Pv.iii.7#9 (ratti, love).
Vedic amānuṣa, usually of demons, but also of gods; a + mānusa, cp. amanussa
adjective “not of me” i.e. not belonging to my party, not siding with me Dhp-a.i.66.
a + mama + ka, cp. amama
adjective not deceiving, open, honest Snp.941 (see Mnd.422: māyā vuccati vañcanikā cariyā). Cp. next.
a + māyā
adjective without guile, not deceiving, honest DN.iii.47 (asaṭha +), DN.iii.55 (id.), DN.iii.237; Dhp-a.i.69 (asaṭhena a.).
a + māyāvin, cp. amāya
one who is not friend, an enemy DN.iii.185; Iti.83; Snp.561 (= paccatthika Snp-a.455); Dhp.66, Dhp.207; Ja.vi.274 (˚tāpana harassing the enemies).
Vedic amitra; a + mitta
feminine the condition of not being withered Ja.v.156.
a + milāta + tā
base of demonstr. pron. “that”, see asu.
adjective not infatuated (lit. not stupified or bewildered), not greedy; only in phrase agathita amucchita anajjhāpanna (or anajjhopanna) DN.iii.46; MN.i.369; SN.ii.194. See ajjhopanna.
a + mucchita
adjective not released, not free from (c. abl.) Iti.93 (mārabandhanā).
a + mutta
adverb in that place, there; in another state of existence DN.i.4, DN.i.14, DN.i.184; Iti.99. Amulha-vinaya
pron. base amu + tra
“acquittal on the ground of restored sanity” (Childers) Vin.i.325 (ix.6, 2); Vin.ii.81 (iv.5), Vin.ii.99 (iv.14, 27), Vin.iv.207, Vin.iv.351; MN.ii.248.
adjective not dull. As n. absence of stupidity or delusion DN.iii.214; Pp.25. The form amogha occurs at Ja.vi.26 in the meaning of “efficacious, auspicious” (said of ratyā nights).
a + moha, cp. Sk. amogha
the Mango tree, Mangifera Indica DN.i.46, DN.i.53, DN.i.235; Ja.ii.105 Ja.ii.160; Vv.79#10; Pp.45; Mil.46; Pv-a.153, Pv-a.187.
Derivation unknown. Not found in pre-Buddhist literature. The Sk. is āmra. Probably non-Aryan
adjective “womanish” (?), inferior, silly, stupid, of narrow intellect. Occurs only with reference to a woman, in combn. with bālā AN.iii.349 (variant reading amma˚), AN.v.139 (where spelt ambhaka with variant reading appaka˚ and gloss andhaka); AN.v.150 (spelt ambhaka perhaps in diff. meaning).
= ambakā?
a little mango, only in -maddarī a kiṇd of bird [etym. uncertain] AN.i.188.
demin. of amba
feminine mother, good wife used as a general endearing term for a woman Vin.i.232; DN.ii.97 (here in play of words with Ambapālī expld. by Bdhgh at Vin.i.385 as ambakā ti itthiyikā).
Sk. ambikā demin. of ambī mother, wife, see P. amma & cp. also Sk. ambālikā f.
neuter the sky, Dāvs i.38; Dāvs iv.51; Dāvs v.32
■ Note. At Ja.v.390 we have to read muraja-ālambara, and not mura-jāla-ambara.
Vedic ambara circumference, horizon
(m
■ nt.) some sort of cloth and an (upper) garment made of it (cp. kambala) Vv.53#7 (ratt˚ = uttariya Vv-a.236).
etym. = ambara1 (?) or more likely a distortion of kambala; for the latter speaks the combn. rattambara = ratta-kambala
■ The word would thus be due to an erroneous syllable division rattak-ambala (ambara) instead of ratta-kambala
at Ja.ii.246 (˚koṭṭhaka-āsana-sālā) for ambara1 (?) or for ambaka2 (?), or should we read kambala˚?.
the hog-plum, Spondias Mangifera (a kind of mango) Vin.ii.17 (˚vana); DN-a.i.271 (˚rukkha).
adjective sour, acid; one of the 6 rasas or tastes, viz. a., lavaṇa, tittaka, kaṭuka kasāya, madhura (see under rasa): thus at Mil.56. Another enumeration at Cnd.540 & Dhs.629
■ Ja.i.242 (˚anambila), Ja.i.505 (loṇ˚); Ja.ii.394 (loṇ˚); DN-a.i.270 (˚yāgu sour gruel); Dhp-a.ii.85 (ati-ambila, with accuṇha & atisīta).
Sk. amla = Lat. amarus
neuter water Ja.v.6; Mnd.202 (a. vuccati udakaṃ); Dāvs ii.16
■ Cp. ambha.
Vedic ambu & ambhas = Gr. ο ̓́μβρος, Lat. imber rain; cp. also Sk. abhra rain-cloud & Gr.; ἀφρός scum: see P. abbha
masculine & neuter “water-born”, i.e.
ambu + ja of; jan
“water-giver”, a cloud Dāvs v.32; Sdhp.270, Sdhp.275.
ambu + da fr. dā
neuter water, sea Dāvs iv.54.
see ambu
see ambaka.
indeclinable part. of exclamation, employed:
fr. haṃ + bho, see bho, orig. “hallo you there”
indeclinable endearing term, used
voc. of ammā
neuter
of uncertain etym.; Sk. armaṇa is Sanskritised Pāli. See on form & meaning Childers s. v. and Kern, Toevoegselen p. 72
feminine mother Ja.iii.392 (gen. ammāya)
■ Voc. amma (see sep.).
onomat. from child language; Sk. ambā, cp. Gr. ἀμμάς mother, Oisl. amma “granny”, Ohg. amma “mammy”, nurse; also Lat. amita father’s sister & amāre to love
neuter a stone Snp.443 (instr. amhanā, but Snp-a.392 reads asmanā pāsāṇena).
Sk. aśman, see also asama2
see atthi.
feminine a cow (?) AN.i.229. The C. says nothing. Amhakam, Amhe
etym. uncertain; Morris J.P.T.S. 1889, 201 too vague
see ahaṃ.
Ja.i.174 (variant reading).
see ayo.
(fr. i, go)
pronoun demonstr. pron. “this, he”; f. ayaṃ; nt. idaṃ & imaṃ “this, it” etc. This pron. combines in its inflection two stems, viz. as˚; (ayaṃ in nom. m. & f.) & im˚; (id in nom. nt.).
Sk. ayaṃ etc., pron. base Idg. *i (cp. Sk. iha), f. *ī. Cp. Gr. ἰν, μιν; Lat. is (f. ea, nt. id); Goth is, nt. ita; Ohg. er (= he), nt. ez (= it); Lith. jìs (he) f. jì (she).
neuter
Vedic ayana, fr. i
neuter ill repute, disgrace Mil.139, Mil.272; Dāvs i.8.
a + yasa, cp. Sk. ayaśaḥ
n-adj. n. ariyan nobleman, gentleman (opp. servant); (adj.) arīyan, well-born, belonging to the ruling race, noble, aristocratic gentlemanly Ja.v.257; Vv.39#6
■ f. ayirā lady, mistress (of a servant) Ja.ii.349 (variant reading oyyakā); voc. ayire my lady Ja.v.138 (= ayye C.).
Vedic ārya, Metathesis for ariya as diaeretic form of ārya, of which the contracted (assimilation) form is ayya. See also ariya
= ayira; cp. ariyaka & ayyaka; DN.iii.190 (variant reading BB yy); Ja.ii.313.
neuter iron. The nom. ayo found only in set of 5 metals forming an alloy of gold (jātarūpa), viz ayo, loha (copper), tipu (tin), sīsa (lead), sajjha (silver AN.iii.16 = SN.v.92; of obl. cases only the instr. ayasā occurs Dhp.240 (= ayato Dhp-a.iii.344); Pv.i.10#13 (paṭikujjita, of Niraya)
■ Iron is the material used κα ̓τἐςοξήν in the outfit & construction of Purgatory or Niraya (see niraya & Avīci & cp. Vism.56 sq.)
■ In compn. both ayo˚ & aya˚ occur as bases.
Sk. ayaḥ nt. iron & ore, Idg. *ajes-, cp. Av. ayah, Lat. aes, Goth. aiz, Ohg. ēr (= Ger. Erz.) Ags. ār (= E. ore).
adjective not to be conquered or subdued MN.ii.24.
Sk. ayodhya
noun adjective
contracted form for the diaeretic ariya (q.v. for etym.). See also ayira
grandfather, (so also BSk., e.g. Mvu.ii.426; Mvu.iii.264) Ja.iii.155; Ja.iv.146; Ja.vi.196; Pv.i.84; Mil.284. ayyaka-payyakā grandfather & great grandfather; forefathers, ancestors Ja.i.2; Pv-a.107 (= pitāmahā)
■ f ayyakā grandmother, granny Vin.ii.169; SN.i.97; Ja.ii.349 (here used for “lady”, as variant reading BB); & ayyikā Thig.159 Vism.379.
demin. of ayya
the spoke of a wheel DN.ii.17 (sahass’ âra adj with thousand spokes), cp. Mil.285; Ja.iv.209; Ja.vi.261; Mil.238; Dhp-a.ii.142; Vv-a.106 (in allegorical etym of arahant = saṃsāra-cakkassa arānaṃ hatattā “breaker of the spokes of the wheel of transmigration”) = Pv-a.7 (has saṃsāra-vaṭṭassa); Vv-a.277.
Vedic ara fr. ṛ; ṛṇoti; see etym. under appeti & cp. more esp. Lat. artus limb, Gr.; α ̔́ρμα chariot, also P aṇṇava
adjective not to be guarded, viz.
a + rakkhiya, grd. of rakkhati
adjective only in nt. “that which does not need to be guarded against”, what one does not need to heed, superfluous to beware of AN.iv.82 (cattāri Tathāgatassa a˚ āni).
3 arakkheyyāni are enumerated at DN.iii.217 (but as ārakkh˚, which is also given by Childers).
in form = arakkhiya
a wheel for raising water from a well Bdgh. on cakkavaṭṭaka at cv v.16, 2 (Vin.ii.318). So read for T. arahatta-ghaṭi-yanta acc to Morris, J.P.T.S. 1885, 30; cp. also Vin. Texts iii.112
■ The 2rd part of the cpd. is doubtful; Morris & Aufrecht compare the modern Hindī form arhaṭ or rahaṭ “a well-wheel”.
Sk. araghaṭṭaka (so Halāyudha, see Aufrecht p. 138), dialect.
adjective free from dust or impurity SN.iv.218 (of the wind); Vv.53#6 (= apagata-raja Vv-a.236).
a + raja
neuter forest DN.i.71; MN.i.16; MN.iii.104; SN.i.4, SN.i.7, SN.i.29, SN.i.181, SN.i.203 (mahā); AN.i.60 (˚vanapatthāni); AN.ii.252; AN.iii.135, AN.iii.138; Snp.39, Snp.53, Snp.119; Dhp.99, Dhp.329, Dhp.330; Iti.90; Vv.56#7; Pts.i.176 [The commentators, give a wider meaning to the word Thus the O. C. (Vin.iii.46, quoted Vism.72 & Snp-a.83 says every place, except a village and the approach thereto, is arañña. See also Vin.iii.51; DN-a.i.209; Pv-a.73; Vv-a.249; Ja.i.149, Ja.i.215; Ja.ii.138; Ja.v.70].
Vedic araṇya; from araṇa, remote, + ya. In the Rig V. araṇya still means remoteness (opp. to amā at home). In the Ath V. it has come to mean wilderness or forest. Connected with ārād and āre, remote, far from
(adj.) belonging to solitude or to the forest, living in the forest, fond of solitude, living as hermits (bhikkhū) MN.i.214 (ā˚), MN.i.469, MN.iii.89; SN.ii.187, SN.ii.202 (variant reading ā˚), SN.ii.208 sq.; SN.ii.281; AN.iii.343 AN.iii.391; AN.iv.291, AN.iv.344, AN.iv.435; AN.v.10. See also āraññaka.
arañña + ka
neuter the habit of one who lives in the forest, indulgence in solitude & sequestration a hermit’s practice, seclusion SN.ii.202, SN.ii.208 sq See also āraññakatta.
abstr. fr. araññaka
adjective noun (adj.) living in solitude, far from the madding crowd MN.iii.237 (˚vibhanga-sutta); SN.i.44, SN.i.45; Ja.i.340 (tittha˚?).
Vedic araṇa fr. *ara √ ṛ; which as abl. ārā is used as adv. far from, cp. P. ārakā. Orig. meaning “removed from, remote, far”. See also arañña
neuter quietude, peace Ne.55 (+ tāṇa), Ne.176 (or as adj. = peaceful) Thag-a.134 (+ saraṇa); Vb.19 sq. (opp. saraṇa). See saraṇa2.
a + raṇa
feminine wood for kindling fire by attrition, only in foll. compounds: -potaka small firewood, all that is needed for producing fire, chiefly drill sticks Mil.53; -sahita (nt.) same Vin.ii.217; Ja.i.212 (ī); Ja.v.46 (ī); Dhp-a.ii.246; -mathana rubbing of firewood Ja.vi.209
■ Note. The reading at Pv-a.211 araṇiyehi devehi sadisa-vaṇṇa is surely a misreading (variant reading BB ariyehi).
Vedic araṇī & araṇi fr.; ṛ.
feminine dislike, discontent, aversion Snp.270, Snp.436, Snp.642, Snp.938; Dhp.418 (= ukkaṇṭhitattaṃ Dhp-a.iv.225) Thig.339 (= ukkaṇṭhi Thag-a.239); Sdhp.476.
a + rati
a lotus, Nymphaea Nelumbo Dāvs v.62.
ara + vinda (?) Halāyudha gives as Sk. aravinda nt.
adjective (-˚)
Vedic arha of arh
to be worthy of, to deserve, to merit (= Lat. debeo) Snp.431, Snp.552 (rājā arahasi bhavituṃ); Ja.i.262; Dhp.9, Dhp.10, Dhp.230; Pv.iii.6#6
ppr arahant (q.v.). Cp. also adj. araha.
Vedic arhati, etym. uncertain but cp. agghati
neuter the state or condition of an Arahant, i.e. perfection in the Buddhist sense = Nibbāna (SN.iv.151) final & absolute emancipation Arahantship, the attainment of the last & highest stage of the Path (see magga & anāgāmin). This is not restricted by age or sex or calling. There is one instance in the Canon of a child having attained Arahantship at the age of 7. One or two others occur in the Comy Thag-a.64 (Selā) Pv-a.53 (Sankicca). Many women Arahants are mentioned by name in the oldest texts. About 400 men Arahants are known. Most of them were bhikkhus, but AN.iii.451 gives the names of more than a score lay Arahants (cp DN.ii.93 = SN.v.360, and the references in Dial. iii.5 n4). Arahattaṃ is defined at SN.iv.252 as rāga-kkhaya, dosa˚ moha˚. Descriptions of this state are to be found in the formulae expressing the feelings of an Arahant (see arahant ii.). Vin.ii.254; DN.iii.10, DN.iii.11, DN.iii.255; AN.iii.34, AN.iii.421 AN.iii.430; AN.v.209; Pp.73; Ne.15, Ne.82; DN-a.i.180, DN-a.i.188, DN-a.i.191; Dhp-a.ii.95; Dhp-a.iv.193; Pv-a.14
■ Phrases: arahattaṃ sacchikaroti to experience Arahantship Vin.ii.74; DN.i.229 arahattaṃ pāpuṇāti to attain or reach Arahantship (usually in aor. pāpuṇi) Ja.ii.229 Thag-a.64; Dhp-a.ii.49 (saha paṭisambhidāhi), Dhp-a.ii.93 (id.); Pv-a.53, Pv-a.54, Pv-a.61, Pv-a.233 & freq elsewhere; cp. arahattāya paṭipanna DN.iii.255; AN.i.120 AN.iv.292 sq., AN.iv.372 sq.
abstr. formation fr. arahat˚, 2nd base of arahant in compn.: see arahant iv.2
in -ghaṭi see araghaṭṭa.
adjective noun Before Buddhism used as honorific title of high officials like the English ʻHis Worshipʼ; at the rise of Buddhism applied popularly to all ascetics (Dial. iii.3–6). Adopted by the Buddhisṭs as t.t. for one who has attained the Summum Bonum of religious aspiration (Nibbāna).
Vedic arhant, ppr. of arhati (see arahati), meaning deserving, worthy
an enemy Dāvs iv.1.
a + rāti, cp. Sk. arāti
an enemy
■ The word is used in exegesis & word expln, thus in etym. of arahant (see ref. under arahant v.); of bhūri Pts.ii.197
■ Otherwise in late language only, e.g. Sdhp.493 (˚bhūta). See also arindama & aribhāseti.
Ved. ari; fr. ṛ.
not leaving behind, not giving up, i.e. pursuing earnestly. Snp.69 (jhānaṁ = ajahamana Snp-a.123 cp. Cnd.94)
ppr. med. of P. riñcati for ricyati
adjective unhurt Sdhp.279.
a + riṭṭha = Vedic ariṣṭa, pp of a + riṣ to hurt or be hurt
a kind of spirituous liquor Vin.iv.110.
Sk. ariṣṭa, Name of a tree
adjective
fr. ariṭṭha
neuter a rudder. Usually in combn. with piya (phiya) oar, as piyârittaṃ (phiy˚ oar & rudder, thus at SN.i.103 (T. piya˚, variant reading phiya˚) AN.ii.201 (piya˚); Ja.iv.164 (T. piya˚, variant reading phiya˚); Snp.321 (piya + ; Snp-a.330 phiya = dabbi-padara, aritta = veḷudaṇḍa). Dhs-a.149.
Vedic aritra, Idg. *ere to row (Sk. ṛ; to move); cf. Gr. ἐρέσσω to row, ἐρετμός rudder, Lat. remus, Ohg ruodar = rudder; Ags. rōwan = E. row
a tamer of enemies, victor, conqueror Pv.iv.3#15 (= arīnaṃ damanasīla Pv-a.251); Sdhp.276.
Sk. arindama, ariṃ + dama of dam
to denounce, lit. to call an enemy Ja.iv.285. Correct to Pari˚ according to Fausböll (J v. corr.)
= ariṃ bhāseti
adjective noun
[The early Buddhists had no such ideas as we cover with the words Buddhist and Indian. Ariya does not exactly mean either. But it often comes very near to what they would have considered the best in each.]
■ (adj.): DN.i.70 = (˚ena sīlakkhandhena samannāgata fitted out with our standard morality); DN.iii.64 (cakkavatti-vatta), DN.iii.246 (diṭṭhi); MN.i.139 (pannaddhaja), MN.ii.103 (ariyāya jātiyā jāto, become of the Aryan lineage) SN.ii.273 (tuṇhībhāva); SN.iv.250 (vaddhi), SN.iv.287 (dhamma), SN.v.82 (bojjhangā), SN.iv.166 (satipaṭṭhānā), SN.iv.222 (vimutti), SN.iv.228 (ñāṇa), SN.iv.255 (iddhipādā), SN.iv.421 (maggo), SN.iv.435 (saccāni), SN.iv.467 (paññā-cakkhu); AN.i.71 (parisā); AN.ii.36 (ñāya); AN.iii.451 (ñāṇa), AN.iv.153 (tuṇhībhāva); AN.v.206 (sīlakkhandha); Iti.35 (paññā), Iti.47 (bhikkhu sammaddaso); Snp.177 (patha = aṭṭhangiko maggo Snp-a.216); Dhp.236 (bhūmi), Dhp.270; Pts.ii.212 (iddhi) -alamariya fully or thoroughly good DN.i.163 = DN.iii.82; AN.iv.363; nâlamariya not at all good, object, ignoble ibid
■ (m.) Vin.i.197 (na ramati pāpe); DN.i.37 = (yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti upekkhako satimā etc.: see 3rd. jhāna), DN.i.245; DN.iii.111 (˚ānaṃ anupavādaka one who defames the noble); MN.i.17, MN.i.280 (sottiyo ariyo arahaṃ); SN.i.225 (˚ānaṃ upavādaka); SN.ii.123 (id.); SN.iv.53 (˚assa vinayo), SN.iv.95 (id.) AN.i.256 (˚ānaṃ upavādaka); AN.iii.19, AN.iii.252 (id.); AN.iv.145 (dele see arīhatatta); AN.v.68, AN.v.145 sq., AN.v.200, AN.v.317; Iti.21, Iti.108; Dhp.22, Dhp.164, Dhp.207; Ja.iii.354 = Mil.230; MN.i.7, MN.i.35 (ariyānaṃ adassāvin: “not recognising the Noble Ones” Pv-a.26, Pv-a.146; Dhp-a.ii.99; Sdhp.444 (˚ānaṃ vaṃsa). anariya (adj. & n.); not Ariyan, ignoble, undignified, low common, uncultured AN.i.81; Snp.664 (= asappurisa Snp-a.479; Dhs-a.353); Ja.ii.281 (= dussīla pāpadhamma C.), Ja.v.48 (˚rūpa shameless), Ja.ii.87; Dhp-a.iv.3
■ See also ñāṇa magga, sacca, sāvaka.
When the commentators, many centuries afterwards began to write Pali in S. India & Ceylon, far from the ancient seat of the Aryan clans, the racial sense of the word; ariya was scarcely, if at all, present to their minds Dhammapāla especially was probably a non -Aryan, and certainly lived in a Dravidian environment. The then current similar popular etmologies of ariya and arahant (cp. next article) also assisted the confusion in their minds. They sometimes therefore erroneously identify the two words and explain Aryans as meaning Arahants (Dhp-a.i.230; Snp-a.537; Pv-a.60). In other ways also they misrepresented the old texts by ignoring the racial force of the word. Thus at Ja.v.48 the text, speaking of a hunter belonging to one of the aboriginal tribes, calls him anariya-rūpa. The C. explains this as “shameless” but what the text has, is simply that he looked like a non-Aryan. (cp ʻfrankʼ in English).
Vedic ārya, of uncertain etym. The other Pāli forms are ayira & ayya
in phrase “arīhatta ariyo hoti” at AN.iv.145 is wrong reading for arīnaṃ hatattā. The whole phrase is inserted by mistake from a gloss explaining arahā in the foll. sentence “ārakattā kilesānaṃ arīnaṃ hatattā… arahā hoti”, and is to be deleted (omitted also by SS).
neuter a wound, a sore, only in compounds: -kāya a heap of sores MN.ii.64 = Dhp.147 = Thag.769 (= navannaṃ vaṇamukhānaṃ vasena arubhūta kāya Dhp-a.iii.109 = Vv-a.77); -gatta (adj.) with wounds in the body MN.i.506 (+ pakka-gatta); Mil.357 (id); -pakka decaying with sores SN.iv.198 (˚āni gattāni) -bhūta consisting of wounds, a mass of wounds Vv-a.77; Dhp-a.iii.109.
Vedic aruḥ, unknown etym.
= aru; only in cpd. -ūpamacitto (adj.) having a heart like a sore (of a man in anger) AN.i.124 = Pp.30 (explained at Pp-a.212 as purāṇa-vaṇa-sadisa-citto “an old wound” i.e. continually breaking open).
the sun Vin.ii.68 Vin.iv.245; Ja.ii.154; Ja.v.403; Ja.vi.330; Dpvs.i.56; DN-a.i.30. a. uggacchati the sun rises Ja.i.108; Vv-a.75, & see compounds.
Vedic aruṇa (adj.) of the colour of fire, i.e. ruddy, nt. the dawn; of Idg. *ereu as in Sk. aruṣa reddish, Av auruša white, also Sk ravi sun; an enlarged from of Idg *reu as in Sk. rudhira, rohita red (bloody; see etym under rohita), Gr. ἐρυδρός, Lat. ruber.
the Rigveda Thag-a.206.
adjective without form or body, incorporeal, DN.i.195 sq.; DN.iii.240; Snp.755; Iti.62; Sdhp.228, Sdhp.463 Sdhp.480. See details under rūpa.
a + rūpa
adjective = arūpa; DN.i.31 (arūpī attā hoti: see DN-a.i.119), DN.i.195; DN.iii.111, DN.iii.139; Iti.87 (rūpino va arūpino va sattā).
a + rūpin
indeclinable exclam. of astonishment & excitement: he! hallo I say!, implying an imprecation: Away with you (with voc.) Ja.i.225 (dāsiputta-ceṭaka); Ja.iv.391 (duṭṭha-caṇḍāla) DN-a.i.265 (= re); Vv-a.68 (dubbinī), Vv-a.217 (“how in the world”).
onomat. Cp. Sk. lalallā, Gr. λαλέω, Lat. lallo = E. lull, Ger. lallen & without redupl. Ags. holā Ger. halloh, E. lo. An abbrev. form of are is re. Cf. also alālā
freq. spelling for aḷa.
adjective enough, only in neg. anala insufficient, impossible MN.i.455; Ja.ii.326 = Ja.iv.471.
alaṃ adv. as adj.
indeclinable emphatic particle
Vedic araṃ. In meaning (1) alaṃ is the expanded continuation of Vedic araṃ, an adv. acc. of ara (adj.) suitable; fitly, aptly rightly fr. ṛ; Cp. aṇṇava, appeti ara. In meaning (2) alaṃ is the same as are
(& īka) adjective unfortunate unhappy, of bad luck Vin.iii.23; Ja.iii.259.
a + lakkhika
feminine bad luck, misfortune Thag.1123.
a + lakkhi
a kind of snake MN.i.133 = DN-a.i.21; Dhp-a.iv.132 (˚camma, so read for T. alla-camma, vv.ll. alanda & alandu˚).
Der. unknown. In late Sk. alagarda is a watersnake
adjective not stuck or attached Cnd.107 (also alaggita); alaggamāna (ppr.) id. Dhp-a.iii.298.
pp. of laggati
neuter not hanging on anything, not being suspended DN-a.i.180.
a + laggana
pp. of alankaroti
neuter doing up, fitting out, ornamentation Ja.i.60.
alaṃ + karaṇa, fr. alankaroti
adjective adorning, embellishing, decorating Dhp-a.i.410.
fr. alankaraṇa
to make much of i.e. to adorn, embellish, decorate Ja.i.60; Ja.iii.189; Ja.vi.368). ger. -karitvā Dhp-a.i.410; Pv-a.74
pp alaṅkata
caus alaṅkārāpeti to cause to be adorned Ja.i.52.
alaṃ + karoti, Vedic araṅkaroti
“getting up” i.e. fitting out, ornament, decoration; esp. trinkets, ornaments DN.iii.190; AN.iii.239; AN.iii.263 sq.; Ja.vi.368; Pv-a.23 Pv-a.46, Pv-a.70 (-˚ adj. adorned with), Pv-a.74; Sdhp.249.
fr. alankaroti, cp. Vedic araṅkṛti
lac, a red animal dye Ja.iv.114 (˚pāṭala); Dhp-a.ii.174; Dhp-a.iv.197.
Sk. alaktaka
see alagadda.
adjective not hanging down, not drooping, short Ja.v.302; Ja.vi.3 (˚tthaniyo not flabby: of a woman’s breasts cp. alamb’ ordhva-stanī Suśruta i.371).
a + lamba
adjective idle, lazy, slack, slothful, languid SN.i.44, SN.i.217; Snp.96 (= jāti-alaso Snp-a.170); Ja.iv.30; Dhp.280 (= mahā-alaso Dhp-a.iii.410). Opp. analasa vigorous energetic SN.i.44; DN.iii.190 (dakkha +); Vin.iv.211; Cnd.141 (id.).
a + lasa
feminine sloth, laziness; only in neg. analasatā zeal, industry Vv-a.229.
abstr. fr. alasa
neuter at SN.i.43 is spurious spelling for ālassa idleness, sloth; variant reading BB ālasya.
neuter a firebrand AN.ii.95 (chava˚ a burning corpse see chava); Ja.i.68; Pp.36; Dhp-a.iii.442.
Sk. alāta, related to Lat. altāre altar, adoleo to burn
neuter a gourd, pumpkin Dhp.149 (= Dhp-a.iii.112; vv. ll alābu & alābbu).
= alābu, with p for b: so Trenckner Notes 6216
a long white gourd, Cucurbita Lagenaris MN.i.80 (tittaka˚), MN.i.315 (id.); Pv-a.47 (id.); Dhs-a.405
■ See also alāpu.
Sk. alābū f.
not getting, loss, detriment Vin.iii.77.
a + labhaka
indeclinable “not saying lā lā” i.e. not babbling not dumb, in -mukha not (deaf &) dumb Snp-a.124 (aneḷamūga of Snp.70).
a + lālā interjection fr. sound root *lal, see etym. under are
adjective contrary, false, untrue SN.i.189; Ja.iii.198; Ja.vi.361; Mil.26, Mil.99
■ nt. -ṃ a lie, falsehood Dhp.264.
Sk. alīka
feminine open mindedness, prudence, sincerity Ja.i.366.
abstr. of alīna
adjective umoved, undisturbed Mil.383.
a + luḷita, pp. of lul
adjective not salted Ja.iii.409; Vv-a.184.
a + loṇika
adjective not hairy (upon the body) Ja.vi.457.
a + loma
adjective undisturbed, not distracted (by desires), not wavering: of firm resolution, concentrated Snp.65 (= nillolupa Cnd.98; = rasavisesesu anākula Snp-a.118).
a + lola
adjective (only ˚-)
Vedic ārdra, to Gr. α ̓́ρδω moisten, α ̓́ρδα dirt
conversation, talk; only in cpd. -sallāpa conversation (lit. talking to & fro or together) Ja.i.189; Mil.15; Vv-a.96; Pv-a.86.
Sk. ālāpa; ā + lāpa
? only in cpd. (kāma-) sukh’ allik’ânuyoga given to the attachment to sensual joys Vin.i.10; DN.iii.113 DN.iii.130; SN.iv.330; SN.v.421; Ne.110.
either from alla = allikaṃ nt. in meaning defilement, getting soiled by (-˚), or from allīyati = alliyakaṃ a der. fr. ger. alliya clinging to, sticking to. The whole word is doubtful.
pp. of allīyati; Sk. ālīna
to cling to, stick to, adhere to (in both senses, good or bad); to covet
ā + līyati, lī, līyate, layate
etym. unknown
adjective only used with ref. to the eyelashes, & usually expld. by visāla, i.e. extended wide, but also by bahala, i.e. thick. The meaning etym. is as yet uncertain. Kern, (Toevoegselen s.v.) transls. by “bent, crooked, arched”. -akkhin with wide eyes (eyelashes?) Ja.i.306 (= visāla-netta C.); -pamha with thick eye-lashes Vv.35#7 (= bahala-saṃyata-pakhuma C.; v.l ˚pamukha); -bhamuka having thick eyebrows or ˚lashes Ja.vi.503 (so read for ˚pamukha; C. explains by visāl-akkhigaṇḍa). Cp. āḷāra.
Is it the same as uḷāra?
in udak’ aḷhaka Vv-a.155 read āḷhaka.
prefix
Phonetically the difference between ava & o is this, that; ava is the older form, whereas o represents a later development. Historically the case is often reversed-that is, the form in o was in use first & the form in ava was built up, sometimes quite independently, long afterwards.; Okaḍḍhati okappati, okappanā, okassati, okāra, okantati, okkamati ogacchati, odāta and others may be used as examples The difference in many cases has given rise to a differentiation of meaning, like E. ripe: rife, quash: squash Ger. Knabe: Knappe etc. (see below B 2)
■ (Rest:) lower, low (opp ut˚, see e.g. uccâvaca high & low, and below; iii. c) expld. as heṭṭhā (Dhp-a.iv.54 under avaṃ) or adho (ibid 153; Snp-a.290)
■ (Motion:) down, downward, away (down), off; e.g. avasūra sun-down; adv. avaṃ (q.v. opp. uddhaṃ)
P. ava = Vedic ava & occasionally o Av. ava; Lat. au-(aufero = avabharati, aufugio etc.) Obg. u-; Oir. ō, ua. See further relations in Walde, Lat Wtb. under au
adverb the prep. ava in adv. use, down, downward; in C. often expld. by adho. Rarely absolute, the only passage found so far being Snp.685 (avaṃ sari he went down, variant reading avasari, expld. by otari Snp-a.486). Opp. uddhaṃ (above, up high). Freq. in cpd avaṃsira (adj.) head downward (+ uddhaṃpāda feet up) a position characteristic of beings in Niraya (Purgatory) e.g. SN.i.48; Snp.248 (patanti sattā nirayaṃ avaṃsirā adhogata-sīsā Snp-a.290); Vv.52#25 (of Revatī, + uddhaṃpāda); Pv.iv.1#46; Ja.i.233 (+ uddhapāda); Ja.iv.103 (nirayaṃ vajanti yathā adhammo patito avaṃsiro); Mnd.404 (uddhaṃpāda +); Dhp-a.iv.153 (gloss adhosira)
■ On avaṃ˚ cp further avakkāra, avākaroti, avekkhipati.
Vedic avāk & avāṃ
dragging down, detraction, abasement, in cpd. ukkaṃsāvak˚; lifting up & pulling down, raising and lowering rise & fall DN.i.54.
fr. ava-karṣati; on ṃs: *rṣ cp. haṃsati: harṣati
(-˚) to wish for, strive after SN.iv.57 (n’); Ja.iv.371 (n’); Ja.v.340 (n’), Ja.iv.348 (n’ = na pattheti C).
ava + kankhati; cp. Sk. anu-kānkṣati
Ne.4 (avakaḍḍhayitvā). Pass.; avakaḍḍhati Ja.iv.415 (hadayaṃ me a. my heart is weighed down = sokena avakaḍḍhīyati C; variant reading avakassati)
pp avakaḍḍhita.
ava + kaḍḍhati, cp. avakassati & apakassati
pulled down, dragged away Dhp-a.iii.195.
pp. of avakaḍḍhati
= apakata, variant reading at Iti.89.
cut, cut open, cut off Ja.iv.251 (galak’ âvakantaṃ).
for *avakatta, Sk. avakṛtta; pp. of avakantati, see kanta2
(okk˚) to cut off, cut out, cut away carve-(ava:) Ja.iv.155
pp avakanta & avakantita.
cp. Sk. avakṛntati, ava + kantati, cp. also apakantati
cut out Pv-a.213. Avakappana & okappana
pp. of avakantati
feminine preparation, fixing up, esp. harnessing Ja.vi.408.
ava + kappanā
“to put down”, to despise, throw away; only in der, avakāra & avakārin.; pp. avakata (q.v.)
■ See also avākaroti & cp. avakirati 2.
Sk. apakaroti, cp. P. apa˚
to drag down, to draw or pull away, distract, remove
■ AN.v.74 = Vin.ii.204 (+ vavakassati).
cp. Sk. avakarṣati, ava + kṛṣ; see also apakassati & avakaḍḍhati
adverb throwing away, scattering about Vin.ii.214.
fr. avakāra
adjective (-˚) despising, degrading, neglecting Vb.393 sq. (an˚). Avakasa & okasa;
fr. avakāra
ava + kāś to shine, cp. Sk. avakāśa
pass avakirīyati Pv.iii.1#10 (= chaḍḍīyati Pv-a.174); grd. ˚kiriya (see sep.). See also apakiritūna. pp okiṇṇa.
ava + kirati
to be cast out or thrown away; rejectable, low, contemptible Ja.v.143 (taken by C. as ger. = avakiritvā).
grd of avakirati
adjective face downward, head first, prone, bent over (opp. ukkujja & uttāna) Ja.i.13 Bv.ii.52; Ja.v.295; Ja.vi.40; Pv.iv.10#8; Pv-a.178.
ava + kujja, cp. B.Sk. avakubja Mvu.i.29, avakubjaka ibid. Mvu.i.213; Mvu.ii.412
(-˚) entered by, beset with, overwhelmed by (instr.) SN.iii.69 (dukkha˚, sukha˚ and an˚).
pp. ofnext
feminine entry, appearance, coming down into, opportunity for rebirth SN.ii.66 (nāmarūpassa), SN.iii.46 (pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ); Pp.13 (= okkanti nibbatti pātubhāvo Pp-a 184); Kv.142 (nāmarūpassa); Mil.123 (gabbhassa).
fr. avakkamati
entering, appearance Ja.v.330 (gabbhassa).
fr. avakkamati
to approach. to enter, go into or near to, to fall into, appear in, only in ger. (poetically) avakamma Ja.iii.480 (variant reading apa˚).
ava + kamati fr. kram
throwing away, refuse, sweepings; only in cpd. -pātī a bowl for refuse, slop basin, ash-bin Vin.i.157, Vin.i.352; Vin.ii.216; MN.i.207; Dhp-a.i.305.
Sk. avaskara faeces, fr. avaṃ + karoti
washed off, taken away from, detracted DN-a.i.66 (variant reading apa˚).
pp. of avakkhaleti, Caus. of kṣal
pp. of avakkhipati
to throw down or out, cast down, drop; fig usually applied to the eyes = to cast down, hence transferred to the other senses and used in meaning of “to keep under, to restrain, to have control over” (cp. also avakkhāyati), aor. ˚khipi DN-a.i.268 (bhusaṃ, variant reading avakkhasi).
ava + khipati; cp. Sk. avakṣipati
neuter throwing down, putting down Ja.i.163.
fr. avakkhipati
to come to, approach, visit (cp. Vedic avagacchati) Pv-a.87. Avaganda (-karaka)
ava + gacchati
adjective “making a swelling”, i.e. puffing out the cheeks, stuffing the cheeks full (when eating); only nt. -ṃ as adv. after the manner or in the way of stuffing etc. Vin.ii.214; Vin.iv.196.
ava + gaṇḍa˚
at Pv-a.222 is uncertain reading; the meaning is “known, understood” (aññāta Pv.iv.1#11); perhaps we should read āvikata or adhigata (so variant reading BB). Avagahati & ogahati;
pp. of avagacchati
to plunge or enter into, to be absorbed in (acc. & loc.) Vism.678 (vipassanāvīthiṃ); Sdhp.370, Sdhp.383.
ava + gāhati
adjective (-˚) covering Sdhp.314.
fr. oguṇṭheti
hindrance, impediment, used at DN-a.i.95 as syn. for drought (dubuṭṭhikā).
Sk. avagraha
see apanga.
adjective low, only in combn. uccāvacā (pl.) high and low, see ucca. Kvu-a.38.
der. fr. ava after the analogy of ucca → ut
neuter “non-word”, i.e. the wrong word or expression Ja.i.410.
a + vacana
(-˚) neuter adjective
ava + car, also BSk. avacara in same sense, e.g. antaḥpurâvacarā the inmates of the harem Jtm.210
adjective noun
fr. avacara
neuter being familiar with, dealing with, occupation Ja.ii.95.
fr. avacarati 1
second pret. of vac, in prohib form mā evaṃ avacuttha do not speak thus Ja.vi.72; Dhp-a.iv.228.
(-˚) adjective perforated, only in redupl. (intensive) cpd. chiddāvacchidda perforated all over, nothing but holes Ja.iii.491; Dhp-a.i.122. Dhp-a.284 Dhp-a.319. Cp. chidda-vicchidda.
ava + chidda
(-˚) adjective cutting off, as nt. -ṃ adv. in phrase kabaḷâvacchedakaṃ after the manner of cutting off mouthfuls (of food) Vin.ii.214 Vin.iv.196; cp. āsāvacchedika whose hope or longing has been cut off or destroyed Vin.i.259.
ava + cheda + ka
defeat Dhp-a.ii.228 (variant reading for T. ajaya).
ava + jaya, cp. apajita
adjective low-born, of low or base birth, fig of low character (opp. abhijāta) Snp.664 (= buddhassa avajātaputta Snp-a.479); Iti.63; Mil.359.
ava + jāta; cp. B.Sk. avajāta in meaning misborn, miscarriage
ava + jñā
to be diminished, to be lost, be undone Ja.i.313 (jitaṃ a; variant reading avajījy˚); Dhp.179 (jitaṃ a = dujjitaṃ hoti Dhp-a.iii.197).
ava + jīyati; Sk. avajiryate
adjective low, inferior, blamable bad, deprecable Dhp.318, Dhp.319; Dhs.1160. More fig. in neg. form anavajja blameless, faultless DN.i.70 (= anindita DN-a.i.183); AN.ii.26 = Iti.102; Snp.47 (˚bhojin carrying on a blameless mode of livelihood, see Cnd.39), Snp.263 (= anindita agarahita Kp-a.140): Pts.ii.116, Pts.ii.170; Pp.30, Pp.41, Pp.58; Sdhp.436. Opp. sāvajja.
Sk. avadya, seemigly a + vadya, but in reality a der. fr. ava. According to Childers = Sk. avarjya from vraj, thus meaning “not to be shunned, not forbidden” This interpretn is justified by context of Dhp.318, Dhp.319. The P. commentator refers it to ava + vad (for *ava-vadya in sense of to blame, cp. apavadati
feminine only neg. an˚; blamelessness, faultlessness Pp.25, Pp.41; Dhs.1349.
abstr. to prec.
adjective not to be killed or destroyed, inviolable Snp.288; Ja.v.69; Ja.vi.132.
grd of a + vadhati, Sk. vadhya, vadh
adjective not (even) tottering, i.e. unfit for any motion (esp. walking), said of crippled feet Ja.i.214 = Cp.iii.9#10.
a + vañcana from vañc
adjective despised, despicable Pv.iii.1#13 (= avaññeyya avajānitabba Pv-a.175).
to avaññā
feminine only as neg. an˚; the fact of not being despised inferior or surpassed, egotism, pride, arrogance Iti.72 Vb.350, Vb.356; -kāma (adj.) wishing not to be surpassed unvilling to be second, wanting to be praised AN.ii.240 AN.iv.1 sq.
ava + ñatti = Sk. *avajñapti, fr. ava + jñā
feminine contempt, disregard, disrespect Ja.i.257 (˚ya).
Sk. avajñā, fr. ava + jñā
adjective despised, treated with contempt Pv-a.135 (an˚); Sdhp.88, Sdhp.90.
pp. of avajānāti
(= vaṭ˚) see Vin Texts ii.347.
neuter position, standing place Ja.i.508; Pv-a.286.
Sk. avasthāna
adjective “standing down” = standing up, firm, fixed, settled, lasting Thag.1140 Usually neg. an˚; unsettled, unsteady; not lasting, changeable Dhp.38 (˚citta; cp. Dhp-a.i.308 cittaṃ thāvaraṃ natthi); Pv-a.87 (= na sassata not lasting for ever).
Sk. avasthita, ava + thita
feminine steadiness, only as neg. an˚; unsteadiness, fickleness Thag-a.259.
abstr. fr. prec.
feminine (firm) position, posture, steadfastness SN.v.228; Dhs.11, Dhs.570.
Sk. avasthiti
feminine “non-growth”, decay Dhp-a.iii.335; C on AN.iii.76 (cp. apajaha).
a + vaḍḍhi
adjective without a stalk Ja.v.155.
a + vaṇṭa
blame, reproach, fault DN.i.1 (= dosā nindā DN-a.i.37); Iti.67; Pp.48, Pp.59.
a + vaṇṇa
adjective indescribable Ja.v.282.
grd. of a + vaṇṇeti
see vataṃsaka.
stretched over, covered, spread over with Vv.64#3 (-˚); Vv-a.276 (chādita).
ava + tata, pp. of tan
to abide, linger, stand still. DN.i.251 = SN.iv.322 = AN.v.299 (tatra˚); SN.i.25 (v.l otiṭṭhati); Thag.1, Thag.21; Ja.ii.62; Ja.iv.208 (aor. avaṭṭhāsi). pp. avaṭṭhita (q.v.). Avatinna & otinna;
ava + tiṭṭhati
fallen into, affected with (-˚), as ava˚; rare late or poetical form of o˚; e.g. Ja.v.98 (issâ˚). See otiṇṇa.
pp. of otarati
aimless (of cārikā, a bhikkhu’s wandering, going on tour) AN.iii.171 (C. avavatthika).
der. uncertain
thrown away Ja.v.302 (= chaḍḍita C.).
Sk. apāsta, apa + āsta, pp. of as2
neuter setting in array, deploying (of an army) Ja.ii.104 (of a robber-band), Ja.ii.336.
fr. avattharati
to strew, cover over or up Ja.i.74 (˚amāna ppr.), Ja.i.255 (˚itvā ger.); Ja.iv.84; Dāvs i.38
pp otthaṭa Cp. pariy˚.
ava + tharati, stṛ.
neuter = avattharaṇa DN-a.i.274. Avatthu (& ka);
adjective groundless, unfounded (fig) Vin.ii.241; Ja.i.440 (˚kaṃ vacanaṃ). For lit meaning see vatthu.
a + vatthu
(= odāta) Dāvs iii.14 (metri causa).
see apadāna.
adjective stingy, niggardly Snp.774 (= Mnd.36 which explains as follows: avaṃ gacchanti ti pi avadāniyā; maccharino pi vuccanti avadāniyā; buddhānaṃ vacanaṃ n’âdiyantī ti avadāniyā. Snp-a.516 condenses this expln. into the foll. avangamanatāya maccharitāya buddhâdīnaṃ vacanaṃ anādiyanatāya ca avadāniyā).
fr. avadāna cutting off; ava + dā2 to cut
(cleansing): see vodāpana.
(to deal out) only BSk pary˚ Divy.202.
to have pity on, to feel sorry for Ja.iv.178 (bhūtānaṃ nâvadāyissaṃ, gloss n’ânukampiyaṃ).
denom. fr. avadā in same meaning as anuddā, to dā1: see dayati2
to burst, split open Ja.vi.183 (= bhijjati C. see also uddīyati,
Sk. avadīryati, ava + ḍr1, ḍrṇāti, see etym. under darī
(-˚) adjective in the idiom udarāvadehakaṃ bhuñjati, to eat one’s fill MN.i.102; Thag.935. Vism.33 has udarāvadehaka-bhojana, a heavy meal.
ava + deha + ka but more likely direct fr. ava + dih
neuter calling attention to, affirmation, emphasis; as t.t. used by C’s in explanation of evaṃ at DN-a.i.27; and of kho at Pv-a.11, Pv-a.18.
Cp. Sk. avadhāraṇa, fr. ava + dhṛ.
3 sg. aor. of vadhati
■ At Dhp-a.ii.73 avadhi = odhi.
see oṇata.
(-˚) feminine stooping, bending, bowing down, humiliation Mil.387 (unnat’âvanati).
fr. avanamati
feminine bed or course of a river; earth, ground Dāvs iv.5.
Vedic avani
is a doubtful compd. of kassati, the combd. ava + pa occurring only in this word. In all likelihood it is a distortion of vavakassati (vi + ava + kassati), supplementing the ordinary apakassati. See meaning & further discussion under apakāsati- Vin.ii.204 (apakāsati + ; variant reading avapakassati Bdhgh. in expln. on p. 325 has apapakāsati which seems to imply (a)vavakassati); AN.iii.145 sq. (avapakāsituṃ).
ava + pa + kāsati = kassati, fr. kṛṣ
see opatta.
(-˚) adjective coming for a drink, drinking Ja.i.163.
cp. avapivati
to drink from Ja.i.163.
ava + pā, cp. apapibati
(-˚) to understand AN.iv.96 = Iti.83 (n’avabujjhati); AN.iv.98 (id.) Ja.i.378 Ja.iii.387 (interchanging with anubujjhati at the latter pass.).
Cp. BSk. avabudhyate
perception, understanding, full knowledge Snp-a.509 (sacca˚)
■ Neg. an˚; not awakened to the truth Vv.82#6 (= ananubodha Vv-a.319).
ava + bodha
(-˚) to realise, perceive, pay attention to Ja.iii.151 nâva˚).
cp. Sk. avabodhati
Only in cpd. gambhīrāvabhāso DN.ii.55, looking deep. Same cpd. at AN.ii.105 Pp.46 has obhāsa.
later form of obhāsa
(-˚) adjective shining, shedding light on, illuminating Sdhp.14.
fr. avabhāsa
(-˚) shining with, resplendent Sdhp.590.
late form of obhāsita
to eat, to eat up Ja.iii.272 (inf. ˚bhottuṃ), Ja.iii.273.
ava + bhuñjati
adjective “come down”, despised, low, unworthy MN.ii.210.
ava + bhūta, pp. of ava + bhū
adjective of bad omen, unlucky, infaustus (opp. abhimangala); nt. bad luck, ill omen Ja.i.372, Ja.i.402; Ja.ii.197; Ja.vi.10 Ja.vi.424; Dhp-a.iii.123; Pv-a.261. Cf. next.
ava + mangala, ava here in privative function
to slight, to disregard, despise Dhp-a.i.170; Pv-a.37, Pv-a.175; Sdhp.271
pp Caus avamānita.
Sk. avamanyate
adjective of bad omen, nt. anything importune, unlucky Ja.i.446. Avamana & omana;
fr. avamangala
disregard, disrespect, contempt Ja.ii.386; Ja.iii.423; Ja.v.384. Cp. next.
fr. ava + man, think
neuter = avamāna Ja.i.22.
fr. avamāna
to despise Ja.v.246. - pp. avamānita Pv-a.36.
Caus. of avamaññati
only in neg. anavaya.
limb, member, constituent, part Vv-a.53 (sarīra˚ = gattā). Vv-a.168 Vv-a.201, Vv-a.276; Pv-a.211 (sarīra˚ = gattā), Pv-a.251 (mūl˚ the fibres of the root). As t. t. g. at Snp-a.397. In the commentaries avayava is often used where aṅga would have been used in the older texts.
Dern uncertain. Cp. mediaeval Sk. avayava
(-˚) to neglect, fail, spurn Thag.167; Ja.iv.428 (variant reading ˚rujjh˚).
ava + rajjhati of rādh, cp. Sk. avarādhyate
fr. avarundhati
subdued, expelled, banished Ja.vi.575; Dpvs.i.21 (Np).
avruddha + ka
to expel, remove, banish Ja.vi.505 (= nīharati C.), Ja.vi.515 See also avarundhati.
Sk. aparundhati; ava + ruddhati of rudh
to put under restraint to put into one’s harem as subsidiary wife.
ava + rundhati. Only referred to by Dhp. in his Cy (Thag-a.271) on oruddha
Only in late verse. To hang down. Pv.ii.1#18; Pv.ii.10#2. Ger. avalamba (for ˚bya) Pv.iii.3#5 cp. olubbha.
= olambati
(-˚) besmeared; in cpd. ullittāvalitta “smeared up & down” i.e. plastered inside & outside AN.i.101.
Sk. avalipta, pp. of ava-limpati
to scrape off Vin.ii.221 (variant reading apa˚).
ava + lekhati, likh, Sk. avalikhati
neuter
fr. avalekhati
neuter variant reading for apalekhana.
(-˚) neuter smearing, daubing, plastering MN.i.385 (pīta˚); Snp.194 (kāyo taca-maṃs’ âvalepano the body plastered with skin & flesh).
fr. ava + lip
adjective powerless Sdhp.290. Avasata & Osata;
a + vasa
withdrawn, gone away; one who has left a community & gone over to another sect, a renegade Vin.iv.216, Vin.iv.217 (= titthāyatanaṃ saṃkata).
Sk. apasṛta, cp. also samavasṛta, pp. of ava + sṛ.
to go down, to go away (to) Snp.685 (variant reading BB. T. avaṃsari).
ava + sṛ.
(-˚) neuter stopping ceasing; end, finish, conclusion Ja.i.87 (bhattakicc-âvasāne at the end of the meal); Pv-a.76 (id.).
for osāna
stopping, end, finish Thig.12 (= avasānaṃ niṭṭhānaṃ Thag-a.19). But the id. p. at Dhp.218 has anakkhāte.
fr. avaseti
(-˚) adjective pouring over (act. & med.), overflowing Ja.i.400 (an˚).
fr. osiñcati
(sic & not osiṭṭha) left, remaining, over SN.ii.133; Ja.i.138; Ja.v.339; Vv-a.66 pl. avasiṭṭhā all who are left, the others Pv-a.165 (janā).
pp. of avasissati, Sk. avaśiṣṭa
adjective remaining, left Ja.iii.311.
fr. avasiṭṭha
(-˚) besprinkled, anointed, consecrated, only in phrase rājā khattiyo muddhāvasitto of a properly consecrated king (see also khattiya) DN.i.69; DN.ii.227; DN.iii.64; Pp.56; DN-a.i.182 (T. muddhâvassita variant reading ˚abhisitta); etc
■ See also abhisitta.
pp. of osiñcati
adjective noun not having control over oneself, DN.ii.275.
a + vasin fr. vaś
to be left over to remain, in phrase yaṃ pamāṇa-kataṃ kammaṃ na taṃ tatrâvasissati DN.i.251; AN.v.299 = SN.iv.322; Ja.ii.61 (see expln. on p. 62). Also in the phrases taco ca nahārū ca aṭṭhi ca avasissatu sarīre upasussatu maṃsa-lohitaṃ MN.i.481; AN.i.50; SN.ii.28, and sarīrāni avasissanti SN.ii.83. With the latter phrases cp. avasussati.
Sk. avaśiṣyate; Pass. of ava + śis; but expld. by Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. as fut of avasīdati
metri causa for avasi, a + vasi, aor. of vas4 to stop, stay, rest Ja.v.66 (mā avasī).
to dry up, to wither; in later quotations of the old kāmaṃ taco ca nahāru ca aṭṭhi ca avasussatu (upasussatu sarīre maṃsalohitaṃ Ja.i.71, Ja.i.110; Sdhp.46. It is a later spelling for the older avasissatu see Trenckner (MN.i.569)
fut avasucchati (= Sk. *˚śokṣyati, fut. of Intens.) Ja.vi.550 (variant reading BB ˚sussati; C. avasucchissati).
Sk. *ava-suṣyati of śuṣ
sundown, sunset, acc. -ṃ as adv. at or with sundown Ja.v.56 (anāvasūraṃ metrically).
ava + sūra; ava here in function of *avaṃs see ava ii
remainder, remaining part; only in compounds an˚; (adj.) without any remainder i.e. fully, completely MN.i.220 = AN.v.347 (˚dohin); AN.i.20 sq., AN.i.88; Snp.146; Pp.17; Dhs.363 Dhs.553; Snp-a.417 (˚pharaṇa); Pv-a.71 (˚ato, adv. altogether not leaving anything out); & sāvasesa leaving something over, having something left AN.i.20 sq., AN.i.88; Pv.iii.5#5 (jīvita˚ having still a little life left).
Sk. avaśeṣa, fr. ava + śiṣ, cp. avasissati
adjective remaining, left Snp.694 (āyu avaseso); Ja.iii.19; Vb.107 (taṇhā ca avasesā ca kilesā) Pv-a.19 (avasesā ca ñātakā the rest of the relatives), Pv-a.21 (avasesā parisā), Pv-a.201 (aṭṭhi-tacamatt’ âvasesa-sarīra with a body on which nothing but skin & bones were left), Pv-a.206 (aṭṭhi-sanghātamatt;’ âvasesa-sarīra)
■ nt. (as pred.) -ṃ what is left Pv-a.52 (app’ avasesaṃ); Kp-a.245 (n’ atthi tesaṃ avasesaṃ).
see prec.
adjective being left, overflowing, additional, more Ja.i.400 (an˚); Dpvs.iv.45.
fr. avasesa2
adjective against one’s will, inevitable Ja.i.19 (˚bhāvin); Ja.v.319 (˚gāmitā). Usually as nt. -ṃ adv inevitably (cp. BSk. avaśyaṃ Divy.347; Avs.i.209 etc. Ja.iii.271; DN-a.i.263; Sdhp.293.
a + vaś
adverb inevitably Dpvs.ix.13.
see avassa
to let loose, let go, send off, give up, dismiss, release (ava) Ja.iv.425; Ja.v.487 (aor. avassaji read for avissaji).
ava + sṛj, perhaps ud + sṛj = Sk. utsṛjati, although the usual Vedic form is avasṛjati The form ossajati puzzled the BSk. writers in their sanskritisation apotsṛjati = apa + ut + sṛj Divy.203
neuter not bleating Ja.iv.251.
a + vassana, Sk. vāsana of vāś to bleat
support, help, protection, refuge Ja.i.211; Ja.ii.197; Ja.iv.167; Mil.160; Dhp-a.ii.267; Dhp-a.iv.198; Pv-a.5, Pv-a.113.
Sk. *avāśraya for the usual apāśraya, see P. apassaya1
outflow, effect, only neg. anassava no further effect Vin.ii.89; MN.i.93; MN.ii.246; AN.iii.334 sp.
ava + sava, Sk. ˚srava fr. sru to flow
to lean against, to depend on, find shelter in (loc.) Ja.ii.80 (aor. avassayiṃ = vāsaṃ kappesiṃ C.). pp. avassita.
ava + ā + śri, for the usual *apāśrayati; see apasseti
neuter straining, filtering (?) Ja.ii.288.
fr. ava + Caus. of sru to flow
depending on, dealing with Ja.v.375. See apassita.
for apassita, Sk. apaśrita
adjective
■ Neg. anavassuta: 1 not leaking, without a leak Ja.iv.20 (nāvā = udaka-pavesan’ âbhāvena a. C.). 2 free from leakage, i.e. from lust or moral intoxication Dhp.39 (˚citta) Snp.63 (see expld. in detail at Cnd.40); Snp-a.116 (kilesa-anvāssava-virahita).
Sk. *avasruta, pp. of ava + sru, cp. avassava
taken away, stolen Mil.46.
pp. of avaharati
(-˚) taking away, removal; theft Pv-a.47 (sāṭaka˚), Pv-a.92 (soka˚).
fr. avaharati in both meanings
to steal Ja.i.384; Pv-a.47 (avahari vatthaṃ), Pv-a.86 (id., = apānudi)
pp avahaṭa (q.v.).
ava + hṛ.
to laugh at, deride, mock Ja.v.111 (aññamaññaṃ); Pv-a.178
aor avahasi Ja.iv.413.
ava + has
taking, acquiring, acquisition Vin.v.129 (pañca avahārā, viz. theyya˚, pasayha˚, parikappa˚ paṭicchanna˚, kusa˚).
fr. avaharati
to be left behind, to stay behind Ja.v.340.
for ohīyati
only in phrase dhammā avāgat-amhā, we are fallen from righteousness, Ja.v.82 (C. explains apāgata).
ava + ā + gacchati
either ava + ā + karoti or avaṃ + karoti, the latter more probable. It is not necessary to take it with Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. as Sk. apākṛṇoti, apa + ā + kṛ.
wrong by Hardy Vv-a Index for avakirati (q.v.).
see apāṭuka.
neuter a key SN.iii.132; AN.iv.374.
same as apāpuraṇa
to open (a door) Ja.i.63; Ja.vi.373.
same as apāpurati
adjective unobstructed, unhindered, free. Of a woman, not married Ja.v.213 (= apetâvaraṇā, which read for ˚bharaṇā, apariggahitā C.).
a + vāvaṭa
adjective not hesitating, not wavering, not doubting Ja.iv.310 (= anosakkamāna C.; Kern takes it at this passage as a + vikalpamāna, see Toevoegselen s.v., but unnecessarily), Ja.vi.176 (= nirāsanka C.); Ja.vi.273.
a + vi + kampamāna, ppr. med. of kamp
adjective unmoved, not shaking, steady Vv.50#22 (= acala Vv-a.215).
fr. a + vi + kamp
adjective not agitated, not moving, unshaken, undisturbed Ja.vi.226 (acchejja +).
a + vikopin; fr. vi + kup
calmness, balance, equanimity DN.iii.213; AN.i.83; Pts.i.94; Pts.ii.228; Dhs.11, Dhs.15, Dhs.570.
a + vikkhepa
not to examine Vv-a.336.
a + vicāreti
at Ja.v.434 read aviviccaṃ i.e. not secretly, openly.
a + viviccaṃ
not knowing, ignorant Dhp.38, Dhp.60; Iti.103.
a + vijānaṃ
feminine ignorance; the main root of evil and of continual rebirth (see paṭicca-samuppāda, cp. SN.ii.6, SN.ii.9, SN.ii.12; Snp.p.141 & many other passages) See on term; Cpd. 83 n. 3, 187 sq, 262 sq. & for further detail; vijjā. avijjā is termed an anusaya (DN.iii.254, DN.iii.282; SN.iv.205, SN.iv.208 sq., SN.iv.212); it is one of the āsavā (Vin.iii.4; DN.i.84; DN.iii.216; Iti.49; Dhs.1100, Dhs.1109), of the oghā (DN.iii.230, DN.iii.276; Dhs.390, Dhs.1061, Dhs.1162), of the nīvaraṇāni (SN.ii.23; AN.i.223; Iti.8; Dhs.1162, Dhs.1486), of the saṃyojanāni (DN.iii.254; Dhs.1131, Dhs.1460). See for various characterisatons the foll. passages: Vin.i.1; Vin.iii.3; DN.iii.212 DN.iii.230, DN.iii.234, DN.iii.274; MN.i.54, MN.i.67, MN.i.144; SN.ii.4, SN.ii.26, SN.ii.263; SN.iii.47 SN.iii.162; SN.iv.256; SN.v.52; AN.i.8, AN.i.285; AN.ii.132, AN.ii.158, AN.ii.247; AN.iii.84 sq. AN.iii.414; AN.iv.228; Iti.34 (yā kāc’ imā duggatiyo asmiṃ loke paramhi ca avijjāmūlakā sabbā icchā-lobha-sammussayā), Iti.57, Iti.81; Snp.199, Snp.277, Snp.729 (jāti-maraṇa-saṃsāraṃ ye vajanti punappunaṃ… avijjāy’eva sā gati), Snp.730, Snp.1026, Snp.1033 (avijjāya nivuto loko); Dhp.243; Cnd.99; Pp.21; Dhs.390 Dhs.1061, Dhs.1162; Dhp-a.iii.350; Dhp-a.iv.161 (˚paligha).
Sk. avidyā; fr. a + vid
adjective senscless, without feeling or consciousness, unfeeling Dhp-a.i.6 (saviññāṇaka +).
a + viññāṇa + ka
adjective = aviddasu.
adjective free from thought DN.iii.219, DN.iii.274; Thig.75 (“where reasonings cease” trsl.); Dhs.161 (“free from the working of conception” trsl.), Dhs.504 etc.
a + vitakka
adjective not far, near; usually in loc. ˚e as adv. near Snp.147.
a + vidūra
adjective ignorant, foolish Snp.762 (= bāla Snp-a.509); Dhp.268 = Cnd.514 (= aviññū Dhp-a.iii.395); Pv-a.18 (so read for avindasu). Avinasaka (ika)
a + viddasu
adjective not causing destruction AN.iii.38 (˚ika); Ja.v.116 (= anāsaka C.).
a + vināsa + ka
adjective imperishable Dpvs.iv.16.
a + vināsana
adjective not knowing how to decide Ja.v.367.
a + vinicchaya + ñū
adjective unable to distinguish or to know Ja.v.121 (= atīrento C.).
ppr. of a + vinibbhujati
adjective not to be distinguished, indistinct Ja.iii.428 (˚sadda).
a + vinibbhoga
absence of change, steadfastness, endurance DN.i.18; DN.iii.31, DN.iii.33 (˚dhamma); DN-a.i.113 (= jarā-vasena vipariṇāmassa abhāvato).
a + viparināma
absence of regret or remorse AN.iii.46.
a + vippaṭisāra
adjective noun thoughtfulness, mindfulness, attention; adj. not neglectful, mindful, attentive eager Vin.v.216; Snp.1142 (cp. Cnd.101: anussatiyā bhāvento); DN-a.i.104 (appamādo vuccati satiyā avippavāso) Dhp-a.iv.26 (appamāda = satiyā avippavāsa).
a + vippavāsa
adjective not contrary, unobstructed, free, without difficulties Dhp.406; Snp.365, Snp.704, Snp.854.
a + viruddha
feminine absence or cesssation of growth Snp.235; Dhp-a.i.245 (˚dhamma).
a + virūḷhi
absence of obstruction, gentleness MN.ii.105 = Thag.875.
a + virodha
neuter = avirodha Ja.iii.320, Ja.iii.412; Ja.v.378.
absence of contesting or disputing, agreement, harmony DN.iii.245; Snp.896 (˚bhūma Snp-a.557 or ˚bhumma Mnd.308, expld. as Nibbāna).
a + vivāda
adjective not deceiving, not lying DN.i.4; DN.iii.170; Pp.57; DN-a.i.73.
a + visaṃvada + ka
feminine honesty, faithfulness, uprightness DN.iii.190.
abstr. fr. a + visaṃvāda
to keep one’s word, to be honest, to be true Ja.v.124.
a + visaṃ + Caus. of vad
feminine state of being undisturbed harmony, balance Ja.vi.224 (C. avisaggata). Cp. avyagga.
a + visaggatā, variant reading viy˚, thus as a + viyagga, Sk. vyagra = ākula
at Ja.v.117 according to Kern, Toevoegselen s.v. corrupted from avisaye, i.e. towards a wrong or unworthy object, C. differently: avisare = avisaritvā atikkamitva; variant reading adhisare.
a + visaya, loc
adjective imperturbed Dhs.15, Dhs.24, Dhs.287, Dhs.570. (˚mānasata).
a + visāhaṭa
at Ja.vi.79 is with Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. better to be read avassaji (see avassajati).
adjective not to be given away, inalienable (cp. avebhangiya) Vin.i.305 (˚ika for ˚iya); Vin.ii.170 (five such objects in detail); Vin.v.216 (+ avebh˚) Ja.vi.568.
grd. of a + vissajjati
adjective not to be trusted, untrustworthy Ja.iii.474.
a + visāsana + iya, ika
the world of the Aviha’s, i.e. the 12th of the 16 Brahmā-words, cp. Kindred Sayings 48 n. 3; Cpd. 139
■ SN.i.35, SN.i.60; AN.i.279; Pp.17. Avihimsa (Avihesa)
of uncertain etym.
feminine absence of cruelty, mercy, humanity, friendliness, love DN.iii.213, DN.iii.215, DN.iii.240 (avihesā); Snp.292 (= sakaruṇabhāva Snp-a.318); Iti.82 (˚vitakka).
a + vihiṃsā
adjective not harassing, not hurting DN.iii.166 (but cp. Snp-a.318 avihesaka in same context) Mil.219.
a + viheṭhaka
in general see vī˚.
B.Sk. avīci a + vīci (?) no intermission, or no pleasure (?), unknown, but very likely popular etym.
(˚-) adjective without deficiency, in -buddhi complete knowledge Ja.vi.297.
a + vekalla
to look at, to consider, to see Iti.33 (variant reading ap˚); Dhp.28, Dhp.50, Ja.iv.6; Dhp-a.i.259 (= passati).
B.Sk. avīkṣate. The regular Pāli form however is apekkhati, to which the BSk. av˚ corresponds
to jump, hop lit. to throw (a foot) down Ja.iv.251 (= pacchimapāde khipati C.).
avaṃ + khipati, avaṃ here in form ave corresp. to avaḥ, cp. pure for puraḥ etc.
adverb certainly, definitely, absolutely, perfectly, expld. by Bdhgh. as acala (on DN.ii.217), or as paññāya ajjhogahetvā (on Snp.229); by Dhp. as apara-paccaya-bhāvena (on Pv.iv.1#25)
■ Usually in phrase Buddhe Dhamme Saṅghe avecca-pasādo perfect faith in the B., the Dhamma & the Sangha, e.g. at MN.i.47; SN.ii.69; SN.iv.271 sq., SN.iv.304, SN.v.344, SN.v.405; AN.i.222; AN.ii.56; AN.iii.212, AN.iii.332, AN.iii.451; AN.iv.406 AN.v.183; further at Pts.i.161 (˚pasanna); Snp.229 (yo ariyasaccāni avecca passati); Pv.iv.1#25.
Usually taken as ava + ger. of i (*itya), cp. adhicca & abhisamecca, but by P. grammarians as a vecca. The form is not sufficiently clear semantically B.Sk. avetya, e.g. Jtm. 210, is a Sanskritisation of the P. form
adjective not to be hurt or disturbed, inviolable unshakable, imperturbable Snp.322 (˚dhamma = akampanasabhāva Snp-a.331).
a + vedha, grd. of vidh (vyadh) to pierce, Sk. avedhya
adjective not to be divided or distributed Vin.i.305. Cp. next.
fr. a + vi + bhanga
neuter that which is not to be divided, an inalienable possession; 5 such objects enumerated at Vin.ii.171, which are the same as under avissajjiya (q.v.); Vin.v.129.
= avebhangika
adjective peaceable, mild, friendly Snp.150 (= veravirahita Kp-a.248); Sdhp.338
■ ˚ṃ (nt.) friendliness kindness DN.i.247 (˚citta); Dhp.5 (= khantimetta Dhp-a.i.51).
a + vera
adjective noun = avera Dhp.197, Dhp.258.
only in neg. an˚; unfulfilled, undone Thag.101.
reading uncertain, cp. avyosita
adjective not bewildered, not confused SN.v.66. Cp. avisaggatā.
a + vyagga, Sc. vyagra
feminine state or condition of not being manifest or visible, concealment, hiding Dhp-a.ii.38.
abstr. fr. avyatta
adjective not miserable, fortunate Ja.iii.466 (= akilamāna C.).
a + vyatha, cp. Sk. vyathā misfortune
absence of loss or change, safety DN.i.72 (instr. ˚ena safely); Mil.393 (as abbaya T.).
a + vyaya
(abyābajjha) neuter (act.) kindness of heart; (pass.) freedom from suffering (Ep. of Nibbāna Vin.i.183 (avyāpajjh˚âdhimutta); Iti.31 (abyābajjh’ārāma).
a + vyapajjha or bajjha, a confusion between the roots bādh or pad
(abyābajjha) adj.) free from oppression or injury not hurting, kind DN.ii.242 (avera +), DN.ii.276; MN.i.90; Iti.16 = Iti.52 (sukhaṃ); Mil.410 (avera +).
either a + *vyāpadya or more likely a + *vyābādhya
adjective free from desire to injure, free from malice, friendly, benevolent DN.iii.82–DN.iii.83 (˚citta) AN.ii.220 (id.); Pp.68 (id.)
■ Same in B.Sk. e.g. Divy.105, Divy.302.
a + vyāpanna
absence of desire to injure, freedom from malice DN.iii.215, DN.iii.229, DN.iii.240; Iti.82 (all MSS have aby˚); Dhs.33, Dhs.36, Dhs.277, Dhs.313, Dhs.1056.
a + vyāpāda
adjective at random, without discrimination, careless Ja.i.496 (= avyatta C.).
a + vyāyata of yam
adjective not liable to loss or change, imperishable Ja.v.508 (= avigacchanaka C.).
fr. avyaya
adjective not occupied, i.e. careless, neglectful, not worrying Vin.iii.136; Cnd.72 (abyāvaṭa for appossukka Snp.43); Ja.iii.65; Ja.vi.188. Mil.177 (abyā˚).
a + vyāvaṭa = Sk vyāpṛta
adjective untouched, unimpaired DN.i.182 (˚sukha = kilesa vyāseka-virahitattā avyāseka DN-a.i.183); Pp.59.
a + vy + āseka
not to bring or procure Ja.v.80.
a + vy + āharati
adjective not having reached perfection, imperfect Thag.784 (aby˚).
a + vyosita, Sk. vyavasita
calling, name; adj. (-˚) called, having the name of Snp.684 (isi˚), Snp.686 (Asit˚), Snp.689 (kanhasiri˚), Snp.1133 (Sace˚, cp. Cnd.624).
fr. avhayati; cp. Sk. āhvaya “betting”
Sk. āhvayati, ā + hū or hvā
called, summoned Ja.iii.165 = (an˚ = anāhuta ayāctia) = Pv.i.12#3, cp. Pv-a.64. The id p. at Thig.129 reads ayācita.
pp. of avhayati
neuter
fr. avhayati, Sk. āhvāna in diff. meaning
neuter calling to, asking, invocation, imploration DN.i.11 (Sir-avhāyane, variant reading avhayana expld. at DN-a.i.97 with reading Sirivhāyana as “ehi Siri mayhaṃ sire patiṭṭhāhī ti evaṃ sire Siriyā avhayanaṃ”), DN.i.244, DN.i.245 (variant reading avhāna).
cp. Sk. āhvayana
adjective calling, giving a name; masculine one who gives a name Ja.i.401 = Ja.iii.234
fr. avhaya
adjective bad Ja.iv.435 = Ja.vi.235 (sataṃ vā asaṃ acc. sg. with variant reading santaṃ…, expld- by sappurisaṃ vā asappurisaṃ vā C.); Ja.v.448 (n. pl. f. asā expld. by asatiyo lāmikā C.; cp. Ja.v.446 Ja.v.319).
for asaṃ = asanto, a + santo, ppr. of as in meaning “good”
adjective unrestricted, open Ja.vi.306.
pp. of + saṃvuṇati, cp. saṃvuta
absence of closing or restraint, no control Dhs.1345.
a + saṃvāra
adjective deprived of co-residence, expelled from the community Vin.iv.213, Vin.iv.214.
a + saṃvāsa
not finding, not knowing Thag.717.
ppr. a + saṃvindati
adjective not restrained Dhs.1345, Dhs.1347.
pp. of a + saṃvuṇāti, cp. saṃvata
adjective not mixed or mixing, not associating, not given to society MN.i.ai4; SN.i.63; Snp.628 = Dhp.404 (= dassana-savana-samullāpa paribhogakāya-saṃsaggānaṃ abhāvena Snp-a.468 = Dhp-a.iv.173).
a + saṃsaṭṭha
adjective = asaṃhāriya (?) Vin.iv.272.
adjective not to be destroyed or shattered Iti.77; Thag.372; Cnd.110.
grd. of a + saṃharati
adjective immovable, unconquerable, irrefutable Vin.ii.96; SN.i.193; AN.iv.141 AN.v.71; Snp.1149 (as epithet of Nibbāna, cp. Cnd.110); Ja.i.62; Ja.iv.283 (˚citta unfaltering); Dpvs.iv.12.
= asaṃhāriya of saṃ + hṛ.
adjective impossible Ja.v.362 (˚rūpa).
a + sakka; Sk. aśakya
adjective impossible, unable to Ja.i.55; Kp-a.185 and passim.
grd. of a + sakkoti
adjective not stony, free from gravel or stones, smooth Ja.v.168; Dhp-a.iii.401 (opp. sasakkhara).
a + sakkhara
feminine not a true Buddhist nun Vin.iv.214.
a + sakyadhītā
bad quality, vice Sdhp.382 (˚bhāvin, the a˚ belongs to the whole cpd.). Asankita & iya;
a + sagguṇa
adjective not hesitating, not afraid, not anxious, firm, bold Ja.i.334 (˚iya), Ja.v.241; Sdhp.435, Sdhp.541.
a + sankita, pp. of śaṅk
adjective not to be shaken; immovable; steady, safe (Ep. of Nibbāna) Snp.1149 (cp. Cnd.106); Thag.649.
a + sankuppa, grd. of kup
adjective [a + sankusaka, which is distorted from Sk. sankasuka splitting, crumbling, see Kern, Toevoegselen p. 18 not contrary Ja.vi.297 (˚vattin, C. appaṭilomavattin, cp. Ja trsln.vi.143).
adjective incalculable, innumerable, nt. an immense period AN.ii.142; Mil.232 (cattāri a.), Mil.289; Dhp-a.i.5, Dhp-a.i.83, Dhp-a.i.104.
a + sankheyya, grd. of saṃ- khyā
adjective not sticking to anything, free from attachment, unattached Thig.396 (˚mānasa, = anāsattacitta Thag-a.259); Mil.343. Cp. next.
a + sanga
adjective not sticking or stuck, unimpeded, free, quick Ja.v.409.
fr. asanga, a + sangita, or should we read asangika?
adjective not true, false Ja.v.399.
a + sacca
adjective not clinging, not stuck, unattached Snp.38, Snp.71 (cp. Cnd.107) Dhp.221 (nāmarūpasmiṃ a. = alaggamana Dhp-a.iii.298).
ppr. med. of a + sajjati, sañj
non-repetition Dhp.241 (cp. Dhp-a.iii.347).
a + sajjhāya
adjective unconscious, -sattā unconscious beings Name of a class of Devas DN.i.28 (cp. DN-a.i.118 and BSk. asaṃjñika-sattvāḥ Divy.505).
a + saññā
adjective unrestrained, intemperate, lacking self-control Iti.43 = Iti.90; Snp.662 = Dhp.307.
a + saññata, pp. of saṃ + yam
adjective unconscious DN.i.54 (˚gabbhā, cp. DN-a.i.163); iii.111, iii.140, iii.263; Iti.87; Snp.874.
a + saññin
adjective without guile, not fraudulent, honest DN.iii.47, DN.iii.55, DN.iii.237; Dhp-a.i.69.
a + saṭha
adjective not composed, unsettled, fickle Iti.62, Iti.94.
a + saṇṭhita
not being, not being good, i.e. bad, not genuine (cp. asa); freq., e.g. Snp.94 Snp.131, Snp.881, Snp.950; Dhp.73, Dhp.77, Dhp.367; Iti.69 (asanto nirayaṃ nenti). See also asaddhamma.
a + sat, ppr. of asti
(& Asanāti q.v.) to eat; imper. asnātu Ja.v.376; fut. asissāmi Thag.223; Snp.970
ppr med asamāna Ja.v.59; Snp.239. ger. asitvā Mil.167; & asitvāna Ja.iv.371 (an˚). pp. asita (q.v.). See also the spurious forms asmiye & añhati; (añhamāna Snp.240), also āsita1.
Sk. aśnāti, aś to partake of, to eat or drink cp. aṃśa share, part
adverb heedlessly, unintentionally Ja.iii.486.
instr. of a + sati
adjective not clinging or attached, free from attachment Snp.1059; Dhp.419; Cnd.107, Cnd.108; Dhp-a.iv.228.
pp. of a + sajjati
noun adjective absence of a sword or knife, without a knife, usually combd. with adaṇḍa in var. phrases see under daṇḍa. Also at Thag.757 (+ avaṇa).
a + sattha
adjective incomparable, not having its like Dhp-a.ii.89; Dhp-a.iii.120 (˚dāna).
a + sadisa
adjective not believing, without faith DN.iii.252, DN.iii.282.
a + saddha
evil condition, sin, esp. sexual intercourse; usually mentioned as a set of several sins, viz. as 3 at Iti.85; as 4 at AN.ii.47; as 7 at DN.iii.252, DN.iii.282; as 8 at Vin.ii.202.
a + sat + dhamma, cp. asat & BSk. asaddharma
neuter stone, rock Ja.ii.91; Ja.v.131.
Vedic aśan(m)
neuter eating, food; adj. eating Ja.i.472 (ghatâsana epithet of the fire; Ja.v.64 (id.) Usually in neg. form anasana fasting, famine, hunger Snp.311 (= khudā Snp-a.324); DN-a.i.139. See also nirasana.
cp. Sk. aśana of aś, cp. asati
neuter the tree Pentaptera Tomentosa Ja.i.40 (as bodhi-tree of gotama); Ja.ii.91; Ja.v.420; Ja.vi.530.
Sk. asana
neuter an arrow MN.i.82 = SN.i.62. Cp. asani.
cp. Sk. asanā, to asyati to hurl, throw
to eat, to consume (food) Ja.i.472; Ja.v.64; Ja.vi.14 (Esb. note: read asnāti; C. paribhuñjati).
see asati
feminine orig. a sharp stone as hurling-weapon thence in mythol. Indra’s thunderbolt thunder-clap, lightning Ja.i.71, Ja.i.167; Ja.ii.154; Ja.iii.323; Mil.277; Vv-a.83.
Vedic aśani in same meaning; with Sk. aśri corner, caturaśra four cornered (see assa), to Lat. ācer pointed, sharp, Gr. α ̓́κρος pointed, Ags. egl sting, Ohg ekka corner, point. Connected with this is Sk. aśan (see asana1). Cp. also aṃsa & asama2
adjective fearless, not afraid Snp.71, Snp.74; Ja.iv.101; Ja.vi.306; Cnd.109.
ppr. of a + santasati
adjective fearless, not trembling, not afraid Snp.850; Dhp.351; Cnd.109; Dhp-a.iv.70.
a + santāsin, cp. asantāsaṃ
not contented with, greedy, insatiate, unhappy Snp.108. Cp. next.
pp. of a + santussati
feminine dissatisfaction, discontentment DN.iii.214 (so read for tutth˚ = AN.i.95.
abstr. fr. asantuṭṭhita = asantuṭṭha
dissociation, separation from society, seclusion Snp.207.
a + santhava
feminine absence of joints, disconnected state Ja.vi.16.
a + sandhi + tā
adjective not bent or bending Sdhp.417.
a + sannata
adjective noun (act.) without enmity, friendly (med.) having no enemy or foe, secure peaceful DN.ii.276; Snp.150 (= vigata-paccatthika, mettavihārin Kp-a.249); Thig.512.
a + sapatta = Sk. sapatna
feminine without co-wife or rival in marriage SN.iv.249.
a + sapattī
a low, bad or unworthy man MN.iii.37; Snp-a.479 (= anariya Snp.664).
a + sappurisa, cp. asat
adjective unspotted DN.ii.80 = DN.iii.245.
a + sabala
adjective not belonging to the assembly-room, not consistent with good manners; impolite, vile, low, of base character Ja.iii.527 (mātugāma); Dhp.77 = Ja.iii.367 = Thag.994; Mil.221; Dhp-a.i.256; Thag-a.246 (akkhi). Cp. next
■ Note. Both sabbha and sabbhin occur only in the negative form.
a + sabbha, i.e. *sabhya cp. sabhā & in meaning court: courteous, hof: hoflich etc.
Ja.i.494, more freq. in compounds as asabbhi˚; e.g.
see usabha.
Sk. ṛṣabha
adjective unequal, incomparable Ja.i.40 (+ appaṭipuggala); Sdhp.578 (+ atula). Esp. freq. in cpd -dhura lit. carrying more than an equal burden, of incomparable strength, very steadfast or resolute Snp.694 (= asama-viriya Snp-a.489); Ja.i.193; Ja.vi.259, Ja.vi.330.
a + sama
neuter stone, rock DN-a.i.270, DN-a.i.271 (˚muṭṭhika having a hammer of stone; variant reading BB. ayamuṭṭhika) Snp-a.392 (instr. asmanā).
the diaeretic form of Sk. aśman hurling stone, of whieh the contracted form is amha (q.v.); connected with Lat. ocris “mons confragosus”; Gr. α ̓́κμων anvil Lith. akmů̃ stone, see also asana1 (Sk. aśan stone for throwing) and asani
neuter lack of concord, disharmony Ja.vi.516 (so read for asāmaggiya).
abstr. fr. a + samagga
at Pp.27 is to be read assamaṇa (q.v.).
neuter & -ā (f.) lack of consideration SN.iii.261; Dhs.390, Dhs.1061, Dhs.1162.
fr. a + sam + apekkhati
adjective not composed, uncontrolled, not firm Iti.113 (opp. susamāhita); Dhp.110, Dhp.111; Pp.35.
a + samāhita
adjective unsuccessful, without result, fruitless; f. -ikā Ja.iii.252.
a + samijjhana + ka
feminine misfortune, lack of success Ja.vi.584.
a + samiddhi
neuter not coming together, not meeting, separation Ja.v.233.
a + samosaraṇa
adjective not to be shaken, not to be moved Snp.229 (= kampetuṃ vā cāletuṃ vā asakkuṇeyyo Kp-a.185).
grd. of a + sampakampeti
neuter lack of intelligence DN.iii.213; Dhs.390, Dhs.1061, Dhs.1162, Dhs.1351.
a + sampajañña
unable to solve or explain Snp.p.92.
ppr. of a + sampāyati
adjective unobstructed Snp.150 (= sambādha-virahita Kp-a.248); Ja.i.80; Thag-a.293.
a + sambādha
neuter disagreement, dissension Ja.vi.517 (= asamaggiya C.).
a + sammodiya
absence of confusion DN.iii.221 = Dhs.1366.
a + sammosa cp. B.Sk. asammoṣadharman epithet of the Buddha; Divy.49 etc
adjective not under one’s own control, i.e. dependent DN.ii.262; Ja.i.337.
a + sayaṃ + vasiṃ
adjective impossible, insuperable Ja.vi.337. Usually in cpd. -sāhin conquering the unconquerable, doing the impossible, acchieving what has not been achieved before Thag.536; Pv.ii.9#22 (Angīrasa); Iti.32.
a + sayha, grd. of sah = Sk. asahya
neuter adjective not enduring, non-endurance, inability Ja.iii.20; Pv-a.17.
a + sahana
adjective one who is without friends; who is dependent on himself Mil.225.
a + sahāya
see āsa.
adjective disagreeable Vin.i.78 (asātā vedanā, cp. asātā vedanā M Vastu I 5); Snp.867; Ja.i.288, Ja.i.410; Ja.ii.105; Dhs.152, Dhs.1343.
a + sāta, Sk. aśāta, Kern’s interpretation & etymology of asāta at Toevoegselen s.v. p. 90 is improbable
adjective not general, not shared, uncommon, unique Vin.iii.35 Kp.viii.9; Ja.i.58, Ja.i.78; Mil.285; DN-a.i.71; Sdhp.589, Sdhp.592.
a + sādhāraṇa cp. asādhāraṇa Divy.561
adjective one who does not cook (a meal) for himself (a practice of ascetics) DN-a.i.270.
a + sāma + pāka
noun adjective that which is not substance, worthlessness; adj. worthless, vain, idle Snp.937 (= asāra nissāra sārâpagata Mnd.409); Dhp.11, Dhp.12 (cp. Dhp-a.i.114 for interpretation).
a + sāra
adjective unessential, worthless, sapless, rotten Thag.260; Ja.ii.163 = Dhp-a.i.144.
a + sāraka
adjective not excited, cool AN.i.148 = Iti.119 (passaddho kāyo a.; variant reading assāraddha).
a + sāraddha
neuter absence of violence, meekness, peaceableness DN.iii.147 (asāhase rata fond of peace); acc as adv. asāhasaṃ without violence, not arbitrarily Ja.iii.319 instr. asāhasena id. Ja.vi.280; Dhp.257 (= amusāvādena Dhp-a.iii.382).
a + sāhasa
a sword, a large knife DN.i.77 (= DN-a.i.222); MN.ii.99; AN.i.48 = (asinā sīsaṃ chindante); AN.iv.97 (asinā hanti attānaṃ); Ja.iv.118 (asi sunisito), Ja.iv.184; Ja.v.45 (here meaning “sickle”), Ja.v.475 (asiñ ca me maññasi, probably faulty for either “āsiñ ca me or “āsiñcam me”); Vism.201 (ñāṇâsi the sword of knowledge); Pv-a.253 (asinā pahaṭa).
Vedic asi, Av. aṃhū Lat. ensis
adjective (-˚) having a sword, with a sword in phrase ukkhitt’asika with drawn sword, MN.i.377; Ja.i.393.
asi + ka
having eaten, eating; (nt.) that which is eaten or enjoyed, food MN.i.57; AN.iii.30, AN.iii.32 (˚pīta-khāyita etc.); Pv-a.25 (id.); Ja.vi.555 ˚(āsana having enjoyed one’s food, satisfied). Cp. āsita1.
Sk. aśita, pp. of *asati, Sk. aśnāti
adjective not clinging to, unattached, independent, free (from wrong desires DN.ii.261 (˚âtiga); MN.i.386; Thag.38, Thag.1242 (see Mrs Rh. D. in Brethren 404 note 2); Ja.ii.247; Iti.97; Snp.251, Snp.519, Snp.593, Snp.686 (Asitavhaya, called the Asita i.e. the Unattached; cp. Snp-a.487), Snp.698 (id.), Snp.717, Snp.957, Snp.1065 (cp. Cnd.111 & nissaya).
a + sita pp. of *śri, Sk. aśrita
adjective black-blue, black MN.ii.180 (˚vyābhangī); AN.iii.5 (id.); Thig.480 (= indanīla Thag-a.286); Ja.iii.419 (˚âpangin black-eyed); Ja.v.302 Dāvs i.45.
Sk. asita; Idg. *ās, cp. Lat. āreo to be dry, i.e. burnt up; Gr. α ̓́ζω to dry; orig. meaning burnt, hence of burnt, i.e. black colour (of ashes)
masculine neuter a sickle Ja.iii.129; Ja.v.46.
fr. asi
number 80 (on symbolical meaning & freq. application see; aṭṭha1 B 1 c, where also most of the ref’s In addition we mention the foll.:) Ja.i.233 (˚hattha 80 hands, i.e. 80 cubits deep); Ja.iii.174 (˚sahassa-vāraṇa-parivuta); Ja.vi.20 (vassasahassāni); Mil.23 (asītiyā bhikkhusahassehi saddhiṃ); Vism.46 (satakoṭiyo) Dhp-a.i.14, Dhp-a.i.19 (mahātherā); Dhp-a.ii.25 (˚koṭi-vibhava). Cp. ạ̄sītika.
Sk. aśīti
pronoun pron. dẹmonstr “that”, that one, usually combd. with yo (yaṃ), e.g. asu yo so puriso MN.i.366; yaṃ aduṃ khettaṃ SN.iv.315. nom. sg. m. asu SN.iv.195; Mil.242; f. asu Ja.v.396 (asū metri causâ); nt. aduṃ MN.i.364, MN.i.483; AN.i.250. Of oblique cases e.g. amunā (instr.) AN.i.250. Cp. also next.
Sk. asau (m.), adas (nt.); base amu˚ in oblique cases & derivation, e.g. adv. amutra (q.v.)
pronoun adjective such a one, this or that, a certain Vin.iii.87; Ja.i.148; Pv-a.29, Pv-a.30, Pv-a.35, Pv-a.109, Pv-a.122 (˚ṃ gatiṃ gata).
asn + ka
adjective not clean, impure, unclean Snp.75 (˚manussā, see Cnd.112); Pp.27, Pp.36; Sdhp.378, Sdhp.603.
a + suci
neuter impurity, unclean living, defilement Snp.243 (˚missita = asucibhāva-missita Snp-a.286.
abstr. fr. asuci
adjective impure, unpleasant, bad, ugly, nasty; nt. ˚ṃ nastiness, impurity. Cp. on term and the Asubha-meditation, as well as on the 10 asubhas or offensive objects Dhs. trsl. 70 and Cpd. 121 n. 6
■ SN.iv.111 (asubhato manasikaroti); SN.v.320; Snp.341; Sdhp.368. -subhāsubha pleasant unpleasant, good & bad Snp.633; Ja.iii.243; Mil.136.
a + subha
a fallen angel, a Titan pl. asurā the Titans, a class of mythological beings. Dhpāla at Pv-a.272 & the C. on Ja.v.186 define them as kāḷakañjaka-bhedā asurā. The are classed with other similar inferior deities, e.g. with garuḷā, nāgā, yakkhā at Mil.117; with supaṇṇā, gandhabbā, yakkhā at DN-a.i.51. The fight between Gods & Titans is also reflected in the oldest books of the Pāli Canon and occurs in identical description at the foll. passages under; the title of devāsura-saṅgāma: DN.ii.285; SN.i.222 (cp. SN.i.216 sq.), SN.iv.201 sq., SN.v.447; MN.i.253; AN.iv.432
■ Rebirth as an Asura is considered as one of the four unhappy rebirths or evil fates after death (apāyā; viz. niraya, tiracchāna-yoni, petā or pettivisaya, asurā), e.g. at Iti.93; Ja.v.186; Pv.iv.11#1 see also apāya
■ Other passages in general: SN.i.216 sq (fight of Devas & Asuras); iv.203; AN.ii.91; AN.iv.198 sq. AN.iv.206; Snp.681; Mnd.89, Mnd.92, Mnd.448; Dhp-a.i.264 (˚kaññā) Sdhp.366, Sdhp.436.
Vedic asura in more comprehensive meaning; connected with Av. ahurō Lord, ahurō mazdā˚; perhaps to Av. anhuš & Lat. erus master
anger, malice, hatred abruptness, want of forbearance Pp.18 = Vb.357; Dhs.418, Dhs.1060, Dhs.1115, Dhs.1341 (an˚); Dhs-a.396.
probably a haplological contraction of asura-ropa. On various suggestions as to etym. & meaning see Morris’s discussion at; J.P.T.S. 1893, 8 sq. The word is found as āsulopa in the Asoka inscriptions
not wishing to hear or listen, disobedient Ja.v.121.
ppr. of a + susūsati, Desid. of śru, cp. Sk. śuśrūṣati
see anasūyaka.
adjective
a + sura1
adjective & noun not requiring to be trained, adept, perfect, m. one who is no longer a learner, an expert; very often meaning an Arahant (cp B.Sk. aśaikṣa occurring only in phrase śaikṣâśaikṣāh those in training & the adepts, e.g. Divy.261, Divy.337; Avs.i.269 Avs.i.335; Avs.ii.144) Vin.i.62 sq.; Vin.iii.24; SN.i.99; DN.iii.218, DN.iii.219; Iti.51 (asekho sīlakkhandho; variant reading asekkha); Pp.14 (= arahant); Dhs.584, Dhs.1017, Dhs.1401; Kv.303 sq.
a + sekha
adjective unmixed, unadulterated, i.e. with full and unimpaired properties, delicious, sublime, lovely MN.i.114; SN.i.213 (a. ojava “that elixir that no infusion needs Mrs Rh. D.) = Thig.55 (expld. as anāsittakaṃ pakatiyā ’va mahārasaṃ at Thag-a.61) = Thig.196 (= anāsittakaṃ ojavantaṃ sabhāva-madhuraṃ Thag-a.168); SN.v.321; AN.iii.237 sq. Mil.405.
a + secana + ka, fr. sic to sprinkle, cp. B.Sk. asecanaka-darśana in same meaning e.g. Divy.23 Divy.226, Divy.334
feminine not practising, abstinence from Snp.259 (= abhajanā apayirupāsanā Kp-a.124).
a + sevanā
adjective not leaving a remnant, without a remainder, all, entire, complete Snp.2 sq., Snp.351, Snp.355, Snp.500, Snp.1037 (= sabba Cnd.113). As ˚-(adv.) entirely, fully completely Snp.p.141 (˚virāga-nirodha); Mil.212 (˚vacana inclusive statement).
a + sesa
adjective leaving nothing over, having nothing left, entire, whole all Ja.iii.153.
pp. of a + Caus. of śiṣ, see seseti & sissati
adjective free from sorrow Snp.268 (= nissoka abbūḷha-soka-salla Kp-a.153); Dhp.412 Thig.512.
a + soka, cp. Sk. aśoka
the Asoka tree, Jonesia Asoka Ja.v.188; Vv.35#4, Vv.35#9 (˚rukkha); Vism.625 (˚ankura); Vv-a.173 (˚rukkha).
Sk. aśoka
adjective not being a drunkard, abstaining from drink Ja.v.116
■ f. asoṇḍī AN.iii.38.
a + soṇḍa
neuter having no ears, being earless Ja.vi.16.
abstr. a + sota + ta
to eat; imper asnātu Ja.v.376.
Sk. aśnāti to eat, to take food; the regular Pāli forms are asati (as base) and asanāti
neuter stone, rock; only in instr. asmanā Snp-a.362.
Vedic aśman; the usual P. forms are amha and asama2
to trust, to rely on Ja.v.56 (Pot. asmase).
spurious form for the usual assasati = Sk. āśvasati
(I am) see atthi.
the pride that says “I am”, pride of self, egotism (same in B.Sk. e.g. Divy.210, Divy.314; Vin.i.3; DN.iii.273; MN.i.139, MN.i.425; AN.iii.85; Pts.i.26 Kv.212; Dhp-a.i.237. Cp. ahaṃ asmi.
asmi + māna
1 sg. ind. pres. med. of aś to eat, in sense of a fut. “I shall eat” Ja.v.397, Ja.v.405 (C. bhuñjissāmi). The form is to be expld. as denom. formn. fr
■ āśa food, = aṃsiyati and with metathesis asmiyati. See also añhati which would correspond either to *aṃśyati or aśnāti (see asati).
shoulder; in cpd. assapuṭa shoulder-bag, knapsack i.e. a bag containing provisions instr. assupuṭena with provisions. Later exegesis has interpreted this as a bag full of ashes, and vv.ll. as well as Commentators take assa = bhasma ashes (thus also Morris J.P.T.S. 1893, 10 without being able to give an etymology). The word was already misunderstood by Bdhgh. when he explained the Dīgha passage by bhasmapuṭena sīse chārikaṃ okiritvā ti attho DN-a.i.267. After all it is the same as puṭaṃsa (see under aṃsa1)
■ DN.i.98, cp. AN.ii.242 (variant reading bhasma˚); DN-a.i.267 (variant reading bhassa˚).
for aṃsa1, q.v. for etym.
corner, point; occurs only in cpd. caturassa four-cornered, quadrangular, regular (of symmetrical form, Vin.ii.316; Ja.iv.46, Ja.iv.492; Pv.ii.1#19 Perhaps also at Thig.229 (see under assa3). Occurs also in form caturaṃsa under catur).
for aṃsa2 = Sk. aśra point, corner, cp. Sk. aśri, Gr. α ̓́κρος & ὀςύς sharp, Lat. acer
a horse; often mentioned alongside of and combd. with hatthi (elephant) Vin.iii.6 (pañcamattehi assa-satehi), Vin.iii.52 (enumerated under catuppadā, quadrupeds with hatthi oṭṭha goṇa gadrabha & pasuka); AN.ii.207 AN.v.271; Snp.769 (gavâssa). At Thig.229 the commentary explains caturassa as ʻfour in handʼ; but the context shows that the more usual sense of caturassa (see assa2 was probably what the poet meant; Dhp.94, Dhp.143, Dhp.144 (bhadra, a good horse), Dhp.380 (id.); Vv.20#3 (+ assatarī) Vv-a.78; Dhp-a.i.392 (hatthi-assâdayo); Sdhp.367 (duṭṭh˚).
-ājāniya [cp. BSk. aśvājāneya Divy.509, Divy.511] a thoroughbred horse, a blood horse AN.i.77, AN.i.244; AN.ii.113 sq., AN.ii.250 sq.; AN.iii.248, AN.iii.282 sq.; AN.iv.188, AN.iv.397; AN.v.166, AN.v.323; Pv-a.216 See also ājāniya
■ āroha one who climbs on a horse, a rider on horseback, Name of an occupation “cavalry” DN.i.51 (+ hatthâroha; expld. at DN-a.i.156 by sabbe pi assācariyaassavejja-assabhaṇḍādayo). -kaṇṇa Name of a tree, Vatica Robusta, lit. “horse-ear” (cp. similarly Goth. aíhva-tundi the thornbush, lit. horse-tooth) Ja.ii.161; Ja.iv.209; Ja.vi.528 -khaluṅka an inferior horse (“shaker”), opp. sadassa. AN.i.287 = AN.iv.397. -tthara a horse cover, a horse blanket Vin.i.192; DN.i.7 -damma a horse to be tamed, a fierce horse, a stallion AN.ii.112; ˚sārathi a horse trainer AN.ii.112, AN.ii.114; AN.v.323 sq.; Dhp-a.iv.4. -potaka the young of a horse, a foal or colt Ja.ii.288. -bandha a groom Ja.ii.98; Ja.v.449; Dhp-a.i.392. -bhaṇḍa (for ˚bandha? or should we read ˚paṇḍaka?) a groom or horse-trainer, a trader in horses Vin.i.85 (see on form of word Kern, Toevoegselen p. 35) -bhaṇḍaka horse-trappings Ja.ii.113. -maṇḍala circus Vism.308, cp. MN.i.446. -maṇḍalika exercising-ground Vin.iii.6. -medha Name of a sacrifice: the horse-sacrifice [Vedic aśvamedha as Np.] SN.i.76 (variant reading sassa˚); Iti.21 (+ purisamedha); Snp.303. -yuddha a horse-fight DN.i.7 -rūpaka a figure of a horse, a toy horse Dhp-a.ii.69 (+ hatthi-rūpaka). -lakkhaṇa (earning fees by judging the marks on a horse DN.i.9. -laṇḍa horse-manure, horsedung Dhp-a.iv.156 (hatthi-laṇḍa +). -vāṇija a horsedealer Vin.iii.6. -sadassa a noble steed of the horse kind AN.i.289 = AN.iv.397 (in comparison with purisa˚).
Vedic aśva, cp. Av. aspō; Gr. ι ̔́ππος, dial. ι ̔́κκος; Lat. equus; Oir. ech; Gall. epo-; Cymr. ep, Goth. aíhva; Os ehu; Ags. eoh
is gen. dat. sg. of ayaṃ, this.
3 sg. Pot. of asmi (see atthi).
(-˚) with a horse, having a horse; an’ without a horse Ja.vi.515 (+ arathaka).
assa3 + ka
adjective not having one’s own, poor, destitute MN.i.450; MN.ii.68; AN.iii.352; Pts.i.126 (variant reading asaka).
a + saka; Sk. asvaka
a mule Dhp.322; Dhp-a.i.213; Dhp-a.iv.4 (= vaḷavāya gadrabhena jāta); Ja.iv.464 (kambojake assatare sudante; imported from cambodia); Ja.vi.342
■ f. assatarī a she-mule Vin.ii.188; SN.i.154; SN.ii.241; AN.ii.73; Mil.166
■ assatarī-ratha a chariot drawn by she-mules Vv.20#3, Vv.20#8 (T. assatarī ratā = Vv.43#8 ; Pv.i.11#1 (= assatariyutta ratha Pv-a.56); Ja.vi.355.
Vedic aśvatara, aśva + compar. suffix tara in function of “a kind of”, thus lit. a kind of horse, cp. Lat matertera a kind of mother. i.e. aunt
the holy fig-tree, Ficus, Religiosa the tree under which the Buddha attained enlightenment i.e. the Bo tree Vin.iv.35; DN.ii.4 (sammā-sambuddho assatthassa mūle abhisambuddho); SN.v.96; Ja.i.16 (Ja.v.75 in word-play with assattha2 of Ja.v.79).
Vedic aśvattha, expld. in K Z i.467 as aśva-ttha dial. for aśva-stha “standing place for horses, which etym is problematic; it is likely that the Sk. word is borrowed from a local dialect.
encouraged, comforted AN.iv.184 (variant reading as gloss assāsaka) Pts.i.131 (loka an˚; variant reading assaka); Ja.i.16 (Ja.v.79 cp. assattha1), Ja.vi.309 (= laddhassasa C.), Ja.i.566.
pp. of assasati; cp. BSk. āsvasta Avs.i.210
adjective without faith, unbelieving, Snp.663; Pp.13, Pp.20; Dhs.1327; Dhp-a.ii.187.
a + saddhā
neuter disbelief SN.i.25; AN.iii.421 AN.v.113 sq., AN.v.146, AN.v.148 sq., AN.v.158, AN.v.161; Vb.371; DN-a.i.235 Sdhp.80.
a + saddhiya, in form, but not in meaning a grd. of saddahati, for which usually saddheyya cp. Sk. aśradheyya incredible
a hermitage (of a brahmin ascetic esp. a jaṭila) Vin.i.24 = Vin.iv.108; Vin.i.26, Vin.i.246; Vin.iii.147; Snp.979; Snp.p.104, Snp.p.111; Ja.i.315 (˚pada), Ja.v.75 (id.) Ja.v.321, Ja.vi.76 (˚pada). The word is not found anywhere in the Canon in the technical sense of the later Sanskrit law books where “the 4 āśramas” is used as a t. t. for the four stages in the life of a brahmin priest (not of a brahmin by birth). See Dial. i.211–217.
ā + śram
not a true Samaṇa Vin.i.96; Snp.282; Pp.27 (so read for asamaṇa); Pp-a.207
■ f assamaṇī Vin.iv.214.
a + samaṇa
resting place, shelter, refuge, seat DN-a.i.67 (puññ˚). Cp. BSk. rājāśraya Jtm.31#56>; aśraya also in meaning “body”: see Avs.i.175 & Index; Avs.ii.223.
ā + sayati, śri
adjective loyal DN.i.137; Snp.22, Snp.23, Snp.32; Ja.iv.98; Ja.vi.49; Mil.254; an˚; inattentive, not docile Dhp-a.i.7.
ā + sunāti, śru
to flow Ja.ii.276 (= paggharati C.). Cp. also āsavati.
ā + sru
feminine not listening to, inattention MN.i.168.
abstr. fr. assavana
adjective not pleasant to hear Sdhp.82.
a + savanīya
pp assattha2. See also assāsa-passāsa.
ā + śvas, on semantical inversion of ā & pa see under ā1 3
taste, sweetness, enjoyment, satisfaction DN.i.22 (vedanānaṃ samudaya atthangama assāda etc.); MN.i.85; SN.ii.84 sq. (˚ânupassin), SN.ii.170 sq.; SN.iii.27 sq (ko rūpassa assādo), SN.iii.62, SN.iii.102; SN.iv.8 sq., SN.iv.220; SN.v.193, SN.v.203 sq.; AN.i.50 (˚ânupassin), AN.i.258, AN.i.260; AN.ii.10; AN.iii.447 (˚diṭṭhi Ja.i.508; Ja.iv.113, Snp.448; Pts.i.139 sq., (˚diṭṭhi), Pts.i.157 Cp.i.10#17; Pv.iv.6#2 (kām˚); Vb.368 (˚diṭṭhi); Ne.27 sq.; Mil.388; Vism.76 (paviveka-ras’); Sdhp.37, Sdhp.51 See also appassāda under appa.
ā + sādiyati, svad
feminine sweetness, taste, enjoyment SN.i.124; Snp.447 (= sādubhāva Snp-a.393).
cp. assāda
to taste SN.ii.227 (lābha-sakkārasilokaṃ); Vism.73 (paviveka-sukha-rasaṃ); Dhp-a.i.318.
Denom. fr. assāda
variant reading at Iti.111 for asāraddha.
adjective only in an˚; not enjoying or finding pleasure, not intoxicated Snp.853 (sātiyesu a. sāta-vatthusa kāmaguṇesu taṇhā-santhava-virahita Snp-a.549) See also āsava.
ā + sru
Sk. āśvāsa, ā + śvas
adjective noun
fr. assāsa
adjective only in neg. an˚; not able to afford comfort, giving no comfort or security. MN.i.514 MN.iii.30 Ja.ii.298 (= aññaṁ assāsetuṁ asamatthaṭāya na assāsika). cp. Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit anāśvāsika in ster. phrase anitya adhruva anāśvāsika vipariṇāmadharman Divy.207; Avs.139, Avs.144; whereas the corresponding Pāli equivalent runs anicca addhuva asassata (= appāyuka) vipariṇāma-dhamma thus inviting the conjecture that Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit āśvāsika is somehow distorted out of Pali asassata.
fr. assāsa in meaning of assāsa 2, cp. assāsaka 2
adjective reviving, cheering up, consoled, happy SN.iv.43 (an˚).
Sk. āśvāsin
to console, soothe, calm, comfort, satisfy Ja.vi.190, Ja.vi.512; Dhp-a.i.13.
Caus. of assasati
adjective dependent on, relying, supported by (acc.); abiding, living in or on DN.ii.255 (tad˚); Vv.50#16 (sīho va guhaṃ a.); Thag.149 (janaṃ ev’ assito jano); Sdhp.401.
Sk. aśrita, ā + pp. of śri
adjective without splendour, having lost its brightness, in assirī viya khāyati Ne.62 = Ud.79 (which latter has sassar’ iva, cp. C. on passage l. c.).
a + sirī
neuter DN.i.115, DN.i.141; Dhp.67; Pp.56; DN-a.i.284; Pv-a.39. -mocana shedding of tears Pv-a.18.
Vedic aśru, Av. asrū, Lith aszarà, with etym. not definitely clear: see Walde, Lat. Wtb. under lacrima a tear Vin.i.87 (assūni pavatteti to shed tears); SN.ii.282 (id.); Dhp.74; Thig.496 (cp. Thag-a.289); Kp-a.65; Dhp-a.i.12 (˚puṇṇa-netta with eyes full of tears); Dhp-a.ii.98; Pv-a.125. -dhārā a shower of tears Dhp-a.iv.15 (pavatteti to shed) -mukha (adj.) with tearful face [cp. BSk. aśrumukha e.g. Jtm.31#16
is 3rd pl. pot. of atthi.
indeclinable expletive part. also used in emphatic sense of “surely, yes, indeed” Snp.231 (according to Fausböll but preferably with P. T. S. ed. as tayas su for tay’ assu, cp. Kp-a.188); Vv.32#4 (assa variant reading SS) = Vv-a.135 (assū ti nipāta-mattaṃ). Perhaps we ought to take this assu3 together with the foll. assu4 as a modification of ssu (see su2). Cp. āsu.
Sk. sma
part. for Sk. svid (and sma?) see under su2. According to this view Fausbölls reading ken’ assu at Snp.1032 is to be emended to kena ssu.
neuter a tear Vin.ii.289; Snp.691; Pv.iv.5#3.
assu1 + ka
adjective one who has not heard, ignorant MN.i.1, MN.i.8, MN.i.135; Dhs.1003, Dhs.1217, cp. Dhs trsl.258.
a + sutavant
indeclinable exclamation of surprise, consternation, pain etc “ch! alas! woe!”. Perhaps to be seen in cpd. -kāmā miserable pleasures lit. “woe to these pleasures!”) gloss at Thag-a.292 for T. kāmakāmā of Thig.506 (expld. by C. as “ahā ti lāmaka-pariyāyo”). See also ahaha.
cp. Sk. aha & P. aho; Germ. aha; Lat. ehem etc.
(-˚) & Aho (˚-) neuter a day. (
Vedic ahan & ahas
pronoun pronoun of 1st person “I”. nom. sg. ahaṃ SN.iii.235; AN.iv.53; Dhp.222, Dhp.320; Snp.172, Snp.192, Snp.685, Snp.989, Snp.1054, Snp.1143; Ja.i.61; Ja.ii.159
■ In pregnant sense (my ego, myself, I as the one & only i.e. egotistically) in foll. phrases: yaṃ vadanti mama. na te ahaṃ SN.i.116, SN.i.123; ahaṃ asmi “I am” (cp. ahaṃkāra below) SN.i.129; SN.iii.46, SN.iii.128 sq.; SN.iv.203; AN.ii.212 AN.ii.215 sq.; Vism.13; ahaṃ pure ti “I am the first” Vv.84#50 (= ahamahaṃkārā ti Vv-a.351)
■ gen. dat. mayhaṃ Snp.431, Snp.479; Ja.i.279; Ja.ii.160, mama SN.i.115; Snp.22, Snp.23 Snp.341, Snp.997; Ja.ii.159, & mamaṃ SN.i.116; Snp.253 (= mama C.), Snp.694, Snp.982
■ instr. mayā Snp.135, Snp.336, Snp.557, Snp.982; Ja.i.222, Ja.i.279
■ acc. maṃ Snp.356, Snp.366, Snp.425, Snp.936; Ja.ii.159; Ja.iii.26, & mamaṃ Ja.iii.55, Ja.iii.394
■ loc. mayi Snp.559; Ja.iii.188. The enclitic form in the sg. is me, & functions in diff. cases, as gen. (Snp.983; Ja.ii.159), acc. (Snp.982), instr. (Ja.i.138, Ja.i.222), & abl
■ Pl. nom.; mayaṃ (we) Snp.31, Snp.91, Snp.167, Snp.999; Ja.ii.159; Ja.vi.365, amhe Ja.ii.129, & vayaṃ (q.v.)
■ gen. amhākaṃ Ja.i.221; Ja.ii.159 & asmākaṃ Snp.p.106
■ acc. amhe Ja.i.222; Ja.ii.415; asme Ja.iii.359
■ instr. amhehi Ja.i.150; Ja.ii.417 & asmābhi Thag-a.153 (Tha-ap.132)
■ loc. amhesu Ja.i.222. The enclitic form for the pl. is no (for acc. dat & gen.) see under; vayaṃ.
Vedic ahaṃ = Av. azəm; Gr. ἐγώ(ν); Lat. ego; Goth. ik, Ags. ic, Ohg. ih etc.
onomat. after exclamation ahahā: see aha1
absence of exultancy, modesty Ja.iii.466 (= an-ubbillāvitattaṃ C.).
a + hāsa, cp. Sk. ahāsa & aharṣa
3rd sg. aor. of harati (q.v.).
a snake Vin.ii.109; DN.i.77; SN.iv.198; AN.iii.306 sq.; AN.iv.320; AN.v.289; Mnd.484; Vism.345 (+ kukkura etc.); Vv-a.100; Pv-a.144.
Vedic ahi, with Av. aži perhaps to Lat. anguis etc., see Walde Lat. Wtb. s. v.
adjective not injuring others, harmless, humane, SN.i.165; Thag.879; Dhp.225; Ja.iv.447.
fr. ahiṃsā
feminine not hurting, humanity, kindness DN.iii.147; AN.i.151; Dhp.261, Dhp.270; Ja.iv.71; Mil.402.
a + hiṃsā
adjective noun not good or friendly, harmful, bad; unkindliness DN.iii.246; Dhp.163; Snp.665, Snp.692; Mil.199 (˚kāma). Ahirika & Ahirika;
a + hita
adjective shameless, unscrupulous DN.iii.212, DN.iii.252, DN.iii.282; AN.ii.219; Dhp.244; Snp.133 (˚īka); Iti.27 (˚īka); Pp.19 (also nt. unscrupulousness) Dhs.365; Ne.39, Ne.126; Dhp-a.iii.352.
fr. a + hirī
see discussed under abhinindriya.
1st sg. pret. of hotī (q.v.) I was Vv.82#6 (= ahosiṃ Vv-a.321).
neuter a hoarse & loud laugh Ja.iii.223 (= danta-vidaṃsaka-mahā-hasita C.).
onomat.
indeclinable exclamation of surprise or bewilderment: alas! woe etc., perhaps in cpd. ahevana a dense forest (lit. oh! this forest, alas! the forest (i.e. how big it is) Ja.v.63 (uttamāhevanandaho, if reading is correct, which is not beyond doubt. C. on p. 64 explains as “ahevanaṃ vuccati vanasaṇḍo”).
= aho, cp. aha1
indeclinable exclamation of surprise, astonishment or consternation: yea, indeed well; I say! for sure! Vv-a.103 (aho ti acchariy’ atthena nipāto); Ja.i.88 (aho acchariyaṃ aho abbhutaṃ), Ja.i.140. Usually combd. with similar emphatic particles, e.g. aho vata Dhp-a.ii.85; Pv-a.131 (= sādhu vata); aho vata re DN.i.107; Pv.ii.94 5. Cp. ahe.
Sk. aho, for etym. see aha1
neuter an act or thought whose kamma has no longer any potential force: Cpd. 145. At p. 45 ahosikakamma is said to be a kamma inhibited by a more powerful one. See Buddhaghosa in Vism. Chap. xix.
indeclinable a frequent prefix, used as well-defined simple base-prefix (with rootderivations), but not as modification (i.e. first part of a double prefix cpd. like sam-ā-dhi) except in one case ā-ni-saṃsa (which is doubtful & of diff. origin, viz. from combn. āsaṃsa-nisaṃsa, see below 3b). It denotes either touch (contact) or a personal (close) relation to the object (ā ti anussaraṇ’ atthe nipāto Pv-a.165), or the aim of the action expressed in the verb
Vedic ā, prep. with acc., loc., abl., meaning “to, towards”, & also “from”. Orig. an emphatic-deictic part. (Idg. *ē) = Gr. ̓ ̈η surely, really; Ohg -ā etc., increment of a (Idg. *e), as in Sk. a-sau; Gr. εκεϊ (cp. a3) see Brugmann, Kurze Vergl. Gr. 464, 465
guṇa or increment of a˚ in connection with such suffixes as-ya, -iya, -itta. So in āyasakya fr. ayasaka; āruppa from arūpa; ārogya fr. aroga; ālasiya fr. alasa; ādhipacca fr. adhipati; ābhidosika fr. abhidosa etc.
of various other origins (guṇa e.g. of ṛ or lengthening of ordinary root a˚), rare, as ālinda (for alinda), āsabha (fr. usabha).
infix in repetition-compounds denoting accumulation or variety (by contrast with the opposite, cp. ā1 3b), constitutes a guṇa-or increment-form of neg. pref. a (see a2), as in foll.: phalāphala all sorts of fruit (lit. what is fruit not fruit) freq. in Jātakas, e.g. ; Ja.i.416; Ja.ii.160; Ja.iii.127 Ja.iv.220, Ja.iv.307, Ja.iv.449; Ja.v.313; Ja.vi.520; kāraṇākāraṇāni all sorts of duties Ja.vi.333; Dhp-a.i.385; khaṇḍākhaṇḍa pêle-mêle Ja.i.114; Ja.iii.256; gaṇḍāgaṇḍa a mass of boils Dhp-a.iii.297; cirāciraṃ continually Vin.iv.261; bhavābhava all kinds of existences Snp.801, cp. Mnd.109; Cnd.664; Thag.784 (˚esu = mahant-âmahantesu bh. C., see Brethren 305); rūpârūpa the whole aggregate Thag-a.285; etc.
to wish for, think of, desire; intend, plan, design Vin.ii.244 (˚amāna); DN.i.78, DN.i.176; SN.i.46; Snp.569 (˚amāna); Snp.p.102 (= icchati Snp-a.436); Dhp-a.i.29; Snp-a.229; Vv-a.149; Pv-a.229.
ā + kāṅkṣ, cp. kaṅkhati
f. longing, wish; as adj. at Thag.1030.
fr. ā + kāṅkṣ
to pull along, pull to (oneself), drag or draw out, pull up Vin.ii.325 (bdhgh. for apakassati see under apakāsati); Vin.iv.219; Ja.i.172, Ja.i.192, Ja.i.417; Mil.102, Mil.135; Thag-a.117 (˚eti); Vv-a.226; Pv-a.68. Pass. ākaḍḍhiyati Ja.ii.122 (˚amāna-locana with eyes drawn away or attracted); Mil.102; Vism.163; Vv-a.207 (˚amāna-hadaya with torn heart)
pp ākaḍḍhita.
ā + kaḍḍhati
neuter drawing away or to, pulling out, distraction Vv-a.212 (˚parikaḍḍhana pulling about) Dhs-a.363; Mil.154 (˚parikaḍḍhana), Mil.352
■ As f Vin.iii.121.
fr. ākaḍḍhati
pulled out, dragged along; upset, overthrown Ja.iii.256 (= akkhitta2).
pp. of akaḍḍheti
? a possible reading, for the dürakantana of the text at Thag.1123, for which we might read durākantana
cp. Sk. ākalpa ā + kappa
shaking, trembling Mil.154 (˚hadaya).
pp. of ākampeti, Caus. of ā + kamp
a mine, usually in cpd. ratan-ākara a mine of jewels Thag.1049; Ja.ii.414; Ja.vi.459; Dpvs.i.18
■ Cp. also Mil.356; Vv-a.13.
cp. Sk. ākara
to draw along, draw after, plough, cultivate Mnd.428.
ā + kassati
“the (way of) making”, i.e.
a + karoti, kṛ.
neuter appearance; reason, manner (cp. ākāra4) Ja.i.269 (ākārakena = kāraṇena C.).
ākāra + ka
adjective having a reason, reasonable, founded MN.i.401 (saddhā).
fr. ākāra
air, sky, atmosphere; space. On the concept see Cpd. 5, 16, 226. On a fanciful etym. of ākāsa (fr. ā + kassati of kṛṣ) at Dhs-a.325 see Dhs trsl. 178. DN.i.55 (˚ṃ indriyāni sankamanti the sense-faculties pass into space); DN.iii.224, DN.iii.253, DN.iii.262, DN.iii.265; SN.iii.207; SN.iv.218 SN.v.49, SN.v.264; Ja.i.253; Ja.ii.353; Ja.iii.52, Ja.iii.188; Ja.iv.154; Ja.vi.126; Snp.944, Snp.1065; Mnd.428; Pv.ii.1#18; Snp-a.110, Snp-a.152; Pv-a.93; Sdhp.42, Sdhp.464. -ākāsena gacchati to go through the air Pv-a.75 (āgacch˚), Pv-a.103, Pv-a.105, Pv-a.162; ˚ena carati id. Ja.ii.103; ˚e gacchati id. Pv-a.65 (cando)
■ Formula “ananto ākāso” freq.; e.g. at DN.i.183; AN.ii.184; AN.iv.40, AN.iv.410 sq.; AN.v.345.
-anta “the end of the sky”, the sky, the air (on ˚anta see anta1 4) Ja.vi.89. -ānañca (or ānañca) the infinity ef space, in cpd. ˚āyatana the sphere or plane of the infinity of space, the “space-infinity-plane”, the sphere of unbounded space. The consciousness of this sphere forms the first one of the 4 (or 6) higher attainments or recognitions of the mind, standing beyond the fourth jhāna viz. 1 ākās˚, 2 viññāṇ’ānañc-āyatana 3 ākiñcaññ˚ 4 n’eva saññānâsaññ˚, 5 nirodha, 6 phala
■ DN.i.34 DN.i.183; DN.ii.70, DN.ii.112, DN.ii.156; DN.iii.224, DN.iii.262 sq.; MN.i.41, MN.i.159; MN.iii.27, MN.iii.44; SN.v.119; Pts.i.36; Dhs.205, Dhs.501, Dhs.579, Dhs.1418 Ne.26, Ne.39; Vism.326, Vism.340, Vism.453; DN-a.i.120 (see Nd ii.under ākāsa; Dhs.265 sq.; Dhs trsl. 71). As classed with jhāna see also Cnd.672 (sādhu-vihārin). -kasiṇa one of the kasiṇ’āyatanas (see under kasiṇa) DN.iii.268; AN.i.41. -gaṅgā Name of the celestial river Ja.i.95; Ja.iii.344. -gamana going through the air (as a trick of elephants) Mil.201. -cārika walking through the air Ja.ii.103. -cārin = ˚cārika Vv-a.6 -ṭṭha living in the sky (of devatā) Bv.i.29; Mil.181 Mil.285; Kp-a.120; Snp-a.476. -tala upper story, terrace on the top of a palace Snp-a.87. -dhātu the element of space DN.iii.247; MN.i.423; MN.iii.31; AN.i.176; AN.iii.34; Dhs.638.
Sk. ākāśa fr. ā + kāś, lit. shining forth, i.e. the illuminated space
(nt.?) a game, playing chess ʻin the airʼ (sans voir) Vin.ii.10 = DN.i.6 (= aṭṭhapada-dasapadesu viya ākāse yeva kiḷanaṃ DN-a.i.85).
adjective being in or belonging to the air or sky Ja.vi.124.
ākāsa + ka
to shine Ja.vi.89.
fr. ākāsa1
neuter state of having nothing, absence of (any) possessions; nothingness (the latter as philosophical t. t.; cp. below ˚āyatana & see Dhs trsl.74)
■ Snp.976, Snp.1070, Snp.1115 (˚sambhava, cp. Cnd.116) Thig.341 (= akiñcanabhāva Thag-a.240; trsl. “cherish no wordly wishes whatsoëer”); Cnd.115, see ākāsa Mil.342.
abstr. fr. akiñcana
pp. of ākirati
to strew over, scatter, sprinkle, disperse, fill, heap Snp.665; Dhp.313; Pv.ii.4#9 (dānaṃ vipulaṃ ākiri vippakirati Pv-a.92); Mil.175, Mil.238, Mil.323 (imper. ākirāhi) Snp.383
pp ākiṇṇa.
ā + kirati
neuter the fact or state of being filled or heaped with Mil.173 (sakataṃ dhaññassa ā).
ākirita + tta; abstr. fr. ākirita, pp. of ākirati Caus.
variant reading at Kp-a.66 for āgilāyati.
(or -ā?) an iguana Ja.vi.538 (C. godhā; gloss amatt’ākuccā).
etym. unknown, prob. non-Aryan
to be hoarse Mil.152 (kaṇṭho ākurati).
onomat. to sound-root *kur = *kor as in Lat. cornix, corvus etc. See gala note 2 B and cp. kukkuṭa kokila, khaṭa etc., all words expressing a rasping noise in the throat. The attempts at etym. by Trenckner (Mil p.425 as Denom. of ākula) & Morris (J.P.T.S. 1886 154 as contr. Denom. of ankura “intumescence”, thus meaning “to swell”) are hardly correct
adjective entangled, confused, upset, twisted, bewildered Ja.i.123 (salākaggaṃ ˚ṃ karoti to upset or disturb); Vv.84#9 (andha˚); Pv-a.287 (an˚ clear). Often reduplicated as ākulākula thoroughly confused Mil.117, Mil.220; Pv-a.56; ākula-pākula Ud.5 (so read for akkula-pakkula); ākula-samākula Ja.vi.270. On phrase tantākula- jātā gulā-guṇṭhika-jātā see guḷā.
ā + *kul of which Sk
■ P. kula, to Idg *qṷel to turn round, cp. also cakka & carati; lit. meaning “revolving quickly”, & so “confused”
adjective entangled DN.ii.55 (tant˚ for the usual tantākula, as given under guḷā).
fr. ākula
adjective in an˚; not to be confounded or upset Pv-a.118.
grd. of ā + *kulāyati, Denom. of kula
(-puppha) at Kp-a.60 (milāta˚) read (according to Index p. 870) as milāta-bakula-puppha. Vism.260 (id. p. however reads ākulī-puppha “tangle-flower” (?), cp. Ud.5 gāthā 7 bakkula, which is preferably to be read as pākula.
neuter beating on, knocking MN.i.385; Mil.63, Mil.306; Dhs-a.144.
fr. ākoṭeti
adjective beating, driving, inciting, urging Ja.vi.253 (f. ākoṭanī of paññā, expld. by “nivāraṇapatoda-laṭṭhi viya paññā koṭinī hoti” p. 254).
= ākoṭana1
pp. of ākoṭeti
pp ākoṭita (q.v.) Caus. ii. ākoṭapeti Ja.iii.361.
a + koṭṭeti, Sk. kuṭṭayati; BSk. ākoṭayati e.g. Divy.117 dvāraṃ trir ā˚, Cowell “break” (?); Avs. Index p 222 s. v.
a mouse or rat Pgdp.10.
Vedic ākhu, fr. ā + khan, lit. the digger in, i.e. a mole; but given as rat or mouse by Halāyudha
to come to or towards, approach, go back, arive etc.
(same arrangement as under gacchati):
pp āgata (q.v.).
ā + gacchati, gam
pp. of āgacchati
feminine coming, coming back, return SN.iii.53; Ja.ii.172. Usually opp. to gati going away. Used in special sense of rebirth and re-death in the course of saṃsāra Thus in āgati gati cuti upapatti DN.i.162; AN.iii.54 sq. AN.iii.60 sq., AN.iii.74; cp. also SN.ii.67; Pv.ii.9#22 (gatiṃ āgatiṃ vā).
ā + gati
masculine & neuter a word; talk, speech DN-a.i.66 (= vacana).
ā + gad to speak
one who is coming or going to come AN.i.63; AN.ii.159; Iti.4, Iti.95 (nom. āgantā only one MS, all others āgantvā). an˚; AN.i.64; AN.ii.160.
N. ag. fr. āgacchati
adjective
Sk. āgantu
adjective noun
āgantu + ka; cp. BSk. āgantuka in same meaning as P. viz. āgantukā bhikṣavaḥ Avs.i.87 Avs.i.286; Divy.50
fr. ā + gam
neuter oncoming, arrival, approach AN.iii.172; DN-a.i.160; Pv-a.4, Pv-a.81; Sdhp.224, Sdhp.356. an˚; not coming or returning Ja.i.203, Ja.i.264.
fr. āgacchati, Sk. same
to cause somebody or something to come to one, i.e.
caus of agacchati
adverb With reference to (c. acc.), owing to, relating to; by means of, thanks to In meaning nearly synonymous with ārabbha, sandhāya & paṭicca (see K. S. 318 s. v.) DN.i.229; Iti.71; Ja.i.50 Ja.vi.424; Kp.viii.14 (= nissāya Kp-a.229); Pv-a.5, Pv-a.21 etc.
orig. ger. of āgacchati, q.v. under i.2 for form & under; ii.3 for meaning. BSk. āgamya in meaning after the Pāli form, e.g. Divy.95, Divy.405 (with gen.); Avs.i.85, Avs.i.210 etc.; Mvu.i.243, Mvu.i.313
found only in neg. form anāgāmitā.
adjective noun returning, one who returns, esp. one who returns to another form of life in saṃsāra (cp. āgati), one who is liable to rebirth AN.i.63; AN.ii.159; Iti.95. See anāgāmin.
ā + gāmin
(-˚) see agāra. Agaraka & ika;
adjective noun (-˚) belonging to the house, viz.
cp. BSk. āgārika Divy.275, & agārika
adjective (ā + gāḷha 1; cp. Sk. samāgāḍhaṃ] strong, hard, harsh, rough (of speech), usually in instr. as adv āgāḷhena roughly, harshly aN.i.283, aN.i.295; Pp.32 (so to be read for agāḷhena, although Pp-a.215 has a˚, but explains by atigāḷhena vacanena); instr. f. āgāḷhāya Vin.v.122 (ceteyya; Bdhgh. on p. 230 reads āgaḷāya and explains by daḷhabhāvāya). See also Ne.77 (āgāḷhā paṭipadā a rough path), Ne.95 (id.; variant reading agāḷhā).
to be wearied, exhausted or tired, to ache, to become weak or faint Vin.ii.200; DN.iii.209; MN.i.354; SN.iv.184; Kp-a.66 (hadavaṃ ā.). Cp. āyamati.
ā + gilāyati; Sk. glāyati, cp. gilāna
neuter guilt, offence, SN.i.123; AN.iii.346; Snp.522 = Cnd.337 (in expln. of nāga as āguṃ na karotī ti nāgo); Mnd.201. Note. A reconstructed āgasa is found at Sdhp.294 in cpd. akatāgasa not having committed sin.
for Vedic āgas nt.
anger, ill-will hatred, malice DN.i.3, DN.i.31; DN.iii.72 sq.; SN.i.179; Ja.i.113; Dhs.1060, Dhs.1231; Vb.167, Vb.362, Vb.389; Mil.136; Vism.306; DN-a.i.52; Vv-a.67; Pv-a.178. -anāghāta freedom from ill will Vin.ii.249; AN.v.80.
Sk. āghāta only in lit. meaning of striking, killing, but cp. BSk. āghāta in meaning “hurtfulness” at Mvu.i.79; Avs.ii.129; cp. ghāta & ghāteti
neuter
ā + ghāta(na), cp. āghata which has changed its meaning
only in phrase cittaṃ a. (with loc.) to incite one’s heart to hatred against, to obdurate one’s heart. Sdhp.126 = SN.i.151 = AN.v.172.
Denom. fr. āghāta, in form = ā + ghāteti, but diff. in meaning
to take in water, to resorb, to rinse Ja.iii.297; Mil.152, Mil.262 (+ dhamati)
caus 1 ācameti a to purge, rinse one’s mouth Vin.ii.142; MN.ii.112; AN.iii.337; Pv.iv.1#53 (ācamayitvā = mukhaṃ vikkhāletvā Pv-a.241); Mil.152 (˚ayamāna) a to wash off, clean oneself after evacuation Vin.ii.221
caus 2 ācamāpeti to cause somebody to rinse himself Ja.vi.8.
ā + cam
neuter rinsing, washing with water, used
ā + camana of cam
feminine absorption, resorption Mnd.429 (on Snp.945, which both in T. and in Snp-a reads ājava expld. by taṇhā in Nidd.). Note. Index to Snp-a (Pj iii.has ācāma.
fr. ā + cam
heaping up, accumulation, collection, mass (opp. apacaya). See on term Dhs trsl. 195 & Cpd. 251, 252
■ SN.ii.94 (kāyassa ācayo pi apacayo pi); AN.iv.280 = Vin.ii.259 (opp. apacaya); Dhs.642, Dhs.685; Vb.319, Vb.326, Vb.330; Vism.449; Dhp-a.ii.25.
ā + caya
ā + aarati
adjective noun treaching, f. ācarinī a female teacher Vin.iv.227 (in contrast to gaṇa & in same sense as ācariya m. at Vin.iv.130), Vin.iv.317 (id.).
fr. ā + car
a teacher (almost syn. with upajjhāya) Vin.i.60, Vin.i.61, Vin.i.119 (˚upajjhāya); Vin.ii.231; Vin.iv.130 (gaṇo vā ācariyo a meeting of the bhikkhus or a single teacher cp. f. ācarinī); DN.i.103, DN.i.116 (gaṇ˚), DN.i.238 (sattamâcariyamahāyuga seventh age of great teachers); DN.iii.189 sq.; MN.iii.115; SN.i.68 (gaṇ˚), SN.i.177; SN.iv.176 (yogg˚); AN.i.132 (pubb˚); Snp.595; Mnd.350 (upajjhāya vā āc˚); Ja.ii.100 Ja.ii.411; Ja.iv.91; Ja.v.501; Pv.iv.3#23, Pv.iv.3#51 (= ācāra-samācāra-sikkhāpaka Pv-a.252); Mil.201, Mil.262 (master goldsmith?) Vism.99 sq.; Kp-a.12, Kp-a.155; Snp-a.422; Vv-a.138. For contracted form of ācariya see ācera.
fr. ā + car
a teacher Vin.i.249; Vin.iii.25, Vin.iii.41; DN.i.88 DN.i.119, DN.i.187; DN.ii.112; MN.i.514; MN.ii.32; SN.v.261; AN.ii.170; AN.iv.310. See also sācariyaka.
ācariya + ka, diff. from Sk. ācariyaka nt. art of teaching
the scum or foam of boiling rice DN.i.166; MN.i.78; AN.i.295; Ja.ii.289; Pp.55; Vv-a.99 sq. Dhp-a.iii.325 (˚kuṇḍaka).
Sk. ācāma
at MN.ii.112 in imper. ācāmehi be pleased or be thanked(?) perhaps the reading is incorrect.
for ācameti? cp. Sk. ācāmayati, Caus. of ā + cam
way of behaving, conduct, practice, esp. right conduct, good manners; adj. (-˚) practising, indulging in, or of such & such a conduct
■ Snp.280 (pāpa˚); Ja.i.106 (vipassana˚); Ja.ii.280 (˚ariya); Ja.vi.52 (ariya˚) Snp-a.157; Pv-a.12 (sīla˚), Pv-a.36, Pv-a.67, Pv-a.252; Sdhp.441. -an˚ bad behaviour Vin.ii.118 (˚ṃ ācarati indulge in bad habits) Dhp-a.ii.201 (˚kiriyā). Cp. sam˚.
ā + car
adjective noun of good conduct, one who behaves well AN.i.211 (anācārī viratā l. 4 fr. bottom is better read as ācārī virato, in accordance with variant reading).
fr. ācāra
adjective noun one who tells or shows Dhp-a.i.71.
ā + cikkha + ka of cikkhati
to tell, relate, show, describe, explain DN.i.110; AN.ii.189 (atthaṃ ā to interpret); Pp.59; Dhp-a.i.14; Snp-a.155; Pv-a.121, Pv-a.164 (describe)
imper pres. ācikkha Snp.1097 (= brūhi Cnd.119 & Cnd.455); Pv.i.10#9; Pv.ii.8#1; and ācikkhāhi Dhp-a.ii.27. aor. ācikkhi Pv-a.6, Pv-a.58, Pv-a.61, Pv-a.83
■ ācikkhati often occurs in stock phrase ācikkhati deseti paññāpeti paṭṭhapeti vivarati etc., e.g. Mnd.271; Cnd.465; Vism.163
■ attānaṃ ā. to disclose one’s identity Pv-a.89, Pv-a.100
pp ācikkhita (q.v.)
caus 2 ācikkhāpeti to cause some body to tell Dhp-a.ii.27.
Freq. of ā + khyā, i.e. akkhāti
adjective noun telling, announcing Ja.iii.444; Pv-a.121.
ā + cikkhana of cikkhati
shown, described, told Pv-a.154 (˚magga), Pv-a.203 (an˚ = anakkhāta).
pp. of acikkhati
one who tells or shows Dhp-a.ii.107 (for pavattar).
n. ag. fr. ācikkhati
accumulated; practised, performed Dhp.121 (pāpaṃ = pāpaṃ āciṇanto karonto Dhp-a.iii.16). It may also be spelt ācina.
pp. of ācināti? or is it distorted from āciṇṇa?
practiced, performed, (habitually) indulged in MN.i.372 (kamma, cp. Mil.226 and the expln. of āciṇṇaka kamma as “chronic karma at Cpd. 144); SN.iv.419; AN.v.74 sq.; Ja.i.81; DN-a.i.91 (for aviciṇṇa at DN.i.8), 275; Vism.269; Dhp-a.i.37 (˚samāciṇṇa thoroughly fulfilled); Vv-a.108; Pv-a.54; Sdhp.90.
ā + ciṇṇa, pp. of ācarati
accumulated, collected, covered, furnished or endowed with Ja.vi.250 (= nicita); Vv.41#1 Dhs-a.310. See also āciṇa.
pp. of ācināti
to heap up, accumulate SN.iii.89 (variant reading ācinati); SN.iv.73 (ppr. ācinato dukkhaṃ); Dhs-a.44
pp ācita & āciṇa; (ācina)
pass ācīyati (q.v.).
ā + cināti
to be heaped up, to increase, to grow; ppr. āceyyamāna Ja.v.6 (= ācīyanto vaḍḍhanto C.).
Pass. of ācināti, cp. cīyati
is the contracted form of ācariya; only found in the Jātakas, e.g. Ja.iv.248; Ja.vi.563.
in kañcanācela-bhūsita “adorned with golden clothes” Pv.ii.12#7 stands for cela˚.
is the contracted form of ājāniya.
see ācamā.
adjective understandable, only in cpd. durājāna hard to understand SN.iv.127; Snp.762; Ja.i.295 Ja.i.300.
ā + jāna from jñā
neuter learning, knowing, understanding; knowledge Ja.i.181 (˚sabhāva of the character of knowing, fit to learn); Pv-a.225.
ā + jānana, cp. Sk. ajñāna
to understand, to know, to learn DN.i.189; Snp.1064 (˚amāna = vijānamāna Cnd.120). As aññāti at Vism.200
pp aññāta. Cp. also āṇāpeti. Ajaniya (ajaniya)
ā + jānāti
adjective noun of good race or breed; almost exclusively used to denote a thoroughbred horse (cp. assājāniya under assa3).
cp. BSk. ājāneya & Sk. ājāti birth, good birth. Instead of its correct derivation from ā + jan (to be born, i.e. well-born) it is by Bdhgh. connected with ā + jñā (to learn, i.e. to be trained). See for these popular etym. e.g. Ja.i.181: sārathissa cittarucitaṃ kāraṇaṃ ājānana-sabhāvo ājañño, and Dhp-a.iv.4: yaṃ assadamma-sārathi kāraṇaṃ kāreti tassa khippaṃ jānana samatthā ājāniyā
■ The contracted form of the word is ājañña
feminine good breed Pv-a.214.
abstr. fr. ājāniya
a courtyard Mhvs.35, Mhvs.3.
= ajira with lengthened initial a
livelihood, mode of living, living, subsistence, DN.i.54; AN.iii.124 (parisuddha˚); Snp.407 (˚ṃ = parisodhayi = micchājīvaṃ hitvā sammājīvaṃ eva pavattayī Snp-a.382), Snp.617; Pp.51; Vb.107, Vb.235; Mil.229 (bhinna˚); Vism.306 (id.); Dhs-a.390; Sdhp.342, Sdhp.375 Sdhp.392. Esp. freq. in the contrast pair sammā -ājīva; micchā-ā˚; right mode & wrong mode of gaining a living e.g. at SN.ii.168 sq.; SN.iii.239; SN.v.9; AN.i.271; AN.ii.53, AN.ii.240, AN.ii.270 AN.iv.82; Vb.105, Vb.246. See also magga (ariyaṭṭhangika).
ā + jīva; Sk. ājīva
an ascetic, one of the numerous sects of non-buddhist ascetics. On their austerities, practice & way of living see esp. Dhp-a.ii.55 sq. and on the whole question A. L. Basham, Hist. & Doctrines of the Ājīvikas, 1951.
ājīva + ka, orig. “one finding his living” (scil. in a peculiar way); cp. BSk. ājīvika Divy.393 Divy.427
neuter (or ājīvikā f.?) sustenance of life, livelihood, living Vb.379 (˚bhaya) Mil.196 (id.); Pv-a.274, and in phrase ājīvik’âpakata being deprived of a livelihood, without a living MN.i.463 = SN.iii.93 (T. reads jīvikā pakatā) = Iti.89 (reads ājīvikā pakatā) = Mil.279.
fr. ājīva
adjective noun having one’s livelihood, finding one’s subsistence, living, leading a life of (-˚) DN.iii.64; AN.v.190 (lūkha˚)
fr. ājīva
a kind of bird Ja.vi.539 (= dabbimukha C.).
etym.? Cp. Sk. āṭi Turdus Ginginianus, see Aufrecht, Halāyudha p. 148
is to be read for aṭaviyo (q.v.) at Ja.vi.55.
= Sk. āṭavika
feminine at Pp.18 & variant reading at Vb.357 is to be read; aṭṭhapanā (so T. at Vb.357).
see ānejja.
see ānaṇya.
feminine order, command, ordinance, injunction Vin.i.62; Kp-a.29; Pv-a.260; Sdhp.59, Sdhp.354.
ā + ñatti (cp. āṇāpeti), Caus. of jñā
adjective belonging to an ordinance or command, of the nature of an injunction Kp-a.29.
āṇatti + ka
feminine order, command, authority Mil.253; DN-a.i.289; Kp-a.179, Kp-a.180, Kp-a.194; Pv-a.217 Sdhp.347, Sdhp.576. rāj’āṇā the king’s command or authority Ja.i.433; Ja.iii.351; Pv-a.242. āṇaṃ deti to give an order Ja.i.398; ˚ṃ pavatteti to issue an order Mil.189, cp āṇāpavatti Ja.iii.504; Ja.iv.145.
Sk. ājñā, ā + jñā
adjective noun
fr. āṇāpeti
neuter ordering or being, ordered, command, order Pv-a.135.
abstr. fr. āṇāpeti
to give an order, to enjoin, command (with acc. of person) Ja.iii.351; Mil.147; Dhp-a.ii.82; Vv-a.68 (dāsiyo), Vv-a.69; Pv-a.4, Pv-a.39, Pv-a.81.
ā + ñāpeti, Caus. of ā + jānāti fr. jñā, cp. Sk. ājñāpayati
Vedic āṇi to aṇu fine, thin, flexible, in formation an n-enlargement of Idg. *olenā, cp. Ohg. lun, Ger. lünse Ags. lynes = E. linch, further related to Lat. ulna elbow Gr. ὠλένη, Ohg. elina, Ags. eln = E. el-bow. See Walde Lāt. Wtb. under ulna & lacertus
illness, sickness, disease MN.i.437; SN.iii.1; Snp.966 (˚phassa, cp. Mnd.486) Freq. in cpd. appātaṅka freedom from illness, health (cp. appābādha) DN.i.204; DN.iii.166; AN.iii.65, AN.iii.103; Mil.14
■ f. abstr. appātaṅkatā MN.i.124.
etym. uncertain; Sk. ātanka
adjective sick, ill Ja.v.84 (= gilāna C.).
fr. ātanka
generic name for drums covered with leather on one side Dpvs.xiv.14; Vv-a.37 (q.v. for enumn. of musical instruments), Vv-a.96.
fr. ā + tan, pp. tata; lit. stretched, covered over
heated, burnt. scorched, dry Ja.v.69 (˚rūpa = sukkha-sarīra C.).
ā + tatta1, pp. of ā-tapati
ā + tapa
feminine glowing or burning state, heat Sdhp.122.
abstr. of ātapa
to burn Ja.iii.447.
ā + tap
neuter ardour, zeal, exertion DN.i.13; DN.iii.30 sq., DN.iii.104 sq., DN.iii.238 sq.; MN.iii.210; SN.ii.132 SN.ii.196 sq.; AN.i.153; AN.iii.249; AN.iv.460 sq.; AN.v.17 sq.; Snp.1062 (= ussāha ussoḷhi thāma etc. Cnd.122); Ja.iii.447; Mnd.378; Vb.194 (= vāyāma); DN-a.i.104.
Sk. *ātāpya, fr. ātāpa
glow, heat; fig. ardour, keen endeavour, or perhaps better “torturing mortification” Mil.313 (cittassa ātāpo paritāpo); Pv-a.98 (viriya˚) Cp. ātappa & ātāpana.
ā + tāpa fr. tap; cp. tāpeti
neuter tormenting, torture, mortification MN.i.78; AN.i.296 (˚paritāpana); AN.ii.207 (id.); Pp.55 (id.); Vism.3 (id.).
ā + tāpana
adjective ardent, zealous, strenuous, active DN.iii.58, DN.iii.76 sq., DN.iii.141 (+ sampajāna), DN.iii.221, DN.iii.276; MN.i.22 MN.i.56, MN.i.116, MN.i.207, MN.i.349; MN.ii.11; MN.iii.89, MN.iii.128, MN.iii.156; SN.i.113, SN.i.117 sq., SN.i.140, SN.i.165; SN.ii.21, SN.ii.136 sq.; SN.iii.73 sq.; SN.iv.37, SN.iv.48, SN.iv.54 SN.iv.218; SN.v.165, SN.v.187, SN.v.213; AN.ii.13 sq.; AN.iii.38, AN.iii.100 sq.; AN.iv.29, AN.iv.177 sq., AN.iv.266 sq., AN.iv.300, AN.iv.457 sq.; AN.v.343 sq.; Snp.926 Mnd.378; Iti.41, Iti.42; Vb.193 sq.; Mil.34, Mil.366; Vism.3 (= viriyavā); Dhp-a.i.120; Snp-a.157, Snp-a.503
■ Freq. in the formula of Arahantship “eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto”: see arahant II. B. See also satipaṭṭhāna. Opp. anātāpin SN.ii.195 sq.; AN.ii.13; Iti.27 (+ anottappin).
fr. ātāpa, cp. BSk. ātāpin Avs.i.233; Avs.ii.194 = Divy.37; Divy.618
to burn, scorch; fig. to torment, inflict pain, torture MN.i.341 (+ paritāpeti); SN.iv.337; Mil.314, Mil.315.
ā + tāpeti
neuter great theft (?) AN.i.93; AN.iv.63 sq. (variant reading ati˚ which is perhaps to be prcferred).
fr. ati + theyya
father MN.i.449 (cp. Trenckner’s note on p. MN.i.567: the text no doubt purports to make the woman speak a sort of patois).
dialectical
self. nom. sg. ātumo Pv.iv.5#2 (= sabhāvo Pv-a.259), ātumā Mnd.69 (ātumā vuccati attā), Mnd.296 (id.) & ātumāno Mnd.351; acc. ātumānaṃ Snp.782 (= attānaṃ Snp-a.521), Snp.888, Snp.918; loc. ātume Pv.ii.13#11 (= attani C.).
Vedic ātman, diaeretic form for the usual contracted attan; only found in poetry. Cp. also the shortened form tuman
adjective ill, sick, diseased; miserable, affected SN.iii.1 (˚kāya); AN.i.250; Snp.331; Vv.83#14 (˚rūpa = abhitunna-kāya Vv-a.328); Ja.i.197 (˚anna “food of the miserable”, i.e. last meal of one going to be killed; C. explains as maraṇabhojana), Ja.i.211 (˚citta); Ja.ii.420 (˚anna, as above); Ja.iii.201, Ja.v.90, Ja.v.433; Ja.vi.248; Mil.139, Mil.168; Dhp-a.i.31 (˚rūpa) Pv-a.160, Pv-a.161; Vv-a.77; Sdhp.507. Used by Commentators as syn. of aṭṭo, e.g. at Ja.iv.293; Snp-a.489. -anātura healthy, well, in good condition SN.iii.1; Dhp.198.
Sk. ātura, cp. BSk. ātura, e.g. Jtm.31#70
neuter the Atharva Veda as a code of magic working formulas, witchcraft, sorcery Snp.927 (variant reading ath˚, see interpreted at Mnd.381; expld. as āthabbaṇika-manta-ppayoga at Snp-a.564).
= athabbaṇa, q.v.
adjective noun one conversant with magic, wonder-worker, medicine-man Mnd.381; Snp-a.564.
fr. athabbana
to cause one to take, to accept, agree to MN.ii.104; SN.i.132.
Caus. of ādāti
consideration of, esteem, regard, respect reverence, honour Ja.v.493; Snp-a.290; DN-a.i.30; Dhs-a.61; Vv-a.36, Vv-a.61, Vv-a.101, Vv-a.321; Pv-a.121, Pv-a.123, Pv-a.135, Pv-a.278 Sdhp.2, Sdhp.21, Sdhp.207, Sdhp.560. -anādara lack of reverence, disregard disrespect; (adj.) disrespectful SN.i.96; Vin.iv.218; Snp.247 (= ādara-virahita Snp-a.290; DN-a.i.284; Vv-a.219; Pv-a.3, Pv-a.5, Pv-a.54, Pv-a.67, Pv-a.257.
Sk. ādara, prob. ā + dara, cp. semantically Ger. ehrfurcht awe
feminine = ādara, in neg. an˚; want of consideration Ja.iv.229; Dhs.1325 = Vb.359 (in expln. of dovacassatā).
abstr. fr. ādara
neuter showing respect of honour; neg. an˚; disregard, disrespect Vin.ii.220; AN.v.146, AN.v.148 Pp.20; Vb.371; Mil.266.
abstr. fr. ādara
is gloss at Vv-a.216 for maddava Vv.51#23; meaning: excitement, adj. exciting. The passage in Vv-a is somewhat corrupt, & therefore unclear.
ā + dava2?
to put down, put on, settle, fix Vism.289 (samaṃ ā. = samādahati). Cp. sam˚ and ādhiyati.
ā + dahati1
to set fire to, to burn Ja.vi.201, Ja.vi.203.
ā + dahati2
taking up, taking to oneself Vin.iv.120 (= anādiyitvā C.; cp. the usual form ādāya). Adati (Adadati)
ger. of ādāti from reduced base *da of dadāti 1b
to take up, accept, appropriate, grasp, seize;
grd ādātabba Vin.i.50;
inf ādātuṃ DN.iii.133 (adinnaṃ theyyasankhātaṃ ā.).
ger ādā & ādāya; (see sep.);
grd ādeyya,
caus ādapeti (q.v.)
■ See also ādiyati & ādeti.
ā + dadāti of dadāti base 1 dā
neuter taking up, getting, grasping, seizing; fig. appropriating clinging to the world, seizing on (worldly objects).
ād + āna, or directly from ā + dā, base 1 of dadāti
having received or taken taking up, seizing on, receiving; freq. used in the sense of a prep. “with” (c. acc.) Snp.120, Snp.247, Snp.452; Ja.v.13 Vb.245; Dhp-a.ii.74; Snp-a.139; Pv-a.10, Pv-a.13, Pv-a.38, Pv-a.61 etc
■ At Vin.i.70 the form ādāya is used as a noun f ādāyā in meaning of “a casually taken up belief” (tassa ādāyassa vaṇṇe bhaṇati). Cp. upa˚, pari˚.
ger. of ādāti, either from base 1 of dadāti (dā) or base 2 (dāy). See also ādiya
adjective noun taking up, grasping, receiving; one who takes, seīzes or appropriates DN.i.4 (dinn˚); AN.iii.80; AN.v.137 (sār˚); DN-a.i.72.
fr. ā + dadāti base 2, cp. ādāya
a mirror Vin.ii.107; DN.i.7, DN.i.11 (˚pañha mirror-questioning, cp DN-a.i.97: “ādāse devataṃ otaretvā pañha-pucchanaṃ”), DN.i.80 DN.ii.93 (dhamna’-ādāsaṃ nāma dhamma-pariyāyaṃ desessāmi) SN.v.357 (id.); AN.v.92, AN.v.97 sq., AN.v.103; Ja.i.504; Dhs.617 (˚maṇḍala); Vism.591 (in simile); Kp-a.50 (˚daṇḍa) Kp-a.237; Dhp-a.i.226.
Sk. ādarśa, ā + dṛś, P. dass, of dassati1 2
= ādāsa Thig.411.
Sk. ādi, etym. uncertain
adjective from the beginning, initial (see adhika); instr. ādikena in the beginning, at once, at the same time MN.i.395, MN.i.479; MN.ii.213; SN.ii.224; Ja.vi.567. Cp. ādiya3.
ādi + ka
the sun SN.i.15, SN.i.47; SN.ii.284; SN.iii.156; SN.v.44, SN.v.101; AN.i.242; AN.v.22, AN.v.263, AN.v.266 sq.; Iti.85; Snp.550 Snp.569, Snp.1097 (“ādicco vuccati suriyo” Cnd.125); Dhp-a.iv.143; Sdhp.14, Sdhp.17, Sdhp.40.
Vedic āditya
broken, split open SN.iv.193 (= sipātikā with burst pod); cp MN.i.306.
Sk. ādīrṇa, pp. of ā + dṛ; see ādiyati2
neuter state of being broken or split Pts.i.49.
abstr. fr. ādiṇṇa
set on fire, blazing, burning Vin.i.34; Kv.209 (sabbaṃ ādittaṃ); SN.iii.71; SN.iv.19, SN.iv.108; AN.iv.320 (˚cela); Snp.591; Ja.iv.391; Pv.i.8#5 (= paditta jalita Pv-a.41); Kv.209; DN-a.i.264; Pv-a.149; Sdhp.599.
ā + ditta1, Sk. ādīpta, pp. of ā + dīp
only at DN.i.115 (T. reading ādīna, but variant reading S id. ādina, B p. abhinna) in phrase ādina-khattiya-kula primordial See note in Dial. i.148.
adjective grd. of admi, ad, Sk. ādya] edible, eatable AN.iii.45 (bhojanāni).
in -mukha is uncertain reading at AN.iii.164 sq. (vv.ll. ādeyya˚ & ādheyya), meaning perhaps “graspmouth”, i.e. gossip; thus equal to ger. of ādiyati1. Perhaps to be taken to ādiyati2. The same phrase occurs at Pp.65 (T. ādheyya˚, C. has variant reading ādheyya˚) where Pp-a.248 explains “ādito dheyyamukho, paṭhama-vacanasmiṃ yeva ṭhapita-mukho ti attho” (sticking to one’s word?) See ādheyya.
= ādika, instr. ādiyena in the beginning Ja.vi.567 (= ādikena C.).
ger. of ādiyati.
to take up; take to oneself, seize on, grasp, appropriate, fig. take notice of, take to heart, heed
pres ādiyati AN.iii.46; Snp.119, Snp.156, Snp.633 Snp.785, Mnd.67; Cnd.123, Cnd.124; Ja.iii.296; Ja.v.367
pot ādiye Snp.400;
imper ādiya MN.iii.133 (so read for ādissa?)
aor ādiyi DN.iii.65; AN.iii.209, ādiyāsi Pv.iv.1#48 (sayaṃ daṇḍaṃ ā. = acchinditvā gaṇhasi Pv-a.241) & ādapayi (Caus. formation fr. ādāti?) to take heed SN.i.132 (variant reading ādiyi, trsl. “put this into thy mind”)
ger ādiyitvā Vin.iv.120 (= ādā); Ja.ii.224 (C. for ādiya T.), Ja.iii.104; Ja.iv.352 (an˚ not heeding; variant reading anāditvā, cp. anādiyanto not attending Ja.iii.196); Dhp-a.iii.32 (id.); Pv-a.13 (T. anādayitva not heeding), Pv-a.212 (vacanaṃ anādiyitvā not paying attention to his word), ādiya SN.iii.26 (variant reading an˚ for anādīya); Ja.ii.223 (= ādiyitvā C.); see also ādiya2, & ādīya SN.iii.26 (an˚). See also upādiyati & pariyādiyati.
ā + diyati, med. pass. base of dadāti4, viz. di˚ & dī˚; see also ādāti & ādeti
to split, go asunder, break Pts.i.49. pp. ādiṇṇa. See also avadīyati. Cp. also upādiṇṇa.
ā + diyati, Sk. ādīryate, Pass. of dṛ; to split: see etym. under darī
feminine in an˚; the fact of not taking up or heeding Snp-a.516.
abstr. formation ādiyana (fr. ādiya ger. of ādiyati) + ta
pres ind. ādisati DN.i.213 = AN.i.170 (tell or read one’s character); Snp.1112 (atītaṃ); Mnd.382 (nakkhattaṃ set the horoscope); Mil.294 (dānaṃ);
pot ādiseyya Thig.307 (dakkhiṇaṃ); Pv.iv.1#30 (id. = uddiseyya Pv-a.228) & ādise Vin.i.229 = DN.ii.88 (dakkhiṇaṃ);
imper ādisa Pv-a.49
fut ādissati Thig.308 (dakkhiṇaṃ) Pv-a.88 (id.)
aor ādisi Pv.ii.2#8; Pv-a.46 (dakkhiṇaṃ); pl ādisiṃsu ibid. Pv-a.53 (id.) & ādisuṃ Pv.i.10#6 (id.)
ger ādissa Vin.iii.127; Snp.1018; Pv.ii.1#6 (dānaṃ), & ādisitvāna Thig.311
grd ādissa (adj.) to be told or shown MN.i.12.
ā + disati
adverb from the beginning, i.e. thoroughly, absolutely DN.i.180; MN.iii.208.
orig. abl. of ādi, formed with ˚saḥ
at MN.iii.133 is an imper. pres. meaning “take”, & should probably better be read; ādiya (in corresponsion with ādāna). It is not grd. of ādisati, which its form might suggest.
adjective blameworthy MN.i.12; MN-a = garāyha.
at DN.i.115 & SN.v.74 (vv.ll. ādina, & abhinna) see ādina. See; diṇṇa.
adjective to be explained Mil.270.
grd. of ā + dīpeti
ablaze, in flames SN.i.31 (loka; variant reading ādittaka) SN.i.108; Ja.v.366; Dhp-a.iii.32 (variant reading āditta).
pp. of ādīpeti, ā + caus. of dīp, cp. dīpeti
indeclinable emphatic (adversative) part.
see also adu
to take, receive, get Snp.121 (= gaṇhāti Snp-a.179), Snp.954 (= upādiyati gaṇhāti Mnd.444); Cp.i.4#3; Ja.iii.103, Ja.iii.296; Ja.v.366 (= gaṇhāti C.; cp. ādiyati on Ja.v.367) Mil.336.
a + deti, base2 of dadāti (day˚ & de˚), cp. also ādiyati
adjective to be taken up, acceptable, pleasant, welcome, only in phrase -vacana welcome or acceptable speech, glad words Vin.ii.158; Ja.vi.243; Mil.110; Thag-a.42. Adeva, Adevana
grd. of ādāti (q.v.)
lamenting, deploring, crying etc. in ster. phrase (explaining parideva or pariddava) ādevo paridevo ādevanā pari˚ ādevitattaṃ pari˚ Mnd.370 = Cnd.416 = Pts.i.38.
ā + div. devati
information, pointing out; as tt. g. characteristic, determination, substitute, e.g. kutonidānā is at Snp-a.303 said to equal kiṃ-nidānā, the to of kuto (abl.) equalling or being substituted for the acc case: paccatta-vacanassa to-ādeso veditabbo.
fr. ādisati, cp. Sk. ādeśa
feminine pointing out, guessing, prophesy; only in phrase -pāṭihāriya trick or marvellous ability of mind-reading or guessing other peoples character Vin.ii.200; DN.i.212, DN.i.213; DN.iii.220; AN.i.170, AN.i.292; AN.v.327; Pts.ii.227. For pāṭihāriya is subsiituted ˚vidhā (lit. variety of i.e. act or performance etc.) at DN.iii.103.
ā + desanā
neuter
ā + dhāna
ā + dhāra
masculine & neuter
ā + dhāraka, or simply ādhāra + ka
feminine concentration, attention, mindfulness Snp-a.290 (+ daḷhīkaraṇa), Snp-a.398 (id.).
ā + dhāraṇatā
supported, held up Mil.68.
pp. of ā + dhāreti, cp. dhāreti1
to run towards a goal, to run after MN.i.265 (where id. p. SN.ii.26 has upadh˚); DN-a.i.39. Freq. in combn. ādhāvati paridhāvati to run about e.g. Ja.i.127, Ja.i.134, Ja.i.158; Ja.ii.68.
ā + dhavati1
neuter onrush, violent motion Mil.135.
fr. ādhāvati
(nt.) supreme rule lordship, sovereignty, power SN.v.342 (issariy˚); AN.i.62 (id.), AN.i.147, AN.i.212; AN.ii.205 (id.); AN.iii.33, AN.iii.76; AN.iv.252 sq.; Pv.ii.9#59 (one of the ṭhānas, cp. ṭhāna ii.2b; see also DN.iii.146, where spelt ādhipateyya; expld. by issariya at Pv-a.137); Ja.i.57; Dāvs v.17; Vv-a.126 (gehe ā = issariya) The three (att˚, lok˚, dhamm˚) at Vism.14.
fr. adhi + pati + ya “being over-lord”; see also adhipateyya
shaken, moved (by the wind, i.e. fanned Vv.39#4 (variant reading adhuta which is perhaps to be preferred, i.e. not shaken, cp. vātadhutaṃ Dāvs v.49; Vv-a.178 explains by saṇikaṃ vidhūpayamāna, i.e. gently fanned).
ā + dhuta1
adjective to be deposited (in one’s head & heart Pp-a), to be heeded to be appropriated [in latter meaning easily mixed with; ādheyya, cp. vv.ll. under ādiya2 ]; nt. depository (ādhātabbatā ṭhapetabbatā Pp-a.217) Pp.34 (˚ṃ gacchati is deposited); Mil.359 (sabbe tass’ ādheyya2 honti they all become deposited in him, i.e. his deposits or his property).
grd. of ā + dadhāti cp. ādhāna2
a kind of kettledrum, beaten only at one end SN.ii.266; Ja.ii.344; Dpvs.xvi.14.
Sk. ānaka, cp. Morris J.P.T.S. 1893, 10
see ākāsa˚; and viññāṇa˚.
see ānejja.
neuter freedom from debt DN.i.73; AN.iii.354 (Ep. of Nibbāna, cp. anaṇa); Mnd.160; Vism.44; DN-a.i.3.
Sk. ānṛṇya, so also BSk. e.g. Jtm.31#18; from a + ṛṇa, P. iṇa but also aṇa in composition, thus an-aṇa as base of ānaṇya
to trumpet (of elephants) Ja.iv.233.
ā + nadati
neuter the mouth; adj. (-˚) having a mouth Sdhp.103; Pgdp.63 (vikaṭ˚).
Vedic āna, later Sk. ānana from an to breathe
without an interval, immediately following, successive Vin.i.321; Vin.ii.212; Pp.13; Dhs.1291.
fr. an + antara + ika
joy, pleasure, bliss, delight DN.i.3; Snp.679, Snp.687; Ja.i.207 (˚maccha leviathan); Ja.vi.589 (˚bheri festive drum) DN-a.i.53 (= pītiyā etaṃ adhivacanaṃ).
Vedic ānanda, fr. ā + nand, cp. BSk. ānandī joy Divy.37
to be pleased or delighted Ja.vi.589 (aor. ānandi in T. reading ānandi vittā, expld. by C. as nandittha was pleased; we should however read ānandi-cittā with gladdened heart). See also ānandiya.
ā + nandati
adjective joyful, friendly Thag.555; Ja.iv.226.
fr. ā + nand
adjective enjoyable, nt. joy, feast Ja.vi.589 (˚ṃ acarati to celebrate the feast = ānandachaṇa C.).
grd. of ānandati
feminine joy, happiness in cpd. ānandi-citta Ja.vi.589 (so read probably for ānandi vitta see ānandati).
ā + nandī, cp. ānanda
adjective to be brought, in suvānaya easy to bring SN.i.124 = Ja.i.80.
ā + naya
see āneti.
neuter in haled & exhaled breath, inspiration & respiration SN.v.132 SN.v.311 sq.; Ja.i.58; Pts.i.162 (˚kathā); usually in cpd. -sati concentration by in-breathing & out-breathing (cp.; Man of Mystic 70) MN.i.425 (cp. DN.ii.291); MN.iii.82 Vin.iii.70; AN.i.30; Iti.80; Pts.i.166, Pts.i.172, Pts.i.185 (˚samādhi); Cnd.466 B (id.); Mil.332; Vism.111, Vism.197, Vism.266 sq.; Snp-a.165. See detail under sati.
āna + apāna, compounds of an to breathe
see āneti.
to make bend, to bend, to bring toward or under Ja.v.154 (doubtful reading fut ānāmayissasi, variant reading ānayissati, C. ānessasi = lead to).
ā + nāmeti, Caus. of namati, which is usually spelt nameti
praise i.e. that which is commendable, profit, merit, advantage good result, blessing in or from (c. loc.). There are five ānisaṃsā sīlavato sīla-sampadāya or blessings which accrue to the virtuous enumerated at DN.ii.86 viz. bhogakkhandha great wealth, kittisadda good report visārada self-confidence, asammūlho kālaṃ karoti an untroubled death, saggaṃ lokaṃ uppajjati a happy state after death
■ DN.i.110, DN.i.143; DN.iii.132 (four), DN.iii.236 (five) MN.i.204; SN.i.46, SN.i.52; SN.iii.8, SN.iii.93 (mahā˚); SN.v.69 (seven), SN.v.73, SN.v.129, SN.v.133, SN.v.237 (seven), SN.v.267, SN.v.276; AN.i.58 (karaṇīye kariyamāne); AN.ii.26, AN.ii.185, AN.ii.239, AN.ii.243 (sikkhā˚); AN.iii.41 (dāne), AN.iii.248 (dhammasavane), AN.ii.250 (yāguyā), AN.ii.251 (upaṭṭhita-satissa), AN.ii.253 sq. (sīlavato sīlasampadāya etc., as above), AN.ii.267 (sucarite), AN.ii.441; AN.iv.150 (mettāya ceto-vimuttiyā), AN.iv.361 (dhammasavane), AN.iv.439 sq. (nekkhamme avitakke nippītike), AN.iv.442, AN.iv.443 sq. (ākās’ānañcāyatane); AN.vi.106 (mahā˚), AN.vi.311; Iti.28, Iti.29, Iti.40 (sikkhā˚); Snp.256 (phala˚), Snp.784, Snp.952; Ja.i.9 Ja.i.94; Ja.v.491 (variant reading anu˚); Mnd.73, Mnd.104, Mnd.441; Kv.400; Mil.198; Vv-a.6, Vv-a.113; Pv-a.9 (dāna˚), Pv-a.12, Pv-a.64 (= phala), Pv-a.208, Pv-a.221 (= guṇa); Sdhp.263
■ Eleven ānisaṃsas of mettā (cp. Pts.ii.130) are given in detail at Vism.311 Vism.314; on another eight see pp. Vism.644 sq.
ā + ni + saṃsa, BSk. distorted to anuśaṃsa
neuter “sit down”, bottom, behind MN.i.80 = MN.i.245; Ja.iii.435 (gloss asata) Vism.251 = Kp-a.45 (˚ttaca), Kp-a.252 (˚maṃsa).
a + sad
neuter incomparableness, excellency, supreme ideal DN.iii.102 sq.; AN.v.37.
see also anuttariya which as-˚ probably represents ānutt˚
fetched, brought (here), brought back adduced Ja.i.291; Ja.iii.127; Ja.iv.1.
pp. of ānetī
metri causa for anupuṭṭha (q.v.).
neuter rule, regularity, order Thag.727 (cp. Mhvs.ii.224 ānupubbā).
abstr. fr. anupubba
feminine (or -ta nt.?) succession; only in tt. g. padânu-pubbatā word sequence, in expln. of iti Mnd.140; Cnd.137 (variant reading ˚ka).
fr. last
regulated exposition, graduated sermon DN.i.110; DN.ii.41 sq. MN.i.379; Ja.i.8; Mil.228; DN-a.i.277, DN-a.i.308; Dhp-a.iv.199.
for anupubbi˚ representing its isolated composition form, cp. ānubhāva & see also anupubbi˚
greatness, magnificence majesty, splendour Ja.i.69 (mahanto); Ja.ii.102 (of a jewel), Ja.v.491; Dhp-a.ii.58.
the dissociated composition form of anubhāva, q.v. for details. Only in later language
and Ānañja immovability, imperturbability, impassibility. The word is n. but occurs as adj. at Vin.iii.109 (ānañja samādhi, with which cp. BSk. ānijyā śāntiḥ at Avs.i.199
■ The term usually occurs in cpd ānejja-ppatta (adj.) immovable lit. having attained impassibility expld. by Bdhgh. at Vin.iii.267 (on Pār. Vin.i.1, 6 as acala, niccala, i.e. motionless. This cpd. is indicated below by (p.) after the reference
■ The various spellings of the word are as follows:
abstr. fr. an + *añja or *ejja = *ijja. The Sanskritised equivalent would be *iñjya or *iñgya of iṅg to stir, move, with a peculiar substitution of *aṅg in Pāli, referring it to a base with ṛ (probably Sk. ṛj ṛñjati) in analogy to a form like Sk. ṛṇa = Pāli aṇa iṇa, both a & i representing Sk. ṛ. The form; añja would thus correspond to a Sk. *añjya (*añgya). The third P form ān-eñja is a direct (later, and probably re-instituted formation from Sk. iñjya, which in an interesting way became in BSk. re-sanskritised to āñijya (which on the other hand may represent āñejja & thus give the latter the feature of a later, but more specifically Pāli form) The editions of P. Texts show a great variance of spelling based on MSS. vacillation, in part also due to confusion of derivation
feminine steadfastness Vism.330, Vism.386.
fr. āneñja
to bring, to bring towards, to fetch, procure, convey, bring back Snp.110; Pv-a.54, Pv-a.92.
pot 1st pl. ānema (or imper. 2nd pl ānetha MN.i.371.
fut ānayissati SN.i.124; Pv.ii.6#5; Ja.iii.173; Ja.v.154 (variant reading) ānessati Ja.v.154.
inf ānayituṃ Pv.ii.6#10,
ger ānetvā Pv-a.42, Pv-a.74.
aor ānesi Pv-a.3, & ānayi Pv.i.7#7 (sapatiṃ)
pp ānīta (q.v.)
■ Med. pass. ānīyati & āniyyati; DN.ii.245 (āniyyataṃ imper. shall be brought); MN.i.371 (ppr. ānīyamāna)
caus 2 ānāpeti to cause to be fetched Ja.iii.391; Ja.v.225. Apa & Apo;
ā + neti
neuter water; philosophically t. t. for cohesion, representative of one of the 4 great elements (cp. mahābhūta), viz. paṭhavī, āpo, tejo vāyo: see Cpd. 268 & Dhs trsl. 201, also below ˚dhātu. DN.ii.259; MN.i.327; SN.ii.103; SN.iii.54, SN.iii.207; AN.iv.312, AN.iv.375; Snp.307, Snp.391 (˚ṃ), Snp.392 (loc. āpe), Snp.437 (id.); Ja.iv.8 (paṭhavi-āpa-teja˚); Dhs.652; Mil.363 (gen. āpassa, with paṭhavī etc.); Sdhp.100.
-kasiṇa the water-device, i.e. meditation by (the element of) water (cp. Mystic 75 n.) DN.iii.268; Ja.i.313; Dhs.203 Vism.170; Dhp-a.i.312; Dhp-a.iii.214. -dhātu the fluid element the essential element in water, i.e. element of cohesion (see Cpd. 155 n. 2; Mystic 9 n. 2; Dhs trsl. 201, 242; DN.iii.228, DN.iii.247; MN.i.187, MN.i.422: Dhs.652; Ne.74. See also dhātu
■ rasa the taste of water AN.i.32; Snp-a.6 -sama resembling water MN.i.423.
Vedic ap & āp, f. sg. apā, pl. āpaḥ, later Sk. also āpaḥ nt
■ Idg.; *ap & *ab;, primarily to Lith. ùpé water, Old Prussian ape river, Gr. ̓*Λπία Name of the Peloponnesus; further (as *ab) to Lat. amnis river Sk. abda cloud, & perhaps ambu water
feminine river Ja.v.452; Ja.vi.518.
= āpagā
feminine a river Thag.309; Snp.319; Ja.v.454; Dāvs i.32; Vv-a.41.
āpa + ga of gam
to get into, to meet with (acc.); to undergo; to make, produce, exhibit Vin.ii.126 (saṃvaraṃ); DN.i.222 (pariyeṭṭhiṃ); Iti.113 (vuddhiṃ) Ja.i.73; Pp.20, Pp.33 (diṭṭh’ânugatiṃ); Pv-a.29 (ppr. āpajjanto); Dhp-a.ii.71-pot. āpajjeyya DN.i.119 (musāvādaṃ)
aor āpajji Ja.v.349; Pv-a.124 (sankocaṃ); āpādi SN.i.37; AN.ii.34; Iti.85; Ja.ii.293; 3rd pl. āpādu DN.ii.273
ger āpajjitva Pv-a.22 (saṃvegaṃ), Pv-a.151. pp. āpanna (q.v.)
caus āpādeti (q.v.)
■ Note. The reading āpajja in āpajja naṃ Iti.86 is uncertain (vv. ll āsajja & ālajja). The id. p. at Vin.ii.203 (CV. vii.4, 8 has āsajjanaṃ, for which Bdhgh, on p. 325 has āpajjanaṃ Cp. pariyāpajjati.
Sk. āpadyate, ā + pad
a bazaar, shop Vin.i.140; Ja.i.55; Ja.v.445; Pv.ii.3#22; Mil.2, Mil.341; Snp-a.440; Dhp-a.i.317; Dhp-a.ii.89; Vv-a.157; Pv-a.88, Pv-a.333 (phal˚ fruit shop), Pv-a.215.
Sk. āpaṇa, ā + paṇ
a shopkeeper, tradesman Ja.i.124; Mil.344; Vv-a.157; Dhp-a.ii.89.
fr. āpaṇa
at Ja.vi.17 is C. reading for apatacchika in khārāpat˚; (q.v.).
to fall on to, to rush on to Ja.v.349 (= upadhāvati C.); Ja.vi.451 (= āgacchati C.); Mil.371.
ā + patati
feminine an ecclesiastical offence (cp.; Kvu trsl. 362 n. 1), Vin.i.103 (˚khandha), Vin.i.164 (˚ṃ paṭikaroti), Vin.i.322 (˚ṃ passati), Vin.i.354 (avasesā & anavasesā); Vin.ii.2 sq. (˚ṃ ropeti), Vin.ii.59, Vin.ii.60 (˚pariyanta), Vin.ii.88 (˚adhikaraṇa), Vin.ii.259 (˚ṃ paṭikaroti); Vin.iv.344; DN.iii.212 (˚kusalatā); AN.i.84 (id.), AN.i.87; AN.ii.240 (˚bhaya); Dhs.1330 sq. (cp. Dhs trsl. 346). anāpatti Vin.iii.35.
Sk. āpatti, fr. ā + pad, cp. apajjati & BSk. āpatti, e. g, Divy.330
adjective guilty of an offence MN.i.443; Vin.iv.224. an˚; Vin.i.127.
āpatti + ka, cp. BSk. āpattika Divy.303
in micchāpatha, dvedhāpatha as classified in Vb Ind. p. 441 should be grouped under patha as micchā˚ dvedhā˚.
in ˚jjhāyin Cnd.342#2 is read āpādaka˚; at Mnd.226, and āpātaka˚ at Vism.26.
feminine accident, misfortune distress, DN.iii.190; AN.ii.68 (loc. pl. āpadāsu), AN.ii.187; AN.iii.45; AN.iv.31; Thag.371; Ja.iv.163 (āpadatthā, a difficult form; vv.ll. T. aparattā, āpadatvā, C. aparatthā; expld. by āpadāya); Ja.v.340 (loc. āpade), Ja.v.368; Pv-a.130 (quot.) Sdhp.312, Sdhp.554. Note. For the contracted form in loc. pl āpāsu (= *āpatsu) see *āpā.
Sk. āpad, fr. ā + pad, cp. āpajjati & BSk. āpad, e.g. in āpadgata Jtm.31#33
pp. of āpajjati
(f.) misery, misfortune Ja.ii.317 (loc. pl. āpāsu, variant reading avāsu, C. āpadāsu); Ja.iii.12 (BB āvāsu); Ja.v.82 (avāgata gone into misery, variant reading apagata, C apagata parihīna), Ja.v.445 (loc. āvāsu, variant reading avāsu, C. āpadāsu), Ja.v.448 (āvāsu kiccesu; variant reading apassu, read āpāsu). Note. Since *āpā only occurs in loc. pl., the form āpāsu is to be regarded as a direct contraction of Sk. āpatsu.
for āpadā, q.v.
life, lit. breathing, only in cpd. -koṭi the end of life Mil.397; Dāvs iii.93; adj. -koṭika MN.ii.120; Vism.10.
ā + pāṇa
sphere, range, focus, field (of consciousness or perception; cp. Dhs trsl. 199), appearance AN.ii.67; Ja.i.336 Vb.321; Mil.298; Vism.21, Vism.548; DN-a.i.228; Dhs-a.308 Dhs-a.333; Vv-a.232 (˚kāla); Dhp-a.iv.85; Sdhp.356. Usually in phrase āpāthaṃ gacchati to come into focus, to become clear, to appear MN.i.190; SN.iv.160, or -ṃ āgacchati Vin.i.184; AN.iii.377 sq.; AN.iv.404; Vism.125. Cp. ˚gata below.
etym.? Trenckner, Mil p.428 says: “I suspect ā. to be corrupted from āpāta (cp. āpatati), under an impression that it is allied to patha; but it is scarcely ever written so”
adjective belonging to the (perceptual) sphere of, visible, in -nisādin lying down visible DN.iii.44, DN.iii.47. Cp. āpathaka.
fr. āpātha
adjective noun
fr. ā + pad
feminine a nursing woman, in an˚; not nursing, unmarried Ja.iv.178.
short for āpādikā
aor. of āpajjati (q.v.).
to produce, make out, bring, bring into MN.i.78; MN.iii.248; SN.iv.110 (addhānaṃ to live one’s life, cp. addhānaṃ āpādi Ja.ii.293 = jīvit’addhānaṃ āpādi āyuṃ vindi C.); Snp-a.466
■ Cp. pari˚
Caus. of āpajjati
neuter drinking; drinking party, banquet; banqueting-hall, drinking-hall Ja.i.52 (˚maṇḍala); Ja.v.292 (˚bhūmi); Vism.399 (id.); Dhp-a.i.213 (id., rañño).
fr. ā + pā
adjective drinking, one who is in the habit of drinking DN.i.167.
āpāna + ka
adjective drinkable, fit for drinking or drinking with, in -kaṃsa drinking-bowl, goblet MN.i.316; SN.ii.110.
fr. āpāna, ā + pā
adjective noun one suffering in an apāya or state of misery after death Vin.ii.202 = Iti.85 (variant reading ap˚) Vin.ii.205; DN.i.103; AN.i.265; Iti.42; Vism.16; Pv-a.60.
fr. apāya
to be in motion (in etym. of āpo) Vism.364.
fr. ṛ; cp. appāyati & appeti
to enquire after, look for, ask, esp. to ask permission or leave; aor. āpucchi Ja.i.140; Pv-a.110; grd. āpucchitabba Dhp-a.i.6; ger. āpucchitvā Vin.iv.267 (apaloketvā +); Mil.29; Pv-a.111; āpucchitūna (cp. Geiger § 211) Thig.426; āpuccha Thig.416 & āpucchā [= āpṛcchya, cp. Vedic ācyā for ācya], only in neg. form an˚; without asking Vin.ii.211, Vin.ii.219; Vin.iv.165, Vin.iv.226 (= anapaloketvā); Dhp-a.i.81
pp āpucchita Vin.iv.272.
ā + pucchati
to be filled, to become full, to increase Ja.iii.154 (cando ā. = pūrati C.); Ja.iv.26, Ja.iv.99, Ja.iv.100.
a + pūrati
to cause to reach or obtain Ja.vi.46. Cp. vy˚.
Caus. of āp, see appoti & pāpuṇāti
to feel, realise, attain to, reach; aor. āphusi Vv.16#9 (= adhigacchi Vv-a.84).
ā + phusati
tied, bound, bound up DN-a.i.127; fig. bound to, attached to, in love with Dhp-a.i.88; Pv-a.82 (Tissāya ˚sineha); Sdhp.372 (sineh, ˚hadaya).
pp. of ābandhati
adjective (being) tied to (loc.) Pv-a.169 (sīse).
ā + bandh, cp. Sk. ābandha tie, bond
(ā + bandhati, Sk. ābadhnāti, bandh ] to bind to, tie, fasten on to, hold fast; fig. to tie to, to attach to, Ja.iv.132, Ja.iv.289; Ja.v.319, Ja.v.338, Ja.v.359
pp ābaddha.
neuter
fr. ā + bandh
affliction, illness, disease Vin.iv.261; DN.i.72; DN.ii.13; AN.i.121; AN.iii.94, AN.iii.143; AN.iv.333, AN.iv.415 sq., AN.iv.440; Dhp.138; Pp.28 Vism.41 (udara-vāta˚) Vism.95; Vv-a.351 (an˚ safe & sound) Snp-a.476; Sdhp.85
■ A list of ābādhas or illnesses, as classified on grounds of aetiology, runs as follows: pittasamuṭṭhānā semha˚, vāta˚, sannipātikā, utu-pariṇāmajā visama-parihārajā, opakkamikā, kammavipākajā (after Cnd.304#i.c., recurring with slight variations at SN.iv.230; AN.ii.87; AN.iii.131; AN.v.110; Mnd.17, Mnd.47; Mil.112, cp. Mil.135). Another list of illnesses mentioned in the Vinaya is given in Index to Vin.ii.351
■ Five ābādhas at Vin.i.71, viz. kuṭṭhaṃ gaṇḍo kilāso soso apamāro said to be raging in Magadha cp. Vin.i.93
■ Three ābādhas at DN.iii.75, viz. icchā anasanaṃ jarā, cp. Snp.311
■ See also cpd. appābādha (health) under appa.
ā + bādh to oppress, Vedic ābādha oppression
adjective noun affected with illness, a sick person AN.iii.189, AN.iii.238; Mnd.160; Mil.302; DN-a.212; Dhp-a.i.31; Pv-a.271
■ f. ābādhikinī a sick woman AN.ii.144.
fr. ābādha
afflicted, oppressed, molested Thag.185.
pp. of ābādheti, Caus. of ā + bādh
to oppress, vex, annoy, harass SN.iv.329.
ā + Caus. of bādh, cp. ābādha
adjective turbid, disturbed, soiled Ja.v.90.
Sk. āvila; see also P. āvila
brought (there or here), carried, conveyed, taken DN.i.142; SN.i.65; AN.ii.71 AN.ii.83; Iti.12, Iti.14 with phrase yathābhataṃ as he has been reared (cp. Ja.v.330 evaṃ kicchā bhaṭo); Pv.iii.5 (ratt˚ rattiyaṃ ā. Pv-a.199); Dhp-a.ii.57, Dhp-a.ii.81; Dhp-a.iv.89; Vv-a.65 Cp. yathābhata.
pp. of ā + bharati from bhṛ.
adjective = ābhata; DN-a.i.205 (variant reading ābhata).
neuter that which is taken up or put on, viz. ornament, decoration, trinkets DN.i.104; Vv.80#2; Ja.iii.11, Ja.iii.31; Dhp-a.iii.83; Vv-a.187.
Sk. ābharaṇa, ā + bhṛ.
to bring, to carry; ger. ābhatvā Ja.iv.351.
ā + bhṛ.
adjective noun shining, brilliant, radiant, Name of a class of gods in the Brahma heavens “the radiant gods”, usually referred to as the representatives of supreme love (pīti & mettā) thus at DN.i.17; Dhp.200; Iti.15; Dhp-a.iii.258 (˚loka). In another context at Vism.414 sq.
etym. uncertain; one suggested in Cpd. 138 n. 4 is ā + *bha + *sar, i.e. from whose bodies are emitted rays like lightning, more probably a combn. of ābhā + svar (to shine, be bright), i.e. shining in splendour
feminine shine, splendour, lustre, light DN.ii.12; MN.iii.147 (adj. ˚); SN.ii.150 (˚dhātu) AN.ii.130, AN.ii.139; AN.iii.34; Mhvs.xi.11; Vv-a.234 (of a Vimāna variant reading pabhā); Dhp-a.iv.191; Sdhp.286.
to shine, shine forth, radiate Dhp.387 (= virocati Dhp-a.iv.144); Ja.v.204. See also ābheti.
ā + bhā
to cultivate, pursue Pv.ii.13#19 (mettacittaṃ; gloss & variant reading abhāvetvā; expld. as vaḍḍhetvā brūhetvā Pv-a.168).
ā + bhāveti
splendour, light, appearance MN.iii.215.
Sk. ābhāsa, fr. ā + bhās
adjective See abhicetasika. This spelling, with guṇa of the first syllable, is probably more correct; but the short a is the more frequent.
adjective belonging to the evening before, of last night Vin.iii.15 (of food; stale); MN.i.170 (˚kālakata died last night); Mil.291.
abhidosa + ika
adjective belonging to the specialised Dhamma, versed in or studying the Abhidhamma Mil.17, Mil.341; Vism.93. As abhi˚ at Kp-a.151; Ja.iv.219.
abhidhamma + ika
to split, cut, strike (with an axe) SN.iv.160 (variant reading a˚).
ā + bhindati
adjective belonging to the consecration (of a king) Vin.v.129.
fr. abhiseka
to bend, bend towards or in, contract; usually in phrase pallaṅkaṃ ā˚; “to bend in the round lap” or “bend in hookwise”, to sit crosslegged (as a devotee with straightened back), e.g. at Vin.i.24; DN.i.71; MN.i.56 (variant reading ābhuñjitvā), MN.i.219; AN.iii.320; Pp.68; Pts.i.176; Ja.i.71, Ja.i.213; Mil.289; DN-a.i.58, DN-a.i.210. In other connection Ja.i.18 (Ja.v.101; of the ocean “to recede”); Mil.253 (kāyaṃ).
ā + bhujati, bhuj1
neuter crouching, bending, turning in, in phrase pallank’ābhujana sitting cross-legged Ja.i.17 (verse 91); Pv-a.219.
fr. ābhujati
feminine Name of a tree, the Bhūrja or Bhojpatr Ja.v.195 (bhūjapatta-vana C.), Ja.v.405 (= bhūjapatta C.).
lit. the one that bends, prob. a poetic metaphor
to enjoy, partake of, take in, feel, experience Ja.iv.456 (bhoge; Rh. D. “hold in its hood”?); Dhs-a.333.
ā + bhuj2, Sk. bhunakti
neuter partaking of, enjoying, experiencing Dhs-a.333.
fr. ābhuñjati
to shine Pv.ii.12#6 (ppr. ˚entī); Vv.8#2 (˚antī, variant reading ˚entī; = obhāsentī Vv-a.50).
*ābhayati = ābhāti, q.v.
ideation idea, thought DN.i.37 (= manasikāro samannāhāro DN-a.i.122; cp. semantically āhāra = ābhoga, food); Vb.320; Mil.97; Vism.164, Vism.325, Vism.354; Dāvs 62; Kp-a.42 (˚paccavekkhana), Kp-a.43 (id.) Kp-a.68
fr. ābhuñjati, bhuj2 to enjoy etc. The translators of Kvu derive it from bhuj1 to bend etc. (Kvu trsl. 221 n. 4) which however is hardly correct, cp. the similar meaning of gocara “pasturing”, fig. perception etc.
indeclinable affirmative part. “yes, indeed, certainly” DN.i.192 sq. (as variant reading BB.; T. has āmo); Ja.i.115 Ja.i.226 (in C. expln. of T. amā-jāta which is to be read for āmajāta); Ja.ii.92; Ja.v.448; Mil.11, Mil.19, Mil.253; Dhp-a.i.10, Dhp-a.i.34 Dhp-a.ii.39, Dhp-a.ii.44; Vv-a.69; Pv-a.12, Pv-a.22, Pv-a.56, Pv-a.61, Pv-a.75, Pv-a.93 etc.
a specific Pāli formation representing either amma (q.v.) or a gradation of pron. base amu˚ “that (see asu), thus deictic-emphatic exclamn. Cp. also BSk āma e.g. Avs.i.36
adjective raw, viz.
Vedic āma = Gr. ὠμός, connected with Lat. amārus. The more common P. form is āmaka (q.v.)
adjective raw, uncooked DN.i.5 = Pp.58 (˚maṃsa raw flesh); MN.i.80 (titta-kalābu āmaka-cchinno).
= āma2
touched, handled Ja.i.98 (an˚); DN-a.i.107 (= parāmaṭṭha); Sdhp.333.
Sk. āmṛṣṭa, pp. of āmasati; cp. āmasita
a formation resembling a circle, in phrase -ṃ karoti to form a ring (of people or a circle, to stand closely together MN.i.225 (cp. Sk āmaṇḍalikaroti).
ā + maṇḍala + iya
in anāmata at Ja.ii.56 is métric for amata.
feminine earthenware, crockery; in -āpaṇa a crockery shop, chandler’s shop Vin.iv.243.
ā + mattikā
neuter crushing Vv-a.311.
ā + maddana of mṛd
adjective adverb asking or asked, invited; only as an˚; without being asked, unasked, uninvited Vin.i.254 (˚cāra); AN.iii.259 (id.).
either ger. of āmanteti (q.v.) or root der. fr. ā + mant, cp. āmantaṇā
neuter & -nā (f., also -ṇā) addressing, calling; invitation, greeting Snp.40 (ep. Cnd.128) -vacana the address-form of speech i.e. the vocative case (cp. Sk. āmantritaṃ id.) Snp-a.435; Kp-a.167.
from āmanteti
adjective noun addressing, speaking to, conversing; f. -ikā interlocutor, companion, favourite queen Vv.18#8 (= allāpa-sallāpa-yoggā kīḷanakāle vā tena (i.e. Sakkena) āmantetabbā Vv-a.96).
fr. āmantana
adjective to be addressed Ja.iv.371.
grd. of āmanteti
addressed, called, invited Pv.ii.3#13 (= nimantita Pv-a.86).
pp. of āmanteti
to call, address, speak to, invite, consult Ja.vi.265; DN-a.i.297; Snp-a.487 (ālapati & avhayati); Pv-a.75, Pv-a.80, Pv-a.127
aor āmantesi DN.ii.16; Snp.p.78 (= ālapi Snp-a.394) & in poetry; āmantayi Snp.997; Pv.ii.2#7; Pv.ii.3#7 (perhaps better with variant reading SS samantayi)
ger āmanta (= Sk. *āmantrya) Ja.iii.209 Ja.iii.315 (= āmantayitvā’ C.), Ja.iii.329; Ja.iv.111; Ja.v.233; Ja.vi.511. pp. āmantita (q.v.)
caus 2 āmantāpeti to invite to come, to cause to be called, to send for DN.i.134 (variant reading āmanteti); Mil.149.
denom. of ā + *mantra
affliction, illness, misery; only as an˚; (adj.) not afflicted, not decaying, healthy well (cp. BSk. nirāmaya Aśvaghoṣa ii.9) Vin.i.294; Vv.15#10 (= aroga Vv-a.74); Vv.17#7 ; Vv.36#8 ; Ja.iii.260, Ja.iii.528; Ja.iv.427; Ja.vi.23. Positive only very late, e.g. Sdhp.397.
etym.? cp. Sk. āmaya
emblic myrobalan, Phyllanthus Emblica Vin.i.201, Vin.i.278; Vin.ii.149 (˚vaṇṭika pīthu); SN.i.150; AN.v.170; Snp.p.125 (˚matti); Ja.iv.363; Ja.v.380 (as variant reading for T. āmala); Mil.11; Dhp-a.i.319; Vv-a.7.
cp. Sk. āmalaka
feminine āmalaka Vin.i.30; MN.i.456 (˚vana).
to touch (upon), to handle, to lay hold on Vin.ii.221; Vin.iii.48 (kumbhiṃ); Ja.iii.319 (id.); AN.v.263, AN.v.266; Ja.iv.67; Pts.ii.209; Mil.306; Snp-a.400; Dhs-a.302; Vv-a.17
aor āmasi Ja.ii.360; ger āmasitvā Vin.iii.140 (udakapattaṃ) Ja.ii.330; grd. āmassa Ja.ii.360 (an˚) and āmasitabba id. (Comm.)
pp āmaṭṭha & āmasita; (q.v.).
ā + masati fr. mṛś
neuter touching, handling; touch Vin.iv.214. Cp.iii.11#8; Mil.127, Mil.306; DN-a.i.78.
fr. āmasati
touched, taken hold of, occupied Vv-a.113 (an˚ khetta virgin land).
pp. of āmasati
adjective “born in the house” (cp semantically Gr. ἰχαγενής → indigenous), inborn, being by birth, in cpd. -dāsa (dāsī) a born slave, a slave by birth Ja.vi.117 (= gehadāsiyā kucchismiṃ jātadasī C.), Ja.vi.285 (dāsassa dāsiyā kucchimhi jātadāsā).
to be considered either a der. from amā (see amājāta in same meaning) or to be spelt amāya which metri causa may be written ā˚
receptacle of undigested food, i.e. the stomach Vism.260 Kp-a.59. Opp. pakkāsaya.
āma2 + āsaya, cp. Sk. āmāśaya & āmāśraya
neuter? a woollen cover into which a floral pattern is woven DN-a.i.87.
etym.?
neuter
der. fr. āma raw, q.v. for etym
■ Vedic āmis (m.); later Sk. āmiṣa (nt.), both in lit. & fig. meaning
to put on, take up; to be attached to, cling to Dhs-a.305
pp āmutta (q.v.).
ā + mtic
having put on, clothed in, dressed with, adorned with (always ˚-) DN.i.104 (˚mālābharaṇa); Vin.ii.156 = Vv.20#8 (˚maṇi-kuṇḍala); SN.i.211; Ja.iv.460; Ja.v.155; Ja.vi.492; Vv.72#1 (= paṭimukka); Vv.80#2 (˚hatthābharaṇa); Pv.ii.9#51 (˚maṇikuṇḍala); Ja.iv.183; Vv-a.182.
Sk. āmukta, pp. of ā + muc, cp. also BSk. āmukta jewel Divy.2, Divy.3 etc., a meaning which might also be seen in the later Pāli passages, e.g. at Pv-a.134. Semantically cp. ābharaṇa
(or Āmeḍita) -(nt.) sympathy in ˚ṃ karoti to show sympathy (? so Morris J.P.T.S. 1887, 106) DN-a.i.228; Snp-a.155 (variant reading at DA āmeḍita).
Sk. āmreḍita fram ā + mreḍ, dialectical
= āma DN.i.192, DN.i.3.
that which pleases; fragrance, perfume Dāvs v.51.
Sk. āmoda, fr. ā + mud
feminine rejoicing Dhs.86, Dhs.285.
fr. ā + mud
adjective rejoicing, glad SN.i.100 (variant reading anu˚) = Iti.66; Vv.64#8 (= pamodamāna Vv-a.278); Ja.v.45.
ppr. med. of āmodeti
pleased, satisfied, glad Ja.i.17 (verse 80); Ja.v.45 (˚pamodita highly pleased); Mil.346.
pp. fr. āmodeti
to please, gladden, satisfy Thag.649 (cittaṃ); Ja.v.34
pp āmodita (q.v.).
Sk. āmodayati, Caus. of ā + mud
Sk. āya; ā + i
Sk. āyata, pp. of ā + yam, cp. āyamati
adjective
= āyata
neuter
Sk. āyatana, not found in the Vedas; but freq. in BSk. From ā + yam, cp. āyata. The pl. is āyatanā at SN.iv.70
■ For full definition of term as seen by the Pāli Commentators see Bdhgh’s expln at DN-a.i.124, DN-a.i.125, with which cp. the popular etym. at Kp-a.82 “āyassa vā tananato āyatassa vā saṃsāradukkhassa nayanato āyatanāni” and at Vism.527 “āye tanoti āyatañ ca nayatī ti ā.”
adjective belonging to the sphere of (some special sense, see āyatana 3) SN.iv.126 (phass niraya & sagga).
fr. āyatana
feminine “stretching forth”, extension, length (of time), future. Only (?) in acc. āyatiṃ (adv.) in future Vin.ii.89, Vin.ii.185; Vin.iii.3; Snp.49; Iti.115 (T. reads āyati but cp. p. 94 where T. āyatiṃ, variant reading āyati) Ja.i.89; Ja.v.431; DN-a.i.236.
fr. ā + yam, cp. Sk. āyati
adjective future SN.i.142.
fr. last
feminine a tube, waterpipe Vin.ii.123.
of āyataka
Sk. āyatta, pp. of ā + yat
feminine at Dhs-a.259 and Vism.26 is a grammarian’s construction, abstracted from f. abstr. words ending in -āyanā, e.g. kankhā → kankhāyanā, of which the correct expln. is a derivation fr. caus
■ formation kankhāyati → kankhāy + a + nā. What the idea of Bdhgh. was in propounding his expln. is hard to say, perhaps he related it to i and understood it to be the same as āyāna.
?
to stretch, extend, stretch out, draw out Mil.176, usually in ster. phrase piṭṭhi me āgilāyati tam ahaṃ āyamissāmi “my back feels weak, I will stretch it” Vin.ii.200; DN.iii.209; MN.i.354; SN.iv.184; Ja.i.491. Besides this in commentaries e.g. Ja.iii.489 (mukhaṃ āyamituṃ).
ā + yam
adjective made of iron SN.ii.182; AN.iii.58; Dhp.345; Ja.iv.416; Ja.v.81; Vv.84#5 (an˚ cp. the rather strange expln. at Vv-a.335).
Sk. āyasa, of ayas iron
neuter dishonour, disgrace, bad repute AN.iv.96; Ja.v.17; Vv-a.110; usually in phrase -ṃ pāpuṇāti to fall into disgrace Thag.292; Ja.ii.33 = Ja.ii.271; Ja.iii.514.
Bdhgh on AN.iv.96 explains it as ayasaka + ya with guṇa of the initial, cp. ārogya
adjective lit. old, i.e. venerable; used, either as adj. or absolute as a respectful appellation of a bhikkhu of some standing (cp. the semantically identical thera). It occurs usually in nom. āyasmā and is expld. in Nd by typical formula “piya-vacanaṃ garu˚, sagārava-sappaṭissâdhivacanaṃ”, e.g. Mnd.140, Mnd.445; Cnd.130 on var. Snp loci (e.g. Snp.814, Snp.1032, Snp.1040, Snp.1061, Snp.1096)
■ Freq. in all texts, of later passages see Snp-a.158; Pv-a.53, Pv-a.54, Pv-a.63 Pv-a.78
■ See also āvuso.
Sk. āyuṣmant, the P. form showing assimilation of u to a
sacrificial fee, gift; (m.) recipient of a sacrifice or gift (deyyadhamma) Snp.486 (= deyyadhammānaṃ adhiṭṭhāna-bhūta Snp-a.412); Thag.566; Ja.vi.205 (˚vatthu worthy objact of sacrificial fees).
ā + yāga of yaj
adjective noun one who begs or prays, petitioner Mil.129.
fr. ā + yāc
pp āyācita (q.v.).
ā + yāc, cp. Buddh. Sk. āyācate Divy.1.
neuter
fr. āyācati
vowed, promised Ja.i.169 (˚bhattajātaka N.).
pp. of āyācati
gone to, undertaken Sdhp.407.
pp. of āyāt.; cp. BSk. āyāta in same meaning at Jtm.210
to come on or here, to come near, approach, get into SN.i.240; Snp.669; Snp.p.116 (= gacchati Snp-a.463); Ja.iv.410; Pv.ii.12#12 (= āgacchati Pv-a.158); Dhp-a.i.93 (imper. āyāma let us go)
pp āyāta.
ā + yāti of yā
neuter coming, arrival: see āyanā.
fr. ā + yā to go
fr. ā + yam, see āyamati
trouble, sorrow, only neg. an˚; (adj.) peaceful, free from trouble AN.iv.98; Thag.1008.
cp. Sk. āyāsa, etym.?
neuter life, vitality, duration of life, longevity DN.iii.68, DN.iii.69, DN.iii.73, DN.iii.77; SN.iii.143 (usmā ca); SN.iv.294; AN.i.155; AN.ii.63, AN.ii.66 (addh˚); AN.iii.47, AN.iv.76, AN.iv.139; Snp.694, Snp.1019; Iti.89; Ja.i.197 (dīgh˚); Vv.55#5 (cp. Vv-a.247 with its definition of divine life as comprising 30 600 000 years); Vism.229 (length of man’s āyu = 100 years); Dhs.19, Dhs.82, Dhs.295, Dhs.644, Dhs.716; Sdhp.234, Sdhp.239, Sdhp.258
■ Long or divine life, dibbaṃ āyu is one of the 10 attributes of ādhipateyya or majesty (see ṭhāna) thus at Vin.i.294; DN.iii.146; SN.iv.275 sq.; AN.i.115; AN.iii.33; AN.iv.242, AN.iv.396; Pv.ii.9#59 (= jīvitaṃ Pv-a.136).
Vedic āyus; Av. āyu, gradation form of same root as Gr. αἰών “aeon”, αἰέν always; Lat. aevum, Goth aiws. Ohg. ēwa, io always; Ger. ewig eternal; Ags. āē eternity, ā always (cp. ever and aye)
(-˚) adjective -being of life; having a life or age AN.iv.396 (niyat˚); Vv-a.196 (yāvatāyukā dibbasampatti divine bliss lasting for a lifetime). Esp. freq in combn. with dīgha (long) and appa (short) as dīghāyuka AN.iv.240; Pv-a.27; appāyuka AN.iv.247; Pv-a.103 both at Vism.422. In phrase vīsati-vassasahass’āyukesu manussesu at the time when men lived 20 000 years DN.ii.5–DN.ii.12 (see Table at Dial. ii.6); Dhp-a.ii.9; Pv-a.135 dasa-vassasahass’āyukesu manussesu (10 000 years) Pv-a.73; cattāḷīsa˚ Dhp-a.i.103; catusaṭṭhi-kapp’āyukā subhakiṇhā Vism.422.
fr. āyu
adjective = āyuka; in appāyukin short lived Vv.41#6.
fr. āyu
adjective
Sk. ayuta, pp. of ā + yu, yuvati
Sk. āyukta; pp. of ā + yuj
adjective noun one who is devoted to or entrusted with, a trustee, agent, superintendent, overseer Ja.i.230 (˚vesa); Ja.iv.492; Dhp-a.i.101, Dhp-a.i.103, Dhp-a.i.180.
āyutta + ka
is the Vedic form of the common Pāli form āvudha weapon, and occurs only spuriously at DN.i.9 (variant reading āvudha).
adjective advanced in years, old, of age Thag.234.
fr. āyu
adjective having life or vitality Pv-a.63 (āyusmāviññāṇa feeling or sense of vitality; is reading correct?).
Sk. āyuṣmant; see also the regular P. form āyasmant
adjective connected with life, bringing (long) life AN.iii.145 dhamma).
Sk. *āyuṣya
adjective keen, eager, active Mil.207 (+ viriyavā).
fr. āyūhati
lit. to push on or forward aim at, go for, i.e.
pp āyūhita (q.v.).
ā + y + ūhati with euphonic y, fr. Vedic ūhati, ūh1, a gradation of vah (see etym. under vahati). Kern’s etym. on Toevoegselen 99 = āyodhati is to be doubted, more acceptable is Morris’ expln. at J.P.T.S. 1885, 58 sq. although contradictory in part.
adjective noun
fr. āyūhati
f. life, lifetime, only in -pariyosāna at the end of (his) life Pv-a.136, Pv-a.162; Vv-a.319.
āyu + ūhā
to cause somebody to toil or strive after Dhs-a.364.
Caus. ii. fr. āyūhati
busy, eager, active Mil.181.
*Sk. ā + ūhita, pp. of ūh
Sk. āyoga, of ā + yuj; cp. āyutta
neuter warding off, keeping away, holding aloof, being far from (c. gen.); occurring only in pop. etym. of arahant at AN.iv.145; Dhp-a.iv.228; DN-a.i.146 = Vv-a.105, Vv-a.106 = Pv-a.7; cp. Dhs-a.349.
*ārakāt + tvaṃ
adverb far off, far from, away from, also used as prep. c abl. and as adj. pl. keeping away from, removed, far Vin.ii.239 = AN.iv.202 (sanghamhā); DN.i.99, DN.i.102 (adj.) DN.i.167; MN.i.280 (adj.) SN.ii.99; SN.iv.43 sq.; AN.i.281; Iti.91; Ja.i.272; Ja.iii.525; Ja.v.451; Mil.243; Vv-a.72, Vv-a.73 (adj + viratā).
Sk. ārāt & ārakāt, abl. form. fr. *āraka, see ārā2
watch, guard, protection, care DN.ii.59; DN.iii.289; SN.iv.97, SN.iv.175, SN.iv.195; AN.ii.120; AN.iii.38; AN.iv.266, AN.iv.270, AN.iv.281 (˚sampadā), AN.iv.322 (id.), AN.iv.400; AN.v.29 sq.; Ja.i.203; Ja.ii.326; Ja.iv.29 (˚purisa); Ja.v.212 (˚ṭṭhāna, i.e. harem), Ja.v.374 (˚parivāra); Pp.21 (an˚), Pp.24; Mil.154; Vism.19 (˚gocara preventive behaviour, cautiousness); Snp-a.476 (˚devatā); Kp-a.120 (id.), Kp-a.169; Dhp-a.ii.146; Pv-a.195 Sdhp.357, Sdhp.365.
ā + rakkha
a guard, watchman Ja.iv.29.
fr. ārakkha
see arakkheyya.
neuter the point of an awl, the head of certain arrows having the shape of an awl, or an arrow of that kind (see Halayudha p. 151) AN.i.65; Snp.625, Snp.631; Dhp.401 Dhp.407; Vism.306; Dhp-a.ii.51; Dhp-a.iv.181.
ārā + agga; Sk. ārāgra of ārā an awl, a prick
by means of hammering, slashing or beating (like beating a hide) Snp.673 (gloss ārajayārajayā fr. ā + *rañj or *raj)
■ Snp-a.481 explains the passage as follows: ārajayārajayā; i.e. yathā manussā allacammaṃ bhūmiyaṃ pattharitvā khīlehi ākoṭenti, evaṃ ākoṭetvā pharasūhi phāḷetvā ekam ekaṃ koṭiṃ chinditvā vihananti, chinnachinnakoṭi punappuna samuṭṭhāti; āracayāracayā ti pi pāṭho, āviñjitvā (variant reading BB āvijjhitvā) āviñjitvā ti attho
■ Cp. ārañjita.
ā + racayā a ger. or abl. form. fr. ā + *rac, in usual Sk. meaning “to produce”, but here as a sound-root for slashing noise, in reduplication for sake of intensification. Altogether problematic
adjective belonging to solitude or the forest, sequestered; living in the forest, fond of seclusion, living as hermits (bhikkhū). Freq. spelt araññaka (q.v.)
■ Vin.i.92 (bhikkhū); Vin.ii.32, Vin.ii.197, Vin.ii.217 (bh.), Vin.ii.265 (bh.); MN.i.214; AN.iii.100 sq., AN.iii.219; AN.iv.21; AN.v.66; Ja.iii.174 (variant reading BB. a˚); Mil.342; Dhp-a.ii.94 (vihāra).
fr. arañña + ka
neuter the habit of sequestration or living in solitude MN.i.214; MN.iii.40; AN.i.38.
abstr. fr. āraññaka, see also araññakatta
adjective = āraññaka Vin.iii.15; AN.i.24; Pp.69; Vism.61, Vism.71 (where defined); Mil.341.
furrowed, cut open, dug up, slashed torn (perhaps also “beaten”) MN.i.178 (hatthipadaṃ dantehi ārañjitaṃ an elephant-track bearing the marks of tusks, i.e. occasional slashes or furrows).
in form = Sk. *ārañjita, ā + pp. of rañjayati, Caus. of rañj or raj, but in meaning different. Perhaps to rac (as *racita) to furnish with, prepare, or better still to be regarded as an idiomatic Pāli form of soundroot *rac (see āracayā˚) mixed with rañj, of which we find another example in the double spelling of āracayā (& ārajayā) q.v.
leaving off, keeping away from, abstaining Ja.iv.372 (= virata); Cnd.591 (+ virata paṭivirata).
Sk. ārata, pp. of ā + ram, cp. ārati
feminine leaving off, abstinence Vv.63#9 (= paṭivirati Vv-a.263); in exegetical style occurring in typ. combn. with virati paṭivirati veramaṇī, e.g. at Cnd.462; Dhs.299.
Sk. ārati, ā + ram
neuter? time, period (orig. affected, tinted with), only in cpd. vassāratta the rainy season, lent Ja.iv.444; Dāvs ii.74.
Sk. cp. ārakta, pp. of ā + raj
adjective begun, started, bent on, undertaking, holding on to, resolved, firm AN.i.148 (āraddhaṃ me viriyaṃ Iti.30; Pv-a.73 (ṭhapetuṃ began to place), Pv-a.212 (gantuṃ). Cp. ārādhaka 1.
pp. of ā + rabh
indeclinable
ger. of ārabhati2 in abs. function; cp. Sk. ārabhya meaning since, from
to kill, destroy MN.i.371 (pāṇaṃ).
not with Morris J.P.T.S. 1889, 202 fr. rabh and identical with ārabhati2, but with Kern, Toevoegselen s. v identical with Sk. ālabhate, ā + labh meaning to seize the sacrificial animal in order to kill it; cp. nirārambha
to begin, start, undertake, attempt SN.i.156 (ārabbhatha “bestir yourselves”) = Mil.245 Thag.256 (bh.); Pp.64 (bh.); viriyaṃ ārabhati to make an effort, to exert oneself (cp. ārambha) AN.iv.334. aor. ārabhi Dhp-a.ii.38 & ārabbhi Pv-a.35
ger ārabbha, see sep
pp āraddha (q.v.).
ā + rabhati, Sk. ārabhati & ārambhati, ā + ; rabh
Sk. ārambha in meaning “beginning”, fr ā + rabh (rambh) cp. ārabhati
neuter primary meaning “foundation”, from this applied in the foll. senses:
cp. Sk. ālambana, lamb, but in meaning confounded with rambh (see rabhati)
adjective metri causa for araha deserving Ja.vi.164.
neuter only in pl. gihīnaṃ ārahāni, things proper to laymen, DN.iii.163.
feminine an awl; see cp āragga. Perhaps a der. of ārā is āḷakā (q.v.).
Sk. ārâ; *ēl “pointed”, as in Ohg. āla = Ger. ahle, Ags. āēl = E awl; Oicel. alr
indeclinable far from, remote (from) (adv. as well as prep. with abl.) Snp.156 (pamādamhā), Snp.736; Dhp.253 (āsavakkhayā; Dhp-a.iii.377 explains by dūragata); Ja.ii.449 (jhānabhūmiyā; = dūre ṭhita C.), Ja.v.78 (saṃyame; = dūrato C.). See also ārakā.
Vedic ārād, abl. as adv.; orig. a root der. fr. *ara remoteness, as in Sk. araṇa foreign & araṇya solitude q.v. under araṇa1 and arañña
adjective noun
fr. ā + rādh
neuter & feminine satisfying, accomplishing; satisfaction, accomplishment DN.ii.287 (opp. virādhanā failure); MN.i.479 MN.ii.199; AN.v.211 sq.; Ja.iv.427.
either fr. ā + rādh or ā + rabh, cp. ārādhaka
adjective to be attained, to be won; successful Vin.i.70 (an˚); Ja.ii.233 (dur˚).
grd. fr. ārādheti
pleased Sdhp.510.
pp. of ārādheti; Sk. ārādhita, but BSk. ārāgita, e.g. Divy.131, Divy.233
pp ārādhita (q.v.)
■ See also parābhetvā.
Caus. of ā + rādh, in meaning 2 confused with ārabhati. In BSk. strangely distorted to ārāgayati; freq in Divy as well as Avs
Sk. ārāma, ā + ram
feminine see ārāmika.
feminine pleasure, satisfaction AN.ii.28; AN.iii.116; Vb.381; Mil.233.
abstr. fr. ārāma 1
adjective
fr. ārāma
cry, sound, noise Dāvs iv.46.
cp. Sk. ārāva, fr. ā + ru
in anāriya at Snp.815 is metric for anariya (q.v.).
neuter weeping, crying, lamenting Mil.357.
orig. pp of ā + rud
adjective formless, incorporeal; nt. formless existence DN.iii.275; MN.i.410 cp. MN.i.472.; MN.iii.163; SN.i.131 (˚ṭṭhāyin); SN.ii.123; AN.iv.316; Iti.61; Snp.754; Ja.i.406; Dhs.1385 (cp. trsl. 57); Vism.338; DN-a.i.224; Snp-a.488, Snp-a.508; Sdhp.5, Sdhp.10; the four Vism.iii.326 sq.
fr. arūpa as ā (= a2)-*rūpya
to climb, ascend, go up or on to Snp.1014 (aor. āruhaṃ); Sdhp.188; ger. āruhitvā Snp.321 āruyha Ja.vi.452; Snp.139 (variant reading abhiruyha); Iti.71. Caus. āropeti (q.v.).
ā + ruh
see ārogya.
pp. of āruhati
see āroha.
feminine freedom from illness, health Mil.341.
abstr. fr. a + roga + tā
neuter absence of illness, health DN.i.11; DN.iii.220 (˚mada), DN.iii.235 (˚sampadā); MN.i.451 (T. ārūgya, variant reading ārogya), MN.i.508, MN.i.509; SN.ii.109; AN.i.146 (˚mada); AN.ii.143; AN.iii.72; AN.v.135 sq.; Snp.749, Snp.257 = Dhp.204 = Ja.iii.196; Mnd.160; Vism.77 (˚mada pride of health); Pv-a.129, Pv-a.198; Sdhp.234.
abstr. fr. aroga, i.e. ā (= a2) + roga + ya
neuter announcement Dhp-a.ii.167.
fr. ārocāpeti, Caus. of āroceti
to make some one announce, to let somebody know, usually in phrase kālaṃ ā. Snp.p.111; Ja.i.115, Ja.i.125; Dhp-a.ii.89; Pv-a.141.
Caus. ii. of āroceti
announced, called Vin.ii.213 (kāla).
pp. of āroceti
to relate, to tell, announce, speak to address DN.i.109, DN.i.224; Pv.ii.8#9 (aor, ārocayi); Pv-a.4, Pv-a.13 (aññamaññaṃ anārocetvā not speaking to each other), Pv-a.81, Pv-a.274 & freq. passim
pp ārocita; Caus. ii. ārocāpeti (q.v.).
ā + roceti, Caus. of ruc; cp. BSk. ārocayati Sp. Avs.i.9 etc.
neuter crying, lamenting AN.iii.268 sq.; Ja.i.34; Dhp-a.i.184; Dhp-a.ii.100.
fr. ā + rud, cp. āruṇṇa
neuter “putting on to”, impaling Mil.197 (sūl˚), Mil.290 (id.).
fr. āropeti
pp. of āropeti
pp āropita (q.v.).
Caus. of āruhati
(-˚)
fr. ā + ruh
neuter climbing, ascending; ascent Ja.i.70; Ja.vi.488; Mil.352; Vism.244; Pv-a.74. Alaka-manda
fr. ā + ruh
at Vin.ii.152 is of uncertain reading and meaning (“open to view”? or “not having pegs” āḷaka?) vv.ll. āḷakamanta & ālakamandāra; Bdhgh on p. 321 explains āḷakamandā ti ekangaṇā manussâbhikiṇṇā i.e. full of a crowd of people, Ch. quotes ālakamandā as “the city of Kuvera” (cp. Sk. alakā).
ālaya˚?
to (make) hang on to (loc.), to stick on, fasten to Vin.ii.110 (pattaṃ veḷagge ālaggetvā).
ā + Caus. of lag
to address SN.i.177, SN.i.212; Ja.v.201; Snp-a.42, Snp-a.347, Snp-a.383, Snp-a.394 (= āmantayi of Snp.997), Snp.487 (avhayati); Pv-a.11, Pv-a.13, Pv-a.33, Pv-a.69.
ā + lapati
neuter & -ā (f.) talking to, addressing, conversation Vin.iii.73 (with ref. to exclam. “ambho”) Ja.v.253 (˚ā); Vism.23 (˚ā); Snp-a.396; Pv-a.131 (re ti ā.).
fr. ā + lap
feminine speaking to, conversing with, conversation MN.i.331) (an˚).
abstr. fr. ālapana
anything to hang on, support SN.i.53 (an˚ without support); Snp.173 (id. + appatiṭṭha); Ja.iii.396; Mil.343; Sdhp.245, Sdhp.463.
Sk. ālamba, ā + lamb
to hang on to or up, to take hold of, to fasten to Vin.i.28, Ja.i.57; Ja.vi.192; Vv.84#48; Thag-a.34
■ ālambeti id. Vv-a.32.
ā + lamb
adjective noun (adj.) hanging down from, hanging up Ja.iii.396; Ja.iv.457; Snp-a.214
■ (nt.) support, balustrade (or screen?) Vin.ii.117 Vin.ii.152 (˚bāha) Mil.126. Alambara & Alambara;
fr. ā + lamb, cp. ālamba
neuter a drum Vin.i.15 (l); Ja.ii.344 (ḷ); Ja.v.390 (l); Vv.54#18 (ḷ).
Sk. āḍambara
masculine & neuter
cp. Sk. ālaya, ā + ; lī, līyate, cp. allīna & allīyati, also nirālaya
see allīyati.
neuter sloth, idleness, laziness SN.i.43; DN.iii.182; AN.iv.59; AN.v.136; Sdhp.567. Spelling also ālasya SN.i.43 (variant reading BB); Vb.352; Mil.289, and ālasiya Ja.i.427; DN-a.i.310; Dhp-a.i.299; Vv-a.43. Alana & Alana;
Der. fr. alasa
neuter a peg, stake, post, esp one to which an elephant is tied Ja.i.415; Ja.iv.308; Dhp-a.i.126 (ḷ) where all MSS. have āḷāhana, perhaps correctly.
for ānāhana with substitution of l for n (cp. apilandhana for apinandh˚ and contraction of ˚āhana to ˚āna originally meaning “tying to” then the thing to which anything is tied
masculine or feminine? a certain kind of fish Ja.v.405.
Sk. āḷi
feminine a dike, embankment Vin.ii.256; MN.iii.96; AN.ii.166 (˚pabbheda); AN.iii.28; Ja.i.336; Ja.iii.533, Ja.iii.334.
Sk. ālī
in saccālika at SN.iv.306 is sacc˚alika distortion of truth, falsehood SN.iv.306.
to draw, delineate, copy in writing or drawing Ja.i.71; Mil.51.
ā + likhati
a small drum Ja.v.156 (suvaṇṇ˚-tala).
ā + ling
to embrace, enfold DN.i.230; DN.iii.73; Ja.i.281; Ja.iv.21, Ja.iv.316, Ja.iv.438; Ja.v.8; Mil.7; Dhp-a.i.101: Vv-a.260.
ā + liṅg
besmeared, stained Thag.737.
pp. of ālimpati; Sk. ālipta
a terrace or verandah before the house-door Vin.i.248; Vin.ii.153; DN.i.89; MN.ii.119; SN.iv.290 (ḷ); AN.v.65 (ḷ); Ja.vi.429; DN-a.i.252; Dhp-a.i.26; Dhp-a.iv.196; Snp-a.55 (˚ka-vāsin; variant reading alindaka); Mhvs.35, Mhvs.3. As ālindaka at Ja.iii.283.
Sk. alinda
Pass. of ālimpeti (q.v.).
neuter conflagration, burning, flame Mil.43.
for āḷimp˚ = Sk. ādīpana, see ālimpeti2
ignited, lit. AN.iv.102 (variant reading ālepita).
pp. of ālimpeti2
to smear, anoint Vin.ii.107; SN.iv.177 (vaṇaṃ)
caus 2 ālimpāpeti Vin.iv.316
pass ālimpīyati Mil.74 & ālippati Dhp-a.iv.166 (variant reading for lippati)
pp ālitta (q.v.).
Sk. ālimpayati or ālepayati. ā + lip or limp
to kindle, ignite set fire to Vin.ii.138 (dāyo ālimpetabbo); Vin.iii.85; DN.ii.163 (citakaṃ); AN.i.257; Dhp-a.i.177 (āvāsaṃ read āvāpaṃ), Dhp-a.i.225; Pv-a.62 (kaṭṭhāni)
pp ālimpita (q.v.).
for Sk. ādīpayati, with change of d to l over ḷ and substitution of limp for ḷīp after analogy of roots in ˚mp, like lup → lump, lip → limp
neuter a bulbous plant, Radix; Globosa Esculenta or Amorphophallus (Kern), Arum Campanulatum (Hardy) Ja.iv.371 = Ja.vi.578; Ja.iv.373.
Sk. ālu & ˚ka; cognate with Lat. ālum & alium, see Walde Lat. Wtb. under alium
= ālu Ja.iv.46 (C. for ālupa).
adjective susceptiblé of, longing for, affected with (-˚) Vin.i.288 (sīt˚); DN-a.i.198 (id.); Ja.ii.278 (taṇh˚ greedy).
etym.?
neuter = āluka the edible root of Amorphophallus Campanulatus Ja.iv.46 (= āluka-kaṇḍa C.).
the form āluva occurs at Tha-ap.237.
etym.? Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. suggests ālu-a → āluva → ālupa
breaking off, falling off (?) or forming into bits(?) Dhp-a.ii.55 (˚gūtha).
reading not sure, to ālumpati or ālopa
to pull out, break off MN.i.324.
ā + lup or lump, cp. ālopa
adjective being in motion, confusion or agitation, disturbed, agitated Ja.vi.431.
fr. ā + lul
to move here & there, ppr. med.; āluḷamāna agitated, whirling about Dhp-a.iv.47 (T. ālūl˚; variant reading āḷul˚) confuse Dhs-a.375 Caus. āluḷeti to set in motion, agitate, confound Ja.ii.9 Ja.ii.33
pp āluḷita (q.v.).
ā + lul; Sk. ālolati, cp. also P. āloḷeti
agitated, confused Ja.ii.101; Mil.397 (+ khalita).
pp. of āluḷeti
ointment, salve, liniment Vin.i.274; Mil.74; Dhs-a.249.
cp. Sk. ālepa, of ā + lip
neuter anointing, application of salve DN.i.7 (mukkh˚).
fr. ā + lip
seeing, sight (obj. & subj.), i.e.
ā + lok, Sk. āloka
neuter looking at, regarding DN-a.i.194.
fr. ā + lok
neuter looking before, looking at, looking forward (opp. vilokitaṃ looking behind or backward), always in combn. ālokita-vilokita in ster. phrase at DN.i.70 = e.g. AN.ii.104, AN.ii.106, AN.ii.210; Pp.44, Pp.45, Pp.50 Vism.19; Vv-a.6; DN-a.i.193 (ālokitaṃ purato pekkhanaṃ vil˚ anudisā p.).
pp. of āloketi
one who looks forward or before, a beholder DN-a.i.194 (opp. viloketar).
n. ag. to āloketi
to look before, look at, regard, see DN-a.i.193, DN-a.i.194
pp ālokita (q.v.).
Sk. ālokayati, ā + lok
a piece (cut off), a bit (of food) morsel, esp. bits of food gathered by bhikkhus DN.i.5 = AN.v.206; AN.iii.176; AN.ii.209; AN.iii.304; AN.iv.318; Thag.1055; Iti.18; Pv.ii.1#7; Pp.58; Mil.231, Mil.406; Vism.106; DN-a.i.80 (= vilopa-karaṇaṃ).
ā + lup, cp. ālumpati; BSk. ālopa, e.g. Avs.i.173, Avs.i.341; Divy.290, Divy.481
to break in, plunder, violate Thag.743.
ālopeti? ā + lopeti, Caus. of ālumpati
adjective getting or having, or consisting of pieces (of food) AN.i.295; AN.ii.206; Pp.55.
ālopa + ika
confusion, uproar, agitation Dhp-a.i.38.
fr. ā + luḷ, cp. āluḷati & āloḷeti
feminine that which is stirred up, mud, in cpd. sītāloḷī mud or loam from the furrow adhering to the plough Vin.i.206.
a + luḷ
to confuse, mix, shake together, jumble SN.i.175; Ja.ii.272, Ja.ii.363; Ja.iv.333; Ja.vi.331 Vism.105.
Caus. of āluḷati, cp. āluḷeti
(or -ā f.)
Dimin of aḷa (?) or of ārā i.(?). See Morris J.P.T.S. 1886, 158
Vv.18#9 = Vv.50#24. See ālambara.
(adj. n.) dwelling in forests, a forest-dweller SN.ii.235. As Np. at Vism.208.
= āṭavika
adjective at Ja.v.81, Ja.v.82 is corrupt & should with variant reading perhaps better be read; advāraka without doors. Cp Kern, Toevoegselen 29 (ālāraka?). Ja.v.81 has āḷāraka only.
adjective thick, massed, dense or crooked, arched (?), only in cpd. -pamha with thick eyelashes Vv.64#11 (= gopakhuma Vv-a.279) Pv.iii.3#5 (= vellita-dīgha-nīla-pamukha). Cp. alāra. Alarika & iya;
= aḷāra or uḷāra or = Sk. arāla?
adjective noun a cook DN.i.51 (= bhattakāraka DN-a.i.157); Ja.v.296 (bhattakāraka C.); Ja.v.307; Ja.vi.276 (˚iya, C. ˚ika = sūpika) Mil.331.
Sk. ārālika, of uncertain etym.
neuter a place of cremation, cemetery DN.i.55; Ja.i.287 (here meaning the funereal fire) Ja.i.402; Ja.iii.505; Pv.ii.12#2; Vism.76; Mil.350; DN-a.i.166; Dhp-a.i.26; Dhp-a.iii.276; Pv-a.92, Pv-a.161, Pv-a.163 (= sarīrassa daḍḍha-ṭṭhāna)
■ Note. For āḷāhana in meaning “peg, stake” see ālāna.
fr. ā + ḍah or dah, see dahati
at AN.iii.352, AN.iii.384 (an˚) is preferably to be read āḷhika, see āḷhaka.
neuter = āḷhaka; only at AN.iii.52 (udak˚), where perhaps better with variant reading to be read as āḷhaka. The id p. at AN.ii.55 has ālhaka only.
masculine & neuter a certain measure of capacity, originally for grain; in older texts usually applied to a liquid measure (udaka˚). Its size is given by Bdhgh. at Snp-a.476 as follows: “cattāro patthā āḷhakāni doṇaṃ etc.”-udakāḷhaka SN.v.400; AN.ii.55 = AN.iii.337; Vv-a.155
■ In other connections at Ja.i.419 (aḍḍh˚); Ja.iii.541 (mitaṃ āḷhakena dhañña-māpaka-kammaṃ kataṃ C.); Mil.229 (patt˚); Dhp-a.iii.367 (aḍḍh˚).
Sk. āḍhaka, fr. *āḍha probably meaning “grain”
(adj.) rich, happy, fortunate; only in neg. anāḷhiya poor, unlucky, miserable MN.i.450; MN.ii.178 (+ daḷidda) AN.iii.352 sq. (so read with variant reading BB. ˚āḷhika for T ˚āḷika; combd. with daḷidda; variant reading SS. anaddhika); Ja.v.96, Ja.v.97 (+ daḷidda; C. na āḷhika).
fr. *āḷha, Sk. āḍhya, orig. possessing grain, rich in grain, i.e. wealth; semantically cp dhañña2
ā + vajati, vraj
caus āvajjeti (q.v.).
not with Senart Mvu.377 = ava + dhyā, but = Sk. āvṛṇakti ā + vṛj, with pres. act. āvajjeti Sk. āvarjayati
neuter turning to, paying attention, apprehending; adverting the mind
■ See discussion of term at Cpd. 85, 227 (the C. derive āvajjana fr. āvaṭṭeti to turn towards, this confusion being due to close resemblance of jj and ṭṭ in writing); also Kvu trsl. 221 n. 4 (on Kv.380 which has āvaṭṭanā), 282 n. 2 (on Kv.491 āvaṭṭanā)
■ Pts.ii.5, Pts.ii.120; Ja.ii.243; Vb.320; Mil.102 sq.; Vism.432; DN-a.i.271.
fr. āvajjati, cp. BSk. āvarjana in diff. meaning
bent, turned to, inclined; noticed, observed Mil.297; Vism.432 (citta); Sdhp.433.
pp. of āvajjeti cp. BSk. āvarjita, e.g. Divy.171; Itin 221
neuter inclination of mind, observation, paying attention Pts.ii.27 sq.
abstr. fr. āvajjita
Caus. of āvajjati
covered, veiled, shut off against, prohibited DN.i.97, DN.i.246; MN.i.381 (˚dvāra); Ja.vi.267. -anāvaṭa uncovered, unveiled, exposed, open DN.i.137 (˚dvāra); DN.iii.191 (˚dvāratā); SN.i.55; Ja.v.213; Pv.iii.6#4; Mil.283. Cp. āvuta2 & vy˚.
Sk. āvṛta, pp. of ā + vṛ.
adjective noun
Sk. āvarta, ā + vṛt
in phrase ā. vivaṭṭati to turn forward & backward Vism.504.
= āvattati
neuter turning, twisting; enticement, snare, temptation Ja.iii.494; Dhp-a.ii.153.
fr. ā + vṛt, cp. āvaṭṭa 2 and āvaṭṭanin
feminine turning to (of the mind), adverting apprehending Kv.380, Kv.491.
most likely for āvajjana. q.v. & see also Kvu trsl. 221, 282
adjective turning (away or towards), changing, tempting, enticing MN.i.375, MN.i.381; AN.ii.190; Ja.ii.330 = Ja.iv.471; DN-a.i.250
■ Cp. etymologically the same, but semantically diff. āvattanin.
fr. āvaṭṭana
adjective noun only at MN.i.91 in neg. an˚; not enticed by (loc.), i.e. kāmesu. Cp. āvattin.
fr. āvaṭṭa instead of āvaṭṭana
to turn round, entice, change convert, bring or win over MN.i.375, MN.i.381, MN.i.383, MN.i.505; AN.iii.27; DN-a.i.272.
ā + vatteti, Caus. of vṛt, cp. BSk. āvartayati to employ spells Divy.438
adjective gone away to, fallen back to, in phrase hīnāy’āvatta (see same phrase under āvattati MN.i.460; SN.ii.50; Ja.i.206.
pp. of āvattati
neuter winding, turn, bent Ja.i.70 (in a river); Ne.81 (variant reading āvaṭṭa?), Ne.105 (˚hārasampāta).
Sk. āvarta, of ā + vṛt, cp. āvaṭṭa
adjective turning, in dakkhiṇ˚; turning to the right, dextrorsal DN.ii.18; cp. dakkhiṇâvatta at DN-a.i.259.
āvatta + ka
to turn round, come to, go back, go away to, turn to; only in phrase hīnāya āvattati to turn to “the low”, i.e. to give up orders & return to the world Vin.i.17; MN.i.460; SN.ii.231; SN.iv.191; Snp.p.92 (= osakkati Snp-a.423); Ud.21; Pp.66; Mil.246. pp. āvatta (q.v.). Cp. āvaṭṭati.
ā + vattati, of vṛt
adjective noun turning; turn, return Ne.113; Mil.251.
Sk. āvartana
adjective turning round or back Thag.16 (cp. āvaṭṭanin).
fr. āvattana
adjective noun returning, coming back, one who returns, in spec. meaning of one who comes back in transmigration, syn. with āgāmin (an˚), only in neg. anāvattin not returning, a non-returner, with -dhamma not liable to return at DN.i.156; DN.iii.132; SN.v.346, SN.v.357, SN.v.376, SN.v.406; MN.i.91; DN-a.i.313.
fr. āvatta, cp. āvaṭṭin in diff. meaning
adjective befitting, original, inherent (one of the 4 kinds of nomenclature) Vism.210 = Kp-a.107.
ā + vatthika
to give away, to offer, to deposit as a pledge Mil.279.
a + vap
neuter sowing, dispersing, offering,depositing, scattering Ja.i.321.
fr. āvapati
adjective obstructing, keeping off from Ja.v.325 (so to be read in ariya-magg-âvara).
fr. ā + vṛ.
adjective noun shutting off, barring out withstanding; nt. hindrance, obstruction, bar Vin.i.84 (˚ṃ karoti to prohibit, hinder); Vin.ii.262 (id.); DN.i.246 (syn. of pañca nīvaraṇāni); SN.v.93 sq.; AN.iii.63; Ja.i.78 (an˚); Ja.v.412 (nadiṃ ˚ena bandhāpeti to obstruct or dam off the river); Snp.66 (pahāya pañc’ āvaraṇāni cetaso, cp Cnd.379), Snp.1005 (an˚-dassāviṇ); Pts.i.131 sq.; Pts.ii.158 (an˚) Pp.13; Dhs.1059, Dhs.1136; Vb.341, Vb.342; Mil.21 (dur hard to withstand or oppose)
■ dant˚ “screen of the teeth”, lip Ja.iv.188; Ja.vi.590.
fr. ā + vṛ; cp. āvarati; BSk. āvaraṇa in pañc’ āvaraṇāni Divy.378
feminine keeping away from, withholding from AN.iii.436.
abstr. fr. āvaraṇa
adjective , MN.i.273; an˚; not to be obstructed, impossible to obstruct MN.iii.3; Mil.157.
grd. fr. āvarati
to shut out from (abl.), hold back from, refuse, withhold, obstruct MN.i.380 (dvāraṃ) Snp.922 (pot. ˚aye, cp. Mnd.368); DN-a.i.235 (dvāraṃ) Dpvs.i.38
pp āvaṭa and āvuta2 (q.v.).
ā + vṛ; cp. āvuṇāti
feminine a row, range Ja.v.69; DN-a.i.140.
cp. Sk. āvalī & see valī
to live at or in, to inhabit, reside, stay MN.ii.72; SN.i.42; Snp.43, Snp.805, Snp.1134; Mnd.123, Mnd.127; Cnd.133; Ja.vi.317
pp āvuttha (q.v.).
ā + vas
dwelling-place, habitation; abode, house, dwelling Vin.i.226 (˚âgāra restinghouse); Vin.iv.304 (= kavāṭabaddha); SN.i.94, SN.i.229; SN.iv.329; Snp.287, Snp.672; Ja.iv.396; Ja.vi.425; Pp.51; Mil.279.
Sk. āvasatha, fr. ā + vas
adjective (-˚) bringing, going, causing Pv.ii.9#24 (sukh˚); Vv.22#11 (id); Dāvs ii.37; Pv-a.86 (upakār˚), Pv-a.116 (anatth˚); Sdhp.15, Sdhp.98, Sdhp.206.
fr. ā + vah
to bring, cause, entail, give SN.i.42 = Snp.181, Snp.182 (āvahāti sukhaṃ metri causā); Ja.iii.169; Ja.v.80; Snp.823; Mnd.302; Pv-a.6
pass āvuyhati Vv-a.237 (ppr. -amāna).
ā + vahati
adjective (-˚) bringing, causing Thag.519; Snp.256.
= āvaha
adjective noun one who brings Vv-a.114 (sukhassa).
= āvahana
(misery, misfortune) see avā.
a hole dug in the ground, a pit, a well DN.i.142 (yaññ˚); Ja.i.99, Ja.i.264; Ja.ii.406; Ja.iii.286; Ja.iv.46 (caturassa); Ja.vi.10; Dhp-a.i.223; Vv-a.63; Pv-a.225.
etym.?
a potter’s furnace Dhp-a.i.177 (read for āvāsa?), Dhp-a.i.178.
if correct, fr. ā + vā2 to blow with caus. p
■ Cp. JR A S. 1898, 750 sp.
warding off, protection, guard Ja.vi.432 (yanta-yutta˚, does it mean “cover, shield”?). For cpd. khandh’āvāra see khandha.
Sk. āvāra, fr. ā + vṛ.
to ward off, hold back, bar, SN.iv.298; Ne.99.
Sk. āvārayati, ā + Caus. of vṛ.
sojourn, stay, dwelling, living; dwelling-place, residence Vin.i.92; DN.iii.234; SN.iv.91; AN.ii.68, AN.ii.168; AN.iii.46, AN.iii.262; Snp.406; Dhp.73 (cp. Dhp-a.ii.77); Mnd.128; Ja.vi.105; Dhs.1122; Pp.15, Pp.19, Pp.57 Kp-a.40; Dhp-a.i.177 (āvāsaṃ ālimpeti: read āvāpaṃ); Pv-a.13, Pv-a.14, Pv-a.36; Vv-a.113; Sdhp.247. -anāvāsa (n. & adj. uninhabited, without a home; an uninhabited place AN.iv.345; Ja.ii.77; Pv.ii.3#33; Pv-a.80 (= anāgāra); Vv-a.46.
Sk. āvāsa; ā + vas
adjective living in, residing at home, being in (constant or fixed) residence, usually appld. to bhikkhus (opp. āgantuka) Vin.i.128 sq.; Vin.ii.15, Vin.ii.170; Vin.iii.65; Vin.v.203 sq.; MN.i.473; AN.i.236; AN.iii.261 sq., AN.iii.366; Ja.iv.310; Pv.iv.8#4 (= nibaddha-vasanaka Pv-a.267).
āvāsa + ika
taking in marriage, lit. carrying away to oneself, marriage DN.i.99; Ja.vi.363; Snp-a.273, Snp-a.448; Dhp-a.iv.7 Often in cpd. ā˚ vivāha(ka) lit. leading to (one’s home & leading away (from the bride’s home), wedding feast DN.iii.183 (˚ka); Ja.i.452; Vv-a.109, Vv-a.157. (variant reading ˚ka).
ā + vah
neuter
ā + vshana, of vah
adverb clear, manifest, evident; openly, before one’s eyes, in full view. Only in phrase āvi vā raho openly or secret AN.v.350, AN.v.353; Pv.ii.7#16 = Dhp-a.iv.21 (āvī variant reading), expld. at Pv-a.103 by pakāsanaṃ paresaṃ pākaṭavasana Otherwise in foll. compounds (with kar & bhū) -kamma making clear, evidence, explanation Vin.ii.88 Vin.iii.24; Pp.19, Pp.23; -karoti to make clear, show, explain DN.iii.121; Snp.84, Snp.85, Snp.349; Ja.v.457; Pp.57; Vv-a.79 Vv-a.150; -bhavati (˚bhoti) to become visible or evident, to be explained, to get clear Ja.i.136; Vism.287 (fnt. āvibhavissati); Dhp-a.ii.51, Dhp-a.ii.82; bhāva appearance, manifestation DN.i.78; AN.iii.17; Ja.ii.50, Ja.ii.111; Vism.390 sq. (revelation opp. tirobhāva). Cp. pātur. Avijjhati (avinjati, avinchati)
Sk. āviḥ, to Gr. ἀίω to hear, Lat. audio (fr. *auizdiō) to hear
pp āviddha (q.v.).
ā + vijjhati of vyadh to pierce; thus recognised by Morris J.P.T.S. 1884, 72 against Trenckner, Notes 59 (to piñj) & Hardy Nett; Ind. = vicchāy
(so for āviñchana & āviñjana) adjective noun
fr. āvijjhati, lit. piercing through, i.e. revolving axis
neuter whirling round, that which spins round, the whirling-round wheel (or pole) of the world (cp. the potter’s wheel), the worldaxis Dhp-a.ii.146 (T. āviñch˚).
fr. āvijjhati in meaning 2
whirling or spinning round, revolving; swung round, set into whirling motion Ja.iv.6 (cakkaṃ = kumbhakāra-cakkam iva bhamati C.); Ja.v.291. What does an-āviddha at Pv-a.135 mean?
pp. of āvijjhati 2, cp. BSk. āviddha in meaning curved, crooked Av. SN.i.87 Lal.207
adjective stirred up, agitated, disturbed, stained soiled, dirty AN.i.9; AN.iii.233; Ja.v.16, Ja.v.90 (ābila); Mnd.488 (+ luḷita), Mnd.489; Thag-a.251; DN-a.i.226. More frequent as anāvila undisturbed, clean, pure, serene DN.i.76; SN.iii.83; SN.iv.118; AN.i.9; AN.iii.236; Snp.160; Dhp.82, Dhp.413; Ja.iii.157; Mil.35; Vv-a.29, Vv-a.30; Thag-a.251.
is it a haplological contraction from ā + vi + lul to roll about?
to whirl round, to be agitated, to be in motion Mil.259 (+ luḷati).
fr. āvila or is it a direct contraction of ā + vi + lulati?
neuter confusion, disturbance, agitation Snp.967; Mnd.488.
abstr. fr. āvila
to approach, to enter Vin.iv.334; Snp.936 (aor. āvisi); Ja.iv.410, Ja.iv.496; Vism.42.
ā + vīś
to weave, thus a confusion of the two roots, the latter being merged into the former to string upon, to fix on to (c. loc.), to impale Ja.i.430 Ja.iii.35; Ja.v.145; Ja.vi.105
caus 2 āvuṇāpeti Ja.iii.218 (sūle)
pp āvuta1 (q.v.), whereas the other pp. āvaṭa is the true derivative of ā + vṛ.
in form = *avṛṇoti, ā + vṛ; cp. āvarati, but in meaning = *āvayati, ā + vā
pp. of āvuṇāti in meaning of Sk. āvayati, the corresponding Sk. form being ā + uta = ota
(see āvuṇāti & āvuta1) covered, obstructed, hindered Iti.8 (mohena); also in phrase āvuta nivuta ophuta etc. Mnd.24 (ṭ) = Cnd.365 = DN-a.i.59.
inhabited DN.ii.50 (an˚); SN.i.33.
pp. of āvasati
neuter an instrument to fight with, a weapon, stick etc. DN.iii.219; MN.ii.100; AN.iv.107, AN.iv.110; Snp.1008; Ja.i.150; Ja.ii.110; Ja.iii.467; Ja.iv.160, Ja.iv.283, Ja.iv.437; Nd ii. on Snp.72; Mil.8, Mil.339; Dhp-a.ii.2; Dhp-a.iv.207; Snp-a.225, Snp-a.466 (˚jīvika = issattha). See also āyudha.
Vedic āyudha, fr. ā + yudh to fight
ppr. of āvuyhati (Pass. of āvahati), being conveyed or brought Vv-a.237 (reading uncertain).
(voc. pl. m.) friend, a form of polite address “friend, brother Sir”, usually in conversation between bhikkhus. The grammatical construction is with the pl. of the verb, like bhavaṃ and bhavanto
■ Vin.ii.302; DN.i.151, DN.i.157; DN.ii.8; Snp-a.227; Dhp-a.i.9; Dhp-a.ii.93; Pv-a.12, Pv-a.13, Pv-a.38, Pv-a.208.
a contracted form of āyusmanto pl. of āyusman, of which the regular Pāli form is āyasmant with v for y as frequently in Pāli, e.g. āvudha for āyudha
neuter rolling up, winding up or round, fig. explanation Mil.28 (+ nibbeṭhana, lit rolling up and rolling down, ravelling & unravelling), Mil.231 (˚viniveṭhana).
ā + veṭhana, veṣṭ.
turned round, slung round or over Ja.iv.383 sq. (variant reading āvedhita & āveḷita, C. explains by parivattita).
pp. of āveṭheti, ā + veṣṭ; cp. āvedhikā
adjective (-˚) special peculiar, separate Vin.ii.204 (˚uposatha etc.); Ja.i.490 (˚sangha-kammāni).
according to Trenckner, Notes 75 fr. ā + vinā “Sine quā non”, but very doubtful
adjective special, extraordinary, exceptional SN.iv.239; AN.v.74 sq.; Vism.268; Vv-a.112 (˚bhāva peculiarity, specialty), Kp-a.23, Kp-a.35.
fr. āveṇi; cp. BSk. āveṇika Avs.i.14, Avs.i.108; Divy.2, Divy.182, Divy.268, Divy.302
adjective = āveṇika Vin.i.71; Ja.iv.358; Ja.vi.128.
piercing, hole, wound Ja.ii.276 (variant reading aveddha; C. = viddha-ṭṭhāne vaṇa).
cp. Sk. āviddha, ā + pp. of vyadh
adj. f. scil. pannā piercing, penetrating; or ravelling, turning rolling up or round (cp. āvijjhati which is derived from ā + vyadh, but takes its meaning from āveṭheti), discrimination thinking over Ja.ii.9 (+ nibbedhikā, variant reading for both ṭh).
ā + vedhaka of āvedha, vyadh, but confused with āveṭh˚ of ā + veṣṭ; cp. āveṭhana & nibbedhaka
adjective & ˚ā feminine
not with Müller; P.Gr. 10, 30, 37 = Sk. āpīḍa, but fr. ā + veṣṭh to wind or turn round which in P. is represented by āveṭheti as well as āvijjhati ḷ then standing for either ḍh (ṭh) or dh (āvedha, q.v.) There may have been an analogy influence through vell to move to and fro, cp. āveḷita. Müller refers to āveḷā rightly the late dial. (Prk.) āmela
(ḷ?) turned round wound, curved Ja.vi.354 (˚singika with curved horns variant reading āvellita).
pp. of ā + vell, cp. āveḷa & BSk. āviddha curved, crooked Avs.i.87, Lal.207
adjective wearing garlands or other headornaments, usually in f. ˚inī Ja.v.409 (= kaṇṇālankārehi yuttā C.); Vv.30#2 (voc. āvelinī, but at id. p. Vv.48#2 āveline) Vv.32#3 ; Vv-a.125 (on Vv.30#2 explains as ratana-maya-pupph’ āveḷavatī).
fr. āveḷā
neuter entrance; workshop; living-place, house Vin.ii.117 (˚vitthaka, meaning?); MN.ii.53; Pv.ii.9#15.
fr. āvisati
contracted form of aṃsa in cpd. koṭṭhāsa part., portion etc.: see aṃsa1. Can we compare BSk. āsapātrī (see next).
food, only in cpd. pātarāsa morning food, breakfast Snp.387 (pāto asitabbo ti pātar-āso piṇḍapātass’ etaṃ nāmaṃ Snp-a.374); Dhp-a.iv.211; see further ref under pātar; and pacchā-āsa aftermath SN.i.74. Can we compare BSk. āsa-pātrī (vessel) Divy.246? Der. fr. āsa is āsaka with abstr. ending āsakattaṃ “cating”, food, in nānā˚ various food or na + anāsak˚) Snp.249. See also nirāsa, which may be taken either as nir + *āśa or nir + *āsā.
Sk. āśa
the adj. form of āsā (f.), wish, hope. See under āsā.
archaic 3rd sg. perf. of atthi to be, only in cpd. itihāsa = iti ha āsa “thus it has been”.
adjective hoping, expecting something, longing for AN.i.108 = Pp.27 (expld. by Pp-a.208 as “so hi arahattaṃ āsaṃsati patthetī ti āsaṃso”) Snp-a.321, Snp-a.336. Cp. nir˚.
of *āśaṃsā, see next
to expect, hope for, wish Pp-a.208 (= pattheti). See also āsamāna.
for the usual āsiṃsati, ā + śaṃs
feminine wish, desire, expectation, hope Ja.iv.92
■ Cp. nirāsaṃsa.
from ā + śaṃs
adjective full of expectation, longing, hankering after, Thig.273 (= āsiṃsanaka Thag-a.217 trsl. “cadging”).
fr. āsaṃsā
adjective belonging to food, having food, only in neg. an˚; fasting SN.iv.118; Dhp.141 (f. ā fasting bhatta-paṭikkhepa Dhp-a.iii.77); Ja.v.17; Ja.vi.63.
of āsa2
neuter having food, feeding, in an˚ fasting Snp.249 (= abhojana Snp-a.292).
abstr. fr. āsaka
to be doubtful or afraid, to suspect, distrust, Ja.i.151 (pret. āsankittha), Ja.i.163 (aor. āsanki); Ja.ii.203; Snp-a.298
pp āsaṅkita (q v.),
ā + śaṅk
feminine fear, apprehension, doubt, suspicion Ja.i.338; Ja.ii.383; Ja.iii.533; Ja.vi.350, Ja.vi.370; Dhp-a.iii.485; Vv-a.110
■ Cp. sāsaṅka & nirāsaṅka.
Sk. āśankā fr. ā + śaṅk
adjective suspected, in fear, afraid, apprehensive, doubtful (obj. & subj.) Mil.173, Mil.372 (˚parisankita full of apprehension and suspicion); Dhp-a.i.223; Vv-a.110
■ Cp. ussaṅkita & parisaṅkita.
pp. of āsankati
(-˚) adjective fearing, anxious, apprehensive Snp.255 (bhedā˚); Ja.iii.192 (id.).
fr. āsankā
ā + sanga fr. sañj to hang on, cp. Sk. āsaṅga & āsakti
adjective hanging on, attached to Ja.iv.11.
fr. āsanga
indeclinable
ger. of āsādeti, Caus. of āsīdati, ā + sad; Sk. āsādya
neuter “knocking against”, setting on, insult, offence Vin.ii.203 (˚ṃ Tathāgataṃ an insult to the T.; quoted as such at Vv-a.55 where two meanings of ā. are given, corresponding to āsajja 1 & 3, viz. samāgama & ghaṭṭana, the latter in this quot.) = Iti.86 (so to be read with variant reading; T. has āpajja naṃ); SN.i.114 (apuññaṃ pasavi Māro āsajjanaṃ Tathāgataṃ; trsl. “in seeking the T. to assail”); Ja.v.208.
fr. āsajja in meaning of no. 3
to sit DN-a.i.208; h. sg. āsi SN.i.130. - pp. āsīna (q.v.).
from as
pp. of ā + sañj
accursed, cursed Ja.v.446 (an˚).
pp. of ā + śap
feminine attachment, hanging on (w. loc.), dependence, clinging Vin.ii.156 = AN.i.138; SN.i.212; Snp.777 (bhavesu); Mnd.51, Mnd.221; Ne.12, Ne.128
■ Cp nirāsattin.
ā + sañj
ā + sad; cp. āsajja & āsādeti
neuter sitting, sitting down; a seat, throne MN.i.469; Vin.i.272 (= pallankassa okāsa); SN.i.46 (ek sitting alone, a solitary seat); AN.iii.389 (an˚ without a seat); Snp.338, Snp.718, Snp.810, Snp.981; Mnd.131; Ja.iv.435 (āsān ûdaka-dāyin giving seat & drink); Ja.v.403 (identical); Ja.vi.413 Dhp-a.ii.31 (dhamm˚ the preacher’s seat or throne) Snp-a.401 Pv-a.16 Pv-a.23 Pv-a.141
from āsati
(?) eating Vism.116 (visam˚, cp. visam-āsita Mil.302). See, however, māsana.
neuter a small seat Vv.1#5.
āsana + ka
adjective having a seat; in ek˚; sitting by oneself Vism.69.
fr. āsana
feminine an extra long chair, a deck-chair Vin.i.192; Vin.ii.142, Vin.ii.163, Vin.ii.169, Vin.ii.170; DN.i.7 (= pamāṇâtikkant’ āsanaṃ DN-a.i.86), DN.i.55 = MN.i.515 = SN.iii.307 (used as a bier) AN.i.181; Ja.i.108. See note at Dial. i.11.
fr. ā + sad
feminine fr. āsandi] a small chair or tabouret Vin.ii.149; Kp-a.44.
adjective near (cp. āsajja1), opp. dūra Ja.ii.154; Dhp-a.ii.91; Pv-a.42, Pv-a.243.
pp. of ā + sad, see āsīdati
(fr.) lit. “creeping on to”, doubt, mistrust, always combd. with parisappanā Nd3 1; Dhs.1004 (trsl. “evasion”, cp. Dhs trsl. p 116), Dhs.1118, Dhs.1235; DN-a.i.69.
fr. + sṛp
(in compn.) a bull peculiar to a bull, bull-like, fig. a man of strong & eminent qualities, a hero or great man, a leader, thus in tār˚ Snp.687; nar˚ Snp.684, Snp.696; āsabha-camma bull’s hide Ja.vi.453 (variant reading usabha˚).
the guṇa-and compn. form of usabha, corresponding to Sk. ārṣabha → ṛṣabha, see usabha
adjective bull-like, becoming to a bull, lordly, majestic, imposing, bold; only in phrase ˚ṃ vācaṃ bhāsati “speak the lordly word” DN.ii.15, DN.ii.82; MN.iii.123j Ja.i.53; DN-a.i.91; cp. Dāvs i.28 (nicchārayi vācaṃ āsabhiṃ).
fr. āsabha
adjective wishing, desiring, hoping, expecting Vv.84#6 (kiṃ ā = kiṃ paccāsiṃ santo Vv-a.336); Pv.iv.1#24 (= āsiṃsamāna patthayamana Pv-a.226).
ppr. of āsaṃsati or āsiṃsati, for the usual earlier āsasāna
ā + śī, cp. in similar meaning & derivation anusaya. The semantically related Sk. āśraya from ā + śri is in P. represented by assaya. Cp. also BSk. āśayataḥ intentionally in earnest Divy.281; Avs.ii.161
to wish, desire, hope, intend Ja.iv.291 (grd. āsāyana, gloss esamāna). See āsaya.
ā + śī; lit. “lie on”, cp. Ger. anliegen & Sk. āśaya = Ger. Angelegenheit
that which; flows (out or on to) outflow & influx.
Referring specially to the extinction (khaya) of the āsavas & to Arahantship following as a result are the foll. passages: 1 āsavānaṃ khaya DN.i.156; SN.ii.29 SN.ii.214; SN.iii.57, SN.iii.96 sq, SN.iii.152 sq; SN.iv.105, SN.iv.175; SN.v.92, SN.v.203, SN.v.220, SN.v.271, SN.v.284; AN.i.107 sq., AN.i.123 sq., AN.i.232 sq., AN.i.273, AN.i.291, AN.ii.6, AN.ii.36, AN.ii.44 sq., AN.ii.149 sq., AN.ii.214; AN.iii.69, AN.iii.114, AN.iii.131, AN.iii.202, AN.iii.306, AN.iii.319 sq.; AN.iv.83 sq., AN.iv.119, AN.iv.140 sq., AN.iv.314 sq.; AN.v.10 sq., AN.v.36, AN.v.69, AN.v.94 sq, AN.v.105, AN.v.132, AN.v.174 sq., AN.v.343 sq.; Iti.49; Pp.27, Pp.62; Vb.334, Vb.344; Vism.9; DN-a.i.224; cp. ˚parikkhaya AN.v.343 sq. See also arahatta formula C 2 khīṇāsava (adj. one whose Āsavas are destroyed (see khīṇa) SN.i.13, SN.i.48 SN.i.53, SN.i.146; SN.ii.83, SN.ii.239; SN.iii.199, SN.iii.128, SN.iii.178; SN.iv.217; AN.i.77 AN.i.109, AN.i.241, AN.i.266; AN.iv.120, AN.iv.224, AN.iv.370 sq.; AN.v.40, AN.v.253 sq.; Pts.ii.173; cp. parikkhīṇā āsavā AN.iv.418, AN.iv.434, AN.iv.451 sq. āsavakhīṇa Snp.370 3 anāsava (adj.) one who is free from the āsavas, an Arahant Vin.ii.148 = Vin.ii.164; DN.iii.112; SN.i.130; SN.ii.214, SN.ii.222; SN.iii.83; SN.iv.128; AN.i.81, AN.i.107 sq., AN.i.123 sq., AN.i.273, AN.i.291; AN.ii.6, AN.ii.36, AN.ii.87, AN.ii.146; AN.iii.19, AN.iii.29, AN.iii.114, AN.iii.166; AN.iv.98, AN.iv.140 sq., AN.iv.314 sq., AN.iv.400; AN.v.10 sq., AN.v.36, AN.v.242 AN.v.340; Snp.1105, Snp.1133; Dhp.94, Dhp.126, Dhp.386; Thag.100; Iti.75; Cnd.44; Pv.ii.6#15; Pp.27; Vb.426; Dhs.1101, Dhs.1451; Vv-a.9. Cp. nirāsava Thag-a.148
■ Opp. sāsava SN.iii.47 SN.v.232; AN.i.81 AN.v.242; Dhs.990; Ne.10; Vism.13, Vism.438.
fr. ā + sru, would corresp. to a Sk. *āsrava, cp. Sk. āsrāva. The BSk. āśrava is a (wrong) sankritisation of the Pāli āsava, cp. Divy.391 & kṣīnāśrava
to flow towards, come to, occur, happen Ne.116.
ā + sru, cp. Sk. āsravati; its doublet is assavati
hoping wishing, desiring, longing for Snp.369 (an˚; Snp-a.365 however reads āsayāna), Snp.1090; Thag.528; Ja.iv.18 (= āsiṃsanto C.), Ja.iv.381; Ja.v.391 (= āsiṃsanto C.). See anāsasāna āsaṃsati, āsamāna & āsayāna.
either grd. for *āsaṃsāna or contracted form of ppr. med. of āsaṃsati (= āsiṃsati) for *asaṃsamāna
feminine expectation, hope, wish, longing, desire; adj. āsa (-˚) longing for, anticipating, desirous of Vin.i.255 (˚avacchedika hope-destroying), Vin.i.259; DN.ii.206; DN.iii.88; MN.iii.138 (āsaṃ karoti); AN.i.86 (dve āsā), AN.i.107 (vigat-āso one whose longings have gone); Snp.474 Snp.634, Snp.794, Snp.864; Ja.i.267, Ja.i.285; Ja.v.401; Ja.vi.452 (˚chinna chinnāsa C.); Mnd.99, Mnd.261, Mnd.213 sq; Vv.37#13 (perhaps better to be read with variant reading SS ahaṃ, cp. Vv-a.172); Pp.27 (vigat˚ = arahattāsāya vigatattā vigatāso Pp-a.208) Dhs.1059 (+ āsiṃsanā etc.), Dhs.1136; Pv-a.22 (chinn˚ disappointed), Pv-a.29 (˚âbhibhūta), Pv-a.105; Dāvs v.13; Sdhp.78 Sdhp.111, Sdhp.498, Sdhp.609.
cp. Sk. āśaḥ f.
feminine a fly’s egg, a nit MN.i.220 sq.; AN.v.347 sq., AN.v.351, AN.v.359; Ne.59; Ja.iii.176.
cp. Mārāṭhi āsāḍī
Caus. of āsīdati, ā + sad; cp. āsajja & āsanna
feminine Name of a month (JuneJuly) and of a Nakkhatta; only in compn. as Āsaḷha˚ Āsaḷhi˚, viz.; -nakkhatta Ja.i.50; Snp-a.208; -puṇṇamā Ja.i.63; Dhp-a.i.87; Snp-a.199; Vv-a.66; Pv-a.137; -māsa Snp-a.378 (= vassûpanāyikāya purimabhāge A.); Vv-a.307 (= gimhānaṃ pacchimo māso).
Sk. āṣāḍha
feminine Name of a creeper (growing at the celestial grove Cittalatā) Ja.iii.250, Ja.iii.251.
to pray for, expect, hope; confounded with śaṃs in āsaṃsati & āsiṃsati (q.v.) & their derivations
pp āsiṭṭha (q.v.). Asi & Asim
cp. Sk. āśāsati & āśāsti, ā + ; śās
3rd & 1st sg. aor. of atthi (q.v.).
adjective wishing, aspiring after, praying for Mil.342.
fr. ā + siṃsati, cp. āsaṃsā
to hope for wish, pray for (lit. praise for the sake of gain), desire (w. acc.) SN.i.34, SN.i.62; Snp.779, Snp.1044, Snp.1046 (see Cnd.135) Ja.i.267; Ja.iii.251; Ja.iv.18; Ja.v.435; Ja.vi.43; Mnd.60; Mhvs.30, Mhvs.100; Vv-a.337; Pv-a.226 (ppr. āsiṃsamāna for āsamāna, q.v.).
Sk. āśaṃsati, ā + śaṃs, cp. also śās & āsāsati, further abhisaṃsati, abhisiṃsati & āsaṃsati
adjective hoping for something, lit. praising somebody for the sake of gain, cadging Thag-a.217 (for āsaṃsuka Thig.273).
fr. āsiṃsanā
feminine desire, wish, craving Ja.v.28; Dhs.1059, Dhs.1136 (+ āsiṃsitatta). As āsīsanā at Ne.53.
abstr. fr. ā + śaṃs, cp. āsiṃsati
adjective to be wished for, desirable Mil.2 (˚ratana).
grd. of āsiṃsati
sohooled, instructed Pv-a.67, Pv-a.68.
pp. of ā + śikṣ, Sk. āśikṣita
to sprinkle, besprinkle Vin.i.44; Vin.ii.208; Ja.iv.376; Vv.79#6 (= siñcati Vv-a.307); Pv-a.41 (udakena), Pv-a.104, Pv-a.213 (ger. ˚itvā). pp. āsitta (q.v.). Cp. vy˚.
ā + sic, cp. abhisiñcati & avasiñcati
wished or longed for Pv-a.104. *Asita
pp. of āsāsati, Sk. āśiṣṭa
“having eaten”, but probably māsita (pp. of mṛś to touch, cp. Sk. mṛśita, which is ordinarily in massita), since it only occurs in combns. where m precedes, viz. Ja.ii.446 (dumapakkani-m-asita, where C reading is māsita & expln. khāditvā asita (variant reading āsita) dhāta) Mil.302 (visam-āsita affected with poison = visamāsita) Cp. also the form māsi(n) touching, eating at Ja.vi.354 (tiṇa˚, expld. by C. as khādaka)
■ āsita at Ja.v.70 is very doubtful, variant reading āsina & asita; C. explains by dhāta suhita p.73*Asita
= asita1?
at Vv-a.276 is better read with variant reading SS bhāsita (-vādana etc.).
registered as such with meaning “performed” by Hardy in Index
sprinkled, poured out, anointed Ja.v.87; Pp.31; Mil.286; Dhs-a.307; Dhp-a.i.10; Vv-a.69.
pp. of āsiñcati, Sk. āsikta
adjective mixed, mingled, adulterated Vin.ii.123 (˚ûpadhāna “decorated divan”?); Thag-a.61, Thag-a.168 (an˚ for asecanaka, q.v.).
āsitta + ka
adjective 80 years old MN.ii.124; Ja.iii.395; Snp-a.172.
fr. asīta
masculine a certain plant MN.i.80 = MN.i.245 (˚pabba).
etym.? Cp. BSk. āsītakī Lal.319
pp āsanna (q.v.). See also āsajja, āsajjana, āsada & Caus. āsādeti.
cp. Sk. āsīdati, ā + sad
adjective sitting SN.i.195 = Cnd.136; Snp.1105, Snp.1136; Dhp.227, Dhp.386; Ja.i.390; Ja.iii.95; Ja.v.340; Ja.vi.297; Dāvs ii.17.
pp. of ās, see āsati
to have one’s home, one’s abode or support in (loc.), to live in, thrive by means of, to depend on Mil.75 (kaddame jāyati udake āsīyati i.e. the lotus is born in the mud and is supported or thrives by means of the water).
etym. doubtful; Trenckner Mil p.422 = ā + śyā to freeze or dry up, but taken by him in meaning to thaw, to warm oneself; Müller, P. Gr. 40 same with meaning “cool oneself”; Morris’ JP. T. S. 1884, 72 as ā + śrā or śrī to become ripe, come to perfection, evidently at fault because of śrā etc. not found in Sk. More likely as a Pass. formation to be referred to ā + śī as in āsaya, i.e. to abide etc.
a snake Vin.iv.108; SN.iv.172; AN.ii.110; AN.iii.69; Ja.i.245; Ja.ii.274; Ja.iv.30, Ja.iv.496; Ja.v.82, Ja.v.267; Pp.48; Vism.470 (in comp.); Dhp-a.i.139; Dhp-a.ii.8, Dhp-a.ii.38; Snp-a.334, Snp-a.458, Snp-a.465; Vv-a.308.
Derivation uncertain. The BSk. āsīviṣa (e.g. Jtm.31#61) is a Sanskritisation of the Pali. To suppose this to come from ahi + visa (snake’s poison) would give a wrong meaning, and leave unexplained the change from ahi to āsi.
see āsiṃsanā.
expletive particle = assu3 Ja.v.241 (variant reading assu; nipātamattaṃ C. p.243).
3rd pl. aor. of atthi.
to bring to fall, throw down or round, sling round Vin.iv.263 Vin.iv.265; Vv.50#11 (˚itvāna); Ja.iii.435 (aor. āsumhi, gloss khipi).
ā + śumbh to glide
to frequent, visit; to practise, pursue, indulge, enjoy AN.i.10; Snp.73 (cp. Cnd.94); Pts.ii.93 (maggaṃ)
pp āsevita.
ā + sev
neuter & āsevanā (f.)
fr. āsevati
frequented, indulged, practised, enjoyed Ja.i.21 (Ja.v.141; āsevita-nisevita); Ja.ii.60; Sdhp.93, Sdhp.237.
pp. of āsevati
a perfect in meaning of pret. & pres. “he says or he said” he spoke, also spoke to somebody (w. acc.), as at Ja.i.197 (cullalohitaṃ āha). Usually in 3rd person, very rarely used of 2nd person, as at Snp.839, Snp.840 (= kathesi bhaṇasi Nd.188, Nd.191).
3rd sg. āha Vin.ii.191; Snp.790 (= bhaṇati Mnd.87), Snp.888; Ja.i.280; Ja.iii.53 and freq. passim; 3rd pl āhu Snp.87, Snp.181; Dhp.345; Ja.i.59; Snp-a.377, and āhaṃsu Ja.i.222; Ja.iii.278 and freq.
Vedic āha, orig. perfect of ah to speak, meaning “he began to speak”, thus in meaning of pres. “he says”
ger. of āhanati.
adjective
grd. of āharati, corresponding to a Sk. *āhṛtya
brought, carried, obtained Vin.i.121; Vin.iii.53; DN.ii.180 (spelt āhata); Ja.iii.512 (gloss ānīta) Dāvs i.58.
pp. of āharati
struck, beaten, stamped; afflicted, affected with (-˚) Vin.iv.236 = DN.iii.238 (kupito anattamano āhata-citto); Vin.i.75, Vin.i.76; SN.i.170 (tilak˚, so read for tilakā-hata, affected with freckles, C. kāḷa-setādi vaṇṇehi tilakehi āhatagatta, K. S. p. 318); Ja.iii.456; Sdhp.187, Sdhp.401.
pp. of āhanati
“one who is beaten”, a slave, a worker (of low grade) Vin.iv.224 (in def. of kammakāra, as bhaṭaka + ā).
fr. āhata
to beat, strike, press against, touch ppr. āhananto Mil.21 (dhamma-bheriṃ); Dāvs iv.50. ger. āhacca touching MN.i.493; Ja.i.330; Ja.vi.2, Ja.vi.200; Snp.716 = uppīḷetva Snp-a.498; Vism.420
pp āhata (q.v.).
1st sg. fut. āhañhi Vin.i.8; DN.ii.72, where probably to be read as āhañh (= āhañhaṃ). See Geiger, P.Gr. § 153, 2.
ā + han
neuter beating, striking, coming into touch, “impinging” Vism.142 (+ pariyāhanana, in def of vitakka) = Dhs-a.114 (cp. Expos. 151); Vism.515 (id.).
fr. ā + han
adjective noun to be taken; taking away; only in phrase acorāharaṇo nidhi a treasure not to be taken by thieves Mil.320; Kp.viii.9; Kp-a.224; Sdhp.589.
fr. āharati
one who has to take or bring, a messenger Ja.ii.199; Ja.iii.328.
āharaṇa + ka
caus 2 āhārapeti to cause to be brought or fetched; to wish to take, to call or ask for Ja.iii.88, Ja.iii.342; Ja.v.466; Pv-a.215.
ā + hṛ.
adjective “fetching”, fascinating, captivating, charming Vin.iv.299; Thig.299; Thag-a.227; Vv-a.14, Vv-a.15, Vv-a.77.
fr. āharati
one who is to bring something Ja.iii.328. Ahavana & Ahavaniya;
grd. of āharati
see under āhuneyya.
feeding, support, food, nutriment (lit & fig.). The term is used comprehensively and the usual enumn. comprises four kinds of nutriment, viz.
Another definition of Dhammapāla’s refers it to the fourfold tasting as asita (eaten), pīta (drunk), khāyita (chewed), sāyita (tasted) food Pv-a.25. A synonym with mūla, hetu, etc. for cause, Yamaka, i.3; Yam. A (J.P.T.S. 1910–12) 54. See on term also Dhs trsl. 30
■ Vin.i.84; DN.i.166; SN.i.172; SN.ii.11, SN.ii.13, SN.ii.98 sq. (the 4 kinds in detail); SN.iii.54 (sa˚); SN.v.64, SN.v.391; AN.iii.51 (sukhass˚), AN.iii.79, AN.iii.142 sq., AN.iii.192 sq.; AN.iv.49, AN.iv.108; AN.v.52 (the four), AN.v.108, AN.v.113 (avijjāya etc.), AN.iii.116 (bhavataṇhāya), AN.iii.269 sq (nerayikānaṃ etc.); Snp.78, Snp.165, Snp.707, Snp.747; Mnd.25; Pts.i.22 (the four), Pts.i.122 (id.), Pts.i.55, Pts.i.76 sq; Kv.508; Pp.21, Pp.55; Vb.2, Vb.13, Vb.72, Vb.89, Vb.320, Vb.383, Vb.401 sq. (the four) Dhs.58, Dhs.121, Dhs.358, Dhs.646; Ne.31, Ne.114, Ne.124; Dhs-a.153 Dhs-a.401; Dhp-a.i.183 (˚ṃ pacchindati to bring up food, to vomit); Dhp-a.ii.87; Vv-a.118; Pv-a.14, Pv-a.35, Pv-a.112, Pv-a.148 (utu physical nutriment); Sdhp.100, Sdhp.395, Sdhp.406; AN.v.136 gives ten āhāra opposed to ten paripanthā. -an˚; without food unfed MN.i.487 (aggi); SN.iii.126; SN.v.105; Snp.985.
fr. ā + hṛ; lit. taking up or on to oneself
the state of being food. In the idiom āhārattaṇ pharati; Vin.i.199, of medicine, ʻto penetrate into food-nessʼ, to come under the category of food Mil.152, of poison, to turn into food. [According to Oldenberg (Vin.i.381) his MSS read about equally ˚attaṃ and ˚atthaṃ. Trenckner prints ˚atthaṃ, and records no variant (see p. 425)].
āhāra + tta
to take food, eat, feed on SN.ii.13; SN.iii.240; SN.iv.104; AN.i.114, AN.i.295; AN.ii.40, AN.ii.145, AN.ii.206; AN.iv.167; Cnd.540#c (āhāraṃ & puttamaṃsaṃ cp. SN.ii.98).
Denom. fr. āhāra
(-˚) adjective only in pañcāhika every five days (cp. pañcāhaṃ & sattāhaṃ) MN.iii.157.
der. fr. aha2
to wander about, to roam, to be on an errand, to be engaged in (w. acc.) Vin.i.203 (senāsana-cārikaṃ), Vin.i.217; Vin.ii.132 (na sakkoti vinā daṇḍena āhiṇḍituṃ); Vin.iv.62; Ja.i.48 Ja.i.108, Ja.i.239; Cnd.540#b; Pv.iii.2#29 (= vicarati Pv-a.185) Vism.38, Vism.284 (aṭaviṃ); Vv-a.238 (tattha tattha); Pv-a.143.
ā + hiṇḍ, cp. BSk. āhiṇḍate Divy.165 etc.
put up, heaped; provided with fuel (of a fire), blazing Snp.18 (gini = ābhato jalito vā Snp-a.28). See sam˚.
pp. of ā + dhā
3rd pl. of āha (q.v.).
feminine oblation, sacrifice; veneration, adoration MN.iii.167; SN.i.141; Thag.566 (-īnaṃ paṭiggaho recipient of sacrificial gifts); Ja.i.15; Ja.v.70 (id.) Vv.64#33 (paramâhutiṃ gato deserving the highest adoration); Snp.249, Snp.458; Kv.530; Snp-a.175; Vv-a.285.
Vedic āhuti, ā + hu
= āhuti, in āhuna-pāhuna giving oblations and sacrificing. Vv-a.155 by itself at Vism.219
adjective sacrificial, worthy of offerings or of sacrifice, venerable, adorable, worshipful DN.iii.5, DN.iii.217 (aggi); AN.ii.56, AN.ii.70 (sāhuneyyaka), AN.ii.145 sq. (id.); AN.iv.13, AN.iv.41 (aggi); Iti.88 (+ pāhuneyya); Vv.64#33 (cp. Vv-a.285). See def. at Vism.219 where expld. by “āhavanīya” and “āhavanaṃ arahati” deserving of offerings.
a grd. form. fr. ā + hu, cp. āhuti
adjective according to Morris J.P.T.S. 1884, 73 “crowded up, blocked up, impassable Vin.i.79; Vin.iv.297; Vism.413 (˚ṃ andha-tamaṃ).
doubtful or āhuṇḍ˚?
in i-kāra the letter or sound i Snp-a.12 (˚lopa), Snp-a.508 (id.).
a bear Ja.vi.538 [= accha C.).
Sk. ṛkṣa, of which the regular representation is P. accha2
? at Vin.ii.151 (+ kasāva) is trsl. by “slime of trees”, according to Bdhgh’s expln. on p. 321 (to C. V. vi.3, 1), who however reads nikkāsa.
uncertain as regard meaning & etym.
neuter seeing Vism.16.
fr. īkṣ
a fortuneteller Vin.iii.107; SN.ii.260; Ja.i.456, Ja.i.457; Ja.vi.504.
fr. īkṣ to look or see, cp. akkhi
to look Ja.v.153; Thag-a.147; Dhs-a.172.
fr. īkṣ
neuter movement, gesture, sign Ja.ii.195, Ja.ii.408; Ja.vi.368, Ja.vi.459.
pp. of ingati = iñjati
indeclinable part. of exhortation lit. “get a move on”, come on, go on, look here Snp.83, Snp.189, Snp.862, Snp.875 = Snp.1052; Ja.v.148; Pv.iv.5#7; Vv.53#9 (= codan’atthe nipāto Vv-a.237); Vv-a.47; Dhp-a.iv.62.
Sk. anga prob. after P. ingha (or añja, q.v.); fr. iñjati, cp. J.P.T.S. 1883, 84
coal, embers, in inghāḷakhu Thig.386 a pit of glowing embers (= angāra-kāsu Thag-a.256). The whole cpd. is doubtful.
according to Morris JP. T.S. 1884, 74 = angāra, cp. Marāthī ingala live coal
see iti.
(-˚) adjective wishing, longing, having desires, only in pāp˚ having evil desires SN.i.50 SN.ii.156; an˚ without desires SN.i.61, SN.i.204; Snp.707; app id. Snp.628, Snp.707.
the adj. form of icchā
(-˚) adjective wishing, desirous, only in nt. adv. yad-icchikaṃ (and yen˚;) after one’s wish or liking MN.iii.97; AN.iii.28.
fr. iccha
to wish, desire, ask for (c. acc.), expect SN.i.210 (dhammaṃ sotuṃ i.); Snp.127, Snp.345, Snp.512, Snp.813, Snp.836; Dhp.162, Dhp.291; Mnd.3, Mnd.138, Mnd.164; Cnd. s.v.; Pv.ii.6#3; Pp.19; Mil.269, Mil.327; Snp-a.16, Snp-a.23, Snp-a.321; Kp-a.17; Pv-a.20 Pv-a.71, Pv-a.74; Pot. icche Dhp.84; Snp.835; Pv.ii.6#6 & iccheyya DN.ii.2, DN.ii.10; Snp.35; Dhp.73, Dhp.88; ppr. icchaṃ Snp.826 Snp.831, Snp.937; Dhp.334 (phalaṃ) aor. icchi Pv-a.31
grd icchitabba Pv-a.8
pp iṭṭha & icchita; (q.v.). Note. In prep
■ compounds the root iṣ2 (icchati) is confused with root iṣ1 (iṣati, eṣati) with pp. both ˚iṭṭha and ˚iṣita Thus ajjhesati, pp. ajjhiṭṭha & ajjhesita; anvesati (Sk. anvicehati); pariyesati (Sk. parīcchati), pp. pariyiṭṭha pariyesita.
Sk. icchati, iṣ, cp. Av. isaiti, Obulg. iskati, Ohg. eiscōn, Ags. āscian = E. ask; all of same meaning “seek wish”
Sk. rcchati of ṛ, concerning which see appeti
(-˚) feminine wishfulness, wishing: only in aticchatā too great wish for, covetousness, greed Vb.350 (cp. aticchati, which is probably the primary basis of the word); mah˚ & pāp˚; Vb.351, Vb.370.
abstr. fr. icchā
neuter desiring, wish Ja.iv.5; Ja.vi.244.
fr. iṣ2, cp. Sk. īpsana
feminine wish, longing, desire DN.ii.243; DN.iii.75; SN.i.40 (˚dhūpāyito loko), SN.i.44 (naraṃ parikassati) AN.ii.143; AN.iv.293 sq.; AN.iv.325 sq.; v.40, v.42 sq.; Snp.773 Snp.872; Dhp.74, Dhp.264 (˚lobha-samāpanna); Mnd.29, Mnd.30; Pp.19; Dhs.1059, Dhs.1136; Vb.101, Vb.357, Vb.361, Vb.370; Ne.18 Ne.23, Ne.24; Asl.363; Dhs-a.250 (read icchā for issā? See Dhs trsl.100); Snp-a.108; Pv-a.65, Pv-a.155; Sdhp.242, Sdhp.320.
fr. icchati, iṣ2
wished, desired, longed for Ja.i.208; Dhs-a.364; Pv-a.3, Pv-a.53, Pv-a.64 (read anicchita for anijjhiṭṭha which may be a contamination of icchita & iṭṭha), Pv-a.113, Pv-a.127 (twice).
pp. of icchati
to have a good result, turn out a blessing. succeed prosper, be successful SN.i.175 (“work effectively trsl.; = samijjhati mahapphalaṃ hoti C.); SN.iv.303; Snp.461 Snp.485; Ja.v.393; Pv.ii.1#11; Pv.ii.9#13 (= samijjhati Pv-a.120) Pot. ijjhe Snp.458, Snp.459; pret. ijjhittha (= Sk. ṛdhyiṣṭha Vv.20#6 (= nippajjittha mahapphalo ahuvattha Vv-a.103). pp. iddha. See also aḍḍha2 & aḍḍhaka. Cp. sam˚.
Vedic ṛdhyate & ṛdhnoti; Gr. α ̓́λχομαι to thrive, Lat. alo to nourish, also Vedic iḍā refreshment & P. iddhi power
neuter & -ā (f.) success, carrying out successfully Pts.i.17 sq., Pts.i.74, Pts.i.181; Pts.ii.125, Pts.ii.143 sq., Pts.ii.161, Pts.ii.174, Vb.217 sq.; Vism.266, Vism.383 (˚aṭṭhena iddhi); Dhs-a.91 Dhs-a.118, Dhs-a.237.
fr. ijjhati
to shake, move, turn about, stir DN.i.56; SN.i.107 SN.i.132, SN.i.181 (aniñjamāna ppr. med. “impassive”); SN.iii.211 Thag.42; Thag.2, Thag.231; Cnd. s.v. (+ calati vedhati); Vism.377; DN-a.i.167
pp iñjita (q.v.).
Vedic ṛñjati (cp. P. ajjati). Also found as ingati (so Veda), and as aṅg in Sk. anga = P. añja & ingha Vedic pali-angati to turn about. See also ānejja & añjati1
feminine & -aṃ (nt.) shaking, movement, motion Snp.193 (= calanā phandanā Snp-a.245); Ne.88 (= phandanā C.). an˚; immobility, steadfastness Pts.i.15 Pts.ii.118.
fr. iñj, see iñjati
shaken, moved Thag.386 (an˚). Usually as nt. iñjitaṃ shaking, turning about, movement, vacillation MN.i.454; SN.i.109; SN.iv.202; AN.ii.45; Snp.750, Snp.1040 (pl. iñjitā), Snp.1048 (see Cnd.140); Dhp.255; Vb.390. On the 7 iñjitas see JP. T.S. 1884, 58.
pp. of iñjati
neuter state of vacillation, wavering, motion SN.v.315 (kāyassa).
abstr. fr. iñjita nt.
adjective pleasing, welcome, agreeable, pleasant, often in the idiomatic group iṭṭha kanta manāpa (of objects pleasing to the senses) DN.i.245; DN.ii.192; MN.i.85; SN.iv.60, SN.iv.158, SN.iv.235 sq.; SN.v.22, SN.v.60, SN.v.147; AN.ii.66 sq.; AN.v.135 (dasa, dhammā etc., ten objects affording pleasure); Snp.759; Iti.15; Vb.2, Vb.100, Vb.337
■ Alone as nt. meaning welfare, good state, pleasure, happiness at Snp.154 (+ aniṭṭha); Ne.28 (+ aniṭṭha); Vism.167 (id.); Pv-a.116 (= bhadraṃ), Pv-a.140. -aniṭṭha unpleasant disagreeable Pv-a.32, Pv-a.52, Pv-a.60, Pv-a.116
■ See also pariy˚ in which iṭṭha stands for eṭṭha. Itthaka (Itthaka)
pp. of icchati
feminine
BSk. iṣṭakā, e.g. Divy.221; from the Idg. root *idh → *aidh to burn, cp. Sk. idhma firewood inddhe to kindle (idh or indh), edhaḥ fuel; Gr. ἀίχω burn, α ̔ϊχος fire-brand; Lat. aedes, aestas & aestus more especially Av. ištya tile, brick
in ˚khagga-dhāra at Ja.vi.223 should be read iddha.
neuter debt DN.i.71, DN.i.73; AN.iii.352; AN.v.324 (enumerated with baddha, jāni & kali); Snp.120; Ja.i.307; Ja.ii.388, Ja.ii.423; Ja.iii.66; Ja.iv.184 (iṇagga for nagga?) Ja.v.256; Ja.v.253 (where enumerated as one of the 4 paribhogas viz. theyya˚, iṇa˚, dāya˚, sāmi˚); Ja.vi.69, Ja.vi.193; Mil.375; Pv-a.273, Pv-a.276, iṇaṃ gaṇhāti to borrow money or take up a loan Vism.556; Snp-a.289; Pv-a.3
■ iṇaṃ muñcati to discharge a debt Ja.iv.280; Ja.v.238; ˚ṃ sodheti same Pv-a.276; labhati same Pv-a.3.
Sk. ṛṇa, see also P. an-aṇa
one connected with a debt, viz.
fr. iṇa
gone, only in cpd. dur-ita gone badly, as nt. evil, wrong D Avs.i.61; otherwise in compn. with prep., as peta, vīta etc.
pp. of eti, i
adjective other second, next; different Dhp.85, Dhp.104, Dhp.222; Ja.ii.3; Ja.iii.26 Ja.iv.4; Pv-a.13, Pv-a.14, Pv-a.42, Pv-a.83, Pv-a.117. In repetition cpd. itarītara one or the other, whatsoever, any Snp.42; Ja.v.425 Cnd.141; Mil.395; Kp-a.145, Kp-a.147; acc. itarītaraṃ instr.; itarītarena used as adv. of one kind or another in every way, anyhow [cp. BSk. itaretara Mvu.iii.348 and see Wackernagel Altind. Gram. II. Ś 121 c.] Ja.vi.448 (˚ṃ); Dhp.331 (˚ena); Vv.84#1 (text reads itritarena variant reading itaritarena, expld. by itaritaraṃ Vv-a.333).
Ved. itara = Lat. iterum a second time; compar. of pron. base *i, as in ayaṃ, etaṃ, iti etc.
adjective freq. spelling for ittara (q.v.).
indeclinable emphatic deictic particle “thus”. Occurs in both forms iti & ti, the former in higher style (poetry), the latter more familiar in conversational prose. The function of “iti” is expld. by the old Pāli C. in a conventional phrase, looking upon it more as a “filling” particle than trying to define its meaning viz “itī ti padasandhi padasaṃsaggo padapāripurī akkharasamavāyo etc.” Mnd.123 = Cnd.137. The same expln. also for iti’ haṃ (see below iv.)
“thus, in this way” (Vism.423 iti = evaṃ pointing to something either just mentioned or about to be mentioned:
Pointing out or marking off a statement either as not one’s own (reported) or as the definite contents of (one’s own or other’s) thoughts. On the whole untranslatable (unless written as quotation marks), often only setting off a statement as emphatic, where we would either underline the word or phrase in question, or print it in italics, or put it in quot. marks (e.g. bālo ti vuccati Dhp.63 = bālo vuccati).
-kirā (f.) [a substantivised iti kira] hearsay, lit. “so I guess” or “I have heard” AN.i.189 = AN.ii.191 sq. = Cnd.151. Cp. itiha. -bhava becoming so & so (opp. abhava not becoming) Vin.ii.184 (˚abhava); DN.i.8 (ip = iti bhavo iti abhavo DN-a.i.91); AN.ii.248; Iti.109 (id.); syn. with itthabhava (q.v.). -vāda “speaking so & so”, talk, gossip MN.i.133; SN.v.73; AN.ii.26; Iti.iii.35. -vuttaka (nt.) [a noun formation fr. iti vuttaṃ] “so it has been said” (book of) quotations, “Logia”, Name of the fourth book of the Khuddaka-nikāya, named thus because every sutta begins with vuttaṃ h’ etaṃ Bhagavatā “thus has the Buddha said” (see khuddaka and navanga) Vin.iii.8; MN.i.133; AN.ii.7, AN.ii.103; AN.iii.86, AN.iii.177, AN.iii.361 sq.; Pp.43, Pp.62 Kp-a.12. Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. compares the interesting BSk. distortion itivṛttaṃ. -hāsa [= iti ha āsa, preserving the Vedic form āsa, 3rd sg. perf. of atthi] “thus indeed it has been”, legendary lore, oral tradition, history usually mentioned as a branch of brahmanic learning, in phrase itihāsa-pañca-mānaṃ padako veyyākaraṇo etc. DN.i.88 = (see DN-a.i.247); AN.i.163; AN.iii.223; Snp.447, Snp.1020 Cp. also Mvu.i.556
■ hītiha [itiha + itiha] “so so” talk, gossip, oral tradition, belief by hearsay etc. (cp itikirā & anītiha. Cnd spells ītihītiha) MN.i.520; SN.i.154; Snp.1084; Cnd.151.
Vedic iti, of pron. base *i, cp. Sk. itthaṃ thus, itthā here, there; Av. ipa so; Lat. ita & item thus Cp. also P. ettha; lit. “here, there (now), then”
indeclinable adv. of succession or motion in space & time “from here”. “from now”.
Vedic itaḥ, abl
■ adv. formation fr. pron. base *i, cp. iti, ayaṃ etc.
(sometimes spelt itara) adjective
Vedic itvara in meaning “going”, going along, hence developed meaning “passing” fr. i
feminine changeableness Mil.93 (of a woman).
fr. ittara
indeclinable here, in this world (or “thus, in such a way”) only in cpd. -bhāv’ aññathā-bhāva such an (i.e. earthly existence and one of another kind, or existence here (in this life) and in another form” (cp. itibhāva & itthatta Snp.729, Snp.740 = Snp.752; Iti.9 (variant reading itthi˚ for iti˚) = AN.ii.10 = Cnd.172#a; Iti.94 (variant reading ittha˚). There is likely to have been a confusion between ittha = Sk. itthā & itthaṃ Sk. itthaṃ (see next).
the regular representative of Vedic ittha here, there, but preserved only in compounds while the Pāli form is ettha
indeclinable thus, in this way DN.i.53, DN.i.213; Dāvs iv.35; Dāvs v.18.
adv. fr. pron. base ˚i, as also iti in same meaning
neuter being here (in this world), in the present state of becoming, this (earthly) state (not “thusness” or “life as we conceive it”, as Mrs. Rh. D. in K. S. i.177; although a confusion between ittha & itthaṃ seems to exist, see ittha); “life in these conditions” K. S. ii.17; expld. by itthabhāva C. on SN.i.140 (see K. S. 318)
■ See also freq formula A of arahatta
■ DN.i.18, DN.i.84; AN.i.63; AN.ii.82, AN.ii.159 AN.ii.203; Snp.158; Dhs.633; Pp.70, Pp.71; DN-a.i.112.
ittha + *tvaṃ, abstr. fr. ittha. The curious BSk. distortion of this word is icchatta Mvu.417
neuter state or condition of femininity, womanhood, muliebrity Dhs.633 (itthi-sabhāva Dhs-a.321). Itthi & Itthi
itthi + *tvaṃ abstr. fr. itthi
feminine woman female; also (usually as-˚) wife. Opp. purisa man (see e.g. for contrast of itthi and purisa Ja.v.72, Ja.v.398; Ne.93; Dhp-a.i.390; Pv-a.153)
■ SN.i.33 (nibbānass’ eva santike), SN.i.42, SN.i.125 (majjhim˚, mah˚), SN.i.185; AN.i.28, AN.i.138; AN.ii.115, AN.ii.209 AN.iii.68, AN.iii.90, AN.iii.156; AN.iv.196 (purisaṃ bandhati); Snp.112, Snp.769 (nom. pl. thiyo = itthi-saññikā thiyo Snp-a.513); Ja.i.286 (itthi doso), Ja.i.300 (gen. pl. itthinaṃ); Ja.ii.415 (nom. pl. thiyo), Ja.v.397 (thi-ghātaka), Ja.ii.398 (gen. dat. itthiyā), Ja.v.425 (nom pl. itthiyo); Vb.336, Vb.337; DN-a.i.147; Pv-a.5, Pv-a.44, Pv-a.46 Pv-a.67, Pv-a.154 (amanuss˚ of petīs); Sdhp.64, Sdhp.79
■ anitthi a woman lacking the characteristics of womanhood, an unfaithful wife Ja.ii.126 (= ucchiṭṭh˚ C.); kul’-itthi a wife of good descent Vin.ii.10; AN.iii.76; AN.iv.16, AN.iv.19; dahar a young wife Ja.i.291; dur˚ a poor woman Ja.iv.38. Some general characterisations of womanhood: 10 kinds of women enumerated at Vin.iii.139 = AN.v.264 = Vv-a.72 viz. mātu-rakkhitā, pitu˚, mātāpitu˚ bhātu˚, bhaginī˚ ñāti˚, gotta˚, dhamma˚, sarakkhā, saparidaṇḍā; see Vin.iii.139 for expln. SN.i.38 (malaṃ brahmacariyassa), SN.i.43 (id.); Ja.i.287 (itthiyo nāma āsa lāmikā pacchimikā); Ja.iv.222 (itthiyo papāto akkhāto; pamattaṃ pamathenti); Ja.v.425 (sīho yathā… tath’ itthiyo); women as goods for sale SN.i.43 (bhaṇḍānaṃ uttamaṃ); Dhp-a.i.390 (itthiyo vikkiṇiya bhaṇḍaṃ).
Vedic stri, Av. strī woman, perhaps with Sk. sātuḥ uterus fr. Idg. -sī to sow or produce, Lat. sero Goth. saian, Ohg. sāen, Ags. sāwan etc., cp. also Cymr hīl progeny, Oir. sīl seed; see J. Schmidt, K. Z. xxv.29. The regular representative of Vedic strī is P. thī, which only occurs rarely (in poetry & compn.) see thī
feminine a woman Vin.iii.16; DN.ii.14; Ja.i.336; Vv.18#7; Sdhp.79. As adj. itthika in bahutthika having many women, plentiful in women Vin.ii.256 (kulāni bahuttikāni appapurisakāni rich in women & lacking in men); SN.ii.264 (id. and appitthikāni). Ida & Idam
fr. itthi
indeclinable emphatic demonstr. adv. in local, temporal & modal function, as
nt. of ayaṃ (idaṃ) in function of a deictic part.
indeclinable now Dhp.235, Dhp.237; Kp-a.247.
Vedic idānīṃ
in flames, burning, flaming bright, clear Ja.vi.223 (˚khaggadharā balī; so read for T. iṭṭhi-khagga˚); Dpvs.vi.42.
pp. of iddhe to idh or indh, cp. indhana & idhuma
pp. of ijjhati; cp. Sk. ṛddha
There is no single word in English for Iddhi, as the idea is unknown in Europe. The main sense seems to be ʻpotencyʼ.
Vedic ṛddhi from ardh, to prosper; Pali ijjhati
adjective (-˚) the compn. form of addhika in cpd. kapaṇ-iddhika tramps & wayfarers (see kapaṇa), e.g. at Ja.i.6; Ja.iv.15; Pv-a.78.
adjective (-˚) possessed of power, only in cpd. mah-iddhika of great power, always combd. with mah-ānubhāva, e.g. at Vin.i.31; Vin.ii.193; Vin.iii.101; SN.ii.155; MN.i.34; Thag.429. As mahiddhiya at Ja.v.149 See mahiddhika.
iddhi + ka
adjective
fr. iddhi
indeclinable here in this place, in this connection, now; esp. in this world or present existence Snp.1038, Snp.1056, Snp.1065; Iti.99 (idh ûpapanna reborn in this existence); Dhp.5, Dhp.15, Dhp.267, Dhp.343 Dhp.392; Mnd.40, Mnd.109, Mnd.156; Cnd.145, Cnd.146; Snp-a.147; Pv-a.45, Pv-a.60, Pv-a.71. -idhaloka this world, the world of men Snp.1043 (= manussaloka Cnd.552#c); Pv-a.64; in this religion Vb.245. On diff. meanings of idha see Dhs-a.348.
Sk. iha, adv. of space fr. pron. base *i (cp. ayaṃ, iti etc.), cp. Lat. ihi, Gr. ἰχα γενής, Av. ida
fire-wood - Tela-kaṭāha-gāthā, p. 53, J.P.T.S. 1884.
Sk. idhma, see etym. under iṭṭhakā
Vedic indra, most likely to same root as indu moon, viz. *Idg. *eid to shine, cp. Lat. īdūs middle of month (after the full moon), Oir. ēsce moon. Jacobi in K. Z. xxxi.316 sq. connects Indra with Lat. neriosus strong (Nero)
dimin. fr. inda
“Indra’s post”; the post, stake or column of Indra, at or before the city gate; also a large slab of stone let into the ground at the entrance of a house DN.ii.254 (˚ṃ ūhacca, cp. Dhp-a.ii.181); Vin.iv.160 (expld. ibid. as sayani-gharassa ummāro, i.e. threshold) SN.v.444 (ayokhīlo +); Dhp.95 (˚ûpama, cp. Dhp-a.ii.181) Thag.663; Ja.i.89; Mil.364; Vism.72, Vism.466; Snp-a.201; DN-a.i.209 (nikkhamitvā bahi ˚ā); Dhp-a.ii.180 (˚sadisaṃ Sāriputtassa cittaṃ), Dhp-a.ii.181 (nagara-dvāre nikhataṃ ˚ṃ).
inda + khīla, cp. BSk. indrakīla Divy.250, Divy.365, Divy.544; Avs.i.109, Avs.i.223
see hindagū.
a sort of insect (“cochineal, a red beetle”, Böhtlingk), observed to come out of the ground after rain Thag.13; Vin.iii.42; Ja.iv.258; Ja.v.168; Dhp-a.i.20 Brethren p. 18, n.
inda + gopaka, cp. Vedic indragopā having Indra as protector
a sapphire Ja.i.80; Mil.118; Vv-a.111 (+ mahānīla).
inda + nīla “Indra’s blue”
feminine the Coloquintida plant Ja.iv.8 (˚ka-rukkha).
inda + vāruṇa
neuter the blue water lily, Nymphaea Stellata or Cassia Fistula Ja.v.92 (˚ī-samā ratti); Ja.vi.536; Vv.45#1 (= uddālaka-puppha Vv-a.197).
etym.?
neuter
Indriya is one of the most comprehensive & important categories of Buddhist psychological philosophy & ethics meaning “controlling principle, directive force, élan, δύναμις” in the foll. applications:
An exhaustive list comprises the indriyāni enumerated under A a-e, thus establishing a canonical scheme of 22 Controlling Powers (bāvīsati indriyāni), running thus at Vb.122 sq. (see trsl. at Cpd. 175, 176); and discussed in detail at Vism.491 sq
■ Jīvitindriya (no. 9) is in some redactions placed before itth (no. 7), e.g. at Pts.i.7, Pts.i.137
■ From this list are detached several groups, mentioned frequently and in various connections no. 6 manas (mano, man-indriya) wavering in its function, being either included under a or (more frequently) omitted, so that the first set a is marked off as pañc’ indriyāni, the 6th being silently included (see below). This uncertainty regarding manas deserves to be noted. The foll. groups may be mentioned here viz 19 (nos. 1–19) at Pts.i.137; Pts.i.10 (pañca rūpīni; pañca arūpīni) at Ne.69; three groups of five (nos 1, 5, 10, 14, 15, 19) at DN.iii.239, cp. DN.iii.278; four (group d without paññā, i.e. nos. 15, 18) at AN.ii.141; three (saddh˚, samādh˚, paññ˚, i.e. nos. 15, 18, 19) at AN.i.118 sq. Under aṭṭhavidhaṃ indriya-rūpaṃ (Cpd. 159) or rūpaṃ as indriyaṃ “form which is faculty” Dhs.661 (cp trsl. p. 204) are understood the 5 sensitives (nos. 1, 5) the 2 six-states (nos. 7, 8) and the vital force (no. 9) i.e. groups a & b of enumn.; discussed & defined in detail at Dhs.709, Dhs.717, Dhs.971, Dhs.973
■ It is often to be guessed from the context only, which of the sets of 5 indriyāni (usually either group a or d) is meant. These detached groups are classed as below under C. f
■ Note. This system of 22 indriyāni reflects a revised & more elaborate form of the 25 (or 23) categories of the Sānkhya philosophy, with its 10 elements, 10 indri, īni & the isolated position of manas.
(grouped according to A a-e)
DN.i.77 (ahīn˚); DN.iii.239 (domanass˚ & somanass˚;) MN.i.437 (vemattatā), MN.i.453 (id.); MN.ii.11, MN.ii.106; MN.iii.296; SN.iii.225; SN.v.209 (dukkh˚, domanass˚) AN.i.39, AN.i.42 sq., AN.i.297; AN.ii.38 (sant˚), AN.ii.149 sq.; AN.iii.277, AN.iii.282; Pts.i.16, Pts.i.21, Pts.i.88, Pts.i.180; Pts.ii.1 sq, Pts.ii.13, Pts.ii.84, Pts.ii.119, Pts.ii.132, Pts.ii.143 Pts.ii.145, Pts.ii.110, Pts.ii.223; Mnd.45 (˚dhīra), Mnd.171 (˚kusala), Mnd.341 (pucchā); Dhs.58, Dhs.121, Dhs.528, Dhs.556 (dukkh˚), Dhs.560, Dhs.644 Dhs.736 Ne.18 (sotāpannassa), Ne.28 (˚vavaṭṭhāna), Ne.162 (lok’uttara) Vism.350 (˚vekallatā); Sdhp.280, Sdhp.342, Sdhp.364, Sdhp.371, Sdhp.449, Sdhp.473.
(-˚) having one’s senses, mind or heart as such & such SN.i.138 (tikkh˚ & mud˚); SN.iii.93 (pākat˚), SN.v.269 (id.); AN.i.70 (id) & passim (id.); AN.i.70 (saṃvut˚ AN.i.266 (id.), AN.i.236 (gutt˚); AN.ii.6 (samāhit˚); Snp.214 (susamāhit˚ his senses well-composed); Pv-a.70 (pīṇit˚ joyful or gladdened of heart).
Vedic indriya adj. only in meaning “belonging to Indra”; nt. strength, might (cp. inda), but in specific pāli sense “belonging to the ruler”, i.e. governing, ruling nt. governing, ruling or controlling principle
neuter firewood, fuel Ja.iv.27 (adj. an˚ without fuel aggi); Ja.v.447; Thag-a.256; Vv-a.335; Sdhp.608. Cp. idhuma.
Vedic indhana, of idh or indh to kindle, cp. iddha1
adjective menial; a retainer, in the phrase muṇḍakā samaṇakā ibbhā kaṇhā (kiṇhā) bandhupādāpaccā DN.i.90 (variant reading SS imbha T. kiṇhā, variant reading kaṇhā), DN.i.91, DN.i.103; MN.i.334 (kiṇhā, variant reading kaṇhā). Also at Ja.vi.214. Expld. by Bdhgh. as gahapatika at DN-a.i.254, (also at Ja.vi.215).
Ved. ibhya belonging to the servants
neuter barren soil, desert Ja.vi.560 (= niroja C.) Cp. īriṇa.
Vedic iriṇa, on etym. see Walde, Lat. Wtb. under rarus
to move, to wander about stir; fig. to move, behave, show a certain way of deportment MN.i.74, MN.i.75; SN.i.53 (dukkhaṃ aticca iriyati); SN.iv.71; AN.iii.451; AN.v.41; Snp.947, Snp.1063, Snp.1097; Thag.276; Ja.iii.498 (= viharati); Mnd.431; Cnd.147 (= carati etc.); Vism.16; DN-a.i.70.
fr. īr to set in motion, to stir, Sk. īrte, but pres. formation influenced by iriyā & also by Sk. iyarti of; ṛ (see acchati & icchati2); cp. Caus. īrayati (= P. īreti) pp. īrṇa & īrita. See also issā
feminine way of moving on, progress, Dhs.19, Dhs.82, Dhs.295, Dhs.380, Dhs.441, Dhs.716.
fr. iriyati
feminine movement, posture, deportment MN.i.81; Snp.1038 (= cariyā vatti vihāro Cnd.148); Iti.31; Vism.145 (+ vutti pālana yapana).
-patha way of deportment; mode of movement; good behaviour. There are 4 iriyāpathas or postures, viz. walking, standing, sitting, lying down (see Pts.ii.225 & DN-a.i.183). Cp. BSk. īryāpatha Divy.37
■ Vin.i.39; Vin.ii.146 (˚sampanna); Vin.i.91 (chinn˚ a cripple); SN.v.78 (cattāro i.); Snp.385; Mnd.225, Mnd.226; Cnd. s.v.; Ja.i.22 (of a lion), Ja.i.66, Ja.i.506; Mil.17; Vism.104, Vism.128, Vism.290, Vism.396; Dhp-a.i.9 Dhp-a.iv.17; Vv-a.6; Pv-a.141; Sdhp.604.
cp. from iriyati, BSk. īryā Divy.485
the Rig-veda Dpvs.v.62 (iruveda); Mil.178; DN-a.i.247; Snp-a.447.
feminine = illī Ja.v.259; Ja.vi.50.
fr. illī, cp. Sk. *īlikā
feminine a sort of weapon, a short one-edged sword Ja.v.259.
cp. Vedic ilībiśa Np. of a demon
variant reading for allīyituṃ at Ja.v.154.
indeclinable part. of comparison: like, as Dhp.1, Dhp.2, Dhp.7, Dhp.8, Dhp.287, Dhp.334; Ja.i.295; Snp-a.12 (opamma-vacanaṃ). Elided to ‘va, diaeretic-metathetic form viya (q.v.).
Vedic iva & va
Vedic ṛṣi fr. ṛṣ. Voc. ise Snp.1025; pl. npm. isayo, gen. isinaṃ SN.ii.280 & isīnaṃ SN.i.192; etc. inst. isibhi Thag.1065–Thag.1.
feminine a reed DN.i.77, cp. DN-a.i.222; Ja.vi.67 (isikā).
Sk. iṣīkā
neuter rishi-ship DN.i.104 (= isi-bhāva DN-a.i.274).
abstr. fr. isi
to bear ill-will, to be angry, to envy Ja.iii.7; ppr. med. issamānaka Sdhp.89, f. ˚ikā AN.ii.203
pp issita (q.v.).
denom. fr. issā. Av. areṣyeiti to be jealous, Gr. ε ̓́ραται to desire; connected also with Sk. arṣati fr. ṛṣ to flow, Lat. erro; & Sk. irasyati to be angry = Gr.; *ἄρης God of war, ἀρἀρη; Ags. eorsian to be angry
(nt. m.)
cp. Sk. iṣvastra nt. bow, fr. iṣu (= P. usu) an arrow + as to throw. Cp. P. issāsa
■ Bdhgh in a strange way dissects it as “usuñ ca satthañ cā ti vuttaṃ hoti” (i.e. usu arrow + sattha sword, knife) Snp-a.466
an archer Mil.419.
issattha + ka
Vedic īśvara, from īś to have power, cp. also P. īsa
rulership, mastership, supremacy, dominion (Syn. ādhipacca) DN.iii.190; SN.i.43, SN.i.100 (˚mada), SN.v.342 (issariy-âdhipacca); AN.i.62 (˚ādhipacca); AN.ii.205 AN.ii.249; AN.iii.38; AN.iv.263; Snp.112; Dhp.73; Ud.18; Pts.ii.171 Pts.ii.176; Ja.i.156; Ja.v.443; Dhp-a.ii.73; Vv-a.126 (for ādhipacca Pv-a.42, Pv-a.117, Pv-a.137 (for ādhipacca); Sdhp.418, Sdhp.583.
fr. issara
feminine mastership, lordship Sdhp.422.
fr. issariya
feminine jealousy, anger, envy, ill-will DN.ii.277 (˚macchariya); DN.iii.44 (id.); MN.i.15; SN.ii.260; AN.i.95, AN.i.105 (˚mala), AN.i.299; AN.ii.203; AN.iv.8 (˚saññojana), AN.iv.148, AN.iv.349, AN.iv.465; AN.v.42 sq., AN.v.156, AN.v.310; Snp.110; Ja.v.90 (˚âvatiṇṇa) Pv.ii.37; Vv.15#5; Pp.19, Pp.23; Vb.380, Vb.391; Dhs.1121 Dhs.1131, Dhs.1460; Vism.470 (def.); Pv-a.24, Pv-a.46, Pv-a.87; Dhp-a.ii.76; Mil.155; Sdhp.313, Sdhp.510.
Sk. īrṣyā to Sk. irin forceful, irasyati to be angry, Lat. īra anger, Gr. *ἄρης God of war; Ags. eorsian to be angry. See also issati
feminine in issammiga (= issāmiga) Ja.v.410, & issāmiga Ja.v.431, a species of antelope, cp Ja.v.425 issāsiṅga the antlers of this antelope.
cp. Sk. ṛśya-mṛga
= issā Pp.19, Pp.23; Dhs.1121; Vism.470.
abstr. formations fr. issā
an archer Vin.iv.124; MN.iii.1; AN.iv.423 (issāso vā issās’ antevāsī vā); Ja.ii.87 Ja.iv.494; Mil.232; DN-a.i.156.
Sk. iṣvāsa, see issattha
an archer, lit. one having a bow Ja.iv.494 (= issāsa C.).
Sk. iṣvāsa in meaning “bow” + in
being envied or scolded, giving offence or causing anger. Ja.v.44
pp. of īrṣ (see issati); Sk. īrṣita
adjective envious, jealous Vin.ii.89 (+ maccharin); DN.iii.45, DN.iii.246; MN.i.43, MN.i.96; SN.iv.241; AN.iii.140, AN.iii.335; AN.iv.2; Dhp.262; Ja.iii.259; Pv.ii.3#4 Pp.19, Pp.23; Dhp-a.iii.389; Pv-a.174. See also an˚.
fr. issā, Sk. īrṣyu + ka + in
indeclinable adv. of place “here” Snp.460.
ī.
Sk. iha; form iha is rare in Pāli, the usual form is idha (q.v.)
? confusion, rage badness Snp-a.590 (in expln of anigha). Usually as an˚ (or anigha), e.g. Ja.iii.343 (= niddukkha C.); Ja.v.343. Iti & Iti
doubtful as to origin & etym. since only found in cpd. anīgha & abs. only in exegetical literature. If genuine, it should belong to; ṛgh Sk. ṛghāyati to tremble rage etc. See discussed under nigha1
feminine ill, calamity, plague, distress, often combb. with & substituted for upaddava cp. BSk. ītay’ opadrava (attack of plague) Divy.119.; Snp.51; Ja.i.27 (verse 189); Ja.v.401 = upaddava; Mnd.381 Cnd.48, Cnd.636 (+ upaddava = santāpa); Mil.152, Mil.274 Mil.418. -anīti sound condition, health, safety AN.iv.238; Mil.323.
Sk. īti, of doubtful origin
adjective connected or affected with ill or harm, only in neg. an˚.
fr. īti
a doublet of itiha, only found in neg. an˚.
adjective such like, such Dhs-a.400 (f. ˚ī); Pv-a.50, (id.) Pv-a.51
Sk. īdṛs, ī + dṛś, lit. so-looking
neuter barren soil, desert DN.i.248; AN.v.156 sq.; Ja.v.70 (= sukkha-kantāra C.); Ja.vi.560; Vv-a.334.
= iriṇa, q.v. & cp. Sk. īriṇa
pp. of īreti, Caus. of īr, see iriyati
lord, owner ruler Ja.iv.209 (of a black lion = kāḷa-sīha C.); Vv-a.168 f. īsī see mahesī a chief queen. Cp. also mahesakkha.
fr. iś to have power, perf. īśe = Goth. aih; cp. Sk. īśvara = P. issara, & BSk. īśa, e.g. Jtm.31#81
a pole Ja.ii.152; Ja.vi.456 (˚agga the top of a pole).
dimin. of īsā
adverb a little, slightly, easily MN.i.450; Ja.i.77; Ja.vi.456; DN-a.i.252, DN-a.i.310; Vv-a.36; Vism.136 Vism.137, Vism.231, īsakam pi even a little Vism.106; Sdhp.586.
nt. of īsaka
feminine the pole of a plough or of a carriage SN.i.104 (nangal’ īsā read with variant reading for nangala-sīsā T.), SN.i.172, SN.i.224 (˚mukha): AN.iv.191 (rath˚); Snp.77; Ja.i.203 (˚mukha); Ja.iv.209; Ud.42; Mil.27; Snp-a.146; Vv-a.269 (˚mūlaṃ = rathassa uro).
Vedic īṣā
adjective having a pole (said of a carriage) Ja.vi.252.
fr. īsā
to endeavour, attempt, strive after Vin.iii.268 (Bdhgh. Ja.vi.518 (cp. Kern, Toevoegselen p. 112); DN-a.i.139; Vv-a.35.
Vedic īh, cp. Av. īžā ardour, eagerness, āziš greed
feminine exertion, endeavour, activity, only in adj. nir-īha void of activity Mil.413.
fr. īh
the sound or syllable u, expld. by Bdhgh at Vism.495 as expressing origin (= ud).
exaltation, excellence, superiority (opp. avakkaṃsa) DN.i.54 (ukkaṃs-âvakkaṃsa hāyana-vaḍḍhana DN-a.i.165); MN.i.518; Vism.563 (id.) Vv-a.146 (˚gata excellent), Vv-a.335 (instr. ukkaṃsena par excellence exceedingly); Pv-a.228 (˚vasena, with ref. to devatās; variant reading SS okk˚).
fr. ud + kṛṣ see ukkassati
adjective raising, exalting (oneself), extolling MN.i.19 (att˚; opp. para-vambhin); Ja.ii.152. Cp sāmukkaṃsika.
fr. ukkaṃsa
to exalt, praise MN.i.498; Ja.iv.108
pp ukkaṭṭha
■ ukkaṃseti in same meaning MN.i.402 sq. (attānaṃ u. paraṃ vambheti); AN.ii.27; Cnd.141.
ud + kṛṣ, karṣati, lit. draw or up, raise
feminine raising, extolling, exaltation, in att˚ self-exaltation, self-praise MN.i.402 (opp para-vambhanā); Cnd.505 (id.).
abstr. of ukkaṃsati
adjective
pp. of ukkaṃsati
feminine superiority, eminence, exalted state Ja.iv.303 (opp. hīnatā).
abstr. fr. ukkaṭṭha
boiled up, boiling, seething AN.iii.231 & AN.iii.234 (udapatto agginā santatto ukkaṭṭhito, variant reading ukkuṭṭhito); Ja.iv.118 (variant reading pakkudhita = pakkuṭhita, as gloss).
for ukkaṭhita, ud + pp. of kvath, see kaṭhati & kuthati
to long for, to be dissatisfied
to fret Ja.i.386 (˚māna); Ja.iii.143 (˚itvā); Ja.iv.3, Ja.iv.160; Ja.v.10 (anukkhaṇṭhanto); Dhs-a.407; Pv-a.162 (mā ukkaṇṭhi variant reading ukkaṇhi, so read for T. mā khuṇḍali)
pp ukkaṇṭhita (q.v.). Cp. pari˚.
fr. ud + kaṇṭh in secondary meaning of kaṇṭha neck, lit. to stretch one’s neck for anything; i.e. long for, be hungry after, etc.
feminine emotion, commotion DN.ii.239.
fr. ukkaṇṭhati
feminine longing, desire; distress, regret Ne.88; Pv-a.55 (spelt kkh), Pv-a.60, Pv-a.145, Pv-a.152.
fr. ukkanṭḥ˚
feminine longing, dissatisfaction Thag-a.239 (= arati).
fr. ukkanṭḥ˚
feminine = ukkaṇṭhi, i.e. longing, state of distress, pain Ja.iii.643.
abstr. fr. ukkaṇṭhita
dissatisfied, regretting, longing, fretting Ja.i.196; Ja.ii.92, Ja.ii.115; Ja.iii.185; Mil.281; Dhp-a.iv.66, Dhp-a.iv.225; Pv-a.13 (an˚), Pv-a.55, Pv-a.187.
pp. of ukkaṇṭhati
adjective having the ears erect (?) Ja.vi.559.
ud + kaṇṇa
adjective a certain disease (? mange) of jackals SN.ii.230, SN.ii.271; S. A. ʻthe fur falls off from the whole bodyʼ.
ut + kaṇṇa + ka lit. “with ears out” or is it ukkandaka?
to cut out, tear out, skin Vin.i.217 (˚itva); Ja.i.164; Ja.iv.210 (variant reading for okk˚); Ja.v.10 (ger ukkacca); Pv.iii.9#4 (ukkantvā, variant reading BB ukkacca); Pv-a.210 (variant reading SS ni˚), Pv-a.211 (= chinditvā).
ud + kantati
only in pl.; vermin, Vin.i.211 = Vin.i.239. See comment at Vin. Texts ii.70.
etymology unknown
(nt. adv.), in jhān˚ & kasiṇ˚, after the method of stepping away from or skipping Vism.374.
(or okk˚; which is variant reading at all passages quoted) to step aside, step out from (w. abl.), depart from AN.iii.301 (maggā); Ja.iii.531; Ja.iv.101 (maggā); Ud.13 (id.); DN-a.i.185 (id.). Caus. ukkāmeti; Caus. ii. ukkamāpeti Ja.ii.3.
ud + kamati from kram
neuter stepping away from Vism.374.
fr. ukkamati
in phrase ukkala-vassa-bhañña SN.iii.73 = AN.ii.31 = Kv.141 is translated as “the folk of Ukkala, Lenten speakers of old” (see Kvu trsl. 95 with n. 2). Another interpretation is ukkalāvassa˚, i.e. ukkalā + avassa, one who speaks of, or like, a porter (ukkala = Sk utkala porter, one who carries a load) and bondsman MN.iii.78 reads Okkalā (variant reading Ukkalā)-Vassa-Bhaññā all as N. pr.
*avaśya˚
see uklāpa.
to become depraved, to revoke(?) Mil.143.
= ukkilissati? ud + kilissati
feminine
Vedic ulkā & ulkuṣī, cp. Gr.; α ̓́φλας (= λαμπρ ̈ως torch Hesychius), vελξάνος (= Volcanus); Lat. Volcanus Oir. Olcān, Idg. *ṷI̊q to be fiery
feminine enlightening, clearing up, instruction Vb.352 (in def. of lapanā, variant reading ˚kāpanā). Note Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. compares Vism p.115 & Sk. uddīpana in same sense. Def. at Vism.27 (= uddīpanā).
fr. ukkāceti, ud + *kāc, see ukkācita
enlightened, made bright (fig.) or cleaned, cleared up AN.i.72, AN.i.286 (˚vinīta parisā enlightened & trained).
pp. either to * kāc to shine or to kāceti denom. fr. kāca1
to bale out water, to empty by means of buckets Ja.ii.70 (variant reading ussiñcati).
according to Morris J.P.T.S. 1884, 112 a denom. fr. kāca2 a carrying pole, although the idea of a bucket is somewhat removed from that of a pole
to cause to step aside Ja.vi.11.
Caus. of ukkamati
dung, excrement Ja.iv.485, otherwise only in cpd. ukkāra-bhūmi dung-hill Ja.i.5, Ja.i.146 (so read for ukkar˚), Ja.ii.40; Ja.iii.16, Ja.iii.75, Ja.iii.377; Ja.iv.72, Ja.iv.305, Vism.196 (˚ûpama kuṇapa); Dhp-a.iii.208. Cp. uccāra.
fr. ud + kṛ; “do out”
to “ahem”! to cough, to clear one’s throat Vin.ii.222; Vin.iv.16; MN.ii.4; AN.v.65; aor. ukkāsi Ja.i.161, Ja.i.217
pp ukkāsita.
ud + kāsati of kas to cough
(f.?) at Vin.ii.106 is not clear. Vin Texts iii.68 leave it untranslated. Bdhgh’s expln. is vattavaṭṭi (patta˚? a leaf? Cp. SN.iii.141), prob. = vaṭṭi (Sk varti a kind of pad). See details given by Morris J.P.T.S. 1887, 113, who trsls. “rubber, a kind of pad or roll of cotton with which the delicate bather could rub himself without too much friction”.
doubtful
coughed, clearing one’s throat, coughed out, hawking DN.i.89; Bv.i.52 (+ khipita) -sadda the noise of clearing the throat DN.i.50; Ja.i.119; Dhp-a.i.250 (+ khipita˚).
pp. of ukkāsati
dug up or out DN.i.105; Ja.iv.106; Mil.330; DN-a.i.274 (= khāta).
pp. of ud + kṛ; dig2
to take the dirt out, to clean out DN-a.i.255 (dosaṃ); Snp-a.274 (rāgaṃ variant reading BB. uggileti).
Caus. of ud + klid, see kilijjati
adjective set up, upright, opp. either nikkujja or avakujja AN.i.131; SN.v.89 (ukkujj’âvakujja) Pp.32 (= uparimukho ṭhapito C. 214).
ud + kujja
(˚eti) to bend up, turn up, set upright Vin.i.181; Vin.ii.126 (pattaṃ), Vin.ii.269 (bhikkhuṃ) mostly in phrase nikkujjitaṃ ukkujjeyya “(like) one might raise up one who has fallen” DN.i.85, DN.i.110; DN.ii.132, DN.ii.152 Snp.p.15 (= uparimukhaṃ karoti DN-a.i.228 = Snp-a.155).
Denom. fr. ukkujja
neuter raising up, setting up again Vin.ii.126 (patt˚).
fr. ukkujjati
a special manner of squatting. The soles of the feet are firmly on the ground, the man sinks down, the heels slightly rising as he does so, until the thighs rest on the calves, and the hams are about six inches or more from the ground. Then with elbows on knees he balances himself. Few Europeans can adopt this posture, & none (save miners) can maintain it with comfort, as the calf muscles upset the balance. Indians find it easy, & when the palms of the hands are also held together upwards, it indicates submission. See; Dial. i.231 n. 4
■ Vin.i.45 (˚ṃ nisīdati); Vin.iii.228; AN.i.296; AN.ii.206; Pp.55; Vism.62, Vism.104 Vism.105 (quot. fr. Papañca Sūdanī) Vism.426; Dhp-a.i.201, Dhp-a.i.217 Dhp-a.ii.61 (as posture of humility); Dhp-a.iii.195; Dhp-a.iv.223.
fr. ud + *kuṭ = *kuñc, as in kuṭila & kuñcita; lit. “bending up”. The BSk. form is ukkuṭuka, e.g. Av SN.i.315
feminine shouting out, acclamation Ja.ii.367; Ja.vi.41 Bv.i.35; Mil.21; Vism.245; Dhp-a.ii.43; Vv-a.132 (˚sadda).
fr. ud + kruś, cp. *kruñc as in P. kuñca & Sk. krośati
an osprey Ja.iv.291 (˚rāja), Ja.iv.392.
see ukkuṭṭhi & cp. BSk. utkrośa watchman (?) Divy.453
adjective sloping up, steep, high (opp. vikkūla) AN.i.35 sq.; Vism.153 (nadi); Snp-a.42. Cp. utkūlanikūla-sama Lal.340.
ud + kūla
neuter crookedness, perverting justice taking bribes to get people into unlawful possessions (Bdhgh.) DN.i.5; DN.iii.176; SN.v.473; AN.ii.209, AN.v.206; DN-a.i.79 = Pp-a.240 (“assāmike sāmike kātuṃ lañcagahaṇaṃ”).
fr. ud + * kuṭ; to be crooked or to deceive, cp. kujja & kuṭila crooked
adjective belonging to the perversion of justice Vin.ii.94.
fr. ukkoṭana
to disturb what is settled, to open up again a legal question that has been adjudged Vin.ii.94, Vin.ii.303; Vin.iv.126; Ja.ii.387; DN-a.i.5.
denom. fr. *ukkoṭ-ana
(˚lī) feminine a pot in which to boil rice (& other food) Ja.i.68, Ja.i.235; Ja.v.389, Ja.v.471; Pp.33; Vism.346 (˚mukhavaṭṭi), Vism.356 (˚kapāla in comp.); Dhp-a.i.136; Dhp-a.ii.5; Dhp-a.iii.371; Dhp-a.iv.130; Pp-a.231; Vv-a.100. Cp. next.
der. fr. Vedic ukha & ukhā pot, boiler; related to Lat. aulla (fr. *auxla); Goth. auhns oven
feminine = ukkhali. Thig.23 (= bhatta-pacanabhājanaṃ Thag-a.29); Dhp-a.iv.98 (˚kāla); Dhs-a.376.
? in ukkhasataṃ dānaṃ, given at various times of the day (meaning ἑκατόμβη?) SN.ii.264 (variant reading ukkā). Or is it to be read ukhāsataṃ d. i.e. consisting of 100 pots (of rice = mahā danaṃ?). S A: paṇītabhojana-bharitānaṃ mahā-ukkhalinaṃ sataṃ dānaṃ. Cp. ukhā cooking vessel Thag-a.71 (Tha-ap.38) Kern, Toevoegselen under ukkhā trsl. “zeker muntstuck”, i.e. kind of gift.
can it be compared with Vedic ukṣan?
besmeared, besprinkled Ja.iv.331 (ruhir˚, so read for ˚rakkhita). Cp. okkhita.
pp. of ukṣ sprinkle
taken up, lifted up, t.t. of the canon law “suspended” Vin.iv.218; Ja.iii.487.
pp. of ukkhipati
adjective noun a bhikkbu who has been suspended Vin.i.97, Vin.i.121; Vin.ii.61, Vin.ii.173, Vin.ii.213.
fr. ukkhitta
To hold up, to take up Ja.i.213; Ja.iv.391: Ja.vi.350; Vism.4 (satthaṃ); Pv-a.265. A t. t. of canon law, to suspend (a bhikkhu for breach of rules) Vin.iv.309; Pp.33. -ukkhipiyati to be suspended Vin.ii.61. Caus. ii. ukkhipāpeti to cause to be supported Ja.i.52; Ja.ii.15, Ja.ii.38; Ja.iii.285, Ja.iii.436
pp ukkhitta, ger. ukkhipitvā as adv. “upright” Vism.126.
ut + khipati, kṣip
neuter
fr. ud + kṣip
spit out, thrown off, in phrase moho (rāgo etc) catto vanto mutto pahino paṭinissaṭṭho u. Vin.iii.97 = Vin.iv.27.
pp. of ud + kheṭ; or *khel, see kheḷa
adjective noun (adj.) throwing away Dhp-a.iv.59 (˚dāya a throw-away donation, tip)
■ (m.) lifting up, raising Ja.i.394 (cel˚); Ja.vi.508; DN-a.i.273; dur˚ hard to lift or raise Sdhp.347.
fr. ud + kṣip
adjective throwing (up); ˚ṃ (acc.) in the manner of throwing Vin.ii.214 = Vin.iv.195 (piṇḍ˚).
fr. ukkhepa
neuter suspension Ja.iii.487.
fr. ud + kṣip
feminine throwing up, provocation, sneering Vb.352 = Vism.23, expld. at p. 29.
= last
adjective referring to the suspension (of a bhikkhu), -kamma act or resolution of suspension Vin.i.49, Vin.i.53, Vin.i.98, Vin.i.143, Vin.i.168; Vin.ii.27, Vin.ii.226, Vin.ii.230, Vin.ii.298: AN.i.99. Uklapa (ukkalapa)
ukkhepana + iya, cp. BSk. utkṣepanīyaṃ karma Divy.329
adjective
cp. Sk. ut-kalāpayati to let go
adjective mighty, huge, strong fierce, grave, m. a mighty or great person, noble lord DN.i.103; SN.i.51 = Vv-a.116 (uggateja “the fiery heat”) Ja.iv.496; Ja.v.452 (˚teja); Ja.vi.490 (+ rājaputtā, expld. with etymologising effort as uggatā paññātā by C.); Mil.331; Dhp-a.ii.57 (˚tapa); Sdhp.286 (˚daṇḍa), Sdhp.304 (id.). Cp. sam˚. As Np. at Vism.233 & Ja.i.94.
Vedic ugra, from ukṣati, weak base of vakṣ as in vakṣana, vakṣayati = Gr. ἀvέςω, Goth. wahsjan “to wax”, also Lat. augeo & P. oja
= uggamana, in aruṇ-ugga sunrise Vin.iv.272.
to rise, get up out of (lit. & fig.) Thag.181; aruṇe uggacchante at sunrise Vv-a.75; Pv.iv.8; Vism.43, ger. uggañchitvāna Mil.376
pp uggata (q.v.).
ud + gam
to shout out Mnd.172.
ud + gajjati
to take up, acquire, learn [cp. BSk. udgṛhṇāti in same sense, e.g. Divy.18 Divy.77 etc.] Snp.912 (uggahaṇanta = uggahaṇanti = uggaṇhanti Snp-a.561); imper. uggaṇha Ja.ii.30 (sippaṃ); uggaṇhāhi Mil.10 (mantāni); ger. uggayha Snp.832 Snp.845; Mnd.173
caus uggaheti in same meaning Sdhp.520; aor. uggahesi Pv.iii.5#4 (nakkhatta-yogaṃ = akari Pv-a.198); ger. uggahetvā Ja.v.282, Vv-a.98 (vipassanākammaṭṭhānaṃ); infin. uggahetuṃ Vv-a.138 (sippaṃ to study a craft)
caus 2 uggaṇhāpeti to instruct Ja.v.217; Ja.vi.353
pp uggahita (q.v.). See also uggahāyati
■ A peculiar ppr. med. is uggāhamāna going or wanting to learn DN-a.i.32 (cp. uggāhaka).
ud + gṛh, see gaṇhāti
come out, risen; high, lofty, exalted Ja.iv.213 (suriya), Ja.iv.296 (˚atta), Ja.iv.490; Ja.v.244; Pv.iv.1#4 (˚atta one who has risen = uggata-sabhāva samiddha Pv-a.220); Vv-a.217 (˚mānasa); DN-a.i.248; Pv-a.68 (˚phāsuka with ribs come out or showing, i.e. emaciated for upphāsulika). Cp. acc˚.
pp. of uggacchati
in all Pv. readings is to be read uttatta˚; thus at Pv.iii.3#2; Pv-a.10, Pv-a.188.
at Ja.vi.590 means a kind of ornament or trinket, it should prob. be read ugghaṭṭana [fr. ghaṭṭeti lit. “tinkling”, i.e. a bangle.
rising up Sdhp.594.
fr. ud + gam; Sk. udgama
(˚na) neuter going up, rising; rise (of sun & stars) DN.i.10, DN.i.240; SN.ii.268 (suriy˚); Ja.iv.321 (an˚), Ja.iv.388; Pv.ii.9#41 (suriy˚); DN-a.i.95 (= udayana); Dhp-a.i.165 (aruṇ˚); Dhp-a.ii.6 (id.); Vv-a.326 (oggaman˚) Pv-a.109 (aruṇ˚). Cp. ugga2 & uggama.
fr. ud + gam
adjective (-˚)
fr. ud + gṛh, see gaṇhāti
neuter learning, taking up, studying Pv-a.3 (sipp˚). As uggaṇhana at Vism.277.
fr. uggaṇhāti
to take hold of, to take up Snp.791 (= gaṇhāti Mnd.91)
ger uggahāya Snp.837.
poetic form of uggaheti (see uggaṇhati), but according to Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. representing Ved. udgṛbhāyati
taken up, taken, acquired Vin.i.212; Ja.iii.168 (˚sippa, adj.), Ja.iii.325; Ja.iv.220; Ja.vi.76; Vism.241. The metric form is uggahīta at Snp.795, Snp.833, Snp.1098 Mnd.175 = Cnd.152 (= gahita parāmaṭṭha).
pp. of uggaṇhāti
one who takes up, acquires or learns AN.iv.196.
n. ag. to ugganhāti, Caus. uggaheti
spitting out, vomiting, ejection Vism.54; DN-a.i.41; Kp-a.61.
ud + gṛ; or *gḷ to swallow, see gala & gilati; lit. to swallow up
adjective noun one who is eager to learn Ja.v.148 [cp. Mvu.iii.373 ogrāhaka in same context].
fr. ud + gṛh, see uggaṇhāti
see uggaṇhāti.
to vomit up (“swallow up”) to spit out Ud.14 (uggiritvāna); DN-a.i.41 (uggāraṃ uggiranto). Cp. BSk. prodgīrṇa cast out Divy.589.
Sk. udgirati, ud + gṛ2; but BSk. udgirati in meaning to sing, chant, utter, formation fr. gṛ2 instead of gṛ1, pres. gṛṇāti; in giraṃ udgirati Jtm.31#26
■ The by-form uggirati is uggilati with interchange of I̊ and ṛ roots *gr̥ & *gI̊, see gala & gilati
to lift up, carry Vin.iv.147 = Dhp-a.iii.50 (talasattikaṃ expld. by uccāreti) Ja.i.150 (āvudhāni); Ja.vi.460, Ja.vi.472. Cp. sam˚.
cp. Sk. udgurate, ud + gur
= uggirati1, i.e. to spit out (opp. ogilati) MN.i.393; SN.iv.323; Ja.iii.529; Mil.5; Pv-a.283.
neuter a neckband to hold a basket hanging down Ja.vi.562 (uggīvañ c’âpi aṃsato = aṃsakūṭe pacchi-lagganakaṃ C.).
ud + gīva
to rub Vin.ii.106. - pp. ugghaṭṭha (q.v.).
ud + ghṛṣ, see ghaṃsati1
adjective striving, exerting oneself; keen, eager in cpd -ññū of quick understanding AN.ii.135; Pp.41; Ne.7–Ne.9, Ne.125; DN-a.i.291.
pp. of ud + ghaṭati; cp. BSk. udghaṭaka skilled Divy.3, Divy.26 and phrase at Mvu.iii.260 udghaṭitajña
to open, reveal (? so Hardy in Index to Nett) Ne.9; ugghaṭiyati & ugghaṭanā ibid. Ugghatta (Ugghattha?)
ud + ghaṭati
knocked crushed, rubbed against, only in phrase ughaṭṭa-pāda foot-sore Snp.980 (= maggakkamaṇena ghaṭṭa-pādatala etc Snp-a.582); Ja.iv.20 (ṭṭh; expld. by uṇha-vālukāya ghaṭṭapāda); Ja.v.69 (= raj okiṇṇa-pāda C. not to the point).
should be pp. of ugghaṃsati = Sk. udghṛṣṭa, see ghaṃsati1, but taken by Bdhgh. either as pp. of or an adj. der. fr. ghaṭṭ, see ghaṭṭeti
to ooze Thag.394 = Dhp-a.iii.117.
ud + kṣar
neuter? that which can be removed, in -kiṭikā a curtain to be drawn aside Vin.ii.153 (cp. Vin Texts iii.174, 176). Ch s. v. gives “rope & bucket of a well” as meaning (kavāṭaṃ anugghāṭeti). Cp. ugghaṭanā.
fr. ugghāṭeti
opened Mil.55; Dhp-a.i.134.
pp. of ugghāṭeti
to remove, take away, unfasten, abolish, put an end to Vin.ii.148 (tālāni), Vin.ii.208 (ghaṭikaṃ); Vin.iv.37; Ja.ii.31; Ja.vi.68; Mil.140 (bhava-paṭisandhiṃ), Mil.371; Vism.374
caus 2 ugghāṭāpeti to have opened Ja.v.381.
for ugghaṭṭeti, ud + ghaṭṭ but BSk. udghāṭayati Divy.130
shaking, jolting; jolt, jerk Vin.ii.276 (yān˚); Ja.vi.253 (an˚); Dhp-a.iii.283 (yān˚).
ud + ghāta
feminine
fr. ud + ghāta
struck, killed AN.iii.68.
pp. of ugghāteti, denom. fr. udghāta
feminine proclamation DN-a.i.310.
abstr. fr. ugghoseti, cp. ghosanā
to shout out, announce, proclaim Ja.i.75; Dhp-a.ii.94; Pv-a.127.
ud + ghoseti
adjective high (opp. avaca low) DN.i.194; MN.ii.213; AN.v.82 (˚ṭhāniyaṃ nīce ṭhāne ṭhapeti puts on a low place which ought to be placed high); Pv.iv.7#4 (uccaṃ paggayha lifting high up = uccataraṃ katvā Pv-a.265); Pp.52 Pp.58; DN-a.i.135; Pv-a.176.
For udya, adj. formation from prep. ud above, up
adjective high Vin.ii.149 (āsandikā a kind of high chair).
fr. ucca
neuter height Ja.iii.318.
fr. ucca = Sk. uccatvaṃ
heaping up, heap, pile, accumulation Dhp.115, Dhp.191, Dhp.192; Vv.47#11 Vv.82#7 (= cetiya Vv-a.321); Dhp-a.iii.5, Dhp-a.iii.9; Dhs-a.41 (pāpassa). -siluccaya a mountain Thag.692; Ja.i.29 (verse 209), Ja.vi.272, Ja.vi.278; Dāvs V.63.
˚- adverb high (lit. & fig.), raised, in foll. compounds.
cp. Sk. uccā, instr. sg. of uccaṃ, cp. paścā behind, as well as uccaiḥ instr. pl
■ In BSk. we find ucca˚ (uccakulīna Avs.iii.117) as well as uccaṃ (uccaṃgama Divy.476). It is in all cases restricted to compounds
discharge, excrement, faeces Vin.iii.36 (˚ṃ gacchati to go to stool); Vin.iv.265, Vin.iv.266 (uccāro nāma gūtho vuccati); Dhp-a.ii.56 (˚karaṇa defecation); uccārapassāva faeces & urine DN.i.70; MN.i.83; Ja.i.5; Ja.ii.19.
Ud + car
feminine lifting up, raising Vin.iii.121.
fr. uccāreti
pp. of uccāreti
to lift up, raise aloft Vin.iii.81; Vin.iv.147 = Dhp-a.iii.50; MN.i.135
pp uccārita (q.v.).
ud + cāreti, Caus. of car
a maw-worm Vin.iii.38, Vin.iii.112; Ja.ii.146.
etym.?
to select, choose, search, gather, pick out or up Vin.i.73; Vin.ii.285 (aor. uccini); Ja.iv.9; Pv.iii.2#4 (nantake = gavesana-vasena gahetvāna Pv-a.185); Dpvs.iv.2.
ud + cināti
the hip, the lap Vin.i.225; MN.i.366; AN.i.130 (˚pañña); Ja.i.5, Ja.i.308; Ja.ii.412; Ja.iii.22; Ja.iv.38 Ja.iv.151; Pp.31; Vism.279; Dhp-a.ii.72.
Sk. utsanga, ts → cch like Sk. utsahate → BSk. ucchahate see ussahati
neuter rubbing the limbs, anointing the body with perfumes, shampooing DN.i.7, DN.i.76; at the latter passage in combn. anicc˚-dhamma, of the body, meaning “erosion, decay” and combd. with parimaddana abrasion (see about detail of meaning Dial. i.87); thus in same formula at MN.i.500; SN.iv.83; Ja.i.146 & passim; AN.i.62; AN.ii.70 (+ nahāpana); AN.iv.54, AN.iv.386; Iti.111; Thig.89 (nahāpan˚); Mil.241 (˚parimaddana), Mil.315 (+ nahāpana); DN-a.i.88.
ut + sād, Caus. of sad, sīdati, cp. ussada
to rub the body with perfumes Ja.vi.298; Mil.241 (+ parimaddati nahāpeti); DN-a.i.88.
fr. ut + sād, see ucchādana
left, left over, rejected, thrown out; impure, vile Vin.ii.115 (˚odakaṃ); Vin.iv.266 (id.); Ja.ii.83 (bhattaṃ ucchiṭṭhaṃ akatvā), Ja.ii.126 (˚nadī impure; also itthi outcast), Ja.ii.363; Ja.iv.386 (˚ṃ piṇḍaṃ), Ja.iv.388; Ja.vi.508; Mil.315; Dhp-a.i.52; Dhp-a.ii.85; Dhp-a.iii.208; Pv-a.80 (= chaḍḍita), Pv-a.173 (˚bhattaṃ). At Ja.iv.433 read ucch˚ for ucciṭṭha
■ an˚ not touched or thrown away (of food) Ja.iii.257; Dhp-a.ii.3
■ See also uttiṭṭha & ucchepaka.
pp. of ud + śiṣ
(fr. ucchiṭṭha) = ucchiṭṭha Ja.iv.386; Ja.vi.63, Ja.vi.509.
to break up, destroy, annihilate SN.v.432 (bhavataṇhaṃ), AN.iv.17 (fut. ucchecchāmi to be read with variant reading for T. ucchejjissāmi); Snp.2 (pret. udacchida), Snp.208 (ger. ucchijja); Ja.v.383; Dhp.285. Pass. ucchijjati to be destroyed or annihilated, to cease to exist SN.iv.309; Ja.v.242, Ja.v.467; Mil.192; Pv-a.63, Pv-a.130 (= na pavattati), Pv-a.253 (= natthi)
pp ucchinna (q.v.).
ud + chid, see chindati
broken up, destroyed SN.iii.10; AN.v.32; Snp.746. Cp. sam˚.
pp. of ucchindati
sugar-cane Vin.iv.35; AN.iii.76; AN.iv.279; Mil.46; Dhp-a.iv.199 (˚ūnaṃ yanta sugar-cane mill), Pv-a.257, Pv-a.260; Vv-a.124.
-agga (ucch˚) top of s. c. Vism.172. -khaṇḍikā a bit of sugar-cane Vv.33#26. -khādana eating s. c. Vism.70 -khetta sugar-cane field Ja.i.339; Vv-a.256. -gaṇṭhikā a kind of sugar-cane, Batatas Paniculata Ja.i.339; Ja.vi.114 (so read for ˚ghaṭika). -pāla watchman of s
■ c. Vv-a.256 -pīḷana, cane-pressing, Asl.274. -puṭa sugar-cane basket Ja.iv.363. -bīja seed of s
■ c. AN.i.32; AN.v.213. -yantra a sugar-mill Ja.i.339. -rasa s
■ c. juice Vin.i.246; Vism.489; Vv-a.180 -vāta, Asl.274. -sālā, Asl.274.
Sk. cp. Vedic Np. Ikṣvāku fr. ikṣu
breaking up, disintegration, perishing (of the soul) Vin.iii.2 (either after this life, or after kāmadeva life, or after brahmadeva life) DN.i.34, DN.i.55; SN.iv.323; Mnd.324; Mil.413; Ne.95, Ne.112, Ne.160; DN-a.i.120.
fr. ud + chid, chind, see ucchindati & cp. cheda
adjective cutting off, destroying; f. -anī Ja.v.16 (surā).
fr. ud + chid
adjective an adherent of the ucchedavāda Ja.v.241.
neuter leavings of food MN.ii.7 (variant reading uccepaka with cc for cch as ucciṭṭha: ucchiṭṭha). The passage is to be read ucchepake va te ratā. A diff. connotation would be implied by taking ucchepaka = uñchā, as Neumann does (Majjhima trsl.2 ii.682).
= ucchiṭṭhaka in sense of ucchiṭṭhabhatta
adjective straight direct; straightforward, honest, upright DN.iii.150 (T. ujja), DN.iii.352 (do.), DN.iii.422, DN.iii.550; Vv.18#7 (= sabba-jimha-vanka-kuṭilabhāv’âpagama-hetutāya u. Vv-a.96); Pp.59; Vb.244 (ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya); Vism.219 (uju avanka akuṭila) DN-a.i.210 (id.), Kp-a.236; Dhp-a.i.288 (cittaṃ ujuṃ akuṭilaṃ nibbisevanaṃ karoti); Vv-a.281 (˚koṭi-vanka); Pv-a.123 (an˚).
Vedic ṛju, also ṛjyati, irajyate to stretch out: cp. Gr. ὀρέγω to stretch; Lat. rego to govern; Goth ufrakjan to straighten up; Ohg. recchen = Ger. recken E. reach; Oir. rēn span. See also P. ajjava
adjective straight, direct, upright MN.i.124; SN.i.33 (ujuko so maggo, the road to nibbāna), SN.i.260 (citta); SN.iv.298; SN.v.143, SN.v.165; Ja.i.163; Ja.v.297 (opp khujja); Dhp-a.i.18 (˚magga); Sdhp.321. -anujjuka crooked not straight SN.iv.299; Ja.iii.318.
uju + ka
feminine straightness, rectitude Dhs.50, Dhs.51 (kāyassa, cittassa); Vism.436 sq.
abstr. fr. ujuka
feminine straight(forward)ness, rectitude Dhs.50, Dhs.51.
abstr. of uju
to laugh at, deride, mock, make fun of Vin.iii.128; Thig.74 (spelt jjh = hasati Thag-a.78); AN.iii.91 (ujjh˚, variant reading ujj˚) = Pp.67 (= pāṇiṃ paharitvā mahāhasitaṃ hasati Pp-a.249).
ud + jagghati
hard, barren soil; a very sandy and deserted place DN.ii.146 (˚nagaraka, trsl. “town in the midst of a jungle”, cp. Dial. ii.161); Ja.i.391; Vv.85#5 (= ukkaṃsena jangala i.e. exceedingly dusty or sandy dry); Pv.ii.9#70 (spelt ujjhangala, expld. by ativiya-thaddhabhūmibhāga at Pv-a.139); Vism.107. Also in BSk. ujjangala e.g. Mvu.ii.207.
ud + jangala
adjective blazing, flashing; bright, beautiful Ja.i.220; Dāvs ii.63.
ud + jval, see jalati
to blaze up, shine forth Vin.i.31; Vv-a.161 (+ jotati)
caus ujjāleti to make shine, to kindle Vin.i.31; Mil.259; Vism.428; Thag-a.69 (Tha-ap.14, read dīpāṃ ujjālayiṃ); Vv-a.51 (padīpaṃ).
ud + jalati, jval
adjective “running up”, in cpd. ujjav-ujjava a certain term in the art of spinning or weaving Vin.iv.300, expld. by “yattakaṃ patthena (patthana?) añcitaṃ hoti tasmi takkamhi vedhite”.
ud + java
to go up-stream Vin.ii.301.
ud + javati
instr. fem. of ujjavanaka used as adv. up-stream, lit “running up” Vin.ii.290 Vin.iv.65 (in expln. of uddhaṃgāmin, opp. ojavanikāya).
ud + javanaka, q.v.
to give up, let go; imper. ujjaha SN.i.188; Thig.19; Snp.342.
ud + jahati
see uju & ujuka.
light, lustre Ja.i.183 (˚kara); Mil.321.
ud + * jot of jotati, Sk. uddyotate
illumined Dāvs v.53.
pp. of ujjoteti, ud + joteti
see ujjagghati.
feminine loud laughter Vin.ii.213, cp. Vin.iv.187.
fr. ujjagghati, spelling varies
pp ujjhita (q.v.).
Sk. ujjhati, ujjh
feminine irritation, discontent AN.iv.223, AN.iv.467 (variant reading ujj˚) cp. ujjhāna.
fr. ud + jhāyati1, corresponding to a Sk. *ud-dhyāti
neuter
ud + jhāna1 or jhāna2?
neuter stirring up, provoking Ja.v.91 (devat˚), Ja.v.94 (˚kamma).
fr. ud + jhāyati1 or jhāyati2 to burn, to which jhāpeti to bring to ruin etc.? cp. ujjhāna
adjective one who stirs up another to discontent Vin.iv.38.
fr. ujjhāpana
to harass, vex, irritate MN.i.126; SN.i.209 (“give occasion for offence”); Vin.iv.38 (cp. p. 356); Ja.v.286; Pv-a.266.
Caus. of ujjhāyati
to be irritated, to be annoyed or offended, to get angry, grumble; often in phrase ujjhāyati khīyati vipāceti expressing great annoyance Vin.i.53, Vin.i.62, Vin.i.73; Vin.ii.207; Vin.iv.226; SN.i.232 passim
■ SN.i.232 (mā ujjhāyittha); Ja.ii.15; Dhp-a.ii.20
aor ujjhāyi Ja.i.475; Dhp-a.ii.88;
inf ujjhātuṃ Ja.ii.355.
caus ujjhāpeti (q.v.).
ud + jhāyati1 or perhaps more likely jhāyati2 to burn, fig. to be consumed. According to Müller P. G pp. 12 & 42 = Sk. ava-; dhyā, but that is doubtful phonetically as well as semantically
destitute, forsaken; thrown out, cast away MN.i.296 (+ avakkhitta); Thag.315 (itthi); Thag.2, Thag.386 (cp. Thag-a.256 vātakkhitto viya yo koci dahano) Dhp.58 (= chaḍḍita of sweepings Dhp-a.i.445); Ja.iii.499 Ja.v.302; Ja.vi.51. Uncha & Uncha
pp. of ujjhati
feminine anything gathered for sustenance, gleaning SN.ii.281; AN.i.36; AN.iii.66 sq., AN.iii.104; Vin.iii.87; Snp.977; Thig.329, Thig.349; Ja.iii.389; Ja.iv.23, Ja.iv.28, Ja.iv.434, Ja.iv.471 (˚ya, dat. phalâphal’atthāya C.); Thag-a.235, Thag-a.242. Cp. samuñchaka.
Sk. uñcha & uñchana, to; uñch. Neumann’s etym. uñchā = E. ounce, Ger. unze (Majjhima trsl.2 ii.682) is incorrect, see Walde Lat. Wtb. under uncia
to gather for sustenance, seek (alms), glean Vism.60 (= gavesati).
fr. uñch
feminine contempt Vin.iv.241; Vb.353 sq. (att˚).
= avaññā (?) from ava + jñā, or after uññātabba?
adjective to be despised, contemptible, only in stock-phrase “daharo na uṇṇātabbo na paribhotabbo” SN.i.69; Snp.p.93; Snp-a.424 (= na avajānitabbo, na nīcaṃ katvā jānitabbo ti). In same connection at Ja.v.63 mā naṃ daharo [ti] uññāsi (variant reading maññāsi) apucchitvāna (variant reading ā˚).
grd. fr. ava + jñā (?)
at Vin.ii.131 is doubtful reading (see p. Vin.ii.318, variant reading uḍḍhetvā), and should perhaps be read uḍḍetvā (oḍḍetva, see uḍḍeti), meaning “putting into a sling, tying or binding up”.
one who scares away (or catches?) crows (kāk˚) Vin.i.79 (vv.ll. uṭṭhe˚, uḍḍe˚, uḍe˚). See remarks on uṭṭepeti.
in phrase kāke u. “to scare crows away” (or to catch them in snares?) at Vin.i.79. Reading doubtful should probably be read uḍḍepeti (? Caus. of uḍḍeti oḍḍeti, or of uḍḍeti to make fly away). The vv.ll. given to this passage are uṭṭeceti, upaṭṭhāpeti, uḍḍoyeti. See also; uṭṭepaka.
see vo˚. Utthahati & Utthati;
to rise, stand up, get up, to arise, to be produced, to rouse or exert oneself, to be active, pres.; uṭṭhahati Pp.51
pot uṭṭhaheyya SN.i.217; as imper. uttiṭṭhe Dhp.168 (expld. by uttiṭṭhitvā paresaṃ gharadvāre ṭhatvā Dhp-a.iii.165, cp. Vin Texts i.152)
imper 2nd pl. uṭṭhahatha Snp.331; 2nd sg. uṭṭhehi Pv.ii.6#1; Ja.iv.433
ppr uṭṭhahanto MN.i.86; SN.i.217; Ja.i.476
aor uṭṭhahi Ja.i.117; Pv-a.75
ger uṭṭhahitvā Pv-a.4, Pv-a.43, Pv-a.55 Pv-a.152, & uṭṭhāya Snp.401
inf uṭṭhātuṃ Ja.i.187.
■ Note. When uṭṭh˚ follows a word ending in a vowel and without a pause in the sense, a v is generally prefixed for euphony, e.g. gabbho vuṭṭhāsi an embryo was produced or arose Vin.ii.278; āsanā vuṭṭhāya arising from his seat, Vism.126. See also under vuṭṭhahati
pp uṭṭhita; Caus. uṭṭhāpeti
■ Cp. pariyuṭṭhāti.
ud + sthā see tiṭṭhati & uttiṭṭhati
exerting oneself, rousing oneself; an˚; sluggish, lazy Dhp.280 (= ayāyāmanto Dhp-a.iii.409); cp. anuṭṭhahaṃ SN.i.217.
ppr. of uṭṭhahati
one who gets up or rouses himself, one who shows energy SN.i.214; AN.iv.285, AN.iv.288, AN.iv.322; Snp.187; Ja.vi.297. -an˚; one who is without energy SN.i.217; Snp.96.
n. ag. of ut + ṣṭhā, see uṭṭhahati
neuter
fr. ut + ṣṭhā
(-˚) adjective
fr. uṭṭhāna
■ See also vuṭṭhāpeti.
Caus. ii. of utthahati
adjective “getting-up-ish”, i.e. ready to get up, quick, alert active, industrious; f. -ikā Thig.413 (= uṭṭhāna-viriyasampannā Thag-a.267; variant reading uṭṭhāhikā)
adj. formation fr. uṭṭhāya, ger. of uṭṭhahati
adjective yielding, producing Ja.ii.403 (satasahass˚).
= uṭṭhānaka
adjective getting up DN.i.60 (pubb˚ + pacchā-nipātin rising early & lying down late).
adj. form. fr. uṭṭhāya, cp. uṭṭhāyaka
adjective = uṭṭhāyaka Ja.v.448; f. -ikā AN.iii.38 (variant reading ˚āyikā), AN.iv.266 sq.
for uṭṭhāyaka after analogy of gāhaka etc.
-an˚; SN.ii.264; Pts.i.172
■ Cp. pariy˚. Note. The form is vuṭṭhita when following upon a vowel see vuṭṭhita & uṭṭhahati, e.g. paṭisallāṇā vutthito arisen from the seclusion DN.ii.9; pāto vuṭṭhito risen early Pv-a.128.
pp. of uṭṭhahati
neuter burning up, conflagration Pp.13 (˚velā = jhāyana-kālo Pp-a.187) Kp-a.181 (T. uḍḍahanavelā, variant reading preferable uḍḍayh˚).
fr. uḍḍayhati, see uddahati
to burn up (intrs.) Kp-a.181 (uḍḍaheyya with variant reading uḍḍayheyya, the latter preferable) Usually in Pass. uḍḍayhati to be burnt, to burn up (intrs.) SN.iii.149, SN.iii.150 (variant reading for ḍayhati); Ja.iii.22 (udayhate); Ja.v.194. fut. uḍḍayhissati Ja.i.48.
ud + ḍahati
ensnared (?), bound, tied up SN.i.40 (= taṇhāya ullanghita C.; translated “the world is all strung up”).
pp. of uḍḍeti2
to fly up MN.i.364 (kāko maṃsapesiṃ ādāya uḍḍayeyya; vv.ll. ubbaḍaheyya, uyya dayeyya); Ja.v.256, Ja.v.368, Ja.v.417.
ud + ḍeti to fly. The etym. is doubtful, Müller P. Gr. 99 identifies uḍḍeti1 & uḍḍeti2 both as causatives to ḍī. Of uḍḍeti2 two forms exist, uḍḍ˚ & oḍḍ˚, the latter of which may be a variant of the former, but with specialisation of meaning (“lay snares”), it may be a cpd with ava˚ instead of ud˚. It is extremely doubtful whether uḍḍeti2 belongs here, we should rather separate it & refer it to another root, probably; lī, layate (as in allīna, nilīyati etc.), to stick to, adhere, fasten etc. The change l → ḍ is a freq. Pāli phenomenon. Another Caus. ii. of the same root (ḍī?) is uṭṭepeti
pp uḍḍita.
see discussion under uḍḍeti1
(-˚) (num. ord.) the fourth, only in cpd. aḍḍhuḍḍha “half of the fourth unit”, i.e. three & a half (cp; diyaḍḍha
the apocope form of catuttha = uttha, dialectically reduced to uḍḍha under the influence of the preceding aḍḍha
neuter & Uṇṇā (f.)
Sk. ūrṇa & ūrṇā; Lat. lāna wool; Goth. wulla; Ohg. wolla = E. wool; Lith. vilna; Cymr gwlan (= E. flannel); Gr. λ ̈ηνος, also ου ̈ ̓λος = Lat. vellus (fleece) = Ags. wil-mod
adjective raised, high, fig. haughty (opp. oṇata) AN.ii.86; Snp.702 (an˚ care uddhaccaṃ n’āpajjeyya Snp-a.492); Pp.52 (= ucca uggata Pp-a.229). Cp. unnata.
pp. of uṇṇamati, Sk. unnata
feminine haughtiness Snp.830; Mnd.158, Mnd.170; Dhs.1116, Dhs.1233. Cp. unnati.
fr. uṇṇamati
loftiness, height, haughtiness Dhs.1116, Dhs.1233. Cp. unnama.
fr. uṇṇamati
to rise up, to be raised, to straighten up, to be haughty or conceited Snp.366, Snp.829, Snp.928; Mnd.169; Ja.vi.346
inf uṇṇametave Snp.206.
■ Cp. unnamati.
ud + nam
feminine a woollen dress Vin.ii.108.
Sk. aurṇī fr. aurṇa woollen, der. of ūrṇa
adjective noun hot, as adj only in phrase uṇhaṃ lohitaṃ chaḍḍeti to spill hot blood, i.e. to kill oneself Dhp-a.i.95; otherwise in compounds abs. only as nt. “heat” & always in contrast to sītaṃ “cold” Vin.ii.117 (sītena pi uṇhena pi); DN.ii.15 (opp sīta); MN.i.85; AN.i.145 = AN.i.170 = Ja.v.417 (sītaṃ vā uṇhaṃ vā tiṇaṃ vā rajo vā ussāvo vā); Snp.52, Snp.966 (acc ˚); Mnd.486 = Cnd.677 (same as under sita); Ja.i.17 (verse 93); Mil.410 (megho uṇhaṃ nibbāpeti); Pv-a.37 (ati˚).
Vedic uṣṇā f. to oṣati to burn, pp. uṣṭa burnt, Sk. uṣṇa = Lat. ustus; cp. Gr. ευὤ, Lat. uro to burn Ags. ysla glowing cinders, Lith. usnis nettle
neuter hot state, heat Vism.171.
abstr. fr. uṇha
a turban DN.i.7; DN.ii.19 = DN.iii.145 (˚sīsa cp. Dial. ii.16); Ja.ii.88; Mil.330; DN-a.i.89; Dhs-a.198. Ut(t)anda
Sk. uṣṇīṣa
see uddaṇḍa.
masculine & neuter
Vedic ṛtu special or proper time, with adj. ṛta straight, right, rite, ṛti manner to Lat. ars “art”, Gr.δαμαρ(τ), further Lat. rītus (rite), Ags. rīm number; of *ar to fit in, adjust etc. q.v. under appeti
(-˚) adjective seasonable, only in cpd. sabbotuka belonging to all seasons, perennial DN.ii.179; Pv.iv.12#2 (= pupphupaga-rukkhādīhi sabbesu utūsu sukkhāvaha Pv-a.275); Sdhp.248.
utu + ka
feminine a menstruating woman Vin.iii.18; Vin.iv.303; SN.iv.239; AN.iii.221, AN.iii.229; Mil.127. an˚; AN.iii.221, AN.iii.226.
formed fr. utu like bhikkhunī fr. bhikkhu
speaking badly or spoken of badly i.e. of bad repute AN.ii.117, AN.ii.143; AN.iii.163; Kp.viii.2 Kp-a.218.
pp. of vac, Sk. ukta; for which the usual form is vutta only as dur˚.
adjective “grainy”, i.e. having too many rice grains (of rice gruel), too thick or solid (opp atikilinna too thin or liquid) Ja.i.340; Ja.iii.383 (id.), Ja.iv.44 (id.).
ud + taṇḍula
heated; of metals: molten, refined; shining, splendid, pure Ja.vi.574 (hemaṃ uttattaṃ agginā); Vv.84#17; Pv.iii.3#2 (˚rūpa so read for uggata˚, reading correct at Pv-a.188 ˚singī) Pv-a.10 (˚kanaka, T. uggatta˚); Mhbv.25 (id.).
ud + tatta1, pp. of ud + tap, Sk. uttapta
frightened, faint Vin.iii.84. See uttasta & utrasta.
= utrasta, is reading correct?
adjective “ut-most”, highest, greatest, best Snp.1054 (dhammaṃ uttamaṃ the highest ideal = Nibbāna for which seṭṭhan Snp.1064; cp. Cnd.317); Dhp.56; Mnd.211; Cnd.502 (in paraphrase of mahā combd. with pavara) Kp-a.124; Dhp-a.i.430: Pv-a.1, Pv-a.50
■ dum-uttama a splendid tree Vv.39#3; nar˚ the best of men Snp.1021 (narāsabha of Snp.996); pur˚ the most magnificent town Snp.1012; puris˚ the noblest man Thag.629, Thag.1084; nt. uttamaṃ the highest ideal, i.e. Arahantship Ja.i.96.
superl. of ud˚, to which compar. is uttara. See etym. under ud˚
feminine highest amount, climax, limit DN-a.i.169 (for paramatā).
abstr. fr. uttama
adjective
■ sa-uttara having something above or higher, having a superior i.e. inferior DN.i.80 (citta), DN.ii.299; MN.i.59; SN.v.265; Vb.324 (paññā); Dhs.1292, Dhs.1596; Dhs-a.50
■ anuttara without a superior, unrivalled, unparalleled DN.i.40; SN.i.124; SN.ii.278; SN.iii.84; Snp.179. See also under anuttara.
compar. of ud˚, q.v. for etym.; the superl. is uttama
adjective crossing over, to be crossed, in dur˚; difficult to cross or to get out of SN.i.197 (not duruttamo); Mil.158; and in cpd. -setu one who is going to cross a bridge Mil.194 (cp. uttara-setu).
fr. uttarati
neuter bringing or moving out, saving, delivery Thag.418; Ja.i.195. In BSk. uttaraṇa only in sense of crossing, overcoming, e.g. Jtm.31 8 (˚setu). Cp. uttara.
fr. uttarati
caus uttareti (q.v.). Uttari (-) & Uttarim
ud + tarati1
adverb out, over, beyond; additional moreover, further, besides
compn. form of uttara, cp. angi-bhūta uttāni-karoti etc.
adjective transcending, superior, superhuman Ne.50.
fr. uttara
neuter
abstr. fr. uttara; uttara + ya = Sk. *uttarya
neuter an outer garment, cloak Pv.i.10#3 (= uparivasanaṃ uparihāraṃ uttarisāṭakaṃ Pv-a.49); Dāvs iii.30; Thag-a.253.
fr. uttara
only in Caus. uttāseti to impale, q.v.
identical in form with next
ppr uttasaṃ Thag.863; uttasanto Pv.ii.2#3
■ See utrasati.
caus uttāseti (q.v.).
pp uttasta & utrasta (q.v.).
■ Cp. also uttanta.
ut + tasati2
adjective noun frightening, fear Ja.i.414 (variant reading for uttasta).
fr. ud + tras, cp. uttāsana
frightened, terrified, faint-hearted Ja.i.414 (˚bhikkhu; variant reading uttasana˚).
pp. of uttasati2; usual form utrasta (q.v.)
adjective
fr. ut + tan, see tanoti & tanta
adjective
fr. uttāna
˚- open, manifest etc., in -kamma (uttāni˚) declaration, exposition, manifestation SN.v.443 Pp.19; Vb.259, Vb.358; Ne.5, Ne.8, Ne.9, Ne.38
■ -karaṇa id Snp-a.445
■ -karoti to make clear or open, to declare show up, confess (a sin) Vin.i.103; SN.ii.25, SN.ii.154; SN.iii.132 SN.iii.139; SN.iv.166; SN.v.261; AN.i.286; AN.iii.361 sq.
the compn. form of uttāna in compounds with kṛ & bhū cp. BSk. uttānī-karoti Mvu.iii.408; uttānī-kṛta Avs.i.287; Avs.ii.151
to heat, to cause pain, torment Ja.vi.161.
Caus. of uttapati
crossing, passing over, -setu a bridge for crossing (a river) SN.iv.174 = MN.i.134 cp. uttara2.
fr. ud + tṛ; as in uttarati
pulled out, brought or moved out Ja.i.194.
pp. of uttāreti
neuter the fact of having or being brought or moved out Ja.i.195.
abstr. fr. uttārita
to make come out, to move or pull out Ja.i.194; Snp-a.349
pp uttārita (q.v.).
Caus. of uttarati
terror, fear, fright DN.iii.148; SN.v.386; Mil.170; Pv-a.180.
Sk. uttrāsa, fr. ud + tras
neuter impalement Ja.ii.444; Snp-a.61 (sūle).
fr. uttāseti2
adjective showing fear or fright, fearful SN.iii.16 sq.
uttāsa + vant
impaled Pv.iv.1#6 (= āvuta āropita Vv-a.220); Ja.i.499; Ja.iv.29.
pp. of uttāseti2
to frighten, terrify Ja.i.230, Ja.i.385; Ja.ii.117.
Caus of uttasati, ud + tras, of which taṃs is uttāseti2 is a variant
to impale AN.i.48; Ja.i.230, Ja.i.326; Ja.ii.443; Ja.iii.34 Ja.iv.29
pp uttāsita (q.v.). Cp. uttāsana.
cp. Sk. uttaṃsayati in meaning to adorn with a wreath; ud + taṃs to shake, a variation of tars to shake tremble
“alms which one stands up for, or expects” left over, thrown out Vin.i.44 (˚patta); Thag.1057 (˚piṇḍa); Thag.2, Thag.349 (˚piṇḍa = vivaṭadvāre ghare ghare patiṭṭhitvā labhanaka-piṇḍa Thag-a.242); Ja.iv.380 (˚piṇḍa; C similarly as at Thag-a; not to the point); Ja.iv.386 (˚piṇḍa ucchiṭṭhaka piṇḍa C.); Mil.213, Mil.214.
= ucchiṭṭha? Cp. ucchepaka. By Pāli Cys. referred to uṭṭhahati.
see uṭṭhahati.
adjective in uttiṇaṃ karoti to take the straw off, lit. to make off-straw; to deprive of the roof MN.ii.53. Cp. next.
ud + tiṇa
drawn out, pulled out, nt. outlet, passage Ja.ii.72 (paṇṇasālāya uttiṇṇāni karoti make entrances in the hut). Or should it be uttiṇa?
pp. of uttarati
frightened, terrified, alarmed Vin.ii.184; SN.i.53, SN.i.54 (an˚); Snp.986; Mil.23; Dhp-a.ii.6 (˚mānasa); Pv-a.243 (˚citta), Pv-a.250 (˚sabhāva).
pp. of uttasati, also cp. uttasta
terror Ja.ii.8 (citt˚).
= uttāsa
adjective terrified, frightened, fearful, anxious SN.i.99, SN.i.219
■ Usually neg. an˚ in phrase abhīru anutrāsin apalāyin without fear, steadfast & not running away SN.i.99; Thag.864; Cnd.13; Ja.iv.296; Ja.v.4; Mil.339. See also apalāyin.
fr. *Sk. uttrāsa = P. uttāsa
prefix in verbal & nominal combn. One half of all the words beginning with u˚ are combns. with ud˚, which in compn. appears modified according to the rules of assimilation as prevailing in Pāli
“out in an upward direction”, out of, forth; like ummujjati to rise up out of (water), ujjalati to blaze up high; udeti to come out of & go up; ukkaṇṭha stretching one’s neck out high (cp. Ger. “empor”); uggilati to “swallow up” i.e. spit out
The opposites of ud-are represented by either ava or o˚; (see under II. & IV. & cp. ucc-âvaca uddhambhāgiya: orambhāgiya), ni (see below) or vi (as udaya: vi-aya or vaya)
Hence develop 2 clearly defined meanings, viz.
(from elliptical or figurative use) are:
Vedic ud-; Goth. ūt = Ohg. ūz = E. out, Oir. ud-; cp. Lat. ūsque “from-unto” & Gr.; υ ̔́στερος = Sk. uttara
indeclinable disjunctive part. “or” either singly, as at Snp.455, Snp.955, Snp.1090; Ja.v.478 (variant reading udāhu); Mnd.445 (expld. as “padasandhi” with same formula as iti, q.v.); Pv.ii.12#16 (kāyena uda cetasā); or combd. with other synonymous particles, as uda vā at Snp.193, Snp.842, Snp.1075; Iti.82 = Iti.117 (caraṃ vā yadi vā tiṭṭhaṃ nisinno uda vā sayaṃ walking or standing, sitting or lying down); Kp-a.191
■ See also udāhu.
Sk. uta & u, with Lat. aut (or), Gr.; α ̔ϋτι (again), αὐτάρ (but, or), Goth. auk = Ger. auch to pron base ava˚ yonder, cp. ava ii.
(˚-) water, wave. In compounds sometimes the older form udan˚ is preserved (like udañjala, udaññavant), but generally it has been substituted by the later uda˚ (see under udakaccha, udakanti, udakumbha, udapatta udapāna, udabindu).
Vedic udan (nt.), also later uda (but only ˚-), commonly udaka, q.v.
neuter water Vin.ii.120, Vin.ii.213; DN.ii.15 (˚assa dhārā gushes or showers of w.); Dhp.80 Dhp.145; Ja.i.212; Pv.i.5#7; Pp.31, Pp.32; Mil.318; Vv-a.20 (udake temanaṃ aggimhe tāpanaṃ); Dhp-a.i.289; Dhp-a.iii.176, Dhp-a.iii.256; Pv-a.39, Pv-a.70
■ Syn. ambu, ela, jala etc. The compn. form (-˚) is either ūdaka (āsanûdaka-dāyin Ja.iv.435) or -odaka (pādodaka water for the feet Pv-a.78) odaka occurs also in abs. form (q.v.), cp. also oka Bdgh.’s kaṃ = udakaṃ, tena dāritan: kandaran ti is a false etymology; DN-a.i.209.
Vedic udaka, uda + ka (see uda2), of Idg. *ṷed, *ud, fuller form *eṷed (as in Sk. odatī, odman flood odana gruel, q.v.); cp. Sk. unatti, undati to water, udra = Av. udra = Ags. otor = E. otter (“water-animal”) Gr. υ ̔́δωρ water (“hydro”), υ ̔́δρα hydra (“water-animal”) Lat. unda wave; Goth. watō = Ohg. wazzar = E. water Obulg. voda water, vydra otter
watery soil, swamp Ja.v.137.
uda + kaccha
a water jug Ja.i.20; Dhp.121, Dhp.122; Pv.i.12#9.
uda + kumbha
adjective topmost, high, lofty Thag.110; fig. elated, exalted, exultant joyful, happy DN.i.110 (˚citta); Snp.689 (+ sumana), Snp.1028 (id.); Pv.iv.1#55 (attamana +); Pv.iv.5#8 (haṭṭha +); Mil.248; Dhp-a.ii.42 (haṭṭha-pahaṭṭha udagg-udagga in high glee & jubilant); Vism.346 (id.); Sdhp.323. See also der. odagya.
ud + agga, lit. “out-top”, cp. Sk. udagra
feminine exaltation, jubilation, glee Sdhp.298.
abstr. fr. udagga
in udaggihuttaṃ the fire prepared (for sacrifice) Ja.v.396 (uda-aggihuttaṃ C. wrongly), lit. “the sacrifice (being) out”
= ud + aggi + hutta, cp. Vedic agnihotra
neuter an open place Ja.i.109.
ud + angaṇa1; Kern unnecessarily changes it to uttankana “a place for digging for water” see Toevoegselen p. 96
3rd sg. praet. of ucchindati to break up Snp.2, Snp.3 (˚ā metri causa).
neuter a bucket for drawing water out of a well Dhp-a.i.94.
fr. ud + añc, see añchati
adjective noun draining, pulling up water f. ˚ī a bucket or pail Ja.i.417 (f. ˚ī).
ud + añcanin to añc see añchati
in -ṃ kīḷati a water-game: playing with drops of water (?) Vin.iii.118 (Bdhgh. udañjalan ti udaka-cikkhallo vuccati p. 274)
udan + jala see uda2
adjective rich in water, well-watered Ja.v.405 (= udaka-sampanna C.).
udan = uda(ka) + vant
day-break, dawn, sunrise Ja.v.155.
ud + aṇha
3rd sg aor. of uttarati to cross over Snp.471 (oghaṃ).
adjective elevated, high, lofty, clever Ne.7, Ne.118, Ne.123 (= uḷārapañña C.).
Sk. udātta
the sea, ocean SN.i.67; Iti.86; Snp.720; Ja.v.326; Ja.vi.526; Thag-a.289; Vv-a.155 (“udakaṃ ettha dhīyatī ti udadhi”); Sdhp.322, Sdhp.577.
uda + dhi, lit. water-container
risen, flying up sprung up Ja.iii.484 (= uppatita C.); Ja.v.71 (= uṭṭhita C.).
ụda for ud, and patta, pp. of pat, for patita? Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. takes it as udak-prāpta
a bowl of water, a water-jug, ewer MN.i.100; SN.v.121; AN.iii.230 sq., AN.iii.236, AN.v.92, AN.v.94, AN.v.97 sq.
uda + patta; Sk. udapātra
3rd sg. aor. of uppajjati to arise, originate, become DN.i.110, DN.i.180, DN.i.185; SN.ii.273; Iti.52, Iti.99; Snp-a.346, Snp-a.462.
a well, a cistern Vin.i.139; Vin.ii.122; MN.i.80; AN.iv.171; Ja.iii.216; Ud.78; Pv.ii.7#8; Pv.ii.9#25; Mil.411; Vism.244 (in simile) DN-a.i.298; Vv-a.40; Pv-a.78.
uda + pāna lit. “(place for) drinking water”; cp. opāna, which in the incorrect opinion of Pāli Commentators represents a contracted udapāna
see udapatta.
a drop of water MN.i.78; Snp.812; Dhp.121, Dhp.122, Dhp.336; Iti.84 (variant reading udaka˚); Mnd.135; Snp-a.114; Dhp-a.ii.51.
uda + bindu
aor. 3rd sg. of ubbadhati to destroy, kill Snp.4 (= ucchindanto vadhati Snp-a.18).
ud + vadh
3rd sg. Pot. of ubbahati to draw out, tear out, remove Thag.158; Snp.583 (= ubbaheyya dhāreyya (?) Snp-a.460); Ja.ii.223 (udabbaheyya C.); Ja.vi.587 (= hareyya C.); aor. udabbahi Vin.iv.5.
ud + bṛh1, see also abbahati
rise, growth; increment, increase; income, revenue, interest AN.ii.199; Pts.i.34; Vv.84#7 (dhan’atthika uddayaṃ patthayāna = ānisaṃsaṃ atirekalābhaṃ Vv-a.336); Vv.84#52 ; Dhp-a.ii.270; Pv-a.146 (ulār vipāka), Pv-a.273 (˚bhūtāni pañca kahāpaṇa-satāni labhitvā with interest); Sdhp.40, Sdhp.230, Sdhp.258
■ See also uddaya.
fr. ud + i, cp. udeti
ppr. of udeti (q.v.).
neuter going up, rise DN-a.i.95.
fr. ud + i
neuter
Vedic udara, Av udara belly, Gr. υ ̔́στερος = Lat. uterus belly, womb; Lith. védaras stomach, See also Walde, Lat. Wtb. under vensica
neuter the stomach Kp iii. (cp. Kp-a.57); Vism.258, Vism.358. Cp sodariya.
fr. udara
2nd sg. pot. of ud + assayati Ja.v.26 (meaning to instal, raise?), expld. by C. as ussayāpesi (?) Reading may be faulty for udāsase (?).
ā + śri, cp. assaya
a water-carrier Ja.ii.80.
uda + hāraka
adjective going for water Vv.50#9.
fr. udahāra fetching of water, uda + hṛ.
to come to completion DN-a.i.288. Cp sam.
ud + ā + gacchati
neuter
fr. ud + an to breathe
uttered, breathed forth, said Dhp-a.iv.55.
pp. of udāneti
to breathe out or forth, usually in phrase udānaṃ udānesi: see under udāna1. Absolutely only at Ja.iii.218.
denom. f. udāna, cp. BSk. udānayati
at Ja.v.255 is uncertain reading (variant reading udapatvā, C. explains reading udapatvā by uppatitvā = flying up) perhaps we should read udapatta flew up, pret. of ud pat = Sk. *udapaptat (so Kern, Toevoegselen s. v.).
at DN-a.i.266 (udāyissati fut.) is hardly correct; DN.i.96 has here udrīyissati (q.v.), which belongs to darati to break, tear etc., udāyati could only belong to dāyāti meaning to cut, mow, reap. but not to split etc. DN-a.i.266 explains udāyissati with bhijjhissati. The difficulty is removed by reading udrīyissati. To variant reading undriyati cp. ˚undriya for ˚uddaya (dukkh˚ for dukkhudraya see udraya). We find udāyati once more at Vism.156 in expln. of ekodi where it is evidently meant for udeti (Caus. = uṭṭhapeti).
adjective raised, sublime noble, excellent Dāvs iii.4 (samussit-odāra-sitātapattaṃ) DN-a.i.50 (˚issariya); Sdhp.429, Sdhp.591.
Sk. udāra, of which the usual P. form is ulāra (q.v.). Cp. BSk. audāra & audārika.
retired, desisting Ja.v.158 (= udāvattitva nivattitva C).
pp. of udāvattate, ud + ā vattati
adjective indifferent, passive, neutral Dhs-a.129.
ud + āsīna, pp. of ās to sit; lit. sit apart, be indifferent
uttered, spoken; called, quoted Pp.41.
pp of udāharati
neuter example, instance Ja.iii.401 (˚ṃ āharitvā dassento), Ja.iii.510; Mil.345; Snp-a.445; Vv-a.297.
fr. udāharati
to utter, recite. speak. Snp.389; Ja.iii.289; DN-a.i.140 (see udāhāra)
pp udāhaṭa (q.v.) Cp. pariy˚.
ud + ā + hṛ.
utterance, speech DN-a.i.140 (˚ṃ udāhari = udānaṃ udānesi); Pp-a.223,
fr. udāharati
indeclinable disjunctive-adversative particle “or”, in direct questions DN.i.157; DN.ii.8; Snp.599, Snp.875, Snp.885; Ja.i.20, Ja.i.83; Vv-a.258 (= ādu); Pv-a.33, Pv-a.51; Mil.10
■ The first part of the question is often introduced with kiṃ, while udāhu follows in the second (disjunctive) part, e.g. kin nakkhattaṃ kīḷissasi udāhu bhatiṃ karissasi Vv-a.63; kiṃ amhehi saddhiṃ āgamissasi udāhu pacchā will you come with us or later? Dhp-a.ii.96: See under kiṃ
■ Often combined with other expletive particles, e.g. udāhu ve Snp.1075, Snp.1077; udāhu no Snp.347; eva… no udāhu (so… or not) DN.i.152; (ayaṃ) nu kho-udāhu (ayaṃ) is it (this)-(this) Vism.313.
uta + āho, cp. P. uda & aho and Sk. utāro
(or udī) is artificial adj. formn. fr. udeti, meaning “rising, excelling”, in expln. of ekodi at Vism.156 (udayatī ti udi uṭṭhapetī ti attho).
ud + īkṣ, Sk. udīkṣate
one who looks for or after DN.iii.167.
n. ag. of udikkhati
adjective “rising”, used in a geographical sense of the N. W. country, i.e. north-westerly, of north-western origin (cp. Brethren 79, Mil trsln. ii.45 n. 1) Ja.i.140, Ja.i.324 Ja.i.343, Ja.i.373; Mil.236
■ See also uddiya.
apparently an adjectivised ger. of udeti but distorted from & in meaning = Sk. udañc, f. udīcī northern the north
3rd. pl. pres. med. of udikkhati (q.v.).
risen, high, elevated Mil.222; (˚odita); Dāvs iv.42; Sdhp.14 (of the sun) Sdhp.442 (˚odita).
spoken, proclaimed, uttered Vuttodaya 2 (quoted by Childers in Khuddaka-pātha ed 1869, p. 22).
pp. of vad, see vadati
neuter utterance, saying Ja.v.237; Dhs.637, Dhs.720; Mil.145.
fr. udīreti
uttered Ja.iii.339; Ja.v.394 = Ja.v.407.
pp. of udīreti
ud + īreti, cp. in meaning īrita
adjective straight, upright, in ˚mano straight-minded DN.iii.167, DN.iii.168 (= uju˚ in variant reading and expln. by C.).
= *ṛtu? cp. utu & uju
masculine & neuter a mortar Vin.i.202 (+ musala pestle); Ja.i.502; Ja.ii.428; Ja.v.49; Ja.ii.161, Ja.ii.335; Ud.69 (m; + musaḷa); Dhp-a.ii.131 (˚sala); Vism.354 (in comp.). The relation between udukkhala and musala is seen best from the description of eating at Vism.344 and DN-a.i.200, where the lower teeth play the role of ud. the upper teeth act as m., while the tongue takes the part of a hand. On this passage & other connections as well as etym. see Morris; J.P.T.S. 1893, 37.
Sk. ulukhala
feminine part of a door (threshold?) Vin.ii.148 (+ uttara-pasaka lintel of a door).
fr. udukkhala
the glomerous fig tree, Ficus Glomerata DN.ii.4; Vin.iv.35; AN.iv.283 (˚khādika), AN.iv.283 (id.), AN.iv.324 (id.); Snp.5; Dhp-a.i.284; Snp-a.19; Kp-a.46, Kp-a.56; Vv-a.213. Cp. odumbara.
Sk. udumbara
(ud + eti of i to go] to go out or up, to rise (of the sun), to come out, to increase Asl.169; Vism.156 (eko udetī ti ekodi); Ja.ii.33; Ja.iii.324; ppr. udayaṃ Iti.85 (ādicco), & udayanto Pv-a.154 (udayante suriye = sole surgente)
pp udita (see udita1). Cp. udicca & udi.
an aquatic animal, the otter (?) Childers s. v. doubts the identity of this creature with the regular otter, since it lives in the jungle. Is it a beaver- Vin.i.186 (˚camma otter-skin, used for sandals); Cp.i.10#2 (˚pota); Ja.iii.51 sq., Ja.iii.335. The names of two otters at Ja.iii.333 are Gambhīra-cārin and Anutīra-cārin.
Vedic udra, to uda2 water, lit. living in water; Cp. Gr. υ ̔́δρος “hydra”; Ohg. ottar = Ags. otor = E. otter Lith. ûdra = Obulg. vydra otter
water, in passage amakkhito uddena, amakkhito semhena, a. ruhirena i.e. not stained by any kind of (dirty) fluid DN.ii.14; MN.iii.122.
for uda2?
a kind of building (or hut), in which the sticks stand out (?) Mnd.226 = Cnd.97#6 (uṭanda = Vism.25 (variant reading BB uṭṭanda).
ud + daṇḍa
gain, advantage, profit Vv.84#7 (see udaya); Ja.v.39 (satt˚-mahāpaduma of profit to beings?).
a (metric?) variant of udaya
in compounds dukkh˚; and sukh˚. see udraya.
a woollen coverlet with a fringe at each end DN.i.7 (= ubhato dasaṃ uṇṇā-may’ attharaṇaṃ; keci ubhato uggata-pupphaṃ ti vadanti DN-a.i.87); AN.i.181. See however uddha-lomin under uddhaṃ.
= udda + lomin beaver-hair-y
to show, reveal, point out, order, inform, instruct DN.ii.321 sq.; MN.i.480 (read uddassessāmi for conjectured reading uddisissāmi?), MN.ii.60 (variant reading uddiset˚) AN.iv.66.
ud + dasseti, Caus. of dassati1
neuter a group of Suttas, used throughout the Vinaya Piṭaka with ref. to each Khandhaka, in the Saṃyutta, the Anguttara and other books (cp. Mil.407) for each group of about ten Suttas (cp. Dhs-a.27). The Uddāna gives in a sort of doggerel verse, at the end of each group the titles of the Suttas in the group. It may then be roughly rendered “summary”. If all the Uddānas were collected together, they would form a table of contents to the whole work
■ Otherwise the word has only been found used of fishes “macchuddāna” (so Ja.ii.425; Dhp-a.ii.132). It then means a group of fish placed apart for for sale in one lot. Perhaps a set or a batch would meet the case.
fr. ud + dā, dayati to bind: see under dāma
foundation of a wall, in stock phrase daḷh˚; etc. DN.iii.101; SN.v.194 = also at Ja.vi.276 (= pākāra-vatthu C.). Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. refers it to Sk. ud-vapati to dig out, and translates “moat, ditch”. The meaning “wall” or “mound” however harmonises quite well with the der. fr. “digging”, cp. E. dike → Ger. Teich. See also uddāma 2.
*udvāpa
adjective having a wall or embankment SN.ii.106 (variant reading uddhā˚); C. explains as apato uggatattā Ja.iv.536 (so read with variant reading for T. uddhā pavatta; C explains as tīra-mariyādā-bandhana).
fr. uddāpa
fr. ud + dā as in uddāna, see dāma
some wild animal Ja.v.416 (reading uncertain, expln. ditto).
?
= uddālaka, only as Np. Ja.iv.298 sq.
the Uddāla tree, Cassia Fistula (also known as indīvara), or Cordia Myxa lit. “uprooter” Vv.6#7 (= vātaghātako yo rājarukkho ti pi vuccati Vv-a.43); Ja.iv.301 (˚rukkha), Ja.iv.440; Ja.v.199 (vātaghātaka C.), Ja.v.405; Ja.vi.530 (so read for uddh˚); Vv-a.197 (˚puppha = indīvara); Pv-a.169.
fr. ud + dal, see dalati
adjective referring to destruction or vandalism, tearing out Vin.iv.169.
fr. uddālana → ud + dāleti
to tear out or off Vin.iv.170; SN.iv.178.
ud + dāleti, Caus. of dal, see dalati
pp. of uddisati
adjective northern, northwestern (i.e. Nepalese) Ja.iv.352 (˚kambala) in expln. of uddiyāna [Sk udīcīna?]. See udicca & cp. Morris in; J.P.T.S. 1889 202, and last not least Lüders in K. Z. 1920 (vol. 49), Ja.iv.233 sq. The word is not sufficiently cleared up yet.
Sk. udīcya?
pp uddiṭṭha (q.v.)
caus 2 uddisāpeti (q.v.)
ger uddissa (q.v.)
ud + disati
Caus. ii. of uddisati
indeclinable
orig. ger. of uddisati
neuter dedication Pv-a.27, Pv-a.80.
fr. uddissa
feminine explanation, reasoning, argument Vism.27 (for ukkācanā). Uddiyati, Uddiyana
fr. ud + dīpeti
ete. see udrī˚.
vomit, spouting out, eruption Vism.261 (where id. p. at Kp-a.61 reads uggāra) -ṃ dadāti to vomit Vin.i.277.
Sk. udreka, ud + ric
adjective spouting, ejecting MN.ii.39 (maṇika; perhaps better to be read with variant reading as udañjanika = udañcanika fit for drawing up water).
uddeka + ana + ika
fr. uddisati
adjective assigning, defining, determining, in bhatt˚ one who sorts out the food Vv-a.92.
fr. uddesa
adj. nt.
fr. uddesa
adjective “bubbling up”, only adv. ˚ṃ in cpd. pheṇ˚; (paccamāna) boiling) under production of scum (foam) MN.iii.167; AN.i.141; Ja.iii.46; Mil.357.
fr. ud + dih, see deha
shed, stable (?) Vin.i.140; Vin.ii.278; Vin.iii.200; Vin.iv.223.
Derivation uncertain. Cp. Müller P. Gr. 42
adjective in phrase uddhehi vatthehi in rich, lofty clothes Ja.iv.154 (of a devatā passage may be corrupt).
possibly a combn. of aḍḍha2 & uddhaṃ; or should we read aḍḍh˚ or vuḍḍh˚?
(indecl.) high up, on top, above (adv. & prep.)
■ On uddhaṃ in spatial, temporal, ethical & psychological application see in detail Cnd.155.
Note (cp Trenckner, Notes 60). In certain cases we find ubbhaṃ for uddhaṃ. Notice the foll.: ubbhaṃ yojanaṃ uggato Ja.v.269; ubbhaṭṭhako hoti “standing erect” DN.i.167; MN.i.78; ubbhamukhu “mouth (face) upwards”, turned upwards SN.iii.238; Mil.122.
DN.iii.237; SN.v.69, SN.v.201, SN.v.205, SN.v.237 SN.v.285, SN.v.314, SN.v.378; AN.i.233; AN.ii.134; AN.iv.14 sq., AN.iv.73 sq., AN.iv.146 AN.iv.380; AN.v.120; Dhp.218; Thig.12; Pp.17; Ne.190; Dhp-a.iii.289; lit. up-stream at Ja.iii.371.
nt. of adj. *uddha = Sk. ūrdhva high; to Idg. *ared(h) as in Lat. arduus steep or *ured as in Sk. vardhate to raise, Gr. ὀρχός straight
to fly out or up (of dust) Vv.78#4 na tatth’ uddhaṃsati rajo; expld. by uggacchati Vv-a.304
pp uddhasta (q.v.).
ud + dhaṃsati, in lit. meaning of dhvaṃs, see dhaṃsati
adjective
uddha + agga
adjective [cp. uddhagga) aiming at or resulting in a lofty end, promoting spiritual welfare, beneficial (of gifts) DN.i.51 = DN.iii.66; SN.i.90; AN.iii.259; DN-a.i.158.
neuter over-balancing, agitation, excitement distraction, flurry (see on meaning; Dialogues i.82; Dhs trsln. 119; Cpd. 18, 45, 83). AN.i.256, AN.i.282; AN.iii.375, AN.iii.421 AN.iii.449; AN.iv.87; AN.v.142, AN.v.145, AN.v.148; DN.iii.234; SN.v.277 sq., Dhs-a.260; Snp-a.492 (in sense of “haughtiness”? for Snp.702 uṇṇata); Mnd.220, Mnd.501; Pts.i.81, Pts.i.83; Pts.ii.9, Pts.ii.97 sq. Pts.ii.119, Pts.ii.142, Pts.ii.145, Pts.ii.169, Pts.ii.176; Pp.18, Pp.59; Dhs.427, Dhs.429 (cittassa), Dhs.1159, Dhs.1229, Dhs.1426, Dhs.1482; Vb.168, Vb.369, Vb.372 Vb.377; Vism.137, Vism.469 (= uddhata-bhāva); Sdhp.459. Together with kukkucca “flurry or worry” u. is enumerated as the 4th of the 5th nīvaraṇa’s and as the 9th of the 10 saṃyojana’s (q.v.), e.g. at DN.i.71, DN.i.246; DN.iii.49, DN.iii.234, DN.iii.269 DN.iii.278; SN.i.99; AN.i.3; AN.iii.16; AN.v.30; Cnd.379; Dhs.1486.
substantivised ger. of ud-dharati, ud + dhṛ; cp. uddhaṭa & uddhata. The BSk. auddhatya shows a strange distortion. BSk. uddhava seems to be also a substitute for uddhacca
adjective upright, honest MN.i.386 (variant reading for pannadhaja).
uddhaṃ + ja
pp. of uddharati2; see also uddhata, uddhita & uddhacca
■ See also ubbhata.
pp. of uddharati1; as to its relation to uddhaṭa see remarks under uddhacca
neuter an oven Ja.i.33, Ja.i.68, Ja.i.71, Ja.i.346; Ja.ii.133, Ja.ii.277; Ja.iii.178, Ja.iii.425 Ja.v.385, Ja.v.471; Ja.ii.218 (kammār˚), Ja.ii.574; Snp.p.105; Mil.118 Mil.259; Vism.171, Vism.254; Dhp-a.i.52, Dhp-a.i.224; Dhp-a.ii.3; Dhp-a.iii.219 (˚panti); Dhp-a.iv.176.
*ud-dhvana, fr. ud + dhvan instead of dhmā, for uddhamana (*uddhmāna Sk.), see dhamati
false doctrine Dpvs.v.19.
ud + dhamma
neuter
abstr. fr. uddharati
pp uddhaṭa & ubbhata.
ud + dharate of dhṛ.
īn an˚; Snp.952 see under niṭṭhurin.
see uddhasta.
attacked, perhaps “spoilt” (smothered!) in combn. with pariyonaddha (covered) at AN.i.202 (T. uddhaseta expld. by upari dhaṃsita C.); AN.ii.211 (vv.ll. uddhasotā for ˚etā & uddhaṃso)
■ Registered with; an˚; as anuddhasta in Index vol. to A, should however be read as anuddhasta (q.v.). Cp. also viddhasta.
pp. of uddhaṃseti, see dhaṃsati & cp. anuddhaṃ seti
(& ubbhāra in Vin.; e.g. Vin.ii.255, cp. Vin.ii.256 where ubbhata unterchanges with uddhāra)
fr. uddharati1
at Ja.vi.530 is to be read uddālaka.
pulled out, destroyed, extirpated, removed Ja.vi.237 (˚pphala = uddhaṭa-bīja C.).
a by-form of uddhaṭa
to shake Vv-a.279.
ud + dhunāti
adjective swollen, bloated, risen (of flour) AN.i.140; Snp.200 (of a corpse); Snp-a.100 sq., Snp-a.171; DN-a.i.114. Cp. next.
pp. of uddhumāyati
adjective swollen, bloated, puffed up MN.i.88 (of a corpse; + vinīlaka); Vism.178, Vism.193 (id.) Ja.i.164 (udaraṃ ˚ṃ katvā), Ja.i.420 (˚nimitta appearance of being blown up); Mil.332; Dhp-a.i.307. See also subha & asubha.
prec. + ka
neuter swollen condition Vism.178.
abstr. fr. uddhumāta
to be blown up, to swell up, rise; aor. ˚āyi Ja.iii.26; Vv-a.76; ger. ˚ājitvā Ja.ii.18; Dhp-a.i.126
pp uddhumāta & ˚āyita; (q.v.).
ud + dhmā, see dhamati & remarks on uddhacca
neuter puffing, blowing or swelling up Ja.iv.37.
fr. uddhumāyati
adjective like blowing or swelling up, of blown-up appearance MN.i.142 sq.
cp. uddhumāyita
swollen, bloated, puffed up Vv-a.218.
pp. of uddhumāyati
to eat MN.i.306 (upacikā bījaṃ na udrabheyyuṃ; vv.ll. on p. MN.i.555: udrah˚ udah˚, udāh˚, uddhah˚, uṭṭhah˚; udraheyyun ti khādeyyuṃ C. (udrabhāsane, Dhātum.))
■ Note. The Dhātupāṭha 212, and the Dhātu-mañjūsā, 311, explain udrabha by adane, eating.
? doubtful in form & etym.
(-˚) coming forth, result, consequence. Usually in foll. two phrases: dukkh˚; (yielding pain) & sukh˚; (giving pleasure) e.g. as dukkh˚; at. MN.i.415 Ja.iv.398 Ja.v.119 (variant reading ˚indriya) Pv.i.11#10 (so read for Text ˚andriya, cp. undriyati as variant reading for udāyati); Pts.ii.79 (kammaṁ); as sukh˚; at Ja.v.389 (variant reading ˚indriya) Dhp-a.ii.47 (˚uddaya). Both dukkh & sukh˚ at Pts.i.80. Besides these in following combinations: kaṭuk causing bitterness Ja.v.241 sa˚ with (good or evil) consequences SN.ii.29 MN.i.271
perhaps a bastard form of uddaya = udaya yielding etc. The BSk. usually renders P. dd by dr. If so, then equal to adaya & uddaya1
to burst, split open, break, fall to pieces Vin.i.148 (vihāro udriyati); Vin.ii.174 (id); Vin.iv.254 (i); DN.i.96 (˚īyissati bhijjhissati DN-a.i.96, so read for udāyati); SN.i.113, SN.i.119. Udriyana & Uddiyana;
cp. Sk. ud dīryate, Pass of ud + dṛ; dṛṇōti, and P. darati & dalati; see also avadīyati which may be a Sanskritised oddīyati for uddīyati
neuter breaking or splitting open, bursting Ja.i.72; Dhp-a.ii.7 (˚sadda), Dhp-a.ii.100 (paṭhavī-uddīyana-sadda; vv.ll. uddri˚, udri˚).
fr. udrīyati
a rat Vin.i.209; Vin.ii.148, Vin.ii.152; Vin.iii.151; Ja.i.120; Mil.23, Mil.363. Spelt undūra at Vism.62.
etym?
in phrase pīti-vegen;’unna “bubbling up with the excitement of joy” overflowing with joy Mhvs.19, Mhvs.29 (expld. by uggatacitta i.e. lofty, exalted C.)
■ It may however be better more in keeping with Pāli word-formation as well as with meaning & interpretation to explain the word as ud na, taking ˚na as abs. (base)-form of; nam, thus lit. “bent up”, i.e. raised, high, in meaning of unnata. Cp. the exactly similar formation, use & meaning of ninna ninnata. Thus unna / ninna would correspond to unnata / ninnata.
pp. of ud, unatti & undati, see udaka
a species of perfume Ja.vi.537 (gloss kuṭantaja).
etym.?
adjective in phrase -ṃ karoti, according to Morris JP T S 1887, 120 “to make an up-ploughing, to turn up etc.”, but more aptly with C. on Ja.vi.328 to make “out-plough” (not “up-plough”) in sense of out-of-work i.e. to make the people put their ploughs (or work in general) away and prepare for a festival; to take a holiday A typical “Jātaka”-phrase; Ja.i.228; Ja.ii.296, Ja.ii.367; Ja.iii.129, Ja.iii.414; Ja.iv.355; Ja.vi.328; Dhp-a.iii.10.
ud + nangala, on meaning of ud in this case see ud
raised, high, lofty, in high situation (opp. oṇata) Pv.iv.6#6 (= sāmin Pv-a.262); Ja.i.71; Ja.ii.369; Ja.vi.487; Mil.146, Mil.387; DN-a.i.45 See also unnaḷa
pp. of unnamati. Besides this form we find uṇṇata in fig. special meaning, q.v.
(f) rising, lifting up, elevation Mil.387 (˚avanati)
fr. unnamati; cp. uṇṇati
to resound, shout out, roar Ja.i.110; Ja.ii.90; Ja.iii.271, Ja.iii.325; Mil.18; aor. unnadi Ja.i.74; Mil.13
caus unnādeti (q.v.).
ud + nadati
rising ground, elevation, plateau Kp.vii.7 = Pv.i.5#7 (thala unnata-padesa Pv-a.29); Mil.349; DN-a.i.154.
fr ud + nam; cp. also uṇṇama in fig. meaning
to rise up, ascend Mil.117 (oṇamati +); Vism.306
caus unnāmeti (q.v.)
pp unnara & uṇṇata; (q.v.). Unnala & Unnala;
ud + namati, see uṇṇamati in fig. meaning
adjective showing off, insolent, arrogant, proud, haughty in phrase uddhata unnaḷa capala MN.i.32; SN.i.61 = SN.i.204 (translated as “muddled in mind, puffed up, vain”, expld. as uggata-nala uddhaṭa-tuccha-māna K. S. 318); AN.i.70, AN.i.266 AN.ii.26; AN.iii.199, AN.iii.355, AN.iii.391; Iti.113 (+ asamāhita); Dhp.292 (+ pamatta; expld. as “māna-naḷaṃ ukkhipitvā caraṇena unnala” Dhp-a.iii.452); Thag.634; Pp.35 (= uggatanaḷo tuccha-mānaṃ ukkhipitvā ti attho Pp-a 217).
Bdhgh. has ud + nala; but it is either a dissimilated form for *ullala (n → l change freq. cp. P. nangala → lāngala; nalāṭa → lalaṭa) from ud + lal to sport, thus meaning “sporting, sporty, wild” etc.; or (still more likely) with Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. a dial. form of unnata P. uṇṇata, although the P. Commentators never thought of that. Cp. with this the BSk. unnata in same stock phrase uddhata unnata capala Mvu.i.305, and the Marathic Prk. mula = Sk. mṛta, Pischel, Gr. § 244 To these may be added P. celakedu → cetakedu Ja.vi.538
feminine flattering, tying or pushing oneself on to somebody, begging Vism.27.
ud + nah, see nayhati
shout, shouting Ja.ii.405.
fr. ud + nad
adjective shouting out; resounding, noisy, loud, tumultuous Vin.iii.336; DN.i.95, DN.i.143, DN.i.178; Ja.ii.216.
fr. ud + nad
to make resound Ja.i.408 (paṭhaviṃ), Ja.ii.34.
Caus. of unnadati
adjective raising or rising; in combn. with ninnāmin raised & bent, high & low AN.iv.237 (of cultivated land).
ud + nam in Caus. form
(unn˚) to raise Dhs-a.5; written uṇṇameti (with a for ā before mutes & liquids at Snp.206 (inf. uṃṇametave).
Caus. of unnamati
[Vedic upa; Av. upa on, up; Gr. ὑπό under, ὑπέρ over; Lat. sub fr. *(e)ks-upo; Goth. uf under & on; Ohg ūf = Ags. up = E. up; Oir. fo under. See also upari prefix denoting nearness or close touch (cp. similarly ā) usually with the idea of approach from below or rest on top, on, upon, up, by
■ In compn. a upa is always contracted to upa, e.g. devūpaṭṭhāna, lokûpaga, puññûpatthambhita-Meanings:
(-˚) found only in combn. kulūpaka where second k stands for g. through assimilation with first k. Only with ref. to a bhikkhu = one who frequents a certain family (for the purpose of getting alms), a family friend, associate Vin.i.192, Vin.i.208; Vin.iii.84; SN.ii.200 sq.; AN.iii.258 sq.; Cnd.385#1; Pv.iii.8#5; Pv-a.266
■ f. kulūpikā (bhikkhunī) Vin.ii.268; Vin.iv.66
■ Sporadic in gayhūpaka (for ˚ûpaga) at Ja.iv.219.
for ˚upaga
˚- only in combn. with -antare lit. “in between the hips or loins or arm-pits” in 3 phrases (cp. Kern, Toevoegselen ii.140 s. v.), viz. upakacchantare katvā taking (it) between the legs Ja.i.63, Ja.i.425 khipitvā throwing (it) into the armpits Ja.v.211 & ṭhapetvā id. Ja.v.46.
upa + kacchā2
upa + kacchā + ka, cp. Sk. upakakṣa in diff. meaning
adjective approaehing, near Ja.iv.213 (yāva upakaṭṭha-majjhantikā till nearly noon). Usually in foll. two phrases: upakaṭṭhe kāle when the time was near, i.e. at the approach of meal time Vin.iv.175; Vv-a.6, Vv-a.294; and upakaṭṭhāya vassūpanāyikāya as Lent was approaching Vin.i.253; Pv-a.42; Vv-a.44. Cp. vūpakaṭṭha
■ loc. upakaṭṭhe as adv. or prep. “near, in the neighbourhood of” Cnd.639 (= santike); Dāvs v.41 (so read for upakaṇṭhe).
pp. of upa + karś to draw up or near to
to drag or pull on to (w. dat.), or down to DN.i.180 (+ apakaḍḍhati); DN.iii.127 (id.); MN.i.365; SN.i.49; SN.ii.99; Dhp.311 (nirayāya = niraye nibbattapeti Dhp-a.iii.484).
upa + kaḍḍhati, cp. upakaṭṭha
at Dāvs v.41 is to be corrected to upakaṭṭha.
(Pv.ii.1#13) see under uppaṇḍukin.
˚- lit. (spot) near the ear, only in oblique cases or in der. ˚ka (q.v.) Thag.200 (upakannamhi close to the ear, under the ear).
upa + kaṇṇa
adjective by the ear, being at or on the ear of somebody, only in loc. as adv. upakaṇṇake secretly Vin.i.237; Vin.ii.99; Vin.iv.20, Vin.iv.271; SN.i.86; AN.iii.57; Snp-a.186; and in cpd. -jappin one who whispers into the ear (of another), spreader of reports AN.iii.136. Cp. kaṇṇajappaka & kaṇṇajappana.
upa + kaṇṇa + ka
intrs.) to be beneficial to (w. dat.), to serve, to accrue SN.i.85; Pv.i.4#4 (= nippajjati Pv-a.19); Pv.i.5#7 (petānaṃ); Pv.i.10#4 (= viniyujjati Pv-a.49) Ja.v.350; Pv-a.8, Pv-a.29 (petānaṃ), Pv-a.27 (id.), Pv-a.241; Sdhp.501, Sdhp.504.
upa + kappati
neuter profit Pv-a.29 (dān˚), Pv-a.49 (an˚).
fr. upakappati
adjective profitable Ja.i.398; Dhp-a.ii.133.
fr. upakappana
neuter help, service, support; means of existence, livelihood DN.ii.340; AN.ii.86; Ja.i.7; Pv-a.60 (commodities), Pv-a.133 (˚manussa, adj. suitable, fit) Sdhp.69. In general any instrument or means of achieving a purpose, viz. apparatus of a ship Ja.iv.165; tunnavaya˚ a weaver’s outfit Ja.ii.364; dabb˚; fit to be used as wood Vism.120; dān˚; materials for a gift Pv-a.105 (so read & cp. upakkhaṭa); nahān˚; bathing requisites Vv-a.248 vitt˚ luxuries AN.v.264 sq., AN.v.283, AN.v.290 sq.; Pv-a.71.
fr. upa + kṛ.
to do a service, serve, help, support Thig.89 (aor. upakāsiṃ = anugaṇhiṃ santappesiṃ Thag-a.88)
pp upakkhaṭa (q.v.).
upa + karoti
service, help, benefit, obligation, favour DN.iii.187 sq.; Vv-a.68; Pv-a.8 Pv-a.18 (˚āya hoti is good for); Sdhp.283, Sdhp.447, Sdhp.530. bahūpakāra (adj.) of great help, very serviceable or helpful SN.iv.295; Pv-a.114. upakāraṃ karoti to do a favour, to oblige Pv-a.42, Pv-a.88, Pv-a.159 (kata); katûpakāra one to whom a service has been rendered Pv-a.116.
fr. upa + kṛ; cp. upakaraṇa
adjective serviceable, helping, effective Ja.v.99; Vism.534
■ f. upakārikā
fr. upakāra
adjective noun a benefactor Ja.iii.11; DN-a.i.187; Sdhp.540 Sdhp.546.
fr. upakāra; cp. ASk. upakārin Jtm.31#42
strewn over with (-˚), covered Vv.35#1 (rucak˚, so read for rājak˚; explained by okiṇṇa Vv-a.160).
pp. of upakirati
feminine implement, ornament Ja.v.408.
fr. upa + kr
to sing to (of birds) Ja.iv.296 (kūjantaṃ u. = replies w. song to the singing)
pp upakūjita (q.v.).
upa + kūjati
(-˚) resounding, filled with the hum or song of (birds) Ja.iv.359; Pv-a.154.
pp. of upakūjati
embankment, a river’s bank, riverside Ja.vi.26 (rukkh’ûpakūlaje the trees sprung up at its bank).
upa + kūla
used of the nose in old age Thig.258 (jarāya paṭisedhikā viya says the commentary Morris J.P.T.S. 1884, 74 trsls. obstructed; Mrs Rh. D. in “Sisters” takes it for upakūḷita and trsls. seared and shrivelled. So also Ed. Müller J.R A S. 1919. 538 This is probably right; but Oldenberg, Pischel and Hardy all read upakūlita.
derivation uncertain
singed, boiled, roasted Ja.i.405 (“half-roasted” = aḍḍhajjhāmaka C.) See also upakūsita.
pp. of kūḍ, a variant of kuth, kvathati
at Ja.ii.134 is perhaps faulty for ˚kūḷita, which is suggested by C. expln. “kukkule jhāmo” and also by variant reading ˚kuṭhita (for kuṭṭhita boiled, sweltering, hot). The variant (gloss) -kūjita may have the same origin, viz ˚kūḷita, was however interpreted (variant reading BB.) by ˚kupita (meaning “shaken, disturbed by fire”).
see uppakka.
pp. of upakkamati
fr. upa + kram
to go on to, i e.
upa + kamati of kram
neuter going near to, attacking Ja.iv.12.
fr. upa + kram
a buyer, hawker, dealer combd. with bhataka Dhp-a.i.119 = Ud.23 (C. explains by “yo kahāpaṇâdīhi kiñci kināti so upakkitako ti vuccati”) Pts.ii.196 (? T. upakkhittaka).
fr. upa + krī to buy
soiled, stained, depraved, impure SN.i.179; AN.i.207 (citta) Vism.13.
pp. of upa + klid or kliś, cp. kilesa & next
anything that spoils or obstructs, a minor stain, impurity, defilement, depravity, Vin.ii.295 (cp. Snp-a.487 & Vv-a.134 & see abbha); MN.i.36, MN.i.91; DN.iii.42 sq., DN.iii.49 sq., DN.iii.201; SN.v.92 sq. (pañca cittassa upakkilesā), SN.v.108, SN.v.115; AN.i.10 (āgantuka), AN.i.207 (cittassa), AN.i.253 (oḷārika etc.); AN.ii.53 (candima-suriyānaṃ samaṇa-brāhmaṇānaṃ), AN.ii.67; AN.iii.16 (jātarūpassa, cittassa), AN.iii.386 sq.; AN.iv.177 (vigatā); AN.v.195; Pts.i.164 (eighteen); Pp.60; Dhs.1059 Dhs.1136; Ne.86 sq., Ne.94, Ne.114 sq.; Sdhp.216, Sdhp.225 (as upaklesa). Ten stains at Vism.633.
fr. upa + kliś
blamed, reproached, censured, faulty DN.i.113 (an˚); Snp.p.115 (id.); Ja.iii.523; DN-a.i.211.
pp. of upakkosati
censure, reproach Ja.vi.489.
fr. upa + kruś
to scold, reprove, blame DN.i.161; Ja.iii.436, Ja.iii.523; Ja.iv.81, Ja.iv.317, Ja.iv.409. Upakkhata & ta;
upa + kosati
done as a favour or service, given, prepared, administered DN.i.127 (= sajjita DN-a.i.294); Pv.ii.8#4 (= sajjita Pv-a.107); Ja.vi.139; Mil.156.
pp. of upakaroti
to stumble, trip DN.ii.250; MN.ii.209; AN.iii.101; Ja.iii.433.
upa + khalati
neuter stumbling, tripping Vism.500.
fr. prec.
at Pts.ii.196 see upakk˚.
lit. upper (side of the) trunk, back, shoulder Ja.iv.210 (= khandha C.).
upa + khandha
(always as ˚ûpaga) adjective
upa + ga
pp upagata (q.v.).
upa + gacchati
feminine taking up, keeping up. meditating Mil.37.
abstr. of upa + gṛh
to take up (for meditation) Mil.38.
upa + gaṇhāti
pp. of upagacchati
neuter approaching, going or coming to, undergoing, undertaking Vin.ii.97 (+ ajjhupag˚) Ne.27; Vism.600; Pv-a.42 (vass˚).
fr. upa + gam
adjective going to, one who goes to (with acc.) Pv-a.168 (= ˚upaga).
fr. upagamana
flowing out, spat or slobbered out Ja.v.471 (˚khelo; variant reading paggharita).
pp. of upagaḷati
adjective going to, undergoing, experiencing AN.ii.6 (jāti jar˚).
fr. upa + gam, cp. ˚upaga
to embrace Ja.i.346, Ja.i.349; Ja.ii.424; Ja.iii.437; Ja.v.157, Ja.v.328, Ja.v.384
ger upaguyha Ja.vi.300.
upa + gūhati
scented, smelled, kissed Ja.vi.543 (C. sīsamhi upasinghita).
pp. of next
to smell at, in sense of “to kiss” Ja.v.328 (also inf. upagghātuṃ).
upa + ghrā, see ghāyati1
knocked or knocking against Ja.i.26 (verse 179).
pp. of upaghaṭṭeti
hurting, injuring, injury MN.iii.237; SN.ii.218; SN.iv.323 sq.; AN.iii.173; Thag.583; Mil.274, Mil.307, Mil.347; DN-a.i.273. an˚; not hurting others, kindness Dhp.185.
fr. upa + (g)han, cp. ghāta
neuter hurting Dhp-a.iii.237 (an˚).
fr. upaghāta
adjective injuring, offending Vin.ii.13.
fr. upaghāta
adjective hurting, injuring Ja.iii.523.
fr. upaghāta
heaping up, gathering, accumulation, heap. As t.t. with ref. to kamma “conservation”, with ref. to body & form “integration” (See discussion & defin. at; Cpd. 253; Dhs trsl. 195). DN.i.76 (= odana = kummās’ûpacayo, see under kāya) Dhs.582, Dhs.642 (rūpassa u. = āyatanānaṃ ācayo), Dhs.864 Vb.147, Vb.151 sq.; Kv.520; Ne.113; Vism.449; DN-a.i.220; Pv-a.198 (but variant reading paccayassa preferable).
fr. upa + ci, cp. caya & ācaya
to deal with, handle, use Ja.vi.180
pp upaciṇṇa & upacarita; (q.v.).
upa + carati
practised, served, enacted, performed Mil.359, Mil.360.
pp. of upacarati
fr. upa + car
feminine the termite or white ant Vin.ii.113 Vin.ii.148, Vin.ii.152; Vin.iii.151; MN.i.306; Ja.iii.320; Ja.iv.331; Mil.363 Mil.392; Vism.62, Dhp-a.ii.25; Dhp-a.iii.15.
connected with Sk. upadīkā, although the relation is not quite clear. Attempts at explains by Trencker Notes 62 (*utpādikā → upatikā → upacikā) & Kern, Toevoegselen p. 102 (upacikā = Vedic upajīka, this fr. upajihikā for ˚dihikā, vv.ll. upadehihā & upadīkā). It may however be a direct der. from upa + ; ci, thus meaning “making heaps, a builder”
used, frequented, known (as value) Ja.vi.180.
pp. of upacarati
pp. of upacināti
neuter storing up, accumulation Dhs.431.
abstr. fr. upacita
pp upacita (q.v.).
upa + ci
(q.v.) “flying up” (= uppatitvā Pv-a.103) at Thig.248 (= Thag-a.205, where variant reading and gloss upecca & upacca, expld. by upanetvā), as well as at Pv.ii.7#17 (= Pv-a.103 where read upaccha; & gloss upacca & upecca).
3rd sg. pret. of upâtigacchati (q.v.) to escape, pass, go by; to overcome Snp.333 (mā upaccagā = mā atikkami Snp-a.339) = Thig.5 (= mā atikkami Thag-a.12); Snp.636, Snp.641, Snp.827 (= accagā atikkanta Mnd.167); Dhp.315, Dhp.412, Dhp.417 (= atikkanta Dhp-a.iv.225); Bv.ii.43
■ pl. upaccaguṃ SN.i.35; AN.iii.311.
upa + ati + agā of gam
? in phrase “akkhīni upacciṃsu” at Ja.vi.187 is probably faulty for apaciyiṃsu aor. of apaciyyati, Pass of apacināti (cp. upaciyyati → upacināti) “the eyes failed” lost power, went bad; cp. apacaya falling off, diminution If not this reading we should suggest upacchijjiṃsu from upacchindati “were destroyed”, which however is not quite the sense wanted.
to break up or off, to destroy, interrupt, to stop Snp.972 (pot. ˚chinde); Ja.iv.127; Mnd.502; Thag-a.267; Pv-a.31 (kulavaṃso upacchijji aor. pass.); Vism.164, Vism.676 (bhavangaṃ).
upa + chindati
cut off, interrupted Ja.i.477; Mil.306.
pp. of upacchindati
to throw at MN.i.364 (vv.ll. ˚chumbh˚, ˚cubh˚).
upa + chubhati from kṣubh or chubh, see chuddha, khobha, nicchubhati, nicchodeti
breaking or cutting off, destruction, stoppage, interruption MN.i.245, MN.i.327 (pāṇ murder); Ja.i.67; Mil.134 (paveṇ˚ break of tradition Pv-a.82 (kulavaṃs˚); Dhp-a.i.152 (āhār ˚ṃ karoti to prevent fr. taking food); DN-a.i.136, DN-a.i.159.
fr. upa + chid
adjective noun destroying, breaking off, stopping, interrupting Ja.i.418 (vacan˚); Ja.iv.357; DN-a.i.69 (jīvit’ indriy˚); Vv-a.72 (id.).
fr. upaccheda
to learn, acquire or have knowledge of (w. gen. or instr.), to know Vin.i.272 (saṃyamassa); Vin.ii.181 (gharāvās’atthena); AN.i.50 (dvinnaṃ dhammānaṃ upaññāsin)
fut upaññissati (& upaññassati; Snp.716) Snp.701, Snp.716 (= upaññayissati kathayissati Snp-a.498); Ja.v.215
pp upaññāta (q.v.).
upa + jānāti
to live on (w. acc.), to depend on, to live by somebody, to be supported by (acc.) DN.i.228; SN.i.217; Snp.612 sq.; Thag.943; Ja.iii.309, Ja.iii.338 Ja.iv.271 (= anujīvati); Pv.ii.9#50 (Ankuraṃ u. ti taṃ nissāya jīvanti Pv-a.134); Mil.231.
upa + jīvati
adjective Sdhp.501 (see next).
= upajīvin
(-˚) adjective noun living on, subsisting by AN.ii.135 (phal˚); Snp.217 (para-datt˚), Ja.i.227 (vohār˚); Ja.iv.380; Pp.51; Mil.160 (Satth˚); Vv-a.141 (sipp˚). f. upajīvinī in rūp˚ (itthi) a woman earning her living by her beauty (i.e. a courtesan) Mil.122; Pv-a.46; cp. kiliṭṭha-kamm˚ gaṇikā Pv-a.195.
fr. upa + jīv
neuter stake at game Ja.vi.192.
upa + jūta
see next.
a spiritual teacher or preceptor, master. Often combd. with ācariya e.g. Vin.i.119; Mnd.350; the ācariya being only the deputy or substitute of the upajjhāya. Vin.i.45, Vin.i.53, Vin.i.62, Vin.i.120; Vin.iv.130; SN.i.185; AN.ii.66, AN.ii.78; AN.iii.69; Snp-a.346; Dhp-a.ii.93; Pv-a.55, Pv-a.60, Pv-a.230
■ A short form of upajjhāya is upajjha, found in the Vinaya, e.g. at Vin.i.94; Vin.iii.35 with f. upajjhā Vin.iv.326.
Vedic upādhyāya, upa + adhi + i, līt. “one who is gone close up to”
found out, learnt, known Vin.i.40; Ja.v.325, Ja.v.368; AN.i.61.
pp. of upajānāti
pained, terrified; overcome, overwhelmed Ja.vi.82 (visavegena). Upatthapeti & tthapeti;
upa + aṭṭita, from ard, see aṭṭita
Caus. ii. of upaṭṭhahati
upa + sthā, cp. upatiṭṭhati
a servitor, personal attendant, servant, “famulus” Ānanda was the last u. of Gotama Buddha (see DN.i.206 Thag.1041 f.; Thag-a in Brethren loc. cit.; Vin.i.179 (Sāgato u.), Vin.i.194; Vin.ii.186; Vin.iii.66; Vin.iv.47; DN.i.150 (Nāgita) SN.iii.113; AN.i.121; AN.iii.31, AN.iii.189; Ja.i.15, Ja.i.100 (a merchant’s), Ja.ii.416; Pp.28; Dhp-a.ii.93; Vv-a.149; Pv-a.211
■ agg˚ main follower, chief attendant DN.ii.6; gilān˚; an attendant in sickness, nurse Vin.i.303; AN.i.26; saṅgh˚; one who looks after the community of Bhikkhus Vin.i.216; AN.i.26 AN.iii.39
■ dupaṭṭhāka & supaṭṭhāka; a bad (& good) attendant Vin.i.302.
fr. upa + sthā, cp. BSk. upasthāka Mvu.i.251, and upasthāyaka Divy.426; Avs.i.214; Avs.ii.85 112.
neuter
fr. upa + sthā
neuter attendance, service Vin.iv.291.
fr. upa + sthā
pp. of upaṭṭhahati or upatiṭṭhāti, cp. BSk. upasthita Divy.281, Divy.342
to make serve or attend; sakkaccaṃ u. (with acc.) to bestow respect (upon) Vin.iv.275. fut. -essati Vin.iv.291. to place, fix (parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā) Vb.244.
Caus. of upaṭṭhahati
to be burnt up Mil.277.
upa + ḍayhati
adjective noun half Vin.i.281 (˚kāsina); Vin.ii.200 (˚āsana); Ja.iii.11 (˚rajja); Vism.320 (˚gāma); Dhp-a.i.15 Dhp-a.i.205 (˚uposathakamma); Dhp-a.ii.85; Kp-a.239 (˚gāthā); Snp-a.298; Vv-a.38, Vv-a.61, Vv-a.120; Pv-a.209, Pv-a.276.
upa + aḍḍha, used abs. whereas aḍḍha only in compn., cp. also BSk. upārdha Divy.86, Divy.144 Divy.514; Avs.i.211, Avs.i.240
to be vexed or tormented Ja.v.90; Dhs-a.42.
upa + tappati1)
vexation, trouble Vism.166.
fr. upa + tap
neuter vexation, tormenting, torture Ja.iv.13; Thag-a.243.
upa + tāpana
adjective causing pain, molesting Ja.ii.224.
fr. upatāpa
to cause pain, to vex, torment, harass Ja.ii.178, Ja.ii.224; Ja.iv.11; Dhs-a.42 (vibādhati +).
upa + tāpeti
lit. “to stand by”, to look after, to worship Pv.iii.1#18; Ja.ii.73 (ādiccaṃ = namassamāno tiṭṭhati C.); Mil.231 (ger ˚tiṭṭhitvā); Ja.v.173 (˚tiṭṭhate). pp. upaṭṭhita (q.v.).
upa + sthā, cp. upaṭṭhahati, ˚ṭṭhāti etc.
smeared, spread over MN.i.343; Ja.i.399.
upa + akta, pp. of añj
upa + thaddha, pp. of upatthambhati
fr. upa + stambh
adj. nt. holding up, supporting, sustaining Dhs-a.153.
fr. upatthambha
neuter = upatthambha Mil.36; Ja.i.447; DN-a.i.124; Thag-a.258; Vism.279.
propped up, supported, sustained Ja.i.107; Mil.36; DN-a.i.234; Pv-a.117 (puñña-phal˚), Pv-a.148 (utu-āhārehi u.).
pp. of upatthambheti
to make firm, shore up, support, prop up Ja.i.127 (ppr ˚ayamāna), Ja.i.447; DN-a.i.113; Dhp-a.iii.73 (˚ayamāna ppr.). pp. upatthambhita.
upa + thambheti, Caus. of thambhati
a (floor) covering, carpet, rug DN.i.103 (rath˚); Ja.ii.126 (pabbat˚); Ja.ii.534.
fr. upa + stṛ.
a cushion Ja.vi.490, Ja.vi.513.
for upadheyya, see Trenckner, Notes 6216
one who shows Pp.49 (where upadhaṃsita is to be corrected to upad˚, as already pointed out by Morris J P T S. 1887, 126. The word seems to be a crux to commentators, philologists and translators, like upadaṃseti. Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. keeps to the reading upah˚, tries to connect it with Sk. dharṣati & trsls. “one who confirms”. The Pp A leaves the word unexplained).
n. ag. fr. upadaṃseti
to cause to appear, to manifest MN.ii.120; SN.i.64, SN.i.65 (of gods, to become resplendent, to show divers colour-tones); AN.ii.84 = AN.iii.139 = AN.iii.264 = Pp.49 (to show pleasure); Thag.335, to bring forth (a goad, and so incite, urge on); Vin.iv.309.
= upadasseti with ˚aṃs˚ for ˚ass˚ like dhanseti = Sk. dharṣayati, haṃsa = harṣa etc. only in poetical passages
(upa + dasseti, Caus. of drś, cp. also upadaṃseti] to make manifest, to show Mil.276, Mil.316, Mil.347.
to put down, supply, furnish, put on; give, cause, make Vin.iv.149; DN.ii.135 (vippaṭisāraṃ); AN.i.203 (dukkhaṃ); Mil.109, Mil.139, Mil.164, Mil.286 Mil.383. grd. pass. -dahātabba to be given or caused Vin.ii.250 = AN.iii.197 (vippaṭisāra). Cp. upadhi.
upa + dahati1
adjective (-˚) giving, bestowing. Sdhp.319
fr. upa + dā
pointed out, put forth, specified Mil.144 (pañha).
pp. of upadisati
to point out, show, advise, specify Ja.v.457 (sippaṃ); Mil.21 (dhamma-maggaṃ)
pp upadiṭṭha (q.v.).
upa + disati
to be seen (open), to be shown up, to be found out or discovered Snp.140 (pres. upadissare = ˚nti Snp-a.192).
upa + dissati
a secondary, lesser, minor god Pv-a.136.
upa + deva, on use of upa in this meaning see upa 5
pointing out, indication, instruction, advice Pv-a.26 (tadupadesena read for tadupād˚; Kp-a.208 differs at id. p.); Kp-a.100; Sdhp.227.
fr. upadisati
lit. rushing on; accident, misfortune, distress, oppression SN.ii.210; AN.i.101; Snp.51; Dhp.338 (an˚); Dhp-a.i.16; Sdhp.267, Sdhp.398.
upa + dava2 of dru
to annoy, trouble DN-a.i.213
pp upadduta (q.v.).
fr. upa + dru
overrun, oppressed, annoyed, overcome, distressed Vin.ii.170; Vin.iii.144, Vin.iii.283; SN.ii.210 SN.iv.29; Ja.i.26, Ja.i.61, Ja.i.339; Ja.ii.102; Ja.iv.324, Ja.iv.494; Pv.ii.10#8 Vism.24 (= apakata); Mil.279; Vv-a.311 (aṭṭita +) Pv-a.61. an˚; unmolested Pv-a.195; anupaddutatta state of not being molested Vv-a.95. Upadhamsitar & Upadhamseti;
pp. of upaddavati
at Pp.49 is to be read upad˚; (q.v.).
adj. nt. “putting under”, i.e.
fr. upa + dhā, cp. upadahati
to suppose, think, reflect Dhp-a.i.239 (should be corrected to upadhāreti).
f. upa + dhā
neuter [fr. upa + dhṛ;) “receptacle”, milk-pail DN.ii.192; AN.iv.393; Ja.vi.503. See kaṃs˚. Kern, Toevoegselen i. 142 proposes corruption fr. kaṃs’ûpadohana, which latter however does not occur in Pali.
(f) calculation Vv-a.7.
cp. upadhāraṇa
considered, reflected upon Dhp.i.28; sûpadh˚ Mil.10; dûpadh˚ Vin.iv.275.
pp. of upadhāreti
Caus. of upa + dhṛ; cp. dhāreti 3
to run up to or after, fall upon, surround Vin.ii.207; Vin.iv.260 (pp. ˚dhāvita); SN.i.185; SN.ii.26 (aparantaṃ); Thag.1209; Mil.209; Vv-a.256; Pv-a.154, Pv-a.168, Pv-a.173 (for padhāvitā).
upa + dhāvati 1
fr. upa + dhā, cp. upadahati & BSk. upadhi Divy.50, Divy.224, Divy.534
adjective (-˚) having a substratum, showing attachment to rebirth, only in compounds an˚ free from clinging Vin.i.36; Snp.1057, & nir˚; id. SN.i.141.
fr. upadhi
neuter a cushion Ja.vi.490 (for upatheyya, q.v.).
cp. upadhāna
to perform a dance DN.ii.268.
upa + naccati
inclined, bent, prone Pv-a.190.
pp. of upanamati
to resound (with song) Pv.iii.3#4 (= vikūjati Pv-a.189).
upa + nadati
scorned, grumbled at Vin.ii.118.
pp. of upanayhati, see naddha & nandhati
to bear enmity towards, to grumble at (with loc.) aor. upanandhi Vin.ii.118 (tasmiṃ); Vin.iv.83; Mhvs.36, Mhvs.117.
a secondary der. fr. upanandha, pp. of upanayhati
to be bent on, strive after Ja.iii.324 (= upagacchati C.)
pp upanata; Caus upanāmeti (q.v.).
upa + namati
neuter tt. for the minor premiss, subsumption (see Kvu trsl. 11; Mil.154; Ne.63; Dhs-a.329 (so read with variant reading for ˚najana).
fr. upa + ni; cp. naya & nayana
pp upanandha (for ˚naddha)
■ See also upanandhati.
upa + nayhati
feminine & -nayhitatta (nt.) are syn. for upanāha (grudge, ill-will) in exegesis at Pp.18 = Pp.22, whereas id p. at Vb.357 reads upanahanā upanahitattaṃ (with variant reading upanayihanā & upanayihitattaṃ).
brought up to, placed against DN.ii.134.
pp. of upanāmeti
Caus. of upanamati
(-˚) adjective
fr. upa + nī
ill-will, grudge, enmity MN.i.15; AN.i.91, AN.i.95, AN.i.299; AN.iv.148, AN.iv.349, AN.iv.456; AN.v.39, AN.v.41 sq., AN.v.209 AN.v.310; Pp.18 = Vb.357 (pubbakālaṃ kodho aparakālaṃ upanāho Mil.289.
fr. upa + nah, see upanayhati, same in BSk.; e.g. at Mvu.ii.56.
adjective noun one who bears ill-will, grudging, grumbling, finding fault Vin.ii.89; MN.i.95; DN.iii.45; SN.ii.206; SN.iv.241; AN.iii.260, AN.iii.334; AN.v.123, AN.v.156; Snp.116; Thag.502; Ja.iii.260 (kodhana +); Pp.18; Vb.357
■ Opp. an˚; not being angry (loc.) DN.iii.47; SN.ii.207; SN.iv.244; AN.v.124 sq.; Ja.iv.463.
fr. upanāha
to go out, to come out (up to somebody) Thig.37; Thig.169; Ja.iii.244; Pv.i.10#1 (aor. ˚nikkhami; imper. ˚nikkhamassu).
upa + nikkhamati
laid down (secretly), placed by or on top SN.v.457; Ja.vi.390; Mil.80
■ m. a spy Ja.vi.394 (˚purisa).
upa + n˚
a spy Ja.vi.409 (˚manussa), Ja.vi.431 (id.), Ja.vi.450 (id.).
= prec.
to deposit near, to lay up Vin.i.312; SN.ii.136 sq.; Mil.78, Mil.80; Ne.21, Ne.22; DN-a.i.125
pp upanikkhitta (q.v.).
upa + n˚
neuter putting down (near somebody), putting in the way, trap Vin.iii.77.
fr. ˚nikkhipati
“putting near”, depositing.
fr. upa + nis + kṣip
to rub up against, to crush (close) up to Dhp-a.i.58.
upa + ni + ghaṃsati1
neuter meditation, reflection, consideration only in two phrases: ārammaṇa˚ & lakkhaṇa˚ with ref. to jhāna Ja.v.251; Dhp-a.i.230; Dhp-a.iii.276; Vv-a.38, Vv-a.213. Cp. nijjhāyana.
upa + nijjhāna1
to meditate upon, consider, look at, reflect on Vin.i.193 (“covet”); Vin.ii.269; Vin.iii.118; DN.i.20; AN.iv.55; Mil.124; Vism.418
pp upanijjhāyita (q.v.).
upa + nijjhāyati
meditation, reflection Mil.127; Vism.418.
for ˚nijjhāna
considered, looked at, thought over or about Snp.p.147 (= diṭṭha, ālokita Snp-a.508).
pp. of ˚nijjhāyati
feminine comparison Cnd.158 (= upamā; should we read upanidhāya?).
abstracted from upanidhāya or direct formation fr. upa + ni + dhā?
indeclinable comparing in comparison, as prep. w. acc. “compared with” MN.i.374; MN.iii.177 (Himavantaṃ pabbatarājānaṃ); SN.ii.133 (mahāpaṭhaviṃ), SN.ii.262; SN.v.457 (Sineru-pabbata-rājānaṃ) AN.iii.181 sq.; AN.iv.253 sq. (dibbasukhaṃ); Thag.496 (kammaṃ); Ja.ii.93; DN-a.i.29, DN-a.i.59, DN-a.i.283.
ger. of upa + nidahati of dhā
feminine
upa + ni + dhā, cp. nidhi
to lie down close to or on top of (acc.) Vism.269; Ja.v.231.
upa + ni + pad
see upanibandhati.
pp. of ˚nibandhāti
upa + ni + bandh
to tie close to, to bind on to, attach MN.iii.132; Mil.254, Mil.412
pass upanibajjhati to be attached to Snp.218
pp -nibaddha (q.v.).
upa + n˚
adj. nt. (adj.) closely connected with DN.i.46; DN-a.i.128; (nt.) tie, fetter, leash Mil.253.
upa + n˚
come out, produced DN-a.i.247.
upa + nibbatta
adjective somewhat like (-˚) MN.i.58 = AN.iii.324 (sankha-vaṇṇa˚); Ja.i.207 (= sadisa C.), Ja.v.302 (tāla˚).
upa + nibha
to return Snp.712; Ja.iv.417; Ja.v.126.
upa + n˚
feminine
if = Vedic upaniṣad, it would be fr. upa + ni + sad, but if, as is more likely, a contracted form of upanissaya, it would be fr. upa + ni + śri. The history of this word has yet to be written, cp. Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. & Divy.530 svopaniṣad
to sit close to or down by DN.i.95; AN.iv.10; Ja.ii.347; Pv.iv.1#63 (ger. ˚sajja = ˚sīditvā Pv-a.242); Vism.269.
upa + nisīdati of sad
to pursue, follow, go up after, cling to (acc) MN.i.306
pp upanisevita (q.v.).
upa + n˚
adjective going close after, following Ja.v.399 [f. ˚ī.).
fr. upanisevati
gone on to, furnished with, sticking or clinging to, full of Ja.v.302 (kakka˚).
pp. of upanisevati
basis, reliance, support, foundation, assurance, certainty; esp. sufficing condition or qualification for Arahantship (see long article in Childers s. v.); no 9 in the 24 paccayas, Tikapatthāṇa, Tikapaṭṭhāna i.1, a term only found in the Paṭṭhāna, the Jātaka & later exegetical literature Ja.i.78, Ja.i.508; Ja.iv.96; Ja.vi.70; Ne.80 Vism.19 (˚gocara), Vism.535 (˚paccaya); Dhs-a.315 (id.); Dhp-a.ii.33; Vv-a.98; Pv-a.38 (sotāpatti-phalassa), Pv-a.55 (˚sampatti) Sdhp.265, Sdhp.320.
upa + ni˚
to depend or rely on (acc.) Mil.240 (attānaṃ)
ger -nissāya (q.v.)
pp ˚nissita (q.v.).
upa + ni˚
adverb near, close by (with acc.); depending on, by means of (acc) MN.ii.3; SN.ii.269; Snp.867 (taṃ), Snp.901 (tāpa˚), Snp.978, Pv-a.9 (Rājagahaṃ), Pv-a.67 (id.) Vv-a.63 (Rājagaha-seṭṭhiṃ “with”). Cp. BSk. upaniśritya also a ger. formation, in same meaning, e.g. at Divy.54 Divy.207, Divy.505.
ger. of upanissayati, cp. nissayati in same use & meaning
dependent or relying on Snp.877; Mnd.283, Mil.245.
upa + ni˚
pp. of upaneti
“bringing up” (for trial), charging, accusing DN.i.107 (vadati, cp. DN-a.i.276); AN.i.172 (˚vācā); cp. upanīta 3.
ger. of upaneti
adjective somewhat dark-blue Ja.v.168.
upa + nīla
to bring up to, conduce, adduce; to present, give Ja.i.200; Mil.396; DN-a.i.276; Pv-a.39, Pv-a.43 Pv-a.49, Pv-a.53, Pv-a.74
pass upanīyati (˚niyyati)
pp upanīta (q.v.)
ger upanīya (q.v.).
upa + neti
adverb near, before, in presence of Ja.iv.337.
upa + anti
adjective nt. acc. ˚ṃ near Ja.iv.337; Ja.v.58 (with gen.); Ja.vi.418 (so read for ˚ā); loc. ˚e near or quite near Pv.ii.9#15 (= samīpe gehassa Pv-a.120).
upa + antika
see uppaccati.
to get to, be reborn in (acc.) to originate, rise Vin.iii.20 (nirayaṃ); AN.iii.415; AN.v.292 sq.; Snp.584; Iti.13 (nirayaṃ), Iti.14 (sugatiṃ; variant reading upp˚), Iti.67 (saggaṃ lokaṃ; variant reading upp˚); Iti.43 = Dhp.307 (nirayaṃ); Dhp.126, Dhp.140; Pv.i.10#7 (variant reading BB. udapajjatha = uppajja Pv-a.50); Pp.16, Pp.51, Pp.60; Ne.37, Ne.99, cp. Kv.611 sq. pp. upapannā (q.v.)
caus upapādeti & pp.; upapādita (q.v.).
doubtful whether a legitimate form as upa + pad or a diaeretic form of uppajjati = ud + pad. In this case all passages ought to go under the latter. Trenckner however (Notes 77) defends upa˚ & considers in many cases upp˚ a substitution for upa. The diaeresis may be due to metre, as nearly all forms are found in poetry. The variant reading upp˚ is apparently frequent; but it is almost impossible to distinguish between upap˚ and upp˚ in the Sinhalese writing, and either the scribe or the reader may mistake one for the other
fr. upa + pad, cp. uppatti
(-˚) adjective belonging to a birth or rebirth; in peta˚ born as a Peta Pv-a.119
■ Cp upapātika.
fr. upapatti
pp. of upapajjati
neuter = upaparikkhā Vv-a.232.
to investigate, ascertain, test, examine MN.i.133, MN.i.292, MN.i.443; SN.ii.216; SN.iii.42, SN.iii.140; SN.iv.174; Ja.i.489 Ja.ii.400; Ja.v.235; Mil.91, Mil.293; Dāvs v.27; Sdhp.539; Pv-a.60 (paññāya u. = ñatvā), Pv-a.140 (= viceyya).
upa + pari + īkṣ; cp. BSk. upaparīkṣate Divy.5, Divy.230
feminine investigation, examination Vin.iii.314; MN.ii.175 (attha˚); AN.iii.381 sq.; AN.iv.221; AN.v.126; Dhs.16, Dhs.20 Dhs.292; Pp.25; Ne.8, Ne.42; DN-a.i.171.
fr. upaparikkhati, cp. BSk. upaparīkṣā Divy.3 etc.
adjective investigating, reflecting, testing SN.iii.61; AN.iv.221 sq., AN.iv.296, AN.iv.328. Cp BSk. upaparīkṣaka Divy.212.
fr. upaparikkhati
= upapatti rebirth Vin.iii.4; SN.iv.59 (cut˚); Pp.50.
but der. fr. pat (cp. uppāda1 = ud + pat but uppāda2 = ud + pad) with the meaning of the casual & unusual
adjective = opapātika i.e. rebirth without parents, as a deva DA on DN.iii.107 Thag-a.207.
fr. upapāta but evidently mixed with uppāda1 and uppāda2, cp. upapajjati, upapatti & BSk upapāduka Av. SN.ii.94, SN.ii.95; Divy.523
accomplished Ja.ii.236.
pp. of upapādeti, Caus. of upapajjati
to execute, perform Ja.v.346.
Caus. of upapajjati
feminine minor perfection Bv.i.77 (opp. paramattha-pāramī); Dhp-a.i.84.
upa + pāramī, cp. upa 5
grinding, powder, in añjan˚; powdered ointment (for the eyes) Vin.i.203; Vin.ii.112.
upa + piṣ
a minor or assistant priest Ja.iv.304.
upa + purohita, see upa 5
at DN.i.135 read uppīḷa (q.v.).
to touch; aor. upapphusi Ja.v.417, Ja.v.420.
upa + phusati, of spṛś
to swim or float to (acc.), in uncertain reading as aor. upaplaviṃ at Snp.1145 (dīpā dīpaṃ upaplaviṃ floated from land to land vv.ll. at Snp-a.606 uppalaviṃ & upallaviṃ; all MSS. of Cnd.p.54 & no. 160 write upallaviṃ). Perhaps we should better read; uppalaviṃ (or upallaviṃ) as diaeretic form for *upplaviṃ, aor. of uppilavati (or uplavati), q. v Expld. at Cnd.160 by samupallaviṃ.
upa + plavati, cp. uppilavati
to go to, resort to, visit Thag.1052; Ja.iv.270, Ja.iv.295; Ja.v.495 (= upagacchati C.); Ja.vi.43.
upa + vraj
see sam˚.
neuter expansion, increase, augmentation Vism.145; Dhs-a.117.
fr. upa + bṛh2, cp. BSk. upabṛṃhita Jtm.31#95
adjective one who eats or enjoys Vism.555.
fr. next
to enjoy Ja.iii.495; Ja.v.350 (inf. ˚bhottuṃ)
grd upabhogga
pp upabhattu (q.v.).
upa + bhuj
enjoyed Dāvs iii.65.
pp. of upabhunjati
enjoyment, profit Vin.iv.267; Ja.ii.431; Ja.iv.219 (variant reading paribhoga); Ja.vi.361; Mil.201, Mil.403; Pv-a.49, Pv-a.220 (˚paribhoga); Dhp-a.iv.7 (id.); Sdhp.268, Sdhp.341, Sdhp.547.
fr. upa + bhuj cp. upabhuñjati
adjective enjoying Mil.267.
fr. upabhuñjati
adjective to be enjoyed, enjoyable Mil.201.
Sk. upabhogya, grd. of upabhuñjati
adjective “coming quite or nearly up to” i.e. like, similar, equal DN.i.239 (andha-veṇ˚); MN.i.432 (taruṇ˚ a young looking fellow); AN.iv.11 udak˚ puggala a man like water); Pv.i.1#1 (khett˚ like a well cultivated field; = sadisa Pv-a.7); Pv-a.2, Pv-a.8 etc
■ Note. ūpama metri causa see ū˚ and cp. opamma & upamā.
compar
■ superl. formation fr. upa, cp. Lat. summus fr. *(s)ub-mo
feminine likeness, simile, parable, example (cp. formula introducing u. SN.ii.114; MN.i.148); Snp.705 (cp. Dhp.129, Dhp.130), Snp.1137 (= upanidhā sadisaṃ paṭibhāgo Cnd.158); Iti.114; Vism.341 Vism.478, Vism.512, Vism.582 sq., Vism.591 sq.; Pv-a.29, Pv-a.112 (dhen˚); Snp-a.329, Snp-a.384; Sdhp.29, Sdhp.44, Sdhp.259.
f. of upama in abstract meaning
neuter comparison, the 2nd part of the comparison Ja.v.341; Vv-a.13.
fr. upa + mā
measured out, likened, like, comparable Thig.382 (= sadisa Thag-a.255).
pp. of caus. upa + mā
to measure one thing by another, to compare Ja.vi.252; Vism.314 (˚metvā, read ˚netvā?).
upa + mā
adjective to be compared, that which is to be likened or compared, the 1st part of a comparison Vv-a.13.
grd. of upa + mā
approach, undertaking, taking up; clinging to, attachment, only as adj. (-˚) in an˚; (anûpaya metri causā) not going near, aloof, unattached SN.i.141, SN.i.181; SN.ii.284; Snp.786, Snp.787, Snp.897 (cp. Snp-a.558); and in rūpūpaya (vv.ll. rūpupaya & rūpupāya “clinging to form” (etc.) SN.iii.53 = Mnd.25 = Cnd.570 (+ rup’ārammaṇa).
fr. upa + i, cp. upāya
to beg, entreat, pray to Ja.vi.150 (divyaṃ).
upa + yācati
neuter begging, asking, praying, propitiation Ja.vi.150 (= devatānaṃ āyācana).
of adj. upa + yācita + ka; pp. of yācati
to go to, to approach SN.i.76; SN.ii.118 (also Caus. -yāpeti); Dpvs.vi.69; Sdhp.579.
upa + yāti of yā
neuter nearing, approach, arrival DN.i.10; DN-a.i.94.
fr. upa + yā, cp. BSk. upayāna Jtm.31#63
a crab Ja.vi.530.
fr. upayāna
to combine, connect with; to use, apply; ppr. med. upayujjamāna Vv-a.245 (preferably be read as ˚bhuñjamāna, with reference to enjoying drink & food).
upa + yuj
connection, combination; employment, application Ja.vi.432 (nagare upayogaṃ netvā for use in the town? variant reading upabhogaṃ). Usually in cpd -vacana as tt. g. meaning either combined or condensed expression, ellipsis Snp-a.386; Kp-a.236; Pv-a.73, Pv-a.135 or the acc. case, which is frequently substituted for the foll. cases: sāmi-vacana Snp-a.127; Pv-a.102; bhumma Snp-a.140; Kp-a.116; karaṇa˚ Snp-a.148; sampadāna˚ Ja.v.214; Snp-a.317; itthambhūta˚ Snp-a.441; nissakka˚ Ja.v.498.
fr. upa + yuj
formed Thag-a.211; Sdhp.616.
pp. of upa + rac
neuter viceroyalty AN.iii.154 (variant reading opa˚); Ja.i.511; Ja.iv.176; DN-a.i.134.
upa + rajja, cp. uparaja
having ceased, desisting from (-˚), restraining oneself (cp. orata) Vin.i.245 (ratt-ûparata abstaining from food at night = ratti-bhojanato uparata DN-a.i.77); DN.i.5 (id.); MN.i.319 (bhaya˚); Snp.914 (virata etc. Mnd.337); Mil.96, Mil.307; Dhs-a.403 (vihiṃs˚).
pp. of uparamati
feminine ceasing, resting; cessation MN.i.10; SN.iv.104; Mil.274.
fr. upa + ram
to cease, desist, to be quiet Ja.iii.489; Ja.v.391 (variant reading for upāramati, also in C.); Mil.152.
upa + ram
feminine cessation Mil.41, Mil.44 (an˚).
cp. lit. Sk. uparama, to uparamati
noise Ja.ii.2.
fr. upa + ru
a secondary or deputy king, a viceroy Ja.i.504; Ja.ii.316; Dhp-a.i.392.
upa + rājā; see upa 5
indeclinable over, above (prep. & prefix)
Vedic upari, der. fr. upa, Idg. *uper(i); Gr. υπερ, Lat. s-uper; Goth. ufar, Ohg. ubir = Ger. über E. over; Oir. for
adjective highest, topmost, most excellent Thag.910. Cp. next.
superl. formation fr. upari in analogy to seṭṭha
adjective = upariṭṭha uparima Dhs.1016, Dhs.1300, Dhs.1401; Pp.16, Pp.17 (sañyojanāni = uddhaṃbhāgiya-sañyojanāni Pp-a.198).
double-superl. formation after analogy of seṭṭha, pacchima & heṭṭhima: heṭṭhā
adjective uppermost, above, overhead DN.iii.189 (disā); Ne.88. Cp. upariṭṭhima.
upari + ma, superl. formation
adverb above, on top, in compd. heṭṭh˚; below and above Vism.1.
fr. upari
to be stopped, broken, annihilated, destroyed DN.i.223; Thag.145; Iti.106; Snp.724, Snp.1036, Snp.1110; Cnd.159 (= nirujjhati vūpasammati atthangacchati); Mil.151; Sdhp.280. pp. uparuddha.
Sk. uparudhyate, Pass. of uparundhati
stopped, ceased Mil.151 (˚jīvita).
pp. of uparujjhati
to break up, hinder, stop, keep in check MN.i.243; Ja.i.358; Thag.143, Thag.1117; Snp.118 Snp.916 (pot. uparundhe, but uparuddhe Mnd.346 = uparuddheyya etc.); Mil.151, Mil.245, Mil.313
ger uparundhiya Thag.525; Snp.751; aor. uparundhi Ja.iv.133; Pv-a.271
pass uparujjhati (q.v.).
upa + rudh
grown again, recovered Ja.iv.408 (cakkhu).
upa + rūḷha, pp. of ruh
to please (intrs.) Ja.vi.64.
upa + ruc
upa + rud
obstacle; breaking up, destruction, end Ja.iii.210, Ja.iii.252; Pv.iv.1#5; Mil.245, Mil.313.
fr. upa + rudh
neuter breaking up, destruction Snp.732, Snp.761.
fr. upa + rudh
to cause to break up; to hinder, stop; destroy Vin.iii.73.
Caus of uparundhati
“little plant”, sapling Vin.ii.154. See also next.
upa + ropa, cp. upa 5
= uparopa, sapling Ja.ii.345; Ja.iv.359.
a stone Dāvs iii.87.
Lit. Sk. upala, etym. uncertain
feminine & -aṃ (nt.) discrimination SN.iii.261 (an˚); Dhs.16, Dhs.20, Dhs.292, Dhs.1057; Pp.25; Vv-a.240.
upa + lakkhaṇa
to distinguish, discriminate Vism.172.
upa + lakṣay
acquired, got, found Ja.vi.211 (˚bāla; variant reading paluddha˚); Sdhp.4, Sdhp.386.
pp. of upalabhati
feminine acquisition; knowledge Mil.268; Vv-a.279.
fr. upa + labh
to receive, get, obtain to find, make out Mil.124 (kāraṇaṃ); usually in Pass. upalabbhati to be found or got, to be known; to exist MN.i.138 (an˚); SN.i.135; SN.iv.384; Snp.858; Pv.ii.11#1 (= paccanubhavīyati Pv-a.146); Kv.1, 2; Mil.25; Pv-a.87.
upa + labh
neuter talking over or down, persuasion; diplomacy, humbug DN.ii.76; Mil.115, Mil.117.
fr. upa + lap
to persuade, coax, prevail upon, talk over, cajole Vin.i.119; Vin.iii.21; Ja.ii.266; Ja.iii.265 Ja.iv.215; Pv-a.36, Pv-a.46, Pv-a.276.
Caus. of upa + lap
caressed, coaxed Sdhp.301.
pp. of upalāḷeti
pp upalāḷita (q.v.).
Caus. of upa + lal; cp. BSk. upalāḍayati Divy.114, Divy.503
to sound forth, to (make) sound (a bugle) DN.ii.337 (for uppaḷāseti? q.v.).
upa + Caus. of las
to scratch, scrape, wound AN.iii.94 sq. (= vijjhati C.).
upa + likh
smeared with (-˚), stained, tainted Thig.467 (cp. Thag-a.284; T. reads apalitta) Pp.56. Usually neg. an˚; free from taint, undefiled MN.i.319, MN.i.386; Mil.318; metri causa anūpalitta SN.i.141 SN.ii.284; Snp.211, Snp.392, Snp.468, Snp.790, Snp.845; Dhp.353 (cp. Dhp-a.iv.7).
pp. of upalimpati
to be defiled; to stick to, hang on to Snp.547, Snp.812; Ja.iii.66 (= allīyati C.); Mil.250, Mil.337.
Pass. of upalimpati
to smear, defile DN.ii.18; Vin.iii.312; Ja.i.178; Ja.iv.435; Mil.154
pass upalippati, pp upalitta (q.v.).
upa + lip
defilement Ja.iv.435.
fr. upa + lip
adjective reddish Ja.iii.21 (= rattavaṇṇa C.).
upa + lohita + ka, see upa 5
Snp.1145 see upaplavati.
adjective blameworthy SN.iv.59, SN.iv.60; AN.ii.242. an˚; blameless, without fault SN.iv.57 sq AN.iv.82; Mil.391.
grd. of upavadati
feminine blameworthiness SN.iv.59 (an˚).
abstr. fr. upavajja
to describe fully Sdhp.487.
upa + vaṇṇeti
to come to pass, to take place Ja.vi.58.
upa + vṛt
to tell (secretly) against, to tell tales; to insult, blame DN.i.90; SN.iii.125 (attā sīlato na upav.); AN.ii.121 (id.); AN.v.88; Ja.ii.196; Pv-a.13.
upa + vad
neuter a kind of wood, miniature wood, park Ja.iv.431; Ja.v.249; Mil.1; Vv-a.170 (= vana), Vv-a.344; Thag-a.201; Pv-a.102 (ārām˚), Pv-a.177 (mahā˚).
upa + vana, see upa 5
pp upavuttha (q.v.). See also uposatha.
upa + vasiti
insulting, railing; blaming, finding fault Mnd.386; Pv-a.269; an˚; (adj.) not grumbling or abusing Dhp.185 (anûpa˚ metri causa).
fr. upa + vad
adjective blaming, finding fault, speaking evil of (gen.), generally in phrase ariyānaṃ u insulting the gentle Vin.iii.5; AN.i.256; AN.iii.19; AN.iv.178 AN.v.68; Iti.58, Iti.99
■ an˚; Pts.i.115; Pp.60.
fr. upavāda
adjective = upavādaka; in ariy˚; SN.i.225; SN.ii.124; SN.v.266; Pv.iv.3#39. an˚ MN.i.360.
fr. upavāda
to blow on or towards somebody MN.i.424; AN.iv.46; Thag.544; Pv.iii.6#6; Mil.97.
upa + vāyati
keeping a prescribed day, fasting, self-denial, abstaining from enjoyments [Same as uposatha; used extensively in BSk. in meaning of uposatha, e.g. at Avs.i.338, Avs.i.339; Divy.398 in phrase aṣṭânga-samanvāgataṃ upavāsaṃ upavasati] AN.v.40 (? uncertain; vv.ll. upāsaka, ovāpavāssa, yopavāsa); Ja.vi.508; Snp-a.199 (in expln. of uposatha).
fr. upa + vas, see upavasati
adjective (upa + vāsita] perfumed Pv-a.164 (for gandha-samerita).
neuter carrying away, washing away Snp.391 (sanghāṭi-raj-ûpa˚ = paṃsu-malādino sanghāṭirajassa dhovanaṃ Snp-a.375).
upa + vāhana
applying (one’s mind) to, discrimination DN.iii.245 (domanass˚); MN.iii.239; SN.iv.232 (somanass˚ etc.); AN.iii.363 sq.; AN.v.134; Pts.i.17; Dhp.8, Dhp.85, Dhp.284; Vb.381.
upa + vicāra; cp. BSk. upavicāra Divy.19, trsld on p. 704 in Notes by “perplexed by doubts” (?)
feminine (adj.) about to bring forth a child, nearing childbirth MN.i.384; Thig.218; Ud.13; Dāvs iii.38 Thag-a.197.
grd. formation of upa + vi + jan, cp. Sk. vijanya
to come near, to approach a person Ja.iv.408; Ja.v.377; aor. upāvisi Snp.415, Snp.418 (āsajja upāvisi = samīpaṃ gantvā nisīdi Snp-a.384).
upa + visati
the neck of a lute SN.iv.197; Mil.53.
upa + vīṇā
covered (?) at Vv-a.8 in phrase “vettalatâdīhi upavītaṃ āsanaṃ” should prob. be read upanīta (vv. ll uparivīta & upajita); or could it be pp. of upavīyati (woven with)?
?
te be woven Ja.vi.26.
Pass. of upa + vā2 to weave
celebrated, kept (of a fastday) AN.i.211 (uposatha); Snp.403 (uposatha). Cp. uposatha.
pp. of upavasati
to invoke, call upon DN.ii.259; SN.i.168.
upa + ā + hū, cp. avhayati for *āhvayati
to live with somebody, to associate with (acc.) Ja.i.152.
upa + saṃ + vas
neuter drawing together, bringing up to, comparison Vism.232 sq.; Ja.v.186.
fr. upasaṃharati
upa + saṃ + hṛ.
taking hold of, taking up, possession, in devat˚; being seized or possessed by a god Mil.298.
fr. upa + saṃ + hṛ.
adjective accompanied by, furnished or connected with (-˚) DN.i.152; MN.i.37 MN.i.119 (chand˚); SN.ii.220 (kusal˚); SN.iv.60 (kām˚), SN.iv.79 (id.) Snp.341 (rāg˚), Snp.1132 (giraṃ vaṇṇ˚ = vaṇṇena upetaṃ Cnd) Thag.970; Ja.i.6; Ja.ii.134, Ja.ii.172; Ja.v.361.
pp. of upa + saṃ + dhā
upa + saṃ + kram, cp. BSk. upasankramati Av. SN.i.209
neuter going near, approach MN.ii.176; SN.v.67 = Iti.107; Pv-a.232.
fr. upasankamati
adjective to be prepared, produced or contracted Snp.849 (= ˚sankhātabba Snp-a.549; cp. Mnd.213).
grd of upa + sankharoti
Sk upasarga, of upa + sṛj
feminine stopping, causing to cease, settling Pp.18 (see also an˚;).
fr. upa + sanṭḥapeti
calmed, composed, tranquil, at peace MN.i.125; SN.i.83, SN.i.162; AN.iii.394; Snp.848, Snp.919, Snp.1087, Snp.1099; Mnd.210, Mnd.352, Mnd.434; Cnd.161; Dhp.201, Dhp.378; Mil.394; Dhp-a.iii.260; Dhp-a.iv.114; Pv-a.132 (= santa).
pp. of upa + śam, cp. upasammati
calm, quiet, appeasement, allaying, assuagement, tranquillizing Vin.i.10; SN.iv.331 = SN.v.421 (in freq. phrase upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattati; see nibbāna iii.7); DN.i.50; DN.iii.130 sq., DN.iii.136 sq., DN.iii.229 (as one of the 4 objects of adhiṭṭhāna, viz. paññā˚ sacca˚ cāga˚ upasama˚); MN.i.67; MN.iii.246; SN.i.30, SN.i.34 (sīlena), SN.i.46 citta-v-ûpasama), SN.i.48 SN.i.55; SN.ii.223, SN.ii.277; SN.iii.86 (sankhārānaṃ… v-ūpasamo) DN.ii.157; SN.i.158 (see vūpasama and sankhāra); (ariyaṃ maggaṃ dukkh˚-gāminaṃ); SN.iv.62, SN.iv.331; SN.v.65 (avūpasama), SN.v.179 SN.v.234 (˚gāmin), SN.v.378 sq.; AN.i.3 (avūpasama), AN.i.30, AN.i.42; AN.ii.14 (vitakk˚); AN.iii.325 sq.; AN.v.216, AN.v.238 sq.; Snp.257, Snp.724, Snp.735 Snp.737; Iti.18 (dukkh˚) Iti.83; Dhp.205; Mnd.351; Ja.i.97; Pts.i.95; Mil.170, Mil.248; Vism.197 (˚ânussati); Sdhp.587 Cp. vi˚ (vū˚).
Sk. upaśama, upa + śam
to appease, calm, allay, assuage Snp.919; Thag.50 (pot. upasame = upasameyya nibbāpeyya Mnd.352)
pp upasanta q.v.).
upa + śam in trs. meaning for usual sammati in intrs. meaning
neuter = upasama Thag.421; Sdhp.335 (dukkh˚).
to attain, enter on, acquire, take upon oneself usually in ger. upasampajja MN.i.89; SN.iii.8; AN.iv.13; AN.v.69; Dhs.160 (see Dhs-a.167) DN-a.i.313; Snp-a.158
pp upasampanna (q.v.).
upa + sampajjati
feminine
fr. upa + saṃ + pad
obtained, got, received; in special sense of having attained the recognition of bhikkhuship ordained [cp. BSk. upasampanna Divy.281] SN.i.161; AN.v.70; Vin.iii.24; Vin.iv.52, Vin.iv.130; Mil.13.
pp. of upasampajjati
Denom. fr. upasampadā
to embrace Ja.v.297.
upa + sam + spṛś
to grow calm, to cease, to be settled or composed, to be appeased SN.i.62, SN.i.221; Dhp.100 sq.
Sk. upasamyati, upa + śam in intrs. function
neuter? “a robe worn over the left shoulder” (Hardy, Index to ed.) Vv-a.166 (variant reading upavasavya).
?
adjective striving after, longing or wishing for Mil.393 (āhār˚ Morris J.P.T.S. 1884, 75 proposes reading upasinghaka).
fr. upa + siṃsati = śaṃs, cp. āsiṃsaka
adjective sniffing after Ja.ii.339; Ja.iii.144; Mil.393 (? see upasiṃsaka).
fr. upa + siṅgh
caus āyati to touch gently Kp-a.136
caus 2 apeti to touch lightly, to stroke Ja.iv.407.
upa + siṅgh
scented, smelled at (loc.) Ja.vi.543 (sisaṃhi, C. for upagghata).
pp. of upasinghati
to dry up MN.i.481; Snp.433; Ja.i.71.
upa + sussati
neuter sprinkling over, i.e. sauce Thag.842; Ja.ii.422; Ja.iii.144; Ja.iv.371 (maṃs˚); Ja.vi.24. See also nandi˚ & maṃsa˚.
fr. upa + sic
feminine (a girl) who likes to be always near (her mother), a pet, darling, fondling Ja.vi.64 (= mātaraṃ upagantvā sayanika C.).
Sk. upa + either śayanika of śayana, or sayaniya of śī
upa + sev
feminine serving, pursuing, following, service, honouring, pursuit SN.iii.53 = Mnd.25 Cnd.570 (nand˚ pleasure-seeking); Iti.68 (bāl˚ & dhīr˚) Snp.249 (utu˚ observance of the seasons); Mil.351.
abstr. fr. upasevati
visited, frequented Pv-a.147 (for sevita).
pp. of upasevati
adjective (-˚) pursuing, following, going after AN.iii.136 (vyatta˚); Mil.264 (rāj˚); Dhp-a.iii.482 (para-dār˚).
fr. upasevati
to appear beautiful, to shine forth Thag.1080
caus -sobheti to make beautiful, embellish, adorn Vv.52#6; Ja.v.132; Pv-a.153
pp upasobhita (q.v.).
upa + śubh
embellished, beautified, adorned Pv-a.153, Pv-a.187; Sdhp.593.
pp. of upasobheti
see upasagga.
“thrown upon”, overcome, visited, afflicted, ruined, oppressed SN.iv.29; AN.iii.226 (udak˚); Ja.i.61; Ja.ii.239.
Sk. upasṛṣṭa, pp. of upa + sṛj
abode, resting home, dwelling, asylum SN.i.32, SN.i.33; Vv.68#4 Mil.160. Esp. freq. as bhikkhuni˚; or bhikkhun˚; a nunnery Vin.ii.259; Vin.iv.265, Vin.iv.292; SN.ii.215; Ja.i.147, Ja.i.428; Mil.124.
fr. upa + śri, cp. assaya & missaya
breathing Ja.i.160.
upa + assāsa; upa + ā + śvas
feminine listening to, attention SN.ii.75; SN.iv.91; Ja.v.100; Mil.92.
fr. upa + śru
adjective one who listens, an eavesdropper Ja.v.81.
fr. upassuti
˚-
■ The term is not quite clear; there seems to have existed very early confusion with upapacca → upapajja → uppajja, as indicated by BSk. upapadya-parinirvāyin, and by remarks of C. on Kv.268, as quoted at Kvu trsln. 158, 159.
ger. of upahanti
to be spoilt or injured Snp.584; Ja.iv.14; Mil.26.
Pass. of upahanti
injured, spoilt; destroyed DN.i.86 (phrase khata + upahata); SN.i.238 (na sûpahata “not easily put out” trsl.); SN.ii.227; AN.i.161; Dhp.134; Ja.vi.515; Mil.223, Mil.302; Dhp-a.ii.33 (an˚).
The formula at DN.i.86 (khata + upahata) is doubtful as to its exact meaning According to Bdhgh it means “one who has destroyed his foundation of salvation, i.e. one who cannot be saved. Thus at DN-a.i.237: “bhinna-patiṭṭho jāto, i.e. without a basis. Cp. remarks under khata. The translation at Dial. i.95 gives it as “deeply affected and touched in heart”: doubtful. The phrase upahaccaparinibbāyin may receive light from upahata.
pp. of upahanti
a bringer (of) MN.i.447 sq.
Sk. *upahartṛ, n. ag. of upa + hṛ.
(& -hanati Ja.i.454) to impair, injure; to reduce, cut short; to destroy, only in ger. upahacca; pp. upahata & Pass.; upahaññati (q.v.).
upa + han
neuter
fr. upa + hṛ.
to bring, offer, present AN.ii.87; AN.iii.33; Dhp.i.301, Dhp.i.302; Ja.v.477.
upa + hṛ.
bringing forward, present, offering, gift Vin.iii.136 (āhār˚) AN.ii.87; AN.iii.33; AN.v.66 (mett˚); Ja.i.47; Ja.iv.455; Ja.vi.117; DN-a.i.97.
fr. upa + hṛ.
to injure, hurt Vin.ii.203; Ja.iv.156.
upa + hiṃs
to come to, arrive at, reach, obtain, usually aor. upāgañchi Cp.i.10#10, pl. upāgañchuṃ Snp.1126; or upāgami Snp.426, Snp.685, pl. upāgamuṃ Snp.302, Snp.1126. Besides in pres. imper. upāgaccha Pv-a.64 (so read for upagaccha)
pp upāgata.
upa + ā + gam
come to, having reached or attained Snp.1016; Pv-a.117 (yakkhattaṃ); Sdhp.280.
pp. of upāgacchati
thrown up, cast up, raised (of dust) Thag.675.
according to Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. = Sk. upātta, pp of upa + ā + dā “taken up”; after Morris JP. T. S. 1884 75 = uppāta “flying up”
to “go out over”, to surpass, overcome, only in 3rd sg. pret. upaccagā Snp.333, Snp.636, Snp.641, Snp.827; Thag.181; Thag.2, Thag.4; Ja.i.258; Ja.vi.182 & Ja.vi.3rd pl. upaccaguṃ SN.i.35; AN.iii.311; Ja.iii.201.
upa + ati + gacchati
to run on or in to Ud.72.
upa + ā + dhāvati
fallen into, a prey to (with loc.) Snp.495 (= nipanna with gloss adhimutta Snp-a.415).
pp. of upâtipajjati, upa + ā + pad
gone beyond, escaped from, free from (with acc.) SN.i.143; AN.ii.15; Snp.55, Snp.474, Snp.520 Snp.907; Ja.iii.7, Ja.iii.360; Mnd.322 = Cnd.163. Cp. BSk. upātivṛtta in same sense at Mvu.iii.281.
pp. of upâtivattati
to go beyond, overstep MN.i.327; Snp.712 (variant reading for upanivattati); Ne.49. pp. upātivatta (q.v.).
upa + ati + vattati
adverb lit. “taking up”, i.e. subsisting on something else, not original, secondary derived (of rūpa form) Dhs.877, Dhs.960, Dhs.1210; Vism.275 Vism.444 (24 fold); Dhs-a.215, Dhs-a.299, Dhs-a.333, cp. Dhs trsln. 127 197
■ Usually (and this is the earlier use of upādā as neg. anupādā (for anupādāya) in meaning “not taking up any more (fuel, so as to keep the fire of rebirth alive)”, not clinging to love of the world, or the kilesas q.v., having no more tendency to becoming; in phrases a. parinibbānaṃ “unsupported emancipation” MN.i.148; SN.iv.48; SN.v.29; Dhp-a.i.286 etc.; a. vimokkho mental release AN.v.64 (A A: catuhi upādānehi agahetvā cittassa vimokkho; arahattass’etaṃ nāmaṃ); Vin.v.164; Pts.ii.45 sq.; a. vimutto DN.i.17 (= kinci dhammaṃ anupādiyitvā vimutto DN-a.i.109); cp. MN.iii.227 (paritassanā).
shortened ger. of upādiyati for the usual upādāya in specialised meaning
nt.
fr. upa + ā + dā
adjective belonging to or connected with upādāna, sensual, (inclined to) grasping; material (of rūpa), derived. See on term Dhs trsln. 203, 322
■ SN.ii.84; SN.iii.47; SN.iv.89, SN.iv.108; Dhs.584, Dhs.1219, Dhs.1538; Vb.12 sq., Vb.30, Vb.56, Vb.119, Vb.125, Vb.319, Vb.326.
fr. upādāna, for *upādānika → ˚aka
adverb
ger. of upādiyati
= upādāna, but in more concrete meaning of “stuff of life”, substratum of being, khandha; only in combn. with -sesa (adj.) having some fuel of life (= khandhas or substratum) left, i.e. still dependent (on existence), not free, materially determined SN.v.129, SN.v.181; AN.iii.143; Iti.40; Vism.509. More frequently neg. an-upādi-sesa (nibbāna, nibbānadhātu or parinibbāna, cp. similarly BSk. anupādi-vimukti Mvu.i.69) completely emancipated, free, without any (material substratum Vin.ii.239 (nibbāna-dhātu); DN.iii.135; MN.i.148 (parinibbāna); AN.ii.120; AN.iv.75 sq., AN.iv.202, AN.iv.313; Ja.i.28, Ja.i.55; Snp.876; Iti.39, Iti.121 (nibbāna-dhātu); Pts.i.101; Vism.509; Dhp-a.iv.108 (nibbāna); Vv-a.164, Vv-a.165. Opp. saupādisesa AN.iv.75 sq., AN.iv.378 sq.; Snp.354 (opp. nibbāyi) Vism.509; Ne.92. See further ref. under nibbāna parinibbāna.
the compn.-from of upādāna, derived fr. upādā in analogy to nouns in ˚a & ˚ā which change their a to i in compn. with kṛ & bhū; otherwise a n. formation fr dā analogous to ˚dhi fr. dhā in upadhi
grasped at, laid hold of; or “the issue of grasping”, i.e. material, derived, secondary (cp. upādā), see def. at Dhs trsln. 201, 324
■ Dhs.585, Dhs.877, Dhs.1211, Dhs.1534 Vb.2 sq., Vb.326, Vb.433; Vism.349, Vism.451; an˚; Vin.iii.113; Dhs.585, Dhs.991, Dhs.1212, Dhs.1535.
for ˚ādinna with substitution of ṇṇ for nn owing to wrong derivation as pp. from ādiyati2 instead of ādiyati1
(adj,) = upādiṇṇa Dhs-a.311, Dhs-a.315, Dhs-a.378; Vism.398.
to take hold of, to grasp, cling to, show attachment (to the world), cp. upādāna DN.ii.292; MN.i.56, MN.i.67; SN.ii.14; SN.iii.73, SN.iii.94, SN.iii.135; SN.iv.168 (na kiñci loke u. = parinibbāyati); Snp.752, Snp.1103 Snp.1104; Mnd.444 (= ādeti); Cnd.164. ppr. upādiyaṃ SN.iv.24 = SN.iv.65 (an˚)
ppr med. upādiyamāna SN.iii.73; Snp-a.409, & upādiyāna (˚ādiyāno) Snp.470; Dhp.20. ger. upādāya in lit. meaning “taking up” Ja.i.30; Mil.184, Mil.338, Mil.341; for specialised meaning & use as prep see separately as also; upādā and upādiyitvā Vv-a.209; DN-a.i.109 (an˚); Dhp-a.iv.194 (an˚)
pp upādiṇṇa (q.v.).
upa + ā + dā, see ādiyati1
fr. upa + ā + dhā
being furnished with a cushion Ja.vi.252 (adj.).
fr. upāhi
approach; fig. way, means, expedient, stratagem SN.iii.53 sq., SN.iii.58; DN.iii.220 (˚kosalla) Snp.321 (˚ññū); Ja.i.256; Cnd.570 (for upaya); Pv-a.20 Pv-a.31, Pv-a.39, Pv-a.45, Pv-a.104, Pv-a.161; Sdhp.10, Sdhp.12, Sdhp.350, Sdhp.385
■ Cases adverbially; instr. upāyena by artifice or means of a trick Pv-a.93; yena kenaci u. Pv-a.113
■ abl. upāyaso by some means, somehow Ja.iii.443; Ja.v.401 (= upāyena C.). anupāya wrong means Ja.i.256; Sdhp.405; without going near, without having a propensity for SN.i.181; MN.iii.25.
fr. upa + i, cp. upaya
neuter a means of (-˚) Vv-a.84 (paṭipajjan˚).
abstr. fr. upāya
neuter going to (in special sense), enterprise, offering, tribute, present Ja.v.347; Ja.vi.327; Mil.155, Mil.171, Mil.241; Sdhp.616, Sdhp.619.
fr. upa + i, cp. upāya
(a kind of) trouble, turbulence, tribulation, unrest, disturbance unsettled condition MN.i.8, MN.i.144, MN.i.363; MN.iii.237; AN.i.144, AN.i.177, AN.i.203 (sa˚); AN.ii.123, AN.ii.203; AN.iii.3, AN.iii.97, AN.iii.429; Snp.542; Iti.89 = AN.i.147 = MN.i.460; Ja.ii.277 (˚bahula); Ja.iv.22 (id.); Pp.30, Pp.36; Vb.247; Ne.29; Mil.69; Vism.504 (def.); DN-a.i.121
■ anupāyāsa peacefulness, composure serenity, sincerity DN.iii.159; AN.iii.429; Pts.i.11 sq.
upa + āyāsa, cp. BSk. upāyāsa Divy.210, Divy.314.
to cease, to desist Ja.v.391, Ja.v.498.
upa + ā + ram
blamed, reprimanded, reproved AN.v.230.
pp. of upārambhati
Sk. upārambha, upa + ālambhatc
to blame, reprimand, reproach MN.i.432, MN.i.433
pp upāraddha (q.v.).
Sk. upālambhate, upa + ā + labh
at Pv-a.276 read upalāpeti (q.v.).
3rd sg. aor. of upavisati (q.v.).
a devout or faithful layman, a lay devotee Vin.i.4, Vin.i.16 (tevāciko u.), Vin.i.37, Vin.i.139 Vin.i.195 sq.; Vin.ii.125; Vin.iii.6, Vin.iii.92; Vin.iv.14, Vin.iv.109; DN.i.85; DN.ii.105 DN.ii.113; DN.iii.134, DN.iii.148, DN.iii.153, DN.iii.168, DN.iii.172 sq., DN.iii.264; MN.i.29, MN.i.467 MN.i.490; SN.v.395, SN.v.410; AN.i.56 sq.; AN.ii.132 (˚parisā); AN.iii.206 (˚caṇḍāla, ˚ratana); AN.iv.220 sq. (kittāvatā hoti); Snp.376 Snp.384; Ja.i.83; Pv.i.10#4; Vb.248 (˚sikkhā); DN-a.i.234; Pv-a.36, Pv-a.38, Pv-a.54, Pv-a.61, Pv-a.207
■ f. upāsikā Vin.i.18, Vin.i.141 Vin.i.216; Vin.iii.39; Vin.iv.21, Vin.iv.79; DN.iii.124, DN.iii.148, DN.iii.172, DN.iii.264; MN.i.29 MN.i.467, MN.i.491; SN.ii.235 sq.; AN.i.88; AN.ii.132; AN.v.287 sq.; Mil.383; Pv-a.151, Pv-a.160.
fr. upa + ās, cp. upāsati
neuter state of being a believing layman or a lay follower of the Buddha Vin.i.37; SN.iv.301; Vv.84#21.
abstr. fr. upāsaka
lit. “to sit close by”, to go after, attend, follow, serve, honour, worship DN.ii.287; AN.i.162; Ja.v.339, Ja.v.371 (= upagacchati C.); Mil.418 (lakkhe upāseti fix his attention on the target).
3rd pl. pres. med upāsare AN.i.162; Ja.iv.417 (= upāyanti C.). Cp. payirupāsati
pp upāsita & upāsīna; (q.v.). See also upāsaka, upāsana1.
upa + ās
neuter attendance, service, honour SN.i.46 (samaṇ˚); Thag.239; Mil.115. Cp. payir˚.
fr. upāsati
neuter
fr. upāsati
see upāsaka; cp. payir˚.
honoured, served, attended Snp.1133, cp. Cnd.165; Thag.179.
pp. of upāsati
sitting near or close to Ja.v.336.
pp. of upāsati
struck, afflicted, hurt Ja.i.414.
upa + āhata
feminine a shoe, sandal Vin.i.185; Vin.ii.118, Vin.ii.207 (adj. sa-upāhana), Vin.ii.208; SN.i.226; Ja.iv.173, Ja.iv.223; Pv.ii.4#9; Cnd.226; Kp-a.45; Dhp-a.i.381 (chatt ˚ṃ as nt? variant reading ˚nā); Pv-a.127, Pv-a.186. upāhanaṃ (or upāhanā) ārohati to put on sandals Ja.iv.16; Ja.vi.524); opp. omuñcati take off Vin.ii.207, Vin.ii.208; Ja.iii.415; Ja.iv.16
■ Note. An older form upānad˚; (for upānadh = Sk. upānah) is seen by Kern in pānadûpama Ja.ii.223, which is read by him as upānadûpama (variant reading upāhan-upama). See Toevoegselen s. v. upānad.
with metathesis for upānahā = Sk. upānah f. or upānaha m.; but cp. BSk. upānaha nt. Divy.6
undergoing, going into, metri causa as ūpiya (-˚) and opiya, viz. hadayasmiṃ opiya SN.i.199 = Thag.119; senûpiya Ja.v.96 (variant reading senopiya; C. sayanûpagata). In tadūpiya the 2nd part upiya represents an adj. upaka fr. upa (see ta I. a), thus found at Mil.9.
ger. of upeti
adjective disinterested, resigned, stoical Vin.iii.4; DN.i.37, DN.i.183; DN.iii.113, DN.iii.222, DN.iii.245, DN.iii.269, DN.iii.281; SN.v.295 sq., SN.v.318; AN.iii.169 sq., AN.iii.279; AN.v.30; Snp.515 Snp.855, Snp.912; Iti.81; Mnd.241, Mnd.330; Pp.50, Pp.59; Dhs.163; Dhs-a.172.
fr. upekkhā
to look on, to be disinterested or indifferent Snp.911; Mnd.328; Ja.vi.294.
upa + īkṣ
feminine is commentator’s paraphrase for upekkhā (q.v.) Mnd.501 = Cnd.166 Vb.230.
abstr. fr. upa + īkṣ
adjective = upekkhaka Ja.v.403. Upekkha & Upekha
feminine “looking on”, hedonic neutrality or indifference, zero point between joy & sorrow (Cpd. 66) disinterestedness, neutral feeling, equanimity. Sometimes equivalent to adukkham-asukha-vedanā “feeling which is neither pain nor pleasure”. See detailed discussion of term at Cpd. 229–232, & cp.; Dhs trsln. 39
■ Ten kinds of upekkhā are enumerated at Dhs-a.172 (cp. Dhs trsln. 48; Hardy, Man. Buddhism 505)
■ DN.i.38 (˚sati-parisuddhi purity of mindfulness which comes of disinterestedness cp. Vin.iii.4; Dhs.165 & Dhs trslnn. 50), DN.i.251, DN.ii.279 (twofold); DN.iii.50, DN.iii.78, DN.iii.106, DN.iii.224 sq., DN.iii.239, DN.iii.245 (six ˚upavicāras), DN.iii.252, DN.iii.282; MN.i.79, MN.i.364; MN.iii.219; SN.iv.71 SN.iv.114 sq., SN.v.209 sq. (˚indriya); AN.i.42; AN.i.81 (˚sukha), AN.i.256 (˚nimitta); AN.iii.185, AN.iii.291 (˚cetovimutti); AN.iv.47 sq., AN.iv.70 sq. AN.iv.300, AN.iv.443; AN.v.301, AN.v.360; Snp.67, Snp.73, Snp.972, Snp.1107, (˚satisaṃsuddha); Mnd.501 = Cnd.166; Pts.i.8, Pts.i.36, Pts.i.60, Pts.i.167 Pts.i.177; Pp.59 (˚sati); Ne.25, Ne.97 (˚dhātu), Ne.121 sq.; Vb.12, Vb.15 (˚indriya), Vb.54 (id.), Vb.69, Vb.85 (˚dhātu), Vb.228, Vb.324, Vb.326 (˚sambojjhanga), Vb.381 (˚upavicāra); Dhs.150, Dhs.153, Dhs.165 Dhs.262, Dhs.556, Dhs.1001, Dhs.1278, Dhs.1582; Vism.134 (˚sambojjhanga 5 conditions of), Vism.148 (˚ânubrūhanā), Vism.160 (def. & tenfold), Vism.317 (˚bhāvanā), Vism.319 (˚brahmavihāra), Vism.325 (˚vihārin), Vism.461; Snp-a.128; Sdhp.461.
fr. upa + īkṣ, cp. BSk. upekṣā Divy.483; Jtm.211. On spelling upekhā for upekkhā see Müller P. Gr. 16
furnished with, endowed with, possessed of Snp.402, Snp.463, Snp.700, Snp.722; Dhp.10, Dhp.280; Cnd s.v. Thag.789; Pv.i.7#6 (bal˚); Pv.ii.7#12 (phal˚, variant reading preferable ˚upaga), Pv.iv.1#12 (ariyaṃ aṭṭhangavaraṃ upetan = aṭṭhahi angehi upetaṃ yuttaṃ Pv-a.243); Vism.18 (+ sam˚, upagata samupagata etc); Pv-a.7
■ Note. The BSk. usually has samanvāgata for upeta (see aṭṭhanga).
pp. of upeti
to go to (with acc.), come to, approach, undergo, attain DN.i.55 (paṭhavi-kāyaṃ an-upeti does not go into an earthly body), DN.i.180; MN.i.486 (na upeti, as answer: “does not meet the question”); SN.iii.93; Iti.89; Snp.209, (na sankhaṃ “cannot be reckoned as”), Snp.749, Snp.911 Snp.1074; Snp.728 (dukkhaṃ), Snp.897; Snp.404 (deve); Mnd.63; Cnd.167; Dhp.151, Dhp.306, Dhp.342; Snp.318; Ja.iv.309 (maraṇaṃ upeti to die), Ja.iv.312 (id.), Ja.iv.463 (id.); Ja.v.212 (variant reading opeti, q.v.) Thag.17 (gabbhaṃ); Pv.ii.3#34 (saggaṃ upehi ṭhānaṃ); Pv.iv.3#52 (saraṇaṃ buddhaṃ dhammaṃ); Ne.66.
fut upessaṃ Snp.29; 2nd sg. upehisi Dhp.238, Dhp.348
ger upecca Vv.33#7; SN.i.209 = Ne.131; Vv-a.146 (realising = upagantvā cetetvā vā); Pv-a.103 (gloss for uppacca flying up); see also upiya & uppacca
pp upeta.
upa + i
heaped up, abounding, comfortable Ja.iv.471.
pp. of upa + ava + ci
At the time of the rise of Buddhism the word had come to mean the day preceding four stages of the moon’s waxing and waning, viz. 1st, 8th, 15th 23d nights of the lunar month that is to say, a weekly sacred day, a Sabbath. These days were utilized by the pre-Buddhistic reforming communities for the expounding of their views, Vin.i.101. The Buddhists adopted this practice and on the 15th day of the half-month held a chapter of the Order to expound their dhamma, ib. 102 They also utilized one or other of these Up. days for the recitation of the Pāṭimokkha (pāṭimokkhuddesa), ibid. On Up. days laymen take upon themselves the Up. vows that is to say, the eight Sīlas, during the day. See Sīla The day in the middle of the month is called cātudassiko or paṇṇarasiko according as the month is shorter or longer The reckoning is not by the month (māsa), but by the half-month (pakkha), so the twenty-third day is simply aṭṭhamī, the same as the eighth day. There is an accasional Up. called sāmaggi-uposatho, “reconciliation-Up.”, which is held when a quarrel among the fraternity has been made up, the gen. confession forming as it were a seal to the reconciliation (Vin.v.123; Mah. 42)
■ Vin.i.111 Vin.i.112, Vin.i.175, Vin.i.177; Vin.ii.5, Vin.ii.32, Vin.ii.204, Vin.ii.276; Vin.iii.164, Vin.iii.169; DN.iii.60, DN.iii.61, DN.iii.145, DN.iii.147; AN.i.205 sq. (3 uposathas: gopālaka˚ nigaṇṭha˚, ariya˚), AN.i.208 (dhamm˚), AN.i.211 (devatā˚); AN.iv.248 (aṭṭhanga-samannāgata), AN.iv.258 sq. (id.), AN.iv.276, AN.iv.388 (navah angehi upavuttha); AN.v.83; Snp.153 (pannaraso u); Vb.422; Vism.227 (˚sutta = AN.i.206 sq.); Sdhp.439; DN-a.i.139; Snp-a.199; Vv-a.71, Vv-a.109; Pv-a.66, Pv-a.201
■ The hall or chapel in the monastery in which the Pāṭimokkha is recited is called uposathaggaṃ (Vin.iii.66), or -āgāraṃ (Vin.i.107; Dhp-a.ii.49). The Up. service is called -kamma (Vin.i.102; Vin.v.142; Ja.i.232; Ja.iii.342, Ja.iii.444; Dhp-a.i.205) uposathaṃ karoti to hold the Up. service (Vin.i.107 Vin.i.175, Vin.i.177; Ja.i.425). Keeping the Sabbath (by laymen is called uposathaṃ upavasati (AN.i.142, AN.i.144, AN.i.205, AN.i.208 AN.iv.248; see upavasati), or uposathavāsaṃ vasati (verse 177) The ceremony of a layman taking upon himself the eight sīlas is called uposathaṃ samādiyati (see sīlaṃ & samādiyati); uposatha-sīla observance of the Up. (Vv-a.71) The Up. day or Sabbath is also called uposatha-divasa (Ja.iii.52).
Vedic upavasatha, the eve of the Soma sacrifice, day of preparation
adjective
fr. uposatha
adjective = uposathika, fasting Mhvs.17, Mhvs.6.
fr. upusatha
indexed at Ud.iii.2 wrongly for upakkitaka (q.v.).
adjective
fr. ud + pac, cp. Sk. pakva & see also uppaccati
flying up Thig.248 (see under upacca); SN.i.209 (variant reading BB. upecca, C. uppatitvā pi sakuṇo viya) = Pv.ii.7#17 (= uppatitvā Pv-a.103) = Dhp-a.iv.21 (gloss uppatitvā) = Ne.131 (upecca).
ger. of uppatati
in ppr. uppacciyamāna (so read for upapacciyamāna, as suggested by variant reading BB. uppajj˚) “being boiled out”, i.e. dried or shrivelled up (cp. uppakka 1) Ja.iv.327. Not with Morris J.P.T.S. 1887, 129 “being tormented”, nor with Kern, Toevoegselen under upapacc˚ as ppr. to pṛc (*upapṛcyamāna) “dicht opgesloten”, a meaning foreign to this root.
ud + paccati, Pass. of pac
to come out, to arise, to be produced, to be born or reborn, to come into existence DN.i.180; Snp.584; Pv.ii.1#11 (= nibbattati Pv-a.71); Pv-a.8 (nibbattati +), Pv-a.9, Pv-a.20, Pv-a.129 (= pātubhavati); DN-a.i.165.
pass uppajjiyati Vin.i.50
ppr uppajjanto Pv-a.5 Pv-a.21;
fut ˚pajjissati Pv-a.5 (bhummadevesu, corresp. with niraye nibbattissati ibid.), Pv-a.67 (niraye);
aor uppajji Pv-a.21, Pv-a.50, Pv-a.66; & udapādi (q.v.) Vin.iii.4; Ja.i.81;
ger ˚pajjitvā DN.ii.157 = SN.i.6, SN.i.158 = SN.ii.193 = Ja.i.392 = Thag.1159; & uppajja Ja.iv.24
caus uppādeti (q.v.).
pp uppanna (q.v.).
■ See also upapajjati and upapanna.
ud + pajjati of pad
adjective noun coming into existence; birth, rebirth Pv-a.9 (˚vasena), Pv-a.33 (id.).
fr. uppajjati
adjective (belonging to) coming into existence, i.e. arising suddenly or without apparent cause, in -bhaṇḍa a treasure trove Ja.iii.150.
fr. uppajjana
one who produces or is reborn in (with acc.) DN.i.143 (saggaṃ etc.).
n. ag. fr. uppajjati
lit. “out of reach”, i.e. in a distance Ja.i.89; or impossible Vism.96 (ekapañho pi u. āgato nâhosi not one question was impossible to be understood). As tt. g. “with reference to the preceding”, supra Vism.272; Snp-a.124, Snp-a.128; Dhs-a.135 (T. ˚paṭipāṭika).
abl. of uppaṭipāṭi, ud + paṭipāṭi
feminine ridiculing, mocking Mil.357; Vism.29; Pp-a 250 (˚kathā).
abstr. fr. ut + paṇd or unknown etym.
adjective “having become very pale” (?), or “somewhat pale” (?), with dubbaṇṇa in Kp-a.234, and in a stock phrase of three different settings, viz.
redupl. intens. formation; ud + paṇḍu + ka + jāta; paṇḍu yellowish. The word is evidently a corruption of something else, perhaps upapaṇṇḍuka upa in meaning of “somewhat like”, cp. upanīla upanibha etc. and reading at Pv.ii.1#13 upakaṇḍakin. The latter may itself be a corruption, but is expld. at Pv-a.72 by upakaṇḍaka-jāta “shrivelled up all over, nothing but pieces (?)”. The trsln. is thus doubtful; the BSk. is the P. form retranslated into utpāṇḍuka Divy.334, Divy.463, and translated “very pale”
to ridicule, mock, to deride, make fun of Vin.i.216, Vin.i.272, Vin.i.293; Vin.iv.278; AN.iii.91 = Pp.67 (ūhasati ullapati +); Ja.v.288 Ja.v.300; Dhp-a.ii.29; Dhp-a.iii.41; Pv-a.175 (avamaññati +). Note. The BSk. utprāsayati at Divy.17 represents the P uppaṇḍeti & must somehow be a corruption of the latter (vv.ll. at Divy.17 are utprāśayati, utprāṇayati & utprāśrayati).
ut + paṇḍ, of uncertain origin
to fly or rise up into the air; to spring upwards, jump up; 3rd sq. pret. udapatta [Sk *udapaptat] Ja.iii.484 (so read for ˚patto, & change si to pi); ger. uppatitvā Ja.iii.484; Ja.iv.213; Pv-a.103, Pv-a.215; and uppacca (q.v.)
pp uppatita (q.v.).
ud + patati
jumped up, arisen, come about Snp.1 (= uddhamukhaṃ patitaṃ gataṃ Snp-a.4), Snp.591; Dhp.222 (= uppanna Dhp-a.iii.301); Thag.371.
pp. of uppatati
feminine coming forth, product, genesis, origin, rebirth, occasion AN.ii.133 (˚paṭilābhikāni sanyojanāni); Vb.137 (˚bhava), Vb.411; cp. Compendium, 262 f. (khaṇa); Mil.127 (˚divasa); Vism.571 sq. (˚bhava 9 fold: kāma˚ etc.); Snp-a.46, Snp-a.159, Snp-a.241, Snp-a.254, Snp-a.312, Snp-a.445; Pv-a.144, Pv-a.215. On uppatti deva see deva and upapatti. See also aṭṭhuppatti, dānuppatti.
Vedic utpatti, ud + pad
a wrong road or course DN.i.10 (˚gamana, of planets); SN.i.38, SN.i.43; Ja.v.453; Ja.vi.235); Dhp-a.iii.356 (˚cāra).
Sk. utpatha, ud + patha
born, reborn, arisen, produced, DN.i.192 (lokaṃ u. born into the world); Vin.iii.4; Snp.55 (˚ñāṇa; see Cnd.168), Snp.998; Ja.i.99; Pv.ii.2#2 (pettivisayaṃ) Dhs.1035, Dhs.1416; Vb.12, Vb.17, Vb.50, Vb.319; Vb.327; Dhp-a.iii.301; Pv-a.21 (petesu), Pv-a.33, Pv-a.144, Pv-a.155
■ anuppanna not arisen MN.ii.11; not of good class DN.i.97 (see DN-a.i.267).
pp. of uppajjati
to leave the Order Dhp-a.i.68; Pv-a.55
pp -pabbajita
caus uppabbājeti to turn out of the Order Ja.iv.219; Dhp-a.iv.195
caus 2 uppabbajāpeti to induce some one to leave the Order Ja.iv.304.
ud + pabbajati
one who has left the community of bhikkhus, an ex-bhikkhu Vv-a.319; Dhp-a.i.311.
ud + pabbajita
the (blue) lotus; a waterlily. The 7 kinds of lotuses, mentioned at Ja.v.37 are: nīla-ratta-set-uppala, ratta-seta-paduma, seta-kumuda kalla-hāra
■ DN.i.75; DN.ii.19; Vin.iii.33 (˚gandha); Ja.ii.443; Dhp.55; Vv.32#2; Vv.35#4 ; Pv.ii.1#20; Pv.iii.10#5; Dhp-a.i.384 (nīl˚); Dhp-a.iii.394 (id.); Thag-a.254, Thag-a.255; Vv-a.132, Vv-a.161. What is meant by uppala-patta (lotus-leaf?) at Vin.iv.261?
Sk. utpala, uncertain etym.
“lotus-like”, Name of a hell (cp. BSk. utpala at Divy.67 etc.) AN.v.173. See also puṇḍarika.
uppala + ka
adjective noun having lotuses rich in l., only in f. uppalinī a lotus-pond DN.i.75; DN.ii.38; SN.i.138; AN.iii.26; Vv.32#2; DN-a.i.219.
fr. uppala
to sound out or forth, to make sound Mil.21 (dhamma-sankhaṃ). Reading at DN.ii.337 is upaḷāseti in same meaning.
ud + pra + las, cp. Sk. samullāsayati in same meaning
an insect, vermin SN.i.170 (santhāro ˚ehi sañchanno “a siesta-couch covered by vermin swarm” translated p. 215 & note).
fr. ud + paṭ; in meaning of “biting, stinging”
neuter pulling out, uprooting, destroying, skinning Ja.i.454; Ja.ii.283; Ja.vi.238; Mil.166; Pv-a.46 (kes˚); Sdhp.140 (camm˚). Cp. sam˚.
fr. ud + paṭ.
adjective pulling up, tearing out, uprooting Ja.i.303 (˚vāta); Ja.iv.333 (id.).
fr. uppāṭana
to split, tear asunder; root out, remove, destroy Vin.ii.151 (chaviṃ to skin); MN.ii.110 (attānaṃ); Thig.396 (ger. uppāṭiyā = ˚pāṭetvā Thag-a.259); Ja.i.281 (bījāni), Ja.iv.162, Ja.iv.382; Ja.vi.109 (= luñcati); Mil.86; Dhp-a.iii.206. Caus. uppāṭāpeti in pp. uppāṭāpita caused to be torn off Dhp-a.iii.208. See also upphāleti.
Sk. utpāṭayati, Caus. uf ud + paṭ; to split, cp. also BSk. utpāṭayati nidhānaṇ to dig out a treasure Avs.i.294
flying up, jump; a sudden & unusual event, portent, omen DN.i.9 (variant reading uppāta) Vism.30 (T. uppāta, variant reading uppāda) Snp.360; Ja.i.374; Ja.vi.475); Mil.178.
Sk. utpāta, ud + pat
coming into existence, appearance, birth Vin.i.185; DN.i.185; SN.iii.39 (+ vaya), SN.iv.14; SN.v.30; AN.i.152 (+ vaya), AN.i.286, AN.i.296; AN.ii.248 (taṇh˚), AN.iii.123 (citt˚ state of consciousness); AN.iv.65 (id.); Dhp.182 Dhp.194; Ja.i.59, Ja.i.107 (sat˚); Vb.303 (citt˚), Vb.375 (taṇh˚) Pv-a.10; Thag-a.282
■ anuppāda either “not coming into existence” DN.iii.270, MN.i.60; AN.i.286, AN.i.296; AN.ii.214, AN.ii.249 AN.iii.84 sq.; Pts.i.59, Pts.i.66; Dhs.1367; or “not ripe” DN.i.12.
Sk. utpāda, ud + pad
adjective (-˚) producing, generating Pv-a.13 (dukkh˚). f. -ikā Dhp-a.iv.109 (jhān’).
fr. uppāda2
neuter making, generating, causing Pv-a.71 (anubal˚ read for anubalappadāna?) Pv-a.114.
fr. uppada2
adjective having an origin, arising, bound to arise Dhs.1037, Dhs.1416; Vb.17, Vb.50, Vb.74, Vb.92 and passim; Dhs-a.45.
fr. uppāda2
one who produces, causes or brings into existence, creator, producer MN.i.79; SN.i.191; SN.iii.66; SN.v.351; Mil.217.
n. ag. fr. uppādeti
Caus. of uppajjati, ud + pad
Sk. utplavati, ud + plu, cp. utplutya jumping up, rising Sp. Avs.i.209
adjective oppressing or oppressed: an˚; free from oppression, not hurt or destroyed DN.i.135 (opp sa-uppīḷa; T. upapīḷa but variant reading upp˚); Ja.iii.443; Ja.v.378; Pv-a.161.
ud + pīḍ
pressed Ja.vi.3.
pp. of uppīḷeti
ud + pīḍ for ava + pīḍ, cp. uplāpeti = opilāpeti, & opīḷeti
to beat Pv-a.4.
ud + poṭheti
at Dhp-a.i.309 remains to be explained, T. faulty.
to cut, rip or split open Vin.i.276 (udara-cchaviṃ upphāletvā; variant reading uppāṭetvā, perhaps preferable).
Caus. of ud + phal
adjective “with ribs out”, i.e. with ribs showing emaciated, thin, “skinny” Pv.ii.1#1 (= uggata-phāsuka Pv-a.68); Pv.iv.10#1 (MSS. uppā˚); Thag-a.133 (spelt uppā˚).
ud + phāsulikā for phāsukikā = phāsuka a rib
to immerse MN.i.135 (vv.ll. upal˚ & opil˚); Ja.iv.162 (fig. put into the shade, overpower; variant reading upal˚). See also opilāpeti ubbillāvita.
Sk. avaplāvayati, Caus. of ava + plu, with substitution of ud for ava; see also uppilavati
adjective going out of its direction, going wrong (or upset?), in phrase; ubbaṭumaṃ rathaṃ karoti to put a cart out of its direction AN.iv.191, AN.iv.193.
ud + *vṛti (of vṛt) + ma (for mā → mant); cp. Sk. udvṛtta & vṛtimant
to anoint, give perfumes (to a guest), to shampoo Ja.i.87 (gandhacuṇṇena), Ja.i.238 (id.); Ja.v.89, Ja.v.438.
Caus. of ud + vṛt, as doublet of ubbatteti, cp. BSk. udvartayati Divy.12, Divy.36
misprint in Pp Index as well as at Pp-a.233 for ubbhaṭṭhaka (q.v.).
to go upwards, to rise, swell Ja.vi.486 (sāgaro ubbatti). See also next.
ud + vṛt
Caus. of ud + vṛt, of which doublet is ubbaṭṭeti; cp. also ubbaṭuma
to kill, destroy Snp.4 (praet. udabbadhi = ucchindanto vadheti Snp-a.18).
ud + vadhati
to hang up, strangle Vin.iii.73 (rajjuyā); Ja.i.504 (id.); Ja.iii.345; Thig.80; Vism.501; Vv-a.139, Vv-a.207 (ubbandhitu-kāmā in the intention of hanging herself).
ud + bandhati
feminine fertile soil, sown field; fig. woman, wife Ja.vi.473 (= orodha C.).
Sk. urvarā, Av. urvara plant
see ubbisati.
adjective (-˚) only in cpd. dur˚ hard to pull out, difficult to remove Thag.124, Thag.495 = Thag.1053.
fr. ud + vṛh, i.e. to ubbahati1
to pull out, take away, destroy Snp.583 (udabbahe pot. = ubbaheyya dhāreyya Snp-a.460); Thag.158; Ja.ii.223 (udabbahe = udabbaheyya C.); Ja.iv.462 (ubbahe); Ja.vi.587 (= hareyya C.).
ud + bṛh or vṛh, see also uddharati
to carry away, take away, lift (the corn after cutting); only in Caus. ii. ubbahāpeti to have the corn harvested Vin.ii.180 = AN.i.241
■ Here belong uddhaṭa and uddharaṇa. Cp. also pavāḷha.
ud + vahati, although possibly same as ubbahati1, in meaning of uddharati, which has taken up meanings of *udbharati, as well as of *udbṛhati and *udvahati
oppressed, troubled, harassed, annoyed vexed Vin.i.148, Vin.i.353; Vin.ii.119; Vin.iv.308; Ja.i.300; Vism.182 (kuṇapa-gandhena); Dhp-a.i.343.
adj. pp. of ud + bāhati = vāh or more likely of ud + bādh
“to be dis-inhabited”, i.e. to be abandoned by the inhabitants Mhvs.6, Mhvs.22 (= chaḍḍīyati C.)
■ Cp. ubbisati.
Pass. of ubbāseti, ud + vas
neuter carrying, lifting, in ˚samattha fit for carrying, i.e. a beast of burden, of an elephant Ja.vi.448.
fr. ubbahati2
feminine a method of deciding on the expulsion of a bhikkhu, always in instr. ubbāhikāya “by means of a referendum”, the settlement of a dispute being laid in the hands of certain chosen brethren (see Vin Texts iii.49 sq. Vin.ii.95, Vin.ii.97, Vin.ii.305; Vin.v.139, Vin.v.197; AN.v.71; Mhvs.4, Mhvs.46.
orig. f. of ubbāhika, adj. fr. ubbāheti in abstr. use
to oppress vex, hinder, incommodate Ja.v.417 sq.
hardly to be decided whether fr. ud + vāh (to press, urge), or bṛh or bādh; cp. uddharati 2
agitated, flurried, anxious Vin.ii.184; SN.i.53; Thag.408; Ja.i.486; Ja.iii.313; Mil.23, Mil.236, Mil.340 (an˚); Vism.54 (satat˚); Dhp-a.ii.27 Thag-a.267; Sdhp.8, Sdhp.77.
Sk. udvigna, pp. of ud + vij
to be agitated, frightened or afraid Vin.i.74 (u. uttasati palāyati); Vin.iii.145 (id.); SN.i.228 (aor. ubbijji); Mil.149 (tasati +), Mil.286 (+ saṃviji) Vism.58
caus ubbejeti (q.v.)
pp ubbigga (q.v.).
Pass. of ud + vij
feminine agitation, uneasiness DN-a.i.111. Cp. ubbega.
abstr. fr. ubbijjati
adjective being outside the Vinaya, ex-or un-Vinaya, wrong Vinaya Vin.ii.307; Dpvs.v.19.
ud + vinaya
(variant reading uppilāva, which is prob. the correct reading) joyous state of mind, elation Ud.37. See next.
happy, elated, buoyant, ltt. frisky; only in compounds -atta rejoicing, exultancy, elation of mind DN.i.3, DN.i.37; Ja.iii.466; Mil.183; DN-a.i.53, DN-a.i.122; and -ākāra id. Dhp-a.i.237. At Vism.158 “cetaso ubbilāvitaṃ stands for ubbilāvitattaṃ, with variant reading BB uppilāvitaṃ. Cp Ja.v.114 (ubbilāvita-cittatā).
according to the very plausible expln. given by Morris J.P.T.S. 1887, 137 sq. for uppilāpita, pp. of uppilāpeti = uplāpeti d. under uppilavati ud + plu; with ll for l after cases like Sk. ālīyate → P allīyati, ālāpa → allāpa etc., and bb for pp as in vanibbaka = Sk. vanīpaka (*vanipp˚)
elation, elated state of mind MN.iii.159; -bhāva id. DN-a.i.122; Sdhp.167. See next.
either a secondary formation fr. ubbilāvita, or representing uppilava (uppilāva) for upplava, ud + plu as discussed under ubbilāvita. The BSk. word udvilya Lal.351, 357, or audvilya Divy.82 is an artificial reconstruction from the Pāli, after the equation of Sk dvādaśa → dial. P. bārasa, whereas the original Sk. dv is in regular P. represented by dd, as in dvīpa → dīpa *udvāpa → uddāpa. Müller’s construction ubbilla → *udvela rests on the same grounds, see P. Gr. 12.
“to be out home”, to live away from home Ja.ii.76
■ See also ubbāsīyati
pp ubbisita (˚kāle) ibid.
better reading variant reading ubbasati, ud + vas
see uruḷhavant.
excitement, fright, anguish DN.iii.148; later, also transport, rapture, in cpd (˚pīti); Vism.143; Dhs-a.124; Pp-a 226.
Sk. udvega, fr. ud + vij
adjective full of anguish or fear Ja.iii.313 (= ubbegavant C.).
fr. ubbega
adjective agitating, causing anxiety Ja.i.323, Ja.i.504.
fr. ubbejeti
a terrifier, a terror to AN.ii.109 (˚etar); AN.iv.189 (id.); Pp.47, Pp.48 (= ghaṭṭetvā vijjhītvā ubbegappattaṃ karotī ti Pp-a 226).
n. ag. fr. ubbejeti
to set into agitation, terrify, frighten Mil.388 (˚jayitabba grd.); Pp-a 226.
Caus. of ud + vij
neuter an envelope, wrap Ja.vi.508.
fr. ud + veṣṭ.
height, only as measure, contrasted with āyāma length, & vitthāra width Ja.i.29 (Ja.v.219; asīti-hatth˚), Ja.i.203 (yojana-sahass˚); Vv-a.33 (yojana˚), Vv-a.66 (asīti-hatth˚), Vv-a.158 (hattha-sat˚), Vv-a.188 (soḷasa-yojan˚), Vv-a.221, Vv-a.339; Pv-a.113. See also pabbedha.
ud + vedha of vyadh
to be moved, to shake (intrs.), quiver, quake Ja.vi.437 (= kampati C.).
ud + vedhati = Sk. vyathate
(indecl.) up, over, above, on top Ja.v.269 (ubbhaṃ yojanaṃ uggata); in compounds like ubbhakkhakaṃ above the collar bone Vin.iv.213; ubbhajānumaṇḍalaṃ above the knee Vin.iv.213; ubbhamukha upwards SN.iii.238; Mil.122.
a doublet of uddhaṃ, see uddhaṃ iii.
adjective standing erect or upright DN.i.167; MN.i.78, MN.i.92, MN.i.282, MN.i.308, MN.i.343; AN.i.296; AN.ii.206; Pp.55 (ubb˚; = uddhaṃ ṭhitaka Pp-a 233).
ubbha + ṭha + ka of sthā, prob. contracted fr. ubbhaṭṭhitaka
bundled up, fixed up, wrapped up, full Vin.i.287.
pp. of ubbhaṇḍeti, ud + *bhaṇḍ, cp. bhāṇḍa
drawn out, pulled out, brought out, thrown out or up withdrawn Vin.i.256 (kaṭhina, cp. uddhāra & ubbhāra), Vin.iii.196 (id.); DN.i.77 (cp uddharati); MN.i.383 (ubbhatehi akkhihi); Dhp.34 (okamokata u. = *okamokataḥ u.); Ja.i.268; Pv-a.163.
pp. of uddharati with bbh for ddh as in ubbhaṃ for uddhaṃ; cp. ubbahati and see also the doublet uddhaṭa
birth, origination, production Pgdp.91 (dānassa phal˚). Cp. BSk. udbhāvanā Divy.184 (guṇ˚) Divy.492 (id.).
ud + bhava
= uddhāra (suspension, withdrawal, removal) Vin.i.255, Vin.i.300; Vin.v.136, Vin.v.175; cp. Vin Texts i.19; ii.157.
to burst upwards, to spring up out of the ground, to well up; to sprout DN.i.74 = MN.iii.93 = MN.iii.26; Ja.i.18 (verse 104); Dhp.339 (ger. ubbhijja uppajitvā Dhp-a.iv.49); DN-a.i.218
pp ubbhinna.
ud + bhid
neuter kitchen salt Vin.i.202, cp. Vin Texts ii.48.
Sk. udbhida
adjective breaking or bursting forth, in cpd. -odaka “whose waters well up”, or “spring water DN.i.74; MN.i.276; DN-a.i.218.
fr. ud + bhid
springing up, welling up Dhp.i.218.
pp. of ubbhijjati
to bend up, to lift up (forcibly), ger. -itvā in meaning of “forcibly” Vin.ii.222; Vin.iii.40.
ud + bhuj
see ubho; cp. ubhato & ubhaya.
adverb both, twofold, in both (or two) ways, on both sides usually ˚-, as -bhāgavimutta one who is emancipated in two ways DN.ii.71; Dialogues ii.70, n. 1; MN.i.477 (cp. MN.i.385 ˚vimaṭṭha); SN.i.191; AN.i.73; AN.iv.10, AN.iv.77; Pp.14 Pp.73; Ne.190; -byañjanaka (vyañj˚) having the characteristics of both sexes, hermaphrodite Vin.i.89, Vin.i.136, Vin.i.168 Vin.iii.28; Vin.v.222; -saṅgha twofold Sangha, viz. bhikkhu˚ bhikkhunī Vin.ii.255; Vin.iv.52, Vin.iv.242, Vin.iv.287; Mhvs.32#34. See further Vin.ii.287 (˚vinaye); DN.i.7 (˚lohitaka, cp. DN-a.i.87); MN.i.57 (˚mukha tied up at both ends), MN.i.129 (˚daṇḍakakakaca a saw with teeth on both sides), MN.i.393 (koṭiko pañho SN.iv.323 (id.).
abl. of *ubha, to which ubhaya & ubho
adjective both, twofold Snp.547, Snp.628, Snp.712, Snp.1106, Snp.1107, Snp.801 (˚ante); Mnd.109 (˚ante) Ja.i.52; Pv-a.11, Pv-a.24, Pv-a.35, Pv-a.51
■ nt. -ṃ as adv. in combn. with ca c’ûbhayaṃ following after 2nd. part of comprehension) “and both” for both-and; and also, alike, as well Dhp.404 (gahaṭṭhehi anāgārehi c’ûbhayaṃ with householders and houseless alike); Pv.i.6#9
■ Note. The form ubhayo at Pv.ii.3#10 is to be regarded as fem. pl. of ubho (= duve Pv-a.86).
*ubha + ya, see ubho
adjverb in both places, in both cases Vin.i.107; AN.iii.64; Dhp.15–Dhp.17; Dhp-a.i.29 (˚ettha), Dhp-a.i.30; Pv-a.130.
Sk. ubhayatra, fr. ubhaya
adjective both; nom. acc. ubho SN.i.87; AN.iii.48 = Iti.16; Iti.43 = Snp.661 = Dhp.306; Snp.220 Snp.543, Snp.597; Dhp.74, Dhp.256, Dhp.269; Dhp.412; Mnd.109; Pv.i.7#6 Ja.i.223; Ja.ii.3; Pv-a.13, Pv-a.82 (tā ubho)
■ ubhantaṃ both ends, both sides Snp.1042 (see Cnd.169; Snp-a.588 explains by ubho ante)
■ gen. ubhinnaṃ SN.i.162; SN.ii.222; Ja.ii.3 instr. ubhohi (hatthehi) Vin.ii.256; Ja.iv.142; loc. ubhosu Snp.778 (antesu); Ja.i.264 (passesu; Pv-a.94 (hatthesu). Note. The form ubhayo at Pv.ii.3#10 is to be regarded as a nom. fem. (= duve Pv-a.86).
Sk. ubhau, an old remnant of a dual form in Pāli; cp. Gr. α ̓́μφω both, Lat. ambo, Lith. abū, Goth. bai Ohg. beide = E. both. To prep. adv. *amb, *ambi; see abhi & cp. also vīsati
ud + magga, lit. “off-track”
“out luck”, i.e. unlucky; or “one who has gone off the right path” Vin.v.144.
ud + manga (?) or for ummagga, q.v. for vv.ll.
adjective out of one’s mind, mad SN.v.447 (+ viceta); Ja.v.386; Mil.122; Sdhp.88; Pv-a.40 (˚puggala read with variant reading SS for dummati puggala). Cp. next & ummāda.
ud + matta of mad
adjective = ummatta; Vin.i.123, Vin.i.321; Vin.ii.60, Vin.ii.80; Vin.iii.27, Vin.iii.33; AN.iv.248; Vism.260 (reason for); Mil.277; Pv-a.38, Pv-a.39, Pv-a.93 (˚vesa appearance of a madman), Pv-a.95. f. ummattikā Vin.iv.259, Vin.iv.265; Thag-a.111.
to rub something on (acc.) Vin.ii.107 = Vin.ii.266 (mukhaṃ).
ud + maddeti, Caus. of mṛd
to touch, take hold of, lift up Vin.iii.121. Cp. next.
ud + masati of mṛś.
feminine lifting up Vin.iii.121 (= uddhaṃ uccāraṇā).
abstr. fr. ummasati
feminine flax, only in cpd. -puppha the (azure) flower of flax MN.ii.13 = AN.v.61 (variant reading dammā˚ ummāta˚); DN.ii.260; Thag.1068; Dhs-a.13. Also (m.) Name of a gem Mil.118.
cp. Sk. umā
madness, distraction, mental aberration SN.i.126 (˚ṃ pāpuṇeyya citta-vikkhepaṃ vā); AN.ii.80 AN.iii.119; AN.v.169; Pp.69; Pv-a.6 (˚patta frantic, out of mind), Pv-a.94 (˚vāta), Pv-a.162 (˚patta).
ud + māda
feminine (or ˚aṃ nt.) maddening Snp.399 (+ mohanaṃ = paraloke ummādanaṃ ihaloke mohanaṃ Snp-a.377); Thag-a.2, Thag-a.357 (cp. Thag-a.243).
abstr. fr. ummāda
according to Müller P. Gr. = Sk. udumbara (?)
(f.) a wave Thag.681; Mil.346.
for the usual ūmi, cp. similar double forms of bhummi → bhūmi
to open one’s eyes Ja.iii.96 (opp. nimisati; variant reading ummisati for ˚mīḷ˚?).
ud + misati
to urinate Vin.i.78 (ūhanati +).
ud + mih
to open one’s eyes Ja.i.439; Ja.ii.195; Ja.iv.457; Ja.vi.185; Mil.179, Mil.357 Mil.394; Vism.185, Vism.186; Dhp-a.ii.28 (opp. ni˚); Vv-a.205, Vv-a.314.
Caus. of ud + mīl; opp. ni(m)mīleti
neuter a fire brand Vin.iv.265; SN.iv.92 (T. ummukka meaning “loosened”?); Ja.ii.69 variant reading ˚kk), Ja.ii.404 (kk); Ja.iii.356.
Sk. ulmuka perhaps to Lat. adoleo, cp. also alāta firebrand; see Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. adoleo
to emerge, rise up (out of water) Vin.i.180; SN.iv.312; AN.iv.11 sq; Ja.ii.149, Ja.ii.284; Ja.iii.507 Ja.iv.139; Pp.71; Mil.118; DN-a.i.37, DN-a.i.127; Pv-a.113.
ud + majj
neuter emerging Vism.175 (+ nimmujjana); DN-a.i.115.
fr. ummujjati
adjective emerging AN.ii.182.
ummujjamāna, ppr. med, of ummujjati, + ka
feminine emerging, jumping out of (water), only in phrase ummujja-nimujjaṃ karoti to emerge & dive DN.i.78; MN.i.69; AN.i.170; Ja.iv.139; Ne.110; Vism.395 (= Pts.ii.208).
fr. ummujjati
adjective “roots-out”, with roots showing, laying bare the roots Ja.i.249 (˚ṃ karoti); Sdhp.452.
ud + mūla
adjective uprooting, laying bare the roots Ja.i.303 (vāta).
= ummūla
to uproot, to root out Ja.i.329.
Caus. fr. ummūla
to laugh out loud Ja.ii.131 (= hasitaṃ karoti); Ja.iii.44; Ja.iv.197; Ja.v.299 (˚amāna hasamāna C.). Caus. umhāpeti Ja.v.297.
Sk. *ut-smayate, ud + smi
(imper. 3rd. sg.) is variant reading BB. and C. reading at Ja.vi.145, Ja.vi.146 for dayassu, fly; probably for (i) yassu of yā to go.
to go out, to go away Ja.ii.3, Ja.ii.4 (imper. uyyāhi); Ja.iv.101
caus uyyāpeti to cause to go away to bring or take out SN.iv.312.
ud + yā
neuter a park, pleasure grove, a (royal) garden Ja.i.120, Ja.i.149; Ja.ii.104; Ja.iv.213 Ja.v.95; Ja.vi.333; Pv-a.6, Pv-a.74, Pv-a.76; Vv-a.7; Sdhp.7.
Sk. udyāna, fr. ud + yā
exertion effort, endeavour Dhs.13, Dhs.22, Dhs.289, Dhs.571; Dhs-a.146.
Sk. udyama, ud + yam; P. uyyāma with ā for a, as niyāma → niyama; cp. BSk. udyama Jtm.210
to go away, depart, leave one’s house Dhp.91 (cp. Dhp-a.ii.170)
pp uyyutta
caus uyyojeti (q.v.).
ud + yuj
adjective striving, busy (in a good or bad cause) Snp.247, Snp.248; Ja.v.95.
ud + yuta
striving, active, zealous, energetic Ja.i.232.
pp. of uyyuñjati
departure, approach of death Dhp.236 (cp. Dhp-a.iii.335).
fr. ud + yuj
neuter inciting, instigation AN.iv.233.
fr. uyyojeti
instigated Mil.228; Pv-a.105.
pp. of uyyojeti
pp uyyojita (q.v.).
Caus. of uyyuñjati
neuter a plan of combat, sham fight Vin.iv.107; DN.i.6; AN.v.65; DN-a.i.85.
fr. ud + yudh
masculine & neuter
Sk. uras
a ram DN.i.127; AN.i.251 sq. AN.ii.207; AN.iv.41 sq.; Ja.v.241; Pp.56; DN-a.i.294; Dhp-a.ii.6 See also orabbhika.
Sk. urabhra, with ulā & uraṇa to be compared with Gr.; ἀρήν wether, cp. Hom. εἰρος wool; Lat. vervex Ags. waru = E. ware (orig. sheepskins) = Ger. ware Here also belongs P. urāṇī
feminine an ewe Ja.v.241 (= urāṇikā C.); variant reading uraṇī & uraṇikā.
or uraṇī?, f. of uraṇa, see urabbha
adjective wide, large; excellent, eminent Ja.v.89; Mil.354; Sdhp.345, Sdhp.592
■ pl. urū sands, soil Ja.v.303.
cp. Av. ravah space; Gr. εὐρυς wide; Lat. rūs free or wide space, field; Idg. *ru, *uer wide, to which also Goth. rūms space = Ags. rūm, E. room, Ger. raum
feminine freedom of the chest, free breathing, relief DN.ii.269 (variant reading uruddhā perhaps preferable, for ura uddharana lifting or raising the chest).
ura + undā?
adjective large, bulky, immense; great big, strong. Only in one stock phrase “nāgo isādanto urūḷhavo” Vv.20#9, Vv.43#9 ; Ja.vi.488; of which variant n. ī ubbuḷhavā MN.i.414 = MN.i.450. The word is expld. at Ja.vi.488 by “ubbāhana-samattha”; at Vv-a.104 (pl. urṳ̄ḷhavā) by “thāmajava-parakkamehi byūhanto (variant reading brahmanto) mahantaṃ yuddha-kiccaṃ vahituṃ samatthā ti attho”. The BSk. udviddha (Divy.7) may possibly be a corruption of ubbūḷha.
doubtful, prob. for urūḷhavant, with affix vant to a pp. formed with ud˚. The word is taken by Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. as ud-ūḷha of vah (with d for r). The well accredited (and older) variant ubbuḷhavā is expld. (see Kern, s. v.) as pp. of ud + bṛh2, cp. upabrūhana Perhaps we have to consider this as the legitimate form urūḷhava as its corruption. Morris, J.P.T.S. 1887, 141 takes urūḷhavā as ud + rūḷha, pp. of ruh (with r. for rr = dr), thus “overgrown”
is a commentator’s invention; said to be = gacchati to go Vism.60 (in definition of paṃsu-kūla; paṃsu viya kucchita-bhāvaṃ ulatī ti paṃsu-kūlaṃ).
an owl Vin.i.186 (˚camma, sandals of owl’s skin); Vin.iii.34; AN.v.289 sq.; Ja.ii.208, Ja.ii.352 (as king of the birds); Mil.403; Dhp-a.i.50 (kāka˚ crows & owls).
Sk. ulūka; cp. Lat. ulucus & ulula owl, ululāre to howl, Ger. uhu; onomat. *ul, as in Gr. ὀλολύζω, Sk. ululi, Lith. ulůti
to leap up Ja.iii.222 (udakato ˚itvā)
caus ullaṅgheti to make jump up (always with olangheti, i.e. to make dance up & down Vin.iii.121; Ja.v.434; Dhp-a.iv.197
pp ullaṅghita (q v.).
ud + laṅgh, cp. BSk. prollanghya transgressing (= pra + ullangh˚) Divy.596
feminine jumping up, lifting up, raising Vin.iii.121; Ja.iv.5 (˚samattha?).
abstr. fr. ud + laṅgh
being jumped on, set on C. on SN.i.40 (see K. S. i.318) (for uḍḍita = taṇhāya ullanghita).
pp. of ullangheti
to call out, to talk to, lay claim to Vin.i.97; Vin.iii.105; Pp.67 (= katheti Pp-a.249).
ud + lapati
neuter & -ā (f.) calling out, enticing, laying claim to Vin.iii.101; Thig.357; Mil.127; Thag-a.243
■ ullapanā = uddhaṃ katvā lapanā Vism.27.
fr. ullapati
adjective only in acc. nt. ullahakaṃ used adverbially, in cpd. dant˚; after the manner of rubbing the teeth, by means of grinding the teeth MN.iii.167. Seems to be a α ̔́πας λεγομένον.
?
is variant reading for uklāpa (q.v.).
neuter combing, scratching Vv-a.349; Thag-a.267.
fr. ud + likh
scratched, combed Vin.i.254; Ja.ii.92 (aḍḍhullikhitehi kesehi); Ud.22 (id. with upaḍḍh for aḍḍh˚); Vv-a.197.
pp. of ud + likh
to exhibit, show as a characteristic Vism.492.
Denom. of ud + linga
smeared; only in combn. ullittāvalitta smeared up & down, i.e. smeared all round Vin.ii.117; MN.ii.8; AN.i.101, AN.i.137; AN.iv.231; Thag.737.
pp. of ud + lip
to take up, to help (with acc.), to save Vin.ii.277; DN.i.249.
ud + lup, cp. BSk. ullumpati Mahāvy § 268
neuter saving, helping; in phrase -sabhāva-saṇṭhita of a helping disposition, full of mercy DN-a.i.177; Pv-a.35. Same as ullopana (q.v.).
fr. ullumpati
waved, shaken (by the wind); waving Ja.vi.536.
pp. of ulloleti
doubtful in its meaning; occurs at Vin.i.48 = Vin.ii.209 as ullokā paṭhamaṃ ohāreti, trsl. Vin Texts by “a cloth to remove cobwebs”, but better by Andersen Pāli Reader as “as soon as it is seen”; at Vin.ii.151 the translators give “a cloth placed under the bedstead to keep the stuffing from coming out”. See on term Morris J.P.T.S. 1885, 31
■ In cpd ulloka-paduma at Ja.vi.432 it may mean “bright lotus” (lit. to be looked at) See ulloketi.
ud + lok˚
adjective looking on (to), looking out; in phrase mukh˚; looking into a person’s face; i.e. cheerful winning; or “of bright face”, with a winning smile DN.i.60; DN-a.i.59, DN-a.i.168; Pv-a.219 (˚ika for ˚aka).
fr. ulloketi
looked at, looked on Ja.i.253; DN-a.i.193.
pp. of ulloketi
to look on to, look for, await Ja.i.232 (ākāsaṃ), Ja.i.253; Ja.ii.221, Ja.ii.434; DN-a.i.153, DN-a.i.168; Vv-a.316
pp ullokita (q.v.).
ud + lok˚, cp. loka, āloka & viloka
neuter = ullumpana Dhp-a.i.309 (T. faulty; see remarks ad locum).
fr. ud + lul
feminine wavering, loitering (in expectation of something), greed Thag-a.243.
fr. ulloleti
to stroll or hang about, to wait for, expect Thag-a.243
pp ullulita.
denom. fr. ullola
adjective great, eminent, excellent, superb, lofty, noble, rich
■ Dhammapāla at Vv-a.10–Vv-a.11 distinguishes 3 meanings: tīhi atthehi ūḷāraṃ paṇītaṃ (excellent), seṭṭhaṃ (best), mahantaṃ (great) Vin.iii.41 (˚bhoga); DN.i.96; MN.iii.38 (˚bhogatā); SN.v.159; Snp.53, Snp.58, Snp.301; Cnd.170; Ja.i.399; Ja.v.95; Vv.1#1 Vv.84#26 ; Pv.i.5#12 (= hita samiddha Pv-a.30); Vv-a.18 (˚pabhāva = mahānubhāva); Thag-a.173, Thag-a.280; Pv-a.5, Pv-a.6 Pv-a.7, Pv-a.8, Pv-a.25, Pv-a.30, Pv-a.43, Pv-a.58 and passim; Sdhp.26, Sdhp.260, Sdhp.416. Der. oḷārika (q.v.).
Vedic udāra, BSk. audāra
feminine = uḷāratta Sdhp.254.
neuter greatness etc.; only neg. an˚; smallness, insignificance, inferiority Vv-a.24.
abstr. fr. uḷāra
a lunar mansion Mil.178.
Sk. uḍu, dialectical?
a ladle, a spoon Vin.i.286; Ja.i.120, Ja.i.157; Ja.iii.461; Mil.8; Dhp-a.i.425; Dhp-a.ii.3, Dhp-a.ii.20; Dhp-a.iv.75, Dhp-a.iv.123.
dial.?
a raft, a float Vin.i.230; Vin.iii.63 (˚ṃ bandhati); Ja.iv.2; Dhp-a.ii.120.
dial.?
having entered, come in DN.ii.274 (variant reading BK. upa˚).
= viṭṭha, pp. of viś, with prefixed u
a bull; often fig as symbol of manliness and strength (cp. nisabha) DN.i.6 (˚yuddha bull-fight), DN.i.9 (˚lakkhaṇa signs on a b.), DN.i.127; Vin.iii.39 (puris˚ “bull of a man”, a very strong man) AN.i.188; AN.ii.207; AN.iv.41 sq., AN.iv.376; AN.v.347, AN.v.350; Snp.26 sq. Snp.416, Snp.646, Snp.684; Dhp.422; Ja.i.28 (Ja.v.203; ˚kkhandha broadshouldered), Ja.i.336; Ja.v.99 (bharatûsabha); Ja.vi.136; Pp.56 Vism.153 (˚camma, in simile); Dhp-a.i.396; Snp-a.226, Snp-a.333 Kp-a.144; Pv-a.163; Vv-a.85
■ The compn. forms of usabha are āsabha, isabha (in nisabha) & esabha (q.v.) The relations between usabha, vasabha & nisabha are discussed at Snp-a.40.
Vedic ṛṣabha; Av. aršan male, Gr. α ̓́ρσην, α ̓́ρρην masculine, to Idg. *eres & *rēs; to wet, sprinkle (with semen), as also in Sk. rasa juice, rasā wet, liquid, Lat rōs dew. A parallel root *ueres in Sk. varṣa rain, Gr ε ̓́ρση dew; Sk. vṛṣan & vṛṣabha bull
neuter a certain measure of length, consisting of 20 yaṭṭhis (see yaṭṭhi or 140 cubits Ja.i.64 (eight), Ja.i.70 (id.); Ja.ii.91; Ja.iv.17 (one), Ja.iv.142 (eight); Dhp-a.i.108 (˚mattaṃ).
= usabha1, in special application (?)
feminine (a certain) food Ja.vi.80.
doubtful
masculine & neuter the fragrant root of Andropogon Muricatum (cp. bīraṇa) Vin.i.201; Vin.ii.130 (˚mayā vijanī) SN.ii.88 (˚nāḷi); AN.ii.199 (id.); Dhp.337; Ja.v.39; Thag.402 (˚attho).
Sk. uśīra
masculine & feminine an arrow Vin.iii.106 (˚loma); DN.i.9; MN.i.86; MN.iii.133; SN.i.127; AN.ii.117; AN.iii.162; Ja.iv.416 Ja.vi.79, Ja.vi.248, Ja.vi.454; Mil.331, Mil.339; Snp-a.466; Pv-a.155.
Sk. iṣu
feminine heat Ja.i.31 (= uṇha Ja.iii.55), Ja.i.243; Ja.ii.433; Vism.172 (usuma-vaṭṭi-sadisa); DN-a.i.186; Dhp-a.i.225; Dhp-a.ii.20.
the diaeretic form of Sk. uṣman, of which the direct equivalent is P. usmā (q.v.)
adjective envious, jealous Vin.ii.190; Snp.318, Snp.325; Ja.ii.192 (variant reading asuyy˚); Ja.v.114
■ Note. The long vowel form usūyaka occurs in cpd. abbhusūyaka (q.v.). Spelling ussuyikā occurs at Vv.33#21 (see Vv-a.147). Usuyyati & Usuyati;
fr. usuyyā
to be jealous or envious, to envy (with acc.) Vin.i.242; Ja.iii.27 (ppr. an-usuyyaṃ); Pv.ii.3#20 (maṃ usūyasi = mayhaṃ issaṃ karosi Pv-a.87).
Sk. asūyati; fr. usuyā envy
feminine & Usuyyitatta (nt.) are exegetical abstr. formations of usuyyā (q.v.). Dhs.1121; Pp.19. Usuyya & Usuya
feminine envy, jealousy, detraction SN.i.127 (ū); Snp.245 (u); Ja.ii.193 (ū); Ja.iii.99 (ū; variant reading ussuyyā); Mil.402 (ū); Dhs.1121 (u); Vv-a.71 (u) Snp-a.332 (u).
Sk. asūyā
feminine heat DN.ii.335, DN.ii.338; MN.i.295; SN.iii.143; SN.iv.215, SN.iv.294; SN.v.212; Dhs.964; DN-a.i.310
■ In combn. with -kata it appears as usmī˚; e.g. at MN.i.132, MN.i.258.
see usumā
adjective superior, higher (opp. oma inferior) AN.iii.359; Snp.860 (= Mnd.251 with spelling ossa), Snp.954.
der. fr. ud = *ud-s(y)a, in analogy to oma fr. ava; but taken by Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. as an abbreviated ussada
to creep out or up to, to rise AN.iii.241 sq.; Mil.260.
ud + sakkati, see sakkati
to endeavour Vism.437; Vv-a.95 (Caus. ii. ussakkāpesi), Vv-a.214.
by-form of ussukkati
adjective = ussankin AN.iii.128; Dhp-a.iii.485 (+ pari˚; cp. ā˚).
pp. of ud + śaṅk
adjective distrustful, fearful, anxious Vin.ii.192.
fr. ud + śaṅk
adjective with ankles midway (?) in -pāda the 7th of the characteristics of a Mahāpurisa DN.ii.17; DN.iii.143, DN.iii.154; DA explains: the ankles are not over the heels, but midway in the length of the foot.
ud + sankha
to dismiss, set free, take off, hurl AN.iv.191.
ud + sṛj, cp. BSk. protsṛjati Divy.587
run away MN.ii.65.
pp. of ud + sarati of sṛ; cp. saṭa for *sūta
this word is beset with difficulties, the phrase satt-ussada is applied in all kinds of meanings, evidently the result of an original application & meaning having become obliterated satt˚ is taken as *sapta (seven) as well as *sattva (being), ussada as prominence, protuberance, fulness arrogance. The meanings may be tabulated as follows
most likely to ud + syad; see ussanna
adjective over-full, overflowing AN.iii.231, AN.iii.234 (˚jāta, of a kettle, with vv.ll. ussuraka˚ & ussuka˚).
fr. ussada 4
adjective
pp. of ud + syad, cp. abhisanna
feminine accumulation, fulness, plenty Kv.467 (where Kvu trsln. p. 275 gives ussadattā); Vv-a.18, Vv-a.19.
abstr. fr. ussanna
in -vādika Vin.iv.224 is a variant of usuyya˚; “using envious language, quarrelsome”
■ Another ussaya [fr. ud + śri, cp. Sk. ucchrita, P. ussita & ussāpeti meaning “accumulation” is found in cpd. samussaya only.
see udassaye.
to run out, run away Ja.i.434 (imper. ussaratha); Ja.v.437
pp ussaṭa (q.v.)
caus ussāreti (q.v.).
ud + sarati of sṛ.
feast, making merry, holiday Vin.iii.249; Ja.i.475; Ja.ii.13, Ja.ii.248; Vv-a.7, Vv-a.109 (˚divasa).
Sk. utsava
to be able, to be fit for, to dare, venture Vin.i.47, Vin.i.83; Vin.ii.208; Vin.iii.17; DN.i.135; SN.iv.308, SN.iv.310; Mil.242; Vv-a.100
caus ussāheti (see pp. ussāhita).
ud + sah, cp. BSk. utsaha Jtm.215; utsahetavya Divy.494; utsahana Divy.490; ucchahate for utsahate Avs.ii.21
throwing up on DN-a.i.122.
fr. ussādeti
neuter
to ussādeti, cp. ussādita
[See ussāpita & ussārita under ussāpeti & ussāreti. There exists in Pāli as well as in BSk. a confusion of different roots to express the notion of raising, rising, lifting unfolding, viz.; sṛ, syad, śri, sad, chad. (See ussada ucchādana, ussādeti, ussāpeti, ussāreti)].
fr. ussādeti, BSk. ucchrāyita Divy.76, Divy.77, Divy.466
to be in abundance, to be over Vin.ii.167.
Pass. med. of ussādeti, cp. ussada 4
pass ussādiyati (q.v.)
pp ussādita (q.v.).
denom. fr. ussada 1
neuter lifting up, raising, erecting, unfolding (of a flag or banner) AN.iv.41; Cnd.503 (dhamma-dhajassa).
fr. ussāpeti
lifted, raised, unfurled Mil.328 (dhamma-dhaja); Ja.ii.219.
pp. of ussāpeti, cp. ussādita
to lift up, erect, raise, exalt Vin.ii.195; AN.iv.43; Ja.ii.219; Ja.iv.16; Ja.v.95 (chattaṃ); Pv-a.75 (id.); Mil.21; Dhp-a.i.3; Dhp-a.iii.118 (kaṭṭhāni)
pp ussāpita & ussita; (q.v.). See also usseti.
Caus. of ud + śri, cp. BSk. ucchrāpayati Av. SN.i.384, SN.i.386, SN.i.387; SN.ii.2
neuter procession, going or running about, tumult Dhp-a.ii.7 (so read for ossāraṇā). Cp. ussādana.
fr. ussāreti
lifted out or up Vism.63 (samuddavīcīhi thale ussārita; variant reading ussādita).
pp. of ussāreti2
to cause to move back, to cause to go away or to recede Vin.i.32, Vin.i.46 (here a student, when folding up his master’s robe, has to make the corners move back a hand’s breadth each time. Then the crease or fold will change and not tend to wear through), Vin.i.276; Vin.ii.237 (here the reading ussādeti may be preferred); Ja.i.419; Ja.iv.349; Ja.v.347
caus 2 ussārāpeti Ja.ii.290.
Caus. of ussarati
to cause to raise aloft (of a flag), to lift Ja.v.319 (= ussāpeti)
pp ussārita.
= ussādeti
hoarfrost, dew DN.ii.19; Ja.iv.120; Ja.v.417; -bindu a dew drop AN.iv.137; Pv.iv.1#5; Snp-a.458; in comparisons: Vism.231, Vism.633.
either = Sk. avaśyāya, or to ud + sru
outflow, taint, stain (cp. āsava) Dhp-a.iv.165 (taṇhā˚; variant reading ussada, to ussada 6).
fr. ud + sru
neuter proclamation (of a building as legal store house); in -antika within the proclaimed limit Vin.i.239.
= ussāpana
see nirussāsa.
strength, power, energy; endeavour, good-will MN.ii.174; SN.v.440; AN.i.147; AN.ii.93, AN.ii.195; AN.iii.75, AN.iii.307; AN.iv.320; AN.v.93 sq.; Mil.323 Mil.329 (dhiti +) Vism.330; Sdhp.49, Sdhp.223, Sdhp.535, Sdhp.619; Snp-a.50; Dhp-a.iii.394; Pv-a.31, Pv-a.106, Pv-a.166; Vv-a.32, Vv-a.48
■ In exegetical literature often combd. with the quâsi synonym ussoḷhi e.g. at Cnd. s.v.; Dhs.13, Dhs.22, Dhs.289, Dhs.571.
Sk. utsāha & utsaha, see ussahati
feminine = ussāha Ne.8.
fr. ussahati cp. BSk. utsahana Divy.490
determined, incited, encouraged, urged Ja.i.329; Vv-a.109; Pv-a.201 Cp. sam˚.
pp. of ussāheti, Caus. of ussahati
to bale out, exhaust Ja.i.450, Ja.ii.70; Ja.iv.16; Mil.261.
ud + sic
neuter drying, baling out, raising water, exhausting Ja.i.417.
fr. ussiñcati
erected, high SN.v.228; Thag.424 (pannaddhaja); Ja.v.386; Vv.84#15; Vv-a.339. Cp. sam˚.
Sk. ucchrita, pp. of ud + sri, see ussāpeti
neuter the head of a bed, a pillow for the head Ja.i.266; Ja.ii.410, Ja.ii.443; Ja.iv.154; Ja.v.99; Ja.vi.32 Ja.vi.37, Ja.vi.56; Dhp-a.i.184 (˚passe, opp. pāda-passe).
ud + sīsa + ka
adjective
Sk. utsuka, also BSk. e.g. Jtm.31#68
adjective = ussukin; only neg. an˚; free from greed Vv-a.74.
adjective greedy, longing; only neg. an˚ Pp.23.
fr. ussuka
neuter zeal, energy, endeavour hard work, eagerness Vin.i.50; SN.iv.288, SN.iv.291, SN.iv.302; Cnd. s.v. Ne.29; Vv-a.147; Pv-a.5, Pv-a.135; Vism.90 (āpajjati), Vism.644 (˚ppahānaṃ)
■ Cp. appossukka.
*utsukya fr. ussuka; cp. BSk. utsukya Divy.601 and autsukya Avs.i.85
feminine = ussukka Ay. 195.
to endeavour DN.i.230. - Caus. ii. ussukkāpeti to practice eagerly, to indulge in to perform Vv-a.95, Vv-a.98, Vv-a.243. See also ussakkati.
denom. fr. ussukka
adjective defiled, lustful (cp. āsava), only neg. an˚; free from defilement Dhp.400. Ussuya, Ussuyaka
pp. of ud + sru, cp. avassuta
uss.
to dry up (intrs.) SN.i.126; SN.iii.149 (mahāsamuddo u.); Snp.985; Ja.vi.195.
ud + sussati of śuṣ
adjective “sun-out”, the sun being out; i.e. after sunrise or after noon, adverbially in -bhatta eating after mid-day, unpunctual meals AN.iii.260, and -seyyā sleep after sunrise, sleeping late DN.iii.184; Dhp-a.ii.227. Besides as loc. adv. ussūre the sun having been up (for a long time), i.e. at evening Vin.i.293; Vin.iv.77; Ja.ii.286, also in ati-ussūre too long after sunrise Vv-a.65; Dhp-a.iii.305.
ut + sūra
to erect, raise, stand up Ja.iv.302; aor. ussesi Ja.vi.203
caus ussāpeti; pp. ussita & ussāpita; (q.v.).
ud + śri
to draw on to oneself, to be friendly SN.iii.89 (variant reading ussi˚) AN.ii.214 sq. (opp. paṭisseneti); Pts.ii.167 (ussi˚); Kv.i.93 (reading ussineti + visineti). See also paṭiseneti.
denom. fr. ussena = ussayana, ud + śri (?)
? Vin.ii.10 (for ussoḷh˚?); cp. ussoḷhikāya.
adjective nt. ussotaṃ as adv. “up-stream” Mil.117.
ud + sota
feminine exertion MN.i.103; SN.ii.132; SN.v.440; AN.ii.93, AN.ii.195; AN.iii.307; AN.iv.320; AN.v.93 sq. Often comḅd. with ussāha (q.v.).
a by-form of ussāha fr. ud + sah, pp. *soḍha dialectical
feminine belonging to exertion, only in instr. as adv. ussoḷhikāya “in the way of exertion” i.e. ardently, keenly, eagerly SN.i.170 (naccati).
adj. of ussoḷhi
an owl (lit. “uhu”-maker) Ja.vi.538 (= ulūka C.).
onomat. uhu + kara, see under ulūka
feminine a louse Ja.i.453; Ja.ii.324; Ja.iii.393; Ja.v.298; Mil.11; Vism.445; Dhs-a.307 Dhs-a.319; Dhp-a.iii.342; Vv-a.86.
is also used as linear measure (cp. Sk. yūkālikṣaṃ) Vb-a.343 (where 7 likkhā are said to equal 1 ūkā).
Sk. yūkā, prob. dialectical
at Ja.i.290 in phrase “jimaṃ ūtagītaṃ gāyanto” read “imaṃ jūtagītaṃ g.”
adjective wanting, deficient less MN.ii.73; Ja.v.330; Dhp-a.i.77; Dhp-a.iv.210. Mostly adverbially with numerals = one less, but one, minus (one or two); usually with eka (as ekūna one less, e.g. ekūna-aṭṭhasataṃ (799) Ja.i.57; ekūna-pañcasate Kp-a.91 ekūna-vīsati (19) Vism.287; eken’ūnesu pañcasu attabhāvasatesu (499) Ja.i.167; also with eka in instr. as eken’ūnapañcasatāni (deficient by one) Vin.ii.285; Kp-a.91; sometimes without eka, e.g. ūnapañcasatāni (499) Vin.iii.284 ūnavīsati (19) Vin.iv.130, Vin.iv.148. With “two” less: dvīhi ūnaṃ sahassaṃ (998) Ja.i.255
■ anūna not deficient complete Pv-a.285 (= paripuṇṇa).
Vedic ūna; cp. Av. ūna, Gr. ε ̓ϋνις, Lat. vāpus, Goth. wans, Ags. won = E. want
adjective deficient, wanting, lacking Vin.iii.81, Vin.iii.254; Vin.iv.263; Snp.721; Mil.310, Mil.311, (˚satta-vassika one who is not yet 7 years old), Mil.414; Dhp-a.i.79.
ūna + ka
neuter depletion, deficiency Vin.ii.239; Ja.v.450.
abstr. fr. ūna
at Dhp-a.ii.93 stands for upāya.
see upiya & opiya.
wave Mil.197 (˚vanka waterfall, cataract). Umi & Umi;
f. ūmi
feminine a wave MN.i.460 (˚bhaya); SN.iv.157; SN.v.123 (˚jāta); AN.iii.232 sq. (id.); Snp.920; Ja.ii.216; Ja.iii.262 Ja.iv.141; Mil.260 (˚jāta)
■ Note. A parallel form of ūmī is ummī.
Sk. ūrmi, fr. Idg. *ṷel (see nibbāna i.2); cp. Gr. ἐλύω io wind, ε ̔́λις wound; Lat. volvo to roll Ags. wylm wave; Ohg. wallan; also Sk. ulva, varutra valaya, valli, vṛṇoti. See details in Walde, Lat. Wtb under volvo
the thigh Snp.610; Vin.ii.105 (in contrast with bāha); Vin.iii.106; Ja.i.277; Ja.ii.275, Ja.ii.443; Ja.iii.82; Ja.v.89, Ja.v.155; Cnd.659 (so read for uru); Vv.64#13; DN-a.i.135 = Vin.ii.190.
Vedic ūru; cp. Lat. vārus bow-legged, of Idg. *ṷā, to which also Ohg. wado = Ger. wade calf of leg
salt-ground; saline substance, always combd. with khāra SN.iii.131 (˚gandha); AN.i.209.
Sk. ūṣa
adjective saline SN.iv.315; AN.iv.237; Dhs-a.243
■ nt. ˚ṃ a spot with saline soil Pv-a.139 (gloss for ujjhangala).
Sk. ūṣara, fr. ūṣa
see vy˚, sam˚.
indeclinable
ger. of ūharati, ud + hṛ; (or ava + hṛ; cp. ohacca & oharati) for uddharati 1 & 2
indeclinable soiling by defecation, defecating Ja.ii.71 (= vaccaṃ katvā C.).
ger. of ūhanati2 = ūhadati
to be soiled; to be disturbed aor. ūhaññi Vin.i.48; MN.i.116; aor. also ūhani MN.i.243.
Pass. of ūhanati1
pp. of ud + hṛ; or dhṛ; thus for uddhaṭa as well as uddhata
disturbed MN.i.116.
pp. of ūhanati1
to defecate Ja.ii.355; Dhp-a.ii.181 (so read with variant reading for T. ūhadayati).
for ūhanati2 (?) or formed secondarily fr. ūhacca or ohacca?
neuter reasoning, consideration, examination Mil.32 (“comprehension” trsl.; as characteristic of manasikāra); Vism.142 = Dhs-a.114 (“prescinding” trsl. as characteristic of vitakka).
fr. ūhanati?
to disturb, shake up, defile, soil MN.i.243; Ja.ii.73
pass aor. ūhani: see ūhaññati
pp ūhata2 (q.v.). Cp. sam˚.
ud + han
only in forms of ger. ūhacca1 and pp. ūhata1 (q.v.).
for uddharati
to laugh at, deride, mock AN.iii.91; Ja.v.452 (+ pahasati); Pp.67 (= avahasati Pp-a.249).
either ud or ava + has, cp. avahasati
neuter laughing, mocking Mil.127.
fr. ūhasati
feminine life, only in cpd. āyūha lifetime Pv-a.136, Pv-a.162 (˚pariyosāna)
■ As Name of a river at Mil.70. Cp. BSk. ūhā in ūhāpoha Av. SN.i.209, SN.i.235.
etym.?
adjective noun masculine one. Eka follows the pron. declension i.e. nom. pl. is eke (e.g. Snp.43, Snp.294, Snp.780 etc.)
Vedic eka, i.e. e-ka to Idg. *oi as in Av. aēva, Gr. ο ̓ϊος one, alone; and also with diff. suffix in Lat. ū-nus, cp. Gr. οἰνός (one on the dice), Goth. etc ains = E. one
adjective belonging to one shoulder, on or with one shoulder; only in phṛase ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsangaṃ karoti to arrange the upper robe over one shoulder (the left) Vin.i.46; Vin.ii.188 & passim.
eka + aṃsa1
“one part or point”, i.e. one-pointedness, definiteness; affirmation, certainty absoluteness DN.i.153; AN.ii.46; Snp.427, Snp.1027; Ja.iii.224 (ekaṃsatthe nipāto for “nūna”); Snp-a.414 (˚vacana for “taggha”)
■ Opp. an˚; Mil.225
■ instr. ekaṃsena as adv. for certain, absolutely, definitely, inevitably DN.i.122 DN.i.161, DN.i.162; MN.i.393; SN.iv.326; AN.v.190; Ja.i.150; Ja.iii.224; Pv-a.11.
eka + aṃsa1 or better aṃsa2
adjective certain DN.i.189, DN.i.191; an˚; uncertain, indefinite DN.i.191.
fr. ekaṃsa2
feminine as neg. an˚; indefiniteness Mil.93.
abstr. fr. ekaṃsika
adjective single, alone, solitary Vin.ii.212; Ja.i.255; Ja.ii.234; Ja.iv.2
■ f. ekikā Vin.iv.229; Ja.i.307; Ja.iii.139.
eka + ka
adjective one, certain, definite DN.i.162, AN.i.8; often in pl ekacce some, a few DN.i.118; AN.v.194; Thig.216; Ja.ii.129; Ja.iii.126. See also app˚ under api.
der. fr. eka with suffix *tya, implying likeness or comparison, lit. “one-like”, cp. E. one-like = one-ly only
adjective single, not doubled (of cloth, opp. to diguṇa) Ja.v.216 (˚vasana = eka-paṭṭa-nivattha).
fr. ekacca
adjective = ekacca SN.i.199; Ja.iv.259; acc. as adv. -ṃ once, single Vin.i.289 (cp. Vin Texts ii.212).
adverb in the same place, in conjunction together Mil.144 (karoti), Kp-a.167; Snp-a.38.
fr. eka, cp. literary Sk. aikadhyaṃ, but BSk. ekadhyaṃ Mvu.i.304
adverb
abl. formation fr. eka, cp. Sk. ekataḥ
neuter
abstr. fr. eka
feminine unity, combination, unification, concentration Ne.4, Ne.72 sq, Ne.107 sq.
fr. ekatta
adverb once, definitely, specially Ja.iii.105 (= ekaṃsena C.).
eka-d-atthu, cp. aññadatthu
adverb once, at the same time, at one time, once upon a time SN.i.162; Snp.198; Dhp-a.ii.41; Mil.213.
fr. eka
adjective one-sided, on one end, with one top, topmost (˚-) usually in function of an adv. as ˚-meaning “absolutely, extremely, extraordinary, quite” etc.
Sk. ekānta
adjective with one in between, alternate Ja.iv.195, -bhāvena (instr. adv.) in alternation alternately Vism.374; ekantarikāya (adv.) with intervals Vism.244.
eka + antarika
adverb on one side, apart, aside Vin.i.47, Vin.i.94 = Vin.ii.272; DN.i.106; Snp.p.13 (expld. at Snp-a.140 as follows: bhāvana-puṃsaka-niddeso, ek’okāsaṃ ekapassan ti vuttaṃ hoti, bhummatthe vā upayogavacanaṃ) Snp.580, Snp.1009, Snp.1017; Ja.i.291; Ja.ii.102, Ja.ii.111; Snp-a.314, Snp-a.456. Also in loc. ekamante on one side Dhp-a.i.40.
eka + anta, acc. in adv. function, cp. BSk. ekamante Mvu.i.35
adjective one by one, each AN.v.173; Vv.78#2.
eka-m-eka, cp. BSk. ekameka Mvu.iii.358
adjective of one kind, single, simple Vism.514; adv. ekavidhā singly, simply Vism.528.
eka + vidha
adverb singly, one by one Ja.iii.224 (an˚).
Sk. ekaśaḥ
adjective alone, solitary Thag.541; Mil.398.
number eleven Vin.i.19
■ num. ord. ekādasama the eleventh Snp.111, Snp.113.
Sk. ekādaśa
adjective = ekākiya; instr. ekānikena as adv. “by oneself” Mil.402.
see ekaka.
being alone, loneliness, solitude DN.iii.245; MN.ii.250; AN.iii.289; AN.v.89, AN.v.164; Vism.34; Snp-a.92, Snp-a.93; Dhp-a.ii.103; Vv-a.202; DN-a.i.253, DN-a.i.309.
eka + bhāva, with ī for a in compn. with bhū
adjective concentrated attentive, fixed AN.iii.354; Mnd.478. Usually in compn. with kṛ & bhū (which points however to a form ekoda with the regular change of a to i in connection with these roots!), as ekodi -karoti to concentrate MN.i.116; SN.iv.263; -bhavati to become settled SN.iv.196; SN.v.144; -bhūta concentrated Snp.975; -bhāva concentration, fixing one’s mind on one point DN.i.37; DN.iii.78, DN.iii.131; AN.i.254; AN.iii.24 Vism.156 (expld. as eko udeti); Dhs.161 (cp. Dhs trsln. 46); Dhs-a.169; Ne.89.
most likely eka + odi for odhi, see avadhi2 & cp. avadahati, avadahana, lit. of one attention, limited to one point. Thus also suggested by Morris; J.P.T.S. 1885, 32 sq. The word was Sanskritised into ekoti, e.g. at Mvu.iii.212, Mvu.iii.213; Lal.147, Lal.439
feminine motion, turbulence, distraction seduction, craving SN.iv.64; Snp.791; Iti.91; Mnd.91, Mnd.353; Dhs.1059 (cp. Dhs trslu. 277); Vv-a.232
■ aneja (adj. unmoved, undisturbed, calm, passionless SN.i.27, SN.i.141, SN.i.159 SN.iii.83; SN.iv.64; AN.ii.15; Mnd.353; Vv-a.107.
to iñj, q.v. and see ānejja. There is also a Sk. root ej to stir, move
see pariy˚; do. ˚eṭṭhi.
pp. of ā + iṣ
feminine desire, wish, in combn. with gaveṭṭhi pariyeṭṭhi etc. Vb.353 = Vism.23, Vism.29 etc.
fr. eṭṭha, ā + iṣ, cp. Sk. eṣṭi
feminine a kind of antelope, only two foll. compounds: -jaṅgha “limbed like the antelope” (one of the physical characteristics of the Superman) DN.ii.17; DN.iii.143 DN.iii.156; MN.ii.136; SN.i.16; Snp.165; -miga the eṇi deer Ja.v.416; Snp-a.207, Snp-a.217.
etym.? dial.
DN.iii.157; Ja.vi.537 sq., & Eṇeyyaka AN.i.48; AN.ii.122; Ja.v.155 Cnd.604 = eṇi.
pron. adj. demonstr. pron. “this”, with on the whole the same meaning and function as tad only more definite and emphatic. Declined like tad.
■ nt. sg. etad (poetical-archaic form) AN.ii.17; Snp.274, Snp.430, Snp.822, Snp.1087; Ja.i.61, Ja.i.279; & etaṃ (the usual form) Snp.51, Snp.207, Snp.1036, Snp.1115; Ja.ii.159; pl. etāni Snp.52; Ja.ii.159
■ m. sg. esa Snp.81, Snp.416, Snp.1052; Ja.i.279; Ja.ii.159; Mil.18; Dhp-a.i.18; & eso Snp.61, Snp.312, Snp.393; Ja.vi.336; pl. ete Snp.188, Snp.760; Ja.i.223
■ f. sg. esā Snp.80 Snp.451; Ja.i.307; pl. etā Snp.297, Snp.897; Ja.ii.129
Oblique cases:
■ gen. dat. etassa Ja.ii.159; f. etissā Ja.iii.280;
■ instr etena Snp.655; Ja.i.222;
■ pl. loc. etesu Snp.248, Snp.339, Snp.1055 f. etāsu Snp.607.
■ Other cases regular & frequent.
Vedic etad, of pron. base *e; see Walde, Lat. Wtb. under equidem
adverb now, at present DN.i.29, DN.i.151, DN.i.179, DN.i.200; DN.ii.3; Ja.i.215 (opp. tadā), Ja.iii.82; Ja.vi.364 (instead of paccuppanna).
Sk. etarhi, cp. tarahi & carahi
adjective such, such like, of this kind DN.ii.157; Snp.588, Snp.681, Snp.836; Pv.i.9#4; Pv.iv.1#86 (= edisa yathā-vutta-rūpa Pv-a.243); Pv-a.ii.71.
etad + disa, of dṛś, cp. Sk. etādṛśa
to go, go to, reach; often (= ā + eti) to come back, return Snp.364, Snp.376, Snp.666 (come); Ja.vi.365 (return); ppr. ento Ja.iii.433 (acc. suriyaṃ atthaṃ entaṃ the setting sun); imper 2nd sg. ehi only in meaning “come” (see separately) 3rd etu DN.i.60; 2nd pl. etha DN.i.211; Snp.997; Ja.ii.129; Dhp-a.i.95 (in admission formula “etha bhikkhavo” come ye [and be] bhikkhus! See ehi bhikkhu)
fut essati Ja.vi.190, Ja.vi.365, & ehiti Ja.ii.153; 2nd sg. ehisi Dhp.236 Dhp.369
pp ita (q.v.).
P. eti represents Sk. eti as well as ā-eti, i.e. to go and to come (here); with Sk. eti cp. Av. aeiti, Gr. ε ̓ϊσι Lat. eo, it; Goth. iddja went, Obulg. iti, Oir. etha
adverb there, here Pv.i.5#6 (sic; cp. Kp-a.254 note).
= Sk. atra, see also ettha
adjective so much, this much, according to context referring either to deficiency or abundance, thus developing 2 meanings, viz.
etta + ka, contrasting-comparative function, cp. tattaka
adverb from here, therefore SN.i.185.
with double suffix for *atra-taḥ
adverb so far, to that extent, even by this much DN.i.205, DN.i.207; SN.ii.17; Snp.478; Vv.55#6 (cp. Vv-a.248); Pv.iv.1#67 Mil.14; DN-a.i.80; Snp-a.4; Pv-a.243.
fr. etta = ettaka, cp. kittāvatā: kittaka
adverb orig. abl. of etad; from this, from it, thence, hence, out of here Snp.448, Snp.875; Ja.i.223 (opp. ito), Ja.v.498; Pv.i.1#1 Pv.ii.10#4; Dhp-a.ii.80 (ito vā etto vā here & there); Pv-a.103.
in analogy to ito fr. *et˚, as ito fr. *it˚
adverb here, in this place; also temporal “now”, & modal “in this case, in this matter” DN.ii.12; SN.v.375; Dhp.174; Snp.61, Snp.171, Snp.424 Snp.441, Snp.502, Snp.1037, & freq. passim.
= Sk. atra, cp. etta
adjective such like, such Vv.37#3; Pv-a.69, Pv-a.243.
Sk. īdṛśa
= edisa Snp.313.
fuel, fire etc. Only in adj. neg. an˚ without fuel Ja.iv.26.
Sk. edhaḥ, cp. idhma, inddhe; Gr. α ̓ϊχος, ἀίχω, Lat. aedes, Ohg. eit, Ags. ād funeral pile, etc. See idhuma iṭṭhaka
to prosper, succeed in, increase SN.i.217 (sukhaṃ); Snp.298; Dhp.193; Ja.i.223; Ja.iii.151. sukh˚edhita at Vin.iii.13 is better read as sukhe ṭhita as at Ja.vi.219.
edh, cp. iddhati
pronoun [fr. pron. base *ē̆, cp. e-ka; to this cp. in form & meaning Lat. ūnus, Gr.; οἰνός, Ohg. ein, Oir. ōin only used in acc. enaṃ (taṃ enaṃ) “him, this one, the same” Snp.583, Snp.981, Snp.1114; Dhp.118, Dhp.313; Ja.iii.395; Cnd.304#iii.b. See also naṃ.
adjective driving away, moving Ja.iv.20 (˚vāta); -vattika a certain kind of torture MN.i.87 = AN.i.47 = AN.ii.122 = Cnd.604 = Mil.197.
fr. ereti
neuter Typha-grass Ja.iv.88. As eragu (?) a kind of grass used for making coverlets Vin.i.196 (eraka Bdhgh. on DN.i.166).
fr. ereti
the castor oil plant Cnd.680#ii.; Ja.ii.440. Cp. elaṇḍa.
dial.?
Name of Indra’s elephant Snp.379; Vv.44#13; Vv-a.15.
moved, shaken, driven Ja.iv.424; Vv.39#4, Vv.42#4 ; Thag.104, Pv.ii.12#3; Vism.172 (+ samerita), Vism.342 (vāt˚ moved by the wind). Cp. īrita.
pp. of ereti
to move, set into motion, raise (one’s voice) MN.i.21; Snp.350 (eraya imper.); Thag.209 (eraye); Ja.iv.478
pp erita (q.v.).
= īreti (q.v.) Caus. of īr, Sk. īrayati
neuter salt(?) or water(?) in elambiya (= el˚ambu-ja) born in (salt) water Snp.845 (= ela-saññaka ambumhi jāta); Mnd.202 (elaṃ vuccati udakaṃ).
?
= eraṇḍa (?) MN.i.124.
Name of a creeping vine Ja.vi.536. Elaluka (Elaluka)
?
neuter a kind of cucumber(?) Vv.33#29; Ja.i.205; Ja.v.37; Dhp-a.i.278.
etym.?
neuter in eḷamūga deaf & dumb AN.ii.252; AN.iii.436; AN.iv.226; Mil.20, Mil.251 (cp. Mil trsl. ii.71). A rather strange use and expln. of eḷamūga (with ref. to a snake “spitting”) we find at Ja.iii.347, where it is expld. as “eḷa-paggharantena mukhena eḷamūgaṃ” i.e. called eḷamūga because of the saliva (foam?) dripping from its mouth, variant reading elamukha
■ Cp. neḷa & aneḷa.
Sk. enas
a threshold (see Morris, J.P.T.S. 1887, 146) Vin.ii.149 (˚pādaka-pītha, why not “having feet resembling those of a ram”? Cp. Vin Texts iii.165 “a chair raised on a pedestal”); DN.i.166; AN.i.295; AN.ii.206. The word its meaning seems uncertain.
?
a ram, a wild goat Snp.309; Vism.500 (in simile); Ja.i.166; Pp-a.233 (= urabbha)
■ f. eḷakā SN.ii.228, eḷakī Thig.438, eḷikī Ja.iii.481.
Sk. eḍaka
see aneḷa.
feminine the plant Cassia Tora (cp. Sk. eḍagaja the ringworm-shrub, Cassia Alata, after Halāyudha), Ja.iii.222 (= kambojī C.).
dial.?
in kāmāmis˚ at Pv-a.107 is to be read kāmāmise lagga˚.
adverb emphatic part “so, even, just”; very freq. in all contexts & combns.
Vedic eva
adverb so, thus, in this way, either referring to what precedes or what follows, e.g.
Vedic evaṃ
to seek, search, strive for Snp.592 (esāno ppr. med.), Snp.919; Dhp.131.
ā + iṣ1 with confusion of iṣ1 and iṣ2, icchati, see also ajjhesati, anvesati, pariyesati
feminine desire, longing, wish DN.iii.216, DN.iii.270; MN.i.79; SN.v.54, SN.v.139; AN.i.93; AN.ii.41; AN.v.31; Vv-a.83; Pv-a.98, Pv-a.163, Pv-a.265. See also anesanā, isi & pariy˚.
fr. esati
feminine a surgeon’s probe MN.ii.256.
fr. iṣ
(-˚) a by-form of usabha (q.v.), in cpd. rathesabha.
neuter & Esikā1 (f.) a pillar, post AN.iv.106, AN.iv.109. Freq. in cpd. -ṭṭhāyin as stable as a pillar DN.i.14; SN.iii.202, SN.iii.211, SN.iii.217; DN-a.i.105.
a by-form of isīkā
desire, see abbūḷha.
adjective seeking, wishing, desiring SN.ii.11 (sambhav˚); Ja.i.87 (phal˚); Ja.iv.26 (dukkham˚); Pv.ii.9#28 (gharam); Pv-a.132.
Sk. eṣin, of iṣ
come, come here Snp.165; Ja.ii.159; Ja.vi.367); Dhp-a.i.49. In the later language part. of exhortation = Gr. α ̓́γε, Lat. age, “come on” Dhp-a.ii.91; Pv-a.201 (+ tāva = α ̓́γεδή). ehipassika (adj.) [ehi + passa ika] of the Dhamma, that which invites every man to come to see for himself, open to all, expld. at Vism.216 as “ehi, passa imaṃ dhamman ti evaṃ pavattaṃ ehi-passavidhaṃ arahatī ti”, DN.ii.217; DN.iii.5, DN.iii.227; SN.i.9; SN.iv.41, SN.iv.272 SN.v.343; AN.i.158; AN.ii.198. ehibhadantika one who accepts an invitation DN.i.166; MN.i.342; MN.ii.161; AN.i.295; AN.ii.206 ehi bhikkhu “come bhikkhu!” the oldest formula of admission to the order Vin.i.12; Vin.iii.24; Dhp-a.i.87; Ja.i.82 f. ehi bhikkhunī Vin.iv.214 pl. etha bhikkhavo Dhp-a.i.95. ehibhikkhu-pabbajjā initiation into Bhikkhuship Snp-a.456. ehibhikkhubhāva-state of being invited to join the Sangha, admission to the Order Ja.i.82, Ja.i.86; Dhp-a.ii.32; Snp-a.456. ehisāgata-(& svāgata-)vādin; a man of courtesy (lit. one who habitually says: “come you are welcome” DN.i.116; Vin.ii.11; Vin.iii.181.
imper. of eti
Initial o in Pali may represent a Vedic o or a Vedic au (see ojas, ogha, etc.). Or it may be guṇa of u (see oḷārika opakammika, etc.). But it is usually a prefix representing Vedic ava. The form in o is the regular use in old Pali; there are only two or three cases where ava for metrical or other reasons, introduced. In post-canonical Pali the form in ava is the regular one. For new formations we believe there is no exception to this rule. But the old form in o has in a few cases, survived. Though o; standing alone, is derived from ava, yet compounds with o are almost invariably older than the corresponding compounds with ava (see note on ogamana).
neuter resting place, shelter, resort; house, dwelling; fig. (this meaning according to later commentators prevailing in anoka, liking, fondness, attachment to (worldly things) SN.iii.9 = Snp.844 (okam pahāya; oka here is expld. at Snp-a.547 by rūpa-vatth’ ādi-viññaṇass’ okāso); SN.v.24 = AN.v.232 = Dhp.87 (okā anokam āgamma); Dhp.34 (oka-m-okata ubbhato, i.e. oka-m-okato from this & that abode, from all places, thus taken as okato, whereas Bdhgh. takes it as okasya okato and interprets the first oka as contracted form of udaka, water, which happens to fit in with the sense required at this passage, but is not warranted otherwise except by Bdhgh’s quotation “okapuṇṇehi cīvarehī ti ettha udakaṃ”. This quot. is taken from Vin.i.253, which must be regarded as a corrupt passage cp. remarks of Bdhgh. on p. 387: oghapuṇṇehī ti pi pāṭho. The rest of his interpretation at Dhp-a.i.289 runs: “okaṃ okaṃ pahāya aniketa-sārī ti ettha ālayo, idha (i.e. at Dhp.34) ubhayam pi labbhati okamokato udaka-sankhātā ālayā ti attho” i.e. from the water’s abode. Bdhgh’s expln. is of course problematic); Dhp.91 (okam okaṃ jahanti “they leave whatever shelter they have”, expld. by ālaya Dhp-a.ii.170).
-cara (f. ˚carikā Ja.vi.416; ˚cārikā MN.i.117) living in the house (said of animals), i.e. tame (cp. same etym of “tame” = Lat. domus, domesticus). The passage MN.i.117, MN.i.118 has caused confusion by oka being taken as “water”. But from the context as well as from C. on Ja.vi.416 it is clear that here a tame animal is meant by means of which other wild ones are caught. The passage at MN.i.117 runs “odaheyya okacaraṃ ṭhapeyya okacārikaṃ” i.e. he puts down a male decoy and places a female (to entice the others), opp. “ūhaneyya o. nāseyya o.” i.e. takes away the male & kills the female; -(ñ)jaha giving up the house (and its comfort), renouncing (the world), giving up attachment Snp.1101 (= ālayaṁjahaṁ Snp-a.598 cp. Cnd.176 with variant reading oghaṁjaha)
■ -anoka houseless, homeless, comfortless, renouncing, free from attachment ‣See separately.
Vedic okas (nt.), fr. uc to like, thus orig. “comfort”, hence place of comfort, sheltered place, habitation The indigenous interpretation connects oka partly with okāsa = fig. room (for rising), chance, occasion (thus Mnd.487 on Snp.966: see anoka; Snp-a.573 ibid.; Snp-a.547: see anoka; Snp-a.573 ibid.; Snp-a.547: see below) partly with udaka (as contraction): see below on Dhp.34 Geiger (P. Gr. § 20) considers oka to be a direct contraction of udaka (via *udaka, *utka, *ukka, *okka). The customary synomym for oka (both lit. & fig.) is ālaya
to drag away, remove Thig.444. See also ava˚. Okantati (okkant)
o + kaḍḍhati
to cut off, cut out, cut away, carve; pres. okantati MN.i.129; Pv.iii.10#2 (= ava˚ Pv-a.213); ger. okantitvā Ja.i.154 (migaṃ o. after carving the deer); Pv-a.192 (piṭṭhi maṃsāni), & okacca Ja.iv.210 (T. okkacca, variant reading BB ukk˚ C. explains by okkantitvā)
pp avakanta & avakantita.
o + kantati, cp. also apakantati
to preface, arrange, make ready, settle on, feel confident, put (trust) in Vin.iv.4; Pts.ii.19 (= saddahati ibid. 21); Mil.150, Mil.234; DN-a.i.243.
o + kappati
feminine fixing one’s mind (on), settling in, putting (trust) in, confidence Dhs.12, Dhs.25, Dhs.96 Dhs.288; Ne.15, Ne.19, Ne.28; Vb.170.
o + kappanā
to fix one’s mind on, to put one’s trust in MN.i.11; Mil.234 (okappessati).
o + kappeti
to shake, to wag, only in phrase sīsaṃ okampeti to shake one’s head MN.i.108 MN.i.171; SN.i.118.
o + Caus. of kamp
to drag down, draw or pull away, distract, remove. Only in ger.; okassa, always combd. with pasayha “removing by force” DN.ii.74 (T. okk˚); AN.iv.16 (T. okk˚, variant reading ok˚), AN.iv.65 (id.); Mil.210. Also in Caus. okasseti to pull out draw out Thig.116 (vaṭṭiṃ = dīpavaṭṭiṃ ākaḍḍheti Thag-a.117). [MSS. often spell okk˚; ].
o + kassati, see also apakassati & avakaḍḍhati
only in stock phrase kāmānaṃ ādīnavo okāro sankileso DN.i.110, DN.i.148 (= lāmaka-bhāva DN-a.i.277); MN.i.115 MN.i.379, MN.i.405 sq.; MN.ii.145; AN.iv.186; Ne.42 (variant reading vokāra) Dhp-a.i.6, Dhp-a.i.67. The exact meaning is uncertain. Etymologically it would be degradation. But Bdhgh. prefers folly, vanity, and this suits the context better.
o + kāra fr. karoti, BSk. okāra, e.g. Mvu.iii.357
ava + kāś to shine
to be visible; Caus. okāseti to make visible, let appear, show SN.iv.290.
ava + kāś
strewn over, beset by, covered with, full of Ja.v.74, Ja.v.370; Pv-a.86, Pv-a.189 (= otata of Pv.iii.3#3).
pp. of okirati; BSk. avakīrṇa Divy.282; Jtm.31#92
casting out (see the later avakirati2), only as adj
■ f. okirinī (okilinī through dialect. variation a cast-out woman (cast-out on acct of some cutaneous disease), in double combn. okilinī okirinī (perhaps only the latter should be written) Vin.iii.107 = SN.ii.260 (in play of words with avakirati1). Bdhgh’s allegorical expln. at Vin.iii.273 puts okilinī = kilinnasarīrā, okiriṇī = angāraparikiṇṇa Cp. kirāta.
o + kiraṇa
pp okiṇṇa (q.v.)
caus 2 okirāpeti to cause to pour out or to sprinkle over Vism.74 (vālikaṃ).
o + kirati
see okiraṇa.
adjective lit. “having the top lowered”, with the head squashed in or down, i.e. of compressed & bulging out stature; misshapen, deformed, of ugly shape (Mrs. Rh. D trsls hunchback at SN.i.94, pot-bellied at SN.i.237; Warren Buddhism p. 426 trsls. decrepit). It occurs only in one stock phrase, viz. dubbaṇṇa dud-das(s)ika okoṭimaka “of bad complexion, of ugly appearance and dwarfed” at Vin.ii.90 = SN.i.94 = AN.i.107 = AN.ii.85 = AN.iii.285 sq. = Pp.51. The same also at MN.iii.169; SN.i.237; SN.ii.279; Ud.76.
o + koṭi + mant + ka. Ava in BSk., in formula durvarṇa durdarśana avakoṭimaka Sp. Avs.i.280. Kern (note on above passage) problematically refers it to Sk. avakūṭara = vairūpya (Pāṇini v.2, 30). The Commentary on SN.i.237 explains by mahodara (fat-bellied as well as lakuṇṭaka (dwarf); Pp-a.227 explains by lakuṇṭaka only
coming on, approaching, taking place DN.ii.12; Mil.299 (middhe okkante). See also avakkanta SN.ii.174; SN.iii.46.
pp. of okkamati
feminine entry (lit. descent), appearance, coming to be. Usually in stock phrase jāṭi sañjāti o. nibbatti MN.iii.249; SN.ii.3; SN.iii.225; Cnd.257; Pp-a.184 Also in gabbh˚ entry into the womb DN-a.i.130.
fr. okkamati
adjective coming into existence again and again, recurring. Only as epithet of pīti, joy. The opposite is khaṇika, momentary Vism.143 = Dhs-a.115 (Expositor 153 trsls. “flooding”).
fr. okkanti
at Ja.ii.448 is doubtful, variant reading okkantika. It is used adverbially: okkandikaṃ kīḷati to sport (loudly or joyfully). C. explains as “migo viya okkandi-katvā kīḷati”; in the way of roaring(?) or frisking about(?), like a deer.
kand or kram?
lit. to enter, go down into, fall into. fig. to come on, to develop, to appear in (of a subjective state). It is strange that this important word has been so much misunderstood, for the English idiom is the same. We say ʻhe went to sleepʼ, without meaning that he went anywhere. So we may twist it round and say that ʻsleep overcame himʼ, without meaning any struggle. The two phrases mean exactly the same an internal change, or development, culminating in sleep. So in Pali niddā okkami sleep fell upon him, Vin.i.15 niddaṃ okkami he fell on sleep, asleep, Dhp-a.i.9; Pv-a.47 At Iti.76 we hear that a dullness developed (dubbaṇṇiyaṃ okkami) on the body of a god, he lost his radiance. At DN.ii.12; MN.iii.119 a god, on his rebirth, entered his new mother’s womb (kucchiṃ okkami). At DN.ii.63 occurs the question ʻif consciousness were not to develop in the womb?ʼ (viññāṇaṃ na okkamissatha) SN.v.283 ʻabiding in the sense of blissʼ (sukha-saññaṃ okkamitvā). See also Pp.13 = Pp.28 (niyāma okk˚, ʻhe enters on the Pathʼ). Caus. okkāmeti to make enter, to bring to SN.iv.312 (saggaṃ)
pp okkanta. See also avakkamati.
o + kamati fr. kram
neuter entering into, approaching, reaching MN.iii.6; AN.iii.108 (entering the path); also in phrase nibbānassa okkamanāya AN.iv.111 sq., cp. AN.iv.230 sq.
fr. okkamati
see ukkala.
see okassati.
to lie low, to be restrained (in this sense evidently confounded with avakkhipati) SN.iv.144 sq. (cakkhuṃ etc okkhāyati).
ava + khāyati, corresp. to Sk. kṣeti fr. kṣi to lie
adjective low-lying, deep remote, only in one phrase, viz. udaka-tarakā gambhīragatā okkhāyikā MN.i.80, MN.i.245.
fr. ava + khāyin fr. kṣi, cp. avakkhāyati; Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. suggests relation to BSk. avakhāta of khan, and compares Lal.319
besprinkled, bestrewn with (-˚) Thig.145 (candan˚ = candanânulitta Thag-a.137); Ja.v.72 (so in variant reading T. reads okkita; C. explains by okiṇṇa parikkita parivārita).
pp. of ava + ukkhati, Sk. avokṣita, fr. ukṣ to sprinkle
thrown down, flung down, cast down, dropped; thrown out, rejected; only in phrase okkhitta-cakkhu, with down-cast eyes, i.e. turning the eyes away from any objectionable sight which might impair the morale of the bhikkhu; thus meaning “with eyes under control” Snp.63, Snp.411, Snp.972; Mnd.498; Cnd.177; Pv.iv.3#44 (variant reading ukkh˚); Vv-a.6
■ For further use & meaning see; avakkhitta.
pp. of okkhipati
to throw down or out, cast down, drop; fig. usually appld. to the eyes = cast down, hence transferred to the other senses and used in meaning “keep under, restrain, to have control over” (cp. also avakkhāyati);
aor ˚khipi AN.iv.264 (indriyāni);
ger ˚khipitvā Vin.iv.18 (id.)
pp avakkhitta & okkhitta; (q.v.).
ava + khipati; Sk. avakṣipati
to go down, sink down, recede; of sun & moon: to set DN.i.240 (opp. uggacchati); AN.iv.101 (udakāni og.). See also ava˚.
ava + gacchati
adjective separated from the troop or crowd, standing alone, Vin.i.80; Ja.iv.432 = (gaṇaṃ ohīna C.).
Vedic ogaṇa with dial. o for ava
(-˚) adjective immersed, merging into, diving or plunging into. Only in two main phrases viz.; Amatogadha & Nibbānogadha; diving into N. Besides these only in jagat’ogadha steeped in the world SN.i.186.
Sk. avagāḍha; P. form with shortened a, fr. ava + gāh, see gādha1 & gāhati
neuter going down, setting (of sun & moon), always in contrast to; uggamana (rising), therefore freq.variant reading ogg DN.i.10, DN.i.68; DN-a.i.95 (= atthangamana); Vv-a.326.
o + gam + ana; Sk. avagamana. That word is rather more than a thousand years later than the Pāli one. It would be ridiculous were one to suppose that the P. could be derived from the Sk. On the other hand the Sk. cannot be derived from the P. for it was formed at a time & place when & where P. was unknown, just as the Pali was formed at a time & place when & where Sk. was unknown. The two words are quite independent. They have no connection with one another except that they are examples of a rule of word-formation common to the two languages
neuter submersion ducking, bathing; fig. for bathing-place Snp.214 (= manussānaṃ nahāna-tittha Snp-a.265). See also avagāhana.
o + gahana fr. gāhati; Sk. avagāhana; concerning shortening of ā cp. avagadha
adjective immersed, entered; firm, firmly footed or grounded in (-˚), spelt ogāḷha Mil.1 (abhidhamma-vinay˚). Cp. BSk. avagādhaśrāddha of deep faith Divy.268. Cp. pariyogāḷha.
Sk. avagāḍha; ava + gādha2
neuter a firm place, firm ground, only in cpd. ogādhappatta having gained a sure footing AN.iii.297 sq.
ava + gādha2
diving into; only in cpd. pariy˚. Ogahati (ogaheti)
fr. o + gah
to plunge or enter into, to be absorbed in (w. acc. or loc.). Pv.ii.12#11; Vv.6#1 (= anupavisati Vv-a.42), Vv.39#2 (sālavanaṃ o = pavisati Vv-a.177). ogāheti Pv-a.155 (pokkharaṇiṃ) ger. ogāhetvā MN.iii.175 (T. ogah˚; variant reading ogāhitvā); Pv-a.287 (lokanāthassa sāsanaṃ, variant reading ˚itvā). See also ava˚.
Sk. avagāhate; ava + gāhati
neuter plunging into (-˚) Pv-a.158.
fr. ogāhati
to swallow down (opp. uggilati) MN.i.393 (inf. ogilituṃ) Mil.5 (id.).
o + gilati
covered or dressed (with) Vin.ii.207; Pv-a.86 (variant reading okuṇṭhita).
pp. of oguṇṭheti, cp. BSk. avaguṇṭhita, e.g. Jtm.30
to cover, veil over, hide SN.iv.122 (ger. oguṇṭhitvā sīsaṃ, perhaps better read as oguṇṭhitā variant reading SS. okuṇṭhitū)
pp oguṇṭhita (q.v.).
o + guṇṭheti
to string together, wind round, adorn with wreaths, cover, dress Vin.i.194 (pass. ogumphiyanti; vv.ll. ogumbhiyanti ogubbiy˚, ogummīy˚, okumpiy˚); Vin.ii.142 (ogumphetvā).
ava + Denom. of gumpha garland
gone down, set (of the sun) Vin.iv.55 (oggate suriye = atthangate s.), Vin.iv.268 (id. = ratt’ andhakāre); Thag.477 (anoggatasmiṃ suriyasmiṃ).
pp. of avagacchati: spelling gg on acct. of contrast with uggata, cp. avagamana. Müller P. Gr. 43 unwarrantedly puts oggata = apagata
Vedic ogha and augha; BSk. ogha, e.g. Divy.95 caturogh’ ottīrṇa, Jtm.215 mahaugha. Etym. uncertain
neuter watering, flooding (?) MN.i.306 (variant reading ogha).
adjective that which can be engulfed by floods (metaph.) Dhs.584 (cp. Dhs trsl. 308); Vb.12, Vb.25 & passim; Dhs-a.49.
fr. ogha(na)
in special meaning of one who makes himself at home or familiar with, an investigator, informant scout, spy (ocarakā ti carapurisā C. on Ud.66)
■ Thus also in BSk. as avacaraka one who furnishes information Divy.127; an adaptation from the Pāli
■ Vin.iii.47 Vin.iii.52; MN.i.129 = MN.i.189 (corā ocarakā, for carā?); SN.i.79 (purisā carā (variant reading corā) ocarakā (okacarā variant reading SS) janapadaṃ ocaritvā etc.; cp. K. S. p. 106 n. 1) = Ud.66 (reads coiā o.).
fr. ocarati
to be after something, to go into, to search, reconnoitre, investigate, pry Vin.iii.52 (ger. ˚itvā) MN.i.502 (ocarati); SN.i.79 (˚itvā: so read for T. ocaritā C. explains by vīmaṃsitvā taṃ taṃ pavattiṃ ñatvā). pp. ociṇṇa.
o + carati
gone into, investigated, scouted, explored SN.i.79 = Ud.66 (reads otiṇṇa).
pp. of ocarati
gathered, picked off Ja.iii.22; Ja.iv.135, Ja.iv.156; Sdhp.387. Ocinati (ocinati)
o + cita, pp. of ocināti1
see odīraka.
to cut off, sever Ja.ii.388 (maggaṃ occhindati & occhindamāna to bar the way; variant reading BB ochijjati), Ja.ii.404.
o + chindati
adjective possessing strengthening qualities, giving strength. MN.i.480 SN.i.212 (so read for ovajaṁ; phrase ojavaṁ asecanakaṁ of Nibbāna, translated “elixir”) Thag.2, 196 (identical ojavantaṁ Thag-a.168) AN.iii.260 (an˚ of food, i.e. not nourishing Dhp-a.i.106
fr. ojā; Vedic ojasvant in diff. meaning: powerful
feminine richness in sap, strength giving (nourishing) quality. Ja.i.68 (of milk)
abstr. fr. ajavant
to give up, leave, leave behind, renounce, ger. ohāya DN.i.115 (ñāti-sanghaṃ & hirañña-suvaṇṇaṃ) MN.ii.166 (id.); Ja.v.340 (= chaḍḍetvā C.); Pv-a.93 (maṃ). Pass. avahīyati & ohīyati;, pp. ohīna (q.v.)
■ See also ohanati.
o + jahati
feminine strength, but only in meaning of strength-giving, nutritive essence (appl; d. to food). MN.i.245 SN.ii.87 SN.v.162 (dhamm’) AN.iii.396 Ja.i.68 Dhs.646 Dhs.740, Dhs.875 Mil.156 Dhp-a.ii.154 (paṭhav˚) ‣See also definition at Vism.450 (referring to kabalinkār’āhāra. The compound form is oja, e.g. ojadāna Ja.v.243 ojaṭṭhamaka (rūpa) Vism.341
Vedic ojas nt., also BSk. oja nt. Divy.105; fr. *aug to increase, as in Lat. auges, augustus & auxilium Goth. aukan (augment), Ags. ēacian; cp. also Gr. ἀέςω Sk. ukṣati & vakṣana increase
to conquer, vanquish, subdue Ja.vi.222 (ojināmase).
Sk. avajayati, ava + ji
despised Mil.191, Mil.229, Mil.288.
pp. o + jānāti, see also avañāta
the lip AN.iv.131; Snp.608; Ja.ii.264; Ja.iii.26 (adhar˚ & uttar˚ lower & upper lip) Ja.iii.278; Ja.v.156; Dhp-a.i.212; Dhp-a.iii.163; Dhp-a.iv.1; Vv-a.11; Pv-a.260 Cp. bimboṭṭha.
Vedic oṣṭha, idg. *ō (u) s; Av. aosta lip; Lat. ōs mouth = Sk. āḥ Ags. ōr margin
It is mentioned in two lists of domestic animals, Vin.iii.52; Mil.32. At Ja.iii.385 a story is told of an oṭṭhī-vyādhi who fought gallantly in the wars, and was afterwards used to drag a dung-cart. Morris, J.P.T.S. 1887, 150 suggests elephant.
Vedic uṣṭra, f. uṣṭrī, buffalo = Ohg. Ags. ur, Lat. urus bison, aurochs. In cl. Sk. it means a camel
to spit out MN.i.79, MN.i.127.
cp. Sk. avaṣṭhīvati
thrown out, laid (of a snare) Ja.i.183; Ja.ii.443; Ja.v.341; Thag-a.243.
pp. of oḍḍeti
to throw out (a net), to lay snares AN.i.33 = Ja.ii.37, Ja.ii.153; Ja.iii.184 and passim; Thag-a.243
pp oḍḍita (q.v.).
for uḍḍeti (?). See further under uḍḍeti
carried away, appropriated, only in cpd. sah-oḍhā corā thieves with their plunder Vism.180 (cp. Sk. sahoḍha Manu ix.270).
better spelling oḍha, pp. of ā + vah
bent down, low, inclined. Usually of social rank or grade, combd. with & opp. to; uṇṇata i.e. raised & degraded, lofty and low AN.ii.86 = Pp.52 (= nīca lāmaka Pp-a.229); Pv.iv.6#6; Mil.387; DN-a.i.45; Pv-a.29.
pp. of oṇamati
instrumental to incline, bend down to, bow to (dat.) Mil.220, Mil.234 (oṇamati & oṇamissati), Mil.400; DN-a.i.112. Caus. oṇāmeti MN.ii.137 (kāyaṃ)
pp oṇata & Caus.; oṇamita.
o + namati
neuter bending down, inclining, bowing down to Mil.234.
fr. oṇamati
having bowed down, bowing down Mil.234.
pp. of oṇameti, Caus. of nam
(m. or f.) charge, only in cpd. oṇi-rakkha a keeper of entrusted wares, bailee Vin.iii.47, Vin.iii.53 (= āhaṭaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ gopento).
cp. Vedic oṇi charge, or a kind of Soma vessel
see onīta.
neuter washing off, cleaning, washing one’s hands Vin.ii.31 (Bdhgh. refers it to fig. meaning onojeti2 by explaining as “vissajjana gift, presentation).
fr. oṇojeti, Sk. avanejana
(with vowel assimilation o nij. Kern, Toevoegselen ii.138, complementary to remarks s. v. on p. 5 explains as assimil. onuj˚i.39; iv.156; AN.iv.210 = AN.iv.214 (oṇojesi aor.); Mil.236.
stretched over, covered, spread over with; Dhp.162 (variant reading otthata); Mil.307 (+ vitata) Dhp-a.iii.153 (= pariyonandhitvā ṭhita). See also avatata & sam-otata.
o + tata, pp. of tan
adjective going down, descending Ne.1, Ne.2, Ne.4, Ne.107.
fr. otarati
to descend, to go down to (c. acc.), to be-take oneself to. ppr. otaranto Vin.ii.221
aor otari Snp-a.486 (for avaṃsari); Dhp-a.i.19 (cankamanaṃ) Pv-a.47 (nāvāya mahāsamuddaṃ), Pv-a.75
inf otarituṃ Pp.65, Pp.75 (sangamaṃ)
ger otaritvā Pv-a.94 (pāsādā from the palace), Pv-a.140 (devalokato)
caus 2 otarāpeti to cause to descend, to bring down to Ja.vi.345
pp otiṇṇa
caus 1 otāreti. Opp. uttarati.
o + tarati
adjective clothed in rags, poor indigent Ja.iv.380 (= lāmaka olamba-vilamba-nantakadharo C.).
of uncertain etym. perhaps *avatāryaka from ava + tṛ; or from uttāḷa?
adjective drying or dried (in the sun), with ref. to food Snp-a.35 (parivāsika-bhattaṃ bhuñjati hatth’otāpakaṃ khādati).
fr. otāpeti
to dry in the sun Vin.ii.113; Vin.iv.281; Mil.371 (kummo udakato nikkhamitvā kāyaṃ o. fig applied to mānasa).
o + tāpeti
fr. otarati, BSk. avatāra. The Sk. avatāra is centuries later and means ʻincarnationʼ
to cause to come down, to bring down, take down Ja.i.426; Ja.iv.402; Ne.21, Ne.22; Dhp-a.ii.81.
Caus. of otarati
pp. of otarati; the form ava˚ only found in poetry as-˚ e.g. issâvatiṇṇa Ja.v.98; dukkha˚, soka˚ etc. see below 2
neuter fear of exile, shrinking back from doing wrong, remorse. See on term and its distinction from hiri (shame) Dhs trsl. 20, also Dhs-a.124, Dhs-a.126; Vism.8, Vism.9 and the definition at Snp-a.181 Ottappa generally goes with hiri as one of the 7 noble treasures (see ariya-dhanā). Hiri-ottappa Iti.36; Ja.i.129 hir-ottappa at MN.i.271; SN.ii.220; SN.v.1; AN.ii.78; AN.iv.99 AN.iv.151; AN.v.214; Iti.34; Ja.i.127, Ja.i.206; Vv-a.23. See also hiri
■ Further passages: DN.iii.212; MN.i.356; SN.ii.196 SN.ii.206, SN.ii.208; SN.v.89; AN.i.50, AN.i.83, AN.i.95; AN.iii.4 sq., AN.iii.352; AN.iv.11, AN.v.123 sq.; Pp.71; Dhs.147, Dhs.277; Ne.39
■ anottappa (nt.) lack of conscience, unscrupulousness, disregard of morality AN.i.50, AN.i.83, AN.i.95; AN.iii.421; AN.v.146, AN.v.214; Vb.341, Vb.359, Vb.370, Vb.391; as adj. Iti.34 (ahirika +).
fr. tappati1 + ud, would corresp. to a Sk. form *auttapya fr. ut-tapya to be regretted, tormented by remorse. The BSk. form is a wrong adaptation of the Pāli form, taking o˚ for apa˚, viz. apatrapya Mvu.iii.53 and apatrapā ibid. i.463. Müller, P. Gr. & Fausböll Sutta Nipāta Index were both misled by the BSk. form as also recently Kern, Toevoegselen s. v.
to feel a sense of guilt, to be conscious or afraid of evil SN.i.154; Pts.ii.169, Pts.ii.176; Pp.20, Pp.21; Dhs.31; Mil.171. Ottappin & Ottapin;
ut + tappati1
adjective afraid of wrong, conscientious, scrupulous
fr. ottappa
pp. of ottharati
variant reading at Dhp.162 for otata.
neuter a kind of strainer, a filter Vin.ii.119.
fr. of tharati
neuter spreading over, veiling Mil.299 (mahik˚).
fr. ottharati
to spread over, spread out, cover Mil.121 (opp. paṭikkamati, of water). See also avattharati.
o + tharati, Sk. root str
neuter water; abs. only at Ja.iii.282
■ an˚; without water, dried up Thig.265 (udaka-bhasta Thag-a.212). Cp. combn. sītodaka, e.g. MN.i.376. See udaka.
compn. form of udaka
neuter exultation, elation Mnd.3 = Cnd.446 = Dhs.9, Dhs.86, Dhs.285, Dhs.373; Dhs-a.143 (= udaggasabhāva a “topmost” condition).
der. fr. udagga
masculine & neuter boiled (milk-)rice, gruel Vin.ii.214 (m.); DN.i.76, DN.i.105; SN.i.82 (nāḷik˚); Dhp-a.iv.17 (id.); AN.iii.49; AN.iv.231; Snp.18; Ja.iii.425 (til˚ m.) Dhs.646, Dhs.740, Dhs.875; Pv-a.73; Vv-a.98; Sdhp.113. Combd. with kummāsa (sour milk) in phrase o-k-upa-caya a heap of boiled rice and sour milk, of the body (see kāya I.) also at MN.i.247.
Sk. odana, to Idg.; *ud, from which also udaka, q.v. for full etym.
a cook Ja.iii.49.
fr. odana
adjective belonging to rice-gruel, made of rice-gruel Vin.iii.59 (˚ghara a ricekitchen); Vv-a.73 (˚surā rice-liquor).
fr. odana, cp. Sk. odanika
feminine (adj.) [f. of uda + pattaka + in, i.e. having a bowl of water, epithet of bhariyā a wife, viz. the wife in the quality of providing the house with water Thus in enumn. of the 10 kinds of wives (& women in general) at Vin.iii.140 (expld. by udakapattaṃ āmasitvā vāseti) = Vv-a.73.
at Cp.ii.4#8 = last. Odarika & ya;
adjective living for one’s belly, voracious, gluttonous Mil.357; Ja.vi.208 (˚ya); Thag.101.
fr. udara
neuter stomach-filling MN.i.461; Vism.71.
fr. odarika
pp ohita.
o + dahati, fr. dhā
neuter
fr. odahati
adjective
clean, white, prominently applied to the dress as a sign of distinction (white), or special purity at festivities, ablutions & sacrificial functions DN.ii.18 (uṇṇā, of the Buddha), DN.iii.268; AN.iii.239; AN.iv.94, AN.iv.263, AN.iv.306, AN.iv.349; AN.v.62; Dhs.617 = (in enumeration of colours); DN-a.i.219; Vv-a.111. See also ava˚. -kasiṇa meditation on the white (colour) Vism.174 -vaṇṇa of white colour, white MN.ii.14; Dhs.247. -vattha a white dress; adj. wearing a white dress, dressed in white DN.i.7, DN.i.76, DN.i.104; Ja.iii.425 (+ alla-kesa). -vasana dressed in white (of householders or laymen as opposed to the yellow dress of the bhikkhus) DN.i.211; DN.iii.118 DN.iii.124 sq., DN.iii.210; MN.i.491, MN.ii.23; AN.i.73; AN.iii.384; AN.iv.217 [cp. BSk. avadāta-vasana Divy.160]
Derivation unknown. The Sk. is avadāta, ava + dāta, pp. of hypothetical dā4 to clean, purify
adjective white, clean, dressed in white SN.ii.284 (variant reading SS odāta); Thag.965 (dhaja).
fr. odāta
adverb only in neg. anodissa without a purpose, indefinitely (? Mil.156 (should we read anudissa?).
ger. of o + disati = Sk. diśati, cp. uddissa
adjective only in adv. expression odissaka-vasena definitely, in special, specifically (opp. to anodissaka-vasena in general, universally) Ja.i.82; Ja.ii.146; Vv-a.97. See also anodissaka & odhiso.
fr. odissa
in odīrakajāta SN.iv.193 should with variant reading be read ocīraka “with its bark off”, stripped of its bark.
= ava + cira + ka
adjective belonging to the Udumbara tree Vv.50#16; cp. Vv-a.213.
fr. udumbara
fallen down, scattered MN.i.124 = SN.iv.176 (˚patoda; S reads odhasata but has variant reading odhasta).
Sk. avadhvasta, pp. of ava + dhvaṃsati: see dhaṃsati
neuter a place for putting something down or into a receptacle Vin.i.204 (salāk˚, vy. ll. and gloss on p. 38 as follows: sālākāṭṭhāniya A, salākātaniya C, salākadhāraya B, salāk’odhāniyan ti yattha salākaṃ odahanti taṃ D E)
■ Cp. samodhāneti.
fr. avadhāna, ava + dhā, cp. Gr. ἀποχήκη, see odahati
putting down, fixing, i.e. boundary, limit, extent Dhp-a.ii.80 (jaṇṇu-mattena odhinā to the extent of the knee, i.e. kneedeep); Dhp-a.iv.204 (id.)
■ odhiso (adv.) limited, specifically Vb.246; Ne.12; Vism.309. Opp. anodhi MN.iii.219 (˚jina), also in anodhiso (adv.) unlimited, universal general Pts.ii.130, cp. anodissaka (odissaka); also as anodhikatvā without limit or distinction, absolutely Kv.208, and odhisodhiso “piecemeal” Kv.103 (cp. Kvu trsln. 762, 1271).
from odahati, Sk. avadhi, fr. ava + dhā
adjective “according to limit”, i.e. all kinds of, various, in phrase yathodhikāni kāmāni Snp.60, cp Cnd.526; Ja.v.392 (id.).
fr. odhi
to shake off MN.i.229; SN.iii.155; AN.iii.365 (+ niddhunāti); Pv.iv.3#54 (variant reading BB ophun˚, SS otu˚) = Pv-a.256; Vin.ii.317 (Bdhgh. in expln. of ogumphetvā of CV. v.11, 6; p. 117); Mil.399 (+ vidhunāti).
o + dhunāti
bound, tied; put over, covered Vin.ii.150, Vin.ii.270 sq. (˚mañca, ˚pīṭha); MN.ii.64; Dhp.146 (andhakārena); Sdhp.182. See also onayhati.
pp. of onandhati
to bind, fasten; to cover up Vin.ii.150 (inf onandhituṃ); Mil.261.
o + nandhati, a secondary pres. form constructed from naddha after bandhati → baddha; see also apiḷandhati
adjective bending down, stooping Dhp-a.ii.136 (an˚).
fr. onamati
to bend down (instr.), stoop DN.ii.17 (anonamanto ppr. not bending); DN.iii.143 (id.); Vv.39#3 (onamitvā ger.)
pp oṇata.
o + namati
neuter in compn. with -unnamana lowering & raising, bending down & up Dhp-a.i.17.
abstr. fr. onamati
to tie down, to cover over, envelop, shroud Dhs-a.378 (megho ākāsaṃ o.)
pp onaddha.
ava + nayhati
drawing over, covering, shrouding DN.i.246 (spelt onaha); Mil.300; Dhs.1157 (= megho viya ākāsaṃ kāyaṃ onayhati).
fr. ava + nah, cp. onaddha & onayhati
only found in one ster. phrase, viz. onīta-patta-pāṇi “having removed (or removing) his hand from the bowl” a phrase causing constructional difficulties & sometimes taken in glosses as “onitta˚” (fr. nij), i.e. having washed (bowl and hands after the meal). The Cs. expln. as onīto pattato pāṇi yeva, i.e. “the hand is taken away from the bowl”. The spelling is frequently oṇīta, probably through BB sources. See on term also Trenckner, Notes 6624 cp. apa-nīta-pātra at Mvu.iii.142. The expression is always combd. with bhuttāvin “having eaten” and occurs very frequently, e.g. at Vin.ii.147: DN.i.109 (= DN-a.i.277, q.v. for the 2 explains mentioned above MN.ii.50, MN.ii.93; SN.v.384; AN.ii.63; Snp.p.111 (= pattato onītapāṇi, apanītahattha Snp-a.456); Vv-a.118; Pv-a.278.
in form = Sk. avanīta, but semantically = apanīta. Thus also BSk. apanīta, pp. of apa + nī, see apaneti
see oṇojeti.
adjective characterising a sensation of pain: attacking suddenly, spasmodic, acute; always in connection with ābādha or vedanā MN.i.92, MN.i.241; SN.iv.230 = AN.ii.87 = AN.iii.131 = AN.v.110 = Cnd.304#ic = Mil.112.
fr. upakkama
adjective “with wings off” i.e. having one’s wings clipped, powerless AN.i.188 (˚ṃ karoti to deprive of one’s wings or strength; so read for T. opapakkhiṃ karoti).
o + pakkhin, adj. fr. pakkha wing, cp. similarly avapatta
see opavayha.
to fall or fly down (on), to fall over (w. acc.) Ja.ii.228 (lokāmisaṃ ˚anto); Ja.vi.561 (˚itvā ger.) Mil.368, Mil.396
pp opatita.
o + pat
falling (down) Pv-a.29 (udaka; variant reading ovuḷhita, opalahita; context rcads at Pv-a.29 mahāsobbhehi opatitena udakena, but id. p. at Kp-a.213 reads mahāsobbha-sannipātehi).
pp. of opatati
adjective with leaves fallen off, leafless (of trees) Ja.iii.495 (opatta = avapatta nippatta patita-patta C.).
o + patta, Sk. avapattra
adjective forming a substratum for rebirth (always with ref. to puñña, merit). Not with Morris, J.P.T.S. 1885 38 as “exceedingly great”; the correct interpretation is given by Dhpāla at Vv-a.154 as “atta-bhāva-janaka paṭisandhi-pavatti-vipāka-dāyaka”
■ SN.i.233 = AN.iv.292; Vv.34#21; Iti.20 (variant reading osadhika), Iti.78.
fr. upadhi. BSk. after the P., aupadhika Divy.542
adjective leading to (Nibbāna) SN.iv.41 sq., SN.iv.272, SN.iv.339; SN.v.343; AN.i.158; AN.ii.198; DN.iii.5; Vism.217.
fr. upaneti, upa + nī
in phrase -ṃ karoti at AN.i.188 read opakkhiṃ karoti to deprive of one’s wings, to render powerless.
adjective having the characteristic of being born without parents, as deva Ne.28 (upādāna).
= opapātika
adjective arisen or reborn without visible cause (i.e. without parents), spontaneous rebirth (Kvu trsl. 2832), apparitional rebirth (Cpd. 1654, q.v.) DN.i.27 DN.i.55, DN.i.156; DN.iii.132, DN.iii.230 (˚yoni), DN.iii.265; MN.i.34, MN.i.73, MN.i.287, MN.i.401 sq., MN.i.436 sq, MN.i.465 sq.; MN.ii.52; MN.iii.22, MN.iii.80, MN.iii.247; SN.iii.206 SN.iii.240 sq., SN.iii.246 sq.; SN.iv.348; SN.v.346, SN.v.357 sq., SN.v.406; AN.i.232 AN.i.245, AN.i.269; AN.ii.5, AN.ii.89, AN.ii.186; AN.iv.12, AN.iv.226, AN.iv.399, AN.iv.423 sq.; AN.v.265 sq., AN.v.286 sq., AN.v.343 sq.; Pp.16, Pp.62, Pp.63; Vb.412 sq. Mil.267; Vism.552 sq., Vism.559; DN-a.i.165, DN-a.i.313. The C on MN.i.34 explains by “sesa-yoni-paṭikkhepa-vacanaṃ etaṃ” See also Pp-a 1, § 40.
fr. upapatti; the BSk. form is a curious distortion of the P. form, viz. aupapāduka Avs.ii.89 Divy.300, Divy.627, Divy.649
adjective = opapātika, in phrase opapātiyā (for opapātiniyā?) iddhiyā at SN.v.282 (so read for T. opapāti ha?) is doubtful reading & perhaps best to be omitted altogether.
at Ja.i.89 & Sdhp.93 (anopama) stands for ūpama, which metri causā for; upama.
neuter likeness, simile, comparison, metaphor MN.i.378; Vin.v.164; Mil.1, Mil.70, Mil.330; Vism.117, Vism.622; Thag-a.290.
fr. upama; cp. Sk. aupamya
viceroyalty is variant reading for uparajja. Thus at MN.ii.76; AN.iii.154.
adjective noun fit for riding, suitable as conveyance, state-elephant (of the elephant of the king) SN.v.351 = Ne.136 (variant reading opaguyha C. explains by ārohana-yogga); Ja.ii.20 (SS opavuyha); Ja.iv.91 (variant reading ˚guyha); Ja.vi.488 (T. opavuyha, variant reading opaguyha gajuttama opavayha = rāja-vāhana C.); DN-a.i.147 (ārohanayogga opavuyha, variant reading ˚guyha); Vv-a.316 (T. opaguyha to be corrected to ˚vayha).
fr. upavayha, grd. of upavahati
adjective leading to quiet, allaying quieting; epithet of Dhamma DN.iii.264 sq.; AN.ii.132.
fr. upa + sama + ika; cp. BSk. aupaśamika Avs.ii.107; Mvu.ii.41
adjective being near at hand or at one’s bidding (?) MN.i.328.
fr. upasaya, upa + śī
to tear asunder, unravel, open Vin.ii.150 (chaviṃ opāṭetvā).
ava + Caus. of paṭ; Sk. avapāṭayati
o + pāta fr. patati to fall, Vedic avapāta
to make fall, to destroy (cp. atipāteti), i.e.
o + Caus. of pat
neuter Only in phrase opāna-bhūta (adj.) a man who has become a welling spring as it were, for the satisfaction of all men’s wants; expld. as “khata-pokkharaṇī viya hutvā” DN-a.i.298 = Ja.v.174
■ Vin.i.236; DN.i.137; MN.i.379; AN.iv.185; Vv.65#4; Pv.iv.1#60; Ja.iii.142; Ja.iv.34; Ja.v.172; Vb.247; Mil.411; Vism.18; Vv-a.286; DN-a.1177, DN-a.298.
o + pāna fr. pivati. Vedic avapāna. The P. Commentators however take o as a contracted form of udaka, e.g. Bdhgh. at DN-a.i.298 = udapāna
adjective acting as a support, supporting, helpful MN.ii.113.
fr. upārambha
is metric for upiya undergoing, going into SN.i.199 = Thag.119 (nibbānaṃ hadayasmiṃ opiya; Mrs. Rh. D. trsls. “suffering N. in thy heart to sink”, S A. hadayasmiṃ pakkhipitvā.
upa + ger. of i
to be immersed, to sink down SN.ii.224
caus opilāpeti (see sep.).
Sk. avaplavati, ava + plu
immersed into (loc.), gutted with water, drenched Ja.i.212, Ja.i.214.
pp. of opilāpeti
to immerse, to dip in or down, to drop (into = loc.) Vin.i.157 = Vin.i.225 = SN.i.169 (C.: nimujjapeti, see K. S. 318) MN.i.207 = MN.iii.157; Dhp-a.iii.3 (˚āpetvā; so read with vv.ll. for opīḷetvā); Ja.iii.282
pp opilāpita.
Caus. of opilavati, cp. Sk. avaplāvayati
in “bhattaṃ pacchiyaṃ opīḷetvā” at Dhp-a.ii.3 is with variant reading to be read opilāpetvā (gloss odahitvā), i.e. dropping the food into the basket.
is uncertain reading for opuñjeti.
or Opuñjana (nt.) heaping up, covering over; a heap, layer Dhp-a.iii.296.
fr. opuñjeti
or -ati to heap up, make a heap, cover over with (Morris, J.P.T.S. 1887, 153 trsls. “cleanse”) Vin.ii.176 (opuñjati bhattaṃ) Ja.iv.377 (opuñchetvā T., but variant reading opuñjetvā; gloss upalimpitvā); Dhp-a.iii.296 (opuñchitvā, gloss sammajjitvā). Caus. opuñjāpeti in same meaning “to smear” Vin.iii.16 (opuñjāpetvā; variant reading opuñchāpetvā).
o + puñjeti Denom. of puñja, heap
also as opuṇāti (Dh) to winnow, sift; fig. lay bare, expose Dhp.252 (= bhusaṃ opuṇanto viya Dhp-a.iii.375); Snp-a.312
caus opunāpeti [cp. BSk. opunāpeti Mvu.iii.178] to cause to sift AN.i.242; Ja.i.447.
o + punāti fr. pū
bud, young flower Ja.vi.497 (vv.ll. Ja.vi.498 opaṇṇa & opatta).
o + puppha
to deposit, receive (syn. with osāpeti) SN.i.236 (SA na… pakkhipanti) = Thig.283; Ja.v.252 (T. upeti); in which Thig.283 has oseti (Thag-a.216, with expln. of oseti = ṭhapeti on p. 219)
aor opi Ja.iv.457 (ukkhipi gloss); Ja.vi.185 (= pakkhipi gloss). ger. opitvā (opetvā?) Ja.iv.457 (gloss khipetvā).
unless we here deal with a very old misspelling for oseti we have to consider it a secondary derivation from opiya in Caus. sense, i e. Caus. fr. upa + i. Trenckner Notes 77, 78 offers an etym. of ā + vapati, thus opiya would be *āvupiya, a risky conclusion, which besides being discrepant in meaning (āvapati = to distribute) necessitates der. of opiya fr. opati (*āvapati) instead of vice versā. There is no other instance of *āva being contracted to o Trenckner then puts opiya = ūpiya in tadūpiya (“conform with this”, see ta˚ Ia), which is however a direct derivation from upa = upaka, upiya, of which a superl formation is upamā (“likeness”). Trenckner’s expln. of ūpiya as der. fr. ā + vap does not fit in with its meaning to make go into (c. loc.)
covered, obstructed; always in combn. āvuta nivuta ophuṭa (oputa ovuta) DN.i.246 (T. ophuta, vv.ll. ophuṭa & opuṭa); MN.iii.131 (T. ovuṭa); Mnd.24 ovuṭa, variant reading SS ophuṭa); Cnd.365 (ophuṭa, variant reading BB oputa; SS ovuta); DN-a.i.59 (oputa) Snp-a.596 (oputa = pariyo-naddha); Mil.161 (ovuta).
a difficult, but legitimate form arisen out of analogy, fusing ava-vuta (= Sk. vṛta from vṛ; opp. *apāvuta P. apāruta) and ava-phuṭa (Sk. sphuṭa from sphuṭ;). We should probably read ovuta in all instances
to bind, to tie on to Vin.ii.116 (obandhitvā ger.).
o + bandhati
broken down, broken up, broken SN.v.96 (˚vibhagga); AN.iv.435 (obhagg’obhagga); Dhp-a.i.58 (id.); Ja.i.55 (˚sarīra).
o + bhagga, pp. of bhañj, Sk. avabhagna
to fold up, bend over, crease (a garment); only Caus. ii. obhañjāpeti Ja.i.499 (dhovāpeti +). See also pp. obhagga.
o + bhañj
having taken away or off, only in cpd. -cumbaṭā with the “cumbaṭa” taken off, descriptive of a woman in her habit of carrying vessels on her head (on the cumbaṭa stand) Vin.iii.140 = Vv-a.73 (Hardy: “a woman with a circlet of cloth on her head”?).
pp. of obharati
to carry away or off, to take off
pp obhata.
ava + bharati, cp. Sk. avabharati = Lat. aufero
shine, splendour, light, lustre, effulgence; appearance. In clairvoyant language also “aura (see Cpd. 2141 with C. expln. “rays emitted from the body on account of insight”)-DN.i.220 (effulgence of light); MN.iii.120, MN.iii.157; AN.ii.130, AN.ii.139; AN.iv.302; Iti.108 (obhāsakara); Pts.i.114, Pts.i.119 (paññā˚); Pts.ii.100, Pts.ii.150 sq. Pts.ii.159, Pts.ii.162; Vism.28, Vism.41; Pv-a.276 (˚ṃ pharati to emit a radiance); Sdhp.325. With nimitta and parikathā at Vism.23; Snp-a.497. See also avabhāsa.
from obhāsati
to shine, to be splendid Pv.i.2#1 (= pabhāseti vijjoteti Pv-a.10)
caus obhāseti to make radiant or resplendent to illumine, to fill with light or splendour
pres obhāseti Pv.iii.1#15 (= joteti Pv-a.176); Mil.336; ppr obhāsayanto Pv.i.11#1 (= vijjotamāna Pv-a.56) & obhāsento Pv.ii.1#10 (= jotanto ekālokaṃ karonto Pv-a.71) ger. obhāsetvā SN.i.66; Kp v. = Snp.p.46; Kp-a.116 (ābhāya pharitvā ekobhāsaṃ karitvā)
pp avabhāsita.
o + bhāsati from bhās, cp. Sk. avabhāsati
to speak to (inopportunely), to rail at, offend, abuse Vin.ii.262; Vin.iii.128.
ava + bhāsati fr. bhāṣ; Sk. apabhāṣati
(nt
■ adj.) shining Vv-a.276 (Hardy: “speaking to someone”).
fr. obhāsa, cp. Sk. avabhāsana
bending, winding, curve, the fold of a robe Vin.i.46 (obhoge kāyabandhanaṃ kātabbaṃ).
o + bhoga from bhuj to bend
adjective lower (in position & rank), inferior, low; pl. omā AN.iii.359 (in contrast with ussā superiors); Snp.860 (ussā samā omā superiors, equals, inferiors), Snp.954; Snp-a.347 (= paritta lāmaka)
■ More freq. in neg. form anoma not inferior i.e. excellent.
Vedic avama, superl. formation fr. ava
adjective lower in rank, inferior; low, insignificant Mnd.306 (appaka +); Ja.ii.142; Dhp-a.i.203.
oma + ka
touched SN.i.13 = SN.i.53 = Thag.39.
pp. of omasati
o + maddati from mṛd, BSk. avamardati Jtm.31#33
pp omaṭṭha.
o + mas = Sk. mṛṣ
feminine touching, touch Vin.iii.121 (= heṭṭhā oropanā).
fr. omasati
disregard, disrespect, contempt Dhp-a.ii.52 (+ atimāna) Cp. foll. & see also; avamāna.
fr. o + man, think. The Sk. avamāna is later
at Ja.ii.443 we read ucce sakuṇa omāna meaning ʻOh bird, flying highʼ. With the present material we see no satisfactory solution of this puzzle. There is a Burmese correction which is at variance with the commentary “flying”, the variant reading BB is ḍemāna (fr. ḍī). C. explains by caramāna gacchamāna. Müller, P. Gr. 99 proposes to read ḍemāna for omāna.
adjective mixed, miscellaneous, various Ja.v.37; Ja.vi.224 (˚parisā). Cp. vo˚.
o + missaka
adjective cast off, second hand Vin.i.187.
fr. + muc
to take off, loosen, release; unfasten, undo, doff DN.i.126 (veṭhanaṃ as form of salute); Ja.ii.326 Ja.vi.73 (sāṭakaṃ); Vism.338; Pv-a.63 (tacaṃ); Vv-a.75 (ābhāraṇāni)
caus omuñcāpeti to cause to take off Vin.i.273
pp omutta.
o + muc
released, freed, discharged, taken off Iti.56 (read omutt’assa Mārapāso for T. omukkassa m.).
pp. of omuñcati
to discharge urine, pass water MN.i.79, MN.i.127.
Sk. avamūtrayati, Denom. fr. mūtra, urine
to wish ill, to curse, imprecate Vin.iii.137.
o + yāc, opp. āyācati
adjective below, inferior, posterior. Usually as nt. oraṃ the below, the near side, this world Snp.15; Vv-a.42 (orato abl. from this side)
■ Cases adverbially: acc. oraṃ (with abl. on this side of, below, under, within MN.ii.142; Snp.804 (oraṃ vassasatā); Pv.iv.3#35 (oraṃ chahi māsehi in less th an.6 months or after 6 months; id. p. at Pv.i.10#12 has uddhaṃ); Pv-a.154 (dahato); instr. orena Ja.v.72 abl. orato on this side Mil.210.
compar. formation fr. ava; Vedic avara
adjective inferior, posterior Vin.i.19; Vin.ii.159; MN.ii.47; Snp.692 (= paritta Snp-a.489; cp. omaka) Ja.i.381.
ora + ka
o + rata, pp. of ramati
one who kills sheep, a butcher (of sheep) MN.i.343, MN.i.412; SN.ii.256; AN.i.251; AN.ii.207 = Pp.56; Pp.iii.303; Thig.242 (= urabbhaghātaka Thag-a.204) Ja.v.270; Ja.vi.111 (and their punishment in Niraya); Pp-a.244 (urabbhā vuccanti eḷakā; urabbhe hanatī ti orabbhiko).
fr. urabbha. The Sk. aurabhrika is later & differs in meaning
to stay or be on this side, i.e. to stand still, to get no further Ja.i.492 (oramituṃ na icchi), Ja.i.498 (oramāma na pārema) Note. This form may also be expld. & taken as imper of ava + ramati (cp. avarata 2), i.e. let us desist, let us give up, (i.e. we shall not get through to the other side); -anoramati (neg.) see sep
■ On the whole question see also Morris, J.P.T.S. 1887, 154 sq.
Denom. fr. ora instead of orameti
to make someone desist from Ja.v.474 (manussa-maṃsā).
Caus. ii. of oramati
adjective being a share of the lower, i e this world, belonging to the kāma world, epithet of the 5 saṃyojanāni (see also saṃyojana) DN.i.156; DN.iii.107, DN.iii.108 DN.iii.132; MN.i.432; Iti.114; Pp.22; Ne.14; Snp-a.13; DN-a.i.313
■ Note. A curious form of this word is found at Thig.166 orambhāga-manīya, with gloss (Thag-a.158) oraṃ āgamanīya. Probably the bh should be deleted.
ora + bhāga + iya; BSk. avarabhāgīya, e.g. Divy.533
doubtful reading at AN.v.149, meaning concerned with worldly things (?). The vv.ll. are oramitā, oravikā, oramato, oravi.
ora + n. ag. of vitarati?
adjective belonging to one’s own breast, self-begotten, legitimate; innate, natural, own MN.ii.84; MN.iii.29; SN.ii.221 (bhagavato putto o. mukhato jāto); SN.iii.83; Ja.iii.272; Vv.50#22; Thag-a.236 Kp-a.248; Pv-a.62 (urejāta +).
Fr. ura, uras breast Vedic aurasa
the lower or lowest, the one on this side, this (opp. yonder) only in combn. orima-tīra the shore on this side, the near shore (opp. pāra˚ and pārima˚ the far side) DN.i.244; SN.iv.175 (sakkāyass’ adhivacanaṃ) = Snp-a.24; Dhs.597 Vism.512 (˚tīra-mah’ogha); Dhp-a.ii.99.
superl. formation fr. ora, equivalent to avama
fr. orundhati. In meaning equalling Sk. aparuddha as well as ava˚
to get, attain, take for a wife
ger orundhiya Ja.iv.480
aor oruddha Thig.445
pp oruddha. See also avarundhati.
cp. Sk. avarundhate
obstruction; confinement, harem, seraglio Vin.ii.290; Vin.iv.261 (rāj’ orodhā harem-lady, concubine); Ja.iv.393, Ja.iv.404.
fr. orundhati; Sk. avarodha
neuter taking down, removal, cutting off (hair), in kes’ oropaṇa hair-cutting Dhp-a.ii.53 (T. has at one place orohaṇa, variant reading oropaṇa).
abstr. fr. oropeti
to take down, bring down, deprive of, lay aside, take away, cut off (hair) Vv-a.64 (bhattabhājanaṃ oropeti)-ger. oropayitvā Snp.44 (= nikkhipitvā paṭippassambhayitvā Cnd.181 apanetvā Snp-a.91); Ja.vi.211 (kesamassuṃ).
Caus. fr. orohati; BSk. avaropayati
neuter descent, in udak’orohaṇânuyoga practice of descending in to the water (i.e. bathing Pp.55; Ja.i.193; Mil.350.
abstr. fr. orahati
to descend, climb down DN.ii.21; MN.iii.131; Ja.i.50; Mil.395; Pv-a.14
caus oropeti (q.v.).
o + rohati
to make stick to, to put on, hold fast, restrain MN.ii.178; AN.iii.384 (vv.ll. oloketi olabheti, oketi); Thag.355.
Caus. of o + lag
restrained, checked Thag.356
Sk. avalagna, pp. of avalagati
feminine bending down Vin.iii.121 (= heṭṭhā onamanā).
fr. olaṅgheti
to make jump down, in phrase ullaṅgheti olaṅgheti to make dance up down Ja.v.434 = Dhp-a.iv.197 (the latter has T. ullaggheti ol˚; but variant reading ullangheti ol˚).
Caus. of ava + laṅgh
adjective hanging down Vin.iii.49; Ja.iv.380 (˚vilamba).
fr. ava + lamb
adjective noun
see olambati
to hang down, hang on, to be supported by, rest on. The form in o is the older. Pres. avalambare Pv.ii.1#18 (= olambamānā tiṭṭhanti Pv-a.77); Pv.ii.10#2 (= olambanti Pv-a.142); olambati MN.iii.164 (+ ajjholambati); Ja.i.194; Pv-a.46
ger avalamba (for ˚bya) Pv.iii.3#5 (= olambitva Pv-a.189 & olambetvā Ja.iii.218. See also olubbha.
ava + lamb
an armchair, lit. a chair with supports Vin.ii.142.
fr. olambati
to scrape off, cut off, shave off (hair) AN.iii.295 (veṇiṃ olikhituṃ); Thag.169 (kese olikhissaṃ); Thag.2, Thag.88.
o + likh, cp. Sk. apalikhati
a dirty pool near a village MN.iii.168; SN.v.361; AN.i.161; AN.iii.389; Mil.220; Vism.343.
of unknown etym.: prob. Non-Aryan, cp. BSk. oḍigalla Saddh. P. chap. vi.
to stick, stick fast, adhere, cling to Iti.43; Ne.174
pp olīna (see avalīna).
o + līyate from lī
adhering, sticking or clinging to (worldliness), infatuated MN.i.200 (˚vuttika); Ja.vi.569 (anolīna-mānasa); Vb.350 (˚vuttikā); Mil.393 (an˚).
pp. of oliyate
adhering, infatuation Pts.i.157; Dhs.1156, Dhs.1236.
fr. oliyati
breaking off, falling to pieces, rotting away MN.i.80, MN.i.245 (olugga-vilugga), MN.i.450 (id.) Vism.107 (id.).
pp. of olujjati
to break off, go to wreck, fall away SN.ii.218 (variant reading ull˚)
pp olugga.
Sk. avarujyate, Pass. of ava + ruj
holding on to leaning on, supporting oneself by (with acc.); most frequently in phrase daṇḍaṃ olubbha leaning on a stick e.g. MN.i.108 (= daṇḍaṃ olambitvā C.; see MN.i.539); AN.iii.298; Thig.27 (= ālambitvā); Vv-a.105. In other connections: SN.i.118; SN.iii.129; Ja.i.265 (āvāṭa-mukha-vaṭṭiyaṃ); Ja.vi.40 (hatthe); Dhp-a.ii.57 (passaṃ; gloss olambi) Vv-a.217, Vv-a.219.
assimil. form of olumbha which in all likelihood for olambya, ger. of olambati. The form presents difficulties See also Morris, J.P.T.S. 1887, 156
to strip off, seize, pick, pluck Vin.i.278 (bhesajjan olumpetvā, vv.ll. ulumpetvā, oḷump˚ odametvā).
o + Caus. of lup
neuter looking, looking at, sight Sdhp.479 (mukhass’).
see oloketi
adjective noun window Vin.ii.267 (olokanakena olokenti, adv.).
fr. oloketi
to look at, to look down or over to, to examine, contemplate, inspect, consider Ja.i.85, Ja.i.108 (nakkhattaṃ); Pv.ii.9#64; Dhp-a.i.10, Dhp-a.i.12 Dhp-a.i.25, Dhp-a.i.26; Dhp-a.ii.96 (variant reading for T. voloketi); Dhp-a.iii.296; Pv-a.4, Pv-a.5 Pv-a.74, Pv-a.124.
BSk. avalokayati or apaloketi
at Pv-a.110 is with variant reading BB to be read uḷāra.
adjective gross, coarse, material, ample (see on term Dhs trsl. 208 & Cpd. 159 n. 4) DN.i.37, DN.i.186 sq (attā), DN.i.195, DN.i.197, DN.i.199; MN.i.48, MN.i.139, MN.i.247; MN.ii.230; MN.iii.16 MN.iii.299; SN.ii.275 (vihāra); SN.iii.47 (opp. sukhuma); SN.iv.382 (id.); SN.v.259 sq.; AN.iv.309 sq. (nimittaṃ obhāso); Ja.i.67; Dhs.585, Dhs.675, Dhs.889; Vb.1, Vb.13, Vb.379; Vism.155 (˚anga), Vism.274 sq. (with ref. to breathing), Vism.450.
fr. uḷāra
adjective Sen. Kacc.390 belonging to a skiff (no ref. in Pāli Canon?); cp. BSk. olumpika Mvu.iii.113 & oḍumpika Mvu.iii.443.
Deriv. unknown, BSk. olumpika and oḍumpika Mvu.iii.113, Mvu.iii.443. In the Śvet-Upan. we find the form uḍupa a skiff.
at SN.i.212 read ojava.
obstructed, prevented Vin.ii.255 = Vin.iv.52; AN.iv.277 (variant reading ovāda); also an˚; ibid.
o + vaṭa, pp. of vṛ; another form of ovuta = ophuta, q.v.
neuter
fr. ava + vṛt
to give advice, to admonish exhort, instruct, usually combd. with anusāsati
pres ovadati Vin.iv.52 sq.; Dhp-a.i.11, Dhp-a.i.13;
imper ovadatu MN.iii.267
pot ovadeyya Vin.iv.52 (= aṭṭhahi garudhammehi ovadati); Snp.1051 (= anusāseyya)
aor ovadi Dhp-a.i.397
inf ovadituṃ Vin.i.59 (+ anusāsituṃ)
grd ovaditabba Vin.ii.5; and ovadiya (see sep.)
pass avadiyati; ppr. -iyamāna Pp.64 (anusāsiyamāna).
o + vadati. The Sk. avavadati is some centuries later and is diff. in meaning
adjective who or what can be advised, advisable Vin.i.59 (+ anusāsiya); Vv.84#36 (ovāda-vasena vattabbaṃ Vv-a.345).
grd. of ovadati
a process to be carried out with the kaṭhina robes. The meaning is obscure Vin.i.254. See the note at Vin. Texts ii.154; Vin.i.254 is not clear (see expln. by C. on p. 388). The vv.ll. are ovadeyya˚ ovadheyya ovaṭṭheyya˚.
to throw up, vomit Ud.78.
o + vam
neuter an inner room Vin.i.217; MN.i.253; Ja.i.391 (jāto varake T. to be read as jāt’ovarake i.e. the inner chamber where he was born, thus also at Vv-a.158); Vism.90, Vism.431; Vv-a.304 (= gabbha).
Deriv. uncertain. The Sk. apavaraka is some centuries later. The Sk. apavaraka forbidden or secret room, Halāyudha “lying-in chamber”
forbidding, obstructing, holding back, preventing Thig.367 (variant reading ovadiyāna, thus also Thag-a.250 explained “maṃ gacchantiṃ avaditvā gamanaṃ nisedhetvā”). Ovassa & ka;
ger. of o + vṛ.
see anovassa(ka).
to rain down on, to make wet. - Pass. ovassati to become wet through rain Vin.ii.121.
o + vassati
to carry down
pass ovuyhati Iti.114 (ind. & pot. ovuyheyya).
o + vahati
advice, instruction, admonition, exhortation Vin.i.50 = Vin.ii.228; Vin.ii.255 Vin.iv.52; DN.i.137 (˚paṭikara, function of a king); Ja.iii.256 (anovādakara one who cannot be helped by advice, cp ovadaka); Ne.91, Ne.92; Dhp-a.i.13, Dhp-a.i.398 (dasavidha o.) Vv-a.345
■ ovādaṃ deti to give advice Pv-a.11, Pv-a.12, Pv-a.15,
BSk. avavāda in same sense as P.
adjective noun admonishing (act.) or being admonished (pass.); giving or taking advice; a spiritual instructor or adviser. MN.i.145 AN.i.25 SN.v.67 Iti.107
■ anovādaka one who cannot or does not want to be advised, incorrigible Ja.i.159; Ja.iii.256, Ja.iii.304; Ja.v.314.
fr. ovāda; cp. BSk. avavādaka in same meaning, e.g. Divy.48, Divy.254, Divy.385
adjective noun = ovādaka MN.i.360 (anovādin).
fr. ovāda
to pierce through Vism.304.
ava + vyadh
see ophuta.
to be carried down (a river) Iti.114.
Pass. of ovahati
to draw back, move back DN.i.230; Ja.iv.348 (for apavattati C.); Ja.v.295 (an-osakkitvā) See also Trenckner, Notes p. 60.
o + sakkati fr. P. sakk = *Sk. ṣvaṣk, cp. Māgadhī osakkai; but sometimes confused with sṛp, cp P. osappati & Sk. apasarpati
to emit, evacuate Pv-a.268 (vaccaṃ excrement, + ohanati)
pp osaṭṭha.
o + sṛj
having withdrawn to (acc.), gone to or into, undergone, visited MN.i.176, MN.i.469 (padasamācāro sangha-majjhe o.); MN.ii.2 (Rājagahaṃ vass˚āvāsaṃ o.); Mil.24 (sākacchā osaṭā bahū). See also avasaṭa.
pp. of o + sṛ.
to make smooth, to smooth out, comb or brush down (hair) Vin.ii.107 (kese); Ja.iv.219 (id.).
o + saṇheti, denom. fr. saṇha
neuter see osadhī.
Vedic auṣadha
variant reading Iti.20 for opadhika.
feminine remedy, esp. poultice, fomentation Ja.iv.361.
fr. osadha
feminine There is no difference in meaning between osadha and osadhī; both mean equally any medicine whether of herbs or other ingredients. Cp. e.g. AN.iv.100 (bījagāma-bhūtagāmā… osadhi-tiṇavanappatayo) Pv.ii.6#10 with Snp.296 (gāvo… yāsu jāyanti osadhā); DN.i.12, cp DN-a.i.98; Pv.iii.5#3; Pv-a.86; Ja.iv.31; Ja.vi.331 (? trsln. medicinal herb). Figuratively, ʻbalm of salvationʼ (amatosadha) Mil.247. Osadhi-tārakā, star of healing. The only thing we know about this star is its white brilliance, SN.i.65; Iti.20 = AN.v.62; Vv.9#2; Pv.ii.1#10; cp. Pv-a.71 Vism.412. Childers calls it Venus, but gives no evidence other translators render it ʻmorning starʼ. According to Hindu mythology the lord of medicine is the moon (oṣadhīśa), not any particular star.
Vedic avaṣa + dhī: bearer of balm, comfort, refreshment
adjective given out, exhausted, weak Mil.250 (˚viriya).
o + pp. of syad to move on
to draw back, give way Ja.vi.190 (osappissati; gloss apīyati).
o + sṛp to creep
adjective of the nature of a resort, fit for resorting to, over-hanging eaves, affording shelter Vin.ii.153. See also osāraka.
fr. osarati, osarana & osaṭa
neuter
fr. avasarati
to flow, to go away, to recede to, to visit MN.i.176 (gāmaṃ etc.); MN.ii.122
pp osaṭa. See also avasarati.
o + sṛ.
neuter stopping, ceasing; end, finish, conclusion SN.v.79 (read paṭikkamosāna), SN.v.177, SN.v.344; Snp.938
fr. osāpeti
to put forth, bring to an end, settle, put down, fix, decide SN.i.81 (fut. osāpayissāmi; vv.ll. oyayiss˚ and obhāyiss˚ Ud.66 (T. otarissāmi? vv.ll. obhāyiss˚, otāy˚ & osāy˚ C. paṭipajjissāmi karissāmi); Ja.i.25 (osāpeti, variant reading obhāseti); Mnd.412 (in expln. of osāna); Vv-a.77 (agghaṃ o to fix a price; vv.ll. ohāpeti & onarāpeti) = Dhp-a.iii.108 (variant reading osāreti). Cp. osāreti.
With Morris, J.P.T.S. 1887, 158 Caus. of ava + sā, Sk. avasāyayati (cp. P. avaseti, oseti), but by MSS & Pāli grammarians taken as Caus. of; sṛ: sarāpeti contracted to sāpeti, thus ultimately the same as Sk. sārayati = P. sāreti (thus vv.ll.). Not with Trenckner, Notes 78 and Müller P. Gr..42. Caus. of ā + viś to sling
shelter, outhouse Ja.iii.446. See also osaraka.
fr. osarati
feminine
fr. osāreti 3
restored, rehabilitated Vin.iv.138.
pp. of osāreti 3
pass osāriyati Vin.ii.61 pp. osārita (cp. osāraṇā).
Caus. of o + sṛ; to flow
o + siñcati
inhabited (by), accessible (to) Snp.937 (an˚). Cp. vy˚.
pp. of ava + sā
sprinkled, besprinkled Ja.v.400. See also avasitta.
pp. of osiñcati
to settle down, to sink, run aground (of ships) SN.iv.314 (osīda bho sappi-tela); Mil.277 (nāvā osīdati)
ger osīditvā Ja.ii.293
caus 2 osīdāpeti Ja.iv.139 (nāvaṃ).
fr. o + sad
neuter sinking Dhs-a.363.
fr. osīdati
see ussa.
see osakk˚.
relaxation, in cpd. sati-ossagga (for which more common sati-vossagga) relaxation of memory inattention, thoughtlessness Dhp-a.iii.163 (for pamāda Dhp.167). See vossagga.
fr. ossajati
to let loose, let go, send off, give up, dismiss, release DN.ii.106 (aor. ossaji); Snp.270 = SN.i.207; Thag.321; Ja.iv.260
pp ossaṭṭha. See also avassajati.
o + sṛj send off
neuter release, dismissal, sending off DN-a.i.130.
fr. ossajati
let loose, released, given up, thrown down DN.ii.106; SN.iii.241; Ja.i.64; Ja.iv.460 (= nissaṭṭha).
pp. of ossajati
sunk, low down, deficient, lacking Ja.i.336 (opp. ussanna) Hardly to be derived from ava + syad.
pp. of osīdati for osanna, ss after ussanna
neuter outflow, running water MN.i.189 (variant reading ossāvana & osavana). Cp.; avassava.
fr. ava + sru
only in cpd. bimb’ohana, see under bimba.
to defecate, to empty the bowels Pv-a.268 (+ osajjati).
ava + han, but prob. a new formation from Pass. avahīyati of hā, taking it to han instead of the latter
neuter lit. “taking away”, leading astray, side-track, deviating path Ja.vi.525 (C.: gamana-magga) Cp. avaharaṇa.
fr. oharati
to take away, take down, take off SN.i.27 (ger. ohacca, variant reading ūhacca); Pv.ii.6#6 (imper ohara = ohārehi Pv-a.95); Dhp-a.iv.56 (see ohārin). See also ava˚.
caus 1 ohāreti (see avahārati);
caus 2 oharāpeti in meaning of oharati to take down, to cut or shave off (hair) Ja.vi.52 (kesamassuṃ); Dhp-a.ii.53 (cp oropeti)
pp avahaṭa.
o + hṛ; take
ger. of ojahāti.
neuter taking down, cutting off (hair) Ja.i.64 (kesa-massu˚).
fr. ohāreti, cp. avaharaṇa
adjective noun dragging down, weighty, heavy Dhp.346 (= avaharati heṭṭhā haratī ti Dhp-a.iv.56).
fr. avaharati
Caus. of oharati
pp. of odahati; BSk. avahita (Jtm.210 e.g.) as well as apahita (Lal.552 e.g.)
adjective noun one who is left behind (in the house as a guard) Vin.iii.208; Vin.iv.94; SN.i.185 (vihārapāla).
fr. ohīyati, avahiyyati
having left behind Ja.iv.432 (gaṇaṃ).
pp. of ojahāti
ava + hīyati, Pass. of ha, see avajahāti
feminine scorning, scornfulness Vb.353 (+ ohīḷattaṃ).
ava + hīḷanā, of hīḍ
(pron. interr.) who? m. ko f. kā (nt. kiṃ, q.v.); follows regular decl. of an atheme with some formations fr. ki˚, which base is otherwise restricted to the nt.
■ From ka˚ also nt. pl. kāni (Snp.324, Snp.961) & some adv. forms like kathaṃ, kadā kahaṃ, etc.
■ In Sandhi the orig. d of cid is restored, e.g. app’ eva nāma kocid eva puriso idh’ agaccheyya, “would that some man or other would come here!” Pv-a.153. Also in correl. with rel. pron. ya (see details under ya˚) yo hi koci gorakkhaṃ upajīvati kassako so na brāhmano (whoever-he) Snp.612. See also kad˚.
Sk. kaḥ, Idg. *qṷo besides *qui (see ki˚ & kiṃ) & *qṷu (see ku˚). Cp. Av. ka-; Gr. πῃ, π ̈ως, ποϊος, etc.; Lat. quī; Oir. co-te; Cymr. pa; Goth hvas, Ags. hwā (= E. who), Ohg. hwër
cp. Sk. kaṃsa; of uncertain etym., perhaps of Babylonian origin, cp. hirañña
= kassati, see ava˚.
a saw Thag.445; Ja.iv.30; Ja.v.52; Ja.vi.261; DN-a.i.212; in simile --ūpama ovāda MN.i.129. Another simile of the saw (a man sawing a tree) is found at Pts.i.171, quoted & referred to at Vism.280, Vism.281.
onomat. to sound root kr̥, cp. note on gala; Sk. krakaca
the chameleon Ja.i.442, Ja.i.487; Ja.ii.63; Ja.vi.346; Vv-a.258.
a peak, summit, projecting corner SN.i.100 (where satakkatu in Text has to be corrected to satakkaku: megho thanayaṃ vijjumālā satakkaku. Com. expln sikhara, kūṭa) AN.iii.34 (= AN-a.620 ~kūṭa). Cp. satakkaku & Morris, J.P.T.S. 1891–93, 5.
Brh. kakud, cp. kākud hollow, curvature, Lat. cacumen, & cumulus
a dove, pigeon, only in compounds:
see ku˚.
-phala the fruit of the kakudha tree Mhvs.xi.14, where it is also said to be a kind of pearl; see mutta. -bhaṇḍa ensign of royalty Ja.i.53; Ja.iv.151; Ja.v.289 (= sakāyura). The 5 regalia (as mentioned at Ja.v.264) are vāḷavījanī uṇhīsa, khagga, chatta, pādukā: the fan, diadem, sword canopy, slippers
■ pañcavidha-k˚ Pv-a.74.
cp. Sk. kakuda, and kaku above
a sediment deposited by oily substances, when ground; a paste Vin.i.205 (tila˚), Vin.i.255. Three kinds enumerated at Ja.vi.232: sāsapa˚ (mustard-paste), mattika˚ (fragrant earth-paste, cp. Fuller’s earth), tila˚ (sesamum paste). At DN-a.i.88, a fourth paste is given as haliddi˚ used before the application of face powder (poudre de riz, mukha-cuṇṇa). Cp. kakku.
cp. Sk. kalka, also kalanka & kalusa
a kind of gem; a precious stone of yellowish colour Vv-a.111.
cp. Sk. karka
a large deer (?) Ja.vi.538 (explained as mahāmiga).
a crab SN.i.123; MN.i.234; Ja.i.222; Vv.54#6 (Vv-a.243, Vv-a.245); Dhp-a.iii.299 (mama… kakkaṭakassa viya akkhīni nikkhamimsu, as a sign of being in love). Cp. kakkhaḷa.
cp. Sk. karkaṭa, karkara “hard,” kankata “mail”; cp. Gr. καρκίνος & Lat. cancer; also B. Sk kakkaṭaka hook
a jungle cock used as a decoy Ja.ii.162 purāṇa˚, Ja.ii.161; cp. dīpaka1 & see Kern, Toevoegselen p. 118 K˚-Jātaka, N˚ 209.
onomat, cp. Sk. kṛkavāku cock, Gr. κέρκας, κερκίς, Lat. querquedula, partridge; sound-root kr̥ see note on gala
feminine roughness, harshness, deceitfulness, Pp.19, Pp.23.
neuter harshness, Pp.19, Pp.23.
a kind of creeper (˚jātāni = valliphalāni) Ja.vi.536.
adjective rough, hard, harsh, esp. of speech (vācā para-kaṭukā Dhs.1343), MN.i.286 = Dhs.1343; AN.v.265 = AN.v.283, AN.v.293; Dhs-a.396
■ akakkasa: smooth Snp.632; Ja.iii.282 Ja.v.203, Ja.v.206, Ja.v.405, Ja.v.406 (cp. J.P.T.S. 1891–93, 13); akakkasanga with smooth limbs, handsome, Ja.v.204.
Sk. karkaśa to root kr̥ as in kakkaṭaka
roughness Snp.328, Mil.252.
(and -uka) a kind of cucumber Vv.33#28 = eḷāluka Vv-a.147.
fr. karkaru
(Sk. karkāru, connected with karkaṭaka]
to make the sound kak, to half choke Ja.ii.105.
*kaṭ-kāreti to make kaṭ, see note on gala for sound-root kr̥ & cp. khaṭakhaṭa
a powder for the face, slightly adhesive, used by ladies, Ja.v.302 where 5 kinds are enumerated: sāsapa˚, loṇa˚, mattika˚, tila˚, haliddi˚.
cp. kakka = kalka
? Kp-a.38, spelt takk˚; at Vism.258.
see takkola.
kakkhaṭa, cp. Sk. karkara = P. kakkaṭaka
feminine hardness, rigidity, Dhs.859; Vb.82; Ja.v.167; Dhs-a.166
■ akakkhaḷatā absence of roughness, pleasantness Dhs.44, Dhs.45, Dhs.324 Dhs.640, Dhs.728, Dhs.859; Dhs-a.151; Vv-a.214 (= saṇha).
abstr. fr. prec.
neuter hardness, roughness, harshness Vin.ii.86; Vb.82; Vism.365; cp. Mvu.i.166 kakkhaṭatva.
hardness, rigidity, roughness, Vb.350.
a heron MN.i.364, MN.i.429; Ja.v.475.
Sk. kanka, to sound-root kn̊, cp. kinkiṇī & see note on gala
elephant’s trappings Vv-a.104 (= kappa).
= kaṃ or kiṃ + kṛta, to kiṇi, “the tinklings”
neuter a bracelet, ornament for the wrist Thig.259 (= Thag-a.211).
to same root as kanka
skeleton; only in cpd. atthi˚ Aṭṭhikankal’ ūpamā kāmā Vin.ii.25; MN.i.130, MN.i.364; Ja.v.210; Thag.1150 (˚kuṭika): aṭṭhikankalasannibha Thig.488 (= Thag-a.287; cp. Morris, J.P.T.S. 1885, 75) aṭṭhikankala aṭṭhi-puñja aṭṭhi-rāsi SN.ii.185 = Iti.17 (but in the verses on same page: puggalass’ aṭṭhisañcayo). Cp. aṭṭhisankhalikā Pv-a.152; aṭṭhika sankhalikā Ja.i.433; aṭṭhi-sanghāṭa Thag.60.
Sk. kankāla & cp. śṛnkhala (as kaṇṇa → śṛnga), orig. meaning “chain”
a kind of soil or mould, of a golden or silver colour Mhvs.326. (see note on Mhvs.355).
cp. Sk. kankuṣṭha
Sk. kāṅkṣ cp. śaṅk, Lat. cunctor
neuter doubting, doubt, hesitation MN-a.97; Dhs-a.259.
to be doubted SN.iv.399.
grd. of kankhati
feminine
cp. Sk. kānkṣā
to doubt, pp. Kaṅkhāyita Snp.1021.
Denom. fr. kankhā
feminine + kaṅkhāyitatta (nt.) doubting and hesitation, doubtfulness, Cnd.1; Dhs.425, Dhs.1004, Dhs.1118; Dhs-a.259.
adjective
Sk. kānkṣin
feminine the panic seed, Panicum Italicum; millet used as food by the poor (cp. piyangu); mentioned as one of the seven kinds of grains (see dhañña) at Vin.iv.264; DN-a.i.78
■ Mil.267; Mhvs.32, Mhvs.30.
derivation unknown, prob. non-Aryan, cp. Sk. kangu
the hair (of the head), in ˚kalāpa a mass of hair, tresses Dāvs iv.51.
Sk. kaca, cp. kāñcī and Latin cingo, cicatrix
to kaca?
indeclinable indef. interrog. particle expressing doubt or suspense equivalent to Gr. α ̓́ν, Lat. ne, num, nonne: then perhaps; I doubt whether, I hope, I am not sure, etc. Vin.i.158, Vin.i.350; DN.i.50 (k. maṃ na vañcesi I hope you do not deceive me), DN.i.106; SN.iii.120, SN.iii.125; Snp.335, Snp.354 Snp.p.87; Ja.i.103, Ja.i.279; Ja.v.373; Dhp-a.ii.39 (k. tumhe gatā “have you not gone,” answer: āma “yes”); Pv-a.27 (k. tan dānaṃ upakappati does that gift really benefit the dead?), Pv-a.178 (k. vo piṃḍapāto laddho have you received any alms?). Cp. kin
■ Often combined with other indef. particles, e.g. kacci nu Vin.i.41; Ja.iii.236 Ja.vi.542; k. nu kho “perhaps” (Ger. etwa, doch nicht Ja.i.279; k. pana Ja.i.103
■ When followed by nu or su the original d reappears according to rules of Sandhi kaccinnu Ja.ii.133; Ja.v.174, Ja.v.348; Ja.vi.23); kaccissu Snp.1045 Snp.1079 (see Cnd.186).
Sk. kaccid = kad + cid, see kad˚
a kind of large shrub, the Caesalpina Digyna Ja.vi.535 (should we write with BB kacchi˚?).
neuter
cp. Sk. kaccha, prob. dial.
adjective fit to be spoken of AN.i.197 (Com. = kathetuṃ yutta). akaccha ibid.
ger. of kath
neuter
see kacchā2
a tortoise, turtle SN.iv.177 (kummo kacchapo); in simile of the blind turtle (kāṇo k.) MN.iii.169 = SN.v.455; Thig.500 (cp J.P.T.S. 1907, 73, 174)
■ f. kacchapinī a female t Mil.67.
Sk. kacchapa, dial. fr. *kaśyapa, orig. Ep of kumma, like magga of paṭipadā
see hattha˚.
reed-basket, sling-basket, pingo, in -vāṇija a trader, hawker, pedlar Ja.i.111.
see kaccha1
feminine
derivation unknown, cp. Sk. kakṣā, Lat. cohus, incohare & see details under gaha1
feminine & kaccha (m. nt.); the armpit Vin.i.15 (addasa… kacche vīṇaṃ… aññissā kacche ālambaraṃ); SN.i.122 = Snp.449 (sokaparetassa vīṃā kacchā abhassatha); Iti.76 (kacchehi sedā muccanti sweat drops from their armpits); Ja.v.434 = Dhp-a.iv.197 (thanaṃ dasseti k˚ṃ dass˚ nābhiṃ dass˚); Ja.v.435 (thanāni k˚ āni ca dassayantī; explained on Ja.v.437 by upakacchaka); Ja.vi.578. The phrase parūḷha-kaccha-nakhaloma means “with long-grown finger-nails and long hair in the armpit,” e.g. SN.i.78.
-loma (kaccha˚) hair growing in the armpit Mil.163 (should probably be read parūḷha-k
■ nakha-l., as above).
Derivation unknown, cp. Sk. kakṣa & kakṣā, Lat. coxa, Ohg. hahsa
see kacci˚.
Derivation uncertain, cp. Sk. kacchu, dial. for kharju: perhaps connected with khajjati, eating, biting
orig. burning badly or dimly, a dirty burn lamp-black or soot, used as a collyrium Vin.ii.50 (read k. for kapalla, cp. J.P.T.S. 1887, 167).
Sk. kajjala, dial. fr. kad + jala, from jalati, jval
a kind of gem Mil.118 (vajira k. phussarāga lohitanka).
a kind of tree (dāsima˚) Ja.vi.536 (explained as “dve rukkhajātiyo”). BB have koñcaka.
neuter gold AN.iii.346 Thag.691 (muttaṃ selā va k.); Thig.266 (k˚ ssa phalakaṃ va); Vv-a.4, Vv-a.9 (= jātarūpa). Esp. freq. in compounds = of or like gold.
Derivation uncertain, cp. Sk. kāñeana, either from khacati (shine = the shining metal, cp. kāca (glass) & Sk.; kāś), or from kanaka gold, cp. Gr. κνηκός (yellow). P. kañcana is poetical
adjective golden Ja.iv.379 (˚daṇḍa).
from kañc (kac) to bind, cp. Gr. κάκαλα fetter, Sk. kañcuka
Name of a class of Titans Pv-a.272 (kāḷa-k˚-bhedā Asurā; should we read khañjaka? Cp. Hardy Manual of Buddhism 59).
neuter sour rice-gruel Ja.i.238 (udaka˚); Vv.33#37 (amba˚), Vv.43#5 (= yāgu Vv-a.186) Dhp-a.i.78, Dhp-a.i.288; Vv-a.99 (ācāma-k˚-loṇudaka as expln of loṇa-sovīraka “salty fluid, i.e. the scum of sour gruel”). Cp. next.
Sk. kāñjika
neuter = kañjika; Ja.iii.145 (ambila˚); Ja.vi.365 (˚āpaṇa); Dhp-a.ii.3; Dhp-a.iv.164.
feminine a young (unmarried) woman, maiden, girl Pv.i.11#1
■ As emblem of beauty in simile khattiya-kaññā vā… pannarasa-vassuddesikā vā solasa-vassuddesikā vā… MN.i.88; in combination khattiya-kaññā, brāhmaṇa-k˚, etc. AN.ii.205 AN.iv.128; Kisāgotamī nāma khattiya-k˚ Ja.i.60; deva˚ a celestial nymph Ja.i.61.
from kanīna young, compar. kanīyah, superl. kaniṣṭha; orig. “newly sprung” from *qen, cp. Gr. καινός, Vedic kanyā, Lat. re-cen(t)s, Ags. hindema “novissimus.” See also kaniṭṭha
a mat: see compounds & kaṭallaka.
Sk. kaṭa from kṛṇatti: to do wicker-work, roll up, plait; *gert, cp. Gr. κάρταλος, Lat. cratis = E. crate Goth. haurds, E. hurdle
another form of kaṭi (hip), only used in compounds:
= kata in meaning of “original,” good (cp. sat); as nt. “the lucky die” in phrase kaṭaggaha (see below). Also in combination with su˚ & duk˚; for sukata & dukkata (e.g. Vin.ii.289; Dhp-a.iii.486; Dhp-a.iv.150) and in meaning of “bad, evil” in kaṭana. Cp. also kali.
pp. of karoti
masculine neuter anything circular, a ring, a wheel (thus in kara˚ Vin.ii.122); a bracelet Pv-a.134.
see kaṭu˚.
= taṭataṭāyati to crush, grind, creak, snap Pp-a.i.34; Vv-a.121 (as variant reading); Vism.264. Cp. also karakarā.
a ladle, a spoon; explained by uḷunka Dhp-a.iv.75, Dhp-a.iv.123; by dabbi Pv-a.135. Used for butter Vv-a.68, otherwise for cooked food in general, esp. rice gruel
■ Vin.ii.216; Ja.i.454; Ja.iii.277.
cp. on etym. Morris in J.P.T.S. 1887, 163
adjective relating to spoons Vin.ii.233.
neuter an evil deed AN.iv.172 (variant reading = AN-a.744 kaṭanaṃ vuccati pāpakammaṃ).
from kaṭa, pp. of karoti
a puppet (pagliaccio), a marionette with some contrivance to make it dance Ja.v.16 (dāru explained by dārumaya-yanta-rūpaka).
to kaṭa1
feminine a cemetery; only in phrase kaṭasiṃ vaḍḍheti “to increase the cemetery” referring to dying and being buried repeatedly in the course of numerous rebirths, explained by susāna & āḷāhana Thag-a.291-vaḍḍhenti kaṭasiṃ ghoraṃ ādiyanti punabbhavaṃ Vin.ii.296 = AN.ii.54 = Thag.456 (where ācinanti (?) for ādiy˚), Thag.575; Thig.502. Also in compounds -vaḍḍhana Ja.i.146; Ud.72 = Ne.174; -vaḍḍhita SN.ii.178 sq. Cnd.664.
prob. a contamination of kaṭa + sīva(thikā), charnel-house, under influence of foll. va (ḍḍh˚), cp Sk. kaṭa (?) a corpse
see kata i.3.
masculine neuter a pot [in older texts only as-˚].
Sk. kaṭāha
hip, waist Vin.iii.22, Vin.iii.112; Cnd.659; Ja.iv.32; Mil.418. In compounds also kaṭa (q.v.).
Sk. kaṭi, *(s)qṷel; orig. bending, curvature, cp. Gr. σκέλος hip, Lat. scelus crooked deed, Ger. scheel squint
adjective sharp, bitter, acid, severe
■ Note. Is k. to be written instead of kadukkha at Vv-a.316, where it explains maraṇa? Cp. Ja.iii.201 tesaṃ taṃ kaṭukaṃ āsi, maraṇaṃ ten’ upāgamuṃ.
-udraya causing bitterness or pain Ja.v.241, cp. dukkhudraya Ja.v.119. -odaka a bitter draught Sdhp.159 -pabhedana (adj.) having a pungent juice exuding from the temples, said of an elephant in rut Dhp.324 (= tikhiṇamada Dhp-a.iv.13). -pphala a kind of perfume made of the berry of an aromatic plant Ja.ii.416 = Dhp-a.iii.475 (kappūra-k˚-ādīni), cp. Sk. kakkolaka
■ (adj.) of bitter fruit Ja.ii.106 (of the mango); SN.i.57 = Ja.iii.291 = Dhp.66 (of kamma); Pv.i.11#10 (id.). -bhaṇḍa (sg. & pl.) spices There are 4 enumerated at Ja.iii.86: hingujīraka, singiveraka marica, pipphali; 3 at Vv-a.186 (as tikaṭuka, cp kaṭula): ajamoja, hingujīraka, lasuṇa; Pv-a.135; Dhp-a.ii.131. -bhāva stinginess Dhs-a.376. -rohiṇī the black hellebore Vin.i.201 (as medicine). -vipāka (adj. having a bitter result (of pāpa) Mil.206; compar. ˚tara SN.ii.128. -sāsana a harsh command Ja.vi.498.
Sk. kaṭu(ka), from *(s)qṷer to cut; cp. Sk. kṛṇoti (kṛṇtati), Lat. caro “cutlet.”-k. is almost exclusively poetical; usually explained in prose by aniṭṭha tikhiṇa, ghora (of niraya); often combined with khara opp. madhura, e.g. Pv-a.119
feminine closeness, tightness close-fistedness, niggardliness. Explained as “the shrinking up of the heart,” which prevents the flow or manifestation of generosity. It occurs only in the stock phrase “vevicchaṃ kadariyaṃ k. aggahitattaṃ cittassa” in macchariya -passage at Cnd.614 = Dhs.1122 = Pp.19, Pp.23 = Vb.357, Vb.371; and in the macchariya expln at Vism.470.
der. by Bdhgh. as kaṭuka + añcuka (añc), a popular etymology (Dhs-a.376). At Dhs.1122 and as variant reading K in Vb we have the spelling kaṭakancukatā (for kaṭakuñcakatā?), on which and ˚kuñcaka see Morris, J.P.T.S. 1887, 159 sq. and Dhs. trsl. 300 n2-Morris’ derivation is kaṭa (kar) + kañcuka + tā (kañcuka = kuñcaka to kuñc, to contract), thus a dern fr. kañcuka “bodice” and meaning “being tightened in by a bodice,” i.e. tightness. Although the reading kaṭukañc˚ is the established reading, the variant reading kaṭakuñc˚; is probably etym. correct, semantically undoubtedly better. It has undergone dissimilatory vowel-metathesis under influence of popular analogy with kaṭuka. With kuñcikatā cp. the similar expression derived from the same root: kuṇalī-mukha, of a stingy person Pv.ii.9#28, which is explained by “sankucitaṃ mukhaṃ akāsi” (see kuñcita)
neuter pungency, acidity, bitterness Mil.56, Mil.63.
feminine artificiality, outward help, suggestion applied to sati Mil.78, Mil.79 (cp. Mil trsl. i.121 n and Mhvs.i.477).
from karoti; see Sk. kṛtrima & kuṭṭima; also kutta & kutti
adjective containing pungent substances (generally three: tekaṭula) Vin.i.210 (yāgu), cp. tikaṭuka
Sk. kaṭura
adjective impure, defiled, in ˚kata AN.i.280.
kaṭu viya?
a kind of creeper Ja.vi.536 (perhaps read as next).
a flowering plant Ja.vi.537 (= pupphagaccha). Cp. kaseruka.
ploughed, tilled Snp.80; Mil.255; Pv-a.45, Pv-a.62. a˚ untilled, unprepared Anvs.27. su˚ well-ploughed AN.i.229; Mil.255.
Sk. kṛṣṭa, pp. of kasati, cp. kiṭṭha
adjective bad, useless: see kaṭṭhaka2. Only in compounds; perhaps also in pakaṭṭhaka.
Sk. kaṣṭa
neuter
Brh. kāṣṭha, cp. Ohg. holz
masculine neuter a kind of reed Dhp.164; Dhp-a.iii.156 (= velu-sankhāta-kaṭṭha).
to kaṭṭha3
(m. pl.) a kind of fairy DN.ii.261
to kaṭṭha2
neuter a silken coverlet embroidered with gems DN.i.7 = Vin.i.192 = Vin.ii.163; DN-a.i.87 = AN-a.445.
Sk.?
Sk. kvathati; cp. Goth. hvapo scum, hvapjan to seethe. The Dhātumañjūsā (no. 132, ed. Andersen Smith) comments on; kaṭh with “sosāna-pākesu.” See also kuthati
gravel, pebble, potsherd Ja.iii.225; Ja.v.417; Vv-a.157; combined with sakkhara at DN.i.84 = AN.i.9, and in simile at AN.i.253. As f. combined with kaṭṭha at AN.i.124 = Pp.30, Pp.36; AN.iii.6; as m. in same combination at Vism.261.
Sk. kaṭhara (˚la, ˚lla, ˚lya: all found in Av. S and Divy), to kṛṇāti; cp. khāṭi
gravel, potsherd Ja.iii.227; Mil.34.
adjective noun
Sk. kaṭhina & kaṭhora with dial. ṭh for rth; cp. Gr. κρατύς, κρατερός strong, κράτος strength; Goth. hardus = Ags. heard = E. hard. Cp also Sk. kṛtsna = P. kasiṇa
adjective referring to the kaṭhina cloth Vin.v.61, Vin.v.114.
dialect. form supposed to equal Sk. karṣati, cp. Prk. kaḍḍhai to pull, tear, khaḍḍā pit, dug-out See also Bloomfield, J.A.O.S. xiv. 1921 p. 465.
neuter
adjective pulling, dragging Ja.v.260.
the fine red powder between the husk and the grain of rice, huskpowder DN.i.9 (˚homa), explained at DN-a.i.93 by kuṇḍaka. (adj.) made of husk-powder or of finely broken rice, of cakes Ja.i.423 (k-pūva = kuṇḍakena pakka-pūva)- akaṇa (adj.) free from the coating of red powder characteristic of the best rice Mhvs.5, Mhvs.30; Anvs.27 (akaṇaṃ karoti to whiten the rice). Cp. kākaṇa.
Derivation uncertain, possibly connected with kana; positive of kanīyān = small; Vedic kaṇa
a sort of spear, lance Ja.i.273; Ja.ii.364 (like a spear, of a bird’s beak); Mil.339.
Derivation unknown, cp. Sk. kaṇaya = kaṇapa
Nerium odorum, oleander, the flower of which is frequently used in the garland worn by criminals when led to the place of execution (cp Rouse, J. trsl. iv.119 and Mṛcchakaṭika X. beginning diṇṇa-kalavīla-dāme. See also under kaṇṭha) Vism.183 (n); Dhs-a.317; Snp-a.283; Vv-a.177; cp. next.
Sk. karavīra
= kaṇavīra Ja.iii.61; Ja.iv.191; Ja.v.420; Ja.vi.406.
neuter a porridge of broken rice, eaten together with sour gruel (bilanga-dutiya; always in this combination except at Ja.v.230) Vin.ii.77 (cp. Vin. Texts iii.9) SN.i.90, SN.i.91; AN.i.145; AN.iv.392; Ja.i.228; Ja.iii.299; Dhp-a.iii.10; Dhp-a.iv.77; Vv-a.222, Vv-a.298 (corr. bilanka; Hardy at Vv-a Index p. 364 expl. as “a certain weight“(?)).
feminine
cp. kaṇa
masculine neuter & kaṇṇikāra Ja.iv.440; Ja.v.420; the difference stated at Ja.v.422 is kaṇi˚ = mahāpupphā kaṇṇi˚ = khuddakapupphā)
Sk. karṇikāra
neuter a helmet (?) Ja.vi.397.
(m. f.) a young elephant Ja.ii.342; Ja.iv.49; Ja.v.39, Ja.v.50, Ja.v.416; Ja.vi.497; Dhp-a.i.196 (variant reading kareṇukā) -f. -kā MN.i.178
■ See also kareṇu.
Derivation uncertain, just possibly connected with kara, trunk. Sanskrit has kareṇu, but the medieval vocabularies give also kaṇeru
(cp. next) a thorn Mil.351.
From kantati2 to cut. Brh. kaṇṭaka. Spelt also kaṇṭhaka
(f.) in cpd. -vāṭa a thorny fence (cactus hedge?) Vin.ii.154.
*qṷent from *qṷelt, primarily neck, cp. Lat. collus “the turner.” Syn. with k. is gīvā, primarily throat Brh. kaṇṭha
thorn, see kaṇṭaka.
Name of Gotama’s horse, on which he left his father’s palace Mhbv.25; spelt kanthaka at Ja.i.54, Ja.i.62 sq.
masculine neuter
■ See also khaṇḍa, with which it is often confounded. Der upa- kaṇḍakin (adj.) (thin) like a stalk or arrow Pv.ii.1#13 (of a Petī).
perhaps as *kaldno fr. *kalad to break, cp. Gr. κλαδαρός, Lat. clades, etc., Sk. kāṇḍa. See also khagga and khaṇḍa
= kaṇṭaka Vin.ii.318 (Bdhgh.); AN.iii.383; Bv.xiii.29
■ akaṇḍaka free from thieves, safe, secure Pv-a.161.
feminine sinew, tendon Vin.i.91, Vin.i.322 (in cpd. kaṇḍara-cchinna one whose tendons (of the feet) have been cut); Kv.23, Kv.31; Vism.253, Vism.254 (where Kp-a.49 reads miñja).
at Ja.i.155 is misprint; read: kaṇḍam assa atthī ti kaṇḍī taṃ kaṇḍinaṃ.
adjective having a shaft inserted, appl. to the head of an arrow (salla) Ja.i.155; (m.) an archer ibid.
feminine the itch, itching, itchy feeling, desire to scratch Vin.i.202, Vin.i.296; Ja.v.198; Vism.345. kaṇḍuṃ karoti to make or cause to itch Ja.v.198; vineti to allay the itch, to scratch Ja.v.199
■ (fig.) worldly attachment irritation caused by the lusts, in “kaṇḍuṃ saṃhanti (as result of jhāna) AN.iv.437.
perhaps from *kanad to bite, scratch; cp. Sk. kandara, Gr. κναδάλλω to bite, κνώδων, κνώδαλον, etc., Sk kaṇḍu m. & f.
an arrow-shot (as measure), in sahassa-kaṇḍu sata-bheṇḍu Thag.164 = Ja.ii.334 (but the latter: sata-bhedo), explained at Thag.164n by sahassakaṇḍo sahassa [sata?]-bhūmako, and at Ja.ii.334 by sahassa-kaṇḍubbedho ti pāsādo satabhūmiko ahosi; in preceding lines the expression used is “sahassa-kaṇḍagamanaṃ uccaṃ.”
= kaṇḍa in compound
the itch, itchy feeling, irritation Ja.v.198.
(kandūvati)
Denom. fr. kaṇḍu. Sk. kandūyati
neuter
fr. kaṇḍūvati
neuter a strip of cloth used to mark the kaṭhina robe, in -karaṇa Vin.i.254, and -ka Vin.i.290.
neuter the itch Ja.v.69.
See kaṇḍuvana
feminine a wicker-basket or stand Vin.ii.114, Vin.ii.143 (see Vin. Texts iii.86).
■ assakaṇṇa Name of a tree (see under assa3).
Vedic karṇa, orig. not associated with hearing, therefore not used to signify the sense (sota is used instead; cp. akkhi → cakkhu), but as “projection” to *ker, from which also Sk. śṛṇga horn. Cp. Gr. κόρυς helmet; Lat. cornu & cervus = E. corner, horn & hart. Further related Sk. aśri (caturaśraḥ four-cornered), śaṣkuli auditory passage; Lat. ācer = Gr. α ̓́κρις, α ̓́κανος, ὀςύς; Ger. ecke; also Sk. śūla & P. koṇa
(adj.) having corners or ears (-˚); f. -ikā Vin.ii.137; Ja.ii.185
■ kāḷa-kaṇṇika see under kāḷa.
fr. kaṇṇa
adjective having an (open) ear, i.e. clever, sharp Ja.ii.261 (= kaṇṇachiddaṃ pana na kassaci n’atthi C.).
fr. kaṇṇa
feminine
cp. kaṇṇaka & Sk. karṇikā
see kaṇikāra.
adjective dark, black, as attr. of darkness, opposed to light, syn. with kāḷa (q.v. for etym.); opp. sukka. In general it is hard to separate the lit. and fig. meanings, an ethical implication is to be found in nearly all cases (except 1.). The contrast with sukka (brightness) goes through all applications with ref. to light as well as quality.
k-sukka dark & bright (about black white see nīla & seta), forming one system of coloursensations (the colourless, as distinguished from the red-green and yellow-blue systems). As such enumerated in connection with quasi definition of vision, together with nīla, pīta, lohita, mañjeṭṭha at DN.ii.328 = MN.i.509 sq = MN.i.ii.201 (see also mañjeṭṭha)
cp. Vedic kṛṣṇa, Lith. kérszas
(& sometimes; kaṭa) done, worked, made. Extremely rare as v. trs. in the common meaning of E. make, Ger. machen, or Fr. faire (see the cognate kapp and jan, also uppajjati & vissajjati); its proper sphere of application is either ethical (as pāpaṃ, kusalaṃ kammaṃ: cp. ii.1 b) or in such combinations, where its original meaning of “built, prepared, worked out” is still preserved (cp. i.1 a nagara, and 2 a).
(var. applications & meanings).
pp. of karoti
neuter a scrubber, used after a bath Vin.ii.129, Vin.ii.143; cp. Vin. Texts ii.318.
fr. kantati2
adjective lit. knowing, i.e. acknowledging what has been done (to one), i.e. grateful often in combination with katavedin grateful and mindful of benefits SN.ii.272; AN.i.87 = Pp.26; Vv.81#27 Sdhp.509, Sdhp.524. akataññu
cp. Sk. kṛtajña
feminine gratefulness (defined at Kp-a.144 as katassa jānanatā) Snp.265; Ja.i.122 (T. ˚nā variant reading ˚tā); Ja.iii.25; Pv.ii.9#7; Vv-a.63; Sdhp.497, Sdhp.540. In combination with kataveditā SN.ii.272; AN.i.61; AN.ii.226, AN.ii.229 kataññū-kataveditā Ja.iii.492. -akataññutā ungratefulness in combination with akataveditā AN.i.61; AN.iii.273; Ja.v.419; as one of the 4 offences deserving of Niraya AN.ii.226.
abstr. fr. last
neuter the doing of, performance of, only in abl. katattā DN.ii.213; AN.i.56; Ja.iii.128; Dhs.431, Dhs.654; Snp-a.356; Dhp-a.iii.154 Dhp-a.iv.142. Used adverbially in meaning of “owing to, on account of” Mil.275; Dhs-a.262; Mhvs.3, Mhvs.40. -akatattā through non-performance of, in absence or in default of AN.i.56; Pv-a.69, Pv-a.154.
abstr. fr. kata, cp. Sk. kṛtatvaṃ
neuter a bad deed, injuring, doing evil (cp. kaṭana) Ja.iv.42 (yam me akkhāsi… katanaṃ kataṃ), cp. Morris in J.P.T.S. 1893, 15.
fr. kata
adjective which, which one (of two or more) Vin.ii.89; MN.i.7; Ja.i.172; Mil.309; Pv-a.27. In some cases merely emphatic for ko, e.g. Vin.i.30 (katamena maggena āgato?); DN.i.197 (katamo so atta-paṭilābho?); Ja.i.97; Snp.995; Mil.51
■ instr katamena (scil. maggena) adv. by which way, how Mil.57, Mil.58.
cp. Vedic katama, interr. pron. with formation of num. ord., in function = katara, cp antama → antara, Lat. dextimus → dexter
adjective which one (of a certain number, usually of two) Ja.i.4; Pv-a.119 Often only emphatic for ko, e.g. Ja.i.298 (kataraṃ upaddavaṃ na kareyya), and used uninflected in compounds as katara-geha Ja.iii.9; ˚gandhaṃ Ja.vi.336; ˚divasaṃ Ja.ii.251; ˚nagarato (from what city) Dhp-a.i.390; ˚nāma (kataraṃnāma, adj.) (of what name) ibid
■ katarasmiṃ magge in which way, how? Ja.iv.110.
Vedic katara, interr. pron. with formation of num. ord., cp. Gr. πότερος, Lat. uter
adjective mindful, grateful SN.i.225; Pp.26; Ja.i.424; Ja.ii.26.
kata + vedin, see kataññu
feminine gratefulness: see kataññutā.
abstr. fr. last
adjective noun one who has done (what could be done), used like katakicca to denote one who has attained Arahantship SN.i.14; Mil.264.
secondary formation fr. kata
indeclinable how many? Vin.i.83 (k. sikkhāpadāni), Vin.i.155; SN.i.3 (˚sangâtiga having overcome how many attachments), SN.i.70; Snp.83, Snp.960, Snp.1018; Pts.ii.72; Mil.78; Dhp-a.i.7, Dhp-a.i.188; Pv-a.74.
interr. pron.; used like Lat. quot. Already Vedic.
feminine
■ katikaṃ karoti to make an arrangement or agreement Vin.iii.104, Vin.iii.220, Vin.iii.230 Ja.i.81; Ja.iv.267; Dhp-a.i.91; Vv-a.46. In compounds katika˚; e.g. -vatta observance of an agreement, ˚ṃ karoti to be faithful to a pact Dhp.i.8; ˚ṃ bhindati to break an agreement Ja.vi.541; -saṇṭhāna the entering of an agreement Vin.ii.76, Vin.ii.208: Vin.iii.160.
to katheti or karoti?
adjective some, several; a few (in compounds or in pl.) Ja.i.230, Ja.i.487; Ja.iii.280, Ja.iii.419; Ja.iv.125 Ja.v.162; Pv.ii.9#20 (= appake only a few); Dhp-a.i.94 (very few); Pv-a.46. In sg. little, insignificant Vv.53#20 (= appikā f.). -vāre a few times, a few turns Ja.v.132 Ja.vi.52; Pv-a.135; Mhbv.3.
cp. Sk. katipaya
adverb (for) a few days Vin.iii.14; Ja.i.152, Ja.i.298, Ja.i.466; Ja.ii.38 Ja.iii.48; Ja.iv.147; Mhvs.7, Mhvs.38; Pv-a.145, Pv-a.161; Vv-a.222 katipāhena (instr.) within a few days Mhvs.17, Mhvs.41; Dhp-a.i.344; Pv-a.13, Pv-a.161. katipāh’accayena after (the lapse of) a few days Ja.i.245; Dhp-a.i.175; Pv-a.47.
katipaya + ahan, contracted, see aha2
f. katimī in k. pakkhassa which (of many other) day of the half-month Vin.i.117.
num. ord. fr. kati
adjective
kati + vassa
adjective of how many kinds Vism.84.
kati + vidha, for Vedic katidhā
adverb for the sake of, on behalf of; with acc. maṃ k. Ja.iv.14; with gen. maṃsassa k. Ja.v.500.
loc. of kata
is represented in Pali by kanta2; katta being found only in cpd. pari˚.
pp. of kantati2; cp. Sk. kṛtta
adjective
■ akattabba (adj.) not to be done Ja.iii.131 Ja.v.147; (nt.) that which ought not to be done Ja.v.402 kattabb’ ākattabba to be done and not to be done Ja.i.387. kattabba-yuttaka 1 (adj.) fit or proper to be done Dhp-a.i.13. 2 (nt.) duty, obligation Ja.iii.9 Ja.vi.164; Dhp-a.i.180; (the last) duties towards the deceased Ja.i.431
■ Cp. kātabba.
grd. of karoti
neuter task, duty Thag.330.
fr. last
feminine fitness, duty, that which is to be done Ja.ii.179 (iti-˚āya because I had to do it thus).
fr. kattabba
one who makes or creates, a maker, doer; in foll. construction.
Either in verb-function with acc., as n. agent to all phrases with karoti e.g. pañhaṃ karoti to put a question, pañhaṃ kattā one who puts a question or in n. function with gen., e.g. mantānaṃ kattāro the authors of the Mantas, or in cpd. rāja-kattāro makers of kings
as n. kattā the doer kattā hoti no bhāsitā he is a man of action, and not of words.
n. ag. fr. karoti, cp. Sk. kartṛ
adjective (only˚-) -daṇḍa a walking-stick or staff (of an ascetic) Vin.i.188 Vin.ii.76 = Vin.ii.208 sq.; Vin.iii.160; Ja.i.9; Ja.v.132; Ja.vi.52, Ja.vi.56, Ja.vi.520 Vism.91, Vism.125, Vism.181. -yaṭṭhi = prec. Ja.ii.441; DN-a.i.207 DN-a.iii.140. -ratha an old (?) chariot Ja.iii.299. -suppa a winnowing basket Vin.i.269 = Dhp-a.i.174 (˚e pakkhipitvā sankāra-kūṭe chaḍḍehi). Kattari & i
cp. Sk. kṛtvan (?), in diff. meaning
feminine scissors, shears Ja.iii.298, with ref. to the “shears” of a crab, “as with scissors”: cp Vin. Texts iii.138 (see next).
to kantati2
feminine scissors, or a knife Vin.ii.134; Ja.i.223.
fr. last
feminine (& -kattika) Name of a month (Oct
■ Nov.), during which the full moon is near the constellation of Pleiades It is the last month of the rainy season, terminating on the full moon day of Kattikā (kattika-puṇṇamā). This season is divided into 5 months: Āsāḷha, Sāvaṇa Bhaddara (Poṭṭhapāda), Assayuja, Kattikā; the month Assayuja is also called pubba-kattikā, whereas the fifth K., is also known as pacchima-kattikā; both are comprised in the term k
■ dvemāsika. Bhikkhus retiring for the first 3 months of the Vassa (rainy season) are kattika-temāsikā, if they include the 4th, they are k
■ cātumāsikā. The full moon of Assayuja is termed k
■ temāsinī; that of Kattika is k
■ cātumāsinī. See Vinaya passages & cp. nakkhatta
■ Ne.143 (kattiko variant reading kattikā).
cp. Sk. kṛttikā f. pl. the Pleiades & BSk. karthika
adverb where? where to whither? Vin.i.83, Vin.i.107; Vin.ii.76; DN.i.223; Snp.487, Snp.1036; Ja.iii.76; Pv.ii.9#16; Dhp-a.i.3
■ k. nu kho where then where I wonder? DN.i.215 sq., Pv-a.22 (with Pot. -katthaci) (indef.) anywhere, at some place or other Ja.i.137; Ja.v.468; wherever, in whatever place Mil.366; Pv-a.284; Kp-a.247; Ja.iii.229; Ja.iv.9, Ja.iv.45; as katthacid eva Ja.iv.92; Pv-a.173. Sometimes doubled katthaci katthaci in whatsoever place Ja.iv.341
■ na k. nowhere MN.i.424; Mil.77; Vv-a.14.
der. fr. interr. base ka˚; (kad2), whereas Sk. kutra is der. fr. base ku˚; cp. kuttha
to boast Snp.783 (ppr. med. akatthamāna). Cp. pavikatthita.
cp. Sk. katthate, etym. unexplained
(n. ag. fr. katthati] a boaster Snp.930.
adjective boasting AN.v.157 (+ vikatthin).
fr. katth
? a jackal, in -soṇā j. & dogs Ja.vi.538 (for koṭṭhu˚).
adverb dubit. interr. part.
cp. Vedic kathaṃ & kathā
neuter
fr. kath, see katheti
(potsherd) spelling at Vism.261 for kaṭhala.
(metri causâ) = next, in the Uddāna at Vin.ii.234
neuter , always in combination pād’odaka pāda-pīṭha pāda-k˚: either a cloth to wipe the feet with after washing them, or a footstool Vin.i.9, Vin.i.47 Vin.ii.22 sq., Vin.ii.210, Vin.ii.216. At Vv-a.8 however with pāda-pīṭha explained as a footstool (pāda-ṭhāpana-yoggaṃ dārukhaṇḍaṃ āsanaṃ). Bdhgh (on CV ii.1.1) explained pādapīṭha as a stool to put the washed foot on, pāda- kathalika as a stool to put the unwashed foot on, or a cloth to rub the feet with (ghaṃsana).
the meaning “bowl” seems to be preferable to Bdhgh’s forced interpretation as “towel.”
der. uncertain
feminine
fr. kath to tell or talk, see katheti; nearest synonym is lap, cp. vāc’ âbhilāpa & sallāpa
Caus. ii. of katheti (q.v.).
feminine kettle, cooking pot; in daṇḍa˚ (a pot with a handle) Vin.i.286 (variant reading kathālaka), and meda˚ AN.iv.377; Dhp-a.ii.179.
fr. kuth, to boil
adjective (-˚) relating, speaking, conversing about, expounding, in compounds citta˚ Thig.449 (cp. citra-kathin); tiracchāna˚; AN.iv.153 dhamma˚; Ja.i.148; Ja.iii.342; Ja.iv.2 (˚thera); Ja.vi.255 (mahā˚) as noun a preacher, speaker, expounder AN.iii.174 Mhvs.14, Mhvs.64 (mahā˚).
fr. kathā, cp. Sk. kathaka
feminine agreement Dpvs.19, 22; see katikā.
fr. last?
said, spoken, related Ja.ii.310; Ja.iv.73; Ja.v.493. su˚; well said or told Ja.iv.73. As nt. with instr. Ja.iv.72 (tena kathitaṃ the discourse (given) by him).
pp. of katheti, cp. Sk. kathita
adjective (-˚) speaking; one who speaks, a speaker, preacher Ja.i.148 (dhamma-kathikesu citrakathī); Mil.90, Mil.348 (˚seṭṭha best of speakers). See also kathaṃ-kathin.
cp. kathika
aor kathesi,
inf kathetuṃ & kathetave (Vin.i.359);
pass kathīyati & katheti (Mil.22, cp. Trenckner, Notes 122);
ppr Pass. kathīyamāna & kacchamāna (AN.iii.181);
grd kathetabba, kathanīya & kaccha,
caus 2 kathāpeti to make say Mhvs.24, Mhvs.4 (aor. kathāpayi); Dhp-a.ii.35; Kp-a.118.
v. den. fr. kathā, cp. Sk. kathayate
orig. “what?” used adverbially; then indef. “any kind of,” as (na) kac(-cana) “not at all”; kac-cid “any kind of; is it anything? what then?” Mostly used in disparaging sense of showing inferiority, contempt, or defectiveness, and equal to kā˚; (in denoting badness or smallness, e.g. kākaṇika, kāpurisa, see also kantāra kappaṭa), kiṃ˚, ku.˚; For relation of ku → ka cp. kutra → kattha & kadā.
old form of interr. pron. nt., equal to kiṃ; cp. (Vedic) kad in kadarthaṃ = kiṃarthaṃ to what purpose
(cp. Sk. kadamba] the kadamba tree, Nauclea cordifolia (with orange-coloured, fragrant blossoms Ja.vi.535, Ja.vi.539; Vism.206; Dhp-a.i.309 (˚puppha) Mhvs.25, Mhvs.48 (id.).
adjective miserable Ja.ii.136 (explained as lūkha, kasira).
adjective mean, miserly, stingy, selfish; usually explained by thaddhamaccharī (Pv-a.102; Dhp-a.iii.189, Dhp-a.iii.313), and mentioned with maccharī, freq. also with paribhāsaka SN.i.34, SN.i.96; AN.ii.59; AN.iv.79 sq.; Dhp.177, Dhp.223; Ja.v.273; Snp.663; Vv.29#5. As cause of Peta birth freq. in Pv., e.g. Pv.i.9#3; Pv.ii.7#7; Pv.iv.1#48; Pv-a.25, Pv-a.99, Pv-a.236
■ (nt.) avarice stinginess, selfishness, grouped under macchariya Dhs.1122; Snp.362 (with kodha).
cp. Sk. kadarya, kad + arya?
feminine stinginess, niggardliness DN.ii.243; Mil.180; Pv-a.45.
abstr. fr. last
neuter the plantain tree Kacc.335.
feminine
Sk. kadalī
feminine a kind of deer, an antelope only in -miga Ja.v.406, Ja.v.416; Ja.vi.539; DN-a.i.87; and -pavara-pacc. attharaṇa (nt.) the hide of the k. deer, used as a rug or cover DN.i.7 = AN.i.181 = Vin.i.192 = Vin.ii.163, Vin.ii.169; sim DN.ii.187; (adj.) (of pallanka) AN.i.137 = AN.iii.50 = AN.iv.394.
indeclinable interr. adv. when? (very often foll. by fut.) Thag.1091–Thag.1106; Ja.ii.212; Ja.vi.46); Dhp-a.i.33; Pv-a.2
■ combined with-ssu Ja.v.103, Ja.v.215; Ja.vi.49 sq -ci [cid] indef.
+ eva kadācideva Vv-a.213; -kadāci kadāci from time to time, every now and then Ja.i.216; Ja.iv.120; Dhs-a.238; Pv-a.253. -kadāci karahaci at some time or other, at times AN.i.179; Mil.73; Dhp-a.iii.362. -na kadāci at no time, never SN.i.66; Ja.v.434; Ja.vi.363; same with mā k Ja.vi.310; Mhvs.25, Mhvs.113; cp. kudācana
■ kadāc -uppattika (adj.) happening only sometimes, occasional Mil.114.
Vedic kadā. Cp. tadā, sadā in Pali, and perhaps Latin quando
mud, mire, filth Cnd.374 (= panka); Ja.i.100; Ja.iii.220 (written kadamo in verse and kaddemo in gloss); Ja.vi.240, Ja.vi.390; Pv-a.189 (= panka), Pv-a.215; compared with moral impurities Ja.iii.290 & Mil.35.; a˚; free from mud or dirt clean Vin.ii.201, of a lake Ja.iii.289; fig. pure of character Ja.iii.290. kaddamīkata made muddy or dirty, defiled Ja.vi.59 (kilesehi).
Derivation unknown. Sk. kardama
neuter gold, usually as uttatta˚; molten gold; said of the colour of the skin Bv.i.59; Pv.iii.3#2; Ja.v.416; Pv-a.10 suvaṇṇa).
cp. Sk. kanaka; Gr. κν ̈ηκος yellow; Ags. hunig = E. honey. See also kañcana
adjective younger, youngest, younger born Vin.iii.146 (isi the younger); Ja.ii.6; Pv-a.42, Pv-a.54; esp. the younger brother (opp. jeṭṭha, ˚ka) Ja.i.132; Dhp-a.i.6, Dhp-a.i.13; Mhvs.9, Mhvs.7; Pv-a.19, Pv-a.55. combined with jeṭṭhaka the elder younger brothers Ja.i.253; sabba-k. the very youngest Ja.i.395. f. kaniṭṭhā the youngest daughter Dhp-a.i.396-fig. later, lesser, inferior, in -phala the lesser fruit (of sanctification) Pv.iv.1#88
■ akaniṭṭha “not the smaller” i.e. the greatest, highest; in akaniṭṭhagāmin going to the highest gods (cp. parinibbāyin) SN.v.237 SN.v.285, etc. -bhavana the abode of the highest gods Ja.iii.487.
Sk. kaniṣṭha; compar. & superl.; see kaññā
adjective younger (opp. jeṭṭha) AN.iv.93 = Ja.ii.348; Dhp-a.i.152; the younger brother Mhvs.5, Mhvs.33, Mhvs.8, Mhvs.10 Mhvs.35, Mhvs.49; Mhvs.36, Mhvs.116; -ikā and -akā a younger sister, Mhvs.1, Mhvs.49; Pv.i.11#5 (better read for kaniṭṭhā).
neuter the more recent and therefore lower, less developed state (of sanctification) Dhp-a.i.152.
feminine a younger sister Mhvs.7, Mhvs.67.
adjective younger, less, inferior Kacc.122 (only as a grammarian’s construction not in the living language where it had coalesced with *kanyā = kaññā).
compar. of kan˚, Sk. kanīyaṃs
Sk. kānta, pp. of kāmeti
cut cut out or off Thig.223 (˚salla = samucchinna-rāg’-ādisalla Thag-a.179) cp. katta & pari˚.
pp. of kantati2, Sk. kṛtta. kanta is analogyform. after pres. kantati, regularly we should expect katta. See also avakanta. It may be simply misreading for katta, cp. Kern, Toevoegselen under parikanta.
to plait, twist, spin, esp. suttaṃ (thread) Vin.iv.300; Pv-a.75; Dhp-a.iii.273; kappāsaṃ AN.iii.295. Cp pari˚.
Sk. kṛṇatti, *qert, cp. kata, & Lat. cratis, crassus, E. crate
to cut, cut off Ja.ii.53 (: as nik˚ in gloss, where it should be mūlāni kant˚); Ja.iii.185; Ja.vi.154; Dhp-a.iii.152 (+ viddhaṃseti).
Sk. kṛṇtati; *(s)qert, to cut; cp. Gr. κείρω, to shear; Lat. caro, cena; Ohg. sceran, E. shear; see also kaṭu
adjective noun difficult to pass, scil. magga, a difficult road, waste land, wilderness, explained as nirudaka īriṇa Vv-a.334 (on Vv.84#3), combined with maru˚ Pv-a.99 and marukantāramagga Pv-a.112; opp. khemantabhūmi. Usually five kinds of wilds are enumerated cora˚, vāla˚, nirudaka˚, amanussa˚, appabbhakkha Ja.i.99; SN-a.324; 4 kinds at Cnd.630: cora˚, vāla˚, dubhikkha˚ nirudaka˚. The term is used both lit. & fig (of the wilds of ignorance, false doctrine, or of difficulties hardship). As the seat of demons (Petas and Yakkhas freq. in Pv (see above), also Ja.i.395. As diṭṭhi˚; in pass diṭṭhi-gata, etc. MN.i.8, MN.i.486, Pp.22 (on diṭṭhi vipatti).
perhaps from kad-tarati, difficult to cross, Sk. (?) kāntāra
adjective (one) living in or belonging to the desert, the guardian of a wilderness, applied to a Yakkha Vv.84#21 (= Vv-a.341).
from kantāra
adjective spinning Pv-a.75 (sutta˚ itthiyo).
to kantati1
= kanta1 in a˚ unpleasant, disgusting Pv.iii.4#1 (= Pv-a.193).
spun, (sutta) Vin.iv.300.
Sk. kṛtta, pp. of kantati1
adjective cut off, severed, at Mil.240 better as kantita1, i.e. spun.
Sk. kṛtta pp. of kantati2
a tuberous root, a bulb, tuber, as radish, etc. Ja.i.273; Ja.iv.373; Ja.vi.516; Vv-a.335; ˚mūla bulbs and roots (˚phala) DN.i.101; a bulbous root Ja.v.202.
Sk. kanda
to cry, wail, weep, lament, bewail Dhp.371; Vv.83#12 Ja.vi.166; Mil.11, Mil.148; freq. of Petas: Pv-a.43, Pv-a.160 Pv-a.262 (cp. rodati)
■ In kāmaguṇā pass. urattāḷiṃ k MN.i.86 = Cnd. s.v.; AN.iii.54 (urattāḷī for ˚iṃ variant reading); in phrase bāhā paggayha k˚ Vin.i.237; Vin.ii.284; Ja.v.267.
Sk. krandati to *q(e)lem; cp. Gr. καλέω, κέλαδος, Lat. clamor, calare, calendae, Ohg. hellan to shout
neuter crying, lamenting Pv-a.262
Sk. krandana
Sk. kandara
Name of a plant with white flowers Ja.iv.442
■ makuḷa knob (?) of k. plant Vism.253 (as in description of sinews).
Name of esculent water lily, having an enormous bulb DN.i.264.
adjective weeping, lamenting Dāvs iv.46; a˚ not weeping Ja.iii.58. (n. nt.) crying, lamentation Ja.iii.57; Mil.148.
pp. of kandati
adjective trickling down Ja.v.445.
Sk. skanna
= kinnāma Ja.vi.126.
adjective noun
Sk. kṛpaṇa from kṛp wail, cp. Lat. crepo; Ags. hraefn = E. raven. Cp. also Sk. kṛcchra
feminine a (mentally) miserable woman Thig.219; Thag-a.178; cp. kapaṇā; also as kapaṇiyā Ja.vi.93.
at Vin.i.203, is an error for kajjala, lamp-black, used in preparation of a collyrium (cp. J.P.T.S. 1887 167).
neuter
Sk kapāla; orig. skull, bowl, cp. kapola & Lat. caput, capula, capillus, Goth. haubi, E. head
neuter
Sk. kapāla, see kapalla
= kappāsa, q.v. Dāvs ii.39.
a monkey (freq. in similes) Snp.791; Thag.1080; Ja.i.170; Ja.iii.148, cp. kavi.
Sk. kapi, original designation of a brownish colour, cp. kapila & kapota
a wild bird, possibly the francolin partridge Kv.268; Ja.vi.538 (B.B. kapiñjara).
Derivation unknown. Sk. kapiñjala
the tree Thespesia populneoides Vin.iv.35.
and -ttha
= kapiṭhana Ja.ii.445; Ja.vi.529, Ja.vi.550, Ja.vi.553; variant reading at Vism.183 for ˚itthaka.
adjective brown, tawny, reddish, of hair & beard Vv-a.222; -ā f. a brown cow Dhp-a.iv.153.
Sk. kapila, cp. kapi
the lintel of a door DN.ii.143 (cp. Rh.D. Buddh. Suttas p. 95 n1) -ka the cavity in a doorpost for receiving the bolt Vin.ii.120, Vin.ii.148 (cp. Vin Texts ii.106 n3).
Sk. kapiśīrṣa
Sk. kapota, greyish blue, cp. kapi
the cheek Vism.263, Vism.362; Dhp-a.i.194.
Sk. kapola, cp. kapalla, orig. meaning “hollow”
adjective noun anything made with a definite object in view, prepared, arranged; or that which is fit, suitable, proper. See also DN-a.i.103 & Kp-a.115 for var. meanings.
-ātīta one who has gone beyond time, an Arahant Snp.373. -āvasesaṃ (acc.) for the rest of the kappa, in kappaṃ vā k-âvasesaṃ vā DN.ii.117 = AN.iv.309 = Ud.62; Mil.140: -āyuka (one) whose life extends over a kappa Mhvs.v.87; -uṭṭhāna arising at or belonging to the (end of a) kappa: -aggi the fire which destroys the Universe Ja.ii.397; Ja.iii.185; Ja.iv.498; Ja.v.336; Ja.vi.554; Vism.304 -kāla the time of the end of the world Ja.v.244
■ uṭṭhāna (by itself) the end of the world Ja.i.4 = Vism.415; -kata on which a kappa, i.e. smudge, has been made, ref. to the cīvara of a bhikkhu (see above) Vin.i.255; Vin.iv.227 Vin.iv.286; DN-a.i.103; -(ñ)jaha (one) who has left time behind free from saṃsāra, an Arahant Snp.1101 (but explained at Cnd. s.v., see also DN-a.i.103, as free from dve kappā diṭṭhi˚ taṇha˚). -jāla the consumption of the kappa by fire, the end of a kappa Dpvs.i.61. -ṭṭha staying there for a kappa, i.e. in purgatory in āpāyiko nerayiko atekiccho, said of Devadatta Vin.ii.202, Vin.ii.206; AN.iii.402 ~AN.iv.160; Iti.11~Iti.85. -ṭṭhāyin lasting a whole cycle of a vimāna Thag.1190. -ṭṭhika enduring for an aeon kibbisa (of Devadatta) Vin.ii.198 = Vin.ii.204; (cp. Vin. Texts iii.254) sālarukkha Ja.v.416; see also ṭhitakappiṃ Pp.13. -ṭṭhitika id. Dhp-a.i.50 (vera); Mil.108 (kammaṃ) (“sabbe pi magga-samangino puggalā ṭhita-kappino.” -ṭṭhiya- = prec. AN.v.75; Ja.i.172, Ja.i.213; Ja.v.33; Mil.109 Mil.214. -rukkha the tree that lasts for a kappa, ref. to the cittapāṭalī, the pied trumpet-tree in the abode of the Asuras Ja.i.202; -nibbatta originated at the beginning of the k. (appl. to the flames of purgatory) Ja.v.272 -parivaṭṭa the evolution of a k; the end of the world Dpvs.i.59; -pādapa = ˚rukkha Mhbv.2; -rukkha a wishing tree, magical tree, fulfilling all wishes; sometimes fig. Ja.vi.117, Ja.vi.594; Vism.206; Pv-a.75, Pv-a.176, Pv-a.121; Vv-a.32 (where combined with cintāmaṇi); Dhp-a.iv.208 -latā a creeper like the kapparukkha Vv-a.12; -vināsaka (scil. aggi): the fire consuming the world at the end of a k. Vism.414 sq.; (mahāmegho) Dhp-a.iii.362; -samaṇa an ascetic acc. to precepts, an earnest ascetic Ja.vi.60 (cp. samaṇa-kappa); -halāhala “the k-uproar,” the uproar near the end of a kalpa Ja.i.47.
Sk. kalpa, see kappeti for etym. & formation
a barber, hairdresser, also attendant to the king; his other function (of preparing baths) is expressed in the term nahāpaka (Pv.ii.9#37) or nahāpita (˚ā?) (DN-a.i.157) Vin. DN-a.i.344; DN-a.ii.182; DN.i.51 (= DN-a.i.157, in list of various occupations); Ja.i.60, Ja.i.137 Ja.iii.315; Pv.ii.9#37; Pv.iii.1#4 (where expl. by nahāpita in the meaning of “bathed,” cp. expl. ad Pv.i.10#6) Dhp-a.i.85 (˚vesa disguise of a barber), Dhp-a.i.342 (pasādhana˚ one who arranges the dress, etc., hairdresser).
fr. kḷp, kappeti
a dirty, old rag, torn garment (of a bhikkhu) Thag.199.
kad-paṭa = ku-paṭa
feminine fitness, suitability DN-a.i.207.
abstr. fr. kappa
to be fit, seeming, proper, with dat. of person DN.ii.162; Vin.ii.263, Vin.ii.294; Vin.iii.36; Thag.488; Mhvs.4, Mhvs.11; Mhvs.15, Mhvs.16.
Pass. of kappeti, cp. Sk. kalpyate
neuter the act of preparing, fixing; that which is fixed, arranged, performed
fr. kappeti, cp. Sk. kalpana
the elbow Vin.iii.121 = Vin.iv.221; Ja.i.293, Ja.i.297; Dhp-a.i.48, Dhp-a.i.394; Vv-a.206.
cp. Sk. kūrpara
cp. Sk. karpāsa
adjective made of cotton DN.ii.188, cp. AN.iv.394; DN.ii.351; Vin.i.58 = Vin.i.97 = Vin.i.281; Ja.vi.590; Pv.ii.1#17. (nt cotton stuff Mil.267.
feminine cotton Ja.vi.537; Pv-a.146.
= kappāsa
(-˚) adjective
fr. kappa
pp. of kappeti
adjective
fr. kappa
adjective
fr. kappa
neuter = kappa in the dialect used by Makkhali Gosāla, presumably the dialect of Vesāli, DN.i.54; DN-a.i.164 (a Burmeṣe MS. reads kappi, and so do Pv.iv.3#32; Pv-a.254).
masculine & neuter camphor:
cp. Sk. karpūra
to cause to fit, to create, build, construct arrange, prepare, order.
Der. from kappa, cp. Sk. kṛpa shape, form; *qṷrep caus. from. fr. *qṷer = Sk. kr, karoti to shape, to make, cp. karoti
adjective variegated, spotted, striped; mixed, intermingled; in patches Vism.190. Of a cow (˚gāvī) Dhp-a.i.71 (˚go-rūpa) Dhp-a.i.99; of a calf (˚vaccha Ja.v.106; of a dog (˚vaṇṇa = sabala q.v.) Ja.vi.107; of leprosy Ja.v.69; of the shade of trees (˚cchāya, opp sanda˚) MN.i.75; Ja.iv.152; Dhp-a.i.375.
cp. Sk. kabara
(m., nt.) a small piece (= ālopa Pv-a.70) a mouthful, always appl. to food, either solid (i.e. as much as is made into a ball with the fingers when eating) or liquid Vin.ii.214; Iti.18 = Ja.iii.409; Ja.iv.93; Dhp.324; Mil.180, Mil.400; Bdhd 69; Dhp-a.ii.65; Pv-a.39; Mhvs.19 Mhvs.74. Kabale kabale on every morsel Ja.i.68; Mil.231 -sakabala appl. to the mouth, with the mouth full of food Vin.ii.214; Vin.iv.195
■ Sometimes written kabala.
cp. Sk. kavala BSk. kavaḍa Divy.290 (+ ālopa), Divy.298, Divy.470
adjective always in combination with āhāra, food “made into a ball,” i.e. eatable, material food, as one of the 4 kinds of food (see stock phrase k˚ āhāro oḷāriko vā sukhumo vā… at MN.i.48; SN.ii.11, SN.ii.98 = DN.iii.228, DN.iii.276; Bdhd 135) Dhs.585, Dhs.646 (where fully described), Dhs.816; Mil.245; Vism.236, Vism.341 Vism.450, Vism.616; Bdhd 69, Bdhd 74; DN-a.i.120. Written kabalīkāra nearly always in Burmese, and sometimes in Singh MSS.; s. also Ne.114–Ne.118.
kabala in compound form kabalī˚ before kr & bhū; kabalin for kabalī˚
feminine a bandage, a piece of cloth put over a sore or wound Vin.i.205 (cp. Vin. Texts ii.58 n4).
cp. Sk. kavalikā
neuter a poem, poetical composition, song, ballad in -ṃ karoti to compose a song Ja.vi.410 -karaṇa making poems DN-a.i.95; and -kāra a poet Kh.21; Ja.vi.410.
cp. Sk. kāvya
= kabba in compounds -ālaṅkāra composing in beautiful verse, a beautiful poem in ˚ṃ bandhati, to compose a poem ibid.; and -kāraka a poet, ibid.
fr. kram, cp. Vedic krama (-˚) step, in uru˚, BSk. krama reprieve, Divy.505
a step, stepping, gait Ja.v.155, in expln Ja.v.156 taken to be ppr. med
■ See san˚.
masculine, neuter the waterpot with long spout used by non-Buddhist ascetics SN.i.167; Ja.ii.73 (= kuṇḍikā); Ja.iv.362, Ja.iv.370; Ja.vi.86, Ja.vi.525, Ja.vi.570 Snp.p.80; Dhp-a.iii.448-adj. kamaṇḍaluka [read kā˚;? “with the waterpot” AN.v.263 (brāhmaṇā pacchābhūmakā k.).
etym. uncertain
to walk
kram, Dhtp. explained by padavikkhepe; ppr. med. kamamāna SN.i.33; Snp.176; Intens. cankamati.
adverb for what purpose, why? Ja.iii.398 (= kimatthaṃ).
kaṃ atthaṃ
adjective
grd of kāmayati
neuter a lotus, freq. combined with kuvalaya; or with uppala Ja.i.146; DN-a.i.40, explained as vārikiñjakkha Pv-a.77.
-komalakarā (f.) (of a woman) having lotus-like (soft hands Mhbv.29; -dala a lotus leaf Vism.465; Mhbv.3 Bdhd 19; Dhs-a.127; Vv-a.35, Vv-a.38
■ -pādukā sandals of k. grass Vin.i.190.
adjective rich in lotus, covered with lotuses (of a pond) in kamalinī-kāmuka “the lover of lotuses,” epithet of the Sun Mhbv. 3 (variant reading ˚sāmika perhaps to be preferred).
fr. kamala
(-˚) trembling, shaking; tremor DN-a.i.130 (paṭhavi˚); Sdhp.401; a˚; (adj.) not trembling unshaken; calm, tranquil Sdhp.594; Mhvs.15, Mhvs.175.
fr. kamp
adjective shaking, one who shakes or causes to tremble Mil.343 (paṭhavi˚).
fr. kampa
to shake, tremble, waver Kh.6; Ja.i.23; Snp.268 (expl. Kp-a.153: calati, vedhati) Bdhd 84
■ Cp. anu˚, pa˚, vi˚, sam˚
■ kampamāna (adj.) trembling Ja.iii.161; agitated, troubled (˚citta Ja.ii.337; a˚; not trembling, unhesitating, steadfast Ja.vi.293.
kamp to shake Dhtp. 186: calane; p. pres. kampanto, kampaṃ, kampamāna; aor. akampi; caus kampeti; p. pres. kampetan Dpvs.xvii.51; ger. kampayitvāna DN.ii.108; Ja.v.178
fr. kamp
adjective see vi˚.
fr. kampa
adjective in a˚; not to be shaken, immovable, strong Thig.195; Mil.386; (nt.) firmness said of the 5 moral powers (balāni) DN-a.i.64.
grd. of kampati
(va.) at Thig.262 is to be corr. into kambu-r-iva (see Morris, J.P.T.S. 1884, 76).
(m., nt.)
woollen stuff, woollen blanket or garment. From Ja.iv.353 it appears that it was a product of the north, probably Nepal (cp. J.P.T.S. 1889, 203); enumerated as one of the 6 kinds of cīvaras together w. koseyya & kappāsika; at Vin.i.58 = Vin.i.96, also at AN.iv.394 (s. ˚sukhuma); freq. preceded by ratta (e.g. DN-a.i.40. Cp. also ambara2 and ambala), which shows that it was commonly dyed red; also as paṇḍu Snp.689; Bdhd 1
cp. Sk. kambala
adjective having a woollen garment DN.i.55; DN.ii.150.
fr. kambala
neuter (a sort of) woollen garment Pv.ii.1#17 (cp. Pv-a.77).
fr. kambala
cp. Sk. kambu, Halāyudha = śankha; Dhtp. saṃvaraṇe
gold or golden ornament (bracelet) Ja.v.260, Ja.v.261 (: kambussaṃ vuccati suvaṇṇaṃ).
fr. preceding
adjective coming fr. Kamboja Ja.iv.464 (assatara).
feminine N of a country Ja.v.446 (˚ka raṭṭha); Pv.ii.91 (etc.); Vism.332, Vism.334, Vism.336.
(m., nt.) the plant Cassia tora or alata Ja.iii.223 (˚gumba = elagalāgumba; vv.ll. kammoja˚ & tampo˚ [for kambo˚]).
meaning & etym. unexpld
neuter the doing, deed, work orig. meaning (see karoti) either building (cp. Lit kùrti, Opr. kūra to build) or weaving, plaiting (still in mālākamma and latā˚ “the intertwining of garlands and creepers”; also in kamma-kara possibly orig employed in weaving, i.e. serving); cp. Lat. texo, to weave = Sk. takṣan builder, artisan, & Ger. wirken orig. weben. Grammatically karman has in Pāli almost altogether passed into the -a decl., the consonant forms for instr. & abl. kammā and kammanā gen. dat kammuno, are rare. The nom. pl. is both kammā and kammāni.
doing, acting with ref. to both deed and doer. It is impossible to draw a clear line between the source of the act (i.e. the acting subject, the actor) and the act (either the object or phenomenon acted, produced, i.e. the deed as objective phenomenon, or the process of acting, i.e. the deed as subjective phenomenon). Since the latter (the act) is to be judged by its consequences, its effects, its manifestation always assumes a quality (in its most obvious characteristics either good or bad or indifferent), and since the act reflects on the actor, this quality is also attached to him. This is the popular, psychological view, and so it is expressed in language, although reason attributes goodness and badness to the actor first, and then to the act. In the expression of language there is no difference between:
As meanings of kamma we therefore have to distinguish the foll. different sides of a “deed,” viz.:
Thus pāpakamma = a bad deed, one who has done a bad deed, one who has a bad character, the potential effect of a bad deed = bad karma. The context alone decides which of these meanings is the one intended by the speaker or writer.
Concerning the analysis of the various semantic developments the following practical distinctions can be made:
Vedic karman, work esp. sacrificial process. For ending ˚man = Idg. *men cp. Sk. dhāman = Gr.δημα, Sk. nāman = Lat nomen
adjective connected with, dependent on karma Mil.137 (a˚). Kammaniya, iya & kammanna;
fr. kamma
adjective “workable,” fit for work, dexterous, ready, wieldy. Often of citta “with active mind” in formula vigatūpakkilesa mudubhūta k˚ ṭhita ānejjappatta DN.i.76, etc. = MN.i.22 Pp.68; SN.iii.232; SN.v.92, SN.v.233; AN.i.9; Dhp-a.i.289; Bdhd 101, explained at Vism.377 (˚iya). Further of citta (muduñ ca kammaññañ ca pabhassarañ ca) AN.i.257 (reads ˚iyañ) = Vism.247; of upekhā and sati Cnd.661 cp. Bdhd 104; of kāya & citta Bdhd 121. Said of a lute = workable, ready for playing AN.iii.375 = Vin.i.182 Of the body AN.iv.335
■ a˚; not ready, sluggish AN.iv.333; Vism.146
■ kammañña-bhāva the state of being workable, readiness, of kāya Dhs.46, of vedanā etc., Dhs.326, of citta Dhs-a.130, see next; a˚; unworkable condition Dhs-a.130.
feminine workableness, adaptability, readiness, appl. to the wood of the sandal tree (in simile) AN.i.9; said of kāya and citta in connection with kammaññattaṃ k˚bhāvo k˚mudutā: Dhs.46 Dhs.47 = Dhs.326 = Dhs.641 = Dhs.730; cp. Dhs.585; similar Bdhd 16, Bdhd 20 Bdhd 71; Dhs-a.136, Dhs-a.151 (= kammasādutā) a˚; unworkableness inertness, unwieldiness, sluggishness Mil.300; Ne.86 Ne.108, cp. Dhs.1156, Dhs.1236; Dhs-a.255; explained as cittagelaññaṃ Dhs-a.377; as cetaso līnattaṃ Vb.373.
abstr. fr. prec.
Sk. karmānta; kamma + anta, cp. anta 14.
adjective
fr. kammanta
a smith, a worker in metals generally DN.ii.126, AN.v.263; a silversmith Snp.962; Dhp.239; Ja.i.223; a goldsmith Ja.iii.281; Ja.v.282. The smiths in old India do not seem to be divided into black-, gold-and silver-smiths, but seem to have been able to work equally well in iron, gold, and silver, as can be seen e.g. from Ja.iii.282 and Vv-a.250, where the smith is the maker of a needle. They were constituted into a guild, and some of them were well-to-do as appears from what is said of Cunda at DN.ii.126; owing to their usefulness they were held in great esteem by the people and king alike Ja.iii.281.
Vedic karmāra
Vedic kalmāṣa, which may be referred, with kalana, kaluṣa, kalanka and Gr. κελαινός to *qel fr. which also Sk. kāla black-blue, Gr. κηλάς, κηλίς; Lat. cālīgo & callidus
adjective noun
fr. kamma
adjective (-˚) doing, performing, practising Ja.vi.105; Sdhp.196, Sdhp.292.
fr. kamma, cp. kammaka
adjective (-˚) wishing for, desiring Dhs-a.365 (sādhu˚; variant reading ˚kāma); kamyā, abl. in the desire for, see next.
fr. kām
(-˚) in abl. function (of kamyā f. for kamyāya or kamya adj.?) in the desire for: SN.i.143 = Ja.iii.361 (explained by kāmatāya); Snp.854, Snp.929. Kamyata (-) & kammata
(Nd) wish, desire, longing for, striving after; with inf. or equivalent kathetu˚ Vv-a.18; muñcitu˚ (+ paṭisankhā) Pts.i.60 Pts.i.65; Bdhd 123; asotu˚, adaṭṭhu˚ and adassana˚ Vb.372. Esp. in definitions, as of chanda: kattu˚; Vb.208; Bdhd 20; of jappā: puñcikatā sādhu˚; Vb.351 Vb.361 = Dhs.1059; Cnd. s.v. taṇhāii (: has the better reading mucchañci katā asādhu˚; variant reading pucchañci˚ both Vb and Dhs have sādu in text which should be corrected to asādhu˚; see detail under puñcikatā) of māna; ketu˚; Cnd.505; Dhs.1116 = Dhs.1233; Vb.350 sq.; Bdhd 24; of lapanā: pāṭu˚ (variant reading cāṭu˚) Vb.246 Vb.352
■ As abl. (= kamyā) in dassana˚ SN.i.193 = Thag.1241; Snp.121 (expl. as icchāya Snp-a.179). Cp. kammaññatā & kamma-sādutā.
fr. kām
purchase, buying AN.iii.226 (+ vi˚).
-(a)kkaya, buying & selling Pv.i.5#6 (see also Kp.vii.6 and note). -vikkaya (kraya vikraya) buying selling, trade in ˚paṭivirata DN.i.5 = AN.ii.209 = AN.v.205 Pp.58; DN.i.64; SN.v.473; Snp.929; Ja.v.243; Khus.114; Dhp-a.i.78; Pv-a.29 (= Kp-a.212).
fr. kri
to buy; Inf. ketuṃ Ja.iii.282; cp. kiṇāti.
krī, perhaps connected with kṛ
a buyer, trader, dealer Mil.334.
fr. krī, cp. BSk. krayika Divy.505
a buyer Ja.vi.110.
fr. kṛ.
Etymology unknown. The Sanskrit is also karaka, and the medieval koṣas give as meaning, besides drinking vessel, also a coco-nut shell used as such (with which may be compared Lat. carīna, nutshell, keel of a boat; and Gr. κάρυα, nut.) It is scarcely possible that this could have been the original meaning. The coconut was not cultivated, perhaps not even known, in Kosala at the date of the rise of Pali and Buddhism.
(for kaṭakaṭā, q.v.) adverb by way of gnashing or grinding the teeth (cp. Sk. dantān kaṭakaṭāpya) i.e. severely (of biting) Ja.iii.203 (passage ought to be read as karakarā nikhāditvā).
the tree Pongamia glabra, used medicinally Vin.i.201; Ja.vi.518, Ja.vi.519.
cp. Sk. karañja, accord. to Aufrecht, Halāyudha p. 176 the Dalbergia arborea
Note: in massu˚ and kamma˚ some grammarians have tried to derive k˚ from a root kṛ; to hurt, cut, torture (see Morris J.P.T.S. 1893, 15), which is however quite unnecessary (see kamma 3 Ab, kataii 1.) Karaṇa here stands for kamma, as clearly indicated by semantic grounds as well as by Ja.vi.270 where it explains kappita-kesa-massu, and Ja.v.309 & Dhp-a.i.253 where massukamma takes the place of ˚karaṇa, and Ja.iii.314, where it is represented by massu-kutti (C.: massukiriya). Cp. also DN-a.i.137 a˚ Negative in all meanings of the positive, i.e. the non-performing Ja.i.131; Ja.v.222; Ne.81; Pv-a.59; Dhs-a.127; non-undertaking (of business) Ja.i.229; noncommission MN.i.93; abstaining from Dhs.299.
fr. kṛ; cp. Vedic karaṇa
grd. of karoti
feminine the fact that something has to be performed, an obligation Vin.ii.89, Vin.ii.93; sa˚ being left with something to do Mil.140.
abstr. fr. prec.
masculine neuter
cp. Sk. karaṇḍa, ˚ka, ˚ikā. The Dhātumañjūsā explains k. by “bhājanatthe”
a box, basket, casket, as dussa˚ MN.i.215 = SN.v.71 = AN.iv.230 (in simile); SN.iii.131 SN.v.351 cp. Pp.34; Ja.i.96; Ja.iii.527; Ja.v.473 (here to be changed into koraṇḍaka); DN-a.i.222 (vilīva˚); Snp-a.11.
fr. last
a shrub Vism.183 (+ kanavīra).
etym.?
to cut, injure, hurt; in “karato kārayato chindato chedāpayato…” DN.i.52 = MN.i.516; SN.iii.208.
cp. Sk. kṛntati
(˚tī) feminine a superior kind of bean, the Dolichos catjang Ja.vi.536 (= rājamāsa).
the trunk of an elephant; in karabhoru (k˚ + ūru) (a woman) with beautiful thighs Mhbv.29.
see Kara.
(karala) a wisp of grass (tiṇa˚) Dhp-a.iii.38; Dhs-a.272.
the Indian cuckoo Ja.vi.539.
cp. Sk. kala-kaṇṭha cuckoo, & kalavinka sparrow
same Ja.v.204, Ja.v.416; Vv.36#4; Vism.112, Vism.206; Vv-a.166, Vv-a.219.
(˚iya) = prec. Ja.vi.538.
cp. Sk. karavīra
(Sk. karhi, when? kar = loc. of pron. st. *quo = Lat. cur why, Goth. hvar, E. where), only in karaha-ci (karhi cid) at some time, generally preceded by kadāci DN.i.17; DN.ii.139; MN.i.177, MN.i.454; AN.i.179; AN.iv.101; Mil.73, Mil.76.
adjective “one who has a hand,” an elephant (cp. hatthin) Mhvs.24, Mhvs.34; Mhvs.25, Mhvs.68; Dāvs iv.2. In compounds kari.
fr. kara
adjective bound up in filth, full of filth, disgusting; epithet of the body Thag.1152 Kari here is abbrev. of karīsa2 (see note ad loc.).
= karīsa-paribaddha
neuter a square measure of land, being that space on which a karīsa of seed can be sown (Tamil karīsa) see Rhys Davids, Ancient Coins and Measures of Ceylon, p. 18; Ja.i.94, Ja.i.212; Ja.iv.233, Ja.iv.276; Vv-a.64.
neuter refuse, filth, excrement dung DN.ii.293; Ja.i.5; Vism.259, Vism.358 (in detail) Pv-a.87, Pv-a.258; Kp-a.59; mutta˚ urine and faeces AN.i.139; Snp.835.
cp. Sk. karīṣa, to chṛṇatti to vomit, cp. Lat
■ cerda in mūscerda, sūcerda
cp. Vedic karuṇa nt. (holy) action; Sk. karuṇā, fr. kṛ. As adj. karuṇa see under 3.
to feel pity for, to have compassion on Snp.1065 (˚āyamāna; expl. by Nd ii.as anuddayamāno anurakkh anuggaṇh˚ anukamp˚); Vb.273; Vism.314. Der. -āyanā compassionateness Vb.87 = Vb.273 (and -āyitattaṃ ibid.).
v. den. fr. karuṇā; cp. BSk. karuṇāyati Divy.105
a species of rice-plant of a ruddy colour Mil.252 (see Mil. trsl. ii.73).
(pl.) a class of Devas DN.ii.260.
elephant, in cpd. -lolita resounding with the noise made by elephants, of a forest Thig.373.
metathesis for kaṇeru, q.v., cp. Sk. kareṇu
feminine a female elephant Ja.ii.343; Dhp-a.i.196 (variant reading for kaṇeru).
fr. kareṇu
in Childers the tree Capparis trifoliata, but see Brethren, p. 363, n. 2: musk-rose tree or “karer” Thag.1062; Ud.31; Ja.v.405; Ja.vi.534.
feminine
masculine a class of genii that formed one of the 5 guards of the devas against the asuras Ja.i.204, associated with the nāgas (cp. Divy.218; and Morris, J.P.T.S. 1893, 22). As Name of Supaṇṇas (a kind of Garuḍas explained as “tesaṃ karoṭi nāma pānabhojanaṃ” by C on Ja.i.204. Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. compares BSk. karoṭapāṇayah a class of Yakṣas Mvu.i.30.
fr. karoṭi1)
= karoṭika 2, Ja.vi.593.
v. irreg. Of the endless variety of forms given by grammarians only the foll. are bona fide and borne out by passages from our texts (when bracketed found in gram. works only).
(Denom. to kāra) kārayati = kāreti, in origin. meaning of build, construct, and fig. perform, exercise, rule wield (rajjaṃ): kārehi Pv-a.81 (of huts), kārayissāmi Pv.ii.6#4 (of doll); kāressaṃ Ja.v.297 (do.), akārayi Pv.ii.13#10; akārayuṃ Mhvs.iv.3; akāresi Mhvs.23, Mhvs.85 kāretuṃ Pv-a.74; kārayamāna Vv-a.9 (of chair); kāretvā (nāmaṃ) Pv-a.162; karitvā Snp.444 (vasiṃ) Snp.674; Snp.680 (vittiṃ); Snp.p.97 (uttarāsangaṃ).
Kārāpeti SN.i.179; Pv-a.20; Aor. kārāpesi he had (= caused to be) erected, constructed Vin.ii.159; fut. kārāpessāmi Mhvs.20, Mhvs.9; ger. kārāpetvā Pv-a.123; grd. kārapetabba Vin.ii.134.
It is very often used periphrastically, where the translation would simply employ the noun as verb, e.g. kathaṃ k˚ DN.ii.98; kodhaṃ k˚ and kopaṃ k˚ to be angry Ja.iv.22; Ja.vi.257; cayaṃ k˚ to hoard up; corikaṃ k˚ to steal Vin.i.75; taṇhaṃ k˚ (c. loc.) to desire Ja.i.5 sītaṃ k˚ to cool DN.ii.129
■ It is often compd with nouns or adjectives with a change of final vowel to ī (i) uttāni˚ to make clear DN.ii.105; pākaṭī˚, bahulī˚ muṭṭhī˚, etc. (q.v.). Cp. the same process in conn with bhavati
■ The meanings of karoti are varied according to the word with which it is connected; it would be impossible and unnecessary to give an exhaustive list of all its various shades. Only a few illustrations may suffice: aṃse k˚ to place on one’s shoulder Ja.i.9; antarāyaṃ k˚ to prevent Ja.i.232; ādiṃ k˚ (c. acc.) to begin with; nimittaṃ k˚ to give a hint DN.ii.103; pātarāsaṃ k˚ to breakfast; mānasaṃ k˚ to make up one’s mind; mahaṃ k˚ to hold a festival DN.ii.165; massuṃ k˚ to trim the beard Dhp-a.i.253; musāvādaṃ k˚ to tell a lie Ja.vi.401; rajjaṃ k˚ to reign SN.i.218 vase k˚ to bring into one’s power Ja.i.79; sandhiṃ k˚ to make an agreement Mhvs.16; sinehaṃ k˚ to become fond of Ja.i.190
■ Similarly, cpd with adverbs: alaṃ k˚ to make much of, i.e. to adorn, embellish; dūrato k˚ to keep at a distance, i.e. keep free from Pv-a.17 Sdhp.287; purak k˚ (purakkharoti) to place before, i.e. to honour Pv.iii.7#1
■ Note phrase kiṃ karissati what difference does it make? (Cp. Ger. was macht’s) DN.i.120 or what about… Ja.i.152.
Sk. karoti, *qṷer to form, to build (or plait, weave? see kamma), cp. kar-man, Lith. kùrti to build, O.Tr. cruth form; Lat. corpus, with p-addition as Sk. kṛpa, kḷp = kṛp. Derived are kalpa → kappa kalpate → kappeti
adjective any indistinct and confused noise Mhbv.23 (of the tramping of an army); in -mukhara sounding confusedly (of the ocean) ibid. 18. Cp karakarā.
cp. Sk. kala
to utter an (indistinct) sound: pp. kalita Thag.22.
kal, kālayati
heap, stack (like a heap of wood? cp. kalingara) Mil.292 (sīsa˚).
cp. Sk. karaṇḍa piece of wood?
the young of an elephant: see hatthi˚; and cp. kalāra.
cp. Sk. kalabha
neuter Name of a certain herb or plant (Convolv. repens?); may be a bulb or radish Ja.iv.46 (= tālakanda), cp. p. Ja.iv.371, Ja.iv.373 (where C explains by tāla-kanda; gloss BB however gives latā-tanta); Ja.vi.578 See also kaḍamba & kaḷimba.
cp. Sk. kalamba menispermum calumba, kalambī convolvulus repens
= kalamba, the C. tree Ja.vi.535.
feminine = kalambaka DN.iii.87 (vv.ll. kaladukā, kalabakā) the translation (Dial. iii.84) has “bamboo.”
masculine neuter
■ In cpds with kar & bhū the form is kalalī˚.
neuter
cp. Vedic kalaśa
quarrel, dispute, fight AN.i.170; AN.iv.196, AN.iv.401; Snp.862, Snp.863 (+ vivāda); Ja.i.483 Cnd.427; Dhp-a.iii.256 (udaka˚ about the water), Dhp-a.iv.219; Sdhp.135. ˚ṃ udīreti to quarrel Ja.v.395 karoti id. Ja.i.191, Ja.i.404; Pv-a.13; vaḍḍheti to increase the tumult, noise Ja.v.412; Dhp-a.iii.255
■ a˚; harmony accord, agreement SN.i.224; mahā˚ a serious quarrel, a row Ja.iv.88.
-ābhirata delighting in quarrels, quarrelsome Snp.276 Thag.958. -ṅkara picking up a quarrel Ja.vi.45 -karaṇa quarrelling, fighting Ja.v.413; -kāraka (f
■ ī quarrelsome, pugnacious AN.iv.196; Vin.i.328; Vin.ii.1 -kāraṇa the cause or reason of a dispute Ja.iii.151 Ja.vi.336; -jāta “to whom a quarrel has arisen,” quarrelling disputing AN.i.70; Vin.i.341; Vin.ii.86, Vin.ii.261; Ud.67; Ja.iii.149; -pavaḍḍhanī growth or increase of quarrels prolongation of strife (under 6 evils arising from intemperance) DN.iii.182 = Dhs-a.380; -vaḍḍhana (nt. inciting & incitement to quarrel Ja.v.393, Ja.v.394; -sadda brawl, dispute Ja.vi.336.
cp. Sk. kalaha, fr. kal
Vedic kalā *squel, to Lat scalpo, Gr. σκάλλω, Ohg scolla, scilling, scala. The Dhtp. (no 613) explains kala by “sankhyāne.”
cp. Sk. kalāpa
adjective having a quiver Ja.vi.49 (acc. pl. ˚ine). f. kalāpinī a bundle, sheaf (yava˚) SN.iv.201 SN.ii.114 (naḷa˚).
fr. kalāpa
neuter a girdle, made of several strings or bands plaited together Vin.ii.136, Vin.ii.144, Vin.ii.319.
cp. Sk. kalāpaka
a kind of pea, the chick-pea MN.i.245 (kaḷāya); SN.i.150; AN.v.170; Snp.p.124; Ja.ii.75 (= varaka, the bean Phaseolus trilobus, and kālarāja-māsa); Ja.iii.370; Dhp-a.i.319. Its size may be gathered from its relation to other fruits in ascending scale at AN.v.170 = SN.i.150 Snp.p.124 (where the size of an ever-increasing boil is described). It is larger than a kidney bean (mugga and smaller than the kernel of the jujube (kolaṭṭhi).
to have a measure, to outstrip Ja.i.163 (taken here as “trick, deceive”).
Denom. fr. kalā
in hatthi˚ at Ud.41, explained in C by potaka, but cp. the same passage at Dhp-a.i.58 which reads kalabha undoubtedly better. Cp. kaḷārikā.
masculine
cp. Sk. kali
masculine neuter (BB ḷ)
cp. Sk. kaḍankara & kaḍangara, on which in sense of “log” see Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. kalingara
masculine neuter the Laurus camphora, the Indian laurel Ja.vi.537.
cp. Sk. kalinga & kalingaka
sounding indistinctly Thag.22.
pp. of kalati
muddy, dirty, impure; in -bhāva the state of being turbid, impure, obscured (of the mind) DN-a.i.275.
cp. Sk. kaluṣa
see kaḷebara.
see kalla
feminine
(& kallāṇa)
Vedic kalyāṇa
adjective good, virtuous DN-a.i.226; Dhs-a.32.
fr. last
feminine beauty, goodness, virtuousness Vism.4 (ādi); k˚ -kusala clever, experienced in what is good Ne.20.
abstr. fr. kalyāṇa
adjective
fr. kalyāṇa
adjective
■ nt. kallaṃ it is proper befitting (with inf. or inf- substitute): vacanāya proper to say DN.i.168, DN.i.169; AN.i.144; abhinandituṃ DN.ii.69
■ kallaṃ nu [kho] is it proper? MN.iii.19; SN.iv.346; Mil.25
■ a˚. 1 not well, unfit Thig.439, cp. Thag-a.270. 2 unbecoming, unbefitting DN.ii.68; Ja.v.394.
cp. Sk. kalya
masculine neuter ashes Ja.iii.94 (for kalala), also in --vassa a shower of ashes Ja.iv.389.
adjective in a˚; unwell, indisposed Vin.iii.62; Ja.iii.464; Dhs-a.377.
fr. last
feminine see kalyatā; -a˚; unreadiness, unpreparedness, indisposition (of citta), in expln of thīna Cnd.290; Dhs.1156 = Dhs.1236 = Ne.86; Dhs-a.378; Ne.26. The reading in Nd ii.is akalyāṇatā, in Dhs akalyatā; follows akammaññatā.
the white esculent water lily Ja.v.37; Dpvs.xvi.19.
cp. Sk. kahlāra, the P. form to be explained as a diaeretic inversion kalhāra → kallahāra
neuter pleasantness, agreeableness SN.iii.270, SN.iii.273 (samādhismiṃ-˚kusala); AN.iii.311; AN.iv.34 (id.).
fr. kalla
a billow, in -mālā a series of billows Dāvs iv.44.
cp. Sk. kallola
= kalāya.
adjective always referring to teeth: with long, protruding teeth, of Petas (cp. attr. of the dog of the “Underworld” Pv-a.152: tikhiṇâyatakaṭhina-dāṭho and the figure of the witch in fairy-tales) Ja.v.91 (= nikkhantadanto); Ja.vi.548 (= sūkara-dāṭhehi samannāgato p. Ja.vi.549); Pv.ii.4#1 (= k˚-danto Pv-a.90).
cp. Sk. karāla projecting (of teeth), whereas kaḍāra means tawny
feminine a kind of large (female) elephant MN.i.178 (so read with variant reading for kāḷ˚). Cp. kalāra.
fr. last, lit. with protruding teeth
= kalingara. Kalimb(h)aka
(cp. kaḍamba, kalamba) a mark used to keep the interstices between the threads of the kaṭhina even, when being woven Vin.ii.116, Vin.ii.317 (variant reading kaḷimpaka).
the top sprout of a plant or tree, esp. of the bamboo and cert. palm trees (e.g. coco-nut tree) which is edible Snp.38 (vaṃsa˚ = veḷugumba Cnd.556 and p. 58) Thag.72; Ja.i.74, cp. Ja.iii.179; Ja.vi.26; Mil.201 (vaṃsa˚) Vism.255 (vaṃsa˚-cakkalaka, so read for kalira˚ Kp-a.50 at id. passage reads kaḷīra-daṇḍa).
(kale˚ and kalevara) masculine & neuter
cp. BSk. kaḍebara Avs.; ii.26
(= khaḷopi) f.
neuter a mail, a coat of mail, armour DN.ii.107 = Ud.64 (applied to existence); Thag.614 (of sīla); Ja.iv.92, Ja.iv.296; Mil.199, Mil.257; Vism.73.
cp. Sk. kavaca
masculine neuter
cp. Sk. kavandha & kabandha
masculine neuter
= kavāṭa Vin.ii.148; DN-a.i.62 (nīvaraṇa˚).
a poet SN.i.38; SN.ii.267; Dāvs i.10; four classes enumerated at AN.ii.230 & DN-a.i.95, viz. 1 cintā˚ an original 2 suta˚ one who puts into verse what he has heard 3 attha˚ a didactic 4 paṭibhāṇa˚ an improvisor
Vedic kavi
poetry; ballad, ode (cp. kabba) Ja.vi.213, Ja.vi.216.
cp. Vedic kavya wise; sacrificer
the elephant-apple tree, Feronia elephantum Ja.v.38 (˚vana).
cp. kapittha
see kassaka.
■ sa˚; faulty wrong, bitter to eat, unpalatable Mil.119.
metathesis of sakaṭa, cp. Trenckner, Mil p.423
to till, to plough SN.i.172, SN.i.173 = Snp.80; Thag.531; Ja.i.57; Ja.ii.165; Ja.vi.365
■ kassate (3rd sing med.) Thag.530
pp kattha (q.v.) Caus. ii. kasāpeti Mil.66, Mil.82; Dhp-a.i.224.
kṛṣ or karṣ
neuter ploughing, tilling Ja.iv.167; Ja.vi.328, Ja.vi.364; Vism.384 (+ vapana sowing).
anything worthless, rubbish, filth, impurity; fig. low passions SN.i.166; Snp.281 = Mil.414 = AN.iv.172; Vism.258 (maṃsa˚), Vism.259 (parama˚).
Derivation uncertain
feminine a whip Vin.i.99 (in Uddāna); MN.i.87, etc.; Dhp.143; Mil.197
■ -kasāhi tāḷeti to whip lash, flog as punishment for malefactors here, as well as in Niraya (see kamma-karaṇā) MN.i.87 = AN.i.47 AN.ii.122, etc.; Pv-a.4 (of a thief scourged on his way to the place of execution); Dhp-a.ii.39 (id.).
Vedic kaśā
Derivation uncertain. The word first appears in the late Vedic form kaṣāya, a decoction distillation, essence; used figy of evil. The old Pali form is kasāva
neuter astringency Mil.56.
abstr. fr. kasāya
feminine tilling, ploughing; agriculture, cultivation MN.ii.198; SN.i.172, SN.i.173 = Snp.76 sq. Vin.iv.6; Pv.i.5#6 (k˚, gorakkha, vaṇijjā); Pv-a.7 Sdhp.390 (k˚, vaṇijjā); Vv-a.63
■ -ṃ kasati to plough to till the land Ja.i.277; Vism.284.
fr. kasāti
adjective entire, whole Ja.iv.111, Ja.iv.112.
Vedic kṛtsna
neuter one of the aids to kammaṭṭhāna, the practice by means of which mystic meditation (bhāvanā, jhāna) may be attained. They are fully described at AN.v.46 sq., AN.v.60; usually enumerated as ten [sāvakā dasa k˚-āyatanāni bhāventi] paṭhavī˚, āpo˚, tejo˚, vāyo˚, nīla˚, pīta˚, lohita˚ odāta˚, ākāsa˚, viññāṇa˚-that is, earth, water, fire air; blue, yellow, red, white; space, intellection (or perhaps consciousness) MN.ii.14; DN.iii.268, DN.iii.290; Ne.89 Ne.112; Dhs.202; Pts.i.6, Pts.i.95; cp. Manual 49–52; Bdhd 4 90 sq., 95 sq
■ For the last two (ākāsa˚ and viññāṇa˚ we find in later sources āloka˚ and (paricchinn’) ākāsa Vism.110; cp. Dhs trsl. 43 n. 4, 57 n. 2; Cpd. 54, 202-Eight (the above omitting the last two) are given at Pts.i.49, Pts.i.143, Pts.i.149
■ See further Ja.i.313; Ja.iii.519; Dhs-a.186 sq. There are 14 manners of practising the kasiṇas (of which the first nine are: k˚-ânulomaṃ k˚-paṭilomaṃ; k˚-ânupaṭilomaṃ; jhānânulomaṃ; jh˚paṭi˚; jh˚-ânupaṭi˚; jh˚-ukkantikaṃ; k˚ ukk˚; jh˚k˚-ukk˚) Vism.374; cp. Bdhd 5, 101 sq., 104, 152. Nine qualities or properties of (paṭhavi-) kasiṇa are enumerated at Vism.117
■ Each k. is fivefold, according to uddhaṃ, adho, tiriyaṃ, advayaṃ, appamāṇaṃ; MN.ii.15 etc
■ kasiṇaṃ oloketi to fix one’s gaze on the particular kasiṇa chosen Ja.v.314; -ṃ samannāharati to concentrate one’s mind on the k. Ja.iii.519.
-āyatana the base or object of a kasiṇa exercise (see above as 10 such objects) DN.iii.268; MN.ii.14; Pts.i.28 etc.; -ārammaṇa = ˚āyatana Vism.427 (three, viz. tejo˚ odāta˚, āloka˚). -kamma the k. practice Ja.i.141 Ja.iv.306; Ja.v.162, Ja.v.193. -jhāna the k. meditation Dhs-a.413 -dosa fault of the k. object Vism.117, Vism.123 (the 4 faults of paṭhavī-kasiṇa being confusion of the 4 colours) -parikamma the preliminary, preparatory rites to the exercise of a kasiṇa meditation, such as preparing the frame, repeating the necessary formulas, etc. Ja.i.8 Ja.i.245; Ja.iii.13, Ja.iii.526; Dhs-a.187
■ ˚ṃ katheti to give instructions in these preparations Ja.iii.369; ˚ṃ karoti to perform the k-preparations Ja.iv.117; Ja.v.132, Ja.v.427; Ja.vi.68 -maṇḍala a board or stone or piece of ground divided by depressions to be used as a mechanical aid to jhāna exercise. In each division of the maṇḍala a sample of a kasiṇa was put. Several of these stone maṇḍalas have been found in the ruins at Anurādhapura. Cp Cpd. 54 f. 202 f. Ja.iii.501; Dhp-a.iv.208. -samāpatti attainment in respect of the k. exercise Cnd.466#8 (ten such).
Deriv. uncertain
(pp. of kasati) ploughed, tilled Anvs.44; -a˚; untilled ibid. 27, 44
■ Cp. vi˚.
adjective miserable, painful, troubled wretched AN.iv.283; Snp.574; Ja.ii.136; Ja.iv.113 = Ja.vi.17; Pv.iv.1#21 (= Pv-a.229 dukkha)
■ adv. kasirā (abl.) with difficulty Ja.v.435; -kasirena (instr.) DN.i.251; MN.i.104; SN.i.94; Vin.i.195; Ja.i.338; Ja.iii.513. a˚; without pain easy, comfortable Ja.vi.224 (= niddukkha); -lābhin obtaining without difficulty (f˚ inī AN.iv.342) in formula akicchalābhī akasiralābhī etc. MN.i.33; SN.ii.278; AN.i.184; AN.ii.23, AN.ii.36; AN.iv.106; Ud.36; Pp.11, Pp.12.
Probably fr. Vedic kṛcchra, the deriv. of which is uncertain
a plant, shrub Snp-a.284 (variant reading kaṃsīruka for kiṃsuka?) See also kaṭeruha.
etym. connected with Sk. kaseru backbone?
a husbandman, cultivator, peasant, farmer, ploughman DN.i.61 (k˚ gahapatiko kārakārako rāsi-vaḍḍhako); AN.i.241; AN.i.229, AN.i.239 (the three duties of a farmer); SN.i.172 = Snp.76; SN.iii.155 (variant reading for T. kasaka) SN.iv.314; Vin.iv.108; Bdhd 96; DN-a.i.170; often in similes, e.g. Pv.i.1#1; Pv.ii.9#68 (likeness to the doer of good works); Vism.152, Vism.284, Vism.320. -vaṇṇa (under) the disguise of a peasant SN.i.115 (of Māra).
fr. kasati
fut. of karoti.
interr. adv. where? whither? Vin.i.217; DN.i.151; Snp.p.106; Ja.ii.7 Ja.iii.76; Ja.v.440
■ k-nu kho where then? DN.i.92; DN.ii.143 DN.ii.263.
cp. Vedic kuha; for a: u cp. kad˚.
A square copper coin MN.ii.163; AN.i.250; AN.v.83 sq. Vin.ii.294; Vin.iii.238; Dhs-a.280 (at this passage included under rajataṃ, silver, together with loha-māsaka, dārumāsaka and jatu-māsaka); SN.i.82; AN.i.250; Vin.ii.294 Vin.iv.249; Ja.i.478, Ja.i.483; Ja.ii.388; Mhvs.30#14. The extant specimens in our museums weigh about 5/6 of a penny and the purchasing power of a k. in our earliest records seems to have been about a florin
■ Frequent numbers as denoting a gift, a remuneration or alms, are 100,000 (Ja.ii.96); 18 koṭis (Ja.i.92); 1,000 (Ja.ii.277, Ja.ii.431; Ja.v.128 Ja.v.217; Pv-a.153, Pv-a.161); 700 (Ja.iii.343); 100 (Dhp-a.iii.239), 80 (Pv-a.102); 10 or 20 (Dhp-a.iv.226); 8 (which is considered socially, almost the lowest sum Ja.iv.138; Ja.i.483) A nominal fine of 1 k. (= a farthing) Mil.193
■ ekaṃ k˚ pi not a single farthing Ja.i.2; similarly eka-kahāpaṇen eva Vism.312
■ Various qualities of a kahāpaṇa are referred to by Bdhgh in similes at Vism.437 and 515 Black kahāpaṇas are mentioned at Dhp-a.iii.254
■ See Rh. Davids, Ancient Measures of Ceylon; Buddh. India, pp. 100–102, fig. 24; Mil trsl. i.239.
doubtful as regards etym.; the (later) Sk. kārṣāpaṇa looks like an adaptation of a dial. form
neuter Name of a torture which consisted in cutting off small pieces of flesh, the size of a kahāpaṇa, all over the body, with sharp razors MN.i.87 = AN.i.47, AN.ii.122 cp. Mil.97, Mil.290, Mil.358.
indeclinable interj. imitating the crow’s cry: kā kā Ja.iv.72.
in composition, is assimilated (and contracted) form of kad˚ as kāpuppha, kāpurisa.
the crow; freq. in similes: SN.i.124; Snp.448; Ja.i.164. Its thievish ways are described at Dhp-a.iii.352; said to have ten bad qualities AN.v.149; Ja.i.342; Ja.iii.126; kākā vā kulalā vā Vin.iv.40
■ As bird (of the dead) frequenting places of interment and cremation, often with other carcass-eating animals (sigāla, gijjha) Snp.201; Pv-a.198 (= dhanka); cp. kākoḷa-In compounds often used derisively
■ f. kākī Ja.ii.39, Ja.ii.150 Ja.iii.431.
onomat., cp. Sk. kāka; for other onomat. relatives see note on gala
to snore Vin.iv.355; AN.iii.299; Ja.i.61, Ja.i.160 (= ghurughurûpassāsa; cp. DN-a.i.42 ghurû-ghurûpassāsī); Ja.i.318 Ja.vi.57; Mil.85; Vism.311.
derived by Fausböll fr. kās, to cough; by Trenckner fr. krath; by Childers & E. Müller fr.; kath should it not rather be a den. fr. kakaca a saw?
neuter a coin of very small value Sdhp.514.
kā (for kad˚) + kaṇa = less than a particle
feminine = prec. Ja.i.120, Ja.i.419; Ja.vi.346; DN-a.i.212; Dhp-a.i.391; Vv-a.77 = Dhp-a.iii.108. From the latter passages its monetary value in the opinion of the Commentator may be guessed at as being 1/8 of a kahāpaṇa it occurs here in a descending line where each succeeding coin marks half the value of the preceding one, viz. kahāpaṇa, aḍḍha, pāda, māsaka, kākaṇikā, upon which follows mudhā “for nothing.”
and Kākoḷa a raven, esp. in his quality as bird of prey, feeding on carrion (cp. kāka) Ja.iii.246 (= vanakāka); Ja.v.268, Ja.v.270 (gijjha k˚ ā ca ayomukhā… khādanti naraṃ kibbisakārinaṃ); Ja.vi.566.
Onomat. The Lit. Sk. has the same form
a glass-like substance made of siliceous clay; crystal Vin.i.190; Vin.ii.112 (cp Divy.503, kācamaṇi rock-crystal)
■ a˚; not of glass or quartz, i.e. pure, clear, flawless, appl. to precious stones DN.ii.244 = Ja.ii.418 (= akakkasa) Snp.476. In the same sense also Mhvs.i.164.
Der. unknown. The word first occurs in the Śat Br. & may well be non-Aryan
a pingo, a yoke, a carrying-pole, usually made of bamboo, at both ends of which baskets are hung (double pingo). Besides this there is a single pingo (ekato-kājo) with only one basket and “middle” p. (antarā˚) with two bearers and the basket suspended in the middle Vin.ii.137; Ja.i.154; Ja.v.13, Ja.v.293 Ja.v.295 sq., Ja.v.320, Ja.v.345; Pv-a.168.
cp. Sk. kāca & kāja
feminine balancing like carrying on a kāca, fig. deliberation, pondering Vb.352 = Vism.27.
fr. kāca2
adjective , only neg. a˚; free from quartz, free from grit, flawless Vv.60#1 (= niddosa Vv-a.253).
fr. kāca1
= kāca2, i.e. carrying-pole MN.iii.148; Ja.i.9; Ja.iii.325; Ja.v.200; Dpvs.xii.3; Mhvs.5, Mhvs.24; Dhp-a.iv.232.
a low term of abuse, “pudendum virile & muliebre” Vin.iv.7 (buddhagh Vin.iv.354: kātan ti purisa-nimittaṃ); cp. Morris, J.P.T.S. 1884, 89.
kāṭa + koṭacikā
adjective blind, usually of one eye, occasionally of both (see Pp-a 227) SN.i.94; Vin.ii.90; AN.i.107 = AN.ii.85 = Pp.51 (in expln of tamaparāyaṇa purisa); Thig.438; Ja.i.222 (one-eyed); Ja.vi.74 (of both eyes); Dhp-a.iii.71.
cp. Sk. kāṇa
adjective noun (grd. of karoti) that which ought to, can or must be done (see karoti) Ja.i.264, etc. Also as kattabba Pv-a.30.
and Kātu˚; (in compound with kāma) inf. of karoti.
is Vedic inf. of karoti Thig.418 (in Thag-a.268 taken as kātuṃ ayye!).
a kind of goose with grey wings Ja.v.420; Vv-a.163.
cp. Sk. kādamba
made of Kadamba wood; also ˚ya for ˚ka; both at Ja.v.320.
neuter a glade in the forest, a grove, wood Snp.1134 (= Cnd. s.v. vanasaṇḍa); Thig.254 (= Thag-a.210 upavana); Ja.vi.557; Sdhp.574.
cp. Sk. kānana
f. of konāma of what name? what is her (or your) name? Vin.ii.272, Vin.ii.273; Ja.vi.338.
patron. f. of Kapila; the lady of the Kapila clan Thig.65.
adjective of or from Kapilavatthu, belonging to K. DN.ii.165, DN.ii.256; SN.iv.182.
a low, vile, contemptible man, a wretch Vin.ii.188; DN.iii.279; SN.i.91, SN.i.154; SN.ii.241 SN.v.204; Thag.124, Thag.495; Ja.ii.42; Ja.vi.437; Pv.ii.9#30 (Pv-a.125 = lāmaka˚); sometimes denoting one who has not entered the Path AN.iii.24; Thig.189.
kad + purisa
adjective pigeon-coloured, grey, of a dull white, said of the bones of a skeleton DN.i.55; Dhp.149 (= Dhp-a.iii.112).
fr. kapota
feminine a kind of intoxicating drink of a reddish colour (like pigeons’ fect) Vin.iv.109, cp Ja.i.360 (surā).
of doubtful origin, fr. kapota, but probably popular etym., one may compare Sk. kāpiśāyana, a sort of spirituous liquor Halāyudha 2, 175, which expresses a diff. notion, i.e. fr. kapi
masculine neuter to desire.
Buddhist commentators express 1 and 2 by kāmiyatī ti kāmo, and kametī ti kāmo Cpd. 81, n.2. Kāma as sense-desire and enjoyment plus objects of the same is a collective name for all but the very higher or refined conditions of life. The kāma-bhava or-loka (worlds of sensedesire) includes 4 of the 5 modes (gatis) of existence and part of the fifth or deva-loka. See Bhava. The term is not found analyzed till the later books of the Canon are consulted, thus, Mnd.1 distinguishes:
So also Cnd.202, quoted Dhp-a.ii.162; Dhp-a.iii.240; and very often as ubho kāmā. A more logical definition is given by Dhammapāla on Vv.1#1 (Vv-a.11). He classifies kāma as concerned with:
In all enumerations of obstacles to perfection, or of general divisions and definitions of mental conditions kāma occupies the leading position. It is the first of the five obstacles (nīvaraṇāni), the three esanās (longings), the four upādānas (attachments), the four oghas (floods of worldly turbulence), the four āsavas (intoxicants of mind), the three taṇhās, the four yogas; and k stands first on the list of the six factors of existence kāmā, vedanā, saññā, āsavā, kamma, dukkha, which are discussed at AN.iii.410 sq. as regards their origin difference, consequences, destruction and remedy. Kāma is most frequently connected with rāga (passion) with chanda (impulse) and gedha (greed), all expressing the active, clinging, and impulsive character of desire. The foll. is the list of synonyms given at various places for kāma-cchanda:
Nd1. At Cnd.200; Dhs.1097 (omitting No. 8), cp. Dhs-a.370; similarly at Vism.569 (omitting Nos. 6 and 8), cp. Dhs.1214; Vb.375. This set of 10 characteristics is followed by kām-ogha, kāma-yoga kām-upādāna at Cnd.200, cp. Vism.141 (kām-ogha ˚āsava, ˚upādāna). Similarly at DN.iii.238: kāme avigata-rāga, ˚chanda, ˚pema, ˚pipāsa, ˚pariḷāha ˚taṇha. See also kāma-chanda below under compounds. In connection with synonyms it may be noticed that most of the verbs used in a kāma-context are verbs the primary meaning of which is “adhering to” or “grasping,” hence, attachment; viz. esanā (iṣ to Lat ira) upādāna (upa + ā + dā taking up), taṇhā (tṛṣ, Lat torreo = thirst) pipāsā (the wish to drink), sineha (snih, Lat. nix = melting), etc.
On the other hand, the reaction of the passions on the subject is expressed by khajjati “to be eaten up” pariḍayhati “to be burnt, etc. The foll. passage also illustrates the various synonymic expressions: kāme paribhuñjati, kāmamajjhe vasati, kāma-pariḷāhena pariḍayhati, kāmavitakkehi khajjati, kāma-pariyesanāyā ussukko, AN.i.68 cp. MN.i.463; MN.iii.129. Under this aspect kāma is essentially an evil, but to the popular view it is one of the indispensable attributes of bliss and happiness to be enjoyed as a reward of virtue in this world (mānussakāmā) as well as in the next (dibbā kāmā). See kāmāvacara about the various stages of next-world happiness. Numerous examples are to be found in Pv and Vv where a standing epithet of the Blest is sabbakāmasamiddha “fully equipped with all objects of pleasure, e.g. Pv.i.10#5; Pv-a.46. The other-world pleasures are greater than the earthly ones: SN.v.409; but to the Wise even these are unsatisfactory, since they still are signs of, and lead to, rebirth (kāmûpapatti, It (4): api dibbesu kāmesu ratiṃ so nâdhigacchati Dhp.187; rāgaṃ vinayetha mānusesu dibbesu kāmesu cāpi bhikkhu Snp.361 see also Iti.94
Kāma as sensual pleasure finds its most marked application in the sphere of the sexual kāmesu micchācārin, transgressing in lusts, sinning in the lusts of the flesh, or violating the third rule of conduct equivalent to abrahmacariyā, inchastity (see sīla Pp.38, Pp.39; Iti.63, etc. itthi-kāmehi paricāreti “he enjoys himself with the charms of woman” SN.iv.343 Kāmesu brahmacariyavā practising chastity Snp.1041 Kāmatthā for sexual amusement AN.iii.229.
Redemption from kāma is to be effected by self-control (saṃyama) and meditation (jhāna), by knowledge right effort and renunciation. “To give up passion” as a practice of him who wishes to enter on the Path is expressed by:
Applications of these expressions:
The pleasures of the senses are evanescent, transient (sabbe kāmā aniccā, etc. AN.ii.177) and of no real taste (appāsādā); they do not give permanent satisfaction; the happiness which they yield is only a deception, or a dream, from which the dreamer awakens with sorrow and regret. Therefore the Buddha says “Even though the pleasure is great, the regret is greater: ādīnavo ettha bhīyyo” (see k-sukha). Thus kāmā as kālikā (needing time) SN.i.9, SN.i.117; aniccā (transitory) SN.i.22; kāmā citrā madhurā “pleasures are manifold and sweet” (i.e. tasty) Snp.50; but also appassādā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā: quot. MN.i.91 see Cnd.71. Another passage with var. descriptions and comparisons of kāma, beginning with app’ assādā dukkhā kāmā is found at Ja.iv.118. -atittaṃ yeva kāmesu antako kurute vasaṃ Dhp.48
■ na kahāpaṇavassena titti kāmesu vijjati appasādā dukkhā kāmā iti viññāya paṇḍito “not for showers of coins is satisfaction to be found in pleasures-of no taste and full of misery are pleasures: thus say the wise and they understand” Dhp.186; cp. MN.i.130; Vin.ii.25 (cp. Divy.224)
■ Kāmato jāyatī soko kāmato jāyatī bhayaṃ kāmato vippamuttassa n’atthi soko kuto bhayan ti “of pleasure is born sorrow, of pleasure is born fear” Dhp.215. Kāmānam adhivacanāni, attributes of kāma are bhaya, dukkha, roga, gaṇḍa, salla, sanga, panka, gabbha AN.iv.289; Cnd.p.62 on Snp.51; same, except salla gabbha: AN.iii.310. The misery of such pleasures is painted in vivid colours in the Buddha’s discourse on pains of pleasures MN.i.85 and parallel passages (see e.g. Cnd.199), how kāma is the cause of egoism, avarice quarrels between kings, nations, families, how it leads to warfare, murder, lasciviousness, torture and madness Kāmānaṃ ādīnavo (the danger of passions) MN.i.85 sq = Cnd.199, quot. Snp-a.114 (on Snp.61); as one of the five anupubbikathās: K˚ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ AN.iv.186, AN.iv.209, AN.iv.439
■ they are the leaders in the army of Māra: kāmā te paṭhamā senā Snp.436
■ yo evamvādī… n’atthi kāmesu doso ti so kāmesu pātavyataṃ āpajjati AN.i.266 = MN.i.305 sq.
In the foll. passage (following on appassādā bahudukkhā, etc.) the pleasures of the senses are likened to:
At Vin.ii.25; MN.i.130; AN.iii.97 (where aṭṭhisankhala); Cnd.71 (leaving out No. 10). Out of this list are taken single quotations of No. 4 at DN.iii.283; AN.iv.224 = AN.v.175; No. 5 at Dhp-a.iii.240; No. 8 at MN.i.144; No. 9 at SN.i.128 = Thig.58 & Thig.141 (with khandhānaṃ for khandhāsaṃ); No. 10 as āsīvisa (poisonous fangs of a snake) yesu mucchitā bālā Thig.451, and several at many other places of the Canon.
kāmaṃ acc. as adv.
-kāma (adj.) desiring, striving after, fond of, pursuing in kāma-kāma pleasure-loving Snp.239 (kāme kāmayanto Snp-a.284); Dhp.83 (cp. on this passage Morris J.P.T.S. 1893, 39–41); same expln as prec. at Dhp-a.ii.156; Thig.506
■ atthakāma well-wishing, desirous of good, benevolent Ja.i.241; Ja.v.504 (anukampakā +) sic lege for attakāmarūpā, MN.i.205, MN.iii.155, cf. SN.i.44 with ib. SN.i.75; AN.ii.21; Pv.iv.3#51; Vv-a.11 (in quotation) Pv-a.25, Pv-a.112; mānakāma proud SN.i.4; lābhakāma fond of taking; grasping, selfish AN.ii.240; dūsetu˚ desiring to molest Vin.iv.212; dhamma˚ Snp.92; pasaṃsa˚ Snp.825 So frequently in comb. w. inf., meaning, willing to wishing to, going to, desirous of: jīvitu˚, amaritu˚ dātu˚, daṭṭhu˚, dassana˚, kātu˚, pattu˚, netu˚, gantu˚ bhojetu˚, etc. -sakāma (-adj.) willing Ja.v.295.
In the popular view they are also to be enjoyed in “heaven”: saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjissāmi tattha dibbehi pañcahi k-guṇehi samappito samangibhūto paricāressāmī ti Vin.iii.72; mentioned as pleasures in Nandana SN.i.5; MN.i.505; AN.iii.40, AN.iv.118 in various other connections SN.iv.202; Vv.30#7; Pv.iii.7#1 (˚ehi sobhasi; expl. Pv-a.205 by kāma-koṭṭhāsehi) Pv-a.58 (paricārenti); cp. also kāma-kāmin. As the highest joys of this earth they are the share of men of good fortune, like kings, etc. (mānusakā k˚ guṇā SN.v.409; AN.v.272, but the same passage with “dibbehi pañcahi k˚-guṇehi samappita…” also refers to earthly pleasures, e.g. SN.i.79, SN.i.80 (of kings); SN.v.342 (of a Cakkavatti); AN.ii.125; AN.iv.55, AN.iv.239; AN.v.203; of the soul DN.i.36; Vb.379; other passages simply quoting k-g as worldly pleasures are e.g. SN.i.16 = Snp.171; SN.i.92 SN.iv.196 SN.iv.326; AN.iii.69 (itthirūpasmiṃ); DN.i.60, DN.i.104 Sdhp.261. In the estimation of the early Buddhists however, this bundle of pleasures is to be banned from the thought of every earnest striver after perfection their critique of the kāmaguṇā begins with “pañc’ ime bhikkhave kāmaguṇā…” and is found at various places, e.g. in full at MN.i.85 = Cnd. s.v.; MN.i.454; MN.ii.42 MN.iii.114; quoted at MN.i.92; AN.iii.411; AN.iv.415, AN.iv.430, AN.iv.449 AN.iv.458. Other expressions voicing the same view are gedho pañcannaṃ k˚-guṇānaṃ adhivacanaṃ AN.iii.312 sq. asisūnā… adhivac˚ MN.i.144; nivāpo… adhivac MN.i.155; sāvaṭṭo… adhivac˚ Iti.114. In connection w. rata & giddha Pv-a.3; pahīna MN.iii.295; gathita mucchita MN.i.173; mā te kāmaguṇe bhamassu cittaṃ “Let not thy heart roam in the fivefold pleasures Dhp.371; cittassa vossaggo Vb.370; asantuṭṭha Vb.350. See also Snp.50, Snp.51, Snp.171, Snp.284, Snp.337. -guṇika consisting of fivefold desire, appl. to rāga SN.ii.99; Ja.iv.220; Dhs A.371; -gedha a craving for pleasure SN.i.100 Thag-a.225; -cāgin he who has abandoned lusts Snp.719 -citta impure thought Ja.ii.214; -chanda excitement of sensual pleasure, grouped as the first of the series of five obstacles (pañca nīvaraṇāni) DN.i.156, DN.i.246; DN.iii.234 DN.iii.278; AN.i.231; AN.iv.457; AN.i.134 = Snp.1106; SN.i.99; SN.v.64 Bdhd 72, Bdhd 96, Bdhd 130; Cnd.200, Cnd.420A. Also as the first in the series of ten fetters (saṃyojanāni) which are given above (p. 31) as synonyms of kāma. Enumerated under 1–10 at Cnd.200 as eight in order: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 7, 9, 10 (omitting pipāsā and gedha) Vb.364; Dhs.1114 Dhs.1153; Nd ii.ad chandarāga and bhavachanda; in order 2, 3, 5, 9, 6, 7, 10, 4 at AN.ii.10
■ as nine (like above omitting gedha) at Vb.374; Dhs.1097
■ as five in order: 1, 5, 9, 6, 7, (cp. above passage AN.ii.10) at MN.i.241
■ as four in order: 1, 5, 9, 7 at SN.iv.188
■ as six nīvaraṇas (5 + avijjā) at Dhs.1170, Dhs.1486. See also DN.i.246; DN.iii.234, DN.iii.269; Pts.i.103, Pts.i.108; Pts.ii.22, Pts.ii.26, Pts.ii.44, Pts.ii.169 Vism.141; Sdhp.459; -jāla the net of desires Thag.355 -taṇhā thirst after sensual pleasures; the first of the three taṇhās, viz. kāma˚, bhava˚, vibhava˚ DN.iii.216 DN.iii.275; Iti.50; Vb.365 (where defined as kāmadhātupaṭisaṃyutto rāgo); Dhs.1059, Dhs.1136 (cp. taṇhā: jappāpassage); as the three taṇhā, viz. ponobbhavikā, nandirāga-sahagatā, tatratatr’ âbhinandinī at Vin.i.10 Vb.101; as k-taṇhāhi khajjamāno k-pariḷāhena pariḍayhamāno MN.i.504. See also DN.ii.308; SN.i.131; AN.ii.11; Thig.140; Ja.ii.311; Ja.v.451; Mil.318. -da granting desires, bestowing objects of pleasure and delight; epithet of Yakkhas and of Vessantara (cp. the good fairy) Ja.vi.498, Ja.vi.525; Mhvs.19, Mhvs.9; as sabba˚ Pv.ii.13#8; -dada = prec. Pv.ii.9#18; Pv-a.112; Ja.vi.508; of a stone Mil.243, Mil.252; of Nibbāna Mil.321; Kp.viii.10 esa devamanussānaṃ sabbakāmadado nidhi “this is the treasure which gives all pleasures to gods and men” -dukkha the pain of sensual pleasures Ja.iv.118; -duha granting wishes, like a cow giving milk Ja.v.33 Ja.vi.214; (f.) ˚duhā the cow of plenty Ja.iv.20; -dhātu “element of desire.” i.e. 1 the world of desire, that sphere of existence in which beings are still in the bonds of sensuality extending from the Avīci-niraya to the heaven of the Paranimmita-vasavatti-devas SN.ii.151; Thag.181; also 2sensual pleasures, desires, of which there are six dhātus, viz. kāma˚, vyāpāda, vihiṃsā˚, nekkhamma˚ avyāpāda˚, avihiṃsā˚, Vb.86; Ne.97; DN.iii.215 Vb.363 (as the first three = akusaladhātus); Vb.404 See also DN.iii.275; Thag.378; Ja.v.454; Vism.486 (cp Vb.86). -nandī sensual delight (cp. ˚chanda) AN.ii.11; Dhs.1114, etc. -nidānaṃ acc. adv. as the consequence of passion, through passion, MN.i.85, etc. (in kāmaguṇā passage); -nissaraṇa deliverance from passion, the extinction of passion Iti.61 (as three nissaraṇīyā dhātuyo), cp. AN.iii.245; -nissita depending on craving Mil.11; -nīta led by desire Ja.ii.214, Ja.ii.215; -paṅka the mire of lusts Snp.945; Thig.354; Ja.v.186, Ja.v.256; Ja.vi.230 Ja.vi.505; Mhbv.3; -paṭisandhi -sukhin finding happiness in the association with desire MN.iii.230; -pariḷāha the flame or the fever of passion MN.i.242, MN.i.508; SN.iv.188; AN.i.68 (pariḍayhati, khajjati, etc.); AN.ii.11; Vin.iii.20 Cnd.374 (comd with ˚palibodha); Dhp-a.ii.2; see also kāmacchanda passage. -pāla the guardian of wishes i.e. benefactor Ja.v.221; -pipāsā thirst for sensuality MN.i.242; AN.ii.11, and under k˚-chanda; -bandha Ud.93 and -bandhana the bonds of desire Ja.vi.28, also in the sense of k˚-guṇā, q.v.; -bhava a state of existence dominated by pleasures. It is the second kind of existence, the first being caused by kamma Vb.137 It rests on the effect of kamma, which is manifested in the kāma-dhātu AN.i.223. It is the first form of the 3 bhavas, viz. kāma˚, rūpa˚, arūpa˚ Vin.i.36; DN.iii.216; AN.iv.402; Vism.572. Emancipation from this existence is the first condition to the attainment of Arahantship: kāmabhave asatta akiñcana Snp.176, Snp.1059, Snp.1091 (expl. Snp-a.215: tividhe bhave alaggana); Bdhd 61 ˚parikkhīṇa one who has overcome the desire-existence Dhp.415 = Snp.639. -bhoga enjoyment of sensual pleasures gratification of desires SN.i.74 (sāratta-˚esu giddhā kāmesu mucchitā); Thig.464; Iti.94 (-˚esu paṇḍito who discriminates in worldly pleasures) Ja.ii.65; -bhogin enjoying the pleasures of the senses Vin.i.203, Vin.i.287; Vin.ii.136, Vin.ii.149; DN.iii.124, DN.iii.125; Mil.243 Mil.350, as epithet of the kāmûpapatti-beings Iti.94; as ten kinds AN.v.177; as bringing evil, being blameworthy SN.i.78; cp. AN.iv.281, AN.iv.438; SN.iv.333 sq.; AN.iii.351; Thig.486; Ja.iii.154. ye keci kāmesu asaññatā janā avītarāgā idha k-bhogino (etc.) AN.ii.6, cp. AN.ii.17. kāmabhogī kām’ārāmo kāmarato kāma-sammudita AN.iv.439 -˚seyyā sleeping at ease, way of lying down, the second of the four ways of sleeping (kāmabhogīseyyā vāmena passena) AN.ii.244; -bhojin = ˚bhogin Ud.65; -magga the path of sensuous pleasures Ja.v.67; -matta intoxicated with sensuous pleasures Ja.vi.231; -mucchā sensual stupor or languor SN.iv.189; AN.ii.11; Dhs.1114, etc. (see kāmacchanda); -yoga application to sensuous enjoyment one of the four yogas, viz. kāma˚, bhava˚, diṭṭhi˚ avijjā˚ (cp. āsavā) AN.ii.10; only the first two at Iti.95 cp. DN.iii.230, DN.iii.276; SN.v.59; Dhs-a.166; -rata delighting in pleasures Ja.v.255; -rati amorous enjoyment (as arati Thig.58 and Thig.141; Ja.i.211; Ja.iii.396; Ja.iv.107
■ n’atthi nissaraṇaṃ loke kiṃ vivekena kāhasi bhuñjassu kratiyo mâhu pacchânutāpinī SN.i.128. mā pamādam anuyuñjetha, mā kāmaratisanthavaṃ appamatto hi jhāyanto pappoti paramaṃ sukhan SN.i.25 = Dhp.27 = Thag.884; -rasa the taste of love Ja.ii.329; Ja.iii.170; Ja.v.451 -rāga sensual passion, lust. This term embraces the kāmaguṇā & the three rāgas: Dhs.1131, Dhs.1460 Ne.28; MN.i.433 sq.; DN.iii.254, DN.iii.282; SN.i.22; AN.iii.411; SN.i.13, SN.i.53; SN.iii.155; Thig.68, Thig.77; Pv-a.6; see also k-chanda passage. Relinquishing this desire befits the Saint: Snp.139 (˚ṃ virājetvā brahmalokûpago). As k-rāgavyāpāda Dhs.362; Snp-a.205; -rūpa a form assumed at will Vv-a.80, or a form which enjoys the pleasures of heaven Vb.426; -lāpin talking as one likes DN.i.91 (= DN-a.i.257 yadicchaka-bhāṇin); -lābha the grasping of pleasures, in ˚abhijappin AN.iii.353; -loka the world of pleasures = kāmâvacara, q.v. Sdhp.233, Sdhp.261 -vaṇṇin assuming any form at will, Protean Ja.ii.255 Ja.iii.409 = Vv.33#191; Ja.v.157; Vv.16#3; Vv-a.80, Vv-a.143, Vv-a.146 -vasika under the influence of passions Ja.ii.215; -vitakka a thought concerning some sensuous pleasure, one of the three evil thoughts (kāma˚ vyāpāda˚ vihiṃsā˚ DN.iii.215, DN.iii.226; MN.i.114; AN.i.68; Ja.i.63; Ja.iii.18, Ja.iii.375 Ja.iv.490; Ja.vi.29; Iti.82, Iti.115; Vb.362; Mil.310; -vega the impulse of lust Ja.vi.268; -sagga the heaven of sensuous beings, there are six q.v. under sagga Ja.i.105 Ja.ii.130; Ja.iii.258; Ja.iv.490; Ja.vi.29, Ja.vi.432; at all these passages only referred to, not enumerated; cp. k-âvacara; -saṅkappa- bahula full of aspirations after pleasure AN.iii.145, AN.iii.259; DN.iii.215; -saṅga attachment to passion Ud.75; -saññā lustful idea or thought; one of the three akusalasaññās (as vitakka) DN.i.182; DN.iii.215; MN.ii.262; SN.i.126 Vb.363; Thag.1039; virata k˚ āya SN.i.53 = Snp.175 -saññojana the obstacle or hindrance formed by pleasures; ˚âtiga epithet of Arahant, free of the fetters of lust AN.iii.373 (+ kāmarāgaṃ virājetvā); -sineha love of pleasures Dhs.1097 (also as ˚sneha MN.i.241; SN.iv.188; AN.ii.10); see k-chanda; -sukha happiness or welfare arising from (sensual) pleasure, worldly happiness valued as mīlha˚, puthujjana˚, anariya˚, and not worth pursuit: see kāmaguṇā, which passage closes: yaṃ ime pañca k-guṇe paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassaṃ idaṃ vuccati k-sukhaṃ AN.iv.415; SN.iv.225; varying with… somanassaṃ ayaṃ kāmānaṃ assādo MN.i.85, MN.i.92 etc.
■ As kāma˚ and nekkhamma˚ AN.i.80; as renounced by the Saint: anapekkhino k˚ ṃ pahāya Dhp.346; SN.i.77; MN.iii.230; Snp.59 (see Cnd. s.v.). See also SN.iv.208; MN.ii.43; Thig.483; Vv.6#17; Ja.ii.140; Ja.iii.396 Ja.v.428; kāmasukhallik’ ânuyoga attachment to worldly enjoyment SN.iv.330; SN.v.421; Vin.i.10; DN.iii.113 Ne.110; Vism.5, Vism.32; -sutta Name of the first sutta of the Aṭṭhakavagga of Sn; -seṭṭhā (pl.) a class of devas DN.ii.258; -sevanā pursuit of, indulgence in, sensuous pleasure Ja.ii.180; Ja.iii.464; -sevin adj. to prec. Ja.iv.118 -hetu having craving as a cause: in ādīnava-section foll. on kāmaguṇā MN.i.86, etc., of wealth SN.i.74 -hetuka caused by passion Thig.355 = Thag-a.243; Ja.v.220, Ja.v.225.
Dhtp (603) & Dhtm (843) paraphrase by “icchāyaṃ,” cp. Vedic kāma, kam = Idg. *qā. cp. Lat. carus, Goth. hōrs, E whore.
adjective only-˚ in neg. akāmaka unwilling, undesirous DN.i.115; MN.i.163; Vin.iii.13; Ja.iv.31 cp. kāmuka.
fr. kāma
adjective having a kamaṇḍalu (q.v.) SN.iv.312 cp. AN.v.263.
feminine desire, longing, with noun: viveka˚… to be alone Pv-a.43; anattha˚ Ja.iv.14 with inf. Pv-a.65 (gahetu˚); Ja.iii.362 (vināsetu˚) Mhvs.5, Mhvs.260; Dhp-a.i.91.
abstr. fr. kāma
adjective
fr. kāma
adjective noun desiring, loving, fond of; a sweetheart, lover Ja.v.306; Mhbv.3.
cp. Sk. kāmuka
to desire, to crave
den. fr. kāma
group, heap, collection, aggregate, body
Snp-a.31 gives the foll. synonyms and similes of kāya: kuṭī, guhā (Snp.772), deha, sandeha (Dhp.148 = Thag.20), nāvā (Dhp.369), ratha (SN.iv.292) dhaja, vammīka (MN.i.144), kuṭikā (Thag.1); and at Kp-a.38 the foll. def.: kāye ti sarīre, sarīraṃ hi asucisañcayato kucchitānaṃ vā kesādīnaṃ āyabhūtato kāyo ti vuccati.… It is equivalent to deha: SN.i.27; Pv-a.10; to sarīra Kp-a.38; Pv-a.63, to nikāya (deva˚ DN.iii.264; and cp. formula of jāti: sattānaṃ tamhi tamhi sattanikāye jāti… Cnd.257.
■ A good idea of the extensive meaning of kāya may be gathered from the classification of the 7 kāyas at Ja.ii.91, viz. camma˚ dāru˚, loha˚, ayo˚, vāluka˚, udaka˚, phalaka˚, or “bodies” (great masses, substances) of skin, wood copper, iron, sand, water, and planks
■ Var. other combinations: Asura˚ AN.i.143; DN.iii.7; Ābhassara˚ (“world of radiance”) DN.i.17 = DN.iii.29, DN.iii.84; Deva˚ SN.i.27, SN.i.30; DN.iii.264 (˚nikāya); dibbā kāyā AN.i.143; Tāvatiṃsa DN.iii.15.
Kāya under the physical aspect is an aggregate of a multiplicity of elements which finally can be reduced to the four “great elements, viz. earth, water, fire, and air (DN.i.55). This “heap,” in the valuation of the Wise (muni), shares with all other objects the qualities of such elements and is therefore regarded as contemptible, as something which one has to get rid of, as a source of impurity. It is subject to time and change, it is built up and kept alive by cravings, and with death it is disintegrated into the elements. But the kamma which determined the appearance of this physical body has naturally been renewed and assumes a new form. II. Kāya under the psychological aspect is the seat of sensation (Dhs §§ 613 16), and represents the fundamental organ of touch which underlies all other sensation. Developed only in later thought Dhs-a. 311 cf. Mrs. Rhys Davids, Bud. Psy Ethics lvi. ff.; Bud. Psy. 143, 185 f.
As the seat of feeling, kāya is the fifth in the enumeration of the senses (āyatanāni) It is ajjhattika as sense (i.e. subjective) and its object is the tangible (phoṭṭhabba). The contact between subject and object consists either in touching (phusitvā or in sensing (viññeyya). The formulas vary, but are in essence the same all through, e.g. kāya-viññeyyā phoṭṭhabbā DN.i.245; kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā DN.iii.226, DN.iii.250, DN.iii.269; MN.i.33; MN.ii.42; SN.iv.104, SN.iv.112 kāyena phusitvā AN.v.11; kāyo c’ eva phoṭṭhabbā ca DN.iii.102. Best to be grouped here is an application of kāya in the sense of the self as experiencing a great joy the whole being, the “inner sense,” or heart. This realization of intense happiness (such as it is while it lasts), pīti-sukha, is the result of the four stages of meditation, and as such it is always mentioned after the jhānas in the formula: so imaṃ eva kāyaṃ vivekajena pīti-sukhena abhisandeti… “His very body does he so pervade with the joy and ease born of detachment from worldliness” DN.i.73 sq. = MN.i.277; AN.ii.41 etc
■ A similar context is that in which kāya is represented as passaddha, calmed down, i.e. in a state which is free from worldly attachment (vivekaja). This “peace” of the body (may be translated as “my senses my spirits” in this connection) flows out of the peace of the mind and this is born out of the joy accompanying complete satisfaction (pamuditā) in attaining the desired end. The formula is pamuditassa pīti jāyati pītimanassa kāyo passambhati, passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedeti sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati DN.iii.241, DN.iii.288; SN.iv.351; MN.i.37; AN.iii.21, AN.iii.285; AN.iv.176; AN.v.3, AN.v.333; Vb.227. Similarly: pamuditāya pīti jāyati, pītimanāya kāyo p˚ passadhakāyā sukhaṃ ved˚ Vin.i.294 (c̣p. Vin. Texts ii.224: “all my frame will be at peace,” or “individuality”; see note) passaddhakāya-sankhāra mentioned at AN.v.29 sq. is one of the ten ariya-vāsā, the noblest conditions. A quasi-analogy between kāya and kāma is apparent from a number of other passages kāya-chando-˚sneho-˚anvayatā pahīyati MN.i.500; ajjhattañ ca bahiddha ca kāye chandaṃ virājaye Snp.203 kāye avigata-rāgo hoti (kāme, rūpe) DN.iii.238 = AN.iii.249; madhurakajāto viya kāyo SN.iii.106; AN.iii.69.
Kāya is one of the three channels by which a man’s personality is connected with his environment & by which his character is judged, viz action, the three being kāya, vacī (vāca) and manas. These three; kammantas, activities or agents, form the three subdivisions of the sīla, the rules of conduct Kāya is the first and most conspicuous agent, or the principle of action κα ̓τ ἐςοξήν, character in its pregnant sense.
Kāya as one of a triad.-Its usual combination is in the formula mentioned, and as such found in the whole of the Pāli Canon. But there is also another combination found only in the older texts, viz. kayenā vācāya uda cetasā: yañ ca karoti kāyena vācāya uda cetasā taṃ hi tassa sakaṃ hoti tañ ca ādāya gacchati SN.i.93 yo dhammacārī kāyena vācāya uda cetasā idh eva nam pasaṃsanti pacca sagge pamodati SN.i.102
■ So also at AN.i.63; Snp.232. Besides in formula arakkhitena kāyena a˚ vācāya a˚ cittena SN.ii.231 = SN.ii.271; SN.iv.112. With su- and duccarita the combination is extremely frequent e.g. SN.i.71, SN.i.72; MN.i.22, etc., etc. In other comb we have kāya-(v˚., m.˚) kamma, moneyya, soceyya, etc-k˚. v˚. m˚. hiṃsati SN.i.165; saṃsappati AN.v.289 sq. kāye (v˚. m˚.) sati kāya-sañcetanā-hetu uppajjati SN.ii.39 sq.; The variations of k-in the ethics of the Dhamma under this view of k˚. v˚. m˚. are manifold, all based on the fundamental distinctions between good and bad, all being the raison d’être of kamma: yaṃ… etarahi kammaṃ karoti kāyena v. m. idaṃ vuccati navakammaṃ SN.iv.132
■ Passages with reference to good works are e.g. DN.iii.245; AN.i.151; AN.v.302 sq.; (see also Kamma ii.2 b. c.)
■ With reference to evil SN.iii.241, SN.iii.247; AN.i.201; kin nu kāyena vācāya manasā dukkaṭaṃ kataṃ Pv.ii.1#3 and passim. Assutavā puthujjano tīhi ṭhānehi micchā paṭipajjati kāyena v. m SN.ii.151; pāpaṃ na kayirā vacasā manasā kāyena vā kiñcana sabbaloke SN.i.12 = SN.i.31; yassa kāyena vācāya manasā n’atthi dukkaṭaṃ saṃvutaṃ tīhi ṭhānehi, tam ahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ Dhp.391 = Ne.183. Kāyena saṃvaro sādhu sādhu vācāya saṃvaro manasā saṃvaro sādhu sādhu sabbattha saṃvaro Dhp.361 = SN.i.73; Mil.399; ye ca kāyena v. m. ca susaṃvutā na te Māravasânugā na te Mārassa paccagū SN.i.104; vācānurakkhī manasā susaṃvuto kāyena ca akusalaṃ na kayirā Dhp.281 = Ne.183.
Kāya as one of a dyad: vācā and kāya: SN.i.172 (˚gutta) MN.i.461 (rakkhita and a˚); Pv.i.2#2 (˚saññatā and opp.); Vism.28 (k˚-vacī-kamma); Pv-a.98.
Kāya alone as a collective expression for the three: AN.i.54; Dhp.259, Dhp.391; Snp.206, Snp.407; kāye avītarāgo MN.i.101; AN.iii.249; AN.iv.461 sq.; ˚-samācāra SN.v.354 kāyaṃ paṇidhāya Pts.i.175; Vb.244 = Vb.252; bhāvita and a˚ MN.i.239; AN.i.250; AN.iii.106 sq., cp.: kāya-ppakopaṃ rakkheyya, kāyena saṃvuto siyā kāyaduccaritaṃ hitvā kāyena sucaritaṃ care Dhp.231. Ahiṃsakā ye munayo niccaṃ kāyena saṃvutā Dhp.225.
Kāya in combination with citta: ṭhito va kāyo hoti ṭhitaṃ cittaṃ… SN.v.74; anikaṭṭha-kāyo nikaṭṭha-citto AN.ii.137; sāraddha-kāyo sankiliṭṭha-citto AN.v.93 = AN.v.95 AN.v.97; bhāvita-kāyo, ˚sīlo, ˚citto, ˚pañño SN.iv.111; AN.iv.111; AN.v.42 sq. Apakassa kāyaṃ apakassa cittaṃ SN.ii.198. Kāya-citta-passaddhi, etc. Dhs §§ 29–51. In these six couples (or yugalas) later Abhidhamma distinguished kāya as = the cetasikas (mental properties or the vedanā, saññā and sankhārā khandhas), body being excluded. Cpd. 96. See also combination kilantakāya kilanta-citta under kilamati.
Kāyena (i.e. “visibly”) aññamaññaṃ passituṃ AN.ii.61; as nānatta˚ and ekatta˚ at AN.iv.39 = Cnd.570. The relation between rūpa-kāya (= cātumahābhūtika), and nāma-kāya, the mental compound (= vedanā saññā, etc.) is discussed at Ne.77, Ne.78, and Pts.i.183 sq., see also SN.ii.24. K. is anattā, i.e. k. has no soul AN.v.109; SN.iv.166. n’âyaṃ kāyo tumhākaṃ n’āpi paresaṃ, purāṇaṃ idaṃ kammaṃ… “neither is this body yours, nor anyone else’s: it is (the appearance of) former karma” SN.ii.64, SN.ii.65 = Cnd.680. Dissamānena kāyena and upaḍḍha-dissamānena SN.i.156. Manomaya-kāya a body made by the mind (cp. Vv-a.10 and DN-a.i.110, DN-a.i.120, DN-a.i.222) according to Bdhgh only at the time of jhāna SN.v.282 sq.; manomaya pīti-bhakkha sayaṃpabha DN.i.17 = Vv-a.10; manomayaṃ kāyaṃ abhinimmināya… DN.i.77; m˚ sabbanga-paccangī DN.i.34, DN.i.77, DN.i.186, DN.i.195
■ Under the control of psychic powers (iddhi): kāyena va saṃvatteti he does as he likes with his body, i.e. he walks on water, is ubiquitous, etc (yāva brahmalokā pi: even up to heaven) SN.v.265; DN.i.78 = AN.i.170: see also SN.v.283, SN.v.284
■ In the various stages of Saṃsāra; kāyaṃ nikkhipati he lays down his (old) body SN.iv.60, SN.iv.400; cp. SN.iii.241 (ossaṭṭha-kāya) referring to continuous change of body during day and night (of a Petī) Pv.ii.12#11.
der. probably fr. ci, cinoti to heap up, cp. nikāya heaping up, accumulation or collection; Sk. kāya
adjective
fr. kāya
see also keyūra, which is the only form in Sk.
adjective wearing bracelets Pv.iii.9#1.
fr. last
secondary root of karoti, in denom. and intensive function in kāra, kāraka, kāraṇa, kārin, kāreti and their derivations.
■ a (adj. n.) (cp. kara) one who does handles or deals with: ayakāra iron-smith Mil.331.
fr. kār-, cp. Vedic kāra song of praise, which is, however, derived fr. kṛ = kir to praise; also Vedic ˚kāra in brāhma˚, fr. kṛ.
(usually -˚) the doer (of): Vin.ii.221 (capu-capu˚); sāsana˚ he who does according to (my) advice Snp.445 Bdhd 85 sq
■ f. kārikā: veyyāvacca˚ a servant Pv-a.65 (text reads ˚tā); as n. the performance of (-˚) service: dukkara-kārikā the performance of evil deeds SN.i.103; Thig.413 (= Thag-a.267). -agga-kārikā first test, sample Vin.iii.80.
neuter ,
in meaning 1 represented in later Sk. by kāraṇā f., in meaning 2 = Sk. kāraṇa nt., equivalent to prakṛti, natural form, constituent, reason, cause
the meaning ought to be “one who is under a certain obligation” or “one who dispenses certain obligations.” In usu˚ SN.ii.257 however used simply in the sense of making: arrow-maker fletcher. Perhaps the reading should be ˚kāraka.
der. fr. prec.
chaff, offal, sweepings, fig. dirt, impurity: yava˚ AN.iv.169 (chaff) samaṇa˚ ibid
■ In passage kāraṇḍavaṃ niddhamatha kasambuṃ apakassatha AN.iv.172 = Snp.281 = Mil.414 trsld by Rh. Davids Mil trsl. ii.363 “get rid of filth put aside rubbish from you,” expl. Snp-a.311 by kacavara (q.v.). Rh. D’s note3 loc. cit. is to be modified according to the parallel passages just given.
of uncertain etym., cp. karaṇḍa
a sort of duck Vv.35#8 (explained as also by Halāyudha 2, 99 by kādamba, black goose).
cp. Sk. kāraṇḍava
feminine confinement, captivity, jail, in -bhedaka cora a thief who has broken out of jail Vin.i.75.
cp. Sk. kārā
a schemer, inventor Ja.vi.333.
fr. kārāpeti
see kāreti.
made to do Ja.vi.374.
pp. of kārāpeti, Caus. of karoti
see kāraka
= kārikā (performance); see pāripūri˚.
(-˚) adjective doing: yathāvādī tathākārī “as he says so he does” DN.iii.135, Snp.357; see for examples the various compounds as kamma˚, kibbisa˚, khaṇḍa˚, chidda˚ dukkaṭa˚, dvaya˚, paccakkha˚, pubba˚, sakkacca˚ sampajāna˚, etc.
adjective to be done, neg. akāriya to be undone, (not) to be made good Iti.18.
grd. of kāreti, Caus. of karoti
neuter compassion (usually with anudayā and anukampā) SN.ii.199; AN.iii.189; Vism.300; Pv-a.75; Sdhp.509.
fr. karuṇa
feminine compassionateness SN.i.138.
adjective compassionate, merciful Pv.ii.1#13; Pv-a.16; Bdhd 49; often with mahā˚: of great mercy Sdhp.330, Sdhp.557; so of the Buddha: mahākāruṇika nātha “the Saviour of great mercy” in introductory stanzas to Pv and Vv.
fr. karuṇa
to construct, to build, etc.; pp. kārita; der. -kārāpaṇa the construction of (vihāra˚ Dhp-a.i.416. For details see karoti iv.; see also kārāpaka & kārāpita.
Causative of karoti
■ Note. The definition of colour-expressions is extremely difficult. To a primitive colour-sense the principal difference worthy of notation is that between dark and light, or dull and bright, which in their expressions, however, are represented as complements for which the same word may be used in either sense of the complementary part (dark for light and vice versa, cp. E. gleam → gloom). All we can say is that kāla belongs to the group of expressions for dark which may be represented simultaneously by black, blue, or brown. That on the other hand, black when polished or smooth, supplies also the notion of “shining” is evidenced by kāḷa and kaṇha as well as e.g. by *skei in Sk. chāyā = Gr. σκιά shadow as against Ags. hāēven “blue” (E. heaven) and Ohg skīnan, E. to shine and sky. The psychological value of a colour depends on its light-reflecting (or light-absorbing) quality. A bright black appears lighter (reflects more light) than a dull grey, therefore a polished (añjana) black (= sukāḷa) may readily be called “brilliant.” In the same way kāla, combined with other colour-words of black connotation does not need to mean “black,” but may mean simply a kind of black i.e. brown. This depends on the semasiological contrast or equation of the passage in question. Cp. Sk śyāma (dark-grey) and śyāva (brown) under kāsāya. That the notion of the speckled or variegated colour belongs to the sphere of black, is psychologically simple (dark specks against a light ground, cp. kammāsa), and is also shown by the second etymology of kāla = Sk śāra, mottled, speckled = Lat. caerulus, black-blue and perhaps caelum “the blue” (cp. heaven) = Gr. κηρύλος the blue ice-bird. (On k → s cp. kaṇṇa → śṛṇga, kilamati → śramati, kilissati → ślis˚; etc.) The usual spelling of kāla as kāḷa indicates a connection of the ḷ with the r of śāra
■ The definition of kāḷa as jhām’ angārasadisa is conventional and is used both by Bdhgh. and Dhpāla: Dhs-a.317 and Pv-a.90–Pv-a.91
adjective belonging to time, in time, as sabba-kālika always in time, cp. Gr. ὡραϊος Vv.39#2 with time, i.e. gradual, slowly, delayed SN.i.117 = Cnd.645; usually neg. akālika
■ See also tāva-kālika.
fr. kāla 2
a kind of (shiny) sandal wood; so to be read for tālīsa at Vin.i.203 (see note on p. 381).
(and Kālussiya) neuter darkness, obscurity DN-a.i.95; Pv-a.124 (cakkhu˚); fig. (dosa˚ Vv-a.30.
der. fr. kalusa, stained, dirty see cognates under kammāsa and kāla
see kāla 1.
adjective black, stained; in enumeration of colours at Dhs.617 (of rūpa) with nīla, pītaka, lohitaka odāta, k˚, mañjeṭṭha; of a robe AN.ii.241; f. kāḷikā Vv-a.103
■ (nt.) a black spot, a stain, also a black grain in the rice, in apagata˚ without a speck or stain (of a clean robe) DN.i.110 = AN.iv.186 = AN.iv.210 = AN.iv.213; vicita˚ (of rice) “with the black grains removed” DN.i.105; AN.iv.231; Mil.16; vigata˚; (same) AN.iii.49
■ A black spot (of hair) Ja.v.197 (= kaṇha-r-iva)
■ Fig. of character Dhp-a.iv.172.
fr. kāḷa
see kaḷārika.
neuter
grd. fr. kāvyate fr. kavi poet cp. Sk. kāvya
a kind of reed, Saccharum spontaneum SN.iii.137.
cp. Sk. kāśa
cough; in list of diseases under ābādhā AN.v.110 = Cnd.304#1.
cp. Sk. kāsa
and Kāsāva (adj.) [Sk. kāṣāya from the Pāli; kāsāya prob. fr. Sk. śyāma or śyāva brown = Pāli sāma with kā = kad, a kind of, thus meaning a kind of brown i.e. yellow. See further under sāma and cp. kāla
a yellow robe Dhp-a.ii.86.
fr. kāsāva
one who is dressed in yellow, esp. of the royal executioner (cp. kāsāya-vattha) Ja.iv.447 (= cora-ghātaka C.).
fr. kāsāva
adjective belonging to the Kāsī country, or to Benares; in -uttama (scil. vattha) an upper garment made of Benares cloth Pv.i.10#8; Ja.vi.49 (where to be read kāsik’ uttama for kāsi-kuttama). -vattha Benares muslin AN.i.248 AN.iii.50; Pp.34; Mil.2; Dhp-a.i.417; Vism.115.
cp. Sk. kāśika & in a diff. sense aḍḍha-kāsika
a hole; only in cpd. aṅgārakāsu a cinderhole, a fire-pit, usually understood as a pit of glowing cinders Ja.i.232. Mostly found in similes e.g. SN.iv.56, SN.iv.188; Snp.396; Sdhp.208; and in kāmā angārakās’ ûpamā metaphor AN.iv.224 = AN.v.175; see also kāma.
cp. Sk. karṣū, fr. kṛṣ
second. stem of interr. pron. (cp. ka˚ ku˚).
nt. of rel. pron. ka
Name of a tree (creeper), lit. “whatever-like,” or “what do you call it,” i.e. strange tree (see kiṃ su & kiṃ 3), pop. name for the Butea frondosa SN.iv.193 (parable of the k.); Ja.ii.265 (˚opama-jātaka), Ja.v.405; Ja.vi.536. Perhaps variant reading at Snp-a.284.
kiṃ + su + ka
? dense, thick (?) SS at SN.iv.289 (for kuṭṭhita), said of the heat.
onomat. to sound-root kṛ; (see note on gala), cp. Sk. kṛka-vāku cock, after the cry of the bird
masculine neuter a small bell Ja.iv.362; Vv-a.12.
= kinkiṇika
masculine neuter a small bell Ja.iv.259, Ja.iv.413; (suvaṇṇa˚); Vv.78#1 (= kinkiṇi Vv-a.303); Vin.iii.42 (kinkiṇikā saddo).
onomat. formation fr. sound part. kiṇi, see note on gala
neuter
grd. of karoti = Sk. kṛtya
feminine duty Vin.ii.89 (k˚ karaṇīyatā); Mil.42.
abstr. fr. last
■ Oblique cases used adverbially: instr kicchena with difficulty Ja.i.147, Ja.i.191 (paṭijaggita), Ja.v.331 (id.) abl. kicchā id. Ja.v.330
■ akiccha (˚-) without difficulty, easily, in phrase akiccha-lābhin taking or sharing willingly (+ kasira-lābhin) MN.i.33, MN.i.354 = SN.ii.278 = AN.ii.23, AN.ii.36; AN.iii.31, AN.iii.114.
see kasira
to be troubled, to be wearied, to suffer Thag.962 (w. acc. of obj.); usually with kilamati: k˚ kāyo kilamati Thag.1073. Used in a play of words with vicikicchati by Bdhgh at Dhs-a.354 as “ārammaṇaṃ nicchetuṃ asakkonto kicchati kilamati” and at Bdhd. 25 (on vicikicchā) as sabhāvaṃ vicinanto etāya kicchati kilamati.
v. denom. fr. kiccha, cp. Sk. kṛcchrāyate
adjective noun only in neg. sentences: something, anything From the freq. context in the older texts it has assumed the moral implication of something that sticks or adheres to the character of a man, and which he must get rid of, if he wants to attain to a higher moral condition. Def. as the 3 impurities of character (rāga, dosa, moha at DN.iii.217; MN.i.298; SN.iv.297; Vb.368; Cnd.206#b (adding māna, diṭṭhi, kilesa, duccarita); as obstruction (palibujjhana), consisting in rāga, etc. at Dhp-a.iii.258 (on Dhp.200). Khīṇa-saṃsāro na c’atthi kiñcanaṃ “he has destroyed saṃsāra and there is no obstruction (for him)” Thag.306. n’āhaṃ kassaci kiñcanaṃ tasmiṃ na ca mama katthaci kiñcanaṃ n’atthi “I am not part of anything (i.e. associated with anything), and herein for me there is no attachment to anything” AN.ii.177. akiñcana (adj.) having nothing Mil.220
■ In special sense “being without a moral stain,” def. at Cnd.5 as not having the above (3 or 7) impurities. Thus freq. an attribute of an Arahant: “yassa pure ca pacchā ca majjhe ca n’atthi kiñcanaṃ akiñcanaṃ anādānaṃ tam ahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇan” Dhp.421 = Snp.645, cf. Thig.537 kāme akiñcano “not attached to kāma” as epithet of a khīṇāsava AN.v.232 sq. = AN.v.253 sq. Often combined with anādāna: Dhp.421; Snp.620, Snp.645, Snp.1094
■ Akiñcano kāmabhave asatto “having nothing and not attached to the world of rebirths” Vin.i.36; Snp.176, Snp.1059
■ akiñcanaṃ nânupatanti dukkhā “ill does not befall him who has nothing” SN.i.23
■ sakiñcana (adj.) full of worldly attachment Snp.620 = DN-a.246.
kiṃ + cana, equal to kiṃ + ci, indef. pron.
neuter a trifle, a small thing: yaṃ vā taṃ vā appamattakaṃ Snp.121; Snp.131; Pp-a 210 (iii.4). āmisa-kiñcikkha-hetu “for the sake of a little gain” AN.i.128 = Pp.29; at Pv.ii.8#3 as āmisa-kiñci-hetu (but all vv.ll. B. have ˚kiñcakkha˚) “for some food” (explained at Pv-a.107 kiñci āmisaṃ patthento)
■ katā kiñcikkhabāvanā at SN.iv.118 is evidently corrupt (variant reading ˚bhādhanā for bādhanā).
E. Mūller P. Gr. p. 35 explains kiñcid + ka
masculine neuter a filament, esp. of the lotus SN.iii.130; Ja.i.60, Ja.i.183; Ja.v.39; Vv.22#1
■ vāri˚ Pv.ii.1#20 (= kesara Pv-a.77) in combination with kesara Vv-a.12, Vv-a.111, Vv-a.175.
cp. Sk. kiñjalka & remarks at Aufrecht; Halāyudha p. 186
only at Pv.i.92,4, of clothes which are changed into missā kiṭakā, which is expl. at Pv-a.44 by kiṭakasadisāni lohapaṭṭasadisāni bhavanti “they become like (hot) copper plates.”
doubtful
at Vin.ii.153 of ālinda, a verandah, said to be saṃsaraṇa˚ ugghāṭana˚ (a movable screen or a curtain that can be drawn aside) Vin Texts iii.174, 176.
growing corn, the crop on the ground, a cornfield AN.iii.393 (in simile), cp. SN.iv.195.
cp. Sk. kṛṣṭa kṛṣ
to tinkle; also spelt kiṇikiṇāyati Ja.iii.315. See also kilikilāyati and cp. Sk. kiṭikiṭāyati to grind (one’s teeth) & Prk. kiḍikiḍiya (chattering) Weber, Bhagavatī p. 289; also BSk. kaṭakaṭāyati Lal.251. See taṭataṭayati & note on gala.
= kinkiṇāyati, denom. fr. kinkiṇi, small bell
to buy Vism.318; pot. kiṇe Ja.v.375; ger. kiṇitvā MN.i.384; Ja.i.92, Ja.i.94; inf. kiṇituṃ Ja.iii.282.
krī Vedic kriṇāti
indeclinable a part., expressing the sound of a small bell: “tink” Dhp-a.i.339 (variant reading kiri; see also kili and note on gala).
ferment, yeast; Vin.ii.116; Vv-a.73.
cp. Sk. kiṇva
strewn, scattered, covered; only in compound with profixes: ā˚, o˚, ud˚, upa˚, pari˚, saṃ˚ see also appa˚.
pp. of kirati
adjective black; in the stock phrase muṇḍakā samaṇakā ibbhā k˚ bandhupādâpaccā DN.i.90 = DN.i.116; SN.iv.117; MN.i.334; MN.ii.177; in a moral sense = bad, wicked, with nâlam-ariyā dhammā DN.i.163.
see kaṇha; DN-a.i.254 kiṇhā ti kaṇhā, kāḷakā ti attho
pp. of kṛ; with i for a, cp. kiraṇa for karaṇa. The Dhtp. explained by nivāsane
one who plays false; a cheat; adj. deceitful SN.i.24; Ja.v.116; Ja.v.117 (a˚)
■ kitavā at Dhp.252 (= Dhp-a.iii.375) in combination with saṭha also at Ja.vi.228, where the connection with kaṭa is evident: kaṭaṃ Aḷāto gaṇhāti kiṭavā sikkhito yathā like one who is skilled in having the kaṭa, the lucky die. Explained at Dhp-a.iii.375 as taken from fowling kitavāya attabhāvaṃ paṭicchādeti “he hides himself by means of a pretence” (behind sham branches).
= kaṭavā? cp. kaṭa
(pron. interr.) how much how great? nt. as adv.: to what extent? pl.: how many? Vin.i.297; k˚ṃ antovassaṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ “how much of the rainy season is left?” Vv-a.66; kittakā pana vo bhante parivāra-bhikkhū? “How many bhikkhus are in your retinue?” Ja.i.32
■ As indef.: a little; kittakaṃ jīvissāmi, Ja.v.505; kittakaṃ addhānaṃ a short time Vv-a.117 (= kiṃva ciraṃ).
fr. kīva, cp. ettaka & BSk. kettaka (Mvu.i.50); see Trenckner, Notes p. 134
neuter praise Pv-a.31, Pv-a.107.
f. kitteti
adverb to what extent? how far? in what respect? K˚ nu kho mahāpurisa hoti “in what respect is a man a great man?” Cnd.502 B; k˚ nu kho paññavā ti vuccati? MN.i.292. Kitti & Kitti
f. fame, renown, glory, honour, yaso ca kittī ca SN.i.25; kittiñ ca sukhañ ca SN.i.187; yaso kitti sukhañ ca AN.ii.32 yaso kittī ca “fame and renown” Snp.817 (= Mnd.147, where appl. to the religious perfection attained by a samaṇa); Snp.185 (in the same sense) Vv-a.68 (bāhira˚-bhāva becoming known outside) yaso kitti Sdhp.234.
Vedic kīrti, *qer: cp. Gr. καρκαίρω, Ohg. hruod, hruom = Ger. ruhm; *qār: cp. Sk. kāru poet Gr. κ ̈ηρυς herald, Lat. carmen hymn of praise
■ The explains of Dhtp (579) & Dhtm (812) are; saṃsadde saṃsaddane;
adjective famous Vv-a.200.
fr. kitti
told Bdhd 124; su˚ well told Snp.1057.
pp. of kitteti
adjective made up, artificial; clever, skilful Thag-a.227; Dhp-a.391 (of nāma); Vv-a.275 (of ratha cleverly constructed).
Cp. also kutta, -f. kittimā at Ja.iii.70; Ja.vi.508 is according to Kern, Toevoegselen s.v. a misspelling for tittima.
cp. Sk. kṛtimā, der. fr. kṛti, karoti, in sense of kata i.2
ppr kittento praising Pv-a.159
fut kittayissati in sense of aor Vv.34#5 (= katheti Vv-a.151)
■ kittayissāmi I shall relate Snp.1053, Snp.1132. grd: kittanīya to be praised Pv-a.9
aor akittayi Snp.875, Snp.921
pp kittita.
v. den. fr. kitti
a little bird with a head like a man’s. Ja.iv.106, Ja.iv.254, Ja.iv.438, Ja.v.47, Ja.v.456; Mil.267. Canda kinnara Np. Ja.i.91, Ja.vi.283, Ja.vi.74. f. kinnarā Np. of a queen Ja.v.437 sq., and kinnarī Thig.381 (cp. Thag-a.255), Ja.ii.121 (matta-kinnarī viya), Ja.ii.230, Ja.iv.432 sq. Cp. kimpurisa.
kiṃ + nara, lit. what-man, see kiṃ 3
see under kiṃ.
feminine & Kipillaka (nt.) an ant Snp.602 (kuntha˚) Dhp-a.i.360; Ja.iv.142 (kuntha˚); Ja.v.39 (tamba˚-˚āni) Mil.272
■ kipillaka Ja.i.487 (variant reading BB. for pillaka), Ja.iv.375 (tamba˚-puṭa); Dhp-a.iv.134 (variant reading SS. for T pillaka)
■ Cp. kuntha & pipīlikā.
Cp. Sk. pipīlikā, see Trenckner, Notes, p. 108
neuter wrongdoing, demerit, fault, usually with ˚ṃ karoti to do wrong Snp.246; Sdhp.204; Ja.iii.135 or ˚ṃ pasavati AN.v.75; Vin.ii.198. -kata˚; (adj.) having done wrong in akata-kalyāṇo, etc. AN.ii.174 and ≈(see kalyāṇa and kata ii.1 a); MN.i.39; Pv.iv.7#7; Pv-a.59.
Ved. kilbiṣa, according to Grassmann to *kil as in kilāsa, thus originally “stain, dirt.” Buddh Sk. kilviṣa classed with aparādha at Mvyntp. 245 No. 903
= kibbisa Sdhp.290.
m. a worm, vermin: setā kimī kaṇhasīsā AN.iii.241; Mil.272; DN-a.i.199
■ As animal of death and putrefaction MN.i.507; Ja.i.146; Snp.201; esp with ref. to the punishment of Petas: Pv.i.3#1; Thig.439; Pv-a.192; Sdhp.603. As glow-worm MN.ii.34; MN.ii.41 (with khajjopanaka); sālaka˚ a very minute insect Mil.312. In similes: Thag.1175 (kimī va mīlhasallitto); Vism.500, Vism.598. In cpd. kimi-kula the worm kind (genus worm) Mil.100; Vism.235; ˚gaṇa crowd of worms Vism.314.
Vedic kṛmi
adjective covered with worms Ja.v.270.
from kimi
adverb
kira in continuous story is what “iti” is in direct or indirect speech. It connects new points in a narrative with something preceding, either as expected or guessed It is aoristic in character (cp. Sk. sma). In questions it is dubitative, while in ordinary statements it gives the appearance of probability, rather than certainty to the sentence. Therefore the definitions of commentators: “people say” or “I have heard”: kirasaddo anussavane: “kira refers to a report by hearsay” Pv-a.103; kira-saddo anussav’atthe Ja.i.158; Vv-a.322 are conventional and one-sided, and in both cases do not give the meaning required at the specified passages. The same holds good for Ja.i.158; Ja.ii.430 (kirā ti anussavatthe nipāto).
Vedic kila
neuter
fr. kṛ; karoti to do
to scatter, strew; not found in simples, only in compounds apa˚, abbhuk˚, abhi˚, ava˚ (o˚), pari˚, vi˚ See also pp., kiṇṇa2.
kīr
a man of a tribe of junglemen, classed with dwarfs among the attendants of a chief DN-a.i.148. See on the Kirāta as a mountain tribe Zimmer, Altindisches Leben p.34. Cp. also apakiritūna & okirati2, okiraṇa
■ A secondary meaning of kirāṭa is that of a fraudulent merchant, a cheat (see kirāsa & kerāṭika).
prob. dial.
adjective false, fraudulent Ja.iv.223 (= kerāṭika).
a by-form of kirāṭa
to be affected or moved Vism.318. Kiriya, Kiriya & Kriya
Pass. of kirati or karoti
abstr. fr. karoti
feminine the performance of (-˚), state of, etc. See sakkacca˚, sacchi˚, sātacca˚.
abstr. fr. last
adjective enveloped, adorned Pv.iii.9#1 (= veṭhitasīsa).
see kili (the sound click).
feminine a mat of fibre or rushes, matting Vism.327; also a screen, a fascine, hurdle, faggots; a crate, crating tassa gandhabbaṃ kilañjā-kaṇḍūvanaṃ viya hutvā… Ja.ii.249; “his music was like the scraping of a mat” suvaṇṇa-kilañjā a gilt mat Ja.iv.212. As a fascine used in making a road: Dhp-a.i.442. as a screen (combined with chatta, fan) Pv-a.127; as faggots: Ja.i.158; Mil.287; as a crate or basket, used by distillers: MN.i.228 MN.i.374 (soṇḍikā-kilañjā) (cp. the translation under soṇḍa in J.P.T.S. 1909); to which is likened the hood of a snake SN.i.106 (snake = māra).
tired, exhausted, weary, either with -kāya tired in body Pv-a.43; Vv-a.65 (indicating the falling asleep); or ˚citta tired in mind DN.i.20 DN.iii.32 (paduṭṭhacitta + , of the waning of the gods) or both -kāya-citta Pv.iii.2#3; opp. akilanta-kāya-citta alert, vigorous; with sound body and mind.
pp. of kilamati
fatigue Ja.v.397 (= kilantabhāva).
spelt klama, fr. klam
Sk. klamati, a variation of śramati sri from sri to lean, cp. kilanta, as “sleepy,” and Lat. clīnāre clemens. To k → ś cp. kaṇṇa → śṛṇga, kilissati → śliṣyati, etc. The Dhtp (222) & Dhtm (316) paraphrase; kilam by gilāne.
tiredness, fatigue, exhaustion MN.i.168; AN.ii.199; SN.i.136; as kāya˚, citta˚ SN.v.128; as daratha˚ AN.iii.238; Pv-a.23 as niddā˚ AN.ii.48, AN.ii.50.
fr. klam, in formation cp. samatha
worn out, tired, fatigued Pv.ii.8#3.
pp. of kilameti
to be tired or fatigued Ja.i.115; ppr. kilamayanto DN.i.52
pp kilamita.
denom. fr. kilama
a cutaneous disease, perhaps leprosy, enumerated under the var. diseases (ābādhā together with kuṭṭha gaṇḍa k˚ sosa Vin.ii.271; AN.v.110 Cnd.304#1. Kilasika & iya;
cp. Sk. kilāsa
adjective afflicted with a cutaneous disease, a leper, in same combination as kilāsa, Vin.i.93 Kv.31 (˚iya).
fr. last
exhausted, tired of (c. dat. or inf.) Vin.iii.8; a˚; untiring in (c. dat. or acc.) SN.i.47 SN.v.162; Ja.i.109; Mil.382.
fr. sram, cp. kilamatha. E Müller P. Gr. 38 = glāsnu, glā, cp. gilāna
(sometimes kila)
onomat. fr. sound-root kḷ
to tinkle Ja.v.206; (freq. fr. kili or den. fr. kilikilā; cp. kilakilā “shouting for joy” Avs.i.48 and in cpd. hāhākārakilakilā “shouting hā-hā and hail-hail” Avs.i.67 Mvu.iii.312 and Divy.459). See also kiṇakiṇāyati Note.- Kil is one of the variations of the sound-imitating qel, which otherwise appears as qal, qul in Gr. κελ αδος, L. cal-are, Ohg. hell-an (cp. Sk. krandati?) also Gr.κλάζω, L. clango, Goth. hlahjan (“laugh”) and in Sk kolāhala, kokila, cp. cuculus (cuckoo) and perhaps Sk ululī, ulūka (owl), Gr. ὀλολύζω, L. ululare. See also the cognate qer under kitti.
denom. fr. kili with reduplication
to become heated, to get into a state of inflammation, to fester (of wounds) Vin.i.205 (vaṇo kilijjittha festered); Snp.671 (gloss for kilissati, explained at Snp-a.481 by pūti hoti)
pp kilinna. See also ukkiledeti (to clean out a stain, to “disinfect”).
med-pass. of kilid = Sk. klid, to be wet. prob. = śliṣ to stick to, and confounded with svid, cp. also kelana & khela. The meaning “to get wet, to be soiled” only in pp. kilinna
■ The Dhtm (199), however explains k. by parideva lament, to be in trouble, which is not quite in harmony with the meaning; it is more likely that in P. we have a confusion between klid kliś in a meaning which differs from Sk.
pp of kilissati
pp. of kilijjati
to get wet, soiled or stained, to dirty oneself, be impure Iti.76 (of clothes, in the passing away of a deva) Thag.954 (kilisissanti, for kilissanti); Pts.i.130. Kilisseyya Dhp.158 (explained as nindaṃ labhati) to do wrong Cp. pari˚.
Sk. kliśyati = kliś or śliṣ to adhere, cp. P. kheḷa and silesuma or semha, Sk. śleṣma, slime. Same root as Gr. λείμας snail; Ags. slīm slime. Another, specifically Pali, meaning is that of going bad, being vexed with ref. to a heated state. This lies at the bottom of the Dhtp. (445) & Dhtm. (686) expln by upatāpe.
neuter getting dirty, staining Ja.i.8.
stain, soil, impurity, fig. affliction; in a moral sense, depravity, lust. Its occurrence in the Piṭakas is rare; in later works, very frequent, where it is approx. tantamount to our terms lower, or unregenerate nature, sinful desires, vices passions.
from kilissati
to become soiled or stained (fig.): indriyāni kilesenti Sdhp.364.
v. den. fr. kilesa
at Ja.iii.49 taken as syn. of loma, hair and used in sense of pharusa, shaggy, rough (in kiloma maṃsakhaṇḍa as simile for kiloma-vācā).
= next?
the pleura MN.i.185 = Kp iii. Ne.77 = Vb.193; Ja.iv.292; Mil.26. Discussed in detail at Vism.257, Vism.357.
= Sk. kloman, the right lung, cp. Gr. πλεύμων, Lat. pulmo
adjective lean, haggard, emaciated, opp. thūla fat (Vv-a.103). As Ep of ascetics Snp.165, Dhp.395 = Thag.243; esp. as epithet of petas: Pv.ii.1#13; Snp.426, Snp.585; Sdhp.101; Mil.303 For phrase kisa-dhamani-santhata see the latter.
Sk. kṛśa, perhaps to Lat. gracilis, slim
= kisa Vin.i.36 = Ja.i.83; f. kisikā Thig.27.
den. fr. kisa
in neg. akissava at SN.i.149 is doubtful in origin and meaning. The translation gives “without wisdom.” Should we read akittima or akiñcana, as we suggested under a˚, although this latter does not quite agree with the sense required?
neuter a general term for insect Dhp-a.i.187; usually in combination with paṭanga, beetle (moth? MN.iii.168 (with puḷava); Snp.602; Ja.vi.208; Mil.272 (˚vaṇṇa); Pv-a.67; Vism.115. kīṭa at Ja.v.373 means a kind of shield (= cāṭipāla? c.), the reading should prob. be kheṭa.
cp. Sk. kīṭa
neuter one or all kinds of insects Vin.i.188.
bought Ja.i.224 (˚dāsa a bought slave), Ja.ii.185.
pp. of kiṇāti
(interr. adj.) what like? of what kind? which? (cp. tādisa) Snp.836, Snp.1089 (= kiṃ saṇṭhita Cnd; Pv.ii.6#3; Pv-a.50, Pv-a.51; Vv-a.76)
■ As Np. SN.iv.193
■ See also Kīrisa.
cp. Sk. kīdṛś = kiṃ dṛśa
a parrot Abhp.640 (cp. cirīṭi).
cp. Sk. kīra
= kīdisa Thig.385 (cp. Thag-a.256).
= a pin, a stake, see Khīla.
to play, sport, enjoy or amuse oneself Vin.iv.112 (udake k. sport in the water); Pv.ii.1#21 (= indriyāni paricarāmi Pv-a.77) DN.ii.196; Ja.v.38 Thig.147; Pv-a.16, Pv-a.67, Pv-a.77, Pv-a.189
■ c. acc. to celebrate nakkhattaṃ Ja.i.50; Vv-a.63; Pv-a.73; Thag-a.137 chaṇaṃ Dhp-a.iii.100
pp kīḷita. Caus. ii. kīḷāpeti to make play, to train Ja.ii.267 (sappaṃ to train or tame a snake).
Sk. krīḍati
a plaything, a toy Thig.384 (with ref. to the moon).
fr. kīḷati
feminine playing, sport, amusement Ne.18; Pv-a.67; Dhp-a.iii.461 (nakkhatta˚ celebration).
fr. same
f. play, sport, enjoyment; udakakīḷaṃ kīḷantī enjoying herself on the water Pv-a.189
■ uyyāna˚ amusement in the park Dhp-a.i.220 Dhp-a.iv.3; nakkhatta-kīḷaṃ kīḷati to celebrate a festival (i.e. the full moon when standing in a certain Nakkhatta) Vv-a.109, Thag-a.137; sāla-kīḷā sport in the sāla woods Ja.v.38; kīḷādhippāyena in play, for fun Pv-a.215-Cp. kīḷikā.
fr. krīḍ, cp. Sk. krīḍā
feminine play, sport, amusement; always-˚, like kumāra˚ DN.ii.196; uyyāna˚ (sport in the garden Ja.iii.275; Ja.iv.23, Ja.iv.390; udaka˚ Thag-a.186.
played or having played, playing, sporting; celebrated (of a festival) AN.iv.55 (hasitalapita˚); Pv-a.76 (sādhu˚)
■ (nt.) amusement, sport celebration MN.i.229 (kīḷita-jātaṃ kīḷati). Cp. sahapaṃsu˚˚; see also keḷi & khiḍḍā.; Kivant & Kiva;
pp. of kīḷati
(interr. adj. and adv.) how great? how much? how many? and in later language how? (cp rel. yāva). As indef.: Kīvanto tattha bheravā “however great the terrors” Snp.959
■ Kīva kaṭuka how painful? Pv-a.226; k˚-ciraṃ how long? Pj and Snp.1004 k˚-dīghaṃ same Snp.p.126; k˚ dūre how far? Mil.16; Dhp-a.i.386; k˚-mahantaṃ how big? Dhp-a.i.29; Vv-a.325 k˚ bahuṃ how much? Dhp-a.iv.193.
Sk. kiyant and kīvant; formed fr. interr. stem ki
(interr. adj.) of number: how much? how many? Kīvatikā bhikkhū how many Bhikkhus Vin.i.117.
fr. last
(kud-and kum-) 3rd stem of interrog. pron. ka (on form and meaning cp. kad; = Lat.* qṷu in (qṷ)ubi, like katara
(variant reading BB. kukkuṭhaka) a kind of bird Ja.vi.539. Kern (Toevoegselen s. v.) takes it to be Sk. kukkuṭaka, phasianus gallus.
a measure of length SN.v.445 = AN.iv.404, and in kukkukata Vin.i.255 = Vin.v.172 (cp however Vin. Texts i.154, on Bdhgh’s note = temporary).
cp. Sk. kiṣku?
“of the kukku-measure,” to be measured by a kukku. Of a stone-pillar, 16 k’s high SN.v.445; AN.iv.404
■ akukkuka-jāta of enormous height (of a tree) MN.i.233 = SN.iii.141 (text: akukkajāta = SN.iv.167; AN.ii.200 (text: akukkuccakajāta). Kern (Toevoegselen s. v. kukka) takes it to mean “grown crooked, a˚ the opposite.
fr. kukku
kud-kicca
adjective conscientious (too) scrupulous, “faithful in little” Ja.i.376; Vv-a.319.
to feel remorse, to worry AN.i.85; Pp.26. Der. are kukkuccāyanā and ˚āyitatta = kukkucca in def. at Dhs.1160 = Cnd. s.v.
denom. fr. kukkucca
= kukkucca Snp.972.
a cock Mil.363; Ja.iv.58; Vv-a.163; f. kukkuṭī a hen Dhp-a.i.48; Thag-a.255; in simile MN.i.104 = MN.i.357 = AN.iv.125 sq., AN.iv.176 sq. (cp. ˚potako).
Sk. kurkuṭa & kukkuṭa; onomatopoetic = Lat. cucurio, Ger. kikeriki
a dog. usually of a fierce character, a hound AN.iii.389 AN.v.271; Ja.i.175 sq.; Ja.i.189; Pv.iii.7#9; Sdhp.90. In similes SN.iv.198; MN.i.364; AN.iv.377
■ f. kukkurinī Mil.67.
Sk. kurkura, or is it ku-krura? Cp. kurūra
hot ashes, embers SN.iii.177; Ja.ii.134; Kv.208 cf. trans. 127; with ref. to Purgatory SN.i.209; Ja.v.143 (˚nāma Niraya); Sdhp.194; Pgdp.24.
taken as variant of kukkuṭa by Morris, J.P.T.S. 1885, 39; occurs also in BSk. as Name of a Purgatory e.g. Mvu.i.6; Mvu.iii.369, Mvu.iii.455. The classical Sk. form is kukūla
neuter saffron Mil.382; Vism.241.
cp. Sk. kunkuma
adjective fidgety Ja.v.435.
neuter noise, tumult Ja.v.437 (= kolāhala).
feminine a cavity, esp. the belly (Vism.101) or the womb; aṇṇava˚ the interior of the oce an.i.119, an.i.227; Ja.v.416; jāla˚ the hollow of the net Ja.i.210. As womb frequent, e.g. mātu˚ Ja.i.149; DN-a.i.224; Pv-a.19, Pv-a.63, Pv-a.111, Pv-a.195; as pregnant womb containing gabbha Ja.i.50; Ja.ii.2; Ja.vi.482; Dhp-a.ii.261.
Sk. kukṣiḥ, cp. kośa
contemptible, vile, bad, only in Coms Vv-a.215; in def. of kāya Kp-a.38 in def. of kusala Dhs-a.39; Vv-a.169; in def. of kukkucca Vism.470; in def. of paṃsu-kūla Vism.60.
Sk. kutsita, pp. of kutsāy
adjective pregnant Ja.v.181.
fr. kucchi
in kujantā dīnalocanā Sdhp.166: to be bent, crooked, humpbacked?
or kujjati? see kujja
adjective only neg. a˚; not going crooked, in ratho akujano nāma SN.i.33.
fr. kujati
adjective lit. “bent,” as nt kujjaṃ in ajjhena-kujjaṃ Snp.242 crookedness, deceit fraud (cp. Snp-a.286 kūṭa?). Cp. kujati & khujja, see also ava˚, uk˚, nik˚, paṭi˚, pali˚.
Sk. kubja, humpbacked; √qub, Lat. cubare, Gr. κυφός, Mhg. hogger, humpback
to be angry with (dat.) AN.i.283 = Pp.32, Pp.48; Vism.306; mā kujjhittha kujjhataṃ, “don’t be angry” SN.i.240; mā kujjhi Ja.iii.22; na kujjheyya Dhp.224; ger. kujjhitvā Pv-a.117, grd. kujjhitabba Pv.iv.1#11.
cp. Vedic krunhyate, fr. krudh
adjective angry = kodhana Vv-a.71; Pp-a.215 (˚bhāva). Kujjhanā (f.) anger, irritation together with kujjhitattaṃ in defn of kodha Dhs.1060 Pp.18, Pp.22.
fr. kujjhati
neuter being angry at Dhp-a.iv.182.
Caus. formation fr. kujjhati
neuter a crowing or trumpeting noise (in compounds only)- kāra cackling (of a hen) Thag-a.255; -nāda trumpeting (of an elephant) Ja.iii.114.
kruñc, cp. Sk. krośati, Pali koñca, Lat. crocio, cornix, corvus; Gr. κρώςω, κραυγή; all of crowing noise; from sound-root k̥r, see note on gala
feminine a key, Bdhgh on C. V. v.29, 2 (Vin.ii.319) cp. tāla Vin.ii.148; Vism.251 (˚kosaka a case for a key) DN-a.i.200, DN-a.i.207, DN-a.i.252; Dhp-a.ii.143.
adjective bent, crooked Ja.i.89 (˚kesa with wavy hair), Ja.v.202 (˚agga: kaṇṇesu lambanti ca kuñcitaggā: explained on Ja.v.204 by sīhakuṇḍale sandhāya vadati, evidently taking kuñcita as a sort of earring); of Petas, Sdhp.102.
pp. of kuñc or kruñc; cp. Sk. kruñcati, to be crooked, Lat. crux, Ohg. hrukki, also Sk. kuñcita bent
masculine a hollow, a glen, dell, used by Dhpāla in expln of kuñjara at Vv-a.35 (kuñjaro ti kuñje giritale ramati and Pv-a.57 (kuṃ pathaviṃ jīrayati kuñjo suvāraṃ aticarati kuñjaro ti). -nadī˚; a river glen DN-a.i.209.
masculine an elephant Vin.ii.195; MN.i.229, MN.i.375; SN.i.157; Dhp.322, Dhp.324, Dhp.327; Ja.v.336; Vv.5#1; Pv.i.11#3; Dhp-a.iv.4; Thag-a.252; Mil.245
■ deva˚ chief of the gods; epithet of Sakka Vv.47#7; Ja.v.158.
Deriv. unknown. The sound is not unlike an elephant’s trumpeting & need not be Aryan, which has hasti. The Sk. of the epics & fables uses both h˚ and k˚
a pitcher Vv.50#9; Ja.i.120; Dhp-a.ii.19, Dhp-a.ii.261; Dhp-a.iii.18. Kuṭa is to be read at Ja.i.145 for kūṭa (antokuṭe padīpo viya; cp. ghaṭa). Note. Kuṭa at Dhs-a.263 stands for kūṭa3 sledge-hammer.
a cheat Pgdp.12; read kūtaka. So also in gāma kuṭaka SN.ii.258.
a kind of root (Wrightia antidysenterica or Nericum antidysentericum), used as a medicine Vin.i.201 (cp. Vin. Texts ii.45).
see paṭi˚ and cp. kūṭa1, koṭṭeti & in diff. sense kuṭṭa1.
(variant reading S. kū˚; B. kulāvaka) a nest Ja.iii.74; variant reading at Dhp-a.ii.23 (for kuṭikā).
feminine from kuṭī a little hut, usually made of sticks, grass and clay, poetical of an abode of a bhikkhu Vin.iii.35, Vin.iii.41, Vin.iii.42 = Vv-a.10; Pv-a.42, Pv-a.81; Dhp-a.ii.23. Cp. also tiṇa˚, dāru˚; arañña a hut in the woods SN.i.61; SN.iii.116; SN.iv.380. Often fig. for body (see kāya). Thag.1
■ As adj. -˚, e.g. aṭṭhakuṭiko gāmo a village of 8 huts Dhp.i.313.
B. Sk. kuṭikā Avs.ii.156
(also kuṭumbika) a man of property, a landlord, the head of a family, Ja.i.68, Ja.i.126, Ja.i.169, Ja.i.225; Ja.ii.423; Pv-a.31, Pv-a.38, Pv-a.73, Pv-a.82. Kutumbiya-putta Np. Vism.48.
adjective bent, crooked (cp. kuj and kuc, Morris J.P.T.S. 1893, 15) Ja.iii.112 (= jimha); Mil.297 (˚sankuṭila), Mil.418 (of an arrow); nt. a bend, a crook Mil.351. -a˚; straight Vv.16#7 (-magga).
feminine crookedness, falseness, in a˚, uprightness of character Dhs.50, Dhs.51; Dhp-a.i.173.
fr. kuṭila
(kuṭi˚) feminine any single-roomed abode, a hut, cabin, cot, shed Vin.iii.144 (on vehāsa-kuṭī see vehāsa Vin.iv.46); Snp.18, Snp.19; Pv.ii.2#8; Vv-a.188, Vv-a.256 (cīvara˚ a cloak as tent). See also kappiya˚, gandha˚, paṇṇa˚ vacca˚.
see kaṭukañcuka.
neuter family property & estates Ja.i.122, Ja.i.225; rāja˚ (and ˚kuṭumbaka) the king’s property Ja.i.369 Ja.i.439
■ kuṭumbaṃ saṇṭhapeti to set up an establishment Ja.i.225; Ja.ii.423; Ja.iii.376.
see kuṭimbika.
powder. Sāsapa˚ mustard powder Vin.i.205; Vin.ii.151 (at the latter passage to be read for ˚kuḍḍa, cp. Vin Texts iii.171), Vin.ii.205.
cp. koṭṭeti, kuṭ; to crush, which is explained by Dhtp (90, 555) & Dhtm (115, 781) together with; koṭṭ; by chedana; it is there taken together with kuṭ; of kūṭa1 which is explained as koṭilla
only found in compounds ˚dārūni sticks in a wattle & daub wall Vism.354, and in kuṭṭa-rājā subordinate prince, possibly kuḍḍa˚ a wattle and daub prince SN.iii.156 (variant reading kuḍḍa˚) = v.44 (variant reading kujja˚); cp. kuḍḍa˚ Ja.v.102 sq., where expl. pāpa-rājā, with vv.ll. kuṭa and kūṭa. See also khujja and khuddaka-rājā.
of doubtful origin & form, cp. var. BSk. forms koṭṭa-rājā, koṭa˚ & koḍḍa˚, e.g. Mvu.i.231
neuter (cp. kus; Sk. kuṣṭhā f.) leprosy Ja.v.69, Ja.v.72, Ja.v.89; Ja.vi.196, Ja.vi.383; Vism.35 (+ gaṇḍa); DN-a.i.260, DN-a.i.261 DN-a.i.272. The disease described at Dhp-a.161 sq. is probably leprosy. Cp. kilāsa. On var. kinds of leprosy see Ja.v.69, Ja.iv.196.
a kind of fragrant plant (Costus speciosus) or spice Ja.vi.537.
hot, sweltering (of uṇha) SN.iv.289 (variant reading kikita); molten (of tamba, cp. uttatta) Pgdp.33. See also kathati kuthati, ukkaṭṭhita & pakkuṭṭhita.
a leper MN.i.506 (in simile); Thag.1054; Ja.v.413; Ja.vi.196; Ud.49; Dhp-a.iii.255.
the pericarp or envelope of a seed (phala˚) Vv-a.344 (= sipāṭikā).
feminine An axe, a hatchet Vin.iii.144; SN.iv.160, SN.iv.167; MN.i.233 = SN.iii.141 AN.i.141; AN.ii.201; AN.iv.171; Ja.i.431; Dhp-a.iii.59; Pv-a.277 Purisassa hi jātassa kuthārī jāyate mukhe “when man is born, together with him is born an axe in his mouth (to cut evil speech)” SN.i.149 = Snp.657 = AN.v.174.
cp. Sk. kuṭhāra, axe = Lat. culter, knife from *(s)qer, to cut, in Lat. caro, etc
an opening bud AN.iv.117, AN.iv.119.
for kusuma˚
a wall built of wattle and daub, in -nagaraka “a little wattle and daub town” DN.ii.146, DN.ii.169 (cp. Rh.D. on this in Buddh Suttas p. 99). Three such kinds of simply-built walls are mentioned at Vin.iv.266, viz. iṭṭhakā˚ of tiles, silā of stone, dāru˚ of wood. The expln of kuḍḍa at Vism.394 is “geha-bhittiyā etam adhivacanaṃ. Kuḍḍa-rājā see under kuṭṭa). Also in tirokuḍḍaṃ outside the wall MN.i.34 = MN.ii.18; AN.iv.55; Vism.394, and tirokuḍḍesu Kp viii#2 = Pv.i.5#1
■ parakuḍḍaṃ nissāya Ja.ii.431 (near another man’s wall) is doubtful; vv. ll S. kuḍḍhaṃ. B. kuṭaṃ and kuṭṭaṃ. (kuḍḍa-) pāda the lower part of a lath and plaster wall Vin.ii.152 Note. Kuḍḍa at Vin.ii.151 is to be read kuṭṭa. Kudda-mula
to kṣud to grind, cp. cuṇṇa
a sort of root Vin.iii.15.
in eka˚ and dvi˚ having single or double walls Ja.i.92.
adjective distorted bent, crooked, lame Pv.ii.9#26 (variant reading kuṇḍa; cp Pv-a.123. kuṇita paṭikuṇita an-ujubhūta); Dhp-a.iii.71 (kāṇa˚ blind and lame).
cp. kuṇi lame from *qer, to bend = Gr. κυλλός crooked and lame, Lat. curvus & coluber snake
a corpse, carcase, Vin.iii.68 = MN.i.73 = AN.iv.377 (ahi˚, kukkura˚, manussa pūti˚); AN.iv.198 sq.; Snp.205; Ja.i.61, Ja.i.146; Pv-a.15 Kaṇṭhe āsatto kuṇapo a corpse hanging round one’s neck MN.i.120; Ja.i.5; also Vin.iii.68≈
■ The abovementioned list of corpses (ahi˚, etc.) is amplified at Vism.343 as follows: hatthi˚, assa˚; go˚, mahiṃsa˚ manussa˚, ahi˚, kukkura˚. Cp. kaḷebara-gandha smell of a rotting corpse Snp-a.286; Pv-a.32.
der. fr. kuṇa? cp. Sk. kuṇapa
in kuṇalīkata and kuṇalīmukha contracted, contorted Pv.ii.9 26.28. (Hardy, but Minayeff and Hardy’s S.S. Kuṇḍalī˚), explained Pv-a.123 by mukhavikārena vikuṇitaṃ (or vikucitaṃ SS.) sakuṇitaṃ (better: sankucitaṃ) (cp. Sk. kuc or kuñc to shrink).
Name of a bird (the Indian cuckoo) Ja.v.214 sq. (kuṇāla-jātaka). Kuṇāla-daha “cuckoo-lake,” Name of one of the seven great lakes in the Himavant Vism.416.
the cuckoo Ja.v.406 (= kokila).
fr. kuṇāla
adjective deformed, paralysed (orig. bent, crooked, cp. kuṇa) only of the arm, acc. to Pp AN.iv.19 either of one or both arms (hands) Ja.i.353 (expl. kuṇṭhahattha) Dhp-a.i.376; Pp.51 (kāṇa, kuṇi, khañja); see khañja.
(or kuṇika) = kuṇa Pv-a.123, Pv-a.125 (or should it be kucita?). Cp. paṭi˚.
cp. kuṇa and kuṇḍa
Pv.ii.3#8 and kuṇḍita SN.i.197, both in phrase paṃsu˚, according to Hardy, Pv-a p.302 to be corrected to guṇṭhita covered with dust (see guṇṭheti) The variant reading at both places is ˚kuṭṭhita. Also found as paṃsukuṇṭhita at Ja.vi.559 (= ˚makkhita C; variant reading B B kuṇḍita).
a variant of guṇṭhita, as also found in cpd. palikuṇṭhita
bent, crooked DN-a.i.296 (˚daṇḍaka); Pv-a.181.
the red powder of rice husks (cp. kukkusa) Vin.ii.151; Vin.ii.280; Ja.ii.289 (text has kuṇḍadaka) = Dhp-a.iii.325 (ibid. as ācāma˚). Also used as toilet powder Dhp-a.ii.261 (kuṇḍakena sarīraṃ makkhetvā)
■ sakuṇḍaka (-bhatta) (a meal) with husk powder-cake Ja.v.383.
a ring esp. earring AN.i.254 = AN.iii.16; Ja.iv.358 (su˚ with beautiful earrings); Dhp-a.i.25. Frequent as maṇi˚, a jewelled earring Vin.ii.156; SN.i.77; MN.i.366; Pv.ii.9#50; sīha˚ or sīhamukha˚ an earring with a jewel called “lion’s mouth” Ja.v.205 (= kuñcita), Ja.v.438. In sāgara˚ it means the ocean belt Mil.220 = Ja.iii.32 (where expl. as sāgaramajjhe dīpavasena ṭhitattā tassa kuṇḍalabhūtaṃ) Cp. also rajju˚ a rope as belt Vv-a.212
■ kuṇḍalavatta turning, twisting round DN.ii.18 (of the hair of a Mahāpurisa).
cp. kuṇḍa, orig. bending, i.e. winding
adjective wearing earrings SN.iv.343; Ja.v.136; Ja.vi.478. su˚; Vv.73#1. Cp. Maṭṭha˚ Np Dhp-a.i.25; Pv.ii.5.
fr. kuṇḍala
in kuṇḍalī-kata contorted Pv.ii.9#27. See kuṇalin and cp. Morris, J.P.T.S. 1893, 14.
feminine a pail or pot, in phrase kuṇḍipaddhana giving a pailful of milk. Ja.vi.504 ( Toevoegselen s.v. compares phrase Sanskrit kāṁsy'ôpadohana, proposes reading kuṇḍ’ opadohana ‣See also kaṁsupadhāraṇa)
= kuṇḍikā
bending, in ahi-kuṇḍika (?) a snake charmer (lit. bender) Ja.iv.308 (variant reading S. guṇṭhika) see ahi and catu-kuṇḍika bent as regards his four limbs, i.e. walking on all fours MN.i.79; Pv.iii.2#4 (expl. at Pv-a.181).
cp. kuṇḍa
feminine a water-pot Ja.i.8, Ja.i.9, Ja.ii.73 (= kamaṇḍalu), Ja.ii.317; Ja.v.390; Dhp-a.i.92 (cp. kuṭa).
adjective eager, in sakutuka eagerness Dāvs iv.41.
(-puppha) Name of a flower Ja.i.60.
masculine neuter tumult, excitement; Dāvs v.22; Dhp-a.iii.194 (variant reading kot˚). a˚; (adj.) unperturbed, not shamming Ja.i.387 (expl. by avikiṇṇa-vaco of straight speech) See also kotūhala.
see under ku˚.
neuter “being made up.”
As adj. in kuttavāla well arranged, plaited tails DN.i.105 (explained at DN-a.i.274 as kappita-vāla; cp. kappita).
Der. fr. kattā = Sk. kṛtṛ as kṛttra = P. kutta, cp. Sk. kṛtrima artificial = P. kuttima, in caus
pass sense = kappita of kḷp)
der. fr. kutta, that which is made up or “woven,” with orig. meaning of karoti to weave?
in kāsi-kuttama Ja.vi.49 should be read as kāsik’uttama.
feminine arrangement, fitting, trapping, harnessing Vin.ii.108 (sara˚: accuracy in sound, harmony); Ja.iii.314 (massu˚ beard-dressing, explained by massu-kiriyā. Here corresponding to Sk *kḷpti!), Ja.iv.352 (hattha˚, elephant trappings, cp. kappanā), Ja.v.215 (= karaṇa, cp. Sk. kalpa).
cp. kutta
SN.i.66 should be replaced by variant reading koṭṭhuka.
see under ku˚.
to cook, to boil: kuthanto (ppr) boiling (putrid, foul? So Kern, Toev, s. v. Ja.vi.105 (of Vetaraṇī, cp. kuṭṭhita)
pp kuthita.
Sk. kvathati cp. kaṭhati, kaṭhita, kuṭṭhita, ukkaṭṭhita & upakūḷita2
neuter digestion Vism.345.
fr. kvath = kuth
■ Cp. Vin. Texts ii.57 on Bdhgh’s note to MV vi.14, 5.
pp. of kuthati
a throng Ja.iii.204.
(kud-assu) interj. to be sure, surely (c. fut.) AN.i.107; Ne.87; Snp-a.103.
see under ku˚.
(ku-dāra) a bad wife Pv.iv.1#47.
at Pv.iv.1#47 & Pv-a.240 is spelling for kuṭhārikā.
feminine wrong belief Sdhp.86.
ku + diṭṭhi
a spade or a hoe (kanda-mūla-phalagahaṇ’atthaṃ DN-a.i.269) Vin.iii.144; Ja.v.45; Dhp-a.iv.218 Often in combination kuddāla-piṭaka “hoe and basket DN.i.101; SN.ii.88; SN.v.53; AN.i.204; AN.ii.199; Ja.i.225, Ja.i.336.
= prec. Dhp-a.i.266.
adjective angry AN.iv.96 (and akkuddha AN.iv.93); Pv.i.7#7; Ja.ii.352, Ja.ii.353; Ja.vi.517; Dhp-a.ii.44. Nom. pl. kuddhāse Iti.2 = Iti.7.
pp. of kujjhati
a kind of grain Mil.267; also as kudrūsaka Vin.iv.264; DN.iii.71; Cnd.314; DN-a.i.78; Dhs-a.331.
a kind of bird, otherwise called adāsa Ja.iv.466.
cp. Sk. kunta lance?
feminine a curlew (koñca), used as homing bird Ja.iii.134.
only in combination kuntha-kipillaka (or ˚ikā) a sort of ant Ja.i.439; Ja.iv.142; Snp.602 (˚ika); Vism.408; Kp-a.189. Cp. kimi.
neuter the jasmine Dāvs v.28.
feminine (kuṃ-nadī) a small river, a rivulet SN.i.109; SN.ii.32, SN.ii.118; AN.iv.100; Ja.iii.221; Vism.231, Vism.416; DN-a.i.58.
(kuṃ + patha) wrong path (cp. kummagga) Mil.390.
adjective
■ As nt. kupitaṃ disturbance in paccanta˚; a disturbance on the borderland Ja.iii.497; Mil.314; Pv-a.20.
pp. of kuppati
adjective shaking, unsteady, movable; AN.iii.128 (˚dhammo, unsteady, of a pāpabhikkhu) Snp.784; of a kamma: a proceeding that can be quashed Vin.ii.71 (also a˚). nt. kuppaṃ anger Vin.ii.133 (karis sāmi I shall pretend to be angry)
■ akuppa (adj.) and akuppaṃ (nt.) steadfast, not to be shaken, an epithet of arahant and nibbāna (cp. asankuppa); akuppa-dhammo Pp.11 (see akuppa). Akuppaṃ as freedom from anger at Vin.ii.251.
ger. of kuppati
to shake, to quiver, to be agitated, to be disturbed, to be angry. aor. kuppi, pp. kupita, ger. kuppa, caus. kopeti AN.iii.101 Snp.826, Snp.854; Pp.11, Pp.12, Pp.30. Of the wind Mil.135 of childbirth udaravāto kuppi (or kupita) Ja.ii.393, Ja.ii.433 paccanto kuppi the border land was disturbed Ja.iv.446 (cp. kupita).
Sk. kupyate, *qup to be agitated, to shake = Lat. cupio, cupidus, “to crave with agitation,” cp semantically Lat. tremere → Fr. craindre
a kind of flower Ja.vi.218 (C: mantālakamakula).
?
etc. see karoti ii.
brushwood or a small, and therefore unproductive, wood Snp.1134 (expl. Nd ii.by rittavanaka appabhakkha appodaka).
fr. kuṃ-vana
the pole of a carriage AN.iv.191, AN.iv.193; Vv-a.269, Vv-a.271, Vv-a.275. ratha˚ SN.i.109, Vv.64#2 (= vedikā Vv-a) Der. (vividha-) kubbaratā Vv-a.276.
wrong thought, wrong view (cp. kudiṭṭhi) Bdhd 137.
a young boy, son Snp.685 sq. (kuhiṃ kumāro aham api daṭthukāmo: w. ref. to the child Gotama); Pv.iii.5#2; Pv-a.39, Pv-a.41 (= māṇava) daharo kumāro MN.ii.24, MN.ii.44
■ a son of (-˚) rāja˚ Pv-a.163; khattiya˚, brāhmaṇa˚ Bdhd 84; deva˚ Ja.iii.392 yakkha˚ Bdhd 84.
Vedic kumāra
■ f. -ikā a young girl, a virgin Ja.i.290 Ja.i.411; Ja.ii.180; Ja.iv.219 (thulla˚); Ja.vi.64; Dhp-a.iii.171.
feminine a young girl Vin.ii.10; Vin.v.129 (thulla˚); AN.iii.76; Ja.iii.395 (daharī k˚); Pp.66 (itthī vā k˚ vā).
neuter a fish net Vin.iii.63; Thag.297; Ja.ii.238; Thag-a.243.
neuter
-ūpama resembling a jar, of kāya Dhp.40 (= Dhp-a.i.317); of var. kinds of puggalā AN.ii.104 = Pp.45 -kāra 1 a potter; enumerated with other occupations and trades at DN.i.51 = Mil.331. Vin.iv.7. In similes, generally referring to his skill DN.i.78 = MN.ii.18 Vism.142, Vism.376; Snp.577; Dhp-a.i.39 (˚sālā). rāja˚ the king’s potter Ja.i.121. 2 a bird (Phasianus gallus Hardy) Vv-a.163
■ compounds: ˚antevāsin the potter’s apprentice DN.i.78 = MN.ii.18; -˚nivesana the dwelling of a potter Vin.i.342, Vin.i.344; SN.iii.119; ˚pāka the potter’s oven SN.ii.83; AN.iv.102; ˚-putta son of a potter (cp. Dial. i.100), a potter Vin.iii.41 sq. -kārikā a large earthen vessel (used as a hut to live in Bdhgh) Vin.ii.143, cp. Vin. Texts iii.156; -ṭṭhānakathā gossip at the well DN.i.8 = DN.iii.36 = AN.v.128; SN.v.419, explained. at DN-a.i.90 by udaka-ṭṭhānakathā, with variant udakatittha-kathā ti pi vuccati kumbha-dāsikathā vā; -thūṇa a sort of drum DN.i.6 (expl. at DN-a.i.84 caturassara-ammaṇakatāḷaṃ kumbhasaddan ti pi eke) DN.iii.183; Ja.v.506 (pāṇissaraṃ +). -˚ika one who plays that kind of drum Vin.iv.285 = Vin.iv.302; -tthenaka of cora a thief, “who steals by means of a pot” (i.e. lights his candle under a pot (?) Bdhgh on Vin.ii.256, cp. Vin Texts iii.325 “robber burglars”) only in simile Vin.ii.256 = SN.ii.264 = AN.iv.278; -dāsī a slave girl who brings the water from the well DN.i.168; Mil.331; Dhp-a.i.401 (udakatitthato k˚ viya ānītā). -dūhana milking into the pitchers, giving a pail of milk (of gāvo, cows) Snp.309 cp. kuṇḍi; -bhāramatta as much as a pot can hold Ja.v.46; -matta of the size of a pot, in kumbhamattarahassangā mahodarā yakkhā, explanation. of kumbhaṇḍā Ja.iii.147.
for etym. s. kūpa and cp. Low Ger. kump or kumme, a round pot
feminine a large round pot (often combined with kaḷopī,) Vin.i.49, Vin.i.52, Vin.i.286; Vin.ii.142, Vin.ii.210; Thig.283. loha˚ a copper (also as lohamaya k˚ Snp.670), in ˚pakkhepana, one of the ordeals in Niraya Pv-a.221. Also a name for one of the Nirayas (see lohakumbhī). Cp. nidhi˚.
(kuṃ + bhīra?) a crocodile (of the Ganges) Ja.i.216, Ja.i.278; Dhp-a.i.201; Dhp-a.iii.362.
-bhaya the fear of the crocodile, in enumeration of several objects causing fear, at MN.i.459 sq. = AN.ii.123 sq.; Mil.196 = Nd ii.on bhaya
■ Thig.502; -rājā the king of the crocodiles Ja.ii.159.
a kind of bird (“little crocodile”) Ja.iv.347.
fr. kumbhīla
a tortoise SN.iv.177 (+ kacchapa); MN.i.143; Ja.v.489; Mil.363, Mil.408 (here as land-tortoise cittaka-dhara˚).
Vedic kūrma
(and kumagga) a wrong path (lit. and fig.) Mil.390 (+ kupatha); fig. (= micchāpatha) Dhs.381, Dhs.1003; Pp.22. Kummaggaṃ paṭipajjati to lose one’s way, to go astray. lit. Pv.iv.3#5 Pv-a.44 (variant reading SS.); fig. Snp.736; Iti.117; Thig.245.
kuṃ + magga
junket, usually with odana, boiled rice. In formula of kāya (cātummahābhūtika etc., see kāya) DN.i.76 = MN.ii.17 and ≈; in enum. of material food (kabaḷinkārâhāra) Dhs.646, Dhs.740, Dhs.875. Vin.iii.15; Ja.i.228; Vv.14#6 (= Vv-a.62 yava˚); Vv-a.98 (odana˚). In combination with pūva (cake) Dhp-a.i.367; Pv-a.244.
Vedic kulmāṣa
(kuṃ + miga] a small or insignificant animal Mil.346.
a kind of flower Ja.i.60 (˚puppha).
a shrub and its flower Vism.183 (see also kuravaka & koraṇḍaka). ˚leṇa Npl. Vism.38.
cp. Sk. kuraṇṭaka blossom of a species of Amaranth
an osprey Ja.iv.295, Ja.iv.397 (= ukkusa); Ja.v.416; Ja.vi.539 (= seta˚).
Name of a tree, in ratta˚ Ja.i.39 (= bimbijāla the red Amaranth tree).
= Sk. kuraṇṭaka Halāyudha, cp. kuraṇḍaka
a kind of antelope, in -miga the antelope deer Ja.i.173 (k˚-jatāka); Ja.ii.153 (do.).
deriv. unknown. The corresponding Sk. forms are kulunga and kulanga
(variant reading kururū) a badly festering sore DN.ii.242.
Name of one of the lost SS commentaries on the Vinaya, used by Buddhaghosa (cp. Vin. Texts i.258 ii.14).
vermillion in cuṇṇa, a bath-powder made from k. Ja.iii.282; and -suttī a string of beads covered with this powder Vin.ii.106 (cp. Bdhgh Vin.ii.315 Vin. Texts iii.67).
adjective bloody raw, cruel, in -kammanta following a cruel (bloody occupation (as hunting, fishing, bird killing, etc. AN.iii.383 = Pp.56 (expld. Pp-a.233 by dāruṇa˚, also at Pv-a.181).
Sk. krūra, cp. Lat. cruor thick blood, Gr. κρέας (raw) flesh, Sk. kravih; Ohg. hrō, E. raw
= kurūra Pv.iii.2#3.
(nt.; but poetic pl. kulā Pv.ii.9#43)
-aṅgāra “the charcoal of the family” i.e. one who brings a family to ruin, said of a squanderer SN.iv.324 (text kulangāroti: but vv.ll. show ti as superfluous) printed kulanguro (for kul-ankuro? variant reading kulangāro kulapacchimako (should it be kulapacchijjako? cp vv.ll. at Ja.iv.69) dhanavināsako Ja.vi.380. Also in kulapacchimako kulagaro pāpadhammo Ja.iv.69. Both these refer to an avajāta putta. Cp. also kulassa angārabhūta Dhp-a.iii.350; Snp-a.192 (of a dujjāto putto) and kulagandhana; -itthi a wife of good descent together with kuladhītā, ˚kumārī, ˚suṇhā, ˚dāsī at Vin.ii.10; AN.iii.76; Vism.18. -ūpaka (also read as ˚upaka, ˚ûpaga; ˚upaga; for ûpaga, see Trenckner P.M. 62, n. 16; cp. kulopaka Divy.307) frequenting a family, dependent on a (or one & the same) family (for alms, etc.); a friend, an associate. Freq. in formula kulūpako hoti bahukāni kulāni upasankamati, e.g. Vin.iii.131, Vin.iii.135; Vin.iv.20
■ Vin.i.192, Vin.i.208; Vin.iii.84, Vin.iii.237 Vin.v.132; SN.ii.200 sq.; AN.iii.136, AN.iii.258 sq.; Pv.iii.8#5; Vism.28; DN-a.i.142 (rāja˚); Pv-a.266. f. kulūpikā (bhikkhunī) Vin.ii.268; Vin.iv.66; -gandhana at Iti.64 and kule gandhina at Ja.iv.34 occur in the same sense and context as kulangāra in Jataka passages on avajāta-putta. The It-MSS. either explain k-gandhana by kulacchedaka or have vv.ll. kuladhaṃsana and kusajantuno. Should it be read as kulangāraka? Cp. gandhina; -geha clanhouse i.e. father’s house Dhp-a.i.49. -tanti in kulatantikulapaveṇi-rakkhako anujāto putto “one who keeps up the line & tradition of the family” Ja.vi.380; -dattika (and -dattiya) given by the family or clan Ja.iii.221 (˚sāmika); Ja.iv.146 (where Dhp-a.i.346 reads ˚santaka), Ja.iv.189 (˚kambala); Ja.vi.348 (pati). -dāsī a female slave in a respectable family Vin.ii.10; Vv-a.196; -dūsaka one who brings a family into bad repute Snp.89; Dhp-a.ii.109 -dvāra the door of a family Snp.288; -dhītā the daughter of a respectable family Vin.ii.10; Dhp-a.iii.172; Vv-a.6; Pv-a.112; -pasāda the favour received by a family, ˚ka one who enjoys this favour AN.i.25, cp. Snp-a.165, opp. of kuladūsaka; -putta a clansman, a (young) man of good family, fils de famille, cp. Low Ger. haussohn; a gentleman, man of good birth. As second characteristic of a Brahmin (with sujāto as 1st) in formula at DN.i.93 DN.i.94≈; Vin.i.15, Vin.i.43, Vin.i.185, Vin.i.288, Vin.i.350; MN.i.85≈(in kāmānaṃ ādīnavo passage), MN.i.192, MN.i.210, MN.i.463; AN.ii.249; Ja.i.82 Ja.vi.71; Iti.89; Vv-a.128; Pv-a.12, Pv-a.29; -macchariya selfishness concerning one’s family, touchiness about his clan DN.iii.234 (in list of 5 kinds of selfishness); also to be read at Dhs.1122 for kusala˚; -vaṃsa lineage, progeny MN.ii.181; AN.iii.43; AN.iv.61; DN-a.i.256; expressions for the keeping up of the lineage or its neglect are: ˚ṭhapana DN.iii.189; Pv-a.5; nassati or nāseti Ja.iv.69; Vv-a.149; upacchindati Pv-a.31, Pv-a.82; -santaka belonging to one’s family, property of the clan Ja.i.52; Dhp-a.i.346 (where Ja.iv.146 reads ˚dattika).
Idg. *qṷel (revolve); see under kaṇṭha, cakka and carati
pādaka “buttresses of timber” (Vin. Texts iii.174) Vin.ii.152 (cp. Bdhgh. p. 321 and also Morris J.P.T.S. 1884, 78).
a kind of vetch MN.i.245 (˚yūsa): Mil.267; Vism.256 (˚yūsa).
a vulture, hawk, falcon, either in combination with kāka or gijjha, or both. Kāka + k˚ Vin.iv.40; Snp.675 (= Snp-a.250); gijjha + k˚ Pv-a.198; gijjhā kākā k Vin.iii.106; kākā k˚ gijjhā MN.i.58; cp. gijjho kanko kulalo MN.i.364, MN.i.429.
a potter; only in -cakka a potter’s wheel Ja.i.63; -bhājana a potter’s vessel Dhp-a.i.316; Pv-a.274.
neuter a nest DN.i.91 (= DN-a.i.257 nivāsaṭṭhanaṃ); SN.i.8; SN.i.224 = Ja.i.203 (a brood of birds = supaṇṇapotakā); Ja.iii.74 (variant reading BB), Ja.iii.431; Ja.vi.344; Dhp-a.ii.22.
adjective belonging to a family, in agga˚; coming from a very good family Pv-a.199.
fr. kula
? in kata˚-kalāpaka a bundle of beads? Bdhgh Vin.ii.315 (C.V. Vin.v.1, 3) in expln of kuruvindaka-sutti.
a bird Ja.iii.541 (= sakuṇika 542). Cp. kulunka.
= kulika, in akulino rājāno ignoble kings Anvs. introd. (see J.P.T.S. 1886 p. 355, where akuliro which is conjectured as akulino by Andersen, Pāli Reader p. 1024).
= prec. in abhijāta-kula-kulīna descendant of a recognized clan Mil.359 (of a king); uccā˚ of noble birth, in uccākulīnatā descent from a high family SN.i.87; MN.iii.37; Vv-a.32; nīca˚ of mean birth Snp.462.
a crab, in kulīra- pādaka “a crab-footer,” i.e. a (sort of) bedstead Vin.ii.149; Vin.iv.40 (kulira), cp. Bdhgh on latter passage at Vin.iv.357 (kuḷira˚ and kuḷiya˚): a bedstead with curved or carved legs; esp. when carved to represent animal’s feet (Vin. Texts iii.164).
a crab Ja.vi.539 (= kakkaṭaka Ja.vi.540).
a cert. small bird Ja.iii.478. Cp. kulinka.
a raft (of basket-work) (orig. meaning “hollow shaft,” cp. Sk. kulya, bone; Lat. caulis stalk, Gr.καυλός, Ohg. hol, E. hollow) Vin.i.230; DN.ii.89 (kullaṃ bandhati); MN.i.134 (kullūpama dhamma).
adjective belonging to the family Ja.iv.34 (˚vatta family custom).
fr. kula, Sk. kaula & kaulya, *kulya
crate, basket work, a kind of raft, a little basket Ja.vi.64.
(ṃ) see ku-.
the (blue) water-lily, lotus, usually combined with kamala, q.v. Vv.35#4; DN-a.i.50; Vv-a.161, Vv-a.181; Pv-a.23, Pv-a.77.
= koviḷāra Ja.v.69 (variant reading B. ko˚).
= prec. Vv.35#5 (= Vv-a.162).
adjective
cp. Sk. kuśala
(only -˚) skill, cleverness, accomplishment; good quality
■ lakkhaṇa˚ skill in interpreting special signs Vv-a.138; aparicita˚ neglect in acquiring good qualities Pv-a.67. For foll. cp Mrs. Rh. D. Dhs. trsl. pp. 345–348; āpatti˚ skill as to what is an offence; samāpatti˚ in the Attainments dhātu˚ in the Elements; manasikāra˚ proficiency in attention; āyatana˚ skill in the spheres; paṭiccasamuppāda˚ skill in conditioned Genesis; ṭhāna˚ and aṭṭhāna˚ skill in affirming (negating) causal conjuncture: all at DN.iii.212 and Dhs.1329–Dhs.1338; cp. AN.i.84, AN.i.94.
fem. abstr. fr. kusala
neuter one of the four cross seams of the robe of a bhikkhu Vin.i.287; Vin.ii.177; and aḍḍha˚ intermediate cross seam ibid. See Bdhgh’s note in Vin. Texts ii.208.
adjective indolent, inert, inactive. Expl. by kāma-vitakkādīhi vitakkehi vītināmanakapuggalo Dhp-a.ii.260; by nibbiriyo Dhp-a.iii.410; by alaso Pv-a.175, Often combined with hīnaviriya, devoid of zeal; Iti.27, Iti.116; Dhp.7, Dhp.112, Dhp.280; Mil.300, Mil.396. Also equivalent to alasa Dhp.112 combined with dussīla Mil.300, Mil.396; with duppañña DN.iii.252 = DN.iii.282; AN.ii.227, AN.ii.230; AN.iii.7, AN.iii.183, AN.iii.433
■ In other connections: MN.i.43, MN.i.471; AN.iii.7 sq., AN.iii.127; AN.v.95 AN.v.146, AN.v.153, AN.v.329 sq.; SN.ii.29, SN.ii.159, SN.ii.206; Iti.71, Iti.102; Ja.iv.131 (nibbiriya +); Vism.132; Dhp-a.i.69. The eight kusītavatthūni occasions of indolence, are enumerated at AN.iv.332; DN.iii.255; Vb.385
■ akusīta alert, mindful careful Snp.68 (+ alīnacitto); Cnd. s.v.; Sdhp.391.
Sk. kusīda; cp. kosajja
feminine in a˚ alertness, brightness, keenness Vv-a.138.
abstr. fr. kusīta
neuter any flower Ja.iii.394 (˚dāma); Ja.v.37; Pv-a.157 (= puppha); Vv-a.42; Dpvs.i.4; Sdhp.246, Sdhp.595 Dāvs v.51 (˚agghika), fig. vimutti˚ the flower of emancipation Thag.100; Mil.399.
adjective in flower, blooming Vv-a.160, Vv-a.162.
neuter the safflower, Carthamus tinctorius, used for dying red Ja.v.211 (˚rattavattha); Ja.vi.264 (do) Khus Ja.iv.2.
and kussobbha (nt.) a small pond, usually combined with kunnadī and applied in similes: SN.ii.32 = AN.i.243 = AN.v.114; SN.ii.118; SN.v.47, SN.v.63 SN.v.395; AN.ii.140; AN.iv.100; Snp.720; Pv-a.29; DN-a.i.58.
Sk. kuśvabhra
adjective deceitful, fraudulent, false, in phrase kuhā thaddhā lapā singī AN.ii.26 = Thag.959; Iti.113
■ akuha honest, upright MN.i.386; Snp.957; Mil.352.
Sk. kuha; *qeudh to conceal, cp. Gr. κεύδω; Ags hȳdan, E. hide
deceitful, cheating; a cheat, a fraud, combined with lapaka DN.i.8; AN.iii.111
■ AN.v.159 sq.; Snp.984, Snp.987; Ja.i.375 (˚tāpasa); Dhp-a.iv.152 (˚brāhmaṇa); Dhp-a.iv.153 (˚cora); Mil.310, Mil.357; Pv-a.13; DN-a.i.91.
der. fr. prec.
feminine
abstr. fr. adj. kuhana = kuhaka
neuter (der. fr. kuha) a hole, a cavity; lit. a hidingplace Dāvs i.62.
see under ku˚.
(pl.) kuhali flowers Attanugaluvaṃsa 216.
only in pahaṃsīyati + k˚ “he exults and rejoices” at Mil.325 (cp. Mil trsl. ii.220, where printed kuhūyati).
to deceive DN-a.91; ger. kuhitvā deceiving Ja.vi.212.
v. denom. fr. kuha
to sing (of birds; cp. vikūjati) Ja.ii.439 Ja.iv.296; Dāvs v.51
pp kūjita see abhi˚, upa˚.
kuj, explained with guj at Dhtp.78 by “avyatte sadde”
neuter a trap, a snare; fig. falsehood, deceit. As trap Ja.i.143 (kūṭapāsādi); Ja.iv.416 (expln paṭicchannapāsa). As deceit, cheating in formula tulā˚ kaṃsa māna˚ “cheating with weight, coin and measure (DN-a.i.78 = vañcana) DN.i.5 = DN.iii.176 = SN.v.473 = MN.i.180 = AN.ii.209; AN.v.205 = Pp.58. māna˚ Pv-a.278
■ As adj. false, deceitful, cheating, see cpds
■ Note. kūṭe Ja.i.145 ought to be read kuṭe (antokuṭe padīpo viya cp. ghaṭa).
Dhtp.472 & Dhtm.526 expl.; kuṭ; of kūṭa1 by koṭille (koṭilye), cp. Sk. kūṭa trap, cp. Gr. παλεύω to trap birds
masculine neuter -
Vedic kūṭa horn, bone of the forehead, prominence, point, *qele to jut forth, be prominent; cp Lat. celsus, collis, columen; Gr. κολωνός κολοφών; Ags holm, E. hill
neuter a hammer, usually as aya˚; an iron sledge hammer Ja.i.108; or ayo˚; Pv-a.284; ayomaya˚; Snp.669 kammāra˚; Vism.254.
*qolā to beat; cp. Lat. clava; Gr. κλάω, κόλος, and also Sk. khaḍga; Lat. clades, procello; Gr. κλαδαρός. The expln of kuṭ3 at Dhtp.557 & Dhtm.783 is “āko ṭane”
adjective without horns, i.e. harmless, of goṇa a draught bullock Vin.iv.5 = Ja.i.192 (in play of words with kūṭa deceitful J. trsl. misses the point translates “rascal”). These maimed oxen (cows calves) are represented as practically useless & sluggish in similes at Vism.268, Vism.269: kūṭa-goṇa-(so read for ˚poṇa)-yutta-ratha a cart to which such a bullock is harnessed (uppathaṃ dhāvati runs the wrong way) kūṭa-dhenuyā khīraṃ pivitvā kūṭa-vaccho, etc., such a calf lies still at the post
■ Kūṭa-danta as Np. should prob. belong here, thus meaning “ox-tooth” (derisively (DN.i.127; Vism.208), with which may be compared danta-kūṭa (see under danta).
Sk. kūṭa, not horned; *(s)qer to cut, mutilate, curtail, cp. Lat. caro, curtus; also Sk kṛdhu maimed The expln of kuṭ; as “chede,” or “chedane” (cutting at Dhtp.90, Dhtp.555; Dhtm.115, Dhtm.526, Dhtm.781 may refer to this kūṭa. See also kuṭṭa
neuter fraud, deceit, in combination with sāṭheyya vankeyya MN.i.340; AN.v.167.
der. fr. *kūṭya of kūṭa1, cp. in formation sāṭheyya
masculine
Vedic kūpa, orig. curvature viz. (a) interior = cavity, cp. Lat. cupa, Gr. κύπελλον cup; also Gr.κύμβη, Sk. kumbha (b) exterior = heap, cp. Ags hēap, Ohg. heap, Sk. kūpa mast
= kūpa 1. Vism.361 (akkhi˚), Vism.362 (nadītīra˚), Vism.449 (id.); = kūpa. 2. Ja.ii.112; Ja.iv.17.
neuter a slope, a bank, an embankment. Usually of rivers: SN.i.143 = Ja.iii.361; AN.i.162; Snp.977; Ja.i.227; Mil.36: udapāna˚ the facing of a well Vin.ii.122; vaccakūpassa k˚ the sides of a cesspool Vin.ii.141. See also paṃsu˚, & cp. uk˚, upa˚ paṭi˚.
Dhtp.271: kūla āvaraṇe
neuter in sukkha˚; boiled rice (?) Vin.iv.86; Dhp-a.ii.171.
Name of a tree Ja.v.405. Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. suggests misreading for koka Phoenix sylvestris.
?
explained by Buddhaghosa DN-a.i.247 as “the science which assists the officiating priests by laying down rules for the rites, or by leaving them to their discretion” (so Trenckner, J.P.T.S. 1908, 116) In short, the ritual; the kalpa as it is called as one of the vedangas. Only in a stock list of the subject a learned Brahmin is supposed to have mastered DN.i.88; AN.i.163, AN.i.166; Snp.1020; Mil.10, Mil.178. So in BSk; Avs.ii.19; Divy.619.
deriv. unknown
MN-a.152 (on MN.i.32) has “trained deceivers (sikkhitā kerātikā); very deceitful false all through”; MN.iii.6 = AN.iii.199.
deriv. unknown
Name of a flower Ja.iv.482.
etym. uncertain
sign etc., see saṃ˚.
Vedic ketu, *(s)qait, clear; cp. Lat. caelum (= *caidlom), Ohg heitar, heit; Goth. haidus; E
■ hood, orig appearance, form, like
see kayati.
adjective having flags, adorned with flags Vv-a.50.
fr. ketu
masculine neuter an irrigated field, prepared for ploughing, arable land in its first stage of cultivation: kedāre pāyetvā karissāma “we shall till the fields after watering them” Ja.i.215; as square-shaped (i.e. marked out as an allotment) Vin.i.391 (caturassa˚; Bdhgh on MV viii.12, 1); Ja.iii.255 (catukkaṇṇa˚); surrounded by a trench, denoting the boundary (-mariyādā) Dhp-a.iii.6
■ Ja.iv.167; Ja.v.35; Pv-a.7 (= khetta). The spelling is sometimes ketāra (Ja.iii.255 variant reading) see Trenckner J.P.T.S. 1908, 112. Note. The prefix ke-suggests an obsolete noun of the meaning “water,” as also in kebuka ke-vaṭṭa; perhaps Sk. kṣvid, kṣvedate, to be wet, ooze? ke would then be k(h)ed, and kedara ked + dṛ; bursting forth of water = inundation; kebuka = kedvu(d)ka (udaka); kevaṭṭa = ked + vṛ; moving on the water, fisherman; (cp. Avs Index Kaivarta: name of an officer on board a trading vessel).
water Ja.vi.38 (= Ja.vi.42: k. vuccati udakaṃ). As nadī a river at Ja.iii.91, where Seruma at similar passage p. Ja.iii.189.
on ke-see note to prec.
neuter a bracelet, bangle Dhp-a.ii.220 (variant reading kāyura).
adjective wearing a bracelet Pv-a.211 (= kāyūrin).
(ger. of kayati) for sale Ja.vi.180 (= vikkiṇitabba).
adjective deceitful, false, hypocritic Ja.i.461 (explained by biḷāra); Ja.iv.220; Ja.iv.223 (= kirāsa) MN-a.152; Dhp-a.iii.389 (= saṭha)
■ a˚ honest, frank Ja.v.117 (= akitava, ajūtakara).
fr. kirāṭa
= prec. Ja.iii.260 (˚lakkhaṇa); MN-a.152.
at Thag.1010 is to be corrected into keḷiyo (see keḷi2).
feminine desire, greed, usually shown in fondness for articles of personal adornment: thus “selfishness” Vb.351 = DN-a.i.286 (+ paṭikeḷanā). In this passage it is given as a rather doubtful expln of cāpalla, which would connect it with kṣvel to jump, or khel to swing, oscillate, waver cp. expln Dhtp.278 kela khela = calane. Another passage is Cnd.585, where it is combined with parikeḷanā and acts as syn. of vibhūsanā.
fr. kilissati? or is it kheḷana?
to adorn oneself with (acc.), to fondle, treasure, take pride in (gen.) MN.i.260 (allīyati kelāyati dhanāyati mamāyati, where dhanāyati is to be read as vanāyati as shown by variant reading SN.iii.190 & MN.i.552); SN.iii.190 (id.) Mil.73
pp keḷāyita.
Denom. fr. kīḷ in meaning “to amuse oneself with,” i.e. take a pride in. Always combined with mamāyati. BSk. same meaning (to be fond of) śālikṣetrāṇi k. gopāyati Divy.631. Morris. J.P.T.S. 1893, 16 puts it (wrongly?) to kel to quiver: see also keḷanā
neuter playfulness, unsettledness Vism.134 (opp. majjhatta), Vism.317.
fr. keḷāyati, cp. kelanā & keḷi
desired, fondled, made much of Ja.iv.198 (explained with the ster. phrase kelāyati mamāyati pattheti piheti icchatī ti attho).
pp. of keḷāyati
Name of a mountain Bdhd 138.
cp. Sk. kailāsa
feminine
fr. krīḍ to play, sport: see kīḷati
feminine the meaning is not quite defined it may be taken as “attachment, lust, desire,” or “selfishness, deceit” (cp. kerāṭika & kilissati), or “unsettledness, wavering.”
■ keḷi-sīla of unsettled character unreliable, deceitful Pv-a.241. -sīlaka id. Ja.ii.447
■ pañca citta-keḷiyo = pañca nīvaraṇāni (kāmacchanda etc.), the gratifications of the heart Thag.1010 (corr. kelisā to keḷiyo!)
■ citta-keḷiṃ kīḷantā bahuṃ pāpakammaṃ katvā enjoying themselves (wrongly) to their heart’s content Ja.iii.43. Cp. kāmesu a-ni-kīḷitāvin unstained by desires SN.i.9, SN.i.117.
either fr. kil as in kilijjati & kilissati, or fr.; kel, as given under keḷanā
fisherman DN.i.45 (in simile of dakkho k˚) AN.iii.31 = AN.iii.342, cp. AN.iv.91; Ud.24 sq.; Ja.i.210; Dhp-a.ii.132; Dhp-a.iv.41; Pv-a.178 (-gāma, in which to be reborn, is punishment, fishermen being considered outcast); cp. Ja.vi.399 Name of a brahmin minister, also DN.i.411 Name of Kevaḍḍha (?).
on ke-see kedāra
(adj-adv.) expression of the concept of unity and totality: only, alone; whole, complete; adv altogether or only
cp. Lat. caelebs = *caivilo-b˚ to live by oneself, i.e. to live in celibacy, perhaps also, Goth hails, Ohg. heil, E. whole
adjective one who is fully accomplished, an Arahant; often with mahesi and uttamapurisa Defn sabbaguṇa-paripuṇṇa sabba-yoga-visaṃyutta Snp-a.153
■ ye suvimuttā te kevalino ye kevalino vaṭṭaṃ tesaṃ natthi paññâpanāya SN.iii.59 sq., i.e. “those who are thoroughly emancipated, these are the accomplished…”; kevalīnaṃ mahesiṃ khīṇ’ āsavaṃ Snp.82 = SN.i.167
■ k. vusitavā uttamapuriso Nd ii.on tiṇṇa = AN.v.16
■ with gen.: brahmacariyassa k. “perfected in morality” AN.ii.23
■ As epithet of “brāhmaṇa Snp.519 = Cnd. s.v.; of dhammacakka AN.ii.9; see also Snp.490, Snp.595
■ akevalin not accomplished, not perfected Snp.878, Snp.891.
fr. kevala
the hair of the head SN.i.115 (haṭa-haṭa-k˚, with dishevelled hair) AN.i.138 (palita-kesa with grey hair; also at Ja.i.59) Snp.456 (nivutta˚), Snp.608; Thag.169; Ja.i.59, Ja.i.138; Ja.iii.393; Mil.26; Kp-a.42; Vism.353 (in detail). The wearing of long hair was forbidden to the Bhikkhus: Vin.ii.107 sq.; Vin.ii.133 (cp. kesa-massu)
■ dark (glossy) hair is a distinction of beauty: susukāḷa-keso (of Gotama DN.i.115; cp. kaṇha and kalyāṇa; Pv-a.26
■ The hair of Petas is long and dishevelled Pv-a.56; Sdhp.103 it is the only cover of their nakedness: kesehi paṭicchanna “covered only with my hair” Pv.i.10#2
■ kesesu gahetvā to take by the hair (in Niraya) DN.i.234
■ kesaṃ oropeti to have one’s hair cut Vin.ii.133.
-oropaṇa (-satthaka) a hair-cutting (knife), i.e. a razor Dhp-a.i.431; -ohāraka one who cuts the hair, a barber Vism.413. -kambala a hair blanket (according to Bdhgh human hair) DN.i.167 = AN.i.240, AN.i.295 = AN.ii.206; Vin.i.305 = MN.i.78 = Pp.55; AN.i.286. -kambalin wearing a hair blanket (of Ajita) DN.i.55. -kalāpā (pl. (atimanohara˚) beautiful tresses Pv-a.46; -kalyāṇa beauty of hair Dhp-a.i.387
■ kārika hairdresser Vv.17#5 -dhātu the hair-relic (of the Buddha) Ja.i.81; -nivāsin covered only with hair of Petas (: keseh’ eva paṭicchādita-kopīnā) Pv.iii.1#6. -massu hair and beard; kappita-k˚-m˚ (adj.) with h. and b. dressed DN.i.104; AN.iv.94; Ja.vi.268. Esp. freq. in form kesa-massuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajati “to shave off hair & beard, dress in yellow robes and leave the home for the homeless state, i.e. renounce the world and take up the life of a Wanderer DN.i.60, DN.i.115; DN.iii.60, DN.iii.64, DN.iii.76; AN.i.107; AN.iii.386; Iti.75; Pp.57; similarly AN.ii.207 = Pp.56. -sobha the splendour or beauty of the hair Pv-a.46. -hattha a tuft of hair Pv-a.157; Vv-a.167.
Vedic keśa; cp. kesara hair, mane = Lat. caesaries, hair of the head, Ags. heord = E. hair
see kisa.
a mane, in -sīha a maned lion Ja.ii.244; Snp-a.127.
filament of flowers, hairy structures of plants esp. of the lotus; usually of kiñjakkha Pv-a.77; Vv-a.12; Vv-a.111
■ sa-kesarehi padumapattehi lotusleaves with their hairs Vv-a.32; nicula-k˚ fibres of the Nicula tree Vv-a.134.
fr. kesa
having a mane, of a lion, also name of a battle-array (˚saṃgāmo) Dpvs.i.7; cp. Avs.i.56.
fr. kesara1
of rich hair, of beautiful hair. Epithet of King Vāsudeva (cp. kaṇha) Pv.ii.6#2.
fr. last
adjective hairy, of mangoes Mil.334.
fr. kesa
see ka.
a wolf Ja.vi.525; Mnd.13 = Cnd.420; Mil.267 = Ja.v.416. ˚vighāsa remainder of a wolf’s meal Vin.iii.58.
not = Sk. koka, cuckoo
Name of a tree, Phoenix sylvestris: see keka.
cp. Sk. koka
neuter the (red) lotus AN.iii.239 = Ja.i.116.
cp. Sk. kokanada
the red lotus in -jāta “like the red lotus,” said of the flower of the Pāricchattaka tree AN.iv.118.
the Indian cuckoo. Two kinds mentioned at Vv-a.57: kāḷa˚; and phussa˚ black and speckled k. As citra˚; at Ja.v.416
■ Vv.11#1, Vv.58#8 ; Vv-a.132, Vv-a.163.
cp. Sk. koka a kind of goose, also cuckoo, with derivation kokila cuckoo; cp. Gr. κόκκυς, Lat. cuculus E. cuckoo
see saṃ˚.
fr. kuc
see ka.
neuter some kind of seat or settee, made of bark, grass or rushes Vin.ii.149; Vin.iv.40 (where the foll. def. is given: kocchaṃ nāma vāka-mayaṃ vā usīra-mayaṃ vā muñjamayaṃ vā babbaja-mayaṃ vā anto saṃveṭhetvā baddhaṃ hoti. Cp. Vin. Texts i.34; iii.165); Ja.v.407 Also in list of 16 obstructions (palibodhā) at Mil.11.
neuter a comb (for hair-dressing) Vin.ii.107; Vv.84#46 (= Vv-a.349); Thig.254, Thig.411 (= Thag-a.267).
mail armour Ja.iv.296 (= kavaca).
a rug or cover with long hair, a fleecy counterpane Vin.i.281; Dhp-a.i.177; Dhp-a.iii.297 (pāvāra˚); Dāvs v.36 Often in expln of goṇaka (q.v.) as dīgha-lomaka mahākojava DN-a.i.86; Pv-a.157.
the heron, often in combn with mayūra (peacock): Thag.1113; Vv.11#1, Vv.35#8 Ja.v.304; Ja.vi.272; or with haṃsa Pv.ii.12#3
■ Explained as sārasa Vv-a.57; jiṇṇa˚ an old heron Dhp.155.
cp. Sk. krauñca & kruñc
= abbr. of koñca-nāda, trumpeting, in koñcaṃ karoti to trumpet (of elephants) Vin.iii.109; Ja.vi.497.
not with Morris, J.P.T.S. 1887, 163 sq. to kruñc. (meaning to bend, cp. Lat. crux, E. ridge), but prob. a contamination of krośa, fr. krus to crow, and kuñja = kuñjara, elephant (q.v.). Partly suggested at Divy.251; see also expln at Vv-a.35, where this connection is quite evident.
belonging to a peak, in cpd. -pabbata “peak-mountain,” Npl. Vism.127 (write as K˚), Vism.292.
fr. kūṭa2
pudendum muliebre, in conn. with kāṭa as a vile term of abuse Vin.iv.7 (Bdhgh. koṭacikā ti itthinimittaṃ… hīno nāma akkoso).
feminine the end—
cp. Sk. koṭi & kūṭa2
adjective
fr. koṭi
adjective aiming for an end or goal Ja.vi.254 (cp. ākoṭana2).
fr. koṭi
neuter crookedness Dhtm.526; Abhp.859. As koṭilya at Dhtp.472.
fr. kuṭila
neuter a kind of cloth Ja.vi.47 (coming from the kingdom of k.), Ja.vi.500 (spelt kodumb˚). -ka k
■ stuffs Mil.2.
cp. BSk. kauṭumba Divy.559
? breaking, asi-k˚ note on Vin.iv.363 (for asikoṭṭha Vin.iv.171?); ˚aṭṭhi at Vism.254 read koṭṭh˚.
fr. koṭṭeti
beaten down, made even Vism.254, Vism.255.
pp. of kotteti
a floor of pounded stones, or is it cloth? Dāvs iv.47.
pp koṭṭita
caus koṭṭāpeti to cause to beat, to massage Vin.ii.266; Ja.iv.37 (ṭṭ the only variant reading B.; T. has ṭṭh).
cp. Sk. kuṭ; & kuṭṭa1. Explained one-sidedly by Dhtp (91 & 556) as “chedane” which is found only in 3 and adhikuṭṭanā. The meaning “beat” is attributed by Dhtp (557) & Dhtm (783) to root; kuṭ3 (see kūṭa3) by expla “akoṭane.” Cp. also kūṭa4; ākoṭeti & paṭikoṭeti
masculine neuter anything hollow and closed in (Cp. gabbha for both meanings) as
Sk. koṣṭha abdomen, any cavity for holding food, cp. kuṣṭa groin, and also Gr. κύτος cavity κύσδος pudendum muliebre, κύστις bladder = E. cyst chest; Lat. cunnus pudendum, Ger. hode testicle
a bird Ja.vi.539 (woodpecker?).
Name of a plant, Costus speciosus (?) Ja.v.420.
cp. Sk. kuṭṭha
neuter “a kind of koṭṭha,” the stronghold over a gateway, used as a store-room for various things, a chamber, treasury, granary Vin.ii.153, Vin.ii.210; for the purpose of keeping water in it Vin.ii.121 = Vin.ii.142; Vin.ii.220 treasury Ja.i.230; Ja.ii.168
■ store-room Ja.ii.246; koṭthake pāturahosi appeared at the gateway, i.e. arrived at the mansion Vin.i.291.;
■ udaka-k a bath-room, bath cabinet Vin.i.205 (cp. Bdhgh’s expln at Vin. Texts ii.57); so also nahāna-k˚; and piṭṭhi-k˚; bath-room behind a hermitage Ja.iii.71; Dhp-a.ii.19; a gateway Vin.ii.77; usually in cpd. dvāra-k˚; “door cavity, i.e. room over the gate: gharaṃ satta-dvāra-koṭṭhakapaṭimaṇḍitaṃ “a mansion adorned with seven gateways” Ja.i.227 = Ja.i.230, Ja.i.290; Vv-a.322. dvāra-koṭṭhakesu āsanāni paṭṭhapenti “they spread mats in the gateways” Vv-a.6; esp. with bahi: bahi-dvārakoṭṭhakā nikkhāmetvā “leading him out in front of the gateway” AN.iv.206; ˚e thiṭa or nisinna standing or sitting in front of the gateway SN.i.77; MN.i.161, MN.i.382; AN.iii.30
■ bala-k. a line of infantry Ja.i.179
■ koṭṭhaka-kamma or the occupation connected with a storehouse (or bathroom?) is mentioned as an example of a low occupation at Vin.iv.6; Kern, Toevoegselen s. v “someone who sweeps away dirt.”
the paddy-bird, as rukkha˚; Ja.iii.25; Ja.ii.163 (variant reading ṭṭ).
cp. Sk. koyaṣṭika
see kotthu.
at Ja.ii.424 the variant reading khobheti (nāvaṃ) should be substituted. See also koṭṭeti.
cp. Sk. koṇa & also P. kaṇṇa
(variant reading B. koṇḍa) (?) a man of dirty habits Ja.ii.209. Ja.ii.210, Ja.ii.212.
a cripple Ja.ii.118. Konda-
damaka (?) Ja.iv.389; also as variant reading B at Ja.ii.209.
cp. kuṇḍa
a well-known gotta Ja.ii.360.
on formation cp. kolāhala; see also kutūhala
(koṭṭhalī?) a sack (?) Vin.iii.189 = Vin.iv.269.
a jackal DN.iii.25, DN.iii.26; MN.i.334; Mnd.149 (spelt koṭṭhu); Ja.vi.537 (˚sunā: explained by sigāla-sunakhā, katthu-soṇā ti pi pāṭho). kotthuka (and koṭṭhuka) = prec. SN.i.66 (where text has kutthaka) Ja.ii.108; Mil.23.
koṭṭhu Ja only: cp. Sk. kroṣṭu, of kruś
neuter a cross-bow MN.i.429 (opp. to cāpa); Mil.351 (dhanu and k˚). -ka same Ja.iv.433 (explained by dhanu).
cp. Sk. kodaṇḍa
see koṭumbara.
anger. Nearest synonyms are āghāta (Dhs.1060 = Cnd.576 both expositions also of dosa), upanāha (always in chain rāga, dosa, moha, kodha, upanāha) and dhūma (cp χυμός, Mhg. toûm = anger). As pair k. and upanāha AN.i.91, AN.i.95; in sequence kodha upanāha makkha paḷāsa etc. Nd ii.rāga 1.; Vb.357 sq.; Vism.53, Vism.107, Vism.306; in formula abhijjhā byāpāda k. upanāha MN.i.36; AN.i.299 = AN.iv.148; cp. AN.iv.456 = AN.v.209; AN.v.39, AN.v.49 sq., AN.v.310 AN.v.361. As equivalent of āghāta Dhs.1060 = Cnd.576, cp Pp.18. In other combination: with mada and thambha Snp.245; kadariya Snp.362; pesuniya Snp.928; mosavajja Snp.866, Snp.868 (cp. SN.i.169). Other passages, e.g. AN.i.283; SN.i.240; Snp.537, (lobha˚); Pv.ii.3#7; Dhp.i.52 (anattha-janano kodho); Pv-a.55, Pv-a.222
■ kodha is one of the obstacles to Arahantship, and freedom from kodha is one of the fundamental virtues of a well-balanced mind
■ mā vo kodho ajjhabhavi “let not anger get the better of you” SN.i.240; māno hi te brāhmaṇa khāribhāro kodho dhūmo bhasmani mosavajjaṃ etc. “anger is the smoke (smouldering) in the ashes” SN.i.169 = Cnd.576
■ kodhaṃ chetvā cutting off anger SN.i.41 = SN.i.47 = SN.i.161 = SN.i.237; kodhaṃ jahe vippajaheyya mānaṃ “give up anger, renounce conceit Ja.i.23 Ja.i.25 = Dhp.221; kodhaṃ pajahanti vipassino: “the wise give up anger” Iti.2 = Iti.7; panuṇṇa-kodha (adj.) one who has driven out anger Snp.469; akkodhena jine kodhaṃ conquer anger by meekness Dhp.223 = Ja.ii.4 = Vv-a.69. Yo ye uppatitaṃ kodhaṃ rathaṃ bhantaṃ va dhāraye tam ahaṃ sārathiṃ brūmi. “He who restrains rising anger as he would a drifting cart, him I call a waggoner” Dhp.222, cp. Snp.1
■ akkodha freedom from anger, meekness, conciliation MN.i.44; SN.i.240 (with avihiṃsā tenderness, kindness); AN.i.95; Dhp.223 = Ja.ii.4 = Vv-a.69.
Vedic krodha fr. krudh, cp. kujjhati
adjective usually in combination with upanāhin, e.g. Vin.ii.89; DN.iii.45, DN.iii.246; AN.v.156, cp. Snp.116; SN.ii.206 Pp.18
■ k˚ kodhābhibhūta AN.iv.94 sq.; k˚ kodhavinayassa na vaṇṇavādī AN.v.165
■ Used of caṇḍa Pv-a.83
■ Cp. SN.iv.240; MN.i.42 sq., MN.i.95 sq.; Pv-a.82. akkodhana friendly, well-disposed, loving DN.iii.159; SN.ii.207; SN.iv.243; MN.i.42 sq., MN.i.95 sq.; Snp.19, Snp.624, Snp.850, Snp.941; Vv.15#5; Vv-a.69.
fr. kodha) having anger, angry, uncontrolled
a pennant, standard (cp. kunta) Ja.vi.454; DN-a.i.244; Snp-a.317.
at Ja.vi.454 is explained by camma-kāra, thus “worker in leather (-shields or armour),” with der. fr konta (“satthitāya kontāya likhattā…”), but reading and meaning are uncertain.
ill-temper, anger, grudge Vin.ii.184 = Snp.6; Dhs.1060; with appaccaya (mistrust) MN.i.27; almost exclusively in phrase kopañ ca dosañ ca appaccayañ ca pātukaroti (pātvakāsi) “he shows forth ill-temper malice and mistrust” (of a “codita” bhikkhu) DN.iii.159; SN.iv.305; MN.i.96 sq., MN.i.250, MN.i.442; AN.i.124, AN.i.187 AN.ii.203; AN.iii.181 sq.; AN.iv.168, AN.iv.193; Ja.i.301; Snp.p.92. akopa (adj.) friendly, without hatred, composed Snp.499.
fr. kup
adjective apt to arouse anger Ja.vi.257.
fr. kopa
neuter a loin-cloth Ja.v.404; Pv.ii.3#23; Pv-a.172; Sdhp.106.
cp. Sk. kaupīna
to set into agitation, to shake, to disturb: rājadhamme akopetvā not disturbing the royal rules Pv-a.161; Ja.ii.366 = Dhp-a.iv.88; kammaṃ kopetuṃ Vin.iv.153 to find fault with a lawful decision kāyangaṃ na kopeti not to move a limb of the body see kāya. Cp. paṭi˚, pari˚, vi˚, saṃ˚.
caus. of kuppati
see kamala; Mhbv.29.
adjective juvenile, belonging to a youth or maiden: f. komārī a virgin AN.iv.210.
fr. kumāra
(and ˚ika) = prec. AN.i.261; Ja.ii.180 (dhamma virginity); of a young tree SN.iv.160
■ f. -ikā Ja.iii.266.
feminine moonlight; the full-moon day in the month Kattika, usually in phrase komudī catumāsinī Vin.i.155, Vin.i.176, sq.; DN.i.47 (explained at DN-a.i.139 as: tadā kira kumudāni supupphitāni honti) or in phrase komudiyā puṇṇamāya Dhp-a.iii.461.
fr. kumuda the white waterlily, cp. Sk. kaumudī
masculine neuter
cp. Sk. koraka
adjective full of buds Vv-a.288.
fr. koraka
adjective affected, excitable, infatuated Mnd.226 = Cnd.342 (variant reading kocaraka) = Vism.26 (variant reading korañjika).
fr. ku + raj or rañj, cp. rāga
a shrub and its flower Ja.v.473 (˚dāma, so read for karaṇḍaka), Ja.vi.536; as Npl. in Koraṇḍaka-vihāra Vism.91.
= kuraṇḍaka
Np. as cognomen: the descendant of Kuru Ja.ii.371 (of Dhanañjaya).
Sk. kauravya
feminine a hen variant reading (ti vā pāḷi) at Thig.381 for turiyā. See also Thag-a.255 (= kuñcakārakukkuṭī).
masculine neuter the jujube fruit MN.i.80; AN.iii.49 (sampanna-kolakaṃ sūkaramaṃsa “pork with jujube”); Ja.iii.22 (= badara); Ja.vi.578.
Halāyudha ii.71 gives kola in meaning of “hog,” corrupted fr. kroḍa
going from kula to kula (clan to clan) in saṃsāra: AN.i.233 = Pp.16; SN.v.205; Ne.189 cp. AN.iv.381; AN.v.120.
der. fr. kula
adjective born of (good) family (cp. kulaja); as-˚, belonging to the family of… DN.i.89; DN-a.i.252; Mil.256
■ khīṇa-kolañña (adj.) one who has come down in the world Vin.i.86.
fr. kula
the kernel of the jujube, only in cpd. -mattiyo (pl.) SN.i.150 = AN.v.170 = Snp.p.125 (with kolamattiyo) and -mattā Thig.498 = Thag-a.289; Dhp-a.i.319.
at AN.i.38 is composition form of kulaputta, and is to be combined with the foll
■ vaṇṇa-pokkharatā i.e. light colour as becoming a man of good family. Kern Toevoegselen s. v. quite unnecessarily interprets it as “heroncolour,” comparing Sk. kolapuccha heron. A similar passage at Mnd.80 = Cnd.505 reads kolaputtikena vā vaṇṇapokkharatāya vā, thus taking kolaputtikaṃ as nt, meaning a man of good virtue. The A passage may be corrupt and should then be read ˚puttikaṃ.
(and koḷamba Vv-a) a pot or vessel in general. In Vin always together with ghaṭa, pitcher: Vin.i.208 Vin.i.213, Vin.i.225, Vin.i.286; Ja.i.33; DN-a.i.58; Vv-a.36.
neuter (cp. also halāhala) shouting, uproar, excitement about (-˚), tumult, foreboding, warning about something, hailing. There are 5 kolāhalāni enumerated at Kp-a.120 sq. viz. kappa˚; (the announcement of the end of the world, cp. Vism.415 sq.), cakkavatti˚; (of a worldking), buddha˚; (of a Buddha), maṅgala˚; (that a Buddha will pronounce the “εὐαγγέλιον”), moneyya˚ (that a monk will enquire of the Lord after the highest wisdom cp. Snp-a.490). One may compare the 3 (mahā-)halāhalāni given at Ja.i.48 as kappa-halāhala, buddha˚ and cakkavatti˚, eka-kolāhalaṃ one uproar Ja.iv.404; Ja.vi.586; Dhp-a.ii.96. See also Vin.ii.165, Vin.ii.275, Vin.ii.280; Ja.v.437; Dhp-a.i.190; Pv-a.4; Vv-a.132.
adjective of the fruit of the jujube tree Ja.iii.22, but wrongly explained as kula-dattika ph. = given by a man of (good) family.
fr. kola
feminine well-bred, of good family Ja.ii.348 (BB koleyyaka).
adjective of good breed, noble, applied to dogs Ja.i.175; Ja.iv.437. Cp. kolīniyā, and Divy.165: kolikagadrabha a donkey of good breed.
(and kolāpa) adjective
(or kolika?) feminine adj. = kolaka, appl. to boils, in pīḷikoḷikā (itthi) having boils of jujube size Thig.395 (expl. at Thag-a.259; akkhidalesu nibbattanakā pīḷikā vuccati).
adjective one who is in the possession of right wisdom, with ref. either to dhamma, magga, or ariyasaccāni, closely related to medhāvin and paṇḍita SN.i.146, SN.i.194, SN.i.196 (ceto-pariyāya˚); AN.ii.46; MN.i.1, MN.i.7 MN.i.135, MN.i.300, MN.i.310, MN.i.433; Dhp.403 = Snp.627; Snp.484 (jātimaraṇa˚), Snp.653 (kammavipāka˚); Pv.i.11#12; Vv.15#9 (= Vv-a.73), Vv.63#30 (= Vv-a.269); Mil.344; Sdhp.350
■ akovida ignorant of true wisdom (dhammassa) SN.i.162; Snp.763; SN.iv.287 = Nd ii.on attānudiṭṭhi.
ku + vid.
Bauhinia variegata; a tree in the devaloka (pāricchattaka koviḷāra: k-blossom called p. Vv-a.174) AN.iv.117 sq.; Snp.44; Ja.iv.29; Vv.38#1 Dhp-a.i.270.
cp. Sk. kovidāra
masculine neuter any cavity or enclosure containing anything, viz.
cp. Sk. kośa and koṣa, cavity, box vessel, cp. Goth. hūs, E. house; related also kukṣi = P. kucchi
at Vv-a.349 is marked by Hardy, Index and trsld by scar or pock. It should be corrected to kesa, on evidence of corresp. passage in Thag-a.267 (cp. koccha).
fr. kosa
neuter idleness, sloth, indolence; explained at Vb.369
■ Vin.ii.2; SN.v.277–SN.v.280; AN.i.11, AN.i.16 AN.ii.218; AN.iii.375, AN.iii.421; AN.v.146 sq.; AN.v.159 sq.; AN.iv.195; Dhp.241; Mil.351; Vism.132; Ne.127; Dhp-a.iii.347 Dhp-a.iv.85; Dhs-a.146; Snp-a.21.
From kusīta
= ka + samattha “who is able,” i.e. able, fit DN-a.i.27.
neuter proficiency. There are 3 kinds mentioned at DN.iii.220, Vb.325 & Vism.439 sq. viz.; āya˚, apāya˚; and upāya˚; at Dhs.16 = Dhs.20 = Dhs.292 Dhs.555 = Nd ii.ad paññā it is classed between paṇḍicca and nepuñña. See also Pp.25; Vism.128 sq. (appanā˚), Vism.241 sq. (uggaha˚ & manasikāra˚), Vism.248 (bojjhanga˚); Pv-a.63, Pv-a.99 (upāya˚).
der. fr. kusala
feminine a kind of creeper Vv.47#4; Vism.256, Vism.260, Vism.359; Vv-a.200
■ bīja the seed of the k. AN.i.32 = AN.v.212.
cp. Sk. kośātakī
= kosiya, an owl Ja.v.120.
an owl Ja.ii.353, cp. Np. Kosiyāyana Ja.i.496. Biḷārakosika (and ˚kosiya) Ja.iv.69.
feminine a sheath DN.i.77 = MN.ii.17.
silk; silken material Vin.i.58 = Mil.267; Vin.i.192, Vin.i.281; Vin.ii.163, Vin.ii.169; DN.i.7, cp. AN.i.181 (see DN-a.i.87); AN.iv.394; Pv.ii.1#17; Ja.i.43; Ja.vi.47.
der. fr. kosa, cp. Sk. kauśeya silk-cloth and P. kosa-kāraka
neuter hypocrisy, deceit Ja.ii.72; Ja.iii.268; Ja.iv.304; Dhp-a.i.141.
fr. kuhana
indeclinable is together with kuṇ registered as a part. of sound (“sadde”) at Dhtp.118 & Dhtm.173.
syllable & ending, functioning also as root, meaning “void, empty” or as n. meaning “space”; expld. by Bdhgh with ref. to dukkha as “khaṃ saddo pana tucche; tucchaṃ hi ākāsaṃ khan ti vuccati” Vism.494-In meaning “space, sky” in cpd. khaga “sky-goer (cp. viha-ga of same meaning), i.e. bird Abhp.624 Bdhd 56.
Sk. khaḍga; perhaps to Lat. clades and gladius; cp. also kūṭa3
inlaid, adorned with, usually with jewels e.g. Vv-a.14, Vv-a.277; maṇi-muttâdi khacitā ghaṇṭā “bells inlaid with jewels, pearls, etc.” Vv-a.36; of a fan inlaid with ivory (danta-khacita) Vin.iii.287 (Sam. Pās.) Suvaṇṇa-khacita-gajak’ attharaṇā “elephants’ trappings interwoven with gold” Vv-a.104; of a chair, inlaid with pearls Ja.i.41; of a canopy embroidered with golden stars Ja.i.57.
pp. of khac as root explained at Dhtm. 518 by “bandhana”
adjective noun to be eaten or chewed, eatable, solid food, usually in cpd. -bhojja solid and other food, divided into 4 kinds, viz. asita, pīta, khāyita sāyita Pv.i.5#2 (= Pv-a.25) Ja.i.58; Mil.2. -bhājaka a distributor of food (an office falling to the lot of a senior bhikkhu) Vin.ii.176 (= Vin.v.204); Vin.iv.38), Vin.iv.155.
grd. of khajjati
adjective eatable, i.e. solid food (as ˚bhojjanāni opposed to yāgu Pv-a.23); (nt.) Ja.i.186 (of 18 kinds, opp. yāgu); Ja.i.235 (id.); Mil.294 -˚bhājaka prec.
fr. last
(= khādiyati, Pass. of khādati; Dhtm.93 bhakkhaṇa)
caterpillar Pgdp.48.
the fire-fly MN.ii.34 = MN.ii.41; Ja.ii.415; Ja.vi.330, Ja.vi.441; Dhp-a.iii.178; also khajjūpanaka Vism.412 (in simile). See Trenckner J.P.T.S. 1908 59 & 79.
cp. Sk. khadyota
adjective lame (either on one foot or both: Pp-a 227; Vin.ii.90 = AN.i.107 = AN.ii.85 = Pp.51 (comb. with kāṇa and kuṇi); Thig.438 (+ kāṇa); Dhp-a.i.376 (+ kuṇi).
cp. Sk. khañja, Dhtp.81: khañja gativekalye
to be lame Pv.iii.2#28.
fr. khañja
neuter hobbling, walking lame Pv-a.185.
the noise of hawking or clearing one’s throat: -sadda Vin.i.188; Dhp-a.iii.330; cp. khakkhaṭa (variant reading khaṭkhaṭa Divy.518 = utkāśanaśabda.
khāṭ-kata, making khāṭ; cp. kakkāreti
feminine couch, bedstead MN.i.450, MN.i.451 (vv.ll. ka˚, khajj˚).
perhaps connected with Sk khaṭvā? uncertain
Derivation unknown. It has been suggested that khaṇa and the Sk. kshaṇa are derived from īkshaṇa (seeing) by process of contraction. This seems very forced; and both words are, in all probability, other than the word from which this hypothesis would derive them.
digging Ja.ii.296. Cp. atikhaṇa.
fr. khaṇ
pp khata & khāta; (cp palikkhata).
fr. khan or khaṇ; Dhtp.179: anadāraṇe
neuter digging Mil.351 (pokkharaṇi˚).
fr. khaṇ
adjective unstable, momentary, temporary, evanescent, changeable; usually syn. with ittara, e.g. Ja.i.393; Ja.iii.83; Pv-a.60
■ Vism.626 (khaṇikato from the standpoint of the momentary). Khaṇikā pīti “momentary joy” is one of the 5 kinds of joy, viz. khuddikā, khaṇikā, okkantikā, ubbegā pharaṇā (see pīti) Vism.143, Dhs-a.115.
fr. khaṇa
neuter evanescence, momentariness Vism.301.
fr. khaṇika
freq. spelt kaṇḍa (q.v.). Cp. Sk. khaṇḍa; explained at Dhtp.105 as “chedana”
to break, Dhp-a.iv.14; pp. khaṇḍita broken, Pv-a.158 (-kaṇṇo = chinnakaṇṇo).
feminine a broken bit, a stick, in ucchu˚ Vv.33#26 (= ucchu-yaṭṭhi Dhp-a.iii.315).
fr. khaṇḍa
neuter the state of being broken (of teeth), having broken teeth, in phrase kh˚ pālicca, etc., as signs of old age (see above) MN.i.49 = DN.ii.305; AN.iii.196; Dhs.644 = Dhs.736 = Dhs.869; Dhp-a.iii.123; in similar connection Vism.449.
to renounce, to remit, in vetanaṃ ˚etvā Ja.iii.188.
v. denom. fr. khaṇḍa
dug up, uprooted, fig. one whose foundation (of salvation) has been cut off; in combination with upahata DN.i.86 (= DN-a.i.237); khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati “he keeps himself uprooted and half-dead” i.e. he continues to lead a life of false ideas AN.i.105 = AN.ii.4; opp. akkhataṃ anupahataṃ etc. AN.i.89.
pp. of khanati
hurt, wounded; pādo kh˚ hoti sakalikāya “he grazed his foot” SN.i.27 = Mil.134 Mil.179
■ akkhata unmolested, unhurt Vv.84#52 (= anupadduta Vv-a.351). See also parikkhata.
pp. of kṣan, to wound
damage, injury Vv-a.206, khatakaṃ dāsiyā deti “she did harm to the servant, she struck the s.” Or is it khalikaṃ? (cp. khaleti); the passage is corrupt.
fr. khata2
neuter rule, power, possession; only in compounds:
Sk. kṣatra, to kṣi, cp. Gr. κτάομαι, κτ ̈ημα, possession
attendant, companion, charioteer, the king’s minister and adviser (Lat. satelles “satellite” has been compared for etym.) DN.i.112 (= DN-a.i.280, kh˚ vuccati pucchita-pucchita-pañhaṃ vyākaraṇa-samattho mahāmatto: “kh˚ is called the King’s minister who is able to answer all his questions”) Buddhaghosa evidently connects it with katheti, to speak, respond = katthā; gādhaṃ k˚ AN.ii.107 = Pp.43 variant reading for kattā (cp. Pp-a.225).
Sk. kṣattṛ fr. kṣatra
pl. nom. also khattiyāse Ja.iii.441. A shortened form is khatya Ja.vi.397
■ f. khattiyā AN.iii.226–AN.iii.229, khattī DN.i.193, and khattiyī. A member of one of the clans or tribes recognised as of Aryan descent. To be such was to belong to the highest social rank. The question of such social divisions in the Buddha’s time is discussed in Dialogues i.97–107and it is there shown that whenever they are referred to in lists the khattiyas always come first. Khattiyo seṭṭho jane tasmiṃ DN.i.199 = DN.ii.97 = MN.i.358 = SN.i.153 SN.ii.284. This favourite verse is put into the mouth of a god; and he adds that whoever is perfect in wisdom and righteousness is the best of all. On the social prestige of the khattiyas see further MN.ii.150–MN.ii.157, MN.iii.169; AN.ii.86; SN.i.71, SN.i.93; Vin.iv.6–Vin.iv.10. On the religious side of the question DN.iii.82; DN.iii.93; MN.i.149, MN.i.177 MN.ii.84; SN.i.98. Wealth does not come into consideration at all. Only a very small percentage of the khattiyas were wealthy in the opinion of that time and place. Such are referred to at SN.i.15. All kings and chieftains were khattiyas DN.i.69, DN.i.136; DN.iii.44, DN.iii.46, DN.iii.61; AN.i.106 AN.iii.299; AN.iv.259. Khattiyas are called rājāno Dhp.294 quoted Ne.165.
der. fr. khatta = kṣatra “having possessions”; Sk. kṣatriya
feminine a female khattiya, in series brāhmaṇī kh˚ vessī suddī caṇḍālī nesādī veṇī rathakārī pukkusī AN.iii.229; similarly MN.ii.33, MN.ii.40.
in compound with numerals “times”: dvikkhattuṃ, tikkhattuṃ, etc.; twice, three times, etc.
Sk. ˚kṛtvah, cp. ˚kad
the tree Acacia catechu, in compounds -aṅgārā (pl. embers of (burnt) acacia-wood Ja.i.232; Pv-a.152 -ghaṭikā a piece of a ˚wood Ja.iv.88; -tthambha a post of a ˚wood Dhp-a.iii.206; -patta a bowl made of a ˚wood Ja.v.389; -vana a forest of acacias Ja.ii.162; -sūla an impaling stake of a ˚wood Ja.iv.29.
Sk. khadira; Gr. κίσσαρος, ivy; Lat. hedera, ivy
see khaṇati.
feminine a spade or hoe Vin.i.270; Ja.vi.520 = Ja.V.89 (+ ankusa).
to khan, cp. Sk. khanitra
possessed of meekness or gentleness; docile, manageable. Said of an elephant AN.ii.116 = AN.iii.161 sq. Khanti & Khanti
n. agent of khanti
f. patience, forbearance, forgiveness. Def. at Dhs.1341: khantī khamanatā adhivāsanatā acaṇḍikkaṃ anasuropo attamanatā cittassa Most frequent combinations: with mettā (love (see below); -titikkhā (forbearance): khantī paramaṃ tapo titikkhā nibbānaṃ paramaṃ vadanti Buddhā Dhp.184 = DN.ii.49 = Vism.295; khantiyā bhiyyo na vijjati, SN.i.226; cp. Dhp-a.iii.237: titikkhā-sankhātā khantī; -avihiṃsā (tolerance): kh˚, avihiṃsā, mettatā anudayatā, SN.v.169; -akodhana (forbearing, gentle Vv-a.71; -soraccaṃ (docility, tractableness) DN.iii.213; AN.i.94; also with maddava (gentleness) and s. as quality of a well-bred horse AN.iii.248, cp. AN.ii.113 and khantā -sovaccassatā (kind speech) Snp.266 (cp. Kp-a.148). See also cpds
■ Khantī is one of the ten paramitās Ja.i.22 Ja.i.23: cp. AN.iii.254, AN.iii.255
■ In other connections: khantiyā upasamena upeta SN.i.30; ativissuto Sdhp.473 anulomikāya kh˚iyā samannāgata (being of gentle and forbearing disposition) AN.iii.437, AN.iii.441; Pts.ii.236 sq. Vb.340. See also AN.iii.372; Snp.189, Snp.292, Snp.897, Snp.944. In scholastic language frequent in combination diṭṭhi khanti ruci, in def. of idha (Vb.245), tattha (Cnd) diṭṭhi (Cnd), cp. Cnd.151 and Vb.325 sq
■ akkhanti intolerance Vin.iv.241 (= kopa); Vb.360 (in def as opp. of khanti Dhs.1341. q.v. above), Dhs.378.
-bala (nt.) the force of forbearance; (adj.) one whose strength is patience:… aduṭṭho yo titikkhati khantībalaṃ balānīkaṃ tam ahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ Dhp.399 = Snp.623
■ Dhp-a.iv.164; Pts.ii.171, Pts.ii.176 -mettā forbearing love, in phrase kh˚-mettânuddayasampanna (adj.) one whose character is compassion and loving forbearance Ja.i.151, Ja.i.262; Pv-a.66 (+ yuttakāra) Vv-a.71 (in expln of akodhana); -suñña (nt.) the void of khanti Pts.ii.183; -soracca (nt.) gentleness and forbearance SN.i.100, SN.i.222; AN.ii.68; Ja.iii.487; Dhp-a.i.56 ˚e niviṭṭha “established in forbearance and meekness” AN.iii.46 = DN.iii.61.
Sk. kṣānti
adjective acquiescing in-, of such and such a belief, in añña˚; belonging to another faith combined with aññadiṭṭhika and aññarucika DN.i.187; MN.i.487.
fr. prec.
to jump, only in cpd. pakkhandati; given as root khand at Dhtm.196 with meaning “pakkhandana.”
skand
bulk, massiveness (gross) substance.
Sk. skandha
division, chapter, esp. in the Vinaya (at end of each division we find usually the postscript: so & so khandhakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ “here ends the chapter of…”); in cpd. -vatta, i.e. duties or observances specified in the v. khandha or chapter of the Vinaya which deals with these duties Vism.12, Vism.101 (cp. Vin.ii.231), Vism.188.
fr. khandha
adjective having a (big) trunk, of a tree AN.iii.43.
adjective (a) patient, forgiving. (b) enduring, bearing, hardened to (frost & heat, e.g.), fit for.
fr. kṣam
ppr med khamamāna Vin.i.281 (uppaḍḍhakāsinaṃ kh˚) fit for, allowing of, worth, cp Bdhgh. note Vin Texts i.195
grd khamanīya to be allayed, becoming better (of a disease) Vin.i.204; DN.ii.99
caus khamāpeti to pacify, to ask one’s pardon, to apologize (to = acc.) Ja.i.267; Pv-a.123, Pv-a.195; Dhp-a.i.38, Dhp-a.i.39; Dhp-a.ii.75, Dhp-a.ii.254
■ to ask permission or leave (i.e. to say good-bye) Dhp-a.i.14.
Dhtp.218: sahane, cp. Sk. kṣamate, perhaps to Lat. humus, cp. Sk. kṣāh, kṣāman soil; Gr. ξχών, ξαμαι
neuter long-suffering Mil.351; bearing, suffering Sdhp.202; and a˚ intolerance Bdhd 24.
feminine forbearance and a˚ intolerance, harshness both as syn. of khanti & akkhanti Dhs.1342 Vb.360.
feminine
fr. ksam
feminine asking for pardon Ja.iv.389.
abstr. fr. khamāpeti, Caus. of khamati
Sk. khambha & sthambha
Caus. fr. prec
■ Sk. skambh, skabhnāti
waste, destruction, consumption decay, ruin, loss; of the passing away of night Vv-a.52 mostly in applied meaning with ref. to the extinction of passions & such elements as condition, life, & rebirth e.g. āsavānaṃ kh. Iti.103 sq., esp. in formula āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ upasampajja AN.i.107 AN.i.221 = DN.iii.78, DN.iii.108, DN.iii.132 = Iti.100 and passim
■ rāgassa dosassa, mohassa kh. MN.i.5; AN.i.299, cp. rāga˚, dosa˚ moha˚, AN.i.159; dosa˚ SN.iii.160, SN.iii.191; SN.iv.250
■ taṇhānaṃ kh. Dhp.154; sankhārānaṃ kh. Dhp.383; sabbamaññitānaṃ etc. MN.i.486; āyu˚, puñña˚ Vism.502-yo dukkhassa pajānāti idh’ eva khayaṃ attano Snp.626 = Dhp.402; khayaṃ virāgaṃ amataṃ paṇītaṃ Snp.225-In exegesis of rūpassa aniccatā: rūpassa khayo vayo bhedo Dhs.645 = Dhs.738 = Dhs.872
■ See also khīṇa and the foll. compounds s. v.: āyu˚, upadhi˚, upādāna˚, jāti˚, jīvita˚ taṇha˚, dukkha˚, puñña˚, bhava˚, loka˚, saṃyojana sabbadhamma˚, samudda˚.
Sk. kṣaya to kṣi, kṣiṇoti & kṣiṇāti; cp. Lat. situs withering, Gr. φχίσις, φχίνω, φχίω wasting. See also khepeti under khipati
cp. Sk. khara
water Ja.iii.282.
Sk. kṣara
neuter roughness AN.i.54; Pv-a.90 (in expln of pharusa).
fr. khara
cp. Sk. khala
in -pāda at Ja.vi.3 should probably be read kalanka˚ (q.v.).
to stumble; ger. khalitvā Thag.45; Mil.187; pp. khalita q.v. Cp. upa˚, pa˚.
Dhtp.260: kampane; Dhtm.375: sañcalane; cp. Sk. skhalati, cp. Gr. σφάλλω to bring to fall, to fail
a paste Vin.ii.321 (Bdhgh. on C.V. vi.3, 1 for madda).
(or khalikā f.) a dice-board, in khalikāya kīḷanti to play at dice (see illustr. in Rh. D. Buddh. India p. 77; Vin.ii.10; cp. DN.i.6 (in enumn of various amusements expl. at DN-a.i.85 by jūta-khalika pāsaka-kīḷanaṃ). See also kali.
bald-headed AN.i.138 (+ vilūna); Thig.255 (= vilūnakesa Thag-a.210).
Sk. khalati = Lat. calvus, bald; cp. khallāṭa
(adj. & n.)
pp. med. of khalati, cp. Dhtp.611; Dhtm.406 khala = soceyye
either positive: indeed, surely, truly DN.i.87; Snp.p.103; Ja.iv.391 (as khaḷu); Mhvs.vii.17; or negative: indeed not Vism.60 (= paṭisedhan’ atthe nipāto). -pacchābhattika (adj.) = na p˚: a person who refuses food offered to him after the normal time Vin.v.131 = Vin.v.193; Pp.69 Vism.61. See Com. quot. by Childers, p. 310.
indecl., usually contracted to kho, q.v.
only applied to a horse shaking, a shaker, racer (esp. as java AN.i.287), fig. of purisa at Anguttara passages. Described as bold and hard to manage AN.iv.190 sq.; as a horse which cannot be trusted and is inferior to an ājānīya (a thoroughbred AN.v.166. Three kinds at AN.i.287 sq. = AN.iv.397 sq. In expl. of vaḷavā (mare) at Ja.i.180 = sindhavakule ajāto khalunk’asso; as vaḷavā khaḷunkā Ja.i.184
■ Der khaluṅkatā in a˚, not shaking, steadiness Vv-a.278.
adj. fr. khala in caus. sense of khaleti, to shake. In formation = khalanga → khalanka → khalunka, cp kulūpaka for kulūpaga
lit. to wash (cp. pakkhāleti), slang for “to treat badly,” “to give a rubbing or thrashing (exact meaning problematic); only at Ja.iv.205 = Ja.iv.382: gale gahetvā khalayātha jammaṃ “take the rascal by the throat and thrash him” (Com. khalayātha khalīkāraṃ (i.e. a “rub,” kind of punishment pāpetvā niddhamatha = give him a thrashing & throw him out. variant reading at both passages is galayātha).
Sk. kṣālayati of kṣal?
in baddhā upāhanāyo shoes with heel-coverings (?) Vin.i.186 (see Bdhgh. note on it Vin Texts ii.15). Also as khalla- baddhâdibhedaṃ upāhanaṃ at Pv-a.127 in expln of upāhana. Kern (Toevoegselen s. v.) sees in it a kind of stuff or material.
bald, in -sīsa a bald head Dhp-a.i.309. Der. khallātiya baldness, in khallātiyapetī the bald-headed Petī Pv-a.46 (where spelled khalātiya) and Pv-a.67.
Sk. khalvāta, cp. khalita
only at SN.v.421; cp. SN.iv.330 (Dhammacakka-p-Sutta). It is a misreading. Read with Oldenberg Vin.i.10, kāmesu kāmasukhallikānuyoga (devotion to the passions, to the pleasures of sense). See kāmasukha and allika.
a pot, usually with kumbhī: DN.i.167 (-mukha + kumbhi-mukha); Pp.55; Mil.107.
and khalopi, also kalopī, q.v. Cp. Trenckner Notes, p. 60, possibly = karoṭi
a stump (of a tree), a stake. Often used in description of uneven roads; together with kaṇṭaka thorns AN.i.35; AN.iii.389; Vism.261 (˚paharaṇ’ aggi), Vism.342 (˚magga); Snp-a.334
■ jhāma˚ a burnt stump (as characteristic of kālaka) SN.iv.193
■ nikhāta˚ an uprooted trunk DN-a.i.73. Khāṇu-kondañña Name of a Thera Vism.380; Dhp-a.ii.254.
also often spelled khānu; prob. = Sk. sthāṇu, corrupted in etym. with khaṇati, cp. Trenckner, Notes 58, n. 6
= khāṇu SN.v.379 (avihata˚): Ja.ii.18, Ja.ii.154; Ja.v.45 (loha-daṇḍa-kh˚ pins & stakes of brass); Mil.187 (mūle vā khāṇuke vā… khalitvā stumbling over roots stumps); Vism.381 = Dhp-a.ii.254 (with ref. to the name of Khāṇu-kondañña who by robbers was mistaken for a tree stump); Vv-a.338 (in a road = sankuka).
adjective dug DN-a.i.274 (= ukkiṇṇa), a˚ not dug Mil.351 (˚taḷāka). Cp atikhāta Ja.ii.296.
Sk. khāta; pp. of khan
neuter eating, in -kāraṇa the reason of eating… Pv-a.37.
adjective eating (nt.) Vism.479; eating, living on (adj. ˚), an eater Ja.iv.307; Pv-a.44; lohita-maṃsa˚ (of Yakkhas) Ja.i.133, Ja.i.266; camma˚ Ja.i.176; gūtha˚ (of a Peta) Pv-a.266.
to chew, bite, eat devour (= Ger. fressen); to destroy
pres Dhp.240; Ja.i.152 (sassāni); Ja.iii.26; Pv.i.6#3 (puttāni, of a Petī), Pv.i.9#4
■ kaṭṭhaṃ kh˚ to use a toothpick Ja.i.80, Ja.i.282, dante kh˚ to gnash the teeth Ja.i.161
■ santakaṃ kh to consume one’s property Dhs-a.135
■ of beasts, e.g. Snp.201, Snp.675
pot khādeyya Ja.iii.26
imper khāda Ja.i.150 (maṃsaṃ); Ja.ii.128 (khādaniyaṃ); Ja.vi.367 (pūvaṃ); Pv-a.39, Pv-a.78
ppr khādanto Ja.i.61 Ja.iii.276
fut khādissati Ja.i.221; Ja.ii.129
aor khādiṃsu Pv-a.20
pass. ppr khādiyamāna (cp khajjati) Pv-a.69 (taṇhāya) (expl. of khajjamāna).
inf khādituṃ Ja.i.222; Ja.ii.153; Dhp-a.iv.226
ger khāditvā Ja.i.266, Ja.i.278 (phalāni); Pv-a.5, Pv-a.32 (devour) poetical khādiyā Ja.v.464 (= khāditvā)
grd khāditabba Ja.iii.52, and khādaniya (q.v.)
pp khādita (q.v.). Cp. pali˚.
Dhtp.155 “khāda bhakkhane”; cp. Sk. khādati, cp. Gr. κνώδων the barbed hook of a javelin, i.e. “the biter”; Lith. kándu to bite
neuter the act of eating (or being eaten) Pv-a.158
■ adj. f. khādanī the eater Dpvs.238; khādana at Ja.ii.405 is to be read as ni˚ (q.v.). Cp. vi˚.
hard or solid food, opp. to and freq. combined with bhojaniya (q.v.). So at DN.ii.127; Ja.i.90, Ja.i.235; Ja.iii.127; Snp.p.110; Mil.9, Mil.11
■ Also in combination anna, pāna, kh˚ Snp.924 ii.49. By itself Ja.iii.276
■ piṭṭha˚ pastry Vin.i.248.
grd. of khādati; also as khādanīya
feminine food, in rāja˚ royal food Snp.831 (rājakhādāya puṭṭho = rājakhādanīyena rājabhojanīyena posito Mnd.171; where printed ˚khadāya throughout).
causing to be eaten (kind of punishment) Mil.197 (sunakhehi).
fr. khādāpeti
to make eat Ja.iii.370; Ja.vi.335.
Caus. ii. of khādati
= khādaka, in aññamañña˚ SN.v.456.
adjective eaten, or having eaten, eaten up, consumed Ja.i.223; Ja.ii.154; Pv-a.5
■ A twin form of khādita is khāyita, formed prob. on analogy of sāyita, with which freq. combined (cp., however, Trenckner P.M. 57), e.g. Pp.59; Vism.258; Pv-a.25. Used as the poetical form Pv.i.12#11 (expl. Pv-a.158 = khādita)
■ Der. khāditatta (nt.) the fact of being eaten Ja.i.176.
pp. med. & pass. of khādati
f. khādinī = khādaka Pv-a.31.
to seem to be, to appear like (viya) Ja.i.279; aor. khāyiṃsu Ja.i.61; ppr med. khāyamāna Ja.iv.140; Pv-a.251. Cp. pakkhāyati.
pass. = Sk. khyāyate, khyā
see khādita; cp. avakkhāyika.
any alkaline substance, potash, lye. In combination with ūsa (salt earth) at SN.iii.131 (-gandha) AN.i.209
■ Used as a caustic Pv.iii.10#2; Sdhp.281. See also chārikā.
Sk. kṣāra, pungent, saline, sharp to ksā, kṣāyati to burn, cp. Gr. ςηρός, dry; Lat. serenus, dry, clear seresco to dry
adjective sharp or dry, said of the buds of the Pāricchattaka AN.iv.117 sq.
fr. khāra
feminine a certain measure of capacity (esp. of grain, see below khārika). It is used of the eight requisites of an ascetic, and often in conn. with his yoke (kāja): “a khārī-load.”
and khāri-
alkaline, in enumn of tastes (cp. rasa) at SN.iii.87; Dhs.629 and ≈.
adj. to khāra
of the khārī measure, in vīsati˚ kosalako tilavāho AN.v.173 = Snp.p.126.
adj. of khārī
Caus. of khalati: see khaleti & vikkhāleti.
at Thig.509 is to be read kāhinti (= karissanti Thag-a.293).
play, amusement, pleasure usually combined with rati, enjoyment. Var. degrees of pleasures (bāla˚, etc.) mentioned at AN.v.203; var kinds of amusement enumerated at Cnd.219; as expounded at DN.i.6 under jūta-pamādaṭṭhāna. Generally divided into kāyikā & vācasikā khiḍḍā (Cnd; Snp-a.86) Expl. as kīḷanā Snp-a.86, as hassādhippāya (means of mirth) Pv-a.226; sahāyakādīhi keḷi Pv-a.265. Cp Snp.926; Pv.iv.1#21.
Vedic krīḍā, cp. kīḷati
thrown; cast, overthrown Dhp.34; rajo paṭivātaṃ kh˚, dirt thrown against the wind SN.i.13, SN.i.164 = Snp.662 = Dhp.125; Ja.iii.203; ratti-khittā sarā arrows shot in the night Dhp.304 = Ne.11; acchi vātavegena khittā a flame overthrown by the power of the wind, blown out Snp.1074 (explained Cnd.220 by ukkhittā nuṇṇā, khambhitā) in interpret. of khetta Pv-a.7 said of sowing: khittaṃ vuttaṃ bījaṃ
■ akkhitta not upset, not deranged, undisturbed in qualities required of a brahmin w. ref. to his genealogy: yāva sattamā pitāmahāyugā akkhitto DN.i.113 = Snp.p.115, etc. Cp. vi˚.
pp. of khip, to throw Dhtp.479; peraṇe
neuter a throw, anything thrown over, as ajina˚ a cloak of antelope hide DN.i.167 and ≈; or thrown out, as a fishing net (= kumina) eel-basket AN.i.33 = AN.i.287 Thig.357 (= Thag-a.243). Cp. khippa & vikkhepika.
fr. ksip
to throw, to cast, to throw out or forth, to upset Snp.p.32 (cittaṃ); Ja.i.223 (sīsaṃ), Ja.i.290 (pāsake); Ja.ii.3 (daḷhaṃ dalhassa: to pit force against force)
aor khipi SN.iv.2, SN.iv.3 (khuracakkaṃ); Pv-a.87 (= atthāresi)
ger khipitvā Ja.i.202
caus 1 khepeti (perhaps to kṣi, see khaya) to throw in, to put in, to spend (of time): dīgham addhānaṃ khepetvā Ja.i.137; Thig.168 (khepeti jātisaṃsāraṃ = pariyosāpeti Thag-a.159); Dhp-a.i.102 (dvenavuti-kappe khepesuṃ) āyuṃ khepehi spend (the rest of) your life Pv-a.148 ger. khepayitvāna (saṃsāraṃ) Pv.iv.3#32 (= khepetvā Pv-a.254). In this sense Trenckner (P. M. 76) takes it as corresponding to Sk. kṣāpayati of kṣi = to cause to waste. See also khepana.
caus 2 khipāpeti to cause to be thrown Ja.i.202; Ja.iv.139 (jalaṃ). Cp also khepa.
Vedic kṣipati
neuter the act of throwing or the state of being thrown Ja.i.290 (pasaka-k˚).
feminine throwing up, provocation, mockery, slander Mil.357; Vb.352; cp. Vism.29.
fr. khipati
neuter sneezing expectoration Pv.ii.2#3 (expl. Pv-a.80: mukhato nikkhantamala); Dhp-a.i.314 (˚roga + kāsa, coughing).
pp. of khipati = that which is thrown out; acc. to Trenckner Notes p. 75 for khupita fr. kṣu to sneeze; possibly a contamination of the two
adjective
■ nt. adv. khippaṃ quickly AN.ii.118 = AN.iii.164; Snp.413, Snp.682, Snp.998; Dhp.65, Dhp.137 Dhp.236, Dhp.289; Ja.iv.142; Pv.ii.8#4, Pv.ii.9#2, Pv.ii.12#21, Pp.32
■ Compar khippatara Snp.p.126.
Vedic kṣipra to kṣip
to ill-treat, in ppr. khippamāna Vv.84#44, explained at Vv-a.348 by vambhento, pīḷanto.
fr. kṣip
masculine neuter waste or fallow land AN.iii.248; fig. barrenness of mind, mental obstruction. There are five ceto-khilā enumerated in detail at MN.i.101 = AN.iv.460; DN.iii.238 (see under ceto); mentioned AN.v.17; Snp-a.262 As three khilā, viz. rāga, dosa, moha at SN.v.57; also with other qualities at Cnd.9. In combination with paligha SN.i.27 (chetvā kh˚ ṃ); khilaṃ pabhindati to break up the fallowness (of one’s heart) SN.i.193; SN.iii.134; Snp.973. akhila (adj.) not fallow, unobstructed, open-hearted cittaṃ susamāhitaṃ… akhilaṃ sabbabhūtesu DN.ii.261; SN.iv.118; in combination with anāsava Snp.212; with akankha Snp.477, Snp.1059; with vivattacchada Snp.1147; cp. vigatakhila Snp.19.
cp. Sk. khila
hard skin, callosity Ja.v.204 (variant reading kiṇa).
cp. Sk. kiṇa
destroyed, exhausted, removed, wasted, gone; in compounds ˚-often to be translated “without.” It is mostly applied to the destruction of the passions (āsavā) & demerit (kamma). Khīṇā jāti “destroyed is the possibility of rebirth,” in freq. occurring formula “kh. j vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nâparaṃ itthattāya,” denoting the attainment of Arahantship (See arahant ii, formula A) Vin.i.35; DN.i.84, DN.i.177, DN.i.203; MN.ii.39; Snp.p.16; Pp.61 etc. See expln at DN-a.i.225; Snp-a.138
■ khīṇaṃ mayhaṃ kammaṃ Ja.iv.3, similarly khīṇaṃ purāṇaṃ navaṃ natthi sambhavaṃ Snp.235 (khīṇa = samucchinna Kp-a.194); pāpakamme khīṇe Pv-a.105. āsavakhīṇa one whose cravings are destroyed Snp.370, Snp.162.
-āsava (adj.) whose mind is free from the four mental obsessions, epithet of an Arahant Vin.i.183; MN.i.145 MN.ii.43; MN.iii.30; DN.iii.97, DN.iii.133, DN.iii.235; Iti.95; Snp.82, Snp.471, Snp.539 Snp.644; Dhp.89, Dhp.420; Pv-a.7 (= arahanto); cp. BSk kṣīṇāśrava Divy.542
■ The seven powers of a kh.˚ (khīṇāsava-balāni) discussed at DN.iii.283; Pts.i.35; ten powers at Pts.ii.173, Pts.ii.176; cp. Vism.144 (where a kh. walks through the air). -punabbhava one in whom the conditions of another existence have been destroyed (= khīṇāsava) Snp.514, Snp.656; -bīja one who is without the seed (of renewed existence) (= prec.) Snp.235 (= ucchinna-bīja Kp-a.194); -maccha without fish (of a lake) Dhp.155; -vyappatha without the way of (evil speech (vyapp˚ = vācāya patho; expl. Snp-a.204 as na pharusavāco) Snp.158; -sota with the stream gone, i.e. without water, in macche appodake kh˚ Snp.777.
pp. of khīyati, Pass. to khayati
neuter DN-a.i.225 & khīṇatā (f.) Dhp-a.iv.228, the fact of being destroyed.
in -dhammaṃ āpajjati to fall into a state of mental depression Vin.iv.151, Vin.iv.154; AN.iii.269 AN.iv.374. See also remarks by Kern, Toevoegselen s. v.
cp. khīyati2
to be exhausted, to waste away, to become dejected, to fall away from Vin.iv.152; Ja.i.290 (dhạna); Pv.ii.9#42; Pv.ii.11#2; Pts.i.94, Pts.i.96 Pts.ii.31 (āsavā); Bdhd 80
ppr khīyamāna Snp.434 Bdhd 19. aor. khīyi DN.iii.93; grd. khīyitabba ibid see also khāya and khīyanaka. In phrase “ujjhāyati khīyati vipāceti it seems to correspond to jhāyati2 [Sk. kṣāyati] and the meaning is “to become chafed or heated, to become vexed, angry; to take offence”; as evidenced by the combination with quâsi-synonyms ujjhāyati & vipāceti, both referring to a heated state, fig for anger (cp. kilissati). Thus at Vin.ii.259 & passim See ujjhāyati for further refs.
Sk. kṣīyate, pass. to khayati
(a.) in combination with pācittiya a “falling away” offence (legal term denoting the falling away from a consent once given) (see khīya) Vin.ii.94 Vin.ii.100; Vin.iv.38.
der. fr. khīya
neuter milk, milky fluid, milky juice Vin.i.243; Vin.ii.301; MN.i.343 sq. = AN.ii.207 = Pp.56; AN.ii.95 (in simile with dadhi, navanīta, sappi, sappi-maṇḍa) DN.i.201; Dhp-a.i.98; enumerated with dadhi, etc., as one constituent of material food (kabalinkāro ähāro) at Dhs.646 = Dhs.740 = Dhs.875
■ Ja.iv.138 (mātu kh˚); Ja.iv.140; Dhp.71 = Ne.161; Mil.41; Pv-a.198 (= sneha, milky juice); Vv-a.75; Dhp-a.i.98 (nirudaka kh˚, milk without water)
■ duddha-khīra one who has milked Snp.18.
Sk. kṣīra
feminine a milk-giving cow SN.i.174
a stake, post, bolt, peg Vin.ii.116 (khīlaṃ nikhanitvā digging in or erecting a post) SN.iii.150 (kh˚ vā thambha vā); SN.iv.200 (daḷha˚ a strong post, epithet of satī); Mhvs.29, Mhvs.49
■ ayo˚; an iron stake AN.i.141; SN.v.444; Cnd.304#iii; Snp.28 (nikhāta, erected) Snp-a.479. Cp. inda˚.
Sk. kīla & khīla
adjective having sticks or stumps (as obstacles), in a˚ unobstructed Ja.v.203 (= akāca nikkaṇṭaka Ja.v.206).
scorn Mil.357.
der. fr. khīḷeti
to scorn, deride, only in combination hīḷita khīḷita garahita (pp.) Mil.229, Mil.288; cp. khīḷana.
to kīḷ or to khila?
(-˚) is doubtful second part of iṅghāḷa˚; (q.v.).
to scold, to curse, to be angry at, to have spite against DN.i.90, DN-a.i.256 (= ghaṭṭeti); Vin.iv.7; Snp-a.357; Dhp-a.iv.38
pp khuṃsita Dhp-a.ii.75.
kruś? Dhtp.625: akkosane; cp. Müller P.G. 52
adjective
either Sk kubja, of which khujja would be the older form (cp. Walde, Lat. Etym. Wtb. s. v. cubitum) or Sk. kṣudra (?) (so Müller, P.G. p. 52). See also the variant kujja & cp. kuṭṭa2
at Pv-a.162 (mā kh.) is to be read ukkaṇṭhi.
hunger Snp.52 (+ pipāsā Cnd s. v. kh˚ vuccati chātako), Snp.966; Pv.i.6#4 (= jighacchā), Pv.ii.1#5 (+ taṇhā), Pv.ii.2#4; Pv-a.72. See khuppipāsā.
Sk. kṣudh & kṣudhā, also BSk. kṣud in kṣuttarṣa hunger & thirst Jtm.p.30
adjective small, inferior, low; trifling, insignificant; na khuddaṃ samācare kiñci “he shall not pursue anything trifling” Snp.145 (= lāmakaṃ Kp-a.243) kh˚ ca bālaṃ Snp.318. Opp. to strong Vv.32#10 (of migā balavasena nihīnā Vv-a.136).
Vedic kṣudra
= khudda; usually in compounds In sequence khuddaka-majjhima-mahā Vism.100. Of smaller sections or subdivisions of canonical books Vin.v.145 sq (with ref. to the paññattis), see also below
■ catuppade kh˚ ca mahallake Snp.603. Khuddaka (m.) the little one, Mil.40 (mātā ˚assa).
hunger & thirst: ˚āya mīyamāno MN.i.85. Personified as belonging to the army of Māra Snp.436 = Nd ii.on visenikatvā. To be tormented by hunger & thirst is the special lot of the; Petas: Pv.i.11#10 Pv.ii.2#2, Pv-a.10, Pv-a.32, Pv-a.37, Pv-a.58, etc.; Vism.501; Sdhp.9, Sdhp.101 Sdhp.507.
cp. khudā
see saṃ˚ & khobha. The root is given at Dhtp.206 & Dhtp.435 as “khubha = sañcalane.”
the hoof of an animal Vv.64#10 (of a horse = turagānaṃ khuranipāta, the clattering of a horse’s hoof Vv-a.279), cp. Sk. kṣura, a monkey’s claw Sp. Avs.i.236.
khura-kāse MN.i.446, read (with Neumann) for khura-kāye, “in the manner of dragging (kṛṣ) the hoofs.”
Vedic khura
a razor Vin.ii.134; SN.iv.169 (tiṇha a sharp r.) Dhp-a.ii.257.
Vedic kṣura, to kṣṇu, kṣṇoti to whet, kṣṇotra whetstone; cp. Gr. ξναύω scrape, ςύω shave, Lat. novacula razor. The Pali Dhtp (486) gives as meanings “chedana & vilekhana”
(nt. adv.) “so as to make the sound khulu, khulu,” i.e. clattering or bumping about MN.ii.138. Cp. ghuru-ghuru.
a shield: see kīṭa.
cp. Sk. kheṭaka
neuter
Vedic kṣetra, to kṣi, kṣeti, kṣiti, dwelling-place, Gr. κτίζω, Lat. situs founded, situated, E. site; cp. also Sk. kṣema “being settled,” composure. See also khattiya. Dhammapāla connects khetta with kṣip trā in his expln at Pv-a.7: khittaṃ vuttaṃ bījaṃ tāyati… ti khettaṃ
adjective subject to fatigue, tired Vv-a.276
■ As noun “fatigue” at Vism.71.
Sk. kheda fatigue, khedati; perhaps to Lat. caedo
(-˚) throwing, casting, Sdhp.42. Usually in citta-kkhepa loss of mind, perplexity Dhp.138 Cp. vi˚, saṃ˚.
cp. khipati
˚ the passing of, applied to time: āyu˚ Vv-a.311.
cp. khepeti
destroyed, brought to waste, annihilated, khepitatta (nt.) the fact of being destroyed destruction, annihilation, Dhp-a.ii.163 (kilesavaṭṭassa kh.).
pp. of khepeti
see khipati.
Vedic kṣema to kṣi, cp. khetta
adjective one who enjoys security or peace SN.iii.13; Snp.145 (= abhaya Kp-a.244); Dhp.258.
phlegm, saliva, foam; usually with singhānikā mucus, sometimes in the sense of perspiration, sweat AN.i.34; AN.iv.137; Snp.196 (+ singh˚); Kp ii. = Mil.26 (cp Vism.263 in detail, & Kp-a.66); Ja.i.61; Ja.iv.23; Ja.vi.367 Vism.259, Vism.343 (+ singhāṇikā), Vism.362; Dhp-a.iii.181; Dhp-a.iv.20 Dhp-a.iv.170; Pv.ii.2#3 as food for Petas, cp. Avs.i.279 (kheṭamūtropajīvinī; Avs.ii.113: kheṭavadutsṛjya); Pv-a.80 (= niṭṭhubhana).
Sk. kheṭa, cp. kṣveḍa and śleṣma, P. silesuma. See also kilid & kilis;, cp. ukkheṭita. On root khela see keḷanā; it is given by Dhtp.279 in meaning “calana. The latter (khela) has of course nothing to do with kheḷa
(Vin) & kheḷāsika (Dhp-a) an abusive term “eating phlegm” (?) [Müller, P.G. 30 = kheṭâtmaka Vin.ii.188, cp. Vin. Texts iii.239; -vāda the use of the term “phlegm-eater,” calling one by this name Vin.ii.189; Dhp-a.140. Cp. āpaka.? spittle-dribbler; “wind bag.”
an enclitic particle of affirmation & emphasis indeed, really, surely; in narration: then, now (cp kira); in question: then, perhaps, really. Def. as adhikār’ antara-nidassan’ atthe nipāto Kp-a.113 as avadhāraṇaṃ (affirmative particle) Pv-a.11, Pv-a.18
■ A few of its uses are as foll.: abhabbo kho Vin.i.17 pasādā kho DN.ii.155. After pron.: mayhaṃ kho Ja.i.279; ete kho Vin.i.10; idaṃ kho ibid.; so ca kho Ja.i.51; yo kho MN.i.428
■ After a negation: na kho indeed not Ja.ii.111; no ca khv’ āssa AN.v.195; mā kho Ja.i.253
■ Often combined with pana: na sakkhā kho pana “is it then not possible” Ja.i.151; api ca kho pana Ja.i.253; siyā kho pana DN.ii.154
■ Following other particles. esp. in aoristic narration: atha kho (extremely frequent); tatra kho; tâpi kho; api ca kho; evaṃ bhante ti kho; evaṃ byā kho Vin.iv.134; Dhp.i.27, etc-In interr. sentences it often follows nu: kin nu kho Ja.i.279; atthi nu kho Ja.iii.52; kahan nu kho Ja.i.255.
before vowels often khv’; contr. of khalu = Sk. khalu
masculine shaking, shock Vism.31, Vism.157; khobhaṃ karoti to shake Vv-a.35, Vv-a.36 Vv-a.278; khobha-karaṇa shaking up, disturbance Vism.474 See also akkhobbha.
cp. Vedic kṣubh kṣobhayati, to shake = Goth. skiuban Ger. schieben, to push, E. shove
adj., only as ending: going. See e.g. atiga, anuga, antalikkha˚, ura˚, pāra˚, majjha˚, samīpa˚ hattha˚. It also appears as ˚gu, e.g. in addha˚, anta˚ paṭṭha˚, pāra˚, veda˚
■ dugga (m. & nt.) a difficult road Dhp.327 = Mil.379; Pv.ii.7#8 (= duggamana-ṭṭhāna Pv-a.102); Pv.ii.9#25; Ja.ii.385.
fr. gam
neuter the sky (with reference to sidereal motions); usually of the moon: g˚ majjhe puṇṇacando viya Ja.i.149, Ja.i.212; g˚ tale canda-maṇḍalaṃ Ja.iii.365; cando g˚ majjhe ṭhito Ja.v.137; cando gagane viya sobhati Vism.58; g˚ tale candaṃ viya Dhp-a.i.372; g˚ tale puṇṇacanda “the full-moon in the expanse of the heavens Vv-a.3; g˚ talamagga the (moon’s) course in the sky Pv-a.188; etc. Of the sun: suriyo ākāse antalikkhe gaganapathe gacchati Nd ii.on Snp.1097. Unspecified: Ja.i.57; Vism.176 (˚tal-âbhimukhaṃ).
Gaggarā as Name of a lake at Vism.208 See note on gala.
Vedic gargara throat, whirlpool. *gṷer to sling down, to whirl, cp. Gr. βάραχρον, Lat. gurges, gurgulio Ohg. querechela “kehle”
a whirlpool, eddy Ja.v.405; according to Kern Toevoegselen s. v. a sort of fish (Sk. gargaraka Pimelodus Gagora); as gaggalaka at Mil.197.
fr. gaggara
to whirl, roar, bellow, of the waves of the Gangā Mil.3
■ cp. gaḷagaḷāyati.
v. den. fr. prec.; cp. gurgulio: gurges, E. gargle & gurgle
a shrub, a bush, usually together with latā, creeper; rukkha, tree, e.g. Cnd.235, id; Ja.i.73; Mil.268; Vism.182 (described on p. Vism.183). With dāya, wood AN.iv.74 puppha˚ a flowering shrub Ja.i.120; khuddaka˚-vana a wood of small shrubs Ja.v.37
■ Pv-a.274; Vv-a.301 (-gumba, brushwood, underwood); Dhp-a.i.171 (-pothana-ṭṭhāna); Dhp-a.iv.78 (-mūla).
not = Sk. kaccha, grass-land, as Morris, J.P.T.S. 1893, 16. The passage Ja.iii.287 stands with gaccha variant reading kaccha for gaccha at AN.iv.74; g˚ for k˚ at Snp.20
The three formations (described below in the etymology) are represented in Pāli as follows.
Vedic gacchati, a desiderative (future) formation from *gṷem “I am intent upon going,” i.e. I go, with the foll. bases 1 Future-present *gṷemskéti → *gaścati → Sk. gacchati = Gr. βάσκω (to βαινω). In meaning cp. i, Sk. emi, Gr. εἰμι “I shall go” & in form also Sk. pṛcchati = Lat. porsco “I want to know,” Vedic icchati “to desire.” 2 Present *gṷemi̯o = Sk. gamati = Gr. βαίνω, Lat. venio, Goth. qiman, Ohg koman, E. come; and non-present formations as Osk kúmbened, Sk. gata = Lat. ventus; gantu = (ad) ventus 3 *gṷā, which is correlated to *stā, in Pret. Sk ágām, Gr. ε ̓́βην, cp. β ̈ημα
an elephant Ja.iv.494; Mil.2, Mil.346; Dhs-a.295 (applied to a kind of thought).
-potaka the young of an elephant Pv-a.152
■ rājā the king of the elephants Mil.346.
Sk. gaja
= gaja, in gajakattharaṇa an elephant’s cover Vv-a.104.
to roar, to thunder, usually of clouds. Of the earth: Dāvs v.29; of a man (using harsh speech) Ja.i.226; Ja.ii.412 (mā gajji); Mnd.172 (= abhi˚); Ja.iv.25
caus gajjayati, ger. gajjayitvā (megho g˚ thanayitvā (megho g˚ thanayitvā pavassati Iti.66.
Sk. garjati, cp. gargara & jarā roaring, cp. uggajjati Dhtp.76: gajja sadde
one who thunders, of a man in comparison with a cloud AN.ii.102 = Pp.42.
n. agent fr. prec.
Vedic gaṇa; *ger to comprise, hold, or come together, cp. Gr. ἀγείρω to collect, ἀγορά meeting, Lat. grex flock, Sk. jarante “conveniunt” (see Wackernagel Altind. Gr. i.193). Another form of this root is grem in Sk. grāma, Lat. gremium; see under gāma
a counter, one skilled in counting familiar with arithmetic; an accountant, overseer or calculator. enumerated as an occupation together with muddika at DN.i.51 (expl DN-a.i.157 by acchidda-pāṭhaka); also with muddika and sankhāyika SN.iv.376; as an office at the king’s court (together with amaccā as gaṇaka-mahāmatta = a ministerial treasurer) DN.iii.64, and in same context DN.iii.148 DN.iii.153, DN.iii.169, DN.iii.171, DN.iii.177; as overseer Vin.iii.43; as accountant Mil.79, Mil.293; Vv-a.66.
fr. gaṇ, to comprise in the sense of to count up
feminine = gaṇikā Vin.iii.135–Vin.iii.136, in purāṇa˚ a woman who was formerly a courtesan, & as adj. gaṇakī-dhītā the daughter of a courtesan.
feminine counting, i.e.
feminine “one who belongs to the crowd,” a harlot, a courtesan (cp. gaṇakī) Vin.i.231 (Ambapālī), Vin.i.268, (do.), Vin.ii.277 (Aḍḍhakāsī); Ud.71; Mil.122; Dhp-a.iii.104; Vv-a.75 (Sirimā); Pv-a.195, Pv-a.199
■ Customs of a gaṇikā Ja.iv.249; Ja.v.134
■ Cp. saṃ˚.
feminine = gaṇanā, arithmetic Mil.3.
adjective one who has a host of followers, epithet of a teacher who has a large attendance of disciples; usually in standing combination sanghī gaṇī gaṇācariyo (see above) Also in foll.: Snp.955, Snp.957; Dpvs.iv.8 (mahāgaṇī), Dpvs.iv.14 (therā gaṇī); gaṇī-bhūtā (pl.) in crowds, combined with sanghā sanghī DN.i.112, explained at DN-a.i.280: pubbe nagarassa anto agaṇā bahi nikkhamitvā gaṇa-sainpannā ti. See also paccekagaṇin.
a large species of deer Ja.v.406 (= gokaṇṇa).
denom. to gaṇa Dhtp.574: sankhyāne
masculine
-ṭṭhāna (for gaṇṭhikaṭṭhāna?) the place of the block (i.e. of execution) Ja.iii.538; (reads gaṇṭhi-gaṇṭi-ṭṭhāna) Vism.248
■ bhedaka, in -cora “the thief who breaks the block” (or rope, knot?) Dhp-a.ii.30.
Vedic granthi, to grem to comprise, hold together, cp. Lat. gremium, Sk. gaṇa & grāma, see also gantha
feminine (freq. spelled gaṇḍikā, q.v.) = gaṇṭhi, viz.
a variation of gaṇṭha (-i), in both meanings of 1 swelling, knot, protuberance, and 2 the interstice between two knots or the whole of the knotty object i.e. stem, stalk
adjective having boils Sdhp.103.
Name of the tree, under which Gotama Buddha performed the double miracle; with ref. to this freq in phrase gaṇḍamba-rukkha-mūle yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ katvā Ja.i.77; Ja.iv.263 sq.; DN-a.i.57; Pv-a.137; Mil.349 Dāvs v.54. Also at Dhp-a.iii.207 in play of words with amba-rukkha.
feminine
a-n. formation from gaṇḍa or gaṇṭha, see also gaṇṭhikā
adj. fr. gaṇḍa
feminine
= gaṇḍikā in meaning 1; prob. = Sk. ghaṇṭā in meaning 2
a mouthful Ja.i.249 (khīra˚). Ganhati & Ganhati;
cp. Sk. gaṇḍūṣa
The forms of the verb are from three bases, viz.
to take, take up; take hold of; grasp seize; assume.
e.g. ovādaṃ g. to take advice Ja.i.159 khaggaṃ to seize the sword Ja.i.254 Ja.i.255; gocaraṃ to take food Ja.iii.275; jane to seize people Ja.i.253; dhanaṃ to grasp the treasure Ja.i.255; nagaraṃ to occupy the city Ja.i.202; pāde gāḷhaṃ gahetvā holding her feet tight Ja.i.255; macche to catch fish Ja.iii.52; mantaṃ to use a charm Ja.iii.280; rajjaṃ to seize the kingdom Ja.i.263 Ja.ii.102; sākhaṃ to take hold of a branch Snp.791; Ja.i.52 Very often as a phrase to be translated by a single word, as: nāmato g. to enumerate Pv-a.18; paṭisandhiṃ g. to be born Ja.i.149; maraṇaṃ g. to die Ja.i.151 mūlena g. to buy Ja.iii.126; vacanaṃ g. to obey Ja.iii.276 (in neg.). The ger. gahetvā is very often simply to be translated as “with,” e.g. tidaṇḍaṃ gahetvā caranto Ja.ii.317; satta bhikkhū gahetvā agamāsi Vv-a.149.
Caus. gaṇhāpeti to cause to be seized, to procure, to have taken: phalāni Ja.ii.105; rājānaṃ Ja.i.264. Cp gāhāpeti.
Vedic grah (grabh), gṛhṇāti pp. gṛhīta to grasp. *gher to hold, hold in, contain; cp. Gr. ξόρτος enclosure, Lat. hortus, co-hors (homestead) Goth. gards (house); Ohg. gart; E. yard & garden. To this belong Vedic gṛha (house) in P. gaha˚, gihin, geha ghara, & also Vedic harati to seize, hasta hand
gone, in all meanings of gacchati (q.v.) viz.
pp. of gacchati in medio-reflexive function
a messenger Ja.i.86.
feminine
sugati (sometimes suggati after duggati e.g. Ja.vi.224 a happy existence; a realm of bliss; the devaloka. Cp sugatin. Usually with gacchati (sugatiṃ) & gata “gone to Heaven” Vin.ii.195; DN.ii.202; Iti.77; Pv-a.65. In combination w. sagga loka (sugatiṃ, etc. uppajjati) DN.i.143; AN.i.97; Ja.i.152. parammaraṇā sugati pāṭikankhā Iti.24; suggatiṃ gata Dhp.18; sugati pāpehi kammehi sulabhā na hoti “bliss is not gained by evil” Pv-a.87 = sugga & dibbaṭṭhāna Pv-a.89; sugati-parāyana sure of rebirth in a realm of bliss, ib.
duggati a miserable existence; a realm of misery (see above gati 4). Usually with gacchati (duggatiṃ gata reborn in a miserable state) or uppajjati DN.i.82; AN.i.97 AN.i.138 (+ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ); AN.ii.123; AN.iii.3; AN.iv.364; Dhp.17; Snp.141; Snp-a.192 (= dukkhappatti); Pv-a.87 Sakakammāni nayanti duggatiṃ, one’s own deeds lead to rebirth in misery, Dhp.240; with ref. to a Peta existence: Pv.i.6#2; Pv.ii.1#6; Pv.ii.1#13; Pv.ii.3#17. Cp. duggata.
fr. gacchati; cp. Gr. βάσις, Lat. (in-) ventio, Goth. (ga-)qumps
adjective
adjective = gatika
adjective of (perfect) behaviour, going right, clever (cp. gatatta under gata, & gati 3) MN.i.82.
neuter the body, pl. gattāni the limbs. - As body: Vin.i.47; SN.i.169 = SN.i.183 (analla˚ with pure bodies; anallīna˚ at SN.i.169, but variant reading analla˚); AN.i.138; Snp.673 (samacchida˚ with bodies cut up); Pv.i.11#2 (bhinna-pabhinna˚, id.); Pv-a.56 (= sarīra); Pv-a.68
■ As limbs: SN.iv.198 (arupakkāni festering with sores) MN.i.506 (id.); MN.i.80 = MN.i.246; Ja.i.61 (lālākilinna˚); Snp.1001 (honti gattesu mahāpurisalakkhaṇā), Snp.1017, Snp.1019; Pv.iii.9#1 (= sarīrâvayavā Pv-a.211); Mil.357 (arupakkāni).
Vedic gātra
adjective tied, bound, fettered; enslaved, bound to greedy for, intoxicated with (c. loc.). When abs. always in combination w. paribhuñjati and w. ref. to some object of desire (bhoga, lābha, kāmaguṇe). Usually in standing phrase gathita mucchita ajjhāpanna (ajjhopanna) “full of greed & blind desire.” In this connection it is frequently (by B MSS.) spelt gadhita and the editors of S, A, & Mil have put that in the text throughout With mucchita & ajjhāpanna: DN.i.245; DN.iii.43; MN.i.162, MN.i.173; SN.ii.270; SN.iv.332; AN.v.178, AN.v.181 Nd ii.on nissita C
■ c. loc.: Ja.iv.371 (gharesu); DN-a.i.59 (kāmaguṇesu). In other connections: ādānaganthaṃ gathitaṃ visajja Snp.794 (cp. Mnd.98); yāni loke gathitāni na tesu pasuto siyā Snp.940
■ Ja.iv.5 (= giddha); Ja.v.274 (gedhita for pagiddha); Pv-a.262 (gadhita as expln of giddha)-agathita (agadhita) not fettered (by desire without desire, free from the ties of craving (+ m˚, a˚ SN.ii.194, SN.ii.269; AN.v.181; Mil.401 (trsl. Rh.D. ii.339 “without craving, without faintness, without sinking”).
pp. of ganthati to tie, cp. gantha, knot; Sk. grathita
speech, sentence Dhp.i.66, DN-a.i.66 f.; and on DN.iii.135 (§ 28); gada at SN.ii.230 (variant reading) in phrase diṭṭhagadena sallena is to be read diddhagadena s.
(and gaddūla) a leather strap SN.iii.150; Ja.ii.246; Ja.iii.204; fig, in taṇhā-gaddūla “the leash of thirst,” Nd ii.on jappā (taṇhā) = Dhs.1059 = Vb.361, cp. Dhs-a.367.
neuter a small measure of space & time MN.iii.127; SN.ii.264 (˚mattam pi, SA “pulling just once the cow’s teat”) AN.iv.395; Mil.110. See Trenckner P.M. 59, 60; Rh D. J.R.A.S. 1903, 375.
Derivation unknown; Sk. dadrūghna
a vulture; in gaddhabādhipubbo, of the bhikkhu Ariṭṭha, who had been a vulture trainer in a former life Vin.ii.25 = Vin.iv.218; MN.i.130; see also Vin. Texts ii.377.
Vedic gṛdha; see gijjha
an ass, donkey Vin.v.129; MN.i.334; AN.i.229; Ja.ii.109, Ja.ii.110; Ja.v.453; DN-a.i.163
■ f. gadrabhī Ja.ii.340.
-bhāraka a donkey load Ja.ii.109; Dhp-a.i.123 -bhāva the fact of being an ass Ja.ii.110
■ rava (-rāva) the braying of an ass ibid. & Vism.415.
Vedic gardabha., Lat. burdo, a mule; see Walde Lat. Wtb., s. v.
see gathita.
“goer” in gantā hoti he will go, he is in the habit of going, combined w. sotā hantā khantā, of the king’s elephant AN.ii.116 = AN.iii.161; variant reading for gatā at MN.ii.155.
n. agent of gacchati in the sense of a periphrastic future
(in BB often misspelt gandha)
fr. ganthati
Vedic grath, granth, grathnāti, to *grem, cp. Lat. gremium; see also gaṇṭhi gathita gantha
adjective hard-studying Dhp-a.i.156 (bhikkhu; cp. gantha-dhura).
fr. gantha 2
smell, viz.
duggandha a disagreeable smell Dhs.625; ˚ṃ vāyati to emit a nasty odour Pv-a.14; as adj. having a bad smell, putrid Snp.205; Pv-a.15 (= pūtigandha), (f.) -ā duggandhā pūti vāyasi “you emit a bad odour” Pv.i.6#1 (= aniṭṭha˚). -sugandha an agreeable smell Dhs.625; as adj. of pleasant smell Ja.iii.277; Sdhp.246.
-āpaṇa a perfumery shop Ja.i.290; ˚ika perfume seller Mil.344; -āyatana an olfactory sense-relation, belonging to the six bāhirāni āyatanāni, the objective sensations DN.iii.243, DN.iii.290; Dhs.585, Dhs.625, Dhs.655; -ārammaṇa bearing on smell, having smell as its object Dhs.147, Dhs.157, Dhs.365 Dhs.410, Dhs.556, Dhs.608; -ālepa (nt.) anointing with perfumes Vin.i.206; -āsā “hunger for odours,” craving for olfactory sensations Dhs.1059; -odaka scented water Ja.i.50; Ja.ii.106; Ja.iii.189; -karaṇḍaka a perfume-box SN.iii.131; SN.v.351; Pp.34; -kuṭī (f.) a perfumed cabin name of a room or hut occupied by the Buddha, esp that made for him by Anāthapiṇḍika in Jetavana (Ja.i.92). Gotamassa g˚ Ja.ii.416, cp. Avs.ii.40#2 Dhp-a.iv.203, Dhp-a.iv.206; -cuṇṇa scented (bath-) powder Ja.iii.277; -jāta (nt.) odour, perfume (“consisting of smell”). Three kinds at AN.i.225 (māla˚, sāra˚, puppha˚); enum. as candanādi Dhp-a.i.423; in definition of gandha DN-a.i.77
■ Dhp.55; -taṇhā thirst or craving for odours (cp. g˚-āsā) Dhs.1059 = Nd ii.on jappā; -tela scented oil (for a lamp) Ja.i.61; Ja.ii.104; Dhp-a.i.205 -tthena a perfume-thief SN.i.204; -dhātu the (sensory element of smell Dhs.585; Dhs.625. Dhs.707 (in conn. w. ˚āyatana); -pañcaṅgulika see sep.; -sañcetanā the olfactory sensation; together with -saññā perception of odours DN.iii.244; AN.iv.147; AN.v.359; -sannidhi the storing up of scented unguents DN.i.6 (= DN-a.i.82).
Vedic gandha, from ghrā ghrāti to smell, ghrāna smell, & see P. ghāna. Possibly conn. w. Lat. fragro E. fragrant
see gandhina.
Vedic gandharva
feminine music, song Ja.ii.254; Vv-a.139; Mil.3; ˚ṃ karoti to make music Ja.ii.249; Ja.iii.188.
adjective belonging to the Gandhāra country (Kandahar) f. gandhārī in gandhārī vijjā Name of a magical charm DN.i.213; at Ja.iv.498 it renders one invisible.
(and ˚uja Pv.ii.1#20; Pv.ii.12#1)
adjective
in kule antimagandhina Ja.iv.34 (expl. by sabbapacchimaka) and gandhana in kula-gandhana Iti.64 see under kula˚.
adjective proud, arrogant Ja.ii.340 (˚bhāva = issariya); Ja.iii.264 (˚sabhāva = dittasabhāva); Sum. V. on DN.iii.153 (= avamata).
Vedic garbha, either to *gelbh, as in Lat. galba, Goth. kalbo, Ohg. kalba, E. calf, or *gṷe bh, as in Gr.δελφύς womb, αδελφός sharing the womb, brother δέλφας young pig; cp. *gelt in Goth. kilpei womb. Ags cild, Ger. kind, E. child. Meaning: a cavity, a hollow or, seen from its outside, a swelling
neuter a cavern Snp.416 (giri˚); Vv.63#5 (giri˚).
Derivation uncertain. Cp. Sk. gahvara
adjective feminine pregnant, enceinte Vin.ii.268; SN.iii.202; Ja.i.151, Ja.i.290; Ja.iv.37; Pv.i.6#6; Pv-a.31, Pv-a.82: Vv-a.110 (-bhāva); in combination g˚ pāyamānā purisantaragatā (pregnant, lactating & having had sex. intercourse AN.i.295 = AN.ii.206 = MN.i.77, MN.i.238, MN.i.307, MN.i.342 = Pp.55; with utunī anutunī (menstruating & having ceased to menstruate) AN.iii.226 sq.
adjective gerundive to gam
(and gamiya Ja.i.87) adjective going away, setting out for a journey (opp. āgantuka coming back) appl. to bhikkhus only: Vin.i.292 (˚ bhatta food for outgoing bh.); Vin.ii.170 (āgantuka˚), Vin.ii.211, Vin.ii.265; Vin.v.196; Ja.vi.333 (āgantuka˚). See also under abhisankhāra. Cp. Avs.i.87; Divy.50.
adjective being on a “gati,” only at Snp.587 in “aññe pi passe gamine yathākamm’ ûpage nare.”
to make go, to send, to set into motion, to cause to go Iti.115 (anabhāvaṃ to destroy) see under gacchati.
caus. of gacchati
Vedic gambhīra & gabhīra
feminine depth Dhp-a.i.92.
abstr. fr. prec.
adjective of or belonging to the village, common, pagan (cp. Fr. villain), always combined with hīna, low & pagan Vin.i.10 and ≈ (anta standard of life); AN.iii.325 (dassana, view); DN.iii.130 (sukhallikânuyoga, hedonist) Sdhp.254. Cp. pothujjanika
fr. gāma. Vedic gramya
adjective to be taken, to be seized, as nt, the grip, in gayhūpaga (adj.) for being taken up, for common use Snp-a.283
■ (nt.) that which comes into one’s grasp, movable property, acquisition of property Dhp-a.ii.29; Dhp-a.iii.119; Pv-a.4. As gayhūpakaṃ at Ja.iv.219.
grd. of gayhati; Vedic grāhya
adjective = gayha one who is to be taken (prisoner), in ˚niyyamāna id. SN.i.143 = Ja.iii.361 (expl. as karamaragāhaṃ gahetvā niyyamāna; cp. karamara).
to get seized, to be taken (see gaṇhāti); p.pres. gayhamāna being caught Dhp-a.iii.175 (˚ka)
grd gayha.
Pass. to gaṇhāti
adjective finding fault with, rebuking; in paṭhavī˚ āpa˚, etc., combined w. paṭhavī-jigucchaka, etc. (disgusted w. the great elements) MN.i.327.
neuter reproof Vv-a.16, as f. -ṇā at Vism.29.
to reproach, to blame, scold, censure, find fault with: agarahiyam mā garahittha “do not blame the blameless” SN.i.240; DN.i.161 (tapaṃ to reject, disapprove of); DN.iii.92, DN.iii.93 (aor. garahi, grd. garahitabba); Snp.313, Snp.665; Mil.222 (+ jigucchanti); Pv-a.125, Pv-a.126; Sdhp.382
pp garahita blameworthy Dhp.30 (pamādo); Snp.313; Ja.v.453; Mil.288 (dasa puggalā g.). agarahita blameless faultless Pv-a.89 (= anindita, Pv-a.131)
■ See also gārayha & cp. vi˚.
Vedic garhati Dhtp.340 nindāyaṃ
feminine blame, reproach DN.i.135 “stating an example,” see DN-a.i.296; DN.iii.92, DN.iii.93; Snp.141; Ja.i.10 (garahapaṭicchādanabhāva preventing all occasion for finding fault); Ja.i.132 (garaha-bhaya-bhīta for fear of blame), Ja.i.135 (garahatthe as a blame); Ne.184.
adjective blaming, censuring Snp.660 (ariya˚), Snp.778 (atta˚), Snp.913 (anatta˚); Mil.380 (pāpa˚).
Vedic guru; Gr. βαρύς, Lat. gravis & brutus, Goth. kaurus
somewhat heavy.
from garu
neuter the fact of being honoured or considered worthy of esteem, honourableness AN.v.164 sq.
Name of a mythical bird, a harpy Pts.ii.196 = Cnd.235, Cnd.3 q.; Vism.206; Vv-a.9 (= supaṇṇa) Dhp-a.i.144.
Derivation uncertain. Sk. garuḍa, Lat. volucer winged, volo to fly
the throat Ja.i.216, Ja.i.264 Ja.iii.26; Ja.iv.494; Ja.i.194 (a dewlap); Pv-a.11, Pv-a.104.
Note.- gala with many other words containing a guttural + liquid element belongs to the onomatopoetic roots k̥l g̥l (k̥r g̥r), usually reduplicated (iterative), the main applications of which are the following:
These three categories are not always kept clearly separate, so that often a palatal group shifts into the sphere of a guttural one & vice versa.
The formation of k̊l gI̊ roots is by no means an extinct process nor is it restricted to any special branch of a linguistic; family, as examples show. The main roots of Idg origin are the foll. which are all represented in Pāli (the categories are marked acc. to the foregoing scheme 1, 2A, 2B, 3): kal (2A): κλάζω, clango, Goth. hlahjan laugh; kār (2 A): κ ̈ηρυς, Sk. kāru (cp. P. kitti) cārmen; kel (2 A): κέλαδος, calo (cp. P. kandati) Ohg. hellan; ker (2 Aa): καρκαίρω, κόρκορος = querquedula = kakkara (partridge); kol (2 B): cuculus kokila (a) kolāhala and halāhala (b) kor (2 Ba) cornix (cp. P. kāka), corvus = crow = raven; Sk. krośati P. koñca; gṷel (1)Lat. gula, glutio, δέλεαρ; gṷer (1) βόρος, βιβρώσκω, Lat. voro, Sk. girati, Ohg querka; (3) βάραχρον (whirlpool) Sk. gargara: gel (1) Sk. gilati, Ohg. kela- gal (2 A): gallus (a) gloria (b); gar (2 Ab): γ ̈ηρυς, garrulus, Ohg. kara: gel (2 A) ξελιδών (a) hirrio (to whine), Ohg. gellan (b): ger (1) γαργαρίζω (gargle) Sk. gharghara (gurgling) (2 Aa) γέρανος = crane, Ger. krähen, Lat. gracillo (cackle); (2 Ba) Ohg. kerran (grunt), Sk. gṛṇāti (sing) (2 Ab) Sk. jarate (rustle); gur (2 Ba): γρύζω = grundio grunt; Lat. gurgulio; Sk. ghurghura.
With special reference to Pāli formations the foll list shows a few sound roots which are further discussed in the Dictionary s. v. Closely connected with Idg. k̊l gI̊ is the Pāli cerebral ṭ, tḥ, ḷ, ṇ, so that roots with these sounds have to be classed in a mutual relation with the liquids. In most cases graphic representation varies between both (cp. gala & gaḷa)-; kil (kiṇ) (2 Ab): kikī (cp. Sk. kṛka˚), kilikilāyati & kinkiṇāyati (tinkle) kili (click), kinkaṇika (bell); kur (2 B): ākurati to hawk to be hoarse; khaṭ; (1) khaṭakhaṭa (hawking) kākacchati (snore); (2 Aa) kukkuṭa (cock); gal (1) gala (throat) uggilati (vomit); (2 Ab) galati (trickle): (2 Ba Pk. galagajjiya (roar) & guluguliya (bellow); (2 Bb gaḷagaḷāyati (roar); gar (2 A); gaggara (roar & cackle cp. Sk. gargara to 3); (2 B); gaggarāyati (roar); (3) gaggaraka (whirlpool); ghar (1) Sk. gharghara (gurgling) (2 Ab) gharati (trickle), Sk. ghargharikā (bell); (2 Bb ghurughurāyati (grunt)
■ See also kakaca, kanka kankaṇa, cakora (cankora), cakkavaka, jagghati, ciṭiciṭāyati taṭataṭayati, timingala, papphāsa.
*gel to devour, to swallow = Lat. gula, Ohg. kela, cp. Sk. gala jalukā, and *gṷel, as Gr. δέλεαρ, cp. also Sk. girati, gilati Dhtp.262 gives as meaning of gal “adana.” This root gal also occurs at Vism.410 in fanciful def. of “puggala”; the meaning here is not exactly sure (to cry, shout?)
neuter throat Ja.iii.481; Ja.iv.251.
gaḷāgaḷaṃ gacchati to go from drop to drop, i.e. from fall to fall, w. ref. to the gatis Ja.v.453 (expl. by apāyaṃ gacchati).
same as gala, see note on prec.
to roar, to crash, to thunder; deve gaḷagaḷāyate (loc. abs.) in a thunderstorm, usually as deve vassante deve g˚; amidst rain and heavy thunder DN.ii.132; SN.i.106; AN.v.114 sq (gala˚); Thag.189; Mil.116 (gaganaṃ ravati galag˚) Kp-a.163 (mahāmegha)
■ Gangā galagalantī the roaring Gangā Mil.122 (cp. halāhalasadda ibid.).
= gaggarāyati, see note on gala
(and galati) [Sk. galati, cp. Ohg. quellan to well up, to flow out; see note on gala and cp. also jala water
to drip, to drop, in assukāni g. to shed tears Snp.691.
denom. to gaḷa in sense of gaḷati 1
rough, in a˚ smooth Ja.v.203, Ja.v.206 (+ mudu & akakkasa); Ja.vi.64.
feminine Name of a shrub (Cocculus cordifolius); in gaḷocilatā Dhp-a.iii.110; a creeper. Cp. pūtilatā.
base of the N. go, a bull, cow, used in compounds See gāv˚, go.
-akkha a kind of window Mhvs.9. Mhvs.15, Mhvs.17; -āghātana slaughtering of cows Vin.i.182
■ âssa cows & horses Vin.v.350; DN.i.5~; Snp.769; -caṇḍa fierce towards cows Pp.47; -pāna milky rice pudding Ja.i.33-(˚m)pati “lord of cows,” a bull Snp.26, Snp.27 (usabha).
furnished with netting (?) (Hardy in Index) Vv-a.276, of a carriage (= suvaṇṇajālavitata).
see gavaya.
(and gavaja) a species of ox, the gayal Ja.v.406. (˚ja = khagga) Mil.149; Dhs-a.331.
Sk. gavaya, cp. gavala, buffalo
a tree-like creeper, in -pphala the fruit of a g. Snp.239 (= rukkhavalliphala Snp-a).
adjective from next looking for, seeking Ja.i.176 (kāraṇa˚); Ja.ii.3 (aguṇa˚).
to seek, to search for, to wish for, strive after Dhp.146 (gavessatha), Dhp.153; Thag.183; Cnd.2, Cnd.70, Cnd.427; Ja.i.4, Ja.i.61; Mil.326; Pv-a.187, Pv-a.202 (aor. gavesi = vicini); Bdhd 53 In Nd ii.always in combination esati gavesati pariyesati.
gava + esati. Vedic gaveṣate. Origin. to search after cows. Dhtp.298 = maggana tracking
search for Pv-a.185.
adjective seeking, looking for, striving after (usually -˚) DN.i.95 (tāṇa˚, etc.); Dhp.99 (kāma˚), Dhp.245 (suci˚), Dhp.355 (pāra˚); Cnd.503 (in expl. of mahesi, with esin pariyesin); Bdhd 59.
at Dhs-a.324 is to be corrected into dassetuṃ.
a house, usually in compounds (see below). Ja.iii.396 (= the layman’s life; Com. geha).
see under gaṇhāti
“seizer,” seizing, grasping, a demon, any being or object having a hold upon man. So at SN.i.208 where Sānu is “seized by an epileptic fit (see note in K.S. i.267, 268). Used of dosa (anger) Dhp.251 (exemplified at Dhp-a.iii.362 by ajagara˚ the grip of a boa, kumbhīla˚ of a crocodile yakkha˚ of a demon). sagaha having crocodiles, full of e. (of the ocean) (+ sarakkhasa) Iti.57. Cp. gahaṇa & saṃ˚.
Sk. graha, gaṇhāti, q.v. for etym.
adjective seizing, taking; acquiring; (n.) seizure, grasp, hold, acquisition Vism.114 (in detail) usually -˚: nāma˚-divase on the day on which a child gets its name (lit. acquiring a name) Ja.i.199, Ja.i.262 arahatta˚ Dhp-a.i.8; dussa˚ Dhp-a.ii.87; maccha˚ Ja.iv.139; hattha˚ Ja.i.294; byanjana˚-lakkhaṇa Ne.27 gahaṇatthāya in order to get… Ja.i.279; Ja.ii.352. amhākaṃ g˚ sugahaṇaṃ we have a tight grip Ja.i.222, Ja.i.223.
fr. gaṇhāti
feminine the “seizer,” a supposed organ of the body dealing with digestion and gestation. Sama-vepākiniyā g˚ iyā samannāgata “endowed with good digestion” DN.ii.177 = DN.iii.166. Same phrase at Avs.i.168, Avs.i.172. Cp. Vedic graha. B. Psy. 59, 67.
Gahaṇika in phrase saṃsuddha -gahaṇika coming from a clean womb, of pure descent, in the enum. of the indispensable good qualities of a brahmin or a noble DN.i.113, DN.i.115, DN.i.137 (gahaṇī expl. as kucchi DN-a.i.281) AN.i.163, AN.iii.154, AN.iii.223; Snp.p.115. Ja.i.2; duṭṭha-gahaṇika having a bad digestion Vin.i.206.
Sk. gahana, cp. also ghana
the possessor of a house, the head of the household pater familias (freq. + seṭṭhi).
■ See next.
gaha + pati. Vedic gṛhapati, where pati is still felt in its original meaning of “lord,” “master, implying dignity, power & auspiciousness. Cp. Sk dampati = dominus = δεσπότης; and pati in P. senāpati commander-in-chief, Sk. jāspati householder, Lat hospes, Obulg. gospoda = potestas, Goth. brūp-faps bride-groom, hunda-faps = senāpati. See details under pati.
adjective noun belonging to the rank or grade of a householder, a member of the gentry, a man of private means (see gahapati) DN.i.61 (expl. as gehassa pati ekageha-matte jeṭṭhaka DN-a.i.171); Cnd.342; Pv-a.39 Often in combination w. khattiya & brāhmaṇa: AN.i.66; DN.iii.44, DN.iii.46, DN.iii.61; & often in contrast to brāhmaṇa only brāhmaṇa-gahapatika Brahmins & Privates (priests laymen, Rh.D.; Buddh. S. p. 258) MN.i.400; AN.i.110, Iti.111; Ja.i.83, Ja.i.152, Ja.i.267; Pv-a.22
■ paṇṇika g˚ “owner of a house of leaves” as nickname of a fruiterer Ja.iii.21; of an ascetic Ja.iv.446.
(and gahīta Dhp.311) adjective seized. taken, grasped DN.i.16; DN-a.i.107 (= ādinna, pavattita) Ja.i.61; Ja.iv.2; Pv-a.43 (variant reading for text gaṇhita)
■ nt a grasp, grip Dhp-a.iii.175
■ gahitakaṃ karoti to accept Vv-a.260. -duggahīta (always ˚gahīta) hard to grasp MN.i.132 sq.; AN.ii.147, AN.ii.168; AN.iii.178; Dhp.311; Ja.vi.307 sq.; sugahita (sic) easy to get Ja.i.222.
pp. of gaṇhāti
= gāthā, in ekaṃ me gāhi gāthakaṃ “sing to me only one little verse” Ja.iii.507.
demin. of gāthā
feminine a verse, stanza, line of poetry, usually referring to an Anuṭṭhubbaṃ or a Tuṭṭhubbaṃ, & called a catuppādā gāthā, a stanza (śloka) of four half-lines AN.ii.178; Ja.iv.395 Def. as akkhara-padaniya-mita-ganthita-vacanaṃ at Kp-a.117. For a riddle on the word see SN.i.38. As a style of composition it is one of the nine Angas or divisions of the Canon (see navanga Satthu sāsana). Pl gāthā Snp.429; Ja.ii.160; gāthāyo Vin.i.5, Vin.i.349; DN.ii.157 gāthāya ajjhābhāsati to address with a verse Vin.i.36 Vin.i.38; Kp v. intr
■ gāthāhi anumodati to thank with (these) lines Vin.i.222, Vin.i.230, Vin.i.246, Vin.i.294, etc
■ gāthāyo gīyamāna uttering the lines Vin.i.38
■ anantaragāthā the foll. stanza Ja.iv.142; Snp.251; Ja.i.280; Dhp.102 (˚sataṃ).
Vedic gāthā, on dern see gāyate
depth; a hole, a dugout AN.ii.107 = Pp.43 (cp. Pp-a 225); Sdhp.394 (˚ṃ khaṇati). Cp. gāḷha2.
Sk. gāḷha pp. of gāh, see gāhati
adj. passable, fordable in a˚ unfathomable, deep Pv-a.77 (= gambhīra). nt. a ford, a firm stand, firm ground, a safe place: gambhīre ˚ṃ vindati AN.v.202. ˚ṃ esati to seek the terra firma SN.i.127; similarly: ˚ṃ labhati to gain firm footing SN.i.47; ˚ṃ ajjhagā SN.iv.206; ˚ṃ labhate Ja.vi.440 (= patiṭṭhā). Cp. o˚, paṭi˚.
Sk. gāḷha firm Dhtp.167 “paṭiṭṭhāyaṃ” cp. also Sk. gādha, fordable & see gāḷha1
to stand fast, to be on firm ground, to have a firm footing: āpo ca paṭhavī ca tejo vāyo na gādhati “the four elements have no footing DN.i.223 = SN.i.15
■ Dhamma-Vinaye gādhati “to stand fast in the Doctrine & Discipline” SN.iii.59 sq.
v. der. fr. gādha2
a collection of houses, a hamlet (cp. Ger. gemeinde), a habitable place (opp. arañña: gāme vā yadi vâraññe Snp.119), a parish or village having boundaries & distinct from the surrounding country (gāmo ca gāmupacāro ca Vin.i.109 Vin.i.110; Vin.iii.46). In size varying, but usually small distinguished from nigama, a market-town. It is the smallest in the list of settlements making up a “state (raṭṭhaṃ). See definition & description at Vin.iii.46 Vin.iii.200. It is the source of support for the bhikkhus, and the phrase gāmaṃ piṇḍāya carati “to visit the parish for alms” is extremely frequent.
■ See also dvāra˚; paccanta˚ bīja˚; bhūta˚; mātu˚.
-anta the neighbourhood of a village, its border, the village itself, in ˚nāyaka leading to the village AN.iii.189 ˚vihārin (= āraññaka) living near aN v. MN.i.31, MN.i.473; AN.iii.391 (w. nemantanika and gahapati-cīvara -dhara)- Snp.710; -antara the (interior of the) village, only in t. t. gāmantaraṃ gacchati to go into the v. Vin.ii.300 & in; ˚kappa the “village-trip-licence” (Vin. Texts iii.398) ib. Vin.ii.294, Vin.ii.300; cp. Vin.iv.64, Vin.iv.65; Vin.v.210; -ūpacāra the outskirts of a village. Vin.i.109, Vin.i.110; defined at Vin.iii.46 Vin.iii.200; -kathā village-talk, gossip about v
■ affairs. Included in the list of foolish talks (+ nigama˚, nagara˚ janapada˚) DN.i.7 (see expln at DN-a.i.90); Snp.922. See kathā; -kamma that which is to be done to, or in a village, in ˚ṃ karoti to make a place habitable Ja.i.199 -kūṭa “the village-fraud,” a sycophant SN.ii.258; Ja.iv.177 (= kūṭavedin); -goṇā (pl.) the village cattle Ja.i.194; -ghāta those who sack villages, a marauder dacoit (of corā thieves) DN.i.135; SN.ii.188; -ghātaka (corā = ˚ghāta SN.iv.173; Mil.20; Vism.484; nt. village plundering Ja.i.200. -jana the people of the v. Mil.47-ṭṭhāna in purāṇa˚ a ruined village Ja.ii.102; -dārakā (pl.) the youngsters of the v. Ja.iii.275; f. -dārikā the girls of the v. Pv-a.67; -dvaya, in ˚vāsika living in (these) two vs. Pv-a.77; -dvāra the v. gates, the entrance to the v. Vin.iii.52; Ja.ii.110, Ja.ii.301; cp. Pv-a.67-dhamma doings with women-folk (cp. mātugāma), vile conduct DN.i.4≈(+ methuna) AN.i.211; Ja.ii.180 (= vasaladhamma); Vv-a.11; DN-a.i.72 (= gāma-vāsīnaṃ dhamma?); -poddava (variant reading kāmapudava) a shampooer (? Vin. Texts iii.66; Bdhgh explains: kāmapudavā ti chavi-rāga-maṇḍanânuyuttā nāgarikamanussā gāmaṃ podavā ti pi pādho es’ ev’ attho, Vin.ii.315; Vin.ii.105; -bhojaka the village headman Ja.i.199; Dhp-a.i.69; -majjhe in the midst of the v. Ja.i.199 Ja.vi.332; -vara an excellent v. SN.i.97; Ja.i.138; -vāsin the inhabitant of aN v. Ja.ii.110; Ja.v.107; DN-a.i.72; -saññā the thought of aN v. MN.iii.104; -samīpe near aN v. Ja.i.254 -sahassa a thousand parishes (80,000 under the rule of King Bimbisāra) Vin.i.179; -sāmanta in the neighbourhood of aN v., near aN v. DN.i.101; (+ mgama˚) -sīmā the boundary of the parish Vin.i.110 (+ nigama˚) -sūkara a village pig Ja.iii.393.
Vedic grāma, heap, collection, parish; *grem to comprise; Lat. gremium; Ags. crammian (E. cram) Obulg. gramada (village community) Ohg. chram; cp *ger in Gr. ἀγειρω, ἀγορά, Lat, grex.
= gāmaṇi SN.i.61; AN.iii.76 (pūga˚).
masculine the head of a company, a chief, a village headman Vin.ii.296 (Maṇicūḷaka). Title of the G. Saṃyutta (Book VIII. of the Saḷāyatana-Vagga) SN.iv.305 sq.; & of the Gāmaṇī Jātaka Ja.i.136, Ja.i.137
■ SN.iv.306 (Talapuṭa naṭa˚), SN.iv.308 (yodhājīvo g.), SN.iv.310 (hatthāroho g.), SN.iv.312 (Asibandhakaputta), SN.iv.330 (Rāsiya).
“the round of the ox,” like the oxen driven round & round the threshing-floor Thag.1143
■ Cp gomaṇḍala (s.v. go).
to gāma
adjective f. ˚iṇī, in composition ˚gāmi˚
from gacchati, gam
adjective belonging to a village in sa˚; of the same v., a clansman SN.i.36 = SN.i.60 (+ sakhā).
a singer Pv-a.3 (naṭaka˚).
fr. next
to sing, to recite, often comb w. naccati to dance; ppr. gāyanto, gāyamāna & gīyamāna (Vin.i.38); imper. gāhi (Ja.iii.507); fut. gāyissati grd. gāyitabba. Vin.ii.108 (dhammaṃ), Vin.ii.196 (gāthaṃ) Snp.682 (g˚ ca vādayanti ca); Ja.i.290 (gītaṃ); Ja.iii.507 (naccitvā gāyitvā); Vism.121 (aor. gāyi); Pv-a.151 Cp. gāthā, gīta, geyya.
Vedic gai, gāyate
neuter singing Vv-a.315 (naccana +).
adjective contemptible, low Vin.iii.186; Vin.iv.176 sq.; Vin.iv.242; Vin.v.149; MN.i.403; AN.ii.241 (kammaṃ pādaṃ gārayhaṃ mosallaṃ); Snp.141; Ne.52; Snp-a.192. a˚; not to be blamed Ja.vi.200 (spelt aggarayha).
grd. of garahati
masculine & neuter [cp. Sk. gaurava, fr. garu] reverence, respect, esteem; with loc. respect for reverence towards; in the set of six venerable objects Buddhe [Satthari], Dhamme, Sanghe, sikkhāya, appamāde paṭisanthāre Vin.v.92 = DN.iii.244. As 7 gāravā (the 6 + samānhi) in adj. a˚; and sa˚; at AN.iv.84 (see below) DN.iii.284; Snp.265; Vism.464 (atta˚ & para˚). Expld Kp-a.144 by garubhāvo; often in combination with bahumāna Pv-a.135 (= pūjā), sañjāta-g˚-bahumāna (adj. Pv-a.50; Vv-a.205. Instr. gāravena out of respect respectfully DN.ii.155; Ja.i.465. applied to the terms of address bhante & bhaddante Pv-a.33, Pv-a.121, & āyasmā (see cpd. ˚adhivacana)
■ agārava (m. nt.) disrespect Vin.v.92 (six: as above); Ja.i.217; Pv-a.54
■ As adj. in sagārava and agārava full of reverence toward (with loc.) & disrespectful; DN.iii.244 (six g.); AN.iv.84 (seven) MN.i.469; combined with appatissa & sappatissa (obedient AN.iii.7 sq., AN.iii.14 sq., AN.iii.247, AN.iii.340. Also in tibba-gārava full of keen respect (Satthu-garu Dhamma-garu Sanghe ca tibba-gārava, etc.) AN.iii.331 = AN.iv.28 sq.
later
reverence, respect, in Satthu˚, Dhamma˚, etc. AN.iii.330 sq., AN.iii.423 sq.; AN.iv.29 (ottappa˚).
Der. fr. gārava
adjective
cp. Sk. gāḍha
feminine gen. sg. gāviyā (Pp.56 = AN.ii.207); nom. pl. gāviyo (Snp-a.323; Vv-a.308); gen. pl. gāvīnaṃ Dhp-a.i.396; Snp-a.323; Vv-a.308)
■ A cow Vin.i.193; AN.iv.418; Ja.i.50; Ud.8, Ud.49; Vism.525 (in simile) Dhp-a.ii.35; Vv-a.200.
see go
neuter a linear measure, a quarter of a yojana = 80 usabhas, a little less than two miles, a league Ja.i.57, Ja.i.59; Ja.ii.209 Vism.118; Dhp-a.i.396.
cp. Vedic gavyūti pasture land, district
adjective reaching a gāvuta in extent DN-a.i.284.
see go.
fr. gaṇhāti
adjective f. gāhikā holding (-˚) chatta˚ Snp.688; Dāvs ii.119; katacchu˚ Pv-a.135; cāmarī˚ Ja.vi.218 Cp. saṃ˚.
to immerse, to penetrate, to plunge into: see gādha & gāḷha; cp also avagadha ajjhogāhati, ogāhati, pagāhati.
Sk. gāhate but Dhtp.349 = viloḷana
neuter submersion, see avagahana, avagāhati & avagāhana.
fr. last
in ekaṃsa-gāhavatī nibbici kicchā “doubtlessness consisting in certainty” Vv-a.85 in explained of ekaṃsika.
one who is made to take up, a receiver Vin.ii.177 (patta˚).
fr. gāhāpeti
to cause to take; to cause to be seized or fetched; to remove. Aor, gāhāpesi Ja.i.53; Ja.ii.37; gāhāpayi Pv.iv.1#42
ger gāhāpetvā Ja.i.166; Ja.ii.127; Ja.iii.281; Dhp-a.i.62 (patta-cīvaraṃ) With double acc. mahājanaṃ kathaṃ g˚ made people believe your words Ja.ii.416; cetake kasā g. made the servants seize their whips Ja.iii.281. Cp. gaṇhāpeti.
caus. of gaṇhāti
Imper. pres. of gāyati Ja.iii.507.
(-˚) = gahin, see anta˚.
adjective (-˚) grasping, taking up, striving after, ādhāna˚ DN.iii.247; udaka˚ Ja.i.5; piya˚ Dhp.209; nimitta˚ anubyañjana˚ etc.
to understand, to account for DN-a.i.117.
v. denom. fr. gāha
(variant reading BB kinkamaka) a sort of ornament Ja.vi.590.
Vedic gṛdhra, cp. gijjhati
to desire, to long for, to wish: pp. gaddha & giddha. Cp. abhi˚, pali˚.; pp. (Pass.) gijjhita Thig.152 (= paccāsiṃsita Thag-a).
Sk. gṛdhyati, to Lat. gradior?
feminine a brick, in -āvasatha a house of bricks, as N pl. “the Brick Hall” DN.i.91; Vin.i.232; MN.i.205.
adjective greedy; greedy for, hankering after (with loc.) SN.i.74 (+ kāmesu mucchita); SN.ii.227; AN.ii.2; AN.iii.68; Snp.243 (rasesu), Snp.774 (kāmesu); Snp.809; Pv.iv.6#2 (sukhe); Pv-a.3 (+ rata (= gadhita), Pv-a.271 (āhāre = hungry; cp. giddhin). In series with similar terms of desire; giddha gathita (or gadhita) mucchita ajjhopanna Cnd.369 (nissita); Snp-a.286. Cp. gathita
■ agiddha without greed, desireless controlled Iti.92 (+ vītagedha); Snp.210 (do), Snp.845 Cp. pa˚.
pp. of gijjhati
feminine greed, usually in compounds: ˚māna greed & conceit Snp.328; -lobha g. desire MN.i.360, MN.i.362 (also a˚ and giddhilobhin); Ja.v.343 Der. giddhikatā (f. abstr. = Sk. gṛdhnutā) greed Vb.351 (variant reading gedhi˚).
cp. Sk. gṛdhyā or gṛdhnutā
adj. from preceding greedy, usually -˚ greedy for, desirous after Pv.iv.10#7 (āhāra˚) f. giddhinī: gāvī vaccha Vin.i.193; SN.iv.181. Cp. also paligedhin.
adjective from giddhi greedy, full of greed Ja.v.464 (rasa˚).
(poet.) fire AN.iii.347 (mahāgini); Snp.18 Snp.19 (āhito → nibbuto: made → extinguished); Ja.iv.26. Note. The occurrence of two phonetic representatives of one Vedic form (one by diaeresis & one by contraction is common in words containing a liquid or nasal element (l. r. n; cp. note on gala), e.g. supina & soppa (Sk svapna), abhikkhaṇa and abhiṇha (abhīkṣṇa), silesuma & semha (śleṣman) gaḷagaḷa & gaggara (gargara), etc.
Vedic agni; this the aphetic form, arisen in a combination like mahāgni = mahā-gini, as against the usual assimilation aggi
(sg.) heat, in special application to the atmosphere: hot part (of the day or year), hot season, summer; a summer month. Always used in loc. as a designation of time.
(pl.) gimhā the hot months, the season of summer, in -naṃ pacchime māse, in the last month of summer MN.i.79; SN.iii.141; SN.v.50, SN.v.321; Vv.79#5 (= āsāḷhimāse Vv-a.307).
Vedic grīṣma
adjective noun of summer, summerly, the summer season AN.iv.138 (+ hemanta & vassa); Snp.233 (gimhānamāse); Vv-a.40 (variant reading). On terms for seasons in gen. cp. Mil trsl. ii.113.
orig. gen. pl. of gimhā = gimhānaṃ, fr. combination gimhāna(ṃ) māse, in a month of summer
(adj. fr. gimha) summerly, relating to the summer, for the summer Vin.i.15; DN.ii.21 (+ vassika & hemantika).
utterance (orig. song, important utterance still felt as such in older Pāli, therefore mostly poetical), speech, words DN.iii.174; Snp.350, Snp.632, Snp.690 Snp.1132; Dhp.408; Thig.316, Thig.402; Vv.50#18 (= vācā Vv-a) Dhs.637, Dhs.720; Dhs-a.93; DN-a.i.61 (aṭṭhangupetaṃ giraṃ) Ja.ii.134.
Vedic gir & gēr, song; gṛṇāti to praise, announce gūrti praise = Lat. grates “grace”; to *ger or *gṷer, see note on gala
a mountain; as a rule only in cpds, by itself (poetical) only at Vism.206 (in enumn of the 7 large mountains).
Vedic giri, Obulg. gora mountain
(pl.) in dhamma˚ & brahma˚, a name of certain theatrical entertainers Mil.191.
to swallow to devour: mā Rāhu gilī caraṃ antalikkhe SN.i.51 = Vv-a.116; mā gilī lohagulaṃ Dhp.371
■ Ja.iii.338; Mil.106
pp gilita: gilitabaḷisa having swallowed the hook SN.iv.159. Cp. ud˚, o˚, pari˚
caus gilāpeti to make swallow Ja.iii.338.
Vedic girati & gilati Dhtp.488: adane; cp. gala throat, Ohg. kela, E. gullet; see note on gala
neuter devouring, swallowing Mil.101.
fr. gilati
adjective sick ill Vin.i.51, Vin.i.53, Vin.i.61, Vin.i.92, Vin.i.142 sq., Vin.i.176, Vin.i.302 sq.; Vin.ii.165 Vin.ii.227 sq.; Vin.iv.88, etc.; SN.v.80, SN.v.81 (bāḷha˚ very ill); AN.i.120 = Pp.27; AN.iii.38, AN.iii.143 sq.; AN.iv.333; AN.v.72 sq. Ja.i.150; Ja.ii.395; Ja.iii.392; Pv-a.14; Vv-a.76.
-ālaya pretence of illness Ja.vi.262. -upaṭṭhāka (f
■ ī) one who attends to the sick Vin.i.92, Vin.i.121 sq. Vin.i.142 sq.; Vin.i.161, Vin.i.303, AN.i.26; AN.iii.143 sq.; -˚bhatta food for the attendant or nurse Vin.i.292 sq.; -upaṭṭhāna tending or nursing the sick DN.iii.191; -paccaya support or help for the sick Pv-a.144; usually with ˚bhesajja medicine for the sick in freq. formula of cīvarapiṇḍapāta˚ (the requisites of the bhikkhu): see cīvara; -pucchaka one who asks (i.e. enquires after) the sick Vin.iv.88 = Vin.iv.115 Vin.iv.118; -bhatta food for the sick Vin.i.142 sq.; Vin.i.292 sq. Vin.i.303; Vism.66. -bhesajja medicine Vin.i.292 sq. -sālā a hall for the sick, hospital SN.iv.210; AN.iii.142 Vism.259.
Sk. glāna, glā to fade, wither, be exhausted, explained suitably by “hāsa-kkhaya” at Dhtp.439
adjective
see āgilāyati.
only in agiha (adj.) houseless, homeless (= pabbajita, a Wanderer); poet. for anagāra Snp.456 Snp.464, Snp.487, Snp.497.
= gaha
adjective noun a householder, one who leads a domestic life, a layman (opp. pabbajita & paribbājaka). Geu. sg. gihissa (DN.iii.147, DN.iii.167) & gihino (DN.iii.174); n. pl. gihī; in compounds gihī˚ & gihi˚; (usually the latter). gihī agāraṃ ajjhāvasantā AN.i.49; gihī odātavasanā (clad in white robes as distinguished fr. kasāva-vasanā the yellowrobed i.e. bhikkhus) DN.i.211; DN.iii.117, DN.iii.124, DN.iii.210; MN.i.340; MN.iii.261; AN.i.74
■ Contrasted with pabbajitā AN.i.69; DN.iii.147, DN.iii.167, DN.iii.179. gihī dhaññena dhanena vaḍḍhati DN.iii.165
■ Other passages in general SN.ii.120, SN.ii.269; SN.iii.11; SN.iv.180, SN.iv.300 sq.; AN.ii.65; AN.ii.69 (kāmabhogī); AN.iv.438 (do.); DN.iii.124 (do.); AN.iii.211 (sambodhiparāyano); AN.iv.345 sq.; DN.iii.167 sq.; DN.iii.171 sq.; DN.iii.176 DN.iii.192; Snp.220, Snp.221, Snp.404; Dhp.74; Mil.19, Mil.264; Dhp-a.i.16 (gihīniyāma); Sdhp.376, Sdhp.426; Pv-a.13 (gihīkālato paṭṭhāya from the time of our laymanship); Dhp-a.ii.49 (id.).
fr. gaha, cp. gaha & geha; Sk. gṛhin
pp. of gāyati
neuter & gītikā (f.) a little song Ja.iii.507.
feminine the neck Snp.609; Ja.i.74 (˚ṃ pasāreti to stretch forth), Ja.i.167 (pasārita˚), Ja.i.207, Ja.i.222, Ja.i.265; Ja.iii.52; Vv-a.27 (mayūra˚), Vv-a.157; DN-a.i.296 (˚āya kuṇḍa-daṇḍaka-bandhana, as exhibition punishment): similarly in the sense of “life” (hinting at decapitation) Ja.ii.300 (˚ṃ karissāmi “I shall go for his neck”); Ja.iv.431 = Ja.v.23
■ Syn. kaṇṭha the primary meaning of which is neck, whereas gīvā orig. throat.
Sk. grīvā, to *gṷer to swallow, as signifying throat: see note on gala for etym.
neuter necklace, an ornament for the neck (orig. “something belonging to the neck,” cp. necklet, bracelet, etc.) Vin.i.287; AN.i.254 sq (= Vism.247, where gīveyya only); AN.i.257; AN.iii.16; Ja.iv.395 (gīveyya only); Ja.v.297; Ja.vi.590; Vv-a.104.
cp. Sk. graiveyaka
a kind of perfume Ja.vi.537.
?
in jigucchati (Des. of gup = Sk. jugupsate) to detest, see s. v.
feminine a plant (Abrus precatorius); the redness of its berries is referred to in similes; Dhp-a.iv.133 (˚vaṇṇāni akkhīni). See also jiñjuka.
Non-Aryan?
a ball, a cluster, a chain (?), in anta˚ the intestines; MN.i.185, Kp.11, cp. Kp-a.57 for expln
■ mālāguṇa a garland or chain (cluster of flowers Dhp.53 (but ˚guḷa at Ja.i.73, Ja.i.74). See guḷa3.
for which often guḷa with common substitution of ḷ for ṇ, partly due to dissimilation, as mālāguḷa → mālāguṇa; cp. Sk. guṇikā tumour: guḷa and gaḷa veḷu: veṇu, and note on gala
a woodworm Ja.iii.431 (˚pāṇaka).
Derivation unknown. Cp. Sk. ghuna
adjective having a knot at the end, thickened at the top (with ref. to kāyabandha, see guṇa 1a) Vin.ii.136, cp. Vin. Texts ii.143.
to guḷa1, cp. guḷika?
adjective possessed of good qualities, virtuous Pv.ii.9#71 (= jhān’ ādiguṇa-yutta); Pv-a.62 (mahā˚).
to guṇa1
feminine a kind of armour Ja.vi.449 (g. vuccate kavacaṃ C.); see Kern, Toevoegselen p. 132.
of adj. guṇin, having guṇas or guḷas, i.e. strings or knots
(in meaning = guṇṭhita) one who is covered with or wrapped up in, only in ahi˚; a snake-trainer (like a Laocoon). See details under ahi or Ja.ii.267; Ja.iii.348 (text ˚guṇḍika); Ja.iv.308 (ahi-kuṇḍika, variant reading SS guṇṭhika), Ja.iv.456 (text ˚guṇṭika; variant reading BB ˚kuṇḍika). Also in guḷā-guṇṭhika (q.v.).
covered over (?), see pāli˚.
to cover to veil, to hide; pp. guṇṭhita in paṃsu˚ covered with dust Pv.ii.3#5 (in Hardy’s conjecture for kuṇṭhita, q.v.) Also in cpd. paliguṇṭhita obstructed, entangled Snp.131 (mohena) where variant reading BB kuṇṭhita. Cp. o˚.
cp. Sk. guṇṭhayati Dhtp (563) & Dhtm (793) give both roots; guṇṭh & guṇḍ as syn. of veṭh
see guṇṭhika.
Sk. gupta, pp. of gup in med. pass. sense, cp. gopeti
feminine protection, defence, guard; watchfulness
Vedic gupti
a guardian, one who keeps watch over, in nagara˚; the town-watchman, the chief-constable Pv-a.4; Mil.345.
fr. last
see ogumpheti.
■ Acc. gumbaṃ (adv.) thickly, in masses balled together Mil.117 (of clouds).
Sk. gulma, *glem to *gel, to be thick, to conglomerate, cp. Lat. glomus (ball), globus, etc. See guḷa
adjective one of the troop (of soldiers) Vin.i.345.
fr. gumba
ger. of guh = Vedic guhya
adjective noun venerable, reverend, a teacher Vv-a.229, Vv-a.230 (˚dakkhiṇā a teacher’s fee); Pv-a.3 (˚janā venerable persons) Sdhp.227 (˚ûpadesa), Sdhp.417.
a younger form of garu (q.v.); Sk. guru
to make into a ball, to conglomerate. Cp Sk. glauḥ ball; Gr. γλουτός; Ohg. chliuwa; Ger. kugel kloss; E. clot, cleat; also *gel with same meaning Sk. gulma tumour, gilāyu glandular swelling; cp. Lat glomus, globus; Ger. klamm; E. clamp, clump. A root guḷ is given by Dhtp.576,77 in meaning of “mokkha” a ball, in compounds sutta˚ a ball of string (= Ohg. chliuwa DN.i.54 = ; MN.iii.95; Pv-a.145; ayo˚ an iron globe Dhp.308; DN-a.i.84; loha˚ of copper Dhp.371; sela˚ a rockball i.e. a heavy stone-ball Ja.i.147.
Sk. guḍa and gulī ball, guṭikā pill, guṇikā tumour; to *gleu.
sugar, molasses Vin.i.210, Vin.i.224 sq., Vin.i.245
■ saguḷa sugared, sweet, or “with molasses Ja.vi.324 (saguḷāni, i.e. saguḷa-pūve pancakes).
-āsava sugar-juice Vv-a.73. -odaka s
■ water Vin.i.226. -karaṇa a sugar factory ibid. Vin.i.210. -pūvaka sweet cake Mhvs.10–Mhvs.13 -phāṇita molasses Vv-a.179.
Non-Aryan?
a cluster, a chain (?), in maṇi˚; a cluster of jewels, always in simile with ref. to sparkling eyes “maniguḷa-sadisāni akkhīni” Ja.i.149; Ja.iii.126, Ja.iii.184 (variant reading BB ˚guḷika); Ja.iv.256 (variant reading id.); mālā˚; a cluster, a chain of flowers, a garland Ja.i.73, Ja.i.54; puppha˚; id. Dhp.172 Dhp.233.
for guṇa2, due to distance dissimilation in maṇiguṇa and mālāguṇa → maṇigula and mālāgula; cp similarly in meaning and form Ohg. chliuwa → Ger knäuel
feminine a swelling, pimple, pustule, blight, in cpd. guḷā-guṇṭhika-jāta DN.ii.55, which is also to be read at AN.ii.211 (in spite of Morris, prelim. remarks to AN.ii.4 whose trsln. is otherwise correct) = guḷā-gunṭḥita covered with swellings (i.e. blight); cp. similar expression at Dhp-a.iii.297 gaṇḍāgaṇḍa (-jāta) “having become covered all over with pustules (i.e. rash).” All readings at corresp. passages are to be corrected accordingly, viz. SN.ii.92 (guḷigandhika˚); SN.iv.158 (guṇaguṇika˚); the reading at Dpvs.xii.32, also variant reading SS at AN.ii.211, is as quoted above and the whole phrase runs: tantākulajātā guḷāguṇṭhikajātā “entangled like a ball of string and covered with blight.”
to guḷa1
adjective like a chain, or having a chain, (nt. & f.) a cluster, a chain in maṇi a string of jewels, a pearl necklace Ja.iii.184 (variant reading BB for ˚guḷa); Ja.iv.256; Vism.285 (+ muttā-guḷikā).
to guḷa3 = guṇa, cp. also guṇaka
feminine a little ball SN.v.462 (satta-kolaṭṭhi-mattiyo guḷikā, pl.) Thig.498 (kolaṭṭhimatta g˚ balls of the size of a jujube) cp. Thag-a.289.
to guḷa1; cp. Sk. guṭikā pill, guṇikā tumour
(f. abstr. to gūhati) hiding, concealing, keeping secret Vb.358 (+ pariguhanā). Also as gūhanā, q.v.
feminine a hiding place, a cave, cavern (cp kandara & see giriguhā); fig. the heart (in ˚āsaya) According to Bdhgh. (on Vin.i.58, see Vin. Texts i.174 “a hut of bricks, or in a rock, or of wood.” Vin.i.58 Vin.i.96, Vin.i.107, Vin.i.239, Vin.i.284; Vin.ii.146; Vin.iii.155; Vin.iv.48 (cp. sattapaṇṇi-guhā); Snp.772, Snp.958; Ja.ii.418; Ja.vi.574; Vv.50#16.
Vedic guhā, guh, gūhati to hide (q.v.) Dhtp.337: saṃvaraṇa
(-˚) going, having gone (through), being skilled or perfected in. See addha˚, anta˚ chanda˚, dhamma˚, paṭṭha˚, pāra, veda˚.
fr. gam, cp. ˚ga
excrements, faeces, dung. As food for Petas frequently mentioned in Pv; (cp. Stede, Peta Vatthu 24 sq.), as a decoction of dung also used for medicinal purposes (Vin.i.206 e.g.). Often combination with mutta (urine): Pv.i.9#1; Pv-a.45, Pv-a.78; DN-a.i.198.
Sk. gūtha; probably to Lat. bubino, see Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v.
“a sort of gūtha,” excretion, secretion, rheum, in akkhi˚; and kaṇṇa˚; (of eye & ear) Snp.197 (cp. Snp-a.248; Vism.345 sq.). Gulha & gulhaka;
adjective hidden, secret Vin.ii.98 (gūḷha-ko salākagāho).
pp. of gūhati
to hide, to conceal. See paṭi˚, pari˚
caus gūhayati Sdhp.189 (gūhayaṃ ppr.). Cp. gūḷha.
Sk. gūhati, pp. gūḍha; see guyha, guhā, etc.
neuter hiding, concealment Sdhp.65 (laddhi˚-citta).
feminine = gūhanā (q.v.) Pp.19. Cp. pari˚.
abstr. fr. gūhati
a ball for playing. The SS spelling is in all places bheṇḍuka, which has been taken into the text by the editors of J. and Dhs-a. The misspelling is due to a misreading of Singhalese bh → g; cp. spelling parābhetvā for parāgetvā
■ bheṇḍukena kīḷi Ja.iv.30 bhūmiyaṃ pahata-bheṇḍuka (striking against the ground) Ja.iv.30; Vism.143 (pahaṭa-citra˚) = Dhs-a.116 (where wrongly pahaṭṭha-citta-bheṇḍuka); Ja.v.196 (citra-bh˚); Dhp-a.iii.364.
greed. Its connection with craving and worldly attachment is often referred to. Kāmesu g˚ SN.i.73; Snp.152; AN.iii.312 sq. (gedho pañcann’ etaṃ kāmaguṇānaṃ adhivacanaṃ). gedhataṇhā SN.i.15 (variant reading kodha˚); Snp.65, Snp.945, Snp.1098; Thig.352 Cnd.231; Dhs.1059 (under lobha), Dhs.1136; Ne.18; Dhp-a.i.366; Pv-a.107. -agedhatā freedom from greed Mil.276
■ See also gedhi & paligedha.
Vedic gṛdhyā, cp. gijjhati
a cave AN.i.154 = AN.iii.128 (the latter passage has rodha, cp. variant reading under gedhi).
= geha? Kern
greed, desire, jealousy, envy: gedhiṃ karoti (c. loc.) to be desirous after MN.i.330 -gedhikata in ˚citta (adj.) jealous, envious, ibid. As gedhikatā (f.) vanity, greed, conceit Cnd.585 (variant reading rodhigatā).
Sk. gṛdhi, cp. gedha
greedy, in gedhita-mano greedyminded Pv.ii.8#2; as nt. greed, in der. gedhifatta (syn of gedhikatā) Cnd.585.
pp. of gijjhati
neuter a certain style of Buddhist literature consisting of mixed prose & verse It is only found in the ster. enum of the Scriptures in their ninefold division, beginning suttaṃ geyyaṃ veyyākaraṇaṃ See under; navaṅga.
grd. of gāyati, Sk. geya
neuter & gerukā (f.) yellow ochre (Bdhgh suvaṇṇa˚ cp. Sk. kañcana˚ & svarṇa˚), red chalk used as colouring Vin.i.203; Vin.ii.151; AN.i.210; Mil.133 (˚cuṇṇa). Freq. in -parikamma a coating of red chalk, red colouring Vin.ii.117, Vin.ii.151, Vin.ii.172; ˚parikammakata “coated with red colouring” Vin.i.48 Vin.ii.218.
Sk. gairika
neuter sickness, illness DN.ii.99; AN.i.219; AN.iii.298; AN.iv.333 sq.; Vism.321, Vism.466, Vism.478.
n-abstr. fr. gilāna
neuter a dwelling, hut, house the household Ja.i.145, Ja.i.266, Ja.i.290; Ja.ii.18, Ja.ii.103, Ja.ii.110, Ja.ii.155 Ja.vi.367; Vism.593; Pv-a.22, Pv-a.62, Pv-a.73, Pv-a.82; fig. of kāya (body) Thag.184 = Dhp.154
■ applied to a cowshed at Mil.396.
Sk. geha = gṛha, to gṛh, gaṇhāti; cp. gaha, gihin, ghara; see also gedha2
(m., f.) a cow, an ox, bull, pl. cattle. For f. cp gāvī; see also gava˚ for cpds
■ Sg. nom. go (Snp.580 also in composition, cp. aja-go-mahisādi Pv-a.80 = pasū) gen. gavassa (MN.i.429); instr. gavena, gāvena; acc gavaṃ, gāvan; abl. gavamhā, gavā (DN.i.201 = AN.ii.95 Pp.69); loc. gavamhi, gāvimhi (Snp-a.323), gave (Snp.310)
■ Pl. nom. gāvo (DN.i.141; MN.i.225; AN.i.205 AN.ii.42 sq.; Snp.20, Snp.296, Snp.307; Ja.i.295); gen. gonaṃ AN.ii.75 (cp. Vedic gonām), gavaṃ (Ja.iv.172, cp. gavaṃ pati) gunnaṃ (AN.i.229, AN.ii.75; AN.v.271; Ja.i.194; Ja.iii.112; Ja.iv.223) instr. gohi (Snp.33); acc. gāvo (MN.i.225; AN.i.205; Snp.304; Dhp.19, Dhp.135); abl. gohi; loc. gosu, gavesu
■ See also gava, gavesati, goṇa.
-˚kusala (adj.) skilled in (finding proper) food; clever in right living-˚ behaving properly in, exercising properly MN.i.220 = AN.v.347 (of a cowherd driving out his cattle); SN.iii.266 sq. (samādhi˚); AN.iii.311 (do.), AN.v.352 sq. (w. ref. to cattāro satipaṭṭhānā); -˚gahaṇa the taking of food, feeding Ja.i.242 -˚gāma a village for the supply of food (for the bhikkhus) Pv-a.12, Pv-a.42; -˚ṭṭhāna pasturage Ja.iii.52; -˚pasuta intent on feeding Ja.iii.26; -˚bhūmi pasturage, a common Dhp-a.iii.60; -˚visaya (the sphere of) an object of sense SN.v.218; Vb.319; -caraṇa pasturing Ja.vi.335; -ṭṭha (nt.) [Sk. goṣṭha to sthā to stand; cp. Lat. stabulum stable; super-stes; Goth. awistr] a cow-stable, cow-pen MN.i.79; Ja.iv.223; -pa [Sk. gopa, cp. gopati] a cowherd herdsman Snp.18; Dhp.19; Ja.iv.364 (a robber); Vism.166 (in simile); Dhp-a.157, f. gopī Snp.22, Snp.32; -pakhuma (adj.) having eyelashes like a heifer DN.ii.18; DN.iii.144 DN.iii.167 sq.; Vv-a.162, Vv-a.279 (= āḷārapamha); -pada a cow’s footprint, a puddle AN.iii.188; AN.iv.102; Mil.287; also -padaka AN.iii.188 variant reading; DN-a.i.283; -pariṇāyaka leader of the cows, epithet of a bull (gopitā +) MN.i.220, MN.i.225; -pāla a cowherd (usually as ˚ka) Dhp.135; -pālaka = prec. Vin.i.152, Vin.i.243 sq.; MN.i.79, MN.i.115 sq., MN.i.220 = AN.v.347; MN.i.333; SN.iv.181; AN.i.205 (-˚uposatha); Mil.18, Mil.48; Vism.279 (in comparison); Dhp-a.iii.59; -pitā “father (protector of the cows” = gavaṃ pati, epithet of a bull MN.i.220 (+ ˚pariṇāyaka); -pī f. of gopa, q.v.; -pura (nt.) [Sk. gopura] the gate of a city Ja.vi.433; Mil.1, Mil.67, Mil.330; Bdhd 138; -balivadda in ˚nayena; in the expression gobalivadda (black-cattle-bull) i.e. by an accumulation of words Vv-a.258; -bhatta cows’ fodder Ja.iv.67; -maṇḍala ox-beat, ox-round, Cp.iii.15#1 (as gā˚), quoted Ja.i.47 (cp. assa-m˚); Snp-a.39; also in phrase ˚paribbūḷha Snp.301 (explained by Snp-a.320 as goyūthehi parikiṇṇa) Ja.vi.27; at MN.i.79 however it means the cowherds or peasants (see note MN.i.536: gopāladārakā or gāmadārakā to variant reading gāmaṇḍala) cp. gāmaṇḍala; -maya (m. nt. cowdung MN.i.79; AN.i.209, AN.i.295; AN.v.234, AN.v.250, AN.v.263 sq. Ne.23; Dhp-a.i.377. -˚pāṇaka a coprophagan, dor beetle Ja.ii.156; -˚piṇda a lump of cowdung Ja.i.242 -˚bhakkha eating cowdung DN.i.166≈; -māyu a jackal Pgdp.49; -mutta (and ˚ka) a precious stone of light red colour Vv-a iii; Dhs-a.151; -medaka = gomuttaka Vv-a.111.; -medha a cow sacrifice, in ˚yañña Snp-a.323 -yūtha a herd of cows Snp-a.322; Dhp-a.i.323; -rakkhā (f.) cow-keeping, tending cattle, usually combined with kasī, agriculturing MN.i.85; Pv.i.5#6; Ja.i.338; Ja.ii.128; given as a superior profession (ukkaṭṭha-kamma) Vin.iv.6 -ravaka the bellowing of a cow MN.i.225; -rasa (usually pl.) produce of the cow, enumerated in set of five, viz khīra, dadhi, takka, navanīta, sappi (milk, cream buttermilk, butter, ghee) Vin.i.244; Dhp-a.i.158, Dhp-a.i.323 Dhp-a.i.397; Vv-a.147; Snp-a.322; -rūpa (collect.) cattle Ja.i.194 Ja.iv.173; Mil.396 (bull); -lakkhaṇa fortune telling from cows DN.i.9≈; -vaccha (khīra˚ & takka˚) Vism.28; -vatika [Sk. govratin] one who lives after the mode of cows, of bovine practices MN.i.387; Ne.99 (cp. govata Dhs-a.355, and Dhs. trsl. p. 261); -vikattana (and ˚vikantana; Sk. vikṛntana) a butcher’s knife MN.i.244 MN.i.449; AN.iii.380 Sdhp.381 (vikatta only); -vittaka one whose wealth is cattle Ja.i.191; -vinda the supt. of cowherds AN.iii.373; -sappi ghee from cow’s milk Vin.iii.251; Dhs-a.320; -sālā cow-stable AN.i.188; -siṅga a cow’s horn Vism.254. -sita mixed with milk Vv-a.179 -sīla = govatika Dhs-a.355; -sīsa (nt.) an excellent kind of sandal wood Pv-a.215 (cp. Sp. Avs.i.67, Avs.i.68, Avs.i.109) -hanuka the jaw bone of a cow, in -ena koṭṭāpeti (koṭṭh˚ J) to massage with a cow’s jaw bone Vin.ii.266; Ja.iv.188; Ja.v.303.
Vedic go, Lat. bos, Gr. βοϋς, Ohg. chuo, Ags. cū = E. cow
(goṭavisa Text) variant reading Ja.vi.225, part of a boat, the poop (expl. ib. p. Ja.vi.226 by nāvāya pacchimabandho).
a medicinal seed Vin.i.201.
Sk. gotravṛkṣa? Kern
an ox, a bullock SN.iv.195 sq.; Ja.i.194 Ja.iv.67; Pv.i.8#2; Pv-a.39, Pv-a.40; Vv-a.63 (for ploughing) DN-a.i.163; Dhp-a.iii.60. -sira wild ox Ja.vi.538(= araññagoṇaka).
The Sanskrit goṇa, according to B. R., is derived from the Pali
= goṇaka2, in -santhata (of a pallanka), covered with a woollen rug Vv.81#8; Pv.iii.1#17; (text saṇṭhita variant reading BB goṇakatthata, cp. next).
a kind of ox, a wild bull Ja.vi.538 (arañña˚).
goṇa1
a woollen cover with long fleece (DN-a.i.86: dīghalomako mahākojavo; caturangulādhikāni kira tassa lomāni) DN.i.7≈; SN.iii.144; Ja.v.506; Pv.ii.12#8 Thig.378 (+ tūlika); Thag-a.253 (= dīgha-lomakāḷakojava). -atthata spread w. a goṇaka-cover AN.i.137 AN.iii.50 = AN.iv.394; cp. AN.iv.94, AN.iv.231 (always of a pallaṅka) See also goṇa2.
Sk. BSk. goṇika, cp. Pischel, Beitr. iii.236; also spelled gonaka
an ox-stall Vin.i.240; cp. Vin. Texts ii.121. As gonisādi Vin.iii.46.
neuter ancestry, lineage. There is no word in English for gotta. It includes all those descended, or supposed to be descended, from a common ancestor. A gotta name is always distinguished from the personal name, the name drawn from place of origin or residence, or from occupation, and lastly from the nick-name. It probably means agnate rather than cognate. About a score of gotta names are known They are all assigned to the Buddha’s time. See also Rh. D. Dialogues i.27, 195 sq
■ jāti gotta lakkhaṇa Snp.1004; gotta salakkhaṇa Snp.1018; Ādiccā nāma gottena, Sākiyā nāma jātiyā Snp.423; jāti gotta kula Ja.ii.3; jātiyā gottena bhogena sadisa “equal in rank lineage & wealth” Dhp-a.ii.218
■ evaṃ-gotta (adj. belonging to such & such an ancestry MN.i.429; MN.ii.20, MN.ii.33 kathaṃ˚ of what lineage, or: what is your family name DN.i.92; nānā˚ (pl.) of various families Pv.ii.9#16
■ With nāma (name & lineage, or nomen et cognomen): nāmagottaṃ Vin.i.93; Vin.ii.239; DN.i.92 (expl. at DN-a.i.257 paññatti-vasena nāmaṃ paveṇi-vasena gottaṃ: the name for recognition, the surname for lineage); Snp.648; Vv.84#45 (with nāma & nāmadheyya; expl. at Vv-a.348 Vv-a.349: nāmadheyya, as Tisso, Phusso, etc.; gotta, as Bhaggavo Bhāradvājo, etc.)
■ gottena by the ancestral name: Vin.i.93; DN.ii.154; Snp.1019; Dhp.393; gottato same Ja.i.56. Examples: Ambaṭṭha Kaṇhāyana-gottena DN.i.92; Vipassī Koṇḍañño g˚; Kakusandho Kassapo g˚ Bhagavā Gotamo g˚ DN.ii.3; Nāgito Kassapo g˚ DN-a.i.310 Vasudevo Kaṇho g˚ Pv-a.94.
Vedic gotra, to go
f. gottī protectress Ja.v.329.
n. ag. to gopeti = Sk. goptṛ
“become of the lineage”; a technical term used from the end of the Nikāya period to designate one, whether layman or bhikkhu, who, as converted, was no longer of the worldlings (puthujjanā), but of the Ariyas, having Nibbāna as his aim. It occurs in a supplementary Sutta in the Majjhima (MN.iii.256), and in another found in two versions, at the end of the Anguttara (AN.iv.373 and AN.v.23). Defined at Pp.12, Pp.13 & Vism.138 amplified at Pts.i.66–Pts.i.68, frequent in P (Tika-p. 154 sq. 165, 324 etc.), mentioned at Vv-a.155. On the use of gotrabhū in medieval psychology see Aung, in Compendium 66–68. Compare the use of upanissaya at Ja.i.235-˚ñāṇa, Pp-a.184; Vism.673. Ā˚ Vism.683.
a kind of bird Ja.vi.358.
(f., adj.) being able to be paired (of a young cow), or being with calf (?) Snp.26.
feminine iguana, a large kind of lizard Vin.i.215–Vin.i.16 (˚mukha); DN.i.9≈(˚lakkhaṇa, cp. DN-a.i.94); Ja.ii.118; Ja.iii.52; Ja.iii.538; Dhp-a.iii.420. As godha (m.) at Ja.v.489. Dimin. golikā at Ja.ii.147.
Sk. godhā
feminine string of a lute Ja.vi.580 (cp. RV. 8, 58, 9).
wheat (usually mentioned with yava, spelt) Mil.267; DN-a.i.163; Snp-a.323. See dhañña.
a guardian, watchman DN-a.i.148; cp. khetta˚.
feminine protecting, protection, care, watchfulness (cp. gutti) Pp.24 (+ gutti) Dhs.1347; Mil.8, Mil.243.
feminine a beam supporting the framework of a roof, shaped Λ; fig. of old people, bent by age (see ˚vanka) Vin.iii.65, Vin.iii.81; SN.ii.263; SN.iii.156; SN.v.43, SN.v.228; MN.i.80; AN.i.261; AN.iii.364; AN.v.21; Vism.320; Dhp-a.ii.190; Vv-a.188.
adjective protected, guarded, watched (lit. & fig.) Ja.vi.367; Mil.345; Snp-a.116 (˚indriya guttindriya); Sdhp.398.
pp. of gopeti
to watch, guard, pot. gopetha Dhp.315
pp gopita (q.v.).
Sk. gopayati, gup; cp. gutta, gottā
the ankle Vin.iv.112; AN.iv.102; Ja.v.472; Dhp-a.ii.80, Dhp-a.ii.214; Snp-a.ii.230.
Dem. of goppha = Sk. gulpha
an owner of cows SN.i.6 = Snp.33, Snp.34.
Sk. gomin
see godhā1.
adjective like a cluster; in phrase massuṃ golomikaṃ kārāpeti “to have the beard trimmed into a ball-or cluster-shape Vin.ii.134. Bdhgh’s expln “like a goat’s beard” (cp Vin. Texts iii.138) is based on pop. etym. go + loma ika “cow-hair-like,” the discrepancy being that go does not mean goat.
inverted diaeretic form fr. Sk. gulma = P. gumba: viz. *golmika → *golmika → golomika
a ball Thag-a.255 (kīḷā˚).
adjective suffix to ghan killing, destroying, see hanati
■ iṇagha at Snp.246 is variant reading SS for iṇaghāta. Cp. paṭi & see also ghana2 & ghāta.
to rub, crush, grind, SN.ii.238; Ja.i.190 (= ghasituṃ? to next?) Ja.i.216; Ja.vi.331
caus ghaṃsāpeti to rub against, to allow to be rubbed or crushed Vin.ii.266. Cp. upani˚, pari˚, & pahaṃsati1. Pass. ghaṃsīyati (ghaṃsiyati) to rub (intr.), to be rubbed Vin.i.204; Vin.ii.112.
Sk. gharṣati, *ghṛṣ to *gher to rub or grind, cp. Gr. ξέραδος, ξερμάς, ξρίω, enlarged in Lat. frendo Ags. grindan to grind
to be pleased, to rejoice Ja.iv.56 (variant reading ghasati). Cp. pahaṃsati2.
= haṃsati for Sk. haṛsati, see haṃsati
rubbing, in pāda-gh ˚ī a towel for rubbing the feet Vin.ii.130.
in go˚, cow-hide (?) see go.
feminine destruction (usually -˚) DN.iii.67 (mūla˚); Ja.i.176 (sakuṇa˚).
fr. hanati, han and ghan
a hollow vessel, a bowl, vase, pitcher. Used for holding water, as well as for other purposes, which are given under pānīya˚ paribhojana vacca˚ at Vin.i.157 = Vin.i.352 = MN.i.207. In the Vinaya freq. combined with kolamba, also a deep vessel: Vin.i.209 Vin.i.213, Vin.i.225, Vin.i.286
■ As water-pitcher: Ja.i.52, Ja.i.93 (puṇṇa˚) Ja.i.166; Vv-a.118, Vv-a.207, Vv-a.244 (˚satena nhāto viya); Pv-a.66 (udaka˚), Pv-a.179 (pānīya˚), Pv-a.282
■ In general: SN.iv.196 For holding a light (in formula antoghaṭe padīpo viya upanissayo pajjalati) Ja.i.235 (cp. kuṭa), Pv-a.38. Used as a drum Ja.vi.277 (= kumbhathūna); as bhadda Sdhp.319, Sdhp.329.
Non-Aryan?
masculine & feminine multitude, heap, crowd, dense mass, i.e. thicket, cluster. itthi˚ a crowd of women Ja.iv.316 maccha˚ a swarm of fish Ja.ii.227; vana˚ dense forest Ja.ii.385; Ja.iv.56; Ja.v.502; Ja.vi.11, Ja.vi.519, Ja.vi.564; brahma company of brahmins Ja.vi.99.
Sk. ghaṭā; conn. with ganthati to bind together
Dem. of prec.
to apply oneself to, to exert oneself to strive; usually in formula uṭṭhahati gh˚ vāyamati MN.i.86; SN.i.267 (yamati for vāy˚); Pp.51; or yuñjati gh˚ vāy˚ Ja.iv.131
■ Sdhp.426, Sdhp.450.
Sk. ghaṭate, to granth, cp. ganthati. The Dhtp gives two roots ghaṭ; of which one is explained by “ghāṭane” (No. 554), the other by “īhāyaṃ,” i.e. from exertion (No. 98)
see Ghaṭṭana.
feminine a small bowl, used for begging alms Thig.422 (= Thag-a.269: bhikkhā-kapāla).
to ghaṭa1
feminine
to ghaṭa2, orig. meaning “knot,” cp. gantha & gaṇṭhi, also; gaṇḍa
connected, combined Vism.192.
pp. of ghaṭeti
feminine a jar Dhp-a.i.426. In compounds also ghaṭi˚.
to ghaṭa1
Pass. of ghaṭeti
to join, to connect, to unite Ja.i.139; freq. in anusandhiṃ ghaṭetvā adding the connection (between one rebirth & another) Ja.i.220, Ja.i.308.
Denom. fr. ghaṭa2, cp. gantheti
see araghaṭṭa; meaning “rubbed, knocked against” in phrase ghaṭṭa-pāda-tala Snp-a.582 (for ugghaṭṭha) also at Vin.iv.46 in def. of vehāsa-kuṭī (a cell or hut with air, i.e., spacious, airy) as majjhimassa purisassa a-sīsa-ghaṭṭā “so that a man of medium height does not knock his head (against the ceiling)”; of uncertain meaning (“beating”?) at Ja.i.454 (variant reading for T. ghota).
neuter
Sk. ghaṭana, to granth, cp. gantha
to strike, beat, knock against, touch; fig. to offend, mock, object to.
pass ghaṭīyati (q.v.)
■ Cp. āsajja and ugghāṭeti.
Sk. ghaṭṭayati
feminine a small bell (cp. kinkanikā) Ja.iv.215; Vv-a.36, Vv-a.37, Vv-a.279 (khuddaka˚). As ghaṇṭī at Vism.181.
neuter clarified butter Vv-a.326; Mil.41; Sdhp.201 (-bindu) With ref. to the sacrificial fire (fire as eating ghee, or being sprinkled w. ghee) ghatāsana; Ja.i.472; Ja.v.64, Ja.v.446; Pv.i.8#5 (ghatasitta).
Vedic ghṛta, ghṛ; to sprinkle, moisten
Vedic ghana, cp. Gr. εὐχηνής?
a club, a stick, a hammer; in ayo˚ an iron club Vv-a.20. Also coll. term for a musical instrument played by striking, as cymbal, tambourine etc. Vv-a.37.
Vedic ghana to hanti (ghanti, cp. ghātayati), *gṷhen “strike,” cp. Gr. χείνω, φόνος, Lat. of-fendo Ags. gud, Ohg. gundea
a class of devas (cloud-gods?) Mil.191.
to ghana1 in meaning of “cloud” (Sk.)
heat; hot season, summer. Either in loc. ghamme Ja.iv.172 (= gimha-kāle); Pv.iv.5#3 ghammani (“in summer” or “by the heat”) SN.i.143; Ja.iii.360 (sampareta overcome by heat); Snp.353; Ja.iv.239; Ja.v.3
■ Or. in cpd. with -abhitatta (ghammâbhitatta, overpowered by heat) MN.i.74; DN.ii.266; AN.iii.187 sq.; Snp.1014 (cp. Snp.353 ghammatatta); Mil.318; Vv-a.40; Pv-a.114.
Vedic gharma = Gr. χερμός, Lat. formus, Ohg. etc. warm; to *gṷher “warm,” cp. Sk. ghṛṇoti, hara Gr. χέρος, etc.
(nt.; pl. ˚ā Dhp.241, Dhp.302) a house AN.ii.68; Snp.43 (gahaṭṭhā gharaṃ āvasantā), Snp.337 (abl gharā), Snp.889 (id. gharamhā); Ja.i.290 (id. gharato), Ja.iv.2, Ja.iv.364, Ja.iv.492 (ayo˚); Pp.57; Mil.47. combined with vatthu Pv-a.3, Pv-a.17
■ sūcighara a needle-case Vv-a.251.
cp. gaha & geha
(˚-); in -dinnakābādha sickness in consequence of a poisonous drink (expl. as suffering fr. the results of sorcery) Vin.i.206 (cp. Vin. Texts ii.60); -visa poison Pp.48; Dhp-a.ii.38 -sappa a poisonous snake Dhp-a.ii.256.
a drink (cp. gala) & garala poison
feminine a house-wife Vin.i.271; SN.i.201; Pv.iii.1#9 (= ghara-sāminī Pv-a.174); Dhp-a.iii.209.
fr. ghara1
adjective noun eating, an eater; in mahagghasa a big eater AN.v.149 (of the crow); Dhp.325; Mil.288.
to eat Ja.iii.210; ppr. ghasamāna Vin.ii.201; Thag.749
■ Cp ghasa, ghasta & ghāsa. See also jaddhu. Desid jighacchati.
Vedic grasati & *ghasti, pp. grasta, cp. Gr.; γράω to gnaw, γράστις fodder, Lat. gramen grass
only in vanka˚ having eaten or swallowed the hook (cp. grasta-vanka) DN.ii.266 (v-g˚ va ambujo); Ja.vi.113.
pp. of ghasati = Sk. grasta
see saṃ˚; ghāṭana see ghaṭati.
(usually -˚) killing murdering; slaughter, destruction, robbery DN.i.135 (gāma˚, etc. village robbery); setu˚ the pulling down of a bridge (fig.) Vin.i.59, etc. (see setu); pantha highway robbery, brigandage, “waylaying” Ja.i.253. Thig.474, Thig.493 (= samugghāta Com.); Snp.246 (ina˚) Vv-a.72 (pāṇa˚ + pāṇa-vadha & ˚atipāta). Cp. next vi˚; saṃ˚.
Sk. ghāta & ghātana; to han (ghan), strike, kill; see etym. under ghana2 & hanti
adj -˚ murdering, destroying, slaughtering Vin.i.89 (arahanta˚), Vin.i.136 (id.), Vin.i.168 (id.); Vin.ii.194 (manussa˚); Vin.iv.260 (tala˚) Ja.iv.366 (gāma˚ corā robbers infesting the village); Ja.v.397 (thī˚ = itthi˚); Pp.56 (maccha˚)
■ As noun: (m.) one who slays, an executioner: go˚ a bull-slaughterer MN.i.244, etc. (see go) cora˚ an executioner or hangman Ja.iii.41; Pp.56; Pv-a.5
■ (nt.) brigandage, robbery, slaughtering gāmaghātakaṃ karoti Ja.i.200.
(f. abstr. to ghātaka) murder Ja.i.176 sq.
adjective killed, destroyed Thag-a.289; also in Der. ghātitatta (nt.) the fact of having killed Ja.i.167. Cp. ugghātita.
pp. of ghāteti
adjective noun killing; a murderer Ja.i.168 (pāṇa˚); Ja.vi.67 (ghātimhi = ghātake).
adjective able to strike, able to pierce (of a needle), in ghana˚ going through hard material easily Ja.iii.282.
to kill, slay, slaughter Iti.22 (yo na hanti na ghāteti) Dhp.129, Dhp.405; Ja.i.255; Mhvs.vii.35, Mhvs.vii.36
aor aghātayi Ja.i.254; ger. ghātetvā Ja.i.166
caus ghātāpeti to have somebody killed Ja.iv.124
■ Cp. ghacca, ghātita āghāteti.
Denom. fr. ghāta, cp. Sk. ghātayati to han
neuter the nose; usually in its function as organ of smell = sense of smell (either in phrase ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyati: to smell an odour by means of the nose; or in ghana-viññeyyā gandhā odours which are sensed by the nose). In the enum. of the senses gh. is always mentioned in the 3rd place (after cakkhu & sota, eye & ear); see under rūpa. In this connection: Vin.i.34; DN.i.21, DN.i.245 DN.iii.102, DN.iii.244 sq.; SN.i.115; MN.i.112, MN.i.191; MN.ii.42; Dhp.360 Pp.20; Mil.270; Vism.444 sq. (with defn)
■ In other connections: Pv.ii.2#4 (ghāna-chinna, one whose nose is cut off).
Sk. ghrāṇa to ghrā, see ghāyati. On n for ṇ cp. Trenckner, Notes, p. 81
to smell, always with gandhaṃ; ger. ghātvā SN.iv.71, SN.iv.74 or ghāyitvā Ja.i.210 (jālagandhaṃ); Ja.iii.52 (macchagandhaṃ); Mil.347. Cp. sāyati & upagghāyati.
Sk. ghrāti & jighrati, to; ghrā, cp. gandha
to be consumed, to be tormented by thirst Pv.i.11#10 (ghāyire = ghāyanti Pv-a.60 variant reading BB jhāyire & jhāynati) Mil.397.
a variant of jhāyati
grass for fodder, pasturing: food Ja.i.511 (˚ṃ kurute); Pv-a.173 (˚atthāya gacchati “go feeding”) Mostly in: -esana search for food (= gocara) SN.i.141; Snp.711
■ Cp. vi˚-chada (chāda & chādana) food & clothing, i.e. tending, fostering, good care (= posana) (act.) or being well looked after, well provided (pass.); chada: Pp.51 chāda: Ja.i.94; AN.i.107; AN.ii.85; AN.iii.385; chādana DN.i.60; MN.i.360; Vv-a.23, Vv-a.137; -hāraka one who fetches the fodder (food) Thag.910.
Vedic ghāsa, fr. ghasati, q.v. cp. Lat. gramen = grass
neuter = ghāsa; in -ṭṭhāna pasture (= gocara) Vv-a.218.
proclaimed, announced; renowned Ja.i.50 (of festival), Ja.i.425 (nakkhattaṃ); Ja.ii.248 (ussava); Pv.ii.8#2 (dūra˚ of wide renown, world-famed of Bārāṇasī); Dhp-a.iii.100 (chaṇe ghuṭṭhe when the fair was opened).
Sk. ghuṣṭa, pp. ghuṣ, see ghoseti & cp. saṃ˚
onomat. expression of snoring & grunting noise in -passāsa (& ˚in) snoring & breathing heavily, panting, snorting & puffing SN.i.117 (of Māra); Ja.i.160 (of sleeping bhikkhus gh˚ kākacchamānā breathing loud & snoring) Cp. next.
gṛ-gṛ to; *gel or *ger, see note on gala
to snore Ja.iii.538; Dhp-a.i.307. Cp. Prk. ghurughuranti varāhā (grunting hogs) & ghurukkanti vagghā (roaring tigers).
Denom. fr. prec.
a (bad) horse Ja.vi.452.
cp. Sk. ghoṭaka, Halāyudha 2, 281
is read at Ja.i.454, probably for ghaṭṭa; meaning is “striking, stroke,” combined with kasā, whip.
adjective terrible, frightful, awful Vin.ii.147. Freq. as attr. of niraya (syn. with dāruṇa Pv-a.87, Pv-a.159, Pv-a.206) Pv.i.10#12; Pv.iv.1#8. Of an oath (sapatha Pv.i.6#8; Pv.ii.12#16
■ ghorassara of a terrible cry (Ep. of an ass) Mil.363, Mil.365.
Vedic ghora, orig. meaning, wailing, howling, lamenting, to *gher, *ger, see note on gala & cp. ghuru A root; ghur is given by Dhtp.487 in meaning of “bhīma,” i.e. horrible
■ Rel. to Goth. gaurs, sad; Ohg gōrag, miserable; & perhaps Lat. funus, funeral. See Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v.
Vedic ghoṣa to ghus
adjective sounding, proclaiming, shouting out (-˚), in dhamma˚ praising the Law Ja.ii.286; Satthu guṇa sounding the praise of the Master Dhp-a.iii.114. As n Name of a deva (Gh. devaputta) Dhp-a.i.173.
feminine fame, renown, praise, in Māra˚ Ja.i.71.
adjective full of sound, roaring Ja.iii.189.
pp. of ghoseti
to proclaim, announce; cry aloud, wail, shout Ja.ii.112; Ja.iii.52; Pv.ii.9#37 (= uggh˚); Pv.iv.6#3; pp. ghosita & ghuṭṭha (q.v.)
caus ghosāpeti to have proclaimed Ja.i.71.
Denom. of ghosa, cp. Sk. ghoṣayati, caus. to ghuṣ
(indef. enclitic particle)
Vedic ca adv. to rel. pron. *qṷo, idg. *que = Gr. τε, Lat. que, Goth
■ h. Cp. ka ki, ku
adjective disturbed; afraid, timid Dāvs iv.35, Dāvs iv.46.
Sk. cakita, cak
the francolin partridge (Perdix rufa) Ja.v.416; Vv.35#8 Vv-a.163. See also cankora.
Sk. cakora to kol (kor), see note on gala
neuter
-chinna (udaka) (water of a well) the wheel of which is broken Ud.83; -bhañjanin one who destroys a state of welfare & good Ja.v.112 (patirāpadesavāsādino kusala-cakkassa bhañjanī C.); -bheda breaking peace or concord, sowing discord Vin.ii.198; Vin.iii.171; -yuga a pair of wheels Vv.83#2; -ratana the treasure of the wheel that is of the sun (cp. Rh. D. Buddh. Suttas p. 252 Dialogues ii.197, 102) DN.ii.171; DN.iii.59 sq., DN.iii.75; Ja.i.63 Ja.ii.311; DN-a.i.249. See also cakkavattin; -vaṭṭaka (nt. a scoop-wheel (a wheel revolving over a well with a string of earthen pots going down empty & coming up full, after dredger fashion) Vin.ii.122; -vattin (cp dhammacakkaṃ pavatteti above) he who sets rolling the Wheel, a just & faithful king (rājā hoti c. dhammiko dhammarājā cāturanto Snp.p.106, in corresp. pass Snp.1002 as vijeyya pathaviṃ imaṃ adaṇḍena asatthena dhammena-m-anusāsati). A definition is given by Bdhgh. at DN-a.i.249
■ Three sorts of c. are later distinguished: a cakkavāla-c˚ a universal king, or cāturanta-c˚ (ruling over four great continents Snp.p.106 Kp-a.227), a dīpa-c˚ (ruling over one), a padesa-c (ruling over part of one) Usually in phrase rājā cakka vattin: DN.i.88; DN.iii.156; DN.iv.302; DN.v.44, DN.v.99, DN.v.342; DN.ii.16 DN.ii.172; DN.iii.59 sq., DN.iii.75, DN.iii.142 sq.; MN.iii.65; AN.i.76, AN.i.109 sq. AN.ii.37, AN.ii.133, AN.ii.245; AN.iii.147 sq; AN.iii.365; AN.iv.89, AN.iv.105; AN.v.22; Kp.viii.12 (˚sukha); Ja.i.51; Ja.ii.395; Ja.iv.119; Vb.336; Pv-a.117; Vv-a.18; Sdhp.238, Sdhp.453; Dhp-a.ii.135 (˚sirī)-˚gabbha Vism.126: -˚rajjaṃ kāresi Ja.ii.311; -viddha (nt.) a particular form of shooting Ja.v.130; -samārūḷha (adj.) having mounted the wheels, i.e. their carts (of janapadā) AN.i.178; AN.iii.66, AN.iii.104.
Vedic cakra, redupl. formation fr. *quel to turn round (cp. P. kaṇṭha → Lat. collus & see also note on gala) = that which is (continuously) turning, i.e. wheel, or abstr, the shape or periphery of it, i.e. circle; Cakra = Gr. κύκλος, Ags. hveohl, hveol = wheel. The unredupl. form in Sk. carati (versatur), Gr. πέλομαι, πολεύω, πόλος (pole); Lat. colo, incolo; Obulg. kolo wheel, Oisl. hvel
a disc or tuft (?) Vism.255 (kaḷīra˚, where Kp-a.50 reads in same context kaḷīra-daṇḍa).
fr. cakka
feminine drapery Vin.ii.174.
a window blind, curtain Vin.ii.148.
the ruddy goose (Anas Casarca Ja.iii.520; Ja.iv.70 sq. (Name of Ja No. 451); Pv.ii.12#3; Mil.364, Mil.401
■ f. cakkavākī Ja.iii.524; Ja.vi.189 = Ja.vi.501.
Vedic cakravāka, cp. kṛkavāku, to sound root kṛ, see note on gala
masculine & neuter a circle, a sphere, esp. a mythical range of mountains supposed to encircle the world; pl worlds or spheres Ja.i.53, Ja.i.203; Ja.vi.330; Vism.205 (its extent), Vism.207, Vism.367, Vism.421; Dhs-a.297; Dhp-a.ii.15; Dhp-a.iii.498; in the trope “cakkavāḷaṃ atisambādhaṃ brahmaloko atinīco” (= the whole world cannot hold it) to express immensity Dhp-a.i.310; Vv-a.68.
neuter
the eye (nom. sg. cakkhuṃ) Vin.i.34; SN.i.115; MN.iii.134 etc.)
as faculty of perception & apperception; insight, knowledge (cp. veda, ολδα to vid, to see). In connection with ñāṇa (γη ̈ωσις) it refers to the apperception of the truth (see dhamma-cakkhu): intuition and recognition, which means perfect understanding (cp. the use of the phrase jānāti passati “to know and to see” = to understand clearly). See e.g. SN.ii.7–SN.ii.11, SN.ii.105; SN.iv.233; SN.v.179; SN.v.258; SN.v.422 sq. Most frequently as dhamma˚; “the eye of the truth,” said of the attainment of that right knowledge which leads to Arahantship, in phrase virajaṃ vitamalaṃ dh-cakkhuṃ uppajjati Vin.i.16; DN.i.86, DN.i.110; SN.ii.134 sq.; SN.iv.47 SN.iv.107; SN.v.467; AN.iv.186; Pts.ii.150 sq.; Pts.ii.162; Mil.16 Similarly paññā˚, Iti.52; ariya˚ MN.i.510
“clear” sight clairvoyance. This is the gift of favoured beings whose senses are more highly developed than those of others and who through right cognition have acquired the two “eyes” or visionary faculties, termed dibba- cakkhu & buddha- cakkhu Iti.52; DN.ii.38 resp. They are most completely described at Cnd.235 (under cakkhumā), & the foll. categories of the range of application of cakkhu are set forth:
Vedic cakṣuḥ, etym. not clear, as redupl. perhaps to īks, akṣa eye, kṣạṇa moment, or as intens to cit, cp. cinteti, & see Walde, Lat. Wtb. under inquam.
adjective having eyes, seeing (-˚), in dibba˚ AN.i.23. AN.i.148 (see cakkhu iii.2) and a˚ blind DN.i.191; SN.iii.140 Nd.67.
adjective having eyes, being gifted with sight; of clear sight, intuition or wisdom possessing knowledge (cp. samantacakkhu) DN.i.76 (one who knows, i.e. a connoisseur); cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhinti “those who have eyes to see shall see” (of the Buddha) DN.i.85, DN.i.110, etc
■ Vin.i.16; SN.i.27; AN.i.116 AN.i.124; AN.iv.106; Dhp.273; Iti.108, Iti.115; DN-a.i.221; Dhp-a.iii.403; Dhp-a.iv.85
■ Esp. as epithet of the Buddha: the Allwise SN.i.121, SN.i.134, SN.i.159, SN.i.210; Snp.31, Snp.160, Snp.992, Snp.1028, Snp.1116 Snp.1128; Vv.12#5 (= pañcahi cakkhūhi cakkhumā Buddho Bhagavā Vv-a.60, cp. cakkhu iii.); Vv.81#27.
cakkhu + mant
adjective in visama˚ squint-eyed. squinting Ja.i.353; Ja.vi.548.
= cakkhuka
adjective pleasing to or good for the eyes (opp. a˚) Vin.ii.137, Vin.ii.148.
Vedic cakṣuṣya
Sk. cankrama & cankramā, fr. cankamati
to walk about, to walk up & down Vin.i.15 Vin.i.182; Vin.ii.193, Vin.ii.220; Vin.iv.18; SN.i.107, SN.i.212; Pv-a.105
caus cankamāpeti Ja.iii.9.
Intens. of kamati, to kram = Sk. cankramīti; cp. kamati
neuter
fr. cankamati
adjective one who has the habit of walking about Mil.216 (ṭhāna˚ standing & walking).
fr. cankama
the Greek partridge Vv.35#8 (cp. Vv-a.163); Ja.vi.538.
cp. cakora
a hollow vessel, a bowl, cask MN.i.142; Ja.v.186 (in similes). As -ka Mil.365 (trsl. Mil.ii.278 by “straining cloth”). Cp. cañcu “a box” Divy.131.
cp. Tamil canguvaḍa a dhoney, Anglo-Ind. ḍoni, a canoe hollowed from a log, see also doṇi
a casket, a box Ja.i.65; Ja.iv.257; Ja.v.110, Ja.v.303; Ja.vi.369, Ja.vi.534; Dhp-a.ii.116; Dhp-a.iii.101; Vv-a.33 Vv-a.158; Mhvs.iv.106; Anvs p. 35 Vism.173.
cp. cangavāra
neuter a quadrangular place, a square, courtyard; a place where four roads meet, a cross road Vin.iii.151; Vin.iv.271; Mil.1 (+ catukkasinghāṭaka), Mil.330 (do.); Ja.i.425 (˚raccha).
Sk. catvara, cp. Trenckner, Notes, p. 56
adjective giving up, to be given up; in compound duc˚ hard to give up AN.iii.50 Ja.v.8 cp. cāga.
pp catta, q.v
grd caja [Sk. tyajya] q.v.
Sk. tyajate, tyaj = Gr. σο βέω to scare away
adjective moving to & fro, trembling, unsteady Ja.iv.498 (= calācala) Sdhp.317, Sdhp.598.
Intens. of cal = car, to move, with n instead of r in reduplication, cp. Sk. cañcūryate = carcarīti cañcala (= *carcara), Gr. γαργαλιζω & γαγγαλιζω to tickle; see also note on gala & cp. cankamati
adjective clever, skilled Mhbv.148. See catura.
Sk. catura
adjective fierce, violent; quick-tempered, uncontrolled, passionate Vin.ii.194 (hatthī); DN.i.90 (= māṇa-nissita-kopa-yutta DN-a.i.256); SN.i.176; SN.ii.242; AN.ii.109 = Pp.47 (sakagava˚); Ja.i.450; Ja.ii.210, Ja.ii.349 Vism.343, Vism.279 (˚sota, fierce current), (˚hatthi); Dhp-a.iv.9 (goṇa) Dhp-a.iv.104; Sdhp.41, Sdhp.590, Sdhp.598
■ f. caṇḍī MN.i.126; Ja.ii.443; Ja.iii.259; Pv.ii.3#4 (= kodhanā Pv-a.83). Compar. caṇḍatara SN.ii.242
■ In compounds caṇḍi˚, see caṇḍikata & caṇḍitta.
Sk. caṇḍa
adjective = caṇḍa; f. caṇḍikā Pv.ii.3#5, & caṇḍiyā Ja.iii.259 (= kodhaṇā).
a man of a certain low tribe, one of the low classes, an outcaste; grouped with others under nīcā kulā (low born clans) as caṇḍālā nesādā veṇā rathakārā pukkusā at AN.i.107 = AN.ii.85 = Pp.51 As caṇḍāla-pukkusā with the four recognized grades of society (see jāti & khattiya) at AN.i.162
■ Vin.iv.6; MN.ii.152; SN.v.168 sq. (˚vaṃsa); AN.iii.214, AN.iii.228 (brāhmaṇa˚); AN.iv.376; Ja.iv.303; Pv-a.175; Mil.200
■ f caṇḍālī AN.iii.226; Pv.iii.1#13; Dhp-a.ii.25. See also pukkusa.
Vedic caṇḍāla
neuter a kind of amusement or trick DN.i.6≈(= ayogulakīḷā play with an iron ball DN-a.i.84).
adjective angry Vin.iv.310.
cp. caṇḍa
neuter ferocity anger, churlishness Cnd.313, Cnd.576, Dhs.418, Dhs.1060, Dhs.1115 Dhs.1231; Vb.357; Dhp-a.ii.227. Cp. caṇḍitta.
*caṇḍikya, of caṇḍika → caṇḍaka
neuter anger Dhs.418; Pp.18 = Pp.22. Cp. caṇḍikka.
neuter
fr. catu = *catuka → *catukyaṃ
empty, shallow, little Cnd.415 (˚pañña, with omakapañña lāmaka-p˚); Ja.iv.441 (nadī = tuccha Com.).
origin. “consisting only of one quarter”?
ordinal number the fourth Snp.97 Snp.99, Snp.450; Ja.iii.55; Ja.vi.367; ˚ṃ (adv.) for the fourth time Dhp-a.iii.174
■ f. catutthī Snp.436; Vism.338
■ See also (s.v. Aḍḍha) aḍḍhuḍḍha.
Vedic caturtha, Idg. *queturto = Gr. τέτρατος, Lat. quartus, Ohg. fiordo
base of numeral four
-(r)aṃsa (= caturassa, having four edges, four-edged Dhs.617; Pv-a.189 (read ˚sobhitāya); -(r)aṅga (consisting of) four limbs or divisions, fourfold MN.i.77; Ja.i.390; Ja.ii.190, Ja.ii.192; Ja.vi.169 (uposatha, cp. aṭṭhanga) Dpvs.i.6; Sdhp.64; -(r)aṅgika = prec. Dhs.147, Dhs.157, Dhs.397 Kp-a.85; Sdhp.58; -(r)aṅgin (adj.) comprising four parts f. ˚inī, of an army consisting of elephants, chariots cavalry & infantry DN.ii.190; Ja.ii.102, Ja.ii.104; Vism.146; Snp-a.225, Snp-a.353; Dhp-a.iv.144; cp. Ja.vi.275; -(r)aṅgula (adj.) measuring 4 fingers, 4 fingers broad or wide, Vin.i.46; SN.ii.178; Ja.vi.534; Thag.1137; Vism.124. -(r)aṅgulika = prec. Thig.498 (Thag-a.290); -(r)anta see cātur˚; -(r)assa [catur + assa2] four-cornered, quadrangular regular Vin.ii.310 (Bdhgh); Ja.iv.46 (āvāṭa), Ja.iv.492 (sālā); Ja.v.49; Pv.ii.1#19. Cp. caturaṃsa & next; -(r)assara (see last) with 4 sharp sides (of a hammer; ˚muggara Dhp-a.i.126; -(r)ādhiṭṭhāna (adj.) one who has taken the four resolutions (see adhiṭṭhāna) MN.iii.239; -(r)āpassena (adj.) endowed with the four apassena: lit. reclining on four AN.v.29, AN.v.30; DN.iii.269, DN.iii.270; -ussada (catussada) full of four, endowed with 4 things, rich in four attributes Ja.iv.309 (expld. p. Ja.iv.311 as having plenty of people, grain, wood & water); Ja.iv.422 = Ja.iv.461 “with four pillows” (p. Ja.iv.422 has caturassada for caturussada which latter is also to be preferred to catussada, unless this is a haplology). In the same connection occurs satt-ussada (full of people) DN.i.111 e.g. & Pv.iv.1#8 (see satta). The formation “cattussada” has probably been influenced by “sattussada”; -(k)kaṇṇa (& ˚ka (a) with 4 corners Vin.ii.137; Ja.iii.255 (b) “between four ears,” i.e. secret, of manta (counsel) Ja.vi.391 -(k)kama walking with four (feet), quadruped Vv.64#8 Pv.i.11#3; -kuṇḍika on all fours MN.i.79; AN.iii.188; DN.iii.6; Pv.iii.2#7 (cp. Pv-a.181); -koṇa four cornered crossed, in ˚raccha cross road Pv-a.24; -(k)khandha the four khandhas, viz. feeling, perception, synthesis & intellect (see khandha) Dhs-a.345; -(g)guṇa fourfold quadruple DN.ii.135; SN.i.27; Ja.i.213; Vv-a.186; Sdhp.240; -cakka with four wheels SN.i.16 = SN.i.63 (said of the human body, see under cakka); -jāta of four sorts viz. gandha (perfume) having four ingredients Thag-a.72 (see next) -jāti of four kinds Ja.i.265, Ja.v.79; (gandha) These 4 ingredients of perfume are saffron, jasmine Turkish (tarukkha) & Greek incense (yavana); -jātiya (& ˚jātika) in ˚gandha prec. Ja.iii.291; Ja.iv.377; Pv-a.127; Mil.354; Ja.i.178 (˚ka); -(d)disā (pl.) the 4 quarters of the globe SN.i.167 = Snp.p.79; DN.i.251; may also be taken for abl. sg. as adv.: in the 4 quarters Vin.i.16 cp. acc. catuddisaṃ DN.ii.12; -(d)dīpika covering the 4 continents, of megha (a cloud) Dhp-a.ii.95; -dvāra with 4 gates, of a house DN.i.102 (= DN-a.i.270); of Avīciniraya Iti.86; Ja.iv.3; Pv.i.10#13; cp. Catudvāra Jātaka (No. 439; Ja.iv.1 sq.); -nahuta ninety-four Ja.i.25; Ja.vi.486 -paccaya the four requisites (see paccaya) Ja.iii.273 ˚santosa contentment with ˚ Dhp-a.iv.111; -paṇṇasa fifty-four Dhp-a.i.4; -(p)patha a fourways Ja.iv.460; -(p)pada [Sk caturpād, Gr. τετράπους, Lat. quadrupes] a quadruped Vin.ii.110; SN.i.6; AN.v.21; Snp.603, Snp.964; Iti.87; Ja.i.152 Ja.iii.82; -parivaṭṭa (cp. aṭṭha ˚adhideva-ñāṇadassana AN.iv.304) fourfold circle SN.iii.59 sq. (pañcupādānakkhandhe). -parisā (f.) the fourfold assembly, scil. of male & female bhikkhus & upāsakas (cp. parisā) Pv-a.11; -pala fourfold Vism.339. -(p)pādaka (adj.) consisting of 4 padas, i.e. a sloka; f. ˚ikā (gāthā) a complete stanza or sloka Anvs p. 35; -pārisuddhasīla (nt. the four precepts of purity Ja.iii.291; Dhp-a.iv.111- (b)bidha (catur + vidha) fourfold Thag-a, 74; - (b)bipallāsa (catur + vipallāsa) the fourfold change (cp. Ne.85 Thag.1143; Snp-a.46; -byūha (catur + vyūha) arranged in 4 arrays (of hāra) Ne.3, Ne.105; -bhāga the 4th part, a quarter Dhp.108; -bhūmika having 4 stories or stages (of citta or dhamma) Dhp-a.i.21; Dhp-a.iv.72; Dhs-a.344, Dhs-a.345 cp. Vism.493 (of indriya); -madhura (nt.) sweetness (syrup) of 4 (ingredients) DN-a.i.136; Thag-a.68; -mahāpatha a crossing on a high-road Vism.235. -mahābhūtika consisting of the four great elements Dhs-a.403; -(m)mahārājika: see cātum˚; -māsa 4 months, a season Pv-a.96 Dpvs.i.24, Dpvs.i.37 (cā˚); see under māsa; -sacca the four truths or facts (see ariyasacca) Dhp-a.iii.380; Mil.334; (s)sāla (nt.) [catur + sāla] a square formed by 4 houses, in phrasc catuhi gabbhehi paṭimaṇḍitaṃ catussälaṃ kāretvā Vv-a.220; Dhp-a.iii.291; -’ha (catuha & catūha), 4 days catuhena within 4 days SN.ii.191; catūhapañcāha 4 or 5 days Vin.iv.280
■ See also compounds with cātu˚.
Vedic catvārah (m.) catvāri (nt.) fr. *qṷetuor, *qṷetur = Gr. τέτταρες (hom πίσυρες), Lat. quattuor, Goth. fidwōr, Ohg. fior, Ags fēower, E. four; catasras (f.) fr. *qṷ(e)tru, cp. tisras Also as adv. catur fr. *quetrus = Lat. quater & quadru˚.
clever, skilled, shrewd Ja.iii.266; Ja.vi.25
■ Der. f. abstr. caturatā cleverness Vb.351 (= cāturiya).
Deriv. uncertain. Perhaps from tvar to move, that is quickly. Sk. catura
at Vv.41#2 is to be read ca turiya, etc. Otherwise see cāturiya.
given up. sacrificed AN.ii.41; AN.iii.50; Thag.209 (˚vaṇṇa who has lost fame); Ja.ii.336; Ja.iv.195 Ja.v.41 (˚jīvita).
pp. of cajati
neuter the fact of giving up, abandonment, resignation. Vb.254f. Dhs-a.381
fr. catta
(& cattālīsa) forty SN.ii.85; Snp.p.87; Iti.99≈. Usually cattāḷīsa Ja.i.58; Ja.v.433; Dhp-a.i.41; Dhp-a.ii.9. 93.
Sk. catvāriṃśat
adjective having forty MN.iii.77.
at Mil.197 (ūmikavankacadika) prob. for ˚madika.
(-˚) indef. particle “like, as if,” added to rel. or interrog. pronouns, as kiñcana anything, kudācana at any time, etc. Cp. ca & ci.
Vedic cana fr. rel. pron. *qṷo + demonstr. pron. *no, cp. anā, nānā; Gr. ρή; Lat
■ ne in quandone = P kudācana. cana = Goth. hun, Ohg. gin, Ger. ir-gen-d Cp. ci
= cana; and then, if Vin.iii.121 (cp. ca 3); or should it be separated at this passage into ca naṃ?
the moon (i.e. the shiner) SN.i.196; SN.ii.206; MN.ii.104; AN.i.227 AN.ii.139 sq.; AN.iii.34; Dhp.413; Snp.465, Snp.569, Snp.1016; Ja.iii.52 Ja.vi.232; Pv.i.12#7; Pv.ii.6#6; Vv.64#7 (maṇi˚ a shiny jewel or a moonlike jewel, see Vv-a.278, variant reading ˚sanda). -puṇṇa˚ the full moon Ja.i.149, Ja.i.267; Ja.v.215; ˚mukha with a face like a full moon (of the Buddha) Dhp-a.iii.171. Canda is extremely frequent in similes & comparisens: see list in; J.P.T.S. 1907, 85 sq. In enumerations of heavenly bodies or divine beings Canda always precedes Suriya (the Sun), e.g. DN.ii.259; AN.i.215; AN.ii.139; Cnd.308 (under Devatā). Cp. candimant. On quâsi mythol etym. see Vism.418.
Vedic candra from *(s)quend to be light or glowing, cp. candana sandal (incense) wood, Gr. κάηδαρος cinder; Lat. candeo, candidus, incendo; Cymr. cann white; E. candid, candle, incense, cinder
= canda Vv-a.278 (maṇi˚); Sdhp.92 (mayūra˚ the eye in a peacock’s tail).
neuter in cpd. paripuṇṇa˚; state or condition of the full moon Snp-a.502.
abstr. fr. canda
masculine & neuter sandal (tree wood or unguent, also perfume) Vin.i.203; AN.i.9, AN.i.145 AN.i.226; AN.iii.237; Dhp.54; Ja.v.420 (tree, m.); Mil.382; Dhp-a.i.422; Dhp-a.iv.189 (˚pūjā); Vv-a.158 (agalu˚ with aloe & sandal); Pv-a.76
■ Kāsika˚ sandal from Kāsī AN.iii.391; AN.iv.281; Mil.243, Mil.348; ratta˚ red s. Ja.iv.442 lohita˚ id. AN.v.22; Ja.i.37; hari˚ yellow s. Ja.i.146.
Deriv. unknown. Possibly nonAryan; but see under canda, Sk. candana
feminine a pool at the entrance of a village (usually, but not necessarily dirty: see Vin.ii.122 & cp. candanapanka Avs.i.221, see also PW sub candana2) SN.v.361; MN.i.11, MN.i.73, MN.i.448; AN.i.161; Thag.567; Ja.v.15; Mil.220 Vism.264, Vism.343, Vism.359; Sdhp.132.
masculine or feminine? the moon. By itself only in similes at Dhp.208 Dhp.387 (at end of pada) & in “abbhā mutto va candimā MN.ii.104 = Dhp.172 = Thag.871; Dhp.382 = Thag.873; Pts.i.175
■ Otherwise only in combination with suriya moon & sun, DN.i.240; DN.ii.12; DN.iii.85 sq., DN.iii.90, DN.iii.112; SN.ii.266 SN.v.264 sq.; AN.i.227; AN.ii.53, AN.ii.130; AN.v.59; Vv.30; Ja.ii.213; Mil.191; Vism.153. Also in cpd. candimāpabhā the light of the moon (thus BB, whereas SS read at all passages candiyā˚ or candiya-pabhā) SN.iii.156 = SN.v.44; Iti.20.
Sk. candramas m. & candrimā f., cp. pūrṇimā; a cpd. of canda + mā, cp. māsa. The Pāli form, however, is based on a supposed derivation fr canda + mant, like bhagavā, and is most likely m. On this formation cp. Lat. lumen = Sk. rukmān luminous shiny
adjective moving to & fro, wavering, trembling, unsteady, fickle SN.i.204 SN.v.269; MN.i.470 (and a˚ steady); AN.iii.199, AN.iii.355, AN.iii.391; Dhp.33; Pp.35; Ja.i.295; Ja.ii.360. At Ja.vi.548 it means one who lets the saliva flow out of his mouth (explained by paggharita-lāla “trickle-spit”).
Sk. capala cp. cāpa bow; from *qep to shake or quiver, see Walde Lat. Wtb. under caperro
feminine fickleness, unsteadiness Mil.93 Mil.251; Pgdp.47, Pgdp.64. At Cnd.585 as capalanā + cāpalyaṃ with gedhikatā, meaning greed, desire (cp. capala at Ja.vi.548).
fr. last
(or capucapu) a sound made when smacking one’s lips Vin.ii.214 (capucapukāraka adj.), Vin.ii.221; Vin.iv.197.
to chew Bdhgh on Vin.ii.115. Cp. jappati.
Sk. carvayati Dhtp.295 gives root cabb in meaning “adana”
(& cameti) to rinse, only in cpd ācamati (ācameti).
cam. to sip; but given at Dhtm.552 in meaning “adana,” eating
Deriv. unknown, probably non-Aryan. Sk. camara
a ladle or spoon for sacrificing into the sacred fire Ja.vi.528#24 = Ja.vi.529#4 (unite ca with masa, cp. Ja.vi.529#9 and n. 4: aggijuhana-kaṭacchu-sankhātimasañca [for camasañ ca] variant reading Bd). Cp. Kern Toevoegselen s. v.
Vedic camasa, a cup
feminine an army Ja.ii.22; camūpati a general Mhvs.10, Mhvs.65; Mhvs.23, Mhvs.4; Dāvs i.3.
Both derivation and exact meaning uncertain. The Vedic camū is a peculiar vessel into wh. the Soma flows from the press. In late Pali & Sk. it means a kind of small army, perhaps a division drawn up more or less in the shape of the Vedic vessel
= campaka Ja.vi.151.
the Champaka tree (Michelia champaka) having fragrant white & yellow flowers Ja.v.420; Ja.vi.269; Mil.338; DN-a.i.280; Vism.514 (˚rukkha, in simile); Dhp-a.i.384; Vv-a.194.
feminine Name of a town (Bhagulpore) & a river DN.i.111; DN-a.i.279; Ja.iv.454.
Name of a Nāgarāja Ja.iv.454 (= ˚jātaka, No. 506); Vism.304.
adjective belonging to Campā Vin.v.114; Ja.vi.269 (here: a Champaka-like tree).
neuter
Vedic carman, cp. Lat. corium hide or leather, cortex bark, scortum hide; Ohg. herdo; Ags heorδa = E. hide; also Sk. kṛtti; Ohg. scirm (shield) E. skin; from *sqer to cut, skin (cp. kaṭu) = the cut-off hide, cp. Gr. δέρω: (δέρμα
a skin Bv.ii.52.
piling, heaping; collection, mass Vin.ii.117; Dhs-a.44; in building: a layer Vin.ii.122, Vin.ii.152 As-˚ one who heaps up, a collector, hoarder MN.i.452 (nikkha˚, khetta˚, etc.). See also ā˚, apa˚, upa˚.
from cināti
noun adjective
from car, carati
neuter
of a deer, called pañca-hattha “having 5 hands,” i.e. the mouth and the 4 feet
adjective one of good conduct (= sampannacaraṇa) Snp.533, Snp.536.
to move about, to “live and move,” to behave, to be
imper act. cara (Ja.i.152), carā (metri causa, Ja.iii.393); imper. med. carassu (Snp.696), pl. carāmase (= exhortative, Snp.32); -ppr. caranto (Ja.i.152; Pv-a.14) caraṃ (Snp.151; Dhp.61, Dhp.305; Iti.117); med. caramāna (Vin.i.83; Pv.i.10#10; Pv-a.160); -pot. careyya (Snp.45 Snp.386, Snp.1065; Dhp.142, Dhp.328) & care (Snp.35; Dhp.49, Dhp.168 Dhp.329; Iti.120); -fut. carissati (MN.i.428); -aor. sg. 1st acariṃ (SN.iii.29), acārisaṃ (Pv.iii.9#5), 3rd acari (Snp.344) acāri (Snp.354; Dhp.326); cari (Ja.ii.133)
■ pl. 3rd acariṃsu (Snp.809), acārisuṃ (Snp.284); cariṃsu (Snp.289) acaruṃ (Snp.289), acāruṃ (Ja.vi.114); -inf. carituṃ (caritu-kāma Ja.ii.103); -ger. caritvā (Ja.i.50) & caritvāna (Snp.816); -pp. ciṇṇa (q.v.)-Caus. cāreti (= Denom. of cara), pp. carita. 2nd caus. carāpeti (q.v.)-See also cara, caraṇa, cariyā, cāraka, cārikā, cārin.
Meaning:
Vedic carati, *qṷel to move, turn, turn round (cp. kaṇṭha & kula) = Lat. colo (incolo), Gr.; πέλομαι, πόλος (also αἰπόλος goat-herd & βουκόλος cowherd = gocara) also P. cakka, q.v. A doublet of car is cal, see calati Dhtp.243 explained car by “gati-bhakkhanesu”
adverb then, therefore now, esp. after interr. pron.: ko carahi jānāti who then knows? Snp.990; kathañ carahi jānemu how then shall we know? Snp.999; kiñ c. AN.v.194
■ Vin.i.36; Vin.ii.292; Snp.988; Ja.iii.312; Mil.25; DN-a.i.289.
Sk. tarhi; with change t → c due to analogy with ˚ci (˚cid) in combination with interr.
to cause to move, to make go Ja.i.267 (bheriṃ c. to have the drum beaten); Pv-a.75 (do.); Dhp-a.i.398 (to circulate). As cārāpeti Ja.v.510 (bheriṃ).
Caus. 11. of carati
pp. of cāreti, see cara & carati
neuter conduct (= carita2) Thag.36.
walking, performing (c. acc.) MN.i.77.
n. agent to cāreti, cp. carita
adjective subsequent, last (opp. pubba) Thag.202; Iti.18; Ja.v.120
■ acarima not later (apubba ac˚ simultaneously) DN.i.185; MN.iii.65; Pp.13.
Vedic carama, Gr. τέλος end, πάλαι a long time (ago)
adjective last (= carima) MN.i.426; Cnd.569#b (˚viññāṇassa nirodha, the destruction of the last conscious state, of the death of an Arahant); Vism.291.
neuter & cariyā (f.) (mostly-˚) conduct, behaviour, state of, life of. Three cariyās at Pts.i.79; six at Vism.101; eight at Pts.ii.19 sq., Pts.ii.225 & four sets of eight in detail at Cnd.237b. Very freq. in dhamma & brahma˚, a good walk of life, proper conduct, chastity-eka˚ living alone Snp.820; unchā˚ begging Ja.ii.272 Ja.iii.37; bhikkhā˚ a life of begging Snp.700; nagga˚ nakedness Dhp.141
■ See also carati 2b. In compounds cariyā˚.
from; car, carati
adjective moving, quivering; unsteady, fickle, transient SN.iv.68 (dhammā calā c’ eva vyayā ca aniccā, etc.); Ja.ii.299; Ja.iii.381; Ja.v.345; Mil.93, Mil.418 Sdhp.430, Sdhp.494. -acala steadfast, immovable SN.i.232; Ja.i.71 (ṭṭhāna); Vv.51#4 (˚ṭṭhāna = epithet of Nibbāna) acalaṃ sukhaṃ (= Nibbāna) Thig.350; cp. niccala motionless Dhp-a.iii.38.
see calati
masculine a camp marshal, adjutant DN.i.51≈(in list of various occupations); AN.iv.107 sq.
neuter a piece of meat thrown away after having been chewed Vin.ii.115 Vin.iv.266 (= vighāsa); Vv-a.222 (˚aṭṭhikāni meat-remnants & bones).
perhaps from carv to chew; but Sk. carvana, chewing, is not found in the specific sense of P. calaka. Cp. ucchiṭṭha and cuṇṇa
to move, stir, be agitated, tremble, be confused, waver SN.i.107; Snp.752; Ja.i.303 (kileso cali), Ja.iii.188 (macchā c.) Mil.260
ppr med. calamāna Ja.iv.331
■ Esp. freq. in expression kammaja-vātā caliṃsu the labour-pains began to stir Ja.i.52; Ja.vi.485. pp. calita (q.v.)
caus caleti to shake SN.i.109.
Dhtp.251 kampana, to shake. Perhaps connected with car, carati
adjective & neuter shaking, trembling, vibrating; excitement Ja.iii.188; Dhs-a.72
■ f. calanī (quick, + langhī a kind of antelope Ja.vi.537.
adjective wavering, unsteady Mil.93, Mil.251; Vism.113; Vv-a.177
■ (nt.) Snp.p.146.
pp. of calati
to move, get into motion, shift, to fall away, decease, esp. to pass from one state of existence into another DN.i.14 (sañsaranti c˚ upapajjanti, cp. DN-a.i.105); Kp.viii.4 (= Kp-a.220: apeti vigacchati acetano pi samāno puññakkhaya-vasena aññaṃ thānaṃ gacchati); Iti.99 Cnd.235#2 (satte cavamāne upapajjamāne); Iti.77 (devo deva-kāyā c. “the god falls from the assembly of gods”) Snp.1073 for bhavetha (= Cnd.238;) Pv-a.10.
caus cāveti
inf cāvetuṃ SN.i.128 sq., SN.i.134 (˚kāma.)
pp cuta (q.v.), see also cuti.
Vedic cyavate from cyu = Gr. σεύω; cp. Lat. cieo, cio, sollicitus, Gr. κίω, κινέω, Goth. haitan = Ohg heizan
neuter shifting, moving, passing away, only in ˚dhamma doomed to fall, destined to decease DN.i.18, DN.i.19; DN.iii.31, DN.iii.33; MN.i.326; Iti.76; Ja.iv.484; Ja.vi.482 (˚dhammatā).
from cavati
feminine state of shifting, removal SN.ii.3≈(cuti +); MN.i.49 (id.).
from cajati, to give up, Vedic tyaj. Cp. Sk. tyāga
adjective generous AN.iii.183; AN.iv.217, AN.iv.220; Pp.24.
adjective giving up, sacrificing, resigning Snp.719 (kāma˚).
feminine
cp. Hindī cāṭā
pleasant, polite in -kammatā politeness, flattery Mil.370 (cp. Sk. cāṭukāra); cāṭu-kamyatā Vb.246; Vism.17, Vism.23, Vism.27; Kp-a.236.
cp. cāru
(and cātu˚) consisting of four. Only in compounds viz.
see catur
neuter skill, cleverness, shrewdness Ja.iii.267; Ja.vi.410; Thag-a.227; Vb.551; Vism.104 Dāvs v.30.
cp. catura + iya
masculine neuter a bow MN.i.429 (opposed to kodaṇḍa); Dhp.156 (˚âtikhīṇa shot from the bow, cp Dhp-a.iii.132), Dhp.320 (abl. cāpāto metri causa); Ja.iv.272 Ja.v.400; Mil.105 (daḷha˚), Mil.352.
Sk. cāpa, from *qēp tremble, cp. capala wavering, quivering
neuter fickleness DN.i.115 (= DN-a.i.286). Also as cāpalya MN.i.470 Vb.351; Vism.106.
Der. fr. capala, Sk. cāpalya
neuter a chowrie, the tail of bos grunniens used as a whisk Snp.688; Vv.64#3; Ja.vi.510; Vv-a.271, Vv-a.276. Cpd. cāmarī-gāhaka Ja.vi.218 (anka) a hook holding the whisk.
from camara
neuter gold Vv-a.12, Vv-a.13, Vv-a.166.
Deriv. unknown. Sk. cāmīkara
to honour, only in cpd. -apacāyati (q.v.). The Dhtp (237) defines the root cāy by pūjā.
fr. ci
motion, walking, going; doing, behaviour, action, process Mil.162 (+ vihāra) Dhs.8 = Dhs.85 (= vicāra); Dhs-a.167. usually -˚ (n. adj.): kāma˚ going at will Ja.iv.261; pamāda˚ a slothful life Ja.i.9; piṇḍa˚ alms-begging Snp.414, Snp.708; sabbaratti wandering all night SN.i.201; samavattha˚ AN.iii.257 See also carati ib.
fr. car carati to move about
(cārika) adjective wandering about, living, going, behaving, always-˚, like ākāsa˚, niketa˚, pure˚ (see pubbangama), vana˚, -f. cārikā journey, wandering esp. as cārikaṃ carati to go on alms-pilgrimage (see carati ib) Vin.i.83; Ja.i.82; Ja.ii.286; Dhp.326; Mil.14, Mil.22 ˚ñ pakkamati to set out wandering Ja.i.87; Mil.16. SN.i.199; MN.i.117; AN.iii.257; DN-a.i.239 sq. (in detail on two cārikā); Vv-a.165; EnA 295 (unchā˚).
adjective = cāraka Snp.162 (saṃsuddha˚).
v.v. vāraṇika Thag.1129? a little play, masque, cp. Sk cāraṇa & Mrs. Rh. D.; Pss of the Brethren, 419.
neuter practice, proceeding, manner of acting, conduct Ja.i.90, Ja.i.367; Ja.ii.277 (loka˚); Ja.v.285 (vanka˚); Mil.133; Vv-a.31
■ cārittaṃ āpajjati to mix with, to call on, to have intercourse with (c. loc. MN.i.470; SN.ii.270 (kulesu); MN.i.287 = MN.iii.40 (kāmesu) Ja.iii.46 (rakkhita-gopitesu).
From car
(only-˚) adjective walking, living, experiencing; behaving, acting, practising.
adjective charming, desirable pleasant, beautiful Ja.vi.481; Mil.201; Sdhp.428, Sdhp.512; Vv-a.36 (= vaggu), sucāru SN.i.181; Pv.ii.12#12 (= suṭṭhumanorama).
Vedic cāru & cāyu to; *qe-*qā, as in kāma, Lat. carus, etc., see under kāma
to set going, to pasture, feed, preserve: indriyāni c. to feast one’s senses (cp. Ger. “augenweide”) Pv-a.58; khantiṃ c to feed meekness DN-a.i.277; olambakaṃ cārento drooping Ja.i.174; Pass. ppr. cāriyamāna being handed round Ja.iv.2 (not vā˚)
pp carita
■ Cp. vi˚.
Denom. fr. cara; cp. carati
shaking, a shock, only in bhūmi˚; earthquake.
From calati
feminine a pestle, a mortar Vin.i.202 (in cuṇṇa˚ & dussa˚, cp. saṇha).
to cālana of calaka2
to move, to shake Ja.v.40; to scatter Ja.i.71 (tiṇāni); to sift Vin.i.202.
caus. of calati
feminine moving, shifting, disappearance Vin.iii.112 (ṭhānato); Sdhp.61 (id.).
to bring to fall, move, drive away; disturb, distract AN.iv.343 (samādhimhā); Ja.i.60 (inf cāvetu-kāma); Ja.ii.329 (jhānā, abl.). Aor. acāvayi (prohib.) Snp.442 (ṭhānā).
caus. of cavati
(cid in Sandhi) indef. interr particle (always-˚), in koci (= Sk. kaścid) whoever kiñci (kincid-eva) whatever, kadāci at some time or any time, etc. (q.v.), see also ca, cana, ce.
Vedic cid nom. nt. to interr. base *qṷi (as in Gr. τίς, Lat. quis, Goth. hvi-leiks, see ki˚, cp ka˚, ku˚), = Gr. τ ́δ, Lat. quid & quid (d)em, Av. ciṭ (cp. tad, yad, kad beside taṃ, yaṃ, kiṃ)
usually tikicchati to reflect, think over, intend aim at. Pp. cikicchita Kp-a.188 (in expln of vicikicchita q.v.).
Sk. cikitsati, Desid. of cit, cinteti. Cp. vicikicchā
(cikkhanā, etc.) to tell, to announce: see ā˚ & paṭisaṃ˚.
Freq. of khyā, Dhtp.19: cikkh = vacane
neuter mud, mire, swamp; often with udaka˚. Vin.i.253; Vin.ii.120 Vin.ii.159, Vin.ii.291: Vin.iii.41; AN.iii.394; Ja.i.196; Mil.286, Mil.311, Mil.397; Pv-a.102, Pv-a.189, Pv-a.215
■ (adj.) Vin.ii.221; Vin.iv.312; Pv.iv.1#16; Mil.286.
Sk. cikkaṇa & cikkala, slippery + ya
adjective muddy Pv-a.225.
to wish to drop, to ooze out Mil.152 (˚ssanto), see Kern. Toevoegselen ii.139 & Morris, J.P.T.S. 1884, 87.
Desid. of kṣar = Sk. cikṣariṣati
(& ˚ika) masculine neuter
to twirl round, to revolve like a windmill AN.i.112.
Denom. fr. cingula
to hiss, fizz, sizzle (always combined with ciṭiciṭāyati) Vin.i.225; SN.i.169 Snp.p.15; Pp.36; Mil.258 sq.
onomat. cp. ciṭiciṭāyati
neuter fizzing Vism.408 (˚sadda).
feminine the tamarind tree Ja.v.38 (˚vana); Snp-a.78. Citi-citi
Sk. ciñcā & tintiḍikā
fizz DN-a.i.137.
redupl. interj.
see cicciṭāyati; Vin.i.225; cp. Divy.606.
travelled over, resorted to, made a habit of; done, performed, practised Ja.iii.541; Mil.360-su˚ well performed, accomplished SN.i.42 = SN.i.214 = Snp.181; Pv.iii.5#6
■ Cp. ā˚, pari˚, vi˚.
pp. of carati
neuter custom, habit Mil.57, Mil.105.
Der. fr. ciṇṇa
heaped; lined or faced with (cp. citaka2) pokkharaṇiyo iṭṭhakāhi citā DN.ii.178, cp. Vin.ii.123.
pp. of cināti
feminine
from ci, cināti to heap up
feminine a heap, made of bricks Ja.vi.204 (city-avayata-piṭṭhikā). See also cetiya.
From ci, cināti, to heap up
neuter a sectarian mark on the forehead in -dhara-kumma a tortoise bearing this mark, a landtortoise Mil.364, Mil.408, cp. Mil trsl. ii.352.
to citta1
see acittaka.
adjective variegated, manifold, beautiful; tasty, sweet, spiced (of cakes), Ja.iv.30 (geṇḍuka); Dhp.171 (rājaratha); Vv.47#9; Pv.ii.11#2 (aneka˚); Pv.iv.3#13 (pūvā = madhurā Pv-a.251). Citta (nt.) painting Thag.674
■ Snp.50 (kāmā = Cnd.240 nānāvaṇṇā), Snp.251 (gāthā); Ja.v.196 (geṇḍuka), Ja.v.241, Ja.vi.218
■ sucitta gaily coloured or dressed SN.i.226 (b); Dhp.151 (rājaratha); Pv.i.10#9 (vimāna).
-akkhara (adj.) with beautiful vowels SN.ii.267 (Cp ˚vyañjana); -attharaka a variegated carpet DN-a.i.256 -āgāra a painted house, i.e. furnished with pictures a picture gallery Vin.iv.298; -upāhana a gaily coloured sandal DN.i.7≈; -kata adorned, dressed up MN.ii.64; Dhp.147 = Thag.769; Dhp-a.iii.109 (= vicitta); -katha (adj.) = next SN.i.199 (+ bahussuta); -kathin a brilliant speaker, a wise speaker, an orator, preacher. Freq combined w. bahussuta (of wide knowledge, learned), e.g. paṇḍita… medhāvin kalyāṇapaṭibhāna SN.iv.375 samaṇa bahussuta c. uḷāra Vv.84#26
■ AN.iii.58; Ja.i.148; Mil.1, Mil.21; -kathika = ˚kathin AN.i.24; Thig.449 (+ bahussuta), explained at Thag-a.281 by cittadhammakatha -kamma decoration, ornamentation, painting Ja.iv.408 Ja.vi.333; Mil.278; Vism.306; Pv-a.147; Dhs-a.334 (m.) a painter Ja.vi.481; -kāra a painter, a decorator (cp. rajaka) SN.ii.101 = SN.iii.152; Thig.256; Ja.vi.333 -chatta at Ja.vi.540 to be changed into ˚patta; -patta (adj.) having variegated wings Ja.vi.540, Ja.vi.590; -pāṭalī (f.) Name of a plant (the “pied” trumpet-flower) in the world of Asuras Ja.i.202; Dhp-a.i.280; -pekhuna having coloured wings Ja.i.207; Ja.vi.539; -bimba (-mukhi) (a woman whose face is) like a painted image Ja.v.452 (cp cittakata); -miga the spotted antelope Ja.vi.538 -rūpa (nt.) a wonder, something wonderful Ja.vi.512 as adv. ˚ṃ (to citta2?) easily Vin.ii.78 = Vin.iii.161; Vin.iv.177 Vin.iv.232; -latā the plant Rubia Munjista Ja.vi.278; ˚vana the R.M. grove, one of Indra’s gardens [Sk. caitraratha] Ja.i.52, Ja.i.104; Ja.ii.188; Ja.vi.590, etc.; -vitāna a bright canopy Dhp-a.iv.14; -vyañjana (adj.) with beautiful consonants (cp. ˚akkhara) SN.ii.267 = AN.i.73 = AN.iii.107 -sāṇī variegated cloth Ja.ii.290; Dhp-a.iv.14; -sālā a painted room or picture gallery DN-a.i.253; -sibbana with fine sewing; a cover of various embroidery Snp.304; Ja.iv.395; Ja.vi.218.
to cetati; *(s)qait to shine, to be bright, cp. Sk. citra, Sk. P. ketu, Av. ciprō, Lat. caelum Ags. hador, Ohg. heitar, see also citta2
neuter
the heart (psychologically), i.e. the centre & focus of man’s emotional nature as well as that intellectual element which inheres in & accompanies its manifestations; i.e. thought. In this wise citta denotes both the agent & that which is enacted (see kamma II. introd.), for in Indian Psychology citta is the seat & organ of thought (cetasā cinteti; cp. Gr. φρήν, although on the whole it corresponds more to the Homeric χυμός). As in the verb (cinteti) there are two stems closely allied and almost inseparable in meaning (see § III.), viz. cit & cet (citta & cetas); cp. ye should restrain, curb, subdue citta by ceto, MN.i.120, MN.i.242 (cp attanā coday’ attānaṃ Dhp.379 f.); cetasā cittaṃ samannesati SN.i.194 (cp. cetasā cittaṃ samannesati SN.i.194). In their general use there is no distinction to be made between the two (see § III.)
The meaning of citta is best understood when explaining it by expressions familiar to us, as: with all my heart heart and soul; I have no heart to do it; blessed are the pure in heart; singleness of heart (cp. ekagga); all of which emphasize the emotional & conative side or “thought” more than its mental & rational side (for which see manas & viññāṇa). It may therefore be rendered by intention, impulse, design; mood, disposition state of mind, reaction to impressions. It is only in later scholastic lgg. that we are justified in applying the term “thought” in its technical sense. It needs to be pointed out, as complementary to this view, that citta nearly always occurs in the singular (= heart) & out of 150 cases in the Nikāyas only 3 times in the plural (= thoughts). The substantiality of citta (cetas is also evident from its connection with kamma (heart as source of action), kāma & the senses in general.; On the whole subject see Mrs. Rh. D. Buddh. Psych Eth. introd. & Bud. Psy. ch. II.
their relation & frequency (enumerated for gram. purposes).
The paradigma is (numbers denoting %, not including compounds): Nom cittaṃ; Gen. (Dat.) cetaso (44%) & cittassa (9%); Instr cetasā (42%) & cittena (3%); Loc. citte (2%) & cittamhi (2%)
■ Nom.; cittaṃ (see below).
■ Gen. cittassa only (of older passages) in c˚ upakkileso SN.iii.232; SN.v.92; AN.i.207; c˚ damatho Dhp.35 & c˚ vasena MN.i.214; MN.iii.156
■ Instr. cittena only in SN i. viz. cittena nīyati loko p. 39 upakkiliṭṭha˚ p. 179; asallīnena c˚ p.159
■ Loc. citte only as loc. abs. in samāhite citte (see below) & in citte vyāpanne kāyakammam pi v. hoti AN.i.162; cittamhi only SN.i.129 & cittasmiṃ only SN.i.132
■ Plural only in Nom. cittāni in one phrase: āsavehi cittāni (vi) mucciṃsu “they purified their hearts from intoxications Vin.i.35; SN.iii.132; SN.iv.20; Snp.p.149; besides this in scholastic works = thoughts, e.g. Vb.403 (satta cittāni).
There is no cogent evidence of a clear separation of their respective fields of meaning; a few cases indicate the rôle of cetas as seat of citta, whereas most of them show no distinction. There are compounds having both citta˚ ceto˚ in identical meanings (see e.g. citta-samādhi ceto˚), others show a preference for either one or the other, as ceto is preferred in ceto-khila & ceto-vimutti (but: vimutta-citta), whereas citta is restricted to combn w. upakkilesa, etc. The foll. sentences will illustrate this. Vivaṭena cetasā sappabhāsaṃ cittaṃ bhāveti “with open heart he contemplates a radiant thought” SN.v.263 = DN.iii.223 = AN.iv.86; cetasā cittaṃ samannesati vippamuttaṃ “with his heart he scrutinizes their pure mind” SN.i.194; vigatâbhijjhena cetasā is followed by abhijjāya cittaṃ parisodheti DN.iii.49 anupārambhacitto bhabbo cetaso vikkhepaṃ pahātuṃ AN.v.149; cetaso vūpasamo foll. by vūpasanta-citto AN.i.4; samāhite citte foll. by ceto-samādhi DN.i.13≈ cittaṃ paduṭṭhaṃ foll. by ceto-padosa AN.i.8; cp. Iti.12–Iti.13; cetaso tato cittaṃ nivāraye “a desire of his heart he shall exclude from this” SN.iv.195.
-ādhipati the influence of thought (adj. ˚pateyya Ne.16; Dhs.269, Dhs.359; Dhs-a.213. Commentators define c. here as javanacittuppāda, our “thought” in its specialized sense, Compendium of Phil. 177, n. 2 -ānuparivattin consecutive to thought Dhs.671, Dhs.772 Dhs.1522; -ānupassanā the critique of heart, adj. ˚ânupassin DN.ii.299; DN.iii.221, DN.iii.281; MN.i.59 & passim (cp kāy˚); -āvila disturbance of mind Cnd.576 (˚karaṇa) -ujjukatā rectitude of mind Dhs.51, Dhs.277, etc.; -uppāda the rise of a thought, i.e. intention, desire as theyya -ṃ uppādesi he had the intention to steal (a thought of theft) Vin.iii.56; MN.i.43; MN.iii.45; Ja.ii.374; -ekaggatā “one-pointedness of mind,” concentration Ne.15, Ne.16 Vism.84, Vism.137, Vism.158; Dhp-a.iii.425; Thag-a.75; cp ekagga-citto AN.iii.175; -kali a witch of a heart, a witch-like heart Thag.356; -kallatā readiness of heart, preparedness of mind Vv-a.330; -kilesa stain of h. Dhp.88 (Dhp-a.ii.162 = pañca nīvaraṇā); -kelisā pastime of the mind Thag.1010; -kkhepa derangement of the mind, madness Vin.v.189 = Vin.v.193 (ummāda +); AN.iii.219 (ummāda +); Dhp-a.iii.70 (= ummāda); Pv-a.39; Dhp.138; cp. ˚vikkhepa; -cetasika belonging to heart & thought, i.e. mental state thought, mind DN.i.213; Dhs.1022 (-dhammā, Mrs Rh. D.: emotional, perceptual & synthetic states as well as those of intellect applied to sense-impressions) Dhs.1282; Pts.i.84; Mil.87; Vism.61, Vism.84, Vism.129, Vism.337 -dubbhaka a rogue of a heart, a rogue-like heart Thag.214; -pakopana shaking or upsetting the mind Iti.84 (dosa); -pamaddin crushing the h. Thig.357 (= Thag-a.243; variant reading pamāthin & pamādin;) -pariyāya the ways (i.e. behaviour) of the h. AN.v.160 (cp. ceto-paricca); -passaddhi calm of h., serenity of mind (cp. kāya˚;) SN.v.66; Dhs.62; -bhāvanā cultivation of the h. MN.iii.149; -mala stain of h. Pv-a.17; -mudutā plasticity of mind (or thought) Dhs.62, Dhs.277, Dhs.325 -rucita after the heart’s liking Ja.i.207; -rūpaṃ according to intention, as much as expected Vin.i.222; Vin.ii.78 Vin.iii.161; Vin.iv.177, Vin.iv.232; -lahutā buoyancy of thought Dhs.62, Dhs.323, Dhs.1283; Vism.465; -vikkhepa (cp. -kkhepa madness SN.i.126 (+ ummāda); Ne.27; Vism.34; -vippayutta disconnected with thought Dhs.1192, Dhs.1515; -visaṃsaṭṭha detached fr. thought Dhs.1194, Dhs.1517; -vūpasama allayment of one’s h. SN.i.46; -saṅkilesa (adj.) with impure heart (opp. c
■ vodāna) SN.iii.151; -saññatti conviction Mil.256; -santāpa “heart-burn,” sorrow Pv-a.18 (= soka); -samādhi (cp. ceto- samādhi) concentration of mind, collectedness of thought, self-possession SN.iv.350; SN.v.269; Vb.218; -samodhāna adjustment calming of thoughts Thag-a.45; -sampīḷana (adj.) h. crushing (cp. -pamaddin & ˚pakopana;) Ne.29 (domanassa). -sahabhū arising together with thought Dhs.670, Dhs.769, Dhs.1520. -hetuka (adj.) caused by thought Dhs.667, Dhs.767.
Sk. citta, orig. pp. of cinteti, cit, cp. yutta → yuñjati, mutta → muñcati. On etym. from cit. see cinteti
Name of the month Chaitra Pv-a.135. Cp. Citra-māsa Kp-a.192.
cp. Sk. caitra, the first month of the year: MarchApril, orig. Name of the star Spica (in Virgo); see E Plunket, Ancient Calendars, etc., pp. 134 sq., 171 sq.
■ f. cittakā a counterpane of many colours (DN-a.i.86 cittikā: vāna citra-uṇṇā-may attharaṇaṃ) Vin.i.192; Vin.ii.163, Vin.ii.169; DN.i.7; AN.i.181≈.
read nāna˚
compar. of citta1, more various, more varied. SN.iii.151 sq
■ a punning passage, thus: by the procedure (caraṇa) of mind (in the past) the present mind (citta) is still more varied. Cp. SA in loco: Asl.66 Expositor 88.
SA on SN.iii.151 sq. (bhūmicittatāya dvāracittatāya ārammaṇacittatāya kammanānatta).
f. abstr. to citta1
“being of such a heart or mind,” state of mind, character SN.iii.152; SN.iv.142 (vimutta˚); SN.v.158 (id.); AN.v.145 sq. (upārambha˚) Vb.372 (id.); Vb.359 (amudu˚); Pv-a.13 (visuddhi˚ noble character); paṭibaddha˚ (in love with) Pv-a.145 Pv-a.147, Pv-a.270. In SN.iii.152 l cittitā q.v.
f. abstr. to citta2
noun = cittatā SN.v.158.
feminine “giving thought or heart” only in combination with kar: cittikaroti to honour, to esteem. cittikatvā. MN.iii.24 AN.iii.172 Pv.ii.9#55 (cittiṁ k. = pūjetvā Pv-a.135); Dīpavaṁsa.i.2
■ acittikatvā MN.iii.22; AN.iv.392
pp cittikata thought (much) of Vin.iv.6 (& a˚); Vb.2.
fr. cit, cp. citta, cintā, cinteti, formation like mutti → muc, sitti → sic
respect, consideration Vv-a.178 (garu˚), Vv-a.242; Pv-a.26; Vb.371 (a˚); Vism.123 (cittī˚), Vism.188.
see citti
painted, variegated, varied, coloured or resplendent with (-˚) SN.iii.152 (sic l. for cittatā) So SN-a, which, on p. 151, reads citten’ eva cittitaṃ for cintitaṃ. Thag.736; Thag.2, Thag.390 (su˚); Vv.36#7; Vv.40#2.
pp. of citteti, Denom. fr. citta1
= citta3, the month Chaitra, Kp-a.192 (˚māsa).
to heap up, to collect, to accumulate
inf cinituṃ Vin.ii.152;
pp cita (q.v.).
pass cīyati Ja.v.7.
caus cināpeti to construct, to build Ja.vi.204; Mil.81
■ Note cināti at Ja.ii.302 (to weave is to be corr. to vināti (see Kern, Toevoegselen s. v.)
■ Cp ā˚, pa˚, vi˚
■ Note. cināti also occurs as cinati in pa˚.
Sk. cinoti & cayati; ci, to which also kāya, q.v. See also caya, cita
adjective one who thinks out or invents, in akkhara˚; the grammarian Pv-a.120, nīti˚; the lawgiver ib. Pv-a.130; cp. Divy.212, Divy.451, “overseer.”
cp. cintin
neuter = cintā Thag.695; Mil.233.
adjective thoughtful, considerate Ja.i.222.
“the act of thinking” (cp. citti), thought SN.i.57; Pp.25; Dhs.16, Dhs.20, Dhs.292; Sdhp.165 Sdhp.216
■ loka˚ thinking over the world, philosophy SN.v.447; AN.ii.80.
to cit, cinteti
pp. of cinteti, cp. also cintaka
only-˚: thinking of, having one’s thoughts on AN.i.102 (duccintita˚ & su˚); Snp.174 (ajjhatta˚; variant reading B. ˚saññin) Snp.388; Ja.iii.306 = Ja.iv.453 Ja.v.176 = Ja.v.478; Mil.92.
adj. to cintā
Note. The relation in the use of the two forms is that cet is the older & less understood form, since it is usually expld by cint, whereas cint is never explained by cet & therefore appears to be the more frequent & familiar form.
Sk. cetati to appear, perceive, & cintayati to think, cit (see citta2) in two forms: (a) Act, base with nasal infix cint (cp. muñc, yuñj, siñc, etc.); (b) Med base (denom.) with guṇa cet (cp. moc, yoj, sec, etc & the analogous formations of; chid, chind, ched under chindati) to *(s)qait: see citta1, with which further cp caksu, cikita, ciketi, cikitsati, & in meaning passati (he sees = he knows), Gr.; οἰδα = vidi, E. view = thought Ger. anschauung
adjective pressed flat, flattened Vv-a.222 To be read also at Ja.vi.185 for vippita.
pp. to cip (?) see next: cp. Sk. cipiṭa grain flattened after boiling
crushed flat (Rh. D.; cp. also Kern Toevoegselen) Mil.261.
ppr. Pass. of cip, see cipiṭa
feminine see cilimikā Vin.ii.150; Vin.iv.40; Cp. Vin. Texts iii.167; J.P.T.S. 1885, 39.
adjective long (of time), usually in compounds & as adv. Either; ciraṃ (acc.) for a long time Snp.678, Snp.730, Snp.1029; Dhp.248; Kp.vii.5; Ja.ii.110; Ja.iv.3; Pv.ii.3#33 or cirena (instr.) after a long time Vin.iv.86; Dhs-a.239; or cirāya (dat.) for long Dhp.342. cirassa (gen.) see cirassaṃ
■ cirataraṃ (compar.) for a (comparatively) long time, rather long AN.iii.58; Pv.ii.8#7. cir-â-ciraṃ continually Vin.iv.261; Ja.v.233
■ acira not long (ago) lately, newly: ˚arahattappatta SN.i.196; ˚pabbajita SN.i.185; ˚parinibbute Bhagavati shortly after the death of the Bhagavant DN.i.204, etc.; Snp.p.59.
Vedic. cira, perhaps to *quei̯e to rest, cp. Lat. quiēs, civis; Goth. hveila; Ohg. wīlōn; E. while
adverb at last Vin.ii.195; DN.i.179; SN.i.142; Ja.ii.439; Ja.iii.315; Ja.iv.446 (read cirassa passāmi); Ja.v.328; Thag.868; Thag-a.217; Pv-a.60- na cirass’ eva shortly after DN.iii.11; Ja.iv.2; Dhp-a.iii.176; Pv-a.32
■ sucirass’ eva after a very long while SN.i.193.
origin. gen. of cira = cirasya
to be long, to tarry, to delay, Dhp-a.i.16; Vv-a.64, Vv-a.208; cp. ciraṃ karoti id. Ja.ii.443.
Sk. cirayati, v. denom. fr. cira
a parrot Ja.v.202 (in compound cirīti˚).
Sk. ciri, cp. kīra
feminine as cimilikā at Vin.ii.150; Vin.iv.40 a kind of cloth or carpeting, made from palmleaves bark, etc. Also at Pv-a.144 (doubtful reading).
Der. fr. cīra
a peg, post, pillar, in dāruka˚; Thig.390 (cp. Thag-a.257). Not with Kern (Toev.) “a wooden puppet,” as der. fr. citta.1
kilaka or khīlaka, q.v.
masculine neuter a kind of bean Snp.239 (= aṭavi-pabbatapadesu āropita-jāta-cīna-mugga Snp-a.283); Ja.v.405.
neuter red lead DN-a.i.40; Dhs-a.14.
to be gathered, to be heaped up Snp.428 (cīyate pahūtaṃ puññaṃ). See also ā˚.
Pass. of cināti
neuter
Sk. cīra, cp. cīvara
cp. cīra
adjective like or of bark, in cpd. dāru˚; (as Np.) “wood-barker” Dhp-a.ii.35.
fr. cīra
feminine a cricket AN.iii.397 (variant reading cīrikā). Cp. on word-formation pipiḷikā & Mod. Gr.; τσίτσικος cricket.
cp. Sk. cīrī & jhillikā a cricket, cīrilli a sort of large fish
neuter the (upper) robe of a Buddhist mendicant C. is the first one of the set of 4 standard requisites of a wandering bhikkhu, vir. c˚, piṇḍapāta alms-bowl, senāsana lodging, a place to sleep at, gilānapaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhāra medicinal appliances for use in sickness. Thus mentioned passim e.g. Vin.iii.89, Vin.iii.99, Vin.iii.211; Vin.iv.154 sq.; DN.i.61; MN.ii.102; AN.i.49 Cnd. s.v.; Iti.111. In abbreviated form Snp.339; Pv-a.7; Sdhp.393. In starting on his begging round the bhikkhu goes patta-cīvaraṃ ādāya, The 3 robes are sanghāṭi, uttarāsaṅga, antaravāsaka given thus, e.g. at Vin.i.289. that is literally ʻtaking his bowl & robe.ʼ But this is an elliptical idiom meaning ʻputting on his outer robe and taking his bowl.ʼ A bhikkhu never goes into a village without wearing all his robes, he never takes them, or any one of the three, with him. Each of the three is simply; an oblong piece of cloth (usually cotton cloth). On the mode of wearing these three robes see the note at Dialogues ii.145
■ Vin.iii.11; DN.ii.85; Snp.p.21; Pv-a.10, Pv-a.13 & passim. The sewing of the robe was a festival for the laity (see under kaṭhina). There are 6 kinds of cloth mentioned for its manufacture, viz khoma, kappāsika, koseyya, kambala, sāṇa, bhanga Vin.i.58 = Vin.i.96 = Vin.i.281 (cp. ˚dussa). Two kinds of robes are distinguished: one of the gahapatika (layman) a white one, and the other that of the bhikkhu, the c proper, called paṃsukūlaṃ c. “the dust-heap robe Vin.v.117 (cp. gahapati)
■ On cīvara in general also on special ordinances concerning its making, wearing & handling see Vin.i.46, Vin.i.49 sq., Vin.i.196, Vin.i.198, Vin.i.253 sq. Vin.i.285, Vin.i.287 sq., Vin.i.306 = Vin.ii.267 (of var. colours); Vin.ii.115 sq (sibbati to sew the c.); Vin.iii.45, Vin.iii.58 (theft of a c.), Vin.iii.195– Vin.iii.223 Vin.iii.254 Vin.iii.66; Vin.iv.59 Vin.iv.62, Vin.iv.120 Vin.iv.123, Vin.iv.173, Vin.iv.279 sq., Vin.iv.283 (six kinds) AN.iii.108 (cīvare kalyāṇakāma); AN.v.100, AN.v.206; Vism.62; Iti.103; Pv-a.185
■ Sīse cīvaraṃ karoti to drape the outer robe over the head Vin.ii.207, Vin.ii.217; -ṃ khandhe karoti to drape it over the back Vin.ii.208, Vin.ii.217; -ṃ nikkhipati to lay it down or put it away Vin.i.47 sq.; Vin.ii.152 Vin.ii.224; Vin.iii.198, Vin.iii.203, Vin.iii.263; -ṃ saṃharati to fold it up Vin.i.46
■ Var. expressions referring to the use of the robe atireka˚; an extra robe Vin.iii.195; acceka˚; id. Vin.iii.260 sq.; kāla˚; (& akāla˚) a robe given at (and outside) the specified time Vin.iii.202 sq.; Vin.iv.284, Vin.iv.287; gahapati˚ a layman’s r. Vin.iii.169, Vin.iii.171; ti˚; the three robes, viz sanghāṭī, uttarāsanga, antaravāsaka Vin.i.288, Vin.i.289 Vin.iii.11, Vin.iii.195, Vin.iii.198 sq.; Vin.v.142; adj. tecīvarika wearing 3 rs. Vin.v.193; dubbala˚; (as adj.) with a worn-out c Vin.iii.254; Vin.iv.59, Vin.iv.154, Vin.iv.286; paṃsukūla˚; the dust-heap robe Pv-a.141; sa˚-bhatta food given with a robe Vin.iv.77; lūkha˚; (adj.) having a coarse robe Vin.i.109 (+ duccola); Vin.iii.263 (id.); AN.i.25; vihāra˚; a robe to be used in the monastery Vin.iii.212.
*Sk. cīvara, prob. = cīra, applied orig. to a dress of bark
Sk. cūrṇa, pp. of carvati, to chew, to *sqer to cut, break up, as in Lat. caro, Sk. kṛṇāti (cp. kaṭu); cp Lit. kirwis axe, Lat. scrūpus sharp stone, scrupulus scortum. See also calaka2 & cp. Sk. kṣunna of; kṣud to grind, to which prob. P. kuḍḍa
adjective
fr. cuṇṇa
to grind to powder, to crush; to powder or paint w. chunam Vin.ii.107 (mukhaṃ) Ja.iv.457
ppr pass cuṇṇiyamāna being ground Ja.vi.185.
Denom. of cuṇṇa
pp. of cavati; Sk. cyuta
feminine vanishing, passing away, decease, shifting out of existence (opp. upapatti, cp also gati & āgati) DN.i.162; SN.ii.3 = SN.ii.42; SN.iii.53; MN.i.49; Snp.643; Dhp.419; Ja.i.19, Ja.i.434; Vism.292, Vism.460, Vism.554; Dhp-a.iv.228.
cp. Sk. cyuti, to cavati
adjective being urged, receiving blame, being reproved Vin.i.173; Vin.ii.250; Vin.ii.250, Vin.ii.251; MN.i.95 sq.; AN.iii.196 sq. -ka id. Vin.v.115, Vin.v.158, Vin.v.161, Vin.v.164.
pp. of codati
fourteen Ja.i.71; Ja.vi.8; Mil.12; Dhp-a.iii.120, Dhp-a.iii.186.
contracted fr. catuddasa, Sk. caturdaśa, cp. catur
an artist who works in ivory Ja.vi.261 (Com: dantakāra); Mil.331.
a turner Ja.vi.339.
neuter
cp. Prk. cumbhala
neuter cumbaṭa, viz.
to kiss Ja.ii.193; Ja.v.328; Ja.vi.291, Ja.vi.344; Vv-a.260. Cp. pari˚. Culla & cula;
Sk. cumbati. Dhtp.197 defines as “vadanasaṃyoge”
adjective small, minor (opp mahā great, major), often in conn. with names & titles of books, e.g. c˚ Anāthapiṇḍika = A jr. Ja.ii.287, cp Anglo-Indian chota sahīb the younger gentleman (Hind. chhota = culla); or Culla-vagga, the minor section (Vin ii.) as subordinate to Mahā-vagga (Vin i.) Culla-niddesa the minor exposition (following upon Mahā-niddesa); culla-sīla the siṃple precepts of ethics (opp. mahā˚ the detailed sīla) DN.i.5, etc. Otherwise only in compounds:
Sk. kṣulla = kṣudra (P. khudda, see khuddaka), with c: k = cuṇṇa: kṣud
eighty-four Ja.vi.226 (mahākappe as duration of Saṃsāra); Pv-a.254 (id.). Also as cūḷāsīti q.v.
= caturāsīti
feminine = cūḷa; kaṇṇa˚; the root of the ear Ja.ii.276; Vism.249, Vism.255; Dhp-a.iv.13 (of an elephant). ˚baddha SN.ii.182; KS ii.122. See also cūḷā.
Sk. cūlikā, cp. cūḍā
Sk. cūḍa & cūlikā
adjective having a cūḷa or top-knot; pañca˚; with five top-knots Ja.v.250 (of a boy).
fr. cūḷā
feminine only in phrase sahassi cūḷanikā lokadhātu “the system of the 1,000 lesser worlds” (distinguished from the dvi-sahassī majjhimakā & the ti-sahassī mahāsahassi lokadhātu) AN.i.227; Cnd.235, Cnd.2#b.
Der. fr. culla, q.v.
feminine = cūḷa, usually in sense of crest only, esp. denoting the lock of hair left on the crown of the head when the rest of the head is shaved (cp. Anglo-Indian chuḍā & Gujarāti choṭali) Ja.i.64 Ja.i.462; Ja.v.153, Ja.v.249 (pañcacūḷā kumārā); Dhp-a.i.294; as mark of distinction of a king Ja.iii.211; Ja.v.187; of a servant Ja.vi.135
■ a cock’s comb Ja.ii.410; Ja.iii.265.
Vedic cūḍā. to cūḍa
for cullāsīti at Thig.51.
conditional particle “if,” constructed either with Indicative (ito ce pi yojanasate viharati even if he lived 100 y. from here DN.i.117) or Conditional (tatra ce tumhe assatha kupitā DN.i.3), or Potential (passe ce vipulaṃ sukhaṃ Dhp.290)
■ Always enclitic (like Lat. que) & as a rule placed after the emphasized word at the beginning of the sentence: puññañ ce puriso kayirā Dhp.118; brāhmaṇo ce tvaṃ brūsi Snp.457. Usually added to pronouns or pron. adverbs ahañ ce va kho pana ceteyyaṃ DN.i.185; ettha ce te mano atthi SN.i.116, or combined with other particles, as noce, yañce, sace (q.v.). Freq. also in combination with other indef. interrog. or emphatic particles, as ce va kho pana if then, if now: ahañ ce va kho pana pañhaṃ puccheyyaṃ DN.i.117; ahañ ce va kho pana abhivādeyyaṃ DN.i.125; api (pi) ce even if: api ce vassasataṃ jīve mānavo Snp.589.
Vedic ced; ce = Lat. que in absque, ne-c, etc., Goth. h in ni-h. see also ca 3
= cicca (equal to sañcicca), ger. of cinteti, corresp. to either *cetya or *cintya [ cint ]; only in ster def. jānanto sañjānanto cecca abhivitaritvā Vin.ii.91 Vin.iii.73, Vin.iii.112; Vin.iv.290.
cet
a servant, a boy Ja.iii.478. See next.
a servant, a slave, a (bad) fellow Vin.iv.66; ] Vin.ii.176 = Dhp-a.iv.92 (duṭṭha˚ miserable fellow); Dhp-a.iii.281, Dhp-a.iv.82 (bhātika-ceṭakā rascals of brothers); Dhp-a.v.385; Mil.222.
a decoy-bird (Com. dīpaka-tittira, exciting partridge) Ja.iii.357.
a kind of bird Ja.vi.538. See also cela˚.
adjective connected with a thought or intention Ja.vi.304; usually in a˚; without a thought unintentional Ja.ii.375; Ja.vi.178; Vb.419.
see cetanā
state of ceto in action, thinking as active thought, intention, purpose, will Defined as action (kamma: AN.iii.415; cp. Kvu.viii.9 § 38 untraced quotation; cp. AN.v.292). Often combined w. patthanā & paṇidhi (wish & aspiration), e.g. SN.ii.99 SN.ii.154; AN.i.32, AN.i.224; AN.v.212; Cnd.112 (in def. of asucimanussā people of ignoble action: asuciyā cetanāya patthanāya, paṇidhinā samannāgatā). Also classed with these in a larger group in KV., e.g. Kv.343, Kv.380 combined w. vedanā saññā c. citta phassa manasikāra in def. of nāmakāya (opp. rūpakāya) SN.ii.3 (without citta), Pts.i.183 (do.); Ne.77, Ne.78
■ enumerated under the four blessings of vatthu, paccaya, c., guṇātireka (-sampadā) & def. as “cetanāya somanassa-sahagatañāṇa-sampayutta-bhāvo” at Dhp-a.iii.94. Cetanā is opposed to cetasika (i.e. ceto) in its determination of the 7 items of good conduct (see sīla) which refers to actions of the body (or are wilful, called cetanākamma Ne.43, Ne.96; otherwise distinguished as kāya- & vacīkammantā AN.v.292 sq.), whereas the 3 last items (sīla 8–10) refer to the behaviour of the mind (cetasikakamma Nett., mano-kammanta A), viz. the shrinking back from covetousness, malice, & wrong views.; Vin.iii.112; SN.iii.60; AN.ii.232 (kaṇhassa kammassa pahānāya cetanā: intention to give up wrong-doing) Vv-a.72 (vadhaka-cetanā wilful murder); maraṇacetanā intention of death Dhp-a.i.20; āhār’ āsā cetanā intention consisting in deśire for food Vism.537. Pv-a.8, Pv-a.30 (pariccāga˚ intention to give); Pp.12; Mil.94; Sdhp.52, Sdhp.72
■ In scholastic lgg. often explained as cetanā sañcetanā sañcetayitatta (viz. state or behaviour of volition) Dhs.5; Vb.285
■ Cp. Dhs.58 (+ citta); Vb.401 (id.); Vb.40, Vb.403; Vism.463 (cetayatī ti cetanā; abhisandahatī ti attho).
f. abstr. fr. cet, see cinteti
intended AN.v.187; Mil.62.
pp. of ceteti, see cinteti
Name of a tree, perhaps the yellow Myrobalan Ja.v.420.
adjective only in-˚: sucetasa of a good mind, good-hearted SN.i.4 = SN.i.29, SN.i.46 = SN.i.52; paraphrased by Buddhaghosa as sundaracetasa; pāpa˚ of a wicked mind, evil-minded SN.i.70 = SN.i.98; a˚ without mind SN.i.198; sabba˚; all-hearted, with all one’s mind or heart, in phrase aṭṭhikatvā manasikatvā sabbacetaso samannāharitva ohitasoto (of one paying careful & proper attention) SN.i.112 sq. = 189, 220; AN.ii.116; AN.iii.163, AN.iii.402; AN.iv.167. The editors have often misunderstood the phrase & we freq. find vv.ll. with sabbaṃ cetaso & sabbaṃ cetasā-appamāṇa˚ SN.iv.186; avyāpanna˚ SN.v.74.
orig. the gen. of ceto used as nominative
adjective belonging to ceto, mental (opp. kāyika physical). Kāyikaṃ sukhaṃ → cetasikaṃ s. AN.i.81; SN.v.209; kāyikā darathā → c. d. MN.iii.287, MN.iii.288; c. duk khaṃ DN.ii.306; AN.i.157; c. roga Ja.iii.337. c. kamma is sīla 8–10 (see under cetanā) Ne.43
■ As n combined with citta it is to be taken as supplementing it, viz. mind & all that belongs to it, mind and mental properties, adjuncts, co-efficients (cp. vitakka-vicāra sach compounds as phalâphala, bhavâbhava) DN.i.213; see also citta. Occurring in the Nikāyas in sg. only, it came to be used in pl. and, as an ultimate category, the 52 cetasikas, with citta as bare consciousness, practically superseded in mental analysis, the 5 khandha-category See Cpd. p. 1 and pt. II. Mrs. Rh. D., Bud. Psy. 6 148, 175. -cetasikā dhammā Pts.i.84; Vb.421; Dhs.3 Dhs.18, etc. (cp. Dhs. trsl. pp. 6, 148).
gen. sg. of ceto, functioning as gen. to citta (see citta & ceto).
neuter barter Vin.iii.216, see also Vin. Texts i.22 & Kacc. 322.
see cetāpeti; cp. BSk. cetanika
to get in exchange, to barter, buy Vin.iii.216 (explained by parivatteti), Vin.iii.237; Vin.iv.250.
Caus. of *cetati to ci, collect; see also Kern, Toevoegselen s. v.
neuter a tumulus, sepulchral monument, cairn, MN.i.20; Dhp.188; Ja.i.237; Ja.vi.173; Snp-a.194 (dhātu-gharaṃ katvā cetiyaṃ patiṭṭhāpesuṃ); Kp-a.221; Dhp-a.iii.29 (dhātu˚) Dhp-a.iv.64); Vv-a.142; Sdhp.428, Sdhp.430. Pre-Buddhistic cetiyas mentioned by name are Aggāḷava˚ Vin.ii.172; SN.i.185; Snp.p.59; Dhp-a.iii.170; Ānanda˚ DN.ii.123, DN.ii.126; Udena˚ DN.ii.102, DN.ii.118; DN.iii.9; Dhp-a.iii.246; Gotama (ka) ibid.; Cāpāla˚ DN.ii.102, DN.ii.118; SN.v.250; Ma-kuṭabandhana˚ DN.ii.160; Bahuputta˚ DN.ii.102, DN.ii.118; DN.iii.10; SN.ii.220; AN.iv.16; Sattambaka˚ DN.ii.102, DN.ii.118; Sārandada DN.ii.118, DN.ii.175; AN.iii.167; Supatiṭṭha˚ Vin.i.35.
cp. from ci, to heap up, cp. citi, cināti
see cinteti.
neuter = citta, q.v. for detail concerning derivation, inflexion & meaning. Cp. also cinteti.; Only the gen. cetaso & the instr.; cetasā are in use besides these there is an adj. cetaso, der. from nom base cetas. Another adj. form is the inflected nom. ceto, occurring only in viceto SN.v.447 (+ ummatto, out of mind).
Sk. cetas
neuter cloth, esp. clothes worn, garment, dress AN.i.206; Pv.ii.12#7 (kañcanā˚ for kañcana˚); Pv.iii.9#3 (for veḷa); dhāti˚ baby’s napkin Ja.iii.539. In simile of one whose clothes are on fire (āditta˚ + ādittasīsa) SN.v.440; AN.ii.93; AN.iii.307; AN.iv.320-acela a naked ascetic DN.i.161, DN.i.165≈; Ja.v.75; Ja.vi.222.
Derivation unknown. Cp. Sk. cela
cp. Sk. ceḍaka P. ceṭa & in meaning E. knight → Ger. knecht; knave → knabe, knappe
= cetakedu Ja.vi.538.
= celāvaka Ja.v.418.
a kind of bird Ja.vi.538 (Com. celabaka; is it celā bakā?); Ja.v.416. See also celāpaka.
cp. Sk. chilla?
adjective clean Ja.iii.21; -bhāva cleanliness MN.i.39 (= visuddhibhāva; to be read for T mokkha˚? See Trenckner’s note on p. 530).
Cp. Sk. cokṣa
neuter the cocoa-nut or banana, or cinnamon Ja.v.420 (˚vana); -pāna a sweet drink of banana or cocoa-nut milk Vin.i.246.
Both derivation & meaning uncertain. The word is certainly not Aryan. See the note at; Vinaya Texts ii.132
adjective one who rebukes; exhorting, reproving Vin.i.173; Vin.ii.248 sq.; Vin.v.158, Vin.v.159 etc.; SN.i.63; MN.i.95 sq.; DN.iii.236; AN.i.53; AN.iii.196; AN.iv.193 sq. DN-a.i.40.
to codeti
feminine reproof, exhortation DN.i.230; DN.iii.218; AN.iii.352; Vin V.158, 159; Vism.276
■ As ttg in codan’ atthe nipāto an exhortative particle Ja.vi.211 (for ingha); Vv-a.237 (id.); Pv-a.88 variant reading (for handa).
see codeti
urged, exhorted, incited; questioned Snp.819; Ja.vi.256; Pv.ii.9#66; Vv.16#1; Pv-a.152; Sdhp.309.
pp. of codeti, q.v.
one who reproves, one who exacts blame, etc. Vin.v.184.
n. ag. to codeti
aor acodayi (verse 112),
inf codetuṃ,
grd codetabba;
pass cujjati & codiyati;
pp cudita & codita (q.v.):
caus codāpeti (Vin.iii.165)
to urge, incite, exhort; to reprove, reprimand, to call forth, to question; in spec. sense to demand payment of a debt (Ja.vi.69 iṇaṃ codetvā Ja.vi.245; Snp.120 iṇaṃ cujjamāna being pressed to pay up Pv-a.3 iṇayikehi codiyamāna) DN.i.230; Vin.i.43 (āpattiyā c. to reprove for an offence), Vin.i.114, Vin.i.170 sq. Vin.i.322 sq.; Vin.ii.2 sq., Vin.ii.80 sq.; Vin.iii.164, etc.; Ja.v.112; Dhp.379; Pv-a.39, Pv-a.74.
Vedic codati & codayati, from; cud
neuter moving, stirring Dhp-a.iv.85; Dhs-a.92, Dhs-a.240, Dhs-a.323.
cup, copati to stir, rel. to kup, see kuppati
a thief, a robber Vin.i.74, Vin.i.75, Vin.i.88, Vin.i.149; SN.ii.100, SN.ii.128 = AN.ii.240; SN.ii.188 (gāmaghāta, etc.); SN.iv.173; MN.ii.74 = Thag.786; AN.i.48; AN.ii.121 sq.; AN.iv.92, AN.iv.278; Snp.135, Snp.616, Snp.652; Ja.i.264 (˚rājā, the robber king); Ja.ii.104; Ja.iii.84; Mil.20; Vism.180 (sah’ oḍḍha c.), Vism.314 (in simile), Vism.489 (rāja-puris ânubandha˚, in comparison), Vism.569 (andhakāre corassa hattha-pasāraṇaṃ viya); Dhp-a.ii.30; Pv-a.3, Pv-a.54, Pv-a.274- mahā˚; a great robber Vin.iii.89; DN.iii.203; AN.i.153 AN.iii.128; AN.iv.339; Mil.185
■ Often used in similes: see J.P.T.S. 1907, 87.
cur, corayati to steal; Dhtp.530 = theyye
a plant used for the preparation of perfume Ja.vi.537.
cp. Sk. coraka
f. thieving, theft Vin.i.208; Ja.iii.508; Mil.158; Pv-a.4, Pv-a.86, Pv-a.192; Vv-a.72 (= theyyā).
feminine a female thief Vin.iv.276; Ja.ii.363; (adj.) thievish, deceitful Ja.i.295
■ dāraka˚; a female kidnapper Ja.vi.337.
at Cnd.40 (p. 85) read terovassikaṃ (as SN.iv.185).
(& coḷa) a piece of cloth, a rag SN.i.34; Ja.iv.380; Mil.169; Pv-a.73; Sdhp.396. -bhisi a mat spread with a piece of cloth (as a seat) Vin.iv.40. duccola clad in rags, badly dressed Vin.i.109; Vin.iii.263.
Cp. Sk. coḍa
(& coḷaka) = cola Vin.i.48, Vin.i.296; Vin.ii.113, Vin.ii.151, Vin.ii.174, Vin.ii.208, Vin.ii.225; Pv.ii.1#7; Mil.53 (bark for tinder?); Dhp-a.ii.173.
Ch. Cha & Chal
(cha in composition effects gemination of consonant, e.g. chabbīsati = cha + vīsati, chabbaṇṇa cha + vaṇṇa, chaḷ only before vowels in compound chaḷanga, chaḷ-abhiññā) the number six.
Cases: nom. cha, gen. channaṃ, instr. chahi (chambhī (?) Ja.iv.310, which should be chambhi & prob chabbhi = ṣaḍbhiḥ; see also chambhī), loc. chasu (chassu), num. ord. chaṭṭha the sixth. Cp. also saṭṭhi (60) soḷasa (16). Six is applied whenever a “major set is concerned (see 2), as in the foll.: 6 munis are distinguished at Cnd.514 (in pairs of 3: see muni); Cnd.6 bhikkhus as a “clique” (see chabaggiya, cp. the Vestal virgins in Rome, 6 in number); 6 are the sciences of the Veda (see chaḷanga); there are 6 buddha-dhammā (Cnd.466), 6 viññāṇakāyā (see upadhi); 6 senses & sense-organs (see āyatana)-cha dānasālā Ja.i.282; oraṃ chahi māsehi kālakiriyā bhavissati (l shall die in 6 months, i.e. not just yet, but very soon, after the “next” moon) Pv.iv.3#35. Six bodily faults Ja.i.394 (viz. too long, too short too thin, too fat, too black, too white). Six thousand Gandhabbas Ja.ii.334.
tusks, in ˚daha Name of one of the Great Lakes of the Himavant (satta-mahā-sarā), lit. lake of the elephant with 6 tusks. cp. cha-visāṇa Vism.416. -dvārika entering through six doors (i.e. the senses) Dhp-a.iv.221 (taṇhā). -dhātura (= dhātuya) consisting of six elements MN.iii.239. -pañca (chappañca) six or five Mil.292. -phass’ āyatana having six seats of contact (i.e. the outer senses) MN.iii.239; Thag.755; Pv-a.52 cp. Snp.169. -baṇṇa (= vaṇṇa) consisting of six colours (of raṃsi, rays) Ja.v.40; Dhp-a.i.249; Dhp-a.ii.41; Dhp-a.iv.99. -baggiya (= vaggiya) forming a group of six, a set of (sinful Bhikkhus taken as exemplification of trespassing the rules of the Vinaya (cp. Oldenberg, Buddha 7384) Their names are Assaji, Punabhasu, Paṇḍuka, Lohitaka, Mettiya, Bhummajaka Vin.ii.1, Vin.ii.77, and passim Ja.ii.387; Dhp-a.iii.330. -bassāni (= vassāni) six years Ja.i.85; Dhp-a.iii.195. -bidha (= vidha) sixfold Vism.184 -bisāṇa (= visāṇa) having six (i.e. a “major set”) of tusks (of pre-eminent elephants) Ja.v.42 (Nāgarājā), Ja.v.48 (kuñjara), cp. chaddanta
■ bīsati (= vīsati) twenty-six Dhp-a.iv.233 (devalokā). Chakana & Chakana;
Vedic ṣaṣ & ṣaṭ (ṣaḍ = chaḷ) Gr.; ε ̔́ς, Lat. sex, Goth, saihs
neuter the dung of animals Vin.i.202; Ja.iii.386 (ṇ); Ja.v.286; Ja.vi.392 (ṇ).
Vedic śakṛt & śakan; Gr. κόπρος; Sk. chagana is later, see Trenckner, Notes 62 n. 16
feminine = chakana Cnd.199.
a he-goat Ja.vi.237; -ka ibid. & Vin.iii.166
■ f. chakalī Ja.vi.559.
cp. Sk. chagala, from chāga heifer
neuter set of six Vism.242 (meda˚ & mutta˚).
from cha
adverb six times DN.ii.198; Dhp-a.iii.196.
Sk. ṣaṭkṛtvas
the sixth Snp.171, Snp.437; Dhp-a.iii.200: Snp-a.364. Also as chaṭṭhama Snp.101, Snp.103; Ja.iii.280.
adjective throwing away, removing, in puppha˚ a flower-rubbish remover (see pukkusa) Thag.620; Vism.194
■ f. chaḍḍikā see kacavara˚.
neuter throwing away, rejecting Ja.i.290; Dhtp.571
■ ī (f.) a shovel, dust-pan Dhp-a.iii.7. See kacavara˚
thrown out. vomited; cast away, rejected, left behind SN.iii.143; Ja.i.91, Ja.i.478; Pv.ii.2#3 (= ucchiṭṭhaṃ vantan ti attho Pv-a.80); Vv-a.100; Pv-a.78, Pv-a.185.
pp. of chaddeti
to spit out, to vomit, throw away; abandon, leave reject Vin.214 sq.; Vin.iv.265; MN.i.207; SN.i.169 (chaṭṭehi wrongly for chaḍḍehi) = Snp.p.15; Ja.i.61, Ja.i.254, Ja.i.265, Ja.i.292 Ja.v.427; Pp.33; Dhp-a.i.95 (uṇhaṃ lohitaṃ ch. to kill oneself); Dhp-a.ii.101; Dhp-a.iii.171; Vv-a.126; Pv-a.43, Pv-a.63, Pv-a.174 Pv-a.211; Pv-a.255; Mil.15
ger chaḍḍūna Thig.469 (= chaḍḍetvā Thag-a.284); grd. chaḍḍetabba Vin.i.48; Ja.ii.2 chaḍḍanīya Mil.252; chaḍḍiya (to be set aside) MN.i.12 sq
pass chaḍḍīyati Pv-a.174
caus chaḍḍāpeti to cause to be vomited, to cast off, to evacuate to cause to be deserted Vin.iv.265; Ja.i.137; Ja.iv.139 Ja.vi.185, Ja.vi.534; Vism.182
pp chaḍḍita (q.v.)
■ See also kacavara˚
Vedic chardayati & chṛṇatti to vomit; cp. also avaskara excrements & karīsa dung. From; *sqer to eliminate, separate, throw out (Gr. κρίνω, Lat. ex (s)cerno), cp. Gr. σκ ̈ως, Lat. mus(s)cerda, Ags. scearn.
a festival Ja.i.423, Ja.i.489 (surā˚), Ja.i.499; Ja.ii.48 (mangala˚), Ja.ii.143, Ja.iii.287, Ja.iii.446, Ja.iii.538; Ja.iv.115 (surā˚); Ja.v.212; Ja.vi.221, Ja.vi.399 (˚bheri); Dhp-a.iii.100 (surā˚), Dhp-a.iii.443 (˚vesa); Dhp-a.iv.195; Vv-a.173.
the Chaṇaka plant Mil.352; cp. akkhaṇa.
= akkhaṇa? Kern; cp. Sk. *ākhaṇa
neuter a sunshade (“parasol” would be misleading. The handle of a chatta is affixed at the circumference, not at the centre as it is in a parasol), a canopy Vin.i.152; Vin.ii.114; DN.i.7≈; DN.ii.15 (seta˚, under which Gotama is seated); Ja.i.267 (seta˚); Ja.iv.16, Ja.v.383; Ja.vi.370; Snp.688, Snp.689; Mil.355; Dhp-a.i.380 sq. DN-a.i.89; Pv-a.47
■ Esp. as seta˚ the royal canopy, one of the 5 insignia regis (setachatta-pamukhaṃ pañcavidhaṃ rāja-kakudhabhaṇḍaṃ Pv-a.74), see kakudhabhaṇḍa Ja.vi.4, Ja.vi.223, Ja.vi.389; -ṃ ussāpeti to unfold the r canopy Pv-a.75; Dhp-a.i.161, Dhp-a.i.167. See also paṇṇa˚.
late Vedic chattra = *chad-tra, covering to chad, see chādati
a pupil, a student Ja.ii.428.
cp. Sk. chātra, one who carries his master’s sunshade
masculine neuter
adverb thirty-six times Iti.15.
anything that covers, protects or hides, viz. a cover, an awning DN.i.7≈ (sa-uttara˚ but ˚chadana at DN.ii.194)
■ a veil in phrase vivaṭacchada “with the veil lifted” thus spelt only at Cnd.242, Cnd.593, Dhp-a.i.106 (vivattha˚ variant reading vaṭṭa˚) & DN-a.i.251 (vivatta˚), otherwise -chadda -shelter, clothing in phrase ghāsacchada Pp.51 (see ghāsa & cp. chāda)
■ a hedge Ja.vi.60
■ a wing Thig.108 (citra˚).
cp. chādeti chad = saṃvaraṇe Dhtp.586
neuter = chada, viz. lit.
Vedic chad
neuter = chada, only in phrase vivattacchadda (or vivaṭa˚) DN.i.89; Snp.372, Snp.378, Snp.1003, Snp.1147; DN-a.i.251 Nd ii.however & DA read ˚chada expl. by vivaṭa-rāgadosamoha-chadana Snp-a.365.
Dhtp.590 & Dhtm.820 expln a root chadd by “vamane,” thus evidently taking it as an equivalent of chaḍḍ
sixfold Mil.2.
Sk. ṣaṭśaḥ
cp. Vedic and Sk. chanda, and skandh to jump
a voluntary collection (of alms for the Sangha), usually as -ṃ saṃharati to make a vol. coll. Vin.iv.250; Ja.i.422; Ja.ii.45, Ja.ii.85 (saṃharitvā variant reading BB; text sankaḍḍhitvā), Ja.ii.196, Ja.ii.248; Ja.iii.288 (nava˚, a new kind of donation); Cp. BSk. chandaka-bhikṣana Avs vol. ii.227.
feminine (strong) impulse, will, desire Cnd.394; Vb.350, Vb.370.
see chanda
feminine = chandatā Vv-a.319.
abstr. to adj. chandavant, chanda + vant
feminine metrics, prosody Mil.3.
see chando
adjective having zeal, endeavouring usually as a˚; without (right) effort, & always combd w. anādara & assaddha Pp.13; Vb.341; Pv-a.54 (variant reading), Pv-a.175.
see chanda
adjective & chandīkatā (f.) (with) right effort, zealous, zeal (adj.) Thag.1029 (chandi˚) (n.) Vb.208.
neuter metre, metrics, prosody, esp. applied to the Vedas Vin.ii.139 (chandaso buddhavacanaṃ āropeti to recite in metrical form, or acc. to Bdhgh. in the dialect of the Vedas cp. Vin. Texts iii.150) SN.i.38; Snp.568 (Sāvittī chandaso mukhaṃ: the best of Vedic metres).
Vedic chandas, from skandh, cp. in meaning Sk. pada; Gr. ιἄμβος
pp. of chad, see chādeti1
fit, suitable, proper Vin.ii.124 (+ paṭirūpa); Vin.iii.128; DN.i.91 (+ paṭirūpa); SN.i.9; MN.i.360; Ja.iii.315; Ja.v.307 Ja.vi.572; Pv.ii.12#15 (= yutta Pv-a.159).
pp. to chad (chand), chandayati, see chādeti2
name of a low-class tribe Vin.iv.203 (= caṇḍāla Bdhgh. on Sekh. 69 at Vin.iv.364), f. ˚ī ib.
six or five Mil.292.
cha + pañca
see under cha.
feminine the earth; only in oblique cases, used as adv. Instr. chamā on the ground, to the ground (= ved. kṣamā) MN.i.387; DN.iii.6; Ja.iii.232; Ja.iv.285; Ja.vi.89, Ja.vi.528; Vv.41#4 (Vv-a.183; bhūmiyaṃ); Thig.17; Thig.112 (Thag-a.116: chamāyaṃ); Pv.iv.5#3 (Pv-a.260: bhūmiyaṃ)
■ loc. chamāyaṃ Vin.i.118; AN.i.215; Snp.401; Vism.18; Thag-a.116; chamāya Vin.ii.214.
from kṣam, cp. khamati. It remains doubtful how the Dhtm (553, 555) came to define the root cham (= kṣam) as 1 hīḷane and 2 adane
to be frightened Dhp-a.iv.52 (+ vedhati).
see chambheti
Only in der. chambhitatta (nt.) the state of being stiff, paralysis, stupefaction consternation, always combined with other expressions of fear, viz. uttāsa SN.v.386; bhaya Ja.i.345 (where spelled chambhittaṃ); Ja.ii.336 (where wrongly explained by sarīracalanaṃ), freq. in phrase bhaya ch. lomahaṃsa (fear stupefaction & horripilation (“gooseflesh”) Vin.ii.156; SN.i.104; SN.i.118; SN.i.219; DN.i.49 (explained at DN-a.i.50 wrongly by sakala-sarīra calanaṃ); Cnd.470; Mil.23; Vb.367 Vism.187
■ In other connections at Cnd.1 (= Dhs.425 Dhs.1118, where thambhitatta instead of ch˚); Dhs.965 (on which see Dhs trsl. 242).
pp. of chambheti
adjective immovable, rigid; terrified, paralysed with fear SN.i.219; MN.i.19; Ja.iv.310 (variant reading jambhī, here with ref. to one who is bound (stiff with ropes (pāsasatehi chambhī) which is however taken by com. as instr. of cha & expld by chasu ṭhānesu, viz on 4 limbs, body & neck; cp. cha)
■ acchambhin firm steady, undismayed SN.i.220; Snp.42; Ja.i.71
■ See chambheti & chambhita.
see chambheti
to be firm or rigid, fig. to be stiff with fear, paralysed: see chambhin & chambhitatta, Cp. ūrukhambha (under khambha2).
cp. Sk. skabhnāti & stabhnāti; skambh, and P. khambha, thambha & khambheti
bark, bast Dhp-a.ii.165; Bdhgh on MV. viii.29.
Sk. challi
Derivation doubtful. Vedic śava
feminine the (outer thin) skin, tegument SN.ii.256; AN.iv.129; Snp.194; Ja.ii.92 Distinguished from camma, the hide (under-skin corium) SN.ii.238 (see camma); also in combination ch-cammamaṃsa Vism.235; Dhp-a.iv.56.
*(s)qeu to cover. Vedic chavi, skuṇāti; cp. Gr. σκϋλον; Lat. ob-scurus; Ohg. skūra (Nhg. scheuer) Ags scēo → E. sky also Goth. skōhs → E. shoe
adjective hungry Ja.i.338; Ja.ii.301; Ja.v.69; Pv.ii.1#13 (= bubhukkhita, khudāya abhibhūta Pv-a.72 Pv.ii.9#36 (jighacchita Pv-a.126); Pv-a.62; Vv-a.76; Mil.253; Mhvs.vii.24. Cp. pari˚.
cp. Sk. psāta from bhas (*bhsā), Gr. ψώξω; see Walde, Lat. Wtb. under sabulum & cp. bhasman probably Non-Aryan
fr. prec.
hunger (lit. hungriness) Dhp-a.i.170.
f. abstr. fr. chāta
neuter covering. clothing, often combined with ghāsa˚; food & clothing (q.v.) Ja.ii.79 (vattha˚) Pv.i.10#7 (bhojana˚); Pv.ii.1#7 (vattha˚); Pv-a.50 (= vattha) Dhp-a.iv.7
■ As adj. Ja.vi.354 (of the thatch of a house).
to chādeti
feminine covering, concealment Pp.19, Pp.23. Cp. pari˚.
fr. chādeti
feminine shade Ja.iv.351.
chādeti1
neuter covering (of a house or hut), thatch, straw, hay (for eating) Ja.vi.354 (= gehacchādana-tiṇa).
pp channa1 (q.v.).
Caus. of chad, Sk. chādayati
for chandeti, cp. Sk. chandati & chadayati; to khyā?
the young of an animal MN.i.384 (˚ka); SN.ii.269 (bhinka˚); Ja.i.460; Ja.ii.439 (sakuṇa˚) Mil.402
■ f. chāpī Ja.vi.192 (maṇḍūka˚).
Sk. śāva
feminine shade, shadow SN.i.72, SN.i.93; MN.ii.235; MN.iii.164; AN.ii.114; Snp.1014; Dhp.2; Ja.ii.302 Ja.iv.304; Ja.v.445; Mil.90, Mil.298; Dhp-a.i.35; Pv-a.12, Pv-a.32, Pv-a.45 Pv-a.81, etc
■ Yakkhas have none; Ja.v.34; Ja.vi.337. chāyā is frequent in similes: see J.P.T.S. 1907, 87.
Vedic chāyā, light & shade; *skei (cp. (s)qait σκιά & σκοιόςskia/ & skoio/s; Goth. skeinan See note on kāla, vol. ii. p. 382
feminine Ashes Vin.i.210; Vin.ii.220; DN.ii.164 = Ud.93; AN.i.209; AN.iv.103; Ja.iii.447; Ja.iv.88; Ja.v.144; Dhp-a.i.256 Dhp-a.ii.68; Vv-a.67; Pv-a.80 (chārikangāra).
Cp. kṣāyati to burn, kṣāra burning; Gr. ςηρός dry, Lat. serenus dry, clear. See also khāra bhasma.
a hole, in eka˚-yuga MN.iii.169≈; tāḷa˚ key hole SN.iv.290; Vism.394.
cp. chidda
(always-˚) adjective breaking, cutting, destroying MN.i.386; SN.i.191 = Thag.1234; Thag.521; Thag.1143; Snp.87 (kankha˚), Snp.491, Snp.1021, Snp.1101 (taṇha˚); Vv-a.82 (id.).
cp. Ohg. scetar. For suffix ˚ra, cp. rudhira, etc. Vedic chid + ra. Cp. Sk. chidra
adjective having holes or meshes (of a net) DN.i.45.
feminine perforation, being perforated Ja.i.419.
adjective having faults, full of defects MN.i.272.
to cut off, to destroy, to remove, both lit. (bandhanaṃ, pāsaṃ, pasibbakaṃ, jīvaṃ, gīvaṃ, sīsaṃ hatthapāde, etc.) and fig. (taṇhaṃ, mohaṃ, āsavā saṃyojanāni, vicikicchaṃ, vanathaṃ, etc.) Freq. in similes: see J.P.T.S. 1907, 88
Vedic chid in 3 forms viz. 1 (Perf.) base chid; 2 Act. (pres.) base w. nasal infix. chind; 3 Med (denom). base w. guṇa ched. Cp. the analagous formations of cit under cinteti
■ Idg.* sk(h)eid, Gr. σξίζω (E. schism); Lat. scindo (E. scissors); Ohg scīzan; Ags. scītan; cp. also Goth. skaidan, Ohg. sceidan Root chid is defined at Dhtp.382, Dhtp.406 as “dvedhākaraṇa”
adjective breaking, see pari˚.
fr. chindati
cut off, destroyed Vin.i.71 (acchinna-kesa with unshaven hair); MN.i.430; DN.ii.8 (˚papañca); Ja.i.255; Ja.ii.155; Ja.iv.138; Dhp.338; Pv.i.11#2 (variant reading for bhinna), Pv.i.11#6; Dhp-a.iv.48. Very often in punishments of decapitation (sīsa˚) or mutilation (hatthapāda˚, etc.) e.g. Vin.i.91; Vin.iii.28; Pv.ii.2#4 (ghāna-sīsa˚); Mil.5. Cp. sañ˚. As first part of cpd. chinna˚ very frequently is to be rendered by “without”, e.g. -āsa without hope Ja.ii.230; Pv-a.22, Pv-a.174; -iriyāpatha unable to walk, i.e. a cripple Vin.i.91; -kaṇṇa without ears Pv-a.151; -gantha untrammelled, unfettered Snp.219; -pilotika with torn rags, or without rags SN.ii.28; Pv-a.171 (+ bhinna˚); -bhatta without food i.e. famished starved Ja.i.84; Ja.v.382; Dhp-a.iii.106 = Vv-a.76 -saṃsaya without doubt Snp.1112; Iti.96, Iti.97, Iti.123; Cnd.244. -sāṭaka a torn garment Vism.51.
pp. of chindati
adjective cut; a˚; uncut (of cloth) Vin.i.297.
fr. chinna
feminine deceitful, fraudulent, sly, only in combination w. dhuttā (dhuttikā) & only applied to women Vin.iii.128 Vin.iv.61; Ja.ii.114; Mil.122.
thrown away, removed, rejected, contemptible Dhp.41 = Thig.468 (spelled chuṭṭha); Ja.v.302.
Sk. kṣubdha (?) kṣubh, perhaps better ṣṭīv, pp. ṣṭyūta (see niṭṭhubhati), cp. Pischel, Prk. Gr. §§ 66, 120 & Trenckner; Notes p.75See also khipita
to touch Vin.i.191; Vin.iii.37, Vin.iii.121; Ja.iv.82; Ja.vi.166; Vism.249; Dhp-a.i.166 (mā chupi)
pp chupita.
Dhtp.480 = samphasse
neuter touching Vin.iii.121; Ja.vi.387.
touched Vin.iii.37; Ja.vi.218.
pp. of chupati
given as root chubh (for kṣubh) with def. “nicchubhe” at Dhtm.550. See khobha.
feminine a knife, a dagger, kreese Thig.302; Ja.iii.370; Mil.339; cp. Mil trsln. ii.227; Thag-a.227; Dhp-a.iii.19.
Sk. kṣurikā to kṣura see khura, cp. chārikā → khara
see vi˚.
adjective
feminine skill Vv-a.131.
cheka + tā
an animal living in mountain cliffs, a sort of leopard SN.i.198.
cutter, destroyer Snp.343; Ja.vi.226.
Sk. chettṛ, n-agent to chindati
cutting, destruction, loss Snp.367 (˚bandhana); Ja.i.419; Ja.i.485; sīsa˚; decapitation Dhp-a.ii.204; Pv-a.5; aṇḍa˚; castration Ja.iv.364; - bhatta ˚ṃ karoti to put on short rations Ja.i.156. pada˚; separation of words Snp-a.150. -gāmin (adj.) liable to break fragile AN.ii.81; Ja.v.453
■ Cp. vi˚.
see chindati
adjective cutting; in aṇḍa˚; one who castrates Ja.iv.366.
fr. cheda
neuter cutting, severing, destroying DN.i.5; (= DN-a.i.80 hattha˚-ādi); DN.iii.176; Vin.ii.133; AN.ii.209; AN.v.206; SN.iv.169 (nakha˚); SN.v.473; Mil.86 Vism.102 (˚vadha-bandana, etc.).
see chindati
feminine tail Vin.i.191; Vin.iii.21.
Sk. sépa
(-˚) born, produced, sprung or arisen from. Freq. in compounds: atta˚, ito˚, eka˚, kuto˚, khandha˚, jala˚ daratha˚, dāru˚, di˚, puthuj˚, pubba˚, yoni˚, vāri˚ saha˚, sineha˚.
adj
■ suffix from jan, see janati; cp. ˚ga; gacchati
neuter the world, the earth AN.ii.15, AN.ii.17 (jagato gati); SN.i.186 (jagatogadha plunged into the world).
Vedic jagat, intens. of gam, see gacchati
feminine only in compounds as jagati˚:
see jagat
neuter wakefulness SN.i.111.
jaggati + ya
= jāgarati, Dhtp.22 gives jagg as root in meaning “niddā-khaya.”
neuter watching, tending, bringing up Ja.i.148 (dāraka˚).
from jaggati
(to jāgarati] watchfulness Ja.i.10.
to laugh, to deride Ja.iii.223; Ja.v.436; Ja.vi.522. pp. jagghita Ja.vi.522. See also anu˚, pa˚.
Intens. to sound-root ghar. for *jaghrati. See note on gala. Kern compares Ved. jakṣati, Intens of hasati (Toevoegselen under anujagghati); Dhtp.31 jaggh hasane
feminine laughter Ja.iii.226.
neuter the loins, the buttocks Vin.ii.266; Ja.v.203.
Vedic jaghana, cp. Gr. κοξώνη; see janghā
neuter a rough, sandy & waterless place, jungle AN.v.21; Ja.iv.71; Vv-a.338. Cp. ujjangala.
feminine the leg, usually the lower leg (from knee to ankle) DN.ii.17≈(SN.i.16 = Snp.165 (eṇi˚); Snp.610; Ja.ii.240; Ja.v.42; Ja.vi.34; Thag-a.212). In compounds jangha (except in janghā-vihāra).
in phrase -ṃ anucaṅkamati anuvicarati DN.i.235; MN.i.108 Snp.p.105, Snp.p.115; or ˚ṃ carati Pv-a.73
■ AN.i.136; Ja.ii.272; Ja.iv.7, Ja.iv.74; Dhp-a.iii.141.
Vedic janghā; cp. Av. zanga, ankle; Goth. gaggan, to go; Ags. gang, walk. From *gheṅgh to walk see also jaghana
neuter lit. “belonging to the knees”; the kneepiece of a robe Vin.i.287.
see janghā
adjective of birth, by birth (usually -˚) MN.ii.47 (ittara˚. of inferior birth); Snp.p.80 (kiṃ˚ of what birth, i.e. of what social standing); Ja.i.342 (hīna˚ of low birth): Sdhp.416 (id.) Ja.v.257 (nihīna˚); Mil.189 (sama˚ of equal rank).
jāti + tya
instr. of jāti.
withered, feeble with age Thig.270; Ja.i.5, Ja.i.59 (jarā˚); Thag-a.212; Pv-a.63 (˚bhāva, state of being old)- a˚; not fading (cp. amata & ajarāmara), of Nibbāna SN.iv.369.
From intensive of jarati
weakened Dhp-a.i.7.
pp. of intens. of jar see jarati
adjective of (good) birth, excellent, noble, charming, beautiful MN.i.30 (jaññajañña, cp. MN.i.528); Ja.ii.417 (= manāpa sādhu). a˚; Ja.ii.436.
= janya, cp. jātya; see kula & koleyyaka
a handle, only in vāsi˚; (h. of an adze) Vin.iv.168; SN.iii.154 = AN.iv.127.
feminine tangle, braid, plaiting, esp.
B.Sk. jatā
entangled SN.i.13; Mil.102, Mil.390; Vism.1 (etym.).
pp. of jaṭ; to which also jaṭā; Dhtp.95: sanghāte
one who wears a jaṭā, an ascetic Snp.689; f. -inī Ja.vi.555.
one who wears a jaṭā, i.e. a braid of hair, or who has his hair matted, an ascetic. enumerated amongst other ʻreligiousʼ as ājīvikā nigaṇṭhā j paribbājakā Cnd.308; ājīvikā nig˚ j. tāpasā Cnd.149 Cnd.513
■ Vin.i.24 = Vin.iv.108; Vin.i.38 (purāṇa˚ who had previously been j.) = Vv-a.13 = Pv-a.22; SN.i.78; Snp.p.103 Snp.p.104 (Keṇiya j.); Ja.i.15; Ja.ii.382; Ud.6; Dpvs.i.38.
BSk. jaṭila
= jaṭila MN.i.282; AN.iii.276; Mil.202; Vism.382.
masculine neuter the belly Mil.175. Jannu(ka)
Vedic jaṭhara, to *gelt = *gelbh (see gabbha), cp. Goth. kilpei uterus, Ags. cild = E. child
the knee DN.ii.160; Ja.vi.332; Snp-a.ii.230; Dhp-a.i.80 (˚ka); Dhp-a.ii.57 (id.), Dhp-a.ii.80; Dhp-a.iv.204; Vv-a.206 (jaṇṇu-kappara).
cp. jānu & jannu
lac. As medicine Vin.i.201 -maṭṭhaka a decking with lac. used by women to prevent conception Vin.iv.261; consisting of either jatu kaṭṭha (wood), piṭṭha (flour), or mattikā (clay).
Sk. jatu; cp. Lat. bitumen pitch; Ags. cwidu. resin, Ohg. quiti glue
neuter the collar-bone Dhp-a.ii.55 (gloss: aṃsakūṭa); Dāvs iv.49.
Vedic jatru
only in composition as a˚; not eating, abstaining from food. -ka one who fasts MN.i.245; -māra death by starvation Ja.vi.63 (= anāsaka-maraṇa; Fsb. has note: read ajuṭṭha˚?) ˚mārika AN.iv.287 (variant reading ajeṭṭha˚).
for jaddhuṃ, inf. to jakṣ (P. jaggh), corresp. to Sk. jagdhi eating food; intens. of ghasati
a creature, living being:
*gené: see janati. Cp. Gr. γίνος, γόνος; Lat. genus = Fr. gens, to which also similar in meaning
to janati
feminine a collection of people (“mankind”), congregation, gathering; people, folk DN.i.151 (= DN-a.i.310, correct jananā), DN.i.206; Vin.ii.128 = MN.ii.93 (pacchimā); AN.i.61 (id.); AN.iii.251 (id.); Iti.33; Ja.iv.110; Pv.iii.5#7 (= janasamūha upāsakagaṇa Pv-a.200).
from janati
only in Caus. janeti [Sk. janayati] often spelled jāneti (cp. jaleti: jāleti) & Pass. (intrs.) jāyati to bring forth, produce, cause, syn. sañjaneti nibbatteti abhinibbatteti Cnd s. v. (cp. karoti). ussāhaṃ j. to put forth exertion Ja.ii.407 (see chanda); (saṃ)vegaṃ j. to stir up emotion (aspiration) Ja.iii.184; Pv-a.32; Mhvs.i.4 dukkhaṃ j. to cause discomfort Pv-a.63
aor janayi Thig.162 (Māyā j. Gotamaṃ: she bore)
pp janita produced Pv-a.1
■ See also jantu jamma, jāta, jāti ñāti, etc.
Sk. janati (trs.) & jāyate (intrs.); *gene & *gné to (be able to) produce; Gr. γίγνομαι (γένεσις) γνωτός = jāta = (g)nātus; Lat. gigno, natura, natio; Goth knōps & kunps; Cymr. geni, Ags. cennan, Ohg. kind etc.
to make a sound Ja.vi.64 (= sanati saddaṃ karoti).
adjective producing, causing (-˚) Iti.84 (anattha˚ dosa); Ja.iv.141; Dpvs.i.2; Dhs-a.258 Dhtp.428
■ f. jananī Pv-a.1 (saṃvega˚ dẹsanā); mother (cp. janettī) Ja.iv.175; Pv-a.79. Note. jananā DN-a.i.310 is misprint for janatā.
to janati
inhabited country, the country (opp. town or market-place), the continent politically: a province, district, county DN.i.136 (opp nigama); DN.ii.349; AN.i.160, AN.i.178; Snp.422, Snp.683, Snp.995, Snp.1102; Ja.i.258; Ja.ii.3 (opp. nagara), Ja.ii.139, Ja.ii.300; Pv-a.20, Pv-a.32, Pv-a.111 (province). See also gāma. The 16 provinces of Buddhist India are comprised in the soḷasa mahā-janapadā (Mil.350) enumerated at AN.i.213 = AN.iv.252 sq. = Cnd.247 (on Snp.1102) as follows: Angā, Magadhā (+ Kālingā Cnd] Kāsī, Kosalā, Vajjī, Mallā, Cetī (Cetiyā AN iv.) Vaṃsā (Vangā AN i.), Kurū, Pañcālā, Majjā (Macchā A) Sūrasenā, Assakā, Avantī, Yonā (Gandhārā A), Kambojā Cp. Rhys Davids, B. India p. 23.
jana + pada, the latter in function of collective noun-abstract: see pada 3
neuter birthplace Ja.ii.80.
jan + tra, cp. Gr. γενέτειρα
feminine mother DN.ii.7 sq.; MN.iii.248; AN.iv.276; Ja.i.48; Ja.ii.381 Ja.iv.48.
f. to janitṛ = γενέτως = genitor, cp. genetrix. The Sk. form is janitrī. On e: i cp. petti˚: pitri˚
acc. to Abhp. 214 = aggisālā, a room in which a fire is kept (viz. for the purpose of a steam bath, i.e. a hot room, cp. in meaning Mhg. kemenate = Lat. caminata Ger. stube = E. stove; Low Ger. pesel (room) Lat. pensile (bath) etc.) Etym. uncertain. Bühler KZ 25, p. 325 = yantra-gṛha (oil-mill?); E. Hardy (D. Lit. Ztg. 1902, p. 339) = jentāka (hot dry bath), cp Vin. Texts i.157; iii.103. In all probability it is a distorted form (by dissimilation or analogy), perhaps of *jhānt-āgāra, to jhā to burn = Sk. kṣā, jhānti heat or heating (= Sk. kṣāti) + āgāra, which latter received the aspiration of the first part (= āghāra), both being reduced in length of vowels = jant-āghara
at DN-a.i.296 in jantiyā (for DN.i.135 jāniyā) = hāni, abandonment, giving up, payment, fine. But see jāni
prob. = jahanti to jahāti
a creature, living being, man, person SN.i.48; AN.iv.227; Snp.586, Snp.773 sq., Snp.808 , Snp.1103; Cnd.249 (= satta, nara, puggala); Dhp.105, Dhp.176 Dhp.341, Dhp.395; Ja.i.202; Ja.ii.415; Ja.v.495; Pv.ii.9#49 (= sattanikāya, people, a crowd Pv-a.134).
Vedic jantu, see janati
a grass Vin.i.196.
the knee Dhp-a.i.394. -ka DN.ii.17≈(in marks of a Mahāpurisa, variant reading ṇṇ); Ja.iv.165; Dhp-a.i.48.
cp. jaṇṇu(ka) & jānu
(& jappa vv.ll.)
fr. japati
adjective whispering, see kaṇṇa.˚
(& jappati Dhtp.189, also ja pp.190 = vacane; sound-root jap) to mumble, whisper, utter, recite Ja.iv.204; Pv.ii.6#1 (= vippalapati Pv-a.94); Pv-a.97 ppr. jappaṃ SN.i.166 (palāpaṃ); Ja.iv.75. See japa japana; also pari˚.
(sic. DN-a.i.97, otherwise jappana) whispering, mumbling (see japati), in kaṇṇa˚. See also pari˚.
to hunger for, to desire, yearn long for, (c. acc.) Snp.771 (kāme), Snp.839 (bhavaṃ), Snp.899, Snp.902 Cnd.79 (= pajappati),
pp jappita Snp.902. See also jappā, jappanā, etc., also abhijjappati & pa˚.
not, as customary, to jalp, Sk. jalpati (= japati), but in the meaning of desire, etc., for cappati to capp as in cappeti = Sk, carvayati to chew, suck, be hungry (q.v.) cp. also calaka
= jappā Snp.945; Dhs.1059≈. Cp. pa˚.
feminine desire, lust, greed, attachment, hunger (cp. Nd ii.on taṇhā) SN.i.123 (bhava-lobha˚) Snp.1033; Cnd.250; Ne.12; Dhs.279, Dhs.1059.
to jappati
mud; adj. jambālin muddy, as n. jambālī (f.) a dirty pool (at entrance to village) AN.ii.166.
Sk. jambāla
feminine the rose-apple tree, Eugenia Jambolana Ja.ii.160; Ja.v.6; Vv.6#7; Vv.44#13 , Vv.44#164
■ As adj f. jambī sarcastically “rose-apple-maid,” applied to a gardener’s daughter Ja.iii.22.
-dīpa the country of the rose-apples i.e. India Ja.i.263; Vv-a.18; Mil.27, etc. -nada see jambonada -pakka the fruit of Eugenia jambolana, the rose-apple (of black or dark colour) Vism.409; -pesī the rind of the r
■ a. fruit Ja.v.465; -rukka the r
■ a. tree Dhp-a.iii.211 -saṇḍa rose-apple grove (= ˚dīpa, N. for India) Snp.552 Thag.822.
Sk. jambu
a jackal Ja.ii.107; Ja.iii.223.
Sk. jambuka, to jambh?
a special sort of gold (in its unwelded state); also spelled jambunada (Ja.iv.105; Vv-a.13, Vv-a.340) AN.i.181; AN.ii.8, AN.ii.29; Vv.84#17. Cp. jātarūpa.
Sk. jāmbūnada; belonging to or coming from the Jambu river (?)
to yawn, to arouse oneself, to rise, go forth (of a lion Ja.vi.40.
cp. Vedic jehate, Dhtp.208 & Dhtm.298 define; jambh as “gatta-vināma,” i.e. bending the body
feminine arousing, activity, alertness Vb.352.
to jambhati
adjective miserable, wretched, contemptible Ja.ii.110; Ja.iii.99 (= lāmaka) f. -ī SN.v.217; Dhp.335, Dhp.336 (of taṇhā); Ja.ii.428; Ja.v.421; Dhp-a.iv.44 (= lāmakā).
Vedic *jālma (?), dialectical?
neuter birth, descent, rank Snp.1018.
to janati
vanquishing, overcoming, victory DN.i.10; Snp.681; Ja.ii.406; opp. parājaya Vism.401.
see jayati
(jeti, jināti) to conquer, surpass; to pillage, rob, to overpower, to defeat
pres [jayati] jeti Ja.ii.3; jināti Snp.439; Dhp.354; Ja.i.289; Ja.iv.71
pot jeyya Com. on Dhp.103; jine Dhp.103 = Ja.ii.4 = Vv-a.69; 3rd pl. jineyyuṃ SN.i.221 (opp parājeyyuṃ)
ppr jayaṃ Dhp.201
fut jessati Vv.33#2; jayissati ib.; jinissati Ja.ii.183
aor jini Ja.i.313; Ja.ii.404; ajini Dhp.3; pl. jiniṃsu SN.i.221 (opp parājiṃsu), SN.i.224 (opp. parājiṃsu, with variant reading ˚jiniṃsu); AN.iv.432 (opp. ˚jiyiṃsu, with variant reading ˚jiniṃsu). Also aor. ajesi Dhp-a.i.44 (= ajini)
■ Proh. (mā) jīyi Ja.iv.107
ger jetvā Snp.439; jetvāna Iti.76
inf jinituṃ Ja.vi.193; Vv-a.69
grd jeyya Snp.288 (a˚); jinitabba Vv-a.69 (variant reading jetabba)
pass jīyati (see parā˚), jīyati is also Pass. to jarati.
caus
■ Des jigiṃsati (q.v.)
pp jina & jita; (q.v.).
Sk. jayati, ji to have power, to conquer, cp. jaya = βία; trans. of which the intrans. is jināti to lose power, to become old (see jīrati)
f. wife only in cpd. jayampatikā, the lady of the house and her husband, the two heads of the household. That the wife should be put first might seem suggestive of the matriarchate, but the expression means just simply “the pair of them,” and the context has never anything to do with the matriarchate. husband & wife, a married couple SN.ii.98; Ja.i.347; Ja.iv.70 of birds. See also jāyampatikā.
Vedic jāyā
adjective (˚-) old, decayed (in disparaging sense), wretched, miserable; -ūdapānaṃ a spoilt well Ja.iv.387; -gava = ˚goṇa Pv.i.81; -goṇa [cp. Sk. jaradgava] a decrepit, old bull Ja.ii.135; -sakka “the old S. Ja.iv.389; -sālā a tumble-down shed Pv-a.78.
See jarati
feminine old age Dhs.644≈ (rūpassa j. decay of form); Vism.449.
see jarati
to suffer destruction or decay, to become old in two roots, viz.
pp jiṇṇa
■ Cp. also jara, jarā, jajjara, jīraṇatā.
Vedic jarati & jīryati; *gerā to crush, to pound, overcome (cp. jayati); as intrs. to become brittle, to be consumed, to decay, cp. Lat. granum, Goth kaúrn, E etc. corn
feminine & (older); jaras (nt.) decay, decrepitude, old age Vin.i.10, Vin.i.34; AN.i.51, AN.i.138 (as death’s messenger); AN.v.144 sq. (bhabbo jaraṃ pahātuṃ); Snp.311 (cp. DN.iii.75); Ja.i.59; Thig.252 sq.; Vism.502 (def as twofold & discussed in its valuation as dukkha) Defined as “yā tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhi tamhi sattanikāye jarā jīraṇatā khaṇḍiccaṃ pāliccaṃ valittacatā āyuno saṃhāni indriyānaṃ paripāko” DN.ii.305 = MN.i.49; SN.ii.2 = Cnd.252 = Dhs.644, cp. Dhs. trsl. p. 195
■ Frequently combined with maraṇa (maccu, etc.) “decay death” (see under jāti as to formulas): ˚maraṇa DN.ii.31 sq.; MN.i.49; Snp.575; ˚maccu Snp.581, Snp.1092, Snp.1094 ajarāmara not subject to decay & death (cp. ajajjara Th II, 512; Pv.ii.6#11; Vv.63#11; Ja.iii.515.
of the latter only the instr. jarasā in use: Snp.804, Snp.1123 (= jarāya Cnd.249)
■ Sk jarā & jaraḥ to; *gerā: see jarati; cp. Gr. γ ̈ηρας, γέρας, γραϋς old age, etc. See also jīraṇa(tā)
neuter water Snp.845; Ja.i.222; Ja.iii.188; Ja.iv.137.
Sk. jala, conn. with gala drop (?), prob. dialectical; cp. udaka
to burn, to shine DN.iii.188; MN.i.487; Ja.i.62 Ja.ii.380; Ja.iv.69; Iti.86; Vv.46#2; Vv-a.107; Mil.223, Mil.343
caus jaleti & jāleti (cp. janeti: jāneti) to set on fire light, kindle SN.i.169; Ja.ii.104; Mil.47
pp jalita Intens. daddaḷhati (q.v.). Cp. ujjāleti.
Sk. jvalati, with jvarati to be hot or feverish, to jval to burn (Dhtp.264: dittiyaṃ), cp. Ohg. kol = coal Celt. gûal
noun adjective burning Pgdp.16.
Sk. jvalana
Sk. jarāyu, slough & placenta, to; jar see jarati, originally that which decays (= decidua); cp. Gr. γ ̈ηρας slough. As to meanings cp. gabbha
adjective set on fire, burning, shining, bright, splendid Snp.396, Snp.668, Snp.686; Vv.21#6 (= jalanto jotanto Vv-a.107); Pv.i.10#14 (burning floor of Niraya), Pv.ii.1#12 (˚ânubhāva: shining majesty); Pv-a.41 (= āditta burning); Thag-a.292.
pp. to jalati
feminine a leech Mil.407 (variant reading jalopikā).
Sk. *jalūkikā = jalūkā & (pop. etym.) jalankā (sprung fr. water), borrowed fr. Npers. ƶalū (?Uhlenbeck); cp. Gr. βδέλλα leech, Celt. gel; perhaps to gal in the sense of such (?)
leech DN-a.i.117.
neuter? toddy (i.e. juice extracted from the palmyra, the date or the cocoa palm) Vin.ii.294 (pātuṃ the drinking of j.), Vin.ii.301, Vin.ii.307; Mhvs.4, Mhvs.10.
neuter moisture, (wet) dirt, perspiration (mostly as seda˚ or in cpd. rajo˚, q.v. Snp.249 (= rajojalla Snp-a.291); Ja.vi.578 (sweat under the armpits = jallikā Com.).
*jalya to jala or gal
athlete, acrobat Ja.vi.271.
prob. = jhalla, see Kern, Toevoegselen s. v.
feminine a drop (of perspiration), dirt in seda˚; etc. AN.i.253 (kāli˚); Snp.198 = Ja.i.146; Ja.vi.578.
demin. of jalla
adjective dull, slow, stupid DN.iii.265 (a˚); AN.ii.252; Pp.13; Mil.251; DN-a.i.290.
Sk. jaḍa
Sk. java, to javati
Vedic ju javate intr. to hurry, junāti trs. to incite, urge: to run, hurry, hasten SN.i.33; Ja.iv.213; Dāvs v.24; Dhs-a.265, pp. jūta.
neuter
= java 2 (adj.) Vv-a.78.
adjective (-˚) leaving behind, giving up ‣See attaṁ˚, okaṁ˚, kappaṁ˚, raṇaṁ˚, sabbaṁ˚, etc (SN.i.52 Iti.58 Snp.790 Snp.1101 etc.);
■duj˚; hard to give up Thag.495.
to jahati
to leave, abandon, lose; give up, renounce forsake. Ster. expln at Cnd.255 (and passim): pajahati vinodeti byantikaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti. Lit. as well as fig.; esp. w. ref. to kāma, dosa & other evil qualities
pres jahāti Snp.1, Snp.506 (dosaṃ), Snp.589; Dhp.91
imper jahassu Snp.1121 (rūpaṃ);
pot jahe Iti.34; Dhp.221; Ja.iv.58, & jaheyya Snp.362; Iti.115; Ja.i.153 Ja.iv.58
fut jahissāmi Ja.iii.279; Ja.iv.420; Ja.v.465; in verse: hassāmi Ja.iv.420; Ja.v.465
ger hitvā (very frequent) Snp.284, Snp.328; Dhp.29, Dhp.88, etc.; hitvāna (Snp.60) jahitvā & jahetvā (Snp.500)
inf jahituṃ Ja.i.138
pp jahita Snp.231; Kp.9; Mil.261
pass hāyati SN.ii.224; Snp.817; Mil.297, hāyate Ja.v.488 & hīyati Ja.ii.65; Snp.944 (hīyamāna), cp. hāyare Ja.ii.327;
pp hīna (q.v.)
caus hāpeti (q.v.). See also hāni hāyin, jaha.
Vedic root hā. Cp. *ghē(i) & ghī to be devoid (of), Gr. ξ ̈ηρος void of, ξ ̈ηρα widow, ξώρα open space (cp. Sk. vihāya = ākāsa), ξωρίζω separate; Lat her-es; Sk. jihīte to go forth = Ohg. gēn, gān, Ags gan = go; also Sk. hāni want = Goth. gaidw, cp. Gr.ξατίζω
feminine (a woman) who has been jilted, or rejected, or repudiated Ja.i.148.
See jahati
adjective waking, watchful, careful, vigilant SN.i.3; AN.ii.13 = Iti.116; MN.ii.31; Iti.41; Mil.300
■ bahu˚; wide awake, well aware, cautious Snp.972 (cp. rakkhita-mānasāno in same context v. 63) Dhp.29.
fr. jāgarti
neuter a means for waking or keeping awake Mil.301.
der. fr. jāgara
feminine watchfulness, vigilance SN.i.3.
cp. Sk. jāgaraṇa
to be awake, to be watchful, to be on the alert (cp. guttadvāra) Dhp.60 (dīghā jāgarato rattī), Dhp.226; Iti.41; Mil.300
pp jāgarita (q.v.).
Sk. jāgarti to be awake (redupl. perf. for jājarti) *ger & gerēi; cp. Lat. expergiscor (*exprogrīscor); Gr.ἐγείρω, perf. ἐγρήγορα (for *ἐγήγορα). Def. at Dhtp.254 by niddā-khaya
neuter waking, vigil Iti.41; Pp.59.
pp. of jāgarti
feminine keeping awake, watchfulness, vigilance, esp. in the sense of being cautious of the dangers that are likely to befall one who strives after perfection. Therefore freq. in combination “indriyesu guttadvāro bhojane mattaññū jāgariyaṃ anuyutto” (anuyuñjati: to apply oneself to or being devoted to vigilance), e.g. SN.ii.218; MN.i.32, MN.i.273, MN.i.354 sq. MN.i.471; AN.i.113 sq.; AN.ii.40
■ Also in -ṃ bhajati to pursue watchfulness (bhajetha keep vigil) Iti.42; Snp.926 (niddaṃ na bahulīkareyya j˚ṃ bhajeyya ātāpī)
■ SN.iv.104; MN.i.273, MN.i.355; Mil.388.
BSk. M Vastu jāgarikā
-āmaṇḍa the (wild) castor oil plant Vv-a.10; -ovaraka the inner chamber where he was born Vv-a.158; Ja.i.391 (so read for jāto varake). -kamma the (soothsaying) ceremony connected w. birth, in ˚ṃ karoti to set the horoscope Pv-a.198 (= nakkhatta-yogaṃ uggaṇhāti); -divasa the day of birth, birthday Ja.iii.391 Ja.iv.38; -maṅgala birth festival, i.e. the feast held on the birth of a child Dhp-a.ii.86; -rūpa “sterling,” pure metal, i.e. gold (in its natural state, before worked cp. jambonada). In its relation to suvaṇṇa (worked gold) it is stated to be suvaṇṇavaṇṇo (i.e. the brightcoloured metal: Vv-a.9; Dhp-a.iv.32: suvaṇṇo jātarūpo); at DN-a.i.78 it is explained by suvaṇṇa only & at Vin.iii.238 it is said to be the colour of the Buddha j. Satthu-vaṇṇa. At AN.i.253 it is represented as the material for the suvaṇṇakāra (the “white”-smith as opp. to “black”-smith)
■ combined w. hirañña Pv.ii.7#5; very freq. w. rajata (silver), in the prohibition of accepting gold & silver (DN.i.5)≈ as well as in other connections, e.g. Vin.i.245; Vin.ii.294 sq.; SN.i.71, SN.i.95 SN.iv.326 (the moral dangers of “money”: yassa jātarūpa-rajataṃ kappati pañca pi tassa kāmaguṇā kappanti); SN.v.353, SN.v.407; Dhs.617
■ Other passages illustr the use & valuation of j. are SN.ii.234 (˚paripūra); SN.v.92 (upakkilesā); AN.i.210 (id.); AN.iii.16 (id.)
■ SN.i.93, SN.i.117; MN.i.38; AN.i.215; AN.iii.38; AN.iv.199, AN.iv.281; AN.v.290; Ja.ii.296 Ja.iv.102; -veda [cp. Vedic jātaveda = Agni] fire SN.i.168; Snp.462 (kaṭṭhā jāyati j.) Ud.93; Ja.i.214; Ja.ii.326 Ja.iv.471; Ja.v.326; Ja.vi.204, Ja.vi.578; Vism.171; DN-a.i.226; Dhp-a.i.44 (nirindhana, without fuel); -ssara a natural pond or lake Vin.i.111; Ja.i.470; Ja.ii.57.
pp. of janati (janeti), cp. Lat. (g)nātus, Goth. kunds; also Gr. (κασί-) γνητός, Ohg. knabo
neuter
jāta + ka, belonging to, connected with what has happened
masculine a son Ja.i.239; Ja.iv.138.
jāta + ka, belonging to what has been born
neuter the fact of being born or of having grown or arisen Vism.250; Dhp-a.i.241.
abstr. fr. jāta
feminine
■ Instr. jātiyā (Snp.423) & jaccā (DN.ii.8; Ja.iii.395; Dhp.393); abl. jātiyā (SN.i.88) & jātito (by descent: DN.ii.8); loc. jātiyaṃ (Pv-a.10) & jātiyā (Pv-a.78).
see janati & cp. Gr.; γενεά, γένεσις; Lat. gens; Goth. kind-ins
(-˚) adjective
adjective of good birth, having natural or genuine qualities, noble, excellent Snp.420 (vaṇṇārohena sampanno jātimā viya khattiyo); Ja.i.342 (jātimanta-kulaputtā). Of a precious stone: maṇi veḷuriyo subho j.˚ DN.i.76 = MN.ii.17; DN-a.i.221; Mil.215. Sometimes in this spelling for jutimant Snp.1136 Cnd.259 (explained by paṇḍita paññavā)
■ ajātima not of good birth Ja.vi.356 (opp. sujātimant ibid.).
jāti + mant
(indeel.) surely, undoubtedly (ekaṃsavacanaṃ Snp-a.348) usually in negative (& interrog. sentences as na jātu, not at all, never (cp. also sādhu) mā jātu Vin.ii.203; Snp.152, Snp.348 (no ce hi jātu); Ja.i.293 Ja.i.374; Ja.iv.261; Ja.v.503. Na jātucca at Ja.vi.60 is apparently for na jātu ca.
Vedic jātu, particle of affirmation. Perhaps for jānātu one would know, cp. Gr. ο ̓ϊμαι, Lat. credo P. maññe. But BR. and Fausböll make it a contraction of jāyatu “it might happen.” Neither of these derivations is satisfactory
adjective knowing or knowable, understandable Ja.iii.24 (= jānamāna). dujjāna difficult to understand DN.i.170, DN.i.187; MN.i.487; MN.ii.43. su˚ recognizable, intelligible Pv.iv.1#35 (= suviññeyya Pv-a.230). Cp. ājāna.
to jñā, see jānāti
neuter knowledge, cognizance, recognition; intelligence, learning, skill Ja.i.145 (attānaṃ-˚kālato paṭṭhāya from the time of self-recognition), Ja.i.200 (-˚manta knowledge of a spell, a spell known by tumhākaṃ), Ja.ii.221; Snp-a.330; Dhp-a.ii.73 (˚sabhāva ñatta); DN-a.i.86 (akkhara˚); Vism.391 (˚atthāya in order to know), Vism.436 (= pajānana). Cp. ājānana. ajānana not knowing (˚-) Ja.v.199; Ja.vi.177; not known Ja.i.32 (˚sippa).
fr. jñā
adjective knowing Dhs-a.394.
Sk. *jñānaka, cp. jānana & Sk. jānaka (c. gen.) expert Avs.ii.119, 120, as n. ib. i.216
feminine the fact of knowing, knowledge Kp-a.144.
abstr. fr. jānana
adjective noun belonging to the country, living in the c.; pl. country-folk (opp. negamā townsfolk) DN.i.136, DN.i.142; MN.ii.74; Ja.ii.287, Ja.ii.388; DN-a.i.297 (= janapada-vāsin).
fr. janapada
to know.
The 2 Vedic roots jān˚ & jñā˚; are represented in Pali by jān˚ & ñā˚ (ña˚)
Cnd s.v. explains jānāti by passati dakkhati adhigacchati vindati paṭilabhati, & ñatvā (No. 267) by jānitvā tulayitvā tirayitva vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā (very freq.) The 1st expln is also applied to abhijānāti, & the second to passitvā, viditaṃ katvā, abhiññāya & disvā. The use of the emphatic phrase jānāti passati is very frequent. Yaṃ tvaṃ na jānāsi na passasi taṃ tvaṃ icchasi kāmesi? Whom you know not neither have seen, is it she that you love and long for? DN.i.193; Bhagavā jānaṃ jānāti passaṃ passati cakkhubhūto ñāṇabhūto MN.i.111; similarly AN.iv.153 sq. See further DN.i.2, DN.i.40, DN.i.84, DN.i.157 sq, DN.i.165 DN.i.192 sq., DN.i.238 sq.; AN.i.128; AN.iii.338; AN.v.226; Snp.908 Cnd.35, Cnd.413, Cnd.517; Vism.200.
Vedic jña, jānāti *genē & *gné, cp. Gr. γιγνώσκω, γνωτός, γν ̈ωσις; Lat. nosco, notus, (i)gnarus (cp E. i-gnorant); Goth. kunnan; Ohg. kennan, Ags cnāwan = E. know
feminine deprivation, loss, confiscation of property; plundering, robbery; using force, ill-treatment DN.i.135 = AN.i.201 (vadhena vā bandhena vā jāniyā vā); SN.i.66 (hatajānisu), Ja.i.55 (variant reading jāti), Ja.i.212 (mahājānikara a great robber); Ja.iv.72 (dhana,˚ variant reading hāni); Dhp.138 (= Dhp-a.iii.70 dhanassa jāni, variant reading hāni).
from jahati, confused in meaning with jayati. See jahati & cp. janti
feminine wife, in jānipatayo (pl.) wife & husband (cp. jāyā(m)pati) AN.ii.59 sq.
neuter (also as jaṇṇu(ka), q.v.) the knee Ja.ii.311; Ja.iv.41; Ja.vi.471; DN-a.i.254.
Vedic jānu = Gr. γόνυ, Lat. genu, Goth., Ohg., etc. kniu, E. knee
neuter = jānu AN.iv.102.
Caus. of jayati.
(& jāmāta Ja.iv.219) daughter’s husband, son-inlaw Thig.422 (= Thag-a.269 duhitu pati); Ja.ii.63; Ja.v.442.
Vedic jāmātar. Deriv. uncertain. BR. take it as jā + mātar, the builder up of the family, supposing the case where there is no son and the husband goes to live in the wife’s family, a bīna marriage. More likely fr. ldg *gem, to marry. Cp. Gr.γαμέω· γαμβρός, Lat. gener
(jāyate) to be born, to be produced, to arise, to be reborn.
pres 3rd pl. jāyare Ja.iii.459; Ja.iv.53; Mil.337;
ppr jāyanto Snp.208;
aor jāyi Ja.iii.391;
inf jātum Ja.i.374
■ jāyati (loko) jīyati, miyati one is born, gets old, dies DN.ii.30; Vism.235. Kaṭṭhā jāyati jātavedo out of fire-wood is born the fire Snp.462
■ Vin.ii.95 = Vin.ii.305; Snp.114, Snp.296, Snp.657; Dhp.58, Dhp.193, Dhp.212, Dhp.282; Pv.iii.1#14 (are reborn as). Cp vi˚.
from jan, see janati
(pl.) wife & husband Vv-a.286.
see jayampatikā & cp. jāyāpatī
feminine wife Vin.ii.259 = Vin.ii.264; Ja.iv.285.
from jan
f. (cp. jāyā) wife MN.i.451.
a paramour, adulterer Ja.i.293; Ja.ii.309. f. ˚t adulteress Vin.ii.259, Vin.ii.268; Vin.iii.83.
Vedic jāra
neuter a net; netting, entanglement (lit. or fig.): snare, deceptíon (= māyā)
Cnd.260 (= suttajāla, a plaiting of threads); Snp-a.115 Snp-a.263 (= suttamaya) DN.i.45 (anto-jālikata caught in a net); Snp.62, Snp.71, Snp.213, Snp.669; Ja.i.52; Ja.vi.139
■ kinkiṇika a row of bells DN.ii.183; muttā˚ a net of pearls Ja.i.9; Vv-a.40; loha˚ Pv-a.153; hema˚ Vv.35; a fowler’s net Dhp.174; a spider’s web Dhp.347; nets for hair Ja.vi.188 pabbata˚ a chain of mountains Ja.ii.399; sirā˚ network of veins Ja.v.69; Pv-a.68
■ Freq. in similes: see J.P.T.S. 1907, 90
Very often applied to the snares of Māra: SN.i.48 (maccuno); Snp.357 (id.); Dhp-a.iii.175 (Māra˚); Snp.527 (deception); taṇhā˚ the snare of worldly thirst (cp. ˚tanhā) MN.i.271; Thag.306; Snp-a.351 kāma˚ Thag.355; moha˚ SN.iii.83; mohasama Dhp.251 diṭṭhi˚ the fallacies of heresy DN.i.46; Ja.vi.220; ñāṇa the net of knowledge Vv-a.63; Dhp-a.iii.171. bhumma (vijjā) “earthly net,” i.e. gift of clearsight extending over the earth Snp-a.353.
Vedic jāla, prob. from jaṭ; to plait, make a tangle cp. jaṭita & jaṭā; on l:ṭ cp. phulla: sphuṭa cāru: cāṭu; cela: ceṭa
glow, blaze Ja.v.326; Pv-a.52 (= tejas), Pv-a.154 (raṃsi˚); Mil.357; Vism.419 (kappavināsaka˚).
Sk. jvāla, from jalati
neuter
■ f. jālikā chain armour Mil.199.
jāla1 + ka
feminine a flame Ja.i.216, Ja.i.322; Mil.148, Mil.357.
see jāla2
adjective noun “having a net,” ensnaring, deceptive:
to cause to burn, to light, kindle Ja.ii.104; Ja.iv.290; Ja.v.32.
caus. of jalati. See also jaleti
adjective suffix winning, victorious: sangāma˚ victorious in fight, in sangāmaj uttama “greatest of conquerors” Dhp.103; sabba SN.iv.83.
From jayati to conquer
feminine see jighacchā.
adjective one who wishes to gain, desirous of, pursuing Snp.690.
see next
to desire, to wish to acquire, to covet Snp.700; Ja.ii.285; Ja.iii.172 (variant reading BB. jigissaṃ); Ja.iv.406 (variant reading SS. jihiṃ˚, BB. jigī˚); Ja.v.372; Ja.vi.268. As jigīsati Thag.1110.
Desid. of ji, jayati. On etym. see also Kern, Toevoegselen p. 44
feminine desire for, covetousness Vb.353 (variant reading BB. nijigīsanatā); cp. Vism.29
n. abstr. fr. jigiṃsati
adjective one who dislikes or disapproves of MN.i.327 (paṭhavī˚, āpa˚ etc.) Mil.343.
to shun, avoid, loathe, detest, to be disgusted with or horrified at (c. instr.) DN.i.213 (iddhi-pāṭihāriyena aṭṭiyāmi harāyāmi j.): AN.iv.174 (kāyaduccaritena); Snp.215 (kammehi pāpakehi; Snp-a.266 = hiriyati); Ja.ii.287; Pp.36
ppr jigucchamāna Iti.43; grd. jigucchitabba AN.i.126; pp. jigucchita Snp.901
■ See also jeguccha, jegucchin.
Desid. of gup
neuter dislike, contempt, disgust Vism.159; Pv-a.120.
feminine disgust for, detestation, avoidance, shunning: tapo˚ (detesting asceticism) DN.i.174; SN.i.67; AN.ii.200 jigucchabībhaccha-dassana detestable & fearful-looking Pv-a.56.; Note. A diff. spelling, digucchā, occurs at Dhs-a.210.
to have a desire to eat, to be hungry DN.ii.266; pp. jighacchita Dhp-a.ii.145.
Desid. to ghasati, eat
feminine appetite, hunger, often combined with pipāsā, desire to drink, thirst, e.g. SN.i.18; AN.ii.143, AN.ii.153; Mil.304
■ MN.i.13, MN.i.114; MN.i.364; MN.iii.97, MN.iii.136; AN.iii.163; Dhp.203 (j. paramā rogā); Ja.ii.445; Ja.iii.19 (˚abhibhūta = chāta); Mil.204, Mil.304; Sdhp.118, Sdhp.388 Cp. khudā & chāta.; Note. A diff. spelling as dighacchā occurs at AN.ii.117.
from jighacchati
the Gunja shrub (Abrus precatorius) Ja.iv.333 (akkhīni j. ˚phalasadisāni, cp. in same application guñjā); Ja.v.156 (j. ˚phalasannibha); Dhp-a.i.177 (˚gumba).
pp. of jarati
adjective = jiṇṇa Snp.98, Snp.124; Ja.iv.178, Ja.iv.366; Sdhp.299 (sālā).
feminine decrepitude DN-a.i.283 (jarā˚).
cp. jiṇṇa, jaratā & jīraṇatā
conquered, subdued, mastered: (nt.) victory. jitā me pāpakā dhammā Vin.i.8; Dhp.40, Dhp.104 (attā jitaṃ seyyo for attā jito seyyo see Dhp-a.ii.228), Vism.105, Vism.179; Vv.64#27 (jitindriya one whose senses are mastered, cp. guttindriya)
■ Cp. vi˚.
pp. of jayati, conquer
neuter mastery, conquest Vv-a.284.
n. abstr. of jita
conquering, victorious, often of the Buddha, “Victor”: jitā me pāpakā dhammā tasmâhaṃ Upaka jino ti Vin.i.8 = MN.i.171; Vin.v.217; Snp.379, Snp.697, Snp.989, Snp.996. magga˚ conqueror of the Path Snp.84 sq.; saṃsuddha˚ (id.) Snp.372. Cp khetta˚. In other connections: Pv.iv.3#33; Thig.419 (jin’ amhase rūpinaṃ Lacchiṃ explained at Thag-a.268 as jinā amhase jinā vat’ amha rūpavatiṃ Siriṃ).
pp. med. of jayati
= jayati (jeti). See also vi˚.
adjective crooked, oblique, slant, fig. dishonest, false (cp. vanka, opp. uju | MN.i.31 (+ vanka) AN.v.289, AN.v.290; Ja.i.290 (spelled jima); Ja.iii.111 = Ja.v.222 Ja.vi.66; Vism.219 (ajimha = uju); Pv-a.51 (citta˚ vanka… ; opp. uju). Cp. kuṭila.
Vedic jihma
feminine crookedness, deceit (opp. ujutā) Dhs.50, Dhs.51 (+ vankatā); Vb.359.
n. abstr. to jimha
neuter crookedness, deceit, fraud MN.i.340 (sāṭheyyāni kūṭeyyāni vankeyyāni j.˚); AN.iv.189 (id.), AN.v.167.
from jimha
feminine a bow string MN.i.429 (five kinds); Ja.ii.88 Ja.iii.323; Vism.150; DN-a.i.207. -kāra bowstring-maker Mil.331.
Vedic jyā = Gr. βιός bow, cp. also Lat. filum thread
feminine the tongue.
Vedic jihvā, cp. Lat. lingua (older dingua); Goth. tuggo; Ohg. zunga; E. tongue
diminished, wasted, deprived of (with acc. or abl.) having lost; with acc.: Ja.iii.153, Ja.iii.223, Ja.iii.335 Ja.v.99 (atthaṃ: robbed of their possessions; Com parihīna vinaṭṭha)
■ with abl.: Ja.v.401 (read jīnā dhanā).
pp. of jīyati
to become diminished, to be deprived, to lose (cp. jayati, jāni) to decay; to become old (cp. jarati, jiṇṇa) jīyasi Ja.v.100 jīyanti Ja.iii.336 (dhanā); jīyittha SN.i.54; Ja.i.468; mā jīyi do not be deprived of (ratiṃ) Ja.iv.107. Koci kvaci na jīyati mīyati (cp. jāyati) DN.ii.30; cakkhūni jīyare the eyes will become powerless Ja.vi.528 (= jīyissanti) grd. jeyya: see ajeyya2. Cp. parijīyati. Sometimes spelt jiyy˚: jiyyati Ja.vi.150; jiyyāma Ja.ii.75 (we lose parihāyāma). Pp. jīna, q.v.
Pass. of ji, cp. Sk. jyāti & jīryate
digestion, in ajīrakena by want or lack of digestion Ja.ii.181. See ajīraka.
Vedic jīra, lively, alert, cp. jīvati & Gr.; διερός, Lat. viridis
cummin-seed Mil.63; Ja.i.244; Ja.ii.363; Vv-a.186.
neuter decaying, getting old Dhtp.252.
fr. jīr
feminine the state of being decayed or aged, old age decay, decrepitude MN.i.49; SN.ii.2; Cnd.252 = Dhs.644; Pv-a.149. Jirati & Jirayati;
n. abstr. of jīr = jar, see jarati; cp. jarā & jiṇṇatā
Caus. of jarati
to work out, to digest Ja.i.238, Ja.i.274 (jīreti); Dhp-a.i.171. Appl to bhati, wages: bhatiṃ ajīrāpetva not working off the w. Ja.ii.309, Ja.ii.381; jīrāpeti as “destroy” at Thag-a.269 in expln of nijjareti (+ vināseti).
Verbal formation from jīra1
adjective noun
Sk. jīva, Idg. *gṷīṷos = Gr. βίος, Lat. vīvus, Goth. quius, Ohg. queck, E. quick, Lith. gyvas
neuter the note of the jīvaka bird Sum. V. on DN.iii.201.
adjective = jīva, in bandhu˚; Name of a plant Vv-a.43
■ f. -ikā q.v. Jivam-jivaka
(m. onom.) name of a bird, a sort of pheasant (or partridge?), which utters a note sounding like jīvaṃ jīva DN.iii.201; Ja.v.406, Ja.v.416; Ja.vi.276, Ja.vi.538. With this cp. the Jain phrase jīvaṃjīveṇa gacchaï jīvaṃjīveṇaṃ ciṭṭhaï, Weber Bhagavatī pp. 289, 290, with doubtful interpretation (“living he goes with life”? or “he goes like the j bird”?).
Fausböll reads jīvajīvaka in all the Jātaka passages. Speyer Avs.ii.227 has jīvañjīvaka
to live be alive, live by, subsist on (c. instr. or nissāya). Imper pres. jīva Snp.427, very freq. with ciraṃ live long… as a salutation & thanksgiving. ciraṁ jīva Ja.vi.337 c. jīvāhi Snp.1029 Pv.ii.3#33; c. jīvantu Pv.i.5#5
pot jīve Snp.440, Snp.589; Dhp.110
ppr jīvaṃ Snp.427, Snp.432; ppr. med. jīvamāna Ja.i.307; Pv-a.39
inf jīvituṃ Ja.i.263; Dhp.123
■ Snp.84 sq., Snp.613 sq., Snp.804; Dhp.197; Ja.iii.26; Ja.iv.137; Ja.vi.183 (jīvare); Pv-a.111.
Vedic jīvati, cp. jinoti (jinvati); Dhtp.282: pāṇadhāraṇe *gṷei̯é = Gr. βίομαι & ζώω, ζ ̈ην; Lat. vīvo Goth. ga-quiunan; Mhg. quicken, cp. E. quicken
neuter living, means of subsistence, livelihood Pv-a.161. Spelt jīvāna (variant reading jīvino) (adj.) at Ja.iii.353 (yācana˚).
adjective living, alive Vism.194.
ppr. med. of jīvati + ka
feminine living, livelihood SN.iii.93; AN.v.87, AN.v.210; Ja.iv.459; Mil.122; Snp-a.466. Freq. in combination ˚ṃ kappeti to find or get one’s living: Ja.ii.209; Pv-a.40, etc.; ˚kappaka finding one’s livelihood (c. ger by) Ja.ii.167. Cp. next.
abstr. fr. jīvaka
neuter (individual) life, lifetime, span of life; living, livelihood (cp jīvikā) Vin.ii.191; SN.i.42; SN.iv.169, SN.iv.213; MN.ii.73 (appaṃ) AN.i.155, AN.i.255; AN.iii.72; AN.iv.136 (appakaṃ parittaṃ); Snp.181 Snp.440, Snp.574, Snp.577, Snp.931, Snp.1077; Dhp.110, Dhp.111, Dhp.130; Ja.i.222; Pv.i.11#11 (ittaraṃ); Pv.ii.6#7 (vijahati); Dhs.19, Dhs.295; Vism.235, Vism.236; Pts.ii.245; Pv-a.40
■ jīvitā voropeti to deprive of life, to kill Vin.iii.73; DN.iii.235; MN.ii.99; AN.iii.146 AN.iii.436; AN.iv.370 sq.; Pv-a.67.
Vedic jīvita, orig. pp. of jīvati “that which is lived,” cp. same formation in Lat. vīta = *vīvita; Gr.βιότη living, sustenace, & δίαιτα, “diet”
adjective (usually -˚) living, leading a life (of…) SN.i.42, SN.i.61; Snp.88, Snp.181; Dhp.164; Pv-a.27. Cp. dīgha˚ dhamma˚.
feminine [Sk. jyotsnā, see also P. dosinā) moonlight, a moonlit night, the bright fortnight of the month (opp kālapakkha) Vin.i.138, Vin.i.176; Ja.i.165; Ja.iv.498 (˚pakkha).
feminine splendour, brightness, effulgence, light Ja.ii.353; Pv-a.122, Pv-a.137, Pv-a.198. The spelling juti at MN.i.328 (in combination gati + juti) seems to be faulty for cuti (so as variant reading given on p. 557).
Sk. jyuti & dyuti, to dyotate, see jotati
adjective (-˚) having light, in mahā˚; of great splendour DN.ii.272; AN.i.206; AN.iv.248.
feminine splendour, brightness, prominence Ja.14; Ja.v.405
fr. jutimant
adjective brilliant, bright; usually fig. as prominent in wisdom: “bright.” distinguished, a great light (in this sense often as variant reading to jātimant) DN.ii.256 (ī); SN.v.24; Dhp.89 (= Dhp-a.ii.163 ñāṇajutiyā jotetvā) Snp.508; Pv.iv.1#35 (= Pv-a.230 ñāṇajutiyā jutimā).
fr. juti
feminine splendour Snp-a.453.
fr. jutimant
to pour (into the fire), to sacrifice, offer; to give, dedicate AN.ii.207 (aggiṃ) Snp.1046 (= Cnd.263 deti cīvaraṃ, etc.); Snp.428 (aggihuttaṃ jūhato), Snp.p.79 (aggiṃ); Pp.56; fut. juhissati SN.i.166 (aggiṃ); caus. hāpeti2 pp. huta; see also hava, havi, homa.
Sk. juhoti, *gheu (d); cp. Gr. ξέω, ξύτρα, ξϋλος; Lat. fundo; Goth. giutan, Ohg. giozan
neuter offering, sacrifice DN.i.12, Ja.ii.43.
fr. juhati
neuter gambling, playing at dice DN.i.7 (˚ppamādaṭṭhāna cp. DN-a.i.85)≈; DN-a.iii.182, DN-a.186 (id.); Ja.i.290; Ja.iii.198 Ja.vi.281; Dhp-a.ii.228. -ṃ kīḷati to play at d. Ja.i.289 Ja.iii.187
■ See also dūta2.
Sk. dyūta pp. of div, dīvyati, P. dibbati to play at dice
(part.) exclamation: oh! ah! now then! Vin.i.232, Vin.i.292 (gaccha je); MN.i.126; Vv-a.187, Vv-a.207; Dhp-a.iv.105.
adjective & jegucchiya (Ja.ii.437) contemptible, loathsome, detestable Ja.iv.305; Vism.250; Thag.1056; Pv-a.78, Pv-a.192 (asuci +). Cp pari˚
■ a˚ not despised Snp.852; Thag.961.
sec. der. fr. jigucchā
feminine avoidance, detestation, disgust Vin.i.234; MN.i.30; AN.iv.182 sq.
see jigucchita
adjective one who detests or avoids (usually -˚) MN.i.77; (parama˚), MN.i.78; AN.iv.174, AN.iv.182 sq., AN.iv.188 sq., Mil.352 (pāpa˚).
adjective better (than others), best first, supreme; first-born; elder brother or sister, elder eldest DN.ii.15 (aggo jeṭṭho seṭṭho = the first, foremost & best of all); AN.i.108; AN.ii.87; AN.iii.152; AN.iv.175; Ja.i.138 (˚putta); Ja.ii.101 (˚bhātā), Ja.ii.128 (˚yakkhinī); Ja.iv.137.
-apacāyin, in phrase kule-j
■ apacāyin paying due respect to the clan-elders DN.iii.72, DN.iii.74; SN.v.468; Vism.415; Dhp-a.i.265. Same for ˚apacāyikā (f.) honour to… Cnd.294, & -apacāyitar DN.iii.70, DN.iii.71, DN.iii.145, DN.iii.169 -māsa Name of a month Snp-a.359.
compar
■ superl. formation of jyā power. Gr. βία, from ji in jināti & jayati “stronger than others, used as superl. (& compar.) to vuḍḍha old-elder, eldest The compar. *jeyya is a grammarian’s construction see remarks on kaniṭṭha
= jeṭṭha Ja.i.253; Ja.ii.101 (˚tāpasa); Ja.iii.281 (˚kam māra: head of the silversmith’s guild); Ja.iv.137, Ja.iv.161, Ja.v.282; Pv.i.11#3 (putta = pubbaja Pv-a.57); Dhp-a.iii.237 (˚sīla); Dhp-a.iv.111 (id.); Pv-a.36 (˚bhariyā), Pv-a.42 (˚pesakāra head of the weaver’s guild), Pv-a.47 (˚vāṇija), Pv-a.75.
see jayati.
neuter a kind of (missile) weapon AN.iv.107 = AN.iv.110 (combined with āvudha & salāka; vv.ll. vedhanika jeganika, jevanika).
adjective illuminating, making light; explaining Ja.ii.420; Dpvs.xiv.50; Mil.343 (= lamp-lighter)
■ f. -ikā explanation, commentary, Name of several Commentaries, e.g. the Paramatthajotikā on the Sutta Nipāta (Kp-a.11); cp. the similar expression dīpanī (Paramatthadīpanī on Th 2; Vv & Pv.).; Jotika Np. Dhp-a.i.385 (Jotiya); Vism.233, Vism.382.
from juti
to shine, be splendid Ja.i.53; Ja.vi.100, Ja.vi.509; Pv-a.71 (jotantī = obhāsentī).
Sk. dyotate to shine, *dei̯ā; cp. Gr. δέαται shine, δ ̈ηλος clear; also Sk. dī in dīpyate; Lat. dies. Dhtp.120 gives jut in meaning “ditti,” i.e. light
neuter & jotanā (f.) illumination, explanation Ja.vi.542; Pts.ii.112; Vv-a.17 (˚nā).
cp. Sk. dyotana
masculine neuter
Sk. jyotis (cp. dyuti) nt. to dyotate, see jotati
adjective luminous, endowed with light or splendour, bright, excellent (in knowledge) Snp.348 (= paññājoti-sampanna Snp-a.348).
joti + mant, cp. also P. jutimant
feminine astronomy Mil.3.
= Sk. jyotiṣa (nt.)
Caus. of jotati
set on fire, consumed, dried up (w. hunger or thirst: parched combined w. chāta Ja.ii.83; Ja.vi.347.
pp. of jhāpeti; cp. ñatta → *jñāpayati
see jhāpeti.
? a window or opening in general Ja.ii.334.
neuter literally meditation. But it never means vaguely meditation It is the technical term for a special religious experience reached in a certain order of mental states. It was originally divided into four such states. These may be summarized:
1 The mystic, with his mind free from sensuous and worldly ideas, concentrates his thoughts on some special subject (for instance, the impermanence of all things). This he thinks out by attention to the facts, and by reasoning. 2 Then uplifted above attention & reasoning, he experiences joy & ease both of body and mind. 3 Then the bliss passes away, & he becomes suffused with a sense of ease, and 4 he becomes aware of pure lucidity of mind & equanimity of heart.
The whole really forms one series of mental states, & the stages might have been fixed at other points in the series. So the Dhamma-saṃgani makes a second list of five stages by calling, in the second jhāna, the fading away of observation one stage, & the giving up of sustained thinking another stage (Dhs.167–Dhs.175). And the Vibhaṁga calls the first jhāna the; pañcaṅgika-jhāna because it, by itself, can be divided into five parts (Vb.267). The state of mind left after the experience of the four jhānas is described as follows at DN.i.76: “with his heart thus serene, made pure, translucent, cultured, void of evil supple, ready to act, firm and imperturbable.” It will be seen that there is no suggestion of trance, but rather of an enhanced vitality. In the descriptions of the crises in the religious experiences of Christian saints and mystics, expressions similar to those used in the jhānas are frequent ‣See F. Heiler Die Buddhistische Versenkung, 1918. Laymen could pass through the four jhānas (SN.iv.301). The jhānas are only a means, not the end. To imagine that experiencing them was equivalent to Arahantship (and was therefore the end aimed at) is condemned (DN.i.37 ff.) as a deadly heresy. In late Pali we find the phrase arūpajjhānā. This is merely a new name for the last four of the eight Vimokkhā, which culminate in trance. It was because they made this the aim of their teaching that Gotama rejected the doctrines of his two teachers, Āḷāra-Kāḷāma and Uddaka-Rāmaputta (MN.i.164f.)
■ The jhānas are discussed in extenso & in various combinations as regards theory & practice at: DN.i.34 sq.; DN.i.73 sq.; SN.ii.210 sq.; SN.iv.217 sq., SN.iv.263 sq.; SN.v.213 sq.; MN.i.276 sq. MN.i.350 sq., MN.i.454 sq.; AN.i.53, AN.i.163; AN.ii.126; AN.iii.394 sq. AN.iv.409 sq.; AN.v.157 sq.; Vin.iii.4; Nd ii.on Snp.1119 & s.v. Pts.i.97 sq.; Pts.ii.169 sq.; Vb.257 sq.; Vb.263 sq.; Vb.279 sq. Vism.88, Vism.415
■ They are frequently mentioned either as a set, or singly, when often the set is implied (as in the case of the 4th jh.). Mentioned as jh. 1–4 e.g. at Vin.i.104; Vin.ii.161 (foll. by sotāpanna, etc.); DN.ii.156, DN.ii.186 DN.iii.78, DN.iii.131, DN.iii.222; SN.ii.278 (nikāmalābhin); AN.ii.36 (id.), AN.iii.354; SN.iv.299; SN.v.307 sq.; MN.i.21, MN.i.41, MN.i.159, MN.i.203, MN.i.247 MN.i.398, MN.i.521; MN.ii.15, MN.ii.37; Snp.69, Snp.156, Snp.985; Dhp.372; Ja.i.139; Vv-a.38; Pv-a.163
■ Separately: the 1st: AN.iv.422 AN.v.135; MN.i.246, MN.i.294; Mil.289; 1st
3rd: AN.iii.323; MN.i.181; 1st & second: MN.ii.28; 4th: AN.ii.41; AN.iii.325 AN.v.31; DN.iii.270; Vv-a.4
■ See also Mrs. Rh. D. Buddh Psych. (Quest Series) p. 107 sq.; Dhs. trsl. p. 52 sq. Index to Saṃyutta N. for more refs.; also Kasiṇa.
from jhāyati,1 BSk. dhyāna. The (popular etym-) expln of jhāna is given by Bdhgh at Vism.150 as follows: “ārammaṇ’ ûpanijjhānato paccanīka-jhāpanato vā jhānaṃ,” i.e. called jh. from meditation on objects & from burning up anything adverse
neuter conflagration, fire DN.iii.94; Ja.i.347.
from jhāyati2
adjective belonging to the (4) meditations Vism.111.
fr. jhāna1
adjective one who sets fire to (cp. jhāpeti), an incendiary Ja.iii.71.
neuter setting fire to, consumption by fire, in sarīra˚-kicca cremation Vv-a.76.
set on fire Mil.47; Vism.76 (-kāla time of cremation).
pp. jhāpeti
inf jhāpetuṃ Ja.vi.300 (+ ghātetuṃ hantuṃ);
ger jhatvā ref. SN.i.161 (reads chetvā) = Ne.145 (reads jhitvā, with variant reading chetvā) SN.i.19 (reads chetvā, vv.ll. ghatvā & jhatvā) = Ja.iv.67 (T. jhatvā, variant reading chetvā; explained by kilametvā); SN.i.41 (variant reading for T. chetvā, Bdhgh says “jhatvā ti vadhitvā”) Ja.ii.262 (+ hantvā vadhitvā; explained by kilametvā), Ja.vi.299 (+ vadhitvā); also jhatvāna Ja.iv.57 (= hantvā)
pp jhatta & jhāpita.
Caus. of jhāyati2
adjective noun burning, on fire, conflagration, in -khetta charcoal-burner’s field Ja.i.238; Ja.ii.92; -aṅgāra a burning cinder Pv-a.90. By itself: Ja.i.405; Dhp-a.ii.67.
jhāyati2
Name of a plant Ja.vi.537; also in -bhatta (?) Ja.ii.288.
adjective one who makes a fire DN.iii.94.
to meditate, contemplate think upon, brood over (c. acc.): search for, hunt after DN.ii.237 (jhānaṃ); SN.i.25, SN.i.57; AN.v.323 sq. (+ pa,˚ ni, ava˚); Snp.165, Snp.221, Snp.425, Snp.709, Snp.818 (= Mnd.149 pa˚, ni˚ ava˚); Dhp.27, Dhp.371, Dhp.395; Ja.i.67, Ja.i.410; Vv.50#12; Pv.iv.16#6 Mil.66; Snp-a.320 (aor. jhāyiṃsu thought of)
pp jhāyita.
Sk. dhyāyati, dhī; with dhīra, dhīḥ from didheti shine, perceive; cp. Goth. filu-deisei cunning, & in meaning cinteti → citta1
to burn, to be on fire: fig. to be consumed, to waste away, to dry up DN.i.50 (= jāleti DN-a.i.151), DN-a.iii.94 (to make a fire); Ja.i.61, Ja.i.62; Pv.i.11#10 (jhāyare variant reading BB. for ghāyire); Mil.47; Pv-a.33 (= pariḍayhati)-aor. jhāyi Dhp-a.ii.240 sq
■ (fig.) Dhp.155; Ja.vi.189-Caus. jhāpeti
■ Cp. khīyati2.
Sk. kṣāyati to burn, kṣāy & kṣī, cp. khara & chārikā
neuter meditating, in -sīla the practice of meditation (cp. Sk. dhyānayoga) Vv-a.38.
der. fr. jhāyati1
neuter cremation, burning Pp-a.187.
fr. jhāyati2
adjective pondering over (c. acc.) intent on: meditative, self-concentrated, engaged in jhāna-practice Vin.ii.75; SN.i.46 = SN.i.52; SN.ii.284; MN.i.334; AN.i.24; AN.iii.355; AN.iv.426; AN.v.156, AN.v.325 sq.; Snp.85 (magga˚), Snp.638, Snp.719, Snp.1009, Snp.1105; Iti.71, Iti.74, Iti.112; Ja.iv.7; Dhp.23 Dhp.110, Dhp.387 (reminding of jhāyati2, cp. Dhp-a.iv.144) Cnd.264; Vv.5#8; Pv.iv.1#32; Vb.342. Mnd.226 Cnd.342#2 = Vism.26 (āpādaka˚).
see jhāyati1 & jhāna
neuter the intellectual faculty, intelligence Dhp.72 (= Dhp-a.ii.73: jānanasabhāva).
nomen agentis from jānāti
feminine announcement, declaration, esp. as t. t. a motion or resolution put at a kammavācā (proceedings at a meeting of the chapter. The usual formula is “esā ñatti; suṇātu me bhante sangho”: Vin.i.340; Vin.iii.150, Vin.iii.173, Vin.iii.228
■ -˚ṃ ṭhapeti to propose a resolution Vin.iv.152
■ Vin.v.142 Vin.v.217 (na c’ âpi ñatti na ca pana kammavācā). This resolution is also called a ñattikamma: Vin.ii.89 Vin.iv.152; Vin.v.116; AN.i.99. Two kinds are distinguished viz. that at which the voting follows directly upon the motion, i.e. a ñatti-dutiya-kamma, & that at which the motion is put 3 times, & is then followed (as 4th item) by the decision, i.e. a ñ-catuttha-kamma. Both kinds are discussed at Vin.i.56, Vin.i.317 sq.; Vin.ii.89; Vin.iii.156; Vin.iv.152; & passim. Cp. Divy.356: jñapticaturtha Cp. āṇatti, viññatti.
Sk. jñapti, from jñāpayati, caus of jñā
etc.: see jānāti.
neuter knowledge, intelligence insight, conviction, recognition, opp. añāṇa avijjā, lack of k. or ignorance.
from jānāti. See also jānana. *gené, as in Gr. γν ̈ω σις (cp. gnostic), γνώμη; Lat. (co)gnitio; Goth kunpi; Ogh. kunst; E. knowledge
adjective in pañca˚ having five truths (of samādhi) DN.iii.278.
adjective knowing, one who is possessed of (right) knowledge SN.ii.169; AN.ii.89 (sammā˚); AN.iv.340
■ aññāṇin not knowing, unaware Vv-a.76.
known, well-known experienced, brought to knowledge, realized. In Cnd. s.v. constantly expl. by tulita tirita vibhūta vibhāvita which series is also used as expln. of diṭṭha & vidita AN.v.195; Ja.i.266; Snp.343 (+ yasassin); Mil.21 (id.)- aññāta not known, unknown Vin.i.209; MN.i.430; SN.ii.281; Dhp-a.i.208.
pp. of jānāti = Gr. γνωτός, Lat. (g)notus; ajñāta (P. aññāta) = α ̓́γνωτος = ignotus
a relation, relative, kinsman Vin.ii.194; MN.ii.67; Dhp.43; Snp.263 (= Kp-a.140 ñāyante amhākaṃ ime ti ñātakā), Snp.296, Snp.579; Pv.ii.1#4 (Minayeff, but Hardy ˚ika); Pv-a.19, Pv-a.21, Pv-a.31, Pv-a.62, Pv-a.69; DN-a.i.90.
for *ñātika from ñāti
a relation, relative (= mātito pitito ca sambandhā Pv-a.25; = bandhū Pv-a.86; specialized as ˚sālohitā, see below). Pl. ñātayo (Pv.i.4#3; Kp-a.209 Kp-a.214) and ñātī (MN.ii.73; Kp-a.210, Kp-a.213 ; acc. also ñātī Pv.i.6#7); Snp.141; Dhp.139, Dhp.204, Dhp.288; Ja.ii.353; Pv.i.5#3, Pv.i.12#2; Pv.ii.3#13, Pv.ii.6#7
■ Discussed in detail with regard to its being one of the 10 paḷibodhā at Vism.94.
see janati; cp. Sk. jñāti, Gr. γνωτός, Lat. cognatus, Goth. knops
to make known, to explain, to announce Ja.ii.133. Cp. jānāpeti āṇāpeti.
Caus. of jānāti, cp. also ñatti
Sk. nyāya = ni + i
(-ññū) (adj-suffix) knowing, recognizing, acknowledging, in ughaṭita˚, kata˚, kāla˚, khaṇa˚, matta˚, ratta˚, vara˚ vipacita˚, veda˚, sabba˚, etc. (q.v.)-fem. abstr. ˚ñutā in same combinations.
Sk -jña, from jānāti, *gn: cp. P. gū → Sk. ga
? adverb part of sound Ja.i.287 (ṭan ti saddo).
Ṭh.
(˚ṭṭha) (adj. suffix) standing, as opposed to either lying down or moving; located, being based on, founded on (e.g. appa˚ based on little DN.i.143): see kappa˚ (lasting a k.), kūṭa˚ (immovable) gaha˚ (founding a house, householder), dhamma˚, nava˚ vehāsa˚ (= vihan-ga)
■ (n.) a stand i.e. a place for goṭṭha a stable.
from tiṭṭhati
neuter
feminine
pp. of ṭhapeti
to place, set up, fix, arrange, establish; appoint to (c. loc.); to place aside, save, put by, leave out Vin.ii.32 (pavāraṇaṃ), Vin.ii.191 (ucce & nīce ṭhāne to place high or low), Vin.ii.276 (pavāraṇaṃ); Vin.v.193 (uposathaṃ), Vin.v.196 (give advice); DN.i.120 (leaving out discarding); Dhp.40 (cittaṃ ṭh. make firm) Ja.i.62, Ja.i.138 Ja.i.223, Ja.i.293 (except); Ja.ii.132 (puttaṭṭhāne ṭh. as daughter) Ja.ii.159; Ja.vi.365 (putting by); Vv-a.63 (kasiṃ ṭhapetvā except ploughing); Pv-a.4, Pv-a.20 (varaṃ ṭhapetvā denying a wish), Pv-a.39, Pv-a.114 (setting up); Mil.13 (ṭhapetvā setting aside, leaving till later)
inf ṭhapetuṃ Vin.ii.194; Pv-a.73 (saṃharitvā ṭh. to fold up: cp. ṭhapita); grd ṭhapetabba Ja.ii.352 (rājaṭṭhāne); Pv-a.97; & ṭhapaniya (in pañha ṭh. a question to be left standing over i.e. not to be asked) DN.iii.229
ger ṭhapetvā (leaving out, setting aside, excepting) also used as prep. c. acc (before or after the noun): with the omission of, besides except DN.i.105 (ṭh. dve); Ja.i.179 (maṃ but for me), Ja.i.294 (tumhe ṭh.); Ja.ii.154 (ekaṃ vaddhaṃ ṭh.); Ja.iv.142 (ṭh maṃ); Vv-a.100 (ṭh. ekaṃ itthiṃ); Pv-a.93 (ṭh. maṃ) Cp. BSk. sthāpayitvā “except” Avs.ii.111
caus ṭhapāpeti to cause to be set up; to have erected, to put up Ja.i.266; Dhp-a.ii.191.
Caus. of tiṭṭhati
(ṭṭhāna) neuter
As one of the 4 iriyāpathā (behaviours)
■ acc. ṭhānaṃ: ettakaṃ ṭh. even a little bit Dhp-a.i.389
■ abl. ṭhānaso: in combination w. hetuso with reason & cause, causally conditioned (see 2 d) SN.v.304; AN.iii.417; AN.v.33; Ne.94 (ñāṇa); abs. without moving (see I.1 (b) & cp. Lat statim) i.e. without an interval or a cause (of change) at once, immediately, spontaneously, impromptu (cp cpd.˚ uppatti) SN.i.193; SN.v.50, SN.v.321, SN.v.381; Pv.i.4#4 (= khaṇaṃ yeva Pv-a.19)
■ loc. ṭhāne instead = like, as dhītu ṭhāne ṭhapesi he treats her like a daughter Vv-a.209 puttaṭṭhāne as a son Ja.ii.132.
(ṭhāna & aṭṭhāna) The meanings in this category are restricted to those mentioned above under I esp. 1 (a) & 2 (d, viz. the relations of place → not place (or wrong place, also as proper time & wrong time), i.e. somewhere → nowhere and of possibility → impossibility (truth → falsehood)
Vedic sthāna, sthā, see tiṭṭhati; cp. Sk. sthāman Gr. σταχμίς, Lat. stamen
adjective standing, having a certain position, founded on or caused by (-˚) Vin.ii.194 (-nīca˚) AN.i.264 (chanda-rāga-dhamma˚). See also under tiṭṭhati.
grd. of tiṭṭhati
adjective at Mil.201 “one who gains his living or subsists on” (instr.) is doubtful reading.
adjective noun standing, being in, being in a state of (-˚), staying with, dependent on (with gen.) pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyin “being in a state of one to whom it has arisen,” i.e. one who has got the idea of… or one who imagines SN.iii.3 sq.; arūpa-ṭṭhāyin Iti.62 Yamassa ṭhāyino being under the rule of Yama Pv.i.11#9.
from tiṭṭhati
standing, i.e. (see ṭhāna I) either upright (opp nisinna, etc.), or immovable, or being, behaving in general. In the latter function often (with ger. pleonastic for finite verb (cp. ṭhapita)
■ resting in abiding in (-˚ or with loc.); of time: lasting, enduring fig. steadfast, firm, controlled: amissīkatam ev’ assa cittaṃ hoti, ṭhitaṃ ānejjappattaṃ AN.iii.377 = AN.iv.404 tassa ṭhito va kāyo hoti thitaṃ cittaṃ (firm, unshaken SN.v.74 = Cnd.475 B2
■ DN.i.135 (khema˚); AN.i.152; Snp.250 (dhamme); Iti.116 sq. (ṭh. caranto nisinna sayāna); Ja.i.167; Ja.i.279; Ja.iii.53
■ with ger.: nahātvā ṭh. & nivāsetvā ṭh. (after bathing & dressing) Ja.i.265 dārakaṃ gahetvā th. Ja.vi.336. Cp. saṇ˚.
pp. of tiṭṭhati = Gr. στατός, Lat. status, Celt. fossad (firm)
adjective = ṭhita in meaning of standing, standing up, erect Vin.ii.165; DN.ii.17 = DN.iii.143; MN.ii.65; Ja.i.53, Ja.i.62; Vv-a.64.
feminine the fact of standing or being founded on (-˚) SN.ii.25 = AN.i.286 (dhamma˚ + dhamma-niyāmatā).
neuter standing, being placed; being appointed to, appointment Ja.i.124.
feminine state (as opposed to becoming), stability, steadfastness; duration, continuance, immobility; persistence, keeping up (of c. gen.); condition of (-˚) relation SN.ii.11; SN.iii.31; SN.iv.14 SN.iv.104, SN.iv.228 sq., AN.v.96; Vism.32 (kāyassa); in jhāna SN.iii.264, SN.iii.269 sq., saddhammassa (prolongation of) SN.ii.225; AN.i.59; AN.ii.148; AN.iii.177 (always with asammosa & anantaradhāna), cp. MN.ii.26 sq.
■ dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇa (state or condition of) SN.ii.124; Pts.i.50 sq
■ n atthi dhuvaṃ ṭhiti: the duration is not for long MN.ii.64 = Dhp.147 = Thag.769 = Vv-a.77, cp. Thig.343 (= Thag-a.241); Snp.1114 (viññāṇa˚) Pv-a.198 (position, constellation), Pv-a.199 (jīvita˚ as remainder of life, cp. ṭhitakappin) Dhs.11≈(cittassa), 19≈(+ āyu = subsistence).
from tiṭṭhati Sk. sthiti, Gr. στάσις, Lat. statio (cp. stationary), Ohg. stat, Ags. stede
adjective standing, lasting, enduring; existing, living on (-˚), e.g. āhāra˚ dependent on food Kp iii. (see āhāra); nt. adv. ṭhitikaṃ constantly Vv-a.75.
Der. fr. ṭhiti
see patiṭṭhīyati.
a yellow fly, gadfly (orig. “the bite”) Cnd.268 (= pingala-makkhika, same at Ja.iii.263; Snp-a.101); usually in combination with other biting or stinging sensations, as ˚siriṃsapa Snp.52, & freq. in cpd; ḍaṃsa-makasa-vāt’ ātapa-siriṃsapa-samphassa MN.i.10; AN.ii.117, AN.ii.143 = AN.iii.163; AN.iii.388; AN.v.15; Vin.i.3; Cnd. s.v. (enumerated under var. kinds of dukkhā); Vism.31 (here explained as ḍaṃsana-makkhikā or andha-makkhikā).
see ḍasati
bitten Pv-a.144.
pp. of daṃśati or dasati to bite
(& ḍaṃsati) to bite (esp. of flies snakes, scorpions, etc.),
pres ḍasati MN.i.519;
pot ḍaseyya MN.i.133; AN.iii.101 = AN.iv.320 (where ḍaṃs˚) ḍaṃseyya AN.iii.306;
ppr ḍasamāna Ja.i.265 (gīvāya) fut. ḍaṃsayissāmi Ja.vi.193 (variant reading ḍass˚);
aor aḍaṃsi Vv.80#8 (= Sk. adānkṣīt), ḍaṃsi Pv-a.62 & ḍasi Ja.i.502; Dhp-a.ii.258;
inf ḍasituṃ Ja.i.265;
ger ḍasitvā Ja.i.222 Ja.ii.102; Ja.iii.52, Ja.iii.538; Dhp-a.i.358
pp daṭṭha; cp. also dāṭhā & saṇḍāsa.
cp. Sk. da ati & daṃśati, Gr.; δάκνω, Ohg. zanga, Ags. tonge, E. tong
(& dahati) to burn (trs.) consume, torment MN.i.365; MN.ii.73 AN.v.110; Ja.ii.44 (aor. 3 sg. med. adaḍḍha = Sk. adagdha) Dhp.31, Dhp.71, Dhp.140; Mil.45, Mil.112 (cauterize). Pp. daḍḍha -Pass. ḍayhati SN.i.188 (kāmarāgena ḍayhāmi cittam me pariḍayhati); ib. (mahārāga: mā ḍayhittho punappunaṃ) MN.ii.73; SN.iii.150 (mahāpaṭhavī ḍayhati vinassati na bhavati) esp. in ppr. ḍayhamāna consumed with or by, burning, glowing Dhp.371; Iti.23 (˚ena kāyena cetasā Pv.i.11#10, Pv.i.12#2; Pv.ii.2#3) (of a corpse being cremated) Pv-a.63, Pv-a.152 (vippaṭisārena: consumed by remorse) See also similes J.P.T.S. 1907, 90. Cp. uḍ˚.
Sk. dahati, pp. dagdha, cp. dāha, nidāgha (summer heat); Gr. τέφρα ashes, Lat. favilla (glowing) cinders, Goth. dags, Ger. tag. E. day = hot time
masculine neuter green food, eatable herbs, vegetable Vin.i.246 (˚rasa), Vin.i.248; Thig.1; Vv.20#6 (variant reading sāka); Vv-a.99 (= taṇḍuleyyakādi-sākavyañjana).
Sk. sāka (nt.) on ś → ḍ cp. Sk. sākinī → dākinī
burning, glow, heat DN.i.10 (disā˚ sky-glow = zodiacal light?); MN.i.244; Pv-a.62; Mil.325. Sometimes spelt dāha, e.g. AN.i.178 (aggi˚) Sdhp.201 (id.); - dava˚; a jungle fire Vin.ii.138; Ja.i.461.
Sk. dāha, see ḍahati
to fly; only in simile “seyyathā pakkhī sakuṇo yena yen’ eva ḍeti…” DN.i.71 = MN.i.180, MN.i.269 = AN.ii.209 Pp.58; Ja.v.417. Cp. dayati & dīyati, also uḍḍeti.
Sk. *ḍayate = dīyati; ḍayana flying. The Dhtp gives the root as ḍī or ḷī with def. of “ākāsa-gamana”.
as composition-consonant (see Müller pp. 62, 63, on euphonic cons.) especially with agge (after, from), in ajja-t-agge, tama-t-agge, dahara-t-agge AN.v.300; cp deva ta-t-uttari for tad-uttari AN.iii.287, AN.iii.314, AN.iii.316.
base of demonstr. pron. for nt., in oblique cases of m. & f., in demonstr. adv. of place & time (see also sa).
sg. nt. tad (older) Vin.i.83; Snp.1052; Dhp.326; Mil.25 & taṃ (cp. yaṃ, kiṃ) Snp.1037, Snp.1050; Ja.iii.26; acc. m. taṃ Ja.ii.158, f. taṃ Ja.vi.368; gen. tassa f. tassā (Snp.22, Snp.110; Ja.i.151); instr. tena, f. tāya (Ja.iii.188); abl. tasmā (Ja.i.167); tamhā Snp.291, Snp.1138 (Ja.iii.26) & tato (usually as adv.) (Snp.390); loc. tasmiṃ (Ja.i.278), tamhi (Dhp.117); tahiṃ (adv.) (Pv.i.5#7) tahaṃ (adv.) (Ja.i.384; Vv-a.36); pl. nom. m. te (Ja.ii.129), f. tā (Ja.ii.127), nt. tāni (Snp.669, Snp.845); gen. tesaṃ, f. tāsaṃ (Snp.916); instr. tehi, f. tāhi (Ja.ii.128) loc. tesu, f. tāsu (Snp.670)
■ In composition (Sandhi both tad- & taṃ-are used with consecutive phonetic changes (assimilation), viz.
Vedic tad, etc.; Gr. τόν τήν τό; Lat. is-te, tālis, etc.; Lith. tás tā; Goth. pata; Ohg. etc. daz; E. that
a kind of medicinal gum, enumerated with two varieties, viz. takapattī & takapaṇṇī under jatūni bhesajjāni at Vin.i.201.
doubt; a doubtful view (often diṭṭhi, appl. like sammā˚, micchā-diṭṭhi), hair-splitting reasoning, sophistry (= itihītihaṃ Cnd.151). Opp. to takka (= micchā-sankappo Vb.86, Vb.356) is dhammatakka right thought (:vuccati sammā-sankappo Cnd.318; cp. Dhs.7, Dhs.298), DN.i.16 (˚pariyāhata); MN.i.68 (id.) Snp.209 (˚ṃ pahāya na upeti sankhaṃ), Snp.885 (doubt), Snp.886; Dhs.7, Dhs.21, Dhs.298 (+ vitakka, trsl. as “ratiocination” by Mrs. Rh. D.); Vb.86, Vb.237 (sammā˚) Vb.356; Vism.189 See also vitakka.
Sk. tarka doubt; science of logic (lit. “turning & twisting”) *treik, cp. Lat. tricae, intricare (to “trick,” puzzle), & also Sk. tarku bobbin, spindle, Lat torqueo (torture, turn)
neuter buttermilk (with 1/4 water), included in the five products from a cow (pañca gorasā) at Vin.i.244 made by churning dadhi Mil.173; Ja.i.340; Ja.ii.363; Dhp-a.ii.68 (takkâdi-ambila).
Should it not belong to the same root as takka1?
neuter thought, representation (of: -˚) Ja.i.68 (ussāvabindu˚).
(= tat-kara) a doer thereof DN.i.235, MN.i.68; Dhp.19.
a robber, a thief Ja.iv.432.
neuter a bulbous plant, a tuberose Ja.iv.46, Ja.iv.371 (biḷāli˚, expl. at Ja.iv.373 by takkala-kanda) = Ja.vi.578.
feminine the tree Sesbania Aegyptiaca (a kind of acacia) Thig.297 (= dālika-laṭṭhi Thag-a.226).
adjective doubting, having wrong views, foolish; m. a sophist, a fool Ud.73; Ja.i.97; Mil.248.
fr. takka1
adjective noun thinking, reasoning, esp. sceptically; a sceptic DN.i.16≈(takkī vīmaṃsī); MN.i.520; DN-a.i.106 (= takketvā vitakketvā diṭṭhi-gāhino etaṃ adhivacanaṃ), cp. pp. DN-a.i.114, DN-a.i.115 (takki-vāda).
fr. takka1
to think, reflect, reason, argue DN-a.i.106; Dhs-a.142
■ attānaṃ t. to have self-confidence, to trust oneself Ja.i.273, Ja.i.396, Ja.i.468; Ja.iii.233.
Denom. of tarka
a kind of insect or worm Vism.258. Reading at id. p. Kp-a.58 is kakkoṭaka.
is reading correct?
Bdellium, a perfume made from the berry of the kakkola plant Ja.i.291; also as Npl. at Mil.359 (the Takola of Ptolemy; perhaps Sk. karkoṭa: Trenckner, Notes, p. 59).
Sk. kakkola & takkola
neuter the shrub Tabernaemontana coronaria, and a fragrant powder or perfume obtained from it, incense Vin.i.203; Iti.68 (= Udānavarga p. 112, No. 8); Dhp.54 Dhp.55, Dhp.56 (candana +); Ja.iv.286; Ja.vi.100 (the shrub), Ja.vi.173 (id.); Mil.338; Dāvs v.50; Dhp-a.i.422 (tagara-mallikā two kinds of gandhā).
= tad + garuka, see taccarita.
affirmative particle (“ekaṃsena” DN-a.i.236; ekaṃsa-vacana Ja.v.66; ekaṃse nipāta Ja.v.307) truly, surely, there now! Vin.ii.126, Vin.ii.297; DN.i.85; MN.i.207, MN.i.463; MN.iii.179; Ja.v.65 (variant reading tagghā); Snp.p.87.
tad + gha, cp. in-gha & Lat. ec-ce ego-met, Gr.; ἐγώ γε
(& taco nt.)
Often used together with nahāru aṭṭhi (tendons & bones), to denote the outer appearance (framework) of the body, or that which is most conspicuous in emaciation: AN.i.50 = Sdhp.46; tacamaṃsâvalepana (+ aṭṭhī nahārusaṃyutta) Snp.194; Ja.i.146 (where ˚vilepana); Snp-a.247; aṭṭhi-taca-mattâvasesasarīra “nothing but skin & bones” Pv-a.201. Of the cast-off skin of a snake: urago va jiṇṇaṃ tacaṃ jahāti Snp.1, same simile Pv.i.12#1 (= nimmoka Pv-a.63)-kañcanasannibha-taca (adj.) of golden-coloured skin (a sign of beauty) Snp.551; Vv.30#2 = Vv.32#3 ; Mil.75; Vv-a.9
■ valita-tacatā a condition of wrinkled skin (as sign of age) Cnd.252≈; Kp iii.; Kp-a.45; Sdhp.102.
Vedic tvak (f.), gen. tvacaḥ
adjective in combination with tabbahula taggaruka tanninna tappoṇa tappabhāra freq. as formula, expressing: converging to this end, bent thereon, striving towards this (aim): Nd ii.under tad. The same combination with Nibbāna-ninna, N -poṇa, N -pabhāra freq. (see Nibbāna).
a carpenter, usually as ˚ka: otherwise only in cpd. -sūkara the carpenter-pig (= a boar, so called from felling trees), title & hero of Jātaka No. 492 (Ja.iv.342 sq.). Cp. vaḍḍhakin.
Vedic takṣan, cp. taṣṭṛ, to takṣati (see taccheti), Lat. textor, Gr. τέκτων carpenter (cp. architect) τέξνη art
adjective true, real, justified, usually in combination w bhūta. bhūta taccha tatha, DN.i.190 (paṭipadā: the only true & real path) SN.v.229 (dhamma; text has tathā variant reading tathaṃ better); as bhūta t. dhammika (well founded and just) DN.i.230. bhūta + taccha: AN.ii.100 = Pp.50; Vv-a.72
■ yathā tacchaṃ according to truth Snp.1096 which is interpreted by Cnd.270: tacchaṃ vuccati amataṃ Nibbānaṃ, etc
■ (nt.) taccha a truth Snp.327- ataccha false, unreal, unfounded; a lie, a falsehood DN.i.3 (abhūta +); Vv-a.72 (= musā).
Der. fr. tathā + ya = tath-ya “as it is,” Sk. tathya
= taccha1.
■ f. tacchikā a woman of low social standing (= veṇī, bamboo-worker) Ja.v.306.
to build, construct; maggaṃ t. to construct or repair a road Ja.vi.348.
fr. taccha1, cp. taccheti
to do wood-work, to square, frame, chip Ja.i.201; Mil.372, Mil.383.
probably a denom. fr. taccha1 = Lat. texo to weave (orig. to plait, work together, work artistically) cp. Sk. taṣṭṛ architect = Lat. textor; Sk. takṣan, etc. Gr. τέξνη craft, handiwork (cp. technique), Ohg. dehsa hatchet. Cp. also orig. meaning of karoti & kamma.
“this like,” belonging to this, founded on this or that; on the ground of this (or these), appropriate, suitable; esp. in combination with vāyāma (a suitable effort as “causa movens”) AN.i.207; Mil.53. Also with reference to sense-impressions, etc denoting the complemental sensation SN.iv.215; MN.i.190, MN.i.191; Dhs.3–Dhs.6 (cp. Dhs. trsl. p. 6 & Com. expl anucchavika)
■ Pv-a.203 (tajjassa pāpassa katattā by the doing of such evil, variant reading SS tassajjassa, may be a contraction of tādiyassa otherwise tādisassa). Note. The expln of Kern, Toevoegselen ii.87 (tajja = tad + ja “arising from this”) is syntactically impossible.
tad + ya, cp. Sk. tadīya
feminine threat, menace Ja.ii.169; Vv.50#9; Vv-a.212 (bhayasantajjana).
from tajjeti
to be blamed or censured Vism.115 (a˚); (n.) censure, blame, scorn, rebuke. MN.50 Mil.365. As t. t. -kamma one of the sangha-kammas Vin.i.49, Vin.i.53, Vin.i.143 sq., Vin.i.325; Vin.ii.3 sq., Vin.ii.226, Vin.ii.230; AN.i.99.
grd. of tajjeti
a linear measure, equal to 36 aṇu’s and of which 36 form one rathareṇu Vb-a.343; cp. Abhp.194 (tajjarī).
threatened, frightened, scared; spurred or moved by (-˚) DN.i.141 (daṇḍa˚, bhaya˚) Dhp.188 (bhaya˚); Pp.56. Esp. in combination maraṇabhaya˚; moved by the fear of death Ja.i.150, Ja.i.223; Pv-a.216.
pp. of tajjeti
to frighten threaten; curse, rail against Ja.i.157, Ja.i.158; Pv-a.55. Pp. tajjita
caus tajjāpeti to cause to threaten, to accuse Pv-a.23 (= paribhāsāpeti).
Caus. of tarjati, to frighten. Cp. Gr. τάρβος fright, fear, ταρβέω; Lat. torvus wild, frightful
declivity or side of a hill, precipice; side of a river or well, a bank Ja.i.232, Ja.i.303; Ja.ii.315 (udapāna˚); Ja.iv.141; Snp-a.519; Dhp-a.i.73 (papāta˚). See also talāka.
*tḷ, see tala & cp. tālu, also Lat. tellus
to rattle, shake, clatter; to grind or gnash one’s teeth; to fizz. Usually said of people in frenzy or fury (in ppr. ˚yanto or ˚yamāna) Ja.i.347 (rosena), Ja.i.439 (kodhena); Ja.ii.277 (of a bhikkhu kodhana “boiling with rage” like a “uddhane pakkhitta-loṇaṃ viya”); the latter trope also at Dhp-a.iv.176; Dhp-a.i.370 (aggimhi pakkhitta-loṇasakkharā viya rosena t.); Dhp-a.iii.328 (vātâhata-tālapaṇṇaṃ viya) Vv-a.47, Vv-a.121 (of a kodhâbhibhūto; variant reading kaṭakaṭāyamāna), Vv-a.206 (+ akkosati paribhāsati), Vv-a.256. Cp. also kaṭakaṭāyati & karakarā.
Onomatopoetic, to make a sound like taṭtaṭ. Root *kḷ (on ṭ for I̊ cp. taṭa for tala) to grind one’s teeth, to be in a frenzy. Cp. ciṭiciṭāyāti. See note on gala and kiṇakiṇāyati
a bowl for holding food, a flat bowl, porringer, salver Ja.iii.10 (suvaṇṇa˚), Ja.iii.97, Ja.iii.121, Ja.iii.538, Ja.iv.281. According to Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. taken into Tamil as taṭṭaṃ, cp. also Av. taśta. Morris (J.P.T.S. 1884, 80) compares Marathi tasta (ewer).
Etym. unknown
feminine a (straw) mat Vin.iv.40 (Bdhgh on this: teṭṭikaṃ (sic) nāma tālapaṇṇehi vā vākehi vā katataṭṭikā, p. 357); Ja.i.141 (variant reading taddhika) Vism.97.
cp. kaṭaka
rice-grain, rice husked & ready for boiling; freq. combined with tila (q.v.) in mentioning of offerings, presentations, etc.: loṇaṃ telaṃ taṇḍulaṃ khādaniyaṃ sakaṭesu āropetvā Vin.i.220, Vin.i.238, Vin.i.243, Vin.i.249; talitaṇḍulâdayo Ja.iii.53; Pv-a.105
■ Vin.i.244; AN.i.130; Ja.i.255; Ja.iii.55, Ja.iii.425 (taṇḍulāni metri causa); Ja.vi.365 (mūla˚ coarse r., majjhima medium r., kaṇikā the finest grain); Snp.295; Pp.32; Dhp-a.i.395 (sāli-taṇḍula husked rice); DN-a.i.93. Cp ut˚.
*Sk. taṇḍula: dialectical
the plant Amaranthus polygonoides Vv-a.99 (enumerated amongst various kinds of ḍāka).
cp. Sk. taṇḍulīya
feminine (lit.) drought, thirst; (fig.) craving, hunger for, excitement the fever of unsatisfied longing (c. loc.: kabaḷinkāre āhāre “thirst” for solid food SN.ii.101 sq.; cīvare piṇḍapāte taṇhā = greed for Snp.339). Oppd to peace of mind (upekhā, santi)
Sk. tṛṣṇā, besides tarśa (m.) & ṭṛṣ (f.) = Av. tarśna thirst, Gr.; ταρσία dryness, Goth. paúrsus, Ohg durst, E. drought & thirst; to *ters to be, or to make dry in Gr. τέρσομαι, Lat. torreo to roast, Goth. gapaírsan Ohg. derren
■ Another form of t. is tasiṇā
to have thirst for SN.ii.13 (for variant reading SS tuṇhīyati; BB. tasati); Vism.544 (+ upādiyati ghaṭ yati); cp. tasati & pp. tasita.
= taṇhāyati, denom. fr. taṇhā, cp. Sk. tṛṣyati to have thirst
stretched, extended, spread out SN.i.357 (jāla); Ja.iv.484 (tantāni jālāni Text, katāni variant reading for tatāni). Note: samo tata at Ja.i.183 is to be read as samotata (spread all over).
pp. of tanoti
Num. ord. the third
■ Snp.97 (parābhavo); Snp.436 (khuppipāsā as the 3rd division in the army of Māra), Snp.1001; Ja.ii.353; Dhp.309; Pv-a.69 (tatiyāya jātiya: in her third birth). Tatiyaṃ (nt. adv. for the 3rd time DN.ii.155; Snp.88, Snp.95, Snp.450; tatiyavāraṃ id. Dhp-a.i.183; Vv-a.47 (= at last); yāva tatiyaṃ id Vin.ii.188; Ja.i.279; Dhp-a.ii.75; Pv-a.272 (in casting the lot: the third time decides); yāva tatiyakaṃ id DN.i.95.
Sk. tṛtīya, Av. ðritya, Gr. τρίτος, Lat. tertius, Goth. pridja, E. third
abl. of pron. base ta˚ (see ta˚ ii.4)
heated, hot, glowing; of metals: in a melted state (cp. uttatta) AN.ii.122≈(tattena talena osiñcante, as punishment); Dhp.308 (ayoguḷa) Ja.ii.352 (id.); Ja.iv.306 (tattatapo “of red-hot heat, i.e. in severe self-torture); Mil.26, Mil.45 (adv. red-hot) Pv-a.221 (tatta-lohasecanaṃ the pouring over of glowing copper, one of the punishments in Niraya).
pp. of tapati
neuter truth; abl. tattato according to truth; accurately Ja.ii.125 (ñatvā); Ja.iii.276 (ajānitvā not knowing exactly).
tad + tva
pleasing, agreeable, pleasant Mil.238 (bhojana).
tatta pp. of tappati2 + ka
adjective (= tāvataka) of such size, so large Vism.184 (corresponding with yattaka); tattakaṃ kālaṃ so long, just that time, i.e. the specified time (may be long or short = only so long) Dhp-a.i.103 (variant reading ettakaṃ), Dhp-a.ii.16 (= ettaka).
tattha tattha here and there, in various places, all over; also corresponding with yattha yattha wherever… there Iti.115; Ne.96 (˚gāmini-paṭipadā); Vv-a.297; Pv-a.1, Pv-a.2, Pv-a.33, Pv-a.77, etc. See tatra.
Sk. tatra adv. of place, cp. Goth. papro & also Sk. atra, yatra
= tattha in all meanings & applications, viz.
tatra tatra, in t. t. abhinandinī (of taṇhā) finding its delight in this & that, here & there Vin.i.10; Pts.ii.147; Ne.72 Vism.506.
Sk. tatra
adjective (being) in truth, truthful true, real DN.i.190 (+ bhūta taccha); MN.iii.70; Thag.347; Snp.1115 (= Cnd.275 taccha bhūta, etc.). (nt. tathaṃ = saccaṃ, in cattāri tathāni the 4 truths SN.v.430 SN.v.435; Pts.ii.104 sq. (+ avitathāni anaññathāni). As epithet of Nibbāna: see derivations & cp. taccha. abl tathato exactly variant reading B for tattato at Ja.ii.125 (see tatta2)
■ yathā tathaṃ (cp. yathā tacchaṃ) according to truth, for certain, in truth Snp.699, Snp.732, Snp.1127
■ Cp vitatha.
an adjectivized tathā out of combination tathā ti “so it is,” cp. taccha
feminine state of being such, such-likeness, similarity, correspondence Vism.518.
abstr. fr. tathā → tatha
neuter “the state of being so,” the truth, Nibbāna; only in foll. phrases:
■ abl. tathattā in truth, really Snp.520 sq. (cp. Mhvs.iii.397).
*tathātvaṃ
adverb so, thus (and not otherwise, opp. aññathā), in this way, likewise Snp.1052 (variant reading yathā); Ja.i.137, etc
■ Often with eva tath’ eva just so, still the same, not different DN.iii.135 (taṃ tath’ eva hoti no aññathā); Ja.i.263, Ja.i.278; Pv.i.8#3 Pv-a.55. Corresponding with yathā: tathā-yathā so-that Dhp.282; Pv-a.23 (tathā akāsi yathā he made that…, cp. Lat. ut consecutive); yathā-tathā asso also Snp.504; Ja.i.223; Pv.i.12#3 (yath’ āgato tathā gato as he has come so he has gone)
■ In compounds tath before vowels.
Sk. tathā, cp. also kathaṃ
The context shows that the word is an epithet of an Arahant, and that non-Buddhists were supposed to know what it meant. The compilers of the Nikāyas must therefore have considered the expression as pre-Buddhistic; but it has not yet been found in any pre-Buddhistic work. Mrs. Rhys Davids (Dhs. tr. 1099, quoting Chalmers J.R.A.S. Jan., 1898 suggests “he who has won through to the truth.” Had the early Buddhists invented a word with this meaning it would probably have been tathaṃgata, but not necessarily, for we have upadhī-karoti as well as upadhiṃ karoti
■ DN.i.12, DN.i.27, DN.i.46, DN.i.63; DN.ii.68, DN.ii.103, DN.ii.108 DN.ii.115, DN.ii.140, DN.ii.142; DN.iii.14, DN.iii.24 sq., DN.iii.32 sq., DN.iii.115, DN.iii.217, DN.iii.264 sq. DN.iii.273 sq.; SN.i.110 sq.; SN.ii.222 sq.; SN.iii.215; SN.iv.127, SN.iv.380 sq. AN.i.286; AN.ii.17, AN.ii.25, AN.ii.120; AN.iii.35, etc.; Snp.236, Snp.347, Snp.467 Snp.557, Snp.1114; Iti.121 sq.; Kp-a.196; Pts.i.121 sq.; Dhs.1099, Dhs.1117, Dhs.1234; Vb.325 sq., Vb.340, etc., etc.
Derivation uncertain. Buddhaghosa (DN-a.i.59–DN-a.i.67) gives eight explanations showing that there was no fixed tradition on the point, and that he himself was in doubt.
adjective true, Snp.882, Snp.883.
Sk. tathya = taccha
adjective befitting, suitable, going well with Ja.vi.366; Dhp-a.iv.15.
cp. ta˚ i.a
adverb then, as that time (either past or future) DN.ii.157; Ja.ii.113, Ja.ii.158; Pv.i.10#5; Pv-a.42. Also used like an adj.: te tadā-mātāpitaro etarahi m˚ ahesuṃ “the then mother & father” Ja.i.215 (cp Lat. quondam); tadā-sotāpanna-upāsaka Ja.ii.113. Tadupika & Tadupiya;
Vedic; cp. kadā
see ta˚ I. a.
offspring, son Mhvs.vii.28. pl. tanuyā [= Sk. tanayau] son & daughter SN.i.7.
at SN.i.7, variant reading tanaya, cp. BSk. tanuja Avs.ii.200
Vedic tanu, f. tanvī; also n. tanu & tanū (f.) body; *ten (see tanoti) = Gr. τανυ-, Lat. tenuis, Ohg. dunni, E thin
adjective = tanu; little, small Dhp.174 (= Dhp-a.175); Snp.994 (soka).
the waist (lit. smaller part of body, cp. body and bodice) Vin.iv.345 (sundaro tanutaro “her waist is beautiful”).
neuter diminution, reduction, vanishing, gradual disappearance AN.i.160 (manussānaṃ khayo hoti tanuttaṃ paññāyati); AN.ii.144 (rāga˚, dosa˚ moha˚); esp. in phrase (characterizing a sakadāgāmin “rāga-dosa-mohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmī hoti” DN.i.156; SN.v.357 sq., SN.v.376, SN.v.406; AN.ii.238; Pp.16.
n
■ abstr. of tanu
to stretch extend; rare as finite verb, usually only in pp. tata. Pgdp.17.
*ten; cp. Sk. tanoti, Gr. τείνω, τόνος, τέτανος; Lat. teneo, tenuis, tendo (E. ex-tend); Goth. panjan Ohg. denen; cp. also Sk. tanti, tāna, tantra
neuter a thread, a string, a loom Ja.i.356 (˚vitata-ṭṭhāna the place of weaving); Dhp-a.i.424. At Ja.iv.484 tanta is to be corrected to tata (stretched out).
Vedic tantra, to tanoti; cp. tantrī f. string
neuter “weaving,” a weaving-loom Vin.ii.135.
feminine
Vedic tantrī, see tanta
a string, cord, wire (of a lute) Ja.v.196.
Vedic tantu, cp. tanta
adjective weary, lazy, giving way. Mil.238 (˚kata). Usually a˚; active, keen, industrious sedulous Dhp.305 Dhp.366 Dhp.375 Vv.3322 Mil.390 Vv-a.142 cp. next.
pp. of tandeti = Sk. tandrayate & tandate to relax. From; *ten, see tanoti
feminine weariness, laziness, sloth SN.v.64; MN.i.464; AN.i.3; Snp.926, Snp.942; Ja.v.397 (+ ālasya) Vb.352 (id.).
Sk. tanita
from tapati, cp. Lat. tepor, heat
to shine, to be bright, Dhp.387 (divā tapati ādicco, etc. = virocati Dhp-a.iv.143); Snp.348 (jotimanto narā tapeyyuṃ), Snp.687 (suriyaṃ tapantaṃ)
ger tapanīya: see sep pp. tatta1.
Sk. tapati, *tep, cp. Lat. tepeo to be hot or warm, tepidus = tepid
adjective noun burning, heat; fig. torment, torture, austerity.
to tapati & tapa
burning: fig. inducing self-torture, causing remorse, mortifying AN.i.49 = Iti.24; AN.iv.97 (com. tāpajanaka); AN.v.276; Ja.iv.177; Dhs.i.305.
grd. of tapati
neuter also tapaneyya (verse 372) & tapañña (Ja.vi.218) shining; (n.) the shining bright metal, i.e. gold (= rattasuvaṇṇa Ja.v.372 Thag-a.252) Thig.374; Vv.84#16; Vv-a.12, Vv-a.37, Vv-a.340.
orig. grd. of tapati
adjective noun one devoted to religious austerities, an ascetic (non-Buddhist). Fig. one who exercises self-control & attains mastery over his senses Vin.i.234 = AN.iv.184 (tapassī samaṇo Gotamo); DN.iii.40, DN.iii.42 sq., DN.iii.49; SN.i.29; SN.iv.330 SN.iv.337 sq.; MN.i.77; Snp.284 (isayo pubbakā āsuṃ saññatattā tapassino); Vv.22#10; Pv.i.3#2 (˚rūpa, under the appearance of a “holy” man: samaṇa-patirūpaka Pv-a.15); Pv.ii.6#14 (= saṃvāraka Pv-a.98; tapo etesaṃ atthī ti ibid.).
tapas + vin; see tapati & tapa
neuter satiating, refreshing; a restorative, in netta˚ some sort of eye-wash DN.i.12 (in combination w. kaṇṇa-tela & natthu-kamma).
Sk. tarpaṇa
to burn, to be tormented: to be consumed (by remorse) Dhp.17, Dhp.136 (t. sehi kammehi dummedho = paccati Dhp-a.iii.64).
Sk. tapyate, Pass. of tapati
■ instr. to be satiated, to be pleased, to be satisfied Ja.i.185 (puriso pāyāsassa t.); Ja.ii.443; Ja.v.485 = Mil.381 (samuddo na t. nadīhi the ocean never has enough of all the rivers); Vv.84#13
grd tappiya satiable, in atappiya-vatthūni (16) objects of insatiability Ja.iii.342 (in full). Also tappaya in cpd. dut˚; hard to be satisfied AN.i.87; Pp.26
pp titta
caus tappeti to satisfy, entertain, regale, feed Iti.67 (annapānena) Pv.ii.4#8 (id.) Mil.227
pp tappita.
Sk. tṛpyate, caus. tarpayati; *terp = Gr. τέρπω
adjective quite given to or intent upon (-˚), diligent, devoted Thag-a.148 (Tha-ap.57, Tha-ap.66) (mānapūjana˚ & buddhopaṭṭhāna˚).
Sk. tatpara
one who satisfies, a giver of good things in combination titto ca tappetā ca: self-satisfied & satisfying others AN.i.87; Pp.27 (of a Sammāsambuddha).
n. ag. to tappeti
in compounds tabbisaya, tabbahula, etc. = taṃ˚, see under ta˚ I. a.
neuter & tamo darkness (syn. andhakāra, opp. joti), lit. as well as fig. (mental darkness = ignorance or state of doubt); one of the dark states of life & rebirth; adj. living in one of the dark spheres of life (cp. kaṇhajāta) or in a state of suffering (duggati) Snp.248 (pecca tamaṃ vajanti ye patanti sattā nirayaṃ avaṃsirā), Snp.763 (nivutānaṃ t. hoti andhakāro apassataṃ), Snp.956 (sabbaṃ tamaṃ vinodetvā) Vb.367 (three tamāni: in past, present & future) adj.: puggalo tamo tama-parāyaṇo DN.iii.233; AN.ii.85 Pp.51; Ja.ii.17
■ tamā tamaṃ out of one “duggati into another Snp.278 (vinipātaṃ samāpanno gabbhā gabbhaṃ t. t.… dukkaṃ nigacchati), cp. Mhvs.ii.225, also tamāto tamaṃ ibid. Mhvs.i.27; Mhvs.ii.215
■ tamat-agge beyond the region of darkness (or rebirth in dark spheres), cp. bhavagge (& Sk. tamaḥ pāre) SN.v. 154, SN.v.163.
Sk. tamas, tam & tim;, cp. tamisra = Lat. tenebrae; also timira dark & P. tibba, timira Ohg. dinstar & finstar; Ags. thimm, E. dim
Name of a tree (Xanthochymus pictorius) Pv.iii.10#5 (+ uppala).
Sk. tamāla
neuter copper (“the dark metal”); usually in combinations, signifying colour of or made of (cp. loha bronze), e.g. lākhātamba (adj.) Thig.440 (colour of an ox); -akkhin Vv.32#3 (timira˚) Sdhp.286; -nakhin Ja.vi.290; -nettā (f.) ibid.; -bhājana Dhp-a.i.395; -mattika Dhp-a.iv.106; -vammika Dhp-a.iii.208; -loha Pv-a.95 (= loha).
Sk. tāmra, orig. adj. = dark coloured, leaden; cp. Sk. adj. taṃsra id., to tama
neuter betel or betel-leaves (to chew after the meal) Ja.i.266, Ja.i.291; Ja.ii.320; Vism.314; Dhp-a.iii.219. -pasibbaka betel-bag Ja.vi.367.
Sk. tambūla
neuter a triad, in ratana-ttaya the triad of gems (the Buddha, the Norm. & the Community) see ratana e.g. Pv-a.1, Pv-a.49, Pv-a.141
■ piṭaka-ttaya the triad of the Piṭakas Snp-a.328.
Sk. trayaṃ triad, cp. trayī; see also tāvatiṃsa
num. card. three.
■ nom. acc. m. tayo (Snp.311), & tayas (tayas; su dhammā Snp.231, see Kp-a.188)
■ f. tisso (DN.i.143; AN.v.210; Iti.99)
■ nt. tīṇi (AN.i.138, etc.), also used as absolute form (eka dve tīṇi) Kp iii. (cp. Kp-a.79 tīṇi lakkhaṇā for lakkhaṇāni Snp.1019);
■ gen. m. nt tiṇṇaṃ (Ja.iii.52, Ja.iii.111, etc.),
■ f. tissannaṃ;
■ instr. tīhi (ṭhānehi Dhp.224, vijjāhi Iti.101);
■ loc. tīsu (janesu Ja.i.307; vidhāsu Snp.842)
■ In composition & derivation: ti in numerical compounds: tidasa (30) q.v.; tisata (300) Snp.566 (brāhmaṇā tisatā); Snp.573 (bhikkhavo tisatā); tisahassa (3000) Pv.ii.9#51 (janā ˚ā); in numerical derivations: tiṃsa (30), tika (triad), tikkhattuṃ (thrice) tidhā (threefold)
■ In nominal compounds: see ti˚ te
f. tisso, nt. tīṇi; Vedic traya, trī & trīṇi; Gr. τρεϊς, τρια; Lat. trēs, tria; Goth. preis, prija; Ohg. drī E. three, etc.
noun crossing, “transit,” passing over Snp.1119 (maccu˚)
■ (adj.) to be crossed, passable, in duttara hard to cross SN.iv.157; Snp.174, Snp.273 (oghaṃ t duttaraṃ); Thig.10; Iti.57. Also as su-duttara SN.i.35; SN.v.24.
see tarati
a wave Vism.157.
tara + ga
hyena Vin.iii.58; AN.iii.101; Mil.149, Mil.267; Dhp-a.331; Mhbv.154
■ f. taracchi Ja.v.71 Ja.v.406; Ja.vi.562.
Derivation unknown. The Sk. forms are tarakṣu & tarakṣa
neuter going across, passing over, traversing Vin.iv.65 (tiriyaṃ˚); Pts.i.15; Pts.ii.99, Pts.ii.119.
see tarati
(lit.) to go or get through, to cross (a river), pass over, traverse (fig.) to get beyond, i.e. to surmount, overcome, esp oghaṃ (the great flood of life, desire, ignorance, etc.) SN.i.53, SN.i.208, SN.i.214; SN.v.168, SN.v.186; Snp.173, Snp.273, Snp.771, Snp.1069 sangaṃ Snp.791; visattikaṃ Snp.333, Snp.857; ubhayaṃ (both worlds, here & beyond) Pv.iv.13#1 (= atikkameti Pv-a.278); Cnd.282-ppr. taranto Vin.i.191 (Aciravati) grd. taritabba Vin.iv.65 (nadī); aor. atari Ja.iii.189 (samuddaṃ) & atāri Snp.355, Snp.1047 (jāti-maraṇaṃ), pl atāruṃ Snp.1045
■ See also tāreti (Caus.), tāṇa, tāyate tiro, tiriyaṃ, tīra, tīreti.
Vedic tarati, *ter (tṛ) to get to the other side, cp. Lat. termen, terminus, Gr. τέρμα, τέρχρον; also Lat trans = Goth. pairh = Ags. purh = E. through
to be in a hurry, to make haste Thag.291; ppr. taramāna in ˚rūpa (adj.) quickly, hurriedly Snp.417; Pv.ii.6#2; Pv-a.181 (= turita) & ataramāna Vin.i.248; grd. taraṇīya Thag.293
■ See also tura, turita, turiya.
tvarate, pp. tvarita; also turati, turayati from *ter to turn round, move quickly, perhaps identical with the *ter of tarati1; cp. Ohg. dweran = E. twirl Gr. τορύνη = Lat. trua = Ger. quirl twirling-stick, also Lat. torqueo & turba & perhaps Ger. stūren, zerstören E. storm, see Walde, Lat. Wtb. under trua
adverb then, at that time Vin.ii.189.
Vedic tarhi, cp. carahi & etarahi
feminine a boat Dāvs iv.53.
from tarati
neuter the fact of having traversed, crossed, or passed through Vv-a.284.
abstr. of tarita pp. of tarati1
tree, Pv-a.154 (˚gaṇā), Pv-a.251.
Perhaps dialect. for dāru
adjective
Vedic taruṇa, cp. Gr. τέρυς, τέρην; Lat. tener & perhaps tardus
neuter
Derivation uncertain. Cp. Sk. tala m. & nt.; cp. Gr. τηλία (dice-board), Lat. tellus (earth), tabula (= table). Oir. talam (earth), Ags. pel (= deal), Ohg dili = Ger. diele
adjective having a sole, in eka-˚upāhanā a sandal with one sole Ja.ii.277; Ja.iii.80, Ja.iii.81 (variant reading BB paṭilika); cp. Morris, J.P.T.S. 1887, 165.
from tala
= taruṇa Dhs-a.333 (cp. Burnouf, Lotus 573).
neuter a pond, pool reservoir Vin.ii.256; Ja.i.4, Ja.i.239; Pv-a.202; DN-a.i.273; Mil.1, Mil.66 = Mil.81, Mil.246, Mil.296, Mil.359.
Derivation uncertain. Perhaps from taṭa. The Sk. forms are taṭaka, taṭāka, taḍāga
adjective
from tasati2
to be thirsty fig. to crave for SN.ii.13; Mil.254
pp tasita1. Cp pari˚.
Sk. tṛṣyati = Gr. τέρσομοι to dry up, Lat. torreo (= E. torrid, toast), Goth. gapairsan & gapaúrsnan Ohg. derren; see also taṇhā & taṇhīyati
to tremble, shake, to have fear; to be frightened Snp.394 (ye thāvarā ye ca tasanti loke) Cnd.479 (= santāsaṃ āpajjati); Kp-a.245 (may be taken as tasati1, see tasa)
pp tasita2, cp. also tasa uttasati.
Vedic trasati = Gr. τρέω, Lat. terreo (= terror); *ters fr. *ter in Sk. tarala, cp. also Lat. tremo (= tremble) and trepidus
neuter a shuttle Snp.215, Snp.464, Snp.497; Dhp-a.i.424; Dhp-a.iii.172. Cp. Morris, J.P.T.S. 1886, 160.
Vedic tasara, cp. tanta, etc.
feminine thirst; fig. craving (see taṇhā SN.v.54, SN.v.58; Cnd.479 (to be read for tasitā?); Dhp.342, Dhp.343.
Diaeretic form of taṇhā, cp. dosiṇā → juṇhā, kasiṇa → kṛtsṇa, etc.
dried up, parched, thirsty SN.ii.110, SN.ii.118; Snp.980, Snp.1014 (not with Fausböll = tasita2); Ja.iv.20; Pv.ii.9#36 (chāta +), Pv.ii.10#3 (= pipāsita Pv-a.143); Pv.iii.6#5 (= pipāsita Pv-a.127, Pv-a.202); Mil.318 (kilanta +).
pp. of tasati1
frightened, full of fear Ja.i.26 (bhīta +), Ja.i.342, Ja.iv.141 (id.): Cnd.479 (or = tasiṇā?). atasita fearless SN.iii.57. Tassa-papiyyasika
pp. of tasati2
feminine (viz. kiriyā) Name of one of the adhikaraṇa-samathā: guilt (legal wrong) of such & such a character Vin.i.325; in detail expl. MN.ii.249; + tiṇavatthāraka DN.iii.254; AN.i.99. -kammaṃ karoti to carry out proceedings against someone guilty of a certain legal offence Vin.ii.85, Vin.ii.86; ˚kata one against whom the latter is carried out AN.iv.347.
neuter shelter, protection refuge, esp. as tt. of shelter & peace offered by the Dhamma. Mostly in combn with leṇa & saraṇa; (also dīpa & abhaya;), in var. contexts, esp. with ref to Nibbāna (see Cnd. s.v.): DN.i.95 (˚ṃ, etc. gavesin seeking refuge); AN.i.155; SN.iv.315 (maṃtāṇa, etc. adj protected by me, in my shelter)
■ SN.i.2, SN.i.54, SN.i.55, SN.i.107 (˚ṃ karoti); SN.iv.372 (˚gāmī maggo); AN.iv.184; Snp.668 (˚ṃ upeti); Dhp.288; Ja.i.412 (= protector, explained by tāyitā parittāyitā patiṭṭhā); Sdhp.224, Sdhp.289. Cp tātar & tāyati.
from Vedic root trā, variation of *ter in tarati. Orig. bringing or seeing through
feminine protection, sheltering Dhp.288.
abstr. of tāṇa
father; usually in voc. sg. tāta (and pl. tātā) used as term of affectionate, friendly or respectful address to one or more persons, both younger & older than the speaker, superior or inferior. As father (perhaps = tātā, see next) at Thig.423, Thig.424 (+ ammā). tāta (sg.) in addr. one: Ja.iii.54; Ja.iv.281 (amma tāta mammy & daddy) Dhp-a.ii.48 (= father), Dhp-a.iii.196 (id.); Pv-a.41 (= father), Pv-a.73 (a son), Pv-a.74 (a minister); Ja.i.179 (id.); Mil.15, Mil.16, Mil.17 (a bhikkhu or thera) in addr. several Vin.i.249; Ja.ii.133; Pv-a.50. tātā (pl.) Ja.i.166; Ja.i.263; Ja.iv.138.
Vedic tāta, Gr. τάτα & τέττα, Lat. tata, Ger. tate, E. dad(dy); onomat.
protector, saviour, helper DN-a.i.229. For meaning “father see tāta & cp. pitā = tāyitā at Ja.i.412.
from Vedic trā, n. ag. to trāyati to protect
adjective noun (nom. tādī & tādi, in compounds tādi˚) such, such like of such (good) qualities, “ecce homo”; in pregnant sense appl. to the Bhagavant & Arahants, characterized as “such” in 5 ways: see Mnd.114 sq.; Snp-a.202 & cp Mil.382. tādī: Snp.712, Snp.803 (& Snp.154 tādī no for tādino see Snp-a.201 sq.); tādi Snp.488, Snp.509, Snp.519 sq.; Dhp.95 gen. tādino Dhp.95, Dhp.96; with ref. to the Buddha DN.ii.157 ≈ (ṭhitacittasa tādino, in BSk. sthiracittasya tāyinaḥ Avs.ii.199); Vv.18#6 (expln Vv-a.95: iṭṭhādisu tādilakkhaṇasampattiyā tādino Satthu: see Mnd.114 sq.) of Arahant AN.ii.34; Snp.154 (or tādī no); instr. tādinā Snp.697; Mil.382; acc. tādiṃ Snp.86, Snp.219, Snp.957: loc. pl tādisu Pv.ii.9#71 (= iṭṭhādisu tādilakkhaṇappattesu Pv-a.140, cp. Vv-a.95)
■ See tādisa1.
Vedic tādṛś from tad-dṛś of such appearance
adjective [enlarged form of tādin) = tādin, only in loc. tādine Vv.21#2 (= tādimhi Vv-a.106).
adjective such like, of such quality or character, in such a condition Ja.i.151 Ja.iii.280; Snp.112, Snp.317, Snp.459; Cnd.277 (in expl. of tathāvidha); Iti.68; Pv.ii.9#4; Pv-a.69, Pv-a.72; Mil.382. Also correlative tādisa-tādisa the one-the other Vv-a.288-f. tādisī [Sk. tādṛsī] Pv.i.5#6 (vaṇijjā).
Vedic tādṛśa from tad-dṛsa = tad-rūpa; a reduction of this form in P. tādin
adjective like you Ja.i.167; Ja.v.107.
tvaṃ + disa. Cp. Sk. tvādṛśa
adjective = tādisa1, of such character Snp.278; Iti.68.
neuter burning, scorching, roasting; fig. tormenting, torture, self-mortification Vv-a.20 (aggimhi t. udake vā temanaṃ). Cp. ā˚; upa˚ pari˚.
from tāpeti
one who practises tapas, an ascetic (brahmin). Eight kinds are enumerated at DN-a.i.270 & Snp-a.295
■ Ja.ii.101, Ja.ii.102; Ja.v.201; Pv-a.153 -pabbajjā the life of an a. Ja.iii.119; Dhp-a.iv.29; DN-a.i.270-f. tāpasī a female ascetic Mhvs.vii.11, Mhvs.vii.12.
from tapa & tapas
to burn out, scorch, torment, fig. root out, quench Snp.451 (attānaṃ); Ja.v.267 (janapadaṃ); Vv-a.114 (kilesaṃ t. in expl. of tapassin). Cp. pari˚.
Sk. tāpayati, Caus. to tapati
desire, longing, greed in tāmatamadasangha-suppahīna Thag.310, an epithet of frogs which perhaps (with Kern, Toevoegselen ii.88) is to be read as tāma-tamata-suppahita; “horribly greedy” (Kern gruwelijk vraatzuchtig).
Sk. tāma
to shelter protect, preserve, guard; bring up, nourish SN.iv.246 (rūpa-balaṃ, bhoga˚, ñāti˚, putta˚); Ja.iv.387; Snp.579 (paralokato na pitā tāyate puttaṃ ñātī vā pana ñātake) Pv-a.7 (khettaṃ tāyati bījaṃ).
Sk. trāyate & trāte, connected with; *ter in tarati, orig. to see through, to save, cp. tāṇa, etc.
one who protects, shelters or guards Ja.i.412 (in expl. of tāṇa, q.v.).
n. ag. from tāyati
feminine a star, a planet Snp.687 (tārāsabha the lord, lit. “the bull” of the stars, i.e. the Moon).
-gaṇa (tāra˚) the host of stars Pv.ii.9#67 (cando va t
■ gaṇe atirocati). -maṇivitāna “star-jewel-awning” canopy of jewelled stars Vism.76.
Sk. tārā = Gr. ἀστήρ, α ̓́στον (= Lat. astrum, in E. disaster), Lat. stella, Goth. staírnō, Ohg. sterro (:E. star), perhaps loan word from Semitic sources
feminine
Sk. tārakā
to make cross, to help over, to bring through, save, help, assist Snp.319 (pare tārayetuṃ), Snp.321 (so tāraye tattha bahū pi aññe); Iti.123 (tiṇṇo tarayataṃ varo: “one who is through is the best of those who can help through”); Ja.i.28 (verse 203). aor atārayi Snp.539, Snp.540 & ṭāresi Snp.545.
Caus. of tarati1
to make haste Thag.293.
Caus. of tarati2
-aṭṭhika a kernel of the palm fruit Dhp-a.ii.53, cp.60 (˚aṭṭhi-khaṇḍa); -kanda a bulbous plant Ja.iv.46 (= kalamba); -kkhandha the trunk of a palm Ja.iv.351; Vv-a.227 (˚parimāṇā mukhatuṇḍā: beaks of vultures in Niraya); Pv-a.56; -cchidda see tāḷa˚; -taruṇa a young shoot of the p. Vin.i.189; -pakka palm fruit Iti.84 -paṇṇa a palm-leaf Dhp-a.i.391; Dhp-a.ii.249; Dhp-a.iii.328; Bdhd 62; also used as a fan (tālapattehi kata-maṇḍalavījanī Vv-a.147) Vv.33#43 (Hardy for ˚vaṇṭha of Goon ed. p. 30); Vv-a.147 (variant reading ˚vaṇṭa q.v.); Cnd.562 (+ vidhūpana); -patta a palm-leaf Vin.i.189; Vv-a.147 -miñja the pith of a p. Ja.iv.402; -vaṇṭa [Sk. tālavṛṇta a fan] Vin.ii.130 (+ vidhūpana), Vin.ii.137; Ja.i.265; Vv-a.44 cp. ˚paṇṇa; -vatthu (more correct tālâvatthu = tāla-avatthu) in tālāvatthukata a palm rendered groundless i.e. uprooted; freq. as simile to denote complete destruction or removal (of passions, faults, etc.) Nearly always in formula pahīna ucchinna-mūla t anabhāvaṃ-kata “given up, with roots cut out, like a palm with its base destroyed, rendered unable to sprout again” (Kern, Toevoegselen ii.88: as een wijnpalm die niet meer geschiḳt is om weêr uit te schieten). This phrase was misunderstood in BSk.: Mvu.iii.360 has kālavastuṃ
■ The readings vary: tālāvatthu e.g. at MN.i.370; SN.i.69; SN.iv.84; AN.i.135; AN.ii.38; Ja.v.267; tālav SN.iii.10; SN.v.327; Thig.478 (Thag-a.286: tālassa chindita-ṭṭhāna-sadisa); Nd ii.freq. (see under pahīna); tālāvatthukatā at Vin.iii.3
■ In other combination tālāvatthu bhavati (to be pulled out by the roots & thrown away; Ja.v.267 (= chinnamūla-tālo viya niraye nibbattanti p. Ja.v.273), cp. MN.i.250; -vāra “palm-time” (?) or is it tāḷa˚; (gong-turn?) Dhp-a.ii.49 (note: from tala-pratiṣṭhāyāṃ?).
Sk. tāla, cp. Gr. τ ̈αλις & τηλεχάω (be green, sprout up) Lat. talea shoot, sprout
neuter (also tālissa Ja.iv.286, tālīsaka Mil.338) the shrub Flacourtia cataphracta & a powder or ointment obtained from it Vin.i.203 (+ tagara); Ja.iv.286 (id.); Mil.338.
cp. Sk. tālī, tālīśa & talāśā
(No. 40) is short for cattālīsa, e.g. Tha-ap.103, Tha-ap.234 and passim.
the palate Snp.716; Ja.i.419; Vism.264 (˚matthaka top of p.); Pv-a.260.
Sk. tālu, see tala
beating, striking, the thing beaten or struck i.e. a musical instrument which is beaten, an instr. of percussion, as a cymbal, gong, or tambourine (for tāḷa gong cp. thāla):
taḍ cp. Sk. tāla a blow, or musical time; tālīyaka cymbal
neuter [Sk. tālaka = tāḍa Avs.ii.56, tāḍaka Divy.577] a key (orig. a “knocker”?) Vin.ii.148 (3 kinds loha˚, kaṭṭha˚, visāṇa˚); Bdhd 1.
feminine a strike, a blow, in urattāḷiṃ karoti to strike one’s chest (as a sign of grief) Pv-a.39, etc. (see ura).
to strike a blow, flog, beat, esp. freq. in phrase kasāhi tāḷeti to flog with whips, etc. (in list of punishments, see kasā) MN.i.87; AN.ii.122; Cnd.604; Pv-a.4, etc
ppr pass. taḍḍamāna (for *tāḍyamāna) Ja.vi.60 (so read for taddamāna; Com poṭhīyamāna)
pp tāḷita Ja.vi.60 (turiya˚); Vv.62#1 (id.); Sdhp.80. Cp. abhi˚.
Sk. tāḍayati, taḍ perhaps = tud
adverb so much, so long; usually correl. with yāva how long, how much; in all meanings to be understood out of elliptical application of this correlation Thus
yāva-tāva as long as: yāva dve janā avasiṭṭhā ahesuṃ tāva aññamaññaṃ ghātayiṃsu Ja.i.254; yāva dukkhā nirayā idha tattha pi tāva ciraṃ vasitabbaṃ Snp.678. Neg. na tāva-yāva na not until MN.i.428; SN.v.261; AN.i.141≈(na t. kālaṃ karoti yāva na taṃ pāpakammaṃ byantihoti he does not die until his evil kamma is exhausted).
tāva-na although, yet not even: ajjā pi t. me balaṃ na passasi not even to-day have you yet seen my full strength Ja.i.207; t. mahādhanassāmī na me dātuṃ piyaṃ ahu although lord of wealth yet I did not like to give Pv.ii.7#6. na-tāva (or tāva in neg. sentence) not yet, not even, not so much as (= Lat. ne-quidem) Pv.ii.11#2 (na ca tāva khīyati does not even diminish a bit); Pv-a.117 (attano kenaci anabhibhavanīyataṃ eva tāva: that he is not to be overpowered, even by anyone). tāva-d-eva just now instantly, on the spot, at once Snp.30; Ja.i.61, Ja.i.151 Ja.iv.2; Pv.ii.8#9 (= tadā eva Pv-a.109); Pv-a.23, Pv-a.46, Pv-a.74 Pv-a.88, etc. tāvade (= tāva-d-eva) for all times Pv.iv.3#38 (= Pv-a.255).
Sk. tāvat
adjective just so much or just so long (viz. as the situation requires), with (or ellipt. without a corresp. yāvataka Vin.i.83 (yāvatake-t. as many as) DN.ii.18 (yāvatakv’ assa kāyo tāvatakv’ assa vyāmo as tall as is his body so far can he stretch his arms: the 19th sign of a Mahāpurisa); instr. as adv. tāvatakena after a little time Mil.107; Dhp-a.iii.61
■ See also tattaka (contracted of tāvataka).
der. fr. tāva
adverb
from tāva
No. 33, only in compounds denoting the 33 gods, whose chief is Sakka, while the numeral 33 is always tettiṃsa. This number occurs already in the Vedas with ref. to the gods & is also found in Zend-Avesta (see Haug, Language & Writings etc., pp. 275, 276). The early Buddhists, though they took over the number 33, rejected the superstitious beliefs in the magical influence and mystic meaning of that & other simple numbers. And they altered the tradition. The king of the gods had been Indra, of disreputable character from the Buddhist point of view. Him they deposed, and invented a new god named Sakka, the opposite in every way to Indra (see for details; Dial. ii.294–298). Good Buddhists, after death in this world, are reborn in heaven (sagga), by which is meant the realm of the Thirty-three (DN.ii.209). There they are welcomed by the Thirty-three with a song of triumph (DN.ii.209, DN.ii.211, DN.ii.221, DN.ii.227) The Thirty-three are represented as being quite good Buddhists. Sakka their new chief and Brahmā address them in discourses suitable only for followers of the new movement (DN.ii.213, DN.ii.221). See further Vin.i.12; MN.i.252; MN.ii.78; MN.iii.100; AN.iii.287; AN.iv.396 = Vv-a.18 (cpd with the people of Jambudīpa); Vv-a.59, Vv-a.331, Vism.225, etc
■ See also tidasa.
tayo + tiṃsa. Cp. Vedic trayastriṃśat
neuter lit. “so-much-ness,” i.e. relative extent or sphere, relatively Vism.481, Vism.482.
abstr. fr. tāva
terror, trembling, fear, fright, anxiety SN.iii.57; Ja.i.342; Ja.iii.177, Ja.iii.202; Mil.24. Cp. san˚.
see tasati2
adjective to be dreaded, dreadful, fearful Mil.149.
adverb the apostrophe form of iti, thus. See iti.
cp. Sk. iti
base of numeral three in compound; consisting of three, threefold; in numerical compounds also three (3 times).
-kaṭuka threefold spices (kaṭuka-bhaṇḍa) Vv-a.186 -gāvuta a distance of 3/4 of a league (i.e. about 2 miles), Dhp-a.i.108 (less than yojana, more than usabha), Dhp-a.i.131, Dhp-a.i.396; Dhp-a.ii.43, Dhp-a.ii.61, Dhp-a.ii.64, Dhp-a.ii.69; Dhp-a.iii.202, Dhp-a.iii.269; Vv-a.227; B. on SN.i.52 (sarīra); -catu three or four Dhp-a.i.173; -cīvara (nt.) the 3 robes of a bhikkhu consisting of: diguṇā sanghāṭi, ekacciya uttarāsanga ekacciya antaravāsaka Vin.i.289, Vin.i.296; Vin.ii.302. ticīvarena avippavāsa Vin.i.109 sq
■ Vism.60, Vism.66; Dhp-a.iv.23. -tālamattaṃ 3 palm-trees high Dhp-a.ii.62 -daṇḍa 1 a tripod as one of the requisites of a hermit to place the water-pot on (kuṇḍikā) Ja.i.8 (tidaṇḍakuṇḍikādike tāpasa-parikkhārā), Ja.i.9 (hanging from the kāja); Ja.ii.317 (see tedaṇḍika). 1 part of a chariot AN.iv.191 (variant reading daṇḍa only). -diva the 3 heavens (that is the Tāvatiṃsa heaven) DN.ii.167, DN.ii.272 (tidivûpapanna) SN.i.96 (˚ṃ ṭhānaṃ upeti), SN.i.181 (ākankha-māno ˚ṃ anuttaraṃ). -pada [cp. Vedic tripad or tripād, Gr. τρίπους Lat. tripes: tripod] consisting of 3 feet or (in prosody of 3 padas Snp.457 (w. ref. to metre Sāvittī); -(p)pala threefold Vism.339; -pallattha “turning in 3 ways, i.e. skilled in all occupations (Kern, Toev.: zeer listig Ja.i.163 (of miga; Com. expl. as lying on 3 sides of its lair); -piṭaka the 3 Piṭakas Vism.62, Vism.241; Dhp-a.i.382 -peṭaka = tepiṭaka Mil.90; tipeṭakin at Vin.v.3 -maṇḍala (nt.) the 3 circles (viz. the navel & the 2 knees) Vin.ii.213 (-ṃ paṭicchādento parimaṇḍalaṃ nivāsento); cp. Vin. Texts i.155; -yojana a distance of 3 leagues, i.e. 20 miles, or fig. a long dist.; Vism.392 (tiyojanika setacchatta); Dhp-a.ii.41 (˚magga); Vv-a.75 (˚mattake vihāraṃ agamāsi); Pv-a.216 (sā ca pokkharaṇī Vesaliyā ˚mattake hoti); ˚satika 300 cubits long Ja.ii.3 -loka the 3 worlds (i.e. kāma, rūpa, arūpa-loka) Sdhp.29, Sdhp.276, Sdhp.491 (cp. tebhūmaka); -vagga consisting of 3 divisions or books DN-a.i.2 (Dīghāgamo vaggato t. hoti) -(v)aṅgika having 3 angas (of jhāna) Dhs.161; -vassika for the 3 seasons (-gandha-sālibhattaṃ bhuñjantā) Dhp-a.ii.9; Ja.i.66 (id.); -vidha 3 fold, of sacrifice (yañña DN.i.128, DN.i.134, DN.i.143; of aggi (fire) Ja.i.4 & Mil.97; Vism.147 (˚kalyāṇatā). -visākha a three-forked frown on the forehead SN.i.118; MN.i.109; -sandhi consisting of 3 spaces Ja.vi.397 (tāya senāya Mithilā t
■ parivāritā) explained as an army made up of elephants, chariots, cavalry and infantry, with a space between each two.
Vedic tris, Av. priś, Gr. τρίς, Lat. ter (fr. ters → *tris, cp. testis → *tristo, trecenti → *tricenti), Icl. prisvar Ohg. driror
(tiṃsa˚) the number 30; DN.i.81≈(tiṃsaṃ pi jātiyo); SN.ii.217 (t
■ mattā bhikkhū); dat. instr. tiṃsāya AN.v.305 (dhammehi samannāgato); Snp.p.87 (pi dadāmi) Pv-a.281 (vassasahassehi): t
■ yojana-maggaṃ (āgato) Dhp-a.ii.76 Dhp-a.ii.79; Dhp-a.iii.172; Pv-a.154; ˚yojanika kantāra Dhp-a.ii.193 (cp. 192); Ja.v.46 (magga); Dhp-a.i.26 (vimāna) t
■ vassasahassāni āyuppamāṇaṃ (of Konāgamana Buddha) DN.ii.3; t
■ mattāni vassāni Mil.15; t
■ vassasahassāni Pv-a.281 = Dhp-a.ii.10. So of an immense crowd: tiṃsa bhikkhu-sahassāni DN.ii.6; tiṃsa-mattā sūkarā Ja.ii.417; ˚sahassa-bhikkhū Dhp-a.i.24.
Vedic triṃśat, cp. Lat. trīginta, Oir. tricha
adjective noun consisting of 3, a triad SN.ii.218 (t
■ bhojana); Dhp-a.iv.89 (-nipāta, the book of the triads, a division of the Jātaka), Dhp-a.iv.108 (t
■ catukka-jhāna the 3 & the 4 jhānas); Mil.12 (tika-duka-paṭimaṇḍitā dhammasanganī); Vism.13 sq.; Dhs-a.39 (-duka triad & pair).
Vedic trika
a physician, a doctor AN.v.219; Ja.i.4 (adj. & vejja); Ja.iv.361; Pv-a.233.
fr. tikicchati
to treat medically, to cure Vin.i.276; SN.i.222; Mil.172, Mil.272, Mil.302. Caus. tikicchāpeti Ja.i.4.
also cikicchati = Sk. cikitsati. Desid. of cit, to aim at, think upon, in pregnant sense of endeavouring to heal
feminine the art of healing, practice of medicine DN.i.10 (dāraka˚ infant healing); Snp.927 (˚ṃ māmako na seveyya)
■ See also tekiccha.
from last
at Ja.v.291 in “yāva majjhantikā tikkam āgami yeva” is to be read as “yāva majjhantik’ âtikkamm’ âgami yeva.”
adjective sharp, clever, acute, quick (only fig. of the mind), in tikkh-indriya (opp. mud-indriya Cnd.235#3p = Pts.i.121 = Pts.ii.195; & tikkha-paññatā AN.i.45.
= tikhiṇa
adverb three times (cp. tayo II. C 2), esp. in phrase vanditvā t. padakkhiṇaṃ katvā “having performed the reverent parting salutation 3 times” Vv-a.173, Vv-a.219; t. sāvesi he announced it 3 times Ja.ii.352; Dhp-a.ii.4; t. paggaṇhāpesi offered 3 times Pv-a.74. See also Ja.iv.267; Ja.v.382; Ja.vi.71; Dhp-a.ii.5, Dhp-a.ii.42, Dhp-a.ii.65, Dhp-a.ii.338; Dhp-a.iv.122 & passim.
Sk. trikṛtvaḥ
adjective pointed, sharp pungent, acrid; fig. “sharp,” clever, cunning, acute (in this meaning only in contr. form tikkha) Ja.v.264; Dhp-a.ii.9; Dhp-a.iv.13; Pv-a.152, Pv-a.221 (= tippa). (ati-tikhinatā Mil.278. See also tippa & tibba & cp. tejo.
Vedic tīkṣṇa of which t. is the diaeretic form, whereas the contracted forms are tiṇha (q.v. & tikkha. Cp. also Sk. tikta pp. of; tij, tejate. From *steg in Gr. στίζω “stitch” & στικτός, Lat. instīgo Ohg. stehhan, Ger. stecken, E. stick
adjective dry, hard, rough Ja.vi.212 (˚sela hard rock).
pp. of tasati1
to stand, etc.
pres ind. tiṭṭhati (Snp.333, Snp.434; Pv.i.5#1);
imper second tiṭṭha, 3rd tiṭṭhatu ppr. tiṭṭhaṃ, tiṭṭhanto, tiṭṭhamāna;
pot tiṭṭhe (Snp.918, Snp.968) & tiṭṭheyya (Snp.942);
fut ṭhassati (Ja.i.172 Ja.i.217);
aor aṭṭhāsi (Ja.i.279, pl. aṭṭhaṃsu Ja.ii.129) aṭṭhā (cp. agā, orig. impf.) (Snp.429; Ja.i.188);
inf ṭhātuṃ (Pv-a.174);
ger ṭhatvā (Snp.887);
grd ṭhānīya (Pv-a.72)
pp ṭhita, Caus. ṭhapeti.
■ An apparent Med-Pass. ṭhīyati, as found in cpd. pati-ṭṭhīyati is to be explained as Med. of paṭi + sthyā (see thīna), and should be written paṭi-tthīyati. See under patiṭṭhīyati. See also ṭhāna & ṭhiti
Frequentative of Vedic sthā, stand (cp. sthāna, Lat. sto: see ṭhāna) = Av. hiśtaiti, Gr. ι ̔́στημι, Lat sisto
neuter grass, herb; weed; straw; thatch hay, litter SN.iii.137 (tiṇa, kasā, kusa, babbaja, bīraṇa) satiṇakaṭṭhodaka full of grass, wood & water (of an estate) DN.i.87, DN.i.111, etc.; sītaṃ vā uṇhaṃ vā rajo vā tiṇaṃ vā ussāvo vā (dust & weeds) DN.ii.19; AN.i.145 t. + paṇṇa (grass & leaves1) AN.i.183; Vv-a.5
■ Ja.i.108 (dabba˚), Ja.i.295; Ja.iii.53; Pv.i.8#1 (harita t.); Pv.iv.1#48; Vism.353 (kuṇṭha˚); DN-a.i.77 (alla˚ fresh grass); Pv-a.7 (weed), Pv-a.62 (grass), Pv-a.112; Dhp-a.iv.121; Mil.47 (thatch), Mil.224 (id.).
Vedic tṛṇa, from *ter (cp. tarati) to pierce, orig. “point” (= blade); Goth. paúrnus, Ags. porn = E thorn, Ger. dorn
a sort of drum AN.ii.117.
see tinduka.
one who has reached the other shore (always fig.) gone through, overcome, one who has attained Nibbāna. Ogha˚ gone through the great flood SN.i.3, SN.i.142; Snp.178, Snp.823, Snp.1082, Snp.1101, Snp.1145; DN.iii.54; Snp.21 (+ pāragata), Snp.359 (+ parinibbuta), Snp.515, Snp.545 (tiṇṇo tāres’ imaṃ pajaṃ); Iti.123 (tiṇṇo tārayataṃ varo); Dhp.195 (-sokapariddava); Cnd.282.
pp. of tarati
sharp (of swords, axes, knives, etc.) DN.i.56 (sattha); SN.iv.160, SN.iv.167 (kuṭhārī); AN.iv.171; Snp.667 (˚dhāra), Snp.673 (asipattavana); Ja.i.253; Sdhp.381.
see tikhiṇa
to bear, endure, stand SN.i.221; Snp.623; Dhp.321 = Cnd.475 B7; Dhp.399 (titikkhissaṃ = sahissāmi Dhp-a.iv.3) Ja.v.81, Ja.v.368.
Sk. titikṣate, Desid. of tij, cp. tijo & tikhiṇa.
feminine endurance, forgiveness, longsuffering SN.i.7; SN.v.4; Dhp.184; Cnd.203.
see last
satisfied (with = instr.) enjoying (c. gen.), happy, contented AN.i.87 = Pp.26 (+ tappetar) Mil.249; Vv-a.86 (= pīṇita); Pv-a.46 (dibbâhārassa), Pv-a.59 (= suhita), Pv-a.109 (= pīṇita)
■ atitta dissatisfied, insatiate Ja.i.440; Ja.iii.275; Dhp.48 (kāmesu).
pp. of tappati2
adjective sharp, bitter (of taste) MN.i.80 (˚alābu), MN.i.315 (id.); Pv-a.47 (id.; so read for tintaka lābu) Dhs.629 = Cnd.540 (tittika; enumerated between lavaṇa & kaṭuka); Dhs-a.320.
cp. Sk. tiktaka from tij
neuter bitterness, enumerated with lavaṇattaṃ & kaṭukattaṃ at Mil.56 = Mil.63 (cp. Cnd.540).
abstr. to tittaka
feminine satisfaction (in = loc.) Dhp.186 = Thag-a.287 (na kahāpaṇavassena t. kāmesu vijjati); n atthi t. kāmānaṃ Thig.487; Ja.v.486 (dhammesu) Vv-a.11; Pv-a.32 (˚ṃ gacchati find s.), Pv-a.55 (paṭilabhati) Pv-a.127.
from tappati2
in sama˚; at DN.i.244, Vin.i.230, brimful, of a river. Derivation & meaning doubtful. See the note at Buddhist Suttas, 178, 9.
adjective satisfied, contented, so read at Ja.iii.70 & Ja.vi.508 for kittimant.
titti + mant
partridge Ja.i.218; Ja.iii.538. -pattikā a kind of boot Vin.i.186.
Onomat. cp. Vedic tittira & tittiri, Gr.; τατύρας pheasant, Lit. teterva heath-cock; Lat. tetrinnio to cackle
adjective belonging to a partridge, like a partridge Ja.i.219 (brahmacariya).
fr. tittira
neuter
Vedic tīrtha, from *ter, tarate, to pass through, orig. passage (through a river), ford
adjective
Possible reading in Burmese MSS. for tittika. But the two compound letters (tt and tth are so difficult to distinguish that it is uncertain which of the two the scribe really meant
an heretic Vin.i.54, Vin.i.84, Vin.i.136, Vin.i.159 (˚samādāna), Vin.i.306 (˚dhaja), Vin.i.320; SN.i.65; SN.iv.37, SN.iv.394; DN.iii.44, DN.iii.46; Snp.381, Snp.891; Cnd.38; Pts.i.160; Pp.49; Vb.247. añña˚ e.g. Vin.i.101; DN.i.175 sq.; DN.iii.130 sq.; Ja.ii.415, Ja.ii.417. -sāvaka a follower of an heretic teacher Vin.i.172; Ja.i.95 Vism.17.
from tittha 2, cp. Divy.81#2; Avs.i.48; Avs.ii.20. An adherent of another sect (often as añña˚)
a lunar day Dhp-a.i.174; Pv-a.198.
Sk. tithi
number thirty (cp. tiṃsa), esp. the thirty deities (pl.) or belonging to them (adj.). It is the round figure for 33, and is used as equivalent to tāvatiṃsa. Nandanaṃ rammaṃ tidasānaṃ mahāvanaṃ Pv.iii.1#19 = Vv.18#13; devā tidasā sahindakā Vv.30#1 Sdhp.420.
Vedic tridaśa
adverb in three ways or parts, threefold Mil.282 (-pabhinna nāgarājā).
ti + dhā
adjective wet, moist Mil.286; Dhp-a.ii.40 (˚mukha).
= timita from temeti
at Pv-a.47 (˚alābu) is to be read as tittaka˚.
neuter greed, desire; (adj.) greedy. Epithet of a pāpabhikkhu AN.v.149 (Com. tintiṇaṃ vuccati taṇhā, tāya samannāgato āsankābahulo vā); Vb.351 (tintiṇaṃ tintiṇāyanā, etc. = loluppaṃ). Tintinati & Tintinayati;
to become sick, to swoon, to (stiffen out in a) faint Ja.i.243 (tintiṇanto corresp. with mucchita); Ja.vi.347 (tintiṇāyamāna, variant reading tiṇāy˚).
either = Sk. timirayati to be obscured, from tim in timira, or from stim (Sk. *tistimāyati → *stistim˚ after tiṣṭhati → *stiṣṭhati; = P. titiṇāyati) to become stiff, cp. timi, thīna and in meaning mucchati. The root tam occurs in same meaning in cpd. nitammati (q.v. = Sk. nitāmyati) at Ja.iv.284 explained by atikilamati
the tree Diospyros embryopteris DN.i.178 (variant reading tiṇḍ˚); Ja.v.99; tiṇḍukāni food in a hermitage Ja.iv.434; Ja.vi.532
■ tindukakandarā Npl. the T. cave Vin.ii.76
■ See also timbaru & timbarūsaka.
Sk. tinduka
lead, tin Vin.i.190 (˚maya); SN.v.92; Ja.ii.296; Mil.331 (˚kāra a worker in lead, tinsmith); Vism.174 (˚maṇḍala); Dhp-a.iv.104 (˚parikhā).
cp. Sk. trapu, non-Aryan?
neuter a species of cucumber Ja.v.37; Vv-a.147.
Sk. trapusa
adjective piercing, sharp acute, fierce; always & only with ref. to pains, esp pains suffered in Niraya. In full combinations sarīrikā vedanā dukkhā tippā kharā MN.i.10; AN.ii.116, AN.ii.143, AN.ii.153 ekantadukkhā t. kaṭukā ved. MN.i.74; bhayānaka ekantatippa Niraya Pv.iv.1#9 (= tikhiṇadukkha˚ Pv-a.221); nerayikā sattā dukkhā t. kaṭukā ved˚ vediyamānā Mil.148.
a variant of tibba = Sk. tīvra, presumably from tij (cp. tikhiṇa), but by Bdhgh connected w tap (tapati, burn): tippā ti bahalā tāpana-vasena vā tippā Com. to Anguttara (see MN.i.526)
adjective
Probably a contamination of two roots of different meaning; viz. tij & tim; (of tamas) or = stim to be motionless, cp. styā under thīna.
a large fish, a leviathan; a fabulous fish of enormous size. It occurs always in combination w. timiṅgala, in formula timi timingala timitimingala, which should probably be reduced to one simple timitimingala (see next).
Derivation unknown. Sk. timi
in combination w. timi, timitimiṅgala. Sk. has timingila & timingilagila redupl. in second syllable where P. has redupl. in 1st; fisheater redupl. as intens. = greedy or monstrous fisheater a fabulous fish of enormous size, the largest fish in existence Vin.ii.238 = AN.iv.200 = Cnd.235#3q; Pts.ii.196; Mil.377. At Ud.54 sq. & Mil.262 we find the reading timi timingala timirapingala, which is evidently faulty A Sanskritized form of t. is timitimingala at Divy.502 See timiratipingala, & cp. also the similar Sk. cilicima a sort of fish.
timi + gila, gl, see note on gala
adjective dark; nt. darkness Vv.32#3 (t. tamba) Ja.iii.189 (t. rukkha); vanatimira a flower Ja.iv.285 Ja.v.182.
Sk. timira fr. tim = tam (as in tamas), to which also belong tibba 2 & tintiṇāti. This is to be distinguished from; tim in temeti to (be or) make wet See tama
neuter a great ocean fish, Dhs-a.13, v. timingala.
neuter gloom, darkness SN.iii.124 (= Māra).
abstr. to timirāyita, pp. of timirayati to obscure, denom. to timira
neuter darkness Ja.iii.433 (andhakāra-timissāya); Pp.30 (andh˚-timisāya); Mil.283
Vedic tamisrā = tamas
feminine darkness, a very dark night Vv.9#6; Ja.iv.98.
timisa + ka
a certain tree (Strychnos nux vomica or Diospyros) Ja.vi.336; -tthanī (f.) “with breasts like the t fruit” Snp.110; Ja.vi.457 (Snp-a.172: taruṇadārikā) Vv-a.137 (t
■ nādasadisa).
= timbarūsaka Ja.vi.529.
= timbaru (Diospyros or Strychnos) Vin.iii.59; Vv.33#27 (= tindukaphala Vv-a.147; tipusasadisā ekā vallijāti timbarūsakan ti ca vadanti) Dhp-a.iii.315.
adverb across, obliquely; in -bhūta deviating, going wrong, swerving from the right direction DN-a.i.89 (see under tiracchāna-kathā).
Vedic tiryañc, obliquely, from *ter (tarati). Goth. pairh, Ohg. durh, E. through; cp tiriyaṃ
an animal Iti.92 (tiracchānaṃ ca yoniyo for tiracchāna-yoniyo); Vb.339 (˚gāminī paṭipadā leading to rebirth among beasts); Vv-a.23 (manussatiracchāna an animal-man, wild man, “werwolf”).
for ˚gata = Sk. tiraścīna (˚gata) = tiraśca; “going horizontally,” i.e. not erect. Cp. tiraccha tiriyaṃ, tiro
adverb transversely, obliquely, horizontally (as opp to uddhaṃ vertically, above, & adho beneath), slanting across. In combn uddhaṃ adho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi “in all directions whatever” DN.i.251 = AN.ii.129; similarly uddhaṃ adho t. vâpi majjhe Snp.1055; with uddhaṃ adho DN.i.23, DN.i.153; Vism.176 (where explained)
■ AN.ii.48; Snp.150, Snp.537; Ja.i.96; Iti.120; Dhp-a.i.40 (dvāra-majjhe t across the doorway), Dhp-a.i.47 (sideways); DN-a.i.312; Kp-a.248.
Vedic tiryañc (tiryak) to tiras, see tiro & cp. perhaps Ger. quer = E. thwart, all to; *ter in tarati
feminine a kind of grass or creeper AN.iii.240, AN.iii.242 (tiriyā nāma tiṇajāti; Com. dabbatiṇa).
a certain tree Ja.v.46.
neuter the tree Symplocos racemosa, also a garment made of its bark Vin.i.306 (˚ka); DN.i.166 = AN.i.295; MN.i.343; Pp.51.
preposition & adverb (always ˚-) across, beyond, over, outside afar. See also tiraccha & tiriyaṃ.
-karaṇī (f.) a curtain, a veil (lit. “drawing across” Vin.i.276; Vin.ii.152; -kucchigata having left the womb DN.ii.13; -kuḍḍa outside the fence or wall, over the wall Vin.iv.265 (˚kuḍḍe uccāraṃ chaḍḍeti); DN.i.78; AN.iii.280 (in phrase tirobhāvaṃ t. kuḍḍaṃ t. pākāraṃ t
■ pabbataṃ asajjamāno gacchati to denote power of transplacement); Pv.i.5#1 (˚kuḍḍesu tiṭṭhanti: the Tirokuḍḍa-Sutta, Khp VII.); Vism.176, Vism.394; Dhp-a.i.104; Pv-a.23, Pv-a.31; -gāma a distant village Vin.iii.135; -chada “outside the veil,” conspicuous Ja.vi.60; -janapada a distant or foreign country DN.i.116; -pākāra beyond or over a fence (˚pākāraṃ or ˚pākāre) Vin.iv.266; see also ˚kuḍḍa; -bhāva (ṃ) beyond existence, out of existence magic power of going to a far away place or concealment Vism.393 sq. (= a-pākaṭa-pāṭihāriya), see also under ˚kuḍḍa. -raṭṭha a foreign kingdom DN.i.161 (= pararaṭṭha DN-a.i.286).
Vedic tiras across, crossways, from; *ter of tarati = to go through; cp. Av tarō, Lat. trans, Cymr. tra
= tiras + ka, cp. tiraskāra disdain abuse
masculine neuter the sesame plant & its seed (usually the latter, out of which oil is prepared: see tela), Sesamum Indicum. Often combd with taṇḍula e.g. AN.i.130 = Pp.32; Ja.i.67; Ja.iii.53
■ Vin.i.212 (navātilā); AN.iv.108; Snp.p.126; Ja.i.392; Ja.ii.352; Vism.489 (ucchu˚); Dhp-a.i.79; Pv-a.47 (tilāni pīḷetvā telavaṇijjaṃ karoti).
Vedic tila m.
tila + ka, from its resemblance to a sesame seed
at Ja.iv.364 acc. to Kern (Toevoegselen ii.91) to be read as nilañchaka.
number three hundred Ja.vi.427 (˚mattā nāvā). See also under tayo.
ti + sata
neuter a shore, bank Vin.i.1; DN.i.222, DN.i.244; AN.ii.29, AN.ii.50; Dhp.85; Snp.672; Ja.i.212, Ja.i.222, Ja.i.279; Ja.ii.111, Ja.ii.159; Dhs.597; Vb.71 sq.; Vism.512 (orima˚); Pv-a.142, Pv-a.152
■ tīra-dassin finding the shore SN.iii.164; AN.iii.368
■ a-tīra-dassanī (f.) not seeing the shore (nāvā a ship) Ja.v.75.
Vedic tiras from *ter, tarati; orig. the opposite bank, the farther side (of a river or ocean), cp. tittha
measurement, judgment, recognition, Cnd.413 (variant reading tir˚); Ne.54 (+ vipassanā), Ne.82 (≈ñāṇa), Ne.191; Vism.162
■ tīraṇa is one of the 3 pariññās, viz. t˚, pahāna˚, ñāta-pariññā. See under pariññā.
from tīreti 2
adjective dwelling on the banks of… Vin.ii.287.
from tīra
Caus. of tarati
(pl.) Name of a people in the time of Buddha Kakusandha SN.ii.191.
adverb a period of three days, for 3 days; usually as cpd. dvīhatīhaṃ 2 or 3 days (see dvīha Ja.ii.103, etc.
tri + aha
indeclinable however, but, yet, now, then (similar in appl. to tāva); kin tu but (= quid nunc). Frequent in late verse ante tu, J.P.T.S. 1884, 5, 31, 37 etc. J.P.T.S. 1913 53; Bd’s Man. 1152 & c. Usually combd with eva: tv eva however Snp.p.141; na tv eva not however, but not AN.v.173.
Vedic tu, belonging to pron. base of second sg. tvaṃ = Lat. tu; Gr. τύ, τοί = indeed, however (orig ethical dat, of σύ), τοίνυν, τοίγαρ; Goth. pu, etc., cp tuvaṃ
adjective [Sk. tunga, tum to stand out, cp. Gr. τύμβος hillock, Lat. tumeo & tumulus, Mir. tomm hill high, prominent, long Ja.i.89; Ja.iii.433 (pabbata, explained however by tikhiṇa, sharp, rough); Dāvs. iv.30.
adjective empty, vain, deserted very often combined with ritta DN.i.55; DN.iii.53 (˚kumbhi) MN.i.207; Ja.i.209 (˚hattha, empty-handed); Ja.vi.365; Snp.883; Pp.45, Pp.46; Mil.5 (+ palāpa), Mil.10 (id.), Mil.13; Dhp-a.ii.43; Pv-a.202; Sdhp.431.
Sk. tuccha, prob. rel. to Lat. tesqua deserted place, see Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v.
= tuccha; always combined w. rittaka DN.i.240; SN.iii.141; MN.i.329.
Pass. of tudati.
pleased, satisfied; often combined w. haṭṭha (q.v.) i.e. tuṭṭha-haṭṭha Ja.i.19 or haṭṭha-tuṭṭha Ja.ii.240; cp. tuṭṭha-pahaṭṭha Ja.ii.240
■ Snp.683; Iti.103; Ja.i.62 (˚mānasa), Ja.i.87, Ja.i.266 (˚citta), Ja.i.308 (id.); Ja.iv.138
■ tuṭṭhabba (grd.) to be pleased with Vin.iv.259.
pp. of tussati to be satisfied
feminine pleasure, joy, enjoyment SN.i.48; Dhp.331 (nom. tuṭṭhī); Ja.i.60, Ja.i.207.
from tussati
neuter the beak of birds, the mouth, snout SN.v.148 (of a monkey); Ja.i.222; Ja.iv.210; Dhp-a.i.394.
Sk. tuṇḍa, prob. dial. for tunda which belongs to tudati
neuter = tuṇḍa Ja.i.222; Ja.iii.126.
see ahi˚.
adjective having a beak; n. a pecker, fig. a tax-collector Ja.v.102 (= adhamma-bali-sādhaka Ja.v.103).
from tuṇḍi
adjective silent Ja.iv.25 (= kiñci avadanto).
fr. tūṣṇīṃ, see next
indeclinable silently, esp. in phrase tuṇhī ahosi he remained silent, as a sign of consent or affirmative answer (i.e. he had nothing to say against it) DN.ii.155; AN.v.194; Dhp.227; Snp.720 (tuṇhī yāti mahodadhi); Pv-a.117.
-bhāva silence, attitude of consent, usually in form adhivāsesi tuṇhī-bhāvena he agreed Vin.i.17; Snp.p.104, etc
■ SN.ii.236, SN.ii.273 (ariyo t
■ bhāvo); MN.i.161 (id.) AN.iv.153 (id.)
■ Mil.15; Pv-a.17, Pv-a.20, etc.; -bhūta silent Snp.p.140; Vv.20; Dhp-a.172, etc.
Sk. tūṣṇīṃ acc. sg. of fem. abstr. tūṣṇī, used adverbially, from tussati
= taṇhāyati, misspelling at SN.ii.13.
inorganic form for tūṇīra quiver Ja.v.128, also as variant reading at Ja.v.48.
neuter a pike for guiding elephants, a goad for driving cattle (cp. tomara & patoda) DN.ii.266 (˚tomara); Ja.iv.310 Ja.v.268; Cp.iii.5, Cp.iii.2 (t
■ vegahata).
Sk tottra, from tudati to prick, push
to strike with an instrument; to prick, peck, pierce; to incite, instigate Ja.iii.189 (= vijjhati) Pass. tujjati to be struck Thag.780; Vism.503 (cp vitujjati); Sdhp.279
pp tunna. See also tuṇḍa (beak = pecker), tutta (goad), tomara (lance = striker & thūpa (point).
Vedic tudati; *steud, enlarged fr. *steu, cp. Lat. tundo, tudes (hammer); Goth. stautan, Ohg stozan (to push), E. stutter, Nhg. stutzen; Ags. styntan = E. stunt
(dual) husband & wife. See under dampati.
tu˚ = dial. for du˚, Sk. dve; dampati from dama = domus, Sk. daṃpati = Gr. δεσπότης; cp. also Kern, Toevoegselen ii.93, who compares tuvantuva for duvanduva
struck Thig.162 (vyādhimaraṇa˚ str. with sickness and death).
pp. of tudati
any pointed instrument as a stick, a goad, a bolt, or (usually) a needle Vin.i.290 (+ aggaḷa means of fastening); Ja.i.8 (id.).
from tudati
(pron
■ adj.) oneself, himself, etc.; every or anybody (= quisque) yaṃ tumo karissati tumo va tena paññāyissati (quid quisque faciat) Vin.ii.186 = AN.iii.124; Snp.890 (cp. ātumānaṃ Snp.v.888), Snp.908; Pv.iii.2#4 (= attānaṃ Pv-a.181).
most likely apostrophe form of ātuma = attā, Sk. ātman self; cp. also Sk. tman oneself. See Oldenberg, KZ. xxv.319. Less likely = Sk. tva one or the other (Kern, Toevoegselen s. v.). Explained by Com. to AN.iii.124 as esa.
tumult, uproar, commotion Ja.vi.247 (by Com. explained as “andhakāra,” darkness); Dpvs.xvii.100.
Sk. tumala; to *teu, Lat. tumeo, tumulus, tumultus, etc. E. thumb (swelling), cp. tunga tūla
masculine neuter
possibly = Sk. tumra swollen (of shape), same root as tumula
pronomial adjective like you, of your kind Snp.459; Ja.vi.528; DN-a.i.146.
tumhe + ādisa
pl. of pron. second pers., see tuvaṃ
adjective swift, quick; only in composition with -ga, etc., “going swiftly,” denoting the horse; viz. turaga Vv-a.279; turaṅga Vv-a.281; Mil.192 (gaja˚, etc.), Mil.352 (id.) Mil.364; turaṅgama Dāvs v.56; turagamana Pv-a.57.
Vedic tura, cp. tvaraṇa
to be in a hurry, to be quick, hasten Ja.vi.229 (mā turittho, Prohib.)
pp turita. Cp. also tura, etc.
= tarati2
hastening, speedy, quick; hastily, in a hurry Snp.1014; Ja.i.69 (turita-turita); Vv.80#8 (= sambhamanto Vv-a.311); DN-a.i.319; Pv-a.181- aturita leisurely, with leisure, slow Ja.i.87
■ See also tuvaṭaṃ.
pp. of turati
neuter sometimes tūriya (e.g. Vv.5#4) musical instruments in general, usually referred to as comprising 5 kinds of special instruments (pañcangika t. e.g. Vv.5#4; Vv.39#1 ; Vv-a.181, Vv-a.183, Vv-a.210, Vv-a.257), viz ātata, vitata, ātata-vitata, ghana, susira (Vv-a.37) Freq. in phrase nippurisehi turiyehi parivāriyamāna (or paricāriyamāna) “surrounded by (or entertained by) heavenly music” Vin.i.15; DN.ii.21; AN.i.145; Ja.i.58
■ Vv.38#4; Vv.41#2 ; Vv.50#24 , Vv.64#5 ; Pv.iii.8#1; Dhp-a.iii.460; Vv-a.92; Pv-a.74.
Derivation uncertain, probably connected with tuleti, Sk. tūrya
a hen Thig.381 (= migī Thag-a.254) (variant reading korī, cp. Tamil kōḷi hen).
adjective only in negative atula incomparable, not to be measured, beyond compare or description Vv.30#4 (= anupama Vv-a.126); Pv.ii.8#9 (= appamāṇa Pv-a.110); Pv.iii.3#2 (= asadisarūpa Pv-a.188); Mil.343.
see tuleti
feminine weighing, rating; consideration, deliberation MN.i.480; MN.ii.174; Ne.8, Ne.41.
see tuleti
basil (common or sweet) Ja.v.46 (˚gahana a thicket of b.; variant reading tūlasi); Ja.vi.536 (tuḷasi = tuḷasigaccha).
Derivation unknown
feminine
see tuleti. Vedic tulā; Gr. τάλας, τάλαντον (balance, weighing & weight = talentum); τόλμα; Lat tollo (lift); Goth. pulan (to carry patiently, suffer) Ger. geduld, etc.
weighed, estimated, compared, gauged, considered Thig.153 (yattakaṃ esā t. what she is worth = lakkhaṇaññūhi parichinna Thag-a.139); Nd ii.under ñāta (as syn. of tirita); Pv-a.52 (in expln of mita measured).
pp. of tuleti
a flying fox Ja.vi.537.
Sk.?
to weigh, examine, compare; match, equal MN.i.480; Thag.107; Ja.vi.283-ger. tulayitvā MN.i.480
grd tuliya & tulya (see sep.)
pp tulita.
from tulā; Lat. tollo, etc.
(also tulla Ja.iv.102) adjective to be weighed, estimated, measured; matched equal, comparable Snp.377; Ja.iii.324; Pv-a.87 (= samaka) Mostly in the negative atulya incomparable, not having its equal Snp.83, Snp.683; Ja.iv.102 (atulla); Mil.249 (atuliyā guṇā), Mil.343 (id.)-See also tula. Tuvam & Tvam
orig. grd. of tuleti
pronoun of second pers. in foll. forms & applications
(in function of an ethical dative “in your interest,” therefore also as possessive gen. or as instrumental or any other case of the interested person according to construction).
Sk. tvaṃ & (Ved.) tuaṃ, cp. also part. tu; Gr. τύ, σύ; Lat. tu; Goth. pu; E. thou, etc.; Oir. tū
adverb quickly AN.v.342; Ja.i.91; Ja.ii.61; Ja.vi.519 (as tvātaṃ); Mil.198; Vism.305 Vism.313.
Sk. tvaritaṃ, cp. tūrta
(for *Sk. dvandvayati, denom. fr. dvandva] to share (with = loc. or abl.) Vin.ii.10, Vin.ii.124; Vin.iv.288.
neuter quarrel, strife MN.i.110, MN.i.410.
Sk. dvandva, with dialect. t. (cp. tudampati), not (with Müller, P. Gr. 38) through confusion with pron. tvaṃ
to be satisfied, pleased or happy Ja.iii.280; Ja.iv.138; Mil.210. Cp. tuṭṭha (pp.), tuṭṭhi, tuṇhī, tosa, tosana toseti.
Sk. tuṣyati to *teus to be quiet, contented, happy
neuter satisfying, pleasing, in -kāraṇa cause for satisfaction or delight Ja.iii.448.
Sk. toṣaṇa
= tūṇī, Vism.251.
feminine a quiver (lit. “carrier”) Ja.ii.403 (dhanuṃ tūṇiñ ca nikkhippa); Ja.v.47.
Sk. *tūṇa & tūṇī, to; *tI̊n: see under tulā; cp. Lat. tollo. On ṇ → l. cp. cikkaṇa & cikkhala, guṇa → guḷa, kiṇi → kili, etc.
neuter a tuft of grass, cotton Vin.ii.150 (3 kinds: rukkha˚, latā˚ poṭaki˚); Snp.591 = Ja.iv.127 (vāto tūlaṃ va dhaṃsaye) DN-a.i.87.
Sk. tūla, to *teu, Sk. tavīti, to swell or be bushy, cp. Gr. τύλη swelling; Ags. pol peg
feminine a mattress (consisting of layers of grass or wool: tiṇṇaṃ tūlānaṃ aññatara-puṇṇa-tūlikā DN-a.i.87) Vin.i.192; Vin.ii.150; DN.i.7; AN.i.181.
der. fr. tūla
feminine the silk-cotton tree MN.i.128.
Sk. tūlinī
secondary base of numeral three (fr. ti) in compound: having a relation to a triad of, three-; in numerical compounds also = three (see under tayo).
Sk. trai˚
adjective curable; fig. one who can be helped or pardoned. Only in compounds a˚; incurable unpardonable Vv-a.322 (of a sick person); Dhp-a.i.25 (id.); Mil.322; of Devadatta w. ref. to his rebirth in Niraya Vin.ii.202 = Iti.85; MN.i.393; & sa˚; pardonable Mil.192, Mil.221, Mil.344.
der. fr. tikiccha
“sharpness,” heat, flame, fire, light; radiance, effulgence splendour, glory, energy, strength, power DN.ii.259 (personified as deva, among the 4 Elements paṭhavī, āpo, t., vāyo; cp. tejo-dhātu); SN.iv.215; MN.i.327; Snp.1097 (glory of the sun compd with that of the Buddha); Dhp.387 (sabbaṃ ahorattiṃ Buddho tapati tejasā); Ja.iii.53 (sīla˚); Ja.i.93 (puñña˚ the power of merit); Vb.426 (id.); Pts.i.103; Vism.350 (def.) Vv-a.116.
Vedic tejas (nt.) from tij to be sharp or to pierce = a (piercing) flame. See tejate; semantically (sharp → light) cp. Ger. strahl (ray of light) = Ags. strael (arrow)
■ The nt. tejo is the usual form; instr. tejasā (Dhp.387; Snp.1097) & tejena (Ja.iii.53), cp. tapa & tapo
to be sharp or to make sharp, to prick, to incite, etc
■ See tikkha, tikhiṇa, tiṇha, titikkhati tittaka, teja, etc.
Vedic tejate from tij (*stij) = Lat. in-stīgo (to spur), Gr. στίζω, στικτός, Ohg. stehhan, Nhg. stecken E. stick
neuter the point or shaft of an arrow, an arrow Thag.29; Dhp.80, Dhp.145; Dhp-a.ii.147.
see tejate
adjective
tejas + vant
adjective noun having light or splendour, shining forth, glorious Snp.1097 (= Cnd.286 tejena samannāgata).
see teja
number thirty-three Ja.i.273; Dhp-a.i.267 sq. See also under tayo & tāvatiṃsa.
tayo + tiṃsa
neuter wetting, moistening Vism.338; Vv-a.20 (aggimhi tāpanaṃ udake vā temanaṃ) Dhp-a.iii.420.
from temeti
to make wet, to moisten Vin.i.47 (temetabba); Vin.ii.209 (temetvā); Dhp-a.i.220, Dhp-a.i.394 (id.) Ja.i.88≈ Kp-a.164; Ja.ii.325 (temento); Pv-a.46 (sutemitvā for temetvā).
cp. Divy.285 tīmayati; Caus. of tim to moisten. There is an ancient confusion between the roots tim tamas, etc. (to be dark), tim, temeti (to be wet), and stim to be motionless. Cp. tintiṇāyati, tinta, tibba (= tamas), timira
see under tayo.
adjective lasting over or beyond a year (or season), a year old, dried up or decayed SN.iv.161 (thero vassiko in text) = SN.iv.185 (of wood) MN.i.58 (of bones).
tiro + vassa + ika
neuter sesamum-oil (prepared from tila seeds), oil in general (tela = tilatelādika DN-a.i.93): used for drinking, anointing & burning purposes Vin.i.205, Vin.i.220 Vin.i.245, etc.; AN.i.209, AN.i.278 (sappi vā t. vā); AN.ii.122≈(tattena pi telena osiñcante; punishment of pouring over with boiling oil); Ja.i.293; Ja.ii.104; Pv.iv.1#48 (tiṇena telaṃ pi na tvaṃ adāsi: frequent as gift to mendicants) Pp.55; Dhs.646, Dhs.740, Dhs.815; Pv-a.80 (kaḷebarānaṃ vasā telañ ca: fat or oil in general)
■ tila ˚ṃ pātukāma desire to drink tila-wine Vv-a.54; pāka-tela oil concoction Vv-a.68 = Dhp-a.iii.311; Ja.ii.397 (sata˚); Ja.iii.372 (sahassa worth a thousand); Ja.v.376 (sata˚ worth a hundred) pādabbhañjana˚ oil for rubbing the feet Vv-a.44 sāsapa˚ (mustard seed & oil) Pv-a.198; sappi˚ (butter & oil) Snp.295; Pv-a.278 (also + madhu) as var. objects of grocery trade (dhañña).
from tila
neuter = tela Vin.i.204 (“a small quantity of oil”); Vin.ii.107 (sittha-t. oil of beeswax).
adjective oily Ja.iii.522.
see Vijjā.
masculine neuter a pike, spear, lance, esp. the lance of an elephant-driver DN.ii.266 (tutta-t. a driving lance); MN.iii.133 (t. hattha) Vism.235; DN-a.i.147.
Sk. tomara from tud, see tudati
neuter water (poetical for udaka) only in simile: puṇḍarīkaṃ (or padumaṃ) toyena na upalippati AN.ii.39 = Snp.547; Snp.71 = Snp.213; Thag.700 Cnd.287 (t. vuccati udakaṃ)
■ Bdhd 67, 93.
Vedic toya from *tāu̯ to melt away; Lat. tabeo, tabes (consumption); Ags. pāwan = E. dew, Oir. tām tabes; also Gr. τήκω, etc.
neuter an arched gateway, portal Vin.ii.154; DN.ii.83; Vv.35#1 (= dvārakoṭṭhaka-pāsādassa nāmaṃ Vv-a.160); Ja.iii.428; Dāvs v.48.
Sk. toraṇa, perhaps related to Gr. τύρσις, τύρρις = Lat. turris (tower), cp. Hor. Od. i.47 “regumque turris” = palaces
adjective noun satisfying, pleasing; satisfaction Snp.971.
see toseti
adjective pleasing, giving satisfaction. Ja.ii.249
= tosana, in formation of a second causative tosāpeti
to please, satisfy, make happy Snp.1127 (= Cnd.288); Ja.iv.274; Sdhp.304
pp tosita contented, satisfied Snp.1128. Cp. pari˚.
Caus. of tussati
base of demonstr. pron. = ta˚, this that; loc. sg. tyamhi Ja.vi.292; loc. pl. fem. tyāsu Ja.v.368 (Com. tāsu).
Sk. tya˚, nt. tyad; perhaps to Gr. σήμερον to-day, σ ̈ητες in this year
= te assu DN.ii.287, see su3.
see tuvaṃ.
see tuvaṭaṃ.
neuter covering, lid; closing up Dhp-a.iv.85 (saṃvara +).
see next
to cover, cover up, close (usually of doors windows) Vin.ii.134 (kaṇṇagūthakehi kaṇṇā thakitā honti: the ears were closed up), Vin.ii.148 (kavaṭā na thakīyanti, pass.), Vin.ii.209 (vātapāna); Vin.iv.54; Ja.iv.4 (sabbe apihitā dvārā; api-dhā = Gr. ἐπι χη˚, cp. Hom. Od. 9, 243 ἠλίβατον πέτρην ἑπέχηκε χύρησιν the Cyclops covered the door with a polished rock), Ja.v.214; Dhp-a.iv.180 (ṭhakesi, variant reading ṭhapesi); Vv-a.222; Pv-a.216 (dvārā Dāvs iv.33; Dāvs v.25 (chiddaṃ mālāguḷena th.).
Sk. sthagayati, Caus. to sthagati, from *steg to cover; cp. Gr. στέγω cover, τέγη roof; Lat. tego tegula (E. = tile), toga; Oir. tech house; Ohg. decchu cover, dah roof. On P. form cp. Trenckner, Notes, p. 62
neuter mother’s milk Vin.ii.255 = Vin.ii.289 (˚ṃ pāyeti); AN.iv.276; Ja.iii.165; Ja.vi.3 (madhura˚) Thig.496.
see thana
neuter bare, esp. hard, stony ground Pv.iv.7#5 (= kharakaṭhāna bhūmippadesa Pv-a.265).
(= Dhp-a.iii.77: bhūmisayana); -seyyā (f.) a bed on bare ground DN.i.167≈(variant reading BB. taṇḍila˚) Mil.351 cp. Sk. sthaṇḍilaśayyā.
Vedic sthaṇḍila a levelled piece of ground prepared for a sacrifice. Cognate with sthala, level ground
pp. of thambeti, Sk. stabhnāti to make firm, prop, hold up; cp. Av. stawra firm, Gr. ἀστεμφής, σταφυλή; Goth. stafs, Ags. staef = E. staff; Ohg. stab See also khambha & chambheti
Vedic stana; cp. Gr. στηνιον = στ ̈ηχος (Hesychius)
a little breast, the breast of a girl Thig.265 (= Thag-a.212).
neuter thundering thunder Ja.i.470; Thag.1108; Mil.377.
pp. of thaneti cp. Vedic (s)tanayitnu thunder = Lat. tonitrus, Ohg. donar, etc.
adjective having breasts, -breasted; in timbaru˚; Snp.110; Ja.vi.457
■ pucimanda˚; Ja.vi.269.
to roar, to thunder DN.ii.262; SN.i.100, SN.i.154 (megho thanayaṃ), SN.i.154 (thaneti devo) Iti.66 (megho thanayitvā)
pp thanita. See also gajjati & thunati.
Vedic stanayati & stanati to thunder; cp. Gr. στένω, στενάζω to moan, groan, στονος; Lat. tono; Ags stunian; Ger. stöhnen
Vedic sthapati, to sthā + pati
is to be read for -tthambha in para˚ Ja.iv.313.
see etym. under thaddha; occasionally spelt thamba, viz. AN.i.100; MN.i.324; Pv-a.186, Pv-a.187
(= thambha 3) a clump of grass Vv-a.276 (= gumba).
& thambheti, see upa˚, paṭi˚.
feminine firmness, rigidity, immobility Dhs.636 = Dhs.718; Vb.350.
abstr. to thambha
neuter = thambha 2, viz. hardness, rigidity, obduracy, obstinacy Vb.350 Note. Quite a late development of the term, caused by a misinterpretation of chambhitatta, is “fluctuation unsteadiness, inflation” at Dhs.965 (in def. of vāyodhātu: chambhittattaṃ [?] thambhitattaṃ. See on this Dhs. trsl. p. 242), & at Vb.168 (in def. of vicikicchā variant reading chambhitatta), and at Asl.338 (of vayo). None of these meanings originally belong to the term thambha.
abstr. to thambha
adjective obstinate Thag.952.
neuter strewing, spreading. In compounds like assa˚, bhumma˚, ratha˚, hattha˚, etc. the reading ass-attharaṇa, etc. should be preferred (= ā stṛ;). See attharaṇa and compounds
Sk. staraṇa to stṛ.
only in compounds ā˚, ava˚, etc.
Sk. stṛṇoti
the hilt or handle of a sword or other weapons, a sword AN.iii.152; Ja.iii.221 (= sword); Mil.178; Dhp-a.ii.249 (˚mūla); Dhp-a.iv.66 (asi˚)
■ tharusmiṃ sikkhati to learn the use of a sword Vin.ii.10; Mil.66.
Sk. tsaru
neuter dry ground, viz. high, raised (opp. low) or solid, firm (opp. water) SN.iv.179. As plateau opp. to ninna (low lying place) at Snp.30 (Snp-a.42 = ukkūla) Dhp.98; Iti.66 = SN.i.100 (megho thalaṃ ninnañ ca pūreti) Pv-a.29 (= unnatapadesa). As dry land, terra firma opp. to jala at Dhp.34; Ja.i.107, Ja.i.222; Pv.iv.1#21; Pv-a.260 As firm, even ground or safe place at DN.i.234; Snp.946. Cp. Ja.iii.53; Ja.iv.142; Vism.185.
Vedic sthala, to sthā, orig. standing place; cp. Gr. στέλλω, στόλος; Ags. steall (place); also P thaṇḍila
neuter the haft of a sword, the scabbard Ja.iii.221 (reading uncertain).
prob. dialect. variant of tharu
praise, praising, eulogy Ne.161, Ne.188, Ne.192.
see thavati
to praise, extol;
inf thutuṃ Snp.217 (= thometuṃ Snp-a.272).
caus thaveti [Sk. stavayati]
pp thavita Mil.361 See thuta, thuti, thoma, thometi.
Sk. stauti, Av. staviti, cp. Gr. στεϋται
feminine a knapsack, bag, purse; esp. used for the carrying of the bhikkhu’s strainer Vin.i.209 (parissāvanāni pi thavikāyo pl pūretvā), Vin.i.224 (patte + pariss˚ + th.); Ja.i.55 (pattaṃ thavikāya pakkhipitvā); Ja.vi.67 (pattaṃ thavikāya osāretvā); Vv-a.40 (patta-thavikato parissāvanaṃ nīharitvā). Also for carrying money: sahassathavikā a purse of 1,000 pieces Ja.i.54, Ja.i.195, Ja.i.506; Vv-a.33; Anvs 35. See also Vin.ii.152, Vin.ii.217; Vism.91.
derivation uncertain
(& thāmo nt. in instr. thāmasā MN.i.498; SN.ii.278 = Thag.1165; SN.iii.110, see below) “standing power, power of resistance, steadfastness, strength, firmness vigour, instr. thāmena (Mil.4; Pv-a.193); thāmasā (see above); thāmunā (Ja.vi.22). Often combined with bala Ja.i.63; Snp.68; with bala + java Pv-a.4; with bala viriya Cnd.289, Cnd.651; with java Ja.i.62; Vv-a.104; with viriya Ja.i.67
■ DN.iii.113; SN.i.78; SN.ii.28; SN.v.227; AN.i.50 AN.ii.187 sq.; AN.iv.192. Ja.i.8, Ja.i.265 (˚sampanna); Ja.ii.158 (id.); Dhs.13, Dhs.22; Vism.233 (˚mahatta); Dhp-a.iv.18; Pv-a.259
■ Instr. used as adv.: thāmena hard, very much Pv-a.193; thāmasā obstinately, perseveringly MN.i.257.
Vedic sthāman sthāmas nt.; sthā cp. Gr. στήμων, Lat. stamen (standing structure); Goth. stoma foundation
adjective having strength Snp.1144 (dubbala˚ with failing strength); Mnd.12 (appa˚ + dubbala).
adjective strong, steadfast, powerful, persevering SN.v.197, SN.v.225; AN.ii.250; AN.iv.110, AN.iv.234, AN.iv.291 AN.v.24; Cnd.131; Vv.5#1 (= thira balavā Vv-a.35).
thāma + vant
see vi˚, san˚.
neuter a plate, dish, vessel DN.i.74; Ja.i.69; Mil.282. Kaṃsa˚; a gong Mil.62 Vism.283 (in simile). See also thālī.
from thala orig. a flat dish
neuter a small bowl, beaker Pv.ii.1#8 (thālakassa pānīyaṃ), Pv.ii.1#19 (id.); Ne.79 (for holding oil: dīpakapallika Com.).
thāla + ka
feminine = thālaka Vin.i.203, Vin.i.240. See āḷhaka˚.
feminine (thāli˚ in compounds) an earthen pot, kettle, large dish; in -dhovana washing of the dish AN.i.161 (+ sarāva-dhovana); -pāka an offering of barley or rice cooked in milk Vin.iii.15; DN.i.97 (= DN-a.i.267) SN.ii.242; SN.v.384; AN.i.166; Ja.i.186; Mil.249.
Sk. sthālī, cp. thāla
adjective “standing still,” immovable (opp to tasa) firm, strong (Ep. of an Arahant: Kp-a.245; Dhp-a.iv.176. Always in connection with tasa, contrasting or comprising the movable creation (animal world) & the immovable (vegetable world), e.g. Snp.394 (“sabbesu bhūtesu nidhāya daṇḍaṃ ye thāvarā ye ca tasanti loke”); Iti.32 (tasaṃ vā thāvaraṃ vā). See tasa for ref.
Vedic sthāvara, from sthā, cp. sthavira, Gr. σταυρός post, Lat. re-stauro, Goth. stana judgment & stojan to judge
neuter old age Pv-a.149 (thāvari-jiṇṇa in expl. of therī, otherwise jarā-jiṇṇa Should we read thāvira-jiṇṇa?).
from thavira = thera, old
neuter immobility, firmness, security, solidity, an undisturbed state; always in janapada˚; an appeased country, as one of the blessings of the reign of a Cakkavattin. Explained at DN-a.i.250 as “janapadesu dhuvabhāvaṃ thāvarabhāvaṃ vā patto na sakkā kenaci cāletuṃ.” DN.i.88; DN.ii.16, DN.ii.146, DN.ii.169; SN.i.100; Snp.p.106; Iti.15.
fr. thāvara
neuter the rank of a Thera. AN.i.38; AN.ii.23. This has nothing to do with seniority It is quite clear from the context that Thera is to be taken here in the secondary sense explained under Thera. He was a bhikkhu so eminently useful to the community that his fellow bhikkhus called him Thera.
from thāvara2
in thāsotujana savana at Thag-a.61 according to Morris, J.P.T.S. 1884, 81 it is to be read ṭhānaso tu jana˚.
adjective dropping forming drops: madhutthika Ja.iii.493; Ja.vi.529 (= madhuṃ paggharantiyo madhutthevasadisā p. 530 “dropping honey.”
cp. Sk. styāyate to congeal, form a (solid) mass; see cognates under thīna & cp. theva
pp. of tharati, only in compounds parivi˚, vi˚.
adjective solid, hard, firm; strenuous, powerful Ja.i.220 Ja.iv.106 (= daḷha); Mil.194 (thir-âthira-bhāva strength or weakness); Vv-a.212 (id.), Vv-a.35 (= thāmavant); Sdhp.321.
Vedic sthira, hard, solid; from sthā or Idg. ster (der. of stā) to stand out = to be stiff; cp. Gr.στερεός; Lat. sterilis (sterile = hardened, cp. Sk. starī) Ohg. storrēn, Nhg. starr & starren, E. stare; also Lat strenuus
feminine steadfastness, stability Dhp-a.iv.176 (thiratāya thavarā; so read for ṭhira˚).
fr. thira
feminine [Vedic strī, on which see Walde, Lat. Wtb. under sero. This form thī is the normal correspondent to Vedic strī; the other, more usual (& dial.) form is itthi a woman Ja.i.295, Ja.i.300; Ja.v.296 (thī-pura), Ja.v.397; Ja.vi.238.
neuter stiffness, obduracy, stolidity indifference (cp. thaddha & tandī, closely related in meaning). Together with; middha it is one of the 5 hindrances (nīvaraṇāni) to Arahantship (see below) Def. as cittassa akammaññatā, unwieldiness or impliability of mind (= immobility) at Cnd.290 = Dhs.1156 Dhs.1236 = Ne.86; as citta-gelaññaṃ morbid state of mind (“psychosis”) at DN-a.i.211
■ Snp.942 (niddaṃ tandiṃ sahe thīnaṃ pamādena na saṃvase), Snp.1106; Vb.352 (= Cnd.290 as expln of līnatta); Vism.262 (˚sineha where p. 361 reads patthinna˚).
Sk. styāna; orig. pp. of styāyate to become hard, to congeal; stei̯ā (cp. also thira) = Gr. στέας grease, tale; Lat. stīpo to compress; also Sk. stimita (motionless) = P. timi; stīma (slow), Mhg. stīm; Goth etc. stains = E. stone; Gr. στϊφος (heap); Lat. stīpes (pale); Ohg. stīf = E. stiff
see patiṭṭhīyati.
feminine & thīyitatta (nt.) = thīna, in exegesis at Cnd.290≈(see thīna) Vb.352.
abstr. formations from thīna
praised Dhs-a.198; Ja.iv.101 (sada˚ = sadā thuto niccapasattho); Mil.278 (vaṇṇita th. pasattha).
cp. pp. of thavati
feminine praise Ja.iv.443 (thutiṃ karoti); Vv-a.158.
cp. thavati
see thaneti
see thūla.
neuter husk of grain, chaff AN.i.242 (together w. other qualities of corn); Ja.iv.8; Vism.346. athusa DN.iii.199.
Vedic tuṣa (m.)
feminine a pillar, prop support AN.ii.198; Vv.54#1 (= thambha Vv-a.245); DN-a.i.124. Esp. the sacrificial post in phrase thūṇûpanīta “lead to sacrifice” (yūpa-sankhātuṃ thūṇaṃ upa DN-a.i.294): DN.i.127≈SN.i.76≈ Dhp-a.ii.7; Ja.iii.45 kumbhathūṇā a sort of drum DN.i.6 etc. (see kumbha where also kumbha -thūṇika Vin.iv.285)
■ eka-thūṇaka with one support Ja.iv.79.
Vedic sthūṇā from sthā, standing fast, as in thambha, thīna, etc. Nearest relation is thāvara (= thūrā, on r: ṇ = l (thūla): n see tūṇī). Cp. Gr.σταυρός (post); Lat. restauro (to prop up again) Gr. στϋλος pillar, “style”; Goth. stojan etc. (see thāvara); Ags. styran = E. steer, Ger. steuer
house-top, gable Thag.184 (= kanṇikā Com.).
der. fr. thūṇā
a stupa or tope, a bell-shaped pile of earth, a mound, tumulus, cairn; dome, esp. a monument erected over the ashes of an Arahant (otherwise called dhātugabbha = dāgaba), or on spots consecrated as scenes of his acts. In general as tomb: Vin.iv.308; Ja.iii.156 (mattika˚) = Pv.i.8#4; in special as tope: DN.ii.142, DN.ii.161, DN.ii.164 sq.; AN.i.77; MN.ii.244; Ja.v.39 (rajata˚) Vv-a.156 (Kassapassa bhagavato dvādasayojanikaṃ kanaka˚); Ud.8; Pv.iii.10#5. Four people are thūpārahā, worthy of a tope, viz. a Tathāgata, a Tathāgatasāvaka a Paccekabuddha, a Cakkavattin DN.ii.143; AN.ii.245
■ At Dpvs.vi.65 th. is to be corrected into dhūpaṃ.
Vedic stūpa, crown of the head, top, gable; cp. Gr. στύπος (handle, stalk). Oicel. stūfr (stump), to *steud as in tudati
adjective having domed roofs (“house-tops” Ja.vi.116 (of a Vimāna = dvādasayojanika maṇimayakañcanathūpika; cp. p. Ja.vi.117: pañcaṭhūpaṃ vimānaṃ explained as pañcahi kūṭāgārehi samannāgataṃ).
from thūpa. The ika applies to the whole compound
adjective “made a heap,” heaped of an alms-bowl: so full that its contents bulge out over the top Vin.iv.191.
thūpa + kata
(the latter usual in compounds) adjective compact, massive; coarse gross; big, strong, clumsy; common, low, unrefined rough
Vedic sthūla (or sthūra); cp. Lith. storas (thick) Lat. taurus, Goth. stiur, Ags. steor (bull = strong, bulky) Ohg. stūri (strong). From sthā: see thīna, cp. thūṇā To ūl: ull cp. cūḷa: culla
feminine coarseness, roughness, vileness Ja.iv.220.
abstr. to thūla
adjective firm, reliable, trustworthy, true DN.i.4 (DN-a.i.73: theto ti thiro; ṭhita-katho ti attho); MN.i.179; SN.iv.384; AN.ii.209 = Pp.57; Cnd.623
■ abl. thetato in truth SN.iii.112
■ attheta Ja.iv.57 (= athira).
Sk. from tiṭṭhita, Müller P. Gr. 7 = sthātṛ
a thief adj. stealing: athenena not stealing, not stealthily, openly DN.i.4; DN-a.i.72. f. athenī AN.iii.38. Cp. kumbhatthena Vin.ii.256 (see k.).
Vedic stena & stāyu, besides which tāyu, the latter prob. original, cp. Gr.; τϋτάω to deprive; Oir. tāid thief, to a root meaning “conceal”
a thief Ja.vi.115.
= prec.
to steal, to conceal Ja.iv.114; Dhp-a.i.80.
Denom. fr. thena
neuter theft Vin.i.96; AN.i.129; Snp.119 (theyyā adinnaṃ ādiyati); Snp.242, Snp.967 (˚ṃ na kareyya) Vv.15#8 (: theyyaṃ vuccati thenabhāvo Vv-a.72); Mil.264, Mil.265; Vism.43 (˚paribhoga); DN-a.i.71; Sdhp.55, Sdhp.61.
Vedic steya
t.t. only used with ref. to the bhikkhus of Gotama Buddha’s community
(adj.) senior Vin.i.47, Vin.i.290 (th. bhikkhū opp. navā bh.), Vin.i.159 (th bhikkhu a senior bh. opp. to navaka bh. a novice), Vin.i.187, Vin.ii.16, Vin.ii.212. Therânutherā bhikkhū seniors & those next to them in age dating not from birth, but from admission to the Order). Three grades are distinguished thera bh., majjhima bh., nava bh., at DN.i.78
■ See also AN.ii.23, AN.ii.147, AN.ii.168; AN.v.201, AN.v.348; DN.iii.123 sq., DN.iii.218; Dhp.260, Dhp.261. In Sangha-thera, used of Bhikkhus not senior in the Order, the word thera means distinguished Vin.ii.212, Vin.ii.303. In Mahāthera the meaning, as applied to the 80 bhikkhus so called, must also have some similar meaning Dpvs.iv.5 Psalms of the Brethren xxxvi. Ja.v.456. At AN.ii.22 it is said that a bhikkhu, however junior, may be called thera on account of his wisdom It is added that four characteristics make a man a thera-high character, knowing the essential doctrines by heart, practising the four Jhānas, and being conscious of having attained freedom through the destruction of the mental intoxications. It is already clear that at a very early date, before the Anguttara reached its extant shape, a secondary meaning of thera was tending to supplant that of senior-that is, not the senior of the whole Order, but the senior of such a part of the Sangha as live in the same locality, or are carrying out the same function
■ Note. thera in thero vassiko at SN.iv.161 is to be read tero-vassiko.
Vedic sthavira. Derivation uncertain. It may come from sthā in sense of standing over, lasting (one year or more), cp. thāvara old age, then “old = venerable”; (in meaning to be compared w. Lat. senior, etc from num. sem “one” = one year old, i.e. lasting over one and many more years). Cp. also vetus = Gr. ε ̓́τος year, E. wether, one year old ram, as cpd. w. veteran old man. Or it may come from sthā in der. *stheṷā in sthūra (sthūla: see etym. under thūla) thus, “strong venerable”
adjective strong (?), of clothes: therakāni vatthāni DN.ii.354 (vv.ll. thevakāni, dhorakāni, corakāni). Theri & Therika
feminine
see thera
(m.?) a drop; stagnant water. In Vin. only in phrase cīvaraṃ… na acchinne theve pakkamitabbaṃ Vin.i.50, Vin.i.53 = Vin.ii.227, Vin.ii.230; Ja.vi.530 (madhu-ttheva a drop of honey).
see etym. under thīna, with which cp. in meaning from same root Gr. στοιβή & Lat. stīria, both drop. Cp. also thika. Not with Trenckner (Notes p. 70 fr. stip.
to shine, glitter, shimmer (like a drop) Ja.vi.529 (= virocati p. Ja.vi.530).
fr. theva; orig. “to be congealed or thick”
adjective little, small, short, insignificant; nt. a trifle. AN.iv.10; Ja.vi.366; Pv-a.12 (kāla): nt. thokaṃ as adv. = a little Ja.i.220 Ja.ii.103, Ja.ii.159; Ja.v.198; Pv-a.13, Pv-a.38, Pv-a.43
■ thokaṃ thokaṃ a little each time, gradually, little by little Dhp.121, Dhp.239; Mil.9; Snp-a.18; Pv-a.168.
for etymology see under thīna
adjective = thoka; fem. thokikā Dhp.310.
praise.
Vedic stoma a hymn of praise
neuter & thomanā (f.) praising, praise, laudation Ja.i.220 (= pasaṃsa); Pp.53; Pv-a.27.
see thavati
to praise, extol, celebrate (often with vaṇṇeti) DN.i.240; Snp.679, Snp.1046 Cnd.291; Ja.vi.337; Snp-a.272 (= thutuṃ); Vv-a.102; Pv-a.196
pp thomita Ja.i.9.
denom. fr. thoma; cp. thavati
euphonic consonant inserted to avoid hiatus:
adjective giving, bestowing, presenting, only —˚; as anna˚, bala˚, vaṇṇa˚, sukha˚,. Snp.297 vara˚ Snp.234 kāma˚ Ja.vi.498 Pv.ii.13#8; ambu giving water, i.e. a cloud Dāvs.v.32; amatamagga Sdhp.1; uḷāraphala˚ ib. Sdhp.26; maṁsa˚ Pgdp.49, etc.
Suffix of dā, see dadāti
see vi˚.
(for dasseti): see upa˚; pavi˚, vi˚.
neuter Vin.iii.112; SN.iii.85; AN.ii.33 = Cnd.420 B3 (: the latter has udaka, but Mnd.14 daka).
= udaka, aphaeretic from combinations like sītodaka which was taken for sīto + daka instead of sīt odaka
adjective dexterous skilled, handy, able, clever DN.i.45, DN.i.74, DN.i.78; DN.iii.190 (+ analasa) MN.i.119; MN.iii.2; SN.i.65; Cnd.141 (+ analasa & sampajāna); Ja.iii.247; DN-a.i.217 (= cheka); Mil.344 (rūpadakkhā those who are of “fit” appearance).
Vedic dakṣa = Gr. ἀρι δείκετος & δεςιός; dakṣati to be able; to please, satisfy, cp. daśasyati to honour, Denom. fr. *dasa = Lat. decus honour, skill All to *dek in Lat. decet to be fit, proper, etc. On var theories of connections of root see Walde, Lat. Wtb. under decet. It may be that *deks is an intens. formation fr. *diś to point (see disati), then the original meaning would be “pointing,” i.e. the hand used for pointing. For further etym. see dakkhiṇa
neuter dexterity, ability, skill Ja.iii.466.
dakkha1 + ya, see dakkheyya
see dassati.
adjective
Vedic dakṣiṇa, Av. dašinō; adj. formation fr. adv. *deksi = *deksinos, cp. purāṇa fr. purā viṣuṇa fr. viṣu, Lat. bīni (= bisni) fr. bis. From same root *deks are Lat. dexter (with compar
■ antithetic suffix ter = Sk. tara, as in uttara) & Gr.; δεςιτερός cp. also Goth. taihswa (right hand), Ohg. zeso & zesawa See dakkha for further connections
feminine a gift, a fee, a donation; a donation given to a “holy” person with ref. to unhappy beings in the Peta existence (“Manes”), intended to induce the alleviation of their sufferings; an intercessional, expiatory offering, “don attributif” (Feer) (see Stede, Peta Vatthu, etc. p. 51 sq.; Feer Index to Avs p. 480) DN.i.51 = DN.iii.66 (d
■ uddhaggikā), cp. AN.ii.68 (uddhaggā d.) AN.iii.43, AN.iii.46, AN.iii.178, AN.iii.259; AN.iv.64 sq., AN.iv.394; MN.iii.254 sq (cuddasa pāṭipuggalikā d. given to 14 kinds of worthy recipients) Snp.482, Snp.485; Iti.19; Ja.i.228; Pv.i.4#4 (= dāna Pv-a.18), Pv.i.5#9 (petānaṃ d ˚ṃ dajjā), Pv.iv.1#51; Mil.257 Vism.220; Pv-a.29, Pv-a.50, Pv-a.70, Pv-a.110 (pūjito dakkhiṇāya) guru-d. teacher’s fee Vv-a.229, Vv-a.230; dakkhiṇaṃ ādisati (otherwise uddisati) to designate a gift to a particular person (with dat.) Vin.i.229 = DN.ii.88.
Vedic dakṣiṇā to dakṣ as in daśasyati to honour, to consecrate, but taken as f. of dakkhiṇa by grammarians expl. as gift by the “giving” (i.e. the right) hand with popular analogy to dā to give (dadāti)
adjective noun one worthy of a dakkiṇā The term is expl. at Kp-a.183, & also (with ref to brahmanic usage) at Cnd.291
■ SN.i.142, SN.i.168, SN.i.220; MN.i.37, MN.i.236 sq.; MN.i.446; AN.i.63, AN.i.150; AN.ii.44; AN.iii.134, AN.iii.162 AN.iii.248; AN.iv.13 sq.; DN.iii.5; Iti.19 (annañ ca datvā bahuno dakkhiṇeyyesu dakkhiṇaṃ… saggaṃ gacchanti dāyakā); Snp.227, Snp.448 sq., Snp.504, Snp.529; Cnd.291 (as one of the 3 constituents of a successful sacrifice, viz. yañña the gift, phala the fruit of the gift, d. the recipient of the gift). Cp.i.10#5 (where also adj. to be given, of dāna). Pv.iv.1#33; Vv-a.120, Vv-a.155 (Ep. of the Sangha ujubhūta); Pv-a.25, Pv-a.125, Pv-a.128, Pv-a.262.
grd. formation fr. dakkhiṇā as from a verb *dakṣiṇāti = pūjeti
feminine the fact of being a dakkhiṇeyya Mil.240 (a˚).
abstr. fr. prec.
consecrated, dedicated Ja.v.138. Cp dikkhita.
Vedic dīkṣita pp. of dīkṣ, Intens to daśayati: see dakkha1
adjective seeing, perceiving; f. ˚ī in atīra-dakkhiṇī nāvā a ship out of sight of land DN.i.222.
fr. dakkhati, see dassati
neuter cleverness, skill Ja.ii.237 (com. kusalassa-ñāṇa-sampayuttaṃ viriyaṃ); Ja.iii.468.
cp. dakkha2
bitten Ja.i.7; Mil.302; Pv-a.144.
pp. of daśati, see ḍasati
one who sees AN.ii.25.
n. ag. to dassati
feminine a large tooth, tusk, fang Mil.150 (˚visa).
cp. dāṭhā
burnt, always with aggi˚; consumed by fire Snp.62; Pv.i.7#4 Mil.47; Pv-a.56 (indaggi˚).
Sk. dagdha, pp. of dahati, see ḍahati
making firm, strengthening, in; kayādaḍḍhi-bahula strengthened by gymnastics, an athlete Ja.iii.310 (variant reading daḷhi˚), Ja.iv.219 (variant reading distorted kādaḷiphahuna).
not with Trenckner, Notes p. 65 = Sk. dārḍhya, but with Kern, Toevoegselen 113 = Sk. dṛḍhī (from dṛḍha, see daḷha), as in compound dṛḍhī karoti & bhavati to make or become strong
ra; (on ṇ: l cp. guṇa: guḷa etc.) to *del as in Sk. dala, dalati. Cp. Lat. dolare to cut, split, work in wood; delere to destroy; Gr.δαίδαλον work of art; Mhg. zelge twig; zol a stick Possibly also fr. *dan[d]ra (r = l freq., ṇ: l as tulā tūṇa; veṇu: veḷu, etc. cp. aṇḍa, caṇḍa), then it would equal Gr. δένδρον tree, wood, & be connected with Sk dāru]
■ adaṇḍa without a stick, i.e. without force or violence, usually in phrase adaṇḍena asatthena (see above 4): Vin.ii.196 (ad. as. nāgo danto mahesinā; thus of a Cakkavattin who rules the world peacefully: paṭhaviṃ ad. as. dhammena abhivijiya ajjhāvasati DN.i.89 = AN.iv.89, AN.iv.105, or dhammena-manusāsati Snp.1002 = SN.i.236.
Vedic daṇḍa, dial. = *dal[d
Demin. of daṇḍa
adjective liable to punishment Mil.186.
grd. formation from daṇḍa
given (-˚ by; often in Np. as Brahmadatta, Deva-datta = Theo-dor. etc.) Snp.217 (para˚ = Snp-a.272 (variant reading dinna).
pp. of dadāti
adjective noun stupid; a silly fellow MN.i.383; Ja.vi.192 (Com.: dandha lāḷaka).
prob. = thaddha, with popular analogy to datta1, see also dandha & cp. dattu
feminine gift, donation, offering DN.i.166; MN.i.78, MN.i.342; AN.i.295; AN.ii.206; Pp.55.
from dadāti + ti
adjective given; Ja.iii.221 (kula˚); Ja.iv.146 (id.); nt. a gift DN.i.103 (= dinnaka DN-a.i.271).
der. fr. datta
= dattika, given as a present Ja.ii.119 (kula˚); Ja.v.281 (sakka˚); Ja.vi.21 (id.): Vv-a.185 (mahārāja˚ by the King).
adjective? stupid, in d˚-paññatta a doctrine of fools DN.i.55 = MN.i.515; Ja.iv.338.
is it base of n. ag. dātar? see datta2
(-˚) (adj- suff.) giving, to be given SN.i.33 (paññā˚); Kp.viii.10 (kāma˚); Pv.ii.9#1 (identical = dāyaka Pv-a.113); ii.124 (phala = dāyin Pv-a.157) Vv-a.171 (puriṁ˚)
■ duddada hard to give SN.i.19 = SN.iv.65 = Ja.ii.86 = Ja.vi.571.
Sk.˚ dad or ˚dada, cp ˚da & dadāti base 3
to give, etc.
The foll. bases form the Pāli verb-system: dā, dāy, dadā & di.
Redupl. formation dā as in Lat. do, perf. de-di, Gr. δίδωμι; cp. Lat. dōs dowry, Gr. δώς; Ohg. dati Lith. důti to give
a heavy, indistinct noise, a thud Ja.iii.76 (of the falling of a large fruit), variant reading duddabhayasadda to be regarded as a Sk. gloss = dundubhyaśabda. See also dabhakka.
onomatop.
to make a heavy noise, to thud Ja.iii.77.
Denom. fr. prec.
partridge Ja.iii.541.
onomat. from the noise, cp. next & cakora, with note on gala
a cert. (grinding, crashing) noise AN.iv.171; Ja.ii.8; Ja.iii.461; Name of a mountain, explained as named after this noise Ja.ii.8; Ja.iii.16, Ja.iii.461.
cp. Sk. dardara
to blaze, to shine brilliantly; only in pp. med. daddaḷhamāna resplendent, blazing forth SN.i.127 = Ja.i.469; Vv.17#3; Vv.34#1 ; Pv.ii.12#6; Pv.iii.3#5; Vv-a.89 (ativiya vijjotamāna); Pv-a.157 (at. virocamāna), Pv-a.189 (at. abhijalanto)
■ Spelling daddallamāna at Ja.v.402; Ja.vi.118.
Sk. jājvalyati, Intens. of jval, see jalati
neuter a kind of cutaneous eruption Mil.298; Vism.345.
-bandhana in d
■ bandhanādi-bandhana at Thag-a.241 should be read daṇḍa˚.
Sk. dadru f. & dardru a kind of leprosy, dadruna leprous (but given by Halāyudha in the meaning of ringworm, p. 234 Aufrecht); fr. *der in Sk. dṛṇāti to tear, chap, split (see dara & dala); cp Lat. derbiosus; Ohg. zittaroh; Ags. teter
a cert. kind of rice DN.i.166; MN.i.78, MN.i.343; AN.i.241, AN.i.295; AN.ii.206; Pp.55.
neuter in nahāru˚ (variant reading dala & dadalla) both at MN.i.188 (kukkuṭapattena pi. n-daddulena pi aggiṃ gavesanti) & AN.iv.47 (kukkuṭapattaṃ vā n-daddulaṃ vā aggimhi pakkhittaṃ paṭilīyati) unexplained; perhaps a muscle.
Sk. dārdura?
neuter sour milk, curds junket Vin.i.244 (in enumn of 5-fold cow-produce, cp gorasa); DN.i.201 (id.); MN.i.316; AN.ii.95; Ja.ii.102 Ja.iv.140; Mil.41, Mil.48, Mil.63; Dhs.646, Dhs.740, Dhs.875; Vism.264 Vism.362.
Sk. dadhi, redpl. formation fr. dhayati to suck. Cp. also dhenu cow, dhīta, etc.
a tooth, a tusk, fang, esp. an elephant’s tusk; ivory Vin.ii.117 (nāga-d. a pin of ivory); Kp ii. (as one of the taca-pañcaka, or 5 dermatic constituents of the body, viz. kesā, lomā nakhā d. taco, see detailed description at Kp-a.43 sq.); pankadanta rajassira “with sand between his teeth & dust on his head” (of a wayfarer) Snp.980; Ja.iv.362, Ja.iv.371; MN.i.242; Ja.i.61; Ja.ii.153; Vism.251; Vv-a.104 (īsā˚ long tusks); Pv-a.90, Pv-a.152 (fang); Sdhp.360.
Sk. danta fr. acc. dantaṃ of dan, gen. datah = Lat. dentis. Cp. Av. dantan, Gr. ὀδόντα, Lat. dentem Oir. dēt; Goth. tunpus, Ohg. zand, Ags. tōot (= tooth & tusc (= tusk); orig. ppr. to *ed in atti to eat = “the biter.” Cp. dāṭhā
adjective made of ivory, or ivory coloured Ja.vi.223 (yāna = dantamaya).
Sk. dānta
tamed, controlled, restrained Vin.ii.196; SN.i.28, SN.i.65, SN.i.141 (nāgo va danto carati anejo); AN.i.6 (cittaṃ dantaṃ); Iti.123 (danto damayataṃ seṭṭho); Snp.370, Snp.463, Snp.513, Snp.624; Dhp.35, Dhp.142 (= catumagga-niyamena d. Dhp-a.iii.83), Dhp.321 sq. = Cnd.475
■ sudanta well-tamed, restrained Snp.23; Dhp.159 Dhp.323.
Sk. dānta, pp. dāmyati to make, or to be tame, cp. Gr. δμητός, Lat. domitus. See dameti
a pin of tooth or ivory; makara˚; the tooth of a sword-fish Vin.ii.113, Vin.ii.117; Vin.iv.47. See details under makara.
adjective slow slothful, indocile; silly, stupid MN.i.453; SN.iv.190; Dhp.116; Ja.i.116, Ja.i.143; Ja.ii.447; Ja.v.158; Ja.vi.192 (+ laḷāka) Thag.293; Mil.59, Mil.102, Mil.251; Dhp-a.i.94, Dhp-a.i.251; Dhp-a.iii.4 Vism.105, Vism.257 (with ref. to the liver).
Sk.? Fausböll refers it to Sk. tandra; Trenckner (Notes 65) to dṛḍha; see also Müller, P. Gr. 22, & Lüders; Z.D.M.G. 58, 700. A problematic connection is that with thaddha & datta2 (q.v.)
feminine stupidity Dhp-a.i.250; as dandhattaṃ at DN.iii.106.
feminine , in a˚; absence of sluggishness Dhs.42, Dhs.43.
feminine clumsiness Mil.105.
neuter stupidity (= dandhatā) DN.i.249 (opp. vitthāyitatta); SN.ii.54; Mil.105; DN-a.i.252.
der. fr. dandheti
to be slow, to tarry Thag.293 (opp. tāreti)
pp dandhāyita see in der. ˚tta.
Denom. fr. dandha
Caus. fr. dā4 to clean, see pariyo˚; pp. dāta see ava˚.
wantonness, arrogance Ja.ii.277; Mil.361, Mil.414; Pgdp.50. Cp. ditta2
■ In def. of root gabb at Dhtm.289.
Sk. darpa, to dṛpyati
adjective arrogant, haughty Ja.v.232, Ja.v.301.
adjective noun
Sk. dravya, nt. to dravati (dru)
adjective noun treelike, wooden; a tree, shrub, wood Ja.i.108 (d
■ tiṇagaccha a jungle of wood & grass); Ja.v.46 (d
■ gahana a thicket of shrubs & trees); Vism.353 (˚tiṇa).
Sk. dravya, of dru wood, see dāru
feminine a (wooden) spoon, a ladle; (met.) the hood of a snake (dabbimattā, phaṇapuṭakā Dhp-a.iv.132)
■ Dhp.64 gen. & instr, davyā Ja.iii.218; Mil.365
■ In cpds dabbi˚.
Sk. darvī = *dāru-ī made of wood, see dāru
a bunch of kuśa grass (Poa Cynosuroides) DN.i.141; MN.i.344; AN.ii.207.
Sk. darbha to dṛbhati, to plait, interlace, etc. cp. Lith. darbas plaiting, crating
? indeclinable = daddabhaṃ; a certain noise (of a falling fruit) Ja.iii.77 (variant reading duddabha = daddabha).
adjective noun (& of a nt.; damo the instr. damasā) taming, subduing; self-control, self-command moderation DN.i.53 (dānena damena saṃyamena = Iti.15 expl. at DN-a.i.160 as indriya-damena uposatha-kammena), DN.iii.147, DN.iii.229; SN.i.4, SN.i.29, SN.i.168 = Snp.463 (saccena danto damasā upeto); SN.iv.349; AN.i.151; AN.ii.152 sq. MN.iii.269 (+ upasama); Snp.189, Snp.542 (˚ppatta), Snp.655; Dhp.9, Dhp.25, Dhp.261; Ne.77; Mil.24 (sudanto uttame dame). duddama hard to tame or control Dhp.159; Pv-a.280; Sdhp.367
■ arindama taming the enemy (q.v.).
Ved. dama; Ags. tam = E. tame, Ohg. zam to *demā in dameti
adjective noun
= dama
taming, subduing, mastery, restraint, control MN.i.235; DN.iii.54 (+ samatha); Dhp.35 (cittassa d.); Pv-a.265; Dpvs.vi.36.
Sk. damatha
adjective noun taming, subduing, mastery Pv-a.251 (arīnaṃ d˚-sīla = arindama).
adjective to be tamed: duddamaya difficult to tame Thag.5 (better to be read damiya).
Sk. damya, see damma
subdued, tamed Ja.v.36; Pv-a.265.
Sk. damāyita = danta3; cp. Gr. α δάματος; Lat. domitus
one who tames or subdues, a trainer, in phrase adantānaṃ dametā “the tamer of the untamed” (of a Buddha) MN.ii.102; Thig.135.
n
■ ag. to dameti = Sk. damayitṛ, cp. Sk. damitṛ = Gr. (παν)δαμάτωρ δμητήρ; Lat. domitor
to make tame, chastise, punish master, conquer, convert Vin.ii.196 (daṇḍena); MN.ii.102; Dhp.80, Dhp.305 (attānaṃ); Iti.123 (ppr. [danto] damayataṃ seṭṭho [santo] samayataṃ isi); Mil.14, Mil.386; Pv-a.54 (core d. = converted).
Sk. damayati, caus. to dāmyati of *dam to bring into the house, to domesticate; Gr. δαμάω, δμητός Lat. domare; Oir. dam (ox); Goth. tamjan = Ohg zemman = Ags. temian = E. tame; to *demā of dama house, see dampati
master of the house, householder, see tudampati & cp. gahapati.
Sk. dampati master of the house; dual: husband & wife; cp. also patir dan, *dam, as in Gr. δ ̈ω, δ ̈ωμα & δες-in δεσπότης = dampati, short base of *dama house = Ved. dama, Gr. δόμος, Lat. domus to *demā (as also in dameti to domesticate) to build, cp. Gr. δέμω & δέμας; Goth. timrjan; Ohg. zimbar; E. timber
adjective to be tamed or restrained; esp with ref. to a young bullock MN.i.225 (balagāvā dammagāvā the bulls & the young steers); Iti.80; also of other animals: assadamma-sārathi a horse-trainer AN.ii.112 & fig. of unconverted men likened to refractory bullocks in phrase purisa-damma-sārathi (Ep. of the Buddha “the trainer of the human steer” DN.i.62 (misprint ˚dhamma˚) = DN.ii.93 = DN.iii.5; MN.ii.38; AN.ii.112; Vv.17#13 (nara-vara-d. sārathi cp. Vv-a.86.
Sk. damya, grd. of dāmyati see dameti & cp. damaya (damiya)
= dayati (q.v.) to fly Ja.iv.347 (+ uppatati); Ja.vi.145 (dayassu = uyyassu Com.).
= to have pity (c. loc.), to sympathize, to be kind Ja.vi.445 (dayitabba), Ja.vi.495 (dayyāsi = dayaṃ kareyyāsi).
Ved. dayate of day to divide, share, cp. Gr. δαίομαι, δαίνυμι, δαίτη, etc. to dā (see dadāti, base 2) & with p. Gr.; δαπάνη, Lat. daps (see Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v.)
feminine sympathy, compassion, kindness MN.i.78; Snp.117; Ja.i.23; Ja.vi.495. Usually as anuddayā; freq. in cpd. dayāpanna showing kindness DN.i.4 (= dayaṃ metta-cittaṃ āpanno DN-a.i.70); MN.i.288; AN.iv.249 sq.; Pp.57; Vv-a.23.
Ved. dayā, to dayati2
fear, terror; sorrow, pain Vin.ii.156 = AN.i.138 (vineyya hadaye daraṃ); SN.ii.101, SN.ii.103; SN.iv.186 sq.; Thig.32 (= cittakato kilesa-patho Thag-a.38); Ja.iv.61; Vv.83#8 (= daratha Vv-a.327); Pv.i.8#5 (= citta-daratha Pv-a.41)
■ sadara giving pain, fearful, painful MN.i.464 AN.ii.11 AN.ii.172 SN.i.101 cp. ādara & purindada.
Sk. dara; see etym. connection under darī
anxiety, care, distress AN.ii.238; MN.iii.287 sq. (kāyikā & cetasikā d.); Snp.15 (darathajā: the Arahant has nought in him born of care Cy explains by pariḷāha fever); Ja.i.61 (sabbakilesa-d.) Pv-a.230 (id.); Dhp-a.ii.215; Mil.320; Pv-a.23, Pv-a.41; Vv-a.327.
Sk. daratha, der. fr. dara
feminine [Sk. darī to dṛṇāti to cleave, split, tear, rend, caus. darayati *der = Gr. δέρω to skin, δέρμα, δορά skin); Lith. dirù (id.) Goth. ga-taíran = Ags. teran (tear = Ohg. zeran (Ger. zerren). To this the variant (r:l *del in dalati, dala, etc. See also daddara, daddu, dara avadīyati, ādiṇṇa, uddīyati, purindada (= puraṃ-dara) a cleavage, cleft; a hole, cave, cavern Ja.i.18 (span class="ref")Ja., Ja.i.462 (mūsikā˚ mouse-hole); Ja.ii.418 (= maṇiguhā); Snp-a.500 (= padara).
neuter a blade, leaf, petal (usually -˚); akkhi-d eyelid Thag-a.259; DN-a.i.194; Dhs-a.378; uppala˚ Dhs-a.311; kamala˚ (lotus-petal) Vv-a.35, Vv-a.38; muttā˚ (? DN-a.i.252; ratta-pavāḷa˚ Ja.i.75.
Sk. dala, *del (var. of *der, see dara) in dalati (q.v.) orig. a piece chipped off = a chip, piece of wood cp. daṇḍa, Mhg. zelge (branch); Oir delb (figure, form) deil (staff, rod)
to burst, split break
caus dāleti Snp.29 (dalayitvā = chinditvā Snp-a.40); Mil.398
pass dīyati (Sk. dīryate) see uddīyati. Dalidda & Dalidda;
Sk. dalati, del to split off, tear; Gr. δαιδάλλω, Lat. dolare & delere. See dala & dara
adjective noun vagrant, strolling, poor, needy wretched; a vagabond, beggar-(l:) Vin.ii.159; SN.i.96 (opp. aḍḍha); AN.ii.57, AN.ii.203; AN.iii.351; AN.iv.219; AN.v.43 Pp.51; Vv-a.299 (ḷ:) MN.ii.73; SN.v.100, SN.v.384, SN.v.404; Vv.20#1 (= duggata Vv-a.101); DN-a.i.298; Pv-a.227 Sdhp.89, Sdhp.528.
Sk. daridra, to daridrāti, Intens. to drāti run (see dava), in meaning cp. addhika wayfarer = poor
feminine poverty Vv-a.63.
Sk. daridratā
see dāḷiddiya.
adjective firm, strong, solid; steady, fast nt. adv. very much, hard, strongly DN.i.245; SN.i.77; AN.ii.33; Snp.321 (nāvā), Snp.357, Snp.701, Snp.821 (˚ṃ karoti to strengthen), Snp.966 (id.); Dhp.112; Ja.ii.3; Ja.iv.106; Dhp-a.iv.48; Kp-a.184; Vv-a.212 (= thira); Pv-a.94, Pv-a.277 daḷhaṃ (adv.) Dhp.61, Dhp.313.
Sk. dṛḍha to dṛhyati to fasten, hold fast; *dhergh, cp. Lat. fortis (strong). Gr. ταρφύς (thick) Lith. dir̃žas (strap). For further relations see Walde Lat. Wtb. under fortis
in kāya-daḷhī-bahula strong in body athletic Vin.ii.76, cp. Com. on p. 313; Ja.iii.310; Ja.iv.219 daḷhīkaraṇa steadiness, perseverance Snp-a.290 (+ ādhāraṇatā), Snp-a.398 (id). In compounds also daḷhi˚ viz. -kamma making firm; strengthening Vin.i.290; Ja.v.254; Pp.18, Pp.22; Vism.112.
f. of dṛḍha → daḷha in compound like dṛḍhī-bhūta, etc.; cp. daḍḍhi
fire, heat Ja.iii.260
■ See also dāva & dāya.
Sk. dava, to dunoti (q.v.); cp. Gr. δαις fire-brand
running, course, flight quickness, sporting, exercise, play Vin.ii.13; MN.i.273 MN.iii.2; AN.i.114; AN.ii.40, AN.ii.145; AN.iv.167; Pp.21, Pp.25
■ davā (abl.) in sport, in fun Vin.ii.101; davāya (dat.) id. Cnd.540; Mil.367; Dhs.1347, cp. Dhs-a.402
■ davaṃ karoti to sport, to play Ja.ii.359, Ja.ii.363.
Sk. drava to dravati to run, flow, etc. *dreu besides *drā (see dalidda) & *dram (= Gr. δρόμος); cp. abhiddavati also dabba = dravyaṃ
= dabba1, in sarīra˚; fitness of body, a beautiful body Ja.ii.137.
for *dravya
the number ten; gen dasannaṃ (Dhp.137); instr. dasahi (Kp iii.) & dasabhi (Vin.i.38). In compounds (-˚) also as ḷasa (soḷasa 16) rasa (terasa 13; pannar˚ 15; aṭṭhār˚ 18).
Sk. daśa = Av. dasa, Gr. δέκα, Lat. decem, Goth. taíhun, Oir. deich, Ags. tīen, Ohg. zehan fr. *dekm̊, a cpd. of dv + km̊ = “two hands”
(-˚) seeing, to be seen, to be perceived or understood DN.i.18 (aññadatthu˚ sure-seeing all-perceiving = sabbaṃ passāmī ti attho DN-a.i.111); Snp.653 (paṭiccasamuppāda˚), Snp.733 (sammad˚) Ja.i.506 (yugamatta˚; variant reading dassa)
■ duddasa difficult to be seen or understood DN.i.12 (dhammā gambhīrā d. see gambhīra); MN.i.167, MN.i.487; Snp.938; Dhp.252; also as sududdasa Dhp.36.
Sk
■ dṛśa; cp. dassa
neuter
a decad, decade, a decennial Ja.iv.397; Dhs-a.316. khiḍḍā˚; the decad of play Vism.619; cakkhu etc. sense-decads Vism.553; Comp. 164, 250; kāya˚ Vism.588.
a tooth Dāvs v.3 (d.dhātu, the tooth relic of the Buddha).
Sk. daśana to ḍasati
feminine & dasa; (nt.) unwoven thread of a web of cloth, fringe, edge or border of a garment DN.i.7 (dīgha˚ long-fringed, of vatthāni); Ja.v.187; Dhp-a.i.180 Dhp-a.iv.106 (dasāni)
■ sadasa (nt.) a kind of seat, a rug (lit. with a fringe) Vin.iv.171 (= nisīdana); opp. adasaka (adj.) without a fringe or border Vin.ii.301 = Vin.ii.307 (nisīdana). -anta edge of the border of a garment Ja.i.467; Dhp-a.i.180 sq., Dhp-a.i.391.
Sk. daśā
adjective (-˚) to be seen, to behold, being of appearance, only in dud˚; or frightful app., fierce, ugly Si.94 & id. p. (q.v. under okoṭimaka); Ja.i.504 (kodha, anger); Pv-a.24, Pv-a.90 (of Petas)-Note. The spelling is sometimes -dassika: AN.ii.85 Pp.51; Pv-a.90.
Sk. dṛśika, cp. dassin
adjective belonging to a fringe, in dasika -sutta an unwoven or loose thread Vin.iii.241; Dhp-a.iv.206 (˚mattam pi not even a thread, i.e. nothing at all, cp. Lat. nihīlum = ne-fīlum not a thread = nothing) See also dasaka under dasā.
fr. dasā
(-˚) to see or to be seen, perceiving, perceived Snp.1134 (appa˚ of small sight, not seeing far, knowing little = paritta-dassa thoka-dassa Cnd.69). Cp. akkha˚ a judge Mil.114. -su˚; easily perceived (opp. duddasa) Dhp.252.
Sk
■ darśa; cp. dasa2
to see, to perceive.
Sk. *darś in dadarśa pref. to dṛś; caus. darśayati. Cp. Gr. δέρκομαι to see; Oir. derc eye; Ags torht; Goth. ga-tarhjan to make conspicuous. The regular Pāli Pres. is dakkhiti (younger dakkhati), a new formation from the aor. addakkhi = Sk. adrākṣīt The Sk. Fut. draksyati would correspond formally to dakkhati, but the older dakkhiti points toward derivation from addakkhi. This new Pres. takes the function of the Fut.; whereas the Caus. dasseti implies a hypothetical Pres. *dassati. On dakkhati, etc. see also Kuhn, Beitr. p. 116; Trenckner, Notes pp. 57, 61 Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 554
fut. of dadāti, q.v.
neuter
Sk. darśana, see dassati1
adjective fair to behold, beautiful good-looking (= dassituṃ yutta DN-a.i.141), often in formula abhirūpa d. pāsādika paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgəta to express matchless physical beauty: DN.i.114; SN.ii.279; Pv-a.46 etc. Also with abhirūpa & pāsādika alone of anything fair & beautiful DN.i.47
■ Vin.iv.18; SN.i.95; Ja.iii.394; Pp.52, Pp.66; DN-a.i.281; Pv-a.44 (= subha), Pv-a.51 (= rucira)
■ Comparative dassanīyatara SN.i.237; Sdhp.325: Dhp-a.i.119.
Sk. darśanīya; grd. formation of dassana, also as dassaneyya
adjective = dassanīya Ja.v.203 (bhusa˚).
feminine seeing, sight (-˚) Mil.140 (guṇavisesa˚).
abstr. to dassāvin
adjective noun full of insight, seeing, perceiving, taking notice of. In combination with -ñū (knowing) it plays the part of an additional emphasis to the 1st term = knowing & seeing i.e. having complete or highest knowledge of, gifted with “clear” sight or intuition (see jānāti passati & cp. ñāṇa-dassana).
Sk. *darśavant
(-˚) : see dasika1.
shown, exhibited, performed Vin.iv.365; Ja.i.330. Cp. san˚.
Sk. darśita, pp. of dasseti1
at Ja.vi.579 accord. to Kern (Toevoegselen p. 114) = Sk. daṃśita mailed, armed.
(-˚) adjective seeing, finding, realizing, perceiving. Only in compounds, like attha˚ Snp.385; ananta SN.i.143; ādīnava˚ Sdhp.409; ekanga˚ Ud.69; jātikkhaya˚ Snp.209; Iti.40; ñāṇa˚ Snp.478 (= sacchikatasabbaññuta-ñāṇa Snp-a.411; cp. dassāvin); tīra˚ SN.iii.164 sq.; AN.iii.368, cp. tīra-dakkhin; dīgha˚ (= sabbadassāvin) Pv-a.196; bhaya˚ Dhp.31 (˚dassivā = dassī vā?), Dhp.317; Iti.40; DN-a.i.181 (= bhaya dassāvin); viveka Snp.474, Snp.851.
Sk. ˚darśin
see attha˚.
enemy, foe; robber, in dassukhīla robber-plague DN.i.135, DN.i.136 (= corakhīla DN-a.i.296).
Sk. dasyu, cp. dāsa
one who shows or points out, a guide, instructor, teacher AN.i.62 AN.i.132 = Iti.110.
Sk. darśayitṛ, n. agent to dasseti
Caus. of dassati1 (q.v.).
n. pl. of dāsī.
a lake DN.i.45 (udaka˚); Ja.i.50; Ja.ii.104; Ja.v.412; Mil.259; Pv-a.152; Dpvs.i.44.
Sk. draha, through metathesis fr. hrada, hlād, see hilādate
(dahate) to put, place; take for (acc or abl.), assume, claim, consider DN.i.92 (okkākaṃ pitāmahaṃ = ṭhapeti DN-a.i.258); SN.iii.113 (mittato daheyya) AN.iv.239 (cittaṃ d. fix the mind on); Snp.825 (bālaṃ dahanti mithu aññamaññaṃ = passanti dakkhanti, etc Mnd.163). Pass dhīyati (q.v.); grd. dheyya (q.v.). Note. dahati is more frequent in combination with prefixes compositions like ā˚, upa˚, pari˚, sad˚, san˚, samā˚, etc. pp. hita.
Sk. dadhāti to put down, set up; *dhe = Gr. τίχημι, Lat. facio, Ohg. tuon, Ags. dōn E. to do. See also dhātu
= ḍahati to burn; as dahate Pv.ii.9#8 (= dahati vināseti Pv-a.116).
fire Vism.338 (˚kicca); Thag-a.256; Dāvs v.6; Sdhp.20.
Sk. dahana, to dahati, orig. “the burner”
adjective small, little delicate, young; a young boy, youth, lad DN.i.80, DN.i.115; SN.i.131; SN.ii.279 (daharo ce pi paññavā); MN.i.82; MN.ii.19 MN.ii.66; AN.v.300; Snp.216, Snp.420 (yuvā +), Snp.578 (d. ca mahantā ye bālā ye ca paṇḍitā sabbe maccuvasaṃ yanti); Ja.i.88 (daharadahare dārake ca dārikāyo), Ja.i.291 (˚itthī a young wife); Ja.ii.160, Ja.ii.353; Ja.iii.393; Dhp.382; Pv.iv.1#50 (yuvā) Dhp-a.i.397 (sāmaṇera); DN-a.i.197 (bhikkhū), DN-a.i.223 (= taruṇa), DN-a.i.284 (id.); Pv-a.148; Vv-a.76; Thag-a.239, Thag-a.251 Opposed to mahallaka Ja.iv.482; to vuḍḍha Vism.100. f. daharā Vv.31#5 (young wife) (+ yuvā Vv-a.129); daharī Ja.iv.35; Ja.v.521; Mil.48 (dārikā).
Sk. dahara & dahra for dabhra to dabhnoti to be or make short or deficient, to deceive
= dahara, young Mil.310
■ f. -ikā a young girl Thig.464, Thig.483.
feminine a large tooth, fang, tusk; as adj. (-˚) having tusks or fangs DN.ii.18 (susukkha˚); Ja.i.505 (uddhaṭa-dāṭho viya sappo); Ja.iv.245 (nikkhanta˚); Dhp-a.i.215; Pv-a.152 (kaṭhina˚); Sdhp.286.
Sk. daṃṣṭrā to ḍasati (q.v.), cp. also daṭṭha
feminine beard, whiskers Vin.ii.134 (na d. ṭhapetabbā, of the bhikkhus) Ja.i.305; Ja.v.42 (tamba˚), Ja.v.217 (mahā˚ having great whiskers); DN-a.i.263 (parūḷha-massu˚ with beard whiskers grown long).
Sk. *dāḍhikā = Prk. for daṃṣṭrikā
adjective having tusks Ja.ii.245; Ja.iv.348; Thag p.1; Sdhp.286.
cp. Sk. daṃṣṭrin
a giver, a generous person Pgdp.50
■ adātā one who does not give, a miser Pv.ii.8#2; otherwise as na dātā (hoti) AN.ii.203; Iti.65.
Sk. dāṭr, n. ag. of dadāti to give; cp. Gr. δώτωρ & δοτήρ
neuter sickle, scythe Mil.33.
Sk. dātra, to dā, Sk. dāti, dyati to cut, divide, deal out; cp. Gr. δατέομαι, δαίομαι & see dāna, dāpeti dāyati
neuter
■ adāna withholding a gift neglect of liberality, stinginess Pv.ii.9#45; Mil.279; Pv-a.25; cp. ˚sīla under compounds: atidāna excessive almsgiving Pv.ii.9#45 (cp. Pv-a.129) Mil.277
Ved. dāna, dā as in dadāti to give & in dāti, dyāti to deal out, thus: distribution (scil. of gifts); cp Gr. δάνος (present), Lat. damnum (E. damages); Gr δ ̈ωρον, Lat. donum; also Ags. tīd (= E. tide, portion, i.e. of time), & tīma (= E. time). See further dadāti dayati, dātta, dāpeti. Defn at Vism.60: dānaṃ vuccati avakhaṇḍanaṃ
adverb now, Vin.i.180; Vin.ii.154; SN.i.200, SN.i.202; SN.ii.123; SN.iv.202; Ja.ii.246; Mil.11, etc.
shortened form for idāni, q.v.
see vo˚.
given, sent Pv-a.6; Mvu.vii.26.
Sk. dāpayita pp. of dāpeti1
to induce somebody to give, to order to be given, to deal out, send, grant, dedicate Ja.vi.485; Pv-a.46; aor dāpesi Ja.iv.138; Dhp-a.i.226, Dhp-a.i.393 (sent); Pv-a.5 (id.), Pv-a.31 fut. dāpessati Ja.ii.3; Dhp-a.371. Cp. ava˚.
Sk. dāpayati, dap fr. dā (see dadāti & dayati) = deal out, spend, etc., cp. Gr.; δάπτω, δαπάνη (expenditure), δεϊπνον (meal); Lat. daps (id.), damnum (expense fr. *dapnom). See also dātta & dāna
to cause to run Ja.ii.404.
Sk. drāvayati & drapayati, Caus. to; dru, see davati
neuter a bond, fetter, rope; chain, wreath, garland SN.iv.163 (read dāmena for damena), SN.iv.282, (id.); AN.iii.393 (dāmena baddho); Snp.28 (= vacchakānaṃ bandhanatthāya katā ganthitā nandhipasayuttā rajjubandhanavisesā); Vism.108. usually -˚, viz. anoja-puppha Ja.i.9; Ja.vi.227; olambaka˚ Vv-a.32; kusuma˚ Ja.iii.394 gandha˚ Ja.i.178; Vv-a.173, Vv-a.198; puppha˚ Ja.i.397; Vv-a.198; mālā˚ Ja.ii.104; rajata˚ Ja.i.50; Ja.iii.184; Ja.iv.91 rattapuppha˚ Ja.iii.30; sumana˚ Ja.iv.455.
Sk. dāman to dyati to bind (Gr. δίδημι), *dé, as in Gr. δέσμα (rope), διάδημα (diadem), ὑπόδημα (sandal)
wood jungle, forest; a grove Vin.i.10 (miga˚), Vin.i.15, Vin.i.350; Vin.ii.138; SN.ii.152 (tiṇa˚); SN.iv.189 (bahukaṇṭaka d. = jungle) AN.v.337 (tiṇa˚); Ja.iii.274; Ja.vi.278. See also dāva.
Sk. dāva, conflagration of a forest; wood = easily inflammable substance; to dunoti (to burn) caus dāvayati, cp. Gr. δαίω (to burn) & P. dava1
a gift, donation; share, fee DN.i.87≈(in phrase rājadāya brahmadeyya, a king’s grant, cp. rājadattiya); Ja.iv.138; Ja.v.363; Ja.vi.346. Cp dāyāda & brahmadeyya.
Sk. dāya, to dadāti, etc.
adjective & feminine giving, bestowing, distributing, providing (usually—˚); (n.) a donor, benefactor; a munificent person MN.i.236f. AN.i.26 AN.i.161 AN.ii.64 AN.ii.80 AN.iii.32 AN.iii.336 AN.iv.81 Snp.p. 87 Iti.19 (ito cutā manussattā saggaṁ gacchanti dāyakā) Ja.v.129 (kaṇḍa˚) Pv.i.1#1f.; Pv.i.1#2; Pv.i.4#2; Pv.i.5#5 DN-a.i.298 Pv-a.113 (= dada) Mil.258 (˚ānaṁ dakkhiṇā); Sdhp.276
■ femininedāyikā Vin.ii.216 (bhikkhā˚), Vin.ii.289 (khīrassa)
■ adāyaka a stingy person, one who neglects almsgiving (cp. adānasīla) Pv.i.11#9; ˚ikā Pv.i.9#3
Sk. dāyaka, dā as in dadāti & dāna
neuter inheritance Vin.i.82; DN.iii.189; AN.iii.43; Ja.i.91; Vism.43 sq.; dowry Ja.iii.8
■ (adj.) one who inherits Vin.iii.66 (pituno of the father).
Sk. dāyādya; see dāyāda
to cut, mow, reap, caus. dāyāpeti to cause to be cut or mowed Dhp-a.iii.285.
Sk. dāti & dyāti; (dā) to cut, divide, etc.; cp. dayati, dātta, dāna
neuter cutting; -agga the first of what has been cut (on fields) Dhp-a.i.98; -atthaṃ for the purpose of mowing Dhp-a.iii.285.
see dayati
heir MN.i.86 = Cnd.199; SN.i.69, SN.i.90; SN.iv.72; AN.iii.72 sq.; Ja.iii.181; Ja.vi.151; Kp.viii.5. Often fig. with kamma˚; one who inherits his own deeds (see kamma 3 A b & compounds): MN.i.390 sq.; AN.v.289; & as; dhamma˚; (spiritual heir) opposed to āmisa (material h.): MN.i.12; Iti.101; also as dhamma˚ DN.iii.84 as brahma˚; MN.ii.84; DN.iii.83
■ adāyāda not having an heir SN.i.69; Ja.v.267. See dāyajja & dāyādaka.
Sk. dāyāda = dāya + ā-da receiving the (son’s) portion, same formation on ground of sam̊e idea as Lat heres = *ghero + ē-do receiver of what is left: see Brugmann Album Kern p. 29 sq.
heir MN.ii.73; Thag.781, Thag.1142; f. -ikā Thig.327 (= dāyajjarahā Thag-a.234).
= dāyāda
adjective = dāyaka Pv-a.157; Sdhp.211, Sdhp.229. -Dayin
adjective giving, granting, bestowing. Pv-a.121 (icchit’ icchita˚), Pv-a.157 (= kāma dada); Sdhp.214 (dānagga˚).
Sk. dāyin, of dadāti
feminine a young woman, esp. married woman, wife. As; dārā f. at Cnd.295 (d. vuccati bhariyā & Iti.36; f. also dārī maiden, young girl Pv.i.11#5. Otherwise as dāra (coll-masc.): Dhp.345; Ja.i.120; Ja.ii.248 Ja.iv.7; Ja.v.104, Ja.v.288; Vv-a.299 (˚paṭiggaha)
■ putta-dārā (pl.) wife & children Snp.108, Snp.262; Ja.i.262; cp. saputtadāra with w. & ch. Pv.iv.3#47; putta ca dārā ca Snp.38 Snp.123. Freq. in definition of sīla No. 3 (kāmesu micchācārin or abrahmacariyā, adultery) as sakena dārena santuṭṭha AN.iii.348; AN.v.138; Snp.108 (a˚); Pv.1#2, etc- paradāra the wife of another MN.i.404 sq.; Dhp.246 Dhp.309; Snp.396 (parassa d.) Pv-a.261.
Sk. dāra (m.) & dārā (f.), more freq. dārā (m.pl.); instr. sg. dārena Ja.iv.7; Pv.iv.1#77, etc. instr, pl. dārehi Snp.108 (sehi d. asantuṭṭho not satisfied with his own wife), loc. pl. dāresu Snp.38 (puttesu dāresu apekkhā), orig. “wives, womenfolk,” female members of the household = Gr. δοϋλος (slave; Hesychius δουλος = ἡ οἰκία; cp. also origin of Germ. frauenzimmer & E. womanhood). Remnants of pl. use are seen in above passage. fr. Sn.
a (young) boy, child, youngster; a young man. f. dārikā girl (see next) Vin.i.83; Ja.i.88 (dārake ca dārikāyo boys & girls); Ja.ii.127; Ja.vi.336; Pv.i.12#7 (= bāla˚ Pv-a.65) Dhp-a.i.99 (yasa˚ = yasa-kulaputta); Mil.8, Mil.9; Pv-a.176-Freq. as gāmadārakā (pl.) the village-boys, streeturchins Ja.ii.78, Ja.ii.176; Ja.iii.275.
Sk. dāraka, cp. dāra & Gr.; δουλος (slave)
feminine a young girl, daughter Ja.iii.172; Ja.vi.364; Mil.48, Mil.151; Pv-a.16 (daughter), Pv-a.55, Pv-a.67, Pv-a.68.
Sk. dārikā, see dāraka
neuter wood, piece of wood; pl. woodwork, sticks AN.i.112; Iti.71; Dhp.80; Ja.ii.102; Ja.iii.54; Ja.vi.366; Dhp-a.i.393; Pv-a.76 (candana˚) Pv-a.141.
Sk. dāru, *dereṷo (oak) tree; cp. Av. dāuru (wood) Gr. δόρυ (spear), δρυς (oak); Lat. larix (fr *dārix) = larch; Oir. daur (oak); Goth. triu, Ags. treo tree. Also Sk. dāruṇa, Lat. dūrus (hard) etc., Oir. dru strong. See also dabba2, dabbī & duma
(cp. dāru) a log SN.i.202 = Thag.62 = Dhp-a.iii.460; adj. made of wood Thig.390 (˚cillaka, a wooden post see Thag-a.257).
adjective strong, firm, severe harsh, cruel, pitiless SN.i.101; SN.ii.226; Snp.244; Dhp.139; Ja.iii.34; Pv.iv.3#6 (= ghora Pv-a.251); Mil.117 (vāta) Pv-a.24, Pv-a.52 (= ghora), Pv-a.159 (sapatha a terrible oath ghora), Pv-a.181 (= kurūrin), Pv-a.221 (˚kāraṇa); Sdhp.5, Sdhp.78, Sdhp.286.
Ved. dāruṇa, to dāru (“strong as a tree”), cp. Gr. δροόν = ἰσξυρόν Hesych; Lat. dūrus; Oir. dron (firm), Mir. dūr (hard) Ags. trum
see vi˚. Dalika & Dalima;
f. dalati
in -laṭṭhi a kind of creeper; equivalent to takkāri (?) Thig.297 (dālikā) = Thag-a.226 (dālikā & dālima).
Sk. dālika the colocynth & dāḍima the pomegranate tree
(nt.) poverty DN.iii.65, DN.iii.66; AN.iii.351 sq.; Ja.i.228; Dāvs ii.60; Sdhp.78.
Sk. *dāridrya
see dalati.
in -aggi a jungle-fire Ja.i.213; Ja.iii.140; Vism.470; Dhp-a.i.281.
Sk. dāva, see dava1 & daya1
adjective in piṇḍa˚, a cert. rank in the army (variant reading piṇḍa-dāyika) DN.i.51 = Mil.331 (DN-a.i.156: sāhasikamahāyodhā etc., with popular expl. of the terms piṇḍa & davayati).
a slave, often combined w. f. dāsī. Def. by Bdhgh as “antojāto” (DN-a.i.300), or as “antojātadhanakkīta-karamarânīta-sāmaṃ dāsabyaṃ upagatānaṃ aññataro” (ibid. DN-a.i.168)
■ In phrase dāsā ca kammakarā “slaves & labourers” Vin.i.243, Vin.i.272; Vin.ii.154; as dāso kammakaro “a slave-servant” DN.i.60 (cp. d. kammakara)
■ Vin.i.72, Vin.i.76 (dāso na pabbājetabbo the slave cannot become a bhikkhu); DN.i.72; MN.ii.68 (fig. taṇhā˚); Ja.i.200, Ja.i.223; Ja.iii.343 (bought for 700 kahāpaṇas), Ja.iii.347; Pp.56; Pv-a.112.
Ved. dāsa; orig. adj. meaning “non-Aryan,” i.e. slave (cp. Gr. βάρβαρος, Ger. sklave = slave); Av. dāha a Scythian tribe. Also connected w. dasyu (see dassukhīla)
= dāsa in -putta a slave, of the sons of the slaves, mentioned as one of the sipp’ āyatanas at DN.i.51 (expl. by Bdhgh as balavasinehā-gharadāsa-yodhā DN-a.i.157)
■ sadāsaka with slaves, followed by slaves Vv.32#4
■ f. dāsikā a female slave (= dāsī) MN.i.126; Ja.vi.554.
feminine = dāsavya Sdhp.498. Dasavya & Dasabya;
neuter the condition of a slave, slavery, serfdom DN.i.73; MN.i.275 (b) Ja.i.226; DN-a.i.168 (b), DN-a.i.213; Dhp-a.iii.35; Pv-a.112, Pv-a.152.
cp. Sk. dāsya
neuter the status of a (female) slave Mil.158.
Sk. dāsītva
a species of tree Ja.vi.536.
= dāsikā, a female slave Ja.vi.554.
feminine a female servant, a handmaiden a slave-girl Vin.i.217, Vin.i.269, Vin.i.291; Vin.ii.10 (kula˚), Vin.ii.78, Vin.iii.161; MN.i.125; MN.ii.62 (ñāti˚); Pv.ii.3#21 (ghara˚); Pv-a.46, Pv-a.61, Pv-a.65
■ Cp. kumbha˚.
Sk. dāsī, cp. dāsa. Nom. pl. dasso for dāsiyo Ja.iv.53; in compounds dāsi˚
see ḍāha.
secondary base of numeral “2,” contracted fr. dvi: see under dvi B i.4.
initiated, consecrated, cira˚ initiated long since SN.i.226 = Ja.v.138, Ja.v.139 (where dakkhita q.v.; Com. cira-pabbājita).
Sk. dīkṣita “having commenced the preparatory rites for sacrifice”
feminine disgust Dhs-a.210 (asuci˚).
= jigucchā; Sk. jugupsā
feminine hunger AN.ii.117.
= jighacchā
adjective inferior, low, last, hindmost (i.e. westward) Ja.v.24 (where the Com. seems to imply a reading jighacchaṃ with meaning of 1st sg. pot. intens. of ghas, but d. is evidently the right reading), Ja.v.402, Ja.v.403 (˚rattiṃ at the end of the night).
for jighañña = Sk. jaghanya fr. janghā
to wish to give, to be desirous of giving. SN.i.18 SN.i.20 (dicchare 3rd plural) Ja.iv.64
Sk. ditsati, Desid. fr. dadāti, base 4, q.v.
see under dvi B i.4.
Sk. dṛṣṭa, pp. of *dassati
noun an enemy Ja.i.280; cp. Sk. dviṣat
■ (adj.) poisoned, in diṭṭhagatena sallena with a p. arrow SN.ii.230; misreading for diddh-agadena, q.v. The Cy. has diddhagatena with variant reading dibba-gadena.
Sk. dviṣṭa, pp. of dveṣṭi dviṣ to hate
adjective seen, visible, apparent Dhp-a.ii.53, Dhp-a.ii.90.
= diṭṭha1
indeclinable exclamation of joy, hurrah! DN.iii.73; Ja.i.362.
Sk. dṛṣṭyā, instr. of diṭṭhi
feminine view, belief, dogma, theory, speculation, esp. false theory, groundless or unfounded opinion
-ānugati a sign of speculation Vin.ii.108; SN.ii.203 Pp.33. -ānusaya inclination to speculation DN.iii.254 DN.iii.282; SN.v.60; AN.iv.9; -āsava the intoxicant of speculation the 3rd of four āsavā, viz. kāma˚, bhava˚, d.˚ avijjā˚ Vin.iii.5; Cnd.134; Dhs.1099, Dhs.1448; Vb.373 cp. ˚ogha; -upadānā taking up or adhering to false doctrines, the second of the four upādānāni or attachments viz. kāma˚, d.˚, sīlabbata˚, attavāda˚ DN.iii.230; Dhs.1215, Dhs.1536; -ogha the flood of false doctrine, in set of four ogha’s as under ˚āsava DN.iii.230, DN.iii.276; Cnd.178 -kantāra the wilderness of groundless speculation Dhs.381, Dhs.1003, Dhs.1099, etc.; see ˚gata; -gaṇṭhi the web or tangle of sophisticism Vv-a.297; cp. ˚sanghāṭa; -gata (nt.) “resorting to views,” theory, groundless opinion false doctrine, often followed by series of characterizing epithets: d
■ gahana, ˚kantāra, ˚visūka, ˚vipphandita ˚saññojana, e.g. MN.i.8; Cnd.271#iiib. Of these sophistical speculations 2 are mentioned at Iti.43, Pts.i.129 Pts.i.6 at Pts.i.130; Pts.i.62 (the usual number, expressing “great and small” sets, cp. dvi AN ii.) at DN.i.12–DN.i.39 (in detail) SN.iv.286; Pts.i.130; Cnd.271#iiib; Ne.96, Ne.112, Ne.160. Vin.i.49; DN.i.162, DN.i.224, DN.i.226; SN.i.135, SN.i.142; SN.ii.230; SN.iii.109 SN.iii.258 sq. (anekavihitāni); SN.iv.286 (id.); MN.i.8, MN.i.176, MN.i.256 sq. (pāpaka), MN.i.326 (id.), MN.i.426 sq.; AN.iv.68; AN.v.72 sq., AN.v.194 (pāpaka); Snp.649, Snp.834, Snp.913; Pp.15; Dhs.277, Dhs.339, Dhs.392 Dhs.505; Vism.454
■ adj. ˚gatika adhering to (false) doctrine Dpvs.vi.25; -gahana the thicket of speculation Dhs.381, Dhs.1003; see ˚gata; -jāla the net of sophistry DN.i.46; DN-a.i.129; -ṭṭhāna a tenet of speculative philosophy DN.i.16; MN.i.136; AN.v.198; Pts.i.138 (eight) Mil.332; DN-a.i.107; -nijjhānakkhanti forbearance with wrong views SN.ii.115; SN.iv.139; AN.i.189 sq.; AN.ii.191; Cnd.151; -nipāta a glance Vv-a.279; -nissaya the foundation of speculation MN.i.137; DN.ii.137 sq.; -pakkha the side or party of sophists Ne.53, Ne.88, Ne.160; -paṭilābha the attainment of speculation MN.iii.46; -paṭivedha = prec DN.iii.253; -patta one who has formed (a right or wrong view DN.iii.105, DN.iii.254; MN.i.439; AN.i.74; AN.i.118, AN.iv.10; AN.v.23 -parāmasa perversion by false doctrine Dhs.1498 -maṇḍala the circle of speculative dogmatics Dhs-a.109 -vipatti failure in theory, the 3rd of the four vipattiyo viz. sīla˚, ācāra˚, d.˚, ājīva˚; opp. ˚sampadā Vin.v.98; DN.iii.213; AN.i.95, AN.i.268; Pp.21; Dhs.1362; Vb.361 -vipallāsa contortion of views AN.ii.52; -visaṃyoga disconnection with false doctrine DN.iii.230, DN.iii.276; -visuddhi beauty of right theory AN.i.95; MN.i.147 sq.; DN.iii.214 DN.iii.288; -visūka (nt.) the discord or disunion (lit. the going into parties) of theories, the (?) puppet-show of opinion MN.i.8, MN.i.486; Snp.55 (= dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni), K S ii.44; Vv.84#26; Pv.iv.1#37; Cnd.301 (= vīsati-vattukā sakkāyadiṭṭhi); cp. Cnd.25 (attānudiṭṭhi); Dhs.381 (cp. Dhs. trsl. p. 101), Dhs.1003, Dhs.1099. See also ˚gata; -vyasana failing or misfortune in theory (+ sīla˚, in character) DN.iii.235 Cnd.304; -saṃyojana the fetter or bond of empty speculation (cp. ˚anusaya) DN.iii.254; AN.iv.7 sq.; -saṅghāta the weft or tangle of wrong views (cp. ˚gaṇṭhi) Mnd.343 Cnd.503; -samudaya the origin of wrong views AN.iv.68 -sampadā success in theory, blessing of right views attainment of truth DN.iii.213; DN.iii.235 (opp. ˚vipatti), SN.v.30 sq.; AN.i.95, AN.i.269; AN.iii.438; AN.iv.238; Pp.25; Dhs.1364; Vv-a.297; -sampanna endowed with right views SN.ii.43, SN.ii.58, SN.ii.80; SN.v.11; AN.iii.438 sq.; AN.iv.394; Vb.366 Dialogues iii.206, n. 10; -sārin (adj.) following wrong views Snp.911.
Sk. dṛṣṭi; cp. dassana
adjective (-˚) seeing, one who regards; one who has a view MN.iii.24 (āgamana˚ one who views the arrival i.e. of guests); SN.ii.168 sq. (sammā˚ & micchā˚ hoḷding right & wrong theories); DN.iii.96 (vītimissa˚). See añña˚, micchā˚, sammā˚.
feminine the fact of having a (straightforward) view (uju˚) Mil.257.
fr. diṭṭhi
adjective noun one who has a view, or theory, a follower of such & such a doctrine Ud.67 (evaṃ˚ + evaṃ vādin).
broken, split, undone, torn, as neg. adiṇṇa unbroken DN.i.115 (so read for ādina-khattiya-kula; variant reading BB. abhinna˚); SN.v.74 (so read for ādīna-mānaso, variant reading BB. adinā & SS ādina˚) Cp. also; ādiṇṇa.
Sk. dīrṇa, pp. of dṛ; dṛṇāti, see darī
blazing. Dāvs v.32. Usually in cpd. āditta.
Sk. dīpta, dīp; cp. dīpa
proud, arrogant, insolent; wanton Thag.198; Ja.ii.432; Ja.iii.256 = Ja.iii.485; Ja.v.17, Ja.v.232 Ja.vi.90, Ja.vi.114.
Sk. dṛpta; cp. dappa
smeared Ja.v.425 sq.; esp. smeared with poison, poisoned Ja.iv.435 (sara, a poisoned arrow); perhaps to be read at Iti.68 for duṭṭha (scil. sara) and at SN.ii.230 for diṭṭha Cp. san˚.
Sk. digdha to dih, see deha
neuter day Sdhp.239 -duddinaṃ darkness Dāvs v.50 (d. sudinaṃ ahosi, cp.i.49, cp.i.51); also as f. duddinī Vin.i.3.
Sk. dina; Lat. nun-dinae (*noven-dinom); Oir. denus; Goth. sin-teins; cp. divasa
a kind of bird Ja.vi.538.
cp. Sk. ṭiṭṭibha?
neuter a musical instrument, a small drum Ja.vi.580; Bv.i.32. See also deṇḍima.
Sk. ḍiṇḍima, cp. dundubhi
given, granted, presented etc., in all meanings of dadāti q.v.; esp. of giving alms. Pv.iv.3#26 (= mahādāna Pv-a.253) & in phrase adinn’ādāna taking what is not given, i.e. stealing, adj adinnâdāyin stealing, refraining from which constitutes the 2nd sīla. ‣See under sīla
■ dinna: DN.i.55≈(n’ atthi dinnaṃ the heretic view of the uselessness of almsgiving) Ja.i.291 Ja.ii.128 Snp.191 Snp.227 Snp.240 Dhp.356 Pv-a.68 (given in marriage). Used as finite tense frequently e.g. Ja.i.151 Ja.i.152 Ja.vi.366
■ adinna: MN.i.39, MN.i.404; Snp.119 (theyyā adinnaṃ ādiyati), Snp.156, Snp.395, Snp.400, Snp.633; Pv-a.33 etc.
Sk. dinna, pp. of dadāti
an adopted son, in enumn of four kinds of sons (atraja, khettaja, antevāsika, d.) Cnd.448; Ja.i.135 (= posāvanatthāya dinna).
to shine, to shine forth, to be illustrious Vin.ii.285. Cp. pa˚.
Sk. dīpyate, see under dīpa1 & cp. jotati
adjective of the next world, divine, heavenly, celestial, superb magnificent, fit for exalted beings higher than man (devas, heroes, manes etc.), superhuman, opp. mānusaka human. Freq. qualifying the foll. “summa bona” cakkhu the deva-eye, i.e. the faculty of clairvoyance attr. in a marked degree to the Buddha & other perfect beings (see cakkhumant) DN.i.82, DN.i.162; DN.ii.20 (yena sudaṃ samantā yojanaṃ passati divā c’ eva rattiñ ca); DN.iii.219; SN.i.196; SN.ii.55 sq.; MN.ii.21; Iti.52; Thig.70; Pts.i.114 Pts.ii.175; Vism.434; Sdhp.482; Pv-a.5 (of Moggallāna) Tikp.278; Duka-pa.54. sota the d. ear, matching the d. eye DN.i.79, DN.i.154; Ja.v.456; also as sotadhātu AN.i.255; MN.ii.19; DN.iii.38, DN.iii.281; Vism.430. rūpa DN.i.153. Āyu, vaṇṇa etc. (see dasa ṭhānāni) AN.i.115; AN.iii.33; AN.iv.242; Pv-a.9 Pv-a.89. kāmā Snp.361; Dhp.187; Iti.94; also as kāmaguṇā AN.v.273. Of food, drink, dress & other commodities AN.i.182; Ja.i.50, Ja.i.202; Ja.iii.189; Pv-a.23, Pv-a.50, Pv-a.70, Pv-a.76 etc. Def. as devaloke sambhūta DN-a.i.120; divibhavattā dibba Kp-a.227; divibhāvaṃ devattabhāva-pariyāpanna Pv-a.14
■ See further e.g. SN.i.105; DN.iii.146; Snp.176, Snp.641; Dhp.236, Dhp.417; Pp.60; Vism.407 (defn) Vism.423.
Ved. divya = P. divya in verse (q.v.), Gr. δϊος (*Διvιος), Lat. dīus (*divios) = divine. Cp. deva
to sport, to amuse oneself Vv-a.18 (in expl. of devī); to play at dice MN.ii.106 (akkhehi).
Sk. dīvyati, pp. dyūta see jūta
adjective one who has little common-sense Ja.vi.206, Ja.vi.207 Ja.vi.213, Ja.vi.214. Com. explains wrongly on p. Ja.vi.209 with “one who possesses two tongues” (of Agni), but has equivalent nippañña on p. Ja.vi.217 (text Ja.vi.214: appapañña +).
Sk. dara-saṃjña? See Kern, Toevoegselen p. 118
Sk. diva (nt.), weak base diṷ (div) of strong form di̯ē (see deva) to *dei̯eṷo to shine; cp. Sk. dyo heaven divā adv. by day; Lat. biduum (bi-divom) two days
(m; nt. only in expression satta divasāni 7 days or a week Ja.iv.139; Mil.15) a day AN.i.206 (˚ṃ atināmeti); Ja.iii.52 (uposatha˚); Pv-a.31 (yāva sattadivasā a week long), Pv-a.74 (sattamo divaso) Usually in oblique cases adverbially, viz. acc. divasaṃ (during) one day, for one day, one day long AN.iii.304 AN.iv.317; Ja.i.279; Ja.ii.2; Dhp-a.iii.173 (taṃ d. that day) eka˚ one day Ja.i.58; Ja.iii.26; Pv-a.33, Pv-a.67
■ gen. divasassa (day) by day SN.ii.95 (rattiyā ca d. ca); Ja.v.162; DN-a.i.133
■ instr. divasā day by day Ja.iv.310; divasena (eka˚) on the same day Ja.i.59; sudivasena on a lucky day Ja.iv.210
■ loc. divase on a day: eka Ja.iii.391; jāta˚ on his birth-day Ja.iii.391; Ja.iv.138 dutiya˚ the next day Pv-a.12, Pv-a.13, Pv-a.17, Pv-a.31, Pv-a.80 etc.; puna id. Ja.i.278; Pv-a.19, Pv-a.38; sattame d. on the 7th day Snp.983; Mil.15; Pv-a.6; ussava˚ on the festive d. Vv-a.109; apara˚ on another day Pv-a.81. Also repeated divase divase day after day, every day Ja.i.87; Pv-a.3. abl. divasato from the day (-˚) Ja.i.50; DN-a.i.140.
Sk. divasa; see diva
adverb by day SN.i.183; MN.i.125; Dhp.387; DN-a.i.251; Pv-a.43, Pv-a.142, Pv-a.206 (= divasa-bhāge) Often combined & contrasted with rattiṃ (or ratto) by night; e.g. divārattiṃ by day & by night SN.i.47; divā c’ eva rattiñ ca DN.ii.20; rattim pi divā pi Ja.ii.133 divā ca ratto ca SN.i.33; Snp.223; Dhp.296; Vv.31#4; Vv-a.128
■ divātaraṃ (compar. adv.) later on in the day MN.i.125; Ja.iii.48, Ja.iii.498
■ atidivā too late SN.i.200; AN.iii.117.
Ved. divā, cp. diva
an abstraction fr. divya constructed for etym. expln of dibba as divi-bhava (˚bhāva) of divine existence or character, a divine being, in “divi-bhavāni divyāni ettha atthī ti divyā” Snp-a.219; “divi-bhavattā dibbā ti” Kp-a.227; “divibhāvaṃ devattabhāvapariyāpanno ti dibbo” Pv-a.14.
a musical instrument Dpvs.xvi.14.
adjective divine Snp.153 (cp. Snp-a.219 under divi˚), Snp.524 (+ mānusaka); Ja.vi.172
■ (nt.) the divinity a divine being (= devatā) Ja.vi.150; Snp-a.219.
Sk. divya; the verse-form for the prose-form dibba (q.v.)
an enemy Dhp.42, Dhp.162; Ja.iii.357; Ja.iv.217; Ja.v.453; Thag.874–Thag.6; cp. Pss. Breth., 323, n. i.
Sk. dviṣant & dviṣa (-˚); dveṣṭi & dviśati to hate; cp. Gr. δεινός (corynthic δvεινία, hom. δέδvιμεν fearful; Lat. dīrus = E. dire
feminine direction, quarter, region, part of the world Ja.iv.359; Pv.ii.9#21 (kiṃ disataṃ gato “where in the world has he gone?”); Vv.ii.3#2 (sādisatā the circle of the 6 directions, cp. Vv-a.102).
Sk. diśatā, see disā
feminine state of being an enemy, a host of enemies Ja.iv.295 (= disasamūha, variant reading as gloss: verasamoha).
Sk. *dviṣatā, see disa
to point, show; to grant, bestow etc. Usually in combination with pref. ā, or in Caus. deseti (q.v.). As simplex only at SN.i.217 (varaṃ disā to be read for disaṃ cp. Sk. adiśat). See also upa˚.
Ved. diśati, *deik to show, point towards; cp. Gr. δείκνυμι (δίκη = diśā), Lat. dico (indico, index = pointer judex), Goth. gateihan = Ger. zeigen, Ags. taecan = E token
feminine point of the compass, region quarter, direction, bearings. The 4 principal points usualy enumerated are puratthimā (E) pacchimā (W) dakkhiṇā (S) uttarā (N), in changing order. Thus at SN.i.101, SN.i.145; SN.ii.103; SN.iii.84; SN.iv.185, SN.iv.296; Cnd.302; Pv.ii.12#6 (caturo d.); Pv-a.52 (catūsu disāsu nirayo catūhi dvārehi yutto), and passim
■ To these are often added the two locations “above & below” as uparimā & heṭṭhimā disā (also as uddhaṃ adho SN.iii.124 e.g. also called paṭidisā DN.iii.176), making in all 6 directions: DN.iii.188 sq. As a rule, however, the circle is completed by the 4 anudisā (intermediate points; sometimes as vidisā: SN.i.224; SN.iii.239; DN.iii.176 etc.), making a round of 10 (dasa disā) to denote completeness, wide range & all pervading comprehensiveness of states activities or other happening: Snp.719, Snp.1122 (disā catasso vidisā catasso uddhaṃ adho: dasa disā imāyo) Thig.487; Pts.ii.131; Cnd.239 (see also cātuddisa in this sense); Pv.i.11#1; Pv.ii.1#10; Vism.408. sabbā (all) is often substituted for 10: SN.i.75; DN.ii.15; Pv.i.2#1; Vv-a.184; Pv-a.71
■ anudisā (sg.) is often used collectively for the 4 points in the sense of “in between,” so that the circle always implies the 10 points. Thus at SN.i.122 SN.iii.124. In other combinations as 6 abbreviated for 10 four disā plus uddhaṃ & anudisaṃ at DN.i.222 = AN.iii.368 four d. + uddhaṃ adho & anudisaṃ at SN.i.122; SN.iii.124; AN.iv.167. In phrase “mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati” (etc. up to 4th) the all-comprehending range of universal goodwill is further denoted by uddhaṃ adho tiriyaṃ etc., e.g. DN.i.250 Vb.272; see mettā
■ As a set of 4 or 8 disā is also used allegorically (“set, circle”) for var. combinations viz. the 8 states of jhāna at MN.iii.222; the 4 satipaṭṭhānā etc. at Ne.121; the 4 āhārā etc. at Ne.117. See also in other applications Vin.i.50 (in meaning of “foreign country”); Vin.ii.217; SN.i.33 (abhayā), SN.i.234 (puthu˚); SN.iii.106; SN.v.216; DN.iii.197 sq.; Iti.103; Thag.874; Vv.41#6 (disāsu vissutā)
■ disaṃ kurute to run away Ja.v.340. diso disaṃ (often spelt disodisaṃ) in all directions (lit. from region to region) DN.iii.200; Ja.iii.491 Thag.615; Bv.ii.50; Pv.iii.1#6; Mil.398. But at Dhp.42 to disa (enemy), cp. Dhp-a.i.324 = coro coraṃ. See also J.P.T.S. 1884, 82 on abl. diso = diśatah. Cp. vidisā.
Ved. diś & diśā, to diśati “pointing out,” point; cp. Gr. δίκη = diśā
Pass. of *dassati, q.v.
adjective noun
Ved. dīrgha, cp. Caus. drāghayati to lengthen, *dlāgh as in Gr. δολιξός (shaft), ἐνδελεξής (lasting etc.; cp. E. entelechy); Lat. indulges; Goth tulgus (enduring)
neuter length AN.i.54.
Sk. dīrghatvaṃ
adjective poor, miserable, wretched; base, mean, low DN.ii.202 (?) (˚māna; variant reading ninnamāna) Ja.v.448; Ja.vi.375; Pv.ii.8#2 (= adānajjhāsaya Pv-a.107), Pv.iv.8#1; Mil.406; Pv-a.120 (= kapaṇa), Pv-a.260 (id.), Pv-a.153 Sdhp.188, Sdhp.324.
Sk. dīna
neuter wretchedness, miserable state Sdhp.78.
Sk. *dīnatvaṃ
a lamp Ja.ii.104 (˚ṃ jāleti to light a l.); Dhp-a.ii.49 (id.), Dhp-a.ii.94 (id.)
Ved. dīpa to Ved. dī, dīpyate; Idg. *dei̯ā to shine (see dibba, deva); cp. Gr. δίαλος, δ ̈ηλος; see also jotati
masculine & neuter an island continent (mahā˚, always as 4); terra firma, solid foundation, resting-place, shelter, refuge (in this sense freq. combined w. tāṇa lena & saraṇa & expl. in Com by patiṭṭhā)-
Ved. dvīpa = dvi + ap (*sp.) of āpa water, lit. “double-watered,” between (two) waters
a car covered with a panther’s skin Ja.i.259; Ja.v.259 = Ja.vi.48.
cp. Sk. dvīpa tiger’s skin
(= dīpa1)
(= dīpa2) a (little) island Ja.i.278, Ja.i.279; Ja.ii.160.
in vaṇidīpaka Pv-a.120 for vanibbaka (q.v.).
adjective illustrating, explaining; f. -ī explanation, commentary, Name of several Commentaries, e.g. the Paramattha-dīpanī of Dhammapāla on Th 2; Pv Vv
■ Cp. jotikā & uddīpanā.
a panther Ja.iii.480.
fr. dīpin
explained Vism.33.
pp. of dīpeti
one who illumines Vism.211.
n. ag. fr. dīpeti
a panther, leopard, tiger Vin.i.186 dīpicamma a leopard skin = Sk. dvīpicarman); AN.iii.101; Ja.i.342; Ja.ii.44, Ja.ii.110; Ja.iv.475; Ja.v.408; Ja.vi.538. dīpi-rājā king of the panthers Vism.270
■ f. dīpinī Mil.363 Mil.368; Dhp-a.i.48.
Sk. dvīpin
to make light, to kindle, to emit light, to be bright; to illustrate, explain AN.v.73 sq.; Dhp.363; Mil.40; Pv-a.94, Pv-a.95, Pv-a.102, Pv-a.104 etc.; Sdhp.49, Sdhp.349. Cp. ā˚.
Sk. dīpayati, Caus. to dīp, see dīpa1 & cp. dippati
(& before vowels dur˚) indeclinable
Sk. duḥ & duṣ = Gr.; δύς-, Oir. du-, Ohg. zur-, zer-; antithetic prefix, generally opposed to su˚ = Gr. εὐ-etc. Ultimately identical with du2 in sense of asunder, apart, away from opposite or wrong
in compounds meaning two˚; see dvi B II.
(-˚) (adj- suff.) hurting, injuring, acting perfidiously, betraying, only in mitta˚ deceiving one’s friends SN.i.225; Snp.244 expl. as mitta-dūbhaka Snp-a.287, variant reading B mittadussaka; cp. mitta-dubbhika & mitta-dubbhin.
Sk. druha, druh, see duhana & duhitika
neuter a dyad Dhs-a.36, Dhs-a.343, Dhs-a.347, Dhs-a.406; Vism.11 sq. & in titles of books “in pairs, on pairs, e.g. Dukapaṭṭhāna; or chapters, e.g. Ja.ii.1 (˚nipāta).
see dvi B ii
a certain (jute?) plant; (nt.) [cp. Sk. dukūlaṃ woven silk] very fine cloth, made of the fibre of the d. plant SN.iii.145; AN.iv.393; Ja.ii.21; Ja.iv.219 Ja.v.400; Ja.vi.72; Vism.257, Vism.262; Vv-a.165; DN-a.i.140 Dāvs v.27.
Sk. dukūla
adjective noun
The recognition of the fact of Dukkha stands out as essential in early Buddhism. In the very first discourse the four socalled Truths or Facts (see saccāni) deal chiefly with dukkha. The first of the four gives certain universally recognised cases of it, & then sums them up in short. The five groups (of physical & mental qualities which make an individual) are accompanied by ill so far as those groups are fraught with āsavas and grasping. (Pañc’ upādānakkhandhā pi dukkhā; cp SN.iii.47). The second Sacca gives the cause of this dukkha (see Taṇhā). The third enjoins the removal of this taṇhā. And the fourth shows the way, or method, of doing so (see Magga). These ariyasaccāni are found in two places in the older books Vin.i.10 = SN.v.421 (with addition of soka-parideva… etc. see below in some MSS). Comments on this passage, or part of it, occur SN.iii.158, SN.iii.159; with expln of each term (+ soka) DN.i.189; DN.iii.136, DN.iii.277; MN.i.185; AN.i.107; Snp.p.140; Cnd. under sankhārā; Iti.17 (with dukkhassa atikkama for nirodha), Iti.104, Iti.105; Pts.i.37; Pts.ii.204, Pts.ii.147 Pp.15, Pp.68; Vb.328; Ne.72, Ne.73. It is referred to as dukkha, samudaya, nirodha, magga at Vin.i.16, Vin.i.18, Vin.i.19; DN.iii.227; Cnd.304#iib; as āsavānaṃ khaya-ñāṇa at DN.i.83; Vin.iii.5; as sacca No. 1 + paṭiccasamuppāda at AN.i.176 sq. (+ soka˚); in a slightly diff. version of No. 1 (leaving out appiyehi & piyehi, having soka instead) at DN.ii.305; and in the formula catunnaṃ ariyasaccānaṃ ananubodhā etc. at DN.ii.90 = Vin.i.230.
& various views regarding dukkha.
Sk. duḥkha fr. duḥ-ka, an adj. formation fr. prefix duḥ (see du). According to others an analogy formation after sukha, q.v.; Bdhgh (at Vism.494) explains dukkha as du + kha, where du = du1 and kha = ākāsa. See also def. at Vism.461.
feminine state of pain, painfulness, discomfort, pain (see dukkha B III.1 c) DN.iii.216; SN.iv.259; SN.v.56; Ne.12 (expl.).
cp. Sk. duḥkhatā, abstr. to dukkha
to be painful Vism.264.
fr. dukkha
neuter = dukkhatā DN.iii.106 (+ dandhatta).
Sk. *duhkhatvaṃ
neuter bringing sorrow, causing pain Mil.275 sq., Mil.351.
abstr. to dukkhāpeti
pained, afflicted Mil.79, Mil.180.
pp. of dukkhāpeti
to cause pain, to afflict Ja.iv.452; Mil.276 sq.; Pv-a.215
pp dukkhāpita.
caus. to dukkha
adjective afflicted, dejected, unhappy, grieved, disappointed miserable, suffering, ailing (opp. sukhita) DN.i.72 (puriso ābādhiko d. bāḷha-gilāno); DN.ii.24; SN.i.149; SN.iii.11 = SN.iv.180 (sukhitesu sukhito dukkhitesu dukkhito); SN.v.211; MN.i.88; MN.ii.66; Vin.iv.291; Snp.984, Snp.986; Ja.iv.452; Mil.275; Dhp-a.ii.28; Vv-a.67.
Sk. duḥkhita; pp. of *dukkhāpeti
adjective noun
Sk. duḥkhin
to feel pain, to be distressed Dhp-a.ii.28 (= vihaññati).
Sk. duḥkhīyati & duḥkhāyati Denom. fr. dukkha; cp. vediyati & vedayati
a difficult road Dhp.327; Pv.ii.7#8. dugge saṅkamanāni passages over difficult roads, usually combined with papā (water-shed) SN.i.100; Vv.52#22 Pv.ii.9#25.
du + ga
adjective noun spoilt, corrupt; bad, malignant, wicked Vin.iii.118; SN.ii.259 SN.ii.262; SN.iv.339; AN.i.124 (˚âruka), AN.i.127 (id.), AN.i.157 sq.; Iti.68 (saro d., perhaps should be read as diddho); Ja.i.187 Ja.i.254 (˚brāhmaṇa); Ja.iv.391 (˚caṇḍāla); Pv-a.4 (˚corā rogues of thieves); Sdhp.86, Sdhp.367, Sdhp.434
■ aduṭṭha not evil, good Snp.623; Iti.86; Dhp-a.iv.164. Cp. pa˚.
Sk. duṣṭha, pp. of dussati, q.v.
adverb badly, wrong Dhs-a.384; Snp-a.396; Vv-a.337.
Sk. duṣṭhu, cp. suṣṭhu
adjective wicked, lewd Vin.iv.128; SN.i.187 (˚bhāṇin “whose speech is never lewd,” cp. Thag.1217 padulla gāhin, explained as duṭṭhullagāhin Psalms of Brethren 399 n. 3); MN.i.435; MN.iii.159; Vism.313
■ (nt.) wicked ness Vin.iii.21; kāya˚; unchastity MN.iii.151; Thag.114 Vism.151.
ordinal number
Sk. dvitīya, with reduction of dvi to du, as in compound mentioned under dvi B II. For the meaning “companion” cp. num. ord. for two in Lat secundus → sequor i.e. he who follows Gr. δεύτεροσ ̓ δεύομαι he who stays behind, also Sk. davīyas farther
adjective noun
Dimin. of dutiya
feminine companionship, friendship, help Ja.iii.169.
see daddabha.
(Sk. dugdha, pp. of duh, see dohati] milked, drawn Snp.18 (duddha-khīra = gāvo duhitvā gahitakhīra Snp-a.27); MN.ii.186
■ (nt.) milk Dāvs v.26.
a kettle-drum, in; Amata˚; the drum of Nibbāna Vin.i.8 = MN.i.171 (dundubhi at the latter passage); Pv-a.189 (variant reading for dundubhi).
another form of dundubhi, cp. duddabha & dundubhya
masculine & feminine a kettle-drum, the noise of a drum, a heavy thud, thunder (usually as deva in the latter meaning) Pv.iii.3#4; Ja.vi.465; Pv-a.40, Pv-a.189 (variant reading dudrabhi)
■ Amata˚ the drum of Nibbāna MN.i.171 = Vin.i.8 (: dudrabhi); deva˚ thunder DN.ii.156; AN.iv.311.
Sk. dundubhi, onomat.; cp. other forms under daddabha, dudrabhi
to burn, see der, dava, dāva & dāya.
see dvi B II.
see under vaṇṇa.
see under vuṭṭhi.
adjective deceiving, hurting, trying to injure Vin.ii.203 (= Iti.86 where dubbhe); Pv.ii.9#3 (mitta˚). adubbha one who does not do harm, harmless Pv.ii.9#8 (˚pāṇin = ahiṃsakahattha). As nt. harmlessness, frankness, friendliness, good-will Vin.i.347 (adrūbhāya, but cp. vv.ll. p. Vin.i.395 adubbhaya & adrabbhāvāya); SN.i.225 (adubbhāya trustily); Ja.i.180 (id. as adūbhāya); spelt wrongly adrūbhaka (for adubbhaka, with variant reading adrabhaka in expl. of adubbha-pāṇin) at Ja.vi.311. Note: dabhāya (dat.) is also used in Sk. in sense of an adv. or infinitive which confirms the etymology of the word. Cp. dobha.
Sk. dambha, see dubbhati
adjective perfidious, insidious, treacherous Thag.214 (citta˚). Cp. dubbhaya dūbhaka.
Sk. dambhaka
to injure, hurt, deceive; to be hostile to, plot or sin against (either w. dat. Ja.v.245; Ja.vi.491, or w. loc Ja.i.267; Ja.iii.212) SN.i.85 (ppr. adubbhanto), SN.i.225; Iti.86 (dubbhe = dusseyya Com.) = Vin.ii.203 (where dubbho) Thag.1129; Ja.ii.125; Ja.iv.261; Ja.v.487, Ja.v.503
ppr also dūbhato Ja.iv.261; ger. dubbhitvā Ja.iv.79; grd. dubbheyya (variant reading dūbheyya) to be punished Ja.v.71. Cp. pa˚.
Sk. dabhnoti cp.; J.P.T.S. 1889, 204: dabh (dambh), pp. dabdha; idg. *dhebh, cp. Gr. ἀτέμβω to deceive. Cp. also Sk druh (so Kern, Toevoegselen p. 11 s. v. padubbhati). See also dahara & dūbha, dūbhaka dūbhi
neuter hurtfulness, treachery, injury against somebody (c. loc.) Pv-a.114 (= anattha).
Sk. *dambhana
= dubbhaka, SN.i.107.
= dubbhaka, Pv.iii.1#13 (= mittadubbhika, mittānaṃ bādhaka Pv-a.175).
see bhikkhā.
adjective noun seeking to injure, deceitful; a deceiver, hypocrite Ja.iv.41; Pv.ii.9#8 (mitta˚) Dhp-a.ii.23 (mitta-dūbhin)
■ f. dubbhinī Vv-a.68 (so read for dubbinī).
Sk. dambhin
numerical adjective both; only in abl. dubhato from both sides Thag.1134; Pts.i.69; Pts.ii.35, Pts.ii.181; Vv.46#21; Vv-a.281 (for Vv.64#19 duvaddhato).
See dubhaya & cp. dvi B II.
numerical adjective both (see ubhaya) Snp.517, Snp.526 Snp.1007, Snp.1125; Ja.iii.442; Ja.vi.110.
a contaminated form of du(ve) & ubhaya; see dvi B II.
tree AN.iii.43; Ja.i.87, Ja.i.272; Ja.ii.75, Ja.ii.270; Ja.vi.249, Ja.vi.528; Vv.84#14; Mil.278 Mil.347; Vv-a.161.
Sk. druma = Gr. δρυμός, see dāru
Pass to dohati (q.v.).
neuter woven material, cloth, turban cloth; (upper) garment, clothes Vin.i.290 Vin.ii.128, Vin.ii.174; Vin.iv.159. DN.i.103; SN.v.71; MN.i.215; MN.ii.92; AN.v.347; Snp.679; Pv.i.10#3 (= uttarīyaṃ sāṭakaṃ Pv-a.49); Pv.ii.3#14; Pp.55; Pv-a.73, Pv-a.75
■ cīvara˚, q.v. chava˚ a miserable garment DN.i.166; AN.i.295; AN.ii.206; MN.i.78, MN.i.308.
Sk. dūrśa & dūṣya
at Ja.iii.54 is usually taken as = amussa (cp. amuka). C. explains as “near,” & adds “asammussa.” Or is it Sk. dūṣya easily spoilt? See on this passage Andersen Pali Reader ii.124.
= dūsaka (q.v.).
to be or become bad or cor rupted, to get damaged; to offend against, to do wrong Vin.ii.113; SN.i.13 = SN.i.164; Dhp.125 = Pv-a.116; Dhp.137; Iti.84 (dosancyye na d.) cp. AN.iii.110 (dussanīye d.) Ja.vi.9; Mil.101, Mil.386
pp duṭṭha (q.v.)
caus dūseti (q.v.). See also dosa1 & dosaniya; & pa˚.
Sk. duṣyati, Denom. fr. pref. duḥ (du˚); pp. duṣṭha, caus. dūṣayati
feminine & Dussana (nt.) defilement, guilt AN.ii.225; Pp.18, Pp.22; Dhs.418, Dhs.1060; DN-a.i.195 (rajjana-d. muyhana).
Sk. dūṣana, cp. dussati
adjective able to give offence, hateful, evil (always combined with rajanīya, cp. rāga dosa moha AN.iii.110 (dusanīye dussati, where Iti.84 has dosaneyye) Ja.vi.9; Mil.386.
cp. Sk. dveṣanīya, because of doṣa = dveṣa taken to dus
see sassa.
a cloth merchant Ja.vi.276; Mil.262, Mil.331 sq.
neuter = dussanā, Pp.18, Pp.22.
Sk. *dūṣitatva
adjective & neuter -˚ milking; yielding, granting, bestowing: kāma˚ giving pleasures Ja.iv.20 Ja.v.33
Sk. duh & duha; see dohati
(to milk) see dohati.
adjective noun one who injures, hurts or deceives; insidious, infesting; a robber, only in pantha a dacoit DN.i.135; DN-a.i.296
■ (nt.) waylaying, robbery (pantha˚) Ja.ii.281 (text dūhana), Ja.ii.388 (text: panthadūbhana vv.ll. duhana & dūhana); Dhs-a.220
■ Cp maggadūsin.
Sk. *druhana, to druh, druhyati to hurt, cp. Oir. droch; Ohg. triogan to deceive, traum dream; also Sk. dhvarati. For further connections see Walde, Lat. Wtb. under fraus
adjective infested with robbers, beset with dangers SN.iv.195 (magga). Note. This interpretation may have to be abandoned in favour of duhitika being another spelling of dvīhitika hard to get through (q.v.), to be compared are the vv.ll. of the latter at SN.iv.323 (S.S. dūhitika & dūhītika).
cp. Sk. druha, fr. druhyati
a messenger, envoy Vin.i.16 Vin.ii.32, Vin.ii.277; DN.i.150; SN.iv.194; Snp.411 (rāja˚), Snp.417. deva˚ Yama’s envoy, Death’s messenger AN.i.138, AN.i.142; MN.ii.75 sq.; Ja.i.138
■ -˚ṃ pāheti to send a messenger Mil.18, Pv-a.133.
Ved. dūta, prob. to dūra (q.v.) as “one who is sent (far) away,” also perhaps Gr. δουλος slave. See Walde Lat. Wtb. under dudum
neuter play, gaming, gambling Ja.iv.248.
Sk. dyūta, see jūta
neuter errand, commission, messages AN.iv.196; Ja.iii.134; DN-a.i.78. ˚ṃ gacchati to go on an errand Vin.ii.202; ˚ṃ harati to obtain a commission Vin.iii.87; Vin.iv.23.
Sk. dūtya, but varying in meaning
adjective deceiving, see dubbha.
adjective deceiving, treacherous, harmful Snp-a.287 (mitta˚); f. -ikā Ja.ii.297.
Sk. dambhaka
a diamond Ja.i.363 = Ja.iii.207.
Sk. dambha, cp. dambholi
neuter deceiving, pillaging, robbing etc. at Ja.ii.388 is to be read as (pantha-) duhana.
adjective -dubbhin Ja.ii.180 (vv.ll. dūbha & dubbhi), Ja.ii.327; Ja.iv.257; Dhp-a.ii.23.
feminine perfidy, treachery, Ja.i.412; Ja.iv.57 (variant reading dubhī); Ja.vi.59 (= aparādha).
cp. Sk. dambha, see dubbhati
adjective far distant, remote, opp. āsanna (Ja.ii.154) or santika (Dhs.677; Vism.402)
■ Pv-a.117. Often in compounds (see below), also as dūri˚; e.g. dūri-bhāva distance Vism.71 Vism.377; Dhs-a.76
■ Cases mostly used adverbially, viz acc. dūraṃ far Ja.ii.154; Dhp-a.i.192
■ abl. dūrato from afar, aloof Vin.i.15; Vin.ii.195; SN.i.212; Snp.511; Dhp.219; Ja.v.78 (dūra-dūrato); Mil.23; Pv-a.107. dūrato karoti to keep aloof from Pv-a.17
■ loc. dūre at a distance also as prep. away from, far from (c. abl.), e.g. Snp.468; Ja.ii.155, Ja.ii.449 (= ārā); Ja.iii.189
■ Snp.772; Dhp.304; Ja.vi.364; Dhs.677
■ dūre-pātin one who shoots far [cp. Sk. dūra-pātin] AN.i.284; AN.ii.170, AN.ii.202. Ja.iv.494 See also akkhaṇavedhin
■ atidūre too far Vin.ii.215.
Sk. dūra, Ved. duva (stirring, urging on), compar. davīyān, Av. dūrō (far), *dāu; cp. Ohg zawen, Goth. taujan = E. do. Another form is *deṷā far in respect to time, as in Gr. δήν, δηρόν, Lat. dū-dum (cp. dū-rare = en-dure). See also dutiya & dūta
see rakkha & cp. du1.
du1 + rakkha
adjective reddish MN.i.36 (˚vaṇṇa).
du1 + ratta
adjective noun corrupting, disgracing, one who defiles or defames; a robber, rebel AN.v.71 (bhikkhunī˚); Ja.ii.270; Ja.iv.495; Snp.89 (kula˚ one who spoils the reputation of the clan); Dhp-a.ii.23 (kuṭi˚ an incendiary); Mil.20 (pantha˚). As dussaka at Ja.v.113 (kamma˚); Snp-a.287 (mitta˚, variant reading B. for dūbhaka)-panthadūsaka a highwayman Mil.290
■ f. dūsikā Ja.iii.179 (also as dūsiyā = dosakārikā); a˚; harmless Snp.312 (see a˚).
Sk. dūṣaka
neuter spoiling, defiling Ja.ii.270; Sdhp.453.
see dūseti
depraved, sinful, evil Pv-a.226 (˚citta).
Sk. dūṣita, pp. of dūseti
adjective noun = dūsạka, in magga˚; (cp. pantha-dusaka) a highway robber Snp.84 sq
Sk. dūṣin
to spoil, ruin; to injure, hurt; to defile, pollute, defame Vin.i.79, Vin.i.85, Vin.i.86; Vin.iv.212 (maṃ so dūsetukāmo, said by a bhikkhunī), Vin.iv.316 (dūsetuṃ) AN.iv.169 sq.; Ja.i.454; Ja.ii.270; Dhp-a.ii.22 (kuṭiṃ, damage destroy)
aor dūsayi Ja.ii.110 (fared ill)
pp dūsita. Cp. pa˚, pari˚.
Sk. dūṣayati, caus. of dussati (q.v.). Also as dusseti Pv-a.82
neuter infesting, polluting, defaming; robbing, only in pantha˚; (with variant reading duhana) waylaying Ja.ii.281, Ja.ii.388; Tikp.280.
see duhana
neuter milking (-˚), in kumbha˚; filling the pails with milk, i.e. giving much milk (gāvo; cp. Sanskrit droṇadughā a cow which yields much milk) Snp.309
Sk. dohana, see dohati
see duhitika.
(= dvejjha, see dvi B i.5] divided, in a˚; undividedness Ja.iii.7 (com. abhejja), Ja.iii.274 = Ja.iv.258 (dhanuṃ a ˚ṃ karoti to get the bow ready, variant reading BB. sarejjhaṃ C explained jiyāya ca sarena ca saddhiṃ ekam eva katvā).
a water-snake; salamander Ja.iii.16; Ja.vi.194; Sdhp.292. See next.
Sk. duṇḍubha
masculine neuter a kind of kettle-drum DN.i.79 (variant reading dindima); Cnd.219 (˚ka, variant reading dind˚); Ja.i.355; (= paṭaha-bheri); Ja.v.322 = Ja.vi.217 Ja.vi.465 = Ja.vi.580.
Sk. diṇḍima, cp. dindima
adjective having two tail-feathers Ja.v.339.
= dvepiccha, see dvi B I. 5
adjective
Sk. deya, grd. of dā, see dadāti I. 2, b
a god, a divine being; usually in pl. devā the gods. As title attributed to any superhuman being or beings regarded to be in certain respects above the human level. Thus primarily (see 1a) used of the first of the next-world devas, Sakka, then also of subordinate deities, demons & spirits (devaññatarā some kind of deity; snake-demons: nāgas, tree-gods: rukkhadevatā etc.). Also title of the king (3). Always implying splendour (cp. above etym.) & mobility, beauty goodness & light, & as such opposed to the dark powers of mischief & destruction (asurā: Titans; petā: miserable ghosts; nerayikā sattā: beings in Niraya). A double position (dark & light) is occupied by Yama, the god of the Dead (see Yama & below 1 c). Always implying also a kinship and continuity of life with humanity and other beings; all devas have been man and may again become men (cp. DN.i.17 sq.; SN.iii.85), hence “gods” is not a coincident term. All devas are themselves in saṃsāra, needing salvation. Many are found worshipping saints (Thag.627–Thag.9; Thig.365)
■ The collective appellations differ; there are var. groups of divine beings, which in their totality (cp. tāvatiṃsa) include some or most of the well-known Vedic deities. Thus some collect. designations are devā sa-indakā (the gods including Indra or with their ruler at their head: DN.ii.208; SN.iii.90, AN.v.325), sa-pajāpatikā (SN.iii.90), sa-mārakā (see deva-manussaloka), sa-brahmakā (SN.iii.90). See below 1 b. Lists of popular gods are to be found, e.g. at DN.ii.253; DN.iii.194
■ A current distinction dating from the latest books in the canon is that into 3 classes, viz. sammuti- devā (conventional gods, gods in the public opinion, i.e. kings & princes Ja.i.132; DN-a.i.174) visuddhi˚; (beings divine by purity, i.e. of great religious merit or attainment like Arahants & Buddhas); upapatti˚; (being born divine, i.e. in a heavenly state as one of the gatis, like bhumma-devā etc.). This division in detail at Cnd.307; Vb.422; Kp-a.123; Vv-a.18 Under the 3rd category (upapatti˚) seven groups are enumerated in the foll. order: Cātummahārājikā devā Tāvatiṃsā d. (with Sakka as chief), Yāmā d., Tusitā d. Nimmānaratī d., Paranimmita-vasavattī d., Bṛahmakāyikā d. Thus at DN.i.216 sq.; AN.i.210, AN.i.332 sq.; Cnd.307; cp. SN.i.133 & Ja.i.48. See also devatā.
devī (f.)
Ved. deva, Idg. *dei̯ā to shine (see dibba & diva), orig. adj. *deiṷos belonging to the sky, cp. Av. daēvō (demon.), Lat. deus, Lith. dë̃vas; Ohg. Ƶīo; Ags. Tīg gen. Tīwes (= Tuesday); Oir. dia (god). The popular etymology refers it to the root div in the sense of playing sporting or amusing oneself: dibbanti ti devā, pañcahi kāmaguṇehi kīḷanti attano vā siriyā jotantī ti attho Kp-a.123
adjective (-˚) belonging or peculiar to the devas; only in sa˚-loka the world including the gods in general DN.i.62; Cnd.309; Snp.86 Snp.377, Snp.443, Snp.760 etc. Mil.234. See also devamanussa-loka.
deva + ka
adjective (-˚) having such & such a god as one’s special divinity, worshipping, a worshipper of, devotee of Mil.234 (Brahma˚ + Brahma (garuka)
■ f.; devatā in pati “worshipping the husband,” i.e. a devoted wife Ja.iii.406; Vv-a.128.
feminine “condition or state of a deva, divinity; divine being, deity, fairy. The term comprises all beings which are otherwise styled devas, & a list of them given at Cnd.308 & based on the principle that any being who is worshipped (or to whom an offering is made or a gift given: de-vatā = yesaṃ deti, as is expressed in the conclusion “ye yesaṃ dakkhiṇeyyā te tesaṃ devatā”) is a devatā, comprises 5 groups of 5 kinds each, viz. 1 ascetics; 2 domestic animals (elephants, horses, cows, cocks, crows); 3 physical forces & elements (fire, stone etc.); 4 lower gods (: bhumma devā) (nāgā, suvaṇṇā, yakkhā, asurā gandhabbā); 5 higher gods (: inhabitants of the devaloka proper) Mahārājā, Canda, Suriya, Inda, Brahmā) to which are added the 2 aspects of the sky-god as devadevatā & disā-devatā)
■ Another definition at Vv-a.21 simply states: devatā ti devaputto pi Brahmā pi devadhītā pi vuccati
■ Among the var. deities the foll. are frequently mentioned: rukkha˚; tree-gods or dryads MN.i.306; Ja.i.221; Pv-a.5; vatthu˚; earth gods (the four kings) Pv.4#2; Pv-a.17; vana˚; wood-nymphs MN.i.306; samudda˚; water-sprites Ja.ii.112 etc. etc. DN.i.180 (mahiddhikā, pl.), DN.i.192; DN.ii.8, DN.ii.87, DN.ii.139, DN.ii.158; SN i. sq.; SN.iv.302; MN.i.245; MN.ii.37; AN.i.64, AN.i.210, AN.i.211; AN.ii.70 (sapubba˚); AN.iii.77 (bali-paṭiggāhikā), AN.iii.287 (saddhāya samannāgatā); AN.iii.309; AN.iv.302 sq., AN.iv.390 (vippaṭisāriniyo), AN.v.331; Snp.45, Snp.316, Snp.458, Snp.995, Snp.1043; Dhp.99; Ja.i.59, Ja.i.72 Ja.i.223, Ja.i.256; Ja.iv.17, Ja.iv.474; Vv.16#3; Pv.ii.1#10; Kp-a.113, Kp-a.117; Pv-a.44.
deva + tā, qualitative-abstr. suffix, like Lat. juventa, senecta, Goth. hauhipa, Ohg. fullida cp. Sk pūrṇatā, bandhutā etc.
to lament, etc.; see pari˚. Cp. also parideva etc.
div
neuter the state of being a deva, divinity Thag-a.70; Pv-a.110 (˚bhāva as Yakkha, opp. petatta bhāva; so read for devatā-bhāva).
deva + tta
neuter state or condition of a deva Thag.1127; cp. petattana in the foll. verse.
= last
husband’s brother, brother-in-law Ja.vi.152; Vv.32#6 (sa˚), popularly explained at Vv-a.135 as “dutiyo varo ti vā devaro, bhattu kaniṭṭha bhātā.”
Sk. devṛ & devara Gr.; δ ̈αήρ (*δαιvήρ), Lat. levir, Ohg. zeihhur, Ags. tācor
adjective daily Ja.v.383; DN-a.i.296 (˚bhatta = bhattavetena); Dhp-a.i.187 sq., -nt. ˚ṃ as adv daily, every day Ja.i.82, Ja.i.149, Ja.i.186; Vv-a.67, Vv-a.75; Dhp-a.i.28; Dhp-a.ii.41.
Der. fr. divasa
point, part, place, region, spot, country, Vin.i.46; Vin.ii.211; MN.i.437; Ja.i.308; Dhs-a.307 (˚bhūta); Pv-a.78 (˚antara prob. to be read dos˚), Pv-a.153 Kp-a.132, Kp-a.227
■ desaṃ karoti to go abroad Ja.v.340 (p. 342 has disaṃ)
■ kañcid-eva desaṃ pucchati to ask a little point DN.i.51; MN.i.229; AN.v.39, sometimes as kiñcid-eva d. p. SN.iii.101; MN.iii.15; variant reading at DN.i.51- desāgata pañha a question propounded, lit. come into the region of some one or having become a point of discussion Mil.262.
Ved. deśa, cp. disā
adjective pointing out, teaching, advising Sdhp.217, Sdhp.519-(nt.) advice, instruction, lesson MN.i.438.
Sk. deśaka
feminine
Sk. deśanā
adjective = desaka, su˚; one who points out well, a good teacher Mil.195.
Sk. deśika
expounded, shown, taught etc., given, assigned, conferred Vin.iii.152 (marked out) Vin.v.137; DN.ii.154 (dhamma); Dhp.285 (nibbāna); Pv-a.4 (magga: indicated), Pv-a.54 (given).
pp. of deseti
one who instructs or points out; a guide, instructor, teacher MN.i.221, MN.i.249; AN.i.266 AN.iii.441; AN.v.349.
n. ag. to deseti
to point out, indicate, show; set forth, preach, teach; confess. Very freq. in phrase dhammaṃ d. to deliver a moral discourse to preach the Dhamma Vin.i.15; Vin.ii.87, Vin.ii.188; Vin.v.125, Vin.v.136; DN.i.241, AN.ii.185, AN.v.194; Iti.111; Ja.i.168; Ja.iii.394; Pp.57; Pv-a.6
aor adesesi (SN.i.196 = Thag.1254) & desesi (Pv-a.2, Pv-a.12, Pv-a.78 etc.)
pp desita (q.v.).
Sk. deśayati, Caus. of disati, q.v.
adjective disagreeable, odious, detestable Ja.i.46; Ja.ii.285; Ja.iv.406 Ja.vi.570, Thag-a.268, Mil.281.
Sk. dveṣya, to dvis, see disa
to hate, dislike, detest Snp-a.168 (= na piheti, opp. kāmeti).
Sk. dviṣati & dveṣṭi; see etym. under disa
feminine repulsiveness Mil.281.
Sk. dvesyatā
adjective hating, detesting Snp.92 (dhamma˚); better desin, cp. viddesin.
Sk. dveṣin
body AN.ii.18; Pv-a.10 Pv-a.122. Usually in foll. phrases: hitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ SN.i.60; Pv.ii.9#56; pahāya m. d. SN.i.27, SN.i.30; jahati d MN.ii.73; ˚ṃ nikkhipati Pv.ii.6#15; (muni or khīṇāsavo antima-deha-dhārin (˚dhāro) SN.i.14, SN.i.53; SN.ii.278; Snp.471 Thig.7, Thig.10; Iti.32, Iti.40, Iti.50, Iti.53. -nikkhepana laying down the body Vism.236.
Sk. deha to *dheigh to form, knead, heap up (cp. kāya = heap), see diddha. So also in uddehaka. Cp Kern, Toevoegselen p. 75 s. v. sarīradeha. Cp. Gr. τεϊξος (wall) = Sk. dehī; Lat. fingo & figura; Goth. deigan (knead) = Ohg. teig = E. dough
neuter = deha; pl. limbs Thig.392; cp. Thag-a.258.
adjective noun that which has a body, a creature Pgdp.12, Pgdp.16.
a wooden pail, vat, trough; usually as measure of capacity (4 Āḷhaka generally) Pv.iv.3#33 (mitāni sukhadukkhāni donehi piṭakehi). taṇḍula˚ a doṇa of rice Dhp-a.iii.264 Dhp-a.iv.15. At Ja.ii.367 doṇa is used elliptically for doṇamāpaka (see below).
Sk. droṇa (nt.) conn. with *dereṷo tree, wood, wooden, see dabbi & dāru & cp. Sk. druṇī pail
adjective measuring a doṇa in capacity Vin.i.240 (catu˚ piṭaka).
fr. doṇa
feminine = donī1, viz. a hollow wooden vessel, tub, vat Vin.i.286 (rajana˚ for dyeing); Vin.ii.120 (mattikā to hold clay), Vin.ii.220 (udaka˚), Vin.ii.221 (vacca˚ used for purposes of defaecation). See also passāva˚.
feminine
Sk. droṇī, see doṇa
feminine an oil-giving plant (?) (or is it = donī1 meaning a cake made in a tub, but wrongly interpreted by Dhammapāla?) only in -nimmiñjana oil-cake. Pv.i.10#10 as -nimmijjani at Vv.3338 explained by telamiñjaka at Pv-a.51 & by tilapiññāka at Vv-a.147
Sk. droṇi?
neuter ill luck, misfortune Vin.iv.277; Dhp-a.281 (text: ˚dobhagga).
Sk. daurbhāgya fr. duḥ + bhāga
fraud, cheating DN.ii.243 (variant reading dobbha = dubbha).
see dubbha
neuter distress, dejectedness, melancholy, grief. As mental pain (cetasikaṃ asātaṃ cet. dukkhaṃ SN.v.209 = Cnd.312; cp DN.ii.306; Ne.12) opp. to dukkha physical pain: see dukkha B III.1 a). A synonym of domanassaṃ is appaccaya (q.v.). For defn of the term see Vism.461 Vism.504. The freq. combination dukkha-domanassa refers to an unpleasant state of mind & body (see dukkha B III.1 b; e.g. SN.iv.198; SN.v.141; MN.ii.64; AN.i.157; Iti.89 etc.) the contrary of somanassaṃ with which dom˚ is combined to denote “happiness & unhappiness,” joy & dejection e.g. DN.iii.270; MN.ii.16; AN.i.163; Snp.67 (see somanassa)- Vin.i.34; DN.ii.278, DN.ii.306; SN.iv.104, SN.iv.188; SN.v.349, SN.v.451; MN.i.48, MN.i.65, MN.i.313, MN.i.340; MN.ii.51; MN.iii.218; AN.i.39 (abhijjhā covetousness & dejection, see abhijjhā); AN.ii.5, AN.ii.149 sq. AN.iii.99, AN.iii.207; AN.v.216 sq.; Snp.592, Snp.1106; Pp.20, Pp.59; Ne.12 Ne.29 (citta-sampīḷanaṃ d.), Ne.53, Dhs.413, Dhs.421, Dhs.1389; Vb.15, Vb.54, Vb.71, Vb.138 sq.; Dhp.i.121.
Sk. daurmanasya, duḥ + manas
feminine a swing Ja.iv.283; Ja.vi.341; Vism.280 (in simile).
Sk. dolā, *del as in Ags. tealtian = E. tilt, adj. tealt unstable = Sk. dulā iṣṭakā an unstable woman
to swing, to move to & fro Ja.ii.385.
Denom. of dolā
neuter unruliness indocility, bad conduct, fractiousness SN.ii.204 sq (˚karaṇā dhammā); MN.i.95 (id. specified); AN.ii.147 AN.iii.178; Ne.40, Ne.127.
contamination of Sk. *daurvacasya evil speech & *daurvratya disobedience, defiance
feminine unruliness, contumacy, stubbornness, obstinacy AN.i.83, AN.iii.310, AN.iii.448 AN.v.146 sq.; DN.iii.212, DN.iii.274; Pp.20; Dhs.1326 (cp. Dhs trsl. p. 344); Vb.359, Vb.369, Vb.371.
second abstr. of dovacassa
neuter = dovacassa Pp.20; Dhs.1325.
gatekeeper, janitor Vin.i.269; DN.ii.83; DN.iii.64 sq., DN.iii.100; SN.iv.194; MN.i.380 sq.; AN.iv.107, AN.iv.110; AN.v.194; Ja.ii.132; Ja.iv.382 (two by name, viz. Upajotiya & Bhaṇḍa-kucchi), Ja.iv.447, Ja.vi.367; Mil.234, Mil.332; Vism.281; Sdhp.356.
cp. Sk. dauvārika, see dvāra
adjective being in the state of fructification, budding Ja.vi.529 (cp. p. 530); Mil.334.
Sk.?
corruption blemish, fault, bad condition, defect; depravity, corrupted state; usually -˚, as khetta˚ blight of the field Mil.360; tiṇa˚ spoilt by weeds Dhp.356; Pv-a.7; visa ill effect of poison Thag.758, Thag.768; sneha˚ blemish of sensual affection Snp.66. Four kasiṇa-dosā at Vism.123; eighteen making a Vihāra unsuitable at Vism.118 sq
■ Ja.ii.417; Ja.iii.104; Mil.330 (sabba-d
■ virahita faultless); DN-a.i.37, DN-a.i.141
■ pl. dosā the (three) morbid affections, or disorder of the (3) humours Mil.43; adj with disturbed humours Mil.172, cp. DN-a.i.133.
Sk. doṣa to an Idg. *deu(s) to want, to be inferior etc. (cp. dussati), as in Gr. δέομαι, δεύομαι
anger, ill-will evil intention, wickedness, corruption, malice, hatred In most freq. combination of either rāga (lust) d. & moha; (delusion), or lobha (greed) d. moha (see rāga & lobha) to denote the 3 main blemishes of character. For defn see Vism.295 & Vism.470. Interpreted at Cnd.313 as “cittassa āghāto paṭighāto paṭigho… kopo… kodho… vyāpatti.”-The distinction between dosa & paṭigha is made at DN-a.i.116 as: dosa = dubbalakodha; paṭigha = balavakodha
■ In combination lobha d moha e.g. SN.i.98; MN.i.47, MN.i.489; AN.i.134, AN.i.201; AN.ii.191 AN.iii.338; Iti.45 (tīṇi akusalamūlāni). With rāga moha;: Dhp.20; Iti.2 = Iti.6; with rāga & avijjā; Iti.57; rāga & māna; Snp.270, Snp.631 etc
■ See for ref.: Vin.i.183; DN.iii.146, DN.iii.159, DN.iii.182, DN.iii.214, DN.iii.270; SN.i.13, SN.i.15, SN.i.70; SN.v.34 sq. MN.i.15, MN.i.96 sq., MN.i.250 sq., MN.i.305; AN.i.187; AN.ii.172, AN.ii.203 AN.iii.181; Snp.506; Iti.2 (dosena duṭṭhāse sattā gacchanti duggatiṃ); Pts.i.80 sq., Pts.i.102; Pp.16, Pp.18; Dhs.418, Dhs.982 Dhs.1060; Vb.86, Vb.167, Vb.208, Vb.362; Ne.13, Ne.90; Sdhp.33 Sdhp.43
■ Variously characterised as: 8 purisa-dosā Vb.387; khila, nīgha, mala SN.v.57; agati (4 agati-gamanāni chanda, d. moha, bhaya) DN.iii.228, cp. DN.iii.133, DN.iii.182; ajjhattaṃ AN.iii.357 sq.; its relation to kamma AN.i.134; AN.iii.338 AN.v.262; to ariyamagga SN.v.5, SN.v.8
■ sadosa corrupted depraved, wicked DN.i.80; AN.i.112; adosa absence of ill-will, adj. kind, friendly, sympathetic AN.i.135, AN.i.195, AN.i.203 AN.ii.192; Vb.169, Vb.210; Dhs.33 (cp. Dhs. trsl. 21, 99) Vv-a.14 (+ alobha amoha).
Sk. dveṣa, but very often not distinct in meaning from dosa1. On dveṣa see under disa
adjective corruptible; polluting, defiling; hateful sinful SN.iv.307; AN.ii.120; Iti.84 (where AN.iii.110 has dussanīya in same context).
grd
■ formation either to dosa1 or dosa2, but more likely = Sk. *dūṣanīya = dūṣya (see dussa2 & dussati) influenced by dveṣaṇīya
feminine evening, dusk. Only in acc. as adv. dosaṃ (= doṣāṃ) at night Ja.vi.386.
Sk. doṣā & doṣas, cp. Gr.; δύω, δύομαι to set (of the sun)
adjective angry Ja.v.452, Ja.v.454.
to dosa2
feminine a clear night, moonlight; only in phrase ramaṇīyā vata bho dosinā ratti “lovely is the moonlight night” DN.i.47≈ Ja.i.509; Ja.v.262; Mil.5, Mil.19 etc. Explained in popular fashion by Bdhgh. as “dosâpagatā” ratti DN-a.i.141.
Sk. jyotsnā, cp. P. juṇhā
milking, milk Ja.v.63, Ja.v.433.
Sk. doha & dogha
adjective injuring (-˚) DN-a.i.296.
Sk. droha
a milk-pail Ja.v.105.
Sk. doha
to milk
pres 1 pl. dohāma & duhāma; Ja.v.105;
■ pret. 1 pl. duhāmase ibid.;
pot duhe Ja.vi.211;
ger duhitvā Snp-a.27; pp. duddha (q.v.)
pass duyhati SN.i.174 (so read for duhanti); Ja.v.307
ppr duyhamāna Mil.41
■ See also dūhana, doha1 dohin.
Sk. dogdhi, to which prob. duhitṛ daughter: see under dhītā & cp. dhenu
Sk. dohada & daurhṛda, of du + hṛd, sick longing, sickness, see hadaya. Lüders; Gōttinger GelehrteNachrichten 1898, 1 derives it as dvi + hṛd
to have cravings (of a woman in pregnancy) Ja.vi.263.
Denom. fr. dohaḷa
adjective feminine a woman in pregnancy having cravings; a pregnant woman in general Ja.ii.395, Ja.ii.435; Ja.iii.27 Ja.iv.334; Ja.v.330 (= gabbhinī); Ja.vi.270, Ja.vi.326, Ja.vi.484; Dhp-a.iii.95.
adjective noun one who milks, milking MN.i.220 sq. = AN.v.347 sq. (anavasesa˚ milking out fully).
incorrect spelling for dubbha (q.v.) in adrūbhāya Vin.i.347.
in numeral composition, meaning two etc., see under dvi B III.
adjective noun
Ved. dvaya; cp. dvi B I. 6
(cp. dva˚) see dvi B III.
neuter
-kavāṭa a door post Ja.i.63; Ja.ii.334; Ja.vi.444; Pv-a.280 -koṭṭhaka [cp. Sk. dvārakoṣṭhaka Sp. Avs.i.24, Avs.i.31 gateway; also room over the gate Ud.52, Ud.65; Ja.i.290 Ja.iii.2; Ja.iv.63, Ja.iv.229; Vv-a.6, Vv-a.160; Dhp-a.i.50; Dhp-a.ii.27, Dhp-a.ii.46 Dhp-a.iv.204; Vism.22; Mil.10
■ bahidvārakoṭṭhake or ˚ā outside the gate MN.i.382; MN.ii.92; AN.iii.31; AN.iv.206 -gāma a village outside the city gates, i.e. a suburb (cp. bahidvāragāma Ja.i.361) Ja.iii.126 (˚gāmaka), Ja.iii.188, Ja.iv.225; Dhp-a.ii.25 (˚ka); -toraṇa a gateway Ja.iii.431 -pānantara at Ja.vi.349 should be read ˚vātapānantara -pidahana shutting the door Vism.78. -bāhā a door post SN.i.146; Pv.i.5#1; Dhp-a.iii.273; -bhatta food scattered before the door Snp.286; -vātapāna a door-window Vin.ii.211; Ja.vi.349; -sālā a hall with doors MN.i.382 MN.ii.61.
Ved. dvār (f.) & dvāra (nt.), base; *dhvār, cp. Av. dvarəm; Gr. χύρ ̈α, χυρών; Lat. fores (gate), forum Goth. daúr, Ohg. turi = Ger. tür, Ags. dor = E. door.
(-˚) adjective referring or belonging to the door of-; in cha ˚ā taṇhā, craving or fever, arising through the 6 doors (of the senses) Dhp-a.iv.221, & kāya˚
■ saṃvara control over the “bodily” door, i.e. over action (opp speech) Pv-a.10 (so read for kāyañ cārika˚).
number two.
in connection with its own & other.
decimals means a complex plus a pair, which amounts to the same as a large & a small unit, or so to speak “a year & a day.” E.g. 12 (sometimes, but rarely 10 + 2, see sep.); - 32: rests usually on 4 × 8, but as No. of the Mahāpurisa-lakkhaṇāni it denotes 30 + 2 the great circle plus the decisive (invisible) pair; - 62 views of heresy: see diṭṭhi; also as a year of eternity 60 kappas + 2; - 92: as measure of eternity = 90 + 2 kappas = a year & a day.
main base for numeral nominal composition & derivation, in:
reduced base in numeral and nominal compound & dern:
-(v)addhato from both sides (a distorted form of dubhato q.v.) Vv.64#19 (= dubhato Vv-a.281); -(v)aṅgika consisting of two parts Dhs.163; -(v)aṅgula & dvaṅgula; two finger-breadths or depths, two inches long, implying a minimum measure (see above AN I.2a) Vin.ii.107 Vin.iv.262; usually in cpds
■ kappa the 2 inch rule, i.e. a rule extending the allotted time for the morning meal to 2 inches of shadow after mid day Vin.ii.294 Vin.ii.306 -pannā wisdom of 2 finger-breadths, i.e. that of a woman SN.i.129 = Thig.60 (dvanguli˚, at Thag-a.66 as ˚saññā); -buddhika = ˚paññā Vv-a.96; -jivha twotongued (cp. di˚); a snake Ja.iv.330; Ja.v.82, Ja.v.425; -paṭṭa “double cloth” (Hind. dupaṭṭā; Kanarese dupaṭa duppaṭa; Tamil tuppaṭṭā a cloak consisting of two cloths joined together, see Kern, Toevoegselen i.179) Ja.i.119; Ja.iv.114, Ja.iv.379 (ratta˚); Dhp-a.i.249 (suratta˚) Dhp-a.iii.419 (˚cīvarā); -matta (about), Dhp-a.iii.2 in measure Mil.82 -māsika 2 months old or growing for 2 months (of hair Vin.ii.107; -vagga consisting of two Vin.i.58; -vassa 2 years old Vin.i.59; -vidha twofold, instr. duvidhena MN.iii.45 sq.; etc
■ Derivations from du˚ see sep. under duka (dyad), dutiya (the second), & the contamination forms; dubha (to) & dubhaya (for ubha & ubhaya).
(& reduced; dva), base in numeral compound only.
dvatikkhattuṃ two or three times Ja.i.506; DN-a.i.133, DN-a.i.264; Dhp-a.iv.38; dvādasa twelve (on meaning of this & foll. numerals see above AN II. & III.) Ja.iii.80 Ja.vi.116; Dhp-a.i.88; Dhp-a.iii.210; Vv-a.156, Vv-a.247 etc.; -yojanika Ja.i.125; Ja.iv.499; dvāvīsati (22) Vv-a.139; dvattiṃsa (32) Kp ii. (˚ākāra the 32 constituents of the body) Dhp-a.ii.88; Vv-a.39 etc.; dvācattālīsa (42) Cnd.15 Vism.82; dvāsaṭṭhi (Cnd.271#iii. & dvaṭṭhi (62) DN.i.54; SN.iii.211; DN-a.i.162); dvānavuti (92) Pv-a.19, Pv-a.21
Note. A singular case of dva as adv. = twice is in dvâhaṃ Snp.1116.
Sk. dvi, dva etc. Bases:
(I) dvi = Sk. dvi in dvipad = Lat. bipēs (fr. dṷipēs), Ags. twiféte; dvidant = bidens. Reduced to di (see B I.4) as in Gr. δδιπους (= dipad), Lat diennium & pref. dis-(cp. Goth. twis asunder, Ogh zwisk between)
(II) du (= dvi in reduced grade, cp Lat. du-plex, dubius etc.)
(III) dvā (& dva) = Sk dvāu, dvā, f. nt. dve (declined as dual, but the P (plural) inflexion from base I. see B I1); Gr. δύω, Lat duo; Oir. dāu, dā, f. dī; Goth. twai, f. twōs; Ags. twā (= E. two); Ohg. zwēne, zwō zwei. Also in cpd num. dva-daśa twelve = Gr. δ(* ̔́)ώδεκα = Lat. duodecim
adverb twice Nd ii.on Snp.1116 (= dva); Cnd.296 (jāyati dijo). See dvi B I. 2a
Sk. *dvikṛtvaḥ
plural two or three SN.i.117 (perhaps we should read tad vittaṃ: Windisch, Māra & Buddha 108)
Sk. dvitrā; see dvi B I. 2a
numerical adverb in two parts, in two MN.i.114; Ja.i.253 (karoti), Ja.i.254 (chindati); Ja.i.298 (id.); Ja.iii.181; Ja.iv.101 (jāta disagreeing); Ja.vi.368 (bhindati). See also dvedhā & dveḷhaka.
Sk. dvidhā, see dvi B I. 2a
adverb two days; dvīhena in 2 days SN.ii.192; dvīha-mata 2 days dead MN.i.88; MN.iii.91
Sk. dvis-ahnah; see dvi B I.2b
adjective every other day MN.i.78
adjective to be gained or procured with difficulty (i.e. a livelihood which is hardly procurable), only in phrase “dubbhikkhā d setaṭṭhikā salākavuttā,” of a famine Vin.iii.6, Vin.iii.15, Vin.iii.87 Vin.iv.23; SN.iv.323. On the term & its expln by Bdhgh (at Vin.iii.268: dujjīvikā īhī tī… dukkhena īhitaṃ ettha pavattatī ti) see Kern, Toevoegselen i.122
■ Note. Bdhgh’s expln is highly speculative, & leaves the problem still unsolved. The case of du1 appearing as du-(and not as dur-) before a vowel is most peculiar there may be a connection with druh (see duhana), which is even suggested by vv.ll. at SN.iv.223 as dūhitika duhitika (q.v.). Dve & Dve;
du-īhitika, of du1 + īhati
see dvi B 1& 5.
adjective divided, twofold, only in neg. advejjha undivided, certain, doubtless; simple, sincere, uncontradictory AN.iii.403; Ja.iv.77 Cnd.30 (+ adveḷhaka); Mil.141
■ Cp. dejjha.
Sk. dvaidhya; cp. dvi B I.5
feminine in a˚; undividedness Ja.iv.76
fr. prec
adverb in two Ja.v.203, Ja.v.206 (˚sira); Dhp-a.ii.50 (bhijji: broke in two, broke asunder)
Sk. dvedhā, cp. dvidhā
cp. dvidhā & dvi B I.5
neuter doubt Vin.iii.309; Dhs.1004, Dhs.1161; DN-a.i.68; Dhs-a.259; -citta uncertain Pv-a.13; -jāta in doubt Vin.iii.309; DN.iii.117 sq.; DN.iii.210
■ adveḷhaka (adj. sure, certain, without doubt Cnd.30 (+ advejjha)
Dh.
Sk. *dvaidhaka fr. adv. dvidhā, cp. dvi B I. 5
to fall from, to be deprived of (c. abl.) to be gone DN.iii.184 (with abl. asmā lokā dh.) AN.ii.67 AN.v.76, AN.v.77; Iti.11; Thag.225, Thag.610; Ja.iii.260, Ja.iii.318, Ja.iii.441, Ja.iii.457 Ja.iv.611; Ja.v.218, Ja.v.375
caus dhaṃseti Sk. dhvaṃsayati but more likely = Sk. dharṣayati (to infest, molest Lat. infestare. On similar sound-change P. dhaṃs˚ → Sk. dharṣ cp. P. daṃseti → Sk. darśayati). Caus. of dhṛṣṇoti to be daring, to assault cp. Gr. χάρσος audacious bold, Lat. festus, Goth. gadars = E. dare; Ohg gitar to deprive of, to destroy, assault, importune DN.i.211; SN.iii.123; Snp.591; Ja.iii.353; Mil.227; Sdhp.357, Sdhp.434. Cp. pa˚, pari˚
Ved. dhvaṃsati to fall to dust, sink down, perish; Idg. dheṷes to fly like dust, cp. Sk. dhūsara “dusky” Ags. dust; Ger. dust & dunst; E. dusk & dust; prob also Lat. furo
noun adjective destroying, bringing to ruin, only in kula˚ as variant reading to kula-gandhana (q.v.) at Iti.64, and in dhaṃsanatā at Dhp-a.iii.353 in expln of dhaṃsin (q.v.).
Sk. dharṣana
adjective noun obtrusive, bold, offensive MN.i.236; AN.ii.182; Dhp.244 (= Dhp-a.iii.353 paresaṃ guṇaṃ dhaṃsanatāya dh.).
Sk. dharṣin to dhṛṣṇoti, see dhaṃseti
a crow SN.i.207; SN.ii.258; Snp.271 = Cnd.420; Ja.ii.208; Ja.v.107, Ja.v.270; Ja.vi.452; Pv.iii.5#2 (= kāka Pv-a.198); Vv-a.334.
Sk. dhvānkṣa, cp. also dhunkṣā
a flag, banner; mark, emblem, sign, symbol Vin.i.306 (titthiya˚: outward signs of); Vin.ii.22 (gihi˚); SN.i.42 SN.ii.280; AN.ii.51; AN.iii.84 sq. (panna˚); MN.i.139 (id.) AN.iii.149 (dhamma); Ja.i.52 (+ patākā); Vv-a.173 (id.) Ja.i.65 (arahad ˚;)Thag.961; Ja.v.49 = Mil.221; Ja.v.509 Ja.vi.499; Mnd.170; Vv.36#1, Vv.64#28 (subhāsita˚ = dhamma Vv-a.284); Dhs.1116, Dhs.1233; Vism.469 (+ paṭaka, in comparison); Pv-a.282; Vv-a.31, Vv-a.73; Mil.21; Sdhp.428, Sdhp.594. Cp. also panna.
Sk. dhvaja, cp. Ohg. tuoh “cloth” (fr. *dwōko)
feminine “bearing a standard,” i.e. an army, legion Snp.442 (= senā Snp-a.392).
Sk. dhvajinī, f. to adj. dhvajin
neuter grain, corn. The usual enumn comprises 7 sorts of grain, which is however not strictly confined to grain-fruit proper (“corn”) but includes, like other enumns, pulse seeds. These 7 are sāli & vīhi (rice-sorts), yava (barley) godhuma (wheat), kangu (millet), varaka (beans) kudrūsaka (?) Vin.iv.264; Cnd.314; DN-a.i.78
■ Cnd.314 distinguishes two oategories of dhañña: the natural (pubbaṇṇa) & the prepared (aparaṇṇa) kinds. To the first belong the 7 sorts, to the second belongs sūpeyya (curry). See also bīja-bīja
■ Six sorts are mentioned at MN.i.57, viz. sāli, vīhi, mugga, māsa, tila, taṇḍula. DN.i.5 (āmaka˚; q.v.); AN.ii.209 (id.); MN.i.180; AN.ii.32 (+ dhana); Thag.531; Pp.58; Dhp-a.i.173; Vv-a.99; Pv-a.29 (dhanaṃ vā dh ˚ṃ vā), Pv-a.198 (sāsapa-tela-missitaṃ), Pv-a.278 (sappi-madhu-tela-dhaññādīhi vohăraṃ katvā)- dhaññaṃ ākirati to besprinkle a person with grain (for good luck) Pv.iii.5#4 (= mangalaṃ karoti Pv-a.198 see also mangala).
Ved. dhānya, der. fr. dhana
adjective “rich in corn,” rich (see dhana) happy, fortunate, lucky. Often in combination dhanadhañña- Dhp-a.i.171; Dhp-a.iii.464 (dhaññādika one who is rich in grains etc., i.e. lucky); Dhs-a.116
■ dhaññapuñña-lakkhaṇa a sign of future good fortune & merit Pv-a.161; as adj. endowed with the mark of… Ja.vi.3 See also dhāniya.
Sk. dhānya, adj. to dhana or dhānya. Semantically cp. āḷhiya
Sk. dhṛta, pp. of dharati; cp. dhara & dhāreti
neuter wealth, usually wealth of money, riches, treasures
Ved. dhana; usually taken to dhā (see dadhāti) as “stake, prize at game, booty,” cp. pradhāna & Gr. χέμα; but more likely in orig. meaning “grain, posses sion of corn, crops etc.,” cp. Lith. dūna bread, Sk dhānā pl. grains & dhañña = dhana-like, i.e. corn grain
neuter being bent on having money Ja.v.449.
Sk. *dhanatvaṃ
to desire (like money), to wish for, strive after MN.i.260 (perhaps better to be read vanāyati, see formula under allīyati, and note MN.i.552).
Denom. to dhana
a creditor, Thig.443, Thag-a.271; Pv-a.276. Cp. dhaniya.
Sk. dhanika
sounded; as nt sonant (said of a letter) Mil.344.
Sk. dhvanita, pp. of dhvan, cp. Ags. dyn noise = E. din; Ags. dynnan to sound loud
= dhanika Vin.i.76.
neuter a bow MN.i.429; Ja.i.50, Ja.i.150 Ja.ii.88; Ja.iv.327; Pv-a.285.
Sk. dhanus, to Ohg. tanna fir-tree, also oak, orig tree in general, cp. dāru
neuter a (small) bow Vin.ii.10; Vin.iii.180; DN.i.7; AN.iii.75; AN.v.203; Ja.vi.41; Mil.229; DN-a.i.86.
Sk. dhanuṣka
blown, sounded AN.i.253; Ja.i.283, Ja.i.284.
Sk. dhvānta in meaning of either dhvanita fr. dhvan to sound, or dhamita fr. dhmā to blow, see dhameti
(-˚) adjective blowing, n. a blower, player (on a horn: sankha˚) DN.i.251; SN.iv.322.
Sk. dhama, to dhamati
(-˚) adjective one who blows Mil.31; see vaṃsa˚, sankh˚, singa˚.
to blow, to sound (a drum) to kindle (by blowing), melt, smelt, singe AN.i.254 AN.iv.169; Ja.i.283, Ja.i.284; Ja.vi.441; Mnd.478; Mil.262. ppr. dhamāna SN.i.106; Mil.67
caus dhameti to blow (an instrument) Ja.ii.110; Mil.31, and dhamāpeti to cause to blow or kindle Dhp-a.i.442
pp dhanta dhanita; (the latter to dhvan, by which dhamati is influenced to a large extent in meaning. Cp. uddhana).
Ved. dhamati, dhmā, pp. dh amita & dhmāta, cp. Ohg. dampf “steam”
to blow frequently, strongly or incessantly Mil.117.
cp. Sk. dadhmāti, Intens. to dhamati
feminine a vein Thag.408 Usually in cpd.: -santhata strewn with veins, with veins showing, i.e. emaciated (: nimmaṃsa-lohitatāya sirājālehi vitthatagatta Pv-a.68) Vin.iii.110; Ja.iv.371 Ja.v.69; Dhp.395 = Thag.243 = Pv.ii.1#13; Pv.iv.10#1; Dhp-a.i.299, Dhp-a.i.367; Dhp-a.iv.157; Thag-a.80. So also in Jain Pk. “kisa dhamaṇisaṃtata”: Weber, Bhagavatī p. 289; cp. Lal.226
■ Also as -santhatagatta (adj.) having veins showing all over the body for lack of flesh Vin.i.55 Vin.iii.146; MN.ii.121; Ja.i.346, Ja.ii.283; Thag-a.80.
Sk. dhamani, to dhamati, orig. a tube for blowing, a tubular vessel, pipe
masculine & rarely neuter constitution etc.
Bdhgh gives a fourfold meaning of the word dhamma (at DN-a.i.99; Dhp-a.i.22), viz. 1 guṇe (saddo), applied to good conduct 2 desanāyaṃ, to preaching & moral instruction 3 pariyattiyaṃ, to the 9 fold collection of the Buddh Scriptures (see navanga); 4 nissatte (-nijjīvate), to cosmic (non-animistic) law
■ No. 1 is referred to freq in explains of the term, e.g. dhammiko ti ñāyena samena pavattatī ti DN-a.i.249; dhamman ti kāraṇaṃ ñāyaṃ Pv-a.211; as paṭipatti-dhamma at Vv-a.84; No. 3 e.g. also at Pv-a.2. Another and more adequate fourfold definition by Bdhgh is given in Dhs-a.38, viz. 1 pariyatti or doctrine as formulated, 2 hetu, or condition causal antecedent, 3 guṇa, or moral quality or action 4 nissatta-nijīvatā, or “the phenomenal” as opposed to “the substantial,” “the noumenal,” “animistic entity.” Here (2) is illustrated by hetumhi ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā: “analytic knowledge in dhamma’s means insight into condition, causal antecedent Vb.293, and see Niyama (dhamma˚). Since, in the former fourfold definition (2) and (3) really constitute but one main implication considered under the two aspects of Doctrine as taught and Doctrine as formulated we may interpret Dhamma by the fourfold connotation: doctrine, right or righteousness, condition, phenomenon.
■ For other exegetic definitions see the Coms & the Niddesa, e.g. Mnd.94; for modern explanations & analyses see e.g. Rhys Davids, Buddh. India pp. 292–4; Mrs. Rh. Davids, Buddhism (1912) pp. 32 sq. 107 sq., 235 sq.; Dhs. trsl. xxxiii. sq.; and most recently the exhaustive monograph by M. & W. Geiger, Pāli Dhamma. Abhandlungen der Bayer. Akademie xxxi.1; München 1920; which reached the editors too late to be made use of for the Dictionary.
i.e. moral philosophy, wisdom truth as propounded by Gotama Buddha in his discourses & conversations, collected by the compilers of the 5 Nikāyas (dhamma-vinayaṃ sangāyantehi dhammasangāhakehi ekato katvā Vv-a.3; cp. mayaṃ dh.˚ṃ ca vinayañ ca sangāyāma Vin.ii.285), resting on the deeper meaning of dhamma as explained under B 1 a, & being in short the “doctrinal” portions of the Buddhist Tipiṭaka in contradiction to the Vinaya, the portion expounding the rules of the Order (see piṭaka). Dhamma as doctrine is also opposed to Abhidhamma “what follows on the Dhamma.”
Ved. dharma & dharman, the latter a formation like karman (see kamma for expln of subj. & obj. meanings); dhṛ; (see dhāreti) to hold support: that which forms a foundation and upholds constitution. Cp. Gr. χρόνος, Lat. firmus & fretus Lith. derme (treaty), cp. also Sk. dhariman form, constitution perhaps = Lat. forma, E. form
adjective only in f. -ī in combination with kathā: relating to the Dhamma, viz conversation on questions of Ethics, speaking about the Dh., preaching, religious discourse, sermon. Either as dhammī kathā Vin.ii.161; Vin.iv.56 & in instr
■ abl dhammiyā kathāya (sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti saṃpahaṃseti: ster. formula) SN.i.114, SN.i.155, SN.i.210, SN.iv.122; Pv-a.30 etc.; or as cpd. dhammī-kathā DN.ii.1; MN.i.161; Snp.325; & dhammi-kathā SN.i.155; Pv-a.38.
Sk. *dhārma, cp. dhammika
adjective having a bow: see daḷha˚; also as dhammin in daḷha˚ SN.i.185 (see dhammin).
Sk. dhanvan
feminine conformity to the Dhammaniyāma (see niyāma), fitness, propriety; a general rule higher law, cosmic law, general practice, regular phenomenon usual habit; often used in the sense of a finite verb: it is a rule, it is proper, one should expect SN.i.140 (buddhānaṃ dh. the law of the B.’s i.e. as one is wont to expect of the B.s), SN.i.215 (su˚); SN.iv.216 sq. (khaya˚ etc.) DN.ii.12; AN.ii.36 (kusala˚); AN.v.46; Thag.712; Ja.i.245 Ja.ii.128; Ne.21, Ne.50, cp. Mil.179; Pv-a.19; Vv-a.7. See also Avs Index.
Sk. dharmitā
neuter liability to be judged Vin.ii.55 (& a˚).
Sk. *dharmatvaṃ
only found in SN.i.103, where the Comy. takes it as a locative, and gives, as the equivalent, “in a forest on dry land” (araññe thale). Cp. Kindred Sayings i.129, n. 2.
adjective lawful, according to the Dh. or the rule; proper, fit, right permitted, legitimate, justified; righteous, honourable of good character, just, esp. an attr. of a righteous King (rājā cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā) DN.i.86; DN.ii.16; AN.i.109 = AN.iii.149; Ja.i.262, Ja.i.263; def. by Bdhgh as “dhammaṃ caratī ti dh.” (DN-a.i.237) & “dhammena caratī ti dh., ñāyena samena pavattalī ti” (ib. DN-a.249). Vin.iv.284; DN.i.103; SN.ii.280 (dhammikā kathā) SN.iii.240 (āhāra); SN.iv.203 (dhammikā devā, adh˚ asurā) AN.i.75; AN.iii.277; Snp.404; Dhp-a.ii.86 (dohaḷa); Dhp-a.iv.185 (˚lābha); Pv-a.25 (= suddha, manohara). Also as saha-dh˚; (esp. in conn. w. pañha, a justified, reasonable proper question: DN.i.94; SN.iv.299 in detail) Vin.iv.141; DN.i.161; DN.iii.115; AN.i.174
■ a˚; unjust, illegal etc. Vin.iv.285; SN.iv.203; AN.iii.243.
= Sk. dharmya, cp. dhammiya
adjective only-˚: having the nature or quality of, liable to, consisting in, practising, acting like, etc. (as ˚dhamma B 2 a), viz. uppāda-vaya˚ DN.ii.157; maraṇa˚ (= maraṇadhamma) AN.i.147; pāpa Pv.i.11#7 of evil nature.
Sk. dharmin
(-˚) only in daḷha-dh˚; which is customarily taken as a dern from dhanu, bow = having a strong bow (see dhamma3); although some passages admit interpretation as “of strong character or good practice, e.g. SN.i.185.
adjective in accordance with the Dhamma Pv-a.242 (also a˚); Vism.306 (˚lābha).
Sk. dharmya; cp. dhammika
the braided hair of women Dāvs iv.9.
Sk. dhammilla
in ˚kathā see dhamma2.
to suck: see dhātī. Caus. dhāpayati, pp. dhāta (q.v.).
(usually -˚, except at Mil.420) adjective bearing, wearing, keeping; holding in mind, knowing by heart. Freq. in phrase dhammadhara (knowing the Dhamma, q.v.), vinaya˚, mātikā e.g. DN.ii.125. dhamma˚ also Snp.58; Thag.187; Cnd.319; vinaya˚ Mil.344; jaṭājina˚ Snp.1010. See also dhāra.
Sk. dhara, to dhr see dharati
adjective bearing, holding, comprising Vv-a.104 (suvaṇṇassa pañcadasa˚ nikkha holding, i.e. worth or equal to 15 parts of gold)
■ f. -ī bearing, i.e. pregnant with Snp.26 (of cows: godharaṇiyo paveniyo = gabbhiniyo Snp-a.39). As n. the Earth Ja.v.311; Ja.vi.526; Mil.34; dharaṇī-ruha Name of a tree Ja.vi.482, Ja.vi.497; Mil.376.
to hold, bear, carry, wear; to hold up, support; to bear in mind, know by heart; to hold out, endure, last continue, live Snp.385 (take to heart, remember); Dhp-a.ii.68
ppr dharamāṇa living, lasting Ja.i.75 (dh˚e yeva suriye while the sun was still up); Ja.ii.6; Mil.240 Mil.291 (Bhagavato dh˚-kāle)
grd dhareyya, in dh˚divasa the day when a young girl is to be carried (into the house of her husband) Thag-a.25; cp. dhāreyya Thig.472 = vivāha Thag-a.285
pp dhata (q.v.)-Caus dhāreti (q.v.).
Sk. dharati, dhṛ; as in Gr. χρόνος; Lat. firmus & fretus. See also daḷha, dhata, dhamma, dhiti, dhuva
the shrub Grislea Tomentosa AN.i.202, AN.i.204; Ja.iv.209; Ja.vi.528.
Sk. dhava = madhuratvaca, Halāyudha
a husband Thag-a.121 (dh. vuccati sāmiko tad abhāvā vidhavā matapatikā ti attho).
Sk. dhava, a newly formed word after vidhava, widow, q.v.
adjective white, dazzling white Vv-a.252; Dāvs ii.123 Dāvs v.26.
Sk. dhavala, to dhavati, see dhāvati & dhovati
feminine whiteness Vv-a.197.
fed, satiated; satisfied, appeased Vin.i.222; Ja.i.185; Ja.ii.247, Ja.ii.446; Ja.v.73; Ja.vi.555; Pv.i.11#8 (so read for dāta) = Pv-a.59 (: suhita titta); Mil.238, Mil.249
■ f abstr. dhātatā satiation, fulness, satisfaction, in ati Ja.ii.293.
Sk. *dhāyita of dhayati to suck, nourish, pp. dhīta
upholder Ja.v.225.
n. ag. fr. dhṛ.
feminine wet nurse, foster-mother DN.ii.19; MN.i.395 MN.ii.97; Ja.i.57; Ja.iii.391; Pv-a.16, Pv-a.176. In compounds dhāti˚; viz. -cela swaddling cloth, baby’s napkin SN.i.205; Ja.iii.309.
Sk. dhātrī = Gr. τιχήνη wet nurse, to dhayati suck, suckle; Idg. *dhēi as in Gr. χ ̈ησχαι to milk, χ ̈ηλυς feeding χηλή female breast; cp. Lat. felare, femina (“giving suck”), filius (“suckling”); Old Irish dīnu lamb; Goth daddjan; Old High German tila breast ‣See also dadhi, dhītā dhenu
feminine element. Closely related to dhamma in meaning B 1b, only implying a closer relation to physical substance. As to its gen. connotation cp. Dhs. trsl. p. 198.
■ abl. dhātuso according to one’s nature SN.ii.154 sq. (sattā sattehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti etc.) Iti.70 (id.); SN.iii.65.
Sk. dhātu to dadhāti, Idg. *dhé, cp. Gr. τίχημι, ἀνά χημα, Sk. dhāman, dhāṭr (= Lat. conditor); Goth gadēds; Ohg. tāt, tuom (in meaning-˚ = dhātu, cp. E serf-dom “condition of…”) tuon = E. to do; & with k-suffix Lat. facio, Gr. (ε ̓́)χηκ(α), Sk. dhāka; see also dhamma
adjective (only-˚) having the nature, by nature, affected with, -like (cp. ˚dhamma B 2a); often simply first part of cpd. (cp. E. friend-like = friendly = friend Ja.i.438 (kiliṭṭha˚ miserable), Ja.ii.31 (sama˚), Ja.ii.63 (badhira deaf), Ja.ii.102 (paṇḍuroga˚ having jaundice), Ja.ii.114 (dhuttika˚); Ja.iv.137 (vāmanaka˚ deformed), Ja.iv.391 (muddhā˚), Ja.v.197 (āvāṭa˚); Dhp-a.i.89 (anattamana˚).
adj. -˚ in cha˚ consisting of six elements (purisa) MN.iii.239 (where āpodhātu omitted by mistake). See dhātu 2 c.
= *dhātuya
adjective noun (adj.) holding, containing (-˚) MN.i.11 (ahi kaṇṭaka˚; cp ādhāna & kaṇṭaka)
■ (n.) nt. a receptacle Dhp.58 (sankāra˚ dust-heap = ṭhāna Dhp-a.i.445). f. dhānī a seat (= ṭhāna), in rāja˚; “the king’s seat,” a royal town Often in comb with gāma & nigama (see gāma 3 a) Vin.iii.89; Ja.vi.397; Pv.ii.13#18.
Sk. dhāna, to dadhāti; cp. dhātu
adjective wealthy, rich, abundant in (-˚) Ja.iii.367 (pahūtadhana˚; variant reading BB ˚dhāritaṃ); (nt.) riches, wealth Ja.v.99, Ja.v.100.
Sk. dhānya, cp. dhañña2
adjective (-˚) bearing, holding, having DN.i.74 (udaka-rahado sītavāri˚); MN.i.281 (ubhato˚) Snp.336 (ukkā˚); Iti.101 (antimadeha˚), Iti.108 (ukkā˚). See also dhārin.
Sk. dhāra to dhāreti; cp. dhara
adjective noun
neuter
cp. Sk. dhāraṇa, to dhāreti
der. fr. dhāraṇa
feminine
feminine
to dhāraṇa
feminine torrent, stream, flow, shower DN.i.74 (sammā˚ an even or seasonable shower; DN-a.i.218 = vuṭṭhi); DN.ii.15 (udakassa, streams) Ja.i.31; Pts.i.125 (udaka˚); Pv.ii.9#70 (sammā˚); Vv-a.4 (hingulika˚); Pv-a.139; Dhp-a.iv.15 (assu˚); Sdhp.595 (vassa˚).
Sk. dhārā, from dhāvati 1
feminine the edge of a weapon Ja.i.455; Ja.vi.449; Dhp-a.317; DN-a.i.37
■ (adj. (-˚) having a (sharp) edge Ja.i.414 (khura˚) Mil.105 (sukhuma˚); ekato˚-ubhato˚ single- & double-edged Ja.i.73 (asi); Ja.iv.12 (sattha).
Sk. dhārā, from dhāvati 2.
adjective -˚ holding, wearing, keeping; often in phrase antimadeha˚ “wearing the last body” (of an Arahant SN.i.14; Snp.471; Iti.32, Iti.40
■ Ja.i.47 (virūpa-vesa˚) Dāvs v.15
■ f. ˚inī Pv.i.10#8 (kāsikuttama˚).
Sk. dhārin, see dhāreti & cp. ˚dhara, ˚dhāra
one who causes others to remember, an instructor, teacher (cp. dhāraṇaka) AN.iv.196 (sotā sāvetā uggahetā dh.).
n. ag. to dhāreti 3
to hold, viz.
Caus. of dharati, q.v. for etym.
neuter the ceremony of being carried away, i.e. the marriage ceremony, marriage (cp. dhareyya under dharati) Thig.472 (text has vāreyya but Thag-a.285 explains dhāreyya = vivāha).
orig. grd. of dhāreti
running, racing MN.i.446.
Sk. dhāva
Sk. dhāvati & dhāvate 1 to flow, run etc.; cp. Gr. χέω (both meanings); Ags. déaw = E. dew; Ohg tou = Ger. tau; cp. also dhārā & dhunāti 2 to clean (by running water) etc. = P. dhovati, q.v.
neuter running, galloping Ja.ii.431; Mil.351.
Sk. dhāvana
see pa˚.
indeclinable an excln of reproach & disgust: fie! shame! woe! (with acc. or gen.) SN.v.217 (read dhī taṃ for dhītaṃ); Dhp.389 (dhī = garahāmi Dhp-a.iv.148); Ja.i.507; Dhp-a.i.179 (haṃ dhī), Dhp-a.i.216 (variant reading BB but text has haṃdi). An inorganic r replaces the sandhi-cons. in dhī-r-atthu jīvitaṃ Snp.440; cp. Thag.1150; dhi-r-atthu jātiyā Ja.i.59.
Sk. dhik
feminine wisdom, only in Com. expl. of paññā: “dhi vuccati paññā” (exegesis of dhīra) at Mnd.44 = Ja.ii.140 = Ja.iii.38.
Sk. dhīḥ to didheti, cp. Av. dī to see, Goth. (filu-) deisei cunning. See also dhīra
adjective reproached, reviled; used also medially: blaming, censuring, condemning Ja.i.155 (= garahitā Com.); also in Com expl. of dhīra (= dhikkita-pāpa detesting evil) at Mnd.44 = Ja.ii.140 = Ja.iii.38 (cp. dhi2).
Sk. dhikkṛta, of dhi1 + kata
feminine energy, courage, steadfastness, firm character, resolution. SN.i.122, SN.i.215 = Snp.188 (cp. Snp-a.237); Ja.i.266, Ja.i.280; Ja.iii.239; Ja.vi.373 Vb.211; Dhs.13 (+ thāma), Dhs.22, Dhs.289, Dhs.571; Mil.23, Mil.329 Sdhp.574. Equivalent to “wisdom” (cp. juti jutimant & Sk. dhīti) in expl. of dhīra as “dhitisampanna” Mnd.44≈(see dhi2); Pv-a.131.
Sk. dhṛti to dhṛ; see dharati
adjective courageous, firm, resolute AN.i.25; Snp.462, Snp.542; Thag.6; Ja.ii.140; Ja.vi.286 (wise, cp. dhiti).
Sk. dhṛtimant; cp. also dhīmant
masculine & feminine daughter Thig.336 (in faith); Ja.i.152, Ja.i.253 Ja.vi.366; Pv.i.11#5; Dhp-a.iii.171, Dhp-a.iii.176; Pv-a.16, Pv-a.21, Pv-a.61, Pv-a.105 deva˚ a female deva (see deva) Vv-a.137 etc.; nattu˚ a granddaughter Pv-a.17; mātula˚ a niece Pv-a.55; rāja a princess Ja.i.207; Pv-a.74. In compound dhītu.
Sk. dhītā, orig. pp. of dhayati to suck (cp. Lat. filia): see dhāta & dhātī, inflūenced in inflection by Sk. duhitṛ, although etymologically different
feminine a doll Vin.iii.36, Vin.iii.126 (dāru˚); Dhs-a.321; Pv-a.16.
Dimin. of dhītā; cp. dhītikā & potthalikā
feminine a doll Thig.374 (= dhītalikā Thag-a.252).
cp. dhītalikā
see adhīna.
to be contained Thag-a.13 (so read for dhiyati); Pv-a.71.
Sk. dhīyate, Pass. to dahati1
adjective constant, firm, self-relying of character; wise, possessing the knowledge of the Dhamma, often = paṇḍita & epithet of an Arahant DN.ii.128; SN.i.24 (lokapariyāyaṃ aññāya nibbutā dh.), SN.i.122, SN.i.221; Snp.45, Snp.235 (nibbanti dhīrā), Snp.913 (vippamutto diṭṭhigatehi dh.), Snp.1052; Iti.68 (˚upasevanā, opp. bāla), Iti.122 (dh. sabbaganthapamocano); Dhp.23, Dhp.28, Dhp.177 (opp bāla); Thag.4; Thag.2, Thag.7 (dhammā = tejussadehi ariyamaggadhammehi Thag-a.13); Ja.iii.396; Ja.v.116; Pv.ii.1#6 Pv.ii.9#45; Mnd.44, Mnd.55, Mnd.482; Cnd.324 (= jutimant); Mil.342; Kp-a.194, Kp-a.224, Kp-a.230; Dhp-a.iii.189 (= paṇḍita).
combining in meaning 1 Sk. dhīra “firm” fr. dhārayati (see dharati & dhiti); 2 Vedic. dhīra “wise” fr. dīdheti (see dhi2). The fluctuation of connotation is also seen in the explains of Coms which always give the foll. three conventional etymologies, viz. dhikkitapāpa dhiti-sampanna, dhiyā (= paññāya) samannāgata Mnd.44 ≈ (see dhi2)
(& Dhūta)
cp. Sk. dhuta & dhūta, pp. of dhunāti
neuter the state of being punctilious Vin.i.305 (of going naked).
Sk. *dhūtatvaṃ
of abandoned life, wild, fast, cunning, crafty, fraudulent; wicked, bad. (m.) a rogue, cheat, evil-minded person, scoundrel, rascal. There are three sorts of a wild life, viz. akkha˚ in gambling, itthi˚ with women, surā˚ in drink (Snp.106; Ja.iv.255)
■ Vin.ii.277 (robber, highwayman); AN.iii.38 (a˚); AN.iv.288 (itthi˚); Ja.i.49 (surā˚), Ja.i.290, Ja.i.291; Ja.ii.416, Ja.iii.287; Ja.iv.223, Ja.iv.494 (surā˚); Thag-a.250 (itthi˚), Thag-a.260 (˚purisa), Thag-a.266 (˚kilesa); Pv-a.3, Pv-a.5 (itthi˚, surā˚), Pv-a.151. f. dhutti (dhuttī) Ja.ii.114 (˚brāhmaṇī).
Sk. dhūrta, from dhūrvati & dhvarati to injure, deceive, cp. Lat. fraus; Idg. *dhreu, an enlarged form of which is *dreugh in Sk. druhyati, drugdha = Ohg triogan, troum etc.: see duhana
= dhutta SN.i.131; Thig.366 (= itthi-dhutta Thag-a.250); Dhp-a.iii.207; Dpvs.ix.19
■ f. dhuttikā always in combination w. chinnikā (meretrix, q.v.) Vin.iii.128; Ja.ii.114; Mil.122.
neuter shaking, in -ka (adj.) consisting in shaking off, doing away with, giving up (kilesa˚) Snp-a.373
Sk. dhūnana
to shake, toss; to shake off, remove destroy SN.i.156 (maccuno senaṃ); Thag.256 = Mil.245; dhunāti pāpake dhamme dumapattaṃ va māluto Thag.2; Ja.i.11 (verse 48); Ja.iii.44 (hatthe dhuniṃsu, wrung their hands); Vv.64#9 (= Vv-a.278 misprint dhumanti) aor. adhosi [= Sk. adhauṣīt] Snp.787 (micchādiṭṭhiṃ pajahi Snp-a.523). pp. dhuta & dhūta; (q.v.). Cp nis˚, o˚.
Sk. dhunoti (dhūnoti), dhunāti & dhuvati, Caus. dhūnayati. Idg.; *dhū to be in turbulent motion cp. Gr. χύω, χύνω (to be impetuous), χύελλα (storm) χύμος “thyme”; Lat. fūmus (smoke = fume), suffio Lith. duja (dust); Goth. dauns (smoke & smell); Ohg toum. Connected also w. dhāvate; see further dhūpa dhūma, dhūsara, dhona & a secondary root Idg; *dheṷes in dhaṃsati
in ˚kaṭacchuka = druma˚; having a wooden spoon (see duma), cp. Mar. dhumārā? (Ed. in note) Dhp-a.ii.59.
Doubtful reading.
masculine & neuter
Sk. dhur f. & dhura m.
feminine in cpd. anikkhitta-dh. “a state of unflinching endurance” Cnd.394, Cnd.405 = Dhs.13 etc. = Vb.350, Vb.370 (+ dhura-sampaggāha); opp nikkhitta-dh. weakness of character, lack of endurance (= pamāda) ibid.
abstr. fr. dhura
adjective one who has or bears his yoke, patient, enduring SN.i.214 = Snp.187 (: cetasikaviriya-vasena anikkhittadhura Snp-a.236).
cp. Sk. dhuradhara
adjective stable, constant, permanent; fixed, regular certain, sure DN.i.18; SN.i.142; SN.iv.370; AN.ii.33; Ja.i.19 Ja.v.121 (˚sassataṃ maraṇaṃ); Ja.iii.325; Bv.ii.82; Mil.114 (na tā nadiyo dh-salilā). Mil.334 (˚phala); Vism.77; DN-a.i.112 (maraṇaṃ apassanto dh.), DN-a.i.150 (= thāvara); Dhp-a.iii.170 (adhuvaṃ jīvitaṃ dhuvaṃ maraṇaṃ); Thag-a.241 Sdhp.331
■ nt. permanence, stability MN.i.326; Dhp.147. Also epithet of Nibbāna (see ˚gāmin)
■ nt. as adv dhuvaṃ continuously, constantly, always Ja.ii.24 = Mil.172; Pv-a.207; certainly Ja.i.18, Ja.v.103
■ adhuva (addhuva) changing, unstable, impermanent DN.i.19 (anicca a. appāyuka); MN.i.326; SN.iv.302; Ja.i.393; Ja.iii.19 (addhuva-sīla); Vv-a.77.
Sk. dhruva, cp. Lith. drúta firm; Goth. triggws = Ohg. triuwi (Ger. treue, trost); Ags. tréowe E. true, of Idg. *dheru, enlarged form of *dher, see dharati
see dhuta.
incense Ja.i.51, Ja.i.64, Ja.i.290 (gandha˚, dvandva cpd.); Ja.iii.144; Ja.vi.42; Pv-a.141 (gandhap̄uppha˚) dh˚ṃ dadāti to incense (a room) Ja.i.399. Sometimes misspelt dhūma, e.g. Vv-a.173 (gandhapuppha˚).
Sk. dhūpa of Idg. *dhūp, enlarged fr. *dhū in dhunāti (q.v.)
neuter incensing, fumigation; perfume, incense, spice Ja.iii.144; Ja.iv.236; Pv.iii.5#3 (sāsapa˚). Dhupayati & Dhupayati;
Sk. dhūpana
to fumigate, make fragrant, perfume Vin.i.180; SN.i.40 (dhūpāyita) = Thag.448; AN.ii.214 sq.; Ja.i.73; Mil.333 (sīlagandhena lokaṃ dh.); Dhp-a.i.370 (aor. dhūpāyi) Dhp-a.iii.38 (ppr. dhūpayamāna)
pp dhūpita.
Sk. dhūpayati; caus. fr. dhūpa
fumigated, flavoured Vv.43#5 (tela˚ flavoured with oil). Cp. pa˚.
pp. of dhūpāyati
smoke, fumes Vin.i.204 (aroma of drugs) MN.i.220 (dh ˚ṃ kattā); AN.v.352 (id.); AN.ii.53; AN.iv.72 sq. AN.v.347 sq.; Ja.iii.401, Ja.iii.422 (tumhākaṃ dh-kāle at the time when you will end in smoke, i.e. at your cremation) Dhp-a.i.370 (eka˚ one mass of smoke); Vv-a.173 (for dhūpa, in gandhapuppha˚); Pv-a.230 (micchā-vitakka in expl. of vidhūma).
Vedic dhūma = Lat. fumus; Gr. χυμός (mood, mind), χυμιάω (fumigate); Ohg. toum etc. Idg. *dhu cp. Gr. χύω (burn incense), χύος (incense). See also dhunāti
to smoke, to smoulder, choke; to be obscured to cloud over MN.i.142 (variant reading dhūpāyati); Pv.i.6#4 (pariḍayhati + dh. hadayaṃ); Dhp-a.i.425 (akkhīni me dh. I see almost nothing). pp. dhūmāyita.
Sk. dhūmayati, Denom. fr. dhūma
feminine smoking, smouldering MN.i.143; Ne.24 (as variant reading to dhūpāyanā).
neuter becoming like smoke, clouding over, obscuration SN.iii.124 (+ timirāyitattaṃ).
abstr. to dhūmāyati
adjective dust-coloured Vv-a.335.
Sk. dhūsara, Ags. dust = E. dust & dusk, Ger. dust; see dhvaṃsati & dhunoti & cp. Walde, Lat Wtb. under furo
feminine a milch cow, a female animal in general Ja.i.152 (miga˚ hind); Vv.80#6; Dhp-a.i.170; Dhp-a.i.396; Pv-a.112. In simile at Vism.313.
Sk. dhenu, to dhayati to give suck, see dhātī & dhītar
a suckling calf MN.i.79; Snp.26.
dhenu + pa from pibati
(-˚)
Sk. dheya, orig. grd. of dhā, see dahati1
washed, bleached, clean Ja.i.62 (˚sankha a bleached shell); Ja.ii.275; Pv-a.73 (˚vattha), Pv-a.116 (˚hattha with clean hands), Pv-a.274 (id.); Vism.224 (id.).
Sk. dhāuta, pp. of dhavati2, see dhovati
adjective noun
either = dhota, Sk. dhauta, see dhovati or = dhuta, see dhuta & dhunana. Quite a diff. suggestion as regards etym. is given by Kern, Toevoegselen 117 who considers it as a possible dern fr. adho, after analogy of poṇa. Very doubtful
to wash, cleanse DN.i.93 (dhopetha, imper.; variant reading B dhovatḥa), DN.i.124 (dhopeyya; variant reading B. dhoveyya).
a variant of dhovati, taken as Caus. formation
neuter
a variant of dhovana, q.v.
“Carrying a yoke” a beast of burden SN.i.28; DN.iii.113 (purisa˚); AN.i.162.
for *dhor-vayha = Sk. *dhaurvahya, abstr. fr. dhurvaha; may also directly correspond to the latter.
(-˚) “to be yoked,” accustomed to the yoke, carrying a burden, in kamma˚ Mil.288.
Sk. dhaureya, der. fr. dhura
adjective noun washing, cleansing Bv.ii.15.
Sk. dhāva, see dhovati
to rinse, wash, cleanse, purify Vin.ii.208, Vin.ii.210, Vin.ii.214; Snp.p.104 (bhājanāni) Ja.i.8; Ja.v.297
■ dhovi Ja.vi.366; Dhp-a.iii.207.
ger dhovitvā Ja.i.266; Ja.iv.2; Vv-a.33 (pattaṃ), Vv-a.77 (id.) Pv-a.75, Pv-a.144.
inf dhovituṃ Vin.ii.120; Vin.iv.261
pp dhota (q.v.) & dhovita Ja.i.266
■ See also dhopati (*dhopeti).
Sk. dhāvati, see dhāvati
neuter washing Vin.iv.262; SN.iv.316 (bhaṇḍa˚); AN.i.132, AN.i.161, AN.i.277; Iti.111 (pādānaṃ); Ja.ii.129; Ja.vi.365 (hattha˚); Mil.11 Vism.343; Pv-a.241 (hattha-pāda˚); Dhp-a.ii.19 (pāda˚) fig. (ariyaṃ) AN.v.216.
Sk. dhāvana; see also dhopana
expletive-emphatic particle, often used in comparative-indefinite sense just so, like this, as if, as (see cana & canaṃ) Ja.v.339 (Com. cttha na-kāro upamāne). Also as naṃ (cp. cana → canaṃ) Vin.ii.81, Vin.ii.186 (kathaṃ naṃ = kathaṃ nu); Ja.ii.416; Ja.v.302; Ja.vi.213 (Com. p. 216: ettha eko na-karo pucchanattho hoti); Thag.1204; Mil.177. Perhaps at Snp.148 (kattha-ci naṃ, variant reading BB na; but Com. Kp-a.247 etaṃ). To this na belongs na3; see also nu & nanu.
Sk. na (in cana) & nā (in nānā, vi-nā) Idg. pron. base *no, cp. Gr.; νή, ναί; Lat. nē, nae surely, also encl. in ego-ne & in question utruṃne, nam; fuller form *eno as in Sk. anā (adv.) anena, anayā (instr. pron. 3rd) Gr. ε ̓́νη “that day”; Lat. enim
negātive & adversative particle “not” (Cnd.326: paṭikkhepa; Kp-a.170 paṭisedhe)
Ved. na = Idg. *ně; Lat. ne in n’ unquam etc., Goth. ni; Sk. na ca = Lat. neque = Goth. nih. Also Sk. nā Idg. *nē, cp. Lat. Goth. nē
base of demonstr. pron. 3rd pers. (= ta˚), only in foll. cases: acc. sg. naṃ (mostly enclitic) fuller form enaṃ him, her, that one etc. Snp.139, Snp.201, Snp.385 Snp.418, Snp.980, Snp.1076; Iti.32; Dhp.42, Dhp.230; Ja.i.152, Ja.i.172, Ja.i.222 Ja.iii.281; Kp-a.220; Dhp-a.i.181; Dhp-a.iii.173; Pv-a.3, Pv-a.68, Pv-a.73.
acc. pl. ne them Iti.110 (variant reading te); Snp.223 (= te manusse Kp-a.169); Ja.ii.417; Ja.iii.204; Ja.v.458; Dhp-a.i.8 Dhp-a.i.13, Dhp-a.i.61, Dhp-a.i.101, Dhp-a.i.390; Vv-a.299
■ gen. dat. pl. nesaṃ DN.i.175, DN.i.191; Iti.63; Ja.i.153; Dhp-a.iv.41; Vv-a.37, Vv-a.136. Pv-a.54, Pv-a.201, Pv-a.207. See also cna; cp. nava2.
identical with na1
a mungoose, Viverra Ichneumon AN.v.289 sq.; Ja.ii.53; Ja.vi.538; Mil.118, Mil.394.
Ved. nakula, cp. nakra crocodile
neuter the stars or constellations, a conjunction of the moon with diff. constellations, a lunar mansion or the constellations of the lunar zodiac, figuring also as Names of months & determinant factors of horoscopic and other astrological observation; further a celebration of the beginning of a new month, hence any kind of festival or festivity
■ The recognised number of such lunar mansions is 27, the names of which as given in Sk. sources are the same in Pāli, with the exception of 2 variations (Assayuja for Aśvinī, Satabhisaja for Śatatāraka). enumerated at Abhp. 58–60 as follows Assayuja [Sk. Aśvinī] Bharaṇī, Kattikā, Rohiṇī, Magasiraṃ [Sk. Mṛgaśīrṣa] Addā [Sk. Ārdrā], Punabbasu Phussa [Sk. Puṣya], Asilesā, Maghā, Pubba-phaggunī [Sk. Pūrva-phalgunī). Uttara˚, Hattha, Cittā [Sk Chaitra], Sāti [Svātī], Visākhā, Anurādhā, Jeṭṭhā Mūlaṃ, Pubb-āsāḷha [˚āṣāḍha], Uttar˚, Savaṇa, Dhaniṭṭhā Satabhisaja [Śatatāraka], Pubba-bhaddapadā Uttara˚, Revatī
■ It is to be pointed out that the Niddesa speaks of 28 N. instead of 27 (Mnd.382: aṭṭhavīsati nakkhattāni), a discrepancy which may be accounted by the fact that one N. (the Orion) bore 2 names, viz. Mṛgaśīrṣa & Agrahayanī (see Plunkett; Ancient Calendars etc. p. 227 sq.)
■ Some of these Ns. are more familiar & important than others, & are mentioned more frequently, e.g. Āsāḷha (Āsālhi˚) Ja.i.50 & Uttarāsāḷha Ja.i.63, Ja.i.82; Kattikā & Rohiṇī Snp-a.456
■ nakkhattaṃ; ādisati to augur from the stars, to set the horoscope Mnd.382; oloketi to read the stars to scan the constellations Ja.i.108, Ja.i.253; ghoseti to proclaim (shout out) the new month (cp. Lat. calandae fr. cālāre to call out, scil. mensem), and thereby announce the festivity to be celebrated Ja.i.250; n. ghuṭṭhaṃ Ja.i.50, Ja.i.433; sanghuṭṭhaṃ Pv-a.73; ghositaṃ Vv-a.31 kīḷati to celebrate a (nakkhatta-) festival Ja.i.50, Ja.i.250; Vv-a.63; Dhp-a.i.393 (cp. ˚kīḷā below). n. ositaṃ the festival at an end Ja.i.433
■ nakkhatta (sg.) a constellation Snp.927; collect. the stars Vv.81#1 (cando parivārito). nakkhattāni (pl.) the stars: nakkhattānaṃ mukhaṃ chando (the moon is the most prominent of the lights of night) Thig.143; Vin.i.246 = Snp.569 (but cp. expl. at Snp-a.456: candayogavasena “ajja kattikā ajja Rohiṇī” ti paññāṇato ālokakāraṇato sommabhāvato ca nakkhattānaṃ mukhaṃ cando ti vutto); DN.i.10 (nakkhattānaṃ pathagamanaṃ & uppatha-gamanaṃ a right or wrong course, i.e. a straight ascension or deviation of the stars or planets); DN.ii.259; DN.iii.85, DN.iii.90; AN.iv.86; Thig.143 (nakkhattāni namassantā bālā).
Ved. nakṣatra collect. formation from naktiḥ & naktā = Gr.; νύς, Lat. nox, Goth. nahts, E night = the nightly sky, the heavenly bodies of the night as opposed to the Sun: ādicco tapataṃ mukhaṃ Vin.i.246
a nail of finger or toe, a claw Vin.ii.133; Snp.610 (na angulīhi nakhehi vā); Ja.v.489 (pañcanakhā sattā five-nailed or-toed beings); Kp ii. = Mil.26, cp. taca (pañcatacakaṃ); Kp-a.43; Vv-a.7 (dasa-nakhasamodhāna putting the 10 fingers together); Pv-a.152, Pv-a.192; Sdhp.104.
Ved. nakha, cp. Sk. anghri foot; Gr. ο ̓́νυς (claw, nail), Lat. unguis = Oir. inga; Ohg. nagal = E. nail
adjective belonging to, consisting of or resembling a claw, in hatthi˚; like elephants’ claws, epithet of a castle (pāsāda) Vin.ii.169 (Bdhgh on p. 323: hatthikumbhe patiṭṭhitaṃ, evaṃ evaṃkatassa kir’ etaṃ nāmaṃ) (?).
adjective having nails Ja.vi.290 (tamba˚ with coppercoloured nails).
mountain SN.i.195 Cnd.136#a (nagassa passe āsīna, of the Buddha); Snp.180 (= devapabbata royal mountain Snp-a.216; or should it mean “forest”?); Thag.41 (˚vivara), Thag.525; Pv.ii.9#61 (˚muddhani on top of the Mount, i.e. Mt. Sineru Pv-a.138; the Buddha was thought to reside there); Mil.327 (id.); Vv.16#6 (˚antare in between the (5) mountains, see Vv-a.82).
Sk. naga tree & mountain, referred by Fausböll & Uhlenbeck to na + gacchati, i.e. immovable (= sthāvara) more probably however with Lidén (see Walde under nāvis) to Ohg. nahho, Ags. naca “boat = tree”; semantically mountain = trees, i.e. forest
neuter a stronghold, citadel, fortress a (fortified) town, city. As seat of the government as important centre of trade contrasted with gāma nigama (village & market-place or township) Vin.iii.47 (˚bandhana), Vin.iii.184; cp. gāma 3 b. deva˚; deva-city Ja.i.3 Ja.i.168, Ja.i.202; Dhp-a.i.280 etc.; cp. yakkha˚ Ja.ii.127
■ Vin.i.277, Vin.i.342, Vin.i.344; Vin.ii.155, Vin.ii.184; DN.ii.7; SN.ii.105 sq.; SN.iv.194 (kāyassa adhivacanaṃ); SN.v.160; AN.i.168, AN.i.178; AN.iv.106 sq (paccantima); AN.v.194 (id.) Dhp.150 (aṭṭhīnaṃ); Snp.414 Snp.1013 (Bhoga˚); Ja.i.3, Ja.i.50 (Kapilavatthu˚); Ja.ii.5; Ja.iii.188 Ja.vi.368 etc.; Pp.56; Dhp-a.iv.2; Pv-a.3, Pv-a.39, Pv-a.73; Dpvs.xiv.51 (+ pura). Cp. nāgara.
Ved. nagara, Non-aryan? Connection with agāra is very problematic
neuter a small city DN.i.146 = DN.i.169, quoted Ja.i.391.
adjective naked, nude Vin.ii.121; Ja.i.307; Pv.i.6#1 (= niccola Pv-a.32); Pv.ii.1#5; Pv.ii.8#1; Pv-a.68 Pv-a.106.
Ved. nagna = Lat. nudus (fr. *nogṷedhos) Goth. naqaps = Ohg. naccot, Ags. nacod = naked; Oir nocht; perhaps Gr. γυμνός
neuter = naggiya nakedness Pv-a.106.
Sk. nagnatva
neuter naked state, nudity Vin.i.292, Vin.i.305; SN.iv.300; Snp.249.
Sk. *nagnyaṃ
adjective feminine = naggā, naked Pv.ii.3#12.
Sk. nagnikā
neuter a plough SN.i.115; SN.iii.155; AN.iii.64; Snp.77 (yuga˚ yoke & plough); Snp.p.13; Ja.i.57; Thig.441 (= sīra Thag-a.270); Snp-a.146; Vv-a.63 Vv-a.65; Pv-a.133 (dun˚ hard to plough); Dhp-a.i.223 (aya˚), Dhp-a.iii.67 (id.).
Ved. lāngala; nangala by dissimilation through subsequent nasal, cp. Milinda → Menandros Etym. unknown, prob. dialectical (already in RV iv. 574), because unconnected with other Aryan words for plough. Cp. Balūčī nangār
adjective noun having or using a plough, ploughman, in mukha˚ “using the mouth as plough” Thag.101 (maulvergnügt, Neumann) (Mrs. Rh. D. harsh of speech).
neuter = nangula AN.ii.245; Ja.i.194 (of a bull); Ja.ii.19 (of an elephant); Ja.iii.16 (sūci˚), Ja.iii.480 (panther); Ja.iv.256 (of a deer); Dhp-a.i.275 (of a fish); Dhp-a.ii.64.
dial. for *nangūlya → *nanguḷhya?
neuter a tail Thag.113 = Thag.601 (go˚).
Sk. lāngū̆la to langa & lagati (q.v.). cp. Gr.; λαγγάζω, Lat. langueo
adjective not of long duration, short Snp.694; gen nacirass’ eva after a short time shortly Snp.p.16; Ja.iv.2, Ja.iv.392; Mil.250.
Sk. nacira = na + cira
neuter (pantomimic) dancing usually combined with singing (gīta, q.v.) & instrumental music (vādita)
■ nacca: AN.i.261; DN.iii.183; Ja.i.61 Ja.i.207; DN-a.i.77; Pv-a.231
■ nacca-gīta: Ja.i.61; Pv.iv.7#2; Dhp-a.iii.129; Vv-a.131, Vv-a.135
■ nacca-gīta-vādita (+ visūkadassana): Vin.i.83; DN.i.5, DN.i.6; Kp-a.36; cp Vv.81#10 (naccagīte suvādite).
Ved. nṛtya = Anglo-Ind. nautch, etym. uncertain, cp. naccati & naṭati
a dancer, (pantomimic actor Mil.191, Mil.331, Mil.359 (naṭa˚)
■ f. naccakī Vin.ii.12.
Sk. *nṛtyaka, distinguished from but ultimately identical with naṭaka, q.v.
to dance, play Vin.ii.10; Ja.i.292; Vv.50#1 (= naṭati Vv-a.210); Vv.64#21.
pp naccento DN.i.135;
fut naccissati Vin.ii.12;
aor nacci Ja.iii.127;
inf naccituṃ Ja.i.207
caus naccāpeti to make play Vism.305 (so read for nacch˚).
Ved. nṛtyati nṛt, cp. nacca & naṭati
neuter dance, dancing Vv-a.282, Vv-a.315.
Ved. *nṛtyana, cp. naṭana
a kind of cock or hen Ja.vi.528, Ja.vi.538.
Sk. dātyūha
a dancer, player, mimic, actor Vin.iv.285; SN.iv.306 sq. Dhp-a.iv.60 (˚dhītā), Dhp-a.iv.65 (˚karaka), Dhp-a.iv.224 (˚kīḷā); Mil.359 (˚naccaka); Sdhp.380
■ Cp. naṭaka & nāṭaka.
Sk. naṭa dial. ṭ, cp. Prk. naḍa, of nṛt, see naccati
= naṭa Vin.iv.285; Mil.331; Pv-a.3
■ f. naṭikā DN-a.i.239.
Sk. naṭaka
to dance, play Vv-a.210 (= naccati).
Sk. naṭati, of nṛt, with dial. ṭ, cp. naccati
perished, destroyed; lost AN.ii.249; Ja.i.74; Ja.i.267.
Sk. naṣṭha, pp. of nassati (naśyati), q.v.
neuter destruction Mil.180, Mil.237.
Der. fr. naṭṭha
bankrupt Mil.131, Mil.201.
cp. Sk. naṣṭhārtha, i.e. naṣṭha + artha
bent (on) SN.i.186 (a˚); Snp.1143; Cnd.327.
Sk. nata, pp. of namati, q.v.
feminine bending, bent, inclination SN.ii.67; SN.iv.59; MN.i.115. Kalya-rupa
Sk. nati of nam
pleased, glad Snp.680, Snp.683; a˚ not pleased Snp.691.
neuter night, acc. nattaṃ by night, in nattam-ahaṃ by day & by night Snp.1070 (variant reading BB and Cnd rattamahaṃ).
Sk. nakta, see nakkhatta
grandson Ja.i.60 (nattu, gen.), Ja.i.88; Ud.91 Ud.92; Pv-a.17 (nattu-dhītā great-grand-daughter), Pv-a.25 (nattā nom.).
Sk. naptṛ, analogy-formation after mātṛ etc. from Ved. napāt; cp. Lat. nepos; Ags. nefa = E. nephew Ohg. nevo
adjective noun one who professes the motto of “natthi,” a sceptic, nihilist SN.i.96; usually in compounds
Sk. nāstika
feminine nihilism SN.ii.17; Ja.v.110.
Sk. nāstitā, fr. n’ atthi
non-existence Dhp-a.iii.324.
n’ atthi-bhāva
cp. Sk. nas f. & nasta, see etym. under nāsā
to roar, cry, make a noise (nadaṃ nadati freq.) Snp.552 (sīha), Snp.684 (id.), Snp.1015; Ja.i.50, Ja.i.150; Ja.ii.110; aor. nadi Ja.iii.55; anādisuṃ Ja.iv.349. Caus. nadāpeti to make roar Ja.ii.244. See also nadī & nāda, & cp. onadati.
Ved. nadati, nad of unknown etym.
neuter roaring Ja.i.19 (sīhanāda˚ the sound of a lion’s roar).
cp. Sk. nadanu
neuter roar, noise Ja.ii.110.
cp. Sk. nādita, pp. of caus. nadayati
feminine a river; often characterised as mahā˚ in opp to kun˚ rivulet; pl. nadiyo also collect. “the waters
■ DN.i.244 (Aciravatī nadī); SN.ii.32, SN.ii.118, SN.ii.135; SN.v.390; AN.i.33, AN.i.136, AN.i.243 (mahā˚); AN.ii.55, AN.ii.140 (mahā˚); AN.iii.52, AN.iv.101 (m˚), AN.ii.137; Snp.425, Snp.433, Snp.568, Snp.720; Dhp.251; Ja.i.296; Ja.ii.102; Ja.iii.51; Ja.iii.91 (kebukā); Ja.v.269 (vetaraṇī˚); Ja.vi.518 (Ketumatī); Pv.iv.3#54; Vism.468 (sīghasotā); Pv-a.256 (m˚); Sdhp.21, Sdhp.194, Sdhp.574
■ gen. sg nadiyā Ja.i.278; Iti.113; instr. nadiyā Ja.i.278; Pv-a.46 pl. nom. nadiyo Mil.114 (na tā n. dhuva-salilā), najjo Pv-a.29 (mahā˚); & najjāyo Ja.vi.278; gen nadīnaṃ Vin.i.246 = Snp.569 (n. sāgaro mukhaṃ)
■ kunnadī a small river SN.i.109; SN.ii.32, SN.ii.118; SN.v.47, SN.v.63; AN.ii.140; AN.iv.100, AN.V.114 sq
■ On n. in similes see J.P.T.S. 1906, 100.
Ved. nadī, from nadati = “the roaring,” cp. also nandati
tied, bound, fastened, put on Ja.i.175 (rathavarattaṃ); Bv.i.31 (camma˚, of a drum); Mhvs.vii.16 (˚pañcāyudha) Mil.117 (yuga˚); Dhs-a.131. Cp. onaddha, vi˚, san˚.
Sk. naddha pp. of nah, see nayhati
feminine husband’s sister Ja.v.269 (= sāmikassa bhaginī p. Ja.v.275).
Sk. nanāndṛ & nanāndā, to nanā “mother”
adjective disagreeable, unpleasant Dhp.309 (˚seyyā an uncomfortable bed).
na + nikāma = anikāma
indeclinable
Ved. nanu
neuter a shred rag, worn-out cloth, usually explained by jiṇṇapilotika (Ja.iii.22) or khaṇḍabhūtā pilotikā (Pv-a.185) or pilotika only (Vv-a.311)
■ SN.v.342; AN.iii.187; AN.iv.376 (˚vāsin as variant reading; text has nantikavāsin); Vv.80#7 (anantaka) Pv.iii.2#14; Ja.iii.22 (˚vāsin clad in rags).
a contamination of namataka (Kern, Toevoegselen p. 169), maybe Sk. naktaka “cover for nakedness (Trenckner, Notes 811), unless it be non-Aryan
at Pv.ii.6#7 used either as interj. (= nanu, q.v.) or as voc. in the sense of “dear”; the first expln to be preferred & n. probably to be read as nanu (variant reading nuna or; handa (in which case nanu would be gloss).
adjective giving pleasure, pleasing, full of joy; (f.) nandikā Ja.iv.396 (+ khiḍḍā), either as adj or f. abstract pleasure, rejoicing (= abhindandanā Commentary)
Sk. nandikā
to be glad, to rejoice, find delight in, be proud of (c. instr.) SN.i.110; AN.iv.94 sq.; Snp.33; Dhp.18
caus nandeti to please, to do a favour Ja.iv.107 (nandaya = tosehi Com.); Pv-a.139 (= toseti)-ppr. nandayanto Ja.vi.588
■ Cp. ānandati.
Ved. nandati, nand = nad (cp. vind → vid etc.) orig. to utter sounds of joy
feminine rejoicing, delight, pleasure SN.i.6 = Snp.33.
Sk. nandanā
masculine & feminine
Sk. nandi, but cp. BSk. nandī Divy.37
= nandhi.
adjective finding or giving delight, delighting in, pleasurable, gladdening. SN.ii.53 (vedanā) AN.ii.59 AN.ii.61 Iti.112
Sk. nandin
see yuga˚.
meaning not so much “to bind as “to cover”: see apiḷandhati, upanandhati, onandhati pariyonandhati.
for nayhati, der. fr. naddha after analogy of baddha → bandhati
feminine (usually spelt nandi) a strap, thong Ja.i.175 (rathassa cammañ ca nandiñ ca); Snp.622 = Dhp.398 (+ varatta) Snp-a.400; Dhp-a.i.44, Dhp-a.iv.160.
Sk. naddhrī to naddha, pp. of nah to bind
adjective of no sex; lit. Vism.548, Vism.553; Thag-a.260; Vb.417; in gram. of the neuter gender Kacc. 50; Pv-a.266 (is reading correct?)
Ved. napuṃsaka = na + puṃs “notmale”
neuter & Nabhas (in oblique cases) mist, vapour, clouds, sky AN.i.242; AN.ii.50 (nabhā), AN.iii.240, Snp.687 (nabhasi-gama, of the moon); Vv.32#3, Vv.35#2 (= ākāsa Vv-a.161), Vv.53#4 (id. Vv.53#236), Vv.63#27 (id. Vv.63#268); Pv-a.65; Mhvs.vii.9 (nabhasā instr.).
Sk. nabhas; Gr. νέφος & νεφέλη, Lat. nebula, Oir. nēl, Ags. nifol (darkness), Ohg. nebul. See also abbha
= nābhiyo, nom. pl. of nābhi (q.v.).
neuter a piece of cloth Vin.ii.115 (satthaka), Vin.ii.123, Vin.ii.267 (˚ṃ dhāreti).
word & etym. doubtful; cp. nantaka & Bdhgh. Vin.ii.317: matakan (sic) ti satthakavedhanakaṃ (= veṭhanakaṃ) pilotikakhaṇḍaṃ
to bend, bend down (trs. & instr.) direct, apply SN.i.137 (cittaṃ) Snp.806; Ja.i.61 (aor. nami, cittaṃ)
caus nameti (not nāmeti, Fsb. to Snp.1143 nāmenti, which is to be corrected to n’ âpenti) to bend, to wield Dhp.80 = Dhp.145 (namayati). As nāmeti at Ja.vi.349. pp. namita (q.v.).
Ved. namati, Idg. *nem to bend; also to share out, cp. Gr. νέμω, Goth. niman = Ger. nehmen. See cognates in Walde loc. cit. under nemus
neuter naming, giving a name. Kp-a.78 Dhs-a.52 ‣See nāma2; Vism.528
a philosophical term constructed by Bdhgh. from nāma, cp. ruppana-rūpa
feminine bent, application, industry Vb.352.
abstr. to namati, cp. Sk. namana nt.
to pay honour to, to venerate, honour, do homage to (often with pañjalika & añjaliṃ katvā) Snp.236, Snp.485, Snp.598, Snp.1058 Snp.1063; Cnd.334; Ja.iii.83; Pv.ii.12#20; Kp-a.196; pot namasseyya Iti.110; Dhp.392, 1st pl. namassemu Snp.995 ppr. namassaṃ Snp.334, Snp.934; namassanto Snp-a.565, (usually) namassamāna Snp.192, Snp.1142; Mnd.400; Ja.ii.73; Vv-a.7
aor namassiṃsu Snp.287
ger namassitvā Ja.i.1
grd (as adj.) namassaniya (venerable) Mil.278.
Ved. namasyati, Denom. fr. namo
neuter (?) veneration Ja.i.1.
(namassā) feminine worship, veneration Mil.140.
Sk. namasyā
bent on, disposed to (-˚), able or capable of Ja.iii.392 (pabbajjāya-namita-citta); Mil.308 (phalabhāra˚).
pp. nameti
neuter & Nama (nt.) nomage, veneration esp. used as an exclamation of adoration at the beginning of a book (namo tassa Bhagavato Arahato Sammāsambuddhassa) Snp.540, Snp.544; Pv-a.1, Pv-a.67.
Ved. namas, cp. Av. nəmo prayer; Gr. νέμος, Lat. nemus (see namati)
(Np.) a name of Māra.
adjective noun “leading”; usually m: way (fig.), method, plan, manner; inference; sense, meaning (in grammar); behaviour, conduct AN.ii.193 = Cnd.151 (˚hetu through inference); Ne.2 (method), Ne.4 (id.), Ne.7, Ne.113; Mil.316 (nayena = nayahetu); Kp-a.74; Vv-a.112 (sense, context, sentence) Pv-a.1 (ways or conduct), Pv-a.117 (meaning), Pv-a.126 (id.), Pv-a.136, Pv-a.280
■ nayaṃ neti to draw a conclusion, apply an inference, judge, behave SN.ii.58 = Vb.329; Ja.iv.241 (anayaṃ nayati dummedho: draws a wrong conclusion) Pv-a.227 (+ anumināti)
■ With -ādi˚; N. has the function of continuing or completing the context “and similarly,” e.g. ˚ādinaya-pavatta dealing with this & the following Vv-a.2;… ti ādinā nayena thus & similarly, & so forth Ja.i.81; Pv-a.30
■ Instr. nayena (-˚) as adv. in the way of, as, according(ly): āgata according to what has been shown or said in… Ja.i.59; Vv-a.3; Pv-a.280; purima˚ as before Ja.i.59 Ja.iv.140; vutta˚ as said (above) (cp. vutta-niyāmena Pv-a.13, Pv-a.29, Pv-a.36, Pv-a.71, Pv-a.92 etc
■ sunaya a sound judgment Ja.iv.241; dunnaya a wrong principle, method or judgment, or as adj.: wrongly inferred, hard to be understood, unintelligible AN.iii.178 = Ne.21; Ja.iv.241.
from nayati, to lead, see neti
see neti.
neuter the eye Thig.381; Vv.35#3; Dhs.597 Vb.71 sq.; Mil.365; Thag-a.255; Vv-a.161 (= cakkhu) Pv-a.40 (nettāni nayanāni), Pv-a.152; Sdhp.448, Sdhp.621.
Sk. nayana, to nayati = the leader cp. also netra = P. netta
to tie, bind; only in comp. with prep. as upanayhati (cp. upāhanā sandal), pilandhati etc
pp naddha (q.v.). See also nandhi, nāha; onayhati unnahanā, piḷayhati.
Ved. nahyati, Idg. *nedh as in Lat. nodus & Ved. nahu
neuter tying, binding; bond, fetter Dhp-a.iv.161.
Sk. nahana
man (in poetry esp. a brave, strong heroic man), pl. either “men” or “people” (the latter e.g. at Snp.776, Snp.1082; Pv.i.11#12)
■ AN.i.130 AN.ii.5; AN.iii.53; Snp.39, Snp.96, Snp.116, Snp.329, Snp.591, Snp.676, Snp.865 etc. Dhp.47, Dhp.48, Dhp.262, Dhp.309, Dhp.341; Ja.iii.295; Mnd.12 = Cnd.335 (definition); Vv-a.42 (popular etymology: narati netī ti naro puriso, i.e. a “leading” man); Pv-a.116 = Dhp.125.
Ved. nara, cp. nṛtu; Idg. *ner to be strong or valiant = Gr. ἀνήρ, ἀγ ήνωρ (valiant), δρώψ (*νρώψ); Lat neriosus (muscuḷar), Nero (Sabinian, cp. Oscan ner Lat. vir); Oir. nert
Sk. naraka; etym. doubtful, problematic whether to Gr. νέρτερος (= inferus), Ags. nord = north as region of the underworld
neuter nard, ointment Ja.vi.537. Nala & Nala;
Sk. nalada, Gr. νάρδος, of Semitic origin, cp. Hebr. nīrd
a species of reed; reed in general Vin.iv.35; AN.ii.73; Dhp.337; Cnd.680#ii; Ja.i.223; Ja.iv.141 Ja.iv.396 (n. va chinno); Pv.i.11#6 (id.); Dhp-a.iii.156; Dhp-a.iv.43 See also nāḷa, nāḷī & nāḷikā.
Ved. naḍa & Sk. naḷa, with dial. ḍ (ḷ) for *narda, cp. Gr.; νάρδης
a water-animal Ja.vi.537.
neuter the forehead SN.i.118; Ja.iii.393; Ja.iv.417 (nalāṭena maccuṃ ādāya: by his forelock); Vism.185; Dhp-a.i.253.
Ved. lalāṭa = rarāṭa; on n → l cp. nangala
feminine “belonging to the forehead,” a frown Vin.ii.10 (nalāṭikaṃ deti to give a frown).
Sk. lalāṭikā
feminine a pond Ja.iv.90; Vism.84, Vism.17.
Sk. nalinī
(v. intr.) to perish, to be lost or destroyed, to disappear, come to an end Snp.666 (na hi nassati kassaci kammaṃ); Iti.90; Ja.i.81, Ja.i.116, Ja.i.150; pret. nassaṃ (prohib.) Snp.1120, pl anassāma MN.i.177; aor. nassi AN.iii.54 (mā nassi prohib.) Ja.iv.137 (cakkhūni ˚iṃsu: the eyes failed); fut. nassisati Ja.i.5; cond. nassissa Ja.ii.112
caus nāseti (q.v.) See also pa˚.
Ved. naś; naśyati & naśati, cp. Gr.; νέκυς, νεκρός (corpse), νέκταρ (“overcoming death = nec + tr̥, cp. tarati); Lat. neco, noceo, noxius
neuter disappearance, loss, destruction AN.iii.54 (˚dhamma adj. doomed to perish).
cp. Sk. naśana
one who has bathed Vin.ii.221; Ja.i.266; Dhp-a.iv.232 (˚kilesatā washed off moral stain).
Sk. snāta, see nahāyati
“one who has bathed,” a brahmin who has finished the studies MN.i.280; AN.iv.144; Dhp.422 (expl. at Dhp-a.iv.232 with ref. to perfection in the Buddha’s teaching: catusaccabuddhatāya buddha); cp. Snp.521 (one who has washed away all sin), Snp.646.
Ved. snātaka, cp. nahāta & nahāyati
neuter bathing, a bath Vin.i.47, Vin.i.51 = Vin.ii.224; Vin.i.196 (dhuva˚ constant bathing), Vin.i.197; SN.i.183 SN.v.390 (fig.); Ja.i.265; Pv-a.50; Vism.27.
Sk. snāna
adjective belonging to a bath, bath-; in -cuṇṇa bath-powder Pv-a.46.
a barber, bath attendant DN.i.74; AN.iii.25; DN-a.i.157 (= ye nahāpenti); Pv-a.127 (= kappaka).
Sk. snāpaka, fr. Caus, nahāpeti; cp. nahāpita
neuter bathing, washing (trs.) DN.i.7, DN.i.12; AN.i.62, AN.i.132; AN.ii.70; AN.iv.54; Iti.111 (ucchādana +); Vv-a.305 (udakadāna +).
a barber, who has also the business of preparing & giving baths (cp. absolutive “bader”) a bath-attendant ‣See kappaka. Barbers ranked as a low class socially, and rebirth in a barber’s family was considered unfortunate. Vin.i.249 (˚pubba who had formerly been a barber) DN.i.225 Ja.i.137 Ja.ii.5; Ja.iii.451; Ja.iv.138 (eight kahāpaṇas as a barber’s fee) DN-a.i.157 (= kappaka) Vv-a.207 (˚sālā a barber’s shop)
Sk. only snāpaka (see nahāpaka); new formation fr. Caus. nahāpeti as n. ag. with a- theme instead of ar-, cp. sallakatta for sallakattar
to wash, to give a bath, bathe Ja.i.166; Pv-a.49; Vv-a.68, Vv-a.305.
Sk. snāpayati, Caus. of nahāyati
adjective noun a barber, a low-class individual Pv.iii.1#14 (= kappaka-jātika Pv-a.176).
= nahāpaka; Kern, Toevoegselen asks: should it be nahāpin?
(rarely nhāyati) to bathe (trs. & intr.), to wash, to perform an ablution (esp. at the end of religious studentship or after the lapse of a lustrative period) Vin.ii.280; Ja.i.265; Ja.vi.336; Pv-a.93.
ppr nahāyanto (Pv-a.83); nahāyamāna (Vin.ii.105);
inf nahāyituṃ (Vin.i.47; Pv-a.144);
ger nahāyitvā (Ja.i.50; Ja.vi.367; Pv-a.42); nahātvā (Ja.i.265; Ja.iii.277; Dhp-a.iii.88; Pv-a.23, Pv-a.62 (after mourning), Pv-a.82;
grd nahāyitabba (Vin.ii.220 Vin.ii.280). Naharu & Nharu;
Ved. snāti & snāyati; snā = Gr. νήξω (to swim), ναρός, *Νηρεύς (Nereid), ν ̈ησος (island) Lat. nare (to swim); cp. also Sk. snauti, Gr. νάω, νέω; Goth. sniwan
sinew, tendon muscle. In the anatomy of the body n. occupies the place between maṃsa (flesh, soft flesh) & aṭṭhi (bone) as is seen from ster. sequence chavi, camma, maṃsa nahāru, aṭṭhi, aṭṭhi-miñja (e.g. at Vin.i.25; Ja.iii.84) See also defn in detail at Snp-a.246 sq. & Kp-a.47.; Vin.i.25 (nh˚); MN.i.429 (used for bow strings); AN.i.50 AN.iii.324; AN.iv.47 sq. (˚daddula), AN.129; Kp.111.; Snp.194 (aṭṭhi˚) Cnd.97 (nh˚); Dhp-a.iii.118; Thag-a.257 (nh˚) Pv-a.68 (aṭṭhi-camma˚), Pv-a.80 (camma-maṃsa˚); Sdhp.46 Sdhp.103.
Sk. snāyu, Idg. *sné to sew, cp. Gr. νέω, νήχω, ν ̈ημα (thread); Ohg. nājan; also Gr. νεϋρον (= Lat. nervus); Ags. sinu (= sinew); Ohg. senawa Goth. nepla = Ags. nāēdl (= needle); Oir. snātha (thread); Ohg. snuor (cord) = Ags. snōd
neuter a vast number, a myriad Snp.677; Ja.i.25, Ja.i.83; Pv.iv.1#7; Dhp-a.i.88; Pv-a.22, Pv-a.265.
Sk. nayuta (m. pl.) of unknown etym. Is it the same as navuti? The corresponding v → y → h is frequent, as to meaning cp. nava 3
Ved. nāga; etym. of 1 perhaps fr. *snagh = Ags. snaca (snake) & snaegl (snail); of 2 uncertain, perhaps a Non-Aryan word distorted by popular analogy to nāga1
a citizen Ja.i.150; Ja.iv.404; Ja.v.385; Dāvs ii.85; Vv-a.31; Pv-a.19; Dhp-a.i.41.
Sk. nāgara, see nagara
adjective citizen-like, urbane, polite DN-a.i.282.
Sk. nāgarika
Sk. nāṭaka; see naccati
protector, refuge, help AN.v.23, AN.v.89; Dhp.160 (attā hi attano n.), Dhp.380; Snp.1131 (Nd ii.has nāga) Dhp-a.iv.117; Pv-a.1. lokanātha Saviour of the world (Ep. of the Buddha) Snp.995; Pv-a.42
■ anātha helpless, unprotected, poor Ja.i.6 (nāthânāthā rich poor); Pv-a.3 (˚sālā poor house) Pv-a.65 Cp. nādhati.
Ved. nātha, nāth, to which Goth. nipan (to support), Ohg. gināda (grace)
loud sound, roaring, roar Ja.i.19 (sīha˚), Ja.i.50 (koñca˚), Ja.i.150 (mahā˚). Cp. pa˚.
Sk. nāda, see nadati
feminine = nāda, loud sound, thundering (fig.) Vv.64#10.
to have need of to be in want of (c. gen.) Ja.v.90 (Com. explains by upatappati milāyati; thinking perhaps of nalo va chinno).
Sk. nādhate = nāthate (see nātha), only in nadhamāna, cp. RV x.65, 5: nādhas
(nt. m.) diversity, variety, manifoldness, multiformity, distraction; all sorts of (opp. ekatta, cp. MN.i.364: “the multiformity of sensuous impressions,” M.A.). Enumn of diversity as nānattā, viz. dhātu˚ phassa˚ vedanā˚ saññā˚ sankappa chanda˚ pariḷāha˚ pariyesanā˚ lābha˚ DN.iii.289; SN.ii.140 sq., cp. SN.iv.113 sq., SN.iv.284 sq.; Pts.i.87
■ AN.iv.385; Pts.i.63 sq., Pts.i.88 sq.; SN.ii.115 (vedanā˚); Pts.i.91 (samāpatti & vihāra˚); Ja.ii.265. In composition, substituted sometimes for nāna. Cp. Dialogues i.14, n. 2.
Sk. nānatva; abstr. fr. nānā
feminine = nānatta, diversity (of states of mind). Seven sorts at Vb.425: ārammaṇa manasikāra˚ chanda˚ paṇidha˚ adhimokkha˚ abhinīhāra paññā˚.
second abstr. to nānā
adverb variously differently.
Ved. nānā, a redupl. nā (emphatic particle, see na1) “so and so,” i.e. various, of all kinds
feminine
Vedic nābhi, nābhī; Av. nabā; Gr. ὀμφαλός (navel); Lat. umbo & umbilicus; Oir. imbliu (navel); Ags. nafu; Ohg. naba (nave), Ger. nabel = E nave & navel
neuter name.
Vedic nāman, cp. Gr. ο ̓́νομα (ἀν ώνυμος without name); Lat. nomen; Goth. namō; Ags. noma, Ohg namo
adjective
fr. nāma
at Snp.1143 (Fsb.) is to be read as nâpenti. Otherwise see under namati.
a leader, guide, lord, mostly as epithet of the Buddha (loka˚ “Lord of the World” Snp.991 (loka˚); Mhvs.vii.1 (id.); Sdhp.491 (tilokassa) bala-nāyakā gang leaders Ja.i.103.
BSk. nāyaka (cp. anāyaka without guide Avs.i.210); fr. neti; cp. naya
an iron weapon, an arrow or javelin MN.i.429; Ja.iii.322; Mil.105, Mil.244, Mil.418 -valaya an iron ring or collar (?) Mhvs.vii.20 (Com “vaṭṭita-assanārāca-pasa” = a noose formed by bending the ends of the n. into a circle).
Sk. nārāca; perhaps for *nāḍāca & conn. with nālīka, a kind of arrow, to nāḷa
feminine woman, wife, female Snp.301, Snp.836; Dhp.284; Ja.i.60; Ja.iii.395; Ja.iv.396 (˚gaṇa); Vv.6#1, Vv.44#16; Pv.i.9#1 (= itthi Pv-a.44). pl. nariyo (Snp.299, Snp.304, Snp.703), nāriyo (Snp.703 variant reading BB; Pv.ii.9#52). combined with nara as naranārī, male & female (angels), e.g. Vv.53#8 Pv.ii.11#2 (see nara). Nala & Nala;
Sk. nārī to nara man, orig. “the one belonging to the man”
neuter a hollow stalk, esp. that of the water lily AN.iv.169; Ja.i.392 (˚pana variant reading ˚vana); Vv-a.43. See also nāḷikā & nālī.
Sk. nāla, see nala
adverb not enough, insufficient Iti.37; Ja.i.190; DN-a.i.167.
= na alaṃ
feminine a stalk, shaft; a tube, pipe or cylinder for holding anything; a small measure of capacity Vin.ii.116 (sūci˚, cp. sūcighara, needle-case) DN.i.7 (= bhesajja˚ DN-a.i.89); AN.i.210; Ja.i.123 (taṇḍula a nāḷi full of rice); Ja.vi.366 (aḍḍha-n-matta); Cnd.229 Cp. pa˚.
Sk. nāḍikā & nālikā
the coconut tree Vv.44#13 Ja.iv.159; Ja.v.384; DN-a.i.83; Vv-a.162.
Sk. nārikera, nārikela, nalikera, nālikela: dialect, of uncertain etym.
adjective belonging to the coconut tree Ja.v.417.
feminine & (in compounds); nāḷi a hollow stalk, tube, pipe; also a measure of capacity Vin.i.249; AN.iii.49; Ja.i.98 (suvaṇṇa˚), Ja.i.124 (taṇḍula˚), Ja.i.419; Ja.iii.220 (kaṇḍa˚ a quiver); Ja.iv.67; Dhp-a.ii.193 (tela˚), Dhp-a.ii.257. Cp pa˚.
Sk. nāḍī, see nala
feminine a boat, ship Vin.iii.49 (q.v. for definition & description) SN.i.106 (eka-rukkhikā); SN.i.iii.155 = SN.i.v.51 = AN.iv.127 (sāmuddikā “a liner”); AN.ii.200; AN.iii.368; Snp.321, Snp.770, Snp.771; Dhp.369 (metaphor of the human body); Ja.i.239 Ja.ii.112; Ja.iii.126; Ja.iii.188; Ja.iv.2, Ja.iv.21, Ja.iv.138; Ja.v.75 (with “500 passengers), Ja.v.433; Ja.vi.160 (= nāvyā canal? or read nālaṃ?); Vv.6#1 (= pota Vv-a.42, with pop. etym. “satte netī ti nāvā ti vuccati”); Pv.iii.3#5 (= doṇi Pv-a.189) Mil.261 (100 cubits long); Dāvs iv.42; Pv-a.47, Pv-a.53 Sdhp.321. In simile Vism.690.
Ved. nāuḥ & nāvā, Gr.; ναϋς, Lat. navis
a mariner, sailor, skipper Mil.365.
Sk. nāvāja = Gr. ναυηγός, cp. Lat. navigo
Sk. nāvika
adjective 90 years old Ja.iii.395 (˚ā itthi); Snp-a.172.
fr. navuti
destruction, ruin, death Ja.i.5, Ja.i.256; Sdhp.58, Sdhp.319. Usually vi˚, also adj. vināsaka Cp. panassati.
Sk. nāśa, see nassati
neuter destruction, abandoning, expulsion, in -antika (adj.) a bhikkhu who is under the penalty of expulsion Vin.i.255.
Sk. nāśana
feminine
Vedic nāsā (du.); Lat. nāris, Ohg. nasa, Ags. nasu
adjective belonging to the nose, nasal, in -sota the nostril or nose (orig. “sense of smell” DN.i.106; Snp.p.108.
cp. Sk. nāsikya
adjective one who is ejected Vin.iv.140 (of a bhikkhu).
see nāsa & nāseti
Sk. nāśayati, Caus. of nassati, q.v.
neuter armour Ja.i.358 (sabba˚sannaddha). Cp. onāha.
cp. nayhati, naddha
Nearly all (ultimately prob. all) words under this heading are compounds with the pref. ni.
Sk. ni- & nih-, insep. prefixes: (a) ni down = Av. ni, cp. Gr.; νειός lowland, νείατος the lowest, hindmost Lat. nīdus (*ni-zdos: place to sit down = nest); Ags nēol, nider = E. nether; Goth. nidar = Ohg. nidar; also Sk. nīca, nīpa etc (b) niḥ out, prob. fr. *seni & to Lat. sine without
see nikati.
adjective brought down, debased, low. As one kind of puggala (n-kāya + ncitta) AN.ii.137. loc. nikaṭṭhe (adv.) near Ja.iii.438 Thag-a.105 (v. 33) (= santike Ja.iii.438).
cp. Sk. nikṛṣṭa, ni + kasati
adjective under (4) ears, secret, cp. catukkaṇṇa Ja.iii.124; nt. adv. secretly Vin.iv.270, Vin.iv.271.
adjective deceived, cheated MN.i.511 (+ vañcita paladdha); SN.iv.307 (+ vañcita paluddha).
Sk. nikṛta, ni + karoti “done down”
feminine fraud, deceit, cheating DN.i.5 (= DN-a.i.80 paṭirūpakena vañcanaṃ); DN.iii.176; Snp.242 (= nirāsaṃ-karaṇaṃ Snp-a.286); Ja.i.223; Pv.iii.9#5 (+ vañcana); Pp.19, Pp.23, Pp.58; Vv-a.114; Pv-a.211 (paṭirūpadassanena paresaṃ vikāro)
■ instr. nikatiyā (metri causa) Ja.i.223, nikatyā Ja.ii.183, nikacca SN.i.24. Cp nekatika.
Sk. nikṛti, see prec.
adjective cut, (ab-)razed MN.i.364 (of a fleshless bone).
Sk. nikṛtta & nikṛntita (cp. Divy.537, Divy.539), ni + kantati2
to cut down, to cut up, cut off Pv-a.210 (piṭṭhi-maṃsāni the flesh of the back, variant reading SS for ukkant˚); Pgdp.29.
Sk. ni-kṛṇtati, see kantati2
feminine desire, craving, longing for, wish Thag.20; Pts.ii.72, Pts.ii.101; Dhs.1059 Dhs.1136; Vism.239, Vism.580; Dhs-a.369; Dhp-a.iv.63; DN-a.i.110 Dāvs iii.40.
Sk. nikānti, ni + kamati
a multitude Dāvs v.25 (jātipuppha˚).
Sk. nikara, ni + karoti
(f. or is it ˚aṃ?) = nikati (fraud) Pp.19, Pp.23 (as syn. of māyā).
to bring down, humiliate, to deceive, cheat Snp.138 (nikubbetha Pot. = vañceyya Kp-a.247). pp. nikata (q.v.).
Sk. nikaroti, ni + karoti
a whetstone Dāvs iii.87 (˚opala).
Sk. nikasa, ni + kasati
adjective free from impurity Vin.i.3; opp. anikkasāva (q.v. Dhp.9≈.
Sk. niṣkaṣāya nis + kasāva see kasāya 2d
desire, pleasure, longing: only in compounds; see nanikāma.
Vedic nikāma, ni + kāma
feminine = nikanti, Dhs.1059.
to crave, desire, strive after, ppr nikāmayaṃ SN.i.122, & nikāmayamāna Vin.ii.108. Cp. nikanta & nikanti.
Sk. ni-kāmayati, ni + kāmeti
collection (“body”) assemblage, class, group.
Sk. nikāya, ni + kāya
service, humility Ja.iii.120 (nikāra-pakāra, prob. to be read nipaccākāra, q.v.).
Sk. nikāra in diff. meaning, ni + kāra
noun adjective appearance; adj. of appearance, like Ja.v.87 (-˚), corresp. to ˚avakāsa.
ni + kaś
adjective “shining,” resembling, like Ja.iii.320 (aggi-nikāsinā suriyena).
cp. Sk. nikāśin; fr. ni + kāsati
adjective “strewn down into,” hidden away, sheltered Ja.iii.529.
Sk. *nikīrṇa, pp. ni + kirati, cp. kiraṇa
adjective engrossed in play Ja.vi.313.
Sk. *nikrīḍita, pp. of nikrīḍayati, ni + kīḷati
adjective playful, playing or dallying with (c. loc.), finding enjoyment in SN.i.9 (a˚ kāmesu), SN.iv.110 (id.).
fr. ni-kīḷati
see nikkujja, q.v. also for nikujjita which is more correctly spelt k than kk (cp. Trenckner, Preface to Majjhima Nikāya & see ni˚ A 1).
to be bent down on, i.e. to attach importance to, to lay weight on DN.i.53 (as vv.ll. to be preferred to text reading nikkujj˚ cp. nikujja); DN-a.i.160 (nikk˚).
ni + kujjati, see kujja & cp. nikkujja
a hollow down, a glen, thicket Dāvs iv.32.
Sk. nikuñja, ni + kuñja
pp nikūjita
■ Cp abhi˚.
ni + kūjati “to sing on”
sung forth, warbled out Thig.261.
see nikūjati
a corner, top, climax Ja.i.278 (arahatta˚, where usually arahattena kūṭaṃ etc.) DN-a.i.307 (id.).
ni + kūṭa to kūṭa2
Sk. niketa settlement, ni + cināti
adjective parting company with Mil.288 (kamma˚).
to niketa
adjective having an abode, being housed, living in Snp.422 (kosalesu); Ja.iii.432 (duma-sākhā-niketinī f.).
adjective not afraid, fearless, not doubting confident, sure Ja.i.58. Cp. nissaṃsaya.
Sk. niḥśanka, nis + kankha, adj. of kankhā, cp. kankhin
feminine fearlessness, state of confidence, trust (cp. nibbicikicchā) SN.v.221.
Sk. niḥśankā, nis + kankhā
to throw out Vin.iv.274 (Caus. nikkaḍḍhāpeti ibid.) Ja.i.116; Ja.ii.440; Snp-a.192. pp. nikkaḍḍhita.
Sk. niṣkarṣati, nis + kasati, cp. kaḍḍhati
feminine throwing out, ejection Ja.iii.22 (a˚); Ja.v.234. (= niddhamanā).
adjective thrown out Ja.ii.103 (gehā); Pv-a.179 (read ḍḍh for ḍḍ).
Sk. *niṣkarṣita see nikkaḍḍhati
adjective free from thorns or enemies Mil.250; cp. akaṇṭaka.
Sk. niṣkaṇṭaka, nis + kaṇṭaka
adjective unstained, not dirty, free from impunity DN-a.i.226.
nis + kaddama
noun adjective exertion, strength, endurance. The orig. meaning of “going forth” is quite obliterated by the fig. meaning (cp nikkhamati & nekkhamma) AN.i.4; AN.iii.214; Vv.18#7 (= viriya Vv-a.96); Dhs.13, Dhs.22, Dhs.219, Dhs.571; Vism.132; Mil.244 (+ ārambha)
■ (adj.) strong in (-˚), enduring exerting oneself SN.i.194 (tibba˚); SN.v.66, SN.v.104 sq.; Snp.68 (daḷha˚, cp. Nd ii.under padhānavā), Snp.542 (sacca˚).
Sk. niṣkrama; nis + kama
to go out, to go forth; in fig meaning: to leave behind lust, evil & the world, to get rid of “kāma” (craving), to show right exertion, strength Mil.245 (+ arabhati) + SN.i.156 (kkh).
Sk. niṣkramati, nis + kamati, see also nikkhamati & nekkhamma
“buying off,” redemption Ja.vi.577.
cp. Sk. niṣkraya, nis + kaya cp. nikkiṇāti
adjective without compassion, heartless Snp.244 (= sattānaṃ anatthakāma); Sdhp.508.
nis + karuṇa, adj. of karuṇā
feminine = following Vism.314.
feminine heartlessness Pv-a.55.
Sk. niṣkaruṇatā; nis + karuṇā
see nikasāva.
adjective without craving or lust, desireless Snp.1131 (= akāmakāmin Cnd.340 pahīnakāma Snp-a.605 with variant reading: nikkāma). Cp. next.
Sk. niṣkāma, nis + kāma
adjective = nikkāma Snp.228 (= katanikkhamana Kp-a.184).
nis + kāmin
(abl. = adv.) without reason, without cause or purpose Snp.75 (= akāraṇā ahetu Cnd.341).
Sk. niṣkāraṇā, nis + kāraṇaṃ
is Bdhgh’s reading for ikkāsa (q.v.) Vin.ii.151, with C. on p. 321.
to buy back, to redeem Ja.vi.576, Ja.vi.585; Mil.284.
Sk. niṣkriṇāti, nis + kiṇāti
adjective spread out, spread before, ready (for eating) Ja.vi.182 (= ṭhapita Com.).
Sk. niṣkīrṇa, nis + kiṇṇa, see kiraṇa
freedom fr. moral blemish Mnd.340 = Nd ii.under pucchā Cnd.185; as adj. pure, unstained Dhp-a.iv.192 = Snp-a.469 (= anāvila).
nis + kilesa
adjective bent down, i.e. head forward, lying on one’s face; upset, thrown over AN.i.130; SN.v.48; Pv.iv.7#7 (k); Pp.31. Opp. ukkujja.
ni + kubja, better spelling is nikujja see nikkujjati
to turn upside down, to upset Vin.ii.113; AN.iv.344 (pattaṃ). pp. nikkujjita.
for nikujjati (q.v.) through analogy with opp. ukkujjati. Etym. perhaps to kujja humpback, Sk kubja, but better with Kern, Toevoegselen 1 p. 175 = Sk. nyubjati influenced by kubja with regard to k.
adjective lying face downward, overturned, upset fallen over, stumbled Vin.i.16; DN.i.85, DN.i.110; DN.i.147, MN.i.24 (k.); AN.i.173; AN.iii.238; Thig.28, Thig.30 (k.); Ja.iii.277; Snp-a.155 (= adhomukha-ṭhapita); DN-a.i.228.
pp. of nikkujjati; often (rightly) spelt nikujjita, q.v.
adjective without deceit, not false AN.ii.26 = Iti.113; Snp.56; Cnd.342.
nis + kuha
adjective without anger, free from anger Ja.iv.22.
nis + kodha
masculine & neuter
Vedic niṣka; cp. Oir. nasc (ring), Ohg. nusca (bracelet)
adjective gone out, departed from (c. abl.), gone away; also med going out, giving up, figuratively leaving behind, resigning renouncing (fusing in meaning with kanta1 of kāmyati = desireless). SN.i.185 (agārasmā anagāriyaṁ) Snp.991 (Kapilavatthumhā n. lokanāyako) Ja.i.149 Ja.ii.153 iv.364 (˚bhikkhā, in sense of nikkhāmita˚, variant reading nikkhitta˚ perhaps preferable, explained p. 366 nibaddha˚ designed for, given to) Snp-a.605 (figuratively; as variant reading for nikkāma) Dhp-a.ii.39 Pv-a.61 (bahi); Cnd under nissita Cnd.107 (free, unobstructed)
pp. of nis + kamati, see nikkhamati
adjective going out from Pv-a.80 (nāsikāya n
■ mala). dun˚; at Thag.72 is to be read dunnikkhaya, as indicated by vv.ll. See the latter.
cp. Sk. niṣkrama
to go forth from, to come out of (c. abl.), to get out, issue forth depart, fig. to leave the household life behind (agārā n.), to retire from the world (cp. abhinikkhamati etc.) or to give up evil desire
pp nikkhanta; caus. nikkhameti (q.v.).
Sk. niṣkramati, nis + kamati
going out, departing Ja.ii.153; Vv-a.71 (opp. pavesana); fig renunciation Kp-a.184 (kata˚ as adj. = nikkāmin). See also abhi˚. Nikkhameti & Nikkhameti;
BSk. niṣkramaṇa, to nikkhamati
to make go out or away, to bring out or forth SN.ii.128; Ja.i.264 Ja.ii.112
pp nikkhāmita Ja.iii.99 (+ nicchuddha thrown out, in expln of nibbāpita; variant reading BB. nikaḍhāpita).
Caus. of nikkhamati
adjective liable to destruction, able to be destroyed, in dun˚; hard to destroy Ja.iv.449 (= dun-nikkaḍḍhiya Com.); also to be read (variant reading) at Thag.72 for dunnikkhama. Cp. nikhīṇa.
Sk. *niḥkṣaya, nis + khaya
adjective laid down, lying; put down into, set in, arranged; in compounds (˚-having laid down = freed of, rid of DN.ii.14 (maṇi-ratanaṃ vatthe n. set into); Iti.13 (sagge: put into heaven) Ja.i.53, Ja.i.266; Pv.iii.6#8; Mil.343 (agga˚; put down as the highest, i.e. of the highest praise; cp. BSk. agranikṣipta Lal.167); Pv-a.148 (dhana n. = collected variant reading SS. nikkita). nikkhitta- daṇḍa (adj.) not using a weapon (cp. daṇḍa) SN.i.141 etc.; nikkhitta- dhura unyoked freed of the yoke AN.i.71; AN.iii.108; cp. Dhs-a.145; - su˚; well set, well arranged AN.ii.147 sq. (˚assa pada-vyañjanassa attho sunnayo hoti); opp. dun˚ AN.i.59; Ne.21.
Sk. nikṣipta, see nikkhipati
adjective noun one to whose charge something has been committed Dpvs.iv.5 (agga˚; thera original depositary of the Faith).
fr. nikkhitta
pp nikkhitta (q.v.)
caus nikkhipāpeti to cause to be laid down, to order to be put down etc. Pv-a.215 (gosīsaṭṭhiṃ). Cp. abhi˚.
Sk. nikṣipati, ni + khipati
putting down, laying down; casting off, discarding, elimination, giving up, renunciation; abstract or summary treatment. Dhs-a.6 344 ‣See under mātikā;
■in grammar pada˚ the setting of the verse; i.e. rules of composition (Mil.381).
■Vin.i.16 pādukānaṁ = the putting down of the slippers i.e. the slippers as they were, put down
■Ja.iii.243 dhura˚ giving up one’s office or charge
■Ja.i.236 sarīra ˚ṁ kāresi had the body laid out; Dīpavaṁsa.xvii.109 (identical). Vism 618 (= cuti) Dhp-a.ii.98 (sarīra˚) DN-a.i.50 (sutta˚) Dhs-a.344 Mil.91
Sk. nikṣepa, see nikkhipati
neuter = nikkhepa SN.iii.26 (bhāra˚ getting rid of the load, opp. bhārâdānaṃ); Mil.356 (= comparison) Vism.236 (deha˚). Nikhanati & Nikhanati;
to dig into, to bury, to erect, to cover up Vin.ii.116; Vin.iii.78 (akkhiṃ = cover the eye, as a sign); Ja.v.434 = Dhp-a.iv.197 (id.); DN.ii.127 (ṇ); Ja.i.264; Snp-a.519 (ṇ, to bury)
pp nikhāta.
Sk. nikhanati, ni + khanati
pp. of nikhaṇati
neuter “eating down,” a sharp instrument, a spade or (acc. to Morris, J.P.T.S. 1884, 83) a chisel Vin.iii.149 Vin.iv.211; Ja.ii.405 (so read for khādana); Ja.iv.344; Ja.v.45.
Sk. *nikhādana, ni + khādati, cp. khādana
adjective all, entire, whole Dāvs v.40 (˚loka variant reading sakala˚).
Sk. nikhila cp. khila
adjective having or being lost Ja.vi.499 (˚patta without wings, deprived of its wings).
nis + khīṇa
in gavaya-gokaṇṇa-nig-âdīnaṃ Dhs-a.331 is misprint for miga.
to go down to, to “undergo,” incur, enter, come to; to suffer esp. with dukkhaṃ & similar expressions of affliction or punishment SN.iv.70 (dukkhaṃ); MN.i.337 sq. (id.); AN.i.251 (bandhanaṃ); Dhp.69 (dukkhaṃ = vindati, paṭilabhati Dhp-a.ii.50), Dhp.137; Cnd.199#4 (maraṇaṃ + maraṇamattam pi dukkhaṃ) Pv.iv.7#7 (pret. nigacchiṭṭha = pāpuṇi Pv-a.266).
Sk. nigacchati, ni + gacchati
a member of the Jain order (see MN.i.370–MN.i.375 MN.i.380 & cp. jaṭila) Vin.i.233 (Nātaputta, the head of that Order, cp. DN.i.57; also Sīho senāpati n-sāvako); SN.i.78 SN.i.82 (˚bhikkhā); AN.i.205 sq. (˚uposatha), cp. AN.i.220; AN.ii.196 (˚sāvaka); AN.iii.276, AN.iii.383; AN.v.150 (dasahi asaddhammehi samannāgata); Snp.381; Ud.65 (jaṭilā, n., acelā, ekasātā paribbājakā); Ja.ii.262 (object to eating flesh); DN-a.i.162; Dhp-a.i.440; Dhp-a.iii.489; Vv-a.29 (n. nāma samaṇajāti)
■ f nigaṇṭhī DN.i.54 (nigaṇṭhi-gabbha).
BSk. nirgrantha (Divy.143, Divy.262 etc.) “freed from all ties,” nis + gaṇṭhi. This is the customary (correct?) etym. Prk. niggantha, cp. Weber, Bhagavatī p. 165
feminine destiny, condition, behaviour Ja.vi.238. See also niyati & cp. niggatika.
ni + gati, q.v.
a small town market town (opp. janapada); often combined with gāma (see gāma 2) Vin.i.110 (˚sīma), Vin.i.188 (˚kathā), Vin.i.197 (Setakaṇṇika˚); DN.i.7 (˚kathā), DN.i.101 (˚sāmanta), DN.i.193, DN.i.237; MN.i.429, MN.i.488; Pv.ii.13#18; Ja.vi.330; Pv-a.111 (Asitañjana˚, variant reading BB nagara). Cp. negama.
Sk. nigama, fr. nigacchati = a meeting-place or market, cp. E. moot-hall = market hall
neuter quotation, explanation, illustration Vism.427 (˚vacana quotation); Pv-a.255 (perhaps we should read niyamana); conclusion, e.g. Paṭṭh.A 366; Vb-a.523.
Sk. nigamana
an (iron) chain for the feet Ja.i.394; Ja.ii.153; Ja.vi.64 (here as “bracelet”).
Sk. nigaḍa, ni + gaḷa, cp. gala3
(better variant reading nigāḷhita) sunk down into, immersed in Thag.568 (gūthakūpe).
Sk. nigāḍhita; ni + gāḍhita, see gāḷha2
hidden (down), concealed; (n.) a secret Ja.i.461; Dāvs iii.39.
Sk. nigūḍha, but BSk. nirgūḍha (Divy.256); ni + gūḷha
to cover up, conceal, hide Ja.i.286; Ja.iii.392; Ja.iv.203; Pv.iii.4#3 (≈ parigūhāmi variant reading SS guyhāmi). pp. nigūḷha (q.v.).
Sk. nigūhati, ni + gūhati
neuter covering, concealing, hiding Vv-a.71.
Sk. nigūhana, see nigūhati
to go out or away, disappear; to proceed from, only in pp. niggata (q.v.); at Ja.vi.504 as ni˚.
Sk. nirgacchati, nis + gacchati
adjective free from knots (said of a sword) Mil.105 See also nighaṇḍu.
Sk. nirgranthi, nis + gaṇṭhi, cp. also nigaṇṭha
Sk. nigṛhṇāti, ni + gaṇhāti
adjective
Sk. nirgata, see niggacchati
having a bad “gati” or fate, ill-fated, bad, unfortunate, miserable Ja.iii.538 (variant reading BB as gloss, nikkāruṇika); Ja.iv.48 (variant reading BB nikatika).
Sk. *nirgatika, nis + gati-ka
noun in logic, deduction, conclusion. Pts. of Controversy p. 1.
Sk. *nirgamana, of niggacchati
adjective one who speaks rebukingly, censuring, reproving, resenting Dhp.76 (see expln in detail at Dhp-a.ii.107 & cp. MN.iii.118).
see niggaṇhāti
to be seized by (?), to be blamed for Dhp-a.i.295 (cittaṃ dukkhena n., in expln of dunniggaha).
Sk. nigṛhyate, ni + gayhati, Pass. of niggaṇhāti
Sk. nigraha, ni + gaha2; see niggaṇhāti
adjective without acquisitions, i.e. poor Ja.ii.367 (variant reading BB. as gloss nirāhāra).
Sk. *nirgahaṇa, cp. nirgṛha homeless; nis + gahaṇa
feminine restraint Vism.134 (cittassa). Opp. pagg˚.
abstr. fr. ni + gṛh, cp. next
adjective restrained, checked, rebuked, reproved SN.iii.12; AN.i.175 (aniggahīto dhammo); Ja.vi.493.
Sk. nigṛhīta, but cp. Divy.401: nigṛhīta; ni + gahita
adjective noun one who rebukes, oppresses, oppressor Snp.118 (= bādhaka Snp-a.178, with variant reading ghātaka); Ja.iv.362 (= balisādhaka Com.).
ni + gāhaka, see niggaṇhāti
(niggalati) to swallow down (opp. uggilati to spit out, throw up) Ja.iv.392 (sic as variant reading; text niggalati).
Sk. nigirati, ni + gilati
adjective devoid of good qualities, bad Mil.180.
Sk. nirguṇa, nis + guṇa
feminine a shrub (Vitex Negundo) Mil.223 (˚phala); Vism.257 (˚puppha).
Sk. nirguṇḍī, of obscure etym.
adjective free from bushes, clear Ja.i.187; Mil.3.
Sk. *nirgulma, nis + gumba
neuter destruction, killing, rooting out Snp.1085 (taṇhā˚; Snp-a.576 = vināsana); Cnd.343 (variant reading nighātana).
Sk. nirghātana, nis + ghātana, but cp. nighāta
Sk. nirghoṣa, nis + ghosa
the banyan or Indian fig-tree, Ficus Indica, usually as cpd. -rukkha Vin.iv.35; DN.ii.4; Snp.272; Ja.iii.188 (r.) Dhp-a.ii.14 (r.) Pv-a.5 (r.), Pv-a.112, Pv-a.244; Sdhp.270; -pakka the fruit of the fig-tree Vism.409. -parimaṇḍala the round or circumference of the banyan DN.ii.18; DN.iii.144, DN.iii.162.
Sk. nyagrodha; Non-Aryan?
(nīgha) adjective noun is invented by Com. & scholiasts to explain the combn anigha (anīgha sporadic, e.g. SN.v.57). But this should be divided an-īgha instead of a-nīgha
■ (m.) rage, trembling, confusion, only in formula rāgo n. doso n. moho n. explaining the adj anīgha. Thus at SN.iv.292 = Cnd.45; SN.v.57
■ (adj. anigha not trembling, undisturbed, calm [see etym under īgha = Sk. ṛgh of ṛghāyati to tremble, rage, rave SN.i.54; SN.iv.291; Ja.v.343. Otherwise always combined with nirāsa: SN.i.12 = SN.i.23, SN.i.141; Snp.1048, Snp.1060, Snp.1078. Explained correctly at Snp-a.590 by rāgādi-īgha-virahita. Spelling anīgha Ja.iii.443 (Com. niddukkha); Pv.iv.1#34 (+ nirāsa explained by niddukkha Pv-a.230). anīgha also at Iti.97 (+ chinnasaṃsaya); Ud.76; Dhp.295 (variant reading aniggha explained by niddukkha Dhp-a.iii.454).
neuter killing, destruction Thig.491 (= maraṇasampāpana Thag-a.288).
prob. ni + gha = Sk. ˚gha of hanati (see also P. ˚gha), to kill; unless abstracted from anigha as in prec. nigha1
rubbing, chafing Dhs-a.263, Dhs-a.308.
Sk. nigharṣa
Sk. nigharṣati, ni + ghaṃsati1
neuter = nighaṃsa Mil.215.
Sk. nigharṣana
an explained word or a word expln, vocabulary, gloss, usually in ster. formula marking the accomplishments of a learned Brahmin “sanighaṇḍu-keṭubhānaṃ… padako” (see detail under keṭubha) DN.i.88; AN.i.163, AN.i.166; AN.iii.223; Snp.p.105; Mil.10. Bdhgh’s expln is quoted by Trenckner Notes p. 65.
Sk. nighaṇṭu, dial. for nirgrantha from grathnāti (see gaṇṭhi & ghaṭṭana), orig. disentanglement unravelling, i.e. explanation; cp. niggaṇṭhi, which is a variant of the same word
■ BSk. nighaṇṭa (Divy.619 Avs.ii.19), Prk. nighaṇṭu
striking down, suppressing, destroying, killing MN.i.430; Ne.189. Cp. nighāti.
Sk. nighāta, ni + ghāta
“slaying or being slain,” defeat, loss (opp. ugghāti) Snp.828. Cp. nighāta.
ni + ghāti
heaping up, accumulation; wealth, provisions SN.i.93, SN.i.97; Vin.v.172 (˚sannidhi). See also necayika.
Sk. nicaya, ni + caya, cp. nicita
adjective heaped up, full, thick, massed, dense Thig.480 (of hair); Pv-a.221 (ussanna uparûpari nicita, of Niraya).
Sk. nicita, ni + cita, of nicināti
a plant (Barringtonia acutangula) Vv-a.134.
Sk. nicula
adjective constant, continuous, permanent DN.iii.31; SN.i.142; SN.ii.109, SN.ii.198; SN.iv.24 sq., SN.iv.45, SN.iv.63; AN.ii.33, AN.ii.52 AN.v.210; Pts.ii.80; Vb.335, Vb.426. In chain of synonyms nicca dhuva sassata avipariṇāmadhamma DN.i.21; SN.iii.144, SN.iii.147; see below anicca, -nt. adv. niccaṃ perpetually, constantly, always (syn. sadā) MN.i.326 MN.iii.271; Snp.69, Snp.220, Snp.336; Dhp.23, Dhp.109, Dhp.206, Dhp.293; Ja.i.290 Ja.iii.26, Ja.iii.190; Cnd.345 (= dhuvakālaṃ); Pv-a.32, Pv-a.55, Pv-a.134. Far more freq. as anicca (adj.; aniccaṃ nt. n.) unstable impermanent, inconstant; (nt.) evanescence, inconstancy, impermanence
■ The emphatic assertion of impermanence (continuous change of condition) is a prominent axiom of the Dhamma, & the realization of the evanescent character of all things mental or material is one of the primary conditions of attaining right knowledge (: anicca-saññaṃ manasikaroti to ponder over the idea of impermanence SN.ii.47; SN.iii.155; SN.v.132; Pts.ii.48 sq., Pts.ii.100; Pv-a.62 etc
■ kāye anicc’ ânupassin realizing the impermanence of the body (together with vayânupassin & nirodha˚) SN.iv.211; SN.v.324, SN.v.345; Pts.ii.37, Pts.ii.45 sq., Pts.ii.241 sq. See anupassanā). In this import anicca occurs in many combinations of similar terms all characterising change, its consequences & its meaning esp. in the famous triad “aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ anattā” (see dukkha ii.2), e.g. SN.iii.41, SN.iii.67, SN.iii.180; SN.iv.28 (sabbaṃ), SN.iv.85 sq., SN.iv.106 sq.; SN.iv.133 sq. Thus anicca addhuva appāyuka cavanadhamma DN.i.21. anicca + dukkha SN.ii.53 (yad aniccaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ); SN.iv.28, SN.iv.31, SN.v.345; AN.iv.52 (anicce dukkhasaññā); MN.i.500 (+ roga etc.); Cnd.214 (id. cp roga). anicca dukkha vipariṇāmadhamma (of kāmā DN.i.36. aniccasaññī anattasaññī AN.iv.353; etc. Opposed to this ever-fluctuating impermanence is Nibbāna (q.v.), which is therefore marked with the attributes of constancy & stableness (cp. dhuva, sassata amata, vipariṇāma)
■ See further for ref. SN.ii.244 sq (saḷāyatanaṃ a.), SN.ii.248 (dhātuyo); SN.iii.102 (rūpa etc.), SN.iv.131, SN.iv.151; AN.ii.33, AN.ii.52; AN.v.187 sq., AN.v.343 sq.; Snp.805; Pts.i.191; Pts.ii.28 sq., Pts.ii.80, Pts.ii.106; Vb.12 (rūpa etc.), Vb.70 (dvādasâyatanāni), Vb.319 (viññāṇā), Vb.324 (khandhā), Vb.373; Pv-a.60 (= ittara).
Vedic nitya, adj
■ formation fr. ni, meaning “downward” = onward, on and on; according to Grassmann (Wtb. z. Rig Veda) originally “inwardly homely”
feminine continuity, permanence, only as a˚; changeableness, impermanence SN.i.61, SN.i.204 SN.iii.43; SN.iv.142 sq., SN.iv.216, SN.iv.325.
abstr. to nicca
neuter = niccatā Vism.509.
without skin, excoriated, in -ṃ karoti to flog skinless, to beat the skin off Ja.iii.281. niccamma-gāvī “a skinless cow,” used in a well-known simile at SN.ii.99, referred to at Vism.341 & Vism.463.
Sk. niścarman, nis + camma
adjective motionless Ja.iv.2; Pv-a.95.
Sk. niścala, nis + cala
adjective thoughtless Ja.ii.298.
Sk. niścitta, nis + citta (ka)
adjective without dress, naked Pv-a.32 (= nagga).
nis-cola
adjective without desire or excitement Ja.i.7.
nis + chanda
discrimination, conviction, certainty; resolution, determination Ja.i.441 (˚mitta a firm friend); Dhs-a.133 (adhimokkha = its paccupaṭṭhāna); Snp-a.60 (daḷha˚ adj. of firm resolution). See vi˚.
Sk. niścaya, nis + caya of cināti
neuter emanation, sending out, expansion, efflux Vism.303.
fr. niccharati
to go out or forth from, to rise, sound forth, come out Iti.75 (devasadda) Vv.38#2; Ja.i.53, Ja.i.176; Dhp-a.i.389; Vv-a.12, Vv-a.37 (saddā). Caus. nicchāreti to make come out from, to let go forth get rid of, emit, utter, give out DN.i.53 (anattamanavācam a˚ not utter a word of discontent); Ja.iii.127 Ja.v.416 (madhurassaraṃ); Pp.33; Mil.259 (garahaṃ) Dāvs i.28 (vācaṃ).
Sk. niścarati, nis + carati
having no hunger, being without cravings, stilled, satisfied. Epithet of an Arahant always in combination with nibbuta or parinibbuta: SN.iii.26 (tanhaṃ abbuyha); SN.iv.204 (vedanānaṃ khayā); MN.i.341; MN.i.412, AN.iv.410; AN.v.65 (sītibhūta); Snp.707 (aniccha), Snp.735, Snp.758; Iti.48 (esanānaṃ khayā); Thig.132 (abbūḷhasalla)
■ Explained at Pts.ii.243 by nekkhammena kāmacchandato n.; arahattamaggena sabbakilesehi n. muccati.
Sk. *niḥpsāta, nis + chāta
see nicchodeti.
Caus. of niccharati, q.v.
adjective determined, convinced Mhvs.7, Mhvs.19.
Sk. niścita, nis + cita, see nicchināti
to discriminate, consider, investigate, ascertain; pot. niccheyya Snp.785 (explained by nicchinitvā vinicchinitvā etc. Mnd.76) Dhp.256 (gloss K vinicchaye)
pp nicchita.
Sk. niścinoti, nis + cināti
adjective thrown out Ja.iii.99 (= nibbāpita, nikkhāmita); Mil.130.
Sk. niḥkṣubdha, nis + chuddha, see nicchubhati
to throw out Ja.iii.512 (= nīharati Com.; variant reading nicchurāti); Mil.187
pp nicchuddha q.v.
Sk. *niḥkṣubhati, nis + khubhati or chubhati, cp. chuddha & khobha, also nicchodeti & upacchubhati and see Trenckner, Mil pp.423, Mil pp.424
neuter throwing out, ejection, being an outcaste Mil.357.
see nicchubhati
(& variant reading; nicchādeti) to shake or throw about, only in phrase odhunāti nidhunāti nicchodeti at SN.iii.155 = MN.i.229 MN.i.374 = AN.iii.365, where S has correct reading (variant reading ˚choṭeti); M has ˚chādeti (variant reading ˚chodeti); A has ˚chedeti (variant reading ˚choreti, ˚chāreti; gloss nippoṭeti). The C. on AN.iii.365 has: nicchedetī ti bāhāya vā rukkhe vā paharati-nicchedeti (chid) is pardonable because of Prk chollai “to cut.” Cp. also nicchubhati with variant reading BB nicchurāti. For sound change P. ch<sk. kṣ cp. P chamā<k ch churik etc.
shows a confusion of two roots, which are both of Prk. origin, viz. chaḍḍ; choṭ; the former = P. chaḍḍeti, the latter = Sk. kṣodayati or BSk. chorayati, Apabhraṃśa chollai; with which cp. P. chuddha
adjective own Dāvs ii.68. Cp. niya.
Sk. nija, wth dial. j. for nitya = P. nicca
neuter washing, cleansing Vism.342 (variant reading nijj˚).
fr. nij
to desire ardently, to covet DN-a.i.92 (= maggeti pariyesati).
Sk. nijigīṣati, ni + jigiṃsati
feminine covetousness Vism.23 sq. (defined), Vism.29 (id. = magganā), referring to Vb.353 where T has jigiṃsanatā, with variant reading nijigīsanatā.
fr. last
noun adjective one who desires ardently, covetous, rapacious DN.i.8 (lābhaṃ) AN.iii.111 (id.).
n. ag. fr. prec.
adjective disentangled Ja.i.187; Mil.3.
Sk. *nirjaṭa, nis + jaṭa, adj. to jaṭā
adjective causing to decay, destroying, annihilating; f. ˚ā decay, destruction, death SN.iv.339; AN.i.221; AN.ii.198; AN.v.215 sq. (dasa-n-vatthūni) Pts.i.5 (id.).
Sk. nirjara in diff. meaning, P. nis functioning as emphatic pref.; nis + jara
to destroy, annihilate, cause to cease or exist MN.i.93; Thig.431 (nijjaressāmi = jīrāpessāmi vināsessāmi Thag-a.269).
Sk. nir-jarayati; nis + jarati1
to make an end to a blaze, to extinguish, to put out Ja.vi.495 (aggiṃ).
nis + jāleti
adjective destroyed, overcome, exhausted, finished, dead DN.i.96; MN.ii.217; AN.i.221 (vedanākkhayā sabbaṃ dukkhaṃ n. bhavissati) MN.i.93; AN.v.215 sq.; Ne.51.
Sk. nirjīrṇa, nis + jiṇṇa
adjective unvanquished Mil.192 (˚kammasūrā), Mil.332 (˚vijita-sangāma); Sdhp.360.
Sk. nirjita, nis + jita
adjective lifeless, soulless Dhs-a.38; Mil.413.
Sk. nirjīvita, nis + jīva1
adjective satisfied, pacified, appeased Ja.vi.414 (= khamāpita Com.); Vv.63#19 (= nijjhāpita Vv-a.265) Mil.209. See also paṭi˚
pp. of nijjhāpeti, *Sk. nidhyapta or nidhyāpita
feminine conviction, understanding realization; favourable disposition, satisfaction MN.i.320; AN.iv.223; Pts.ii.171, Pts.ii.176; Mil.210.
abstr. to nijjhatta, cp. BSk. nidhyapti, formation like P. ñatti → Sk. jñapti
neuter understanding, insight, perception, comprehension; favour, indulgence (= nijjhāpana), pleasure, delight Ja.vi.207. Often as -ṃ khamati: to be pleased with, to find pleasure in SN.iii.225, SN.iii.228; MN.i.133, MN.i.480; Vv.84#17. Thus also diṭṭhinijjhāna-kkhanti delighting in speculation AN.i.189 sq. AN.ii.191. Cp. upa˚.
*Sk. nidhyāna, ni + jhāna1
neuter conflagration, in anto˚ = nijjhāyana Pv-a.18 (cittasantāpa + in expln of soka).
nis + jhāna2
neuter favourable disposition, kindness, indulgence Ja.iv.495 (˚ṃ karoti = khamāpeti Com.; text reads nijjhapana).
Sk. *nidhyāpana, ni + jhāpana, Caus. to jhāpeti
adjective to be discriminated or understood, in dun˚; hard to… Mil.141 (pañha).
Sk. *ni-dhyāpya, to nijjhāpeti
to make favourably disposed, to win somebody’s affection, or favour, to gain over Vin.ii.96; MN.i.321; Ja.iv.108; Ja.iv.414, Ja.iv.495; Ja.vi.516; Mil.264; Vv-a.265 (nijjhāpita = nijjhatta).
Sk. nidhāyayati, ni + jhāpeti, Caus. to jhāyati1; cp. Sk. nididhyāsate
adjective noun burning away, wasting away, consuming or consumed AN.i.295; Ne.77, Ne.95 paṭipadā.
Sk. niḥkṣāma, cp. niḥkṣīṇa, nis + jhāma of jhāyati2 = Sk. kṣāyati
to meditate, reflect, think SN.iii.140 sq. (+ passati, cp. jānāti), SN.iii.157; MN.i.334 (jhāyati n. apajjhāyati); MN.iii.14 (id.). Cp. upa˚.
Sk. nidhyāyati, ni + jhāyati1
to be consumed (by sorrow), to fret Mnd.433.
ni + jhāyati2
neuter burning away, consumption; fig. remorse, mortification in anto˚; Ja.i.168 (cp. nijjhāna2).
Sk. *niḥkṣāyana, nis + jhāyana of jhāyati2
adjective dependent on, resting on, intent upon SN.iii.13 (accanta˚); Mnd.263 (rūpa˚).
Sk. niṣṭha, ni + ˚tha; cp. niṭṭhā1
feminine basis, foundation, familiarity with Snp.864 (expl Snp-a.551 by samiddhi, but see Mnd.263).
Sk. niṣṭhā; ni + ṭhā, abstr. of adj
■ suff. ˚ṭha
feminine end, conclusion; perfection, height, summit; object aim Vin.i.255; SN.ii.186; AN.i.279 (object); Pts.i.161 niṭṭhaṃ gacchati to come to an end; fig. to reach perfection be completed in the faith MN.i.176; Ja.i.201; Mil.310; freq. in pp. niṭṭhaṃ gata (niṭṭhangata) one who has attained perfection (= pabbajitānaṃ arahattaṃ patta) Dhp-a.iv.70; SN.iii.99 (a˚); AN.ii.175; AN.iii.450 AN.v.119 sq.; Dhp.351; Pts.i.81, Pts.i.161.
Vedic niṣṭhā (niḥṣṭhā), nis + ṭhā from ˚ṭha
to be at an end, to be finished Ja.i.220; Ja.iv.391; Dhp-a.i.393
pp niṭṭhita, Caus niṭṭhāpeti (q.v.).
Sk. niṣṭiṣṭhati, nis + tiṭṭhati, the older *sthāti restored in compound
neuter being finished, carrying out, execution, performance DN.i.141; Thag-a.19 (= avasāya). Cp. san˚.
abstr. of niṭṭhāti
accomplished, performed, carried out Ja.i.86, Ja.i.172 (˚ṭha˚), Ja.i.201.
pp. of niṭṭhāpeti
to carry out, perform; prepare, make ready, accomplish Ja.i.86, Ja.i.290; Ja.vi.366; Dhp-a.iii.172
pp niṭṭhāpita Cp. pari˚.
Caus. to niṭṭhāti
adjective brought or come to an end, finished, accomplished; (made) ready, prepared (i.e. the preparations being finished) Vin.i.35; DN.i.109 (bhattaṃ: the meal is ready); DN.ii.127 (id.); Ja.i.255 (id.); Ja.ii.48; Ja.iii.537 (finished); Vv-a.188; Pv-a.81; & often at conclusion of books & chapters. aniṭṭhita not completed Dhp-a.iii.172
■ su˚; well finished, nicely got up, accomplished Snp.48, Snp.240. Cp. pari˚.
Sk. niṣṭhita (niḥṣṭhita), nis + ṭhita, cp. niṭṭhāti
nuṭṭhubhati at Vin.i.271; Ja.i.459; also niṭṭhuhaṭi to spit out, to expectorate Vin.i.271 (nuṭṭhuhitvā), Vin.iii.132 (id.); Ja.ii.105, Ja.ii.117 (nuṭṭh˚); Ja.vi.367; Dhp-a.ii.36 (niṭṭhuhitvā). pp. nuṭṭhubhita Sdhp.121
■ Cp. oṭṭhubhati
Sk. niṣṭhubhati, but in meaning = Sk. niṣṭhīvati nis + *thīv, stubh taking the function of ṣṭhīv, since stubh itself is represented by thavati & thometi
neuter spitting out, spittle Ja.i.47; Pv-a.80 (= kheḷa, variant reading SS niṭṭhuvana, BB niṭhūna).
Sk. niṣṭhīvana, see niṭṭhubhati & cp. Prk. niṭṭhuhana
adjective rough, hard, cruel, merciless Snp.952 (a˚; this reading is mentioned as variant reading by Bdhgh at Snp-a.569, & the reading; anuddharī given; vv. ll SS anuṭṭhurī, BB anuṭṭharī, explained as anissukī Mnd.440 however has aniṭṭhurī with expln of nitthuriya as under issā at Vb.357).
Sk. niṣṭhura or niṣṭhūra, ni + thūra = thūla; cp. Prk. niṭṭhura
neuter hardness, harshness, roughness Mnd.440; Cnd.484 (in exegesis of makkha) Vb.357.
cp. Sk. niṣṭhuratva
to cut out, to weed DN.i.231 (niddāyit˚); Iti.56 (as variant reading niddāta for niṇhāta, q.v.); Ja.i.215. Caus niḍḍāpeti to cause to weed, to have weeds dug up Vin.ii.180.
Sk. nirdāti, nis + dāyati, cp. Sk. nirdātar weeder
neuter nest, place, seat Dhp.148 (variant reading niḷa).
Vedic nīḍa resting-place ni + sad “sitting down”
adjective cleansed, purified Iti.56 (˚pāpaka = sinless; with several vv. ll amongst which niddāta of niḍḍāyati = cleansed of weeds = Mnd.58 (ninhāta˚) = Cnd.514 (ninhāta, variant reading SS ninnahāta).
Sk. *niḥsnāta, nis + nahāta
the ridge of a mountain or a glen, gully DN-a.i.209.
Sk. nitamba; etym. unknown
to become dark, to be exhausted, faint; to be in misery or anxiety Ja.iv.284 (Com.: atikilamati).
Sk. nitāmyati, ni + tam as in tama
to knock down, to strike Ja.iv.347.
Sk. nitāḍayati, ni + tāḷeti
adjective free from thirst or desire, desireless Pv-a.230 (= nirāsa) f. abstr. nitthaṇhatā Ne.38.
BSk. niṣṭṛṣṇa (Divy.210 etc.), nis + taṇhā
(better: nitthaddhana) neuter paralysing DN.i.11 (jīvhā˚ = mantena jivhāya thaddhakaraṇa DN-a.i.96 variant reading (gloss) nibandhana).
Sk. *niṣṭambhana, abstr. fr. ni + thaddha = making rigid
see nittharati.
adjective free from grass Ja.iii.23.
Sk. niṣṭṛṇa, nis + tiṇa
past participle got out of, having crossed or overcome DN.ii.275 (-ogha; variant reading BB nitiṇṇa) Mnd.159 (as variant reading; text has nitiṇṇa); Cnd.278 (t.). Cp nittharati.
Sk. nistīrṇa, nis + tiṇṇa
neuter pricking, piercing AN.i.65 (text: nittuddana), AN.iii.403 sq.
nis + tudana, abstr. fr. tudati; cp. Sk. nistodā
adjective
cp. Sk. nistejas only in meaning 1; nis + teja
to moan, groan:
Sk. nisstanati “moan out,” nis + thaneti & thunati1
neuter groaning, moaning DN-a.i.291 (variant reading BB. ˚ṭhuna). As nitthunana Vism.504.
nis + thanana, abstr. to thaneti
neuter getting across, ferrying over, traversing, overcoming SN.i.193 (oghassa); AN.ii.200 (id.); Iti.111 (id.) MN.i.134; Ja.i.48 (loka˚); Dāvs ii.29 (id.); Vism.32; Sdhp.334 (bhava˚), Sdhp.619 (tiloka˚).
Sk. nistaraṇa, nis + taraṇa, cp. nittharati
neuter “strewing or being strewn down,” putting down, carrying, bearing SN.iv.177 (bhārassa, of a load, cp. nikkhepa); Vv-a.131 (so read for niddharaṇa, in kuṭumba-bhārassa nsamatthā = able to carry the burden of a household).
Sk. nistaraṇa, ni + tharaṇa
to cross over, get out of, leave behind, get over DN.i.73 (kantāraṃ). pp nittiṇṇa q.v. Caus. nitthāreti to bring through, help over Cnd.630 (nittāreti).
Sk. nistarati, nis + tarati1
passing over, rescue, payment, acquittance, in -ṃ vattati to be acquitted, to get off scot-free MN.i.442 (variant reading netth˚, which is the usual form). See netthāra.
Sk. nistāra; nis + tāra of tarati1
Sk. *nis-stanana & nistava to thunati
etc., see nitthanati etc.
neuter “pointing at” evidence, example, comparison, apposition, attribute characteristic; sign, term DN.i.223 (a˚ with no attribute), DN.iii.217 (id.); SN.iv.370 (id.); AN.iv.305 sq. (nīla˚, pīta etc.); Snp.137; Vb.13, Vb.64, Vb.70 sq. (sa˚, a˚); Vv-a.12, Vv-a.13; Pv-a.26, Pv-a.121 (pucchanākāra˚), Pv-a.226 (paccakkhabhūtaṃ n “sign, token”).
Sk. nidarśana, ni + dassana
variant reading BB at Snp.785 for nirassati (q.v.) Mnd.76 has nid˚ in text, nir˚ as variant reading SS; Snp-a.522 reads nirassati
past participle pointed out, defined as, termed Pv.i.5#12; Pv-a.30.
see nidasseti
to point out (“down”), explain, show, define Vv-a.12, Vv-a.13 (˚etabbavacana the word to be compared or defined, correl. to nidassana-vacana)
pp nidassita (q.v.).
Sk. nidarśayati, ni + dasseti
to lay down or aside, deposit; accumulate, hoard, bury (a treasure) Vin.i.46 (cīvaraṃ); Mil.271; ger. nidahitvā Pv-a.97 (dhanadhaññaṃ) & nidhāya Dhp.142, Dhp.405; Snp.35 (daṇḍaṃ), Snp.394, Snp.629; Cnd.348; pres. also nidheti Kp-a.217, Kp-a.219; fut nidhessati Pv-a.132. Pass. nidhīyati Kp-a.217. Caus nidhāpeti Pv-a.130 (bhoge). See also nidāhaka, nidhāna & nidhi; also upanidhāya.
Sk. nidadhāti, ni + dahati1
heat, summer-heat, summer, drought Ja.i.221 (-samaya dry season); Ja.ii.80; Vism.259 (˚samaya, where Kp-a.58 reads sarada-samaya); Pv-a.174 (-kāla summer). fig Ja.iv.285; Ja.v.404; Dāvs ii.60.
Sk. nidāgha, fr. nidahati, ni + dahati2, see ḍahati
neuter
Sk. nidāna, ni + *dāna of dā, dyati to bind, cp. Gr. δέσμα, δ ̈ημα (fetter) & see dāma
adjective one who puts away, one who has the office of keeper or warder (of robes: cīvara˚ Vin.i.284.
fr. nidahati
neuter a cave Mnd.23 (Ep. of kāya).
nis + dara, see darī
= niddā Ja.vi.294.
so read for niddanna, variant reading niddhā = niddā; cp. supinanta
adjective merciless, pitiless, cruel Sdhp.143, Sdhp.159.
Sk. nirdaya, nis + dayā (adj.)
adjective free from fear, pain or anguish Dhp.205 = Snp.257 (explained at Dhp-a.iii.269 by rāgadarathānaṃ abhāvena n.; at Snp-a.299 by kilesapariḷāhâbhāvena n.).
nis + dara
see niddesa.
feminine sleep AN.ii.48, AN.ii.50; AN.iii.251; Snp.926 (opp. jāgariyā), Snp.942 (see expln at Mnd.423); Ja.i.61, Ja.i.192; Ja.ii.128
■ niddaṃ okkamati to fall asleep Vin.i.15 (niddā?); Ja.iii.538 Ja.iv.1; Dhp-a.i.9; Vv-a.65; Pv-a.47; ˚ṃ upagacchati id Pv-a.43, Pv-a.105, Pv-a.128.
Vedic nidrā, ni + drā in Sk. drāti, drāyate, Idg. *dorē; cp. Gr. (hom.) ε ̓́δραχον, Lat. dormio
neuter cutting off, mowing, destroying Snp.78 (= chedana lunana uppāṭana Snp-a.148) = SN.i.172; K.S. i.319, cp. niḍḍāyati.
Sk. *nirdāna, nis + dāna of dayati2, Sk. dāti, cp. dātta
to sleep DN.i.231; Ja.i.192, Ja.i.266; Ja.ii.103; Ja.v.68, Ja.v.382; Dhp-a.iii.175; Snp-a.169.
Denom. fr. niddā
a sleepy person Dhp.325.
n. ag. fr. niddāyati
past participle expressed, explained, designated Mil.3; Dhs-a.57; Vism.528; Vv-a.13.
see niddisati
to distinguish, point out, explain designate, define, express, to mean Iti.122 = Cnd.276#f Mil.123, Mil.345; Dhs-a.57; Dhp-a.ii.59; Pv-a.87, Pv-a.217 (˚itvā); aor. niddisi Dhs-a.57; Snp-a.61
grd niddisitabba Dhs-a.56; Ne.96. Pass. niddissīyati Pv-a.163
pp niddiṭṭha (q.v.).
Sk. nir-diśati, nis + disati, cp. Lat. distinguo
adjective without fault or evil Ja.iii.443 (in expln of anīgha); Pv-a.230 (id.); (in expln of mārisa) K.S. (S.A.), Pv-a.1, Pv-a.2, n. 1.
nis + dukkha
Sk. nirdeśa, fr. niddisati, cp. desa, desaka etc.
adjective faultless, pure, undefiled Snp.476; Dhs-a.2; Pv-a.189 (= viraja); Dhp-a.i.41.
Sk. nirdośa, nis + dosa1
adjective free from hatred Ja.iv.10 (su˚; Com. “adussanavasena,” foll. upon sunikkodha).
Sk. nirdveṣa, nis + dosa2
adjective without property, poor Ja.v.447.
nis + dhana
adjective blown off, removed, cleaned, purified AN.i.254 (jātarūpa “loitered,” cp. niddhota); Snp.56 (˚kasāva-moha; Com vijahati); Dhp.236 (˚mala, malānaṃ nīhaṭatāya Dhp-a.iii.336); Cnd.347 (= vanta & pahīna); Ja.vi.218 (of hair Com. explains siniddharutā, variant reading BB siniddha-anta thus meant for Sk. snigdhānta).
pp. of niddhamati, nis + dhanta, q.v.
to blow away, blow off; to clean, cleanse, purify; to throw out, eject, remove Snp.281 = Mil.414 (kāraṇḍavaṃ) Snp.282 (˚itvā pāpicche), Snp.962 (malaṃ = pajahati (Mnd.478); Dhp.239 (id.); Mil.43
pp niddhanta).
in form = Sk. nirdhmāti, nis + dhamati, but in meaning the verb, as well as its derivations, are influenced by both meanings of niddhāvati (dhāvati1 & 2): see niddhāpeti, niddhamana, & niddhovati
neuter drainage, drain, canal Vin.ii.120 (udaka˚; dhovituṃ immediately preceding); Ja.i.175 Ja.i.409, Ja.i.425; Ja.iii.415; Ja.iv.28; Ja.v.21 (udaka˚); Dhp-a.ii.37.
of niddhamati or = *nirdhāvana = ˚dhovana to dhāvati2
feminine throwing out, ejection, expulsion Ja.v.233 (= nikkaḍḍhanā Com.).
either to niddhamati or to niddhāpeti
neuter not with Hardy (Index Vv-a) = Sk. nirdhāraṇa (estimation), but to be read as nittharaṇa (see nittharaṇa2).
adjective thrown out Ja.iii.99 (variant reading for nibbāpita).
pp. of niddhāpeti, q.v.
to throw out, chase away, expel Ja.iv.41 (niddhāpayiṃsu), Ja.iv.48 (? for niddhāmase). pp. niddhāpita.
Sk. nirdhāvayati, nis + dhāveti (dhāpeti), Caus. of dhāvati1; may also stand for niddhamāpeti Caus. fr. niddhamati, cp. contamination niddhāmase at Ja.iv.48, unless misread for niddhāpaye, as variant reading BB bears out
at Ja.iv.48 should probably be read niddhāpaye (as variant reading BB), q.v.
to shake off SN.iii.155; AN.iii.365 (odhunāti + ; spelt nidhunāti) MN.i.229; Thag.416; Pv-a.256 (= odhunāti).
Sk. nirdhunoti, nis + dhunāti
? neuter hypocrisy Pp.18 (= makkha); cp J.P.T.S. 1884, 83.
= Sk. nihnuvana fr. nihnute with diff. derivation
adjective unscented Ja.vi.21 (udaka).
nir + dhūpana
adjective washed, cleansed, purified Dāvs v.63 (˚rūpiya; cp. niddhanta).
nis + dhota; pp. of niddhovati
to wash off, clean, purify AN.i.253 (jātarūpaṃ, immediately followed by niddhanta). pp. niddhota.
Sk. nirdhāvati, nis + dhovati, cp. niddhamati
neuter laying down, depositing, keeping; receptacle; accumulation, (hidden treasure Ja.iv.280 (nidhi˚); Pv-a.7 (udaka-dāna-nīharaṇa-n˚), Pv-a.97 (n-gata dhana = hoarded, accumulated), Pv-a.132 (˚ṃ nidhessāmi gather a treasure); Dhs-a.405 (˚kkhama).
Vedic nidhāna, see nidahati
see nidahati.
Vedic nidhi, ni + dhā, see nidahati
see nīdhura.
see nidahati.
to blame, find fault with, censure AN.ii.3; AN.v.171 AN.v.174; Snp.658; Ja.vi.63; Dhp.227;
inf. nindituṃ Dhp.230 grd nindanīya Snp-a.477.
pp nindita (q.v.); cp. also nindiya.
Sk. nindati, nid as in Gr. ο ̓́νειδος (blame), Lith. naids (hatred), Goth. naitjan (to rail or blaspheme) Ohg. neizzan (to plague); cp. Goth. neip = Ohg. nīd (envy)
neuter blaming, reviling, finding fault Dhp-a.iii.328.
abstr. fr. nindati
feminine blame, reproach, fault-finding, fault, disgrace SN.iii.73; AN.ii.188; AN.iv.157 sq.; MN.i.362; Snp.213 (+ pasaṃsā blame & praise) Dhp.81 (id.); Snp.826, Snp.895, Snp.928; Dhp.143, Dhp.309; Mnd.165 Mnd.306, Mnd.384; Dhp-a.ii.148
■ In compound nindi˚; see anindi˚.
cp. Sk. nindā, to nindati
adjective blamed, reproved, reviled; faulty, blameworthy Dhp.228; Pv.ii.3#34 (a˚ blameless agarahita pasaṃsa Pv-a.89); Sdhp.254, Sdhp.361
■ anindita Ja.iv.106 (˚angin).
pp. of nindati
adjective blameable, faulty, blameworthy Snp.658 (= nindanīya Snp-a.477) Ne.132. pi nindiyā at Pv-a.23 is to be read as pīṇitindriyā
Sk. nindya, orig. grd. of nindati
adjective noun
Vedic nimna, der. fr. ni down, prob. combined with -na of nam to bend, thus meaning “bent down,” cp. unna & panna
adjective bent down, bent upon, in ninnatattā (fem. abstr.) aim, purpose (?) Dhs-a.39 (is the reading correct?).
ni + nata
(& Nināda Miln, Dāvs) sounding forth, sound, tune, melody AN.ii.117 (˚sadda) Ja.vi.43; Vv-a.161; Mil.148; Dāvs v.31.
Sk. nināda, ni + nāda
adjective sounding (loud), resonant (of a beautiful voice) DN.ii.211 (cp. aṭṭhanga brahmassara & bindu).
fr. ninnāda
adjective bending downwards, descending AN.iv.237.
fr. ni + nam
to bend down, put out (the tongue) DN.i.106 (jivhaṃ = nīharati DN-a.i.276) Ja.i.163, Ja.i.164; cp. Divy.7, Divy.71 (nirṇāmayati).
Caus. of ni + namati
adjective lead down, lead away; drained, purified, free from (˚-) AN.i.254 (ninnīta-kasāva of gold: free fr. dross).
pp. of ninneti
one who leads down to, one who disposes of (c. gen.) bringer of, giver, usually in phrase atthassa n. (bringer of good: “Heilbringer”) of the Buddha SN.iv.94; MN.i.111; AN.v.226 sq., AN.v.256 sq.; Pts.ii.194.
n. ag. to ni-nayati = Sk. *ninayitṛ, cp. netar
to lead down, lead away; drain, (udakaṃ), desiccate Vin.ii.180
pp ninnīta, q.v.
Sk. ninayati, ni + nayati
see niṇhāta.
at Ja.v.6 read as nīpa.
adjective intelligent, clever, prudent, wise SN.i.13, SN.i.52, SN.i.187; MN.i.339; AN.i.165 (+ jhāyin); AN.iii.24, AN.iii.138; Snp.45≈ Dhp.328≈ Dhp-a.i.62; Snp.283, Snp.962, Snp.1038; Cnd.349 (= jātimā = Mnd.478; Bv.i.49; Vb.426; Mil.34, Mil.342, Mil.411 Vism.3 (defn).
cp. BSk. nipaka chief, fr. Sk. nipa, chief, master
at Vin.i.200 read nippakka. Nipacc-akara
obedience, humbleness, service SN.i.178; SN.v.233; AN.v.66; Ja.i.232 Ja.iv.133; Vv-a.22, Vv-a.320; Pv-a.12. Nipacca-vadin
nipacca, ger. of nipatati + ākāra
adjective speaking hurtfully Snp.217 (= dāyakaṃ nipātetvā appiyavacanāni vattā Snp-a.272).
nipacca, ger. of nipāteti + vādin
to lie down (to sleep) DN.i.246; AN.iv.332; Ja.i.150; Dhp-a.i.40; Pv-a.280; aor nipajji Ja.i.279; Ja.ii.154; Ja.iii.83; Vv-a.75, Vv-a.76; Pv-a.74, Pv-a.75 Pv-a.93; ger. nipajja Ja.i.7 (Ja.v.44: ˚ṭṭhānacankama)
caus nipajjāpeti to lay down, deposit Ja.i.50, Ja.i.253, Ja.i.267 Ja.iii.26, Ja.iii.188; Dhp-a.i.50; Vv-a.76 (˚etvā rakkhāpetha) Cp. abhi˚.
Sk. nipadyate, ni + pajjati
Sk. nipatati, ni + patati
at Ja.iii.120 is an old misreading & is to be corrected into; nipatāmase (= let us gather, bring together = dedicate), unless it be read as nipphadāmase (= do, set forth, prepare, give), in spite of Com. expln p. 121: nikārapakārā (= nipaccakārā?) upasaggā (upasajja?) dāmase (dā) ti attho; endorsed by Müller, P.G. p. 97 & Kern, Toevoegselen p.175. It cannot be ni + pa dāmase, since ni is never used as secondary (modifying verb-component (see ni˚ A 2), & Bdhgh’s expln is popular etym. Cp. nipatāmase at Ja.iv.361 (see nipatati).
adjective lying down Ja.i.151, Ja.i.279; Ja.ii.103; Ja.iii.276 (˚kāle while he was asleep), Ja.iv.167; Pv-a.43, Pv-a.75, Pv-a.265 (spelt nippanna, opp. nikujja).
pp. of nipajjati
adjective = nipanna Pts.ii.209; Ja.i.151.
past participle (Com. reading for vipalāvita text) made to swim, immersed, thrown into water Ja.i.326.
Sk. viplāvita, see plavati
adjective full grown, fully developed, in full strength Ja.vi.327 (of a tree).
Sk. nipāka, ni + pāka (pacati)
Sk. nipāta, ni + pāta, of nipatati
adjective divided into sections or chapters Dpvs.iv.16.
to nipāta
neuter
to nipatati
adjective
to nipatati
to let fall, throw down into (c. loc.); bring to fall, injure; fig. cast upon, charge with DN.i.91; MN.i.453 (ayokaṭāhe); Ja.iii.359; Snp-a.272; Pv-a.152 (bhūmiyaṃ). pp. nipātita corrupt, evil wicked Vin.ii.182 (caṇḍa + ; text nippātita, variant reading nipphātita).
ni + Caus. of patati
adjective clever, skilful, accomplished; fine, subtle, abstruse DN.i.26≈(n. gambhīra dhamma), DN.i.162 (paṇḍita +); MN.i.487 (dhamma); SN.i.33; SN.iv.369; AN.iii.78; Snp.1126 (= gambhīra duddasa etc. Cnd.350); Vb.426; Mil.233, Mil.276; DN-a.i.117; Vv-a.73 (ariyasaccesu kusala +) Vv-a.232; Pv-a.1, Pv-a.16. Cp. abhinipuṇa.
Sk. nipuṇa, dial. for nipṛṇa, to pṛṇoti, pṛ.
adjective of no flavour, tasteless, useless Ja.i.340.
nis + pakāra 2
adjective boiled, infused Vin.i.200.
nis + pakka
to be produced, be accomplished, spring forth, ripen result, happen Dhp-a.ii.4 (pph); Pv-a.19 (= upakappati), Pv-a.71 (phalaṃ ijjhati n.), Pv-a.120 (id.). pp. nipphanna. See also nipphādeti & nipphatti etc.; cp. also abhi˚.
Sk. niṣpadyate, nis + pajjati
adjective unwise, foolish Pv-a.40, Pv-a.41 (= dummati).
nis + pañña
to fall out; rush out, come forth, go out from (c. abl.) Vin.ii.151 (nipphaṭati variant reading nippaṭati); Ja.v.467 (= nikkhamati Com.; or is it nipatati?)
ger nippacca (cp. BSk. nirpatya Avs.i.209).
nis + patati
adjective
nis + patta
see nipphatti.
? at SN.i.225 read nipphādā (q.v.).
only in instr. & abl. = separately Dhs-a.2, Dhs-a.30, Dhs-a.37, Dhs-a.297.
Sk. *niṣpradesa, nis + padesa
see nipanna & nipphanna.
adjective free from diffuseness SN.iv.370; Dhp.254 (Tathāgata); -ārāma not fond of delay MN.i.65 (Neumann trsl. i.119: “dem keine Sonderheit behagt”); AN.iii.431; AN.iv.229 sq.; Mil.262.
nis + papañca
adjective without splendour Ja.ii.415; Mil.102.
nis + prabhā
nis + pariyāya
adjective free from prattle or talk, not talking AN.ii.183 (apalāpa + ; variant reading ˚palāsa).
nis + palāpa
adjective without hindrances, unobstructed Mil.11.
nis + palibodha
see nipphādeti.
adjective free from sin Snp.257 = Dhp.205.
nis + pāpa
adjective a bastard Ja.i.133 (variant reading nippītika q.v.).
Sk. *niṣpaitṛka = fatherless or *niṣprītika?
adjective without thirst or desire Snp.56; Cnd.351.
nis + pipāsā
adjective
nis + pīti + ka
neuter squeezing, pressing; a blow Ja.iii.160. Cp. abhinippīḷanā.
nis + pīḷana
to squeeze, press, clench, urge Ja.i.63, Ja.i.223. Pass. nippīḷiyati, only in ppr. nippīḷiyamāna being urged Vin.ii.303; Vv-a.138; Pv-a.31, Pv-a.192. Cp. abhi˚.
nis + pīḷeti
adjective
nis + purisa
one who performs jugglery, a juggler DN.i.8 (= nippeso sīlaṃ etesan ti DA.i.91); AN.iii.111.
cp. Sk. niṣpeṣa clashing against, bounce, shock, niṣ + piṣ
feminine jugglery, trickery (cp. Kern, Toevoegselen p. 176) Vb.353 (explained at Vism.29); Mil.383.
abstr. fr. prec.
neuter crushing, beating, destroying Snp-a.390.
nis + pothana of puth to crush
see nippajjati.
neuter (or ˚nā f.?) resulting, procedure, achievement, plot Ja.iv.83.
n. abstr. fr. nipp(h)ajjati
feminine result, accomplishment, effect, end, completion, perfection Ja.i.56, Ja.i.335 (of dreams), Ja.i.343, Ja.i.456; Ja.iv.137 (sippe); Ja.vi.36; Vv-a.138 (sippa˚); Dhp-a.ii.6 (import, meaning, of a vision); Dhs-a.354; Pv-a.122, Pv-a.282 (sippe); Ne.54. Cp. abhi˚.
cp. Sk. niṣpatti
adjective having a result Ja.iii.166 (evaṃ˚ of such consequence).
fr. nipphatti
adjective accomplished, perfected, trained SN.i.215 (˚sobhin, spelt nippanna) Ja.iv.39 (˚sippa master of the art, M.A.); Dhp-a.iii.285 (sasse); Dhs-a.316; in phil. determined, conditioned Kvu xi.7; xxiii.5; Vism.450; Pts. of Controversy, 395 Cp. abhi˚, pari˚. See also Cpd. 156, 157.
pp. of nippajjati
adjective without fruit, barren in a˚; not without fruit, i.e. amply rewarded (dāyaka, the giver of good gifts) Pv.i.4#2; Pv.i.5#5, Pv-a.194; Sdhp.504.
nis + phala
adjective broken out, split open Ja.i.493 (lasī = nikkhantā Com.; variant reading nipphaḷita).
Sk. niṣphārita, pp. of nipphaleti, nis + phaleti
neuter state of being free from sugar or molasses Ja.iii.409.
nis + phāṇita + tva
adjective producing, accomplishing Dhs-a.47; Pv-a.147 (sukha-˚ṃ puññaṃ).
fr. nipphādeti
neuter accomplishment Mil.356; DN-a.i.195.
Sk. niṣpādana, to nipphādeti
one who produces or gains SN.i.225 (atthassa; read nipphādā nom. for nippadā).
n. ag. = Sk. niṣpādayitṛ cp. nipphāditar
(having) produced, producing (perhaps = nipphāditar) Vv-a.113.
pp. of nipphādeti
one who produces or accomplishes Pv-a.8 (read “so nipphāditā” for sā nipphādikā). Cp. nipphādita and nipphādaka.
n. ag. to nipphādeti, cp. nipphādar
to bring forth, produce; accomplish, perform Ja.i.185 (lābhasakkāraṃ); Ja.v.81; Mil.299; Vv-a.32, Vv-a.72 (grd. nipphādetabba, Name of ablative case); Sdhp.319, Sdhp.426
pp nipphādita. Cp abhinipphādeti.
Caus. of nippajjati
neuter beating SN.iv.300 (variant reading ṭh.). Cp. nippothana.
nis + pothanā
to beat down, smother, crush SN.i.101, SN.i.102.
nis + potheti
adjective bound down to, i.e.
ni + baddha
binding, bond; attachment, continuance, continuity SN.ii.17; Vv-a.259 Vv-a.260 (perseverance). acc. nibandhaṃ (often misspelt for nibaddhaṃ) continually Vv-a.75. Cp. vi˚.
Sk. nibandha, ni + bandha
ni + bandhati
neuter tying, fastening; binding, bond; (adj.) tied to, fettered Snp.654 (kamma˚); Mil.78, Mil.80.
ni + bandhana
to attend to, to look out for, to take Ja.iii.151 (= gaṇhati)
caus nibodheti to waken, at Thag.22 is probably to be read as vibodheti.
ni + bodhati
past participle existing, having existed, being reborn Vin.i.215 (n. bījaṃ phalaṃ fruit with seed); Ja.i.168; Ja.ii.111; Pv-a.10 (niraye), Pv-a.35 (petayoniyaṃ), Pv-a.100 (pubbe n
■ ṭhānato paṭṭhāya) Mil.268 (kamma˚, hetu˚ & utu˚)
■ Cp. abhi˚.
Sk. nirvṛtta, nis + vaṭṭa, pp. of nibbattati
adjective producing, yielding Pv-a.26 (phala ˚ṃ kusalakammaṃ), Pv-a.126 (= sukha˚ = sukhāvaha).
cp. nibbatta
to come out from (cp. E. turn out), arise, become, be produced, result, come into being, be reborn, ex-ist (= nir-vatt) Dhp.338; Pv.i.1#1 (nibbattate); Thag-a.259 (= jāyati); Dhp-a.iii.173; Pv-a.8 (= uppajjati), Pv-a.71 (id.); ger. nibbattitvā Ja.ii.158 (kapiyoniyaṃ); Pv-a.68, Pv-a.78; aor. nibbatti Ja.i.221; Pv-a.14 (Avīcimhi), Pv-a.67 (petesu), Pv-a.73 (amaccakule)
pp nibbatta (q.v.). Caus. nibbatteti (q.v.). Cp. abhi˚.
nis + vattati
neuter growing, coming forth; (re)birth, existence, life Ja.ii.105; Pv-a.5 (devaloke n-araha deserving rebirth in the world of gods), Pv-a.9, Pv-a.67 etc.
abstr. fr. nibbattati
adjective
fr. nibbattana
neuter reproduction Mil.97.
fr. nibbattāpeti, see nibbatteti
feminine constitution, product; rebirth Ja.i.47; Ne.28, Ne.79; Vism.199, Vism.649; Vv-a.10 Cp. abhi˚.
Sk. nirvṛtti, nis + vatti
adjective done, produced, brought forth Pv-a.150 (a˚kusalakamma = akata).
pp. of nibbatteti
adjective arising, having rebirth, in neg. anibbattin not to be born again Ja.vi.573.
fr. nibbatti
to produce, bring forth; practise, perform; to bring to light, find something lost (at Mil.218) Nd ii.= jāneti (s. v.); Ja.i.66, Ja.i.140; Ja.iii.396 (jhānâbhiññaṃ); Pv-a.76 (jhānāni) 30; Mil.200; Sdhp.470
pp nibbattita (q.v.) second Caus. nibbattāpeti to cause rebirth Dhp-a.iii.484 see also nibbattāpana
■ Cp. abhi˚.
nis + vatteti, Caus. of nibbattati
adjective not crooked, straight Dhp-a.i.288.
nis + vanka
to throw away, to do without, to avoid Thag.1105.
nis + vajjeti
adjective
Sk. nirvana
adjective free from lust or cravings SN.i.180, SN.i.186 (so ‘haṃ vane nibbanatho visallo); Thag.526; Dhp.344; Dāvs i.18.
nis + vanatha
adjective no longer worn, cast off (of cloth) SN.ii.202, SN.ii.221.
nis + vasana
to stretch out Ja.iii.185 (asiṃ); to pull out Ja.v.269 (jivhaṃ = jivhaṃ balisena n. 275). See also nibbāheti & nibbāhāpeti.
nis + bahati
instrumental to cool off (lit. & fig.), to get cold to become passionless Snp.235 (nibbanti dhīrā yathâyaṃ padīpo = vijjhāyanti; yathâyaṃ padīpo nibbuto evaṃ nibbanti Kp-a.194, Kp-a.195), Snp.915 (kathaṃ disvā nibbāti bhikkhu = rāgaṃ etc. nibbāpeti Mnd.344); Ja.iv.391 (pāyāsaṃ). See also parinibbāti (e.g. Vb.426).
see nibbuta etym.; influenced in meaning by Sk. nirvāti, nis + vāti to blow, i.e. to make cool, see vāyati & nibbāpeti
neuter
Although nir + vā “to blow”. (cp. BSk. nirvāṇa) is already in use in the Vedic period (see nibbāpeti), we do not find its distinctive application till later and more commonly in popular use, where vā is fused with vṛ; in this sense, viz. in application to the extinguishing of fire, which is the prevailing Buddhist conception of the term. Only in the older texts do we find references to a simile of the wind and the flame; but by far the most common metaphor and that which governs the whole idea of nibbāna finds expression in the putting out of fire by other means of extinction than by blowing, which latter process rather tends to incite the fire than to extinguish it. The going out of the fire may be due to covering it up, or to depriving it of further fuel, by not feeding it, or by withdrawing the cause of its production. Thus to the Pali etymologist the main reference is to the root vṛ; (to cover), and not to vā (to blow). This is still more clearly evident in the case of nibbuta (q.v. for further discussion). In verbal compn. nis + vā (see vāyati) refers only to the (non-emittance of an odour, which could never be used for a meaning of “being exhausted”; moreover, one has to bear in mind that native commentators themselves never thought of explaining nibbāna by anything like blowing (vāta), but always by nis + vana (see nibbana) For Bdhgh’s defn of nibbāna see e.g. Vism.293
The meanings of n. are:
neuter means of extinguishing, extinction, quenching SN.i.188 (cittaṃ pariḍayhati: nibbāpanaṃ brūhi = allayment of the glow); AN.iv.320 (celassa n˚āya chandaṃ karoti: try to put out the burning cloth); Mil.302 (jhāyamāno n˚ṃ alabhamāno), Mil.318 (pariḷāha˚).
abstr. fr. nibbāpeti
adjective extinguished, put out, quenched Ja.iii.99 (= nicchuddha).
pp. of nibbāpeti
pp nibbāpita. See also nibbāpana.
Sk. ni(r)vārayati, Caus. of ni(r)varati, influenced in meaning by nirvāpayati. Caus. of nirvāti make cool by blowing (e.g. RV x.1613). See nibbuta on etym.
Sk. ni-(or nir-)vriyate, Pass. of ni(r)varati, influenced by nirvāyati intrs. to cease to blow; see on etym. & Pāli derivation nibbuta
see pari˚.
adjective noun leading out, removing, saving; (nt.) removal, clearance, refuge, way out Mil.119, Mil.198, Mil.295, Mil.309, Mil.326 (˚magga). [Miln. the only references!]
fr. nibbāheti
to lead out, carry out, save from, remove Mil.188.
second Caus. nibbāhāpeti to have brought out, to unload (a waggon) Vin.ii.159 (hiraññaṃ), Vin.iii.43. See also nibbāhana & nibbuyhati.
nis + vahati
distinction, distinguishing Vism.193.
nis + vikappa
adjective steady, unchanged, steadfast; persevering Ja.i.66; Pv-a.178, Pv-a.253 (+ nicca); Snp-a.189, Snp-a.497; Vism.311.
nis + vikāra
feminine surety, reliance, trust SN.ii.84; SN.v.221 (= nikkankhā); Vv-a.85 (= ekaṃsikā).
nis + vicikicchā
to pierce, transfix, wound SN.v.88 (+ padāleti); Sdhp.153 (patodehi). ger nibbijjha Snp.940 (= paṭivijjhitvā Mnd.420)
pp nibbiddha. Cp. abhi˚.
nis + vijjhati, vyadh
past participle gained, earned Vin.iv.265; Snp.25; Snp-a.38.
nis + viṭṭha, of nibbisati
adjective tired of, disgusted with (c. instr. or loc.), wearied of, dissatisfied with, “fed up” Ja.i.347; Ja.vi.62; Thig.478 (= viratta Thag-a.286); Dhp-a.i.85 (˚hadaya); Vv-a.207 (˚rūpa) Pv-a.159 (tattha-vāsena n-mānaso tired of living there), Pv-a.272 (˚rūpa), Pv-a.283 (˚rūpa, tired of: purohite).
Sk. nirviṇṇa, pp. of nibbindati
feminine weariness, disgust with worldly life, tedium, aversion, indifference, disenchantment N. is of the preliminary & conditional states for the attainment of Nibbāna (see nibbāna II B 1) & occurs frequently together with; virāga, vimutti & nibbāna; in the formula: etaṃ ekanta-nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya… sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattati “this leads to being thoroughly tired (of the world), to dispassionateness to destruction (of egoism), to perfect wisdom, to Nibbāna,” e.g. at DN.i.189; SN.v.82, SN.v.179, SN.v.255 SN.v.361; AN.iii.83; AN.iv.143; AN.v.216
■ In other connections Vin.i.15 (nibbidāya cittaṃ saṇṭhāsi); DN.iii.130 sq. SN.ii.30; SN.iii.40; SN.iii.179, SN.iii.189; SN.iv.86, SN.iv.141 (read nibbidāya for nibbindāya?); AN.i.51, AN.i.64; AN.iii.19, AN.iii.200, AN.iii.325 sq.; AN.iv.99, AN.iv.336 AN.v.2 sq., AN.v.311 sq.; Ja.i.97; Ja.iv.471, Ja.iv.473; Snp.340; Pts.i.195 Pts.ii.43 sq.; Vb.330; Ne.27, Ne.29; Vism.650. Cp. abhi˚.
Sk. nirvid, f. (also BSk. e.g. Lal.300) & nirveda; to nibbindati
pp. of nibbijjhati
to get wearied of (c. loc.); to have enough of, be satiated, turn away from, to be disgusted with. In two roots:
pp nibbiṇṇa. See also nibbidā.
nis + vindati, vid2
adjective lacking in strength, indolent, slothful, weak Ja.iv.131; Pv-a.175 (= alasa, kusīta].
nis + viriya
adjective without holes or fissures, without omissions Ja.v.429; Vv-a.275 (= atīva sangata).
nis + vivara
earnings, wages Thag.606 = Thag.1003 = Mil.45 (cp. Manu vi.45); Snp-a.38.
to nibbisati
adjective fearless, not hesitating, undaunted Snp-a.61.
nis + visanka, Sk. viśankā
to enter into; to earn, gain, find, enjoy, only in pp. anibbisaṃ not finding Thig.159 (= avindanto Thag-a.142); Ja.i.76 = Dhp.153
pp nibbiṭṭha. See also nibbisa.
nis + visati
adjective having no residence, banished, driven from (-˚) Ja.ii.401.
nis + visaya
adjective not self-indulgent, self-denying, meek, tame, gentle Ja.ii.210 (dametvā nibbisevanaṃ katvā), Ja.ii.351; Ja.v.34, Ja.v.381, Ja.v.456; Ja.vi.255; Dhp-a.i.288 (cittaṃ ujuṃ akuṭilaṃ n. karoti), Dhp-a.i.295; Vv-a.284 (˚bhava = jitindriya).
nis + visevana
adjective showing no difference, without distinction, equal, similar Ja.ii.32; Ja.vi.355; Mil.249.
nis + visesa
to wrestle, to fight with fists Vin.iii.180
pp nibbuddha.
ni + yujjhati, yudh. Pāli form difficult to explain: niy˚ = niyy˚ = nivv˚ = nibb˚
adjective (lit.) extinguished (of fire), cooled, quenched (fig. desireless (often with nicchāta & sītibhūta), appeased pleased, happy
Nibbuta represents Sk. nirvṛta (e.g. Avs.i.48) as well as nivṛta, both pp. of vṛ; which in itself combines two meanings, as exhibited in cognate languages and in Sk. itself: (a) Idg. ṷer to cover, cover up (Lat. aperio = *apa-veri̯o to cover up, Sk. varutram upper garment, “cover”) and (b) *ṷel to resolve, roll move (Lat. volvo = revolve; Gr. ε ̔́λις, ἐλύω; Sk. vāṇa reed = Lat. ulva; Sk. ūrmi wave; P. valli creeper, valita wrinkled). *ṷer is represented in P. by e.g. vivarati to open, nivāreti to cover, obstruct, nīvaraṇa, nivāraṇa obstruction; *ṷel by āvuta, khandh-āvāra, parivāra vyāvaṭa (busy with = moving about), samparivāreti Thus we gain the two meanings combined and used promiscuously in the one word because of their semantic affinity: (a) *nivṛta covered up, extinguished, quenched and (b) *nirvṛta without movement, with motion finished (cp. niṭṭhita), ceasing, exhaustion, both represented by P. nibbuta
■ In derivations we have besides the rootform vṛ; (= P. bbu˚) that with guṇa vṝ (cp. Sk. vārayati vrāyati) or vrā = P.* bbā˚ (with which also cp. paṭivāṇa = *prativāraṇa). The former is in nibbuti (ceasing, extinction, with meaning partly influenced by nibbuṭṭhi = Sk. nirvṛṣṭi pouring of water), the latter in instr. nibbāti and nibbāyati (to cease or to go out) and trs. nibbāpeti (Caus.: to make cease, to stop or cool and further in nibbāna (nt. instr. abstr.) (the dying out)
feminine allayment, refreshment, cooling, peace, happiness Ja.i.3 (khemaṃ pariyessāmi n˚ṃ); Snp.228 (nikkāmino n˚ṃ bhuñjamānā), Snp.917, Snp.933 (santī ti n˚ṃ ñatvā); Mnd.399; Pv.i.7#4 (n˚ṃ n’ âdhigacchāmi = quenching of hunger & thirst) Kp-a.185 (= paṭippassaddha-kilesa-daratha).
Sk. nirvṛti, abstr. to nibbuta
wrestling, fist-fight DN.i.6 (= mallayuddhaṃ DN-a.i.85); Dhs-a.403.
Sk. niyuddha, pp. of nibbujjhati
to be led out to (c. acc.): susānaṃ Thig.468 (= upanīyati Thag-a.284); to be led out of = to be saved SN.i.1, cp. RV SN.i.117, 14; SN.vi.62, 6.
Sk. niruhyate, nis + vuyhati, Pass. of vahati, cp. nibbāhati
(nibbusitattan?) a dislocated or disconcerted mind, unrest uneasiness DN.i.17.
Sk. *nir-vasit-ātman or *nirvasitatvaṃ (nt. abstr.), to nis-vasati, cp. nirvāsana = nibbisaya
= nibbicikicchā certainty, doubtlessness Cnd.185 (opp. savicikicchā).
at SN.i.124 should probably be read as nibbeṭhaniya (rejecting, evading).
neuter unwinding, fig. explanation Mil.28.
Sk. nirveṣṭana, nis + veṭhana
explained, unravelled, made clear Mil.123 (su˚).
pp. of nibbeṭheti
pp nibbeṭhita, q.v.
Sk. nirveṣṭate, nis + veṭheti, to twist round
penetration, insight; adj.: penetrating, piercing, scrutinising, sharp. Freq. in phrase nibbedha-bhāgiya (sharing the quality of penetration), with ref. to samādhi, saññā etc. [cp. BSk nirvedha˚ Divy.50; but also nirbheda˚ Avs.ii.181, of kusalamūlāni; explained as lobhakkhandhassa (etc.) nibbijjhanāni at Ne.274] DN.iii.251, DN.iii.277; AN.iii.427 Vb.330; Ne.21, Ne.48, Ne.143 sq., Ne.153 sq.; Vism.15, Vism.88; Dhs-a.162
■ Also in nibbedha-gāminī (paññā) Iti.35 & dunnibbedha (hard to penetrate, difficult to solve Mil.155, Mil.233 (pañha); spelt dunniveṭha at Mil.90).
nis + vedha, to vyadh
adjective piercing, sharp, penetrating, discriminating; only in f. nibbedhikā (cp. āvedhikā), applied to paññā (wisdom) DN.iii.237, DN.iii.268; SN.v.197, SN.v.199; MN.i.356; AN.i.45; AN.ii.167 AN.iii.152; AN.iii.410 sq., AN.iii.416; AN.v.15; Pts.ii.201; Cnd.235, Cnd.3#2 (+ tikkha-paññā), Cnd.415, Cnd.689; Ja.ii.9, Ja.ii.297; Ja.iv.267.
nis + vedhaka, to vyadh
adjective not disagreeing, of one accord, unanimous Vin.ii.65; Dhp-a.i.34.
nis + vimati + ka
to threaten, revile, scorn Ja.iii.338.
Sk. nirbhartsayati, nis + bhaccheti
adjective free from fear or danger, fearless, unafraid Ja.i.274; Ja.iii.80; Ja.v.287; Vism.512.
nis + bhaya
to twist round, bend, wind, contort oneself Mil.253. Cp. vi˚.
Sk. ni-or nirbhujati, nis + bhujati
adjective deprived of enjoyment; deserted, being of no avail, useless Ja.vi.556; Pv.i.12. Cp. vi˚.
Sk. nirbhoga, nis + bhoga1
bending, contortion Ja.ii.264 (oṭṭha˚).
ni + bhoga2
see nivyaggha.
adjective shining; like, equal to, resembling (-˚) Ja.v.372; Vv.40#1; Pv.iv.3#12; Vv-a.122 (vaṇṇa˚ = vaṇṇa); Cnd.608.
Sk. nibha, to bhāti
feminine likeness, appearance Vv-a.27.
abstr. to nibha
feminine shine, lustre, splendour Vv-a.179 (nibhāti dippatī ti nibhā).
to nibha
to shine Vv-a.179 (= dippati).
ni + bhāti
adjective the middle one Ja.v.371.
adjective noun one who invites Mil.205.
neuter invitation Vin.i.58 = Vin.ii.175; DN.i.166; MN.i.77; AN.i.295; Ja.i.116 (ṇ), Ja.i.412 Pp.55.
to nimanteti
adjective inviting; (nt.) Name of a Suttanta MN.i.331; quoted at Vism.393.
invited Snp.p.104; Pv-a.22 (bhattena to the meal), Pv-a.86 (= āmantita), Pv-a.141.
pp. of nimanteti
to send a message, to call, summon, invite, coax (to = c. instr. Snp.981 (nimantayi aor., āsanena asked him to sit down) Ja.vi.365; Cnd.342; Dhp-a.iii.171 (˚ayiṃsu); DN-a.i.169; Vv-a.47 (pānīyena invite to a drink); Pv-a.75, Pv-a.95. pp. nimantita, q.v
■ Cp. abhi˚.
Sk. nimantrayati, ni + manteti
neuter
■ animitta free from marks or attributes not contaminated by outward signs or appearance undefiled, ụnaffected, unconditioned (opp. sa˚) SN.i.188 SN.iv.225 (phassa), SN.iv.268, SN.iv.360 (samādhi); MN.i.296 (cetovimutti); AN.i.82; AN.iii.292; AN.iv.78; Vin.iii.129; Thag.92; DN.iii.219, DN.iii.249; Dhp.92; Snp.342; Pts.i.60, Pts.i.91; Pts.ii.36, Pts.ii.59 sq (vimokha), 65 sq., 99; Dhs.530 (read a˚ for appa˚) Vism.236; Dhs-a.223 (absence of the 3 lakkhaṇas) Mil.333, Mil.413; Dhp-a.ii.172; Thag-a.50. See also Cpd. 199 2115. sanimitta SN.v.213 sq.; AN.i.82.
cp. Sk. nimitta, to mā, although etym. uncertain
to turn round, change to barter, exchange for (c. instr.): pres. imper. niminā Ja.v.343 (= parivattehi Com.); pres. 1st pl. nimimhase Ja.ii.369, pot. nimineyya Ja.iii.63; fut. nimissati Ja.v.271 Ja.v.453 (devatāhi nirayaṃ); aor. nimmini Ja.iii.63; ger niminitvā Mil.279.
Sk. niminoti in diff. meaning, the P. meaning being influenced by mā; ni + mināti, mi to fix, measure cp. Sk. nimaya barter, change
winking, shutting the eyes; animisa not winking Dāvs v.26. See also nimesa.
cp. Vedic nimiṣ f. & nimiṣa nt.
feminine winking Ja.vi.336 (a˚).
abstr. to nimisati
to wink DN.ii.20 (animisanto, not winking; variant reading BB animm˚; Ja.iii.96 (ummisati +). Cp. nimisatā.
Sk. nimiṣati, ni + misati
to shut, close (the eyes) Ja.i.279; Dhp-a.ii.6 (akkhīni nimmīlituṃ nâsakkhi) Caus. nim(m)īl-eti id. MN.i.120; Dhp-a.ii.28 (paralokaṃ opp. ummīleti); Ja.i.279; Vism.292 (akkhīni ni˚).
ni + mīlati
adjective plunged, immersed in, sunk down or fallen into (-˚) (c. loc. Vin.iii.106 (gūthakūpe sasīsakaṃ n.); DN.i.75; Ja.i.4 Ja.iii.393 (gūthakalale), Ja.iii.415; Mnd.26; Pp.71; Mil.262 Sdhp.573. Nimujja (nimmujja)
cp. Sk, nimagna, pp. of nimujjati
diving, immersion, in cpd. ummujja-nimujja(ṃ karoti) DN.i.78. See ummujjā
Sk. *nimajj-yā
to sink down, plunge into (with loc.), dive in, be immersed AN.iv.11; Pp.74; Ja.i.66, Ja.i.70; Ja.iii.163, Ja.iii.393 (kāmakalale); Ja.iv.139; aor nimujji Ja.ii.293; Pv-a.47 (udake)
caus nimujjeti (so read for nimujjati Ja.v.268) & nimujjāpeti to cause to sink or dive, to drown Ja.iii.133; Ja.iv.142 (nāvaṃ)
pp nimugga q.v.
Sk. nimajjati, ni + mujjati
neuter diving, ducking; bathing Pv-a.47.
Sk. nimajjana
winking Mil.194.
= nimisa, cp. Vedic nimesa
= vimokkha SN.i.2 (variant reading SS vi˚, preferable).
the Nimb tree (Azadirachta Indica), bearing a bitter leaf, & noted for its hard wood Vin.i.152 (˚kosa), Vin.i.284 (id.), Vin.i.201 (˚kasāva); AN.i.32 AN.v.212; Vv.33#36 (˚muṭṭhi, a handful of N. leaves); Ja.ii.105, Ja.ii.106; Dhp-a.i.52 (˚kosa); Dhs-a.320 (˚paṇṇa, the leaf of the N. as example of tittaka, bitter taste); Vv-a.142 (˚palāsa); Pv-a.220 (˚rukkhassa daṇḍena katasūla).
Sk. nimba, non-Aryan
adjective fleshless MN.i.58, MN.i.364; Pv-a.68.
nis + maṃsa
adjective without egotism, not false, not slandering Snp.56 (cp Cnd.356 makkha = niṭṭhuriya; see also Snp-a.108; paraguṇa-vināsana-lakkhaṇo makkho).
nis + makkha, cp. Sk. nirmatsara
adjective free from flies Ja.i.262; Dhp-a.i.59. Nimmajjana (Nimminjana?)
Sk. nirmakṣika
a kind of (oil-)cake Vv.33#38 (nimmajjani = tilapiññāka Vv-a.147); Pv.i.10#10 (˚miñjana, variant reading BB ˚majjani); Pv-a.47 (doṇi˚).
*mṛd-yana? perhaps nonAryan
neuter crushing Ja.iii.252; Vism.234 (sattu˚); Dhp-a.iii.404; Vv-a.284.
nis + mathana
to crush out, suppress, destroy Ja.i.340. Cp. abhimatthati.
nis + matheti
neuter touching, touch, crushing, subduing AN.ii.34 (mada-nimmadana, crushing out pride; may, however, be taken as nis + mada of mad “de-priding,” lit. disintoxication); Bv.i.81; Vism.293.
to nimmādeti
adjective suppressible DN.ii.243.
Sk. nirmṛdya, grd. of nimmadeti
neuter touching, crushing Mil.270 (na vāto hattha-gahaṇaṃ vā nimmaddanaṃ vā upeti the wind cannot be grasped).
nis + mṛd
neuter void of men, absence of men Ja.iii.148.
nis + manussa + ya
adjective free from impurity, stainless, clean, pure AN.iv.340; Dhp.243; Cnd.586; Vism.58 Sdhp.250. Nimmata-pitika
nis + mala
adjective one who has neither mother nor father, an orphan Dhp-a.ii.72.
nis + māta-pitika
maker, builder, creator DN.i.18, DN.i.56 (in formula: brahmā… kattā nimmātā…).
Sk. nirmātṛ, n. ag. of nimmināti
to crush, subdue humiliate; insult DN.i.92 (variant reading -maddeti; = DN-a.i.257 nimmadati nimmāne karoti), Dhp.93, Dhp.96.
either = Sk. nirmṛdayati (mṛd) or *nirmādayati to nirmada. free from pride = nirmāna
neuter measuring; production, creation, work; issara-n-hetu caused by God MN.ii.122; AN.i.173; Vb.367. N- ratī devā a class of devas, e.g. at DN.i.218; Iti.94; Vism.225; DN-a.i.114 Thag-a.169; Vv-a.149. Cp. (para-) nimmita.
Sk. nirmāṇa, see nimmināti
adjective free from pride, humble DN-a.i.257.
Sk. nirmāna, nis + māna
to be abased, to be mocked Vin.ii.183.
Pass. to nimmāna, of nis + māna
adjective past participle
measured out, planned, laid out; created (by supernatural power iddhi); measured, stately DN.i.18, DN.i.56 (iddhiyā pi DN-a.i.167), DN.i.219 (Su˚ devaputta. Np.), ibid. (Paranimmitavasavattī devā a class of devas, lit. “created by others, but also possessed of great power: Vv-a.79, Vv-a.80); also one of the 5, or the 3 spheres (kāmûpapattiyo) in the kāmaloka, viz. paccupaṭṭhita-kāmā, nimmānarati˚ (or nimmita˚), paranimmita˚. Iti.94; Dhs.1280 (cp. kāma) DN.iii.218; Ja.i.59, Ja.i.146 (kāyo n’ eva deva˚ na brahma˚), Ja.i.232, Cnd.202#a, also under pucchā; Pv.ii.1#19 (su˚, well constructed i.e. symmetrical); Vism.228 (Mārena nimmitaṃ Buddharūpaṃ); Vv-a.36 (= mitaṃ gacchati vāraṇo), Vv-a.79 Thag-a.69, Thag-a.70; Mil.1, Mil.242. See also abhinimmita.
pp. of nimmināti
to measure out, fashion, build, construct form; make by miracle, create, compose produce, lay out, plan, aor. nimmini Ja.i.232; Pv-a.245; Dhp-a.iv.67; ger nimminitvā Ja.i.32; Vv-a.80, & nimmāya Vv.16#3
pp nimmita See also nimmātar and nimmāna. Cp. abhi˚.
cp. Sk. nirmimīti & nirmāti, nis + mināti; mā; cp. nimināti
see nimīlati.
adjective without root, rootless Ja.vi.177.
nis + mūla
the slough or castoff skin of a snake Pv-a.63.
Sk. nirmoka fr. nis + moceti
adjective one’s own Snp.149 (˚putta = orasaputta Kp-a.248); niyassakamma at AN.i.99 & Pv.iv.1#13 (variant reading Minayeff tiyassa) is to be read as nissayakamma (q.v.).
Sk. nija, q.v.
adjective one’s own Thig.469; Thag-a.284; Dhs-a.169, Dhs-a.337; DN-a.i.183; Vb.2; Vism.349.
= niya
adjective restrained, bound to, constrained to, sure (as to the future), fixed (in its consequences), certain, assured, necessary DN.ii.92 (sambodhiparāyanā), DN.ii.155; DN.iii.107; Snp.70 (= ariyamaggena niyāmappatta Snp-a.124, cp. Cnd.357); Dhp.142 (= catumagga niyamena n. Dhp-a.iii.83); Ja.i.44 (bodhiyā); Pp.13, Pp.16 Pp.63; Kv.609 sq.; Dhs.1028 sq. (micchatta˚ etc.; cp Dhs. trsl. 266, 267), Dhs.1414, Dhs.1595; Vb.17, Vb.24, Vb.63, Vb.319 Vb.324; Mil.193; Tikp.168 (˚micchādiṭṭhi); Dhp-a.iii.170; Pv-a.211. Discussed in Pts. of Contr. (see Index). aniyata see separately.
pp. of ni + yam
feminine necessity, fate, destiny DN.i.53; DN-a.i.161; Vv-a.341; Pv-a.254.
cp. Sk. niyati, ni + yam
cp. Sk. niyama, ni + yam; often confused with niyāma
neuter fixing, settling, definition, explanation in detail Mil.352 (lakkha-n aiming at the target); Vv-a.22 (visesattha˚); Vv-a.231, Pv-a.255 (so read for nigamana?).
Sk. niyamana, to niyameti
to tie down, to fix; explain in detail, exemplify Pv-a.265; Vism.666. pp. niyamita see a˚.
cp. Sk. niyamayati, ni + yamati
see niyyādeti.
way, way to an end or aim, esp. to salvation, right way (sammatta˚); method manner, practice SN.i.196; SN.iii.225 (sammatta˚); AN.i.122; Snp.371 (˚dassin = sammatta-niyāmabhūtassa maggassa dassāvin Snp-a.365); Mnd.314 (˚avakkanti); Cnd.358 (= cattāro maggā); Pts.ii.236 sq. (sammatta˚ okkamati); Pp.13, Pp.15; Vb.342
■ niyāmena (instr.) adv in this way, by way of, according to Ja.i.278; Ja.iv.139 Ja.iv.414 (suta˚ as he had heard); Dhp-a.i.79; Dhp-a.ii.9, Dhp-a.ii.21; Vv-a.4; Pv-a.260; Kvu trs. 383
■ aniyāmena (see also aniyāmena) without order, aimlessly, at random Ja.v.337.
Sk. niyama & niyāma
adjective sure of or in, founded in, or leading to, completed in DN.i.190 (dhamma-n. paṭipadā, cp. niyamatā).
either to niyama or niyāma
(see niyyāmaka) ship’s captain Vism.137 (simile).
feminine state of being settled, certainty, reliance surety, being fixed in (-˚) SN.ii.25 (dhamma˚ + dhammaṭṭhitatā); AN.i.286 (id.), Ja.i.113 (saddhammassa n assurance of…); Kv.586 (accanta˚ final assurance).
abstr. to niyāma, influenced in meaning by niyama
to restrain, control, govern, guide Mil.378 (nāvaṃ).
Denom. fr. niyāma or niyama
to be fit for, to be adapted to, to succeed, result, ensue Pv-a.49 (= upakappati).
Pass. of niyuñjati
adjective tied to, appointed to (with loc.), commissioned, ordered Dhs-a.47; Pv-a.20 (janapade), Pv-a.124 (dānâdhikāre), Pv-a.127 (dāne).
pp. of niyuñjati
command, order; necessity. abl. niyogā “strictly speaking” Dhs.1417.
ni + yoga
to urge, incite to (with loc.) Vin.ii.303; AN.iv.32; Pv.ii.1#4; Mil.229. Niyyati = Niyati
Caus. of niyuñjati
(Pass. of nayati).
neuter escape Ja.i.215.
cp. Sk. niryaṇa
past participle = niyyādita MN.i.360.
neuter returning, return to (-˚) Ja.v.497 (saka-raṭṭha˚); Vism.556; DN-a.i.234.
fr. niyyāti
a guide, leader MN.i.523 sq.
n. ag. to niyyāma
to go out, get out (esp. of saṃsāra); SN.v.6 (niyyanti dhīrā lokamhā); Snp-a.212 aor. niyyāsi DN.i.49, DN.i.108; Ja.i.263; Snp.417; 3rd pl. niyyiṃsu AN.v.195; fut. niyyassati AN.v.194
■ See also niyyāna & niyyānika.
Sk. niryāti, nis + yāti
assigned, presented, given, dedicated Pv-a.196 (dhana nī˚). As niyyātita at Vism.115.
pp. of niyyādeti
(to) give (back), give into charge, give over, assign, dedicate, to present, denote SN.i.131 (niyyātayāmi); SN.iv.181 (sāmikānaṃ gāvo), SN.iv.194; Ja.i.30 Ja.i.66, Ja.i.496; Ja.ii.106, Ja.ii.133; Vv.46#8 niyyādesi = sampaṭicchāpesi adāsi Vv-a.199); Pv.iii.2#11 (niyātayiṃsu = adaṃsu Pv-a.184); Vism.115 (t); Dhp-a.i.70; Dhp-a.ii.87; Vv-a.33, Vv-a.67; Pv-a.20 (vihāraṃ nīyādetvā), Pv-a.25 (= uddissati dadāti), Pv-a.42, Pv-a.81, Pv-a.276 (at all Pv-a passages as nī˚)
pp niyyādita Cp. similarly paṭiyādeti & paṭiyādita.
cp. Sk. ni-or nir-yātayati, Caus. of ni(r)yatati
neuter
nis + yāna, cp. niyyāti
adjective leading out (of saṃsāra), leading to salvation, salutary, sanctifying, saving profitable DN.i.235, DN.i.237; SN.i.220; SN.v.82, SN.v.166, SN.v.255, SN.v.379 sq. Ja.i.48 (a˚), Ja.i.106; Dhs.277, Dhs.339, Dhs.505 (cp. Dhs. trsl. pp. 82 335); Vb.12, Vb.19, Vb.56, Vb.319, Vb.324; Ne.29, Ne.31, Ne.63, Ne.83; Dhp-a.iv.87
■ Also found in spelling nīyānika e.g. AN.iii.132 (ariyā diṭṭhi n. nīyāti takkarassa sammādukkha-khayāya); DN-a.i.89 (anīyānikattā tiracchanabhūtā kathā). Niyyama(ka)
to niyyāna
a pilot, helmsman, master mariner, guide Ja.i.107 (thala˚); Ja.iv.137, Ja.iv.138; Mil.194, Mil.378 sq.; Dāvs iv.42.
Sk. niyāmaka & niryāma(ka). Cp. also P. niyāmaka
any exudation (of plants or trees), as gum, resin, juice, etc. Vism.74 (˚rukkha, one of the 8 kinds of trees), Vism.360 (paggharitan- rukkha). Cp. nivāyāsa.
cp. Sk. niryāsa, Halāyudha 5, 75
a pinnacle, turret, gate MN.i.253; DN-a.i.284 (pāsāda +).
Sk. niryūha (& nirvyūha?), perhaps to; vah
to think little of, despise, neglect, disregard, repudiate throw away, ruin, destroy Thag.478; Iti.83 (nirākare) Ja.iii.280 = Ja.v.498; Ja.iv.302; Pv.iii.9#6 (= chaḍḍeti pajahati Pv-a.211); Vv-a.109
pp (a)nirākata Iti.39.
Sk. nirākaroti, nis + ā kṛ.
(niraggaḷa) adjective unobstructed, free, rich in result SN.i.76 = Iti.21; AN.ii.43; AN.iv.151; MN.i.139; Snp.303; Cnd.284 Ca; Vv.64#31 (= Vv-a.285).
nis + aggala
adjective without fire Mil.324 (˚okāsa).
nis + aggi + ka
to be thrown out, to be expelled, to lose (with abl.) Ja.vi.502, Ja.vi.503 (raṭṭhā); variant reading BB nirajhati Com. ni(g)gacchati; Thig.93 (aor. nirajji ‘haṃ = na jānim ahaṃ Thag-a.90. Kern (wrongly) proposes reading virajjhi).
Pass. of nirajati, nis + ajati, Vedic nirajati to drive out cattle
adjective fond of, attached to (-˚) SN.i.133; DN-a.i.250; Pv-a.5 (duccarita˚), Pv-a.89, Pv-a.161 (hitakaraṇa˚).
pp. of niramati
adjective noun soulless; view of soullessness or unsubstantiality; thus interpreted (in preference to niratta2) by Com. on Snp.787 Snp.858, Snp.919. See foll.
Sk. *nirātman, nis + attan
adjective rejected, thrown off, given up Snp.1098; Cnd.359. Note. At Snp.787, Snp.858, Snp.919 the interpretation of Mnd.82 Mnd.248 = Mnd.352 and also Bdhgh assume a cpd. of nis + attan (= nirātman): see niratta1.
Sk. nirasta, pp. of nirasyati, see nirassati
adjective useless, groundless, unproficient, vain (opp. sāttha profitable) Snp.582 (nt. as adv.), Snp.585 (niratthā paridevanā); Dhp.41; Ja.iii.26; Pv-a.18 (˚bhāva uselessness), Pv-a.83 (= duḥ).
nis + attha
adjective = nirattha; Vv-a.324; Pv-a.18, Pv-a.40, Pv-a.63, Pv-a.102 etc
■ f. -ikā Thag-a.258; Mil.20; Sdhp.68.
adjective having no interval, continuous, uninterrupted Pv-a.135. Usually in nt. as adv nirantaraṃ always, incessantly, constantly; immediately at once Dhs-a.168; Pv-a.52, Pv-a.80, Pv-a.107, Pv-a.110 (= satataṃ) Pv-a.120; Dhp-a.i.13.
nis + antara
adjective without offence, guiltless, innocent Ja.i.264.
nis + aparādha
adjective not heeding, unsuspecting, disregarding, indifferent, reckless Vv-a.27, Vv-a.47 (jīvitaṃ); Pv-a.62; DN-a.i.177; Mil.343 (jīvitaṃ).
nis + apa + īkṣ
masculine neuter a vast number; also Name of a hell SN.i.149 = AN.ii.3 = AN.v.171 (explained at AN.v.173 as “seyyathā pi vīsati abbudā nirayā evam eko nirabbudo nirayo”); Ja.iii.360 (Com.: vīsati abbudāni ekaṃ nirabbudaṃ).
cp. BSk. nirarbuda & abbuda 3
adjective free from boils or tumours, healthy (also fig.) Vin.iii.18 (of the Sangha).
nis + abbuda2
purgatory, hell, a place of punishment & torture, where sin is atoned (i.e. kamma ripens = paccati, is literally boiled) by terrible ordeals (kāraṇāni) similar to & partly identical with those of Hades & Tartarus. There are a great number of hells, of which the most fearful is the; Avīcimahāniraya (see Avīci). Names of other purgatories occur frequently in the Jātaka collection, e.g. Kākola Ja.vi.247; Khuradhāra Ja.v.269 sq.; Dhūma-roruva Ja.v.271 Patāpana Ja.v.266, Ja.v.271, Ja.v.453; Paduma Ja.iv.245; Roruva Ja.iii.299; Ja.v.266; Ja.vi.237; Sanghāta Ja.v.266; Sañjīva ibid. Sataporisa Ja.v.269; Sattisūla Ja.v.143. As the principal one n. is often mentioned with the other apāyas (states of suffering), viz. tiracchānayoni (animal world) & pittivisaya (the; manes), e.g. at Mnd.489; Cnd.517, Cnd.550; Pv.iv.11; Thag-a.282; Pv-a.27 sq. (see apāya)
■ There is a great variety of qualifying adjectives connected with niraya, all of which abound in notions of fearful pain, awful misery & continuous suffering, e.g. kaṭuka ghora, dāruṇa, bhayānaka, mahābhitāpa, sattussada etc
■ Descriptions of N. in glowing terms of frightfulness are freq. found from the earliest books down to the late Peta-Vatthu, Pañcagati-dīpana & Saddhammopāyana Of these the foll. may be quoted as characteristic: SN.i.152 (10 nirayas); MN.iii.183; AN.i.141 Snp.p.126 = AN.v.173; Mnd.404 sq. = Cnd.304#iii.c; Ja.iv.4 (Mittavindaka); Vv.52 (Revatī); Pv.i.10; Pv.iii.10; Pv.iv.1 Pv.iv.7; Dhp-a.i.148
■ See on the whole subject, esp. L Scherman, Materialen zur indischen Visionsliteratur, Leipzig 1792; & W. Stede, Die Gespenstergeschichten des Peta Vatthu, Leipzig 1914, pp. 33–39
■ References: Vin.i.227 (apāya duggati vinipāta niraya); DN.i.82, DN.i.107 (id.); Vin.ii.198 (yo kho sanghaṃ bhindati kappaṃ nirayamhi paccati), Vin.ii.204; Vin.ii.203 = Iti.86; DN.i.228 (+ tiracchānayoni), DN.i.54 (read nirayasate for niriyasate); DN.iii.111; SN.iv.126; SN.v.356, SN.v.450; MN.i.73, MN.i.285, MN.i.308, MN.i.334; MN.ii.86, MN.ii.149 MN.ii.186; MN.iii.166, MN.iii.203, MN.iii.209; AN.iv.405; AN.v.76, AN.v.182, AN.v.184; Snp.248 (patanti sattā nirayaṃ avaṃsirā), Snp.333, Snp.660 sq., Snp.677 sq. Dhp.126, Dhp.140, Dhp.306, Dhp.311, Dhp.315; Thag.304 (adhammo nirayaṃ neti dhammo pāpeti suggatiṃ) = Dhs-a.38 = DN-a.i.99 = Dhp-a.i.22; Thig.456; Iti.12; Ja.iv.463; Pp.60; Pts.i.83 (Avīci˚); Vb.86, Vb.337; Vism.102; Mil.148; Dhp-a.i.22; Dhp-a.iii.71; Sdhp.7, Sdhp.285
■ See also nerayika.
BSk. niraya, nis + aya of i = to go asunder, to go to destruction, to die, cp. in meaning Vedic nirṛti. The popular etym. given by Dhammapāla at Pv-a.53 is “n’ atthi ettha ayo sukhan ti” = there is no good; that given by Bdhgh at Vism.427 “n’ atthi ettha assādasaññito ayo” (no refreshment)
adjective without remainder, complete, inclusive Ne.14, Ne.15, cp. Mil.91, Mil.182.
nis + avasesa
adjective without food or subsistence, poor Ja.iv.128.
nis + asana2
to throw off, despise, neglect Snp.785, Snp.954; Mnd.76 (so read for nidassati, variant reading SS nir˚), Mnd.444; Snp-a.522
pp niratta2.
cp. Sk. nirasyati, nis + assati, as to throw
adjective without taste, insipid, dull Vism.135. Cp. nirāsāda.
nis + assāda
see nirankaroti.
adjective unconfused, clear, calm, undisturbed Ja.i.17 (v. 94).
nis + ākula
adjective healthy Mil.251 (of paddy).
nis + ātanka
adjective healthy, undepraved, without sin, virtuous Snp.251, Snp.252 (˚gandha nikkilesayoga Snp-a.293), Snp.717 (id. = nikkilesa Snp-a.499).
nis + āma, cp. nirāmaya
adjective not ill, healthy, good, without fault Pv-a.164.
nis + āmaya
adjective having no meat or prey; free from sensual desires, disinterested, not material SN.i.35, SN.i.60; SN.iv.219, SN.iv.235; SN.v.68, SN.v.332; AN.iii.412; DN.iii.278 Vb.195; Vism.71; Sdhp.475, Sdhp.477.
nis + āmisa
adjective without objects (for the purpose of sacrificing), i.e. without the killing of animals (of yañña) SN.i.76; AN.ii.42 sq.
nis + ārambha
adjective unsupported Mil.295 (ākāsa).
nis + ālamba
adjective houseless, homeless Mil.244 (= aniketa). At Dhp-a.iv.31 as expln of appossukka. f. abstr. nirālayatā homelessness Mil.162, Mil.276, Mil.420.
nis + ālaya
adjective not hungry, not longing for anything, desireless SN.i.12, SN.i.23, SN.i.141; AN.i.107 sq.; Snp.1048 (anigha +), Snp.1078 (id.); Cnd.360; Pp.27; Pv.iv.1#33 (= nittaṇha Pv-a.230). See also amama.
nis + āsā
adjective without wishes, expectations or desires, desireless Snp.1090 (Nd ii.reading for nirāsaya); Cnd.361 (cp. Dhp-a.iv.185 nirāsāsa *nirāsaṃsa, variant reading for nirāsaya).
nis + āsaṃsa, śaṃs
adjective without apprehension, unsuspicious, not doubting Ja.i.264; Vism.180.
nis + āsankā
feminine the not hesitating Ja.vi.337.
abstr. fr. nirāsanka
adjective not hanging on to, not clinging or attached to (c. loc.) Snp.851 (= nittaṇha Snp-a.549); Mnd.221.
adj. to pp. āsatta1 with nis
adjective without (outward) support, not relying on (outward) things, without (sinful) inclinations Snp.56 (Cnd.360 b reads nirāsasa), Snp.369, Snp.634, Snp.1090 (Cnd.361 reads nirāsaṃsa); Dhp.410; Dhp-a.iv.185 (variant reading BB nirāsāsa; explained by nittaṇha).
nis + āsaya, fr. śri
adjective without intoxication, undefiled, sinless Thag-a.148.
nis + āsava
adjective tasteless, yielding no enjoyment Thag.710. Cp. nirassāda.
nis + assāda
adjective without food, not eating, fasting Ja.iv.225; Sdhp.389.
nis + āhāra
adjective not moving, stable, unshaken Vism.377 (= acala, āneñja).
nis + iñjanā, fr. iñjati
adjective without fuel (of fire), Thag-a.148 (aggi); Dhp-a.i.44 (jātaveda). Niriha(ka)
nis + indhana
adjective inactive, motionless, without impulse Thag-a.148 (˚ka); Mil.413 (+ nijjīvata); Vism.484, Vism.594 sq.
nis + īha
to be broken up, to be dissolved, to be destroyed, to cease, die Vin.i.1; DN.i.180 sq., DN.i.215; DN.ii.157; SN.iii.93 (aparisesaṃ); SN.iv.36 sq., SN.iv.60, SN.iv.98, SN.iv.184 sq.; SN.iv.294, SN.iv.402; SN.v.213 sq.; AN.iii.165 sq. (aparisesaṃ); AN.v.139 sq. Ja.i.180; Pp.64; Sdhp.606
pp niruddha. Cp nirodha.
Pass. of nirundhati (nirodhati) ni + rundhati
adjective making no reply Pv-a.117.
nis + uttara
feminine one of the Vedāngas (see chaḷanga), expln of words, grammatical analysis etymological interpretation; pronunciation, dialect way of speaking, expression Vin.ii.139 (pabbajitā… sakāya niruttiyā Buddhavacanaṃ dūsenti); DN.i.202 (loka˚, expression); MN.iii.237 (janapada˚); SN.iii.71 (tayo n-pathā); AN.ii.160 (˚paṭisambhidā); AN.iii.201; Dhp.352 (˚padakovida = niruttiyañ ca sesapadesu cā ti catūsu pi paṭisambhidāsu cheko ti attho Dhp-a.iv.70 i.e. skilled in the dialect or the original language of the holy Scriptures); Pts.i.88 sq.; Pts.ii.150 (˚paṭisambhidā) Cnd.563; Dhs.1307; Ne.4, Ne.8, Ne.33, Ne.105; Mil.22 Vism.441; Snp-a.358; Pv-a.97.
Sk. nirukti, nis + vac
adjective without water, waterless MN.i.543; Cnd.630.
nis + udaka
past participle expelled, destroyed; vanished, ceased SN.iii.112; Dhs.1038.
pp. of nirundhati, cp. nirujjhati
see nirujjhati, niruddha, nirodha & nirodheti. Cp. parirundhati.
adjective useless Ja.ii.103.
nis + upakāra
adjective not hurt, not injured or set back Mil.130.
nis + upaghāta
adjective not harassed (burnt) or afflicted (by pain or harm) Thig.512.
nis + upatāpa
adjective without affliction or mishap, harmless, secure, happy Ja.iv.139; Pv-a.262 (sotthi).
nis + upaddava
adjective (in verse always nirūpadhi) free from passions or attachment, desireless controlled Vin.ii.156; SN.i.194 (vippamutta +), SN.iv.158; AN.i.80, AN.i.138 (sītibhūta +); Dhp.418 (id.); Thag.1250; Thag.2, Thag.320 (vippamutta + ; explained by niddukkha Thag-a.233); Iti.46, Iti.50, Iti.58, Iti.62; Snp.33, Snp.34, Snp.642 (sītibhūta +) Pv.iv.1#34; Dhp-a.iv.225 (= nirupakkilesa); Pv-a.230.
nis + upadhi, cp. upadhīka
adjective without comparison, incomparable Snp-a.455 (= atitula).
nis + upama
to suppress, hush, silence Ja.i.62 (text nirumhitvā, variant reading SS nirumbhitvā, cp. san-nirumhitvā Vv-a.217).
Sk.? Trenckner, Notes p. 59 ni + rudh (?)
adjective grown, risen; usual, customary, common Vv-a.108.
cp. Sk. nirūḍha, pp. of niruhati
adjective breathless Ja.iii.416; Ja.iv.121, cp. Ja.vi.197; Ja.vi.82.
cp. Sk. nirucchvāsa, nis + ussāsa
adjective , careless, unconcerned, indifferent to (c. loc.) Thag-a.282.
nis + ussukka
see nīroga.
adjective tasteless, insipid Ja.ii.304; Ja.iii.94; Ja.vi.561.
nis + oja
oppression, suppression; destruction, cessation annihilation (of senses, consciousness, feeling being in general: sankhārā). Bdhgh’s expln of the word is: “ni-saddo abhāvaṃ, rodha-saddo ca cārakaṃ dīpeti Vism.495
■ N. in many cases is synonymous with nibbāna & parinibbāna; it may be said to be even a stronger expression as far as the active destruction of the causes of life is concerned. Therefore frequently combined with nibbāna in formula “sabbasankhāra-samatho… virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ,” e.g. SN.i.136; Iti.88. Nd ii.s. nibbāna (see nibbāna iii.6). Also in combination with nibbidā, e.g. SN.iii.48, SN.iii.223; SN.iii.163 sq. SN.v.438
■ The opposite of nirodha is samudaya, cp formula “yaṃ kiñci samudaya-dhammaṃ sabban taṃ nirodha-dhammaṃ” e.g. Nd ii.under sankhārā & passim
BSk. nirodha, to nirundhati, cp. nirujjhati & niruddha
adjective obstructing, destroying Iti.82 (paññā˚), cp. MN.i.115.
fr. nirodha
to oppress, destroy Vism.288 (in expln of passambheti).
Denom. fr. nirodha
a dwelling, habitation, lair, nest Ja.iii.454.
fr. ni + lī
see nillacchita.
adjective sitting on (c. loc.), perched; hidden, concealed, lying in wait Ja.i.135, Ja.i.293; Ja.iii.26; Vv-a.230.
pp. of nilāyati
to sit down (esp. for the purpose of hiding), to settle, alight; to keep oneself hidden, to lurk, hide Ja.i.222, Ja.i.292; Mil.257; Pv-a.178. aor nilīyi Ja.i.158; Ja.iii.26; Dhp-a.ii.56; Pv-a.274
pp nilīna. Caus. ii. nilīyāpeti to conceal, hide (trs.) Ja.i.292.
ni + līyati
neuter hiding Ja.v.103 (˚ṭṭhāna hiding-place).
abstr. fr. nilīyati, cp. Sk. nilayana
neuter settling place, hiding-place, refuge Ja.v.102 (so read for nillenaka explained by nilīyanaṭṭhāna p. 103).
cp. Sk. nilayana, fr. ni + lī
adjective castrated Thig.440; written as nilicchita at Ja.vi.238 (variant reading BB as gloss niluñcita). explained by “vacchakakāla… nibbījako kato, uddhaṭabījo (p. 239).
Sk. *nirlāñchita, nis + lacchita of nillaccheti
to deprive of the marks or characteristics (of virility), to castrate Thig.437 (= purisa-bhāvassa lacchana-bhūtāni bījakāni nillacchesi nīhari Thag-a.270). See also nillañchaka & nillacchita.
nis + laccheti of lāñch, cp. lakkhaṇa
adjective shameless Sdhp.382. Ni(l)lanchaka
nis + lajjā
adjective noun one who marks cattle, i.e. one who castrates or deprives of virility Ja.iv.364 (spelt tilañchaka in text, but right in variant reading), explained as “tisūlâdi-ankakaraṇena lañchakā ca lakkhaṇakārakā ti attho” (p 366). cp. nillacchita.
cp. Sk. nirlāñchana, of nirlāñchayati = nis + laccheti
adjective without deceit, free from slander AN.ii.26 = Iti.113. Nillaleti & Nilloleti;
nis + lapa
to move (the tongue) up & down SN.i.118; MN.i.109; DN-a.i.42 (pp. nillāḷita-jivhā); Dhp-a.iv.197 (jivhaṃ nilloleti; variant reading nillāleti & lilāḷeti) = Ja.v.434 (variant reading nillelati for ˚lo˚).
nis + lul, cp. Sk. laḍayati & loḍayati
adjective without scratches, without edges (?) Vin.ii.123 (of jantāghara).
nis + lekha
adjective noun watching out; watchful, careful Ja.v.43, Ja.v.86 (˚sīla).
nis + lokana
to watch out, keep guard, watch, observe Vin.ii.208.
nis + loketi
plundering, plunder DN.i.52; AN.i.154; Mnd.144 (˚ṃ harati); Cnd.199#7; Tikp.167, Kp.280; DN-a.i.159.
cp. Sk. nirlopa, nis + lup
adjective free from greed Ja.iv.10.
nis + lobha
adjective free from greed or desires Snp.56 (= Cnd.362 nittaṇha); Ja.v.358.
nis + loluppā
past participle returned, turning away from, , giving up, being deprived of, being without (˚- Vin.ii.109 (˚bīja) Ja.i.203 Vv-a.72
pp. of nivattati
to turn back, to return (opp. gacchati), to turn away from, to flee, vanish, disappear Vin.i.46; DN.i.118; Ja.i.223; Ja.ii.153 Ja.iv.142; Snp.p.80; Pv.ii.9#34; Pv.iv.10#7; Snp-a.374; Pv-a.74 Pv-a.161. aor. nivatti Ja.ii.3; Pv-a.141. pp. nivatta (q.v.)
caus 1 nivatteti to lead back, to turn from, to make go back, to convert Ja.i.203; Vv-a.110; Pv-a.204 (pāpato from sin). Cp. upa˚, paṭi˚, vi˚
caus 2 nivattāpeti to send back, to return Pv-a.154.
Vedic nivartati, ni + vattati
neuter
fr. nivattati
adjective only neg. a˚; not liable to return, not returning Dhp-a.i.63.
grd. formation fr. nivattana
feminine returning, return Pv-a.189 (gati˚ going & coming).
fr. ni + vṛt
past participle clothed in or with (-˚ or acc.), dressed, covered SN.i.115; Ja.i.59 (su˚), Ja.i.307 (sāṭakaṃ); Pv-a.47, Pv-a.49 (dibbavattha˚), Pv-a.50.
pp. of ni + vasati1
to heap up, sow, throw (food) MN.i.151 sq. (nivāpaṃ)
pp nivutta (q.v.).
ni + vapati
see vi˚.
to live, dwell, inhabit, stay Vin.ii.11
pp nivuttha, cp. also nivāsana2 & nivāsin.
ni + vasati2
multitude, quantity, heap Dāvs iv.53; Dāvs v.14, Dāvs v.24, Dāvs v.62.
fr. ni + vah
adjective with the wind gone down, i.e. without wind, sheltered from the wind, protected, safe, secure Vin.i.57, Vin.i.72; MN.i.76; AN.i.137 (kūṭāgāra); AN.i.101 (id.); Iti.92 (rahada); Thag.1 (kuṭikā); Thag.2, Thag.376 (pāsāda)
■ (nt.) a calm (opp. pavāta Vin.ii.79.
Sk. nivāta, ni + vāta “wind-down”
lowliness, humbleness, obedience, gentleness MN.i.125; Snp.265 (= nīcavattana Kp-a.144); Ja.vi.252; Pv.iv.7#12. Cp. Mhvs.ii.423. Freq. in cpd. nivātavutti (id.) AN.iii.43; Snp.326 (= nīcavutti Snp-a.333) Ja.iii.262; Mil.90, Mil.207; Vv-a.347.
identical with nivāta1, sheltered from the wind = low
a sheltered place, a place of escape, opportunity (for hiding) Ja.i.289 = Ja.v.435; cp. Mil.205 (where reading is nimantaka, with variant reading nivātaka, see note on p. 426). See Com. on this stanza at Ja.v.437.
fr. nivāta1
food thrown (for feeding), fodder, bait; gift, portion, ration MN.i.151 sq. (Nivāpa-sutta); Ja.i.150; Ja.iii.271; Dhp-a.i.233 (share); Dhp-a.iii.303; Vv-a.63 (diguṇaṃ ˚ṃ pacitvā cooking a double portion). Cp. nevāpika.
cp. Sk. nivāpa, ni + vap, cp. nivapati
? oozing of trees; Bdhgh’s expln of ikkāsa at Vin.ii.321. See niyyāsa.
neuter & adjective warding off, keeping back, preventing; refusal Snp.1034, Snp.1035, Snp.1106 (= Cnd.363 āvāraṇa rakkhaṇa gopana); Dhs-a.259; Pv-a.102 Pv-a.278; Sdhp.396.
fr. nivāreti
adjective in dun˚; hard to check or keep back Mil.21 (+ durāvaraṇa).
grd. of nivāreti
adjective unobstructed, open Pv-a.202 (= anāvaṭa).
pp. of nivāreti
one who holds back or refuses (entrance) (opp. pavesetar) DN.ii.83 = SN.iv.194; AN.v.194 (dovāriko aññātānaṃ nivāretā ñātānam pavesetā).
n. agent to nivāreti
to keep back, to hold back from (c. abl.), to restrain; to refuse, obstruct, forbid warn Vin.i.46; Vin.ii.220; SN.i.7 (cittaṃ nivāreyya), SN.i.14 (yato mano nivāraye); SN.iv.195 (cittaṃ); Dhp.77, Dhp.116 (pāpā cittaṃ nivāraye); Ja.i.263; Pv.iii.7#4; Vv-a.69; Pv-a.79 Pv-a.102; Dhp-a.i.41.
Caus. of nivarati
stopping, dwelling, resting-place, abode; living, sheltering Ja.i.115 (˚ṃ kappeti to put up), Ja.ii.110; Pv-a.76, Pv-a.78. Usually in phrase pubbe-nivāsaṃ anussarati “to remember one’s former abode or place of existence (in a former life),” characterising the faculty of remembering one’s former birth DN.i.13, DN.i.15, DN.i.16 DN.i.81; SN.i.167, SN.i.175, SN.i.196; SN.ii.122, SN.ii.213; SN.v.265, SN.v.305; AN.i.25 AN.i.164; AN.ii.183; AN.iii.323, AN.iii.418 sq.; AN.iv.141 sq.; AN.v.211, AN.v.339 Also in pubbenivāsaṃ vedi Iti.100; Snp.647 = Dhp.423 p-n-paṭisaṃyuttā dhammikathā DN.ii.1; p-n-anussatiñāṇa DN.iii.110, DN.iii.220, DN.iii.275; AN.iv.177. Cp. nevāsika.
fr. nivasati2
adjective noun dressed, clothed; dressing, clothing, undergarment (opp. pārupana) Vin.i.46; Vin.ii.228; Ja.i.182 (manāpa˚), Ja.i.421; Ja.iii.82; Pv-a.50, Pv-a.74, Pv-a.76 Pv-a.173 (pilotikakkhaṇḍa˚ dressed in rags).
fr. nivāseti
neuter dwelling, abode Pv-a.44 (˚ṭṭhāna place of abode), Pv-a.76 (id.).
fr. nivasati2
adjective staying, living, dwelling Ja.ii.435 (= nibaddha-vasanaka C.).
fr. nivāsa
adjective noun dwelling, staying; (n.) an inhabitant Dāvs v.45.
to nivasati
to dress oneself, to put on (the undergarment), to get clothed or dressed. Freq in ster. phrase “pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā patta- cīvaram ādāya…,” describing the setting out on his round of the bhikkhu; e.g. DN.i.109, DN.i.178, DN.i.205, DN.i.226. Vin.i.46; Vin.ii.137, Vin.ii.194; DN.ii.127; Ja.i.265; Pp.56; Pv.i.10#3; Pv-a.49, Pv-a.61, Pv-a.75, Pv-a.127 (nivāsessati + pārupissati), Pv-a.147 (= pārupāmi)
caus 2 nivāsāpeti to cause or order to be dressed (with 2 acc.) Ja.i.50; Ja.iv.142; Dhp-a.i.223.
Caus. of nivasati1
see nibbicikicchā; MN.i.260.
see vi˚.
adjective settled, established (in); confirmed, sure; fixed on, bent on, devoted to (loc. Snp.57 (= satta allīna etc. Cnd.364), Snp.756, Snp.774, Snp.781 (ruciyā), Snp.824 (saccesu), Snp.892; Mnd.38, Mnd.65, Mnd.162; Iti.35, Iti.77; Ja.i.89 Ja.i.259 (adhammasmiṃ); Mil.361; Vv-a.97 (˚gāma, built situated); DN-a.i.90 (su˚ & dun˚ of a street = well & badly built or situate). Cp. abhi˚.
pp. of nivisati
to enter, stop, settle down on (loc.), to resort to, establish oneself Vin.i.207; Ja.i.309 = Ja.iv.217 (yasmiṃ mano nivisati)
pp niviṭṭha ger nivissa (q.v.). Caus. niveseti. Nivissa-vadin
ni + visati
adjective noun “speaking in the manner of being settled or sure,” a dogmatist Snp.910, Snp.913, explained at Mnd.326 as “sassato loko idam eva saccaṃ, mogham aññan ti”; at Snp-a.560 as “jānāmi passāmi tath’ eva etan ti.”
nivissa (ger. of nivisati) + vādin
adjective surrounded, hemmed in, obstructed, enveloped DN.i.246; SN.ii.24; SN.iv.127; Snp.348 (tamo˚), Snp.1032, Snp.1082; Iti.8; Cnd.365 (= ophuṭa, paṭicchanna, paṭikujjita); Mil.161; Snp-a.596 (= pariyonaddha).
pp. of nivarati (nivāreti) cp. nivārita
(pp.) called, termed, designated Pv-a.73 (dasavassa-satāni, vassa-sahassaṃ n. hoti).
pp. of ni + vac
(pp.) shorn, shaved, trimmed Snp.456 (˚kesa = apagatakesa ohāritakesamassu Snp-a.403).
Sk. *nyupta, pp. of vapati1 to shear
(pp.) sown, thrown (of food), offered, given MN.i.152; Ja.iii.272.
Sk. *nyupta, pp. of vapati2 to sow
(pp. of nivasati) inhabited; dwelling, living; see san˚.
in pañhe dunniveṭha at Mil.90 see nibbedha.
see vi˚.
see nibbeṭheti.
adjective relating, admonishing Ja.vi.21.
to nivedeti
to communicate, make known, tell, report, announce Ja.i.60, Ja.i.307; Pv-a.53, Pv-a.66 (attānaṃ reveal oneself); Dāvs v.42.
ni + vedeti, Caus. of vid.
Vedic niveśa, fr. ni + viś
neuter
Vedic niveśana, fr. nivesati, cp. niviṭṭha
adjective settled, arranged, designed, built Vv-a.82 (= sumāpita).
pp. of nivesati
to cause to enter, to establish; to found, build, fix, settle; (fig.) to establish in, exhort to (c. loc.), plead for, entreat, admonish DN.i.206; SN.v.189; Dhp.158, Dhp.282 (attānaṃ); Iti.78 (brahmacariye); Thig.391 (manaṃ); Ja.v.99; Pv.iii.7#7 (saṃyame nivesayi); DN-a.i.273 (gāmaṃ); Pv-a.206.
Caus. of nivesati
adjective free from tigers Ja.ii.358 (variant reading nibbyaggha).
nis + vyaggha
giving forth, bestowing; natural state, nature SN.i.54 (˚ss˚). cp. nisaṭṭha
ni or nis + sṛj
feminine deposit (of merit or demerit), accumulation, effect (of kamma Snp.953 (= Mnd.442 abhisankhārā).
Sk. ni-saṃskṛti, ni + saṃ + kṛ.
feminine sitting down, opportunity for sitting, seat Pv.iv.1#2 (seyyā +); Ja.i.217; Pv-a.24 (˚ādipaṭikkhepa-ṭṭhāna), Pv-a.219 (pallankâbhujanādi-lakkhaṇā nisajjā). Cp. nesajjika.
Sk. *niṣadyā of ni sad
to spend, bestow, give, give up Pv-a.105 (dānûpakaraṇā nisajjesi read better as ˚karaṇǡni sajjesi). See also nissajjati.
sic MSS. for niss˚; Sk. niḥsarjayati, nis + sajjeti, Caus. of sṛj
past participle given up, spent, lost Thig.484 (variant reading ˚ss˚); Thag-a.286 (= pariccatta). Cp nisajjeti & nisagga.; Nisada & Nisada
nis + saṭṭha of sṛj
feminine a grindstone, esp. the understone of a millstone Vin.i.201; (˚pota id.); Mil.149; Vism.252 (˚pota, where Kp-a at id. p. reads ˚putta). Cp. ā˚.
Sk. dṛṣad f.; for n: d cp. P. nijjuha = Sk. dātyūha etc.
feminine careful attention or observation AN.ii.97; AN.iii.201; AN.iv.15 (dhamma˚), AN.iv.36 (id.) AN.iv.296; AN.v.166 (dhamma˚); Dpvs.i.53 (˚kāra). Cp. nisamma & nisāmeti.
Sk. *niśānti, ni + śam
“bull among men,” i.e. prince, leader; “princeps,” best of men epithet of the Buddha SN.i.28, SN.i.48, SN.i.91; MN.i.386; Ja.v.70 Ja.vi.526; Vv.16#7 (isi˚), cp. Vv-a.83 for expln; Vv.63#7 (isi˚ = ājānīya Vv-a.262).
Sk. nṛ + ṛṣabha, cp. usabha. On relation of usabha: vasabha: nisabha see Snp-a.40
adverb carefully, considerately, observing Snp.54; Cnd.367 Cnd.481 b (= sutvā). Esp. in phrase n- kārin acting considerately Dhp.24 (= Dhp-a.i.238); Ja.iii.106; Ja.vi.375; Mil.3; cp. n. kiriyāya Mil.59. Cp. nisanti.
orig. ger. of nisāmeti, Sk. niśamya, śam
feminine night Vv.35#2 (loc. nise); Vv-a.161 (loc. nisati, variant reading nisi = rattiyaṃ); Mil.388 (loc. nisāya) Dāvs ii.6; Dāvs v.2 (nisāyaṃ). See also nisītha.
Sk. niś & niśā, prob. with niśītha (midnight) to ni + ; śi = lying down
in koka˚; Ja.vi.538, a certain wild animal; the meaning is not clear, etymologically it is to be derived fr. Sk. niśātayati to strike, to fell. See Kern, Toevoegselen 1p. 152, s. v. koka. The variant reading is ˚nisādaka, evidently influenced by nisāda.
a robber Ja.iv.364. Cp. nesāda.
cp. Sk. niṣāda, a Non-Aryan or barbarian
grinding Dhp-a.i.308.
= ni + śātana
adjective fit for lying down, suitable for resting Vin.i.239 (go˚).
cp. Sk. niṣādin, ni + sad
adjective lying down DN.iii.44, DN.iii.47.
fr. ni + sad
a hone on which to sharpen a knife Mil.282.
ni + śā to sharpen, to whet, cp. nisita
adjective observant, listening to, attending to, careful of AN.v.166, AN.v.168 (dhammānaṃ).
cp. Sk. niśāmana
to attend to, listen to, observe, be careful of, mind Ja.iv.29 (anisāmetvā by not being careful); Ja.v.486; Dhp-a.i.239 (+ upadhāneti); Pv-a.1 (imper nisāmayatha). Cp. nisanti, nisamma.
ni + sāmeti
adjective noun full of sap, excellent, strong (of a tree) Vv.63#1 (= niratisaya sārassa nisiṭṭhasārassa rukkhassa Vv-a.261).
ni + sāra
to besprinkle Mhvs.vii.8.
ni + siñcati
adjective sharp MN.i.281 (āvudhajāta pīta˚?); Ja.iv.118 (su˚); Vv-a.233; Pv-a.155, Pv-a.192, Pv-a.213.
Sk. niśita, ni + pp. of śā to whet
adjective sitting down, seated Ja.i.50, Ja.i.255; Ja.iii.126; Kp-a.250; Pv-a.11, Pv-a.16, Pv-a.39 passim
■ Often combd & contrasted with; tiṭṭhaṃ (standing), caraṃ (walking) & sayaṃ (sayāna; lying down), e.g. at Snp.151, Snp.193; Iti.82.
Sk. niṣanna, pp. of nisīdati
adjective = nisinna; MN.i.333; Ja.i.163; Dhp-a.iii.175.
midnight, night Thag.3 (aggi yathā pajjalito nisīthe; variant reading BB nisive), Thag.524 (variant reading nisive); Ja.iv.432; Ja.v.330, Ja.v.331 (variant reading BB nisive), Ja.v.506 (= rattibhāga Com.).
Sk. niśītha, see nisā
to sit down, to be seated, to sit, to dwell Cnd.433; Ja.iii.392; Ja.vi.367; Pv.ii.9#3 (nisīdeyya Pot.); Pv-a.74. aor. nisīdi Vin.i.1; Ja.ii.153; Pv-a.5, Pv-a.23, Pv-a.44; 3rd pl. nisīdiṃsu (Ja.i.307) nisīdisuṃ (Mhvs.vii.40); ger. nisīditvā (Ja.ii.160; Pv-a.5 Pv-a.74), nisajja DN.ii.127) and nisīditvāna (Snp.1031); grd nisīditabba Vin.i.47. pp. nisinna (q.v.)
caus 2 nisīdāpeti [cp. Sk. niṣādayati] to cause to sit down, to make one be seated, to invite to a seat Ja.iii.392; Ja.vi.367; Pv-a.17, Pv-a.35 (there āsane); Mil.20. Cp. abhi˚, san˚.
Sk. niṣīdati, ni + sīdati
neuter sitting down, occasion or opportunity to sit, a mat to sit on Vin.i.295 Vin.ii.123 (˚ena vippavasati); SN.v.259 (˚ṃ gaṇhāti). -paccattharaṇa a mat for sitting on Vin.i.47, Vin.i.295; Vin.ii.209 Vin.ii.218.
Sk. niṣadana, fr. nisīdati
to knock down Thig.302 (= pāteti Thag-a.227).
ni + sumbh (subhnāti)
neuter destroying, slaughtering Mil.242.
ni + sūd
adjective noun holding back, restraining; prevention, prohibition Dhp.389; Dhp-a.iv.148; hirī˚ restrained by shame SN.i.168 = Snp.462; Dhp.143.
fr. ni + sedh
adjective prohibiting, restraining; one who prohibits, an obstructer Ja.ii.220.
fr. nisedha
feminine refusing, refusal, prohibition Mil.180 (a˚).
abstr. to nisedheti
to keep off, restrain, prohibit, prevent SN.i.121 (nisedha, imper.); Ja.iii.83, Ja.iii.442; Thag-a.250; Vv-a.105 (nirayûpapattiṃ)
■ Cp. nisedha.
Caus. of ni + sedh
to resort to, practise, pursue, follow, indulge in Ja.ii.106; Snp.821 (= Mnd.157); Pv.ii.3#19 (= karoti Pv-a.87); Mil.359
pp nisevita.
ni + sev
neuter, also -ā feminine practising, enjoying; pursuit Pp.20, Pp.24; Sdhp.406.
Sk. niṣevana, cp. nisevati
adjective frequented, practised, enjoyed, indulged in MN.i.178; Sdhp.373.
pp. of nisevati
adjective having no doubt, free from doubt Mil.237
■ acc. as adv. without doubt undoubtedly Pv.iv.8#1; Dhp-a.i.106; Pv-a.95.
nis + saṃsaya
“going out from,” ttg. a name of the ablative case Ja.v.498; Vv-a.152, Vv-a.154, Vv-a.180 Vv-a.311; Pv-a.147, Pv-a.221.
fr. nis + sakkati = sakk
neuter going out, creeping out; only in biḷāra˚; at DN.ii.83 (variant reading BB as gloss nikkhamana) + SN.iv.194; AN.v.195.
Sk. *niḥsarpana, nis + sakk, confused with sṛp, see Trenckner, Notes p. 60 & cp. apassakkati o˚, pari˚
adjective to be given up, what ought to be rejected or abandoned Vin.i.196, Vin.i.254; Vin.iii.195 sq.
Sk. *niḥsārgya grd. of nis + sajjeti, not = Sk. naisargika
adjective unattached, unobstructed, disinterested, unselfish Sdhp.371, Sdhp.398, Sdhp.411 etc.; Tikp.10 f. abstr. -tā disinterestedness Ja.i.46.
nis + sanga
to let loose, give up, hand over, give, pour out Vin.ii.188 ger. nissajja [Sk. niḥsṛjya] Snp.839 (variant reading nisajja); Mnd.189 (id.); Snp-a.545. pp. nisaṭṭha & nissaṭṭha; (q.v.) Cp. nissaggiya & paṭi˚.
nis + sajjati, sṛj. See also nisajjeti
adjective flown or come out from, appeared; let loose, free, escaped from SN.iii.31 SN.iv.11 sq.; AN.i.260; AN.iv.430 (a˚); AN.v.151 sq.; Ja.iii.530 Ja.vi.269; Nd ii.under nissita; Pts.ii.10 sq.; Mil.95, Mil.225 (bhava˚). See also nissaraṇa. Cp. abhi˚.
pp. of nis + sarati, sṛ.
adjective dismissed, given up, left, granted, handed over, given Vin.iii.197 (˚cīvara) MN.i.295; MN.ii.203; Vv-a.341. See also nisaṭṭha & paṭi˚.
pp. of nissajjati
adjective powerless, unsubstantial; f. abstr. -tā absence of essence, unsubstantiality (see dhamma A) Dhs-a.38, Dhs-a.139, Dhs-a.263; cp. Dhs trsl. pp. xxxiii.& 26.
Sk. *niḥsattva, nis + satta
adjective noiseless, soundless, silent Ja.i.17 (verse 94); Dhp-a.iii.173.
nis + sadda
adjective without grief or selfmortification Pv-a.62.
nis + santāpa
flowing or trickling down; discharge, dropping issue; result, outcome, esp. effect of Kamma AN.iii.32; Ja.i.31, Ja.i.205, Ja.i.426 (sarīra˚); Dhp-a.i.395; Dhp-a.ii.36, Dhp-a.ii.86; Vv-a.14 (puñña-kammassa n-phala); Pv-a.47 (puññakammassa), Pv-a.58 (id.); Mil.20. Mil.117; Pgdp.102.
Sk. nisyanda & niṣyanda, ni + ; syand (syad), see sandati
exertion, endeavour Ja.v.243.
ni + sama
that on which anything depends, support help, protection; endowment, resource, requisite, supply foundation, reliance on (acc. or-˚) Vin.i.58 (the four resources of bhikkhu, viz. piṇḍiyālopa-bhojanaṃ, paṃsukūla-cīvaraṃ, rukkhamūla-senāsanaṃ, pūtimuttabhesajjaṃ); Vin.ii.274, Vin.ii.278; DN.iii.137, DN.iii.141; AN.i.117; AN.iii.271 AN.iv.353; AN.v.73; Snp.753, Snp.877; Mnd.108 (two n.: taṇhā˚ diṭṭhi˚), Mnd.190, cp. Cnd s. v.; Cnd.397#A (the requisites of a bhikkhu in diff. enumeration); Pts.ii.49 sq., Pts.ii.58 sq. Pts.ii.73 sq.; Pts.ii.220; Ne.7, Ne.65; Vism.12, Vism.535. nissayaṃ karoti to rely on, to be founded on to take one’s stand in Snp.800
■ Cp. nissāya & nissita.
Sk. niśraya, of ni + śri, corresp. in meaning to Sk. āśraya
feminine dependence, requirement, resource Snp.856; Mnd.245.
abstr. to nissaya
to lean on, a foundation on, rely on, trust, pursue Snp.798 (sīlabbataṃ; Snp-a.530 = abhinivisati); Vv-a.83 (katapuññaṃ). Pass. nissīyati Vv-a.83. pp. nissita ger. nissāya (q.v.).
Sk. niśrayati, but in meaning = āśrayati, ni + śri
neuter going out, departure; issue, outcome, result; giving up, leaving behind being freed, escape (from saṁsāra), salvation. Vin.i.104 DN.iii.240 DN.iii.248f. SN.i.128 SN.i.142 SN.ii.5 SN.iii.170 (catunnaṁ dhātūnaṁ); SN.iv.7 sq. (identical); SN.v.121 sq. AN.i.258 AN.i.260 AN.ii.10 (kāmānaṁ etc.); AN.iii.245 sq.; AN.iv.76 (uttariṁ); AN.v.188 MN.i.87 (kāmānaṁ), MN.i.326 (uttariṁ); MN.iii.25 Iti.37 Iti.1 Pts.ii.180, Pts.244 Vb.247 Vism 116 Thag-a.233 Dhs-a.164 Sdhp.579.
■cp. nissaṭa & nissaraṇīya
Sk. niḥsaraṇa, to nis + sarati, cp. BSk. nissaraṇa nissaraṇa giving up (?) Avs.ii.193
adjective connected with deliverance, leading to salvation able to be freed. The 3 n. dhātuyo (elements of deliverance) are nekkhamma (escape from cravings) āruppa (from existence with form), nirodha (from all existence), in detail at Iti.61 (kāmānaṃ n. nekkhammaṃ rūpānaṃ n. āruppaṃ, yaṃ kiñci bhūtaṃ sankhataṃ n nirodho). The 5 n-dh. are escape fr. kāma, vyāpāda vihesā, rūpa, sakkāya: AN.iii.245; cp. AN.i.99 AN.iii.290.
Note. The spelling is often nissāraṇīya, thus at Vin.iv.225; DN.iii.239 (the five n-dhātuyo), DN.iii.247, DN.iii.275.
grd. of nissarati, with relation to nissaraṇa
to depart, escape from, be freed from (c. abl.) AN.i.260 (yasmā atthi loke nissaraṇaṃ tasmā sattā lokamhā nissaranti)
pp nissaṭa, grd nissaraṇīya (q.v.); cp. also nissaraṇa & paṭi˚.
nis + sarati
preposition accusative leaning on (in all fig. meanings) Cnd.368 (= upanissāya, ārammaṇaṃ ālambanaṃ karitvā).
ger. of nissayati, Sk. *niśrāya, BSk niśritya, ni + śri
adjective sapless, worthless, unsubstantial Ja.i.393; Sdhp.51, Sdhp.608, Sdhp.612.
nis + sāra
adjective without diffidence, not diffident, confident Ja.i.274 (+ nibbhaya).
Sk. niḥ + śārada + ya
neuter going or driving out, expulsion Mil.344 (osāraṇa-n- paṭisāraṇa), Mil.357.
fr. nissarati
adjective hanging on, dependent on, inhabiting; attached to, supported by, living by means of, relying on, being founded or rooted in, bent on As-˚ often in sense of a prep. = by means of, on account of, through, esp. with pron. kiṃ˚ (= why, through what Snp.458; taṃ˚ (therefore, on acct. of this) SN.iv.102. For combination with var. synonyms see Cnd. s.v. & cp. Mnd.75, Mnd.106
■ SN.ii.17 (dvayaṃ; cp. SN.iii.134); SN.iv.59, SN.iv.365, SN.v.2 sq., SN.v.63 sq.; AN.iii.128; Dhp.339 (rāga˚); Snp.752, Snp.798 Snp.910; Ja.i.145; Mnd.283; Pv.i.8#6 (sokaṃ hadaya˚ lying in), Pv.ii.6#6 (paṭhavi˚ supported by); Vb.229; Ne.39 (˚citta) Mil.314 (inhabiting); Pv-a.86 (māna˚)
■ anissita unsupported not attached, free, emancipated Snp.66, Snp.363 Snp.753, Snp.849, Snp.1069 (unaided); Ja.i.158; Mil.320, Mil.351
■ Cp apassita.
Sk. niśrita, pp. of nissayati, corresp. in meaning to Sk. āśrita
adjective noun adherent, supporter (orig. one who is supported by), pupil Ja.i.142, Ja.i.186; Dhp-a.i.54.
fr. prec.
neuter dependence on, i.e. interference by, being too near, nearness Vism.118 (pantha˚). Cp san˚.
fr. nissita
adjective having lost his (or its) splendour or prosperity Ja.vi.225 (ājīvika), Ja.vi.456 (rājabhavana).
nis + sirī
adjective outside the boundary Vin.i.255 (˚ṭṭha), Vin.i.298 (˚ṃ gantuṃ); Vin.ii.167 (˚e ṭhito).
cp. Sk. niḥsīman with diff. meanings (“boundless”), nis + sīma
adjective flown out or away, vanished, disappeared MN.i.280.
fr. nis + sru, see savati
feminine a ladder, a flight of stairs DN.i.194, DN.i.198; Ja.i.53; Ja.ii.315; Ja.iii.505; Mil.263; Vism.244, Vism.340 (in simile); Dhp-a.i.259.
fr. nis + śri, orig. that which leans against, or leads to something, cp. Sk. śreṇī a row
adjective whole, entire; nt. acc. as adv. nissesaṃ entirely, completely Cnd.533.
nis + sesa
adjective free from sorrow, without grief, not mourning Pv-a.62; Kp-a.153.
nis + soka
adjective “slain”; put down, settled; destroyed; dejected, humiliated; humble Vin.ii.307 (settled); Ja.v.435 (˚bhoga one whose fortunes are destroyed).
pp. of nihanti, ni + han
see nīharati.
adjective put down, put into, applied, settled; laid down, given up renounced. As ˚-often in the sense of a prep. without, e.g. ˚daṇḍa ˚sattha without stick & sword (see daṇḍa…) DN.i.70 (˚paccāmitta); Pv.iv.3#26 (su˚ well applied); Pv-a.252 (bhasma-nihita thrown into the ashes); Sdhp.311.
Sk. nihita, pp. of ni + dhā, see dahati
adjective lost; degraded, low, vile, base; inferior, little, insignificant SN.i.12; Snp.890; Mnd.105, Mnd.194; Pv-a.198 (jāti˚ low-born) Sdhp.86. Opp. to seyya Ja.vi.356 sq.
Sk. nihīna, pp. of nihīyati or nihāyati
feminine lowness, inferiority; vileness, baseness DN.i.98, DN.i.99.
abstr. to nihīna
to be left, to come to ruin, to be destroyed AN.i.126 = Ja.iii.324 (= vināsaṃ pāpuṇāti). pp. nihīna (q.v.).
ni + hīyati, Pass. of hā, see jahāti
adjective one who does not confide in the sound huṃ Vin.i.3 (cp. J.P.T.S. 1901 42).
fr. nī˚; = nis + huhunka
a kind of deer (or pig) Ja.v.406 (vv.ll. nika, ninga).
Sk. nyanku? Doubtful reading
adjective low, inferior, humble (opp. ucca high, fr. adv. ud˚) Vin.i.46, Vin.i.47; Vin.ii.194; DN.i.109, DN.i.179 DN.i.194; AN.v.82; Snp-a.424 (nīcaṃ karoti to degrade); passim.
-kula of low clan Ja.i.106; Snp.411
■ (˚ā) kulīna belonging to low caste Snp.462; -cittatā being humble-hearted Dhs.1340; Dhs-a.395; -pīṭhaka a low stool Dhp-a.iv.177 -mano humble Snp.252 (= nīcacitto Snp-a.293); -seyyā a low bed AN.i.212 (opp. uccâsayana).
Vedic nīca, adj
■ formation fr. adv. ni˚, cp. Sk. nyañc downward
adjective lower inferior, rather low MN.i.329; Snp.855, Snp.918; Mnd.244, Mnd.351.
compar. of nīca (for ˚īya?), in function of ˚eyya as “of the kind of,” sort of, rather
past participle led, guided; ascertained, inferred AN.i.60 (˚attha); Ja.i.262; Ja.ii.215 (kāma˚); Ne.21 (˚attha natural meaning, i.e. the primarily inferred sense, opp neyyattha); Sdhp.366 (dun˚). Cp. vi˚.
pp. of neti
feminine guidance, practice, conduct, esp. right conduct, propriety; statesmanship, polity Pv-a.114 (˚mangala commonsense), Pv-a.129 (˚sattha science of statecraft, or of prudent behaviour), Pv-a.130 (˚cintaka a lawgiver), Pv-a.131 (˚naya polity & law), Pv-a.132 (˚kusala versed in the wisdom of life); Mil.3 (here meaning the Nyāyaphilosophy cp. Trenckner, Notes p. 58).
Sk. nīti, fr. nīta
= nu idha, see nu.
? bracelet, bangle Ja.vi.64, (= valaya; variant reading BB nivara). Also given as nīyura (cp Prk. neura & P. nūpura).
Sk.? Cp. keyura
adjective lit. lying low, deep, Name of the tree Nauclea cadamba, a species of Asoka tree Ja.i.13 (v. 61) = Bv.ii.51; Ja.v.6 (so read for nipa).
Vedic nīpa, contr. fr. ni + āpa “low water”
bought out Ja.iii.471.
cp. Sk. nirbhṛta, pp. of nis + bhṛ.
to be led or guided, to go, to be moved SN.i.39 (cittena nīyati loko); Dhp.175; Pv.i.11#1 (= vahīyati Pv-a.56); Ja.i.264 (ppr. nīyamāna) Pv-a.4 (id.); Dhp-a.iii.177; Sdhp.292, Sdhp.302. Also found in spelling niyyati at Snp.851; Mnd.223 (= yāyati vuyhati), Mnd.395
■ In the sense of a Med. in imper nīyāmase (let us take) Pv.ii.9#1 (= nayissāma Pv-a.113).
Sk. nīyati, Pass. of neti
see niyyāti. Niyadita, Niyadeti
see niyy˚.
see niyy˚.
adjective free from passion Sdhp.370.
Sk. nīraja, nis + raja
adjective soundless, noiseless, silent DN-a.i.153 (tuṇhī +).
Sk. nīrava, nis + rava
adjective sapless, dried up, withered, tasteless, insipid Ja.iii.111.
Sk. nīrasa, nis + rasa
adjective = nīroga Sdhp.496.
Sk. nīruja, nis + rujā
adjective free from disease, healthy, well, unhurt Ja.i.421; Ja.iii.26; Ja.iv.31; Pv-a.198 (ni˚). Cp. nīruja.
Sk. nīroga, nis + roga
adjective dark-blue, blue-black blue-green. Nīla serves as a general term to designate the “coloured-black,” as opposed to the “colouredwhite” (pīta yellow), which pairs (nīla-pīta) are both set off against the “pure” colour-sensations of red (lohitaka) & white (odāta), besides the distinct black or dark (see kaṇha). Therefore n. has a fluctuating connotation (cp. Mrs. Rh. D.; Buddh. Psych. p. 49; Dhs. trsl. p. 62), its only standard combination being that with pīta, e.g. in the enumn of the ten kasiṇa practices (see kasiṇa): nīla pīta lohita odāta; in the description of the 5 colours of the Buddha’s eye: nīla pītaka lohitaka kaṇha odāta (Cnd.235, Ia under cakkhumā); which goes even so far as to be used simply in the sense of “black & white,” e.g. Vv-a.320. Applied to hair (lomāni DN.ii.144; MN.ii.136. See further enumn at Vv-a.111 & under kaṇha
■ AN.iii.239; AN.iv.263 sq., AN.iv.305, AN.iv.349, AN.v.61; Vism.110, Vism.156, Vism.173; Thag-a.42 (mahā˚ great blue lotus); Dhs.617; Pv.ii.2#5; Pv-a.32, Pv-a.46, Pv-a.158; Sdhp.246 Sdhp.270, Sdhp.360.
Vedic nīla, perhaps conn. with Lat. nites to shine, see Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v.
adjective for nīla MN.ii.201; see vi˚.
an (indigo) hair dye Ja.iii.138 (Com. nīliyaka).
fr. nīlī
feminine the indigo plant, indigo colour AN.iii.230, AN.iii.233.
Sk. nīlī
a nest (verse 92): see niḍḍha: cp. ˚pacchi bird cage Ja.ii.361; roga˚ Iti.37; vadharoga˚ Thag.1093.
Vedic nīḍa
neuter, occasionally masculine an obstacle, hindrance, only as tt. applied to obstacles in an ethical sense & usually enumerated or referred to in a set of 5 (as pañca nīvaraṇāni and p. āvaraṇāni), viz. kāmacchanda, (abhijjhā-)vyāpāda, thīna-middha, uddhaccakukkucca vicikicchā i.e. sensuality, ill-will, torpor of mind or body, worry, wavering (cp. Dhs. trsl. p. 310) DN.i.73 (˚e, acc. pl.), DN.i.246; DN.ii.83, DN.ii.300; DN.iii.49 sq., DN.iii.101, DN.iii.234, DN.iii.278; SN.ii.23; SN.iii.149; SN.v.60, SN.v.84 sq., SN.v.93 sq., SN.v.145, SN.v.160, SN.v.226 SN.v.327, SN.v.439; MN.i.60, MN.i.144, MN.i.276; MN.iii.4, MN.iii.295; AN.i.3, AN.i.161 AN.iii.16, AN.iii.63, AN.iii.230 sq.; AN.iii.386; AN.iv.457; AN.v.16, AN.v.195, AN.v.322; Snp.17 Mnd.13; Cnd.379; Pts.i.31, Pts.i.129, Pts.i.163; Pp.68; Dhs.1059 Dhs.1136, Dhs.1495; Vb.199, Vb.244, Vb.378; Ne.11, Ne.13, Ne.94; Vism.146, Vism.189; DN-a.i.213; Sdhp.459, Sdhp.493 and passim. Other enumns are occasionally found e.g. 10 at SN.v.110 SN.v.8 at MN.i.360 sq.; MN.i.6 at Dhs.1152.
Sk. *nivāraṇa, nis + varaṇa of vṛ; (vṛṇoti), see nibbuta & cp. nivāraṇa
adjective belonging to an obstacle, forming a hindrance, obstructing Dhs.584, Dhs.1164, Dhs.1488 Vb.12, Vb.30, Vb.66, Vb.130 etc.
fr. nīvaraṇa
raw rice, paddy DN.i.166; AN.i.241, AN.i.295; AN.ii.206; Pp.55; Ja.iii.144 (˚yāgu).
Sk. nīvāra, unexplained
thrown out, removed; in f. abstr. ˚tā ejection, removal [cp. Sk. nirhṛti] Dhp-a.iii.336 (malānaṃ n. the extirpation of impurity or removal of stain).
pp. of nīharati = Sk. nirhṛta
neuter taking out, carrying away, removing DN-a.i.296; Pv-a.7.
fr. nīharati
to take out, to throw out, drive out Ja.i.150, Ja.i.157; Ja.iii.52; Ja.vi.336; Cnd.199#7 (ni˚); Vv-a.222 Vv-a.256; Pv-a.73, Pv-a.254; Mil.8, Mil.219. aor. nīhari DN.i.92; Ja.i.293; Ja.ii.154; Pv-a.41, Pv-a.178 (gehato taṃ n.). grd nīharitabba Dhp-a.i.397 (opp. pavesetabba)
pp nīhaṭa -Caus. nīharāpeti to have thrown out, to order to be ejected Vv-a.141.
nis + hṛ.
way, manner Vin.i.13; Ja.i.127; Dhp-a.iv.7. At Vin.i.13 also in nīhāra-bhatta (= nīhāraka).
cp. Sk. nirhāra
adjective noun one who carries away Vin.i.13 (nīhāra-bhatta); SN.v.12, SN.v.320, SN.v.325 (piṇḍapāta).
fr. nīhāra, cp. nīharaṇa
indeclinable affirm
■ indef part. “then, now.”
Ved. nu, Idg. *nu, orig. adv. of time = now; cp. Lat. num (to nunc, now), see nūna
see niṭṭhubhati. (aor. nuṭṭhubhi, e.g. Ja.ii.105).
(-˚) adjective expelling, casting out, dispelling; in tamo˚; dispelling darkness Snp.1133; Vv.35#2 (= viddhaṃsana Vv-a.161).
Sk. ˚nud & ˚nuda, to nudati
or Nūdaka (-˚) = nuda Ja.v.401 (āsa-nūdaka).
to push, impel; expel, drive away, reject Dhp.28; Ja.iv.443; Dhp-a.i.259. aor. nudi Cnd.281. Cp apa˚, pa˚, vi˚
pp nunna (nuṇṇa). Nunna (nunna)
Vedic nudati; Idg. *(s)neu to push, cp. Sk. navate, Gr. νεύω & νύσσω, Lat. nuo; Ags. neosian, Low Ger. nucken
thrust, pushed, driven away, removed Cnd.220 (ṇṇ) = khitta, cp. panuṇṇa AN.ii.41.
pp. of nudati
adjective “of now,” i.e. recent, fresh, new Dāvs iv.47.
Vedic nūtana, adj
■ formation fr. adv. nū, cp. nūna. In formation cp. Sk. śvastana (of to-morrow) Lat. crastinus etc.
(& nūnaṃ Dhs-a.164) indeclinable affirmative-dubitative particle with Pot or Ind., viz.
Ved. nūnaṃ = Gr. νύν, Lat. nunc (cp. num); Goth. nu, Ger. nun, cp. E. now See also nu
an ornament for the feet, an anklet Thig.268; DN-a.i.50.
Sk. nūpura; Non-Aryan. Cp. Prk. ṇeura & nīdhura (nīyura)
see na3.
adjective not one, several, many Snp.308; Vv.53#6 (˚citta variegated = nānāvidhacitta Vv-a.236), Vv.64#1 (id. = anekacitta Vv-a.275); Tikp.366.
Sk. naika = na eka, cp. aneka
adjective deceitful, fraudulent; a cheat DN.iii.183; Thag.940; Mil.290; Pv-a.209; Ja.iv.184.
fr. nikati
= anekadā (frequently).
adjective versed in the 4 (or 5) Nikāyas Mil.22; cp. Cunningham, Stupa of Bharhut 142, 52.
fr. nikāya
a golden ornament, a certain coin of gold SN.i.65; AN.i.181; AN.ii.8, AN.ii.29; Dhp.230 (= Dhp-a.iii.329 jambonada nikkha); Vism.48; variant reading at Vv.20#8, Vv.43#8.
Vedic niṣka; cp. nikkha
neuter giving up the world leading a holy life, renunciation of, or emancipation from worldliness, freedom from lust, craving & desires, dispassionateness self-abnegation, Nibbāna. Vin.i.18 (˚e ānisaṁsa) DN.i.110 (identical), DN.iii.239, DN.iii.275, DN.iii.283 MN.iii.129 AN.i.147 (= khema, i.e. nibbāna); AN.iii.245; AN.iv.186 (ānisaṁsa), AN.iv.439 sq. Snp.424 (˚ṁ daṭṭhu khemato) Dhp.181 Pts.i.107 sq.; Pts.ii.169 sq. Cnd.370; Vism.116, Vism.325 Ja.i.19 Ja.i.137 Vv.8442 (= nibbāna Vv-a.348); Netti.53, Netti.87 Netti.106 sq. Mil.285 (˚ṁ abhinikkhanta) Dhp-a.iii.227 Thag-a.266
formally a derivation fr. nikkhamma (ger. of nikkhamati) = Sk. *naiṣkramya, as shown also by its semantic affinity to nikkhanta, in which the metaphorical sense has entirely superseded the literal one. On the other hand, it may be a bastard derivation fr. nikkāma = Sk. *naiṣkāmya, although the adj. nikkāma does not show the prevailing meaning & the wide range of nikkhanta, moreover formally we should expect nekkamma. In any case the connection with; kāma is pre-eminently felt in the connotation of n., as shown by var. passages where a play of word exists between n & kāma (cp. kāmānaṃ nissaraṇaṃ yad idaṃ nekkhammaṃ Iti.61, cp. Vin.i.104; AN.iii.245; also MN.i.115). The use of the similar term abhinikkhamana further warrants its derivation fr. nikkhamati
adjective noun the inhabitant of a (small) town; citizen; also collect. = jana, people Vin.i.268, Vin.i.273; DN.i.136, DN.i.139; Ja.iv.121; Ja.vi.493; Dāvs iii.3; DN-a.i.297 Often combined with -jānapadā (pl.) “townsmen & countryfolk” SN.i.89; DN.iii.148, DN.iii.172; Ja.149.
fr. nigama
adjective rich, wealthy DN.i.136, DN.i.142 (read nevāsika cp. naivasika Mvu.iii.38); AN.v.149 (variant reading BB nerayika, Com. nevāsiko ti nivāsakaro).
fr. nicaya
a leader, guide, forerunner Snp.86, Snp.213; Mnd.446.
Vedic netṛ, n. ag. of neti
to lead, guide, conduct; to take, carry (away); fig. to draw a conclusion, to understand, to take as Dhp.80, Dhp.145, Dhp.240, Dhp.257; Ja.i.228 Ja.iv.241 (nayaṃ n. to draw a proper conclusion); Vv-a.42 (narati = nayati);
imper naya Pv.ii.11#3, & nehi Ja.ii.160; Pv-a.147; poetic imper. nayāhi see in paṭi˚;
pot naye Dhp.256 (to lead a cause = vinicchineyya Dhp-a.iii.381)
fut nessāmi Ja.ii.159; Pv.ii.4#5;
aor nayi Ja.iv.137.
ger netvā Pv-a.5, Pv-a.6, etc.
inf netuṃ Pv-a.123, Pv-a.145 (˚kāma) & netave; Ja.i.79 = Dhp.180.
grd neyya (see sep.),
pp nīta.
pass nīyati (q.v.).
■ Cp. naya, nīti, netta etc. also ā˚, upa˚, paṭi˚, vi˚.
Vedic nayati, nī
a guide Ja.iii.111; Ne.130.
Sk. netra, fr. neti
neuter guidance, anything that guides, a conductor, fig. the eye. SN.i.26 (sārathī nettāni gahetvā = the reins); Vin.i.204 (dhūma˚ for smoke); Ja.iv.363 (id.); DN.i.12 (˚tappana, set t. & cp. DN-a.i.98); Snp.550 (pasanna˚), Snp.1120; Cnd.371 (= cakkhu), Cnd.669; Ja.vi.290 (tamba˚ with red eyes); Pv.i.8#3 (eyes = nayanāni Com.) Dhs.597; Vb.71 sq.
Sk. netra
feminine a guide, conductor; support (= nettika2) Iti.37 (āhāra˚-pabhava), Iti.38 (bhava˚), Iti.94 (netticchinna bhikkhu = Arahant). Cp. nettika2 dhamma˚, bhava˚.
Vedic netrī, f. to netṛ
a sword Ja.ii.77 (˚vara-dhārin; C. nettiṃsā vuccanti khaggā); Ja.iv.118 (C. gives it as adj. = nikkaruṇa merciless; & says “khaggassa nāmaṃ”); Ja.vi.188 (˚varadhārin).
cp. Sk. nistriṃśa, Halāyudha 2, 317; very doubtful, whether nis + triṃśa (thirty), prob. a dial distortion
adjective noun
netta + ika
only in phrase netthāraṃ vattati to behave in such a way as to get rid of blame or fault Vin.ii.5; Vin.iii.183; MN.i.442
■ Bdhgh on Vin.ii.5 (p. 309) explains: nittharantānaṃ etan ti netthāraṃ yena sakkā nissāraṇā nittharituṃ taṃ aṭṭhārasa-vidhaṃ sammāvattuṃ vattantī ti attho.
see nittharati; does any connection exist with Vedic neṣṭṛ?
neuter prudence, discrimination, carefulness; usually as sati˚; SN.v.197 sq.; MN.i.356; AN.iii.11 AN.iv.15; Cnd.629 B; Vb.244, Vb.249; Vism.3 (= paññā) Dhp-a.iv.29.
fr. nipaka
neuter experience, skill, cleverness Pp.25, Pp.35; Dhs.16, Dhs.292; Dhs-a.147.
fr. nipuṇa
edge, point; root SN.v.445; AN.iv.404; gambhīra˚; (adj.) with deeply rooted point, firmly established SN.v.444; AN.iv.106.
cp. nemi
adjective one who lives by invitations MN.i.31.
fr. nimantana
feminine the circumference of a wheel, circumference, rim, edge (cp. nema AN.i.112; Vv.64#5; Mil.238, Mil.285; Vism.198 (fig. jarāmaraṇa˚ the rim of old age & death, which belongs to the wheel of Saṃsāra of the chariot of existence, bhavaratha); Dhp-a.ii.124 (˚vaṭṭi); Vv-a.277.
Vedic nemi, perhaps to namati
a fortune-teller, astrologer DN.ii.16, DN.ii.19; AN.iii.243.
Sk. naimitta, fr. nimitti
an astrologer, fortune-teller, soothsayer DN.i.8 (i) = DN-a.i.91; AN.iii.111; Ja.iv.124; Mil.19 (i), Mil.229; Vism.210 (i); Dhp-a.ii.241 (a)
Sk. naimittika, fr. nimitta
feminine = nimitta-kammaṃ, i.e. prognostication; inquisitiveness, insinuation Vb.352 = Vism.23; explained at Vism.28.
abstr. fr. nemittika
adjective (-˚) having a circumference etc. Ja.vi.252.
= nemika
adjective to be led, carried etc.; fig. to be instructed; to be inferred, guessed or understood Snp.55, Snp.803, Snp.846, Snp.1113; Mnd.114, Mnd.206; Cnd.372; Pp.41; Ne.9 sq., Ne.125; -attha the meaning which is to be inferred (opp. nītattha) AN.i.60; Ne.21.
grd. of neti; Sk. neya
adjective belonging to niraya or purgatory, hellish; one doomed to suffering in purgatory (n. satta = inhabitant of n. Vin.ii.205 (āpāyiko n. kappaṭṭho); Vin.iv.7; DN.iii.6, DN.iii.9, DN.iii.12; AN.i.265; AN.ii.231 (vedanaṃ vediyati… seyyathā pi sattā nerayikā); AN.iii.402 sq.; Snp.664; Mnd.97 (gati) Vv.52#1, Ja.iv.3 (sattā); Pp.51; Vb.412 sq.; Vism.415 (˚sattā), Vism.424; Mil.148 (sattā); Pv-a.27 (id.), Pv-a.52 (˚bhāva) Pv-a.255; Vv-a.23; Sdhp.193, Sdhp.198.
fr. niraya, cp. BSk. nairayika Divy.165
adjective noun based on etymology; an etymologist or philologist Thag-a.153; Ne.8, Ne.9, Ne.32, Ne.33.
fr. nirutti
(adj.)
na + eḷa = Sk. anenas, of enas fault, sin. The other negated form, also in meaning “pure clean,” is aneḷa (& aneḷaka), q.v. On ḷ: n. cp. lāngala nangala; tulā: tūṇa etc.
indeclinable see na2
■ nevasaññā-nâsañña (being) neither perception nor non-perception, only in cpd. ˚āyatana & in nevasaññī-nâsaññin: see saññā.
na + eva
adjective noun a deer-feeder MN.i.150 sq.
fr. nivāpa
adjective one who inhabits, an inmate; living in a place, local Ja.i.236 sq.; Dhp-a.ii.53 sq. Cp. necayika.
fr. nivāsa, cp. BSk. naivāsika Avs.i.286, Avs.i.287
adjective being & remaining in a sitting position (as an ascetic practice) AN.iii.220; Thag.904 Thag.1120; Cnd.587; Ja.iv.8; Pp.69; Vism.79; Mil.20, Mil.342. The n-˚aṅga is one of the dhūtanga-precepts, enjoining the sitting posture also for sleeping, see Vin.v.193, Vism.61, & dhūtanga.
fr. nisajjā
a hunter; also a low caste Vin.iv.7 (+ veṇa & rathakāra); SN.i.93 (˚kula); AN.i.107; AN.ii.85; Ja.ii.36 Ja.iii.330; Ja.iv.397, Ja.iv.413; Ja.v.110, Ja.v.337; Ja.vi.71; Pp.51 (˚kula) Mil.311; Dhp-a.iii.24; Pv-a.176.
fr. nisāda; cp. Sk. niṣāda & naiṣāda = one who lies in wait
indeclinable affirm. & emphatic part. = nu (cp. na1): indeed, then, now Snp.457, Snp.875, Snp.1077; Ja.v.343 (api no api nu), Ja.v.435 (= nipātamattaṃ p. 437).
indeclinable negative & adversative particle = neither, nor, but not surely not, indeed not
Sk. no = na + u, a stronger na; cp. na2
enclitic form, gen. dat. acc. pl. of pron. 1st (we) = amhākaṃ, see vayaṃ; cp. na3.
Sk. naḥ
see vi˚.
fr. nud
see navanīta.
see nahāru. Found e.g. at Vin.i.25.
indeclinable directional prefix of forward motion, in applied sense often emphasising the action as carried on in a marked degree or even beyond its mark (cp. Ger. ver-in its function of Goth. fra Ger. vor). Thus the sphere of pa-may be characterised in foll. applications:
■ The most frequent combination with other (modifying) prefixes is sam-ppa; its closest relatives (in meaning 2 especially) are ā and pari. The double (assimilation) p is restored after short vowels, like appadhaṃsiya (a + pa˚).
Ved. pra, Idg. *pro, cp. Gr. πρό, Lat. pro, Goth. fra, Lith. pra, prō, Oir. ro-
adjective drinking; only in foll. compounds dhenu˚ drinking of the cow, suckling calf MN.i.79; Snp.26 (= dhenuṃ pivanto Snp-a.39); - pāda˚; a tree (lit. drinking with its feet, cp. expln at Pv-a.251 “pādasadisehi mūl âvayavehi udakassa pivanato pādapo ti”) Pv.iv.3#9- majja˚; drinking intoxicants Snp.400; Pv.iv.1#77 (a˚).
Cp. Ved. ˚pa, adj. base of pā to drink, as ˚ga fr. gam or ˚ṭha fr. sthā
dust, dirt, soil SN.v.459; AN.i.253; Pv.ii.3#7
■ paṃsvāgārakā playmates SN.iii.190; saha paṃsukīḷitā id. (lit. playing together with mud, making mud pies) AN.ii.186; Ja.i.364; Pv-a.30. Cp. BSk sahapāṃśukrīḍita Mvu.iii.450.
-kūla rags from a dust heap (cp. Vin. Texts ii.156; Vin.i.58; MN.i.78; SN.ii.202; AN.i.240, AN.i.295; AN.ii.206; AN.iv.230; Iti.102 = AN.ii.26; Dhp.395; Pp.69; Pv-a.141, Pv-a.144. A quâsi definition of p
■ k. is to be found at Vism.60 -kūlika one who wears clothes made of rags taken from a dust heap MN.i.30; SN.ii.187; AN.iii.187, AN.iii.219, AN.iii.371 sq. Vin.iii.15; Vin.iv.360; Ud.42; Pp.55; Dhp-a.iv.157 ˚attan (nt. abstr.) the habit of wearing rags MN.i.214 MN.iii.41; AN.i.38; AN.iii.108. -guṇṭhita (vv.ll. ˚kuṇḍita ˚kuṇṭhita) covered with dust or dirt SN.i.197; Ja.vi.559; Pv.ii.3#5
■ pisācaka a mud sprite (some sort of demon) Ja.iii.147; Ja.iv.380; Dhp-a.ii.26. -muṭṭhi a handful of soil Ja.vi.405. -vappa sowing on light soil (opp. kalalavappa sowing on heavy soil or mud Snp-a.137.
cp. Ved. pāṃsu
adjective dusty; (m.) a dusty robe Kp-a.171 (variant reading paṃsukūla).
Epic Sk. pāṃśuka; Ved. pāṃsura
adjective troublesome, annoying; (m.) a troubler worrier SN.i.174 (variant reading pagaṇḍaka; C. rasagiddha; trsl “pertinacious”).
pa + kaṭṭha + ka; kaṭṭha pp. of kṛṣ, cp. Sk. prakarṣaka of same root in same meaning, but cp. also kaṭṭha2
see pakk˚.
done, made; as -˚ by nature (cp. pakati) Snp.286; Ja.iv.38; Pv.i.6#8; Pv.ii.3#16; Pv.iii.10#5 (pāpaṃ samācaritaṃ Pv-a.214); Mil.218; Dhp-a.ii.11 (pāpaṃ) Pv-a.31, Pv-a.35, Pv-a.103 (ṭ), Pv-a.124
■ icchāpakata covetous by nature AN.iii.119, AN.iii.219 sq.; Pp.69; Vism.24 (here however taken by Bdhgh as “icchāya apakata” or “upadduta”) issāpakata envious by nature SN.ii.260; Pv-a.46, cp macchariyā pakata afflicted with selfishness Pv-a.124 On pakata at Iti.89 see apakata
■ pakatatta (pakata attan) natural, of a natural self, of good behaviour incorrupt, “integer” Vin.ii.6, Vin.ii.33, Vin.ii.204; Ja.i.236 (bhikkhu, + sīlavā, etc.). At Vin.ii.32 the pakatatta bhikkhu as the regular, ordained monk is contrasted with the pārivāsika bh. or probationer.
pp. of pa + kṛ.
feminine
-upanissaya sufficing condition in nature: see Cpd. 194 n. 3
■ gamana natural or usual walk Dhp-a.i.389 -citta ordinary or normal consciousness Kv.615 (cp Kvu trsl. 359 n. 5, and BSk. prakṛti-nirvāṇatva Bodhicary at Poussin 256). -yānaka ordinary vehicle Dhp-a.i.391. -sīla natural or proper virtue DN-a.i.290.
cp. Ved. prakṛti
adjective being by nature, of a certain nature Ja.ii.30; Mil.220; DN-a.i.198; Pv-a.242 (= rūpa) Dhs-a.404.
fr. pakati
talk out against, denounce Ja.v.7 (mā ˚katthāsi; C. akkosi garahi nindi; gloss paccakkhāsi). Should it be ‘pakaḍḍhāsi?
pa + kattheti
feminine fixing one’s attention on, planning, designing, scheme, arrangement Snp.945 (cp Mnd.72 Mnd.186, where two pakappanā’s, viz. taṇhā˚ diṭṭhi˚; at Mnd.429 it is synonymous with taṇhā Bdhgh has reading pakampana for ˚kapp˚ and explained by kampa-karaṇa Snp-a.568).
fr. pakappeti
arranged, planned, attended to, designed, made Snp.648 (= kata Snp-a.471). Snp.784, Snp.786 (diṭṭhi “prejudiced view” Fausböll; cp. Mnd.72 and pakappanā), Snp.802, Snp.838 (= kappita abhisankhata saṇṭhapita Mnd.186), Snp.902, Snp.910.
pp. of pakappeti
to arrange, fix, settle, prepare, determine, plan SN.ii.65 (ceteti p. anuseti); Snp.886 (pakappayitvā = takkayitvā vitakkayitvā saṃkappayitvā Mnd.295)
pp pakappita (q.v.).
pra + Caus. of kḷp, cp. Ved. prakalpayitar
to shake, quake, tremble Ja.i.47 (v. 269); Pv-a.199
caus pakampeti SN.i.107.
pa + kampati. Cp. BSk. prakampati Jtm.220; Mptp. 151 = kampati.
see pakappanā.
shaken, trembling SN.i.133 = Thig.200.
pp. of pa + kamp
neuter
fr. pa + kṛ.
to effect, perform, prepare, make, do SN.i.24 (pakubbati); Snp.254 (id.), Snp.781, Snp.790 (ppr. med. pakubbamāna; cp. Mnd.65); Iti.21 (puññaṃ); Snp-a.169 (pakurute, corresponding with sevati)
pp pakata (q.v.).
pa + kṛ; Ved. prakaroti
pa + kṛ; cp. last; but Sk. prakāra “similarity”
(-˚) adjective of that kind SN.ii.81; Ja.vi.259.
fr. pakāra
to direct one’s thought towards (dat.) Ja.vi.307.
Denom. fr. pakāra
to shine forth, to be visible, to become known Snp.445, Snp.1032 (= bhāsati tapati virocati Cnd.373)
caus pakāseti to show up, illustrate, explain make known, give information about Vin.ii.189; SN.i.105; Iti.111 (brahmacariyaṃ); Dhp.304; Snp.578, Snp.1021 Pp.57; Ja.vi.281 (atthaṃ to explain the meaning or matter); Dhp-a.ii.11 (id.); Pv-a.1, Pv-a.12 (ānisaṃsaṃ), Pv-a.29 (atthaṃ upamāhi), Pv-a.32 (attānaṃ), Pv-a.40 (adhippāyaṃ), Pv-a.42 (saccāni), Pv-a.72 etc
grd pakāsaniya to be made known or announced in -kamma explanation, information annunciation Vin.ii.189 (cp. Vin. Texts iii.239)
pp pakāsita (q.v.).
pa + kāś
neuter explaining, making known; information, evidence, explanation, publicity Pts.i.104 (dhamma˚); Mil.95; Snp-a.445; Pv-a.2, Pv-a.50, Pv-a.103 (expln of āvi).
pa + kāś, cp. pakāsati
explained, manifested, made known SN.i.161, SN.i.171 sq.; SN.ii.107 (su˚); Pv-a.53, Pv-a.63.
pp. of pakāseti
to deal in Vin.ii.267 (grd. ˚kiṇitabba).
pa + kiṇāti
adjective scattered about; fig. miscellaneous, particular, opp. to sādhāraṇa Kp-a.74; cp. Cpd. 13, 952; Vism.175 (˚kathā), Vism.317 sq. (id.)
■ As Np. name of the xivth book of the Jātakas.
pa + kiṇṇa (pp. of kirati) + ka
to proclaim Ja.i.17 (v. 85).
pa + kitteti
to let down (the hair), scatter, let fall DN.ii.139 = DN.ii.148 (ger. pakiriya); Ja.v.203 (so read for parikati); Ja.vi.207 (aor ˚kiriṃsu)
ger pakira (= pakiritvā) Ja.vi.100 (read pakira-cārī, cp. C. on p. 102), Ja.vi.198 (read p- parī)
caus pakireti
pa + kirati
to make wet, moisten (with hot water) Ja.vi.109 (= temetvā khipati C.).
Caus of pa + kliś, cp. kelideti
to be angry SN.i.221, SN.i.223 (˚eyyaṃ).
pa + krudh
? an inner verandah Vin.ii.153; cp. Vin. Texts iii.175
■ Kern. Toevoegselen s. v. explained it as miswriting for pakuṭṭha (= Sk. prakoṣṭha an inner court in a building, Prk. paoṭṭha, cp. P. koṭṭha1 & koṭṭhaka1) Spelling pakulla at Cnd.485 B (for magga, variant reading makula).
variant reading pakuṭṭa
to be angry Ja.iv.241.
pa + kup
see pakaroti.
adjective to sing out to (each other) (aññamaññaṃ) Ja.vi.538.
pa + kūj
agitation, effervescence, anger, fury Dhs.1060; Vism.235, Vism.236.
pa + kopa
adjective shaking, upsetting, making turbulent Iti.84 (moho citta-pakopano).
pa + kopana, of kup
adjective
Ved. pakva, a pp. formation of pac to cook, Idg. *peqṷo = Lat. coquo “cook,” Av. pac-, Obulg pekaͅ, Lith. kepû, Gr. πέσσω, ἀρτοκόπος baker, πέπων ripe; also pp. of pacati pakta = Gr. πεπτός, Lat. coctus
to cook, boil up; only in Caus. ii. pakkaṭṭhāpeti (with unexplained ṭṭh for ṭh to cause to be boiled up Ja.i.472 (variant reading pakkuṭṭh˚, cp J.P.T.S. 1884, 84)
pp pakkaṭhita (q.v.). Pakkathita (pakkuthita)
pa + kaṭhati of kvath
cooked up, boiled, boiling hot, hot Thūpavaṃsa 4833; Ja.v.268 (pakaṭṭh˚ vv.ll. pakkudh & jakankaṭhi); Ja.vi.112 (˚kaṭṭh˚), Ja.vi.114 (id.; variant reading BB ˚kuṭhita); Dhp-a.i.126 (kaṭṭh˚, variant reading pakkanta), Dhp-a.i.179 (kaṭṭh˚, variant reading pakuṭṭh˚); Dhp-a.ii.5 (kaṭṭh˚, vv.ll. pakuṭṭh & pakkuth˚); Dhp-a.iii.310 (1st passage kaṭṭh˚, variant reading pakuṭṭh˚ pakkuṭṭh˚, pakkuthita; = pakkuṭṭhita at id. p. Vv-a.67 in 2nd passage kaṭṭh˚, variant reading pakuṭṭh˚ & pakkuthita, left out at id. p. Vv-a.68); Thag-a.292 (pakkuthita).
also spelt with ṭṭh instead of ṭh or th, perhaps through popular etym. pakka + ṭṭhita for pa + kaṭhita. To kvath, P. kuthati & kaṭhati, appearing in pp. as kaṭhita, kuthita, kaṭṭhita and kuṭṭhita, cp Geiger, P.Gr. § 42
feminine a boiling (-hot) mixture (of oil?) MN.i.87, explained by C. as katita-(= kaṭh˚) gomaya, boiling cow-dung, variant reading chakaṇakā see p.537. The id. p. at Cnd.199 reads chakaṇaṭī, evidently a bona fide reading. The interpretation as “cow-dung” is more likely than “boiling oil.”
fr. pa + kvat, evidently as abstr. to pakkaṭṭhita; reading uncertain
gone, gone away, departed SN.i.153; Snp.p.124; Ja.i.202 (spelt kkh); Pv-a.78.
pp. of pakkamati
to cry out, shout out, wail Snp.310 (3rd pret. pakkanduṃ) Ja.vi.55 (id.), Ja.vi.188 (id.), Ja.vi.301 (id.).
Ved. prakrandati, pra + krand
going to, undertaking, beginning DN.i.168 (tapo˚; trsl. “all kinds of penance”).
fr. pa + kram
Ved. prakramati, pra + kram
a kind of medicinal plant Vin.i.201 (cp. paggava).
etym.?
see pākula.
to call, summon Ja.i.50; Ja.ii.69, Ja.ii.252 (= avheti); Ja.v.297; Ja.vi.420; Dhp-a.i.50; Pv-a.81 (variant reading ˚āpeti)
caus 2 pakkosāpeti to call, send for order to come Ja.i.207; Pv-a.141, Pv-a.153; Dhp-a.i.185.
pa + kosati, kruś
Ved. pakṣa in meanings 1 and 3; to Lat. pectus, see Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v.
adjective visible, clear -˚ resembling, like Mil.75 (mātu˚ and pitu˚).
cp. Ved. prakhya clear, & Sk. (-˚) prakhya like, of pra + ; khyā
a cripple. Cp.iii.6, Cp.iii.10; Ja.vi.12 (= pīṭha-sappī C.). Note BSk. phakka is enumerated at Mpt. 271120 with jātyaṇḍa, kuṇḍa pangu, reminding of the combn kāṇo vā kuṇi vā khañjo vā pakkhahato vā Vin.ii.90 = SN.i.94 = AN.ii.85 AN.iii.385. = Pp.51.
cp. Sk. phakka (?)
(nt.?) a dress made of wings or feathers, in cpd. ulūka˚ of owl’s wings (see ulūka˚) Vin.iii.34 (˚ṃ nivāsetvā); AN.ii.206 ≈ (˚ika).
fr. pakkha1
neuter being a partner of, siding in with Vism.129, Vism.130.
fr. pakkha1
at DN-a.i.38 read as pakkanta.
adjective = pakkhandin Snp-a.164
■ f. pakkhandikā [Ved. (?) praskandikā, BR. without refs. diarrhoea, dysentery DN.ii.127 (lohita˚); Ja.iii.143; Ja.v.441 (lohita˚); Mil.134.
to spring forward, to jump on to MN.i.86; Ja.i.461; Vv.84#12 (ger. pakkhandiyāna = pakkhanditvā anupavisitvā Vv-a.338); to be after someone in pursuit Dhp-a.i.198; usually fig. to rejoice in, find pleasure or satisfaction in (loc.), to take to, in phrases cittaṃ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati MN.i.186; SN.iii.133; cp. Mil.326 (nibbāne); AN.ii.165 AN.iii.245 (avyāpāde); AN.iv.442 (adukkha-m-asukhe); Iti.43 (dhamme); and na me tattha mānasaṃ p. Mil.135. pp. pakkhanna (q.v.).
pa + khandati, of skand
neuter
fr. pakkhandati
adjective noun
fr. pakkhandati
jumped on, fallen on to or into, chanced upon, acquired MN.i.39; Thag.342 (diṭṭhigahanā˚) Ja.v.471; Mil.144 (saṃsaya˚), Mil.156, Mil.390 (kupatha˚).
pp. of pakkhandati; often wrongly spelt pakkhanta
bordering, trimming Ja.vi.223 (of a carriage).
cp. Sk. prakṣara & prakhara “ein Panzer für Pferde” BR.
to wash, cleanse Ja.v.71 (ger. pakkhalya = dhovitvā C. p. 74). Caus. pakkhāleti (q.v.).
pa + kṣal
to stumble, trip, stagger Ja.iii.433; Ja.vi.332; DN-a.i.37; Dhs-a.334.
pa + khalati, of skhal
to appear, shine forth, to be clearly visible DN.ii.99 (cp. Thag.1034, where pakkhanti for pakkhāyanti metri causâ); MN.ii.32; SN.iv.144; SN.v.153, SN.v.162; AN.iii.69 sq.
pa + khyā, Ved. prakhyāyate; cp. khāyati & pakkha2
to wash, cleanse Vin.i.9 (pāde); DN.ii.85 (id.); MN.i.205; SN.i.107; Ja.vi.24 (pāde); Vv-a.261.
Caus. of pa + ksal, cp. khaleti
adjective
for pakkhiya = Ved. pakṣya of pakkha1 3
put down into, thrown into (loc.) Snp.p.15 (pāyāso udake p.); Pv-a.58 (ātave p naḷo is perhaps better read ātāpe paditto), Pv-a.153 (pokkharaṇiyaṃ p.).
pp. of pakkhipati
adjective noun
fr. pakkha1 = pakkhānaṃ atthitāya pakkhī ti vuccati Snp-a.465; Ved. pakṣin bird
caus 2 pakkhipāpeti Ja.i.467; DN-a.i.136
pp pakkhitta (q.v.).
pa + kṣip, in sense of putting down carefully cp. nikkhipati & BSk. prakṣipati to start a ship Divy.334
a bird Thag.139 (read ˚me for ˚maṃ); Ja.v.339.
= pakkhin
adjective noun siding with, associating with; m. part, side; only in phrase (satta-tiṃsa-) bodhi-pakkhiya-dhammā the 37 parts of enlightenment Iti.75 (satta only); Ja.i.275; Vism.678 sq.; Snp-a.164; Vv-a.95; see Cpd. 179 and note 1 pakkhiya at Thig.425 is not clear (explained at Thag-a.269 by vaccha, variant reading sacca).
fr. pakkha1 2; cp. pakkhikā
masculine & -na (nt.) throwing, hurling; being thrown into (loc.) Pv-a.221 (lohakumbhi˚ in passage of ordeals in Niraya); Dhp-a.i.357 (nadiyaṃ visa-pakkhepana).
fr. pa + kṣip
an eyelash unsally as adj.: having eyelashes (-˚) DN.ii.18 (go˚) SN.i.132 (˚antarikāyaṃ between the lashes); Ja.v.216 (visāla˚ for alārapamha T.); Thag-a.255 (dīgha˚ for āyatapamha Thig.383); Vv-a.162, Vv-a.279.
Ved. pakṣman, diaeretic form for the contracted form pamha, the latter prepondering in poetry while pakhuma is mostly found in prose. Similar doublets are sukhuma & saṇha; as regards etym. cp Av. pasnem eyelid, Gr. πέκτω to comb, πόκος fleece, Lat pecto to comb, pecten comb, Ohg. fahs hair
see pakaṭṭhaka.
adjective bold, daring, forward, reckless MN.i.236; SN.i.201 (sup˚); AN.iii.433; Snp.89, Snp.852 (ap˚ = na pagabbha Kp-a.242, cp. also Mnd.228); Dhp.244 (= kāyapāgabbhiyâdīhi samannāgata Dhp-a.iii.354); Ja.ii.32, Ja.ii.281, Ja.ii.359; Ja.v.448; Mil.389 Dāvs iii.26
■ apagabbha at Vin.iii.3 is used in quite a diff. sense, viz. “one who has no more connection with a womb” (a + pa + *garbha)
cp. Epic Sk. pragalbha
feminine resoluteness, boldness, decision Ja.vi.273. See also pāgabbhiya.
abstr. fr. pagabbha, cp. Sk. pragalbhatā
adjective bold Ja.vi.238.
= pagabbha
going forth from (-˚) Dhs-a.329.
fr. pra + gam
sunk into, immersed in (loc.) Snp.441, Snp.772 (= ogāḷha ajjhogāḷha nimugga Mnd.26).
pp. of pagāhati
to dive into, sink into Snp.819 (≈ ajjhogāha Snp-a.537; = ogāhati ajjhogāhati pavisati Mnd.152)
pp pagāḷha.
pa + gāhati
adjective greedy after, clinging to, finding delight in (loc.) Ja.v.269 (= gadhita mucchita C. on p. 274).
pa + giddha
adjective learned, full of knowledge, clever, well-acquainted, familiar DN.iii.170; Vv.53#2 (= nipuṇa Vv-a.232); Ja.ii.243; Ja.iv.130; Ja.v.399; Vism.95 (Majjhimo me paguṇo: I am well versed in the M.), Vism.242 (dve tayo nikāyā paguṇā); DN-a.i.95; Snp-a.195; Kp-a.73
■ paguṇaṃ karoti, to make oneself familiar with, to learn by heart, to master thoroughly Ja.ii.166; Ja.iii.537 (tayo vede); Mil.12 (Abhidhamma-piṭakaṃ).
pa + guṇa cp. Sk. praguṇa straight, der. “kind”
feminine & Paguṇatta (nt.) (doubtful) abstr. to paguṇa in expln of pāguññatā at Dhs.48 & Dhs.49 (trsl. fitness competence).
a thicket, bush, clump of trees Snp.233.
pa + gumba
adverb (how) much more or much less, a fortiori, lit. “right at the earliest” Ja.i.354; Ja.v.242; Mil.91; Vism.93, Vism.259, Vism.322; Vv-a.258, Pv-a.115, Pv-a.116, Pv-a.117
■ Compar. pagevataraṃ MN.iii.145; atippage too early Ja.iii.48; atippago id MN.i.84; SN.ii.32; AN.v.48.
page = Sk. prage + eva, but BSk. prāgeva
pp paggahita (q.v.)
caus paggaheti to exert Mil.390 (mānasaṃ)
caus 2 paggaṇhāpeti to cause to hold up or out, to cause to uphold or support Mil.21 (dhamma-dhajaṃ); Ja.v.248; Pv-a.74 (turiyāni).
pa + gaṇhāti
dripping Pv-a.56 (variant reading for T. vigalita).
pp. of pa + gal
a medicinal plant with bitter fruit Ja.ii.105 (variant reading pakkava). Paggaha & Paggaha;
etym?
fr. paggaṇhāti
neuter stretching forth, lifting, holding out; of the hands as sign of respectful salutation (cp. añjaliṃ paggaṇhāti) Ja.iii.82-Abstr. -tā = paggaha 1. Vism.134.
fr. pa + gṛh, cp. paggaṇhāti
holding up, or (being) held up Vin.ii.131 (chatta˚ holding up a parasol,) Vin.ii.207 (id.); Ja.vi.235; Snp-a.175 (= Snp.p.21).
pp. of paggaṇhāti, cp. BSk. pragṛhīta lofty Divy.7, Divy.102
see paggaha.
adjective belonging to, receiving (or trading?) in cpd. -sālā a shop Vin.ii.291 (cp. Vin Texts iii.383: “would he set up as a hawker in cloth or would he open a shop”).
paggāha + ika
adjective noun trickling, oozing, dripping Ja.i.146; Ja.vi.187 (a˚); f. -ī DN.i.74 (= bindubinduṃ udakaṃ paggharati DN-a.i.218); the ʻmarkʼ of liquid Dhs-a.332.
fr. paggharati
adjective flowing, trickling, oozing out Ja.vi.187 (app˚-velā), Ja.vi.531; Dhp-a.i.126 (lohitaṃ); Vism.262.
fr. paggharati
to flow forth or out, to ooze, trickle, drip SN.i.150; Snp.p.125 (pubbañ ca lohitañ ca. p.); Ja.vi.328; Pv.i.6#7 (gabbho pagghari = vissandi Pv-a.34); Pv.ii.9#11 (= vissandati Pv-a.119); Pv.ii.9#26 (akkhīni p. = vissandanti Pv-a.123, sic lege!); Mil.180; Vv-a.76 (navahi dvārehi puḷuvakā pagghariṃsu)
pp paggharita (q.v.).
pa + gharati, which stands for kṣarati, also appearing as jharati, cp. Sk. nirjhara, Prk. pajjharati Mālatī-M. p.51BSk. pragharati Divy.57, Divy.409 Avs.i.282
flowing, trickling SN.ii.179; Thig.466; Pv-a.198 (khīra).
pp. of paggharati
neuter a covered terrace before a house Vin.ii.153 (“paghanaṃ nāma yaṃ nikkhamantā ca pavisantā ca pādehi hananti. tassa vihāra-dvāre ubhato kuṭṭaṃ niharitvā katapadesass’ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ” Bdhgh, quoted Vin. Texts iii.175).
cp. Sk. praghaṇa
mud mire; defilement, impurity SN.i.35, SN.i.60; SN.iii.118; AN.iii.311 AN.iv.289; Snp.970 (˚danta rajassira with dirt between their teeth and dust on their heads, from travelling); AN.iii.236 (id.); AN.iv.362 (id.); Snp.535, Snp.845, Snp.945, Snp.1145 (Cnd.374 kāma-panko kāma-kaddamo etc.); Dhp.141, Dhp.327; Mnd.203; Pv.iii.3#3; Pv.iv.3#2; Mil.346; Dhs.1059, Dhs.1136.
cp. Epic Sk. panka, with k suffix to root *pene for *pele, as in Lat. palus; cp. Goth. fani mire, excrements Ohg, fenna “fen,” bog; also Ital. fango mud Ohg. fūht wet. See Walde Lat. Wtb. under palus BSk. panka, e.g. Jtm.215 panka-nimagna
only in cpd. paṅgacīra (nt.) at DN.i.6 “blowing through toy pipes made of leaves” (Dial. i.10, where is cpd. Sinhalese pat-kulal and Marathī pungī after Morris J.P.T.S. 1889, 205). Bdhgh explains as “p vuccati paṇṇa-nāḷikā; taṃ dhamantā kīḷanti” DN-a.i.86.
?
adjective lame, crippled, see pakkha3 and next.
Sk. pangu; etym.?
adjective lame Ja.vi.12; Vism.280.
fr. pangu
to cook, boil, roast Vin.iv.264; fig. torment in purgatory (trs. and intrs.): Niraye pacitvā after roasting in N. SN.ii.225, Pv-a.10, Pv-a.14
ppr pacanto tormenting, gen. pacato (+ Caus. pācayato) DN.i.52 (explained at DN-a.i.159, where read pacato for paccato, by pare daṇḍena pīḷentassa)
pp pakka (q.v.). Caus. pacāpeti & pāceti; (q.v.)
pass paccati to be roasted or tormented (q.v.).
Ved. pacati, Idg. *peqṷō, Av. pac-; Obulg. peka to fry, roast, Lith, kepū bake, Gr. πέσσω cook, πέπων ripe
neuter cooking Ja.iii.425 (˚thālikā); Ja.v.385 (˚bhājana); Thag-a.29 (bhatta˚); DN-a.i.270; Pv-a.135.
fr. pac, su pacati
to go after, walk in; fig. practise, perform, observe Vv.32#9 (variant reading pavarati, cp. Vv-a.136).
pa + carati
shaking, trembling, wavering Dhs-a.378.
fr. pa + cal
to dangle Vv-a.36 (variant reading BB paj˚).
pa + calati
to make (the eyelid) waver, to wink, to be sleepy, nod, begin to doze AN.iii.343 AN.iv.344; AN.iv.85 (quot. at Dhs-a.236); Ja.i.384 (˚āyituṃ ārabbhi); Vism.300.
quasi-denom. or caus. fr. pacala, pa + cal, cp. daṇḍāyati and pacāleti
feminine nodding, wavering (of the eyelids), blinking, being sleepy Dhs.1157 (= akkhidalādīnaṃ pacalabhāvaṃ karoti Dhs-a.378).
abstr. fr. pacalāyati
shaken, wavering, unstable Thag.260.
pp. of pacalati
to cause to be cooked, to cook Vin.iv.264; Ja.i.126 (āhāraṃ); Ja.ii.15 (bhattaṃ), Ja.ii.122.
Caus. of pacati
to go about in (acc.), to frequent, to visit AN.i.182, AN.i.183 (pacārayāmi, gloss sañcarissāmi).
pa + cāreti, Caus. of car
adjective swinging, shaking; nt. acc. as adv. in kāya- (& bāhu˚); ppacālakaṃ after the manner or in the style of swaying the body (or swinging the arms) Vin.ii.213.
fr. pacāleti
to swing, sway, move about Thag.200 (mā pacālesi “sway and nod” Trsln).
pa + Caus. of cal
pass pacīyati to be heaped up, to increase, accumulate SN.iv.74 (opp. khīyati).
pa + cināti, cp. ācināti
is doubtful reading at DN-a.i.164 (with vv.ll. pamuṭa, pamuca, papuṭa) for DN.i.54, T. paṭuva (vv. ll pamuṭa, samudda) and is explained by gaṇṭhika, i.e. block or knot. The whole passage is corrupt; see discussed under pavuṭā.
adjective general, various, any; abundant, many Ja.v.40 (= bahu salabha C.); Mil.408 (˚jana) Dāvs iv.11, Dāvs iv.50; Vv-a.213 (˚jano for yādisakīdiso Vv.50#11). See also pasura.
cp. late Sk. pracura
see pacinati.
is contracted form of paṭi before a˚, like paccakampittha pret. fr. paṭikampati.
to curse in return SN.i.162; AN.ii.215.
paṭi + ā + kruś
neuter cursing in return Dhp-a.iv.148 (a˚).
fr. paṭi + ā + kruś
adjective “before the eye,” perceptible to the senses, evident clear, present Dhs-a.254; Pv-a.125; Sdhp.416. Often in obl. cases, viz. instr. -ena personally Ja.i.377; abl -ato from personal experience Ja.v.45, Ja.v.195, Ja.v.281; appaccakkhāya without seeing or direct perception, in expln of paccaya at Vism.532; also in phrase paccakkhato ñatvā having seen or found out for himself, knowing personally Ja.i.262; Ja.iii.168.
paṭi + akkha3, cp. Ved. pratyakṣa
rejected, given up, abandoned, repudiated Vin.ii.244, Vin.ii.245 (sikkhā); Vin.iii.25 (id.); Ja.iv.108; Dhp-a.i.12. Cp. Vin. Texts i.275.
pp. of paccakkhāti
lit. to speak against, i.e. to reject, refuse, disavow, abandon, give up, usually in connection with Buddhaṃ, dhammaṃ sikkhaṃ or similar terms of a religious-moral nature Vin.iii.25; SN.ii.231, SN.ii.271; AN.iv.372
ger paccak- khāya, in foll. conns ācariyaṃ Ja.iv.200; sikkhaṃ Vin.iii.23, Vin.iii.34 (a˚); SN.ii.231; SN.iv.190; Pp.66, Pp.67; sabbaṃ SN.iv.15; ariyasaccaṃ SN.v.428. paccakkhāsi at Ja.v.8 is gloss for pakatthāsi
pp paccakkhāta (q.v.). Intens. paccācikkhati (q.v.).
paṭi + akkhāti = ā + khyā
neuter rejection, refusal Ja.vi.422.
fr. paṭi + ā + khyā
adjective noun “one who goes toward,” a pupil SN.i.104 (Mārassa); vv.ll. baddhabhū, paṭṭhagū. Windisch, Māra & Buddha; trsls “unter M’s Herrschaft,” and refers paṭṭhagu to Sk. pātyagāḥ. Bdhgh (see Kindred Sayings, 1, p. 319) reads baddhagū and explains by bandhavara sissa antevāsika.
a difficult word, composed of pacca + gū, the latter a by-form of ˚ga, as in paṭṭhagū, vedagū pāragū. pacca may be praṭya, an adv. formn of prep praṭi, and paṭṭha its doublet. It is not certain whether we should read paṭṭhagū here as well (see paṭṭhagū) The form may also be explained as a substantivised pl 3rd pret. of praṭi + gacchati = paccaguṃ
adjective in phrase paccaggaḷe aṭṭhāsi “stuck in his throat” MN.i.333.
pratyak + gaḷa
adjective recent, new, beautiful, quite costly Vin.i.4; Ja.i.80; Ja.ii.435; Pv.ii.3#16 (= abhinava mahaggha vā Pv-a.87); Pv.iii.10#5 (= abhinava Pv-a.214); Dāvs v.25; Pv-a.44.
paṭi + aggha, cp. Sk. pratyagra of diff. derivation
neuter lit. “by-limb,” small limb, only in compd aṅgapaccaṅgāni limbs great and small all limbs: see anga.
paṭi + anga
neuter anointing, ointment, unction DN.i.12 = MN.i.511; DN-a.i.98 (= bhavanīya-sītalabhessajj’ añjanaṃ).
paṭi + añjana
to be boiled, fig. to be formented or vexed, to suffer. Nearly always applied to the torture of boiling in Niraya, where it is meant literally
■ SN.i.92; SN.v.344 (kālena paccanti read for kāle na p.); AN.i.141 (phenuddehakaṃ p. niraye) Snp.670, Snp.671; Dhp.69, Dhp.119, Dhp.120 (pāpaṃ suffer for sin, cp Dhp-a.iii.14); Ja.v.268; Pv.iv.1#29 (= dukkhaṃ pāpuṇanti Pv-a.228); Pv.iv.3#39 (niraye paccare janā = paccanti Pv-a.255); Dhp-a.iii.64 (expln for tappati).
Pass. of pacati, cp. BSk. pacyate Divy.422
adjective separate, individual; usually acc. -ṃ adv. separately, individually, singly, by himself in his own heart DN.i.24 (yeva nibbuti viditā); DA on DN.ii.77 = attano attano abbhantare; MN.i.251, MN.i.337 (˚vedaniya Name of a purgatory), MN.i.422; SN.ii.199; SN.iii.54 sq., SN.iv.23, SN.iv.41 sq., SN.iv.168, SN.iv.539; Snp.611, Snp.906; Dhp.165; Pv.iii.10#6 (˚vedanā separate sufferings, = visuṃ visuṃ attanā anubhūyamānā mahādukkhavedanā Pv-a.214) Dhs.1044 (ajjhatta + ; trsld “self referable”); Mil.96 (˚purisa-kāra); Dhs-a.169; Vv-a.9, Vv-a.13; Pv-a.232.
paṭi + attan
spread out DN.ii.211.
pp. of gaṭi + ā + stṛ.
neuter something spread against, i.e. under or over, a cover, spread, rug, cushion or carpet to sit on bedding of a couch (nisīdana˚) Vin.i.47, Vin.i.295, Vin.i.296 Vin.ii.208, Vin.ii.218; DN.i.7 (kadali-miga-pavara˚, cp. DN-a.i.87) AN.i.137 (id.); AN.iii.50 (id.); Ja.i.126; Ja.iv.353 (uṇṇāmaya) Pv-a.141, Pv-a.137.
pati + ā + stṛ; cp. BSk. pratyāstaraṇa Divy.19
adjective noun an opponent adversary, enemy Vin.ii.94 sq. (atta˚ personal enemy) AN.v.71 (id.; T. attha˚); DN.i.50, DN.i.70, DN.i.137; Iti.83; Pv-a.62 Cp. paccāmitta.
paṭi + attha + ka, lit. opposite to useful, cp. Sk. pratyanīka & pratyarthin
neuter being boiled, boiling. torture, torment Ja.v.270; Snp-a.476 (˚okāsa). Paccanika, Paccaniya
fr. paccati, cp. pacana
adjective noun
cp. Sk. pratyanīka & see paccatthika
to speak out or mention correspondingly, to enumerate Kp-a.78, Kp-a.79 sq.
paṭi + anubhāsati, cp. BSk. pratyavabhāṣate to call to Divy.9
to experience, undergo, realise MN.i.295; SN.v.218, SN.v.264 sq., SN.v.286 sq. SN.v.353; AN.iii.425 sq.; Iti.38; Pv-a.26, Pv-a.44, Pv-a.107 (dukkhaṃ)
fut paccanubhossati DN.ii.213; SN.i.133, SN.i.227; Pv.iii.56
pass paccanubhavīyati Pv-a.146 (for upalabbhati)
pp paccanubhūta MN.ii.32; SN.ii.178; Iti.15.
paṭi + anu + bhū, BSk. pratyanubhavati Divy.54, Divy.262 etc.
advised, admonished DN.ii.209 = DN.ii.225.
paṭi + anusiṭṭha
adjective noun adj. adjoining, bordering on, neighbouring, adjacent Dhp.315; Ja.i.11 (v.47, ˚desa), Ja.i.377 (˚vāsika); Pv-a.201 (˚nagara); Dhp-a.iii.488 (id.); Sdhp.11 (˚visaya). (m.) the border, outskirts, neighbourhood Vin.i.73; Ja.i.126 (vihāra˚); Ja.ii.37; Mil.314 (˚e kupite in a border disturbance); Dhp-a.i.101 (id.); Pv-a.20 (id.). ˚ṃ vūpasāmeti to appease the border Pv-a.20
■ P. in sense of “heathen” at Vism.121.
paṭi + anta, cp. Sk. pratyanta
adjective bordering, adjoining, next to Vin. ii.166; Sdhp.5.
fr. paccanta, cp. BSk. pratyantima frontier Divy.21, Divy.426
neuter recognition Dhs-a.110.
paṭi + abhi + ñāṇa
lit. resting on, falling back on, foundation cause, motive etc. See on term as t.t. of philosophy Tikapaṭṭhāna I, foreword; J.P.T.S. 1916, 21 f.; Cpd. 42 sq. & esp. 259 sq.
fr. paṭi + i, cp. Ved. pratyaya & P. pacceti, paṭicca
feminine the fact of having a cause, causation, causal relation, in phrase idappaccayatā (adv.) from an ascertained cause, by way of cause Vin.i.5; DN.i.185; SN.i.136; SN.ii.25.
abstr. fr. paccaya
adjective trustworthy DN.i.4; SN.i.150; AN.ii.209; Ja.vi.384 (paccāyika); Pp.57; DN-a.i.73; Snp-a.475.
fr. paccaya
see paṭilabhati. Paccavidhum & Paccavyadhim
see paṭivijjhati.
to look upon, consider, review, realise, contemplate, see MN.i.415; SN.iii.103 SN.iii.151 sq., SN.iv.111, SN.iv.236 sq.; Ja.v.302; Vb.193, Vb.194 (cp AN.iii.323); Mil.16; Pv-a.62, Pv-a.277; Vv-a.6, Vv-a.48.
paṭi + avekkhati
neuter & -nā (f.) looking at, consideration regard, attention, reflection, contemplation, reviewing (cp.; Cpd. 58) MN.i.415; DN.iii.278; AN.iii.27; Pp.21 (a˚) Dhs.390 (a˚ = dhammānaṃ sabhāvaṃ pati na apekkhati Dhs-a.254, trsl. “inability to consider”); Mil.388 Ne.85; Vb-a.140; Vism.43 (twofold); Sdhp.413.
paṭi + avekkhana, cp. late Sk. pratyaveksana & ˚nā
feminine imagination Mbhv.27.
cp. late Sk. pratyavekṣā
see paṭisarati.
see patissuṇāṭi.
rejected, disappointed Vin.iv.237, Vin.iv.238.
pp. of paṭi + a + kṛ.
flattened or smoothed out, pressed, ironed (ākoṭita + of the robes) MN.i.385; SN.ii.281; Dhp-a.i.37.
pp. of paṭi + ākoṭeti
to fall back on, return again, to go back to (acc.), withdraw, slide back from (˚ to) Vin.i.184; MN.i.265; MN.iii.114; Mnd.108, Mnd.312; Kv.624 (spelt wrongly pacchā˚); Pv-a.14, Pv-a.109, Pv-a.250. Cp pacceti.
paṭi + āgacchati
gone back, withdrawn Ja.v.120; Mil.125.
pp. of paccāgacchati
neuter return, going back, backsliding Mil.246.
fr. paṭi + ā + gam
to swallow up, resorb SN.v.48; AN.v.337; Ja.i.311; Mil.150; Caus. -camāpeti Mil.150.
paṭi + ā + camati; often spelt ˚vamati, but see Trenckner, Mil.425
to reject, repudiate, disallow DN.iii.3; MN.i.245 MN.i.428; Vin.iv.235.
Intens. of paccakkhāti, paṭi + ā + cikkhati of khyā
reborn, come to a new existence DN.i.62; DN.iii.264; MN.i.93; Pp.51.
pp. of paccājāyati
to be reborn in a new existence MN.iii.169; SN.ii.263; SN.v.466, SN.v.474
pp paccājāta (q.v.).
paṭi + ā + jāyati
to lead back to (acc.) Pv.ii.11#6 (= punar āneti C.).
paṭi + ā + neti
recited, explained Ja.ii.48.
pp. of paccābhāsati
to retort, recite, explain, relate Pv-a.57 (sic lege for pacchā˚)
pp paccābhaṭṭha.
paṭi + ābhāsati
lit. “back-friend,” adversary, enemy DN.i.70; AN.iv.106; Ja.i.488: DN-a.i.182; Pv-a.155.
paccā = Sk. pratyak, adv.; + mitta, cp. Epic Sk. pratyamitra
to show in return, retort, explain MN.i.96; AN.iv.193. Cp. paccabhāsati.
paṭi + āropeti
to ask, beg, pray Pv.iv.5#6 (˚anto for ˚āsaṃsanto? C explnns by āsiṃsanto).
fr. paṭi + āśā or = paccāsaṃsati or ˚siṃsati?
adverb near by Pv-a.216 = Pv-a.280
paṭi + āsanne
f. expectation Vin.iv.286.
paṭi + āśā, cp. Sk. pratyāśā
to make go (or turn) backward MN.i.124 = AN.iii.28 (= paṭinivatteti C.) Vism.308 (sāreti pi p. pi).
paṭi + ā + sāreti, Caus. of sṛ.
to expect, wait for, desire, hope for, ask DN.ii.100; AN.iii.124; Ja.i.346, Ja.i.483; Ja.iii.176 Ja.v.214; Dhp-a.i.14; Dhp-a.ii.84; DN-a.i.318; Vv-a.336, Vv-a.346; Pv-a.22, Pv-a.25, Pv-a.63, Pv-a.260.
paṭi + āsiṃsati
to bring back, take back Vin.ii.265; Vin.iii.140; Ja.iv.304.
paṭi + āharati
to draw out again Vin.ii.99.
paṭi + ukkaḍḍhati
neuter drawing out again Vin.v.222.
fr. preceding
to go out, set out, go out to meet Vin.ii.210; MN.i.206; Snp.442 (= abhimukho upari gacchati Snp-a.392).
paṭi + ud + gam
illustrious Ja.vi.280.
pp. of paccuggacchati
neuter going out to, meeting, receiving Ja.iv.321; Pv-a.61, Pv-a.141 (˚ṃ karoti).
fr. preceding
feminine putting against, resistance, opposition Snp.245 (= paccanīkaṭ ṭhapanā Snp-a.228).
paṭi + ud + Caus. of sthā
to rise, reappear, to rise from one’s seat as a token of respect; always combined with abhivadati DN.i.61 (Pot. ˚uṭṭheyya), DN.i.110 (Fut ˚uṭṭhassati).
paṭi + ud + sthā
neuter rising from one’s seat, reverence DN.i.125.
fr. preceding
to go out again, to withdraw SN.i.8; AN.iii.190. Cp. paccupadissati.
paṭi + uttarati, but cp. BSk. pratyavatarati to disembark Divy.229
to return again to (acc.) SN.i.224; SN.ii.104; AN.v.337.
paṭi + ud + ā + vattati
neuter coming back, return Dhs-a.389.
fr. preceding
recite in reply Thig.40.
paṭi + ud + ā + hṛ.
go out towards Ja.vi.559.
paṭi + ud + i
to wipe off or down (with a cloth, colakena) Vin.ii.122 (udakapuñchaniṃ trsl. Vin. Texts ii.152 “to wear out a robe”), Vin.ii.151 (gerukaṃ; trsl. Vin. Texts ii.151 “to wipe down”).
paṭi + uddharati
taking up, casting (the lot) again Vin.iv.121.
paṭi + uddhāra
“to stand up before,” to be present; only in pp. paccupaṭṭhita and in Caus paccupaṭṭhāpeti (q.v.).
paṭi + upa + sthā
neuter
fr. paṭi + upa + sthā; cp. Cpd. 13 & Lakkhaṇa
Caus. of paccupaṭṭhahati
(re)presented, offered, at one’s disposal, imminent, ready, present DN.iii.218 (˚kāmā) Iti.95 (id.); Snp.p.105; Iti.111; Kv.157, Kv.280; Mil.123.
pp. of paccupaṭṭhahati; cp. BSk. pratyupasthita, Divy Index
to accept, receive; or: to show, point out Ja.v.221 (variant reading paccuttarissati to go through, perhaps preferable; C. on p. 225 explains by sampaṭicchissati).
reading uncertain; either paṭi + upadissati, or fut. of paṭi + upadisati, cp. upadaṃseti. It is not to be derived fr. ˚upadadāti
feminine differentiation SN.iii.261 (a˚) Dhs.16 = Pp.25; Dhs.292, Dhs.555, Dhs.1057.
paṭi + upalakkhaṇā
feminine = paccavekkhaṇā SN.iii.262 (a˚).
to go up or near to, to approach, serve, beset Ja.iii.214. fut. -upessati Ja.iv.362 (gloss upasevati).
pati + upeti
what has arisen (just now), existing, present (as opposed to atīta past & anāgata future) MN.i.307, MN.i.310; MN.iii.188 MN.iii.190, MN.iii.196; SN.i.5; SN.iv.97; AN.i.264; AN.iii.151, AN.iii.400; DN.iii.100 DN.iii.220, DN.iii.275; Iti.53; Mnd.340; Pv.iv.6#2; Dhs.1040, Dhs.1043 Vb-a.157 sq.; Pv-a.100. See also atīta.
pp. of paṭi + uppajjati, cp. Sk.pratyutpanna
to go out against, to go to meet somebody SN.i.82, SN.i.216.
paṭi + ud + yā
“the time towards dawn,” morning, dawn; always. in compound with either -kāle (loc.) at morning Dhp-a.iv.61; DN-a.i.168; or -velāyaṃ (loc.) id. Vv-a.105, Vv-a.118, Vv-a.165; Pv-a.61 or -samaye (loc.) id. SN.i.107; Ja.i.81, Ja.i.217; Snp-a.80; Pv-a.38.
paṭi + Ved. uṣas f.; later Sk. pratyūṣa nt.
an impediment, obstacle SN.i.201 (bahū hi saddā paccūhā, trsl “Ay there is busy to-and-fro of words.” C. explains by paṭiloma-saddā); Ja.vi.571.
cp. late Sk. pratyūha, prati + vah
adjective each one, single, by oneself, separate, various several DN.i.49 (itthi); DN.ii.261 (˚vasavattin, of the 10 issaras); SN.i.26 (˚gāthā a stanza each), SN.i.146 (˚brahma an independent Brahma); AN.ii.41 (˚sacca); AN.v.29 (id.) Snp.824 (id.), Snp.1009 (˚gaṇino each one having followers visuṃ visuṃ gaṇavanto Snp-a.583); Ja.iv.114 (˚bodhiñāṇa) Mnd.58 (˚muni); DN-a.i.148 (paccekā itthiyo); Snp-a.52 (˚bodhisatta one destined to become a Paccekabuddha), Snp-a.67 (id.), Snp-a.73 (˚sambodhi), Snp-a.476 (niraya a separate or special purgatory); Pv-a.251 (id.), Sdhp.589 (˚bodhi)- paccekaṃ (adv.) singly, individually, to each one Vv-a.282. See also pāṭekka.
paṭi + eka, cp. BSk. pratyeka Divy.335, Divy.336
to come on to, come back to, fig. fall back on, realise, find one’s hold in DN.i.186 (“take for granted,” cp. note Dial. i.252); MN.i.309 (kaṃ hetuṃ), MN.i.445 (id.); SN.i.182 (“believe in,” C. icchati pattheti) Snp.662, Snp.788, Snp.800, Snp.803, Snp.840 = Snp.908; Dhp.125 (= paṭieti Dhp-a.iii.34); Mnd.85, Mnd.108 (= paccāgacchati), Mnd.114; Pv.ii.3#20 (= avagacchati Pv-a.87); Ne.93; Mil.125 Mil.313; Pv-a.116 (bālaṃ), Pv-a.241 (agree to = paṭijānāti).
ger paṭicca (q.v.). Cp. paccāgacchati
pp paṭīta (q.v.).
paṭi + i
laid in return (of a snare) Ja.ii.183 (variant reading paccoṭṭita).
paṭi + oḍḍita
adjective lower, rt. lower part, hindquarter, bottom (?) AN.iv.130; Dhp-a.i.189.
paṭi + avara, cp. Sk. pratyavara
feminine the ceremony of coming down again (?), approaching or descending to (acc.) esp. the holy fire AN.v.234 sq., AN.v.249 sq., AN.v.251. Cp orohaṇa & Sk. pratyavarohaṇa “descent,” Name of a cert Gṛhya celebration (BR.).
fr. paccorohati
to come down again, descend DN.i.50; DN.ii.73; AN.v.65, AN.v.234.
paṭi + orohati
to withdraw, retreat, go away again DN.i.230; Ja.i.383; Mhvs.25, Mhvs.84.
paṭi + osakkati which is either ava + sakkati (of ṣvaṣk Geiger, Pali Grammar § 28#2 or sṛp Trenckner Notes 60) or apa + sakkati
feminine withdrawal, retreat, going back, shrinking from Dhs-a.151.
abstr. fr. paccosakkati
neuter vomiting, throwing out Sdhp.137.
pa + chaḍḍana
adverb behind after Dhp.348 (= anāgatesu khandhesu Dhp-a.iv.63; opp pure); Pv-a.56, Pv-a.74; Dhp-a.iii.197 (˚vatti). Often doubled pacchato pacchato, i.e. always or close behind, Ja.ii.123 (opp. purato purato)
■ Cp. pacchā & pacchima.
abl. formation fr. *paccha = Ved. paścā & paścāt, fr. Idg. *pos as in Lith. pàs near by, pastaras the last; cp. Av. pasca behind, Lat. post, after
a cover, wrapper; girdle Thig.378 (= uracchada Thag-a.253) Dhs-a.397 (variant reading for ˚cchāda).
fr. pa + chad, cp. Sk. pracchada
covered, wrapped, hidden Thag.299; Ja.iii.129.
pa + channa, of chad
adverb behind, aft, after, afterwards, back; westward DN.i.205; Snp.645 Snp.773, Snp.949; Mnd.33 (= pacchā vuccati anāgataṃ, pure vuccati atītaṃ); Cnd.395; Dhp.172, Dhp.314, Dhp.421; Pv.i.11#1 Pv.i.11#5 (opp. purato); Pv.ii.9#9 (= aparabhāge Pv-a.116) Pv-a.4, Pv-a.50, Pv-a.88; Vv-a.71.
-ānutappati [fr. ânutāpa] to feel remorse Pv.ii.7#12 Ja.v.117
■ ānutāpa [cp. Sk. paścattāpa] remorse repentance Sdhp.288. -āsa (nt.) [āsa2] “eating afterwards” i.e. aftermath SN.i.74- gacchati at Kv.624 see paccā˚. -gataka going or coming behind Ja.vi.30 -jāta (-paccaya), 11th of the 24 paccayas, q.v. causal relation of posteriority in time. -nipātin one who retires to rest later than another (opp. pubb’ uṭṭhāyin getting up before others) DN.i.60; DN.iii.191; AN.iii.37 AN.iv.265, AN.iv.267 sq.; DN-a.i.168
■ bāhaṃ “arm behind, i.e. with arms (tied) behind one’s back DN.i.245; Ja.i.264; Dhp-a.ii.39
■ bhatta “after-meal,” i.e. after the midday meal, either as ˚ṃ (acc
■ adv.) in the afternoon after the main meal, usually combined with piṇḍapāta paṭikkanta “returning from the alms-round after dinner” AN.iii.320; Pv-a.11, Pv-a.16, Pv-a.38 and passim (cp BSk. paścādbhakta-piṇḍapāta-pratikrānta, see Indexes to Avs. & Divy), or as ˚kicca the duties after the midday meal (opp. purebhatta˚) DN-a.i.47 (in detail) Snp-a.133, Snp-a.134. -bhattika one who eats afterwards, i.e. afternoon, when it is improper to eat AN.iii.220 (khalu˚ q.v.). -bhāga hind or after part Ja.ii.91; Pv-a.114 -bhāsati see paccā˚. -bhūma belonging to the western country SN.iii.5. -bhūmaka id. SN.iv.312 = AN.v.263 -mukha looking westward MN.iii.5; DN.ii.207; Thag.529; Dhp-a.iii.155 (opp. pācīna eastern)
■ vāmanaka dwarfed in his hind part Ja.iv.137
■ samaṇa [BSk. paścācchramaṇa & opp. purahśramaṇa Avs.ii.67, Avs.ii.150; Divy.154 Divy.330, Divy.494] a junior Wanderer or bhikkhu (Thera) who walks behind a senior (Thera) on his rounds. The one accompanying Gotama Buddha is Ānanda Vin.i.46 Vin.iii.10 (Ānanda); Vin.iv.78 (id.); Ud.90 (Nāgasamāla) Ja.iv.123; Mil.15 (Nāgasena); Pv-a.38, Pv-a.93 (Ānanda).
Vedic paścā & paścāt see pacchato
cover, covering, wrapper, in phrase nelango setappacchādo SN.iv.291 = Ud.76 = DN-a.i.75; Dhs-a.397.
pa + chāda
see under pacchā.
feminine a place in the shade, shaded part Vin.i.180; Vin.ii.193; DN.i.152 (= chāyā DN-a.i.310), DN-a.ii.205; AN.iii.320.
pa + chāyā
at AN.iii.76 is of uncertain reading & meaning; in phrase p. khipanti: either “throw into the lap” (? or (better) read pacchiyaṃ, loc. of pacchi “into the basket” (of the girls & women).
aftermath SN.i.74.
cp. pacchāli? perhaps fr. pacchā + aś
feminine a basket Ja.i.9, Ja.i.243; Ja.ii.68; Ja.iii.21; Ja.vi.369 (paṇṇa˚), Ja.vi.560 (phala˚); Dhp-a.ii.3; Dhp-a.iv.205 (˚pasibbaka).
etym. doubtful
to be cut short, to be interrupted Ja.i.503 (lohitaṃ p.).
pa + chijjati, Pass. of chid
neuter stopping, interruption Ja.iii.214 (read assu-pacchijjana-divaso? passage corrupt.).
fr. last
cut off, skinned Ja.vi.249.
pa + chita, Sk. pracchita, pp. of chā, only in combination with prefixes
pa + chindati
adjective
Sk. paścima, superl. formation fr. *paśca, cp. pacchato & pacchā
adjective
fr. pacchima
neuter breaking, cutting DN-a.i.141.
fr. pa + chid
to laugh out loud Ja.vi.475.
pa + jagghati
to yearn for, crave, to be greedy after SN.i.5 = Ja.vi.25 (anāgataṃ = pattheti C.).
pa + jappeti
feminine desire, greed for, longing Ja.vi.25 (anāgata˚); Snp.592; Dhs.1059, Dhs.1136.
pa + jappā
desired, longed for SN.i.181; Ja.vi.359.
pp. of pajappeti
adjective only neg. a˚; not giving anything up, greedy. AN.iii.76
pa + jaha, pres. base of jahati
(˚jahāti) to give up, renounce, forsake, abandon, eliminate, let go, get rid of; freq as synonym of jahati (see Nd ii.under jahati with all forms). Its wide range of application with reference to all evils of Buddhist ethics is seen from exhaustive Index at SN vi.57 (Index vol.)
pres pajahati SN.i.187 SN.iii.33 = Cnd.680, Q 3 (yaṃ na tumhākaṃ taṃ pajahatha) Iti.32 (kiṃ appahīnaṃ kiṃ pajahāma); Iti.117; AN.iv.109 sq (akusalaṃ, sāvajjaṃ); Snp.789 (dukkhaṃ), Snp.1056, Snp.1058; Pts.i.63; Pts.ii.244. ppr. pajahaṃ SN.iii.27; fut. pahāssaṃ (cp. Geiger, Pali Grammar § 151#1) MN.ii.100
aor pajahi pahāsi; Vin.i.36; SN.i.12 = SN.i.23 (sankhaṃ); Snp.1057
ger pahāya SN.i.12 (kāme), SN.i.23 (vicikicchaṃ), SN.i.188 (nīvaraṇāni), Snp.17, Snp.209, Snp.520 & passim; Cnd.430; Pv-a.16, Pv-a.122 (= hitvā), Pv-a.211; pahatvāna Snp.639, and pajahitvā. fut pajahissati SN.ii.226
grd pahātabba MN.i.7; Snp.558; Vv-a.73, & pajahitabba
pp pahīna (q.v.)
pass pahīyati (q.v.).
pa + jahati of hā
feminine progeny, offspring, generation, beings, men, world (of men), mankind (cp. use of Bibl. Gr. γέννημα in same meaning) DN.ii.55; SN.v.346 SN.v.362 sq.; AN.ii.75 sq.; AN.iv.290; AN.v.232 sq., AN.v.253 sq.; Snp.298 Snp.545, Snp.654, Snp.684, Snp.776, Snp.936, Snp.1104 (= sattā Cnd.377); Dhp.28 Dhp.85, Dhp.254, Dhp.343 (= sattā Dhp-a.iv.49); Mnd.47, Mnd.292; Pv.ii.11#7; Pv.iv.3#34; Pp.57; Vism.223 (= pajāyana-vasena sattā); Dhp-a.i.174; Pv-a.150, Pv-a.161
■ Very freq. in formula sassamana-brāhmaṇī pajā “this world with its samaṇas and brāhmans” DN.i.250; SN.i.160, SN.i.168, SN.i.207 SN.ii.170; SN.iii.28, SN.iii.59; SN.iv.158; SN.v.204, SN.v.352; AN.ii.130; AN.v.204 Snp.p.15; Iti.121 etc.
Ved. prajā, pra + jan
feminine knowledge, understanding, discernment; used in exegetical literature as syn. of paññā Cnd.380 = Dhs.16, Dhs.20, Dhs.555; Pp.25; Ne.28 Ne.54. As nt. ˚a at Vism.436.
fr. pajānāti
to know, find out, come to know, understand, distinguish DN.i.45 (yathābhūtaṃ really truly), DN.i.79 (ceto paricca), DN.i.162, DN.i.249; Snp.626, Snp.726 sq., Snp.987; Iti.12 (ceto paricca); Dhp.402; Pv.i.11#12 (= jānāti Pv-a.60); Ja.v.445; Pp.64
ppr pajānaṃ Snp.884, Snp.1050 Snp.1104 (see expln at Mnd.292 = Cnd.378); Iti.98; Pv.iv.1#64; and pajānanto Snp.1051
ger paññāya (q.v.)
caus paññāpeti;
■
pp paññatta;
pass paññāyati
pp paññāta (q.v.).
■ Cp. sampajāna.
pa + jānāti
(-ī)
Ved. prajāpati, prajā + pati Lord of all created beings, Lord of Creation
to be born or produced Ja.v.386; Ja.vi.14.
pa + jāyati
neuter being born Vism.223.
fr. pa + jan
a path, road Snp.514; DN-a.i.262.
cp. Sk. padya
neuter foot-oil, foot-salve Vin.i.205; DN.ii.240; Ja.iii.120; Ja.iv.396; Ja.v.376 (= pādabbhañjana C.).
cp. Sk. padya & pādya belonging to the feet, Lat. acupedius swift-footed; Gr. πεζός foot-soldier see also pattika1
to go, go to; usually not in simplex, but only in compound with prefixes; as āpajjati, uppajjati, nipajjati etc
■ Alone only in one doubtful passage, viz. AN.iv.362 (vv.ll. paccati, pabbati gacchati.)
pp panna (q.v.).
pad, Vedic padyate only in meaning “to come to fall,” later Sk. also “to go to”
to burn (forth), blaze up, go into flame Vin.i.180; Snp.687 (sikhi pajjalanto); Ja.i.215 Thag-a.62; Pv-a.38
pp pajjalita (q.v.).
pa + jalati of jval
in flames, burning, blazing SN.i.133; Snp.p.21 (aggi); Dhp.146; Pv-a.43 (sāṭakā).
pp. of pajjalati
rain-cloud Ja.i.332 (p. vuccati megho); Ja.iv.253. Otherwise only as Np. of the Rain God DN.ii.260; SN.i.29; Ja.i.331.
Ved. parjanya, for etym. see Walde, Lat. Wtb. under quercus & spargo
light, lustre, splendour, a lamp SN.i.15, SN.i.47; AN.ii.140; Snp.349; Pp.25 Sdhp.590
■ telapajjota an oil lamp Vin.i.16 = DN.i.85; AN.i.56 ≈ Snp.p.15
■ dhammapajjota the lamp of the Dhamma Mil.21. paññā-pajjota the torch of knowledge Dhs.16, Dhs.20, Dhs.292, Dhs.555; Vb-a.115. pajjotassa nibbānaṃ the extinguishing of the lamp DN.ii.157; SN.i.159; AN.iv.3.
cp. Ved. pradyota, pra + dyut
to be in flames, to waste, decay, dry up; fig. to be consumed or overcome with grief disappointment or remorse Vin.iii.19; Vin.iv.5; AN.ii.214 AN.ii.216; AN.iii.57; Ja.iii.534 (pajjhāti metri causa; C = anusocati) = Mil.5
ppr pajjhāyanto downcast, in formula tuṇhībhūto mankubhūto pattakkhandho adhomukho p. MN.i.132, MN.i.258 and passim.
pa + jhāyati2
adjective noun masculine
Cases:
■ gen. dat. pañcannaṃ,
■ instr. abl pañcahi,
■ loc. pañcasu;
■ often used in compositional form pañca˚ (cp. Ved. pañcāra with 5 spokes RV i.16413; Gr.πεμπώβολος, Lat. quinqu-ennis etc.).
Ved. pañca, Idg. *penqṷe; cp. Gr. πέντε, Lat. quīnque, Goth. fimf, Lith. penki, Oir. coic number 5
adjective fivefold, consisting of five Ja.i.116 (˚kammaṭṭhāna); Dhs. chapters 167–175 (˚naya fivefold system of jhāna, cp. Dhs. translation 52); Snp-a.318 (˚nipāta of Anguttara)
■ nt. pañcakaṃ a pentad, five Vin.i.255 (the 5 parts of the kaṭhina robe, see Vin Texts ii.155), cp. p. 287; pl. pañcakā sets of five Vism.242. The 32 ākāras or constituents of the human body are divided into 4 pañcaka’s (i.e. sets of 5 more closely related parts), viz. taca˚; “skin-pentad,” the 5 dermatoid constituents: kesā, lomā, nakhā, dantā, taco vakka˚; the next five, ending with the kidneys; papphāsa˚; id. ending with the lungs & comprising the inner organs proper; matthaluṅga˚; id. ending with the brain and 2 chakka’s (sets of 6), viz. meda˚ & mutta˚. See e.g. Vb-a.249, Vb-a.258.
fr. pañca
adverb five times.
adverb in five ways, fivefold Dhs-a.351.
adjective num. ord the fifth DN.i.88; Snp.84, Snp.99, Snp.101; Vv-a.102; Pv-a.52 (˚e māse in the 5th month the Petī has to die); Dhp-a.iii.195 (˚e sattāhe in the 5th week)
■ f. pañcamā Pv-a.78 (ito ˚āya jātiyā) and pañcamī Snp.437 (senā); Pv-a.79 (jāti).
compar
■ superl. formation fr. pañca, with ˚ma as in Lat. supremus, for the usual ˚to as in Gr. πέμπτος, Lat. quintus, also Sk. pañcathaḥ
adjective = pañcama Ja.i.55.
adverb by fives.
heap, pile AN.ii.75 (meaning different?); Cp.i.10#16.
is it to be puñja?
masculine & neuter a cage, Ja.i.436; Ja.ii.141; Ja.iii.305 (sīha˚); Ja.iv.213; Ja.v.232 (sīha), Ja.v.365; Ja.vi.385 (sīha˚), Ja.vi.391; Mil.23 (˚antaragata gone into the c.); Mil.27; Dhp-a.i.164 (nakha˚), where meaning is “frame”; Vb-a.238; + sīha˚ meaning window.
cp. Epic Sk. pañjara, which probably belongs to Lat. pango, q.v. Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v.
adjective with outstretched hands, as token of reverence Snp.1031; in cpd. pañjalī-kata (cp. añjalīkata; añjali + pp. of kṛ; raising one’s folded hands Snp.566, Snp.573; Thag.460; Ja.vi.501. Cp. BSk. prāñjalīkṛta Mvu.ii.257, Mvu.ii.287, Mvu.ii.301
pa + añjali. Cp. Epic Sanskrit prāñjali
adjective holding up the clasped hands as token of respectful salutation SN.i.226; Snp.485, Snp.598.
fr. pañjali
adjective in the right order, straight AN.ii.15.
pa + añjasa
(-˚) adjective of wisdom, endowed with knowledge or insight, possessed of the highest cognition, in foll. compounds: anissaraṇa˚ DN.i.245; SN.ii.194; SN.iv.332; anoma˚ Snp.343; appa˚ SN.i.198; Ja.ii.166 Ja.iii.223, Ja.iii.263; avakujja˚ AN.i.130; gambhīra˚ SN.i.190 javana˚ SN.i.63; Cnd.235; tikkha˚; dup˚ DN.iii.252, DN.iii.282; SN.i.78, SN.i.191; SN.ii.159 sq.; MN.iii.25; AN.ii.187 sq.; Dhp.111 Dhp.140; Pp.13; Dhp-a.ii.255; nibbedhika˚ SN.i.63; AN.ii.178 Cnd.235; puṭhu˚ ibid.; bhāvita˚ SN.iv.111; AN.v.42 sq. bhūri˚ SN.iii.143; SN.iv.205; manda˚ Vb-a.239; mahā SN.i.63, SN.i.121; SN.ii.155; AN.i.23, AN.i.25; AN.ii.178 sq.; Cnd.235; Snp-a.347; sap˚ SN.i.13, SN.i.22, SN.i.212; SN.iv.210; AN.iv.245; Pv.i.8#8 Pv.i.11#5; Pv-a.60 (= paṇḍita), Pv-a.131 (+ buddhimant); suvimutta˚ AN.v.29 sq.; hāsa˚ SN.i.63, SN.i.191; SN.v.376; Cnd.235 By itself (i.e. not in cpd.) only at Dhp.208 (= lokiyalokuttara-paññāya sampanna Dhp-a.iii.172) and Dhp.375 (= paṇḍita Dhp-a.iv.111).
the adj. form of paññā
feminine having sense, wisdom AN.iii.421 (dup˚ = foolishness), AN.v.159 (id.); mahā˚, puthu˚ vipula˚ AN.i.45. See also paññatta2.
secondary abstract formation fr. paññā, in meaning equal to paññāṇa
pointed out, made known, ordered, designed, appointed ordained SN.ii.218; AN.i.98, AN.i.151; AN.iv.16, AN.iv.19; AN.v.74 sq.; Pv.iv.1#35; Dhp-a.i.274; Vv-a.9 (su˚ mañca-pītha), Vv-a.92 (niccabhatta); Pv-a.78. Esp. freq. in ster. formula paññatte āsane nisīdi he sat down on the appointed (i.e. special) chair (seat) DN.i.109, DN.i.125, DN.i.148; SN.i.212; Dhp.148; Snp-a.267; Pv-a.16, Pv-a.23, Pv-a.61.
pp. of paññāpeti, cp. BSk. prajñapta
neuter wisdom, sense etc. SN.v.412 (variant reading paññatā). See also paññatā.
abstr. fr. paññā
feminine making known, manifestation, description, designation, name, idea notion, concept. On term see Cpd. 3 sq., 198, 199 Kvu translation 1; Dhs translation 340
■ MN.iii.68; SN.iii.71; SN.iv.38 (māra˚), SN.iv.39 (satta˚, dukkha˚, loka˚); AN.ii.17; AN.v.190; Pts.ii.171, Pts.ii.176; Pp.1; Dhs.i.309; Ne.1 sq., Ne.38, Ne.188 Kp-a.102, Kp-a.107; DN-a.i.139; Snp-a.445, Snp-a.470; Pv-a.200. The spelling also occurs as paṇṇatti, e.g. at Ja.ii.65 (˚vahāra); Mil.173 (loka˚); Kp-a.28; adj. paṇṇattika (q.v.).
fr. paññāpeti, cp. paññatta1
adjective possessed of insight, wise, intelligent sensible Vin.i.60; DN.iii.237, DN.iii.252, DN.iii.265, DN.iii.282, DN.iii.287; MN.i.292 MN.iii.23; SN.i.53, SN.i.79; SN.ii.159 sq., SN.ii.207, SN.ii.279 (daharo ce pi p.), SN.iv.243; SN.v.100, SN.v.199, SN.v.392, SN.v.401; AN.ii.76, AN.ii.187, AN.ii.230; AN.iii.2 sq. AN.iii.127, AN.iii.183; AN.iv.85, AN.iv.217, AN.iv.271, AN.iv.357; AN.v.25, AN.v.124 sq.; Snp.174 Cnd.259; Dhp.84; Ja.i.116; Pp.13; Dhp-a.ii.255; Kp-a.54 Vb-a.239, Vb-a.278; Pv-a.40. Cp. paññāṇavant.
paññā + vant, with reduction of ā to a see Geiger, P.Gr. § 23
feminine intelligence, comprising all the higher faculties of cognition, “intellect as conversant with general truths” (Dial. ii.68), reason wisdom, insight, knowledge, recognition. See on term Mrs. Rh. D. “Buddhism” (1914) pp. 94, 130, 201; also Cpd. 40, 41, 102 and discussion of term at Dhs. trsl. 17 339, cp. scholastic definition with all the synonyms of intellectual attainment at Cnd.380 = Dhs.16 (paññā pajānanā vicayo etc.). As tt. in Buddhist Psych Ethics it comprises the highest and last stage as 3rd division in the standard “Code of religious practice which leads to Arahantship or Final Emancipation These 3 stages are: 1 sīla-kkhandha (or ˚sampadā) code of moral duties; 2 samādhi-kkhandha (or cittasampadā) code of emotional duties or practice of concentration & meditation; 3 paññā-kkhandha (or ˚sampadā) code of intellectual duties or practice of the attainment of highest knowledge. (See also jhāna1. They are referred to in almost every Suttanta of Dīgha vol. i (given in extenso at DN.i.62–DN.i.85) and frequently mentioned elsewhere, cp. DN.ii.81, DN.ii.84, DN.ii.91 (see khandha, citta sīla)
■ DN.i.26 = DN.i.162 (˚gatena caranti diṭṭhigatāni), 174 (˚vāda), DN.i.195 (˚pāripūrin); DN.ii.122 (ariyā); DN.iii.101 DN.iii.158, DN.iii.164, DN.iii.183, DN.iii.230, DN.iii.237, DN.iii.242, DN.iii.284 sq.; SN.i.13 = SN.i.165 (sīla citta, paññā), SN.i.17, SN.i.34, SN.i.55; SN.ii.185 (sammā˚), SN.ii.277; SN.v.222 (ariyā); MN.i.144 (id.); MN.iii.99 (id.), MN.iii.245 (paramā), MN.iii.272 (sammā˚); AN.i.61, AN.i.216; AN.ii.1 (ariyā); AN.iv.105 (id.), AN.iii.106 (sīla, citta, p.), AN.iv.352 (kusalesu dhammesu); AN.iv.11 (id.); AN.v.123 sq.; Iti.35, Iti.40 (˚uttara), Iti.51 (sīlaṃ samādhi p. ca), Iti.112 (ariyā˚); Snp.77, Snp.329, Snp.432, Snp.881, Snp.1036 and passim; Dhp.38, Dhp.152, Dhp.372; Mnd.77; Cnd.380; Pts.i.53 Pts.i.64 sq., Pts.i.71 sq., Pts.i.102 sq., Pts.i.119; Pts.ii.150 sq., Pts.ii.162, Pts.ii.185 sq. Pp.25, Pp.35, Pp.54 (˚sampadā); Dhs.16, Dhs.20, Dhs.555; Ne.8, Ne.15 Ne.17, Ne.28, Ne.54, Ne.191; Vb-a.140, Vb-a.396; Pv-a.40 (paññāya abhāvato for lack of reason); Sdhp.343. On paññāya see sep. article. See also adhipanna (adhisīla, adhicitta +).
cp. Vedic prajñā, pa + jñā
neuter
pa + ñāṇa, cp. Vedic prajñāno in both meanings & paññā
adjective reasonable, sensible, wise Snp.202, Snp.1090; Ja.v.222; Ja.vi.361; Cnd.382.
paññāṇa + vant
known, renowned DN-a.i.143; ap˚ unknown, defamed Vin.iv.231; SN.iv.46; AN.iii.134 (where also der. appaññātika).
pp. of pajānāti
adjective noun one who advises, assigns or appoints Vin.ii.305 (āsana˚).
fr. paññāpeti
neuter disclosure, discovering MN.iii.17; SN.iii.59; declaration Dhs-a.11.
fr. paññāpeti
one who imparts knowledge, discloser of truths, discoverer DN.ii.223.
n. ag. of paññāpeti
caus 2 paññāpāpeti Ja.iii.371.
Caus. of pajānāti
indeclinable understanding fully, knowing well, realising, in full recognition, in thorough realisation or understanding. Used most frequently with yathābhūtaṃ (q.v. SN.i.13 (bhāveti), SN.i.44 (lokasmiṃ pajjoto), SN.i.214 (parisujjhati); SN.ii.7 sq. (uppajjati), SN.ii.68 (suppaṭividdho); SN.iii.6 (id.); SN.v.324 (ajjhupekkhati); AN.i.125 (anuggahissati), AN.iii.44 (vaḍḍhati); AN.iv.13 sq. (pariyogāhamāna); AN.v.39 (disvā) Snp.1035 (see Cnd.380#ii); Iti.93 (moh’aggiṃ, variant reading saññāya); Pv-a.60 (upaparikkhitvā, as expln of ñatvā), Pv-a.140 = viceyya.
ger. of pajānāti, in relation ˚ñāya: ñatvā as uṭṭhāya: ṭhatvā; so explained by P. Commentators whereas modern interpreters have taken it as instr. of paññā
to be (well) known, to be clear or evident, to be perceived, seen or taken for, to appear Iti.89; Dhp-a.i.14, Dhp-a.i.95 (fut. paññāyissatha you will be well known); Dhp-a.ii.75; Pv-a.83 (pālito eva), Pv-a.166 (dissati +); ppr. paññāyamāna Dhp-a.i.29; Pv-a.96 (= perceivable)
aor paññāyi Pv-a.172 (paccakkhato).
Pass. of pajānāti
mode of asking, inquiry, investigation, question DN.i.11 (deva˚) MN.i.83; MN.iii.30; AN.i.103, AN.i.288; AN.iii.81, AN.iii.191 sq. AN.iii.419 sq.; AN.v.50 sq.; Snp.512, Snp.957, Snp.1005, Snp.1024, Snp.1148 etc. Mnd.464; Mil.28, Mil.340; DN-a.i.97. pañhaṃ pucchati to ask a question Nd ii.under pucchā (q.v.).
Ved. praśna, for details of etym. see pucchati
cloth; cloak, garment SN.ii.219 (˚pilotika); Thag.1092 (bhinna-paṭan-dhara “wearing the patchwork cloak” trsl.); Ja.iv.494; Kp-a.45, Kp-a.58 (˚tantu); DN-a.i.198; Dhp-a.ii.45 (puppha˚); Dhp-a.iii.295 ˚kañcuka, variant reading kaṭak˚) Vism.16 (bhinna-paṭa-dhara in defn of bhikkhu); Vb-a.327 (id.); Dhs-a.81 (paṭa-paṭa sadda); Vv-a.73, Vv-a.201; Pv-a.185. Cp. paṭikā & paṭalikā; also kappaṭa.
cp. Epic Sk. paṭa, etym. unknown, prob. dialectical
counter-fire Vin.ii.138; Ja.i.212; kacc. 31.
paṭi + aggi
a grasshopper Snp.602; Ja.vi.234 Ja.vi.506; Mil.272, Mil.407; Dhp-a.iv.58; Pv-a.67; Pgdp.59.
cp. *Sk. phaḍingā, but influenced by Sk. pataga a winged animal, bird
adjective poor (lit. dressed in old clothes): so read perhaps at Ja.vi.227 (vv. ll paḷaccari paṭiccari).
paṭa + carin but cp. Sk. pāṭaccara a shoplifter Halāyudha 2, 185
neuter
connected with paṭa, cp. Sk. paṭala in meaning “section” Vedic, in all other meanings later Sk.
adjective belonging to a cover or lining, having or forming a cover or lining, as adj. said of sandals (eka˚ with single lining) Ja.ii.277 (variant reading for ekatalika); Ja.iii.80, Ja.iii.81 (id.)
■ as n. f. paṭalikā a woven cloth, a woollen coverlet (embroidered with flowers) usually combined with paṭikā Vin.i.192; Vin.ii.162; DN.i.7 (= ghana-puppho uṇṇāmayo attharako. So āmilākapaṭṭo ti pi vuccati DN-a.i.87); AN.i.137, AN.i.181; AN.iii.50, AN.iv.94 AN.iv.231, AN.iv.394.
fr. paṭala
a kettle-drum, war drum, one of the 2 kinds of drums (bheri) mentioned at Dhs-a.319, viz. mahā-bheri & p
■ bheri; Ja.i.355; Dpvs.16, Dpvs.14; Pv-a.4.
cp. Epic Sk. paṭaha, dial.
neuter a flag MN.i.379; Mil.87; Vism.469; Thag-a.70.
cp. Sk. paṭāka, connected with paṭa
at Vin.iv.46 (paṭāṇi dinnā hoti) is not clear, it is explained by Bdhgh as “mañcapidhānaṃ (for ˚pīṭhānaṃ pādasikhāsu āṇi dinno hoti.” At DN-a.i.77 we find the foll. “visūkaṃ paṭāni (sic.)-bhūtaṃ dassanan ti visūkadassanaṃ” and at Dhs-a.393: “paṭāni-gahaṇaṃ gahetvā ekapaden’ eva taṃ nissaddaṃ akāsiṃ.”
indeclinable directional prefix in well-defined meaning of “back (to), against towards, in opposition to, opposite.” As preposition (with acc. and usually postponed) towards, near by, at usually spelt pati (cp. sampati & sampaṭika) Snp.291 (?), Snp.425 (Nerañjaram (pati); Thag.628 (suriyass’ uggamanam p.); Thag.2, Thag.258 (abhiyobbanam p.), Thag.306 (Nerañjaram p.); Ja.i.457 (paṭi suriyaṃ thatvā standing facing the sun); Ja.iv.93; Ja.vi.491; Pv.ii.9#41 (suriy’ uggamanam p.); Mil.116 (dānam p.); Pv-a.154 (paṭi Gangaṃ against the G.)
■ Most freq. combinations are: paṭi + ā (patiyā˚) patisaṃ˚; vi + paṭi˚, sampaṭi˚. The composition (assimilation-) form before vowels is pacc˚; (b. v.)
“back,” in the sense of:
The opposite of pati in directional meaning is anu, with which it is freq. combined either (a) in neg. contrast or (b) in positive emphasis e.g.
■ Note. The spelling pati for paṭi occurs frequently without discrimination it is established in the combination with st hā (as patiṭṭhāti patiṭṭhita etc.). All cases are enumerated under the respective form of paṭi˚, with the exception of patiṭṭh˚ Pati-aneti
Ved, prati, to Idg. *preti as in Lat. pretium (fr. *pretios)” price” (cp. precious), i.e. equivalent; Gr. πρές (aeol.), προτί against
to lead or bring back, in duppaṭi-ānaya difficult to bring back Ja.iv.43. Pati-orohati
paṭi + ā + nī
to descend from DN-a.i.251 (˚itvā).
paṭi + ava + ruh
to wish for, long for SN.i.227. adj. ˚kankhin MN.i.21. See also pāṭikankhin.
paṭi + kānkṣ
indeclinable
so read for -gacca as given at all passages mentioned, see Trenckner Mil p.421, Geiger; Pr. § 381
ger fr. paṭikaroti (q.v.), cp. Sk pratikāra in same meaning “caution, remedy”
an enemy, adversary, robber, highwayman Ja.i.186; Ja.ii.239; Dhp-a.iii.456 (variant reading ˚kaṇḍaka).
paṭi + kantaka4
“done against,” i.e. provided or guarded against Ja.iv.166.
pp. of paṭikaroti
to answer, reply Ja.vi.224; DN-a.i.263.
paṭi + katheti
to shake; pret. paccakampittha Ja.v.340.
paṭi + kampati
neuter redress, atonement AN.i.21 (sa˚ & a˚ āpatti) Mil.29; DN-a.i.96.
paṭi + kamma, cp. paṭikaroti
counteracting; requital, compensation Vin.iv.218 (a˚); DN.i.137 (ovāda˚ giving advice or providing for? variant reading pari˚); DN.iii.154
fr. paṭi + kṛ.
pp paṭikata (q.v.).
paṭi + karoti
neuter drawing back, in phrase mūlāya p. “throwing back to the beginning, causing to begin over & over again” Vin.ii.7, Vin.ii.162; AN.i.99.
paṭi + kṛṣ
to draw back, remove, throw back Vin.i.320 (mūlāya); Vin.ii.7 (id.).
paṭi + kassati
feminine a (white) woollen cloth (uṇṇāmayo set’ attharako DN-a.i.86); DN.i.7; AN.i.137, AN.i.181; AN.iii.50; AN.iv.94, AN.iv.231, AN.iv.394; Dāvs v.36 See also paṭiya.
Sk. paṭikā dial. fr. paṭa cloth
counteraction, remedy, requital Sdhp.201, Sdhp.498; usually neg. app˚; adj. not making good or which cannot be made good, which cannot be helped Vin.iv.218 (= anosārita p. 219); Pv-a.274 (maraṇa Cp. foll.
paṭi + kṛ.
adjective of the nature of an amendment; app˚; not making amends, not making good Ja.v.418.
fr. preceding
inferior, low, vile AN.i.286 = Dhp.i.144; in meaning “miserable” at Dhp-a.ii.3 is perhaps better to be read with variant reading as pakkiliṭṭha, or should it be paṭikuṭṭha?
neuter wrong doing in return, retaliation Ja.iii.135.
paṭi + kibbisa
to strew about, to sprawl Pv.iv.10#8 (uttānā paṭikirāma = vikirīyamān’angā viya vattāma Pv-a.271).
paṭi + kirati
adjective very miserable Pv-a.268 (variant reading); and perhaps at Dhp-a.ii.3 for paṭikiṭṭha (q.v.).
paṭi + kiliṭṭha
to bend over, in or against, to cover over, to enclose DN.ii.162; MN.i.30; AN.iii.58. Caus. -eti Ja.i.50, Ja.i.69
pp paṭikujjita (q.v.).
paṭi + kubj, see kujja & cp. patikuṭati
neuter covering, in ˚phalaka covering board, seat Kp-a.62 (vacca-kuṭiyā).
fr. paṭi + kubj
covered over, enclosed AN.i.141; Thag.681; Ja.i.50, Ja.i.69; Ja.v.266; Pv.i.10#13 (= upari pidahita Pv-a.52); Dhs-a.349.
pp. of paṭikujjeti
to be angry in return SN.i.162 = Thag.442.
paṭi + krudh
to turn in or over, to bend, cramp or get cramped; fig to shrink from, to refuse AN.iv.47 sq. (variant reading ˚kujjati) Mil.297 (pati˚; cp. Mil translation ii.156); Vism.347 (variant reading BB; T. ˚kuṭṭati); Dhp-a.i.71; Dhp-a.ii.42
caus patikoṭṭeti (q.v.)
pp paṭikuṭita (q.v.). See also paṭilīyati.
paṭi + kuṭ; as in kuṭila, cp. kuc & paṭikujjati
bent back, turned over (?) Vin.ii.195 (reading uncertain, vv.ll. paṭikuṭṭiya paṭikuṭiya).
pp. of paṭikuṭati
scolded, scorned, defamed blameworthy, miserable, vile Vin.i.317; Pv-a.268 (variant reading paṭikiliṭṭha); as neg. app˚; blameless, faultless SN.iii.71 SN.iii.73; AN.iv.246; Kv.141, Kv.341. See also paṭikiṭṭha.
pp. of paṭi + kruś, see paṭikkosati & cp. BSk. pratikruṣṭa poor Divy.500
adjective bent, crooked Pv-a.123 (variant reading kuṇita & kuṇḍita).
for ˚kuṭita?
= pariguṇṭhita (q.v.); covered, surrounded Ja.vi.89.
cp. kuṇṭhita
a sort of bird Ja.vi.538.
or uncertain etym.; paṭi + kuttaka?
the part of the carriage-pole nearest to the horse(?) AN.iv.191.
paṭi + kubbara
feminine reluctance, loathsomeness MN.i.30; AN.v.64 Other forms are paṭikūlatā, pāṭikkūlyatā, & pāṭikulyā (q.v.).
fr. paṭikūla, perhaps better to write patikkulyatā
neuter cheating in return Ja.ii.183.
paṭi + kūṭa1
feminine disgustiveness Vism.343 sq.
fr. paṭikkūla
see parikeḷanā; i.e. counter-playing Dhp.i.286.
to bend away, to make refrain from MN.i.115; SN.ii.265 (cp. id. p. AN.iv.47 with trs. ˚kuṭati & variant reading ˚kujjati which may be a legitimate variant). The T. prints pati˚.
paṭi + koṭṭeti as Caus. of kuṭati
to shake, disturb, break (fig.) Ja.v.173 (uposathaṃ).
paṭi + kopeti
gone back from (-˚), returned (opp. abhi˚) DN.i.70 (abhikkanta +); AN.ii.104 AN.ii.106 sq., AN.ii.210; Pv.iv.1#43 (cp. Pv-a.240); DN-a.i.183 (= nivattana); Vv-a.6 (opp. abhi˚) Pv-a.11 (piṇḍapāta˚), Pv-a.16 (id.). For opp. of paṭikkanta in conn. with piṇḍāya see paviṭṭha.
pp. of paṭikkamati
one who has come or is coming back Dhp-a.i.307.
fr. last
going back Pv.iv.1#2 (+ abhikkama = “going forward and backward”; cp. Pv-a.219).
fr. paṭi + kram
to step backwards, to return (opp. abhi˚) Vin.ii.110, Vin.ii.208; MN.i.78; SN.i.200, SN.i.226 SN.ii.282; Snp.388 (ger. ˚kkamma = nivattitvā Snp-a.374) Snp-a.53
caus paṭikkamāpeti to cause to retreat Ja.i.214; Mil.121
pp paṭikkanta (q.v.).
paṭi + kram
neuter returning, retiring, going back Dhp.i.95; in -sālā meaning “a hall with seats of distinction” Snp-a.53.
fr. paṭikkamati
adjective lit. against the slope; averse, objectionable, contrary, disagreeable Vin.i.58 (˚kūla) DN.iii.112, DN.iii.113; MN.i.341 (dukkha˚); SN.iv.172 (id.) Ja.i.393; Vv-a.92 (K.); Pv-a.77; Vb-a.250 sq
■ app˚ without objection, pleasant, agreeable Vv.53#2 (K.) Vism.70 (k)
■ nt. ˚ṃ loathsomeness, impurity Vv-a.232. See also abstr. pāṭikkūlyatā (paṭi˚).
paṭi + kūla
to blame, reject, revile, scorn Vin.i.115; Vin.ii.93; MN.iii.29; DN.i.53 (= paṭibāhati DN-a.i.160); SN.iv.118 (+ apavadati); Snp.878; Dhp.164; Ja.iv.163; Mil.131, Mil.256; Dhp-a.iii.194 (opp. abhinandati)
pp paṭikuṭṭha (q.v.).
paṭi + kruś
neuter & -ā (f.) protest Vin.i.321; Vin.ii.102 (a˚).
fr. paṭikkosati
to look forward to, to expect Snp.697 (paṭikkhaṃ sic ppr. = āgamayanā Snp-a.490).
paṭi + īks
refused, rejected DN.i.142; MN.i.78, MN.i.93; AN.i.296; AN.ii.206; Ja.ii.436; Ne.161, Ne.185 sq. Dhp-a.ii.71.
pp. of paṭikkhipati
to reject, refuse, object to, oppose Ja.i.67; Ja.iv.105; Mil.195; DN-a.i.290; Dhp-a.i.45 Dhp-a.ii.75; Pv-a.73, Pv-a.114, Pv-a.151, Pv-a.214 (aor. ˚khipi = vāresi)- appaṭikkhippa (grd.) not to be rejected Ja.ii.370. Contrasted to samādiyati Vism.62, Vism.64 & passim.
paṭi + khipati
opposition, negation, contrary Snp-a.228 (for “na”), Snp-a.502; Pv-a.189 (˚vacana the opp expression). ˚to (abl.) in opposition or contrast to Pv-a.24.
fr. paṭi + kṣip
forgiven Dhp-a.ii.78.
pp. of paṭi + khamāpeti, Caus. of khamati
see paṭikacca.
to give up, leave behind Ja.iv.482 (gehaṃ); cp. paccagū.
only as neg. appaṭi˚; (q.v.).
feminine counter-stanza, response Snp-a.340. Cp. paccanīka-gāthā.
paṭi + gāthā
a firm stand or foothold AN.iii.297 sq.; Pp.72 = Kv.389. Patigayati (gati)
paṭi + gādha2
to sing in response, to reply by a song Ja.iv.395 (imper. -gāhi).
paṭi + gāyati
adjective greedy; hankering after Snp.675 (Snp-a.482 reads ˚giddha and explains by mahāgijjha).
paṭi + gijjha, a doublet of giddha, see gijjha2
neuter a song in response, counter song Ja.iv.393. Patiguhati (guhati)
paṭi + gīta
to concert, keep back Cp.i.9#18.
paṭi + gūhati
adjective noun receiving, receiver Pv-a.175. Patigganhati (patiganhati)
paṭiggaṇhana (= paṭiggahaṇa) + ka
to receive, accept, take (up) DN.i.110 (vatthaṃ), DN.i.142; Vin.i.200 Vin.ii.109, Vin.ii.116 (a sewing-needle); SN.iv.326 (jātarūpa-rajataṃ); Snp.479, Snp.689, Snp.690; Dhp.220; Ja.i.56, Ja.i.65; DN-a.i.236; Pv-a.47. In special phrase accayaṃ paṭiggaṇhāti to accept (the confession of) a sin, to pardon a sin Vin.ii.192; DN.i.85; MN.i.438; Ja.v.379
pp paṭiggahita (q.v.)
caus -ggaheti Vin.ii.213; MN.i.32.
paṭi + gaṇhāti
fr. paṭiggaṇhāti
neuter acceptance, receiving, taking MN.iii.34; SN.v.472; Snp-a.341
■ accaya˚ acceptance of a sin, i.e. pardon, absolution Ja.v.380.
fr. paṭigganhāti
received, got, accepted, appropriated, taken Vin.i.206, Vin.i.214; Ja.vi.231
■ As appaṭiggahitaka (nt.) “that which is not received” at Vin.iv.90.
pp. of paṭigganhāti
one who receives, recipient DN.i.89.
n. ag. of paṭiggaṇhāti
see patiṭṭhāha.
adjective noun receiving, accepting; one who receives, recipient Vin.ii.213; DN.i.138; AN.i.161; AN.ii.80 sq.; AN.iii.42, AN.iii.336; Ja.i.56; Pv-a.7, Pv-a.128, Pv-a.175 (opp. dāyaka); Vv-a.195; Sdhp.268.
fr. paṭiggaṇhāti
neuter reception, taking in Ja.vi.527.
fr. paṭiggaṇhāti
masculine & neuter
■ appaṭigha see separately s.v.
Note. How shall we read paṭighaṭṭha nānighaṃso at Dhs-a.308? (paṭigha-ṭṭhāna-nighaṃso or paṭighaṭṭana-nighaṃso?)
paṭi + gha, adj. suffix of; ghan = han, lit. striking against
adjective full of repugnance, showing anger SN.iv.208, SN.iv.209.
fr. paṭigha
paṭi + ghāta, of same root as paṭigha
echo Vism.554.
paṭi + ghosa
in ˚gataṃ sallaṃ at Ja.vi.78 to be explained not with C. as from paṭi + camati (cam to wash, cp. ācamati) which does not agree with the actual meaning, but according to Kern, Toev. ii.29, s. v. as elliptical for paṭibhinna-camma, i.e. piercing the skin so as to go right through (to the opp. side) which falls in with the C. expln “vāmapassena pavisitvā dakkhiṇapassena viniggatan ti.”
adding to, heaping up, accumulation, increase Vin.ii.74; Vin.iii.158 (pati˚) SN.iii.169; AN.iii.376 sq. (variant reading pati˚); AN.iv.355; AN.v.336 sq. Thag.642; Ud.35 (pati˚); Mil.138.
paṭi + caya
paṭi + carati
to nudge Ja.v.434.
Caus. of paṭicalati
intercourse, visit, dealing with Mil.94.
fr. paṭi + car
neuter rebuking, scolding (back) Dhs-a.393.
abstr. fr. paṭicodeti
to blame, reprove MN.i.72; Vin.iv.217; Ud.45.
paṭi + codeti
grounded on, on account of, concerning, because (with acc.) MN.i.265 (etaṃ on these grounds); SN.iii.93 = Iti.89 (atthavasaṃ); Ja.ii.386 (= abhisandhāya); Snp.680, Snp.784 Snp.872, Snp.1046; Snp-a.357; Dhp-a.i.4; Pv-a.64 (maraṇaṃ), Pv-a.164, Pv-a.181 (kammaṃ), Pv-a.207 (anuddayaṃ). See also foll.
ger. of pacceti, paṭi + i; cp. BSk. pratītya
evolved by reason of the law of causation DN.iii.275; MN.i.500; SN.ii.26; AN.v.187; Pts.i.51 sq., Pts.i.76 sq.; Vb.340, Vb.362. Cp. BSk pratitya samutpanna Mvu.iii.61. Paticca-samuppada
p. + samuppana
“arising on the grounds of (a preceding cause)” happening by way of cause working of cause & effect, causal chain of causation causal genesis, dependent origination, theory of the twelve causes
■ See on this Mrs. Rh. D. in Buddhism 90 f., Ency. Rel. & Ethics s. v. & KS ii., preface Cpd. p. 260 sq. with diagram of the “Wheel of Life” Pts. of Controversy, 390 f
■ The general formula runs thus: Imasmiṃ sati, idaṃ hoti, imass’ uppādā, idaṃ uppajjati; imasmiṃ asati, idaṃ na hoti; imassa nirodhā, idaṃ nirujjhati. This being, that becomes from the arising of this, that arises; this not becoming, that does not become: from the ceasing of this, that ceases MN.ii.32; SN.ii.28 etc. The term usually occurs applied to dukkha in a famous formula which expresses the Buddhist doctrine of evolution, the respective stages of which are conditioned by a preceding cause & constitute themselves the cause of resulting effect, as working out the next state of the evolving (shall we say) “individual” or “being,” in short the bearer of evolution. The respective links in this chain which to study & learn is the first condition for a “Buddhist” to an understanding of life, and the cause of life, and which to know forward and backward (anuloma-paṭilomaṃ manas’ âkāsi Vin.i.1) is indispensable for the student, are as follows. The root of all primary cause of all existence, is avijjā ignorance; this produces saṅkhārā: karma, dimly conscious elements capacity of impression or predisposition (will, action Cpd.; synergies Mrs. Rh. D.), which in their turn give rise to viññāṇa thinking substance (consciousness Cpd.; cognition Mrs. Rh. D.), then follow in succession the foll. stages: nāmarūpa individuality (mind & body animated organism Cpd.; name & form Mrs. Rh. D.); saḷāyatana the senses (6 organs of sense Cpd.; the sixfold sphere Mrs. Rh. D.), phassa contact, vedanā feeling, taṇhā thirst for life (craving), upādāna clinging to existence or attachment (dominant idea Cpd.; grasping Mrs. Rh. D.), bhava (action or character Cpd.; renewed existence Mrs. Rh. D.), jāti birth (rebirth conception Cpd.), jarāmaraṇa (+ soka-parideva-dukkhadomanass’ ûpayāsā) old age & death (+ tribulation grief, sorrow, distress & despair). The BSk. form is pratītya-samutpāda, e.g. at Divy.300, Divy.547.
The Paṭicca-samuppāda is also called the Nidāna (“basis,” or “ground,” i.e. cause) doctrine, or the Paccay’ ākāra (“related-condition”), and is referred to in the Suttas as Ariya-ñāya (“the noble method or system”). The term paccay’ ākāra is late and occurs only in Abhidhamma-literature
■ The oldest account is found in the Mahāpadāna Suttanta of the Dīgha Nikāya (DN.ii.30 sq.; cp. Dial. ii.24 sq.), where 10 items form the constituents of the chain, and are given in backward order, reasoning from the appearance of dukkha in this world of old age and death towards the original cause of it in viññāṇa. The same chain occurs again at SN.ii.104 sq
■ A later development shows 12 links, viz. avijjā and saṅkhārā added to precede viññāṇa (as above). Thus at SN.ii.5 sq
■ A detailed exposition of the PS. in Abhidhamma literature is the exegesis given by Bdhgh at Vism xvii. (pp. 517–586 under the title of Paññā-bhūmi-niddesa), and at Vb-a.130–Vb-a.213 under the title of Paccayākāra-vibhanga. Some passages selected for ref.: Vin.i.1 sq.; MN.i.190 MN.i.257; SN.i.136; SN.ii.1 sq., SN.ii.26 sq., SN.ii.42 sq., SN.ii.70, SN.ii.92 sq., SN.ii.113 sq. AN.i.177; AN.v.184; Snp.653; Ud.1 sq.; Pts.i.50 sq.; Pts.i.144, Ne.22, Ne.24, Ne.32, Ne.64 sq.; DN-a.i.125, DN-a.i.126.
p. + samuppāda, BSk. prātītyasamutpāda, e.g. Divy.300, Divy.547
adjective receiving Ja.vi.287.
fr. paṭicchati
to accept, receive, take AN.iii.243 (udakaṃ); Vin.iv.18; Thig.421; Ja.i.233; Ja.ii.432 Ja.iii.171; Ja.iv.137; Ja.v.197; Dhp-a.iii.271
pp paṭicchita (q.v.). Caus. ii. paṭicchāpeti to entrust, dedicate, give Ja.i.64, Ja.i.143, Ja.i.159, Ja.i.383, Ja.i.506; Ja.ii.133; Pv-a.81.
paṭi + icchati of iṣ2; cp. BSk. pratīcchati Divy.238 and sampaṭicchati
covered, concealed, hidden Vin.ii.40; AN.i.282; Snp.126, Snp.194; Pv.i.10#2 (kesehi = paṭicchādita Pv-a.48); Pv.ii.10#2 (kesehi); DN-a.i.276, DN-a.i.228; Snp-a.155; Kp-a.53; Vb-a.94 (˚dukkha) Pv-a.43, Pv-a.103. -appaṭicchanna unconcealed, open, unrestrained Vin.ii.38; Ja.i.207.
pp. of paṭicchādeti
in appaṭicchavi at Pv.ii.1#13 read with variant reading as sampatitacchavi.
fr. paṭi + chad
= prec. Dhs-a.51.
neuter covering, hiding, concealment MN.i.10; AN.iii.352; Vb.357 = Snp-a.180.
fr. paṭicchādeti
neuter the flavour of meat, flavouring, meat broth or gravy Vin.i.206, Vin.i.217; Mil.291.
fr. paṭicchādeti
covered, concealed, hidden Ja.vi.23 (= paṭisanthata Pv-a.48.
pp. of paṭicchādeti, cp. paṭicchanna
feminine
fr. paṭicchādeti
pp paṭicchādita & paṭicchanna; (q.v.).
paṭi + chādeti, Caus. of chad
accepted, taken up Snp.803 (pl. -tāse, cp. Mnd.113 & Snp-a.531).
pp. of paṭicchati
adjective fostering, nursing, taking care of Ja.v.111.
fr. paṭijaggati
lit. to watch over, i.e. to nourish, tend, feed look after, take care of, nurse Dhp.157; Ja.i.235, Ja.i.375 Ja.ii.132, Ja.ii.200, Ja.ii.436; Vism.119; Dhp-a.i.8, Dhp-a.i.45, Dhp-a.i.99, Dhp-a.i.392; Dhp-a.iv.154; Pv-a.10, Pv-a.43
pp paṭijaggita (q.v.)
caus ˚jaggāpeti.
paṭi + jaggati, cp. BSk. pratijāgarti Divy.124, Divy.306
neuter rearing, fostering, tending; attention, care Ja.i.148; Mil.366; Dhp-a.i.27 Dhp-a.ii.96.
fr. paṭijaggati
adjective to be reared or brought up Ja.vi.73 (putta).
fr. paṭijaggana
to make look after or tend Vism.74.
Caus. ii. of paṭijaggati
reared, cared for, looked after, brought up Ja.v.274, Ja.v.331.
pp. of paṭijaggati
adjective to be nursed Dhp-a.i.319.
grd. of paṭijaggati
to acknowledge, agree to, approve, promise, consent DN.i.3, DN.i.192; SN.i.68, SN.i.172; SN.ii.170; SN.iii.28 SN.v.204, SN.v.423; Snp.76, Snp.135, Snp.555, Snp.601, Snp.1148; Ja.i.169; Dhp-a.i.21; Pv-a.223 (pot. paṭiññeyya), Pv-a.226 (id.), Pv-a.241; ger paṭiññāya Vin.ii.83 (a˚)
pp paṭiññāta (q.v.).
paṭi + jānāti
(-˚) in phrase jīva-paṭijīvaṃ at Ja.ii.15 is to be taken as a sort of redupl. cpd. of jīva, the imper. of jīvati “live,” as greeting. We might translate “the greeting with ʻjīvaʼ and reciprocating it.”
adjective acknowledged; making belief, quâsi-; in phrase samaṇa˚; a quâsi-Samaṇa, pretending to be a Samaṇa AN.i.126; AN.ii.239; cp. Sakyaputtiya˚ SN.ii.272; sacca˚ Ja.iv.384, Ja.iv.463; Ja.v.499.
= paṭiññā
feminine acknowledgment, agreement, promise, vow, consent, permission DN.iii.254; Ja.i.153; Pv.iv.1#12, Pv.iv.1#44; Mil.7; Dhp-a.ii.93; Pv-a.76, Pv-a.123; Snp-a.397, Snp-a.539
■ patiññaṃ moceti to keep one’s promise Dhp-a.i.93.
fr. paṭi + jñā; cp. later Sk. pratijñā
agreed, acknowledged, promised Vin.ii.83, Vin.ii.102; DN.i.88; AN.i.99; AN.iv.144; Pv-a.55.
pp. of paṭijānāti
adjective satisfied, happy Dhp-a.ii.269 (˚ācāra) Patititthati (patitthahati)
etc. see pati˚.
neuter opposite bank (of a river) Ja.v.443.
paṭi + tittha
to stand firm (against) Mil.372.
paṭi + thambhati
retribution Dhp.133, cp. Dhp-a.iii.57, Dhp-a.iii.58.
paṭi + daṇḍa
to give back, to restore Ja.i.177; Ja.iv.411 (˚diyyare); Pv-a.276 (ger. ˚datvā).
paṭi + dadāti
to show oneself or to appear again, to reappear Pv.iii.2#27.
paṭi + dasseti
neuter reward, restitution, gift Pv-a.80.
paṭi + dāna
feminine an opposite (counter-) point of the compass, opposite quarter DN.iii.176 (disā ca p. ca vidisā ca).
paṭi + disā
to be seen, to appear Ja.iii.47 = Pv-a.281; Snp.123; Ja.iv.139; Snp-a.172.
paṭi + dissati; usually spelt pati˚
feminine the fact of being afflicted again with súffering Mil.180.
paṭi + abstr. of dukkhāpeti, Caus
■ Denom. fr. dukkha
to confess Vin.ii.102. See also pāṭidesaniya.
paṭi + deseti
to run back to (acc.) MN.i.265 ≈ SN.ii.26 (pubbanṭaṃ; opp. aparantaṃ ādhāvati M, upadhāvati S); Sdhp.167.
paṭi + dhāvati
to accept gladly, to greet in return SN.i.189.
paṭi + nandati
rejoicing or rejoiced; greeted, welcomed Snp.452 (pati˚); Ja.vi.14, Ja.vi.412.
pp. of paṭi + nand
feminine a false nose Ja.i.455, Ja.i.457.
paṭi + nāsikā
adjective appeased again Ja.vi.414.
paṭi + nijjhatta
coming back upon a subject Ne.5.
paṭi + niddesa
to turn back again Vin.i.216; Ja.i.225; Mil.120, Mil.152 (of disease), Mil.246; Pv-a.100, Pv-a.126
caus -nivatteti to make turn back Pv-a.141; C. on AN.iii.28 (see paccāsāreti).
paṭi + nivattati
neuter a dress given in return Vin.i.46 = Vin.ii.223.
paṭi + nivāsana1
giving up, forsaking; rejection, renunciation Vin.iii.173 MN.iii.31 SN.v.421f. AN.i.100 AN.i.299 AN.iv.148 AN.iv.350 Pts.i.194 (two p., viz. pariccāga˚ and pakkhandana˚) Pp.19 Pp.21, Pp.22
■ ādāna˚ SN.v.24; AN.v.233, AN.v.253 sq.; upadhi˚ Iti.46, Iti.62; sabbûpadhi˚ SN.i.136; SN.iii.133 SN.v.226; AN.i.49; AN.v.8, AN.v.110, AN.v.320 sq.; ˚ânupassanā Pts.ii.44 sq.; ˚ânupassin MN.iii.83; SN.iv.211; SN.v.329; AN.iv.88, AN.iv.146 sq.; AN.v.112, AN.v.359.
paṭi + nissagga of nissajjati, nis + sṛj, Cp. BSk. pratinisarga Avs.ii.118, pratiniḥsarga ib. Avs.ii.194 Mvu.ii.549; pratinissagga Mvu.iii.314, Mvu.iii.322.
adjective giving up, renouncing, or being given up, to be renounced, only in compound duppaṭi˚; (sup˚) hard (easy) to renounce. DN.iii.45 MN.i.96 AN.iii.335 AN.v.150
fr. paṭinissagga
to give up, renounce, forsake Vin.iii.173 sq. Vin.iv.294; SN.ii.110; AN.v.191 sq
ger paṭinissajja SN.i.179; AN.iv.374 sq.; Snp.745, Snp.946 (cp. Mnd.430)
pp paṭinissaṭṭha (q.v.).
paṭi + nissajjati, cp. BSk. pratinisṛjati Avs.ii.190
given up, forsaken (act & pass.), renouncing or having renounced Vin.iii.95 Vin.iv.27, Vin.iv.137; MN.i.37; SN.ii.283; AN.ii.41; Iti.49; Mnd.430 Mnd.431 (vanta pahīna p.); Pv-a.256.
pp. of paṭinissajjati, BSk. pratiniḥsṛṣṭa Divy.44 and ˚nisṛṣṭa Divy.275
to depart, escape from, to be freed from Ne.113 (= niyyāti vimuccati C.).
paṭi + nissarati
to lead back to (acc.) Vv.52#17; Thig.419; Pv.ii.12#21 (imper. ˚nayāhi); Pv-a.145, Pv-a.160.
paṭi + neti
adjective noun opposed, opposite; (m.) an enemy, opponent (cp. pratipakṣa obstacle Divy.352) Mnd.397; Ja.i.4, Ja.i.224; Ne.3, Ne.112, Ne.124; Vism.4; Dhp-a.i.92; Snp-a.12, Snp-a.21, Snp-a.65, Snp-a.168, Snp-a.234, Snp-a.257, Snp-a.545; Pv-a.98; Dhs-a.164; Sdhp.211, Sdhp.452.
paṭi + pakkha
adjective opposed, inimical Sdhp.216.
fr. paṭipakkha
to enter upon (a path), to go along, follow out (a way or plan) to go by; fig. to take a line of action, to follow a method to be intent on, to regulate one’s life DN.i.70 (saṃvarāya), DN.i.175 (tathattāya); SN.ii.98 (kantāramaggaṃ); SN.iv.63 (dhammass’ anudhammaṃ); SN.v.346 (id.); SN.iv.194 (maggaṃ); AN.i.36 (dhammânudhammaṃ); AN.ii.4; Snp.317, Snp.323 Snp.706, Snp.815, Snp.1129 (cp. Cnd.384); Dhp.274 (maggaṃ); Pp.20 (saṃvarāya); Pv-a.43 (maggaṃ), Pv-a.44 (ummaggaṃ), Pv-a.196 (dhanaṃ); Sdhp.30.
3rd sg. aor. paccāpādi Ja.iv.314-ger. pajjitabba to be followed Pv-a.126 (vidhi), Pv-a.131 (id.), Pv-a.281
pp paṭipanna (q.v.)
caus paṭipādeti (q.v.).
paṭi + pad, cp. BSk. pratipadyate
neuter a way or plan to be followed, procedure, in -vidhi method, line of action Pv-a.131 (variant reading BB), Pv-a.133.
fr. paṭipajjati
to make turn back, to send back, ward off, chase away MN.i.327 (siriṃ) SN.iv.152 (ābādhaṃ); Mil.17 (sakaṭāni).
paṭi + pa + Caus. of nam
neuter a letter in return, a written reply Ja.i.409.
paṭi + paṇṇa
feminine “way,” method, conduct, practice, performance, behaviour, example AN.i.69 AN.v.126 (dhammânudhamma˚), AN.v.136; Pts.ii.15; Mnd.143 Cnd. s.v.; Mil.131, Mil.242; Dhp-a.ii.30; Dhp-a.iv.34 (sammā good or proper behaviour); Pv-a.16 (parahita˚), Pv-a.54, Pv-a.67; DN-a.i.270; Sdhp.28, Sdhp.29, Sdhp.37, Sdhp.40, Sdhp.213, Sdhp.521.
fr. paṭi + pad
a confronting road, opposite way Vin.ii.193 (˚ṃ gacchati to go to meet); Vin.iii.131; Vin.iv.268; Mil.9; Vism.92; Dhp-a.ii.88.
paṭi + patha
feminine means of reaching a goal or destination, path, way, means, method, mode of progress (cp. Dhs. translation 53, 82, 92, 143), course, practice (cp. BSk. pratipad in meaning of pratipatti “line of conduct” Avs.ii.140 with note) DN.i.54 (dvatti p.), DN.i.249 (way to); SN.ii.81 (nirodhasāruppa-gāminī p.); SN.iv.251 (bhaddikā), SN.iv.330 (majjhimā), SN.v.304 (sabbattha-gāminī), SN.iv.361 (udaya-gāminī sotāpatti˚), SN.iv.421; DN.iii.288 (ñāṇadassana-visuddhi˚); AN.i.113, AN.i.168 (puñña˚), AN.ii.76, AN.ii.79, AN.ii.152 (akkhamā); Vb.99, Vb.104 sq., Vb.211 sq., Vb.229 sq., Vb.331 sq-In pregnant sense The path (of the Buddha), leading to the destruction of all ill & to the bliss of Nibbāna (see specified under magga, ariyamagga, sacca), thus a quâsi synonym of magga with which freq. combd (e.g DN.i.156) Vin.i.10; DN.i.157; DN.iii.219 (anuttariya); MN.ii.11; MN.iii.251, MN.iii.284; SN.i.24 (daḷhā yāya dhīrā pamuccanti); AN.i.295 sq. (āgālhā nijjhāmā majjhimā); Snp.714 (cp. Snp-a.497), Snp.921; Pts.ii.147 (majjhimā); Ne.95 sq. Pp.15, Pp.68; Vv-a.84 (˚sankhāta ariyamagga). Specified in various ways as follows: āsava-nirodha-gāminī p DN.i.84; dukkha-nirodha-g˚. DN.i.84, DN.i.189; DN.iii.136; SN.v.426 sq.; AN.i.177; Pts.i.86, Pts.i.119; Dhs.1057; lokanirodha-g˚ AN.ii.23; Iti.121; with the epithets sammā anuloma˚ apaccanīka˚ anvattha˚ dhammânudhamma Mnd.32, Mnd.143, Mnd.365; Cnd.384 etc. (see detail under sammā˚)
There are several groups of 4 paṭipadā mentioned, viz
fr. paṭi + pad
(having) followed or following up, reaching, going along or by (i.e. practising), entering on, obtaining SN.ii.69; SN.iv.252; AN.i.120 (arahattāya); AN.iv.292 sq. (id.), AN.iv.372 sq.; Iti.81 (dhammânudhamma˚); Snp.736; Dhp.275 (maggaṃ); Vv.34#23 (= maggaṭṭha one who has entered the path Vv-a.154) = Pv.iv.3#49 Pp.63; Mil.17; DN-a.i.26; Pv-a.78, Pv-a.112 (maggaṃ), Pv-a.130, Pv-a.174 (sammā˚), Pv-a.242 (dhammiyaṃ paṭipadaṃ); Dhp-a.i.233 (magga˚ on the road, wandering).
pp. of paṭipajjati
adjective noun one who has entered upon the Path (ariyamagga) Pp.13 (= maggaṭṭhaka phalatthāya paṭipannattā p. nāma Pp-a 186); Mil.342 Mil.344; Ne.50; Dhs-a.164. See also Mil trsl. ii.231, 237.
fr. paṭipanna
to turn back or round once more MN.i.133.
paṭi + p.
gone inside again Snp.979.
pp. of paṭipavisati
to go in(to) again; Caus. -paveseti to make go in again, to put back (inside again Vin.i.276
pp paṭipaviṭṭha (q.v.).
paṭi + pavisati
to praise back or in return Ja.ii.439.
paṭi + pasaṃsati
to strike in return Dhp-a.i.51.
paṭi + paharati
to send back (in return) Dhp-a.i.216.
paṭi + pahinati
adjective restored, set right again, safe and sound Ja.iii.167 (= pākatika at Pv-a.66), Ja.iv.407; Ja.vi.372; Pv-a.123, Pv-a.284.
paṭi + pākatika
feminine order, succession Vin.i.248 (bhatta˚); Vism.411 (khandha˚); usually in abl. paṭipāṭiyā adv. successively, in succession, alongside of, in order Vism.343 = Ja.v.253 (ghara˚ from house to house) Thag-a.80 (magga˚); Dhp-a.i.156; Dhp-a.ii.89; Dhp-a.iii.361; Snp-a.23 Snp-a.506; Pv-a.54; Vv-a.76, Vv-a.137.
paṭi + pāṭi
adjective being in conformity with the (right) order Thag-a.41.
fr. last
the supporter (of a bed) Vin.i.48; Vin.ii.208.
fr. paṭi + pad
to impart, bring into give to, offer, present MN.i.339; Ja.v.453, Ja.v.497; Pv.ii.8#1 (vittaṃ).
Caus. of paṭipajjati, cp. BSk. pratipādayati in same meaning Avs.i.262, Avs.i.315
to beat against SN.ii.98 (ure); Ja.vi.87; Vism.504 (urāni).
paṭi + piṃsati
alms in return Ja.ii.307; Ja.v.390 (piṇḍa˚ giving & taking of alms) Mil.370
paṭi + piṇḍa
in asuci˚; at AN.iii.226 is not clear (variant reading -pīḷita perhaps to be preferred).
neuter oppression Mil.313, Mil.352.
fr. paṭipīḷeti
adjective pressed against, oppressed, hard pressed Mil.262, Mil.354.
paṭi + pp. of pīḍ
a person equal to another, compeer, match, rival MN.i.171 = Mil.235; SN.i.158; Snp.544; Iti.123 (natthi te paṭipuggala)
■ appaṭipuggala without a rival, unrivalled, without compare SN.i.158 SN.iii.86; Thig.185; Ja.i.40; Mil.239 (cp. Mil trsl. ii.43).
paṭi + puggala
adjective belonging to one’s equal, individual Dhs.1044. Perhaps read pāṭi˚ (q.v.).
fr. paṭipuggala
to ask (in return), to put a question to, to inquire DN.i.60; MN.i.27; SN.iii.2; Snp.p.92; Ja.i.170; Ja.iv.194; Pv-a.32, Pv-a.56, Pv-a.81; AN.i.197; AN.ii.46; also neg. appaṭipucchā (abl. adv.) without inquiry Vin.i.325.
paṭi + pucchati
feminine a question in return, inquiry; only ˚-(as abl.) by question, by inquiry, by means of question & answer in foll. compounds: ˚karaṇīya Vin.i.325 -vinīta AN.i.72; -vyākaraṇīya (pañha) DN.iii.229.
paṭi + pucchā
a rival, opponent Mnd.172.
paṭi + purisa
neuter or -ā (f.) worship, reverence, honour Mil.241.
fr. paṭi + pūj
to honour, worship, revere Snp.128; Pv.i.1#3; Mil.241.
paṭi + pūjeti
to send out to Pv-a.20.
paṭi + peseti
to bend (back), stretch out Dhs-a.324.
paṭi + paṇāmeti
allayed, calmed, quieted, subsided SN.iv.217, SN.iv.294; SN.v.272; AN.i.254 AN.ii.41; Ja.iii.37, Ja.iii.148; Ja.iv.430; Pts.ii.2; Pp.27; Kp-a.185; Pv-a.23, Pv-a.245, Pv-a.274. Note. The BSk. form is pratiprasrabdha Divy.265.
pp. of paṭippassambhati
feminine subsidence, calming, allaying, quieting down, repose, complete ease Vin.i.331 (kammassa suppression of an act); Pts.ii.3 Pts.ii.71, Pts.ii.180; Ne.89; Dhs.40, Dhs.41, Dhs.320; Snp-a.9. Esp frequent in the Niddesas in stock phrase expressing the complete calm attained to in emancipation, viz. vūpasama paṭinissagga p. amata nibbāna, e.g. Cnd.429.
fr. paṭippassaddha
to subside, to be eased, calmed, or abated to pass away, to be allayed SN.i.211; SN.v.51; aor. ˚ssambhi Dhp-a.ii.86 (dohaḷo); Dhp-a.iv.133 (ābādho)
pp paṭippassaddha (q.v.)
caus paṭippassambheti to quiet down, hush up, suppress, bring to a standstill, put to rest, appease Vin.i.49 (kammaṃ), Vin.i.144 (id.), Vin.i.331 (id.), Vin.ii.5 (id.), Vin.ii.226 (id.); MN.i.76; Ja.iii.28 (dohaḷaṃ).
paṭi + ppa + sambhati of śrambh. Note however that the BSk. is ˚praśrambhyati as well as ˚srambhyati, e.g. Mvu.i.253, Mvu.i.254; Divy.68, Divy.138 Divy.494, Divy.549, Divy.568
feminine & -ppassambhitatta (nt.) are exegetical (philosophical) synonyms of paṭippassaddhi at Dhs.40, Dhs.41, Dhs.320.
to effulge, shine forth, stream out, emit, fig. splurt out, bring against, object MN.i.95 sq. AN.iv.193 (codakaṃ); Ja.i.123, Ja.i.163; Mnd.196 (vādaṃ start a word-fight); Mil.372; Dhp-a.iv.4 (vacanaṃ).
paṭi + pharati
adjective bound to, in fetters or bonds, attracted to or by, dependent on DN.i.76; Vin.iv.302 (kāya˚); AN.v.87 (para˚); Dhp.284; Mil.102 (āvajjana˚); Pv-a.134 (˚jīvika dependent on him for a living)
■ Freq. in cpd. -citta affected enamoured, one’s heart bound in love Vin.iii.128 Vin.iv.18; Snp.37 (see Cnd.385), Snp.65; Pv-a.46, Pv-a.145 (˚tā f abstr.), Pv-a.151, Pv-a.159 (rañño with the king).
paṭi + baddha, pp. of bandh
adjective bound to, connected with, referring to Pts.i.172, Pts.i.184.
paṭi + bandha
to hold back, refuse Ja.iv.134 (vetanaṃ na p. = aparihāpetvā dadāti).
paṭi + bandhati
a connection, a relation, relative Dhs.1059, Dhs.1136, Dhs.1230; Dhs-a.365.
paṭi + bandhu
adjective able, adequate, competent Vin.i.56, Vin.i.342; Vin.ii.103, Vin.ii.300; Vin.iii.158; AN.v.71; Mil.6.
paṭi + bala
(op)pressed, forced, urged Vb.338 = Mil.301.
pp. of paṭibāhati, though more likely to paṭi + vah2
antidote Mil.335; repelling, preventing Ja.vi.571.
of paṭi + bādh
to ward off, keep off, shut out, hold back, refuse, withhold, keep out, evade Vin.i.356; Vin.ii.162, Vin.ii.166 sq., Vin.ii.274; Vin.iv.288; Ja.i.64, Ja.i.217; Dhp-a.ii.2 (rañño āṇaṃ), Dhp-a.ii.89 (sītaṃ); Vv-a.68; Pv-a.96 (maraṇaṃ), Pv-a.252, Pv-a.286 (grd. appaṭibāhanīya) Caus. -bāheti in same meaning Ja.iv.194; Dhp-a.ii.71; Pv-a.54
pp paṭibāḷha (q.v.).
paṭi + *bāh of bahis adv. outside
exclusion, warding off, prevention Mil.81; Vism.244.
adjective to be kept off or averted, neg. ap˚; Ja.iv.152.
grd. of paṭibāhati
adjective outside, excluded Vin.ii.168.
paṭi + bāhira
neuter counterpart, image, reflection Vism.190; Vv-a.50; Vb-a.164.
paṭi + bimba
to wake up, to understand, know, AN.iii.105 sq.; Thag-a.74; Pv-a.43, Pv-a.128
pp paṭibuddha (q.v.).
paṭi + bujjhati
awakened, awake Snp.807.
pp. of paṭibujjhati
awaking, waking up Vv.50#24.
fr. paṭi + budh, cp. paṭibujjhati
to divide MN.iii.91.
paṭi + bhaj
merchandise in exchange, barter Ja.i.377; Pv-a.277.
paṭi + bhaṇḍa, cp. BSk. pratipanya Divy.173, Divy.271, Divy.564
to abuse in return SN.i.162 (bhaṇḍantaṃ p.); AN.ii.215 (id.); Mnd.397 (id.).
paṭi + bhaṇḍati
fear, terror, fright SN.iv.195; Pv-a.90; Dāvs iv.35. Freq. in cpd. ap˚ & sap˚, e.g. Vin.iv.63; MN.i.134; MN.iii.61.
paṭi + bhaya
■ appaṭibhāga (adj.) unequalled, incomparable, matchless Mil.357 (+ appaṭiseṭṭha); Dhp-a.i.423 (= anuttara).
paṭi + bhāga
to appear, to be evident, to come into one’s mind, to occur to one, to be clear (cp. Vin Texts ii.30) SN.i.155 (˚tu taṃ dhammikathā); SN.v.153 (T reads patibbāti); Snp.450 (p. maṃ = mama bhāgo pakāsati Snp-a 399); Mnd.234 = Cnd.386 (also fut. ˚bhāyissati); Ja.v.410; Vv-a.78 = Vv-a.159 (maṃ p. ekaṃ pañhaṃ pucchituṃ “I should like to ask a question”).
paṭi + bhā
neuter understanding, illumination, intelligence, readiness or confidence of speech, promptitude, wit (see on term Vin. Texts iii.13, 172; Pts. of Controversy, 378 f.) DN.i.16, DN.i.21, DN.i.23; SN.i.187; AN.ii.135, AN.ii.177, AN.ii.230; AN.iii.42 AN.iv.163; AN.v.96; Pts.ii.150, Pts.ii.157; Ja.vi.150; Pp.42; Vb.293 sq.; Vb-a.338, Vb-a.394, Vb-a.467; Mil.21; DN-a.i.106
■ appaṭibhāna (adj.) bewildered, not confident, cowed down Vin.ii.78 = Vin.iii.162; MN.i.258; AN.iii.57; Ja.v.238 Ja.v.369; Ja.vi.362.
paṭi + bhāna. Cp. late Sk. pratibhāna, fr. Pali
adjective = paṭibhānavant Vin.i.249 (cp. Vin. Texts ii.140) AN.i.25.
ger. formation + ka fr. paṭibhāna
to address in return or in reply SN.i.134; Snp.1024.
paṭi + bhās
adjective as neg. app˚; not to be touched, untouched; faultless Vin.ii.248 (acchidda +); AN.v.79.
for paṭimassa = Sk. *pratimṛśya, ger. of prati + mṛś, cp. in consonants haṃsa for harṣa etc.
the way against, a confronting road; ˚ṃ gacchati to go to meet somebody Ja.iv.133; Ja.vi.127.
paṭi + magga, cp. similarly paṭipatha
decorated, adorned with Ja.i.8, Ja.i.41, Ja.i.509; Pv-a.3, Pv-a.66, Pv-a.211.
pp. of paṭi + maṇḍ
one who speaks to or who is spoken to, i.e.
fr. paṭi + mant
to discuss in argument, to reply to, answer, refute; as pati˚; at Vin.ii.1; DN.i.93 (vacane), DN.i.94; Dhp.i.263; Ja.vi.82, Ja.vi.294.
paṭi + manteti
a rival wrestler SN.i.110; Mnd.172.
paṭi + malla
to touch (at) DN.i.106; Snp.p.108 (anumasati +)
caus paṭimāseti (q.v.).
paṭi + masati of mṛś, cp. paṭimaṃsa
feminine counterpart, image, figure Ja.vi.125; Dāvs v.27; Vv-a.168 (= bimba); Dhs-a.334 - appaṭima (adj.) without a counterpart, matchless incomparable Thag.614; Mil.239.
fr. paṭi + mā
honoured, revered, served Pv-a.18.
pp. of paṭimāneti
to wait on, or wait for, look after, honour, serve Vin.ii.169; Vin.iv.112; DN.i.106; Ja.iv.2, Ja.iv.203; Ja.v.314; Mil.8; Pv-a.12; DN-a.i.280
pp paṭimānita (q.v.).
paṭi + Caus. of man
to kill in revenge Ja.iii.135.
paṭi + Caus. of mṛ.
to hold on to, to restrain, keep under control; imper. paṭimāse (for ˚māsaya Dhp.379 (opp. codaya; explained by ˚parivīmaṃse “watch Dhp-a.iv.117).
Caus. of patimasati
adjective fastened on, tied to, wound round, clothed in SN.iv.91; MN.i.383; Iti.56 Thig.500 (? variant reading paripuṇṇa, cp. Thag-a.290); Ja.i.384 Ja.vi.64; Mil.390; Dhp-a.i.394 (sīse); Vv-a.167 (so read for ˚mukkha), Vv-a.296.
pp. of paṭimuñcati; cp. also paṭimutta & ummukka, see Geiger, P.Gr. § 197
adjective facing, opposite; nt. ˚ṃ adv. opposite Snp-a.399 (gacchati).
paṭi + mukha
paṭi + muc
(adj.) in sup˚ well purified, cleansed, pure Ja.iv.18 (˚kambu = paṭimutta-suvaṇṇ’ ālankāra C.); Ja.v.400; Pv.iv.1#33 (˚ka-suṭṭhu paṭimuttabhāṇin Pv-a.230).
pp. of paṭimuñcati, cp. paṭimukka
fr. paṭi + muc
neuter a white woollen counterpane Ja.iv.352 (= uṇṇāmaya-paccattharaṇāni setakambalāni pi vadanti yeva C.).
= paṭikā
prepared, got ready, made, dressed Vin.iv.18 (alankata˚); Ja.iv.380 (C. for pakata) Pv-a.25 (C. for upaṭṭhita), Pv-a.75 (alankata˚), Pv-a.135 (id.), Pv-a.232 (id.), Pv-a.279 (id.); Kp-a.118 (alankata˚).
pp. of paṭi + yat
to go back to, reach Ja.vi.149 (C. for paṭimuñcati).
paṭi + yā, cp. pacceti
given, prepared, arranged, dedicated Mil.9; Dhp-a.ii.75.
pp. of paṭiyādeti
to prepare, arrange, give, dedicate Snp-a.447
pp paṭiyādita (q.v.)
causII. paṭiyādāpeti to cause to be presented or got ready, to assign, advise, give over Vin.i.249 (yāguṃ); Snp.p.110 (bhojaniyaṃ); Pv-a.22, Pv-a.141. Pati-y-alokam
for *paṭiyāteti = Sk. pratiyātayati, Caus. of paṭi + yat, like P. niyyādeti = Sk. niryātayati
gacchati “to go to the South” Vin.iv.131, Vin.iv.161.
counterfight Ja.iii.3.
paṭi + yodha
(T. paṭi-oloketi) to look at, to keep an eye on, observe Ja.ii.406.
paṭi + oloketi
shouting out, roar Dāvs iv.52.
paṭi + rava
hostile king, royal adversary Ja.vi.472; Dhp-a.i.193.
paṭi + rājā
obstructed, hindered, held back, caged Ja.iv.4 (oruddha-paṭiruddha sic.).
pp. paṭi + rudh
adjective fit, proper, suitable, befitting, seeming DN.i.91; Vin.ii.166 (seyyā); MN.i.123; SN.i.214 SN.ii.194 (ap˚); Thig.341; Pv.ii.12#15; Ja.v.99; Pp.27; Dhp-a.iii.142; Pv-a.26, Pv-a.122 (= yutta), Pv-a.124. -desavāsa living in a suitable region DN.iii.276 = AN.ii.32; Ne.29, Ne.50
■ Spelt pati˚; at Dhp.158; Snp.89, Snp.187, Snp.667; Snp-a.390. Cp. pāṭirūpika.
paṭi + rūpa
adjective (-˚) like, resembling, disguised as, in the appearance of, having the form of SN.i.230; Dhp-a.i.29 (putta˚); Pv-a.15 (samaṇa˚). As pati˚ at Snp-a.302, Snp-a.348, Snp-a.390
■ nt. an optical delusion Dhp-a.iii.56.
fr. paṭirūpa
feminine likeness, semblance, appearance, pretence Pv-a.268 (= vaṇṇa).
abstr. fr. paṭirūpa
to cry in return, to reply by crying Ja.iii.80; pp. paṭirodita = paṭirodana.
paṭi + rodati of rud
neuter replying through crying Ja.iii.80.
paṭi + rodana
to scold back SN.i.162.
paṭi + Caus. of rud
to annoy in return, to tease back SN.i.162; AN.ii.215; Mnd.397.
paṭi + rosati
received, got, obtained Pv-a.15 (= laddha), Pv-a.88.
pp. of paṭilabhati
to obtain, receive, get Iti.77; Ja.i.91; Cnd.427 (pariyesati p. paribhuñjati); Pp.57; Vv-a.115; Pv-a.6, Pv-a.7, Pv-a.16, Pv-a.50, Pv-a.60, Pv-a.67 etc
■ pret. 3rd pl paccaladdhaṃsu SN.i.48 (so variant reading & C. T. ˚latthaṃsu) expld by paṭilabhiṃsu cp. K. S. 319
aor 1st sg paṭilacchiṃ Ja.v.71
caus paṭilābheti to cause to take or get, to rob Ja.v.76 (paṭilābhayanti naṃ “rob me of him”).
paṭi + labhati
obtaining, receiving, taking up, acquisition, assumption, attainment DN.i.195; MN.i.50; AN.ii.93, AN.ii.143; Pts.ii.182, Pts.ii.189; Mnd.262; Dhp.333; Pp.57; Vv-a.113; Pv-a.50, Pv-a.73, Pv-a.74
■ attabhāva˚ obtaining a reincarnation, coming into existence SN.ii.256; SN.iii.144; AN.ii.159, AN.ii.188; AN.iii.122 sq
■ See also paribhoga.
fr. paṭi + labh
having withdrawn, keeping away SN.i.48 (˚nisabha “expert to eliminate”; reading pati˚); with reading pati also; AN.ii.41; AN.iv.449; Snp.810 Snp.852; Mnd.130, Mnd.224 (rāgassa etc. pahīnattā patilīno).
pp. of paṭilīyati
to withdraw, draw back, keep away from, not to stick to AN.iv.47 = Mil.297 (+ paṭikuṭati paṭivaṭṭati; Mil & id. p. at SN.ii.265 print pati˚) Vism.347 (+ paṭikuṭṭati pativaṭṭati)
pp paṭilīna Caus. paṭileṇeti (q.v.).
paṭi + līyati of lī
to withdraw, to make keep away not to touch SN.ii.265 (pati˚, as at Mil.297 patilīyati).
Sec. dern fr. pp. paṭilīna in sense of Caus.; cp. Sk. ˚lāpayati of lī
to fill with desire, to entice Ja.v.96.
paṭi + Caus. of lubh
adjective “against the hair,” in reverse order, opposite, contrary, backward; usually combined with anuloma i.e. forward & backward Vin.i.1; AN.iv.448 etc (see paṭiccasamuppāda); Ja.ii.307. -pakkha opposition Pv-a.114 (cp. paṭipakkha).
paṭi + loma
neuter answer, reply, rejoinder Ja.iv.18; Mil.120; Pv-a.83 (opp. vacana); Thag-a.285.
paṭi + vacana
(intrs.) to roll or move back, to turn away from AN.iv.47 = Mil.297 (paṭilīyati paṭikutati p.); Caus. paṭivaṭṭeti in same meaning trs (but cp. Childers s. v. “to knock, strike”) SN.ii.265 (T spells pati˚, as also at Mil.297)
grd paṭivattiya only in neg. ap˚ (q.v.)
pp paṭivatta (q.v.).
paṭi + vr̥t
neuter moving backwards, only in cpd. vatta-paṭivatta-karaṇa “moving forth or backwards” performance of different kinds of duties; doing this, that & the other Dhp-a.i.157.
pp. of paṭivattati
one who contradicts SN.i.222.
paṭi + vattar, n. ag. of vac
to answer, reply AN.iv.168 (variant reading for paṭicarati); Snp.932; Dhp.133; Mnd.397; Pv-a.39.
paṭi + vadati
to live, dwell (at) DN.i.129; Vin.ii.299; SN.i.177; Ja.i.202; Snp-a.462; Pv-a.42, Pv-a.67. Pativana, Pativanita, Pativani
paṭi + vasati
etc. occur only in neg. form app˚, q.v.
adverb against the wind (opp. anuvātaṃ) Vin.ii.218; SN.i.13; Snp.622; Dhp.54, Dhp.125; Pv-a.116; Sdhp.425.
paṭi + vātaṃ, acc. cp. Sk. prativāta & prativātaṃ
retort, recrimination Mil.18 (vāda˚ talk and counter-talk).
paṭi + vāda
to turn away from, to free from, cleanse MN.i.435 = AN.iv.423; Dhs-a.407.
Caus. of paṭi + vap
to throw out again DN-a.i.39.
Cp. J.P.T.S. 1886, p. 160, suggesting paṭivādh˚, or paṭibādhayamāno and referring to Thag.744.
paṭi + Caus. vam
lit. “divided part,” sub-part, share, bit portion, part Vin.i.28; Vin.iii.60 (T. reads paṭivisa); Ja.ii.286; Dhs-a.135; Dhp-a.i.189; Dhp-a.iii.304; Vv-a.61 (˚vīsa), Vv-a.64 (variant reading ˚vīsa), Vv-a.120 (id.).
paṭi-aṃsa with euphonic consonant v instead of y (paṭi-y-aṃsa) and assimilation of a to i (paṭiyiṃsa → paṭiviṃsa)
part share, portion Dhp-a.ii.85.
prec. + ka
to go apart again, to go away or asunder AN.iii.243; Mil.51.
paṭi + vi + gacchati
to recognise Vin.iii.130; Cnd.378 (ājānāti vijānāti p. paṭivijjhati); Mil.299.
paṭi + vi + jānāti
adjective in cpd. dup˚; hard to penetrate (lit. & fig.) SN.v.454.
grd. of paṭivijjhati
to pierce through, penetrate (lit. & fig.), intuit, to acquire, master, comprehend Vin.i.183; SN.ii.56; SN.v.119, SN.v.278, SN.v.387, SN.v.454; AN.iv.228, AN.iv.469; Cnd.378; Ja.i.67, Ja.i.75; Pts.i.180 sq.; Mil.344; Dhp-a.i.334
aor paṭivijjha Snp.90 (= aññāsi sacchākāsi Snp-a.166), and paccavyādhi Thag.26 = Thag.1161 (˚byādhi); also 3rd pl. paccavidhuṃ AN.iv.228
pp paṭividdha (q.v.). On phrase uttariṃ appaṭivijjhanto See uttari.
paṭi + vijjhati of vyadh
adjective only in neg. ap˚; impenetrable Dhp-a.iv.194.
paṭi + vijjhana + ka,of vyadh
known, ascertained DN.i.2; Pts.i.188.
pp. of paṭi + vid
being or having penetrated or pierced; having acquired, mastering, knowing MN.i.438; SN.ii.56 (sup˚); Pts.ii.19, Pts.ii.20; Ja.i.214; Vv-a.73 (˚catusacca = saccānaṃ kovida)
■ appaṭividdha not pierced, not hurt Ja.vi.446.
pp. of paṭivijjhati
repression, subdual, only in cpd. āghāta˚; DN.iii.262, DN.iii.289; AN.iii.185 sq. See āghāta.
paṭi + vi + nī
to try or judge a case again, to reconsider Ja.ii.187.
paṭi + vinicchinati
removed, dispelled, subdued SN.ii.283; SN.v.76, SN.v.315.
pp. of paṭivineti
to drive out, keep away, repress, subdue SN.i.228; MN.i.13; AN.iii.185 sq.; Ja.vi.551; Pv-a.104 (pipāsaṃ). Cp. BSk. prativineti Mvu.ii.121
pp paṭivinīta (q.v.).
paṭi + vi + nī
neuter removal, driving out, explusion AN.ii.48, AN.ii.50; Mil.320.
fr. paṭivinodeti
adjective noun dispelling, subduing, riddance, removal; dup˚ hard to dispel AN.iii.184 sq.
fr. paṭivinodeti
to remove, dispel, drive out, get rid of DN.i.138; MN.i.48; Pv.iii.5#8; Pp.64; Vv-a.305; Pv-a.60.
paṭi + vi + Caus. of nud, Cp. BSk. prativinudati Divy.34, Divy.371 etc.
to divide off, to divide into (equal) parts MN.i.58 (cp. MN.iii.91; paṭibhaj˚ & variant reading vibhaj˚).
paṭi + vibhajati
adjective (equally) divided MN.i.372; AN.iv.211; Vv-a.50. On neg. ap˚; in cpd -bhogin see appaṭivibhatta.
paṭi + vibhatta
adjective abstaining from, shrinking from (with abl.) DN.i.5; MN.iii.23; SN.v.468; Iti.63; Pp.39 Pp.58; DN-a.i.70; Pv-a.28, Pv-a.260
■ app˚; not abstaining from Vin.ii.296; SN.v.468; Iti.64.
pp. of paṭiviramati, cp. BSk. prativiramati Divy.ii.302, Divy.ii.585
feminine abstinence from Dhs.299; MN.iii.74; Pv-a.206.
fr. paṭivirata
to absṭain from MN.i.152.
paṭi + viramati
to act hostile, to fall out with somebody, to quarrel (saddhiṃ) Ja.iv.104
pp paṭiviruddha (q.v.).
paṭi + vi + rudh
obstructed or obstructing, an adversary, opponent Ja.vi.12; DN-a.i.51 (˚ā satta = pare) Mil.203, Mil.403.
pp. of paṭivirujjhati, cp. BSk. prativiruddha rebellious Divy.445
to grow again Vism.419.
paṭi + virūhati
hostility, enmity, opposition Dhs.418, Dhs.1060; Pp.18; Mil.203.
paṭi + virodha
peculiar MN.i.372.
paṭi + visiṭṭha
sub-discrimination Ja.ii.9.
paṭi + visesa
adjective dwelling near, neighbouring MN.i.126; Ja.i.114, Ja.i.483; Ja.iii.163 Ja.iv.49; Ja.v.434; Dhp-a.i.47 (˚itthi), Dhp-a.i.155, Dhp-a.i.235 (˚dārakā).
fr. paṭi + *veśman or *veśya
(paṭi + vutta, pp. of vac ] said against, replied Vin.iii.131, Vin.iii.274.
see ap˚.
to make known, declare, announce Vin.i.180; SN.i.101, SN.i.234; Snp.415 (aor ˚vedayi); DN-a.i.227; Pv-a.6 (pītisomanassaṃ).
paṭi + vedeti, Caus. of vid
lit. piercing, i.e. penetration comprehension, attainment, insight, knowledge AN.i.22 AN.i.44; DN.iii.253; Pts.i.105; Pts.ii.50, Pts.ii.57, Pts.ii.105, Pts.ii.112, Pts.ii.148, Pts.ii.182 Vb.330; Mil.18; Snp-a.110, Snp-a.111; Sdhp.65
■ appaṭivedha non-intelligence, ignorance Vin.i.230; SN.ii.92 SN.iii.261; SN.v.431; AN.ii.1; Dhs.390, Dhs.1061, Dhs.1162; Pp.21 duppaṭivedha (adj.) hard to pierce or penetrate; fig. difficult to master Mil.250
■ maggaphala˚; realisation of the fruit of the Path Dhp-a.i.110.
fr. paṭi + vyadhī cp. paṭivijjhati & BSk. prativedha Mvu.i.86
revenge Dhp-a.i.50.
paṭi + vera
to embrace, cling to Ja.v.449.
paṭi + vellati
to desist from, aor. paccavyāhāsi DN.ii.232.
paṭi + vyāharati
(pati˚) to heap up against (?) Snp-a.554.
paṭi + vyūhati
to restrain, to exercise self-control Ja.iv.396.
paṭi + saṃyamati
to connect with, fig. to start, begin (vādaṃ a discussion or argument) SN.i.221 (bālena paṭisaṃyuje = paṭipphareyya C.; “engage himself to bandy with a fool” K.S. 284); Snp.843 (vādaṃ p. paṭipphareyya kalahaṃ kareyya Mnd.196)
pp paṭisaṃyutta (q.v.).
paṭi + saṃ + yuj
connected with, coupled, belonging to Vin.iv.6; SN.i.210 (nibbāna ˚dhammikathā); Thag.598; Iti.73; Vv-a.6, Vv-a.87; Pv-a.12.
pp. of paṭisaṃyujati
apperceived, known, recognised, in phrase “pubbe appaṭisaṃvidita pañho” SN.ii.54.
pp. of paṭi + saṃ + vid; same (prati) at Mvu.iii.256
adjective experiencing, feeling, enjoying or suffering MN.i.56; SN.i.196; SN.ii.122; SN.iv.41; SN.v.310 sq. AN.i.164 (sukhadukkha˚); AN.iv.303 (id.); AN.v.35 (id.); Iti.99; Pts.i.95, Pts.i.114 (evaṃsukhadukkha˚), Pts.i.184, Pts.i.186 sq.; Pp.57 Pp.58.
fr. paṭisaṃvedeti; BSk. pratisaṃvedin Divy.567
to feel, experience, undergo, perceive DN.i.43, DN.i.45; AN.i.157 (domanassaṃ); AN.iv.406 (id.); Pp.59; Pv-a.192 (mahādukkhaṃ). There is also a by-form, viz. paṭisaṃvediyati SN.ii.18, SN.ii.75, SN.ii.256 (attabhāva-paṭilābhaṃ); Iti.38 (sukkha-dukkhaṃ; variant reading ˚vedeti).
paṭi + saṃ + vedeti, Caus. of vid
neuter removing Ne.27, Ne.41.
fr. paṭisaṃharati
to draw back, withdraw, remove, take away, give up Vin.ii.185 (sakavaṇṇaṃ); DN.i.96; SN.v.156; Pv-a.92 (devarūpaṃ).
paṭi + saṃ + hṛ; cp. BSk. pratisaṃharati Mvu.i.82
to run back Vin.ii.195; AN.iv.190.
paṭi + sakkati
is ppr. of paṭi + saṃ + kṣi, to be pacified Thag.371.
to restore, repair, mend Vin.ii.160; AN.ii.249; Ja.iii.159 (nagaraṃ). Caus. II paṭisaṅkhārāpeti to cause to repair or build up again MN.iii.7; Ja.vi.390 (gehāni).
paṭi + saṃ + kṛ.
feminine reflection, judgment, consideration Vin.i.213; SN.iv.104 (˚yoniso) Pts.i.33, Pts.i.45, Pts.i.57, Pts.i.60, Pts.i.64; Pp.25, Pp.57; Dhs.1349. appaṭisaṅkhā (see also ˚sankhāti) want of judgment, inconsideration Pts.i.33, Pts.i.45; Dhs.1346 = Pp.21
■ Note. In combination paṭisaṅkhā yoniso “carefully, with proper care or intention” p. is to be taken as ger. of paṭisankhāti (q.v.). This connection is frequent, e.g. SN.iv.104; AN.ii.40; Mnd.496; Cnd.540.
paṭi + sankhā of khyā
to be careful, to think over, reflect, discriminate, consider; only in ger. paṭisaṅkhā (as adv.) carefully, intently, with discrimination Vin.i.213; MN.i.273; MN.iii.2; Ja.i.304; Cnd.540; Pp.25 cp. paṭisankhā (+ yoniso); also ger. paṭisaṅkhāya Sddp.394
■ Opp. appaṭisaṅkhā inconsiderately, in phrase sahasā app˚ rashly & without a thought MN.i.94; SN.ii.110, SN.ii.219
■ Cp. paṭisañcikkhati.
paṭi + saṃ + khyā
neuter carefulness, mindfulness, consideration Ja.i.502; Vv-a.327; Dhs-a.402 (˚paññā); Sdhp.397. -bala power of computation AN.i.52, AN.i.94; AN.ii.142; DN.iii.213, DN.iii.244; Pts.ii.169, Pts.ii.176; Dhs.1354 (cp. Dhs translation 354); Ne.15, Ne.16, Ne.38. Patisankharika & ya;
fr. paṭisankhāti
adjective serving for repair Vin.iii.43 (dārūni); Pv-a.141 (id.; ˚ya).
fr. paṭisankharoti
to think over, to discriminate, consider, reflect Vin.i.5; DN.i.63; MN.i.267, MN.i.499; MN.iii.33; SN.i.137; AN.i.205; Pp.25 Vism.283.
paṭi + saṃ + cikkhati of khyā; cp. paṭisankhāti & BSk. pratisañcikṣati Mvu.ii.314
revived, resurrected MN.i.333.
pp. of paṭi + saṃ + jīv
adverb by the hundred, i.e. in front of a hundred (people) Vin.i.269.
paṭi + instr. of sataṃ
an enemy (in retaliation) Ja.ii.406; Mnd.172, Mnd.173; Mil.293.
paṭi + sattu
kindly received (covered, concealed? C.) Ja.vi.23 (= paṭicchāditaṃ guttaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ vā C.).
pp. of paṭisantharati
to receive kindly, to welcome, Mil.409; Dhs-a.397. ger. ˚santhāya Ja.vi.351
pp paṭisanthata (q.v.).
paṭi + saṃ + tharati of stṛ.
lit. spreading before, i.e. friendly welcome, kind reception, honour, goodwill favour, friendship DN.iii.213, DN.iii.244; AN.i.93; AN.iii.303 sq. AN.iv.28, AN.iv.120; AN.v.166, AN.v.168 (˚aka adj. one who welcomes) Ja.ii.57; Dhp.376 (explained as āmisa˚ and dhamma˚ at Dhp-a.iv.111, see also Dhs-a.397 sq. & Dhs trsl. 350); Dhs.1344 Vb.360; Mil.409. paṭisanthāraṃ karoti to make friends, to receive friendly Pv-a.12, Pv-a.44, Pv-a.141, Pv-a.187.
fr. paṭi + saṃ + stṛ.
to undergo reunion (see next) Mil.32.
paṭi + sandahati
reunion (of vital principle with a body), reincarnation, metempsychosis Pts.i.11 sq. Pts.i.52, Pts.i.59 sq.; Pts.ii.72 sq.; Ne.79, Ne.80; Mil.140; Dhp-a.ii.85; Vv-a.53; Pv-a.8, Pv-a.79, Pv-a.136, Pv-a.168. A detailed discussion of p. is to be found at Vb-a.155–Vb-a.160
■ appaṭisandhika see sep.
fr. paṭi + saṃ + dhā
adjective equal, forming, a counterpart Mil.205 (rāja˚); neg. appaṭisama not having one’s equal, incomparable Ja.i.94; Mil.331.
paṭi + sama
feminine lit. “resolving continuous breaking up,” i.e. analysis, analytic insight discriminating knowledge. See full discussion expln of term at Kvu translation 377–382. Always referred to as “the four branches of logical analysis” (catasso or catupaṭisambhidā), viz. attha˚; analysis of meanings “in extension”; dhamma˚; of reasons, conditions, or causal relations; nirutti˚; of [meanings “in intension as given in] definitions paṭibhāna˚ or intellect to which things knowable by the foregoing processes are presented (after Kvu translation). In detail at AN.ii.160; AN.iii.113 AN.iii.120; Pts.i.88, Pts.i.119; Pts.ii.150, Pts.ii.157, Pts.ii.185, Pts.ii.193; Vb.293–Vb.305 Vb-a.386 sq. (cp. Vism.440 sq.), Vb-a.391 sq
■ See further AN.i.22; AN.iv.31; Cnd.386 under paṭibhānavant; Pts.i.84 Pts.i.132, Pts.i.134; Pts.ii.32, Pts.ii.56, Pts.ii.116, Pts.ii.189; Mil.22 (attha-dh˚nirutti-paṭibhāna-pāramippatta), Mil.359; Vv-a.2; Dhp-a.iv.70 (catūsu p-˚ āsu cheka). p˚-patta one who has attained mastership in analysis AN.i.24; AN.iii.120; Pts.ii.202
■ Often included in the attainment of Arahantship in formula “saha paṭisambhidāhi arahattaṃ pāpunāti,” viz. Mil.18; Dhp-a.ii.58, Dhp-a.ii.78, Dhp-a.ii.93.
paṭi + saṃ + bhid; the BSk. pratisaṃvid is a new formation resting on confusion between bhid & vid;, favoured by use & meaning of latter root in P paṭisaṃvidita. In BSk. we find pratisaṃvid in same application as in P., viz. as fourfold artha˚ dharma nirukti˚ pratibhāna˚ (?). Mvu.iii.321
to sweep over again Mil.15.
paṭi + sammajjati
to greet friendly in return Ja.vi.224 (= sammodanīya-kathāya paṭikatheti C.).
paṭi + saṃ + Caus. of mud
neuter refuge in (-˚), shelter, help, protection MN.i.295 (mano as p. of the other 5 senses), MN.iii.9; SN.iv.221; SN.v.218; AN.i.199 (bhagavaṃ˚); AN.ii.148 (sa˚ able to be restored); AN.iii.186 (kamma˚); AN.iv.158 AN.iv.351; AN.v.355; Ja.i.213; Ja.vi.398
■ appaṭisaraṇa (adj. without shelter, unprotected Vin.ii.153 (so read for appaṭiss˚)
■ Note. In meaning “restoration” the derivation is prob. fr paṭi + sṛ; to move (Sk. saraṇa and not saraṇa protection). Cp. paṭisāraṇiya.
paṭi + saraṇa1
to run back, stay back, lag behind Snp.8 sq. (opp. atisarati; aor. paccasāri explained by ohiyyi Snp-a.21).
paṭi + sṛ.
to think back upon, to mention DN-a.i.267.
paṭi + smṛ.
(& ˚āṇa, e.g. SN.v.320) neuter retirement for the purpose of meditation, solitude, privacy, seclusion DN.iii.252; MN.i.526; SN.i.77; SN.iii.15; SN.iv.80, SN.iv.144; SN.v.12 SN.v.398, SN.v.414; AN.ii.51, AN.ii.176; AN.iii.86 sq., AN.iii.116 sq., AN.iii.195; AN.iv.15 AN.iv.36, AN.iv.88; AN.v.166, AN.v.168; Snp.69 (cp. Cnd. s.v.); Ja.ii.77 (pati˚) Vb.244, Vb.252; Mil.138, Mil.412.
for *paṭisallayana, fr. paṭi + saṃ + lī, cp. paṭilīna & paṭilīyati, also BSk pratisaṃlayana Divy.156, Divy.194, Divy.494
(˚līyati) to be in seclusion (for the purpose of meditation) Vin.iii.39 (inf. ˚salliyituṃ); DN.ii.237; SN.v.12 (id.), SN.v.320, SN.v.325; Mil.139
pp paṭisallīna (q.v.).
fr. paṭi + saṃ + lī, cp. paṭilīyati
secluded, retired, gone into solitude abstracted, plunged in meditation, separated Vin.i.101 (rahogata +); DN.i.134, DN.i.151; SN.i.71, SN.i.146 sq. (divāvihāragata +), SN.i.225; SN.ii.74 (rahogata +); SN.iv.80, SN.iv.90, SN.iv.144 SN.v.415; AN.ii.20; Snp-a.346 (pati˚); Ja.i.349; Mil.10, Mil.138 sq.; Vv-a.3; DN-a.i.309 (pati˚).
pp. of paṭisalliyati; cp. BSk. pratisaṃlīna Divy.196, Divy.291.
neuter a deceit in return (cp. paṭikūṭa) Ja.ii.183.
paṭi + sāṭheyya
arranged, got ready Vism.91.
pp. of paṭisāmeti
to set in order arrange, get ready Vin.ii.113, Vin.ii.211, Vin.ii.216; MN.i.456; Ja.iii.72; Mil.15 (pattacīvaraṃ); Vv-a.118 (variant reading ˚yāpeti), Vv-a.157 (variant reading ˚nameti).
paṭi + Caus. of śam, samati to make ready; cp. BSk. pratiśāmayati Divy passim
to taste, eat, partake of food Vin.ii.177.
paṭi + sāyati
see vi˚.
paṭi + smṛ.
neuter act of protection, expiation, atonement Mil.344 (in law); applied.
fr. paṭi + sāreti
adj. nt. only as t.t. in combination with kamma (official act, chapter), i.e. a formal proceeding by which a bhikkhu expiates an offence which he has committed against someone, reconciliation (cp. Vin. Texts ii.364; Vin.i.49 (one of the 5 Sangha-kammas, viz. tajjaniya˚ nissaya˚, pabbājaniya˚, p.˚, ukkhepaniya˚), Vin.i.143 (id.) Vin.i.326; Vin.ii.15–Vin.ii.20, Vin.ii.295; AN.i.99; AN.iv.346; Dhp-a.ii.75.
a grd. formation fr. paṭi + sāreti, Caus. of sṛ; to move
adjective falling back upon, going back to, trusting in leaning on (-˚) DN.i.99 (gotta˚); SN.i.153 (id.); SN.ii.284 (id.).
fr. paṭi + sṛ; cp. paṭisāraniya & paṭisaraṇa Note
neuter counter-message, reply Dhp-a.i.392.
paṭi + sāsana
sewn, embroidered Vv-a.167 (pati˚).
pp. of paṭi + sibbati
a false top-knot, “chignon” (?) Ja.ii.197 (˚ṃ paṭimuñcitvā); Ja.v.49 (id.); Mil.90 (muṇḍaka˚).
paṭi + sīsaka
sunk into sleep Thag.203.
pp. of paṭi + svap
fallen down Pv.iii.1#8 (= patita Pv-a.174).
pp. of paṭi + śumbh
a rival hero or fighter, an opponent in fight Snp.831 (= paṭipurisa paṭisattu paṭimalla Mnd.172); Mnd.173 (id.).
paṭi + sūra
adjective having a superior; neg. app˚; incomparable, unsurpassed Mil.357 (appaṭibhāga +).
paṭi + seṭṭha
warding off, prohibition Mil.314 (“resubjugation”); Snp-a.402 (with ref. to part “na”); Kp-a.170 (id.); Pv-a.11 (˚nipāta = “mā”); Vv-a.224.
fr. paṭi + sidh1, sedhati drive off
adjective noun warding off, one who prevents or puts a stop to SN.i.221; Mil.344.
fr. paṭisedha
& (Caus.); -sedheti to ward off, prohibit, prevent, refuse SN.iv.341; Pv-a.11.
paṭi + sedhati
neuter warding off, refusal, prohibition, stopping SN.i.221, SN.i.223; Pv-a.11, Pv-a.25; Sdhp.397.
cp. paṭisedha
one who prohibits or refuses Ja.ii.123. = Ja.v.91.
n. ag. fr. paṭisedhati
repulsion, opposition, enmity, retaliation; only in compound with kṛ; as -senikaroti to make opposition, to oppose, retaliate Snp.932, cp. Mnd.397; -senikattar (n ag.), one who repulses, fighter, retaliator, arguer Snp.832 cp. Mnd.173.
paṭi + sena, of either sī or śri, cp. usseneti
to repel, push away, be inimical towards, retaliate (opp. usseneti) AN.ii.215 (paṭisseneti); Snp.390 (˚seniyati).
paṭi + seneti, see usseneti
to follow, pursue, indulge in (acc.) practise Vin.ii.296 (methunaṃ dhammaṃ); MN.i.10; AN.ii.54 (methunaṃ); Ja.i.437; Ja.vi.73, Ja.vi.505; Dhp.67; Mnd.496 Pp.62; Mil.224; Dhp-a.ii.40; Pv-a.130; Sdhp.396. Note. paṭisevati is spelt pati˚; at Dhp.67, Dhp.68; Ja.iii.275 Ja.iii.278.
paṭi + sevati, cp. BSk. pratisevate Divy.258 in same meaning
neuter going after, indulging in, practice MN.i.10.
fr. paṭisevati
one who practises, pursues or indulges in (acc.) AN.iii.143 sq. (bhesajjaṃ).
n. ag. of paṭisevati
adverb against the stream (opp. anusotaṃ) Iti.114; Ja.i.70; Pv-a.154. paṭisotagāmin going against the stream, toiling, doing hard work SN.i.136; AN.ii.6 (opp. anu˚), AN.ii.214 sq.
paṭi + sotaṃ, acc. of sota
recollecting, thoughtful, mindful, minding Snp.283 = Mil.411; Dhp.144 (t); Vv.21#10; and with spelling pati˚; at SN.iii.143; SN.iv.74, SN.iv.322, SN.iv.351; AN.iii.24; Iti.10, Iti.21, Iti.81; Snp.283, Snp.413.
paṭi + sata, pp. of smṛ.
feminine mindfulness, remembrance, memory MN.i.36 sq.; Dhs.23; Pp.25. app˚ lapse of memory Dhs.1349.
paṭi + sati of smṛ.
adjective mindful, thoughtful Thag.42.
fr. paṭissati
assent, promise, obedience Ja.vi.220; Vv-a.351 (cp. paṭissaya Vv-a.347).
fr. paṭi + śru
feminine obedience; neg. appaṭissavatā want of deference Dhs.1325 = Pp.20. Patissa & Patissa
abstr. fr. paṭissava
feminine deference, obedience, only in cpd. sappaṭissa (q.v. obedient, deferential Iti.10 (sappatissa); Vv.84#41 (cp Vv-a.347), & appaṭissa disobedient, not attached to SN.i.139; SN.ii.224 sq.; AN.ii.20; AN.iii.7, AN.iii.247, AN.iii.439; Ja.ii.352 (˚vāsa anarchy; reading t); Pv-a.89.
paṭi + śru, cp. paṭissuṇāti & paṭissāvin; in BSk. we find pratīsā which if legitimate would refer the word to a basis different than śru. The form occurs in cpd. sapratīśa respectful Divy; also Mvu.i.516; Mvu.ii.258; besides as sapratisa Mvu.iii.345
adjective assenting, ready, obedient, willing DN.i.60; SN.iii.113 (kinkāra-paṭi˚).
fr. paṭi + śru
to assent, promise, agree aor. paccassosi Vin.i.73; DN.i.236; SN.i.147, SN.i.155; Snp.p.50, and paṭisuṇi Snp-a.314; ger. -suṇitvā freq. in formula “sādhū ti patissuṇitvā” asserting his agreement, saying yes SN.i.119; Pv-a.13, Pv-a.54, Pv-a.55; & passim; also paṭissutvā SN.i.155
■ f. abstr. paṭissutavatā Snp-a.314.
paṭi + śru
see paṭiseneti.
to beat, knock against Pv-a.271 (for ghaṭṭeti Pv.iv.10#8; variant reading paṭipisati).
for ghaṃsati?
only in one stock phrase viz. purāṇañ ca vedanaṃ paṭihankhāmi navañ ca vedanaṃ na uppādessāmi “I shall destroy any old feeling and not produce any new” SN.iv.104 = AN.ii.40 AN.iii.388 = AN.iv.167 = Mnd.496 = Cnd.540#2; Vism.32, Vism.33.
fut. of paṭihanti
stricken, smitten, corrupted Pv.iii.7#9; Pv-a.20 (˚citta), Pv-a.207 (id.)
■ app˚ unobstructed Dhp-a.ii.8; Vv-a.14.
pp. of paṭihanti
neuter repulsion, warding off Vism.31.
fr. paṭi + han
adjective one who offers resistance Dhp-a.i.217.
fr. paṭi + han
to strike against, ward off, keep away, destroy MN.i.273; Mil.367; ppr. paṭihanamāna meeting, impinging on, striking against Vism.343. ger. paṭihacca SN.v.69, SN.v.237, SN.v.285; fut. paṭihaṅkhati; pp paṭihata (q.v.)
pass paṭihaññati Iti.103; Ja.i.7; Dhs-a.72.
paṭi + han
to strike in return Vin.ii.265; DN.i.142; SN.iv.299
caus paṭihāreti to repel, avoid Ja.vi.266, Ja.vi.295
■ Cp. pāṭihāriya etc.
paṭi + hṛ.
adjective sharp, pungent; fig. keen, wise, clever, skilful Vism.337 (˚saññākicca), Vism.338. Cp paddha1 & pāṭava.
cp. Epic. Sk. paṭu
neuter subtraction (opp. sankalana) DN-a.i.95. The word is not clear (cp. Dial. i.22).
paṭa (?) + upp˚
at DN.i.54 is read as pacuṭa by Bdhgh. & translation (see Dial. i.72). See under pavuṭā.
a kind of cucumber, Trichosanthes Dioeca Vin.i.201 (˚paṇṇa).
dial.?
cp. late Sk. paṭṭa, doubtful etym.
adjective noun made of or forming a strip of cloth; a bandage, strip (of cloth), girdle Vin.ii.136 (paṭṭikā); AN.i.254 (= paṭṭikā C.); Ja.v.359 (aya˚ an iron girdle), Vb-a.230 (paṭṭikā).
fr. paṭṭa
neuter a place, city, port Ja.i.121; Ja.iv.16, Ja.iv.137, Ja.v.75; Pv-a.53
■ -ka a sort of village Ja.vi.456.
*Sk. paṭṭana
see paṭṭaka.
in yāna˚ at Vism.328 is doubtful. It might be read as yāna-kaḷopi (on account of combination with kumbhimukha), or (preferably) as putoḷi (with variant reading BB), which is a regular variant for mutoli. The translation would be “provision bag for a carriage.” See further discussed under mutoḷi.
adjective “standing out,” setting out or forth, undertaking, able (clever? Vin.iii.210 (dhammiṃ kathaṃ kātuṃ); Vin.iv.60 (cīvarakammaṃ kātuṃ), Vin.iv.254 (dhammiṃ kathaṃ kātuṃ), Vin.iv.285 Vin.iv.290; Cnd.p.46 (for Snp prose part puṭṭha; variant reading seṭṭha) Cnd. no. 388 (in expln of paṭṭhagū Snp.1095; here it clearly means “being near, attending on, a pupil or follower of”). See also paddha1 and paddhagu.
fr. pa + sthā, see patthahati
established, or given Pv-a.119 (cp. patiṭṭhāpitatta).
pp. of paṭṭhahati; cp. BSk. prasthapita Divy.514
to put down, set down, provide; ppr. paṭṭhayamāna Pv-a.128 (varamāna + ; variant reading paṭṭhap˚); aor. paṭṭhayi Pv.ii.9#34 (dānaṃ; variant reading paṭṭhapayi, explained by paṭṭhapesi Pv-a.126) ger. paṭṭhāya see sep
caus 2 paṭṭhapeti to put out or up, to furnish, establish, give SN.ii.25; Pv.ii.9#24 (fut. ˚ayissati dānaṃ, variant reading paṭṭhayissati; explained by pavattessati Pv-a.123); Ja.i.117; Pv-a.54 (bhattaṃ), Pv-a.126 (dānaṃ)
pp paṭṭhapita (q.v.).
pa + sthā = P. tiṭṭhati, with short base *ṭṭha for *tiṭṭha in trs. meaning, see patiṭṭhahati
neuter setting forth, putting forward; only in cpd. sati˚; setting up of mindfulness (q.v. and see discussion of term at Dial ii.324) Besides in later lit. meaning “origin,” starting point cause, in title of the 7th book of the Abhidhamma, also called Mahāpakaraṇa. See Ledi, J.P.T.S. 1915–16 p. 26; Mrs. Rh. D., Tika p. 1, vi
■ At Sdhp.321 it has the Sk. meaning of “setting out” (?).
fr. pa + sthā, cp. paṭṭhahati
indeclinable putting down, starting out from, used as prep. (with abl.) from… onward, beginning with, henceforth, from the time of e.g. ajjato p. from to-day Vv-a.246; ito p. from here henceforth Ja.i.60, Ja.i.63, Ja.i.150; cp. Ja.i.52 (mūlato); Ja.vi.336 (sīsato); Pv-a.11 (galato), Pv-a.13 (gihīkālato). paṭṭhāyayāva (with acc.) from-up to Vism.374.
ger. fr. paṭṭhahati
in pañca˚ see under pañca.
to read (of a text) Vv-a.72; Pv-a.58, Pv-a.59, Pv-a.70 etc.; see also pāṭha.
paṭh to read, Sk. paṭhati
neuter reading (textual) Mil.344.
fr. paṭhati
adjective num. ord. “the first,” in foll. meanings:
■ A second compar formation is paṭhamatara, only as adv. ˚ṃ at the (very) first, as early as possible, first of all Vin.i.30; Ja.vi.510; Dhp-a.i.138; Vv-a.230; Pv-a.93.
Ved. prathama, cp. Av. fratəma; also Ved. prataraṃ further, Gr. πρότερος superl. formation fr. prep. *pro, Sk. pra etc. see pa˚
neuter earthliness MN.i.329.
abstr. fr. paṭhavī
adjective noun a wayfarer SN.i.37.
fr. paṭhavī
feminine the earth. Acc to Cnd.389 syn. with jagati. It figures as the first element in enumn of the 4 elements (see dhātu 1), viz p., āpo, tejo, vāyo (earth, water, fire, wind or the elements of the extension, cohesion, heat and motion Cpd. 155). At DN.iii.87 sq.≈ Vism.418 rasa˚ is opposed to bhūmi-pappaṭaka. Otherwise it is very frequent in representing the earth as solid, firm, spacious ground See DN.ii.14, DN.ii.16; MN.i.327 sq.; SN.i.113 (p. udrīyati), SN.i.119 (id.), SN.i.186; SN.ii.133, SN.ii.169 sq.; SN.v.45, SN.v.78, SN.v.246, SN.v.456 sq. AN.ii.50; AN.iv.89, AN.iv.374, AN.v.263 sq.; Snp.307, Snp.1097; Iti.21; Dhp.41, Dhp.44, Dhp.178 (pathavyā); Pv.ii.6#6; Mil.418; Pv-a.57, Pv-a.75, Pv-a.174
■ mahā˚ MN.i.127; SN.ii.179, SN.ii.263; SN.iii.150; Ja.i.25, Ja.i.74; Ja.iii.42; Mil.187; aya˚ iron soil (of Avīci Dhp-a.i.148. In compound both paṭhavī˚ & pathavi˚.
Ved. pṛthivī, doublets in Pāli pathavī, puthavī, puthuvī, puṭhuvī, see Geiger, P.Gr. §§ 124, 17n. To ad. pṛthu: see puthu, prath to expand, thus lit. the broad one, breadth, expansion. Not (as Bdhgh at Vism.364 patthaṭattā pathavī, cp. Cpd. 155 even modern linguists!) to be derived fr. pattharati
variant reading at Pv-a.60 for T. pariḍayhati.
a shop Ja.iv.488 [variant reading pana].
in this meaning unknown in Sk; only in one faulty var. lect. as “house”; see BR s. v. paṇa. Usual meaning “wager”
to sell, barter, bargain, risk, bet Ja.v.24 (= voharati attānaṃ vikkiṇati C.)
■ See also paṇitaka & paṇiya.
cp. Sk. paṇati
to bend, to be bent or inclined Pts.i.165, Pts.i.167
pp paṇata ibid
caus panāmeti (q.v.).
pa + nam
affection Ja.vi.102.
classical Sk. praṇaya, fr pra + nī
a small drum or cymbal DN.i.79; SN.ii.128; SN.iv.344; AN.ii.117, AN.ii.241; Ja.iii.59 (of an executioner; Pv-a.4 in id. p. has paṭaha); Thag.467; Bv.i.32; Vv.81#10; Dhs.621 (˚sadda); Dhp-a.i.18.
cp. Epic Sanskrit paṇava, dial; accord. to BR a corruption of praṇava
bending, salutation, obeisance (cp. paṇāmeti 1) Vv-a.321 (˚ṃ karoti = añjaliṃ karoti)
■ As paṇāmana nt. at Ja.iv.307.
fr. pa + nam, see paṇamati
bowing, bow, obeisance Thig.407 (˚ṃ karoti).
fr. pa + nam, see paṇamati
pp. of paṇāmeti
Caus. of paṇamati
adj. nt. staked, wagered, bet, wager, stake at play Ja.vi.192 (so read for paṇīta˚).
fr. paṇita
pp of paṇati
to put forth, put down to, apply, direct, intend; aspire to, long for, pray for SN.v.156 (atthāya cittaṃ paṇidahiṃ). ger. paṇidhāya SN.i.42 = Snp.660 (vācaṃ manañ ca pāpakaṃ); SN.i.170 (ujuṃ kāyaṃ); AN.iii.249 (deva-nikāyaṃ p.); AN.iv.461 sq (id.); Vb.244 (ujuṃ kāyaṃ p.) = DN-a.i.210. Also lit (as prep with acc.) “in the direction of, towards MN.i.74 (angārā-kāsuṃ)
pp paṇihita (q.v.).
pa + ni + dhā
neuter aspiration, longing, prayer Vv-a.270; Sdhp.344.
fr. paṇidahati; cp. philosophical literature & BSk. praṇidhāna
feminine aspiration, request, prayer, resolve DN.iii.29 DN.iii.276; SN.ii.99, SN.ii.154; SN.iii.256 (ceto˚); SN.iv.303; AN.ii.32 AN.iv.239 sq. (ceto˚); AN.v.212 sq.; Snp.801; Vv.47#12; Mnd.109; Dhs.1059, Dhs.1126; Snp-a.132 (= paṇidhāna); Dhp-a.ii.172; Dhs-a.222 (rāga-dosa-moha˚).
fr. paṇidahati; cp. BSk. praṇidhi Divy.102, Divy.134, in same meaning. The usual Sk. meaning is “spy”
to fall down before Thag.375.
pa + ni + pat
prostration, adoration Dāvs v.53.
fr. pa + ni + pat
adjective consisting of a footfall, humbling or humble, devotional Snp-a.157.
fr. paṇipāta
adjective to be sold or bought, vendible, nt. article of trade, ware AN.ii.199; Vv.84#7 (= bhaṇḍa Vv-a.337); Ja.iv.363 (= bhaṇḍa C 366).
ger. formation fr. paṇ, see paṇati & cp. BSk. paṇya in tara-paṇya fare Avs.i.148
applied, directed, intent, bent on, well directed, controlled SN.iv.309 (dup˚); AN.i.8 AN.v.87; Dhp.43; (sammā ˚ṃ cittaṃ); Snp.154 (su˚ mano suṭṭhu ṭhapito acalo Snp-a.200); Pts.ii.41 (vimokkha) Mil.204, Mil.333; Mil.413
■ appaṇihita in connection with samādhi & vimokkha seems to mean “free from all longings,” see Vin.iii.93 = Vin.iv.25; SN.iv.295, SN.iv.309, SN.iv.360; Pts.ii.43 sq., Pts.ii.100; Mil.337.
pp. of paṇidahati
adjective
pp. of pa + neti in same application BSk.; cp. Divy.385
a gambler’s stake Ja.vi.192 See paṇitaka. Panudati, Panunna
perhaps = Sk. paṇita, or paṇ (see paṇa), as P. formation it may be taken as pa + nīta + ka, viz. that which has been produced
see panudati etc.
to lead on to, bring out, adduce, apply, fig. decree (a fine or punishment), only used in phrase daṇḍaṃ paṇeti to give a punishment DN.ii.339 = Mil.110; MN.ii.88; Dhp.310; Ja.ii.207; Ja.iii.441; Ja.iv.192; Mil.29; Dhp-a.iii.482
pp paṇīta (q.v.).
pa + nī
see bhaṇḍati.
a eunuch, weakling Vin.i.86, Vin.i.135, Vin.i.168, Vin.i.320; Vin.iv.20, Vin.iv.269; AN.iii.128; AN.v.71 Sdhp.79
■ With ref. to the female sex as paṇḍikā at Vin.ii.271 (itthi˚).
cp late (dial.) Sk. paṇḍa & paṇḍaka; for etym. see Walde, Lat. Wtb. under pello
adjective white, pale, yellowish Ja.ii.365; Ja.v.340; Mnd.3; Dhs.6 Vb.88 (Dhs trsl. “that which is clear”? in def. of citta & mano) Dhs.17, Dhs.293, Dhs.597; Mil.226; Dhp-a.iv.8; Vv-a.40; Pv-a.56 (= seta); Sdhp.430.
Ved. pāṇḍara; cp. paṇḍu, q.v. for etym.
neuter erudition, cleverness, skill, wisdom Ja.i.383; Pts.ii.185; Pp.25; Dhs.16 (= paṇḍitassa bhāvo Dhs-a.147), Dhs.292, Dhs.555 As pandicciya Ja.vi.4.
fr. paṇḍita
adjective wise, clever, skilled, circumspect, intelligent Vin.ii.190 (+ buddhimanto) DN.i.12 (˚vedaniya comprehensible only by the wise), DN.i.120 (opp. duppañña); DN.iii.192; MN.i.342; MN.iii.61, MN.iii.163, MN.iii.178; SN.iv.375 (+ viyatta medhāvin); SN.v.151 (+ vyatta kusala) AN.i.59, AN.i.68, AN.i.84, AN.i.101 sq., AN.i.162 (paṇḍitā nibbānaṃ adhigacchanti); AN.ii.3 sq., AN.ii.118, AN.ii.178, AN.ii.228; AN.iii.48 = Iti.16; Snp.115 Snp.254, Snp.335, Snp.523, Snp.721, Snp.820, Snp.1007, Snp.1125 (Ep. of Jatukaṇṇī) Iti.86; Dhp.22, Dhp.28, Dhp.63 (˚mānin), Dhp.79, Dhp.88, Dhp.157, Dhp.186, Dhp.238, Dhp.289; Ja.iii.52 (sasa˚); Mnd.124; Pv.iv.3#32 (opp. bāla = sappañña Pv-a.254); Dhs.1302; Mil.3, Mil.22; DN-a.i.117; Dhp-a.iv.111; Vv-a.257; Pv-a.39, Pv-a.41, Pv-a.60 (= pañña), Pv-a.93, Pv-a.99.
cp. Ved. paṇḍita
adjective a pedant DN.i.107.
paṇḍita + ka
adjective pale-red or yellow, reddish, light yellow, grey; only at Thig.79 (kisā paṇḍu vivaṇṇā), where paṇḍu represents the usual up-paṇḍ’-uppaṇḍuka-jātā: “thin, pale and colourless” (see Thag-a.80). Otherwise only in compounds e.g.
-kambala a light red blanket, orange-coloured cloth SN.i.64 (= ratta-kambala C.); AN.i.181; Snp.689 (= ratta Snp-a.487); also a kind of ornamental stone, Sakka’s throne (p-k- silā) is made of it Ja.i.330; Ja.ii.93; Ja.ii.53 (˚silāsana); Ja.v.92 (id.); Pv.ii.9#60 (˚silā = p-k-nāmaka sīlāsana Pv-a.138); Vv-a.110 (id.); Kp-a.122 (˚varāsana); Dhp-a.i.17 (˚silāsana). -palāsa a withered leaf Vin.i.96 = Vin.iii.47; Vin.iv.217; Dhp.233, Vb-a.244; Kp-a.62 on ˚palāsika (DN-a.i.270) see J.P.T.S. 1893, 37. -mattikā yellow loam, clay soil Kp-a.59. -roga jaundice Vin.i.206 (˚ābādha), Vin.i.276 (id.); Ja.i.431; Ja.ii.102; Dhp-a.i.25 -rogin suffering from jaundice Ja.ii.285; Ja.iii.401. -vīṇā yellow flute (of Pañcasikha): see beluva
■ sīha yellow lion, one of the 4 kinds Snp-a.125 (cp. Manor- pūr. on AN.ii.33). -sutta orange-coloured string DN.i.76.
cp. Ved. pāṇḍu, palita, pāṭala (pale-red); Gr. πελιτνός, πελλός, πόλιος (grey); Lat. palleo (to be pale), pullus (grey); Lith. patvas (pale-yellow), pilkas (grey); Ohg. falo (pale, yellowish, withered); E. pale
(-roga) perhaps to be read with variant reading at MN.ii.121 for bandhuka˚.
neuter
Ved. parṇa, cp. Ags. fearn, E. fern
paṇṇa + ka
see paññatti.
adjective having a manifestation or name, in a˚-bhāva state without designation, state of non-manifestation, indefinite or unknown state (with ref to the passing nature of the phenomenal world) Dhp-a.i.89; Dhp-a.ii.163. Pannarasa & Pannavisati;
fr. paṇṇatti
see pañca 1 B, & C.
see pañca 2 A.
feminine a leaf Vin.i.202 (taka˚).
= paṇṇa
one who deals with greens, a florist or greengrocer Ja.i.411; Ja.ii.180; Ja.iii.21 (˚dhītā); Mil.331.
paṇṇa + ika
feminine greens, green leaves vegetable Vin.ii.267 (na harītaka ˚ṃ pakinitabbaṃ trsl. at Vin. Texts iii.343 by “carry on the business of florist and seedsman,” thus taken as paṇṇika, cp. also Vin. Texts iii.112); Ja.i.445 (paṇṇikāya saññaṃ adāsi is faulty; reading should be saṇṇikāya “with the goad, of saṇ(ṇ)ikā = Sk. sṛṇi elephant-driver’s hook).
to paṇṇaka; cp. Sk. parṇikā; meaning uncertain, cp. Kern, Toevoegselen p. 17 s. v.
masculine & feminine the heel Vin.ii.280 (˚samphassa); Ja.ii.240; Ja.v.145; Sdhp.147, Sdhp.153. See next.
Ved. pārṣṇi, Av. paṣṇā, Lat. perna, Gr.; πτέρνα, Goth. fairzna, Ohg. fersana = Ger. ferse
feminine the heel Ja.i.491; Kp-a.49 (˚aṭṭhi); Vism.253 (id.); Pv-a.185.
fr. paṇhi
adjective having heels DN.ii.17 (āyata˚ having projecting heels, the 3rd of the 32 characteristics of a Mahāpurisa).
fr. paṇhi
to fall, jump, fall down on (loc. acc. & instr.), to alight Ja.i.278 (dīpake); Snp.248 (nirayaṃ); Pv.iv.10#8 (1st pl. patāmase); Mil.187; Pv-a.45 ppr. patanto Ja.i.263 (asaniyā); Ja.iii.188 (nāvāya); fut patissati Ja.iii.277; aor. pati Snp.1027 (sirasā); Ja.iii.55; Pv.i.7#8; ger. patitvā Ja.i.291; Ja.iii.26; Pv-a.16; Dhp-a.iii.196 (vv.ll. papāta & papatā the latter aor. of papatati q.v.); ger. patitvā Ja.i.291; Ja.iii.26; Pv-a.16. pp. patita (q.v.)
caus pāteti (q.v.). Pass. (Caus. patīyati is brought to fall also intrs. rush away Ja.iv.415 (= palāyati C.); Mil.187.
Ved. patati, Idg. *pet “to fly” as well as “to fall.” Cp. Av. pataiti fly, hurry; Gr. πέτομαι fly, ὠκυπέτης quick, πίπτω fall; Lat. praepes quick, peto to go for, impetus, attack etc.
at Ja.vi.276 is misprint for pathaddhi (q.v.).
neuter & adjective falling, falling out, ruin, destruction Ja.i.293 (akkhīni); Ja.ii.154; Ja.iii.188 (geha˚), Ja.vi.85 (usu˚ range of his arrow).
fr. patati
adjective on the point of falling, going to fall, falling Ja.vi.358.
fr. patana
adjective very thin Ja.vi.578 (˚kesa); Dhs.362 (˚bhāva) = Dhs-a.238; Kv.299 (id.).
pa + tanu
a split a slit Ja.iv.32.
Vedic pradara, pa + dṛ; with t. for d.; see Trenckner, Notes 6216; Geiger, P.Gr. § 39, 4
caus patāreti (q.v.).
pa + tarati
feminine a flag, banner (cp. dhaja) Ja.i.52; Vv-a.31, Vv-a.173.
cp. later Sk. patākā
splendour, majesty Vv.40#8 (= tejas, ānubhāvo Vv-a.180).
fr. pa + tap
adjective splendid, majestic Snp.550 (= jutimantatāya p. Snp-a.453); Thag.820.
fr. patāpa
scorch, burn fiercely Vv.79#5 (= ativiya dīpeti Vv-a.307). Sdhp.573.
pa + tāpeti, Caus. of tap
to be spread out, intrs. to spread (?) AN.iv.97 (kodho p., as if fr. pat); Ja.iii.283 (C. nikkhamati as if fr. tṛ; Kern. trsls “to be for sale”).
in form = pa + tāyati, diff. in meaning; not sufficiently explained, see Kern, Toevoegselen p. 29 s. v. It is probably a distorted *sphāṭayati: see under pharati phalaka and phāteti
to make go forth, to bring over or through MN.i.225; AN.iii.432 (variant reading M. pakaroti)-aor. patārayi in meaning “strive” at Ja.iii.210 (= patarati vāyamati C. but Rhys Davids. “to get away from”); as “assert” at Ja.v.117.
Caus. of patarati
lord, master, owner, leader.
Ved. pati, Av. paitis lord, husband; Gr. πόσις husband, Lat. potis, potens, possum, hos-pes; Goth brūp-faps bridegroom, hunda faps centurion, Lith. pāts husband
indeclinable a doublet of paṭi; both often found side by side; pati alone always as prep (with acc.) and as prefix with sthā (paṭiṭṭhāti, patiṭṭhita etc.). All cases are referred to the form with paṭi˚, except in the case of patiṭṭh˚. The more frequent cases are the foll.: patikāra, ˚kuṭati, ˚caya ˚dissati, ˚nandati, ˚manteti, ˚māneti, ˚ruddha, ˚rūpa ˚līna, ˚sallāna, etc. ˚sibbati, ˚sevati, ˚ssata, ˚ssaya ˚ssava.
Vedic prati etc.
adjective having a husband in mata˚ “with husband dead,” a widow Thig.221 (= vidhuva Thag-a.179); Ja.v.103 (ap˚ without husband, variant reading for appatīta, C. explains by assāmika) pavuttha˚ (a woman) whose husband lives abroad Vin.ii.268; Vin.iii.83; Mil.205 (pavuttha˚). See also pañcapatika & sapatika.
only f. patikā and only as-˚
at Vism.28 is to be read pātika (vessel, bowl, dish).
to stand fast or firmly, to find a support in (loc.), to be established (intrs.), to fix oneself, to be set up, to stay; aor. patiṭṭhahi Dhp-a.iii.175 (sotāpattiphale), Pv-a.42 (id.), Pv-a.66 (id.); Vv-a.69 (sakadāgāmiphale); and patiṭṭhāsi Mil.16
fut -ṭṭhahissati Ja.v.458 (˚hessati); Dhp-a.iii.171-ger. patiṭṭhāya Snp.506; Ja.ii.2 (rajje); Ja.iii.52; Ja.v.458 (rajje); Mil.33; Pv-a.142
pp patiṭṭhita (q.v.). Caus. patiṭṭhāpeti (q.v.).
paṭi + sthā
feminine support, resting place, stay, ground, help; also (spiritual) helper, support for salvation SN.i.1 (ap˚), SN.ii.65; SN.iii.53; Snp.173; Dhp.332; Ja.i.149; Ja.iv.20; Mil.302; Dhs-a.261; Vv-a.138; Pv-a.53, Pv-a.60 (= dīpa), Pv-a.87 (= dīpa), Pv-a.141 (su˚), Pv-a.174 (su˚ = dīpa).
fr. pati + sthā. Cp. Ved. pratiṣṭhā support, foundation
neuter fixing, setting up, support, help, ground (for salvation Snp.1011: Pv-a.123.
fr. paṭi + sthā cp. late Sk. pratiṣṭhāna
put down, set down, established Pv-a.139.
pp. of patiṭṭhāpeti
one who establishes AN.v.66.
n. ag. of patiṭṭhāpeti
to establish, set up, fix, put into, instal DN.i.206; SN.i.90; Ja.i.152; Ja.i.168, Ja.i.349 (sotāpatti-phale) Pv-a.22 (id.), Pv-a.38 (id.), Pv-a.50 (saraṇesu ca sīlesu ca), Pv-a.223 (id.), Pv-a.76 (ceṭiyaṃ), Pv-a.78 (upāsakabhāve), Pv-a.131, Pv-a.132 (hatthe)-aor. patiṭṭhāpesi Ja.i.138
pp patiṭṭhāpita (q.v.).
Caus. of patiṭṭhahati, cp. BSk. praṭiṣṭhāpayati Jtm.224
having one’s footing in, hold on, tenacity Dhs.381 = Cnd.271#iii Dhs-a.253. The variant reading at Nd ii.is paṭiggāha which is also read by Dhs.
fr. patiṭṭhahati
established in (loc.), settled, fixed, arrayed, stayed, standing, supported, founded in DN.iii.101 (supatiṭṭhita-citta); MN.i.478; SN.i.40 SN.i.45, SN.i.185 (dhammesu); Iti.77; Snp.409, Snp.453; Ja.i.51 (kucchimhi), Ja.i.262 (rajje); Pv.i.4#4; Pv.ii.9#69 (dussīlesu); Mil.282; Vv-a.110 (˚gabbhā), Vv-a.259 (˚saddha); Pv-a.34 (jāta +)
■ nt. -ṃ arrangement, settling, in pañca˚; the fivefold array, a form of respectful greeting, see under pañca.
pp. of patiṭṭhahati
to be obdurate, to offer resistance AN.i.124; AN.ii.203; AN.iii.181 sq. Ja.iv.22 (aor. ˚ṭṭhīya); Pp.36; Kp-a.226.
only apparently (Pass.) to patiṭṭhahati, of sthā, but in reality = Sk. prati-sthyāyate, of sthyā, see thīna. Ought to be paṭitthīyati; but was by popular analogy with patiṭṭhāya changed to patiṭṭhīyati
fallen Dhp.68, Dhp.320; Ja.i.167; Mil.187; Pv-a.31 (read pātita), Pv-a.56.
pp. of patati
adjective thrown or fallen into (loc.), dropped Vism.62.
fr. last
to stand up again Thag.173.
paṭi + titthati
a bank of a river or lake, su˚ (adj.) with beautiful banks SN.i.90; Pv.ii.1#20 (= sundaratittha Pv-a.77).
pa + tittha
feminine a devoted wife (cp. patidevatā) Ja.ii.121; Ja.vi.533; Vv-a.56, Vv-a.110.
pati + vatā
see paṭi˚.
pleased, delighted Dhp.68; Snp.379, Snp.679; Vv.84#10 (= pahaṭṭha Vv-a.337)
■ neg. appatīta displeased MN.i.27; Ja.v.103 (variant reading appatika, C explains by assāmika, i.e. without husband).
pp. of pacceti
see patati.
in phrase alam-pateyya at DN.iii.71 (kumārikā alam-pateyyā), DN.iii.75 (id.) means “surely fit to have husbands, ripe for marriage” (?)
a goad, driving stick, prick, spur MN.i.124; MN.iii.97; SN.iv.176; AN.ii.114 AN.iii.28; AN.iv.91; AN.v.324; Thag.210; Ja.i.57, Ja.i.192; Dhs.16 Dhs.20, Dhs.292; Pp.25; Snp-a.147; Thag-a.174; Sdhp.367.
fr. pa + tud cp. Ved. pratoda
adjective noun lit. pushing, spurring; only in phrase aṅguli˚; nudging with one’s fingers Vin.iii.84 = Vin.iv.110 (here to be taken as “tickling”); DN.i.91 (cp Dial. DN.i.113); AN.iv.343.
fr. pa + tud
neuter
Ved. patra, to *pet as in patati (q.v. & see also paṇṇa); cp. Gr. πτερόν wing, πτέρυς id.; Lat penna feather = Ger. fittig.; acci-piter; Ohg. fedara = E feather etc.
masculine & neuter a bowl, esp the alms-bowl of a bhikkhu Vin.i.46, Vin.i.50, Vin.i.51, Vin.i.61, Vin.i.224 (patte pūresuṃ); Vin.ii.111, Vin.ii.126, Vin.ii.224, Vin.ii.269; SN.i.112; AN.iv.344; Snp.413, Snp.443; Ja.i.52, Ja.i.55 (pattaṃ thavikāya pakkhipati), Ja.i.69; Ja.iii.535 (puṇṇa ˚ṃ deti to give a full bowl, i.e. plenty); Ja.v.389 (pl. pattāni); Vism.108 (āṇigaṇṭhik’ āhato ayopatto); Dhp-a.iv.220 (˚ṃ pūreti) Pv-a.35, Pv-a.61, Pv-a.76, Pv-a.88, Pv-a.141
■ Two kinds of bowls are mentioned at Vin.iii.243, viz. ayo˚ of iron & mattikā˚ of clay, dāru˚ a wooden bowl Vin.ii.112, Vin.ii.143. uda˚ a bowl of water or a water-bowl MN.i.100; SN.v.121; AN.iii.230 sq. cp. odapattakinī
■ pattassa mukhavaṭṭi Ja.v.38
fut pātī (q.v.).
Ved. pātra, fr. Idg. *pōtlom = Lat. poculum beaker, Oir. ōl. See pāna & pibati
obtained, attained, got, reached (pass. & med.) Snp.55, Snp.138, Snp.478, Snp.517, Snp.542, Snp.992; Dhp.134 (nibbānaṃ) Dhp.423; Ja.i.255 (vināsaṃ); Ja.iv.139 (samuddaṃ) Pv-a.4 (anayavyasanaṃ), Pv-a.5 (sīsacchedaṃ), Pv-a.71 (manussabhāvaṃ). Very frequent as-˚ and in meaning equal to finite verb or other phrase, when spelling -ppatta is restored (Sk. prāpta), e.g. ummādappatta out of mind Pv-a.6; jara˚ old Ja.iii.394; dukkha˚ afflicted with pain Ja.vi.336; domanassa˚ dejected Ja.ii.155; patti˚ attained one’s (possible) share Iti.32; bala˚ (become) strong DN.ii.157; vaya˚ (become) old, come of age Ja.ii.421 (+ soḷasa-vassa-kāle); Pv-a.68; somanassa˚ pleased Ja.iii.74; haritu˚ covered with green MN.i.343; Ja.i.50 Ja.i.399. Also as ˚-, but less frequent, meaning often equal to prep. “with,” “after,” etc., as pattâbhiseka after consecration Dhp-a.iv.84; Snp-a.484; pattuṇṇa with wool Snp-a.263; ˚dhamma mastering the Dh. Vin.i.16; the same at Dhp-a.iv.200 in meaning of patti˚, i.e. “merit attained”; ˚mānasa (?) Iti.76 (variant reading satta˚); ˚sambodhi Iti.97 (variant reading satta˚)
■ Opp. appatta not obtained (see also patti 2), i.e. without Dhp.272 (cp. Dhp-a.iii.58); Pp.51 (˚pānabhojana, so read for appanna˚)
■ Cp. sam
pp. of pāpuṇāti
at Dpvs.xi.18 for pattin or pattika, foot-man, infantry.
downcast, dejected, disappointed Vin.ii.77 = Vin.iii.162 (trsld “with fallen hearts,” explained as patita, see Vin. Texts iii.13); SN.i.124; MN.i.132, MN.i.258; MN.iii.298; AN.iii.57; Ja.v.17; Mil.5.
perhaps patta1 + khandha, thus “leaf- shouldered,” i.e. with shoulders drooping like leaves; the Commentators explain patta as contracted form of patita fallen, thus “with shoulders falling.” We may have to deal with an old misspelling for panna (= pa + nam bent down, put down), which expln would suit the sense better than any other
neuter a (little) bowl Thig.28.
fr. patta2
neuter (-˚) the fact of being furnished or possessed with Vism.524.
abstr. fr. patta3
adjective to be gained or attained; nt. that which can be attained or won Snp-a.443. See also pattiya2.
grd. of pāpuṇāti
(˚lī) feminine plantain Thig.260 (= kadali Thag-a.211).
according to Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. to be read as either sattali or sattalā
on foot, one who is on foot, a foot-soldier Vin.iv.105 (as one of the 4 constituents of a senā or army, viz. hatthī elephants, assā horses, rathā chariots, pattī infantry); Ja.iv.494 (hatthī assā, rathā, pattī); Ja.iv.463 (hatthī assā rathā, pattī senā padissate mahā); Vism.19. Cp. pattika1.
Ved. patti, *pad (of pada) + ti
feminine
■ See sam˚.
Classical Sk. prāpti fr. pa + āp, cp. patta3
feminine leaf, leafy part of a plant Vin.i.201 (taka, taka-patti, taka-paṇṇi).
for patta1?
on foot, a pedestrian or soldier on foot, DN.i.50, DN.i.89, DN.i.106, DN.i.108; DN.ii.73; AN.ii.117 (hatth’-āruha, assāruha, rathika, p.); Ja.vi.145; Vism.396 (manussā pattikā gacchanti); Snp.418; a form pattikārika is found, e.g. at Ja.iv.134; Ja.v.100; Ja.vi.15 Ja.vi.463; Tha-ap.316.
fr. patti1 cp. pajja2
having a share, gain or profit; a partner, donor Dhp-a.i.270, Dhp-a.i.271.
fr. patti2
adjective noun in dāru˚; (collecting alms) with a wooden bowl, man with a wooden bowl DN.i.157 (cp. DN-a.i.319).
fr. patta2
feminine a leaf, in tāla˚; palm-leaf SN.ii.217, SN.ii.222.
fr. patta1 or patti3
adjective noun attaining, one who obtains or gains Snp.513 (kiṃ˚ = kiṃ patta, adhigata Snp-a.425).
fr. patta3, Sk. *prāptin
adjective noun believing, trusting, relying Ja.v.414 (para˚) (m.) belief, trust Ja.v.231 (parapattiyena by relying on others), Ja.v.233 (id.), Ja.v.414 (id.).
for *pratyaya = paccaya, cp. Trenckner, Notes 73, 9
adjective to be attained, to be shared or profited Pv.ii.9#31 (para˚ profitable to others, see expln at Pv-a.125).
grd. of pāpuṇāti; cp. pattabba
to believe, trust, rely on Ja.i.426; Ja.v.403; DN-a.i.73.
denom. fr. pattiya1
neuter belief Ja.v.402.
fr. pattiyāyati
to gain, to profit from (acc.) Mil.240 (attānaṃ na p. does not profit from himself).
denom. fr. patti2
a lonely place, in cpd. vana˚; DN.i.71; Pp.59 etc., a wilderness in the forest, explained by Bdhgh as “gāmantaṃ atikkamitvā manussānaṃ anupacāra-ṭṭhānaṃ yattha na kasanti na vapanti” DN-a.i.210; Ud.43 (patthañ ca sayan’ āsanaṃ, ed.; but better with id. p. Dhp.185 as pantañ, which is explained at Dhp-a.iii.238 by “vivittaṃ, i, e. separately). Cp. with this Sk. vana-prastha a forest situated on elevated land.
fr. pa + sthā. Cp. Epic Sk. prastha plateau
a Prastha (certain measure of capacity) = 1/4 of an Āḷhaka; a cooking utensil containing one Prastha Dhp-a.ii.154; Snp-a.476 (cattāro patthā āḷhakaṃ).
cp. late Sk. prastha
stretched, spread out Ja.i.336; Vism.364; DN-a.i.311.
pp. of pattharati
hermitage MN.ii.155.
pa + thandila
(quite) stiff Vin.ii.192; Thag.1074.
pa + thaddha
feminine aiming at, wish, desire, request aspiration, prayer SN.ii.99, SN.ii.154; AN.i.224; AN.iii.47; AN.v.212 Mnd.316, Mnd.337 (p. vuccati taṇhā); Cnd.112; Ne.18, Ne.27; Dhs.1059; Mil.3; Snp-a.47, Snp-a.50; Dhp-a.ii.36; Pv-a.47-patthanaṃ karoti to make a wish Ja.i.68; Dhp-a.i.48 ˚ṃ ṭhapeti id. Dhp-a.i.47; Dhp-a.ii.83; Dhp-a.iv.200.
of ap + arth, cp. Sk. prārthayati & prārthana nt., prārthanā f.
cp. late Sk. prastara. The ord. meaning of Sk. pr. is “stramentum”
to spread, spread out, extend Ja.i.62; Ja.iv.212; Ja.vi.279; Dhp-a.i.26; Dhp-a.iii.61 (so read at Ja.vi.549 in cpd -pāda with spreading feet, variant reading patthaṭa˚)
pp patthaṭa (q.v.)
caus patthāreti with pp patthārita probably also to be read at Thag.842 for padhārita.
pa + tharati
a merchant Vin.ii.135 (kaṃsa˚).
fr. patthara
wished for, desired, requested, sought after Snp.836; Mil.227, Mil.361; Dhp-a.iv.201; Pv-a.47 (˚ākāra of the desired kind, as wished for) Sdhp.79 (a˚).
pp. of pattheti
stiff DN.ii.335; Dhs-a.307. Also as patthinna at Vin.i.286 (= atirajitattā thaddha Bdhgh on p. 391); Vism.361 (= thīna p. Vism262); Vb-a.67 (˚sneha).
pa + thīna
to wish for, desire, pray for, request, long for SN.iv.125; SN.v.145; Snp.114 Snp.899; Thig.341; Mnd.312, Mnd.316; Pp-a 208 (āsaṃsati +) Pv-a.148; Sdhp.66, Sdhp.319; ppr. patthento Pv-a.107 patthayanto Ja.i.66 (paramâbhisaṃbodhiṃ); patthayaṃ Snp.70 (= icchanto patthayanto abhijappanto Cnd.392) patthayamāna MN.i.4; Snp.902; Ja.i.259; Dhp-a.iii.193; Pv-a.226 (= āsiṃsamāna); & patthayāno; Snp.900; Iti.67 Iti.115
grd patthetabba Pv-a.96, patthayitabba Pv-a.95, and patthiya which only occurs in neg. form apatthiya what ought not to be wished Ja.iv.61; Pv.ii.6#7 (= apatthayitabbaṃ Pv-a.95); Dhp-a.i.29; also as napatthiya (med.) one who does not wish for himself Snp.914 (cp. Cnd.337)
pp patthita (q.v.).
pa + arth, cp. Sk. prārthayati
see pāpuṇāti.
of path, Ved. pathi with the 3 bases pathi, path˚ and panth˚, of which only the last two have formed independent nouns, viz. patha and pantha (q.v.)
belonging to the earth, ruler of the earth (?) AN.iv.90 (reading uncertain).
fr. pathavi = paṭhavi
see paṭhavi.
a traveller Vin.iv.108; Ja.vi.65; DN-a.i.298.
fr. patha
neuter
■ Neg. apada
Ved. pad, pād (m.) foot, and also pāda; pada (nt.) step. Cp. Gr. πώς (πούς) = Lat. pēs, Goth. fōtus = Ohg fuoz = E. foot; further Arm. het track, Gr. πεδά after, πέδον field, πεζός on foot, etc.; Lith. péda track; Ags. fetvan = E. fetch
■ The decl. in Pāli is vocalic a, viz. pada; a trace of the consonant (root decl. is instr. sg. padā (Thag.457; Snp.768), of cons. (s decl. instr. padasā with the foot, on foot (DN.i.107; Ja.iii.371; Dhp-a.i.391)
■ Gender is nt., but nom. pl. is frequently found as padā, e.g. at Dhp.273; Ne.192 (mūla˚)
adjective one who knows the padas (words or lines), versed in the padapāṭha of the Veda (Ep. of an educated Brahmin) DN.i.88 = Snp.p.105 (where Avs.ii.19 in id. p. has padaśo = P. padaso word by word, but Divy.620 reads padako; ajjheti vedeti cā ti padako) MN.i.386; AN.i.163, AN.i.166; Snp.595; Mil.10, Mil.236.
fr. pada4
neuter = pada 3, viz. basis, principle or pada 4, viz. stanza, line Ja.v.116 (= kāraṇa-padāni C.).
neuter in cpd. aṭṭha˚; an “eight-foot,” i.e. a small inset square (cp. aṭṭha-pada chess-board) a patch (?) Vin.i.297. See also padika.
fr. pada1
adjective
-ggāhin “right-handed,” i.e. cleverly taking up (what is taught), good at grasping or understanding AN.iii.79, AN.iii.180, AN.v.24 sq., AN.v.90, AN.v.338; Dhp-a.ii.105
■ Opp appadakkhiṇaggāhin “left-handed,” unskilled, untrained (cp. Ger. “linkisch”) SN.ii.204 sq.; Ja.iii.483 -ggāhitā skilfulness, quick grasp, cleverness Kp-a.148.
pa + dakkhiṇa
neuter being or constituting a lot, part or element Snp-a.164.
abstr. fr. pada
neuter
pa + dara of dṛ; cp. dabba, darati, dāru
pp pahita (q.v.).
pa + dhā
see padhāna.
extravagant, a squanderer Pdgp. 65, 68.
n. ag. of padāti
(padadāti, padeti)
pass padīyati (q.v.).
pa + dā
neuter giving, bestowing; but appears to have also the meaning of “attainment, characteristic attribute”. AN.i.102 (bāla˚ & paṇḍita˚) Ja.i.97 (sotāpattimagg’ ādi˚) Pv-a.71 (anubala˚) Thag-a.35 (anupattidhammatā˚)
■ At Thag.47 Kern (Toevoegselen ii.138) proposes to read tuyhaṃ padāne for T. tuyh’ âpadāne, and translates padāna by “footstep, footprint.” See also sampadāna.
fr. pa + dā
neuter splitting, tearing Thag.752.
pa + dṛ.
neuter cleaving, bursting open, breaking Ne.61, Ne.112 (mohajāla˚); Thag-a.34 (mohakkhandha˚).
fr. padāleti
broken, pierced, destroyed SN.i.130; SN.iii.83; AN.v.88 (appadālita-pubbaṃ lobhakkhandhaṃ); Snp.546 (āsavā te p.; quoted at Vv-a.9); Thag-a.34 (as AN.v.88 with moha˚).
pp. of padāleti
neuter the fact of having (med.) or being (pass.) pierced or broken, abl. padālitattā on account of having broken Mil.287.
abstr. fr. padālita
one who pierces or destroys, a destroyer, breaker, in phrase mahato kāyassa padāletā the destroyer of a great body (or bulk) AN.i.284 sq. (in sequence dūre-pātin, akkhaṇavedhin, m. k. p.); AN.ii.170 sq., AN.ii.202; cp. padāleti1.
n. ag. to padāleti
Caus. of pa + dal
adjective consisting of feet or parts, -fold; dvādasa˚ twelve fold Ja.i.75 (paccayākāra).
fr. pada 1; cp. padaka3
kindled, set on fire, blazing SN.iii.93 ≈ (chav’ âlataṃ ubhato padittaṃ) Ja.vi.108; Sdhp.208 (˚angārakāsuṃ).
pp. of pa + dīp, cp. Sk. pradīpta
to flame forth, to blaze Cp.iii.9#3 (davaḍāho p.)
pp paditta (q.v.)
caus padīpeti (q.v.).
pa + dippati
adjective being seen, to be seen, appearing DN.ii.205 (upasantappa˚).
grd. of padissati
to be seen Snp.108 (doubtful; variant reading padussati; explained at Snp-a.172 by paṭidissati variant reading padussati, cp. p. 192); Cp.i.10#2 Ja.vi.89 Sdhp.427.
pa + dissati, Pass. of dṛś
■ appadīpa where there is no light, obscure Vin.iv.268.
cp. Epic Sk. pradīpa
lit, burning, shining Mil.40. Padipiya & Padipeyya;
pp. of padīpeti
neuter that which is connected with lighting, material for lighting a lamp lamps & accessories; one of the gifts forming the stock of requisites of a Buddhist mendicant (see Cnd.523 yañña as deyyadhamma). The form in -eyya is the older and more usual one, thus at AN.ii.85, AN.ii.203; AN.iv.239; Iti.65; Pp.51; Vv-a.51
■ The form in -iya at Vv.22#5 Vv.26#6, Vv.37#6; Ja.vi.315; Vv-a.295.
padīpa + (i) ya
to light a light or a lamp Vin.i.118 (padīpeyya, padīpetabba); Mil.40; Thag-a.72 (Ap. v. 46); Sdhp.63, Sdhp.332, Sdhp.428
pp padīpita (q.v.).
Caus. of padippati
to be given out or presented; Pv.ii.9#16; Sdhp.502, Sdhp.523.
Pass. of padāti
made bad, spoilt, corrupt, wicked, bad (opp. pasanna, e.g. at AN.i.8; Iti.12, Iti.13; DN.iii.32 (˚citta); MN.iii.49; AN.ii.30; Snp.662; Dhp.1; Ja.ii.401; Dhp-a.i.23 (opp. pasanna); Pv-a.34, Pv-a.43 (˚manasa)
■ appaduṭṭha good, not corrupt DN.i.20; DN.iii.32; MN.iii.50; SN.i.13; Pv.iv.7#10.
pp. of padussati
to do wrong, offend, plot against Ja.i.262 (ger. ˚dubbhitvā).
pa + dubbhati
neuter the lotus Nelumbium speciosum. It is usually mentioned in two varieties, viz. ratta˚; and seta˚; i.e. red and white lotus so at Ja.v.37; Snp-a.125; as ratta˚ at Vv-a.191; Pv-a.157. The latter seems to be the more prominent variety; but paduma also includes the 3 other colours (blue, yellow pink?), since it frequently has the designation of pañcavaṇṇa-paduma (the 5 colours however are nowhere specified), e.g. at Ja.i.222; Ja.v.337; Ja.vi.341; Vv-a.41. It is further classified as satapatta and sahassapatta- p., viz lotus with 100 & with 1,000 leaves: Vv-a.191. Compared with other species at Ja.v.37, where 7 kinds are enumerated as uppala (blue, red & white); paduma (red white); kumuda (white) and kallahāra. See further kamala and kuvalaya
cp. Epic Sk. padma, not in RV.
fr. paduma
adjective noun having a lotus, belonging to a lotus, lotus-like; Name of (the spotted) elephant Snp.53 (explained at Snp-a.103 as “padumasadisa-gattatāya vā Padumakule uppannatāya vā padumī,” cp. Cnd.p.164)
■ f. paduminī [cp. Sk padminī lotus plant]
cp. Sk. padmin, spotted elephant
in cpd. padulla-gāhin is perhaps misreading; trsl. “clutching at blown straws (of vain opinion), explained by C. as duṭṭhullagāhin; at id. p. SN.i.187 we find duṭṭhullabhāṇin “whose speech is never lewd” (see Psalms of Brethren 399, n. 3).
?
to do wrong, offend against (with loc.), make bad, corrupt DN-a.i.211 (see padosa); Snp.108 (variant reading for padissati); aor. padussi Ja.ii.125, Ja.ii.401
pp paduṭṭha; Caus. padūseti (q.v.).
pa + dussati
made bad, corrupted, spoilt Iti.13 (variant reading padussita). Paduseti & Padoseti;
pp. of padūseti
to defile, pollute, spoil make bad or corrupt [cp. BSk. pradūṣyati cittaṃ Divy.197, Divy.286] DN.i.20; MN.i.129; Iti.86; DN-a.i.211 (see padosa1) Thag-a.72 (Ap. v. 40; to be read for paduse, Pot. = padoseyya); Ja.v.273 (manaṃ p., for upahacca)
■ padusseti read also at AN.iv.97 for padasseti (dummanku ‘yam padusseti dhūm’ aggimhi va pāvako)
■ As padoseti at Pv-a.212 (cittāni padosetvā) and in stock phrase manaṃ padosaye (Pot.) in sense of “to set upon anger” (cp padosa2) SN.i.149 (“sets his heart at enmity”) = AN.ii.3 AN.v.171, AN.v.174 = Snp.659 (= manaṃ padoseyya Snp-a.477) Ne.132; SN.iv.70; Snp-a.11 (mano padoseyya)
pp padūsita (q.v.).
Caus. of padussati, but the latter probably Denom. fr. padosa2
indication, location, range, district; region, spot, place SN.ii.227, SN.ii.254 SN.v.201; AN.ii.167 (cattāro mahā˚); Dhp.127 (jagati˚), Dhp.303; Ja.ii.3, Ja.ii.158 (himavanta˚); Ja.iii.25 (id.), Ja.iii.191 (jāti-gottakula˚); Snp-a.355; Pv-a.29, Pv-a.33 (hadaya˚), Pv-a.36 (so read for padase), Pv-a.43, Pv-a.47; Sdhp.252.
fr. pa + diś, cp. late Sk. pradeśa
adjective (-˚) belonging to a place of indication, indicating, regional, reaching the index of only with numerals in reference to age (usually soḷasavassa˚ at the time of 16 years) Ja.i.259 (id.), Ja.i.262 (id. Ja.ii.277 (id.)
■ See also uddesika in same application.
fr. padesa
defect, fault, blemish, badness, corruption, sin DN.i.71 (= padussati paraṃ vā padūseti vināsetī ti padoso DN-a.i.211); MN.iii.3; SN.iv.322 (vyāpāda˚); AN.i.8 (ceto˚); AN.iii.92 (vyāpāda); Iti.12; Ja.v.99; Pp.59, Pp.68; Dhs.1060
■ Note. At Thag-a.72 we find reading “apace paduse (padose?) pi ca” as uncertain conjecture for variant reading BB “amacce manase pi ca.”
pa + dosa1, Sk. pradoṣa
anger, hatred, ill-will; always as mano˚; “anger in mind” MN.i.377; Snp.328 (= khāṇu-kaṇṭak’ ādimhi p Snp-a.334), Snp.702; Ja.iv.29; Mil.130; Vism.304; Snp-a.477.
pa + dosa2, Sk. pradveṣa, see remarks to dosa2
adjective sinful, spoiling or spoilt, full of fault or corruption, only in 2 phrases, viz. khiḍḍā˚ “debauched by pleasure” DN.i.19; and mano˚; “debauched in mind” DN.i.20, DN.i.21.
fr. padosa1
adjective abusing, damaging, spoiling, injuring SN.i.13 (appaduttha˚); Pv.iv.7#10.
fr. padosa1
see padūseti.
adjective
cp. Sk. prādhva (?) in diff. meaning “being on a journey,” but rather prahva
adjective half (?) Ja.iii.95 (probably = paddha1, but C. explains as aḍḍha upaḍḍha).
cp. Sk. prārdha
adjective noun
cp. Sk. prādhvaga
adjective noun ready to serve, subject to ministering; a servant SN.i.144 (T. baddhacara, variant reading paṭṭha˚; trsl. “pupil”); Ja.iv.35 (read paddhacarā ‘smi tuyhaṃ for T. baddha carāmi t., as pointed out by kern Toevoegselen s. v. baddha. the cy. misunderstood the wrong text reading and explained as “tuyhaṃ baddha carāmi, but adds “veyyāvaccakārikā padacārikā”); Ja.v.327 (as baddhañcara; C. veyyāvacca-kara); Ja.vi.268 (˚ā female servant = C. pāda-paricārikā); Mnd.464 (+ paricārika) Snp-a.597 (+ paricāraka, for paddhagū).
paddha1 + cara, cp. Sk. prādhva and prahva humble
see paduma.
masculine & neuter Name of a tree, Costus speciosus or arabicus Ja.v.405, Ja.v.420; Ja.vi.497 (reading uncertain), Ja.vi.537.
Sk. padmaka
neuter a place before a door or gate Ja.v.433; Ja.vi.327.
pa + dvāra
see appadhaṃsa.
to fall from (abl.), to be deprived of Vin.ii.205 (yogakkhemā p.; so read for paddh˚)
caus padhaṃseti to destroy, assault, violate offend Ja.iv.494. (= jīvitakkhayaṃ pāpeti); Pv-a.117. grd. padhaṃsiya in compounds su˚ & dup˚ easily (or with difficulty) overwhelmed or assaulted Vin.ii.256; SN.ii.264. Also neg. appadhaṃsiya (& ˚ka); (q.v.). pp. padhaṃsita (q.v.).
pa + dhaṃsati
offended, assaulted Ja.ii.422. See also app˚.
pp. of padhaṃseti
neuter exertion, energetic effort, striving, concentration of mind DN.iii.30 DN.iii.77, DN.iii.104, DN.iii.108, DN.iii.214, DN.iii.238; MN.ii.174, MN.ii.218; SN.i.47; SN.ii.268 SN.iv.360; SN.v.244 sq.; AN.iii.65–AN.iii.67 (5 samayā and 5 asamayā for padhāna), AN.iii.249; AN.iv.355; AN.v.17 sq.; Snp.424, Snp.428; Iti.30; Dhp.141; Ja.i.90; Cnd.394 (= viriya); Vb.218 (citta-samādhi p˚ etc.); Ne.16; DN-a.i.104; Dhp-a.i.85 (mahā-padhānaṃ padahitvā); Thag-a.174; Pv-a.134 Padhāna is fourfold, viz. saṃvara˚, pahāna˚, bhāvana˚ anurakkhaṇā˚ or exertion consisting in the restraint of one’s senses, the abandonment of sinful thoughts, practice of meditation & guarding one’s character. These 4 are mentioned at DN.iii.225; AN.ii.16; Pts.i.84; Pts.ii.14 sq. Pts.ii.56, Pts.ii.86, Pts.ii.166, Pts.ii.174; Ud.34; Mnd.45, Mnd.340; Sdhp.594. Very frequently termed sammappadhāna [cp. BSk samyak-pradhāna Mvu.iii.120; but also samyakprahāṇa e.g. Divy.208] or “right exertion,” thus at Vin.i.22; SN.i.105; SN.iii.96 (the four); AN.ii.15 (id.); AN.iii.12, AN.iv.125; Mnd.14; Pts.i.21, Pts.i.85, Pts.i.90, Pts.i.161; Snp-a.124; Pv-a.98
■ As padahana at Pts.i.17, Pts.i.21, Pts.i.181.
fr. pa + dhā, cp. padahati
adjective making efforts, exerting oneself in meditation, practising “padhāna” DN-a.i.251.
fr. padhāna
adjective belonging to or connected with exertion, worthy of being pursued in cpd. -aṅga (nt.) a quality to be striven after, of which there are 5 expressed in the attributes of one who attains them as saddho, appābādho, asaṭho, āraddha-viriyo, paññavā DN.iii.237 = MN.ii.95, MN.ii.128 = AN.iii.65; referred to at Mil translation i.188. Besides these there is the set called pārisuddhi-padhāniy’ angāni and consisting either of 4 qualities (sīla˚, citta˚, diṭṭhi˚, vimutti˚) AN.ii.194, or of 9 (the four + kankhā-vitaraṇa˚, maggâmagga-ñāṇa paṭipadāñāṇa-dassana˚, ñāṇa-dassana˚ paññā˚) DN.iii.288; Pts.i.28.
fr. padhāna
(“born in mind”) read patthārita at Thag.842 (see pattharati)
■ padhārehi (variant reading F.) at Snp.1149 read dhārehi
■ padhārita in meaning of “considered, understood” in cpd. su˚ at SN.iii.6; SN.v.278.
to run out or forth Pv.iii.1#7 (ger. ˚itvā = upadhāvitvā Pv-a.173).
pa + dhāvati
adjective rushing or running out or forth MN.ii.98.
fr. padhāvati
(= padhūpāyati) to blow forth smoke or flames Vin.i.25 (aor. padhūpāsi); Vin.iv.109 (id.); Vism.400 (id.), (so read for padhūmāsi T., variant reading SS padhūpāyi & padhūmāyi)
pp padhūpita (q.v.).
pa + dhūpāyati
fumigated, reeking, smoked out SN.i.133 (trsld “racked [wrapt] in flames”; C. santāpita) Vv-a.237 (so read with variant reading SS. for T. pavūsita; meaning scented, filled with scent).
pa + dhūpita, latter only in meaning “incensed,” cp. dhūpa etc.
adjective cleansed, in cpd. sup˚ well cleansed DN.ii.324.
pa + dhota
indeclinable adversative & interrogative particle, sometimes (originally, cp. puna “again, further”) merely connecting & continuing the story
doublet of Sk. puna(ḥ) wiṭh diff. meaning (see puna), cp. Geiger, P.Gr. § 34
to dance (forth), to dance Thag-a.257 (ppr. panaccanta)
pp panaccita (q.v.).
pa + naccati
dancing, made to dance Thig.390.
pp. of panaccati
the Jack or bread-fruit tree (Artocarpus integrifolia) and its fruit Ja.i.450; Ja.ii.160 Ja.v.205, Ja.v.465; Vv.44#13; Kp-a.49, Kp-a.50, Kp-a.58 (˚phala, where Vism.258 reads panasa-taca); Snp-a.475; Vv-a.147.
cp. late Sk. panasa, Lat. penus stores, Lith. pẽnas fodder, perhaps Goth. fenea
to be lost, to disappear, to go to ruin, to cease to be MN.i.177; SN.ii.272 (read panassissati with BB); Ja.v.401 Ja.vi.239; Thag.143.
pa + nassati, cp. also BSk praṇāśa Divy.626
shouting out, shrieks of joy Ja.vi.282.
pa + nāda
to shout out, to utter a sound Thag.310.
Caus. of pa + nad
feminine a pipe, tube, channel, water course DN-a.i.244.
fr. panāḷī
feminine a tube, pipe AN.iv.171 (udapāna˚).
pa + nāḷī
in cpd. appanigghosa is wrongly registered as such in A Index (for AN.iv.88); it is to be separated appa + nigghosa (see nigghosa).
to dispel, repel, remove, push away SN.i.167 sq., SN.i.173; Dhp.383; Snp.81, Snp.928 (pot. panudeyya or metri causa panūdeyya = pajaheyya etc. Mnd.385) Ja.vi.491 (1. pl. panudāmase)
ger panuditvā Snp-a.591, & panujja Snp.359, Snp.535, Snp.1055 (explained at Cnd.395 as imper. pres. = pajaha, cp. Snp-a.591 = panudehi); Ja.iii.14; Ja.v.198 (= pātetvā C.)
fut panudahissati Thag.27, Thag.233
pass panujjati, ppr. panujjamāna in phrase “api panujjamānena pi” even if repulsed MN.i.108, cp. AN.iv.32 & Ne.164 (variant reading to be substituted for T. pamajjamānena)
pp panunna & panudita; (q.v.).
pa + nudati
dispelled, driven out Snp.483 (panūdita metri causa, variant reading panudita). See also panunna. Panunna (Panunna & Panunna);
pp. of panudati
(med. & pass.) put away, rejected or rejecting, dispelled driven away, sent AN.ii.29; AN.v.31; Snp.469 (˚kodha) Ja.vi.247, Ja.vi.285; Kv.597 (ito p., trsld “ending here”).
pp. of panudati
neuter removal, dispelling, rejection Snp.252 (sabba-dukkhâpanūdana Snp-a.293 should be read as sabba-dukkha-apanūdana, as at Vin.ii.148 = Ja.i.94), Snp.1106 (= pahānaṃ etc. Cnd.396).
fr. panudati
adjective distant, remote, solitary, secluded; only in phrase pantaṃ senāsanaṃ (sayanāsanaṃ) or pantāni senāsanāni “solitary bed & chair” MN.i.17, MN.i.30; AN.i.60; AN.ii.137 AN.iii.103; AN.v.10, AN.v.202; Snp.72 (cp. Cnd.93), Snp.338, Snp.960 (˚amhi sayanāsane), Snp.969 (sayanamhi pante); Dhp.185 (= vivitta Dhp-a.iii.238); Ud.43 (so read for patthañ); Ja.iii.524 (˚amhi sayanāsane); Vism.73 (panta-senāsane rata) Snp-a.263 (variant reading pattha).
cp. Epic Sk. prānta edge, margin, border, pra + anta; also BSk. prānta in meaning of Pali, e.g. Mvu.iii.200; Divy.312 (prānta-śayan-āsana-sevin)
feminine a row, range, line Vism.392 (tisso sopāna-pantiyo) Dhp-a.iii.219 (uddhana˚); Thag-a.72 (satta pantiyo) Vv-a.198 (amba˚).
Ved. pankti set or row of five, group in general
to come or go (by) a road, roadway, path SN.i.18 (gen. pl. panthānaṃ kantāramagga C; “jungle road” trsl.); Snp.121 (loc panthasmiṃ); Cnd.485 B (+ patha in expln of magga) Mil.157 (see panthaṃ)
base panthan˚, Ved. panthāḥ, with bases path˚ panth˚ and pathi. Same as patha (q.v.). For etym cp. Gr. πόντος sea(-path), πάτος path, Av. pantā˚, also Goth. finpan = E. find, of Idg *pent.
(for saṇṭhāna) at Snp-a.20: see saṇṭhāna 3.
a traveller Mil.20.
fr. pantha, formation panthika: panthan = addhika: addhan
fallen, gone, gone down; also: creeping only in foll. compounds:
pp. of pajjati but not satisfactorily explained as such, for pajjati & panna never occur by themselves, but only in compounds like āpajjati, āpanna, upp˚, upa˚, sam˚ etc. Besides, the word is only given in lexic. literature as pp. of pajjati, although a tendency prevails to regard it as pp. of patati. The meaning points more to the latter, but in form it cannot belong to; pat. A more satisfactory expln (in meaning and form) is to regard panna as pp. of pa + nam, with der. fr. short base. Thus panna would stand for panata (paṇata) as unna for unnata, ninna for ninnata, the double nn to be accounted for on analogy. The meaning would thus be “bent down, laid down,” as panna-ga going bent, panna-dhaja = flag bent or laid down etc. Perhaps patta of patta-kkhandha should belong here as panna˚
adjective silent (?) DN-a.i.163.
fr. panna
number, adjective fifteen (and fifteenth), usually referring to the 15th day of the lunar month, i.e. the full-moon day Snp.153 (pannaraso uposatho); pannarase on the 15th day SN.i.191 = Thag.1234; MN.iii.20; Snp.502, Snp.1016 f. loc. pannarasāya id. SN.i.233. See also paṇṇarasa.
see pañcadasa & paṇṇarasa under pañca
ordinal number the 15th Snp-a.366 (gāthā).
fr. pannarasa
adjective belonging to the 15th day (of the lunar month) Vin.iv.315.
fr. pannarasa
neuter water Ja.i.109 (āpaṃ papaṃ mahodakan ti attho). The word is evidently an etym. construction. See also papā.
see pibati, pānīya etc. of pā
to be cooked, to become ripe Pv-a.55 (˚itvā).
Pass. of pa + pacati
in its P. meaning uncertain whether identical with Sk. prapañca (pra + pañc to spread out; meaning “expansion, diffuseness, manifoldedness”; cp. papañceti & papañca 3) more likely, as suggested by etym & meaning of Lat. im-ped-iment-um, connected with; pada, thus perhaps originally “pa-pad-ya,” i.e. what is in front of (i.e. in the way of) the feet (as an obstacle)
obsessed, illusioned Snp-a.495 (a˚ gihipapañ-cena)
■ nt. obsession, vain imagination illusion SN.iv.203 ≈ Vb.390.
pp. of papañceti
pp papañcita.
Denom. fr. papañca
(papatā) feminine a broken-off piece, splinter, fragment; also proclivity precipice, pit (?) SN.ii.227 (papatā ti kho lābha-sakkāra-silokass’ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ; cp. SN.iii.109: sobbho papāto kodh’ ûpāyāsass’ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ); Snp.665 (= sobbha Snp-a.479; gloss papada). See also pappaṭaka.
fr. papāta? Cp. papaṭikā
feminine
cp. Sk. prapāṭikā (lexic. & gram.) young shoot, sprout; and parpharīka (RV.) one who tears to pieces; also Sk. parpaṭa Name of a plant
to fall forward, to fall down, off or from, to fall into (acc.) Vin.ii.284; MN.i.79, MN.i.80; SN.i.48 (visame magge), SN.i.187 (= Thag.1220 patanti), SN.i.100, SN.ii.114; SN.v.47; Dhp.336; Ja.v.31; Pv.i.10#12 (nirayaṃ papatiss’ ahaṃ, cp. Pv-a.52; variant reading SS niray’ ûpapatiss âhaṃ)
aor papatā Vin.iii.17, cp. Vin.ii.126; Ja.vi.566 See also patati.
pa + patati
neuter falling down Snp.576 = Ja.iv.127 (abl. papatanā papatanato C.).
fr. pa + pat
(or Papadā?) tip of the foot. toes; but in diff. meaning (for papaṭā or papāta to pat) “falling down, abyss, pit” at Snp.665 (gloss for papaṭa; explained at Snp-a.479 by “mahāniraya”).
pa + pada
feminine a place for supplying water, a shed by the roadside to provide travellers with water a well, cistern DN.iii.185; SN.i.33 = Kv.345 (= pānīyadāna-sālā SA); SN.i.100 (read papañ ca vivane); Ja.i.109; Dhp-a.iii.349 = Ja.i.302 (= pānīya-cāṭī C.); Vv.52#22 (+ udapāna); Pv.ii.7#8 (n. pl. papāyo = pānīya-sālā Pv-a.102); Pv.ii.9#25 (+ udapāna).
Ved. prapā, pa + pā
cp. Epic. Sk. prapāta, of pra + pat
adjective falling or flying forward, flying up Ja.iii.484 (uccā˚ flying away).
fr. papatati
a paternal great-grandfather Dāvs iii.29.
pa + pitāmaha
neuter drinkable, to be drunk, drinking Ja.i.109 (udakaṃ papīyana-bhāvena papā ti).
fr. pā, ger. pa-pīya
worn out, rubbed through (of the sole of sandals) Ja.ii.223.
pa + pīḷita
a grandson Ja.vi.477.
pa + putta, cp. Sk. praputra (BR.: “doubtful”) Inscr.
adjective “with flowers in front,” flower-tipped (of the arrows of Māra) Dhp.46 (but explained at Dhp-a.i.337 as “p.˚ sankhātāni tebhūmakāni vaṭṭāni,” i.e. existence in the 3 stages of being).
pa + pupphaka
etym. uncertain
to strike, knock, beat, flap (of wings) Vin.i.48; Vin.ii.208, Vin.ii.217; MN.i.333 (papph˚); Ja.ii.153 (pakkhe); Ja.iii.175 (papoṭh˚ sañcuṇṇeti C.); Mil.368 (papph˚); DN-a.i.7; Vism.283 (pph).
pa + poṭheti; sometimes spelt papphoṭeti
to obtain, get, gain, receive, attain DN.iii.159, DN.iii.165; Snp.185, Snp.187, Snp.584; Dhp.27; Dhp-a.i.395
pot 1st pl pappomu Ja.v.57 (= pāpuṇeyyāma C.)
ger pappuyya SN.i.48; Snp.482 (or pot?), Snp.593, Snp.829 (= pāpuṇitvā Mnd.170)
■ For further ref. see pāpuṇāti.
the contracted form of pāpuṇāti, Sk. prāpnoti
neuter the lungs DN.ii.293; MN.i.185, MN.i.421 MN.iii.90; Snp.195 = Ja.i.146; Kp iii. (cp. Kp-a.56); Mil.26.
fr. sound-root* phu, not corresponding directly to Sk. pupphusa (cp. Geiger, P.Gr. § 34), to which it stands in a similar relation as *ghur (P.) to *ghar (Sk.) or phurati → pharati. From same root Gr. φυσάω to blow and Lat. pustula bubble, blister; see Walde under pustula
adjective (˚-) continuous Vism.32.
pa + bandha
adjective very strong, mighty Sdhp.75.
cp. Sk. prabala
pulled out, drawn forth DN.i.77 (T. reads pavāḷha). See pavāḷha.
pp. of pabāhati
adjective strong, sharp (of pain) DN.ii.128; Ja.v.422, Mil.174.
pa + bāḷha
to pull out, draw forth DN.i.77 (T. reads pavāhati, variant reading pabbāḷhati, evidently fr. pabāḷha); cp. Śatapatha-brāhmaṇa iv.3, 3 16
pp pabāḷha1 (q.v.).
pa + bṛh to pull, see abbahati
to wake up (intrs.), awake SN.i.4, SN.i.209; Dhp.296 sq.; Iti.41 (suttā p.); Ja.i.61; Ja.ii.103 Ja.iv.431 (opp. niddāyati); DN-a.i.140
pp pabuddha (q.v.).
pa + bujjhati
awakened SN.i.143 (sutta˚ from sleep awakened), Ja.i.50; Vv-a.65.
pp. of pabujjhati
to awake, also trs. awaken, stir up, give rise to (or: to recognise, realise?); only in one phrase (perhaps corrupt), viz. yo nindaṃ appabodhati SN.i.7 = Dhp.143 (= nindaṃ apaharanto bujjhati Dhp-a.iii.86; trsl. KS 13 “forestalleth blame”). Caus. pabodheti
pa + bodhati
adjective noun
fr. pabodhati
neuter
Ved. parvan
a species of reed. bulrush Vin.i.190 (T. reads babbaja); SN.i.77 SN.ii.92; SN.iii.137 (variant reading babbaja), SN.iii.155 (˚lāyaka); Thag.27; Ja.ii.140, Ja.ii.141; Ja.v.202; Ja.vi.508. For further refs. see babbaja.
Sk. balbaja, cp. Geiger P.Gr. § 39. 6
to go forth, to leave home and wander about as a mendicant, to give up the world, to take up the ascetic life (as bhikkhu samaṇa, tapassin, isi etc.). SN.i.140, SN.i.141; Snp.157, Snp.1003 imper. pabbaja Dhp-a.i.133. Pot. pabbajeyya Ja.i.56 Pp.57
fut pabbajissati Snp.564; Dhp-a.i.133 Dhp-a.iv.55. Aor. pabbaji MN.iii.33; SN.i.196 = Thag.1255; Snp.405; Vv.82#6; Pv-a.76; ger. pabbajitvā Ja.i.303; Pv-a.21 and ˚vāna Snp.407
■ (agārasmā) anagāriyaṃ pabbajati to go forth into the homeless state Vin.iii.12; MN.iii.33; SN.i.196; AN.v.204; Pv.ii.13#16. sāsane p. to become an ascetic in (Buddhas) religion, to embrace the religion (& practice) of the Buddha Ja.i.56; Pv-a.12 pabbajjaṃ pabbajati to go into the holy life (of an ascetic friar, wanderer etc.): see pabbajjā
caus pabbājeti (q.v.)
pp pabbajita.
cp. Sk. pravrajati, pra + vraj
neuter going into an ascetic life Ja.iii.393 (a˚).
fr. pabbajati
one who has gone out from home, one who has given up worldly life & undertaken the life of a bhikkhu recluse or ascetic, (one) ordained (as a Buddhist friar) gone forth (into the holy life or pabbajjā) Vin.iii.40 (vuḍḍha-pabbajito bhikkhu); Vin.iv.159; DN.i.131 (agārasmā anagāriyaṃ p.), DN.i.157; DN.iii.31 sq., DN.iii.147 sq.; MN.i.200 MN.i.267, MN.i.345, MN.i.459; MN.ii.66, MN.ii.181; MN.iii.261; SN.i.119 (dhammavinaye p.); SN.iv.260, SN.iv.330; SN.v.118 sq., SN.v.421; AN.i.69, AN.i.107 AN.i.147, AN.i.168; AN.ii.78, AN.ii.143; AN.iii.33, AN.iii.78 (vuḍḍha˚), AN.iii.244, AN.iii.403 (acira˚); AN.iv.21 (cira˚); AN.v.82, AN.v.348 sq.; Snp.43 (see Cnd.397), Snp.274, Snp.385, Snp.423; Dhp.74, Dhp.174, Dhp.388; Ja.i.56; Pv.ii.8#1 (= samaṇa Pv-a.106); Pv.ii.11#1 (bhikkhu = kāmādimalānaṃ pabbajitattā paramatthato pabbajito Pv-a.146); Pv.ii.13#17 (= pabbajjaṃ upagata Pv-a.167); Mil.11; DN-a.i.270; Dhp-a.i.133; Pv-a.5, Pv-a.55.
pp. of pabbajati, cp. BSk. pravrājita Divy.236
feminine leaving the world, adopting the ascetic life state of being a Buddhist friar, taking the (yellow) robe ordination
Note. The ceremony of admission to the priesthood is called pabbajjā (or pabbajana), if viewed as the act of the candidate of orders, and pabbājana (q.v.) if viewed as the act of the priest conferring orders; the latter term however does not occur in this meaning in the Canon.
fr. pa + vraj, cp. pabbajati, Epic & BSk. pravrajyā
-utu the time (aspect) of the mountain (in prognostications as to horoscope) Dhp-a.i.165 (megha-utu, p. utu, aruṇa-utu). -kaccha a mountain meadow (opp nadī-kaccḥa) Snp-a.33. -kandara a m. cave SN.ii.32 SN.v.396, SN.v.457 sq.; AN.v.114 sq.; -kūṭa m. peak Vin.ii.193; Ja.i.73. -gahaṇa m. thicket or jungle Pv-a.5. -ṭṭha standing on a m. Dhp.28. -pāda the foot of a m. Ja.iii.51; Dhp-a.iv.187; Pv-a.10. -muddhā mountain top Vin.i.5. -raṭṭha m
■ kingdom Snp-a.26. -rājā “king of the mountain,” epithet of Himavā SN.i.116; SN.ii.137 sq., SN.ii.276, SN.iii.149; SN.v.47, SN.v.63, SN.v.148; AN.i.152; AN.iii.240; AN.iv.102; Pv-a.143. -saṅkhepa top of a m. DN.i.84 (= p
■ matthaka DN-a.i.226). -sānu m
■ glen Vv.32#10 (cp. Vv-a.136) -sikhara mountain-crest Ja.v.421.
Vedic parvata, fr. parvan, orig. knotty, rugged, massive
a mountain Ja.i.303.
fr. pabbata
adjective belonging to mountains, mountain-born (of a river) AN.iii.64 (nadī p˚ā sīghasotā hārahārinī); AN.iv.137 (id.); Vism.231 (id.), Vism.285 (nadī).
fr. pabbata
adjective forming a division or section, consisting of, belonging to Kp-a.114 (khaya˚) (?).
fr. pabba
neuter keeping out or away, removing, banishment exiling DN.i.135; DN.iii.93; Mil.357; Dhp.i.296 (= nīharaṇa); Dhp-a.iv.145.
fr. pa + Caus. of vraj, see pabbajati & pabbājeti
adjective belonging to banishment, deserving to be exiled Mil.186; also in cpd. -kamma excommunication, one of the 5 ecclesiastical acts enumerated at Vin.i.49, Vin.i.143. See also AN.i.79; Dhp-a.ii.109.
fr. pabbājana
taken into the order, made a bhikkhu MN.ii.62.
pp. of pabbājeti
pp pabbājita (q.v.).
Caus. of pabbajati
piercing through (measuring) an arrow shot Thag.164-Ja.ii.334 (soḷasa˚ = soḷasa-kaṇḍa-pāta-vitthāro C.)
■ Note. pabbedha owes its bb to analogy with ubbedha. It also corresponds to the latter in meaning: whereas ubbedha refers to the height, pabbedha is applied to the breadth or width.
pa + vedha of vyadh, cp. BSk. pravedha in same phrase at Divy.56, viz. ṣoḍaśa-pravedho
to roam forth or about Ja.v.106 (= bhamati C.).
pa + bhamati
cp. BSk. prāg-bhāra Divy.80 etc.
to speak out, proclaim, declare (publicly) Snp.131, Snp.649, Snp.870, Snp.952 and passim (cp. Mnd.211, Mnd.273; Cnd.398, Cnd.465).
pa + brūti
is adj. form (-˚) of pabhā (q.v.).
adjective noun causing to fall or disappear depriving, taking away, theft, in maṇi˚ jewel-theft Ja.vi.383. (Rh. D. “polishing”?) Kern in Toevoegselen s. v takes pabhaṃsana as a der. fr. pa + bhrās to shine, i.e. making bright, polishing (as Rh. D.).
fr. pa + bhraṃś, cp. nāva-prabhraṃśana Npl. A.V.
broken up, destroyed, defeated Vin.iii.108.
pp. of pabhañjati, cp. Sk prabhagna
one who makes light, one who lights up, light-bringer (often as epithet of the Buddha) SN.i.51 (quoted at Vv-a.116), SN.i.210; AN.ii.51 sq.; Iti.80; Ja.iii.128; Snp.991, Snp.1136 (= ālokakara obhāsakara etc. Cnd.399); Vv.21#4 (= ñāṇ’ obhāsa-kara Vv-a.106); Vv.34#25 (= lokassa ñāṇ’ āloka-kara Vv-a.115).
pabhaṃ, acc. of pabhā, + kara
destruction, breaking up, brittleness Pts.ii.238 (calato pabhangato addhuvato) but id. p. at Cnd.214#ii and Mil.418 read “calato pabhanguto addhuvato.” Pabhangu, Pabhanguna & gura;
fr. pa + bhañj
adjective brittle, easily destroyed, perishable frail.
■ See also pabhaṅga.
fr. pa + bhanj, cp. BSk. prabhanguṇatā destruction, perishableness Mvu.iii.338
to break up, destroy Ja.iv.494. - pp. pabhagga (q.v.).
pa + bhañj
masculine & neuter production, origin, source, cause MN.i.67; SN.i.181; SN.ii.12; Iti.37 (āhāra-netti˚); Snp.728, Snp.1050; Nd ii.under mūla (with syn. of sambhava & samuṭṭhāna etc.); Ja.iii.402 Ja.vi.518.
fr. pa + ; bhu, cp. Ved. prabhava
see pahoti.
to fall down or off, drop, disappear Vin.ii.135 (pret. pabhassittha); Vin.iv.159 (id.)
■ Cp. pabhaṃsana.
pa + bhraṃś; cp. Sk. prabhraśyate
adjective shining, very bright, resplendent SN.i.145; SN.v.92, SN.v.283; AN.i.10, AN.i.254, AN.i.257 sq., AN.iii.16; Snp.48 (= parisuddha pariyodāta Cnd.402); Ja.v.202 Ja.v.170; Vv.17#1 (rucira +); Pv.iii.3#1 (rucira +); Vism.223 Vism.377; Dhp-a.i.28; Vv-a.12 (pakati˚ bright by nature).
fr. bhās
feminine light, radiance, shine AN.ii.139; AN.v.22; Iti.19, Iti.20; Pv-a.56 (sarīra˚), Pv-a.137 (id.), Pv-a.71, Pv-a.176; Sdhp.250
■ canda-ppabhā moonshine Iti.20; Dhs-a.14
■ adj. pabha (-˚), radiating lucid, in cpd. sayam˚; self-lucid or self-radiant DN.i.17 (= attano attano va tesaṃ pabhā ti DN-a.i.110); AN.v.60; Snp.404.
fr. pa + bhā, cp. Epic Sk. prabhā
at Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. is wrongly given with quot. Ja.v.421 (in meaning “speaking”) where it should be read manāpa-bhāṇin, and not manā-p˚.
become clear or light, shining, dawning Snp.178 (sup˚); esp. in phrase pabhātāya rattiyā when night had become light, i.e. given way to dawn, at daybreak Ja.i.81, Ja.i.500
■ (nt.) daybreak morning SN.i.211; Snp-a.519 (pabhāte); atipabhāte in broad daylight Ja.i.436.
pp. of pabhāti
to shine forth, to become light, gleam, glitter Ja.v.199 (said of a river; = pavattati C.)
pp pabhāta.
pa + bhā
might, power, strength, majesty, dignity Ja.v.36; Ja.vi.449.
fr. pa + bhū
increased, furthered, promoted Thag.767 (bhava-netti˚); explained by samuṭṭhita C.
pp. of pabhāveti
to increase, augment, foster Pv.ii.9#64 = Dhp-a.iii.220 (dakkhiṇeyyaṃ)
pp pabhāvita.
Caus. of pabhavati
shining, splendour, beauty SN.i.67; sap˚ with beauty SN.v.263; Mil.223; ap˚ without beauty Mil.299.
fr. pa + bhās
to tell, declare, talk Thag.582.
pa + bhaṣ
to illumine, pervade with light, enlighten Dhp.172 (= obhāseti Dhp-a.iii.169), Dhp.382 (= obhāseti ekālokaṃ karoti Dhp-a.iv.137); Ja.i.87; Pv.i.10#9 (so read for ca bh˚); Pv.ii.1#12; Pts.i.174; Mil.336; Pv-a.10 (= obhāseti).
Caus. of pa + bhās
to split asunder (trs.), break, destroy Snp.973 (= bhindati sambhindati Mnd.503) ger. pabhijja SN.i.193 = Thag.1242
pass pabhijjati to be broken, to burst (open), to split asunder (intrs.) to open SN.i.150 (aor. pabhijjiṃsu); Snp.p.125 (id.) Vv.41#3 (break forth = pabhedaṃ gacchanti Vv-a.183 gloss pavajjare for pabhijjare); Snp-a.475 (= bhijjati) Also “to open, to be developed” (like a flower) Mil.93 (buddhi p.)
pp pabhinna.
pa + bhindati
pp. of pabhindati
adjective (-˚) beginning, in meaning of: since, after, subsequently; tato p. from that time henceforth Vv-a.158.
Vedic prabhṛti
adjective dating from, derived or coming from (abl.) DN.i.94 (kuto p.).
fr. pabhuti
lord, master, ruler, owner DN-a.i.250.
fr. pa + bhū
breaking or splitting up, breaking, opening Vv-a.183; akkhara˚ breaking up of letters, word-analysis, phonology DN.i.88 (= sikkhā ca nirutti ca DN-a.i.247 = Snp-a.447)
■ adj (-˚) breaking up into, i.e. consisting of, comprising, of various kinds Ja.i.84; Pv-a.8 (paṭisandhi-ādi˚), Pv-a.130 (saviññāṇak’ âviññāṇaka˚).
fr. pa + bhid, cp. pabhindati
neuter breaking up, destruction Snp.1105 (avijjāya˚ = bhedanaṃ pahānaṃ etc. Cnd.403).
cp. pabheda
etc. see pahoti.
pp pamatta (q.v.).
pa + mad
pa + mṛj
feminine & -itatta (nt.) are abstr. formations fr. pa + mad, in the sense of pamāda carelessness etc., occur as philological synonyms in exegesis of pamāda at Vb.350 = Mnd.423; Cnd.405. Also at Dhp-a.i.228 (˚bhāva = pamāda).
feminine only neg. ap˚; immeasurableness Vb.272 sq. (catasso appamaññāyo viz. mettā, karuṇā, muditā, upekhā). See appamaññā.
abstr. fr. pamāṇa, for *pamānyā, grd. form. of pa + mā for the usual pameyya
in cpd. luñcita-pamaṭṭā kapotī viya (simile for a woman who has lost all her hair) at Pv-a.47 is doubtful it should probably be read as luñcita-pakkhikā k. viya i.e. like a pigeon whose feathers have been pulled out (variant reading ˚patthaka).
slothful, indolent, indifferent, careless, negligent DN.iii.190; SN.i.61 = SN.i.204; AN.i.11, AN.i.139 AN.iv.319; AN.v.146; Snp.57, Snp.70, Snp.329 sq., Snp.399, Snp.1121; Dhp.19, Dhp.21 Dhp.29, Dhp.292, Dhp.309 (= sati-vossaggena samannāgata Dhp-a.iii.482), Dhp.371; Cnd.404; Pv-a.276 (quot. ˚ṃ ativattati) appamatta diligent, careful, eager, mindful SN.i.4, SN.i.140 SN.i.157; AN.v.148; Thag.1245; Pv.iv.1#38; Pv-a.66 (dānaṃ detha etc.), Pv-a.219, Pv-a.278. See also appamatta2.
-cārin acting carelessly Dhp.334 (= sati-vossagga-lakkhaṇena pamādena p
■ c. Dhp-a.iv.43). -bandhu friend of the careless (Ep. of Māra) SN.i.123, SN.i.128; Snp.430 Cnd.507.
pp. of pamajjati
adjective = pamatta, only in neg. form ap˚ careful, mindful Pv-a.201.
crushed, only in cpd. sam˚ (q.v.).
pp. of pa + mathati to crush
feminine a young (wanton) woman, a woman Snp.156 Snp.157 (gloss for pamāda cp. Snp-a.203); Ja.iii.442 (marapamadānaṃ issaro; variant reading samuddā), Ja.iii.530 (variant reading pamuda pamoda).
Classical Sk. pramadā, fr. pra + mad, cp. pamāda
to crush down, destroy, overcome, defeat; pp. pamaddita Ja.vi.189 (mālutena p. corresponding with vāta-pahaṭa).
pa + mṛd
adj. nt. crushing, defeating, overcoming DN.i.89 (˚parasena˚); Snp.p.106 (id. = maddituṃ samattho Snp-a.450); Snp.561 (Mārasena˚); DN-a.i.250.
fr. pamaddati
adjective crushing, able to crush, powerful, mighty Ja.iv.26 (= maddana-samattha C.).
fr. pa + mṛd
neuter
■ appamāṇa without a measure, unlimited immeasurable, incomparable DN.i.31; DN.ii.12 (+ uḷāra) MN.iii.145 (ceto-vimutti); AN.i.183, AN.i.192; AN.ii.73; AN.iii.52 AN.v.299 sq., AN.v.344 sq.; Snp.507; Pv-a.110 (= atula). See also appamāṇa.
-kata taken as standard, set as example, being the measure, in phrase p
■ kataṃ kammaṃ DN.i.251; SN.iv.322.
of pa + mā, Vedic pramāṇa
adjective noun having a measure, finite; or: to be described, able to be defined Vin.ii.110; AN.ii.73.
fr. pamāṇa
adjective noun
fr. pamāṇa
carelessness, negligence, indolence, remissness DN.i.6 (jūta˚, see DN-a.i.85), DN.iii.42 sq., DN.iii.236; MN.i.151; SN.i.18, SN.i.20, SN.i.25, SN.i.146, SN.i.216; SN.ii.43 SN.ii.193; SN.iv.78, SN.iv.263; SN.v.170, SN.v.397; AN.i.212 (surāmerayamajja˚) = SN.ii.69; AN.i.16 sq.; AN.ii.40; AN.iii.6, AN.iii.421, AN.iii.449 AN.iv.195, AN.iv.294, AN.iv.350; AN.v.310, AN.v.361; Snp.156, Snp.157 (gloss pamadā cp. Snp-a.203), Snp.334, Snp.942, Snp.1033; Dhp.21, Dhp.30 sq., Dhp.167 (= satiossagga-lakkhaṇa p. Dhp-a.iii.163), Dhp.241, Dhp.371; Thag.1245 = SN.i.193; Iti.86; Mnd.423 = Cnd.405; Pts.ii.8 sq. Pts.ii.169 sq., Pts.ii.197; Pp.11, Pp.12; Ne.13, Ne.41; Mil.289 (māna atimāna mada +); Snp-a.339 (= sati-vippavāsa); Dhp-a.i.228; Pv-a.16 (pamādena out of carelessness); Sdhp.600
■ appamāda earnestness, vigilance, zeal DN.iii.236; SN.i.158; SN.ii.29; Dhp.21.
cp. Vedic pramāda, pa + mad
feminine remissness AN.i.139.
abstr. fr. pamāda + vant, adj.
adjective infatuating, exciting, in phrase citta˚ Thig.357 (translation “leading to ferment of the mind”; vv.ll. ˚pamaddin & ˚pamāthin, thus “crushing the heart,” cp. Thag-a.243).
fr. pamāda
having measured, measuring Snp.894 (sayaṃ p. = paminitvā Mnd.303) Ja.iii.114.
ger. of pamināti i.e. pa + mā
crushing, destroying Snp.209 (bījaṃ; = hiṃsitva vadhitvā Snp-a.257). See on this passage Morris, J.P.T.S. 1885, 45.
ger. of pamināti i.e. pa + mṛ; Sk. pramārya of pramṛṇāti
adjective measuring, estimating, defining SN.i.148 (appameyyaṃ p. “who to th’ illimitable limit lays” trsl.; corresponds with paminanto).
fr. pa + mā
to strike dead, maltreat, hurt Dhp-a.iii.172.
pa + māreti, Caus. of mṛ; marati to die
to measure estimate, define AN.iii.349, AN.iii.351; AN.v.140, AN.v.143; Sdhp.537
ppr paminanto SN.i.148;
inf paminituṃ Vv-a.154 ger. paminitvā Mnd.303, and pamāya (q.v.);
grd paminitabba Vv-a.278;
aor 3rd sg. pāmesi Ja.v.299 3rd pl. pamiṃsu AN.ii.71; Thag.469 (pāmiṃsu).
pa + mināti to mā with pres. formation fr. mi, after Sk. minoti; see also anumināti
faded, withered, languished Mil.303.
pp. of pa + mlā
adjective lit. “in front of the face,” fore-part, first, foremost, chief, prominent SN.i.234, SN.i.235; Snp.791 (variant reading BB and Mnd.92 for pamuñca); Ja.v.5, Ja.v.169. loc. pamukhe as adv. or prep. “before” SN.i.227 (asurindassa p.; variant reading sammukhe); Vism.120. As -˚ having as chief, headed by with NN at the head DN.ii.97; SN.i.79 (Pasenadi˚ rājāno) Pv-a.74 (setacchatta˚ rājakakudhabhaṇḍa); freq. in phrase Buddha˚ bhikkhusangha, e.g. Vin.i.213; Snp.p.111; Pv-a.19, Pv-a.20. Cp. pāmokkha.
pa + mukha, cp. late Sk. pramukha
neuter
eyebrow (?) only in phrase alāra˚ with thick eyebrows or lashes Ja.vi.503 (but explained by C. as “visāl’ akkhigaṇḍa); Pv-a.189 (for aḷāra-pamha Pv.iii.3#5). Perhaps we should read pakhuma instead.
identical with pamukha1, lit. “in front of the face,” i.e. frontside, front
Pass. of pamuñcati (q.v.).
pa + mucchita
loosening, setting free or loose, in cpd. -kara deliverer SN.i.193 = Thag.1242 (bandhana˚)-adj. dup˚; difficult to be freed SN.i.77; Snp.773; Dhp.346; Ja.ii.140.
fr. pa + muc
pass pamuccati to be delivered or freed SN.i.24, SN.i.173; Snp.80 Snp.170 sq. (dukkhā); Dhp.189 (sabbadukkhā), Dhp.276 (fut pamokkhati), Dhp.291 (dukkhā), Dhp.361
pp pamutta (q.v.)-Caus. pamoceti to remove, liberate, deliver, set free SN.i.143, SN.i.154, SN.i.210; Thig.157 (dukkhā); Cp.ii.7#5; Cp.iii.10#3 sq. Caus. ii. pamuñcāpeti to cause to get loose DN-a.i.138.
pa + muñcati of muc
being or having forgotten Vin.i.213; Pts.i.173 (a˚); Ja.iii.511 (T. spells pamm˚), Ja.iv.307 (id.); Mil.77. Cp. parimuṭṭha.
pp. of pamussati
pp. of pamuñcati
feminine setting free, release SN.i.209; Thig.248; Ja.iv.478; Ne.131 (= SN.i.209; but read pamutty atthi); Pv-a.103 (dukkhato).
fr. pa + muc
greatly delighted, very pleased MN.i.37; SN.i.64; AN.iii.21 sq.; Snp.512; Ja.iii.55; DN-a.i.217, Thag-a.71; Pv-a.77, Pv-a.132
■ Spelt pamodita at Snp.681, Ja.i.75; Ja.v.45 (āmodita +).
pp. of pamodati
to become bewildered or infatuated Ja.vi.73
pp pamūḷha (q.v.).
pa + muyhati of muh
to forget Ja.iii.132, Ja.iii.264 (pamajjati +); Ja.iv.147, Ja.iv.251
■ pamuṭṭha (q.v.).
pa + mṛṣ, Sk. mṛṣyati = P. *mussati
bewildered, infatuated Snp.774; Mnd.36 (= sammūḷha), Mnd.193 (+ sammūḷha).
pp. of pamuyhati
(-˚) adjective to be measured, measurable, only in foll. cpd appameyya not to be measured, illimitable, unfathomable SN.i.148; SN.v.400; MN.iii.71, MN.iii.127; AN.i.266; Vv.34#19 (= paminituṃ asakkhuṇeyya Vv-a.154); Vv.37#7 (explained as before at Vv-a.169); duppameyya hard to be gauged or measured AN.i.266; Pp.35; opp. suppameyya ibid.
grd. of pamināti, like Epic Sk. prameya
fr. pa + muc, see pamuñcati
adjective noun loosening, setting free; deliverance, emancipation SN.i.172 = Snp.78; AN.ii.24, AN.ii.37 AN.ii.49 sq.; Snp.166 (maccupāsā, abl. = from), Snp.1064 (pamocanāya dat. = pamocetuṃ Cnd); Iti.104 (Nibbānaṃ sabbagantha ˚ṃ). At Dhp.274 we should read pamohanaṃ for pamocanaṃ.
fr. pa + muc
Caus. of pamuñcati (q.v.).
joy, delight Sdhp.528, Sdhp.563. See also pāmojja.
fr. pa + mud, cp. Vedic pramoda
to rejoice, enjoy, to be delighted, to be glad or satisfied SN.i.182; AN.iii.34 (so read for ca modati); Dhp.16, Dhp.22; Pv.i.11#3, Pv.i.11#5; Vv-a.278 (= āmodati)-Caus. pamodeti id. Sdhp.248
pp pamudita (pamodita); (q.v.). Cp. abhippamodati.
pa + mud
feminine delight, joy, satisfaction Dhs.9, Dhs.86, Dhs.285 (āmodanā +).
fr. pa + mud
bewilderment, infatuation, fascination Snp.841 (variant reading Nd i.sammoha) Mnd.193 (+ sammoha andhakāra); Ja.vi.358; Ja.vi.358 Pp.21; Dhs.390, Dhs.1061.
pa + muh, cp. Epic Sk. pramoha
deceiving, deception, delusion Dhp.274 (T. reads pamocana; Dhp-a.iii.403 explains by vañcana).
fr. pa + muh
a loris (Abhp. 618) i.e. an ape; but probably meant for a kind of bird (cp. Kern, Toevoegselen s. v.) Ja.vi.538 (C. reads pampuka & explains by pampaṭaka).
etym? Cp. Sk. pampā Name of a river (or lake), but cp. ref. in BR. under pampā varaṇ-ādi
neuter eye-lash, usually in cpd. aḷāra˚; having thick eyelashes e.g. at Ja.v.215; Vv.35#7; Vv.64#11; Pv.iii.3#5; asāyata˚ at Thig.383.
the syncope form of pakhuma = Sk. pakṣman used in poetry and always explained in C. by pakhuma
to laugh; Caus. pamhāpeti to make somebody laugh Ja.v.297 (= parihaseti C.), where it is syn. with the preceding umhāpeti.
pa + smi, Sk. prasmayate
neuter milk, juice Ja.i.204; Ja.vi.572.
Ved. payas, nt, of pī
to offer, present, give Dpvs.xi.28; Pgdp.63, Pgdp.72, Pgdp.77 sq
pp payata (q.v.).
pa + yacchati of yam
restrained, composed, purified, pure DN.i.103 (= abhiharitvā dinna); AN.iii.313; Thag.348, Thag.359 (˚atta); Iti.101 (˚pāṇin) = Mil.215; Snp.240 (= sakkāra-karaṇena p. alankata Snp-a.284); Vism.224 (˚pāṇin = parisuddha-hattha); Sdhp.100.
pp. of payacchati
neuter striving after, effort, endeavour Kp-a.108.
cp. Sk. prayatna, of yat
making effort, taking care, being on one’s guard, careful Mil.373.
pp. of pa + yat
gone forth, set out, proceeded Pv.iv.5#6 (= gantuṃ āraddha Pv-a.260); Ja.iii.188, Ja.iii.190 Strange is “evaṃ nānappayātamhi” at Thag.945 (Mrs Rh. D. “thus when so much is fallen away”; Neumann “in solcher Drangsal, solcher Not”)
■ duppayāta going or gone wrong, strayed Vv.84#9 (= duṭṭhu payātha apathe gata Vv-a.337).
pp. of payāti
to go forward, set out, proceed, step out, advance, only aor pāyāsi Ja.i.146, Ja.i.223, Ja.i.255; 3rd pl pāyiṃsu Ja.i.253 and pāyesuṃ Ja.iv.220
pp payāta (q.v.). See also pāyāti.
pa + yā
to speak out, to proclaim aor payirudāhāsi DN.ii.222 (vaṇṇe); Ja.i.454 (vyañjanaṃ).
pari + ud + āharati with metathesis payir˚ for pariy˚
pp payirupāsiṭa (q.v.).
pari + upa + ās, with metathesis as in payirudāharati
neuter & -ā (f.) attending to, worshipping: worship, homage MN.ii.176; SN.v.67; Iti.107; DN-a.i.142; Pv-a.138.
fr. payirupāsati
a worshipper Thag-a.200.
fr. payirupāsati
worshipped Pv-a.116 (= upaṭṭhita), Pv-a.205 (= purakkhata).
pp. of payirupāsati
to harness, yoke, employ, apply; Pass. payujjati to be applied to Sdhp.400 (ppr. -māna)
pp payutta (q.v.)
caus payojeti (q.v.).
pa + yuj
(wrongly) applied, at random, careless “misdirected” AN.i.199; Snp.711 (˚ṃ vācaṃ = obhāsaparikathā-nimitta-viññatti-payuttaṃ ghāsesana-vācaṃ Snp-a.497), Snp.930 (= cīvarādīhi sampayutta tadatthaṃ vā payojita Snp-a.565; Mnd.389 however reads payutta and explains as “cīvarapayutta” etc.).
pp. of pa + yu, cp. Sk. pra + yuta united, fastened to, increased
pp. of payuñjati
adjective noun one who is applied or put to a (bad) task, as spy, hireling; bribed Ja.i.262 (˚cora), Ja.i.291 (˚dhutta).
payutta + ka
Vedic prayoga, fr. pa + yuj, see payuñjati
feminine application (to) Vism.134 (majjhatta˚).
fr. payoga
neuter
fr. pa + yuj
pp. of payojeti
pp payojita (q.v.).
Caus. of payuñjati
(paternal) great-grandfather Ja.i.2 (ayyaka˚); Pv-a.107 (id.).
pa + ayyaka
adverb adjective
-ajjhāsaya intent on others (opp. att˚) Snp-a.46 -attha (parattha, to be distinguished from adv. parattha q.v. sep.) the profit or welfare of another (opp. attattha) SN.ii.29; AN.iii.63; Dhp.166; Cnd.26. -ādhīna dependent on others DN.i.72 (= paresu adhīno parass’ eva ruciyā pavattati DN-a.i.212); Ja.vi.99; Thag-a.15 (˚vuttika) Vv-a.23 (˚vutti, paresaṃ bhāraṃ vahanto). -ūpakkama aggression of an enemy, violence Vin.ii.194. -ūpaghāta injuring others, cruelty Vv.84#40. -ūpaghātin killing others Dhp.184 (= paraṃ upahananto p. Dhp-a.iii.237). -ūpavāda reproaching others Snp.389. -kata see paraṅkata
■ kamma service of others, -kārin serving others Vv.33#22. -kāra see below under parankāra. -kula clan of another, strange or alien clan Snp.128; Dhp.73 -kkanta [para˚ or parā˚ *krānta?] walked (by another or gone over?) Ja.vi.559 (better to be read with variant reading on p. 560 as pada˚ i.e. walked by feet, footprint) -kkama (parā + kram ] exertion, endeavour, effort strife DN.i.53; DN.iii.113; SN.i.166 (daḷha˚); SN.ii.28 (purisa˚), SN.v.66, SN.v.104 sq.; AN.i.4, AN.i.50 (purisa˚); AN.iv.190; Snp.293; Dhp.313; Mnd.487; Ja.i.256; Ja.ii.153; Dhs.13, Dhs.12, Dhs.289, Dhs.571; Mil.244; Dhp-a.iv.139; Sdhp.253; adj. (-˚) sacca˚ one who strives after the truth Ja.iv.383. -kkamati [*parakramati] to advance, go forward, exert oneself, undertake show courage Snp.966 (ger. parakkamma); Dhp.383 (id.); Pv.iii.2#13 (imper. parakkāma, variant reading parakkama) Pp.19, Pp.23; Pv-a.184 (= payogaṃ karoti); Sdhp.439 -kkaroti [either for parā + kṛ; or more likely paras + kṛ; cp. paro] lit. “to put on the opposite side,” i.e. to remove, do away with Ja.iv.26 (corresponding to apaneti C. explains as “parato kāreti,” taking parato in the sense of para 2 c 3), Ja.iv.404 (mā parākari = mā pariccaji C.) -gatta alien body, trsl. “limbs that are not thou Thag.1150. -gavacaṇḍa violent against the cows of another AN.ii.109 = Pp.47 (opp. sakagavacaṇḍa, cp Pp-a 226: yo attano gogaṇaṃ ghaṭṭeti, paragogaṇe pana so rato sukhasīlo hoti etc.). -(n)kata made by something or somebody else, extra-self, extraneous, alien SN.i.134 (nayidaṃ attakataṃ bimbaṃ nayidaṃ parakataṃ aghaṃ); with ref. to loka & dukkha and opposed to; sayankata DN.iii.137 sq.; SN.ii.19 sq., SN.ii.33 sq., SN.ii.38 sq. Ud.69 sq. -(n)kāra condition of otherness, other people, alienity Ud.70 (opp. ahankara selfhood). -citta the mind or heart of others AN.v.160. -jana a stranger enemy, demon, fig. devil (cp. Sk. itarajana) MN.i.153, MN.i.210 -tthaddha [parā + tthaddha] propped against, founded on, relying on (with loc.) Ja.vi.181 (= upatthadda C.) -tthabbha is to be read for ˚tthambha at Ja.iv.313, in meaning = ˚tthaddha (kismiṃ). -dattūpajīvin living on what is given by others, dependent on another’s gift Snp.217; Mil.294. -davutta see sep. under parada -dāra the wife of another, somebody else’s wife MN.i.87; AN.ii.71 AN.ii.191; Snp.108, Snp.242 (˚sevanā); Dhp.246, Dhp.309 (˚upasevin, cp Dhp-a.iii.482); Ja.vi.240; Dhp-a.iii.481 (˚kamma). -dārika (better to be read as pāra˚) an adulterer SN.ii.188, SN.ii.259; Ja.iii.43. -dhammika “of someone else’s norm,” one who follows the teaching of another, i.e. of an heretic teacher Snp.965 (Mnd.485: p˚ ā vuccanti satta sahadhammika ṭhapetvā ye keci Buddhe appasannā dhamme appa nnā, sanghe appasannā). -niṭṭhita made ready by others SN.i.236. -nimmita “created by another,” in ˚vasavattin having power under control of another, Name of a class of Devas (see deva) DN.i.216 sq. AN.i.210; Iti.94; Pp.51; DN-a.i.114, DN-a.i.121; Kp-a.128; Vv-a.79. -neyya to be led by another, under another’s rule Snp.907 Mnd.321 (= parapattiya parapaccaya) -(n)tapa worrying or molesting another person (opp attantapa) DN.iii.232; MN.i.341, MN.i.411; MN.ii.159; Pp.56 -paccaya resting, relying, or dependent on someone else Mnd.321; usually neg. a˚ independent of another Vin.i.12, Vin.i.181 and passim. -pattiya = prec. Mnd.321. -pāṇa other living beings Snp.220. -puggala other people DN.iii.108. -putta somebody else’s son AN.iv.169; Snp.43 -pessa serving others, being a servant Snp.615 (= paresaṃ veyyāvacca Snp-a.466). -pessiyā a female servant or messenger, lit. to be sent by others Ja.iii.413 (= parehi pesitabbā pesanakārikā C.). -ppavāda [cp. BSk. parapravādin “false teacher” Divy.202] disputation with another, challenge, opposition in teaching (applied to Non-Buddhistic systems) SN.v.261; AN.ii.238; Mil.170 Mil.175. -bhāga outer part, precinct part beyond Pv-a.24 -bhuta [Sk. parabhṛta] the Indian cuckoo (lit. brought up by another) Ja.v.416 (so read for parābhūta). -bhojana food given by others Snp.366 (= parehi dinnaṃ saddhādeyyaṃ Snp-a.364). -loka cpd. either with para 1 or para 2 It is hardly justified to assume a metaphysical sense, or to take para as temporal in the sense of paraṃ (cp. paraṃmaraṇā after death), i.e. the future world or the world to come] the other world, the world beyond (opp. ayaṃ loko this world or idhaloka the world here, see on term Stede, Peta Vatthu p. 29 sq. DN.i.27, DN.i.58, DN.i.187; DN.ii.319; SN.i.72, SN.i.138; Snp.579, Snp.666, Snp.1117 Mnd.60; Cnd.214 (variant reading for paloka in anicca-passage), Cnd.410 (= manussalokaṃ ṭhapetvā sabbo paraloko); Pts.i.121; Vv.84#5 (= narakaṃ hi sattānaṃ ekantânatthatāya parabhūto paṭisattubhūto loko ti visesato paraloko ti Vv-a.335); Pv-a.5, Pv-a.60 (= pettivisaya parattha), Pv-a.64, Pv-a.107, Pv-a.253 (idhalokato p. natthi); Snp-a.478 (= parattha); Sdhp.316, Sdhp.326, Sdhp.327. -vambhitā contempt of others MN.i.19 (a˚). -vambhin contempting others MN.i.19, MN.i.527 -vasatta power (over others) Dāvs iv.19. -vāda 1 talk of others, public rumour SN.i.4; Snp.819 (cp. Mnd.151) Snp-a.475. 2 opposition Mil.94 sq. -vādin opponent Mil.348. visaya the other world, realm of the Dead Hades Pv.iv.8#7 (= pettivisaya Pv-a.268). -vediya to be known by others, i.e. heterodox DN.ii.241; Snp.474 (= parehi ñāpetabba Snp-a.410). -sattā (pl.) other beings AN.i.255 = AN.iii.17 (+ parapuggalā). -suve on the day after tomorrow Dhp-a.iv.170 (variant reading SS for pare, see para 2 c.). -sena a hostile army DN.i.89 = DN.ii.16 DN.iii.59 = Snp.p.106 ≈ (cp. DN-a.i.250 = Snp-a.450). -hattha the hand of the enemy Ja.i.179. -hiṃsā hurting others Pv.iii.7#3. -hita the good or welfare of others (opp. attahita) DN.iii.233; Pv-a.16, Pv-a.163. -hetu on account of others, through others Snp.122 (attahetu +) Pp.54.
fr. Idg. *per, *peri (cp. pari); Ved. para, parā, paraṃ; Lat. per through, Gr. πέρα & πέραν beyond; see Walde, Lat. Wtb. under per & also pari pubba, pura, purāṇa
(param˚) adverb further, away (from); as prep. (w. abl.) after, beyond; absolute only in phrase ito paraṃ from here, after this, further, e.g. Kp-a.131; Snp-a.160, Snp-a.178, Snp-a.412, Snp-a.512, Snp-a.549; Pv-a.83, Pv-a.90 also in tato paraṃ Ja.iii.281.
orig. nt. of para
see parājeti.
adverb elsewhere, hereafter, in the Beyond, in the other world SN.i.20; Snp.661 = Iti.42 = Dhp.306; Dhp.177; Ja.ii.417; Pv.i.11#10 (= paraloke Pv-a.60); Pv.iii.1#20 (= samparāye Pv-a.177) Snp-a.478 (= paraloke).
Vedic parastāt beyond
adjective finding pleasure in, fond of, only in two (doubtful) compounds viz. -vutta [unexplained, perhaps v for y, as daya → dava through influence of d in parada˚; thus = parata yutta?] “fond of being prepared,” adapted, apt, active alert; only in one stock phrase (which points to this form as being archaic and probably popular etymology, thus distorting its real derivation), viz. appossukka pannaloma + Vin.ii.184 (Vin. Texts iii.232 trsl. “secure,” cp. Vin.ii.363); MN.i.450; MN.ii.121 (variant reading BB paradatta˚), -and -samācāra living a good (active) life MN.i.469.
for uparada (?) = uparata, pp. of upa + ram
adjective highest, most excellent, superior, best paraphrased by agga seṭṭha visiṭṭha at Cnd.502 A Mnd.84, Mnd.102 (the latter reading viseṭṭha for visiṭṭha); by uttama at Dhp-a.iii.237; Vv-a.78
■ DN.i.124 (ettaka˚) MN.ii.120 (˚nipacca); SN.i.166; SN.ii.277; SN.v.230; AN.v.64 (˚diṭṭha-dhamma-nibbāna); Snp.138 (yasaṃ paramaṃ patto), Snp.296 (˚ā mittā), Snp.788 (suddhaṃ ˚ṃ arogaṃ), Snp.1071 (saññāvimokhe ˚e vimutto); Dhp.184 (nibbānaṃ ˚ṃ vadanti Buddhā). Dhp.203, Dhp.243; Vv.16#1 (˚alankata paramaṃ ativiya visesato Vv-a.78) Pv.ii.9#10 (˚iddhi) Pp.15, Pp.16, Pp.66; Snp-a.453 (˚issara); Pv-a.12 (˚nipacca), Pv-a.15 (˚duggandha), Pv-a.46
■ At the end of a cpd. (-˚) “at the outmost, at the highest, at most; as a minimum at least” Vin.iv.263 (dvangula-pabba˚); esp. freq. in phrase sattakkhattu˚; one who will be reborn seven times at the outmost, i.e. at the end of the 7 rebirthinterval SN.ii.185 (sa˚); SN.v.205; AN.i.233; AN.iv.381; AN.v.120; Iti.18; Kv.469. See pāramī & pāramitā.
-attha [cp. class. Sk. paramārtha] the highest good ideal; truth in the ultimate sense, philosophical truth (cp. Kvu trsl. 180; J.P.T.S. 1914, 129 sq.; Cpd. 6, 81) Arahantship Snp.68 (= vuccati Amataṃ Nibbānaṃ etc Cnd.409), Snp.219 (˚dassin); Cnd.26; Mil.19, Mil.31; -dīpanī Exposition of the Highest Truth, Name of the Commentary on Th, Vv and Pv; mentioned e.g. at Pv-a.71 -jotikā id., Name of the C. on Kp and Sn, mentioned e.g. at Kp-a.11
■ As ˚-, in instr. and abl. used adverbially in meaning of “in the highest sense, absolutely κα ̓τ ἐςοξήν, primarily, ideally, in an absolute sense, like ˚pāramī Bv.i.77 ˚visuddhi AN.v.64; ˚saññita Thig.210; ˚suñña Pts.ii.184; ˚suddhi Snp-a.528; abl. paramatthato Mil.28; Vv-a.24 (manusso), Vv-a.30 (bhikkhu), Vv-a.72 (jīvitindriyaṃ); Pv-a.146 (pabbajito, corresponding to anavasesato), Pv-a.253 (na koci kiñci hanati = not at all) instr. paramatthena Mil.71 (vedagū), Mil.268 (sattûpaladdhi). -gati the highest or best course of life or future exsitence Vv.35#12 (= anupādisesa-nibbāna Vv-a.164).
Vedic parama; superl. formation of para, lit. “farthest,” cp. similarly, although fr. diff. base Lat. prīmus
the most influential or ruling doctrine MN.iii.7.
cp. Vedic parama-jyā
feminine the highest quantity, measure on the outside minimum or maximum DN.i.60 (ghāsa-cchādana-paramatāya santuṭṭho contented with a minimum of food & clothing; DN-a.i.169 explains by uttamatāya); MN.i.10 (abyābajjha˚); SN.i.82 (nāḷik’ odana-paramatāya on a nāḷi of boiled rice at the most); freq. in phrase sattakkhattuṃ p. interval of seven rebirths at the outside (cp. parama), being reborn seven times at the most SN.ii.134 sq.; SN.v.458; Kv.469 (cp. Kvu trsl. 2683).
fr. parama, Vedic paramatā highest position
at SN.v.441 is to be corrected to pharasu˚.
prefix prep meaning “on to,” “over” (with the idea of mastering) also “through, throughout.” The ā is shortened before double consonant, like parā + kṛ; = parakkaroti, parā kram = parakkamati (see under compounds of para).
para + ā, not instr. of para: see para 2 c; in some cases it may also correspond to paraṃ˚
see parakkaroti (paraṃ˚? or parā?).
parā + ji, opp. of jaya
defeated, having suffered a loss Vin.iv.5; SN.i.224; AN.iv.432; Snp.440, Snp.681; Dhp.201 (= parena parājito Dhp-a.iii.259, where Bdhgh takes it evidently as instr. of para = parā); Ja.i.293; Ja.ii.160 (sahassaṃ), Ja.ii.403.
pp. of parājeti
to defeat, conquer; in gambling: to make lose, beat Pv-a.151 (sahassaṃ p by 1,000 coins)
aor parāji in 3rd pl. ˚jiṃsu, only in one stock phrase referring to the battle of the Gods Titans, viz. at DN.ii.285 = MN.i.253 (˚jiniṃsu) = SN.i.221 SN.i.224 (variant reading ˚jiniṃsu) = AN.iv.432 (˚jiyiṃsu, with variant reading ˚jiniṃsu), where a Pass. is required (“were defeated lost”) in opp. to jiniṃsu, and the reading ˚jiyiṃsu as aor. pass. is to be preferred
pass -jīyati to be defeated, to suffer defeat SN.i.221 (Pot. parājeyya, but form is Active); Ja.i.290; and parajjhati (1st pl. parajjhāma) Ja.ii.403; aor. parājiyi: see above parāji
pp parājita (q.v.).
parā + jeti of ji, cp. jayati
defeat, destruction, ruin, disgrace SN.ii.241; AN.ii.73; AN.iv.26; Snp.91–Snp.115; Ja.iii.331; Snp-a.167.
fr. parā + bhu Vedic parābhava
pp parābhūta (q.v.) See also parābhetvā.
parā + bhū
ruined, fallen into disgrace MN.ii.210 (avabhūta +)
■ Note. parābhūta at Ja.v.416 is to be read parabhuta (q.v.).
pp. of parābhavati
at Ja.v.153 is not clear (C.: hadayaṃ bhinditvā olokento viya…); perhaps we have here a reading parābh˚ for parāg˚ (as bheṇḍuka wrongly for geṇḍuka) which in its turn stands for parādhetvā (cp. similarly BSk. ārāgeti for ārādheti), thus meaning “propitiating.”
touched, grasped, usually in bad sense: succumbing to, defiled, corrupted DN.i.17 for a different, commentarial interpretation see Parāmāsa (evaṃ˚ so acquired or taken up; cp. DN-a.i.107 nirāsanka-cittatāya punappuna āmaṭṭha); SN.ii.94 Cnd.152 (gahita p. abhiniviṭṭha; cp. gahessasi No 227); Dhs.584, Dhs.1177, Dhs.1500; Sdhp.332
■ dup˚ wrongly grasped, misused SN.i.49
■ apparāmaṭṭha [cp. BSk aparāmṛṣta not affected Mptp. p. 84] untarnished incorrupt DN.ii.80 (cp. Dial ii.85); DN.iii.245; SN.ii.70; AN.iii.36.
pp. of parāmasati
touching, seizing, taking hold of MN.i.130 (variant reading ˚māsa which reading is probably to be preferred, cp. Trenckner on p. 541) SN.iii.46 (variant reading ˚māsa)
■ neg. aparāmasa not leading astray, not enticing DN.i.17 (˚to), DN.i.202
■ Perhaps we should read parāmāsa altogether.
parā + mṛś, but see parāmāsa
to touch, hold on to, deal with, take up, to be attached or fall a victim to (acc.) Vin.ii.47, Vin.ii.195, Vin.ii.209; DN.i.17; MN.i.257; SN.iii.110; Ja.iv.138; in combination with gaṇhāti & nandati (abhiniveseti) at Cnd.227
ger parāmassa DN.ii.282; MN.i.130, MN.i.498 (but cp. p. 541); grd. parāmasitabba Ja.i.188
pp parāmaṭṭha (q.v.).
para + masati of mṛś
neuter touching, seizing, taking up Cnd.576 (daṇḍa-sattha˚); Dhs-a.239 (angapaccanga˚); Pv-a.159 (kiriyā˚).
fr. parāmasati
touching contact, being attached to, hanging on, being under the influence of, contagion (Dhs. trsl. 316). In Asl.49, Bdhgh analyses as parato āmasantīti parāmāsā: p. means “they handle dhamma’s as other” (than what they really are e.g. they transgress the real meaning of anicca etc and say nicca). Hence the renderings in Asl. trs “Reversion,” in Dialogues iii.28, 43, etc. “perverted (parāmasāmi parāmaṭṭha)-SN.iii.46, SN.iii.110; AN.ii.42 (sacca˚); AN.iii.377 (sīlabbata˚), AN.iii.438 (id.); AN.v.150 (sandiṭṭhi˚) DN.iii.48; Thag.342; Iti.48 (itisacca˚, cp. idaṃsaccabhinivesa under kāyagantha); Pp.22; Dhs.381, Dhs.1003 Dhs.1175 (diṭṭhi˚ contagion of speculative opinion), Dhs.1498 (id.) It is almost synonymous with abhinivesa; see kāyagantha (under gantha), and cp. Cnd.227 (gāha p abhinivesa) and Nd ii.under taṇhā iii.1 C
■ See also parāmasa.
parā + mṛś, cp. Epic Sk. parāmarśa being affected by; as philos. term “reflection”
adjective grasping, seizing, perverting DN.iii.48; MN.i.43, MN.i.96 (sandiṭṭhi˚). Parayana (Parayana)
fr. parāmāsa
neuter
fr. parā + i, cp. Vedic parāyaṇa highest instance, also BSk. parāyaṇa e.g. Divy.57, Divy.327
see sam˚.
adjective having one’s refuge or resort (in), being supported, only neg. aparāyinī (f.) without support Ja.iii.386.
fr. parāyana
indeclinable prefix, signifying (lit. around, round about; (fig.) all round, i.e. completely altogether. The use as prep. (with acc. = against, w abl. = from) has entirely disappeared in Pāli (but see below 1a). As adv. “all round” it is only found at Ja.vi.198 (parī metri causa; combined with samantato). The composition form before vowels is pariy˚; which in combination with ud and upa undergoes metathesis, scil payir˚. Frequent combinations with other preps. are pari + ā (pariyā˚) and pari + ava (pariyo˚); sampari˚; Close affinities of p. are the preps. adhi (cp. ajjhesati → pariyesati, ajjhogāhati → pariyogāhati) and abhi (cp abhirādheti → paritoseti, abhitāpa → paritāpa, abhipīḷita → pari˚, abhipūreti → pari˚, abhirakkhati → pari˚), cp also its relation to ā in var. combinations
■ Meanings.
Idg. *peri to verbal root *per, denoting completion of a forward movement (as in Sk. pṛ2 piparti. to bring across, promote; cp. Vedic pṛc to satisfy, pṛṇāti to fill, fulfill. See also P. para). Cp Vedic pari, Av. pairi, Gr. πέρι, Lat. per (also in adj per-magnus very great); Obulg. pariy round about Lith. per̃ through, Oir er-(intensifying prefix), Goth faír, Ohg. fir, far = Ger. ver-
to draw over or towards oneself, to win over seduce DN.ii.283 (purisaṃ); Mil.143 (janapadaṃ). Cp parikassati and samparikaḍḍhati.
pari + k˚, cp. BSk. parikaḍḍhati Mvu.ii.255
neuter drawing, dragging along Ja.ii.78; Mil.154.
fr. prec.
arrangement, preparation, getting up Ja.v.203.
*parikṛti of kṛ; (?)
cut round, cut off Mil.188.
pp. of pari + kantati2; corresponds to Sk, kṛtta, which is usually represented in P. by kanta2
feminine
pari + kathā, cp. BSk. parikathā Divy.225, Divy.235
cut open Vin.iii.89 (kucchi p.). See also parikatta & cp. Kern, Toevoegselen s. v (misreading for ˚katta?)
■ Note. Reading parikantaṃ upāhanaṃ at Ja.vi.51 is with variant reading to be changed to pariyantaṃ.
pari + kanta2 of kantati2
at Vin.ii.80 (bhāsita˚) is probably to be read as pārikata. Bdhgh explains as parik kametvā kata, but it is difficult to derive it fr. parikkamati Vin. Texts iii.18 trsl. “as well in speech as in act” and identify it with parikanta1, hardly justified Cp. also Kern. Toevoegselen s. v. The passage is evidently faulty.
pp. of parikaroti
to wind round, twist Ja.iii.185 (pāso pādaṃ p.; but taken by C. as parikantati2 explained as “cammādīni chindanto samantā kantati”).
pari + kantati1
to cut (round), cut through, pierce MN.i.244 (vātā kucchiṃ p.); Ja.iii.185 (see parikantati1).
pari + kantati2
fr. pari + kalp
inclined, determined, decided, fixed upon Sdhp.362, 602.
pp. of parikappati
neuter “doing round,” i.e. doing up, viz (1.) arrangement, getting up, preparation Vin.ii.106 (˚ṃ kārāpeti), Vin.ii.117 (geruka˚ plastering with red chalk), Vin.ii.151 (id.). parikammaṃ karoti to make (the necessary) preparation, to set to work Vism.395 and passim (with ref. to iddhi). Usually in form parikammakata arranged, prepared Vin.ii.175 (bhūmi), as “with,” viz. geruka˚ plastered with red chalk Vin.i.48 Vin.ii.209; lākhā˚ Ja.iii.183; Ja.iv.256; su˚; beautifully arranged or prepared, fitful, well worked Mil.62 (dāru), Mil.282 (maṇiratana); Vv-a.188. In special sense used with ref. to jhāna, as kasiṇa˚; processes whereby jhāna is introduced, preparations for meditation Ja.i.141 Ja.iv.306; Ja.v.162, Ja.v.193; Dhs-a.168; cp. Cpd. 54; Dhp-a.i.105 (2.) service, attention, attending Vin.i.47; Vin.ii.106, Vin.ii.220; SN.i.76; Thig.376 (= veyyāvacca Thag-a.253); Pp.56; Dhp-a.i.96, Dhp-a.i.333, chiefly by way of administering ointments etc. to a person, cp. Ja.v.89; Dhp-a.i.250. sarīra˚ attending the body DN-a.i.45, DN-a.i.186; Snp-a.52.
pari + kamma
“doing round,” i.e. girdle, loincloth Ja.iv.149; Dhp-a.i.352
■ In cpd. ovāda˚ it is variant reading SS at DN.i.137 for paṭikara (q.v.).
fr. pari + kṛ; a similar formation belonging to same root, but with fig. meaning is to be found in parikkhāra, which is also explained by parivara cp. parikaroti = parivāreti
to surround, serve, wait upon, do service for Ja.iv.405 (= parivāreti C.); Ja.v.353 (id.), Ja.v.381 Ja.vi.592. Cp. parikara & parikkhāra.
pari + kṛ.
pass parikissati (q.v.).
pari + kṛṣ, cp BSk. parikarṣayati to carry about Divy.475, and parikaḍḍhati
scattered or strewn about, surrounded Ja.iv.400; Ja.vi.89, Ja.vi.559; Pv.i.6#1 (makkhikā˚ samantato ākiṇṇa Pv-a.32); Mil.168, Mil.285; DN-a.i.45 (spelt parikkhiṇṇa). Cp. sampari˚.
pp. of parikirati
declared, announced, made public Sdhp.601.
pp. of parikutteti
to declare, praise, make public Mil.131, Mil.141, Mil.230, Mil.383
pp parikittita (q.v.).
pari + kitteti
to strew or scatter about, to surround SN.i.185 = Thag.1210; aor. parikiri Ja.vi.592 (variant reading for parikari, see parikaroti)
pp parikiṇṇa (q.v.).
pari + kirati
strewing about, trsld “consecrating sites” DN.i.12 (vatthu-kamma + vatthu˚; variant reading paṭi˚; explained at DN-a.i.98 as “idañ c’ idañ ca āharathā ti vatvā tattha balikamma-karaṇaṃ”). The BSk. form appears to be parīkṣā, as seen in phrase vatthuparīkṣā at Divy.3 & Divy.16. See under parikkhā.
fr. pari + kirati
tired out, exhausted Mil.303.
pp. of parikilamati
to get tired out, fatigued or exhausted Ja.v.417, Ja.v.421
pp parikilanta (q.v.).
pari + kilamati
to get stained or soiled; fig. get into trouble or misery (?) see parikissati
pp parikiliṭṭha see parikkiliṭṭha.
pari + kilissati
misery, calamity, punishment Thag-a.241 (for ˚klesa, q.v.).
pari + kilesa
to be dragged about or worried, to be harassed, to get into trouble SN.i.39 (trsl. “plagues itself”); AN.ii.177 AN.iv.186; Snp.820 (variant reading Nd i.˚kilissati; explained at Mnd.154 as kissati parikissati parikilissati, with vv.ll. kilissati pakirissati).
most likely Pass. of parikassati; maybe Pass. of kisa (= Sk. kṛśa) to become emaciated. Mrs. Rh. D at K.S. 319 takes it as contracted form of kilissati
at Sdhp.145, meaning? Cp. palikujjati.
greatly excited, very much agitated AN.ii.75; Mil.253.
pp. of pari + kup
feminine adornment, adorning oneself, being fond of ornaments Cnd.585#2 (variant reading parilepanā); DN-a.i.286 has paṭikelanā instead, but Vb id p. 351 parikeḷanā with variant reading parikelāsanā.
pari + keḷanā
to excite violently Mil.253.
Caus. of pari + kup
neuter walking about MN.i.43, MN.i.44; adj. sa˚; having (opportunity for) walking about i.e. accessible, good for rambling in, pleasant, said of the Dhamma AN.v.262 (opp. a˚).
pari + kram
at Ja.v.74 is probably to be read parikkhita (pari + ukṣ): see okkhita “sprinkled, strewn,” unless it is misreading for parikiṇṇa.
soiled, stained Vin.ii.296 (for parikiliṭṭha, cp. Kern, Toevoegselen s. v.); id. p at AN.ii.56 has paṭikiliṭṭha, cp. upakkiliṭṭha Vin.ii.295.
pp. of parikilissati
(-˚) see parikkhā.
adjective investigating, examining, experienced, shrewd Pv-a.131 (lokiya˚ experienced in the ways of the world, for agarahita).
fr. parikkhati
neuter putting to the test, trying Sdhp.403 (sarīra˚, or should we read parirakkhaṇa? Cp. parirakkhati).
fr. parikkhati; cp. Class. Sk. parīkṣaṇa
wounded, hurt, grazed Ja.iii.431; Pv-a.272 (a˚).
pp. of pari + kṣan
made up, prepared, endowed with, equipped, adorned DN.ii.217; MN.iii.71; Mil.328.
pp. of *parikkharoti; cp. Sk. pariṣkṛta
feminine “making up,” pretence, posing, sham Pp.19 (23) = Vb.351 (358).
abstr. fr. parikkhata2
to look round, to inspect, investigate, examine AN.i.162 (vaṇṇaṃ parikkhare 3rd pl.) See also parikkhaka, parikkhavant & parikkhā.
pari + īkṣ
read pāri˚ (= parikkhatatā) q.v.
lit. to do all round, i.e. to make up, equip, adorn (cp. parikaroti); pp. parikkhata2 (q.v.); see also parikkhāra.
pariṣ + kṛ.
exhaustion, waste, diminution, decay, loss, end DN.i.156; MN.i.453; MN.iii.37 sq.; SN.i.2, SN.i.90, SN.i.152; SN.v.461; AN.i.100, AN.i.299 AN.ii.68; AN.iii.46 (bhogā ˚ṃ gacchanti); AN.iv.148, AN.iv.350; Thag.929; Snp.374, Snp.749, Snp.1094 (= pahānaṃ etc. Cnd.412); Dhp.139; Ja.i.290; Pv.ii.6#15; Pp.16, Pp.17, Pp.63; Mil.102; Dhp-a.iv.140 (˚ṃ gacchati to come to waste, to disappear atthaṃ gacchati of Dhp.384); Thag-a.285; Pv-a.3 (dhanasannicayo ˚ṃ na gamissati). In the latter phrase freq combined with pariyādāna (q.v.).
fr. pari + kṣi2, cp. Epic Sk. parikṣaya
adjective circumspect, elever, experienced Ja.iii.114.
fr. parikkhati
feminine examination, investigation, circumspection prudence Ja.iii.115; Ne.3, Ne.4, Ne.126 (cp. Index p. 276) Sdhp.532 (attha˚).
fr. pari + īkṣ, cp. BSk. parīksā Divy.3 & Divy.16 in vastu˚, ratna˚ etc. with which cp. P. vatthu-parikirana
“all that belongs to anything,” make-up, adornment (so Cnd.585 bāhirā p. of the body)
fr. *parikkharoti, cp. late Sk. pariṣkāra
(-˚) adjective one who has the parikkhāras (of the mendicant). Usually the 8 p. are understood, but occasionally 12 are given as in the detailed enumn of p. at DN-a.i.204–DN-a.i.207.
fr. parikkhāra
at DN-a.i.45 is to be read parikiṇṇa (q.v.).
thrown round, overspread, overlaid, enclosed, fenced in, encircling, surrounded by (-˚) MN.iii.46; AN.iv.106 (su˚); SN.i.331 (read valligahana˚); Pv.iv.3#36 (variant reading for pariyanta as in Pv.i.10#13) Vism.71 (of gāma); Thag-a.70; Dhp-a.i.42 (pākāra˚); Pv-a.52 (= pariyanta Pv.i.10#13), Pv-a.283 (sāṇī-pākāra˚); Sdhp.596.
pp. of parikkhipati
to throw round, encircle, surround Vin.ii.154; Ja.i.52 (sāṇiṃ), Ja.i.63, Ja.i.150, Ja.i.166; Ja.ii.104, Ja.iii.371; Dhp-a.i.73
pp parikkhitta (q.v.)
caus 2 parikkhipāpeti Ja.i.148 (sāṇiṃ); Ja.ii.88 (sāṇi-pākāraṃ).
pari + kṣip
exhausted, wasted, decayed, extinct Vin.iv.258; MN.iii.80; SN.i.92; SN.ii.24 SN.v.145, SN.v.461; DN.iii.97, DN.iii.133 (˚bhava-saṃyojana); Iti.79 (id.); AN.iv.418, AN.iv.434 (āsavā); Snp.175, Snp.639, Snp.640; Dhp.93 Pp.11, Pp.14; Mil.23 (˚āyuka); Pv-a.112 (˚tiṇodak’ āhāra).
pp. of parikkhīyati
neuter the fact of being exhausted, exhaustion, extinction, destruction DN-a.i.128 (jīvitassa); Pv-a.63 (kammassa), Pv-a.148 (id.).
abstr. of parikkhīṇa
to go to ruin, to be wasted or exhausted Thig.347 (= parikkhayaṃ gacchati Thag-a.242)
pp parikkhīṇa (q.v.).
pari + khīyati of kṣi2
fr. pari + kṣip
hardship, misery, calamity SN.i.132 = Thig.191; Thig.345 (= parikilesa Thag-a.241).
pari + klesa
feminine a ditch, trench, moat Vin.ii.154; DN.i.105 (ukkiṇṇa-parikha adj with trenches dug deep, combined with okkhittapaligha explained by khāta-parikha ṭhapita-paligha at DN-a.i.274) MN.i.139 (sankiṇṇa˚ adj. with trenches filled, epithet of an Arahant, combined with ukkhittapaligha) = AN.iii.84 sq. Cnd.284 C (spelt kkh); AN.iv.106 (nagara˚); Ja.i.240, Ja.i.490 Ja.iv.106 (ukkiṇṇ’ antaraparikha); Ja.vi.276, Ja.vi.432; Cp II.1#2 (spelt kkh); Mil.1 (gambhīra˚); Snp-a.519 (˚taṭa); Pv-a.201 (˚piṭṭhe), Pv-a.261 (id.), Pv-a.278 (id., variant reading ˚parikkhāṭa-tīre).
fr. pari + khan, cp. Epic Sk. parikhā
neuter comprehension Ja.ii.7 (˚paññā comprehensive wisdom).
fr. parigaṇhāti
(& Pariggaheti Caus.)
caus -ggaheti
aor ˚esi,
ger ˚etvā,
inf ˚etuṃ
1 to embrace, comprehend, fig. master Vin.ii.213; Ja.ii.28; Ja.iii.332; Snp-a.549 (mantāya); Dhp-a.iii.242; Pv-a.68 (hattesu), Pv-a.93; Vv-a.75. 2 to explore, examine find out, search Ja.i.162; Ja.ii.3; Ja.iii.85, Ja.iii.268 (˚ggahetuṃ), Ja.iii.533; Ja.v.93, Ja.v.101; Dhp-a.ii.56
caus 2 parigaṇhāpeti Ja.i.290. 3 to comprise, summarise Kp-a.166, Kp-a.167
pp pariggahita (q.v.).
pari + gṛh
to sink down, slip or glide off Ja.iv.229, Ja.iv.250; Ja.v.68.
pari + galati, see gaḷati
to swallow Ja.i.346.
pari + gilati
to hide, conceal AN.i.149; AN.iv.10, AN.iv.31; Pv.iii.4#3 (= paṭicchādeti Pv-a.194).
pari + gūhati
feminine hiding, concealment, deception Pp.19, Pp.23.
fr. patigūhati
fr. pari + gṛh
taken, seized, taken up, haunted, occupied Vin.iii.51 (manussānaṃ p. by men), Vin.iv.31, Vin.iv.278; Dhp-a.i.13 (amanussa˚ by ghosts); Pv-a.87 Pv-a.133; Sdhp.64
■ f. abstr, -tā being possessed (Vism.121 (amanussa˚).
pp. of parigaṇhāti
adjective including, occupying Ne.79 (= upathambhaka C. as quoted in Index p. 276).
fr. pariggaha
a cross-bar Thag-a.211 (˚daṇḍa).
Vedic parigha, of which the usual P. representative is paligha (q.v.)
to rub (too) hard, scrub, scratch, only in ppr. aparighaṃsanto Vin.i.46; Vin.ii.208.
pari + ghaṃsati1
one who looks round or enquires, neg. a˚ Ja.v.77.
n. ag. fr. pari + cakṣ, cp. akkhi & cakkhu
familiarity, acquaintance Ja.vi.337; Vism.153; Pv-a.74
■ adj. (-˚) acquainted with, versed in (loc.) Ja.ii.249 (jāta˚), Vv-a.24 (kata˚); Pv-a.4 (id.), Pv-a.129 (id.).
fr. pari + ci
neuter
fr. pari + car
servant, attendant DN-a.i.269.
fr. paricaraṇa
to move about, in var. senses, viz.
■ We often find reading pariharati for paricarati, e.g. at Dhp-a.ii.232; cp. paricāreti for ˚hāreti Pv-a.175; paricaraṇā for ˚haraṇā Pv-a.219
pp pariciṇṇa; Caus paricāreti (q.v.).
pari + carati
feminine going about, service, ministration, worship SN.i.182; AN.i.132; Dhp-a.ii.232 (aggi˚;) Occurs also as pāricariyā (q.v.), e.g. at Ja.v.154. See also paricārikā.
fr. paricarati
fr. serving, attendance; (m.) servant, attendant Thag.632 (C. on this stanza for paddhagū).
paricāreti
adjective noun attending, serving honouring; (m.) attendant, worshipper, follower (cp BSk. paricāraka attendant Avs.i.170; Avs.ii.167] DN.i.101 DN.ii.200; Thag.475; Snp.p.218 (Nd ii.reads ˚cārika) Ja.i.84; Ja.iv.362; Pv.iv.8#7 (not ˚vāraka); DN-a.i.137, DN-a.i.269 See also paricārika.
fr. paricāreti
feminine care, attention, looking after; pleasure, feasting, satisfaction Pv.ii.1#2 (gloss for ˚cārika); Pv-a.219.
fr. paricāreti
adjective noun = paricāraka (servant, attendant) AN.v.263 (aggi˚ fire-worshipper); Pv.ii.6#20 (amacca minister & attendant); Thag-a.267; Snp-a.597
■ f. -carikā
served by; delighted by, indulging in MN.i.504.
pp. of paricāreti
adjective noun serving, attending, f. a maid-servant Ja.ii.395.
fr. paricāreti
pp paricārita q.v. See also parivāreti.
Caus. of paricarati
pari + ciṇṇa, pp. of carati
gathered, accumulated, collected, increased, augmented MN.iii.97; SN.i.116; SN.ii.264; SN.iv.200; AN.ii.67 sq., AN.ii.185; AN.iii.45, AN.iii.152, AN.iv.282, AN.iv.300; AN.v.23; Thag.647; Pts.i.172 (explained); Pv-a.67 Sdhp.409.
pp. of pari + ci, cinoti, P. cināti
known, scrutinized, accustomed acquainted or familiar with, constantly practised Vin.ii.95 (vācasā p.), Vin.ii.109 (aggi˚ etc. read aggiparijita); Thag-a.52; Mil.140 (iddhipādā p.); Dāvs iv.19
■ aparicita unfamiliar Dhp-a.i.71.
pp. of pari + ci, ciketi, P. cināti; but perhaps identical with paricita1
to kiss (all round, i.e. from all sides), to cover with kisses MN.ii.120; SN.i.178, SN.i.193; AN.iv.438; Dhp-a.i.330.
pari + cumbati
indeclinable lit. “going round,” i.e. having encircled grasped, understood; grasping, finding out, perceiving freq. in phrase cetasā ceto paricca (pajānāti) grasping fully with one’s mind, e.g. at DN.i.79; MN.i.445; MN.iii.12; SN.ii.121, SN.ii.233; Iti.12; Vb.329; Vism.409 (= paricchinditvā). See pariyeti.
ger. of pari + i, cp. Sk. (Gr.) parītya & P. pariyeti
to give up, abandon, leave behind, reject SN.i.44; Iti.94; Ja.ii.335; Ja.vi.259 (= chaḍḍeti) Mil.207; Dhp-a.iv.204; Pv-a.121, Pv-a.132, Pv-a.221 (read jīvitaṃ pariccajati for parivajjati; cp. BSk. jīvitaṃ parityakṣyāmi Avs.i.210); Sdhp.539
pp pariccatta (q.v.).
pari + cajati of tyaj
neuter & feminine
fr. pariccajati
one who gives (up) or spends, a giver, donor Pv-a.7.
from preceding
given up abandoned, thrown out, left behind Ja.i.69, Ja.i.174, Ja.i.477; Mil.280; Pv-a.178, Pv-a.219 (= virādhita); Sdhp.374.
pp. of pariccajati; cp. BSk. parityakta in meaning “given to the poor” Avs.i.3
fr. pariccajati
a cover, covering Ja.i.341, Ja.i.466.
fr. pari + chad
enveloped, covered, wrapped round Vin.iv.17.
pari + channa, pp. of chad
very much seared, scorched (?) Sdhp.102 (˚odara-ttaca).
pari + chāta
feminine covering, hiding, concealing Pp.19 = Pp.23 = Vb.358.
fr. pari + chad
pp paricchinna (q.v.).
pari + chindati
neuter “cutting up,” definition, analysis Vv-a.114.
fr. paricchindati
adjective marking out, defining, analysing, Dhs-a.157 (ñāṇa).
fr. pari + chind
pp. of paricchindati
fr. pari + chid; late Sk: (philos.) in same meaning
adjective determining, fixing Vb-a.346 (uṭṭhāna-velā ˚ā saññā).
fr. pariccheda
“the people round,” i.e. attendants, servants, retinue, suite Vin.i.15; Ja.i.72, Ja.i.90; Dhp-a.iii.188; Vv-a.63; Pv-a.58, Pv-a.62
■ saparijana with one’s servants Cp.ii.8#2 (T. saparijjana metri causâ).
pari + jana
to mutter (spells), to practise divination Ja.iii.530; Mil.200 (vijjaṃ).
pari + japati, cp. BSk. parijapta enchanted Divy.397
neuter mumbling, uttering spells Mil.356 (mantaṃ).
fr. parijapati
feminine cognition, recognition, knowledge Ne.20 (as paraphrase of pariññā).
pari + jānanā = jānana
to know accurately or for certain, to comprehend, to recognise, find out MN.i.293; SN.i.11, SN.i.24; SN.ii.45, SN.ii.99, SN.iii.26, SN.iii.40, SN.iii.159; SN.iv.50; SN.v.52, SN.v.422; AN.iii.400 sq.; Snp.202, Snp.254, Snp.943; Mnd.426; Ja.iv.174 Thag.226; Mil.69; Dhp-a.iv.233 ˚jānitvā)
ppr parijānaṃ SN.iii.27; SN.iv.89; Iti.3 sq
pp pariññāta (q.v.) ger. pariññāya see under pariññā1.
pari + jānāti
worn out, gone down, decayed, reduced Ja.i.111 (seṭṭhi-kulaṃ p.); Ja.v.99, Ja.v.100 (bhoga˚); Ja.vi.364; Dhp.148; Dhp-a.ii.272 (˚kula).
pp. of pari + jar, i.e. decayed; Kern Toevoegselen s. v. proposes reading ˚jīna of ji, i.e. wasted, see parijīyati
overpowered, injured, damaged Vin.ii.109 (so read for paricita).
pp. of pari + ji, jayati; Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. proposes reading parijīta, Sk. form of P. parijīna, pp. of pari jīyati, but hardly necessary, see also Vin. Texts iii.75.
to become worn out, to decay, fade, SN.i.186; Ja.iv.111. Spelt -jiyyati at Thag.1215. pp. parijīna (see parijiṇṇa).
pari + jīyati
feminine intense dislike of, disgust with (-˚) DN.i.25, cp. DN-a.i.115.
pari + jegucchā
is doubtful reading at AN.iii.38 (variant reading parivajjanā) = AN.iv.266 (T. reads parijjana, cp. parijana; vv. ll parivajjanā & parijanā); meaning?.
(-˚) knowing, recognising, understanding Iti.44 (bhūta˚ so, or should we read bhūtapariññāya?); also in cpd. pariññacārin (to be expd as shortened gr. pariññā?) Snp.537 (= paññāya paricchinditvā caranto living in full knowledge i.e. rightly determining); also (abstr.) pariññatthaṃ at Iti.29 (abhiññatthaṃ +), cp. SN.iv.253.
the adj. form of pariññā, cp. abhiñña
feminine accurate or exact knowledge, comprehension full understanding MN.i.66, MN.i.84; SN.iii.26 (yo rāgakkhayo dosā˚ moha˚ ayaṃ vuccati p.), SN.iii.159 sq., SN.iii.191; SN.iv.16, SN.iv.51, SN.iv.138, SN.iv.206, SN.iv.253 sq.; SN.v.21, SN.v.55 sq., SN.v.145, SN.v.236, SN.v.251, SN.v.292; AN.i.277 (kāmānaṃ rūpānaṃ vedanānaṃ), AN.i.299; AN.v.64 Pp.37; Ne.19, Ne.20, Ne.31; Kp-a.87; Snp-a.251
■ In exegetical literature three pariññās are distinguished viz. ñāta˚, tīraṇa˚ pahāna˚, which are differently interpreted & applied according to the various contexts See e.g. the detailed interpretation at Mnd.52 sq. Cnd.413; Ja.vi.259 (where ñāṇa˚ for ñāta˚); Dhp-a.ii.172 (in ref. to food); mentioned at Snp-a.517
■ adj. pariñña -The form pariññāya is an apparent instr., but in reality (in form & meaning) the ger. of parijānāti (like abhiññāya → abhijānitvā) for the usual parijānitvā It is freq. found in poetry & in formulas (like yathābhūtaṃ p.); its meaning is “knowing well in right knowledge”: SN.v.182; Snp.455, Snp.737, Snp.778 (= parijānitvā Mnd.51 sq.), Snp.1082 (corresp. with pahāya, cp. similar phrase pahāya parijānitvā Dhp-a.iv.232); Iti.62; Ja.vi.259.
cp. Epic Sk. parijñāna; the form parijñā given by BR only with the one ref. Vyutp. 160; fr pari + jñā
indeclinable having full knowledge or understanding of Snp.779 (= parijānitvā Mnd.56 & Snp-a.518); Iti.4 (perhaps to be read pariññāya for pariññā so).
ger. of parijānāti for *parijñāya, cp. same short forms of ādā & abhiññā
well understood, thoroughly known Thig.106; MN.i.1 sq.; SN.ii.99; SN.v.182; Pv-a.1, Pv-a.287 With ref. to food (˚bhojana & ˚āhāra) it means food understood according to the three pariññās (q.v.) Dhp.92 (˚bhojano adj. one who lives on recognised food or takes the right view of the food he eats, cp. Dhp-a.ii.172); Mil.352 (˚āhāro); contrasted with bhāvita consciousness is to be well studied, insight is to be made to grow MN.i.293.
pp. of parijānāti
neuter the fact of having full or exact knowledge SN.v.182.
abstr. fr. pariññāta
adjective one who has correct knowledge SN.iii.159 sq., SN.iii.191 (puggala).
fr. pariññāta
adjective knowable, perceivable, to be known (accurately) MN.i.4; SN.iii.26; SN.iv.29; Dhp-a.iv.233 (cp. Nd ii.under abhiññeyya).
grd. of parijānāti
to burn: Pass. pariḍayhati to be burnt or scorched MN.i.422; SN.i.188 = Thag.1224; AN.i.137; AN.iii.95, AN.iii.98; Snp.63; Pts.i.128 (ḷ); Pv.i.6#4 (= parito jhāyati Pv-a.33); Mil.303; Pv-a.60. Cp. pariḷāha.
pari + ḍadati
pp. of pariṇamati
pp pariṇata (q.v.). Caus. pariṇāmeti (q.v.).
pari + namati
“bending round,” i.e.
fr. pari + nam, cp. class Sk. pariṇāma in all meanings
neuter diverting to somebody’s use Vin.iv.157.
fr. parinamati
pp. of pariṇāmeti
one who destines or makes develop, fate, destiny Ja.vi.189.
n. ag. of pariṇāmeti
adjective ending in, resulting in (-˚) MN.i.11, MN.i.526; MN.iii.88.
fr. pariṇāma
to bend to, to change into, to turn to use for somebody, to procure for, obtain appropriate DN.i.92; Vin.iii.259 (puttassa rajjaṃ p. for his son); Vin.iv.156; Pv-a.281
ppr -ṇāmayamāna Ja.v.424. See also āvajjeti
pp pariṇāmita (q.v.).
Caus. of parinamati
a leader, guide, adviser; one of the 7 treasures (ratanāni) of a great king or Cakkavattin (according to Bdhgh on DN.ii.177 the eldest son; in the Lal. Vist. a general cp. Divy.211 Divy.217; Senart, Lég. de Buddha p. 42), i.e. a wonderful Adviser DN.i.89; DN.ii.17, DN.ii.177; MN.i.220; MN.ii.175; AN.iii.151 Snp.p.106 (cp. Snp-a.450 = DN-a.i.250); Ja.i.155; Ja.iv.93; Mil.38, Mil.314
■ f. pariṇāyikā. Epithet of wisdom, synonymous with paññā, i.e. insight, cleverness Dhs.1057 Pp.25; Vism.3; Dhs-a.148.
fr. pari + ni, cp. pariṇeti
compass, circumference, breadth, extent, girth SN.ii.206 (of the moon) = AN.v.19; Ja.iii.192 Ja.iii.277, Ja.iii.370; Ja.v.299; Pp.53; Mil.282, Mil.311; Snp-a.382 (āroha +).
fr. pari + nah
to lead round or about SN.ii.128.
pari + neti
scared (exceedingly), frightened Sdhp.147.
pari + tajjita
tormented, worried, vexed, grieved Mil.313.
pp. of paritappati
to be vexed, to grieve, worry, sorrow Thig.313 (= santappati Thag-a.233) Mil.313
pp paritatta (q.v.).
Pass. of pari + tap
neuter worry, excitement DN.i.40 (variant reading ˚tassita, cp. Dial i.53). Paritassati (tasati)
pari + tasita1 or tasita2
to be excited, to be tormented, to show a longing after, to be worried DN.ii.68; MN.i.36, MN.i.67, MN.i.151; SN.ii.82, SN.ii.194; SN.iii.43, SN.iii.55; SN.iv.23, SN.iv.65, SN.iv.168; AN.ii.27; AN.iii.133 sq.; Snp.621 (= taṇhāya na bhāyati Snp-a.467, thus combining tasati1 & tasati2), Snp.924 (Pot. parittase, interpreted by Mnd.373 as taseyya, uttaseyya, bhāyeyya thus taken as tasati2); Mil.253, Mil.400; Dhp.397 (= taṇhāya na bhāyati Dhp-a.iv.159); Sdhp.476
ppr aparitassaṃ DN.ii.68; MN.i.67; SN.ii.82; SN.iii.55; Iti.94. pp. paritasita (q.v.).
pari + tasati1, in form clearly = Sk. paritṛṣyati, but freq. confused with tasati2, cp. tasa Snp.924 is the only example of paritasati representing tasati2
feminine trembling, fear; nervousness, worry; excitement, longing DN.i.17 (= ubbijjanā phandanā etc. DN-a.i.111); MN.i.136 MN.iii.227; SN.iii.15 sq., SN.iii.133; Mil.253, Mil.400
■ neg. a˚ SN.iii.15; MN.i.136.
fr. paritassati, q.v. for meaning
adjective trembling, excited, worrying, only neg. a˚; AN.iv.108, AN.iv.111, AN.iv.230 sq.
fr. paritassati
= foll. Mil.313 (ātāpa +).
neuter tormenting, torture, affliction, mortification MN.i.78, MN.i.341–MN.i.344; AN.i.151, AN.i.296 AN.ii.205 sq. (atta˚ self-mortification, opp. para˚); Pp.55 Pp.56, Pp.61; Pv-a.18 (atta˚), Pv-a.30 (id.). Often combined with ātāpana (q.v.).
pari + tāpana, of tap
to burn, scorch, molest, trouble, torture, torment MN.i.341 (ātāpeti +), MN.i.506; SN.iv.337; AN.iii.54, AN.iii.380; Ja.v.420 (mā paritāpi).
pari + tapeti
to weigh, consider, estimate, think Vism.522
■ Vb-a.130.
pari + tuleti
adverb round about, around, on every side, everywhere, wholly Vin.ii.194; Snp-a.393; Vv-a.316; Pv-a.33.
fr. pari, cp. Sk. paritaḥ
to please, appease, satisfy, make happy Ja.i.262; Ja.iii.386; Ja.v.216; Pv-a.213 (variant reading SS āsiñcati).
pari + toseti
adjective small, little, inferior, insignificant limited, of no account, trifling Vin.i.270; DN.i.45; MN.iii.148 (˚ābha of limited splendour, opp. appamāṇ’ ābha); SN.ii.98; SN.iv.160 (opp. adhimatta); AN.iv.241 AN.v.63; Iti.71; Snp.61, Snp.390 (˚pañña of inferior wisdom, cp Cnd.415), Snp.1097 (id.); Ja.i.221; Dhs.181, Dhs.584, Dhs.1018, Dhs.1034 (cp. Dhs trsl.265, Dhs trsl.269); DN-a.i.119; Kp-a.133 (˚dīpā the 2,000 inferior islands), Kp-a.176 (500 do.); Pv-a.198; Sdhp.251, Sdhp.261. Synonyms: appaka, omaka, lāmaka, dukkha Cnd.414; catukka Cnd.415 (opp. mahā); appaka Pv-a.48, Pv-a.60; appama taka Pv-a.262; ittara Pv-a.60; oma Snp-a.347; oraka Snp-a.489; lāmaka Snp-a.347.
BSk. parītta, pari + pp. of dā in short form *tta, like ātta for ādatta. The development of meaning however causes difficulties, paridatta meaning given up, transmitted, cp. Divy.388, whereas P. paritta means trifling. The BSk. form parītta (e.g. Divy.204 Divy.498, Divy.504; Avs.i.329; Avs.ii.137) may be a re-translation of P. paritta, which may correspond to Sk, prarikta, pp of pra + ric, meaning “that which is exceeded,” i.e. left (over or behind)
neuter & Parittā (f.) protection, safeguard; (protective charm, palliative, amulet Vin.ii.110 (atta˚ f. personal protection), Vin.iv.305 (gutt’ atthāya ˚ṃ pariyāpuṇāti); AN.ii.73 (rakkhā + parittā); Ja.i.200 (manto + parittaṃ vaḍḍhiṃ), Ja.i.396 (paccekabuddhehi ˚ṃ kārāpeti makes them find a safeguard through the P.); Ja.iv.31 (osadhaṃ vā ˚ṃ vā); Mil.150 (f. & nt.)
■ Var. parittās in the way of Suttantas are mentioned at Vism.414 (Khandha˚ Dhajagga˚: SN.i.218 sq.; Āṭānāṭiya˚: DN.iii.195 sq. Mora˚: Ja.ii.33). Cf. Dialogues iii.185.
fr. pari + trā, cp. tāṇa, tāyati & also parittāna
small, insignificant, little Mnd.306 (for appaka etc. as at Cnd.414); Pv.i.10#11; Pv.ii.9#67 Mil.121 (a˚), Mil.253; DN-a.i.170 (for appa); Pv-a.51 Sdhp.42
■ f. parittikā Thag.377.
paritta1 + ka
neuter protection, shelter, refuge, safeguard, safety DN.i.9 (sara from an arrow, i.e. a shield); DN.iii.189; Ja.vi.455; Pv-a.284; Sdhp.396.
pari + tāṇa. Cp. Epic Sk. paritrāṇa
adjective safeguarding against, sheltering against, keeping away from Vism.376 (angāra-vassaṃ p. thero).
fr. pari + tāyati
adjective being in dread of (-˚) SN.i.201.
pari + tāsin, fr. tāsa of tasati2
adjective “with a stick around,” i.e. surrounded by a stick; only in one phrase viz. “saparidaṇḍā iṭṭhi” a woman protected by a stick, or liable to punishment (?), in stock phrase enumerating 10 kinds of women MN.i.286 = MN.iii.46 = Vin.iii.139 = AN.v.264; Vv-a.73.
pari + daṇḍa
neuter controlling, taming Vism.375.
pari + damana
to control, tame, keep under Vism.376.
pari + dameti
to put round, put on, clothe Dhp.9 (fut. ˚dahessati); Ja.ii.197; Ja.v.434 (ger ˚dahitvā); Ja.vi.500; Pv.ii.1#18; Pv-a.76 (vatthāni), Pv-a.77, Pv-a.127 (˚dahissati for paridhassati Pv.ii.9#36, which read for T. parivassati). ger also paridayha Ja.v.400 (= nivāsetvā cp pārupitvā ca C.)
pp paridahita (q.v.). Caus. ii. paridahāpeti to cause to be clothed Pv-a.49 (= acchādeti).
pari + dahati, of dhā
put round, put on (of clothing) Pv-a.43.
pp. of paridahati
adjective illuminating, explaining, explanatory Snp-a.40
fr. paridīpeti, cp, dīpaka1
neuter illuminating, elucidating, explanation Mil.318; Kp-a.111; Snp-a.394 sq.
pari + dīpana
feminine explanation, illustration Mil.131.
fr. paridīpeti, cp. paridīpana
pp. of paridīpeti
to make bright, to illustrate, to explain Mil.131; Sdhp.491
pp paridīpita (q.v.).
pari + dīpeti
to spoil altogether, to ruin, corrupt, defile Sdhp.409.
pari + dūseti
lamentation, wailing MN.i.200; SN.ii.1; SN.iii.3 sq. AN.i.144; AN.ii.195; Snp.328, Snp.592, Snp.811, Snp.923, Snp.969; Ja.i.146; Ja.vi.188, Ja.vi.498; Mnd.128, Mnd.134, Mnd.370, Mnd.492; Pts.i.11 sq., Pts.i.38 Pts.i.59, Pts.i.65; Vb.100, Vb.137; Ne.29. It is exegetically paraphrased at DN.ii.306 = Cnd.416 (under pariddava) with synonyms ādeva p. ādevanā paridevanā ādevitattaṃ paridevitattaṃ; often combined with soka grief, e.g. at DN.i.36; Snp.862; Iti.89; Pv-a.39, Pv-a.61
■ Bdhgh at DN-a.i.121 explains it as “sokaṃ nissita-lālappana-lakkhaṇo p.”
pari + deva of div, devati; only in one passage of Epic Sk. (Mbhār. vii.3014); otherwise paridevana nt.
to wail, lament DN.ii.158 (mā socittha mā paridevittha); Snp.582, Snp.774 = Mnd.38 (as ˚devayati), Mnd.166; Ja.vi.188, Ja.vi.498; Pv-a.18 (socati +); ger ˚devamāna SN.i.199, SN.i.208; Ja.v.106; Pv-a.38, & ˚devayamāna Snp.583
grd ˚devaniya Mnd.492; Snp-a.573, ˚devaneyya Snp.970 (= ādevaneyya Mnd.493)
pp paridevita (q.v.).
pari + devati, div
feminine = parideva, Snp.585; Cnd.416 (see under parideva) Pv.i.4#3 (= vācā-vippalāpa Pv-a.18); Pv.i.12#3 Pv-a.41.
neuter lamentation, wailing Snp.590; Pv.i.12#3 (= ruditaṃ Pv-a.63); Mil.148 (kanditap.˚-lālappita-mukha).
pp. of paridevati
neuter lamentation etc.; only exegetical construction in expln of parideva at DN.ii.306 = Cnd.416.
abstr. fr. paridevita
= parideva MN.i.56 (soka˚); AN.i.221; Thig.345 (soka˚); Snp.1052, cp. Cnd.416 (see parideva).
according to Trenckner MN.i.532 (on MN.i.56, where SS read p., whereas BB have parideva) the metrical substitute for parideva; therefore not = Sk paridrava, which is only a late re-translation of the P word
adjective destructive, ruinous Pv-a.15 (˚vacano speaking destructively, scandalmonger).
fr. paridhaṃsati
to be deprived, to lose, to come to ruin Iti.90; Mil.249, Mil.265
caus paridhaṃseti in same meaning at Mnd.5. It is almost synonymous with paripatati & parihāyati.
pari + dhaṃsati
to run about Ja.i.127 (ādhāvati +), Ja.i.134 (id.), Ja.i.158 (id.); Ja.ii.68 (id.) = Thag-a.54; v.106.
pari + dhāvati
washed, rinsed, cleansed, purified DN.i.124.
pp. of paridhovati
to wash (all round), cleanse, clean Vin.i.302
pp paridhota.
pari + dhovati
neuter
pari + niṭṭhāna
to bring to an end, attain, accomplish Dhs-a.363.
pari + niṭṭhāpeti
adjective accomplished MN.iii.53; Thig.283; Dhp-a.ii.78.
pari + niṭṭhita
adjective deeply hollowed, sunken Sdhp.103.
pari + ninna
adjective predetermined Kv.459 (variant reading ˚nibbāna), Kv.626 (a˚); cp. Kvu trsl. 2616 3681.
pari + nipphanna
neuter “complete Nibbāna” in two meanings:
pari + nibbāna
adjective one who is destined to or that which leads to complete extinction DN.iii.264 DN.iii.265 (opasamika +).
fr. parinibbāna
neuter refreshing, cooling, quenching; controlling, subduing, training Pts.i.174 (atta-damatha, atta-samatha, atta-p.).
pari + nibbāpana
one who pacifies, a calmer, trainer MN.ii.102 (dametar sametar p.).
n. ag. fr. parinibbāpeti
to bring to complete coolness, or training (see next), emancipation or cessation of the life-impulse, to make calm, lead to Nibbāna to exercise self-control, to extinguish fever of craving or fire of rāga, dosa, moha. Always coupled with the quâsi synonyms sameti & dameti (cp. damatha samatha parinibbāpana) DN.iii.61 = AN.iii.46 (attānaṃ dameti, sameti p.); MN.i.45 (fut. ˚bbapessati); AN.ii.68 (attānaṃ d. s. p.)
pp parinibbuta (see p. No. 3) & parinibbāpita (only in n. ag. ˚āpetar, q.v.).
pari + nibbāpeti
pp parinibbuto (q.v.). Caus. parinibbāpeti (q.v.).
pari + nibb˚ cp. BSk. parinirvāti Divy.150 (Buddhā Bhagavantaḥ parinirvānti & ger. parinirvātavya ibid. 402
neuter passing away, see parinibbāyin 2 b.
abstr. fr. parinibbāyin
one who attains Parinibbāna. Of the 2 meanings registered under parinibbāna we find No. 1 only in a very restricted use when taken in both senses of sa-and an-upādisesa parinibbāna; e.g. at AN.ii.155 sq., where the distinction is made between a sa-sankhāra p. and an a-sankhāra p., as these two terms also occur in the fivefold classification of “Never-returners” (i.e. those who are not reborn) viz. antarā-parinibbāyin, upahacca˚, sasankhāra˚ uddhaṃsota, akaniṭṭhagāmin. Thus at DN.iii.237; SN.v.201, SN.v.237; AN.i.233; AN.iv.14, AN.iv.71 sq., AN.iv.146, AN.iv.380, AN.v.120; Pp.16, Pp.17.
In the sense of Parinibbāna No. 2 (i.e. sa-upādisesa p.) we find parinibbāyin almost as an equivalent of arahant in two combns, viz.
fr. parinibbāyati
adjective completely calmed, at peace, at rest (as to the distinction of the twofold application see parinibbāna and cp., Mrs. Rh.D. Buddhism p. 191; Cpd. p. 168), viz.
pari + nibbuta
at Dhs.1280 read para˚.
adjective
pari + pakka
scattered Thig.391 (reading doubtful).
pp. of pari + pakkirati
to become ripe, to heal (of a wound) Mil.112.
pari + paccati
neuter ripening, healing (of a wound) Mil.112.
pari + paccana
to question AN.v.16.
denom. fr. pari + pañha
to go to ruin, to come to fall, to come to naught Mil.91 (opp. sambhavati) combined with paridhaṃsati at Mnd.5; Mil.249, Mil.265.
doublet of paripatati
to fall down, to fall off from (abl.) Vin.ii.152 sq.; Ja.v.417, Ja.v.420; Pv.iv.5#3 (bhūmiyaṃ) DN-a.i.132; Pv-a.37, Pv-a.47, Pv-a.55, Pv-a.62
caus paripāteti (q.v.)
■ See also paripaṭati.
pari + patati, cp. nipatati
pari + pantha
adjective forming or causing an obstacle AN.i.161. The usual form is pāri˚; (q.v.).
fr. paripantha
see palipanna.
fr. pari + pac
neuter ripening, maturing, digestion Vism.351, Vism.363, Vism.365.
pari + pācana1
adjective bringing to maturity, leading to perfection, accomplishing, only in phrase vimuttiparipācaniyā dhammā (5) things achieving emancipation (see Ud 36) SN.iv.105 = DN-a.i.50; Thag-a.273.
fr. paripācana
to bring to maturity, to cause to ripen, to develop, prepare Ja.vi.373 (atthaṃ p. ˚ācayitvā = vaḍḍhetvā C.); Mil.232 Mil.285, Mil.288, Mil.296
pp paripācita Vism.365.
pari + pāceti, Caus. of pacati
attacked, pursued, brought into difficulty Vv-a.336.
pp. of paripāteti
(or -pāṭeti) to cause to fall down, to bring to ruin, to attack, pursue Vin.iv.115; Ja.ii.208 Ja.iii.380; Mil.279, Mil.367; Kp-a.73 (see App. II. p. 353 n. 9)
pp paripātita (q.v.).
Caus. of paripatati. Cp. BSk. paripāṭayati to destroy Divy.417
guarded Vism.74.
pp. of paripāleti
to watch, guard (carefully) Pv-a.130 (= rakkhati)
pp paripālita (q.v.)
pass -pāliyati Ne.105 (= rakkhitaṃ).
pari + pāleti
adjective very dear, highly valued Sdhp.571.
pari + pīta
adjective oppressed, vexed, injured Mil.97 (aggi-santāpa-pariḷāha˚), Mil.303 jighacchāya).
pari + pīlita, pp. of pīḍ
adjective asking a question, enquiring Mnd.234 = Cnd.386; Sdhp.90
■ f. abstr paripucchakatā questioning Vism.132 (one of the 7 constituents of dhamma-vicaya-sambojjhanga).
fr. pari + prc̣h
to ask a question, to interrogate, inquire Vin.i.47 = Vin.i.224; Vin.ii.125; SN.i.98; AN.v.16; Snp.380, Snp.696 (˚iyāna ger.), Snp.1025; Pp.41; Mil.257, Mil.408; Snp-a.111.
pari + pucchati
feminine question, interrogation Vin.i.190 (uddesa +); Vin.ii.219 (id.); AN.i.285; Mnd.234 = Cnd.386 (cp. Snp-a iii). See also uddesa.
pari + pucchā
to wipe off, stroke down Vin.iii.14 (pāṇinā gattāni p.).
pari + puñchati
adjective
pp. of paripūrati
feminine fullness, completeness Snp-a.452.
abstr. fr. paripuṇṇa
adjective full, complete, perfected, accomplished DN.i.75; DN.i.133; DN.iii.94; SN.ii.32; SN.iv.247; SN.v.269 (f. ˚ī); AN.ii.77; AN.v.10 sq.; Snp.205, Snp.1017; Pts.i.15, Pts.i.18, Pts.i.49 Pts.i.172; Pts.ii.122; Pp.35, Pp.36. -aparipūra not completed imperfect, incomplete AN.ii.77; AN.iv.314 sq.; AN.v.10 sq Iti.107; Pp.35, Pp.36.
pari + pṛ.
adjective -˚ one who fills, filling Vism.300 (niraya˚).
neuter fulfilment, completion Vism.3 (sīla˚). See pāripūraṇa.
fr. paripūreti
to become full or perfect Dhp.38; Ja.iv.273 (devaloko p.); Mil.395 (sāmaññaṃ); fut paripūrissati Dhp-a.i.309
pass paripūriyati to be fulfilled or perfected Dhp-a.i.309
pp paripuṇṇa (q.v.)
caus paripūreti (q.v.).
pari + pūrati
neuter fullness, completeness, completion SN.v.200 sq. (+ samatta).
abstr. fr. paripūra
filled (to overflowing), full Pv-a.216.
pp. of paripūreti
feminine fulfilment, completion SN.i.139.
fr. paripūra, but better spelt pāripūrī, q.v.
to fulfil; to fill (up), make more full, supplement, fill out, add to DN.i.74 (parisandeti p. parippharati; DN-a.i.217 explains as “vāyunā bhastaṃ viya pūreti”); DN.ii.221; MN.iii.92; SN.i.27 (devakāyaṃ) = SN.i.30; SN.ii.29, SN.ii.32; SN.iii.93 (sāmaññatthaṃ) = AN.ii.95; Iti.90; Pv.ii.9#45 (ppr. ˚ayanto); Pp.31, Pp.35; Mil.349 (lekhaṃ); Pv-a.29 (sāgaraṃ), Pv-a.30 (ñātidhammo ˚pūretabbo), Pv-a.136 (vassasahassāni); Sdhp.371
ppr med -pūramāna DN.i.103
pp paripūrita (q.v.).
Caus. of paripūrati
beaten, whipped Mil.188 (laguḷehi).
pp. of paripotheti
to pervade DN.i.74 (= samantato phusati DN-a.i.217); MN.iii.92 sq. See also paripūreti pp. paripphuta & ˚pphuṭṭha; (q.v.).
pari + sphur
filled, pervaded DN.i.75; MN.iii.94 (spelt here paripphuta). Cp. BSk. parisphuṭa Mvu.ii.349; Mvu.iii.274; Lal.33, Lal.385.
pp. of parippharati
adverb sprinkled all round DN.i.74; MN.i.276; MN.ii.15; MN.iii.92; explained as “siñcitvā” at DN-a.i.218.
either with Kern. Toev, s. v. ger. of paripphoseti (i.e. paripphosa) + kaṃ or preferably with Trenckner, Notes 80 absolutive in ˚aka (i.e. nt. formation fr. adj. paripphosa, as phenuddeha + kaṃ etc.). Cp also Geiger P.Gr. § 62. 1
sprinkled all round Ja.vi.51, Ja.vi.481 (candana sāra˚).
pp. of paripphoseti
to sprinkle over, Vin.ii.209 (udakena ˚pphositvā; so read for ˚ppositvā) AN.i.257; Ja.vi.566; Pv.iii.10#2 (˚itvā = āsiñcitvā Pv-a.231)
pp paripphosita (q.v.).
pari + Caus. of pruṣ
unsteady, wavering, swerving about Dhp.38 (= upplavana Dhp-a.i.309).
fr. pari + plu
to quiver, roam about, swerve Ja.iii.484 (ppr. pariplavanto = upplavamāna C
pp paripluta (q.v.).
pari + plu
immersed, drenched Ja.vi.78 (= nimugga C.); Dāvs iii.34.
pp. of pariplavati
to tremble, quiver, throb, waver Snp.776 (cp. Mnd.46 sq.), Snp.1145; Dhp.34 (= saṇṭhātuṃ na sakkoti Dhp-a.i.289); Ja.iv.93; Mil.91, Mil.249. pp. pariphandita (q.v.).
pari + spand
wavered, trembled, quivered Ja.iii.24.
pp. of pariphandati
at Thag-a.242 is C. reading for paripantha at Thig.352; also at Vism.147, Vism.152.
to oppress, attack Pv-a.193 (= hiṃsati).
pari + bādh
to keep out, keep away from, hinder Ja.i.204 (ger ˚bāhiya); Pv-a.214 (˚bāhire).
pari + bāhati or preferably bāheti: see bahati3
adjective external, alien to; an outsider Vin.ii.140; Vin.iv.283; SN.i.126; Ja.i.482; Ja.iii.213 Mnd.144; (parimussati p. hoti, in expln of mussati Vism.54; Pv-a.131; Thag-a.204; DN-a.i.30.
pari + bāhira
to wander about (as a religious mendicant) Snp.74, Snp.639; Iti.109; Dhp.346, Dhp.415; Ja.iv.452.
pari + vraj
pari + vaya, i.e. *vyaya
adjective abiding, staying by Snp.796 (= vasamāna Snp-a.529; sakāya diṭṭhiyā vasanti Mnd.102), Snp.878, Snp.880, Snp.895.
ppr. med. of pari + vas
= paribbājaka SN.i.49; Snp.134; Dhp.313; Dhp-a.iii.485. -vata the vow of a p. Thag-a.73.
a wandering man, a Wanderer, wandering religious mendicant, not necessarily Buddhist (cp. Muir, J.R.A.S. 1866, 321; Lassen, Ind. Alt ii.114, 277, 468; Vin. Texts i.41) Vin.i.342; Vin.iv.285 (bhikkhuñ ca sāmaṇerañ ca ṭhapetvā yo koci paribbājaka-samāpanno); DN.i.157; DN.iii.1 sq., DN.iii.35 sq., DN.iii.53 sq. DN.iii.130 sq.; MN.i.64, MN.i.84; SN.i.78; SN.ii.22, SN.ii.119, SN.ii.139; SN.iii.257 sq. SN.iv.230, SN.iv.251, SN.iv.391 sq.; AN.i.115, AN.i.157, AN.i.185, AN.i.215; AN.ii.29 sq. AN.ii.176; AN.iv.35 sq., AN.iv.338, AN.iv.378; AN.v.48 sq.; Snp.537, Snp.553; Ja.i.85; Ud.14, Ud.65; DN-a.i.35; Pv-a.31
■ f. paribbājikā Vin.iv.285; MN.i.305; SN.iii.238 sq.; Ud.13, Ud.43 sq.
fr. pari + vraj
neuter wandering about or practising the customs of a mendicant Snp-a.434.
fr. paribbajati
one who indulges in the practice of a Wanderer, fig. one who leads a virtuous ascetic life Snp.537 (T. ˚vajjayitā). Perhaps we should read -bājayitvā for -bājayitā, cp. Snp-a.434 nikkhamet[v]ā niddhamet[v]ā.
n. ag. of paribbajati
adjective encompassed, provided with, surrounded AN.iii.34; Snp.301 (= parikiṇṇa Snp-a.320); Ja.iv.120; Ja.v.68, Ja.v.322, Ja.v.417; Ja.vi.452.
pp. of paribrūhati
caus -bbhameti to make reel round Ja.vi.155.
pari + bhamati
feminine great distinction, clearness; wide experience, learnedness Mil.349.
pari + vyatta + tā
neuter growth, increase, promotion Thag p.2n Cp. paribrūhana.
to bṛh, see paribrūhati & cp. late Sk. paribarhaṇā
to augment, increase, do with zest Vv-a.115
caus -brūheti [cp. Sk. paribṛnhayati] to make strong, increase Ja.v.361 (aparibrūhayi aor. med. with a˚ neg., i.e. was weakened, lost his strength; but explained by C. as “atibrūhesi mahāsaddaṃ nicchāresi,” thus taking it to brū to speak which is evidently a confusion)
pp paribbūḷha paribrūhita; (q.v.).
pari + brūhati of bṛh2
neuter augmentation, increase Ne.79.
fr. paribrūhati, cp. upabrūhana
increased, furthered, strengthened Thag-a.245.
pp. of paribrūheti
fallen, dropped Ja.i.482; Thag p.12n.
pp. of paribhassati of bhraś
abused, censured, scolded Ja.vi.187.
pp. of paribhāsati
for paribandha, dialectical, see Kern, Toevoegselen i.36, who compares Tamil panda “a surrounding wall = P. bandha. The meaning is rather uncertain, cp notes in Vin. Texts ii.154; iii.85, 213
nurtured, nourished MN.ii.56 (sukha˚). Also in expln of pāribhaṭyatā (q.v.).
pp. of pari + bhṛ.
contempt, disrespect Vin.iv.241; AN.iii.191; Ja.v.436; Ja.vi.164; Vb.353 sq.; Pv-a.257.
pari + bhū
neuter = paribhava DN-a.i.255.
also paribhoti to treat with contempt, to neglect, despise SN.i.69; AN.iii.174 sq (˚bhoti); Ja.iii.16; Ja.v.442; Mil.23, Mil.259; Pv-a.266. grd. paribhotabba SN.i.69; Snp.p.93. (= paribhavitabba Snp-a.424)
caus paribhāveti; pp. paribhūta (q.v.).
pari + bhū
feminine permeation, penetration Dhs-a.163 (= vāsanā).
fr. paribhāveti
pp. of paribhāveti
to cause to be pervaded or penetrated, to treat, supply Vin.i.279 (uppalahatthāni bhesajjehi p.); Ja.iv.407
pp paribhāvita (q.v.).
Caus. of paribhavati
censure, abuse, blame Ja.v.373; Pv-a.175.
fr. pari + bhāṣ
adjective reviling, abusing, abusive SN.i.34; AN.iv.79; Pv.i.11#6 (= akkosaka Pv-a.58); Pv.iv.8#4; Vv-a.69. See also akkosaka.
fr. paribhāsa, cp. BSk. paribhāṣaka Divy.38
to abuse, scold, revile, censure, deiame SN.i.221; SN.iv.61; Vin.iv.265; Snp.134, Snp.663; Ja.i.112, Ja.i.384 (for ˚hāsiṃsu), Ja.i.469, Ja.iii.421; Ja.iv.285 (read paribhāsentī for aribhāsentī), Ja.v.294; Ja.vi.523; Pv.ii.10#8; Pp.37; Mil.186; Pv-a.43-aor. -bhāsissaṃ Pv.iv.8#5, pl. -bhāsimhase Pv.iii.1#11 grd. -bhāsaniya Mil.186
■ Very frequently combined with akkosati (+ p.), e.g. at Vin.ii.14, Vin.ii.296; Ud.44; Pv.i.9#3; Pv-a.10
pp paribhaṭṭha2 (q.v.)
caus 2 -bhāsāpeti id. Pv.i.6#7.
pari + bhāṣ, cp. BSk. paribhāṣate Divy.38
pari + bhid
pp. of paribhindati
pp paribhutta (q.v.).
pari + bhuj
neuter eating Pv-a.35.
fr. paribhuñjati
used, employed, made use of Vin.ii.109 (su˚) Ja.iii.257 (a˚); DN-a.i.261 (sayaṃ ˚bhesajja); Snp-a.19.
pp. of paribhuñjati, cp. BSk. paribhukta Divy.277
treated with contempt, disregarded, despised Vin.iv.6; SN.ii.279; Mil.229, Mil.288.
pp. of paribhavati
fr. pari + bhid, see paribhindati
adjective breaking; a disturber of peace, breedbate Ja.ii.173 Ja.iii.168; Ja.v.245; Ja.vi.437.
fr. paribheda in sense of paribhindati
fr. pari + bhuj
(or -īya) neuter that which is used for cleaning, water for washing Vin.ii.76, Vin.ii.208, Vin.ii.216 (˚ghaṭa), Vin.ii.226 (cp. vin. texts iii.8); Vin.iii.119 (pāniyaṃ); Ja.i.416; Ja.vi.75; Dhp-a.i.58.
orig. grd. of paribhunjati 2
= parama (cp. Geiger Pali Grammar § 19#1) MN.iii.112.
adjective touching, reaching (up to) Mil.343 (candasuriya˚, cp. Mvu II, candramasūrya-parimārjako maharddhiko etc.).
fr. pari + marj
pp parimaṭṭha (q.v.).
pari + majjati
neuter
fr. parimajjati
rubbed, stroked, polished, in su˚ well polished SN.ii.102. See also palimaṭṭha.
pp. of parimajjati
adjective
pari + maṇḍala
pari + mṛd
neuter rubbing, kneading, shampooing, massage; usually in stock phrase (kāyo anicc’-ucchādana-parimaddana-bhedana-viddhaṃsanadhammo DN.i.76 (cp. DN-a.i.88, but trsld at Dial. i.87 as “subject to erasion, abrasion, dissolution and disintegration”); MN.i.500; SN.iv.83; Ja.i.416. See further DN.i.7; AN.i.62; AN.iv.54 (ucchādana-p
■ nahāpana-sambāhana); Mil.241 (ucchādana˚); Sdhp.578.
fr. pari + mṛd
crushed, rubbed, treated MN.i.129 (su˚ well-treated).
pp. of parimaddati
brought to an end or standstill, destroyed Ja.i.145 (˚sankhāra).
pp. of pari + maddheti, Caus. of mṛdh to neglect
to touch, stroke, grasp (usually combined with parimajjati), DN.i.78; DN.ii.17; MN.i.34, MN.i.80 MN.iii.12; SN.ii.121; SN.iv.173; AN.iii.70
pp parimaṭṭha (same as pp. of parimajjati), q.v.
pari + mṛś
neuter measure, extent, limit, as adj. (-˚) measuring, extending over, comprising Ja.i.45; Snp-a.1 (pariyatti˚); Pv-a.113 (yojana˚), Pv-a.102 (anekabhāra˚)
■ neg. aparimāṇa without limit, immeasurable very great Vin.ii.62, Vin.ii.70; SN.v.430; AN.ii.182 Kp-a.248; DN-a.i.288 (˚vaṇṇa); Pv-a.110, Pv-a.129.
of pari + mā
mortified, only in phrase -indriya Ja.i.361; Ja.iii.515; Ja.iv.9, Ja.iv.306 Ja.v.152; Dāvs i.16.
pp. of pari + māreti, Caus. of mṛ.
measured, restricted, limited, only in neg. a˚; measureless Pv.ii.8#11; Mil.287, Mil.343.
pp. of parimināti
neuter the condition of being measured Pv-a.254.
fr. parimita
to measure, mete out, estimate, limit, restrict;
inf -metuṃ Mil.192; Thag-a.26; and -minituṃ Mil.316;
grd -meyya (q.v.)
pp parimita (q.v.).
pari + mā
adjective to be measured, neg. a˚ countless, immeasurable Mil.331, Mil.388; Pv-a.212.
grd. of parimināti
adjective facing, in front; only as nt. adv. ˚ṃ in front, before, in phrase parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapeti “set up his memory in front” (i.e. of the object of thought), to set one’s mindfulness alert Vin.i.24; DN.ii.291; MN.i.56, MN.i.421; SN.i.170; AN.iii.92; Iti.80; Pts.i.176 (explained); Pp.68; DN-a.i.210. Also in phrase ˚ṃ kārāpeti (of hair) Vin.ii.134 “to cut off (? the hair in front” (i.e. on the breast) Vin. Texts iii.138 where is quoted Bdhgh’s expln “ure loma-saṃharaṇaṃ.”
pari + mukha
to be released, to be set free, to escape Vin.ii.87; MN.i.8; SN.i.88, SN.i.208; SN.ii.24, SN.ii.109 SN.iii.40, SN.iii.150, SN.iii.179; Mil.213, Mil.335 (jātiyā etc.) aor. -mucci MN.i.153
pp parimutta; Caus. parimoceti (q.v.).
Pass. of pari + muc
forgetful, bewildered Vin.i.349 = Ja.iii.488 (= muṭṭhassati C.); cp. Vin. Texts ii.307.
pari + muṭṭha, pp. of mussati, cp. pamuṭṭha
released, set free, delivered SN.iii.31.
pp. of parimuccati
feminine release Ja.i.4 (v. 20); Mil.112, Mil.227; Pv-a.109.
fr. pari + muc
to become bewildered or disturbed, to vanish, fall off Mnd.144.
pari + mussati
to set free, deliver, release DN.i.96; Ja.i.28 (v. 203); Mil.334; DN-a.i.263; Dhp-a.i.39.
Caus. of parimuccati
adjective very confused, muddled, dulled, bewildered, infatuated Sdhp.206.
pp. of pari + Caus. of muh
encompassing, fathoming, comprehending (as ger.); penetration, understanding (as n.) Only in phrase ceto-pariya-ñāṇa knowledge encompassing heart or mind (cp. phrase cetasā ceto paricca DN.ii.82 sq. (variant reading ˚āya); DN.iii.100 (variant reading ˚āye); DN-a.i.223 (corresp. with pubbe-nivāsa-ñāṇa); with which alternates the phrase indriya-paro-pariya-ñāṇa in same meaning (see indriya compounds & remark on paropariya Ja.i.78
■ See also pariyatta1 pariyatti, pariyāya 3 and compounds of ceto.
either short form of pariyāya, or ger. of pari + ī substantivised (for the regular form paricca) representing an ending -ya instead of -tya.-Bdhgh at Vism.409 takes pariya as nt., but seems to mix it with the idea of a ppr. by defining it as “pariyātī ti pariyaṃ paricchindatī ti attho”
supreme or extraordinary offering or sacrifice Snp-a.321, Snp-a.322.
pari + yañña
neuter learning understanding, comprehension, only in phrase indriyaparo pariyatta (-ñāṇa) (knowledge of) what goes on in the intentions of others AN.v.34, AN.v.38; Pts.i.121 sq.; Vb.340.
abstr. fr. pariya (pari + i) but confused with pariyatta2 & pariyatti fr. pari + ; āp
adjective
cp. Sk. paryāpta. pp. of pari + āp, see pāpuṇāti
feminine
fr. pari + āp, cp. Epic Sk. paryāpti & P. pariyāpuṇāti
pari + anta, cp. Sk. paryanta
adjective having a limit, having a set or well-defined purpose; f. -vatī (vācā) discriminating speech DN.i.4 = MN.iii.49 = Pp.58; explained as “paricchedaṃ dassetvā yatha ‘ssa paricchedo paññāyati, evaṃ bhāsatī ti attho” DN-a.i.76 = Pp-a 238.
fr. pariyanta
adjective (-˚) ending in, bounded or limited by SN.ii.83 = AN.ii.198 (kāya-p. ˚ā & jīvita-p ˚ā vedanā); Vism.69 (bhojana˚, udaka˚, āsana˚) Sdhp.440 (kāla˚ sīla).
fr. pariyanta
revolution, lapse of time, period term Ja.iii.460 (= kālapariyāya C.); Ja.v.367 (kāla˚).
cp. Epic Sk. paryaya, pari + i; the usual P. form is pariyāya, but at the foll. passages the short a is required metri causa
feminine winding round, turning round; of a tree, branch Ja.vi.528 (duma˚; read ˚pariyāsu with variant reading instead of T. pariyāyesu; C. explains by sākhā).
fr. pari + yā
having come to, reached, attained Ja.vi.237 (phalaṃ; C = upagata), Ja.vi.238 (kusalaṃ C. = pariyāyena attano vārena āgata).
pari + ā + gata
adjective having the house all round, entirely surrounded by the house Vin.iii.119 (of gabbha).
pari + āgāra
pari + yā
to take up in an excessive degree, to exhaust. Only in secondary forms of med-pass ādiyati, pp. -ādinna, ger. ādāya (q.v.).
pari + ādāti
neuter “taking up completely,” i.e. using up, consummation, consumption finishing, end MN.i.487 (kaṭṭha˚, opp. to upādāna) SN.i.152; SN.iii.16 sq. (cetaso p., cp. pariyādāya & ˚dinna), SN.iv.33 (sabb’ upādāna˚) AN.ii.139; Ja.v.186. Cp. BSk paryādāna Divy.4, Divy.55, Divy.100
■ Esp. in foll. phrases āsava˚ & jīvita˚; DN.i.46 (jīvita-pariyādānā abl., explained at Dhp.i.128 as “jīvitassa sabbaso pariyādinnattā parikkhīṇattā puna appaṭisandhika-bhāvā ti attho”) SN.ii.83 = AN.ii.198; SN.iii.126; SN.iv.213; AN.iv.13, AN.iv.146 Pp.13; Mil.397; and combined with parikkhaya in ˚ṃ gacchati to be exhausted or consummated AN.v.173 Snp.p.126; Mil.102; Pv-a.147, cp. BSk. parikṣayaṃ paryādānaṃ gacchati Divy.567; Avs.i.48; Avs.ii.193.
pari + ādāna, opp. upādāna
indeclinable
ger. of pariyādati
often spelt -diṇṇa, e.g. in vv.ll. at DN.ii.8; MN.ii.172; MN.iii.118
pp of pariyādiyati
neuter exhaustion, consummation DN-a.i.128.
abstr. fr. pariyādinna
pp pariyādinna (q.v.).
sometimes spelt ˚diyyati, e.g. Cnd. s.v.; pari + ādiyati, q.v. for etym. ref.
to be finished AN.iv.339. - pp. pariyāpanna (q.v.)
caus pariyāpādeti (q.v.).
pari + āpajjati
neuter good advice, application trick, artfulness, artifice Ja.v.361, Ja.v.369. (C. explns as parisuddha after variant reading pariyodāta which was prob misread for pariyodāna), 370.
pari + apadāna, the latter for ava˚, and metrical lengthening of a
pari + āpanna, cp. adhipanna
neuter includedness Snp-a.174.
abstr. fr. pariyāpanna
to finish off, i.e. put to death completely SN.iv.308 sq. = AN.iii.94.
Caus. of pariyāpajjati
neuter mastery over, accomplishment in (gen.) Vism.442 (Buddhavacanassa).
abstr. formn fr. pariyāpuṇāti
pp pariyāputa and pariyatta (q.v.).
pari + āp, cp. BSk. paryavāpnoti Divy.613
pp. of pariyāpuṇāti
lit. “going round” analysed by Bdhgh in 3 diff. meanings, viz. vāra (turn, course) desanā (instruction, presentation), and kāraṇa (cause reason, also case, matter), see DN-a.i.36 and cp. Kindred Sayings i.320.
fr. pari + i, cp. Class. Sk. paryāya in all meanings, already Vedic in meaning of “formula,” in liturgy, cp. below 4
struck out, affected with (-˚), only in phrase takka˚; “beaten out by argumentations” DN.i.16 (cp. DN-a.i.106); MN.i.520.
pari + āhata
neuter striking, beating Vism.142 (āhanana˚; in exposition of vitakka) = Dhs-a.114 (“circumimpinging” Expos. 151).
fr. pari + ā + han
sought, desired, looked for SN.iv.62 (a˚); Mil.134; Vism.344 (˚āhāra).
pp. of pariyesati
= pariyeṭṭhi Snp.289 (Snp-a.316 reads pariyeṭṭhi). Perhaps we should read pariyeṭṭhuṃ (see pariyesati).
to have great longing, to be distressed Ja.v.417, Ja.v.421 (mā ˚kaṇṭhi).
pari + ukkaṇṭhati
to arise, pervade; intrs. to become prepossessed, to be pervaded Dhs-a.366 (cittaṃ p.; corā magge pariyuṭṭhiṃsu)
pp pariyuṭṭhita (q.v.).
pari + uṭṭhāti
neuter state of being possessed (or hindered) by (-˚), prepossession bias, outburst MN.i.18, Kvu xiv.6 (thīnamiddha˚), MN.i.136; AN.i.66 (˚ajjhosāna); AN.v.198 (adhiṭṭhāna-˚samuṭṭhāna) Nd ii.under taṇhāii (= Dhs.1059, where translation is “pervading,” based on expln at Dhs-a.366: uppajjamānā [scil. taṇhā] cittaṃ pariyuṭṭhāti, and allegorical interpretation ibid.: the heart becomes possessed by lust as a road by highwaymen); Pp.21 (avijjā˚); Vb.383 (where 7 pariyuṭṭhānā [sic! pl. m.] are enumerated in the same set as under headings of anusaya & saṃyojana; thus placing p. into the same category as these two) Dhs.390, Dhs.1061 (avijjā˚), Dhs.1162 (id.); Ne.13, Ne.14, Ne.18, Ne.37 Ne.79 sq.; Dhs-a.238; Thag-a.80; Vism.5 (with vītikkama & anusaya). Cp. also; adhiṭṭhāna.
pari + uṭṭhāna, it is doubtful whether this connection is correct, in this case the meaning would be “over-exertion.” BSk. paryavasthāna points to another connection, see Divy.185
possessed by (the C. expln as given K.S. 320 is “abhibhūta”) biassed, taken up by, full of (-˚) MN.i.18; MN.iii.14; SN.iv.240 (maccheramala˚ ceto); AN.i.281; AN.ii.58; Iti.43 (diṭṭhigatehi); Kv.i.91 (kāma-rāga˚); Thag-a.78 Sdhp.581.
pari + uṭṭhita, with variant reading at DN.ii.104 parivuṭṭhita and BSk. rendering paryavasthita: see remarks on pariyuṭṭhāna and Dial. ii.111
to utter solemnly, to proclaim aloud Dhs-a.1 (aor. ˚āhāsi).
pari + udāharati
search for DN.i.222; AN.i.93 (āmisa˚ & dhamma˚); AN.iii.416; Snp.289 (vijjācaraṇa˚) Ja.i.14; Ne.1, Ne.5; DN-a.i.271.
pari + eṭṭhi of esati, ā + iṣ
to go about, to go round, encircle, encompass; ger. paricca (q.v.). The pp. is represented by pareta, see also pareti which seems to stand for pariyeti.
pari + i
going round, walking round; of a ship: sailing round, tour, voyage SN.v.51 (pariyenāya, variant reading pariyādāya) = AN.iv.127 (reads pariyādāya variant reading pariyāya). Reading is doubtful.
fr. pari + i, cp. Sk. *paryayana
to seek for, look, search, desire DN.i.223 (˚esamāna ppr.); Snp.482 (id.); SN.i.177, SN.i.181 SN.iv.62; AN.ii.23, AN.ii.25, AN.ii.247; Mnd.262; Cnd.427 (+ paṭilabhati and paribhuñjati); Ja.i.3, Ja.i.138; Mil.109, Mil.313; Dhp-a.iii.263 (ppr. ˚esanto); Pv-a.31; Sdhp.506
■
grd ˚esitabba SN.ii.130;
inf ˚esituṃ Snp-a.316; and ˚eṭṭhuṃ (conj. ˚iṭṭhuṃ?) Snp.289 (cp. Snp-a.316 which gives reading ˚eṭṭhuṃ as gloss);
ger ˚esitvā Snp-a.317, Snp-a.414
pp pariyesita & pariyiṭṭha; (q.v.). Cp. for similar formation & meaning; ajjhesati with pp. ajjhesita ajjhiṭṭha
■ Cp. vi˚.
pari + esati, cp. BSk. paryeṣate to investigate Avs.i.339. The P. word shows confusion between esati & icchati, as shown by double forms ˚iṭṭhuṃ etc See also anvesati
feminine & -na (nt.) search, quest, inquiry
fr. pariyesati
searched, sought for, desired Iti.121. See also pariyiṭṭha.
pp. of pariyesati
cauldron (see Kern, Toevoegselen s. v.) Mil.118.
fr. pari + yuj
at MN.i.480 is contracted form (ger.) of pariyogāhitvā (so explained by C.).
dived into, penetrated into, immersed in (loc.) Vin.i.181; DN.i.110; MN.i.380; SN.ii.58; SN.iv.328; Vb.329; Mil.283.
pp. of pariyogāhati, see also ogādha1
diving into, penetration; only in cpd. dup˚; hard to penetrate, unfathomable SN.iv.376; Mil.70. Pariyogahati & gaheti;
pari + ogāha
to penetrate, fathom, scrutinise AN.ii.84; AN.iv.13, AN.iv.145 sq. (paññāya) Ja.i.341; Pp.33 (a˚), Pp.48 sq. Cp. ajjhogāhati.
pari + ogāhati
neuter & ā (f.) plunging into, penetration Pts.i.106, Pts.i.112; Pts.ii.183; Dhs.390 (a˚), Dhs.425 (a˚); Pp.21 (a˚); Dhs-a.260.
pari + ogāhana
to spread all over (intrs.) Mil.197.
pari + ottharati
neuter & ā (f.), cleansing, purification AN.i.207 (cittassa); Dhp.183 (= vodāpana Dhp-a.iii.237); Ne.44. In BSk. distorted to paryādapana Mvu.iii.12 (= Dhp.183).
fr. pariyodapeti
cleansed, purified Ne.44 (cittaṃ).
pp. of pariyodapeti
to cleanse, purify MN.i.25; Dhp.88 (= vodapeti parisodheti Dhp-a.ii.162; Ne.44; Thag-a.237 (indriyāni)
pp pariyodāta & pariyodapita; (q.v.).
pari + odapeti, of Caus. of dā4 to clean
adjective
pari + odāta, cp. pariyodapeti
adjective cleansing, purifying Vism.149 (ñāṇa).
fr. pariyodapeti
defence AN.i.154.
pari + yodha
covered over, enveloped DN.i.246; DN.iii.223 (a˚); MN.i.25; SN.v.263; AN.ii.211 (uddhasta +); AN.iv.86; Ja.i.30; Mil.161; Snp-a.596 (= nivuta); Dhp-a.iii.199; Pv-a.172 (taca˚).
pp. of pariyonandhati, cp. onaddha & BSk. paryavanaddha “overgrown” Divy, 120, 125.
to tie down, put over, envelop, cover up Vin.ii.137; SN.v.122; Ja.iii.398; Dhp-a.iii.153
pp pariyonaddha (q.v.).
pari + avanandhati
neuter covering DN-a.i.135; Dhp-a.iii.198.
fr. above
enveloping, covering DN.i.246 (= nīvaraṇa); Dhs.1157 (cp. Dhs trsl. 311); Mil.300.
pari + onāha
neuter
pari + osāna of ava + sā
Caus. of pari + ava + sā, Sk. syati, of which pp. pariyosita cp. osāpeti
pp. of pari + ava + sā
neuter guarding, preserving, keeping Mil.356, Mil.402; Pv-a.130.
fr. pari + rakṣ
to guard, protect; preserve, maintain Snp.678 (pot. ˚rakkhe) Mil.410; Sdhp.413, Sdhp.553 (sīlaṃ).
pari + rakṣ, cp. abhirakkhati
dyed, coloured; fig. marked or distinguished by (instr.) Mil.75.
pari + rañjita
burning, fever; fig fever of passion, consumption, distress, pain DN.iii.238 (avigata˚), DN.iii.289 (˚nānatta); MN.i.101 (kāme); SN.ii.143 sq (˚nānatta), SN.ii.151 (kāma˚; vyāpāda˚, vihiṃsā˚); SN.iii.7 sq (taṇhā, pipāsā, p.), SN.iii.190 (vigata˚); SN.iv.387; SN.v.156 (kāyasmiṃ), SN.v.451 (jāti˚, jarā˚); AN.i.68 (kāma˚), AN.i.137 (rāgaja mohaja etc.); AN.ii.197 (vighāta); AN.iii.3, AN.iii.245 sq., AN.iii.388 sq. AN.iv.461 sq.; Snp.715 (= rāgajo vā dosajo vā appamattako pi p. Snp-a.498); Dhp.90 (cp. Dhp-a.ii.166: duvidho p kāyiko cetasiko ca); Cnd.374 (kāma˚); Ja.ii.220; Mil.97, Mil.165, Mil.318; Thag-a.41, Thag-a.292; Vv-a.44; Pv-a.230.
pari + ḍāha of ḍah, cp. pariḍahati. On change of ḍ and ḷ see Geiger, Pali Grammar § 42#3
Name of a bird (C. on Thag.49).
cp. Sk. pirilī, pirillī Bṛh. Saṃh. 86, 44
neuter being active, preparation, outfit Ja.v.46; Ja.vi.21 (gamana˚); Dhp-a.i.207 (gloss & variant reading gamana-parisajja), Dhp-a.i.395 (variant reading parisajja).
Note. According to Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. parivaccha is wrong spelling for parivacca which is abstr. from pariyatta (*pariyatya), with va for ya as in pavacchati pavecchati = Sk. prayacchati.
formation from ger. of pari + vrt, corresp. to *parivṛtyaṃ (?)
neuter avoiding, avoidance MN.i.7, MN.i.10; AN.iii.387, AN.iii.389; Mil.408; Vism.33. As f -ā at Vism.132, and ibid. as abstr. parivajjanatā.
fr. pari + vṛj
to shun, avoid, keep away from (acc.) MN.i.10; SN.i.69, SN.i.102, SN.i.188, SN.i.224; Snp.57 (= vivajjeti Cnd.419), Snp.395 sq., Snp.768 (kāme, cp Mnd.6), Snp.771; Iti.71; Dhp.123 (pāpāni), Dhp.269; Ja.iv.378 (fut. ˚essati); Pv.iv.1#46 (nivesanaṃ); Pv.iv.1#77 (loke adinnaṃ ˚ayassu); Mil.91 (grd. ˚ajjayitabba), Mil.300, Mil.408; Pv-a.150 (variant reading ˚ajjati), Pv-a.221 (jīvitaṃ, for vijahati, better read with variant reading pariccajati).
pari + vajjeti, Caus. of vṛj
? adjective forming a circle, circular DN.i.22 (trsld “a path could be traced round it” Dial. i.36). Can it be misspelling for pariyanta? Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. equals it to Sk. parivartman, and adds reference -kata “bounded (syn. paricchinna) Mil.132.
doubtful spelling & expln; perhaps “parivaṭṭin?
round, circle, succession, mainly in two phrases, viz. catu˚; fourfold circle MN.iii.67; SN.iii.59 (pañcupādāna-kkhandhe, cp aṭṭha-parivaṭṭa-adhideva-ñāṇadassana AN.iv.304); and ñāti˚; circle of relatives DN.i.61 (= ñāti DN-a.i.170; cp expln ābandhan’ atthena ñāti yeva ñāti-parivaṭṭo DN-a.i.181 = Pp-a 236); DN.ii.241; MN.iii.33; Pp.57; Thag-a.68; Vv-a.87
■ See further at DN-a.i.143 (rāja˚), DN-a.i.283 (id., but spelt ˚vatta); Snp-a.210.
fr. pari + vṛt, cp. parivattana
to increase, to be happy or prosperous Mil.297 (cittaṃ p.; opp. pariyādiyati).
pari + vṛdh
extolled, praised Sdhp.557.
pp. of parivaṇṇeti
to describe, praise, extol Ja.vi.213 (ppr. ˚vaṇṇayanto)
pp -vaṇṇita.
pari + vaṇṇeti
adjective changing round, twisting, turning; f. pl. -āyo Ja.v.431.
fr. pari + vṛt
circle (lit. turning round) Ja.i.101; cp. parivattika in phrase paligha˚ (q.v.).
fr. parivatta
caus parivatteti (q.v.). Cp. vipari˚.
pari + vṛt
neuter setting going, keeping up, propounding Ja.i.200 (˚manta adj. one who knows a charm); Ne.1 sq., Ne.106.
fr. parivattati
pp. of parivatteti
pp parivattita (q.v.).
Caus. of parivattati
feminine making resound, resounding, in cpd godhā˚; “string-resounding,” i.e. a string instrument lute Ja.vi.580 (cp. Sk *parivāda an instrument with which the lute is played)
■ Another parivadentikā we find at Ja.vi.540 (C. reading for T. ˚vadantikā, with variant reading ˚devantikā) denoting a kind of bird (ekā sakuṇajāti).
pari + vadento + ikā; vadento being ppr. Caus. of vad
to stay, dwell, to live under probation Vin.iii.186 (grd. ˚vatthabba); Vin.iv.30, Vin.iv.127; DN.i.176; MN.i.391; SN.ii.21; Snp.697 (= pabbajitvā tāpasavesena vasati Snp-a.490)
ppr med. paribbasāna; pp parivuṭṭha & parivuttha; (q.v.).
pari + vas2
at Pv.ii.9#36 is to be read as paridhassati (see paridahati).
to carry about Thig.439 (dārake).
pari + vahati
(-˚) blown round or through, i.e. filled with, stirred by Mil.19 (isi-vāta˚).
pp. of pari + vā
feminine a lute of seven strings Abhp. 138
■ See parivadentikā.
fr. pari + vad, late Sk. the same
fr. pari + vṛ.
adjective accompanying, forming a retinue Ja.v.234. See also parivāra 4 and paricāraka.
parivāra + ka
neuter
fr. pari + vṛ.
surrounded, fig. honoured SN.i.166, SN.i.192 = Thag.1235; Ja.ii.48; purakkhata +); Dhp-a.iv.49 (= purakkhata Dhp.343); Dhs-a.1 (devānaṃ gaṇena); Dāvs i.16 (variant reading for parimārita).
pp. of parivāreti
to cover, encompass, surround Ja.i.181 (nagaraṃ ˚ayiṃsu); Ja.ii.102 (fut. ˚essati), Ja.iii.371 (rukkhaṃ); Ja.iv.405 (for parikaroti); Ja.vi.179. ger. parivāretvā used as prep. “round” Ja.i.172 (pokkharaṇiṃ)
■ In meaning “to serve, attend upon,” also “to attend upon oneself, to amuse oneself,” parivāreti is often erroneously read for paricāreti, e.g. at DN.ii.13; Pv.iv.1#29 (variant reading ˚cāreti); Pv-a.228; in ppr. med. -vāriyamāna (with variant reading ˚cāriyamāna) at DN.ii.21; AN.i.145; Ja.i.58; Vv-a.92
■ See also anuparivāreti
pp parivārita (q.v.).
Caus. of pari + vṛ.
fr. pari + vas2, cp. Epic Sk. parivāsa only in meaning 1
adjective
fr. pari + vas2, see parivasati
adjective perfumed (all round) Ja.i.51 (variant reading ˚vārita); cp. samparivāsita (well-seasoned?), which is perhaps to be read at Ja.ii.435 for aparivāsika.
pari + pp. of vāseti fr. vāsa3
reflection, meditation, thought, consideration MN.ii.170 (ākāra˚), Vin.ii.74; SN.ii.115 (id.); AN.ii.193 (id.); Mil.13; Dhp-a.ii.62; Dhs-a.74; Vv-a.3; Pv-a.282 (vutta-˚e nipāta in expln of nūna). Usually in phrase cetasā ceto- parivitakka mental reflection, e.g. DN.i.117; DN.ii.218; SN.i.121, SN.i.178; SN.iii.96; SN.v.294; AN.iii.374; and cetasoparivitakka, e.g. DN.i.134; SN.i.71, SN.i.103, SN.i.139; SN.ii.273 SN.iii.96, SN.iii.103; SN.iv.105; SN.v.167; AN.ii.20.
pari + vitakka, cp. BSk. parivitarka Divy.291
reflected, meditated, thought over MN.i.32; SN.i.193
■ nt. ˚ṃ reflection, thinking over Pv-a.123 (˚e with ref. to nūna, i.e. particle of reflection).
pp. of parivitakketi
to consider, reflect, meditate upon Ja.iii.277
pp -vitakkita (q.v.).
pari + vitakketi
spread out wide Mil.99.
pari + vitthiṇṇa, Sk. vīstīrṇa, pp., of vi + stṛ.
adjective providing, serving food Vism.108.
fr. parisati
to serve (with food = instr.), wait upon present, offer Vin.i.240 (bhatṭena); Vin.ii.77 (kaṇājakena bilangadutiyena); DN.ii.127; Ja.i.87, Ja.i.90; Ja.ii.277; Ja.iv.116; Pv.ii.8#4 (= bhojeti Pv-a.107); Pv.ii.8#8 (id. Pv.ii.8#109); Vism.108 Vism.150 (sūdo bhattāraṃ p.); Vv-a.6; Pv-a.42, Pv-a.78.
pari + viṣ, viveṣti; same use of parivise (inf.) in R.V. x.6110
to think over, consider thoroughly examine, search SN.ii.80 sq.; Iti.42 = Snp.975 (ppr dhammaṃ ˚vīmaṃsamāna, cp. Mnd.508); DN-a.i.134; Dhp-a.iv.117 (attānaṃ).
pari + vīmaṃsati, Desid. of pari + man, cp. vīmaṃsā for mīmāṃsā
feminine complete inquiry, thorough search or examination MN.iii.85; SN.iii.331; SN.v.68; Snp-a.173. Parivuttha & vuttha;
pari + vīmaṃsā
staying (a period), living (for a time), spending (or having spent) one’s probation (cp. BSk. paryuṣita-parivāsa Avs.i.259; Vin.iii.186 (tth); SN.ii.21 (ṭṭh).
pp. of parivasati
surrounded by (-˚ or instr.) SN.i.177; Ja.i.152 (miga-gaṇa˚), Ja.i.203 (devagaṇena); Ja.ii.127 (dāsi-gaṇa˚); Ja.iii.371 (mahā-jana˚); Ja.vi.75; Vv.16#5 (= samantato p. Vv-a.81); Pv-a.3 (dhutta-jana˚), Pv-a.62 (parijana˚), Pv-a.140 (deva-gaṇa˚).
pp. of pari + vṛ.
enveloped, covered Mil.22. Opp. nibbeṭṭhita (q.v.).
pp. of pari + veṣṭ.
neuter
etym.?
feminine = pariveṇa 2; Vin.i.80 (anu pariveṇiyaṃ each in their own cell), Vin.i.106 (id.).
adjective waiting, serving up meals Vism.109
■ f. -ikā Thag-a.17.
fr. pari + viṣ
feminine distribution of food, feeding, serving meals Vin.i.229; SN.i.172; Snp.p.13 (= bhattavissagga Snp-a.140); Mil.247, Mil.249; Dhp-a.iv.162; Pv-a.109 (˚ṭṭhāna), Pv-a.135 (id.).
fr. pari + vis
adjective quite conspicuous or clear Vism.162.
pari + vyatta
sewn together, entwined Dhp-a.iii.198 (variant reading for saṃsibbita +).
pari + pp. of saṃsibbati
to go about to (with inf. or dat.), to endeavour, undertake try Vin.ii.18 = AN.iv.345 (alābhāya); Ja.i.173 (vadhāya); Ja.ii.394; Pv.iv.5#2 (= payogaṃ karoti Pv-a.259).
pari + sakkati
to suspect, fear, have apprehension Ja.iii.210, Ja.iii.541; Dhp-a.i.81
pp -saṅkita (q.v.). Cp. āsaṅkati.
pari + sankati
feminine suspicion, misgiving. Vin.iv.314 DN.iii.218 cp. āsaṅkā
fr. pari + śaṅk
suspecting or suspected, having apprehensions, fearing Vin.ii.243 (diṭṭha-suta˚) AN.iii.128; Ja.iv.214; Ja.v.80; Mil.372; Dhp-a.i.223 (āsankita˚)
■ Cp. āsaṅkita & ussaṅkita.
pp. of parisankati
in -patha the region round the path of stakes & sticks, Name of a path leading up to Gijjha-pabbata (see expln at Ja.iii.485) Ja.iii.484.
to induce someone to mention or relate something Ja.vi.328.
pari + Caus. of sangaṇhāti
adjective very fraudulent or crafty Pp.23 (saṭha +).
pari + saṭha
to return into the former state, to be restored; aor. -saṇṭhāsi Ja.iii.341.
pari + saṇṭhāti
adjective very smooth or soft Mil.198.
pari + saṇha
to make flow round, to make overflow, to fill, in phrase kāyaṃ abhisandeti p DN.i.75, DN.i.214; MN.iii.92 sq. etc. explained as “samantato sandeti” at DN-a.i.217
pp parisanna (q.v.).
pari + Caus. of syad
surrounded or filled with water, drenched, well-watered DN.i.75; MN.iii.94.
pp. of parisandati, cp. parisandeti
to run about, crawl about, to be frightened Dhp.342, Dhp.343 (= saṃsappati bhāyati Dhp-a.iv.49).
pari + sṛp
feminine running about, fear, hesitation, doubt, always combined with āsappanā and only found with ref. to the exegesis of “doubt” (vicikicchā or kankhā) Cnd.1; Dhs.425 (cp. Dhs trsl.116 and Dhs-a.260); DN-a.i.69.
fr. parisappati
adverb from all sides Vv-a.236.
pari + samantato
to stroke, to rub from all sides MN.ii.120; SN.i.178, SN.i.194; AN.v.65.
pari + sambāhati
to remember, recollect Ja.vi.199 (read parissaraṃ).
pari + smr, but according to Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. pari here fr. Prk. paḍi = Sk. prati, thus for pratismarati.
to overcome, conquer, master, get the better of SN.iv.112; exegetically in formula sahati p. abhibhavati ajjhottharati etc. Mnd.12, Mnd.361 = Cnd.420.
pari + sahati
feminine surrounding people, group collection, company, assembly, association, multitude Var. typical sets of assemblies are found in the Canon viz, eight assemblies (khattiya˚, brāhmaṇa˚, gahapati˚ samaṇa˚, Cātummahārājika˚, Tāvatiṃsa˚, Māra˚, Brahma˚ or the assemblies of nobles, brahmins, householders wanderers, of the angel hosts of the Guardian Kings, of the Great Thirty-Three, of the Māras, and of the Brahmās) DN.ii.109; DN.iii.260; MN.i.72; AN.iv.307. four assemblies (the first four of the above) at DN.iii.236 Mnd.163; other four, representing the Buddha’s Order (bhikkhu˚, bhikkhunī˚, upāsaka˚, upāsikā˚, or the assembly of bhikkhus, nuns, laymen and female devotees; cp same enumn at Divy.299) SN.ii.218; AN.v.10; cp. Ja.i.40 (catu-parisa-majjhe), Ja.i.85 (id.), Ja.i.148 (id.)
■ two assemblies (viz. Brahma˚, Māra˚) at DN.iii.260; allegorically two groups of people (viz. sāratta-rattā & asāratta-rattā MN.ii.160 = AN.i.70 sq
■ For var. uses of the word see the foll. passages: Vin.ii.188, Vin.ii.296 (rājaparisā); Vin.iii.12 (bhagavā mahatiyā parisāya parivuto surrounded by a great multitude); Vin.iv.153 (gen. parisāya); MN.i.153 (nevāpika˚); MN.ii.160; MN.iii.47; SN.i.155 (brahma˚), SN.i.162 sarājikā p., SN.i.177; AN.i.25 (mahā˚), AN.i.70 (uttānā p.), AN.i.71 (ariya˚), AN.i.242 (tisso p.); AN.ii.19 (˚āya mando), AN.ii.133, AN.ii.183, AN.ii.185 (deva˚), AN.iii.253 (khattiya˚); AN.iv.80, AN.iv.114; Iti.64 (upāsakā ˚sāsu virocare); Snp.349, Snp.825 sq.; Ja.i.151, Ja.i.264; Ja.vi.224 (omissaka˚); Pv.iii.9#6; Mil.187, Mil.249, Mil.359 (38 rāja-parisā, or divisions of the royal retinue); Pv-a.2, Pv-a.6, Pv-a.12, Pv-a.21, Pv-a.78 and passim; Sdhp.277. saparisa together with the assembly Vin.iv.71; adv. -ṃ Thag-a.69
■ Note. The form of parisā as first part of a cpd. is parisa˚ (= *parisad, which laṭter is restored in cpd. parisaggata = *parisad-gata)
■ See also pārisagga.
cp. Vedic pariṣad; in R.V. also pariṣad as adj. surrounding, lit. “sitting round,” fr. pari + sad
■ In Pāli the cons. stem has passed into a vocalic ā-stem with the only preservation of cons. loc. sg. parisati Vin.iv.285; AN.ii.180 (ī); Ja.v.61; DN-a.i.141 and parisatiṃ MN.i.68; AN.ii.180 (variant reading); Ja.v.332, besides the regular forms parisāyaṃ (loc. sg.) Vin.ii.296; AN.v.70; and parisāsu (loc. pl.) SN.ii.27; Iti.64
to sprinkle all over, to bathe MN.i.161; SN.i.8 (gattāni); Sdhp.595.
pari + siñcati
sewn round, bordered Vin.i.186; Ja.v.377.
pp. of pari + sibbati
adjective dried up, very dry Ja.i.215 (of fields); Mil.302 (of the heart); Pv-a.64 (˚sarīra).
pari + sukkha
dried up, withered Mil.303 (˚hadaya).
pp. of pari + ṡukṣ. Intens. of śuṣ
to become clear or clean, to be purified SN.i.214; Snp.183, Snp.184
pp parisuddha (q.v.).
Pass. of pari + śudh
adjective clean, clear, pure, perfect Vin.ii.237; MN.i.26; MN.iii.11; SN.ii.199 (˚dhammadesanā); SN.iii.235; SN.v.301, SN.v.354; AN.iii.125 (˚ñāṇa-dassana), AN.iv.120 sq.; Ja.i.265; Vism.2 (accanta˚); Pp.68 (samāhite citte parisuddha); Mil.106; DN-a.i.177, DN-a.i.219; Snp-a.445 (apanetabbassa abhāvato niddosa-bhāvena p.) Pv-a.44, Pv-a.70. Very freq. combined with pariyodāta (q.v.)- aparisuddha unclean Vin.ii.236, MN.i.17.
pari + pp. of śudh
neuter purity, cleanliness, perfection MN.i.36; Mil.103 sq.; Vism.168
■ As f. pari-suddhatā at Vism.30.
abstr. fr. parisuddha
feminine purity, purification SN.i.169. The usual spelling is pārisuddhi (q.v.).
fr. pari + śudh
to strike, hit, throw down Ja.iii.347 (= paharati C.); Ja.vi.370, Ja.vi.376 (id. C.).
pari + sumbhati
neuter throwing down Ja.vi.508 (bhūmiyā p.).
fr. pari + śumbh
to dry quite up, waste quite away Ja.ii.5, Ja.ii.339, Ja.ii.437
caus parisoseti (q.v.).
pari + sussati
neuter drying up completely, withering Ja.v.97.
fr. pari + śuṣ
heated, hatched, made ripe MN.i.104 (bījāni); SN.iii.153; Vin.iii.3; Aiv. 125 (aṇḍāni), 176.
pp. of pari + Caus. of svid, Sk. parisvedita in slightly diff. use
remnant, remainder, rest; only neg. aparisesa (adj.) without remainder, complete, entire MN.i.92, MN.i.110; AN.iii.166 = Pp.64; AN.iv.428 (˚ñāṇadassana).
pari + sesa
great grief, severe mourning Pts.i.38 (anto˚ in def. of soka).
pari + soka
neuter cleansing, purification Mil.215.
fr. parisodheti
cleaned, cleansed, purified Mil.415; Sdhp.414.
pp. of parisodheti
to cleanse, clean, purify MN.iii.3, MN.iii.35 (aor. ˚sodhesi); Snp.407 (aor. ˚sodhayi) Dhp-a.ii.162 (vodapeti +)
■ Freq. in phrase cittaṃ p to cleanse one’s heart (from = abl.) DN.iii.49; SN.iv.104; AN.ii.211; AN.iii.92; Mnd.484; Pp.68
pp parisodhita (q.v.).
pari + Caus. of śudh
becoming dried up, dryness, withering away SN.i.91.
fr. pari + śuṣ
dried up, withered away Sdhp.9.
pp. of parisoseti
to make dry up, to exhaust, make evaporate (water) Mil.389
pp parisosita (q.v.).
Caus. of parisussati
(˚ssajati?) to embrace, enfold, Ja.i.466; Ja.vi.156 (˚itvā, variant reading ˚ssajitvā & palisajjitvā).
pari + svaj
tired, fatigued, exhausted Pv.ii.9#36; Vv-a.305; Sdhp.9, Sdhp.101.
pp. of parissamati
fatigue, toil, exhaustion, Vv-a.289, Vv-a.305 (addhāna˚ from journeying); Pv-a.3, Pv-a.43, Pv-a.113 Pv-a.127.
fr. pari + śram
masculine & neuter danger, risk, trouble MN.i.10 (utu˚); AN.iii.388 (id.); Snp.42, Snp.45, Snp.770, Snp.921, Snp.960 sq.; Dhp.328 (˚ayāni sīha-vyaggh’-ādayo pākaṭa-parissaye, rāga-bhaya-dosabhay’ ādayo paṭicchanna-parissaye Dhp-a.iv.29); Mnd.12 = Cnd.420 (where same division into pākaṭa˚ & paṭicchanna˚); Mnd.360, Mnd.365; Ja.i.418; Ja.ii.405; Ja.v.315, Ja.v.441 (antarāmagga p. cp. paripantha in same use); Vism.34 (utu˚); Snp-a.88 (explained as paricca sayantī ti p.); Dhp-a.iii.199 (˚mocana); Pv-a.216, Dhs-a.330.
fr. pari + ; śri? Etym. doubtful, cp. Weber, Ind. Streifen iii.395 and Andersen, Pāli Reader ii.167, 168
neuter a water strainer, filter (one of the requisites of a bhikkhu) Vin.i.209 Vin.ii.119 and passim; Ja.i.198; Ja.iii.377; Mnd.226; Dhp-a.iii.260 (udaka˚); Vv-a.40, Vv-a.63; Sdhp.593.
fr. pari + Caus. of sru
adjective noun only neg. a˚:
fr. parissāvana
strained, filtered Ja.i.198 (udaka).
pp. of parissāveti
to strain or filter Ja.i.198 (pānīyaṃ); DN-a.i.206 (udakaṃ); DN-a.iii.207 (pānīyaṃ)
pp parissāvita (q.v.).
Caus. of pari + sru
overflowing Ja.vi.328 (= atipuṇṇattā pagharamāna).
pp. of pari + sru
(˚hata) surrounded by (-˚) encircled; only in phrase sukha-parihaṭa (+ sukhe ṭhita) steeped in good fortune Vin.iii.13 (corr. sukhedhita accordingly!); Ja.ii.190 (pariharaka variant reading BB); Ja.vi.219 (= sukhe ṭhita).
pp. of pariharati
gladdened, very pleased Pv-a.13.
pp. of pari + hṛṣ
adjective noun
fr. pari + hṛ.
neuter
fr. pari + hṛ.
feminine
= pariharaṇa
pp parihaṭa. Pass. parihīrati (q.v.)
■ See also anupariharati.
pari + hṛ.
neuter necessity of guarding Vism.98.
abstr. fr. grd. of pariharati
to laugh at, mock, deride Ja.i.457. - Caus. parihāseti to make laugh Ja.v.297.
pari + has
neuter diminution, decrease, wasting away, decay SN.ii.206 sq.; AN.ii.40 (abhabbo parihānāya), AN.iii.173, AN.iii.309, AN.iii.329 sq., AN.iii.404 sq. (˚dhamma); AN.v.103 (id.), AN.v.156 sq.; Iti.71 (˚āya saṃvattati); Dhp.32 (abhabbo p ˚āyo); Pp.12, Pp.14.
fr. pari + hā
feminine loss, diminution (opp. vuddhi) SN.ii.206; SN.iv.76, SN.iv.79; SN.v.143, SN.v.173; AN.i.15; AN.iii.76 sq. AN.iv.288; AN.v.19 sq., AN.v.96, AN.v.124 sq.; Ja.ii.233; Dhp-a.iii.335 Dhp-a.iv.185.
fr. pari + hā
adjective connected with or causing decay or loss DN.ii.75 sq. (˚ā dhammā conditions leading to ruin); AN.iv.16 sq.; Vb.381; Vb-a.507 sq- a˚; SN.v.85.
parihāna + ya
Caus. of parihāyati
to decay, dwindle or waste away, come to ruin; to decrease, fall away from, lack; to be inferior, deteriorate Vin.i.5; MN.iii.46 sq. (opp. abhivaḍḍhati); SN.i.120, SN.i.137; SN.iii.125; SN.iv.76 sq.; AN.iii.252; Dhp.364; Snp.767; Ja.ii.197; Ja.iv.108; Mnd.5 (paridhaṃsati + Mil.249 (id.); Pp.12 (read ˚hāyeyya for ˚hāreyya) Snp-a.167 (+ vinassati); Pp-a 181 (nassati +); Pv-a.5 Pv-a.76 (variant reading), Pv-a.125 (˚hāyeyyuṃ)
pp parihīna, Pass. parihiyyati, Caus. parihāpeti (q.v.).
pari + hā
fr. pari + hṛ; cp. pariharati
adjective noun surrounding, encircling; a guard AN.ii.180.
fr. pari + hṛ.
keeping, preserving, protecting, sustaining DN.i.71 (kāya˚ cīvara, kucchi˚ piṇḍapāta; explained as kāya-pariharaṇa-mattakena & kucchi˚ at DN-a.i.207 correct reading accordingly); MN.i.180; MN.iii.34; Pp.58 Vism.65 (kāya˚, of āvara).
fr. parihāra
adjective taking care of, (worth) keeping SN.iv.316 (udaka-maṇika).
fr. parihāra
laughter, laughing at, mockery Ja.i.116 (˚keḷi), Ja.i.377; Dhp-a.i.244.
fr. pari + has, cp. parihasati
at Ja.i.384 is to be read -bhāsiṃsu.
to be left, to be deserted, to come to ruin (= dhaṃsati) Ja.iii.260.
Pass. of parihāyati, Sk. ˚hīyate
fallen away from, decayed; deficient, wanting; dejected, destitute SN.i.121; AN.iii.123; Snp.827, Snp.881 (˚pañña); Ja.i.112, Ja.i.242; Ja.iv.200 Mnd.166, Mnd.289; Mil.249, Mil.281 (a˚); Pv-a.220 (= nihīna).
pp. of parihāyati
adjective one who has fallen short of, neglected in, done out of (abl. or instr.) DN.i.103.
parihīna + ka
to be carried about (or better “taken care of,” according to Bdhgh’s expln Snp-a.253; see also Brethren 226) Snp.205 = Thag.453.
Pass. of pariharati, Sk. parihriyate in development ˚hriyate → *hiriyati → *hiyirati → ˚hīrati
see vi˚.
as para + upa˚ (in parūpakkama, parūpaghāta etc.) see under para.
adjective grown, grown long, mostly in phrase -kaccha-nakha-loma having long nails, & long hair in the armpit, e.g. at SN.i.78; Ud.65; Ja.iv.362, Ja.iv.371; Ja.vi.488; Mil.163 (so read for p
■ kaccha-loma); Sdhp.104. Kern, Toevoegselen ii.139 s. v. points out awkwardness of this phrase and suspects a distortion of kaccha either from kesa or kaca, i.e. with long hairs (of the head), nails & other hair
■ Further in foll. phrases: mukhaṃ p bearded face Ja.iv.387; ˚kesa-nakha-loma Ja.i.303 ˚kesa-massu with hair & beard grown long Ja.iv.159 ˚kaccha with long grass Ja.vi.100; ˚massu-dāṭhika having grown a beard and tooth DN-a.i.263.
pp. of pa + ruh, cp. BSk. prarūḍha (-śmaśru) Jtm.210
adverb see para 2 c.
gone on to, affected with, overcome by (-˚), syn. with abhibhūta (e.g. Pv-a.41, Pv-a.80). Very frequent in combination with terms of suffering, misadventure and passion, e.g. khudā˚, ghamma˚, jighacchā˚ dukkha˚, dosa˚, rāga˚, soka˚, sneha˚, Vin.i.5; DN.ii.36; MN.i.13, MN.i.114, MN.i.364, MN.i.460; MN.iii.14, MN.iii.92; SN.ii.110; SN.iii.93 SN.iv.28; AN.i.147 = Iti.89; AN.iii.25, AN.iii.96; Snp.449, Snp.736, Snp.818 (= samohita samannāgata pihita Mnd.149), Snp.1092, Snp.1123; Ja.iii.157; Pv.i.8#6; Pv.ii.2#4; Mil.248; Pv-a.61, Pv-a.93.
pp. of pareti, more likely para + i than pari + i, although BSk. correspondent is parīta, e.g. śokaparīta Jtm.31#94
to set out for, go on to, come to (acc.) SN.ii.20; AN.v.2, AN.v.139 sq., AN.v.312; Ja.v.401 (= pakkhandati C.). pp pareta (q.v.).
in form = parā + i but more likely pari + i, thus = pariyeti
adverb beyond, further, above, more than, upwards of; only ˚-in connection with numerals (cp. Vedic use of paras with acc. of numerals) e.g. paropaññāsa more th an.50; DN.ii.93; parosataṃ more th an.100; Ja.v.203, Ja.v.497; parosahassaṃ over 1,000; DN.ii.16; SN.i.192 = Thag.1238; Snp.p.106 (= atireka-sahassaṃ Snp-a.450). See also parakkaroti.
cp. Vedic paras; to para
adjective beyond the eye, out of sight, invisible, imperceptible Mil.291
■ abl. parokkhā (adv.) behind one’s back, in the absence of Ja.iii.89 (parammukhā C.; opp. sammukhā).
paro + akkha = Vedic parokṣa (paraḥ + akṣa)
to cry out (for) Ja.i.166; Pv-a.16, Pv-a.257.
pa + rud
(˚ñāṇa) see under indriya˚. The form is paro + pariya, paro heŕe taking the place of para. Yet it would be more reasonable to explain the word as para apara (upara?) + ya, i.e. that which belongs to this world & the beyond, or everything that comes within the range of the faculties. Cp.; parovara.
adjective noun high & low, far & near; pl. in sense of “all kinds” (cp. uccâvaca). The word is found only in the Sutta Nipāta, viz. Snp.353 (variant reading BB varāvaraṃ, varovaraṃ; explained as “lokuttara-lokiya-vasena su̇ndar âsundaraṃ dūre-santikaṃ vā” Snp-a.350), Snp.475 (˚ā dhammā; variant reading BB paroparā; explained as “parâvarā sundar’ âsundarā, parā vā bāhirā aparā ajjhattikā Snp-a.410), Snp.704 (kāme parovare; variant reading BB paropare explained as sundare ca asundare ca pañca kāmaguṇe Snp-a.493), Snp.1048 (reading paroparāni Cnd; see expln Cnd.422#b; explained as “parāni ca orāni ca, par’ attabhāva-sak’ attabhāv’ ādīni parāni ca orāni ca” Snp-a.590), Snp.1148 (paroparaṃ Cnd; see Cnd.422#a; explained as “hīna-ppaṇītaṃ” Snp-a.607)
■ Note. Already in RV we find para contrasted with avara or upara; para denoting the farther, higher or heavenly sphere, avara or upara the lower or earthly sphere: see e.g. RV i.128, 3; i.164, 12
■ On paropara see further Wackernagel Altind. Gr. ii.121 d.
para + avara, sometimes through substitution of apa for ava also paropara. We should expect a form *parora as result of contraction: see Cnd.p.13
(-˚) a certain weight (or measure), spelt also phala (see phala2), only in cpd. sata˚; a hundred (carat) in weight Thag.97 (of kaṃsa); Ja.vi.510 (sataphala kaṃsa = phalasatena katā kañcana-pātī C.). Also in combination catuppala-tippala-dvipala-ekapala-sāṭikā Vism.339.
classical Sk. pala
a species of plant Ja.vi.564.
cp. late Sk. pala, flesh, meat
a mason, bricklayer, plasterer MN.i.119; SN.iii.154 (the reading phala˚ is authentic, see Geiger, P.G. § 40) AN.iv.127.
cp. Sk. palagaṇḍa Halāyudha ii.436; BSk. palagaṇḍa Avs.i.339; Aṣṭas. Pār. 231; Avad. Kalp ii.113
an onion Vin.iv.259.
cp. Epic Sk. palāṇḍu, pala (white) + aṇḍu (= aṇḍa? egg)
taken over, “had,” overcome, deceived MN.i.511 (nikata vañcita p. where variant reading and id p. SN.iv.307 however reads paluddha); Ja.iii.260 (dava˚ abhibhūta C.).
pp. of pa + labh
to talk nonsense Ja.ii.322. Cp. vi˚.
pa + lapati
to hang down Thag-a.210; Sdhp.110
pp palambita (q.v.). See also abhi˚.
pa + lambati
hanging down Thig.256, Thig.259; Thag-a.211.
pp. of palambati
to deceive DN.i.50, cp. DN-a.i.151.
pa + lambheti
led astray SN.iv.197 (variant reading ˚lāḷita). At AN.iii.5 we read palāḷita, in phrase kāmesu p. (“sporting in pleasures”? Or should we read palolita?).
pa + laḷita
to float, swim Vin.iv.112; Dhp.334; Thag.399; Ja.iii.190.
Vedic plavati, plu
a rhinoceros Ja.vi.277 (variant reading phalasata explained as “khagga-miga,” with gloss “balasata”); as phalasata at Ja.vi.454 (explained as phalasata-camma C.) See palāsata.
according to Trenckner, Notes p. 59, possibly fr. Sk. parasvant
to lick Pv.iii.5#2 = Pv-a.198.
pa + lahati
run away Ja.vi.369; Vism.326; Vv-a.100; Dhp-a.ii.21.
contracted form of palāyita, pp. of palāyati, cp. Prk. palāa (= *palāta) Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 567
neuter running away, escape Ja.i.72.
abstr. fr. palāta
chaff of corn, pollard AN.iv.169 (yava˚); Ja.i.467, Ja.i.468; Ja.iv.34; Snp-a.165 (in exegesis of palāpa2 variant reading BB palāsa), Snp-a.312 (id.); Ja.iv.34, Ja.iv.35 (perhaps better to read kula-palāso & palāsa-bhūta for palāpa).
Vedic palāva, cp. Lat. palea, Russ pelëva; see also Geiger, Pali Grammar § 39#6, where pralāva is to be corr. to palāva
prattling, prattle, nonsense; adj talking idly, chaffing, idle, void MN.iii.80 (a˚); SN.i.166 (not palapaṃ), SN.i.192 = Thag.1237; AN.iv.169 (samaṇa in allegory with yava˚ of palāpa1); Snp.89 (māyāvin asaṃyata palāpa = palāpa-sadisattā Snp-a.165), Snp.282; Mil.414 (here also explained as palāpa1 by Snp-a.312) Vb-a.104. In phrase tuccha palāpa empty and void at Mil.5, Mil.10.
Vedic pralāpa, pa + lap; taken by P. Com. as identical with palāpa1, their example followed by Trenckner, Notes 63, cp. also Miln. trsl. ii.363 “chaff as frivolous talk”
to cause to run away, to put to flight, drive away Ja.ii.433; Dhp-a.i.164, Dhp-a.i.192 Dhp-a.iii.206.
Caus. of palāyati
to prattle, talk Ja.i.73, Ja.i.195.
Caus. of pa + lap, cp. palāpa to which it may be referred as Denom.
to run (away) Vin.iii.145 (ubbijjati uttasati p.); AN.ii.33 (yena vā tena vā palayanti); Snp.120; Ja.ii.10; Dhp-a.i.193; Pv-a.253 Pv-a.284 (= dhāvati)
ppr palāyanto SN.i.209 = Thig.248 = Pv.ii.7#17 = Ne.131 = Dhp-a.iv.21; aor. palāyi SN.i.219; Ja.i.208; Ja.ii.209, Ja.ii.219, Ja.ii.257; Ja.iv.420; Dhp-a.iii.208; DN-a.i.142; Pv-a.4, Pv-a.274; ger. palāyitvā Ja.i.174; Pv-a.154; inf palāyituṃ Ja.i.202; Ja.vi.420
■ Contracted forms are pres. paleti (see also the analogy-form pāleti under pāleti, to guard) DN.i.54 (spelt phaleti, explained DN-a.i.165 by gacchati); Snp.1074, Snp.1144 (= vajati gacchati Cnd.423); Dhp.49; Mnd.172; Ja.v.173, Ja.v.241; Vv.84#36 (= gacchati Vv-a.345); Pv.i.11#1 (gacchati Pv-a.56); aor. palittha Ja.v.255; fut. palehiti Thag.307; imper. palehi Snp.831 (= gaccha Snp-a.542)
pp palāta & palāyita; Caus palāpeti1 (q.v.).
cp. Vedic palāyati, palāy
neuter running away Dhp-a.i.164. See also pālana.
fr. palāy
adjective running away Ja.ii.210 (˚ṃ karoti to put to flight).
fr. palāy
adjective running away, taking to flight SN.i.221 = SN.i.223
■ Usually neg. apalāyin SN.i.185, and in phrase abhīru anutrāsin apalāyin SN.i.99; Thag.864; Ja.iv.296 and passim. See apalāyin & apalāsin.
fr. palāy
masculine & neuter straw Ja.i.488; Dhp-a.i.69.
cp. Ved. & Epic Sk. palāla
see palaḷita.
masculine & neuter
Vedic palāśa
unmercifulness, malice, spite. Its nearest synonym is yuga-ggāha (so Vb.357; Pp.18, where yuddhaggāha is read; Ja.iii.259; Vv-a.71); it is often combined with macchera (Vv.15#5) and makkha (Mil.289). MN.i.15, MN.i.36, MN.i.488; AN.i.79; Ja.ii.198; Vb.357; Pp.18 (+ paḷāsāyanā, etc.)
■ apaḷāsa mercifulness MN.i.44.
according to Trenckner, Notes 83, from ras, but BSk. pradāśa points to pa dāśa = dāsa “enemy” this form evidently a Sanskritisation
a rhinoceros Ja.v.206 Ja.v.408; Ja.vi.277.
so read for palasata & palasada; cp. Vedic parasvant given by BR. in meaning “a certain large animal, perhaps the wild ass”
adjective
fr. palāsa1
(paḷāsin) adjective spiteful, unmerciful, malicious MN.i.43 sq., MN.i.96; AN.iii.111; combined with makkhin at Vin.ii.89 (cp. Vin Texts iii.38); Ja.iii.259 apaḷāsin DN.iii.47 (amakkhin +); MN.i.43; AN.iii.111 Pp.22; see also separately.
fr. palāsa2
round, around (= pari) only as prefix in cpds (q.v.). Often we find both pari˚ & pali˚ in the same word.
a variant of pari˚, to be referred to the Māgadhī dialect in which it is found most frequently, esp. in the older language, see Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 257; Geiger P.Gr. § 44
to bend oneself over, to go crooked MN.i.387.
pali + kujjati
covered, enveloped, smeared with Ja.ii.92 (lohita˚).
a var. of paliguṇṭhita, q.v. & cp. Geiger, Pali Grammar § 39#1
a bar Ja.vi.276 (with palighā as gloss).
a variant of paligha on kh for gh see Geiger, Pali Grammar § 39#2
to dig up, root out SN.i.123; SN.ii.88 (so read for paliṃ˚ & phali˚) = AN.i.204 ger. palikhañña Snp.968 (= uddharitvā Mnd.490); palikhāya SN.i.123 (cp. KS 320); & palikhaṇitvā SN.ii.88; Snp-a.573
pp palikhata (q.v.).
pali + khaṇ, cp. parikhā
dug round or out SN.iv.83 (so read with variant reading for T. palikhita).
pp. of palikhaṇati
to scratch, in phrase oṭṭhaṃ p. to bite one’s lip Ja.v.434 = Dhp-a.iv.197.
pa + likh
to bite all round, to gnaw or peck off MN.i.364 (kukkuro aṭṭhikankalaṃ p.).
pali + khādati
to be greedy Cnd.77 (abhigijjhati +).
pali + gijjhati
entangled, covered enveloped Snp.131 (mohena; variant reading BB ˚kuṇṭhita) Ja.ii.150 = Dhp-a.i.144 (variant reading ˚kuṇṭh˚); Dhp-a.iv.56; Mil ii. Explained by pariyonaddha Ja.ii.150, by paṭicchādita Ja.iv.56. Cp. pāliguṇṭhima.
pali + guṇṭhita, variant palikuṇṭhita, as kuṇṭhita & guṇḍhita are found
greed, conceit, selfishness AN.i.66; Nd ii.taṇhā ii.(gedha +); Dhs.1059, Dhs.1136.
pali + gedha but acc. to Geiger, P.Gr. § 10 = parigṛddha
adjective conceited, greedy selfish AN.iii.265.
fr. paligedha, but Geiger, P.Gr. § 10 takes it as *parigṛddhin, cp. giddhin
■ (adj) (-˚) in two phrases okkhitta˚; with cross-bars erected or put up DN.i.105 (= ṭhapita˚ DN-a.i.274), opp. ukkhitta˚; with cross-bars (i.e. obstacles) withdrawn or removed MN.i.139 = AN.iii.84 = Cnd.284 C.; Snp.622 (= avijjā-palighassa ukkhittattā Snp-a.467); cp. parikhā.
pari + gha of (g)han, cp. P. & Sk. parigha
adjective grey, in cpd. ˚kesa with grey (i.e. white hair MN.i.88 (f. ˚kesī); AN.i.138; Ja.i.59, Ja.i.79; abs. only at Ja.vi.524. The spelling phalita also occurs (e.g. Pv-a.153)
■ Der. pālicca.
cp. Vedic palita; Gr. πελιτνός, πελιός black-grey; Lith. pilkas grey; Ags. fealu = Ohg. falo E. fallow, Ger. fahl; also Sk. pāṇḍu whitish; P. paṇḍu pāṭala pink
smeared Thig.467 (= upalitta Thag-a.284).
pp. of palippati
fr. sloppiness, mud, marsh MN.i.45; Thag.89; Thag.2, Thag.291 (= panka Thag-a.224); Ja.iii.241 (read palipo cp. C. = mahākaddamo ibid.) = Ja.iv.480.
pa + lip
danger, obstacle (or is it “mud, mire” = palipa?) AN.iv.290; Snp.34 = Snp.638 (rāga˚ Snp-a.469) = Dhp.414 (= rāga˚ Dhp-a.iv.194).
for paripatha = ˚pantha (q.v.), the bases path˚ & panth˚ frequently interchanging. Trenckner (Notes 80) derives it fr. pa + lip
see pāli˚.
fallen, got or sunk into (-˚ or loc.) Vin.i.301 (muttakarīse); DN.ii.24 (id.); MN.i.45 (palipa˚) = Cnd.651 B; MN.i.88; Ja.vi.8 Vism.49 (muttakarīse).
for paripanna, pp. of paripajjati
to be smeared; to stick, to adhere to Pv.iv.1#5 (˚amāna read for palimpamāna)
pp palitta (q.v.).
Med
pass of pa + lip; often spelt palimpati
see palibuddhati.
neuter obstruction Dhp-a.iii.258.
fr. palibujjhati
obstructed, hindered, stopped; being kept back or delayed, tarrying Ja.ii.417 Cnd.107 (paliveṭhita +); Mil.388 (ākāso a˚) Mil.404; Dhp-a.iii.198. Often in phrase lagga laggita p. Cnd.88 Cnd.107, Cnd.332, Cnd.596, Cnd.597, Cnd.657.
pp. of palibujjhati
pp palibuddha (q.v.).
the etym. offered by Andersen, Pāli Reader s. v. palibuddha, viz. dissimilation for pari + ruddhati (rudh) is most plausible, other explains like Trenckner’s (Notes 66 for pari + bādh, med-pass. bajjhati = *bādhyate, seemingly confirmed by variant reading Cnd.74 & Cnd.77 ˚bajjhati for ˚bujjhati) and Kern’s (Toevoegselen s. v. = Ogh firbiotan, Ger. verbieten) are semantically not satisfactory Cp. avaruddhati & avaruddha;
obstruction, hindrance, obstacle, impediment, drawback Ja.i.148; Ja.iii.241 (a non-obstruction), Ja.iii.381 (id.); Ne.80; also in var. phrases viz. kāma˚ Cnd.374 (+ kāmapariḷāha); kula˚ cīvara Cnd.68, cp. Mil.388 (kule p.); ghar’āvāsa˚, putta-dāro etc. Mnd.136; Cnd.172#a B, 205, cp. Ja.ii.95 (ghara˚); Kp-a.39 (enumerated as set of dasa palibodhā which are also given and explained in detail at Vism.90 sq.); cp. Dhs-a.168, and in combination laggana bandhana p. Cnd.332, Cnd.620. Two palibodhas are referred to at Vin.i.265, viz. āvāsa˚ and cīvara˚ (cp. Vin. Texts ii.157) and sixteen at Mil.11. Cp. Cpd. 53
■ The minor obstacles (to the practice of kammaṭṭhāna) are described as khuddaka˚ at Vism.122 & referred to at Dhs-a.168
■ See also sam˚.
see palibuddhati
neuter breaking up Cnd.576 (sambhañjana + variant reading pari˚). See also sam˚. The spelling phali˚ occurs at Thag-a.288.
pari + bhañjana
polished Ja.v.4. Cp. parimaṭṭha. See also sam˚.
pp. of pari + mṛj
adj. nt. wrapping, surrounding, encircling, encumbrance Ja.iv.436; Pp.34; Vism.353 (˚camma); Dhs-a.366.
fr. pari + veṣṭ.
wrapped round, entwined, encircled, fettered Cnd.107 (˚veṭṭh˚, combined with laggita & palibuddha); Ja.iv.436; Ja.vi.89. Cp. sam˚.
pp. of paliveṭheti
to wrap up, cover, entwine, encircle MN.i.134; Ja.i.192; Ja.ii.95; Dhp-a.i.269; Dhs-a.366
pass paliveṭhīyati Mil.74
pp paliveṭhita (q.v.). See also sam˚.
pari + veṣṭ.
to loosen, make loose SN.ii.89 (mūlāni).
pari + sṛj
to embrace DN.ii.266; Ja.v.158 (aor. palissaji = ālingi C), Ja.v.204, Ja.v.215; Ja.vi.325.
pari + svaj
flowing over Ja.vi.328.
pp. of pari + sru
broken up, crushed, crumbled Bv.ii.24; Mil.217.
pp. of palujjati, Sk. *prarugṇa
to break (intrs.) to fall down, crumble, to be dissolved Vin.ii.284; DN.ii.181; MN.i.488; SN.ii.218; SN.iii.137; SN.iv.52 = Cnd.550 (in exegesis of “loka”); Mil.8; Vism.416
pp palugga (q.v.) Cp. BSk. pralujyati Mvu.ii.370.
Pass. of palujati = pa + ruj
neuter breaking up, destruction Snp-a.506.
fr. palujjati
seduced, enticed SN.iv.307 (where id. p. MN.i.511 reads paladdha); Ja.i.158; Ja.vi.255 Ja.vi.262. See also palobheti & palobhita.
pp. of pa + lubh
to rob, plunder, deprive of AN.i.48.
pa + lup
see palāyati.
smearing; plaster, mortar Thig.270; Thag-a.213.
fr. pa + lip
neuter smearing, anointing; adj. (-˚) smeared or coated with MN.i.429 (gāḷha˚ thickly smeared).
fr. pa + lip
breaking off or in two, dissolution, decay Vin.ii.284; MN.i.435 = Mil.418 (in formula aniccato dukkhato rogato etc., with freq.variant reading paralokato; cp AN.iv.423; Cnd.214; Pts.ii.238); SN.iii.167 (id.), SN.iv.53 SN.v.163.
fr. pa + *luj = ruj, thus standing for *paloga, cp. roga
adjective destined for decay or destruction SN.iv.205 = Snp.739 (acc. palokinaṃ = jarā-maraṇehi palujjana-dhamma Snp-a.506); Thig.101 (acc. pl palokine, see Geiger, Pali Grammar § 95#2).
fr. paloka
desire, greed Pv-a.265.
fr. pa + lubh
neuter = palobha Ja.i.196, Ja.i.210; Ja.ii.183; Mil.286.
desired Pv-a.154.
pp. of palobheti
to desire, to be greedy Snp.703; Ja.i.79, Ja.i.157, Ja.i.298; Ja.vi.215; Snp-a.492; Dhp-a.i.123 Dhp-a.i.125; Pv-a.55
pp palobhita (q.v.).
Caus. of pa + lubh
pary + anka, cp. Class Sk. palyanka & Māgadhī paliyanka
(pallate), is guarded or kept, contracted (poetical) form of pālayate (so Cy.) Ja.v.242.
the posture of sitting or squatting or lolling Ja.i.163 (here in expln of tipallattha: pallatthaṃ vuccati sayanaṃ, ubhohi passehi ujukam eva ca go-nisinnaka-vasenā ti tīh’ākārehi pallatthaṃ etc.; see under ti˚). Cp. ti˚, vi˚.
Sk. *paryasta, pari + pp. of as to throw, cp. Prk pallattha Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 285
feminine same meaning as pallattha Vin.ii.213; Vin.iii.162 (cp. Vin. Texts i.62; iii.141); Vism.79 (dussa˚).
fr. pallattha
perverse Ja.v.79.
doubtful, perhaps we should read paliyattha, see Kern, Toevoegselen s. v.
neuter
cp. Class Sk. palvala = Lat. palus; Ohg. felawa = Ger. felber willow; Lith. pélkè moor; BSk. also palvala, e.g. Divy.56
neuter a sprout Ja.i.250; Ja.ii.161. See also phallava.
cp. Class Sk. pallaka
adjective having sprouts, burgeoning, budding Mil.151; Vv-a.288 (sa˚ full of sprouts).
fr. pallava
see vi˚.
security, confidence DN.i.96; MN.i.17; cp. DN-a.i.266 “loma-haṃsa-mattam pi ‘ssa na bhavissati.”
a contraction of pannaloma, see J.P.T.S. 1889, 206
only in 1st sq. pavakkhāmi “I will declare or explain” Snp.701, Snp.963 = Snp.1050 (cp Mnd.482 & Cnd under brūmi).
fut. of pa + vac
see anu˚, & cp.; pavecchati.
Sk. prayacchati
to wander forth, go about, perambulate; ppr. pavajamāna SN.i.42 (but may be pavajjamāna “being predicated” in play of word with act pavadanto in same verse).
pa + vraj
to sound forth to be played (of music) Ja.i.64 (pavajjayiṃsu, 3rd pl. aor.); Vv-a.96 (pavajjamāna ppr. med.).
Pass. of pavadati
neuter sounding, playing of music Vv-a.210.
fr. pavajjati, Pass. of pavadati
grown up, increased, big, strong Ja.v.340 (˚kāya of huge stature; so read for pavaddha˚; explained as vaḍḍhita-kāya).
pp. of pavaḍḍhati
to grow up, to increase MN.i.7; SN.ii.84, SN.ii.92; Snp.306 (3rd sg. praet. ˚atha); Dhp.282, Dhp.335 Dhp.349; Pp.64; Pv-a.8 (puññaṃ)
pp pavaḍḍha pavuddha.
pa + vṛdh
to blow forth, to yield a scent Thag.528 (= gandhaṃ vissajjati C.). See pavāti.
pa + vā
to hurry on, to rush Vv-a.42 (but better read with variant reading patati as syn. of gacchati).
of plu, cp. Vedic plavate to swim & Epic Sk.; pravate to jump
adjective
pp. of pavattati
intransitive
pp pavatta; Caus. pavatteti (q.v.).
pa + vattati, vṛt
adj. nt.
fr. pavattati
one who sets into motion or keeps up DN-a.i.273 (see foll.).
n. ag. to pavatteti
one who keeps up or keeps going, one who hands on (the tradition) an expounder, teacher DN.i.104 (mantānaṃ p. = pavattayitar DN-a.i.273); SN.iv.94; Dhp.76 (nidhīnaṃ p. = ācikkhitar Dhp-a.ii.107).
n. ag. of either pa + vac or pa + vṛt, the latter more probable considering similar use of parivatteti The P. commentators take it as either
neuter making continue, keeping going, preservation upkeep Vism.32 (T. ˚attha).
fr. Caus. ii. of pavatteti = pavattāpeti
feminine
fr. pa + vṛt
set going, inaugurated, established Vin.i.11 (dhammacakka); MN.iii.29, MN.iii.77; SN.i.191; Snp.556, Snp.557 (dhammacakka); Pv-a.67 (id.), Pv-a.140 (sangīti); Snp-a.454.
pp. of pavatteti
adjective
fr. pa + vṛt
transitive
pp pavattita (q.v.).
Caus. of pavattati
to speak out, speak to, talk, dispute; ppr. pavadanto SN.i.42 (trsl. “predicate”); Mnd.293-aor. pāvādi Thag-a.71
■ Cp. pāvadati.
pa + vad
neuter winnowing of grain Mil.201 (read pavanena ṭṭhāyiko who earned his living by winnowing gṛain).
cp. Sk. pavana & pāvana, of; pū
neuter side of a mountain, declivity DN.ii.254; MN.i.117; SN.i.26; SN.ii.95 SN.ii.105; Thag.1092; Ja.i.28; Ja.ii.180; Ja.vi.513; Cp.i.1#5, Cp.i.10#1 Cp.iii.13#1; Mil.91, Mil.198 sq., Mil.364, Mil.408; Vism.345. Cp Pavananagara Snp-a.583 (variant reading BB for Tumbavanagara = Vanasavhaya). Note. Kern, Toevoegselen s. v defends Müller’s (after Subhūti) interpretation as “wood, woodland,” and compares BSk. pavana Mvu.ii.272, Mvu.ii.382.
cp. Vedic pravaṇa; not with Müller, P.Gr. 24 = upavana; perhaps = Lat. pronus “prone”
at Vin.ii.136 in cpd. pavan-anta refers to the end of the girdle (kāyabandhana), where it is tied into a loop or knot. Bdhgh on p. 319 (on C.V. v.29, 2 explains it by pās’ anta.
to sow out Thig.112.
pa + vap
adverb carrying on, pressing, urgently, constantly, always repeated as pavayha pavayha MN.iii.118 = Dhp-a.ii.108; MN.i.442, MN.i.444.
ger. of pavahati
adjective most excellent, noble, distinguished SN.iii.264; Snp.83, Snp.646, Snp.698 (muni˚); Dhp.422 Pp.69; Mil.246; Pv-a.2 (˚dhamma-cakka), Pv-a.67 (id.), Pv-a.39 (˚buddh’āsana); Sdhp.421.
pa + vara
to “live forth,” i.e. to be away from home, to dwell abroad Snp.899; Ja.ii.123 (= pavasaṃ gacchati); Ja.v.91
pp pavuttha (q.v.). Cp. vi˚.
pa + vas
to “rain forth,” to begin to rain, shed rain SN.i.100; Snp.18 sq. (imper. pavassa), Snp.353 (variant reading) Ja.vi.500 (“cry”), Ja.vi.587 (aor. pāvassi)
pp pavaṭṭha pavuṭṭha;: see abhi˚.
pa + vṛṣ
neuter beginning to rain, raining Mil.120.
fr. pa + vṛṣ
neuter a draught of air, breeze Vin.ii.79 (opp. nivāta).
pa + vāta, cp. Vedic pravāta
talk, disputation, discussion DN.i.26, DN.i.162; MN.i.63; Snp.538.
pa + vad, cp. Epic Sk. pravāda talk, saying
adjective
fr. pavāda
adjective belonging to a disputation, disputing, arguing, talking Snp.885 (n. pl ˚āse, taken by Mnd.293 as pavadanti, by Snp-a.555 as vādino).
fr. pavāda, cp. pavādaka
to blow forth, to permeate (of a scent), to diffuse Ja.i.18 (dibba-gandho p.); Vism.58 (dasa disā sīla-gandho p.). Cp. pavāti.
pa + vā
feminine
pa + vṛ; cp. BSk. pravāraṇā Divy.91, Divy.93; whereas Epic Sk. pravāraṇa, nt., only in sense of “satisfaction”
pp. of pavāreti
pp pavārita (q.v.) See also sam˚. Pavala & Pavala;
Caus. of pa + vṛ; cp. BSk. pravārayati Divy.116, Divy.283, etc.
masculine & neuter
cp. Class Sk. prabāla, pravāḍa & pravāla
apparently pp. of pavahati (pavāheti), but in reality pp. of pa + bṛh1, corresp. to Sk. prabṛdha (pravṛdha), cp. abbūlha & ubbahati (ud + ; bṛh1), but cp also ubbāḷha which is pp. of ud + bādh. At DN.i.77 (where variant reading pabbāḷha = pabūḷha, unexplained by Bdhgh it is synonymous with uddharati = ubbahati
sojourning abroad, being away from home Ja.ii.123 Ja.v.434; Ja.vi.150; Mil.314
■ Cp. vi˚.
fr. pa + vas, cp. Vedic pravāsa in same meaning
pp. of pavāseti
adjective living abroad or from home, in cira˚; long absent Dhp.219 (= cirappavuttha Dhp-a.iii.293).
fr. pavāsa
adjective carrying or driving away Thag.758.
fr. pa + vah
Caus. fr. pa + vah
neuter the fact of being removed or cleansed Ja.v.134.
abstr. fr. pavāhita, pp. of pavāheti
adjective & neuter
fr. pa + ; vah
boasted Ja.i.359.
pp. of pa + vi + katthati
investigation Snp.1021; Thag.593; Pp.25; Ne.3, Ne.87.
fr. pa + vicinati
to investigate thoroughly MN.iii.85; SN.v.68.
pa + vicarati
to investigate, to examine MN.iii.85; SN.v.68, SN.v.262; Ne.21; Snp-a.545. grd. paviceyya Ja.iv.164, & pavicetabba Ne.21.
pa + vicinati
to throw forth or down Vin.ii.193 (silaṃ cp. Ja.i.173 & Ja.v.333); Ja.iii.82, Ja.iii.178, Ja.iii.415; DN-a.i.138 DN-a.i.154
pp paviddha (q.v.).
pa + vyadh
neuter hurling, throwing Ja.v.67 (Devadattassa silā˚, cp. Vin.ii.193); Ja.i.173; Ja.v.333.
fr. pavijjhati
entered, gone into (acc.), visited SN.i.197; SN.ii.19; Dhp.373; DN-a.i.288; Pv-a.12, Pv-a.13.
pp. of pavisati
scepticism, speculation, controversy Snp.834; Mnd.176.
pa + vitakka
to make clear, to reveal Ja.v.326 (aor. pavidaṃsayi).
pa + vi + Caus. of dṛś; daṃseti = dasseti
thrown down, fig. given up, abandoned Thag.350 (˚gocara).
pp. of pavijjhati
to lead or drive away, expel Snp.507 = Ja.v.148.
pa + vineti
to distribute, to apportion SN.i.193 (˚bhajjaṃ, ppr., with jj metri causa) = Thag.1242 (˚bhajja ger.).
pa + vi + bhaj. Cp. Class Sk. pravibhāga division, distribution
to be dissolved, to melt or fade away SN.iv.289 (pavilīyamānena kāyena with their body melting from heat; so read for paveliyamānena).
pa + vi + lī
to look forward or ahead Ja.vi.559.
pa + viloketi
separated, detached, secluded, singled MN.i.14, MN.i.77, MN.i.386; MN.ii.6; SN.ii.29; Vism.73; Pv-a.127; Dhp-a.ii.77. Often in phrase appiccha santuṭṭha pavivitta referring to an ascetic enjoying the satisfaction of seclusion Cnd.225 = Mnd.342#1b = Vism.25; Ja.i.107; Mil.244, Mil.358, Mil.371 (with appa-sadda appanigghosa).
pp. of pa + vi + vic
retirement, solitude, seclusion Vin.i.104; Vin.ii.258 (appicchatā santuṭṭhi + ; cp. pavivitta); DN.i.60; MN.i.14 sq.; SN.ii.202; SN.v.398; AN.i.240; Snp.257; Dhp.205 (˚rasa, cp. Dhp-a.iii.268); Thag.597; Ja.i.9; Pts.ii.244; Vism.41, Vism.73 (˚sukha-rasa); Sdhp.476; DN-a.i.169.
fr. pa + vi + vic
feminine = paviveka Vism.81 (appicchatā etc. in enumn of the 5 dhuta-dhammas).
abstr. fr. paviveka
adjective springing from solitude Thag.669.
fr. paviveka
to go in, to enter (acc.) Snp.668, Snp.673; Dhp-a.ii.72 (opp. nikkhamati); Pv-a.4, Pv-a.12, Pv-a.47 (nagaraṃ). Pot. -vise Snp.387 imper. pavisa MN.i.383; SN.i.213 fut. pavisissati Vin.i.87; Ja.iii.86; pavissati (cp. Geiger Pali Grammar § 65#2) Ja.ii.68; Cp.i.9#56, and pavekkhati SN.iv.199; Ja.vi.76 (nāgo bhūmiyaṃ p.); Dāvs iii.26; aor. pāvisi Vin.ii.79 (vihāraṃ); MN.i.381; Ja.i.76 (3rd pl. pāvisuṃ) Ja.i.213; Ja.ii.238; Vism.42 (gāmaṃ) Pv-a.22, Pv-a.42, Pv-a.161, Pv-a.256 and pavisi Ja.ii.238; Pv-a.12, Pv-a.35; ger. pavisitvā SN.i.107; Ja.i.9 (araññaṃ); Vism.22; Pv-a.4, Pv-a.12, Pv-a.46, Pv-a.79 & pavissa SN.i.200; Dhp.127 = Pv-a.104
pp paviṭṭha (q.v.). Caus. paveseti (q.v.).
pa + viś
neuter going in, entering, entrance Ja.i.294; Ja.ii.416; Ja.vi.383; Dhp-a.i.83. Cp. pavesana.
fr. pa + viś
adjective clever, skilful Dāvs v.33; Vv-a.168 (variant reading kusala).
cp. Class. Sk. pravīṇa
to look up to, respect, honour Ja.iii.387 (T. reading sure, but variant reading C. pavīrati).
pa + vī to seek, Sk. veti, but with diff. formation in P. cp. Trenckner, Notes 78 (who derives it fr. veṇ) apaviṇāti. The form is doubtful; probably we should read pacināti
in pl. diff. kinds of rice Ja.v.405 (= nānappakārā vīhayo).
pa + vīhi
to be called, said, or pronounced Snp.436, Snp.513, Snp.611 & passim; Dhp.257; Pv.iv.3#47 Pv-a.102. The form pavuccate also occurs, e.g. at Snp.519 sq
pp pavutta1 (q.v.).
Pass. of pavacati
at MN.i.518 is unexplained. The reading of this word is extremely doubtful at all passages. The vv ll. at MN.i.518 are pavudhā, pavujā, paṭuvā, *phutā, and the C. expln is pavuṭā = gaṇṭhikā (knot or block?). The identical passage at DN.i.54 reads paṭuvā (q.v.), with vv.ll. pamuṭā, pamuvucā, while DN-a.i.164 explains pacuṭā = gaṇṭhikā (vv.ll. pamuṭā, pamucā, papuṭā). Dial. i.72 reads pacuṭa, but leaves the word untranslated Franke, Dīgha, p. 58 ditto.
(pavaṭṭha) see abhi˚.
pp. of pavassati
said, declared, pronounced DN.i.104 (mantapada p.; variant reading ˚vatta which is more likely; but DN-a.i.273 explains by vutta & vācita) SN.i.52; Snp.383 (su˚ = sudesita Snp-a.373), Snp.868 (= ācikkhita desita, etc. Mnd.271).
pp. of pa + vac, but sometimes confounded with pavatta, pp. of pa + vṛt, cp. pavutti
scattered forth, strewn, sown SN.i.227.
pp. of pa + vap
happening, proceeding, fate, event Pv-a.31 (variant reading pavatti), Pv-a.46, Pv-a.53, Pv-a.61, Pv-a.78, Pv-a.81 and passim (perhaps should be read pavatti at all passages).
fr. pa + vṛt, cp. Class. Sk. pravṛtti
dwelling or living abroad, staying away from home DN.ii.261 (˚jāti one who dwells away from his caste, i.e. who no longer belongs to any caste); Ja.v.434; Dhp-a.iii.293. Freq. in phrase pavutthapatikā itthi a woman whose husband dwells abroad Vin.ii.268; Vin.iii.83; Mil.205.
pp. of pavasati
at Vv-a.237 is misreading either for pavāsita or (more likely) for padhūpita (as variant reading SS.), in meaning “blown” i.e. scented, filled with scent.
is fut. pavisati.
to give, bestow SN.i.18; Snp.463 sq., Snp.490 sq. Thig.272; Ja.i.28; Ja.iii.12 (variant reading pavacchati), Ja.iii.172; Ja.iv.363, Ja.vi.502, Ja.vi.587 (vuṭṭhi-dhāraṃ pavecchanto devo pāvassi tāvade; variant reading pavattento); Pv.ii.9#43 (= deti Pv-a.130), Pv.ii.9#70 (= pavatteti ibid. Pv.ii.9#139); Pv.ii.10#7 (= deti ibid. Pv.ii.10#144) Mil.375.
another dern suggested by Dr. Barnett in J.R.A.S. 1924, 186 is = Sk pra-vṛścati.
most likely (as suggested by Trenckner, Notes 61) a distortion of payacchati (pa + yam) by way of *payecchati → pavecchati (cp. sa-yathā → seyyathā) Not with Morris, J.P.T.S. 1885, 43 fr. pa + vṛṣ, nor with Müller P.Gr. 120 fr. pa + viṣ (who with this derivation follows the P. Commentators, e.g. Ja.iii.12 pavesati, deti; Snp-a.407 (pavesati paṭipādeti); Geiger P.Gr. § 152, note 3 suggests (doubtfully) a Fut. stem (of viś?)
feminine
pa + veṇi; cp. late Sk. praveṇi in meanings 1 & 2
neuter making known, telling, proclamation, announcement only in stanza “nisīd ambavane ramme yāva kālappavedanā,” until the announcement of the time (of death) Thag.563 (translation “until the hour should be revealed”) = Ja.i.118 = Vism.389 = Dhp-a.i.248.
fr. pa + vid
made known, declared, taught MN.i.67 (su˚ & du˚); SN.i.231; Dhp.79, Dhp.281; Snp.171, Snp.330 Snp.838; Mnd.186.
pp. of pavedeti
to make known, to declare, communicate, relate SN.i.24; SN.iv.348; Dhp.151; Snp.p.103 (= bodheti ñāpeti Snp-a.444); Pv-a.33, Pv-a.58, Pv-a.68 (attānaṃ make oneself known), Pv-a.120
pp pavedita (q.v.).
Caus. of pa + vid
to be afflicted, to be frightened, to be agitated, quiver, tremble, fear Snp.928 (= tasati etc. Mnd.384); Vism.180 (reads pavedheti) Thag-a.203 (allavatthaṃ allakesaṃ pavedhanto misreading for pavesento); Dhp-a.ii.249
■ Freq in ppr. med. pavedhamāna trembling MN.i.88; Pv.iii.5#5 (= pakampamāna Pv-a.199); Ja.i.58; Ja.iii.395
pp pavedhita & pavyadhita; (q.v.).
pa + vyath, cp. pavyatheti
to shake, move to & fro, undulate SN.iv.289 (paveliyamānena kāyena); Ja.iii.395
pp pavellita (q.v.).
pa + vell
shaken about, moving to & fro, swinging, trembling Ja.vi.456.
pp. of pavellati
(-˚) entrance Thag-a.66 (Rājagaha˚); Dhp-a.iv.150.
fr. pa + viś
neuter
fr. paveseti
one who lets in or allows to enter, an usher in SN.iv.194; AN.v.195.
n. ag. of paveseti
Caus. of pavisati
to cause to tremble, to shake Ja.v.409. Cp. pavedhati
pp pavyadhita (q.v.).
Caus. of pa + vyath
afflicted, frightened, afraid Ja.vi.61 Ja.vi.166.
pp. of pa + vyath; the dh through analogy with pavedhita
flatterer MN.i.327; Ja.ii.439; Sdhp.565.
fr. pasaṃsati
to speak out, praise, commend, agree DN.i.163; SN.i.102, SN.i.149, SN.i.161; Ja.i.143; Ja.ii.439; Ja.v.331; Iti.16; Snp.47, Snp.163, Snp.390, Snp.658, Snp.906; Dhp.30; Pv.ii.9#42 DN-a.i.149; Pv-a.25, Pv-a.131 (= vaṇṇeti)
pp pasattha pasaṃsita; (q.v.). Cp. paṭipasaṃsita.
pa + saṃs
neuter praising, commendation Pp.53; Sdhp.213; Pv-a.30.
fr. pa + śaṃs
feminine praise, applause DN.iii.260; SN.i.202; Thag.609; Snp.213, Snp.826 Snp.895; Mil.377; Snp-a.155. In composition the form is pasaṃsa˚; e.g. -āvahana bringing applause Snp.256 -kāma desirous of praise Snp.825, cp. Mnd.163; -lābha gain of praise Snp.828. As adj. pasaṃsa “laudable praiseworthy” it is better taken as grd. of pasaṃsati (= pasaṃsiya); thus at Pv.iv.7#13 (pāsaṃsa Minayeff) Pv-a.8, Pv-a.89 (= anindita).
fr. pa + śaṃs; cp. Vedic praśaṃsā
praised SN.i.232; Snp.829, Snp.928; Dhp.228, Dhp.230; Mnd.169; Pv-a.116 (= vaṇṇita) Pv-a.130.
pp. of pasaṃsati, cp. pasattha
adjective laudable, praiseworthy SN.i.149; SN.iii.83; AN.ii.19; Snp.658; Ja.i.202; Sdhp.563. Cp. pasaṃsā.
grd. of pasaṃsati, cp. Vedic praśaṃsia
to go forth or out to; ger. pasakkiya SN.i.199 = Thag.119; Thag.125.
pa + sakkati
at Ja.iv.365 is doubtful; perhaps we should read pasakkita (pp. of pasakkati); the C. explains as “lying down” (nipanna acchati, p. 367); Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. proposes change to pamakkhita on ground of vv.ll. vamakkhita & malakita.
gone out to, gone forth Pv-a.22.
pp. of pa + sankamati, of kram
to go out or forth to (acc.) Sdhp.277
pp pasaṅkanta.
pa + saṃ + kram
fr. pa + sanj. Class Sk. prasanga in both meanings
to let loose, produce; to be attached to Snp.390 (= allīyati Snp-a.375).
pa + sṛj
let out, produced DN.iii.167; Snp-a.109 (conj. for pasava in expln of pasuta).
pp. of pa + sṛ.
adjective spotted, only in cpd. -miga spotted antelope Ja.v.418 (variant reading pasada˚) The more freq. P. form is pasada˚; e.g. SN.ii.279 (gloss pasata˚); Ja.v.24, Ja.v.416; Ja.vi.537; Snp-a.82.
Vedic pṛṣant, f. pṛṣatī
neuter a small measure of capacity, a handful (seems to be applied to water only) Ja.i.101 (˚mattaṃ udakaṃ); Ja.iv.201 (udaka˚); Ja.v.382 (˚mattaṃ pānīyaṃ). Often redupl. pasataṃ pasataṃ “by handfuls” MN.i.245, Ja.v.164. At DN-a.i.298 it is closely connected with sarāva (cup), as denoting the amount of a small gift.
etym.? Late Sk. pṛṣat or pṛṣad a drop; cp. phusita1 rain-drop = pṛṣata; BR. under pṛṣant pasata1, but probably dialectical & Non-Aryan
praised, extolled, commended SN.i.169; Ja.iii.234; Vv.44#21; Mil.212, Mil.361 As pasaṭṭha at Pv.ii.9#73 (so to be read for paseṭṭha), Pv.iv.1#52 (= vaṇṇita Pv-a.241); Dhs-a.124.
pp. of pasaṃsati
See pasata1.
adjective
pp. of pasīdati
flowing out, streaming, issuing forth; in assu-pasannaṃ shedding of tears SN.ii.179.
pp. of pa + syad
feminine a kind of spirituous liquor (made from rice) Ja.i.360.
late Sk. prasannā
to become allayed, to cease, to fade away Thag.702.
pa + Śam
is ger. of pasahati (q.v.).
neuter stretching, spreading, being stretched out Pv-a.219 (piṭṭhi˚). See also pasāraṇa.
fr. pa + sṛ.
bringing forth, offspring SN.i.69.
fr. pa + su
to bring forth, give birth to, beget, produce; mostly fig. in combination with the foll. nouns kibbisaṃ to commit sin Vin.ii.204; AN.v.75; pāpaṃ id Pv.iv.1#50; puññaṃ to produce merit SN.i.182, SN.i.213; AN.v.76; Pv-a.121; opp. apuññaṃ Vin.ii.26; SN.i.114 veraṃ to beget hatred SN.ii.68; Dhp.201
caus pasaveti in same meaning Ja.vi.106 (pāpaṃ)
pp pasūta (q.v.).
pa + su
neuter
fr. pa + su
overcoming, mastering, in dup˚; (adj.) hard to overcome Ja.ii.219; Mil.21.
fr. pa + sah
to use force, subdue, oppress, overcome MN.ii.99; Snp.443; Dhp.7, Dhp.128; Dhp-a.iii.46; Ja.iv.126 Ja.iv.494; Ja.v.27
ger pasayha using force, forcibly, by force DN.ii.74 (okkassa +); AN.iv.16 (id.); SN.i.143; Snp.72; Ja.i.143; Pv.ii.9#2; Pv.ii.9#10; (read appasayha for suppasayha); Mil.210 (okassa + ; for okkassa?). Also in cpd. pasayha-kārin using force Ja.iv.309; Ja.v.425.
pa + sah
masculine & neuter
pa + sākhā; Epic Sk. praśākhā branch
fr. pa + sad, cp. Vedic prasāda
adjective
fr. pasāda
neuter
■ Cp. sam˚.
fr. pa + sad
adjective inspiring confidence, giving faith. SN.v.156 Pp.49 Pp.50 Vb-a.282 (˚suttanta); Sdhp.543; the 10 pāsādaniyā dhammā at MN.iii.11f. cp. sam˚
fr. pasāda
at Ja.vi.530 is doubtful; it is explained in C. together with saṃsādiyā (a certain kind of rice: sūkara-sāli), yet the C. seems to take it as “bhūmiyaṃ patita”; variant reading pasāriya. Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. takes it as rice plant compares Sk.; *prasātikā.
to render calm, appease, make peaceful, reconcile, gladden, incline one’s heart (cittaṃ) towards (loc.) DN.i.110, DN.i.139; SN.i.149; AN.v.71; Pv.ii.9#42 (cittaṃ); Mil.210; Pv-a.50, Pv-a.123 (khamāpento p.)
■ Cp. vi˚.
Caus. of pa + sad, see pasīdati
neuter ornament, decoration, parure Ja.ii.186 (rañño sīsa ˚kappaka king’s headdress-maker i.e. barber); Ja.iii.437; Ja.iv.3 (ura-cchada˚); Dhp-a.i.227 (˚peḷikā), Dhp-a.i.342 (˚kappaka), Dhp-a.i.393; Thag-a.267; Vv-a.165, Vv-a.187; Pv-a.155.
fr. pa + sādh; cp. Class. Sk. prasādhana in same meaning
adorned, arrayed with ornaments, embellished, dressed up Ja.i.489 (maṇḍita˚), Ja.ii.48 (id.); Ja.iv.219 (id.); Ja.v.510 (nahāta˚).
pp. of pasādheti
to adorn, decorate, array Mhvs.vii.38; Dhp-a.i.398
pp pasādhita (q.v.).
Caus. of pa + sādh
neuter stretching out DN-a.i.196 (opp. sammiñjana); Dhp-a.i.298 (hattha˚).
fr. pa + sṛ; cp. pasaraṇa
pp. of pasāreti
pp pasārita (q.v.) Cp. abhi˚
Caus. of pa + sṛ.
pa + śās
neuter teaching, instruction Ja.iii.367.
fr. pa + śās
masculine neuter a sack, Vin.iii.17; Ja.i.112, Ja.i.351; Ja.ii.88, Ja.ii.154; Ja.iii.10, Ja.iii.116 Ja.iii.343 (camma˚ leather bag); Ja.iv.52, Ja.iv.361; Ja.v.46 (pūpa˚) Ja.v.483; Ja.vi.432 (spelling pasippaka); DN-a.i.41; Dhp-a.iv.205.
fr. pa + siv, late Sk. prasevaka → P. pasebbaka → pasibbaka, cp. Geiger. Pali Grammar § 15#1
sewn up, enveloped by (-˚) Thag.1150 (maṃsa-nahāru˚).
pp. of pa + siv
pp pasanna (q.v.). See also pasādeti vippasīdati.
pa + sad
neuter calming, happiness, purification Pts.ii.121 (SS passādana).
fr. pasīdati
cattle MN.i.79; Ja.v.105; Pv.ii.13#12 (˚yoni); Mil.100; Pv-a.166 (˚bhāva); n. pl pasavo SN.i.69; Snp.858; gen. pl. pasūnaṃ Snp.311; Pv.ii.2#5
■ dupasu bad cattle Thag.446.
Vedic paśu, cp. Lat. pecu & pecunia, Gr.; πέκος fleece, Goth. vieh, E. fee
= pasu Vin.ii.154 (ajaka +).
attached to (acc. or loc.), intent upon (-˚), pursuing, doing DN.i.135 (kamma˚); Snp.57 (see Cnd.427), Snp.709, Snp.774, Snp.940, Dhp.166, Dhp.181; Vism.135 (doing a hundred & one things: aneka-kicca˚); Dhp-a.iii.160; Pv-a.151 (puñña-kammesu), Pv-a.175 (kīḷanaka˚), Pv-a.195, Pv-a.228 (pāpa˚).
pp. of pa + sā or si, Sk. prasita, on change of i to u see Geiger, Pali Grammar § 19#3. In meaning confounded with pasavate of pa + su
adjective many, abundant Ja.vi.134 (= rāsi, heap C.). We should probably read pacura as at Ja.v.40 (= bahu C.).
reading doubtful
produced; having born, delivered Pv-a.80.
pp. of pasavati
feminine bringing forth, birth, in -ghara lying-in chamber Mnd.120; Vism.235; Kp-a.58 (where Vism.259 reads sūtighara).
fr. pa + su
at Pv.ii.9#73 is to be read pasaṭṭha (see pasattha).
to cleanse, clean, purity DN.i.71 (cittaṃ).
pa + Caus. of śudh
seeing, one who sees Thag.61 (see Morris, in J.P.T.S. 1885, 48).
cp. Sk. paśya, fr. passati
masculine & neuter
Vedic pārśva to parśu & pṛṣṭi rib, perhaps also connected with pārṣṇi side of leg, see under paṇhi
Vedic paśyati & *spaśati (aor. aspaṣṭa, Caus. spāśayati etc.); cp. Av. spasyeiti, Gr. σκέπτομαι, (E “scepsis”); Lat. species etc.; Ohg. spehon = Ger spāhen (E. spy)
■ The paradigm pass˚, which in literary Sk. is restricted to the pres. stem (paś) interchanges with the paradigm dakkh˚ & dass˚; (dṛś): see dassati1
calmed down, allayed, quieted, composed, aṭ ease. Almost exclusively with ref. to the body (kāya) e.g. at Vin.i.294; DN.iii.241, DN.iii.288; MN.i.37; MN.iii.86; SN.i.126 SN.iv.125; AN.i.148; AN.v.30; Vism.134; Vb-a.283 (˚kāyapuggala)
■ In lit. appln -ratha when the car had slowed down Ja.iii.239. See also paṭi˚.
pp. of passambhati, cp. BSk. praśrabdha Divy.48
feminine calmness, repose Cnd.166.
abstr. fr. passaddha
feminine calmness, tranquillity, repose, serenity MN.iii.86; SN.ii.30; SN.iv.78; SN.v.66; AN.iv.455 sq.; Pts.ii.244; Dhs.40 (kāya˚), Dhs.41 (citta˚), cp. Dhs trsl. 23; Vism.129; Vb-a.314 (kāya˚, citta˚); Dhs-a.150 (= samassāsa-ppatta). Often combined with pāmujja pīti;, e.g. DN.i.72, DN.i.73, DN.i.196; Ne.29, Ne.66. Six passaddhis at SN.iv.217 (with ref. to vācā, vitakka-vicārā, pīti assāsa-passāsā, saññā-vedanā, rāga-dosa-moha, through the 4 jhānas etc.). Passaddhi is one of the 7 sambojjhaṅgas (constituents of enlightenment): see this & cp. MN.iii.86; Vism.130, Vism.134 = Vb-a.282 (where 7 conditions of this state are enumerated).
fr. pa + śrambh
see anu˚, vi˚.
to calm down, to be quiet Vin.i.294 (fut ˚issati); DN.i.73; MN.iii.86; SN.v.333; AN.iii.21
pp passaddha; Caus. passambheti (q.v.).
pa + śrambh
to calm down, quiet, allay MN.i.56, MN.i.425; SN.iii.125; Vism.288 (= nirodheti) ppr. passambhayaṃ MN.i.56; MN.iii.82, MN.iii.89.
Caus. of passambhati
feminine allayment, calmness, composure Dhs.40, Dhs.41, Dhs.320.
fr. passambhati
refuge Cp.iii.10#4
■ Note. ˚passaya in kaṇṭakapassaya Ja.iii.74, & kaṇṭakāpassayika DN.i.167 (kaṇṭh˚); Ja.iv.299 (kaṇṭaka˚) is to be read as ˚apassaya (apa + śri).
fr. pa + śri, cp. Class. Sk. praśraya reverence
to flow forth, to pour out Mil.180.
pa + sru
to breathe in DN.ii.291; MN.i.56; MN.iii.82; Ja.iii.296; Ja.v.43; Vism.271; Dhp-a.1.215. See also assasati & remarks under ā1 3.
pa + śvas
urine (lit. flowing out) Vin.ii.141; Vin.iv.266 (p. muttaṃ vuccati); DN.i.70 (uccāra +); MN.iii.3, MN.iii.90; Ja.i.164 (uccāra-passāvaṃ vissajjeti), Ja.i.338, Ja.v.164, Ja.v.389; Vism.235 (uccāra˚).
fr. passavati
inhaled breath, inhalation SN.i.106, SN.i.159; Pts.i.95, Pts.i.164 sq., Pts.i.182 sq. Usually in combination assāsapassāsa (q.v.). At Vism.272 passāsa is expl1 as “ingoing wind” and assāsa as “outgoing wind.”
fr. pa + śvas
adjective breathing; in ghuru-ghuru˚ snoring SN.i.117.
fr. passāsa
adjective (-˚) only in cpd. ehipassika (q.v.).
fr. imper. passa of passati, + ka
to sleep, rest, aor. passupi; fut. passupissati Ja.v.70. 71.
pa + svap
neuter flight of steps from which to step down into the water, a ghat (= tittha Bdhgh) DN.i.223. The meaning is uncertain, it is trsld as “accessible” at Dial. i.283 (q.v. for further detail). Neumann (Majjhima translation i.513) trsls “ganz und gar erloschen (pabhā?). It is not at all improbable to take pahaṃ as ppr. of pajahati (as contracted fr. pajahaṃ like pahatvāna for pajahitvāna at Snp.639), thus meaning “giving up entirely.” The same form in the latter meaning occurs at Thag-a.69 (Tha-ap.v.3)
?
adjective = pahu, i.e. able to (with inf.) Ja.v.198 (C. pahū samattho).
to strike, beat (a metal), rub, sharpen (a cutting instrument, as knife, hatchet, razor etc.) Ja.i.278 Ja.ii.102 (pharasuṃ); Dhp-a.i.253 (khuraṃ pahaṃsi sharpened the razor; corresponds to ghaṭṭeti in preceding context)
pp pahaṭṭha1 & pahaṃsita1 (q.v.).
pa + haṃsati1 = ghaṃsati1, of ghṛṣ to rub, grind
to be pleased, to rejoice; only in pp. pahaṭṭha2 & pahaṃsita2 (q.v.), and in Pass. pahaṃsīyati to be gladdened, to exult Mil.326 (+ kuhīyati). See also sam˚.
pa + haṃsati2 = hassati, of hṛṣ to be glad, cp. ghaṃsati2
struck, beaten (of metal), refined Ja.vi.218 (ukkā-mukha˚), Ja.vi.574 (id.).
pp. of pahaṃsati
gladdened, delighted, happy Dhp-a.i.230 (˚mukha); Vv-a.279 (˚mukha SS pahasita at Mil.297 is better to be taken as pp. of pahasati, because of combination haṭṭha pahaṭṭha hasita pahasita.
pp. of pahaṃsati2
assailed, struck, beaten (of musical instruments) Ja.ii.102, Ja.ii.182; Ja.vi.189; Vv-a.161 (so for pahata); Pv-a.253. Of a ball: driven, impelled Vism.143 (˚citra-geṇḍuka) = Dhs-a.116 (so read for pahaṭṭha-citta-bheṇḍuka and correct Expositor 153 accordingly). The reading pahaṭa at Pv-a.4 is to be corrected to paṭaha.
pp. of paharati
struck, beaten (of metal) Ja.vi.217 (suvaṇṇa).
pp. of pahaṃsati1
gladdened, happy, cheerful, delighted Vin.iii.14; Ja.i.278 (twice; once as -mānasa which is wrongly taken by C. as pahaṭṭha1), Ja.i.443, Ja.ii.240 (tuṭṭha˚); Vism.346 (haṭṭha˚); Dhp-a.i.230 (tuṭṭha˚); Vv-a.337. In its original sense of “bristling (with excitement or joy), with ref. to ear & hair of an elephant in phrase; pahaṭṭha-kaṇṇa-vāla at Vin.ii.195; Ja.v.335 (cp. Sk. prahṛṣṭa-roman, Name of an Asura at Kathāsaritsāgara 47, 30).
pp. of pahaṃsati2
killed, overcome MN.iii.46; SN.ii.54; Ja.vi.512.
pp. of pa + han
neuter striking, beating Snp-a.224; Pv-a.285.
fr. paharati
adjective striking, hitting Ja.i.418.
fr. paharaṇa
to strike, hit, beat Ja.iii.26, Ja.iii.347; Ja.vi.376; Vv-a.65; Pv-a.4; freq. in phrase accharaṃ p. to snap one’s finger, e.g. Ja.ii.447; see accharā1.
aor pahāsi (cp. pariyudāhāsi) Vv.29#2 (= pahari Vv-a.123)
pp pahaṭa (q.v.).
caus paharāpeti 1 to cause to be assailed Ja.iv.150. 1 to put on or join on to Ja.vi.32 (˚hārāpesi).
pa + hṛ.
to laugh, giggle Ja.v.452 (ūhasati +). See also pahassati & pahāsati
pp pahasita (q.v.).
pa + has
laughing, smiling, joyful, pleased Mil.297; Ja.i.411 (nicca˚ mukha), Ja.ii.179.
pp. of pahasati or ˚hassati
to laugh, be joyful or cheerful Snp.887 (= haṭṭha pahaṭṭha Mnd.296; cp. Snp-a.555 hāsajāta) The pp. pahasita (q.v.) is derived fr. pres. pahasati which makes the equation pahassati = pahaṃsati2 all the more likely.
pa + has, perhaps pa + hṛṣ, Sk. harṣati, cp. pahaṃsati2
neuter giving up, leaving, abandoning, rejection. MN.i.60 MN.iii.4, MN.iii.72 SN.i.13 SN.i.132 (dukkha˚); SN.ii.170; SN.iii.53; SN.iv.7 sq. DN.iii.225 DN.iii.246 AN.i.82 AN.i.134 AN.ii.26 AN.ii.232 (kaṇhassa kammassa ˚āya). AN.iii.431 Snp.374 Snp.1106 (= vūpasama paṭinissagga etc Cnd.429) Dhp.331 Ja.i.79 Pts.i.26; Pts.ii.98, Pts.156 Pp.16 Dhs.165 Dhs.174, Dhs.339; Netti.15 sq., Netti.24, Netti.192; Vism.194 (nīvaraṇa-santāpa˚) Dhs-a.166 Dhs-a.345 Vv-a.73
is ger. of pajahati (q.v.).
adjective giving up, abandoning. Snp.1113 Snp.1132 cp. Cnd.431; Sdhp.500
fr. pa + hṛ; Class. Sk. prahāra, see paharati
see abhi˚.
adjective striking, assaulting Ja.ii.211.
fr. paharati
laughing, mirth Dhs.9, Dhs.86, Dhs.285; Vv-a.132; Sdhp.223.
fr. pa + has, cp. Class. Sk. prahāsa
in pahāsanto saparisaṃ at Thag-a.69 should preferably be read as pahāsayanto parisaṃ, thus taken as Caus. of pa + has, i.e. making one smile, gladdening.
is 3rd sg. aor. of paharati; found at Vv.29#8 (musalena = pahari Vv-a.113); and also 3rd sg. aor of pajahati e.g. at Snp.1057 (= pajahi Nd ii.under jahati)
to make laugh, to gladden, to make joyful Vism.289 (cittaṃ pamodeti hāseti pahāseti).
Caus. of pahasati
adjective noun sending; being sent; a messenger, in -gamaṇa going as messenger, doing messages DN.i.5; MN.i.345; Ja.ii.82; Mil.370; DN-a.i.78 See also pahana.
fr. pa + hi
neuter a sweetmeat AN.iii.76 (variant reading pahenaka). See also paheṇaka. The (late) Sk. form is prahelaka.
fr. pahiṇati?
to send; Pres. pahiṇati. Vin.iii.140 sq.; Vin.iv.18; Dhp-a.ii.243; aor. pahiṇi Ja.i.60 (sāsanaṃ); Ja.v.458 (paṇṇāni); Vv-a.67; Dhp-a.i.72 Dhp-a.ii.56, Dhp-a.ii.243; ger. pahiṇitva Vv-a.65
pp pahita2 (q.v.). There is another aor. pāhesi (Sk. prāhaiṣīt) in analogy to which a new pres. pāheti has been formed, so that pāhesi is now felt to be a der. fr. pāheti & accordingly is grouped with the latter. All other forms with he˚ (pahetuṃ e.g.) are to be found under pāheti.
pa + hi, Sk. hinoti
neuter sending, dispatch Dhp-a.ii.243.
fr. pahiṇati
resolute, intent, energetic; only in cpd. pahitatta of resolute will (cp. BSk. prahitātman Divy.37) MN.i.114; SN.i.53 (explained by bdhgh with wrong derivation fr. peseti as “pesit-atta” thus identifying pahita1 & pahita2, see K.S. 320); SN.ii.21, SN.ii.239; SN.iii.73 sq. SN.iv.60, SN.iv.145, SN.v.187, AN.ii.14, AN.iii.21, AN.iv.302 sq.; AN.v.84; Snp.425, Snp.432 sq., Snp.961; Iti.71; Mnd.477; Thig.161 (explained at Thag-a.143, with the same mistake as above, as pesita citta); Mnd.477 (id.; pesit-atta); Mil.358, Mil.366, Mil.406.
pp. of padahati
sent Ja.i.86 (sāsana); Dhp-a.ii.242; Dhp-a.iii.191 (interchanging with pesita).
pp. of pahiṇati
given up, abandoned, left, eliminated Vin.iii.97 = Vin.iv.27; SN.ii.24; SN.iii.33; SN.iv.305; Snp.351 (˚jāti-maraṇa), Snp.370, Snp.564, Snp.1132 (˚mala-moha) Iti.32; Cnd. s.v.; Pts.i.63; Pts.ii.244; Pp.12, Pp.22.
pp. of pajahati
to be abandoned, to pass away, vanish MN.i.7; SN.i.219 (fut. ˚issati); SN.ii.196 (ppr ˚īyamāna); SN.v.152; Snp.806; Mnd.124; Vb-a.271. Spelt pahiyyati at SN.v.150.
Pass. of pajahati
adjective able Snp.98; Ja.v.198; Cnd.615˚.
cp. Vedic prabhū, fr. pa + bhū
adjective sufficient, abundant, much, considerable Snp.428, Snp.862 sq. Pv.i.5#2 (= anappaka, bahu, yāvadattha C.; Dhp at Pv-a.25 gives bahuka as inferior variant); Pv.i.11#7 (= apariyanta, uḷāra; variant reading bahū); Pv.ii.7#5 (variant reading bahūta); Pv-a.145 (dhana; variant reading bahuta); Snp-a.294 (id.), Snp-a.321 (id.) See also bahūta.
pp. of pa + bhū, cp. Vedic prabhūta
adjective = pahuta Pv-a.135 (variant reading BB bahuta; in expln of bahu).
neuter a present Ja.vi.369 (so here, whereas the same word as pahiṇaka at AN.iii.76 clearly means “sweetmeat”).
cp. BSk. praheṇaka in sense of “sweetmeat” at Divy.13, Divy.258; the *Sk. form is prahelaka
neuter same as pahiṇa in -gamana going on errands Ja.ii.82.
paheṇa?
& (in verse) pabhavati
pp pahūta (q.v.).
pa + ; bhu, cp. Vedic prabhavati in meaning “to be helpful”
in -kāla at Ja.iii.17 read as pahonaka˚.
adjective sufficient, enough Ja.i.346; Ja.ii.122; Ja.iii.17 (so read for pahona˚); Ja.iv.277; Vism.404; Dhp-a.i.78, Dhp-a.i.219; Vv-a.264; Pv-a.81.
fr. pahoti
that which is cooked, cooking, quantity cooked Ja.vi.161 (tīhi pākehi pacitvā); Vv-a.186. Esp. in foll. combination tela˚; “oil cooking,” an oil decoction Vin.ii.105; thāli˚; a th. full of cooking Ja.i.186; doṇa˚; a d. full SN.i.81; Dhp-a.ii.8; sosāna˚ Dhātumañjūsā 132 (under kaṭh). On pāka in applied meaning of “effect, result” see Cpd. 883
■ As nt. in stanza “pākaṃ pākassa paccayo; apākaṃ avipākassa” at Vb-a.175
■ Cp. vi˚.
Vedic pāka, see pacati
adjective
= pakata; on ā for a see Geiger, Pali Grammar § 33#1. Cp. Sk. prakaṭa Halāyudha. The spelling is sometimes pākaṭa
adjective natural, in its original or natural state Ja.v.274; Mil.218 (maṇiratana); Dhp-a.i.20; Vv-a.288; Pv-a.66 (where id. p Ja.iii.167 reads paṭipākatika), Pv-a.206; pākatikaṃ karoti to restore to its former condition, to repair, rebuild Ja.i.354, also fig. to restore a dismissed officer, to reinstate Ja.v.134.
fr. pakati, cp. BSk. prākṛtaka (loka) Bodhicaryâvatāra v. 3, ed. Poussin
an encircling wall, put up for obstruction and protection, a fence rampart Vin.ii.121 (3 kinds: made of bricks, of stone or of wood, viz. iṭṭhakā˚, silā, dāru˚); Vin.iv.266 (id.) MN.iii.11; SN.iv.194 (˚toraṇa); AN.iv.107; AN.v.195; Ja.i.63 Ja.ii.50; Ja.vi.330 (mahā˚), Ja.vi.341 (+ parikhā & aṭṭāla); Pv.i.10#13 (ayo˚); Mil.1; Vism.394 (= parikkhepa-pākāra) Dhp-a.iii.441 (tiṇṇaṃ pākārānaṃ antare); Pv-a.24, Pv-a.52 sāṇi˚; screen-fencing Ja.ii.88; Pv-a.283.
cp. Epic Sk. prākāra, pa + ā + kṛ.
adjective evident, manifest, open, clear Ja.vi.230 (opp. guyha; C. pākāsika).
fr. pa + ā + kāś, cp. pakāsati & Class. Sk. prākāśya
adjective read at Ud.5 in combination akkulapakkula (= ākula-pākula) “in great confusion”; read also in gāthā 7 pākula for bakkula. Cp. Morris J.P.T.S. 1886, 94 sq.
pa + ākula
neuter boldness, impudence, forwardness Snp.930; Mnd.228 sq. (3 kinds, viz. kāyika vācasika, cetasika), Mnd.390 sq.; Ja.ii.32; Ja.v.449 (pagabbhiya); Snp-a.165; Kp-a.242; Dhp-a.iii.354 (pa˚) Vv-a.121.
fr. pagabbha
feminine being familiar with, experience Dhs.48, Dhs.49; Vism.463 sq. Vism.466.
abstr. of pāguñña, which is der. fr. paguna
a certain kind of fish Ja.iv.70 (as gloss, T. reads pāvusa, SS puṭusa, BB pātusa & pāvuma; C. explains as mahā-mukha-maccha).
cp. Sk. vāgusa, a sort of large fish Halāyudha 3, 37
adjective noun one who cooks, a cook; f. -ikā Ja.i.318.
fr. pac, cp. pāceti
neuter bringing to boil, cooking Ja.i.318 (yāgu˚). Cp. pari˚.
fr. pac, Caus. pāceti
neuter a goad, stick SN.i.172; Snp.p.13; Snp.v.77; Ja.iii.281; Ja.iv.310.
for pājana, cp. pāceti2 & Snp-a.147
(-˚) only as 2nd part of a (redupl.) compound ācariya-pācariya in the nature of combinations mentioned under a1 3 b: “teacher upon teacher (explained by Cs as “teacher of teachers”) DN.i.90 (cp DN-a.i.254); DN-a.ii.237, etc. (see ācariya).
pa + ācariya
adjective requiring expiation, expiatory Vin.i.172, Vin.i.176; Vin.ii.242, Vin.ii.306 sq.; Vin.iv.1 sq., Vin.iv.258 sq.; AN.ii.242 (dhamma); Vism.22
■ It is also the name of one of the books of the Vinaya (ed. Oldenberg, vol. iv.). See on term Vin. Texts i.18, 32, 245.
most likely prāk + citta + ika, i.e. of the nature of directing one’s mind upon, cp. pabbhāra *prāg + bhāra. So explained also by S. Lévi J.As. x.20 p.506Geiger, P.Gr. § 27, n.1 inclines to etym prāyaś + cittaka
adjective eastern i.e. facing the (rising) sun (opp. pacchā) Ja.i.50 (˚sīsaka, of Māyādevī’s couch), Ja.i.212 (˚lokadhātu) Mil.6; DN-a.i.311 (˚mukha facing east); Dhp-a.iii.155 (id.); Vv-a.190; Pv-a.74, Pv-a.256. The opposite apācīna (e.g. SN.iii.84) is only apparently a neg. pācīna, in reality a der. fr. apa (apa + ac), as pācīna is a der. fr pra + ac. See apācīna.
Vedic prācīna, fr. adv. prāc bent forward
to cause to boil, fig. to cause to torment DN.i.52 (ppr. pācayato, gen., also pācento) Cp. vi˚.
Caus. of pacati
to drive, urge on Dhp.135 (āyuṃ p. gopālako viya… peseti Dhp-a.iii.60).
for pājeti, with c. for j (see Geiger, Pali Grammar § 39#3); pra + aj: see aja
neuter a goad Snp-a.147.
fr. pa + aj, cp. pācana2
to cause to drive or go on Ja.ii.296 (sakaṭāni); Ja.iii.51 (so read for pajāpeti; BB pāceti & pājeti).
Caus. of pājeti
caus 2 pājāpeti (q.v.).
Caus. of pa + aj, cp. aja
feminine “sedan chair” (?) in phrase sivikaṃ pāṭaṅkiṃ at Vin.i.192 (MV Vin.v.10, 3) is not clear. The vv. ll (p. 380) are pāṭangin, pāṭangan pāṭakan. Perhaps pallankaṃ?
adjective pale red, pink Ja.iv.114.
cp. Class. Sk. pāṭala, to same root as palita & pāṇḍu: see Walde, Lat. Wtb. under palleo & cp paṇḍu
feminine the trumpet flower, Bignonia Suaveolens DN.ii.4 (Vipassī pāṭaliyā mūle abhisambuddho); Vv.35#9; Ja.i.41 (˚rukkha as the bodhi tree); Ja.ii.162 (pāṭali-bhaddaka sic. variant reading for phālibhaddaka); Ja.iv.440; Ja.v.189; Ja.vi.537; Mil.338; Vv-a.42, Vv-a.164; Thag-a.211, Thag-a.226.
cp. Class. Sk. pāṭalī, to pāṭala
neuter skill Kp-a.156.
cp. late Sk. pāṭava, fr. paṭu
adjective to be desired or expected MN.i.25; MN.iii.97; SN.i.88 SN.ii.152; AN.iii.143 = Snp.p.140 (= icchitabba Snp-a.504) Ud.36; Dhp-a.iv.2 (gati ˚ā) Pv-a.63 (id.).
grd. of paṭikankhati, Sk. *pratikānkṣya
(-˚) adjective noun hoping for, one who expects or desires DN.i.4; MN.iii.33; AN.ii.209; Ja.iii.409.
fr. paṭi + kāṅka, cp. patikankhin
feminine half-moon stone, the semicircular slab under the staircase Vin.i.180 (cp. Vin. Texts ii.3). As pāṭiya at Ja.vi.278 (= piṭṭhi-pāsāṇa C.).
etym. unknown; with pāṭiya cp. Sk. pāṣya?
feminine = pātikkūlyatā (perhaps to be read as such) Ja.v.253 (nava, cp. Vism.341 sq.).
fr. paṭi(k)kūla
feminine loathsomeness, objectionableness AN.iii.32; AN.iv.47 sq.; AN.v.64. Cp. paṭikulyatā paṭikūlatā & pāṭikulyā.
abstr. fr. paṭikkūla
adjective belonging to confession, (a sin) which ought to be confessed Vin.i.172; Vin.ii.242; AN.ii.243 (as ˚desanīyaka).
grd. of paṭideseti with pāṭi for pāṭi in der.
adjective following the (right) Path MN.i.354 = Iti.80 (+ sekha).
the adj. form of paṭipadā
lit, “entering, beginning”; the first day of the lunar fortnight Vin.i.132; Ja.iv.100; Vv-a.72 (˚sattamī).
fr. paṭi + pad, see patipajjati & cp. paṭipadā
adjective belonging to the 1st day of the lunar fortnight; only with ref. to bhatta (food & in combn with pakkhika & uposathika, i.e. food given on the half-moon days, on the 7th day of the week & on the first day of the fortnight Vin.i.58 Vin.ii.175; Vin.iv.75; (f. ˚ikā), 78.
fr. pāṭipada2
adjective belonging to one’s equal MN.iii.254 sq. (dakkhiṇā).
fr. paṭipuggala
a sponsor AN.ii.172; Ud.17; Iti.1 sq.; Ja.ii.93; Vism.555 sq.; Dhp-a.i.398; Vb-a.165. Patimokkha (pati)
for paṭibhoga (?); difficult to explain, we should suspect a ger. formation *prati-bhogya for *bhujya i.e. “counter-enjoyable,” i.e. one who has to be made use of in place of someone else; cp. Geiger, P.Gr. § 24.
neuter a name given to a collection of various precepts contained in the Vinaya (forming the foundation of the Suttavibhanga, Vin vols. iii & iv. ed. Oldenberg), as they were recited on Uposatha days for the purpose of confession. See Geiger, P. Lit. c. 7, where literature is given; & cp.; Vin. Texts i.27 sq. Franke, Dighanikāya p. 66 sq.; - pāṭimokkhaṃ uddisati to recite the P. Vin.i.102, Vin.i.112, Vin.i.175; Vin.ii.259; Vin.iii.8 Vin.iv.143; Ud.51; opp. -ṃ ṭhapeti to suspend the (recital of the) P. Vin.ii.240 sq
■ See Vin.i.65, Vin.i.68; Vin.ii.95 Vin.ii.240 sq. Vin.ii.249; SN.v.187; Snp.340; Dhp.185, Dhp.375; Mnd.365 Vism.7, Vism.11, Vism.16 sq., Vism.36, Vism.292; Dhp-a.iii.237 (= jeṭṭhakasīla); Dhp-a.iv.111 (id.); Sdhp.342, Sdhp.355, Sdhp.449. -uddesa recitation of the P. Vin.i.102; DN.ii.46; MN.ii.8; Snp-a.199 -uddesaka one who recites the P. Vin.i.115, cp. Vin Texts i.242. -ṭhapana suspension of the P. Vin.ii.241 sq.; AN.v.70. -saṃvara “restraint that is binding on a recluse” (Dial. i.79), moral control under the P Vin.iv.51; DN.i.62; DN.ii.279; DN.iii.77, DN.iii.266, DN.iii.285; AN.iii.113 AN.iii.135, AN.iii.151; AN.iv.140; AN.v.71, AN.v.198; Iti.96, Iti.118; Ud.36; Vism.16 (where explained in detail); Vb-a.323; cp. saṃvuta-pāṭimokkha (adj.) Pv.iv.1#32.
with Childers plausibly as paṭi + mokkha, grd. of muc (Caus. mokṣ˚) with lengthening of paṭi as in other grd. like pāṭidesaniya. Thus in reality the same as paṭimokkha 2 in sense of binding, obligatory obligation, cp. Ja.v.25. The spelling is freq. pāti (BB pāṭi˚). The Sk. prāṭimokṣa is a wrong adaptation fr. P. pātimokkha, it should really be pratimokṣya “that which should be made binding.” An expln of the word after the style of a popular etym. is to be found at Vism.16
see pāṭekka.
adjective assuming a disguise, deceitful, false Snp.246.
fr. paṭirūpa, cp. paṭirūpaka
striking, that which strikes (with ref. to marking the time) Ja.i.121, Ja.i.122 (variant reading SS pāṭihāriya)
= pāṭihāra, with pāṭi after analogy of pāṭihāriya
special, extraordinary; only in cpd. -pakkha an extra holiday AN.i.144; Vv.15#6 (cp. Vv-a.71, Vv-a.109) Thag-a.38.
= pāṭihāriya or der. fr. pātihāra in meaning of ˚hāriya
adjective striking, surprising, extraordinary, special; nt. wonder, miracle. Usually in stock phrase iddhi˚, ādesanā˚, anusāsanī˚ as the 3 marvels which characterise a Buddha with regard to his teaching (i.e. superhuman power, mind reading, giving instruction) DN.i.212 DN.iii.3f. SN.iv.290 AN.i.170 AN.v.327; Pts.ii.227
■ Further: Vin.i.34 (aḍḍhuḍḍha sahassāni); Vism.378, Vism.390 (yamaka˚); Vv-a.158 (id.) Pv-a.137 (id.). For yamaka-pāṭihāriya (or ˚hīra) see yamaka
■ Two kinds of p. are given at Vism.393 viz. pākaṭa˚ and apākaṭa˚
■ sappāṭihāriya (with ref to the Dhamma) wonderful, extraordinary, sublime as opposed to appāṭi˚ plain, ordinary, stupid MN.ii.9 (where Neumann, Majjhima Nikāya ii.318 trsls sa˚ “intelligible” and a˚ “incomprehensible,” referring to Chāndogyopaniṣat i.11, 1); DN.ii.104; cp. also Windisch Māra 71.
grd. formation fr. paṭi + hṛ; (paṭihāra) with usual lengthening of paṭi to pāṭi, as in ˚desanīya ˚mokkha etc. Cp. pāṭihīra; BSk. prātihārya
adjective wonderful nt. a wonderful thing, marvel, miracle Pts.i.125 (yamaka˚); Pts.ii.158 (id.); Mhvs.5, Mhvs.118; Mil.106; Dāvs i.50; Dhp-a.iii.213
■ appātihīrakathā stupid talk DN.i.193 DN.i.239; Kv.561 (diff. Kern. Toevoegselen ii.30); opp. sa˚; ibid.
contracted form of pāṭihāriya viâ metathesis *pāṭihāriya → *pāṭihēra → paṭihīra
feminine at Vv-a.321 in phrase sukka-pakkha-pāṭiyaṃ “in the moonlight half” is doubtful. Hardy in Index registers it as “part, half-,” but pakkha already means “half” and is enough by itself. We should probably read paṭipāṭiyaṃ “successively.” Note that the similar passage Vv-a.314 reads sukka-pakkhe pannarasiyaṃ Patuka & Patubha;
?
only neg. a˚; (q.v.).
see pātu˚. Patekka (Patiyekka)
adjective several, distinct single Vin.i.134; Vin.iv.15; Ja.i.92 (T. pāṭiekka, SS pāṭiyekka); Vism.249 (pāṭiyekka, SS pāṭiekka), Vism.353, Vism.356, Vism.443, Vism.473; Dhp-a.iv.7 (pāṭiy˚ SS pāṭieka)
■ nt. -ṃ (adv.) singly, separately, individually Vism.409 (pāṭiy˚) Vv-a.141.
paṭi + eka; the diaeretic form of pacceka: see Geiger, P.Gr. § 24
to remove; Pass. pāṭiyati Pv.iv.1#47 (turned out of doors); variant reading pātayati (bring to fall) Prob, in sense of Med. at Mil.152 in phrase visaṃ pāṭiyamāno (doubtful, cp. Kern, Toevoegselen ii.139, & Morris; J.P.T.S. 1884, 87).
Caus. of paṭ.
reading, text-reading; passage of a text, text. Very freq. in Commentaries with phrase “ti pi pāṭho,” i.e. “so is another reading,” e.g. Kp-a.78 Kp-a.223; Snp-a.43 (˚ṃ vikappeti), Snp-a.178, Snp-a.192, Snp-a.477; Pv-a.25 (pamāda˚ careless text), Pv-a.48, Pv-a.58, Pv-a.86 and passim.
fr. paṭh
(-˚) reciter; one who knows, expert Mnd.382 (nakkhatta˚); Ja.i.455 (asi-lakkhaṇa˚); Ja.ii.21 (angavijjā˚), Ja.ii.250 (id.); Ja.v.211 (lakkhaṇa˚ fortune-teller wise man).
fr. pāṭha
the fish Silurus Boalis, a kind of shad Ja.iv.70 (C pāṭhīna-nāmakaṃ pāsāṇa-macchaṃ); Ja.v.405; Ja.vi.449.
cp. Sk. pāṭhīna Manu 5, 16; Halāyudha 3, 36
living being, life, creature DN.iii.48, DN.iii.63, DN.iii.133; SN.i.209, SN.i.224; SN.v.43, SN.v.227, SN.v.441 (mahā-samudde); AN.i.161 AN.ii.73, AN.ii.176, AN.ii.192; Snp.117, Snp.247, Snp.394, Snp.704; Dhp.246; DN-a.i.69 DN-a.i.161; Kp-a.26; Thag-a.253; Pv-a.9, Pv-a.28, Pv-a.35; Vv-a.72; Dhp-a.ii.19
■ pl. also pāṇāni, e.g. Snp.117; Dhp.270. Bdhgh’s defn of pāṇa is “pāṇanatāya pāṇā; assāsapassās’ āyatta-vuttitāyā ti attho” Vism.310.
fr. pa + an, cp. Vedic prāṇa breath of life; P. apāna, etc.
adjective noun (usually -˚) a living being, endowed with (the breath of) life SN.iv.198 (chap˚) Dhp-a.i.20 (variant reading BB mata˚); sap˚; with life, containing living creatures Ja.i.198 (udaka); ap˚; without living beings, lifeless Vin.ii.216; MN.i.13, MN.i.243; SN.i.169; Snp.p.15 (udaka); Ja.i.67 (jhāna).
fr. pāṇa
neuter breathing Vism.310 (see pāṇa); Dhātupāṭha 273 (“baḷa” pāṇane).
fr. pāṇa
the hand Vin.iii.14 (pāṇinā paripuñchati); MN.i.78 (pāṇinā parimajjati) SN.i.178, SN.i.194; Snp.713; Dhp.124; Ja.i.126 (˚ṃ paharati) Pp-a 249 (id.); Pv-a.56; Sdhp.147, Sdhp.238. As adj. (-˚) “handed,” with a hand, e.g. alla˚; with clean hand Pv.ii.9#9; payata˚; with outstretched hand, open-handed liberal SN.v.351; AN.iii.287; AN.iv.266 sq.; AN.v.331.
Vedic pāṇi, cp. Av. pərənā hand, with n-suffix, where we find m-suffix in Gr. παλάμη, Lat. palma, Oir lām, Ohg. folma = Ags. folm
feminine a sort of spoon Vin.ii.151. Cp. puthu-pāṇikā (˚pāṇiyā?) Vin.ii.106.
fr. pāṇi; Sk. *pāṇikā
adjective noun having life, a living being SN.i.210, SN.i.226, Snp.220 (acc. pl. pāṇine, cp. Geiger, Pali Grammar § 95#2), Snp.587 (id.), Snp.201, Snp.575; Pv-a.287; Dhp-a.ii.19.
fr. pāṇa
(-˚)
fr. pat
neuter bringing to fall, destroying, killing, only in gabbha˚; destroying the foetus, abortion (q.v. Dhp-a.i.47 and passim.
fr. pāteti
adverb early in the morning, in foll forms:
Vedic prātar, der. fr. *prō, *prā, cp. Lat. prandium (fr. prām-edi̯om = pātar-āsa); Gr. πρωί early Ohg. fruo = Ger. früh
feminine downfall, bringing to fall, felling MN.i.305; AN.i.266; Vin.iv.34 (˚by˚); Vb-a.499.
fr. pāt, see pāteti
to cause to fall, to cause an abortus Vin.ii.108; DN-a.i.134.
Caus. ii. of pāteti
proclivity, cliff, abyss SN.i.32, SN.i.127, SN.i.197; SN.iv.206; Thag.1104 (see Brethren 418 for fuller expln); Ja.iii.530 (here explained as a cliff in the ocean).
cp. Epic Sk. pātāla an underground cave
to watch, keep watch, keep Ja.iii.95 (to keep the eyes open, C. ummisati; opp nimisati); Vism.16 (= rakkhati in def. of pāṭimokkha).
Vedic pāti of pā, cp. Gr. π ̈ωυ herd, ποιμήν shepherd, Lat. pāsco to tend sheep
= pātī, read at Vism.28 for patika.
brought to fall, felled, destroyed Snp.631; Dhp.407; Ja.iii.176; Pv-a.31 (so read for patita).
pp. of pāteti
(-˚) adjective throwing, shooting, only in cpd. dūre˚; throwing far AN.i.284; AN.ii.170. See akkhaṇa-vedhin.
fr. pāta
see pāṭi˚. Pati & Pati;
feminine a bowl, vessel, dish Vin.i.157 (avakkāra˚), Vin.i.352 (id.); Vin.ii.216 (id.); MN.i.25 (kaṃsa˚), MN.i.207; SN.ii.233; AN.iv.393 (suvaṇṇa˚, rūpiya˚ kaṃsa˚); Ja.i.347, Ja.i.501; Ja.ii.90; Ja.v.377 (suvaṇṇa˚), Ja.vi.510 (kañcana˚); Vv-a.65; Pv-a.274.
the femin. of patta, which is Vedic pātra (nt.); to this the f. Ved. pātrī
is frequent variant reading for cāṭu-kamyatā, which is probably the correct reading (see this). The meaning (according to Vism.27 = Vb-a.483) is “putting oneself low,” i.e. flattery, “fawning” (Vism trsl. 32). A still more explicit defn is found at Vb-a.338. The diff spellings are as follows: cāṭukamyatā Vism.17, Vism.27 Kp-a.236; Vb-a.338, Vb-a.483; cāṭukammatā Mil.370 pāṭukamyatā Vb.246; pātukamyatā Cnd.39. See standing phrase under mugga-sūpyatā.
(-˚) (˚pātu) indeclinable visible open, manifest; only in compound with kṛ; and bhū, and with the rule that pātu˚ appears before cons., whereas pātur˚ stands before vowels.
cp. Vedic prāduḥ in prādur + bhu; on t for d see Geiger, Pali Grammar § 39#4. As regards etym. Monier Williams suggests prā = pra + dur, door thus “before the door, openly”; cp. dvāra
pp pātita. Caus. ii. pātāpeti (q.v.)
■ Cp abhi˚. Note. In meaning 3 it would be better to assume confusion with pāṭeti (for phāṭeti = Sk. sphāṭayati to split [ sphuṭ = (s)phal ], see phāleti & phāṭeti In the same sense we find the phrase; kaṭṭhaṃ pāteti to split firewood MN.i.21 (MA ereti), besides phāleti.
Caus. of pat
neuter “what is necessary for the road,” provisions for a journey, viaticum Vin.i.244; SN.i.44; Dhp.235, Dhp.237; Ja.v.46, Ja.v.241; DN-a.i.288; Dhp-a.i.180; Dhp-a.iii.335; Pv-a.5, Pv-a.154.
grd. form. fr. patha
neuter = patheyya Pv-a.126.
Vedic pāda, see etym. under pada
adjective noun
fr. pāda
is aor. of padāti.
a little foot Ja.vi.554.
= pādaka
feminine a shoe, slipper, clog Vin.i.190; Vin.ii.142, Vin.ii.222; Ja.iii.327; Ja.iv.129, Ja.iv.379 Ja.v.298; Ja.vi.23; Mil.330; DN-a.i.136; Dhp-a.iii.451 (muñja˚)-At Vin.ii.143 (according to Rh. D.) pādukā (dāru˚) is a kind of stool or stand in a privy.
cp. Epic Sk. pāduka & pādukā
cp. Gr. πίνω to drink, πότος drink; Obulg piti to drink, pivo drink; Lith. penas milk; Lat. potus drink, poculum drinking vessel (= Sk. pātra, P. patta) drink, including water as well as any other liquid Often combined with anna˚; (food), e.g. Snp.485, Snp.487; Pv.i.5#2; and -bhojana (id.) e.g. Dhp.249; Ja.i.204. Two sets of 8 drinks are given in detail at Mnd.372
■ Vin.i.245, Vin.i.249 (yāgu˚); SN.v.375 (majja˚); Snp.82, Snp.398, Snp.924; Ja.i.202 (dibba˚); Pp.51; Pv-a.7, Pv-a.8, Pv-a.50.
Vedic pāna, fr. pā, pibati = Lat. bibo, pp. pīta, Idg. *po[i
neuter a drink Ja.ii.285; Ja.iv.30; Dāvs v.2; Dhp-a.iii.207 (amba˚); Vv-a.99, Vv-a.291
■ Der. pānakatta (abstr. nt.) being provided with drink Ja.v.243 (a˚).
fr. pāna
in cpd. pānad’ ûpama at Ja.ii.223 is faulty. The meaning is “a badly made sandal,” and the reading should probably be (with variant reading & C.) “dupāhan’ ûpama, i.e. du(ḥ) + upāhanā. The C. explains as “dukkatupāhan’ ûpama.”
adj. nt.
Vedic pānīya, fr. pāna
see panudati.
adj. nt.
Vedic pāpa, cp. Lat. patior≈E. passion etc.; Gr. π ̈ημα suffering, evil; ταλαίπωρος suffering evil
adjective bad, wicked, wretched, sinful Vin.i.8; SN.i.149, SN.i.207; SN.v.418 (p. akusala citta); Snp.127 Snp.215, Snp.664; Dhp.66, Dhp.78, Dhp.211, Dhp.242; Ja.i.128; Pv.ii.7#16 (= lāmaka C.); Pv.ii.9#3; Pp.19; Dhs.30, Dhs.101; Mil.204 (opp kalyāṇa); Vism.268 (= lāmaka), Vism.312 (of dreams, opp bhaddaka)
■ f. pāpikā Dhp.164, Dhp.310; a˚; without sin innocent, of a young maiden (daharā) Thig.370; Vv.31#4; Vv.32#6 (so explained by Vv-a, but Thag-a explains as faultless, i.e. beautiful).
fr. pāpa
adjective noun belonging to a shop, i.e.
pa + āpaṇa + ika
= pāpaka DN.i.90 (cp. DN-a.i.256); AN.iv.197.
one who has done wrong, sinful, evil MN.ii.43 (where DN.i.90 at id. p has pāpika); DN-a.i.256 (for pāpika, variant reading vāpita).
pp. of pāpeti1, in meaning = pāpika
adjective noun sinful; a sinner, esp. used as epithet of Māra, i.e. the Evil, the wicked one SN.i.103; AN.iv.434; Ud.64; Snp.430; Thag.1213; Mil.155 sq.; Dhp-a.iv.32.
fr. pāpa, cp. Vedic pāpman
adjective worse, more evil or wicked SN.i.162, SN.i.202; Snp.275; Dhp.42, Dhp.76; Ja.i.158; Ja.iv.303; Mil.155; Dhp-a.ii.108.
compar. of pāpa, cp. Sk. pāpīyas
neuter attainment Ja.iv.306.
fr. pāpuṇāti
to reach, attain, arrive at, obtain, get to learn
pres pāpuṇāti Vin.ii.208; Ja.iv.285; Ja.vi.149; Pp.70; DN-a.21; Pv-a.74, Pv-a.98 Pv-a.125, Pv-a.195; and pappoti SN.i.25; Dhp.27; Vism.501; Dhp-a.i.395;
pot pāpuṇe Snp.324; Dhp.138; Ja.v.57 (1st pl pāpuṇeyyāma for T. pappomu); Dhp-a.iv.200.
aor apāpuṇi Thag-a.64, and pāpuṇi Ja.ii.229.
■ pret. apattha Ja.v.391 (proh. mā a.).
fut pāpuṇissati Ja.i.260. ger pāpuṇitvā SN.ii.28; patvā Snp.347, Snp.575, and pappuyya SN.i.7 (cp. Vin.ii.56; AN.i.138), SN.i.181, SN.i.212.
inf pappotuṃ Snp.129 = Thig.60, and pāpuṇituṃ Vb-a.223
grd pattabba SN.i.129; SN.ii.28; Snp-a.433
pp patta;
caus pāpeti2 (q.v.).
pa + āp; cp. Sk. prāpnoti
neuter cover, dress, cloak SN.i.175; Mil.279; Dhp-a.iii.1. See also pārupana.
through *pāvuraṇa fr. pra + vṛ; cp. Sk. prāvaraṇa
to cover, veil; shut, hide; only neg. a˚; and only in phrase apāpurati Amatassa dvāraṃ to open the door of Nibbāna Vin.i.5; Vv.64#27 (= vivarati Vv-a.284).
fr. pa + ā + vṛ; cp. Vedic pravṛṇoti
to make bad, bring into disgrace Vin.iv.5
pp pāpita.
Denom. fr. pāpa
to make attain, to let go to, to cause to reach, to bring to Ja.iv.494; Ja.v.205, Ja.v.260; DN-a.i.136. imper. pāpaya SN.i.217, and pāpayassu Ja.iv.20. fut. pāpessati Ja.i.260 and pāpayissati Ja.v.8.
Caus. of pāpuṇāti
brought, conveyed DN-a.i.262; Snp-a.356 (kathā˚).
pa + ābhata
neuter “that which has been brought here,” viz.
pa + ā + pp. of bhṛ.
neuter a band or chain Vin.ii.106; Vin.iii.48; Mhvs.11, Mhvs.28; Dpvs.xii.1; Dhp-a.iv.216. See on this Vin. Texts iii.69 & Mvu trsl. 797.
etym.?
neuter delight, joy, happiness; often combined with pīti
■ DN.i.72, DN.i.196; SN.iii.134; SN.iv.78 = SN.iv.351; SN.v.156 SN.v.398; AN.iii.21; AN.v.1 sq., AN.v.311 sq., AN.v.339, AN.v.349; Snp.256; Ne.29; DN-a.i.217; Sdhp.167. See also pāmojja.
grd. form. tr. pa + mud, see similar forms under pāmokkha
adjective
a grd. form. fr. pamukha, with lengthening of a as frequently in similar forms like pāṭidesanīya pāṭimokkha, pāmojja
= pāmujja DN.ii.214; DN.iii.288; MN.i.37, MN.i.98; SN.i.203; SN.ii.30 SN.v.157; Dhp.376, Dhp.381; Pts.i.177; Dhs.9, Dhs.86; Mil.84 Vism.2, Vism.107, Vism.177 (T. pa˚); Dhp-a.iv.111 (˚bahula).
Cp. BSk. prāmodya Divy.13, Divy.82, Divy.239
setting out, starting SN.ii.218 (nava˚ newly setting out); instr. pāyena (adv.) for the most part, commonly, usually Ja.v.490; DN-a.i.275 (so read for pāṭhena).
fr. pa + ā + yā
(-˚) drinking Ja.i.252 (vāruṇi˚)
fr. pā to drink
gone forth, set out, started Ja.i.146.
pp of pāyāti
to set out, start, go forth Dhp-a.ii.42; aor. 3rd sg. pāyāsi DN.ii.73; Ja.i.64, Ja.i.223; Ja.iii.333; Vv-a.64; Pv-a.272; 3rd pl. pāyesuṃ Ja.iv.220, and pāyiṃsu DN.ii.96; Ja.i.253; Dhp-a.iii.257
pp pāyāta (q.v.) See also the quasi synonymous abhiyāti.
pra + ā + yā
rice boiled in milk, milk-rice, rice porridge SN.i.166; Snp.p.15; Ja.i.50, Ja.i.68 Ja.iv.391; Ja.v.211; Vism.41; Snp-a.151; Dhp-a.i.171; Dhp-a.ii.88; Vv-a.32.
cp. Class. Sk. pāyāsa
adjective noun drinking Ja.iii.338.
fr. pā, see pivati
ppr f. pāyamānā a woman giving suck, a nursing woman DN.i.166 MN.i.77 AN.i.295 AN.ii.206 AN.iii.227 Pp.55 Dhp-a.i.49
caus 2 pāyāpeti Ja.v.422.
Caus. fr. pā, see pibati
adjective noun
fr. para
adverb preposition beyond, to the other side DN.i.244; MN.i.135; Snp.1146 (Maccu-dheyya˚, vv. ll ˚dheyassa & ˚dheyya˚), expld by Cnd.487 as amataṃ nibbānaṃ; Vv-a.42.
acc. of pāra
feminine = pāramī Ne.87.
pāramī + tā
feminine completeness, perfection, highest state Snp.1018, Snp.1020; Pp.70; Dhp-a.i.5; Vv-a.2 (sāvakañāṇa˚); Pv-a.139; Sdhp.328. In later literature there is mentioned a group of 10 perfections (dasa pāramiyo as the perfect exercise of the 10 principal virtues by a Bodhisatta, viz. dāna˚, sīla˚, nekkhamma˚, paññā˚ viriya˚, khanti˚, sacca˚, adhiṭṭhāna˚, mettā˚, upekhā Ja.i.73; Dhp-a.i.84.
abstr. fr. parama, cp. BSk. mantrāṇāṃ pāramiṃ gata Divy.637
one who has committed a grave transgression of the rules for bhikkhus; one who merits expulsion (see on term Vin. Texts i.3 Mil translation i.268; ii.78) Vin.i.172; Vin.ii.101, Vin.ii.242; AN.ii.241 AN.iii.252; AN.v.70; Ja.vi.70, Ja.vi.112; Mil.255; Vism.22; Kp-a.97, Dhp-a.i.76 (as one of the divisions of the Suttavibhanga see also Vin.iii.1 sq.).
etym. doubtful; suggested are parā + aj (Burnouf); para + ji; pārācika (S. Lévi, see Geiger, P.Gr. § 38, n. 3; also Childers s. v.)
a dove, pigeon Ja.i.242; Ja.v.215; Vv-a.167 (˚akkhi); Pgdp.45. See the doublet pārevata.
Epic Sk. pārāvata
neuter the highest (farthest) point, final aim, chief object, ideal; title of the last Vagga of the Sutta Nipāta AN.iii.401; Snp.1130; Cnd.438; Snp-a.163, Snp-a.370 Snp-a.604.
late Sk. pārāyaṇa, the metric form of parāyana
= parikkhattatā, Pp.19 = Vb-a.358.
feminine same as paricariya serving, waiting on, service, ministration, honour (for = loc.) DN.iii.189, DN.iii.250 DN.iii.281; MN.ii.177; SN.iv.239; AN.ii.70; AN.iii.284, AN.iii.325, AN.iii.328; Ja.iii.408; Ja.iv.490; Ja.v.154, Ja.v.158 (kilesa˚); Pv-a.7, Pv-a.58, Pv-a.128 Cp. BSk. pāricāryā Mvu.ii.225.
= pāricchattaka, Snp.64 (˚ka Cnd.439; explained as koviḷāra); Ja.v.393.
the coral tree Erythmia Indica, a tree in Indra’s heaven Vin.i.30; AN.iv.117 sq.; Vv.38#1 (explained as Māgadhism at Vv-a.174 for pārijāta, which is also the BSk. form) Ja.i.40; Ja.ii.20; Kp-a.i.122; Snp-a.485; Dhp-a.i.273; Dhp-a.iii.211; Dhs-a.1; Vv-a.12, Vv-a.110; Pv-a.137.
Epic Sk. pārijāta, but P. fr. pari + chatta + ka, in pop. etym. “shading all round”
= pāricchattaka, Vv-a.174.
neuter
abstr. fr. parijuṇṇa, pp. of pari + jur
fr. paripantha
feminine fulfilment, completion, consummation SN.i.139; AN.v.114 sq.; Snp.1016; Ja.vi.298; Cnd.137 (pada˚) Snp-a.28 (id.); Pp.53; Dhs.1367; Dhp-a.i.36; Pv-a.132 Pv-a.133; Vb-a.468 (˚mada conceit of perfection).
abstr. fr. pari + pūr, cp. BSk. pāripūri Avs.ii.107
adjective yonder, farther, only combined with -tīra the farther shore DN.i.244; MN.i.134 MN.i.135; SN.iv.174; Mil.269; Dhp-a.ii.100. Cp. BSk pārimaṃ tīraṃ Avs.i.148.
superl. form. fr. pāra
neuter (& der.) “petting (or spoiling) the children” (Mil trsl. ii.287) but perhaps more likely “fondness of being petted” or “nurture (as Vism trsl. 32) (being carried about like on the lap or the back of a nurse, as expln at Vism.28 = Vb-a.483) The readings are different, thus we find -bhaṭyatā at Vb.240; Vb-a.338, Vb-a.483; -bhatyatā at Vism.17, Vism.23 Vism.27 (vv.ll. -bhaṭṭatā & ˚bbhaṭṭatā); -bhaṭṭakatā at Mil.370; -bhaṭṭatā at Vb.352; Kp-a.236; Cnd.39. The more det. expln at Vb-a.338 is “alankāra-karaṇ ādīhi dāraka-kīḷāpanaṃ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ.”-See stock phrase under mugga-sūpyatā.
fr. pari + ; bhṛ.
adjective belonging to use or enjoyment, with ref. to relics of personal use Ja.iv.228 (one of the 3 cetiyas, viz. sarīrika, pāribhogika, uddesika); Mil.341 (id.).
fr. paribhoga
adjective = pari˚; changing, turning round (of cīvara) Vin.iv.59, Vin.iv.60. Parivasika = pari
(a probationer), Vin.i.136; Vin.ii.31 sq., where distinguished from a pakatatta bhikkhu, a regular, ordained bh. to whom a pārivāsika is inferior in rank.
belonging to an assembly, pl. the members of an assembly, esp. those who sit in council councillors (cp. BSk. pāriṣadya councillor Divy.291; Vin.i.348; DN.i.136; DN.iii.64, DN.iii.65; MN.i.326; SN.i.145, SN.i.222; AN.i.142; Mil.234; DN-a.i.297.
fr. parisā
feminine purity Vin.i.102, Vin.i.136 (cp. Vin. Texts i.242, 280); MN.iii.4; AN.ii.194 sq. (˚padhāniy’ angāni, the four, viz. sīlapārisuddhi, citta˚ diṭṭhi˚, vimutti˚); Mnd.475; Pts.i.42 (˚sīla); Dhs.165; Mil.336 (ājīva˚, and in 4th jhāna); Vism.30 (= parisuddhatā), Vism.46 (˚sīla), Vism.278; Dhp-a.iii.399 (catu˚-sīla), Dhp-a.iv.111 (ājīva˚); Sdhp.342.
fr. parisuddha
adjective connected with preservation or attention, fostering, keeping Vism.3 (˚paññā), Vism.98 (˚kammaṭṭhāna); Snp-a.54 (id.).
fr. parihāra
covered, dressed SN.i.167, SN.i.175; Thag.153; Ja.i.59, Ja.i.347; Snp-a.401; Pv-a.48, Pv-a.161
■ duppāruta not properly dressed (without the upper robe Vin.i.44; Vin.ii.212; SN.ii.231, SN.ii.271. See also abhipāruta Note. The form apāruta is apparently only a neg. pāruta in reality it is apa + ā + vṛta.
pp. of pārupati
to cover, dress, hide, veil DN.i.246; Vin.iv.283; MN.iii.94; SN.ii.281; Ja.ii.24, Ja.ii.109; Pv.ii.11#2 (= nivāseti Pv-a.147); Mhvs.22, Mhvs.67; Vism.18; Dhp-a.iii.325; Vv-a.44, Vv-a.127; Pv-a.73, Pv-a.74, Pv-a.77
pp pāruta (q.v.).
metathesis fr. pāpurati = Sk. prāvṛṇoti, pra + vṛ; see also pāpurati etc.
neuter covering, clothing; dress Ja.i.126, Ja.i.378; Ja.iii.82; Mil.279; Dhp-a.i.70, Dhp-a.i.164; Pv-a.74 Pv-a.76.
fr. pārupati
to make go through, to bore through, pierce, break (?) Ja.iii.185 (reading uncertain).
Denom. fr. pāra; cp. Lat. portare
the Prk. form (cp. Māgadhi pārevaya) of the Sk. pārāpata, which appears also as such in P.
fr. pra + ruh, cp. Sk. *prāroha
(-˚) a guard, keeper, guardian, protector SN.i.185 (vihāra˚); Ja.v.222 (dhamma˚); Vv-a.288 (ārāma˚); Sdhp.285. See also go˚, loka˚.
fr. pā, see pāleti
(-˚) a guardian, herdsman MN.i.79; SN.iii.154; AN.iv.127; Ja.iii.444.
fr. pā
neuter (& pālanā?) moving running, keeping going, living, in phrase vutti pālana yapana etc. at Vism.145; Dhs-a.149 Dhs-a.167; also in defn of bhuñjati1 as “pālan’ ajjhohāresu” by eating drinking for purposes of living, at Dhtp.379. As; pālanā at the Dhs passages of same context as above (see under yapana).
fr. pāleti 2, to all likelihood for palāyana through *pālāna, with false analogy
feminine guarding, keeping Ja.i.158; Dhs.19, Dhs.82,295. Pali (Pali)
fr. pāleti cp. Epic Sanskrit pālana nt.
feminine
cp. Sk. pālī a causeway, bridge Halāyudha iii.54
adjective covered round (of sandals Vin.i.186 (Vin. Texts ii.15: laced boots); variant reading BB ˚gunṭhika.
doubtful, fr pali + guṇṭh, see paliguṇṭhita; hapax legomenon
neuter greyness of hair MN.i.49; SN.ii.2, SN.ii.42; AN.iii.196; Dhs.644, Dhs.736, Dhs.869; Vb-a.98.
fr. palita
the tree Butea frondosa Ja.iv.205; Cnd.680Aii Vism.256 (˚aṭṭhi); Vb-a.239 (id.); Kp-a.46, Kp-a.53; Dhs-a.14; Dhp-a.i.383. As phālibhaddaka (-vana) at Ja.ii.162 (variant reading pātali˚).
fr. palibhadda = pari + bhadda, very auspicious
cp. (Epic) Sk. pālayati, fr. pā
adjective noun
fr. pu, Vedic pāvaka
neuter a word, esp. the word of the Buddha DN.i.88; SN.ii.259; Thag.587; Thag.2, Thag.457.
pa + vacana, with lengthening of first a (see Geiger, Pali Grammar § 33#1)
to speak out, to tell, show Ja.ii.439; Pv.iv.1#48; Pv-a.118.
= pavadati
see pavassati.
fr. pa + vṛ.
a cloak-seller (?) Vin.iv.250.
fr. pāvāra
hair; only in cpd. -nipphoṭanā pulling out one’s hair SN.iv.300. Pavisa & Pavekkhi;
see pavāḷa
see pavisati.
neuter cloak, mantle MN.i.359; Vin.iv.255, Vin.iv.289; Thag-a.22.
fr. pa + ā + vṛ; see pāpuraṇa & pārupana
pa + vṛṣ, cp. Vedic prāvṛṣa & pravarṣa
adjective raining, shedding rain MN.i.306; SN.v.51; AN.iv.127; Ja.i.95, Ja.i.96; Mil.114.
fr. pāvusa
a sling, snare, tie, fetter SN.i.105, SN.i.111; AN.ii.182; AN.iv.197; Vin.iv.153 (? hattha˚); Snp.166; Iti.36 (Māra˚); Ja.iii.184; Ja.iv.414; Pv-a.206. On its frequent use in similes see J.P.T.S. 1907, 111.
Vedic pāśa
a spear, a throw Snp.303; AN.iv.171 (kuṭhāri˚ throw of an axe)
■ asi˚; a class of deities Mil.191.
Class. Sk. prāsa fr. pra + as
(a stone?) at Pv-a.63 (pās’ antare) is probably a misreading and to be corrected to palāsa (palās’ antare similarly to rukkh’ antare, kaṭṭh’-and mūl’ antare) foliage.
adjective to be praised praiseworthy MN.i.15, MN.i.404; MN.ii.227 (dasa ˚ṭṭhānāni) AN.v.129 (id.); Ja.iii.493; Pv.iv.7#13; Ne.52.
grd. fr. pasaṃsati with pā for pa as in similar formations (see pāmokkha)
a bow, for the dress Vin.ii.136; for the hair Thig.411 (if Morris, J.P.T.S. 1893, 45, 46, is right to be corr. fr. pasāda).
fr. pāsa1
a throw, a die Ja.vi.281.
fr. pāsa2
lintel Vin.ii.120 = Vin.ii.148 (see Vin. Texts iii.144).
heresy, sect SN.i.133; Thig.183; Mil.359; Thag-a.164. -ika heretic sectarian Vin.iv.74.
cp. late Sk. pāṣaṇḍa
? only in “sammaṃ pāsanti” at Snp-a.321 as expln of sammāpāsa (q.v.).
a rock, stone AN.i.283; Snp.447; Ja.i.109, Ja.i.199; Ja.v.295; Vism.28, Vism.182, Vism.183; Vb-a.64 (its size as cpd with pabbata); Dhp-a.iii.151; Dhs-a.389; Vv-a.157; Sdhp.328.
Epic Sk. pāṣāṇa
= pāsāṇa Vin.ii.211.
a lofty platform, a building on high foundations, a terrace, palace Vin.i.58, Vin.i.96, Vin.i.107, Vin.i.239; Vin.ii.128, Vin.ii.146, Vin.ii.236 (cp. Vin. Texts i.174; iii.178); DN.ii.21; SN.i.137; AN.i.64; Snp.409; Iti.33; Pv.ii.12#5; Ja.ii.447; Ja.iv.153 (pillars); Ja.v.217; Vism.339 (˚tala); Dhs-a.107; Snp-a.502; Thag-a.253, Thag-a.286; Vv-a.197; Pv-a.23, Pv-a.75, Pv-a.279 (cp. upari˚); Sdhp.299
■ satta-bhū- maka˚; a tower with 7 platforms Ja.i.227, Ja.i.346; Ja.iv.323 Ja.iv.378; Ja.v.426, Ja.v.577. The Buddha’s 3 castles at DN.ii.21; AN.i.145; Ja.vi.289. See also J.P.T.S. 1907, 112 (p. in similes).
pa + ā + sad, cp. Class. Sk. prāsāda
adjective
fr. pasāda
adjective bringing forth SN.v.170; Ja.i.394.
fr. pasavati
a rib Vin.ii.266. (loop? Rh.D.).
for the usual phāsuka
a rib Vin.iii.105.
for phāsuka
fat. of pibati (for pivissati).
masculine neuter
fr. pa + ā + hu, see also āhuna & der.
masculine & neuter
fr. pāhuna
adjective worthy of hospitality, deserving to be a guest DN.iii.5; SN.i.220 SN.ii.70; AN.ii.56; AN.iii.36, AN.iii.134, AN.iii.248, AN.iii.387; AN.iv.13 sq.; AN.v.67 AN.v.198; Iti.88; Vism.220.
fr. pāhuna, see also āhuneyya
= pāhuṇeyya Ja.iii.440.
to send Ja.i.447; Mil.8; Pv-a.133.
secondary form. after aor. pāhesi fr. pahiṇati
indeclinable emphatic particle, as prefix only in pidahati and pilandhati where api˚ also is found (cp. api 1b).
the enclitic form of api (cp. api 2a); on similarities in Prk. see Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 143
crushed, ground, pounded Dhp-a.iii.184 (variant reading piṭṭha, perhaps preferable).
pp. of piṃsati2
to adorn, form, embellish; orig. to prick, cut. Perhaps piṃsare (3. pl. med.) Ja.v.202 belongs here, in meaning “tinkle, sound” (lit. prick) explained in C. by viravati. Other der. see under pingala piñjara, pesakāra.
piś or piṃś, cp. Vedic piṃśati, with two bases viz. Idg. *peig, as in P. piñjara & pingala; Lat. pingo to paint, embroider; and *peik, as in Sk. piṃśati, peśaḥ Av. paes-to embellish; Gr. ποικίλος many-coloured Goth. fēh, Ags. fāh id. See detail in Walde, Lat Wtb. under pingo.
pp piṃsa & piṭṭha1. See also pisati and paṭi˚.
piṣ or piṃṣ, Vedic pinaṣṭi, cp. Lat. pinso to grind, pīla = pestle, pistillum = pistil; Lith. paisýti to pound barley; Gr. πτίσσω id.; Ohg. fesa = Nhg. fese
a young shoot, sprout Ja.iii.389 (variant reading singa, which also points to pinga explained by pavāla).
for pinga yellow, brownish, tawny
see pinka.
adjective
see piṃsati1, cp. Vedic pingala
adjective reddish-brown, yellow Ja.vi.199.
fr. Vedic pinga
feminine a species of bird Ja.vi.538.
a var. of Sk. piṅgalā, a kind of owl
cotton Vin.i.271; usually in cpds, either as kappāsa˚; SN.v.284, SN.v.443, or tūla˚; SN.v.284 SN.v.351 (T. thula˚), SN.v.443; Ja.v.480 (T. tula˚).
cp. Class. Sk. picu
a wild animal, said to be a kind of monkey Ja.vi.537.
etym. unknown, prob. Non-Aryan
neuter tail-feather, esp. of the peacock Vin.i.186 (mora˚)
■ dve˚; (& de˚) having two tail-feathers Ja.v.339, Ja.v.341 (perhaps to be taken as “wing” here, cp. Halāyudha 2, 84 = pakṣa). Cp piñcha & piñja.
cp. Epic Sk. piccha & puccha tail, to Lat. pinna, E. fin. Ger. finne
in su˚ Ja.v.197 is not clear, C. expl5 by suphassita, i.e. pleasing, beautiful, desirable, thus dividing su-picch˚.
adjective slippery Vism.264; Vb-a.247 (lasikā = p-kuṇapaṃ); Dhp-a.iii.4 (˚magga).
cp. Class. Sk. picchila
= piccha, i.e. tail-feather, tail Vin.ii.130 (mora˚). Cp. piñja.
neuter a (peacock’s) tail-feather Ja.i.38 (mora˚ kalāpa), Ja.i.207 (= pekkhuṇa); Ja.iii.226 (BB piccha & miccha); DN-a.i.41 (mora˚); Dhp-a.i.394 (id.); Vv-a.147 (mayūra˚; BB piñcha, SS pakkha); Pv-a.142 (mora˚ kalāpa).
= piccha
of a reddish colour, tawny Ja.i.93; DN-a.i.245; Vv-a.165 Vv-a.288.
cp. Class. Sk. piñjara; for etym. see piṃsati1
adjective tinged, dyed Mil.240. On expression see Kern, Toevoegselen s. v.
fr. piṃsati1, cp. Sk. piñjana
neuter ground sesamum, flour of oil-seeds MN.i.78, MN.i.342; Vin.iv.341 (p. nāma tilapiṭṭhaṃ vuccati); Vv-a.142 (tila˚ seed cake); Pv-a.48.
to piṃsati2, cp. Class. Sk. piṇyāka
cp. Epic Sk. piṭaka, etym. not clear. See also P. peḷā & peḷikā
neuter what is ground, grindings, crushed seeds, flour. Vin.i.201, Vin.i.203; Vin.iv.261 Vin.iv.341 (tila˚ = piññāka); Ja.ii.244 (māsa˚). As piṭṭhi at Ja.i.347.
pp. of piṃsati2. cp. Sk. piṣṭa
neuter a lintel (of a door) Vin.i.47 (kavāṭa˚); Vin.ii.120 (˚sanghāṭa, cp. Vin Texts iii.105), Vin.ii.148, Vin.ii.207.
identical in form with piṭṭha3
neuter back, hind part; also surface, top Ja.i.167 (pāsāṇa˚ top of a rock). Usually in oblique cases as adv., viz. instr. piṭṭhena along, over beside, by way of, on Ja.ii.111 (udaka˚); Ja.iv.3 (samudda˚) loc. piṭṭhe by the side of, near, at: parikhā˚ at a ditch Pv-a.201; on, on top of, on the back of (animals) ammaṇassa p. Ja.vi.381 (cp. piṭṭhiyaṃ); tiṇa˚ Ja.iv.444 panka˚ Ja.i.223; samudda˚ Ja.i.202
■ assa˚ on horseback DN.i.103; similarly: vāraṇassa p. Ja.i.358; sīha˚ Ja.ii.244 haṭṭhi˚ Ja.ii.244; Ja.iii.392. See also following. Pitthi & Pitthi
cp. Vedic pṛṣṭha, explained by Grassmann as pra-stha, i.e. what stands out
feminine
= piṭṭha3, of which it has taken over the main function as noun. On relation piṭṭha → piṭṭhi cp. Trenckner, Notes 55; Franke, Bezzenberger’s Beiträge xx.287. Cp. also the Prk. forms piṭṭha piṭṭhī & piṣṭī, all representing Sk. prṣṭḥa: Pischel; Prk. Gram. §53
adjective (-˚) having a back, in dīgha˚; with a long back or ridge Snp.604; mudu˚; having a flexible back Vin.iii.35.
fr. piṭṭhi
feminine = piṭṭhi; loc. piṭṭhikāya at the back of, behind Ja.i.456 (maṇḍala˚).
adjective having a back, in f. piṭṭhimatī (senā) (an army) having troops on (horse-or elephant-) back Ja.vi.396.
fr. piṭṭhi
masculine & neuter a pot, a pan Mil.107 (spelt pīthara). As; piṭharaka [cp. BSk piṭharikā Divy.496; so read for T. piparikā] at Kp-a.54 to be read for T. pivaraka according to App. Snp-a.869.
cp. Epic Sk. piṭhara
cp. Vedic piṇḍa; probably connected with piṣ i.e. crush, grind, make into a lump; Grassmann compares pīḍ to press; on other attempts at etym. see Walde Lat. Wtb. s. v. puls
(alms)-food AN.iv.185 (SS piṇḍapāta); in phrase na piṇḍakena kilamati not go short of food Vin.iii.15, Vin.iii.87; Vin.iv.23, in ukka-piṇḍaka meaning a cluster of msects or vermin Vin.i.211 = Vin.i.239 (variant reading piṇḍuka).
fr. piṇḍa
feminine a lump, round mass, ball, cluster DN.i.74 = AN.iii.25 (nahāniya˚ ball of fragrant soap; DN-a.i.218: piṇḍa); MN.iii.92; Ja.i.76 (phala˚), Ja.ii.393; Ja.iii.53 (amba˚); Mil.107; Vism.500 (piṭṭha˚) Dhp-a.iii.207 (amba˚).
cp. piṇḍa & Sk. piṇḍī
(-˚) in chatta˚-vivara is a little doubtful, the phrase prob. means “a crevice in the covering (i.e. the round mass) of the canopy or sunshade” Ja.vi.376. Dutoit (J. translation vi.457) translates “opening at the back of the sunshade,” thus evidently reading “piṭṭhika.”
adjective
pp. of piṇḍeti, cp. BSk. piṇḍitamūlya lump-sum Divy.500
a morsel of food Vin.i.58 (˚bhojana), Vin.i.96 (id.); AN.ii.27; Iti.102.
piṇḍi + ālopa
to ball together, mix, put together Pv.ii.9#52 (= pisana-vasena yojeti Pv-a.135). pp. piṇḍita.
Denom. fr. pinḍa
one who seeks alms SN.iii.93 = Iti.89; cp. Np. ˚bhāradvāja Snp-a.346, Snp-a.514, Snp-a.570.
etym. unclear
neuter asking for alms, alms-round SN.iii.93 = Iti.89; Vism.31.
fr. piṇḍola
father
■ Cases: sg. nom. pitā SN.i.182; Dhp.43; Ja.v.379; Snp-a.423; acc. pitaraṃ Dhp.294; pituṃ Cp.ii.9#3; instr. pitarā Ja.iii.37, pitunā, petyā Ja.v.214; dat. gen. pitu MN.iii.176; Ja.iv.137; Ja.vi.365 Ja.vi.589; & pituno Vin.i.17 (cp. Prk. piuṇo); abl. pitarā Ja.v.214; loc. pitari
■ pl. nom. pitaro Snp.404; Ja.iv.1; Pv-a.38, Pv-a.54 (mātā˚); acc. pitaro Pv-a.17, pitare, pitū Thig.433; instr. pitarehi & pitūhi; dat. gen pitunnaṃ Ja.iii.83; (mātā˚); Ja.vi.389 (id.); Pv.ii.8#4 pitūnaṃ Iti.110; loc. pitusu Thig.499; Ja.i.152 (mātā˚) and pitūsu Pv-a.3 (mātā˚). Further: abl. sg. pitito by the father’s side DN.i.113 (+ mātito); AN.iii.151; Ja.v.214
■ AN.i.62, AN.i.132, AN.i.138 sq.; Snp.296, Snp.579 (paralokato na pitā tāyate puttaṃ); Cnd.441 (= yo so janako) Ja.i.412 (= tāta); Ja.v.20; Vb-a.108 (where pretty popular etym. is given with “piyāyatī ti pitā”), Vb-a.154 (in simile). Of Brahmā: DN.i.18, cp. DN-a.i.112; of Inda Ja.v.153. There is sometimes a distinction made between the father as such and the grandfather (or ancestors in gen.) with culla˚; (cūḷa˚), i.e. little and mahā˚; i.e. grand-father e.g. at Ja.i.115 (+ ayyaka); Pv-a.107. The collective term for “parents” is mātāpitaro (pl. not dual), e.g. Snp.404; Ja.i.152; Ja.iii.83; Ja.iv.1; Pv-a.107. On similes of father and son op. J.P.T.S. 1907, 112. In compounds there are the 3 bases pitā, piti˚ & pitu˚.
Vedic pitṛ, pitar-; cp. Gr. πατήρ; Lat. pater, Juppiter, Dies-piter = *Ζε*Ζευς πατήρ; Goth. fadar = Ger. vater E. father; Oir. athir etc. to onomat. syllable *pa-pa cp. tāta & mātā
(-˚) adjective one who has a father, having a father Vv-a.68 (sa˚ together with the f.); Pv-a.38 (mata˚ whose f. was dead): cp. dve˚ with 2 fathers Ja.v.424.
fr. pitā
feminine father’s sister, aunt; decl. similarly to pitā & mātā Dhp-a.i.37 acc. sg. pitucchasaṃ [Sk. *svasaṃ instead of *svasāraṃ] Ja.iv.184.
pitu + svasā, cp. Sk. pitṛ-ṣvasṛ
neuter
cp. Vedic pitta
adjective one who has bile or a bilious humoui, bilious Mil.298 (+ semhika).
fr. pitta
the realm of the departed spirits MN.i.73; Ja.i.51; Mnd.489.
Sporadic reading for the usual petti˚
adjective belonging to the realm of the departed Mnd.97 (gati; variant reading petti˚).
fr. pittivisaya
(pithiyyati) to be covered, obscured or obstructed to close, shut MN.ii.104; MN.iii.184; Snp.1034, Snp.1035; Cnd.442 (BB pidhiyyati; explained by pacchijjati); Thag.872; Dhp.173; Ja.i.279 (akkhīni pithīyiṃsu the eyes shut), Ja.ii.158 (= paticchādiyati); Ja.vi.432. The spelling of the BB manuscripts is pidhīyati (cp. Trenckner, Notes 62).
Pass. of pidahati, cp. api-dahati, Sk. apidhīyate
a small stick skewer Vin.ii.116, cp. Bdhgh on p. 317: “daṇḍakathina-ppamāṇena kaṭasārakassa pariyante paṭisaṃharitvā duguṇa-karaṇa.” See also Vin Texts iii.94.
etym.? Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. suggests diminutiveformation fr. Sk. bidala split bamboo
to cover, to close, conceal, shut MN.i.117, MN.i.380 (dvāraṃ); Ja.i.292; Ja.iii.26; Ja.v.389; Mil.139 (vajjaṃ); Dhp-a.i.396; Dhp-a.ii.4, Dhp-a.ii.85; Dhp-a.iv.197 (ūruṃ); Sdhp.321 aor. pidahi Ja.iv.308 (kaṇṇe); ger. pidahitvā Pv.ii.7#6 (dvāraṃ); Vism.182 (nāsaṃ); DN-a.i.136, pidhatvā Thig.480, & pidhāya Ja.i.150 (dvāraṃ), Ja.i.243 (id.); Thag-a.286; Dhp-a.ii.199 (dvārāni)
pass pithīyati; pp. pihita (q.v.). The opp. of p. is vivarati.
api + dhā, cp. apidahati & Prk. piṇidhattae = Sk. apinidhātave
neuter covering up, shutting, closing Vism.20; Dhp-a.iv.85 (= thakana).
fr. api + dhā, cp. apidahana
a stick (or rag?) for scraping (or wiping?) Vin.ii.141 (avalekhana˚), Vin.ii.221 (id.). Meaning doubtful.
fr. api + dhṛ.
neuter cover Ja.vi.349. -phalaka covering board Vism.261 (where Kp-a in same passage reads paṭikujjana-phalaka) = Vb-a.244.
= pidahana
cold in the head, catarrh, in enumn of illnesses under dukkha, at Cnd.304#1 ≈ (kāsa, sāsa pināsa, etc.).
cp. Sk. pīnasa
to drink, only in imper. pres. pipa MN.i.316; SN.i.459, and ppr. pipaṃ Ja.v.255, gen. pl. pipataṃ Snp.398.
dial. form for pibati, pivati, usually restricted to Gāthā Dial., cp. Geiger, P.Gr. § 132
feminine
Desid. form. fr. pā, pibati → pipati, lit. desire to drink
adjective thirsty SN.i.143; SN.ii.110 (surā˚); Ja.vi.399; Mil.318 (kilantatasita-p.); Vism.262; Pv-a.127; Sdhp.151.
pp. of pipāsati, Desid. fr. pā, cp. pipāsā
adjective thirsty DN.ii.265.
fr. pipāsā
adjective drinking (?) in su˚ good to drink (?) Ja.vi.326 (variant reading BB sucimant). Or is it “flowing” (cp. Vedic pipiṣvat overflowing)?
fr. pā, see pivati
feminine & pipillika ant Ja.iii.276 (BB kipillikā); Sdhp.23; as pipillikā at Ja.i.202.
cp. Vedic pipīlikā, pipīlaka & pipīlika; BSk. pipīlaka Avs.ii.130 (kunta˚). See also kipillikā
pepper Vin.i.201, cp. Vin. Texts ii.46.
for the usual P. pipphalī, Sk. pippalī
the fruit of Ficus religiosa, the holy fig tree Ja.vi.518 (Kern’s reading, Toevoegselen s. v. for T. maddhu-vipphala C. reads madhuvipphala & explains by madhuraphala).
cp. Epic Sk. pippala, on ph for p see pipphalī
neuter? scissors (? so ed.) DN-a.i.70.
etym.? BR give Sk. *pippalaka in meaning “thread for sewing”
feminine long pepper SN.v.79; Ja.iii.85; Vv.43#6; Dhp-a.i.258 (˚guhā npl.); Dhp-a.iv.155.
with aspirate ph for p, as in Sk. pippalī, see Geiger, P.Gr. § 62. See also pippala. Etym. loan words are Gr. πέπερι = Lat. piper = E. pepper, Ger pfeffer
adjective dear, in two applications (as stated Mnd.133 = Cnd.444, viz dve piyā: sattā vā piyā sankhārā vā piyā, with ref. to living beings, to sensations):
Vedic priya, prī, cp. Gr. προπροών; Goth. frijōn to love, frijonds loving = E. friend; Ger. frei freund; Ohg. Frīa = Sk. priyā, E. Friday, etc.
oar; usually so in cpd. piyāritta (nt.) oar & rudder SN.i.103; AN.ii.201; Ja.iv.164.
sporadic for phiya, q.v.
a plant going under various names, viz. Nauclea cadamba; Terminalia tomentosa Vitex trifolia Ja.v.420 (= setapuppha C.); Ja.vi.269.
cp. Class. Sk. priyaka
feminine
cp. Vedio priyangu
neuter belovedness, pleasantness AN.v.164 sq.; Sdhp.66.
abstr. fr. piya1
to hold dear, to like, to be fond of (acc.), to be devoted to SN.i.210; Ja.i.156; Ja.ii.246 Ja.vi.5; Vb-a.108 (in etym. of pitā, q.v.); Dhp-a.iv.125; Snp-a.78; Vv-a.349; Pv-a.71
pp piyāyita. Note. A ppr. piyaṃ is found at Snp-a.169 for Snp.94 adj. piya, and is explained by pīyamāna tussamāna modamāna.
Denom. fr. piya1
feminine love, fondness for (loc.) SN.i.210.
fr. piyāyati
held dear, fondled, loved, liked Snp.807; Mnd.126.
pp. of piyāyati
the Piyal tree, Buchanania latifolia Ja.v.415
■ (nt.) the fruit of this tree, used as food Ja.iv.344; Ja.v.324.
cp. Class. Sk. priyāla
at Vin.iv.139 is to be separated (cara pi re get away with you), both pi and re acting as part. of exclamation The C. expln (p. 362) by “pire (voc.?) = para amāmaka” is an artificial construction.
a boil Snp.p.124 (piḷaka, variant reading pilaka); Vism.35 (pīḷaka); Dhp-a.i.319 (variant reading piḷaka). See also piḷakā.
cp. Class. Sk. piḍakā
the wave-leaved fig tree, Ficus infectoria Vin.iv.35; DN-a.i.81. As pilakkhu [cp. Prk. pilakkhu Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 105] at SN.v.96; Ja.iii.24, Ja.iii.398.
cp. Vedic plakṣa
adjective (-˚) adorning or adorned Mil.336, Mil.337. Cp. apiḷandha.
fr. pilandhati
to adorn, put on, bedeck Mil.337; Ja.v.400. Caus. ii. pilandhāpeti Ja.i.386. Pilandhana & Pilandhana;
see apilandhati, api + nah
neuter putting on ornaments, embellishment, ornament, trinkets AN.i.254 AN.i.257; AN.iii.16; Thig.74; Vv.64#17 (ḷ); Ja.i.386 (ḷ); Ja.v.205 Vb-a.230 (˚vikati; ḷ); Vv-a.157 (ḷ), Vv-a.167 (ḷ); Pv-a (ḷ) Sdhp.243.
= apilandhana
fr. plu, cp. Vedic plava boat, Russ. plov ship
to move quickly (of water), to swim, float, sway to & fro Thag.104; Mil.377; Vv-a.163; Dhs-a.76. As plavati at Ja.i.336 (verse) Dhp.334 (variant reading SS; T. palavati). As palavati at Thag.399
■ See also uppalavati (uppluta), opilāpeti, paripalavati
cp. Vedic plavati; plu, as in Lat. pluo to rain, pluvius rain, Gr. πλέω swim, πλύνω wash; Ohg flouwen etc. to rinse = E. flow
neuter swimming, plunging Ja.v.409 (pl˚).
fr. plu
feminine superficiality Dhs.1349, cp. Dhs-a.405.
fr. plu, see pilavati
at Ja.i.382 (˚piṇḍa + mattikā-piṇḍa) is doubtful. Fausböll suggests mistake for palala straw, so also Ed. Müller, P.Gr. 6.
feminine a small piece of cloth, a rag, a bandage Vin.i.255, Vin.i.296 (khoma˚ cp. Vin. Texts ii.156); MN.i.141 (chinna-˚o-dhammo laid bare or open); SN.ii.28 (id.), SN.ii.219 (paṭa˚); Ja.i.220; Ja.ii.145; Ja.iii.22 (jiṇṇa˚), Ja.iii.511; Ja.vi.383; Mil.282; Vism.328; Kp-a.55; Dhp-a.i.221 (tela˚ rags dipped in oil); Vv-a.5; Pv-a.185
■ As m. at Ja.iv.365. The BSk. forms vary; we read chinna-pilotika at Avs.i.198; Mvu.iii.63; pilotikā (or ˚ka) at Mvu.iii.50, Mvu.iii.54. Besides we have ploti in karmaploti (pūrvikā k.) Divy.150 etc. Avs.i.421.
cp. Class. Sk. plota (BR = prota), Suśr. i.15, 3; 16, 7 & passim
the young of an animal, sometimes used as term for a child Ja.ii.406 (sūkara˚); Dhp-a.iv.134 (as an abusive term; vv.ll. SS kipillaka; gloss K pitucūḷaka, BB cūḷakaniṭṭha); Sdhp.164, Sdhp.165
■ As pillika at Ja.i.487 (godha˚, variant reading BB godha-kippillika).
cp. Sk. *pillaka
feminine
cp. Class. Sk. piḍakā
to fasten on, put on, cover, dress, adorn Ja.v.393 (piḷayhatha 3rd sg imper. = pilandhatu C.).
api + nayhati, cp. Sk. pinahyate
(variant reading miḷhakā) at SN.ii.228 is to be read as mīḷhakā “cesspool” (q.v.). The C. quoted on p. 228 explains incorrectly by “kaṃsalak’ ādi gūthapāṇakā,” which would mean “a low insect breeding in excrements (thus perhaps = paṭanga?). The trsl. (K.S. ii.155) has “dung-beetle.”
to drink
pres pivati DN.i.166; DN.iii.184; Ja.iv.380; Ja.v.106; Pv-a.55.
1st pl. pivāma Pv.i.11#8 2nd pl. pivatha Pv-a.78 & pivātha Pv.i.11#2; 3rd pl. med piyyare Ja.iv.380
imper piva Pv-a.39, & pivatu Vin.iv.109
ppr pivaṃ Snp.257; Dhp.205, & pivanto Snp-a.39
fut pivissati Ja.vi.365; Pv-a.5, Pv-a.59; pissāmi Ja.iii.432; pāssati Ja.iv.527
aor pivi Ja.i.198; apivi Mhvs.6, Mhvs.21; pivāsiṃ Ud.42; apāyiṃha Ja.i.362 (or ˚siṃha?); apaṃsu AN.i.205
ger pivitvā Ja.i.419 Ja.iii.491; Ja.vi.518; Pv-a.5, Pv-a.23; pītvā Snp.257; Dhp.205; Ja.i.297; pītvāna Ja.ii.71; pitvā Pv.i.11#8
grd pātabba Vin.ii.208; peyya; see kāka.˚
inf pātuṃ Ja.ii.210; Pv.i.6#4
pp pīta (q.v.)
■ Of forms with p for v we mention the foll.: pipati MN.i.32; Dhs-a.403 (as variant reading) imper. pipa Ja.i.459;
ppr pipaṃ MN.i.316, MN.i.317
caus pāyeti & pāyāpeti; (q.v.).
Vedic pāti & pibati, redupl. pres. to root Idg.; *poi & pī, cp. Lat. bibo (for * pibo); Gr. πϊυω to drink, πότος drink; Obulg. piti to drink, also Lat pōtus drink, pōculum beaker (= pātra, P. patta). See also pāyeti to give drink, pāna, pānīya drink, pīta having drunk
neuter drinking Pv-a.251.
fr. pivati
see piṭharaka.
to grind, crush, destroy; Pass. pisīyati to perish Vv-a.335 (+ vināseti)
pp pisita.
= piṃsati
neuter grinding, powder see upa˚.
fr. piṃsati?
cp. Sk. piśāca & Vedic piśāci; to same root as pisuna = Vedic piśuna, & Lat. piget, Ohg. fēhida enmity = Ags. faehp (“feud”), connected with root of Goth. fijan to hate; thus pisāca = fiend
only in cpd. paṃsu˚; mud-sprite Ja.iv.380, Ja.iv.496; DN-a.i.287; Dhp-a.ii.26.
adjective noun only f. pisācinī a witch (= pisācī) Thag.1151.
fr. pisāca, lit. having a demon
feminine a tree-goblin Vin.i.152; Vin.ii.115, Vin.ii.134; Snp-a.357; cp. Vin. Texts i.318.
fr. pisāca
crushed, ground Vism.260 (= piṭṭha Kp-a id. p.); Vb-a.243.
pp. of pisati
Pass. of pisati (q.v.).
neuter a dial. expression for pātī or patta “bowl” MN.iii.235 (passage quite misunderstood by Neumann in his translation iii.414).
Sk. piśāla
adjective backbiting, calumnious, malicious MN.iii.33, MN.iii.49; Ja.i.297 Pp.57; Pv-a.15, Pv-a.16. Usually combined with vācā malicious speech, slander, pisuṇavācā and pisuṇāvācā DN.i.4 DN.i.138; DN.iii.70 sq., DN.iii.171, DN.iii.232, DN.iii.269; MN.i.362; MN.iii.23; adj pisuṇāvāca & MN.iii.22, MN.iii.48; SN.ii.167; Pp.39
■ Cp pesuna.
Vedic piśuṇa, see etym. under pisāca
having a spotted belly Kp-a.107 (ed. compares pṛṣodarādi Pāṇini vi.3, 109).
pṛṣa, i.e. pṛṣant + udara, see pasata1
neuter the spleen MN.iii.90; Snp.195; Ja.v.49 In detail at Vism.257; Vb-a.240.
cp. Sk. plihaṇaka & plīhan (also Vedic plāśi?), Av. spərəƶan; Gr. σπλήν, σπλάγξνα entrails Lat. lien spleen
neuter & -ā (f.) envying Dhs.1059; Snp-a.459 (˚sīla).
fr. piheti
cp. Vedic spṛhayati, spṛh
desired, envied, always combined with patthita Mil.182, Mil.351.
pp. of pihayati
feminine envy, desire MN.i.304; Ja.i.197; Vism.392 (Bhagavantaṃ disvā Buddha-bhāvāya pihaṃ anuppādetvā thita-satto nāma n’ atthi)
■ adj apiha without desire SN.i.181.
fr. spṛh, cp. Sk. spṛhā
feminine = pihanā Ne.18.
adjective covetous, only neg. a˚; SN.i.187 = Thag.1218; Snp.852; Mnd.227.
cp. Sk. spṛhālu, fr. spṛh, but perhaps = Ved. piyāru malevolent. On y → h cp. P. paṭṭhayati for paṭṭhahati
covered, closed, shut, obstructed (opp. vivaṭa) MN.i.118; MN.iii.61; SN.i.40; AN.ii.104; Mnd.149; Ja.i.266; Mil.102 (dvāra), Mil.161; Vism.185; DN-a.i.182 (˚dvāra).
pp. of pidahati
neuter a seat, chair, stool, bench.
4 kinds are given at Vin.iv.40 = Vin.iv.168, viz. masāraka bundikābaddha, kuḷirapādaka, āhaccapādaka (same categories as given under mañca)
■ Vin.i.47, Vin.i.180 Vin.ii.114, Vin.ii.149, Vin.ii.225; AN.iii.51 (mañca˚, dvandva); AN.iv.133 (ayo˚); Pts.i.176; Vv.1#1 (see discussed in detail at Vv-a.8); Vv-a.295 (mañca˚)
■ pāda˚; footstool Ja.iv.378; Vv-a.291; bhadda˚; state-chair, throne Ja.iii.410.
cp. Fpic Sk. pīṭha
a chair, stool Vv-a.8, Vv-a.124. See also palāla˚.
fr. pīṭha
feminine a bench, stool Vin.ii.149 (“cushioned chair” Bdhgh; see Vin. Texts iii.165); Ja.iv.349; DN-a.i.41; Vv-a.8.
fr. pīṭha
neuter
fr. prī, cp. pīti
pleased, gladdened, satisfied Vv.16#13 (= tuṭṭha Vv-a.84); Mil.238, Mil.249, Mil.361; usually in phrase pīṇitindriya with satisfied senses, with joyful heart MN.ii.121; Pv-a.46, Pv-a.70.
pp. of pīṇeti
to gladden please, satisfy, cheer; to invigorate, make strong, often in phrase (attānaṃ) sukheti pīṇeti “makes happy and pleases” DN.i.51; DN.iii.130 sq.; SN.i.90; SN.iv.331; Pv-a.283 cp. Dhs-a.403 (sarīraṃ p.). It also occurs in def. of pīti (pīṇayatī ti pīti) at Vism.143 = Dhs-a.115
pp pīṇita.
cp. Vedic prīṇāti, prī, see piya. The meaning in Pāli however has been partly confused with pī, pinvati (see pīna), as suggested by Bdhgh in DN-a.i.157: “pīṇentī ti pīṇitaṃ thāma- bal’ ûpetaṃ karonti”
pp. of pivati
adjective yellow, goldencoloured Vin.i.217 (virecana); DN.i.76 (nīla p. lohita odāta); DN.iii.268 (˚kasiṇa); MN.i.281 (pīta-nisita, belonging here or under pīta1?), cp. MN.i.385 (below); AN.iii.239 AN.iv.263, AN.iv.305, AN.iv.349; AN.v.61; Ja.vi.185 (nīla p. lohita odāta mañjeṭṭhaka), Ja.vi.449 (˚alankāra, ˚vasana ˚uttara, cp. Ja.vi.503); Dhs.203 (˚kasiṇa), Dhs.246, Dhs.247 (nīla p. lohitaka odāta); Vism.173 (˚kasiṇa)
■ pīta is prominent (in the sense of golden) in the description of Vimānas or other heavenly abodes. A typical example is Vv.47 (Pītavimāna v.1 & 2), where everything is characterised as pīta, viz. vattha, dhaja, alankāra, candana, uppala pāsāda, āsana, bhojana, chatta, ratha, assa, bījanī the C. expln of pīta at this passage is “suvaṇṇa”; cp Vv.36#1 (= parisuddha, hemamaya Vv-a.166); Vv.78#4 (= suvaṇṇamaya C. 304).
Epic Sk. pīta, etym. unclear
adjective yellow Vin.iv.159; Thig.260; Ja.ii.274; Pv.iii.1#3 (= suvaṇṇavaṇṇa Pv-a.170); Dhs.617 (nīla p. lohitaka odāta kāḷaka mañjeṭṭhaka); Thag-a.211 -pītakā (f.) saffron, turmeric MN.i.36.
fr. pīta
feminine emotion of joy, delight, zest exuberance. On term see Dhs. trsl. 11 and Cpd. 243 Classed under sankhārakkhandha, not vedanā˚-DN.i.37, DN.i.75; DN.iii.241, DN.iii.265, DN.iii.288; MN.i.37; SN.ii.30; SN.iv.236; AN.iii.26, AN.iii.285 sq.; AN.iv.411, AN.iv.450; AN.v.1 sq., AN.v.135, AN.v.311 sq. AN.v.333 sq.; Snp.257, Snp.687, Snp.695, Snp.969, Snp.1143 (= Bhagavantaṃ ārabbha p. pāmujjaṃ modanā pamodanā citti-odagyaṃ etc. Cnd.446); Mnd.3, Mnd.491; Pp.68; Dhs.9, Dhs.62, Dhs.86, Dhs.172 Dhs.584, Dhs.999; Ne.29; Vism.145 (& sukha in contrasted relation), Vism.212, Vism.287 (in detail); DN-a.i.53 (characterised by ānanda); Dhp-a.i.32; Sdhp.247, Sdhp.461. On relation to jhāna see the latter. In series pīti passaddhi samādhi upekkhā under sambojjhaṅga (with eleven means of cultivation: see Vism.132 & Vb-a.282)
■ Phrase; pītiyā sarīraṃ pharati “to pervade or thrill the body with joy” (aor. phari), at Ja.i.33; Ja.v.494; Dhp-a.ii.118 Dhp-a.iv.102; all passages refer to pīti as the fivefold pīti pañcavaṇṇā pīti, or joy of the 5 grades (see Dhs. trsl. 11, 12, and Cpd. 56), viz. khuddikā (slight sense of interest), khaṇikā (momentary joy), okkantikā (oscillating interest, flood of joy), ubbegā (ecstasy, thrilling emotion), and pharaṇā pīti (interest amounting to rapture, suffusing joy). Thus given at Dhs-a.115 Vism.143, referred to at Dhs-a.166
■ pīti as; nirāmisa (pure) and sāmisa (material) at MN.iii.85; SN.iv.235.
-gamanīya pleasant or enjoyable to walk MN.i.117 -pāmojja joy and gladness AN.iii.181. AN.iii.307 (˚pāmujja) Dhp.374; Dhp-a.iv.110; Kp-a.82. -pharaṇatā state of being pervaded with joy, joyous rapture, ecstasy DN.iii.277; Pts.i.48; Vb.334; Ne.89. -bhakkha feeding on joy (Ep. of the Ābhassara Devas) DN.i.17; DN.iii.28, DN.iii.84, DN.iii.90; AN.v.60; Dhp.200; AN.i.110; Dhp-a.iii.258; Sdhp.255 -mana joyful-hearted, exhilarated, glad of heart or mind MN.i.37; MN.iii.86; SN.i.181; AN.iii.21; AN.v.3; Snp.766 Mnd.3; Ja.iii.411; Vb.227. -rasa taste or emotion of joy Vv-a.86. -sambojjhaṅga the joy-constituent of enlightenment MN.iii.86; DN.iii.106, DN.iii.226, DN.iii.252, DN.iii.282 Eleven results of such a state are enumerated at Dhs-a.75 viz. the 6 anussatis, upam’ ânussati, lūkhapuggalaparivajjanatā siniddha-pug
■ sevanatā, pasādanīyasuttanta-paccavekkhaṇatā, tadadhimuttatā (cp. Vism.132 & Vb-a.282).; -sahagata followed or accompanied by joy, bringing joy Dhs.1578 (dhammā, various things or states); Vism.86 (samādhi). -sukha zest and happiness intrinsic joy (cp. Cpd. 56, 243) SN.i.203; DN.iii.131 DN.iii.222; Dhs.160; Vism.158; Thag-a.160. According to Dhs-a.166 “rapture and bliss,” cp. Expositor 222. -somanassa joy and satisfaction Ja.v.371; Snp.512; Pv-a.6, Pv-a.27, Pv-a.132.
cp. Class. Sk. prīti & Vedic prīta pp. of; prī, see pīneti & piya
(-˚) adjective belonging to joy; only as sappītika & nippītika; bringing joy & devoid of joy, with without exuberance (of sukha) AN.iii.26; AN.iv.300, AN.iv.441.
fr. pīti
adjective [fr. pīta1) drinking, only at Dhp.79 in cpd. dhamma˚; drinking in the Truth, explained as dhammapāyako dhammaṃ pivanto at Dhp-a.ii.126.
adjective fat swollen Thig.265 (of breasts).
cp. Epic Sk. pīna of pī to swell up (with fat); to which also Vedic pīvan & pīvara fat, Gr.; πιμελή & ππιμελή & πιον fat, Lat. opīmus fat, Ger. feist & fett = E. fat
a (sort of) boil Vism.35; see pilaka.
fr. pīd?
neuter oppression, injury, suffering (from dukkha) Vism.212 = Vism.494; also in nakkhatta˚ harm to a constellation, i.e. occultation Dhp-a.i.166 sq.
fr. pīḍ, cp. pīḷā
feminine
cp. Class. Sk. pīḍā fr. pīḍ
feminine eye-secretion Thig.395 (= akkhigūthaka Thag-a.259, q.v. for fuller expln; see also J.P.T.S. 1884, 88).
reading not quite sure, cp. koḷikā
crushed, oppressed, molested, harassed Vin.iv.261; Vism.415 (dubbhikkha˚); Dhp-a.iv.70 Thag-a.271. Cp. abhi˚, pa˚.
pp. of pīḷeti
pp pīḷita.
cp. Vedic pīḍayati, pīḍ, cp. Gr. πιέζω (*πισεδιω?) to press, oppress (lit. sit upon?)
as a term for Purgatory (niraya): see Bdhgh’s etym. of puggala Vism.310, as quoted under puggala.
Of the simplex no forms are found in Pāli proper. The base; puṃ occurs in pukusa (?), puggala (?), pungava pullinga; puṃs in napuṃsaka (cp. Prk. napuṃsaveya Pischel, Gram. § 412). The role of puṃs as contrast to itthi has in Pāli been taken over by purisa, except in itthi-pumā at the old passage DN.iii.85. The strong base is in P. puman (q.v.). See also posa1.
Vedic puṃs (weak base) and pumāṃs (strong base), often opp. to strī (woman, female); cp. putra & potaka
Name of a (Non-Aryan) tribe, hence designation of a low social class, the members of which are said (in the Jātakas) to earn their living by means of refuseclearing On the subject see Fick, Sociale Gliederung 206, 207
■ Found in foll. enumerations: khattiyā brāhmaṇā vessā suddā caṇḍāla-pukkusā AN.i.162 AN.iii.214; Ja.iii.194 (explained by C. chava-chaḍḍaka-caṇḍālā ca puppha-chaḍḍaka-pukkusā ca); Ja.iv.303; Pv.ii.6#12 Mil.5. Further as pukkusakula as the last one of the despised clans (caṇḍālakula, nesāda˚, veṇa˚, rathakāra˚ p.˚) at MN.iii.169; SN.i.94; AN.ii.85; Vin.iv.6 Pp.51. With nesāda at Pv-a.176
■ Cp. MN.iii.169.
non-Aryan; cp. Epic Sk. pukkuśa, pukkaśa pulkasa. The “Paulkāsa” are mentioned as a mixed caste at Vājasaneya Saṃhitā 30, 17 (cp. Zimmer, Altind Leben 217)
cp. Class. Sk. pudgala, etym. connected with puṃs, although the fantastic expln of native Commentators refers it to puṃ “a hell” and gal; so at Vism.310: “pun ti vuccati nirayo, tasmiṃ galantī ti puggalā”
adjective belonging to a single person, individual, separate Vin.i.250; Vin.ii.270. The BSk paudgalika at Divy.342 is used in a sense similar to the Vin passages. Divy Index gives, not quite correctly “selfish.”
fr. puggala
the feathered part of an arrow Ja.ii.89. Cp. ponkha.
cp. Epic Sk. punkha, etym. puṃ (base of puṃs) + kha (of khan), thus “man-digging”?
a bull, lit “male-cow,” AN.i.162; AN.ii.75 sq.; Snp.690; Ja.iii.81, Ja.iii.111; Ja.v.222, Ja.v.242, Ja.v.259, Ja.v.433; Snp-a.323. As-˚ in meaning “best, chief” Vism.78 (muni˚) Thag-a.69 (Tha-ap.5) (nara˚).
puṃ + gava (see go), cp. Class. Sk. pungava in both meanings
the Nimba tree, Azadirachta Indica Ja.iii.34; Ja.iv.205; Ja.vi.269 (˚thanī, of a woman nimba-phala-saṇṭhāna-thana-yuggalā C.).
fr. picumanda
feminine state of a rotten egg MN.i.357.
pūti + aṇḍa + tā, viâ *pūtyaṇḍatā
neuter a tail Dhs-a.365 (dog’s tail) See puñcikata.
cp. Vedic puccha (belonging with punar to Lat. puppis) & P. piccha
adjective asking, questioning Dhs-a.2, Dhs-a.3 (pañha˚).
fr. pṛch
■ See also anu˚, abhi˚, sam˚.
pṛcch, cp. Vedic pṛcchati = Lat. posco, postulo, with which connected also Lat. precor = Goth. fraihnan Ohg. frāgōn; Vedic praśna = P. pañha
neuter & -ā (f.) asking, enquiring, questioning Snp.504 (ā); Pv-a.121, Pv-a.223.
fr. pṛch
feminine a question Snp.1023; Snp-a.46, Snp-a.200, Snp-a.230. A system of questions (“questionnaire”) is given in the Niddesa (and Commentaries), consisting of 12 groups of three questions each. In full at Mnd.339, Mnd.340 = Nd ii.under pucchā (p. 208). The first group comprises the three adiṭṭha-jotanā pucchā, diṭṭha-saṃsandanā p., vimaticchedanā p. These three with addition of anumati p and kathetu-kamyatā p. also at DN-a.i.68 = Dhs-a.55. The complete list is referred to at Snp-a.159
■ apuccha (adj.) that which is not a question, i.e. that which should not be asked Mil.316
■ puccha-vissajjanā question and answer Pv-a.2
■ At Ne.18 p. occurs as quâsi synonym of icchā and patthanā.
cp. Class. Sk. pṛcchā = Ohg. forsca question
asked Snp.76, Snp.126, Snp.383, Snp.988, Snp.1005; Mnd.211; Kp-a.125 (˚kathā); Pv-a.2, Pv-a.13, Pv-a.51. Cp. puṭṭha.
pp. of pucchati
one who asks, a questioner MN.i.472; SN.iii.6 sq.; Snp.p.140.
n. ag. to pucchita
adjective to be honoured MN.iii.38 sq., MN.iii.77 sq.; AN.iii.78 (variant reading); Ne.52, Ne.56 (= pūjaniya C.). Compar. pujjatara MN.i.13; & see; pūja.
grd. of pūj, cp. Sk. pūjya
is wrong reading at Dhs.1059 in taṇhā paraphrase (pattern 1 Nd ii.taṇhā) for mucchañcikatā. The readings of id. p. are puñcikatā Dhs.1136, Dhs.1230; Vb.351, Vb.361 (variant reading pucchañji˚); mucchañci˚; at Mnd.8 (variant reading BB mucchañji˚, SS suvañci˚); Cnd.p.152 (variant reading BB pucchiñci˚, SS pupañci˚); pucchañjikatā Vb-a.477. The translation of Dhs gives “agitation” as meaning The C. (Dhs-a.365) reads puñcikạtā (vv.ll. puñcaṃ vikatā; pucañcikaka; pucchakatā) and connects it with pucchaṃ cāleti (wagging of a dog’s tail, hence “agitation”); Expositor ii.470 gives “fluster.” The C. on Vb (Vb-a.477) explains as “lābhan’ âlābhanaka-ṭṭhāne vedhanā kampanā nīcavuttatā,” thus “agitation.”
to wipe off, clean Vin.ii.208 (upāhanā), Vin.ii.210; AN.iv.376 (rajoharaṇaṃ suciṃ p., asuciṃ p. etc.); Ja.i.392 (akkhīni); Vism.63 (gabbha-malaṃ), Vism.415 = Kp-a.120; Ja.i.47 (assūni hatthehi p.); Kp-a.136 (paṃsukaṃ). The reading puñjati occurs at Ja.i.318 (akkhīni); Ja.v.182, Ja.vi.514, also as variant reading at AN.iv.376 (variant reading also muñcati: cp puñcikatā)
caus 2 puñchāpeti Vism.63. Cp pari˚.
cp. Sk. *proñchati, but BSk. poñcchate (variant reading puñchati & pocchate) Divy.491: upânahān mūlāc ca p.
adj. nt. wiping Vin.i.297 (mukha˚colaka); Vin.ii.208 (upāhana˚-colaka), Vin.ii.210. Cp. puñchanī.
fr. proñch
feminine a cloth for wiping, a towel Vin.ii.122; Thag.560 (pāda˚ napkin for the feet). See Vin. Texts iii.114.
see puñchana
(usually -˚) a heap, pile, mass, multitude Vin.ii.211; Ja.i.146 (sabba-rogānaṃ). As in foll. compounds: aṭṭhi˚ Iti.17 (+ aṭṭhikandala); kaṭṭha˚ AN.iii.408; AN.iv.72; Ja.ii.327; gūtha˚ Ja.ii.211; tiṇa˚ AN.iii.408; palāla˚ DN.i.71; MN.iii.3; AN.i.241; AN.ii.210 maṃsa˚ DN.i.52; vālika˚ Ja.vi.560; saṅkhāra˚ SN.i.135.
cp. Epic Sk. puñja
= puñja MN.iii.92 (˚jātāni aṭṭhikāni, where MN.i.89 at id. p. reads puñjakitāni); Mil.342 (palāla˚).
is a variant of puñchati (q.v.).
neuter merit meritorious action, virtue. Always represented as foundation and condition of heavenly rebirth & a future blissful state, the enjoyment (& duration) of which depends on the amount of merit accumulated in a former existence. With ref. to this life there are esp. 3 qualities contributing to merit, viz., dāna, sīla & bhāvanā or liberality, good conduct & contemplation These are the puñña-kiriya-vatthūni (see below) Another set of; ten consists of these 3 and apaciti, veyyāvacca patti-anuppadāna, abbhanumodanā, desanā savana, diṭṭh’ ujjuka-kamma. The opp. of puñña is either apuñña (DN.iii.119; SN.i.114; SN.ii.82; AN.i.154; AN.iii.412 Sdhp.54, Sdhp.75) or pāpa (Snp.520; Dhp.39; Ne.96; Pv-a.5) The true Arahant is above both (Pv.ii.6#15). See on term also Kvu trsl. 201
cp. (late) Vedic puṇya favourable, good; etym. not clear, it may be dialectical. The word is explained by Dhammapāla as “santānaṃ punāti visodheti, i.e. cleaning the continuation (of life) Vv-a.19, thus taken to pu. The expln is of course fanciful
adjective possessing merit, meritorious, virtuous Pts.ii.213; Vism.382; Dhp-a.i.340; Pv-a.75.
fr. puñña
orig. meaning “tube,” container, hollow pocket.
-aṃsa “bag-shoulder” (for “shoulder-bag,” cp aṃsapuṭa (assapuṭa) & Ger. rucksack = knapsack Rightly expld by Bdhgh at DN-a.i.288), a bag carrying provisions on journeys, hence “provision,” in phrase puṭaṃsena with provisions (variant reading at all places puṭosena DN.i.117; MN.iii.80; AN.ii.183; cp. Dialogues i.150; see also mutoḷī
■ pāka something cooked in a bag (like a meal-pudding) Vism.500. -baddha kind of moccasins Vin.i.186, see Vin. Texts ii.15. Spelt puṭa-bandha at Vism.251 = Vb-a.234. -bhatta “bag-food,” viaticum provisions for journey Ja.ii.423; Kp-a.46. -bheda the breaking of the container (i.e. seed boxes of the Sirīsa plant) Vv-a.344 (in vatthu where Sirīsa refers to Pāṭaliputta cp. Vv.8452, 53). -bhedana breaking of the (seed-) boxes of the Pāṭali plant, referring primarily to the Name of Pāṭali-putta, where putta represents a secondary Pālisation of Sk. ˚putra which again represents P (or Non-Aryan) puṭa (see Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 238 292). Through popular etym. a wrong conception of the expression arose, which took puṭa in the sense of “wares, provisions, merchandise” (perhaps influenced by puṭaṃsa) and, based on C. on Ud.88 (bhaṇḍakānaṃ mocara-ṭṭhānaṃ vuttaṃ hoti) gave rise to the (wrong translation Dial. ii.92 “a centre for interchange of all kinds of wares.” See also Mil translation i.2; Buddh. Suttas xvi
■ Vin.i.229 = DN.ii.87 = Ud.88. After the example of Pāṭaliputta applied to the city of Sāgala at Mil.1 (nānā-puṭa-bhedanaṃ S˚ nagaraṃ). Here clearly meant for “merchandise.”-Rh. D. in a note on puṭabhedana gives expln “a town at the confluence or bend of a river” (cp. Jaina Sūtras 2, 451).
etym. unknown, prob. dialectical, as shown by Name of Pāṭaliputta, where putta = puṭa since unfamiliar in origin
neuter a bag, pocket, knapsack or basket Ja.ii.83 (˚bhatta = provisions); DN-a.i.263; Dhp-a.ii.82 (variant reading piṭaka & kutaka); Dhp-a.iv.132 (pockets of a serpent’s hood). Cp. bhatta.
fr. puṭa
nourished, fed, strengthened, brought up Snp.831; Ja.iii.467.
pp. of puṣ (see poseti), Vedic puṣṭa
asked SN.ii.36; Snp.84, Snp.122, Snp.510 sq., Snp.1036; Dhp-a.iv.132; Pv-a.10 (after acc.), Pv-a.68, Pv-a.72 with samāno AN.i.197. See also pucchita.
pp. of pucchati, Vedic pṛsṭa
see phuṭṭha.
= Sk. spṛṣṭa, cp. Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 311
neuter the fact of being fed or brought up by Ja.ii.405 (vaḍḍhakinā ˚ā).
abstr. fr. puṭṭha1
one who has touched or come in direct contact with Thag-a.284.
fr. puṭṭha3, cp. same form in Prk. AMg. puṭṭhavaṃ = Sk. spṛṣṭavān: Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 569
neuter the white lotus DN.i.75 = AN.iii.26 (in sequence uppala padụma, p.); DN.ii.4 (Sikhī puṇḍarīkassa mūle abhisambuddho); MN.iii.93; SN.i.138, SN.i.204 = Ja.iii.309; AN.i.145 (uppala paduma p.); AN.ii.86 sq. (samaṇa˚ adj.); Snp.547; Ja.v.45, Ja.v.215 (˚ttac’ angī = ratta-paduma-patta-vaṇṇasarīrā); Vv.44#12 (= seta-kamala Vv-a.191); Pv.ii.12#2 Pv.iii.3#3 (pokkharaṇī bahu ˚ā); Pp.63; DN-a.i.219, DN-a.i.284 (sankho elo uppalo puṇḍarīko ti cattāro nidhayo). N of a hell SN.i.152; Snp.p.126 (here in sq. Uppalaka, Puṇḍ˚ Paduma).
Non-Aryan (?). Cp. Vedic puṇḍarīka
feminine a pool or pond of white lotuses DN.i.75≈(MN.iii.93; SN.i.138).
adj. pundarīkin, of puṇḍarīka
full seldom by itself (only passage so far pannarase puṇṇāya puṇṇamāya rattiyā DN.i.47 = Snp.p.139). nor-(only Snp.835 muttakarīsa˚), usually in compounds, and there mostly restricted to phrases relating to the full moon.
pp. of pṛ; Vedic pṛṇāti, Pass. pūryate, *pelē to fill; cp. Sk. prāṇa & pūrṇa = Av. pərəna; Lith. pílnas Lat. plēnus; Goth fulls = E. full = Ger voll
feminine fulness DN-a.i.140 (māsa˚ full-moon).
abstr. to puṇṇa
neuter fulness Snp-a.502.
abstr. ro puṇṇa
see muṭolī.
Vedic putra, Idg. *putlo = Lat. pullus (*putslos) young of an animal, fr. pōu, cp. Gr. παυς, παίς child Lat. puer, pubes, Av. pupra, Lith. putýtis (young animal or bird), Cymr. wyr grandchild; also Sk. pota(ka young animal and base pu-in pumaṃs, puṃs “man”.
fr. putta
neuter sonship Dhp-a.i.89.
fr. putta
adjective having sons SN.iv.249. Trenckner, Notes 6216 gives a f. *puttapatī for puttavatī, but without ref.
fr. putta
adjective having sons SN.i.6; Snp.33.
fr. *puttamant
(-˚) in Sakya˚; is compound Sakyaputta + iya “belonging to the son of the Sakyas” (i.e. to the Sakya prince) Pv-a.43
■ asakyaputtiya dhamma Vin.ii.297. Puthavi & Puthuvi
feminine the earth; as puthavi at SN.i.186; Ja.i.14 (variant reading puthuvi); Ja.iv.233, in compounds; -nābhi the navel of the earth (of the bodhimaṇḍa the Buddha’s seat under the holy fig tree Ja.iv.232; -maṇḍala the round of the earth Snp.990-As puthuvī at AN.ii.21, and in cpd. puthuvi-agga Snp-a.353.
doublets of paṭhavī
adjective
both Vedic pṛthak & pṛthu, lit. spread out, far & wide, flat, of Idg. *plēt broad, Sk.; prath to expand pṛthaḥ palm of hand Av. frapah breadth, cp. Gr. πλατύς broad, πλάτανος plane tree, Lith. platùs broad Lat. planta sole of foot, Ohg. flado pancake, Ags. flet ground, E. flat
rice in the ear Dhp-a.i.98 (˚agga as first gift of the field).
fr. puthu, cp. (late) Vedic pṛthuka “flat corn,” also “young of an animal,” with which cp. perhaps Gr. παρχένος: see Walde, Lat. Wtb. under virgo
an ordinary, average person (4 classes of ordinary people are discussed at Cpd. 49, 50) a common worldling, a man of the people, an ordinary man MN.i.1, MN.i.7, MN.i.135, MN.i.239, MN.i.323; MN.iii.64, MN.iii.227; SN.i.148; SN.ii.94 sq (assutạvā), SN.ii.151 (id.); SN.iii.46, SN.iii.108, SN.iii.162; SN.iv.157, SN.iv.196, SN.iv.201 (assutavā), SN.iv.206 sq.; SN.v.362 (opp. to sotāpanna); AN.i.27 AN.i.147 (maraṇa-dhammin), AN.i.178, AN.i.267; AN.ii.129, AN.ii.163; AN.iii.54, AN.iv.68, AN.iv.97, AN.iv.157, AN.iv.372; Snp.351, Snp.455, Snp.706, Snp.816, Snp.859; Dhp.59 Dhp.272; Vv.82#6 (= anariya Vv-a.321, + anavabodha) Mnd.146, Mnd.248; Pts.i.61 sq., Pts.i.143, Pts.i.156; Pts.ii.27; Dhs.1003 (cp. Dhs-a.248 sq.); Vism.311 (= anariya); Vb-a.133 (avijj’ âbhikhūta, bhava-taṇh’ âbhibhūta), Vb-a.186 (ummat taka, opposed to upabrūhita-ñāṇa-purisa, exemplifying upādāna and kamma); Dhp-a.i.5 (opp. ariyasāvaka), Dhp-a.i.445 Sdhp.363.
*prthag-jana, thus puthu 1 + jana, but from the point of Pali identical in form and meaning with puthu 2, as shown by use of puthu in similar compounds and by C. explains. One may even say that puthu 1 = pṛthak is not felt at all in the P. word. Trenckner (Notes 76 already hinted at this by saying “puthujjana, partly confounded with puthu”; a connection which also underlies its expln as “one-of-the-many-folk” at Kvu translation 807 & 2913. It is felt to belong to puthu 2 in the same sense as Ger. “die breite Masse,” or Gr. οἱ πολλοί. The expln at Mnd.308 = Mnd.328 is puthu-nānā-janā. A long and detailed etym
■ speculation expln of the term is found at DN-a.i.59, trsld at Dhs translation 258. The BSk. form is pṛthagjana Divy.133 etc.
feminine common-place character SN.i.187 = Thag.1217.
abstr. fr. puthujjana
adjective common, ordinary Ja.i.360 (of iddhi).
fr. puthujjana
neuter being at variance, diversity SN.ii.77 (opp ekatta; variant reading SS puthatta). At AN.iv.97 we have to read puth’ attānaṃ for puthuttānaṃ which has nothing to do with puthutta, but is puthu + attānaṃ as borne out by variant reading puthujj’ attānaṃ, and by AA: puthu nānākāraṇehi attānaṃ hanti.
fr. puthu, cp. Sk. *pṛthutva; not with Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. = Sk. pṛthaktva, speciality peculiarity
adjective broad, large, flat Ja.iii.16 (˚sīsa flat-headed); Ja.vi.171 (˚antaraṃsa flat-chested); Mil.121 (of a river); Vv-a.301 (˚gambhīra)
■ abl. puthulato (as adv.) across Dhp-a.i.396.
fr. puthu
adverb broadly, i.e. diversely, at variance Snp.891, Snp.892 (= puthu-diṭṭhi-gata Mnd.301).
abl. of puthu
see gāma˚; (Vin.ii.105 with Bdhgh note on p. 315).
indeclinable again. There are several forms of this adv., but puna has to be considered as the orig. Pali form. The form puno is doubtful; if authentic, a Sanskritisation; only found at Thag-a.71 (Tha-ap.38; variant reading puna) & Tha-ap.72 (Tha-ap.41, variant reading puna). The sandhi; r is preserved only in metre and in compn.. That it is out of fashion even in metre is shown by a form punā where ā is the regular metrical lengthening instead of ar (Ja.iii.437: na hi dāni punā atthi; variant reading puna). Besides this the r is apparent in the doubling of the first consonants of compounds (punappunaṃ, punabbhava); it is quite lost in the enclitic form pana
■ We find r in punar āgami Snp.339; punar āgato Ja.i.403 (= puna āgato Ja.i.403 (= puna āgato, ra-kāro sandhivasena vutto C.); in compounds: punar- abhiseka see J.P.T.S. 1885 49; a-punar -āvattitā the fact of not turning back Mil.276 (cp. Prk. apuṇar-avatti Pischel, § 343). Otherwise r stands on the same level as other sandhi (euphonic) consonants (like m. & d., see below), as in; puna-r-eva Dhp.338; Pv.ii.8#7; Pv.ii.11#6. We have m in puna-m-upāgamuṃ Snp.306; puna by itself is rarely found, it is usually combined with other emphatic part like eva and api. The meaning is “again,” but in enclitic function (puna still found Snp.677, Snp.876, otherwise pana); it represents “however, but, now” (cp same relation in Ger. abermals: aber), similar to the development in Prk. puṇo vi & puṇar avi “again” puna “now” (Pischel Gr. § 342)
■ puna by itself at Snp-a.597; Pv-a.3, Pv-a.45; Mhvs.14, Mhvs.12. doubled as punappunaṃ SN.i.174; Thag.531, Thag.532; Snp.728, Snp.1051; Dhp.117 Dhp.118, Dhp.325, Dhp.337; Ja.v.208; Snp-a.107; Pv-a.45, Pv-a.47; punappuna at Dhp-a.ii.75; as puna-d-eva at DN.i.60, DN.i.142; Pv.ii.11#3 (variant reading); Vism.163; Dhp-a.ii.76; puna-m-eva Pv.ii.11#3; puna pi once more Ja.i.279; Pv-a.67, Pv-a.74 puna-p-pi Ja.v.208. The phrase puna c’ aparaṃ “and again something else” stands on the same level as the phrase aparo pi (apare pi), with which one may compare the parallel expressions puna-divase: aparadivase all of which show the close relation between pi puna, apara, but we never find para in these connections Trenckner’s (& following him Oldenberg in Vin and Hardy in A etc.) way of writing; puna ca paraṃ (e.g. Mil.201, Mil.388, Mil.418 etc.) is to be corrected to puna c’ aparaṃ, cp. punâpara Snp.1004; Cp.iii.6#1.
cp. Vedic punar, punaḥ, to base *pŭ (related to *apo: see apa), as in puccha tail, Lat puppis, poop, Gr. πύματος the last; orig. meaning “behind”
cp. Vedic pavate, punāti, pū to cleanse, as in Lat. purus clean, purgo, Ohg. fowen to sift also Gr. πϋρ (cp. P. pāvaka) = Ohg. fūir = E. fire, Armen. hur, lit “cleansing,” see also puñña
to experience (over & over) again: in this meaning at Iti.1 sq. & Mnd.202 Cnd.337 (kilese na p. na pacceti etc.); perhaps also at Thag.533 (sattayugaṃ), although Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. takes it = punāti and Mrs. Rh. D. translates “lifts to lustrous purity.”
Caus. fr. puna? or = punāti?
a species of tree Ja.i.9 (˚puppha); Ja.vi.530; Kp-a.50 (aggacchinna˚-phala), Kp-a.53 (id.).
dial.?
neuter a flower Vin.ii.123; SN.i.204 = Ja.iii.308; Snp.2, Snp.5; Dhp.47 sq.; Dhp.377; Vism.430; Snp-a.78 (paduma˚); Vv-a.73; Pv-a.127; Sdhp.550- pupphāni (pl.) Vb-a.255 (of 32 colours, in simile), Vb-a.292 sq. (for Cetiya-worship)
■ adj. -puppha in ghana thick with flowers DN-a.i.87
■ Cp. pokkharatā.
Vedic puṣpa according to Grassmann for *puṣka fr. puṣ (?) see poseti
neuter blood: see pupphaka pupphavatī. With ref. to the menses at Ja.v.331.
cp. Class. Sk. puṣpa “les fleurs” in strī˚; the menses Am. Kośa 3, 4, 30, 233 and Mārk. Pur. 51 42. Similarly phala is used in the sense of “menstruation”: see BR s. v. phala 12
neuter blood Ja.iii.541 (variant reading pubbaka; C. = lohita); Mil.216 (tiṇa˚-roga, a disease, Kern “hay-fever”). Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. trsls the Ja passage with “vuil, uitwerpsel.”
fr. puppha2
to flower Ja.i.76 (aor. ˚iṃsu); Pv-a.185 (= phalati)
pp pupphita.
puṣp
feminine a menstruous woman Mil.126.
fr. puppha2, but cp. Vedic puṣpavat flowering
flowering, in blossom SN.i.131 = Thig.230 (su˚); Vv.35#4; Ja.i.18; Mil.347; Thag-a.69 (Ap. v. 12); Dhp-a.i.280; Dhp-a.ii.250 (su˚).
pp. of pupphati
adjective bearing flowers; in nīlapupphī (f.) Name of a plant (“with blue flowers”) Ja.vi.53.
fr. puppha1 cp. Vedic puṣpin
pus, matter, corruption MN.i.57; MN.iii.90; SN.i.150; SN.ii.157; AN.i.34; Ja.ii.18; Mil.382; Pv-a.80
■ In detail discussed (as one of the 32 ākāras) at Vism.261, Vism.360; Kp-a.62; Vb-a.244
■ Often in combination pubba-lohita matter & blood, e.g. Snp.p.125; Snp.671; Ja.v.71; Dhp-a.i.319; as food of the Petas Pv.i.6#9; Pv.i.9#1 (lohita-pubba); Pv.i.11#8; Pv.ii.2#6. pubba-vaṭṭi a lump of matter Dhp-a.iii.117.
Vedic pūya → *pūva → *puvva → pubba (Geiger, Pali Grammar § 46#1); cp. pūyati to smell rotten, Lat. pūs = E pus, Gr. πύχω to rot, πύον matter; Vedic pūti smelling foul; Goth. fūls = E. foul
adjective previous, former, before. The adj. never occurs in abs. forms by itself (for which see pubbaka), it is found either as-˚ or ˚-or in cases as adv. The phrase pubbam antam anissita Snp.849 is poetical for pubbantam.
Vedic pūrva, to Idg. *per, see pari & cp. Goth. fram = from; Gr. πρόμος first, Goth. fruma = As formo first, Av. pourvō, also Sk. pūrvya = Goth. frauja = Ohg. frō Lord, frouwa = Ger. frau. See also Lat prandium, provincia
adjective
fr. pubba2
occurs only in one phrase (gattāni pubbāpayamāno) at MN.i.161 & AN.iii.345 ≈ AN.iii.402 in meaning “drying again”; at both A pass. the vv. ll (glosses) are “sukkhāpayamāno” and “pubba-sadisāni kurumāno”; to the M. pass. cp. Trenckner’s notes on p. 543, with the BB expln of the word (= pubbabhāvaṃ gamayamāno), also Neumann, Majjh. translation i.260. The similar passage at SN.i.8, SN.i.10 has “gattāni sukkhāpayamāno” as T. reading and “pubbāpayamāno” as variant reading BB.
Denom. fr. pubba2
˚- in compounds: “in a former existence”: -kata (nt.) deeds done in a past life MN.ii.217 = AN.i.173 (˚hetu); Ja.v.228 (˚vādin fatalist) Ne.29 (˚punnata). -nivāsa [cp. BSk. pūrve-nivāsasaṃprayuktaṃ Mvu.iii.224, otherwise as pūrvanivāsa Divy.619] abode in a former life, one’s former state of existence DN.ii.1, DN.ii.2; DN.iii.31 sq., DN.iii.50 sq., DN.iii.108 sq DN.iii.230, DN.iii.281; MN.i.278; MN.ii.21; MN.iii.12; SN.i.167; AN.i.164 sq. Iti.100; Snp.647; Dhp.423; Pp.61; Vism.411 (remembered by 6 classes of individuals); Thag-a.74, Thag-a.197. pubbe-nivās’ ānussati (-ñāṇa) (knowledge of) remembrance of one’s former state of existence, one of the faculties of an Arahant (cp. AN.i.164 sq., and Cpd. 64; DN.iii.110, DN.iii.220; MN.i.35, MN.i.182, MN.i.248, MN.i.278, MN.i.496; Dhs.1367 Ne.28, Ne.103; Vism.433; Vb-a.373 sq., Vb-a.401, Vb-a.422 Tikp. 321
■ See also under nivāsa and cp. Vism ch. xiii, pp. 410 sq.
loc. of pubba2, see pubba2 3
to blow, aor. pumi Ja.i.171; ger. pumitvā Ja.i.172. See J.P.T.S. 1889 207 (?).
onomat. *pu to blow, cp. Gr. φυσα blowing, bubble, φυσάω blow, Lat. pustula = pustule, Sk. *pupphusa = P. papphasa lung, phutkaroti blow, etc., see Uhlenbeck Ai. Wtb. s. v. pupphusa
(Pumā) a male, a man, nom sg. pumo D n.273; Cp.ii.6#2; instr. pumunā Ja.vi.550. nom. pl pumā DN.iii.85 (itthi-pumā men & women; variant reading K ˚purisā); Ja.iii.459; acc. sg. pumaṃ Ja.v.154 (gata, cp purisantara-gata)
■ On decl. cp. Müller, P.Gr. p. 79 Greiger, Pali Grammar § 93#5.
see puṃs
base of adv. & prep. denoting “before”; abl. purato (adv. & prep. in front of (with gen.), before (only local) Vin.i.179 Vin.ii.32; DN.ii.14 (mātu); SN.i.137; Pv.i.11#1, Pv.i.11#3 (opp pacchā); Pv.ii.8#6 (janâdhipassa); DN-a.i.152; Pv-a.5 (purisassa), Pv-a.22, Pv-a.39 (tassa). Often repeated (distributively purato purato each time in front, or in front of each, or continuously in front Vin.ii.213; Vism.18; cp. pacchato pacchato.
Otherwise *pura occurs only in foll der.: 1 adverbial: *puraḥ in purakkharoti, purekkhāra purohita; purā, pure, puratthaṃ, puratthato. 2 adjectival: purāṇa, puratthima, purima.
on etym. see purā, purāṇa, pure
neuter
■ Cp. porin.
Vedic pur. f., later Sk. puraṃ nt. & purī f.
honoured, esteemed, preferred DN.i.50; MN.i.85; SN.i.192, SN.i.200; Snp.199, Snp.421 Snp.1015; Mnd.154; Dhp.343 (= parivārita Dhp-a.iv.49) Ja.ii.48 (˚parivārita); Pv.iii.7#1 (= payirupāsita Pv-a.205); DN-a.i.152 (= purato nisinna); Thag-a.170. Cp purekkhata.
pp. of purakkharoti
to put in front, to revere, follow, honour; only in foll sporadic forms: ppr. purakkharāna holding before oneself, i.e. looking at SN.iii.9 sq.; aor. 3rd pl. purakkharuṃ Mil.22; ger. purakkhatvā MN.i.28; Snp.969 Mnd.491; Ja.v.45 (= purato katvā C.); Pv-a.21, Pv-a.141. purakkhata pp. (q.v.). See also purekkhāra.
fr. puraḥ, cp. Ved. puras-karoti, see pure
adverb
for Vedic purastāt, fr. puraḥ, see *pura
adverb in front, coram Snp.416 (sic, variant reading BB purakkhato); Ja.vi.242.
fr. puratthaṃ, cp. BSk. purastataḥ Mvu.ii.198
adjective eastern DN.i.153; SN.i.144; Ja.i.71 (˚âbhimukha: Gotama facing E. under the Bo tree).
fr. *pura, cp. Prk. (AMg.) puratthima, acc. to Pischel, Gr. § 602 a der. fr. purastāt (= P puratthaṃ) as *purastima, like *pratyastima (= paccatthima) fr. *pratyastaṃ
indeclinable prep. c. abl. “before” (only temporal) Vin.iv.17 (purāruṇā = purā aruṇā before dawn); Snp.849 (purā bhedā before dissolution (of the body), after which the Suttanta is named Purābhedasutta, cp. Mnd.210 sq. explained by sarīra-bhedā pubbaṃ at Snp-a.549).
Vedic purā; to Idg. *per, cp. Goth. faúr = Ags. for = E. (be-) fore; also Lat. prae = Gr. παραί = Sk pare
adjective
Venic purāṇa, fr. *per, cp. Sk. parut in former years, Gr. πέρυσι = Lith. pernai, Goth. fairneis Ohg. firni = Ger. firn (last year’s snow), forn formerly ferro far
adjective belonging to the past, former, old Ne-a.194.
fr. purā, cp. sanātana in formation
“townbreaker,” a name of Sakka (Indra) DN.ii.260; SN.i.230; Vv.37#4, Vv.62#2; Pv-a.247.
distorted fr. Vedic puraṃ-dara, pura + dṛ; to break, see darī, thus “breaker of fortresses,” epithet of Indra (& Agni). The P. Commentator (Vv-a.171) of course takes it popularly as “pure dānaṃ dadātī ti Purindado ti vuccati,” thus pure + dā; see also Trenckner, Notes 596; Geiger, Pali Grammar § 44#3
adjective preceding, former, earlier, before (opp pacchima) DN.i.179; Snp.773, Snp.791, Snp.1011; Mnd.91; Ja.i.110; Snp-a.149 (˚dhura); Pv-a.1, Pv-a.26. In sequence p. majjhima pacchima; past, present, future (or first, second last) DN.i.239 sq.; DN-a.i.45 sq. and passim
■ purimatara = purima Ja.i.345 (˚divase the day before).
compar
■ superl. formation fr. *pura, cp. Sk. purima
adjective previous, first Vin.ii.167 (opp. pacchimaka). f. -ika Vin.i.153.
fr. purima
man (as representative of the male sex, contrasted to itthi woman, e.g. at AN.iii.209; AN.iv.197; Ja.i.90; Ja.v.72; Pv-a.51). Definitions of the C. are “puriso nāma manussa-puriso na yakkho na peto etc.” (i.e. man κα ̓τ ἐςοξήν) Vin.iv.269 (the same expln for purisa-puggala at Vin.iv.214); “seṭṭh’ aṭṭhena puri setī ti puriso ti satto vuccati” Vv-a.42–
according to Geiger, Gr. § 303 the base is *pūrṣa, from which the Vedic form puruṣa, and the Prk
■ P. form purisa. The further contraction *pussa *possa yielded posa (q.v.). From the Prk. form puliśa (Māgadhī) we get pulla
noun adjective
fr. purisa
neuter manhood, virility Dhs.634, Dhs.715, Dhs.839.
abstr. fr. purisa
neuter manhood Mil.171.
= purisatta, cp. Trenckner, Notes 7037
indeclinable before (both local & temporal), thus either “before, in front” or “before, formerly, earlier.” In both meanings the opp. is pacchā -
is the genuine representative (with Māgadhī e) of Vedic puraḥ, which also appears as *puro in purohita, as *pura in purakkharoti. It belongs to base Idg. *per (cp. pari), as in Cr. πάρος before, earlier πρέσβυς “preceding in life,” i.e. older; Ohg. first
= purakkhata Snp.849, Snp.859, (a˚); Mnd.73, Mnd.214.
to honour etc. Snp.794 = Snp.803; ppr. purekkharāna Snp.844 Snp.910.
for purakkharoti, pure = Sk. puraḥ
deference, devotion, honour; usually -˚ (adj.) devoted to honouring DN.i.115; Vin.iii.130; Vin.iv.2, Vin.iv.277; Mnd.73, Mnd.214; Dhp.73 (= parivāra Dhp-a.ii.77); Vv.34#14 (attha˚ hitesin Vv-a.152); Vb-a.466 (˚mada); Vv-a.72.
for purakkhāra, puraḥ + kṛ; see pure
feminine deference to (-˚) Dhp-a.iv.181 (attha˚).
abstr. fr. purekkhāra
purah + pp. of dhā, ch. Vedic purohita
shrivelled grain Mil.232 (sukka-yava˚ of dried barley); Dhp-a.ii.154 (SS; T. reads mūlakaṃ which is explained by Bdhgh as “nitthusaṃ katvā ussedetvā gahita-yava-taṇḍula vuccanti” ibid). Here belongs pulasa-patta of Ja.iii.478. (vv.ll. pulā˚, mūlā˚ mulā˚; explained by C. as “saṇhāṇi pulasa-gaccha-paṇṇāni, thus taking pulasa as a kind of shrub, prob. because the word was not properly understood).
cp. Sk. pulāka, Halāyudha 5, 43; not Sk. pulaka, as Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. for which see also Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. pilus
a worm, maggot MN.iii.168; Snp.672; Ja.iii.177; Ja.vi.73; Mil.331, Mil.357 Vism.179 (= kimi) Dhp-a.iii.106, Dhp-a.iii.411. See next.
etym.? dial; cp. Class. Sk. pulaka erection of the hairs of the body, also given by lexicographers (Hemachandra 1202) in meaning “vermin”
(BB puḷuvaka) = puḷava Dhp-a.iv.46; Vv-a.76; Pv-a.14. One of the (asubha) kammaṭṭhānas is called p. “the contemplation (˚saññā idea) of the worminfested corpse” SN.v.131; Dhs.264; Vism.110, Vism.179 (puḷu˚), Vism.194 (id.; as asubha-lakkhaṇa); Dhp-a.iv.47 See also asubha.
see pulaka.
(nt.)
cp. Epic Sk. pulina, also Halāyudha 3, 48
man, only in cpd. pulliṅga (= purisa-linga) membrum virile, penis Ja.v.143 (where explained by C. as uṇha-chārikā pl. “hot embers”; the pass. is evidently misunderstood; variant reading BB phull˚).
a contracted form of purisa (q.v.)
at Mnd.90 in compounds -tila, ˚tela, dantakaṭṭha, mattikā, etc. is probably to be read with variant reading phussa˚ meaning not quite clear (“natural, raw”?).
at Ja.vi.39 read phussa˚; (q.v.).
neuter heap, quantity; either as n. with gen or as adj. = many, a lot Snp.1073 (pūgaṃ vassānaṃ bahūni vassāni Cnd.452); Pv.iv.7#9 (pūgāni vassāni) Vb-a.2 (khandhaṭṭha, piṇḍ˚, pūg˚).
etym.? cp. Vedic pūga in meaning of both pūga1 & pūga2
masculine corporation, guild Vin.ii.109, Vin.ii.212; Vin.iv.30, Vin.iv.78, Vin.iv.226, Vin.iv.252; MN.iii.48; AN.iii.300; Ud.71 Pp.29 (= seṇi Pp-a 210).
see preceding
the betel-palm, betel nut tree Ja.v.37 (˚rukkha-ppamāṇaṃ ucchu-vanaṃ).
Class. Sk. pūga
adjective to be honoured, honourable AN.iii.78 (variant reading; T. pūjja); Ja.iii.83 (apūja apūjanīya C.); pūjaṃ karoti to do homage Vism.312. See also pūjiya.
Epic Sk. pūjya, cp. pujja
feminine veneration, worship AN.ii.203 sq.; Dhp.106, Dhp.107; Pp.19; Dhs.1121; Mil.162. Pujaneyya & Pujaniya;
fr. pūjeti
to be honoured, entitled to homage SN.i.175; Snp-a.277; -īya Ja.iii.83 Sdhp.230, Sdhp.551.
grd. of pūjeti
feminine honour, worship, devotional attention AN.i.93 (āmisa˚, dhamma˚); AN.v.347 sq.; Snp.906; Dhp.73, Dhp.104; Pv.i.5#5; Pv.i.5#12; Dpvs.vii.12 (cetiya˚); Snp-a.350; Pv-a.8; Sdhp.213, Sdhp.230, Sdhp.542, Sdhp.551.
fr. pūj, see pūjeti
honoured, revered, done a service SN.i.175, SN.i.178; SN.ii.119; Thag.186; Snp.316; Ud.73 (sakkata mānita p. apacita); Pv.i.4#2 (= paṭimānita C.); Pv.ii.8#10.
pp. of pūjeti
worthy to be honoured Snp.527; Ja.v.405; Sdhp.542.
= pūja, Sk. pūjya
one who shows attention or care AN.v.347 sq., AN.v.350 sq.
n. ag. fr. pūjeti
to honour, respect, worship, revere Snp.316 (Pot. pūjayeyya), Snp.485 (imper. pūjetha); Dhp.106 Dhp.195; DN-a.i.256; Pv-a.54 (aor. sakkariṃsu garukkariṃsu mānesuṃ pūjesuṃ); Sdhp.538
pp pūjita (q.v.).
pūj, occurring in Rigveda only in śācipūjana RV viii.16, 12
adjective putrid, stinking, rotten, fetid DN.ii.353 (khaṇḍāni pūtīni); MN.i.73, MN.i.89 = MN.iii.92 (aṭṭhikāni pūtīni); Vin.iii.236 (anto˚); SN.iii.54; Pv.i.3#2; Pv.i.6#1 (= kuṇapagandha Pv-a.32); Vism.261 (= pūtika at Kp-a.61), Vism.645 (˚pajā itthi, in simile); Pv-a.67; Sdhp.258
■ See also puccaṇḍatā.
cp. Sk. pūti, pūyati to fester; Gr. πύχω, πϋον = pus; Lat. pūtidus putrid; Goth. fūls = Ger. faul, E foul
adjective = pūti MN.i.449; SN.v.51; AN.i.261; Ja.i.164; Ja.ii.275; Mil.252; Dhp-a.i.321; Dhp-a.iii.111; Vv-a.76
■ apūtika not rotten, fresh MN.i.449; AN.i.261; Ja.v.198; Mil.252.
a special kind of cake, baked or boiled in a bag Ja.v.46 (˚pasibbaka cake-bag); Dhp-a.i.319 (jāla˚ net-cake variant reading pūva). See also pūva.
cp. Epic Sk. pūpa; “a rich cake of wheaten flour” Halāyudha, 2, 164; and BSk. pūpalikā Avs.ii.116
adjective full; full of (with gen.) DN.i.244 (nadī); MN.i.215; MN.iii.90, MN.iii.96; AN.iv.230; Snp.195, Snp.721; Ud.90 (nadī); Ja.i.146; Pv.iv.3#13 (= pānīyena puṇṇa Pv-a.251); Pp.45, Pp.46; Pv-a.29
■ dup˚; difficult to fill Ja.v.425
■ pūraṃ (-˚) nt. as adv. in kucchi-pūraṃ to his belly’s fill Ja.iii.268; Vism.108 (udara-pūra-mattaṃ).
cp. Class. Sk. pūra; fr. pṛ; see pūreti
adjective filling (-˚) Vism.106 (mukha˚).
= pāra + ka
adjective noun
fr. pūreti
neuter getting or being full, fulness Vin.ii.239 (opp. unattaṃ).
abstr. fr. pūra
sacrificial cake (brahmanic), oblation Snp.459 (= carukañ ca pūvañ ca Snp-a.405), Snp.467 Snp.479 (= havyasesa C.), 486.
cp. Vedic puroḍāśa
filled with (-˚), full Pv.ii.1#20 (= paripuṇṇa Pv-a.77); Pv-a.134.
pp. of pūreti
pp puṇṇa. See also pari˚. Caus. ii. pūrāpeti to cause to fill SN.ii.259; Ja.i.99.
Caus. of pṛ; pṛṇāti to fill, intrs. pūryate, cp. Lat. pleo; Gr. πίμ πλημι, πλήχω, πολύς much, Goth. filu Ger. viel; Ohg. folc = folk
a cake, baked in a pan (kapalla) AN.iii.76; Ja.i.345 (kapalla˚ pan-cake), Ja.i.347, Ja.iii.10 (pakka˚); Vv.13#6; Vv.29#6 (= kapalla-pūva Vv-a.123); Pv.iv.3#13 (= khajjaka Pv-a.251); Vism.108 (jāla net-cake, cp. jāla-pūpa), Vism.359 (pūvaṃ vyāpetvā, in comp.); Vb-a.65, Vb-a.255 (simile of woman going to bake a cake); Kp-a.56; DN-a.i.142; Vv-a.67, Vv-a.73 (˚surā, one of the 5 kinds of intoxication liquors, see surā); Pv-a.244 See also Vin. Texts i.39 (sweetmeats, sent as presents).
cp. Sk. pūpa; with v for p
a cake-seller, confectioner Mil.331.
fr. pūva
adjective (-˚) looking out for, i.e. intent upon, wishing usually in puñña˚; desirous of merit SN.i.167; Dhp.108 (= puññaṃ icchanto Dhp-a.ii.234); Vv.34#21 (= puññaphalaṃ ākankhanto Vv-a.154); Pv-a.134.
cp. Sk. prekṣā f. & prekṣaka adj.; fr. pa + īks
adjective to be looked for, to be expected, desirable Ja.vi.213.
grd. of pekkhati, Sk. prekṣya
adjective (-˚) seeing, looking at; wishing to see Thag-a.73 (Tha-ap.59), f. -ikā SN.i.185 (vihāra˚).
fr. pekkha1
neuter seeing, sight, look DN-a.i.185, DN-a.i.193; Kp-a.148 (= dassana).
fr. pa + īkṣ
to behold, regard, observe, look at DN.ii.20; SN.iv.291; Ja.vi.420
ppr pekkhamāna Vin.i.180; Snp.36 sq. (= dakkhamāna Cnd.453), Snp.1070, Snp.1104; Pv.ii.3#7; Vism.19 (disā-vidisaṃ). gen. pl. pekkhataṃ Snp.580 (cp. Snp-a.460)
caus pekkheti to cause one to behold, to make one see or consider Vin.ii.73; AN.v.71
■ Cp. anu˚.
pa + īkṣ
desirous of (loc.) Ja.v.403. Pek(k)ha
fr. pekkhā
feminine
fr. pa + īkṣ
adjective looking (in front), in phrase yugamattaṃ p. “looking only the distance of a plough Mil.398.
fr. pekkhati
(pekkh˚) neuter
not with Childers fr. *pakṣman, but with Pischel, Gr. § 89 fr. Sk. prenkhaṇa a swing Vedic prenkha, fr. pra + īṅkh, that which swings through *prenkhuṇa → prekhuṇa → pekhuṇa
“after having gone past,” i.e. after death, having departed SN.i.182; SN.iii.98; AN.ii.174 sq.; AN.iii.34, AN.iii.46, AN.iii.78; Snp.185, Snp.188 Snp.248, Snp.598, Snp.661; Iti.111; Dhp.15, Dhp.131 (= paraloke Dhp-a hi.51); Ja.i.169; Ja.v.489, Pv.i.11#9; Pv.iii.7#5 (variant reading pacca) The form peccaṃ under influence of Prk. (AMg.) peccā (see Pischel, Prk. Gr. 587) at Ja.vi.360.
ger. of pa + i, cp. BSk. pretya Jtm.31#54
adjective “what belongs to the Piṭaka,” as title of a non-canonical book for the usual Peṭak’ opadesa “instruction in the Piṭaka.” dating from the beginning of our era (cp. Geiger, P.Gr. p. 18), mentioned at Vism.141; Dhs-a.165. Cp. tipeṭaka, see also piṭaka.
fr. piṭaka
feminine a species of bird (crane?) Mil.364, Mil.402; shortened to peṇāhi at Mil.407 (in the uddāna). Cp. Mil trsl. ii.343.
dial.; etym. uncertain
is variant reading for paṇṇakata Npl. at Vv.45#5 sq. (see Vv-a.197).
dead, departed, the departed spirit. The Buddhistic peta represents the Vedic pitaraḥ (manes, cp. pitṛyajña), as well as the Brāhmaṇic preta. The first are souls of the “fathers,” the second ghosts, leading usually a miserable existence as the result (kammaphala) or punishment of some former misdeed (usually avarice) They may be raised in this existence by means of the dakkhiṇā (sacrificial gift) to a higher category of mahiddhikā petā (alias yakkhas), or after their period of expiation shift into another form of existence (manussa, deva, tiracchāna). The punishment in the Nirayas is included in the peta existence. Modes of suffering are given SN.ii.255; cp K.S. ii, 170 p. On the whole subject see Stede, Die Gespenstergeschichten des Peta Vatthu, Leipzig 1914; in the Peta Vatthu the unhappy ghosts are represented, whereas the Vimāna Vatthu deals with the happy ones.
-upapattika born as a peta Pv-a.119. -katha (pubba˚ tales (or talk) about the dead (not considered orthodox DN.i.8, cp. DN-a.i.90; AN.v.128. -kicca duty towards the deceased (i.e. death-rites) Ja.ii.5; Dhp-a.i.328. -rājā king of the Petas (i.e. Yama) Ja.v.453 (˚visayaṃ na muñcati “does not leave behind the realm of the Petaking”); C. explains by petayoni and divides the realm into petavisaya and kālakañjaka-asura-visaya
■ yoni the peta realm Pv-a.9, Pv-a.35, Pv-a.55, Pv-a.68, Pv-a.103 and passim -loka the peta world Sdhp.96. -vatthu a peta or ghost-story; Name of one (perhaps the latest) of the canonical books belonging to the Suttanta-Piṭaka Kp-a.12; DN-a.i.178 (Ankura˚).
pp of pa + ī, lit. gone past, gone before
neuter state or condition of a Peta Thag.1128.
abstr. fr. peta
one who lives on the fortune or power inherited from his father AN.iii.76 = AN.iii.300.
fr. pitar
fatḥer’s brother, paternal uncle AN.iii.348 AN.v.138 (gloss pitāmaho).
for pettāviya (Epic Sk. pitṛvya), cp. Trenckner, Notes 6216, 75
adjective paternal Vin.iii.16; Vin.iv.223; DN.ii.232; SN.v.146 = Mil.368 (p. gocara); (sake p. visaye ʻyour own home-groundsʼ) DN.iii.58; SN.v.146; Ja.ii.59; Ja.vi.193 (iṇa). Also in cpd. mātā-pettika maternal & paternal DN.i.34, DN.i.92; Ja.i.146.
fr. pitar, for pētika, cp. Epic Sk. paitṛka & P. petteyya
the world of the manes, the realm of the petas (synonymous with petavisaya & petayoni) DN.iii.234; Iti.93; Ja.v.186; Pv.ii.2#2; Pv.ii.7#9; Mil.310; Dhp-a.i.102; Dhp-a.iv.226; Vism.427; Vb-a.4, Vb-a.455; Pv-a.25 sq., Pv-a.29, Pv-a.59 sq., Pv-a.214, Pv-a.268, Sdhp.9.
Sk. *paitrya-viṣaya & *pitryaviṣaya, der. fr. pitar, but influenced by peta
adjective father-loving, showing filial piety towards one’s father DN.iii.72, DN.iii.74; SN.v.467; AN.i.138; Ja.iii.456; Ja.v.35; Pv.ii.7#18. See also matteyya.
fr. pitar; cp. Vedic pitrya
feminine reverence towards one’s father DN.iii.70 (a˚), DN.iii.145, DN.iii.169; Dhp.332 (= pitari sammāpaṭipatta Dhp-a.iv.34); Cnd.294. Cp. matteyyatā.
abstr. fr. petteyya
adverb from the father’s side Ja.v.214 (= pitito).
fr. pitar, for Sk. pitrā; cp. Trenckner, Notes 564
neuter love, affection DN.i.50; DN.iii.284 sq.; MN.i.101 sq.; SN.iii.122; SN.iv.72, SN.iv.329 SN.v.89, SN.v.379; AN.ii.213; AN.iii.326 sq.; Snp.41; Dhp.321; DN-a.i.75. -(a)vigata-pema with(out) love or affection DN.iii.238, DN.iii.252; SN.iii.7 sq., SN.iii.107 sq., SN.iii.170; SN.iv.387; AN.ii.174 sq.; AN.iv.15, AN.iv.36, AN.iv.461 sq.
fr. prī, see pīṇeti & piya & cp. BSk. prema Jtm.221; Vedic preman cons. stem
masculine or neuter = pema Ja.iv.371.
fr. pema
adjective affectionate, kind, loving amiable, agreeable DN.i.4 (cp. DN-a.i.75); DN-a.ii.20 (˚ssara) AN.ii.209; Pp.57; Ja.iv.470.
fr. pema as grd. formation, cp. BSk., premaṇīya Mvu.iii.343
to be drunk, drinkable, only in compound or neg. apeyya undrinkable AN.iii.188; Ja.iv.205 Ja.iv.213 (apo apeyyo). maṇḍa˚; to be drunk like cream, i.e. of the best quality SN.ii.29. manāpika˚; sweet to drink Mil.313. duppeyya difficult to drink Sdhp.158. See also kākapeyya.
grd. of pibati
= piya, only in compounds vajja˚; kindness of language, kind speech, one of the 4 sangaha-vatthus (grounds of popularity) AN.ii.32, AN.ii.248; AN.iv.219, AN.iv.364; DN.iii.190, DN.iii.192, DN.iii.232; Ja.v.330. Cp. BSk. priya-vādya Mvu.i.3; and -vācā kind language DN.iii.152; Vv.84#36 (= piyavacana Vv-a.345)
■ It is doubtful whether vāca-peyya at Snp.303 (Ep. of sacrifice) is the same as ˚vācā (as adj.), or whether it represents vāja-peyya [Vedic vāja sacrificial food] as Bdhgh explains it at Snp-a.322 (= vājam ettha pivanti; variant reading vāja˚), thus peyya peyya1.
*priya-vadya
neuter? repetition, succession, formula way of saying, phrase (= pariyāya 5) Vism.46 (˚mukha beginning of discourse), Vism.351 (id. and bahu˚-tanti having many discourses or repetitions), Vism.411 (˚pāḷi a row of successions or etceteras); Vv-a.117 (pāḷi˚ vasena “because of the successive Pāli text”)
■ Very freq. in abridged form, where we would say “etc.,” to indicate that a passage has be to repeated (either from preceding context, or to be supplied from memory, if well known) The literal meaning would be “here (follows) the formula (pariyāya).” We often find pa for pe, e.g. AN.v.242, AN.v.270, AN.v.338, AN.v.339, AN.v.355; sometimes pa + pe combined e.g. SN.v.466
■ As pe is the first syllable of peyyāla so la is the last and is used in the same sense; the variance is according to predilection of certain MSS.; la is found e.g. SN.v.448, SN.v.267 sq.; or as variant reading of pe: AN.v.242, AN.v.243 AN.v.354; or la + pe combined: SN.v.464, SN.v.466
■ On syllable pe Trenckner, Notes 66, says: “The sign of abridgment pe, or as it is written in Burmese copies, pa, means peyyāla which is not an imperative ʻinsert, fill up the gap,ʼ but a substantive, peyyālo or peyyālaṃ, signifying a phrase to be repeated over & over again. I consider it a popular corruption of the synonymous pariyāya, passing through *payyāya, with-eyy-for-ayy-, like seyyā, Sk. śayyā.” See also Vin. Texts i.291; Oldenberg, K.Z. 35, 324.
a Māgadhism for pariyāya, so Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. after Trenckner, cp. BSk. piyāla and peyāla Mvu.iii.202, Mvu.iii.219
is Kern’s (Toevoegselen s. v.) proposed reading for what he considered a faulty spelling in bhaya-merita (p for m Ja.iv.424 = Ja.v.359. This however is bhaya-m-erita with the hiatus-m, and to supplant perita (= Sk. prerita) is unjustified.
a hare Ja.vi.538 (= sasa C.).
etym.?
a lump, only in yaka˚; the liver (-lump) Snp.195 (= yakana-piṇḍa Snp-a.247) = Ja.i.146.
a Prk. form for piṇḍa, cp. Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 122 peḍhāla
cp. Class. & B. Sk. peṭa, f. peṭī & peṭā, peḍā Divy.251, Divy.365; and the BSk. var. phelā Divy.503; Mvu.ii.465
feminine a basket Dhp-a.i.227 (pasādhana˚, variant reading pelakā).
cp. peḷā
is spurious spelling for pessa (q.v.).
employer, controller, one who attends or looks after Vin.ii.177 (ārāmika˚ etc.); AN.iii.275 (id.).
fr. pa + iṣ, cp. Vedic preṣa order, command
weaver DN.i.52; Vin.iii.259; Vin.iv.7; Ja.iv.475; Dhp-a.i.424 (˚vīthi); Dhp-a.iii.170 sq.; Vb-a.294 sq. (˚dhītā the weaver’s daughter; story of-) Pv-a.42 sq., Pv-a.67.
pesa + kāra, epsa = Vedic peśaḥ, fr. piś: see piṃsati1
neuter sending out, message; service Ja.iv.362 (pesanāni gacchanti); Ja.v.17 (pesane pesiyanto.)
fr. pa + iṣ, see peseti
adjective “message sender,” employing for service, in -corā robbers making (others) servants Ja.i.253. Pesanika (iya)
fr. pesana
adjective connected with messages, going messages, only in phrase jaṅgha˚; messenger on foot Vin.iii.185; Ja.ii.82; Mil.370 (˚iya).
fr. pesana
adjective lovable, pleasant, well-behaved amiable SN.i.149; SN.ii.387; AN.iv.22; AN.v.170; Snp.678; Snp.p.124; Mil.373; Sdhp.621. Often as epithet of a good bhikkhu, e.g. at SN.i.187; Vin.i.170; Vin.ii.241; Ja.iv.70; Vv-a.206; Pv-a.13, Pv-a.268.
cp. Epic Sk. peśala; Bdhgh’s pop. etym. at Snp-a.475 is “piya-sīla”
is reading at DN.i.54 for pisāca (so variant reading). Pesi (pesi)
feminine
cp. Epic Sk. peśī
feminine (-˚) rind, shell (of fruit) only in compounds amba˚; Vin.ii.109; vaṃsa˚; Ja.i.352; veḷu˚; (a bit of bamboo) DN.ii.324; Ja.ii.267, Ja.ii.279; Ja.iii.276; Ja.iv.382.
cp. Sk. *peśikā
pp. of peseti
neuter = pesuñña SN.i.240; Snp.362, Snp.389, Snp.862 sq., Snp.941; Ja.v.397; Pv.i.3#3 Pv-a.16; Sdhp.55, Sdhp.66, Sdhp.81.
fr. pisuṇa, cp. Epic Sk. paiśuna
adjective slanderous, calumnious Pv-a.12, Pv-a.13. Pesuniya & Pesuneyya;
fr. pesuṇa
neuter = pesuñña.
neuter [abstr. fr. pisuṇa, cp. Epic Sk. paiśunya. The other (diaeretic) forms are pesuṇiya & pesuṇeyya backbiting, calumny, slander MN.i.110; DN.iii.69; AN.iv.401; Vin.iv.12; Mnd.232, Mnd.260; Pv-a.12, Pv-a.15.
to send forth or out, esp. on a message or to a special purpose, i.e. to employ as a servant or (intrs.) to do service (so in many derivations
pa + iṣ to send
a messenger, a servant, often in combination dāsā ti vā pessā ti vā kammakarā ti vā, e.g. DN.i.141; SN.i.76, SN.i.93 (slightly diff. in verse); AN.ii.208 (spelt pesā); AN.iv.45; Dhp-a.ii.7. See also AN.iii.37; AN.iv.266, AN.iv.270; Ja.v.351; Pp.56; DN-a.i.300 At Snp.615 pessa is used in the sense of an abstr. n. pessitā service (= veyyavacca Snp-a.466). So also in compounds
grd. formn fr. peseti, Vedic preṣya, f. preṣyā. This is the contracted form, whilst the diaeretic form is pesiya, for which also pesika
feminine being a servant, doing service Ja.vi.208 (para˚ to someone else). Pessiya & ka;
abstr. fr. pessa, Sk. *preṣyatā
servant; m. either pessiya Vv.84#46 (spelt pesiya, explained by pesana-kāraka, veyyāvaccakara Vv-a.349); Ja.vi.448 (= pesana-kāraka C.), or pessika Snp.615, Snp.651; Ja.vi.552; f. either pessiyā (para˚ Vv.18#5 (spelt pesiyā, but variant reading SS pessiyā, explained as pesaniyā paresaṃ veyyāvacca-kārī Vv-a.94); Ja.iii.413 (= parehi pesitabbā pesana-kārikā C. 414), or pessikā Ja.vi.65.
see pessa
is imper. 2nd sg. of pa + i, “go on,” said to a horse AN.iv.190 sq., cp. SN.i.123.
neuter
cp. Vedic puṣkara, fr. pus, though a certain relation to puṣpa seems to exist, cp. Sk. puṣpapattra a kind of arrow (lit. lotus-leaf) Halāyudha 2 314, and P. pokkhara-patta
feminine a lotuspond an artificial pool or small lake for water-plants (see note in Dial. ii.210) Vin.i.140, Vin.i.268; Vin.ii.123; DN.ii.178 sq.; SN.i.123, SN.i.204; SN.ii.106; SN.v.460; AN.i.35, AN.i.145; AN.iii.187 AN.iii.238; Ja.ii.126; Ja.v.374 (Khemī), Ja.v.388 (Doṇa); Pv.iii.3#3 Pv.iv.12#1; Snp-a.354 (here in meaning of a dry pit or dugout); Vv-a.160; Pv-a.23, Pv-a.77, Pv-a.152. pokkharaññā gen Pv.ii.12#9; instr. SN.i.233; loc. Vin.ii.123. pokkharaṇiyāyaṃ loc. AN.iii.309
■ pl. pokkharaṇiyo Vin.i.268; Vv-a.191; Pv-a.77; metric pokkharañño Vv.44#11 Pv.ii.1#19: Pv.ii.7#8.
fr. puṣkara lotus; Vedic puṣkariṇī, BSk. has puskiriṇī, e.g. Avs.i.76; Avs.ii.201 sq.
feminine splendidness “flower-likeness,” only in cpd. vaṇṇa-pokkharatā beauty of complexion DN.i.114; Vin.i.268; SN.i.95 SN.ii.279; AN.i.38, AN.i.86; AN.ii.203; AN.iii.90; DN-a.i.282; Kp-a.179; Vv-a.14; Pv-a.46. The BSk. passage at Avs.ii.202 reads “śobhāṃ varṇaṃ puṣkalatāṃ ca.”
is it fr. pokkhara lotus (cp. Sk. pauṣkara), thus “lotus-ness,” or founded on Vedic puṣpa blossom The BSk. puṣkalatā (Avs.ii.201) is certainly a misconstruction if it is constructed fr. the Pali
arrow, only in redupl. (iterative) cpd. poṅkh’ ānupoṅkhaṃ (adv. arrow after arrow, shot after shot, i.e. constantly, continuously SN.v.453, SN.v.454; Cnd.631 (in def. of sadā) DN-a.i.188; Vv-a.351. The expln is problematic.
increment form of punkha
a bubble Ja.iv.457 (variant reading poṭha). See also phoṭa. Potaki (i?)
fr. sphuṭ.
masculine feminine? a kind of grass, in -tūla a kind of cotton, “grass-tuft, thistle-down (?) Vin.ii.150; Vin.iv.170 (id., 3 kinds of cotton spelt potaki here).
etym. uncertain, prob. Non-Aryan
a kind of grass, Saccharum spontaneum Thag.27 = Thag.233; Ja.vi.508 (= p.˚-tiṇaṃ nāma C.).
etym. unknown, cp. poṭaki & (lexic.) Sk. poṭagala a kind of reed; the variant is poṭagala
is spurious reading for phoṭṭhabba (q.v.).
is aṅguli˚, snapping of one’s fingers (as sign of applause) Ja.v.67. Cp poṭhana & phoṭeti.
fr. puth, cp. poṭhana & poṭheti
(nt.)
fr. poṭheti
beaten, struck Mil.240 (of cloth, see Kern, Toevoegselen s. poṭheti); Ja.iii.423 (mañca; variant reading BB pappoṭ˚) Kp-a.173 (˚tulapicu cotton beaten seven times, i.e. very soft; variant reading pothita, see App. p. 877); Dhp-a.i.48 (su˚); Pv-a.174
■ Cp. paripothita.
pp. of poṭheti
pp poṭhita
caus 2 poṭhāpeti (poth˚) to cause to be beaten or flogged Mil.221; Dhp-a.i.399
■ Cp. pappoṭheti.
fr. puth = sphuṭ.
neuter only in cpd. danta˚; a tooth pick Vin.iv.90; Ja.iv.69; Mil.15; Snp-a.272. As dantapoṇaka at Dāvs i.57
■ kūṭa-poṇa at Vism.268 read -goṇa.
= poṇa2?
adjective
fr. pa + ava + nam, cp. ninna & Vedic pravaṇa
adjective that which is prone, going prone; DN-a.i.23 where the passage is “tiracchāna-gata-pāṇāpoṇika-nikāyo cikkhallika-nikāyo ti,” quoted from SN.iii.152, where it runs thus: “tiracchāna-gata pāṇā te pi bhikkhave tiracchānagatā pāṇā citten’ eva cittatā. The passage is referred to with poṇika at Kp-a.12 where we read “tiracchāna-gatā pāṇā poṇika-nikāyo cikkhallika-nikāyo ti.” Thus we may take poṇikanikāya as “the kingdom of those which go prone (i.e. the animals).
fr. poṇa2
the young of an animal Ja.ii.406 (˚sūkara); Cp.i.10#2 (udda˚) Snp-a.125 (sīha˚).
cp. Epic Sk. pota, see putta for etym.
a boat Dāvs v.58; Vv-a.42.
Epic Sk. pota; dial. form for plota (?), of plu
a millstone, grindstone, only as nisada˚; Vin.i.201; Vism.252.
etym.?
(-˚)
fr. pota1
poor, indigent, miserable Ja.ii.432 (= potthakapilotikāya nivatthatā pottho C.; variant reading poṭha). See also *ponti, with which ultimately identical.
?
modelling, only in cpd. -kamma plastering (i.e. using a mixture of earth, lime, cowdung & water as mortar Ja.vi.459; carving Dhs-a.334; and -kara a modeller in clay Ja.i.71. Cp. potthaka1.
later Sk. pusta, etym. uncertain; loan-word?
cp. Class. Sk. pustaka
neuter cloth made of makaci fibre Vin.i.306 (cp. Vin. Texts ii.247); AN.i.246 sq.; Ja.iv.251 (= ghana-sāṭaka C.; variant reading saṇa˚); Pp.33.
etym.?
feminine a dagger (= potthanī) Vin.ii.190 = DN-a.i.135 (so read here with variant reading for T. ˚iyā).
fr. puth?
feminine a butcher’s knife Ja.vi.86 (maṃsakoṭṭhana˚), Ja.vi.111 (id.).
fr. puth?
adjective belonging to ordinary man, common, ordinary, in 2 combinations viz.
fr. puthujjana
at Ja.ii.404 (ummukkāni p.) is doubtful. The vv.ll. are yodhetvā & sodhetvā (the latter a preferable reading).
see gāma˚.
adjective leading to rebirth MN.i.48, MN.i.299, MN.i.464, MN.i.532; SN.iii.26; SN.iv.186; DN.iii.57; AN.ii.11 sq., AN.ii.172; AN.iii.84, AN.iii.86; AN.v.88; Ne.72; Vism.506 Vb-a.110.
fr. punabbhava, with preservation of the second o (puno → punaḥ) see puna
(vv.ll. poṭhi, sonti) Thig.422, Thig.423 is doubtful; the expln at Thag-a.269 is “pilotikākhaṇḍa,” thus “rags (of an ascetic),” cp. J.P.T.S. 1884. See also pottha1, with which evidently identical, though misread.
adjective old, ancient, former DN.i.71, DN.i.238; SN.ii.267; Snp.313; Dhp.227 (cp. Dhp-a.iii.328); Ja.ii.15 (˚kāle in the past); Vb-a.1 (˚aṭṭhakathā), Vb-a.523 (id.); Kp-a.247 (˚pāṭha); Snp-a.131 (id.); Dhp-a.i.17; Pv-a.1 (˚aṭṭhakathā), Pv-a.63
■ Porāṇā (pl.) the ancients, ancient authorities or writers Vism passim esp. Note, 764; Kp-a.123, Kp-a.158; Snp-a.291, Snp-a.352 Snp-a.604; Vb-a.130, Vb-a.254, Vb-a.299, Vb-a.397, Vb-a.513.
= purāṇa, cp. Epic Sk. paurāṇa
adjective
fr. porāṇa
adjective belonging to a citizen, i.e. citizenlike, urbane, polite usually in phrase; porī vācā polite speech DN.i.4, DN.i.114; SN.i.189; SN.ii.280 = AN.ii.51; AN.iii.114; Pp.57; Dhs.1344; DN-a.i.75, DN-a.i.282; Dhs-a.397. Cp. BSk. paurī vācā Mvu.iii.322.
fr. pora = Epic Sk. paura citizen, see pura. Semantically cp. urbane → urbanus → urbs; polite πολίτησ ̓πόλις. For pop. etym. see DN-a.i.73 & DN-a.i.282
adjective noun
abstr. fr. purisa, for *pauruṣa or *puruṣya)
neuter
abstr. fr. purisa, *pauruṣyaṃ, cp. porisiya and poroseyya
feminine , only in neg. a˚ inhuman or superhuman state, or: not served by any men (or servants) Vv-a.275. The reading is uncertain.
abstr. fr. porisa
man-eater, cannibal Ja.v.34 sq., Ja.v.471 sq., Ja.v.486, Ja.v.488 sq., Ja.v.499, Ja.v.510.
fr. purisa + ad to eat
= porisāda Ja.v.489. Cp. pursādaka Ja.v.91.
adjective
fr. purisa, cp. porisa & poroseyya
= porisiya (cp. porisa1 1) fit for man, human MN.i.366. The word is somewhat doubtful, but in all likelihood it is a derivation fr. pura (cp. porin; Sk *paura), thus to be understood as *paurasya → *porasya → *poraseyya → *poroseyya with assimilation. The meaning is clearly “very fine, urbane, fashionable” thus not derived from purisa, although C. explains by “puris’ ânucchavikaṃ yānaṃ” (MN.i.561). The passage runs “yānaṃ poroseyyaṃ pavara-maṇi-kuṇḍalaṃ” with vv.ll. voropeyya & oropeyya. Neumann accepts oropeyya as reading & translates (wrongly) “belüde” see Mittl. Slg. 21921; vol. ii. pp. 45 & 666. The reading; poroseyya seems to be established as lectio difficilior On form see also Trenckner, Notes 75.
Dhp-a.i.174 (variant reading BB pur˚).
neuter the character or office of a family priest DN.ii.243. As porohicca at Snp.618 (= purohita-kamma Snp-a.466). Cp. Trenckner, Notes 75.
fr. purohita
= purisa, man (poetical form, only found in verse) Vin.i.230; SN.i.13, SN.i.205; Ja.iii.309; AN.iv.266; Snp.110, Snp.662; Dhp.104, Dhp.125 (cp Dhp-a.iii.34); Ja.v.306; Ja.vi.246, Ja.vi.361
■ poso at Ja.iii.331 is gen. sg. of puṃs = Sk. puṃsaḥ.
contraction of purisa fr. *pūrṣa → *pussa → *possa → posa. So Geiger, Pali Grammar § 30#3
adjective to be fed or nourished, only in dup˚; difficult to nourish SN.i.61.
= *poṣya, grd. of poseti, puṣ
adjective nourishing, feeding AN.i.62, AN.i.132 = Iti.110 (āpādaka +); f. -ikā a nurse, a female attendant Vin.ii.289 (āpādikā +).
fr. posa2
feminine only-˚, in su˚ & dup˚; easy & difficult support Vin.ii.2.
abstr. fr. posa2
= uposatha Ja.iv.329; Ja.vi.119.
cp. BSk. poṣadha Divy.116, Divy.121, and Prk. posaha (posahiya = posathika) Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 141
= uposathika Ja.iv.329. Cp. anuposathika & anvaḍḍhamāsaṃ.
neuter nourishing, feeding, support Vv-a.137. Posapeti & Posaveti;
fr. puṣ
to have brought up, to give into the care of, to cause to be nourished Vin.i.269 (pp. posāpita) ≈ DN-a.i.133 (posāvita, variant reading posāp˚). Posavanika & ya;
Caus. ii. fr. poseti
adjective noun
fr. posāvana = posāpana of Caus. posāpeti
nourished, fed Cp.iii.3#2; Vv-a.173 (udaka˚).
pp. of poseti
at Vin.ii.151 stands for phusituṃ “to sprinkle,” cp. Vin. Texts iii.169. See phusati2.
(-˚) adjective thriving (on), nourished by Vin.i.6; DN.i.75; SN.i.138; Snp.65 (anañña˚; cp. Cnd.36), Snp.220 (dāra˚); DN-a.i.219.
fr. poseti
to nourish, support, look after, bring up, take care of, feed, keep Vin.i.269; SN.i.181; AN.i.117; Ja.i.134 Ja.iii.467; Cnd.36; Vism.305; Vv-a.138, Vv-a.299
pp posita -Caus. posāpeti.
puṣ
a special period of fasting MN.i.39; DN-a.i.139. See also pheggu.
in forṃ = Vedic phalgu (small, feeble), but in meaning different
& Phagguṇī (f.) Name of a month (Feb. 15th–March 15th), marking the beginning of Spring; always with ref. to the spring full moon, as phagguṇa-puṇṇamā at Vism.418; phagguṇi˚ Ja.i.86.
cp. Vedic phālguna & ˚ī
the hood of a snake Vin.i.91 (˚hatthaka, with hands like a snake’s hood); Ja.iii.347 (patthaṭa˚); Dhp-a.iii.231 (˚ṃ ukkhipitvā); Dhp-a.iv.133 Freq. as phaṇaṃ katvā (only thus, in ger.) raising or spreading its hood, with spread hood Ja.ii.274; Ja.vi.6 Vism.399; Dhp-a.ii.257.
cp. Epic Sk. phaṇa
an instrument shaped like a snake’s hood, used to smooth the hair Vin.ii.107.
fr. phaṇa
a kind of plant, which is enumerated at Vin.iv.35 = DN-a.i.81 as one of the aggabīja, i.e. plants propagated by slips or cuttings, together with ajjuka & hirivera. At Ja.vi.536 the C. gives bhūtanaka as expln. According to Childers it is the plant Samīraṇa.
etym.?
caus 2 phandāpeti to make throb DN.i.52 = MN.i.404
pp phandita (q.v.). Cp. pari˚, vi˚, sam˚. The nearest synonym is calati.
spand, cp. Gr. σφαδάςω to twitch, σφοδρός violent; Lat. pendeo “pend” i.e. hang down, cp pendulum; Ags. finta tail, lit. mover, throbber
fr. phandati, cp. Sk. spandana
feminine throbbing, agitation, movement, motion Snp-a.245 (calanā +); DN-a.i.111; Ne.88 C. cp. iñjanā.
fr. phandati
neuter throbbing, flashing; throb MN.ii.24 (˚mattā “by his throbbings only”); pl phanditāni “vapourings,” imaginings Vb.390 (where Vb-a.513 only says “phandanato phanditaṃ”) cp Brethren 344.
pp. of phandati
neuter = phandanā SN.v.315 (= iñjitatta).
abstr. fr. phandita
adjective noun
fr. pharati
adjective thrilling, suffusing, pervading, filling with rapture Vv-a.16 (dvādasa yojanāni ˚pabho sarīra-vaṇṇo).
fr. pharaṇa
feminine suffusion, state of being pervaded (with), only-˚ in set of 4-fold suffusion, viz pīti˚; of rapture, sukha˚; of restful bliss, ceto˚; of [telepathic] consciousnss, āloka˚; of light, DN.iii.277; Pts.i.48 Vb.334; Ne.89.
abstr. fr. pharaṇa
pp pharita, phurita & phuṭa; cp. also phuṭṭha; see further anu˚, pari˚.
sphur & sphar;, same root as in Gr. σπαίρω to twitch; Lat. sperno “spurn” lit. kick away; Ags speornan to kick; spurnan = spur
hatchet, axe AN.iii.162; Ja.i.199, Ja.i.399; Ja.ii.409 Ja.v.500; Dhp-a.ii.204; Pv-a.277. The spelling parasu occurs at SN.v.441 & Ja.iii.179.
cp. Vedic paraśu = Gr. πέλεκυς; on p → ph cp. Prk. pharasu & parasu, Pischel Gr. § 208; Geiger, Gr. § 40
■ Cp. phuṭṭha & phālita.
pp. of pharati
adjective
cp. Vedic paruṣa, on ph. → p see pharasu, on attempt at etym. cp. Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. fario
neuter to burst, thus lit. “bursting,” i.e. ripe fruit; see phalati]
cp. Vedic phala, to phal [sphal
is spelling for pala (a certain weight) at Ja.vi.510. See pala & cp. Geiger, P.Gr. § 40.
the point of a spear or sword SN.ii.265 (tiṇha˚). Cp. phāla2.
etym.? Sk. *phala
fr. phal = *sphal or *sphaṭ; (see phalati), lit. that which is split or cut off (cp. in same meaning “slab”); cp Sk. sphaṭika rock-crystal; on Prk. forms see Pischel Prk. Gr. §206. Ved. phalaka board, phāla ploughshare Gr. α ̓́σπαλον, σπολάς, ψαλίς scissors; Lat. pellis spolium; Ohg. spaltan = split, Goth, spilda writing board, tablet; Oicel. spjald board
is spurious writing for palagaṇḍa (q.v.).
feminine the fact or condition of bearing fruit Pv-a.139 (appa˚).
abstr. fr. phala
phal to split, break open = *sphal or *sphaṭ; cp. phāṭeti. On etym. see also Lüders, K.Z. xlii, 198 sq.
stands in all probability for phalika-maya, made of crystal, as is suggested by context, which gives it in line with kaṭṭha-maya & loha-maya (& aṭṭhi˚ danta˚, veḷu˚ etc.). It occurs in same phrase at all passages mentioned, and refers to material of which boxes, vessels, holders etc. are made. Thus at Vin.i.203 (of añjani, box), Vin.i.205 (tumba, vessel); Vin.ii.115 (sattha-daṇḍa, scissors-handle), Vin.ii.136 (gaṇṭhikā, block at dress). The translation “made of fruits” seems out of place (so Kern, Toevoegselen s. v.), one should rather expect “made of crystal” by the side of made of wood, copper bone, ivory, etc.
adjective bearing or having fruit Ja.iii.251.
fr. phala
see palasata
■ At Ja.vi.510 it means “goldbronze” (as material of which a “sovaṇṇa-kaṃsa” is made).
a fruit vendor Mil.331.
fr. phala
feminine crystal quartz Vin.ii.112; Ja.vi.119 (˚kā = phaḷika-bhittiyo C.); Vv.35#1 (= phalika-maṇi-mayā bhittiyo Vv-a.160) Vv.78#3 (˚kā); Mil.267 (ḷ), Mil.380 (ḷ).
also spelt with ḷ; cp. Sk. sphaṭika; on change ṭ → ḷ see Geiger, Pali Grammar § 38#6. The Prk. forms are phaḷiha & phāḷiya, see Pischel, Gr. § 206
adjective grey-haired Pv-a.153.
sporadic spelling for palita
broken, only in phrase hadayaṃ phalitaṃ his heart broke Dhp-a.i.173; hadayena phalitena with broken heart Ja.i.65.
pp. of phal to burst, for the usual phulla, after analogy with phalita3
fruit bearing, having fruit, covered with fruit (of trees) Vin.ii.108; Ja.i.18; Mil.107, Mil.280.
pp. of phal to bear fruit
adjective bearing fruit Ja.v.242.
fr. phala
adjective at Ja.v.92 is of doubtful meaning. It cannot very well mean “bearing fruit”, since it is used as epithet of a bird (˚sakuṇī). The Cy expln is sakuṇa-potakānaṃ phalinattā (being a source of nourishment?) phalina-sakuṇī. The variant reading SS is phalīna & palīna.
fr. phala, phalin?
adjective bearing fruit, full of fruit Ja.iii.493.
fr. phala
a knot or joint in a reed, only in cpd. -bīja (plants) springing (or propagated) from a joint DN.i.5; Vin.iv.34, Vin.iv.35.
cp. Vedic paru
at DN.i.54 is spurious reading for paleti (see palāyati), explained by gacchati DN-a.i.165; meaning “runs, not with translation “spreads out”.
to sphar
is spelling for pallava sprout, at Ja.iii.40.
contact, touch (as sense or sense-impression, for which usually phoṭṭhabbaṃ). It is the fundamental fact in a sense impression and consists of a combination of the sense, the object, and perception, as explained at MN.i.111: tiṇṇaṃ (i.e. cakkhu, rūpā, cakkhu-viññāṇa) sangati phasso and gives rise to feeling: phassa-paccayā vedanā. (See paṭicca-samuppāda & for expln Vism.567; Vb-a.178 sq.)
■ Cp. DN.i.42 sq.; DN.iii.228, DN.iii.272, DN.iii.276; Vism.463 (phusatī ti phasso); Snp.737, Snp.778 (as fundamental of attachment, cp. Snp-a.517); Ja.v.441 (rājā dibba-phassena puṭṭho touched by the divine touch, i.e. fascinated by her beauty; puṭṭho = phutto); Vb-a.177 sq. (in detail), Vb-a.193, Vb-a.265; Pv-a.86 (dup˚ of bad touch, bad to the touch i.e. rough, unpleasant); poet. for trouble Thag.783 See on phassa: Dhs. trsl. 5 & introd. (lv.) lxiii.; Cpd. 12, 14, 94.
cp. Ved. sparśa, of spṛś: see phusati
adjective to be felt, esp. as a pleasing sensation; pleasant, beautiful Ja.iv.450 (gandhehi ph.).
grd. fr. phusati, corresp. to Sk. spṛśya
stands for phusati at Vism.527 in def. of phassa (“phassatī ti phasso”).
feminine touch, contact with Dhs-a.167 (jhānassa lābho… patti… phassanā sacchikiriyā).
abstr. fr. phassa
adjective made to touch, brought into contact, only in cpd. suphassita of pleasant contact, beautiful to the touch, pleasant, perfect, symmetrical Ja.i.220 (cīvara), Ja.i.394 (dantā); Ja.iv.188 (dant’ āvaraṇaṃ); Ja.v.197 (of the membrum muliebre), Ja.v.206 (read ˚phassita for ˚phussita), Ja.v.216 (˚cheka-karaṇa); Vv-a.275 (as expln of atīva sangata Vv.64#2)
■ Note. Another (doubtful) phassita is found at Ja.v.252 (dhammo phassito; touched, attained where vv.ll. give passita & phussita.
pp. of phasseti = Sk. sparśayati to bring into contact
to touch, attain Ja.v.251 (rājā dhammaṃ phassayaṃ = C. phassayanto; vv.ll. pa˚ phu˚); Mil.338 (amataṃ, cp. phusati), Mil.340 (phassayeyya Pot.)
pass phassīyati Vin.ii.148 (kavāṭā na ph.; variant reading phussiy˚)
pp phassita & phussita3. *Phateti
Caus. of phusati1
is conjectured reading for pāteti in phrase kaṭṭhaṃ pāteti MN.i.21, and in adhipāteti to split (see adhipāta & vipāta). The derivation of these expressions from; pat is out of place, where close relation to phāleti (phalati) is evident, and a derivation from phaṭ = sphat, as in Sk. sphāṭayati to split, is the only right expln of meaning. In that case we should put phal = sphaṭ; where l = ṭ, as in many Pali words, cp phalika<spha geiger P.Gr. § 386). The Prk correspondent is phāḍei (Pischel, Gr. § 208).
neuter
cp. Epic Sk. phāṇita
feminine swelling, increase Ja.ii.426 (= vaḍḍhi); Vism.271 (vuddhi +). Usually combined with kṛ; as phāti-kamma increase, profit, advantage Vin.ii.174 Vb-a.334 & phāti-karoti to make fat, to increase, to use to advantage MN.i.220 = AN.v.347; AN.iii.432.
cp. Sk. sphāti, fr. sphāy, sphāyate to swell, increase (Idg. *spē(i), as in Lat. spatium, Ohg. spuot Ags. spēd = E. speed; see Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. spatium) pp. sphīta = P. phīta
adjective at Vv-a.288 is not clear; meaning something like “bitter,” combined with kasaṭa; variant reading pāru˚. Probably = phārusaka.
at Vb.350 (in thambha-exegesis) is faulty spelling for phārusiya (nt.) harshness, unkindness, as evidence of id. passage at Vb-a.469 shows (with expln “pharusassa puggalassa bhāvo phārusiyaṃ”).
fr. pharusa, cp. Sk. *pāruṣaka Mpt.103, Mpt.143
masculine & neuter ploughshare SN.i.169; Snp.p.13 & Snp.v.77 (explained as “phāletī ti ph.” Snp-a.147) Ja.i.94; Ja.iv.118; Ja.v.104; Ud.69 (as m.); Dhp-a.i.395.
cp. Vedic phāla
an (iron) board, slab (or ball?), maybe spear or rod. The word is of doubtful origin & meaning, it occurs always in the same context of a heated iron instrument, several times in correlation with an iron ball (ayogula). It has been misunderstood at an early time, as is shown by kapāla AN.iv.70 for phāla Kern comments on the word at Toevoegselen ii.139. See Vin.i.225 (phālo divasantatto, so read; variant reading balo corr. to bālo; corresp. with guḷa); AN.iv.70 (divasa-santatte ayokapāle, gloss ayogule); Ja.v.268; Ja.v.109 (phāle ciraratta-tāpite, variant reading pāle, hale, thāle; corresp. with pakaṭṭhita ayogula), id. Ja.v.113 (ayomayehi phālehi pīḷeti variant reading vālehi).
to phala3
in loṇa-maccha˚; a string (?) or cluster of salted fish Vism.28.
adjective splitting; one who splits Vism.413 (kaṭṭha˚).
fr. phāleti
neuter splitting Ja.i.432 (dāru˚); Vism.500 (vijjhana˚).
fr. phāleti
= Sk. sphārita, sphar
in full blossom MN.i.218; Ja.i.52.
either Intensive of phulla, or Der. fr. pariphulla in form phaliphulla
is spurious spelling for pāli˚ at Ja.ii.162 (variant reading pātali-bhaddaka). Cp. Prk. phālihadda (= pāribhadra Pischel, Gr. § 208).
adjective [either fr. Caus. of phal1 (phāleti), or fr. sphar (cp. phārita, i.e. expanded), or fr. sphāy (swell increase, cp. sphāra & sphārī bhavati to open, expand) expanding, opening, blossoming in cpd. aggi-nikāsi-phālima paduma Ja.iii.320 (where Cy. explains by phālita vikasita).
to split, break chop, in phrases
pp phālita. Caus. II phālāpeti to cause to split open Ja.iii.121; Mil.157 (variant reading phāḷāp˚).
Caus. of phalati, phal; a variant is phāṭeti fr. sphaṭ; which is identical with *(s)phal
adjective pleasant, comfortable; only neg. a˚; in phrase aphāsu-karoti to cause discomfort to (dat.) Vin.iv.290; and in compounds -kāma anxious for comfort, desirous of (others) welfare DN.iii.164; -vihāra comfort, ease Vin.ii.127; DN.i.204; Dhs.1348 = Mil.367 (cp. Dhs-a.404); Mil.14; Vism.33; Vb-a.270; Pv-a.12.
etym.? Trenckner, Notes 82 (on Mil.14#2: corr. J.P.T.S. 1908, 136 which refers it to Mil.13#2 suggests connection with Vedic prāśu enjoying, one who enjoys, i.e. a guest, but this etym. is doubtful; cp phāsuka. A key to its etym. may be found in the fact that it never occurs by itself in form phāsu, but either in composition or as ˚ka
at Mil.146 (cp. p. Mil.425) “bhaggā phāsū” is un certain reading, it is not phāsuka; it may represent a pāsa snare, sling. The likeness with phāsukā bhaggā (lit.) of Ja.i.493 is only accidental.
adjective pleasant, convenient, comfortable Ja.iii.343 Ja.iv.30; Dhp-a.ii.92; Pv-a.42
■ aphāsuka unpleasant uncomfortable, not well Ja.ii.275, Ja.ii.395; Dhp-a.i.28; Dhp-a.ii.21-Note. It seems probable that phāsuka represents a Sk. *sparśuka (cp. Pischel § 62), which would be a der fr. spṛś in same meaning as phassa2 (“lovely”). This would confirm the suggestion of phāsu being a secondary formation.
fr. phāsu. Cp. Prk. phāsuya; acc. to Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 208; Jain Sk. prāsuka is a distortion of P. phāsuka. Perhaps phāsu is abstracted from phāsuka
feminine a rib, only in pl. phāsukā Vin.i.74 (upaḍḍha˚ bhañjitabbā), in phrase sabbā te phāsukā bhaggā Ja.i.493 (lit.), which is fig. applied at Dhp.154 (explained as “sabbā avasesa-kilesa-phāsukā bhaggā” at Dhp-a.iii.128), with which cp. bhaggā phāsū at Mil.146; both the latter phrases prob. of diff. origin
■ (adj.) (-˚) in phrase mahā˚passa the flank (lit. the side of the great ribs Ja.i.164, Ja.i.179; Ja.iii.273; abs. mahā˚; with great ribs Ja.v.42; uggata˚; with prominent ribs Pv-a.68 (for upphāsulika adj. Pv.ii.1#1)
■ in compounds as phāsuka˚; e.g. -aṭṭhīni the rib-bones (of which there are 24) Vism.254 (variant reading pāsuka˚); Vb-a.237; -dvaya pair of ribs Vism.252 Vb-a.235
■ See also pāsuka, pāsuḷa & the foll.
cp. Sk *pārśukā & Ved. pārśva, see passa2
feminine rib, only in cpd. upphāsulika (adj.) Pv.ii.1#1.
fr. phāsuḷi
rib SN.ii.255 (phāsuḷ-antarikā).
for phāsukā
a rib MN.i.80.
cp. phāsukā & phāsuḷā
oar Snp.321 (+ aritta rudder, explained by dabbi-padara Snp-a.330); Ja.iv.21 (˚ârittaṃ) See also piya2 which is the more freq. spelling of phiya.
etym. unknown
opulent, prosperous, rich; in the older texts only in stock phrase iddha ph. bahujana (rich & prosperous & well-populated) DN.i.211 (of the town Nālandā); DN.ii.146 (of Kusāvatī); MN.i.377; (of Nālandā), MN.ii.71 (of country); SN.ii.107 (fig. of brahmacariyaṃ; with bahujañña for ˚jana) AN.iii.215 (of town). By itself & in other combn in the Jātakas, e.g. Ja.iv.135 (= samiddha); Ja.vi.355 (variant reading pīta) With iddha & detailed description of all classes of the population (instead of bahujana) of a town Mil.330.
pp. of sphāy, cp. Sk. sphīta & see phāti
■ See also ophuṭa & cp.; phuta3.
pp. of pharati
blossoming out, opened, in full bloom Dāvs iv.49 (˚kumuda). Cp phuṭita.
pp. of sphuṭ; to expand, blossom
at MN.i.377 (sabba-vāri˚, in sequence with vārita, yuta, dhuta) is unnecessarily changed by Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. into pūta. The meaning is “filled with, spread with,” thus = phuṭa1, cp. sequence under ophuṭa. The variant reading at MN.i.377 is puṭṭha. On miswriting of phuṭṭa puṭṭha for phuṭa cp. remark by Trenckner, MN.i.553 A similar meaning (“full of, occupied by, overflowing with”) is attached to phuṭa in Avīci passage AN.i.159 (Avīci maññe phuṭo ahosi), cp. Anāgata Vaṃsa (J.P.T.S. 1886, v.39) & remarks of Morris’s; J.P.T.S. 1887, 165. The same passage as MN.i.377 is found at DN.i.57 where T. reads phuṭṭa (as also at DN-a.i.168), with vv. ll puṭṭha & phuṭa.
for phoṭita, pp. of *sphoṭayati, sphuṭ.
touched, affected by, influenced by; in specific sense (cp. phusati1 2) “thrilled, permeated” Vin.i.200 (ābādhena); AN.ii.174 (rogena) Ja.i.82 (mettacittena, variant reading puṭṭha); Ja.v.441 (dibbaphassena); Vism.31 (˚samphassa contact by touch), Vism.49 (byādhinā); Vv-a.6 (in both meanings, scil. pītiyā rogena). On phuṭṭha at DN.i.57 see phuṭa3. Cp. sam˚.
pp. of phusati1
to shake, sprinkle, of doubtful spelling, at Ja.vi.108 (angārakāsuṃ ph.; variant reading punanti perhaps better; C. explains by vidhunati & okirati). Perhaps we should read; dhunati.
?
(= pulaka) a kind of gem Vv-a.111.
blossoming, in blossom Ja.v.203. Also as Intensive phāliphulla “one mass of flowers” MN.i.218; Ja.i.52. Note. phulla1 may stand for phuṭa2.
pp. of phalati, or root formation fr. phull, cp. phalita3
broken, in phrase akhaṇḍa-phulla unbroken (q.v.), Pv.iv.1#76 and passim.
pp. of phalati, cp. phalita2
in flower, blossoming Ja.v.214 (for phīta = rich), Ja.v.216 (su˚-vana).
pp. of phullati
pp phuṭṭha. Cp. upa˚.
spṛś fr. which sparśa = phassa; cp. also phassati
this is a specific Pali form and represents two Sk. roots, which are closely related to each other and go back to the foll. 2 Idg. roots:
neuter touch Vism.463.
abstr. fr. phusati1 1
feminine attainment, gaining, reaching Vism.278 (= phuṭṭha-ṭṭhāna); Dhp-a.i.230 (ñāṇa˚); Vv-a.85 (samādhi˚).
abstr. fr. phusati1 2
to sprinkle (rain), to rain gently, drizzle SN.i.104 sq., SN.i.154 SN.i.184 (devo ekaṃ ekaṃ ph. “drop by drop”). See also anuphusāyati (so read for ˚phusīyati).
Caus. of pruṣ, but formed fr. P. phusati2
neuter rain-drop MN.iii.300; SN.ii.135; Dhp-a.iii.243. The Prk. equivalent is phusiya (Pischel, Gr. § 208), cp. Ger. sprenkeln → E. sprinkle.
either pp. of phusati2 or direct correspondent of Sk. pṛṣata (see pasata2)
spotted, coloured variegated (with flowers) Snp.233 (˚agga = supupphit agga-sākha Kp-a.192).
pp. of phusati2 2 i.e. pruṣ, cp. Sk. pruṣita sprinkled, pṛṣatī spotted antelope
touched, put on, in -aggaḷa with fastened (clinched) bolts (or better: door-wings) MN.i.76 (reads phassit˚; cp. variant reading on p. 535 phussit˚); AN.i.101; Thag.385; Ja.vi.510.
= phassita2, Kern. Toevoegselen s. v. takes it as pp. of *puṃsayati
adjective (-˚) having raindrops, only in phrase thulla˚ deva (the sky) shedding big drops of rain SN.ii.32 (reads phulla-phusitaka); SN.iii.141; AN.i.243 AN.ii.140; AN.v.114; Vism.259.
fr. phusita1
fr. puṣ to blossom, nourish, etc. cp. Ved. puṣya
touching, feeling, realising; doubled at DN.i.45, DN.i.54.
ger. of phusati1
adjective noun
grd. formation fr. phusati2 2; scarcely fr. Sk. puṣya (to puṣ nourish, cp. poseti), but meaning rather “speckled” in all senses. The Sk. puṣyaratha is Sanskritisation of P. phussa˚
accessory wood, wood surrounding the pith of a tree, always with ref. to trees (freq. in similes), in sequence; mūla sāra, pheggu, taca, papaṭikā etc. It is represented as next to the pith, but inferior and worthless. At all passages contrasted with sāra (pith, substance). Thus at MN.i.192 sq., MN.i.488; DN.iii.51; SN.iv.168; AN.i.152 (pheggu sāra, variant reading phaggu); AN.ii.110 = Pp.52; AN.iii.20; Ja.iii.431 (opp. sāra); Mil.267, Mil.413 (tacchako phegguṃ apaharitvā sāraṃ ādiyati).
cp. Vedic phalgu & P. phaggu in form
(-˚) adjective having worthless wood, weak, inferior MN.i.488 (apagata˚, where ˚ka belongs to the whole cpd.); Ja.iii.318 (a˚ + sāramaya).
fr. pheggu
feminine state of dry wood; lack of substance, worthlessness Pp-a.229.
abstr. fr. pheggu
scum, foam, froth, only in compounds viz.:
cp. Vedic phena, with *ph fr. sp˚, connected with Lat. spūma, scum, Ags. fām = Ger. feim = E. foam.
= pheṇa Vism.254; Vb-a.237.
swelling, boil, blister Ja.iv.457; Ja.vi.8 (variant reading pota & poṭha); cp. poṭa bubble. Photaka = phota
fr. sphuṭ; cp. Sk. sphoṭa
Vism.258; Vb-a.242.
“applause,” in brahma-pphoṭana at Dhp-a.iii.210 should be taken as ā + phoṭana (= apphoṭana).
to shake, toss (or thunder?) only at two places in similar formula, viz. devatā sādhukāraṃ adaṃsu, brahmāno apphoṭesuṃ (variant reading appoṭh˚) Mil.13 Mil.18; Sakko devarājā appoṭhesi (variant reading appoṭesi), Mahābrahmā sādhukāraṃ adāsi Ja.vi.486. Perhaps we should read poṭheti (q.v.), to snap one’s fingers (clap hands) as sign of applause. At Dhp-a.iii.210 we read fut. apphoṭessāmi (i.e. ā + phoṭ).
Caus. of sphuṭ; if correct. Maybe mixed with sphūrj. The form apphoṭesi seems to be ā + phoṭeti Sk. āsphoṭayati
neuter tangible, touch, contact; it is synonymous with phassa, which it replaces in psychol. terminology. Phoṭṭhabbaṃ is the senseobject of kāya (or taca) touch (“kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā” DN.iii.226, DN.iii.250, DN.iii.269; Cnd.p.238 under rūpa) See also āyatana
■ DN.iii.102 (in list of ajjhattikabāhirāni āyatanāni: kāyo c’ eva phoṭṭhabbā ca; with pl. like m.); Vb-a.79 (˚dhātu).
grd. of phusati
sprinkled Ja.vi.47 (candana˚, variant reading pusita).
pp. of phoseti, cp. Sk. pruṣita
to sprinkle (over) Vin.ii.205 (inf. phosituṃ). pp. phosita. Cp. pari˚.
Caus. of phusati2, cp. Sk. pruṣāyati = P. phusayati
indeclinable the sound (& letter); b, often substituted for or replaced by p (& ph): so is e.g. in Bdhgh’s view pahuta the word bahuta, with p for b (Kp-a.207), cp. bakkula badara, badālatā, baddhacara, bandhuka 2, bala, balīyati bahuka, bahūta, billa, bella; also paribandha for paripantha; phāla2. Also substituted for v, cp. bajjayitvā variant reading vajjetvā DAI, 4, and see under Nibb-.
cp. Epic Sk. baka
in milāta˚-puppha is variant reading Kp-a.60 (see App. p. 870 Pj.) for -ākuli˚; which latter is also read at Vism.260.
cp. Class. Sk. bakula, Name of the tree Mimusops elengi, and its (fragrant) flower
a demon, uttering horrible cries, a form assumed by the Yakkha Ajakalāpaka, to terrify the Buddha Ud.5 (see also ākulī, where pākula is proposed for bakkula).
= vyākula? Morris, J.P.T.S. 1886, 94
see bandhati.
Pass. of bandhati (q.v.).
cardinal number thirty-two Ja.iii.207.
for dvat-tiṃsa
masculine & neuter the fruit of the jujube tree (Zizyphus jujuba), not unlike a crabapple in appearance & taste, very astringent, used for medicine AN.i.130 = Pp.32; AN.iii.76; Vin.iv.76; Ja.iii.21; Dhs-a.320 (cited among examples of acrid flavours) Vv-a.186. Spelling padara for b˚ at Ja.iv.363; Ja.vi.529.
cp. Ved. badara & badarī
feminine the jujube tree Ja.ii.260.
cp. Sk. badarī
feminine a creeper (with thorns Kern, Toevoegselen s. v.) DN.iii.87 = Vism.418; Bdhgh says (see Dial. iii.84) “a beautiful creeper of sweet taste.”
etym. uncertain, may it be *padālatā, pa + n. ag. of dal Caus., lit. “destroyer”?
pp. of bandhati
neuter a leather strap, a thong Vin.i.287 (T. bandha perhaps right, cp. ābandhana 3) Pv-a.127.
fr. bandhati
see paddhacara.
adjective deaf Vin.i.91, Vin.i.322; Thag.501 = Mil.367; Ja.i.76 (jāti˚); Ja.v.387; Ja.vi.7; Dhp-a.i.312. See also mūga.
cp. Vedic badhira, on etym. see Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. fatuus, comparing Goth. baups and M Irish bodar
adjective
■ Cp. vinibandha.
cp. Vedic bandha, fr. bandh
feminine an unchaste woman (lit. binder) Vin.iv.224 (pl. bandhakiniyo), Vin.iv.265 (id.); Ja.v.425, Ja.v.431 (va˚).
fr. bandhaka, cp. Epic Sp. bandhukī a low woman = pāṃśukā & svairinī Halāy 2, 341
to bind etc.
imper bandha DN.ii.350; pl. bandhantu Ja.i.153.
pot bandheyya SN.iv.198; Vin.iii.45
fut bandhayissati Mhvs.24.6;
aor abandhi Ja.iii.232 & bandhi Ja.i.292; Dhp-a.i.182.
ger bandhitvā Vin.i.46; SN.iv.200; Ja.i.253, Ja.i.428, & bandhiya Thig.81.
inf bandhituṃ Thig.299.
caus bandheti (see above Fut. & bandhāpeti (see below)
caus 2 bandhāpeti to cause to be bound (or fettered) Vin.iv.224, Vin.iv.316 (opp. mocāpeti) Cnd.304#iii. b (bandhanena); Pv-a.4, Pv-a.113
pass bajjhati Cnd.74 (for bujjhati, as in palābujjhati to be obstructed: see palibuddhati).
■ Ind. 3rd pl bajjhare Thag.137;
■ pret. 3rd pl. abajjhare Ja.i.428
imper bajjhantu SN.iv.309; AN.v.284.
pot bajjheyya SN.ii.228.
aor bajjhi Ja.ii.37; Ja.iv.414.
ger bajjha Ja.iv.441, Ja.iv.498, & bajjhitvā Ja.ii.153; Ja.iv.259; Ja.v.442.
pp baddha (q.v.)
■ Cp. ati˚ anu˚, ā, o˚, paṭi˚, sam˚.
Vedic badhnāti, later Sk. bandhati, Idg. *bhendh, cp. Lat. offendimentum i.e. band; Goth bindan = Ohg, bintan, E. bind; Sk. bandhu relation Gr. πενχερός father-in-law, πεϊσμα bond, etc.
neuter
fr. bandh, cp. Vedic bandhana
adjective
grd. of bandhati
cp. Class. Sk. bāndhava
Vedic bandhu, see bandhati & cp. bandhava
adjective
fr. bandhu
the plant Pentapetes phoenicea MN.ii.14 (˚puppha); DN.ii.111 (id.) Ja.iv.279; Vism.174; Dhs-a.14; Vv-a.43, Vv-a.161.
cp. Class. Sk. bandhujīva
adjective having relatives, rich in kinsmen; only as Np. m bandhumā Name of father of the Buddha Vipassin DN.ii.11 = Vism.433; f. bandhumatī Name of mother of the Buddha Vipassin ibid.; also Name of a town DN.ii.12 (capital of king Bandhumā); Snp-a.190 = Ja.iv.388 (where the latter has Vettavatī), and a river Snp-a.190; Ja.iv.388 (: Vettavatī).
fr. bandhu, cp. Vedic bandhumant
adjective having relatives, rich in relatives Ja.vi.357.
bandhu + vant
a sort of coarse grass or reed, used to make slippers, etc. Vin.i.190; DN.ii.55; SN.ii.92; SN.iii.137 SN.iv.158; AN.ii.211; Dhp.345; Dhp-a.iv.55.
cp. Vedic balbaja, doubtful whether it belongs to Lat. bulbus; for the initial b. very often p. is found see pabbaja
Epic a cat Ja.i.480 (= biḷāra C.) = Dhp-a.ii.152.
Sk. babhruka a kind of ichneumon; Vedic babhru brown, cp. Lat. fiber = beaver, further connection “bear,” see Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. fiber
imitation of a confused rumbling noise MN.i.128
■ Cp. also P. mammana and sarasara.
onomat., cp. Sk. balbalā-karoti to stammer or stutter, barbara = Gr. βάρβαρος stuttering, people of an unknown tongue, balbūtha Np. “stammerer”; also Lat. balbas, Ger. plappern, E. blab; babbhara is a redupl. formation fr. *bhara-bhara = barbara, cp J.P.T.S. 1889, 209; Geiger, P.Gr. § 20
a peacock Ja.iv.497.
cp. Sk. barhin
neuter the sacrificial grass DN.i.141; MN.i.344; AN.ii.207; Pp.56.
Vedic barhis
neuter
Eight balāni or strong points are 1 of young children (ruṇṇa-balaṃ). 2 of womanhood (kodha˚) 3 of robbers (āvudha˚). 4 of kings (issariya˚) 5 of fools (ujjhatti˚). 6 of wise men (nijjhatti˚) 7 of the deeply learned (paṭisankhāna˚). 8 of samaṇas & brāhmaṇas (khanti˚) AN.iv.223 (where used as adj. -˚ strong in…); cp. Snp.212, Snp.623
■ Five balāni of women are: rūpabalaṃ, bhoga˚, ñāti˚, putta˚, sīla˚ SN.iv.246–SN.iv.248.
■ The five-fold force (balaṃ pañca-vidhaṃ of a king Ja.v.120, Ja.v.121 consists of bāhābalaṃ strength of arms, bhoga˚ of wealth, amacca˚ of counsellors, abhijacca˚ of high birth, paññā˚ the force of wisdom.
■ In the religious sense five balāni or powers are commonly enumerated: saddhābalaṃ, viriya˚, sati˚, samādhi˚, paññā˚ AN.iii.12; DN.ii.120; MN.ii.12, MN.iii.296; SN.iii.96, SN.iii.153 SN.iv.366, SN.v.219, SN.v.249; Pts.ii.56, Pts.ii.86, Pts.ii.166, Pts.ii.174, Pts.ii.223; Pts.ii.84 Pts.ii.133, Pts.ii.168 etc. They correspond to the 5 indriyāni and are developed with them. SN.v.219, SN.v.220; Ne.31; they are cultivated to destroy the five uddhambhāgiyāni saṃyojanāni SN.v.251. They are freq. referred to in instructions of the Buddha about the constituents of the “Dhamma,” culminating in the eightfold Path, viz cattāro satipaṭṭhānā, samappadhānā, cattāro iddhipādā pañcindriyani, p. balāni, sattabojjhangāni, ariyo aṭṭhangiko maggo e.g. SN.iii.96; Pts.ii.56; Mnd.13 = Mnd.360 = Cnd.420; Cnd. s.v. satipaṭṭhāna; and passim. [Cp BSk. catvāra ṛddhipādāḥ pañc’ endriyāni p. balāni sapta bodhyangāni etc. Divy.208.]
■ Two balāni are specially mentioned AN.i.52 (paṭisankhānabalaṃ and bhāvanā˚), also DN.iii.213, followed here by the other “pair” satibalaṃ and samādhi˚.
■ There are four balāni of the ariyasāvaka, by which he overcomes the five fears (pañca bhayāni q.v.); the four are paññābalaṃ viriya˚, anavajja˚ saṅgāha˚; AN.iv.363 sq., as given at AN.ii.141, also the foll. 3 groups of cattāri balāni: 1 saddhābalaṃ, viriya˚, sati˚, samādhi˚; cp. DN.iii.229 2 sati˚ samādhi, anavajja˚, sangāha˚. 3 paṭisankhāna˚ bhāvanā˚, anavajja˚; sangāha˚
■ For 4 balāni see also DN.iii.229 note, and for paṭisankhānabala (power of computation) see Dhs. trsl. 1353. The ten balāni of the Tathāgata consist of his perfect comprehension in ten fields of knowledge AN.v.32 sq. MN.i.69; Cnd.466; Mil.105, Mil.285; Vb-a.397
■ In a similar setting 10 powers are given as consisting in the knowledge of the Paṭiccasamuppāda at SN.ii.27, SN.ii.28. The balāni of the sāvaka are distinct from those of the Tathāgata: Kv.228 sq
■ There are seven balāni DN.iii.253, and seven khīṇāsava-balāni DN.iii.283 i.e. saddhābalaṃ, viriya˚, sati˚, samādhi˚, paññā˚, hiri˚; and ottappa˚; The same group is repeated in the Abhidhamma; Dhs.58, Dhs.95, Dhs.102; Dhs-a.126. The Pts. also enumerates seven khīṇāsavabalāni Pts.i.35; and sixty-eight balāni Pts.ii.168 sq.
Vedic bala, most likely to Lat. de-bilis “without strength” (cp. E. debility, P. dubbala), and Gr. βέλτιστος (superl.) = Sk. baliṣṭha the strongest. The Dhātupāṭha (273) defines b. with pāṇane. At Dhs-a.124 bala is understood as “na kampati”
a species of carrion crow Ja.v.268; also in cpd. bal’aṅkapāda having crow’s feet, i.e. spreading feet (perhaps for balāka˚?) Ja.vi.548 (C. explains by pattharita-pāda read patthārita˚).
cp. *Sk. bala: Halāyudha 5, 23; & P. balākā
adjective strong; only in kisa˚; of meagre strength, weakly MN.i.226; and dub˚; weak MN.i.435 Cp. balika.
fr. bala
feminine strength, lit. strength-quality MN.i.325.
abstr. fr. bala
to live Kp-a.124 (in def. of bālā as “balanti anantī ti bālā”).
fr. bal, as in bala
neuter strength, only in cpd. dubbalatta weakness Ja.ii.154.
abstr. fr. bala, cp. balatā
feminine strength, force (also in military sense) Ja.ii.369 (ārakkhassa b.); Mil.101 (kusalassa & akusalassa kammassa b.).
abstr. fr. balavant; cp. Epic Sk. balavattā
adjective strong, powerful, sturdy MN.i.244 (purisa) SN.i.222; Ja.ii.406; Dhp-a.ii.208; Vv-a.35; Pv-a.94. Comparative balavatara Mil.131; f. -a(n)tarī Sdhp.452. In compound balava˚; e.g. -gavā sturdy oxen MN.i.226; -vippaṭisāra deep remorse Pv-a.14, -balava very strong Ja.ii.406. -balavaṃ as nt. adv. “exceedingly,” in cpd. balav’ ābalavaṃ very (loud and) strong Vin.ii.1 (= suṭṭhu balavaṃ C.), and -paccūse very early in the morning Vism.93, and -paccūsa-samaye id. Ja.i.92; Dhp-a.i.26.
fr. bala
see palasata.
feminine a crane Thag.307; Ja.ii.363; Ja.iii.226; Mil.128 (˚ānaṃ megha-saddena gabbhâvakkanti hoti); Vism.126 (in simile, megha-mukhe b. viya); DN-a.i.91 (variant reading baka).
cp. Vedic balākā, perhaps to Lat. fulica, Gr. φαλαρίς a water fowl, Ohg. pelicha = Ger. belche
cp. Vedic bali; regarding etym. Grassmann connects it with bhṛ.
adjective strong; only in der. balikataraṃ (compar.) adv. in a stronger degree, more intensely more Mil.84; & dubbalika weak Thag-a.211. Cp balaka.
fr. bala
adjective strong Thag.12 (paññā˚); Vv.64#7; Dhp.280; Ja.iii.484; Ja.vi.147. Balisa & Balisa;
fr. bala
masculine & neuter a fish-hook SN.ii.226 = SN.iv.158 (āmisa-gataṃ b.); Cnd.374 (kāma˚ variant reading palisa); Ja.i.482 sq.; Ja.iii.283; Ja.iv.195; Ja.v.273 sq. Ja.v.389; Ja.vi.416; Mil.412; Snp-a.114 (in expln of gaḷa Snp.61); Thag-a.280, Thag-a.292; Vb-a.196 (in comparison); Sdhp.610. On use in similes cp. J.P.T.S. 1907, 115.
cp. Sk. baḍiśa
= bala˚ in combination with bhū & kṛ;, see bala.
to have strength, to grow strong, to gain power, to overpower Snp.770 (= sahati parisahati abhibhavati Mnd.12, cp. Mnd.361); Ja.iv.84 (vv.ll. khalī˚ & paliyy˚; C explains by avattharati) = Pv.ii.6#1 (= balavanto honti vaḍḍhanti abhibhavanti Pv-a.94); Ja.vi.224 (3rd pl balīyare; C. abhibhavati, kuppati, of the border provinces); Ne.6 (vv.ll. bali˚, pali˚; C. abhibhavati).
Denom. fr. bala, cp. BSk. balīyati Mvu.i.275
neuter belonging to strength, only in cpd. dub˚; weakness MN.i.364; Pp.66; also spelt dubballa MN.i.13
■ abl. dubbalyā as adv. groundlessly without strong evidence Vin.iv.241 (cp. J.P.T.S. 1886 129).
der. fr. bala
foolishness, stupidity Dhp.63 (variant reading bālya); Ja.iii.278 (C. bālya); Dhp-a.ii.30.
fr. bāla, cp. P. & Sk. bālya
feminine a mare, only in cpd. -mukha the mare’s mouth, i.e. an entrance to Niraya (cp. Vedic vaḍavâgni & vaḍavāmukha) Thag.1104 (trsl. “abyss-discharged mouth,” cp. Brethren, p. 418).
cp. Vedic vaḍavā
a species of birds Ja.vi.539.
etym.?
to pull, see ab˚, ub˚, nib˚, & cp. udabbahe, pavāḷha.
to strengthen, increase, see brūhana (upa˚); otherwise only in pp. bāḷha (q.v.) The Dhtp (344, cp. Dhtm.506) explains “baha braha brūha: vuddhiyaṃ.”
doublet of bṛh2
only in Caus. formations: to keep outside, lit. to make stay outside or away. See bāhā 2; bāheti, paribāhati.
a Pali root, to be postulated as der. fr. bahi in sense of “to keep out”
adjective dense, thick Vin.ii.112; Ja.i.467 (˚palāpa-tumba a measure thickly filled with chaff); Ja.ii.91; Mil.282; Vism.257 (˚pūva, where Kp-a.56 omits bahala), Vism.263 (opp. tanuka) Kp-a.62 (˚kuthita-lākhā thickly boiled, where in id. p Vism.261 has accha-lākhā, i.e. clear); Dhp-a.iv.68; Vv-a.162 (= aḷāra)
■ subahala very thick Mil.258 (rajojalla).
cp. Class. Sk. bahala & Ved. bahula
neuter thickness, swollen condition, swelling Ja.i.147.
abstr. fr. above
adverb outside
cp. Vedic bahis & bahir; the s(ḥ) is restored in doubling of cons. in compound like bahig-gata Vv.50#15, in bahiddhā and in lengthening of i as bahī Ja.v.65
adverb outside (adv. & prep.) DN.i.16; DN.ii.110; SN.i.169; SN.iii.47, SN.iii.103 SN.iv.205; SN.v.157; Vin.iii.113 (˚rūpa opp. ajjhatta-rūpa Snp.203; Vb-a.260 (kāye); Dhp-a.i.211 (c. gen); Dhp-a.iii.378 (sāsanato b.); Dhs-a.189
■ ajjhatta˚; inside & outside personal-external see ajjhatta
■ The; bahiddh’ ārammaṇāni (objects of thought concerning that which is external) are the outward sense-objects in the same meaning as bāhirāni āyatanāni are distinguished fr ajjhattikāni āyatanāni (see āyatana 3 and ārammaṇa 3). They are discussed at Vism.430 sq.; cp. Dhs.1049-The phrase “ito bahiddhā” refers to those outside the teaching of the Buddha (“outside this our doctrine”), e.g. at DN.i.157; SN.i.133; AN.iv.25; Dhs.1005.
fr. bahi, cp. Vedic bahirdhā, formation in ˚dhā, like ekadhā, sattadhā etc. of numerals
adjective to strengthen, cp. upabrūhana, paribbūḷha much, many, large, abundant; plenty; in compound also very, greatly (˚-) instr. sg. bahunā Dhp.166; nom. pl bahavo Vin.iii.90; Dhp.307, & bahū Dhp.53; Ja.iv.366 Ja.v.40; Ja.vi.472; Bv.2, Bv.47; Pv.iv.1#4; Mhvs.35, Mhvs.98; Pv-a.67; nt. pl. bahūni Snp.665, Snp.885; gen. dat. bahunnaṃ SN.i.196; Snp.503, Snp.957, & bahūnaṃ Ja.v.446; Kv.528 (where id. p. MN.i.447 reads bahunnaṃ); instr. bahūhi Pv-a.241; loc. bahūsu Pv-a.58
■ nt. nom. bahu Dhp.258; bahuṃ Pv-a.166, & bahud in compound bahud-eva (d may be euphonic) Ja.i.170; Bv.20, Bv.32. As nt. n. bahuṃ a large quantity AN.ii.183 (opp. appaṃ); abl. bahumhā Ja.v.387. As adv. bahu so much Pv.ii.13#11
■ Compar bahutara greater, more, in greater number AN.i.36 (pl bahutarā, opp. appakā); AN.ii.183; SN.v.457, SN.v.466; Ja.ii.293 Ja.vi.472; Pv.ii.1#17; Mil.84; Pv-a.38, Pv-a.76
■ In composition with words beginning with a vowel (in sandhi bahu as a rule appears as bavh˚; (for bahv˚, see Geiger P.Gr. § 49, 1), but the hiatus form bahu is also found as in bahu-itthiyo Ja.i.398 (besides bahutthika); bahuamaccā Ja.i.125; bahu-āyāsa (see below). Besides we have the contracted form bahū as in bahûpakāra, etc.).
-ābādha (bavh˚) great suffering or illness, adj. full of sickness, ailing much MN.ii.94; AN.i.107; AN.ii.75, AN.ii.85; Mil.65; Sdhp.89 (cp. 77). -āyāsa (bahu˚) great trouble Thig.343
■ (i)tthika (bahutthika) having many women Vin.ii.256; SN.ii.264. -ūdaka containing much water Ja.iii.430 (f. bahūdikā & bahodikā).; -ūpakāra of great service, very helpful, very useful SN.iv.295; SN.v.32; MN.iii.253; Iti.9; Vin.v.191; Ja.i.121; Pv.iv.1#56; Pv-a.114. -odaka (bavh˚) = ˚ûdaka Thag.390. -kata (a) benevolent, doing service Vin.iv.57, Vin.iv.212. (b) much moved or impressed by (instr.), paying much attention to Vin.i.247. -karaṇīya having much to do, busy DN.ii.76; Vin.i.71; SN.ii.215; AN.iii.116; DN-a.i.237. -kāra (a) favour Dāvs iv.39 (b) doing much, of great service very helpful MN.i.43, MN.i.170; AN.i.123, AN.i.132; AN.ii.126; SN.v.67; Pv.ii.12#19; Ja.iv.422; Mil.264. -kāratta service, usefulness Kp-a.91. -kicca having many duties, very busy Vin.i.71; DN.i.106; DN.ii.76; SN.ii.215; AN.iii.116; DN-a.i.237 -khāra a kind of alkali (product of vegetable ash Ja.vi.454. -jañña see bāhu˚
■ jana a mass of people a great multitude, a crowd, a great many people DN.i.4; Iti.78; Ja.vi.358; Pp.30, Pp.57; Pv.ii.7#7; Pv-a.30. At some passages interpreted by Bdhgh as “the unconverted the masses,” e.g. DN.i.47, explained at DN-a.i.143 by “assutavā andha-bāla puthujjana”; Dhp.320 (bahujjana), explained at Dhp-a.iv.3 by “lokiya-mahājana. -jāgara very watchful Dhp.29 (= mahante sativepulle jāgariye ṭhita Dhp-a.i.262); Snp.972 (cp. Mnd.501). -jāta growing much, abundant Ja.vi.536. -ṭhāna (-cintin) of far-reaching knowledge, whose thoughts embrace many subjects Ja.iii.306; Ja.iv.467; Ja.v.176. -dhana with many riches Pv-a.97. -patta having obtained much, loaded with gifts Vin.iv.243. -pada many-footed, a certain order of creatures, such as centipedes, etc. Vin.ii.110 Vin.iii.52; AN.ii.34; Iti.87. -(p)phala rich in fruit Snp.1134 cp. Cnd.456. -(b)bīhi t.t.g., name of compounds with adj sense, indicating possession. -bhaṇḍa having an abundance of goods, well-to-do Vin.iii.138; Kp-a.241. -bhāṇika = ˚bhāṇin Pv-a.283. -bhāṇitā garrulousness Pv-a.283. -bhāṇin garrulous AN.iii.254, AN.iii.257; Dhp.227. -bhāva largeness, richness, abundance Dhp-a.ii.175. -bherava very terrible AN.ii.55. -maccha rich in fish Ja.iii.430 -mata much esteemed, venerable Cp.vi.7; Pv-a.117 -manta very tricky Dhp-a.ii.4 (variant reading māya). -māna respect, esteem, veneration Ja.i.90; Pv-a.50, Pv-a.155, Pv-a.274 -māya full of deceit, full of tricks Ja.v.357 (cp. ˚manta) -vacana (tt.g.) the plural number Ja.iv.173; Pv-a.163 -vāraka the tree Cordia myxa Abhp.558. -vighāta fraught with great pain Thig.450. -vidha various multiform Cp.xv.7; Pgdp.37. -sacca see bāhu˚-(s)suta having great knowledge, very learned, well-taught DN.i.93, DN.i.137; DN.iii.252, DN.iii.282; Ja.i.199; Ja.iv.244; AN.i.24; AN.ii.22, AN.ii.147, AN.ii.170, AN.ii.178; AN.iii.114; Snp.58 (see Cnd.457); Iti.60, Iti.80; Thag.1026; Dhp.208; Vin.ii.95; Ja.i.93; Mil.19; Thag-a.274, Thag-a.281; Snp-a.109, Snp-a.110. -(s)sutaka of great knowledge (ironical) DN.i.107 (see Dial. i.132).
Vedic bahu, doubtful whether to Gr. παξύς; fr. bṛh2
adjective great, much, many, abundant Ja.iii.368 (b. jano most people, the majority of p.), Ja.v.388; Ja.iv.536; Mhvs.36, Mhvs.49; Pv-a.25 (gloss for pahūta Pv.i.5#2); Dhp-a.ii.175
■ nt. bahukaṃ plenty, abundance AN.ii.7 = Pp.63; Vism.403 (opp. thokaṃ). Compar bahukataraṃ more Ja.ii.88 (variant reading bahutaraṃ).
fr. bahu
adverb many times Mil.215.
bahu + khattuṃ, like sattakkhattuṃ, ti˚ etc.
neuter multiplicity, manifoldedness Vb-a.320 (cetanā˚).
cp. Sk. bahutvaṃ
adverb in many ways or forms SN.v.264 (hoti he becomes many), SN.v.288; MN.i.34; Snp.966; Pv.iv.1#52 (= bahūhi pakārehi Pv-a.241) Mhvs.31, Mhvs.73; Dāvs v.68.
fr. bahu, cp. Vedic bahudhā
adjective much, abundant, nt. abundance (˚-); full of, rich in, fig. given to, intent on, devoted to DN.ii.73; SN.i.199, SN.i.202; AN.iii.86 (pariyatti˚), AN.iii.432 (āloka˚); AN.iv.35; Iti.27, Iti.30; Ja.iv.5 (vināsa˚), Ja.iv.22; Pv-a.80 (chārik’ angāra˚)
■ sayana˚ as much as “particular in one’s choice of resting place Mil.365 nt. bahulaṃ (-˚) in the fullness of, full of SN.iii.40 (nibbidā˚). The compound form with karoti (kamma) is bahulī˚ (q.v.). Cp.; bāhulla.
usually -˚, as ˚-only in cpd. ˚ājīva
neuter Name of a lucky die Ja.vi.281.
= preceding
in compound with kar = bahula (adj.) + kar, lit. “to make much of,” i.e. to practise, in foll. words: -kata (pp. practised (frequently), usually combined with bhāvita SN.ii.264; SN.iv.200, SN.iv.322; SN.v.259; AN.i.6; Vism.267 (= punappunaṃ kata); -katatta (nt.) practice DN.ii.214; -kamma continuous practice, an act often repeated MN.i.301; Dhs-a.406 (= punappuna-karaṇa); -karoti to take up seriously, to practise, devote oneself to (acc.) MN.i.454; AN.i.275; AN.iii.79; SN.iv.322; Dhp-a.iii.356 (sevati +) Vb-a.291; -kāra zealous exercise, practice MN.iii.25 sq (tab-bahulī˚ to this end).
rare in Epic Sanskrit; when found, diff. in meaning
adverb repeatedly Pv-a.107.
cp. Sk. bahuśaḥ
adjective abundant, much Thig.406 (˚ratana, so read for bahuta˚), Thig.435 (for bahutadhana); Ja.iii.425 (bahūtam ajjaṃ “plenty of food”; ajja = sk. ādya, with kern, Toevoegselen s. v. bahūta for T. bahūtamajjā, which introd. story takes as bahūtaṃ = balaṃ ajja, with ajjā metri causâ. C. explains however as mataka-bhattaṃ); Ja.vi.173 (˚tagarā mahī); Pv.ii.7#5 (variant reading for pahūta, cp. pahūtika).
for pahūta = Sk. prabhūta
adverb in abundance Ja.iii.484 (where C. expln with bahūtaso is faulty and should perhaps be read pahūtaso), Ja.vi.538.
der. fr. bahūta, cp. Sk. prabhūtaśaḥ
feminine the plant Vernonia anthelminthica Abhp.586.
cp. *Sk. bākucī
an arrow Mbhv.19.
cp. Vedic bāṇa
lit. pressing (together), oppression, hindrance, annoyance Ja.vi.224. Cp. sam˚.
fr. bādh
adjective oppressing, harassing, injurious Vism.496 (dukkhā aññaṃ na ˚ṃ); Vv-a.214; Pv-a.175.
fr. bādh
neuter the fact of being oppressive or injurious Vism.496.
abstr. fr. bādhaka
to press, weigh on; oppress, hinder afflict, harm DN.ii.19; Ja.i.211; Ja.iv.124; Vism.400; Dhp-a.i.24. grd. bādhitabba Thag-a.65; Pass. bādhiyati to be afflicted, to become sore, to suffer Snp-a.481; Thag-a.282; ppr. bādhiyamāna Pv-a.33 (so read for ˚ayamāna), Pv-a.69
caus bādheti; pp. bādhita (q.v.). Cp. vi˚.
Vedic bādhate, bādh; Idg. *bheidh to force, cp. Goth. baidjan, Ohg. beitten. See Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. fido. In Pali there seems to have taken place a confusion of roots bādh and bandh, see bādheti & other derivations
neuter
fr. bādh
oppressed, pressed hard, harassed Dhp.342 (but taken by C. as “trapped, snared,” baddha Dhp-a.iv.49); Thag-a.65.
pp. of bādhati
adjective (-˚) (lit. oppressing), snaring; as n. a trainer Vin.ii.26 (ariṭṭha gaddha˚-pubba); Vin.iv.218 (id.).
fr. bādh
Caus. of bādhati; the confusion with bandhati is even more pronounced in the Caus. According to Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. we find bādhayati for bandhayati in Sk. as well
adjective of Benares, coming fr. B. (a kind of muslin) DN.ii.110; DN.iii.260.
fr. Bārāṇasī
adjective
cp. Sk. bāla (rarely Vedic, more freq. in Epic & Classical Sk.); its orig. meaning is “young, unable to speak,” cp. Lat. infans, hence “like a child, childish infantile”
the hair of the head Pv-a.285 (˚koṭimatta not even one tip of the hair; gloss BB vālagga˚).
for vāla
fr. bāla
adjective having fools, consisting of fools; f. -inī MN.i.373 (parisā).
fr. bālaka
feminine foolishness Ja.i.101, Ja.i.223.
abstr. to bāla
a fisherman SN.ii.226; SN.iv.158; Ja.i.482; Ja.iii.52 (cp. Fick. Sociale Gliederung p. 194); Mil.364 Mil.412; Dhp-a.iii.397.
fr. balisa
neuter
fr. bāla
adjective strong; only as adv. -ṃ and ˚-, viz.
Vedic bāḍha, orig. pp. of bahati2
adjective , only in su˚; having excess of good things, very prosperous Ja.v.214 (C. explains by suṭṭhu aḍḍha).
fr. bāḷha
number twenty-two Kv.218; Mil.419; Dhs-a.2.
bā = dvā, + vīsati
see bāheti.
feminine
a specific Pali doublet of bāhu, q.v. It is on the whole restricted to certain phrases, but occurs side by side of bāhu in others, like pacchā-bāhaṃ & ˚bāhuṃ bāhaṃ & bāhuṃ pasāreti
adjective foreign in ˚raṭṭha-vāsin living in a foreign country Ja.iii.432 (or is it N.? Cp. Ja vii. p. 94).
= bāhiya
neuter keeping out, exclusion Cnd.464 (in expln of word brāhmaṇa).
abstr. fr. bāhita
feminine a mantle, wrapper (lit. “that which keeps out,” i.e. the cold or wind) MN.ii.116, MN.ii.117.
fr. bāhita, pp. of bāheti1
to be kept out (?) MN.i.328. The reading seems to be corrupt; meaning is very doubtful; Neumann trsls “musst (mir) weichen.”
unclear; grd. of bāheti1, but formed fr. pp.?
adjective foreign Ja.i.421; Ja.iii.432.
fr. bahi, cp. bāhira and Vedic bāhya
adjective
fr. bahi, as Sk. bāhya fr. bahis, cp. also bāhiya
adjective outsider, non-religious, non-Buddhist, heretic profane SN.ii.267; AN.i.73; AN.iii.107; Kv.172 (isayo) Vv-a.67 (itthi).
= bāhira, but specialised in meaning bāhira 3
neuter being outside (of the individual), externality Vism.450.
abstr. fr. bāhira
adjective outer, external, outside Vin.iii.149 (b. māna external measure; opp. abbhantarima); Ja.v.38 (opp. abbhantarima).
fr. bāhira, compar
■ adversative formation
the arm Ja.iii.271 (bāhumā bāhuṃ pīḷentā shoulder to shoulder); Vism.192. -ṃ pasāreti to stretch out the arm (cp. bāhaṃ) Pv-a.112 pacchā-bāhuṃ (cp. bāhaṃ) Pv-a.4 (gāḷha-bandhanaṃ bandhāpetvā).
cp. Vedic bāhu, prob. to bahati2; cp. Gr. π ̈ηξυς in same meaning, Ohg. buoc. It seems that bāhu is more frequent in later literature, whereas the by-form bāhā belongs to the older period
adjective belonging to the mass of people, property of many people or of the masses DN.ii.106, DN.ii.219; SN.ii.107 SN.v.262; Ja.i.29 (verse 212). Note. The expression occurs only in stock phrase iddha phīta vitthārika bāhujañña.
fr. bahu + jana, cp. sāmañña fr. samaṇa
neuter abundance Sdhp.77.
fr. bahula, the Sk. form for P. bāhulla
neuter
■ See also bāhulya & bāhullika.
fr. bahula
adjective living in abundance, swaggering, luxurious, spendthrift Vin.i.9 (+ padhāna-vibbhanto, as also Ja.i.68, with which Kern, Toevoegselen s.v. compares Mvu.ii.241 & Mvu.iii.329); Vin.ii.197; Vin.iii.250; MN.i.14; MN.iii.6; AN.i.71; AN.iii.108, AN.iii.179 sq.; Ja.i.68; Ja.iii.363. The reading is often bāhulika.
fr. bāhulla
neuter great learning, profound knowledge MN.i.445; AN.i.38 (so read for bahu˚); AN.ii.218; Vin.iii.10; Dhp.271; Vv.63#9.
fr. bahu + sacca, which latter corresponds to a Sk. śrautya fr. śru, thus b. is the abstract to bahussuta See on expln of word Kern, Toevoegselen s. v.
to keep away, to keep outside, to ward off; only with ref. to pāpa (pāpaka) to keep away (from) sin SN.i.141 (bāhetvā pāpāni); Snp.519 = Cnd.464#a (bāhetvā pāpakāni); Dhp.267; a popular etymology of brāhmaṇa (pāpaṃ bahenti) DN.iii.94 (bāhitvā, better bāhetvā, explained by panuditvā Dhp-a.iii.393; variant reading K vāh˚)
pp bāhita (q.v.). See also nib˚, pari˚.
Caus. of bahati3 or Denom. fr. bahi
to carry, see sam˚; (sambāhana, meaning rubbing, stroking). Whether atibāheti belongs here, is doubtful.
Caus. of bahati4, cp. Sk. vāhayati
adjective noun
cp. Sk. vidala in same meaning, fr. vi + dal
cp. Vedic bindu & vindu
neuter
cp. Class. Sk. bimba
= bimba 2; Vv-a.168.
(or bimbī) gold, of golden colour DN-a.i.280 = Snp-a.448 (in Bdhgh’s fanciful etym of king Bimbisāra, viz. bimbī ti suvaṇṇaṃ, sārasuvaṇṇa-sadisa-vaṇṇatāya B.).
= Sk. bimbī, see bimba
neuter a hole, den, cave AN.ii.33 = SN.iii.85; Thag.189 Mnd.362; Ja.i.480; Ja.ii.53; Ja.vi.574 (= guhā C.); Mil.151 Sdhp.23
■ kaṇṇa˚; orifice of the ear Vism.195; vammīka˚; ant’s nest Ja.iv.30; sota˚; = kaṇṇa˚ Dhs-a.310.
Vedic bila, perhaps fr. bhid to break, cp. K.Z. 12, 123. Thus already explained by Dhtp.489: bila bhedane
neuter a part, bit Ja.vi.153 (˚sataṃ 100 pieces); abl. bilaso (adv.) bit by bit MN.i.58 = MN.iii.91 (variant reading vilaso). At Ja.v.90 in cpd. migābilaṃ (maṃsaṃ it is doubtful whether we should read mig’ābilaṃ (thus as we have done, taking ābila = āvila), or migā-bilaṃ with a lengthened metri causâ, as the C. seems to take it (migehi khādita-maṃsato atirittaṃ koṭṭhāsaṃ).
identical with bila1
a kind of salt Vin.i.202; MN.ii.178, MN.ii.181.
cp. Sk. viḍa
sour gruel Ja.vi.365 (= kañjiya); usually in stock phrase kaṇājaka bilaṅga-dutiya (seed-cake?) accompanied by sour gruel Vin.ii.77, Vin.ii.78; SN.i.90; AN.i.145; AN.iv.392; Ja.i.228; Ja.iii.299; Snp-a.94; Dhp-a.iii.10 (variant reading pilanka-˚akaṃ); Dhp-a.iv.77; Vv-a.222, Vv-a.298 (bilanka˚).
etym. doubtful; one compares both Sk. viḍanga the plant Embelia ribes, and vilanga the plant Erycibe paniculata
adjective living on sour gruel; Name of a class of brāhmaṇas at Rājagaha SN.i.164.
fruit of the Bilva tree, Aegle marmelos or Bengal quince, only in one stock phrase where its size is compared with sizes of smaller fruits, and where it is preceded by āmalaka SN.i.150 = AN.iv.170 (vv.ll. villa, bila, beḷu, bilāla) = Snp.p.125 (vv.ll. pillā billā, billa; T. reading after SS billi). Cp. derivations bella & beluva.
cp. Ved. bilva
a cat DN.ii.83; MN.i.128, MN.i.334; SN.ii.270; AN.iii.122 (viḷāra); AN.v.202, AN.v.289; Thag.1138; Ja.i.461 (as representing deceit), Ja.i.480; Ja.v.406, Ja.v.416, Ja.v.418; Mil.118; Dhp-a.ii.152; Pp-a 225. On biḷāra in similes cp J.P.T.S. 1907, 116.
etym. uncertain, prob. a loan-word; cp. late Sk. biḍāla & see also P. biḷāla. The Prk. forms are birāla & virāla, f. birālī
feminine a she-cat Ja.iii.265.
cp. Sk. biḍālikā
a cat Ja.i.110; Ja.ii.244; Ja.vi.593. pakkha a flying fox Ja.vi.538.
see biḷāra
a kind of salt Abhp.461.
see bila3
feminine a bulbous plant, a tuber Ja.iv.46 (= ˚vallīkanda, cp. gloss latātanta on kalamba), Ja.iv.371 (= ˚kanda com. p. 373); Ja.vi.578. Cp. takkaḷa.
f. of biḷāla = biḷāra, cp. Sk. biḍālī, also Name of a plant, see on Prk. chira-birālī = Sk. kṣīra-biḍālī Pischel Gr. § 241
feminine tittle-tattle SN.i.200 = Thag.119. Mrs. Rh. D. (Brethren 106 n.) trsl “finglefangle,” noting the commentator’s paraphrase “vilivilikriyā” (lit. sticky-sticky-action?).
onomat. cp. E. babble
neuter
-gāma seed-group, seed-kingdom, seed-creation (opp bhūta-gāma). There are 5 kinds of seeds usually enumerated, e.g. at DN.i.5 (explained at DN-a.i.77, translation at Dial. i.6 and passim), viz. mūla˚, khandha˚, phalu˚, agga˚ bija˚, or plants propagated by roots, cuttings, joints buddings, shoots, seeds (Dial. iii.40: tubers, shoots berries, joints, seeds). The same set occurs at DN.iii.44 DN.iii.47; Vin.iv.34; Snp-a.144
■ Without ref. to the 5 kinds at MN.iii.34; SN.v.46; Mil.33. -jāta species of seed SN.iii.54. -bīja one of the 5 groups of edible or useful plants, falling under bījagāma. It is explained at Vin.iv.35 & DN-a.i.81 by the terms pubbaṇṇa (i.e. the seven dhaññāni or grains, sāli, vīhi, yava, godhūma, kangu varaka, kudrūsa) and aparaṇṇa (i.e. beans and other leguminous plants, and gourds such as mugga, māsa tila, kulattha, alābu, kumbhaṇḍa). -sakaṭa a cart (-load) of seeds Snp-a.137.
cp. Vedic bīja
scion, offspring Vin.iii.18
■ nīla˚; a waterplant Vin.iii.276 (C. on Vin.iii.177). Bijati & Bijani
fr. bīja
are by-forms of vījati & vījanī (q.v.).
(-˚) adjective having seed, only in cpd. eka˚; having one seed (for only one future life) left AN.i.233; SN.v.205; Ne.189, cp. AN.iv.380; Kvu AN.ii.471, see also KvuA in J.P.T.S. 1889, 137.
fr. bīja
adjective disgusting, awful, horrible, dreadful Ja.ii.276; Ja.iv.71 (˚vaṇṇa), Sdhp.603. -dassana a disgusting sight, horrible to behold Ja.i.171; Pv-a.32, Pv-a.56 Pv-a.68, Pv-a.99 (: all with ref. to Petas)
■ The spelling bhībhaccha (after bhī) is sometimes found, e.g. at Ja.i.61 Ja.iv.491; Ja.v.42.
cp. Epic Sk. bībhatsa, bībhatsate to feel disgust. Not a des. fr. bādhate: see Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. fastidium
a fragrant grass, Andropogon muricatum SN.iii.137; (here represented as larger than the kusa babbaja grasses, smaller than a tree).
cp. Sk. vīraṇa & vīraṇī-mūla = uśīra Halāyudha 2, 467
adjective intelligent, prudent, judicicus, in a˚; Dpvs.ix.17, foolish, imprudent, unmindful of their own interest (translation suggested by E. Hardy as preferable to Oldenberg’s “unnoticed”). Morris, J.P.T.S. 1893 69 suggests “not fighting,” thus making abujjhaka avujjh˚ = ayujjh˚ (of yudh).
fr. budh
to be awake, to be enlightened in (acc.), to perceive, to know, recognise, understand DN.ii.249; SN.i.74, SN.i.198; Dhp.136, Dhp.286; Thag.146; Ja.iii.331; Ja.iv.49 Ja.iv.425; Mil.165, Mil.348 (pot. bujjheyya); Dpvs.i.14 (with gen.) Kp-a.219 (so attho sukhaṃ b.).
■ 3rd pl. bujjhare Thig.453; Bv.ii.183.
imper bujjhassu Bv.ii.183.
fut bujjhissati Bv.ii.65;
aor abujjhi Bv.ii.211, and bujjhi Ja.iv.425; Vism.209;
■ pret. 3rd sg. abujjhatha Bv.vii.22
ppr bujjhamāna Snp.395; Bv.vii.22; Dhp-a.i.93
pp buddha (q.v.)
caus 1 bodheti (q.v.)
caus 2 bujjhāpeti to lead to knowledge or recognition Ja.i.407. Two infinitives formed fr. bodh but belonging to budh are bodhuṃ Ja.v.341, and boddhuṃ Thag.167.
budh, y-formation, corresp. to Sk. budhyate for the usual bodhate. The sense is that of a Med., but is also used as Act. with acc. of object, e.g. saccāni bujjhi he recognised the truths Vism.209
■ The Dhtp (414) and Dhtm (652) explain budh by “avagamane (understanding, see ogamana), Dhtm (242) also by “bodhane” (awakening). Bdhgh’s expln of the meaning is “kilesa-santāna-niddāya uṭṭhahati cattāri vā ariyasaccāni paṭivijjhati Nibbānam eva vā sacchikaroti” Dhs-a.217, cp. translation at Expos. 294 “to rise from the slumber of the continuum of the lower nature, or a penetrating the Ariyan Truths, or a realizing Nibbāna”
neuter awakening, attaining to knowledge, recognition Pts.i.18; Mil.194; DN-a.i.51.
fr. budh
adjective endowed with knowledge, having the elements of bodhi, being enlightened Dhs-a.217.
fr. bujjhana
one who becomes enlightened or recognises Mnd.457 = Pts.i.174 = Vism.209 (bujjhitā saccāni, of the Buddha).
n. ag. of bujjhati
aged, old DN.ii.162; Ja.i.164 (˚pabbajita one who has become an ascetic in his old age). Compar. buḍḍhatara Dhp-a.ii.239 (variant reading K.B.S. vuḍḍhatara).
for vuḍḍha, pp. of vṛdh, see vaḍḍhati
adjective
med- pass. pp. of bujjhati, cp. Epic Sk. buddha
-ānubuddha enlightened after the Enlightened one Thag.679, Thag.1246 (trsld “who next to our Great Waked one was awoke”). -ānubhāva the majestic power of the B. Pv-a.38, Pv-a.171. -ānussati mindfulness of the B., one of the 6 anussatis (B.˚, dhamma˚, sangha˚, sīla˚ cāga˚, devatā˚) DN.iii.250, DN.iii.280; Vism.132 (where followed by upasamânussati and 4 other qualities making up the pīti-sambojjh’anga; see anussati), Vism.197 sq. (the 10, as mentioned under anussati). -aṅkura a nascent (lit sprouting) Buddha, one who is destined to be a B Dhp-a.i.83. -antara a Buddha-interval, the period between the appearance of one Buddha & the next Mil.3; Dhp-a.i.201 (the 4 last ones); Dhp-a.iv.201; Pv-a.10, Pv-a.14 Pv-a.21, Pv-a.47, Pv-a.191. -ārammaṇa having its foundation or cause in the B., in ˚pīti joy, caused by contemplation of a B Ja.iii.405; Vism.143 (here as ubbegā-pīti). -ūpaṭṭhāna B
■ worship Dhp-a.i.101; Pv-a.93. -uppāda the coming into existence of a Buddha, time or age in which a B was born (opp. buddh’ antara), a Buddha-period Ja.i.59 Mhbv.12; Vb-a.50; Thag-a.28. -kara making a B. bringing about Buddhahood Ja.i.20. -kāraka = ˚kara Mhbv.9. -kāla the time of a B. Vism.91 (Buddhakālo viya pavattati it is like the time of the B.) -kula Buddha-clan Snp-a.532 (B
■ pitā, ˚mātā ibid.). -kolāhala the announcement of a Buddha, one of the 5 kolāhalas (q.v.) Kp-a.121, cp. Ja.i.48. -khetta field or region of (or for the existence of) a Buddha Vism.414 (divided into 3 spheres: jātikkhetta, āṇākkhetta visayakkhetta, see khetta). -gata directed or referring to the B. SN.i.211 (sati); Dhp.296. -guṇa quality of a B., virtue, character of a Buddha Ja.i.27; Ja.ii.147 Bv.ii.177; Mbhv.80; Kp-a.121 (cp. App.). -cakkhu the eye of a Buddha, i.e. an eye (or the faculty) of complete intuition Vin.i.6; Thag-a.2; see discussed in detail at Mnd.359 = Cnd.235#4; cp. cakkhu. -ñāṇa knowledge of a B., which is boundless (cp. Saddh. 73 J.P.T.S. 1887, 40) Bv.i.64 (appameyya); x.5 (cuddasa) -dhamma Buddhahood Mil.276; pl. condition or attributes of a B. Ja.i.20; referred to as 6 at Mnd.143 Cnd.466 (bhāgī channaṃ ˚ānan ti Bhagavā), as 18 at Mil.105, Mil.285. Kern (Manual & Grundriss; iii.8, p. 63 gives (after Lal.183, Lal.343) the foll. 18 āveṇikadharmas (“extraordinary qualities”) as such: 1 seeing all things past, 2 present, 3 future, 4 propriety of actions of the body, 5 of speech, 6 of thought, 7 firmness of intuition, 8 of memory, 9 of samādhi 10 of energy, 11 of emancipation, 12 of wisdom 13 freedom from fickleness, 14 noisiness, 15 confusedness 16 hastiness, 17 heedlessness, 18 inconsiderateness -pañha the name given to one question asked by Sāriputta, which the paribbājikā Kuṇḍalakesī was unable to answer Dhp-a.ii.225. -pasanna finding one’s happiness, or believing in the B. Vin.iv.39. -putta son of the B. said of bhikkhus or arahants Mil.143 cp. SN.iii.83: puttā Buddhassa orasā. -bala the force of a B. (iddibala & paññā˚) Bu; i.3. -bījaṅkura a future B. Bv.ii.71. -bhāva condition of a B. enlightenment Ja.i.14, Ja.i.147 (abuddhabhāva un-buddhahood, of Devadatta); DN-a.i.1. -bhūmi the ground of Buddhahood Bv.ii.175. -manta mystic verses of a B. DN-a.i.248 -māmaka devotedly attached to the B. Dhp-a.i.206 (+ Dhamma˚, Sangha˚). -rakkhita saved by the B (Np.) Snp-a.534 (+ Dhamma˚). -rasmi (pl. ˚iyo) rays shining forth from the person of the Buddha; they are of 6 colours Ja.i.501; Snp-a.132; Mhbv.6, 15, 38; Vv-a.207; Dhs-a.13. -rūpa form or figure of the B. Vism.228 (Mārena nimmita, cp. Divy.162, Divy.166; Buddha-nirmāṇa the magic figure of the B.). -līḷha (& ˚līḷhā); deportment ease, grace of a Buddha Ja.i.54; Mhbv.39; Dhp-a.i.33; Dhp-a.ii.41. -vacana the word (teaching) of the Buddha Mil.17; Kp-a.13; Snp-a.274, Snp-a.331. -visaya the sphere (of wonder), the range, scope or power of a Buddha (cp. buddha-khetta) Dhp-a.i.33; Dhp-a.ii.199; Snp-a.154, Snp-a.228 -veneyya one able to be led to enlightenment, accessible to Buddha’s teaching Snp-a.15, Snp-a.331. -sāsana the teaching (instructions) of the B. Dhp.368, Dhp.381 -sukumāla delicate, sensitive (to fatigue), as Buddhas are Dhp-a.i.5.
= buddha1
(-˚) adjective in cpd. dvangula-buddhikā (f.) possessing insight as much as 2 finger-breadths Vv-a.96
■ The ˚ka belongs to the whole cpd.
fr. buddha
feminine enlightenment, wisdom Dhp-a.iv.228; Thag-a.4 (Buddha-subuddhatā)
■ Cp. buddhatta.
abstr. fr. buddha
to obstruct, withhold etc.: see pali˚.
neuter state of (perfect) enlightenment, (attainment of) Buddhahood Ja.iii.363 (sabbadhammānaṃ b.); Vism.209 (buddhattā Buddho) Mhbv.12. Cp. buddhatā and abhisambuddhatta.
abstr. fr. buddha
feminine wisdom, intelligence DN.iii.165 (in sequence saddhā sīla suta b cāga etc.); Ja.iii.369; Ja.v.257; Mil.349; Sdhp.263. The ref. Vism.439 should be read vuddhi for b˚.
fr. budh; cp. Class. Sk. buddhi
adjective intelligent, in cpds a˚; unintelligent & sa˚; possessed of wisdom Mil.76.
-˚) [fr. buddhi
adjective possessing insight, full of right knowledge Vin.ii.195; Ja.v.257; Mil.21, Mil.294; Pv-a.131 (paṇḍita, b., sappañña-jātika).
fr. buddhi
the root of a tree Abhp.549.
Vedic budhna
in cpd. -ābaddha is of uncertain origin; the whole means a sort of seat or bedstead (fixed up or tied together with slats?) Vin.ii.149; Vin.iv.40, Vin.iv.357.
a bubble. On similes cp. J.P.T.S. 1907, 117
■ Usually of a waterbubble udaka˚; SN.iii.141; AN.iv.137; Ja.v.216; Mil.117 Vism.109; Dhp-a.iii.209; Vb-a.33 (as unsubstantial to which vedanā are likened). In other connection at Ja.i.68 (of cooking gruel).
cp. Epic Sk. budbuda
= bubbuḷa, viz.
wishing to eat, hungry Ja.ii.14; Ja.v.70; Mil.66; Dāvs iii.32.
pp. of bubhukkhati, Desid. of bhuñjati
array of troops Ja.i.387.
for vūḷha, cp. Sk. vyūḍha for the usual vyūha, q.v.
see vyūha. Beluva & Beluva;
the guṇa-form of billa, in like meaning. It is the diaeretic form of Sk. *bailva or *vailva, of which the contracted form is P. bella
masculine & neuter the fruit of the Vilva tree (a kind of citron?) Ja.iii.77 (C. beluva); Ja.vi.578. Also in doubtful passage at Ja.iii.319 (variant reading mella, phella).
= beluva, q.v.
neuter a matter to be known or understood, subject of knowledge or understanding Ne.20.
orig. grd. of bujjhati or bodheti
a factor or constituent of knowledge or wisdom. There are 7 bojjhangas usually referred to or understood from the context. There are enumerated at several places, e.g. at DN.iii.106, where they are mentioned in a list of qualities (dhammā) which contribute to the greatest happiness of gods and man, viz. the 4 satipaṭṭhānā, 4 sammapadhānā 4 iddhipādā, 5 indriyāni, 5 balāni & the 7 bojjhangas and ariya aṭṭhangika magga, 37 in all The same list we find at Divy.208
■ The 7 b. (frequently also called; sambojjhaṅgā) are sati, dhamma-vicaya viriya, pīti, passaddhi, samādhi, upekhā or mindfulness investigation of the Law, energy, rapture, repose, concentration and equanimity (Dhs-a.217, cp. Expositor ii.294)
■ DN.ii.79, DN.ii.83, DN.ii.120, DN.ii.303; DN.iii.101, DN.iii.128, DN.iii.284; MN.i.11, MN.i.61; MN.ii.12; MN.iii.85, MN.iii.275; SN.i.54; SN.v.82, SN.v.110; AN.i.14 AN.iv.23; Mnd.14, Mnd.45, Mnd.171 (˚kusala), Mnd.341; Kv.i.158; Dhs.358, Dhs.528, Dhs.1354; Vb.199 sq., Vb.227 sq.; Vism.160; Mil.340; Dhp-a.i.230; Vb-a.120, Vb-a.310; Thag-a.27, Thag-a.50, Thag-a.160 They are counted among the 37 constituents of Arahantship viz. the 30 above-mentioned qualities (counting magga as one), with addition of sīlesu paripūrikāritā indriyesu gutta-dvāratā, bhojane mattaññutā jāgariy’ ânuyoga, sati-sampajaññaṃ (see e.g. Mnd.14 Cnd. s.v. satipaṭṭhāna & sīla); cp. Thag.161, Thag.162 Thig.21 (maggā nibbāna-pattiyā); Dhs-a.217 (bodhāya saṃvattantī ti bojjhangā etc.; also def. as “bodhissa ango ti pi bojjhango sen’ angarath’ ang’ ādayo viya) They are also called the paribhoga-bhaṇḍāni or “insignia” of the Buddha Mil.330.
bodhi + anga; cp. BSk. bodhyanga, e.g. Lal.37, where the 7 are given at Divy.208
form is sambodha = bodhi, viz. knowledge, wisdom, enlightenment, Buddhaship DN.iii.54 (variant reading sam˚); Dhs-a.217; in phrase bodhāya maggo Ja.i.67; Mil.244, Mil.289; and in bodha-pakkhiyadhammā (for which usually bodhi˚) Snp-a.164 (where given as 37); complementary to santi (arousing soothing) Thag.342. bodhaṅgama leading to enlightenment (dhammā) Ne.31, Ne.83 (variant reading bojjh˚).
fr. budh; the usual
see pali˚.
neuter
fr. bodheti
adjective capable of being enlightened, worthy to be taught Bv.5, Bv.31. See also bodhaneyya.
grd. fr. bodheti
adjective capable of being enlightened, to be taught the truth Bv.2, Bv.195 (jana); Mil.169 (yena yogena bodhaneyyā sattā bujjhanti tena y. bodheti); otherwise in combination bodhaneyya-bandhavo the (Buddha’s) relations (or fellowmen) who are able to be enlightened Ja.i.345 = Dhp-a.i.367; Ja.v.335.
fr. bodheti, see bodhanīya
feminine (supreme knowledge, enlightenment, the knowledge possessed by a Buddha (see also sambodhi & sammā-sambodhi) MN.i.356; MN.ii.95 = DN.iii.237 (saddho hoti, saddahati Tathāgatassa bodhiṃ); DN.iii.159 (anuttaraṃ pappoti bodhiṃ), DN.iii.165 (id.); SN.i.103, SN.i.196; SN.v.197 sq.; AN.ii.66; Vb-a.310 (def.). Bodhi consists of 7 elements called bojjhaṅgā or sambojjhaṅgā, and is attained by the accomplishment of the perfections called bodhi-pācanā dhammā (see under compounds & cp. bodhi-pakkhiya-dhammā). The Buddha is said to have found the Path followed by former Buddhas, who “catusu satipaṭṭhānesu supatiṭṭhitacittā satta-bojjhange yathābhūtaṃ bhāvetvā anuttaraṃ sammā-sambodhiṃ abhisambujjhiṃsu” SN.v.160. The moment of supreme enlightenment is the moment when the Four Truths (ariya-saccāni) are grasped SN.v.423 Bodhi is used to express the lofty knowledge of an ascetic (Bodhi-paribbājaka Np. Ja.v.229 sq.), and the stage of enlightenment of the Paccekabuddha (paccekabodhi Ja.iii.348; pacceka-bodhi-ñāṇa Ja.iv.114; paccekasambodhi Snp-a.73), as distinguished from sammāsambodhi
-ṭṭhāna the state of Bodhi, state of enlightenment Dpvs.25. -pakkhika = pakkhiya (& pakkhika;, e.g. AN.iii.70 = AN.iii.300; Thag.900; cp. bodha˚) belonging to enlightenment, usually referred to as the 37 bodhipakkhiyā dhammā qualities or items constituting or contributing to Bodhi, which are the same as enumerated under bojjhanga (q.v.). They are enumerated & discussed at Vism.678 sq. and mentioned at many other passages of the Abhidhamma, e.g. Vb.244, Vb.249; Ne.31, Ne.197 Ne.240, Ne.261; and in the Commentaries, e.g. Ja.i.275 Ja.iii.290; Ja.v.483; Dhp-a.i.230. When they are increased to 43 they include the above with the addition of aniccasaññā; dukkha˚, anatta˚, pahāna˚, virāga˚, nirodhasaññā thus at Ne.112, Ne.237. In the older texts we do not find any numbered lists of the b- p- dhammā. At AN.iii.70 only indriyesu guttadvāratā, bhojane mattaññutā and jāgariy’ ânuyoga are mentioned in connection with bodhipakkhikā dhammā in general At SN.v.227, SN.v.239 sq. (so read in Vb preface xiv. for 327 337!) the term is applied to the 5 indriyas: saddh indriyaṃ, viriy˚, sati˚, samādhi˚, paññ˚. A more detailed discussion of the bodhi-p-dhammā and their mention in the Piṭakas is found in Mrs. Rh. D.’s preface to the Vb edition, pp. xiv–xvi. Of BSk. passage may be mentioned Divy.350 (saptatriṃśad-bodhi-pakṣān dharmān amukhī-kṛtya pratyekāṃ bodhiṃ sākṣātkṛtavantah) & Divy.616 (bodhipakṣāṃs tān dharmān Bhagavān saṃprakāśayati sma).; -paripāka the maturing of enlightenment Vism.116. -pācana ripening of knowledge (of a Buddha); adj. leading to enlightenment Bv.ii.121 sq.; Cp.i.1#1 (cp. Ja.i.22). It is a late term The b. dhammā are the 10 perfections (pāramiyo), i.e. dāna˚, sīla˚, nekkhamma˚, paññā˚, viriya˚, khanti˚; sacca˚, adhiṭṭhāna˚, mettā˚, upekhā˚.
-satta
fr. budh, cp. Vedic bodhin-manas having an attentive mind; RV v.75, 5; viii.82, 18
the tree of wisdom, the sacred Bo tree, the fig tree (Assattha, Ficus religiosa) under which Gotama Buddha arrived at perfect knowledge. The tree is near the spot where Buddhagāya is now, about 60 miles fr. Patna. It is regarded by pilgrims as the centre of the world (cp. pathavī-nābhi mahā-bodhimaṇḍo Mbvs.79). It is also spoken of as Mahābodhi (e.g. Ja.iv.228; Vism.403)
■ Vism.72, Vism.299, Vism.342; Dhp-a.i.105; Thag-a.62; Vb-a.473.
= bodhi1
awakener, enlightener Mnd.457; Pts.i.174; Vism.209.
n. ag. fr. bodheti
Caus. of bujjhati
body Pv.iv.3#32; Ja.i.503; Ja.ii.160; Ja.iii.117; Pv-a.254.
etym. doubtful, one proposed by Morris, J.P.T.S. 1889, 207 derives it fr. bandh = bundh to bind, which is an erroneous comparison; on his hint “probably cognate with E. body” cp. Walde, Lat. Wtb. under fidelia. The orig. meaning may have been, as Morris suggests, “trunk.” It certainly is a dial. word
etc. (byā˚, byu˚) words not found under these initials are to be looked up under vya˚; etc.
3rd sg. aor. of vi + gam, to depart, to be lost, perish Thag.170.
a tiger Ja.ii.110; Sdhp.388. f. byagghinī Mil.67.
cp. Sk. vyāghra
neuter
cp. Sk. vyañjana
adjective experienced, learned Mil.21.
cp. P. vyatta; Sk. vyakta
feminine experience, learning Mil.349. See also pari˚.
fr. byatta
in -bhavati, bhāva etc. see vyanti˚.
departed, dispelled Mil.225.
= vy-apa-gata
busy, active. Thus Kern, but the translation is not satisfactory. It occurs only at 2 passages; Vin.iv.2 where combined with vācā, girā, vacībheda, and meaning “mode of speech,” and at Snp.961, where it has the same meaning & is referred by Mnd.472 to a mode of speech & expld by Snp-a.572 by vacana. Thus the derivation fr. pṛ; with vyā˚ can hardly be claimed to be correct for Bdhgh’s conception of the word; to him it sounded more likely like vy + ā + patha (cp. cpds vacana-patha & vāda-patha), thus “way of speaking.”
so for byappattha; according to Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. the word is a distortion fr. *vyāpṛta (for which usually P. vyāvaṭa) of vy + ā + pṛ3, pṛṇoti to be busy or active
a celestial mansion, a Vimāna Vv.52#3. As vyamha at Ja.iv.464.
cp. vyamha
see vyasana.
indeclinable intensive particle: “just so, certainly, indeed” only in phrase “evaṃ byā kho” Vin.ii.26; Vin.iv.134 = DN-a.i.27; MN.i.130 (evaṃ vyā kho ti evaṃ viya kho C.), MN.i.257.
distorted fr. iva = eva, with metathesis & diaeresis *veyya → *veyyā → *vyā → byā
sickness, disease AN.i.146; Kvu AN.ii.457; Mil.351.
cp. Sk. vyādhi; lit. “upset” fr. vy + ā + dhā
afflicted with disease Thag.73; Mil.168.
pp. fr. byādheti
to cause to waver, unsettle, agitate, trouble SN.i.120; Thag.46, Thag.1211. Pass. byādhiyati Kv.ii.457 (aor. byādhiyiṃsu)
pp byādhita.
Caus. fr. byādhi
fr. vy-ā- pad
malevolent Sdhp.70; otherwise vy˚; e.g. SN.ii.168 (˚citta).
fr. vyāpajjati
ill-will, malevolence, one of the 5 “obstructions” (āvaraṇāni, see e.g. SN.v.94 Cnd.379); and of the 4 “bonds” (kāya-ganthā see e.g. Mnd.98)
■ MN.i.434; SN.i.99; Iti.119; Pts.i.31; Pts.ii.12 Mnd.149, Mnd.207, Mnd.386.
fr. vy + ā + pad
evil, wrong, hurt; usually referred to as 3 fold: atta˚, para˚, ubhaya˚, or against oneself against others, & both-MN.i.416; SN.iv.159 (vyā˚), SN.iv.339.
vy + ā + bādh
to injure, hurt, oppress SN.v.393 (na kiñci byābādhemi tasaṃ vā thāvaraṃ vā).
Denom. fr. byābādha
feminine
vy + ā + bhañj
a fathom, measured by both hands being extended to their full length, only in phrase -ppabhā a halo extending for a fathom around the Buddha Ja.i.12, Ja.i.90; Bv.i.45; Mil.75; Vv-a.213.
cp. Vedic & P. vyāma cp. Śatap. Br.; i.2, 5, 14.
obstructed, opposed, hindered Snp.936 (aññam-aññehi b. in enmity with each other; = paṭiviruddha Mnd.408), Snp.938 (Snp.412 id.; Snp-a.566 = āhata-citta).
pp. of vy + ā + rundh; reading by˚ in Nd1; vy˚ in Sn & Snp-a; variant reading BB
covered, adorned with Vv-a.213 (rūpakāya byāvaṭa jana; variant reading byāgata).
the meaning (wrongly given as “adorned”) is to be deleted. The reading at Vv-a.213 is doubtful. It may be kāyavyāvaṭa, but dassana-vyāvaṭa is to be preferred (see under vyāvaṭa).
vy + ā + vṛ.
attached to, clinging to, in cpd. -mānasa possessed with longing Dhp.47 (= sampatte vā asampatte vā lagga-mānasa Dhp-a.i.361), Dhp.287 (cp. Dhp-a.iii.433; lagganatāya sattamānasa).
pp. of vy + ā + sañj, cp. āsatta1
cp. Sk. & P. vyūha fr. vi + ; vah
to stand in array (like a troop) Vv-a.104 (byūhanto, variant reading brahmanto).
Denom. fr. byūha
adjective very great, vast, high, lofty, gigantic; nom sg. brahā Snp.410, Snp.550; Thag.31; Ja.iii.117 (= dīgha C.); Ja.iv.111 (su˚); Ja.iv.64#2; Pv.iv.3#10 (of a huge tree), acc sg. brahantaṃ AN.iii.346; Vv-a.182; nom. pl. also brahantā Vv.52#4 (= mahantā Vv-a.224; of the Yama-dūtā or Death’s giant messengers)
■ f. brahatl Ja.v.215 (= uḷārā C.); also given as Name of a plant Abhp.588
■ Superl. brahaṭṭha (= Sk. barhiṣṭha; on inversion bar → bra cp. Sk. paribarhanā → P. paribrahaṇa) in -puppha a large or fully developed blossom Ja.v.416.
cp. Vedic bṛhant, of bṛh2 to increase, to be great or strong; paribṛdha solid (cp. brūha, paribrahaṇa & paribrūhana), Av. bərəƶat high; Arm. barjr high; Oir. brī, Cymr. bre mountain; Goth. baurgs “borough,” Ohg. etc. burg “burgh,” i.e. fortress Ger. berg mountain
■ The fundamental notion is that of an increase above normal or the ordinary: vuddhi (of vṛdh) is used in explains of the term; thus Dhtp.344 (Dhtm.506) baha braha brūha = vuddhiyaṃ; Vv-a.278 brahā = vuddhā. Its use is almost entirely restricted to poetry
neuter [cp. Vedic bráhman nt. prayer; nom. sg bráhma]
[cp. Vedic brahmán, m., one who prays or chants hymns, nom. sg. Brahmā]
adjective noun [cp. brahmā II. 2; Vedic brahma˚ & Sk. brāhma]
-attabhāva existence as a brahma god Dhp-a.iii.210 -ujjugatta having the most divinely straight limbs (one of the 32 marks of a Great Man) DN.ii.18; DN.iii.144, DN.iii.155 -uttama sublime Dhs-a.192. -uppatti birth in the brahma heaven SN.i.143. -ūposatha the highest religious observance with meditation on the Buddha practice of the uposatha abstinence AN.i.207. -kappa like Brahmā Thag.909. -kāya divine body DN.iii.84; Ja.i.95. -kāyika belonging to the company of Brahmā, N of a high order of Devas in the retinue of Br (cp. Kirfel, Kosmographie pp. 191, 193, 197) DN.i.220 DN.ii.69; AN.iii.287, AN.iii.314; AN.iv.40, AN.iv.76, AN.iv.240, AN.iv.401; Thag.1082 Vism.225, Vism.559; Kp-a.86. -kutta a work of Brahmā DN.iii.28, DN.iii.30 (cp. similarly yaṃ mama, pitrā kṛtaṃ devakṛtaṃ na tu brahmakṛtaṃ tat Divy.22). See also under kutta. -giriya (pl.) name of a certain class of beings possibly those seated on Brahmagiri (or is it a certain class of performers, actors or dancers?) Mil.191 -ghaṭa (= ghaṭa2) company or assembly of Brahmans Ja.vi.99. -cakka the excellent wheel, i.e. the doctrine of the Buddha MN.i.69; AN.ii.9, AN.ii.24; AN.iii.417; AN.v.33; Iti.123; Pts.ii.174; Vb-a.399 (in detail); -cariya see separate article. -cārin leading a holy or pure life, chaste, pious Vin.ii.236; Vin.iii.44; SN.i.5, SN.i.60; SN.ii.210; SN.iii.13; SN.iv.93, AN.ii.44; MN.iii.117; Snp.695, Snp.973; Ja.v.107, Ja.v.382; Vv.34#11 (acc. pl. brahmacāraye for ˚cārino); Dhp.142; Mil.75; DN-a.i.72 (brahmaṃ seṭṭhaṃ ācāraṃ caratī ti br. c.) Dhp-a.iii.83; a˚ SN.iv.181; Pp.27, Pp.36. -cintita divinely inspired Pv.ii.6#13 = Vv.63#16 (of manta); expln at Pv-a.97 as given above III.3, differs from that at Vv-a.265 where it runs: brahmehi Aṭṭhak’ ādīhi cintitaṃ paññācakkhunā diṭṭhaṃ, i.e. thought out by the divine (seer Aṭṭhaka and the others (viz. composers of the Vedic hymns: v. s. brāhmaṇa1, seen with insight). -ja sprung from Brahmā (said of the Brāhmaṇas) DN.iii.81 DN.iii.83; MN.ii.148. Cp. dhammaja. -jacca belonging to a brahman family Thag.689. -jāla divine, excellent net Name of a Suttanta (D No. 1) Vism.30; Vb-a.432, Vb-a.516 Kp-a.12, Kp-a.36, Kp-a.97; Snp-a.362, Snp-a.434. -daṇḍa “the highest penalty,” a kind of severe punishment (temporary death sentence) Vin.ii.290; DN.ii.154; Dhp-a.ii.112; cp. Kern Manual p.87-dāyāda kinsman or heir of Brahmā DN.iii.81, DN.iii.83. -deyya a most excellent gift, a royal gift, a gift given with full powers (said of land granted by the King) DN.i.87 (= seṭṭha-deyyaṃ DN-a.i.246; cp. Dial. i.108 note: the first part of the cpd. (brahma) has always been interpreted by Brahmans as referring to themselves But brahma as the first part of a cpd. never has that meaning in Pali; and the word in our passage means literally “a full gift.”-Cp. id. p. Divy.620 where it does not need to mean “gift to brahmans,” as Index suggests); DN.i.114; Ja.ii.166 = Dhp-a.iii.125 (here a gift to a br., it is true, but not with that meaning) Ja.vi.486 (sudinnaṃ +); Mhbv.123. We think that both Kern (who at Toevoegselen s. v. unjustly remarks of Bdhgh’s expln as “unjust”) and Fick (who at “Sociale Gliederung” p. 126 trsls it as “gift to a Brahman”) are wrong, at least their (and others’) interpretation is doubtful. -devatā a deity of the Brahmaloka Pv-a.138 (so read for brahmā˚). -nimantanika “addressing an invitation to a brahma-god,” title of a Suttanta MN.i.326 sq., quoted at Vism.393. -nimmita created by Brahmā DN.iii.81, DN.iii.83. -patta arrived at the highest state, above the devas, a state like the Br. gods MN.i.386; AN.ii.184. -patti attainment of the highest good SN.i.169 SN.i.181; SN.iv.118. -patha the way to the Br. world or the way to the highest good SN.i.141; AN.iii.346; Thag.689 Cp. Geiger, Dhamma 77. -parāyana devoted to Brahmā Mil.234. -parisā an assembly of the Brahma gods DN.iii.260; MN.i.330; SN.i.155; AN.iv.307. -pārisajja belonging to the retinue of Br., Name of the gods of the lowest Rūpa-brahmaloka SN.i.145, SN.i.155; MN.i.330; Kv.207; cp. Kirfel, Kosmographie 191, 194. -purohita minister or priest to Mahābrahmā; ˚deva gods inhabiting the next heaven above the Br- pārisajjā devā (cp. Kirfel loc. cit.) Kv.207 (read ˚purohita for ˚parohita!). -pphoṭana [a-pphoṭana; ā + ph.] a Brahmaapplause divine or greatest applause Dhp-a.iii.210 (cp Mil.13; Ja.vi.486). -bandhu “brahma-kinsman,” a brāhmaṇa in descent, or by name; but in reality an unworthy brahman, Thig.251; Ja.vi.532; Thag-a.206 cp. Fick, Sociale Gliederung p.140-bhakkha ideal or divine food SN.i.141. -bhatta a worshipper of Br Ja.iv.377 sq. -bhavana Br- world or abode of Br. Mnd.448. -bhūta divine being, most excellent being, said of the Buddha DN.iii.84; MN.i.111; MN.iii.195, MN.iii.224; SN.iv.94; AN.v.226; Iti.57; said of Arahants AN.ii.206; SN.iii.83 -yāna way of the highest good, path of goodness (cp brahma-patha) SN.v.5; Ja.vi.57 (C. ariyabhūmi: so read for arāya˚). -yāniya leading to Brahmā DN.i.220 -loka the Br. world, the highest world, the world of the Celestials (which is like all other creation subject to change & destruction: see e.g. Vism.415 = Kp-a.121) the abode of the Br. devas; Heaven
■ It consists of 20 heavens, sixteen being worlds of form (rūpa-brahmaloka) and four, inhabited by devas who are incorporeal (arūpa˚). The devas of the Br. l. are free from kāma or sensual desires. Rebirth in this heaven is the reward of great virtue accompanied with meditation (jhāna) AN.i.227 sq.; AN.v.59 (as included in the sphere called sahassī cūḷanikā lokadhātu)
■ The brahmās like other gods are not necessarily sotāpannā or on the way to full knowledge (sambodhi-parāyaṇā); their attainments depend on the degree of their faith in the Buddha Dhamma, & Sangha, and their observance of the precepts
■ See e.g. DN.iii.112; SN.i.141, SN.i.155, SN.i.282; AN.iii.332; AN.iv.75, AN.iv.103; Snp.508, Snp.1117; Ja.ii.61; Pts.i.84; Pv.ii.13#17; Dhs.1282; Vb.421; Vism.199, Vism.314, Vism.367 Vism.372, Vism.390, Vism.401, Vism.405, Vism.408, Vism.415 sq., Vism.421, Vism.557; Mhbv.54 , Bv.83, Bv.103 sq., Bv.160; Vb-a.68; Pv-a.76; Vb-a.167, Vb-a.433 Vb-a.437, Vb-a.510. See also Cpd. 57, 141 sq.; Kirfel, Kosmographie 26, 191, 197, 207, and cp. in BSk. literature Lal.171. The Br- l. is said to be the one place where there are no women: Dhp-a.i.270
■ yāva Brahmalokā pi even unto Br.’s heaven, expression like “as far as the end of the world” MN.i.34; SN.v.265, SN.v.288 -˚ûpaga attaining to the highest heaven DN.ii.196; AN.v.342; Snp.139; Ja.ii.61; Kv.114. -˚ûpapatti rebirth in Heaven Snp.139. -˚parāyana the Br- loka as ultimate goal Ja.ii.61; Ja.iii.396. -˚sahavyatā the company of the Br. gods AN.iv.135 sq. -yāna the best vehicle SN.v.5 (+ dhammayāna). -vaccasin with a body like that of Mahābrahmā, combined with -vaṇṇin of most excellent complexion, in ster. passage at DN.i.114, DN.i.115; MN.ii.167, cp. DN-a.i.282: ˚vaccasī ti Mahābrahmuṇo sarīra-sadisena sarīrena samannāgato; ˚vaṇṇī ti seṭṭhavaṇṇī -vāda most excellent speech Vin.i.3. -vimāna a palace of Brahmā in the highest heaven DN.iii.28, DN.iii.29; Iti.15; Vism.108. -vihāra sublime or divine state of mind, blissful meditation (exercises on a, altruistic concepts; b, equanimity; see on these meditations Dial i.298). There are 4 such “divine states,” viz. mettā karuṇā, muditā, upekkhā (see Vism.111; Dhs-a.192 and cp. Expositor 258; Dhs trsl. 65; BSk. same, e.g. Divy.224); DN.ii.196; DN.iii.220 (one of the 3 vihāra’s dibba˚, brahma˚, ariya˚); Thag.649; Ja.i.139 (˚vihāre bhāvetvā… brahmalok’ ûpaga), Ja.ii.61; Dhs.262 Vism.295 sq. (˚niddesa), 319. -veṭhana the head-dress of a brahmin Snp-a.138 (one of the rare passages where brahma˚ = brahma III. 1). -sama like Brahmā Snp.508; Snp-a.318, Snp-a.325; Dhs-a.195. -ssara “heavenly sound, a divine voice, a beautiful and deep voice (with 8 fine qualities: see enumerated under bindu) DN.ii.211 = DN.ii.227; Ja.i.96; Ja.v.336.
fr. bṛh, see brahant. Perhaps less with regard to the greatness of the divine principle than with ref. to the greatness or power of prayer or the ecstatic mind (i.e. holy enthusiasm). On etym. see Osthoff, “Bezzenberger’s Beiträge” xxiv.142 sq. (= Mir bricht charm, spell: Oicel. bragr poetry)
adjective only in cpd. sa˚; with Brahmā (or the Br. world). q.v.
neuter a term (not in the strictly Buddhist sense) for observance of vows of holiness, particularly of chastity: good & moral living (brahmaṃ cariyaṃ brahmāṇaṃ vā cariyaṃ = brahmacariyaṃ Kp-a.151); esp. in Buddh. sense the moral life, holy life, religious life, as way to end suffering Vin.i.12, Vin.i.19, renouncing the world, study of the Dhamma DN.i.84, DN.i.155; DN.ii.106; DN.iii.122 sq., DN.iii.211; MN.i.77 MN.i.147, MN.i.193, MN.i.205, MN.i.426, MN.i.463, MN.i.492, MN.i.514; MN.ii.38; MN.iii.36, MN.iii.116; SN.i.38, SN.i.43, SN.i.87, SN.i.105, SN.i.154, SN.i.209; SN.ii.24, SN.ii.29, SN.ii.120, SN.ii.219, SN.ii.278 SN.ii.284 (˚pariyosāna); SN.iii.83, SN.iii.189; SN.iv.51, SN.iv.104, SN.iv.110, SN.iv.126 SN.iv.136 sq., SN.iv.163, SN.iv.253, SN.v.7 sq., SN.v.15 sq., SN.v.26 sq., SN.v.54 sq., SN.v.233 SN.v.262, SN.v.272, SN.v.352; AN.i.50, AN.i.168, AN.i.225; AN.ii.26, AN.ii.44, AN.ii.185; AN.iii.250 AN.iii.346; AN.iv.311; AN.v.18, AN.v.71, AN.v.136; Snp.267, Snp.274 (vas-uttama), Snp.566, Snp.655, Snp.1128; Thag.1027, Thag.1079; Iti.28, Iti.48, Iti.78, Iti.111; Dhp.155, Dhp.156, Dhp.312; Ja.iii.396; Ja.iv.52; Pv.ii.9#13; Dhp-a.iv.42 (vasuttamaṃ); Vb-a.504
■ brahmacariyaṃ vussati to live the religious life AN.i.115 (cp. ˚ṃ vusitaṃ in formula under Arahant II. A); ˚assa kevalin wholly given up to a good life AN.i.162; ˚ṃ santānetuṃ to continue the good life AN.iii.90; Dhp-a.i.119; komāra˚; the religious training of a well-bred youth AN.iii.224; Snp.289
■ abrahmacariya unchastity, an immoral life sinful living MN.i.514; DN.i.4; Snp.396; Kp-a.26.
brahma + cariya
adjective only in phrase ādi˚ leading to the highest purity of life DN.i.189, DN.i.191 DN.iii.284; AN.iv.166.
fr. brahmacariya
adjective leading the religious life, pure, chaste SN.i.182; Dhp.267.
fr. brahmacariya
adjective brahman, of the brahman rank; brahmanhood, of higher conduct, leading a pure life DN.i.115 (at which passage DN-a.i.286 includes Sāriputta, Moggallāna & Mahākassapa in this rank) MN.ii.167; AN.i.143
■ abstr. der. brāhmaññā (nt.) higher or holy state, excellency of a virtuous life DN.i.166; Vin.iii.44; Ja.iv.362 (= brāhmaṇa dhamma C.); brahmañña (nt.) DN.ii.248; brahmaññā (f.) DN.iii.72, DN.iii.74; AN.i.142; brahmaññattha (nt.) SN.iii.192; SN.v.25 sq., SN.v.195; AN.i.260 (brāhmaññattha).
fr. brāhmaṇa
state of a brahman DN.iii.145, DN.iii.169; Dhp.332, cp. Dhp-a.iv.33
■ Neg. a˚; DN.iii.70, DN.iii.71.
fr. brahma or brāhmaṇa
see brahmañña.
neuter state of a Brahma god, existence in the Br. world Vb.337; Vism.301 Vb-a.437; Dhp-a.i.110. brahmattabhāva is to be read as brahm’ attabhāva (see under brahma).
abstr. fr. brahma
at Ja.iii.207 (of a castle) is probably to be read brahmuttara “even higher than Brahmā,” i.e. unsurpassed, magnificent. C. explains by suvaṇṇa- pāsāda.
adjective “having Brahmā,” possessed or full of Brahmā; f. brahmavatī Np. Vism.434. Brahmanna. brahmannata & brahmannattha;
fr. brahma
see brahmañ˚.
a member of the Brahman caste; a Br teacher. In the Buddhist terminology also used for a man leading a pure, sinless & ascetic life, often even syn. with arahant
■ On brāhmaṇas as a caste & their representation in the Jātaka collection see Fick; Sociale Gliederung; esp. ch. 8, pp. 117–162
■ Var fanciful etymologies, consisting of a word-play, in P definitions are e.g. “sattannaṃ dhammānaṃ bāhitattā br.” (like def. of bhikkhu) Mnd.86 = Cnd.464#a (cp Snp.519); ye keci bho-vādikā Mnd.249 = Cnd.464#b brahā-sukhavihāra-jhāna-jhāyin Mil.226; pāpaṃ bāhesuṃ DN.iii.94; bāhita-pāpattā br. Dhp-a.iii.84 ariyā bāhita-pāpattā br. DN-a.i.244
■ pl. brāhmaṇāse Snp.1079 sq
■ Var. references in the Canon to all meanings of the term: DN.i.90, DN.i.94, DN.i.104, DN.i.119 sq., DN.i.136 (mahāsālā), DN.i.150 (˚dūta), DN.i.247; DN.iii.44 sq., DN.iii.61, DN.iii.83 sq., DN.iii.94 sq. (origin of), DN.iii.147 , DN.iii.170 , DN.iii.258 (˚mahāsālā), DN.iii.270 ; MN.i.271 (˚karaṇā dhammā), MN.i.280; MN.ii.84, MN.ii.148, MN.ii.177; MN.iii.60, MN.iii.270 (a bhikkhu addressed as br.); SN.i.47, SN.i.54, SN.i.94 sq., SN.i.99 (˚kumāra), SN.i.117, SN.i.125 , SN.i.160 sq.; SN.ii.77 , SN.ii.259 ; SN.iv.157 ; SN.v.194 ; AN.i.66, AN.i.110, AN.i.163 (tevijjā); AN.i.166; AN.ii.176; AN.iii.221 sq. (brāhmaṇa-vagga) Iti.57 sq., Iti.60, Iti.98, Iti.101; Ja.iii.194; Ja.iv.9; Ja.vi.521 sq.; Vb.393 sq. For br. with the meaning “arahant” see also: Vin.i.3; Vin.ii.156 (br. parinibbuta); Thag.140, Thag.221 (brahma-bandhu pure āsiṃ, idāni kho ‘mhi brāhmaṇo) Dhp.383 sq.; Snp passim (e.g. v. Snp.142 kammanā hoti brāhmaṇo; Snp.284 sq.); Ja.iv.302 sq.; Mil.225. Ten kinds of Br. are pronounced to be apetā brahmaññā degraded fr. brahmanship Ja.iv.361 sq. Diff. schools of br. teachers are enumerated at DN.i.237 sq. (Tevijja Sutta)
■ brāhmaṇānaṃ pubbakā isayo mantānaṃ kattāro “the ten inspired Seers of old times, who composed the Vedic hymns”; their names are Aṭṭhaka Vāmaka, Vāmadeva, Vessāmitta, Yamataggi, Angirasa Bhāradvāja, Vāseṭṭha, Kassapa, Bhagu Vin.i.245; DN.i.104; AN.iii.224; AN.iv.61; cp. Vv-a.265
■ f. brāhmaṇī (n. or adj.) the wife of a brāhmaṇa DN.i.193; Ja.v.127 (of a purohita or high priest); Dhp-a.i.33; Dhp-a.iv.176; Pv-a.55 Pv-a.61, Pv-a.64. Freq. in combination brāhmaṇī pajā this generation of brāhmaṇas, e.g. DN.i.249; AN.i.260; AN.ii.23 (see pajā).
fr. brahma; cp. Vedic brāhmaṇa, der. fr. brahmán
neuter state of a true brahman, “holiness supreme” Thag.631.
for brahmañña
to say, tell, call; show explain DN.i.95; Snp.308 sq.; Dhp.383 sq.; Cp.vi.8; Mil.314, Mil.327
■ Constructed with double acc. or with dat of person & acc. of thing said (cp. Mil.233)
■ Forms: Pres. 1st sg. brūmi Iti.33, Iti.40; Snp.1033, Snp.1042 sq. (explained as ācikkhāmi desemi paññāpemi etc. by Nd.); Pv.i.2#3 (= kathemi Pv-a.11); Thag.214; 2nd sg. brūsi Snp.457 Snp.1032, Snp.1081; Ja.ii.48; Thig.58; 3rd sg. brūti Snp.122 imper. brūhi Thag.1266; Snp.1018, Snp.1034, Snp.1043; Mil.318
■ pret. abravi Snp.981; Thag.1275; Ja.vi.269; Pv.ii.9#64 (variant reading abruvi); Pv-a.264; abruvi Ja.iii.62, and bravi Ja.v.204; 3rd sg. med. bravittha Vv.53#10 (= kathesi Vv-a.240); 1st sg. also abraviṃ Cp.ii.6#8; 3rd pl. abravuṃ Ja.v.112.
brū, Sk. bravīti, Med. brūte; cp. Geiger, Pali Grammar § 141#2. Explained by Dhtp.366 as “vacane,” by Dhtm.593 as “vācāyaṃ, viyattiyaṃ”
to say DN.i.95 (explained as “brūmetū ti vadatu” DN-a.i.265).
possible Caus. fr. brūti, but as Geiger, Pali Grammar § 141#2, rightly remarks “not critically sound”
neuter expansion, increasing, spreading; cultivation, development (trs. & intrs.) Mil.313 (Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. “amusement”); Dhs-a.332; Vv-a.20 (sukha˚). Cp. upa˚.
fr. brūheti
increaser; one who practises, is devoted to; in phrase brūhetā suññāgārānaṃ frequenter of solitary places; given up to solitary meditation MN.i.33, MN.i.213.
n. ag. of brūheti
to cause to grow, increase; hence: to promote, develop, practise, to put or devote oneself to; to look after, to foster, make enjoy; practically syn. with sevati; SN.i.198 (saddhaṃ) Snp.324 (kammāni); Dhp.285 (imper. brūhaya = vaḍḍhaya Dhp-a.iii.429); Ud.72; Ja.i.289; Mil.313 (saddena sotaṃ br.); Pv-a.168 (vaḍḍheti + , for ābhāveti)
■ Cp anu˚, pari˚.
cp. Sk. bṛṃhayati; fr. brh2 to increase; Dhtp.346 & Dhtm.505: vuddhiyaṃ. Cp. brahant
indeclinable the letter or sound (syllable) bh; figuring in Bdhgh’s exegesis of the N. Bhagavā as representing bhava, whereas ga stands for gamana, va for vanta Kp-a.109
■ Like ba˚; we often find bha˚; mixed up with pa˚
■ see e.g. bhaṇḍa bhaṇḍati; bh represents b. in bhasta = Sk. basta, bhisa = Sk. bisa, bhusa = Sk buśa
■ bha-kāra the sound (or ending) -bha, which at Vin.iv.7 is given as implying contempt or abuse among other low terms (hīnā akkosā). This refers also to the sound (ending) -ya (see ya-kāra). The expln for this probably is that -bha is abstracted from words ending thus, where the word itself meant something inferior or contemptible, and this shade of meaning was regarded as inhering in the ending, not in the root of the word, as e.g. in ibbha (menial).
feminine superciliousness Snp.485. Ja.iii.99; Vism.26 (˚karaṇa); Snp-a.412. Der. bhākuṭika (q.v.). See also bhūkuṭi.
cp. Epic Sk. bhrakuṭi from older bhṛkuti, bhrukuṭi or bhrūkuṭi
(-˚) adjective
fr. bhakṣ
to eat, to feed upon Pv.ii.2#5 (pubba-lohitaṃ); Dhp-a.ii.57 (vātaṃ).
inf bhakkhituṃ Ja.ii.14
caus bhakkheti in same meaning Ja.iv.349 (aor. bhakkhesuṃ); cp. BSk. bhakṣayati Divy.276.
bhakṣ fr. bhaj, cp. Sk. bhakṣati & bhakṣayati; Dhtp.17 & Dhtp.537 explains by “adana”
luck, lot, fortune, only in cpd. dub˚; (adj.) unhappy, unpleasant uncomfortable Iti.90; DN-a.i.96 (˚karaṇa)
■ bhaga (in verse “bhagehi ca vibhattavā” in exegesis of word “Bhagava”) at DN-a.i.34 read bhava, as read at id. p Vism.210.
Vedic bhaga, bhaj, see bhagavant etc.
(& ā) an ulcer, fistula Vin.i.216, Vin.i.272; Mnd.370. Has expln at Dhtm.204 “bhaganda secane hoti” (“comes from sprinkling” anything to do with our word?
cp. late Sk. bhagandara
Name of a mountain Snp-a.197 (loc. Bhagalavati pabbate). Occurs also as an assembly-hall under the Name of Bhagalavatī at DN.iii.201 Cp. Kirfel, Kosmographie 196.
of uncertain origin
adjective noun fortunate, illustrious, sublime, as epithet and title “Lord.” Thus applied to the Buddha (amhākaṃ Bh. and his predecessors. Occurs with extreme frequency of fanciful exegetic explains of the term & its meaning we mention e.g. those at Mnd.142 = Cnd.466; Vism.210 sq. DN-a.i.33 sq. Usual trs. Blessed One, Exalted One.
cp. Vedic bhagavant, fr. bhaga
feminine a sister Ja.vi.32. The popular etym. of bh. as given at Vb-a.108 is the same as that for bhātar, viz. “bhagatī ti bh.”-Cpd bhagini-māla a “sister garland” (?) Name of a tree Ja.vi.270 (= upari-bhaddaka).
Epic Sk. bhaginī
broken, in phrases “sabbā te phāsukā bhaggā” Ja.i.493, which is applied metaphorically at Dhp.154 (phāsukā = pāpakā?), explained Dhp-a.iii.128 (artificially) by “avasesa-kilesa-phāsukā bhaggā”; further “bhaggā pāpakā dhammā” Vism.211; bhaggā kilesā Mil.44; and bhagga -rāga, ˚dosa etc. (in def. of Bhagavā) at Mnd.142 = Cnd.466 B, quoted at Vism.211.
pp. of bhañj, Sk. bhagna
neuter fortune, good luck, welfare, happiness Vism.210 (akāsi ˚ṃ ti garū ti Bhāgyavā etc.).
fr. bhaga; cp. Sk. & P. bhāgya
potter (?) Ja.iii.381, Ja.iii.382 in voc. bhaggava (m.) & bhaggavī (f.). The terms are not explained in C., evidently because somewhat obscure. According to Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. the Sk. form in this meaning occurs at MBh.i.190, MBh.i.47; Saddhp.191 sq. Mvu.iii.347.
cp. Sk. *bhārgava, a der. fr. bhṛgu, & bhargaḥ, of same root as Lat. fulgur lightning; Gr. φλός light Ger. blitzen, blank; Ags. blanca white horse, all of the idea of “shining, bright, radiant.” How the meaning “potter” is connected with this meaning, is still a problem, perhaps we have to take the word merely as an Epithet at the one passage where it occurs, which happens to be in the Kumbhakāra-jātaka, v. 6, 7. i.e. the “Jātaka of the potter”
adjective noun having good luck or auspices, fortunate; in def of “Bhagavā” at Vism.210 = DN-a.i.34 (“bhāgyavā bhaggavā yutto”); with ref. to the 4 qualities implied in the word “bhagavā,” which passage is alluded to at Vv-a.231 by remark “bhāgyavantat’ ādīhi catūhi kāraṇehi Bhagavā.”
fr. bhagga2, cp. Sk. & P. bhāgyavant
neuter hemp coarse hempen cloth Vin.i.58 (where combined with sāṇa).
cp. Sk. bhanga, which occurs already Atharva-veda xi.6.15 (see Zimmer. Altind. Leben 68) also Av. baṃha, Polish pienka hemp. On its possible etym. connection with Vedic śaṇa (Ath. Veda ii.4.5 = P. saṇa & sāṇa hemp (= Gr. κάνναβις, Ger. hanf E. hemp) see Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. cannabis
neuter
cp. Class. Sk. bhanga, fr. bhañj: see bhañjati
are vv.ll. of Npl. at Mnd.155 for Gaṅgaṇa & Aṅgaṇeka; respectively With misspelling bh → g, cp. bheṇḍaka → geṇḍaka.
to bhanga1?
adjective to be carried, kept or sustained AN.iii.46 (= a dependant) Ja.iv.301 (C. bharitabba). As Kern. Toevoegselen s. v. bhacca points out this gāthā “bhaccā mātā pitā bandhū, yena jāto sa yeva so” is a distortion of MBh i.74, 110, where it runs “bhastrā mātā, pituḥ putro, yena jāto sa eva saḥ (or is it bhrastā?).
grd. fr. bhṛ; cp. Sk. bhṛtya
to associate with (acc.), keep companionship with, follow, resort to; to be attached to (acc.), to love. Freq. syn. of sevati. The Dhtp & Dhtm mark the fig. meaning (bhaj2) by sevāyaṃ (Dhtp.61), sevāputhakkare (Dhtm.523) & saṃsevane (ib. 76), whilst the lit. (bhaj1) is expressed by vibhājane
■ Snp.958 (bhajato rittaṃ āsanaṃ; gen. sq. ppr. = sevato etc Mnd.466); Dhp.76, Dhp.303; Pp.26, Pp.33; Ja.i.216 = Ja.iii.510 (disā bh.), Ja.vi.358; Sdhp.275
pot bhaje Dhp.76, Dhp.78 and bhajetha Dhp.78 (= payirupāsetha), Dhp.208 in sense of imper.; hence 2nd sg. formed like Caus. as bhajehi Ja.iii.148 (C. bhajeyyāsi; cp. Geiger, Pali Grammar § 139#2).
grd bhajitabba Cnd. s.v. kāmaguṇā B (sevitabba bh., bhāvetabba).
bhaj to divide, partake etc.: see Caus. bhājeti & cp. vi˚
feminine resorting to, familiarity with Pp.20 = Dhs.1326, cp. sam˚ & Dhs trsl. 345.
fer. bhaj
adjective loving, attached to, worshipping Mnd.142 (in expln of “Bhagavā”).
fr. bhajati
to roast, toast Vin.iv.264; Dhtp.79 & Dhtm.94, expld by “pāke.” Caus. bhajjāpeti to have, or get roasted Vin.iv.264; Dhp-a.i.224 (variant reading K. paccāpeti).
Vedic bhṛjjati, cp. Gr. φρύγω to roast, φρύγανον dry wood; Lat. frīgo to make dry
adjective breaking, spoiling, destroying (attha˚
■ visaṃvāda; cp. bhañjanaka) Ja.iii.499.
fr. bhañjati
pp bhagga1 (q.v.).
bhañj, cp. Vedic bhañjati & bhanakti, roots with & without r, as Lat. frango = Goth. brikan = Ohg brehhan, E. break, Sk. giri-bhraj breaking forth from the mountain; and Sk. bhanga, bhañji wave
■ The Dhtp. 68 paraphrases by “omaddana,” Dhtm.73 by “avamaddana”
neuter breakage, breaking down, break, only in cpd. akkha˚; break of the axle Vism.32 Vism.45; Dhp-a.i.375; Pv-a.277.
fr. bhañjati
neuter anointing, smearing, oiling, in gatta˚ and pāda˚
■ bbhañjana-tela oil for rubbing the body and the feet Vism.100; Vv-a.295.
for byañjana, in composition; maybe graphical mistake
neuter destroying, hurting, spoiling, in phrase attha˚; destroying the welfare (with ref. to the telling of lies) Dhp-a.iii.356; Vv-a.72; cp bhañjaka.
fr. bhañjana1
adjective breaking, destroying, in cakka˚; breaking the wheel, fig. breaking the state of harmony Ja.v.112.
fr. bhañj
(verse 317) see bhā.
to hire; originally the same as bhṛtya fr. bhṛta & bhṛti of; bhṛ Dhtp.94, Dhtm.114
■ bhaṭa = bhatyaṃ i.e. bhṛtyaṃ servant, hireling, soldier Mil.240; Vv-a.305 (bhattavetana˚). As to suggestion of bhaṭa occurring in phrase yathā-bhaṭaṃ (Kern. Toevoegselen s. v. yathābhaṭaṃ see discussion under yathā bhataṃ.
cp. Epic & Class. Sk. bhaṭa, fr, dial.; bhaṭ
dropped, fallen down Ja.i.482; Ja.iv.222, Ja.iv.382; Ja.v.444. Cp. pari˚.
pp. of bhraṃś, see bhassati
spoken, said Vv.63#19 (su˚ = subhāsita Vv-a.265). See also paccā˚ & pari˚ cp. also next.
pp. of bhaṇ, for bhaṇita
(?) wages, tip, donation Ja.iv.261 (by C. explained as kathita, thus same as bhattha2) variant reading bhatta. Cp. Sk. bhāṭa & BSk. bhāṭaka Mvu.iii.37.
perhaps for bhatta?
to speak, tell, proclaim (the nearest synonym is katheti: see Cnd. s.v. katheti Dhp.264; Pp.33, Pp.56; Dhp-a.ii.95
ppr bhaṇanto Snp.397. Pot. bhaṇe Snp.1131 (= bhaṇeyya Cnd.469); Dhp.224 (saccaṃ; = dīpeyya vohareyya Dhp-a.iii.316). Also bhaṇeyya Snp.397. An old subjunctive form is bhaṇā- mase SN.i.209 (cp. Geiger, P.Gr. § 126). Prohib. mā bhāṇi. A Caus. form is bhāṇaye (Pot.) Snp.397.
bhaṇ; cp. Sk. bhaṇati; Ohg. ban = E. ban etc. “proclamation.” See connections in Walde, Lat Wtb. under fabula
■ Explained by Dhtp.111 as “bhaṇana. by Dhtm.162 as “bhāsana”
neuter telling, speaking Dhp-a.iv.93 (˚sīla, adj. wont to speak); Dhtp.111.
fr. bhaṇati
indeclinable “I say,” used as an interjection of emphasis, like “to be sure,” “look here.” It is a familiar term of address often used by a king to his subjects Vin.i.240 (amhākaṃ kira bhaṇe vijite Bhaddiya-nagare), Vin.i.241 (gaccha bhaṇe jānāhi…) Mil.21 (atthi bhaṇe añño koci paṇḍito…).
orig. 1st sg. pres. Med. of bhaṇati
neuter
cp. Epic Sk. bhāṇḍa
adj. in sense of collect. neuter
fr. bhaṇḍa
to quarrel, abuse Vin.i.76 (saddhiṃ), Vin.iv.277; Thag.933; Snp-a.357 (aññamaññaṃ).
bhaṇḍ, cp. “paṇḍa bhaṇḍa paribhāse” Dhtp.568; Dhtm.798
neuter quarrel, quarrelling, strife Iti.11; Ja.iii.149; Mnd.196; Dhp-a.i.55, Dhp-a.i.64.
fr. bhaṇḍ, cp. BSk. bhāṇḍana Divy.164
a certain plant or flower Ja.v.420. Reading uncertain.
?
feminine collection of goods, heap, bundle; bhaṇḍikaṃ karoti to make into a heap Ja.iii.221, Ja.iii.437; or bhaṇḍikaṃ bandhati to tie into a bundle Dhp-a.ii.254; Vv-a.187. sahassa˚; a heap of 1,000 kahāpaṇas Ja.ii.424; Ja.iii.60; Ja.iv.2
■ Note. bhaṇḍika is variant reading at Ja.iii.41 for gaṇḍikā.
fr. bhaṇḍaka, in collect. sense
adjective bald-headed, close shaven Vin.i.71 (˚kamma shaving), Vin.i.76 (kammāra˚); Ja.iii.22; Ja.vi.538 (+ tittira); Mil.11, Mil.128.
etym. uncertain, dialectical or = paṇḍu?
adjective supported, fed, reared, maintained AN.iii.46 (bhatā bhaccā “maintained are my dependents”); Ja.v.330 (kicchā bh.), given by Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. in meaning “full” with wrong ref Ja.vi.14. Cp. bharita.
cp. Epic Sk. bhṛta
a hired servant, hireling, servant Thag.606, Thag.685, Thag.1003; Ja.iii.446; Mil.379; Dhp-a.i.119, Dhp-a.i.233 (˚vīthi servant street). See also Fick Sociale Gliederung 158, 195, 196.
cp. Epic Sk. bhṛtaka
feminine wages, fee, pay Ja.i.475; Ja.iii.325, Ja.iii.446; Dhp-a.i.21, Dhp-a.i.70; Dhtp.94 (in expln of root bhaṭ; see bhaṭa).
cp. Vedic bhṛti, fr. bhṛ.
feminine fee Ja.iv.184.
fr. bhati
neuter feeding, food, nourishment, meal Dhp.185; Pp.28, Pp.55; Ja.ii.15; Ja.v.170 (bhatta-manuñña-rūpaṃ for bhattaṃ-); Vism.66 (where 14 kinds enumerated, i.e. sangha˚ uddesa˚ etc.); Sdhp.118
■ ucchiṭṭha˚ food thrown away Pv-a.173; uddesa˚ special food Vin.i.58 = Vin.i.96, cp.ii.175; devasika˚ daily food (as fee or wages) DN-a.i.296 (= bhatta-vetana); dhura˚ a meal to which a bhikkhu is invited as leader of others, i.e. a responsible meal Ja.i.449; Ja.iii.97 (variant reading dhuva˚); dhuva˚ constant supply of food Vin.i.25, Vin.i.243.
cp. Epic & Class. Sk. bhakta, orig. pp. of bhajati
a husband; nom. sg. bhattā Thig.413; Ja.v.104, Ja.v.260 (here in meaning “supporter”); Ja.vi.492; gen. bhattu Ja.v.169, Ja.v.170; acc bhattāraṃ Thig.412.
Vedic bhartṛ to bhṛ.
adjective possessing reverence or worship(pers), worshipful, adored; in a (late) verse analysing fancifully the word “Bhagavant, at DN-a.i.34 = Vism.210 sq. Explained at Vism.212 by “bhaji-sevi-bahulaṃ karoti.”
fr. *bhakta, pp. of bhajati
feminine
cp. Vedic & Class. Sk. bhakti, fr.; bhaj: see bhajati
adjective (-˚) in dhuva˚; being in constant supply of food, being a regular attendant (servant) or adviser Vin.ii.15. Also at Thag-a.267 in meaning “being a servant, working for food” in expln of bhattikatā (= kata-sāmi-bhattikā), said of a toiling housewife.
fr. bhatta
adjective
from bhatti
venerable, reverend mostly in voc. as address “Sir, holy father” etc., to men of the Order. voc. sg. bhadante SN.i.216 (variant reading bhaddante); voc. pl. bhadantā Dhp-a.iii.414
■ A contracted form of bhadante is bhante (q.v.). Note. In case of bhadanta being the corresp. of Sk. *bhavanta (for bhavān) we would suppose the change v → d and account for dd on grounds of pop. analogy after bhadda. See bhante. The pl. nom. from bhadantā is formed after bhadante, which was felt as a voc. of an a-stem with-e for-a as in Prk. Māgadhī.
a secondary adj. formation from address bhaddaṃ (= bhadraṃ) te “hail to thee,” cp “bhaddaṃ vo” under bhadda 1
adjective (-˚) only in cpd. ehi˚; lit. “one belonging to the (greeting) ʻcome hail to thee,ʼ i.e. one who accepts an invitation DN.iii.40, MN.ii.161; AN.i.295; AN.ii.206; Pp.55. See also under ehi.
fr. bhadanta
in -paṇḍu at AN.i.181 is to be read as badara˚.
adjective
cp. Vedic bhadra, on diff. forms see Geiger, Pali Grammar § 53#2. Dhtp.143, Dhtp.589 explains bhadd by “kalyāṇe”; whereas Dhtm.205 & Dhtm.823 gives; bhad (bhadd) with expln “kalyāṇa kammāni”
fr. bhadda
swerving, swaying, staggering, deviating; always used of an uncontrolled car (ratha or yāna) Dhp.222 (ratha = ativegena dhāvanta Dhp-a.iii.301); (yāna = adanta akārita aviṇīta Mnd.145) Dhs-a.260 (˚yāna). Cp. vi˚.
pp. of bham
neuter turmoil, confusion Dhs.429 (= vibhanti-bhāva Dhs-a.260, so read for vibhatti˚) cp. Dhs trsl. 120.
fr. bhanta
voc. of polite address: Sir, venerable Sir, used like bhadante. Either abs. as voc.: Vin.i.76; DN.ii.154, DN.ii.283; Ja.ii.111; Ja.iii.46; Mil.19; or with another voc.: Mil.25; or with other oblique cases, as with nom. DN.i.179; Dhp-a.i.62. with gen. DN.i.179.
would correspond either to Sk. *bhavantaḥ (with ending ˚e as Māgadhism for ˚aḥ) = bhavān, or to P bhadanta. In both cases we have a contraction. The expln bhante = bhadante (bhadantaḥ) is advocated by Pischel, Prk. Gr. §§ 165, 366b, intimated also by Weber Bhagavatī 156 n. 3 (unable to explain-e); the expln bhante = bhavantah (see bhavaṃ) by Geiger, Pali Grammar § 98#3 hinted at by Weber loc. cit. (bhavantaḥ = bhagavantaḥ).
adjective
grd of bhū, Sk. bhavya
feminine possibility; neg. a˚; impossibility Snp.232; Kp-a.191; Vv-a.208.
abstr. fr. bhabba
to spin (of a wheel), to whirl about, to roam Dhp.371 (mā te kāmaguṇe bhamassu cittaṃ); Ja.i.414; Ja.iii.206 Ja.iv.4 (cakkaṃ matthake); Ja.iv.6 (kumbha-kāra-cakkaṃ iva bh.); Ja.v.478
pp bhanta
caus bhameti to make whirl Vism.142 (cakkaṃ).
bhram; on etym. see K.S. iv.443; vi.152. Explained at Dhtp.219 by “anavaṭṭhāne,” i.e. unsettledness
cp. Epic & Class. Sk. bhramara; either to bhram (semantically quick, unsteady motion = confused noise), cp. Gr. φόρμιγς zither; or perhaps for *bramara to Ohg. bremo = Ger. bremse gadfly, bremen = brummen to hum; Gr. βρόμος thunder, Lat. fremo to growl roar: see Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. fremo
feminine a humming top Ja.v.478.
fr. bhamara
feminine eyebrow Ja.vi.476 (ṭhita˚), Ja.vi.482 (nīla˚).
secondary formation after bhamuka
(f.) eyebrow Thig.232 = SN.i.132 pamukh- Ja.iv.18 (in expln of su-bbhū = su-bhamukhā in C. Fausböll puts “bhamuka”? Kern on this passage quotes BSk. bhrūmukha, see Toevoegselen s. v.); Ja.vi.503 (aḷāra˚ for pamukha); Dhp-a.iii.102; Dhp-a.iv.90, Dhp-a.iv.197 = Ja.v.434; Snp-a.285.
cp. Vedic bhrū; the Pali word is possibly a compound of bhrū + mukha with dissimilation of first u to a
neuter fear, fright, dread AN.ii.15 (jāti-maraṇa˚); DN.iii.148, DN.iii.182; Dhp.39, Dhp.123, Dhp.212 sq., Dhp.283; Mnd.371, Mnd.409; Pp.56; Vism.512; Kp-a.108; Snp-a.155; Dhp-a.iii.23. There are some lengthy enumns of objects causing fear (sometimes under term mahabbhaya, mahā-bhaya), e.g. one of 17 at Mil.196, one of 16 (four times four) at AN.ii.121 sq. the same in essence, but in different order at Cnd.470 and at Vb-a.502; one of 16 (with remark “ādi,” and so on) at Vism.645. Shorter combinations are to be found at Snp.964 (5, viz. ḍaṃsā, adhipātā, siriṃsapā, manussaphassā catuppādā); Vb.379 (5, viz. ājīvika˚, asiloka˚ parisa-sārajja˚, maraṇa˚, duggati˚, explained at Vb-a.505 sq.), Vb.376 (4: jāti˚, jarā˚, vyādhi˚, maraṇa˚), Vb.367 (3: jāti˚, jarā˚, maraṇ˚); Mnd.402 (2: diṭṭha-dhammikaṃ & samparāyikaṃ bh.)
■ abhaya absence of fear, safety Vin.i.75 (abhay-ûvara for abhaya-vara?) Dhp.317; Ja.i.150; Dhp-a.iii.491.
fr. bhī, cp. Vedic bhaya, P. bhāyati
adjective frightful, horrible Ja.iii.428; MN-a.113; Pv-a.24 (as ˚ika); Sdhp.7, Sdhp.208
■ nt. ˚ṃ something awful Cnd.470 (in def. of bhaya).
fr. bhaya, cp. Epic Sk. bhayānaka
a word imitating a confused sound MN.i.128; otherwise contracted to babbhara (q.v.).
adjective (-˚) “bearing” in act. & pass. meaning, i.e. supporting or being supported; only in cpd. dubbhara hard to support AN.v.159, AN.v.161 (variant reading dubhara), and subhara easy to support Thag.926 (trsl. “of frugal ways”).
fr. bhṛ.
neuter bearing, supporting, maintenance Dhtm.346 (in expln of bhṛ;) Abhp.1053.
fr. bhṛ; Epic Sk. bharaṇa
feminine only in cpd. dub˚; difficulty to support, state of being hard to maintain, synonymous with kosajja at AN.iv.280, and kuhanā at AN.v.159, AN.v.161-opp. subharatā AN.iv.280.
abstr. fr. bhara
to bear, support, feed maintain Ja.v.260 (mama bharatha, ahaṃ bhattā bhavāmi vo; C. explains as “maṃ icchatha”)
pp bhata See also bhaṭa, bhara, bharita, and Der. fr. bhār˚. A curious Passive form is anu-bhīramāna (ppr.) MN.iii.123 (chatta: a parasol being spread out), on which see Geiger, P.Gr. § 52, 5; 175 n. 3, 191.
bhṛ; cp. Lat. fero, Gr. φέρω, Av. baraiti, Oir. berim, Goth. bairan = to bear, Ger. gebāren. Dhtm explains simply by “bharena”
adjective filled with (-˚) Ja.i.2 (suvaṇṇa-rajata˚ gabbha); Ja.iv.489 (udaka˚); Ja.v.275 (kimi˚); Snp-a.494 (vāta˚); Thag-a.283 (kuṇapa˚).
lit. made to bear, i.e. heavy with etc. Cp. formations bhār˚, fr. bharati
feminine a wife (lit. one who is supported) DN.iii.190; Iti.36; Ja.iii.511; Dhp-a.i.329.
fr. bhṛ; Vedic bhāryā
sea, in two names for a town and a kingdom viz. Bharukaccha Mnd.155; Ja.ii.188; Ja.iv.137, and Bharu-raṭṭha Ja.ii.169 sq., a kingdom which is said to have been swallowed up by the sea
■ Also in Name of the King of that country Bharu -rājā Ja.ii.171 (variant reading Kuru˚)
■ Der Bhārukacchaka an inhabitant of Bharukaccha Dhs-a.305 (so read at Expos. ii.401).
a dial. (inscription) word, cp. Kern, Toevoegselen s. v.
a kind of copper, enumerated under the eight pisāca-lohāni, or copper coming from the Piśāca country Vb-a.63 (is reading correct?) It is doubtful whether we should not read mallaka, cp malla.
lit. from the Bhalla people
the marking nut plant Semicarpus anacardium Ja.vi.578.
cp. Epic Sk. bhallātaka
“becoming”, (form of) rebirth, (state of) existence, a “life.” There are 3 states of existence conventionally enumerated as kāma˚ rūpa˚, arūpa˚; or sensual existence, deva-corporeal, formless existence (cp. rūpa) DN.ii.57; DN.iii.216; SN.ii.3 SN.iv.258; AN.ii.223; AN.iii.444; Mnd.48; Cnd. s.v. dhātu B. Vism.210 = DN-a.i.34; Vism.529; Vb-a.204
■ Another view is represented by the division of bhava into kamma˚; and upapatti˚; (uppatti˚), or the active functioning of a life in relation to the fruitional, or resultant way of the next life (cp. Cpd. 43) Vb.137 Vism.571; Vb-a.183; also in def. of bhava at Cnd.471 (kamma˚ and paṭisandhika punabbhava)
■ In the “causal chain” (Paṭicca-samuppāda, q.v.) bhava is represented as condition of birth (jāti), or resultant force for new birth
■ See Snp.361, Snp.514, Snp.742, Snp.839, Snp.923 Snp.1055, Snp.1133; Dhp.348; Mnd.274; Vb.294, Vb.358; Vism.556 sq.; Dhp-a.iv.221; Sdhp.33, Sdhp.333, Sdhp.335
■ On itibhav’ ābhava see iti, and add ref. Vb.375
■ A remarkable use of bhava as nt. (obstr.) to bhū (in cpd.) is to be noted in the def. given by Bdhgh. of divya = divi bhavaṃ (for divi-bhū) Kp-a.227; Snp-a.199; and mānasaṃ = manasi bhavaṃ (for manasi-bhū) Kp-a.248, cp. Pāṇini iv.3, 53 Similarly āroga bhava health Dhp-a.i.328 for ˚bhava-Cp. anu˚, vi˚, sam˚.
-agga the best (state of) existence, the highest point of existence (among the gods) Ja.iii.84; Vb.426; Mil.132; Kp-a.179, Kp-a.249; Snp-a.17, Snp-a.41, Snp-a.507; often as highest “heaven” as opposed to Avīci, the lowest hell; thus at Ja.iv.182; Ja.vi.354; Mil.336. -aṅga constituent of becoming, function of being, functional state of subconsciousness i.e. subliminal consciousness or subconscious life-continuum, the vital continuum in the absence of any process (of mind, or attention) (thus Mrs Rh. D. in Expos. 185 n.), subconscious individual life See on term Cpd. 26 sq., 265–267; & cp.; Dhs trsl. 134, Ja.vi.82; Mil.299 sq.; Vism.164, Vism.676; Dhs-a.72, Dhs-a.140 Dhs-a.269; Dhp-a.i.23; Vb-a.81, Vb-a.156 sq., Vb-a.406. -antaga “gone to the ends of existence,” past existence, epithet of the Bhagavan Buddha Vism.210. -antara an existence interval, i.e. transition fr. one life to another, a previous or subsequent life Vism.553 sq. -ābhava this or that life, any form of existence some sort of existence Snp.1060, Snp.1068; Mnd.48, Mnd.109, Mnd.284; Cnd.472, Cnd.664 A Thag.784 (Thag-a mahantāmahanta bh.) Thag-a.71 (Ap. v 30); Vb-a.501. -āsava the intoxicant of existence DN.iii.216; Vb.364, Vb.373. -uppatti coming into (a new ex
■ Four such bh- uppattis lead to rebirth among the foll. gods: the paritt’-ābhā devā, the appamāṇ’ābhā d., the sankiliṭṭh’-ābhā d., the parisuddh’-ābhā d MN.iii.147. -esanā longing for rebirth DN.iii.216, DN.iii.270 -ogha the flood of rebirth (see ogha) Mnd.57, Mnd.159 Vism.480. -cakka the wheel or round of rebirth equivalent to the Paṭicca-samuppāda Vism.529 Vism.576 sq.; in the same context at Vb-a.138, Vb-a.194 sq -carimakā the last rebirth Vism.291. -taṇhā craving for rebirth DN.iii.212, DN.iii.216, DN.iii.274; SN.v.432; Snp.746; Vb.101, Vb.358, Vb.365; Thig.458; Thag-a.282; Vb-a.iii.133 -netti [cp. BSk. bhava-netrī M. Vastu ii.307; ˚netrika iii.337] leader to renewed ex., guide to ex. Vin.i.231; Iti.38; Dhs.1059≈ (cp. Dhs-a.364 = bhava-rajju). -saṃyojana the fetter of rebirth: see arahant II. C. -salla the sting or dart of rebirth Dhp.351 (= sabbāni bhavagāmīni sallāni Dhp-a.iv.70). -sāta (pl. sātāni) the pleasures of ex., variously enumerated in sets of from one to six at Mnd.30. -ssita at Ja.v.371 read with variant reading as ghaṭa-ssita.
cp. Sk. bhava, as philosophical term late, but as Name of a deity Vedic; of bhū, see bhavati
to become, to be, exist, behave etc. (cp. Cnd.474 sambhavati jāyati nibbattati pātu-bhavati)
There are two bases used side by side, viz bhav˚; and (contracted) ho˚; the latter especially in the (later) Gāthā style and poetry in general, also as archaic in prose, whereas bhav˚ forms are older. On compounds with prepositions, as regards inflection, see Geiger, P.Gr. §§ 1312, 1513; and cp. anubhavati, abhibhavati abhisaṃ˚, pa˚ (also pahoti, pahūta), pari˚ vi˚, saṃ˚.
pres ind. bhavāmi Snp.511 & homi Ja.iii.260; 2nd bhavasi & hosī MN.iii.140; Vv.84#20; 3rd bhavati freq.; Snp.36 (where Cnd.474 with variant reading BB of Snp reads bhavanti; Divy p.294 also reads bhavanti snehāḥ as conjecture of Cowell’s for MSS. bhavati) Dhp.249, Dhp.375; & hoti freq.; 1st pl. homa Pv.i.11#8 2nd hotha Ja.i.307; 3rd bhavanti & honti; freq
imper 2nd sg. bhava Snp.337, Snp.340, Snp.701; Dhp.236; Thig.8 bhavāhi Snp.510; hohi Snp.31; MN.iii.134; Ja.i.32; Pv-a.89; 3rd sg. hotu Snp.224; Ja.iii.150; Pv-a.13; Mil.18. pl 1st med. bhavāmase Thag.1128; Snp.32; 2nd pl. bhavatha Ja.ii.218, bhavātha Snp.692; Dhp.144; hotha Dhp.243; Dhp.ii.141; Ja.ii.302; Dhp-a.i.57; 3rd pl. bhavantu Snp.145; hontu Ja.ii.4.
pot 1st sg. bhaveyyaṃ Ja.vi.364 2nd bhaveyyāsi Ud.91; Pv-a.11; 3rd bhave Snp.716 bhaveyya Ja.ii.159; Dhp-a.i.329, & hupeyya Vin.i.8 (for huveyya: see Geiger, Pali Grammar § 39#6 & 1312); pl. 1st bhaveyyāma; 2nd bhavetha Snp.1073, 3rd bhaveyyuṃ Snp.906
ppr bhavaṃ Snp.92, & bhavanto Snp.968; f hontī Pv-a.79
fut 1st sg. bhavissāmi Pv-a.49 hessāmi Thig.460 (Thag-a.283 reads bhavissāmi); hessaṃ Thag.1100; Ja.iii.224; Pv.i.10#5; 2nd bhavissasi Pv-a.16, hohisi Pv.i.3#3; 3rd bhavissati Dhp.228, Dhp.264; Dhp-a.ii.82, hessati Ja.iii.279 & med.; hessate Mhvs.25 Mhvs.97, hehitī Bv.ii.10 = AN.i.4; Vv.63#32; & hossati (in pahossati fr. pahoti Dhp-a.iii.254); 1st pl. bhavissāma Dhp.200; 2nd hessatha SN.iv.179; 3rd bhavissanti freq
■ Cond. 1st sg. abhavissaṃ Ja.i.470; 2nd abhavissa Ja.ii.11; Ja.iii.30; 3rd abhavissa Iti.37; Vin.i.13; DN.ii.57; MN.iii.163; Ja.i.267; Ja.ii.112 (na bhavissa = nābhavissa?) 3rd pl. abhavissaṃsu Vin.i.13.
■ 1st aor. (orig. pret. of *huvati, cp. hupeyya Pot.; see Geiger Pali Grammar § 131#2, 1622) 1st sg. ahuvā SN.i.36, with by-form (see aor.) ahuvāsiṃ Vv.82#6; 2nd ahuvā ibid., 3rd ahuvā Vv.81#24; Ja.ii.106 Ja.iii.131; 1st pl. ahuvāma MN.i.93; MN.ii.214, & ahuvamha ibid.; 2nd ahuvattha SN.iv.112; MN.i.445; Dhp-a.i.57. 2nd aor. (simple aor., with pret. endings): 1st sg. ahuṃ Pv.ii.3#2 (variant reading BB ahu) (= ahosiṃ Pv-a.83); 2nd ahu (sk abhūḥ) Pv.ii.3#5; 3rd ahū (Sk. abhūt) Snp.139, Snp.312, Snp.504 and passim; Pv.i.2#3, & ahu Pv.i.9#3; Pv.i.11#3; & bhavi Dhp-a.i.329 (pātubhavi); 1st pl. ahumhā (Sk. abhūma Pv.i.11#6, & ahumha Ja.i.362; Dhp-a.i.57. 3rd aor. (s aor.) 1st sg. ahosiṃ Thag.620; Ja.i.106; Vv-a.321; Pv-a.10 (= āsiṃ); 2nd ahosi Ja.i.107; 3rd ahosi Snp.835; Vin.i.23; 1st pl. ahesumha MN.i.265; 3rd ahesuṃ DN.ii.5; Vv.74#4; Ja.i.149; Dhp-a.i.327; & bhaviṃsu (Sk abhāviṣuḥ) Dhp-a.iv.15
■ Of medial forms we mention the 1st pl. pres. bhavāmahe Mhvs.i.65, and the 3rd sg pret. ahuvattha Vv-a.103
inf bhavituṃ Snp.552; hetuye Bv.ii.10
ger bhavitvā Snp.56, hutvā Snp.43 & hutvāna Snp.281
grd bhavitabba Ja.i.440; Ja.vi.368 hotabba Vin.i.46; bhabba (Sk. bhavya); see sep. bhuyya see cpd. abhibhuyya
caus bhāveti see sep
pp bhūta.
Note. In compound with nouns or adjectives the final vowel of these is changed into ī, as in combination of the same with the root kṛ; e.g. bhasmībhavati to be reduced to ashes, cp. bhasmī-karaṇa s. v. bhasma, etc.
In general the meaning “to become, to get” prevails, but many shades of it are possible according to context & combinations. It is impossible & unnecessary to enumerate all shades of meaning, only a few idiomatic uses may be pointed out.
bhū to become, cp. Sk. bhūmi earth; Gr. φύσις nature (physical), φύομαι to grow; Lat. fui I have been futurus = future; Oir. buith to be; Ags. būan = Goth bauan to live, Ger. bauen, also Ags. bȳldan = to build Lith. búti to be, būtas house Dhtp.1: bhū sattāyaṃ.
neuter the fact of being, state, condition Kp-a.227.
abstr. fr. bhū
neuter dwelling, sphere, world, realm SN.i.206, Snp.810 (see expln Mnd.132: nerayikānaṃ nirayo bh. etc. & Snp-a.534: niray’ ādi-bhede bhavane); Mnd.448 (Inda˚ the realm of Indra); Ja.iii.275 (nāga˚ the world of the Nāgas).
fr. bhū
pronoun of polite address “Sir, Lord, or “venerable, honourable,” or simply “you.” Cases as follows (after Geiger, Pali Grammar § 98#3): sg. nom. bhavaṃ Snp.486; DN.i.249; MN.i.484. nt. bhavaṃ MN.iii.172 acc. bhavantaṃ Snp.597; DN.ii.231; instr. bhotā DN.i.93 DN.i.110; SN.iv.120. gen. bhoto Snp.565; MN.i.486; voc bhavaṃ DN.i.93 & bho DN.i.93; MN.i.484; Ja.ii.26. See bho also sep
■ pl. nom. bhavanto Snp.p.107 (only as variant reading; T. bhagavanto), & bhonto; ibid.; MN.ii.2; Mil.25 acc. bhavante MN.ii.3; instr. bhavantehi MN.iii.13; gen bhavataṃ MN.ii.3; voc. bhonto Thag.832; MN.ii.2
■ f bhotī: sg. nom. bhotī Snp.988; Ja.iii.95; acc. bhotiṃ Ja.vi.523; loc. bhotiyā ibid. voc. bhoti ibid.; DN.ii.249-On form bhante see this.
cp. Sk. (& Vedic) bhavant, used as pronoun of the 2nd; but constructed with 3rd person of the verb Probably a contraction fr. bhagavant, see Whitney Altind. Gr. 456
a sort of tree, perhaps Averrhoa carambola Ja.vi.529.
cp. Class. Sk. bhavya
to bark (of dogs) Ja.iv.182 (aor. bhasi; so read for T. bhusi)
pp bhasitaṃ (as n.) bark ibid. (mahā-bhasitaṃ bhasi, read for bhusita) See also bhusati.
cp. Epic Sk. bhaṣate
a he-goat Ja.iii.278.
cp. Vedic basta
feminine & bhasta (nt.)
cp. Class. Sk. bhastrā (also one MBh. passage), orig. n. ag. fr. bhas (to bark?), lit bellower, blower
neuter ashes SN.i.169 = Cnd.576 (loc bhasmani); Vv.84#44; Ja.iii.426; Vism.469 (in comparison).
cp. Vedic bhasman (adj.); Sk. bhasman (n.), originally ppr. of bhas to chew & thus n-stem. It has passed into the a-decl. in Pali, except in the loc; bhasmani (SN.i.169). Etymologically & semantically bhasman is either “chewing” or “anything chewed (small),” thus meaning particle, dust, sand, etc. and bhas is another form of psā (cp. Sk. psā morsel of food, psāta hungry = P. chāta). Idg *bhsā & *bhsam, represented in Gr.; ψώξω to grind ψάμμος & ψ ̈ωξος sand; Lat. sabulum sand. The Dhtp.326 & Dhtm.452 explain; bhas by bhasmīkaraṇa “reduce to ashes,” a pp. of it is bhasita; it also occurs in Sk. loc. bhasi
neuter speech, conversation, way of talking, disputation Snp.328 (variant reading for hassa); Iti.71; Mil.90; Vism.127 (grouped into fit talk as the 10 kathā-vatthus, and unfit talk or gossip, as the 32 tiracchāna-kathā).
cp. Class. Sk. bhāṣya, of bhāṣ
to fall down, drop, to droop (Dhtp.455 & Dhtm.695: adho-patane & adhopāte) Ja.iv.223; Ja.vi.530. ppr. bhassamāna Mil.82 pret. 3rd sg. bhassittha Ja.ii.274 (cp. pabhassittha Vin.ii.135), & abhassittha SN.i.122 (so read for abhassatha)
pp bhaṭṭha1.
bhranś, Sk. bhraśyate
adjective noun
fr. bhās
feminine light, splendour; given as name of a jewel at an extremely doubtful passage Ja.v.317, Ja.v.318, where T. reads “vara taṃ bhañ ñam icchasi,” & C. explains.: “bhā ti ratanass’ etaṃ nāmaṃ.” The variant reading for bhaññaṃ is bhuñjaṃ; the passage may be corrupt from “varatu bhavaṃ yam icchasi.”
cp. Vedic bhā & bhāḥ nt.
adjective knitting the eyebrows, frowning, only in redupl. cpd. bhākuṭika- bhākuṭiko frowning continually, supercilious Vin.ii.11 = Vin.iii.181 (manda-mando +); Cnd.342 (korajika-korajiko +) Vism.26 (id.)
■ f. bhākuṭikā a frown, frowning, superciliousness def. at Vism.26 as “padhāna-parimathitabhāva-dassanena bhākuṭi [read bhakuṭi]-karaṇaṃ mukha-saṅkoco ti vuttaṃ hoti.” It occurs in stock phrase bhākuṭikā bhākuṭiyaṃ kuhanā kuhāyanā in def. of kuhanā at Vb.352 = Vism.23, Vism.25 (cp. Mnd.225) and at Cnd.342 D. See also Vb-a.482 (bhākuṭikaraṇaṃ sīlam assā ti bhākuṭiko). The form bhākuṭiyaṃ (nt.) is originally the same as bhākuṭikā, only differentiated in Commentarial style. The def. at Vism.26 is “bhākuṭikassa bhāvo bhākuṭiyaṃ.” The variant reading ibid. is bhākuṭitā
■ bhākuṭikaṃ karoti to make a frowning face, to act superciliously Vism.105 (as a quality of one “dosa-carita”).
fr. bhakuṭi
cp. Vedic bhāga, fr. bhaj, bhajati
adjective sharing in, partaking of (gen.) Dhp.19, Dhp.20 (sāmaññassa).
fr. bhāga, equal to bhāgin
adjective sharing in, partaking of (with gen.), endowed with; getting, receiving AN.ii.80; AN.iii.42 (āyussa vaṇṇassa etc.); Ja.i.87 (rasānaṃ) Mil.18 (sāmaññassa); Vism.150 (lābhassa); Dhp-a.ii.90 Vb-a.418 sq. (paññā as hāna-bhāginī, ṭhiti˚, visesa & nibbedha˚;)
■ Also in def. of term Bhagavā at Mnd.142 = Cnd.466 = Vism.210
■ pl. bhāgino Pv.iii.1#12 (dukkhassa); Pv-a.18 (dānaphalassa), Pv-a.175
■ Cp bhāgavant, bhāgimant, bhāgiya.
fr. bhāga. Cp. Vedic bhāgin
sister’s son, nephew Snp.695; Ja.i.207; Ja.ii.237; Dhp-a.i.14; Pv-a.215.
fr. bhaginī, Cp. Epic Sk. bhāgineya
adjective partaking in, sharing, possessing (with gen. Thig.204 (dukkhassa); Thag-a.171 (= bhāgin).
a double adj. formation bhāgin + mant
adjective (-˚) connected with, conducive to, procuring; in foll. philos. terms: kusala AN.i.11; hāna˚, visesa˚ DN.iii.274 sq.; hāna˚, ṭhiti˚ visesa˚, nibbedha˚ Vism.15 (in verse), Vism.88 = Pts.i.35. Cp. BSk. mokṣa bhāgīya, nirvedha˚ Divy.50; mokṣa ibid. Divy.363.
fr. bhāga, cp. bhāgin
neuter good luck, fortune Ja.v.484.
cp. Epic & Class. Sk. bhāgya; fr. bhaga, see also contracted form bhagga2
adjective having good luck, auspicious fortunate, in def. of term “Bhagavā” at DN-a.i.34 = Vism.210; also at Vv-a.231, where the abstr. bhāgyavantatā is formed as expln of the term bhāgyavatā (f.) at Vism.211.
same as bhaggavant, only differentiated as being the Sk. form and thus distinguished as sep. word by Commentators
adjective (-˚) distributing, one who distributes or one charged with the office of distributing clothes, food etc. among the Bhikkhus Vin.i.285 (cīvara˚); AN.iii.275 (cīvara˚, phala˚, khajjaka˚).
fr. bhajeti
neuter a bowl, vessel, dish, usually earthenware, but also of other metal, e.g. gold (suvaṇṇa˚) DN-a.i.295; copper (tamba˚ Dhp-a.i.395; bronze (kaṃsa˚) Vism.142 (in simile). Vin.i.46; Snp.577 (pl. mattika-bhājanā); Ja.ii.272 (bhikkhā˚); Ja.iii.366 (id.), Ja.iii.471; Ja.v.293 (bhatta˚); Mil.107; Vv-a.40, Vv-a.292 (variant reading bhojana); Pv-a.104, Pv-a.145, Pv-a.251 Sdhp.571.
cp. Epic Sk. bhājana, fr. bhāj
neuter division, dividing up, in pada˚; dividing of words, treating of words separately Dhs-a.343; similarly bhājaniyaṃ that which should be classed or divided Dhs-a.2, also in pada˚; division of a phrase Dhs-a.54.
fr. bhāj
divided, distributed; nt. that which has been dealt out or allotted, in cpd. bhājit-ābhājita AN.iii.275.
pp. of bhājeti
to divide, distribute deal out Vin.iv.223 (ppr. bhājiyamāna); Ja.i.265; Dhs-a.4 (fut. bhājessati) grd. bhājetabba Vin.i.285
pp bhājita.
Caus. of bhajati, but to be taken as root by itself; cp. Dhtm.777 bhāja = puthakkare
reciting or preaching, in pada˚; reciting the verses of the Scriptures Dhp-a.ii.95 (variant reading paṭibhāna), Dhp-a.iii.345; Dhp-a.iv.18.
fr. bhaṇati
adjective noun speaking; (n.) a reciter, repeater, preacher (of sections of the Scriptures), like Aṅguttara˚; Vism.74 sq.; Dīgha˚; DN-a.i.15, DN-a.i.131; Ja.i.59 Vism.36, Vism.266; Jātaka˚; etc. Mil.341 sq.; Majjhima˚ Vism.95 (Revatthera), Vism.275, Vism.286, Vism.431; Saṃyutta˚; Vism.313 (Cūḷa-Sivatthera). Unspecified at Snp-a.70 (Kalyāṇavihāravāsi-bhāṇaka-dahara-bhikkhu; reading doubtful)
■ f. bhāṇikā Vin.iv.285 (Thullanandā bahussutā bhāṇikā); also in cpd. mañju-bhāṇikā sweet-voiced uttering sweet words Ja.vi.422.
fr. bhaṇati
a jar Vin.ii.170 (loha˚), Vin.iii.90.
cp. Sk. bhāṇḍaka a small box: Kathāsarits. 24, 163; & see Müller, P.Gr. p. 48
adjective (-˚) speaking, reciting Snp.850 (manta˚; a reciter of the Mantras, one who knows the M. and speaks accordingly, i.e. speaking wisely, explained by Snp-a.549 as “mantāya pariggahetvā vācaṃ bhāsitā”); Dhp.363 (id.; explained as “mantā vuccati paññā tāya pana bhaṇana-sīlo” Dhp-a.iv.93)
■ ativela˚ speaking for an excessively long time, talking in excess Ja.iv.247, Ja.iv.248.
fr. bhaṇati
Caus. of bhaṇati (q.v.) with 3rd praet. bhāṇi & pot.; bhāṇaye.
brother, nom. sg. bhātā Snp.296; Ja.i.307; Pv-a.54, Pv-a.64 gen. sg. bhātuno Thag-a.71 (Tha-ap.36), & bhātussa Mhvs.8, Mhvs.9; instr. bhātarā Ja.i.308; acc. bhātaraṃ Snp.125; Ja.i.307; loc. bhātari Ja.iii.56
■ nom. pl. bhātaro Ja.i.307, & bhātuno Thig.408; acc. bhāte Dpvs.vi.21. In compounds both bhāti˚; (. bhātisadisa like a brother Ja.v.263), and bhātu˚; (: bhātu-jāyā brother’s wife, sister-in-law Ja.v.288; Vism.95). Cp. bhātika & bhātuka; On pop. etym. see bhaginī.
cp. Vedic bhrātar = Av. bratar, Gr. φράτωρ, Lat. frater, Goth. brōpar = Ohg. bruoder, E. brother
to shine (forth), to appear DN.ii.205; Vv.35#2; Ja.ii.313
pp bhāta: see vi˚.
bhā Dhtp.367, Dhtm.594: dittiyaṃ; Idg. *bhé, cp. Sk. bhāḥ nt. splendour, radiance, bhāsati to shine forth; Gr. φάος light, φαίνω to show etc.; Ags. bonian to polish = Ger. bohnen; also Sk. bhāla shine, splendour = Ags. bael funeral pile
lit. brotherly, i.e. a brother, often˚- “brother”
fr. bhātar, cp. Class. Sk. bhrātṛka
brother, usually -˚, viz. pati˚; brother-in-law, husband’s brother Ja.vi.152 putta˚; son & brother Dhp-a.i.314; sa˚; with the brother Thag-a.71 (Tha-ap.36).
= bhātika, fr. Sk. bhrātṛka
adjective light, bright red Ja.iii.62 (of the kaṇavera flower); Vv-a.175 (˚raṃsi).
cp. Vedic bhānu (m.) shine, light, ray; Epic Sk. also “sun”
adjective luminous brilliant; mostly of the sun; nom. bhānumā SN.i.196 Thag.1252; Vv.64#17, Vv.78#7 (= ādicca Vv-a.304); Ja.i.183 acc. bhānumaṃ Snp.1016
■ The spelling is sometimes bhāṇumā.
fr. bhānu, ray of light Vedic bhānumant, epithet of Agni; also Epic Sk. the sun
to be afraid.
pres ind 1st sg. bhāyāmi Thag.21; Snp.p.48; 2nd sg. bhāyasi Thig.248; 1st pl. bhāyāma Ja.ii.21; 3rd pl. bhāyanto Dhp.129;
imper 2nd pl bhāyatha Ud.51; Ja.iii.4;
pot 3rd sg. bhāye Snp.964; bhāyeyya Mil.208; 3rd pl. bhāyeyyuṃ Mil.208.
aor 1st sg. bhāyiṃ Dhp-a.iii.187; 2nd sg. bhāyi Thag.764; Dhp-a.iii.187; & usually in Prohib.; mā bhāyi do not be afraid SN.v.369; Ja.i.222; Dhp-a.i.253
grd bhāyitabba Nd ii.s.v. kāmaguṇā B; Dhp-a.iii.23.
Caus. i. bhāyayate to frighten Ja.iii.99 (C.: utraseti)
caus 2 bhāyāpeti Ja.iii.99, Ja.iii.210
pp bhīta.
cp. Sk. bhayate, bhī, pres. redupl. bibheti; Idg. *bhei, cp. Av. bayente they frighten; Lith. bijotis to be afraid; Ohg. bibēn = Ger. beben. Nearest synonym is tras
adjective to be feared, dreadful, fearful, Sdhp.95.
grd. of bhāyati + ka
fr. bhṛ; Vedic bhāra; cp. bhara
(-˚) a load, only in cpd. gadrabha˚; a donkey-load (of goods) Ja.ii.109; Dhp-a.i.123.
fr. bhāra
“the petty descendants of Bhārata” or: load-carrier, porter (?) SN.iv.117 (indignantly applied to apprentices and other low class young men who honour the Mahā-Kaccāna).
fr. bhara
adjective
fr. bhāra
adjective carrying, wearing, only in cpd. mālā˚; (māla˚), wearing a garland (of flowers Ja.iv.60, Ja.iv.82; Ja.v.45; where it interchanges with ˚dhārin (e.g. Vv.32#3; variant reading at Pv-a.211; cp. BSk. -dhārin Mvu.i.124)
■ f. -bhārinī Ja.iii.530; Vv-a.12; and -bhārī Thag.459 (as variant reading; T. ˚dhārī). See also under mālā.
fr. bhṛ; cp. bhāra
adjective
fr. bhāra Vedic bhārya to be nourished or supported; bhāryā wife
see bharu˚.
■ sabhāva (sva + bhāva) see sep.
fr. bhū, cp. Vedic bhāva
feminine producing, dwelling on something, putting one’s thoughts to, application, developing by means of thought or meditation, cultivation by mind, culture
■ See on term Dhs translation 261 (= 2 240); Expos. i.217 (= Dhs-a.163); Cpd. 207 n.2. Cp. pari˚, vi˚, sam˚
■ Vin.i.294 (indriya˚); DN.iii.219 (three: kāya˚, citta˚, paññā˚), DN.iii.221, DN.iii.225, DN.iii.285, DN.iii.291; SN.i.48; Dhp.73, Dhp.301; Ja.i.196 (mettā˚); Ja.iii.45 (id.); Mnd.143 (saññā˚); Ne.91 (samatha-vipassanaṃ); Vb.12 Vb.16 sq., Vb.199, Vb.325; Vism.130 (karaṇa, bhāvanā, rakkhaṇa; here bh. = bringing out, keeping in existence), Vism.314 (karuṇā˚), Vism.317 (upekkhā˚); Mil.25 (˚ṃ anuyuñjati); Sdhp.15, Sdhp.216, Sdhp.233, Sdhp.451.
fr. bhāveti, or fr. bhāva in meaning of bhāva 2, cp. Class. Sk. bhāvanā
adjective “being as ought to be, to be cultivated, to be respected, in a self-composed state (cp. bhāvitatta) MN.i.33 (garu + ; explained by Bdhgh as “addhā ‘yam āyasmā jānaṃ jānāti passaṃ passatī ti evaṃ sambhāvanīyo” MN-a.156); SN.v.164; AN.iii.110; Mil.373; Pv-a.9. See also under manobhāvanīya.
grd. fr. bhāveti, but taken by Bdhgh as grd. formation fr. bhāvanā
developed, made to become by means of thought, cultured, well-balanced AN.v.299 (cittaṃ parittaṃ abhāvitaṃ; opp. cittaṃ appamāṇaṃ subhāvitaṃ); Snp.516, Snp.558.
pp. of bhāveti
adjective one whose attan (ātman) is bhāvita, i.e. well trained or composed Attan here = citta (as Pv-a.139), thus “self-composed well-balanced” AN.iv.26; Snp.277, Snp.322, Snp.1049; Dhp.106 Dhp.107; Cnd.142; Cnd.475 B (indriyāni bh.); Ja.ii.112 (˚bhāvanāya when the training of thought is perfect) Vism.185 (˚bhāvana, adj. one of well-trained character), Vism.267, Vism.400 (+ bahulī-kata); Dhp-a.i.122 (a˚); Thag-a.164 (indriya˚). See foll.
bhāvita + attan
neuter only neg. a˚ the fact of not developing or cultivating SN.iii.153 SN.iii.475; Pv.ii.9#66.
abstr. fr. bhāvita = *bhāvitattvaṃ
adjective “having a being,” going to be, as-˚ in avassa˚; sure to come to pass, inevitable Ja.i.19
■ f. bhāvinī future Vv-a.314 (or is it bhāvanīya? cp. variant reading S bhāvaniyā).
fr. bhāva, Epic Sk. bhāvin “imminent”
to beget, produce, increase, cultivate, develop (by means of thought meditation), The Buddhist equivalent for mind-work as creative in idea, MN.i.293; cp. B.Psy p. 132
■ DN.ii.79; MN.ii.11 (cattāro sammappadhāne & iddhipāde); SN.i.188 (cittaṃ ekaggaṃ), Thag.83, Thag.166 (ppr. bhāvayanto); Snp.341 (cittaṃ ekaggaṃ), Snp.507 (ppr. bhāvayaṃ), Snp.558 (grd. bhāvetabba), Snp.1130 (ppr. bhāvento = āsevanto bahulī-karonto Cnd.476); Dhp.87, Dhp.350, Dhp.370; Ja.i.264 (mettaṃ), Ja.i.415, Ja.ii.22 Cnd. s.v. kāmaguṇā (p. 121) (where grd. in sequence “sevitabba, bhajitabba, bhāvetabba, bahulī-kātabba”) Pp.15, Dhp-a.iii.171; Sdhp.48, Sdhp.495
pass ppr. bhāviyamāna AN.ii.140; Kp-a.148
pp bhāvita.
Caus. of bhū, bhavati
cp. Epic Sk. bhāsa
adjective (-˚) speaking DN-a.i.52 (avaṇṇa˚; uttering words of blame).
fr. bhāṣ
to speak, to say, to speak to, to call MN.i.227, Snp.158 Snp.562, Snp.722; Dhp.1, Dhp.246, Dhp.258; also bhāsate Snp.452
pot bhāseyya Vin.ii.189; Snp.451, Snp.930; Snp-a.468 (for udīraye Dhp.408); bhāse Dhp.102; Snp.400; & bhāsaye AN.ii.51; Ja.v.509 (with gloss katheyya for joteyya = bhāseyya)-Aor. abhāsi Vin.iv.54; Pv-a.6, Pv-a.17, Pv-a.23, Pv-a.69; 1st sg also abhāsissaṃ (Cond.) Pv.i.6#8 (= abhāsiṃ Pv-a.34) imper. pres. bhāsa Snp.346; ppr. bhāsamāne AN.ii.51; Ja.v.509; Snp.426; Dhp.19; Ja.iv.281 (perhaps better with variant reading as hasamāna); Ja.v.63; & bhāsanto Snp.543
grd bhāsitabba AN.iv.115; Vism.127
■ Med. ind. pres 2nd sg. bhāsase Vv.34#2; imper. pres. 2nd sg. bhāsassu MN.ii.199
■ An apparent ger. form abhāsiya Iti.59, Iti.60 (micchā vācaṃ abhāsiya) is problematic. It may be an old misspelling for ca bhāsiya, as a positive form is required by the sense. The vv.ll. however do not suggest anything else but abhāsiya; the editor of It suggests pa˚
■ Cp. anu, o˚, samanu˚.
bhāṣ; Dhtp.317: vacane; Dhtm.467; vācāya
to shine, shine forth, fill with splendour Snp.719 (2nd sg. fut. bhāsihi = bhāsissasi pakāsessasi Snp-a.499). Usually with prep prefix pa˚; (so read at Pv.i.10#9 for ca bh.). Cp. o˚, vi˚.
bhās Dhtm.467: dittiyaṃ
neuter speaking, speech Dhtm.162; Sdhp.68.
fr. bhāṣ
feminine speech, language, esp. vernacular, dialect Ja.iv.279 (manussa˚ human speech), Ja.iv.392 (caṇḍāla˚); Kp-a.101 (saka-saka˚-anurūpa); Snp-a.397 (Milakkha˚); DN-a.i.176 (Kirātā-Yavanâdi-Millakkhānaṃ bhāsā); MN-a.i.1 (Sīhaḷa˚); Vb-a.388 (18 dialects of which 5 are mentioned; besides the Māgadhabhāsā).
cp. Epic Sk. bhāṣā
spoken, said, uttered AN.v.194; Mil.28; Dhp-a.iv.93
■ (nt.) speech, word Dhp.363; MN.i.432. Usually as su˚ & dub˚; (both adj. & nt.) well & badly spoken, or good & bad speech Vin.i.172; MN.ii.250; AN.i.102; AN.ii.51 (su˚; read bhāsita for bāsita), AN.vi.226; Snp.252, Snp.451, Snp.657; Ja.iv.247, Ja.iv.281 (su˚, well spoken or good words); Pv.ii.6#20 (su˚); Pv-a.83 (dub˚).
pp. of bhāsati1
one who speaks, utters; a speaker SN.i.156; Pp.56; Snp-a.549.
n. ag. fr. bhāṣ
adjective (-˚) speaking AN.i.102 (dubbhāsita-bhāsin).
cp. Epic Sk. bhāṣin
adjective bright, shining, resplendent Thag-a.139, Thag-a.212; Vv-a.12.
cp. Epic Sk. bhāsura fr. bhas
adjective terrible; only in cpd. -rūpa (nt. & adj.) an awful sight; (of) terrific appearance, terrible, awful Ja.iii.242, Ja.iii.339; Ja.iv.271, Ja.iv.494. Bhimsana & ka;
= Vedic bhīṣma, of which there are 4 P. forms, viz. the metathetic bhiṃsa, the shortened bhisma, the lengthened bhesma, and the contracted bhīsa (see bhīsana). Cp. also Sk
■ P. bhīma; all of bhī
adjective horrible, dreadful, awe-inspiring, causing fear.
the form with -ka is the canonic form, whereas bhiṃsana is younger. See bhiṃsa on connections
feminine terror, fright; mahā-bhiṃsa (adj.) inspiring great terror DN.ii.259. Cp. bhismā.
fr. bhiṃsa
feminine frightful thing, terror, terrifying omen Mhvs.12, Mhvs.12 (vividhā bhiṃsikā kari he brought divers terrors to pass).
fr. bhiṃsa
a beggar, mendicant SN.i.182 (bh. brāhmaṇa) Ja.vi.59 (variant reading BB. ˚uka); Vb-a.327.
fr. bhikkhu, Cp. Epic Sk. bhikṣuka & f. bhikṣukī
to beg alms, to beg, to ask for SN.i.176, SN.i.182 (so read for T. bhikkhavo); Dhp.266 Vb-a.327
ppr med. bhikkhamāna Thig.123.
cp. Vedic bhikṣate, old desid. to bhaj; def. Dhtp.13 “yācane”
feminine begged food, alms, alms-begging; food Vin.iv.94; Cp.i.1#4; Vv.70#4 (ekāhā bh. food for one day) Mil.16; Pv-a.3, Pv-a.75, Pv-a.131 (kaṭacchu˚); bhikkhāya carati to go out begging food [cp. Sk. bhaikṣaṃ carati] Ja.iii.82 Ja.v.75; Pv-a.51 & passim
■ subhikkha (nt.) abundance of food DN.i.11. dubbhikkha (nt.) (& -ā f.) scantiness of alms, famine, scarcity of food, adj. famine-stricken (cp. Sk. durbhikṣaṃ) Vin.ii.175; Vin.iii.87 (adj.); Vin.iv.23 (adj.); SN.iv.323, SN.iv.324 (dvīhitikaṃ); AN.i.160; AN.iii.41; Ja.ii.149, Ja.ii.367; Ja.v.193; Ja.vi.487; Cp.i.3#3 (adj.); Vism.415 (˚pīḷita), Vism.512 (f. in simile); Kp-a.218; Dhp-a.i.169 Dhp-a.ii.153 (f.); Dhp-a.iii.437 (˚bhaya).
cp. Epic & Class. Sk. bhaikṣa of; bhikṣ, adj. & nt.
an almsman, a mendicant, a Buddhist monk or priest, a bhikkhu.
■ nom. sg. bhikkhu freq. passim; Vin.iii.40 (vuḍḍhapabbajita); AN.i.78 (thera bh., an elder bh.; and nava bh. a young bh.); AN.iii.299 (id.); AN.iv.25 (id.); Snp.276, Snp.360 Snp.411 sq., Snp.915 sq., Snp.1041, Snp.1104; Dhp.31, Dhp.266 sq., Dhp.364 sq. Dhp.378; Vv.80#1;
■ acc. bhikkhuṃ Vin.iii.174; Dhp.362; bhikkhunaṃ Snp.87, Snp.88, Snp.513;
■ gen. dat. bhikkhuno AN.i.274; Snp.221, Snp.810, Snp.961; Dhp.373; Pv.i.10#10; & bhikkhussa AN.i.230; Vin.iii.175;
■ instr. bhikkhunā Snp.389
■ pl. nom. bhikkhū Vin.ii.150; Vin.iii.175; DN.iii.123; Vism.152 (in sim.); Vb-a.305 (compared with amaccaputtā) & bhikkhavo Snp.384, Snp.573; Dhp.243, Dhp.283;
■ acc bhikkhu Snp.p.78; MN.i.84; Vv.22#10; & bhikkhavo Snp.384, Snp.573;
■ gen. dat. bhikkhūnaṃ Vin.iii.285; DN.iii.264; Snp.1015; Pv.ii.1#7; & bhikkhunaṃ SN.i.190; Thag.1231
■ instr. bhikkhūhi Vin.iii.175;
■ loc. bhikkhūsu AN.iv.25 & bhikkhusu Thag.241, Thag.1207; Dhp.73;
■ voc. bhikkhave (a Māgadhī form of nom. bhikkhavaḥ) Vin.iii.175; Snp.p.78; Vv-a.127; Pv-a.8, Pv-a.39, Pv-a.166; & bhikkhavo Snp.280 Snp.385.
There are several allegorical etymologies (definitions of the word bhikkhu, which occur frequently in the commentaries. All are fanciful interpretations of the idea of what a bhikkhu is or should be, and these qualities were sought and found in the word itself Thus we mention here the foll.
■ A very comprehensive def. of the term is found at Vb.245–Vb.246, where bhikkhu-ship is established on the ground of 18 qualities (beginning with samaññāya bhikkhu, paṭiññāya bh., bhikkhatī ti bh., bhikkhako ti bh., bhikkhācariyaṃ ajjhupagato ti bh., bhinna-paṭa-dharo ti bh., bhindati pāpake dhamme ti bh., bhinnattā pāpakānaṃ dhammānan ti bh. etc. etc.)
■ This passage is explained in detail at Vb-a.327, Vb-a.328
■ Two kinds of bhikkhus are distinguished at Pts.i.176; Mnd.465 = Cnd.477#b, viz kalyāṇa[-ka-]puthujjana (a layman of good character and sekkha (one in training), for which latter the term paṭilīnacara (one who lives in elimination, i.e. in keeping away from the dangers of worldly life) is given at Mnd.130 (on Snp.810).
cp. later Sk. bhikṣu, fr. bhikṣ
(-˚) adjective belonging to a Buddhist mendicant, a bhikkhu-, a monk’s, or of monks, in sa˚; with monks, inhabited by bhikkhus Vin.iv.307, Vin.iv.308 opp. a˚; without bhikkhus, ibid.
fr. bhikkhu
feminine an almswoman, a female mendicant a Buddhist nun DN.iii.123 sq., DN.iii.148, DN.iii.168 sq., DN.iii.264; Vin.iv.224 sq., Vin.iv.258 sq. (˚sangha); SN.i.128; SN.ii.215 sq. SN.iv.159 sq.; AN.i.88, AN.i.113, AN.i.279; AN.ii.132 (˚parisā), AN.ii.144, AN.iii.109; AN.iv.75; Mil.28; Vb-a.498 (dahara˚, story of) Vv-a.77.
fr. bhikkhu, cp. BSk. bhiksuṇī, but classical Sk. bhikṣukī
the young of an animal, esp. of an elephant, in its property of being dirty (cp. pigs) Vin.ii.201 = SN.ii.269 (bhinka-cchāpa) Ja.v.418 (with ref. to young cats: “mahā-biḷārā nelamaṇḍalaṃ vuccati taruṇā bhinka-cchāpa-maṇḍalaṃ, T. ˚cchāca˚, vv.ll. bhiñjaka-cchāca; taruṇa-bhiga-cchāpa; bhinga-cchāja).
cp. Vedic bhṛnga large bee
(& ˚gāra) a water jar, a (nearly always golden) vase, ceremonial vessel (in donations) Vin.i.39 (sovaṇṇa-maya); DN.ii.172; AN.iv.210 = AN.iv.214 (T. ˚gāra, variant reading ˚kāra); Cp.i.3#5; Ja.i.85 Ja.i.93; Ja.ii.371; Ja.iii.10 (suvaṇṇa˚); Dpvs.xi.32; Pv-a.75 Kp-a.175 (suvaṇṇa˚; variant reading BB ˚gāra), Sdhp.513 (soṇṇa˚).
cp. late Sk. bhṛngāra
cheers, cries of delight (?) Bv.i.35 (+ sādhu kāra).
?
a bird: Lanius caerulescens Ja.v.416.
cp. Sk. bhṛnga bee, bhṛngaka & bhṛnga-rājā
to be broken, to be destroyed; to break (instr.); pres. bhijjati Dhp.148, ppr. bhijjamāna: see phrase abhijjamāne udake under abhijj˚, with which cp. phrase abhejjantyā pathavyā Ja.vi.508, which is difficult to explain (not breaking? for abhijjantī after abhejja & abhedi, and *abhijjanto for abhijjamāna, intrs.?). imper. bhijjatu Thag.312
■ praet. 2nd pl. bhijjittha Ja.i.468 aor. abhedi Ud.93 (abhedi kāyo)
fut bhijjhissati DN-a.i.266; grd. bhijjitabba Ja.iii.56; on grd. ˚bhijja see pabhindati; grd. bhejja in abhejja not to be broken (q.v.).
Pass. of bhindati, cp. Sk. bhidyate
neuter breaking up, splitting, perishing; destruction Ja.i.392; Ja.v.284; Ja.vi.11; Dhp-a.i.257 (kaṇṇā bhijjan’ ākāra-pattā); Thag-a.43 (bhijjana-sabhāva of perishable nature; expln of bhidura Thig.35); Pv-a.41 (˚dhammā destructible, of sankhārā)
■ Der. abhijjanaka see sep.
fr. bhijjati
feminine a wall Vin.i.48; DN.ii.85; SN.ii.103; SN.iv.183 SN.v.218; Ja.i.491; Vism.354 = Vb-a.58 (in comparison) Thag-a.258; Vv-a.42, Vv-a.160, Vv-a.271, Vv-a.302; Pv-a.24.
fr. bhid, cp. *Sk. bhitta fragment, & Class. Sk. bhitti wall
adjective having a wall or walls Ja.iv.318 (naḷa ˚ā paṇṇasālā); Ja.vi.10 (catu˚ with 4 walls).
fr. bhitti
adjective fragile, perishable, transitory Thig.35 (= bhijjana-sabhāva Thag-a.43).
fr. bhid
to split, break, sever destroy, ruin. In two bases: *bhid (with der. *bhed) *bhind;
caus 1 bhedeti see vi˚. Caus. ii. bhindāpeti to cause to be broken Ja.i.290 (sīlaṃ); Ja.vi.345 (pokkharaṇiṃ) and bhedāpeti Vin.iii.42
■ See also bhindana.
bhid, Sk. bhinatti; cp. Lat. findo to split, Goth. beitan = Ger. beissen. Def. at Dhtp.381, Dhtp.405 by “vidāraṇe” i.e. splitting
adjective breaking up, brittle, falling into ruin SN.i.131 (kāya).
fr. bhindati
a sort of spear Ja.vi.105, Ja.vi.248 Abhp.394.
Non-Aryan; Epic Sk. bhindipāla spear, but cp Prk bhiṇḍi-māla & ˚vāla, Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 248 see also Geiger, P.Gr. § 38
■ Cp. sam˚
pp. of bhindati
neuter state of being broken or destroyed, destruction AN.iv.144.
fr. bhinna
(Bhīyo, Bhīyyo)
Vedic bhūyas, compar. form fr. bhū, functioning as compar. to bhūri. On relation Sk bhūyaḥ: P. bhiyyo cp. Sk. jugupsate: P. jigucchati
adverb still more, more and more, only in cpd. -mattāya [cp. BSk. bhūyasyā mātrāya Mvu.ii.345; Divy.263 & passim exceedingly, abundantly AN.i.124 = Pp.30 (explained at Pp-a 212 by “bhiyyoso-mattāya uddhumāyana-bhāvo daṭṭhabbo”); Ja.i.61; Pv-a.50.
abl. formation fr. bhiyyo 1
neuter the sprout (fr. the root) of a lotus the lotus fibres, lotus plant SN.i.204; SN.ii.268; Ja.i.100 Ja.iv.308.
cp. Vedic bisa, with bh for b: see Geiger, P.Gr. § 40 1a
a physician MN.i.429; AN.iii.238 AN.iv.340; Iti.101; Mil.169, Mil.215, Mil.229, Mil.247 sq., Mil.302; Vism.598 (in simile); DN-a.i.67, DN-a.i.255.
cp. Vedic bhiṣaj physician, P. bhesajja medicine & see Geiger, Pali Grammar § 63#1
feminine a bolster, cushion pad, roll Vin.i.287 sq. (cīvara˚ a robe rolled up); Vin.ii.150 Vin.ii.170; Vin.iii.90; Vin.iv.279. Five kinds are allowed in a Vihāra, viz. uṇṇa-bhisi, cola˚, vāka˚, tiṇu˚, paṇṇa˚, i.e. bolsters stuffed with wool, cotton-cloth, bark, grass or talipot leaves, Vin.ii.150 = Vb-a.365 (tiṇa˚).
cp. Epic Sk. bṛṣī & bṛsī, with bh for b, as in Prk. bhisī, cp. Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 209
a raft Snp.21
■ Andersen, Pali Reader, Glossary s. v. identifies it with bhisi1 and asks: “Could it also mean a sort of cushion, made of twisted grass used instead of a swimming girdle?”
etym.?
feminine a small bolster Vin.ii.148 (vātapāna˚ a roll to keep out draughts); Kp-a.50 (tāpasa˚ variant reading Kk kapala-bhitti, see Appendix to Indexes on Sutta Nipāta & Pj.).
fr. bhisi1
feminine terror, fright DN.ii.261 (˚kāya adj. terrific).
= bhiṃsā
frightened, terrified, afraid Dhp.310; Ja.i.168 (niraya-bhaya˚); Ja.ii.110 (maraṇa-bhaya˚), Ja.ii.129, Ja.iv.141 (+ tasita); Pv-a.154, Pv-a.280 (+ tasita). Cp. sam˚.
pp. of bhāyati
see bībhaccha.
adjective dreadful, horrible, cruel, awful Ja.iv.26; Mil.275.
fr. bhī, cp. Vedic bhīma
adjective terrifying, horrible, awful Ja.v.43 (T. bhīmūla, but read bhīmala; C. explains by bhiṃsanaka-mahāsadda).
fr. bhīma
Pass. to bharati, only in cpd. ppr. anubhīramāna MN.iii.123 (chatta: being brought up,or carried behind) Neumann, M. trsl.2iii.248 translates “über ihm schwebt,” & proposes reading (on p. 563); anu-hīramāna (fr. hṛ;). This reading is to be preferred, & is also found at DN.ii.15.
adjective noun
fr. bhī; cp. Vedic bhīru
adjective afraid, shy, cowardly, shunning (-˚) Vism.7 (pāpa˚), Vism.645 (jīvitu-kāma bhīruka-purisa).
fr. bhīru
adjective = bhiṃsana (q.v.) Pv.iv.3#5 (variant reading in Pv-a.251), explained by bhayajanana Pv-a.251, where C. reading also bhīsana.
adjective barking, n a barker, i.e. dog; only in redupl. intens. formation bho-bhu-kka (cp. E. bow-wow), lit. bhu-bhu-maker (: kka fr. kṛ;?) Ja.vi.354 (C.: bhun-karaṇa). See also bhussati.
fr. onomat. root *bhukk, dialectical, cp. Prk. bhukkai to bark, bhukkiya barking, bhukkana dog (Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 209); the root bhukk (bukk) is given by Hemacandra 4, 98 in meaning “garjati (see P. gajjati), cp. also Prk. bukkaṇa crow
adjective noun making “bhu,” i.e. bow-wow, barking Ja.vi.355 (˚sunakha) variant reading bhu-bhukka-sadda-karaṇa.
bhu + kṛ; see bhukka
adjective only in cpd. yathā-bhuccaṃ (nt. adv.) as it is, that which really is, really (= yathā bhūtaṃ) Thig.143. See under yathā.
ger. of bhū in composition, corresponding to *bhūtya → *bhutya, like pecca (*pretya) fr. pra + i In function equal to bhūta
masculine & neuter the arm Snp.48 (explained by Cnd.478 as hattha, hand); Snp.682 (pl. bhujāni); Ja.v.91, Ja.v.309; Ja.vi.64 Bv.i.36; Vv.64#18.
cp. Epic & Class. Sk. bhuja m. & bhujā; bhuj, bhujate to bend, lit. “the bender”; the root is explained by koṭilya (koṭilla) at Dhtp.470 (Dhtm.521). See also bhuja3. Idg. *bheṅg, fr. which also Lat. fugio to flee = Gr. φεύγω, Lat. fuga flight = Sk bhoga ring, Ohg. bouc; Goth. biugan to bend = Ger beugen & biegen; Ohg. bogo = E. bow. Semantically cp. Lat. lacertus the arm, i.e. the bend, fr. *leq to bend to which P. laguḷa a club (q.v. for etym.), with which cp. Lat. lacerta = lizard, similar in connotation to P bhujaga snake
clean, pure, bright, beautiful Ja.vi.88 (˚dassana beautiful to look at; C. explains by kalyāṇa dassana).
fr. bhuñjati2
adjective bending, crooked, in bhuja-laṭṭhi betel-pepper tree Ja.vi.456 (C.: bhujangalatā perhaps identical with bhujaka?), also in cpd bhuja-ga going crooked, i.e. snake Mil.420 (bhujaginda king of snakes, the cobra); Dāvs. 2, 17; also as bhujaṅga Dāvs 2, Dāvs 56, & in der.; bhujaṅga-latā “snakecreeper,” i.e. name of the betel-pepper Ja.vi.457; and bhujaṅgama SN.i.69
■ Cp. bhogin2.
fr. bhuj to bend
a fragrant tree growing (according to Dhpāla) only in the Gandhamādana grove of the Devaloka Vv.35#5; Vv-a.162.
fr. bhuj, as in bhuñjati2; or does it belong to bhuja3 and equal to bhuja-laṭṭhi?
cp. BSk. bhujiṣya Divy.302, according to Mhvyut § 84 meaning “clean”; thus fr. bhuj (see bhuñjati2) to purify, sort out
adjective eating, one who eats or enjoys, in -sammuti definition of “eater,” speaking of an eater, declaration or statement of eating Vb-a.164.
fr. bhuñjati1
to eat (in general), to enjoy, make use of, take advantage of, use Snp.102, Snp.240, Snp.259, Snp.619; Dhp.324 Pp.55.
pot bhuñjeyya Snp.400; Dhp.308, 2nd pl bhuñjetha Dhp.70; Mhvs.25, Mhvs.113.
imper 2nd med bhuñjassa SN.v.53; 3rd act. bhuñjatu SN.i.141; Snp.479 bhuñjassu Snp.421;
ppr bhuñjanto Ja.iii.277: bhuñjamāna Thag.12; Snp.240.
fut 1st sg. bhokkhaṃ [Sk bhoksyāmi] Ja.iv.117.
aor 1st sg. bhuñjiṃ Miln 47 3rd sg. bhuñji Ja.iv.370; 3rd pl. abhuñjiṃsu Thag.922 abhuñjisuṃ Mhvs.7, Mhvs.25.
ger bhutvā Ja.iii.53 (= bhuñjitvā C.); Dhp-a.i.182; bhutvāna Snp.128.
grd bhuñjitabba Mhvs.5, Mhvs.127.
inf bhottuñ: see ava˚.
pp bhutta
caus bhojeti (q.v.). Cp. bhoga bhojana, bhojanīya, bhojja; also Desid. pp. bubbhukkhita; & ābhuñjati.
(bhuj) to Lat. fruor, frūx = E. fruit, frugal etc.; Goth. brūkjan = As. brūkan = Ger. brauchen. The Dhtp.379 (& Dhtm.613) explains bhuj by “pālan ajjhohāresu,” i.e. eating & drinking for the purpose of living
to clean, purify cleanse: see bhuja2 and bhujissa, also bhoja & bhojaka.
bhuj to purify, cleanse, sift, not given in this meaning by the Dhātupāṭha. Cp. Av. buxti purification buj to clean, also Lat. fungor (to get through or rid of, cp. E. function), Goth. us-baugjan to sweep; P paribhuñjati 2, paribhojaniya & vinibbhujati. See Kern, Toevoegselen p. 104, s. v. bhujissa
neuter taking food, act of eating, feasting Ja.iv.371 (˚kāraṇa); Pv-a.184.
fr. bhuñjati1
pp. of bhuñjati1; Sk. bhukta
one who eats or has eaten, or enjoys (cp. bhutta 2) Ja.v.465 (ahaṃ bhuttā bhakkhaṃ ras’ uttamaṃ).
n. ag. fr. bhuj, cp. Sk. bhoktṛ already Vedic & Epic
adjective having eaten, one who has eaten Ja.v.170 (= kata-bhatta-kicca); Vv-a.244.
bhutta + vant
adjective having eaten, one who has had a meal nom. sg. bhuttāvī Vin.iv.82; Mil.15 (+ onīta-pattapāṇi); Pv-a.23 (+ pavārita); Snp-a.58; instr. bhuttāvinā Vin.iv.82; gen. dat. bhuttavissa DN.ii.195. acc. bhuttāviṃ Vin.i.213; Snp.p.111 (+ onīta-pattapāṇiṃ) Ja.v.170; nom. pl. bhuttāvī Vin.iv.81, & bhuttāvino SN.iv.289.
bhutta + suffix ˚āvin, corresponding to Vedic ˚āyin
adjective noun
-attharaṇa “earth-spread,” a ground covering, mat carpet Vin.i.48; Vin.ii.208; Vin.iv.279. -antara “earth-occasion,” i.e. 1 sphere of the earth, plane of existence Mil.163; Dhs-a.296 2 in ˚pariccheda discussion concerning the earth, i.e. cosmogony Dhs-a.3. -antalikkha earthly and celestial, over earth & sky (of portents) Mil.178. The form would correspond to Sk. *bhaum-āntarīkṣa.; -jāla “terrestrial net (of insight) gift of clear sight extending over the globe (perhaps to find hidden treasures) Snp-a.353 (term of a vijjā, science or magic art). Cp. bhūrikamma bhūrivijjā
■ ṭṭha a put into the earth, being in the earth, found on or in the earth, earthly Vin.iii.47 b standing on the earth Dhp.28 c resting on the earth Mil.181. Also as ˚ka living on earth, earthly (of gods) Ja.iii.87. -deva a terrestrial deva or fairy AN.iv.118; Pts.ii.149; Vb-a.12; Dhp-a.i.156; Vv-a.334; Pv-a.5, Pv-a.43, Pv-a.55, Pv-a.215, Pv-a.277. -devatā = ˚deva Ja.iv.287 (= yakkha); Kp-a.120.
fr. bhūmi, Vedic bhūmya
feminine that which belongs to the ground, i.e. a plane (of existence), soil, stage (as t.t. in philosophy) Dhs-a.277 (˚y-āpatti), Dhs-a.339 (id.), Dhs-a.985 (dukkha˚), Dhs-a.1368, Dhs-a.1374 sq. (see Dhs trsl.2 231).
fr. bhumma
a voc. of friendly address “my (dear) man” (lit. terrestrial) Vin.ii.304 (= piyavacanaṃ Bdhgh).
old voc. of bhumma
the regular P. representative of Sk. bhūyas (compar.); for which usually bhiyya (q.v.). Only in cpd. yebhuyyena (q.v.).
see bhū.
chaff, husks AN.i.241 (-āgāra chaff-house); Dhp.252 (opuṇāti bhusaṃ to sift husks); Ud.78; Pv.iii.4#1; Pv.iii.10#7; Vv-a.47 (tiṇa litter).
cp. Vedic busa (nt.) & buśa (m.)
adjective strong, mighty, great Dhp.339 (taṇhā = balavā Dhp-a.iv.48); Ja.v.361 (daṇḍa daḷha, balavā C.)
■ nt. bhusaṃ (adv.) much, exceedingly, greatly, vehemently. In compounds bhusaṃ˚ & bhusa˚-SN.i.69; Ja.iii.441; Ja.iv.11; Ja.v.203 (bhusa-dassaneyya), Ja.vi.192; Vv.6#9; Pv.3#38; Pv.iv.7#7; Mil.346; Snp-a.107 (“verbum intensivum”); Sdhp.289.
cp. Vedic bhṛśa
to bark DN-a.i.317 (bhusati vv.ll. bhussati & bhūsati); Dhp-a.i.171, Dhp-a.i.172
■ See also bhasati & bhukka;
pp bhusita.
perhaps a legitimate form for Sk. bhaṣate (see P. bhasati), with u for a, so that the suggested correction of bhusati to bhasati (see under bhasati) is unfounded
feminine chaff AN.i.242; Vin.ii.181.
fr. bhusa1
barking Ja.iv.182 (˚sadda, barking, noise). See also bhasita.
pp. of bhusati
to make strong, to cause to grow (?) Ja.v.218 (C. explains by “bhusaṃ karoti, vaḍḍheti” p. 224).
Denom. fr. bhusa2 = *bhṛśayati; but not certain, may have to be read bhūseti, to endeavour, cp. Sk bhūṣati
adjective being, (n.) creature, living being in pāṇa-bhū a living being (a breathing being) Ja.v.79 (= pāṇa-bhūta C.).
fr. bhū
feminine the earth; loc. bhuvi according to Kaccāyana; otherwise bhuvi is aor. 3rd sg. of bhū: see Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 516; Geiger, Pali Gr. § 865.
fr. bhū, otherwise bhūmi
feminine frown, anger, superciliousness MN.i.125 (variant reading bhakuṭi & bhā˚); Ja.v.296.
a different spelling of bhakuṭi, q.v
■ Cp. Sk. bhṛkuti & bhrukuṭi
the Bhūrja tree, i.e. a kind of willow Ja.v.195, Ja.v.405 (in both places = ābhujī), Ja.v.420.
cp. late Sk. bhūrja, with which related Lat. fraxinus ash, Ags. beorc = E. birch, Ger. birke
grown, become; born, produced; nature as the result of becoming. The (exegetical) definition by Bdhgh of the word bhūta is interesting. He (at MN-a.i.31) distinguishes the foll. 7 meanings of the term:
-kāya body of truth Dhp-a.i.11
■ gāma vegetation, as trees, plants, grass, etc. Under bhūtagāma Bdhgh understands the 5 bīja-jātāni (5 groups of plants springing from a germinative power: see bīja), viz mūla-bījaṃ, khandha˚, phala˚, agga˚, bīja˚. Thus in C. on Vin.iv.34 (the so-called bhūtagāma-sikkhāpada quoted at Dhp-a.iii.302 & Snp-a.3); cp. MN.iii.34; Ja.v.46; Mil.3, Mil.244. -gāha possession by a demon Mil.168 (cp. Divy.235). -ṭṭhāna place of a ghost Kp-a.170 -pati (a) lord of beings Ja.v.113 (of inda); Ja.vi.362 (id.) Vv.64#1 (id.). (b) lord of ghosts, or Yakkhas Ja.vi.269 (of Kuvera). -pubba (a) as adj. (-˚) having formerly been so & so, as mātā bhūtapubbo satto, pitā etc., in untraced quotation at Vism.305; also at Snp-a.359 (Bhagavā kuṇāla-rājā bhūtapubbo) (b) as adv (bhūtapubbaṃ) meaning: before all happening, before creation, at a very remote stage of the world, in old times, formerly Vin.ii.201; DN.i.92; DN.ii.167, DN.ii.285, DN.ii.337; MN.i.253; MN.iii.176; SN.i.216, SN.i.222, SN.i.227; SN.iv.201; SN.v.447; AN.iv.136 = Vism.237; AN.iv.432; Ja.i.394; Dhp-a.i.56 -bhavya past and future DN.i.18. -bhāva truthful character, neg. a˚ Pv-a.14. -vacana statement of reality or of the truth Snp-a.336. -vādin truthful speaking the truth MN.i.180; DN.iii.175; Pp.58; a˚ untruthful Dhp.306; Ja.ii.416. -vikāra a natural blemish fault of growth, deformity Snp-a.189 (opp. nibbikāra) -vijjā knowledge of demons, exorcism DN.i.9; Dhp.i.93 cp. Dial. i.17). -vejja a healer of harm caused by demons, an exorcist Vin.iv.84; Ja.ii.215; Ja.iii.511; Mil.23.
pp. of bhavati, Vedic etc. bhūta
neuter the fact of having grown, become or being created (i.e. being creatures or part of creation) Vism.310 (in def. of bhūtā); MN-a.i.32 (id.).
abstr. fr. bhūta
a fragrant grass; Andropogon schoenanthus Ja.vi.36 (= phanijjaka); Vism.543 (so variant reading for T. bhūtinaka).
cp. *Sk. bhūtṛna
adjective (-˚) in cpd. cātummahā˚ belongs to the whole expression, viz. composed of the 4 great elements MN.i.515.
a destroyer of beings Snp.664 (voc. bhūnahu, explained by Snp-a.479 as “bhūti-hanaka vuddhi-nāsaka”; vv.ll. bhūnahaṭa bhūnahoṭa, bhūhata, all showing the difficulty of the archaic word); Ja.v.266 (pl. bhūnahuno, explained by C 272 as “isīnaṃ ativattāro attano vaḍḍhiyā hatattā bh.”). Cp. MN.i.502 (“puritanical” suggested by Lord Chalmers).
difficult to expln; is it an old misspelling for bhūta + gha? The latter of han?
(-˚)
= bhūmi
(adj.) (only-˚)
from bhūma, or bhūmi
feminine
■ Bdhgh, when defining the 2 meanings of bhūmi as “mahā-paṭhavī” and as “cittuppāda” (rise of thought) had in view the distinction between its literal & figurative meaning. But this def (at Dhs-a.214) is vague & only popular
■ An old loc of bhūmi is; bhumyā, e.g. Ja.i.507; Ja.v.84. Another form of bhūmi at end of compounds is bhūma (q.v.).
cp. Vedic bhūmi, Av. būmiš soil, ground, to bhū, as in bhavati, cp. Gr. φύσις etc. See bhavati
feminine the earth; given as name for the earth (paṭhavi) at Pts.ii.197; see also def. at Dhs-a.147. Besides these only in 2 doubtful compounds, both resting on demonology, viz. bhūrikamma DN.i.12, explained as “practices to be observed by one living in a bhūrighara or earth-house” (?) DN-a.i.97, but cp. Vedic bhūri-karman “much effecting”; and bhūrivijjā DN.i.9, explained as “knowledge of charms to be pronounced by one living in an earth-house” (?) DN-a.i.93. See Dial. i.18, i.25. The meaning of the terms is obscure there may have been (as Kern rightly suggests: see Toevoegselen s. v.) quite a diff. popular practice behind them which was unknown to the later Commentator. Kern suggests that bhūri-vijjā might be a secret science to find gold (digging for it: science of hidden treasures) and -kamma might be “making gold” (alchemistic science). Perhaps the term bhumma-jāla is to be connected with these two.
cp. late Sk. bhūr
adjective wide, extensive, much, abundant, Dhs-a.147 (in def. of the term bhūri1, i.e. earth); otherwise only in compounds: -pañña (adj.) of extensive wisdom, very wise SN.iv.205; Snp.346, Snp.792, Snp.1097 Snp.1143; Pv.iii.5#5; Pts.ii.197 (“paṭhavī-samāya vitthatāya vipulāya paññāya samannāgato ti bhūripañño, with other definitions); Mnd.95 (same expln as under Pts.ii.197); Cnd.415 C. (id.). -paññāṇa (adj.) same as ˚pañña Snp.1136 ≈ (cp. Cnd.480). -medhasa (adj.) very intelligent SN.i.42, SN.i.174; SN.iii.143; AN.iv.449; Snp.1131, Snp.1136 Thag.1266; Pv.iii.7#7.
cp. Vedic bhūri
feminine knowledge, understanding intelligence Dhp.282, quoted at Dhs-a.76 (explained as termed so because it is as widespread as the earth; Dhs.16; Dhp-a.iii.421; same expln at Dhs-a.148) Ja.vi.415.
is it original? Cp. BSk. bhūri in same sense at Lal.444, Lal.541; Mvu.iii.332
neuter ornament, decoration Vism.10 (yatino-sīla-bhūsana-bhūsitā contrasted to rājāno muttāmaṇi-vibhūsitā).
fr. bhūṣ
feminine ornament, decoration, only in cpd. bhūsa-(read bhūsā-)dassaneyya beautiful as an ornament Pv.iii.3#2.
fr. bhūṣ
to adorn, embellish, beautify. Only in pp. bhūsita adorned with (-˚) Pv.ii.9#52, Pv.ii.12#7; Pv.iii.3#5; Ja.vi.53. Cp. vi˚.
Caus. of bhūṣ, to be busy; in meaning “to adorn” etc. Explained at Dhtp. 315, 623 by “alaṅkāra”
a frog Thag.310; Ja.iii.430; Ja.iv.247; Ja.vi.208.
cp. Vedic bheka, onomat.
is fut. of bhindati (q.v.).
adjective to be split, only in neg. form abhejja not to be split or sundered Snp.255; Ja.i.263; Ja.iii.318; Pp.30; Mil.160, Mil.199.
grd. of bhindati
adjective breakable; like bhejja only in neg. form abhejjanaka indestructible Ja.i.393.
fr. bhejja
a kind of missile used as a weapon arrow Vin.iii.77 (where enumerated with asi, satti & laguḷa in expln of upanikkhipana).
perhaps identical with & only wrong spelling; for bheṇḍu = kaṇḍu2
a ball, bead; also a ball-shaped ornament or turret, cupola Thag.164 (see kaṇḍu2) Ja.i.386 (also ˚maya ball-shaped); Ja.iii.184 (variant reading geṇḍu).
with variant reading geṇḍu, of uncertain reading & meaning. Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 107 gives giṇḍu & remarks that this cannot be derived fr. kaṇḍuka (although; kaṇḍu may be considered as gloss of bheṇḍu at Thag.164: see kaṇḍu2), but belongs with Prk. geṇḍui play & P geṇḍuka and the originally Sk. words genduka, ginduka geṇḍu, geṇḍuka to a root; gid, giḍ, Prk. giṇḍai to play Morris, J.P.T.S. 1884, 90 says: “I am inclined to read geṇḍu in all cases & to compare it with geḍuka & geṇḍuka a ball”
a ball for playing Ja.iv.30, Ja.iv.256; Ja.v.196; Ja.vi.471; Dhs-a.116 See also geṇḍuka.
in all probability misreading for geṇḍuka. The variant reading is found at all passages. Besides this occur the vv.ll. keṇḍuka (= kaṇḍuka?) & kuṇḍika
a knob, cupola, round tower Ja.i.2 (mahā-bh˚-pamāṇa).
fr. bheṇḍu, identical with bheṇḍuka1
a breaker, divider AN.v.283.
n. ag. fr. bhid
fr. bhid, cp. Ved. & Class. Sk. bheda in same meanings
adjective noun breaking, dividing, causing disunion; (m.) divider Vin.ii.205; Ja.vi.382
■ nt. adv bhedakaṃ, as in -nakha in such a way as to break a nail DN-a.i.37.
fr. bheda
neuter
fr. bhid, as in Caus. bhedeti
are Causatives of bhindati (q.v.).
a jackal Ja.v.270; the nom. probably formed after the acc. in phrase bheraṇḍakaṃ nadati to cry after the fashion of, or like a jackal AN.i.187.
cp. *Sk. bheruṇḍa
adjective fearful, terrible, frightful Thag.189; Snp.959, Snp.965, Snp.984; Mnd.370 Mnd.467; Ja.vi.520; Dpvs.17, Dpvs.100; Pgdp.26, Pgdp.31
■ bahu˚ very terrible AN.iii.52; stricken with terror Ja.vi.587-(n) terror, combined with bhaya fear & dismay MN.i.17; AN.iv.291; AN.v.132; Thag.367, Thag.1059
■ pahīna-bhayabherava having left behind (i.e. free from) fear terror SN.iii.83.
fr. bhīru, cp. Epic Sk. bhairava
feminine a kettle-drum (of large size; Dhs-a.319 distinguishes 2 kinds: mahā˚ & paṭaha˚ DN.i.79; AN.ii.185; Vv.81#10; Ja.vi.465; Dhp-a.i.396; Sdhp.429
■ issara˚; the drum of the ruler or lord Ja.i.283 paṭaha˚; kettle-drum Dpvs.16, 14; Dhs-a.319; Pv-a.4 yāma˚; (-velāya) (at the time) when the drum sounds the watch Ja.v.459
■ bheriṃ vādeti to sound the drum Ja.i.283
■ bheriyo vādentā (pl.) beating (lit. making sound) the drums Ja.ii.110. bheriñ carāpeti to make the drum go round, i.e. to proclaim by beat of drum Ja.v.41; Ja.vi.10.
cp. Epic Sk. bherī
neuter a remedy, medicament, medicine Vin.i.278; DN.ii.266; MN.i.30; Snp-a.154, Snp-a.446; Sdhp.393-bhesajjaṃ karoti to treat with a medicine Dhp-a.i.25 mūla-bhesajjāni the principal medicines Mil.43; pañca bhesajjāni the 5 remedies (allowed to bhikkhus) Dhp-a.i.5.
cp. Vedic bhaiṣajya = bheṣaja, fr. bhiṣaj; see also P. bhisakka
adjective terrible, awful Vin.ii.203 = Iti.86 (“bhesmā hi udadhī mahā,” so read for Vin. bhasmā with variant reading bhesmā, and for It tasmā, with variant reading BB bhesmā, misunderstood by ed
■ Bdhgh Vin.ii.325 on Vin. passage explains by bhayānaka); Ja.v.266; Ja.vi.133 (variant reading bhasma).
cp. Vedic bhīṣma of which the regular P. form is bhiṃsa, of bhī; bhesma would correspond to a form *bhaiṣma
indeclinable a familiar term of address (in speaking to equals or inferiors): sir friend, you, my dear; pl. sirs DN.i.88, DN.i.90, DN.i.93, DN.i.111; MN.i.484; Snp.427, Snp.457, Snp.487; with voc. of noun: bho purisa my dear man Ja.i.423; bho brahmaṇā oh ye brahmans Ja.ii.369. Double bho bho Dhp-a.iv.158.
voc. of bhavant, cp. Sk. bhoḥ which is the shortened voc. bhagoḥ of Vedic bhagavant; cp. as to form P. āvuso → Sk. āyuṣmaḥ of āyuṣmant
is fut. of bhuñjati (q.v.).
at Vb-a.424, in phrase sucikāmo bh. brāhmaṇo is a kind of Desider, formation fr. bhuj˚ (bhuñj), appearing as *bhukṣ = bhokkh (cp. bhokkhaṃ), with ending -in; meaning “wishing to eat.” It corresponds to Sk bhoktu-kāma. Cp. also n. ag. bhoktṛ of *bhukṣ enjoyer, eater. P. bhokkhi might be Sk. bhoktrī, if it was not for the latter being f. The word is a curiosity.
fr. bhuñj: see bhuñjati
the coil of a snake Ja.iii.58. See also nib˚.
fr. bhuj to bend, cp. bhuja3 & Sk. bhoga id. Hālayudha 3, 20
(-˚) feminine condition of prosperity, having wealth or riches, in uḷāra˚; being very rich MN.iii.38.
abstr. fr. bhoga
adjective one who has possessions or supplies, wealthy Ja.v.399; Mhvs.10, Mhvs.20; Sdhp.511.
fr. bhoga
(-˚) adjective having wealth or power, in antara˚; an intermediate aristocrat Vin.iii.47.
fr. bhoga
adjective noun (-˚) enjoying, owning, abounding in, partaking in or devoted to (e.g. to pleasure, kāma˚;) DN.ii.80; DN.iii.124; SN.i.78; SN.iv.331, SN.iv.333; AN.iii.289 AN.v.177
■ m. owner, wealthy man MN.i.366.
fr. bhoga
adjective having coils, of a snake Ja.iii.57; Ja.vi.317.
fr. bhuj, see bhuja3
is diaeretic form of Sk. bhogya = P. bhogga2 with which identical in meaning 2, similar also to bhogika.
adjective bent, crooked MN.i.88; DN.ii.22; AN.i.138; Ja.iii.395.
fr. bhuj to bend, pp. corresp. to Sk. bhugna
adjective
grd. of bhuñj to enjoy, thus = Sk. bhogya
one who is getting trained, dependent, a freed slave, villager subject. Only in compounds like bhojisiyaṃ [bhoja + isi ya = issariya] mastery over dependence, i.e. independence SN.i.44, SN.i.45; bhojājānīya a well-trained horse, a thoroughbred Ja.i.178, Ja.i.179; bhojaputta son of a villager Ja.v.165; bhojarājā head of a village (-district) a subordinate king Snp.553 = Thag.823
■ In the latter phrase however it may mean “wealthy” kings, or “titled kings (khattiyā bh-r., who are next in power to and serve on a rājā cakkavatti). The phrase is best taken as one, viz. “the nobles, royal kings.” It may be a term for “vice-kings” or substitute-kings, or those who are successors of the king. The expln at Snp-a.453 takes the three words as three diff. terms and places bhojā bhogiyā as a designation of a class or rank (= bhogga) Neumann in his translation of Sn has “Königstämme, kühn and stolz,” free but according to the sense. The phrase may in bhoja contain a local designation of the Bhoja princes (Name of a tribe), which was then taken as a special name for “king” (cp. Kaiser → Caesar, or Gr. βασιλεύς) With the wording “khattiyā bhoja-rājāno anuyuttā bhavanti te” cp. MN.iii.173: “paṭirājāno te rañño cakkavattissa anuyuttā bhavanti,” and AN.v.22: “kuḍḍarājāno” in same phrase
■ Mrs. Rh. D. at Brethren, p. 311, trsls “nobles and wealthy lords.”
lit. grd. of bhuñjati2, to be sorted out, to be raised from slavery; thus also meaning “dependence”, “training,” from bhuj, to which belongs bhujissa
is ppr. of bhojeti, feeding Ja.vi.207.
fr. bhuj, bhojeti
neuter food, meal, nourishment in general Ja.ii.218; Ja.iv.103, Ja.iv.173; Ja.i.178; Ja.iv.223; Snp.102 Snp.128, Snp.242, Snp.366, Snp.667; Dhp.7, Dhp.70; Pp.21, Pp.55; Mil.370 Vism.69, Vism.106; Sdhp.52, Sdhp.388, Sdhp.407. Some similes with bhojana see J.P.T.S. 1907, 119
■ tika˚; food allowed for a triad (of reasons) Vin.ii.196. dub˚ having little or bad food Ja.ii.368; Dhp-a.iv.8. paṇīta˚; choice plentiful meals Vin.iv.88. sabhojane kule in the family in which a bhikkhu has received food Vin.iv.94
■ bhojane mattaññu(tā) knowing proper measure in eating (& abstr.); eating within bounds, one of the 4 restricttions of moral life SN.ii.218; AN.i.113 sq.; Mnd.483. 5 bhojanāni or meals are given at Vin.iv.75, viz niccabhatta˚, salākabhatta˚, pakkhikaṃ, uposathikaṃ pāṭipadikaṃ
■ As part of the regulations concerning food, hours of eating etc. in the Sangha there is a distinction ascribed to the Buddha between gaṇabhojanaṃ, parampara-bhojanaṃ, atirittabhojanaṃ, anatirittabhojanaṃ mentioned at Kv.ii.552; see Vin.iv.71 Vin.iv.77. All these ways of taking food are forbidden under ordinary circumstances, but allowed in the case of illness (gilāna-samaye), when robes are given to the Bhikkhus (cīvarasamaye) and several other occasions as enumerated at Vin.iv.74
■ The distinction is made as follows: gaṇabhojanaṃ said when 4 bhikkhus are invited to partake together of one of the five foods; or food prepared as a joint meal Vin.iv.74; cp. Vin.ii.196 Vin.v.128, Vin.v.135; paramparabhojanaṃ said when a bhikkhu invited to partake of one of the 5 foods, first takes one and then another Vin.iv.78; atirittabhojanaṃ is food left over from that provided for a sick person, or too great a quantity offered on one occasion to bhikkhus (in this case permitted to be eaten) Vin.iv.82; anatirittabhojanaṃ is food that is not left over & is accepted & eaten by a bhikkhu without inquiry Vin.iv.84.
fr. bhuñjati
= bhojaka, in -gāma owner or headman of the village Ja.ii.134. Bhojaniya, Bhojaniya, Bhojaneyya
what may be eaten, eatable food; fit or proper to eat
■ bhojaniya: food Vin.iv.92 (five foods: odana rice, kummāsa gruel, sattu meal flour, maccha fish, maṃsa meat). Soft food, as distinguished from khādaniya hard food Ja.i.90. See also khādaniya. bhojanīya: eatable SN.i.167, cp. pari˚. bhojaneyya: fit to eat DN-a.i.28; a˚ unfit to be eaten Snp.81; Ja.v.15.
grd. of bhuj, Caus. bhojeti. Cp. bhuñjitabba
(-˚) adjective feeding on, enjoying AN.iii.43; MN.i.343; Snp.47; Ja.ii.150; Pp.55.
fr. bhuj
to cause to eat, to feed, entertain, treat, regale Vin.i.243; Vin.iv.71; Ja.vi.577; Dhp-a.i.101.
Caus. of bhuñjati
adjective to be eaten, eatable; khajja˚; what can be chewed & eaten DN-a.i.85. -yāgu “eatable rice-gruel,” i.e. soft gruel, prepared in a certain way Vin.i.223, Vin.i.224.
grd. of bhuñjati
a good horse, a Sindh horse Ja.i.180.
f. of bhavant (q.v.) Dhp-a.iii.194. Bhottabba & Bhottum
are grd. & inf. of bhuñjati (q.v.); bhottabba to be eaten Ja.v.252, Ja.v.253; bhottuṃ to eat Ja.ii.14.
one making a barking sound, barker, i.e. dog Ja.vi.345 (= bhunkaraṇa C.).
intens-redupl. of bhukk = bukk, to bark: see bhukka & cp. Sk. bukkati, bukkana
euphonic consonant inserted between two vowels to avoid hiatus, as agga-m-agga the best of all Vin.iv.232 aṅga-m-aṅgāni limb by limb Vin.iii.119; Vv.38#2, etc See also SN.iii.254 (yena-m-idh’ ekacco); Dhp.34 (oka-mokata ubbhato); Snp.765 (aññatra-m-ariyehi); Mnd.269 (dvaye-m-eva); Ja.i.29 (asīti-hattha-m-ubbedha, for hatth’ ubbedha); Ja.iii.387 (katattho-m-anubujjhati); Ja.v.72 (orena-m-āgama); Ja.vi.266 (pacchā-m-anutappati); Snp-a.309 (rāg’ ādi-m-anekappakāraṃ)
■ On wrong syllable division through Sandhi-m-, and thus origin of specific Pali forms see māsati.
(-kāra) the letter or sound m Ja.iii.273 (sandhi-vasena vutta put in for the sake of euphony); Ja.v.375 (ma-kāro sandhikaro); Kp-a.155, Kp-a.224; Snp-a.181, Snp-a.383, Snp-a.404.
neuter flesh, meat SN.ii.97 (putta˚); Dhp.152; Ja.iii.184; Pp.55; Vism.258 Vism.357 (in compar.); Dhp-a.i.375 (putta˚); Dhp-a.ii.51 (alla˚ living flesh); Vb-a.58, Vb-a.61 (pilotika-paliveṭhita). Described and defined in detail as one of the 32 ākāras or constituents of the human body at Vism.252, Vism.354; Kp-a.46 Vb-a.235.
cp. Vedic māṃsa, fr. Idg. *memsro-, as in Gr. μηρός thigh, Lat. membrum limb (“member”); Goth mims flesh; Oir mīr bite, bit (of flesh)
feminine a certain plant Nardostychus jatamansi Ja.vi.535.
cp. Sk. māṃsī
fr. maṃsa; cp. *Sk. māṃsika
a kind of cloth, material, fibre Dhp-a.iii.68 (vākakhaṇḍa).
etym.?
a mythical fish or sea monster, Leviathan (cp. Zimmer, Altind. Leben 97; Ja.ii.442; Ja.iii.188; Mil.131, Mil.377; Thag-a.204
■ f. makarinī Mil.67.
-dantaka the tooth of a sword fish, used as a pin Vin.ii.113, cp. p. Vin.ii.315
■ as a design in painting or carving Vin.ii.117, Vin.ii.121, Vin.ii.152; Vin.iv.47. In these latter passages it occurs combined with latākamma & pañcapaṭṭhika (q.v.). The meaning is not quite clear.
cp. Epic Sk. makara
the nectar of a flower Ja.vi.530.
cp. Class. Sk. makaranda
mosquito Vin.ii.119; SN.i.52 (a˚ free from m.); AN.ii.117; Snp.20; Ja.i.246; Sdhp.50. See also cpd. ḍaṃsa˚.
fr. Vedic maśaka viâ *masaka → makasa: see Geiger, Pali Grammar § 47#2
feminine a crest Abhp.283 (kirīṭa + , i.e. adornment).
cp. BSk. makuṭa Divy.411
cp. Sk. makula
cp. Epic Sk. markaṭa
a spider (see on similes J.P.T.S. 1907, 119) Dhp.347 (cp. Dhp-a.iv.58); Ja.ii.147 (= uṇṇanābhi); Ja.iv.484 (aptly called Uṇṇanābhi); Ja.v.47, Ja.v.469; Mil.364, Mil.407 (pantha˚ road spider, at both passages). -sutta spider’s thread Vism.285.
cp. Sk. markaṭaka; der. fr. markaṭa = makkaṭa
neuter monkey grimace Ja.ii.448 (mukha˚). The same as mukha-makkaṭika at Ja.ii.70.
fr. makkhaṭa + ya
feminine a female monkey Vin.iii.33, Vin.iii.34; Ja.i.385; Dhp-a.i.119.
of makkaṭa
hypocrisy; usually combined with paḷāsa (see also palāsa MN.i.15; AN.i.95, AN.i.100, AN.i.299; AN.iv.148, AN.iv.456; AN.v.39, AN.v.156, AN.v.209 AN.v.310, AN.v.361; Iti.3; Snp.56, Snp.437, Snp.631, Snp.1132 (cp. Cnd.484 makkhāyanā makkhāyitattaṃ niṭṭhuriya-kammaṃ, i.e. hardness, mercilessness); Dhp.150, Dhp.407; Ja.v.141; Vb.357, Vb.380, Vb.389; Pp.18, Pp.22; Mil.289, Mil.380; Dhp-a.iii.118 Dhp-a.vi.181.
fr. mṛkṣ, lit. smearing over. Cp. BSk. mrakṣa Śikṣ 198.8, in cpd. māna-mada-mrakṣa-paridāha etc.
anger rage Vin.i.25.
probably = makkha1, but BSk. differentiates with mrakṣya Divy.622, trsl. Index “ill-feeling” Böhtlingk-Roth have: mrakṣya “wohlgefühl”
neuter smearing, oil Ja.iii.120; Mil.11 (tela˚); Dhtp.538.
fr. mṛkṣ, cp. *Sk. mrakṣaṇa
feminine & Makkhāyitatta (nt.) the fact of concealment, hypocrisy: in exegesis of makkha at Cnd.484; Pp.18, Pp.22.
abstr. fr. makkha
feminine a fly MN.iii.148; Mnd.484; Ja.ii.275 (nīla˚); Ja.iii.263 (pingala gadfly), Ja.iii.402; Snp-a.33 (pingala˚), Snp-a.572 (id.); Dhp-a.iv.58 Sdhp.396, Sdhp.529.
cp. Vedic makṣika & makṣikā
smeared with (-˚), soiled; anointed MN.i.364 (lohita˚); Ja.i.158 (madhu˚); Ja.iii.226 (piṭṭhi-maddena); Ja.v.71 (ruhira˚); Ja.vi.391.
pp. of makkheti
adjective concealing, hypocritical; harsh, merciless; often combined with palāsin (e.g. at Vin.ii.89; Ja.iii.259) DN.iii.45, DN.iii.246. a˚ (+ apalāsin) DN.iii.47; AN.iii.111; Snp.116; Pp.22. Makkhi-vala
fr. makkha
a cloth of hair for straining Ja.ii.97.
cp. makaci-pilotikā
to smear, paste, soil, anoint Ja.iii.225, Ja.iii.314; Pp.36; Mil.268; Vism.344; Dhp-a.ii.65
pass makkhīyati Mil.74. Caus. ii. makkhāpeti to cause to be anointed Ja.i.486; Dhp-a.i.400
pp makkhita.
Caus. of mṛkṣ; Dhtp.538: makkhaṇa
another form of miga = Sk. mṛga, cp. Geiger, Pali Grammar § 12#4
cp. Epic Sk. mārga, fr. mṛg to track, trace
neuter & magganā (f.) tracking, search for, covetousness Vism.29 (syn. for nijigiṃsanatā gaveṭṭhi); Dhtp.298 (& gavesana).
fr. magg
wayfarer, tramp Dhp-a.i.233.
fr. magga
& (spurious); mageti to track, hunt for, trace out follow, seek MN.i.334 (ppr. magayamana); SN.ii.270 (pp maggayamāna); Thig.384 (cp. Thag-a.255 = pattheti) Ja.v.102 (where T. reads maggheyya, which is explained by C. as vijjheyya to pierce, hurt, & which is doubtful in meaning, although Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. defends it. The variant reading reads magg˚. Same on p. 265 where one ought to read phasseyya in C. instead of passeyya. The form pp. magga (?) on p. 102 must belong to the same root) Dhs-a.162 (= gavesati)
caus 2 maggāpeti Pv-a.112
pass maggīyati Vb-a.114.
Denom. fr. magga, cp. Sk. margayati. The Dhtp. gives both mag & magg; in meaning “anvesana,” i.e. tracking, following up; see Dhtp Nos. 21, 540, 541
see maggeti.
Name of Indra, or another angel (devaputta) SN.i.221 (voc. maghavā; so read for mathavā), SN.i.229; Dhp.30. Cp. māgha.
cp. Epic Sk. maghavā, on etym. see Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. Maia
feminine Name of a nakkhatta, in cpd. -deva Snp-a.352 (cp. MN.ii.74, n. 6, where spelling Makkādeva; we also find Makhadeva at Śatapatha-brāhmaṇa xiv. i.1).
cp. *Sk. maghā
is given as root maṅk (aor. maki) at Dhtm.13, in meaning maṇḍana, i.e. adornment. It is meant to be an expln of mankato?
adverb on my account, for me Mil.384.
for Sk. mat-kṛte, Cp. E. Müller, P.Gr. 12
adjective staggering, confused troubled, discontented Vin.ii.118; SN.v.74; Dhp.249 Mnd.150; Dhp-a.iii.41, Dhp-a.iii.359 (with loc.)
■ f. pl. maṅkū Vin.i.93
■ dummaṅku “staggering in a disagreeable manner,” evil-minded AN.i.98; AN.iv.97 (read line as “dummanku’ yaṃ padusseti dhūm’ aggamhi va pāvako” he, staggering badly, is spoilt like the fire on the crest of smoke); AN.v.70; Vin.ii.196; Vin.iii.21; Vin.iv.213; SN.ii.218; Ne.50.
cp. Vedic manku; see on meaning Hardy in preface to Anguttara v. p. vi
(& -ṇa) an insect, bug or flea Ja.i.10; Ja.iii.423; Vism.109 (where kīla-mankula ought to be read as kīṭamankuna); Dhp-a.ii.12.
cp. late Sk. matkuṇa, see Geiger, Pali Grammar § 6#3
adjective auspicious prosperous, lucky, festive Mnd.87, Mnd.88; Kp-a.118 sq. Snp-a.273, Snp-a.595; Sdhp.551
■ nt. maṅgalaṃ good omen auspices, festivity Snp.258; Vin.ii.129; Pv-a.17. A curious popular etymology is put forth by Bdhgh at Kp-a.123, viz. “maṃ galanti imehi sattā ti” mangalāni- maṅgalaṃ karoti lit. to make an auspicious ceremony i.e. to besprinkle with grains etc. for luck (see on this Pv-a.198), to get married Dhp-a.i.182; maṅgalaṃ vadati to bless one Ja.iv.299; Dhp-a.i.115. Three (auspicious wedding-ceremonies at Dhp-a.i.115 viz. abhiseka˚ consecration geha-ppavesana˚ entering the house, vivāha wedding
■ Certain other general signs of good luck or omina κα ̓τ ἐςοξήν are given at Ja.iv.72, Ja.iv.73 and Kp-a.118 sq. (see also mangalika)
■ Several ceremonious festivities are mentioned at Dhp-a.ii.87 with regard to the bringing up of a child, viz. nāma-karaṇa-mangala the ceremony of giving a name; āhāra-paribhoga˚ of taking solid food; kaṇṇa-vijjhana˚ of piercing the ears dussa-gahaṇa˚ of taking up the robe: cūḷā-karaṇa˚ of making the top-knot.
■ Cp. abhi˚.
cp. Vedic mangala. Explained by Dhtp.24 with root maṅg, i.e. lucky; see also mañju
adjective (-˚)
fr. mangala
neuter auspiciousness, good luck, fortune Dhtp.24.
fr. mangala
adjective golden; in cpd. -cchavi of golden colour, f cchavī DN.i.193, DN.i.242; MN.i.246, MN.i.429; MN.ii.33; Vism.184.
etym.? or = mangula? See J.R.A.S. 1903, 186 the corresponding passage to MN.i.246 in Lal. MN.v.320) has madgura.
adjective sallow; f. maṅgulī woman of sallow complexion SN.ii.260 = Vin.iii.107; Vin.iii.100.
cp. mangura
adjective noun [orig. grd. of marati, mṛ; corresponding to Sk. martya. A diaeretic form exists in P. mātiya (q.v.) mortal; (m.) man, a mortal SN.i.55; Snp.249, Snp.577, Snp.580 Snp.766; Ja.iii.154; Ja.iv.248; Ja.v.393; Dhp.53, Dhp.141, Dhp.182; Vv.63#12 Kv.351
■ See also refs. under jāta.
the God of Death, the Buddhist Māra, or sometimes equivalent to Yama SN.i.156; Snp.357 (gen. maccuno), Snp.581 (instr maccunā), Snp.587; Thag.411; Dhp.21, Dhp.47, Dhp.128, Dhp.135, Dhp.150 Dhp.287; Vb-a.100; Snp-a.397; Dhp-a.iii.49; Sdhp.295, Sdhp.304.
-tara one who crosses or overcomes death Snp.1119 (= maraṇaṃ tareyya Cnd.486). -dheyya the realm of Māra, the sphere of Death SN.i.4; adj. belonging to death or subject to death (= Māradheyya, maraṇadheyya Cnd.487#b)
■ Snp.358, Snp.1104 (with expln “m vuccanti kilesā ca khandhā ca abhisankhārā ca Cnd.487#a), Snp.1146 (˚pāra-maccudheyyassa pāraṃ vuccati amataṃ nibbānaṃ Cnd.487); Thig.10 (= maccu ettha dhīyati Thag-a.13); Dhp.86; Dhp-a.ii.161. -parāyaṇa surmounting death Snp.578; pareta id. Snp.579. -pāsa the sling or snare of Māra Snp.166; Ja.v.367. -bhaya the fear of death Mhvs.32, Mhvs.68. -maraṇa dying in death MN.i.49 (cp. C on p. 532: maccu-maraṇan ti maccu-sankhātaṃ maraṇaṃ tena samuccheda-maraṇ’ ādīni nisedheti. See also def. of maraṇa s.v.). -mukha the mouth of death Snp.776; Mnd.48. -rājā the king of death Snp.332, Snp.1118 (= Maro pi Maccurājā maraṇaṃ pi Cnd.488); Dhp.46 Dhp.170; Kp-a.83. -vasa the power of death 3 i.52: Snp.587, Snp.1100 (where maccu is explained by maraṇa & Māra;) -hāyin leaving death behind, victorious over death Iti.46 = Snp.755; Thag.129.
in form = Vedic mṛtyu, fr. mṛ; in meaning differentiated, the Ved
■ Sk. meaning “death” only
fish AN.iii.301; Snp.605, Snp.777, Snp.936; Ja.i.210, Ja.i.211; Ja.v.266 (in simile); Ja.vi.113 (phandanti macchā, on dry land); Pp.55; Sdhp.610
■ maccha is given at Cnd.91 as syn. of ambucārin
■ pūti˚; rotten fish MN.iii.168; & in simile at Iti.68 = Ja.iv.435 = Ja.vi.236 = Kp-a.127. Cp. J.P.T.S. 1906, 201. bahu˚; rich in fish Ja.iii.430. loṇa˚; salt fish Vism.28. rohita˚; the species Cyprinus rohita Ja.ii.433; Ja.iii.333; Dhp-a.ii.132 On maccha in simile see J.P.T.S. 1907, 121. Of names of fishes several are given in the Jātaka tales; viz. Ānanda (as the king of the fishes or a Leviathan) Ja.i.207; Ja.ii.352; Ja.v.462; Timanda & Timirapiṅgala; Ja.v.462 Mitacintin Ja.i.427; Bahucintin Ja.i.427.
cp. Vedic matsya
adjective niggardly envious, selfish Pgdp.ii.49
■ maccharaṃ (nt.) avarice envy AN.iv.285; Snp.811, Snp.862, Snp.954 (vīta-macchara, adj.).
Vedic matsara & matsarin enjoyable; later period also “envious,” cp. maccharin
to be selfish, greedy or envious Ja.vi.334; Dhp-a.ii.45, Dhp-a.ii.89.
Demon. fr. macchariya
feminine & Maccharāyitatta (nt.) the condition of selfishness, both expressions in defn of macchariya at Dhs.1122; Pp.19, Pp.23; Dhs-a.375.
adjective selfish, envious, greedy (cp. Dhs trsl.2 p. 320); AN.ii.82; AN.iii.139, AN.iii.258, AN.iii.265; DN.iii.45, DN.iii.246; Dhp.263; Snp.136, Snp.663; Mnd.36; Ja.i.345; Ja.v.391; Vv.52#26 Pp.20; Dhs-a.394; Dhp-a.ii.89; Sdhp.89, Sdhp.97
■ a unselfish DN.iii.47; AN.iv.2; Snp.852, Snp.860; Iti.102.
cp. Vedic matsarin, fr. mat + sṛ; i.e. “reflecting to me”
neuter avarice, stinginess, selfishness, envy; one of the principal evil passions & the maịn cause of rebirth in the Petaloka
cp. Epic Sk. mātsarya
a fish-catcher, fisherman AN.iii.301; Ja.v.270; Ja.vi.111; Mil.331.
fr. maccha
feminine a female fish Ja.ii.178.
of maccha
see macchariya.
neuter
fr. mad, cp. Vedic mada & madya
is represented in Pali by mujjati, as found esp. in cpds ummujjati & nimujjati.
majj to immerse, submerge, cp. Lat. mergo
to wipe, polish, clean Vv-a.165. Cp. sam˚
pp majjita & maṭṭha.
mṛj to clean, polish; connected with either Lat. mergo (cp. Gr. ἀμέργω) or Lat. mulgeo to wipe, stroke milk (cp. Gr. ἀμέλγω, Mir. mlich = milk etc.) Dhtp.71 gives root majj with meaning “saṃsuddhiyaṃ”
to be intoxicated; to be exultant, to be immensely enjoyed or elated SN.i.73, SN.i.203; AN.iv.294; Snp.366 (Pot. majje = majjeyya Snp-a.364), Snp.676 (id., T reads na ca majje, Snp-a.482 reads na pamajje); Ja.ii.97 Ja.iii.87 (majjeyya). aor. majji in cpd. pamajji Mhvs.17, Mhvs.15
pp matta.
mad, Sk. mādyati; Vedic madati; see mada for etym.
a cat Mil.23
■ f. majjārī (majjāri˚) Vin.i.186 (˚camma cat’s skin) Dhp-a.i.48; Pgdp.49.
cp. Epic Sk. mārjāra; dialectical
a dealer in strong drink. a tavernkeeper Mil.331.
fr. majja
cleaned, polished Vv-a.340 (suṭṭhu m. for sumaṭṭha Vv.84#17). See also maṭṭha.
pp. of majjati2
adjective middle, viz
Vedic madhya, cp. Lat. medius, Gr. μέσσος, Goth. midjis = Ohg. mitti, E. middle
adjective (-˚) lying or being in the midst of…, in pācīna-yava˚ (dakkhiṇa˚, pacchima˚ uttara˚) nigama, a market-place lying in the midst of the eastern corn-fields (the southern etc.): designation of 4 nigamas situated near Mithilā Ja.vi.330.
fr. majjha
adjective noun
for majjha-ṭṭha, which we find in Prk. as majjhattha: Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 214; majjha sthā
feminine impartiality, indifference, balance of mind Cnd.166 (in expln of upekkhā with syn. passaddhatā); Vb.230; Vism.134; Vb-a.285 (satta˚ & sankhāra˚), Vb-a.317 (def.); Dhs-a.133.
abstr. from prec.
midday, noon; used either absolutely Vin.iv.273; SN.iv.240; Ja.v.213 (yāva upakaṭṭha-majjhantikā); Ja.v.291 (read majjhantik âtikamm’ āgami); Vism.236; Mil.3; or as apposition with kāla & samaya; SN.i.7 (kāla); Pv.iv.3#2 (id.); Cnd.97#7 (samaya); DN-a.i.251 (id.).
majjha + anta + ika
a certain kind of plant Vin.i.196 (variant reading majjāru); doubtful whether designation (like Sk. mārjāra) of Plumbago rosea.
etym. doubtful
adjective
Vedic madhyama, with sound change ˚ama → ˚ima after Geiger, Pali Grammar § 19#1, or after analogy with pacchima, with which often contrasted
a couch, bed Vin.iv.39, Vin.iv.40 (where 4 kinds are mentioned which also apply to the defn of pīṭha, viz. masāraka bundikābaddha, kuḷīra-pādaka, āhacca-pādaka; same defn at Vb-a.365); Snp.401; Ja.iii.423; Dhp-a.i.89 (˚ṃ bandhati to tie a bed or two together), Dhp-a.i.130; Dhp-a.iv.16 Vb-a.20; Vv-a.291; Pv-a.93
■ heṭṭhā mañce underneath the bed Ja.i.197 (as place where domestic pigs lie), Ja.ii.419 (id.); Ja.ii.275 (where a love-sick youth lies down in the park).
cp. Epic Sk. mañca stand, scaffolding, platform
bed, couch, bedstead Vin.i.271; SN.i.121 = SN.iii.123; Ja.i.91; Ja.iii.423; Thig.115; Mil.10; Dhp-a.ii.53.
fr. mañca
feminine a branching flower-stalk, a sprout Ja.v.400, Ja.v.416.
cp. Epic & Class. Sk. mañjarī
feminine = mañjari, Vin.iii.180.
adjective with (full-grown) pedicles, i.e. in open flower Mil.308 (˚patta in full bloom).
fr. mañjari
an anklet, foot-bangle Abhp.228.
cp. late Sk. mañjīra nt.
adjective pleasant, charming sweet, lovely (only with ref. to the voice) DN.ii.211, DN.ii.227 (one of the 8 characteristics of Brahmā’s & the Buddha’s voice: see bindu & aṭṭhanga); Ja.ii.150
■ (nt. a sweet note Ja.vi.591 (of the deer in the forest); Vv-a.219 (karavīka ruta˚).
cp. Class Sk. mañju, also mangala, cp. Gr. μάγγανον means of deceiving, Lat. mango a dealer making up his wares for sale. See further cognates at Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. mango
adjective sweet voiced Vin.i.249; Ja.ii.350; Ja.iii.266; Ja.vi.412, Ja.vi.496.
mañju + ka
(-rukkha) Name of a celestial tree, famed for its fragrancy Vv.38#6; Snp-a.52, Snp-a.66, Snp-a.95, Snp-a.98; Vv-a.175.
fr. mañjūsa
feminine a casket; used for keeping important documents in Ja.ii.36 (suvaṇṇapaṭṭaṃ mañjūsāya nikkhipāpesi); Ja.iv.335 (suvaṇṇapaṭṭaṃ sāra-mañjūsāyaṃ ṭhapetvā kālam akāsi).
cp. Epic Sk. mañjūṣā
adjective light (bright) red, crimson, usually enumerated in set of 5 principal colours with nīla, pīta, lohitaka, odāta; e.g. at Vin.i.25; SN.ii.101 (f. mañjeṭṭhā); Vv.22#1 (Hardy in T. reads mañjaṭṭha, as twice at Vv-a.111, with vv.ll. ˚jiṭṭha ˚jeṭṭha, cp. Corrections & Addns on p. 372); Mil.61.
cp. *Sk. mañjiṣṭhā Indian madder
adjective crimson, bright red, fig. shining Vv.39#1 (cp. defn at Vv-a.177: like the tree Vitex negundo, sindhavāra, or the colour of the Kaṇavīra-bud; same defn at Dhs-a.317, with Sinduvāra for Sindha˚); usually in sequence nīla, pīta, mañjeṭṭhaka, lohitaka, odāta as the 5 fundamental colours: MN.i.509 (has ˚eṭṭhika in T. but variant reading ˚eṭṭhaka); Ja.vi.185; Dhs.617
■ f. mañjeṭṭhikā a disease of sugar cane Vin.ii.256.
fr. mañjeṭṭha, after lohita + ka
feminine Bengal madder DN-a.i.85.
= Sk. mañjiṣṭhā
man, Vedic manyate & manute, Av. mainyeite; Idg. *men, cp. Gr. μένος mood, anger = Sk. manah mind; μέμονα to think of, wish to, Lat. memini to think of, mens → mind, meneo; Goth. munan to think muns opinion; Oisl. man, Ags. mon; Ohg. minna love Ags, myne intention. Dhtp.427: man = ñāṇe, 524 bodhane
feminine conceit Mnd.124 (taṇhā˚, diṭṭhi˚, māna˚, kilesa˚ etc.); Dhs.1116 Dhs.1233; Ne.24; Vism.265 (for mañcanā?).
fr. man
neuter illusion, imagination MN.i.486. Nine maññitāni (the same list is applied to the phanditāni, the papañcitāni & sankhatāni) at Vb.390: asmi, ayam aham asmi, bhavissaṃ, na bhavissaṃ rūpī bhavissaṃ, arūpī bh., saññī bh., asaññī bh., nevasaññī-nâsaññī-bh.
pp. of maññati
neuter self-conceit, pride Dhs.1116; Dhs-a.372.
fr. maññita
neuter a certain weapon MN.i.281 (˚ṃ nāma āvudhajātaṃ; Neumann trsls “Mordwaffe”).
doubtful
adjective short (?) Vin.ii.138 (ati˚ = atikhuddaka C.). Matta & Mattha;
doubtful spelling & meaning
wiped, polished, clean, pure
pp. of mṛj, see majjati2
cp. Vedic maṇi. The connection with Lat. monile (pendant), proposed by Fick & Grassmann, is doubted by Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. monile, where see other suggestions For further characterisation of maṇi cp. Zimmer, Altindisches Leben pp. 53, 263
a waterpot MN.ii.39. Usually in cpd. udaka˚; Vin.i.277; MN.i.354; SN.iv.316; AN.iii.27; Mil.28; Dhp-a.i.79. Whether this is an original meaning of the word remains doubtful; the connection with maṇi jewel must have been prevalent at one time.
cp. Class. Sk. maṇika
feminine Name of a charm, the Jewel-charm, by means of which one can read other people’s minds DN.i.214 (m. iddhi-vijjā), cp. Dial. i.278 n. 3.).
f. of maṇika, adj. fr. maṇi
a kind of tree Vism.313.
cp. *Sk. maṇila dewlap?
the top part, best part of milk or butter, etc. i.e. cream scum; fig. essence of, the pick of, finest part of anything parisā˚; the cream of a gathering, the pick of the congregation, excellent congregation AN.i.72 (or for ˚maṇḍala?); bodhi˚; essence of enlightenment, highest state of enlightenment; in later literature objectively “the best place of enlightenment, the Throne of Enlightenment or of the Buddha” (does it stand for ˚maṇḍala in this meaning?) Ja.iv.233 (cp. puthavi-maṇḍa ibid. & puthavi-maṇḍala Snp.990); Dhp-a.i.86; Dhp-a.ii.69 Dhp-a.iv.72. sappi˚; “cream of butter,” the finest ghee (cp Avs.i.15#2 sarpimaṇḍa) DN.i.201; AN.ii.95; Pp.70; Mil.322
■ maṇḍaṃ karoti to put into the best condition to make pleasant Snp-a.81
■ manda at Dhs-a.100 is to be read baddha (variant reading BB). Cp. Expos. 132n.
later Sk. maṇḍa, perhaps dial. from *mranda, cp. Sk. vi-mradati to soften. Attempts at etym. see Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. mollis. Cp. also mattikā
fr. maṇḍa
neuter ornament, adornment, finery DN.i.5, DN.i.7; Ja.vi.64; Pp.21, Pp.58; Vb.351; Vb-a.477 Dhtm.13. See under mada.
fr. maṇḍ
a temporary shed or hall erected on special or festive occasions, an awning, tent Vin.i.125; Vism.96, Vism.300 (dhamma-savaṇa˚), Vism.339 sq (in simile); Dhp-a.i.112; Dhp-a.ii.45; Dhp-a.iii.206 (˚kāraka); Pv-a.74, Pv-a.171, Pv-a.194; Vv-a.173.
cp. late Sk. maṇḍapa
cp. Vedic maṇḍala
adjective noun a district officer king’s deputy Vin.iii.47 f. maṇḍalikā = maṇḍala 4 i.e. circus, ring, round, in assa˚; race court Vin.iii.6.
fr. maṇḍala, cp. maṇḍalaka-rājā “the king of a small country” Mpt.94
adjective
fr. maṇḍala
adorned, embellished, dressed up Sdhp.244, Sdhp.540. In cpd. -pasādhita beautifully adorned at Ja.i.489; Ja.ii.48; Ja.vi.219
■ Cp. abhi˚.
pp. of maṇḍeti
a frog Vv.51#2; Ja.iv.247; Ja.v.307; Ja.vi.164; Kp-a.46; Vv-a.217, Vv-a.218; Sdhp.292 f. mandūkī Ja.i.341
■ Mandūka is the name of an angel (devaputta) at Vism.208.
Vedic maṇḍūka
to adorn, embellish, beautify Ja.iii.138; Dhp-a.ii.86
pp maṇḍita.
maṇḍ to adorn, related to Lat. mundus world, cp. in meaning Gr. κόσμος = ornament Dhtp.103 bhūsane, 566: bhūsāyaṃ
thought, understood, considered (as = -˚), only late in use Vb.2 (hīna˚ paṇīta˚, doubtful reading); Sdhp.55; Mhvs.25, Mhvs.55 (tassā matena according to her opinion); Mhvs.25, Mhvs.110 (pasu-samā matā, pl. considered like beasts). Cp. sam˚
■ Note. Does mata-sāyika at Thag.501 (= Mil.367) belong under this mata? Then mata would have to be taken as nt. meaning “thought thinking,” but the phrase is not without objection both semantically & syntactically. Mrs. Rh. D (Brethren, p. 240) trsls “nesting-place of thought.”
pp. of maññati
dead MN.i.88 (ekāha˚ dead one day); MN.iii.159 (matam eyya would go to die); Snp.200, Snp.440; Ja.v.480. Neg. amata see separate article
■ Note. mata at Pv-a.110 is to be corrected into cuta.
pp. of marati, mṛ.
dead, one who is dead Dhp-a.ii.274.
fr. mata2
feminine mind, opinion, thought, thinking of, hankering after, love or wish for Vin.iii.138 (purisa˚ thought of a man); Mhvs.3, Mhvs.42 (padīpa˚ lamp of knowledge); Mhvs.15, Mhvs.214 (amala˚ pure-minded); Pv-a.151 (kāma +)
■ su˚; (adj.) wise, clever Mhvs.15, Mhvs.214; opp du˚; (adj.) foolish Ja.iii.83 (= duppañña C.); Pv.i.8#2 (= nippañña Pv-a.40); Sdhp.292.
Vedic mati, fr. man: cp. Av. maitiš, Lat. mens, mentem (cp. E. mental); Goth. ga-munds, gaminpi Ohg. gi-munt, E. mind
adjective in su˚; well-harrowed (field) AN.i.229, AN.i.239 (khetta).
cp. Sk. matī-kṛta, fr. matya, nt., harrow = Lat. mateola, Ohg. medela plough
adjective sensible, intelligent, wise, metri causâ as matīmā (fr. matimanto, pl.) at Snp.881 (= matimā paṇḍitā Mnd.289).
mati + mant
adjective (-˚) “by measure,” measured, as far as the measure goes, i.e
i.e. mattā used as adj.
intoxicated (with), full of joy about (-˚), proud of, conceited Snp.889 (mānena m.); Ja.iv.4 (vedanā˚, full of pain, perhaps better with variant reading ˚patta for ˚matta); Vv-a.158 (hatthi matto elephant in rut) Dhp-a.iv.24 (id.); Pv-a.47 (surā˚), Pv-a.86 (māna-mada˚), Pv-a.280 (bhoga-mada˚).
pp. of madati
adjective
fr. matta1
neuter (the fact of) consisting of, or being only… Pv-a.199 (maṃsa-pesi˚).
abstr. fr. matta
feminine measure, quantity, right measure, moderation Snp.971 (mattaṃ so jaññā); Dhp.i.35 (mattā ti pamāṇaṃ vuccati)
■ Abl. mattaso in -kārin doing in moderation, doing moderately Pp.37 (= pamānena padesa-mattam eva karontī ti)
■ In cpds shortened to matta˚.
Vedic mātrā, of mā
(-sambhava) born (from a mother) Snp.620 (= mātari sambhūta Snp-a.466) = Dhp.396 (= mātu santike udarasmiṃ sambhūta Dhp-a.iv.158).
for *māti˚ = mātu˚ = *mātṛ, after pitti˚ = pitu˚ = *pitṛ
adjective (˚-) made of clay, clay-; only in compounds:
fr. mattikā
feminine
cp. Vedic mṛttikā, der. fr. Vedic mṛt (mṛd) soil, earth, clay; with P. maṇḍa, Sk, vimradati. Gr. βλαδαρός soft, Osil. mylsna dust, Goth. mulda, Ags molde (E. mould, mole = mouldwarp), to same root mṛd as in Sk. mṛdu = Lat. mollis soft, Gr. ἀμαλδύνω to weaken, Sk. mardati & mṛdnāti to crush, powder, Caus mardayati; also in cognate -mḷd as appearing in Gr. μέλδω to melt = Ags meltan, Ohg. smëlzan
(adj.) reverential towards one’s mother, mother-loving DN.iii.74; Pv.ii.7#18 (= mātu hita Pv-a.104 variant reading mett˚). Spelling at DN.iii.72 is metteyya. It is difficult to decide about correct spelling, as metteyya is no doubt influenced by the foll. petteyya, with which it is always combined.
fr. mātā, *mātreyya → *matteyya
(f.) filial love towards one’s mother; always combined with petteyyatā DN.iii.145 (variant reading mett˚); Cnd.294 (mett˚), Dhp.332; Dhp-a.iv.33.
abstr. fr. matteyya
the head, etc. Only in cpd. mattha-luṅga [cp. Sk. mastulunga] the brain Vin.i.274; Snp.199; Kp iii.; Ja.i.493; Kp-a.60; Vism.260 (in detail), Vism.264, Vism.359; Vb-a.63, Vb-a.243, Vb-a.249; Dhp-a.ii.68; Pv-a.78, Pv-a.80
■ See also matthaka.
cp. Vedic masta(ka) skull, head, Vedic mastiṣka brains; perhaps to Lat. mentum chin, Cymr. mant jawbone; indirectly also to Lat. mons mountain
the head, fig. top, summit Ja.iii.206 = Ja.iv.4; Ja.iv.173, Ja.iv.457; Ja.v.478; DN-a.i.226 (pabbata˚); Pv.iv.16#3; Dhp-a.i.184. matthaka-matthakena (from end to end) Ja.i.202; Ja.iii.304. Loc. matthake as adv. 1 at the head Dhp-a.i.109; 2 at the distance of (-˚) Dhp-a.i.367; 3 on top of (-˚) Ja.v.163 (vammīka˚); Mhvs.23, Mhvs.80 (sīsa˚); Yugandhara˚ Mil.6; Dhp-a.ii.3 (uddhana˚).
cp. mattha
to churn, to shake, disturb, upset. Only in Caus. matheti to agitate, crush, harass, upset (cittaṃ SN.iv.210; Snp.50 (= tāseti hāpeti Cnd.492); Pv.iv.7#1 (kammānaṃ vipāko mathaye manaṃ; C 264: abhibhaveyya); Mil.385 (vāyu pādape mathayati;… kilesā mathayitabbā)
pp mathita. See also abhimatthati (sic) & nimmatheti.
Vedic math, manth to twirl, shake about, stir etc.; cp. Lat. mamphur part of the lathe = Ger. mandel (“mangle”), E. mandrel; Lith. mentùris churning stick, Gr. μόχος tumult μόχουρα shaft of rudder. The Dhtp (126) gives both roots (math & manth) and explains by “viḷolana,” as does Dhtm (183) by “viḷoṭana”
adj. nt. shaking up, crushing, harassing, confusing Mil.21 (+ maddana); Dhp-a.i.312; Pv-a.265.
fr. math
pp. of matheti
Vedic mada, mad (see majjati), Idg. *mad, as in Av. mata intoxication, drink, mad, to get intoxicated orig. meaning “drip, be full of liquid or fat”; cp. Gr. μαδάω dissolve, μαστός breast (μαζός → Amazone), Lat madeo to be wet, Ohg. mast fattening, Sk. meda grease fat, Gr. μέζεα· μεστός full; Goth. mats eatables, Ags mōs, Ohg. muos = gemüse, etc. Perhaps connected with *med in Lat. medeor to heal. For further relations see Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. madeo
■ The Dhtp (412) Dhtm (642) explain; mad by “ummāde” Dhtm.210 also by “muda, mada = santose”
neuter lit. making drunk, intoxication Cnd.540 C. (in formula davāya madāya madanāya instead of maṇḍanāya: see under mada 1); in cpd -yuta intoxicated, a name for the Yakkhas Ja.i.204. Cp. nimmadana.
fr. mad
adj. nt.
orig. grd. of madati
feminine intoxicating drink, spirit Ja.v.425; Dhs-a.48.
of adj. Vedic madira intoxicating
fr. mṛd, Sk. marda
caus 1 maddeti to cause to be trampled on Mhvs.29. 4 (aor maddayi)
caus 2 maddāpeti to cause to be threshed Vin.ii.180
pp maddita. See also pari˚.
cp. Vedic mṛd to crush: see etym. under mattikā
neuter
■ See also nimmaddana, pamaddana, parimaddana.
cp. Epic Sk. mardana, fr. mṛd
feminine a species of bird, in cpd. ambaka˚; AN.i.188.
?
adj. nt.
■ nt. maddavaṃ mildness softness, gentleness Snp.250 (ajjava +), Snp.292 (id.); Ja.iii.274 (as one of the 10 rāja-dhammā); Ja.v.347 (= mettacittaṃ); Dhs-a.151. See also sūkara˚.
fr. mṛdu, cp. Epic Sk. mārdava
feminine gentleness, softness, suavity Dhs.44, Dhs.1340; Dhs-a.151.
abstr. fr. maddava
a kind of bird Ja.vi.538.
etym.?
■ Cp. pa˚, pari˚.
pp. of maddeti, see maddati
adjective crushing, destroying Sdhp.218. Cp. pamaddin.
fr. mṛd, cp. Sk. mardin = mardana
see pari˚.
of mṛdh
honey Ja.i.157 sq.; Ja.iv.117; Dhp.69 (madhū vā read as madhuvā); Mhvs.5, Mhvs.53; Dhs-a.330; Dhp-a.ii.197 (alla fresh honey)
■ pl. madhūni Mhvs.5, Mhvs.31
■ The Abhp (533) also gives “wine from the blossom of Bassia latifolia” as meaning
■ On madhu in similes see J.P.T.S. 1907, 121.
cp. Vedic madhu, Gr. μέχυ wine, Lith. medùs honey, midùs wine, Ohg. metu = Ger. met wine. Most likely to root *med to be full of juice: see under madati
adjective noun connected with honey.
fr. madhu
feminine honey drink, sweet drink, liquor Mhvs.5, Mhvs.52.
fr. madhuka
adjective
fr. madhu
adjective full of sweet drink, intoxicated, in phrase madhuraka-jātokāyo viya “like an intoxicated body, i.e. without control, weak. The usual translation has been “become languid or weak” (“erschlafft” Ger.) Franke, Dīgha Übs. 202 (where more literature) translates: “Ich fūhlte mich schwach, wie ein zartes Pflänzchen,” hardly justifiable
■ DN.ii.99; MN.i.334; SN.iii.106; AN.iii.69. The description refers to a state of swooning like one in a condition of losing consciousness through intoxication. Rh. D. (Dial. ii.107) translates “my body became weak as a creeper,” hardly correct.
taken as noun also by Winternitz (Rel. gesch. Lesebuch 301) “wohl eine zarte Pflanze mit schwachen Stengel.” F. L. Woodward follows me in discarding translation “creeper” and assuming one like “intoxicated” (so also Ud-a.246): see his note on SN.iii.106 translation (K.S. iii.90).
fr. madhura, cp. similarly madhuka → madhu
feminine sweetness Ja.i.68.
abstr. fr. madhura
neuter sweetness Mhvs.2, Mhvs.13.
abstr. fr. madhura
adverb “by a certain weight,” i.e. a little, somewhat, almost, well-nigh, nearly. combined with vata in exclamation: MN.ii.123 (m. v. bho anassāma); Dhp-a.iii.147 (m. v. therī nāsitā). Often in phrase man amhi (with pp.). “I nearly was so & so,” e.g. Vin.i.109 (vuḷho); Ja.i.405 (upakūḷito); Ja.iii.435 (matā), Ja.iii.531 (mārāpito). Cp. BSk. manāsmi khāditā Mvu.ii.450.
cp. Class. Sk. manāk, “a little (of something)” prob. derived from Vedic manā f. a. gold weight = Gr. μν ̈α
feminine mentality Dhs-a.143 (in expln of attamanatā).
abstr. fr. mano
adjective having a mind with such & such a mind Snp.942 (nibbāna˚ “a nibbāna mind,” one who is intent upon N., cp. expln at Snp-a.567); Pv.i.6#6 (paduṭṭha-manasā f., maybe ˚mānasā but Pv-a.34 explains “paduṭṭha-cittā paduṭṭhena vā manasā). See also adhimanasa under adhimana.
the-˚ form of mano, an enlarged form, for which usually either ˚mana or ˚mānasa
neuter of a mind, only in compounds do˚ & so˚ (q.v.).
*manasyaṃ, abstr. der. fr. mana(s)
to crush, destroy; only in Commentator’s fanciful etymological analysis of veramaṇī at Dhs-a.218 (veraṃ manāti (sic.) vināsetī ti v. and Kp-a.24 (veraṃ maṇātī ti v., veraṃ pajahati vinodeti etc.).
cp. Sk. mṛṇāti, mṛ2
adjective pleasing, pleasant, charming Snp.22, Snp.759; Dhp.339 (˚ssavana); Vv-a.71; Pv-a.3, Pv-a.9. Often in combination piya manāpa, e.g. DN.ii.19 DN.iii.167; Ja.ii.155; Ja.iv.132
■ Opp. a˚; e.g. Pp.32.
cp. BSk. manāpa
= manāpa, Vb.380; Mil.362.
human being; man AN.iv.159; Snp.458 Snp.661, Snp.1043 sq.; Dhp.306, Dhp.334. Cnd.496 (explains as “manussa” & “satta”).
manu + ja, i.e. sprung from Manu, cp. etym. of manussa s. v.
adjective pleasing, delightful, beautiful Vv.84#17 (= manorama Vv-a.340); Ja.i.207 Ja.ii.331; Pv.ii.12#2; Pv.iv.12#1; Mil.175, Mil.398; Vv-a.11, Vv-a.36; Pv-a.251; adv. -ṃ pleasantly, delightfully Ja.iv.252. Opp. a˚; unpleasant Ja.vi.207.
cp. Class. Sk. manojña
to think, discern, understand Dhs-a.123.
Med. form of maññati
a human being, man. The popular etym. connects m. with Manu(s), the ancestor of men, e.g. Kp-a.123: “Manuno apaccā ti manussā, porāṇā pana bhaṇanti ʻmana-ussannatāya manussaʼ; te Jambudīpakā, Aparagoyānikā, Uttarakurukā Pubbavidehakā ti catubbidhā.” Similarly with the other view of connecting it with “mind Vv-a.18: “manassa ussannatāya manussā” etc. Cp also Vv-a.23, where manussa-nerayika, ˚peta, ˚tiracchāna are distinguished
■ Snp.75, Snp.307, Snp.333 sq., Snp.611 sq. Dhp.85, Dhp.188, Dhp.197 sq., Dhp.321; Mnd.97 (as gati), Mnd.340, Mnd.484 (˚phassa of Snp.964); Vism.312; Vb-a.455 (var. clans) Dhp-a.i.364
■ amanussa not human, a deva, a ghost a spirit; in compounds “haunted,” like -kantāra Ja.i.395 -ṭṭhāna Vv.84#3 (cp. Vv-a.334 where explained); -sadda Dhp-a.i.315. See also separately amanussa.
fr. manus, cp. Vedic manuṣya. Connected etym. with Goth. manna = man
neuter human existence, state of men Iti.19; Vv.34#16; Snp-a.48, Snp-a.51; Sdhp.17 sq.
abstr. fr, manussa
adjective see under a˚.
fr. manussa
feminine “mind-searching,” i.e. guessing the thoughts of others, mind-reading; a practice forbidden to bhikkhus DN.i.7 (= m. nāma manasā cintita-jānana-kīḷā DN-a.i.86); Vin.ii.10.
mano + esikā2
neuter
Like all other nouns of old s-stems mano has partly retained the s forms (cp cetah → ceto) & partly follows the a-declension. The form mano is found throughout in compounds as; mano˚; the other mana at the end of compounds as -mana. From stem manas an adj. manasa is formed and the der. mānasa & manassa; (-˚)
■ nom. mano freq.; & manaṃ Dhp.96
■ acc. mano Snp.270, Snp.388; Snp-a.11, and freq.; also manaṃ Snp.659 = AN.ii.3; AN.v.171 = Ne.132; Snp.678; Cp.i.8#5 Vism.466;
■ gen. dat. manaso Snp.470, Snp.967; Dhp.390 (manaso piya); Pv.ii.1#11 (manaso piya = manasā piya Pv-a.71);
■ instr. manasā Snp.330, Snp.365, Snp.834 (m. cintayanto) Snp.1030; MN.iii.179; Dhp.1; Pv.ii.9#7 (m. pi cetaye); also manena Dhp-a.i.42; Dhs-a.72;
■ abl. manato SN.iv.65; Dhp-a.i.23; Vism.466;
■ loc. manasmiṃ SN.iv.65; manamhi Vism.466; also mane Dhp-a.i.23, & manasi (see this in compound manasi karoti, below)
mind, thought DN.iii.96, DN.iii.102, DN.iii.206, DN.iii.226, DN.iii.244, DN.iii.269, DN.iii.281; SN.i.16 SN.i.172; SN.ii.94; MN.iii.55; AN.iii.443; AN.v.171; Snp.77, Snp.424, Snp.829 Snp.873; Dhp.116, Dhp.300; Sdhp.369.
to fix the mind intently, to bear in mind, take to heart, ponder, think upon, consider recognise.
-aṅgaṇa (man˚) sphere of ideation (Dhs. trsl. § 58; DN.iii.243, DN.iii.280 and passim. -āvajjana representative cognition: Cpd. 59. -indriya (man˚) mind-faculty category of mind, faculty of ideation (cp. Dhs. trs. § 17; Cpd. pp. 183, 184) DN.i.70 (with other senses cakkh-undriyaṃ etc.), DN.iii.226, and passim. -kamma work of the mind, mental action, associated with kāyakamma (bodily action) and vacī˚ (vocal action) AN.i.32 AN.i.104; Pp.41; Dhs.981 (where omitted in text). -java [cp. Vedic manojava] swift as thought Vv.63#29; Pv-a.216 (assājāniya). -daṇḍa “mind-punishment” (? corresponding to kāya˚ & vacī-daṇḍa, MN.i.372 sq (Neumann, trsls “Streich in Gedanken”). -duccarita sin of the mind or thoughts Dhp.233; Mnd.386; Pp.60 -dosa blemish of mind AN.i.112. -dvāra door of the mind, threshold of consciousness Vb-a.41; Dhs-a.425 cp. Dhs. trsl. 3 (2p. 2); Cpd. 10. -dhātu element of apprehension, the ideational faculty (cp. Dhs. trsl. 129 2p. 119, 120; and p. 2lxxxv sq.) Dhs.457 sq.; Vb.14, Vb.71, Vb.87 sq., Vb.144, Vb.302; Vism.488; Vb-a.80, Vb-a.81, Vb-a.239 (physiological foundation), Vb-a.405; Dhs-a.263, Dhs-a.425 Kp-a.53. -padosa anger in mind, ill-will DN.iii.72; MN.i.377; Snp.702; Ja.iv.29; Dhs.1060 (cp. Dhs-a.367 manaṃ padussayamāno uppajjatī ti, i.e. to set one’s heart at anger). -padosika (adj.) debauched in mind (by envy & ill-will), Name of a class of gods DN.i.20; Vb-a.498, Vb-a.519. Cp. Kirfel, Kosmographie, p. 193 & Kern (Toevoegselen i.163), slightly different: from looking at each other too long. -pasāda tranquillity of the mind devotional feeling (towards the Buddha) Dhp-a.i.28 -pubbaṅgama directed by mind, dominated by thought (see pubba2) Dhp.1, Dhp.2; cp. Dhp-a.i.21, Dhp-a.i.35. -bhāvanīya of right mind-culture, self-composed SN.iii.1; MN.iii.261; Vv.34#13 (cp. Vv-a.152: mana-vaḍḍhanaka); Mil.129 Kern, Toevoegselen i.163 trsls “to be kept in mind with honour.” -mattaka, in phrase mana-mattakena (adv. “by mere mind,” consisting of mind only, i.e. memorial as a matter of mind Ja.iv.228. -maya made of mind consisting of mind, i.e. formed by the magic power of the mind, magically formed, explained at Vism.405 as “adhiṭṭhāna-manena nimmitattā m.”; at DN-a.i.120 as “jhāna-manena nibbatta”; at Dhp-a.i.23 as “manato nipphanna”; at Vv-a.10 as “bāhirena paccayena vinā manasā va nibbatta.”- Dhp.1, Dhp.2; Ja.vi.265 (manomayaṃ sindhavaṃ abhiruyha); Sdhp.259; as quality of iddhi: Vism.379, Vism.406
■ Sometimes a body of this matter can be created by great holiness or knowledge human beings or gods may be endowed with this power DN.i.17 (+ pītibhakkha, of the Ābhassaras), DN.i.34 (attā dibbo rūpī m. sabbanga-paccangī etc.), DN.i.77 (id.), DN.i.186 (id.); Vin.ii.185 (Koliya-putto kālaṃ kato aññataraṃ mano-mayaṃ kāyaṃ upapanno); MN.i.410 (devā rūpino m.); SN.iv.71; AN.i.24; AN.iii.122, AN.iii.192; AN.iv.235 AN.v.60. -ratha desired object (lit. what pleases the mind), wish Vism.506 (˚vighāta + icchā- vighāta); -ṃ pūreti to fulfil one’s wish Mhvs.8, Mhvs.27 (puṇṇa-sabbamanoratha). Manoratha-pūraṇī (f.) “the wish fulfiller” is the name of the Commentary on the Anguttara Nikāya. -rama pleasing to the mind, lovely, delightful Snp.50, Snp.337, Snp.1013; Dhp.58; Pv.ii.9#58 (phoṭṭhabba), Mhvs.18, Mhvs.48; Vv-a.340. -viññāṇa representative cognition rationality Vism.489; Vb-a.150 (22 fold); Dhs-a.304 cp. Dhs. trsl. 170 (2p. 157); -dhātu (element of) representative intellection, mind cognition, the 6th of the viññāṇadhātus or series of cognitional elements corresponding to and based on the 12 simple dhātus, which are the external & internal sense-relations (= āyatanāni) Dhs.58; Vb.14, Vb.71, Vb.87, Vb.89, Vb.144, Vb.176 and passim. See also above II. 3 and discussions at Dhs. trsl. 132 (2p. 122); introd. p. 53 sq.; Cpd. 1232, 184. -viññeyya to be comprehended by the mind (cp. Dialogues ii.281n) DN.ii.281; MN.iii.55, MN.iii.57; Ja.iv.195. -vitakka a thought (of mind SN.i.207 = Snp.270 (mano is in C. on this passage explained as “kusala-citta” Snp-a.303). -sañcetan’ āhāra “nutriment of representative cogitation” (Dhs. trsl. 31; SN.ii.11, SN.ii.13, SN.ii.99; Dhs.72; Vism.341. -satta “with mind attached,” Name of certain gods, among whom are reborn those who died with minds absorbed in some attachment MN.i.376. -samācāra conduct, observance, habit of thought or mind (associated with kāya˚ & vacī˚ MN.ii.114; MN.iii.45, MN.iii.49. -silā (cp. Sk. manaḥ-śila) red arsenic, often used as a powder for dying and other purposes; the red colour is frequently found in later (Cy.) literature, e.g. Ja.v.416 (+ haritāla yellow ointment); Vism.485; Dhp-a.iv.113 (id. as cuṇṇa); Thag-a.70 (Tha-ap.20); Mhvs.29, Mhvs.12; Snp-a.59 (˚piṇḍa in simile) Dhp-a.ii.43 (˚rasa); Vv-a.288 (˚cuṇṇa-pịñjara-vaṇṇa of ripe mango fruit); Pv-a.274 (˚vaṇṇāni ambaphalāni) -tala a flat rock, platform (= silātala) Snp-a.93, Snp-a.104; as the platform on which the seat of the Buddha is placed & whence he sends forth the lion’s roar: Ja.ii.219 Ja.vi.399; Vv-a.217; as a district of the Himavant Ja.vi.432; Snp-a.358. -hara charming, captivating beautiful Mhvs.18, Mhvs.49; Name of a special gem (the wishing gem?) Mil.118, Mil.354.
Vedic manaḥ, see etym. under maññati
orig. a divine saying or decision, hence a secret plan (cp. def. of mant at Dhtp.578 by “gutta-bhāsane”), counsel; hence magic charm, spell. In particular a secret religious code or doctrine, esp. the Brahmanic texts or the Vedas, regarded as such (i.e. as the code of a sect) by the Buddhists.
cp. Vedic mantra, fr. mantray
adjective plotting Ja.v.437.
fr. mantanā
feminine (& ˚ṇā) counsel, consultation, deliberation, advice, command DN.i.104; AN.i.199; Vin.v.164; Ja.vi.437, Ja.vi.438; Mil.3 (ṇ); DN-a.i.273.
fr.; mant
a sage, seer, wise man, usually appositionally nom. mantā “as a sage,” “like a thinker,” a form which looks like a fem. and is mostly explained as such by the Commentaries Mantā has also erroneously been taken as instr. of manta, or as a so-called ger. of manteti, in which latter two functions it has been explained at “jānitvā.” The form has evidently puzzled the old commentators as early as the Niddesa; through the Abhp (153 979) it has come down at mantā “wisdom” to Childers Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. hesitates and only comes half near the truth. The Index to Pj. marks the word with? SN.i.57 (+ dhīra; translation “firm in doctrine”); Snp.159 (“in truth,” opp. to musā; Snp-a.204 explains m. = paññā; tāya paricchinditvā bhāsati), Snp.916 (mantā asmī ti, explained at Snp-a.562 by “mantāya”), Snp.1040 = Snp.1042 (= Cnd.497 mantā vuccati paññā etc.); Vv.63#6 (explained as jānitvā paññāya paricchinditvā Vv-a.262)
■ Besides this form we have a shortened manta (nom.) at Snp.455 (akiñcano +), which is explained at Snp-a.402 as mantā jānitvā It is to be noted that for manta-bhāṇin at Snp.850 the Mnd.219 reads mantā and explains customarily by “mantāya pariggahetvā vācaṃ bhāsati.”
n. ag. of mant, cp. Sk. *mantṛ a thinker
pp. of manteti
adjective noun
fr. manta
to pronounce in an important (because secret) manner (like a mantra), i.e.
pp mantita
■ Cp. ā˚.
cp. Vedic mantrayati; mant is given at Dhtp in meaning of gutta-bhāsana, i.e. “secret talk”
a churning stick, a sort of rice-cake (= satthu) Vin.i.4, [cp. Vedic mantha “Rührtrank” homeric κυκεών “Gerstenmehl in Milch verrührt, Zimmer, Altind. Leben 268].
fr. math
adjective
cp. late-Vedic & Epic manda
according to Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. = *mandra (of sound: deep, bass) + ka; a sort of drum Ja.vi.580.
?
feminine = mandatta Sdhp.19.
neuter stupidity MN.i.520; Pp.69.
fr. manda
feminine Name of one of the seven great lakes in the Himavant, enumerated at AN.iv.101; Ja.v.415; Vism.416; Snp-a.407; DN-a.i.164. (Halāyudha 3, 51 gives m. as a name for the Ganges.)
feminine a coal-pan, a vessel for holding embers for the sake of heating Vin.i.32 (= aggi-bhājana C.); Vv-a.147 (mandamukhī, stands for angara-kapalla p. 142 in expln of hattha-patāpaka Vv.33#32).
dialectical? reading a little doubtful
the coral tree, Erythrina fulgens (considered also as one of the 5 celestial trees) The blossoms mentioned DN.ii.137 fall from the next world
■ DN.ii.137; Vv.22#2 (cp. Vv-a.111); Ja.i.13, Ja.i.39; Mil.13, Mil.18 (dibbāni m
■ pupphāni abhippavassiṃsu).
cp. Sk. mandāra
a water-plant (kind of lotus) Ja.iv.539; Ja.vi.47, Ja.vi.279, Ja.vi.564.
etym.?
neuter
cp. Sk. māndya
neuter a house, edifice, palace Snp.996, Snp.1012; Ja.v.480; Ja.vi.269, Ja.vi.270; Dāvs ii.67 (dhātu˚ shrine).
cp. late Sk. mandira
see manda 5.
gen. dat. of pers. pron. ahaṃ (q.v.) used quasi independently (as substitute for our “self-”) in phrase mama-y-idaṃ Snp.806 thought of “this is mine,” cp SN.i.14, i.e. egoism, belief in a real personal entity explained at Mnd.124 by maññanā conceit, illusion. Also in var. phrases with kṛ; in form mamaṃ˚; viz. mamankāra etc
■ As adj. “self-like, selfish” only neg amama unselfish Snp.220 (= mamatta-virahita Snp-a.276); Pv.iv.1#34 (= mamankāra-virahita Pv-a.230) Ja.iv.372; Ja.vi.259. See also amama, cp. māmaka.
selfish attachment, self-interest, selfishness Pv-a.230 In canonic books only in combination with ahaṅkāra mān’ ānusaya; (belief in an ego and bias of conceit) e.g. at MN.iii.18, MN.iii.32; SN.iii.80, SN.iii.103, SN.iii.136, SN.iii.169; SN.iv.41, SN.iv.197 SN.iv.202; AN.i.132 sq.; AN.iii.444. See also mamiṅkāra.
mamaṃ (= mama) + kāra, cp. ahaṃ + kāra
neuter treating with tenderness, solicitude, fondness Ja.v.331.
fr. mamaṃ + kṛ.
neuter selfishness, self-love, egoism; conceit, pride in (-˚), attachment to (-˚). Snp.806, Snp.871 Snp.951; Thag.717; Mnd.49 (two: taṇhā & diṭṭhi˚); Cnd.499 (id. but as masc.); Snp-a.276; Dhs-a.199; Pv-a.19.
fr. mama
to be attached to, to be fond of, to cherish, tend, foster, love MN.i.260; SN.iii.190; Thag.1150; Snp.922 (mamāyetha); Mnd.125 (Bhagavantaṃ); Ja.iv.359 (= piyāyati C.); Mil.73 Vb-a.107 (mamāyatī ti mātā: in pop. etym. of mātā) Dhp-a.i.11; Snp-a.534; Mhvs.20, Mhvs.4
pp mamāyita.
Denom. fr. mama, cp. Sk. mamāyate in same meaning (not with Böhtlingk & Roth: envy) at MBh; xii.8051 and Aṣṭas Prajñā Pāramitā 254
feminine = mamatta (selfishness) Ja.vi.259 (˚taṇhārahita in expln of amama).
cherished, beloved; as n. nt. attachment, fondness of, pride
■ (adj. or pp. SN.ii.94 (etaṃ ajjhositaṃ, m., parāmaṭṭhaṃ); Snp.119; Dhp-a.i.11
■ (nt.:) Snp.466, Snp.777, Snp.805, Snp.950 = Dhp.367 (explained as: yassa “ahan” ti vā “maman” ti vā gāho n’ atthi Dhp-a.iv.100); Snp.1056 (cp. Cnd.499).
pp. of mamāyati
to be fond of, to cherish, tend, foster Ja.v.330.
mama(ṃ) + kṛ; “to make one’s own”
self-love, self-interest, egoism MN.i.486; MN.iii.32 (at both places also ahiṅkāra for ahaṅkāra).
for maman˚, cp. Geiger, P.Gr. § 19
neuter soft spot of the body, a vital spot (in the Vedas chiefly between the ribs near the heart), joint. A popular etym. and expln of the word is given at Expos. 132n3 (on Dhs-a.100)
■ Ja.ii.228; Ja.iii.209; Dhs-a.396.
Vedic marman, fr. mṛd
adjective [onomat. cp. babbhara. With Sk. marmara rustling to Lat. fremo to roar = Gr. βρέμω to thud, βροντή thunder, Ger. brummen. Cp. also Sk murmura = P. mummura & muramurā, Lat. murmur stammering, stuttering Vin.ii.90 (one of the properties of bad or faulty speech, combined with dubbaca & eḷagalavāca).
adjective (-˚ only) made of, consisting of
■ An interesting analysis (interesting for judging the views and sense of etymology of an ancient commentator) of maya is given by Dhammapāla at Vv-a.10 where he distinguishes 6 meanings of the word, viz 1 asma -d-atthe, i.e. “myself” (as representing mayaṃ!). 2 paññatti “regulation” (same as (1) according to example given, but constructed syntectically quite diff. by Dhp.). 3 nibbatti “origin” (arising from, with example mano-maya “produced by mind”). 4 manomaya “spiritually” (same as 3) 5 vikār’ atthe “alteration” (? more like product consistency, substance), with example “sabbe-maṭṭikāmaya-kuṭikā.” 6 pada-pūraṇa matte to make up a foot of the verse (or add a syllable for the sake of completeness with example “dānamaya, sīlamaya” (= dana, sīla).
Vedic maya
we Vin.ii.270; Snp.31, Snp.91, Snp.167; Dhp.6; Kp-a.210.
1st pl. of ahaṃ, for vayaṃ after mayā etc. See ahaṃ
a ray of light Abhp.64; Dhp-a.426 (old citation unverified).
Vedic mayūkha in diff. meaning, viz. a peg for fastening a weft etc., Zimmer Altind. Leben 254
a peacock DN.iii.201; SN.ii.279; Thag.1113; Ja.ii.144, Ja.ii.150 (˚gīva) = Dhp-a.i.144; Ja.iv.211 (˚nacca); Ja.v.304; Ja.vi.172, Ja.vi.272, Ja.vi.483; Vv.11#1, Vv.35#8 (= sikhaṇḍin Vv-a.163); Vv-a.27 (˚gīva-vaṇṇa); Sdhp.92. The form mayūra occurs nearly always in the Gāthās and is the older form of the two m. and mora. The latter contracted form is found in Prose only and is often used to explain the old form, e, g. at Vv-a.57. See also mora.
Vedic mayūra
adjective dying; only neg. amara not dying, immortal, in phrase ajarāmara free from decay death Thig.512; Pv.ii.6#11. See also amara.
fr. mṛ.
neuter death, as ending this (visible) existence, physical death, in a narrower meaning than kālakiriyā; dying, in compounds death
■ The customary stock definition of maraṇa runs; yaṃ tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhā tamhā satta-nikāyā cuti cavanatā bhedo antaradhānaṃ maccu maraṇaṃ kālakiriyā, khandhānaṃ bhedo, kaḷebarassa nikkhepo MN.i.49; Mnd.123, Mnd.124 (adds “jīvit’ indriyass’ upacchedo”). Cp. similar defns of birth and old age under jāti and jarā
■ SN.i.121; DN.iii.52, DN.iii.111 sq., DN.iii.135 sq., DN.iii.146 sq., DN.iii.235, DN.iii.258 sq. Snp.32, Snp.318, Snp.426 sq., Snp.575 sq., Snp.742, Snp.806; Cnd.254 (= maccu) Pp.60; Vb.99 sq.; Vb-a.100 (defn and exegesis in det., cp. Vism.502), Vb-a.101 (var. kinds of, cp. Vism.229), Vb-a.156 (lahuka), Vb-a.157; Dhp-a.iii.434; Pv-a.5, Pv-a.18, Pv-a.54, Pv-a.64, Pv-a.76 Pv-a.96; Sdhp.292, Sdhp.293
■ kāla˚; timely death (opp. akāla˚) khaṇika˚; sudden death Vism.229.
fr. mṛ.
to die
pres marati Mvu v. spur. after 5, 27; 36, 83;
pot mareyyaṃ Ja.vi.498; 2nd mareyyāsi Ja.iii.276.
ppr maramāna Mhvs.36, Mhvs.76
aor amarā Ja.iii.389 (= mata C.; with gloss amari)
■ amari Mhvs.36, Mhvs.96
fut marissati Ja.iii.214
ppr (= fut. marissaṃ Ja.iii.214 (for *mariṣyanta)
inf marituṃ DN.ii.330 (amaritu-kāma not willing to die); Vism.297 (id.); Vv-a.207 (positive); and marituye Thig.426. The form miyyati (mīyati) see separately
caus 1 māreti to kill, murder Mhvs.37, Mhvs.27; Pv-a.4. Pass māriyati Pv-a.5 (ppr. māriyamāna); Sdhp.139 (read mār˚ for marīy˚)
caus 2 mārāpeti to cause to be killed Ja.iii.178; Mhvs.37, Mhvs.28. Cp. pamāreti.
mṛ = Idg. *mer, Vedic mriyate & marate; cp. Av. miryeite, Sk. marta = Gr. βροτός mortal, man; māra death; Goth. maurpr = Ags. mort = Ger. mord; Lith mir̃ti to die; Lat. morior to die, mors death. The root is identical with that of mṛṇāti to crush: see maṇāti and mṛdnāti (mardati) same: see mattikā
■ The Dhtp (No. 245) defines mṛ; by “pāṇa-cāge,” i.e. giving up breathing.
neuter black pepper Vin.i.201 (allowed as medicine to the bhikkhus); Mil.63.
cp. scientific Sk. marica
feminine
cp. Vedic maryādā; perhaps related to Lat. mare sea; s. Walde, Lat. Wtb. under mare
feminine
Vedic marīci; cp. Gr. μαρμαίρω to shimmer, glitter, μαϊρα dog star, ἀμαρύσσω sparkle; Lat. merus clear, pure; perhaps also mariyādā to be taken here
feminine = marīci 2; SN.iii.141; Vism.479 (in comp.); Dhp.170 (= māyā Dhp-a.iii.166).
a region destitute of water, a desert. Always combined with -kantāra: Mnd.155 (as Name); Ja.i.107; Vb-a.6; Vv-a.332; Pv-a.99, Pv-a.112.
cp. Epic Sk. maru
Vedic marut, always in pl. marutaḥ, the gods of the thunder-storm
a sort of (sweet-scented) earth or sand Vin.ii.121, Vin.ii.142, Vin.ii.153 (at these passages used for besprinkling a damp living-cell); Vin.iv.33 (pāsāṇā, sakkharā kaṭhalā, marumbā, vālikā); Mhvs.29, Mhvs.8; Dpvs.19, 2; Mil.197 (pāsāṇa, sakkhara, khara, m.).
etym.?
feminine a species of hemp (Sanseveria roxburghiana MN.i.429. At Ja.ii.115 we find reading marūdvā marucavāka; (C.), of uncertain meaning?
cp. Sk. mūrvā, perhaps connected with Lat. malva
neuter anything impure, stain (lit. & fig.), dirt. In the Canon mostly fig. of impurities. On mala in similes see J.P.T.S., 1907, 122
■ SN.i.38 (itthi malaṃ brahmacariyassa), SN.i.43 (id.); AN.i.105 (issā˚); Snp.378 Snp.469, Snp.962, Snp.1132 (= rāgo malaṃ etc. Cnd.500); Mnd.15 Mnd.478 sq.; Dhp.239 sq.; Vb.368 (tīṇi malāni), Vb.389 (nava purisa-malāni); Pv.ii.3#34 (macchera˚); Pv-a.45 (id.), Pv-a.80 (id.), Pv-a.17 (citta˚); Sdhp.220
■ Compar. malatara a greater stain AN.iv.195 = Dhp.243
■ See also māla.
Vedic mala, see etym. under malina. The Dhtm (395) only knows of one root mal or mall in meaning “dhāraṇa” supporting, thus thinking of māḷaka
adjective dirty, stained impure, usually lit
■ Ja.i.467; Mil.324; Dhp-a.i.233; Vv-a.156; Pv-a.226; Vb-a.498.
fr. mal, *mel to make dirty, to which belongs mala
■ Cp. Lat. mulleus reddish, purple; Gr. μέλας black, μολύνω to stain, μέλτος reddish; Lith. mulvas yellowish, mélynas blue; Ohg. māl stain
adjective dirty; with ref. to loha, a kind of copper, in the group of copper belonging to Pisāca Vb-a.63.
malina + ka
neuter flower, garland of flowers Vv.1#1 (-dhara); Vv.2#1; Ja.v.188 (puppha˚), Ja.v.420. The reading at Pv.iii.3#3 (pahūta˚, adj. having many rows of flowers) is mālya.
for *mālya, fr. māla
a wrestler Vin.ii.105 (˚muṭṭhika) Ja.iv.81 (two, named Cānura and Muṭṭhika “fister”); Vism.31 (muṭṭhika + i.e. boxing & wrestling as amusements: see mada 1) Perhaps as “porter” Bdhgh on CV v.29. 5 (see Vin.ii.319). At Mil.191 the mallā are mentioned as a group or company; their designation might here refer to the Mallas, a tribe, as other tribes are given at the same passage (e.g. Atoṇā, Pisācā). Cp. Bhallaka.
cp. Sk. malla, perhaps a local term, cp. Cānura
■ Note. W. Printz in “Bhāsa’s Prākrit.” p. 45, compares Śaurasenī maḷḷaa Hindī maḷḷ(a) “cup,” maliyā “a small vessel (of wood or cocoanut-shell) for holding the oil used in unction, mālā “cocoanut-shell,” and adds: probably a Dravidian word.
cp. Sk. mallaka & mallika
feminine Arabian jasmine Dhp.54 (tagara˚) Ja.i.62; Ja.iii.291; Ja.v.420; Mil.333, Mil.338; Dhs-a.14; Kp-a.44. mallika-makula opening bud of the jasmine Vism.251 = Vb-a.234 (˚saṇṭhāna, in descr, of shape of the 4 canine teeth)
■ See also mālikā.
cp. Epic Sk. mallikā, Halāyudha 2, 51; Daṇḍin 2, 214
feminine a stand, (tripod) for a bowl, formed of sticks Vin.ii.124 (= daṇḍ’ ādhāraka Bdhgh on p. 318).
prob. dialectical for māḷaka: cp. mallaka
in line “āsadañ ca masañ jaṭaṃ” at Ja.vi.328 is to be combined with ca, and read as camasañ, i.e. a ladle for sacrificing (C.: aggi-dahanaṃ).
to touch: only in cpd. āmasati. The root is explained at Dhtp.305 as “āmasana.” Another root masu [ mṛś?] is at Dhtm.444 given in meaning “macchera.” Does this refer to Sk. mṛṣā (= P. micchā) Cp. māsati, māsana etc.
mṛś
neuter a coarse cloth of interwoven hemp and other materials DN.i.166; MN.i.308, MN.i.345; AN.i.241, AN.i.295; Pp.55. At all passages as a dress worn by certain ascetics.
etym.? prob. provincial & local
a kind of couch (mañca) or longchair; enumerated under the 4 kinds of mañcā at Vin.iv.40-See also Vin.ii.149; Vin.iv.357 (where explained as: mañcapāde vijjhitvā tattha aṭṭaniyo pavesetvā kato: made by boring a hole into the feet of the bed & putting through a notched end); Vv-a.8, Vv-a.9.
fr. masāra?
masculine & neuter a precious stone, cat’s eye; also called kabara-maṇi (e.g. Vv-a.304). It occurs in stereotyped enumn of gems at Vin.ii.238 (where it is said to be found in the Ocean) = Mil.267; and at Mil.118, where it always stands next to lohitaṅka. The same combination (with lohit.) is found at Vv.36#3; Vv.78#3 = Vv.81#3 Vv.84#15.
cp. Sk. masāra emerald + galva crystal & musāragalva
.
cp. Class. Sk. maṣi & masi
a bolster Ja.iv.87; Ja.vi.185.
connected with masāraka
the beard DN.ii.42; Pp.55; Ja.iv.159
■ parūḷha˚ with long-grown beard DN-a.i.263; bahala thick-bearded Ja.v.42.
Vedic śmaśru
adjective bearded; a˚; beardless (of a woman) Ja.ii.185.
fr. massu
masculine & neuter
fr.; mah, see mahati & cp. Vedic nt. mahas
to honour, revere Vv.47#11 (pot. med. 1 pl. mahemase, cp Geiger, P.Gr. § 129; explained as “mahāmase pūjāmase at Vv-a.203). Caus. mahāyati in same sense: ger mahāyitvāna (poetical) Ja.iv.236
pass mahīyati Vv.62#1 (= pūjīyati Vv-a.258); Vv.64#22 (ppr. mahīyamāna pūjiyamāna Vv-a.282). pp. mahita.
mah; explained by Dhtp.331 as “pūjāyaṃ”
neuter greatness Ja.v.331 (= seṭṭhatta C.); Vism.132, Vism.232 sq.; Vb-a.278 (Satthu˚, jāti˚, sabrahmacārī˚); DN-a.i.35; Vv-a.191.
fr. mahat˚ cp. Sk. mahattva
adjective great, extensive, big important, venerable
■ nom. mahā Snp.1008; Mhvs.22, Mhvs.27. Shortened to maha in cpd. pitāmaha (following a-decl.) (paternal) grandfather Pv-a.41; & mātāmaha (maternal) grandfather (q.v.)
■ instr. mahatā Snp.1027-pl. nom. mahantā Snp.578 (opp. daharā)
■ loc mahati Mil.254
■ f. mahī 1 one of the 5 great rivers (Np.) 2 the earth. See separately
■ nt mahantaṃ used as adv., meaning “very much, greatly Ja.v.170; Dhp-a.iv.232. Also in cpd. mahantabhāva greatness, loftiness, sublimity Dhs-a.44
■ Compar mahantatara Dhp-a.ii.63, and with dimin. suffix -ka Ja.iii.237
■ The regular paraphrase of mahā in the Niddesa is “agga, seṭṭha, visiṭṭha, pāmokkha, uttama pavara,” see Cnd.502.
Note on mahā & cpds
Vedic mahant, which by Grassmann is taken as ppr. to mah, but in all probability the n is an original suffix
■ cp. Av. mazant, Sk. compar. mahīyān Gr. μέγας (compar. μείζων), Lat. magnus, Goth mikils = Ohg. mihhil = E. much
feminine greatness Dhp-a.ii.62. At MN.iii.24 the spelling is mahattatā (tt misread for nt?) at MN.i.184 however mahantatta (nt.).
fr. mahant˚
adjective noun old, venerable, of great age an old man DN.i.90 (opp. taruṇa), DN.i.94, DN.i.114, DN.i.247; Snp.313, Snp.603; Cnd.261 (vuḍḍha m. andhagata etc. Ja.iv.482 (opp. dahara young); Vv.46#1 (= mahanto Vv-a.199); Dhp-a.i.7, Dhp-a.i.278; Dhp-a.ii.4, Dhp-a.ii.55, Dhp-a.ii.91; Snp-a.313. Compar mahallakatara Dhp-a.ii.18
■ f. mahallikā an old woman Mil.16; Mhvs.21, Mhvs.27; Vv-a.105; Pv-a.149 (= addhagata)
■ [The BSk. form is mahalla, e.g. Divy.329, Divy.520.]
a distorted mah-ariyaka → ayyaka → allaka; cp. ayyaka
feminine fog, frost, cold (= himaṃ Dhs-a.317) Vin.ii.295 = Mil.273; Snp.669; Mil.299; Vv-a.134 (fog)
■ As mahiyā at AN.ii.53.
cp. *Sk. mahikā
honoured, revered MN.ii.110; Mil.278; Sdhp.276.
pp. of mahati or mahīyati
adjective praiseworthy Vv-a.97.
grd. of mahati
feminine woman, female Vin.ii.281 (˚titthe at the women’s bathing place); Ja.i.188; Dpvs.ix.4 Thag-a.271. Mahisa, Mahisa, Mahimsa
*Sk. mahilā
a buffalo. mahisa: DN.i.6 (˚yuddha b. fight), DN.i.9; Ja.iii.26 (vana wild b.); Mhvs.25, Mhvs.36 (T. māhisaṃ)
■ mahīsa Ja.vi.110- mahiṃsa Vism.191, & in Np.; mahiṃsaka-maṇḍala the Andhra country Ja.i.356, cp. Mahiṃsaka-raṭṭha Vb-a.4; as Mahisa-maṇḍala at Mhvs.12, Mhvs.29
■ Note. The P. pop. etym. is propounded by Bdhgh as “mahiyaṃ setī ti mahiso” (he lies on the ground, that is why he is a buffalo) Dhs-a.62.
cp. Vedic mahiṣa, an enlarged form of mahā; the P. etym. evidently to be connected with mahā + īś, because of mahīsa → mahiṃsa
feminine the earth (lit. Great One) Mhvs.5, Mhvs.266; Sdhp.424, Sdhp.472; loc mahiyā Mil.128; mahiyaṃ Dhs-a.62
■ Note. As mahī is only found in very late P. literature, it must have been re-introduced from Sk. sources, and is not a direct correspondent of Vedic mahī.
f. of mah, base of mahant, Vedic mahī
indeclinable prohibition particle: not, do not, let us hope not, I wish that… not [cp Lat. utinam & ne]. Constructed with various tenses e.g.
cp. Vedic mā, Gr. μή
see puṇṇa-mā.
scent-seller, (lit. “from Magadha”) Pv.ii.9#37 (= gandhin Pv-a.127).
fr. Magadha
neuter garlic Vin.iv.259 (lasuṇaṃ nāma māgadhakaṃ vuccati).
māgadha + ka, lit. “from Magadha”
a deerstalker, huntsman AN.ii.207; Pp.56; Mil.364, Mil.412; Pv-a.207.
guṇa-form to *mṛga = P. miga; Sk. mārgavika
neuter the injunction not to kill, non-killing order (with ref. to the killing of animals Ja.iii.428 (˚bheri, the drum announcing this order); Ja.iv.115; Ja.vi.346 (uposatha˚).
lit. mā ghāta “kill not”
adjective auspicious, fortunate, bringing about fulfilment of wishes Ja.vi.179.
fr. mangala
a youth, young man, esp. a young Brahmin Snp.1022, Snp.1027, Snp.1028; Ja.iv.391 (brāhmaṇa˚); DN-a.i.36 = satto pi coro pi taruṇo pi; Dhp-a.i.89 pl. māṇavā men Thig.112
■ The spelling mānava occurs at Snp.456, Snp.589, & Pv.i.8#7 (= men Thig.112; kumāra Pv-a.41).
cp. Sk. māṇava
fr. māṇava
cp. Epic Sk. mātanga, dial.
feminine mother
■ Cases: nom. sg mātā Snp.296; Dhp.43; Ja.iv.463; Ja.v.83; Ja.vi.117; Cnd.504 (def. as janikā); gen. mātu Thag.473; Vin.i.17; Ja.i.52 mātuyā Ja.i.53; Mhvs.10, Mhvs.80; Pv-a.31; and mātāya Ja.i.62; dat. mātu Mhvs.9, Mhvs.19; acc. mātaraṃ Snp.60, Snp.124; Dhp.294; instr. mātarā Thig.212; loc. mātari Dhp.284-pl. does not occur. In combination with pitā father, mātā always precedes the former, thus mātā-pitaro (pl. “mother & father” (see below)
■ mātito (abl
■ adv. from the mother’s side (cp. pitito) DN.i.113; AN.iii.151; Pv-a.29
■ On mātā in simile see J.P.T.S. 1907, 122 cp. Vism.321 (simile of a mother’s solicitude for her children). Similarly the pop. etym. of mātā is given with “mamāyatī ti mātā” at Vb-a.107
■ The 4 bases of m. in compound are: mātā˚, māti˚, mātu˚, matti˚.
Vedic mātā, stem mātar˚, Av. mātar-, Gr. μήτηρ (Doric μάτηρ) Lat. māter, Oir. māthir, Ohg muoter, Ags. modor = mother; Cp. further Gr. μήτρα uterus, Lat. mātrix id., Sk. mātṛkā mother, grandmother Ger. mieder corset. From Idg. *ma, onomat part., cp. “mamma”
adjective -mother; in mata˚; one whose mother is dead, lit. a “dead-mother-ed, Ja.ii.131; Ja.iii.213. Also neg. amātika without a mother Ja.v.251.
fr. mātā, Sk. mātṛka
feminine
*Sk. mātṛkā
adjective noun (a) mortal Ja.vi.100 (C. macca; gloss māṇava).
the diaeretic form of macca, used in verse, cp. Sk. martya & Vedic (poetical) martia
see mātā.
neuter “genetrix,” matrix, origin, cause Thag.612.
cp. Sk. māṭṛka, fr. mātṛ = mātar
feminine mother’s sister, maternal aunt Vin.ii.254, Vin.ii.256; Ja.iv.390; Mil.240. -putta aunt’s son, male first cousin (from mother’s sister’s side SN.ii.281; Ud.24; Dhp-a.i.119. Cp. mātula-dhītā.
Sk. mātṛ-ṣvasā
a mother’s brother an uncle Ja.i.225; Dhp-a.i.15; Pv-a.58, Pv-a.60.
cp. Epic Sk. mātula & semantically Lat. matruus, i.e. one who belongs to the mother
= mātula Dhp-a.i.182.
feminine a mother’s brother’s wife, an aunt Ja.i.387; Ja.iv.184; Pv-a.55, Pv-a.58.
Sk. mātulānī, semantically cp. Lat. mater tera
neuter a citron Ja.iii.319 (= mella; variant reading bella).
cp. Class. Sk. mātulunga; dialectical?
adjective one like me Snp.482; Mhvs.5, Mhvs.193; Vv-a.207; Dhp-a.i.284; Pv-a.76, Pv-a.123.
Epic & Class. Sk. mādṛś & mādṛśa, maṃ + ; dṛś
late Vedic & Epic Sk. māna, fr.; man, orig. meaning perhaps “high opinions” (i.e. No. 2); hence “pride (No. 1). Def. of root see partly under māneti, partly under mināti
neuter
fr. mā: see mināti; Vedic māna has 2 meanings, viz. “measure,” and “building” (cp. māpeti)
neuter a sort of penance, attached to the commission of a sanghādisesa offence Dhs-a.399 (+ parivāsa). -ṃ deti to inflict penance on somebody Vin.ii.7 (+ parivāsaṃ deti); Vin.iv.225. mānatt’ āraha deserving penance Vin.ii.55, Vin.ii.162 (parivāsika +). See on term Vin. Texts ii.397.
a doubtful word, prob. corrupted out of something else, maybe omānatta, if taken as der. fr māna1. If however taken as belonging to māna2 as an abstr. der., it might be explained as “measuring, taking measures,” which suits the context better. The BSk form is still more puzzling, viz. mānāpya “something pleasant”: Mpt § 265
neuter & Mānanā (f.) paying honour or respect; reverence, respect SN.i.66; Ja.ii.138; Pp.19, Pp.22; Mil.377 (with sakkāra, vandana, pūjana & apaciti) Dhs.1121; Dhs-a.373
■ Cp. vi˚, sam˚.
fr. māna1
neuter intention, purpose, mind (as active force), mental action. Almost equivalent to mano Dhs § 6. In later language mānasa is quite synonymous with hadaya. The word, used absolutely, is more a t. t. in philosophy than a living part of the language. It is more frequent as -˚ in adj use, where its connection with mano is still more felt. Its absolute use probably originated from the latter use.
■ Dhs-a.140 (= mano); Vb.144 sq. (in definition of viññāṇa as cittaṃ, mano, mānasaṃ, hadayaṃ etc. see mano ii.3); Dhp-a.ii.12 (paradāre mānasaṃ na bandhissāmi “shall have no intention towards another’s wife,” i.e. shall not desire another’s wife); Mhvs.4, Mhvs.6 (sabbesaṃ hita-mānasā with the intention of common welfare); Mhvs.32, Mhvs.56 (rañño hāsesi mānasaṃ gladdened the heart of the king)
■ As adj. (-˚): being of such & such a mind, having a… mind, with a… heart; like ādīna˚ with his mind in danger SN.v.74 (+ apatiṭṭhitacitta); uggata˚ lofty-minded Vv-a.217; pasanna˚ with settled (peaceful) mind Snp.402 and frequently; mūḷha˚ infatuated Mhvs.5, Mhvs.239; rata˚; Pv-a.19; sañcodita˚ urged (in her heart) Pv-a.68; soka-santatta˚ with a heart burning with grief Pv-a.38.
a secondary formation fr. manas = mano, already Vedic lit. “belonging to mind”
adjective = mānasa in adj. use Snp.63 (rakkhita˚).
fr. mānasa, secondary formation
adjective noun proud Vin.ii.183 (explained by Bdhgh in a popular way as “mana-ssayino māna-nissitā”). The corresponding passage at Ja.i.88 reads māna-jātikā māna-tthaddhā.
prob. fr. manassin (*manasvin) under influence of māna. Cp. similar formation mānavant.
lit. “held in high opinion,” i.e. honoured, worshipped SN.ii.119 (garukata m. pūjita).
pp. of a verb māni-karoti, which stands for māna-karoti, and is substituted for mānita after analogy of purakkhata, of same meaning
feminine a weight, equal to 4 Doṇas Snp-a.476 (catudoṇaṃ mānikā). Cp. BSk. mānikā, e.g. Divy.293 sq.
cp. māna2 2
revered, honoured Ud.73 (sakkata m. pūjita apacita)
■ A rather singular by-form is mānikata (q.v.).
pp. of māneti
adjective (-˚) proud (of) Snp.282 (samaṇa˚), Snp.889 (paripuṇṇa˚); Dhp.63 (paṇḍita˚ proud of his cleverness cp. Dhp-a.ii.30); Ja.i.454 (atireka˚); Ja.iii.357 (paṇḍita˚); Sdhp.389, Sdhp.417
■ f. māninī Mhvs.20, Mhvs.4 (rūpa˚ proud of her beauty).
fr. mana1
adjective noun
cp. Vedic mānuṣa; fr. same base (manus) as manussa
viz.
to honour revere, think highly of Pv-a.54 (aor. mānesuṃ, + garukariṃsu + pūjesuṃ)
pp mānita.
Caus. of man, cp. Sk. mānayati, Lat. moneo to admonish. Ger. mahnen, Ags. manian. The Dhtp.593 gives root as mān in meaning “pūjā”
(-˚) adjective noun one who measures, only in doṇa˚; (a minister) measuring the d. revenue (of rice Ja.ii.367, Ja.ii.381; Dhp-a.iv.88; and in dhañña˚; measuring corn or grain Ja.iii.542 (˚kamma, the process of…) Vism.278 (in comparison).
fr. māpeti
Caus. of mā, see mināti. The simplex mimīte has the meaning of “erect, build” already in Vedic Sk.
adjective lit. “mine,” one who shows affection (not only for himself), making one’s own, i.e devoted to, loving Snp.806 (= Buddha˚, Dhamma˚ Sangha˚ Mnd.125; = mamāyamāna Snp-a.534), Snp.927 (same expln at Mnd.382); Mil.184 (ahiṃsayaṃ paraṃ loke piyo hohisi māmako ti), - Buddha˚; devoted to the B. Ja.i.299; Dhp-a.i.206. f. -māmikā Ja.iii.182. In voc. f. māmike at Thig.207 (cp. Thag-a.172) “mother, we may perhaps have an allusion to mā “mother [cp. Sk. māma uncle, Lat. mamma mother, and mātā]-amāmaka see sep.; this may also be taken as “not loving.”
fr. mama
feminine
cp. Vedic māyā. Suggestions as to etym. see Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. manticulor
adjective deceitful, hypocritical DN.iii.45, DN.iii.246; Snp.89, Snp.116, Snp.357; Pp.19 Pp.23; Pv-a.13. See also amāyāvin.
fr. māyā, cp. Vedic māyāvin
bile, gall Abhp.281.
*Sk. māyu
death; usually personified as Np. Death, the Evil one, the Tempter (the Buddhist Devil or Principle of Destruction) Sometimes the term māra is applied to the whole of the worldly existence, or the realm of rebirth, as opposed to Nibbāna. Thus the defn of m. at Cnd.506 gives “kammâbhisankhāra-vasena paṭisandhiko khandha- māro, dhātu˚, āyatana˚
■ Other general epithets of M (quasi twin-embodiments) are given with Kaṇha Adhipati, Antaka, Namuci, Pamattabandhu at Mnd.489 = Cnd.507; the two last ones also at Mnd.455. The usual standing epithet is pāpimā “the evil one,” e.g. SN.i.103 sq. (the famous Māra-Saṃyutta: see Windisch Māra & Buddha;); Mnd.439; Dhp-a.iv.71 (Māravatthu & freq
■ See e.g. Snp.32, Snp.422, Snp.429 sq., Snp.1095, Snp.1103; Dhp.7, Dhp.40, Dhp.46, Dhp.57, Dhp.105, Dhp.175, Dhp.274; Mnd.475; Vism.79, Vism.228 Vism.376; Kp-a.105; Snp-a.37, Snp-a.44 sq., Snp-a.225, Snp-a.350 sq., Snp-a.386 sq. Sdhp.318, Sdhp.449, Sdhp.609. Further refs. & details see under Proper Names.
fr. mṛ; later Vedic, māra killing, destroying, bringing death, pestilence, cp. Lat. mors death, morbus illness, Lith. māras death, pestilence
(-˚) one who kills or destroys, as manussa˚; man-killer Ja.ii.182; hatthi˚; elephant-killer Dhp-a.i.80
■ m. in phrase samāraka (where the-ka belongs to the whole cpd.) see under samāraka.
fr. māreti
neuter killing, slaughter, death DN.ii.128; Sdhp.295, Sdhp.569.
fr. Caus. māreti
neuter state of, or existence as a Māra god, Māraship Vb.337.
*Māra-tvaṃ
killed Ja.ii.417; Ja.iii.531.
pp. of mārāpeti
neuter being incited to kill Dhp-a.i.141.
abstr. fr. mārāpita
killed SN.i.66; Vin.iii.72; Ja.ii.417 (aññehi m
■ bhāvaṃ jānātha).
pp. of māreti
adjective only in voc. as respectful term of address, something like “Sir,” pl “Sirs.” In sg. mārisa MN.i.327; AN.iii.332; Snp.814, Snp.1036 Snp.1038, Snp.1045 etc.; Mnd.140 = Cnd.508 (here explained by same formula as āyasmā, viz. piya-vacanaṃ garu-vacanaṃ etc.); Ja.v.140; Pv.ii.13#3; Mhvs.1, Mhvs.27
■ pl. mārisā Snp.682; Ja.i.47, Ja.i.49; Vism.415; Pv-a.75. Explained by Buddhaghosa to mean niddukkha K.S. i.2 n.
perhaps identical with mādisa
the wind SN.i.127; Mhbv.8.
for the usual māluta
one who kills, slayer, destroyer SN.iii.189.
n. ag. to māreti
?
a circular (consecrated) enclosure, round, yard (cp. Geiger, Mvu. trsl. 99: “m. is a space marked off and usually terraced within which sacred functions were carried out. In the Mahāvihāra (Tiss’ ārāma) at Anurādhapura there were 32 mālakas; Dpvs.xiv.78; Mhvs.15, Mhvs.192. The sacred Bodhi-tree e.g. was surrounded by a malaka”)-The word is peculiar to the late (Jātaka-) literature & is not found in the older texts
■ Ja.i.449 (vikkama˚), Ja.iv.306; Ja.v.49 (visāla˚), Ja.i.138 (id., spelling maḷaka) Mhvs.15, Mhvs.36 (Mahā-mucala˚); Mhvs.16, Mhvs.15; Mhvs.32, Mhvs.58 (sanghassa kamma˚, encl. for ceremonial acts of the S., cp. 15, 29) Dhp-a.iv.115 (˚sīmā); Vism.342 (vitakka˚).
fr. māla or māḷa
feminine the great-flowered jasmine Abhp.576. Cp. mālikā.
fr. mālā
feminine garland, wreath, chaplet; collectively = flowers; fig. row, line Snp.401; Pp.56 Vism.265 (in simile); Pv.ii.3#16 (gandha, m., vilepana as a “lady’s” toilet outfit); Pv.ii.4#9 (as one of the 8 or 10 standard gifts to a bhikkhu: see dāna, deyyadhamma & yañña); Pv-a.4 = Ja.iii.59 (ratta- kaṇavera˚ a wreath of red K. flowers on his head: apparel of a criminal to be executed. Cp. ratta-māla-dhara wearing a red garland Ja.iii.179, an ensign of the executioner); Pv-a.51 Pv-a.62
■ asi ˚-kamma the sword-garland torture (so correct under asi!) Ja.iii.178; Dāvs iii.35; dīpa˚; festoons of lamps Mhvs.5, Mhvs.181; Mhvs.34, Mhvs.77 (˚samujjota); nakkhatta˚; the garland of stars Vv-a.167; puppha˚; a garland or wreath of flowers Mhvs.5, Mhvs.181
■ On mālā in similes see J.P.T.S. 1907, 123. In compound māla˚; sometimes stands for mālā˚.
-kamma garland-work, garlands, festoons Vv-a.188 -kāra garland-maker, florist, gardener (cp. Fick, Sociale Gleiderung 38, 182) Ja.v.292; Mil.331; Dhp-a.i.208, Dhp-a.i.334; Vv-a.170, Vv-a.253 (˚vīthi). -kita adorned with garlands wreathed Vin.i.208. -guṇa “garland-string,” garlands a cluster of garlands Dhp.53 (= mālā-nikaṭi “makeup” garlands Dhp-a.i.419; i.e. a whole line of garlands made as “ekato-vaṇṭika-mālā” and “ubhato-v
■ m., one & two stalked g., cp. Vin.iii.180). mālā guṇaparikkhittā one adorned with a string of gs., i.e. a marriageable woman or a courtesan MN.i.286 = AN.v.264 -guḷa a cluster of gs., a bouquet Vin.iii.139; Snp-a.224; Vv-a.32, Vv-a.111 (variant reading guṇa). -cumbaṭaka a cushion of garlands, a chaplet of flowers Dhp-a.i.72. -dāma a wreath of flowers Ja.ii.104. -dhara wearing a wreath Ja.iii.179 (ratta˚, see also above). -dhārin wearing a garland or wreath (on the head) Pv.iii.1#1 (kusuma˚; variant reading BB ˚bhārin); Pv-a.169 (variant reading ˚bhārin); f. dhārinī Vv.32#3 (uppala˚, of a Petī. See also bhārin). -puṭa a basket for flowers Dhp-a.iii.212. -bhārin wearing a wreath (chaplet) [the reading changes between ˚bhārin ˚dhārin; the BSk. prefers ˚dhārin, e.g. Mvu.i.124 & ˚dhāra at Divy.218] Ja.iv.60, Ja.iv.82; Ja.v.45; Pv-a.211 (variant reading ˚dhārin); f. -bhārinī Ja.iii.530; Vv-a.12; & bhārī Thag.459 (as variant reading; T. reads ˚dhārī). Cp. ˚dhārin -vaccha [vaccha here = vṛḳṣa] a small flowering tree or plant, an ornamental plant Vin.ii.12; Vin.iii.179; Vism.172 (variant reading ˚gaccha); Dhp-a.ii.109 (q.v. for expln: taruṇarukkha-puppha).
cp. Epic Sk. mālā
neuter name of a dice Ja.vi.281.
fr. mālā or mala?
a gardener, florist Abhp.507.
fr. mālā
feminine double jasmine Dāvs 5, Dāvs 49.
fr. mālā
adjective
fr. mālā
masculine or feminine? a kind of vessel, only in camma˚; leather bag (?) Ja.vi.431 (where variant reading reads camma-pasibbakāhi vālukādīhi), Ja.vi.432 (gloss c. pasibbaka).
of uncertain origin
wind, air, breeze SN.iv.218; Thag.2; Thig.372; Ja.i.167; Ja.iv.222; Ja.v.328 Ja.vi.189; Mil.319; Vism.172 (= vāyu); Vv-a.174, Vv-a.178.
the proper Pali form for māruta, the a-stem form of maru2 = Vedic marut or māruta
feminine a (long) creeper MN.i.306; SN.i.207; AN.i.202 sq.; Snp.272; Dhp.162, Dhp.334; Ja.iii.389 Ja.v.205, Ja.v.215, Ja.v.389; Ja.v.205, Ja.v.215, Ja.v.389; Ja.vi.528 (phandana˚) Dhp-a.iii.152; Dhp-a.iv.43
■ On maluvā in similes see J.P.T.S. 1907, 123.
cp. BSk. mālu
the tree Aegle marmelos Abhp.556.
late Sk.
see malya.
a sort of pavilion, a hall DN.i.2 (maṇḍala˚, same at Snp.p.104, which passage Snp-a.447 explains as “savitānaṃ maṇḍapaṃ”); Vin.i.140 (aṭṭa, māla, pāsāda explained at Vin.iii.201. In the same sequence of Vb.251 explained at Vb-a.366 as “bhojana-sālā-sadiso maṇḍala-māḷo; Vinay’ aṭṭha-kathāyaṃ pana eka-kūṭasangahito caturassa-pāsādo ti vuttaṃ”); Mil.46, Mil.47-Cp. mālaka
■ [The BSk. form is either māla, e.g. Mvu.ii.274, or māḍa, e.g. Mpt.226, Mpt.43.]
Non-Aryan, cp. Tamil māḍam house, hall
a stand, viz. for alms-bowl (patta˚) Vin.ii.114, or for drinking vessel (pānīya˚ Ja.vi.85.
a Non-Aryan word, although the Dhtm.395 gives roots mal & mall; in meaning “dhāraṇa” (see under mala). Cp. malorika
a month, as the 12th part of the year. The 12 months are (beginning with what chronologically corresponds to our middle of March) Citta (Citra), Vesākha, Jeṭṭha, Āsāḷha, Sāvaṇa, Poṭṭhapāda Assayuja, Kattika, Māgasira, Phussa, Māgha Phagguna. As to the names cp. nakkhatta. Usually in acc., used adverbially; nom. rare, e.g. aḍḍha-māso half-month Vv-a.66; Āsāḷhi-māsa Vv-a.307 (= gimhānaṃ pacchima māsa); pl. dve māsā Pv-a.34 (read māse) cattāro gimhāna-māsā Kp-a.192 (of which the 1st is Citra, otherwise called Paṭhama-gimha “1st summer and Bāla-vasanta “premature spring”)
■ Instr. pl catūhi māsehi Miln. 82; Pv-a.i.10#2
■ acc. pl. as adv. dasamāse 10 months Ja.i.52; bahu-māse Pv-a.135; also nt. chammāsāni 6 months SN.iii.155. Freq. acc. sg. collectively: a period of…, e.g. temāsaṃ 3 months Dhs-a.15; Pv-a.20; catu˚; DN-a.i.83; Pv-a.96; satta˚; Pv-a.20 dasa˚; Pv-a.63; aḍḍha˚; a fortnight Vin.iv.117
■ On māsa (& f.; māsī), as well as shortened form -ma see puṇṇa.
cp. Vedic māsa, & mās; Gr. μήν (Ionic μείς); Av. māh (moon & month); Lat. mensis; Oir. mī Goth. mēna = moon; Ohg. māno, mānōt month. Fr *mé to measure: see mināti
a bean (Phaseolus indica or radiata); usually combined with mugga, e.g. Vin.iii.64; Mil.267, Mil.341; DN-a.i.83. Also used as a weight (or measure?) in dhañña-māsa, which is said to be equal to 7 lice: Vb-a.343
■ pl. māse Vv.80#6 (= māsa-sassāni Vv-a.310).
Vedic māṣa, Phaseolus indica, closely related to another species: mudga Phaseolus mungo
a small coin (= māsaka) Ja.ii.425 (satta māsā = s. māsakā C.).
identical with māsa2
lit. a small bean, used as a standard of weight & value; hence a small coin of very low value. Of copper, wood & lac (Dhs-a.318 cp. Kp-a.37; jatu˚, dāru˚, loha˚); the suvaṇṇa˚ (golden m.) at Ja.iv.107 reminds of the “gold” in fairy tales. That its worth is next to nothing is seen from the descending progression of coins at Dhp-a.iii.108 = Vv-a.77, which, beginning with kahāpaṇa, aḍḍha-pāda, places māsaka & kāhaṇikā next to mudhā “gratis.” It only “counts” when it amounts to 5 māsakas
■ Vin.iii.47 Vin.iii.67; Vin.iv.226 (pañca˚); Ja.i.112 (aḍḍha-māsakaṃ na agghati is worth nothing); Ja.iv.107; Ja.v.135 (first a rain of flowers, then of māsakas, then kahāpaṇas); Dhp-a.ii.29 (pañca-māsakamattaṃ a sum of 5 m.); Pv-a.282 (m + aḍḍha˚ half-pennies & farthings, as children’s pocket-money).
fr. māsa2 + ka = māsa3
at Vin.iii.23 is for mā asakkhimhā “we could not”; mā here stands for na. Masati, Masana, Masin
■ dumapakkāni -māsita Ja.ii.446 (C. reads māsita & explains by asita, dhāta); visa-māsita Mil.302 (T. reads visamāsita) having taken in poison; visa- māsan- ûpatāpa (id.) Vism.166; tiṇa -māsin eating grass Ja.vi.354 (= tiṇakhādaka C.)
■ A similar case where Sandhi-m-has led to a wrong partition of syllables and has thus been lost through syncope may be P. eḷaka1, as compd with Sk. methi (cp. Prk. meḍhi), pillar, post.
fr. mṛṣ, for massati etc.; see masati| touch, touching, etc. in sense of eating or taking in. So is probably to be read for āsati etc. in the foll. passages, where m precedes this ā in all cases Otherwise we have to refer them to a root ās = as (to eat) and consider the m as partly euphonic.
only instr. māsalunā Mil.292, Trenckner says (note p. 428): “m. is otherwise unknown it must mean a period shorter than 5 months. Cp. Sk. māsala.” Rh. D. (trsl. ii.148) translates “got in a month,” following the Sinhalese gloss. The period seems to be only a little shorter than 5 months; there may be a connection with catu in the word.
reading uncertain
filled by the (say 6 or more) month(s), i.e. heavy (alluding to the womb in advanced pregnancy), heaped full MN.i.332 (kucchi garu-garu viya māsācitaṃ maññe ti; Neumann trsls “wie ein Sack voll Bohnen,” thus taking m. = māsa2, and ācita as “heap” which however is not justified). This passage has given rise to a gloss at Vb.386, where māsācitaṃ maññe was added to kāyo garuko akammañño, in meaning “heavy, languid.” The other enumns of the 8 kusīta-vatthūni (AN.iv.332; DN.iii.255) do not give m. m. It may be that the resemblance between akam mañño and maññe has played a part in reminding the Commentator of this phrase. The fact that Bdhgh comments on this passage in the Vb-a (p. 510) shows that the reading of Vb.386 is a very old one. Bdhgh takes māsa in the sense of māsa2 & explains māsācita as “wet bean” (tinta māso), thus omitting expln of ācita The passage at Vb-a.510 runs: “ettha pana māsācitaṃ nāma tintamāso, yathā tintamāso garuko hoti, evaṃ garuko ti adhippāyo.”
māsa1 + ācita
adjective
■ Cp. māsiya.
fr. māsa1
adjective consisting of months DN.ii.327 (dvādasa˚ saṃvacchara the year of 12 months).
= māsika
Vedic mṛga, to mṛj, cp. magga, meaning, when characterised by another attribute “wild animal” in general, animal of the forest; when uncharacterised usually antelope
feminine hunt, hunting, deer-stalking Pv-a.154 (˚padesa). Usually in devasikaṃ migavaṃ gacchati to go out for a day’s hunting Ja.iv.267; or as pp. ekadivasaṃ migavaṃ gata Vv-a.260; ekāhaṃ m. g. Mhvs.5, Mhvs.154.
= Sk. mṛgayā, cp. Geiger, Pali Grammar § 46#1
feminine a doe Thag.109; Ja.v.215; Ja.vi.549; Dhp-a.i.48.
f. of miga, cp. Epic Sk. mṛgī
neuter item of wrong, wrongness. There are 8 items of wrong, viz. the 8 wrong qualities as enumerated under (an-) ariya-magga (see micchā) forming the contrary to the sammatta or righteousness of the Ariyan Path. These 8 at DN.ii.353; DN.iii.254; AN.ii.221; AN.iv.237; Vb.387; Vism.683. Besides these there is a set of 10, consisting of the above 8 plus micchā -ñāṇa and -vimutti wrong knowledge & wrong emancipation: DN.iii.290; Vb.391; Vism.683 (where ˚ñāṇa & -viratti for vimutti)
■ See further DN.iii.217 (˚niyata); Pp.22; Dhs.1028 (cp. Dhs. trsl. §1028) Vb.145; Tikp.32 (˚niyata-citta), Tikp.325 (˚tika), Tikp.354 (id.).
abstr. fr. micchā
adverb wrongly, in a wrong way, wrong-, false Snp.438 (laddho yaso), Snp.815 (paṭipajjati leads a wrong course of life, almost syn with anariyaṃ. Illustrated by “pāṇaṃ hanati, adinnaṃ ādiyati, sandhiṃ chindati, nillopaṃ harati, ekāgārikaṃ karoti, paripanthe tiṭṭhati, paradāraṃ gacchati, musā bhaṇati” at Mnd.144); Vb-a.513 (˚ñāṇa, ˚vimutti) -micchā˚; often in same combinations as sammā˚; with which contrasted, e.g. with the 8 parts of (an-) ariya-magga viz. -diṭṭhi (wrong) views (DN.iii.52, DN.iii.70 sq., DN.iii.76, DN.iii.111 DN.iii.246, DN.iii.269, DN.iii.287, DN.iii.290, Dhp.167, Dhp.316 sq.; Pp.39; Vism.469 (def.) Pv-a.27, Pv-a.42, Pv-a.54, Pv-a.67; cp. ˚ka one who holds wrong views DN.iii.45, DN.iii.48, DN.iii.264; Vism.426); -saṅkappa aspiration (DN.iii.254, DN.iii.287, DN.iii.290 sq., Dhp.11); -vācā speech (ibid.); -kammanta conduct (ibid.); -ājīva living (DN.iii.176 sq., DN.iii.254, DN.iii.290; AN.ii.53, AN.ii.240, AN.ii.270, AN.iv.82); -vāyāma effort (DN.iii.254, DN.iii.287, DN.iii.290 sq.); -sati mindfulness (ibid.) -samādhi concentration (ibid.); see magga 2, and cp the following:
Sk. mithyā, cp. Vedic mithaḥ interchanging, separate, opposite, contrary (opp. saṃyak together: see samma); mithū wrongly; see also mithu
neuter & miñjā (f.) marrow, pith, kernel Vin.i.25 (in sequence chavi, camma, maṃsa, nahāru, aṭṭhi, miñjā); Vism.235 (id.); Kp iii. (aṭṭhi˚, f. cp. Kp-a.52, nt.); Ja.iv.402 (tāla˚ pith of the palm); Mhvs.28. 28 (panasa˚, f. kernels of the seeds of the jak-fruit).
Vedic majjan (fr. majj?); on form see Geiger. Pali Grammar § 9#1, & cp. Pischel, Prk. Gr. §§ 74, 101
= miñja, only in tela˚; inner kernels of tila-seed, made into a cake Pv-a.51. See doṇī2.
measured, in measure DN.i.54 (doṇa˚ a doṇa measure full); Snp.300 (bhāgaso m. measured in harmonious proportions, i.e. stately); Pv.i.10#13 (id.) Ja.iii.541
■ amita unlimited, without measure, boundless in epithet amit-ābha of boundless lustre Sdhp.255 Also Name of a Buddha.
Vedic mita, pp. of mā, mināti, to measure; also in meaning “moderate, measured,” cp. in same sense Gr. μέτριος
masculine neuter friend. Usually m., although nt. occurs in meaning “friend,” in sg. (Ne.164) & pl. (Snp.185 Snp.187); in meaning “friendship” at Ja.vi.375 (= mittabhāva C.). The half-scientific, half-popular etym. of mitta, as given at Vb-a.108, is “mettāyantī ti mittā minantī ti vā m.; sabba-guyhesu anto pakkhipantī ti attho” (the latter: “they enclose in all that is hidden”)-Two kinds of friends are distinguished at Cnd.510 (in exegesis of Snp.37 & Snp.75), viz.; āgārika˚; (a house-or lay-friend) and anāgārika˚; (a homeless-or clericalfriend). The former is possessed of all ordinary qualities of kindness and love, the latter of special virtues of mind & heart
■ A friend who acts as a sort of Mentor or spiritual adviser, is called a; kalyāṇa-mitta (see under kalyāṇa)
■ Mitta is often combined with similar terms devoting relationship or friendship, e.g. with amaccā colleagues and ñāti-sālohita˚; blood-relations, in ster phrase at Vin.ii.126; AN.i.222; Snp.p.104; Pv-a.28; cp ñāti-mittā relatives & friends Pv.i.5#9; suhada (“dear heart”) DN.iii.187 (four types, cp. m. paṭirūpaka) suhajja one who is dear to one’s heart Pv-a.191; sahāya companion Pv-a.86. The neut. form occurs for kind things DN.iii.188; SN.i.37
■ Opp. sapatta enemy Pv-a.13; amitta a sham friend or enemy Snp.561 (= paccatthika Snp-a.455); DN.iii.185. pāpa-mitta bad friend Pv-a.5
■ For refs. see e.g. Snp.58, Snp.255, Snp.296, Snp.338; Dhp.78, Dhp.375.
cp. Vedic mitra, m. & nt., friend; Av. mipro, friend
feminine -(˚) state of being a friend, friendship, in kalyāṇa˚; being a good friend, friendship as a helper (see kalyāṇa) DN.iii.274; Vism.107.
abstr. fr. mitta
feminine friendship Ja.i.468 (= metti C.).
a by-form of metti
adverb opposite reciprocally, contrary Snp.825, Snp.882 (taken by Mnd.163 Mnd.290, on both passages identically, as n. pl. of adj. instead of adv., & expld by “dve janā dve kalaha-kāraka” etc.).
cp. Vedic mithū & P. micchā; mith, cp. mithaḥ alternately, Av. miχō wrongly; Goth. misso one another, missa-leiks different; Ger. E. prefix mis-i.e. wrongly: Ger. missetat wrong doing = misdeed; Lat mūto to change, mutuus reciprocal; Goth. maipms present = Ags. mapum; mith in Vedic Sk. is “to be opposed to each other,” whereas in Vedic mithuna the notion of “pair” prevails. See also methuna
neuter torpor, stupidity, sluggishness DN.i.71 (thīna˚) Snp.437; AN.v.18; Dhs.1157; Mil.299, Mil.412 (appa˚ not slothful, i.e. diligent, alert); Vism.450 (˚rūpa; + rogarūpa, jātirūpa, etc., in def. of rūpa); DN-a.i.211 (explained as cetasika gelañña: see on this passage Dhs trsl. §1155) Sdhp.459
■ See thīna.
orig. pp. perhaps to Vedic mid (?) to be fat = medh, as Dhs-a.378 gives “medhatī ti middhaṃ
■ More likely however connected with Sk. methi (pillar = Lat. meta), cp. Prk. medhi. The meaning is more to the point too, viz. “stiff.” Thus semantically identical with thīna
■ BSk. also middha, e.g. Divy.555
adjective torpid, drowsy, sluggish Dhp.325 (= thīnamiddh’ âbhibhūta Dhp-a.iv.16).
fr. middha
is given as root in meaning “hiṃsana,” to hurt at Dhtm.536 (with var. v.v ll.), not sure.
does it refer to mī2 as in mināti2, or to middha?
neuter measuring, surveying DN-a.i.79; Dhs-a.123.
fr. mi to measure, fix, construct
to measure Vb-a.108 (see etym. of mitta); Pot. mine Ja.v.468 (= mineyya C.) fut. minissati Sdhp.585. ger. minitvā Vism.72; grd minitabba Ja.v.90
pass mīyati: see anu˚, -pp mita
■ Cp. anu˚, abhi˚, ni˚, pa˚, vi˚. Caus. māpeti (q.v.).
roots (Vedic) mā & mi; pres. minūte & minoti; Idg. *me, cp. Sk. mātra measure, māna; Av. mā-mitiḥ measure; Gr. μάτιον small measure, μ ̈ητις counsel Lat.; metior, mensis, modus; Goth. mēla bushel; Ags. maed measure (cp. E. mete, meet fitting); Lith. mẽtas year
■ The Dhtm.726 gives mi in meaning “pamāṇa”
to diminish; also: to hurt injure. Very rare, only in some prep. combinations
■ See also mīyati.
Vedic mināti, mī (or mi), to diminish; cp. Gr. μινύω diminish; Lat. minor = E. minor; Goth. mins (little), compar, minniza, superl. minnists = Ger mindest
■ The Dhtp.502 gives mi with “hiṃsā,” the Dhtm.725 with “hiṃsana.” It applies the same interpretation to a root midh (Dhtm.536), which is probably abstracted fr. Pass. mīyati
to die
corresponding to Vedic mriyate, fr. mr, viâ *mīryate → miyyati. See marati
a barbarian, foreigner, outcaste hillman SN.v.466; Ja.vi.207; DN-a.i.176; Snp-a.236 (˚mahātissa-thera Np.), Snp-a.397 (˚bhāsā foreign dialect) The word occurs also in form milakkhu (q.v.).
cp. Ved. Sk. mleccha barbarian, root mlecch, onomat. after the strange sounds of a foreign tongue cp. babbhara & mammana
a non-Aryan DN.iii.264 Thag.965 (˚rajana “of foreign dye” trsl.; Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. translates “vermiljoen kleurig”). As milakkhuka at Vin.iii.28, where Bdhgh explains by “Andha-Damil’ ādi.”
the Prk. form (A-Māgadhī, cp. Pischel, Prk. Gr. 105, 233) for P. milakkha
a wild man of the woods, non-Aryan, barbarian Ja.iv.291 (not with C. = janapadā), cp. luddā m. ibid., and milāca-puttā Ja.v.165 (where C. also explains by bhojaputta, i.e. son of a villager).
by-form to milakkha, viâ *milaccha → *milacca → milāca: Geiger, Pali Grammar § 62#2; Kern, Toevoegselen s. v.
faded, withered, dried up Ja.i.479; Ja.v.473; Vism.254 (˚sappa-piṭṭhi, where Kp-a.49 in same passage reads “milāta-dham(m)ani-piṭṭhi”); Dhp-a.i.335 Dhp-a.iv.8 (sarīra), Dhp-a.iv.112; Snp-a.69 (˚mālā, in simile); Mhvs.22 Mhvs.46 (a˚); Sdhp.161.
pp. of milāyati
feminine only neg. a˚; the (fact of) not being withered Ja.v.156.
abstr. fr. milāta
to relax, languish, fade wither SN.i.126; Iti.76; Ja.i.329; Ja.v.90
caus milāpeti [Sk. mlāpayati] to make dry, to cause to wither Ja.i.340 (sassaṃ); fig. to assuage, suppress, stifle Ja.iii.414 (taṇhaṃ)
pp milāta.
Vedic mlā, to become soft; ldg. *melā & *mlei;, as in Gr. βλας, βλακεύω to languish; Lat. flaccus withered (= flaccid); Lith. blakà weak spot; also Gr. βληξρός weak
■ Dhtp.440: “milā = gatta-vimāne” (i.e. from the bent limbs); Dhtm.679 id.
at Pv-a.144 in passage paṃsukūlaṃ dhovitv-âbhisiñcimillikañ ca katvā adāsi is to be read either as “abhisiñci cimillikañ ca k.” or “abhisiñcitvā mudukañ ca k.”
at SN.ii.228 is to be read mīḷhakā (q.v.).
to wink (one’s eyes): see ni˚.
miṣ, Vedic miṣati, root given as misa at Dhtm.479, with expln “mīlane”
adjective
orig. pp. of miś, cp. Vedic miśra. Sk. miśrayati, mekṣayati; Gr. μίγνυμι & μίσγω; Lat. misceo mixtus; Ags. miscian = mix; Ohg. miskan
■ Dhtp.631 “sammissa”
adjective noun
fr. missa
neuter mixing, mixture, combination with (-˚) Tikp.291.
abstr. fr. missaka
neuter mixing Dhtp.338.
fr. misseti
mixed, intermingled Snp.243; Ja.v.460; Pv-a.198 (dhañña sāsapa-tela˚); Vv-a.280 (see under missa-kesī).
pp. of misseti
pp missita.
Caus. of miś, Vedic miśrayati
is given as root mih in 2 meanings at Dhtp, viz. 1 īsa-hasana (No. 328), i.e. a kind of laugh, for smi as in mihita. 2 secana (No. 342).
neuter a smile Ja.iii.419; Ja.v.452; Ja.vi.504- mihita-pubba with smiles Thag.460 (spelt mhita˚) Ja.vi.221 (= sita C.)
■ Cp. vimhaya, vimhāpaka vimhita.
pp. of smi; this is the inverted-diaeretic (Pāli) form (smita → *hmita → *mhita → mihita) for the other (Sk.) form smita (q.v.). The Dhtp (328) puts root down as mih
to wink, only in cpd. nimīlati to close the eyes (opp um˚).
mīl, given at Dhtp.267 & Dhtp.614 with “nimīlane”
excrement MN.i.454 = MN.iii.236 (˚sukhaṃ vile pleasure); AN.iii.241, AN.iii.242; Thag.1152; Ja.ii.11; Ja.vi.112; Vv.52#11 (with ref. to the gūthaniraya); Pv.iii.4#5 (= gūtha Pv-a.194); Dhp-a.ii.53 (˚ṃ khādituṃ).
pp. of mih, Vedic mehati to excrete water, i.e. urine, only with ref. to the liquid; Sk. mīḍha = Lat. mictus pp. of mingo, to urinate. Cp. Av. maēƶaiti to urinate meƶ urine; Gr. ὀμιξεϊν & ο ̓́μιξμα id.; Ags. mīgan to ur.; in Ohg. mist & Ags. miox the notion refers more to the solid excrement, as in Pāli
■ A related root; *meigh to shed water is found in megha, cloud (watershedder), q.v. for further cognates
feminine cesspool SN.ii.228 (so read for T. piḷhakā; variant reading BB miḷhakā) See also piḷhakā. The trsl. (K.S. ii.155) gives “dungbeetle.”
fr. mīḷha; cp. BSk. mīḍha-ghaṭa
a bud; see makula (where also see mukulita)
■ Abhp.811, Abhp.1116.
cp. Sk. mukula
only in um & paṭi˚; (q.v.), and as variant reading at MN.iii.61.
pp. of muc, Sk. mukta, for the usual P. mutta; cp. Prk. mukka, Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 566
at Ja.i.441 should be read as mokkhaka, meaning “first, principal, foremost”; cp. mokkha2.
neuter
-ādhāna 1 the bit of a bridle MN.i.446; (2) setting of the mouth, i.e. mouth-enclosure, rim of the m.; in m siliṭṭhaṃ a well-connected, well-defined mouth-contour Dhs-a.15 (not with trsl. “opens lightly,” but better with note “is well adjusted,” see Expos. 19, where write ˚ādhāna for ˚ādāna). -āsiya (? cp. āsita1) to be eaten by the mouth Dhs-a.330 (mukhena asitabba) -ullokana looking into a person’s face, i.e. cheerful bright, perhaps also flattering Dhp-a.ii.193 (as ˚olokana) -ullokika flattering (cp. above) Mnd.249 (puthu Satthārānaṃ m. puthujjana); Pv-a.219. -odaka water for rinsing the mouth Cnd.39#1 = Mil.370; Vv-a.65; Dhp-a.ii.19; Dhp-a.iv.28. -ja born in (or from) the mouth, i.e. a tooth Ja.vi.219. -tuṇḍa a beak Vv-a.227 [cp. BSk mukhatuṇḍaka Divy.387]. -dugga one whose mouth is a difficult road, i.e. one who uses his mouth (speech badly Snp.664 (variant reading ˚dukkha). -dūsi blemishes of the face, a rash on the face DN-a.i.223 (m dosa ibid.) -dvāra mouth opening Pv-a.180. -dhovana-ṭṭhāna place for rinsing the mouth, “lavatory” Dhp-a.ii.184 -puñchana wiping one’s mouth Vin.i.297. -pūra filling the mouth, a mouthful, i.e. as much as to fill the mouth Ja.vi.350. -pūraka mouth-filling Vism.106 -bheri a musical instrument, “mouth-drum,” mouthorgan (?) Cnd.219 B; Snp-a.86. -makkaṭika a grimace (like that of a monkey) of the face Ja.ii.70, Ja.ii.448 (T makkaṭiya). -vaṭṭi “opening-circumference,” i.e. brim, edge, rim Dhp-a.ii.5 (of the Lohakumbhi purgatory cp. Ja.iii.43 lohakumbha-mukhavaṭṭi); Dhp-a.iii.58 (of a gong). -vaṇṇa the features Pv-a.122, Pv-a.124. -vikāra contortion of the mouth Ja.ii.448. -vikūṇa (= vikāra grimace Snp-a.30. -saṅkocana distortion or contraction of the mouth, as a sign of displeasure Dhp-a.ii.270 cp. mukha-sankoca Vism.26. -saññata controlling one’s mouth (i.e. speech) Dhp.363, cp. Dhp-a.iv.93.
Vedic mukha, fr. Idg. *mu, onomat., cp. Lat. mu facere, Gr. μυκάομαι, Mhg. mūgen, Lat. mūgio to moo (of cows), to make the sound “moo”; Ohg māwen to cry, muckazzen to talk softly; also Gr. μϋχος word, “myth”; Ohg. mūla = Ger. maul; Ags. mule snout, etc. Vedic mūka silent, dumb = Lat. mutus = E mute
adjective garrulous, noisy, scurrilous SN.i.203; SN.v.269; AN.i.70; AN.iii.199, AN.iii.355 Thag.955; Snp.275; Ja.iii.103; Dhp-a.ii.70 (ati˚); Pv-a.11-opp. amukhara MN.i.470; Thag.926; Pp.35; Mil.414.
cp. Sk. mukhara; fr. mukha
feminine talkativeness, garrulousness, noisiness Dhp-a.ii.70.
fr. mukhara
a kind of kidney-bean, Phaseolus mungo, freq. combined with māsa2 (q.v.). On its size (larger than sāsapa smaller than kalāya) see AN.v.170 & cp. kalāya
■ DN.ii.293; MN.i.57 (+ māsa); SN.i.150; Ja.i.274, Ja.i.429; Ja.iii.55 Ja.vi.355 (˚māsā); Mil.267, Mil.341; Snp-a.283.
Vedic mudga, cp. Zimmer, Altind. Leben 240
neuter? a plant, according to C. a species of bean Ja.vi.536.
fr. mugga?
a club, hammer, mallet Ja.i.113; Ja.ii.196, Ja.ii.382; Ja.v.47; Ja.vi.358; Mil.351; Vism.231; Dhp-a.i.126; Dhp-a.ii.21; Pv-a.4, Pv-a.55 (ayo˚), Pv-a.56 (˚pahāra), Pv-a.66, Pv-a.192. The word is specifically peculiar to the so-called Jātaka style.
cp. Sk. mudgara
occurs as simplex only in Np. Mahā- mucala -mālaka Mhvs.15, Mhvs.36. It refers to the tree mucalinda, of which it may be a short form. On the other hand mucal-inda appears to the speaker of Pāli a cp. noun, viz. king of the mucala(s) (trees). Its (late?) Sk. correspondent is mucilinda, of which the P. form may be the regular representative (cp. Geiger P.Gr. § 34).
pp mucchita.
murch, an enlargement of Vedic mūr to get stiff (as in mūra stupid, dull, cp. Gr. μωρός; Sk. mūrakha foolish). Used in 2 senses, viz. (a) to become stiff (b) (Caus.) to harden, increase in tone, make louder From (c) a fig. meaning is derived in the sense of to become dulled or stupid, viz. infatuated, possessed.; See also Lüders in K.Z. xlii.194 a. How far we are justified to connect Dhtp.216 mū & 503; mu (“bandhane”) with this root is a different question. These 2 roots seem to be without connections
■ mūrch itself is at Dhtp.50 defined with “mohe”
feminine swelling or rising in tone, increase of sound Ja.ii.249 (vīṇaṃ uttama-mucchanāya mucchetvā vādesi).
fr. mucchati 2
(˚añji˚) is probably the correct reading for puñcikatā
■ We find puñcikatā at Dhs.1136, Dhs.1230 Vb.351, Vb.361 (variant reading pucchañji˚); Dhs-a.365; mucchañci˚ at Mnd.8 & Cnd p. 152; pucchañji˚; at Vb-a.477. The meaning is “agitation,” as seen from expln of term at Dhs-a.365 (“wagging of a dog’s tail,” pucchaṃ cāleti) and Vb-a.477 (“lābhan’ âlābhanaka-ṭhāne vedhanā kampanā nīcavuttatā”)
■ The etym. expln is difficult we may take it as a (misunderstood) corruption of *mucch-aṅgi-kata i.e. mucchā + anga + kṛ; “being made stiff-of-limbs,” or “swoon.” Psychologically we may take “swoon” as the climax of agitation, almost like “hysterics.” A similar case of a similar term of swooning being interpreted by Bdhgh as “wavering (cal) is chambhitatta “paralysis,” explained as “sakalasarīra calanaṃ” at DN-a.i.50
■ The expression mucchañcikatā reminds us of the term kaṭukañcukatā.
fr. mūrch
pp. of mucchati
to sink, dive, be submerged Dhtp.70 (mujja = mujjana). Only in cpds um˚ & ni˚.
The P. form of the Sk. majj
The 2 bases muñc˚ & mucc˚; are differentiated in such a way, that muñc˚; is the active base, and mucc˚; the passive. There are however cases where the active forms (muñc˚) are used for the passive ones (mucc˚), which may be due simply to a misspelling ñc & cc being very similar
■ Cp pa˚, paṭi˚, vi˚. Note. At Dhp.71 muccati stands for muccheti (= Sk. mūrchati) to become stiff, coagulate curdle; cp. Dhp-a.ii.67. Muncana & Muccana;
Vedic muñcati; muc, to release, loosen; with orig. meaning “strip off, get rid of,” hence also “glide as in Lith. mūkti to escape, Ags. smūgan to creep Ger. schmiegen to rub against. See further connections in Walde, Lat. Wtb., s. v. emungo. The Dhtp.376 explains by mocane, Dhtm.609 id.; 631: moce; 765 pamocane
neuter
abstr. fr. muc
adjective sending out or forth, emitting Vv-a.303 (pabhā˚).
fr. muñcana
Vedic muñja, cp. Zimmer, Altind. Leben 72
see mutoḷī. Otherwise occurring in Np. Muṭa-siva at Mhvs.11, Mhvs.4.
having forgotten, one who forgets; only in two compounds, viz. -sacca [der. fr. foll. muṭṭha + sati + ya] forgetfulness, lit. forgotten-mindedness, usually combined with asampajañña, DN.iii.213; AN.v.149; Pp.21; Dhs.1349 (where read: yā asati ananussati… adhāraṇatā pilāpanatā sammussanatā) Vb.360, Vb.373; Vism.21; Dhp-a.iv.85; & -sati(n) (adj. “forgetful in mindfulness,” i.e. forgetful, careless bewildered [cp. BSk. amuṣitasmṛti Lal.562, to all appearance (wrongly) derived from P. musati to rob mus, muṣṇāti] DN.iii.252, DN.iii.282; SN.i.61 (+ asampajāna) Pp.21, Pp.35 (neither passage explained in PugA!); Ja.iii.488 Vb-a.275. As -satika at Mil.79
■ Note. muṭṭhasati with var. (unsuccessful) etym. is discussed in detail also by Morris, J.P.T.S. 1884, pp. 92–94.
pp. of mussati, mṛṣ
feminine the fist Vv-a.206 muṭṭhī katvā gaṇhāti to take by making a fist, i.e. clutch tightly, clenching one’s fist Ja.vi.331
■ muṭṭhiṃ akāsi he made a fist (as sign) Ja.vi.364. As-˚ often meaning “handful.”- ācariya- muṭṭhi close-fistedness in teaching, keeping things back from the pupil DN.ii.100; SN.v.153; Ja.ii.221, Ja.ii.250; Vv-a.138; Snp-a.180, Snp-a.368. kuṇḍaka˚; handful of rice powder Vv-a.5; Dhp-a.i.425 taṇḍula˚; handful of rice Pv-a.131. tila˚; do. of tilaseeds Ja.ii.278. paṃsu˚; do. of soil Ja.vi.405. ritta˚ an empty fist Snp-a.306 = Dhp-a.iv.38 (˚sadisa alluding to ignorance).
Vedic muṣṭi, m. f. Does defn “muṭ; = maddane” at Dhtm.125 refer to muṭṭhi?
fr. muṭṭhi
adjective bald, shaven; a shaven, (bald-headed) ascetic, either a samaṇa, or a bhikkhu or (f.) bhikkhunī SN.i.175 (m. sanghāṭi-pāruta); Vin.iv.265 (f.); Snp.p.80 (= muṇḍita-sīsa Snp-a.402)
■ kaṇṇa˚; with cropped or shorn ears (applied to a dog) Pv.ii.12#10, cp muṇḍaka.
cp. BSk. muṇḍa
= muṇḍa; cp. BSk. muṇḍaka Divy.13
■ Snp.p.80; Dhp.264 (= sīsa-muṇḍana-matta Dhp-a.iii.391 qualification of a shaveling); Vv-a.67 (˚samaṇā, Dvandva)
■ aḍḍha˚; shaven over one half the head (sign of loss of freedom) Mhvs.6, Mhvs.42
■ kaṇṇa˚; “with blunt corners,” Name of one of the 7 great lakes: see under kaṇṇa. -paṭisīsaka the chignon of a shaveling, in phrase: kāsāyaṃ nivāsetvā muṇḍaka-paṭisīsakaṃ sīse paṭimuñcitvā fastening the (imitation) top-knot of a shaveling to his head Mil.90; cp. Ja.ii.197 (paccekabuddha-vesaṃ gaṇhitvā paṭisīsakaṃ paṭimuñcitvā) similarly Ja.v.49.
neuter the fact of being shaven or shorn Pv-a.106.
abstr. fr. muṇḍa
neuter shaving, tonsure Dhp-a.iii.391
fr. muṇḍa
(-pabbata) bare (mountain), uncertain T. reading at Vv-a.302 for variant reading SS muṇḍa- pabbata (q.v.).
shaven Snp-a.402 (˚sīsa).
pp. of muṇḍeti
baldness, shaven condition (of ascetics & bhikkhus) MN.i.515; Snp.249; Kv.i.95 Sdhp.374.
abstr. fr. muṇḍa
to shave Mhbv.103
pp muṇḍita
■ The BSk. has only Caus. II muṇḍāpayati, at Divy.261. Should Dhtp.106 “muṇḍ khaṇḍha” be the defn of muṇḍati?
■ At Ja.iii.368 we find muṇḍati for muṇḍeti (kuṇṭha-satthena muṇḍanto viya), which should prob. be read muṇḍento.
Denom-Caus. from muṇḍa
thought, supposed, imagined (i.e. received by other vaguer sense impressions than by sight & hearing) MN.i.3; Snp.714 (= phusan’ arahaṃ Snp-a.498), Snp.812; Ja.v.398 (= anumata C.) Vb.14, Vb.429 sq
■ Often in set diṭṭha suta muta what is seen, heard & thought (? more likely “felt,” cp Cnd.298: diṭṭha = cakkhunā d., sutaṃ = sotena s. mutaṃ = ghānena ghāyitaṃ, jivhāya sāyitaṃ, kāyena phuṭṭaṃ, and viññātaṃ = manasā v.; so that from the interpretation it follows that d. s. m. v. refer to the action (perception) of the 6 senses, where muta covers the 3 of taste, smell & touch, and viññāta the function of the manas) SN.i.186 (K.S. i.237 note); SN.iv.73; Thag.1216. Similarly the psychol. analysis of the senses at Dhs.961: rūp’ āyatanaṃ diṭṭhaṃ; sadd-āyat. sutaṃ gandh˚, ras˚, phoṭṭhabb˚ mutaṃ; sabbaṃ rūpaṃ manasā viññātaṃ. See on this passage Dhs trsl. § 961 note. In the same sense Dhs-a.388 (see Expositor, ii.439)
■ DN.iii.232; Snp.790 (cp. Mnd.87 sq. in extenso Snp.793, Snp.798, Snp.812, Snp.887, Snp.901, Snp.914, Snp.1086, Snp.1122. Thus quite a main tenet of the old (popular) psychology.
for mata, cp. Geiger. P.Gr. § 18
feminine sense-perception, experience, understanding, intelligence Snp.864; Mnd.205 (on Snp.846 = hearsay, what is thought); Vb.325 (diṭṭhi, ruci muti, where muti is explained at Vb-a.412 as “mudatī ti muti”!) 328; Sdhp.221. Cp. sam˚.
for mati, cp. muta
a small drum, tabour DN.i.79; Vin.i.15; SN.ii.266 sq. (a famous mythological drum, called Ānaka; same also at Ja.ii.344); Ja.iv.395 (bheri +); Kp-a.49. Spelling mudiṅga at SN.ii.266; Ja.iv.395; Vism.250; Vb-a.232; Vv-a.210 (variant reading SS mutinga), Vv-a.340 (id.).
Sk. mṛdanga on d → t. cp. Geiger, P.Gr. § 23
adjective sensible, intelligent, wise Snp.539; as mutīmā at Snp.61, Snp.321, Snp.385; pl. 881; Ja.iv.76 (as mutīmā & mutimā); Cnd.511 = Cnd.259. Cp matimant.
fr. muti
a doubtful word occurring only in one stock phrase, viz. “ubhato-mukhā m. pūrā nānā-vihitassa dhaññassa” at MN.i.57 (vv.ll. putoḷi, mūṭolī) = MN.iii.90 (mūtoḷī) = DN.ii.293 (T. mutoli, variant reading muṭoli; gloss K pūtolī). The Dial. ii.330 trsl. “sample bag” (see note on this passage; with remark “spelling uncertain”) Neumann, Mittlere Sammlung i.101 trsls “Sack.” Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. mutoḷī tries to connect it with BSk moṭa (Hindi moṭh), bundle, which (with vv.ll. mūḍha muṭa, mūṭa) occurs only in one stock phrase “bharaiḥ motaiḥ piṭakaiḥ” at Divy.5, Divy.332, Divy.501, Divy.524. The more likely solution, however, is that mutoḷī is a distortion of puṭosā (puṭosa), which is found as variant reading to puṭaṃsa at all passages concerned (see puṭaṃsa). Thus the meaning is “bag, provision-bag.” The BSk. moṭa (muṭa) remains to be elucidated. The same meaning “provision-bag” fits at Vism.328 in cpd. yāna˚; where spelling is T. ˚paṭṭoli, variant reading BB ˚putoḷi, but which is clearly identical with our term. We should thus prefer to read yāna-puṭosi “carriage-bag for provisions.”
?
pp. of muñcati; Sk. mukta
neuter urine Vin.iv.266 (passāvo muttaṃ vuccati); Pv.i.9#1 (gūthañ ca m.); Pv-a.43, Pv-a.78 enumerated under the 32 constituents of the body (the dvattiṃs-ākāraṃ) at Kp iii. (cp. Kp-a.68 in detail on mutta; do. Vism.264, Vism.362; Vb-a.68, Vb-a.225, Vb-a.248 sq. = MN.iii.90 = DN.ii.293 etc.
cp. Vedic mūtra; Idg. *meud to be wet, as in Gr. μύζω to suck, μυδάω to be wet; Mhg. smuz (= Ger schmutz), E. smut & mud, Oir. muad cloud (= Sk mudira cloud); Av. muprem impurity, Mir. mūn urine Gr. μιαίνω to make dirty
adjective only in cpd. antarā˚; one who is released in the meantime Vin.ii.167.
mutta1 + ka
feminine = muttā; -maya made of pearls Mhvs.27, Mhvs.33.
feminine state of being liberated, freedom Ja.v.480.
abstr. fr. mutta1
feminine a pearl Vv.37#7 (˚ācita); Pv.ii.7#5 (+ veḷuriya); Mhvs.30, Mhvs.66. Eight sorts of pearls are enumerated at Mvu. 11, 14, viz. haya-gaja-rath’ āmalakā valay’anguli-veṭhakā kakudha-phala-pākatikā, i.e horse-, elephant-, waggon-, myrobalan-, bracelet-, ring-kakudha fruit-, and common pearls.
cp. Sk. muktā
feminine release, freedom, emancipation Snp.344 (muty-apekho); Mnd.88, Mnd.89 (+ vimutti & parimutti); Pv-a.35, Pv-a.46; Sdhp.492
■ Cp vi˚.
fr. muc, cp. Sk. mukti
a pearl vendor, dealer in pearls Mil.262.
fr. muttā
feminine a certain plant, perhaps Ptychotis ajowan Ja.vi.536.
cp. Sk. modayantī
feminine joy, pleasure DN.ii.214 (variant reading pamudā); Sdhp.306, Sdhp.308.
fr. mud, see modati
see mutinga.
pleased, glad, satisfied, only in cpd. -mana (adj.) with gladdened heart, pleased in mind Snp.680 (+ udagga); Vv.83#15 (+ pasanna-citta) Cp. pa˚.
pp. of mud, modati
feminine soft-heartedness, kindliness sympathy. Often in triad mettā (“active love” Snp-a.128), karuṇā (“preventive love,” ibid.), muditā (“disinterested love”: modanti vata bho sattā modanti sādhu sutthū ti ādinā mayena hita-sukh’ âvippayogakāmatā muditā Snp-a.128); e.g. at DN.i.251; SN.v.118; AN.i.196 etc. (see karuṇā)
■ Cp. also Snp.73; DN.iii.50 DN.iii.224, DN.iii.248; Mil.332 (˚saññā; + mettā˚, karuṇā˚); Vism.318 (where defined as “modanti tāya, taṃ-samangino sayaṃ vā modati etc.”); Dhs-a.192. See on term Dhs trsl. §251 (where equalled to συγξαιροσύνη); Cpd. 24 (called sympathetic & appreciative), 97 (called “congratulatory & benevolent attitude”); Expos. 200 (interpretation here refers to mudutā Dhs-a.151 “plasticity”).
abstr. fr. mudu, for the usual mudutā, which in P. is only used in ord. sense, whilst muditā is in pregnant sense. Its semantic relation to mudita (pp of mud) has led to an etym. relation in the same sense in the opinion of P. Commentators and the feeling of the Buddhist teachers. That is why Childers also derivers it from mud, as does Bdhgh
■ BSk. after the Pali: muditā Divy.483
adjective soft, mild, weak, tender DN.ii.17 = DN.iii.143 (+ taluṇa); AN.ii.151 (pañcindriyāni mudūni, soft, blunt weak: opp. tikkha); SN.ii.268 (˚taluṇa-hatthapādā) Snp.447 (= muduka Snp-a.393); Thag.460 (= loving) Pv.i.9#2; Vism.64; Pv-a.46, Pv-a.230. Compar. mudutara SN.v.201.
Vedic mṛdu, fr. mṛd: see maddati; cp. Lat. mollis (fr. *moldṷis); Gr. ἀμαλδύνω to weaken, Cymr blydd soft
adjective = mudu.
■ See also maddava, & cp. ati˚.
fr. mudu
feminine softness, impressibility, plasticity AN.i.9; DN.iii.153 (translation “loveliness”); Dhs.44 (+ maddavatā), Dhs.1340 (id.); Vism.463 sq.; Dhs-a.151 (= mudubhāva) cp. Dhs. trsl. §1340.
cp. Sk. mṛdutā; abstr. fr. mudu. See also muditā
feminine
cp. (late?) Sk. mudrā
adjective noun one who practises muddā (i.e. knowledge of signs) DN.i.51 (in list of occupations combined with gaṇaka & trsldDial. i.68 by “accountant” cp. Franke, Dīgha p. 53, “Finger-rechner”?) Vin.iv.8 (m., gaṇaka, lekhaka); SN.iv.376 (gaṇaka, m., sankhāyaka).
fr. muddā
feminine a seal ring, signet-ring, fingerring Ja.i.134; Ja.iii.416; Ja.iv.439; Dhp-a.i.394; Dhp-a.ii.4 (a ring given by the king to the keeper of the city gates as a sign of authority, and withdrawn when the gates are closed at night); Dhp-a.iv.222. aṅguli˚; finger-ring, signetring Vin.ii.106; Ja.iv.498; Ja.v.467
■ Similarly as at Dhp-a.ii.4 (muddikaṃ āharāpeti) muddikā is fig. used in meaning of “authority,” command; in phrase muddikaṃ deti to give the order, to command Mil.379 (with ref. to the captain of a ship).
fr. muddā
feminine a vine or bunch of grapes, grape, grape wine Vin.i.246 (˚pāna) Ja.iv.529; Dhp-a.ii.155.
fr. mudu, cp. *Sk. mṛdvīkā
infatuated, bewildered, foolish Ja.v.436.
pp. of muh, for the usual mūḷha, corresp. to Sk. mugdha. Not = mṛddha (of mṛdh to neglect which in P. is maddhita: see pari˚; nor = mṛdhra disdained
the head; top, summit. m. sg. muddhā Snp.983, Snp.1026, & muddhaṃ Snp.989; acc muddhaṃ DN.i.95; Snp.987 sq., Snp.1004, Snp.1025; Dhp.72 (= paññāy’ etaṃ nāmaṃ Dhp-a.ii.73); & muddhānaṃ MN.i.243 MN.iii.259 = SN.iv.56; instr. muddhanā Mhvs.19, Mhvs.30; loc muddhani Snp.689, Snp.987; MN.i.168; Vism.262; Mhvs.36 Mhvs.66, in meaning “on the top of (a mountain)”: Vin.i.5 (here spelt pabbata-muddhini) = SN.i.137; Ja.iv.265 (Yugandhara˚); Pv.ii.9#61 (Naga˚ = Sineru˚ Pv-a.138) Vism.304 (vammika˚ on top of an ant-hill)
■ Freq in phrase muddhā (me, or no, or te) sattadhā phaleyya as an oath or exclamn of desecration or warning “(your) head shall split into 7 pieces,” intrs. spelt both phal˚ & phāl˚ at Ja.v.92 (te s. phal˚); Mil.157; Dhp-a.i.17 (me… phāl˚), Dhp-a.i.41 (te phalatu s.), Dhp-a.i.42 (ācariyassa m s. phalissati); Dhp-a.iv.125 (no… phāleyya); Vv-a.68 (me s. phal˚)
■ In compound muddha˚.
Vedic mūrdhan, the P. word shows a mixture of a-and n-stem
feminine foolishness, stupidity, infatuation Ja.v.433 (variant reading muṭhatā, muddatā).
fr. muddha1
adverb for nothing, gratis Vv-a.77.
Class. Sk. mudhā
neuter fathoming, recognising, knowing; a C. word to explain “muni,” used by Dhpāla at Vv-a.114 (mahā-isibhūtaṃ… mahanten’ eva ñāṇena munanato paricchindanato mahā muniṃ), & Vv-a.231 (anavasesassa ñeyyassa munanato muni).
fr. munāti, almost equal to mona
to be a wise man or muni, to think, ponder, to know Dhp.269 (yo munāti ubho loke munī tena pavuccati), which is expld at Dhp-a.iii.396 as follows: “yo puggalo… tulaṃ āropetvā minanto viya ime ajjhattikā khandhā ime bāhirā ti ādinā nayena ime ubho pi atthe mināti munī tena pavuccati.” Note. The word occurs also in Māgadhī (Prk.) as muṇaï which as Pischel (Prk. Gr. § 489) remarks, is usually taken to man, but against this speaks its meaning “to know” & Pāli munāti. He compares maṇaï with Vedic mūta in kāma-mūta (driven by kāma; mūta = pp. of mū = mīv) and Sk. muni. Cp animo movere.
= manyate, prob. corresponding to Sk. med. manute, with inversion *munati and analogy formation after jānāti as munāti, may be in allusion to Sk. mṛṇāti of mṛ; to crush, or also mā mināti to measure out or fathom. The Dhtm.589 gives as root mun in meaning “ñāṇa.” The word is more a Com. word than anything else, formed from muni & in order to explain it
a holy man, a sage, wise man.
The term which was specialised in Brahmanism has acquired a general meaning in Buddhism & is applied by the Buddha to any man attaining perfection in self-restraint and insight. So the word is capable of many-sided application and occurs frequently in the oldest poetic anthologies, e.g. Snp.207–Snp.221 (the famous Muni-sutta mentioned Divy.20, Divy.35; Snp-a.518; explained Snp-a.254–Snp-a.277), Snp.414, Snp.462, Snp.523 sq., Snp.708 sq., Snp.811 sq., Snp.838, Snp.844 sq., Snp.912 sq. Snp.946, Snp.1074 & passim (see Pj. Index p. 749); Dhp.49, Dhp.225 Dhp.268 sq., Dhp.423
■ Cp. general passages & explains at Pv.ii.1#13; Pv.ii.13#3 (explained at Pv-a.163 by “attahitañ ca parahitañ ca munāti jānātī ti muni”); Mil.90 (munibhāva “munihood,” meditation, self-denial, abrogation) Dhp-a.iii.521 (munayo = moneyya-paṭipadāya maggaphalaṃ pattā asekha-munayo), Dhp-a.iii.395 (here explained with ref. to orig. meaning tuṇhībhāva “state of silence = mona)
The Com. & Abhidhamma literature have produced several schedules of muni-qualities, esp based on the 3 fold division of character as revealed in action, speech & thought (kāya˚, vacī˚, mano˚). Just as these 3 are in general exhibited in good or bad ways of living (˚sucaritaṃ & ˚duccaritaṃ), they are applied to a deeper quality of saintship in kāya-moneyya, vacīmoneyya mano-moneyya; or Muni-hood in action speech & thought; and the muni himself is characterised as a kāya-muni, vacī˚ & mano˚. Thus runs the long exegesis of muni at Cnd.514a = Mnd.57. Besides this the same chapter (514b) gives a division of 6 munis viz. agāra- muni, anagāra˚; (the bhikkhus), sekha˚; asekha˚; (the Arahants), pacceka˚; (the Paccekabuddhas) muni˚; (the Tathāgatas)
■ The parallel passage to Cnd.514#a at AN.i.273 gives a muni as kāya-muni, vācā & ceto˚ (under the 3 moneyyāni).
cp. Vedic muni, originally one who has made the vow of silence. Cp. Chh. Up. viii.5, 2; Pss. of the Br. 132 note. Connected with mūka: see under mukha. This etym. preferred by Aufrecht: Halāyudha p. 311 Another, as favoured by Pischel (see under munāti) is “inspired, moved by the spirit.” Pāli explains (popular etym.) are given by Dhammapāla at Vv-a.114 & Vv-a.231 see munana
crackling fire, hot ashes, burning chaff Ja.ii.134.
*Sk. murmura, lit. crackling, rustling; cp. Lat. murmur = E. murmur, Gr. μορμύρω to rustle, Ohg murmurōn & murmulōn = Ger. murmeln; all to Idg *mrem, to which Sk. marmara: see P. mammara & cp murumurā
to get bewildered to be infatuated, to become dull in one’s senses, to be stupified. Just as rāga, dosa & moha form a set, so do the verbs rajjati, dussati, muyhati, e.g. Mil.386 (rajjasi rajjanīyesu, dussanīyesu dussasi muyhase mohaniyesu). Otherwise rare as finite verb only Dhs-a.254 (in defn of moha) & Sdhp.282, Sdhp.605 (so read for mayhate)
pp mūḷha & muddha1.
Vedic muhyati, muh; defn Dhtp.343: mucchāyaṃ; 460: vecitte; cp. moha & momuha
neuter bewilderment, stupefaction, infatuation DN-a.i.195 (rajjana-dussana-m.).
fr. muyhati
cp. Epic. & Class. Sk. muraja, Prk. murava: Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 254
indeclinable the grinding, crackling sound of the teeth when biting bones, “crack”; in phrase m ti khādati to eat or bite up to bits Ja.i.342; Ja.v.21 (of a Yakkhinī, eating a baby).
onomat. to sound root mṛ; see mammara & mummura
= murumurāyati Ja.ii.127; Ja.iii.134; Ja.v.196 (˚etvā khādati).
to munch, chew, bite up with a cracking sound Ja.iv.491. Mulala & Mulali
Denom. fr. murumurā
feminine the stalk of the lotus: muḷālī Vin.i.215 (bhisa +); muḷāli Ja.vi.530 (= muḷālaka C.); muḷālikā Vin.i.215 (bhisa +); bhisa-muḷālaṃ (nt.) (collective cpd. fibre & stalks Vin.ii.201 = SN.ii.269; SN.iv.94; SN.v.39; Vism.361; Vb-a.66
■ muḷāli-puppha a lotus Thag.1089.
cp. Vedic mulālin. Zimmer, Altind Leben 70 mentions Bisa, Śāluka & Mulālin as edible roots of lotus kinds
■ Geiger, P.Gr. 12 & 43 puts muḷāla = Sk. mṛṇāla
to betray, beguile bewilder, dazzle, in cakkhūni m. DN.ii.183 (but translation “destructive to the eyes”); musati ‘va nayanaṃ Vv.35#3 (cp. Vv-a.161).
in this connection = mṛṣ in an active sense, as quâsi Denom. fr. musā. Not to muṣ to steal, which is given at Dhtp.491 with “theyya”
masculine neuter
cp. Vedic musala. The etym. is probably to be connected with mṛd (see maddati)
neuter a little pestle, a toy for little girls Dhs-a.321.
fr. musala
only in cpd. danta˚; (an ascetic) who uses his teeth as a pestle Ja.iv.8 (an aggi-pakkaṃ khādati, eats food uncooked, only crushed by his teeth).
adverb falsely, wrongly; uṣually with verbs vadati, bhanati bhāsati & brūti; to speak falsely, to tell a lie
■ AN.i.149 (opp. saccaṃ); Snp.122, Snp.158, Snp.397, Snp.400, Snp.757, Snp.883, Snp.967 Snp.1131; Mnd.291; Pv.i.3#3; Vv-a.72 (= abhūtaṃ atacchaṃ) Snp-a.19; Pv-a.16, Pv-a.152.
Vedic mṛṣā, fr. mṛṣ, lit. “neglectfully”
v. intrs. to forget, to pass into oblivion, to become bewildered to become careless DN.i.19 (sati m.); Ja.v.369 (id.); Snp.815 (= nassati Snp-a.536; = parimussati, paribāhiro hoti Mnd.144)
pp muṭṭha. Cpp. pa˚, pari˚.
= mṛṣ, mṛṣyati; to which musā “wrongly,” quite diff. in origin fr. micchā: mṛṣā → mithyā. Dhtm.437 defines by “sammose,” i.e. forgetfulness
masculine & neuter a moment, a very short period of time, an inkling, as we should say “a second.”-Its duration may be seen from descending series of time-connotations at Pv-a.198 (under jātakamma, prophesy by astrologers at the birth of a child): rāsi, nakkhatta, tithi, m.; and from defn at Cnd.516 by “khaṇaṃ, layaṃ, vassaṃ, atthaṃ.” Usually in oblique cases: muhuttena in a short time in a twinkling of an eye Pv-a.55; muhuttaṃ (acc.) a moment, even a second Snp.1138 (m. api); Dhp.65 (id.) Dhp.106; Pv-a.43.
Vedic muhūrta, fr. muhur suddenly
adjective only for a moment; -ā (f.) a temporary wife, in enumn of several kinds of wives at Vin.iii.139 & Vv-a.73. Syn. tan-khaṇikā.
fr. muhutta
is given as root as Dhtp.216 in meaning “bandhana.”
adjective dumb Vin.i.91 (andha, m., badhira); Snp.713; Dhp-a.ii.102 (andha, m., badhira); Snp-a.51 (in simile); Sdhp.12 Freq. combined with eḷa, deaf (q.v.).
Vedic mūka; see etym. under mukha
neuter
Vedic mūra & mūla. The root is given as; mūl in 2 meanings, viz. lit. “rohane” Dhtm.859, and fig. “patiṭṭhāyaṃ” Dhtm.391
adj. nt.
fr. mūla
adjective noun
fr. mūla
Vedic mūḍha, pp. of muh; cp. also muddha1 = Vedic mugdha
masculine & feminine a mouse DN.ii.107 = Pp.43 (f.); Vism.109 (m.), Vism.252 Kp-a.46 (m.); Mhvs.5, Mhvs.30 (m.); Vb-a.235.
Vedic mūṣikā, fr. mūṣ
feminine a mouse SN.ii.270 (mudu˚ a tender, little m.).
Venic mūṣ & mūḥ mouse or rat; cp. Lat. mūs Gr. μϋς, Ohg. mūs = E. mouse. Not to muṣ to steal but to same root as Lat. moveo, to move
is enclitic form of ahaṃ in var. cases of the sg. See under ahaṃ.
feminine a girdle Ja.v.202, Ja.v.294 (su˚, adj.); Ja.vi.456; Thag-a.35; Kp-a.109; Dhp-a.i.39; Pv-a.46.
cp. Vedic mekhalā
feminine a girdle Vin.ii.185 (ahi˚, consisting of a snake).
fr. mekhalā
a cloud Pv.ii.9#45; Vism.126; esp. a thundercloud storm, SN.i.100 (thaneti), SN.i.154; Thag.307 (as kāḷa) Iti.66; Ja.i.332 (pajjunna vuccati megha); Dhp-a.i.19; Snp-a.27 (˚thanita-sadda). In this capacity often called mahā-megha, e.g. Snp.30; Dhp-a.i.165; Kp-a.21; Pv-a.132
■ On megha in similes see J.P.T.S. 1907 124, 125.
Vedic megha; not to mih, mehati (see mīḷha), but to Idg. *meigh-, fog, rain; cp. Sk. miḥ mist; Av maēga cloud; Gr. ὀμίξλη fog, Lith. mighá fog, Dutch miggelen to drizzle, also Ags. mist = Oicel mistr “mist”
adjective black, dark blue Dhs-a.13.
cp. Vedic mecaka
to be fat, to be full of fat; fig. to be in love with or attracted by, to feel affection (this meaning only as a “petitio principii” to explain mettā) Dhs-a.192 (variant reading mijjati = siniyhati).
cp. Vedic midyati, to mid, see meda Dhtp.160, Dhtp.413 & Dhtm.641 give; mid with meaning “snehane”
adjective noun
*medhya; fr. medha
dial., cp. Prk. měṇṭha & miṇṭha: Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 293. The Dhtm (156) gives a root meṇḍ (meḍ) in meaning of “koṭilla,” i.e. crookedness. The Ved (Sk.) word for ram is meṣa
adjective
fr. meṇḍa
adj. nt. friendly, benevolent kind as adj. at DN.iii.191 (mettena kāya-kammena etc.), DN.iii.245 (˚ṃ vacī-kammaṃ); as nt. for mettā in compounds of mettā (cp. mettaṃsa) and by itself at DN.i.227 (mettaṃ + cittaṃ), perhaps also at Snp.507.
cp. Vedic maitra “belonging to Mitra”; Epic Sk. maitra “friendly,” fr. mitra
feminine to love, to be fat: “mejjati mettā siniyhatī ti attho” love, amity, sympathy, friendliness, active interest in others. There are var. defns & explains of mettā: the stereotype “metti mettāyanā mettāyitattaṃ mettā cetovimutti” Vb.86 = Vb.272; occurring as “metti mettāyanā mettāyitattaṃ anudā anudāyana anudāyitattaṃ hitesitā anukampā abyāpādo… kusalamūlaṃ” at Mnd.488 & Dhs.1056 (where T. mettaṃ for metti, but see Dhs trsl.2 253). By Bdhgh at Snp-a.128 explained in distinction fr. karuṇā (which is “ahita-dukkh-âpanayakāmatā”) as “hita-sukh-ûpanaya-kāmatā,” i.e. desire of bringing welfare & good to one’s fellow-men. Cp defn of mettā at Vism.317
■ Snp.73 (see Cnd.p.232) Snp.967; DN.iii.247 sq., DN.iii.279; Vism.111, Vism.321 sq.; Snp-a.54; Pv-a.66 (khanti, m., anudaya); Sdhp.484, Sdhp.487. Phrases occurring frequently: mettā ceto-vimutti DN.i.251; SN.ii.265; AN.iv.150; Iti.20; Vb.86 and passim mettā-sahagatena cetasā with a heart full of love DN.i.250; DN.ii.186; DN.iii.49 sq., DN.iii.78, DN.iii.223 sq.; SN.v.115; AN.i.183 AN.ii.129; AN.iv.390; AN.v.299, AN.v.344; explained in detail at Vism.308 mettaṃ karoti (loc.) to be friendly or sympathize with Mhvs.12, Mhvs.23
■ In compounds usually mettā˚, but shortened to metta˚; in metta- cittaṃ kindly thought, a heart full of love DN.i.167; DN.iii.237; Snp.507; Pv.ii.13#17; Ja.vi.71 and metta- jhāna love-meditation, as expln of m
■ citta at Snp-a.417; Pv-a.167.
abstr. fr. mitra = mitta, cp. Vedic maitraṃ. According to Asl.192 (cp. Expos. 258) derived fr. mid
to feel friendly, to show love, to be benevolent AN.iv.151; Dhs-a.194; Vb-a.75. With loc. to show friendship or be affectionate towards Ja.i.365; Ja.iii.96; Dāvs iii.34.
Denom. fr. mettā
feminine & Mettāyitatta (nt.): see defn of mettā. Metti & Metti
abstr. formations fr. mettā
feminine love, friendship Ja.iii.79; Ja.v.208; Vb-a.75. See also defn of mettā.
cp. Epic Sk. maitrī
feminine is occasional spelling for matteyyatā (q.v.), in analogy to petteyyatā; e.g. Cnd.294.
adjective noun
fr. Vedic mithuna pair, der. fr. mithu. Cp. micchā
fr. methuna
fat SN.i.124; Snp.196; Ja.iii.484 (ajakaraṃ medaṃ = ajakara-medaṃ C.); Kp iii. (explained at Vism.262 as “thīnasineha” thick or coagulated fluid or gelatine); Vism.361 Vb-a.66, Vb-a.225, Vb-a.245, Vb-a.249.
Vedic medas (nt.) fr. mid, see etym. under mada
in go˚; a precious stone of light-red (or golden) colour (cp. meda-vaṇṇa-pāsāṇa) Vv-a.111.
meda + ka
feminine the earth (also later Sk.) Mhvs.5, Mhvs.185; Mhvs.15 Mhvs.47; Vism.125.
of adj. medin, fr. meda fat, but cp. Vedic medin an associate or companion fr. mid in meaning to be friendly
to become fat MN.i.238.
Denom. fr. meda
sacrifice only in assa˚; horse-sacrifice & purisa˚; human s. (q.v.) e.g. at AN.iv.151; Snp.303
■ Cp. mejjha.
Vedic medha, in aśva, go˚, puruṣa˚ etc.
quarrel, strife Vin.ii.88 (˚ka) Thig.344; Snp.893, Snp.894 (= kalaha, bhaṇḍana, viggaha vivāda Mnd.302, Mnd.303), Snp.935 (T. ˚ka; Mnd.402 & Mnd.406 ˚ga with variant reading SS ˚ka); Dhp.6; Ja.iii.334 (˚ka; C. = kalaha), Ja.iii.488 (˚ga; C. ˚ka expln kalaha); Dhp-a.i.65.
cp. Sk. methana abusive speech; Vedic methati fr. mith to scold
adjective having wisdom or intelligence, wise, only in compounds bhūri˚; of great wisdom Snp.1131; & su˚; [Ved. sumedhas] very wise Vv.22#2 (= sundara-pañña Vv-a.111); Pv.iii.7#7 (both combined as bhūri-su-medhasa, hardly correct; variant reading M bhūrimedhasa Pv-a.205).
= Vedic medhas, as a- base
feminine wisdom, intelligence, sagacity Nd i.s. v. (m. vuccati paññā); Pp.25; Dhs.16; Dhs-a.148; Pv-a.40 (= paññā)
■ adj. sumedha wise clever, intelligent Snp.177; opp. dum˚; stupid Pv.i.8#2- khīṇa-medha one whose intelligence has been impaired stupefied Ja.vi.295 (= khīṇa-pañña).
Vedic medhā & medhas, perhaps to Gr.; μαχ˚ in μανχάνω (“mathematics”)
feminine cleverness, intelligence Vv-a.229.
abstr. fr. medhāvin
adjective intelligent, wise, often combined with paṇḍita & bahussuta;: DN.i.120; SN.iv.375; AN.iv.244; Vin.iv.10, Vin.iv.13, Vin.iv.141; Snp.323 (acc. medhāvinaṃ + bahussutaṃ), Snp.627, Snp.1008 (Ep. of Mogharājā), Snp.1125 (id.) Cnd.259 (s. v. jātimā, with var. other synonyms) Dhp.36; Ja.vi.294; Mil.21; Dhp-a.i.257; Dhp-a.ii.108; Dhp-a.iv.169; Vv-a.131; Pv-a.41.
medhā + in = *medhāyin → medhāvin; already Vedic, cp. medhasa
feminine pillar, part of a stūpa [not in the Canon?].
Vedic methī pillar, post (to bind cattle to); BSk. medhi Divy.244; Prk. meḍhi Pischel Gr. § 221 See for etym. Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. meta
adjective noun = medha in adj. use; only in cpd. dummedhin (= dum-medha) foolish, ignorant Dhp.26 (bālā dummedhino janā; = nippaññā Dhp-a.i.257).
neuter a sort of intoxicating liquor, spirits, rum, usually combined with surā. DN.i.146 DN.i.166; MN.i.238; Pp.55; Dhp.247; Ja.iv.117 (pupphāsav-ādi, i.e. made fr. flowers, cp. defn dhātakī-puṣpaguḍa-dhāny-āmla-sanskṛtaṃ by Mādhava, Halāy. p 314). Five kinds are given by Dhpāla at Vv-a.73 viz. pupph-āsava, phal’ āsava, madhv˚, guḷ˚, sambhārasaṃyutta
Epic Sk. maireya, cp. Halāyudha 2, 175 (Aufrecht p. 314); prob. dial.
in bhayamerita Ja.iv.424 = Ja.v.359 is to be read as bhaya-m-erita driven by fear; there is no need to change it with Kern, Toevoegselen to perita.
citron (= mātulunga) Ja.iii.319 (gloss bella).
dial. or uncertain reading?
late Vedic & Epic Sk. mokṣa, fr.; muc, see muñcati. Dhtp.539 mokkha = mocana; Dhtm.751 moca
adjective the headmost, first, foremost, in series aggo seṭṭho m uttamo AN.ii.95, where the customary tradition reads pāmokkha (see under mahā & cp. Cnd.502A).
fr. mukha 6; Vṛddhi form = *maukhya
= mokkha2; thus we should read at Ja.i.441 for mukkhaka.
masculine or ˚ā feminine tumbling, turning somersaults, an acrobatic feat; in list of forbidden amusements at DN.i.6 (cp. DN-a.i.86; samparivattaka-kīḷanaṃ, i.e. playing with something that rolls along, continuously turning The foll. sentence however seems to imply turning head over heels: “ākāse vā daṇḍaṃ gahetvā bhūmiyaṃ vā sīsaṃ ṭhapetvā heṭṭh-upariya (so read!)-bhāvena parivattana-kīḷanaṃ”; i.e. trapeze-performing. Cp Dial. i.10 & Vin. Texts ii.184). The list re-occurs at Vin.ii.10 (˚āya: f.! kīḷanti); Vin.iii.180; MN.i.266≈and AN.v.203 (with important variant reading mokkhaṭika, which would imply mokkha & ending; tiya, and not -cika at all The Cy. on this passage explains as: daṇḍakaṃ gahetvā heṭṭh-uppariya (sic. as DN-a.i.86; correct to upariya?-bhāvena parivattana-kīḷanaṃ). The word is found also at Vin.i.275, where the boy of a Seṭṭhi in Bārāṇasī contracts injuries to his intestines by “mokkhacikāya kīḷanto,” playing (with a) m
■ According to its use with kīḷati & in instr.; mokkhacikena (Cnd.219 may be either a sort of game or an instrument (toy) with which children play.
see on attempt at etym. Morris in J.P.T.S. 1885, 49 who takes mokkha as fr. muc “tumbling” & cika = “turning” fr. cak = cik. The word remains obscure, it must be a dialectical expression distorted by popular analogy & taken perhaps; from a designation of a place where these feats or toys had their origin. More probable than Morris’ etym is an analysis of the word (if it is Aryan) as mokkha mokkha2, in meaning “head, top,” so that it may mean “head over,” top-first” & we have to separate *mokkhac-ika the ˚ika representing ˚iya “in the manner of like” & -ac being the adv. of direction as contained in Sk. prāñc = pra-añc.
see under muñcati.
adjective empty, vain useless, stupid, foolish DN.i.187 (opp. to sacca), DN.i.199; Snp.354; Dhp.260 (˚jiṇṇa grown old in vain; C. explains as tuccha-jiṇṇa Dhp-a.iii.388); Dhp-a.i.110 (patthanā a futile wish); Pv-a.194
■ Opp. amogha SN.i.232; Ja.vi.26; Dhp-a.ii.34 (˚ṃ tassa jīvitaṃ: not in vain).
the Vedic mogha for the later Sk. moha, which is the P. noun moha; fr. muh. BSk. mohapuruṣa e.g. at Avs.ii.177; Mvu.iii.440
the plantain or banana tree’ Musa, sapientum Vin.i.246 (˚pāna drink made fr. M. s. one of the 8 permitted drinks); Ja.iv.181; Ja.v.405, Ja.v.465.
cp. *Sk. moca & mocā
delivery, setting free Dhtm.631, Dhtm.751, where Dhtp in same context reads mocana.
root-noun of moc, Caus. of muc
neuter
fr. moceti
adjective to be freed, able to escape, in dum˚; difficult to obtain freedom Ja.vi.234.
quâsi grd. formation fr. moceti
neuter causing one’s freedom, deliverance Ja.vi.134.
fr. Caus. ii. mocāpeti
one who sets free, a deliverer Mnd.32.
M. ag. fr. moceti
caus 2 mocāpeti to cause to be freed, to give freedom, to let loose Vin.iv.316 (opp. bandhāpeti).
Caus. of muñcati
see mutoḷī.
BSk. moṭa, Prk. mrḍa: Pischel § 166, 238
one who feels (or senses) that which can be felt (or sensed), in phrase “mutaṃ na maññati motabbaṃ (so read) na maññati motāraṃ” he does not identify what is sensed with that which is not sensed nor with what is to be sensed (motabba) nor with him who senses AN.ii.25; where motar & motabba correspond to sotar & sotabba & daṭṭhar & daṭṭhabba. The word does not occur in the similar passage MN.i.3.
n. ag. fr. munāti, more likely direct der. fr. muta, pp. of man, q.v.
cp. Epic. Sk. modaka in meaning 1
to rejoice, to enjoy oneself, to be happy AN.iii.40; Snp.561; Pv.i.5#4; Pv.ii.1#21
pp mudita (q.v.). For mohayamāna at Dhp-a.i.275 the better reading is modayamāna rejoicing, a ppr. med.
mud, cp. Vedic moda joy Dhtp.146: tose
neuter satisfaction, rejoicing Sdhp.229. Cp. sam˚.
fr. mud
feminine blending (?); Cy. expln at Dhs-a.143 of term āmodanā.
fr. mud
In modara at Ja.v.54 (of elephant’s teeth) Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. sees a miswriting for medura (full of, beset with), which however does not occur in Pali. The C expln is “samantato obhāsento,” i.e. shining.
neuter wisdom, character, self-possession Snp.540 (˚patha = ñāṇa-patha Snp-a.435), Snp.718, Snp.723; Mnd.57 Cnd.514 A (= ñāṇa & paññā); Thag.168 (what is monissaṃ? fut. 1st sg. of?).
fr. muni, equal to *maunya taken by Nd as root of moneyya
neuter state of a muni, muni-hood; good character, moral perfection This is always represented as 3 fold, viz. kāya˚, vacī˚ mano˚ (see under muni), e.g. at DN.iii.220; AN.i.273 Mnd.57; Cnd.514 A (where also used as adj.: moneyyā dhammā properties of a perfect character). Cp. also Snp.484, Snp.698, Snp.700 sq. On moneyya-kolāhala (forebodings of the highest wisdom) see the latter.
fr. muni, cp. Vedic moneya
adjective dull, silly, stupid, infatuated, bewildered (cp Cpd. 833) DN.i.27; AN.iii.164 sq.; Snp.840, Snp.841, Snp.1120 Mnd.153 (= manda), Mnd.192; Cnd.521 (= avidvā etc.) Pp.65.
intens
■ redupl. formation fr. moha & muh
neuter silliness, foolishness, bewilderment of the mind MN.i.520; AN.iii.119, AN.iii.191, AN.iii.219 (= mandatta); Pp.69.
abstr. fr. momūha
f. pea-hen a peacock Ja.ii.275 (˚upasevin, see C. on this passage), Ja.vi.218, Ja.vi.497; Pv-a.142; Dhp-a.i.394. A peacock’s tail (sometimes used as a fan) is denoted in var. terms in compounds, as mora-kalāpa Dhp-a.i.387; -piccha Vin.i.186 -piñcha Vin.ii.130; -pīñja Pv-a.142, Pv-a.176; Vv-a.147 -sikali (?) Kp-a.49; -hattha Vv.33#44 (= mayūra-piñjehi kataṃ makasa-vījaniṃ); Pv.iii.1#17. Perhaps also as morakkha “a peacock’s eye” at Vb-a.63 (morakkhaka loha, a kind of copper, grouped with pisācaloha). It is more likely however that morakkha is distorted fr. *mauryaka, patronymic of mura, a local (tribal) designation (cp. murala), then by pop. etym connected with mora peacock. With this cp. Sk moraka “a kind of steel” BR.
the contracted, regular P. form of *Sk. mayūra, viâ *ma-ūra → mora. See also Geiger, P.Gr. § 27 Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 166. Vedic only mayūrī
a tender grass (Achyranthes aspera) Vin.i.196.
cp. (scientific) Sk. mayūraka
feminine a peahen Mil.67.
fr. mora
masculine & feminine a chignon; crest, turban Ja.i.64; Ja.v.431; Mhvs.11, Mhvs.28; DN-a.i.136 (variant reading moḷi). Also found (as molin, adj.?) in Np Yama-moli: see under yakkha 5.
cp. Epic Sk. mauli, fr. mūla
(˚-) adjective noun belonging to or untruth, false-; only in compounds -dhamma of a deceitful nature, false, AN.v.84 (kāma); Snp.739, Snp.757 & -vajja [fr. musā-vāda] false-speaking, lie, untruth SN.i.169; Snp.819, Snp.866, Snp.943; Mnd.152, Mnd.265; Cnd.515; Vv.12#6.
the guṇa (compound) form of musā
adjective worthy of being slain (with clubs), punishable AN.ii.241.
fr. musala
stupidity, dullness of mind & soul, delusion bewilderment, infatuation DN.iii.146, DN.iii.175, DN.iii.182, DN.iii.214, DN.iii.270; Vin.iv.144, Vin.iv.145; Snp.56, Snp.74, Snp.160, Snp.638, Snp.847; Vb.208, Vb.341 Vb.391, Vb.402; Pp.16; Tikp.108, Kp.122, Kp.259
■ defined as “dukkhe aññāṇaṃ etc., moha pamoha, sammoha avijj’ ogha etc.,” by Cnd.99 & Vb.362; as “muyhanti tena, sayaṃ vā muyhati, muyhana-mattaṃ eva vā tan ti moho” and “cittassa andha-bhāva-lakkhaṇo, aññāṇalakkhaṇo vā” at Vism.468
■ Often coupled with rāga & dosa; as one of the 3 cardinal affects of citta, making a man unable to grasp the higher truths and to enter the Path: see under rāga (& Cnd p. 237, s. v. rāga where the wide range of application of this set is to be seen). Cp. the 3 fires: rāg-aggi, dos-aggi, moh-aggi Iti.92; DN.iii.217 also rāga-kkhaya, dosa˚, moha˚ Vb-a.31 sq
■ On combination with rāga, lobha & dosa see dosa2 and lobha
■ On term see also Dhs trsl. §§ 33, 362, 441 Cpd 16, 18, 41, 113, 146
■ See further DN.i.80 (samoha-cittaṃ); Mnd.15, Mnd.16 (with lobha & dosa); Vv-a.14; Pv-a.3
■ amoha absence of bewilderment Vb.210 (+ alobha, adosa; as the 3 kusala-mūlāni: cp. mūla 3), Vb.402 (id., as kusala-hetu)
■ Cp. pa˚, sam˚.
fr. muh, see muyhati; cp. Sk. moha & Vedic mogha
neuter infatuation, bewilderment AN.ii.120; AN.iii.376.
abstr. fr. moha
neuter making dull or stupid, infatuation, enticement, allurement Snp.399, Snp.772 (= mohanā vuccanti pañca kāmaguṇā Mnd.26). The Sk. meaning is also “sexual intercourse” (cp. Halāyudha p. 315), which may apply to the Snp p.ssages Snp-a.517 (on Snp.772) explains “mohanaṃ vuccati kāmaguṇā, ettha hi deva-manussā muyhanti.”
fr. muh as Caus. formn
adjective leading astray, bewildering, leading into error Vin.iv.144. Mohaneyya & Mohaniya;
fr. mohana
adjective leading to infatuation AN.ii.120; AN.iii.110; Ja.iii.499.
grd. formn fr. moha
to deceive, to befool, to take in, surprise, delude, aor 2nd sg. amohayi Snp.352; 3rd sg. amohayi SN.iv.158; Iti.58 (maccu-rājan; vv.ll. asamohayi & asamohari) reading somewhat doubtful, cp. similar context Snp.1076 with “sabbesu dhammesu samūhatesu” (variant reading samoha˚).
3rd sg. (poet.) also amohayittha Snp.332 (mā vo pamatte viññāya maccurājā amohayittha vasānuge cp. Sn ed. p. 58)
■ On mohayamāna Dhp-a.i.275 see modati.
Caus. fr. muh, see muyhati & cp. moha
combination consonant (sandhi), inserted (euphonically) between 2 vowels for the avoidance of hiatus. It has arisen purely phonetically from i as a sort of “gliding or semi-vowel within a word, where the syllable division was in regular speech more openly felt than in the written language, e.g. pari-y-āpanna (Pāli) corresponds to Sk. pary-āpanna, similarly pari-y-osāna = Sk paryosāna. Thus inserted after a before i or e: chay-imā disā DN.iii.188; ta-y-idaṃ Snp.1077; Pv.i.3#3 tava-y-idaṃ Snp.352; na-y-idaṃ SN.ii.278; mama-y-idaṃ Snp.806; na-y-idha Snp.790; mā-y-idha Vin.i.54; yassay-etādisī pajā DN.ii.267 (variant reading ss for T yassa-s-etādisī) satiyā-y-etaṃ adhivacanaṃ MN.ii.260; na-y-imassa Pv.iv.1#2
■ After i before a: pāvisi-y-assamaṃ Ja.v.405 khaṇi-y-asmani Ja.iii.433; yā-y-aññaṃ Ja.i.429 (where C. explains: ya-kāro paṭisandhi-karo)
■ Cp. yeva for eva
■ Note. At Ja.vi.106 ya-y-ime jane is to be taken as ye ime jane; the spelling ay for e being found elsewhere as well. Cp. the following ta-y-ime jane.
(See inflection also at Geiger, P.Gr. § 110.) The decl. is similar to that of ta˚ among the more rarely found forms we only mention the foll.
■ sg. nom. m. yo with by-form (in hiatus) yv- as yv’āyaṃ = yo ayaṃ MN.i.258; yv’āssa = yo assa MN.i.137 Notice the lengthening of the subsequent vowel. An unsettled ya is to be found at Ja.v.424 (Fausböll remarks “for yassā”?; perhaps to be combined with preceding pañcapatikā; C. on p. 427 explains ya-kāro nipātamatto)
■ abl. yasmā in adv. use; yamhā Dhp.392
■ loc. yamhi Dhp.261, Dhp.372, Dhp.393
■ f. loc. yassaṃ AN.iii.151 (see below). See further adv. use of cases (below ii.5)
■ At Pv.ii.1#6 yāhi is doubtful (perhaps imper. = yajahi, of yajati; C. leaves it unexplained).
Special mention must be made of the nt. n. acc. sg. where both yaṃ and yad are found. The (Vedic) form yad (Ved. yat) has been felt more like ya + expletive (Sandhi-) d, and is principally found in adv. use and certain archaic phrases, whereas yaṃ represents the usual (Pali) form (like tad and taṃ). See more under II
■ A Māgadhized form is ye (after se = taṃ), found at DN.ii.278 (see Geiger § 1052 & 1102. Cp. Trenckner Notes 75.). The expression ye-bhuyyena may belong under this category, if we explain it as yad + bhuyyena (bhuyyena equivalent to bhiyyoso). It would then correspond to seyyathā (= sad + yathā, cp. sayathā sace, taṃyathā). See refs. under yebhuyyena
■ The expression yevāpanaka is an adj. formn from the phrase ye-vā-pana (= yaṃ vā pana “whatever else there is”) i.e. belonging to something of the same kind, i.e. corresponding, reciprocal, as far as concerned, respective (See s. v.)-In adv. use it often corresponds to E. as; see e.g. yad-icchakaṃ, yad-idaṃ (under ii.2 b ii.4 b.).
“which,” in correspondence to a following demonstr. pron. (ta˚); whichever (generalizing); nt. what, whatever. In immediate combination with the demonstr. pron. it is qualifying and specifying the person, thing or subject in discussion or question (see below 4).
pron. rel. base; Vedic yaḥ = Gr. ο ̔́ς who; cp. Goth. jabai if, -ei rel. part. An amplification of the dem pron. base *i-, *ei-(cp. ayaṃ). See on detail Brugmann “Die indogerm. Pronomina” in Ber. d. sächs Ges. LX. 41 sq.
neuter the liver Kp iii. MN.i.57, MN.i.421; DN.ii.293; AN.v.109; Mil.26; Vism.257 Vism.356; Vb-a.60, Vb-a.240. The old n-stem is to be seen in cpd yaka-peḷa (q.v.). Yaka-pela
fr. gen. yaknaḥ or sec. stem yakan-of Vedic yakṛt; cp. Av. yākars; Gr. ἡπαρ, Lat. jecur. In formation cp. P. chakana fr. Ved. śakṛt.
the lump of the liver Snp.195 (= yakana-piṇḍa Snp-a.247) = Ja.i.146. Dines Andersen suggests: “Could y- p. possibly be an old error for sakapeḷa cp. Sk. śaka-piṇḍa & śakṛt-piṇḍa?” Cp. paṭala (ref. Vism.257). Ya-kara
see peḷa
ya + kāra
-ānubhāva the potency of a yakkha Ja.i.240. -āviṭṭha possessed by a y. Ja.vi.586. -iddhi (yakkh˚) magic power of a y. Pv-a.117, Pv-a.241. -gaṇa the multitude of ys. Ja.vi.287. -gaha = following Dhp-a.iii.362. -gāha “yakkha-grip,” being seized by a y. SN.i.208; Pv-a.144 -ṭṭhāna the dwelling-place of a y. -dāsī “a female temple slave,” or perhaps “possessed by a demon (?) Ja.vi.501 (variant reading BB devatā-paviṭṭhā cp. p. Ja.vi.586 yakkh’ āviṭṭhā.) -nagara city of ys. Ja.ii.127 (= Sirīsavatthu); cp. pisāca-nagara. -pura id. Mhvs.7.32 -bhavana the realm or abode of the y. Mnd.448. -bhūta a yakkha-being, a ghost Pv.iii.5#2 (= pisāca-bhūta vā yakkha-bh. vā Pv-a.198); Pv.iv.1#35. -mahiddhi = ˚iddhi Pv.iv.1#54. -yoni the y
■ world, realm of the y. Snp-a.301 -samāgama meeting of the y. Pv-a.55 (where also devaputtā join). -sūkara a y. in the form of a pig Vb-a.494. -senā army of ys. DN.iii.194; Snp-a.209 -senāpati chief-commander of the yakkha-army Ja.iv.478; Snp-a.197.
Vedic yakṣa, quick ray of light, but also “ghost”; fr. yaks to move quickly; perhaps: swift creatures changing their abode quickly and at will
■ The customary (popular) etym. of Pali Commentators is y. as quâsi grd. of yaj, to sacrifice, thus: a being to whom a sacrifice (of expiation or propitiation) is given. See e.g. Vv-a.224: yajanti tattha baliṃ upaharantī ti yakkhā; or Vv-a.333: pūjanīya-bhavato yakkho ti vuccati
■ The term yakṣa as attendants of Kubera occurs already in the Upanishads.
neuter condition of a higher demon or yakkha DN.ii.57; AN.ii.39; Pv-a.117.
fr. yakkha
feminine a female yakkha, a vampire. Their character is usually fierce & full of spite & vengeance, addicted to man- & beast-murder (cp. yakkha 2). They are very much like Petīs in habits. With their names cp. those of the yakkhas, as enumerated under yakkha 4
■ Vin.iii.37 Vin.iv.20 (where sexual intercourse with y. is forbidden to the bhikkhus); SN.i.209 (Piyankara-mātā); Ja.i.240 (as a goat), Ja.i.395 sq.; Ja.ii.127; Ja.iii.511; Ja.v.21 (eating a baby), Ja.v.209 (eaten by a y.); Ja.vi.336 (desirous of eating a child) Vism.121 (singing), Vism.382 (four: Piyankara-mātā, Uttaramātā Phussa-mittā, Dhammaguttā), Vism.665 (in simile) Mhvs.7, Mhvs.11 (Kuvaṇṇā, i.e. bad-coloured); Mhvs.10, Mhvs.53 (Cetiyā); Mhvs.12, Mhvs.21 (Hāritā “Charming” or fr. harita “green” (?)); Dhp-a.i.47; Dhp-a.ii.35, Dhp-a.ii.36 (a y. in the form of a cow, eating 4 people in successive births). Note. A by-form of yakkhinī is yakkhī.
fr. yakkha, perhaps corresponding directly to Vedic yakṣiṇī, f. of yakṣin; adj. persecuting, taking vengeance, applied to Varuṇa at RV. vii.884
feminine = yakkhinī SN.i.11; Vin.iii.121; Vin.iv.20; Ja.iv.492; Mhvs.7, Mhvs.26.
direct formation fr. yakkha, like petī fr. peta; form older than yakkhinī (?)
indeclinable hortative part, used in addressing a (superior) person in the voc., followed by Pot. of jānāti, either 2nd jāneyyāsi, or 3rd sg. jāneyya; to be trsld somewhat like “look here, don’t you know, surely, you ought to know; now then; similarly to part. yaṃ nu, yaṃ nūna & yaṃ hi. The part. is found in the language of the Nikāyas only, thus indicating part of the oldest & original dialect. E.g.: y. bhante jāneyyāsi Vin.i.237; yagghe deva jāneyyāsi yo te puriso dāso… so… pabbajito do you know, Oh king DN.i.60 (trsl.: “if it please your majesty, do you know…”; DN-a.i.169 explains as “codan’ atthe nipāto”) y. ayye jāneyyāsi MN.ii.62; mahārāja j. MN.ii.71; id SN.i.101; y. bhavan jāneyya SN.i.180
■ The passage MN.ii.157 is somewhat doubtful where we find y. with the ind. and in var. forms (see v. l.) of yagghi & taggha “jānanti pana bhonto yagghe…,” with reply “na jānāma yagghe…” Perhaps the reading taggha would be preferable.
similar in formation & meaning to tagghe (q.v.). It is yaṃ (yad) + gha, the latter in a Māgadhised form ghe, whereas taggha (= tad + gha only occurs as such
to sacrifice, to make an offering (yaññaṃ); to give alms or gifts-In the P. literature it refers (with yañña, sacrifice) either (when critical) to the Brahmanic rites of sacrificing to the gods according to the rules initiated in the Vedas & Vedic literature; or (when dogmatical) to the giving of alms to the bhikkhu. In the latter sense it implies liberal donation of all the necessities of a bhikkhu ‣See enumerated under yañña. The latter use is by far the more frequent.
■ The construction is with the acc. of the deity honoured and the instr. of the gift
pres yajati DN.i.139; AN.i.168; AN.ii.43, AN.ii.44; Snp.505, Snp.509; DN-a.i.160
ppr yajanto DN.i.52; MN.i.404; Mil.21; gen pl. yajataṃ Snp.569 (= Vin.i.246, where reading is jayataṃ)
ppr med. yajamāna DN.i.138 (mahayaññaṃ); Snp.506; SN.i.233; Ja.vi.502, Ja.vi.505
imper 3rd sg. yajatu DN-a.i.297; med. yajataṃ DN.i.138 (= detu bhavaṃ DN-a.i.300). 2nd sg. yajāhi Ja.iii.519; Pv-a.280 and perhaps at Pv.ii.1#6 (for T. yāhi). 2nd med. yajassu Snp.302, Snp.506; Ja.v.488 (yaññaṃ), Ja.v.490 (id.)-Pot. 1st sg yajeyyaṃ DN.i.134; 3rd pl. yajeyyuṃ Ja.vi.211, Ja.vi.215 3rd sg. med. yajetha Dhp.106 (māse māse sahassena yo y. = dānaṃ dadeyya Dhp-a.ii.231), Dhp.108; Iti.98; AN.ii.43; Snp.463
fut 2nd sg. yajissasi Ja.iii.515; 1st sg yajissāmi Ja.vi.527 (pantha-sakuṇaṃ tuyhaṃ maṃsena) 3rd pl. yajissanti Ja.iv.184; 1st pl. yajissāma Ja.vi.132. aor. 1st sg. yajiṃ Thag.341; 3rd sg. ayajī Iti.102; yaji Mil.219, Mil.221
inf yajituṃ Mil.220; yiṭṭhuṃ DN.i.138 (yiṭṭhu-kāma wishing to sacrifice), and yaṭṭhuṃ in -kāma DN.ii.244; Snp.461
ger yajitvā DN.i.143; AN.ii.44; Snp.509; Ja.vi.137 (puttehi), Ja.vi.202; Pv.ii.9#56 (datvā + , i.e. spending liberally; cp. Pv-a.136); yajitvāna Snp.303, Snp.979
grd yajitabba Ja.vi.133 (sabbacatukkena)
pp yajita & yiṭṭha;
caus 1 yājeti Caus. ii. yajāpeti (q.v.).
yaj, cp. Vedic yajati, yajus, Yajur-veda. To Av. yaƶaitē to sacrifice, Gr. α ̔́ζομαι to revere, worship On etym. cp. also Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. aestimo
■ The Dhtp (62) defines root by “deva-pūjā, sangati-karaṇa dānesu,” i.e. “said of deva-worship, of assembling and of gifts.” Similarly Dhtm.79
neuter the act of sacrificing Ja.iii.518; Ja.vi.133; Cp.i.7#2 Vism.224; Pv-a.135.
late formation fr. yaj, yajati, for the earlier yañña
adjective one who sacrifices Ja.vi.133.
fr. yajana
to cause a sacrifice to be held AN.i.168 (yajati +).
Caus. ii. of yajati
sacrificed Mil.219; Ja.iv.19.
pp. of yajati
the Yajurveda, the 2nd of the Vedas, dealing with sacrifice Mil.178; DN-a.i.247; Snp-a.447. As yajuveda at Dpvs.v.62, where the 3 Vedas are enumerated as iruveda yaju˚ and sāma˚.
fr. Vedic yajus the sacrificial formula, + veda
The brahmanic ritual of Vedic times has been given a changed and deeper meaning. Buddhism has discarded the outward and cruel form and has widened its sphere by changing its participant, its object as well as the means and ways of “offering,” so that the yañña now consists entirely in a worthy application of a worthy gift to a worthy applicant. Thus the direct and as it were self-understood definition of yañña is at Cnd.523 given with “yañño vuccati deyyadhammo”, and as this the 14 constituents of the latter are enumerated; consisting of the 4 paccayas, and of anna, pāna, vattha yāna, mālā, gandhā, vilepana, seyya, avasatha, padīpeyya Cp. Mnd.373
The term parikkhāra, which refers to the requisites of the bhikkhu as well (see DN-a.i.204–DN-a.i.207), is also used in the meaning of “accessory instrument” concerning the brahmanic sacrifice: see DN.i.129 sq., DN.i.137 sq. They are there given as 16 parikkhāras as follows: (4) cattāro anumati-pakkhā viz the 4 groups khattiyas, ministers, brahmans and householders, as colleagues by consent; (8) aṭṭhangāni of a king-sacrificer; (4) cattār’ angāni of a purohita.
The term mahāyañña refers to the brahmanic ritual (so at MN.ii.204; Dhs-a.145, cp. Expositor 193); its equivalent in Buddhist literature is mahādāna, for which yañña is also used at Pv.ii.9#50 (cp. Pv-a.134).
The Jātakas are full of passages referring to the ineffectiveness and cruelty of the Brahmanic sacrifice e.g. Ja.iii.518 sq.; Ja.vi.211 sq., & cp. Fick, Sociale Gliederung p. 146 sq.
One special kind of sacrifice is the sabba-catukkayañña or the sacrifice of tetrads, where four of each kind of gifts, as elephants, horses, bulls and even men were offered: Ja.i.335; Ja.iii.44, Ja.iii.45; Pv-a.280. The number 4 here has the meaning of evenness completeness, or harmony, as we find it freq., in the notion of the square with ref. to Vimānas & lotus ponds (in Ja., Vv & Pv etc.); often also implying awfulness magic, as attached e.g. to cross-roads. Cp. the Ep of niraya (Purgatory) “catu-dvāra” (esp. at Pv.i.10) See compounds of catur. It may also refer to the 4 quarters of the sky, as belonging to the 4 Guardians of the World (lokapālā) who were specially worth offering to, as their influence was demonic (cp. Pv.i.4).
The prevailing meaning of yañña in the Suttapiṭaka is that of “gift, oblation to the bhikkhu, alms-giving.” cp. Snp.295 Snp.461 Snp.484 Snp.1043 At Vv.3426 the epithets “su-dinna, su-huta, su-yiṭṭha” are attributed to dāna.
The 3 constituents which occur under dāna & deyyadhamma as the gift, the giver and the recipient of the gift (i.e. the Sangha: cp. opening stanza Pv; i1 are similarly enumerated under yañña (or yaññapatha) as “ye yaññaṃ (viz. cīvaraṃ etc.) esanti” those who wish for a gift, “ye yaññaṃ abhisankharonti” those who get it ready, and “ye yaññaṃ denti” those who give it, at Cnd.70 (under appamatta). Similarly we find the threefold division of “yañña” (= cīvara etc.), “yaññayājaka” (= khattiyā, brāhmaṇā etc., including all 8 classes of men: see Cnd.p.129 s. v. khattiya, quoted under janab), and “dakkhiṇeyya” (the recipient of the gift, viz. samaṇa-brāhmaṇā, kapaṇ’addhikā vanibbakā yācakā) at Cnd.449#b (under puthū)
Cp. the foll. (mixed) passages: DN.i.97, DN.i.128–DN.i.144 (brahmanic criticised); DN.ii.353, DN.ii.354 (profitable and unprofitable criticised); MN.i.82 (brahm.); SN.i.76, SN.i.160; SN.ii.42 sq., SN.ii.63 SN.ii.207; SN.iii.337; SN.iv.41; AN.i.166; AN.ii.43 (nirārambhaṃ yaññaṃ upasankamanti arahanto, cp. Dhs-a.145); Snp.308 (brahm.), Snp.568 (aggihutta-mukhā yaññā: the sacrifices to Agni are the best; brahm.); Thag.341; Ja.i.83, Ja.i.343; Ja.iii.517 (˚ṃ yajati; brahm.); Ja.iv.66; Ja.v.491 Ja.v.492; Ja.vi.200 (yañña-kāraka-brāhmaṇa), Ja.vi.211 sq.; DN-a.i.267; Dhp-a.ii.6.
Vedic yajña, fr. yaj: see yajati. The metric reading in the Veda is sometimes yajana, which we are inclined to look upon as not being the source of the P. yajana
feminine “sacrificiality,” the function or ceremony of a sacrifice Ja.vi.202 (= yañña-vidhāna C.).
abstr. fr. yañña
feminine
cp. Vedic yaṣṭi. Another Pali form is laṭṭhi
held, checked, controlled, restrained, careful SN.ii.15, SN.ii.50; Snp.78, Snp.220, Snp.1079 (= yatta, paṭiyatta gutta etc. Cnd.525); Ja.vi.294 (C. appamatta; Kern Toevoegselen s. v. proposes reading yatta for yata Vism.201 (?). Esp. in two phrases: yat-atta (yata + attan) selfcontrolled one whose heart is kept down DN.i.57 (cp Dial. i.75); Snp.216, Snp.490, Snp.723; DN-a.i.168
■ yata-cārin living in self-restraint, living or behaving carefully Snp.971 (= yatta paṭiyatta gutta etc. Mnd.498); Mil.300 (+ samāhita-citta, where Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. proposes to read yatta-cārin for yata˚). A similar passage at Thag.981 reads yathā-cārin (q.v. for further expln). Cp. saṃyata & see also; yatta.
pp. of yam
to exert oneself, strive endeavour, to be cautious or careful; ppr. yataṃ Iti.120 (care, tiṭṭhe, acche etc.; Seidenstūcker trsls “gezügelt,” thus taking it in meaning of yata)
pp yatta.
yat, given by Dhtp.121 in meaning “yatana,” by Dhtm.175 as “paṭiyatana”
is given in meaning of “lead out” (?) at Dhtp.580 (“niyyātane”) and Dhtm.813 (id.).
unidentified, perhaps as expln of yati?
neuter endeavour, undertaking Ja.v.346 (C. explains samosaraṇa-ṭṭhāna?); Dhtp.121 (in expln of yatati1).
fr. yat, cp. Epic Sk. yatna
a Buddhist monk Mhvs.5, Mhvs.37 (racchāgataṃ yatiṃ); Mhvs.25, Mhvs.4; Mhvs.30, Mhvs.26 (mattikā-dāyakaṃ yatiṃ); Mhvs.32, Mhvs.32 (khīṇāsavassa yatino) Dāvs iv.33 (yatī); Vism.79 (vikampeti Mārassa hadayaṃ yatī); Pv-a.287 (instr. muni-vara-yatinā).
fr. yat, cp. Vedic yati leader, guide
adverb wherefrom, by which, out of which
the abl. case of ya˚, used as conjunction, Cp. Vedic yataḥ
strenuous, making an effort, watchful Cnd.525 (+ paṭiyatta, in exegesis of yata); Ja.iv.222 (+ paṭiyatta); Ja.vi.294 (Kern’s reading for yata; vv. ll saṃyata & sata, thus warranting yata); Mil.373 (˚payatta), Mil.378 (id. = in keen effort)
■ Note. Kern Toevoegselen s. v. would like to equal yatta = Sk. yatna effort.
pp. of yatati1
adjective however much, whatever, as many (in correlation with ta˚; or tattaka) Ja.v.74 (= yāvant); Vism.184 (yattakaṃ ṭhānaṃ gaṇhāti… tattakaṃ…), Vism.293 (yattakā = yāvatā); DN-a.i.118 (yattaka… tattaka as long as); Dhp-a.ii.50 (˚ṃ kālaṃ as long), Dhp-a.ii.128 Vb-a.73 (yattakaṃ ṭhānaṃ… tattakaṃ), Vb-a.391 (yattakāni kusala-cittāni… tesaṃ sabbesaṃ); Vv-a.175 (yattakāni… tāni as many… so many, i.e. whatever), Vv-a.285 (yattakā āhuneyyā nāma… tesu sabbesu…)
■ instr. yattakena as adv. “because on account of” Dhp-a.iii.383, Dhp-a.iii.393.
fr. yāvant, a late formation; cp. Trenckner, Notes, 80
adverb rel. adv. of place “where,” at which spot occasionally “at which time,” when; with verbs of motion = “whereto.”-DN.i.240 (whither); Snp.79, Snp.170 (here closely resembling yatra in meaning = “so that”), Snp.191, Snp.313, Snp.445, Snp.995, Snp.1037; Dhp.87, Dhp.127 (yattha ṭhita, cp Pv-a.104), Dhp.150, Dhp.171, Dhp.193, Pv-a.27
■ yattha vā tattha vā wherever (or whenever) Dhp-a.iv.162; similarly yattha yattha wherever (he likes) AN.ii.64. yattha kāmaṃ (cp. yathākāmaṃ in same meaning) where to one’s liking, i.e. wherever Dhp.35 (= yattha katthaci or yattha yattha icchati Dhp-a.i.295, Dhp-a.i.299), Dhp.326. Similarly we find yatth-icchakaṃ, almost identical (originally variant?) with yadicchakaṃ and yāvadicchakaṃ at Vism.154.
the regular P. form of Ved. yatra. See also P. yatra
adverb in which, where, since; only in phrase yatra hi nāma (in emphatic exclamations) with Fut. “as indeed, inasmuch as, that” SN.ii.255 (ñāṇabhūtā vata sāvakā y. h. n. savako ñassati etc.); Ja.i.59 (dhir-atthu vata bho jātiyā y. h. n. jātassa jarā paññāyissati “woe to birth that old age is to be noticed in that which is born!”); Mil.13 (acchariyaṃ vata bho… y. h. n. me upajjhāyo ceto-parivitakkaṃ jānissati).
the (older?) reconstituted Sk. form of P. yattha, cp. Vedic yatra in which, where. The P. form is younger than the Vedic, as the P. meaning is doubtful for the V. period. It is merely a differentiation of forms to mark a special meaning in the sense of a causal conjunction, whereas yattha is adv. (of place or time) only
adverb as, like, in relation to, after (the manner of)
■ As prep. (with acc.): according (to some condition, norm or rule): yathā kāmaṃ (already Vedic) according to his desire, after his liking Pv-a.113, Pv-a.136; y. kālaṃ in time timely Pv-a.78; matiṃ to his own mind or intention Pv.iv.1#67; ruciṃ to his satisfaction, amply, satisfactorily Pv-a.88, Pv-a.126, Pv-a.242; vibhavaṃ acc. to their wealth i.e. plentifully Pv-a.53; sukhaṃ as they liked or pleased Pv-a.133. Sometimes with loc.: yathā padese “according to place,” in the right place Ja.iii.391. Or instr.: y. sattiyā as much as you can Dhp-a.i.92; y. manena from his heart, sincerely, voluntarily Dhp-a.i.42
■ Also with ger. yathā haritvā according to his taking (or reward: see under cpd. ˚bhata) Iti.14 (y. h. nikkhipeyya which Seidenstücker, not doing justice to context translates “so wie man etwas nimmt und dann wegwirft”). With foll. adj. expressing something like “as it were” and often untranslateable (see compounds)
■ As conjunction: “as if,” or “so that” yathā mata like dead Dhp.21; yathā na “in order that not”: Vism.31 (y. sarīre ābādhaṃ na uppādeti, evaṃ tassa vinodan’ atthaṃ); Dhp-a.i.311 (y. assa patitaṭthānaṃ na passāmi, tathā naṃ chaḍḍessāmi: so that I shall not see…, thus shall I throw him)
■ As adv. just, as, so, even; in combination with other particles yathā kathaṃ pana how so then, how is it then that SN.ii.283 (cp. yathā tathaṃ under compounds); yathā kiṃ viya somewhat like this Mil.91; yathā pana like as Dhp-a.i.158; yatha-r-iva (for yathā-iva) just as DN.i.90; yathā pi… evaṃ just as… so Dhp.51–Dhp.52
■ yatha -yidaṃ (for yathā-idaṃ) positive: “as just this,” “so that,” “e.g. ,” “like,” “i.e.”; after negation “but Iti.8, Iti.9 (na aññaṃ… yathayidaṃ); Snp.1092 (tvañ ca me dīpam akkhāhi, yathayidaṃ n’ âparaṃ siyā “so that there be no further ill”; cp. Snp-a.597). See also the enlarged forms seyyathā & seyyathīdaṃ
■ In correlation with tathā: the same… as, like… as, as… so; Pv.i.12#3 (yath’ āgato tathā-gato as he has come so has he gone). Often elliptically in direct juxtaposition: yathā tathā in whatever way, in such & such a manner; so and so, according to the occasion; also “correctly, truly, in reality” Snp.504 (tvaṃ h’ ettha jānāsi y. t. idaṃ); Pv-a.199 (y. t. vyākāsi). See yathā-tathaṃ under compounds About phrase yathā taṃ see yathātaṃ
■ For further refs. on the use of yathā see Indexes to Saṃyutta (S vi.81 s. v. yathābhūtaṃ) Anguttara (A. vi.91 ibid.); Sutta-Nipāta (Index p. 751) & Dhammapada.
fr. ya˚; Vedic yathā; cp. kathā, tathā
adverb as it is, as, as if Vin.iii.5; SN.i.124; MN.i.253. The spelling in our books is yathā taṃ (in two words).
yathā + taṃ
adjective having the character of being in accordance with (the truth or the occasion), real, true, just Iti.44 (santaṃ paṇītaṃ yathāvaṃ, nt.); Thag.188, Thag.422 (˚āloka-dassana seeing the real light); Mil.171 (˚lakkhaṇa true characteristics); Vism.588 (as yāthāvasarasa), Vism.639 (id.)
■ abl. yathāvato (also found as yāthāvato, probably more correctly, being felt as a der fr. yathā) according to fitness, fitfully, duly, truly sufficiently Pv-a.60 (so read for yathā vato), Pv-a.128 (all MSS. yāthāvato!); Thag-a.256 (yā˚; the expln given by Morris, J.P.T.S. 1889, 208 is not correct).
der. fr. yathā, as yathā + vant, after analogy of yāvant, but following the a-decl., cp. Epic Sk. yathāvat
adjective being according to reality or sufficiency, essential, true, real, sufficient Thag.347 Vb-a.409 (˚vatthu, referring to the “māna”-division of the Khuddaka-vatthu Vb.353 sq., cp. Cnd.505≈ Should we read yāthāvaka˚? Yad, Yad-idam
fr. yathāva
etc., see ya˚; 4b.
adverb when Snp.200 (y. ca so mato seti), Snp.681, Snp.696 (here as yada, explained as yadā), Snp.923; Dhp.28, Dhp.69, Dhp.277 sq., Dhp.325, Dhp.384, Dhp.390; Iti.77 (y devo devakāyā cavati); Pv-a.54, Pv-a.67. Cp. kadā & tadā.
Vedic yadā; old instr. of ya˚
indeclinable
adv. formation, orig. loc., fr. ya˚; cp. Vedic yadi
neuter a means for holding, contrivance, artifice, instrument machine, mechanism; fig. instrumentality (as perhaps in, kamma˚ at Th passages)
■ Referring to the machinery (outfit) of a ship (as oars, helm, etc.) Ja.iv.163 (sabbayant’ ûpapanna = piy’-ârittā etc. C.); Mil.379. To mechanism in general (mechanical force Ja.v.333 (˚vegena = with the swiftness of machinery) To a sugar-mill Mil.166; usually as ucchu-yanta Ja.i.25, Ja.i.339 (˚yante gaṇṭhikā), cp. ucchūnaṃ yanta Dhp-a.iv.199
■ tela-yanta (-cakka) (the wheel of) an oil mill Ja.i.25
■ dāru-yanta a wooden machine (i.e. a mechanical man with hands & feet moved by pulling of strings) DN-a.i.197; Vism.595 (quoted as simile)- kamma-yanta the machinery of Kamma Thag.419 (i.e. its instrumentality, not, as translation “car”; cp Brethren 217: “it breaks in pieces K’s living car, evidently influenced by C. expln “attabhāva-yanta”), Thag.574 (similarly: see discussed under yantita). Note. yantāni at Cnd.529 (on Snp.48 sanghaṭṭa-yantām) is explained as “dhuvarāni.” The spelling & meaning of the latter is not clear. It must refer to bracelets.; Cp. Snp-a.96 valayāni.
Vedic yantra, a kind of n. ag. formation fr. yam to hold by means of a string or bridle, etc. Idg *em & *i̯em;, as in Lat. emo to take & red-imio.
neuter a bolt Vin.ii.148 (vihārā aguttā honti… anujānāmi yantakaṃ sūcikan ti), cp. Vin Texts iii.162; DN-a.i.200 (kuñcikā +); Dhp-a.i.220 (yantakaṃ deti to put the bolt to, to lock up).
fr. yanta
is 3rd pl. pres. of yā: see yāti
■ Note. At DN.ii.269 we should combine yanti with preceding visamā sambādhā, thus forming denom. verbs: visamāyanti “become uneven” and sambādhāyanti “become oppressed or tight.” The translation Dial ii.305 gives just the opposite by reading incorrectly.
made to go, set into motion, impelled Thag.574: evâyaṃ vattati kāyo kamma-yantena yantito “impelled by the machinery of Karma” translation Brethren 261 not quite to the point “carried about on Karma’s car.” Kern, Toevoegselen s, v. quite out of place with “fettered, held, restrained,” in analogy to his translation of yanta id. loc. with “fetter.” He may have been misled by Dhtm defn of yant as “sankocana (see yanteti).
pp. of yanteti
to set into motion, to make go, impel, hurl Ja.i.418 (sakkharaṃ anguliyā yantetvā); pp. yantita.
denom. fr. yanta. Dhtm.809 gives a root yant in meaning of “sankocane,” i.e. contraction
see ya˚; 2˚.
see yāpana.
see yāpeti.
to cohabit, futuere, only given as root yabh with defn “methune” at Dhtp.215 & Dhtm.308.
one passage in Atharva Veda; cp. Gr. οι ̓́φω “futuo,” Lat. ibex (see Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v.)
restraint Pv-a.98 (+ niyama).
fr. yam
the ruler of the kingdom of the dead. See details in Dicty. of Names. In compounds often in general sense of “death” or “manes,” or “petā” e.g.
Vedic Yama
masculine neuter (nt.) a pair, (m.) a twin Abhp.628. See der. yamaka.
Vedic yama = yama2; fr. yam in meaning “to combine,” cp. Av. yə̄ma twin, Mir. emuin id.
fr. yama3
at SN.i.14 (sa vītivatto yamataṃ sumedho) we should read (with Mrs. Rh. D.’s emendation K.S. p. 320) as yaṃ mataṃ (Cy.: maññanaṃ; trsl. “he rich in wisdom hath escaped beyond conceits and deemings of the errant mind”).
to restrain, suppress, to become tranquil; only in stanza Dhp.6 = Thag.275 = Ja.iii.488 as 1st pl. med yamāmase in imper. sense: “pare ca na vijānanti mayaṃ ettha yamāmase,” which is explained both at Dhp-a.i.65, Thag A, & Ja.iii.489 in connection with yama,2 viz. “yamāmase: uparamāma nassāma satataṃ samitaṃ maccu-santikaṃ gacchāmā ti na jānanti,” i.e. let us go continually into the presence of death. A little further at Dhp-a.i.66 the expln of it is “bhaṇḍ’ ādīnaṃ vuddhiyā vāyamāmā ti na vijānanti.” The meaning is “to control oneself,” cp. saṃyamāmase SN.i.209. Leop. v. Schroeder however trsls. “Und mancher Mann bedenket nicht: wir alle müssen sterben hier” (Worte der Wahrheit, p. 2.)
■ yameyyātha at SN.i.217 is wrongly separated from the preceding vā which ought to be read as vāyameyyātha (so K.S. i.281).
yam, given in meaning “uparame” i.e. cessation, quieting at Dhtp.226 & Dhtm.322, at the latter with additional “nāse.” On etym. see Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. redimio and emo: cp. yanta.
a pair Abhp.628
■ yamalī occurs in BSk. only as a kind of dress, at Divy.276; Avs.i.265.
fr. yama3
corn (in general), barley (in particular) Vin.iv.264; SN.iv.220; AN.iv.169.
-karaṇa the preparation of corn AN.iv.169. -kalāpī (or ˚inī) a sheaf of barley SN.iv.201. -kāraṇḍava chaff of corn (or barley) AN.iv.169. -kummāsa barley-gruel Vv-a.62. -khetta corn-field Vin.iv.47, Vin.iv.266; Vv-a.294 -dūsin spoiling the corn AN.iv.169. -majjhaka lying in the midst of a corn-field, in pācīna˚ of the c
■ f. on the E. side (+ dakkhiṇa˚ S.; pacchima˚ W.; uttara˚ N.) names of 4 market-places near Mithilā Ja.vi.330. -sūka the awn or beard of corn (barley) AN.i.8; SN.v.10, SN.v.48.
Vedic yava, corn; see Zimmer, Altind. Leben 239. Cp. Gr. ζεά spelt; Lith. javaī corn; Oir. eorna barley.
neuter in cpd. sāli˚; (whatever there is of) rice & corn (i.e. rice-and cornfields C.) Ja.iv.172. Cp. yāvaka.
yava + collect. ending ˚ka
neuter grass, hay, fodder Ja.i.338.
fr. yava; Vedic yavasa
adjective famous, having renown AN.ii.64 (dīghāyu +).
cp. Vedic yaśasvat
adjective glorious, famous, renowned, having all endowments or comforts of life (as explained at Cnd.530: yasappatta, sakkata, lābhī etc.) DN.i.48 (ñāta +) AN.ii.34; Snp.179, Snp.298, Snp.343, Snp.1117; Pv.i.4#1; Pv.iii.1#17; Pv.iii.3#5 Pv.iii.10#8; Vv.15#9 (= kittimant parivāravant Vv-a.73) DN-a.i.143; Pv-a.10; Sdhp.420
■ f. yasassinī shining, resplendent Ja.v.64.
Vedic yaśasvin
adjective splendid, glorious, full of splendour Ja.v.63 (pāvako yasassimā = teja-sampattiyā yassassinīhi accīhi yutto C.).
double adj. ending; yasas + vin + mant
neuter glory, fame, repute success, high position. On term as used with ref. to the brahmin see Fick, Sociale Gliederung 128, 129. The prevailing idea of Dhammapāla is that yaso consists of a great retinue, & company of servants, followers etc. This idea is already to be found at DN.i.118 = DN.i.126 where y. is founded on parisā (cp. DN-a.i.143 on DN.i.48; DN-a.i.298: yasasā ti āṇā-ṭhapana-samatthatāya). See e.g. Vv-a.122 (yaso = parivāra); Pv-a.137 (yasasā mahati parivāra-sampattiyā); cp. Ja.i.134 (rājā mahantena yasena uppanaṃ gacchati)
■ DN.i.137 (as quality of a king); DN.iii.260, DN.iii.286; Ja.iv.275 sq. (dibba y. as one of the 10 qualities of greatness, viz. divine duration of life, complexion, happiness, fame, power, and the 5 sense-objects rūpa, sadda, gandha, rasa, phoṭṭhabba The same 10 are found at Pv.ii.958, 59); AN.i.15; AN.ii.32 AN.ii.66, AN.ii.188; AN.iii.31, AN.iii.47 sq.; AN.iv.95, AN.iv.195 sq.; Dhp.24, Dhp.303 (+ bhoga); Thag.554; Mnd.147; Pv.iii.3#5 (= dev’ iddhi Pv-a.189); Vv.29#1; Ja.i.134; Ja.vi.468; Mil.291 (bhoga +) Vism.393; Sdhp.306, Sdhp.518
■ yasaṃ deti to give credit Ja.i.180. mahā-yaso great fame Ja.i.46 (v. 266), cp yas-agga the highest (of) fame Ja.i.51, where coupled with lābh-agga the greatest gain. The latter combination is stereotype in the Niddesa (see e.g. Cnd.55), where the 4 worldly ideals are given in sequence lābha, yaso pasaṃsā, sukha
■ With kitti we find yaso at Snp.817 (see defn & exegesis at Mnd.147)
■ Opp. ayasa DN.iii.260, DN.iii.286; AN.ii.188; AN.iv.157 sq.
Vedic yaśaḥ (nt.). The word follows the a˚; declension, but preserves & favours the instr; yasasā after the s˚; decl. (like mano, ceto etc,), e.g. at Ja.i.134
■ In the nom. & acc. sg. both forms; yaso yasa(ṃ); occur; in compounds the form yasa˚; is the usual yaso as masc. is found at Snp.438
adverb where, wherever Mhvs.15, Mhvs.209 (corresp. to yattha in v. 210).
after kuhiṃ
fr. yaj, *Sk. yāga, cp. yañña & yaja
adjective (-˚) sacrificing, , giving, spending. SN.i.19 = Ja.iv.66 (sahassa˚ giving the worth of a thousand pieces).
fr. yāga
feminine rice-gruel, rice-milk (to drink). See Vin. Texts ii.89. Vin.i.46 = Vin.ii.223 (sace yāgu hoti, bhājanaṃ dhovitvā yāgu upanametabbā; yāguṃ pītassa udakaṃ datvā…), 51 (id.), Vin.ii.61 (id.), Vin.ii.84, Vin.ii.210 (bhagavato udara-vāt-ābādho tekaṭulāya yāguyā dhuva-yāguṃ dātuṃ; i.e. a constant supply of rice-gruel), Vin.ii.339 (na mayaṃ iminā bhikkhunā saddhiṃ yāgupāne nisīdissāma); Vin.iv.311; AN.iii.250 (ānisaṃsā: 5 good qualities: it is good for hunger, for thirst, allays wind, cleans the bladder, helps to digest any undigested food); Ja.i.186; Ja.ii.128 (for drink) Pv-a.12, Pv-a.23, Pv-a.274
■ Often combined (and eaten) with cakes (khajjaka) & other soft food (bhojja), e.g. ; yāgukhajjaka Ja.i.270; Ja.iii.20; Dhp-a.iv.20; Mhvs.14, Mhvs.55 (˚khajja -bhojja); Mhvs.36, Mhvs.100 (+ khajja -bhojja).
cp. Vedic yavāgū; on form see Geiger, Pali Grammar § 27#4
neuter anything asked for, donation, alms, begging Ja.iii.353; Ja.v.233, Ja.v.234.
-yoga (y. + *yogga; perhaps yāja˚ the original. The variant yājayoga is old & well established: cp. Vism.224) accessible to begging, one ready to comply with another’s request, devoted to liberality, open-handed Freq. in ster. phrase mutta-cāga payata-pāṇī vossaggarata yāca-yoga dāna-saṃvibhāga-rata to denote great love of liberality, e.g. at AN.i.226; AN.ii.66; AN.iii.313. See also AN.iii.53, AN.iii.313 = Vism.223, Vism.224 (where explained as follows: yaṃ yaṃ pare yācanti tassa tassa dānato yācanayogo ti attho; yājayogo ti pi pāṭho; yājana-sankhātena yājena yutto ti attho); AN.iv.6, AN.iv.266 sq., AN.iv.271, AN.iv.284, AN.v.331, AN.v.336; Snp.p.87 (cp. expln Snp-a.414: “yācituṃ yutto, yo hi yācake disvā bhakuṭiṃ katvā pharusavacan’ ādīni bhanati, so na yācayogo hoti” etc.) Snp.487, Snp.488, Snp.489, Snp.509; Ja.iii.307 (explained in C. as “yaṃ yaṃ āgantukā yācanti tassa tassa yutto anucchaviko bhavitvā, sabbaṃ tehi yācita-yācitaṃ dadamāno ti attho”); Ja.iv.274 (“yācitabba-yuttaka” C.); Ja.vi.98 (= yācana-yuttaka or yañña-yuttaka; “ubhayath’ âpi dāyakass’ ev’ etaṃ nāma” C.); Mil.215, Mil.225
■ The form yājayoga at Snp.1046 (explained at Cnd.531 as “yāje yutta”); and mentioned at Vism.224 (see above). On diff. meaning of yācayoga see Kern, Toevoegselen s. v with unidentified ref. Cp. also Mpt. 140, 4.
fr. yāc
adjective noun requesting, one who begs, a recipient of alms, a beggar Ja.iii.353; Pv.ii.9#38; Pv-a.78, Pv-a.102 (= yācanaka); Sdhp.324, Sdhp.331. Freq. in combination with similar terms of wayfaring people in phrase samaṇa-brāhmaṇa-kapaṇ iddhika-vaṇibbaka-yācakā e.g. at DN.i.137; Iti.64. See single terms
■ yācaka at Snp.618 (as Fick, Soc.Gliederung 144 quotes yācaka) is to be read yājaka.
fr. yāca, cp. Epic & later Sk. yācaka
to beg, ask for, entreat Vin.iv.129 (pabbajjaṃ) Snp.566, Snp.980, Snp.983; Ja.iii.49, Ja.iii.353; Ja.v.233, Ja.v.404
aor 3rd pl. yāciṃsu Pv-a.13, Pv-a.20, Pv-a.42; ayācisuṃ Mhvs.33, Mhvs.76 (variant reading ayācayuṃ)
inf yācituṃ Pv-a.29, Pv-a.120
ger yāciya Snp.295; yācitvā MN.i.365; yācitvāna Mhvs.17, Mhvs.58.
pp yācita.
Vedic yācati; yāc, with which cp. Lat. jocus (dial. juca “prayer”); Ohg. jehan to confess, etc.: see Walde Lat. Wtb. s. v. jocus
■ Dhtp (38) only explains yāca yācane
(dt.) begging, asking, entreaty Ja.iii.353; Snp-a.161 (inghā ti yācan’ atthe nipāto), Snp-a.551 (id.); Pv-a.113 (= sādhuka).
fr. yāc
= yācaka AN.iii.136 (ati˚); Pv.ii.7#6; Pv.ii.9#16; Pv.ii.9#46; Ja.iii.49; DN-a.i.298.
cp. BSk. yācanaka Divy.470, Divy.585
feminine = yācana; Ja.iii.354 = Mil.230; Ja.v.233, Ja.v.404.
begged, entreated, asked (for) AN.iii.33; Dhp.224; Ja.iii.307; Pv-a.39
■ Cp. yācitaka.
pp. of yācati
adjective asked, begged, borrowed MN.i.365 (˚ṃ bhogaṃ) Ja.iv.358 = Ja.vi.127 (˚ṃ yānaṃ and ˚ṃ dhanaṃ, alluding to MN.i.365–MN.i.366), with expln Ja.iv.358: “yaṃ parena dinnattā labbhati taṃ yācita-sadisam eva hoti.”-(nt.) anything borrowed, borrowed goods: yācitak’ ūpamā kāmā (in app’ assādā kāmā passage) “the pleasures of the senses are like borrowed goods” Vin.ii.25 = MN.i.130; AN.iii.97 = Thig.490 = Cnd.71 (correct yācitan’); explained in detail at MN.i.365
■ See also Dhp-a.i.403 (ye y. gahetvā na paṭidenti); Thag-a.288 (kāmā = yācitaka-bhaṇḍasadisā tāvakālik’ aṭṭhena).
yācita + diminutive (disparaging) ending ˚ka
sacrificing, giving alms, liberality (felt as synonymous with; cāga, thus influenced by tyaj, cp. Sanskrit tyājana) ‣See yācayoga.
■ Cnd.531 (yāye yutta); Vism.224.
fr. yaj; cp. yāja & yājeti
adjective sacrificing, one who sacrifices, a priest Snp.312, Snp.313 (= yanna-yājino janā Snp-a.324), Snp.618 (of a purohita; variant reading BB yācaka).
fr. yaj in its Caus. form yājeti
(nt) = yāja; Vism.224: see yācayoga.
adjective sacrificing Snp-a.324 (yañña˚).
fr. yāja
one who superintends a sacrifice or causes it to be performed DN.i.143.
n. ag. to yājeti
to cause to sacrifice, to make a priest give an offering (to the gods or otherwise) Ja.vi.211, Ja.vi.215; ppr. yājento MN.i.404; Pot. 2nd sg. yājeyya Ja.iii.515; 3rd pl. yājeyyuṃ Ja.vi.215 (aññaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ) also yājayeyyuṃ Ja.vi.211
ger yājetvā DN.i.143.
Caus. i. of yajati
going, gone, proceeded; habit, custom; only in cpd. yāt’ānuyāyin going on according to what (or as it) has gone, i.e. following old habits Ja.vi.309 Ja.vi.310; explained by C. as “pubba-kārinā yātassa puggalassa anuyāyī, paṭhamaṃ karonto yāti nāma pacchā karonto anuyāyati.” The usual Sk. phrase is gat-ânugatika Cp. yātrā, yānikata.
pp. of yāti
to go, go on to proceed, to go away
pres 1st yāmi Pv.ii.8#8 (= gacchāmi Pv-a.107), Mhvs.10, Mhvs.3; 2nd yāsi Ja.i.291 Mhvs.10, Mhvs.2 (kuhiṃ yāsi?); 3rd yāti Snp.720 (tuṇhī y mahodadhi); Dhp.29, Dhp.179, Dhp.294, Dhp.295; Ja.vi.311; Mhvs.5 Mhvs.47; Dhp-a.i.18; 1st pl. yāma Mhvs.6, Mhvs.12 (kiṃ na y. variant reading kiṃ nu y.); 2nd yātha = imper.; 3rd yanti Snp.179 Snp.578, Snp.714; Dhp.126, Dhp.175, Dhp.225 (see also note s. v. yanti) Pv.ii.9#16 (= gacchanti Pv-a.120)
imper 2nd sg yāhi Pv.ii.1#6 (read yajāhi?); Mhvs.13, Mhvs.15; 3rd sg. yātu Mhvs.29, Mhvs.17; 2nd pl. yātha Mhvs.14, Mhvs.29; Dhp-a.i.93. ppr. yanto Mhvs.36, Mhvs.60 (pacchā y. walking behind gen. yantassa Mhvs.22, Mhvs.57 (assavegena y.)
inf yātave Snp.834
■ Another formation fr. yā is yāyati (see Geiger, P.Gr. § 138), in an intensive meaning of “to drive, to move on quickly or by special means, e.g. in phrase yānena yāyati to drive in a carriage Vin.i.191 (pot. yāyeyya); Vin.ii.276; Snp.654 (ppr.: rathass āṇī va yāyato), Snp.418 (ger.: yānabhūmiṃ yāyitvā yānā oruyha); Ja.vi.125. As “march” at Ja.vi.449. In special meaning “to drive,” i.e. “to be driven or affected by” in expln of the ending of ppr. med kāma yamāne Snp.767 (or kāma-yāna) at Mnd.4, viz. “taṇhāya yāyati niyyati vuyhati saṃhariyati.” Cp. yāna as ending
pp yāta. Caus. yapeti & yāpeti; (q.v.). See also anupari˚, ā˚, upa˚, uy˚, pa˚ (aor. pāyāsi) paccuy˚ pari˚; and anuyāyati.
Vedic yāti, or yā, which represents Idg *i̯ā, an amplified *ē as in eti (q.v.). Cp. Lat. janua door the Np. Janus (= January); Lith. jóti to ride, Mir. āth ford
■ The Dhtp.368 explains yā more in applied meaning as “papuṇane,” cp. Dhtm.596: pāpuṇe
feminine
fr. yā, Class. Sk. yātrā, a n. ag. formation like nettī, meaning something like “vehicle,” that which keeps going
adjective sufficient (lit “just as much”; i.e. such as it is), sufficiently founded logical, consistent, exact, definite, true Cnd.275 (where tatha is explained by taccha, bhūta, yāthāva, aviparīta) Dhs-a.248 (where micchā-diṭṭhi is explained as incorrect or illogical view
■ yāthāvato (abl.) exactly, truly consistently DN-a.i.65; Thag-a.256; Vv-a.232. See also yathāvato
■ The nearest synonyms of yāthāva are aviparīta (i.e. definite) and yathābhūtaṃ. See also yathāva and yathāvaka.
see yathāva. It is a combination of a guṇader. fr. yathā and an adj
■ der. of ˚vant
at Vv-a.341 read as yadicchakaṃ (see ya˚).
adjective which like, what like, whichever, how much; in neg. sentence any, whatever little
■ Pv.ii.1#19 (= yāva mahanto Pv-a.77)
■ Often combined with kīdisa in meaning “any one, this or that, whoever,” e.g. Vv.50#14 (= yo vā so vā pacura-jano ti attho Vv-a.213). As adj.: yādisi (sic! = Sk. yādṛśī) -kīdisā jīvikā (no livelihood, whatever little) Ja.vi.584 (v.728; Trenckner, Mil p.423 gives v. 732!), explained by C as “yā vā sā vā, lāmakā ti attho” yādisaṃ kīdisaṃ dānaṃ a gift of whatever kind Mil.278 So also with tādisa: yādisā vā tādisā vā (viz. kāmā of whichever kind AN.iii.5.
Vedic yādṛś & yādṛsa, yad + dṛśa
= yādisa; in correlation (generalising sense) yādisaka-tādisaka whatsoever… such, any whatsoever AN.iv.308; SN.v.96.
neuter
fr. yā, as in yāti. Cp. Vedic yāna and Lat. Janus
neuter a (small) cart, carriage, waggon, vehicle Ja.iii.49 (˚ṃ pūretvā, or a hunter’s cart); Ja.iv.45; Dhp-a.i.325 (sukha˚), Dhp-a.i.391 (pakati˚, an ordinary waggon) -ṃ pājeti to drive a cart Ja.ii.112, Ja.ii.143; Ja.iii.51.
fr. yāna
adjective (-˚)
fr. yāna
made a habit of, indulged in, acquired, mastered (cp. expln Pts.i.172 “yattha yattha ākankhati tattha tattha vasippatto hoti balappatto etc.”). The expression is to be compared with yatānuyāgin & yātrā, similarly to which it is used only in one stock phrase. It comes very near yātrā in meaning “that which keeps one going,” i.e. an acquired & thoroughly mastered habit, an “altera natura.” It is not quite to the point when Dial ii.110 (following Childers?) translate as “to use as a vehicle
■ Occurring with identical phraseology, viz. bahulīkata yāni-kata vatthu-kata anuṭṭhita paricita susamāraddha in application to the 4 iddhipādā at DN.ii.103; AN.iv.309; SN.v.260; Mil.140; to mettā at MN.iii.97; SN.i.116; SN.ii.264; SN.iv.200; SN.v.259; AN.v.342; Ja.ii.61; Mil.198. Explained at Pts.i.172, cp. Pts.ii.122, 130.
yāna + kata, with i for a in compound with kṛ; perhaps also in analogy with bahulī-kata
adjective one who drives in a carriage Ja.iii.525 = Ja.iv.223 (where read yānī va for yān iva). At the latter passage the C. somewhat obscurely explains as “sappi-tela-yānena gacchanto viya”; at iii.526 the expln is simply “yānena gacchanto viya.”
fr. yāna
(nt.) keeping going, sustenance, feeding, nourishment existence, living. Esp. in one standing combn respecting the feeding and keeping of the body “kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāya etc.” (for the maintenance of the body) in yātrā passage: see yātrā 2; in which it is explained at Vism.32 by “pavattiyā avicched’ atthaṃ cira-kāla-ṭṭhit’ atthaṃ” i.e. for the preservation of life
■ Further at Ja.i.66 (alam me ettakaṃ yāpanāya), Ja.v.387 (thokaṃ mama yāpana-mattaṃ eva); Dhp-a.iv.210 (yāpana-mattaṃ dhanaṃ); Pv-a.28
■ Used more freq together with shortened form yapana; in standard phrase vutti pālana, yapana yāpana cāra (cp. yapeti at Vism.145; Dhs-a.149, Dhs-a.167. Or similarly as f. with spelling yapanā & yāpanā: yapanā yāpanā iriyanā vattanā pālanā at Dhs.19, Dhs.82, Dhs.295, Dhs.380, Dhs.441, Dhs.716. At Dhs-a.404 yāpanā is used as syn. of yātrā.
fr. yāpeti. Cp. Epic & Class. Sk. yāpana
adjective fit or sufficient for supporting one’s life Vin.i.59, Vin.i.212, Vin.i.253
■ Cp. BSk yāpanīyatara a more healthy state Divy.110.
grd. formation fr. yāpeti
Caus. of yāti
adjective
shortened grd
■ formation for yāpanīya. *Sk. yāpya in slightly diff. meaning
-kālika of a restricted time, for a (relatively) short period (lit.) only for one watch of the night, but longer than yāva-kālika temporary. It is one of the three regulation-terms for specified food, viz. y
■ k., sattāhakālika & yāvajīvika;, or short period, of a week’s duration and life-long food Vin.iv.83, Vin.iv.86, Vin.iv.176, Vin.iv.311; to which is added yāva-kālika, temporary at Vin.i.251 (where mutual relations of the 4 are discussed). -gaṇḍika(ṃ) koṭṭeti to beat the block of restraint (?), i.e. exercise self-control (?) (or does it belong to yāma 3?) Kp-a.233.
fr. yam in both meanings of yamati & yama3
see yāti.
adjective (-˚) going, going on to; in yāna-yāyinī (f.) Thig.389 (maggaṭṭhangika˚ having ascended the carriage of the 8-fold Path; explained by “ariya-yāyena nibbāna-puraṃ yāyinī upagatā” Thag-a.257).
adverb
Vedic yāvat as nt. of yāvant used as adv. in meanings 1 & 2. The final t is lost in Pāli, but restored as; d in certain combinations: see below 2
■ Cp. tāva kīva;
a dish prepared of barley Ja.vi.373 (= yavataṇḍula-bhatta C.).
= yavaka
adjective as much as, as many as, as far as, whatever; usually in correl with tāvataka e.g. Vin.i.83 (yāvataka… t.); DN.ii.18 (y. kāyo t. vyāmo); Cnd.235#3 (y ˚ṃ ñeyyaṃ t ˚ṃ ñāṇaṃ); or similarly MN.i.397 (y. kathā-sallāpo… sabbaṃ taṃ…); Pv-a.103 (yāvatakā = yāvanto). f. yāvatikā: yāvatikā gati tāvatikaṃ gantvā AN.i.112 y. nāgassa bhūmi as far as there was ground for the elephant DN.i.50; similarly: y. yānassa bh. as far as the carriage-road DN.i.89, DN.i.106, DN.i.108; y. ñāṇassa bh Ne.25.
fr. yāva, as tāvataka fr. tāva
indeclinable lokasmiṃ yad idam arahanto “as far as the abodes of beings, as far as heaven, these are the highest these are the best, I mean the Arahants.” SN.iii.84 yāvatā dhammā sankhatā vā asankhatā vā virāgo… aggam akkhāyati, yad-idaṃ mada-nimmadano… AN.ii.34 = Iti.88; “of all the things definite or indefinite passionlessness deserves the highest praise, I mean the disintoxication of pride etc.” The expln at Vism.293 takes yāvatā (grammatically incorrectly) as n. pl. yattakā
■ yāvatā jagato gati as far as (like as) the course of the world Iti.120.
abl. of yāvant in adv. use cp. tāvatā) as far as, like as, in comparison with, regarding, because Dhp.258 (na tena paṇḍito hoti y. bahu bhāsati = yattakena kāraṇena Dhp-a.iii.383), 259, 266 (similarly, C. yattakena); Snp.759 (yāvat’ atthī ti vuccati; explained at Snp-a.509 as “yāvatā ete cha ārammaṇā ʻatthīʼ ti vuccanti vacana-vyattayo veditabbo”); yāvatā ariyaṃ paramaṃ sīlaṃ, nâhaṃ tattha attano sama-samaṃ samanupassāmi kuto bhiyyo “compared with this sīla I do not see anyone quite equal to myself, much less greater.” DN.i.74 yāvatā ariyaṃ āyatanaṃ yavatā vanippatho idaṃ agga-nagaraṃ bhavissati Pātaliputtaṃ puṭa-bhedanaṃ Vin.i.229 = Ud.88 = DN.ii.87 (concerning a most splendid site, and a condition for trade, this Pāṭ will be the greatest town; translation Dial. as far as Aryan people resort, as far as merchants travel…). yāvatā satt’ āvāsā yāvatā bhavaggaṃ ete aggā ete saṭṭhā [read seṭṭhā
pronoun, relative
■ instr. yavatā: see sep.
cp. Sk. yāvant; same formation as demonstr. pron. tāvant, of which the P. uses the adv. nt tāva (t) form more frequently than the adj. tāvant The only case so far ascertained where tāvant occurs as adj. is Ja.v.72 (see below)
at MN.ii.47 is an obscure expression. The reading is established; otherwise one might think of a corrupted yāv-a-etad ahosī(pi) or yāva-d-ev’-ahosi “was it really so?” or: “did you really have that thought?” Neumann, Mittl. Sammlung2 1921; ii.381 trsls “gar so sehr drängt es dich” (are you in such a hurry?), and proposes reading (on p. 686, note) yāv etado hi pi, leaving us wondering what etado might be-Could it be a distorted yāyetar (n. ag. of yāyeti. Caus. yā)?
med. having sacrificed DN.i.138 (mahā-yaññaṃ y. rājā)
■ pass.: sacrificed, (nt.) sacrifice DN.i.55 (dinna, y huta); explained at DN-a.i.165 by “mahāyāga” Vb.328 (id.); Ja.i.83 (y. + huta); Ja.iv.19 (= yajita C.); Ja.v.49, Ja.vi.527
■ duyyiṭṭha not properly sacrificed, a sacrifice not according to rites Ja.vi.522. In specific Buddhistic sense “given, offered as alms, spent as liberal gift Vin.i.36; Ja.i.168 = AN.ii.44; MN.i.82. Dhp.108 (yaṃ kiñci yiṭṭhaṃ va hutaṃ va; Dhp-a.ii.234 = yebhuyyena mangalakiriya-divasesu dinna-dānaṃ)
■ suyiṭṭha well given or spent AN.ii.44; Thag-a.40; Vv.34#26 (in both senses; Vv-a.155 explains “mahā-yāga-vasena yiṭṭhaṃ”).
pp. of yajati with a petrified sandhi y.; Vedic iṣṭa
in mā yidha at Vin.i.54 is to be read mā-y-idha, the y being an euphonic consonant (see y.).
neuter
-anta (-vāta) (storm at) the end of an age (of men or the world), whirlwind Ja.i.26. -ādhāna putting the yoke on, harnessing MN.i.446. -ggāha “holding the yoke,” i.e. control, dominance, domineering, imperiousness; used as syn. for palāsa at Vb.357 = Pp.19 (so read for yuddha˚), explained by sama-dhura-ggahaṇaṃ “taking the leadership altogether” at Vb-a.492. See further Mnd.177; Vv-a.71 (yugaggāha-lakkhaṇo paḷāso); Snp-a.542; Dhp-a.iii.57 (˚kathā = sārambhakathā). -˚ṃ ganhāti to take the lead, to play the usurper or lord Ja.iii.259 (C. for T. palāsin); Dhp-a.iii.346 -ggāhin trying to outdo somebody else, domineering imperious Vv-a.140. -cchidda the hole of a yoke Thig.500 (in famous simile of blind turtle). -naṅgala yoke and plough (so taken by Bdhgh. at Snp-a.135) Snp.77; SN.i.172 (“plough fitted with yoke” Mrs. Rh.D.) -nandha (with variant reading -naddha, e.g. at Pts.ii.92 sq.; Kp-a.27 in T.) putting a yoke on, yoking together; as adj. congruous harmonious; as nt. congruity, association common cause Pts.ii.98 = Vism.682; Pts.ii.92 sq. (˚vagga & ˚kathā); Kp-a.27 (nt.); Vism.149 (˚dhammā things fitting under one yoke, integral parts, constituents) -mattaṃ (adv.) “only the distance of a plough,” i.e. only a little (viz. the most necessary) distance ahead with expressions of sight: pekkhati Snp.410 (“no more than a fathom’s length” Rh.D. in Early Buddhism 32) pekkhin Mil.398; ˚dassāvin Vism.19 (okkhitta-cakkhu +) pekkhamāna Snp-a.116 (as expln of okkhittacakkhu). -sāṭaka (= s
■ yuga) a pair of robes, two robes Dpvs.vi.82. Yugala & Yugala;
fr. yuj; Vedic yuga (to which also yoga) = Gr. ζυγόν; Lat. jugum = Goth. juk; Ohg. juh; E. yoke Lith. jungas
neuter a pair couple Ja.i.12 (yugaḷa-yugaḷa-bhūtā in pairs), Ja.i.500 (bāhu˚); Ja.vi.270 (thana˚ the 2 breasts); Vism.219; Vb-a.51 (yugaḷato jointly, in pairs); the six “pairs of adaptabilities” or “words,” Yog. 18–23, Mystic 30 sq. cp. Dhs.40 sq. Also used as adj. (like yuga) in phrase yugalaṃ karoti to couple, join, unite Dpvs.i.77; Vv-a.233.
Class. Sk. yugala; in relation to yuga the same as Lat. jugulum (“yoke-bone”) to jugum. Cp. also Gr. ζεύγλη yoking strap
neuter a pair Tikp.66; Vb-a.73.
fr. yugala
adjective (-˚) yoked or to be yoked applicable, to be studied, only in cpd. duyyuja hard to be mastered, difficult Ja.v.368 (atthe yuñjati duyyuje he engages in a difficult matter; C. reads duyyuñja).
either a direct root-derivation fr. yuj, corresponding to Sk. yuj (or yuk, cp. Lat. con-jux “conjugal,” Gr. ὁμό ζυς companion, σύ ζυς = conjux Goth. ga-juka companion); or a simplified form of the grd. *yujya → *yujja → yuja
adjective to be fought; neg. a˚; not to be fought, invincible MN.ii.24 (so read for ayojjha).
grd. of yujjhati
to fight, make war. Rare in older literature our refs. only from the Mahāvaṃsa; e.g. 22, 82 (fut yujjhissāma, with instr.: Damiḷehi); 25, 23 (aor ayujjhi); 25, 58 (ppr. yujjhamāna); 33, 41 (aor. yujjhi) To which add Dhp-a.ii.154 (mallayuddhaṃ yujjhanto), Dhp-a.iii.259 (Ajātasattunā saddhiṃ yujjhanto)
pp yuddha -Caus. yodheti (q.v.).
cp. Vedic yudhyate, yudh, given in meaning “sampahāra” at Dhtp.415
■ Etymologically to Idg *ieudh to shake, fr. which in var. meanings Lat. jubeo to command, juba horse’s mane; Gr. ὑσμίνη battle Lith. jundù, jùdra whirlwind; cp. also Av. yaošti agility
neuter fighting, making war Ja.iii.6, Ja.iii.82.
fr. yujjhati
neuter making somebody fight, inciting to war Mil.178.
fr. yujjhati Caus.
(lit.) to yoke; (fig.) to join with (instr. or loc.), to engage in (loc.), to exert oneself, to endeavour. All our passages show the applied meaning, while the lit. meaning is only found in the Caus. yojeti
■ Often explained by and coupled with the syn. ghaṭati & vāyamati;, e.g. at Ja.iv.131 Ja.v.369; Dhp-a.iv.137
■ Forms: pres. yuñjati Dhp.382; Ja.v.369; 2nd pl. yuñjatha Thig.346 (kāmesu; = niyojetha Thag-a.241); ppr. yuñjanto Ja.iv.131 (kammaṭṭhāne) imper. yuñja SN.i.52 (sāsane); Thag-a.12; med. imper yuñjassu Thig.5
pass yujjati (in grammar or logic) is constructed or applied, fits (in), is meant Kp-a.168; Snp-a.148, Snp-a.403, Snp-a.456
caus 1 yojeti & II.; yojāpeti (q.v.)
pp yutta.
Vedic yunakti, yuñjati & yuñkte; yuj; cp. Gr. ζεύγνυμι, Lat, jungo to unite, put together (pp junctus = Sk. yukta, cp. E. junct-ion); Lith. jùngin The Idg. root *i̯eug is an enlarged form of *i̯eṷe “to unite,” as in Sk. yanti, yuvati, pp. yuta; f. yuti, to which also Lat. jūs = P. yūsa. The Dhtp gives several (lit. & fig.) meanings of; yuj, viz. “yoge” (No. 378) “samādhimhi” (399), “saṃgamane” (550)
fastened to (loc.), attracted by, bent on, engaged in DN.i.57 (sabba-vārī˚); Snp.842 (pesuṇeyye; Mnd.233 reads yutta in exegesis, do. at Mnd.p.234, with further expln āyutta, payutta etc.), Snp.853 (atimāne); Dāvs v.18 (dhiti˚)
■ Note. yuta is doubtful in phrase tejasā-yuta in Niraya passage at AN.i.142 = MN.iii.183 = Mnd.405 = Cnd.304#iii = Ja.v.266. The more likely reading is either tejas’ āyuta (so BSk. Mhvs.9), or tejasā yutta (so Nd ii.& Pv-a.52), i.e. endowed with, furnished with full of heat
■ We find a similar confusion between; uyyuta & uyyutta.
pp. of yu, yauti to fasten but Dhtp.338: “missane”
■ ayutta not fit, not right, improper Pv-a.6 (perhaps delete), Pv-a.64
■ suyutta well fit, right proper, opp. duyutta unbefitting, in phrase suyuttaṃ duyuttaṃ ācikkhati Ja.i.296 (here perhaps for dur-utta?) du˚ also lit. “badly fixed, not in proper condition, in a bad state” at Ja.iv.245 (of a gate).
pp. of yuñjati; Vedic yukta, cp. Lat. junctus, Gr. ζευκτός, Lith. jùnktas
adjective (-˚) proper, fit (for); nt. what is proper, fitness: dhamma-yuttakaṃ katheti to speak righteous speech Ja.iv.356
■ Usually combined with a grd., seemingly pleonastically (like yutta), e.g. kātabba˚ what had to be done Pv-a.81; Dhp-a.i.13 (as kattabba˚) āpucchitabba˚; fit to be asked Dhp-a.i.6.
fr. yutta
“fitting,” i.e.
cp. Vedic yukti connection, fr. yuj
neuter war, battle, fight DN.i.6 (daṇḍa˚ fighting with sticks or weapons); Ja.iii.541 (id.) Snp.442 (dat. yuddhāya); Ja.vi.222; Mil.245 (kilesa˚ as pp.: one who fights sin); Mhvs.10, Mhvs.45 (˚atthaṃ for the sake of fighting); Mhvs.10, Mhvs.69 (yuddhāya in order to fight), Mhvs.25, Mhvs.52 (yuddhāy’ āgata); Mhvs.32, Mhvs.12 (yuddhaṃ yujjhati), Mhvs.32, Mhvs.13 (maccu˚ fight with death); Mhvs.33, Mhvs.42; Dhp-a.ii.154 (malla˚ fist-fight)
■ The form yudhāya at Snp.831 is to be taken as (archaic) dat. of Vedic yudh (f.), used in sense of an inf. & equal to yuddhāya. Mnd.172 explains as “yuddh’ atthāya.”
orig. pp. of yujjhati; cp. Vedic yuddha (pp.) and yudh (f.) the fight
a fighter, in malla˚; fist-fighter, pugilist Ja.iv.81.
fr. yuddha, for the usual yodha (ka)
feminine Name of a tree Ja.v.422 (for T. yodhi, which appears as yodhikā in C. reading). The legitimate reading is yūthikā (q.v.), as is also given in vv.ll.
doubtful
a youth-nom. sg.; yuvā DN.i.80 = yobbanena samannāgata DN-a.i.223; Snp.420; Dhp.280 (= paṭhama-yobbane ṭhita Dhp-a.iii.409); Pv.iii.7#1 (= taruṇa Pv-a.205)
■ Cp yava, yuvin & yobbana.
Vedic yuvan; cp. Av. yavan = Lat. juvenis, Lith. jáunas young; Lat. juvencus “calf”; juventus youth Goth. junda, Ohg. jugund & jung, E. young
■ The n- stem is the usual, but later Pāli shows also decl after a-stem, e.g. gen. yuvassa Mhvs.18, Mhvs.28
adjective noun young Ja.iv.106, Ja.iv.222.
= yuvan with diff-adj. ending
neuter a flock, herd of animals Snp.53 (of elephants); Ja.i.170 (monkeys), Ja.i.280 (id.); Snp-a.322 (go˚, of oxen).
Vedic yūtha
feminine a kind of jasmine, Jasminum auriculatum Ja.vi.537; Mil.338. So is also to be read at Ja.v.420 (for yodhi) & Ja.v.422 (yodhikā yudhikā). See also; yodhikā.
cp. later Sk. yūthikā
Vedic yūpa
Vedic yūṣan, later Sk. yūṣa; fr. base Idg. *i̯ūs, cp. Lat. jūs soup, Gr. ζύμη yeast, ferment, ζωμός soup Obulg. jucha = Ger. jauche manure; Swedish ōst cheese an enlargement of base *i̯eu to mix, as in Sk. yu to mix: see yuta, to which further *i̯eṷe, as in yuñjati.
abundant, numerous, most. Not found as adj. by itself, except in phrase yebhuyya-vasena mostly, as a rule Thag-a.51 and Pv-a.136, which is identical with the usual instr. yebhuyyena occurring as adv. “as according to most,” i.e.
ye = yad in Māgadhī form; thus yad bhūya = yad bhiyya “what is more or most(ly)”
feminine lit. “according to the majority,” i.e. a vote of majority of the Chapter; name of one of the adhikaraṇa-samathas, or means of settling a dispute
■ Vin.ii.84 (anujānāmi bh. adhikaraṇaṃ yebhuyyasikāya vūpasametuṃ), Vin.ii.93 (vivād’ âdhikaraṇaṃ dvīhi samathehi sammati: sammukhā-vinayena ca yebhuyyasịkāya ca). As one of the 7 methods of settling a dispute mentioned at Vin.iv.207 = Vin.iv.351 (the seven are: sammukhā-vinaya, sati-vinaya, amūḷha˚, paṭiññā, yebhuyyasikā tassa-pāpiyyasikā, tīṇ’ avatthāraka). Explained in detail at MN.ii.247: if the bhikkhus cannot settle a dispute in their abode, they have to go to a place where there are more bh., in order to come to a vote by majority. Cp. DN.iii.254 (the seven enumerated); AN.i.99 AN.iv.144.
formation fr. yebhuyya like tassapāpiyya-sikā. Originally adj., with kiriyā to be understood
indeclinable emphatic particle meaning “even, just, also”; occurring most frequently (for eva) after palatal sounds, as ṃ: Snp.580 (pekkhataṃ yeva), Snp.822 (vivekaṃ); Dhp-a.ii.20 (saddhiṃ); Pv-a.3 (tasmiṃ), Pv-a.4 (imasmiṃ), Pv-a.13 (tumhākaṃ)
■ further after o: Pv-a.39 (apanīto yeva)
■ after ā: Snp.1004 (manasā yeva)
■ after i: SN.ii.206 (vuddhi yeva); Pv-a.11 (ahosi)
■ after e: Ja.i.82 (vihāre yeva; pubbaṇhe y.); Vb-a.135 (na kevalaṃ ete yeva, aññe pi “not only these, but also others”). Cp. Mhvs.22, Mhvs.56; Vv-a.222; Pv-a.47. Yevapana(ka)
= eva with accrudescent y from Sandhi. On form and relation between eva & yeva cp. Geiger; P.Gr. § 66, 1. See also eva 2
■ The same form in Prākrit: Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 336
adjective corresponding reciprocal, respective, in corresponding proportion, as far as concerned; lit. “whatever else.” The expression is peculiar to exegetical (logical) literature on the Abhidhamma. See e.g. Dhs-a.152 (yevāpanā, pl. and ˚kā); Vism.468, Vism.271 sq.; Vb-a.63, Vb-a.70 sq.; cp. Dhs trsl.1 p. 5 and introd. p. 56
■ Note. The expression occurring as phrase shows ye as nom. pl., e.g. Dhs.1 Dhs.58, Dhs.151–Dhs.161 & passim: ye vā pana tasmiṃ samaye aññe pi dhammā; but cp. in § 1: yaṃ yaṃ vā pan’ ārabbha, in same sense.
not connected with yeva, but an adj. formation from phrase ye vā pana; ye here standing (as Māgadhism) for yaṃ: cp. yebhuyya
lit. “yoking, or being yoked,” i.e. connection bond, means; fig. application, endeavour, device
-ātiga one who has conquered the yoke, i.e. bond of the body or rebirth Iti.61 (muni), Iti.81 (id.). -ātigāmin ˚âtiga; AN.ii.12 (same as sabba-yoga-visaṃyutta) -āvacara “one at home in endeavour,” or in spiritual (esp. jhāna-) exercises; one who practises “yoga” an earnest student. The term is peculiar to the Abhidhamma literature
■ Ja.i.303, Ja.i.394, Ja.i.400; Ja.iii.241 (saṃsārasāgaraṃ taranto y.); Pts.ii.26; Kvu-a.32; Mil.33 sq., Mil.43 , Mil.366, Mil.378 sq.; Vism.245 (as hunter), Vism.246 (as begging bhikkhu), Vism.375 (iddhi-study), Vism.587, Vism.637, Vism.666, Vism.708; Dhp-a.ii.12 (padhānaṃ padahanto y.); Dhp-a.iii.241 (˚bhikkhu) Dhs-a.187 (ādhikammika), Dhs-a.246 (˚kulayutta); Vb-a.115, Vb-a.220, Vb-a.228 (as bhikkhu on alms-round), Vb-a.229 (as hunter), Vb-a.258, Vb-a.331; Kp-a.74; Snp-a.20, Snp-a.374. -kkhema [already Vedic yoga-kṣema exertion & rest, acquisition & possession] rest from work or exertion, or fig. in scholastic interpretation “peace from bondage,” i.e. perfect peace or “uttermost safety” (K.S. ii.132); a freq. Epithet of nibbāna [same in BSk.: yogakṣema e.g. Divy.98, Divy.123, Divy.303, Divy.498] MN.i.117 (˚kāma), MN.i.349, MN.i.357 (anuttara); SN.i.173 (˚adhivāhana); SN.ii.195 (anuttara) SN.ii.226; SN.iii.112 (˚kāma, neg.); SN.iv.125; SN.v.130 sq.; AN.i.50 (anuttara); AN.ii.40, AN.ii.52 (a˚), AN.ii.87, AN.ii.247; AN.iii.21, AN.iii.294 sq., AN.iii.353; DN.iii.123, DN.iii.125, DN.iii.164 (˚kāma); Vin.ii.205 = Iti.11 (˚ato dhaṃsati, whereas Vin ˚ā padhaṃsati); Iti.9, Iti.27 (abhabbo ˚ssa adhigamāya); Thig.6; Snp.79 (˚adhivāhana), Snp.425; Dhp.23 (anuttara, cp. Dhp-a.i.231); Pts.i.39; Pts.ii.81; Vb.247 (kulāni y-kh-kāmāni, which Vb-a.341 explains catūhi yogehi khemaṃ nibbhayaṃ icchanti); Thag-a.13-kkhemin finding one’s rest, peace, or salvation; emancipated free, an Arahant SN.iii.13 (accanta˚); SN.iv.85; AN.ii.12; AN.iv.310 (patta˚); AN.v.326 (accanta˚); Dhp-a.iii.233 Dhp-a.iii.234 (= sabba-yoga-visaṃyutta); neg. a˚; not finding one’s salvation AN.ii.52 (in verse) = Pts.ii.80; Iti.50-ññu knowing the (right) means Mil.169 sq. -bahula strong in exertion AN.iii.432. -yutta (Mārassa) one who is tied in the bonds (of Māra) AN.ii.52 (so read for ˚gutta the verse also at Pts.ii.80, Pts.ii.81, and Iti.50). -vibhāga dividing (division) of the relation (in grammar: to yoga 2) Snp-a.266.
Vedic yoga, see etym. under yuga & yuñjati. Usually m.; pl. nt. yogāni occurs at DN.ii.274 in meaning “bonds”
adjective of the nature of trying, acting as a bond, fetter-ish Dhs.584; Dhs-a.49 (cp. Dhs. trsl. 301). The spelling is also yoganiya, cp oghaniya.
fr. yoga; grd. formation
adjective noun
fr. yoga, cp. Class. Sk. yogin
neuter “what may be yoked,” i.e.
Vedic yogya; a grd. formation fr. yoga in meaning of yoga 1
(nt. & adj.)
same as last, in meaning of yoga 7
feminine training, practice Ja.ii.165 (yoggaṃ karoti to practise); Ja.iv.269 (id.); Dhp-a.i.52 (lakkha-yoggaṃ karoti to practise shooting)
■ adj. (-˚) katayogga well-practised, trained SN.i.62, SN.i.98 (neg.). Only at these passages, missing at the other daḷha-dhamma- passages e.g. at SN.ii.266; MN.i.82; AN.ii.48.
Vedic and Epic Sk. yogyā; same as yogga2, fr. yoga
neuter
Vedic yojana
feminine (grammatical) construction; exegesis, interpretation; meaning Kp-a.156 Kp-a.218, Kp-a.243; Snp-a.20, Snp-a.90, Snp-a.122 sq., Snp-a.131 sq., Snp-a.148, Snp-a.166, Snp-a.177, Snp-a.248, Snp-a.255, Snp-a.313; Pv-a.45, Pv-a.50, Pv-a.69, Pv-a.73, Pv-a.139 (attha˚), and passim in Commentaries.
*Sk. yojanā, fr. yojeti
adjective a yojana in extent Ja.i.92 (vihāra); Dpvs.17, 108 (ārāma); Dhp-a.i.274 (maṇipallanka).
fr. yojana
yoked, tied, bound Pts.i.129 (catuyoga˚ fettered by the four bonds); Snp-a.137 (yottehi y.).
pp. of yojeti
adjective connected with, mixed; neg. a˚ not mixed (with poison), unadulterated Ja.i.269.
fr. yojita
caus 2 yojāpeti to cause some one to yoke etc.: DN.ii.95 (yānāni, to harness); Ja.i.150 (dvāraṃ, to set right); Mhvs.35, Mhvs.40 (rathe, to harness)
pass yojīyati to become yoked or harnessed Ja.i.57 (nangalasahassaṃ y.)
pp yojita.
Caus. of yuñjati
in a˚; MN.ii.24 read yujjha (of yudh).
neuter the tie of the yoke of a plough or cart SN.i.172 = Snp.77; SN.iv.163 SN.iv.282; Ja.i.464; Ja.ii.247 (camma˚); Ja.iv.82; Ja.v.45 (cammay- varatta), Ja.v.47; Vism.269; Dhp-a.i.205; Snp-a.137. As dhura-yotta at Ja.i.192; Ja.vi.253.
Vedic yoktra, cp. Lat. junctor, Gr. ζευκτ ̈ηρες yoke-straps; Epic Sk. yoktṛ one who yokes
neuter a tie, band, halter, rope Ja.vi.252; Mil.53; Vism.254, Vism.255; Dhp-a.iii.208.
yatta + ka
a warrior, soldier, fighter, champion Vin.i.73 (yodhā yuddh’ âbhinandino… pabbajjaṃ yāciṃsu); Ja.i.180; Mil.293.
cp. Vedic yodha; fr. yudh
= yodhikā Ja.v.420.
feminine a special kind of jasmine Vv.35#4; Ja.iv.440 (yoth˚), Ja.iv.442; Ja.v.422; Vv-a.162 (as thalaja and a tree).
a var. reading of yūthikā (q.v.)
a warrior; camma˚; a warrior in cuirass, a certain army grade DN.i.51; AN.iv.107.
= yodha
to attack, to fight against (acc.) Dhp.40 (yodhetha = pahareyya Dhp-a.i.317) Ja.v.183.
Caus. of yujjhati
feminine
Vedic yoni
(nf.) youth DN.i.115; AN.i.68; AN.iii.5, AN.iii.66, AN.iii.103; Dhp.155 Dhp.156; Snp.98, Snp.110, Snp.218; Pv.i.7#6; Dhp-a.iii.409; Pv-a.3.
cp. late Vedic & Epic Sk. yauvana, fr. yuvan
the letter (or sound) r, used as euphonic consonant to avoid hiatus. The sandhi-r-originates from the final r of nouns in ˚ir & ˚ur of the Vedic period. In Pali it is felt as euphonic consonant only, like other sandhi consonants (y for instance) which in the older language were part of the noun itself. Thus r even where it is legitimate in a word may interchange with other sandhi-consonants in the same word, as we find punam-eva and puna-d-eva besides the original puna-r-eva (= Vedic punar eva). At Ja.i.403 we read “punar āgata,” where the C. explains “puna āgata, ra-kāro sandhivasena vutto.” Similarly: Snp.81 (vutti-r-esā), Snp.214 (thambho-r
■ iva), Snp.625 = Dhp.401 (āragge-r-iva), Dhp.679 (ati-r-iva), Dhp.687 (sarada-r-iva), Dhp.1134 (haṃsa-r-iva) Vv.64#22 (Vajir’ āvudho-r-iva); Pv.ii.8#7 (puna-r-eva Pv.ii.11#6 (id.); Pv-a.77 (su-r-abhigandha). In the latter cause the r has no historical origin, as little as in the phrase dhir atthu (for *dhig-atthu) Snp.440; Ja.i.59. Ramsi & Rasmi;
a rein, a ray.
Vedic raśmi. The form raṃsi is the proper Pali form, originating fr. raśmi through metathesis like amhi for asmi, tamhā for tasmā etc. Cp Geiger Pali Grammar § 50#2. The form rasmi is a Sanskritism and later
adjective having rays, radiant, in sahassa˚; having 1000 rays Vv.64#5 (= suriya-maṇḍala viya Vv-a.277).
raṃsi + ka
adjective having rays, radiant; n. sg. raṃsimā the sun Vv.81#2 (= suriya Vv-a.314).
fr. raṃsi
adjective (-˚) guarding or to be guarded
hard to guard Dhp-a.i.295. ˚kathā, s. l. rukkha-˚ warding talk Thag-a.1, in Brethren, 185, cp. note 416.
fr. base rakkh
adjective noun
fr. rakkha
pp rakkhita. See also parīpāleti & parirakkhati.
Vedic raksati, rakṣ to Idg. *ark (cp. Lat. arceo etc.) in enlarged form *aleq = Gr. ἀλέςω to protect (Alexander!); ἀλκή strength; Ags. ealgian to protect Goth. alhs = Ags. ealh temple. Cp. also base *areq in P. aggala. The Dhtp.18 explains rakkh by “pālana”.
neuter
fr. rakkh
adjective observing, keeping; one who observes Ja.i.228 (pañca-sīla˚; so read for rakkhānaka).
fr. rakkhana
a kind of harmful (nocturnal) demon, usually making the water its haunt and devouring men Thag.931; Snp.310 (Asura˚) Ja.i.127 (daka˚ = udaka˚), Ja.i.170 (id.); Ja.vi.469 (id.); Dhp-a.i.367 (˚pariggahita-pokkharaṇī); Dhp-a.iii.74 (udaka˚); Sdhp.189, Sdhp.313, Sdhp.366
■ f. rakkhasī Ja.iii.147 (r. pajā); Mhvs.12, Mhvs.45 (rudda˚, coming out of the ocean).
cp. Vedic rakṣa, either fr. rakṣ to injure, or more likely fr. rakṣ to protect or ward off (see details at Macdonell, Vedic Mythology pp. 162–164)
feminine shelter, protection, care AN.ii.73 (+ parittā); Mhvs.25, Mhvs.3; Ja.i.140 (bahūhi rakkhāhi rakkhiyamāna); Pv-a.198 (˚ṃ saṃvidahati) Often in combination rakkhā + āvaraṇa (+ gutti) shelter defence, e.g. at Vin.ii.194; DN.i.61 (dhammikaṃ r
■ v. guttiṃ saṃvidaheyyāma); MN.ii.101; Ja.iv.292
■ Cp gorakkhā
■ Note. rakkhā at Ja.iii.144 is an old misreading for rukkhā.
verb-noun fr. rakkh
guarded, protected, saved SN.iv.112 (rakkhitena kāyena, rakkhitāya vācāya etc.) AN.i.7 (cittaṃ r.); Snp.288 (dhamma˚), Snp.315 (gottā˚) Vv-a.72 (mātu˚, pitu˚ etc.); Pv-a.61, Pv-a.130
■ Note. rakkhitaṃ karoti at Mhvs.28, Mhvs.43 Childers trsls “take under protection,” but Geiger reads rakkhike and trsls “appoint as watchers.”
pp. of rakkhati
colour, paint Mil.11 (˚palibodha)
fr. raj1, rajati, to be coloured or to have colour
a stage, theatre, dancing place, playhouse Vv.33#1; Ja.ii.252
■ raṅgaṃ karoti to play theatre Dhp-a.iv.62
■ raṅgamajjha the stage, the theatre usually in loc. -majjhe, on the stage, SN.iv.306; Ja.iv.495; Dhp-a.iii.79; same with -maṇḍale Ja.ii.253
fr. raj2, irajyati, to straighten, order, direct etc.: see uju. The Dhtp (27) only gives one raj in meaning “gamana”
to arrange, prepare, compose. The root is defined at Dhtp.546 by “paṭiyattane” (with variant reading car), and given at No. 542 as variant reading of pac in meaning “vitthāre.”
pp racita.
rac, later Sk
feminine
fr. rac
■ Cp. vi˚
pp. of racati
feminine a carriage road Vin.ii.194; Vin.iii.151; Vin.iv.271 (= rathiyā); Vin.v.205 (raccha-gata); Ja.i.425; Ja.v.335; Ja.vi.276 (in its relation to vīthi); Dāvs v.48; Pv-a.24 (koṇa˚).
Sk. rathyā. This the contracted form. The diaeretic forms are rathiyā & rathikā (q.v.)
a dyer (& “washerman” in the same function), more correctly “bleacher.” See remarks of Kern’s at Toevoegselen ii.45 on distinction of washerman dyer
■ DN.i.51 (in list of occupations); Vin.iii.45; SN.ii.101 = SN.iii.152 (in simile; combined with cittakāra, here perhaps “painter”?); SN.iii.131; Ja.v.186; Vb-a.331 (in simile)
fr. rajati
(-˚) adjective only in combination with appa˚ and mahā˚; i.e. having little (or no) and much defilement (or blemish of character) MN.i.169; SN.i.137 (here further combined with ˚jātika; cp. BSk. alpa-rajaskajātīya Mvu.iii.322); Vin.i.5 (id.); Pts.i.121; Pts.ii.33 Pts.ii.195; Mnd.358; Cnd.235 No. 3 p2; Vb.341; Mil.263 Vism.205; Vb-a.458
rajo + ending ka, in combination *rajas-ka = rajakkha, like *puras-kata = purakkhata. The ˚ka belongs to the whole cpd
feminine is Kern’s (problematic) proposed reading (Toevoegselen s. v.) for rājakhāda at Snp.831 (rājakhādāya phuṭṭho), which is however unjustified as the original reading is well-attested and explained in the Niddesa as such. The term as proposed would not occur by itself either (like rajakkha, only-˚)
abstr. fr. rajakkha
neuter silver DN.i.5 (explained at DN-a.i.78 as a general name for all coins except gold: kahāpaṇas etc.); SN.i.92; Snp.962 (in simile explained at Mnd.478 as jātarūpa), Ja.v.50; Ja.v.416 (hema˚ gold & silver); Vv.35#1 (˚hema-jāla); Dhp-a.ii.42 (˚paṭṭa silver tablet or salver); Dhp-a.iv.105 (˚gabbha silver money box or cabinet for silver, alongside of kahāpaṇa-gabbha and suvaṇṇa˚); Vb-a.64 (explained as “kahāpaṇa”); Pv-a.95 (for rūpiya)
Vedic rajata; see etym. under rajati
usually intrs. rajjati (q.v.). As rajitabba (grd.) in meaning “to be bleached” (dhovitabba +) only in meaning “bleach” (as compared with dhovati clean, & vijaṭeti to disentangle, smoothe) Vin.iii.235 (ppr. fr. pl. dhovantiyo rajantiyo etc.); Ja.i.8 (rajitabba, grd.; dhovitabba +)
■ Somehow it is difficult to distinguish between the meanings “bleach” and “dye” (cp rajaka), in some combinations with dhovati it clearly means “dye,” as at Vin.i.50 (forms: rajati, rajitabba, rajiyetha 3 sg. Pot. Med.); Vism.65 (forms: rajitvā, rajitabba rajituṃ)
■ Another grd. rajanīya in diff. meaning (see sep.). Caus. rajeti to paint, colour Thag.1155 (inf rajetave: (see Geiger, P.Gr. § 204, 1. a). Caus. also rañjeti (see under rañjati). Med. Pass. rajjati (q.v.)-Caus. ii. rajāpeti to cause to be bleached Vin.iii.206 (dhovāpeyya rajāpeyya ākoṭāpeyya), Vin.iii.235 (dhovapeti r. vijaṭāpeti); Ja.ii.197 (ovaṭṭikaṃ sibbāpetvā rajāpetvā)
raj & rañj; to shine, to be coloured or light (-red); to Idg. *areg to be bright, as in Lat. argus, Gr. ἀργής & ἀργός light; Sk. arjuna (see ajjuna); to which also rajati silver = Lat. argentum, Gr. α ̓́ργυρος; Gallic Argento-ratum (Name of Strassburg); Oir argat
neuter colouring, dye DN.i.110 (suddhaṃ vatthaṃ… sammadeva rajanaṃ paṭigaṇheyya); Vin.i.50 = Vin.i.53 Vin.ii.227; Vin.i.286 (6 dyes allowed to the bhikkhus: mūla˚, khandha˚, taca˚, patta˚, puppha˚, phala˚ or made of the root, the trunk, bark, leaf, flower, fruit of trees) Thag.965; SN.ii.101 (here either as f. or adj.) Ja.i.220 (washing?).
fr. raj
feminine the night Dāvs i.39; Abhp.69; Pv-a.205.
fr. raj, cp. rajanīya 2
adjective of the nature of rajas, i.e. leading to lust, apt to rouse excitement, enticing lustful.
grd. of rajati
(rajas) & Raja neuter
raj, see rajati & rañjati. Vedic rajaḥ meaning: (a) space, as region of mist & cloud similar to antarīksa, (b) a kind of (shiny) metal (cp rajata); see Zimmer, Altind. Leben 55
neuter kingship, royalty, kingdom, empire; reign, throne; (fig.) sovereignty AN.iii.300 (˚ṃ kāreti); Snp.114, Snp.553 (˚ṃ kāreti to reign); Ja.i.57; Ja.i.64 (ekarattena tīṇi rajjāni atikkamma; 3 kingdoms), Ja.iii.170 (˚ṃ amaccānaṃ niyyādetvā), Ja.i.199 (dukkhaseyyaṃ api rajjaṃ pi kāraye); Ja.iv.96, Ja.iv.105, Ja.iv.393 (nava rajja new kingship, newly (or lately) crowned king); Ja.vi.4 (rajjato me sussitvā maraṇam eva seyyo: death by withering is better than kingship); Vv-a.314 (= Ja.i.64 as above); Pv-a.73 sq.; Mhvs.10, Mhvs.52 (rājā rajjaṃ akārayi)
■ cakkavatti˚; rule of a universal king Dhp-a.iii.191; deva˚; reign amongst gods Kp-a.227; padesa˚ local sovereignty Iti.15; Kp.viii.12 (cp. Kp-a.227).
Sk. rājya, fr. rāj
to be excited, attached to (loc.), to find pleasure in SN.iv.74 (na so rajjati rūpesu; = viratta-citta); Snp.160, Snp.813 (contrasted with virajjati); Pts.i.58, Pts.i.77 sq., Pts.i.130, Pts.i.178 Mnd.138; Mil.386 (rajjasi rajanīyesu etc.: in combination with dosa & moha or derivations, representing rāga or lobha, cp. lobhanīya); Vb-a.11
ppr rajjamāna Pv-a.3; Pot. rajjeyya Mil.280 (kampeyya +); grd rajjitabba Mil.386 (rajanīyesu r.; with dussanīyesu and muyhanīyesu; followed by kampitabba); fut rajjissati Dhs-a.194; aor. arañji Vin.i.36 = Ja.i.83 (na yiṭṭhe na hute arañjiṃ)
pp ratta.
cp. Sk. rajyati, raj or rañj, Med. of rajati
neuter defilement DN-a.i.195. Cp. muyhana.
fr. rajjati
feminine a cord, line, rope SN.ii.128; Vin.ii.120 Vin.ii.148 (āviñchana˚); Cnd.304; Ja.i.464, Ja.i.483 (fisherman’s line); Ja.v.173; Mhvs.10, Mhvs.61; Dhp-a.iv.54; Vb-a.163 Kp-a.57; Vv-a.207; Sdhp.148, Sdhp.153.
Vedic rajju, cp. Lat. restis rope, Lith. rẽƶgis wicker, basket
rajju + ka
caus rañjeti to delight or make glad DN.iii.93 (in etym. of rājā (q.v.)-pp rañjita
caus 2 rañjāpeti to cause to be coloured or dyed Dhp-a.iv.106 (variant reading raj˚).
rañj = raj: see rajati & rajjati- Dhtp.66 & Dhtp.398 defines rañja = rāge
neuter delighting, finding pleasure, excitement Dhs-a.363 (rañjan’ aṭṭhena rāgo; variant reading rajano˚; perhaps better to be read rajjana˚).
fr. rañjati
coloured, soiled, in raja˚; affected with stain, defiled Ja.i.117
■ See also anu˚ & pari˚.
pp. of rañjeti
to yell, cry; shout (at), scold, revile: not found in the texts.
raṭ; Dhtp.86: “paribhāsane”
neuter reign, kingdom, empire; country, realm Snp.46 (explained at Cnd.536 as “raṭṭhañ ca janapadañ ca koṭṭhāgārañ ca… nagarañ ca”), Snp.287 Snp.444, Snp.619; Ja.iv.389 (˚ṃ araṭṭhaṃ karoti); Pv-a.19 (˚ṃ kāreti to reign, govern). Pabbata˚ mountain-kingdom Snp-a.26; Magadha˚ the kingdom of Magadha Pv-a.67.
Vedic rāṣṭra
adjective belonging to the kingdom, royal, sovereign Ja.iv.91 (senāvāhana)
■ Cp. raṭṭhika.
Sk. rāṣṭraka
adjective possessing a kingdom or kingship Pv.ii.6#11 (˚nto khattiyā).
raṭṭha + vant
fr. raṭṭha, cp. Sk. rāṣṭrika
The translation (Expos. 67) takes raṇa as “cause of grief,” or “harm”, hence araṇa “harmless” and saraṇa “harmful” (the latter trsld as “concomitant with war” by Dhs. trsl. of Dhs.1294; and asaraṇa as opp. “not concomitant” doubtful). At SN.i.148 (rūpe raṇaṃ disvā) it is almost syn. with raja. Bdhgh. explains this passage (see K.S. 320) as “rūpamhi jāti-jarā-bhanga-sankhātaṃ dosaṃ, translation (K.S. 186): “discerning canker in visible objects material.”
The term is not sufficiently cleared yet. At Thig.358 we read “(kāmā) appassādā raṇakarā sukkapakkha-visosanā,” and Thig.360 reads “raṇaṃ karitvā kāmānaṃ.” Thag-a.244 explains Thig.358 by “rāg’ ādi sambandhanato”; Thig.360 by “kāmānaṃ raṇaṃ te ca mayā kātabbaṃ ariyamaggaṃ sampahāraṃ katvā.” The first is evidently “grief,” the second “fight,” but the translation (Sisters 145) gives “stirring strife” for Thig.358, and “fight with worldly lusts” for Thig.360; whereas Kern Toevoegselen s. v. raṇakara gives “causing sinful desire” as trsl.
The word araṇa (see araṇa2) was regarded as neg of raṇa in both meanings (1 & 2); thus either “freedom fr. passion” or “not fighting.” The translation of Dhs-a.50 (Expos. 67) takes it in a slightly diff. sense as “harmless” (i.e. having no grievous causes)
■ At MN.iii.235 araṇa is a quâsi summing up of “adukkha an-upaghāta anupāyāsa etc.,” and saraṇa of their positives. Here a meaning like “harmfulness” & “harmlessness” seems to be fitting. Other passages of araṇa see under araṇa.
Vedic raṇa, both “enjoyment,” and “battle.” The Dhtp (115) only knows of ran as a sound-base saddatthā (= Sk. ran2 to tinkle)
delighting in (loc. or-˚), intent on, devoted to SN.iv.117 (dhamme jhāne), SN.iv.389 sq. (bhava etc.); Snp.54 (sangaṇika˚), Snp.212, Snp.250, Snp.327, Snp.330 (dhamme), Snp.461 (yaññe), Snp.737 (upasame); Mvu. 1, 44 (mahākāruṇiko Satthā sabba-loka-hite rato); Snp.32, Snp.84 (rato puññe) Pv-a.3, Pv-a.12, Pv-a.19 (˚mānasa).
pp. of ramati
neuter
cp. Vedic ratna, gift; the BSk. form is ratna (Divy.26) as well as ratana (Avs.ii.199)
a linear measure (which Abhp p.23 gives as equal to 12 angula or 7 ratanas = 1 yaṭṭhi: see Kirfel, Kosmographie, p.335. The same is given by Bdhgh. at Vb-a.343 dve vidatthiyo ratanaṃ; satta r. yaṭṭhi) Ja.v.36 (vīsaṃr-sataṃ); Ja.vi.401 (˚mattaṃ); Vv-a.321 (so given by Hardy in Index as “measure of length,” but to be taken as ratana1, as indicated clearly by context & C.); Mil.282 (satta-patiṭṭhito aṭṭha-ratan’ ubbedho nava-ratan āyāma-pariṇāho pāsādiko dassanīyo Uposatho nāgarājā: alluding to ratana1 2!).
most likely = Sk. aratni: see ratani
(-˚) adjective characteristic of a gem, or a king’s treasure; in phrase aniggata-ratanake “When the treasure has not gone out” Vin.iv.160, where the chief queen is meant with “treasure.”
ratana + ka, the ending belonging to the whole cpd.
a cubit Mil.85 (aṭṭha rataniyo).
Sk. aratni “elbow” with apocope and diaeresis; given at Halāyudha 2, 381 as “a cubit, or measure from the elbow to the tip of the little finger.” The form ratni also occurs in Sk. The etym. is fr. Idg *ole (to bend), cp. Av. arəpna elbow; Sk. arāla bent of which enlarged bases *olen in Lat. ulna, ond *oleq in Lat. lacertus, Sk. lakutaḥ = P. laguḷa. See cognates in Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. lacertus
adjective a ratana in length Ja.i.7 (aḍḍha˚); Mil.312 (aṭṭha˚).
fr. ratana
feminine love, attachment, pleasure, liking for (loc.), fondness of SN.i.133 (˚ṃ paccanubhavati), SN.i.207; SN.iii.256; Snp.41 (= anukkhaṇṭhit adhivacanaṃ Cnd.537), Snp.59 (id.), Snp.270, Snp.642, Snp.956 (= nekkhamma-rati paviveka˚, upasama˚ Mnd.457); Ja.iii.277 (kilesa˚); Dhp-a.iv.225; Pv-a.77
■ arati dislike, aversion SN.i.7, SN.i.54, SN.i.128, SN.i.180, SN.i.197; SN.v.64; Snp.270 (+ rati), Snp.642 (id.); Dhp.418 (rati +); Thig.339; Dhs-a.193; Pv-a.64 Sdhp.476
■ ratiṃ karoti to delight in, to make love Vism.195 (purisā itthīsu).
Classic Sk. rati, fr. ram
adjective (-˚) fond of, devoted to, keen on, fostering; f. ratinī Ja.iv.320 (ahiṃsā˚).
fr. rati
pp. of rañjati, cp. Sk. rakta
neuter & (poet.); rattā (f.) (rarely) night; (usually time in general. Occurs only-˚, with expressions giving a definite time. Independently (besides compounds. mentioned below) only at one (doubtful) passage, viz. Snp.1071 where Burmese manuscripts manuscripts read rattam-ahā for rattaṁ aho, which corresponds to the Vedic phrase aho-rātraṁ (= Pali ahorattaṁ). The P.T.S. ed. reads nattaṁ. Snp-a.593 reads nattaṁ, but explains as rattin-divaṁ, whereas Cnd.538 reads rattaṁ & explains: “rattaṁ vuccati ratti, ahā (sic lege!) ti divaso, rattiñ ca divañ ca.” Otherwise only in foll. adv. expressions (meaning either “time” or “night”):
■ instr. eka-rattena in one night Ja.i.64; satta after one week (lit. a seven-night) Snp.570
■ acc. sg. cira-rattaṃ a long time Snp.665; dīgha˚ id. [cp. BSk dīrgha-rātraṃ freq.] Snp.22; MN.i.445; aḍḍha˚ at “halfnight,” i.e. midnight AN.iii.407; pubba-ratt’ âpararattaṃ one night after the other (lit. the last one and the next) Dhp-a.iv.129
■ acc. pl. cira rattāni a long time Ja.v.268
■ loc. in var. forms, viz. vassa- ratte in the rainy season Ja.v.38 (Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. gives wrongly iii.37, 143; aḍḍha- ratte at midnight Pv-a.152; aḍḍha rattāyaṃ at midnight Vv.81#16 (= aḍḍharattiyaṃ Vv-a.315); divā ca ratto ca day & night Vv.31#5 (= rattiyaṃ Vv-a.130); cira- rattāya a long time Ja.v.267; Pv.i.9#4.
Epic Sk. rātra; Vedic rātra only in cpd. aho-rātraṃ. Semantically an abstr formation in collect. meaning “the space of a night’s time,” hence “interval of time” in general. Otherwise rātri: see under ratti
feminine night DN.i.47 (dosinā). gen. sg. ratyā (for *rattiyā) Thag.517; Snp.710 (vivasane = ratti-samatikkame Snp-a.496); Ja.vi.491. abl. sg. rattiyā in phrases abhikkantāya r. at the waning of night DN.ii.220; Vin.i.26; SN.i.16; MN.i.143; & pabhātāya r. when night grew light, i.e. dawn Ja.i.81, Ja.i.500. instr. pl. rattīsu Vin.i.288 (hemantikāsu r.). A loc. ratyā (for *rātryām) and a nom. pl. ratyo (for *rātryaḥ) is given by Geiger, Pali Grammar § 58#3
■ Very often combined with and opp. to diva in foll. combinations: rattin-diva [cp. BSk. rātrindiva = Gr. νυξχήμερον, Avs.i.274, Avs.i.278; Avs.ii.176; Divy.124] a day & a night (something like our “24 hours”), in phrase dasa rattindivā a decade of n. & d. (i.e. a 10-day week AN.v.85 sq.; adverbially satta-rattin-divaṃ a week Dhp-a.i.108. As adv. in acc. sg.: rattin-divaṃ night and day AN.iii.57; Snp.507, Snp.1142; Iti.93; Ja.i.30; or rattiñ ca divañ ca Cnd.538, or rattiṃ opposed to adv. divā by night-by day MN.i.143; Pv-a.43
■ Other cases as adv. acc. eka rattiṃ one night Ja.i.62; Pv.ii.9#7; Pv-a.42; taṃ rattiṃ that night Mhvs.4, Mhvs.38; imaṃ r. this night MN.i.143 yañ car.… yañ car.… etasmiṃ antare in between yon night and yon night Iti.121; rattiṃ at night Mil.42; rattiṃ rattiṃ night after night Mhvs.30, Mhvs.16
■ gen. rattiyā ca divasassa ca by n. & by day SN.ii.95
■ loc. rattiyañ by night Vv-a.130, Vv-a.315 (aḍḍha˚ at midnight) Pv-a.22; and ratto in phrase divā ca ratto ca Snp.223 Thig.312; Dhp.296; Vv.31#5; Vv.84#32; SN.i.33.
Vedic rātrī & later Sk. rātri
■ Idg; *lādh as in Gr. λήχω = Lat. lateo to hide; Sk rāhu dark demon also Gr. *Λητώ (= Lat. Latona) Goddess of night; Mhg luoder insidiousness; cp. further Gr. λανχάνω to be hidden, λήχη oblivion (E. lethargy)
■ The by-form of ratti is ratta2
a two-wheeled carriage, chariot (for riding driving or fighting SN.i.33 (ethically); AN.iv.191 (horse cart; diff. parts of a ratha); MN.i.396; Snp.300, Snp.654 Vism.593 (in its compound of akkha, cakka, pañjara, īsā etc.); Ja.iii.239 (passaddha˚ carriage slowing up); Thig.229 (caturassaṃ rathaṃ, i.e. a Vimāna); Mhvs.35, Mhvs.42 (goṇā rathe yuttā); Vv-a.78 (500), Vv-a.104, Vv-a.267 (= Vimāna) Pv-a.74
■ assatarī˚; a chariot drawn by a she-mule Vv.20#8 = Vv.43#8; Pv.i.11#1; Ja.vi.355
■ Phussa-ratha state carriage Ja.iii.238; Ja.vi.30 sq. See under ph
■ On ratha in similes see J.P.T.S. 1907, 127.
Vedic ratha, Av. rapa, Lat. rota wheel, rotundus (“rotund” & round), Oir. roth = Ohg rad wheel, Lith rãtas id.
pleasure, joy, delight: see mano˚.
fr. ram, cp. Sk. ratha
neuter a little carriage, a toy cart DN.i.6 (cp. DN-a.i.86: khuddakarathaṃ); Vin.ii.10; Vin.iii.180; MN.i.226; Mil.229.
fr. ratha, cp. Sk. rathaka m.
adjective having a chariot, neg. a˚ without a chariot Ja.vi.515.
ratha + ka
fighter fr. a chariot, charioteer MN.i.397 (saññāto kusalo rathassa anga-paccangānaṃ); DN.i.51 (in list of var. occupations, cp. DN-a.i.156); Ja.vi.15 (+ patti-kārika), Ja.vi.463 (id.). Rathika & Rathiya
fr. ratha
feminine a carriage-road
Vedic rathya belonging to the chariot, later Sk. rathyā road. See also racchā
at Thag-a.257 in cpd. “sannivesa-visiṭṭha-rada-visesayutta” is not quite clear (“splitting”?).
to scratch Dhtp.159 cp. rada & radana; tooth Abhp.261.
rad: see etym. at Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. rado (“rase”). Given in meaning “vilekhana” at Dhtp.159 & Dhtm.220. Besides this it is given at Dhtm.224 in meaning “bhakkhana”
cooked Ja.v.505; Ja.vi.24; Mil.107.
for Sk. raddha, pp. of randhati 2
opening, cleft, open spot; flaw, defect, weak spot AN.iv.25; Snp.255, Snp.826 randhamesin looking for somebody’s weak spot cp. Mnd.165 (“virandham˚ aparandham˚ khalitam gaḷitam˚ vivaram-esī ti”); Ja.ii.53; Ja.iii.192; Snp-a.393 (+ vivara); Dhp-a.iii.376, Dhp-a.iii.377 (˚gavesita).
Sk. randhra, fr. randhati 1; the P. form viâ *randdha: see Geiger, P.Gr. § 581
(-˚) adjective one who cooks, cooking, a cook Ja.iv.431 (bhatta˚).
fr. randhati 2
pp randha1.
radh or randh, differentiated in Pāli to 2 meanings & 2 verbs according to Dhtm: “hiṃsāyaṃ” (148), and “pāke” (827). In the former sense given as raṇḍ, in the latter randh. The root is freq. in the Vedas, in meaning 1. It belongs perhaps to Ags. rendan to rend: see Walde, Lat. Wtb. s, v. lumbus
to chatter, whisper Dhtp.187 (“vacane”); Dhtm.266 (“akkose”). See also lapati.
rap
wild, terrible, violent DN.i.91 explained by “bahu-bhāṇin” at DN-a.i.256. There are several vv.ll. at this passage.
rabh = labh, which see for etym. Cp. also Lat rabies
■ Dhtp.205 explains rabh (correctly) by ārambha & Dhtm.301 by rābhassa
(-˚) adjective delighting, enjoyable; only in cpd. dū˚; (= duḥ) difficult to enjoy, not fit for pleasures as nt. absence of enjoyment Dhp.87 = SN.v.24; and mano˚ gladdening the mind (q.v.).
fr. ram
adjective pleasing, charming, delightful Dhp-a.ii.202 (˚ṭṭhāna).
fr. ramati; cp. Sk. ramaṇa
adjective = ramaṇa Ja.iii.207.
(adj.) delightful, pleasing, charming, pleasant, beautiful DN.i.47 (˚ṇīyā dosinā ratti, cp. DN-a.i.141); Snp.1013; Mhvs.15, Mhvs.69 (ṇ) Pv-a.42, Pv-a.51 (expln for rucira). As ramaṇeyya at SN.i.233. Cp. rāmaṇeyya(ka).
grd. of ramati
to enjoy oneself, to delight in; to sport, find amusement in
■ (loc.) SN.i.179; Vin.197 (ariyo na r. pāpe) Snp.985 (jhāne); Dhp.79 (ariya-ppavedite dhamme sadā r. paṇḍito);
■ subj. 1st pl. ramāmase Thig.370 (cp Geiger, P.Gr. 126);
■ med. 1st sg. rame Ja.v.363;
imper rama Pv.ii.12#20 (r. deva mayā saha; better with variant reading as ramma)
fut ramissati Pv-a.153
ger ramma Pv.ii.12#20 (variant reading for rama).
grd ramma & ramanīya; (q.v.)
pp rata
caus 1 rameti to give pleasure to, to please, to fondle Thag.13; Ja.v.204; Ja.vi.3 (pp ramayamāna); Mil.313
pp ramita (q.v.).
caus 2 ramāpeti to enjoy oneself Ja.vi.114.
ram; defined by Dhtp.224 & Dhtm.318 by “kīḷāyaṃ”
having enjoyed, enjoying, taking delight in, amusing oneself with (loc. or saha) Snp.709 (vanante r. siyā); Dhp.305 (id. = abhirata Dhp-a.iii.472) Pv.ii.12#21 (’mhi tayā saha).
pp. of rameti
(& lambati); to hang down. Both forms are given with meaning “avasaṃsane” at Dhtp.198 and Dhtm.283.
lamb
feminine a plantain or banana tree Abhp.589.
Sk. rambhā
adjective enjoyable, charming, beautiful Snp.305; Thag-a.71 (v. 30); Mhvs.1, Mhvs.73; Mhvs.14, Mhvs.47 Sdhp.248, Sdhp.512.
grd. of ramati
adjective Name of the month Chaitra Ja.v.63.
Sk ramyaka
speed, lit. current Abhp.40. See rava1.
fr. ri, riṇāti to let loose or flow, which is taken as ray at Dhtp.234, defined as “gamana,” and at Dhtm.336 as “gati.” The root ri itself is given at Dhtm.351 in meaning “santati,” i.e. continuation
■ On etym. cp Vedic retaḥ; Lat. rivus river = Gall, Rēnos “Rhine. See Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. rivus
speed, exceeding swiftness, galloping, in combination with dava running at Vin.ii.101; Vin.iv.4; MN.i.446 (better reading here dav’ atthe rav’ atthe for dhāve ravatthe, cp. vv.ll. on p. 567 & Neumann, Mittl Sammlg. ii.672 n. 49). Note. At the Vin passages it refers to speaking & making blunders by over-hurrying oneself in speaking
■ The Dhtm (No. 871) gives rava as a synonym of; rasa (with assāda & sneha). It is not clear what the connection is between those two meanings.
for raya, with v. for y as freq. in Pāli, Dhtm.352: ru “gate”
loud sound, roar, shout, cry; any noise uttered by animals Ja.ii.110; Ja.iii.277; Dhp-a.i.232 (sabba-rava-ññu knowing all sounds of animals); Mil.357 (kāruñña˚). See also rāva ruta.
fr. ru, cp. Vedic rava
= rava, in go˚; a cow’s bellowing MN.i.225.
adjective noun roaring, howling, singing, only in cpd. -ghaṭa a certain kind of pitcher, where meaning of ravaṇa is uncertain. Only at identical passages (in illustration) Vism.264 = Vism.362 = Kp-a.68 (reading peḷā-ghaṭa, but see App. p. 870 ravaṇa˚) Vb-a.68 (where variant reading yavana˚, with?).
fr. ravati
to shout cry, make a (loud) noise Mil.254
aor ravi Ja.i.162 (baddha-rāvaṃ ravi); Ja.ii.110; Ja.iii.102; Pv-a.100; arāvi Mhvs.10, Mhvs.69 (mahā-rāvaṃ); and aravi Mhvs.32, Mhvs.79. pp. ravita & ruta;
■ Cp. abhi˚, vi˚.
ru: Idg. *re & *reu;, cp. Lat. ravus “raw, hoarse,” raucus, rūmor “rumour”; Gr. ὠρυόμαι to shout ὠρυδόν roaring, etc.; Dhtp.240: ru “sadde”
the sun Ja.ii.375 (taruṇa˚-vaṇṇaratha).
cp. Sk. ravi
shouted, cried, uttered Mil.178 (sakuṇa-ruta˚).
pp. of ravati
that which is connected with the sense of taste. The defn given at Vism.447 is as follows “jivhā-paṭihanana-lakkhaṇo raso, jivhā-viññāṇassa visaya-bhāvo raso, tass’ eva gocara-paccupaṭṭhāno mūla-raso khandha-raso ti ādinā nayena anekavidho, i.e. rasa is physiologically & psychologically peculiar to the tongue (sense-object & sense-perception), and also consists as a manifold object in extractions from roots, trunk etc. (see next)
■ The conventional encyclopaedic defn of rasa at Mnd.240; Cnd.540, Dhs.629 gives taste according to: (a) the 6-fold objective source as mūla- rasa, khandha˚, taca˚, patta˚, puppha˚, phala˚; or taste (i.e. juice, liquid) of root, trunk, bark, leaf flower & fruit; and (b) the 12-fold subjective (physiological) sense-perception as ambila, madhura, tittika kaṭuka loṇika, khārika, lambila (Mil.56: ambila) kasāva; sādu, asādu, sīta, uṇha, or sour, sweet, bitter pungent, salt, alkaline, sour, astringent; pleasant, unpleasant cold & hot. Mil.56 has the foll.: ambila lavaṇa, tittaka, kaṭuka, kasāya, madhura.
Vedic rasa; with Lat. ros “dew,” Lith. rasā id., and Av Ranhā Name of a river, to Idg. *eres to flow, as in Sk. arṣati, Gr. α ̓́ψορρος (to ῥέω); also Sk. ṛṣabha: see usabha1
■ Dhtp.325 defines as “assādane” 629 as “assāda-snehanesu”; Dhtm.451 as “assāde.”-The decl. is usually as regular a-stem, but a secondary instr fr. an s-stem is to be found in rasasā by taste AN.ii.63; Ja.iii.328
(-˚) is a dial. form of -dasa ten, and occurs in Classic Pāli only in the numerals for 13 (terasa), 15 (paṇṇa-rasa, pannarasa), 17 (sattarasa) & 18 (aṭṭhārasa, late). The Prk. has gone further: see Pischel; Prk. Gr. § 245.
a cook Ja.v.460, Ja.v.461, Ja.v.507.
fr. rasa, cp. Classic Sk. rasaka
to shout, howl Ja.ii.407 (vv.ll. rayati, vasati; C. explains as “nadati”) = Ja.iv.346 (variant reading sarati).
ras
neuter taste, sweetness Snp-a.299.
fr. rasa
feminine “possessing flavours” i.e. a kitchen Vin.i.140.
rasa + vant
(adj. tasting Vv-a.85 (nibbāna˚).
fr. rasa
to find taste or satisfaction in (gen.), to delight in, to be pleased AN.iv.387 (bhāsitassa), AN.iv.388 (C.: tussati, see p. 470).
Pass-Demon formation fr. rasa
see raṃsi.
adjective short (opp dīgha) DN.i.193 (dīghā vā r. vā majjhimā ti vā), DN.i.223 (in contrast with d.); Snp.633; Dhp.409; Ja.i.356; Dhs.617 Vism.272 (def.); Dhp-a.iv.184
■ Cp. ati˚.
cp. Sk. hrasva: Geiger, Pali Grammar § 49#2. The Prk. forms are rahassa & hassa: Pischel § 354
neuter shortness, reduction (of vowel) Dhs-a.149.
fr. rassa
to leave, desert: see pp. rahita & der.; rahas rahassa.
rah, defined at Dhtp.339 & Dhtp.632 by “cāga,” giving up, also at Dhtm.490 by “cāgasmiṁ,” Dhtm.876 by cāga and gata
a (deep) pond, a lake DN.i.50 (˚ṃ iva vippasannaṃ udānaṃ); SN.i.169 = SN.i.183 (dhammo rahado sīla-tittho); Snp.721 = Mil.414 (rahado pūro va paṇḍito) Iti.92 (rahado va nivāto), Iti.114 (r. sa-ummi sāvaṭṭo sagaho); Dhp-a.ii.152
■ As udaka˚; at DN.i.74, DN.i.84; AN.iii.25 (ubbhid-odako); Pp.47
■ On r. in similes see J.P.T.S. 1907, 127.
Vedic hrada, with diaeresis & metathesis *harada → rahada; the other metathetic form of the same hrada is *draha → daha
neuter lonely place, solitude, loneliness; secrecy, privacy.
Vedic rahas. The Pāli word is restricted to the forms raho and rahā˚; (= *rahaḥ); a loc. rahasi is mentioned by Childers, but not found in the Canon
■ To rahati
adj. nt. secret, private; nt. secrecy, secret Mhvs.35, Mhvs.64 (vatvā rahassaṃ); instr. rahassena (as adv.) secretly Mhvs.36, Mhvs.80; acc. rahassaṃ id. Pv.iv.1#65.
Sk. rahasya
adjective secret Mil.91 (guyhaṃ na kātabbaṃ na rahassakaṃ).
fr. rahassa
to be lonely, to wish to be alone MN.ii.119.
Denom. fr. rahas; not corresponding to Sk. rahayati, C. of rahati to cause to leave
pp. of rah
cp. Sk. rāga, fr. raj: see rajati
(-˚) one who shows passion for, possessed of lust, affected with passion Snp.795 (cp. Mnd.100) SN.i.136; Vism.193, Vism.194 (with var. characterisations).
fr. rāga
adjective (-˚) characteristic of the king, king-; in cpds arājaka without a king Ja.vi.39 (raṭṭhe); sarājaka including the king Tikp.26; f. sarājikā Vin.i.209 (parisā) Also in phrase anikkhanta-rājake (loc. abs.) when the king has not gone out Vin.iv.160.
rāja + ka, the ending belonging to the whole cpd.
“royalty”; a high courtier, a khattiya (= rājabhogga, cp. Fick, Sociale Gliederung 100) DN.i.103 (Pasenadi rājā… uggehi vā rājaniyehi vā kañcid eva mantanaṃ manteyya) DN-a.i.273 (= anabhisittā kumārā, i.e. uncrowned princes); Mil.234; Vv-a.297 (Pāyāsi r.).
fr. rājā, cp, Vedic rājanya
feminine state of being a king, kingship, sovereignty Ja.i.119 (anuttara-dhamma˚ being a most righteous king).
abstr. fr. rājā
to shine Vv-a.134 (= vijjotati). Cp.; vi˚. Raja (Rajan)
rāj, cp. rajati & rañjati
king, a ruling potentate. The defn at Vin.iii.222 is “yo koci rajjaṃ kāreti.” The fanciful etym. at DN.iii.93 Vism.419 is “dhammena pare rañjetī ti rājā” i.e. he gladdens others with his righteousness
■ At the latter passage the origin of kingly government is given as the third stage in the constitution of a people, the 2 preceding being mahā-sammata (general consent) and khattiya (the land-aristocrats)
We find 3 systems of cases for the original Sk. forms, viz. the contracted, the diaeretic and (in the pl.) a new formation with-ū-. Thus
■ gen. & dat. sg. rañño [Sk. rājñaḥ] Vin.iii.107; Vin.iv.157; Ja.ii.378; Ja.iii.5; Vv.74#4; and rājino Snp.299, Snp.415; Thig.463; Ja.iv.495; Mhvs.2, Mhvs.14;
■ instr. sg. raññā Vin.iii.43; Ja.v.444; Dhp-a.i.164; Pv-a.22; Vb-a.106; and rājinā [Sk. rajña] Mhvs.6, Mhvs.2;
■ acc. sg. rājānaṃ Vin.iv.157;
■ loc. raññe Pv-a.76;
■ voc. rāja Snp.422, Snp.423
■ pl. nom. rājāno AN.i.68;
■ gen. dat. raññaṃ [Sk. rājñaṃ] DN.ii.87; Mhvs.18, Mhvs.32; and rājūnaṃ Vin.i.228; Ud.11; Ja.ii.104; Ja.iii.487; Snp-a.484; Pv-a.101, Pv-a.133;
■ instr. raññāhi AN.i.279 rājūhi Ud.41; MN.ii.120; Ja.i.179; Ja.iii.45 Mhvs.5, Mhvs.80; Mhvs.8, Mhvs.21; and rājubhi DN.ii.258. Cp. Geiger Pali Grammar § 92#1.
cp. Vedic rājā, n-stem. To root *reg, as in Lat. rego (to lead, di-rect, cp. in meaning Gr. ἡγεμών): see etym. under uju. Cp. Oir. rī king, Gallic Catu-rīx battle king, Goth reiks = Ohg. rīhhi = rich or Ger. reich. Besides we have *reig in Ags. rāēcean reach; Ger. reichen
■ The Dhtp only knows of one root rāj in meaning “ditti” i.e. splendour
a streak, line, row Snp.p.107 (nīla-vana˚ = dark line of trees, explained as nīla-vana rukkha-panti Snp-a.451); Vv.64#4 (nabhyo sata-rāji-cittita “coloured with 100 streaks”; Vv-a = lekhā); Vv.64#6 (veḷuriya˚) pabbata˚; a mountain range Ja.ii.417; dīgha˚; (adj.) of long lineage Pv-a.68; dvaṅgula˚; a band 2 inches broad Dāvs v.49; roma˚; a row of hair (on the body) Ja.v.430.
cp. Sk. rāji
dissension, quarrel, in phrase saṅgha˚; (+ sanghabheda) Vin.ii.203 (quoted at Vb-a.428), Vin.iv.217.
fr. rāga?
feminine a certain (gold) weight (a seedcorn of Sinapis ramosa) Thag.97 = Thag.862 (kaṃsa sata 100 mustard seeds in weight, i.e. very costly); Ja.vi.510 (kaṃse sovaṇṇe satarājike).
cp. Sk. rājikā
see vi˚.
adjective having streaks or stripes, in uddhagga˚; having prominent stripes (of a lion) Ja.iv.345.
fr. rāji
adjective having streaks or stripes; f. rājimatī shining, radiant Vv.32#1 (variant reading rājāputti), explained at Vv-a.134 as follows: “rājati vijjotatī ti rājī: rājī ti matā paññātā rājimatī” (thus connecting ˚mant with man).
fr. rāji1
a certain reptile Abhp.651.
cp. Sk. rājila
to take up no refs.
Sk. rā to give, bestow; given at Dhtp.369 & Dhtm.597 in meaning “ādāne,” with doublet lā
to please: see compounds abhi˚ apa˚, ā˚ vi˚.
Caus. of rādh to succeed, rādhyate. The root is given at Dhtp.420 & Dhtm.656 in meaning “saṃsiddhiyaṃ,” i.e. of success. See etym. at Walde, Lat Wtb. s. v. reor.
no refs.
rādh? Given at Dhtp.424 & Dhtm.656 in meaning “hiṃsāyaṃ,” i.e. of hurting
pleasure, sport, amusement; -kara having pleasure, sporting, making love Ja.v.448.
fr. ram; cp. Vedic rāma
adj. nt. pleasant agreeable, lovely AN.i.35, AN.i.37; Dhp.98 (= ramaṇīya Dhp-a.iii.195); nt. delightfulness, lovely scenery MN.i.365 (four seen in a dream: ārāma˚, vana˚, bhūmi pokkharaṇī˚).
orig. grd. of rāmeti, ram, cp. Sk. rāmaṇīya. On e for ī see Geiger, P.Gr. § 10
crying, howling; shout, noise Ja.i.162 (baddha˚ the cry of one who is caught); Ja.iv.415 (id.); Ja.vi.475 (of the cries of animals, known to an expert); Mil.254 (bherava-rāvaṃ abhiravati); Mhvs.10, Mhvs.69 (mahā-rāvaṃ arāvi).
fr. ravati, cp. rava
Vedic r̄āśi
neuter revenue, fisc DN.i.135.
fr. rāsi
adjective “having one’s bed in loneliness, living in seclusion or secrecy, in manussa˚; “fit to lie undisturbed by men” Vin.i.39 (+ paṭisallāna-sāruppa) MN.ii.118.
rahas + seyya + ka or rāha (for rahā˚) + seyyaka
Name of an Asura: see under Proper Names
■ rāhumukha “mouth of Rāhu,” designation of a certain punishment for criminals (MN.i.87; MN.iii.164 Mnd.154 (in list of tortures) = Cnd.604 = Mil.197.
Vedic rāhu
see under raya.
to leave, abandon, leave behind, give up, neglect Vin.i.190 (also fut riñcissati); MN.i.155 (riñcissati), MN.i.403; SN.iv.206; AN.iii.86 sq., AN.iii.108 sq., AN.iii.343 sq., AN.iii.366 sq., AN.iii.437; Thag.1052; Snp.156; Mil.419; Ja.v.403
ppr med. with neg.: ariñcamāna Snp.69; ger. riñcitvā (for Sk. riktvā) Thig.93
pp ritta -Pass. riccati [Sk. ricyate] to be left: see ati˚.
ric, in Vedic & Sk. rinakti; cp. Av. irinaxti to leave; Gr. λείπω id., λοιπός left; Lat. linquo id. Goth. leihwan = Ohg. līhan to lend; Ags lāēn = loan cp. E. leave etc
■ The defn of the root at Dhtp is given in two forms, viz. ric as “virecane” (No. 396; cp Dhtm.517 “kharaṇe,” i.e. flowing; 610 “recane”) and riñc as “riñcane” (No. 44)
neuter leaving behind, giving up Dhtp.44
fr. riñc
devoid, empty, free, rid (of) MN.i.207 (+ tuccha), MN.i.414; Vin.i.157 = Vin.ii.216; Snp.823 (emancipated: ritto muni = vivitta etc. Mnd.158), Snp.844 (opp. to aritta); Thig.265 (see rindi); Ja.i.29 (v. 222); Ja.iii.492; Mil.383.
pp. of riñcati; cp. atireka
adjective empty, void, without reality Thag.41; Thag.2, Thag.394 (= tucchaka anto-sāra-rahita Thag-a.258) Pv.iii.6#5 (of a river = tuccha Pv-a.202); Pv-a.139 (= suñña, virahita). Usually in combination with tucchaka as a standing phrase denoting absolute emptiness worthlessness, e.g. at DN.i.240; MN.i.329; SN.iii.141.
ritta + ka
at Thig.265 is doubtful. The T. reading is “te rindī va lambante ‘nodaka,” said of breasts hanging down in old age. The C. compares them with leather water bottles without water (udaka-bhastā viya). We have to read either with Morris, J.P.T.S. 1884, 94 “rittī va” (= rittā iva), “as it were, empty,” or (preferably) with Thag-a.212 “therī ti va” (“like an old woman”). The translation (Sisters, p. 124) takes the C expln of udaka-bhastā as equivalent to T. reading rindi, in saying “shrunken as skins without water”; but rindī is altogether doubtful & it is better to read; therī which is according to the context. We find the same meaning of therī (“old woman”) at Pv.ii.11#6.
to be hurt, to suffer harm MN.i.85 (ḍāṃsa-makasa-vāt’ ātapa-siriṃsapa-samphassehi rissamāno; where Cnd.199 in same passage reads samphassamāna).
Vedic riṣ, riṣyati
in cpd. aḍḍha˚; at Vin.ii.134, referring to the shape of a beard, is doubtful. The variant reading is “duka.” Could it correspond to Vedic rukma (a certain ornament worn on the chest)?
a tree. In the rukkha-mūlik’ anga (see below) Bdhgh at Vism.74 gives a list of trees which are not to be selected for the practice of “living at the root of a tree.” These are sīmantarika-rukkha, cetiya˚, niyyāsa˚ phala˚, vagguli˚, susira˚, vihāra-majjhe ṭhita˚, or a tree standing right on the border, a sacred tree, a resinous tree, a fruit t., a tree on which bats live, a hollow tree a tree growing in the middle of a monastery. The only one which is to be chosen is a tree “vihāra-paccante ṭhita,” or one standing on the outskirt of the Vihāra He then gives further advice as to the condition of the tree
■ Various kinds of trees are given in the defn of r. at Vism.183, viz. assattha, nigrodha, kacchaka kapitthaka; ucca, nīca, khuddaka, mahanto; kāḷa seta
■ A very complete list of trees mentioned in the Saṃyutta Nikāya is to be found in the Index to that Nikāya (vol. vi. p. 84, 85). On rukkha in similes see J.P.T.S. 1907, pp. 128–130
■ See also the foll. refs. AN.i.137; AN.ii.109, AN.ii.207; AN.iii.19, AN.iii.200, AN.iii.360; AN.iv.99, AN.iv.336 AN.v.4 sq., AN.v.314 sq.; Snp.603, Snp.712; Ja.i.35 (nāga˚); Vism.688 (in simile: mahārukkhe yāva kapp’ âvasānā bījaparamparāya rukkha-paveṇiṃ santāyamāne ṭhite) Vb-a.165 = Vism.555 (rukkha phalita); Vb-a.196 (in compound: jātassa avassaṃ jarā-maraṇaṃ, uppannassa rukkhassa patanaṃ viya), Vb-a.334 sq. (as garu-bhaṇḍa) Snp-a.5 (“pathavi-ras’ ādim iva rukkhe”: with same simile as at Vism.688, with reading kappâvasānaṃ and santānente); Dhp-a.iii.207 (amba˚); Vv-a.43 (rāja˚), Vv-a.198 (amba˚); Dhp-a.iv.120 (dīpa˚); Pv-a.43.
-antara the inside of a tree Pv-a.63. -koṭṭaka (-sakuṇa) the wood-pecker Ja.iii.327 (= java sakuṇa) -gahana tree-thicket or entanglement AN.i.154 (so for ˚gahaṇa). -devatā a tree spirit, dryad, a yakkha inhabiting a tree (rukkhe adhivatthā d. Vin.iv.34; Ja.ii.385; kakudhe adhivatthā d. Vin.i.28) Ja.i.168, Ja.i.322 Ja.ii.405, Ja.ii.438 sq. (eraṇḍa˚), Ja.ii.445; Ja.iii.23; Ja.iv.308 (vanajeṭṭhaka-rukkhe nibbatta-devatā); Dhp-a.ii.16; Pv-a.5 (in a Nigrodha tree), Pv-a.43 (in the Vindhya forest). They live in a Nigrodha tree at the entrance of the village (Ja.i.169), where they receive offerings at the foot of the tree (cp. iv.474), and occasionally one threatens them with discontinuance of the offerings if they do not fulfil one’s request. The trees are their vimānas (Ja.i.328, Ja.i.442; Ja.iv.154), occasionally they live in hollow trees (Ja.i.405; Ja.iii.343) or in tree tops (Ja.i.423) They have to rely on the food given to them (ibid.) for which they help the people (Ja.iii.24; Ja.v.511). They assume various forms when they appear to the people (Ja.i.423; Ja.ii.357, Ja.ii.439; Ja.iii.23); they also have children (Vin.iv.34; Ja.i.442). -paveṇi lineage of the tree Vism.688. -pāṇikā a wooden spoon Vism.124 (opp. to pāsāṇa˚). -mūla the foot of a tree (taken as a dwelling by the ascetics for meditation: DN.i.71, where several such lonely places are recommended, as arañña, r-m. pabbata, kandara, etc
■ DN-a.i.209 specifies as “yaṃ kiñci sanda-cchāyaṃ vivittaṃ rukkha-mūlaṃ”); AN.ii.38 AN.iv.139, AN.iv.392; SN.i.199 (˚gahana); Iti.102; Snp.708, Snp.958 Mnd.466; Pp.68; Pv-a.100 (variant reading sukkha-nadī), Pv-a.137 (Gaṇḍamba˚, with ref. to the Buddha). -˚gata one who undertakes living at the foot of a tree (as an ascetic) AN.iii.353; AN.v.109 sq., AN.v.207, AN.v.323 sq.; Pp.68 -˚senāsana having one’s bed & seat at the foot of a tree for meditative practices as a recluse Vin.i.58 (as one of the 4 nissayas: piṇḍiy’ ālopa-bhojana, paṃsukūla-cīvara, r - m. s., pūti-mutta bhesajja), Vin.i.96 (id.) AN.iv.231. -mūlika (a) one who lives at the foot of a tree, an open air recluse MN.i.282; MN.iii.41; AN.iii.219; Ja.iv.8 (āraññaka, paṇṇasālaṃ akatvā r., abbhokāsika) <(b) belonging to the practice of a recluse living under a tree “tree rootman’s practice” (Vism translation 84); as ˚anga one of the (13) dhutaṅga -practices; i.e. practices for a scrupulous way of living Vism.59, Vism.74, Vism.75 (mentioned between the ārannik’ anga & the; abbhokāsik’- anga). -mūlikatta the practice of living (alone) under a tree MN.iii.41 (mentioned with paṃsukūlikatta piṇḍapātikatta); AN.iii.109 (id.). -sunakha “tree dog, a cert. animal Ja.vi.538 (C. in expln of naḷa-sannibha “reed-coloured”). -susira a hollow tree Pv-a.62.
Vedic vṛkṣa. See Geiger, P.Gr. § 13, with note. Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 320 puts rukkha to Sk. rukṣa (shining which as Pischel, following Roth. says has also the meaning “tree” in Ṛgveda). The Prk. form is rukkha Cp. Wackernagel, Altind. Gr. 1, § 184 b. We find a byform rakkha at Ja.iii.144. Cp. Brethren, pp. 185, 416 where the Bn MS. has rukkha kathā the meaning being rakkha˚
(-rukkha) & Rucā (f.) Name of a plant, or tree, alias “mukkhaka” (read mokkhaka) “principal Ja.i.441, Ja.i.443 (gloss mangala-rukkha).
fr. ruc
neuter (gold) sand Vv.35#1; Vv-a.160 (= suvaṇṇa-vālikā).
cp. Sk. rucaka a golden ornament
feminine
fr. ruc, cp. Vedic ruc (f.) light, Classic Sk. ruci in meaning “pleasure”
(-˚) adjective belonging to the pleasure (of); only in phrase añña˚; being dependent on someone else’s will or under another’s influence, together with aññadiṭṭhika and añña-khantika characterizing the various sides of personality (see ruci 3) with ref. to one’s intellect feeling & will DN.i.187 = MN.i.487. Rhys Davids (Dial. i.254) trsls: “holding different views, other things approving themselves to you, setting diff. aims before yourself”; thus differing in interpretation of añña taking it subjectively. Neumann (Majjhima Übs. ii.250) quite wrongly: “ohne Deutung, ohne Geduld ohne Hingabe” (without explanation, patience, devotion).
fr. ruci 3
adjective brilliant, beautiful, pleasant, agreeable Pv.i.10#9 (= ramaṇīya dassanīya Pv-a.51); Ja.i.207; Ja.v.299; Vv.40#2 (so read for rurira) Mhvs.11, Mhvs.11; Mhvs.18, Mhvs.68; Dāvs iv.29; Mil.2, Mil.398; Dhp-a.i.383 (= sobhana); Vv-a.12; Pv-a.156 (= vaggu).
fr. ruc, cp. Sk. rucira
to find delight or pleasure in (loc.), to please to indulge in, set one’s mind on Snp.565 (etañ ce r. bhoto buddha-sāsanaṃ); with khamati to be pleased and to approve of, MN.ii.132; often used by Bdhgh in C. style yathā r. tathā paṭhitabbaṃ Kp-a.78; “yaṃ r. taṃ gahetabbaṃ Snp-a.23, Snp-a.43, Snp-a.136, Snp-a.378” “to take, whichever one pleases” (in giving the choice of 2 readings or interpretations).
ger ruccitvā Vv-a.282 (r. pūresi “to find thorough delight in,” expln for abhirocesi). pret. 1st pl. ruccādimhase Pv.i.11#8 (= ruccāma ruciṃ uppādema, taṃ attano ruciyā pivissāmā ti attho Pv-a.59)
■ Prohibitive mā rucci (pl. mā rucittha) as an entreaty not to pursue an aim (= please do not do that, please don’t) Vin.ii.198 (alaṃ Devadatta mā te rucci sangha-bhedo); Dhp-a.i.13 (mā vo āvuso evaṃ ruccittha).
*rucyati Med. of ruc: see rocati. Same in Prk.
■ Originally Caus. formation like Epic Sk. rocyate for rocayate
(& ā˚ f.) neuter choice, pleasure Dhp-a.i.387 (tava ˚ṭṭhāne according to your own liking) DN-a.i.106 (˚ā).
fr. ruccati
adjective pleasing, satisfying; nt. satisfaction Ja.i.211 (˚maccha the fish you like); Ja.ii.182 (tava ˚ṃ karosi you do whatever you like). a˚; unpleasant, distasteful Dhp-a.i.251 (attano aruccanakaṃ kiñci kammaṃ adisvā).
fr. ruccana, cp. Sk. rucya
a lute-player Ja.vi.51, Ja.vi.52, given by Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. as conjecture (vīṇaṃ) va rujaka for virujaka The conjecture is based on C. reading “rujaka = vīṇāvādaka.”
fr. ruj?
to break, crush; lit. to (cause) pain, to afflict, hurt (trs. & intrs. Ja.i.7 (pādā rujanti), Ja.i.396 (pādā me rujanti my feet ache), Ja.iv.208 (khandhena rujantena with hurting back); Ja.vi.3 (ūrū rujanti); Mhvs.10, Mhvs.15 (pādā me r.); Mil.26 (pādā r.); Dhp-a.i.10, Dhp-a.i.21 (akkhīni me rujiṃsu); Dhp-a.ii.3
fut rucchiti [cp. Sk. roḳsyate] Ja.vi.80 (variant reading B.B. rujjati; C takes wrongly as “rodissati,” of rodati)
pp lugga -Cp. lujjati & combinations.
ruj, representing an Idg. *leug, as in Gr. λευγαλέος, λυγρός sad, awful; Lat. lugeo to mourn; Lith. lúžti to break; German lücke, loch etc
■ A specific Pāli l-form is lujjati. A der. fr. ruj is roga illness
■ The Dhtp (469) defines ruj by “bhanga” i.e. breaking
neuter hurting, feeling pain Ja.ii.437 (roga = rujana-sabhāvattaṃ); Ja.iv.147 (yāva piṭṭhiyā rujana-ppamāṇaṃ until his back ached).
fr. ruj, cp. rujā
adjective aching, hurting Dhp-a.iv.69 (anguli).
fr. rujana
feminine disease, pain Mil.172 (rujaṃ na karoti); Vism.69; Dhp-a.iv.163 (accha˚ a bad pain).
fr. ruj, see rujati; cp. Sk. rujā
to be broken up, to be destroyed Ja.iii.181 (pāṇā rujjhanti; C. explains by nirujjhati). Cp. upa˚, vi˚.
Pass. of rundhati
vexed, cross, enraged Ja.iv.358 (opp. to tuṭṭha variant reading atuṭṭha), Ja.v.211 (gloss kuddha); Dāvs iii.37.
pp. of ruṣ; Sk. ruṣṭa
a sound-particle, denoting a heavy fall, something like “thud” Ja.i.418. Runna & Ronna;
pp. of rudati for Sk. rudita, after analogy of other roots in-d, as tud → tunna, pad → panna, nud → nunna. The BSk. forms are both ruṇḍa (Mvu.ii.218, Mvu.ii.224) and ruṇṇa (Mvu.iii.116); Prk. ruṇṇa (Pischel § 566). See rudati & cp. āruṇṇa
neuter noise, sound(ing); cry, singing Thag.1103; Ja.i.207 (T. reading ruda is explained in C. as ruta with -da for -ta: ta-kārassa dakāro kato); Ja.iii.276 (sabba-ruta-jānana-manta: spell of knowing all animal-sounds; T. reads rūta; cp. sabbarāva-jānana Ja.iii.415); Ja.vi.475 (rudaññu = ruta-jña C. same meaning); Mil.178 (sakuṇa-ruta-ravita); Vv-a (karavīka˚).
pp. of ravati: see rava & ravati
in du˚ & su˚; at Dhs-a.396 is to be read as dur- and su(r)- utta (see utta).
stands for ruta (cry) at 2 Jātaka passages, viz. Ja.i.207; Ja.vi.475 (ruda-ññu knowing the cries of all animals, explained as “ruta-jña, sabba-rāvaṃ jānāti” C.).
to cry, lament weep, wail
caus 2 rodāpeti to make someone cry Dhp-a.ii.86
pp ruṇṇa, rudita rodita.
rud, the usual Sk. pres. being rodati, but forms fr. base rud˚; are Vedic and are later found also in Prk. (cp. Pischel Prk. Gr. § 495): ruyai besides royai & rodasi
■ The Idg. root is; *reud, being an enlargement of *reu, as in ravati (q.v.). Cp. cognates Lat. rudo to cry, shout, bray; Lith. raudà wailing; Ohg. riozan Ags. reotan
■ The Dhtp explains rud by “rodane” (144) the Dhtm by “assu-vimocane” (206)
neuter crying, weeping Pv-a.18 (+ assu-mocana, in expln of ruṇṇa), Pv-a.63 (= paridevita).
pp. of rudati, equivalent to ruṇṇa
adjective fierce, awful, terrible Ja.iv.416 (so luddako rudda-rūpo; variant reading ludda˚); Ja.v.425, Ja.v.431 (su-ruddho spelling for su-ruddo, very fierce, explained as su-luddo supharuso); Mhvs.12, Mhvs.45 (rudda-rakkhasī, prob. with ref to the demon Rudra; translation “fearsome female demon” vv.ll. ruda˚, ruddha˚, dudda˚).
cp. Sk. raudra & Vedic rudra (a fierce demon or storm-deity; “the red one,” with Pischel from rud to be ruddy. See Macdonell, Vedic Mythology 74–77) The usual Pāli form is ludda. At Dhtp.473 & Dhtm.135 a root; ruṭh (or luṭh) is given in meaning “upaghāte” i.e. killing, which may represent this rud: see luṭhati
pp. of rundhati
neuter blood Dhp-a.i.140; Pv-a.34 (for lohita; variant reading ruhira). See the more freq words rohita & lohita; a form ruhira (q.v.) occurs e.g. at Pv.i.9#1
late Vedic rudhira. Etym. connected with Lat. ruber red; Gr. ἐρυχρός red; Oicel. rodra blood Goth. raups = Ger. rot = E. red
rundh or rudh, both roots in Vedic Sk
■ Dhtp (375, 425) explains by “āvaraṇe”; id. Dhtm (608, 662).
in ruppa-rūpakaṃ (nt.) Thig.394 is not clear. It refers to something which is not rūpa, yet pretends to be rūpa, i.e. a sham performance or show. Thus ruppa may correspond to *rūpya & with rūpaka mean “having the form (i.e. the appearance) of form, i.e. substantiality” The Cy. (Thag-a.259) interprets as “rūpiya-rūpasadisaṃ sāraṃ sāraṃ upaṭṭhahantaṃ asāran ti attho” and Mrs. Rh. D. (Sisters, p. 154) trsls: “deluded by puppet shows (seen in the midst of the crowd).”
to be vexed, oppressed, hurt, molested (always with ref. to an illness or pain Snp.767 (salla-viddho va r.) Snp.1121; Mnd.5 (= kuppati ghaṭṭiyati, pīḷiyati); Cnd.543 (= kuppati pīḷayati ghaṭayati)
ppr gen. ruppato SN.i.198 (salla-viddhassa r.; explained at K.S. 320 by “ghaṭṭan-atthena”) Snp.331 (reads salla-viddhāna ruppataṃ, i.e. pl. instead of sg.); Thag.967 (salla-viddhassa ruppato (C. sarīravikāraṃ āpajjato, Brethren, 338); Ja.ii.437 (C. ghaṭṭiyamāna pīḷiyamāna) = Vism.49 (dukkhitassa r.); Ja.iii.169 (salla-viddhassa r. = ghaṭṭiyamāna C.)
■ ruppati to Pāli exegesis with its fondness of allegorical (“orthodox”) interpretation, is the etym. base of rūpa, thus at SN.iii.86: “ruppatī ti tasmā rūpan ti vuccati kena r. sītena, uṇhena etc. (all kinds of material dukkha dukkha ii.3b) ruppati.”-Or at Snp.1121 (ruppanti rūpena), & at other passages given under rūpa (A). See also; ruppana.
rup = lup, one of the rare cases of P. r. representing a Sk. 1., whereas the opposite is frequent. The same sound change Idg., as Lat. rumpo to break corresponds to Sk. lumpati. Besides we find the Sk. form ropayati to break off
■ The root has nothing to do with rūpa, although the P. Commentators combine these two-Cp. also Sk. ropa hole; Ags. rēofan to break, rēaf (theft) = Ger. raub, rauben, and many other cognates (see Walde s. v. rumpo)
■ The root rup is defined at Dhtm by nās, i.e. to destroy; another rup is given at Dhtm.837 in meaning “ropana”
neuter molestation, vexation, trouble Ja.iii.368 (= ghaṭṭana dūsana kuppana C.). Frequent in allegorical exegesis of rūpa, e.g. at Dhs-a.52 (naman aṭṭhena nāmaṃ ruppan’ aṭṭhena rūpaṃ), Dhs-a.303 (rūp’ ādīhi ruppana-bhāva-dīpana); Vb-a.4 (ruppan’ aṭṭhena rūpaṃ in expln of passage SN.iii.86 (mentioned under ruppati); Kp-a.78, Kp-a.79 (ruppan’ aṭṭhena… rūpaṃ rūpaṃ ti vuccati).
fr. rup
to obstruct surround, besiege (= rundhati 3) Ja.vi.391 (where spelling rumhati; in phrase nagaraṃ r.). See also ni˚, sanni˚
pp rūḷha.
so read for rumhati (Trenckner, Notes 599; the root is another form of rudh (as in Prk.): see rundhati The Dhtm (547) defines by “uppīḷana”
adjective miserable, dirty, poorly, in compounds -rūpin Ja.iv.387 (= lūkhavesa C.), with variant reading duma˚; and -vāsin poorly dressed Ja.iv.380.
put down (rightly) by Geiger, P.Gr. § 53 as different fr. Sk. rukma (shining); Morris, J.P.T.S. 1893 12 tried the etym. rumma = Sk. rumra “tawny,” oṛ rukma (rukmin) shiny. It is still an unsolved problem It may not be far off to trace a relation (by miswriting dissimilation or false analogy) to ruppa in sense of ruppati, or to ruj, or even rudda. The C. expln of all the rumma- & rummin passages is; anañjita, i.e. unkempt
(dirty-soiled) Ja.iv.322 (variant reading dummi); Ja.vi.194 (do.).
at MN.i.480 is doubtful in spelling. The meaning is clearly “furthering growth, making or being prosperous, bringing luck” (combined with ojavant), as also indicated by variant reading ruḷh˚. Thus it cannot belong to rumbh, but must represent either rup, as given under ruppati in meaning “ropana” (Dhtm.837), or ruh (see rūhati). Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. trsls “tot groei geschikt (i.e. able to grow), Neumann, “erquickend” (i.e. refreshing).
is Med. of rūhati (rohati), q.v.
at Vv.40#2 is misprint for rucira.
a sort of deer, a stag; usually called ruru-miga Ja.iv.256, Ja.iv.261; Ja.v.406 (pl rohitā rurū), Ja.v.416. Cp. ruruva.
Vedic ruru: RV vi.75, 15
annoyed, irritated, offended Snp.932, Snp.971 (explained by Mnd.498 as “khuṃsita, vambhita ghaṭṭita” etc.). See rosa, roseti etc.
pp. of ruṣ to be vexed. The Dhtp defines by “rose” (306, 450), “pārusiye” (626); Dhtm has 2 roots viz. one with “ālepe” (442), the other with “hiṃsāyaṃ” (443)
at Snp-a.121 for dussati.
adjective (-˚) growing, a tree, in compounds: jagati˚, dharaṇi˚, mahī˚, etc.
fr. ruh: see rūhati
blood, in cpd. ruhaṅghasa blood-eater, a name for panther Ja.iii.481 (= ruhira-bhakkha lohita-pāyin C.).
poetical for ruhira (rohita) = lohita
neuter blood MN.iii.122; Thag.568; Vin.ii.193; Mil.125, Mil.220; Sdhp.38.
fr. rudhira
at Ja.iii.276 read ruta (q.v.).
neuter form, figure, appearance, principle of form, etc.
cp. Vedic rūpa, connected etymologically with varpa (Grassmann). The nom. pl. is rūpā & rūpāni.
neuter form, figure; likeness of, image (-˚); representation Vin.ii.113 (rūpak’ okiṇṇāni pattāni of painted bowls); Thig.394 (see ruppa˚); Dhp-a.i.370 (maṇi˚ jewelled image); Dhp-a.ii.69 (assa˚ toy horse); Mhvs.25, Mhvs.26 (rāja˚); Mhvs.27, Mhvs.30 (devatā˚ shape of devas); Vv-a.213 -dūrūpaka of squalid appearance Ja.ii.167; cp. durūpa.
feminine (being) shape(d), appearance; accordance, conformity, in phrase bhavya-rūpatāya “by appearance of likelihood” AN.ii.191 (in hearsay formula, where it is missing in id. passage at Cnd.151).
abstr. fr. rūpa
neuter lit. “form-hood,” i.e. shaping (being) shape(d) SN.iii.87 (rūpaṃ rūpattāya sankhātaṃ).
abstr. fr. rūpa
adjective
rūpa + vant
adjective having shape; neg. a˚; formless Sdhp.236 (rūp’ ârūpika).
fr. rūpa
adjective
fr. rūpa
neuter silver Vin.iii.239 (here collectively for any transactions in “specie,” as explained by C. p. 240: rūpiyaṃ nāma satthu-vaṇṇo kahāpaṇo lohamāsako dārumāsako jatumāsako; i.e. copper wood & lac); SN.i.104 (suddhaṃ r.); SN.ii.233; Dhs.584.
cp. Sk. rūpya, lit. of splendid appearance, cp. name for gold jātarūpa
see ruppa.
Caus. Denom. fr. rūpa
awful, terrible Mil.275 (synonymous with bhīma).
doubtful spelling; perhaps for rūḷha, evidently identical with rudda, as Trenckner suggests in Notes 6319
pp. of rohati; of ruh; Sk. rūḍha
at Mil.217 & Mil.218 is a by-form of; ruddha, pp. of rundhati (rumbhati) to obstruct; thus meaning “obstructed, difficult” (of a road, together with lugga palugga). Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. trsls (as rūḷha1) by “overgrown.”
feminine lit. ascent, growth see vi˚
■ fig. what has grown by custom tradition, popular meaning of a word (˚sadda). The fig. meaning is the one usually found in Pāli, esp. in Abhidhamma and Commentary literature; e.g. rūḷhiyaṃ by tradition, usually, commonly, Vb-a.1 (as category with the 3 other: rāsi, guṇa, paṇṇatti) rūḷhito id. Vb-a.2; rūḷhiyā id. Snp-a.430; Pv-a.163; also rūḷhi-vasena Vv-a.42; or with sadda: rūḷhi-sadda usual meaning Vism.333; Dhs-a.205; -saddena in popular language, in ordinary speech, customarily, commonly speaking Tikp.253; Vism.310; DN-a.i.239, DN-a.i.294: Snp-a.135 Snp-a.400.
fr. rūḷha, pp. of rohati, cp. Sk. rūḍhi
pp rūḷha2. See also rūhita (pp. of Caus rūheti = roheti).
the specific P. form of the usual Sk. P. rohati (q.v.). The root ruh is given at Dhtp.334 with meaning “janana” i.e. causing, which refers more to the compounds with prefixes
to be broken or (fig.) to be suspended Vin.ii.55 (dhammattā rūhati the liability is cancelled)
pp rūḷha1.
for rundh (rumbh, rudh) or Pass. rujjh˚; see also rumbhati & ropeti2
feminine
cp. Sk. rohaṇa, fr. ruh: rūhati1
neuter a boil, a diseased growth (lit. “healed”) Vin.iv.316 (explained as “yaṃ kiñci vaṇo” variant reading rudhita).
fr. rūhati1
indeclinable a part. of exclamation, mostly implying contempt, or deprecation (DN-a.i.276) “hīḷanavasena āmantanaṃ” i.e. address of disdain: heigh, go on, get away, hallo
■ DN.i.96, DN.i.107; Ja.iii.184 (C. = āmantaṇe nipāto); often combined with similar particles of exhortation, like cara pi re get away with you! MN.ii.108; Vin.iv.139 (so read for cara pire which the C. takes as “para,” amamaka); or ehi re come on then! Ja.i.225; ha re look out! here they are Pv-a.4; aho vata re wish I would! Pv.ii.9#45 (re ti ālapanaṃ Pv-a.131); no ca vata re vattabbe but indeed good sir… (Kv.1).
shortened for are, q.v.
feminine line, streak Abhp.539. See lekhā.
fr. rikh, for which the Pāli form is likh, cp. Sk. rekhā, Lat. rīma, Ohg. rīga row
neuter letting loose, emission Dhtm.610. Cp. vi˚.
fr. ric
cp. Vedic reṇu
“elephant’s tooth,” ivory Ja.ii.230 (= hatthi-danta C.).
etym.? Probably dialectical
illness, disease
■ The defn of roga at Ja.ii.437 is “roga rujana-sabhāvattaṃ.” There are many diff enumerations of rogas and sets of standard combinations, of which the foll. may be mentioned. At sn.311 (cp DN.iii.75) it is said that in old times there were only 3 diseases, viz. icchā, anasanaṃ, jarā, which gradually through slaughtering of animals, increased to 98 Bdhgh at Snp-a.324 hints at these 98 with “cakkhu-rog adinā-bhedena.” Beginning with this (cakkhuroga affection of the eye) we have a list of 34 rogas at Mnd.13 (under pākaṭa-parissayā or open dangers = Mnd.360 Cnd.420) & Cnd.3041 B, viz. cakkhu˚ & the other 4 senses, sīsa˚, kaṇṇa˚, mukha˚, danta˚; kāsa, sāsa pināsa, ḍāha, jara; kucchiroga, mucchā, pakkhandikā sūlā, visūcikā; kuṭṭhaṃ, gaṇḍo, kilāso, soso, apamāro daddu, kaṇḍu, kacchu, rakhasā, vitacchikā, lohita pittaṃ, madhumeho, aṃsā, piḷakā, bhagandalā. This list is followed by list of 10 ābādhas & under “dukkha goes on with var. other “ills,” which however do not make up the number 98. The same list is found at AN.v.110. The 10 ābādhas (Cnd.304#1 C.) occur at AN.ii.87 & Mil.308 (as āgantuka-rogā). The 4 “rogas of the Sun (miln 273, cp. Vin.ii.295) are: abbha, mahikā megha, Rāhu
■ Another mention of roga together with plagues which attack the corn in the field is given at Ja.v.401, viz. visa-vāta; mūsika-salabha-suka-pāṇaka setaṭṭhika-roga etc., i.e. hurtful winds, mice, moths parrots, mildew
■ The combn roga, gaṇḍa, salla is sometimes found, e.g. MN.ii.230; Vism.335. Of other single rogas we mention: kucchi˚ (stomach-ache) Ja.i.243 ahivātaka˚ Vin.i.78; Ja.ii.79; Ja.iv.200; Dhp-a.i.231 paṇḍu˚ jaundice Vin.i.206; Ja.ii.102; Dhp-a.i.25; tiṇapupphaka˚ hay-fever Mil.216
■ See also ātaṅka ābādha. On roga in similes see J.P.T.S. 1907, 130. DN.i.11, DN.i.73; DN.iii.182; SN.iii.32; SN.iv.64; AN.ii.128, AN.ii.142 sq. AN.iv.289; Mnd.486; Vism.236 (as cause of death), Vism.512 (in simile); Vb-a.88 (in sim. of dukkha etc.); Thag-a.288; Vv-a.6 (rogena phuṭṭha), Vv-a.75 (sarīre r. uppajji); Pv-a.86 (kacchu˚), Pv-a.212 (rogena abhibhūta)
■ Opp. aroga health: see sep.
Vedic roga: ruj (see rujati), cp. Sk. rujā breakage, illness
adjective having a disease, suffering from (-˚); one who has a disease Vism.194 (ussanna-vyādhi dukkhassa); Sdhp.86
■ paṇḍu˚; one who has the jaundice Ja.ii.285; Ja.iii.401.
fr roga
caus roceti: 1 to be pleased, to give one’s consent Dhp-a.i.387 (gloss K rucitha ruceyyātha). 2 (with acc. of object) to find pleasing, to find delight in, to be attached to, to approve of, to choose SN.i.41 (vadhaṃ); Ja.i.142 (devadattassa laddhiṃ r.); Ja.v.178 (pabbajjaṃ roc’ ahaṃ = rocemi C.), Ja.v.226 (kammaṃ). Freq. with dhammaṃ to approve of a doctrine or scheme e.g. at Vin.ii.199 (Devadattassa dhammaṃ); SN.i.133; Snp.94 (asataṃ dh.), Snp.398 (dhammaṃ imaṃ rocaye) Ja.iv.53 (dh. asataṃ na rocayāma)
■ Cp. abhi˚, ā˚, vi˚.
Vedic rocate, ruc, Idg. *leuq, as in Lat. luceo to be bright (cp. lūx light, lūmen, lūna etc.); Sk. rocana splendid, ruci light, roka & rukṣa light; Av. raocantshining; Gr. αμφι λύκη twi-light, λευκός white; also with 1: Sk. loka world, locate to perceive, locana eye Lith. laukti to await; Goth. liuhap light = Ohg. lioht E. light; Oir lōche lightning
■ The Dhtp (& Dhtm gives 2 roots; ruc, viz. the one with meaning “ditti (Dhtp.37), the other as “rocana” (Dhtp.395), both signifying “light” or “splendour,” but the second probably to be taken in sense of “pleasing”
see ruṇṇa.
see rudati.
neuter crying, weeping Dhp-a.i.28; Pv-a.63, Pv-a.64; Dhtp.144.
fr. rud
obstruction, stopping, in cpd. parapāṇa˚; stopping the life of somebody else; life-slaughter murder Snp.220; Ja.ii.450. Cp. anu˚, ni˚, vi˚.
fr. rudh
neuter bank, dam AN.iii.128 (where id. p. at AN.i.154 reads gedha, cave; variant reading also gedha, cp. variant reading rodhi˚ for gedhi˚ at Cnd.585).
fr. rudh
neuter obstructing Ja.v.346; Sdhp.57.
fr. rudh
(-˚) plantation; in vana˚ & ārāma˚ SN.i.33.
fr. rop = Caus. of ruh
sapling Ja.ii.346 (rukkha˚).
ropa + ka
neuter & ropanā (f.)
fr. ropeti1
adjective (-˚) to be healed, only in cpd. du˚; hard to heal (of a wound) Vin.i.216 (vaṇa).
for *ropya, fr. ropeti1
see ropeti1.
pp. of ropeti1
neuter
fr. ropeti1
pp ropita.
caus 2 ropāpeti to cause to be planted DN.ii.179; Ja.vi.333; Mhvs.34, Mhvs.40; Dhp-a.ii.109
Cp. abhi˚, abhini˚, ā˚.
Caus. of rūhati1
■ To ropeti2 belong the compounds oropeti (cut off) & voropeti (deprive). They are better to be taken here than to ava + ruh.
Caus. of rūhati2. See lumpati
neuter the hair of the body Ja.v.430 (where in roma-rājiyā maṇḍita-udarā as expln of loma-sundarī); Sdhp.119 (˚kūpa),
Vedic roman; the usual P. form is loma (q.v.)
adjective feathered (?) Ja.ii.383 (C. wrong!).
fr. roma
? hairy (?) Dāvs v.14 (˚kancuka).
fr. roma, cp. Vedic romaśa
adjective chewing the cud, ruminating Vin.ii.132.
fr. romanthati
to chew the cud, to ruminate Vin.ii.132 (˚ati); Ja.iv.392 (˚eti).
to romantha; cp. Lat. rumen & ruminare = E. ruminate
neuter ruminating Vin.ii.321.
fr. romanthati
fr. ru, cp. Sk. raurava, Name of a purgatory
cp. Sk. roṣa, of ruṣ
adjective angry, wrathful SN.i.85, SN.i.96; Snp.133; Vv.52#8 (= paresaṃ ros uppādanena r. Vv-a.226); Ja.ii.270.
fr. rosa; cp. BSk. roṣaka Divy.38
feminine making angry, causing anger, being angry Vb.86 (hiṃsanā +), explained at Vb-a.75 by ghaṭṭanā. Cp. BSk. roṣaṇī Avs.i.178.
abstr. fr. rosati
adjective apt to be angry or cause anger; neg. a˚ not to be angered, not irritable Snp.216.
grd. formation fr. rosa
smeared (with) anointed Ja.iv.440 (= vilitta C.).
pp. of rus, to smear: Sk. rūṣita; given as root rus at Dhtm.442 with meaning “ālepa”
to make angry, to annoy, to irritate SN.i.162; AN.ii.215 (so read for rosati), AN.iii.38; Snp.125, Snp.130, Snp.216; Ja.i.432; Ja.iv.491.
Caus. of rosati, ruṣ; see rusita
adjective red Ja.v.259 (rohaññā pungav’ūsabhā; C. explains by ratta-vaṇṇā). Kern Toevoegselen s. v. proposes rohiñño = *rohiṇyah, (cp. pokkharaṇī for ˚iṇī) red cows.
fr. roha = rohita
for the Sk. rohati of ruh to grow we find the regular P. correspondent rūhati: see rūhati1. The Caus. of this verb is ropeti (to make grow): see ropeti. Another root, restricted to the Pāli, is seen in rūhati2 (with pp. rūḷha) and is equal to rundh (rudh rumbh) to break. The Caus. of this root (ropeti2) is either an indirect formation from it or (more likely) a direct representative of rup = lup as in P lumpati. To the latter belong the prep. compounds oropeti & voropeti.
a kind of deer Ja.vi.537 (˚sarabhā migā).
fr. rohita, perhaps directly fr. Vedic rohita ewe, lit. the red one
feminine
cp. Vedic rohiṇī red cow or mare
adjective red, as attribute of fishes at Ja.v.405 (i.e. a special kind of fish), and of deer at Ja.v.406 in same passage (i.e. a special kind of deer). Otherwise only in standing term rohita-maccha the “red fish,” viz. Cyprinus Rohita, which is freq. mentioned in the “Jātaka literature, e.g. Ja.ii.433; Ja.iii.333; Dhp-a.ii.132 (four) 140; Kp-a.118.
Vedic rohita; cp. the usual P. word lohita red & blood. See also rudhira & ruhira
syllable of abbreviation, corresponding to our “etc.”: see peyyāla. Lak-atthika
at Vv-a.222 is doubtful; aṭṭhika means “kernel,” lak˚; may be a misspelling for labujak˚ (?).
neuter? ship’s anchor (nāvā˚ Mil.377 (variant reading lagganaka), Mil.378.
fr. lag, with k for g, as lakuṭa: laguḷa etc. Would correspond to Sk. *lagnaka, cp. Trenckner Notes 62; Geiger, Pali Grammar § 39#1
a sail Ja.ii.112; Mil.378; Dāvs iv.42; Vism.137 (variant reading BB. lankāra).
for alankāra, lit. “fitting up,” cp. Hindī & Marāthī langara, Tamil ilankaran “in meaning anchor.”
a club, cudgel Mil.255 (in sequence daṇḍa-leḍḍu-lakuṭa-muggara), Mil.301, Mil.367, Mil.368 See also laguḷa.
see laguḷa for etym.
a dwarf Mhvs.23, Mhvs.50 (˚sarīratta); Vb-a.26 (˚pāda-purisa, cpd. with arūpa); Pp-a 227; C. on SN.i.237.
dialectical
neuter dwarfishness Ja.vi.337.
fr. lakuṇṭaka
to hold fast (lit. to make adhere) Mil.377.
for laggeti, see lakanaka
neuter
fr. lakṣ (see lakkhaṇa), or (after Grassmann) lag “to fix,” i.e. to mark. Cp. Vedic lakṣa price at gambling (Zimmer, Altind. Leben 287)
adjective connected with auspices, auspicious, in phrase “lakkhaññā vata bho dosinā ratti” (how grand a sign friends, is the moonlight night! translation) DN.i.47 = Ja.i.509 (explained at DN-a.i.141 as “divasa-mās’-ādīnaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ bhavituṃ yuttā”); Ja.v.370 (˚sammata considered auspicious).
fr. lakkhaṇa, cp. BSk. lakṣaṇya diviner Divy.474
neuter
the 3 lakkhaṇas at Snp.1022 refer to the brahmin Bāvari. Lakkhika & ya;
Vedic lakṣman nt. sign; adj. lakṣmaṇa; later Sk. lakṣmaṇa nt. In the defn of grammarians syn with aṅka brand, e.g. Dhtp.536 “anka lakkhaṇe lakkha dassane,” or Dhtm.748 “lakkha = dassanaanke”; cp. Ja.i.451 lakkhaṇena anketi to brand. The Sk. Np. Lakṣmaṇa appears also in Prk. as Lakkhaṇa: Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 312
adjective belonging to auspices, favoured by good luck Sdhp.105 (˚ya); usually neg alakkhika unlucky, unfortunate, ill-fated; either with appa-puñña of no merit, e.g. SN.v.146 = Ja.ii.59; Vv.50#8 (= nissirīka, kālakaṇṇi Vv-a.212); or pāpa wicked Vin.ii.192 (of Devadatta).
fr. lakkhī
see abhi˚.
pp. of lakkheti
feminine
Sk. lakṣmī
to mark, distinguish, characterize Ne.30
pp lakkhita
■ Cp. upa˚.
Denom. fr. lakkha
to adhere to, stick (fast) to (loc.), to hang from Vin.i.202; Ja.iii.120; Dhp-a.i.131; Dhp-a.iii.298 (ppr. alaggamāna); DN-a.i.257 (for abhisajjati); aor. laggi Pv-a.153 (tīre); ger laggitva Ja.iii.19; Dhp-a.iv.25; Pv-a.280 (but better to be read laggetvā making fast; as variant reading)
pp lagga & laggita; -Caus. laggeti to make stick to, to fasten, tie, hang up Vin.i.209; Vin.ii.117, Vin.ii.152; Ja.iii.107; Ja.v.164, Ja.v.175; Mhvs.7, Mhvs.9 (suttañ ca tesaṃ hatthesu laggetvā); Dhp-a.i.138. Caus. ii. laggāpeti to cause to fasten or stick, to make stick, to obstruct Ja.iii.241; Mhvs.33, Mhvs.11; Mhvs.34, Mhvs.48 (kalāpaṃ); Dhp-a.iv.183
■ Cp. ālaggeti.
with variant langati; the spelling with gg is the usual one. Root lag, as in Vedic lakṣa etc. Sk. lagati, pp. lagna (from the pp. lagga the double g has been generalized in P.: but see Geiger, P.Gr. § 136) perhaps to Lat. langueo, E. languid, from meaning “to lag,” but doubtful: see Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. langueo. The Dhtp.23 gives lag in meaning “sanga,” which is the customary syn. in the commentaries. Cp. langī
neuter
fr. lag
a club, cudgel Vin.iii.77 (enumerated with var. weapons of murder, like asi, satti, bheṇḍi pāsāṇa etc.); Mil.152, Mil.351 (kodaṇḍa-laguḷa-muggara), Mil.355 (kilesa˚); Ja.vi.394; Vism.525 (˚abhighāta).
cp. Sk. laguḍa, Marāthī lākūḍa, Hindī lakuṭa stick. The word is really a dialect word (Prk.) and as such taken into Sk. where it ought to be *lakṛta = lakuṭa Other etym. connections are Lat. lacertus (arm), Gr. λέκρανα, λάς; Old Prussian alkunis elbow; and distantly related E. leg. See Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. lacertus Cp. P. bhuja1 & ratana
adjective sticking; stuck, attached; obstructed, hindered Cnd.107; Mil.346 (laggaṃ disvā mahiṃ); Dhs-a.127 (alagga-bhāva); Dhp-a.i.361 (˚mānasa) Neg. alagga unobstructed (lit. not sticking or being stuck to), in phrase ākāso alaggo asatto apatiṭṭhito apalibuddho Mil.388 and elsewhere
■ Cp. olagga.
pp. of lag(g)ati
neuter making stick, causing obstruction Ja.iii.241.
fr. laggāpeti: see lagati
stuck, adhering; obstructed Ja.iv.11. Often in exegetical style in sequence lagga laggita, palibuddha, e.g. Cnd.p.188 (s. v. nissita) cp. No. 107.
pp. of lag(g)ati
(langhima) in phrase aṇima-laghim’ ādikaṃ is doubtful in reading & meaning at Kp-a.108 = Vism.211 (spelt langh˚ here).
see lakāra.
feminine bolt, bar, barrier, obstruction, only metaphorically with ref. to avijjā MN.i.142, MN.i.144; Pp.21; Dhs.390; Vb-a.141.
fr. lag
neuter the tail of an animal Mhvs.6, Mhvs.6 (lāḷento langulaṃ; variant reading nangulaṃ) See also naṅgula & (concerning l → n); landhati (= nandhati); nalāṭa (for laḷāta).
cp. Sk. lāngula & lāngūla; also the ordinary P. forms nangula & nanguṭṭha, to; lag
a jumper, tumbler, acrobat Ja.ii.142; Mil.34, Mil.191, Mil.331. f. laṅghikā Vin.iv.285 (with naṭakā & sokajjhāyikā).
fr. laṅgh
caus laṅgheti (= laṅghati) to jump over (acc.), lit. to make jump Ja.v.472 (vatiṃ) Thig.384 (Meruṃ langhetuṃ icchasi); Mil.85
ger laṅghayitvā Thag-a.255, & (poet.); laṅghayitvāna Ja.i.431 (= attānaṃ langhitvā C.); Mhvs.25, Mhvs.44 (pākāraṃ). Cp. olaṅgheti.
laṅgh, a by-form of lagh, as in laghu (see lahu) light, quick; Idg. *legh & *leṅgh;, with meanings of both “quick” & “light” (or “little”) from the movement of jumping. Here belong Gr. ελαξύς little ἐλαφρός quick; Lat. levis (fr. *leghṷis), Goth. leihto E. light; Ohg. lungar quick, Ger. ge-lingen to succeed Further Lat. limen threshold. Perhaps also the words for “lungs,” viz. Ger. lunge, E. lights etc
■ The Dhtp.33 defines lagh (laṅgh) by “gati-sosanesu”
neuter jumping, hopping Ja.i.430 (-naṭaka a tumbler, jumper, acrobat, cp. fick, soc gliederung 188, 190, 192); Ja.ii.363, Ja.ii.431. Cp. ullaṅghanā olaṅghanā.
fr. laṅgh
(pl.) at Ja.v.408 is problematic. We should expect something like laṅghiyo or laṅghimayā in meaning “deer,” as it is combined with eneyyaka. The C. reads laṅghimayā (“like deer; jumping”?) & explains by nānā-ratana-mayā “made of var. jewels,” rather strange.
neuter making jump, raising, lifting Vism.143 (“launching”). Langhi (Langhi)
fr. Caus. of laṅgh
feminine
fr. laṅgh
caus 2 lajjāpeti to cause to be ashamed, to put to the blush Ja.iii.137; Ja.v.296
pp lajjita.
lajj; Dhtp.72: lajjane
neuter being ashamed Dhtp.72.
fr. lajj
neuter causing shame, humiliating, disgraceful Ja.vi.395.
fr. lajjana
neuter shamefacedness DN.iii.213 (where Dhs.1340 has maddava); cp. AN.i.94.
fr. lajj
feminine shame, bashfulness, modesty MN.i.414; DN-a.i.70; Dhp-a.ii.90; instr. lajjāya out of shame Pv-a.47, Pv-a.112, Pv-a.283. Cp. nillajja.
fr. lajj
feminine making ashamed, putting to shame, disgracing Ja.v.284 (kula bringing disgrace on the clan).
fr. lajjāpeti, Caus. ii. of lajjati
ashamed, bashful Sdhp.35
■ f. lajjitā as n. abstr. “bashfulness” Dhp-a.i.188.
pp. of lajjati
neuter something to be ashamed of, a cause of shame, disgrace Ja.vi.395.
grd. of lajjati + ka
adjective feeling shame, modest, afraid, shy, conscientious (explained as “one who has hiri & ottappa; by C. on SN.i.73: see K.S. 320 & cp.; Dhs. trstln p. 18; DN.i.4, DN.i.63; DN.iii.15; SN.i.73; AN.ii.208; AN.iv.249 sq.; Pp.57; Pv.ii.9#15 (explained as one who is afraid of sin); Mil.373; DN-a.i.70
■ pl. lajjino Vin.i.44.
fr. lajj
fut. of labhati (q.v.).
a present, a bribe Ja.i.201; Ja.ii.186; Ja.v.184; Ja.vi.408 (gahita, bribes received); Dhp-a.i.269 (˚ṃ adāsi); Dhp-a.iv.1; Pv-a.209. The word is a word peculiar to the “Jātaka” literature.
cp. Sk. lañca
Hardy in ed. of Netti, p. 278 suggests writing lañjaka & trsld “making known,” “exposition” (cp Sk. lañj to declare], found only at Mil.137 & Mil.217 in cpd. Saṃyutta-nikāya-vara-lañcaka (trln Rh. D. “most excellent”); at Mil.242 & Mil.258 in Majjhimanikāya vara˚; at Mil.362 in Ekuttara-nikāya-vara˚ and at Ne.2 in cpd. nayalañjaka. Trenckner (Mil ed. p. 424) translates it as “excellent gift (to mankind).”
in “kārāpesi tilañcanaṃ” at Dpvs.20, 10 is not clear. We may have to correct reading into lañchanaṃ or lañchakaṃ. Oldenberg in his translation (p. 211) leaves the word out and remarks: “Probably this passage refers to the three pupphayāna mentioned in the Mahāvaṃsa (33, 22, where Geiger reads “pupphādhānāni tīṇi, with translation “3 stone terraces for offerings of flowers”) though I do not know how to explain or to correct the word used here (tilañcanaṃ).”
a mark, an imprint Ja.ii.425; Vb-a.52.
fr. lañch
one who makes marks (explained by Cy. as “lakkhaṇa-kāraka”) Ja.iv.364, Ja.iv.366 (ti˚ so explained by Cy. variant reading ni˚). See nillañchaka & cp; lañcana (ti˚).
fr. lañcha; doubtful
to stamp, to seal Dhp-a.i.35 (sāsanaṃ rāja-muddāya lañchanto)
caus lañcheti.
■ Cp. nillaccheti.<
lañch Dhtp.54 “lakkhaṇe”
neuter
■ Cp. lañcana.
fr. lañch
sealed Ja.i.227 (pihita-lañchitā vā loha-cātiyo).
pp. of lañcheti
in dīpa˚; stands as equivalent of dīpavaṃsa thus “story of the island” Dpvs.18, 2 Oldenberg (translation p. 204) translates “the island of Lankā.”
see lañcaka
feminine the Indian quail, Perdix chinensis DN.i.91; MN.i.449 (l. sakuṇikā); Ja.iii.44 Ja.iii.174 sq. (quoted at Snp-a.358 & Dhp-a.i.55); Dhp-a.v.121; Mil.202; DN-a.i.257
■ Cp. Cunningham, Bharhut Tope, p. 58.
Dimin. fr. laṭvāka; dial.
adjective beautiful, auspicious, lovely Ja.iii.464 Ja.iii.493; Ja.iv.1, Ja.iv.477; DN-a.i.284.
Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. compares Sk. laṭaha, laḍaha, dialectical
feminine
Sk. yaṣṭi, with l for y; also in Prk. see Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 255 & cp. Geiger, P. Gr. § 462. The doublet yaṭṭhi also in Pāli
feminine = laṭṭhi, only in Npl. as-˚ (cp. laṭṭhi 3), e.g. Amba˚; the grove of mango sprouts DN-a.i.41.
neuter excrement, dung of animals, dirt; mostly used with ref to elephants (haṭṭhi˚), e.g. at Ja.ii.19; Dhp-a.i.163, Dhp-a.i.192 Dhp-a.iv.156 (here also as assa˚; horse dung.) Cp. laṇḍikā.
cp. Sk. laṇḍa (dial.). The Dhtm under No. 155 gives a root laḍ in meaning “jigucchana,” i.e. disgust.
feminine , only in aja˚; goat’s dirt, pellet of goat’s dung Ja.i.419; Pv-a.283.
fr. laṇḍa
feminine
cp. Sk. latā, connected with Lat. lentus flexible; Ohg. lindi soft, E. lithe; also Ohg. lintea lime tree; Gr. ἐλάτη fir tree
(having) obtained, taken, received Snp.106, Snp.239; Ja.v.171; Mhvs.5, Mhvs.133 (kiñci laddhaṃ); Mhvs.10, Mhvs.37 (kaññā laddhā); Pv-a.5
■ laddhatvaṃ at Ja.iv.406 is to be corrected to uddhatvā
■ Cp. upa˚, pa˚.
pp. of labhati
is ger. and 3rd sg. aor.; laddhāna ger. of labhati (q.v.).
feminine religious belief, view, theory, esp. heretical view; a later term for the earlier diṭṭhi (cp Kvu trsl. introd. p. 47) Ja.i.142 (Devadattassa), Ja.i.425, Ja.iii.487; Ja.v.411; Dāvs ii.86 (dulladdhi wrong view) DN-a.i.117; Pv-a.254; Sdhp.65. Cp. upa˚.
fr. labh
(-˚) having a (wrong) view or belief, schismatic Ja.i.373 (evaṃ˚); Dpvs.vii.35 (puthu˚).
fr. laddhi
adjective noun talkative, talking, prattling; a talker, tattler, prattler, chatterer AN.ii.26 Thag.959 = Iti.112; Vism.26 (doubled: lapa-lapa) Mnd.226 (as lapaka-lapaka).
fr. lap: see lapati
one who mutters, a droner out (of holy words for pay) DN.i.8 (cp. Dial. i.15); AN.iii.111; Ja.iii.349; Mil.228; DN-a.i.91.
fr. lap
to talk prattle, mutter Snp.776; Iti.122; Pv.i.8#1; Pv.ii.6#3
■ Cp ullapati, palapati, samullapati
caus lapeti (and lāpeti, metri causâ) to talk to, to accost, beg SN.i.31 (here meaning “declare”); Snp.929 (janaṃ na lāpayeyya = na lapayeyya lapanaṃ pajaheyya Mnd.389); Dhp-a.ii.157. Infin. lapetave (only in Gāthā language cp. Geiger P.Gr. § 204) Ud.21
pp lapita
caus 2 lapāpeti Dhp-a.ii.157.
lap, cp. Russ. lépet talk, Cymr. llêf voice. The Dhtp.188 & Dhtp.599 defines; lap with “vacana”
neuter & lapanā (f.)
neuter causing to speak, speaking Thag-a.78.
fr. Caus. ii. lapāpeti of lap
talked, uttered, muttered Iti.98.
pp. of lapati
see lambila.
the bread-fruit tree, Artocarpus lacucha or incisa DN.i.53; Ja.iv.363; Ja.v.6, Ja.v.417; Pv-a.153 (sa˚, read as salaḷa˚, like Vv.35#5, explained at Vv-a.162).
cp. Sk. labuja
neuter the fact of being taken Pv-a.56.
abstr. fr. ppr. med. of labhati
indeclinable allowable, possible (with inf.); usually neg (thus = Prohibitive!) Snp.393 (na l. phassetuṃ; Snp-a p.376 explains by “sakkā”), Snp.590; Pv.ii.6#10; Ja.i.64 (na l. tayā pabbajituṃ), Ja.i.145 (id.), Pv-a.96 (= laddhuṃ sakkā).
best to be taken, with Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 465, as an old Opt. 3rd sg., like sakkā which corresponds to Vedic śakyāt. Thus labbhā = *labhyāt, as in Māgadhī
(-˚) adjective receiving, to be received, to get; only in dul˚; hard to get Snp.75; SN.i.101; Ja.i.307; Pp.26; Mil.16; Sdhp.17, Sdhp.27; and su˚ easy to obtain Pv.ii.3#19.
a base-formation fr. labh
later Vedic labh for older rabh, cp. rabhate, rabha, rabhasa. Related are Gr. λαμβάνω to get λάφυρον booty; Lat. rabies = E. rabies; Lith. lõbis wealth
■ The Dhtp (204) simply defines as “lābhe. On the Prk. forms see Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 484
■ See also rabhasa
neuter taking, receiving, gift, acquisition Dhp-a.iii.271 (˚bhāva); Pv-a.73 (˚ṭṭhāna), Pv-a.121 (id.).
fr. labh
(adj.) (-˚) hanging down, drooping, pendulous SN.iv.341, SN.iv.342 (˚cūḷakā bhaṭa hirelings with large or drooping top-knots); Ja.ii.185 (˚tthana with hanging breasts); Ja.iii.265 (˚cūla-vihangama); Dāvs ii.61
■ alamba not drooping, thick, short Ja.v.302 Ja.vi.3 (˚tthaniyo)
■ Cp. ā˚, vi˚ & ālambana.
fr. lamb
to hang down, to droop, fall Mhvs.32, Mhvs.70 (laggāni lambiṃsu), Mhvs.71 (ākāse lambamānāni). Fut. lambahīti (poet.) Ja.v.302 (= lambissati)
caus lambeti to cause to hang up or to be suspended, to hang up Mhvs.34, Mhvs.48
caus 2 lambāpeti id. Mhvs.21, Mhvs.15
pp lambita
■ Cp. abhi˚, pa˚, vi˚.
lamb; cp. Lat. limbus “limb,” which may be also in E. limp, lit. “hanging down.”-The Dhtp defines the root as “ramba lamba avasaṃsane” (No. 199) as does Dhtm.284
hanging down, suspended Mhvs.27, Mhvs.38; Mhvs.30, Mhvs.67.
pp. of lambeti
adjective hanging down, able to hang or bend down (with ref. to the membrum virile) Vin.iii.35 (“tassa bhikkhussa angajātaṃ dīghaṃ hoti lambati tasmā lambī ti vutto” Sam. Pās. i.278).
fr. lamb
adjective sour, acrid, astringent (of taste) Mnd.240; Cnd.540; Dhs.629; Dhs-a.320 (reads lapila, variant reading lampila; explained as “badara-sāḷava-kapiṭṭha-sāḷav’ ādi”); Mil.56 (reads ambila).
reading not quite certain, cp. ambila
see palambheti (to deceive, dupe) It may be possibie that reading lampetvā at AN.ii.77 (variant reading lambitvā) is to be corrected to lambhetvā (combined with hāpetvā)
■ alambhavissa at SN.v.146 is to be read alam abhavissa, as at Ja.ii.59.
Caus. of labh, for which usually labbheti (q.v. under labhati). The Sk. form is lambhayati
■ The Dhtm. (840) puts it down as a special root, although it occurs only in cpd. pa˚ in this special meaning “labhi vañcane”
cp. Sk. laya: see līyati
to dally, sport, sing Ja.ii.121 (ppr. laḷamānā); Vv-a.41 (laḷantī; with kīḷati), Vv-a.57 (id.)
caus laḷeti Ja.i.362 (ppr. lāḷentā); Vism.365; cp. upa˚
pp laḷita: see pa˚.
lal, onomat. cp. Lat. lallo “lull”; Sk. lalallā; Gr. λάλος talkative; λαλέω talk; Ger. lallen. The Dhtp distinguishes 2 roots: lal (= icchā) & laḷ (= vilāsa & upasevā)
see nalāṭa (cp. langula).
a small particle, a drop Vv-a.253 (lavanka a small mark); Sdhp.105 (˚odaka).
fr. lū
a cutter, reaper Snp-a.148 (variant reading lāvaka). See lāvaka.
fr. lū
neuter salt, lotion Mil.112; Sdhp.158. See loṇa.
cp. late Vedic lavaṇa, cp. Zimmer, Altind. Leben 54
neuter cutting, reaping Mil.360.
fr. lunāti
Caus. of lunāti (q.v.).
(hattha) at AN.ii.165 is to be read (with variant reading) as lepagata, i.e. sticky (opp. suddha).
to desire, long; to dance, play sport; to shine; to sound forth. See lāsana, abhilāsa upaḷāseti, alasa, vilāsa
caus lāseti to sport, to amuse (oneself) Vin.ii.10 (with vādeti, gāyati, naccati).
represents las to gleam, shine; sport, play; as well as laṣ to desire, long for. Cp. Lat. lascivus; Gr. λιλαίομαι; Goth. lustus = E., Ger. lust etc
■ The Dhtp.324 defs. las as “kanti”
feminine the fluid which lubricates the joints, synovic fluid Vin.i.202; DN.ii.293; MN.iii.90; SN.iv.111; Snp.196; Ja.i.146; Mil.382. In detail at Vism.264, Vism.362; Vb-a.247.
cp. Sk. *lasikā
feminine brains Ja.i.493 (= matthalunga C.) = Dhp-a.i.145. Lasuna & Lasuna;
etym.?
neuter garlic Vin.ii.140; Vin.iv.258; Ja.i.474; Vv.43#6; Vv-a.186.
cp. Sk. laśuna
to lick: see ullahaka, palahati, & lehati.
adjective light, quick AN.i.10, AN.i.45
■ lahuṃ karoti to make light, to be frivolous Ja.ii.451
■ nt. lahuṃ (adv.) quickly Pv.iv.1#60; Dpvs.i.53; Mhvs.4, Mhvs.17
■ Usually as lahuka (q.v.).
Sk. laghu & raghu: see etym. under langhati
adjective
lahu + ka
feminine lightness, buoyancy Dhs.42, Dhs.322, Dhs.585; Vism.448.
fr. lahu
adjective easily offended, touchy DN.i.90; explained by DN-a.i.256 as follows: “lahusā ti lahukā appaken’ eva tussanti vā russanti vā udaka-piṭṭhe lābukaṭāhaṃ viya appakena pi uppilavanti.” Cp rabhasa.
fr. lahu
adverb quickly AN.iv.247 (sabba˚); Vism.238.
orig. abl. of lahu
feminine lac; lac-dye; enumerated with other colourings at MN.i.127 = SN.ii.101 = AN.iii.230
■ Snp-a.577 Vism.261 (as colour of blood).
cp. Sk. dākṣā
feminine
cp. Vedic lāja: Zimmer, Altind. Leben 269
to fry or have fried Ja.vi.341 (variant reading lañc˚, lañj˚), Ja.vi.385 (lañchetvā; variant reading lañci˚, lañje˚).
fr. lāja
talk: see compounds abhi˚, pa˚, sal˚.
fr. lap
a sort of quail, Perdix chinensis SN.v.146 = Ja.ii.59. As lāpaka-sakuṇa also at Ja.ii.59-Another name for quail is vaṭṭaka.
also fr. lap, lit. “talker,” cp. similar semantics of E. quail → Ger. quaken, quicken; E. quack. The P form rests on pop. etym., as in Sk. we find corresponding name as lāba
neuter muttering, utterance, speech Iti.98; AN.i.165 (lapita˚). Perhaps also to be read at Thig.73
■ Cp. upa˚.
fr. lāpeti, Caus. of lap
(-˚) adjective talking (silly) SN.iii.143 (bāla˚).
fr. lap
feminine a kind of cucumber Ja.i.336, Ja.i.341. See also lābuka.
short for alāpu or ālābu, cp. Geiger, Pali Grammar § 39#6
see lapati & cp. upalāpeti.
feminine & Lābuka = lāpu (alābu) gourd or pumpkin, often used as receptacle Ja.i.158 (˚ka), Ja.i.411 (˚kumbhaṇḍa vesseḷ made of the gourd); Ja.v.37 (˚ka), Ja.v.155 (addha-lābu-samā thanā); Dhp-a.ii.59 (˚ka); Snp-a.227 (lābumhi catumadhuraṃ pūretukāmo).
receiving, getting, acquisition, gain, possession; pl. possessions DN.i.8; DN.ii.58, DN.ii.61; MN.i.508 (ārogya-paramā lābhā); MN.iii.39; AN.i.74; AN.iv.157 sq., AN.iv.160 (lābhena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto Devadatto, cp Ja.i.185 sq.); Snp.31, Snp.438, Snp.828, Snp.854, Snp.1014, Snp.1046 (cp. Cnd.548); Iti.67 (vitta˚); Ja.iii.516 (yasa˚, dhana˚); Vism.93 Vism.136 (˚ṃ labhati), Vism.150 (˚assa bhāgin getting riches) Pv-a.113, Pv-a.280
■ A dat. sg. lābhā (for lābhāya) is used adverbially with foll. genitive in meaning of “for my (our) gain,” “it is profitable,” “good for me that” etc.; e.g. Mil.17 (lābhā no tāta, suladdhaṃ no tāta), Mil.232 (lābhā vata tāsaṃ devatānaṃ); AN.iii.313 (lābhā vata me suladdhaṃ vata me), explained at Vism.223; Dhp-a.i.98 (lābhā vata me, elliptically); Dhp-a.ii.95 (l. vata no ye mayaṃ… upaṭṭhahimha).
fr. labh
adj. nt. one who receives; reception; a˚; not getting, non-receiving Vin.iii.77.
fr. lābha
see under lābha.
adj.
fr. labha
adjective insignificant, poor, inferior, bad, sinful. The usual syn. is pāpa
■ Vin.ii.76; Vism.268 (= pāpaka); Dhs-a.45; Kp-a.243 (= khudda); Pp-a 229 (nīca lāmaka = oṇata); Kp-a.150 (˚desanā, cp. ukkaṭṭha); Dhp-a.ii.77; Dhp-a.iv.44 (˚bhāva) Vv-a.116; Pv-a.15 (for pāpa); Pv-a.103 (= pāpaka), Pv-a.125 (˚purisa = kāpurisa); Sdhp.28, Sdhp.253, Sdhp.426, Sdhp.526 (opp ukkaṭṭha)
■ f. lāmikā Ja.i.285; Ja.ii.346 (for itarā) Dhp-a.ii.61 (pāpikā l. diṭṭhi)
■ Cp. Dhs. trsl.2 § 1025.
seems to be a specific Pāli word. It is essentially a C. word & probably of dialectical origin. Has it anything to do with; omaka?
(lāmañjaka) neuter the root of Andropogon muricatus Vv.43#6 (variant reading ˚añc˚); Vv-a.186, (˚añj˚) 187.
cp. Sk. lāmajjaka
(-˚) cutter, reaper AN.iii.365 = SN.iii.155 (read babbaja˚).
fr. lāyati
to cut (off), mow, reap; ger. lāyitvā AN.iii.365; Ja.i.215; Ja.iii.226; Vin.iii.64; Pv.i.8#1 (= lāvitvā Pv-a.40)
pp lāyita.
for. *lāvati, lū, for which the ordinary form is lunāti (q.v.), y for v as freq. in Pāli: see Geiger, Pali Grammar § 46#2
■ The Dhtp. has a root lā in meaning “ādāna (No. 370)
neuter cutting Ja.v.45 (tiṇa-lāyana asi, sickle); Dhp-a.iii.285 (variant reading for dāyana).
fr. lāyati
cut, reaped Ja.iii.130 (tiṇaṃ na lāyita-pubbaṃ); Vism.419 (˚ṭṭhāna place where one has reaped).
pp. of lāyati, lāyeti
adjective talking without sense, silly, foolish Ja.vi.360, Ja.vi.417 (ḷ). Cp. alālā.
fr. lal, see laḷati
a wag, silly person, fool Ja.i.205; Ja.iv.210. Lalapati & Lalappati;
lala + ka
to talk much, to talk silly, to lament, wail Snp.580; Pv.iv.5#2 (= vilapati Pv-a.260); Ja.iii.217; Mil.148, Mil.275; Mhvs.32, Mhvs.68. pp. lālappita.
Intens. of lapati
talking much, excited or empty talk, wailing Vb.100, Vb.138; Pts.i.38; Ne.29; Vb-a.104 (= punappunaṃ lapanaṃ). Lala(p)pana
fr. lālappati
neuter & -ā (f.) = lālappa, together with lāla(p)pitatta (nt.) in exegesis of parideva at Cnd.416; Vb.100, Vb.138; Vb-a.104; DN-a.i.121.
pp. of lālappati
feminine saliva Ja.i.61, Ja.i.248; Ja.vi.357; Vism.259; Dhp-a.i.307 (mukhato lālā galati).
cp. laḷati
neuter swaying, dalliance, sport DN-a.i.197; Sdhp.387; as lāḷanā at Thag-a.243.
fr. lal
see laḷati.
a cutter, reaper Mil.33 (yava˚); Mhvs.10, Mhvs.31; Snp-a.148 (variant reading BB. for lavaka). Lavati & Laveti;
fr. lāvati
to cut, to mow Pv-a.40 (lāvitvā), Mhvs.10, Mhvs.30 (lāvayati).
the latter the usual form, as Caus. of lunāti. lāvati is the simple Pāli formation fr. lū Another Caus. ii. is lavāpati (q.v.). See also lāyati.
sporting, dancing: see abhi˚, vi˚.
of las
feminine a dancer, Mil.331.
fr. las
see lasati.
feminine a kind of measure Vb-a.343 (36 rattareṇus equal to one likkhā 7 likkhās equal to 1 ūkā); Kp-a.43 (˚matta).
*Sk. likṣā egg of a louse, as measure equal to 8 trasareṇu (BR.)
■ Connected with Lat. ricinus a kind of vermin (see Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v.)
pp likhita
■ Cp. vi.˚
caus 1 lekheti (q.v.).
caus 2 likhāpeti to cause to be cut or carved [cp. BSk. likhāpayati Divy.547] Vin.ii.110; Snp-a.577; to cause to be written Mil.42.
likh; Vedic likhati, also rikh in Ved. ārikhati (R.V. vi.53, 7), cp. with palatal riśati, liśati. Connected with Gr. ἐρείκω to tear; Lith. rë̃kti to cut bread, to plough; Ohg. rīga = Ags. rāw = E. row
■ Dhtp.467 simply explains by “lekhane”
neuter scratching, cutting, writing Ja.v.59 (a golden tablet for writing on) Cp. ullikhana.
cp. late Sk. likhana; fr. likh
in likhā-paṇṇa at Pv-a.20 is faulty for lekhā˚; (lekha˚) letter, cp. lekha-pattra letter Mālatīm 172, 7.
pp. of likhati
adjective one who has been proscribed, an outlaw Vin.i.75 (cora).
likhita + qualifying ending ka
neuter
fr. liṅg; late Vedic & (pre-eminently) Class. Sk. linga
antelope (?) Pgdp.10.
cp. Sk. lingālikā a kind of mouse
adjective having or being a characteristic Vism.210 (of nāma); Kp-a.107 (id.).
fr. linga
Denom. fr. liṅg
the alphabet; a letter of the alphabet; writing Mil.79.
fr. lip; late Sk. lipi
to smear, plaster, stain; usually in pass. (or med.) sense “to get soiled, to dirty oneself” Thig.388; Pv-a.215
■ Doubtful in Snp passages, where both limpati & lippati; are found as readings, e.g. Snp.778 in Text lippati, but Niddesa reading limpati (Mnd.55); Snp.811 lipp˚, Mnd.133 limp˚; Snp.1040, Snp.1042 lipp˚, Cnd.549 limp˚
pass lippati to be soiled (by), to get stained (in character Snp.250, Snp.547, Snp.625, Snp.778, Snp.913, Snp.1040; cp. Snp.71 (alippamāna ppr.)
pp litta: see ava˚, ul˚, vi.˚
■ Cp. also ālimpeti, palimpeti, vilimpati
caus 1 lepeti to cause to be plastered Ja.vi.432
caus 2 limpāpeti to cause to be plastered or anointed Mhvs.34, Mhvs.42 (cetiyaṃ ˚āpetvāna).
lip, cp. repa stain, lepa ointment, stain; Gr. λίπος grease, fat, λιπαρός fat, ἀλείφω to anoint; Lat lippus; Lith. limpû to stick, Goth. bi-leiban, Ohg bilīban to stay behind, to stay, E. leave & live, Ger leben. The Dhtp (385) simply explains by “limpana”.
neuter soiling, smearing Dhtp.385.
fr. lip
to break off, tear off, pull; only at Dhtp.444 explained by “lesa.”
cp. dial. Sk. liśate = Vedic riśate
to lick; pres. lehati Ja.ii.44; aor. lehayiṃsu Pv-a.198 (variant reading for palahiṃsu). Cp. parilehisaṃ Vv.81#21 Vv-a.316; ger. lehitvā DN-a.i.136 (sarīraṃ); Vv-a.314. pp. līḷha (?). Cp. leyya.
lih, Sk. leḍhi or līḍhe, also lihati. Cp. Lat. lingo, Gr. λείξω; Goth. bilaigōn, Ags. liccian = E. lick, Ger lecken
■ The Dhtp.335 explains lih by “assādane,” i.e. taste
clinging, sticking; slow, sluggish; shy, reserved, dull, AN.i.3; Vism.125. Definitions at Vb.352, Vb.373; Dhs.1156, Dhs.1236; SN.v.277, SN.v.279 (ati˚). Often combined with uddhata as “sluggish or shy” and “unbalanced,” e.g. at SN.v.112; Vism.136; Vb-a.310 alīna active, open, sincere Snp.68 (˚citta), Snp.717 (id.) Ja.i.22 (v. 148; ˚viriya sīha).
pp. of līyati
feminine = līyanā Vism.469. alīnatā open-mindedness, sincerity Ja.i.366; Snp-a.122.
abstr. formation fr. līna instead of līy˚
neuter sluggishness, shyness; only in phrase cetaso līnattaṃ immobility of mind SN.v.64 SN.v.103; AN.i.3 = AN.iv.32; AN.v.145 sq.; Ne.86, Ne.108; Vb-a.272 (= cittassa līn’ ākāra).
abstr. fr. līna
to stick. The Dhtp evidently favours the separation when interpreting lī by “silesana-dravīkaraṇa,” i.e. to make slip or run (Dhtp.441; Dhtm.681)]
pp līna.
lī, Vedic līyati; *lei to stick to or cleave: see Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. lino, which he separates in meaning fr. *lei to smear, polish
neuter sticking to, adhering, resting Sdhp.190 (˚ṭṭhāna resting-place).
fr. līyati
feminine = līyana; cleaving to, sluggishness, shyness Dhs.1156.
neuter = līyanā Dhs.1156.
abstr. formation after similar synonymical chains, like bhāvitatta
(līḷā) feminine play, sport, dalliance; probably for līḷhā at Ja.v.5 & Ja.v.157, both times combd with vilāsa.
cp. Epic Sk. līlā or *līḍā
feminine grace, ease, charm adroitness; always used with ref. to the Buddha (Buddhalīḷhā), e.g. Ja.i.155; Dhp-a.i.33; Dhp-a.iii.79. So in phrase Buddhalīḷhāya dhammaṃ deseti “to expound the doctrine with the Buddha’s mastery” Ja.i.152, Ja.i.155 Ja.iii.289; Vv-a.217 (spelling wrongly līḷāya). Of the B’s gait: Ja.i.93, Ja.i.149; Dhp-a.ii.41. The combination with vilāsa, as mentioned by Childers, applies to līlā (q.v.) which may stand for līḷhā at the passages mentioned although not used of the Buddha.
abstr. of līḷha, Sk. līḍha, pp. of lih, lit. being polished, cp. ullīḍha polished
broken (up), rugged (of a path) Mil.217, Mil.218. Cp. vi˚.
pp. of rujati; corresponding to Sk. rugṇa
to be broken up, to break (up), to be destroyed to go asunder, to fall apart AN.i.283 = Pp.32 (here equal to “be wiped out,” but it is unnecessary to assume as Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. lujjati does, a by-form of luc, luñcati The Pp C. 215 explains by “nassati”); Vin.i.297; Vin.ii.123; SN.iv.52 (in etymologizing interpretation of loka: “lujjati kho loko ti vuccati”; quoted at Cnd.550 on Snp.1119); Thag.929
■ Cp. olujjati, palujjati
pp lugga.
Pass. of ruj, corresponding to Sk. rujyate. Dhtp.400 gives luj as sep. root with meaning vināsa. See rujati
neuter breaking up, crumbling away, dissolution Dhs-a.47 (in etym. of loka = lujjana-palujjan’ aṭṭhena vaṭṭaṃ), Dhs-a.308 (id.); Vism.427 (id.).
fr. lujjati; a word peculiar to Pali dogmatics
to pull out, pluck (a bird), tear, peel Ja.i.244, Ja.i.476; Ja.ii.97, Ja.ii.363; Ja.iii.314; Ja.iv.191; Ja.v.463; Mhvs.23, Mhvs.46 (aor. aluñci); Mhvs.28, Mhvs.26 (ger. luñcitvā); Vism.248 (kese)
caus 2 luñcāpeti Dhp-a.ii.53 (kese), and loceti Thag.283 (kesamassuṃ alocayiṃ)
pp luñcita.
Vedic luñcati, luc or luñc, to Lat. runco to pull up weeds; Gr. ῥυκάνη plane. The Dhtp.43 explains by apanayana
plucked, pulled Mil.240 (i.e. combed, of wool; Rh. D. trsls “pressed”; Nyānatiloka “cut”); Pv-a.47 (vilūna-kesa +).
pp. of luñcati
to rob, plunder.
cp. later Sk. luṭhati to plunder, which is one of the dial. variants luṭh, lunṭh, loṭh of lul to shake. The Dhtp (474) & Dhtm (136) both give; ruṭh & luṭh; with meaning “upaghāte”
seems to be a legitimate spelling representing either lutta or lūna, in meaning “cut, cut off”. Thus at SN.i.5 (nalo va harito luto), SN.i.126 = Ja.vi.25; and at Snp.532 (lutāni bandhanāni; vv. ll lūtāni & lunāni; explained as “chinnāni padālitāni” at Snp-a.432).
cp. lu for lū under lunāti
broken, cut off; as t. t. in grammar “elided” Vv-a.13 (of ca), Vv-a.111 (of iti), Vv-a.122 (id.).
cp. Epic Sk. lupta; pp. of lumpati
adjective
the usual P. form of rudda, corresponding to Sk. raudra
= ludda 2, i.e. hunter Vin.i.220; Ja.iv.416; Pv.iii.7#2 (miga˚; explained as “dāruṇa” Pv-a.206); Mil.222; Vb-a.266 (miga˚, in simile); Pv-a.34, Pv-a.168. Cp Fick, Sociale Gliederung 143, 207. Note. The expression sunakha-luddako at Dhs-a.273 is not quite clear (“doghunter”?). It applies to a female & Maung Tin (Expositor ii.361) reads “luddhikā” (sic), with translation “dog-mistress,” remarking that Pyī reads luddako “hunter-dog” (?).
greedy, covetous AN.iii.433 (with pharusa-vāca & samphappalāpin); Iti.84; Mil.92 (duṭṭha, mūḷha, l.); Ja.i.124.
pp. of lubbhati
neuter cutting, severing Snp-a.148 (niddānan ti chedanaṃ lunanaṃ uppāṭanaṃ).
for lūna(na), cp. lavana
to cut, cut off, mow, reap Mil.33 (yavalāvakā yavaṃ lunanti); Dhs-a.39
pp lūna (& luta); -Caus I. lāvayati Mhvs.10, Mhvs.30; Caus. ii. lavāpeti to cause to mow Vin.ii.180
■ A Pass. lūyati [fr. lu ] is found at DN.i.141 (aor. lūyiṃsu) and at corresponding passage Pp.56 (imper. lūyantu, where dubbā is to be corrected to dabbhā)
■ See lava, lavaka, lavana lāyati, lavati.
lū, given as lu at Dhtp.504 (“chedana”) & Dhtm.728 (“paccheda”). For etym. cp. Gr. λύω to loosen Lat. luo to pay a fine, Goth. fraliusan to lose; Ger. los E. lose & loose
to be lustful or greedy, to covet, long for, desire Iti.84 (lobhaneyye na lubbhati); Vism.465, Vism.468
ger lubbha (?) in olubbha is to be referred to lamb rather than lubh. A grd formation in lobhaneyya or lobhanīya (q.v.)
pp luddha.
Vedic lubhyate, lubh, cp. Lat. lubet & libet it pleases, libido longing; Goth. liufs = Ger. lieb & lob E. love, etc
■ Dhtp.434: lobhe
neuter being greedy, greediness, a scholastic word, only found in exegesis of word lobha, e.g. at Dhs.32 (where also the enlarged abstr. formation lubbhitatta) & Vism.465, Vism.468 (lubbhana-mattaṃ lobha).
fr. lubh
to break, harm, injure; to attack plunder; with a strong touch of affection (sympathy or desire) lubh in it [cp. lup: Gr. λύπη; ruj: roga], which is still more evident in Intens. loluppa (q.v.)
■ Dhs-a.365 (in expln of loluppa)
pp lutta
■ Cp. ullumpana ullopa, lopa, vilumpati, vilopa. Lulati & Lutati;
lup, Epic Sk. lumpati, found also as rup in Pali: see ruppati. Connected with Lat. lugeo to be sorry (cp. rujati, roga; Gr. λύπη sorrow) and rumpo to break Defns at Dhtp.386 & Dhtp.433 (chedana) and at Dhtm.618 & Dhtm.669 (cheda, vināsa)
to stir, shake, agitate, upset; intrs. to be in motion, to be stirred Mil.259 (calati khubbhati l. āvilati)
pp luḷita.
cp. Epic Sanskrit loṭh to move & dial.; luḍ, loḍayati, to stir, agitate, which is a by-form of lul lolati to move, Caus. lolayati to set in motion. Etym connected with Slavonic ljuljati to rock, Ags. lāēl a (flexible) rod, rood; root due to onomat. formation. Another form is luṭhati. The Dhtm (117) explains luṭ; by “loṭane” (cp. viloṭana & viloḷana), and; luḷ (510) by “manthane”
stirred, moved, disturbed; lively; turbid (of water) SN.v.123 = AN.iii.233; (udapatta āvila l.); DN.ii.128 = Ud.83 (udakaṃ parittaṃ luḷitaṃ āvilaṃ) Ja.vi.63; Mnd.488 (āvila +); Mil.35, Mil.177, Mil.220 (˚citta), Mil.383 (a˚); Dhs-a.328 (indriyāni paripakkāni alulitāni avisadāni).
pp. of luḷati
owl Ja.vi.497 (= ulūka C.).
apocope form of ulūka, arisen through wrong syllable-division
adjective
Vedic rūkṣa; Prk. lūha & lukkha; BSk. lūha, e.g. Divy.13 (praheṇaka), Divy.81 (˚cīvara), Divy.425, Divy.427, Divy.1.
feminine unpleasantness, wretchedness, poorness, misery Pp-a 229.
fr. lūkha
adjective rough, harsh; miserable, selfmortifying Snp.244 (= nīrasa atta-kilamath’ ânuyutta Snp-a.287).
fr. lūkha
feminine spider Abhp.621.
*Sk. lūtā
cut, mowed, reaped Thig.107 (˚kesī); Ja.ii.365; Dāvs i.32. Cp. vi˚.
pp. of lunāti
Pass. of lunāti (q.v.).
fr. likh, cp. Sk. lekha & lekhā
one who knows the art of writing, a scribe, secretary Vin.iv.8 (as a profession); Vin.iv.10 (= muddikā & gaṇakā, pl.); Mil.42.
fr. lekha
feminine an instrument for scratching lines or writing, a stencil, pencil AN.ii.200; Ja.i.230.
fr. likh; cp. Epic Sk. lekhaṇī stencil Mbh 1, 78
neuter scratching, drawing, writing Dhtp.467.
fr. likh
feminine
fr. likh; Vedic lekhā. See also rekhā & lekha
drawn (of lines), pencilled Thig.256.
pp. of lekheti
to (make a) scratch Ja.iv.402
pp lekhita.
Caus. of likhati or Denom. of lekha
a clod of earth SN.v.146 = Ja.ii.59 (˚ṭṭhāna); Ja.i.19, Ja.i.175 Ja.iii.16; Ja.vi.405; Mil.255; Snp-a.222 (ākāse khitta, in simile); Vism.28 (translation “stone”), Vism.360 (˚khaṇḍ’ādīni), Vism.366 (containing gold), Vism.419; Vb-a.66 (˚khaṇḍā); Vv-a.141; Pv-a.284
■ The throwing of clods (stones?) is a standing item in the infliction of punishments, where it is grouped with daṇḍa (stick) and sattha (sword), or as leḍḍu-daṇḍ’ādi, e.g. at MN.i.123; DN.ii.336, DN.ii.338 (variant reading leṇḍu); Ja.ii.77; Ja.iii.16; Ja.vi.350; Vism.419; Dhp-a.i.399 (variant reading leṇḍu); Dhp-a.iii.41; Dhp-a.iv.77; Vv-a.141
■ Note. leḍḍūpaka in cuṇṇaṃ vā telaṃ vā leḍḍūpakena etc. at Dhs-a.115 read as vālaṇḍupakena, as at Vism.142.
dial. Sk. leṣṭu → *leṭṭhu → *leṭṭu → leḍḍu; also Prk. leḍu & leṭṭhu: Pischel, § 304; cp. Geiger, P.Gr. § 62
= leḍḍu; Vism.28.
(& lena) neuter
*Sk. layana, fr.; lī in meaning “to hide,” cp. Prk. leṇa
fr. lip, see limpati; cp. Classic Sk. lepa stain, dirt
neuter smearing, plastering, anointing Vin.ii.172 (kuḍḍa˚); AN.iv.107 (vāsana˚), AN.iv.111 (id.); Ja.ii.117 Cp. abhi˚, ā˚, pa˚
fr. lip
see limpati.
adj. nt. to be licked or sipped; nt. mucilaginous food (opp. peyya liquid) AN.iv.394 (+ peyya); Mil.2 (id.).
grd. of lih: see lihati
sham, pretext, trick Vin.iii.169 (where ten lesas are enumerated, viz. jāti˚, nāma˚ gotta˚, linga˚, āpatti˚, patta˚, cīvara˚, upajjhāya˚ ācariya˚, senāsana˚); Ja.ii.11; Ja.vi.402
■ lesa-kappa pretext Vin.ii.166; Vv.84#43 (= kappiya-lesa Vv-a.348) Thag.941; DN-a.i.103.
cp. Sk. leśa particle; as Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. points out, it occurs in Sk. also in the P. meaning at Mbh v.33, 5 although this is not given in BR
■ As “particle only at Dhtp.444 in defn of lisati
see lihati.
world, primarily “visible world,” then in general as “space or sphere of creation, with var. degrees of substantiality. Often (unspecified in the comprehensive sense of “universe.” Sometimes the term is applied collectively to the creatures inhabiting this or var. other worlds, thus, “man, mankind people, beings.”- Loka is not a fixed & def term. It comprises immateriality as well as materiality and emphasizes either one or the other meaning according to the view applied to the object or category in question Thus a translation of “sphere, plane, division, order” interchanges with “world.” Whenever the spatial element prevails we speak of its “regional” meaning as contrasted with “applied” meaning. The fundamental notion however is that of substantiality, to which is closely related the specific Buddhist notion of impermanence (loka = lujjati).
-akkhāyikā (f., scil. kathā) talk or speculation about (origin etc. of) the world, popular philosophy (see lokāyata and cp. Dialogues i.14) Vin.i.188; DN.i.8; MN.i.513; Mil.316; DN-a.i.90. -agga chief of the world, epithet of the Buddha Thag-a.69 (Tha-ap.11). -anta the end (spatial) of the world AN.ii.49 (na ca appatvā lokantaṃ dukkhā atthi pamocanaṃ). -antagū one who has reached the end of the world (and of all things worldly) epithet of an Arahant AN.ii.6, AN.ii.49 sq.; Iti.115, Snp.1133; Cnd.551. -antara the space between the single worlds Ja.i.44 (v.253: Avīcimhi na uppajjanti, tathā lokantaresu ca). -antarika (scil. Niraya) a group of Nirayas or Purgatories situated in the lokantara (i.e. cakkavāl antaresu Ja.i.76), 8,000 yojanas in extent, pitch dark which were filled with light when Gotama became the Buddha Ja.i.76; Vb-a.4; Vism.207 (lokantariya˚) Snp-a.59 (˚vāsa life in the l. niraya); cp. BSk. lokântarikā Divy.204 (andhās tamaso ‘ndhakāra-tamisrā) -ādhipa lord or ruler of the world AN.i.150. -ādhipateyya “rule of the world,” dependence on public opinion, influence of material things on man, one of the 3 ādhipateyyas (atta˚, loka˚, dhamma˚) DN.iii.220 Vism.14. -ānukampā sympathy with the world of men [cp. BSk. lokânugraha Divy.124 sq.] DN.iii.211; Iti.79 -āmisa worldly gain, bait of the flesh MN.i.156; MN.ii.253 Thig.356. -āyata what pertains to the ordinary view (of the world), common or popular philosophy, or as Rhys Davids (Dial. i.171) puts it: “name of a branch of Brahman learning, probably Nature-lore”; later worked into a quâsi system of “casuistry, sophistry. Franke, Dīgha translation 19, trsls as “logisch beweisende Naturerklärung” (see the long note on this page, and cp. Dial. i.166–172for detail of lokāyata). It is much the same as lok-akkhāy(ika) or popular philosophy. DN.i.11, DN.i.88; Vin.ii.139; Snp.p.105 (= vitaṇḍa-vādasattha Snp-a.447, as at DN-a.i.247); Mil.4, Mil.10, Mil.178; AN.i.163, AN.i.166; AN.iii.223. Cp. BSk. lokāyata Divy.630, Divy.633 and lokāyatika ibid. 619. See also Kern’s remarks at Toevoegselen s. v. -āyatika (brāhmaṇa) one who holds the view of lokāyata or popular philosophy SN.ii.77 (translation K.S. 53: a Brahmin “wise in world-lore”); Mil.178; Ja.vi.486 (na seve lokāyatikaṃ; explained as “anatthanissitaṃ… vitaṇḍa-sallāpaṃ lokāyatika-vādaṃ na seveyya,” thus more like “sophistry” or casuistry) -issara lord of the world Sdhp.348. -uttara see under lokiya. -cintā thinking about the world, worldphilosophy or speculation SN.v.447; AN.ii.80 (as one of the 4 acinteyyāni or thoughts not to be thought out buddha-visaya, jhāna-visaya, kamma-vipāka, l-c.). Cp BSk. laukika citta Divy.63, Divy.77 etc. -dhammā (pl. common practice, things of the world, worldly conditions SN.iii.139 sq.; Snp.268 (expln loke dhammā; yāva lokappavatti tāva-anivattikā dhammā ti vuttaṃ hoti Kp-a.153, cp. Ja.iii.468); Mil.146. Usually comprising a set of eight, viz. lābha, alābha, yaso, ayaso, nindā pasaṃsā, sukhaṃ, dukkhaṃ DN.iii.260; AN.iv.156 sq. AN.v.53; Cnd.55; Pts.i.22, Pts.i.122; Vb.387; Ne.162; Dhp-a.ii.157. -dhātu constituent or unit of the Universe “world-element”; a world, sphere; another name for cakkavāla. Dasa-sahassi-lokadhātu the system of the 10,000 worlds Vin.i.12; AN.i.227
■ DN.iii.114; Pv.ii.9#61 Kv.476; Vism.206 sq.; Vb.336; Mnd.356 (with the stages from one to fifty lokadhātu’s, upon which follow sahassī cūḷanikā l-dh.; dvisahassī majjhimikā; tisahassī; mahāsahassī); Ja.i.63, Ja.i.212; Mil.237; Vb-a.430 Vb-a.436. See also cūḷanikā. -nātha saviour of the world, epithet of the Buddha Snp.995; Vism.201, Vism.234; Vv-a.165; Pv-a.42, Pv-a.287. -nāyaka guide or leader of the world (said of the Buddha) Snp.991; Tha-ap.20; Mhvs.7, Mhvs.1; Mil.222 -nirodha destruction of the world Iti.121 (opp. ˚samudaya). -pāla (˚devatā) guardian (governor) of the world, which are usually sepcified as four, viz. Kuvera (= Vessavaṇa), Dhataraṭṭha, Virūpakkha, Virūḷhaka alias the 4 mahārājāno Pv.i.4#2; Ja.i.48 (announce the future birth of a Buddha). -byūha “world-array, pl. byūhā (devā) Name of a class of devas Ja.i.47; Vism.415 (kāmâvacara-deva’s). -mariyādā the boundary of the world Vv-a.72. -vajja common sins Mil.266; Kp-a.190. -vaṭṭa “world-round,” i.e. saṃsāra (opp. vivaṭṭa = nibbāna) Ne.113, Ne.119. See also vaṭṭa. -vidu knowing the universe, Lp. of the Buddha DN.iii.76; SN.i.62; SN.v.197, SN.v.343; AN.ii.48; Snp.p.103; Vv.34#26; Pp.57; explained in full at Snp-a.442 and Vism.204 sq. -vivaraṇa unveiling of the universe, apocalypse, revelation Vism.392 (when humans see the devas etc.). -vohāra common or general distinction, popular logic, ordinary way of speaking Snp-a.383, Snp-a.466; Vb-a.164.
cp. Vedic loka in its oldest meaning “space, open space.” For etym. see rocati. To the etym. feeling of the Pāli hearer loka is closely related in quality to ruppati (as in pop. etym. of rūpa) and rujati. As regards the latter the etym. runs “lujjati kho loko ti vuccati” SN.iv.52, cp. Cnd.550, and loka = lujjana Dhs-a.47, Dhs-a.308: see lujjana. The Dhtp.531 gives root lok (loc) in sense of dassana
(adj.)
fr. loka; cp. Vedic laukika in meaning “worldly, usual”
adjective one who pulls out DN.i.167 (kesa-massu˚, habit of cert ascetics); MN.i.308 (id.).
fr. loc. Caus. of luñc; cp. Sk. luñcaka
the eye; adj. (-˚) having eyes. (of…) Pv.i.11#5 (miga-manda˚); Pv-a.57, Pv-a.90 (pingala˚).
fr. loc or lok to see; Dhtp.532 & Dhtm.766: loc = dassana
neuter pulling, tearing out DN.i.167 (kesa-massu˚); AN.i.296; Pp.55.
fr. loc. Caus. of luñcati
see luñcati.
neuter shaking, upsetting Dhtm.117. Cp. vi˚.
luṭ; cp. *Sk. lolana & viloḷana
neuter salt; as adj., salty, of salt, alkaline- Vin.i.202 (loṇāni bhesajjāni alkaline medicine among which are given sāmuddaṃ kāḷaloṇaṃ sindhavaṃ ubbhidaṃ bilaṃ as var. kinds of salt), Vin.i.220 = Vin.i.243 (as flavouring, with tela, taṇḍula & khādaniya); AN.i.210 AN.i.250; AN.iv.108; Mil.63; Dhp-a.iv.176 (in simile see below) Vv-a.98, Vv-a.100, Vv-a.184 (aloṇa sukkha-kummāsa, unsalted) On loṇa in similes cp. J.P.T.S. 1907, 131.
cp. Sk. lavaṇa, for which see also lavaṇa. The Prk. form is loṇa
adjective salty, alkaline Dhs.629
■ loṇiya-teliya prepared with salt & oil Ja.iii.522 Ja.iv.71
■ aloṇika unsalted Vv.42#6 (˚aka); Vv-a.184; Ja.i.228 Ja.iii.409.
fr. loṇa
Name of a tree Ja.v.405; Ja.vi.497.
cp. *Sk. rodhra; on sound changes see Geiger, P.Gr. 44, 622
taking away, cutting off; as tt. g. apocope, elision (of the final letter) Vb-a.164 (sabba-loka-vohāra˚); Snp-a.12, Snp-a.303, Snp-a.508; Vv-a.79 often in anunāsika˚; dropping of (final) ṃ Snp-a.410; Vv-a.154, Vv-a.275. At SN.v.342 read piṇḍiy ‘ālopena for piṇḍiyā lopena
■ Cp. ālopa, nillopa, vilopa vilopiya.
fr. lup: see lumpati
covetousness, greed. Defined at Vism.468 as “lubbhanti tena, sayaṃ vā lubbhati, lubbhana-mattam eva vā taṃ,” with several comparisons following. Often found in triad of lobha, dosa, moha (greed, anger bewilderment, forming the three principles of demerit see kusala-mūla), e.g. at AN.iv.96; Iti.83, Iti.84; Vism.116 Duka-pa.9, Kp.18 sq. See dosa & moha;
■ DN.iii.214, DN.iii.275; SN.i.16, SN.i.43, SN.i.63, SN.i.123 (bhava˚); SN.v.88; AN.i.64 (˚kkhaya), AN.i.160 (visama˚), cp. DN.iii.70 sq.; DN.ii.67; Snp.367, Snp.371, Snp.537 (˚kodha), Snp.663, Snp.706, Snp.864, Snp.941 (˚pāpa); Mnd.15, Mnd.16, Mnd.261; Ja.iv.11 (kodha, dosa, l.); Dhs.982, Dhs.1059; Vb.208, Vb.341 Vb.381, Vb.402; Ne.13, Ne.27; Vism.103; Vb-a.18; Pv-a.7, Pv-a.13 Pv-a.17, Pv-a.89 (+ dosa), Pv-a.102; Vv-a.14; Sdhp.52 (˚moha), Sdhp.266- alobha disinterestedness DN.iii.214; Dhs.32.
cp. Vedic & Epic Sk. lobha; fr. lubh: see lubbhati
neuter being greedy Thig.343 (= lobh’ uppāda Thag-a.240). Lobhaniya (iya, eyya)
fr. lobha
adjective
grd. formation fr. lobha
the hair of the body (whereas kesa is the hair of the head only) DN.ii.18 (ekeka˚, uddhagga˚, in characteristics of a Mahāpurisa); SN.ii.257 (asi˚, usu˚, satti˚ etc.) AN.ii.114; Vin.iii.106 (usu˚ etc.); Snp.385; Ja.i.273 (khaggo lomesu allīyi); Vb-a.57; Dhp-a.i.126; Dhp-a.ii.17 (˚gaṇanā); Thag-a.199; Vv-a.324 (sūkara˚); Pv-a.152 Pv-a.157; Sdhp.104. A detailed description of loma as one of the 32 ākāras of the body (Kp iii.; pl. lomā) is found at Vism.250, Vism.353; Vb-a.233; Kp-a.42, Kp-a.43
■ aloma hairless Ja.vi.457;
■ puthu˚ having broad hair or fins name of a fish Ja.iv.466; Vv.44#11.
■ haṭṭha˚; with hairs erect, excited Mhvs.15, Mhvs.33
■ On loma in similes see J.P.T.S. 1907, 131
■ lomaṃ pāteti to let one’s hair drop, as a sign of subduedness or modesty, opp. to horripilation pāteti formed fr. pat after wrong etym of panna in panna-loma “with drooping hairs,” which was taken as a by-form of patita: see panna-loma Vin.ii.5 (= pannalomo hoti C.); Vin.iii.183; MN.i.442. Cp. anu˚, paṭi˚, vi˚.
cp. Vedic roman. The (restituted) late P. form roma only at Ja.v.430; Abhp.175, Abhp.259; Sdhp.119.
(-˚) adjective having hair, in cpd. caturaṅga˚; having fourfold hair (i.e. on the diff. parts of the body? Vin.iv.173. It may refer to the 5 dermatoid constituents of the body (see pañcaka) & thus be characteristic of outward appearance. We do not exactly see how the term; caturaṅga is used here
■ Cp. anulomika.
fr. loma
adjective hairy, covered with hair, downy, soft MN.i.305; Pv.i.9#2. At Ja.iv.296 lomasā is explained as pakkhino, i.e. birds; reading however doubtful (vv.ll. lomahaṃsa & lomassā).
cp. Vedic romaśa
(-˚) adjective having hair, in compounds ekanta˚ & uddha˚;, of (couch-) covers or (bed) spreads: being made of hair altogether or having hair only on top Vin.i.192 = Vin.ii.163; DN.i.7; cp. DN-a.i.87. Lola (Lola)
fr. loma
adjective wavering, unsteady, agitated; longing, eager greedy SN.iv.111; Snp.22, Snp.922; Ja.i.49 (buddha-mātā lolā na hoti), Ja.i.111, Ja.i.210, Ja.i.339 (dhana-loḷa); Ja.ii.319 (˚manussa), Ja.iii.7; Pp.65; Mnd.366; Dāvs iv.44; Mil.300
■ alola not greedy, not distracted (by desire), self-controlled SN.v.148; Snp.65.
fr. luḷ: see luḷati; cp. Epic & Classic Sk. lola
feminine longing, eagerness, greed Mil.93; Snp-a.35 (āhāra˚).
fr. lola
agitated, shaken Thig.373 (= ālolita Thag-a.252).
pp. of loleti
adjective covetous greedy, self-indulgent Dāvs ii.73. a˚; not greedy, temperate Snp.165. Cp. nil˚
■ f. lolupā as Name of a plant at Ja.vi.537.
fr. lup, a base of lumpati but influenced by lubh, probably also by lola. See lumpati
neuter greediness, covetousness, self-indulgence, desire; in the language of the Abhidhamma often syn. with jappā or taṇhā. At Dhs-a.365 loluppa is treated as an adj. & expld at “punappuna visaye lumpati ākaḍḍhatī ti,” i.e. one who tears again & again at the object (or as Expos. ii.470: repeated plundering, hauling along in the fields of sense)- Ja.i.340, Ja.i.429; Dhs-a.365; Vism.61; & with exegetical synonyms; loluppāyanā & loluppāyitattaṃ at Dhs.1059 Dhs.1136.
abstr. fr. lolupa
to make shake or unsteady AN.iii.188 (khobheti +)
pp lolita.
Caus. fr. luḷ, see luḷati
see āloḷi.
neuter metal, esp. copper, brass or bronze It is often used as a general term & the individual application is not always sharply defined. Its comprehensiveness is evident from the classification of loha at Vb-a.63, where it is said lohan ti jātilohaṃ, vijāti˚ kittima˚, pisāca˚; or natural metal, produced metal artificial (i.e. alloys), & metal from the Pisāca district Each is subdivided as follows: jāti˚; = ayo, sajjhaṃ suvaṇṇaṃ, tipu, sīsaṃ, tambalohaṃ, vekantakalohaṃ vijāti˚ = nāga-nāsika˚; kittima˚ = kaṃsalohaṃ, vaṭṭa˚ ārakūṭaṃ; pisāca˚ = morakkhakaṃ, puthukaṃ, malinakaṃ capalakaṃ, selakaṃ, āṭakaṃ, bhallakaṃ, dūsilohaṃ. The description ends “Tesu pañca jātilohāni pāḷiyaṃ visuṃ vuttān’ eva (i.e. the first category are severally spoken of in the Canon). Tambalohaṃ vekantakan ti imehi pana dvīhi jātilohehi saddhiṃ sesaṃ sabbam pi idha lohan ti veditabbaṃ.”
■ On loha in similes see J.P.T.S. 1907, 131. Cp. AN.iii.16 = SN.v.92 (five alloys of gold: ayo, loha, tipu, sīsaṃ, sajjhaṃ); Ja.v.45 (asi˚) Mil.161 (suvaṇṇam pi jātivantaṃ lohena bhijjati) Pv-a.44, Pv-a.95 (tamba˚ = loha), Pv-a.221 (tatta-loha-secanaṃ pouring out of boiling metal, one of the five ordeals in Niraya).
Cp. Vedic loha, of Idg. *(e)reudh “red”; see also rohita & lohita
feminine being a metal, in (suvaṇṇassa) aggalohatā the fact of gold being the best metal Vv-a.13.
abstr. fr. loha
adjective noun
cp. Vedic lohita & rohita; see also P. rohita “red”
adjective
fr. lohita
a ruby AN.iv.199, AN.iv.203; Tha-ap.2; Vv.36#3; Vv-a.304. See masāragalla for further refs. Note. The word is not found in Vedic and Class. Sk. a later term for “ruby” is lohitaka. In the older language lohitāṅga denotes the planet Mars.
lohita + anka
is given at Dhtp.361 as a variant of ḍī to fly (see ḍeti), and explained as “ākāsa-gamana.” Similarly at Dhtm.586 as “vehāsa-gamana.”
euphonic (sandhi-) consonant, historically justified after u (uv from older v), as in su-v-ānaya easy to bring (SN.i.124); hence transferred to i, as in ti-v-aṅgika threefold (Dhs.161), and ti-v-aṅgula three inches wide (Vism.152, Vism.408); perhaps also in anu-v-icca (see anuvicca).
the syllable “va” Kp-a.109 (with ref. to ending ˚vā in Bhagavā, which Bdhgh expls as “va-kāraṃ dīghaṃ katvā,” i.e. a lengthening of va); Snp-a.76 (see below va3).
indeclinable like, like as, as if; only in poetry (as already pointed out by Trenckner, Mil.422): Iti.84 (tālapakkaṃ va bandhanā), Iti.90 (chavālātaṃ va nassati); Dhp.28; Snp.38 (vaṃso visālo va: see C. expln under va3); Pv.i.8#1 (ummatta-rūpo va; = viya Pv-a.39); Pv.i.11#6 (naḷo va chinno); Mil.72 (chāyā va anapāyinī); Ja.iii.189 (kusamuddo va ghosavā); Ja.iv.139 (aggîva suriyo va); Dhp-a.iii.175.
the enclitic, shortened form of iva after long vowels. Already to be found for iva in RV metri causâ
indeclinable even, just (so), only; for sure, certainly Dhp.136 (aggi-daḍḍho va tappati); Ja.i.138, Ja.i.149 (so pi suvaṇṇa-vaṇṇo va ahosi) 207; Snp-a.76 (vakāro avadhāraṇ’ attho eva -kāro vā ayaṃ, sandhi-vasen’ ettha e-kāro naṭṭho: wrong at this passage Snp.38 for va2 = iva!); Pv-a.3 (eko va putto), Pv-a.4 (ñātamattā va).
for eva, after long vowels
is (metrically) shortened form of vā, as found e.g. Dhp.195 (yadi va for yadi vā); or in correlation va-va either-or: Dhp.108 (yiṭṭhaṃ va hutaṃ va), Dhp.138 (ābādhaṃ va cittakkhepaṃ va pāpuṇe).
Vedic vaṃśa reed, bamboo (R.V.)
(-˚) adjective descended from, belonging to a family (of) SN.v.168 (caṇḍāla˚).
fr. vaṃsa
wolf, only in poetry Snp.201; Ja.i.336; Ja.ii.450; Ja.v.241, Ja.v.302.
Vedic vṛka, Idg. *ṷI̊qṷo = Lat. lupus, Gr. λύκος, Lith. vilkas, Goth. wulfs = E. wolf etc.
indeclinable : a root vak is given at Dhtp.7 & Dhtm.8 in meaning “ādāne,” i.e. grasping, together with a root kuk as synonym. It may refer to vaka1 wolf, whereas kuk would explain koka wolf. The notion of voraciousness is prevalent in the characterization of the wolf (see all passages of vaka1, e.g. Ja.v.302).
a tree (Mimusops elengi) Ja.v.420.
cp. *Sk. vakula
adjective crooked Ja.i.216.
Vedic vakra; the usual P. form is vanka
neuter the kidney Snp.195; Kp iii.; Mil.26; Dhs-a.140. In detail described as one of the 32 ākāras at Vism.255, Vism.356; Vb-a.60, Vb-a.239, Vb-a.356.
Vedic vṛkka
a term for bird, poetically for sakuṇa Ja.i.216 (tesaṃ ubhosu passesu pakkhā vankā jātā ti vakkangā C.).
vakkaṃ + ga
is fut. of vac: he will say, e.g. at Vin.ii.190; Vin.iv.238. See vatti.
cp. BSk. valkala (e.g. Jtm.210): see vāka
(“bark-like,” or “tuft”?) is at Kp-a.50 as the Vism reading, where Kp-a reads daṇḍa. The P.T.S. ed. of Vism (p. 255) reads wrongly cakkalaka.
wearing a garment of bark, an ascetic, lit. “barker” Ja.ii.274 (˚sadda the sound of the bark-garment-wearer). See also Np. Vakkali.
in compound for in
adjective (-˚) in danta˚; peeling bark with one’s teeth, designation of a cert. kind of ascetics DN-a.i.271.
fr. vakkala
Vedic varga, fr. vṛj; cp. Lat. volgus & vulgus (= E. vulgar) crowd, people
adjective noun dissociated, separated; incomplete; at difference dissentious Vin.i.111 sq., Vin.i.129, Vin.i.160; Vin.iv.53 (sangha) AN.i.70 (parisā); AN.ii.240
■ instr. vaggena separately secessionally, sectariously Vin.i.161; Vin.iv.37, Vin.iv.126.
-ārāma fond of dissociation or causing separation MN.i.286; Iti.11 (+ adhamma-ṭṭha; translation Seidenstücker not quite to the point: rejoicing in parties, i.e. vagga1 = Vin.ii.205. -kamma (ecclesiastical) act of an incomplete chapter of bhikkhus Vin.i.315 sq. (opp. sam agga-kamma)
■ rata = ˚ārāma.
vi + agga, Sk. vyagra; opposed to samagga
to jump Vv.64#9 (explained at Vv-a.278 as “kadāci pade padaṃ” [better: padāpadaṃ?] nikkhipantā vagganena gamane [read: vagga-gamanena gacchanti); Ja.ii.335, Ja.ii.404; Ja.iv.81, Ja.iv.343; Ja.v.473.
valg, to which belong Oicel. valka to roll; Ags. wealkan = E. walk
neuter distraction, dissension, secession, sectarianism Vin.i.316 (opp. samaggatta).
abstr. fr. vagga2
see vaggati (ref. of Vv.64#9).
(-˚) adjective belonging to a group, forming a company, a party of (-˚), e.g. pañcavaggiyā therā Ja.i.57, Ja.i.82; bhikkhū MN.i.70; MN.ii.94; chabbaggiyā bhikkhū (the group of 6 bh.) Vin.i.111 sq., Vin.i.316 sq. & passim sattarasa-vaggiyā bhikkhū (group of 17) Vin.iv.112.
fr. vagga1
adjective lovely, beautiful pleasant, usually of sound (sara) DN.ii.20 (˚ssara); SN.i.180 SN.i.190; Snp.350, Snp.668; Vv.5#3, Vv.36#1, Vv.36#4 (˚rūpa), Vv.50#18 (girā) Vv.63#6, Vv.64#10 (ghoso suvaggu), Vv.64#20, Vv.67#2, Vv.84#17; Pv.i.11#3 Pv.ii.12#1; Pv.iii.3#4; Ja.ii.439; Ja.iii.21; Ja.v.215; Sdhp.245. The foll. synonyms are frequently given in Vv-a & Pv-a as explains of vaggu: abhirūpa, cāru, madhura, rucira savanīya, siniddha, sundara, sobhaṇa.
cp. Vedic valgu, fr. valg; freq. in combination with vadati “to speak lovely words”
masculine & feminine a bat Vin.ii.148; Mil.364, Mil.404; Vism.663 (in simile) Dhp-a.iii.223.
cp. Sk. valgulī, of; valg to flutter
adjective noun
■ On vaṅka in similes see J.P.T.S. 1907, 131.
cp. Vedic vanka & vakra bending; also Ved. vanku moving, fluttering, walking slant; vañcati to waver, walk crooked. Cp. Lat. con-vexus “convex, Ags. wōh “wrong,” Goth. wāhs; Ohg. wanga cheek and others
■ The Dhtp.5 gives “koṭilya” as meaning of vaṅk. Another Pāli form is vakka (q.v.). The Prk. forms are both vakka & vanka: Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 74
neuter a sort of toy: Rh. D. “toyplough” (Dial. i.10); Kern “miniature fish-hook (Toevoegselen s. v.). Rh. D. derives it fr. Sk. vṛka (see P vaka1). Bdhgh at DN-a.i.86 takes it as “toy-plough. See DN.i.6; Vin.ii.10 (variant reading vangaka & vankata); Vin.iii.180 (variant reading cangaka); AN.v.203 (T. vanka; variant reading vankaka); Mil.229. At Thag-a.15 vaṅkaka is used in general meaning of “something crooked” (to explain Thig.11 khujja) which is specified at Thag.43 as sickle, plough and spade.
fr. vanka
feminine & Vaṅkatta (nt.) crookedness AN.i.112 (tt); Dhs.1339; Vb-a.494.
abstr. fr. vanka
adjective “of a crooked kind,” crooked-like; nt. twisting, crookedness, dishonesty MN.i.340; AN.iv.189; AN.v.167.
grd. formation fr. vanka
at DN-a.i.223 is syn. with kaṇa and means some kind of fault or flaw. It is probably a wrong spelling for vaṅka.
to go, walk, waver; found only in Dhtp (No. 29) as root vaṅg in meaning “gamana. Perhaps confused with valg; see vaggati.
cp. *Sk. vangati, to which belongs vañjula. Idg. *ṷag to bend; cp. Lat. vagor to roam, vagus = vague Ohg. wankon to waver
neuter a kind of root Vin.i.201 = Vin.iv.35. Cp. vacattha.
feminine is found only in cpd. dubbacatā surliness Ja.i.159.
abstr. fr. vaco
see vatti.
vac
neuter a kind of root Vin.i.201 = Vin.iv.35.
neuter
fr. vac; Vedic vacana
adjective to be spoken to, or to be answered DN.i.175; Snp.p.140.
grd. formation fr. vacana
adjective (-˚) having speech, speaking, in cpd. saddheyya˚; of credible speech trustworthy Vin.iii.188.
the adj. form of vaco = vacas
˚- speech, words; rare by itself (and in this case re-established from compounds and poetical, as at Snp.472 (yassa vacī kharā; explained at Snp-a.409 by “vācā”), Snp.973 (cudito vacīhi = vācāhi Snp-a.574). Otherwise in cpds, like: -gutta controlled in speech Snp.78. -para one who excels in words (not in actions), i.e. a man of words Ja.ii.390. -parama id. DN.iii.185. -bheda “kind of words,” what is like speech, i.e. talk or language Vin.iv.2; Mil.231 (meaning here: break of the vow of speech?); various saying detailed speech, specification Kp-a.13; Snp-a.464, Snp-a.466 See also vākya-bheda & vācaṃ bhindati. -viññatti intimation by language Vism.448; Mil.370; Dhs.637 -vipphāra dilating in talk Mil.230, Mil.370. -samācāsa good conduct in speech MN.ii.114; MN.iii.45; DN.iii.217. Often coupled (as triad) with kāya˚ & mano˚; (= in deed & in mind; where vācā is used when not compounded) e.g. in (vacī) -kamma (+ kāya˚ & mano˚) deed by word MN.i.373, MN.i.417; MN.iii.207; DN.iii.191, DN.iii.245; -duccarita misbehaviour in words (four of these, viz. musāvāda pisuṇā vācā, pharusā vācā, samphappalāpa AN.ii.141; DN.iii.52, DN.iii.96, DN.iii.111, DN.iii.214, DN.iii.217; Mnd.386; Pp.60; Dhp-a.i.23 Dhp-a.iii.417; -saṅkhāra antecedent or requisite for speech MN.i.301; AN.iii.350; SN.iv.293; Vb-a.167; Vism.531 -sañcetanā intention by word Vb-a.144; -sucarita good conduct in speech AN.ii.141 (the 4: sacca-vācā, apisuṇā vācā, saṇhā vācā, mantā bhāsā).
the composition form of vaco
(& vaca) neuter speech, words, saying; nom. & acc.; vaco Snp.54, Snp.356, Snp.988, Snp.994, Snp.1006 Snp.1057, Snp.1110, Snp.1147; Ja.i.188; Mnd.553 (= vacana byāpatha desanā anusandhi); Pv.i.11#12. instr. vacasā Vin.ii.95 (dhammā bahussutā honti dhatā v. paricitā); Vin.iii.189; SN.i.12 (+ manasā); Snp.365, Snp.663, Snp.890 (= vacanena Mnd.299); Vism.241; Mhvs.19, Mhvs.42
■ As adj. (-˚) vaca in combination with du˚; as dubbaca having bad speech, using bad language, foul-mouthed MN.i.95; SN.ii.204; AN.ii.147 AN.iii.178; AN.v.152 sq.; Ja.i.159; Pp.20; Sdhp.95, Sdhp.197. Opp suvaca of nice speech MN.i.126; AN.v.24 sq.; Pv.iv.1#33 (= subbaca Pv-a.230)
■ Cp. vacī & vācā.
Vedic vacas, of vac
neuter excrement, faeces Vin.ii.212; Vin.iv.229, Vin.iv.265; Vism.250 (a baby’s); Vb-a.232 (id.), Vb-a.243; Pv-a.268
■ vaccaṃ osajjati, or karoti to ease oneself Ja.i.3; Pv-a.268.
cp. BSk. vaccaḥ Avs.i.254
adjective energetic, imposing DN.i.114 (brahma˚; Dial. i.146 “fine in presence” cp. DN-a.i.282). See also under brahma. Note. The P. root vacc is given at Dhtm.59 in meaning of “ditti,” i.e. splendour.
cp. Sk. varcasvin & Ved. varcin, having splendour, might or energy, fr. Vedic varcas
wanting to ease oneself, oppressed with vacca Vin.ii.212, Vin.ii.221.
pp. of vacceti, Denom. of vacca
a calf Dhp.284; Ja.v.101; Vism.163 (in simile), Vism.269 (id.; kūṭa˚ a maimed calf); Dhs-a.62 (with popular etym. “vadatī ti vaccho”); Vv-a.100, Vv-a.200 (taruṇa˚). On vaccha in similes see J.P.T.S. 1907, 131.
Vedic vatsa, lit. “one year old, a yearling”; cp. Gr. ε ̓́τος year, Sk. vatsara id., Lat vetus old, vitulus calf; Goth. wiprus a year old lamb = Ohg. widar = E wether
a tree; only in mālā˚; an ornamental plant Vin.ii.12; Vin.iii.179; Vism.172; Dhp-a.ii.109.
= rukkha, fr. vṛkṣa
a (little) calf Ja.iii.444; Ja.v.93, Ja.v.433; Mil.282 (as go-vacchaka).
Demin. fr. vaccha1
a weaned calf bullock DN.i.127, DN.i.148; SN.i.75; AN.ii.207; AN.iv.41 sq.; Pp.56; DN-a.i.294
■ f. vacchatarī DN.i.127; SN.i.75; Vin.i.191; Pp.56.
fr. vaccha; the compar. suffix in meaning “sort of, -like.” Cp. Sk. vatsatara
is fut. of vasati to dwell.
year Sdhp.239. See the usual saṃvacchara.
cp. Class. Sk. vatsara
adjective affectionate, lit. “loving her calf” Thag-a.148 (Tha-ap.64).
cp. Sk. vatsala
a cattle-fold, cow-pen AN.iii.393; Ja.ii.300; Ja.iii.270, Ja.iii.379; Vism.166, Vism.279; Dhp-a.i.126, Dhp-a.i.396
■ giribbaja a (cattle or sheep) run on the mountain Ja.iii.479; as Npl. at Snp.408.
Vedic vraja: see vajati
to go, proceed, get to (acc.), lit. to turn to (cp. vṛj, vṛṇakti, pp. vṛkta, which latter coincides with vṛtta of vṛt in P. vatta: see vatta1 & cp. vajjeti to avoid, vajjita, vajjana etc.) Snp.121, Snp.381, Snp.729 (jātimaraṇa-saṃsāraṃ), Snp.1143; Ja.iii.401; Ja.iv.103 (nirayaṃ) Pv.iv.1#72 (Pot. vajeyya); Cnd.423 (= gacchati kamati) Mhvs.11, Mhvs.35 (imper. vaja as variant reading; T. reads bhaja). See compounds anubbajati, upabb˚, pabb˚, paribb˚.
Vedic vraj, cp. Ved. vraja (= P. vaja) & vṛjana enclosure = Av. vərəƶə̄na-, with which cp. Gr.; ει ̓́ργνυμι to enclose, εἱργμός, Lat. vergo to turn; Gaelic fraigh hurdle; Ags. wringan = E. wring = Ger. ringen, E. wrinkle = Ger. renken, and many others, see Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. vergo
■ The Dhtp (59) defines vaj (together with aj) by “gamana”
see rajo-vajalla.
a thunderbolt; usually with ref. to Sakka’s (= Indra’s) weapon DN.i.95 = MN.i.231 (ayasa); Thag.419; Ja.i.134 (vajira-pūritā viya garukā kucchi “as if filled with Sakka’s thunderbolt.” Dutoit takes it in meaning vajira2 and trsls “with diamonds”) Snp-a.225 (˚āvudha the weapon of Sakka).
cp. Vedic vajira, Indra’s thunderbolt; Idg. *ṷeĝ = Sk. vaj, cp. Lat. vegeo to thrive, vigeo → vigour Av. vaƶra; Oicel. vakr = Ags. wacor = Ger. wacker; also E. wake etc. See also vājeti
masculine & neuter a diamond AN.i.124 (˚ûpamacitta) = Pp.30; Dhp.161; Ja.iv.234; Mil.118, Mil.267, Mil.278; Mhvs.30, Mhvs.95; Kp-a.110 (˚sankhāta-kāya) Dhp-a.i.387 (˚panti row of diamonds), Dhp-a.i.392 sq.
cp. Sk. vajra = vajira1
Name of several plants, a tree (the ratan: Halāyudha 2 46) Ja.v.420. See also vaṅgati.
cp. Sk. vañjula. Given as vañjula at Abhp.553
neuter that which should be avoided, a fault, sin DN.ii.38; SN.i.221; Vin.ii.87 (thūla˚ a grave sin); AN.i.47, AN.i.98; AN.iv.140; Pts.i.122; Dhp.252; Vb-a.342 (syn. with dosa and garahitabba) Kp-a.23 (paṇṇatti˚ & pakati˚), Kp-a.24 (id.), Kp-a.190 (loka˚) DN-a.i.181 (= akusala-dhamma). Freq. in phrase aṇumattesu vajjesu bhaya-dassāvin “seeing a source of fear even in the slightest sins” DN.i.63; SN.v.187 and passim. -dassin finding fault Dhp.76 (explained in detail at Dhp-a.ii.107)
■ anavajja & sāvajja, the relation of which to vajja is doubtful, see avajja.
grd. of vajjati, cp. Sk. varjya
adjective noun
cp. Sk. vādya, grd. of vad
Pot. of vad, see vadati.
to turn etc.; only as Pass. form vajjati [in form = Ved. vṛjyate to be avoided, to be excluded from (abl.) Mil.227 Kp-a.160 (˚itabba, in pop. etym. of Vajjī)
caus vajjeti (*varjayati) to avoid, to abstain from, renounce Sdhp.10, Sdhp.11, Sdhp.200. Cp. pari˚, vi˚.
vṛj, Vedic vṛṇakti & varjati to turn; in etym. related to vajati. Dhtp.547: “vajjane”
Pass of vad, see vadati.
neuter avoidance, shunning Vism.5 (opp. sevana); Dhp-a.iii.417.
fr. vajjati
adjective to be avoided, to be shunned; improper Mil.166 (i.e. bad or uneven parts of the wood), Mil.224.
grd. formation fr. vajjati1
adjective sinful SN.iii.194.
vajja1 + vant
adjective to be killed, slaughtered or executed; object of execution; meriting death Vin.iv.226; Snp.580 (go vajjho viya); Ja.ii.402 (cora), Ja.vi.483 (= vajjhappatta cora C.); Vism.314; Kp-a.27- avajjha not to be slain, scathless Snp.288 (brāhmaṇa) Mil.221 = Ja.v.49; Mil.257 (˚kavaca invulnerable armour).
-ghāta a slaughterer, executioner Thig.242 (cp Thag-a.204)
■ cora a robber (i.e. criminal) waiting to be executed Pv-a.153. -paṭaha-bheri the execution drum Pv-a.4. -bhāvapatta condemned to death Ja.i.439 -sūkariyo (pl.) sows which had no young, barren sows (read vañjha˚!) Ja.ii.406.
grd. of vadhati
adjective (-˚) = vajjha Dhs-a.239.
feminine execution; only in cpd. (as vajjha˚) -ppatta condemned to death, about to be executed Vin.iv.226; Ja.ii.119, Ja.ii.264; Ja.vi.483.
cp. Sk. vadhyā
to destroy, kill Ja.vi.527 (siro vajjhayitvāna). Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. vaddh˚ proposes reading vaddhayitvāna (of a root vardh to cut), cutting off is perhaps better. The expression is hapax legomenon.
Denom. fr. vajjha
vañc: see etym. under vaṅka
■ The Dhtp distinguishes two roots vañc, viz. “gamane” (46) and “palambhane” (543), thus giving the literally & the fig meanings.
neuter deception, delusion, cheating, fraud, illusion DN.i.5; DN.iii.176; AN.ii.209; Snp.242; Pv.iii.9#5; Pp.19; Ja.iv.435; Dhs-a.363 (for māyā Dhs.1059); DN-a.i.79; Dhp-a.iii.403; Pv-a.193-vañcana in lit. meaning of vañcati 1 is found in avañcana not tottering Ja.i.214.
fr. vañc, cp. Epic Sk. vañcana
adjective deceiving; a cheat DN.iii.183; Thag.940; Mil.290.
fr. vañcana
adjective deceiving, deluding Thig.490.
grd. formation fr. vañcana, cp. Mvu.ii.145: vañcanīya
deceived, cheated Ja.i.287 (vañcit’ ammi = vañcitā amhi).
pp. of vañceti
see vajuḷa.
adjective barren, sterile DN.i.14, DN.i.56; MN.i.271; SN.ii.29 (a˚); SN.iv.169; SN.v.202 (a˚) Pv.iii.4#5 (a˚ = anipphala C.); Ja.ii.406 (˚sūkariyo: so read for vajjha˚); Mil.95; Vism.508 (˚bhāva); Dhp-a.i.45 (˚itthi); DN-a.i.105; Pv-a.31, Pv-a.82; Vv-a.149; Sdhp.345 (a˚).
cp. Epic & later Sk. bandhya
the Indian fig tree Ja.i.259 (˚rukkha); Ja.iii.325; Mhvs.6, Mhvs.16; Dhp-a.i.167 (˚rukkha) Pv-a.113.
cp. Epic Sk. vaṭa. A root vaṭ; not connected with this vaṭa is given at Dhtm.106 in meaning “veṭhana”: see vaṭaṃsa
at Pp.45, Pp.46 (tuccho pi hito pūro pi vaṭo) read ti pihito pūro vivaṭo. See vivaṭa.
a kind of head ornament perhaps ear-ring or garland worn round the forehead Mhvs.11, Mhvs.28 (C. explains as “kaṇṇapilandhanaṃ vaṭaṃsakan ti vuttaṃ hoti”). Usually as vaṭaṃsaka Vin.ii.10; Vin.iii.180; Thag.523; Vv.38#5 (explained as “ratanamayā kaṇṇikā” (pl.) at Vv-a.174); Ja.vi.488; Vv-a.178 Vv-a.189, Vv-a.209
■ Note. The root vaṭ; given as “veṭhana” at Dhtm.106 probably refers to vaṭaṃsa.
for avaṭaṃsa: see Geiger, Pali Grammar § 66#1; cp. Sk. avataṃsa with t; Prk. vaaṃsa
a small ball or thickening, bulb, tuber; in muḷāla˚; the (edible) tuber of the lotus Ja.vi.563 (C. kaṇḍaka).
cp. *Sk. vaṭaka, fr. vaṭa rope
a rope, cable Ja.iii.478 (nāvā sa-vaṭākarā).
probably distorted by metathesis from Sk. vaṭārakā. Fr. vaṭa rope. On etym. of the latter see Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. volvo
neuter a road, path DN.ii.8; SN.iv.52 (chinna˚); Ja.iii.412; Vism.123 (sa˚ a˚). Cp.; ubbaṭuma & parivaṭuma.
cp. Vedic vartman, fr. vṛt
adjective noun
pp. of vṛt, Sk. vṛtta in meaning of “round” as well as “happened, become” etc. The two meanings have become differentiated in Pāli vaṭṭa is not found in meaning of “happened.” All three Pāli meanings are specialized, just as the pres vaṭṭati is specialized in meaning “behoves”
(“rained”): see abhivaṭṭa and vaṭṭha (vuṭṭha); otherwise only at Dhp-a.ii.265.
neuter a cart, in haṭṭha˚; handcart Vin.ii.276.
fr. vṛt, or P. vaṭṭa
feminine (& vaṭṭaka˚;) the quail MN.iii.159 sq.; Ja.i.172, Ja.i.208 (vaṭṭaka-luddaka), Ja.iii.312; Dhp-a.iii.175 (loc. pl. vaṭṭakesu)
■ The Vaṭṭaka-jātaka at Ja.i.208 sq. (cp. Ja.v.414).
cp. Sk. vartakā & Ved. vartikā
Vedic vṛt. The representative of vattati (= Sk. vartate) in specialized meaning. The regular meaning of *vartate (with vaṭṭana), viz. “turning round,” is attached to vaṭṭati only in later Pāli & sometimes doubtful. It is found also in the Caus.; vaṭṭeti The defn of vaṭṭ; (literal meaning) at Dhtp.89 is “vaṭṭana,” and at Dhtm.107 “āvattana”
neuter turning round Dhtp.89 (in defn of vaṭṭati). Cp. āvaṭṭana.
fr. vṛt, vaṭṭati
feminine in -valī is a line or chain of balls (“rounds,” i.e. rings or spindles). Reading somewhat doubtful. It occurs at MN.i.80, MN.i.81 (seyyathā v. evaṃ me piṭṭhi-kaṇṭako unnat’ âvanato hoti; Neumann trsls “wie eine Kugelkette wurde mein Rückgrat mit den hervor-und zurücktretenden Wirbeln”) and at Ja.v.69 (spelt “vaṭṭhanā-vali-sankāsā piṭṭhi te ninnat’ unnatā, with C. expln “piṭṭhika-ṭṭhāne āvuṇitvā ṭhāpitā vaṭṭhanā-vali-sadisā”). The Ja translation by Dutoit gives “einer Reihe von Spinnwirteln dein Rücken gleicht im Auf und Nieder”; the E. tsrln has “Thy back like spindles in a row, a long unequal curve doth show.”
fr. vṛt
feminine a ring, round, globe, ball Thig.395 (vaṭṭani-riva; explained at Thag-a.259 as “lākhāya guḷikā viya,” translation Sisters 154: “but a little ball”).
cp. Vedic vartani circumference of a wheel, course
feminine
represents both Epic Sk. varti and vṛtti, differentiated derivations from vṛt, combining the meanings of “turning, rolling” and “encircling, round”
feminine
vaṭṭi + kā, cp. Class. Sk. vartikā
(-˚) adjective in muṇḍa˚; porter (?) is not clear. It is a dern fr. vaṭṭi in one or the other of its meanings. Found only at Vin.ii.137, where it is explained by Bdhgh as “veṭṭhin.” It may belong to vaṭaṃsa or vaṭa (rope) cp. Dhtm.106 “veṭhana” for vaṭaṃsa.
adjective circular Abhp.707.
fr. vṛt, cp. late Sk. vartula
rained, in nava˚; newly rained upon Dhp-a.i.19 (bhūmi).
pp. of vassati, for the usual vuṭṭha
adjective bulky, gross Abhp.701.
cp. BSk. vaṭhara Mvu.ii.65. A root vaṭh is given at Dhtm.133 in meaning “thūlattane bhave” i.e. bulkiness
neuter wealth, riches Ja.iii.131 (vaḍḍhaṃ vaḍḍhataṃ, imper.). Or should we read vaṭṭa? Vaḍḍha is used as Np. at Kp-a.119, perhaps in meaning “prosperous.”
fr. vṛdh
fr. vaḍḍheti
(& -ī) a carpenter builder, architect, mason. On their craft and guilds see Fick, Sociale Gliederung 181 sq.; Mrs. Rh. D Cambridge Hist. Ind. i.206
■ The word is specially characteristic of the Jātakas and other popular (later literature Ja.i.32, Ja.i.201, Ja.i.247; Ja.ii.170; Ja.vi.332 sq., Ja.vi.432 Tha-ap.51; Dhp-a.i.269; Dhp-a.iv.207; Vism.94; Pv-a.141; Mhbv.154
■ iṭṭha˚; a stonemason Mhvs.35, Mhvs.102; nagara˚; the city architect Mil.331, Mil.345; brāhmaṇa˚; a brahmin carpenter Ja.iv.207; mahā˚; chief carpenter, master builder Vism.463. In metaphor taṇhā the artificer lust Dhp-a.iii.128.
cp. Epic & Class. Sk. vardhaki & vardhakin; perhaps from vardh to cut: see vaddheti
primary meaning “to increase” (trs. intrs.); hence: to keep on, to prosper, to multiply, to grow SN.i.15 (read vaḍḍh˚ for vaṭṭ˚); SN.ii.206 (vaṇṇena), SN.iv.73, SN.iv.250; AN.v.249 (paññāya); Snp.329 (paññā ca sutañ ca); Ja.iii.131 (porāṇaṃ vaḍḍhaṃ vaḍḍhataṃ, imper. med 3rd sg.); Ja.v.66 (sadā so vaḍḍhate rājā sukka-pakkhe va candimā); Pv.i.1#2 (dātā puññena v.); Pp.71; Mil.9 Mhvs.7, Mhvs.68 (putta-dhītāhi vaḍḍhitvā having numerous sons & daughters); Mhvs.22, Mhvs.73 (ubho vaḍḍhiṃsu dārakā grew up); Snp-a.319; Pv-a.94
ppr vaḍḍhamāna 1 thriving Kp-a.119 (read as Vaḍḍh˚, Np.) 2 increasing Ja.i.199 (putta-dhītāhi); Mhvs.23, Mhvs.34 (˚chāyāyaṃ as the shadows increased)
■ See also pari˚
pp vaḍḍha, vaddha, vuḍḍha, vuddha, buḍḍha
caus 1 vaḍḍheti, in many shades of meaning, all based upon the notion of progressive motion. Thus to be translated in any of the foll. senses: to increase, to make move on (cp. vv.ll. vaṭṭeti), to bring on to, to further; to take an interest in, to indulge in, practise; to be busy with cause to prosper; to arrange; to make for; and in a general sense “to make” (cp. derivation vaḍḍhaka “maker,” i.e. tailor; vaḍḍhaki id., i.e. carpenter vaḍḍhana, etc.). The latter development into “make is late.
Vedic vardhati, vṛdh, cp. Av. vərədaiti to increase. To this root belongs P. uddha “high up (= Gr. ορχός straight). defined at Dhtp.109 simply as “vaḍḍhane”
neuter & adjective
fr. vaḍḍheti; see also vaddhana
adjective serving, in f. -ikā a serving (of food), a dish (bhatta˚) Dhp-a.188 (so read for vaḍḍhinikā).
fr. vaḍḍhana, cp. vaḍḍheti 4
neuter at Dpvs.xi.33 is probably equivalent to vaḍḍhana (6) in special sense at Mhvs.23, Mhvs.33, and designates a (pair of) special (ly costly) garment(s). One might think of meaning vaḍḍheti “to bid higher (at a sale),” as in Divy.403; Avs.i.36, and explain as “that which causes higher bidding,” i.e. very precious. The passage is doubtful. It may simply mean “costly” (belonging to nandiyāvaṭṭaṃ); or is it to be read as vaṭṭamāna?
BSk. vardhate
adjective growing, increasing, getting bigger; only in phrase vaḍḍhamānaka-cchāyāya (loc.) with growing shade, as the shadows lengthened, when evening drew near Dhp-a.i.96 Dhp-a.i.416; Dhp-a.ii.79; Mhvs.19, Mhvs.40.
ppr. of vaḍḍheti + ka
feminine
fr. vṛdh, Vedic vṛddhi refreshment etc., which is differentiated in Pāli into vuddhi & vaḍḍhi
adjective leading to increase, augmenting, prosperous Mil.351 (ekanta˚, equal to aparihāniya).
fr. vaḍḍhi
pp. of vaḍḍheti
neuter & masculine a wound, sore Vin.i.205 (m.), Vin.i.218 (vaṇo rūḷho); Vin.iii.36 (m; angajāte), Vin.iii.117 (angajāte) SN.iv.177 (vaṇaṃ ālimpeti); AN.v.347 sq., AN.v.350 sq.; AN.v.359 Cnd.540; Pp-a 212 (purāṇa-vaṇa-sadisa-citto); Dhp-a.ii.165 (˚ṃ bandhati to bandage); Vv-a.77; Pv-a.80 Sdhp.395. On vaṇa in similes see J.P.T.S. 1907, 132.
cp. Vedic vraṇa; Serbian rana; Obulg. var̄e, both “wound”
feminine wish, request Ud.53; Ja.iv.404 (= yācana C.); cp. J.P.T.S. 1891, 18 See vana2 & cp vaṇeti.
fr. van to desire
feminine trade, trading MN.ii.198; Snp.404 (payojaye dhammikaṃ so vaṇijjaṃ); AN.ii.81 sq.; Pv.i.5#6 (no trade among the Petas); Ja.i.169; Pv-a.47 (tela˚) Sdhp.332, Sdhp.390
■ Five trades must not be carried on by lay followers of the Buddha, viz. sattha˚; trade in swords satta˚; in living beings, maṃsa˚; in meat, majja˚; in intoxicants, visa˚; in poisons AN.iii.208, quoted at DN-a.i.235 and Snp-a.379.
Vedic vaṇijyā, fr. vaṇij˚ (vaṇik) merchant, cp. vāṇija & vaṇibbaka
wounded, bruised Pv.ii.2#4; Ja.i.150; Sdhp.395.
pp. of *vaṇeti, Denom. fr. vaṇa
trading, trade Vin.i.229 = DN.ii.87 = Ud.88 (with ref. to Pāṭaliputta).
vaṇik + patha, in meaning patha 2
a wayfarer, beggar, pauper Snp.100 (ṇ); Ja.iv.403, Ja.iv.406 (n); Ja.v.172 (= bhojaputta C.; n), Ja.vi.232 (n); DN-a.i.298 (ṇ); Pv-a.78 (n), Pv-a.112 (n); Vv-a.5 (n). Often combined with similar terms in phrase kapaṇ addhika [or iddhika] vaṇibbaka-yācakā indigents, tramps, wayfarers & beggars, e.g. DN.i.137 (ṇ); Mil.204 (ṇ) Dhp-a.i.105 (ṇ). Other spurious forms are vaṇidīpaka Pv-a.120; vanīpaka Cp.i.4#9.
vaṇibba + ka. The form *vaṇibba, according to Geiger, Pali Grammar § 46#1, distorted fr. vaṇiya, thus “travelling merchant, wayfarer.” Spelling wavers between vaṇibb˚; & vanibb˚. The BSk. form is vanīpaka, e.g. at Avs.i.248; Avs.ii.37; Divy.83; occurring also as vaṇīyaka at Divy.83
adjective noun begging, a beggar, tramp Ja.iii.312; Ja.iv.410 (= yācanto C.). Spelling at both places n. See also vanin.
fr. *vaṇibba
see vanīyati.
to wish, desire, ask, beg Ja.v.27 (spelt vaṇṇeti C. explains as vāreti icchati); pres. med. 1st pl. vaṇimhase (= Sk. vṛṇīmahe) Ja.ii.137 (= icchāma C.). As vanayati at Kp-a.111 (vanayatī ti vanaṃ).
Caus. of van (see etym. under vana2), cp. vaṇi (vani). It may be derived directly fr. vṛ; vṛṇāti = P vuṇāti, as shown by vaṇimhase. A Denom. fr. vani is vanīyati
neuter a stalk SN.iii.155 = DN.i.73 (˚chinna with its stalk cut); Ja.i.70; Tha-ap.62; Vism.356 (in comparison); Snp-a.296; Vb-a.60; Dhp-a.ii.42 Dhp-a.iv.112; Vv-a.44. avaṇṭa (of thana, the breast of a woman) not on a stalk (i.e. well-formed, plump) Ja.v.155. So to be trsld here, although vaṇṭa as medical term is given in BR with meaning “nipple.”-See also tālavaṇṭa
Epic Sk. vṛnta
(adj:) (-˚) having a stalk; a˚; not fastened on stalks Ja.v.203.
vaṇṭa + ka
to partition, share; is given as root vaṇṭ; at Dhtp.92, Dhtp.561 and Dhtm.787 in meaning “vibhājana.”-Another root vaṇṭ; is found at Dhtm.108 with unmeaning expln “vaṇṭ’ atthe.”
dial. Sk. vaṇṭ
adjective (-˚) having a stalk; only in phrase ekato˚ & ubhato˚; having a stalk on one or on both sides (of a wreath) Vin.ii.10; Vin.iii.180; Dhp-a.i.419.
vaṇṭa + ika
appearance etc (lit. “cover, coating”). There is a considerable fluctuation of meaning, especially between meanings 2, 3, 4. One may group as follows.
cp. Vedic varṇa, of vṛ: see vuṇāti. Customary definition as “vaṇṇane” at Dhtp.572
neuter paint, rouge DN.ii.142; Thag.960; Dpvs.vi.70.
fr. vaṇṇa
feminine having colour, complexion AN.i.246 (dubbaṇṇatā bad c.); Vv-a.9.
abstr. fr. vaṇṇa
feminine
fr. vaṇṇeti
adjective to be described; a˚; indescribable Ja.v.282.
grd. formation fr. vaṇṇeti
adjective beautiful AN.iv.240 (cātummahārājikā devā dīgh’āyukā vaṇṇavanto; variant reading ˚vantā) Pp.34; Pv.iii.2#12 (= rūpasampanna Pv-a.184); Dhp-a.i.383.
fr. vaṇṇa
pp. of vaṇṇeti
(-˚) adjective
fr. vaṇṇa
neuter colouring; having or giving colour, complexion. MN.i.446 (in phrase assaṁ assa-damako vaṇṇiyañ ca valiyañ ca anuppavecchati, translated by Neumann as “lässt der Rossebändiger noch die letzte Strählung und Striegelung angedeihen”; still doubtful) AN.iii.54 (dubbaṇṇiyaṁ bad complexion) Iti.76 (dub˚ evil colour)
fr. vaṇṇeti
feminine is given at Abhp.663 in meaning of “sand.” Occurs only in cpd. vaṇṇupatha a sandy place, quicksand, swamp Ja.i.109; Vv.84#3 (= vālu-kantāra Vv-a.334); Pv.iv.3#2 (= petena nimmitaṃ mudu-bhūmi-magga Pv-a.250, so read for vaṇṇapatha); shortened to vaṇṇu at Vv.84#11 (where MSS vaṇṇa).
cp. late Sk. varṇu, Name of a river (-district)
pp vaṇṇita.
Denom. fr. vaṇṇa
indeclinable part of exclamation: surely, certainly, indeed, alas! Vin.iii.39 (puris’ usabho vat’ âyaṃ “for sure he is a human bull”) Thig.316 (abbhutaṃ vata vācaṃ bhāsasi); Snp.178, Snp.191 Snp.358; Vv.47#13; Pv.i.8#5; Ja.iv.355; Pv-a.13, Pv-a.61, Pv-a.75, Pv-a.121 Often combined with other emphatic particles, like aho vata Pv.ii.9#45 (= sādhu vata Pv-a.131); lābhā vata no it is surely a gain that Snp.31; Dhp-a.ii.95; vata bho Ja.i.81.
Vedic bata, post-Vedic vata
masculine & neuter
cp. Vedic vrata vow. fr. vṛt, meaning later “milk” (see Macdonell & Keith, Vedic Index ii.341)
adjective observant of religious duties, devout Snp.624 (= dhuta-vatena samannāgata Snp-a.467); Dhp.400 (with same expln at Dhp-a.iv.165 as as Snp-a.467).
vata2 + vant
feminine a fence Ja.i.153; Ja.iii.272; Ja.v.472; Vism.186 (vatī, variant reading vati); Snp-a.98 (variant reading for gutti), Snp-a.148 (variant reading for ˚vatikā).
later Sk. vṛti, fr. vṛ.
feminine a choice, boon Dhp-a.i.190 (pubbe Sāmā nāma vatiyā pana kāritattā Sāmāvatī nāma jātā).
fr. vṛ; cp. Sk. vṛti
adjective (-˚) having the habit (of), acting like MN.i.387 (kukkura˚).
vata2 + ika
feminine a fence Snp-a.148 (kaṇṭaka˚ & rukkha˚).
fr. vati1
neuter
orig. pp. of vattati
neuter the mouth (lit. “speaker”) Pgdp.55 (sūci-vatto mah’odaro peto).
cp. Sk. vaktra & P. vattar
opened wide Vin.iii.37; Ja.v.268 (vatte mukhe).
vyatta, Sk. vyātta, of vi + ā + dā
at Ja.v.443 is corrupt for vaṇṭha cripple.
adjective doing, exercising, influencing; in vasa˚; having power, neg. avasa˚; having no free will involuntary Pv-a.64.
fr. vatta1
to move, go on, proceed to happen, take place, to be; to be in existence; to fare to do Snp.p.13 (parivesanā vattati distribution of food was in progress); Snp.654 (kammanā vattati loko keeps up, goes on); Pv.ii.9#44 (vatteyya); Mil.338 (na ciraṃ vattate bhavo)
grd vattabba to be proceeded, or simply “to be” Vin.ii.8 (so read for vatth˚): nissāya te v. “thou must remain under the superintendence of others” (Vin. Texts, ii.344)
■ Often equal to atthi or (pl.) santi, i.e. is (are), e.g. Ja.vi.504; Snp-a.100 (bāḷhā vedanā vattanti); Pv-a.40
ppr med. vattamāna see sep
pp vatta
caus vatteti to make go on, to keep up, practise, pursue Snp.404 (etaṃ vattayaṃ pursuing this); freq. in phrases vasaṃ vatteti to exercise power, e.g. Pv-a.89; and cakkaṃ vatteti to wield royal power, to govern (cp. expression cakkavattin & see pavatteti) Snp.554, Snp.684 (vattessati), Snp.693 (dhamma-cakkaṃ); Ja.iii.412
grd vattitabba to be practised Vin.ii.32
pp vattita.
Vedic vartate; vṛt. A differentiated P. form is vaṭṭati. Cp. Av. varət to turn, Sk. vartana turning vartulā = Lat. vertellum = E. whorl (Ger. wirtel) & vertil Gr. ῥατάνη; Goth. waírpan = Ger. werden (to become, E “turn”); Goth. waírps = E. wards; Obulg. vrěteno spindle; and many others (e.g. Lat. vertex, vortex), q. v Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. verto
neuter moving on, upkeep, existence, continuance Snp.698 (cakka˚ continuance of royal power); Mhvs.3, Mhvs.38.
fr. vattati
(f.) a track, a road Ja.i.196, Ja.i.395, Ja.i.429; Ja.iii.200
■ kaṇha˚; leaving a black trail, epithet of the fire Ja.iii.140.
cp. Sk. vartanī, fr. vṛt
adjective noun being in existence, going on, happening at the time; nt. process, progress, (as ˚-) in progress Snp-a.4 (˚uppanna); Pv-a.55 -vacana the present tense Snp-a.16, Snp-a.23.
ppr. med. of vattati
adjective going on, being, existing; -bhave in the present existence or period Mil.291.
fr. last
one who speaks, a sayer, speaker MN.i.470; SN.i.63; SN.ii.182; SN.vi.94, SN.vi.198; DN.i.139; AN.iv.32; AN.v.79 sq., AN.v.226 sq.; Thag.334 (read ariya-vattā for ˚ vatā); Ja.i.134; Snp-a.272; Pv-a.15.
n. ag. of vatti, vac
to speak, say, call;
pres not found (for which vadati);
fut 1st sg. vakkhāmi Ja.i.346 3rd vakkhati SN.i.142; Ja.i.356; Ja.ii.40; Ja.vi.352; Vb-a.51 1st pl. vakkhāma SN.iv.72; MN.iii.207; Vism.170, Vism.446 3rd vakkhanti Vin.ii.1;
p fut vakkhamāna Pv-a.18 ■
aor 1st sg. avacaṃ Ja.iii.280; Dhp-a.iii.194, & avocaṃ Thig.124; Vv.79#7; SN.i.10; Dhp-a.iii.285; 2nd avaca Thig.415, avoca Dhp.133, & avacāsi Vv.35#7; Vv.53#9; 3rd avaca Ja.i.294; Pv.ii.3#19; Pv-a.65 (mā a.); avoca Thig.494; SN.i.150; Snp.p.78; Ja.ii.160; Pv-a.6, Pv-a.31, Pv-a.49; avacāsi Ja.vi.525; 1st pl. avacumha & avocumha; MN.ii.91; MN.iii.15; 2nd avacuttha Vin.i.75 (mā a.); Vin.ii.297; Ja.ii.48; Dhp-a.i.73; Dhp-a.iv.228, & avocuttha Ja.i.176; Mil.9 3rd pl. avacuṃ Ja.v.260, & avocuṃ MN.ii.147
inf vattuṃ Snp.431; Ja.vi.351; Vism.522 = Vb-a.130 (vattukāma); Snp-a.414; DN-a.i.109; Dhp-a.i.329; Dhp-a.ii.5
ger vatvā Snp-a.398; Pv-a.68, Pv-a.73, & vatvāna Snp.p.78.
grd vattabba Mil.276 (kiṃ vattabbaṃ what is there to be said about it? i.e. it goes without saying); Snp-a.123 Snp-a.174, Snp-a.178; Pv-a.12, Pv-a.27, Pv-a.92
ppr med vuccamāna Vin.i.60; Vin.iii.221; Pv-a.13
pass vuccati DN.i.168, DN.i.245; Dhp.63; Mhvs.9, Mhvs.9; Mhvs.34, Mhvs.81 (vuccate, variant reading uccate); Ja.i.129 (vuccare, 3rd pl.); Pv-a.24, Pv-a.34, Pv-a.63, Pv-a.76
pp vutta (q.v.)
caus vāceti to make speak, i.e. to read out to cause to read; also to teach, to instruct Snp.1018 Snp.1020; Ja.i.452 (read); Pv-a.97
pp vācita (q.v.).
desid vavakkhati (see Geiger, P.Gr. § 184 = Sk. vivakṣati) to wish to call DN.ii.256.
Vedic vakti, vac
Mnd.89 (having the habit of horses, elephants etc.).
neuter that which goes on, round (of existence), revolution Mil.226.
fr. vatteti
adjective (-˚) engaged in, having power over, making, doing; only in compounds cakka˚ & vasa˚; (q.v.).
fr. vṛt
neuter
■ On vattha in similes see J.P.T.S. 1907, 132.
Vedic vastra, fr. vas, vaste to clothe; Idg. *ṷes, enlargement of *eu (: Lat. ex-uo); cp. Lat. vestis “vest(-ment),” Gr. ε ̔́ννυμι to clothe, ε ̔ϊμα dress; Goth wasjan to clothe; wasti dress
as pp. of vasati1 occurs only in cpd. nivattha. The two passages in Pv-a where vattha is printed as pp (vatthāni vattha) are to be read as vattha-nivattha (Pv-a.46, Pv-a.62).
masculine & feminine
Vedic vasti in meaning 1; the other meanings later
neuter lit. “ground,” hence
-kata made a foundation or basis of, practised thoroughly Ja.ii.61; Ja.v.14 and passim (+ bhāvita etc.). In phrase tālāvatthukata (= tāla avatthu kata) vatthu means foundation, basis, ground to feed and live on, thus “a palm deprived of its foundation”: see refs. under tāla
■ gāthā the stanzas of the story, the introductory (explanatory, essential to its understanding) stanzas something like “prologue” Snp-a.483, Snp-a.575 (preceding Snp.699 & Snp.976); -dasaka tenfold substance or material basis Vb-a.22. -bhūta being an object, i.e. subject to Ja.v.210. -rūpa substance or substratum of matter material form Vism.561, Vism.564; Vb-a.22, Vb-a.172. -visadakiriyā clearing of the foundation or fundamentals purification of the elements Vb-a.283 = Dhs-a.76 (˚kiriyatā; translation Expos. 101 “cleansing of things or substance”); Vism.128; Vb-a.276.
Class. Sk. vastu, fr. vas1
site, ground, field, plot Vin.iii.50 (ārāma˚ & vihāra˚), Vin.iii.90 (id.); Snp.209, Snp.473 (sakhetta˚, cp. vatthu1 4), Snp.769 (khetta +), Snp.858 (id.); Thag.957 (khetta + vatthu, cp. Brethren p. 3371 & Vin Texts iii.389 sq.); Mil.279 (khetta˚ a plot of arable land); DN-a.i.78 (contrasted with khetta, see khetta 1 and cp. vatthu1 1; Pv-a.88 (gehassa the back yard of the house); haunted by fairies (parigaṇhanti) DN.ii.87.
Vedic vāstu; fr. vas
adjective (-˚)
fr. vatthu1
adjective (-˚) speaking, in cpd. vaggu˚; speaking pleasantly Snp.955 (cp. Mnd.446; Snp-a.571 = sundaravada); suddhiṃ˚; of clean speech Snp.910.
fr. vad
adjective lit. “(easily) spoken to,” addressable, i.e. liberal bountiful, kind SN.i.43; AN.ii.59, AN.ii.61 sq.; AN.iv.271 sq., AN.iv.285 289, 322; Snp.487; Pv.iv.1#33, Pv.iv.3#42, Pv.iv.10#11, Vv.15#4; Vv-a.281.
cp. Sk. vadāniya, which also in P. avadāniya
feminine bounty, kindness, liberality; neg. a˚; stinginess AN.v.146, AN.v.148 sq.; Vb.371.
abstr. fr. vadaññu
to speak, say, tell AN.iv.79; Snp.1037, Snp.1077 sq.; Pp.42; Pv-a.13, Pv-a.16, Pv-a.39;
pot 1st sg. vade (so read for vado? MN.i.258; 3rd sg. vadeyya Pv.i.3#3;
aor 3rd pl. vadiṃsu Pv-a.4
■ Cp. abhi˚, upa˚, pa˚, vi˚
■ Another form (not Caus.: see Geiger, Pali Grammar § 139#2) is vadeti DN.i.36; Vin.ii.1; Snp.825; Snp.p.140 (kiṃ vadetha); Ja.i.294
imper vadehi Pv-a.62;
pot med. 1st pl. vademase DN.iii.197;
fut vadessati Snp.351;
aor vadesi Dhp-a.iii.174
■ A specific Pāli formation is a Caus. vādiyati in act. and med. sense (all forms only in Gāthā style) e.g. indic. vādiyati Snp.824 = Snp.892, Snp.832; explained as vadati Snp-a.541, Snp-a.542, or katheti bhaṇati etc. (the typical Niddesa expln of vadati: see Cnd.555) Mnd.161. In contracted (& shortened) form Pot. 2nd sg. vajjesi (*vādiyesi you might tell, i.e. please tell Pv.ii.11#6 (= vadeyyāsi Pv-a.149); Pv.iii.6#7 (same expln p. 203). The other Pot forms from the same base are the foll.: 1st sg. vajjaṃ Thig.308; 2nd sg. vajjāsi Thig.307; Ja.iii.272; Ja.vi.19 and vajja Thig.323; 3rd sg. vajjā Snp.971 (cp. Mnd.498) Ja.vi.526 (= vadeyya C.); 3rd pl. vajjuṃ Snp.859 (= vadeyyuṃ katheyyuṃ etc. Cnd.555); Ja.v.221
caus vādeti to make sound, to play (a musical instrument) Ja.i.293 Ja.ii.110, Ja.ii.254 (vādeyyāma we might play); Tha-ap.31 (aor vādesuṃ); Pv-a.151 (vīṇaṃ vādento)
pass vajjati (*vādiyati) to be played or sounded Ja.i.13 (vajjanti bheriyo); Tha-ap.31 (ppr. vajjamāna & aor. vajjiṃsu). Another form of ppr. med. (or Pass.) is vadāna (being called, so-called) which is found in poetry only (contracted fr. vadamāna) at Vin.i.36 = Ja.i.83
pp udita2 & vādita; (q.v.)
caus 2 vādāpeti to cause to be played Mhvs.25, Mhvs.74 (tūriyaṃ).
vad, Ved. vadati; Dhtp.134 vada = vacana
neuter speech, utterance Vv-a.345 (+ kathana).
fr. vad
see vadati.
neuter making somebody speak or something sound Dhs-a.333 (we should better read vād˚;).
fr. vādāpeti, Caus. ii. of vadati
feminine rainy weather Vin.i.3; Ja.vi.52 (loc. vaddalike); Dhp-a.iii.339; Vb-a.109.
cp. late Sk. vārdala & BSk. vardalikā Mvu.iii.301; Divy.500
adjective noun
pp. of vaḍḍhati; see also vaḍḍha, vuḍḍha & vuddha. The root given by Dhtp (166) for; vṛdh is vadh in meaning “vuddhi”
masculine & neuter a (leather) strap, thong Ja.ii.154 (vv.ll. baddha, bandhana bandha, vaṭṭa). Occurs as aṃsa˚; shoulder strap at Tha-ap.310, where ed. prints baddha (= baddha2).
cp. Vedic vardhra in meaning “tape”
in cpd. aṃsa˚; “shoulder strap” should be the uniform reading for a series of diff. spellings (˚vaṭṭaka, ˚baddhaka, ˚bandhaka) at Vin.i.204 Vin.ii.114; Vin.iv.170. Cp. Geiger, Zeitschrift fur Buddhismus iv.107.
vaddha + ka
neuter increase, furthering Ja.iii.422 (kula˚); Sdhp.247 (pīti˚), Sdhp.307 (id.).
fr. vṛdh; see the usual vaḍḍhana
neuter joy, pleasure Ja.v.6 (but C. = paṇḍita-bhāva).
fr. vaddha1 2
neuter (old) age Ja.ii.137 (= vuddhabhāva, mahallakatā C.).
fr. vaddha1 1
in anta˚; at Ja.i.260 is to be read as vaṭṭi.
to cut off, is Kern’s proposed reading (see Toev. s. v.) at Ja.vi.527 (siro vaddhayitvāna) for vajjheti (T. reading vajjhayitvāna).
fr. vardh to cut, cp. vaḍḍhaka & vaḍḍhakī
striking, killing; slaughter, destruction, execution DN.iii.176; AN.ii.113; Pp.58; Ja.ii.347; Mil.419 (˚kata); Dhp-a.i.69 (pāṇa˚ + pāṇa-ghāta), Dhp-a.i.80, Dhp-a.i.296; Dhp-a.ii.39; Vb-a.382
■ vadhaṃ dadāti to flog Ja.iv.382- atta˚; self-destruction SN.ii.241; piti˚; parricide DN-a.i.153; miga˚; hunting Ja.i.149.
fr. vadh
slaying, killing; murderous; a murderer SN.iii.112 (in simile); SN.iv.173 (id.); AN.iv.92 (id.); Thig.347; DN.iii.72 (˚citta); Kp-a.27; Vv-a.72 (˚cetanā murderous intention); Vism.230, Vism.231 (in sim.); Sdhp.58. f. vadhikā Ja.v.425 (pl. ˚āyo).
fr. vadh
to strike, punish; kill, slaughter slay; imper. 2nd pl. vadhetha Vism.314; ger. vadhitvā MN.i.159; DN.i.98; Ja.i.12; Ja.iv.67; Snp-a.257 (hiṃsitvā +) fut. vadhissati Mhvs.25, Mhvs.62; aor. vadhi Ja.i.18 (cp. ud-abbadhi); cond. 1st sg. vadhissaṃ Mil.221
grd vajjha: see a˚
caus vadheti Ja.i.168; Mil.109. pp. vadhita.
Vedic vadh; the root is given at Dhtp.169 in meaning of “hiṃsā”
smitten Thag.783 = MN.ii.73 (not with Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. = vyathita).
pp. of vadheti
feminine a daughter-in-law, a young wife AN.ii.78; Dhp-a.iii.260.
fr. vadhū
feminine a daughter-in-law Vv-a.123.
Ved. vadhū; to Lith. vedù to lead into one’s house
neuter the forest; wood; as a place of pleasure sport (“wood”), as well as of danger & frightfulness (“jungle”), also as resort of ascetics, noted for its loneliness (“forest”). Of (fanciful) defns of vana may be mentioned: Snp-a.24 (vanute vanotī ti vanaṃ); Kp-a.111 (vanayatī ti vanaṃ); Dhs-a.364 (taṃ taṃ ārammaṇaṃ vanati bhajati allīyatī ti vanaṃ, yācati vā ti vanaṃ [i.e. vana2]. vanatho ti vyañjanena padaṃ vaḍḍhitaṃ… balava-taṇhāy’etaṃ nāma); Dhp-a.iii.424 (mahantā rukkhā vanaṃ nāma, khuddakā tasmiṃ vane ṭhitattā vanathā nāma etc., with further distinguishing detail concerning the allegorical meanings)
■ DN.ii.256 (bhikkhūṇaṃ samitiṃ vanaṃ); AN.i.35, AN.i.37; Dhp.283 (also as vana2); Snp.272, Snp.562 (sīho nadati vane), Snp.1015 (id.), Snp.684 (Isivhaya v.); Snp.p.18 (Jetavana), p. 115 (Icchānangala); Thig.147 (Añjanavana; a wood near Sāketa with a vihāra); Ja.v.37 (here meaning beds of lotuses) Mil.219 (vanaṃ sodheti to clear a jungle); Dhs.1059 (“jungle” = taṇhā); Pv.ii.6#5 (arañña˚-gocara); Vism.424 (Nandana˚ etc.); Dhp-a.iv.53 (taṇhā˚ the jungle of lust). Characterized as amba˚; mango grove DN.ii.126 and passim; ambāṭaka˚; plum grove Vin.ii.17; udumbara of figs Dhp-a.i.284; tapo˚; forest of ascetics Thag-a.136; Dhp-a.iv.53; nāga˚; elephant forest MN.i.175; brahā wild forest AN.i.152; AN.iii.44; Vv.63#3; Ja.v.215; mahā˚; great forest Thig.373 (rahitaṃ & bhiṃsanakaṃ)
■ vanataraṃ (with compar. suffix) thicker jungle, denser forest Mil.269 (vanato vanataraṃ pavisāma)
■ On similes see J.P.T.S. 1907, 133. Cp. vi˚.
Ved. vana
■ The P. (edifying) etymology clearly takes vana as belonging to van, and, dogmatically equals it with vana2 as an allegorical expression (“jungle”) to taṇhā (e.g. Dhs-a.364 on Dhs.1059; Dhp-a.iii.424 on Dhp.283)
■ The Dhtp (174) & Dhtm (254) define it “sambhattiyaṃ,” i.e. as meaning companionship
neuter lust, desire. In exegetical literature mixed up with vana1 (see definitions of vana1)
■ The word to the Pāli Buddhist forms a connection between vana and nibbāna, which is felt as a quâsi derivation fr. nibbana nis + vana: see nibbana & cp. nibbāna II. B 1
■ SN.i.180 (so ‘haṃ vane nibbanatho visallo); Snp.1131 (nibbana) Dhp.334; Thag.691 (vanā nibbanaṃ āgataṃ)
■ A Denom. fr. vana2 is vanāyati (like vanīyati fr. vaṇi).
van; vanati & vanoti to desire = Av. vanaiti Lat. venus, Ohg. wini friend (: E. winsome, attractive wunsc = E. wish, giwon = E. wont; also “to win.” The spelling sometimes is vaṇ: see vaṇi
■ The defn at Dhtp.523 is “yācane” (i.e. from begging), at Dhtm.736 “yācāyaṃ”
(-) adjective belonging to the forest, forestlike; adj. in cpd. ku˚; (kubbanaka, q.v.) brushwood Snp.1134.
fr. vana1
to desire, love, wish, aim at ask for Snp-a.24 (vanute & vanoti); Dhs-a.364 (vanati bhajati, allīyati). Caus. vanayati Kp-a.111.
van; Sk. vanoti & vanute. See also vana2, vaṇi, vaṇeti
underwood, brushwood, thicket. Does not occur in lit meaning, except in exegesis of Dhp.283 at Dhp-a.iii.424 q.v. under vana1. Another defn is given at Snp-a.24 “taṇhā pariyuṭṭhāna-vasena vanaṃ tanotī ti vanatho taṇh’ ānusayass’ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ.”-The fig. meaning is “lust, desire,” see e.g. SN.i.186; Thag.338; Dhp.344; Snp.16 (˚ja); Dhs.1059 (as epithet of taṇhā); Ja.ii.205 (vanathaṃ na kayirā); Ne.81, Ne.82
■ nibbanatha free from desire SN.i.180; Dhs-a.364.
vana + tha; same in BSk. e.g. Mvu.i.204
to desire, wish, covet, to hanker after MN.i.260; SN.iii.190. See also allīyati.
Denom. fr. vana2, cp, vanāyati
= vanaka; only in cpd. nāga˚; one belonging to the elephant forest, i e. an elephant-hunter MN.i.175; MN.iii.132.
adjective noun poor begging; one who asks (for alms) or begs, a mendicant Ja.vi.232 (= vanibbaka C.).
either fr. Sk. vani (= P. vaṇi) in meaning “begging,” or poetical abbreviation of vaṇibbin
to desire Ja.vi.264 C.: (pattheti), Ja.vi.270 (hadayaṃ vanīyati, variant reading dhanīyati: cp allīyati)
■ See also vanati & vaṇeti.
Denom. fr. vani = P. vaṇi
born in the woods Ja.ii.446.
vane (loc. of vana1) + ja
pp. of vamati
adjective disposed to veneration; f. -ikā Thig.337.
fr. vand
to greet respectfully, salute, to pay homage, to honour, respect to revere, venerate, adore Snp.366, Snp.547, Snp.573, Snp.1028; Pv.ii.1#6; Mhvs.15, Mhvs.14 (+ pūjeti); Mil.14; Snp-a.191; Pv-a.53 (sirasā with the head, a very respectful way of greeting), Pv-a.67; Vv-a.71.
imper vanda Vv.21#1 (= abhivādaya Vv-a.105); pl. vandantu Snp.573;
ppr vandamāna Snp.598;
aor vandi Snp.252; Ja.i.88; Pv-a.38, Pv-a.61 Pv-a.81, Pv-a.141, Pv-a.275;
inf vandituṃ Pv-a.77;
grd vandiya (neg a˚) Vin.ii.162
caus 2 vandāpeti to cause somebody to pay homage Ja.i.88; Ja.iii.11
pp vandita.
vand, originally identical with vad; the defn at Dhtp (135 & 588) is “abhivādana & thuti”
neuter & Vandanā (f.) salutation, respect, paying homage; veneration, adoration AN.i.294 (ā); AN.ii.203 (+ pūjā); Ja.i.88; Pp.19, Pp.24 Mhvs.15, Mhvs.18; Mil.377; Pv-a.i.53; Snp-a.492; Thag-a.256 Sdhp.221, Sdhp.540.
fr. vand, cp. Vedic vandana
neuter causing to do homage Ja.i.67.
fr. vandāpeti; Caus. of vandati
saluted, revered, honoured, paid homage to; as nt. homage, respect, veneration Snp.702 (akkuṭṭha +); Thig.388 (id.); Ja.i.88.
pp. of vandati
one who venerates or adores, a worshipper Ja.vi.207 (vandit’ assa = vanditā bhaveyya C.).
n. ag. fr. vandita
see vavakassati.
to sow Snp.p.13 (kasati +); Ja.i.150 (nivāpaṃ vapitvā); Pv-a.139
pass vappate SN.i.227 (yādisaṃ v. bījaṃ tādisaṃ harate phalaṃ), and vuppati [Vedic upyate] Thag.530
pp vutta
caus 1 vāpeti: see pp. vāpita1
caus 2 vapāpeti to cause to be sown Vin.iii.131 (khettaṃ); Ja.iv.276 (sāliṃ).
vap, Vedic vapate. Defn at Dhtp.192; bījanikkhepe
to shear, mow, to cut, shave: only in pp. of Caus. vāpita2 (q.v.).
vap, probably identical with vapati1
neuter sowing Snp-a.137; Dhp-a.iii.220 (˚kassaka); Pv-a.8.
fr. vap
to go away, to disappear, only at Vin. i.2 = Kv.186 (kankhā vapayanti sabbā; cp. id p. Mvu.ii.416 vyapananti, to be read as vyapayanti).
vi + apa + yā
masculine or neuter to be sown, sowing; or soil to be sown on, in paṃsu˚; sowing on light soil & kalala˚; on heavy soil Snp-a.137
■ Note. The defn of a root vapp at Dhtm.541 with “vāraṇe refers to P. vappa bank of a river (Abhp.1133) = Sk vapra, which is not found in our texts.
orig. grd. fr. vap = Sk. vāpya
a tear, tears Vin.i.345 (vappaṃ puñchitvā wiping the tears).
cp. Epic. & Class. Sk. bāṣpa
is a α ̔́πας λεγομένον at MN.i.172; read perhaps better as vambhayitaṃ: see p.545Neumann trsls only “thus spoken” (i.e. bhāsitam etaṃ).
to vomit, eject, throw out, discharge Snp.198 = Ja.i.146; Ja.v.255 (fut. vamissati); Pv.iv.3#54 (= uḍḍayati chaḍḍayati Pv-a.256)
caus vameti Mil.169
pp vanta.
vam, Idg. *ṷemo, cp. Lat. vomo, vomitus = vamathu; Gr. ἐμέω (E. emetic); Oicel. vaema seasickness-The defn at Dhtp.221 & Dhtm.315 is “uggiraṇa”.
vomiting; discharged food Pv-a.173 (˚bhatta; + ucchiṭṭha˚).
fr. vam
neuter an emetic DN.i.12; AN.v.219; cp. J.P.T.S. 1907, 452.
fr. vam
one who has to take an emetic Mil.169.
grd. of vamati; cp. Sk. vāmanīya; ā often interchanges with a before 1 & m, like Caus. vameti vāmeti
feminine contempt, despite Vin.iv.6; MN.i.402 (att’ukkaṃsana: para-vambhana) Cnd.505; Vism.29; Vb-a.484; Pgdp.100
■ Spelt vamhanā at Ja.i.454 (vamhana-vacana) & at Dhs-a.396 (khuṃsana˚).
abstr. fr. vambheti
adjective to be despised, wretched, miserable Pv-a.175, Pv-a.176.
grd. of vambheti
neuter being despised or reviled MN.i.172; Snp.905; Mnd.319 (= nindita, garahita, upavādita).
pp. of vambheti
adjective (-˚) despising, treating with contempt, disparaging MN.i.95 (para˚, opp. to att’ ukkaṃ- saka).
fr. vambh
to treat with contempt despise, revile, scold; usually either combined with khuṃseti or opposed to ukkaṃseti, e.g. Vin.ii.18; Vin.iv.4; MN.i.200 (= Snp.132 avajānāti), MN.i.402 sq.; DN.i.90; AN.ii.27 sq. Thag.621; DN-a.i.256 (= hīḷeti); Dhp-a.iv.38; Vv-a.348
pp vambhayita
■ vamheti is found at Ja.i.191, Ja.i.356 cp. vamhana
■ Note. The spelling bh interchanges with that of h (vamheti), as ambho shows var. amho Trenckner (introd. to MN i p. 1) gives vambheti (as BB reading) the preference over vamheti (as SS reading) Morris’ note on vambheti in J.P.T.S. 1884, 96 does not throw any light on its etymology.
Caus. of vambh, a root of uncertain origin (connected with vam?). There is a form vambha given by Sk. lexicographers as a dial. word for vaṃśa Could it be a contraction fr. vyambheti = vi + Denom fr. ambho 2, part. of contempt?
■ The Dhtp (602 defines vambh as “garahāyaṃ”
neuter armour Ja.ii.22.
Vedic varman, fr. vṛ; to cover, enclose
adjective = vammin Vin.i.342.
fr. vamma
armoured, clad in armour Ja.i.179 (assa); Ja.ii.315 (hatthi); Ja.iii.8, Ja.v.301, Ja.v.322; DN-a.i.40.
pp. of vammeti, cp. Sk. varmita
adjective wearing armour, armoured Ja.iv.353 (= keṭaka-phalaka-hattha C.); Ja.v.259 Ja.v.373; Ja.vi.25; Mil.331. Vammika & vammika;
fr. vamma; Vedic varmin
masculine & neuter ant-hill:
cp. Vedic valmīka; Idg. *ṷorm(āi); cp. Av. maoiris, Sk. vamraḥ, Gr. μύρμηζ, Lat. formica, Cymr. mor; all of same origin & meaning
to dress in armour, to armour Ja.i.180; Ja.ii.94 (mangala-hatthiṃ)
pp vammita.
Denom. fr. vamma
bragging, boasting, despising Ja.i.319 (˚vacana).
for vambha: see vambheti
neuter age, especially young age, prime, youth; meaning “old age” when characterized as such or contrasted to youth (the ord. term for old age being jarā). Three “ages” or “periods of life” are usually distinguished, viz. paṭhama˚; youth, majjhima˚; middle age, pacchima˚; old age, e.g. at Ja.i.79; Vism.619; Dhp-a.iii.133
■ vayo anuppatta one who has attained old age, old DN.i.48 (= pacchima-vayaṃ anuppatta DN-a.i.143) Snp.p.50, 92
■ Cp. Dhp.260; Ja.i.138 (vayo-harā kesā) Vism.619 (the 3 vayas with subdivisions into dasakas or decades of life); Mhvs.2, Mhvs.26 (ekūnatiṃso vayasā 29 years of age); Pv-a.5 (paṭhama-vaye when quite young), Pv-a.36 (id.; just grown up). In compounds vaya˚.
Vedic vayas vitality, age; to be distinguished from another vayas meaning “fowl.” The latter is probably meant at Dhtp.232 (& Dhtm.332) with defn “gamane.” The etym. of vayo (age) is connected with Sk. vīra = Lat. vir. man, hero, vīs strength; Gr. ι ̓́ς sinew, ι ̓́φιος strong; Sk. vīḍayati to make fast, also veśati; whereas vayas (fowl) corresponds with Sk. vayasa (bird) & viḥ to Gr. αἰετός eagle, οἰωνός bird of prey, Lat. avis bird
Sk. vyaya, vi + i; occasionally as vyaya in Pāli as well
is the Sk. form of the nom. pl. of pers. pron. ahaṃ, represented in Pāli by mayaṃ (q.v.). The form vayaṃ only in grammarians, mentioned also by Müller, P.Gr. p. 87 as occurring in Dhp (?). The enclitic form for acc gen. & dat. is no, found e.g. at Pv.i.5#3 (gloss for vo C. amhākaṃ); Ja.ii.153, Ja.ii.352; Dhp-a.i.101; Pv-a.20, Pv-a.73.
a friend Ja.ii.31; Ja.iii.140; Ja.v.157.
cp. Sk. vayasya
neuter & feminine a vehicle, portable bed, litter Vin.iv.339 (enumerated under yāna together with ratha sakaṭa sandamānikā sivikā & pāṭankī); Ja.vi.500 (f.), with sivikā ratha.
grd. formation fr. vah; cp. Sk. vahya (nt.)
adjective excellent, splendid, best, noble. As attribute it either precedes or follows the noun which it characterizes, e.g. -pañña of supreme wisdom Snp.391, Snp.1128 (= agga-pañña Cnd.557); -bhatta excellent food (opp. lāmaka˚) Ja.i.123; -lañcaka excellent gift (?) (Trenckner, Mil p.424): see under lañcaka. dhamma˚; the best norm Snp.233; nagara˚; the noble city Vv.16#6 (= uttama˚, Rājagahaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ Vv-a.82); ratana˚; the best of gems Snp.683; rāja˚; famous king Vv.32#1 (= Sakka Vv-a.134); or inserted between noun and apposition (or predicate), e.g. ākiṇṇa -vara- lakkhaṇa full of the best marks Snp.408; narī -vara- gaṇa a crowd of most lovely women Snp.301; esp. frequent in combination with predicate gata: “gone on to the best of, i.e. riding the most stately (horse or elephant), or walking on the royal (palace) etc., e.g. upari-pāsādavara -gata Pv-a.105; sindha-piṭṭhi -vara- gata Ja.i.179 hatthi-khandha vara -gata Pv-a.75, Pv-a.216, Pv-a.279
■ nt varaṃ in compar. or superl. function: better than (instr.) the best, the most excellent thing AN.iv.128 (katamaṃ nu kho varaṃ: yaṃ… yaṃ); Dhp.178 (ādhipaccena sotāpattiphalaṃ v.), Dhp.322 (varaṃ assatarā dantā… attadanto tato varaṃ).
fr. vṛ; to wish; Vedic vara
masculine & neuter wish, boon, favour Mil.110, Mil.139. Usually in phrases like varaṃ dadāti to grant a wish or a boon Ja.iv.10; Vv-a.260; Pv-a.20. varaṃ gaṇhāti to take a wish or a vow Ja.v.382; varaṃ vuṇāti (varati) id. Ja.iii.493 (varaṃ varassu, imper.); Pv.ii.940, 42 Mil.227
■ varaṃ yācati to ask a favour Ja.iii.315 (varāni yācāmi).
fr.; vṛ; to wish
the bean Phaseolus trilobus Ja.ii.75 (where equal to kalāya); Mil.267; Dhp-a.i.311.
cp. *Sk. varaka
adjective wishing or asking (in marriage) Thig.406.
fr. vṛ.
the tree Crataeva roxburghii Ja.i.222, Ja.i.317 (-rukkha), Ja.i.319 = Dhp-a.iii.409 (˚kaṭṭhabhañja); Ja.vi.535.
cp. Sk. varaṇa rampart, causeway, wall
& der. (“to choose” as well as “to obstruct”) see vuṇāti.
vṛ
neuter & feminine a strap, thong, strip of leather SN.i.63; AN.ii.33; Snp.622; Dhp.398 (fig. for taṇhā); Ja.ii.153; Ja.v.45. As “harness” at Ja.i.175; as straps on a ship’s mast (to hold the sails) Mil.378
■ Cp. vārattika.
cp. Vedic varatrā, given also in meaning “elephant’s girth” at Halāyudha ii.66
adjective wretched, miserable SN.i.231; Ja.iv.285; Vism.315; Vv-a.101; Pv-a.120 (syn for kapaṇa), Pv-a.175 (id.).
cp. Epic Sk. varāka
a boar, wild hog Dhp.325 = Thag.17; Ja.v.406 = Ja.vi.277; Mil.364 Sdhp.378.
Vedic varāha & varāhu, freq. in Rigveda
(-˚)
see valañjeti
neuter
fr. valañjeti
adjective (-˚) being marked off, being traced, belonging to, behaving, living (anto˚ in the inner precincts, bahi˚; outside the bounds) Ja.i.382, Ja.i.385 Ja.i.398.
fr. valañjana
traced, tracked, practised, travelled Ja.iii.542 (magga).
pp. of valañjeti; cp. BSk. valañjita used, Mvu.iii.276
pp valañjita.
customarily explained as ava + lañj (cp. Geiger Pali Grammar § 66#1), the root lañj being given as a Sk. root in meaning “to fry,” “to be strong,” and a variety of others (see Mon. Williams s. v. lañj). But the root & its derivations are only found in lexicographical and grammatical works, therefore it is doubtful whether it is genuine. lañja is given as “pada,” i.e. track, place foot, and also “tail.” We are inclined to see in lañj a by-form of lañch, which is a variant of lakṣ “to mark” etc. (cp. lañcha, lañchaka, ˚ana, ˚ita). Thus the meaning would range from originally “trace,” mark off, enclose, to: “being enclosed,” assigned or belonging to; i.e. moving (in), frequenting etc., as given in Commentarial explanations. There seems to be a Singhalese word at the root of it as it is certainly dialectical.
■ The Dhtm (522) laconically defines valañj as “valañjane”.
masculine & neuter a bracelet Vin.ii.106; Ja.ii.197 (dantakāre valay’-ādīni karonte disvā); Ja.iii.377; Ja.vi.64, Ja.vi.65; DN-a.i.50; Dhp-a.i.226 (danta˚ ivory bangle); Pv-a.157 (sankha˚) Mhvs.11, Mhvs.14 (˚anguli-veṭhakā).
Epic Sk. valaya, fr. Idg.; *ṷel to turn; see Sk. roots vṛ; to enclose, and val to turn, to which belong the foll.: varutra upper robe, ūrmi wave, fold valita bent, vālayati to make roll, valli creeper, vaṭa rope, vāṇa cane. Cp. also Lat. volvo to roll, Gr. ἐλύω to wind, ε ̓́λις round, ε ̓́λυτρον cover; Goth. walwjan to roll on, Ohg. welzan & walzan = Ags. wealtan (E. waltz) Ags. wylm wave, and many others, q.v. in Walde Lat. Wtb. s. v. volvo
■ The Dhtp (274) gives root val in meaning saṃvaraṇa, i.e. obstruct, cover. See further vuṇāti
valāha + ka; of dial. origin; cp. Epic Sk. balāhaka
cloud-horse Ja.ii.129 (the Valāhassajātaka, pp. 127 sq.); cp. BSk. Bālāh’āśva (-rājā Divy.120 sq. (see Index Divy). Vali & Vali
valāha + assa
feminine a line, fold, wrinkle, a streak, row Vin.ii.112 (read valiyo for valiṃ?); Thig.256; Ja.iv.109, Shhp.104
■ muttā-vali a string of pearls Vv-a.169 For vaṭṭanā-valī see vaṭṭanā. See also āvali.
cp. Epic Sk. vali; fr val. Spelling occasionally with ḷ
adjective having folds Ja.i.499.
fr. vali
wrinkled AN.i.138 (acc. khaṇḍadantaṃ palita-kesaṃ vilūnaṃ khalitaṃ siro-valitaṃ tilak’āhata-gattaṃ: cp. valin with passage MN.i.88 MN.iii.180, one of the two evidehtly misread); Pv-a.56, Pv-a.153 In compound with taca contracted to valittaca (for valitattaca) “with wrinkled skin” Dhp-a.ii.190 (phalitakesa +); with abstr. valittacatā the fact of having a wrinkled skin MN.i.49 (pālicca + ; cp. MN-a.215); AN.ii.196 (khaṇḍicca pālicca +).
pp. of val: see valeti
adjective having wrinkles MN.i.88 (acc. palitakesiṃ vilūnaṃ khalita-siraṃ valinaṃ) = iii.180 (palitakesaṃ vilūnaṃ khalitaṃ-siraṃ valīnaṃ etc.) See valita for this passage
■ In compound vali-mukha “wrinkled face,” i.e. monkey Ja.ii.298.
fr. vali
at MN.i.446 is not clear. It is combined with vaṇṇiya (q.v.). See also note on p. 567; variant reading pāṇiya; C. silent.
read for valikaṃ at Thig.403, in meaning “wrong, fault”; Thag-a.266 explains as “vyālikaṃ dosaṃ.” So Kern, Toevoegselen s. v.
cp. Sk. vyalīkaṃ
adjective having wrinkles Thig.269 (pl. valīmatā).
fr. vali
pp valita.
cp. Sk. vāleti, Caus. of val to turn: see valaya
feminine cp. Epic Sk. vallakī, BSk. vallikī Divy.108; Mvu.i.227] the Indian lute Abhp.138.
a favourite Ja.iv.404 Ja.vi.38, Ja.vi.371; rāja˚; a king’s favourite, an overseer Ja.i.342 Mhvs.37, Mhvs.10; Vb-a.501
■ f. vallabhā a beloved (woman), a favourite Ja.iii.40; Vv-a.92, Vv-a.135, Vv-a.181.
cp. Epic & Class. Sk. vallabha & BSk. vallabhaka a sea monster Divy.231
neuter being a favourite Dāvs v.7.
abstr. fr. vallabha
feminine a branching footstalk, a compound pedicle Abhp.550. The word is found in BSk. in meaning of “musical instrument” at Divy.315 and passim.
cp. Class. Sk. vallarī, Halāyudha ii.30
feminine
cp. Sk. vālikā?
the plant kumbhaṇḍa i.e. a kind of gourd Abhp.597 (no other ref.?).
cp. late Sk. valibha wrinkled
feminine
cp. Sk. vallī; for etym. see valaya
neuter dried flesh SN.ii.98; Ja.ii.245.
cp. Class. Sk. vallūra
at Vism.312 is to be read vāḷa (snake), in phrase vāḷehi upadduta “molested by snakes.”
is not clear; it occurs only in the expression (is it found in the Canon?) vaḷabhā-mukha a submarine fire or a purgatory Abhp.889. The Epic Sk. form is vaḍavā-mukha (Halāyudha i.70; iii.1).
= vaḷavā?
feminine a roof; only in cpd. -ratha a large covered van (cp. yogga1) MN.i.175 (sabba-setena vaḷabhī-rathena Sāvatthiyā niyyāti divā divaṃ); MN.ii.208 (id.), but vaḷavābhi-rathena); Ja.vi.266 (vaḷabhiyo = bhaṇḍa-sakaṭiyo C.). The expression reminds of vaḷavā-ratha.
cp. late (dial.) Sk. vaḍabhī
feminine a mare, a common horse DN.i.5; Pp.58; Mhvs.10, Mhvs.54; Ja.i.180; Ja.vi.343; Dhp-a.i.399; Dhp-a.iv.4 (assatarā vaḷavāya gadrabhena jātā).
cp. Vedic vaḍavā
at Ja.vi.90 is not clear (in phrase jaṭaṃ vaḷīnaṃ pankagataṃ). The C. reads valinaṃ, paraphrased by ākulaṃ. Fausböll suggests malinaṃ. Should we accept reading valinaṃ? It would then be acc. sg. of valin (q.v.).
drawn away, alienated; withdrawn, secluded Dhp-a.ii.103 (˚kāya).
pp. of vavakassati
to be drawn away, to be distracted or alienated (from); so is to be read at all passages, where it is either combined with avakassati or stands by itself The readings are: Vin.ii.204 (apakāsanti avapakāsanti = AN.v.74 (avakassanti vavakassanti); AN.iii.145 (bhikkhu n’ âlaṃ sanghamhā ‘vapakāsituṃ: read vavakāsituṃ or ˚kassituṃ), AN.iii.393 (vapakassat’ eva Satthārā, vapakassati garuṭṭhāniyehi). See also apakāsati, avakassati, avapakāsati
pp vavakaṭṭha.
v + ava + kṛṣ, would correspond to Sk. vyavakṛṣyate, Pass.
see vatti. Vavatthapeti & tthapeti;
to determine, fix, settle, define, designate, point out Ja.iv.17 (disaṃ ˚tthapetvā getting his bearings); Vb.193 sq. Vism.182; Snp-a.67; Kp-a.11, Kp-a.42, Kp-a.89; Vv-a.220
ppr Pass. vavatthāpiyamāna Dhp-a.i.21, Dhp-a.i.35
pp vavatthita & vavatthāpita.
Caus. of vi + ava + sthā
neuter determination, resolution, arrangement, fixing, analysis Pts.i.53; Vin.iv.289; Vism.111, Vism.236 (= nimitta), Vism.347 (defn); Mil.136; Kp-a.23.
fr. vi + ava + sthā; cp. late Sk. vyavasthāna which occurs in Epic Sanskrit in meaning “stay”
arranged, settled, established Mil.345 (su˚).
pp. of vavatthāpeti
pp. of vi + ava + sthā, cp. vavatthapeti & late Sk. vyavasthita “determination”
to be determined or analysed Pts.i.53, Pts.i.76, Pts.i.84.
unusual pres. med pass formation fr. vi + ava + sthā, formed perhaps after vavatthita
“letting go,” i.e. starting on something, endeavouring, resolution AN.i.36; Ja.vi.188 (handā ti vavassagg’ atthe nipāto); DN-a.i.237 (here handa is explained as vavasāy’ atthe nipato). Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. wrongly “consent.”
vi + ava + srj; Sk. vyavasarga
masculine & neuter power, authority, control, influence SN.i.43, SN.i.240 (kodho vo vasam āyātu: shall be in your power; vasa = āṇāpavattana K.S. i.320); MN.i.214 (bhikkhu cittaṃ vasaṃ vatteti, no ca cittassa vasena vattati: he brings the heart under his control, but is not under the influence of the heart); Snp.297, Snp.315, Snp.578, Snp.586, Snp.968; Sdhp.264
■ The instr. vasena is used as an adv. in meaning “on account of, because” e.g. mahaggha-vasena mahāraha “costly on account of its great worth” Pv-a.77; cp. Ja.i.94; Pv-a.36 (putta˚); Mhvs.33, Mhvs.92 (paṭisanthāra˚)
■ Freq in phrase vase (loc.) vattati to be in somebody’s power Ja.v.316 (te vase vattati), cp. MN.i.214 (cittassa vasena vattati) & MN.i.231 (vatteti te tasmiṃ; vaso have you power over that?); trs. vase vatteti to get under control, to get into one’s power Ja.iv.415 (attano vase vattetvā), Ja.v.316 (rājāno attano v. v.); Dhp-a.ii.14 (rājānaṃ attano v. v.), cp. MN.i.214 (vasan vatteti) & Pv-a.89 (vasaṃ vattento)
■ Note. The compound form in connection with kṛ; and bhū is vasī˚; (q.v.).
cp. Vedic vaśa; vaś to be eager, to desire
to clothe. pp.; vuttha1. Caus. vāseti: see ni˚ See also vāsana1 & vāsana1.
vas1; to Idg. *ṷes, cp. Gr. ε ̓́ννυμι to clothe, Sk. vasman cover, Goth. wasjan clothe, wasti dress; Lat vestis = E. vest etc.; Dhtp.628 (& Dhtm.870): acchādane
to live, dwell, stay, abide; to spend time (esp. with vassaṃ the rainy season); trs. to keep, observe live, practise Snp.469 sq., Snp.1088 (= saṃvasati āvasati parivasati Cnd.558); Pv-a.3, Pv-a.12, Pv-a.78 (imper. vasatha). uposathaṃ vasaṃ (ppr.) keeping the Sunday Ja.vi.232 brahmacariyaṃ v. to live a chaste life MN.i.515 (cp. same expression Ait. Br. 5, 13; Śat. Br. 12, 2, 2; 13, 8. 22)-ppr. vasanto Pv-a.75, Pv-a.76; ppr. med. vasamāna Ja.i.21, Ja.i.236, Ja.i.291; Pv-a.117; Pot. vaseyya MN.i.515; Pv.ii.9#7 (ghare), & vase Mil.372
aor vasi Snp.977; Ja.iv.317 (piya-saṃvāsaṃ); Pv-a.111; Mhvs.1, Mhvs.13 (vasī vasi); Mhvs.5, Mhvs.229
ger vasitvā Ja.i.278; Ja.iv.317; Pv-a.13 grd. vasitabba Snp.678; Pv-a.42; & vatthabba Mhvs.3 Mhvs.12;
inf. vatthuṃ Thig.414, & vasituṃ Pv-a.12, Pv-a.112. fut vasissati [= Sk. vasiṣyati] Mhvs.14, Mhvs.26; Pv-a.12; and (older) vacchati [= Sk. vatsyati] Vin.i.60; Thig.294; Ja.iv.217; 1st sg. vacchāmi Ja.v.467 (na te v. santike), Ja.vi.523, Ja.vi.524, & vacchaṃ Thig.414
pass vussati [Sk uṣyate] MN.i.147 (brahmacariyaṃ v.)
pp vasita vusita [= vi + uṣita], vuttha [perhaps = vi + uṣṭa], q.v.
caus 1 vāseti to cause to live, stay or dwell; to make live; to preserve (opp. nāseti at SN.iv.248) Vin.iii.140; SN.iv.248; Mil.211; Pv-a.160 (inf. vāsetuṃ); see also vāseti2
caus 2 vasāpeti (cp. adhivāsāpeti) to make live or spend, to cause to dwell, to detain Ja.i.290; Ja.ii.27; Pv-a.20 (vassaṃ)
pp vāsita
■ See also adhi˚, ā˚ ni˚, pari˚.
vas2; Idg. *ṷes to stay, abide; cp. Av. varəhaiti; Lat. Vesta the goddess of the hearth = Gr. ἑστία hearth Goth. wisan to stay, remain, be (= Ohg. wesan, E. was were); Oicel. vist to stay, Oir. foss rest
■ Dhtm.470 kanti-nivāsesu
feminine a dwelling, abode, residence Ja.vi.292 (rāja˚ = rāja-paricariyā C.); Mil.372 (rājavasatiṃ vase); Dāvs iv.27 (saka˚).
fr. vas2, cp. Vedic vasati
neuter clothing, clothes Snp.971; Thig.374; DN.iii.118 (odāta˚), DN.iii.124 (id.); Mnd.495 (the six cīvarāni); Pv-a.49
■ vasanāni clothing Mhvs.22, Mhvs.30- vasana (-˚) as adj. “clothed,” e.g. odāta˚; wearing white robes Vin.i.187; kāsāya˚; clad in yellow robes Mhvs.18, Mhvs.10; pilotika˚; in rags Ja.iv.380; suci˚; in bright garments Snp.679; Pv.i.10#8.
fr. vasati1
neuter dwelling (-place), abode; usually in compounds like -gāma the village where (he) lived Ja.ii.153 -ṭṭhāna residence, dwelling place Pv-a.12, Pv-a.42, Pv-a.92; Dhp-a.i.323 and passim.
fr. vasati2
adjective (-˚) living (in) Ja.ii.435 (nibaddha˚, i.e. of continuous abode).
fr. vasana2
spring Ja.i.86; Ja.v.206; Kp-a.192 (bāla˚ = Citra); DN-a.i.132 (˚vana); Pv-a.135.
Vedic vasanta; Idg. *ṷēr, cp. Av. varehar spring, Gr. εἄρ, Lat. vēr, Oicel. vār spring, Lith. vasarā summer.
a bull Mil.115 (rāja˚); Snp-a.40 (relation between usabha, vasabha & nisabha) Vv-a.83 (id.).
the Sanskritic-Pāli form (*vṛṣabha) of the proper Pāli usabha (q.v. for etym.). Only in later (Com. style under Sk. influence
an outcaste; a low person, wretch; adj. vile, foul Vin.ii.221; Snp.116–Snp.136; Ja.iv.388; Snp-a.183, -f. vasalī outcaste wretched woman SN.i.160; Ja.iv.121, Ja.iv.375; Dhp-a.i.189; Dhp-a.iii.119; Dhp-a.iv.162; Vv-a.260.
Vedic vṛṣala, Dimin. of vṛṣan, lit. “little man”
= vasala Snp.p.21.
vasala + ka in more disparaging sense
feminine a cow (neither in calf nor giving suck) Snp.26 Snp.27 Snp-a.49 (= adamita-vuddha-vacchakā)
Vedic vaśā; cp. vāśitā; Lat. vacca cow
feminine fat, tallow, grease Snp.196; Kp iii.; Pv.ii.2#3; Ja.iii.356; Ja.v.489; Pv-a.80; Vb-a.67 In detail at Vism.263, Vism.361; Vb-a.246.
cp. Vedic vasā
is the shortened form of vasī˚; (= vasa) in combinations -ppatta one who has attained power, mastering: only in phrase ceto-vasippatta AN.ii.6; AN.iii.340; Mil.82; cp BSk. vaśiprāpta Divy.210, Divy.546
■ and -ppatti mastership mastery Vism.190 (appanā +).
adjective (-˚) being in the power of, subject to, as in kodha˚; a victim of anger Ja.iii.135; taṇhā under the influence of craving Ja.iv.3 mātugāma˚; fond of women Ja.iii.277.
fr. vasa, cp. Sk. vaśika
dwelled, lived, spent Mhvs.20, Mhvs.14.
pp. of vasati2
one who abides, stays or lives (in), a dweller; fig. one who has a (regular) habit AN.ii.107 Pp.43, cp. Pp-a 225
■ vasitā is given as “habit” at Cpd. 58 sq., 207.
n. ag. fr. vasita
adjective having power (over), mastering, esp. one’s senses; a master (over) Vin.iii.93; DN.i.18 (= ciṇṇavasitattā vasī DN-a.i.112); DN-a.iii.29; Snp.372; Vism.154 (fivefold); Mhvs.1, Mhvs.13 (vasī vasi); Dāvs i.16.
fr. vasa
= vasin Iti.32 (acc. vasimaṃ; variant reading vasīmaṃ).
is the composition form of vasa in combination with roots kṛ; and bhū, e.g. -kata made dependent, brought into somebody’s power, subject(ed) Thig.295 (= vasavattino katvā, pl.); Snp.154; cp. BSk. vaśīkṛta Jtm.213. See also vasagata -˚katvā having overcome or subjected Snp.561 (= attano vase vattetvā Snp-a.455). Metricausâ as vasiṃ karitvā at Snp.444
■ -bhāva state of having power mastery Cnd.466 (balesu); Pp.14 (in same passage, but reading phalesu), explained at Pp-a 189 (with variant reading SS balesu!) as “ciṇṇa-vasī-bhāva”; Kv.608 (implies balesu); Mil.170. Cp. BSk. bala-vaśī-bhāva Mvu.iii.379. See also ciṇṇa
■ -bhūta having become a master (over), mastering SN.i.132; Mil.319; cp. Mvu.i.47 & Mvu.i.399 vaśībhūta
■ The same change of vasa˚ to vasī˚ we find in combn vasippatta (vasī + ppatta), q. v under vasi˚.
neuter wealth; only in compounds -deva the god of wealth, i.e. Kṛṣṇa (Kaṇha) Mil.191 (as ˚devā followers of K.); Ja.v.326 (here in T. as ādicco vāsudevo pabhankaro, explained in C. as vasudevo vasujotano, i.e. an epithet of the sun); Vism.233 (Vāsudevo baladevo) -dharā (f.) (as vasun-dharā) the bearer of wealth, i.e. the earth SN.i.100; AN.iii.34; Ja.v.425; Vism.205, Vism.366; DN-a.i.61. -dhā id. Ja.i.25; Tha-ap.53; Vism.125.
Vedic vasu good, cp. Gr. ἐύς good, Oir. fīu worthy, Goth. iusiza better
adjective having wealth, rich Ja.vi.192.
fr. vasu
masculine & neuter
-agga shelter from the rain, a shed (agga = agāra Ja.i.123; Dhp-a.iii.105 = Vv-a.75. -āvāsa vassa-residence AN.iii.67. -āvāsika belonging to the spending of the rainy season, said of food (bhatta) given for that purpose Ja.vi.71; Dhp-a.i.129 (as one of the 4 kinds: salāka˚ pakkhika˚, navacanda˚, vass’-āvāsika˚), Dhp-a.i.298; Dhp-a.iv.129 (˚lābha a gift for the r. s.). -upagamana entering on the vassa-residence Pv-a.42. -upanāyikā (f.) the approach of the rainy season, commencement of Vassa residence [BSk. varṣopanāyikā Divy.18, Divy.489; Avs.i.182, where epithet of the full moon of Āsāḷha]. Two such terms for taking up the residence: purimikā & pacchimikā AN.i.51 i.e. the day after the full moon of Ā. or a month after that date. See upanāyika
■ vass’ ûpanāyika-divasa the first day of Lent Vism.92; Dhp-a.iv.118; ˚ûpanāyikaṃ khandhakaṃ the section of the Vinaya dealing with the entrance upon Lent (i.e. Vin.i.137 sq.) Mhvs.16, Mhvs.9. -odaka rain-water Vism.260 = Vb-a.243 -kamma causing virility DN.i.12 (= vasso ti puriso, vosso ti paṇḍako iti; vossassa vassa-karaṇaṃ vassa-kammaṃ vassassa vossa-karaṇaṃ vossa-kammaṃ DN-a.i.97). -kāla time for rain Ja.iv.55. -dasa (& ˚dasaka) a decade of years: see enumerated at Ja.iv.397. -pūgāni innumerable years Ja.vi.532, cp. Snp.1073. -vara a eunuch Ja.vi.502 -valāhaka a rain cloud AN.iii.243 (˚devā). -vassana shedding of rain, raining Dhp-a.ii.83. -vāsa Vassa residence SN.v.326; Pv-a.20. -vuṭṭhi rainfall Snp-a.34, cp.224. -sata a century Snp.589, Snp.804; AN.iv.138; Pv.ii.1#15 Pv-a.3, Pv-a.60, Pv-a.69. -satika centenarian Mil.301.
cp. Vedic varṣa (nt.) rain. For etym. see vassati1
to rain (intrs.), fig to shower, pour(down) Vin.i.32 (mahāmegho vassi) SN.iii.141 (deve vassante); SN.v.396 (id.); Snp.30 (devassa vassato, gen. sg. ppr.); Pv-a.6, Pv-a.139, Pv-a.287; Mhvs.21, Mhvs.33; Dhp-a.ii.83 (vassatu, imper.; vassi, aor.); Dhp-a.ii.265 (devo vassanto nom. sg.)
■ Cp. kālena kālaṃ devo vṛṣyate Divy.71
caus 2 vassāpeti to cause to rain Ja.v.201 (Sakko devaṃ v. let the sky shed rain)
pp vaṭṭa vaṭṭha, vuṭṭha. Another pp. of the Caus. *vasseti is vassita.
vṛṣ, varṣati, vṛṣate; Idg. *ṷers to wet, cp. Vedic vṛṣa bull, varṣa rain, vṛṣabha (P. usabha), Av. varšna virile, Lat. verres boar; Gr. α ̓́ρρην virile, ε ̓́ρση dew with which root is connected *eres to flow: Sk. arṣati ṛṣabha bull, Lat. ros dew = Sk. rasa essence etc. Dhtm.471 gives “secana” as defn
to utter a cry (of animals), to bellow, bark, to bleat, to crow etc. SN.ii.230; Ja.i.436 (of a cock); Ja.ii.37 Ja.ii.153, Ja.ii.307; Ja.iii.127; Ja.vi.497 (ppr. vassamāna = vāsamāna C.)
pp vassita2.
vāś to bellow, Vedic vāśyate; Dhtm.471: “saddane”
neuter raining, shedding (water) Dhp-a.ii.83 (vassa˚).
fr. vassati1
neuter bleating; neg. a˚; Ja.iv.251.
fr. vassati2
(belonging to) the rainy season Vin.iv.286; AN.iv.138; Ja.ii.445 Ja.v.177.
gen. pl. formation fr. vassa, like gimhāna fr. gimha (q.v.). Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. sees in it a contraction of varṣāyaṇa. Cp. Trenckner, Mil p.428
adjective shedding, pouring out Ja.i.253 (dhana˚).
fr. vassāpeti; Caus. of vassati1
adjective
fr. vassa
feminine & Vassika (nt.) = vassikī, i.e. Jasminum Sambac; cp. BSk. varṣika Lal.366, Lal.431; Divy.628; Avs.i.163.
feminine the great-flowered jasmine, Jasminum Sambac (cp. vassikā) Dhp.55 = Ja.iii.291 = Mil.333; Mil.181, Mil.338; Dhp-a.i.422.
sprinkled with, wet with, endowed with, i.e. full of Ja.iv.494 (balena vassita).
pp. of *vasseti, Caus. of vassati1
neuter a cry Ja.i.432; Ja.iv.217, Ja.iv.225.
pp. of vassati2
a shedder of rain AN.ii.102 = Pp.42.
n. ag. fr. vassita1
adjective noun raining; in padesa˚; shedding local showers Iti.64.
fr. vassati1
(-˚)
fr. vah
pass vuyhati (Sk uhyate) to be carried (along) Vin.i.106; Thag.88;
ppr vuyhamāna SN.iv.179; Thag.88; Ja.iv.260; Pv-a.153
pass also vahīyati Pv-a.56 (= nīyati); ppr. vahīyamāna Mil.397
pp ūḷha (see soḍha), vuḷha & vūḷha; (būḷha)
caus vāheti to cause to go, to carry, to drive away Vin.ii.237; Snp.282; Ja.vi.443
ppr vāhiyamāna (in med. pass. sense) Ja.vi.125
pp vahita (for vāh˚) Mil.346.
■ Cp. ubbahati2.
vah, Idg. *ṷeĝh to drive, lead, cp. Sk. vahitra = Lat. vehiculum = E. vehicle; Gr. ο ̓́ξος waggon, Av vaƶaiti to lead, Lat. veho to drive etc.; Goth. ga-wigan = Ohg. wegan = Ger. bewegen; Goth. wēgs = Ger. weg E. way; Ohg. wagan = E. waggon, etc
■ Dhtp.333 Dhtm.498: vaha; pāpuṇane
adj. nt.
fr. vah
adjective (-˚) carrying, bearing Ja.ii.97 (dhura˚).
vahana + ka
indeclinable part. of disjunction: “or”; always enclitic Kp viii. (itthiyā purisassa vā; mātari pitari vā pi). Usually repeated vā-vā (is it so-) or, either-or, e.g. Snp.1024 (Brahmā vā Indo vā pi); Dhp.1 (bhāsati vā karoti vā); Pv-a.74 (putto vā dhītā vā natthi?)
■ with negation in second place: whether-or not, or not, e.g. hoti vā no vā is there or is there not DN.i.61; taṃ patthehi vā mā vā Vv-a.226
■ Combined with other emphatic particles (na) vā pana not even Pv.ii.6#9 (manussena amanussena vā pana); vā pi or even Snp.382 (ye vā pi ca); Pv.ii.6#14 (isayo vā pi ye santā etc.); iti vā Cnd.420; atha vā Dhp.83 (sukhena atha vā dukhena); uda… vā Snp.232 (kāyena vācā uda cetasā vā)
■ In verse vā is sometimes shortened to va, e.g. devo va Brahmā vā Snp.1024: see va4.
Ved. vā, Av. vā, Gr. η ̓́, Lat
■ ve
˚- speech, voice, talk; only in cpd. -karaṇa talk, speaking conversation, as kālyāṇa-vāk-karaṇa good speech AN.ii.97; AN.iii.195, AN.iii.261; AN.iv.296 sq.; AN.iv.328; AN.v.155; abstr -ta AN.i.38. Cp. vākya.
Vedic vāc, for which the usual P. form is vācā
neuter the bark of a tree DN.i.167; Vin.iii.34; Ja.i.304; Ja.ii.141; Vism.249 = Vb-a.232 (akka˚ & makaci˚); Mil.128
■ avāka without bark Ja.iii.522.
late Sk. valka, cp. P. vakka
net, snare MN.i.153 (daṇḍa˚, dvandva); MN.ii.65
■ As vākara at Ja.iii.541; as vākura at Thag.774.
neuter saying, speech, sentence, usually found in poetry only, e.g. DN.ii.166 (suṇantu bhonto mama eka-vākyaṃ); AN.ii.34 (sutvā arahato vākyaṃ); AN.iii.40 (katvāna vākyaṃ Asitassa tādino); Snp.1102 (= vacana Cnd.559); Ja.iv.5 Ja.v.78; Tha-ap.25; Kp-a.166 (˚opādāna resumption of the sentence); Dhs-a.324 (˚bheda “significant sentence translation).
fr. vac: see vāk & vācā; Vedic vākya
at Mhvs.19, Mhvs.28 (tadahe v. rājā) is to be read (tadah’ ev) āgamā, i.e. came on the same day. The passage is corrupt: see translation p.130Vagura & a
feminine a net; as -a Ja.vi.170 Kp-a.47 (sūkara˚); Thag-a.78; as -ā Ja.vi.582. Another P. form is vākarā.
cp. Epic & Class. Sk. vāgurā; to Idg. *ṷeg to weave, as in Lat. velum sail, Ags. wecca = E wick; Ohg. waba = Ger. wabe
adjective reciting, speaking, expressing Snp-a.164 (lekha˚); sotthi˚; an utterer of blessings, a herald Mil.359
■ f. -ikā speech Sdhp.55.
fr. vācā
neuter talk, recitation, disputation; invitation (?), in brāhmaṇa˚; Ja.i.318 (karoti); Ja.iii.171, Ja.iv.391 (karoti); regarded as a kind of festival. At Ja.iii.238 vācanaka is used by itself (two brahmins receiving it). It refers to the treating of brāhmaṇas (br. teachers) on special occasions (on behalf of their pupils: a sort of farewell-dinner?)
■ It is not quite sure how we have to interpret vācanaka. Under brāhmaṇa (compounds) we have trsld it as “elocution show (cp. our “speech day”). The E. translation gives “brahmin feast”; Prof. Dutoit “Brahmanen-backwerk” (i.e. special cakes for br.). vācana may be a distortion of vājana, although the latter is never found as variant reading It is at all events a singular expression. BR give vācanaka as α ̔́πας λεγομένον in meaning of “sweetmeat,” with the only ref. Hārāvalī 152 (Calc. ed.), where it is explained as “prahelaka” (see P. paheṇaka). On the subject see also Fick, Soc. Glied. 137, 205.
fr. vāceti
feminine recitation, reading; -magga way of recitation, help for reading, division of text (into chapters or paragraphs) Tikp.239; Kp-a.12, Kp-a.14, Kp-a.24.
fr. vāceti
adjective connected with speech, verbal (contrasted with kāyika & cetasika;) Vin.iv.2; Pp.21; Mil.91; Vism.18; Dhs-a.324
■ As nt. noun at Mil.352 in meaning “behaviour in speech.”
fr. vācā
feminine word, saying, speech; also as adj. (-˚) vaca speaking, of such a speech (e.g. duṭṭha˚ Pv.i.3#2, so to be read for dukkha˚)
■ DN.iii.69 sq., DN.iii.96 sq., DN.iii.171 sq. SN.iv.132 (in triad kāyena vācāya manasā: see kāya iii. and mano ii.3); Snp.232 (kāyena vācā uda cetasā vā), Snp.397, Snp.451 sq., Snp.660, Snp.973, Snp.1061 (= vacana Cnd.560); Mnd.504; Dhs-a.324 (vuccatī ti vācā)
■ In sequence vācā girā byappatha vacībheda vācasikā viññatti, as a defn of speech Vin.iv.2, explained at Dhs-a.324: see byappatha
■ vācaṃ bhindati: 1 to modify the speech or expression Snp-a.216 (cp. vākya-bheda Dhs-a.324) 2 to use a word, so say something Vin.i.157; MN.i.207 (Neumann “das Schweigen brechen”); Mil.231 (i.e. to break silence? So Rh. D. translation). Cp. the English expression “to break the news.”
■ vācā is mostly applied with some moral characterization, as the foll., frequently found: atthasaṃhitā AN.iii.244; kalyāṇa˚; AN.iii.195, AN.iii.261 AN.iv.296; AN.v.155; pisuṇā & pharusā AN.i.128, AN.i.174, AN.i.268 sq. AN.iii.433; AN.iv.247 sq.; DN-a.i.74, DN-a.i.75; Mnd.220, and passim rakkhita˚; SN.iv.112; vikiṇṇa˚; SN.i.61, SN.i.204; AN.i.70 AN.iii.199, AN.iii.391 sq.; sacca˚; AN.ii.141, AN.ii.228; saṇhā AN.ii.141 AN.ii.228; AN.iii.244; AN.iv.172; see also vacī-sucarita; sammā˚ Vb.105, Vb.106, Vb.235; Vb-a.119; see also magga; hīnā etc. SN.ii.54.
vac, vakti & vivakti; cp. vacaḥ (P. vaco); Vedic vāk (vāc˚) voice, word, vākya; Av. vacah & vaxs word Gr. ε ̓́πος word, ο ̓́ψ voice, Lat. vox = voice, voco to call Ohg. gi-wahan to mention etc. The P. form vācā is a remodelling of the nom. vāc after the oblique cases, thus transforming it from the cons. decl. to a vowel (˚ā decl. Of the old inflexion we only find the instr. vācā Snp.130, Snp.232. The compound forms are both vācā˚; and vacī˚.
one who teaches or instructs DN.i.123.
n. ag. fr. vāceti
cp. Vedic vāja strength; Idg. *ṷeġ, cp. vājeti, vajra (P. vajira); Lat. vegeo to be alert “vegetation”, vigeo to be strong “vigour”; Av. vaƶra; Oicel wakr = Ags. wacor = Ger. wacker; E. wake, etc.
the vājapeya sacrifice, a soma offering. Spelling often vāca˚; (mostly as variant reading); see SN.i.76; AN.ii.42; AN.iv.151; Snp.303; Iti.21; Mil.219; Ja.iii.518. Cp. peyya2.
cp. Vedic vājapeya; see Macdonell, Vedic Mythology pp. 131 sq., 155, quoting Weber, Vājapeya; Banerjea, Public Administration etc. 92
adjective feathered (of an arrow) MN.i.429.
pp. of vājeti: see vāja
adjective noun possessed of strength or swiftness; a horse, stallion Dāvs i.31; Dāvs v.35 (sita˚), 53 (sasi-paṇḍara˚) Vv-a.278.
fr. vāja
enclosure, enclosed place Vin.ii.154. See also yañña˚.
cp. Class. Sk. vāṭa; on etym. see Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. vallus
(-˚) enclosure, circle, ring; in gala˚; the throat circle, i.e. the bottom of the throat Vism.258; Dhs-a.316; Dhp-a.i.394; caṇḍāla˚; circle of Caṇḍālas Ja.vi.156; brāhmaṇa˚; of Brahmins Dhp-a.iv.177.
fr. vāṭa
a merchant, trader Vin.iii.6 (assa˚;) Snp.614, Snp.651, Snp.1014; Ja.v.156 (so read for va˚); Pv.i.10#6 Dāvs i.58; Kp-a.224; Snp-a.251; Pv-a.47, Pv-a.48, Pv-a.100, Pv-a.191 Pv-a.215, Pv-a.271. On similes with v. see J.P.T.S. 1907, 134. Vanijaka = vanija
fr. vaṇij (vaṇik): see vaṇijjā; lit. son of a merchant; Vedic vāṇija
SN.ii.215 (sūci˚); Ja.iii.540.
feminine trade, trading Vin.iv.6 (as one of the exalted professions); Pv-a.111, Pv-a.201 Pv-a.273, Pv-a.277.
fr. vāṇija, cp. vaṇijjā
wind. There exists a common distinction of winds into 2 groups: “internal and “external” winds, or the ajjhattikā vāyo-dhātu (wind category), and the bāhirā. They are discussed at Vb.84, quoted at MN-a.30, MN-a.31, and explained in detail at Vb-a.70 sq.; Vism.350. The bāhirā also at Cnd.562 and in poetical form at SN.iv.218
■ The internal winds (see below 2) comprise the foll.: uddhangamā vātā adhogamā, kucchisayā, koṭṭhāsasayā, angam-ang’ ânusārino, satthakā, khurakā, uppalakā, assāso, passāso i.e. all kinds of winds (air) or drawing pains (rheumatic?) in the body, from hiccup, stitch and stomach-ache up to breathing. Their complement are the external winds (see below 1), viz. puratthimā vātā pacchimā, uttarā, dakkhiṇā (from the 4 quarters of the sky), sarajā arajā, sītā uṇhā, parittā adhimattā, kāḷā verambha˚, pakkha˚, supaṇṇa˚, tālavanta˚, vidhūpana ˚ These are characterized according to direction dust, temperature, force, height & other causes (like fanning etc.).
■ On vāta in similes see J.P.T.S. 1907, 135.
Vedic vāta, of vā; cp. Sk. vāti & vāyati to blow, vāyu wind; Lat. ventus, Goth. winds = wind; Ohg wājan to blow, Oir. feth air; Gr. αἤμι to blow, ἀήτης wind, Lith. áudra storm etc.
adjective (-˚) belonging to or connected with the winds (of the body) in ahi-vātaka-roga a cert (intestinal) disease (lit. “snake-pain”), pestilence plague; dysentery (caused by a famine and attacking men and beasts alike) Dhp-a.i.169, Dhp-a.i.187, Dhp-a.i.231; Dhp-a.iii.437.
fr. vāta 2
see vāyati (in meaning “weave,” as well as “blow”).
adjective connected with the winds (humours) of the body having bad circulation, suffering from internal trouble rheumatic (?) Mil.135, Mil.298.
fr. vāta 2, cp. *Sk. vātakin Halāyudha ii.451
the egg plant, Solanum melongena Ja.v.131; Dhs-a.320.
cp. *Sk. vātingaṇa
fr. vad: see vadati; Vedic vāda (not in RV!), in meaning of “theory, disputation” only in Class. Sk. The relation of roots vac: vad is like E. speak: say but vāda as t. t. has developed quite distinctly the specified meaning of an emphatic or formulated speech assertion or doctrine
adjective noun doctrinal, sectarian, heretical; vagga˚; (either vagga1 or vagga2) professing somebody’s party, sectarian, schismatic Vin.iii.175 (anu-vattaka +) vādaka-sammuti doctrinal (sectarian) statement AN.iv.347.
fr. vāda
neuter playing on a musical instrument, music Vv-a.276.
fr. vādeti
adjective (-˚) speaking, talking (of) Mhvs.5, Mhvs.60 (pāra˚ speaking of the farther shore, i.e. wishing him across the sea).
fr. vāda
a species of bird Ja.vi.538 (variant reading vāj˚).
?
neuter (instrumental) music DN.i.6; DN.iii.183; AN.i.212; AN.ii.209; Dhp-a.iv.75; DN-a.i.77.
pp. of vādeti
a speaker, one who professes or has a doctrine DN.iii.232; AN.ii.246; AN.iv.307.
n. ag. fr. vādeti
adjective (-˚) speaking (of), saying, asserting, talking; professing, holding a view or doctrine; arguing. Abs. only at AN.ii.138 (cattāro vādī four kinds of disputants); Snp.382 (ye vā pi c’aññe vādino professing their view). Otherwise-˚, e.g. in agga˚; “teacher of things supreme” Thag.1142; uccheda˚; professing the doctrine of annihilation Ne.111 (see uccheda); kāla˚; bhūta˚ attha˚; etc. speaking in time, the truth & good etc. DN.i.4, DN.i.165; AN.i.202; AN.v.205, AN.v.265, AN.v.328; caṇḍāla˚ uttering the word C. Mhvs.5, Mhvs.60; tathā˚; speaking thus consistent or true speaker DN.iii.135; Snp.430; dhamma˚ professing the true doctrine SN.iii.138; in combination with vinaya-vādin as much as “orthodox” Vin.iii.175 mahā˚; a great doctrinaire or scholar Snp-a.540; yatha˚; cp tathā˚-; sacca˚; speaking the truth AN.ii.212; the Buddha so-called Thig.252 f.; vaṇṇa˚; singing the praises (of Vin.ii.197.
fr. vāda
neuter sewing, stuffing (of a couch) DN-a.i.86; Dhp-a.i.234 (mañca˚).
fr. vā2: see vāyati1
neuter lit. “jungle” (cp. vana1 etym.), fig. desire, lust (= taṇhā craving) Dhs-a.409 Kp-a.151, Kp-a.152.
fr. vana, both in meaning 1 & 2 but lit. meaning overshadowed by fig.
in combination suvānaya (SN.i.124, SN.i.238) is to be separated su-v-ānaya (see ānaya).
monkey, lit. “forester” Thag.399 = Dhp.334; Thag.454; Ja.ii.78 (Senaka), Ja.ii.199 sq. (Nandiya), Ja.iii.429; Ja.iv.308; Ja.v.445; Mil.201; Dhp-a.ii.22.
fr. vana
feminine a pond; -jala water from a pond Mhvs.25, Mhvs.66.
cp. Epic & Classic Sk. vāpī
sown Ja.i.6 (+ ropita, of dhañña).
pp. of vāpeti
mown Dhs-a.238.
pp. of vāpeti
to cause to sow [cp. Divy.213 vāpayituṃ] or to mow
pp vāpita. *Vabhi
Caus. fr. vap, representing vapati1 as well as vapati2
adjective
Vedic vāma
adjective dwarfish; m. dwarf Vin.i.91; DN-a.i.148.
fr. vāma1, cp. Ger. linkisch = uncouth
adjective noun dwarfish, crippled Ja.ii.226; Ja.iv.137; Ja.v.424, Ja.v.427
■ f. -ikā Name of certain elephants MN.i.178.
fr. vāmana
weaving Pv-a.112 (tunna˚). See tanta˚.
fr. vā, vāyati1
to weave, only in pp. vāyita
pass viyyati Vin.iii.259. pp. also vīta
caus 2 vāyāpeti to cause to be woven Vin.iii.259 (= vināpeti); Vv-a.181-See also vināti.
Vedic vayati, vā, cp. Sk. veman loom, vāṭikā band, Gr. ι ̓́τυς willow, Ohg. wīda id.; Lat. vieo to bind or plait
pp vāta only as noun “wind” (q.v.).
Vedic vāti & vāyati. See etym. under vāta
neuter blowing Vb-a.71 (upari˚vāta).
fr. vā, vāyati2
to struggle, strive, endeavour; to exert oneself SN.iv.308; SN.v.398; AN.iv.462 sq. (chandaṃ janeti v. viriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti); Pv.iv.5#2 Vb.208 sq.; Pp.51; Vism.2; Dhp-a.iii.336; Dhp-a.iv.137; Pv-a.185.
vi + ā + yam
a crow DN.i.9 (˚vijjā: see DN-a.i.93); SN.i.124; Snp.447, Snp.675; Ja.i.500; Ja.ii.440; Mil.373; Dhp-a.iii.206; Vv-a.27.
cp. Vedic vāyasa a large bird, Epic Sk. vāyasa crow
striving, effort, exertion, endeavour SN.ii.168; SN.iv.197; SN.v.440; AN.i.174 (chando +) AN.i.219; AN.ii.93; AN.iii.307; AN.iv.320; AN.v.93 sq.; Ja.i.72; Vb.123 Vb.211, Vb.235; Vb-a.91; Dhp-a.iv.109; Pv-a.259. On vāyāma as a constituent of the “Path” (sammā˚) see magga 2.a
■ vāyāmaṃ karoti to exert oneself Dhp-a.iv.26; Pv-a.259.
fr. vi + ā + yam
woven MN.iii.253 (sāma˚), where Mil.240 in id. p. reads sayaṃ˚ Vin.iii.259. Cp. vīta.
pp. of vāyati1, cp. Divy.276 vāyita
adjective blowing (forth), emitting an odour, smelling Pv-a.87.
fr. vāyati2
adjective weaving, woven; a˚; not woven Vin.iii.224 (of a rug or cover).
fr. vā: vāyati1
wind Mil.385; Pv-a.156. See next.
Vedic vāya, fr. vā: vāyati2
neuter wind DN.iii.268 (˚kasiṇa) MN.i.1, MN.i.424 = AN.iv.375; AN.v.7, AN.v.318, AN.v.353 sq. (˚saññā) SN.iii.207; Vism.172 (˚kasiṇa), Vism.350 (def.). On vāyo as t. t. for mobility, mobile principle (one of the 4 elements) see Cpd. 3, 270; Dhs translation § 962.
for vāyu, in analogy to āpo & tejo;, with which frequently enumerated
fr. vṛ; in meaning “turn,” cp. vuṇāti
a pot, jar Vin.ii.122 (three kinds: loha˚, dāru˚ and cammakhaṇḍa˚); Ja.i.349 Ja.ii.70; Ja.iii.52 (dadhi˚); Mil.260; Dhs-a.377 (phānita˚).
cp. Sk. vāra & vāraka
neuter warding off, obstruction, resistance Vb-a.194, Vb-a.195 (= nivāraṇa)
■ ātapa˚; sunshade Dāvs i.28; Dāvs v.35.
fr. vṛ; to obstruct
cp. Vedic vāraṇa strong
spirituous liquor Ja.v.505.
for vāruṇī?
at Thag.1129 read cāraṇika (a little play): see Brethren 419 note.
adjective consisting of leather or a strap Ja.iii.185.
fr. varatta
neuter water DN.ii.266; MN.iii.300; AN.iii.26 (in lotus simile) Thag.1273; Snp.353, Snp.591, Snp.625, Snp.811; Vv.79#10; Ja.iv.19 Mnd.135, Mnd.203 (= udaka); Mil.121; Pv-a.77.
-gocara living or life (lit. feeding) in water Snp.605 -ja “water-born,” i.e. 1 a lotus Snp.845, cp. Mnd.203 2 a fish Dhp.34 (= maccha Dhp-a.i.289); Ja.v.464 (= Ānanda-maccha C.), Ja.v.507. -da “water-giver,” i.e. cloud Dāvs iii.40. -dhara water-holder, water jug Ja.v.4. -bindu a drop of water Snp.392. -vāha “watercarrier,” i.e. cloud AN.ii.56; AN.iii.53; SN.v.400; Ja.vi.26 Ja.vi.543, Ja.vi.569; Kp.vii.8
■ vārita, -yuta, -dhuta, -phuṭa (Jain practice) DN.i.57; MN.i.377.
Vedic vāri, cp. Av. vār rain, vairi-sea; Lat. ūrīna = urine; Ags. waer sea; Oicel. ūr spray, etc.
obstructed, hindered Ja.iv.264; restrained (sabbavāri) see vāri.
pp. of vāreti, Caus. of vṛ1
neuter avoidance, abstinence Thag.591; Mil.133 (cārittañ ca vārittañ ca); Vism.11.
fr. vṛ; on the analogy of cāritta. The BSk. is vāritra: Mpt.84
feminine
cp. Sk. vāruṇī, with only ref. in BR.: Harivaṃśa 8432
caus 2 vārāpeti to induce somebody to choose a wife Ja.iv.289-Note. vāriyamāna (kālakaṇṇi-salākā) at Ja.iv.2 read cār˚; (cp. Pv-a.272 vicāresuṃ id.)
pp vārita.
Caus. of vuṇāti, representing vṛ1 (to enclose, obstruct), as well as vṛ1 (to choose)
neuter marriage, wedding Thig.464, Thig.472, Thig.479; Snp-a.19.
grd. of vāreti
-agga the tip of a hair AN.iii.403; Mil.250 (˚vedha hitting the tip of a hair, of an archer); DN-a.i.66. -aṇḍupaka a cert. material, head dress (?) AN.i.209 (so read for vālanduka); Vism.142; Dhs-a.115 (reads leḍḍūpaka)-kambala a blanket made of horse-tails DN.i.167; AN.i.240 AN.i.296; Pp.55. -koṭi the tip of the hair Pv-a.285. -rajju a cord made of hair SN.ii.238; AN.iv.129; Ja.ii.161. -vījanī a fan made of a Yak’s tail, a chowrie DN.i.7. -vedhin (an archer) who can hit a hair Ja.i.58 (akkhaṇa-vedhin +) Vism.150; Mhvs.23, Mhvs.86 (sadda-vedhin vijju-vedhin +) The abstr. -vedhā hitting a hair, at Vism.150
■ fig. an acute arguer, a hair-splitter; in standing phrase paṇḍitā nipuṇā kata-para-ppavādā vālavedhi-rūpā at DN.i.26; MN.i.176; MN.ii.122; see expln at DN-a.i.117.
Vedic vāla; connected with Lat. adūlāre (ad + ūlāre) to flatter (lit. wag the tail, like a dog), cp. E adulation; Lith. valaī horse hair
adjective malicious, troublesome, difficult Vin.ii.299 (adhikaraṇa).
cp. Sk. vyāla
neuter water; only in cpd. -ja a fish (cp. vārija).
= vāri, cp. late Sk. vāla
neuter trouble, difficulty Vin.ii.86 (in same context as vāla2); AN.i.54.
abstr. fr. vāla2
a tail (usually of a large animal) Thag.695; Ja.i.63, Ja.i.149; Ja.vi.302; Pv.i.8#3; Mhvs.10, Mhvs.59; Vv-a.252, Sdhp.621; Vism.36 quoting Ap.
cp. Epic Sk. vāladhi
feminine sand (often sprinkled in connection with festivities to make the place look neat AN.i.253; Ja.i.210; Ja.iii.52, Ja.iii.407; Ja.vi.64; Vism.420; Dhp-a.i.3, Dhp-a.i.111; Vv-a.160, Vv-a.305; Pv-a.189
■ paritta˚; sand (on the head) as an amulet Ja.i.396, Ja.i.399
■ In compounds usually vālika˚. Cp. vālukā.
a by-form of vālukā
adjective having a hairy tail Vv.64#7, cp. Vv-a.277.
fr. vāla1
at Vv-a.332 probably for vāluka-kantāra, i.e. sandy desert. See vaṇṇu.
feminine sand. In compound usually vāluka˚
■ SN.iv.376; Vv.39#1; Vv.44#1; Tha-ap.23 Cnd.p.72 (Gangāya v.); Ja.ii.258; Ja.iv.16; Pv.ii.12#1 Mhvs.23, Mhvs.86; Dhp-a.iii.243, Dhp-a.iii.445; Vv-a.31, Vv-a.177; Sdhp.244 See also vālika.
cp. Vedic & Epic Sk. vālukā
cp. late Sk. vyāḍa, see Geiger, Pali Grammar § 54#6
music (?) Pgdp.83.
misspelt for vāda?
(vi + ā + vṛt ] to turn away (trs.), to do away with, remove MN.i.12 (aor. vāvattayi saṃyojanaṃ, explained at MN-a.87 as “parivattayi, nimmūlaṃ akāsi”) = MN.i.122 (with variant reading vi˚, see p. 526); AN.ii.249 (variant reading vi˚).
clothing; adj. (-˚) clothed in Ja.vi.47 (hema-kappana-vāsase).
vas to clothe, see vasati1
vas to dwell, see vasati2
perfume Ja.i.242; Ja.vi.42. Vasaka, vasika
adjective (-˚) living, dwelling; vāsaka: see saṃ˚. vāsika: gāma˚; villager Mhvs.28 Mhvs.15; Bārāṇasi˚; living in Benares Ja.iii.49. See also ante˚.
fr. vāsa2
to cry (of animals) Ja.vi.497.
vāś, see vassati2
adjective noun clothing, clothed in (-˚) Pv-a.173.
= vasana1
adjective noun dwelling Dpvs.v.18.
= vasana2
feminine that which remains in the mind, tendencies of the past, impression usually as pubba˚; former impression (Snp.1009; Mil.10, Mil.263)
■ Cp. Ne.4, Ne.21, Ne.48, Ne.128, Ne.133 sq., Ne.153, Ne.158 sq. Ne.189 sq
■ Cp. BSk. vāsanā, e.g. Mvu.i.345.
fr. vasati2 = vāsa2, but by Rh. D., following the P. Com̄. connected with vāseti & vāsa3
day (opp. night), a day Dāvs i.55; Dāvs v.66.
cp. Vedic vāsara matutinal, vasaḥ early
feminine
cp. Sk. vāśī
■ Cp pari˚.
fr. vāseti2
adjective scented, perfumed Vin.iv.341 (vāsitakena piññākena nhāyeyya: should bathe with perfumed soap)
■ f. vāsitikā (scil. mattikā) scented clay Vin.ii.280 (id.).
fr. vāsita
adjective (-˚) clothed in, clad Snp.456 (sanghāṭi˚), Snp.487 (kāsāya˚); Pv.iii.1#6 (sāhunda˚); Ja.iii.22 (nantaka˚); Ja.iv.380 (rumma˚); f. vāsinī Vin.iii.139 (chanda˚, paṭa˚ etc.) = Vv-a.73.
fr. vas1
adjective (-˚) liking, dwelling (in) Snp.682 (Mern-muddha˚), Snp.754 (āruppa˚); Pv-a.1 (Mahāvihāra˚), Pv-a.22 (Anga-Magadha˚), Pv-a.47 (Sāvatthi˚), Pv-a.73 (Bārāṇasi˚)
fr. vas2
Caus. of vasati2 (q.v.).
to perfume, to clean or preserve by means of perfumes, to disinfect (?) Vin.i.211 (here in the sense of “preserve, cure,” probably as vāseti of vasati2); Vin.ii.120; Ja.iv.52 (aṭṭhīni, for the sake of preservation); Ja.v.33 (saso avāsesi sake sarīre explained as “sake sarīre attano sarīraṃ dātuṃ avāsesi vāsāpesī ti attho, sarīrañ c’ assa bhakkh’ atthāya adāsi. In this passage vāseti is by Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. taken as Caus. of vas to eat, thus “he made eat, feasted, entertained by or on his own body”), Ja.v.321 (kusumehi vāsetvā perfume). See also vasati2 (Caus.)
pp vāsita. Caus. ii. vāsāpeti Ja.v.33.
Denom. fr. vāsa perfume
adjective noun
fr. vah
that which carries (or causes to carry) away, i.e. a current, torrent, flow; only in combination with udaka˚; a flood of water AN.i.178; Vin.i.32; Mil.176.
fr. vāheti
fr. vāheti
= vāha 1; Vv-a.337.
indeclinable owing to, by dint of, on account of, through Vin.iv.158; Thag.218, Thag.1127; Mil.379; Vv-a.100.
an instr. of vāha, formed after the manner of balasā, thāmasā, used adverbially
adjective noun carrying, conveying Ja.vi.125 (haya˚ running by means of horses, i.e. drawn by horses) also as poetical expression for “horse” Ja.vi.252 (= sindhava C.). The reading vāhin at Mhvs.22, Mhvs.52 is given as variant reading for T. vājin in P.T.S. ed
■ f. vāhinī, an army Ja.iii.77 (miga˚; explained as “aneka-sahassa-sankhā migasenā”); Ja.vi.581.
fr. vāha
is Caus. of vahati (q.v.).
indeclinable
■ Contracted forms are vy˚; (= viy˚ before vowels) and vo˚; (= vi ava); the guṇa & vriddhi form is; ve˚
prefix, resting on Idg. *ṷi “two,” as connotation of duality or separation (Ger. “ent-zwei”), which is contained in viṃśati, num. for “twenty” (see vīsati) cp. Sk. viṣu apart, Gr. ι ̓́διος private (lit. separate); also Sk. u-bhau both; and *ṷidh, as in Lat. dīvido = divide A secondary (compar.) formation in Sk. vitara further farther, Goth. wipra against, Ger. wider
adjective blossoming DN-a.i.40.
changed, altered, distorted; disgusting, foul, filthy Pgdp.63 (˚ānana with filthy mouth)-nt. filth, dirt; four mahā-vikaṭāni applied against snake-bite, viz., gūtha, mutta, chārikā, mattikā Vin.i.206
■ Cp. vekaṭika.
vi + kata, of kṛ.
adjective having deranged or bent corners, frayed Vin.i.297; Vin.ii.116.
vi + kaṇṇa
a kind of arrow (barbed?) Ja.ii.227, Ja.ii.228.
fr. vikaṇṇa
changed, altered Vin.i.194 (gihi-vikata changed by the g.)
feminine “what is made of something,” make, i.e.
fr. vi + kṛ.
feminine a woollen coverlet (embroidered with figures of lions, tigers etc.) DN.i.7 (cp. DN-a.i.87) AN.i.181; Vin.i.192; Thag-a.55 (Tha-ap.10: tūlikā˚;).
fr. vikati
adjective cut open Ja.vi.111 (variant reading ˚kanta).
pp. of vi + kantati2
neuter cutter, knife Vin.iii.89 (tiṇha go˚) MN.i.449; Ja.vi.441.
fr. vi + kantati2
to boast, show off SN.ii.229; Ja.i.454 (= vañcana-vacanaṃ vadati C.)
pp vikatthita.
vi + katthati
neuter boasting Snp-a.549.
fr. vi + katth
neuter boasting Ja.i.359.
fr. vikatthati
adjective boasting; only neg. a˚; not boasting, modest AN.v.157; Snp.850; Mil.414.
fr. vi + katth
= vikatta; cut open, cut into pieces Ja.ii.420.
to cut Ja.v.368 (= chindati C.). - pp. vikatta & vikanta.
vi + kantati2
neuter knife MN.i.244. Cp. vikattana.
fr. vikantati
■ attha˚; consideration or application of meaning, exposition, statement, sentence Ja.iii.521; Snp-a.433, Snp-a.591
■ Cp. nibbikappa.
vi + kappa
neuter & -ā (f.)
fr. vikappeti
prepared, put in order, arranged, made; in combination su˚; well prepared, beautifully set Snp.7; Vv-a.188 (manohara +)
■ Bdhgh. at Snp-a.21 interprets ˚kappita as chinna “cut,” saying it has that meaning from “kappita-kesa-massu” (with trimmed hair & beard), which he interprets; ad sensum, but not etymologically correctly. Cp. vikappeti 5.
pp. of vikappeti
adjective having intentions upon (-˚), designing AN.iii.136 (an-issara˚ intentioning unruliness).
fr. vikappa
adjective to be designed or intended Sdhp.358.
grd. of vikappeti
pp vikappita.
vi + kappeti
to shake; fig. to be unsettled, to waver, to be in doubt SN.iv.71 (cittaṃ na vikampate) Thag.1076 (vidhāsu na v.; translation Brethren p. 366: “who is not exercised about himself in this way or in that”) Mnd.195 (tīsu vidhāsu, as at Thag.1076; as comment on Snp.843); Ja.vi.488
ppr med. vikampamāna, only neg. a˚; not hesitating, settled, well balanced, resolved Snp.842; Ja.iv.310; Ja.v.495 (C. anolīyamāna); Ja.vi.175 (C nirāsanka)
pp vikampita.
vi + kamp
adjective shaking; only neg. a˚; not shaking, steadfast, steady, settled Snp.952; Vv.50#22.
fr. vikampati
to alter, change, disturb; aor. vyakāsi Ja.ii.166 (= vikāraṃ akāsi parivattayi C.); so read for T. vyākāsi
imper Pass. 3 sg. vikiriyyatu “let him be disturbed” Ja.iii.368 (after Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. One may take it to vikirati, q.v.)
pp vikaṭa & vikata; See also vikubbati, etc.
vi + kṛ.
adjective defective, in want of, deprived, (being) without Thig.391; Pv.iv.1 (bhoga˚); Ja.iv.278 Ja.vi.232; Mil.106, Mil.307 (udakena); DN-a.i.222; Pv-a.4 (hattha˚). Cp. vekalla.
Sk. vikala
adjective being short of, wanting Vin.i.285.
vikala + ka
to open (out), to expand, to blossom fully (of flowers)
pp vikasita. Caus. vikāseti to open Ja.vi.364 (hatthaṃ).
vi + kas
to shine; Caus. vikāseti to illuminate D Avs.v.47 (mukh’ ambuja-vanāni vikāsayanto).
vi + kāś, cp. okāsa
burst asunder, blossoming, opened (wide), expanded, usually applied to flowers Ja.iii.320 (= phālita C.); Ja.iv.407; Vv-a.40, Vv-a.206 (of eyes) Snp-a.i.39; DN-a.i.40.
pp. of vikasati1
■ Cp. nibbikāra.
fr. vi + kṛ.
“wrong time,” i.e. not the proper time, which usually means “afternoon” or “evening,” and therefore often “too late.”- Vin.iv.274 (= time from sunset to sunrise); Ja.v.131 (ajja vikālo to-day it is too late); Vv-a.230 (id.)
■ loc. vikāle (opp. kāle) as adv., meaning:
vi + kāla
opening, expansion Ja.vi.497 (vana˚ opening of the forest); Dhtp.265.
vi + kas: see vikasati1
a linen bandage (Kern: “pluksel”) Vin.i.206 (for wound-dressing). May be a dern fr. kāsika, i.e. Benares cloth, the vi˚ denoting as much as “a kind of.”
fr. vi + kṛṣ: see kasati
one who plucks or pulls, bender of a bow, archer Ja.vi.201.
fr. vi + kṛṣ, kasati
adjective (-˚) illumining, delighting Mhvs.18, Mhvs.68.
fr. vi + kāś: see vikasati2
see vikasati.
scattered about, strewn all over, loose Vin.i.209 (undurehi okiṇṇa˚; overrun); Ja.v.82.
pp. of vikirati
to slander Mil.276 (opp. pakitteti).
vi + kitteti
neuter & adjective
fr. vikirati
to scatter about, sprinkle, spread, mix up (trs. & intrs.) MN.i.127; SN.iii.190 (in simile of playing children: paṃsv’ āgārakāni hatthehi ca pādehi ca vikiranti [mix up] vidhamanti [fall about] viddhaṃsenti [tumble over] vikīḷanikaṃ karonti, describing the scrambling and crowding about. In quite a diff. interpretation applied to Arahantship: see under vikiraṇa, as also in the same chapter (SN.iii.190 § 11 sq.) in phrase rūpaṃ vikirati vidhamati etc. where it is meant in trs sense of “destroy”; thus vi˚ in the same verb in meaning (vi˚ 1 & 2); SN.iv.41 (kāyo vikiri [came to pieces] seyyathâpi bhusa-muṭṭhi); Ja.i.226; Pv.ii.3#8 (vikiri, variant reading for okiri); Mil.101, Mil.237 (lokadhātu vikireyya, would fall to pieces; combined with vidhameyya & viddhaṃseyya; “drop & tumble,” denoting total confusion and destruction Similarly on p. 250 = 337 “vāri pokkhara-patte vikirati vidhamati viddhaṃsati”: the water scatters, drops falls off; applied figuratively to bad qualities at same passage); Snp-a.172
pass vikiriyyati & vikirīyati; may be taken either to vikirati or vikaroti (cp. kiriyati) Dhs-a.19 (suttena sangahitāni pupphāni na vikirīyanti na viddhaṃsiyanti: get scattered and fall off); ppr vikirīyamāna Pv-a.271 (with sprawling or confused limbs); imper. vikiriyyatu Ja.iii.368
pp vikiṇṇa.
vi + kirati
adjective & neuter playing about; in phrase vikīḷanikaṃ karoti (intrs.) to play all over or excitedly (lit. to make play; vi˚ in meaning vi˚ 1) SN.iii.190; as trs. to put out of play, to discard (vi˚ 3) ibid (rūpaṃ etc. v. karoti).
fr. vi + kīḷana
made angry, angered, annoyed, vexed MN.ii.24 (so read for vikujjita).
vi + pp. of kujjheti
adjective distorted, deformed Vism.346 (˚mukha); Pv-a.123 (id.). Cp. vikūṇa.
vi + kuṇita
adjective free fr. anger Ja.v.308.
vi + kuddha
to change round, transform, do magic Ja.iii.114 (= parivatteti); Dpvs.i.40 (vikubbeyya); also in phrase iddhi-vikubbati to work transformation by magic (psychic) potency Kv.55
ppr f. vikubbantī Vv.11#2 (iddhiṃ working magic = vikubban’ iddhiyo vaḷañjentī Vv-a.58), and vikubbamānā (iddhi˚) Vv.31#1
pp *vikubbita miracle: see vikubbana.
vi + kubbati, med. of karoti
neuter & -ā (f.) miraculous transformation, change; assuming a diff. form by supernatural power; miracle Thag.1183; Pts.ii.174, Pts.ii.210 Dpvs.viii.6 (˚esu kovida); Mhvs.19, Mhvs.19; Mil.343 Vism.309, Vism.316 sq. More specific as iddhi-vikubbana (or -ā), i.e. by psychic powers, e.g. DN.ii.213; Vism.373 sq.; or vikubbanā iddhi Vism.378, Vism.406; Vv-a.58; Dhs-a.91 (the var. forms of iddhi). Cp. Kvu trsl. 50 Cpd. 61
■ The BSk. form is represented by the pp. of vikubbati, i.e. vikurvita, e.g. Avs.i.258; Divy.269 etc. Vikulava(ka)
fr. vikubbati
adjective having no nest, without a nest SN.i.224 (ka); Ja.i.203.
vi + kulāva
to sing (like a bird), warble, chirp, coo Pv-a.189 (= upanadati)
ppr med. vikūjamāna Vin.iv.15; Ja.v.12.
vi + kūjati
distortion, grimace (mukha˚) Snp-a.30.
cp. vikuṇita & vikāra
adjective sloping down, low-lying AN.i.35 (contrasted with ukkūla). We should expect ni˚; for vi˚; as in BSk. (see ukkūla).
vi + kūla
adjective contrary, disgusting Thig.467 (= paṭikūla Thag-a.284).
fr. vikūla
(adj
■ f.) with loose or dishevelled hair Vin.i.15.
vi + kesa + ika
beaten, cut, slain, killed Mil.304 (koṭṭita +).
vi + koṭṭita
neuter upsetting, injuring, doing harm Ja.ii.330 = Ja.iv.471; Mil.185, Mil.266; Dhs-a.145.
fr. vi + kup
adjective shaking, disturbed; neg. a˚; Ja.vi.226.
vi + kup
vi + kopeti
heroic Ja.i.119; Ja.ii.211; Ja.iv.271; Mil.400 (˚cārin, of a lion).
pp. of vi + kram
to cry out, lament, wail Ja.vi.525.
vi + kandati
fr. vi + kram
to have or show strength, to exert oneself Ja.iii.184 (= parakkamati); Mil.400
pp vikkanta.
vi + kamati
selling, sale AN.ii.209; Snp.929 (kaya +); Ja.i.121; Ja.ii.200; Ja.iv.115 (majja˚); Mil.194 (˚bhaṇḍa goods for sale, merchandise); Pv-a.29, Pv-a.113 (˚bhaṇḍa). Vikkayika & kayika;
vi + kaya
adjective noun
fr. vikiṇāti
to sell Ja.i.227, Ja.i.377 (ger. vikkiṇitvā); Pv-a.100 (id.), Pv-a.191 (aor. vikkiṇi)
inf vikketu ṃ Ja.iii.283
grd vikkiṇiya = for sale Dhp-a.i.390 (˚bhaṇḍa merchandise).
vi + kiṇāti
neuter sporting, amusement, pastime Ne.124 (in applied meaning).
vi + kīḷita
adjective boiled, -duddha boiled milk Kp-a.60 (T. reads vikkuthita-duṭṭha-vaṇṇa, but App. Snp-a Index p. 870: vikkuṭṭhita-duddha˚). The corresp. passage at Vism.260 has duṭṭha-khīra- vaṇṇa which seems faulty.
vi + kuthita
to break (up), destroy, spoil Sdhp.450 (ger. ˚iya)
pp vikkhaṇḍita.
vi + khaṇḍati
broken, ruined, spoilt Sdhp.436.
pp. of vikkhaṇḍati
diameter (lit. support) Ja.v.268, Ja.v.271; Mhvs.18, Mhvs.27.
vi + khambha 1
intransitive to become stiff (with fear), to be scared or frightened Tha-ap.50.
fr. vi + khambha 2
neuter withdrawal of support, stopping (the nīvaraṇas or any evil influences or corruptions: kilesa˚), arresting, paralysing; elimination discarding Pts.ii.179; Mnd.6; Cnd.338, Cnd.606#b Ja.iii.15 (kilesa˚ + metta-bhāvana-jhān’ uppatti); Ja.iv.17 Vism.320; Sdhp.455
■ Usually in foll. compounds: -pahāna elimination (of character-blemishes) by discarding Ja.ii.230; Cnd.203; Vism.5; Dhs-a.352; Snp-a.19; -vimutti emancipation by elimination Ja.ii.35; -viveka arrest by aloofness Dhs-a.12, Dhs-a.164; Vism.140, Vism.141.
vi + khambha + na
feminine state of having undone or discarded, removal, destruction, paralysis Ne.15, Ne.16.
vikkhambhana + tā
adjective leading to arrest (of passions), conducive to discarding (the blemishes of character) Vism.114.
fr. vikkhambheti
arrested, stopped, paralysed, destroyed Pts.ii.179; Tikp.155, Kp.320 sq. Duka-pa.10.
pp. of vikkhambheti
adjective in neg. a˚ not to be obstructed or overcome DN.iii.146.
grd. of vikkhambheti
(trs.) to “unprop,” unsettle, discard; to destroy, extirpate, paralyse (cp khambha 2 and chambheti), give up, reject Snp.969 (= abhibhavati etc. Mnd.492); Vism.268; Ja.i.303 (jhānabalena kilese v.); Mil.34 (nīvaraṇe); Dhp-a.iv.119 (pītiṃ vikkhambhetvā: here in meaning “set up, establish” Or to produce such pīti as to be called pharaṇā pīti, thus vikkhambheti = pharati 2? Or as Denom. fr. vikkhambha “diameter” = to establish etc.?); Vv-a.156 (read ˚etvā.)
pp vikkhambhita.
vi + khambheti
neuter stumbling, fault, faux pas AN.i.199.
vi + khalita2
adjective noun “pertaining (or: of the nature of) to being eaten up, i.e. a (mental) representation obtained by contemplation of a corpse gnawed by animals, one of the asubhakammaṭṭhānas Vism.110 = Mil.332 (˚saññā); Vism.179, Vism.194.
vi + khāyati(= khādita) + ka
washed off, cleansed Vin.ii.201; Vism.59.
pp. of vikkhāleti
to wash off, to wash one’s face (mukhaṃ) rinse one’s mouth Vin.ii.201; SN.ii.269; Ja.i.266, Ja.i.459; Pv-a.75, Pv-a.209, Pv-a.241 (= ācameti)
pp vikkhālita
vi + khāḷeti
adjective
upset, perplexed, mentally upset, confused SN.ii.122 (˚citta); SN.v.157, SN.v.263 sq.; AN.iii.174 (˚citta); AN.v.147 (id.); Vism.410 (= uddhacc ânugata)
■ a˚; undisturbed, composed, collected AN.v.149; Iti.94; Pv-a.26.
vi + khitta
adjective
vi + khitta + ka
neuter refusal, denial Vb-a.493 (see vikiraṇa 1).
cp. BSk. viksepa refusal Avs.i.94
to be disturbed Ja.i.400 (gocare, in…); Mil.337 (cittaṃ)
pp vikkhitta.
Pass. of vikkhipati
totally destroyed, finished, gone Thig.22.
vi + khīṇa
to go to ruin, to be destroyed, to be lost Ja.v.392 (fut. ˚īyissati)
pp vikkhīṇa.
vi + khīyati
vi + khepa
adjective , in phrase amarā˚: see under amarā; another suggestion as to explanation may be: khipa = eel-basket, thus vikhep-ika one who upsets the eel-basket, i.e. causes confusion.
fr. vikkhepa
(adj
■ f.) having saliva dropping from the mouth (of sleeping women), slobbering Vin.i.15.
vi + kheḷa + ikā
thoroughly shaken up or disturbed Mil.377.
pp. of vikkhobheti: see khobha
neuter biting, chewing Dhs.646, Dhs.740, Dhs.875; Dhs-a.330.
vi + khādana
to depart, disappear; to decrease DN.i.138 (bhogakkhandha vigacchissati); Sdhp.523. pp. vigata.
vi + gacchati
˚- gone away, disappeared, ceased; having lost or foregone (for-gone = vi-gata), deprived of, being without; often to be trsld simply as prep. “without. It nearly always occurs in compound, where it precedes the noun. By itself rare, e.g. Snp.483 (sārambhā yassa vigatā); Vv-a.33 (padumā mā vigatā hotu). Otherwise as follows: -āsa Pp.27; -āsava Snp-a.51; -icchā Dhp.359; -khila Snp.19; -cāpalla DN.i.115; DN-a.i.286; -chavivaṇṇa Thag-a.80 (= vivaṇṇa); -jīvita Pv-a.40; -paccaya Vism.541; Tikp.7, Kp.21, Kp.59; -paṭighāta Dhp-a.iv.176 -mada Mhvs.34, Mhvs.94; -raja Snp.517; Ja.i.117; -valita Pv-a.153. Cp. vīta˚; in similar application and meaning.
pp. of vigacchati, in act. (reflexive) & medpass. function
(-˚) going away, disappearance, departing, departure Dāvs v.68 (sabb’ āsava˚); Dhs-a.166; Sdhp.388 (jighacchā˚), Sdhp.503 (sandeha˚).
fr. vi + gam
see vigāhati.
to scold (intensely), to abuse Vin.ii.161 (dhammiṃ kathaṃ); Vin.iii.46; SN.i.30 (ariyadhammaṃ); Mil.227.
vi + garahati
to drop Mil.250
pp vigaḷita. Cp. vinigaḷati.
vi + galati
dropping, dripping (down) Pv-a.56.
pp. of vigaḷati
to plunge into, to enter SN.i.180 (ger. vigāhiya); Ja.v.381 (˚gāhisuṃ, aor.); Mhvs.19, Mhvs.29 (here as ˚gāhetvā). The ger. is also vigayha at Snp.2, Snp.825; cp Mnd.163 (= ogayha pavisitvā). At Vin.ii.106 we should prefer to read viggayha for vigayha.
vi + gāhati
vi + gaṇhati
fr. vi + gah: see gaṇhati 3
taken hold of, seized; prejudiced against, seduced by (-), in phrase dhamm’ uddhacca- viggahita-mānasa AN.ii.157; Pts.ii.101. Cp BSk. vigrāhita, e.g. Avs.i.83 = Avs.i.308 (Ajātaśatru Devadatta˚); Divy.419, Divy.557, Divy.571; Jtm.143, 146.
pp. of viggaṇhati
adjective of the nature of dispute or quarrel; only in cpd. -kathā quarrelsome speech, dispute DN.i.8; SN.v.419; Snp.930; DN-a.i.91.
fr. viggaha
struck, knocked, beaten Ja.v.203 (a˚).
vi + ghaṭṭita
adjective unfastening, breaking up, overthrowing Thag.419.
fr. vighāṭeti
overthrown, destroyed Sdhp.314.
pp. of vighāṭeti, Denom. fr. vi + ghāṭa, cp. gantheti
vi + ghata
adjective full of annoyance or vexation SN.iii.16 sq.; AN.ii.143 (= discontented); Thag.899 (in same connection, neg.); Pv-a.260 (= distressed).
vighāta + vant
remains of food, broken meat, scraps Vin.iv.265, Vin.iv.266; Ja.ii.288; Ja.iii.113 Ja.iii.191, Ja.iii.311 (read ˚ghasa for metre); Ja.v.268 (do.); Sdhp.389.
fr. vi + ghasati
adjective without wheels Ja.i.378 (sakaṭa). Doubtful in phrase asani˚; where used as a noun, probably in diff. meaning altogether (= asani-pāta?): see SN.ii.229 (= “falling of a thunderbolt” K.S. ii.155) DN.iii.44, DN.iii.47.
vi + cakka
adjective noun [vi + cakkhaṇa, of cakṣ to see, attentive, watchful, sensible, skilful; (nt.) application attention, wit SN.i.214 = Snp.186 (appamatta + ; translation K.S. i.277 “discerning wit”); Snp.583; Ja.iv.58; Ja.vi.286; Mil.216; Vism.43; Snp-a.238; Sdhp.200, Sdhp.293.
adjective eyeless, blind, in phrase -kamma making blind or perplexed SN.i.111, SN.i.118 (“darkening their intelligence” translation) [cp. BSk. vicakṣu-karma Mvu.iii.416; Lal.490].
vi + cakkhu
adjective not seeing, blinded, dulled in sight, half-blind Mil.295 (Rh. D. “squinting”).
vicakkhu + ka
search, investigation, examination SN.iii.96 (vicayaso, i.e. thoroughly); Pp.25; Mil.340 (dhamma˚); Ne.1, Ne.2, Ne.10; Dhs-a.147; Sdhp.466. For dhamma˚ see sambojjhanga.
adjective noun going about, circulating, moving, travelling Ja.v.484 (˚bhaṇḍa travelling merchandise).
fr. vicarati
to go or move about in (loc.), to walk (a road = acc.), to wander Snp.444 (raṭṭhā raṭṭhaṃ vicarissaṃ, fut.), Snp.696 (dhamma-maggaṃ); Mnd.201, Mnd.263; Pv.iii.7#3 (aor. vicari); Dhp-a.i.66; Pv-a.4, Pv-a.22, Pv-a.33, Pv-a.69 Pv-a.120, Pv-a.185 (= āhiṇḍati); Sdhp.133
■ In Sn often with loke (in this world), e.g. Snp.466, Snp.501, Snp.845, Snp.846, Snp.864. Caus. vicāreti; pp. vicarita, vicārita & viciṇṇa. Cp anu˚.
vi + carati
occupied by (-˚), haunted, frequented Vv-a.163.
pp. of vicarati
investigation, examination, consideration, deliberation
■ defined as “vicaraṇaṃ vicāro, anusañcaraṇan ti vuttaṃ hoti” Vism.142 (see in def. under vitakka)
■ Hardly ever by itself (as at Thag.1117 mano˚), usually in close connection or direct combination with vitakka (q.v.).
vi + cāra
adjective
fr. vicāreti
feminine & a˚; (nt.)
fr. vicāreti
thought out, considered; thought DN.i.37 (vitakkita + , like vitakka- vicāra, cp. DN-a.i.122), DN.i.213 (id.); Snp-a.385.
pp. of vicāreti
pp vicārita & viciṇṇa.
Caus. of vicarati
adjective in neg. a˚; not to be shaken, not wavering Sdhp.444.
grd. of vi + cāleti
lit. “dis-reflect,” to be distracted in thought, i.e. to doubt, hesitate DN.i.106; SN.ii.17, SN.ii.50, SN.ii.54; SN.iii.122, SN.iii.135; Ja.iv.272 (2 sg. vicikicchase) Snp-a.451; DN-a.i.275
pp vicikicchita.
vi + cikicchati
feminine doubt, perplexity, uncertainty (one of the nīvaraṇas) DN.i.246; DN.iii.49, DN.iii.216, DN.iii.234 DN.iii.269; SN.i.99; SN.iii.106 sq. (dhammesu v. doubt about the precepts); SN.iv.350; AN.iii.292, AN.iii.438; AN.iv.68, AN.iv.144 sq.; AN.v.144; Snp.343, Snp.437, Snp.540; Vv.81 (= soḷasa-vatthuka-vicikicchā Vv-a.317); Ja.ii.266; Pp.59; Vb.168, Vb.341, Vb.364; Dhs.425; Ne.11; Tikp.108, Kp.122, Kp.152 sq., Kp.171, Kp.255, Kp.275 Duka-pa.170 sq., Kp.265 sq., Kp.289 sq.; Vism.471 (= vigatā cikicchā ti v. etc.), Vism.599 sq.; Vb-a.209; Vv-a.156; MN-a 116; Sdhp.459
■ As adj. (-˚) vicikiccha, e.g. tiṇṇa˚; one who has overcome all doubt DN.i.71, DN.i.110; MN.i.18; AN.ii.211; AN.iii.92; AN.iii.297 sq.; AN.iv.186; AN.iv.210
■ See also Cpd. 242; Dhs. trsl. § 425 n. 1; and cp. kathankathā, kicchati vecikicchin.
fr. vicikicchati
neuter doubt Pv.iv.1#37.
pp. of vicikicchati
see ve˚.
thought out; in neg. a˚; not thought out; reading however doubtful, better to be taken as adhiciṇṇa, i.e. procedure, method DN.i.8; MN.ii.3 = SN.iii.12 (vi˚ as variant reading)
■ DN-a.i.91 reads āciṇṇa (cp. MN.i.372).
pp. of vicāreti
in phrase -kāḷaka bhatta rice from which the black grains have been separated DN.i.105; MN.ii.8; DN-a.i.274; as vicita-bhatta in same sense at Ja.iv.371.
pp. of vi + ci to gather
(& ˚citra) adjective various, variegated, coloured, ornamented, etc. Ja.i.18, Ja.i.83; Pv.ii.1#9; Vv.64#10 (citra); Mil.338, Mil.349; Vv-a.2, Vv-a.77; Sdhp.92, Sdhp.245- vicitra-kathika eloquent Mil.196.
vi + citta1
(˚cināti)
■ See also pacinati.
vi + cināti
neuter discrimination Vism.162.
fr. vicinati
to think, consider Snp.1023; Mhvs.4, Mhvs.28 (vicintiya, ger.); Mhvs.17, Mhvs.38.
vi + cinteti
crushed up, only in redupl
■ iter. formation cuṇṇa-vicuṇṇa crushed to bits, piecemeal Ja.i.26; Ja.iii.438 etc. See under cuṇṇa.
vi + cuṇṇa
crushed up Ja.i.203 (viddhasta +).
pp. of vi + cuṇṇeti
fallen down Ja.v.403 (explained as viyutta C.); Dhp.i.140.
vi + cuta
to throw out, to vomit; in late (Sanskritic) Pāli at Sdhp.121 (pp. vicchaḍḍita) and Sdhp.136 (nt. vicchaḍḍana throwing out).
vi + chaḍḍeti
(& -ya) adjective fit to disinterest, “disengrossing,” in -kathā sermon to rid of the desire for the body Vin.iii.271 (Sam. Pās. on Pār iii.3, 1); & -sutta the Suttanta having disillusionment for its subject (another name given by Bdhgh to the Vijayasutta Snp.193–Snp.206) Snp-a.241 sq. (˚ya). Cp. vicchindati.
vi + chanda + na + ika
feminine concealment Pp.19, Pp.23.
vi + chādanā
a scorpion DN.i.9 (˚vijjā scorpion craft); Vin.ii.110; AN.ii.73; AN.iii.101, AN.iii.306; AN.iv.320; AN.v.289 sq.; Ja.ii.146; Mil.272 Mil.394; Vism.235; DN-a.i.93.
cp. Vedic vṛścīka: Zimmer, Altind. Leben 98
in phrase balavicchita-kārin at Mil.110 is to be read balav’ icchita-kārin “a man strong to do what he likes,” i.e. a man of influence.
adjective only in (redupl.) combin. chidda˚; full of little holes, perforated all over Ja.i.419.
vi + chidda
“having holes all over,” referring to one of the asubha-kammaṭṭhānas, obtained by the contemplation of a corpse fissured from decay AN.ii.17 (˚saññā); AN.v.106, AN.v.310; Mil.332; Vism.110, Vism.178 Vism.194.
vi + chidda + ka
breaking off, cutting off Ja.ii.436, Ja.ii.438 (kāya˚;). Kern, Toevoegselen s. v considers it as a corruption of vicchanda. See vicchandanika.
fr. vi + chind as in vicchindati
to cut off, to interrupt, to prevent Pv-a.129 (˚itu-kāma). The BSk. form is vicchandayati [= vi + Denom. of chando] e.g. Divy.10, Divy.11, Divy.383, Divy.590
pp vicchinna.
vi + chindati
cut off, destroyed Sdhp.34, Sdhp.117, Sdhp.370, Sdhp.585.
pp. of vicchindati
besprinkled, sprinkled about Vv-a.4, Vv-a.280 (= ullitta).
vi + churita
cutting off, destruction Ja.iv.284 (santati˚). a˚; uninterruptedness Vv-a.16.
vi + cheda
neuter disentangling Mil.11.
fr. vijaṭeti
disentangled SN.i.165.
pp. of vijaṭeti
pp vijaṭita.
vi + Caus. of jaṭ: see jaṭita
adjective deserted of people, lonely SN.i.180; Thag-a.252. -vāta: see vāta.
vi + jana
to rouse oneself, to display activity, often applied to the awakening of a lion SN.iii.84; AN.ii.33; Ja.i.12, Ja.i.493; Ja.v.215 (˚amāna, ppr., getting roused), Ja.v.433, Ja.v.487; Ja.vi.173; Vism.311.
vi + jambhati
feminine arousing, activity, energy Ja.vi.457.
vi + jambhanā
feminine yawning (before rising) i.e. drowsiness, laziness, in ster. combination with arati tandī SN.i.7 (translation “the lanquid frame”); AN.i.3; Vb.352 Vism.33. As vijambhitā at SN.v.64; Ja.i.506 (here in meaning “activity, alertness,” but sarcastically as sīha˚); Vb-a.272 (= kāya-vināmanā).
fr. vijambhati
victory; conquering, mastering; triumph over (-˚) DN.i.46; AN.iv.272 (idha-loka˚); Snp-a.241 sq. (˚sutta, another name for the Kāya-vicchandanika-sutta).
fr. vi + ji
(& vijinati) to conquer, master, triumph over DN-a.i.250 (vijeti); fut. vijessati Ja.iv.102. ger. vijeyya Snp.524, Snp.1002; and vijetvā Ja.iii.523
pp vijita. Cp. abhi˚.
vi + jayati
to abandon, forsake, leave; to give up, dismiss Pv.iii.6#15 (sarīraṃ); Vv-a.119; Pot. vijaheyya Pv.iv.1#10; fut. vijahissati SN.ii.220; Pv.ii.6#7 (jīvitaṃ)
ger vihāya Mhvs.12, Mhvs.55; & vijahitvā Vin.iv.269; Ja.i.117; Ja.iii.361 (iddh’ ânubhāvena attabhāvaṃ)-grd. vihātabba AN.iii.307 sq.; Mil.371
pass vihīyati Ja.vi.499 (eko v. = kilamissati C.)
pp vijahita & vihīna.
vi + jahati
neuter abandoning, relinquishing DN-a.i.197.
fr. vijahati
left, given up, relinquished; only in neg. a˚; Ja.i.71, Ja.i.76, Ja.i.94, Ja.i.178.
pp. of vijahati
feminine (a woman) having borne Ja.ii.140; Pv.ii.2#3 (= pasūtā Pv-a.80).
pp. of vijāyati
in -loha a kind of copper Vb-a.63.
(nt
■ adj.) understanding; as adj. (-˚) in compounds du˚; (dubbijāna) hard to understand SN.i.60; Ja.iv.217; and su˚; easy to perceive Snp.92; Ja.iv.217.
fr. vijānāti
neuter recognition, knowing, knowledge, discrimination Vism.452; Dhs-a.141.
the diaeretic form of Sk. vijñāna: cp. jānana = ñāṇa
to have discriminative (dis = vi˚) knowledge, to recognize, apprehend, ascertain, to become aware of, to understand, notice, perceive, distinguish learn, know Snp.93 sq., Snp.763; Dhp.64, Dhp.65; Mnd.442. See also viññāṇa 2a
imper 2nd sg. vijāna Snp.1091 (= ājāna Cnd.565#b); Pv.iv.5#5 (= vijānāhi Pv-a.260)
ppr vijānanto Snp.656, Snp.953; Pv.iv.1#88; Pv-a.41; and vijānaṃ neg. a˚; ignorant Dhp.38, Dhp.60; Iti.103.
pot 1st sg (poet.) vijaññaṃ Ja.iii.360 (= vijāneyyaṃ C.); Snp.1065 Snp.1090, Snp.1097 (= jāneyyaṃ Cnd.565#a); & vijāniyaṃ Vv.41#5 (paṭivijjhiṃ C.); 3rd sg. vijañña Snp.253, Snp.316, Snp.967 (cp Mnd.489)
ger vijāniya Mhvs.8, Mhvs.16; viññāya Snp.232 & viññitvā Vin.iv.264
aor (3rd pl.) vijāniṃsu Mhvs.10, Mhvs.18
pass viññāyati Pv-a.197;
fut viññissati Thag.703
inf viññātuṃ SN.iii.134
grd viññātabba (to be understood) Vb-a.46; & viññeyya (q.v.)
pp viññāta
caus 2 viññāpeti (q.v.).
vi + jñā
neuter bringing forth, birth, delivery AN.i.78; Ja.iii.342; Ja.vi.333; Vism.500; Vb-a.97.
fr. vijāyati
to bring forth, to bear, to give birth to Sdhp.133; aor. vijāyi Vv-a.220; Pv-a.82 (puttaṃ) ger. vijāyitvā Mhvs.5, Mhvs.43 (puttaṃ); and vijāyitvāna Pv.i.6#3
pp vijāta
caus 2 vijāyāpeti to cause to bring forth Ja.vi.340.
vi + jāyati
adjective noun in f. -inī able to bear a child, fertile Ja.iv.77 (opp. vañjhā); Dhp-a.i.46 (id.).
fr. vijāyati
to loathe Snp.41 (˚amāna = aṭṭiyamāna harāyamāna Cnd.566), Snp.253, Snp.958 (˚ato = aṭṭiyato harāyato Mnd.466), Snp.963; Mnd.479.
vi + j.
pp. of vijayati
adjective victorious DN.i.88 (caturanta +); DN.ii.146; SN.iii.83; Snp.552, Snp.646; DN-a.i.249; Dhp-a.iv.232; Snp-a.162.
vijita + āvin; see Geiger, Pali Grammar § 198#3
distress (?), in stock phrase at AN.v.156, AN.v.158, AN.v.160, AN.v.162 (variant reading at all pass. vicina).
doubtful
at Ja.iii.374 is to be read as vījiyati (Pass. of vījati).
adjective (-˚) having vijjā, possessed of wisdom; in vatthu˚, tiracchāna˚, nakkhatta˚ etc. (referring to the lower arts condemned as heretic: vijjā c.) SN.iii.239 te˚; possessed of threefold wisdom: see vijjā b.
= vijjā
feminine adultery Pv-a.151. Vijjati, vijjamana
? doubtful spelling
etc.: see vindati.
feminine is not clear; according to Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. = vīthi + antarikā, i.e. space in between two streets or midstreet MN.i.448; AN.i.124. Neumann (Mittl. Slg. ii.182) translates “Rinnstein” (i.e. gutter). Under antarikā we have given the translation “interval of lightning, thus taking it as vijju + antarikā. Quoted DN-a.i.34.
a very bold assumption: vīthy contracted to vijj˚!
feminine one of the dogmatic terms of Buddhist teaching varying in meaning in diff. sections of the Canon. It is not always the positive to avijjā (which has quite a well-defined meaning from its first appearance in Buddhist psych. ethics), but has been taken into the terminology of Buddhism from Brahmanic and popular philosophy The opposite of avijjā is usually ñāṇa (but cp. SN.iii.162 f. SN.iii.171; SN.v.429). Although certain vijjās pertain to the recognition of the “truth” and the destruction of avijjā, yet they are only secondary factors in achieving “vimutti” (cp. abhiññā, ñāṇa-dassana & paññā) That; vijjā at MN.i.22 is contrasted with avijjā is to be explained as a word-play in a stereotype phrase
■ A diff side of “knowledge” again is given by “bodhi.”
cp. Vedic vidyā knowledge: etym. see under vindati
feminine lightning
■ On similes with v. see J.P.T.S. 1907 136
■ Cp. next.
cp. Vedic vidyut; fr. vi + dyut: see juti
feminine a flash or streak of lightning, forked lightning SN.i.106; Ja.i.103, Ja.i.279, Ja.i.501.
vijju(t) + latā
to shine (forth) Pv-a.56; Caus. -eti to illumine Pv-a.10
pp vijjotita.
vi + jotati
to flicker Vin.ii.131; MN.i.86.
Freq. of vijjotati? Or = vijjotayati = vijjoteti?
resplendent Pv-a.154.
pp. of vijjotati
to pierce, perforate; to shoot with an arrow; to strike, hit, split; fut. -issati Ja.iv.272; inf -ituṃ ibid.; ger. -itvā Vin.ii.150; Ja.i.201 (boring through timber); Snp-a.505 (kilese); Pv-a.155; & viddhā Ja.vi.77-Pass. vijjhati: ger. -itvā having been hit Ja.iii.323 ppr. vijjhamāna Pv-a.107; grd. viddheyya Ja.vi.77
pp viddha
caus vijjheti Ja.i.45 (sūlehi vijjhayanto); and vedheti to cause to be pierced Ja.vi.453 (fut. vedhayissati)
pp vedhita.
vyadh
neuter piercing or getting pierced DN-a.i.75; DN-a.ii.87 (kaṇṇa˚-mangala, ear-piercing ceremony) Pv-a.107.
fr. vijjhati
to extinguish Vin.i.31; Vin.ii.219, Vin.ii.221; Ja.iv.292; Mil.42.
vi + jhāpeti
to be extinguished, to go out (of fire) Vin.i.31 (imper. ˚āyatu & fut. ˚āyissati); Dhp-a.i.21 (akkhīni dīpa-sikhā viya vijjhāyiṃsu).
vi + jhāyati2
feminine intimation, giving to understand, information; begging or asking by intimation or hinting (a practice forbidden to the bhikkhu). Vin.i.72 (˚bahula, intent on …); Vin.iii.144 sq. (identical); Vin.iv.290 Ja.iii.72 (v. nāma na vaṭṭati, is improper) Vb.13 Vism.41 (threefold: nimitta˚, obhāsa˚, parikathā; as technical term, cp. Compendium 1201: medium of communication) Mil.343 Mil.370 Dhp-a.ii.21 (viññattiṁ katvā bhuñjituṁ na vaṭṭati) Pv-a.146
■ Two kinds of viññatti are generally distinguished, viz. kāya˚; and vacī˚; or intimation by body (gesture) and by voice: Dhs.665, Dhs.718; Mil.229 sq.; Vism.448, Vism.530, Vism.531. Cp. Cpd. 22, 264.
fr. viññāpeti
neuter (as special term in Buddhist metaphysics) a mental quality as a constituent of individuality, the bearer of (individual) life, life-force (as extending also over rebirths), principle of conscious life, general consciousness (as function of mind and matter), regenerative force animation, mind as transmigrant, as transforming (according to individual kamma) one individual life (after death) into the next. (See also below, c & d). In this (fundamental) application it may be characterized as the sensory and perceptive activity commonly expressed by “mind.” It is difficult to give any one word for v., because there is much difference between the old Buddhist and our modern points of view, and there is a varying use of the term in the Canon itself. In what may be a very old Sutta SN.ii.95 v. is given as a synonym of citta (q.v.) and mano (q.v.), in opposition to kāya used to mean body. This simpler unecclesiastical unscholastic popular meaning is met with in other suttas. E.g. the body (kāya) is when animated called sa-viññāṇaka (q.v. and cp. viññāṇatta). Again v. was supposed, at the body’s death, to pass over into another body (SN.i.122; SN.iii.124) and so find a support or platform (patiṭṭhā). It was also held to be an immutable persistent substance, a view strongly condemned (MN.i.258). Since, however, the persistence of v. from life to life is declared (DN.ii.68; SN.iii.54), we must judge that it is only the immutable persistence that is condemned. V. was justly conceived more as “minding” than as “mind.” Its form is participial. For later variants of the foregoing cp. Mil.86; Pv-a.63, Pv-a.219.
Ecclesiastical scholastic dogmatic considers v. under the categories of (a) khandha; (b) dhātu; (c) paṭiccasamuppāda; (d) āhāra; (e) kāya.
Other applications of the term v., both Canonical and mediaeval: on details as to attributes and functions, see Vin.i.13 (as one of the khandhas in its quality of anattā cp. SN.iv.166 sq.); DN.iii.223 (as khandha); SN.ii.101 sq (˚assa avakkanti); SN.iii.53 sq. (˚assa gati, āgati, cuti etc.); AN.i.223 sq.; AN.iii.40; Snp.734 (yaṃ kiñci dukkhaṃ sambhoti, sabbaṃ viññāṇa-paccayā), Snp.1037 (nāma-rūpa destroyed in consequence of v. destruction), Snp.1073 (cavetha v. [so read for bhavetha]; v. at this passage explained as “punappaṭisandhi-v.” at Cnd.569#c); Snp.1110 (uparujjhati); Pts.i.53 sq., Pts.i.153 sq.; Pts.ii.102; Vb.9 sq. Vb.53 sq. Vb.86; Ne.15 (nāma-rūpa v- sampayutta), Ne.16 (v- hetuka n-r.), Ne.17 (nirodha), Ne.28, Ne.79, Ne.116 (as khandha) Vism.529 (as simple, twofold, fourfold etc.), Vism.545 = Vb-a.150 sq. (in detail as product of sankhāras & in 32 groups); Vb-a.172 (twofold: vipāka & avipāka) Dhp-a.iv.100.
Both the 4 and the 7 at Cnd.570. Cp. under a slightly diff. view SN.ii.65 (yaṃ ceteti… ārammaṇaṃ… hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā). See also Pts.i.22, Pts.i.122; Snp.1114; Ne.31, Ne.83 sq. Vism.552; Vb-a.169.
■ -dhātu mind-element, which is the 6th dhātu after the 4 great elements (the mahābhūtāni) and ākāsa-dhātu as fifth (this explained as “asamphuṭṭha-dhātu” at Vb-a.55, whereas v- dhātu as “vijānana-dhātu”) DN.iii.247; Vb.85, Vb.87; Vb-a.55 cp. AN.i.176; MN.iii.31, MN.iii.62, MN.iii.240; SN.ii.248. -vīthi the road of mind (fig.), a mediaeval t. t. for process in sense perception Kp-a.102.
fr. vi + jñā; cp. Vedic vijñāna cognition
adjective having life or consciousness or sense, endowed with vitality. Found in the four Nikāyas only in one standard passage in the same connection, viz. sa-viññāṇaka kāya “the body with its viññāṇa” (i.e. life-force or mind): SN.ii.253; SN.iii.80, SN.iii.169 SN.v.311; AN.i.132; AN.iv.53. Thus (sa˚) should be read at all passages
■ Later in contrast pair sa˚; and a˚; i.e. with life & without, alive & lifeless, animate & inanimate, e.g. Ja.i.466, Ja.i.468; Dhp-a.i.6; Pv-a.130.
viññāṇa + ka
neuter the fact of being endowed with viññāṇa SN.iii.87; Pv-a.63.
abstr. formation fr. viññāṇa
apperceived, (re)cognized, understood, cogitated (Cpd. 37), learned Snp.323 (˚dhamma, one who has recognized or understood the Dhamma); Vv.44#18 (= viññāta-sāsana-dhamma Vv-a.192); Ja.i.2 Sdhp.429
■ Often in sequence diṭṭha suta muta viññāta to denote the whole range of the cognitional & apperceptional faculties (see; muta), e.g. DN.iii.232; Snp.1086, Snp.1122.
pp. of vijānāti
a perceiver, one who apperceives or takes to heart, a learner DN.i.56; AN.iii.169 AN.iv.196 (sotar, uggahetar, v.).
n. ag. of viññāta
adjective clever in instruction, able to instruct SN.v.162 = Mil.373; Iti.107.
fn. viññāpeti
adjective instructing, informing AN.ii.51, AN.ii.97
■ f. viññāpanī instructive, making clear (of speech) DN.i.114 (atthassa viññāpaniyā = viññāpanasamatthāya DN-a.i.282); AN.iii.114; Dhp.408 (= attha Dhp-a.iv.182); Snp.632.
fr. viññāpeti
adjective accessible to instruction; only in cpds du˚ & su˚; indocile docile SN.i.138; DN.ii.38; Cnd.235#3; Pts.i.121; Pts.ii.195 Vb.341.
grd. of viññāpeti, = *viññāpya
instructed, informed; su˚; well taught Mil.101.
pp. of viññāpeti
an instructor, teacher DN.i.56; AN.iv.196.
n. ag. of viññāpita
to address, inform, teach, instruct; to give to understand; to appeal to, to beg Vin.i.54; Vin.iv.264; DN.i.251; Ja.iii.72 (to intimate); Mil.229; Vv-a.72, Vv-a.181
pp viññāpita. Vinnaya & vinnayati;
Caus. ii. of vijānāti
see vijānāti. Vinnuta & vinnuta
feminine discretion; in phrase viññutaṃ pāpuṇāti to reach the years of discretion or puberty Vin.i.269; Vin.ii.278; Ja.i.231; Ja.iii.437: Pv-a.3.
fr. viññu
unattacked, not deficient, unmolested, undisturbed: is Kern’s (Toevoegselen s. v.) proposed reading for viññū-pasattha (“extolled by the wise”) at SN.ii.70 (reads ṭṭh); SN.v.343; DN.ii.80; DN.iii.245: all identical passages. We consider Kern’s change unnecessary: anupasaṭṭha would have been the most natural expression if it had been meant in the sense suggested by Kern.
vi + ni + upassaṭṭha, pp. of sṛj (?)
adjective intelligent, learned, wise DN.i.163; SN.i.9; SN.iii.134; SN.iv.41 sq., SN.iv.93, SN.iv.339; AN.ii.228 AN.v.15; Iti.98; Snp.39, Snp.294, Snp.313, Snp.396, Snp.403; Pts.ii.19, Pts.ii.21; Mil.21; DN-a.i.18; Vv-a.87; Pv-a.130, Pv-a.226; Sdhp.45. a˚; Dhp-a.iii.395.
cp. Sk. vijña
adjective to be recognized or apperceived (of the sense objects: cakkhu-viññeyya rūpa, etc.) DN.i.245; MN.iii.291; AN.iii.377; AN.iv.404 sq., AN.iv.415 AN.iv.430; Mnd.24
■ su˚; easily understood Vv-a.258.
grd. of vijānāti
the fork of a tree, a branch Ja.i.169, Ja.i.215, Ja.i.222; Ja.iii.28; Ja.vi.177 (nigrodha˚).
cp. Epic Sk. viṭapa
a tree, lit. “having branches” Ja.vi.178.
viṭapa + in
feminine the fork of a tree MN.i.306; Ja.ii.107; Ja.iii.203.
= Sk. viṭapin
reflection, thought, thinking; “initial application” (Cpd. 282)
■ defined as “vitakkanaṃ vitakko, ūhanan ti vuttaṃ hoti” at Vism.142 (with simile on p. 143, comparing vitakka with vicāra kumbhakārassa daṇḍa-ppahārena cakkaṃ bhamayitvā bhājanaṃ karontassa uppīḷana-hattho viya vitakko (like the hand holding the wheel tight), ito c’ ito sañcaraṇahattho viya vicāro: giving vitakka the characteristic of fixity & steadiness,; vicāra that of movement display)
■ DN.ii.277 (“pre-occupation” translation: see note dial. ii.311); DN.iii.104, DN.iii.222, DN.iii.287 (eight Mahāpurisa˚) MN.i.114 (dvidhā-kato v.), MN.i.377; SN.i.39, SN.i.126, SN.i.186, SN.i.203 SN.ii.153; SN.iv.69, SN.iv.216; AN.ii.36; AN.iii.87 (dhamma˚); AN.iv.229 (Mahāpurisa˚), AN.iv.353 (˚upaccheda); Snp.7, Snp.270 sq., Snp.970 , Snp.1109; Ja.i.407 (Buddha˚, Sangha˚, Nibbāna˚); Mnd.386 Mnd.493, Mnd.501 (nine); Cnd. s.v. takka; Pts.i.36, Pts.i.136, Pts.i.178; Pv.iii.5#8; Pp.59, Pp.68; Vb.86, Vb.104 (rūpa˚, sadda˚ etc.), Vb.228 (sa˚), Vb.362 (akusala˚); Dhs.7, Dhs.160, Dhs.1268; Tikp.61 , Kp.333, Kp.353; Vism.291 (˚upaccheda); Mil.82, Mil.309; Dhs-a.142; Dhp-a.iv.68; Vb-a.490; Pv-a.226, Pv-a.230
■ kāma˚ vihiṃsā˚, vyāpāda˚; (sensual, malign, cruel thought) DN.iii.226; SN.ii.151 sq.; SN.iii.93; AN.i.148, AN.i.274 sq.; AN.ii.16, AN.ii.117 AN.ii.252; AN.iii.390, AN.iii.428. Opp. nekkhamma˚, avyāpāda˚ avihiṃsā˚; AN.i.275; AN.ii.76; AN.iii.429
■ vitakka is often combined with vicāra or “initial & sustained application Mrs. Rh. D.; Cpd. 282; “reflection & investigation Rh. D.; to denote the whole of the mental process of thinking (viz. fixing one’s attention and reasoning out or as Cpd. 17 explains it “vitakka is the directing of concomitant properties towards the object; vicāra is the continued exercise of the mind on that object.” See also above defn at Vism.142). Both are properties of the first jhāna (called sa-vitakka sa-vicāra) but are discarded in the second jhāna (called a˚). See e.g. DN.i.37; SN.iv.360 sq.; AN.iv.300; Vin.iii.4; Vism.85 and formula of jhāna. The same of pīti & samādhi at Vb.228, of; paññā at Vb.323. The same combination (vitakka + vicāra) at foll. passages: DN.iii.219 (of samādhi which is either sa˚, or a˚, or avitakka vicāra-matta) SN.iv.193; SN.v.111; AN.iv.409 sq., AN.iv.450; Ne.16; Mil.60 Mil.62; Vism.453. Cp. rūpa- (sadda-etc.) vitakka + rūpa (sadda-etc.) vicāra AN.iv.147; AN.v.360; Vb.103
■ On term (also with vicāra) see further: Cpd. 40, 56, 98 238 sq., 282 (on difference between v. & manasikāra) Expos. i.188n; Kvu translation 2381
■ Cp. pa˚, pari˚.
Note. Looking at the combination vitakka + vicāra in earlier and later works one comes to the conclusion that they were once used to denote one & the same thing: just thought, thinking, only in an emphatic way (as they are also semantically synonymous), and that one has to take them as; one expression, like jānāti passati, without being able to state their difference. With the advance in the Sangha of intensive study of terminology they became distinguished mutually. Vitakka became the inception of mind, or attending, and was no longer applied, as in the Suttas, to thinking in general. The explains of Commentators are mostly of an edifying nature and based more on popular etymology than on natural psychological grounds.
vi + takka
neuter = vitakka Vism.142.
reflected, reasoned, argued DN-a.i.121. Cp. pari˚.
pp. of vitakketi
to reflect, reason, consider SN.i.197, SN.i.202; SN.iv.169; SN.v.156; AN.ii.36; Mil.311
pp vitakkita.
Denom. fr. vitakka
at SN.ii.99 = SN.iv.188 read vītaccika (q.v.).
feminine scabies Cnd.304#1 (as roga).
cp. *Sk. (medical) vicarcikā
planed, smoothed; su˚; well carded (of a cīvara) Vin.iii.259.
pp. of vitaccheti
vi + taccheti
feminine tricky disputation, frivolous or captious discussion; in compounds vitaṇḍa˚: ˚vāda sophistry Snp-a.447; DN-a.i.247; -vādin a sophist, arguer Dhs-a.3 (so read for vidaḍḍha); Vb-a.9, Vb-a.51, Vb-a.319, Vb-a.459. See lokāyata.
cp. Epic Sk. vitaṇḍā, e.g. Mbh 2, 1310; Mbh 7, 3022
stretched, extended, diffused SN.i.207; Snp.272, Snp.669 (variant reading vitthata); Ja.i.356 (tanta where the strings were stretched); Mil.102, Mil.307; Mhvs.17, Mhvs.31 (vallīhi v.)-nt. vitata a drum (with leather on both sides) Vv-a.37.
pp. of vitanoti
adjective untrue; nt. untruth DN.ii.73 (na hi Tathāgatā vitathaṃ bhaṇanti); Snp.9 sq.; Vv.53#15 (= atatha, musā ti attho Vv-a.240); Ja.v.112; Ja.vi.207; Pts.104; DN-a.i.62
■ avitatha true SN.ii.26; SN.v.430; Mil.184; Sdhp.530; DN-a.i.65.
vi + tatha; cp. Epic & Class. Sk. vitatha
(*vitanati) to stretch out, spread out; poet. ger. vitanitvāna Ja.vi.453
pass vitaniyyati ibid
pp vitata. Cp. vitāna.
vi + tanoti
neuter overcoming, getting through MN.i.147 (kankhā˚); Mil.233 (id.), Mil.351; Sdhp.569.
fr. vitarati
pp vitiṇṇa.
vi + tarati
masculine & neuter spread-out, canopy, awning Vin.iv.279; Ja.i.40, Ja.i.62, Ja.i.83; Dhp-a.ii.42; Snp-a.447; Vv-a.32 Vv-a.173; Pv-a.154. See also cela˚.
fr. vi + ; tan
pp. of vitarati
to strike, prick, nudge, knock, push, attack DN.i.105; SN.iv.225; AN.iii.366; Snp.675; Ud.67; Ja.ii.163, Ja.ii.185
pass vitujjati Vism.505; Vb-a.104 Vb-a.108
pp vitunna.
vi + tudati
struck, pricked, pushed Ja.iii.380.
pp. of vitudati
at Ja.v.47 is not clear. The variant reading is vitariyati; the C. explains by tuleti tīreti, i.e. contemplates, examines Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. discusses it in detail & proposes writing; vituriyata (3rd sg. praet. med.), & explains at “get over Dutoit trsls “überstieg.”
cp. Vedic tūryati overcome, fr. tur or tvar = P. tarati2
property, wealth, possessions, luxuries SN.i.42; Snp.181 sq., Snp.302; Ja.v.350, Ja.v.445; Ja.vi.308; Pv.ii.8#1 (= vittiyā upakaraṇa-bhūtaṃ vittaṃ Pv-a.106)
■ Often in phrase -ūpakaraṇa possessions & means, i.e. wealth; e.g. DN.i.134; SN.i.71; SN.iv.324; Pp.52; Dhp.i.295; Pv-a.3 Pv-a.71. Vittaṃ is probably the right reading SN.i.126 (15) for cittaṃ. Cf. p. 123 (3); K.S. i.153, n. 3.
orig. pp. of vindati = Av. vista, Gr. αἴστος, Lat. vīsus; lit. one who has found, acquired or recognized but already in Vedic meaning (as nt.) “acquired possessions”
adjective gladdened, joyful, happy Ja.iii.413 (= tuṭṭha); Ja.iv.103; Vv.41#4 (= tuṭṭha C.); Vv.44#14 (id.), Vv.49#5 (id.).
identical with vitta1
see vi˚.
pp. of vic to sift, cp. Sk. vikta
adjective possessing riches, becoming rich by (-˚) Ja.i.339 (lañca˚); Ja.iv.267 (miga˚), Ja.vi.256 (jūta˚).
fr. vitta1
feminine in suta˚; “the fact of getting rich through learning” as an expln of the name Sutasoma Ja.v.457 (for auspiciousness). Dutoit trsls quite differently: “weil er am Keltern des Somatrankes seine Freude hatte,” hardly correct.
vittaka + tā
feminine prosperity, happiness, joy, felicity AN.iii.78; Ja.iv.103; Ja.vi.117; Kv.484; Thag.609; Dhs.9 (cp. Dhs-a.143); Pv-a.106.
cp. Sk. vitti, fr. vid
neuter a bowl, in surā˚; for drinking spirits Ja.v.427; Dhp-a.iii.66.
vi + sthā?
neuter a small bowl, as receptacle (āvesana˚) for needles, scissors & thimbles Vin.ii.117.
fr. vittha
pp. of vi + stṛ.
perplexed, confused, hesitating Mil.36 (bhīta +). Ed Müller, P.Gr. 102 considers it as pp. of vi + tras to tremble together with vitthāyati & vitthāyi.
pp. of vitthāyati (?). A difficult form!
neuter making firm, strengthening, supporting Vism.351 (cp. Dhs-a.335).
fr. vi + thambhati
to make firm, strengthen Dhs-a.335.
vi + thambheti
to be embarrassed or confused (lit. to become quite stiff), to be at a loss, to hesitate Vin.i.94 = Vin.ii.272; aor. vitthāsi (vitthāyi? ibid. [the latter taken as aor. of tras by Geiger, P.Gr. § 166]
pp vitthata2 & vitthāyita.
vi + styā: see under thīna
neuter perplexity, hesitation DN.i.249.
abstr. fr. vitthāyita, pp. of vitthāyati
fr, vi + stṛ.
feminine explicitness, detail Ne.2. As vitthāraṇā at Ne.9.
fr. vitthāra
adjective
vitthāra + ika
detailed, told in full Vism.351; Mhvs.1, Mhvs.2 (ati˚ with too much detail; opp. sankhitta).
pp. of vitthāreti
to expand, to go into detail Ne.9.
Denom. fr. vitthāra
pp vitthārita; f.pp. vithāretabba.
fr. vitthāra
“spread out,” wide, large, extensive, roomy Ja.ii.159 (so read for vittiṇṇa); Mil.102, Mil.283 Mil.311, Mil.382; Dhs-a.307; Snp-a.76; Vv-a.88; Sdhp.391, Sdhp.617 Cp. pari˚.
vi + thiṇṇa
adjective showing; danta˚; showing one’s teeth (referring to laughter) AN.i.261; Ja.iii.222.
fr. vidaṃseti
to make appear, to show AN.i.261; Thig.74; Ja.v.196; Mil.39. Cp. pa˚.
vi + daṃseti = dasseti
in redupl
■ iter. cpd. daḍḍhavidaḍḍha-gatta “with limbs all on fire” Mil.303.
vi + daḍḍha
see vindati.
feminine a span (of 12 angulas or finger-breadths) Vin.iii.149 (dīghaso dvādasa vidatthiyo sugata-vidatthiyā); Vin.iv.279; Ja.i.337; Ja.iii.318; Mil.85; Vism.65, Vism.124, Vism.171, Vism.175, Vism.408; Dhp-a.iii.172; Dhp-a.iv.220; Vb-a.343 (dvādas’ angulāni vidatthi; dve vidatthiyo ratanaṃ, etc.).
cp. Vedic vitasti; see Geiger, Pali Grammar § 38#3
to arrange, appoint, assign; to provide; to practise
pres vidahati: see saṃ˚ vidadhāti Ja.vi.537; vidheti Ja.v.107.
pot vidahe Snp.927 (= vidaheyya Mnd.382);
aor vidahi Ja.v.347.
■ Perf. 3rd pl. vidadhu [Sk. vidadhuḥ] Ja.vi.284.
inf vidhātuṃ Vin.i.303 (bhesajjaṃ);
ger vidhāya Mhvs.26, Mhvs.12 (ārakkhaṃ, posting a guard)
grd vidheyya in meaning “obedient,” tractable Ja.vi.291
pp vihita.
vi + dahati; dhā
neuter splitting, rending Dhtp.247 (in expln of dar), Dhtp.381 (do of bhid).
fr. vidāreti
split, rent Sdhp.381.
pp. of vidāreti
neuter breaking open, bursting, splitting Mil.1.
fr. vidāleti
split, broken, burst Ja.i.493; Pv-a.220.
pp. of vidāleti
to break open, split, burst Thag.184; Pv-a.135, Pv-a.185
pp vidālita.
vi + dāleti; see dalati
known, found (out) DN.iii.100; SN.v.180; Snp.436, Snp.1052; Mhvs.17, Mhvs.4; DN-a.i.135 (a˚).
pp. of vindati
neuter the fact of having found or known, experience Ja.ii.53.
abstr. fr. vidita
feminine an intermediate point of the compass SN.i.224; SN.iii.239; Snp.1122; Ja.i.20, Ja.i.101; Ja.vi.6, Ja.vi.531.
vi + disā
adjective noun hard to walk; troublesome, difficult, painful
■ (m.) difficult passage; difficulty distress DN.iii.27; AN.iii.128; Ja.iii.269; Ja.iv.271.
vi + dugga
adjective wise, clever Ja.v.399 (= paṇḍita C.). Cp. vidhura 2.
fr. vid, cp. Sk. vidura
adjective clever, wise, knowing, skilled in (-˚) SN.i.62 (loka˚); SN.v.197; Vin.ii.241 (pl. paracittaviduno); Snp.677 (vidūhi), Snp.996; Ja.v.222 (dhamma˚) Vv.30#11 (= sappañña Vv-a.127); Mil.276; Mhvs.15, Mhvs.51 (ṭhān’ âṭhāṇa˚ knowing right & wrong sites)
■ In Pass sense in; dubbidū hard to know Ja.v.446
■ For vidū (vidu) “they knew” see vindati.
Vedic vidu
at Ud.71 (vitakkā vidūpitā) is to be read as vidhūpita.
adjective far, remote, distant AN.ii.50 (su˚). Mostly neg. a˚; not far, i.e. near Snp.147; Pv-a.14, Pv-a.31 Pv-a.78, Pv-a.81.
vi + dūra
adjective corrupted, depraved Pv-a.178 (˚citta).
vi + dūsita
foreign country Mil.326; Vv-a.338.
vi + desa; cp. disā at Vin.i.50
feminine absence of dejection Vism.504 = Vb-a.105.
vi + domanassa
adjective skilled, wise MN.i.65 (gen. sg. & nom. pl viddasuno), MN.i.310 (id.). Usually in neg. form; aviddasu foolish Vin.ii.296 = AN.ii.56 (pl. aviddasū); SN.v.1; Thig.164 (pl. aviddasū); Snp.762 (= bāla C.); Dhp.268 = Cnd.514 (= aviññū Dhp-a.iii.395); Pv-a.18.
enmity, hatred Ja.iii.353; Thag-a.268.
fr. vi + disa
feminine enmity Thig.446; Ja.iii.353.
abstr. formation fr. viddesa, cp. disatā2
adjective noun hating; an enemy Thag.547.
vi + desin; see dessin
to hate Thig.418
grd viddesanīya to be hated, hateful Sdhp.82.
vi + dessati
pierced, perforated; hit, struck, hurt Snp.331; Mnd.414 (sallena); Mil.251 (eaten through by worms); Sdhp.201 (kaṇṭakena).
pp. of vijjhati
adjective clear; only in phrase viddha vigata-valāhaka deva a clear sky without a cloud Vin.i.3; MN.i.317 = SN.i.65 = SN.iii.156 = SN.v.44 = Iti.20.
cp. *Sk. vīdhra clear sky
demolition, destruction Ja.iv.58 (˚kārin).
fr. vidhaṃsati
to fall down, to be shattered, to be ruined Mil.237; Pv-a.125 (Pot. ˚eyya)
caus viddhaṃseti to shatter, to destroy SN.iii.190 (both trs. intrs., the latter for ˚ati); Ja.ii.298; Ja.iii.431; Ja.v.100; DN-a.i.265; Mnd.5 (vikirati vidhameti viddhaṃseti: see also under vikirati)
pp viddhasta & viddhaṃsita. Pass. viddhaṃsīyati to drop or to be destroyed, to come to ruin DN-a.i.18 = Dhs-a.19 (suttena sangahitāni pupphāni na vikirīyanti na v.).
vi + dhaṃsati
adjective noun shattering, destruction (trs. & intrs.) undoing, making disappear; adj. destroying SN.iv.83; Mil.351 (kosajja˚); Ja.i.322; Ja.v.267 (adj.); Vism.85 (vikkhepa +); Vv-a.58, Vv-a.161 (adj.)
■ Often in phrase (denoting complete destruction): anicc-ucchādana-parimaddana-bhedana-viddhaṃsana-dhamma, e.g. DN.i.76; MN.i.500; AN.iv.386; Ja.i.146 [cp. Divy.180: śatanapatana-vikiraṇa-vidhvaṃsana-dharmatā; see also under vikiraṇa].
fr. viddhaṃseti; cp. BSk. vidhvaṃsana Divy.180
adjective destroying Dhs-a.165.
fr. viddhaṃsana
feminine quality of destruction, ability to destroy Vism.8.
abstr. formation fr. viddhaṃsana
shattered, destroyed Dhp-a.iii.129.
pp. of viddhaṃseti
fallen to pieces, broken, destroyed MN.i.227; AN.ii.50; Snp.542; Ja.i.203; Ja.v.69, Ja.v.401; Vv.63#14 (= vinaṭṭha Vv-a.265).
pp. of viddhaṃsati
poet. ger. of vijjhati Ja.vi.77.
see under vindati.
(adj. (-˚) of a kind, consisting of, -fold, e.g. aneka˚; manifold DN-a.i.103; tathā˚; of such-kind such-like Snp.772; ti˚; threefold DN.i.134; Snp.509; nānā˚ various Pv-a.53, Pv-a.96, Pv-a.113; bahu˚; manifold Thag-a.197; etc.
= vidhā
form, kind Thag.428 (māna˚)
■ There are several other meanings of vidha, which are however, uncertain & rest on doubtful readings. Thus it occurs at Vin.ii.136 in meaning of “buckle” (variant reading pīṭha; C. silent); at Vin.iv.168 in meaning “little box (?); at DN-a.i.269 as “carrying pole” (= kāca2, but text DN.i.101 has “vividha”).
= vidha1 as noun
adjective one who throws away or does away with; destroying, clearing away Mil.344 (kilesa-mala-duggandha˚).
fr. vidhamati
& -eti (trs.) to destroy, ruin; do away with, scatter
■ (intrs.) to drop off, fall away, to be scattered, to roll or whirl about. Both vidhamati & ˚eti; are used indiscriminately although the Caus. -eti occurs mostly in meaning of “destroy.”
pp vidhamita.
vi + dhmā in particular meaning of blowing i.e. driving asunder, cp. dhamati
neuter destroying, scattering, dispersing Mil.244 (Maccu-sena˚).
fr. vidhamati
destroyed Cnd.576#a.
pp. of vidhamati
feminine a widow SN.i.170; AN.iii.128; Ja.vi.33; Mil.288; Vism.17; Pv-a.65, Pv-a.161 Vb-a.339.
Vedic vidhavā widow, vidhu lonely, vidhura separaṭed, Av. vidavā = Goth. widuwō = Ohg. wituwa (Ger. Witwe = E. widow); Gr. ἠίχεος unmarried; Lat vidua widow, etc., in all Idg. languages
feminine
cp. Sk. vidhā
provider, disposer Ja.v.221 (dhātā vidhātā, as of Viśvakarman: cp. Macdonell Vedic Mythology p. 118).
n. ag. of vidahati
neuter
■ Cp saṃvidahana & saṃvidhāna.
fr. vi + dhā; Vedic vidhāna
providing Pv-a.60.
fr. vi + dhā
to run about, roam, cover space (acc.), stray SN.i.37; Snp.411, Snp.939; Mnd.414; DN-a.i.39.
vi + dhāvati
feminine
fr. vi + dhā, cp. Ved. vidhi
a wreath Vin.ii.10; Vin.iii.180.
etym.?
vi + dhunāti
adjective
Vedic vidhura: see vidhavā
adjective noun fanning, a fan Vin.ii.130; Vin.iv.263; AN.ii.130; Cnd.562; Vv.33#42 (= caturassa vījani) Vv-a.147; Vb-a.71.
fr. vidhūpeti
scattered, destroyed Snp.472 (= daḍḍha Snp-a.409); Ud.71 (so read for vidūpita).
pp. of vidhūpeti
(˚dhūpayati)
pp vidhūpita.
vi + dhūpayati
(& vidhuma) adjective “without smoke,” i.e. passionless, quiet, emancipated SN.i.141 (K.S.: “no fume of vice is his”); Snp.460 (= kodhadhūma-vigamena v. Snp-a.405), Snp.1048 (cp. Cnd.576 with long exegesis); Pv.iv.1#34 (= vigata-micchā-vitakkadhūma Pv-a.230).
vi + dhūma
destroyed Vv-a.265; Pv-a.55.
pp. of vinassati
bent, bending Pv-a.154 (˚sākhā).
pp. of vi + nam
to cry or shout out, to scold Ja.iii.147 (kāmaṃ vinadantu let them shout!). Cp. BSk. vinādita “reviled” Divy.540.
vi + nadati
covered, bound, intertwined Vin.i.194 (camma˚, onaddha +); Ja.v.416; Ja.vi.589 (kañcanalatā˚ bheri); Vism.1 (= jaṭita saṃsibbita).
pp. of vinandhati
to close, encircle, cover Mhvs.19, Mhvs.48; Vism.253 (ppr. vinandhamāna: so read for vinaddh˚)
pp vinaddha.
vi + nandhati
neuter tying, binding Vin.ii.116 (˚rajju rope for binding).
fr. vi + nandhati
-aṭṭhakathā the (old) commentary on the Vinaya Vism.72, Vism.272; Vb-a.334; Kp-a.97. -ānuggaha taking up (i.e. following the rules) of the Vinaya Vin.iii.21; AN.i.98, AN.i.100; AN.v.70. -kathā exposition of the Vinaya Vin.iv.142. -dhara one who knows or masters the V by heart, an expert in the V. Vin.i.169; Vin.ii.299 (with dhamma-dhara & mātikā-dhara); AN.i.25; AN.ii.147 AN.iii.78 sq., AN.iii.179, AN.iii.361; AN.iv.140 sq.; AN.v.10 sq.; Ja.iii.486 Ja.iv.219; Vism.41, Vism.72; Kp-a.151; Dhp-a.ii.30 (with dhamma-kathika & dhuta-vāda) [cp. BSk. vinayadhara Divy.21].; -piṭaka the V. Piṭaka Kp-a1 2, 97; Vb-a.431 -vatthu chapter of the V. Vin.ii.307. -vādin one who professes the V. (or “speaking in accordance with the rules of conduct”), aN V
■ follower DN.i.4 (here explained by Bdhgh as “saṃvara-vinaya-pahāna-vinaya sannissitaṃ katvā vadatī ti” v. DN-a.i.76, thus taking it as vinaya 3 = MN.iii.49 = Pp.58 (translation here: “speaking according to self-control”); DN.iii.135, DN.iii.175.
fr. vi + nī, cp. vineti
see vineti.
neuter
fr. vi + nī
adjective lit. “having the reed or stem removed, rendered useless, destroyed MN.i.227; AN.ii.39; Snp.542 (= ucchinna Snp-a.435); Thag.216; Ja.vi.60 (viddhasta + as at Snp.542).
vi + naḷa + kata, with naḷī for naḷa in combination with kṛ.
to be lost; to perish, to be destroyed SN.iv.309; MN.ii.108 (imper. vinassa “away with you”) Ja.iii.351; Ja.v.468; Pv.iii.4#5; Vism.427
pp vinaṭṭha Caus. vināseti.
vi + nassati
indeclinable without, used as prep. (or post-position) with (usually) instr., e.g. Vin.ii.132 (vinā daṇḍena without a support); Pv-a.152 (purisehi vinā without men); or abl., e.g. Snp.589 (ñāti sanghā vinā hoti is separated from his relatives; cp BSk. vinābhavati Mvu.i.243); or acc., e.g. Mhvs.3, Mhvs.10 (na sakkā hi taṃ vinā). In compound vinā-bhāva separation [cp. BSk. vinābhāva Mvu.ii.141] Snp.588 Snp.805; Mnd.122; Ja.iii.95; Ja.iv.155; Ja.v.180; Ja.vi.482 (= viyoga C.).
Vedic vinā = vi-nā (i.e. “not so”), of pron. base Idg. *no (cp. nānā “so & so”), as in Sk. ca-na Lat. ego-ne, pō-ne behind, etc. See na1
to weave Ja.ii.302; Dhp-a.i.428 (tantaṃ);
inf vetuṃ Vin.ii.150.
pass viyyati. Cp. upavīyati
caus 2 vināpeti to order to be woven Vin.iii.259 (= vāyāpeti).
masculine & Vināmana (nt.) bending Mil.352 (˚na); Vb-a.272 (kāya-vināmanā, bending the body for the purpose of getting up; in expln of vijambhikā); Dhtp.208.
fr. vināmeti
to bend, twist Mil.107, Mil.118.
vi + nāmeti; Caus. of namati
fr. vi + nī
destruction, ruin, loss DN.i.34 (+ uccheda & vibhava), DN.i.55; Pv.ii.7#10; Vism.427 (so read for vinasa); DN-a.i.120; Pv-a.102 (dhana˚), Pv-a.133. Vinasaka (ika)
vi + nāsa, of naś
adjective causing ruin; only neg. a˚; not causing destruction AN.iii.38; AN.iv.266, AN.iv.270; Ja.v.116.
fr. vināsa
adjective only neg. a˚; imperishable Dpvs.iv.16.
fr. vināsa
Caus. of vinassati
to drop down Mil.349.
vi + nigaḷati
coming (out) from Ja.vi.78; DN-a.i.140; Dhp-a.iv.46; Sdhp.23.
vi + niggata
checking, restraint Pts.i.16; Pts.ii.119.
vi + niggaha
to throw out, to emit Kp-a.95.
vi + niggilati
adjective afraid of defeat, anxious about the outcome (of a disputation), in phrase vinighāti-hoti (for ˚ī-hoti) Snp.826, cp. Mnd.164.
fr. vi + nighāta
vi + nicchaya; cp. Vedic viniścaya
to go out (in all directions) Ja.iv.181.
vi + niccharati
discerned, decided, distinguished, detailed Vin.i.65 (su˚); Ja.v.65 (a˚); Snp-a.477; Sdhp.508.
pp. of vinicchināti
adjective discerning Thag.551.
fr. vinicchināti
neuter giving judgment. Ja.v.229
fr. vinicchināti
(-inati) & vinicchati to investigate, try; to judge, determine, decide Ja.v.229
fut vinicchissati Vin.iii.159;
ger vinicchinitvā Mnd.76
aor vinicchini Ja.ii.2;
inf vinicchituṃ Ja.i.148; Dhp-a.iv.215
pp vinicchita.
vi + nicchināti
adjective unvanquished Sdhp.318.
vi + nijjita
indeclinable lit. “misplacing,” i.e. asserting or representing wrongly, giving a false notion of (accusative) Vin.ii.205 explained at Vin.iv.2 Snp-a.204.
vi + nidhāya, ger. of vinidahati
to censure, blame, reproach Ja.ii.346; Ja.vi.200.
vi + nindati
ruin, destruction; a place of suffering, state of punishment, syn. with apāya duggati; (with which often combined, plus niraya, e.g. Vin.i.227; DN.i.82, DN.i.162; MN.i.73; AN.iii.211; Iti.58; Pp.60): AN.v.169; Snp.278; Ja.iii.32; Mil.108; Vism.427 (where explained as “vināsā nipatanti tattha dukkaṭakārino” together with duggati & niraya). The; sotāpanna is called “avinipāta-dhammo,” i.e. not liable to be punished in purgatory: see under sotāpanna, & cp sym. term; khīna-niraya AN.iii.211.
fr. vi + nipāteti
adjective destined to suffer in purgatory, liable to punishment after death DN.ii.69; DN.iii.253; MN.i.73, MN.i.390; AN.i.123; AN.ii.232 sq.; AN.iv.39, AN.iv.401; Ja.v.117, Ja.v.119.
fr. vinipāta
to bring to ruin, to destroy, to frustrate Vin.i.298; Ja.vi.71; Vv-a.208.
vi + nipāteti
adjective bound (to) SN.i.20; SN.iii.9; AN.iii.311 (chanda-rāga˚); AN.iv.289 (id.); Mnd.30 (+ lagga etc.).
vi + nibaddha
bondage SN.ii.17; SN.iii.135, SN.iii.186; AN.i.66 (+ vinivesa); Snp.16
■ The five cetaso vinibandhā (bondages of the mind) are: kāmesu rāgo, kāye rāgo, rūpe rāgo, yāvadatthaṃ udar’ âvadehakaṃ bhuñjitvā seyya-sukhaṃ anuyogo, aññataraṃ deva-nikāyaṃ paṇidhāya brahmacariyaṃ; thus at DN.iii.238; MN.i.103; AN.iii.249; AN.iv.461, AN.iv.463 sq.; AN.v.17; Vb.377.
vi + nibandha
(or -bhuñjati)
pp vinibbhutta.
vi + ni + bhujati
neuter turning inside out Thag-a.284.
fr. vinibbhujati
separated, distinguished, discriminated Vism.368.
pp. of vinibbhujati
adjective lacking, deprived of (-˚), deficient Thag-a.248 (viññāṇa˚).
vi + nibbhoga
sifting out, distinction, discrimination Vism.306 (dhātu˚), Vism.368 (id.); neg. a˚ absence of discrimination, indistinction Dhs-a.47; used as adj. in sense of “not to be distinguished,” indistinct at Ja.iii.428 (˚sadda).
fr. vinibbhujati 3
to break (right) through MN.i.233.
vi + ni + bhid
reciprocity, barter, exchange Ja.ii.369.
fr. vi + nimināti
to shut one’s eyes Sdhp.189.
vi + nimīleti
(Vinimmutta)
vi + nis + mutta
to free (oneself) from, to get rid of AN.iii.92; Pp.68.
vi + nis + moceti, cp. nimmoka
to be connected with, to ensue, accrue Pv-a.29 (= upakappati).
vi + niyujjati
possession, application, use Dhs-a.151; Vv-a.157; Pv-a.171, Pv-a.175.
vi + niyoga
(& -vatteti)
vi + nivatteti
adjective to be pierced; in dubbinivijjha difficult to pierce, hard to penetrate Ja.v.46.
grd. of vinivijjhati
to pierce through & through Ja.ii.91; Mil.339; Dhs-a.253.
vi + ni + vijjhati
neuter piercing, perforating, penetrating Dhs-a.253; Thag-a.197 (in expln of bahuvidha).
fr. vinivijjhati
pierced (all through), perforated Ja.v.269; Ja.vi.105; Vism.222.
pp. of vinivijjhati
(& -nibbeṭhana) neuter unwrapping, unravelling; fig. explaining, making clear, explanation, refutation Cnd.503 (diṭṭhi-sanghātassa vinibbeṭhana; where id. p. at Mnd.343 reads vinivedhana, cp, nibbedha); Mil.96; Vv-a.297 (diṭṭhi-gaṇṭhiviniveṭhana).
vi + nibbeṭhana
vi + nibbeṭheti
tie, bond, attachment AN.i.66 (+ vinibandha).
vi + nivesa
led, trained, educated SN.v.261; AN.iv.310 (viyatta +); Dhp-a.ii.66 (˚vatthu); Pv-a.38- avinīta not trained SN.iv.287; Vv.29#7; Dhs.1003, Dhs.1217 suvinīta well trained SN.iv.287; opp. dubbinīta badly trained Ja.v.284, Ja.v.287
■ ratha-vinīta (nt.) a relay MN.i.149.
pp. of vineti
adjective of a bluish-black (purple) colour, discoloured Ja.ii.39 (of a cygnet, bastard of a swan & a crow, “resembling neither father nor mother, i.e. “black & white”). Usually applied to the colour of a corpse (purple, discoloured), the contemplation of which forms one of the 10 asubha-saññās: MN.i.88 (uddhumātaka +); Snp.200 (id.)
■ AN.i.42; AN.ii.17; SN.v.129 sq.; Dhs.264; Ne.27; Mil.332; Vism.110, Vism.178 Vism.193.
vi + nīlaka
adjective unobstructed, unbiassed, unprejudiced AN.ii.71; Sdhp.458. Usually in phrase -citta of an unbiassed mind, combined with mudu-citta udagga-citta;: Vin.i.16, Vin.i.181; DN.i.110, DN.i.148; AN.iv.186. Same in BSk., e.g. Mvu.iii.225; Divy.616 sq.
vi + nīvaraṇa
is only found in Caus. form vinodeti.
teacher, instructor, guide Snp.484; Pts.ii.194 (netar, vinetar, anunetar); Ja.iv.320.
n. ag. fr. vineti
vi + neti; cp. vinaya
adjective driving out, dispelling, allaying Pv-a.114 (parissama˚).
fr. vinodeti, cp. nudaka & nūdaka
adjective noun dispelling, removal AN.iii.387, AN.iii.390; Snp.1086 (chanda-rāga˚, = pahāna etc Cnd.578); Mil.285; DN-a.i.140 (niddā˚); Dhp-a.i.41 (tama˚, adj.); Pv-a.38 (soka˚).
fr. vinodeti
to drive out, dispel, remove, put away SN.iv.70, SN.iv.76, SN.iv.190; AN.ii.13, AN.ii.117; Snp.273, Snp.956 (tamaṃ); Snp.967; Mnd.454, Mnd.489; Ja.i.183; Ja.ii.63, Ja.ii.283 (sinehaṃ); Vv.84#26; Mil.259 (imper. vinodehi, + apanehi nicchārehi); Mhvs.5, Mhvs.245 (vimatiṃ); Mhvs.31, Mhvs.10 (kankhaṃ) Dhp-a.iv.145; Pv-a.38 (sokaṃ).
Caus. of vi + nudati
the Vedic differentiations vetti “to know” and vindati “to find” are both in Pāli, but only in sporadic forms, some of which are archaic and therefore only found in poetry. Of vid are more frequent the Pass. vijjati and derivations fr the Caus. ved˚. The root vind occurs only in the present tense and its derivations
vid, both in meaning “to know” & “to find”; cp. Gr. ε ̓ϊδον I saw, ο ̓ϊδα I know = Sk. veda “Veda, ει ̓́δωλον “idol”; Vedic vindati to find, vetti to know vidyā knowledge; Goth. witan to observe & know Ger. wissen; Goth. weis = E. wise, etc., for which see Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. video
is variant reading of bindu˚; (q.v.).
adjective fully ripe Ja.i.136.
vi + pakka
adjective opposite, hostile; enemy; only in foll. compounds:
vi + pakkha1 2
adjective
vipakkha + ika
adjective having no wings, without wings Ja.v.255.
vi + pakkhin
feminine at Vin.ii.88 is perhaps a der. fr. vi + vac, and not pac, thus representing a Sk. *vivācyatā, meaning “challenging in disputation,” quarrelsomeness, provocation See also vipāceti. If fr. vi + pac, the meaning would be something like “heatedness, exasperation.”
vi + paccati
adjective bearing fruit, ripening (fully) Mil.421 (Notes); Pv-a.190.
fr. vipaccati, cp. paccana
adjective hostile MN.i.402; AN.iv.95; Ja.iv.108; Pp.20; Vb.351, Vb.359, Vb.371; Vb-a.478; Pv-a.87.
vi + paccanīka
to go wrong, to fail, to perish (opp. sampajjati) Dhp-a.iii.357; Pv-a.34
pp vipanna. Vipancana & Vipanciyati;
vi + pajjati
see under vipañcita.
only in phrase -ññū either: knowing diffuseness or detail, or: of unillusioned understanding, clear-minded, unprejudiced combined with ugghaṭita-ññū at AN.ii.135 = Pp.41 (trsld by B. C. Law as “learning by exposition”; Pp-a 223 explains as “vitthāritaṃ atthaṃ jānāti,” i.e. one who knows a matter explained in detail. The spelling at AN.ii.135 is vipacita˚; at Pp.41 vipaccita˚ & at PugA vipaccita˚ with variant reading vipañcita˚); Ne.7 sq., Ne.125; Snp-a.163 (where ugghaṭita-ññū is applied to those who understand by condensed instruction, sankhepa-desanāya, and vipañcita-ññū to those who need a detailed one, vitthāradesanā; thus “learning by diffuseness”)
■ At Ne.9 we have the var. terms vipañcanā, vipañcayati vipañciyati; (Denom.) used in the description of var ways of parsing and grammatical analysis. Here vipañcanā (resting clearly on Sk. papañca expansion means “expanding” (by letters & vowels) and stands midway between; ugghaṭanā & vitthāraṇā “condensing & detailing.” The term vipañcayati (= vipañciyati) is used in the same way
■ Note. The term is not sufficiently cleared up. It occurs in BSk. as vipañcika (e.g. Divy.319, Divy.391, Divy.475, where it is applied to “brāhmaṇā naimittikā” & trsld by Cowell as “sooth-sayer”), and vipañcanaka (Divy.548?), with which cp. vipañcitājña at Lal.520. See remark on vejjañjanika.
fr. vi + pañc, cp. papañcita
to sell, to trade (with) Ja.iv.363 (= vikkiṇati C.).
vi + Caus. of paṇati
see vipāṭeti 2.
feminine wrong state, false manifestation, failure, misfortune (opp. sampatti) Vin.i.171 (ācāra failure of morality); AN.i.270 (ājīva˚); AN.iv.26, AN.iv.160 (atta˚ para˚); Pts.i.122; Ja.vi.292; Ne.126 (the 3 vipattiyo sīla˚, diṭṭhi˚, ācāra˚); Dhp-a.i.16 (sīla˚) DN-a.i.235. Often in pair diṭṭhi˚; wrong view, heresy, & sīla˚; moral failure: DN.ii.213; AN.i.95, AN.i.268, AN.i.270; Vin.v.98; Vb.361; Dhs.1361
■ payoga˚; wrong application Pv-a.117, Pv-a.136 (opp. ˚sampatti).
vi + patti2
wrong way or course Vv.50#10 (= apatha Vv-a.212).
vi + patha
gone wrong, having lost, failing in (-˚), opp. sampanna: AN.iii.19 (rukkho sākhā-palāsa a tree which has lost branches and leaves); Snp.116 (˚diṭṭhi one who has wrong views, heretic; explained as “vinaṭṭha-sammādiṭṭhi” Snp-a.177); Mil.258 (su thoroughly fallen). -sīla˚; gone wrong in morals, lacking morality Vin.i.63 (+ ācāra˚, diṭṭhi˚); Vin.ii.4 (id.); Ja.iii.138 (vipanna-sīla).
pp. of vipajjati
neuter failure, misfortune Dhs-a.367.
fr. vipanna
indeclinable endeavouring strongly, with all one’s might Snp.425
ger. of vi + parakkamati
(Viparāmāsa) highway robbery DN.i.5 (explained as twofold at DN-a.i.80, viz. hima˚ & gumba˚ or hidden by the snow & a thicket; the pop. etym given here is “janaṃ musanti,” i.e. they steal, or beguile people); DN.iii.176 (variant reading ˚māsa); AN.ii.209; AN.v.206; SN.v.473; Pp.58.
vi + parāmāsa, the form ˚mosa probably a distortion of ˚māsa
reversed, changed DN.i.8; MN.ii.3; SN.iii.12; SN.v.419; DN-a.i.91.
pp. of vi + parā + vṛt
changed, perverted Dhs.1038; Vb.1, Vb.3, Vb.5 sq.; Mil.50.
vi + pariṇata
change (for the worse), reverse, vicissitude DN.iii.216 (˚dukkhatā); MN.i.457 (also as “disappointment”); SN.ii.274; SN.iii.8; SN.iv.7 sq., SN.iv.67 sq. AN.ii.177 (˚dhamma subject to change); AN.iii.32; AN.v.59 sq. Vb.379 (˚dhamma); Vism.499 (˚dukkha), Vism.629 sq. Vb-a.93 (id.); Pv-a.60
■ a˚ absence of change, steadfastness DN.i.18; DN.iii.31, DN.iii.33; Dhp-a.i.121.
vi + pariṇāma
to change, alter DN.i.56 (T. ˚ṇamati; but DN-a.i.167 ˚ṇāmeti: sic for ˚ṇāmati!) = SN.iii.211; Pv-a.199.
Denom. fr. vipariṇāma
(entirely) broken up MN.i.296; SN.iv.294.
vi + paribhinna
in verse at Ja.v.372 is the poet. form of vipallattha (so the C. expln).
& Vipariyāya change, reversal DN-a.i.148 (ā); Snp-a.499; Dhs-a.253 (ā); Sdhp.124, Sdhp.333 Cp. vipariyesa & vipallāsa.
vi + pariyaya
adjective thrown out of its course upset, destroyed Thag.184 (cittaṃ; cp. similar phrase vipariyatthaṃ cittaṃ Ja.v.372-The variant reading at Th passage is vimariyādi˚;).
vipariyāya + kata, with sound change y → d, viz. ˚āyi → ˚ādi
reversal, contrariness, wrong state Kv.306 (three reversals: saññā˚, citta˚, diṭṭhi˚; or of perception, consciousness & views, cp. Kvu translation 176); Vb.376 (id.) -gāha inverted grasp i.e. holding opposite views or “holding the contrary aim” (B. C. Law) Pp.22; Dhs-a.253 (= vipallattha-gāha).
a contamination form between ˚pariyaya & ˚pallāsa
changing or turning round, upset Ja.i.344 (lokassa ˚kāle).
vi + parivatta
to turn round, to upset Ja.iv.224 (nāvā ˚amānā capsizing); Mil.117; Thag-a.255.
vi + parivattati
neuter changing, change. reverse Dhs-a.367.
fr. viparivattati
adjective reversed, changed; equivocal; wrong, upset AN.iii.114 (˚dassana); AN.iv.226 (id.); AN.v.284; Thig.393; Ja.i.334; Kv.307; Mil.285 Mil.324; Ne.85 (˚gāha), Ne.126 (˚saññā); Pv-a.244
■ aviparīta unequivocal, certain, distinct, definite AN.v.268 (˚dassana); Mil.214 (˚vacana); Pv-a.231 (= sacca yāthāva).
pp. of vi + pari + i
feminine contradistinction Vism.450 (tabbiparītatā).
abstr. fr. viparīta
made to float, floating, thrown out (into water) Ja.iv.259 (reads viplāvitaṃ) = Ja.i.326 (reads vipalāvitaṃ, with reading nipalāvitaṃ in C.). The C. at Ja.iv.259 explains as “uttārita,” so at Ja.i.326 as “brought out of water,” fished out = thale ṭhapita, evidently incorrect.
vi + palāvita, pp. of Caus. of plu
adjective changed, reversed, upset, deranged corrupt, perverted. Occurs in two forms: vipariyattha Ja.v.372 (˚cittaṃ: in poetry); and vipallattha Vism.20 (˚citta: translation “with corrupt thought”; T. spells vipallatta variant reading ˚attha); Dhs-a.253 (˚gāha); Pv-a.212.
= Sk. viparyasta, pp. of vi + pari + as: see vipallāsa
reversal change (esp. in a bad sense), inversion, perversion derangement, corruption, distortion
■ The form vipariyāsa occurs at Vin.ii.80 (citta-˚kata, with deranged mind or wrong thoughts); Ja.i.344 (where it is explained by vipallāsa). Otherwise vipallāsa, e.g. Snp.299; Pts.ii.80 Vism.214 (attha˚); Ne.4, Ne.27, Ne.31, Ne.85 sq., Ne.115 sq.; Dhp-a.ii.228; Pv-a.7, Pv-a.70
■ There are 3 kinds of vipallāsas viz. saññā˚; perversion of perception, citta˚; of thought diṭṭhi˚; of views; AN.ii.52; Ne.85; Vism.683. See the same under vipariyesa!
cp. Sk. viparyāsa, vi + pari + as (to throw). The diaeretic P. form (founded on Sk. is vipariyāsa another bastard form is vipariyesa (q.v.)
to be deceived (about), to distort, to have or give a wrong notion (of) Ne.85.
Denom. fr. vipallāsa
adjective qualified to win insight, contemplating, gifted with introspection SN.ii.232; Pts.i.167; Mil.342, Mil.369; Mil.393, Vb-a.297.
fr. vipassati
to see clearly; to have intuition, to obtain spiritual insight DN.iii.196 (ye nibbutā loke yathābhūtaṃ vipassisuṃ, aor.); Thag.471; Thag.2, Thag.271 (vipassi for ˚passasi); Snp.1115; Ja.iii.183 (pabbajitvā vipassitvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu).
vi + passati
feminine inward vision, insight, intuition, introspection DN.iii.213, DN.iii.273; SN.iv.195, SN.iv.360; SN.v.52 (samatha +) AN.i.61 (id.), AN.i.95; AN.ii.140, AN.ii.157 (samatha +); AN.iv.360; AN.v.99, AN.v.131; Pts.i.28, Pts.i.57 sq., Pts.i.181; Pts.ii.92 sq.; Pp.25; Ja.i.106; Dhs.55, Dhs.1356; Ne.7, Ne.42 sq., Ne.50, Ne.82, Ne.88 sq., Ne.125 sq., Ne.160, Ne.191; Mil.16; Vism.2 (with jhāna etc.), Vism.289 (+ samādhi), Vism.628 sq. (the 18 mahā˚); Pv-a.14 (samāhita-citta˚), Pv-a.167; Vv-a.77; Sdhp.457, Sdhp.466.
fr. vi + passati; BSk. vipaśyanā, e.g. Divy.44, Divy.95, Divy.264 etc.
adjective gifted with insight, wise AN.iv.244; Snp.349; Iti.2 = Iti.7.
fr. vipassati
fruit, fruition, product; always in pregnant meaning of “result, effect, consequence (of one’s action),” either as good & meritorious (kusala or bad & detrimental (akusala). Hence “retribution (kamma˚;), reward or punishment. See on term e.g. Dhs. translation introd.2xciii; Cpd. 43. 249
■ DN.iii.150, DN.iii.160 DN.iii.176 sq.; SN.i.34, SN.i.57, SN.i.92 (kammassa); SN.ii.128 (compar vipākatara), SN.ii.255 (id.); SN.iv.186 sq., SN.iv.348 sq.; AN.i.48, AN.i.97 (sukha˚, dukkha˚), AN.i.134 (kamma˚), AN.i.263; AN.ii.34 (agga), AN.ii.80, AN.ii.112; AN.iii.35, AN.iii.172 (dānassa), AN.iii.410 sq. (kāmānaṃ etc.), AN.iii.436, AN.iv. 303 (kamma˚); AN.v.251; Snp.653 (kamma˚); Pts.ii.79 (dukkha˚); Pv.i.9#1; Pv.i.10#7 & passim; Pp.13, Pp.21; Dhs.431, Dhs.497, Dhs.987; Vb.16 sq., Vb.73, Vb.319, Vb.326 sq., Vb.334 (sukha˚) Kv.353 sq., Kv.464 (kamma & vipāka); Ne.99, Ne.161 Ne.180 sq.; Tikp.27 (fourfold), Kp.44, Kp.48, Kp.50, Kp.292 (a˚ & sa˚), Kp.328 sq. (˚tika), Kp.350 sq.; Duka-pa.17; Vism.177, Vism.454 (fourfold), Vism.456 (˚viññāṇa), Vism.538 (˚paccaya), Vism.545 sq.; Vb-a.17, Vb-a.150 sq. (kusala˚ & akusala), Vb-a.144, Vb-a.177, Vb-a.391; Pv-a.50 Pv-a.73, Pv-a.77; Sdhp.12, Sdhp.73, Sdhp.197, Sdhp.235.
fr. vi + pac
neuter state of being ripe Pv-a.52.
abstr. fr. vipāka
to become annoyed, to get angry (lit. to get heated): this meaning as translation of vi + pac, although not quite correct as pac means to “ripen” and is not ordinarily used of heated conditions. Since the word is not sufficiently cleared up, we refrain from a detailed discussion concerning possible explanations. It may suffice to point out that it occurs only in Vinaya (and in one sporadic passage SN.i.232) in standing combination ujjhāyati khīyati vipāceti, expressing annoyance or irritation about something; e.g. Vin.i.191; Vin.ii.85, Vin.ii.291; Vin.iv.64. The corresponding BSk. phrase is avadhyāyati dhriyati [to resist, dhṛ ] vivācayati, e.g. Divy.492. It is not quite clear which of the two versions is the older one. There may be underlying a misunderstood (dial.) phrase which was changed by popular analogy. The BSk phrase seems a priori the more intelligible one; if we take vipāceti = vivāceti, we should translate it as “to speak disparagingly.” Mrs. Rh. D at K.S. i.296 trsls as “were vexed and fretted and consumed with indignation “-See remarks under khīyati & cp.; vipaccatā.
Caus. of vi + pac, or distorted fr. vivāceti?
vi + pāṭeti
see vipāṭeti 2.
in phrase vipiṭṭhi-katvā(na) Snp.67 & Snp.362, to turn one’s back on (acc.), to leave behind, to abandon; cp. piṭṭhito karoti. The expln at Cnd.580 is pahāna etc.; at Snp-a.119 piṭṭhito katvā.
vi + piṭṭhi
neuter wood, grove DN.i.248 (doubtful; vv.ll. vijina, vivada, vivana) Tha-ap.51 (vv.ll. vivana, vicina; C. vivana & vipina); Dāvs iv.39; Pv-a.81 (read vicitta!).
cp. *Sk. vipina, Halāyudha 2, 55
adjective without a son, bereft of his son Ja.v.106.
vi + putta
adjective full of corruption or matter, festering (said of a dead body). The contemplation (saññā) of a festering corpse is one of the asubhakammaṭṭhānas
■ MN.i.58, MN.i.88; MN.iii.91; AN.iii.324. As -saññā: AN.ii.17; AN.v.310; Dhs.264; Ne.27; Mil.102 Mil.332; Vism.110, Vism.178, Vism.193.
fr. vi + pubba1
adjective large, extensive, great, abundant. The word is poetical.-DN.iii.150; AN.i.45 (˚paññatā); Snp.41, Snp.675, Snp.687, Snp.978, Snp.994; Thag.588; Mnd.581 (= adhimatta); Vv.67#6 (= mahanta Vv-a.290) Tha-ap.40; Pv.ii.1#18; Pv.ii.4#9; Pv.ii.9#69 (= ulāra Pv-a.139); Mil.164, Mil.311, Mil.404; Pv-a.7, Pv-a.76; Sdhp.271.
cp. Sk. vipula
pp. of vippakaroti; vi + pakata
to ill-treat, abuse Vin.ii.133. - pp. vippakata.
vi + pa + kṛ.
change, mutation, alteration Ja.vi.370; Dhp-a.i.28; Vv-a.46.
vi + pakāra
strewn all over, beset with, sprinkled (with) Ja.ii.240; Ja.vi.42; Dhp-a.i.140; DN-a.i.40; Vv-a.36.
pp. of vippakirati
feminine the fact of being beset or endowed (with) Vism.8.
abstr. fr. vippakiṇṇa
pp vippakiṇṇa.
vi + pakirati
to part company, to go away Vin.iv.284.
vi + pakkamati
to give up, to abandon Snp.817 (inf. ˚pahātave), Snp.926 (Pot. ˚pajahe); ger. -pahāya Snp.367, Snp.499, Snp.514; Ja.i.87
pp vippahīna.
vi + pajahati
adjective contrary, antagonistic Dhs.1325 = Pp.20.
vi + paṭikkūla
to go astray; fig. to err, fail; to commit sin Vin.iii.166; SN.i.73; Ja.i.438
pp vippaṭipanna. Caus. vippaṭipādeti.
vi + paṭipajjati. Cp. BSk. vipratipadyate Divy.293
feminine wrong way, error, sin Vism.511.
vi + paṭipatti
“on the wrong track,” going or gone astray, committing sin Pv.iv.1#59 (˚citta = adhammiyaṃ paṭipadaṃ paṭipanna Pv-a.242).
pp. of vippaṭipajjati
to cause to commit sin (esp. adultery) Vin.iii.40.
Caus. of vippaṭipajjati
bad conscience, remorse, regret, repentance Vin.ii.250; DN.i.138; SN.iii.120, SN.iii.125; SN.iv.46; AN.iii.166, AN.iii.197, AN.iii.353; AN.iv.69; Ja.iv.12; Ja.v.88; Pp.62; Dhp-a.iv.42; Vv-a.116; Pv-a.14, Pv-a.60, Pv-a.105, Pv-a.152
■ a˚; no regret, no remorse AN.iii.46.
vi + paṭisāra
adjective remorseful, regretful, repentant SN.iii.125 SN.iv.133, SN.iv.320 sq., SN.iv.359 sq.; AN.iii.165 sq.; AN.iv.244, AN.iv.390; Ja.i.200; Mil.10, Mil.285; Tikp.321, Kp.346.
fr. vippaṭisāra; cp. BSk. vipratisārin Divy.322, Divy.638
to scratch open or apart MN.i.506.
vi + pa + taccheti
strayed, lost, perished Vv.84#9 = Vv.84#44 (= magga-sammūḷha Vv-a.337); Ja.iv.139 Ja.v.70; Ja.vi.525; Mil.326.
vi + pp. of panassati
released, set free, saved SN.i.4, SN.i.29, SN.i.50; SN.iii.31, SN.iii.83; SN.iv.11; AN.i.10; AN.ii.34; Snp.176 Snp.218, Snp.363, Snp.472, Snp.492, Snp.501, Snp.913; Ja.i.84; Vv.20#4≈Vv.29#10; Mnd.331, Mnd.336.
vi + pamutta
release, deliverance SN.i.154; Ja.v.27.
vi + pamokkha
separated SN.ii.173 (visaṃyutta +); Snp.914 (or ˚mutta). -paccaya the relation of dissociation Tikp.6, Kp.53 sq., Kp.65; Vism.539.
vi + payutta
separation Snp.41; Pv-a.161 (piya˚).
vi + payoga
to talk confusedly (as in one’s sleep), to chatter, wail, lament Vin.i.15; SN.iv.303; Ja.i.61; Ja.iii.217; Ja.iv.167; Dhp-a.ii.100; Pv-a.40, Pv-a.93.
vi + palapati
to deceive, mock DN-a.i.151; Thag-a.78.
vi + palambheti
confused talk, wailing Pts.i.38; Pv-a.18.
vi + palāpa
to be broken up, to be destroyed Mnd.5.
vi + palujjati
to dispute, disagree Ja.iv.163; Ja.vi.267.
vi + pavadati
to go from home, to be away from (abl.), to be absent Snp.1138 (= apeti apagacchati vinā hoti Cnd.582); Ja.iv.51, Ja.iv.439
pp vippavuttha.
vi + pavasati
absence; in sati˚; absence of mind, neglect, absentmindedness, thoughtlessness Ja.i.410; Snp-a.339; a˚; thoughtfulness, mindfulness Vin.v.216; Snp.1142; Ja.iv.92.
vi + pavāsa
pierced through and through Ja.i.61.
pp. of vippavijjhati, vi + pa + vyadh
absent; -sati neglectful Dhp-a.i.239.
pp. of vippavasati
adjective (quite) purified, clear; happy, bright, pure, sinless Vin.iii.88 (˚chavivaṇṇa) SN.i.32 (cetas); SN.iii.2, SN.iii.235; SN.iv.118, SN.iv.294; SN.v.301; AN.iii.41 AN.iii.236; Snp.637; Dhp.82, Dhp.413 (= pasanna-citta Dhp-a.iv.192) Pv.i.10#10 (= suṭṭhu pasanna); Pv.ii.9#35; Vism.262 (where Kp-a reads pasanna only); Dhp-a.ii.127; DN-a.i.221.
vi + pasanna
to purify, cleanse Snp.506.
Caus. of vippasīdati
to become bright; fig. to be reconciled or pleased, to be satisfied or happy Dhp.82; Ja.i.51; Pv-a.122 (mukha-vaṇṇa). Caus. vippasādeti.
vi + pasīdati
to dry up entirely Ja.v.106.
vi + pa + sukkhati
neuter leaving, abandoning, giving up. SN.i.39 = Snp.1109 Snp.1097 Ja.vi.260 Mil.181
vi + pahāna
neuter sending out in all directions, message Ja.iii.386 (dūta˚).
vi + pahita2
given up, abandoned SN.i.99; AN.v.16, AN.v.29 sq.; Snp.360, Snp.362.
pp. of vippajahati
at Ja.vi.185 is to be read cipiṭa (“flat”).
to twitch, writhe, struggle Vv.52#16 (Vv.52#14 Ha.); Ja.iv.495
pp vipphandita.
vi + phandati; cp. BSk. vispandati Jtm.11.
neuter “writhing,” twitching, struggle MN.i.446; SN.ii.62
■ (fig.) in diṭṭhi˚ combined with visūkāyita) “scuffling of opinion” (Mrs Rh. D.), sceptical agitation, worry & writhing (cp; Dial. i.53) MN.i.8, MN.i.486; SN.i.123 (here without diṭṭhi˚ the C. expln is “hatthirājavaṇṇa sappavaṇṇ’ ādidassa nāni” K.S. i.320); Dhs.381; Pp.22.
pp. of vipphandati
(or is it pipphala?) = phala at Ja.vi.518.
intransitive to split open, to burst asunder: so read at Ja.v.33, Ja.v.493 (for vipatati); Pv.iv.1#46 (for vipāteti); see detail under vipāṭeti.
vi + phalati
diffusion, pervasion, (adj.) pervading, spreading out AN.i.171 (vitakka-vip phāra-sadda, cp. kvu translation 241), AN.i.206 (mahājutika mahā vipphāra); AN.iv.252; Pts.i.112 sq.; Pts.ii.174; Ja.iii.12 (mahā + mahājutika); Ja.v.150 (id.); Mil.230 & Mil.270 (vacī; dilating in talk), Mil.130, Mil.346; Vism.42; DN-a.i.192; Vv-a.103 (mahā˚ + mahājutika); Pv-a.178 (karuṇā˚).
fr. vi + pharati 1 or 2
adjective possessing vibration Dhs-a.115 = Vism.142.
fr. vipphāra, cp. pharati 1 & vipphurati
adjective spreading out (in effulgence) Vv-a.5 (mahā˚).
fr. vi + pharati 2
expanded Dāvs v.34 (˚akkhi-yugala, both eyes wide open).
pp. of Caus. vi + pharati
adjective split open, cut to pieces Pv-a.152 (su˚; so read for vipphalita); Sdhp.188 (˚anga).
vi + phālita 2
to expand, to bend or draw the bow Ja.vi.580.
vi + sphar: cp. phālita 1. It is not = vi + phāleti
neuter spreading out, effulgence, pervasion Vv-a.277.
vi + phuraṇa = pharaṇa
to vibrate, tremble, quiver, fly asunder, diffuse Ja.i.51; Snp-a.225; Vv-a.12 (vijjotamāna vipphurato).
vi + phurati: see pharati
adjective burst open (of a boil) Thag.306.
vi + phoṭita: see phoṭa, cp. BSk. visphoṭa open Divy.603
adjective fruitless, useless Sdhp.527.
vi + phala
fetter Pv-a.207.
vi + bandha
neuter = vibandha Thag-a.243.
vi + bandhana
adjective doing harm to (-˚), injuring, preventing Dāvs ii.88.
fr. vibādha
to oppress, harm Mil.135 (so read for ˚bhādati); Dhs-a.42
pass vibādhiyati to be oppressed Pv-a.239.
vi + bādhati
circumference Ja.i.212.
fr. vi + vyadh after analogy of ubbedha; not vi + bheda
roaming, straying; strayed, confused MN.i.171 (padhāna˚ giving up exertion), 247 (identical). Usually in phrase -citta with wandering (or confused) mind SN.i.61 ‣See explanation of Commentary at Kindred Sayings i.321 204; iii.93; v.269 AN.i.70 AN.ii.30 AN.iii.391 Iti.90 Ja.iv.459 (+ kupit’ indriya) Mil.324
■ At Dhs-a.260 we find the cpd. vibbhanti-bhāva [vibbhanta in compound with bhu! ] of citta, in meaning “wavering, roaming (of mind): so read for vibhatti-bhāva.
pp. of vibbhamati
adjective
vibbhanta + ka
to wander about, to go astray, to forsake the Order Vin.i.72; Vin.ii.14; Vin.iii.40 (may be taken in the sense of enjoying oneself or sporting, i.e. cohabiting, at this passage), Vin.iv.216; Ja.i.117; Ja.iii.462 (of a bhikkhu enticed by his former wife), Ja.iii.496
pp vibbhanta.
vi + bhamati
distribution, division, distinction, classification Vin.i.359; Snp.600 (jāti classification of species; explained as jāti -vitthāra at Snp-a.464); Ja.iv.361 (+ vicaya; C. explains as vibhāga); Mhvs.30, Mhvs.87 (dhātu˚ distribution of relics); Snp-a.422 (contrasted with uddesa)
■ Vibhanga is the title of the second book of the Abhidhamma Piṭaka (see Pāli Name Dictionary). Cp. Sutta-vibhanga.
vi + bhanga, of bhaj1
(lit.) to distribute, divide; (fig.) to distinguish, dissect, divide up, classify; to deal with something in detail, to go into details MN.iii.223; SN.ii.2, SN.ii.255 (vibhājeti) = MN.i.364 (reads virājeti); SN.iv.93 (atthaṃ); SN.v.261 (dhammaṃ vivarati vibhajati uttāni-karoti); Snp.87; Pp.41; Vb.259; Mil.145; Snp-a.237; DN-a.i.104; Pv-a.81, Pv-a.111. ger vibhajja (q.v.)
pp vibhatta.
vi + bhajati, i.e. bhaj1, as in bhājeti
neuter & -ā (f.) distinction, division, going into detail Ne.5, Ne.8 sq., Ne.38 (+ vivaraṇā uttāni-kammatā); Tikp.10; Snp-a.445 (vivaraṇa, v. uttāni-karaṇa); Dhs-a.343, Dhs-a.344. Cp. vibhājana.
fr. vibhajati
adverb dividing, analysing, detailing; in detail (˚-) DN.iii.229 (˚vyākaraṇīya pañha “discriminating reply” translation); AN.ii.46 (˚vacana analysis)- -vāda the Vibhajja doctrine, i.e. the doctrine which analyses, or the “religion of logic or reason”; a term identical with theravāda, the doctrine of the Elders i.e. the original teaching of the Buddhist church -vādin one who teaches the V. doctrine, epithet of the Buddha Mhvs.5, Mhvs.271; Tikp.366; Vb-a.130; cp. Kvu translation introd. p. 38.
ger. of vibhajati
adjective
pp. of vibhajati
adjective full of details, giving all detail Vism.212. DN-a.i.34
fr. vibhatta
feminine
fr. vibhajati
adjective having divisions; (fig.) detailed. Neg. a˚ not giving details. Vv-a.164
fr. vibhatti
vi + bhava
to cease to exist SN.iii.56 (fut. ˚issati); Snp.873 (vibhoti); Mnd.279 (id.)
pp vibhūta.
vi + bhavati
neuter gossip, lit. “made into talk” Vin.iv.241.
vi + bhassa + kata
distribution, division; detailing, classification Ja.iv.361 Vism.494; Vb-a.83; Thag-a.100; Vv-a.37; Pv-a.122-attha˚ detailing of meaning Vism.569; dhātu˚; distribution of relics Vv-a.297; Pv-a.212; pada˚; division of words Snp-a.269; Pv-a.34
■ Cp. saṃ˚.
fr. vibhajati, cp. vibhanga & vibhajana
neuter distribution, division Dhtp.92, Dhtp.561; Dhtm.776, Dhtm.787.
vi + bhājana2
shining, turned to light, bright; in phrase vibhātāya rattiyā when night had become light, i.e. at daybreak or dawn (Dhp-a.iv.105; Pv-a.13 Pv-a.22)
■ (nt.) daybreak, dawn Dhp-a.ii.5 (˚khaṇe).
pp. of vibhāti
to shine forth, to be or become light (said of the night turning into day); pres. also vibhāyati Vin.i.78; fut. vibhāyissati DN.ii.148; aor. vibhāyi Ja.v.354
pp vibhāta.
vi + bhāti
at Mil.135 should be read at vibādhati.
neuter shining forth, brightening Vv-a.148.
fr. vibhāti
neuter & -ā (f.)
fr. vibhāveti
adjective pertaining to ascertainment, making clear, explaining Pv-a.244 (paramattha˚).
fr. vibhāvana
made non-existing, annihilated Cnd.584.
pp. of vibhāveti
adjective intelligent, wise Snp.317; Ja.vi.304; Cnd.259 (= medhāvin); Mil.21, Mil.276, Mil.346 Sdhp.382.
fr. vibhāveti
vi + bhāveti
illuminated, made bright, shining forth Sdhp.591.
pp. Caus. of vi + bhāsati2
adjective scattered; divided, at variance Snp.314 (= aññam-aññaṃ bhinna Snp-a.324).
vi + bhinna
the plant Terminalia belerica; beleric myrobolan. Dice were made from its fruits, which are also used as medicine (intoxicant); its flowers smell vilely
■ Vin.i.201; Ja.iii.161; Ja.v.363; Ja.vi.529.
cp. *Sk. vibhīta & -ka
adjective
pp. of vibhavati, or vi + bhūta
feminine
fr. vi + bhavati
neuter adornment AN.i.212; AN.ii.40, AN.ii.145, AN.ii.209; Snp.59 (cp. Cnd.585); Pp.21, Pp.58; Ja.i.8; Dhs.1348; Mil.382.
vi + bhūsana
feminine ornament, decoration, distinction, pride Snp.926; Mnd.380; Cnd.585; Mil.224 (Rh. D trsls “dexterity,” hardly correct. Should we read “vibhūti”?).
vi + bhūsā
adorned, decorated Mhvs.25, Mhvs.102; Vism.10; Pv-a.46, Pv-a.157.
pp. of vibhūseti
to adorn, embellish, beautify Thig.411; Mhvs.19, Mhvs.25; Dhp-a.i.77
pp vibhūsita.
vi + bhūseti
to be afraid, to stand in awe of Ja.v.509 (= bhāyati C.). Should we read bibheti?
vi + bhāyati
one who disturbs friendship, a slanderer Ja.iii.260.
vi + bhedaka
feminine the palmyra tree Ja.vi.529.
fr. vi + bhid
to cause disruption, to slander AN.v.345 sq.
vi + bhedeti
neuter making smooth, polishing MN.i.385.
fr. vi + majjati2
adjective smoothed, soft, smooth, polished Ja.v.96 (˚ābharana), (C. explains as “visāla”), Ja.v.204, Ja.v.400 (of ornaments)
■ ubhato-bhāga˚; polished or smooth on both sides MN.i.385; AN.v.61 = MN.ii.13 (has ˚maddha).
vi + maṭṭha
adjective perplexed, in doubt Ja.v.340.
fr. vi + man
feminine doubt, perplexity, consternation DN.i.105; SN.iv.327; AN.ii.79, AN.ii.185; Tha-ap.29; Dhs.425; Ja.iii.522; Mil.119, Mil.144, Mil.339; DN-a.i.274.
vi + mati
adjective disintoxicated, without conceit Ja.v.158 (taken as “unconscious” by C.).
vi + mada
neuter crushing, destroying Vv-a.232.
vi + maddana
adjective
vi + mano
adjective lit. made unrestricted, i.e. delivered, set free SN.ii.173; SN.iii.31 (vippamutto ˚ena cetasā viharati); SN.vi.11; AN.v.151 sq-At Thag.184 variant reading for vipariyādi˚.
vi + mariyādā + kata
adjective without stains, spotless, unstained, clean, pure AN.iv.340; Snp.378, Snp.476, Snp.519, Snp.637, Snp.1131 (cp. Cnd.586); Ja.i.18; Mil.324; Dhp-a.iv.192.
vi + mala
a certain precious stone of dark-blue colour Vv-a.111.
cp. Sk. vimalaka
neuter lit. covering a certain space, measuring; the defns given by Dhpāla refer it to “without measure,” i.e. immeasurable. Thus = vigata-māne appamāṇe mahanta vara-pāsāda Vv-a.131; = visiṭṭhamānaṃ, pamāṇato mahantaṃ Vv-a.160
■ applied meaning: heavenly (magic) palace, a kind of paradise elysium.
in the Pāli meaning not Vedic. Found in meaning “palace-chariot” in the Mbhārata and elsewhere in Epic Sk.
disrespect, contempt Snp.887 (˚dassin showing contempt).
vi + māna
neuter disrespect, contempt DN.iii.190 (a˚); Mil.377, Mil.386.
vi + mānana
treated with contempt AN.iii.158, AN.iii.160.
pp. of vimāneti
to disrespect, to treat with contempt Vin.ii.260; Snp.888; Mnd.297
pp vimānita.
vi + māneti
adjective turning away from, averted, neglectful Mhvs.22, Mhvs.80; Pv-a.3 (dhamma-saññā˚), Pv-a.269 (carita˚).
vi + mukha
to be released, to be free (of passion), to be emancipated MN.i.352; SN.ii.94, SN.ii.124; SN.iii.46, SN.iii.189; SN.iv.86; SN.v.218; AN.iv.126 sq. AN.iv.135, AN.iv.179; Snp.755; Pp.61, Pp.68; Sdhp.613
aor 3rd pl. vimucciṃsu Snp.p.149
pp vimutta. See also (an)upādā & (an)upādāya;
caus vimoceti to cause to be released or emancipated, to set free AN.ii.196 (cittaṃ); Vin.iii.70 (id.)
grd vimocanīya AN.ii.196.
vi + muccati, Pass. of muñcati
freed, released, intellectually emancipated Vin.i.8; AN.iv.75, AN.iv.179, AN.iv.340; AN.v.29; DN.iii.97 DN.iii.100, DN.iii.133, DN.iii.258; SN.i.23, SN.i.35; SN.iii.13, SN.iii.53, SN.iii.137; Snp.354, Snp.475 Snp.522, Snp.877, Snp.1071 sq., Snp.1101, Snp.1114; Mnd.283; Cnd.587; Pv.iv.1#32 (arahā +); Vism.410
■ Often as cittaṃ v an emancipated heart, e.g. DN.i.80; AN.iii.21; SN.i.46 SN.i.141; SN.iii.90; SN.iv.164; SN.v.157 (here taken by Mrs. Rh. D at SN.vi.93, Index, as “unregulated, distrait”); Snp.975 Mnd.284; Vb.197. ubhatobhāga˚; emancipated in both ways (see Dial ii. 70) DN.ii.71; DN.iii.105, DN.iii.253; SN.i.191; AN.i.73; AN.iv.10, AN.iv.77, AN.iv.453; AN.v.23; MN.i.439, MN.i.477 sq
■ paññā˚; emancipated by insight, freed by reason (see Dial. ii.68) SN.i.191; SN.ii.123; DN.ii.70; DN.iii.105, DN.iii.254; MN.i.439, MN.i.477- saddhā˚; freed by faith AN.i.73; AN.iv.10, AN.iv.77; AN.v.23; Pts.ii.52; MN.i.439, MN.i.477
■ anupādā vimutta freed without any further clinging to the world MN.i.486; SN.ii.18; SN.iii.59 SN.iv.83 and passim.
pp. of vimuñcati
feminine release, deliverance, emancipation DN.i.174; DN.iii.288; SN.v.206 sq. (abhijānāti), SN.v.222 (ariya˚), SN.v.266, SN.v.356; AN.ii.247, AN.iii.165 (yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti), AN.iii.242, Snp.54, Snp.73, Snp.725 sq.; Ja.i.77, Ja.i.78, Ja.i.80; Pts.i.22 Pts.ii.143 sq.; Mnd.21; Pp.27, Pp.54 sq.; Vb.86, Vb.272 sq. Vb.392 (micchā˚) Ne.29; Vism.410; Sdhp.614
■ ceto (& paññā˚); emancipation of heart (and reason) DN.i.156 DN.iii.78, DN.iii.108, DN.iii.247 sq., DN.iii.273; SN.i.120; SN.ii.214; SN.iv.119 sq. SN.v.118 sq., SN.v.289 sq.; AN.i.123 sq., AN.i.220 sq.; AN.i.243; AN.ii.36, AN.ii.87 AN.ii.214; AN.iii.20, AN.iii.131, AN.iii.400; AN.iv.83, AN.iv.314 sq.; AN.v.10 sq.; Vb.344 Ne.40, Ne.43, Ne.81 sq., Ne.127
■ sammā˚; right or true emancipation AN.ii.222 sq.; AN.v.327; Pts.i.107; Pts.ii.173
■ See also arahatta, upekkhā, khandha ii. A, dassana, phala mettā.
fr. vimuccati
deliverance, release, emancipation, dissociation from the things of the world, Arahantship DN.ii.70, DN.ii.111, DN.iii.34, DN.iii.35, DN.iii.230, DN.iii.288; MN.i.196 (samaya˚ & asamaya˚) SN.i.159 (cetaso v.); SN.ii.53, SN.ii.123; SN.iii.121; SN.iv.33; AN.ii.87 AN.iv.316; AN.v.11; Vin.v.164 (cittassa); Snp.1071 (which Cnd.588 explains as “agga” etc., thus strangely taking it in meaning of mokkha2, perhaps as edifying etym.); Cnd.466 (in expln of Bhagavā); Pts.i.22; Pts.ii.35 (as 68!), Pts.ii.243 Pp.11 sq.; Vb.342; Dhs.248; Ne.90, Ne.100, Ne.119, Ne.126 Vism.13, Vism.668 sq.; Mil.159; Pv-a.98; Sdhp.34, Sdhp.264. The three vimokkhas are: suññato v., animitto v. appaṇihito v. Pts.ii.35; Vism.658. The eight vimokkhas or stages of emancipation, are: the condition of rūpī, arūpa-saññī, recognition of subha, realization of ākāsānañc’āyatana, of viññāṇ’ānañc’āyatana ākiñcaññ’āyatana, neva-saññā-n’āsaññ’āyatana, saññāvedayita-nirodha DN.iii.262 (cp. Dial. iii.242), AN.i.40 AN.iv.306; Vb.342; explained in detail at Pts.ii.38–Pts.ii.40. [cp BSk. aṣṭau vimokṣāḥ, e.g. Avs.ii.69, Avs.ii.153.]-In sequence jhāna vimokkha samādhi samāpatti (magga phala) at Vin.i.97, Vin.i.104; Vin.iii.91; Vin.iv.25; AN.iii.417, AN.iii.419 AN.v.34, AN.v.38; Vb.342
■ See also jhāna.
fr. vi + muc, cp. mokkha1
neuter
vi + mocana
see vimuccati.
deluded, bewildered Sdhp.363.
pp. of vi + moheti
is another spelling for bimba at SN.v.217. Cp. BSk. vimbaka (form of face) Divy.172, Divy.525.
astonishment, surprise, disappointment Ja.v.69 (in expln of vyamhita) Mhvs.5, Mhvs.92; Snp-a.42 (explaining “vata”), Snp-a.256 (do. for “ve” = aho); DN-a.i.43; Vv-a.234, Vv-a.329.
cp. Sk. vismaya, vi + smi
adjective deceiving, dismaying Snp-a.549 (= kuhaka).
fr. vimhāpati
neuter dismaying, deceiving, disappointing Vism.24 (in expln of kuhana); Dhtp.633 (id.).
fr. vimhāpeti
to astonish, to cause dismay to, to deceive Mhvs.17, Mhvs.44; DN-a.i.91 (in expln of kuhaka).
Caus. of *vimhayati = vi + smi
adjective astonished, discouraged, dismayed Ja.vi.270 (su˚ very dismayed) Mil.122; Mhvs.6, Mhvs.19; Dāvs ii.80. See also vyamhita.
pp. of vi + smi, cp. mihita
indeclinable
another form of iva, viâ, *via (so some Prākrits: Pischel Prk. Gr., § 143, 336) → viya. Pischel Prk. Gr. § 336, 337 derives it fr. viva = v’ iva
the diaeretic form (for sake of metre) of vya˚;, which see generally. Cp. the identical veyya˚.
= vi + a˚
Note. It is to be noted that viyatta in § 1 does not occur in poetry, but seems to have spelling viy˚ because of the foll. vinīta and visārada. Cp. vyatta & veyyatta.
cp. Sk. vyakta, vi + pp. of añj
feminine distinctness Dhtp.366 & Dhtm.593 (in defn of brū). Cp. veyyatti.
cp. Sk. vyakti
preparation, display, distinction, splendour, majesty Snp.299 (= sampatti Snp-a.319).
vi + ākāra
in verse at Snp.1090 for vyācikkhati, i.e. vi + ācikkhati, to tell, relate, explain; pp. vyākhyāta.
gone down, lost, destroyed Snp.314 (in verse; gloss viyāvatta. The former explained as “naṭṭha,” the latter as “viparivattitvā aññathā-bhūta” at Snp-a.324).
vi + āpanna, pp. of vi + āpajjati cp. vyāpajjati
stretched out or across Ja.iii.373 (in verse).
vi + āyata
striving, endeavour, undertaking Snp.953 (explained as the 3 abhisankhāras, viz puñña˚, apuñña˚ & āneñja˚ at Mnd.442).
vi + ārambha
apparently vi + ūḷha, pp. of viyūhati, but mixed in meaning with vi + ūha (of vah) = vyūha
to take away, carry off, remove Vin.iii.48 (paṃsuṃ vyūhati) Ja.i.177, Ja.i.199 (paṃsuṃ), Ja.i.238, Ja.i.331 (kaddamaṃ dvidhā viyūhitvā); Ja.iii.52 (vālikaṃ); Ja.iv.265 (paṃsuṃ); Ja.vi.448 (vālukaṃ); Dhs-a.315; Dhp-a.ii.38; Dhp-a.iii.207 (paṃsuṃ). pp. viyūḷha. Cp. saṃyūhati.
vi + ūh, a differentiated form of vah
neuter removing, removal Vism.302 (paṃsu˚).
fr. viyūhati
separation Ja.vi.482; Mhvs.19, Mhvs.16 (Mahābodhi˚); Pv-a.160, Pv-a.161 (pati˚ from her husband) Sdhp.77, Sdhp.164.
vi + yoga 2
to be woven Vin.iii.259
pp vīta2.
Pass. of vāyati1 or vināti. The Vedic is ūyate
vi + racita
adjective free from defilement or passion, stainless, faultless Vin.i.294 (āgamma maggaṃ virajaṃ) Snp.139, Snp.520, Snp.636, Snp.1105 (see exegesis at Cnd.590); Pv.iii.3#6 (= vigata-raja, niddosa Pv-a.189); Dhp-a.iv.142 Dhp-a.iv.187; DN-a.i.237. Often in phrase virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhamma-cakkhuṃ udapādi “there arose in him the stainless eye of the Arahant,” e.g. Vin.i.16; SN.iv.47- virajaṃ (+ asokaṃ) padaṃ “the stainless (+ painless element” is another expression for Nibbāna, e.g. SN.iv.210; AN.iv.157, AN.iv.160; Iti.37, Iti.46; Vv.16#9; similarly ṭhānaṃ (for padaṃ) Pv.ii.3#33 (= sagga Pv-a.89).
vi + rajo
adjective separated from one’s kingdom, living in a foreign country Vv-a.336.
vi + rajja + ka
to detach oneself, to free oneself of passion, to show lack of interest in (loc.). SN.ii.94, SN.ii.125 (nibbindaṃ [ppr.] virajjati); SN.iii.46, SN.iii.189; SN.iv.2, SN.iv.86; AN.v.3; Snp.739 = SN.iv.205 (tattha); Thag.247; Snp.813 (na rajjati na virajjati), Snp.853; Mnd.138, Mnd.237; Mil.245 Sdhp.613
pp viratta
caus virājeti to put away to estrange (acc.) from (loc.), to cleanse (oneself) of passion (loc.), to purify, to discard as rāga DN.ii.51; SN.i.16 = Snp.171 (ettha chandaṃ v. = vinetvā viddhaṃsetvā Snp-a.213); SN.iv.17 = Kv.178; AN.ii.196 (rajanīyesu dhammesu cittaṃ v.); Snp.139, Snp.203; Thag.282; Pv.ii.13#19 (itthi-cittaṃ = viratta-citta Pv-a.168); Thag-a.49; Dhp-a.i.327 (itthi-bhāve chandaṃ v. to give up desire for femininity)
pp virājita.
vi + rajjati
neuter discolouring Ja.iii.148 (rajjana +).
fr. virajjati; cp. rajjana
to fail, miss, lose SN.iv.117; Ja.i.17, Ja.i.490 (aor. virajjhi), Ja.ii.432 (id.); Pv-a.59
pp viraddha
caus virādheti (q.v.).
vi + rādh; cp. Sk. virādhyati: see rādheti1
adj. nt. without fight or harm, peace Sdhp.579.
vi + raṇa
abstaining from (abl.) Snp.59, Snp.531, Snp.704, Snp.900, Snp.1070; Mnd.314; Cnd.591; Vv-a.72; Sdhp.338.
pp. of viramati
feminine abstinence Mhvs.20, Mhvs.58. The three viratis given at DN-a.i.305 (= veramaṇī) are sampatta˚ samādāna˚, setughāta˚ (q.v.). Cp. Dhs-a.154 (tisso viratiyo), Dhs-a.218; Sdhp.215, Sdhp.341 & Cpd. 244, n. 2.
vi + rati
dispassioned, free from passion, detached, unattached to, displeased with (loc.) SN.iii.45 (rūpadhātuyā cittaṃ virattaṃ vimuttaṃ); Snp.204 (chandarāga˚), Snp.235 (˚citta āyatike bhavasmiṃ); AN.v.3 AN.v.313; Ja.v.233 (mayi); Sdhp.613.
pp. of virajjati
failed, missed, neglecte SN.v.23 (ariyo maggo v.), SN.v.179 (satipaṭṭhānā viraddhā 254, 294; Mnd.512; Ja.i.174, Ja.i.490; Ja.ii.384; Ja.iv.71, Ja.iv.497 Ne.132.
pp. of virajjhati
feminine (missing, failure?) at Vin.i.359 is uncertain reading. The vv.ll. are visuddhi, visandi & visandhi with explains “viddhaṭṭhāna” & “viraddhaṭṭhāna” see p. 395.
opening; defect, flaw Mnd.165.
vi + randha2
neuter (-˚) abstinence, abstaining from (-˚) Mhvs.14, Mhvs.48 (uccā-seyyā˚).
fr. viramati
to stop, cease; to desist (abl.), abstain, refrain Snp.400 (Pot. ˚meyya), Snp.828 (Pot. ˚me) Snp.925; Mnd.168, Mnd.376; Thig.397 (aor. viramāsi, cp. Geiger Pali Grammar § 165#1); Pv.iv.3#55 (pāpadassanaṃ, acc.); Mil.85; Pv-a.204.
vi + ramati
(adj.)
sparse, rare, thin Thig.254 (of hair, explained as vilūna-kesa Thag-a.210, i.e. almost bald spelling ḷ); Dhs-a.238 (ḷ); Dhp-a.i.122 (˚cchanna thinly covered); Pv-a.4 (in ratta-vaṇṇa-virala-mālā read better with variant reading as ratta-kaṇavīra-mālā, cp. Ja.iii.59).
connected with Vedic ṛtē excluding, without, & nirṛti perishing; cp. also Gr. ε ̓́ρημος lonely; Lat. rarus = rare
thin, sparse, rare Dāvs iv.24 (a˚), with variant reading viraḷita.
pp. of Denom. of virala = viraleti, cp. Sk. viralāyate to be rare
(& -rāva) shouting out, roaring; crying (of animals) Ja.i.25, Ja.i.74 (ā), Ja.i.203 (of elephants); Ja.v.9 (ā, of swans).
vi + rava & rāva; cp. Vedic virava
vi + ravati
adjective empty, rid of, bar, without Pv-a.137, Pv-a.139 (sīla˚).
vi + raho
adjective empty, exempt from, rid of, without Mil.330 (dosa˚); Pv-a.139.
vi + rahita
vi + rāga
feminine disinterestedness, absence of lust Kv.212 = Ud.10.
abstr. fr. rāga
adjective at Ja.v.96 is not clear. It is said of beautiful women expld by C. as vilagga-sarīrā, tanumajjhā, i.e. “having slender waists.” Could it be “excited with passion or “exciting passion”? Or could it be an old misreading for virājita2? It may also be a distorted vilāka (q.v.) or vilaggita.
fr. vi + *rāgeti, Denom. of rāga?
adjective
fr. virāga 2, cp. rāgin
in meaning “fading away, waning” in verse at Iti.69 (of viññāṇa) is doubtful reading. It corresponds to virāgadhamma of the prose part (virāgudh˚ vv.ll.) The variant reading is pabhaṅguṇa (which might be preferable unless we regard it as an explanation of virāgin, if we should write it thus).
to fail, miss; only at MN.i.327 (puriso narakapapāte papatanto hatthehi ca pādehi ca paṭhaviṃ virāgeyya “would miss the earth”; differently Neumann “Boden zu fassen suchte,” i.e. tried to touch ground)-Perhaps also in virāgāya (either as ger. to virāgeti or as instr. to virāga in sense of virādha(na)) Pv.i.11#7 (sukhaṃ virāgāya, with gloss virāgena, i.e. spurning one’s good fortune; explained as virajjhitvā virādhetvā at Pv-a.59). Cp. virāye (= virāge?) at Thag.1113 (see virādheti).
for virādheti, as in BSk. virāgayati (e.g. Divy.131, Divy.133) to displease, estrange, the fig. meaning of virāgeti like BSk. ārāgeti for Pāli ārādheti in lit & fig meanings
to shine Pv-a.189 (= virocati).
vi + rājati
cleansed, discarded as rāga, given up SN.iv.158 (dosa); Ja.iii.404 (= pahīna C.).
pp. of virājeti
shining out, resplendent Ja.ii.33 (mora… suratta-rāji-virājita here perhaps = streaked?). Cp. virāgita.
pp. of Caus. of virājati
see virajjati.
feminine failing, failure DN.ii.287; AN.v.211 sq.
fr. virādheti
failed, missed, lost Ja.v.400; Pv.iv.1#3 (= pariccatta C.).
pp. of virādheti
to miss, omit, fail, transgress, sin Snp.899; Thag.37, Thag.1113 virāye for virādhaya C., may be virāge, cp. Brethren 3752 see; virāgeti); Mnd.312; Ja.i.113; Tha-ap.47; Pv-a.59
■ Cp virageti
pp virādhita.
vi + rādheti1, or Caus. of virajjhati
see virava.
purged Mil.214.
pp. of viriccati
neuter lit. “state of a strong man,” i.e. vigour, energy, effort, exertion On term see also Dhs. translation § 13; Cpd. 242
■ DN.iii.113 DN.iii.120 sq., DN.iii.255 sq.; SN.ii.132, SN.ii.206 sq.; Snp.79, Snp.184, Snp.353, Snp.422 Snp.531, Snp.966, Snp.1026 (chanda˚); Mnd.476, Mnd.487; Cnd.394; Ja.i.178 (viriyaṃ karoti, with loc.); Pp.71; Vb.10 Ne.16, Ne.28; Tikp.60, Kp.63; Mil.36; Vism.160 (˚upekkhā), Vism.462; Kp-a.96; Snp-a.489; Dhp-a.iv.231; DN-a.i.63; Dhs-a.120; Vv-a.14; Pv-a.98, Pv-a.129; Sdhp.343, Sdhp.517. accāraddha˚; too much exertion MN.iii.159; AN.iii.375 opp. atilīna˚; too little ibid; uṭṭhāna˚; initiative or rousing energy SN.i.21, SN.i.217; AN.iii.76; AN.iv.282; Thag-a.267; Pv-a.129; nara˚; manly strength Ja.iv.478, Ja.iv.487. -viriyaṃ āra(m)bhati to put forth energy, to make an effort SN.ii.28; SN.iv.125; SN.v.9, SN.v.244 sq.; AN.i.39, AN.i.282, AN.i.296; AN.ii.15 AN.iv.462
■ As adj. (-˚) in alīna˚; alert, energetic Ja.i.22 āraddha˚; full of energy, putting forth energy, strenuous SN.i.53, SN.i.166, SN.i.198; SN.ii.29, SN.ii.207 sq.; SN.iv.224; SN.v.225; AN.i.4 AN.i.12; AN.ii.76, AN.ii.228 sq.; AN.iii.65, AN.iii.127; AN.iv.85, AN.iv.229, AN.iv.291, AN.iv.357 AN.v.93, AN.v.95, AN.v.153, AN.v.335; Ja.i.110; ossaṭṭha˚; one who has given up effort Ja.i.110; hīna˚; lacking in energy Iti.34 (here as vīriya, in metre)
■ v. is one of the indriyas, the balas & the; sambojjhaṅgas (q.v.).
fr. vīra; cp. Vedic vīrya & vīria
feminine manliness, energy, strength MN.i.19; Vv-a.284.
abstr. fr. viriya
adjective energetic AN.i.236; Snp.528, Snp.531 (four-syllabic), Snp.548 (three-syllabic); Vism.3 (= ātāpin); Sdhp.475.
viriya + vant
(vīṇā˚) lute-player Ja.vi.51 (= vīṇā-vādaka C.). See rujaka.
to be obstructed Snp.73 (avirujjhamāna unobstructed); Ja.vi.12.
vi + rujjhati
neuter obstructing or being obstructed, obstruction, Ja.vi.448.
fr. virujjhati
neuter noise, sound (of animals), cry Snp.927; explained as “virudaṃ [spelling with d, like ruda for ruta] vuccati-miga-cakkaṃ; miga-cakka-pāthakā [i.e. experts in the ways of animals; knowers of auspices migacakkaṃ ādisanti” at Mnd.382; and as “mig’ ādīnaṃ vassitaṃ” at Snp-a.564. The passage is a little doubtful when we compare the expression viruṭañ ca gabbhakaraṇaṃ at Snp.927 with the passage viruddha-gabbhakaraṇaṃ at DN.i.11 (cp. DN-a.i.96), which seems more original.
vi + ruta
hindered, obstructed, disturbed SN.i.236; Snp.248, Snp.630; Mnd.239; Mil.99, Mil.310; Ja.i.97
■ Often neg. a˚ unobstructed, free SN.i.236 SN.iv.71; AN.iii.276 (˚ka); Dhp.406; Snp.365, Snp.704, Snp.854; Vb-a.148 = Vism.543.
pp. of virundhati
to obstruct etc. Pass. virujjhati (q.v.)
pp viruddha
caus virodheti. (q.v.).
vi + rundhati
adjective deformed, unsightly, ugly Snp.50; Ja.i.47; Ja.iv.379; Ja.vi.31, Ja.vi.114; Pv-a.24, Pv-a.32, Pv-a.47; Sdhp.85.
at Snp.50 virūpa is taken as “various” by Bdhgh (Snp-a.99), and virūpa-rūpa explained as vividha-rūpa, i.e. diversity, variety. So also the Niddesa.
vi + rūpa
having grown, growing SN.ii.65 (viññāṇe virūḷhe āyatiṃ punnabbhav’ âbhinibbatti hoti).
pp. of virūhati
feminine growth MN.i.250; SN.iii.53; AN.iii.8, AN.iii.404 sq.; AN.v.152 sq., AN.v.161, AN.v.350 sq.; Iti.113; Mil.33 Mhvs.15, Mhvs.42; Vb-a.196
■ avirūḷhi-dhamma not liable to growth Snp.235; Dhp-a.i.245.
vi + rūḷhi, of ruh
to grow, sprout Iti.113; Mil.386; DN-a.i.120
■ Cp. paṭi˚
pp virūḷha
caus 2 virūhāpeti to make grow, to foster Mil.386.
vi + rūhati1
feminine & ˚a (nt.) growing, growth Ja.ii.323 (f.); Mil.354; Vism.220; DN-a.i.161; Pv-a.7.
vi + rūhanā
Mil.134 (cp. Vin.i.279).
neuter purging, a purgative Vin.i.206 (˚ṃ pātuṃ to drink a p.), Vin.i.279 (id.); DN.i.12; AN.v.218; Ja.iii.48 (sineha˚ an oily or softening purgative); DN-a.i.98.
vi + recana, ric
adjective (one who is) to be treated with a purgative Mil.169.
grd. formation fr. virecana
to purge Mil.229, Mil.335.
vi + Caus. of riñcati
to shine (forth), to be brilliant Vin.ii.296 (tapati, bhāsati, v.); Snp.378, Snp.550; Iti.64 (virocare); Ja.i.18, Ja.i.89; Ja.iv.233; Pv.i.11#4; Pv.ii.9#62; Pv.iii.3#5 (= virājati Pv-a.189); Dhp-a.i.446; Dhp-a.iv.143; Dhs-a.14; Pv-a.110 (˚amāna = sobhamāna), Pv-a.136 sq., Pv-a.157. Cp. verocana. Caus. viroceti to illumine Mil.336.
vi + rocati
obstruction, hindrance, opposition, enmity SN.i.111; SN.iv.71, SN.iv.210; Snp.362; Pp.18, Pp.22; Kv.485; Mil.394; Dhs-a.39
■ avirodha absence of obstruction, gentleness MN.ii.105 = Thag.875; Pv.iii.7#3.
vi + rodha1
adj. nt. opposing, obstruction, opposition, contradiction, only neg. a˚ absence of opposition, Ja.iii.274, Ja.iii.320, Ja.iii.412; Ja.v.378.
fr. virodheti
obstructed, rendered hostile Pgdp.90 (or is it virādhita?).
pp. of virodheti
to cause obstruction, to render hostile, to be in disharmony, to exasperate SN.iv.379 = AN.v.320 (which latter passage reads viggaṇhati instead); Sdhp.45, Sdhp.496
pp virodhita.
Caus. of virundhati
feminine causing anger Vb.86; Vb-a.75.
vi + rosanā
adjective noun wrong or false characteristic; (adj.) discharacteristic, i.e. inconsistent with characteristics, discrepant (opp. sa˚; in accordance with ch.) Mil.405; Ne.78; Vb-a.250 sq.
vi + lakkhaṇa
adjective
vi + lagga
adjective stretched or bending (?), slender Ja.iv.20 (see under vilāka).
vi + laggita
neuter the plant Erycibe paniculata Vin.i.201 (variant reading viḷ˚)
■ -thālikā at Mnd.154 read as bilaṅga˚; (q.v.).
*Sk. viḍanga
in hattha˚; jerking of the hand beckoning (as a mode of making signs) Vin.i.157; MN.i.207 (has g for gh, cp. p. 547)
■ Cp. hattha-vikāra.
fr. vilangheti
to jump about, to leap (over) Sdhp.168.
vi + langhati
to be ashamed, to be bashful, to pretend bashfulness Ja.v.433.
vi + lajjati
vi + lapati
adjective hanging down; only in redupl
■ iter. cpd. olamba-vilamba dropping or falling off all round Ja.iv.380.
vi + lamba
to loiter, to tarry, lit. “hang about” Ja.i.413; Dhp-a.i.81.
vi + lambati
adjective hanging down, drooping MN.i.306 (f. ˚inī, of a creeper, i.e. growing tendrils all over).
vi + lambin
dissolution; -ṃ gacchati, as much as: “to be digested,” to be dissolved Mil.67. adj. dissolved, dispersed Dpvs.i.65.
vi + laya, cp. līyati
to play, dally, sport; to shine forth, to unfold splendour Ja.v.38 (of a tree “stand herrlich da” dutoit), Ja.v.433 (of woman); Ja.vi.44 (of a tree, vilāsamāna T.)
pp vilasita.
vi + lasati
adjective shining; gay, playful, coquettish Ja.v.420.
pp. of vilasati
adjective only in f -a: slender (of waist); the expln with vilagga may refer to a comparison with a creeper (cp. vilambin & Ja.v.215 as “hanging” (“climbing”) i.e. slim, but seems forced See also virāgita which is explained in the same way. The word is peculiar to the “Jātaka” style
■ Ja.iv.19 (= suṭṭhu- vilaggita -tanu-majjhā); Ja.v.155 (+ mudukā; C explains as sankhitta-majjhā), Ja.v.215 (˚majjhā = vilaggasarīrā C.), Ja.v.506 (velli-vilāka-majjhā = vilagga-majjhā tanu-dīgha-majjhā C.); Vv-a.280 (˚majjhā for sumajjhimā of Vv.64#13; T. reads vilāta˚;).
perhaps = vilagga (Geiger, P.Gr. § 612), although difficult to connect in meaning
idle talk Ja.i.496; Ja.v.24. Cp. saṃ˚.
vi + lāpa
feminine = vilāpa Pp.21.
fr. vilasati
adjective having splendour, grace or beauty Mhvs.29, Mhvs.25.
fr. vilāsa
adjective shining forth, unfolding splendour, possessing charm or grace, charming DN-a.i.40 (vyāmapabhā parikkhepa-vilāsinī splendour shining over a radius of a vyāma).
fr. vilāsa
pp vilikhita.
vi + likhati
scraped off Snp-a.207.
pp. of vilikhati
anointed DN.i.104 (su-nahāta suvilitta kappita-kesa-massu); Ja.iii.91; Ja.iv.442.
pp. of vilimpati
to smear, anoint AN.iii.57; Ja.i.265 (ger. ˚itvā); Ja.iii.277 (ppr. ˚anto): Pv.i.10#6 (ger ˚itvāna) Pv-a.62 (˚itvā)
pp vilitta
caus 2 vilimpāpeti to cause to be anointed Ja.i.50 (gandhehi), Ja.i.254 (id.). Vilivili (-kriya)
vi + limpati
see biḷibiḷikā.
adjective
vi + līna, pp. of vilīyati
to melt (intrs.), to be dissolved, to perish Ja.iv.498; Vism.420 (pabbata, spelling here with ḷ; Warren wrong “are hidden from view,” i.e. nilīyati) Dhs-a.336 (phānita-piṇḍa; translation not to the point “reduced or pounded”); Sdhp.383; Pgdp.21
pp vilīna
■ Cp. pa˚.
vi + līyati 2
neuter melting, dissolution Sdhp.201. Viliva & Viliva;
fr. vilīyati
adjective
Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. compares Sk, bilma slip, chip. Phonetically viliva = Sk. bilva: see billa
a worker in bamboo, a basketmaker Vin.iii.82; Mil.331; Vb-a.222 (˚ka in simile) Pv-a.175.
vilīva + kāra
adjective broken; only in redupl
■ iter. cpd. olugga-vilugga all broken up, tumbling to pieces MN.i.80, MN.i.450.
vi + lugga
plundered, stripped, robbed, ruined SN.i.85 = Ja.ii.239; Ja.v.99; Ja.vi.44; Mil.303; Mhvs.33, Mhvs.71 (corehi).
pp. of vilumpati
adjective (act. or pass.) plundering or being plundered Ja.i.370 (˚cora); Ja.ii.239 (pass.).
fr. vi + lup
to plunder, rob, steal, ruin SN.i.85 = Ja.ii.239; Ja.v.99; Mil.193; Vv-a.100; Dhp-a.iii.23-Pass. viluppati Ja.v.254 (gloss for ˚lump˚ of p. 253)
pp vilutta
caus 2 vilumpāpeti to incite to plunder Mil.193; Ja.i.263.
vi + lumpati
neuter plundering Dhp-a.iii.23. Vilumpamana(ka)
fr. vilumpati
plundering, robbing Ja.v.254; Pv-a.4 (˚ka cora).
orig. ppr. med. of vilumpati
adjective stirred, agitated, shaken, disturbed Dāvs iv.54 (bhaya˚citta). Cp. viloḷeti.
vi + luḷita; cp. BSk. vilulita Jtm.210
adjective cut off (always with ref. to the hair) MN.iii.180 = AN.i.138; Mil.11; Pv-a.47.
vi + lūna
perplexity, lit. “scratching” Vin.iv.143 (here as f. ˚ā); Dhs.1256 (mano˚); Dhs-a.260. The more common word for “perplexity” is vikkhepa.
vi + lekha
neuter ointment, cosmetic, toilet perfume AN.i.107, AN.i.212; AN.ii.209; Thag.616 (sīlaṃ v. seṭṭhaṃ Cp. Ja.iii.290); Pp.51, Pp.58; Pv.ii.3#16; DN-a.i.77 DN-a.i.88.
vi + lepana
neuter looking, reflection, investigation, prognostication usually as 5 objects of reflection as to when & where & how one shall be reborn (pañca-mahā-˚āni), consisting in kāla, desa, dīpa, kula, mātā (the latter as janetti-āyu i.e. mother and her time of delivery at Ja.i.48) or time (right or wrong), continent, sky (orientation), family (or clan) and one’s (future) mother: Ja.i.48, Ja.i.49; Dhp-a.i.84; as 8 at Mil.193, viz. kāla, dīpa, desa, kula, janetti āyu, māsa, nekkhamma (i.e. the 5 + period of gestation month of his birthday, and his renunciation). Without special meaning at DN-a.i.194 (ālokana +). Cp. volokana.
vi + lok (loc = roc), see loka & rocati
neuter a look AN.ii.104, AN.ii.106 sq., AN.ii.210; Pp.44, Pp.45; DN-a.i.193; Vv-a.6 (ālokita +).
pp. of viloketi
one who looks or inspects DN-a.i.194 (āloketar +).
n. ag. fr. viloketi
to examine, study, inspect, scrutinize, reflect on Thig.282; Ja.i.48, Ja.i.49; Dhp-a.i.84; Mil.193; Mhvs.22, Mhvs.18
pp vilokita. Cp. pa˚; & vo˚.
vi + loketi, of lok, as in loka
neuter the eye Dāvs i.41; Thag-a.253.
vi + locana
plunder, pillage MN.i.456 (maccha˚ fishhaul); Ja.i.7; Ja.iii.8; Ja.vi.409; Dpvs.ix.7 (˚kamma). vilopaṃ khādati to live by plunder Ja.vi.131.
vi + lopa
adjective plundering, living by plundering Ja.i.5; Mil.122 (f. ˚ikā).
fr. vilopa
adjective to be plundered; neg. a˚; Sdhp.311.
grd. formation fr. vilopa
feminine unseemliness, repugnance Snp-a.106.
abstr. fr. viloma
adjective against the grain (lit. against the hair), discrepant, reversed, wrong, unnatural Vin.ii.115 (of cīvara: unsightly); Ja.iii.113; Dpvs.vii.55; Dhp-a.i.379; Pv-a.87.
vi + loma
neuter discrepancy, disagreement, reverse Dhs-a.253.
fr. viloma
to dispute, disagree with, to find fault Ne.22; Mil.29, Mil.295; Dhs-a.253.
Denom. fr. viloma
neuter & Viloṭana; [fr. vi + luḍ; cp. Whitney, Sanskrit Roots, 1885, p. 149, where themes & their forms are given by; luṭh1 to roll, luṭh2 & luṇṭh; to rob, luḍ to stir up (some forms of it having meaning of luṇṭh) = lul to be lively] shaking, stirring; only found in lexicogr. literature as defn of several roots, viz. of gāh Dhtp.349; Dhtm.504; math & manth; (see mathati Dhtp.126; Dhtm.183. See also luḷati.
fr. vi + luḷ
to stir, to move about Ja.i.26; Dpvs.vi.52.
vi + loḷeti or loleti, cp. vilulita
to burn (intrs.) Ja.ii.220.
vi + dayhati
at AN.iii.122 read as biḷāra (sasa-biḷārā rabbits & cats).
pp. of vivajjeti
to avoid, abandon, forsake SN.i.43; AN.v.17; Snp.53 (= parivajj˚ abhivajj˚ Cnd.592), Snp.399 (˚jjaya), Snp.407 (praet. ˚jjayi); Vv.84#38 (˚jjayātha = parivajjetha Vv-a.346); Ja.i.473; Ja.iii.263, Ja.iii.481 (˚jjayi); Ja.v.233 (Pot. ˚jjaye); Mil.129; Sdhp.210, Sdhp.353, Sdhp.395
pp vivajjita
pass vivajjati Ja.i.27.
vi + vajjeti
uncovered, open (lit. & fig.), laid bare, unveiled Snp.19 (lit.), Snp.374 (fig. anāvaṭa Snp-a.366), Snp.763, Snp.793 (= open-minded); Mnd.96 Pp.45, Pp.46 (read vivaṭa for pi vaṭa; opp. pihita); Vism.185 (opp. pihita); Ja.v.434; Dhp-a.iii.79; Vv-a.27; Pv-a.283 (mukha unveiled)
■ vivaṭena cetasā “with mind awake & clear” DN.iii.223; AN.iv.86; SN.v.263; cp. cetovivaraṇa
■ vivaṭa is freq.variant reading for vivatta (-cchada) e.g. at AN.ii.44; Snp.372; Dhp-a.iii.195; Snp-a.265 (in expln of term); sometimes the only reading in this phrase (q.v.), e.g. at Cnd.593
■ instr. vivaṭena as adv “openly” Vin.ii.99; Vin.iv.21.
vi + vaṭa, pp. of vṛ: see vuṇāti
adjective open (i.e. not secret) Vin.ii.99.
vivaṭa + ka
masculine & neuter
vi + vaṭṭa1
pp vivaṭṭa.
vi + vaṭṭati
neuter & ˚ā (f.) turning away, moving on, moving back Pts.i.66; Pts.ii.98; Vism.278 (f. explained as “magga”).
fr. vivaṭṭati
to turn down or away (perhaps in dogmatic sense to turn away from saṃsāra), to divert destroy: only in phrase vivaṭṭayi saṃyojanaṃ (in standard setting with acchecchi taṇhaṃ), where the usual variant reading is vāvattayi (see vāvatteti). Thus at MN.i.12 MN.i.122; SN.i.127; SN.iv.105, SN.iv.205, SN.iv.207, SN.iv.399; AN.i.134; AN.iii.246 AN.iii.444 sq.; AN.iv.8 sq.; Iti.47 (T. vivattayi).
vi + vaṭṭeti
adjective discoloured, pale, wan Snp.585; Thig.79; Ja.ii.418.
vi + vaṇṇa
neuter dispraise, reviling Vin.iv.143.
fr. vivaṇṇeti
to dispraise, defame Pv.iii.10#6 (thūpa-pūjaṃ); Pv-a.212.
vi + vaṇṇeti
adjective having the cover removed, with the veil lifted; one who draws away the veil (cp. vivaraṇa or reveals (the Universe etc.); or one who is freed of all (mental & spiritual) coverings (thus Bdhgh), epithet of the Buddha
■ Spelling sometimes; chadda˚; (see chada)-DN.i.89; DN.ii.16; DN.iii.142 (dd; sammā-sambuddha loke vivatta-chadda; translation “rolling back the veil from the world”), DN.iii.177 (dd); AN.ii.44 (variant reading dd); Snp.372 (explained as “vivaṭa-rāga-dosa-moha-chadana Snp-a.365), Snp.378, Snp.1003 (ed. Snp p.efers dd as T. reading); Cnd.593 (with allegorical interpretation); Ja.i.51; Ja.iii.349; Ja.iv.271 (dd) Dhp-a.i.201 (variant reading dd); Dhp-a.iii.195; DN-a.i.250
■ It occurs either as vivatta˚; or vivaṭa˚. In the first case (vivatta˚; the expln presents difficulties, as it is neither the opp of vatta (“duty”), nor the same as vivaṭṭa (“moving back” intrs.), nor a direct pp. of vivattati (like Sk vivṛtta) in which meaning it would come nearer to “stopped, reverted, ceased.” vivattati has not been found in Pāli. The only plausible expln would be taking it as an abs. pp. formation fr. vṛt in Caus. sense (vatteti) thus “moved back, stopped, discarded”, in meaning “uncovered, lifted, off,” referring to the covering (chada) as uncovered instead of the uncovered object. See vivaṭa. It is difficult to decide between the two meanings. On the principle of the “lectio difficilior” vivatta would have the preference whereas from a natural & simple point of view; vivaṭa seems more intelligible & more fitting. It is evidently an; old phrase. Note. -vivatta-kkhandha at SN.i.121 is a curious expression (“with his shoulders twisted round”?). Is it an old misreading for pattakkhandha? Cp. however, S.A. quoted K.S. i.151 n. 5, explaining it as a dying monk’s effort to gain an orthodox posture.
cp. BSk vivartayati to cast off a garment, Divy.39). In the second case (vivaṭa˚;) it is pp. of vivarati [vi + vṛ: see vuṇāti
at Pp.32 is to be read as vivaṭṭati.
vi + vadati
neuter causing separation, making discord DN.i.11; DN-a.i.96.
fr. vivadati
(carrying yoke) see khārī-vidha and vividha2.
neuter wilderness, barren land SN.i.100; Vv.77#6 (= arañña Vv-a.302); Ja.ii.191, Ja.ii.317.
vi + vana
neuter
fr. vi + vṛ.
neuter
fr. vivarati
vi + varati vṛ; see vuṇāti
to live away from home, to be separated, to be distant Ja.iv.217
■ Cp. vippavasati.
vi + vasati2
neuter (gradually) getting light; turning into dawn (said of the night), only in phrase ratyā vivasane at the end of night, combined in stock phrase with suriy’ uggamanaṃ pati “towards sunrise” (evidently an old phrase) at Thag.517; Ja.iv.241; Ja.v.381, Ja.v.461; Ja.vi.491; Pv.iii.8#2. Also at Snp.710.
vi + vas (uṣ) to shine, cp. vibhāti
lit. to make [it] get light; rattiṃ v. to spend the night (till it gets light) Snp.1142 Cnd.594 (= atināmeti)- vivasati is Kern’s proposed reading for vijahati (rattiṃ) at Thag.451. He founds his conjecture on aN variant reading vivasate & the C. expln “atināmeti khepeti.” Mrs. Rh. D. trsls “waste” (i.e. vijahati).
Caus. of vi + vas to shine
dispute, quarrel, contention DN.i.236; DN.iii.246; AN.iv.401; Snp.596, Snp.863, Snp.877, Snp.912; Mnd.103, Mnd.167 Mnd.173, Mnd.260, Mnd.307; Pp.19, Pp.22; Ud.67; Ja.i.165; Mil.413; Vv-a.131. There are 6 vivāda-mūlāni (roots of contention), viz. kodha, makkha, issā, sāṭheyya, pāpicchatā, sandiṭṭhi-parāmāsa or anger, selfishness, envy fraudulence, evil intention, worldliness: DN.iii.246; AN.iii.334 sq.; Vb.380; referred to at Pts.i.130. There is another list of 10 at AN.v.78 consisting in wrong representations regarding dhamma & vinaya.
fr. vi + vad
a quarreller Ja.i.209.
fr. vivāda
(vivādeti) to quarrel Snp.832 (= kalahaṃ karoti Mnd.173), Snp.879, Snp.895. Pot. 3rd sg vivādiyetha (= kolahaṃ kareyya Mnd.307), & vivādayetha Snp.830 (id. expln Mnd.170).
Denom. fr. vivāda
“carrying or sending away,” i.e. marriage, wedding DN.i.99; Snp.p.105; Pv-a.144; Snp-a.448 (where distinction āvāha = kaññā-gahaṇaṃ, vivāha kaññā-dānaṃ)
■ As nt. at Vin.iii.135. Cp. āvāha & vevāhika.
fr. vi + vah
neuter giving in marriage or getting a husband for a girl (cp. āvāhana). DN.i.11 DN-a.i.96 cp. Vin.iii.135
fr. vi + vah
indeclinable separating oneself from (instr.), aloof from DN.i.37; AN.iii.25; Ja.vi.388; Dhs.160 Pp.68; Vism.139, Vism.140 (explained in detail)
■ Doubtful reading at Pv.i.11#9 (for viricca?)
■ As viviccaṃ (& a˚ at Ja.v.434 in meaning “secretly” (= raho paṭicchannaṃ C.).
ger. of viviccati
to separate oneself, to depart from, to be alone, to separate (intrs.) Vin.iv.241; ger. viviccitvā Dhs-a.165, & vivicca (see sep.)
pp vivitta
■ Cp viveceti.
vi + vic
to desire, long for, want Ne.11.
Desid. of vindati
feminine manifold desire, greediness, avarice Dhs-a.375; Ne.11 (where expln “vivicchā nāma vuccati vicikicchā”). See also veviccha.
Desid. of vid, cp. Sk. vivitsā
adjective separated, secluded, aloof, solitary, separate, alone DN.i.71; SN.i.110; AN.ii.210; AN.iii.92; AN.iv.436; AN.v.207, AN.v.270; Snp.221, Snp.338, Snp.810 Snp.845; Mnd.201; Kv.605; Mil.205; DN-a.i.208; Dhs-a.166; Dhp-a.iii.238; Dhp-a.iv.157 (so read for vivivitta!); Vb-a.365; Pv-a.28, Pv-a.141, Pv-a.283. Cp. pa˚.
pp. of viviccati; vi + vitta3
adjective solitary Ja.iv.242 (˚āvāsa).
vivitta + ka
feminine seclusion (= viveka) Vb-a.316, cp. K.S. i.321.
abstr. fr. vivitta
feminine separation Dhs-a.166
■ Cp. viveka.
fr. viviccati
adjective divers, manifold, mixed; full of, gay with (-˚) DN.ii.354; Pv.ii.4#9; Vv.35#9; Mil.319 Mhvs.25, Mhvs.30; Snp-a.136 (in expln of vi˚: “viharati vividhaṃ hitaṃ harati”).
vi + vidha1
carrying-yoke DN.i.101; SN.i.78 (as variant reading khāri-vividhaṃ, see khāri); Ja.iii.116 (parikkhāraṃ vividhaṃ ādāya, where variant reading reads khāriṃ vividhaṃ).
for Sk. vivadha; vi + vah
detachment, loneliness, separation, seclusion; “singleness” (of heart), discrimination (of thought) DN.i.37, DN.i.182; DN.iii.222, DN.iii.226, DN.iii.283 = SN.iv.191 (˚ninna citta); SN.i.2, SN.i.194; SN.iv.365 sq.; SN.v.6, SN.v.240 sq. AN.i.53; AN.iii.329; AN.iv.224; Vin.iv.241; Snp.474, Snp.772, Snp.822 Snp.851, Snp.915, Snp.1065; Mnd.158, Mnd.222; Ja.i.79; Ja.iii.31; Dhs.160 Pp.59, Pp.68; Ne.16, Ne.50; Dhs-a.164, Dhs-a.166; Thag-a.64; Pv-a.43; Sdhp.471
■ viveka is given as fivefold at Pts.ii.220 sq. and Vb-a.316, cp. K.S. i.321 (Bdhgh on SN.iii.2, SN.iii.8), viz. tadanga˚, vikkhambhana˚, samuccheda paṭippassaddhi˚, nissaraṇa˚; as threefold at Vism.140 viz. kāya˚, citta˚, vikkhambhana˚, i.e. physically mentally, ethically; which division amounts to the same as that given at Mnd.26 with kāya˚, citta˚, upadhi˚ the latter equivalent to “nibbāna.” Cp. on term Dial. i.84. See also jhāna. Cp. pa˚. Vivekatta = vivittata
fr. vi + vic
Vb-a.316.
neuter discrimination, specification Dhs-a.388.
abstr. fr. vivecita, pp. of viveceti
to cause separation, to separate, to keep back, dissuade Vin.i.64; DN.i.226; SN.iii.110 MN.i.256; Pv.iii.10#7 (= paribāheti Pv-a.214); Mil.339; Dhs-a.311; Ne.113, Ne.164 (˚iyamāna).
Caus. of viviccati
to get entangled Vin.ii.117.
vi + veṭhïyati
distinction DN.i.229, DN.i.233. We should read visesa, as printed on p. 233.
?
neuter poison, virus venom MN.i.316 = SN.ii.110; Thag.418; Thag.768; Snp.1 (sappa snake venom); AN.ii.110; Ja.i.271 (halāhala˚ deadly p.), Ja.iii.201; Ja.iv.222; Pp.48; Mil.302; Pv-a.62, Pv-a.256; Thag-a.489
■ On visa in similes see J.P.T.S. 1907, 137. Cp āsī˚.
-uggāra vomiting of poison Snp-a.176. -kaṇṭaka a poisoned thorn or arrow, also name of a sort of sugar Dhs-a.203. -kumbha a vessel filled with p. Iti.86 -pānaka a drink of p. Dhp-a.ii.15. -pīta (an arrow dipped into poison (lit. which has drunk poison). At another place (see pīta1) we have suggested reading visappita (visa + appita), i.e. “poison-applied,” which was based on reading at Vism.303. See e.g. Ja.v.36; Mil.198; Vism.303, Vism.381; Dhp-a.i.216. -rukkha “poison tree,” a cert. tree Vism.512; Vb-a.89; DN-a.i.39. -vaṇijjā trading with poison AN.iii.208. -vijjā science of poison DN-a.i.93
■ vejja a physician who cures poison (ous snake-bites) Ja.i.310. -salla a poisoned arrow Vism.503.
cp. Vedic viṣa; Av. viš poison, Gr. ἰός, Lat. vīrus, Oir. fī: all meaning “poison”
is P. prefix corresponding to Sk. viṣu (or visva˚; in meaning “diverging, on opposite sides,” apart, against; only in cpd. -vādeti and derivations, lit to speak wrong, i.e. to deceive.
see vi˚.
(& visaññutta) adjective
vi + saṃyutta
(& visaññoga) disconnection, separation from (-˚), dissociation Vin.ii.259 (ññ) = AN.iv.280; DN.iii.230 (kāma-yoga˚, bhava˚, diṭṭhi˚, avijjā˚ cp. the 4 oghas), DN.iii.276; AN.ii.11; AN.iii.156.
vi + saṃyoga
deceiving; neg. a˚; Mil.354.
visaṃ + vāda
adjective deceiving, untrustworthy Vism.496; f. -ikā Ja.v.401, Ja.v.410
■ a˚; not deceiving DN.iii.170; AN.iv.249; MN.iii.33; Pp.57.
visaṃ + vādaka
neuter & -ā (f.) & -atā (f.) deceiving, disappointing AN.v.136 (˚ā); Vin.iv.2
■ a˚ honesty DN.iii.190 (-atā).
fr. visaṃvādeti
one who deceives another DN.iii.171.
n. ag. fr. visaṃvādeti
to deceive with words, to break one’s word, to lie, deceive Vin.iii.143; Vin.iv.1 Ne.91
■ Neg. a˚; Ja.v.124.
visaṃ + vādeti; cp. BSk. visaṃvādayati Avs.i.262, after the Pāli
adjective separated, unconnected with (instr.) MN.i.480; DN-a.i.59.
vi + saṃsaṭṭha
removed, destroyed Thag.89.
vi + saṃhata2
in -dūta is a special kind of messenger Vin.iii.74.
vi + sakkiya?
see a˚.
adjective fearless, secure; a˚; Sdhp.176.
vi + sanka; Sk. viśanka
adjective suspicious, anxious Thag-a.134 (Ap. v. 78)
■ neg. a˚; not perturbed, trusting secure Sdhp.128.
pp. of vi + śaṅk
divestment of all material things Dhp.154 (= nibbāna Dhp-a.iii.129). See sankhāra 3.
vi + sankhāra
destroyed, annihilated Dhp.154; Ja.i.493 (= viddhaṃsita Dhp-a.iii.129).
vi + sankhata
to hang on, cling to, stick to, adhere (fig.) only in pp. visatta (q.v.)
■ The apparent ger. form visajja belongs to vissajjati.
vi + sajjati, Pass. of sañj; the regular Act. would be visajati
adjective
vi + sañña = saññā
adjective unconscious, one who has lost consciousness; also in meaning “of unsound mind (= ummattaka Mnd.279) AN.ii.52 (khitta-citta +); Mil.220; Sdhp.117. Visata & visata;
vi + saññin
spread, diffused, wide, broad DN.iii.167 (ṭ); Snp.1 (T. reads t, variant reading BB has ṭ); Ja.ii.439; Ja.iv.499 (t); Mil.221, Mil.354 (ṭ; + vitthata) Mil.357. Cp. anu˚. Visata & visata
pp. of vi + sṛ; Sk. visṛta
feminine “hanging on,” clinging, attachment. The word seems to be a quasi-short form of visattikā. Thus at Snp.715 (= taṇhā C.; spelling t); Dhs.1059 (translation “diffusion,” i.e. fr. vi + sṛ; spelling ṭ) = Cnd. s.v. taṇhā (spelt with t).
abrh. formation fr. vi + sañj, spelling t for tt: see visatta. The writing of MSS. concerning t in these words is very confused
see vissaṭṭha.
feminine
for vissaṭṭhi, fr. vi + sṛj
to enter, only in combination with prefixes like upa˚, pa˚, pari˚, saṃ˚, abhisaṃ˚, etc.… See also vesma (house).
viś, cp. viś dwelling-place, veśa; Gr. οίκος house, οἰκέω to dwell; Lat. vīcus, Goth. weihs = E. ˚wick in Warwick, etc.
hanging on (fig.), sticking or clinging to, entangled in (loc.) AN.ii.25; Snp.38, Snp.272 Cnd.597; Ja.ii.146; Ja.iii.241.
pp. of visajjati
feminine clinging to, adhering, attachment (to = loc.), sinful bent, lust, desire-It is almost invariably found as a syn. of taṇhā. P Commentators explain it with ref. either to visaṭa (diffused), or to visa (poison). These are of course only exegetical edifying etymologies. Cp. Dhs. translation § 1059 Expositor ii.468: Brethren 213 n. 3, K.S. i.2, n. 6, and the varied exegesis of the term in the Niddesas. SN.i.1, SN.i.24, SN.i.35, SN.i.107, SN.i.110; AN.ii.211; AN.iv.434; Snp.333, Snp.768 Snp.857, Snp.1053 sq.; Thag.519; Mnd.8 sq., Mnd.247; Cnd.598; Dhp-a.iii.198; Dhp-a.iv.43; Dhs-a.364; Ne.24; Dhs.1059.
visatta + ikā, abstr. formation
adjective
-kiriyā making clear: see under vatthu1
■ bhāva clearness Vism.128; Tikp.59.
cp. Sk. viśada
feminine purity, clearness Vism.134 (vatthu˚).
abstr. fr. visada
sunk into (loc.), immersed Ja.iv.399. The poetical form is vyasanna.
pp. of visīdati
in -rasa at Vism.470 is not clear. Is it “spreading”, or misprint for visa-pāna?
vi + sṛp
adjective different, unusual, extraordinary, uncommon Mil.78 sq.; DN-a.i.212; Vism.180 (purisassa itthisarīraṃ, itthiyā purisa-sarīraṃ visabhāgaṃ), Vism.516; Dhp-a.iv.52; Pv-a.118. -ārammaṇa pudendum muliebre Ja.ii.274 ≈ Ja.iii.498.
vi + sabhāga
adjective
vi + sama3
to be uneven DN.ii.269 (so read for visamā yanti).
Denom. fr. visama
cp. Sk. viśaya, fr. vi + śī
adjective possible Pv.iv.1#12 (yathā ˚ṃ as far as possible); a˚; impossible MN.i.207 = Vin.i.157.
ger. of visahati
a multitude DN-a.i.40.
vi + sara
adjective free from pain or grief SN.i.180; Snp.17, Snp.86 = Snp.367.
vi + salla
feminine at DN.ii.213 in phrase iddhi˚; is doubtful reading. The gloss (K) has “visevitā.” Trsln (Dial. ii.246) “proficiency.” It is combined with iddhi-pahutā & iddhivikubbanatā. Bdhgh’s expln is “visavanā”.
fr vi + sru?
to be able, to dare, to venture Snp.1069 (= ussahati sakkoti Cnd.600); Ja.i.152
ppr neg. avisahanto unable Vv-a.69, Vv-a.112; and avisahamāna Ja.i.91
ger visayha (q.v.).
vi + sahati
adjective having branches, forked; in ti˚ three-branched SN.i.118 = MN.i.109.
visākhā as adj.
feminine Name of a lunar mansion (nakkhatta) or month (see vesākha), usually as visākha˚ (-puṇṇamā), e.g. Snp-a.391; Vv-a.165.
vi + sākhā, Sk. viśākhā
cut in pieces, smashed, broken Ja.ii.163 (= bhinna C.).
pp. of vi + sāṭeti
neuter
cp. Sk. viṣāṇa
adjective crushed to pieces, destroyed MN.ii.102 (˚gabbha, with mūḷha-gabbha; variant reading vighāta).
fr. vi + śat, cp. sāṭeti
depression, dejection DN.i.248; DN-a.i.121; Sdhp.117. Cp. visīdati.
fr. vi + sad
spreading, diffusion, scattering Dhs-a.118.
fr. vi + sṛ.
adjective spreading, extending, expanding Vin.iii.97 (vattu˚ T.; vatthu˚ MSS.).
vi + sāraka, of sṛ.
adjective self-possessed, confident; knowing how to conduct oneself, skilled, wise DN.i.175; DN.ii.86; SN.i.181; SN.iv.246; SN.v.261; AN.ii.8 (vyatta +); AN.iii.183, AN.iii.203, AN.iv.310, AN.iv.314 sq.; AN.v.10 sq.; MN.i.386; Tha-ap.23; Ja.iii.342 Ja.v.41; Mil.21; Sdhp.277
■ avisārada diffident Mil.20 Mil.105.
cp. BSk. viśārada, e.g. Avs.i.180. On etym. see sārada
adjective wide, broad, extensive Snp.38; Ja.v.49, Ja.v.215 (˚pakhuma); Mil.102, Mil.311.
cp. Sk. viśāla
feminine breadth, extensiveness Vv-a.104.
abstr. fr. visāla
adjective only neg. a˚; imperturbed, balanced Dhs.11, Dhs.15, Dhs.24 etc.
visa + āhaṭa
distractedness, perturbation; neg. a˚; balance Dhs.11, Dhs.15.
visa + āhāra, or vi + saṃ + āhāra
feminine a street, road Vin.iv.312; Ja.i.338; Ja.iv.310; Ja.v.16, Ja.v.434.
cp. *Sk. (lexicogr.) viśikhā
adjective distinguished, prominent, superior, eminent DN.iii.159; Vv.32#4; Ja.i.441; Mil.203 Mil.239; Dhp-a.ii.15; Vv-a.1 (˚māna = vimāna), Vv-a.85, Vv-a.261 Sdhp.260, Sdhp.269, Sdhp.332, Sdhp.489
■ compar. -tara Vism.207 (= anuttara)
■ As visiṭṭhaka at Sdhp.334
■ See also abhi˚, paṭi˚, and vissaṭṭha.
pp. of visissati
broken, crushed, fallen to pieces Ja.i.174.
pp. of viseyyati
see usseneti.
adjective entwined, entangled Mil.102 (saṃsibbita˚ as redupl
■ iter cpd.).
pp. of vi + sibbeti, sīv to sew
to unsew, to undo the stitches Vin.iv.280
caus 2 visibbāpeti ibid
■ Another visibbeti see under visīveti.
vi + sibbeti, sīv
to differ, to be distinguished or eminent Ne.188
pp visiṭṭha
caus viseseti (q.v.).
Pass. of vi + śiṣ
pp visanna.
vi + sad; cp. visāda & pp. BSk.; viṣaṇṇa Divy.44
to be dissolved; 3rd pl. imper. med. visīyaruṃ Thag.312 (cp. Geiger, P.Gr. § 126).
vi + sīyati; cp. Sk. śīyate, Pass. of śyā to coagulate
neuter warming oneself Ja.i.326; Ja.v.202. As visibbana at Vin.iv.115.
fr. visīveti
to warm oneself Mil.47; Ja.ii.68; Dhp-a.i.225, Dhp-a.i.261 Dhp-a.ii.89. As visibbeti (in analogy to visibbeti to sew) at Vin.iv.115
caus 2 visīvāpeti Ja.ii.69.
vi + sīveti, which corresponds to Sk. vi-śyāpayati (lexicogr.!), Caus. of śyā, śyāyati to coagulate; lit. to dissolve, thaw. The v stands for p; śyā is contracted to sī
indeclinable separately, individually; separate, apart Dhp-a.ii.26 (mātā-pitaro visuṃ honti). Usually repeated (distributively) visuṃ visuṃ each on his own, one by one, separately, e.g. Vism.250; Mhvs.6, Mhvs.44; Snp-a.583; Vv-a.38; Pv-a.214- visukaraṇa separation Thag-a.257.
cp. Sk. viṣu, a derivation fr. vi˚
adjective dried out or up Pv-a.58.
vi + sukkha
adjective dried up Mil.303.
vi + sukkhita
to be cleaned, to be cleansed, to be pure Vin.ii.137; Ja.i.75; Ja.iii.472
pp visuddha. Caus. visodheti (q.v.).
vi + sujjhati
adjective clean, pure, bright; in applied meaning: purified, stainless, sanctified Vin.i.105; DN.iii.52 (cakkhu); SN.ii.122 (id.); SN.iv.47 (sīla); AN.iv.304 (su˚); Snp.67, Snp.517, Snp.687; Cnd.601; Pp.60; Pv-a.1 (su˚) Sdhp.269, Sdhp.383.
pp. of visujjhati
neuter purity, purification AN.ii.239.
abstr. fr. visuddha
feminine brightness, splendour, excellency; (ethically) purity, holiness, sanctification virtue, rectitude Vin.i.105 (visuddho paramāya visuddhiyā); DN.i.53; DN.iii.214 (diṭṭhi˚, sīla˚), DN.iii.288; MN.i.147; SN.iii.69; AN.i.95 (sīla˚ & diṭṭhi˚); AN.ii.80 (catasso dakkhiṇā˚), AN.ii.195; AN.iii.315; AN.v.64 (paramattha˚); Snp.813, Snp.824 Snp.840, Snp.892; Dhp.16 (kamma˚); Pts.i.21 (sīla˚, citta˚, diṭṭhi˚), Pts.ii.85 (id.); Mnd.138, Mnd.162; Vism.2; Snp-a.188 (˚divasa) Pv-a.13 (˚cittatā); Sdhp.447. A class of divine beings (dogmatically the highest in the stages of development viz. gods by sanctification) is called visuddhi-devā Cnd.307; Ja.i.139; Vv-a.18. See under deva.
vi + suddhi
neuter restless motion, wriggling, twisting, twitching (better than “show, although connection with sūc would give meaning “indication, show”), almost synonymous with vipphandita. Usually in cpd. diṭṭhi˚; scuffling or wriggling of opinion, wrong views, heresy MN.i.8, MN.i.486; Snp.55 (cp Cnd.301); Pv.iv.1#37.
perhaps to sūc, sūcayati
neuter
pp. of visūkāyeti, denom. fr. visūka
feminine cholera Mil.153, Mil.167.
cp. *Sk. visūcikā
“without an enemy,” in -katvā making armyless, i.e. disarming Snp.833, Snp.1078. Explained in the Niddesa as “keep away as enemies, conquering” Mnd.174 = Cnd.602 (where Nd i.reads paṭisenikarā kilesā for visenikatvā kilesā). -bhūta disarmed, not acting as an enemy Snp.793 = Snp.914, where Mnd.96 = Mnd.334 has the same expln as for ˚katvā; SN.i.141 (+ upasanta-citta; translation “by all the hosts of evil unassailed” K.S. i.178). Kern Toevoegselen s. v. differently “not opposing” for both expressions
vi + sena in combination with kṛ; and bhū; cp. paṭisena
to discard, dislike, get rid of (opp. usseneti) SN.iii.89; Pts.ii.167. See usseneti.
to be broken, to fall to pieces Ja.i.174
pp visiṇṇa.
vi + seyyati, cp. Sk. śīryati, of śṛ; to crush
neuter
vi + sevita
■ Cp. paṭi˚.
fr. vi + śiṣ, cp. Epic Sk. viśeṣa
masculine or neuter
fr. visesa
Sdhp.265.
neuter distinguishing, distinction, qualification, attribute Vv.16#10; Ja.iii.11; Ja.vi.63; Snp-a.181, Snp-a.365, Snp-a.399; Vv-a.13
■ instr. avisesena (adv.) without distinction, at all events, anyhow Pv-a.116.
fr. viseseti
feminine the Vaiśeṣika philosophy Mil.3.
fr. visesa
distinguished, differentiated Mhvs.11, Mhvs.32; Kp-a.18; Pv-a.56.
pp. of viseseti
adjective possessing distinction, distinguished from, better than others Snp.799, Snp.842, Snp.855, Snp.905 Mnd.244.
fr. visesa
adjective distinguished Vv.16#10 (= visesaṃ patvā Vv-a.85); variant reading visesin (= visesavant C.).
grd. of viseseti
to make a distinction, to distinguish, define, specify Ja.v.120, Ja.v.451; Snp-a.343; grd. visesitabba (-vacana) qualifying (predicative) expression Vv-a.13
pp visesita.
Caus. of visissati
adjective freed from grief Dhp.90; Dhp-a.ii.166.
vi + soka
cleaning, cleansing, in cpd. dubbisodha hard to clean Snp.279.
fr. vi + śudh
neuter cleansing, purifying, emending Pts.ii.21, Pts.ii.23; Pv-a.130.
fr. visodheti
to clean, cleanse, purify, sanctify Kv.551; Pv.iv.3#25; Dhp-a.iii.158; Sdhp.321.
Caus. of visujjhati
to cause to dry up, to make wither, to destroy AN.i.204; Snp.949 = Snp.1099; Mnd.434 (= sukkhāpeti); Cnd.603 (id.).
Caus. of vissussati
adjective all, every, entire; only in Np. Vissakamma. The word is antiquated in Pāli (for it sabba); a few cases in poetry are doubtful. Thus at Dhp.266 (dhamma), where Dhp-a.iii.393 explains as “visama, vissagandha”; and at Iti.32 (vissantaraṃ “among all beings”? variant reading vessantaraṃ).
Vedic viśva, to vi˚
neuter a smell like raw flesh, as -gandha at Dhs.625; Dhs-a.319; Snp-a.286; Dhp-a.iii.393.
cp. Sk. visra
dwelling: see paṭi˚.
of viś
dispensing, serving, donation, giving out, holding (a meal), only in phrases bhatta˚; the function of a meal. Vin.ii.153 iv.263; Pv.iii.2#9 (so read for vissatta) Mil.9 Snp-a.19 140; and dāna˚ bestowing a gift Pv.ii.9#27 (= pariccāga-ṭṭhāne dān’agge Pv-a.124)
vi + sagga, vi + sṛj, cp. Sk. visarga
fr. vissajjati
vi + sajjati, of sṛj. The ss after analogy of ussajjati & nissajjati, cp. ossajjati for osajjati
neuter & -ā (f.)
fr. vissajjeti
adjective (-˚)
fr. vissajjana
one who replies or causes to reply Dhp-a.iv.199. Cp. vissajjetar.
n. ag. fr. vissajjāpeti
pp. of vissajjeti
one who answers (a question) AN.i.103 (pañhaṃ). Cp. vissajjāpetar.
n. ag. fr. vissajjeti
pp. of vissajjati
see visaṭṭhi.
trusting or trusted; confident; being confided in or demanding confidence, intimate, friendly AN.iii.114; Vin.i.87 (so read for ṭṭh); Vin.iv.21; Ja.ii.305; Ja.iii.343; Mil.109 (bahu˚ enjoying great confidence); Snp-a.188 (˚bhāva state of confidence); Sdhp.168, Sdhp.593
■ vissaṭṭhena (instr.) in confidence Vin.ii.99
■ Cp. abhi˚.
pp. of vissasati
adjective overflowing Pv-a.119.
fr. vissandati
to flow out, to stream, overflow Ja.i.51; Ja.v.274; Pv-a.34 (aor. ˚sandi = pagghari), Pv-a.51 (ppr. ˚amāna), Pv-a.80 (ger. ˚itvā), Pv-a.119 (˚anto = paggharanto), Pv-a.123 (for paggharati; T. ˚eti).
vi + sandati, of syand
to rest, repose; to recover from fatigue Ja.i.485; Ja.ii.70; Ja.ii.128, Ja.ii.133; Ja.iii.208; Ja.iv.93 Ja.iv.293; Ja.v.73; Pv-a.43, Pv-a.151
caus vissameti to give a rest, to make repose Ja.iii.36.
vi + samati, of śram
neuter resting, reposing Ja.iii.435.
fr. vissamati
one who provides a rest, giver of repose, remover of fatigue Ja.vi.526.
n. ag. fr. vissameti
fr. vi + sarati, of svar
to forget Vin.i.207; Vin.iv.261; Mhvs.26, Mhvs.16
pp vissarita.
vi + sarati, of smṛ.
forgotten Pv-a.202.
opp. of vissarati
to flow, ooze Thag.453 = Snp.205 (variant reading SS vissasati).
vi + savati, of sru
& vissāseti to confide in, to put one’s trust in (loc. or gen.), to be friendly with SN.i.79 (vissase); Ja.i.461 (vissāsayitvā); Ja.iii.148 = Ja.iii.525 (vissāsaye); Ja.iv.56; Ja.vi.292
pp vissattha.
vi + sasati, of śvas
trust, confidence, intimacy, mutual agreement Vin.i.296; Vin.i.308, AN.ii.78; Ja.i.189, Ja.i.487; Mil.126; Vism.190; Vv-a.66; Pv-a.13, Pv-a.265
■ dubbissāsa difficult to be trusted Ja.iv.462.
vi + sāsa, of śvas
(& -ika) adjective intimate, confidential; trustworthy AN.i.26; Mil.146; DN-a.i.289.
vissāsa
adjective to be trusted, trustworthy Pv-a.9; Sdhp.306, Sdhp.441; neg. a˚; Ja.iii.474; cp dubbissāsaniya hard to trust Ja.iv.462.
grd. of vissāseti
adjective intimate, confidential AN.iii.136 (asanthava˚ intimate, although not acquainted).
fr. vissāsa
adjective widely famed, renowned, famous Snp.137, Snp.597, Snp.998, Snp.1009; Pv.ii.7#4; Mhvs.5, Mhvs.19; Pv-a.107 (= dūra-ghuṭṭha).
vi + suta, of śru
to dry up, to wither SN.i.126 (in combination ussussati vissussati, with ss from uss˚). Spelling here visuss˚, but ss at SN.iii.149
caus visoseti (q.v.).
vi + śuṣ
adjective flowedaway, wasted Mil.294.
vi + sota, of sru
a bird (lit. going through the sky) DN-a.i.46. -pati lord of birds, a garuḷa Dāvs iv.33, Dāvs iv.38 Dāvs iv.55.
viha, sky, + ga
= vihaga, Ja.v.416; Pv-a.154, Pv-a.157; Sdhp.241.
adjective going through the air, flying; (m.) a bird AN.ii.39; AN.iii.43; Snp.221, Snp.606; Thag.1108; Ja.i.216; Ja.iii.255; DN-a.i.125 = Dhs-a.141.
viha + gam
to be struck or slain; to be vexed or grieved, to get enraged, to be annoyed, suffer hardship; to be cast down Snp.168 sq.; Pv.ii.11#7 (= vighātaṃ āpajjati Pv-a.150); Pv.iv.5#2 (with same expln); Ja.i.73 Ja.i.359; Ja.ii.442; Ja.v.330; DN-a.i.289
ppr vihaññamāna Snp.1121 (with long and detailed exegesis at Cnd.604) SN.i.28 (a˚); Pv-a.150. pp. vihata DN-a.i.231.
Pass. of vihanati
struck, killed, destroyed, impaired Iti.100 (where AN.i.164 reads vigata); Ja.vi.171; Sdhp.313 Sdhp.425.
pp. of vihanati
adjective broad, wide Ja.vi.171 (= puthula C.).
cp. Sk. vihṛti
to strike, kill, put an end to, remove AN.iii.248 (kankhaṃ; variant reading vitarati perhaps to be preferred); Snp.673; Pot. 3rd sg. vihane Snp.975 (cp. Mnd.509) & vihāne Snp.348 = Thag.1268
ger vihacca: see abhi˚-Pass. vihaññati (q.v.)
pp vihata.
vi + hanati
neuter abiding, dwelling Dhs-a.164, Dhs-a.168.
fr. viharati
to stay, abide, dwell, sojourn (in a certain place); in general: to be, to live; applied: to behave lead a life (as such explained with “iriyati” at Vism.16). Synonyms are given at Vb.194 with iriyati vattati, pāleti, yapeti, yāpeti, carati; cp. Vb-a.262. See e.g. DN.i.251; Snp.136, Snp.301, Snp.925; Pp.68; Dhs-a.168; DN-a.i.70, DN-a.i.132; Pv-a.22, Pv-a.67, Pv-a.78
■ Special Forms: aor 3rd sg. vihāsi Snp.p.16; Pv.ii.9#60; Mhvs.5, Mhvs.233; Pv-a.54 Pv-a.121; 3rd pl. vihiṃsu Thag.925, & vihaṃsu AN.ii.21; fut viharissati AN.iii.70; vihessati Thag.257; vihissati Thig.181; and vihāhisi Ja.i.298 (doubtful reading!), where C. explains as “vijahissati, parihāyissati”; with phrase sukhaṃ vihāhisi cp. dukkhaṃ viharati at AN.i.95, and see also vihāhesi
pp not found.
vi + harati
a sort of bird Thag.49 (variant reading cihaciha). The C. explains by “parillaka.”
for vihaga
at Ja.vi.78 (lohitaṃ) is poetical for vijahāmi; C. explains as niṭṭhubhāmi, i.e. I spit out.
is ger. of vijahati (q.v.).
the air, sky Pv-a.14. Cases adverbially: -yasā through the air Mhvs.12, Mhvs.10 & -yasaṃ id. Ja.iv.47. Cp. vehāyasa & vehāsa.
cp. Sk. viha & vihāyasa
fr. viharati
(room, hut) Thig.94 (= vasanakaovaraka Thag-a.90).
adjective = vihārin; in saddhi˚; co-resident AN.iii.70.
adjective (-˚) dwelling, living; being in such & such a state or condition DN.i.162 (appa-dukkha˚), DN.i.251 (evaṃ˚); AN.i.24 (araṇa˚), AN.i.26 (mettā); Iti.74 (appamāda˚); Snp.45 (sādhu˚), Snp.375; Pv.iv.1#33 (araṇa˚); Pv-a.77, Pv-a.230 (mettā˚); Vv-a.71
■ eka˚; living alone SN.ii.282 sq.; SN.iv.35; opp. saddhi˚; together with another; a coresident brother-bhikkhu SN.ii.204; SN.iv.103; AN.ii.239.
fr. vihāra
“he banished” at Ja.iv.471 is 3rd sg. aor. Caus. of vijahati (hā); explained in C. by pabbājesi
■ Another form vihāhisi see under viharati & cp.; viheti2.
to hurt, injure, harass, annoy SN.i.165; Iti.86; Snp.117, Snp.451; Pv-a.123, Pv-a.198.
vi + hiṃsati
feminine a Commentary word for vihiṃsā Vb-a.75. A similar vihiṃsakā occurs at Pv-a.123.
feminine (& adj.; -a) hurting, injuring, cruelty, injury DN.iii.215; DN.iii.226 (˚vitakka); SN.i.202; SN.ii.151 (˚dhātu); AN.iii.448; Snp.292 Mnd.207 (˚saññā), Mnd.386, Mnd.501 (˚vitakka); Vb.86, Vb.363 (˚vitakka); Dhs.1348; Pp.25; Ne.97; Mil.337, Mil.367 Mil.390; Dhs-a.403; Vb-a.74 (˚dhātu), Vb-a.118 (˚vitakka) Sdhp.510. Neg. avihiṃsā see sep
■ See also vihesā.
abstr. fr. vi + hiṃs, to injure
adjective arranged, prepared, disposed, appointed; furnished, equipped Ja.vi.201 (loka); Mil.345 (nagara); DN.i.45, SN.iii.46; Pp.55 (aneka˚); Mhvs.10 Mhvs.93; Pv-a.51 (suṭṭhu˚). añña˚; engaged upon something else Vin.iv.269.
pp. of vidahati
adjective = vihita; DN.iii.28 sq. (kathaṃ v. aggaññaṃ how as the beginning of things appointed?); - añña˚ engaged upon something else Ja.iv.389 (or does it belong to āhāra. in sense of “prepared by somebody else”?).
feminine in añña˚; being engaged upon something else Dhp-a.i.181.
abstr. fr. vihita
adjective left, given up, abandoned Sdhp.579.
pp. of vijahati
adjective harassing, oppressing, annoying Ja.i.504; Ja.v.143; Sdhp.89. Neg. a˚ see sep.
fr. viheṭheti
neuter harassing, hurting; oppression Vb-a.74; Vv-a.68; Pv-a.232.
fr. viheṭheti
adjective oppressing, hurting, doing harm Ja.ii.123.
fr. viheṭhana
to oppress, to bring into difficulties, to vex, annoy, plague hurt DN.i.116, DN.i.135; DN.ii.12; Snp.35; Ja.i.187; Ja.ii.267; Ja.iv.375; Mil.6, Mil.14; Dhp-a.191; Vv-a.69 (Pass. ˚iyamāna).
vi + heṭheti, of hīḍ or heḷ to be hostile. Same in BSk., e.g. Mvu.iii.360, Divy.42, Divy.145 etc.
to be afraid (of) Ja.v.154 (= bhāyati C.). Cp. vibheti.
for bibheti?
to be given up, to disappear, to go awav Ja.iv.216 Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. wrongly = vi + eti.
contracted Pass. of vijahāti = vihāyati, cp. vihāhesi
adjective annoying, vexing, troubling Vin.iv.36; Dpvs.i.47
■ f. -ikā Vin.iv.239, Vin.iv.241.
fr. viheseti
feminine vexation, annoyance, injury; worry MN.i.510; MN.ii.241 sq.; SN.i.136; SN.iii.132; SN.iv.73 SN.v.357; DN.iii.240 (a˚); Vin.iv.143 (+ vilekhā); AN.iii.245 AN.iii.291; Snp.247, Snp.275, Snp.277; Vb.369; Ne.25; Mil.295; Dhp-a.i.55.
for vihiṃsā
feminine fright Ja.iii.147 (C. says “an expression of fearfullness”).
probably for Sk. *vibhīṣikā, fr. bhī, Epic Sk. bhīṣā, cp. bhīṣma = P. bhiṃsa (q.v.)
to harass, vex, annoy, insult SN.iv.63; SN.v.346; AN.iii.194; Vin.iv.36 sq.; Ud.44; Snp.277; Pv.iv.1#47 (vihesaṃ, aor.); Pv.iv.1#49 (vihesayi, aor.).
vi + hiṃs, or Denom. fr. vihesā, cp. Geiger, Pali Grammar § 10#2
masculine & feminine
cp. late Sk. vīci wave; Vedic vīci only in meaning “deceit”; perhaps connected with Lat. vicis Ags. wīce = E. week, lit. “change,” cp. tide
to fan Ja.i.165; Snp-a.487; Vv-a.6 (T. bījati). - Caus. vījeti Dhp-a.iv.213; Mhvs.5, Mhvs.161
pass vījiyati: ppr. vījiyamāna getting fanned Ja.iii.374 (so read for vijīy˚); Pv-a.176 (so for vijjamāna!)
pp vījita.
vīj
neuter a fan, fanning; in vījana-vāta a fanning wind, a breeze Snp-a.174.
fr. vīj, cp. Class. Sk. vījana
feminine a fan Vv.47#2 (T. bījanī, variant reading vīj˚); Ja.i.46; Vism.310; Dhp-a.iv.39; Vv-a.147; Pv-a.176; Kp-a.95. There are 3 kinds of fans mentioned at Vin.ii.130, viz. vākamaya˚, usīra˚, mora-piñcha˚; or fans made of bark, of a root (?), and of a peacock’s tail.
fr. vījana, of vīj
fanned Pv.iii.1#17 (˚anga). *Vinati
pp. of vījati
(?), doubtful: see apa˚ & pa˚. Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. wrong in treating it as a verb “to see.”
feminine the Indian lute, mandoline SN.i.122 = Snp.449 (kacchā bhassati “let the lyre slide down from hollow of his arm” K.S. i.153); Thag.467; SN.iv.196 (six parts); AN.iii.375; Ja.iii.91; Ja.v.196, Ja.v.281 (named kokanada “wolf’s howl”); Ja.vi.465 = Ja.vi.580; Vv.64#19; Vv.81#10; Mil.53 (all its var. parts); Vv-a.138 Vv-a.161, Vv-a.210; Pv-a.151
■ vīṇaṃ vādeti to play the lute Mhvs.31, Mhvs.82; Thag-a.203.
cp. Vedic vīṇā
adjective deprived of, free from, (being) without. In meaning and use cp. vigata˚. Very frequent as first part of a cpd., as e.g. the foll.:
vi + ita, pp. of i
woven Vin.iii.259 (su˚).
pp. of vāyati1, or vināti
a bird-snare (BR.: “jedes zum Fangen von Wild & Vögeln dienende Gerät”), a decoy bird Thag.139. Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. “vogelstrik.”
fr. vi + tan, according to BR. The word is found in late Sk. (lexicogr.) as vītaṃsa. BR compare Sk avataṃsa (garland: see P. vaṭaṃsa) & uttaṃsa. The etym. is not clear
is the contracted prepositional combination vi + ati, representing an emphatic ati, e.g. in the foll.:
fr. vi + ati sṛ; not with Childers fr. smṛ; cp. BSk. vyatisārayati to make pass (between), to exchange (greeting), to address, converse (kathaṃ), greet. Often in phrase sārāṇīyaṃ sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ vītisāreti [for which BSk. sammodanīṃ saṃrañjanīṃ vividhāṃ kathāṃ vyatisārayati e.g. Avs.ii.140
feminine
cp. Epic Sk. vīthi, to Idg. *ṷei̯ā- to aim at, as in Lat. via way, Sk. veti to pursue; Lat. venor to hunt Gr. ει ̓́σατο he went
adjective (-˚) having (as) a road Mil.322 (satipaṭṭhāna˚, in the city of Righteousness).
fr. vīthi
adjective testing, investigating, examining SN.iii.6 sq.; Snp.827; Mnd.166; Ja.i.369.
fr. vīmaṃsā
(& -eti) “to try to think,” to consider, examine find out, investigate, test, trace, think over Snp.215 (˚amāna), Snp.405; Ja.i.128, Ja.i.147, Ja.i.200; Ja.vi.334; Mil.143; Pv-a.145, Pv-a.215, Pv-a.272; Sdhp.91
ger -itvā Ja.vi.368 Mhvs.5, Mhvs.36; Pv-a.155;
inf -ituṃ Mhvs.37, Mhvs.234; Pv-a.30 Pv-a.155, Pv-a.283 (sippaṃ)
caus 2 vīmaṃsāpeti to cause to investigate Ja.v.110
■ Cp. pari˚.
Vedic mīmāṃsate, Desid. of man. The P. form arose through dissimilation m → v, cp. Geiger P.Gr. 46, 4
neuter & -ā (f.) trying, testing; finding out, experiment Vin.iii.79; Ja.iii.55; Mhvs.22 Mhvs.78; Pv-a.153.
fr. vīmaṃsati
feminine consideration, examination, test, investigation, the fourth of the Iddhipādas, q.v. DN.iii.77 (˚samādhi), DN.iii.222; SN.v.280; AN.i.39, AN.i.297; AN.iii.37 AN.iii.346; AN.v.24, AN.v.90, AN.v.338; Pts.i.19; Pts.ii.123; Kv.508; Dhs.269 Vb.219 (˚samādhi), Vb.222, Vb.227; Tikp.2; Ne.16 (˚samādhi), Ne.42; DN-a.i.106; Snp-a.349 (vīmaṃsa-kāra = sankheyya-kāra)
■ Cp. pari˚.
fr. vīmaṃsati
= vīmaṃsaka Snp.877; Mnd.283; DN-a.i.106.
manly, mighty, heroic; a hero SN.i.137; Snp.44 Snp.165 (not dhīra), Snp.642, Snp.1096, Snp.1102; Thag.736 (nara˚ hero) Cnd.609; Dhp-a.iv.225
■ mahā˚; a hero SN.i.110, SN.i.193 SN.iii.83 (of the Arahant)
■ vīra is often an epithet of the Buddha.
Vedic vīra; cp. Av. vīra, Lat. vir, virtus “virtue”; Gotu. wair, Ohg, Ags wer; to vayas strength etc.; cp viriya
see viyyati.
Pass. of vināti
adjective clean, pure Snp.784, Snp.881. Visati & visam
vi + avadāta, the metric form of vodāta
indeclinable number 20
■ Both forms are used indiscriminately
both for Vedic viṃśati; cp. Av. vīsaiti, Gr. ει ̓́κοσι, Lat. viginti, Oir. fiche, etc.; fr Idg. *ṷi + komt (decad), thus “two decads.” Cp. vi˚
rice, paddy Vin.iv.264 (as one of the 7 kinds of āmaka-dhañña); Ja.i.429; Ja.iii.356; Mil.102, Mil.267; Vism.383 (˚tumba); Dhp-a.i.125; Dhp-a.iii.374 (˚piṭaka).
cp. Vedic vrīhi
to be called DN.i.168, DN.i.245; Snp.436, Snp.759, Snp.848, Snp.861, Snp.946; Mnd.431; Cnd. s.v. katheti; Snp-a.204; Dhp-a.ii.35. See also vatti
pp vutta.
Pass. of vac
(water) shed, rained Pv.i.5#6; Pv-a.29. See also vaṭṭa & vaṭṭha.
pp. of vassati1
= vusitavant, Cnd.179, Cnd.284, Cnd.611. Vutthahati & vutthati;
pp vuṭṭhita
caus vuṭṭhāpeti 1 to ordain, rehabilitate Vin.iv.226, Vin.iv.317 sq. (= upasampādeti). 2 to rouse out of (abl.), to turn away from AN.iii.115.
the sandhi form of uṭṭhahati (q.v.), with euphonic v, which however appears in BSk. as vyut˚ (i.e. vi + ud˚); vyuttisṭhate “to come back from sea” Divy.35, and freq. in Avs, e.g. i.242
neuter
the sandhi form of uṭṭhāna
feminine rehabilitation; in āpatti˚; forgiveness of an offence Vin.ii.250.
fr. vuṭṭhāna
is an expression for a certain punishment (pain) in purgatory MN.i.337 (vuṭṭhānimaṃ nāma vedanaṃ vediyamāna).
?
feminine rain SN.i.172 = Snp.77 (fig. = saddhā bījaṃ tapo vuṭṭhi); AN.iii.370, AN.iii.378 (vāta˚); Iti.83; Dhp.14; Ja.vi.587 (˚dhārā) Tha-ap.38 (fig.), Ja.vi.52 (amata˚); Mil.416; Vism.37, Vism.234 (salila˚); Mhvs.1, Mhvs.24; Snp-a.34, Snp-a.224; Pv-a.139 (˚dhārā shower of rain)
■ dubbuṭṭhi lack of rain, drought (opp. suvuṭṭhi) Ja.ii.367 = Ja.vi.487; Vism.512.
fr. vṛṣ, see vassati1 & cp. Vedic vṛṣṭi
feminine = vuṭṭhi; only in cpd. dubbuṭṭhikā time of drought, lack of rain DN.i.11; DN-a.i.95; Iti.64 sq. (as avuṭṭhika -sama resembling a drought); Dhp-a.i.52.
risen (out of), aroused, having come back from (abl.) DN.ii.9 (paṭisallāṇā); Snp.p.59; SN.iv.294.
pp. of vuṭṭhahati; cp. uṭṭhita
adjective containing rain, full of rain; the rainy sky Thig.487 (= deva, i.e. rain-god or sky Thag-a.287) Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. wrongly = *vyuṣṭi˚, i.e. fr. vi + uṣ (vas) to shine, “luisterrijk,” i.e. lustrous, resplendent. Vuddha & vuddha;
fr. vuṭṭhi, cp. Vedic vṛṣṭimant in same meaning
old (fig. venerable)
pp. of vaḍḍhati
adjective old; f. -ikā old woman Thig.16. Vuddhi & vuddhi;
vuḍḍha + ka
feminine increase, growth, furtherance, prosperity.
a by-form of vaḍḍhi
The two meanings of the root vṛ; as existing in Sk. are also found in Pāli but only peculiar to the Caus. vāreti (the form aor avari as given by Childers should be read avāriṃsu Mhvs.36, Mhvs.78). The present tense varati is only found in meaning “to wish” (except in prep. compounds like saṃvarati to restrain)
■ Defns of vṛ: Dhtp.255 var varaṇa-sambhattisu; 274 val = saṃvaraṇe (see valaya), 606 var = āvaraṇ’icchāsu.
pres varati (cp. vaṇeti): imper varassu Ja.iii.493 (varaṃ take a wish; Pot. vare Pv.ii.9#40 (= vareyyāsi C.); ppr. varamāna Pv.ii.9#40 (= patthayamāna Pv-a.128)
pp does not occur.
we are giving this base as such only from analogy with the Sanskrit form vrṇāti (vṛṇoti); from the point of view of Pāli grammar we must consider a present tense varati as legitimate (cp. saṁ˚). There are no forms from the base vuṇāti found in the present tense; the Caus vāreti points directly to varati.
(& instr.; vuṇhinā) at Pgdp.13, Pgdp.15, Pgdp.19, Pgdp.35 must be meant for v-uṇha˚ (& v’uṇhena);, i.e. heat (see uṇha).
said DN-a.i.17 (˚ṃ hoti that is to say); Dhp-a.ii.21, Dhp-a.ii.75, Dhp-a.ii.80; Snp-a.174.
pp. of vatti, vac; cp. utta
sown SN.i.134 (khetta); Ja.i.340; Ja.iii.12; Ja.vi.14; Mil.375 (khetta); Pv-a.7, Pv-a.137, Pv-a.139.
pp. of vapati1
shaven MN.ii.168 (˚siro). Cp. nivutta2. Vutta-vela
pp. of vapati2
at Ja.iv.45 (tena vutta-velāyaṃ & ittarāya vutta-velāya) is by Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. vutta2 fancifully & wrongly taken as *vyuṣṭa (= vi + uṣṭa, pp. of; vas to shine), i.e. dawned; it is however simply vutta1 = at the time said by him (or her).
neuter what has been said, saying; only in title of a canonical book “iti-vuttakaṃ” (“logia”): see under iti.
vutta1 + ka. The P. conneetion seems to be vac, although formally it may be derived fr. vṛt “to happen” etc. (cp. vuttin & vattin, both fr.; vṛt, & vutti) The BSk. equivalent is; vṛttaka “tale” (lit. happening) e.g. Divy.439
at SN.i.129 read as vattamāna.
of Dhp.370 is pañca-v-uttari(ṃ), cp. Dhp-a.iv.109.
feminine mode of being or acting, conduct, practice, usage, livelihood, habit SN.i.100 (ariya˚; cp. ariya-vāsa); Snp.81 = Mil.228 (= jīvitavutti Snp-a.152); Snp.68, Snp.220, Snp.326, Snp.676; Ja.vi.224 (= jīvita-vutti C.); Pv.ii.9#14 (= jīvita Pv-a.120); Pv.iv.1#21 (= jīvikā Pv-a.229); Mil.224, Mil.253; Vv-a.23.
fr. vṛt, cp. vattati; Sk. vṛtti
adjective (-˚) living, behaving, acting AN.iii.383 (kaṇḍaka˚); Pv-a.120 (dukkha˚); sabhāga˚ living in mutual courtesy or properly, always combined with sappatissa, e.g. Vin.i.187; Vin.ii.162; AN.iii.14 sq.
vutti + ka
feminine (-˚) condition Vism.310 (āyatta˚).
abstr. formation fr. vutti
adjective = vuttika; in sabhāga˚; Vin.i.45; Ja.i.219. Cp. vattin.
cp. Sk. vṛttin
clothed: not found. More usual nivattha.
pp. of vasati1
having dwelt, lived or spent (time), only in connection with vassa (rainy season) or vāsa (id.: see vāsa2). See e.g. Dhp-a.i.7; Pv-a.32, Pv-a.43; Ja.i.183 (˚vāsa). With ref. to vassa “year” at Ja.iv.317
■ At Dhp-a.i.327 vuttha stands most likely for vuddha (arisen, grown), as also in abstr. vutthattaṃ at Dhp-a.i.330
■ See also parivuttha, pavuttha & vusita.
pp. of vasati2
adjective (-˚) dwelt, lived, only in pubba˚; where he had lived before Mhvs.1, Mhvs.53 (so for -vuttaka).
vuttha2 + ka
see vuḍḍha & vuḍḍhi.
is Pass. of vapati.
to be carried away: Pass. of vahati, q.v. and add refs.: Mil.69; Vism.603 (vuyhare)
ppr vuyhamāna:
adjective one who is getting drowned, “drownedling Ja.iii.507. Vulha & Vulha;
vuyhemāna with disparaging suffix ˚ka
carried away.
pp. of vahati, Pass. vuyhati; but may be vi + ūḷha
at AN.iv.170 read with C. at opuniyamāna “sifting” (fr. opunāti): see remark at AN.iv.476.
fulfilled accomplished; (or:) lived, spent (= vuttha); only in phrase vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ (translation Dial. i.93; “the higher life has been fulfilled”) DN.i.84 (cp. Dhp.i.225 vutthaṃ parivutthaṃ); Iti.115 (ed. vūsita˚); Snp.463 Snp.493; Pp.61
■ Also at DN.i.90 neg. a˚, with ref. to avusitavā, where Rh. D. (Dial. i.112) trsls “ill-bred and “rude,” hardly just. See also arahant ii.A.
Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. vasati takes it as vi + uṣita (of vas2), against which speaks meaning of vivasati “to live from home.” Geiger, Pali Grammar § 66#1 & 195 expld it as uṣita with prothetic v, as by-form of vuttha. Best fitting in meaning is assumption of vusita being a variant of vosita, with change of o to u in analogy to vuttha; thus = vi + osita “fulfilled, come to an end or to perfection”; cp. pariyosita. Geiger’s expln is supported by phrase brahmacariyaṃ vasati
neuter state of perfection DN.i.90 (vusitavā-mānin kiṃ aññatra avusitattā = he is proud of his perfection rather from imperfection).
abstr. fr. vusita
adjective one who has reached perfection (in chaste living), epithet of the arahant DN.ii.223 (translation “who has lived ʻthe lifeʼ”): MN.i.4; SN.iii.61; AN.v.16; Snp.514; Mnd.611; Mil.104. On DN.i.90 see vusita (end). See also arahant ii.C.
vusita + vant
adjective = vusitavant AN.iv.340; Snp.1115 (cp. Cnd.611 = vuṭṭhavā ciṇṇa-caraṇo etc., thus “perfected,” cp. ciṇṇavasin in same meaning).
difficult to explain; perhaps for vasīmant (see vasīvasa) in sense of vasavattin
is Pass. of vasati2 (q.v.).
alienated, withdrawn, drawn away (from), secluded often in phrase eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī etc (see arahant ii.B.), e.g. DN.iii.76; SN.i.117; SN.ii.21, SN.ii.244 SN.iii.35, SN.iii.73 sq.; SN.iv.72; AN.iv.299. Cp. also AN.iv.435 (gaṇasmā v.).
doubtful, whether vi + upakaṭṭha (since the latter is only used of time), or = vavakaṭṭha, with which it is identical in meaning. Cp. also BSk. vyapakṛṣṭa Avs.i.233; Avs.ii.194; of which it might be a re-translation.
estrangement, alienation, separation, seclusion; always as twofold: kāya˚ citta˚; (of body & of mind), e.g. DN.iii.285 (Dial. iii.260 not correctly “serenity”); SN.v.67; AN.iv.152.
formed fr. vūpakāseti
to draw away, alienate, distract, exclude Vin.iv.326; AN.v.72 sq
caus 2 vūpakāsāpeti to cause to distract or draw away Vin.i.49; Vin.iv.326
pp vūpakaṭṭha.
Caus. of vavakassati
= uparati cessation Dhs-a.403.
vi + uparati
appeased, allayed, calmed SN.iv.217, SN.iv.294; AN.i.4 (˚citta); AN.iii.205; Snp.82 Pp.61 (˚citta); Pv-a.113.
pp. of vūpasammati
fr. vi + upa + śam; cp. BSk. vyupaśama Divy.578
neuter allayment, cessation Ja.i.393; Mil.320; Pv-a.37, Pv-a.98.
fr. vi + upa + śam; cp. BSk. vyupaśamana Avs.ii.114
pp vūpasanta
caus vūpasāmeti to appease, allay, quiet, suppress, relieve SN.v.50; Snp-a.132 (reṇuṃ); Pv-a.20, Pv-a.38 (sokaṃ), Pv-a.200
vi + upasammati
see vuḷha.
indeclinable part. of affirmation, emphasizing the preceding word: indeed, truly Vin.i.3 (etaṃ ve sukhaṃ); Dhp.63 (sa ve bāḷo ti vuccati), Dhp.83 (sabbattha ve), Dhp.163 (yaṃ ve… taṃ ve); Snp.1050 Snp.1075, Snp.1082; Dhp-a.iii.155 (= yeva). See also have.
cp. Vedic vē, vai
may be enclitic form of tumhe, for the usual vo at Snp.333 (= tumhākaṃ Snp-a.339). See P.T.S. ed. of Sn; cp variant reading ve for vo at Snp.560 (here as particle!).
is the guṇa (increment) form of vi˚; found in many secondary (mostly f. & nt. abstr.) derivations from words with; vi˚; e.g. vekalla, vecikicchin, veneyya, vepulla vematta, vevicchā, veramaṇī, which Bdhgh explains simply as “vi-kārassa ve-kāraṃ katvā veramaṇī” Kp-a.24. Cp. veyy˚.
adjective one addicted to dirt, living on dirty food DN.i.167; Mil.259 (doubled).
fr. vikaṭa
a kind of arrow MN.i.429.
perhaps connected with vikaṇṇaka
adjective changed Vv-a.10.
= vikata
(Vb-a.63) is a kind of copper: see loha.
neuter deficiency Ja.v.400; Mil.107; Dhs.223; Dhp-a.ii.26 (anga˚ deformity), Dhp-a.ii.79; Dhp-a.iii.22; Vv-a.193; Sdhp.5, Sdhp.17
■ As vekalya at Kp-a.187 (where contrasted to sākalya)
■ jaṇṇū avekallaṃ karoti to keep one’s knees straight Mil.418 (Kern, Toevoegselen s. v trsls “presses tightly together”). See also avekalla. Vekallata & vekalyata
fr. vikala
feminine deficiency AN.iii.441 (a˚); Vism.350 (indriya˚); Ja.i.45 (v. 254 (˚lya˚).
abstr. fr. vekalla
is poetical for avekkhiya (= avekkhitvā: see avekkhati) in appaṭivekkhiya not considering Ja.iv.4 See the usual paccavekkhati.
quick motion, impulse, force; speed, velocity SN.iv.157; AN.iii.158 (sara˚); Snp.1074; Mil.202, Mil.258, Mil.391; Pv-a.11, Pv-a.47 (vāta˚) Pv-a.62 (visa˚), Pv-a.67, Pv-a.284 (kamma˚); Sdhp.295
■ instr vegena (adv.) quickly Dhp-a.i.49; another form in same meaning is vegasā, after analogy of thāmasā, balasā etc., e.g. Ja.iii.6; Ja.v.117
■ Cp. saṃ˚.
cp. Vedic vega, fr. vij to tremble
at DN.ii.100 (˚missakena, translation Rh. D. “with the help of thongs”) = SN.v.153 (T. reads vedha˚), & Thag.143 (˚missena, translation “violence”) may with Kern, Toevoegselen s. v be taken as veggha = viggha (Sk. vighna), i.e. obstacle hindrance; cp. uparundhati Thag.143. It remains obscure & Kern’s expln problematic. Cp. Dial. ii.107.
adjective doubting, doubtful AN.ii.174 (kankhin +); SN.iii.99 (id.); MN.i.18; Snp.510.
fr. vicikicchā
neuter confusion, disturbed state of mind Dhtp.460 (in defn of root muh)
fr. vi + citta2
a physician, doctor, medical man, surgeon Ja.i.455 Ja.iii.142; Kp-a.21; Snp-a.274 (in simile); Vv-a.185, Vv-a.322; Dhp-a.i.8; Pv-a.36, Pv-a.86; Sdhp.279, Sdhp.351
■ hatthi˚; elephantdoctor Ja.vi.490; Mhvs.25, Mhvs.34; visa˚; a physician who cures poison(ous bites) Ja.i.310; Ja.iv.498.
fr. vid, *Sk. vaidya, but to Pāli etym. feeling fr. vijjā
feminine medicine (?) Vin.iii.185.
fr. vejja?
wrap, in sīsa˚; head-wrap, turban MN.i.244; SN.iv.56.
fr. viṣṭ, veṣṭ.
adjective surrounding, enveloping DN.i.105 (“furbelow” see Dial. i.130); Mhvs.11, Mhvs.14 (valayanguli˚).
fr. veṭheti
neuter
■ Cp. pali˚.
fr. veṭheti, cp. Epic & Class. Sk. veṣṭhana
enveloped, enclosed, surrounded, wrapped Sdhp.362. Cp. ni˚, pari˚.
pp. of veṭheti
to twist round, envelope, wrap, surround Ja.i.5, Ja.i.422; Mil.282
pass veṭhiyati: see vi˚
pp veṭhita
■ Cp. pali˚.
Vedic veṣṭate, viṣṭ; or veṣṭ; to Lat. virga, branch, lit. twisting
cp. *Sk. vaiṇa, dial.
feminine a braid of hair, plaited hair, hair twisted into a single braid AN.iii.295; Vin.ii.266 (dussa˚) Thig.255; Vv.38#4 (= kesa-veṇi C.). fig. of a “string of people DN.i.239 (andha˚). -kata plaited, having the hair plaited Ja.ii.185; Ja.v.431.
cp. Sk. veṇi
bamboo; occurs only in compounds, e.g. -gumba thicket of bamboo Dhp-a.i.177; -tinduka the tree Diospyros Ja.v.405 (= timbaru C.); -daṇḍaka jungle-rope Ja.iii.204 -bali a tax to be paid in bamboo (by bamboo workers Dhp-a.i.177; --vana bamboo forest Ja.v.38.
cp. Vedic veṇu. Another P, form is veḷu (q.v.)
adjective full of sophistry, skilled in vitaṇḍā Mil.90 (said of King Milinda).
fr. vitaṇḍā
neuter wages, hire; payment, fee, remuneration; tip Ja.i.194 (nivāsa˚ rent) Snp.24; Vv-a.141; Dhp-a.i.25; Pv-a.112. Most frequently combined with bhatta˚; (q.v.). As vedana at Ja.iii.349.
cp. Epic & Class. Sk. vetana
is grd. of *veti = vināti to weave (q.v.), thus “to be woven,” or what is left to be woven Ja.vi.26.
inf vetuṃ Vin.ii.150.
vi
the ratan reed, Calamus rotang Ja.v.167; Snp-a.451.
Vedic vetasa
at DN.i.6 (in the lists of forbidden crafts) refers to some magic art. The proper meaning of the word was already unknown when Bdhgh at DN-a.i.84 explained it as “ghana-tāḷaṃ” (cymbal beating) with remark “mantena mata-sarīr’ uṭṭhāpanan ti eke” (some take it to be raising the dead by magic charms). Rh. D. at Dial. i.8 translates “chanting of bards” (cp. vetālika). It is of dialectical origin.
a certain office or occupation at court connected with music or other entertainment, a bard. With other terms in list at Mil.331, some of them obscure and regional. Also at Ja.vi.277, where explained as “vetālā [read vettāya? uṭṭhāpake,” i.e. those whose duty it is [by vetāla or vetta] to make (people] rise. The expln is obscure, the uṭṭhāpaka reminds of Bdhgh’s uṭṭhāpana (under vetāla). Kern misunderstands the phrase by translating “chasing bards away.”
dial.; cp. Epic & Class. Sk. vaitālika
to go away, disappear, wane SN.iii.135; AN.ii.51; Ja.iii.154; Dhs-a.329. Cp. vyavayāti.
vi + eti, of i; Sk. vyeti
a certain dissenting sect (see Mvu. translation 259, n. 2) in -vāda heretic doctrine Mhvs.36, Mhvs.41; Dpvs.22, 45; -vādin an adherent of this doctrine.
cp. *Sk. vaitulya; also called vaipulya, fr. vipula. The P. form is not clear; it probably rests on dial. translation of a later term
neuter twig, rod; creeper; junglerope (cp. veṇu-daṇḍa); cane (calamus). By itself only in standard list of punishments (tortures): vettehi tāḷeti to flog with canes, e.g. AN.i.47; AN.ii.122; Mil.196 Otherwise freq. in compounds:
cp. Epic Sk. vetra
-antagu “one who has reached the end of knowledge, i.e. one who has obtained perfection in wisdom Vin.i.3; Snp.463. -gū one who has attained to highest knowledge (said of the Buddha). Thus different from “tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ pāragū,” which is brahmanic. The expln of vedagū is “catūsu maggesu ñāṇaṃ” Cnd.612 & see above 2
■ SN.i.141, SN.i.168; SN.iv.83, SN.iv.206; AN.ii.6; AN.iv.340; Snp.322, Snp.458, Snp.529, Snp.749, Snp.846, Snp.947, Snp.1049, Snp.1060; Mnd.93 Mnd.204, Mnd.299, Mnd.431. A peculiar meaning of vedagū is that of “soul” (lit. attainer of wisdom) at Mil.54 & Mil.71; -jāta thrilled, filled with enthusiasm, overcome with awe, excited AN.ii.63; Snp.995, Snp.1023; Kv.554 = Vv.34#27 (= jāta-somanassa Vv-a.156); Ja.i.11; Mil.297. -pāragū one who excels in the knowledge of the Vedas, perfected in the Veda Snp-a.293; cp. above 3. -bandhu one who is familiar with the Vedas Snp-a.192.
fr. vid, or more specifically ved as P. root
adjective knowing or studying the Vedas Snp-a.462 (brāhmaṇa).
fr. veda 3
adjective having feeling, endowed with sensation Vb.419 (a˚ + asaññaka).
fr. vedanā
fr. ved˚: see vedeti; cp. Epic Sk. vedanā
felt, experienced SN.i.112; SN.ii.65; SN.iii.46; AN.ii.198; AN.iv.415; Vism.460.
pp. of vedeti
neuter Name of one of the 9 angas (see nava) or divisions of the Canon according to matter AN.ii.7, AN.ii.103, AN.ii.178; AN.iii.88, AN.iii.107, AN.iii.361 sq.; AN.iv.113; Vin.iii.8 Pp.43; Dhs-a.26; DN-a.i.24; Pv-a.22. The Dhs-a comprises under this aṅga the 2 suttas so-called in M (43, 44), the Sammādiṭṭhi, Sakkapañha, Sankhārābhājaniya Mahāpuṇṇama etc. Suttas, as catechetical Dhs-a.26 = DN-a.i.24
■ Note. The 2nd part of the word looks like a distortion fr. ariya (cp. mahalla → mah ariya). Or might it be = vedanga?
may be dialectical, obscure as to origin; Bdhgh refers it to Veda 1
& Vedī (f.) ledge, cornice, rail Mhvs.32, Mhvs.5; Mhvs.35, Mhvs.2; Mhvs.36, Mhvs.52 (pāsāṇa˚); Mhvs.36, Mhvs.103; Vv.84#16 (= vedikā Vv-a.346)
■ See on term Dial. ii.210 Mvu. tsrln 220, 296. Cp. vedikā & velli.
Vedic vedi sacrificial bench
feminine (& vediyā) cornice, ledge, railing DN.ii.179; Vin.ii.120; Ja.iv.229, Ja.iv.266; Vv.78#6 (vediyā vedikā Vv-a.304); Vv.84#16 (= vedikā Vv-a.340); Vv-a.275.
fr. vedi
experienced, felt SN.iv.205 (sukha & dukkha) = Snp.738.
pp. of vedeti
Name of a tree Ja.v.405; Ja.vi.550.
fr. vidisā?
“to sense,” usually in Denom. function (only one Caus. meaning: see aor. avedi); meaning twofold either intellectually “to know” (cp. veda), or with ref. to general feeling “to experience” (cp. vedanā). For the present tense two bases are to be distinguished viz. ved˚; used in both meanings; and vediy˚; (= *vedy˚) a specific Pāli formation after the manner of the 4th (y) class of Sk. verbs, used only in meaning of “experience.” Thus vedeti: (a) to know (as = acc., equal to “to call”) Snp.211 sq. (taṃ muniṃ vedayanti); (b) to feel, to experience SN.iv.68 (phuṭṭho vedeti, ceteti sañjānāti); MN.i.37; Pv.iv.1#50 (dukkhaṃ = anubhavati Pv-a.241)
■ vediyati: to feel, to experience a sensation or feeling (usually with vedanaṃ or pl. vedanā) MN.i.59 MN.ii.70 (also Pot. vediyeyya); SN.ii.82; SN.iii.86 sq.; SN.iv.207; AN.i.141; AN.ii.198 (also ppr. vediyamāna); Ja.ii.241; Mil.253
aor avedi he knew, recognized Ja.iii.420 (= aññāsi C.); he made known, i.e. informed Ja.iv.35 (= jānāpesi C.); vedi (recognized, knew) Snp.643, Snp.647, Snp.1148 (= aññāsi aphusi paṭivijjhi Cnd.613); & vedayi Snp.251 (= aññāsi Snp-a.293)
fut vedissati (shall experience) Pv.i.10#15 (dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ v.)
grd vediya (to be known Snp.474 (para˚ diṭṭhi held as view by others; explained as “ñāpetabba” Snp-a.410); vedanīya: (a) to be known, intelligible, comprehensible DN.i.12; (dhammā nipuṇā… paṇḍita-vedanīyā); DN.ii.36; MN.i.487; MN.ii.220; (b) to be experienced SN.iv.114 (sukha˚ & dukkha˚); AN.i.249 (diṭṭhadhamma˚); AN.iv.382; Pv.ii.11#7 (sukha˚-kamma sukha-vipāka Pv-a.150); Pv.iii.3#7 (kamma); Pv.iv.1#29 (of kamma-vipāka = anubhavana-yogga Pv-a.228); Pv-a.145 (kamma); & veditabba to be understood or known DN.i.186; Pv-a.71, Pv-a.92, Pv-a.104
pp vedita & vedayita.
Vedic vedayati; Denom. or Caus. fr. vid to know or feel
lit. from the Videha country; wise (see connection between Vedeha & ved, vedeti at DN-a.i.139, resting on popular etymology) SN.ii.215 sq (˚muni, of Ānanda; explained as “vedeha-muni = paṇḍitamuni,” cp. K.S. i.321; translation K.S. ii.145 “the learned sage”); Mhvs.3, Mhvs.36 (same phrase; translation “the sage of the Videha country”); Tha-ap.7 (id.).
= Npl. Vedeha
adj. n.
■ Cp. ubbedha.
fr. vidh = vyadh, cp. vyādha
to tremble, quiver, quake, shake SN.v.402; Thag.651; Thag.2, Thag.237 (˚amāna); Snp.899, Snp.902 (Pot. vedheyya); Mnd.312, Mnd.467; Ja.ii.191 (kampati +); Mil.254 (+ calati); Vv-a.76 (vedhamānena sarīrena); Dhp-a.ii.249 (Pass. vedhiyamāna trembling; variant reading pa˚). Cp. vyadhati, ubbedhati & pavedhati.
for *vethati = vyathati, of vyath
neuter piercing Ja.iv.29; DN-a.i.221.
fr. vidh to pierce
neuter widowhood Ja.vi.508.
abstr. fr. vidhavā, = Epic Sk. vaidhavya
son of a widow; in two diff. passages of the Jātaka, both times characterized as sukka-cchavī vedhaverā “sons of widows, with white skins,” and at both places misunderstood (or unintelligibly explained) by the Cy., viz. Ja.iv.184 (+ thulla-bāhū; C.: vidhavā apatikā tehi vidhavā sarantī ti [ti]vidha-verā ca vedhaverā); Ja.vi.508 (C. vidhav’ itthakā; variant reading vidhav-ittikāmā purisā).
for *Sk. vaidhaveya, fr. vidhavā
feminine shooting, hitting Ja.vi.448.
pp. of vedheti, Caus. of vijjhati
adjective piercing, shooting, hitting: see akkhaṇa˚.
fr. vidh = vyadh
descended from Vinatā, epithet of a garuḷa Pts.ii.196; Ja.vi.260; Dāvs iv.45.
fr. vinata
a nihilist. The Buddha was accused of being aN v. MN.i.140.
fr. vi 3 + naya
adjective versed in the Vinaya Vin.i.235; Vin.iii.3 (cp. Vin AN.i.135); MN.i.140; AN.iv.175, AN.iv.182 sq. AN.v.190; Mil.341.
fr. vinaya
adjective to be instructed, accessible to; instruction, tractable, ready to receive the teaching (of the Buddha). The term is late (Jātaka style & Com. Ja.i.182 (Buddha˚), Ja.i.504; Snp-a.169, Snp-a.510; Dhp-a.i.26 Vb-a.79; Vv-a.217; Thag-a.69 (Ap. v. 10). Cp. buddha˚.
= vineyya, grd. of vineti; cp. BSk. vaineya Divy.36, Divy.202 & passim
neuter tractableness Ne.99.
fr. veneyya
neuter ripening, ripeness, maturity. - (adj.) yielding fruit, resulting in (-˚) AN.i.223 (kāmadhātu˚ kamma); AN.iii.416 (sammoha˚ dukkha); Snp.537 (dukkha˚ kamma).
fr. vipakka
feminine a woman resembling a man (sexually), a man-like woman, androgyn Vin.ii.271; Vin.iii.129.
vi + purisa + aka
neuter full development, abundance, plenty, fullness DN.iii.70, DN.iii.221, DN.iii.285; SN.iii.53; AN.i.94 (āmisa˚, dhamma˚); AN.iii.8, AN.iii.404; AN.v.152 sq., AN.v.350 sq.; Mil.33, Mil.251; Vism.212 (saddhā˚, sati˚, paññā˚, puñña˚), Vism.619; Dhp-a.i.262 (sati˚); Vb-a.290
■ Often in phrase vuḍḍhi virūḷhi vepulla (see vuḍḍhi), e.g. Vin.i.60; Iti.113. Cp. vetulla.
fr. vipula
feminine = vepulla; AN.ii.144 (rāga˚, dosa˚, moha˚); Tha-ap.26, 39; Mil.252 As vepullataṃ (nt.) at AN.iii.432.
abstr. formation fr. vepulla
futility, failure Ja.iv.451 (opp. sampatti; explained as vipatti C.).
fr. vibhanga
(adj.) see a˚.
(nt. & f.) thinking over, criticism Dhs.16; Pts.i.119; Pp.25; Ne.76.
fr. vibhāvin
feminine = vibhassikatā, i.e. gossiping Vin.iv.241.
(adj. n.) causing disaster or ruin; nt. calumnious speech, bad language DN.iii.106 (˚ya); Snp.158 (˚ya); Vv.84#40 (˚ka; explained as “sahitānaṃ vinābhāva-karaṇato vebhūtikaṃ,” i.e. pisuṇaṃ Vv-a.347).
fr. vibhūti 1
neuter loom or shuttle Dhp-a.iii.175; Snp-a.268.
fr. vāyati2, cp. Sk. veman (nt.); Lat. vimen
neuter = vema Vin.ii.135.
neuter middle, centre Ja.iv.250; Ja.vi.485; Pp.16, Pp.17; Vism.182 (˚bhāga central part) Vv-a.241, Vv-a.277
■ loc. vemajjhe:
fr. vi + majjha
adjective in doubt, uncertain, doubtful Vin.i.126; Vin.ii.65; Vin.iv.220, Vin.iv.259; Vism.14 (˚sīla). Opp nibbematika.
fr. vimati
neuter difference, distinction Mil.410; Vism.195.
fr. vi + matta1
feminine difference, distinction, discrepancy, disproportion(ateness) MN.i.453 MN.i.494; SN.ii.21; SN.iii.101; SN.v.200; AN.iii.410 sq.; Snp.p.102 (puggala˚); Ne.4, Ne.72 sq., Ne.107 sq.; Mil.284, Mil.285. The 8 differences of the var. Buddhas are given at Snp-a.407 sq. as addhāna˚, āyu˚, kula˚, pamāṇa˚, nekkhamma˚ padhāna˚, bodhi˚, raṃsi˚.
abstr. formation fr. vematta
adjective having a different mother Ja.iv.105 (˚bhāginī); Ja.vi.134 (˚bhātaro); Pv-a.19.
vi + ˚mātika
adjective having a fairy palace (see vimāna 3) Ja.v.2; Dhp-a.iii.192.
fr. vimāna1
is a (purely phonetic) diaeretic form of vy˚; for which viy˚ & veyy˚; are used indiscriminately. There is as little difference between viy˚ & veyy˚; as between vi˚ & ve˚; in those cases where (double, as it were abstract nouns are formed from words with ve˚; (vepullatā, vemattatā, etc.), which shows that ve˚; was simply felt as vi˚. Cp. the use of e for i (esp. before y) in cases like alabbhaneyya → ˚iya; addhaneyya → ˚iya; pesuṇeyya → ˚iya, without any difference in meaning.
adjective belonging to a tiger Dhp.295 (here simply = vyaggha. i.e. with a tiger as fifth veyya˚ = vya˚ metri causâ; Bdhgh’s expln at Dhp-a.iii.455 is forced)
■ (m). a car covered with a tiger’s skin Ja.v.259, cp. 377.
fr. vyaggha
adjective Ja.iv.347.
one who knows the signs, a fortune-teller, soothsayer Ja.v.233, Ja.v.235
■ The BSk equivalent is vaipañcanika (Mvu.i.207) etc.: see under vipañcita, which may have to be derived (as viyañcita = viyañjita) from vi + añj = vyañjana. See also Kern. Toevoegselen p. 19.
= vyañjanika
= viyatta, i.e. accomplished, clever Ja.v.258.
feminine distinction, cleverness, accomplishment Ja.v.258; Ja.vi.305.
= viyatti
neuter distinction, lucidity; accomplishment DN.iii.38 (paññā˚ in wisdom); MN.i.82, MN.i.175; MN.ii.209.
abstr. form (˚ya = ˚ka) fr. veyyatti = viyatti
masculine neuter
= vyākaraṇa
adjective causing injury or oppression, oppressive, annoying (of pains) MN.i.10; AN.iii.388; Vism.35 (explained diff. by Bdhgh as “vyābādhato uppannattā veyyābādhikā”).
= vyābādhika
neuter money to defray expenses, means Vin.ii.157.
fr. vyaya
neuter service, attention rendering a service; work, labour, commission, duty Vin.i.23; AN.iii.41; Ja.i.12 (kāya˚); Ja.vi.154; Snp-a.466; Vv-a.94; Thag-a.253. -kamma doing service, work Ja.iii.422; -kara servant, agent, (f.) housekeeper Ja.iii.327; Vv-a.349; --kārikā (f.) id. Pv-a.65
■ Cp vyappatha.
corresponds to (although doubtful in what relation) Sk. *vaiyā-pṛtya, abstr. fr. vyāpṛta active, busy (to pṛ; pṛṇoti) = P. vyāvaṭa; it was later retranslated into BSk. as vaiyāvṛtya (as if vi + ā + vṛt) e.g. Divy.54, Divy.347; Mvu.i.298
neuter service, waiting on, attention Snp.p.104 (kāya˚); Ja.iv.463; Ja.vi.154, Ja.vi.418, Ja.vi.503 (dāna˚); Dhp-a.i.27 (kāya˚), Dhp-a.iii.19 (dāna˚); Dpvs.vi.61.
doublet of veyyāvacca; ˚ka = ˚ya
neuter hatred, revenge, hostile action, sin AN.iv.247; Dhp.5; Ja.iv.71; Dhp-a.i.50. Pv-a.13
■ avera absence of enmity, friendliness; (adj. friendly, peaceable, kind DN.i.167, DN.i.247 (sa˚ & a˚), DN.i.251; SN.iv.296; AN.iv.246; Snp.150. The pañca bhayāni verāni (or vera-bhayā) or pañca verā (Vb.378) “the fivefold guilty dread” are the fears connected with sins against the 5 first commandments (sīlāni); see SN.ii.68; AN.iii.204 sq.; AN.iv.405 sq.; AN.v.182; Iti.57 = Snp.167 (vera-bhay’atīta). Veraka = vera; a
cp. Sk. vaira, der. fr. vīra
a˚ Pv.iv.1#38. See also verika.
neuter a variety of kingdoms or provinces SN.iii.6 (nānā˚-gata bhikkhu a bh. who has travelled much).
fr. vi + rajja
adjective belonging to var. kingdoms or provinces, coming from various countries (nānā˚) living in a different country, foreign, alien DN.i.113; MN.ii.165 (brāhmaṇā); AN.iii.263 (bhikkhū); Thag.1037; Vv.84#12 (= videsa-vasika Vv-a.338); Mil.359.
fr. verajja
feminine abstaining from (-˚), absti nence AN.ii.217, AN.ii.253; AN.v.252 sq., AN.v.304 sq.; Snp.291; Pp.39 Pp.43; Vism.11; Kp-a.24; Dhp-a.i.235, Dhp-a.i.305.
fr. viramaṇa; cp. the odd form BSk. vīramaṇī, e.g. Jtm. 213
(adj.) attribute of the wind (vāta or pl. vātā) a wind blowing in high altitudes [cp. BSk. vairambhaka Divy.90] SN.ii.231; AN.i.137; Thag.597; Ja.iii.255, Ja.iii.484 Ja.vi.326; Cnd.562; Vb-a.71.
etym.? Probably dialectical, i.e. regional
= vera i. e, inimical; enemy (cp. veraka) Ja.v.229, Ja.v.505; Vism.48.
adjective bearing hostility, inimical, revengeful Ja.iii.177; Pv.iv.3#25 (= veravanto Pv-a.252); Mil.196 Vism.296 (˚puggala), Vism.326 (˚purisa, in simile), Vism.512 (in sim.); Vb-a.89
■ Neg. averin Dhp.197, Dhp.258.
fr. vera
the sun (lit. “shining forth”) SN.i.51; AN.ii.50.
= virocana, fr virocati
feminine
Vedic velā in meaning 1; Epic Sanskrit in meanings 2 & 3
adjective “belonging to Velāma,” at DN.ii.198 used as a clan-name (f. Velāmikānī), with vv.ll. Vessinī & Vessāyinī (cp. Velāma Np. combd with Vessantara at Vb-a.414), and at DN.ii.333 classed with khujjā vāmanikā & komārikā (translation “maidens”; Bdhgh “very young & childish”: see Dial. ii.359); variant reading celāvikā They are some sort of servants, esp. in demand for a noble’s retinue. See also Np. Velāma (the V. sutta at Ja.i.228 sq.).
velāma + ika, the word velāma probably a district word
to destroy (?) Dhs-a.219 (cp. Expos. ii.297); explained by viddhaṃseti. More appropriate would be a meaning like “control,” bound restrict.
Denom. fr. velā
adjective flashing (of swords) Ja.vi.449.
Is it a corruption fr. *veyyāyin = *vyāyin?
is a word peculiar to the Jātaka. At one passage it is explained by the Commentary as “vedi” (i.e. rail, cornice), where it is applied to the slender waist of a woman (cp. vilāka & vilaggita;): Ja.vi.456. At most of the other passages it is explained as “a heap of gold” thus at Ja.v.506 (verse: velli-vilāka-majjhā; C.: “ettha vellī ti rāsi vilākamajjhā ti vilagga-majjhā uttattaghana-suvaṇṇa -rāsi -ppabhā c’ eva tanu-dīgha-majjhā ca”), and Ja.vi.269 (verse: kañcana-velli-viggaha; C. “suvaṇṇa -rāsi -sassirīka-sarīrā”). At Ja.v.398 in the same passage as Ja.vi.269 explained in C. as “kañcana-rūpakasadisa-sarīrā”). The idea of “golden” is connected with it throughout.
dial.?
adjective crooked, bent; (of hair:) curly Pv-a.189. It is only used with ref. to hair.
-agga with bending (or crooked) tip (of hair), i.e. curled Thig.252 (cp. Thag-a.209); Ja.v.203 (= kuñcit’ agga C.); Ja.vi.86 (sun-agga-vellita); Pv-a.46, Pv-a.142
■ Cp kuñcita-kesa Ja.i.89.
pp. of vellati, vell to stagger, cp. paṭivellati
a bamboo AN.ii.73; Vin.iv.35; Ja.iv.382 (daṇḍa˚); Ja.v.71; Vism.1, Vism.17; Snp-a.76 (= vaṃsa); Vb-a.334.
= veṇu, cp. Geiger, Pali Grammar § 43#3 & Prk. veḷu: Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 243
a kind of tree Ja.v.405 (= vaṃsa-coraka).
fr. veḷu
neuter a precious stone, lapis lazuli; cp. the same word “beryl” (with metathesis r → l; not fr. the Sk. form), which the Greeks brought to Europe from India
■ DN.i.76; Vin.ii.112; SN.i.64; AN.i.215; AN.iv.199, AN.iv.203 sq.; Ja.iii.437; Pv.ii.7#5 Mhvs.11, Mhvs.16; Dhp-a.ii.220. Often in descriptions of Vimānas, e.g. Vv.2#1; Vv.12#1; Vv.17#1; cp. Vv-a.27, Vv-a.60
■ Probably through a word-play with veḷu (bamboo; popular etymology) it is said to have the colour of bamboo: see vaṃsa-rāga & vaṃsa-vaṇṇa. At Ja.i.207 a peacock’s neck is described as having the colour of the veḷuriya At Mil.267 (in inventory of “loka”) we have the foll enumeration of precious stones: pavāḷa coral, lohitaṅka ruby, masāragalla cat’s eye, veḷuriya lapis lazuli, vajira diamend. See also under ratana1.
cp. dial. Sk. vaiḍūrya
probably not to veḷu, but another spelling for beḷuva, in -laṭṭhikā SN.iii.91, as sometimes variant reading veḷuva for beḷuva (q.v.).
cp. Vedic vainava (made of cane)?
neuter attribute, epithet; synonym Ne.1 sq., Ne.24, Ne.53 sq., Ne.82, Ne.106; Vism.427; Snp-a.24, Snp-a.447 Cp. adhivacana.
fr. vivacana
neuter discolouring Thag-a.85 (Ap. v. 42).
fr. vivaṇṇa
neuter
abstr. fr. vivaṇṇa
wedding-guest Ja.ii.420.
fr. vivāha
neuter “multifarious wants,” greediness, selfishness, avarice Snp.941 (= pañca macchariyāni Mnd.422, as at Cnd.614), Snp.1033 (where Ne.11 reads vivicchā); Pp.19, Pp.23; Dhs.1059 Dhs.1122; Cnd. s.v. taṇhā; Dhs-a.366, Dhs-a.375.
abstr. formation fr. vivicchā
dress, apparel; (more frequently:) disguise, (assumed) appearance Ja.i.146 (pakati˚ usual dress), Ja.i.230 (āyuttaka˚); Ja.iii.418 (andha˚) Mil.12; Dhp-a.ii.4; Pv-a.62, Pv-a.93 (ummattaka˚), Pv-a.161 (tunnavāya˚); Sdhp.384; purisa˚ (of women) DN-a.i.147.
cp. Sk. veṣa, fr. viṣ to be active
= visama Vv-a.10.
Name of a month (April-May) Mhvs.1, Mhvs.73; Mhvs.29, Mhvs.1.
cp. Vedic vaiśākha
neuter (the Buddha’s or an Arahant’s) perfect selfconfidence (which is of 4 kinds), self-satisfaction, subject of confidence. The four are given in full at MN.i.71 sq. viz. highest knowledge, khīṇāsava state, recognition of the obstacles, recognition & preaching of the way to salvation. See also DN.i.110; Ja.ii.27; AN.ii.13; AN.iii.297 sq. AN.iv.83, AN.iv.210, AN.iv.213; MN.i.380; Pts.ii.194; Cnd.466#b; Dhp-a.i.86; DN-a.i.278; Kp-a.104; Vv-a.213; Sdhp.593.
abstr. formation fr. visārada, i.e. *vaiśāradya
a Vaiśya (Vessa) Ja.vi.15, Ja.vi.21, Ja.vi.328, Ja.vi.490, Ja.vi.492. As vessāyana at Snp.455 (where vesiyāna is required). Vesi & Vesiya
= vessa, with ˚na as in gimhāna, vassāna etc.
feminine a woman of low caste, a harlot, prostitute
the f. of vessa
neuter a house Ja.v.84. A trace of the n-stem in loc. vesmani Ja.v.60.
Vedic veśman, fr. viś to enter: see visati
a Vaiśya, i.e. a member of the third social (i.e. lower) grade (see vaṇṇa 6), a man of the people DN.iii.81, DN.iii.95 (origin) SN.i.102, SN.i.166; SN.iv.219; SN.v.51; AN.i.162; AN.ii.194; AN.iii.214, AN.iii.242 Vb.394; DN-a.i.254 (origin)
■ f. vesī (q.v.); vessī (as a member of that caste) DN.i.193; AN.iii.226, AN.iii.229.
cp. Vedic vaiśya, a dial. (local) word
feminine a Vaiśya woman Snp.314. Vehayasa = vihayasa
fr. vessa
i.e. air, sky; only used in acc. vehāyasaṃ in function of a loc. (cp. Vv-a.182: vehāyasaṃ = vehāyasa-bhūte hatthi-piṭṭhe), combined with ṭhita (standing in the air) Vv.41; Mhvs.1, Mhvs.24; Pv-a.14.
the air, sky, heaven; only in the two cases (both used as loc. “in the air”) acc. vehāsaṃ DN.iii.27; SN.v.283; Vin.iii.105; Vv-a.78 & loc.; vehāse Vin.i.320.
contraction of vehāyasa
occurs only in acc. (= loc.) vehāsayaṃ, equal to vihāyasaṃ at Ja.iv.471.
= vehāyasa with metathesis y → s
indeclinable a particle of emphasis, perhaps = eva, or = vo2 (as dative of interest). The Commentaries explain it as “nipāta,” i.e. particle. Thus at Snp.560 Snp.760.
is enclitic form of tumhe (see under tuvaṃ), i.e. to you, of you but it is generally interpreted by the C. as “nipāta, i.e. particle (of emphasis or exclamation; i.e. vo1) Thus e.g. at Pv.i.5#3 (cp. Pv-a.26).
cp. Vedic vaḥ, Av. vō, Lat. vos, Gr. υ ̓́μμε
is commonly regarded as the prefix combination vi + ava˚; (i.e. vi + o˚), but in many cases it simply represents ava˚; (= o˚) with v as euphonic (“vorschlag”), as in vonata (= onata), voloketi, vokkanti, vokiṇṇa, voropeti vosāpeti, vosāna, vossagga. In a few cases it corresponds to vi + ud˚; as in vokkamati, vocchijjati voyoga.
v(i) + okāra; cp. vikāra
adjective covered with, drenched (with); mixed up, full of (instr.) MN.i.390; SN.ii.29; AN.i.123, AN.i.148; AN.ii.232; Ja.i.110; Dhs-a.69
■ Cp. abbokiṇṇa.
v(i) + okiṇṇa
adjective mixed up Mil.300 (kapiniddā-pareto vokiṇṇakaṃ jaggati a person with light sleep, so-called “monkey-doze,” lies confusedly awake i.e. is half asleep, half awake). Rh. D. not quite to the point: “a man still guards his scattered thoughts.”
vokiṇṇa + ka
deviated from (abl.) Iti.36.
pp. of vokkamati
feminine descent (into the womb), conception Thag.790.
v(i) + akkanti
to turn aside, deviate from (abl.); mostly in ger. vokkamma Vin.ii.213; DN.i.230; MN.iii.117; SN.iv.117; Snp.946; Ja.i.23; Vism.18
pp vokkanta.
vi + ukkamati
neuter turning aside, deviation fr. (abl.) MN.i.14; AN.i.243.
fr. vokkamati
adjective is at Ja.iii.21 given as syn. of vaggu (q.v.).
? doubtful reading
penetrated (into consciousness), investigated, apperceived MN.i.478; AN.iv.363 (= manodvāre samudācāra-ppatta).
pp. of vi + ocarati
feminine covering up (entirely) Vb-a.493.
fr. vi + ava + chad
to be cut off SN.iii.53 (so read)
pp neg. abbocchinna: see abbhocchinna. (= *avyucch˚).
vi + ud + chijjati, Pass. of chid
(& -ṭṭhapana) neuter establishing, synthesis, determination, a momentary stage in the unit called percept (cp. Cpd. 29), always with -kicca (or ˚kiriyā) “accomplishing the function of determination Vism.21; Dhs-a.401; DN-a.i.194 (variant reading voṭṭhabb˚); Tikp.276 (˚kiriyā).
= vavatth˚
to establish, put up, arrange Ja.vi.583.
= vavatthāpeti
adjective free from water Vin.ii.113.
vi + odaka = udaka
(or -dāpeti) to cleanse, purify Dhp-a.ii.162.
Caus. of vodāyati
adjective clean, pure MN.i.319.
vi + odāta, cp. vīvadāta
neuter
fr. vi + ava + dā4 to clean, cp. BSk. vyavadāna Divy.616; Avs.ii.188
adjective apt to purify, purifying DN.i.195; DN.iii.57. Opp. saṅkilesika.
grd. formn from vodāna
neuter cleansing, purification Dhp-a.iii.237 (= pariyodapana).
fr. vodapeti
at Ja.iv.184 appears to be a misreading for codāya (ger. from codeti) in meaning iṇaṃ codeti to undertake a loan, to lend money at interest (= vaḍḍhiyā inaṃ payojetvā C.), to demand payment for a loan. The variant reading at all places is codāya (= codetvā). See codeti.
to become clean or clear, to be purified or cleansed AN.v.169 (fig. saddhammassa), AN.v.317 (id.; explained by C. as “vodānaṃ gacchati”); Ja.ii.418 (of a precious stone).
vi + ava + dā4 to clean
only at DN.iii.43 in phrase ˚ṃ āpajjati in meaning of “making a distinction,” being particular (about food: bhojanesu), having a dainty appetite; explained by “dve bhāge karoti” Bdhgh. It seems to stand for vokāra, unless we take it to be a misspelling for vodāya “cutting off,” fr. vi + ava + dā, thus “separating the food” (?): Suggestive also is the likeness with vosānaṃ āpajjati.
?
defined, fully understood recognized MN.i.478; AN.iv.363 (= suṭṭhu diṭṭha C.).
pp. of vi + ava + diś, cp. odissa & the BSk. vyapadeśa pretext Divy.435
adjective bent down Thag.662.
v(i) + onata
at DN-a.i.277 (avopetvā) is to be read with variant reading as copeti, i.e. shake, move, disturb, violate (a rule).
to split; ppr. -anto (fig.) hair-splitting DN.i.162; MN.i.176; aor. vobhindi (lit.) to break, split (one’s head, sīsaṃ) MN.i.336.
vi + ava + bhindati
at DN-a.i.300 is to be read as vodāpeti (cleanse, purify); variant reading BB vodāpeti; SS cāmāpeti, i.e. to cause to be rinsed, cleanse.
dā
adjective miscellaneous, various Vism.87 (˚katā), Vism.88 (˚ka), Vism.104 (˚carita).
v(i) + omissa(ka)
effort (?), application Kp-a.243. Reading doubtful.
vi + uyyoga in sense of uyyutta?
neuter depriving (jīvita˚ of life) Ja.i.99.
abstr. fr. voropeti
to deprive of (abl.), to take away; only in phrase jīvitā voropeti [which shows that -v- is purely euphonic] to deprive of life, to kill DN.i.85; Ja.iv.454; DN-a.i.236; Dhp-a.iv.68; Pv-a.67, Pv-a.105, Pv-a.274.
= oropeti
neuter looking at, examination Ja.iv.237 (variant reading vi˚).
v(i) + olokana, but cp. BSk. vyavalokana “inspection” Divy.435
to examine, study, scrutinize MN.i.213 (with gen.); Vin.i.6 (lokaṃ); Kv.591; Dhp-a.i.319 (lokaṃ), Dhp-a.ii.96 (variant reading oloketi).
v(i) + oloketi; in meaning equal to viloketi & oloketi
neuter (food) put down (on cemeteries etc.) for (the spirits of) the departed Vin.iv.89.
wrong spelling for *vossaṭṭhika = v(i) + ossaṭṭha + ika
neuter
v(i) + osāna
to make end, to bring to an end or a finish Snp-a.46 (desanaṃ).
v(i) + osāpeti
adj. nt. belonging to reinstatement AN.i.99.
fr. v(i) + osāraṇā
one who has attained (relative) achievement perfected, accomplished, mastering, in phrase abhiññā˚ one who masters special knowledge SN.i.167; Dhp.423; Iti.47 = Iti.61 = Iti.81; AN.i.165; cp. Dhp-a.iv.233: “niṭṭhānaṃ patto vusita-vosānaṃ vā patto etc.”
vi + osita, pp. of ava + sā. See also vusita & vyosita;
neuter making impotent (see under vassakamma) DN.i.12; DN-a.i.97.
relinquishing, relaxation; handing over, donation, gift (see on term as ethical Bdhgh at K.S. i.321) DN.iii.190 (issariya˚ handing over of authority), DN.iii.226; SN.iv.365 sq.; SN.v.63 sq., SN.v.351 (˚rata fond of giving) AN.ii.66 (identical); AN.iii.53 (identical); Pts.i.109 Pts.ii.24, Pts.ii.117 Ja.vi.213 (kamma˚); Netti.16 Vb.229 Vb.350; Vism.224 Vb-a.317
= ossagga; ava + sṛj
to give up, relinquish; to hand over, resign Snp.751 (ger. vossajja; Snp-a.508 reads oss˚;) Ja.v.124 (issariyaṃ vossajjanto; cp. DN.iii.190).
= ossaj(j)ati
pass vohariyati to be called Snp-a.26; Pv-a.94; Thag-a.24.
vi + oharati
vi + avahāra
“decider,” one connected with a law-suit or with the law, magistrate, a higher official (mahāmatta) in the law-courts, a judge or justice. At Vin.i.74 two classes of mahāmattā (ministers) are given senānāyakā those of defence, and vohārikā of justice cp. Vin.ii.158; Vin.iii.45 (purāṇa-vohāriko mahāmatto), Vin.iv.223.
fr. vohāra
is the semi-vowel (i.e. half-consonantic) form of vi˚; before following a & ā (vya˚, vyā), very rarely ū & o; The prefix vi˚ is very unstable, and a variety of forms are also attached to vy˚, which, after the manner of all consonant-combinations in Pāḷi, may apart from its regular form vy˚; appear either as contracted to vv˚; (written v˚;) like vagga (for vyagga), vaya (for vyaya), vosita (= vyosita), *vvūha (= vyūha, appearing as ˚bhūha), or diaeretic as viy˚; (in poetry) or veyy˚; (popular), e.g. viyañjana, viyārambha, viyāyata; or veyvañjanika veyyākaraṇa, veyyāyika. It further appears as by˚ (like byaggha, byañjana, byappatha, byamha, byāpanna byābādha etc.). In a few cases vya˚; represents (a diaeretic) vi˚; as in vyamhita & vyasanna; and vyā˚; = vi˚ in vyārosa.
at Snp.600 is fut. of vyācikkhati (see viyā˚;).
adjective distracted, confused, bewildered; neg. a˚; SN.i.96 (˚mānasa); SN.v.66, SN.v.107.
vi + agga, of which the contracted form is vagga2
a tiger DN.iii.25; AN.iii.101; Snp.416 (˚usabha); Tha-ap.68 (˚rājā); Ja.i.357; Ja.iii.192 (subāhu); Ja.v.14 (giri-sānuja)
■ f. viyagghinī (biy˚ Mil.67. See also byaggha.
cp. Vedic vyāghra
a hawk SN.i.148 (as ˚nisa); Ja.vi.538. Another word for “hawk” is sakuṇagghi.
?
neuter
■ Cp. byañjana.
fr. vi + añj, cp. añjati2 & abbhañjati
adjective see ubhato˚ & veyyañjanika.
fr. vyañjana
to characterise, denote, express, indicate Snp-a.91; Ne.209 (Cy.).
vi + añjati, or añjeti
what is left over, addition, surplus Pv-a.18 (of “ca”), Pv-a.228 (˚to).
vi + atireka
adjective
cp. viyatta, veyyatta & byatta
feminine experience, learning, cleverness Mil.349 (as by˚); Dhp-a.ii.38 (avyattatā foolishness: so correct under avyattatā P.D. i.86).
abstr. fr. vyatta
opposition, reversal; in purisa˚; change of person (gram.) Snp-a.545; vacana˚; reversal of number (i.e. sg. & pl.) DN-a.i.141; Snp-a.509.
vi + ati + aya
neuter shaking, wavering Dhtp.465 (as defn of tud).
fr. vyath
to tremble, shake, waver; to be frightened Vin.ii.202 (so for vyādhati); Ja.iii.398 (vyadhase; C vyadhasi = kampasi)
caus vyadheti (& vyādheti); to frighten, confuse Ja.iv.166 (= vyādheti bādheti C.)-Fut. vyādhayissati SN.i.120 = Thag.46 (by˚). Under byādheti we had given a different derivation (viz Caus. fr. vyādhi).
in poetry for the usual vedhati of vyath, cp. Goth. wipōn
adj. nt. removed, remote; nt. end, finish; only as vyanti˚; in combination with kṛ; and bhū. The spelling is often byanti˚
vi + anta
to depart, to be dispelled Ja.ii.407 (ger. -gamma)
pp -gata.
vi + apagacchati
departed Ja.i.17; Mil.133, Mil.225.
pp. of vyapagacchati
to drive away, expel; ger -nujja Snp.66. aor. vyapānudi Thig.318.
vi + apanudati
to be removed or destroyed Ja.vi.565.
vi + apa + haññati
neuter
perhaps a distortion of *vyāpṛta, for which the usual P. (der.) veyyāvacca (q.v.) in meaning “duty”
feminine activity, occupation, duty (?) Snp.961. See remarks on byappatha.
cp. Sk. vyāpṛti
feminine application (of mind), focussing (of attention) Dhs.7.
vi + appanā
neuter palace; a celestial mansion, a vimāna, abode for fairies etc. Ja.v.454; Ja.vi.119, Ja.vi.251 (= pura & rāja-nivesa C.); Vv.35#1 (= bhavana Vv-a.160). Cp. byamha.
etym.?
adjective astounded, shocked, awed; dismayed, frightened Ja.v.69 (= bhīta C.); Ja.vi.243 Ja.vi.314.
metric for vimhita
expense, loss, decay SN.iv.68, SN.iv.140; Mil.393 (as abbaya) avyayena (instr.) safely DN.i.72. Cp. veyyāyika vyāyika.
vi + aya, of i; the assimilation form is vaya2
to go away, disappear Ja.v.82.
vi + ava(= apa) + i, cp. apeti & veti;
neuter [somewhat doubtful. It has to be compared with vavassagga, although it should be derived fr. sā (cp. pp. vyavasita; or śri?), thus mixture of sṛj & sā. Cp. a similar difficulty of sā under osāpeti decision, resolution; only used to explain part. handa (exhortation) at Snp-a.200, Snp-a.491 (variant reading vyavasāya: cp vavasāya at DN-a.i.237), for which otherwise vavassagga.
adjective decided, resolute Snp-a.200.
pp. of vi + ava + sā (or śri?), cp. vyavasāna
neuter misfortune, misery, ruin, destruction, loss DN.i.248; SN.iii.137 (anaya˚); SN.iv.159; AN.i.33 AN.v.156 sq., AN.v.317 (several); Snp.694 (˚gata ruined); Pv.i.6#4 (= dukkha Pv-a.33); Pv.iii.5#6 (= anattha Pv-a.199); Vb.99 sq., Vb.137; Vb-a.102 (several); Pv-a.4, Pv-a.103, Pv-a.112 Sdhp.499
■ The 5 vyasanas are: ñāti˚, bhoga˚, roga˚ sīla˚, diṭṭhi˚ or misfortune concerning one’s relations wealth, health, character, views. Thus at DN.iii.235; AN.iii.147; Vin.iv.277.
fr. vy + as
adjective having misfortune, unlucky, faring ill Ja.v.259.
fr. vyasana
sunk into (loc.), immersed Ja.iv.399; Ja.v.16 (here doubtful; not, as C. vyasanāpanna; gloss visanna; vv.ll. in C.: vyaccanna viphanna, visatta).
metric (diaeretic) for visanna
pp. of vyākaroti
neuter explanation, definiteness Pv-a.27.
abstr. fr. vyākata
expounder AN.iii.81.
n. ag. of vyākaroti; cp. BSk. vyākartṛ Divy.620
neuter
fr. vyākaroti; see also veyyākaraṇa
pp vyākata.
vi + ā + kṛ.
see viy˚.
told, announced, set forth, enumerated Snp.1000.
pp. of v(i)yācikkhati
adjective perplexed Ja.i.301; Pv-a.160; Vv-a.30; Sdhp.403.
vi + ākula
at AN.iii.64 (soto vikkhitto visato +) is doubtful in reading & meaning (“split”?). It must mean something like “interrupted, diverted.” The vv.ll. are vicchinna & jiṇṇa.
for vyādiṇṇa, vi + ādiṇṇa?
a huntsman, deer-hunter Mhvs.10, Mhvs.89 (read either; vyādha-deva god of the h.; or vyādhi˚; demon of maladies); Mhvs.10, Mhvs.95.
fr. vyadh: see vedha & vijjhati
sickness, malady, illness, disease AN.i.139 (as devadūta), AN.i.146, AN.i.155 sq.; AN.iii.66; Pts.i.59 sq. Pts.ii.147; Ja.vi.224; Vism.236. Often in sequence jāti jarā vyādhi maraṇa, e.g. AN.ii.172; AN.iii.74 sq. Vism.232.
see byādhi
(camel) see oṭṭhi˚.
pp. of vyādheti
neuter shaking up Vb.352; Vb-a.479 (uppannavyādhitā; i.e. kāya-pphandana).
fr. vyādheti
adjective filling or summing up, combining, completing Pv-a.71 (in expln of “ye keci” anavasesa˚ niddesa).
fr. vyāpeti
instrumental to go wrong, to fail, disagree; to be troubled; also (trs.) to do harm, to injure SN.iii.119; SN.iv.184 = Cnd.40 (by˚); AN.iii.101 (bhattaṃ me vyāpajjeyya disagrees with me, makes me ill); Snp.1065 (ākāso avyāpajjamāno not troubled, not getting upset) Cnd.74 (by˚)
pp vyāpanna
caus vyāpādeti.
vi + āpajjati
feminine injuring, doing harm, ill-will Pp.18; Dhs.418 (“getting upset” translation).
fr. vyāpajjati
adjective noun to be troubled or troubling, doing harm, injuring; only neg. avyāpajjha (& abyābajjha); (adj.) not hurting, peaceful, friendly; (nt.) kindness of heart Vin.i.183; MN.i.90 (abyābajjhaṃ vedanaṃ vedeti) MN.i.526; DN.i.167, DN.i.247, DN.i.251; SN.iv.296, SN.iv.371; AN.i.98; AN.ii.231 sq. AN.iii.285, AN.iii.329 sq., AN.iii.376 sq. Cp. byāpajjha & vyābādha; etc.
perhaps grd. of vyāpajjati; but see also avyāpajjha
feminine injury, harm; doing harm, malevolence AN.v.292 sq.; Pp.18; Ja.iv.137; Dhs.418 (“disordered temper” translation)
fr. vyāpajjati
adjective spoilt, disagreeing, gone wrong; corrupt; only with citta, i.e. a corrupted heart, or a malevolent intention; adj. malevolent DN.i.139; DN.iii.82; AN.i.262, AN.i.299; opp. avyāpanna (q.v.) See also byāpanna & viyāpanna.
pp. of vyāpajjati
making bad, doing harm: desire to injure, malevolence, ill-will DN.i.71, DN.i.246; DN.iii.70 sq., DN.iii.226, DN.iii.234; SN.i.99; SN.ii.151; SN.iv.343; AN.i.194, AN.i.280; AN.ii.14, AN.ii.210; AN.iii.92, AN.iii.231, AN.iii.245; AN.iv.437; Vb.86, Vb.363 sq., Vb.391; Pp.17 sq.; Dhs.1137; Vism.7; DN-a.i.211; Vb-a.74, Vb-a.118, Vb-a.369. ˚anusaya MN.i.433. ˚dosa MN.iii.3. ˚dhātu MN.iii.62. ˚nīvaraṇa MN.ii.203. See under each affix
■ Cp. avyāpāda.
fr. vyāpajjati. See also byāpāda
to spoil Mil.92.
Caus. of vyāpajjati
occupation, business, service, work Ja.i.341; Ja.v.60; Vism.595. Cp. veyyāvacca, vyappatha (by˚), vyāvaṭa.
vi + ā + pṛ.
one occupied with MN.iii.126.
adjective pervading, diffused Dhs-a.311.
fr. vi + āp
to make full, pervade, fill, comprise Dhs-a.307; Vv-a.17; Thag-a.287; Pv-a.52 (= pharati), Pv-a.71 (in expln of “ye keci”).
vi + Caus. of āp
oppression, injury, harm, hurting; usually in phrase atta˚ & para˚; (disturbing the peace of others of oneself) MN.i.89; SN.iv.339; AN.i.114, AN.i.157, AN.i.216; AN.ii.179-Also at SN.iv.159 (pāṇinaṃ vyābādhāya, with variant reading vadhāya). See also byābādha. The corresponding adjectives are (a)vyāpajjha & veyyābādhika; (q.v.).
fr. vi + ā + bādh, but semantically connected with vi + ā + pad, as in vyāpāda & vyāpajjha;
to do harm, hurt, injure Vin.ii.77/78; SN.iv.351 sq.; DN-a.i.167. The BSk. is vyābādhayate (e.g. Divy.105).
Caus. of vi + ā + badh or distortion fr. vyāpadeti, with which identical in meaning
lit. “to make an outsider,” to keep or to be kept out or away Vin.ii.140 (˚bāhiṃsu in Pass. sense; so that they may not be kept away). Oldenberg (on p. 320) suggests reading vyābādhiṃsu, which may be better, viz. “may not be offended” (?). The form is difficult to explain.
vi + ā + bah: see bahati3
feminine
see byā˚
see byāma & add ref. DN.ii.18≈ Vism.136 (catu˚pamāṇa).
stretched; only neg. a˚ senseless, confused (should it be vyāyatta?) Ja.i.496 (= avyatta C.). See also viyāyata. Vyayama = vayama
vi + āyata
Dhs-a.146.
adjective belonging to decay; only neg. a˚; not decaying, imperishable AN.ii.51; Ja.v.508.
fr. vyaya
see viy˚.
adjective opposed, hostile Thig.344; Snp.936. See byāruddha.
pp. of vi + ā + rundh
anger MN.iii.78; SN.iii.73.
vi + ā + rosa, cp. virosanā
neuter fault Thag-a.266.
for vy + alika
adjective doing service, active, busy; eager, keen intent on (loc.), busy with AN.iv.195 (mayi = worrying about me); Ja.iii.315 (su˚); Ja.iv.371 (kiccâkiccesu v. uyyatta C.); Ja.v.395 (= ussukka); Ja.vi.229 (= kāya-veyyāvacca-dān’ ādi-kamma-karaṇena vyāvaṭa C.)
■ dassana˚; keen on a sight, eager to see Ja.i.89; Vv-a.213 (preferred to T. reading!)
■ dāna˚; serving in connection with a gift, busy with giving, a “commissioner of gifts,” i.e. a superintendent installed by a higher (rich) person (as a king or seṭṭhi) to look after the distribution of all kinds of gifts in connection with a mahādāna. Rh Davids at Dialogues of the Buddha ii.372 (following ) has quite misunderstood the term in referring it to a vyāvaṭa in meaning of “hindered,” and by translating it as “hindered at the largesse” or “objecting to the largesse. At none of the passages quoted by him has it that meaning ‣See e.g. DN.ii.354 Ja.iii.129 Pv.ii.9#50 (dāne v. = ussukkaṁ āpanna Pv-a.135) Pv-a.112 (dāne), Pv-a.124 (identical) DN-a.i.296 (? not found). avyāvaṭa not busy, not bothering about (locative), unconcerned with, not worrying DN.ii.141 (Tathāgatassa sarīre; translation not to the point “hinder not yourselves”) Vin.iii.136 ‣See also separately.
■ Note. vyāvaṭa (& a˚); only occur in the meaning given above, and not in the sense of “covered obstructed” [wrongly fr. vṛ; ] as given by Childers Correct the translation given under byāvaṭa accordingly!
= Sk. vyāpṛta, cp. vyāpāra, byappatha. & veyyāvacca
adjective whirling about, flitting (here & there), moving about, pell-mell Ja.vi.530.
vi + āviddha
separation, division; always contrasted with samāsa, e.g. Vism.82 (vyāsato separately distributively; opp. samāsato); Kp-a.187.
fr. vi + ās to sit
see byāsatta.
to defile, corrupt, tarnish SN.iv.78 (cittaṃ)
pp vyāsitta ibid.
vi + āsiñcati
mixed; only neg. a˚; unmixed, untarnished, undefiled DN.i.70; DN-a.i.183; Pp.59; Thag.926.
fr. vi + ā + sic
to utter, talk, speak Vin.ii.214; Ja.ii.177; Ja.iv.225 (puṭṭho vyāhāsi, perhaps with variant reading as vyākāsi). See also avyāharati
■ Cp. paṭi˚.
vi + āharati
fr. vi + vah; see byūha
at Vv-a.104 is not clear (see byūhati). It looks more like a present tense to viyūḷha in sense “to be bulky,” than a Denom. fr. vyūha as “stand in array. For the regular verb vi + vah see viyūhati. Cp. paṭi˚ saṃyūhati.
adjective perfected; neg. a˚; not perfected, imperfect Thag.784 (aby˚).
= vosita
a euphonic-s-seems to occur in combination ras-agga-saggin (see rasa2). An apparent hiatus-s in ye s-idha Snp.1083, and evaṃ s- ahaṃ Snp.1134 (variant reading) may be an abbreviated su˚; (see su2), unless we take it as a misspelling for p.
the letter s (sa-kāra) Snp-a.23; or the syllable sa Dhp-a.ii.6; Pv-a.280.
base of the nom. of the demonstr. pron. that, he she. The form sg. m. sa is rare (e.g. Dhp.142; Snp.89) According to Geiger (P.Gr. § 105) sa occurs in Snp.40 times but so 124 times. In later Pāli sa is almost extinct The final o of so is often changed into v before vowels and a short vowel is lengthened after this v: svājja Snp.998 = so ajja; svāhaṃ Ja.i.167 = so ahaṃ; svāyaṃ Vin.i.2 = so ayaṃ. The foll. vowel is dropped in so maṃ Iti.57 = so imaṃ
■ A form se is Māgadhism for nt. acc sg. taṃ, found e.g. at DN.ii.278, DN.ii.279; MN.ii.254, MN.ii.255, and in combination seyyathā, seyyathīdaṃ (for which taṃyathā Mil.1). An idiomatic use is that of so in meaning of “that (he or somebody),” e.g. “so vata… palipanno paraṃ palipannaṃ uddharissatī ti: n’ etaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati” MN.i.45; cp. “sā ‘haṃ dhammaṃ nâssosiṃ” that I did not hear the Dh. Vv.40#5. Or in the sense of a cond. (or causal) part. “if,” or “once,” e.g. sa kho so bhikkhu… upakkileso ti iti viditvā… upakkilesaṃ pajahati “once he has recognised…” MN.i.37 Cp. ya˚; ii.2 b. On correl. use with ya˚; (yo so etc.) see ya˚; ii.1.
Idg. *so- (m.), *sā- (f.); nom. sg. to base *to- of the oblique cases; cp. Sk. sa (saḥ), sā; Av. hō, hā; Gr. ὁ, ἡ; Goth. sa, sō; Ags. sē “the” (= that one); pe-s = E thi-s
prefix, used as first pt. of compounds, is the sense of “with,” possessed of, having same as; e.g. sadevaka with the devas Vin.i.8; sadhammika having common faith DN.ii.273; sajāti having the same origin Ja.ii.108. Often opposed to a- and other neg. prefixes (like nir˚;). Sometimes almost pleonastical (like sa-antara)
■ Of combinations we only mention a few of those in which a vocalic initial of the 2nd pt remains uncontracted. Other examples see under their heading in alph. order. E.g. sa -antara inside Dhp-a.iii.788 (for santara Dhp.315); sa -Inda together with Indra DN.ii.261, DN.ii.274; AN.v.325 sq.; --uttara having something beyond, inferior (opp. an˚) DN.i.80; DN.ii.299 = MN.i.59; Dhs.1292, Dhs.1596; Dhs-a.50; --uttaracchada (& ˚chadana); a carpet with awnings above it DN.i.7≈; DN.ii.187 (˚ava) AN.i.181; Vin.i.192; DN-a.i.87; -udaka with water, wet Vin.i.46; -udariya born from the same womb, a brother Ja.iv.417, cp. sodariya; -uddesa with explanation Iti.99 Vism.423 (nāma-gotta-vasena sa-udd.; vaṇṇ’ādi-vasena sākāra); -upanisa together with its cause, causally associated SN.ii.30; -upavajja having a helper MN.iii.266 -upādāna showing attachment MN.ii.265; -upādisesa having the substratum of life remaining Snp.354; Iti.38 Ne.92. Opp. anupādisesa; -ummi roaring of the billows Iti.57, Iti.114
■ Note. sa2 & sa3 are differentiations of one and the same sa, which is originally the deictic pronoun in the function of identity & close connection See etym. under; saṃ˚.
identical with saṃ˚
(reflex. pron.) own MN.i.366; DN.ii.209; Snp.905; Ja.ii.7 Ja.iii.164, Ja.iii.323 (loc. samhi lohite), Ja.iii.402 (acc. saṃ his own viz. kinsman; C = sakaṃ janaṃ); Ja.iv.249 (saṃ bhātaraṃ) Pv.ii.12#1 = Dhp-a.iii.277 (acc. san tanuṃ); instr. sena on one’s own, by oneself Ja.v.24 (C. not quite to the point mama santakena). Often in composition, like sadesa one’s own country Dāvs i.10. Cp. saka.
Vedic sva & svayaṃ (= P. sayaṃ); Idg. *seṷo, *sṷe; cp. Av. hava & hva own; Gr. ἑός & ο ̔́ς his own; Lat. sui, suus; Goth. swēs own, sik = Ger. sich himself; etc.
indeclinable prefix, implying conjunction & completeness; saṃ˚; is after vi˚; (19") the most frequent (16") of all Pāli prefixes. Its primary meaning is “together” (cp. Lat. con˚); hence arises that of a closer connection or a more accentuated action than that expressed by the simple verb (intensifying = thoroughly quite), or noun. Very often merely pleonastic, esp. in combination with other prefixes (e.g. sam-anu˚, sam-ā˚ sam-pa˚). In meaning of “near by, together” it is opposed to para˚; as modifying prefix it is contrary to abhi˚; and (more frequently) to vi˚; (e.g. saṃvadati → vivadati), whereas it often equals pa˚; (e.g. pamodati → sammodati), with which it is often combined as sampa˚ and also abhi˚; (e.g. abhivaḍḍhati → saṃvaḍḍhati), with which often combined as abhisaṃ˚
■ Bdhgh & Dhpāla explain; saṃ˚; by sammā (Snp-a.151; Kp-a.209: so read for samā āgatā), suṭṭhu (see e.g. santasita, santusita) or samantā (= altogether; Snp-a.152, Snp-a.154), or (dogmatically) sakena santena samena (Kp-a.240), or as “saṃyoga” Vism.495
■ In combination with y we find both saṃy˚; and saññ˚. The usual conṭracted form before r is sā˚.
prefix; Idg. *sem one; one & the same, cp. Gr.; ὁμαλός even, α ̔́μα at one, ὁμός together; Sk. sama even, the same; samā in the same way; Av. hama same = Goth. sama, samap together; Lat. simul (= simultaneous), similis “re-sembling.” Also Sk. sa (= sa2 together = Gr. ἁ ἀ-(e.g. α ̓́κοιτις); Av. ha-; and samyak towards one point = P. sammā
■ Analogously to Lat semel “once,” simul, we find sa˚; as numeral base for “one” in Vedic sakṛt “once” = P. sakid (& sakad) sahasra 1000 = P.; sahassa, and in adv. sadā “always, lit. “in one”
lit. drawn together; fig. restrained, self-controlled DN.ii.88; SN.i.79; Snp.88 Snp.156, Snp.716; Ja.i.188; Vv.34#11; Mil.213.
pp. of saṃyamati
fr. saṃ + yam
to practise self-control SN.i.209 (pāṇesu ca saṃyamāmase, translation “if we can keep our hands off living things”)
pp saṃyata
caus saññāmeti to restrain MN.i.365, MN.i.507; Dhp.37, Dhp.380. Cp paṭi˚.
saṃ + yamati
neuter fastening Ja.v.202, Ja.v.207.
fr. saṃ + yam
feminine a kind of ornament Ja.v.202 (= maṇisuvaṇṇa-pavāḷa-rajata-mayāni pilandhanāni C.).
fr. last
feminine begging, what is begged; only in instr. -āya (adv.) by begging together by collecting voluntary offerings Vin.iii.144 (so read for ˚āyo), Vin.iii.149 (explained incorrectly as “sayaṃ yācitvā”) Ja.ii.282 (so read for ˚āyo).
collect. abstr. fr. saṃ + yāc
neuter harness Thag.659.
fr. saṃ + yuj
to connect, join with (instr.), unite SN.i.72. Pass. saṃyujjati SN.iii.70
pp saṃyutta
caus saṃyojeti
saṃ + yuñjati
adjective connected, combined Snp.574 (ññ), Snp.1026.
saṃ + yuta, of yu
pp. of saṃyuñjati
massed, collected, put together, composed or gathered (like a bunch of flowers DN.ii.267 (gāthā); MN.i.386; DN-a.i.38 (spelt saṃvūḷha, i.e. saṃvyūḷha; variant reading sañaḷha i.e. sannaddha).
pp. of saṃyūhati, cp. in similar meaning viyūḷha
to form into a mass, to ball together, to conglomerate AN.iv.137 (kheḷapiṇḍaṃ). pp. saṃyūḷha.
saṃ + vyūhati
fr. saṃ + yuj
neuter bond, fetter SN.iv.163 etc.; especially the fetters that bind man to the wheel of transmigration Vin.i.183; SN.i.23; SN.v.241, SN.v.251; AN.i.264 AN.iii.443; AN.iv.7 sq. (diṭṭhi˚); MN.i.483; Dhp.370; Iti.8 (taṇhā) Snp.62, Snp.74, Snp.621; Ja.i.275; Ja.ii.22; Ne.49; Dhp-a.iii.298 Dhp-a.iv.49.
The ten fetters are 1 sakkāyadiṭṭhi; 2 vicikicchā 3 sīlabbataparāmāso; 4 kāmacchando; 5 vyāpādo 6 rūparāgo; 7 arūparāgo; 8 māno; 9 uddhaccaṃ 10 avijjā. The first three are the tīṇi saṃyojanāni e.g. MN.i.9; AN.i.231, AN.i.233; DN.i.156; DN.ii.92 sq., DN.ii.252, DN.iii.107, DN.iii.132, DN.iii.216; SN.v.357, SN.v.376, SN.v.406; Pp.12, Pp.15 Ne.14; Dhs.1002; DN-a.i.312. The seven last are the satta saṃyojanāni, Ne.14. The first five are called orambhāgiyāni -e.g. AN.i.232 sq.; AN.ii.5, AN.ii.133; AN.v.17; DN.i.156; DN.ii.92, DN.ii.252; MN.i.432; SN.v.61, SN.v.69; Thig.165 Pp.17. The last five are called uddhambhāgiyāni e.g. AN.v.17; SN.v.61, SN.v.69; Thig.167; Thag-a.159; Pp.22 Ne.14, Ne.49.
A different enumeration of the ten saṃyojanas, at Cnd.657 = Dhs.1113, Dhs.1463 (kāmarāga, paṭigha, māna diṭṭhi, vicikicchā, sīlabbataparāmāsa, bhavarāga, issā macchariya, avijjā); compare, however, Dhs.1002.
A diff. enumn of seven saṃyojanas at DN.iii.254; AN.iv.7, viz. anunaya˚, paṭigha˚, diṭṭhi˚, vicikicchā˚ māna˚, bhavarāga˚, avijjā˚. A list of eight is found at MN.i.361 sq. Cp. also ajjhatta-saṃyojano & bahiddhāsaṃyojano; puggalo AN.i.63 sq.; Pp.22; kiṃ-su-s˚; SN.i.39; Snp.1108.
fr. saṃyuñjati
(saññ˚) adjective connected with the saṃyojanas, favourable to the saṃyojanas, AN.i.50; SN.ii.86; SN.iii.166 sq.; SN.iv.89, SN.iv.107; Dhs.584, Dhs.1125, Dhs.1462; Dhs-a.49. Used as a noun, with dhammā understood Snp.363, Snp.375.
fr. saṃyojana
combined, connected with, mixed with Ja.i.269 (bhesajja˚).
pp. of saṃyojeti, Caus. of saṃyuñjati
to guard, ward off Sdhp.364.
saṃ + rakkhati
impetuosity, rage Dāvs iv.34. This is the Sanskritic form for the usual P. sārambha.
saṃ + *rambha, fr. rabh, as in rabhasa (q.v.)
passion Ja.iv.22. Cp. sārāga.
saṃ + rāga
grown together, healed Ja.iii.216; Ja.v.344.
pp. of saṃrūhati
to grow Ja.iv.429 (= vaḍḍhati).
saṃ + rūhati
to find pleasure in, only in aor. (poetical) samarocayi Snp.290, Snp.306, Snp.405; Ja.iv.471.
saṃ + roceti
neuter sentence Dhs-a.52.
saṃ + vacana
a year DN.ii.327; AN.ii.75; AN.iv.139, AN.iv.252 sq.; Dhp.108; Ja.ii.80 Sdhp.239; nom. pl. saṃvaccharāni Ja.ii.128.
saṃ + vacchara; cp. Vedic saṃvatsara
masculine & neuter
“rolling on or forward” (opp. vivaṭṭa “rolling back”), with ref. to the development of the Universe & time (kappa) the ascending aeon (vivaṭṭa the descending cycle), evolution Iti.99; Pp.60; Vism.419; Sdhp.484, Sdhp.485. -vivaṭṭa a period within which evolution & dissolution of the world takes place, a complete world-cycle (see also; vivaṭṭa DN.i.14; AN.ii.142; Iti.15, Iti.99; Pp.60.)
saṃ + vaṭṭa1
saṃ + vaṭṭati
adjective turning to, being reborn DN.i.17.
fr. saṃvaṭṭa(na)
grown up, brought up DN.i.75; DN.ii.38; Pv-a.66.
pp. of saṃvaḍḍhati
to grow up; ppr. -amāna (ddh.) growing up, subsisting Ja.i.189 (so far ˚vaṭṭ˚). Caus. -vaḍḍheti to rear, nourish, bring up Ja.i.231 (ppr pass. ˚vaḍḍhiyamāna).
saṃ + vaḍḍhati
neuter praising, praise Ja.i.234.
saṃ + vaṇṇana
praised, combined with sambhāvita honoured MN.i.110; MN.iii.194, MN.iii.223.
pp. of saṃvaṇṇeti
to praise Vin.iii.73 sq.; Ja.v.292 (aor. 3rd pl. ˚vaṇṇayuṃ). Cp. BSk. saṃvarṇayati Divy.115
pp saṃvaṇṇita.
saṃ + vaṇṇeti
to lead (to), to be useful (for) AN.i.54, AN.i.58 (ahitāya dukkhāya); Vin.i.10 = SN.v.421; Iti.71 sq.; Ja.i.97; Pot. saṃvatteyya Vin.i.13
■ Often in phrase nibbidāya, virāgāya… nibbānāya saṃvattati e.g. DN.i.189; DN.ii.251; DN.iii.130; SN.v.80, SN.v.255; AN.iii.83, AN.iii.326.
saṃ + vattati
adjective conducive to, involving AN.ii.54, AN.ii.65; Iti.82; Kv.618; Ja.i.275; Ne.134 = SN.v.371 As -iya at Pv-a.205.
fr. saṃvattati
to agree MN.i.500 (opp. vivadati).
saṃ + vadati
neuter a certain magic act performed in order to procure harmony DN.i.11; DN-a.i.96 cp. Dial. i.23.
fr. saṃvadati
neuter increasing, causing to grow Ja.iv.16.
fr. saṃ + vṛdh
restraint DN.i.57, DN.i.70, DN.i.89; DN.ii.281 (indriya˚); DN.iii.130, DN.iii.225; AN.ii.26; SN.iv.189 sq.; Iti.28, Iti.96 Iti.118; Pp.59; Snp.1034; Vin.ii.126, Vin.ii.192 (āyatiṃ saṃvarāya “for restraint in the future,” in confession formula), Dhp.185; Ne.192; Vism.11, Vism.44; Dhp-a.iii.238 Dhp-a.iv.86 (˚dvārāni). The fivefold saṃvara: sīla˚, sati˚ ñāṇa˚, khanti˚, viriya˚; i.e. by virtue, mindfulness insight, patience, effort Dhs-a.351; as pātimokkha˚; etc at Vism.7; Vb-a.330 sq. -vinaya norm of self-control good conduct Snp-a.8. cātuyāma˚, Jain discipline MN.i.377.
fr. saṃ + vṛ.
neuter covering; obstruction Dhtp.274 (as def. of root val, i.e. vṛ;).
fr. saṃ + vṛ.
to restrain, hold; to restrain oneself Vin.ii.102 (Pot. ˚vareyyāsi); Mil.152 (pāso na saṃvarati)
pp saṃvuta.
saṃ + varati = vuṇāti 1
feminine the night (poetical DN.iii.196; Ja.iv.441; Ja.v.14, Ja.v.269; Ja.vi.243.
Vedic śarvarī fr. śarvara speckled; the P. form viâ sabbarī → sāvarī → saṃvarī
to live, to associate, cohabitate AN.ii.57; Vin.ii.237; Cnd.423; Pp.65; Dhp.167; Dpvs.x.8; Mil.250
caus -vāseti same meaning Vin.iv.137
■ Cp. upa˚.
saṃ + vasati2
to be fragrant Ja.v.206 (cp. vv.ll. on p. 203).
saṃ + vāyati2
saṃ + vāsa2
adjective living together Vin.ii.162; Vin.iii.173.
fr. saṃvāsa
one who lives with somebody Snp.22; a˚-bhāva impossibility to co-reside Mil.249.
fr. saṃvāsa
agitated, moved by fear or awe, excited, stirred DN.i.50; DN.ii.240; AN.ii.115; SN.iv.290 SN.v.270; Ja.i.59; Mil.236; Pv-a.31 (˚hadaya).
pp. of saṃvijjati1
(med.) filled with fear or awe, made to tremble; (pass.) felt, realized Snp.935 (= saṃvejita ubbejita Mnd.406).
pp. of saṃvejeti
to be agitated or moved, to be stirred AN.ii.114; Iti.30.
pp saṃvigga
■
caus saṃvejeti MN.i.253; SN.i.141; Vin.i.32;
imper -vejehi SN.v.270;
aor -vejesi Mil.236
inf -vejetuṃ SN.i.197; ger -vejetvā Ja.i.327;
grd -vejanīya that which should cause awe, in ˚āni ṭhānāni places of pilgrimage DN.ii.140; AN.i.36; AN.ii.120; Iti.30
pp saṃvijita & ˚vejita.
Vedic vijate, vij; not as simple verb in P.
to be found, to exist, to be DN.i.3; Vin.ii.122; Ja.i.214 (˚amāna); Pv-a.153.
Pass. of saṃvindati
to arrange, appoint, fix, settle, provide, prepare DN.i.61
pot ˚eyyāma;
aor ˚vidahi Pv-a.198;
inf -vidhātuṃ AN.ii.35, & -vidahituṃ Vin.i.287;
ger -vidhāya Vin.iv.62 sq., Vin.iv.133; Mhvs.17, Mhvs.37; -vidahitvā Vin.i.287; Vin.iii.53, Vin.iii.64; Ja.i.59; Ja.v.46; also as Caus. formn -vidahetvāna Ja.vi.301
pp saṃvidahita & saṃvihita.
saṃ + vidahati
neuter arrangement, appointment, provision Ja.ii.209; DN-a.i.148; Dhs-a.111. The word is peculiar to the Commentary style.
for the usual ˚vidhāna
arranged Vin.iv.64; Dhp-a.i.397.
pp. of saṃvidahati
known Snp.935.
pp. of saṃvidati
one who arranges or provides (cp. vidhātar) DN.iii.148.
n. ag. fr. saṃvidahati
neuter arranging, providing, arrangement DN.i.135; Ja.i.140 (rakkhā˚).
fr. saṃvidahati
adjective providing, managing; f. -ikā Ja.i.155.
saṃ + vidhāyaka
taking by arrangement, i.e. theft committed in agreement with others Vin.iii.53.
saṃvidhā (short ger. form) + avahāra
to find; ppr. (a)saṃvindaṃ Thag.717
pass saṃvijjati (q.v.).
saṃ + vindati
to divide, to share, to communicate DN.ii.233; Mil.94, Mil.344;
inf ˚vibhajituṃ Mil.295; Dāvs v.54
pp saṃvibhatta
caus ˚vibhājeti Iti.65.
saṃ + vibhajati
divided, shared Thag.9.
pp. of saṃvibhajati
distribution, sharing out DN.iii.191; AN.i.92, AN.i.150; Iti.18 sq., Iti.98, Iti.102; Vv.37#5; Mil.94
■ dāna˚; (of gifts) Ja.v.331; Vism.306.
saṃ + vibhāga
adjective generous, open-handed SN.i.43 = Ja.iv.110; Ja.v.397 (a˚); Mil.207.
fr. saṃvibhāga
adjective fully grown, healed up Ja.ii.117.
pp. of saṃvirūhati
to germinate, to sprout Mil.99, Mil.125, Mil.130, Mil.375
pp saṃvirūḷha
caus ˚virūheti to cause to grow, to nourish Ja.iv.429.
saṃ + virūhati
noisy talk; fig. for thundering SN.iv.289 (abbha˚).
saṃ + vilāpa
to enter; Caus. saṃveseti (q.v.). Cp. -bhisaṃvisati.
saṃ + visati
one who appoints or assigns DN-a.i.112.
saṃ + vissajjetar
to overflow MN.ii.117; Mil.36.
saṃ + vissandati
arranged, prepared, provided Ja.i.133 (˚ārakkha i.e. protected); in cpd. su˚; well arranged or appointed, fully provided DN.ii.75; MN.ii.75; DN-a.i.147, DN-a.i.182; a˚; unappointed Vin.i.175; Vism.37.
pp. of saṃvidahati
fanned Dāvs v.18.
saṃ + vījita
asaṃvuta unrestrained SN.iv.70; AN.iii.387; Pp.20, Pp.24; in phrase asaṃvuṭā lokantarikā andhakārā (the world-spaces which are dark &) ungoverned, orderless, not supported, baseless DN.ii.12 - su˚ well controlled Vin.ii.213; Vin.iv.186; SN.iv.70; Snp.413; Dhp.8.
pp. of saṃvarati
see saṃyūḷha.
agitation, fear, anxiety; thrill, religious emotion (caused by contemplation of the miseries of this world) DN.iii.214; AN.i.43; AN.ii.33, AN.ii.114; SN.i.197; SN.iii.85; SN.v.130, SN.v.133; Iti.30; Snp.935; Ja.i.138 Mnd.406; Vism.135 = Kp-a.235 (eight objects inducing emotion: birth, old age, illness, death, misery in the apāyas, and the misery caused by saṃsāra in past, present & future stages); Mhvs.1, Mhvs.4; Mhvs.23, Mhvs.62; Pv-a.1, Pv-a.22, Pv-a.32, Pv-a.39 Pv-a.76.
fr. saṃ + vij
adjective agitating, moving Iti.30.
fr. saṃ + vij
adjective apt to cause emotion AN.ii.120; Vism.238. See also saṃvijjati1.
fr. saṃvejana
stirred, moved, agitated SN.i.197; Mnd.406.
pp. of saṃvejeti
Caus. of saṃvijjati1 (q.v.).
to wrap, stuff, tuck in Vin.iv.40.
saṃ + veṭheti
shaken up, confused, trembling Snp.902.
saṃ + vyathita: see vyadhati
feminine “that which is wound round,” a loin cloth Ja.v.306. As saṃvelliya at Vin.ii.137, Vin.ii.271.
saṃ + velli, cp. vellita
to gather up, bundle together, fold up Vism.327.
fr. saṃ + vell
feminine lying down, being in bed, sleeping Ja.vi.551 sq., Ja.vi.557.
fr. saṃveseti
to lead, conduct AN.i.141; Pass. saṃvesiyati to be put to bed (applied to a sick person) MN.i.88 = MN.iii.181);DN.ii.24. Cp. abhi˚.
Caus. of saṃvisati
see samavossajjati.
business, traffic Vin.iii.239; AN.ii.187 = SN.i.78; AN.iii.77; Snp-a.471.
saṃ + vohāra
to trade (with); ppr. -vohāramāna [cp. BSk. saṃvyavahāramāna Divy.259; AN.ii.188.
Denom. fr. saṃvohāra
contact, connection, association Vin.iii.120; AN.iii.293 sq. (˚ārāmatā); AN.iv.87 sq., AN.iv.331; Iti.70; Ja.i.376; Ja.iv.57; Mil.386; Cnd.137; Vb-a.340 (an-anulomika˚); Pv-a.5 (pāpamitta˚)
■ Two kinds of contact at Cnd.659: by sight (dassana˚) and by hearing (savaṇa˚)
■ pada˚; contact of two words, “sandhi Mnd.139; Cnd.137 (for iti); Snp-a.28
■ a˚; SN.ii.202; Mil.344. -jāta one who has come into contact Snp.36.
fr. saṃ + sṛj
pp. of saṃ + sṛj
to proclaim, point out Ja.v.77; Ja.vi.533; Pot. saṃse Ja.vi.181; aor. asaṃsi Ja.iii.420; Ja.iv.395; Ja.v.66; & asāsī (Sk. aśaṃsīt) Ja.iii.484 Cp. abhi˚.
Vedic śaṃsati, cp. Av. saṃhaiti to proclaim, Lat. censeo = censure; Obulg. χom to say
adhering, clinging DN.i.239 (paramparā˚).
pp. of saṃ + sañj
feminine session, assembly; loc. saṃsati Ja.iii.493 (= parisamajjhe C.), Ja.iii.495
fr. saṃ + sad
to sound, in def. of root kitt at Dhtp.579; Dhtm.812.
saṃ + śabd
to run together, to associate DN.i.248; DN.ii.223; SN.ii.158 = Iti.70; SN.iv.379; Pp.32
caus saṃsandeti to put together; unite, combine Ja.i.403; Ja.v.216; Mil.131; Dhp-a.ii.12; Dhp-a.iv.51.
saṃ + syand, cp. BSk. saṃsyandati Avs.ii.142 sq., Avs.ii.188
feminine
fr. saṃsandati
depressed, exhausted Dhp.280 (= osanna Dhp-a.iii.410: see ossanna).
pp. of saṃsīdati or saṃsandati
adjective creeping AN.v.289.
fr. saṃ + sṛp
to creep along, to crawl, move AN.v.289; Vv-a.278; Dhp-a.iv.49.
saṃ + sappati
the creeping exposition, a discussion of the consequences of certain kinds of kamma AN.v.288 sq.
adjective = saṃsappa AN.iv.172.
doubt AN.ii.24; Cnd.660 (= vicikicchā etc.); Mil.94; Dhs.425.
cp. Vedic saṃśaya
neuter doubt Dāvs i.50.
pp. of saṃsayati = saṃ + seti of śi; in meaning = saṃsaya
pp saṃsarita & saṃsita.
saṃ + sarati, of sṛ.
neuter
fr. saṃ + sṛ.
transmigrated DN.ii.90; AN.ii.1; Thig.496. a˚ MN.i.82.
pp. of saṃsarati
flowing Vv-a.227.
fr. saṃ + sru
Name of a purgatory Vv.52#12, cp. Vv-a.226 sq.
fr. saṃsava
to cause to flow together, to pour into (loc.), to put in Ja.v.268 (= pakkhipati C.).
fr. saṃ + sru
feminine a kind of inferior rice Ja.vi.530.
cp. *Sk. syavaṃ-sātikā, on which see Kern, Toevoegselen ii.62, s. v.
Caus. of saṃsīdati (q.v.).
lit. “to smoothe,” to fold up (one’s sleeping mat), to leave (one’s bed), in phrase senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā Vin.ii.185; Vin.iv.24; MN.i.457; SN.iii.95, SN.iii.133; SN.iv.288.
Caus. of saṃ + śam
to taste, enjoy Ja.iii.201 (aor. samasāyisuṃ: so read for samāsāsisuṃ).
saṃ + sāyati, which stands for sādati (of svad to sweeten). On y → d cp. khāyita → khādita & sankhāyita
fr. saṃsarati
to be fulfilled Sdhp.451.
saṃ + sidh
= saṃsarita Ja.v.56 (cira-ratta˚ = carita anuciṇṇa C.).
dependent Sdhp.306.
pp. of saṃ + śri
feminine success Dhtp.420.
saṃ + siddhi
entwined Vism.1; Mil.102, Mil.148; Dhp-a.iii.198.
pp. of saṃ + sibbati
sinking (down) SN.iv.180 (variant reading saṃsāda).
fr. saṃsīdati
saṃ + sad
neuter = saṃsīda Thag.572 (ogha˚).
fr. saṃsīdati
fallen off, destroyed Snp.44 (˚patta without leaves = patita-patta C.).
saṃ + sīna, pp. of śṛ; to crush, Sk. śīrṇa
adjective pure DN.i.113; Snp.372, Snp.1107; Mnd.289; Cnd.661; Ja.i.2.
saṃ + suddha
feminine (saṃ + suddhi) purification Snp.788; Mnd.84.
to beat Ja.vi.53, Ja.vi.88 (˚amāna).
saṃ + sumbhati
adjective indicating Vv-a.244, Vv-a.302.
fr. saṃsūceti
to indicate, show, betray Dāvs v.50; DN-a.i.311.
saṃ + sūcay˚, Denom. fr. sūci
sweat, moisture MN.i.73; Thag-a.185.
saṃ + seda
adjective associating AN.ii.245; AN.v.113 sq. (sappurisa˚ & asappurisa˚); Mil.93.
fr. saṃ + sev
feminine associating Dhs.1326 = Pp.20.
fr. saṃsevati
feminine worshipping, attending Mil.93 (sneha˚).
fr. saṃseva
frequented, inhabited Ja.vi.539.
saṃ + sevita
adjective = saṃseva Ja.i.488.
firm, compact Mil.416; Sdhp.388.
pp. of saṃ + han
DN-a.i.280; see vi˚. Samhanati & samhanti;
pp. of saṃ + hṛ.
pp saṃhata.
saṃ + han
neuter joining together, closing DN.i.11; Ja.vi.65.
fr. saṃhanati
collecting; dus˚; hard to collect Vin.iii.148; Ja.iv.36 (here as dussanghara, on which see Kern, Toevoegselen i.121).
fr. saṃ + hṛ.
neuter collecting, gathering Dāvs v.33. Cp. upa˚; & sangharaṇa.
fr. saṃharati
■ asaṃhāriya (grd.) which cannot be destroyed (see also saṃhīra) SN.v.219.
caus 2 -harāpeti to cause to collect, to make gather or grow Vin.iv.259 (lomāni), Vin.iv.260 (id.)
pass saṃhīrati (q.v.)
pp saṃhata. Cp. upa˚.
saṃ + harati
to laugh with MN.ii.223.
san + hasati
feminine shrinking, decrease, dwindling away DN.ii.305 = MN.i.49 = SN.ii.2 = Dhs.644; Dhs-a.328 Cp. parihāni.
saṃ + hāni
abridgment, compilation Pv-a.114. Cp. upa˚.
fr. saṃ + hṛ.
drawing together, a collector SN.ii.185 = Iti.17. sabba˚; a kind of mixed perfume Ja.vi.336.
saṃ + hāra + ka
adjective movable Vism.124; Snp.28, Snp.321. a˚; Vin.iv.272.
fr. saṃ + hṛ.
connected, equipped with, possessed of DN.i.5; MN.ii.202; SN.i.103; Dhp.101 (gāthā anattha-pada˚). Often as attha˚; endowed with profit bringing advantage, profitable DN.i.189; SN.ii.223 SN.iv.330; SN.v.417; AN.iii.196 sq.; AN.v.81; Snp.722. Cp. upa˚.
pp. of sandahati
see sandhīyati.
that which can be restrained, conquerable Thag.1248; Ja.v.81. a˚; immovable unconquerable SN.i.193; Vin.ii.96; AN.iv.141 sq. Thag.649; Snp.1149; Ja.iv.283. See also asaṃhāriya.
grd. of saṃharati
to be drawn away or caught in (loc.) MN.iii.188 sq. (paccuppannesu dhammesu) Dhs-a.420 (id.); Ja.iii.333.
Pass. of saṃharati
adjective own DN.i.106, DN.i.119, DN.i.231; DN.ii.173 (sakaṃ te “all be your own,” as greeting to the king); MN.i.79; Vin.i.3, Vin.i.249 (ācariyaka); SN.v.261 (id.); Snp.861; Iti.76 Mnd.252; Pv.i.5#1 (ghara); Pv.ii.6#1 (bhātā)
■ Opp. assaka2-appassaka having little or nothing as one’s own (= daḷidda) AN.i.261; AN.ii.203; kamma-ssaka possessing one’s own kamma MN.iii.203 sq.; AN.v.288; Mil.65; Dhs.1366.
sa4 + ka
masculine & neuter a cart, waggon; a cartload DN.ii.110; Vin.iii.114; Ja.i.191; Mil.238; Pv-a.102; Vb-a.435 (simile of two carts); Snp-a.58 (udaka-bharita˚), Snp-a.137 (bīja˚). sakaṭāni pajāpeti to cause the carts to go on Ja.ii.296.
cp. Sk. śakaṭa; Vedic śakaṭī
see kasaṭa.
adjective having a mole DN.i.80; DN-a.i.223.
sa + kaṇa + ika
adjective thorny, dangerous DN.i.135; Thig.352; DN-a.i.296.
sa + kaṇṭaka
whispering in the ear, a method of (secretly) taking votes Vin.ii.98 sq (salāka-gāha).
sa + kaṇṇa + jappa + ka
feminine (-˚) one’s own nature, identity, peculiarity: see kamma-ssakatā; & adj.; -ssakata. It may also be considered as an abstr. formation fr kamma-ssaka.
abstr. fr. saka
“returning once,” one who will not be reborn on earth more than once; one who has attained the second grade of saving wisdom Vin.i.293; DN.i.156, DN.i.229; DN.iii.107; MN.i.34; SN.iii.168; AN.i.120, AN.i.232 sq.; AN.ii.89, AN.ii.134; AN.iii.348; AN.iv.292 sq., AN.iv.380, AN.v.138 sq., AN.v.372 sq.; Dhp-a.iv.66.
sakad = sakid, + āgāmin
feminine the state of a “once-returner” DN.ii.206.
abstr. fr. last
adjective containing a mouthful Vin.iv.195.
sa + kabala
is Bdhgh’s expln of attamana (q.v.), e.g. DN-a.i.129, DN-a.i.255.
saka + mana
neuter one’s own occupation DN.i.135.
sa4 + kamma
adjective one who still has something to do (in order to attain perfection) DN.ii.143; Thag.1045; Mil.138. Sakaruna-bhava
sa3 + karaṇīya
being full of compassion Snp-a.318.
sa3 + karuṇa + bhāva
adjective all, whole, entire Vin.ii.109; Vism.321; Snp-a.132; Pv-a.93, Pv-a.97, Pv-a.111. Cp. sākalya.
cp. Sk. sakala
feminine a potsherd; a splinter, bit DN.ii.341; AN.ii.199 = SN.iv.197; SN.i.27; Mil.179; MN.i.259; AN.v.9 (˚aggi); Ja.iv.430; Mil.134 Kp-a.43 (maccha˚); Ne.23; Dhs-a.319
■ sakalikaṃ sakalikaṃ in little pieces Vin.ii.112
■ sakalika-hīra a skewer Ja.iv.29, Ja.iv.30.
fr. sakala = Sk. śakala potsherd
adjective faulty, wrong (lit. bitter) Mil.119 (vacana).
sa3 + k.
presence; acc. sakāsaṃ towards, to Snp.326; Ja.v.480; Pv-a.237; loc. sakāse in the presence of, before Ja.iii.24; Ja.iv.281; Ja.v.394; Ja.vi.282.
sa3 + k. = Sk. kāśa
neuter one’s own duty or business Vism.321 (˚pasuta).
sa4 + kicca
neuter = sakicca Mil.42; Dhs-a.196 (˚pasuta).
sa4 + kiccaya = kṛtya
adjective having something; (applied) with attachment, full of worldly attachment Snp.620; Dhp.i.246; Dhp.396 (= rāg’ādīhi kiñcanehi sakiñcana Dhp-a.iv.158). Sakid & Sakim
sa3 + kiñcana
adverb once.
fr. sa˚ = saṃ
adjective own Ja.ii.177 Ja.iii.48, Ja.iii.49; Ja.iv.177.
fr. saka, cp. Sk. svakīya
a bird (esp. with ref. to augury) DN.i.71 (pakkhin +); Vin.iii.147; SN.i.197; AN.ii.209 AN.iii.241 sq., AN.iii.368; Ja.ii.111, Ja.ii.162 (Kandagala); Kp-a.241 pantha˚; see under pantha
■ f. sakuṇī SN.i.44. adj sakuṇa Ja.v.503 (maṃsa).
Vedic śakuna
Snp-a.27
■ f. sakuṇikā DN.i.91; Mil.202; Ja.i.171; Ja.iv.290.
feminine a kind of hawk (lit. “bird-killer”) SN.v.146; Ja.ii.59; Mil.365. Cp vyagghīnasa.
sakuṇa + ˚ghi, f. of ˚gha
at Pv-a.123 read saṅkucita.
a bird; a kind of vulture Snp.241; Dhp.92, Dhp.174; Ja.iv.225; Ja.vi.272.
cp. Sk. śakunta
= sakunta Vin.i.137.
adjective of the same age; a playmate Ja.v.360, Ja.v.366.
sa2 + kumāra
a kind of fish Ja.v.405.
cp. Epic Sk. śakula
adjective able, possible Snp.143. sasakkaṃ (= sa3 + s.) as much as possible, as much as one is able to MN.i.415, MN.i.514. Sakkacca(m)
fr. śak, cp. Sk. śakya
adverb respectfully, carefully, duly, thoroughly; often with uppaṭṭhahati to attend, serve with due honour
■ Vv.12#5; Mil.305; Ja.iv.310. The form sakkaccaṃ is the older and more usual, e.g. at DN.ii.356 sq.; SN.iv.314; AN.ii.147; AN.iv.392; Vin.iv.190, Vin.iv.275; Thag.1054; Ja.i.480; Dhp.392; Pv-a.26 Pv-a.121. The BSk. form is satkṛtya, e.g. Mvu.i.10 -kārin zealous SN.iii.267; Mil.94. -dāna MN.iii.24.
orig. ger. of sakkaroti
honoured, duly attendo DN.i.114, DN.i.116; DN.ii.167; Nd.73; Ja.i.334; Mil.21; Snp-a.43 Usually combined with garukata, pūjita, mānita.
pp. of sakkaroti
to go; see osakkati & cp. Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 302. Other P. compounds are ussakkati paṭisakkati.
ṣvaṣk; Dhtp.9: gamana
neuter Śakraship, the position as the ruler of the devas MN.iii.65; Ja.i.315; Vism.301 (brahmatta +). -rajja a kingdom rivalling Sakka’s Ja.i.315.
fr. Sakka = Indra
to honour, esteem, treat with respect, receive hospitably; often combined with garukaroti māneti, pūjeti, e.g. DN.i.91, DN.i.117; DN.iii.84; MN.i.126. ppr -karonto DN.ii.159; Pot. -kareyya Iti.110; aor. -kari Pv-a.54; ger. -katvā Pp.35; Ja.vi.14, & -kacca (q.v.)
pp sakkata
caus sakkāreti = sakkaroti; Mhvs.32, Mhvs.44 grd. sakkāreyya Thag.186 (so read for ˚kareyya).
sat + kṛ.
indeclinable possible (lit. one might be able to); in the older language still used as a Pot., but later reduced to an adv. with infin. E.g. sakkā sāmaaññphalaṃpaññāpetuṃ would one be able to point out a result of samaṇaship DN.i.51; khādituṃ na sakkā, one could not eat Ja.ii.16; na sakkā maggo akkhātuṃ, the way cannot be shown, Mil.269; sakkā etaṃ mayā ñātuṃ? can I ascertain this? DN.i.187; sakkā honti imāni aṭṭha sukhāni vindituṃ, these eight advantages are able to be enjoyed Ja.i.8; sakkā etaṃ abhavissa kātuṃ, this would be possible to do, DN.i.168; imaṃ sakkā gaṇhituṃ, this one we can take Ja.iv.219. See also Snp-a.338, Snp-a.376 (= labbhā) Pv-a.12, Pv-a.69, Pv-a.96.
originally Pot. of sakkoti = Vedic śakyāt; cp. Prk. sakkā with Pischel’s expln in Prk. Gr. § 465. A corresponding formation, similar in meaning, is labbhā (q.v.)
the body in being, the existing body or group (= -nikāya q.v.); as a t.t. in P. psychology almost equal to individuality; identified with the five khandhas MN.i.299; SN.iii.159; SN.iv.259; AN.ii.34; Thig.170, Thig.239; Dhs-a.348. See also DN.iii.216 (cp. Dial. Pv.iii.216#1); AN.iii.293, AN.iii.401; Mnd.109.
-diṭṭhi theory of soul, heresy of individuality, speculation as to the eternity or otherwise of one’s own individuality MN.i.300 = MN.iii.17 = DhS.1003, SN.iii.16 sq In these passages this is explained as the belief that in one or other of the khandhas there is a permanent entity an attā. The same explanation, at greater length, in the Diṭṭhigata Sutta (Pts.i.143–Pts.i.151). As delusions about the soul or ghost can arise out of four sorts of bias (see abhinivesa) concerning each of the five khandhas we have twenty kinds of s˚ diṭṭhi: fifteen of these are kinds of sakkāya-vatthukā sassata-diṭṭhi, and five are kinds of s˚-vatthukā uccheda-diṭṭhi (ibid. 149, 150) Gods as well as men are s˚ pariyāpannā SN.iii.85; and so is the eye, Dhs-a.308. When the word diṭṭhi is not expressed it is often implied, Thig.199, Thig.339; Snp.231 S˚ diṭṭhi is the first Bond to be broken on entering the Path (see saṃyojana); it is identical with the fourth kind of Grasping (see upādāna); it is opposed to Nibbāna, SN.iv.175; is extinguished by the Path, MN.i.299; SN.iii.159; SN.iv.260; and is to be put away by insight Dhs-a.346
■ See further: DN.iii.234; AN.iii.438; AN.iv.144 sq.; Kv.81; Snp.950; Dhs.1003; and on term Dhs translation § 1003; K.S. iii.80, n. 3. -nirodha the destruction of the existing body or of individuality AN.ii.165 sq. AN.iii.246; DN.iii.216. -samudaya the rise of individuality DN.iii.216; Mnd.109.
sat + kāya, cp. BSk. satkāya Divy.46; Avs.i.85. See on expln of term Mrs. Rh. D. in J.R.A.S. 1894, 324; Franke Dīgha translation p. 45; Geiger Pali Grammar § 24#1; Kern. Toevoegselen ii.52
hospitality, honour, worship Vin.i.27, Vin.i.183; AN.ii.203; Ja.i.63; Ja.ii.9, Ja.ii.104; Dhp.75; Mil.386; Dhs.1121; Vism.270; Snp-a.284; Vb-a.466. -ṃ karoti to pay reverence, to say goodbye Dhp-a.i.398. Cp. lābha.
fr. sat + kṛ.
is Caus. of sakkaroti (q.v.).
neuter possibility; a˚; impossibility Pv-a.48.
abstr. fr. sakkuṇeyya, grd. of sakkoti
to be able. Pres. sakkoti DN.i.246; Vin.i.31; Mil.4; Dhp-a.i.200; sakkati [= Class. Sk. śakyate] Ne.23 Pot. sakkuṇeyya Ja.i.361; Pv-a.106; archaic 1st pl sakkuṇemu Ja.v.24; Pv.ii.8#1. ppr. sakkonto Mil.27-Fut. sakkhati Snp.319; sakkhīti [= Sk. śakṣyati MN.i.393; pl. 3rd sakkhinti Snp.28; 2nd sg. sagghasi Snp.834; 3rd sg. sakkhissati Dhp-a.iv.87
aor asakkhi DN.i.96, DN.i.236; Pv-a.38; sakkhi Mil.5; Ja.v.116; 1st pl asakkhimha Pv-a.262, & asakkhimhā Vin.iii.23; 3rd sg also sakkuṇi Mhvs.7, Mhvs.13
grd sakkuṇeyya (neg. a˚; (im)possible Ja.i.55; Pv-a.122
■ sakka & sakkā see sep.
śak; def. Dhtp.508 etc. as “sattiyaṃ”: see satti
feminine
cp. Vedic śarkarā gravel
feminine in loṇa˚; a piece of salt crystal Vin.i.206; Vin.ii.237.
fr. sakkharā
adjective containing gravel, pebbly, stony AN.iv.237.
= sakkharika, fr. sakkharā
(& -ikā) feminine
cp. Sk. śaṣkulī
an eyewitness DN.ii.237 (nom. sg. sakkhī = with his own eyes, as an eyewitness); Snp.479, Snp.921, Snp.934 (sakkhi dhammaṃ adassi where the corresp. Sk. form would be sākṣād); Ja.i.74- kāya-sakkhī a bodily witness, i.e. one who has bodily experienced the 8 vimokkhas AN.iv.451; Vism.93, Vism.387 Vism.659
■ sakkhiṃ karoti [Sk. sākṣī karoti] 1 to see with one’s own eyes SN.ii.255; 2 to call upon as a witness (with gen. of person) Ja.vi.280 (rājāno); Dhp-a.ii.69 (Moggallānassa sakkhiṃ katvā); Pv-a.217 (but at 241 as “friendship”). Note. The P. form is rather to be taken as an adv. (“as present”) than adj.: sakkhiṃ sakkhi;, with reduced sakkhi˚; (cp. sakid & sakiṃ). See also; sacchi˚.
sa3 + akkhin; cp. Sk. sākṣin
feminine or sakkhi2 (nt.) friendship (with somebody = instr.) SN.i.123 = AN.v.46 (janena karoti sakkhiṃ make friends with people); Pv.iv.1#57; Pv.iv.1#65 Ja.iii.493; Ja.iv.478. Cp. sakhya.
cp. Sk. sākhya
see Dictionary of Names. In cpd. -puttiya (belonging to the Sakya son) in general meaning of “a (true) follower of the Buddha,” AN.iv.202; Vin.i.44; Ud.44; a˚; not a follower of the B. Vin.iii.25.
a companion, friend;
■ nom. sakhā Ja.ii.29; Ja.ii.348;
■ acc. sakhāraṃ Ja.ii.348; Ja.v.509; sakhaṃ Ja.ii.299;
■ instr. sakhinā Ja.iv.41;
■ abl. sakhārasmā Ja.iii.534;
■ gen. sakhino Ja.vi.478;
■ voc. sakhā Ja.iii.295;
■ nom. pl. sakhā Ja.iii.323; & sakhāro Ja.iii.492
■ gen. sakhīnaṃ Ja.iii.492; Ja.iv.42; & sakhānaṃ Ja.ii.228. In compound with bhū as sakhi˚ & sakhī˚;, e.g. sakhibhāva friendship Ja.vi.424; Pv-a.241; & sakhībhāva Ja.iii.493.
Vedic sakhi m. & f.
feminine a female friend Ja.iii.533.
fr. sakhi
feminine friendship Thag.1018, Thag.1019.
abstr. fr. sakhi
adjective kindly in speech, congenial DN.i.116; Vin.ii.11; Ja.i.202, Ja.i.376; Mil.207; Pv.iv.1#33 (= mudu Pv-a.230). Cp. sākhalya.
fr. sakhi
feminine a female friend Ja.ii.27, Ja.ii.348.
to sakhi
adjective with the hoofs Ja.i.9; Bdhgh on MN.i.78 (see MN.i.536).
sa3 + khura
neuter friendship Ja.ii.409; Ja.vi.353 sq.
Sk. sākhya; cp. sakkhī
adjective fragment Dhp.52.
sa3 + gandha + ka
adjective with a foetus, pregnant Mhvs.33, Mhvs.46.
sa3 + gabbha
adjective full of crocodiles Iti.57, Iti.114. As sagāha at SN.iv.157.
sa3 + gaha2
adjective [grd. formation fr. gāma, + sa2 = saṃ˚) hailing from the same village SN.i.36, SN.i.60.
adjective respectful, usually combined with sappatissa & other syn., e.g. Vin.i.45; Iti.10 Vism.19, Vism.221.
sa3 + gārava
feminine respect Thag.589.
fr. sagārava
adjective either “with the string,” or “in one”; Vin.i.46 (saguṇaṃ karoti to put together, to fold up; C ekato katvā). This interpretation (as “put together”) is much to be preferred to the one given under guṇa1 1; saguṇaṃ katvā belongs to saṅghāṭiyo, and not to kāyabandhanaṃ, thus: “the upper robes are to be given, putting them into one (bundle).”
either sa3 + guṇa1 1, as given under guṇa1; or sa˚ = saṃ˚ once, as in sakṛt, + guṇa1 2
a cake with sugar Ja.vi.524. Cp. saṅguḷikā.
sa3 + guḷa2
companion, mate (lit. having the same activity) Ja.ii.31.
sa2 = saṃ, + gocara
a kinsman Ja.v.411; cp. Ja.vi.500.
sa2 = saṃ, + gotta
heaven, the next world, popularly conceived as a place of happiness and long life (cp. the pop. etym. of “suṭṭhu-aggattā sagga” Pv-a.9 “rūpādīhi visayehi suṭṭhu aggo ti saggo” Vism.427) usually the kām’āvacara-devaloka, sometimes also the 26 heavens (Thag-a.74). Sometimes as sagga ṭhāna (cp -loka), e.g. Ja.vi.210
■ Vin.i.223; DN.ii.86; DN.iii.52, DN.iii.146 sq. MN.i.22, MN.i.483; SN.i.12; AN.i.55 sq., AN.i.292 sq.; AN.ii.83 sq.; AN.iii.244 AN.iii.253 sq.; AN.iv.81; AN.v.135 sq.; Snp.224 (loc. pl. saggesu); Iti.14; Pv.i.1#3; Vism.103, Vism.199.
Vedic svarga, svar + ga
good quality, virtue Sdhp.313.
sat + guṇa
see sakkoti.
feminine just or true killing Ja.i.177.
sat + ghaccā
feminine part of a woman’s dress, bodice, girdle (?) Ja.v.96 (suvaṇṇa˚).
saṃ + kacchā1
neuter a part of clothing, belt, waist-cloth Vin.ii.272; Vin.iv.345. The C. expln is incorrect
fr. sankacchā
neuter a dust heap DN.ii.160; SN.ii.270; MN.i.334. Explained as “sankāra-ṭṭhāna” K.S. ii.203.
unexplained
saṃ + kaḍḍhati
to doubt, hesitate, to be uncertain about pres. (med.) 1st sg. saṅke SN.i.111; Ja.iii.253 (= āsankāmi C.); Ja.vi.312 (na sanke maraṇ’āgamāya); Pot. saṅketha Ja.ii.53 = Ja.v.85. Pass. saṅkīyati SN iii. = Kv.141; AN.iv.246.
śaṅk, Vedic śankate, cp. Lat. cunctor to hesitate; Goth. hāhan = Ags. hangon “to hang”; Oicel. hāētta danger
to name, explain. Pass. saṅkathīyati Dhs-a.390.
saṃ + kathati
gone together with (-˚), gone over to, joined Vin.i.60; Vin.iv.217.
pp. of sankamati
to cut all round, MN.iii.275.
saṃ + kantati
feminine transition, passage Kv.569; Vism.374 sq.
fr. sankamati
a school of thought (lit. gone over to a faction), a subdivision of the Sabbatthivādins SN.v.14; Vism.374 sq.; Mhvs.5, Mhvs.6; Dpvs.5, 48; Mhbv.97.
fr. sankanta
thought, intention, purpose, plan DN.iii.215; SN.ii.143 sq.; AN.i.281 AN.ii.36; Dhp.74; Snp.154, Snp.1144; Mnd.616 (= vitakka ñāṇa paññā buddhi); Dhs.21; Dhp-a.ii.78. As equivalent of vitakka also at DN.iii.215; AN.iv.385; Dhs.7
■ kāma˚ a lustful thought AN.iii.259; AN.v.31. paripuṇṇa˚; having one’s intentions fulfilled MN.i.192; MN.iii.276; DN.iii.42; AN.v.92, AN.v.97 sq.; sara˚; memories & hopes MN.i.453; SN.iv.76 vyāpāda˚, vihiṃsa˚, malicious, cruel purposes, MN.ii.27 sq.; sammā˚; right thoughts or intentions, one of the angas of the 8-fold Path (ariya-magga) Vin.i.10; DN.ii.312; AN.iii.140; Vb-a.117. Sankappa is defined at Dhs-a.124 as (cetaso) abhiniropanā, i.e. application of the mind See on term also Cpd. 238.
saṃ + kḷp, cp. kappeti fig. meaning
Den. fr. sankappa
pp saṅkanta
caus saṅkāmeti 1 to pass over, to cause to go, to move, to shift Vin.iii.49 Vin.iii.58, Vin.iii.59. 2 to come in together (sensations to the heart) Dhs-a.264
■ Cp. upa˚.
saṃ + kamati
a passage, bridge MN.i.439; Vin.iii.127; Ja.iii.373 (attānaṃ ˚ṃ katvā yo sotthiṃ samatārayi); Mil.91, Mil.229.
fr. saṃ + kram
neuter lit. “going over,” i e. step; hence “bridge,” passage, path SN.i.110; Vv.52#22 Vv.77#5; Pv.ii.7#8; Pv.ii.9#25; Ja.vi.120 (papā˚). Cp. upa˚.
fr. sankamati
to tremble, shake Vin.i.12; DN.ii.12, DN.ii.108; Ja.i.25
caus saṅkampeti id. DN.ii.108.
saṃ + kampati
(fight, confusion) wrongly for saṅgara Ne.149, in quot. fr. MN.iii.187.
adjective blissful Mhbv.4 (sabba˚).
cp. Sk. śankara
neuter addition DN-a.i.95; MN-a.i.2.
fr. saṃ + kal to produce
inciting words, quarrel Ja.v.393.
saṃ + kalaha
to become weak, to fail SN.i.202 SN.ii.277; SN.iv.178; AN.i.68.
fr. saṃ + kṛṣ, kasati? Or has it anything to do with kasāya?
adjective doubtful; wicked Vin.ii.236 (cp. Vin. Texts iii.300); SN.i.49 = Dhp.312 (explained as “sankāhi saritabba, āsankāhi sarita ussankita, parisankita” Dhp-a.iii.485, thus taken as sankā + sṛ; by Bdhgh; of course not cogent); AN.ii.239 AN.iv.128, AN.iv.201; SN.i.66 (˚ācāra = “suspecting all” translation), SN.iv.180; Thag.277; Pp.27.
doubtful, if Vedic sankasuka
feminine doubt, uncertainty, fear (cp. visanka) Ja.vi.158; Dhp-a.iii.485.
fr. śaṅk: see sankati
to prepare, get ready, undertake Vin.i.137 (vass’āvāsaṃ); SN.iv.312.
fr. saṃ + kḷp
to be uncertain about Vin.ii.274. Cp pari˚.
Denom. fr. sankā; Dhtp.4 defines saṅk as “sankāyaṃ”
rubbish Vin.i.48; Vin.iv.265; Ja.i.315; Ja.ii.196.
fr. saṃ + kṛ.
appearance; (-˚) having the appearance of, like, similar Ja.ii.150; Ja.v.71 Ja.v.155, Ja.v.370 (puñña˚ = sadisa C.); Bv.17, Bv.21; Mil.2.
saṃ + kāsa, of kāś, cp. okāsa
neuter & -ā (f.) explanation, illustration SN.v.430; Ne.5, Ne.8, Ne.38; Snp-a.445 (+ pakāsana).
fr. saṃ + kāś
mixed; impure SN.iii.71; AN.iv.246.
pp. of sankirati
anxious, doubtful Ja.v.85; Mhvs.7, Mhvs.15; Snp-a.60. Cp. pari˚, vi˚.
fr. śaṅk
neuter proclaiming, making known Pv-a.164.
saṃ + kittana
feminine derivation & meaning very doubtful; Bdhgh’s expln at Pp-a 231 is not to be taken as reliable, viz. “sankittetvā katabhattesu hoti. dubbhikkha-samaye kira acela-kāsāvakā acelakānaṃ atthāya tato tato taṇḍul’ādīni samādapetvā bhattaṃ pacanti ukkaṭṭhâcelako tato na paṭigaṇhāti.” DN.i.166 (translation Dial. i.229 “he will not accept food collected, i.e. by the faithful in time of drought”; Neumann “not from the dirty”; Franke “nichts von Mahlzeiten, für die die Mittel durch Aufruf beschafft sind”?); MN.i.77; AN.ii.206 Pp.55. It may be something like “convocation.”
perhaps saṃ + kitti
adjective anxious Mhvs.35, Mhvs.101.
fr. śaṅk
adjective
grd. fr. śankati
neuter an astrological t.t., denoting the act of or time for collecting or calling in of debts (Bdhgh; doubtful) DN.i.11; DN-a.i.96; cp Dial. i.23.
fr. saṃ + kirati
stained, tarnished, impure, corrupt, foul DN.i.247; SN.ii.271; AN.iii.124; AN.v.169; Dhp.244; Ja.ii.418; Dhs.993, Dhs.1243; Pv.iv.1#23 (kāyena vācāya ca) Dhs-a.319.
pp. of sankilissati
to become soiled or impure DN.i.53; SN.iii.70; Dhp.165; Ja.ii.33, Ja.ii.271
pp saṅkiliṭṭha
caus saṅkileseti.
saṃ + kilissati, cp. BSk. sankliśyati Divy.57
neuter staining, defiling; getting defiled Vv-a.329.
fr. sankilissati
impurity, defilement, corruption, sinfulness Vin.i.15; DN.i.10, DN.i.53, DN.i.247 (opp. visuddhi) MN.i.402; SN.iii.69; AN.ii.11; AN.iii.418 sq.; AN.v.34; Ja.i.302; Dhs.993, Dhs.1229; Ne.100; Vism.6, Vism.51, Vism.89; Dhs-a.165.
saṃ + kilesa
adjective baneful, sinful DN.i.195; DN.iii.57; AN.ii.172; Dhs.993 (cp. Dhs-a.345); Tikp.333 , Kp.353.
fr. sankilesa
to become confused or impure SN.iii.71; AN.ii.29; AN.iv.246.
Pass. of sankirati, saṃ + kīr; Sk. ˚kīryate → *kiyyati → P. ˚kīyati
to play or sport DN.i.91; AN.iv.55, AN.iv.343; DN-a.i.256.
saṃ + kīḷati
a stake, spike; javelin MN.i.337; SN.iv.168; Ja.vi.112; Dhp-a.i.69
■ ayo˚; an iron stake AN.iv.131.
cp. Vedic śanku
a stake Vv-a.338. Cp. khāṇuka.
fr. sanku
to become contracted, to shrink Dhs-a.376
pp -kucita
caus -koceti.
saṃ + kucati: see kuñcita
shrunk, contracted, clenched (of the first: ˚hattha) Ja.i.275; Ja.vi.468 (˚hattha, opposed to pasārita-hattha); DN-a.i.287; Pv-a.123, Pv-a.124.
pp. of sankucati
doubled up Ja.ii.68; cp. J.P.T.S. 1884, 102.
fr. saṃ + *kuṭ kuc, cp. kuṭila
doubled up, shrivelled, shrunk; Ja.ii.225; Mil.251, Mil.362; Dhs-a.376; Vism.255 (where Kp-a reads bahala); Vb-a.238.
= last
adjective curved, winding Mil.297.
saṃ + kuṭila
contorted, distorted Pv-a.123.
pp. of saṃ + kuṇḍ: see kuṇḍa
angry DN.ii.262.
saṃ + kuddha
shaken, enraged SN.i.222.
saṃ + kupita
adjective to be shaken, movable; a˚; immovable Thag.649; Snp.1149.
saṃ + kuppa
adjective crowded, full Sdhp.603.
saṃ + kula
a kind of cake Ja.vi.580.
cp. sakkhali 2 & sanguḷikā
neuter = saṅkuli Ja.vi.524.
adjective contrary; neg. a˚; Ja.vi.297 (= appaṭiloma C.).
cp. Sk. sankasuka crumbling up
adjective flowering, in blossom Ja.v.420; Mil.319.
saṃ + kusumita
intimation, agreement, engagement, appointed place, rendezvous Vin.i.298; Mil.212; Ne.15, Ne.18; cp. Cpd. 6, 33. saṅketaṃ gacchati to keep an appointment, to come to the rendezvous Vin.ii.265. asaṅketena without appointing a place Vin.i.107. vassika˚; the appointed time for keeping the rainy season Vin.i.298.
saṃ + keta: see ketu
neuter = saṅketa, ˚ṭṭhāna place of rendezvous Dhp-a.ii.261.
to amuse oneself (with) AN.iv.55.
saṃ + keḷāyati
contraction (as a sign of anger or annoyance), grimace (mukha˚) Pv-a.103; also as hattha˚; etc. at Pv-a.124.
saṃ + koca, of kuñc: see kuñcita
neuter = saṅkoca Ja.iii.57 (mukha˚); Dhp-a.iii.270; Dhtp.809.
to contract Ja.i.228; Dhs-a.324.
Caus. of sankucati
see sankhepa.
a shell conch; mother-of-pearl; a chank, commonly used as a trumpet DN.i.79; DN.ii.297 = MN.i.58; AN.ii.117; AN.iv.199; Vv.81#10; Ja.i.72; Ja.ii.110; Ja.vi.465, Ja.vi.580; Mil.21 (dhamma˚) Dhp-a.i.18. Combined with paṇava (small drum) Vism.408; Ja.vi.21; or with bheri (large drum) Mil.21; Vism.408.
cp. Vedic śankha; Gr. κόγξος shell, measure of capacity, & κόξλος; Lat. congius a measure
a water plant (combined with sevāla) Mil.35. See detail under paṇṇaka 2.
etym.?
pp. of sankharoti; Sk. saṃskṛta
feminine cookery MN.i.448.
cp. Sk. saṃskṛti
destruction, consumption, loss, end Vin.i.42; DN.ii.283; MN.i.152; SN.i.2, SN.i.124; SN.iv.391; Iti.38; Dhp.282 (= vināsa Dhp-a.iii.421), Dhp.331; Ja.ii.52 Ja.v.465; Mil.205, Mil.304.
saṃ + khaya
to put together, prepare, work Pv-a.287. a-saṅkhārāna SN.i.126. Ger. saṅkharitvā SN.ii.269 (variant reading sankhāditvā, as is read at id. p. Vin.ii.201). Cp abhi˚
pp saṅkhata.
saṃ + kṛ.
feminine a chain Thig.509. aṭṭhi˚; a chain of bones, skeleton AN.iii.97. As -kaṅkalā at Thig.488.
cp. Sk. śṛnkhalā
feminine a chain SN.i.76; Ja.iii.168; Ja.vi.3; Cnd.304#iii; Mil.149, Mil.279; Dhp-a.iv.54; Pv-a.152 Sometimes saṅkhalika (esp. in composition), e.g. Ja.iii.125 (˚bandhana); Ja.vi.3; Mil.279
■ aṭṭhi˚; a chain of bones, a skeleton [cp. BSk. asthi-sankhalikā Mvu.i.21] DN.ii.296 = MN.i.58; Vin.iii.105; Ja.i.433; Pv.ii.12#11 Dhp-a.iii.479
■ deva˚; a magic chain Ja.ii.128; Ja.v.92.
fr. sankhalā
feminine & Saṅkhyā (f.)
fr. saṃ + khyā
agreed on, reckoned; (-˚) so-called, named DN.i.163 (akusala˚ dhammā); DN.iii.65 DN.iii.133 = Vin.iii.46 (theyya˚ what is called theft); DN-a.i.313 (the sambodhi, by which is meant that of the three higher stages); Dhs-a.378 (khandha-ttaya˚ kāya, cp. Expos. ii.485); Pv-a.40 (medha˚ paññā), Pv-a.56 (hattha˚ pāṇi), Pv-a.131 (pariccāga˚ atidāna), Pv-a.163 (caraṇa˚ guṇa).
pp. of sankhāyati
to masticate Vin.ii.201 = SN.ii.269 (reads ˚kharitvā); AN.iii.304 sq.; Ja.i.507
pp -khādita.
saṃ + khādati
chewed, masticated Kp-a.56, Kp-a.257; Vb-a.241 (where Vism.257 reads -khāyita).
pp. of sankhādati
neuter & Saṅkhyāna (nt.) calculation, counting DN.i.11; MN.i.85; DN-a.i.95 Dhtp.613 (khy).
fr. saṃ + khyā, cp. sankhā
neuter a strong leash Thag-a.292 (where Thig.509 reads saṅkhalā).
?
a calculator SN.iv.376.
fr. saṃ + khyā
& Saṅkhāti
saṃ + khyā
= sankhādita; Vism.257.
one of the most difficult terms in Buddhist metaphysics, in which the blending of the subjective-objective view of the world and of happening peculiar to the East, is so complete, that it is almost impossible for Occidental terminology to get at the root of its meaning in a translation. We can only convey an idea of its import by representing several sides of its application, without attempting to give a “word” as a def. translation
■ An exhaustive discussion of the term is given by Franke in his Dīgha translation (pp. 307 sq. esp. 311 sq.); see also the analysis in Cpd. 273–276
■ Lit “preparation, get up”; applied: coefficient (of consciousness as well as of physical life, cp. viññāṇa), constituent constituent potentiality; (pl.) synergies, cause-combination, as in SN.iii.87; discussed, B. Psy., p. 50 sq. (cp. Dhs-a.156, where paraphrased in defn of sa-saṅkhāra with “ussāha, payoga, upāya, paccaya-gahaṇa”); composition aggregate.
fr. saṃ + kṛ; not Vedic, but as saṃskāra Epic & Class. Sk. meaning “preparation” and “sacrament, also in philosophical literature “former impression, disposition” cp. vāsanā
adjective having sankhāras AN.ii.214 = Dhs.1003.
fr. sankhāra
■ Cp. abhi˚.
pp. of sankhipati
saṃ + khipati
adjective quick Ja.vi.323. Sankhiya-dhamma
saṃ + khippa
form of talk, the trend of talk DN.i.2; DN-a.i.43. Cp. saṅkhyā.
to be shaken, to be agitated, to stir Ja.i.446 (ger. ˚khubhitvā); Dhp-a.ii.43, Dhp-a.ii.57; aor -khubhi Pv-a.93
pp saṅkhubhita
caus saṅkhobheti to shake, stir up, agitate Ja.i.119, Ja.i.350; Ja.ii.119.
saṃ + khubbati
shaken, stirred Ja.iii.443.
pp. of sankhubhati
saṃ + khepa
adjective calculable; only neg. a˚; incalculable SN.v.400; AN.iii.366; Pv-a.212 -kāra acting with a set purpose Snp.351
■ As grd. of saṅkharoti: see upa˚.
grd. of sankhāyati
neuter a hermitage, the residence of Thera Āyupāla Mil.19, Mil.22 etc.
shaking, commotion, upsetting, disturbance Ja.i.64; Sdhp.471.
san + khobha
see sankhubhati.
cleaving, clinging, attachment, bond SN.i.25, SN.i.117 sq.; AN.iii.311; AN.iv.289; Dhp.170 Dhp.342, etc.; Snp.61, Snp.212, Snp.386, Snp.390, Snp.475, etc.; Dhs.1059; Dhs-a.363; Ja.iii.201; the five sangas are rāga, dosa moha, māna, and diṭṭhi, Thag.633 = Dhp.370; Dhp-a.iv.187; seven sangas, Iti.94; Mnd.91, Mnd.432; Cnd.620.
fr. sañj: see sajjati1
to come together, to meet with; ger. -gamma Iti.123; & -gantva Snp.290
pp saṅgata.
saṃ + gacchati
adjective [sa + angaṇa) sinful Snp.279. Cp. sāngaṇa.
feminine communication, association, society Vin.i.45; AN.iii.256; Ja.i.106.
saṃ + gaṇa + ikā, cp. BSk. sangaṇikā Mvu.ii.355; Divy.464
adjective showing kindness, helping Vv-a.59 (˚sīla).
fr. saṃ + grah
aor saṅgahesi Mhvs.38, Mhvs.31;
fut -gahissati Ja.vi.392
ger -gahetvā Mhvs.37, Mhvs.244;
grd -gahetabba Vin.i.50
ppr Pass. -gayhamāna Dhs-a.18
pp saṅgahita.
caus 2 saṅgaṇhāpeti: see pari˚ (e.g. Ja.vi.328).
saṃ + gaṇhāti
pp. of sangacchati
feminine
fr. sangacchati
kalyāṇa˚, pāpa˚, united with, MN.ii.222, MN.ii.227.
adj.
fr. saṃ + gam
fr. saṃ + gṛ1 to sing, proclaim, cp. gāyati & gīta
fr. saṃ + grah
neuter restraining, hindrance, bond Iti.73 (both reading & meaning very doubtful).
fr. saṃ + grah
adjective firm, well-supported Ja.v.484.
fr. sangaṇhāti
pp. of sangaṇhāti
a fight, battle DN.i.46; DN.ii.285; MN.i.86, MN.i.253; SN.i.98; SN.iv.308 sq.; AN.i.106; AN.ii.116; AN.iii.94; Vin.i.6; Iti.75; Snp.440 Cnd.199; Pp.68; Ja.i.358; Ja.ii.11; Mil.332; Vism.401 Cp. vijita˚.
-āvacara whose sphere is the battle, quite at home on the battlefield Ja.ii.94, Ja.ii.95; Vin.v.163 sq., Vin.v.183 (here said fig. of the bhikkhu)
■ ji (sangāma-j-uttama) victorious in battle Dhp.103 (cp. Dhp-a.ii.227 = sangāma-sīsa-yodha) -bheri battle drum Dhp-a.iii.298; Dhp-a.iv.25. -yodha a warrior Ja.i.358.
fr. saṃ + *gam: see grāma; lit. “collection”
to fight to come into conflict with Vin.ii.195; Vin.iii.108; Iti.75; Ja.ii.11, Ja.ii.212. aor. -gāmesi Ja.v.417, Ja.v.420 (C. = samāgami cp. sangacchati).
Denom. fr. sangāma; given as special root saṅgām˚; at Dhtp.605 with defn “yuddha”
to chant, proclaim (cp. sangara), to rehearse, to establish the text of the B. scriptures Vin.ii.285; DN-a.i.25 (Buddha-vacanaṃ)
pp saṅgīta.
saṃ + gāyati
adjective connected with the proclamation; dhamma˚-therā the Elders gathered in the council for proclaiming the Doctrine Ja.v.56.
fr. sangāyati
adjective noun
fr. saṃ + grah
adjective noun
fr. sangāha
adjective
= last
sung; uttered, proclaimed, established as the text Vin.ii.290; Ja.i.1; DN-a.i.25 (of the Canon, said to have been rehearsed in seven months)-(nt.) a song, chant, chorus DN.ii.138; Ja.vi.529.
pp. of sangāyati
feminine
fr. saṃgāyati; BSk. sangīti Divy.61
feminine a cake Vin.ii.17; Dhp-a.ii.75; cp sankulikā AN.iii.78.
either = Sk. śaṣkulikā, cp, sakkhali 2, or fr. saguḷa = sanguḷa
to guard; to keep, preserve; to hold on to (acc.) Ja.iv.351 (dhanaṃ).
saṃ + gopeti
■ On the formula Buddha, Dhamma, Sangha see dhamma C 2.
fr. saṃ + hṛ; lit. “comprising.” The quâsi pop. etym. at Vv-a.233 is “diṭṭhi-sīla-sāmaññena sanghāṭabhāvena sangha”
to rub together, to rub against Vin.ii.315 (Bdhgh).
saṃ + ghaṃsati
saṃ + ghaṭita, for ˚ghaṭṭita, pp. of ghaṭṭeti
adjective knocking against, offending, provoking, making angry Ja.vi.295.
fr. saṃ + ghaṭṭ.
(?) bangle Snp.48 (-yanta): thus Nd ii.reading for -māna (ppr. med. of sanghaṭṭeti).
neuter & -ā (f.)
fr. sanghaṭṭeti
pp saṅghaṭ(ṭ)ita.
saṃ + ghaṭṭeti
= saghara one’s own house Ja.v.222.
sa4 + ghara
neuter accumulation Ja.iii.319 (dhana˚).
= saṃharaṇa
= saṃharati
fr. saṃ + ghaṭeti, lit. “binding together”; on etym. see Kern, Toevoegselen ii.68
adjective wearing a sanghāṭī MN.i.281.
fr. sanghāṭī
feminine one of the three robes of a Buddhist Vin.i.46 Vin.i.289; Vin.ii.78, Vin.ii.135, Vin.ii.213; DN.i.70; DN.ii.65; MN.i.281; MN.ii.45; SN.i.175; AN.ii.104, AN.ii.106 sq., AN.ii.210; AN.iv.169 sq.; AN.v.123; Pv.iv.1#46; Vb-a.359 (˚cīvara); Pv-a.43.
fr. sanghaṭeti; cp. BSk. sanghāṭī Divy.154, Divy.159, Divy.494
feminine a loin-cloth Vin.iv.339 sq.
saṃ + ghāta
adjective holding or binding together MN.i.322 (+ agga-sangāhika); AN.iii.10 (id.); Vin.i.70 (“the decisive moment” Vin. Texts i.190).
fr. sanghāta or sanghāṭa
requiring suspension from the Order; a class of offences which can be decided only by a formal sangha-kamma Vin.ii.38 sq.; Vin.iii.112, Vin.iii.186 Vin.iv.110 sq., Vin.iv.225 (where explained); AN.ii.242; Vism.22; Dhp-a.iii.5.
unexplained as regards etym.; Geiger, Pali Grammar § 38#3, after S. Lévi, = sangh’âtisesa; but atisesa does not occur in Pāli
adjective belonging to, or connected with the Order Vin.i.250.
fr. sangha
adjective having a crowd (of followers), the head of an order DN.i.47, DN.i.116; SN.i.68; Mil.4; DN-a.i.143
■ saṅghāsaṅghī (pl.) in crowds, with crowds (redupl. cpd.!), with gaṇi-bhūtā “crowd upon crowd at DN.i.112, DN.i.128; DN.ii.317; DN-a.i.280.
fr. sangha
adjective
saṃ + ghuṭṭha
conj. if indeed Vin.i.88; see sace.
neuter one’s own mind or heart DN.ii.120; Dhp.183, Dhp.327 = Mil.379.
sa4 + citta
adjective of the same mind Ja.v.360.
sa2 + citta
adjective endowed with mind, intelligent Dhs-a.295.
sa3 + citta + ka
conj. if DN.i.8, DN.i.51; Vin.i.7; Dhp.134; Ja.i.311
■ sace… noce if… if not Ja.vi.365.
sa2 + ce; cp. sacāca
adjective animate, conscious, rational Ja.i.74; Mhvs.38, Mhvs.97.
sa3 + cetana
adjective attentive, thoughtful AN.i.254 (= citta-sampanna C.).
sa3 + cetasa
adjective real, true DN.i.182; MN.ii.169; MN.iii.207; Dhp.408; nt. saccaṃ truly, verily, certainly Mil.120; saccaṃ kira is it really true? DN.i.113; Vin.i.45, Vin.i.60; Ja.i.107; saccato truly SN.iii.112
■ (nt. as noun) saccaṃ the truth AN.ii.25, AN.ii.115 (parama˚); Dhp.393; also: a solemn asseveration Mhvs.25, Mhvs.18. Sacce patiṭṭhāya keeping to fact, MN.i.376
■ pl. (cattāri) saccāni the (four) truths MN.ii.199; AN.ii.41, AN.ii.176; Snp.883 sq.; Dhs.358
■ The 4 ariya-saccāni are the truth about dukkha, dukkhasamudaya dukkha-nirodha, and dukkha-nirodha-gāminipaṭipadā. Thus e.g. at Vin.i.230; DN.ii.304 sq.; DN.iii.277; AN.i.175 sq.; Vism.494 sq.; Vb-a.116 sq., Vb-a.141 sq. A shortened statement as dukkha, samudaya, nirodha magga is freq. found, e.g. Vin.i.16; see under dukkha B.1
■ See also ariyasacca & asacca
■ iminā saccena; in consequence of this truth, i.e. if this be true Ja.i.294.
cp. Sk. satya
at AN.iv.346 = Vin.ii.19 is probably misreading or an old misspelling for sajjāpeti fr. sajjeti, the confusion sac: saj being frequent. Meaning: to undertake fulfil, realize.
adjective real, true Mil.226 (the same passage at Pts.i.174 & Mnd.458 spells sacchika). saccik’ aṭṭha truth, reality, the highest truth Kv.1 sq. Dhs-a.4 (nearly = paramaṭṭha); Kp-a.102. Kern in a phantastic interpretation (Toevoegselen ii.49, 50) takes it as sacci-kaṭṭha (= Sk. sāci-kṛṣta) “pulled sideways,” i.e. “misunderstood.”
cp. Sk. satyaka
in fut. saccessati at AN.iv.343 is most likely an old mistake for ghaṭṭessati is the same passage at AN.iii.343 the meaning is “to touch,” or to approach, disturb It is hardly = saśc “to accompany.”
adjective self-willed, headstrong Ja.i.421; as sacchandin ibid.
sa4 + chanda
(mūlāni) at AN.iii.371 (opp. ummūla) means “roots taking to the soil again.” It is doubtful whether it belongs to chavi “skin.”
seen with one’s own eyes, realized experienced DN.i.250; SN.v.422 = Vin.i.11; Dhp-a.iv.117.
pp. of sacchikaroti cp. BSk. sākṣātkṛtaḥ Avs.i.210
adjective (able) to be realized SN.iii.223 sq.; DN.iii.230 = AN.ii.182 (in four ways by kāya, sati, cakkhu, paññā).
grd: of sacchikaroti
to see with one’s eyes, to realize, to experience for oneself. Pres. -karoti DN.i.229; SN.iv.337; SN.v.11, SN.v.49
fut -karissati SN.v.10; MN.ii.201 (as sacchi vā k.)
aor sacch’ākāsi SN.iv.63; Snp-a.166-Grd. -kātabba Vin.i.11; SN.v.422; & -karaṇīya (q.v.)
pp sacchikata.
cp. Sk. sākṣāt kṛ; the P. form being *saccha˚ (= sa3 + akṣ, as in akkhi), with change of -a to -i before kṛ. See also sakkhiṃ karoti
feminine realization, experiencing oath, ordeal, confirmation DN.i.100 (etc.) DN.i.100; DN.iii.255; SN.iv.254; AN.i.22; AN.ii.148; AN.iii.101 AN.iv.332 sq.; Snp.267; Vism.696 sq.; Dhs.296; Dhp-a.iv.63.
fr. sacchikaroti
to let loose, send forth dismiss, give up Snp.386, Snp.390; Ja.i.359; Ja.v.218 (imper sajāhi); Ja.vi.185, Ja.vi.205
inf saṭṭhuṃ (q.v.); pp. saṭṭha (see vissaṭṭha)
caus sajjeti (q.v.)
■ For sajj˚ (Caus.) we find sañj˚; in sañjitar.
sṛj, cp. Av. hərəƶaiti to let loose; Sk. sarga pouring out, sṛṣṭi emanation, creation
to embrace DN.ii.266 (imper. saja). udakaṃ sajati to embrace the water, poet. for “to descend into the water Ja.iv.448 (T. sajāti); Ja.vi.198 (C. = abhisiñcati), Ja.vi.205 (C. attano upari sajati [i.e. sajati1] abbhukkirati). On C. readings cp. Kern, Toev ii.51.
svaj; Dhtp.74, Dhtp.549 = ajjana (?) or = sajati1?
a kinsman Ja.iv.11 (read ˚parijanaṃ).
sa4 + jana
adjective noun watery, wet; nt. water.
sa3 + jala
feminine (being of) the same class or caste Vin.i.87; Ja.ii.108 (˚putta).
sa2 + jāti
see sañjitar.
adjective endowed with life Mhvs.11, Mhvs.13.
sa3 + jīva
a minister Ja.vi.307, Ja.vi.318 (= amacca C.).
for saciva?
neuter at SN.i.44 is metric spelling for sa-jīvana “same livelihood,” in phrase kiṃsu kamme s. “what is (of) the same livelihood in work, i.e. occupation?” The form is the same as jīvāna at Ja.iii.353. Taken wrongly as gen. pl. by Mrs. Rh. D. in translation (K.S. i.63): “who in their work is mate to sons of men?” following Bdhgh’s wrong interpretation (see K.S. i.321) as “kammena saha jīvantānan; kammadutiyakā nāma honti.”
sa2 = saṃ, + jīvana
adjective flaming, ablaze, aglow DN.i.95; Vin.i.25; AN.i.141; Ja.i.232; DN-a.i.264.
sa3 + joti + bhūta; same BSk., e.g. Mvu.i.5
adjective prepared, ready Ja.i.98 Ja.ii.325; Ja.iii.271; Mil.351; Pv-a.156, Pv-a.256. Of a bow furnished with a bow-string AN.iii.75.
grd. formation fr. sajj = sañj Caus.; cp. the exact likeness of Ger. “fertig”
adjective = sajja; Ja.iv.45 (gamana˚ ready for going, “fertig”).
pp satta1
■ Cp. abhi˚ & vi˚.
Pass. of sañj or saj to hang. Cp. sanga
neuter decking, equipping Thag-a.241.
fr. sṛj
a good man Mil.321.
sat(= sant) + jana
feminine seat, couch Pv.ii.12#8 (expln at Pv-a.157 doubtful).
orig. grd. of sad
issued, sent off; offered, prepared SN.ii.186; Vin.iii.137 (here in sense of “happy” sukhita); Mil.244 (of an arrow: sent); Mhvs.17, Mhvs.7 Mhvs.27, Mhvs.16
■ nt. offering (= upakkhaṭa) DN-a.i.294; Pv-a.107.
pp. of sajjeti
adverb
Sk. sadyaḥ, sa + dyaḥ, lit. one the same day
resin Vin.i.202.
cp. Sk. sarjarasa; see Geiger, Pali Grammar § 19#2
to send out, prepare, give, equip; to fit up, decorate: dānaṃ to give a donation Dhp-a.ii.88; pātheyyaṃ to prepare provisions Ja.iii.343; gehe to construct houses Ja.i.18; nāṭakāni to arrange ballets Ja.i.59; yaññaṃ to set up a sacrifice Ja.i.336; dhammasabhaṃ to equip a hall for a religious meeting Ja.iii.342; nagaraṃ to decorate the town Ja.v.212 paṇṇākāraṃ to send a present Ja.iii.10
caus 2 sajjāpeti to cause to be given or prepared Ja.i.446; Pv-a.81. Cp. vissajjeti.
Caus. of sṛj (sajati1), Sk. sarjayati
neuter silver DN.ii.351 (variant reading); SN.v.92 (variant reading); AN.iii.16. Cp. sajjhu.
cp. Sk. sādhya
repetition, rehearsal study DN.iii.241; Vin.i.133; Vin.ii.194; AN.iv.136; SN.v.121; Ja.i.116, Ja.i.436; Ja.ii.48; Mil.12, Kp-a.24; Vb-a.250 sq. -ṃ karoti to study DN.iii.241; AN.iii.22; Ja.v.54.
cp. Sk. svādhyāya, sva + adhyāya, i.e. sa4 + ajjhaya, cp. ajjhayana & ajjhāyaka
to rehearse, to repeat (aloud or silently), to study Ja.i.435; Ja.ii.273; Ja.iii.216; Ja.iv.64; Mil.10
ppr -āyanto Dhp-a.iii.347; ger. sajjhāya SN.i.202; sajjhāyitvā Ja.iv.477; Ja.v.450; Kp-a.97
caus sajjhāpeti to cause to learn, to teach Ja.iii.28 (of teacher, with adhīyati, of pupil). Caus. ii. sajjhāyāpeti id. Mil.10.
Denom. fr. sajjhāya, cp. BSk. svādhyāyita Avs.i.287; Avs.ii.23
neuter silver DN.ii.351; SN.v.92; Ja.vi.48; Mhvs.19, Mhvs.4; Mhvs.27, Mhvs.26; Mhvs.28, Mhvs.33.
cp. sajjha
accumulation, quantity Snp.697; Iti.17 (aṭṭhi˚); Mil.220.
fr. saṃ + ci
passage, way, medium DN-a.i.289.
fr. saṃ + car
neuter wandering about, meeting meeting-place Ja.i.163; Ja.iv.335; Mil.359. a˚; impassable Mil.217.
fr. saṃ + car
caus -cāreti to cause to move about Mil.377, Mil.385
caus 2 -carāpeti to cause to go, to emit Ja.i.164; to make one’s mind dwell on Vism.187.
saṃ + carati
neuter
fr. saṃ + caritar
saṃ + cāra
to be unsteady or agitated Mil.117. Caus. -cāleti to shake Vin.iii.127; Ja.v.434
pp -calita.
saṃ + calati
shaken Mil.224 (a˚).
pp. of sañcalati
adverb discriminately, purposely, with intention Vin.ii.76; Vin.iii.71, Vin.iii.112; Vin.iv.149, Vin.iv.290; DN.iii.133; Kv.593; Mil.380; Pv-a.103.
ger. of saṃ + cinteti; ch. BSk. sañcintya Divy.494
accumulated, filled (with) Ja.vi.249; Thag-a.282; Sdhp.319.
pp. of sañcināti
(& saṃcayati) to accumulate; ppr. -cayanto Mhvs.21, Mhvs.4; aor. cini˚; Pv-a.202 (puññaṃ), Pv-a.279 (pl. ˚cinimha)
pp sañcita
■ Cp. abhi˚.
saṃ + cināti
(& -ceteti) to think, find out, plan, devise means DN.ii.180, DN.ii.245 (aor. samacintesuṃ); Thag.1103 (Pot. ˚cintaye); Ja.iii.438 (aor. samacetayi).
saṃ + cinteti
crushed, shattered Bv.ii.170 = Ja.i.26.
saṃ + cuṇṇa
crushed Ja.ii.41; Mil.188; Vism.259.
pp. of sañcuṇṇeti
to crush Ja.ii.210, Ja.ii.387 (aor. ˚esi); Ja.iii.175 (Pot. ˚eyya), Ja.iii.176 (ger. ˚etvā)
pp -cuṇṇita.
saṃ + cuṇṇeti
feminine thought, cogitation, perception, intention AN.ii.159 (atta˚, para˚); DN.iii.231 (id.) SN.ii.11, SN.ii.40, SN.ii.99 (mano˚); SN.ii.39 sq., SN.ii.247; SN.iii.60, SN.iii.227 sq. Vb.285; Dhs.70, Dhs.126. Sixfold (i.e. the 6 fold sensory perception, rūpa˚, sadda˚, etc.): DN.ii.309; DN.iii.244; Pts.i.136. Threefold (viz. kāya˚, vacī˚, mano˚): Vism.341, Vism.530; Vb-a.144, Vb-a.145.
saṃ + cetanā
adjective intentional Vin.iii.112; MN.iii.207; AN.v.292 sq.; a˚ MN.i.377.
fr. sañcetanā
neuter reflection Dhs.5, Dhs.72.
see -cinteti.
instigated, excited Pv-a.5, Pv-a.68, Pv-a.171, Pv-a.213; Thag-a.207.
saṃ + codita
to move, to stir; a misunderstood term. Found in aor. samacopi (so read for T. samadhosi & variant reading samañcopi) mañcake “he stirred fr. his bed” SN.iii.120, SN.iii.125; and sañcopa (pret.) Ja.v.340 (variant reading for T. sañcesuṃ āsanā; C. explains as “caliṃsu”).
cp. Sk. copati, as α ̔́πας in Mhbh. We should expect copeti in Pāli, fr. cup to stir
neuter & -ā (f.) touching, handling Vin.iii.121 (ā); Vin.iv.214 (a) (= parāmasanan nāma ito c’ ito ca).
saṃ + copana
covered (with = -˚) MN.i.124; Thag.13; Ja.i.201; Snp-a.91 (˚patta full of leaves; puppha of flowers). Often in cpd. paduma˚; covered with lotuses (of ponds) Pv.ii.1#20; Pv.ii.12#2; Vv.44#1; Ja.i.222 Ja.v.337.
saṃ + channa1
MN.ii.217, MN.ii.259.
covered Pv-a.157.
pp. of sañchādeti
to cut, destroy MN.iii.275 (Pot. ˚chindeyya); AN.ii.33 = SN.iii.85 (ger. ˚chinditvā)
pp sañchinna.
saṃ + chindati
Vin.i.255 (of the kaṭhina, with samaṇḍalīkata “hemmed”). Also in cpd. -patta “with leaves destroyed” is Nd ii.reading at Snp.44 (where T. ed. & Snp-a.91 read; saṃsīna), as well as at Snp.64 (in similar context, where T. ed. reads sañchinna). The latter passage is explained (Cnd.625) as “bahula-pattapalāsa saṇḍa-cchāya,” i.e. having thick & dense foliage The same meaning is attached to; sañchinna-patta at Vv-a.288 (with variant reading saṃsīna !), thus evidently in sense of sañchanna. The C. on Snp.64 (viz. Snp-a.117) takes it as sañchanna in introductory story.
pp. of sañchindati
to joke, to jest DN.i.91; AN.iv.55, AN.iv.343; DN-a.i.256.
saṃ + jagghati
is the P. correspondent of sajati1 (sṛj), but Sk. sañj = sajjati (to hang on, cling), which at Dhtp.67 Dhtp.397 defined as saṅga. The Dhtp (64) & Dhtm (82) take; sañj in all meanings of āliṅgana (= sajati2), vissagga (= sajati1), & nimmāna (= sajjeti).
to be born; only in Caus. -janeti to cause, produce; realize Pp.16; Sdhp.564 (ger. ˚janayitvāna)
pp sañjāta. See also Pass. saṃjāyati.
saṃ + janati
neuter producing; f. -ī progenetrix (identical with taṇhā) Dhs.1059; Dhs-a.363.
one who produces SN.i.191; SN.iii.66.
n. ag. fr. sañjaneti
in -ṃ karoti is not clear in dern & meaning; perhaps “to tease, abuse,” see DN.i.189 (˚riyaṃ); AN.i.187; SN.ii.282. Probably fr. bhṛ; (Intensive jarbhṛta Vedic! as *jarbhari. See on dern Konow, J.P.T.S. 1909, 42 Kern, Toevoegselen ii.69. The C. on SN.ii.282 (K.S. ii.203 explains as “sambharitaṃ nirantaraṃ phuṭaṃ akaṃsu upari vijjhiṃsū ti,” i.e. continually touching (or nudging) (phuṭa = phuṭṭha or phoṭita).
having become, produced, arisen Dhs.1035 (+ bhūta & other syn.). ˚-full of, grown into being in a state of Snp.53 (˚khandha = susaṇṭhita˚ Snp-a.103); Vv-a.312, Vv-a.318 (˚gārava full of respect), Vv-a.324 (˚pasāda).
pp. of sañjanati
adjective of the same origin (con-gener) Ja.iv.134. Cp. sajāti.
sa2 + jāta
feminine birth, origin; outcome; produce DN.i.227; DN.ii.305.
saṃ + jāti
a grove, wood Ja.v.417, Ja.v.421 (variant reading sañcāriya).
neuter & -ā (f.) knowing, perceiving, recognition Mil.61; DN-a.i.211; characteristic, that by which one is distinguished Dhs-a.321. As f. at Dhs.4; Dhs-a.110, Dhs-a.140 (translation Expos. 185: “the act of perceiving by noting”).
fr. sañjānāti
caus saññāpeti (q.v.)
pp saññāta.
saṃ + jānāti
neuter the state of having perceived Dhs.4.
fr. sañjānita, pp. Caus. of sañjānāti
at SN.iii.66 read sañjanetā.
to be born or produced DN.i.220; Ja.ii.97; aor. sañjāyi DN.ii.209; Vin.i.32 ppr. -jāyamāna Ja.v.384.
saṃ + jāyati, cp. sañjanati
decayed Ja.i.503 (variant reading).
saṃ + jiṇṇa
creator, one who assigns to each his station DN.i.18, DN.i.221; MN.i.327; DN-a.i.111 (variant reading sajjitar, cp. Sk. sraṣṭar).
n. ag. fr. sajati1, cp. sañjati
adjective reviving Thag-a.181 (Ap. v. 23: putta˚).
fr. saṃ + jīv
feminine evening; only in compounds -ātapa evening sun Vv-a.4, Vv-a.12; -ghana evening cloud Thag-a.146 (Tha-ap.44); Dāvs v.60.
cp. Sk. sandhyā
is frequent spelling for saṃy˚; (in saṃyojana = saññojana e.g.), q.v.
neuter the state of being a saññā, perceptibility SN.iii.87.
abstr. formation fr. saññā
induced, talked over Snp.303, Snp.308
pp. of saññāpeti
feminine
fr. saññāpeti
feminine (pl. saññāyo and saññā-e.g. MN.i.108)
fr. saṃ + jñā
neuter
Vedic sañjñāna
skilled MN.i.396.
pp. of sañjānāti
neuter convincing Ja.v.462.
fr. saññāpeti
pp saññatta
■ At Ja.i.408 read saññāpāpetvā (instead of saññaṃ pāpetvā), or simply saññāpetvā like the parallel text at Ud.17.
Caus. of sañjānāti
adjective having perception AN.ii.215 = Dhs.1003.
fr. saññā
so-called, named, so-to-speak Mhvs.7, Mhvs.45; Pv-a.135; Sdhp.72, Sdhp.461. See also aya under niraya.
= saññāta; pp. of sañjānāti
adjective (f. saññinī) conscious, being aware of (-˚), perceiving, having perception DN.i.31, DN.i.180; DN.iii.49 DN.iii.111, DN.iii.140, DN.iii.260; SN.i.62; AN.ii.34, AN.ii.48, AN.ii.50; AN.iii.35; AN.iv.427; Dhp.253; Mnd.97, Mnd.138
■ ālokasaññin having a clear perception DN.i.71; AN.ii.211; AN.v.207; Sum AN.i.211; nānatta conscious of diversity AN.iv.39 sq.; paṭhavīsaññin conscious of the earth (kasiṇa), in samādhi AN.v.8 sq. paṭhavisaññiniyo (fem. plur.), having a worldly mind DN.ii.139; asubhasaññin perceiving the corruption of the world Iti.93; vihiṃsasaññin conscious of the trouble Vin.i.7; nevasaññī-nâsaññin neither conscious nor unconscious DN.iii.111; AN.ii.34; Mnd.97, Mnd.138; Iti.90; DN-a.i.119. Cp. vi˚
■ In composition saññi˚; e.g. -gabbha animate production DN.i.54; DN-a.i.163.
fr. saññā
name of a school maintaining conscious existence after death DN.i.31; DN-a.i.119; Mhbv.110.
saññin + vāda
a fall, a heap of things fallen; only in cpd. paṇṇa˚; a heap of fallen leaves MN.i.21 (= paṇṇa-kacavara MN-a.i.120); Ja.ii.271.
most likely = Sk. śada (fall), fr. śad to fall; Kern Toevoegselen s. v. equals it to Sk. sūta (or sṛta) of sṛ; (or su) to run (to impel), as in ussaṭa and visaṭa. The Dhtm (789) gives a root saṭ; in meaning of “visaraṇa,” i.e. profusion, diffusion (cp. visaṭa)
dismissed; in cpd. -esana one who has abandoned all longing or research DN.iii.269 (cp Dial. iii.247 “has utterly given up quests”); AN.ii.41 (so read for saṭh˚;)
■ saṭṭha at SN.iii.84 is to be read seṭṭha, and at SN.iv.298 saṭha.
pp. of sajati1
ordinal number sixty DN.i.45; DN.ii.261; Snp.538; Dhp-a.iii.412 (ekūna˚). It is found mostly in the same application as cha (group-number) e.g. at Ja.i.64 (˚turiya-sahassāni); Vv-a.92 (id.); Ja.i.87 (˚yojana); Ja.vi.512 (˚sahassa); Dhp-a.i.8, Dhp-a.i.17, Dhp-a.i.26, Dhp-a.i.131 (˚sakaṭa). -hāyana 60 years old (of elephant) MN.i.229; Ja.ii.343.
cp. Sk. ṣaṣṭi: see cha
at Ja.vi.185 (taṃ asakkhi saṭṭhuṃ) is inf. of sajati1 (sṛj = Sk. sraṣṭuṃ) to dismiss, let loose. The form has caused trouble, since the Com. explains it with gaṇhituṃ “to take.” This has induced Kern (Toevoegselen s. v. to see in it a very old (even pre-Vedic!) form with *sāḍhuṃ as original. Evidently he derives it fr. sah (Epic Sk. soḍhuṃ!), as he trsls it as “to master, overpower”
adjective crafty, treacherous, fraudulent DN.ii.258; DN.iii.246; MN.i.32, MN.i.153; SN.iv.299; AN.ii.41; AN.iii.35 AN.v.157; Dhp.252; Vin.ii.89; Mnd.395; Mil.250; Dāvs ii.88; Dhp-a.iii.375; Dhtp.100 (= keṭave)
■ f. saṭhī Pv.ii.3#4. See also kerāṭika, samaya˚, sāṭheyya.
cp. Sk. śaṭha
feminine craft, wickedness Pp.19.
abstr. fr. saṭha
adjective loose, inattentive Dhp.312.
Sk. śithila, which also appears as sithila, e.g. Thag.277
see saṭṭha.
neuter a kind of hemp DN.ii.350 (variant reading); SN.i.115 (do.); cp. sāṇa1 & sāṇī.
Vedic śaṇa; Gr. κάνναβις = Lat. cannabis; Ags haenep = E. hemp; Ger. hanf.
to sound, to make a noise Snp.721 (T. sanati) = Mil.414; sanate SN.i.7 = SN.i.203; Ja.vi.507; ppr. saṇanto Snp.720 (T. n).
svan; Idg. *sṷenō = Lat. sono, Ags. swin music, swinsian to sing; Ohg. swan = swan
adverb softly, gradually Snp.350; Mhvs.25, Mhvs.84.
cp. Sk. śanaiḥ
adverb slowly, gently, gradually DN.ii.333; MN.i.120; SN.i.82, SN.i.203; Ja.i.9, Ja.i.292; Ja.ii.103; Mil.117; DN-a.i.197; Dhp-a.i.60, Dhp-a.i.389; Vv-a.36, Vv-a.178.
fr. last
a reed (used for bow-strings) MN.i.429. Santhapeti & thapeti;
Caus. of santiṭṭhati
neuter recreation Vism.420 sq.
fr. santiṭṭhati
see santiṭṭhati.
neuter
fr. saṃ + sthā
pp. of santiṭṭhati
feminine
fr. santiṭṭhati
a heap, cluster, multitude; a grove (vana˚ DN.i.87; SN.iii.108; Vin.i.23; Ja.i.134 (vana˚); satta˚ teeming with beings Iti.21
■ Jambu˚; Name of Jambudīpa Snp.352 = Thag.822 (variant reading ˚maṇḍa, which Kern considers to be the correct reading; see Toevoegselen ii.67)
■ saṇḍa˚cārin swarming DN.i.166 = MN.i.77 = AN.ii.206.
dial.; Dhtm.157: gumb’ attha-m-īraṇe; cp. Sk. ṣaṇḍa
(long) pincers, tweezers AN.i.210; Ja.i.223; Ja.iii.138; used to pull out hair MN.ii.75; Vin.ii.134. Sannika (sanika)
saṃ + ḍaṃsa, fr. ḍasati
an elephant-driver’s hook Ja.i.445 (so read for paṇṇ˚;).
cp. saṇi = Sk. sṛṇi
adjective
cp. Sk. ślakṣṇa
at Ja.iii.394 (of hair growing white “saṇhakasadisā”) according to Kern, Toevoegselen ii.69 (coarse) hempen cloth (= sāṇavāka), as indicated by variant reading sāṇalāka. Thus a der. fr. saṇa = sāṇa. Kern compares P. tuṇhīra tūṇīra; Sk. śaṇa = śāṇaka. According to Andersen Pāli Glossary “betelnut” (= saṇha).
to brush down, smooth (kese): only as cpd. o˚; at Vin.ii.107; Ja.iv.219.
Caus. fr. saṇha
(num. card.) a hundred, used as nt (collect.), either-˚ or as apposition, viz. gāma-sataṃ a hundred (ship of) villages Dhp-a.i.180; jaṭila-satāni 100 ascetics Vin.i.24; jāti˚ DN.i.13; or gāthā sataṃ 100 stanzas Dhp.102
■ Often in sense of “many” or “innumerable,” e.g. ˚kaku, ˚raṃsi, etc.; cp. ˚satāni bahūni Ja.iv.310, Ja.iv.311.
Vedic śataṃ; cp. Av. satəm, Gr. ἑ κατόν, Lat. centum; Goth. hund = hundred; Idg. *kmtóm fr. dkm̊tóm (= decem), thus ultimately the same as daśa, i.e. decad (of tens)
remembering, mindful, conscious DN.i.37; DN.ii.94 DN.iii.49, DN.iii.107, DN.iii.222, DN.iii.269; MN.i.520 (su-ssata & dus-sata) SN.iv.211; AN.iii.169 (+ sampajāna), AN.iii.325; AN.iv.311; Snp.741; Dhs.163; DN-a.i.211
■ satokārin cultivator of sati Pts.i.175.
pp. of sarati, of smṛ; cp. BSk. smṛta Avs.i.228; Avs.ii.197
neuter a hundred, collection of 100; Ja.i.74.
cp. BSk. śataka
adverb a hundred times.
cp. dvi-kkhattuṃ, ti-kkhattuṃ etc.
adjective continual, chronic. Only in nt. satataṃ (adv.) continually AN.iv.14; Iti.116; Snp.507; Mil.70; Pv.ii.8#11 (= nirantaraṃ Pv-a.110); Pv.iii.7#10 (= sabbakālaṃ Pv-a.207); Pv-a.177; and as ˚-in -vihāra a chronic state of life, i.e. a behaviour remaining even & the same AN.ii.198 = DN.iii.250, DN.iii.281. Cp. sātacca.
with satrā “completely” & sadā “always” to sa˚ “one”: see saṃ˚; lit. “in one (continuous stretch)”
adverb in 100 ways, into 100 pieces DN.ii.341.
sata + dhā, cp. ekadhā, dvidhā etc.
feminine memory, recognition, consciousness, DN.i.180; DN.ii.292; Mil.77–Mil.80 intentness of mind, wakefulness of mind, mindfulness alertness, lucidity of mind, self-possession, conscience self-consciousness DN.i.19; DN.iii.31, DN.iii.49, DN.iii.213, DN.iii.230, DN.iii.270 sq. AN.i.95; Dhs.14; Mnd.7; Tikp.61; Vb-a.91; Dhs-a.121; Mil.37; upaṭṭhitā sati presence of mind DN.iii.252, DN.iii.282 DN.iii.287; SN.ii.231; AN.ii.6, AN.ii.218; AN.iii.199; AN.iv.232; Iti.120 parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhāpetuṃ to surround oneself with watchfulness of mind MN.iii.89; Vin.i.24, satiṃ paccupaṭṭhāpetuṃ to preserve self-possession Ja.i.112 Ja.iv.215; kāyagatā sati intentness of mind on the body, realization of the impermanency of all things MN.iii.89; AN.i.43; SN.i.188; Mil.248; Mil.336; muṭṭhasati forgetful, careless DN.iii.252, DN.iii.282; maraṇasati mindfulness as to death AN.iv.317 sq.; Ja.iv.216; Snp-a.54; Pv-a.61, Pv-a.66. asati not thinking of, forgetfulness Dhs-a.241; instr. asatiyā through forgetfulness, without thinking of it, not intentionally Vin.ii.289#2. sati (sammā˚) is one of the constituents of the 8-fold Ariyan Path (e g. AN.iii.141 sq.; Vb-a.120): see magga 2.
-ādhipateyya (sat˚) dominant mindfulness AN.ii.243 sq.; Iti.40. -indriya the sense, faculty, of mindfulness AN.ii.149; Dhs.14. -uppāda arising, production of recollection Ja.i.98; AN.ii.185; MN.i.124. -ullapakāyika, a class of devas SN.i.16 sq. -paṭṭhāna [BSk. smṛty’upasthāna Divy.126, Divy.182, Divy.208] intent contemplation and mindfulness earnest thought, application of mindfulness there are four satipaṭṭhānas, referring to the body, the sensations, the mind, and phenomena respectively DN.ii.83, DN.ii.290 sq.; DN.iii.101 sq., DN.iii.127, DN.iii.221; MN.i.56, MN.i.339 MN.ii.11 etc.; AN.ii.218; AN.iii.12; AN.iv.125 sq., AN.iv.457 sq.; AN.v.175; SN.iii.96, SN.iii.153; SN.v.9, SN.v.166; Dhs.358; Kv.155 (cp. Kvu translation 104 sq.); Mnd.14, Mnd.45, Mnd.325, Mnd.340; Vism.3; Vb-a.57 Vb-a.214 sq., Vb-a.417
■ See on term e.g. Cpd. 179; and in greater detail Dial. ii.322 sq. -vinaya disciplinary proceeding under appeal to the accused monk’s own conscience Vin.i.325; Vin.ii.79 etc.; MN.ii.247; AN.i.99. -vepullappatta having attained a clear conscience Vin.ii.79 -saṃvara restraint in mindfulness Vism.7; Dhs-a.351; Snp-a.8. -sampajañña mindfulness and self-possession DN.i.70; AN.ii.210; DN-a.i.183 sq. -sambojjhaṅga (e.g. SN.v.90) see (sam)bojjhanga. -sammosa loss of mindfulness or memory, lack of concentration or attention DN.i.19; Vin.ii.114; DN-a.i.113; Pp.32; Vism.63; Mil.266.
Vedic smṛti: see etym. under sarati2
adjective (-˚) consisting of a hundred, belonging to a hundred; yojanasatika extending one hundred yojanas Vin.ii.238; vīsaṃvassasatika of hundred and twenty years’ standing Vin.ii.303.
fr. sata1
feminine mindfulness, memory Dhs-a.405 (-˚).
abstr. formation fr. sati
adjective the hundredth SN.ii.133; Ja.i.167 (pañca˚).
superl. formn fr. sata1
adjective mindful, thoughtful, contemplative, pensive; nom. sg. satimā DN.i.37; SN.i.126; Snp.174; AN.ii.35; Dhs.163; Dhp-a.iv.117; Pv.iv.3#44; satīmā (in verse) Snp.45; nt. satīmaṃ Snp.211; gen. satimato SN.i.208; satīmato SN.i.81; Dhp.24; nom. pl. satīmanto DN.ii.120; Dhp.91; Dhp-a.ii.170; gen. satīmataṃ Dhp.181; Iti.35; satimantānaṃ AN.i.24
■ See also DN.iii.77, DN.iii.141 DN.iii.221 sq.; AN.iv.4, AN.iv.38, AN.iv.300 sq., AN.iv.457 sq.; Mnd.506; Cnd.629.
fr. sati
feminine
fr. sant, ppr. of as
adjective curable, pardonable Mil.192, Mil.221; Vism.425. See tekiccha.
sa3 + tekiccha
feminine lightning Ja.v.14, Ja.v.203. Also as sateritā Vv.33#3; Vv.64#4; Vv-a.161 (= vijjulatā), Vv-a.277. As saderitā at Thag.260.
cp. Sk. śatahradā, śata + hrada
hanging, clinging or attached to Vin.i.185; DN.ii.246; Mnd.23, Mnd.24; Dhp.342; Ja.i.376 Cp. āsatta1 & byāsatta.
pp. of sañj: sajjati
-āvāsa abode of sentient beings (see nava1 2) DN.iii.263 DN.iii.268; AN.v.53; Vism.552; Vb-a.168. -ussada (see ussada 4) teeming with life, full of people DN.i.87, DN.i.111 DN.i.131. -loka the world of living creatures Snp-a.263, Snp-a.442 Vism.205. See also saṅkhāra-loka
■ vaṇijjā slave trade DN-a.i.235 = AN.iii.208 (C.: manussa-vikkaya).
cp, Vedic sattva living being, satvan “strong man, warrior,” fr. sant
cursed, sworn Ja.iii.460; Ja.v.445.
pp. of sapati to curse; Sk. śapta
(num.) number seven. It is a collective and concluding (serial) number its application has spread from the week of 7 days (or nights), and is based on astronomical conception (Babylon!), this science being regarded as mystic, it invests the number with a peculiar magic nimbus From time-expressions it was transferred to space, esp when originally connected with time (like satta-bhūmaka the 7-storied palace; the Vimānas with 700 towers: see vimāna 2 & 6; or the 7 great lakes: see sara3; ˚yojana 7 miles, cp. the 7 league-boots!). Extremely frequent in folklore and fairy tales (cp. 7 years of famine in Egypt, 7 days’ festivals, dragon with 7 heads, 7 ravens 7 dwarfs, 7 little goats, 7 years enchantment, etc. etc.). For time expressions see in compounds: ˚āha, ˚māsa, ˚ratta ˚vassa. Cp. Snp.446 (vassāni); Ja.ii.91 (kāyā, thick masses); DN-a.i.25 (of the Buddh. Scriptures: sattahi māsehi sangītaṃ); Dhp-a.ii.34 (dhanāni), Dhp-a.ii.101 (mangalā) the collective expression 7 years, 7 months, 7 days at Ja.v.48; the 7 × 70 ñāṇavatthūni SN.ii.59; and the curious enumeration of heptads at DN.i.54
■ Cases: instr sattahi DN.i.34; gen. sattannaṃ DN.i.56; loc. sattasu DN.ii.303 = MN.i.61.
cp. Vedic sapta, Gr. ἑπτά; Av. hapta; Lat. septem, Goth. sibun = E. seven etc.
adverb seven times Vin.i.3; Iti.18; sattakkhattuparamaṃ seven times at the utmost; ˚parama one who will not be reborn more than seven times SN.ii.134 sq.; AN.i.233, AN.i.235; AN.iv.381 Kv.104; Pp.15 sq.; Ne.189; Kp-a.187; Ja.i.239; Dhp-a.iii.61, Dhp-a.iii.63.
cp. tikkhattuṃ etc.
seventy DN.ii.256; Tha-ap.118, Tha-ap.126 & passim. As sattari at SN.ii.59; Tha-ap.248 & passim.
cp. Sk. saptati
neuter state of having existence DN.i.29.
abstr. fr. satta2
adverb in seven pieces DN.i.94; DN.ii.235; Snp.783; Ja.v.33, Ja.v.493; Dhp-a.i.17, Dhp-a.i.41. Cp phalati. Sattapanni-rukkha
fr. satta4, cp. dvidhā
Name of a tree Mhvs.30, Mhvs.47; cp. sattapaṇṇi-guhā Name of a cave Kp-a.95.
adjective best, excellent Snp.356; Ja.i.233.
superl. fr. sant
(num. ord.) the seventh DN.i.89; Snp.103
■ f. -mī Snp.437. Often in loc. -divase on the 7th day Snp.983; Ja.i.395; Mil.15; Pv-a.6, Pv-a.74. -bhavika one who has reached the 7th existence (or rebirth Kv.475 (cp. translation 2714).
fr. satta4
cardinal number seventeen Vin.i.77; Vin.iv.112 (˚vaggiyā bhikkhū, group of 17).
satta4 + rasa2 = dasa
= sattati, at SN.ii.59 sq.
feminine the plantain, and its flower Ja.iv.440 (= kadali- puppha C.; so read for kandala˚); and perhaps at Thig.260 for pattali (q.v.), which is explained as kadali (-makula) at Thag-a.211.
cp. Sk. saptalā, name of var. plants, e.g. jasmine, or many-flowered nykkanthes, Halāy. 2, 52
Ja.v.351. Cp. Lal.520.
a diaeretic sattva
feminine ability, power Dhtp.508 Usually in phrase yathā satti as much as one can do according to one’s ability Cp.i.10#6; Dhp-a.i.399; or yathā sattiṃ DN.i.102, or y. sattiyā Dhp-a.i.92.
fr. śak, cp. Vedic śakti
feminine
cp. Vedic śakti, orig. identical with satti1
see tala˚.
an enemy Ja.v.94 (acc. pl. sattavo); Vism.234 (˚nimmathana).
Vedic śatru
barley-meal, flour Vin.ii.116 (satthu); Mnd.372; Ja.iii.343 sq.; Pv.iii.1#3; Dhs.646.
cp. Sk. śaktu
an enemy Ja.iii.154; Mhvs.32, Mhvs.18.
fr. sattu1
neuter a weapon, sword, knife; coll. “arms” DN.i.4, DN.i.56; Snp.309, Snp.819 (explained as 3: kāya˚, vacī˚, mano˚, referring to AN.iv.42 at Mnd.151); Ja.i.72, Ja.i.504; Pv.iii.10#2; Snp-a.458 (˚mukhena); Pv-a.253. Often in combination daṇḍa + sattha (cp daṇḍa 4), coll. for “arms,” Vin.i.349; DN.i.63; AN.iv.249 Cnd.576
■ satthaṃ āharati to stab oneself SN.i.121 SN.iii.123; SN.iv.57 sq.
cp. Vedic śastra, fr. śas to cut
neuter a science, art, lore Mil.3; Snp-a.327, Snp-a.447
■ vāda˚; science of right belief Snp-a.540; sadda˚; grammar Snp-a.266; supina dream-telling Snp-a.564.
cp. Vedic śāstra, fr. śās to teach
a caravan DN.ii.130, DN.ii.339; Vin.i.152, Vin.i.292; Mnd.446; Dhp.123 (appa˚ with a small c.) Mil.351.
sa3 + attha; Sk. sārtha
told, taught Ja.ii.298 (variant reading siṭṭha).
pp. of sāsati; śās
adjective able, competent Ja.iii.173 (= samattha C.).
wrong for satta = śakta
breathed: see vissattha.
cp. Sk. śvasta, śvas
neuter a knife, scissors Vin.ii.115 (daṇḍa˚, with a handle); Ja.v.254 (as one of the 8 parikkhāras); Mil.282. aya˚; at Ja.v.338 read -paṭṭaka.
fr. sattha1
adjective belonging to a caravan, caravan people, merchant Pv-a.274.
fr. sattha3
teacher, master
■ nom. satthā DN.i.49; Snp.179;
■ acc. satthāraṃ DN.i.163; Snp.153, Snp.343;
■ instr. satthārā DN.i.163;
■ instr. satthunā Mhvs.32, Mhvs.19;
■ gen. satthu DN.i.110; Iti.79; Vin.i.12
■ gen. satthuno DN.ii.128; Snp.547, Snp.573,
■ loc. satthari Dhs.1004;
■ nom. and acc. pl. satthāro DN.i.230; AN.i.277; Mil.4;
■ gen. pl. satthārānaṃ Ja.i.509
■ See e.g. DN.i.230; AN.i.277; Vin.i.8; Thig.387
■ The 6 teachers (as in detail at DN.i.52–DN.i.59 & var. places) are Pūraṇa Kassapa, Makkhali Gosāla, Nigaṇṭha Nāthaputta, Sañjaya Belaṭṭhiputta, Ajita-Kesakambalī.
5 teachers at Vin.ii.186; AN.iii.123.
3 at DN.i.230; AN.i.277. The Master par excellence is the Buddha DN.i.110 DN.ii.128; DN.iii.119 sq.; AN.iii.248; AN.iv.120, AN.iv.460; Snp.153, Snp.545 Snp.955 (see exegesis in detail at Mnd.446 = Cnd.630), Snp.1148 Vism.389, Vism.401, Vism.604
■ gaṇa-satthar leader of a company Ja.ii.41, Ja.ii.72; satthāra-dassana sight of the Master Snp-a.49; satthu-d-anvaya successor of the M. Snp.556.
Venic śāstṛ, n. ag. fr. śās
neuter & feminine the thigh Vin.ii.161; Thag.151; Vv.81#17; Ja.ii.408; Ja.iii.83; Ja.vi.528; antarā˚ between the thighs AN.ii.245.
cp. Sk. sakthi
adjective belonging to a caravan DN.ii.344.
fr. sattha3
“having a teacher,” in atīta˚; whose teacher is dead DN.ii.154.
belonging to the whole cpd.
a friend Ja.i.365.
?
gold (lit. the colour of the Master) Vin.iii.238, Vin.iii.240.
satthar˚ + vaṇṇa
adjective including the Theras AN.ii.169
sa3 + thera
the highest good, ideal DN.ii.141; MN.i.4; AN.v.207 sq.; Dhp.166; Mhvs.3, Mhvs.24. It may be taken as sa4 + attha (with euphonic -d-), i.e. one’s own good, as it is explained by Bdhgh at Dhp-a.iii.160 (“sake atthe”), & adopted in translation at Dial. ii.154.
sat (= sant) + attha
adjective always praised Ja.iv.101 (= nicca-pasattha C.).
sadā + thuta
adjective fearful, unhappy AN.ii.172; MN.i.280, MN.i.465 = DN.iii.57 (reads dd).
sa3 + dara
a squatting mat with a fringe Vin.iv.171.
sa + dasā
a horse of good breed AN.i.289.
sat(= sant) + assa
adverb always Snp.1041, Snp.1087, Snp.1119; Cnd.631 (where long stereotype definition); Dhp.79; Pv.ii.8#11 (= sabbakālaṃ yāvajīvaṃ Pv-a.110); Pv.ii.9#37 (= sabbakālaṃ divase divase sāyañ ca pāto ca Pv-a.127), Pv.iv.1#30.
fr. saṃ˚
adjective similar, like, equal DN.ii.261; SN.iii.48 sq.; AN.i.125 = Pp.35; Vin.i.8; Ja.i.191; Dhs.116; Vism.543 = Vb-a.148. Cp. sādisa.
sa2 + disa = dṛśa
see saterita.
adjective together with the devas, with the deva world DN.i.62; DN.iii.76, DN.iii.135; Snp.86; Vin.i.8 Vin.i.11; Dhp.44; DN-a.i.174. At Ja.i.14 sadevake (loc.) is used in the sense of “in the world of men & gods.”
sa3 + deva + ka
adjective together with his queen Mhvs.33, Mhvs.70.
sa3 + devī + ka
cp. late Vedic śabda; BSk. śabda as nt. at Avs.i.3
neuter making a noise Dhtm.401.
fr. śabd: see saddāyati
adjective grassy Thag.211; Ja.i.87; Ja.vi.518); Mil.286; Pv.ii.12#10 (= taruṇa-tiṇa Pv-a.158).
cp. Sk. śādvala
to believe, to have faith DN.ii.115 DN.ii.244; SN.iii.225; Pv.ii.8#3; Ja.v.480; Dhp-a.ii.27.
ppr saddahanto DN-a.i.81; Pv-a.148 (a˚), Pv-a.151 (a˚), Pv-a.285; saddahāna SN.i.20, SN.i.214; Snp.186; Iti.112.
pot saddheyya Ja.ii.446 (= saddaheyya C.); 2nd pl. saddahetha Ja.iii.192 3rd pl. saddheyyuṃ SN.ii.255. At Ja.vi.575 (Pot.) saddahe seems to be used as an exclamation in the sense of “I wonder” (cp. maññe)
■ saddahase at Pv.iv.8#1 is to be read saddāyase (see saddāyati)
grd saddhātabba Ja.ii.37; Ja.v.480; Pv-a.217; saddahātabba DN.ii.346 saddahitabba Mil.310; saddheyya Vin.iii.188; and saddhāyitabba (Caus.!) Pv-a.109.
■ A Caus. aor. 2 sg is (mā)… saddahesi Ja.vi.136#2
ger saddhāya Ja.v.176 (= saddahitvā C.);
inf saddhātuṃ Ja.v.445.
pp (Caus.) saddhāyita
caus 2 saddahāpeti to make believe, to convince; Pot. -dahāpeyya Ja.vi.575; Pv.iv.1#25;
fut -dahāpessati Ja.i.294.
Vedic śrad-dhā, only in impers. forms grd. śrad-dadhāna; pp. śrad-dhita; inf. śrad-dhā; cp. Av ƶraƶ-dā id.; Lat. cred-(d)o (cp. “creed”); Oir. cretim to believe. Fr. Idg. *kred (= cord˚ heart) + *dhe, lit. to put one’s heart on
feminine believing, trusting, having faith Cnd.632; Dhs.12, Dhs.25; Ne.15, Ne.19; Dhp-a.i.76.
fr. sad + dhā
cp. Epic Sk. śabdayati & śabdāyati]
Denom. fr. sadda; i.e. śabd
sounded, called Sdhp.100.
pp. of śabd; cp. saddāyati
a leopard Mil.23.
cp. Sk. śārdūla
adjective
orig. adj. of saddha2, but felt to be adj. of saddhā; cp. BSk. śrāddha Avs.i.83, Avs.i.383
a funeral rite in honour of departed relatives connected with meals and gifts to the brahmins DN.i.97; AN.i.166; AN.v.269, AN.v.273; DN-a.i.267; saddhaṃ pamuñcati to give up offerings, to abandon Brahmanism Vin.i.7; DN.ii.39; Snp.1146. The word is n. according to Abhp and AN.v.269–AN.v.273; loc. ˚e, DN.i.97; Ja.ii.360; kaṃ saddhaṃ (acc. in a gāthā), seems to be f.; Com. ib. 360 has saddhā-bhattaṃ, a funeral repast (variant reading saddha-˚) Thus it seems to be confused with saddhā.
cp. Epic Sk. & Sūtra literature śrāddha, fr. śrad-dhā
the true dhamma, the best religion, good practice, the “doctrine of the good” (so Geiger, Pali Dhamma pp. 53, 54, q.v. for detailed discussion of the term) MN.i.46; SN.v.172 sq.; AN.i.69; AN.iii.7 sq., AN.iii.174 sq. AN.iii.435 sq.; AN.v.169, AN.v.317; Snp.1020; Dhp.38; Ja.v.483; Dhp-a.iv.95. Seven saddhammas: MN.i.354, MN.i.356; DN.iii.252 DN.iii.282; AN.iv.108 sq
■ Opp. a-saddhamma (q.v.); four a˚ AN.ii.47; eight: Vin.ii.202.
sad(= sant) + dhamma, cp. BSk. saddharma, e.g. Jtm.224
feminine faith (on term cp. Geiger, Saṃyutta translation ii.452) DN.i.63; DN.iii.164 sq. SN.i.172 = Snp.76; SN.v.196; Dhp.144; AN.i.150, AN.i.210; AN.iii.4 sq. AN.iii.352; AN.iv.23; AN.v.96; Dhs.12; Mil.34 sq.; Tikp.61, Kp.166, Kp.277, Kp.282
■ instr. saddhāya (used as adv.) in faith, by faith in (acc. or gen.) Vin.ii.289 (āyasmantānaṃ) Ja.v.176 (pabbajita); Pv-a.49 (kammaphalaṃ s.); or shortened to saddhā (-pabbajita) MN.i.123; AN.i.24; Ja.i.130. The same phrase as saddhāya pabbajita at SN.i.120 is explained as “saddahitvā” by Bdhgh (see K.S. i.321), thus taking it as ger.
cp. Vedic śraddhā: see saddahati
a believer Sdhp.39.
n. ag. fr. saddahati, i.e. sad + dhātar
adjective trustworthy DN.ii.320; AN.iv.109 (so read for ˚sika); Thig.43 Thig.69.
fr. saddhāya, ger. of saddahati
one who is trusted; nt. that which is believed, faith Pv.ii.8#5 May be misspelling for saddhāyika.
pp. of saddahati; BSk. śraddhayita
(adv.) together; as prep. (following the noun): in company with (instr.) DN.i.31; Vin.i.32 Vin.iii.188 (explained as “ekato”); Ja.i.189; Ja.ii.273; DN-a.i.35; Mil.23; also with loc. DN-a.i.15; or gen. Vin.ii.154; Ja.i.420. As adv. saddhiṃ agamāsi Ja.i.154, cp. saddhiṃkīḷita Ja.ii.20.
in form = Vedic sadhrīṃ “towards one aim,” but in meaning = Vedic sadhryak (opp. viṣvak, cp. P. visuṃ) “together.” Cp. also Vedic saṃyak = P. sammā. The BSk. is sārdhaṃ, e.g. s vihārin Avs.ii.139
neuter only in neg. a˚; (q.v.).
abstr. fr. *śraddhya
adjective wealthy, rich DN.i.73; Ja.i.334.
sa3 + dhana
one’s own religion or faith MN.i.523; Snp.1020; Bv.ii.6 = Ja.i.3.
sa4 + dhamma
co-religionist DN.ii.273.
sa2 + dhamma + ika
a dog; nom. sg sā DN.i.166 = MN.i.77; SN.i.176; SN.iii.150; Kv.336. For other forms of the same base see suvāṇa.
cp. Vedic śvā, gen. śunaḥ; Av. spā, Gr. κύων; Lat. canis, Oir. cū, Goth. hunds = hound
(= saṃ) acc. of sa4.
neuter dancing (-party) Vin.ii.267.
sa3 + nacca
see saṇati.
adjective primeval, of old; for ever, eternal DN.ii.240, DN.ii.244; SN.i.189 (cp. K.S. i.321: porāṇaka santānaṃ vā paṇḍitānaṃ dhamma); Dhp-a.i.51.
for sanātana (cp. purātana); Idg. *seno = Gr. ε ̔́νος old; Sk. sanaḥ in old times; Av. hana old, Lat. seneo, senex (“senile”), senatus; Goth sineigs old; Oir. sen old
adjective having a nave (of a wheel) DN.ii.17, DN.ii.172; AN.ii.37; at both places combined with sa-nemika “with a felly” (i.e. complete).
sa3 + nābhi + ka
adjective having a name, called Bv.ii.194 = Ja.i.28.
sa3 + nāma + ika
adjective visible DN.iii.217; Dhs.1087.
sa3 + nidassana
■ nom. sg. m. santo Snp.98; Mil.32; Cnd.635 (= samāna); f. satī (q.v.); nt. santaṃ AN.v.8; Pv-a.192
■ acc. santaṃ DN.ii.65; & sataṃ Ja.iv.435 (opp. asaṃ);
■ instr satā DN.ii.55;
■ loc. sati DN.ii.32; AN.i.176; AN.iii.338; Snp.81; Dhp.146; Iti.85; & sante DN.i.61;
■ abl. santato Ne.88; Dhs-a.206 sq
■ pl. nom. santo MN.i.24; SN.i.71; Snp.450; Iti.62; Dhp.151; nt. santāni DN.i.152;
■ acc. sante Snp.94 Snp.665;
■ gen. sataṃ MN.i.24; SN.i.17; Snp.227;
■ instr. sabbhi DN.ii.246; SN.i.17, SN.i.56; Mil.221 = Ja.v.49; Dhp.151;
■ loc santesu
■ Compar. santatara Iti.62;
■ superl. sattama (q.v.).
ppr. of atthi
calmed, tranquil, peaceful, pure DN.i.12; Vin.i.4; SN.i.5; AN.ii.18; Snp.746; Pv.iv.1#34 (= upasanta-kilesa Pv-a.230); Mil.232, Mil.409; Vism.155 (˚anga; opp. oḷārik’anga); Dhp-a.ii.13; Dhp-a.iii.83
■ nt peace, bliss, nibbāna SN.iv.370.
pp. of sammati1
tired, wearied, exhausted Dhp.60; Ja.i.498; Pv.ii.9#36 (= parissama-patta Pv-a.127).
pp. of sammati2
adjective
fr. sant; cp. BSk. santaka Divy.280 etc.
adjective limited (opp. anantika) SN.v.272.
sa3 + antaka
feminine bark Ja.v.202 (sattacaṃ?).
?
to frighten, scold, menace Ja.i.479; Ja.v.94; Thag-a.65; Pv-a.123, Pv-a.195.
saṃ + tajjeti
adverb continually, only in compounds: -kārin consistent AN.ii.187; -vutti of consistent behaviour AN.ii.187; MN.i.339; -sīla steady in character MN.i.339.
satataṃ, or fr. saṃ + tan
see sant.
feminine
fr. saṃ + tan, lit. stretch
heated, glowing DN.ii.335; MN.i.453; SN.i.169 (divasa˚); Ja.iv.118; Mil.325; Pv-a.38 (soka˚).
pp. of santappati
frightened, disturbed Ja.iii.77 (= santrasta C.).
pp. of santasati
to continue AN.iii.96 sq.; SN.iv.104; Pp.66 sq.; Snp-a.5 (see santāyati).
Caus. of saṃ + tan
to be heated or chafed; fig. to grieve, sorrow MN.i.188; Ja.iii.153
pp santatta1 Caus. -tāpeti to burn, scorch, torment MN.i.128; SN.iv.56 sq
pp santāpita.
saṃ + tappati1
satisfied, pleased Ja.ii.44; Pv.ii.8#11 (= pīṇita Pv-a.110).
pp. of santappeti
to satisfy, please DN.i.109; Vin.i.18; Ja.i.50, Ja.i.272
pp santappita.
Caus. of saṃ + tappati2
adjective inside; in compound -uttara inner & outer Vin.iii.214; Vin.iv.281; -uttarena with an inner & outer garment Vin.i.298; Thag-a.171 -bāhira within & without DN.i.74; Dhp.315; Ja.i.125; DN-a.i.218; Dhp-a.iii.488.
sa3 + antara, cp. E. with-in
to be in haste, to be agitated; ppr. -amāna (˚rūpa) Ja.iii.156, Ja.iii.172; Ja.vi.12, Ja.vi.451.
saṃ + tarati2
adjective tranquil Dhp.378.
fr. santa1
to be frightened or terrified, to fear, to be disturbed Mil.92. ppr. santasaṃ Ja.vi.306 (a˚) & santasanto Ja.iv.101 (a˚); Pot. santase Ja.iii.147 Ja.v.378; ger. santasitvā Ja.ii.398
pp santasita santatta.
saṃ + tasati2
frightened Mil.92; Pv-a.260 (= suṭṭhu tasita).
pp. of santasati
neuter
fr. saṃ + tan
santanā + ka
adjective noun burning; heat, fire; fig. torment, torture Snp.1123 (cp. Cnd.636); Ja.i.502; Mil.97, Mil.324; Vb-a.70 (various), Vb-a.245 (aggi˚, suriya˚); Sdhp.9, Sdhp.572.
fr. saṃ + tap
heated, aglow Thig.504.
pp. of santāpeti
see santappati.
to preserve (connect?) Vism.688 (better ˚dhāyati) = Snp-a.5 (reads ˚tāneti).
saṃ + tāyati
neuter & -ī (f.) conveying to the other shore SN.iv.174; MN.i.134
■ f. santāraṇī Tha-ap.234 (scil. nāvā).
fr. saṃ + tāreti1
trembling, fear, shock AN.ii.33; SN.iii.85; Ja.i.274; Mil.146, Mil.207; Pv-a.22.
saṃ + tāsa
adjective making frightened, inspiring terror Mil.387.
fr. saṃ + tāsana
adjective trembling, frightened Dhp.351.
fr. santāsa
feminine tranquillity, peace Snp.204; DN.ii.157; AN.ii.24; Dhp.202.
fr. śam, cp. Sk. ˚śānti
neuter vicinity, presence; santikaṃ into the presence of, towards Ja.i.91, Ja.i.185; santikā from the presence of, from Ja.i.43, Ja.i.83, Ja.i.189; santike in the presence of, before, with DN.i.79, DN.i.144; Dhp.32 = Mil.408; Snp.379; Vin.i.12; SN.i.33; Ja.v.467; with acc. SN.iv.74; with abl. Mhvs.205; nibbānasantike Dhp.372; instr. santikena = by, along with Ja.ii.301 (if not a mistake instead of santikaṃ or santike?).
sa2 + antika
feminine a kind of game, “spellicans” (Rh. D.); (Kern: knibbelspel) DN.i.6; Vin.ii.10; Vin.iii.180; DN-a.i.85.
unclear in origin & meaning
pres santiṭṭhati DN.ii.206; SN.iii.133; saṇṭhahati Ja.vi.160; & saṇṭhāti Pp.31; Ja.iv.469.
ppr saṇṭhahanto Vin.i.9;
pot saṇṭhaheyya Vin.ii.11; SN.v.321.
aor saṇṭhāsi Vin.i.15 saṇṭhahiṃsu (3rd pl.) SN.ii.224.
inf saṇṭhātuṃ Ja.i.438; Dhp-a.i.50
pp saṇṭhita
caus 2 saṇṭhapeti (˚ṭhāpeti).
saṃ + tiṭṭhati
neuter investigation, decision; as t.t. denoting a stage in the act of sense-cognition judging an impression (see Cpd. 28, 40, 238) DN-a.i.194; Dhs-a.264, Dhs-a.269, Dhs-a.272; Vism.459. As -ā (f.) at Ne.82, Ne.191. -kicca function of judging Tikp.33 Vism.21, Vism.454.
saṃ + tīraṇa
pleased, happy DN.i.60, DN.i.71; MN.ii.6; AN.ii.209; AN.iv.232 sq.; AN.v.25, AN.v.67, AN.v.130, AN.v.154. mahā˚ the greatly contented one, the Arahant Dhs-a.407.
pp. of santussati
feminine satisfaction, contentment DN.i.71; MN.i.13; Snp.265; Dhp.204; AN.ii.27, AN.ii.31; AN.iii.219 sq. AN.iii.432 (a˚); Dhp-a.iv.111.
saṃ + tuṭṭhi
feminine state of contentment DN.iii.115; AN.i.12; Pp.25; Vism.53; Dhs.1367 (a˚).
abstr. formation fr. last
adjective commeasurable; neg. a˚; Ja.vi.283.
metric for ˚tulya, grd. of saṃ + tuleti
contented, pleased, happy SN.iii.45 (˚tussit’ attā); Snp.1040; Dhp.362 (= suṭṭhu tusita Dhp-a.iv.90); Mhbv.31 (ss).
pp. of santussati
adjective content Snp.144.
fr. santussati
to be contented, or pleased, or happy; ppr. -amāna Snp.42
pp santuṭṭha & ˚tusita.
saṃ + tussati
contentment DN-a.i.204.
fr. saṃ + tuṣ
pp. of santharati
adjective sleeping on a rug Mil.342, Mil.359.
fr. santhata 2
neuter
fr. śam, cp. Sk. śāntvana
at Ja.i.122 is to be read saṇdhamati “to blow.”
to restrain oneself, to keep firm Snp.701 (imper. med. 2nd sg. ˚thambhassu) Pp.65; Ja.i.255; Ja.iii.95
caus -thambheti to make stiff or rigid, to numb Ja.i.10.
saṃ + thambhati
feminine & -thambhitatta (nt.) stiffening, stiffness, rigidity Dhs.636; Dhs-a.324; Ja.i.10 (a-santhambhana-bhāva).
abstr. fr. santhambhati
a couch or mat Vin.ii.162; AN.i.277; Tha-ap.97 (tiṇa˚).
fr. saṃ + str
= santhara; only as tiṇa˚; made of grass Vin.i.24; MN.i.501; Ja.i.360; Vv-a.262.
adjective spreading, strewing; ˚vāta a wind which strews things about Snp-a.67.
fr. santharati
to spread, strew DN.ii.84
pp santhata
caus santhāreti Mhvs.29, Mhvs.12
caus 2 santharāpeti to cause to be spread Vin.iv.39; Mhvs.29, Mhvs.9.
saṃ + tharati
adverb by way of spreading; in sabba˚; so that all is spread, prepared DN.ii.84; cp. Vin.i.227, Vin.i.384.
fr. santhara
acquaintance, intimacy SN.i.17; Snp.37, Snp.168, Snp.207, Snp.245; Ja.i.158; Ja.ii.27, Ja.ii.42 Ja.ii.180; Dhs.1059; Dhs-a.364; Dhp-a.i.235. nom. pl santhavāni Snp.844 = SN.iii.9; Ja.iv.98. -jāta having become acquainted, an acquaintance Mnd.198
■ a˚vissāsin intimate without being acquainted AN.iii.136.
fr. saṃ + stu, cp. santhuta
neuter acquaintance Dhs-a.364.
fr. saṃ + thavati
a council hall, a mote hall DN.i.91; DN.ii.147; AN.ii.207; MN.i.228, MN.i.353, MN.i.457; MN.iii.207; DN-a.i.256; Ja.iv.72, Ja.iv.147; Vin.i.233; Vv-a.298; Dhp-a.i.347. Cp. saṇṭhāna 3.
Sk. sansthāgāra
see saṇṭhāna.
saṃ + thāra
a spread, cover, mat Vin.ii.113 (tiṇa˚), Vin.ii.116.
santhāra + ka cp. BSk. sanstāraka Mvu.iii.272
adjective acquainted, familiar Ja.i.365; Ja.iii.63 (cira˚); Ja.v.448 (so read for santhata); Sdhp.31 Neg. a˚; Ja.iii.63, Ja.iii.221; Ja.vi.310. Cp. santhava.
saṃ + thuta
adjective acquainted Vism.78.
fr. santhuta
adjective
cp. Sk. sāndra
to flow DN.ii.128, DN.ii.129 (aor. sandittha); Ja.i.18; Ja.vi.534 (variant reading sikandati siyandati?); Pv.ii.10#4 (= pavatteti Pv-a.143)
caus sandāpeti to cause to flow Mil.122
pp sanna. Cp. vissandati & vissandaka.
syand; Dhtp.149: passavane
neuter trappings DN.ii.188 (read sandāna?).
a chariot Mhvs.21, Mhvs.25; Dpvs.14, 56; Vv.642; Ja.iv.103; Ja.v.264; Ja.vi.22.
cp. Vedic syandana
feminine a chariot Vin.iii.49; Vin.iv.339; DN-a.i.82; Kp-a.50; Vism.255.
fr. syand
is Kern’s proposed reading for santhambhita at Ja.vi.207.
fr. Sk. sandarbhati
instructing MN.i.145; AN.ii.97; AN.iv.296; SN.v.162; Iti.107; Mil.373.
fr. sandassati, Caus. of sandissati
showing Ja.i.67.
to put together, to connect, to fit, to arrange Ja.iv.336; Mhvs.vii.18; ppr. med sandahamāna Dhs-a.113; ger. sandahitvā Ja.iv.336 & sandhāya lit. after putting on Ja.iv.258 (the arrow on to the bow); fig. with reference to, concerning MN.i.503; Ja.i.203, Ja.i.274; Ja.ii.177; Pv-a.87, Pv-a.89, Pv-a.110; towards Ja.i.491; Ja.iii.295. pp. sandhīyate [& sandhiyyate]; to be put together, to be self-contained Pp.32; to be connected Snp-a.376, Snp-a.572; to reflect upon, to resent Snp.366; to be reconciled Ja.ii.114
pp saṃhita.
saṃ + dahati1
neuter applying, placing (an arrow) on the string Mil.352.
fr. saṃ + dhā
neuter , a cord, tether, fetter DN.ii.274; Thag.290; Dhp.398; Snp.622; Ja.ii.32; Ud.77 (text sandhāna); Dhp-a.iv.161.
saṃ + dāna, fr. dā to bind: see dāma
to break; ger. sandālayitvāna Snp.62.
saṃ + dāleti
seen together, a friend Ja.i.106, Ja.i.442; Vin.iii.42; yathāsandiṭṭhaṃ, where one’s friends live DN.ii.98; SN.v.152.
pp. of sandissati
feminine the visible world, worldly gain DN.iii.45, DN.iii.247; MN.i.43; Snp.891; Vin.ii.89; Mnd.288, Mnd.300 -parāmāsin infected with worldliness MN.i.97.
fr. saṃ + dṛś
visible; belonging to, of advantage to, this life, actual DN.i.51 DN.ii.93, DN.ii.217; DN.iii.5; MN.i.85, MN.i.474; AN.i.156 sq.; AN.ii.56, AN.ii.198; SN.i.9, SN.i.117, SN.iv.41, SN.iv.339; Snp.567, Snp.1137; Vism.215 sq
■ As sandiṭṭhiyā (f.) at Ja.vi.213
cp. BSk. sandṛṣṭika Divy.426
bound, tied, Thag.290 (diṭṭhi-sandāna˚).
fr. saṃ + dā: see sandāna
smeared, indistinct, husky Vin.ii.202; DN-a.i.282.
saṃ + diddha
& sandīyati to be vexed, to resent SN.ii.200 sq.; Ja.vi.570 (spelt wrongly sandhīyati C. explains as “manku hoti”).
saṃ + diyyati(= dīyati) = Sk. dīyate of dyati, i.e. dā2 to cut: see dātta
to be seen together with, to be engaged in, or to tally, agree with, to live conformably to (loc., e.g. dhamme) DN.i.102; DN.ii.75; SN.v.177; Snp.50; DN.ii.127; Ne.23; ppr. a-saṃdissamāna invisible Dāvs iv.30; Caus. saṃdasseti to teach, instruct DN.i.126; DN.ii.95; Vin.i.18; to compare, verify, DN.ii.124; ppr. sandassiyamāna DN.ii.124; Ja.vi.217 (sunakhesu sandissanti, i.e. they are of no more value).
saṃ + dissati
to kindle Ja.v.32.
saṃ + dīpeti
news, message Mhvs.18, Mhvs.13.
Sk. sandeśa
saṃ + deha
pollution, defilement MN.i.17; AN.iii.106, AN.iii.358; AN.v.292; Snp.327.
saṃ + dosa
neuter property, belongings MN.ii.180.
saṃ + dhana
blown, smelted (of gold) AN.i.253.
pp. of sandhamati
to blow, to fan Ja.i.122. - pp. sandhanta.
saṃ + dhamati
one who puts together, a conciliator DN.i.4; DN.iii.171; MN.i.345; AN.ii.209; Pp.57.
saṃ + dhātar
neuter
fr. saṃ + dhā
neuter combination Vv-a.349.
fr. sandhāpeti, Caus. of sandahati
see sandahati.
adjective checking, restraining Vism.205.
fr. sandhāreti
neuter checking Mil.352.
fr. sandhāreti
saṃ + dhāreti
to run through, to transmigrate DN.i.14; AN.ii.1; SN.iii.149; Ja.i.503; aor. sandhāvissaṃ Dhp.153 = Ja.i.76 (= apar’ âparaṃ anuvicariṃ Dhp-a.iii.128).
saṃ + dhāvati
masculine & feminine
fr. saṃ + ; dhā
adjective (-˚) , in pañca˚; having 5 links or pieces Vism.277.
see sandahati.
to shake DN.ii.336.
saṃ + dhunāti
to fumigate SN.iii.89; Pts.ii.167. As sandhūpāyati to cause thick smoke or steam thickly, at Vin.i.225; Snp.p.15 (= samantā dhūpāyati Snp-a.154).
saṃ + dhūpeti
to clean AN.i.253.
saṃ + dhovati
washing; kaṇṇa-sandhovikā khiḍḍā ear-washing sport or gambol (of elephants, with piṭṭhi˚; etc.) AN.v.202. So probably for saṇadhovika at MN.i.229, MN.i.375. Cp. sāṇadhovana (?).
fr. sandhovati
sunk Dhp.327.
pp. of sīdati
flown Ja.vi.203 (dadhi˚).
pp. of sandati
the tree Buchanania latifolia Abḥp 556.
lexicogr. Sk. sannakadru
pp. of saṃ + nam, cp. sannāmeti
pp. of sannayhati
to tie, bind, fasten, to arm oneself Ja.i.129; to array, arm DN.ii.175; Vin.i.342; to arrange, fit DN.i.96; Ja.i.273; aor. sannayhi DN.i.96; inf sannayhituṃ Ja.i.179; ger. sannayhitvā DN.ii.175; Ja.ii.77; & sannahitvā Ja.i.273.
saṃ + nayhati
to bend MN.i.365, MN.i.439, MN.i.450, MN.i.507 = SN.iv.188 (kāyaṃ sannāmeyya-i.e. to writhe) Cp. Cpd. 162 n. 5 (“strengthen”?).
Caus. of saṃ + nam
fr. sannay ati
adjective resembling, looking like Ja.iii.522; Ja.v.87 = Ja.vi.306; Ja.v.169 (C. dassana); Ja.vi.240, Ja.vi.279.
saṃ + nikāsa
neuter elimination Vb-a.355.
saṃ + nikkhepana
to restrain SN.i.238.
saṃ + niggaṇhāti
concussion, knocking against each other Dhs.621.
saṃ + nighāta
accumulation, hoarding AN.i.94; AN.ii.23; Dhp.92; Vin.ii.95; Vin.iv.243; Dhp-a.ii.171; AN.iv.108 Kp-a.62 (lohita).
saṃ + nicaya
accumulated, hoarded Mil.120.
saṃ + nicita
neuter
saṃ + niṭṭhāna
to strike Ja.v.71.
saṃ + nitāḷeti
neuter “pricking,” instigating, jeering DN.i.189; AN.i.187; SN.ii.282.
fr. saṃ + ni + tud
neuter [saṃ + nidhāna) lit. “putting down together,” proximity Dāvs v.39.
putting together, storing up DN.i.6; Snp.306, Snp.924; Mnd.372; -kāra storing DN.i.6; -kāraka storing up, store MN.i.523; Vin.i.209; Vin.iv.87; DN.iii.235; AN.iii.109; AN.iv.370. -kata stored up Vin.ii.270; put by postponed Vin.i.254.
saṃ + nidhi
to assemble, come together Ja.i.167; pp. -ita. Caus. sannipāteti to bring together convoke DN.ii.76; Mil.6; Caus. ii. sannipātāpeti to cause to be convoked or called together Ja.i.58, Ja.i.153, Ja.i.271 Ja.iii.376; Vin.i.44; Vin.iii.71.
saṃ + nipatati
come together DN.i.2; DN.ii.76.
pp. of ˚nipatati
fr. sannipatati
adjective resulting from the union of the humours of the body AN.ii.87; AN.v.110; SN.iv.230; Mil.135, Mil.137, Mil.302, Mil.304.
fr. last
adjective resembling DN.ii.17; Snp.551; Ja.i.319.
saṃ + nibha
to appoint, command Mhvs.5, Mhvs.34.
saṃ + niyojeti
neuter handing over, resignation DN-a.i.232.
saṃ + niyyātana
adjective being (quite) happy together Ja.v.405. Sannirumbhati (rundhati)
saṃ + nirata
to restrain, block, impede; ger. sannirumhitvā Ja.i.109, Ja.i.164 Ja.ii.6; Vv-a.217. sannirumbhitvā Ja.i.62; Ja.ii.341. sannirujjhitvā Vism.143; Pot. sannirundheyya MN.i.115. pp. sanniruddha Vism.278.
saṃ + nirumbhati
neuter restraining, checking, suppression Ja.i.163; DN-a.i.193; as -bhana at Vb-a.355.
fr. last
returning, return Vin.i.139 sq.
= saṃ + nivatta
to live together, to associate AN.i.78; pp. sannivuttha.
saṃ + nivasati
to restrain, check; to keep together MN.i.115; Thig.366.
saṃ + nivāreti
association, living with; community AN.i.78; AN.ii.57; DN.iii.271; Dhp.206; Ja.iv.403 loka-sannivāsa the society of men, all the world Ja.i.366 Ja.ii.205.
saṃ + nivāsa
living together (with), associating AN.iv.303 sq.
pp. of sannivasati
preparation, encampment, settlement Thag-a.257.
saṃ + nivesa
neuter position, settlement; pāṭiekka-˚ private, separate Ja.i.92.
saṃ + nivesana
feminine meeting-place Vin.i.188; Vin.ii.174 = Vin.iii.66; sannisajja-ṭṭhāna (n.) the same Vin.iii.287.
saṃ + nissajjā
pp. of sannisīdati
caus sannisādeti to make quiet to calm MN.i.116; AN.ii.94
caus 2 sannisīdāpeti to cause to halt Ja.iv.258
pp sannisinna.
saṃ + nisīdati
feminine dependency, connection Ne.80.
saṃ + nissayatā
based on, connected with, attached to Vism.43, Vism.118, Vism.120, Vism.554 (viññāṇa is “hadaya-vatthu˚”; cp. Vb-a.163).
saṃ + nissita, cp. BSk. sanniśrita
saṃ + nihita; cp. sannidhi
mixed, put together, kneaded Mhvs.29, Mhvs.11 & Mhvs.12.
pp. fr. sanneti
to mix, knead DN.i.74 (pot. sanneyya); DN.iii.29; Vin.i.47 (grd. ˚netabba); MN.i.276; SN.ii.58 sq.; Ja.vi.432
pp sannīta.
fr. saṃ + neti
adjective
to swear, curse SN.i.225; Ja.v.104, Ja.v.397; Mhvs.25, Mhvs.113; Vv-a.336
pp satta3.
śap, cp. Dhtp.184 “akkose”
adjective having a husband, a woman whose husband is alive Ja.vi.158; Pv-a.86.
feminine having the same husband; a rival wife, a cowife Pv.i.6#6; Pv.ii.3#2.
hostile, rival Thig.347; Thag-a.242; sapattarājā a rival king Ja.i.358; Ja.ii.94; Ja.iii.416; asapatta without enmity Snp.150; sapatta (m.) a rival, foe, Iti.83; AN.iv.94 sq.; Ja.i.297.
Sk. sapatna
adjective hostile, full of enmity DN.i.227.
fr. last
with the weight of the wings, carrying one’s wings with oneself DN.i.71; MN.i.180 MN.i.268; AN.ii.210; Pp.58.
sa3 + patta1 + bhāra
neuter the state of a co-wife Thig.216; Thag-a.178
■ Kern, Toevoegselen s.v. proposes reading sā˚.
feminine a co-wife DN.ii.330; Ja.i.398; Ja.iv.316, Ja.iv.491; Thig.224; Dhp-a.i.47. asapattī without any co-wife SN.iv.249.
Sk. sapatnī
an oath Vin.i.347; Ja.i.180, Ja.i.267; Ja.iii.138; Snp-a.418.
fr. śap
adverb “with the same steps,” i.e. without interruption, constant successive (cp. Lat stante pede & Sk. adv.; sapadi at once).
fr. phrase sa-padānaṃ-cārikā; i.e. sa2 + gen. pl. of pada (cp. gimhāna). Weber (Ind Str. iii.398) suggests sapadā + naṃ, sapadā being an instr. by-form of sapadā, and naṃ an enclitic. Trenckner (Miln. p. 428) says sapadi + ayana. Kern (Toevoegselen ii.73 agrees on the whole, but explains padānaṃ as pad’āyanaṃ
adverb instantly, at once Dāvs i.62.
sa2 + adv. formn fr. pada
adjective
sa3 + pariggaha
feminine a cert. class of women, the use of whom renders a person liable to punishment Vin.iii.139; AN.v.264; MN.i.286.
adjective with the sprouts Vv-a.173.
sa3 + pallava
“dog-cooker,” an outcast or Caṇḍāla Ja.iv.380. Cp. sopāka.
san + pāka; cp. Sk. śvapāka
a snake MN.i.130; AN.iii.97, AN.iii.260 sq.; Snp.768; Ja.i.46, Ja.i.259, Ja.i.310, Ja.i.372; Ja.v.447 (kaṇha˚); Mnd.7; DN-a.i.197; Snp-a.13. Often in similes, e.g. Vism.161, Vism.587; Kp-a.144; Snp-a.226, Snp-a.333. -potaka a young snake Vism.500; -phaṇa the hood of a snake Kp-a.50
■ Cp. sappin.
cp. Sk. sarpa, fr. sṛp; “serpent”
adjective correlated, having a cause, conditioned DN.i.180; AN.i.82; Dhs.1083.
sa3 + paccaya
adjective wise MN.i.225; Snp.591; often as sapañña Iti.36; Snp.90; Ja.ii.65.
sa3 + pañña
adjective producing reaction, reacting DN.iii.217; Dhs.597, Dhs.617, Dhs.648, Dhs.1089; Dhs-a.317; Vism.451.
sa3 + paṭigha
having an equal, comparable, a friend MN.i.27.
sa3 + paṭipuggala
adjective
sa3 + paṭibhāga
adjective reverential, deferential Iti.10; Vin.i.45; Vv.84#41 (cp. Vv-a.347). See also gārava.
sa + paṭissā, cp. BSk. sapratīśa Divy.333, Divy.484
adjective deferential, respectful Dhs-a.125, Dhs-a.127 = Ja.i.129, Ja.i.131; -tā deference, reverence Dhs.1327 = Pp.24.
sa + paṭissava
to creep, crawl: see saṃ˚.
sṛp, cp. Vedic sarpati, Gr. ε ̔́ρπω, Lat. serpo; Dhtp.194 “gamana”
adjective in all places, all round MN.i.153.
sa3 + padesa
neuter gliding on Dhs-a.133.
fr. sappati
adjective accompanied by wonders DN.i.198; SN.v.261; Ud.63.
sa3 + pāṭihāriya
adjective made with wonders, substantiated by wonders, substantiated, well founded DN.i.198; DN.iii.121 (“has been made a thing of saving grace” Dial. iii.115, q.v.).
sa3 + pāṭihīra + kata
adjective containing animate beings Vin.iii.125; Ja.i.198.
sa3 + pāṇa + ka
adjective likely, beneficial fit, suitable AN.i.120; SN.iii.268; SN.iv.23 sq., SN.iv.133 sq. (Nibbāna˚ paṭipadā); Ja.i.182, Ja.i.195; Ja.ii.436 (kiṃci sappāyaṃ something that did him good, a remedy); Vin.i.292 Vin.i.302; Mil.215 (sappāyakiriyā, giving a drug). nt something beneficial, benefit, help Vism.34, Vism.87 (˚sevin) Vb-a.265 (various), Vb-a.271 (˚kathā)
■ Ten sappāyas 10 asappāyas at Dhs-a.168
■ sappāyāsappāyaṃ what is suitable, and what not Ja.i.215, Ja.i.471; used as the last part of a compound, meaning what is suitable with reference to: senāsanasappāya (nt.) suitable lodgings Ja.i.215.
saṃ + pā (= pra + ā) + i, cp. pāya. The corresponding BSk. form is sāmpreya (= saṃ + pra + i with guṇa), e.g. Avs.i.255; Avs.iii.110
feminine agreeableness, suitability, convenience Vism.79, Vism.121 (a˚), Vism.127.
abstr. fr. sappāya
neuter clarified butter, ghee DN.i.9, DN.i.141, DN.i.201; AN.i.278; AN.ii.95, AN.ii.207 (˚tela); AN.iii.219; AN.iv.103; Snp.295 (˚tela). Dhs.646; Ja.i.184; Ja.ii.43; Ja.iv.223 (˚tela) Vin.i.58, etc. -maṇḍa [cp. BSk. sarpimaṇḍa Divy.3 etc.] the scum, froth, cream of clarified butter, the best of ghee DN.i.201; AN.ii.95; Vv-a.172; Pp.70; its tayo guṇā Mil.322.
Vedic sarpis
adjective noun crawling, creeping; moving along: see pīṭha˚
■ (f.) sappinī a female snake Ja.vi.339 (where the differences between a male and a female snake are discussed).
fr. sappati
adjective accompanied by the feeling of joy, joyful AN.i.81; Ja.i.10; Vism.86 (opp nippītika).
sa3 + pīti + ka
a good, worthy man MN.iii.21, MN.iii.37; DN.iii.252 (the 7 s˚-dhammā), DN.iii.274, DN.iii.276, DN.iii.283; AN.ii.217 sq., AN.ii.239; Dhs.259 = Dhs.1003; Vin.i.56; Dhp.54; Pv.ii.9#8; Pv.ii.9#45; Pv.iv.1#87; Ja.i.202; equal to ariya MN.i.8; SN.iii.4; asappurisa = anariya Snp-a.479. sappurisatara a better man SN.v.20.
sat (= sant) + purisa
adjective bearing fruit, having its reward Dhp.52.
sa3 + phala
adjective together with his shield Mhvs.25, Mhvs.63.
sa3 + phalaka
spotted, variegated Snp.675; Vism.51; Vv-a.253; name of one of the dogs in the Lokantara hell Ja.vi.106, Ja.vi.247 (Sabálo ca Sāmo ca). asabala, unspotted DN.ii.80.
Vedic śabala (e.g. A. V. 8, 1, 9) = κέρβερος, Weber, Ind. Stud. ii.297
adjective whole, entire all, every DN.i.4; SN.iv.15; Vin.i.5; Iti.3; Cnd. s.v., nom pl. sabbe Snp.66; gen. pl. sabbesaṃ Snp.1030
■ nt sabbaṃ the (whole) world of sense-experience SN.iv.15 cp. MN.i.3
■ At Vism.310 “sabbe” is defined as “anavasesa-pariyādānaṃ.” In compound with superlative expressions sabba˚; has the meaning of “(best) of all, quite, very, nothing but, all round; entirely: -bāla the greatest fool DN.i.59; -paṭhama the very first, right in front Pv-a.56; -sovaṇṇa nothing but gold Pv.i.2#1 Pv.ii.9#11; -kaniṭṭha the very youngest Pv-a iii; -atthaka in every way useful; -saṅgāhika thoroughly comprehensive Snp-a.304
■ In connection with numerals sabba˚ has the distributive sense of “of each,” i.e. so & so many things of each kind, like; -catukka (with four of each said of a gift or sacrifice) Ja.iii.44; Dhp-a.iii.3; -aṭṭhaka (dāna) (a gift consisting of 8 × 8 things) Mil.291. See detail under aṭṭha B 1.a
■ -soḷasaka (of 16 each Dhp-a.iii.3; -sata (of 100 each) Dhp-a.ii.6
■ Cases adverbially: instr. sabbena sabbaṃ altogether all, i.e. with everything [cp. BSk. sarvena sarvaṃ Divy.39, Divy.144 Divy.270; Divy.502] DN.ii.57; Pv-a.130; Pv-a.131
■ abl. sabbato “all round,” in every respect Pv.i.11#1; Ja.vi.76; & sabbaso altogether, throughout DN.i.34; Snp.288; Dhp.265; Pv-a.119; Mnd.421; Dhp-a.iv.100
■ Derivations:
-atthaka concerned with everything, a do-all Ja.ii.30 Ja.ii.74; Dhp-a.ii.151 (mahāmatta)
■ profitable to all Mil.373 (T. ṭṭh). of kammaṭṭhāna Snp-a.ii.54; Vism.97 -atthika always useful Mil.153. -ābhibhū conquering all Snp.211; Vin.i.8. -otuka corresponding to all the seasons DN.ii.179; Pv.iv.12#2; Sdhp.248. -kammika (amacca) (a minister) doing all work Vism.130. -kālaṃ always: see sadā
■ ghasa all-devouring Ja.i.288
■ ji all-conquering SN.iv.83. -(ñ)jaha abandoning everything SN.ii.284; Snp.211; Dhp.353 = Vin.i.8. -ññu omniscient MN.i.482; MN.ii.31, MN.ii.126; AN.i.220; Mil.74; Vb-a.50; Snp-a.229, Snp-a.424, Snp-a.585; Ja.i.214; Ja.i.335; -tā (f.) omniscience Pp.14 Pp.70; Ja.i.2, Ja.i.14; Ne.61, Ne.103; also written sabbaññūtā sabbaññutā-ñāṇa (nt.) omniscience Ne.103; DN-a.i.99 Vb-a.197. Also written sabbaññū˚; thus Ja.i.75 -dassāvin one who sees (i.e. knows) everything MN.i.92 -byohāra business, intercourse Ud.65; see saṃvohāra -bhumma universal monarch Ja.vi.45. -vidū all wise Snp.177, Snp.211; Vin.i.8; Dhp.353. -saṃharaka a kind of perfume “eau de mille fleurs” Ja.vi.336. -sādhāraṇa common to all Ja.i.301 sq.
Vedic sarva = Av. haurva (complete); Gr. ο ̔́λος (“holo-caust”) whole; Lat. solidus & soldus “solid,” perhaps also Lat. salvus safe
the state of being everywhere; sabbatthatāya on the whole DN.i.251; DN.ii.187; MN.i.38; SN.iv.296; AN.iii.225 AN.v.299, AN.v.344. Explained at Vism.308 (with tt).
neuter the whole of one’s property Ja.iii.105; Ja.v.100 (read: sabbasaṃ vā pan’assa haranti) --haraṇa (nt.) confiscation of one’s property Ja.iii.105 Ja.v.246 (variant reading); sabbassaharaṇadaṇḍa (m.) the same Ja.iv.204 (so read instead of sabbappaharaṇa). At some passages sabba (nt.) “all,” seems to be used in the same sense, esp. gen. sabbassa-e.g. Ja.iii.50; Ja.iv.19 Ja.v.324.
sarvasva
adjective all, entire DN.i.73, DN.i.251; DN.iii.224; AN.iii.27; AN.v.299 sq., AN.v.344 sq.
cp. BSk. sarvāvant Divy.294, Divy.298, Divy.352
see a˚.
see a˚.
adjective including the Brahma world DN.i.62; DN.iii.76, DN.iii.135; AN.i.260; AN.ii.70; SN.v.423; Vin.i.11; DN-a.i.174.
sa3 + brahma + ka
adjective noun a fellow student DN.ii.77; DN.iii.241 sq., DN.iii.245; MN.i.101; AN.ii.97; Snp.973; Vb-a.281.
sa3 + brahmacārin
adjective gone to the hall of assembly AN.i.128; Snp.397; Pp.29.
sabhā + gata
feminine
Vedic sabhā, cp. K.Z. iv.370
adjective common, being of the same division Vin.ii.75; like, equal, similar Mil.79; s. āpatti a common offence, shared by all Vin.i.126 sq.; vīthisabhāgena in street company, the whole street in common Ja.ii.45; opp. visabhāga unusual Ja.i.303; different Vism.516; Mil.79.
sa2 + bhāga
honouring, salutation Mil.2.
Dhtp.553: pīti-dassanesu
neuter = sabhā Vin.iii.200.
sa4 + bhāva
adjective wealthy DN.i.73.
sa3 + bhoga
property, possession Mil.139.
sa4 + bhoga
adjective noun sharing food (?) Vin.iv.95; Snp.102.
sa3 + bhojana
calmness, tranquillity, mental quiet Snp.896. samaṃ carati to become calm quiescent Ja.iv.172. Cp. -cariyā & ˚cārin.
fr. śam: see sammati1
fatigue Ja.vi.565.
fr. śram: see sammati2
adjective
Vedic sama, fr. sa2; see etym. under saṃ˚
adjective equal, like, same Mil.122, Mil.410; of the same height (of a seat) Vin.ii.169 samakaṃ (adv.) equally Mil.82.
cp. BSk. samaka Divy.585
counted, known Sdhp.70, Sdhp.458.
saṃ + akkhāta
adjective being in unity, harmonious MN.ii.239; DN.iii.172; AN.ii.240; AN.v.74 sq.; plur. = all unitedly, in common Vin.i.105; Ja.vi.273#2. AN.i.70 = AN.i.243; Snp.281, Snp.283; Dhp.194; Thig.161; Thag-a.143; Ja.i.198 Ja.i.209; samaggakaraṇa making for peace DN.i.4 = AN.ii.209 = Pp.57; DN-a.i.74; samagganandin, samaggarata, and samaggārāma, rejoicing in peace, delighting in peace impassioned for peace DN.i.4 = AN.ii.209 = Pp.57; DN-a.i.74; samaggavāsa dwelling in concord Ja.i.362; Ja.ii.27- samaggi-karoti to harmonize, to conciliate DN.iii.161-Cp. sāmaggī etc.
saṃ + agga
neuter agreement, consent Vin.i.316.
abstr. fr. samagga
feminine the fact of being endowed or connected with (-˚) Ja.iii.95 (paraloka˚); Vb-a.438 (fivefold: āyūhana˚ etc.).
abstr. fr. foll.
adjective endowed with, possessing Pp.13, Pp.14; Ja.i.303; Mil.342; Vb-a.438
■ samaṅgibhūta possessed of, provided with DN.i.36; AN.ii.125; Snp.321; Vin.i.15; DN-a.i.121; samaṅgi-karoti to provide with Ja.vi.266, Ja.vi.289, Ja.vi.290 (cp. Ja.vi.323: akarī samangiṃ).
saṃ + angin
feminine living in spiritual calm, quietism AN.i.55; SN.i.96, SN.i.101 sq.; Iti.16, Iti.52; Dhp.388; Mil.19; Ja.vi.128; Dhp-a.iv.145.
sama1 + cariyā
equally liberal AN.ii.62.
sama3 + cāga
(śama-) living in peace MN.i.289.
possessed of equanimity AN.i.65; AN.iv.215; Snp-a.174 (˚paṭipadā-sutta).
to sit down together Ja.ii.67 (samacchare); Ja.iv.356; Ja.vi.104, Ja.vi.127.
saṃ + acchati
adjective with mangled limbs Snp.673.
sam + ā + chida + gatta
neuter a festive gathering, fair a show, theatrical display. Originally a mountain cult as it was esp. held on the mountains near Rājagaha. Ja.ii.13; Ja.iii.541; Ja.vi.277, Ja.vi.559; SN.v.170; DN-a.i.84; Dhp-a.iv.59; Dhs-a.255
■ On character and history of the festival see Hardy, Album Kern pp. 61–66
■ gir-aggasamajjaṃ mountain fair Vin.ii.107, Vin.ii.150; Vin.iv.85, Vin.iv.267, Vin.iv.360; Dhp-a.i.89, Dhp-a.i.113. samajjaṃ karoti or kāreti to hold high revel Ja.vi.383.
cp. Epic Sk. samāja (fr. saṃ + aj) congregation, gathering, company
(B ˚-guṃ) aor. from sam-adhi-gā. (See samadhigacchati.)
to bend together Vin.iv.171, Vin.iv.363.
sam + añc
pacified, calm SN.i.236.
sama1 + cara
to think SN.i.124; see sañcinteti.
feminine designation, name DN.i.202; DN.ii.20; MN.iii.68; SN.ii.191; Snp.611, Snp.648; Ja.ii.65; Dhs § 1306; loka˚ a common appellation, a popular expression DN.i.202.
saṃ + aññā
designated, known, notorious SN.i.65; Snp.118, Snp.820; Mnd.153; Vin.ii.203.
saṃ + aññāta
a wanderer, recluse, religieux AN.i.67; DN.iii.16 DN.iii.95 sq., DN.iii.130 sq.; SN.i.45; Dhp.184; of a non-Buddhist (tāpasa) Ja.iii.390; an edifying etymology of the word Dhp-a.iii.84: “samita-pāpattā s.,” cp. Dhp.265 “samitattā pāpānaṃ ʻsamaṇoʼ ti pavuccati”; four grades mentioned DN.ii.151; MN.i.63; compare Snp.84 sq.; the state of a Samaṇa is attended by eight sukhas Ja.i.7; the Buddha is often mentioned and addressed by non-Buddhists as Samaṇa: thus DN.i.4, DN.i.87; Snp.p.91, Snp.p.99; Vin.i.8 Vin.i.350; Samaṇas often opposed to Brāhmaṇas thus, DN.i.13; Iti.58, Iti.60; Snp.p.90; Vin.i.12; Vin.ii.110 samaṇabrāhmaṇā, Samaṇas and Brāhmaṇas quite generally: “leaders in religious life” (cp. Dial. ii.165; DN.i.5; DN.ii.150; AN.i.110, AN.i.173 sq.; Iti.64; Snp.189; Vin.ii.295 samaṇadhammaṃ the duties of a samaṇa AN.iii.371; Ja.i.106, Ja.i.107, Ja.i.138; pure-samaṇa a junior who walks before a Bhikkhu Vin.ii.32; pacchāsamaṇa one who walks behind Vin.i.186; Vin.ii.32; AN.iii.137
■ samaṇī a female recluse SN.i.133; Thag-a.18; Ja.v.424, Ja.v.427; Vin.iv.235
■ assamaṇa not a true samaṇa Vin.i.96.
BSk. śramaṇa, fr. śram, but mixed in meaning with śam
a contemptible (little) ascetic, “some sort of samaṇa” DN.i.90; MN.ii.47, MN.ii.210; Snp.p.21; Mil.222; DN-a.i.254. At AN.ii.48 samaṇaka is a slip for sasanaka. Cp. muṇḍaka in form & meaning.
samaṇa + ka
hemmed Vin.i.255 (kaṭhina).
sa + maṇḍala + kata
equality, evenness, normal state Vin.i.183; AN.iii.375 sq.; Mil.351.
fr. sama3
adjective passing beyond, overcoming DN.i.34; DN.ii.290; MN.i.41, MN.i.455; Vin.i.3; Ja.v.454; Vism.111.
saṃ + atikamma
to cross over, to transcend DN.i.35; to elapse Mhvs.13, Mhvs.5; ger. samatikkamma DN.i.35; M 41; pp. samatikkanta crossed over, or escaped from SN.iii.80; Dhp.195.
saṃ + atikkamati
to stretch over, rise above, to reach beyond Ja.iv.411 (ger. samatiggayha).
saṃ + ati + gṛh
adjective with even banks (of a pond) Ja.v.407.
sama3 + tittha
adjective even or level with the border or bank, i.e. quite full, brimful DN.i.244 DN.ii.89; MN.i.435; MN.ii.7 = Mil.213; SN.ii.134; SN.v.170; Ja.i.400; Ja.i.235, Ja.i.393; Mil.121; Vism.170 (pattaṃ ˚tittikaṃ pūretvā; variant reading ˚titthikaṃ); AN.iii.403; Vin.i.230; Vin.iv.190 often written -tittika and -tittiya. [The form is probably connected with samaicchia-i.e. samaitthia (*samatisthita) in the Deśināmamālā viii.20 (Konow) Compare, however, Rhys Davids’ Buddhist Suttas, p. 1781; ˚-aṃ buñjāmi Mil.213; “I eat (only just) to the full” (opp. to bhiyyo bhuñjāmi) suggests the etymology: sama-titti + ka. Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. as above.]
sama3 + tittha + ika
to despise (aor.) samatimaññi Thig.72.
saṃ + atimaññti
to transcend, overcome Snp.768, cp. Mnd.10.
saṃ + ativattati
to penetrate Dhp.13 = Thag.133.
saṃ + ativijjhati
neuter equality AN.iii.359; Mhvs.3, Mhvs.7; equanimity, justice AN.i.75.
abstr. fr. sama3
cp. Sk. samāpta, pp. of saṃ + āp
adjective able, strong Ja.i.179; Ja.i.187; Snp-a.143.
cp. Sk. samartha, saṃ + artha
adjective unravelling Mil.1.
cp. Sk. samarthita, saṃ + pp. of arthayati
adjective able Sdhp.619.
fr. samattha
fr. śam, cp. BSk. śamatha
to attain Thag.4; aor. samajjhagā Iti.83; 3rd pl. samajjhagaṃ SN.i.103.
saṃ + adhigacchati
saṃ + adhigaṇhāti
variant reading SN.iii.120 sq.; SN.iv.46; the form is aor. of saṃdhū. See sañcopati.
neuter suppression Mhvs.4, Mhvs.35.
fr. śam
adjective endowed with mind AN.ii.48 (text, samaṇaka); SN.i.62.
sa3 + mana + ka
adjective immediate; usually in abl. (as adv.); samanantarā immediately, after, just after DN.ii.156; Vin.i.56; rattibhāga-samanantare at midnight Ja.i.101.
saṃ + anantara
to walk along together Ja.iii.373.
saṃ + anukkamati
to ask for reasons, to question closely DN.i.26; MN.i.130; AN.v.156 sq.; ppr. med samanuggāhiyamāna being pressed MN.i.130; AN.v.156; Vin.iii.91.
saṃ + anugāhati
to approve; samanujānissanti (fut. 3 pl.) MN.i.398; SN.iv.225; pp. samanuññāta approved, allowed Mhvs.8, Mhvs.11; aor. 1 sg. samanuññāsin Ja.iv.117 (= samanuñño āsiṃ Com. ib. 11715).
saṃ + anujānāti
adjective approving DN.iii.271; AN.ii.253; AN.iii.359; AN.v.305; SN.i.1, SN.i.153; SN.iv.187; Ja.iv.117.
= next
feminine approval SN.i.1; MN.i.359.
fr. samanujānāti
to see, perceive, regard DN.i.69, DN.i.73; DN.ii.198; MN.i.435 sq.; MN.ii.205; Pot. Vin.ii.89 ppr. -passanto Ja.i.140; ppr. med. -passamāno DN.ii.66; inf -passituṃ Vin.i.14; rūpaṃ attato samanupassati to regard form as self SN.iii.42.
saṃ + anupassati
feminine considering SN.iii.44; Ne.27.
fr. last
to pursue Mhvs.10, Mhvs.5.
saṃ + anubandhati
to converse or study together DN.i.26, DN.i.163; MN.i.130; AN.i.138; AN.v.156 sq.; Vin.iii.173 sq.; Vin.iv.236 sq.; DN-a.i.117.
saṃ + anubhāsati
feminine conversation, repeating together Vin.iii.174 sq.; Vin.iv.236 sq.
fr. last
to approve; fut. 3 pl. ˚maññissanti MN.i.398; SN.iv.225; aor. 3 pl. ˚maññiṃsu Ja.iv.134.
saṃ + anumaññati
to rejoice at, to approve MN.i.398; SN.iv.225; Mil.89.
saṃ + anumodati
to cross-question DN.i.26, DN.i.163; MN.i.130; AN.i.138; AN.v.156; DN-a.i.117.
saṃ + anuyuñjati
to recollect, call to mind SN.iv.196; Vin.ii.183.
saṃ + anussarati
adjective all, entire Snp.672; Mil.3. occurs usually in oblique cases used adverbially, e.g. acc. samantaṃ completely Snp.442; abl. samantā (DN.i.222; Ja.ii.106; Vin.i.32) & samantato (MN.i.168 = Vin.i.5; Mhvs.1, Mhvs.29; Vism.185; and in definitions of prefix pari˚; DN-a.i.217; Vv-a.236; Pv-a.32) instr. samantena (Thig.487) on all sides, everywhere, anywhere; also used as prepositions; thus, samantā Vesāliṃ, everywhere in Vesāli DN.ii.98; samantato nagarassa all round the city Mhvs.34, Mhvs.39; samāsamantato everywhere DN-a.i.61.
saṃ + anta “of complete ends”
the dark of night Vin.iv.54; Dhp-a.ii.94; SN.iii.60.
saṃ + andhakāra
adjective followed by, possessed of, endowed with (instr.) DN.i.50; DN.i.88; Vin.i.54 Snp.p.78, Snp.p.102, Snp.p.104. Snp-a.177 (in expln of ending “-in”), Snp-a.216 (of “-mant”); Pv-a.46, Pv-a.73
■ nt. abstr. -annāgatatta Pv-a.49.
saṃ + anvāgata
to lead, conduct properly, control, pres. sam-anv-āneti MN.iii.188; ppr. -annānayamāna MN.i.477.
samanvā + nī
struck (together), played upon DN.ii.171.
saṃ + anvāhata
saṃ + anu + āharati; cp. BSk. samanvāharati
concentration, bringing together MN.i.190 sq.; DN-a.i.123; Mil.189.
saṃ + anu + āhāra
to seek, to look for, to examine DN.i.105; SN.iii.124; SN.iv.197; Mil.37; DN-a.i.274 pres. also samanvesati SN.i.122.
saṃ + anvesati
feminine search, examination MN.i.317.
fr. last
neuter considering; a˚ SN.iii.261.
to consider, ger. ekkhiya Sdhp.536; cp. samavekkh˚.
saṃ + apekkhati
pp. of samappeti
to hand over, consign, commit, deposit, give Mhvs.7, Mhvs.72; Mhvs.19, Mhvs.30; Mhvs.21, Mhvs.21; Mhvs.34, Mhvs.21; Dāvs ii.64
pp samappita.
saṃ + appeti
struck, beaten (thoroughly) Vism.153; DN-a.i.140.
saṃ + abbhāhata
to recollect, to know Ja.vi.126.
saṃ + abhijānati
joyful Thig.461.
to inaugurate as a king Mhvs.4, Mhvs.6; v.14.
saṃ + abhisiñcati
congregation; time, condition, etc.
At Dhs-a.57 sq we find a detailed expln of the word samaya (s-sadda) with meanings given as follows: 1 samavāya (“harmony in antecedents” translation), 2 khaṇa (opportunity) 3 kāla (season), 4 samūha (crowd, assembly), 5 hetu (condition), 6 diṭṭhi (opinion). 7 paṭilābha (acquisition), 8 pahāna (elimination), 9 paṭivedha (penetration) Bdhgh illustrates each one with fitting examples cp. Dhs-a.61
We may group as follows:
cp. Sk. samaya, fr. saṃ + i. See also samiti
battle Dāvs iv.1
sa + mara
adjective impure, contaminated Vin.i.5; samalā (f.) dustbin SN.ii.270 (= gāmato gūthanikkhamana-magga, i.e. sewer K.S. ii.203); see sandhi˚.
BSk. samala
to decorate, adorn Mhvs.7, Mhvs.56; ˚kata pp. Dāvs v.36: ˚karitvā Ja.vi.577.
saṃ + alankaroti
ready Snp.345 (˚-ā savanāya sotā).
adjective having the shoulders round, one of the lakkhaṇas of a Buddha DN.ii.18; DN.iii.144, DN.iii.164; Dial. ii.15: “his bust is equally rounded.”
sama + vatta + kh., but BSk. sasaṃvṛtta˚
living together with the same duties, on terms of equality Ja.i.236.
sama + vatta1 + saṃvāsa
neuter concurrence, co-existence Ne.79.
of a goad or spur Thig.210. See samosarati.
neuter a storeroom MN.i.451.
sama + vāpaka, cp. vapati1
masculine coming together, combination SN.iv.68; Mil.376; Dhs-a.57, Dhs-a.196; Pv-a.104; Vv-a.20, Vv-a.55. samavāyena in common Vv-a.336; khaṇa-s˚ a momentary meeting Ja.i.381.
to consider, examine MN.i.225; AN.ii.32; Iti.30.
saṃ + avekkhati
one who considers Iti.120.
fr. last
adjective promoting a good digestion DN.ii.177; DN.iii.166; MN.ii.67; AN.iii.65 sq., AN.iii.103, AN.iii.153; AN.v.15.
sama + vepākin, cp. vepakka
to transfer, entrust DN.ii.231.
read saṃvossajjati !
a name Dāvs v.67.
saṃ + ahvaya
aorist Ja.iii.201 (text, samāsāsisuṃ, cp. J.P.T.S. 1885, 60; read taṃ asāyisuṃ).
refreshed, relieved Ja.iii.189.
saṃ + assattha2
to be refreshed Ja.i.176; Caus. samassāseti to relieve, refresh Ja.i.175.
saṃ + assasati
refreshing, relief Dhs-a.150 (expln of passaddhi).
saṃ + assāsa
leaning towards Thag.525.
saṃ + assita
feminine
Vedic samā
to pull along; to entice; ger. ˚iya Mhvs.37, Mhvs.145.
saṃ + ākaḍḍhati
covered, filled SN.i.6; Mil.342.
saṃ + ākiṇṇa
adjective
saṃ + ākula
to meet together, to assemble Bv.ii.171; Snp.222; to associate with, to enter with, to meet, DN.ii.354; Snp.834; Ja.ii.82; to go to see Vin.i.308; to arrive, come Snp.698; aor. 1 sg. -gañchiṃ DN.ii.354; 3rd ˚gañchi Dhp.210; Ja.ii.62; aor. 2 sg. -gamā Snp.834; ger. -gamma Bv.ii.171 = Ja.i.26; ger. -gantvā Vin.i.308; pp. samāgata.
saṃ + āgacchati
met, assembled Dhp.337; Snp.222.
pp. of samāgacchati
meeting, meeting with, intercourse AN.ii.51; AN.iii.31; Mil.204; cohabitation DN.ii.268 meeting, assembly Ja.ii.107; Mil.349; Dhp-a.iii.443 (three: yamaka-pāṭihāriya˚; dev’orohaṇa˚; Gangārohaṇa˚).
saṃ + āgama
to behave, act, practise MN.ii.113.
saṃ + ācarati
conduct, behaviour DN.ii.279; DN.iii.106, DN.iii.217; MN.ii.113; AN.ii.200, AN.ii.239; AN.iv.82; Snp.279; Vin.ii.248; Vin.iii.184.
saṃ + ācāra
ardour, zeal AN.iii.346.
saṃ + ātapa
instructing, arousing MN.i.145; AN.ii.97; AN.iv.296, AN.iv.328 AN.v.155; SN.v.162; Mil.373; Iti.107; Dhp-a.ii.129.
fr. samādapeti; cp. BSk. samādāpaka Divy.142
neuter instructing, instigating MN.iii.132.
adviser, instigator MN.i.16.
to cause to take, to incite, rouse Pp.39, Pp.55; Vin.i.250; Vin.iii.73; DN-a.i.293, DN-a.i.300; aor. ˚dapesi DN.ii.42, DN.ii.95 DN.ii.206; Mil.195; Snp.695; ger. ˚dapetvā DN.i.126; Vin.i.18 ger. samādetvā (sic) Mhvs.37, Mhvs.201; ppr. pass. -dapiyamāna DN.ii.42.
saṃ + ādapeti, cp. BSk. samādāpayati Divy.51
to put together SN.i.169. jotiṃ s. to kindle a fire Vin.iv.115; cittaṃ s. to compose the mind, concentrate MN.i.116; pres. samādheti Thig.50; pr. part. samādahaṃ SN.v.312; ppr. med. samādahāna SN.i.169; aor 3rd pl. samādahaṃsu DN.ii.254. Pass samādhiyati to be stayed, composed DN.i.73; MN.i.37; Mil.289; Caus. ii. samādahāpeti Vin.iv.115
pp samāhita.
saṃ + ādahati1
taken up, undertaken AN.ii.193.
pp. of samādiyati
to take with oneself, to take upon oneself, to undertake DN.i.146; imper. samādiya Bv.ii.118 = Ja.i.20; aor. samādiyi SN.i.232; Ja.i.219; ger samādiyitvā SN.i.232; & samādāya having taken up, i.e. with DN.i.71; Pp.58; DN-a.i.207; Mhvs.1, Mhvs.47; having taken upon himself, conforming to DN.i.163; DN.ii.74; Dhp.266; Snp.792, Snp.898, Snp.962; samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu he adopts and trains himself in the precepts DN.i.63; SN.v.187; Iti.118; Snp.962 (cp. Mnd.478)
pp samādinna.
saṃ + ādiyati1
to indicate, to command DN.i.211; Mhvs.38, Mhvs.59.
saṃ + ādisati
neuter putting together, fixing; concentration Vism.84 (= sammā ādhānaṃ ṭhapanaṃ) in defn of samādhi as “samādhān’ aṭṭhena.”
saṃ + ā + dhā
fr. saṃ + ā + dhā
adjective excessive, abundant DN.ii.151; Ja.ii.383; Ja.iv.31.
sama + adhika
is Passive of samādahati.
adjective similar, equal, even, same Snp.18, Snp.309; Ja.ii.108. Cp. sāmañña1.
Vedic samāna, fr. sama3
ppr. fr. as to be
adjective equanimous, of even mind AN.iv.364.
samāna + attan
feminine equanimity, impartiality AN.ii.32 = AN.ii.248; AN.iv.219, AN.iv.364; DN.iii.152, DN.iii.190 sq., DN.iii.232.
abstr. fr. last
(all) equally, in common Snp.24.
instr. fem. of samāna, used adverbially, Vedic samānyā
brought home, settled Mil.349.
pp. of samāneti
saṃ + āneti
pp samāpajjita samāpanna.
saṃ + āpajjati
neuter entering upon, passing through (?) Mil.176.
fr. last
attained, reached, got into DN.ii.109 (parisā ˚pubbā).
pp. of ˚āpajjati
misprint for sammā˚ AN.i.69.
feminine attainment AN.iii.5; SN.ii.150 sq.; SN.iv.293 (saññā-vedayita-nirodha˚); Dhs.30 Dhs.101; a stage of meditation AN.i.94; Dhs.1331; Ja.i.343 Ja.i.473; Pv-a.61 (mahā-karuṇā˚); Mnd.100, Mnd.106, Mnd.139, Mnd.143 the Buddha acquired anekakoṭisata-sahassā s. Ja.i.77. The eight attainments comprise the four Jhānas, the realm of the infinity of space, realm of the infinity of consciousness, realm of nothingness, realm of neither consciousness nor unconsciousness Pts.i.8, Pts.i.20 sq. Mnd.108, Mnd.328; Bv.192 = Ja.i.28, Ja.i.54; necessary for becoming a Buddha Ja.i.14; acquired by the Buddha Ja.i.66 the nine attainments, the preceding and the trance of cessation of perception and sensation SN.ii.216, SN.ii.222 described MN.i.159 sq. etc.; otherwise called anupubbavihārā DN.ii.156; AN.iv.410, AN.iv.448 & passim [cp. Divy.95 etc.]
■ In collocation with jhāna, vimokkha, and samādhi Vin.i.97; AN.iii.417 sq.; cp. Cpd. 59, 133 n. 3 -bhāvanā realizing the attainments Ja.i.67; -kusalatā success in attainment DN.iii.212; Dhs.1331 sq.
fr. saṃ + ā + pad
one who has acquired Ja.i.406.
fr. last
adjective longing for attainment Kv.502 sq.
samāpatti + esiya, adj. to esikā
having attained, got to, entered, reached SN.iv.293 (saññā-nirodhaṃ); AN.ii.42 (arahatta-maggaṃ entered the Path); Dhp.264 (icchālobha˚ given to desire); Kv.572 (in special sense attaining the samāpattis).
pp. of samāpajjati
adjective possessed of the samāpattis DN-a.i.119.
last + ka
to complete, conclude Mhvs.5, Mhvs.280; Mhvs.30, Mhvs.55; DN-a.i.307 (desanaṃ)
pp samatta2.
saṃ + āpeti
to come together, to be united Ja.iii.38.
saṃ + āyāti
combined, united Mil.274.
saṃ + āyuta
combination, conjunction DN-a.i.95; Sdhp.45, Sdhp.469.
saṃ + āyoga
adjective including Māra Vin.i.11 = SN.v.423; DN.i.250; DN.iii.76, DN.iii.135 & passim.
sa3 + māra + ka
undertaken SN.iv.197; Dhp.293; Ja.ii.61.
pp. of samārabhati
saṃ + ārambha
to begin, undertake MN.i.227; Mhvs.5, Mhvs.79
pp samāraddha.
saṃ + ārabhati2
to climb up, to ascend, enter; pres. samārohati Ja.vi.209 (cp. samorohatī p. 206, read samārohatī); aor. samārūhi Mhvs.14, Mhvs.38
pp samārūḷha
caus samāropeti to raise, cause to enter Mil.85; to put down, enter Ne.4, Ne.206.
saṃ + āruhati
ascended, entered MN.i.74.
pp. of samāruhati
one of the Hāras Ne.1, Ne.2, Ne.4, Ne.108, Ne.205 sq., Ne.256 sq.
fr. samāropeti
to speak to, address Ja.i.478. At Ja.i.51 it seems to mean “to recover the power of speech.” Samavaya = samavaya
saṃ + ālapati
closely united Ja.vi.475 (in verse).
fr. saṃ + ās
to sit together, associate; Pot. 3 sg. samāsetha SN.i.17, SN.i.56 sq.; Ja.ii.112; Ja.v.483, Ja.v.494; Thag.4.
saṃ + āsati
neuter sitting together with, company Snp.977.
saṃ + āsana
“exactly the same” at Ud.85 (= DN.ii.135) read sama˚.
to obtain, get; ger. samāsajja Ja.iii.218.
saṃ + āsādeti
hit, struck Snp.153 (ayosanku˚); Mil.181, Mil.254, Mil.304. Sankusamāhata name of a purgatory MN.i.337.
saṃ + āhata
pp. of samādahati
to succeed, prosper, take effect DN.i.71; Snp.766 (cp. Mnd.2 = labhati etc.); Bv.ii.59; Ja.i.14, Ja.i.267; Pot. samijjheyyuṃ DN.i.71; aor. samijjhi Ja.i.68; Fut. samijjhissati Ja.i.15
pp samiddha. Caus. ii. -ijjhāpeti to endow or invest with (acc.) Ja.vi.484.
saṃ + ijjhati
neuter fulfilment, success Dhp-a.i.112.
fr. samijjhati
ordered, requested Ja.vi.12 (= āṇatta C.).
saṃ + ajjhiṭṭha
saṃ + iñjati of ṛñj or ṛj to stretch
neuter doubling up, bending back (orig. stretching!) Vism.500 (opp. pasāraṇa). See also sammiñjana.
fr. samiñjati
gathered, assembled Vv.64#10; Vv-a.277
■ nt. as adv. samitaṃ continuously MN.i.93; AN.iv.13; Iti.116; Mil.70, Mil.116.
saṃ + ita, pp. of sameti
equal (in measure), like SN.i.6.
sa + mita, of mā
quiet, appeased Dhp-a.iii.84.
pp. of sammati1
arranged, put in order Ja.v.201 (= saṃvidahita C.).
pp. of saṃ + śam to labour
neuter state of being quieted Dhp.265.
fr. samita3
one who has quieted himself, calm, Snp.449, Snp.520; SN.i.62, SN.i.188; AN.ii.49, AN.ii.50. Cp BSk. śamitāvin & samitāvin.
samita3 + āvin, cp. vijitāvin
feminine assembly DN.ii.256; Dhp.321; Ja.iv.351; Pv.ii.3#13 (= sannipāta Pv-a.86); Dhp-a.iv.13.
fr. saṃ + i
pp. of samijjhati
feminine success, prosperity Dhp.84; SN.i.200.
fr. samijjhati
adjective rich in, abounding in Sdhp.421.
samiddhi + ka
adjective richly endowed with Thag-a.18 (Tha-ap.23); fem
■ inī Ja.v.90.
fr. samiddhi
feminine fuel, firewood Snp-a.174.
fr. saṃ + idh; see indhana
collected, composed Vin.i.245 = DN.i.104 = DN.i.238; AN.iii.224 = AN.iii.229 = DN-a.i.273; DN.i.241, DN.i.272.
= saṃhita
DN.ii.94: see sāmīcī.
one who meets, assembles; pl. samītāro Ja.v.324.
= sametar
adjective near, close (to) Snp-a.43 (bhumma-vacana), Snp-a.174, Snp-a.437; Kp-a.111; Pv-a.47 (dvāra˚ magga) (nt.) proximity DN.i.118. Cases adverbially: acc. -aṃ near to Pv-a.107; loc. --e near (with gen.) Snp-a.23, Snp-a.256; Pv-a.10, Pv-a.17, Pv-a.67, Pv-a.120.
cp. Epic & Class. Sk. samīpa
adjective being near Mhvs.33, Mhvs.52.
samīpa + ka
air, wind Dāvs iv.40.
fr. saṃ + īr
to be moved Vin.i.185; Dhp.81; Dhp-a.ii.149
pp samīrita Ja.i.393.
saṃ + īrati
stirred, moved Ja.i.393.
saṃ + īrita
to move, stir; to be active; to long for, strive after Snp.1064 (cp. Cnd.651); Vv.5#1; Vv-a.35; Ja.v.388
pp samīhita.
saṃ + īhati
neuter endeavour, striving after, pursuit Ja.v.388.
pp. of samīhati
to extol, to praise Snp.132, Snp.438; MN.i.498
pp samukkaṭṭha.
saṃ + ukkaṃsati
exalted AN.iv.293; Thag.632.
saṃ + ukkaṭṭha
= ukkācanā Vb.352; Vism.23.
despised, rejected Vin.iii.95; Vin.iv.27.
saṃ + ukkheṭita
a box, basket Ja.i.265, Ja.i.372, Ja.i.383; Mil.153, Mil.247; Sdhp.360 (read samuggābhaṃ) Samugga-jātaka the 436th Jātaka Ja.iii.527 sq. (called Karaṇḍaka-Jātaka ibid.; v.455).
Class. Sk. samudga
to seize, grasp, embrace; ger. samuggahāya Snp.797; Mnd.105
pp samuggahīta.
saṃ + uggaṇhati
arisen Vv-a.280; Ja.iv.403 (text samuggagata).
saṃ + uggata
rise, origin Vb-a.21 (twofold, of the khandhas).
saṃ + uggama
seized, taken up Snp.352, Snp.785, Snp.801, Snp.837, Snp.907; Mnd.76, Mnd.100, Mnd.193.
pp. of samuggaṇhāti
to throw out, eject Vv-a.199; to cry aloud Dāvs v.29.
saṃ + uggirati
uprooting, abolishing, removal DN.i.135; MN.i.136; AN.ii.34; AN.iii.407; AN.v.198; SN.ii.263; SN.iii.131; SN.iv.31; Vin.i.107, Vin.i.110; Ja.iii.397.
saṃ + ugghāta; BSk. samudghāṭa Lal.36, Lal.571
adjective removing Mil.278.
fr. last
abolished, completely removed; nt. abstr. -tta Mil.101.
pp. of samugghāteti, see samūhanati
suitable Vin.iv.147 (must mean something else here, perhaps “hurt,” or “frightened”) Dāvs v.55.
saṃ + ucita, pp. of uc to be pleased
collection, accumulation Ja.ii.235 (the signification of the particle vā); Snp-a.266 (id.)
■ samuccaya-kkhandhaka the third section of Cullavagga Vin.ii.38–Vin.ii.72.
saṃ + uccaya
see samuñchaka.
to be consolidated, to arise samucchissatha (Conditional) DN.ii.63.
derivation and meaning uncertain; Windisch, Buddha’s Geburt, p. 39, n.1 derives it fr. saṃ + mucchati Cp. Geiger, P.Gr. § 157
infatuated SN.i.187; SN.iv.71; Thag.1219. It is better to read pamucchita at all passages.
saṃ + mucchita
to extirpate, abolish, spoil, give up DN.i.34; DN.ii.74; MN.i.101 sq., MN.i.360; Ja.iv.63. pp. samucchinna.
saṃ + ucchindati
cut off, extirpated DN.i.34.
saṃ + ucchinna
cutting off, abolishing, giving up. MN.i.360 Kp-a.142; sammā s. Pts.i.101; ˚pahāna relinquishing by extirpation Vism.5 Snp-a.9 ˚maraṇa dying by extirpation (of saṁsāra) Vism.229; ˚visuddhi Pts.ii.3; ˚suññaṁ Pts.ii.180
saṃ + uccheda
adjective resplendent Ja.i.89, Ja.i.92 (pañcavaṇṇa-vattha˚). raṃsi-jāla˚ resplendent with the blaze of rays Vv-a.12, Vv-a.14, Vv-a.166.
saṃ + ujjala
adjective straightforward, perfect Snp.352; SN.iv.196 (text saṃmuju).
saṃ + uju
adjective only as nt. adv. ˚ṃ gleaning, (living) by gleaning SN.i.19; Ja.iv.466 (˚ṃ carati).
saṃ + uncha + ka
to rise up, to originate; pres. samuṭṭhāti Vin.v.1; aor. samuṭṭhahi Mhvs.28 Mhvs.16
pp samuṭṭhita
caus samuṭṭhāpeti to raise to originate, set on foot Ja.i.144, Ja.i.191, Ja.i.318.
saṃ + uṭṭhahati
neuter rising, origination, cause; as adj. (-˚) arising from AN.ii.87; Dhs.766 sq., Dhs.981, Dhs.1175; Mil.134, Mil.302, Mil.304; Ja.i.207; Ja.iv.171; Kp-a.23, Kp-a.31, Kp-a.123 Vism.366.
saṃ + uṭṭhāna
adjective originating Dhs-a.263.
fr. last
(f. ˚ikā) occasioning, causing Dhs-a.344; Vv-a.72.
fr. samuṭṭhāpeti
arisen, originated, happened, occurred Ja.ii.196; Dhs.1035.
pp. of samuṭṭhahati
to pass over Mil.372.
saṃ + uttarati
adjective instigating, inciting, gladdening MN.i.146; AN.ii.97; AN.iv.296, AN.iv.328; AN.v.155; SN.v.162; Iti.107.
fr. samuttejeti
to excite, gladden, to fill with enthusiasm Vin.i.18; DN.i.126. Cp. BSk. samuttejayati e.g. Divy.80.
saṃ + ud + tij
saṃ + udaya
to result, rise; to be got, to be at hand DN.i.116; MN.i.104
pp samudāgata.
saṃ + udāgacchati
arisen, resulted; received SN.ii.24; Snp.648 (= āgata C.).
pp. of last
beginning Ja.i.2.
saṃ + ud + āgama
pp samudāciṇṇa.
saṃ + ud + ācarati
neuter practice Mil.59.
abstr. fr. samudācarita, pp. of samudācarati
behaviour, practice, habit, familiarity Ja.iv.22; Snp-a.6; Dhs-a.392; Pv-a.279.
saṃ + ud + ācāra
practised, indulged in Ja.ii.33; Tikp.320.
pp. of samudācarati
adjective to be procured or attained Ja.iii.313 (su˚).
grd. of samudāneti
collected, procured Ja.iv.177.
pp. of samudāneti, cp. BSk. samudānīta Mvu.i.231
to collect, procure, attain get MN.i.104; Snp.295
pp -ānīta.
saṃ + ud + āneti; cp. BSk. samudānayati Divy.26, Divy.50, Divy.490; Avs.i.199
multitude, quantity Vv-a.175; the whole Vv-a.276.
fr. saṃ + ud + ā + i
restrained Dhs-a.75.
saṃ + ud + āvaṭa? Better read as saṃ + udāvatta
talk, conversation Mil.344; piya˚; AN.v.24, AN.v.27, AN.v.90 AN.v.201, AN.v.339; Thag-a.226.
saṃ + udāhāra, cp. BSk. samudāhāra Divy.143
to behold Thag-a.147 (Tha-ap.52).
saṃ + udikkhati
saṃ + udita1
neuter moving MN.i.119; DN.i.76; Vism.365; Dhs-a.307.
saṃ + udīraṇa in meaning udīreti 1
uttered Ja.vi.17.
saṃ + udīrita
to arise; pres. samudayati (variant reading samudīyati) SN.ii.78; samudeti AN.iii.338; pp. samudita.
saṃ + udeti
a (large) quantity of water, e.g. the Ganges; the sea the ocean DN.i.222; MN.i.493; AN.i.243; AN.ii.48 sq. AN.iii.240; DN.iii.196, DN.iii.198; SN.i.6, SN.i.32, SN.i.67; Ja.i.230; Ja.iv.167 Ja.iv.172; Dhp.127; Mnd.353; Snp-a.30; Pv-a.47, Pv-a.104, Pv-a.133 Pv-a.271; explained by adding sāgara, SN.ii.32; four oceans SN.ii.180, SN.ii.187; Thag-a.111. Often characterized as mahā the great ocean, e.g. Vin.ii.237; AN.i.227; AN.ii.55 AN.iii.52; AN.iv.101; Snp-a.371; Dhp-a.iii.44. Eight qualities AN.iv.198, AN.iv.206; popular etymology Mil.85 sq. (viz “yattakaṃ udakaṃ tattakaṃ loṇaṃ,” and vice versa) the eye etc. (the senses), an ocean which engulfs all beings SN.iv.157 (samudda = mahā udakarāsi)
■ Cp sāmuddika.
cp. Vedic samudra, fr. saṃ + udra, water
metri causa instead of samudaya Iti.16, Iti.52.
pulled out, eradicated Mhvs.59, Mhvs.15; Ja.vi.309; Sdhp.143.
saṃ + uddhaṭa
neuter pulling out, salvation Mil.232.
saṃ + uddharaṇa
to take out or away; to lift up, carry away, save from; aor. samuddhari Ja.vi.271 samuddhāsi (aor. thus read instead of samuṭṭhāsi Ja.v.70.
saṃ + uddharati
moistened, wet, immersed SN.iv.158; cp. the similar passage AN.ii.211 with ref. to taṇhā as a snare (pariyonaddha).
saṃ + unna
to raise, elevate, Thag.29.
saṃ + unnameti
to approach Mil.209.
saṃ + upagacchati
to produce; ˚janiyamāna (ppr. pass.) Ne.195.
saṃ + upa + janeti
to serve, help; pres. samupaṭṭhāti Sdhp.283; aor. samupaṭṭhahi Mhvs.33 Mhvs.95.
saṃ + upaṭṭhahati
set up; heaped, massed, in full swing (of a battle), crowded MN.i.253; DN.ii.285; SN.i.98; Mil.292; Ja.i.89.
saṃ + upa + viyūḷha
resembling Mhvs.37, Mhvs.68; also samūpama Ja.i.146; Ja.v.155; Ja.vi.534.
saṃ + upama
ascended Dāvs iv.42.
saṃ + uparūḷha
adorned Mil.2.
saṃ + upasobhita
to come to; aor. samupāgami Mhvs.36, Mhvs.91; pp. samupāgata.
saṃ + upāgacchati
come to, arrived at Mhvs.37, Mhvs.115; Mhvs.38, Mhvs.12; Ja.vi.282; Sdhp.324.
saṃ + upāgata
being on a level with the water Mil.237 (Trenckner conjectures samupodika). The better reading, however, is samupp˚, sama = peace, quiet, thus “producing quiet,” calm.
endowed with, Mil.352.
saṃ + upeta
to arise, to be produced SN.iv.218; pp. samuppanna.
saṃ + uppajjati
feminine origin, arising SN.iv.218.
arisen, produced, come about Snp.168, Snp.599; Dhs.1035.
saṃ + uppanna
origin, arising, genesis, coming to be, production Vin.ii.96; SN.iii.16 sq.; Iti.17; AN.iii.406 (dhamma˚); Ja.vi.223 (anilūpana-samuppāda, v. read ˚-samuppāta, “swift as the wind”); Vism.521 (sammā & saha uppajjati = samuppāda). Cp. paṭicca˚.
saṃ + uppāda
adjective jumping or bubbling up Snp.670 (˚āso nom. pl.).
fr. saṃ + uppilavati
sprinkled Ja.vi.481.
saṃ + ud + phosita
to carry Dāvs iii.3; Dāvs v.35; ppr. samubbahanto Ja.vi.21 (making display of).
saṃ + ubbahati2
borne from, produced from Dāvs ii.25.
saṃ + ud + bhūta
energetic, devoted Vv.63#33; Vv-a.269.
saṃ + uyyuta
to talk, converse Vin.iii.187; Pv-a.237; ppr. samullapanto Ja.iii.49.
saṃ + ullapati
neuter talking (with), conversation Snp-a.71.
saṃ + ullapana
conversation, talk Mil.351.
= last
saṃ + ud + śri, cp. BSk. samucchraya “body,” Divy.70 = Avs.i.162
lifted, raised Ja.iii.408.
saṃ + ussāpita
instigated Vv-a.105.
saṃ + ussāhita
saṃ + ussita
to raise, lift up, Pot. samusseyya AN.i.199 (here = to be grandiloquent)
pp samussita.
saṃ + ud + śri
is variant reading for su-vūpasanta (?) “calmed,” at Kp-a.21.
saṃ + upasanta
adjective including the root Thig.385; Thag-a.256.
sa3 + mūla + ka
multitude, mass, aggregation Ne.195; Pv-a.49, Pv-a.127, Pv-a.157 (= gaṇa), Pv-a.200 (id.).
fr. saṃ + vah, uh
taken out, removed DN.i.136; SN.iii.131; Thag.604; Dhp.250; Snp.14, Snp.360; Iti.83; Ja.iv.345 (Kern, wrongly, “combined”).
pp. of samūhanati
neuter abolition MN.iii.151.
abstr. fr. samūhata
to remove, to abolish Vin.i.110; DN.i.135 sq. (˚hanissati); DN.ii.91 = SN.v.432; MN.i.47 MN.ii.193; SN.v.76; Ja.i.374 = Snp.360; Snp.14, Snp.369, Snp.1076 sikkhāpadaṃ Vin.iii.23; DN.ii.154; uposathāgāraṃ to discontinue using a Vihāra as an Uposathāgāra Vin.i.107; sīmaṃ to remove the boundary Vin.i.110.
pres also samūhanti SN.iii.156;
pot samūhaneyya Vin.i.110
imper samūhantu DN.ii.154; & ˚ūhanatu Mil.143;
ger samūhanitvā MN.i.47; Vin.i.107; a˚ MN.iii.285;
inf samugghātuṃ Mhvs.37, Mhvs.32;
grd samūhantabba Vin.i.107
caus 2 samugghātāpeti to cause to be removed, i.e. to put to death Mil.193; samūhanāpeti Mil.142.
pp samūhata & (Caus.); samugghātita.
saṃ + ūhanati2
to gather, collect Mhvs.37, Mhvs.245.
Caus. of saṃ + uh = vah
to consider, to seek, look for; Pot. samekkhe Ja.iv.5; ppr. samekkhamāna Thag.547 & samekkhaṃ Ja.ii.65; ger. samekkhiya Mhvs.37, Mhvs.237.
saṃ + ikkhati
associating with Mil.396; connected with, provided with Mhvs.19, Mhvs.69; combined, constituted Snp.873, Snp.874.
pp. of sameti
imper sametu Ja.iv.93#2;
fut samessati SN.iv.379; Iti.70;
aor samiṃsu Bv.ii.199; SN.ii.158 = Iti.70; & samesuṃ Ja.ii.30#2
ger samecca 1 (coming) together with DN.ii.273; Ja.vi.211, Ja.vi.318 2 having acquired or learnt, knowing SN.i.186; Snp.361, Snp.793; AN.ii.6
pp samita & sameta [= saṃ + ā + ita].
saṃ + eti
SN.ii.285; read samāhitā.
moved, set in motion; filled with (-˚), pervaded by Snp.937; Mnd.410; Ja.vi.529; Vism.172.
saṃ + erita
besprinkled, covered (with) Ja.i.233.
pp. of samokirati
to sprinkle Bv.ii.178 = Ja.i.27. - pp. samokiṇṇa.
saṃ + okirati
gathered, arranged Ja.v.156 (= surocita C.).
saṃ + ocita
strewn all over, spread Vv.81#6 (vv.ll. samogata and samohata); Ja.i.183; Tha-ap.191.
saṃ + otata
to descend Mhvs.10, Mhvs.57.
saṃ + otarati
adverb at the water’s edge Vin.i.6 = MN.i.169 = DN.ii.38.
saṃ + odakaṃ
to put together, supply, apply SN.i.7; SN.iv.178 sq.; to fix Ne.165, Ne.178; ppr. samodahaṃ SN.i.7 = SN.iv.179; ger. samodahitvā SN.iv.178; & samodhāya Vism.105; Sdhp.588
pp samohita.
saṃ + odahati
united Vv-a.186 (so read for samm˚), Vv-a.320; cp. samudita.
neuter collocation, combination Bv.ii.59 = Ja.i.14; SN.iv.215 = SN.v.212; application (of a story) Ja.ii.381. samodhānaṃ gacchati to come together, to combine, to be contained in Vin.i.62; MN.i.184 = SN.i.86; SN.v.43, SN.v.231 = AN.v.21 (Com. odhānapakkhepaṃ) AN.iii.364; Snp-a.2; Vism.7; Vb-a.107 samodhānagata wrapped together Mil.362; samodhānaparivāsa a combined, inclusive probation Vin.ii.48 sq.
saṃ + odhāna, cp. odahana
feminine combination, application, pursuance, in vutti˚; Ja.iii.541 (so read for vatti˚).
abstr. fr. samodhāna
to combine, put together, connect Ja.i.9, Ja.i.14; DN-a.i.18; Snp-a.167, Snp-a.193, Snp-a.400 especially jātakaṃ s. to apply a Jātaka to the incident Ja.i.106, Ja.i.171; Ja.ii.381 & passim.
Denom. fr. samodhāna
barricading, torpor Dhs.1157; Dhs-a.379.
saṃ + orodha
to descend; ger. samoruyha Mhvs.10, Mhvs.35.
saṃ + orohati
neuter coming together, meeting, union, junction DN.i.237; DN.ii.61; SN.iii.156; SN.v.42 sq., SN.v.91; AN.iii.364; Mil.38.
saṃ + osaraṇa
saṃ + osarati
infatuated Pp.61.
pp. of samodahati
to tremble, to be shaken Vin.i.12; DN.ii.12, DN.ii.108; MN.i.227; MN.iii.120
caus sampakampeti to shake DN.ii.108.
saṃ + pakampati
indignation Dhs.1060.
saṃ + pakopa
to aspire to, to enter into Mil.35.
saṃ + pakkhandati, cp. BSk. sampraskandati Mvu.ii.157
neuter aspiration Mil.34 sq.
saṃ + pakkhandana
pp sampaggahīta.
saṃ + pagganhāti
support, patronage Mhvs.4, Mhvs.44.
saṃ + paggaha
uplifted Mil.309.
saṃ + paggahīta
assumption, arrogance Dhs.1116.
sound, noise Mhbv.45.
adjective abundant, very many AN.ii.59, AN.ii.61; SN.i.110.
saṃ + pacura
neuter attention, consideration, discrimination, comprehension, circumspection AN.i.13 sq.; AN.ii.93; AN.iii.307; AN.iv.320; AN.v.98 sq. SN.iii.169; DN.iii.213 (sati + samp. opp. to muṭṭha-sacca asampajañña), DN.iii.273. Description of it in detail at DN-a.i.183 sq. = Vb-a.347 sq., where given as fourfold, viz sātthaka˚, sappāya˚, gocara˚, asammoha˚, with examples Often combined with sati, with which almost synonymous, e.g. at DN.i.63; AN.i.43; AN.ii.44 sq.; AN.v.115, AN.v.118.
fr. sampajāna, i.e. *sampajānya
adjective thoughtful, mindful attentive, deliberate, almost syn. with sata, mindful DN.i.37; DN.ii.94 sq.; Snp.413, Snp.931; Iti.10, Iti.42; Pp.25; DN.iii.49, DN.iii.58, DN.iii.221, DN.iii.224 sq.; AN.iv.47 sq., AN.iv.300 sq., AN.iv.457 sq. Mnd.395; Cnd.141. sampajānakārin acting with consideration or full attention DN.i.70; DN.ii.95, DN.ii.292; AN.ii.210 AN.v.206; Vb-a.347 sq.; DN-a.i.184 sq.; sampājanamusāvāda deliberate lie Vin.iv.2; Iti.18; DN.iii.45; AN.i.128 AN.iv.370; AN.v.265; Ja.i.23.
saṃ + pajāna, cp. pajānāti; BSk. samprajāna, Mvu.i.206; Mvu.ii.360
to know SN.v.154; Snp.1055; Cnd.655.
saṃ + pajānāti
saṃ + pajjati
adjective in flames, ablaze AN.iv.131; Vin.i.25; DN.i.95; DN.ii.335; Ja.i.232; Mil.84.
saṃ + pajjalita
adverb now Ja.iv.432 (= sampati, idāni C.).
loc. fr. saṃ + paṭi + ka
summing up, agreement Kp-a.100.
saṃ + paṭiggaha
to receive, accept Ja.i.69; Ja.iii.351; Mhvs.6, Mhvs.34; ovādaṃ s. to comply with an admonition Ja.iii.52; sādhū ti s. to say “well” and agree Ja.ii.31; Mil.8. Caus. ii. sampaṭicchāpeti Ja.vi.336.
saṃ + paṭicchati
neuter acceptance, agreement Dhs-a.332; Snp-a.176 (“sādhu”); Vism.21; Sdhp.59, Sdhp.62.
fr. last
feminine squatting down, lying down Thag-a.111.
saṃ + paṭi + nipajjā
to penetrate; Pass. sampaṭivijjhiyati Ne.220.
saṃ + paṭivijjhati
penetration Ne.27, Ne.41, Ne.42, Ne.220.
saṃ + paṭivedha
deliberately SN.ii.111; contracted from ger. ˚-saṃkhāya.
to jump about, to fly along or about Ja.vi.528 (dumā dumaṃ); imper, sampatantu ib. Ja.vi.448 (itarītaraṃ); ppr. sampatanto flying to Ja.iii.491. pp. sampatita.
saṃ + patati
now Mil.87; sampatijāta, just born DN.ii.15 = MN.iii.123. Cp. sampaṭike.
saṃ + paṭi; cp. Sk. samprati
jumping about Ja.vi.507.
pp. of sampatati
reached, arrived, come to, present Ja.iv.142; Mil.9, Mil.66; Pv-a.12; Kp-a.142; Snp-a.295; Sdhp.56.
pp. of sampāpuṇāti
merged in, given to Ud.75.
read sammattaka (?)
feminine
saṃ + patti2
feminine entreating, imploring Dhs.1059.
saṃ + patthanā
feminine
fr. saṃ + pad, cp. BSk. sampadā Divy.401 (devamanuṣya˚), also sampatti
to hand on, give over Ja.iv.204 (aor. ˚padāsi).
saṃ + padāti
neuter the dative relation Ja.v.214 (upayogatthe), Ja.v.237 (karaṇatthe); Snp-a.499 (˚vacana).
saṃ + padāna
to tear, to cut MN.i.450; AN.ii.33 = SN.iii.85; SN.iii.155; Mhvs.23, Mhvs.10
■ Act. intrs sampadālati to burst Ja.vi.559 (= phalati, C.).
saṃ + padāleti
kindled Sdhp.33.
saṃ + paditta
corrupted, wicked Ja.vi.317 (a˚); Sdhp.70.
saṃ + paduṭṭha
to be corrupted, to trespass Vin.iv.260; Ja.ii.193; pp. sampaduṭṭha.
saṃ + padussati
wickedness Dhs.1060; a-sampadosa innocence Ja.vi.317 = Ja.vi.321.
saṃ + padosa1
to run away; aor. sampaddavi Ja.vi.53
pp sampadduta.
saṃ + pa + dru
run away Ja.vi.53.
pp. of sampaddavati
(˚dhūpāyati, ˚dhūpāti) to send forth (thick) smoke, to fill with smoke or incense to pervade, permeate SN.i.169; Vin.i.225; Snp.p.15; Mil.333. Cp. sandhūpāyati.
saṃ + padhūpāti
pp. of sampajjati
adjective blooming, blossoming Sdhp.245.
saṃ + pa + phulla
frivolous talk SN.v.355.
saṃ + pa + bhāṣ
to shine Mil.338.
saṃ + pa + bhās
altogether crushed or overwhelmed Ja.vi.189.
saṃ + pamathita
to crush out Mil.403.
saṃ + pamaddati
adjective confounded Snp.762.
saṃ + pamūḷha
to rejoice Vv.36#8
pp sampamodita.
saṃ + pamodati
delighted, rejoicing Sdhp.301.
saṃ + pamodita
gone forth, proceeded Dhp.237.
saṃ + payāta
to proceed, to go on;
inf sampayātave Snp.834;
pp sampayāta.
saṃ + payāti
associated with, connected Dhs.1; Kv.337; Dhs-a.42. -paccaya the relation of association (opp. vippayutta˚) Vism.539; Vb-a.206 Tikp.6, Kp.20, Kp.53, Kp.65, Kp.152 sq.; Duka-pa.1 sq.
saṃ + payutta
union, association Vin.i.10; SN.v.421; DN-a.i.96, DN-a.i.260.
saṃ + payoga
pp sampayutta.
saṃ + payojeti
future state, the next world Vin.ii.162; AN.iii.154; AN.iv.284 sq.; DN.ii.240; SN.i.108; Snp.141, Snp.864, Ja.i.219; Ja.iii.195; Mil.357; Dhp-a.ii.50.
fr. saṃ + parā + i
adjective belonging to the next world Vin.i.179; Vin.iii.21; DN.ii.240; DN.iii.130; AN.iii.49, AN.iii.364 AN.iv.285; MN.i.87; Iti.17, Iti.39; Ja.ii.74.
fr. last
to pull about, drag along MN.i.228.
saṃ + parikaḍḍhati
to cut all round MN.iii.275. (Trenckner reads sampakantati.)
saṃ + parikantati
surrounded by Vin.iii.86; Mil.155.
saṃ + parikiṇṇa
to make warm, heat, scourge MN.i.128, MN.i.244 = SN.iv.57.
saṃ + paritāpeti
adjective broken up Ja.vi.113 (˚gatta).
saṃ + paribhinna
to avoid, shun Sdhp.52, Sdhp.208.
saṃ + parivajjeti
adjective rolling about Dhp.325.
saṃ + parivatta
adjective rolling about grovelling Ja.ii.142 (turning somersaults); Dhp-a.ii.5, Dhp-a.ii.12; Mil.253, Mil.357; samparivattakaṃ (adv.) in a rolling about manner MN.ii.138; samparivattakaṃ-samparivattakaṃ continually turning (it) Vin.i.50.
saṃ + parivattaka
to turn, to roll about; ppr. samparivattamāna Ja.i.140; pp. samparivatta. Caus. samparivatteti [cp. BSk. ˚parivartayati to wring one’s hands Divy.263] to turn over in one’s mind, to ponder over SN.v.89.
saṃ + parivattati
to surround, wait upon, attend on Ja.i.61; aor. 3rd pl. samparivāresuṃ Ja.i.164 ger. samparivārayitvā Ja.i.61; ˚etvā (do.) Ja.vi.43, Ja.vi.108 Cp. sampavāreti.
saṃ + parivāreti
see parivāsita.
adjective surrounded, beset with Ja.ii.317; Ja.iii.360 = SN.i.143.
saṃ + pareta
hindrance, obstruction Ne.79.
saṃ + palibodha
broken up SN.i.123.
pp. of next
to break, to crack MN.i.234; SN.i.123; pp. sampalibhagga.
saṃ + pari + bhañj
touched, handled, blotted out, destroyed SN.iv.168 sq. = Ja.iii.532 = Vism.36.
saṃ + palimaṭṭha
adjective wrapped up, enveloped MN.i.281.
saṃ + paliveṭhita
to wrap up, envelop; ˚eyya AN.iv.131 (kāyaṃ).
saṃ + paliveṭheti
adjective intimate, friend DN.ii.78; SN.i.83, SN.i.87; Pp.36.
perhaps saṃ + pari + anka2, contracted to *payyanka → *pavanka
feminine connection, friendliness, intimacy SN.i.87; AN.iii.422 (pāpa˚ & kalyāṇa˚); AN.iv.283 sq.; AN.v.24, AN.v.199; Dhs.1326; Pp.20, Pp.24; Dhs-a.394. Cp anu˚ Vin.ii.88.
fr. last
adjective described, praised Ja.vi.398.
saṃ + pa + vaṇṇita
an instigator AN.iii.133.
saṃ + pavattar
to produce, set going AN.iii.222 (saṃvāsaṃ); Mhvs.23, Mhvs.75.
saṃ + pavatteti
to blow, to be fragrant MN.i.212; Ja.vi.534; Vv-a.343 (= Vv.84#32).
saṃ + pavāti
to make fragrant, Vv.81#6, Vv.84#32; Vv-a.344.
saṃ + pavāyati
neuter making fragrant Vv-a.344.
fr. last
to cause to accept, to offer, to regale, serve with; ger. sampavāretvā Vin.i.18; Vin.ii.128; DN.i.109; aor. sampavāresi DN.ii.97.
saṃ + pavāreti; cp. BSk. saṃpravārayati Divy.285, Divy.310, etc.; Avs.i.90; Mvu.iii.142
to be shaken violently, to be highly affected Vin.i.12; DN.ii.12, DN.ii.108; MN.i.227 Thig.231; Ja.i.25; SN.iv.71
caus sampavedheti to shake violently DN.ii.108; MN.i.253; Mnd.316, Mnd.371 (pp. ˚pavedhita).
saṃ + pavedhati
to be shaken Snp.28; Mil.386.
serenity, pleasure DN.ii.211, DN.ii.222; AN.ii.199; MN.ii.262.
saṃ + pasāda
neuter tranquillizing DN.i.37; Dhs.161; Mil.34; Vism.156; Dhs-a.170 (in the description of the second Jhāna); happiness, joy Bv.i.35.
saṃ + pasādana
adjective leading to serenity, inspiring faith DN.iii.99 sq. (the S. Suttanta), DN.iii.116.
saṃ + pasādaniya
to stretch out, to distract Vism.365
pass sampasāriyati AN.iv.47; Mil.297; Dhs-a.376.
saṃ + pasāreti
to be tranquillized, reassured DN.i.106; MN.i.101; DN-a.i.275.
saṃ + pasīdati
neuter becoming tranquillized Ne.28.
fr. last
to see, behold; to look to, to consider; ppr sampassanto Vin.i.42; DN.ii.285; sampassaṃ Dhp.290.
saṃ + passati
adjective gladdening MN.i.146; AN.ii.97; AN.iv.296, AN.iv.328; AN.v.155; Iti.107; Mil.373.
fr. next
to be glad; pp. sampahaṭṭha
caus sampahaṃseti to gladden, delight Vin.i.18; DN.i.126.
saṃ + pahaṃsati2
neuter being glad, pleasure; approval Pts.i.167; Vism.148 (˚ā); Kp-a.100 (“evaṃ”); Snp-a.176 (“sādhu”); Sdhp.568.
fr. sampahaṃsati
adjective beaten, struck (of metal), refined, wrought SN.i.65 (sakusala˚; Bdhgh ukkāmukhe pacitvā s.; K.S. i.321); Snp.686 (sukusala˚ Snp-a.486: “kusalena suvaṇṇakārena sanghaṭṭitaṃ sanghaṭṭentena tāpitaṃ”).
saṃ + pahaṭṭha1
gladdened, joyful Sdhp.301.
saṃ + pahaṭṭha2
clashing, beating together, impact, striking; battle, strife DN.ii.166; Pp.66 sq.; DN-a.i.150; Mil.161 (ūmi-vega˚), Mil.179 (of two rocks), Mil.224.
saṃ + pahāra
saṃ + pāka
falling together, concurrence, collision Iti.68; kukkuṭasampāta neighbouring, closely adjoining (yasmā gāmā nikkhamitvā kukkuṭo padasā va aññaṃ gāmaṃ gacchati, ayaṃ kukkuṭasampāto ti vuccati) Vin.iv.63, Vin.iv.358; kukkuṭasampātaka lying close together (lit. like a flock of poultry) AN.i.159. Cp. the similar sannipāta.
saṃ + pāta
one who obtains Mil.349.
fr. sampādeti
neuter effecting, accomplishment Ne.44; preparing, obtaining Ja.i.80.
fr. sampādeti
Caus. of sampajjati
adjective causing to obtain, leading to, bringing Ja.iii.348; Ja.vi.235.
fr. sampāpeti
neuter reaching, getting to Mil.355, Mil.356 (tīra˚).
fr. sampāpuṇāti
to reach, attain; to come to, meet with; aor. sampāpuṇi Ja.i.67; Ja.ii.20; pp. sampatta -Caus. sampāpeti to bring, to make attain Vism.303.
saṃ + pāpuṇāti
to be able to explain (DN-a.i.117: sampādetvā kathetuṃ sakkuṇoti), to agree, to come to terms, succeed DN.i.26; DN.ii.284; MN.i.85, MN.i.96, MN.i.472; MN.ii.157; AN.v.50; SN.iv.15 SN.iv.67; SN.v.109; Vin.ii.249 (cp. p. 364); aor. sampāyāsi MN.i.239. Cp. sampayāti.
dern not clear; Kern, Toevoegselen i.62 = sampādayati; but more likely = sampāyāti, i.e. sam + pa + ā + yā.
(quite) covered MN.i.281.
saṃ + pāruta
to protect Ja.iv.127.
saṃ + pāleti
neuter combining, connection, addition Vism.159 (of “ca”); Kp-a.228 (id.); Dhs-a.171.
fr. saṃ + piṇḍ˚
brought together, restored Ja.i.230; compact, firm Ja.v.89.
pp. of sampiṇḍeti
to knead or ball together, combine, unite Vism.159; Kp-a.125, Kp-a.221, Kp-a.230; Dhs-a.177; pp sampiṇḍita.
saṃ + piṇḍeti
adjective friendly; sampiyena by mutual consent, in mutual love Snp.123, Snp.290.
saṃ + piya
to receive with joy, to treat kindly, address with love Ja.iii.482; ppr. sampiyāyanto Ja.i.135; sampiyāyamāna (do.) fondling, being fond of DN.ii.223; Ja.i.191, Ja.i.297, Ja.i.361; Ja.ii.85; Dhp-a.ii.65. aor. 3rd pl. sampiyāyiṃsu Ja.vi.127.
saṃ + piyāyati
feminine intimate relation, great fondness Ja.iii.492.
saṃ + piyāyanā
to satisfy, gladden, please; aor. 2nd sg. sampesi Ja.iii.253; ger. sampīṇayitvā Dāvs iv.11.
saṃ + pīṇeti
neuter trouble, pain; asampīḷaṃ free from trouble Mil.351.
saṃ + pīḷa, cp. pīḷā
troubled; as nt., worry, trouble Mil.368.
pp. of sampīḷeti
to press, to pinch, to worry Vin.iii.126; pp. sampīḷita.
saṃ + pīḷeti
to ask DN.i.116; ger. sampuccha having made an appointment with SN.i.176.
saṃ + pucchati
the hollow of the hand (in posture of veneration), in pāṇi˚; Mhvs.37, Mhvs.192 i.e. Cūḷavaṃsa (ed. Geiger) p. 15.
cp. saṃ + puṭa (lexicogr. Sk. sampuṭa “round box”) & BSk. sampuṭa in meaning “añjali” at Divy.380, in phrase kṛta-kara-sampuṭah
shrunk, shrivelled MN.i.80.
saṃ + puṭita = phuṭita, cp. BSk. sampuṭaka Mvu.ii.127
(sampūrṇa) filled, full Snp.279; Bv.ii.119 = Ja.i.20; Mhvs.22, Mhvs.60.
in full bloom Pv.iv.12 (= niccaṃ pupphita Pv-a.275).
saṃ + pupphita
to honour MN.ii.169.
saṃ + purakkharoti
to venerate Mhvs.30, Mhvs.100.
saṃ + pūjeti
Pass. pūriyati˚; to be filled, ended; aor. sampūri (māso, “it was a full month since…” Ja.iv.458.
saṃ + pūreti
adjective noun frivolous; nt. frivolity, foolishness only in connection with expressions of talking, as samphaṃ bhāsati to speak frivolously AN.ii.23; Snp.158; samphaṃ giraṃ bh. Ja.vi.295; samphaṃ palapati Tikp.167 sq. Also in compounds -palāpa frivolous talk DN.i.4; DN.iii.69, DN.iii.82 DN.iii.175, DN.iii.269; AN.i.269 sq., AN.i.298; AN.ii.60, AN.ii.84, AN.ii.209; AN.iii.254, AN.iii.433 AN.iv.248; AN.v.251 sq., AN.v.261 sq.; Tikp.168, Kp.281; DN-a.i.76 -palāpin talking frivolously DN.i.138; DN.iii.82; AN.i.298 Pp.39, Pp.58.
not clear, if & how connected with Sk. śaśpa, grass. The BSk. has sambhinna-pralāpa for sampha-ppalāpa
adjective abounding in fruits SN.i.70; SN.i.90 = Iti.45.
saṃ + phala
contact, reaction Vin.i.3; AN.ii.117; DN.ii.62; MN.i.85; Ja.i.502; kāya-s. the touch of the skin DN.ii.75; cakkhu-, sota-, ghāna-, jivhā-, kāya-and mano-s. DN.ii.58, DN.ii.308; SN.iv.68 sq.; Vb-a.19.
saṃ + phassa
touched SN.iv.97; AN.v.103; Iti.68.
pp. of samphassati
adjective full-blown Ja.vi.188.
saṃ + phulla
to touch, to come in contact with;
ppr samphussaṃ Iti.68;
ppr med samphusamāna Snp.671; Cnd.199 (reads samphassamāna, where id. p at MN.i.85 has rissamāna);
aor samphusi DN.ii.128;
inf samphusituṃ Snp.835; DN.ii.355;
pp samphuṭṭha.
saṃ + phusati
feminine touch, contact Thig.367; Dhs.2, Dhs.71.
saṃ + phusanā
neuter the state of having been brought into touch with Dhs.2, Dhs.71.
abstr. fr. samphusita
bound together Sdhp.81.
saṃ + baddha
connection, tie DN.ii.296 = MN.i.58; Snp-a.108, Snp-a.166, Snp-a.249, Snp-a.273, Snp-a.343, Snp-a.516. ˚-kula related family Ja.iii.362; a-sambandha (adj.) incompatible (C. on asaññuta Ja.iii.266).
saṃ + bandha
to bind together, to unite Vin.ii.116; pass. sambajjhati is united, attached to Ja.iii.7; ger. sambandhitvā Vin.i.274; Vin.ii.116
pp sambaddha.
saṃ + bandhati
neuter binding together, connection Ja.i.328.
saṃ + bandhana
feminine the art of Sambari, jugglery SN.i.239 (translation “Sambara’s magic art”). Sambara is a king of the Asuras.
sambarī + māyā
neuter provision SN.ii.98; Ja.v.71, Ja.v.240; Ja.vi.531.
cp. *Sk. śambala
adjective many Vin.i.32; DN.i.2; Ja.i.126, Ja.i.329; Snp.19; sambahulaṃ karoti to take a plurality vote Ja.ii.45.
saṃ + bahula
feminine a plurality vote Ja.ii.45.
fr. sambahula
adjective in -ṃ karoti = sambahulaṃ karoti Ja.ii.197.
cp. Sk. sambādha
to be crowded DN.ii.269 (read ˚bādhāyanti).
saṃ + bādheti
to rub shampoo Ja.i.293; Ja.ii.16; Ja.iv.431; Ja.v.126; also sambāheti Mil.241;
caus sambāhāpeti to cause to shampoo Vin.iv.342;
ppr sambāhanta Ja.vi.77;
aor sambāhi Ja.i.293 Cp. pari˚.
saṃ + bāhati; Kern, Toevoegselen s. v. disputes relation to vah, but connects it with bāh “press”
neuter rubbing, shampooing DN.i.7 (as a kind of exercise for wrestlers DN-a.i.88); AN.i.62; AN.iv.54; Mil.241; Ja.i.286.
fr. last
a shell DN.i.84 = AN.i.9; AN.iii.395 (sippi˚); Ja.ii.100.
cp. Sk. śambuka
to understand, achieve, know Dhs-a.218;
inf sambuddhuṃ Snp.765 (variant reading sambuddhaṃ); Caus. sambodheti to teach, instruct Ja.i.142 Cp. sammā˚.
saṃ + bujjhati
saṃ + buddha
feminine complete understanding; adj. -vant wise Ja.iii.361 (= buddhisampanna).
saṃ + buddhi
constituent of Sambodhi (enlightenment), of which there are seven: sati, selfpossession; dhammavicaya, investigation of doctrine viriya, energy; pīti, joy; passaddhi, tranquillity samādhi, concentration; upekhā, equanimity DN.ii.79 DN.ii.303 sq.; DN.iii.106, DN.iii.226; MN.i.61 sq.; AN.iv.23; SN.v.110 sq. Cnd. s.v. Mil.340; Vb-a.135, Vb-a.310. The characteristics of the several constitutents together with var. means of cultivation are given at Vism.132 sq. = Vb-a.275 sq.
saṃ + bojjhanga
enlightenment, highest wisdom, awakening; the insight belonging to the three higher stages of the Path, Vin.i.10; DN.iii.130 sq., DN.iii.136 sq. SN.ii.223; SN.v.214; MN.i.16, MN.i.241; AN.i.258; AN.ii.200, AN.ii.240 sq. AN.ii.325 sq.; AN.v.238 sq.; Iti.27; pubbe sambodhā, before attaining insight MN.i.17, MN.i.163; MN.ii.211; MN.iii.157; SN.ii.5 SN.ii.10; SN.iv.6, SN.iv.8, SN.iv.97, SN.iv.233; SN.v.281; AN.i.258; AN.iii.82, AN.iii.240. abhabba sambodhāya, incapable of insight MN.i.200, MN.i.241 = AN.ii.200. (Cp. Dial. i.190–192.)
saṃ + bodha
neuter the vocative case Vv-a.12, Vv-a.18.
saṃ + bodhana
feminine the same as sambodha, the highest enlightenment DN.i.156; DN.ii.155; Dhp.89 = SN.v.29; Snp.478; SN.i.68, SN.i.181; AN.ii.14; Iti.28, Iti.42, Iti.117; Snp-a.73 See also sammā˚.
saṃ + bodhi1
the same as sambojjhanga AN.v.253 sq.; SN.v.24; cp. spelling sambodhi-anga at Dhp.89; Dhp-a.ii.162.
see sambujjhati.
broken SN.i.123; MN.i.237. Cp. sampali˚.
saṃ + bhagga
to consort with, love, to be attached, devoted Ja.iii.495; ppr. sambhajanto Ja.iii.108 Pot. sambhajeyya ibid. (C. samāgaccheyya)
pp sambhatta.
saṃ + bhajati
feminine consorting with Dhs.1326; Pp.20.
saṃ + bhajanā
to split, break Ja.v.32; Caus. sambhañjeti to break MN.i.237; SN.i.123; pass. aor. samabhajjisaṃ Ja.v.70
pp sambhagga
■ Cp. sampali˚.
saṃ + bhañjati
brought together, stored up; (nt.) store, provisions MN.i.116; DN.iii.190; AN.iii.38 = AN.iv.266; SN.i.35; SN.ii.185 = Iti.17; Ja.i.338; Thag-a.11.
saṃ + bhata
to subside, to be calmed; only in prep combination paṭippassambhati (q.v.).
śrambh, given as sambh at Dhtp.214 in meaning “vissāsa”
devoted, a friend Ja.i.106, Ja.i.221; Mnd.226 = Vism.25
■ yathāsambhattaṃ according to where each one’s companions live DN.ii.98; SN.v.152.
pp. of sambhajati
feminine joining, consorting with Dhs.1326; Pp.20.
saṃ + bhatti
confusion, excitement; ˚-patta overwhelmed with excitement Ja.iv.433.
saṃ + bhama, fr. bhram
to revolve Dhs-a.307.
saṃ + bhamati
saṃ + bhava
pres --bhuṇati or --bhuṇāti (like abhi-sam-bhuṇā̆ti) in the sense of “to reach” or “to be able to,” capable of Vin.i.256 (˚-bhuṇāti); Snp.396 (part. a-sambhuṇanto = asakkonto, C.); also sambhoti Snp.734, DN.ii.287; fut. sambhossāma Mhvs.5, Mhvs.100
aor sambhavi DN.i.96; 3rd pl. samabhavuṃ Dāvs v.6; ger sambhuyya having come together with Vv-a.232
pp sambhūta
caus sambhāveti (q.v.).
saṃ + bhavati
neuter coming into existence Ne.28.
fr. sambhavati
“what is carried together,” viz.
fr. saṃ + bhṛ.
neuter supposition, assumption, the meaning of the particle sace Vin.i.372#2; cp Ja.ii.29; Dhp-a.ii.77.
fr. sambhāveti
feminine honour, reverence, intention, confidence Mhvs.29, Mhvs.55; Dhs-a.163 (= okappanā); Sdhp.224.
fr. sambhāveti
honoured, esteemed MN.i.110, MN.i.145; Thag-a.200; Ja.iii.269 (= bhaddaka); Vb-a.109.
pp. of sambhāveti
grd -bhāvanīya to be honoured or respected, honourable Vv-a.152 MN-a.156
pp sambhāvita.
Caus. of sambhavati. The Dhtp (512) gives a special root sambhu in meaning “pāpuṇana”
feminine conversation, talk; sukha-˚; Ja.vi.296 (variant reading); mudu-˚; Ja.ii.326 = Ja.iv.471 = Ja.v.451.
saṃ + bhāsā
to mix Vin.i.111 (sīmāya sīmaṃ s. to mix a new boundary with an old one, i.e. to run on a boundary unduly); DN-a.i.134 (udakena). pp. sambhinna
■ Cp. sambhejja.
saṃ + bhindati
pp. of sambhindati
adjective terrified Mil.339; a-sambhīta, fearless Mil.105; Ja.iv.92; Ja.v.34; Ja.vi.302.
saṃ + bhīta
saṃ + bhuñjati
see sambhavati.
arisen from, produced Snp.272 (atta˚ self-; cp. Snp-a.304; attabhāva-pariyāye attani s.); SN.i.134.
pp. of sambhavati
belonging to the confluence of rivers (said of the water of the ocean), united SN.ii.135; SN.v.461 (various reading sambhojja).
grd. of sambhindati
mixing up, confusion, contamination DN.iii.72; AN.i.51 = Iti.36; DN-a.i.260 (jāti˚ mixing of caste); Vism.123 (of colours).
saṃ + bheda
eating, living together with Vin.i.97; Vin.ii.21; Vin.iv.137; AN.i.92; Snp-a.71; Ja.iv.127; Sdhp.435.
saṃ + bhoga
see sambhavati.
a term of familiar address DN.i.49, DN.i.225; DN-a.i.151; Vin.ii.161; Ja.i.59; Pv-a.204; plur. sammā Vin.ii.161.
as to etym. Andersen, P. Reader ii.263 quite plausibly connects it with Vedic śam (indecl.) “hail”, which is often used in a vocative sense, esp. in combination śam ca yos ca “hail & blessing!”, but also suggests relation to sammā. Other suggestions see Andersen s.v.
see sammā.
samyak
a cymbal Mil.60; Dhs.621; Ja.i.3; Dhs-a.319. - Otherwise as -tāḷa a kind of cymbal Thag.893, Thag.911; Vv.35#3; Vv-a.161; Ja.vi.60; Ja.vi.277 (-l-).
neuter smearing Vism.346.
saṃ + makkhana
smeared Ja.v.16; abstr. -tta (nt.) Vism.346.
saṃ + makkhita
to smear Vism.346.
saṃ + makkheti
see under sammā˚.
pp sammaṭṭha
caus 2 sammajjāpeti Vin.i.240.
saṃ + majjati2
adjective noun sweeping Ja.i.67; Snp-a.66 (˚ka); Vv-a.319 (T. sammajja).
fr. last
feminine a broom Vin.ii.129; AN.iv.170; Vism.105; Dhp-a.iii.7; cp. sammujjanī.
fr. last
see sammannati.
swept, cleaned, polished, smooth Vin.iii.119 (su˚); Ja.i.10; Ja.iii.395 (smooth) Spelt -maṭṭa at Mil.15.
pp. of sammajjati
pp. of sammannati
Dhtp.436 = upasama]
caus sāmeti to appease suppress, stop, AN.ii.24; Iti.82, Iti.83, Iti.117, Iti.183; Dhp.265.
to work; to be satisfactory Vin.ii.119 (parissāvanaṃ na s.), Vin.ii.278 (navakammaṃ etc. na s.).
śam to labour; pres. śamyati; pp. Vedic śamita
to be weary or fatigued.
śram (Vedic śrāmyati) Dhtp.220 = parissama, 436 = kheda
intoxicated, maddened, delighted DN.ii.266; Dhp.287; Ja.iii.188; doting on Ja.v.443; rogasammatta tormented by illness Ja.v.90 (= ˚pīḷita C.; variant reading ˚patta, as under matta2).
saṃ + matta2
neuter correctness, righteousness AN.i.121; AN.iii.441; Pp.13; Dhs.1029; Ne.44; Ne.96, Ne.112; Kv.609; Dhs-a.45; Kv-a.141; ˚kārin, attained to proficiency in Mil.191; sammatta-kāritā ibid.-The 8 sammattā are the 8 angas of the ariya-magga (see magga 2 a) DN.iii.255; the 10 are the above with the addition of sammā-ñāṇa and ˚vimutti AN.v.240.
abstr. fr. sammā
see sammā.
drowsiness after a meal DN.ii.195; AN.i.3; AN.v.83; Ja.ii.63; bhatta-˚ SN.i.7; Ja.vi.57.
saṃ + mada
to trample down Vin.i.137; Vin.i.286 (cīvaraṃ, to soak, steep); ppr. sammaddanto Vin.i.137 (to crush).
saṃ + maddati
to consult together DN.i.142; Ja.i.269, Ja.i.399; DN-a.i.135.
saṃ + manteti
ppr sammata.
saṃ + man, fr. Vedic manute, manvate, for the usual manyate: see maññati
to touch, seize, grasp, know thoroughly, master SN.ii.107; Dhp.374; Mil.325; to think, meditate on (acc.) Ja.vi.379; ppr. sammasaṃ Ja.ii.107 & sammasanto Mil.379; Ja.i.74, Ja.i.75; fem. sammasantī Thag-a.62; sammasamāna Mil.219, Mil.325, Mil.398; pp sammasita.
saṃ + masati
grasping, mastering Mil.178; Vism.287, Vism.629 sq.; cp. Cpd. 65, 210.
(nt.) fr. last
grasped, understood, mastered Ja.i.78.
pp. of sammasati
one who grasps, sees clearly Snp.69.
a pin of the yoke Abhp.449; a kind of sacrificial instrument Snp-a.321 (sammaṃ ettha pāsantī ti sammāpāso; and sātrā-yāgass’ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ). Cp. Weber Indische Streifen i.36, and sammāpāsa below.
cp. Sk. śamyā
indeclinable thoroughly properly, rightly; in the right way, as it ought to be best, perfectly (opp. micchā) DN.i.12; Vin.i.12; Snp.359 Snp.947; Dhp.89, Dhp.373. Usually as ˚-, like sammā-dhārā even or proper showers (i.e. at the right time) Pv.ii.9#70 especially in connection with constituents of the eightfold Aryan Path, where it is contrasted with micchā see magga 2 a. (e.g. Vb-a.114 sq., Vb-a.121, Vb-a.320 sq.). The form sammā is reduced to samma˚; before short vowels (with the insertion of a sandhi -d-, cp. puna-deva), like samma-d-eva properly, in harmony or completeness DN.i.110; Vin.i.9: Pv-a.139, Pv-a.157; samma-daññā & ˚akkhāta; (see below); and before double consonants arisen from assimilation, like sammag-gata (= samyak + gata). The compounds we shall divide into two groups, viz. (a) compounds with samma˚; (b) with sammā˚.
Vedic samyac (= samyak) & samīś “connected, in one”; see under saṃ˚
neuter [fr. saṃ + man ] honour Ja.i.182; Ja.vi.390; Sdhp.355.
feminine honouring, veneration DN.iii.190; Mil.162, Mil.375, Mil.386.
saṃ + mānanā
to bend back, to double up (opp pasārati or sampasāreti) Vin.i.5; MN.i.57, MN.i.168; DN.i.70; Ja.i.321; Vism.365 (variant reading samiñjeti); DN-a.i.196
pp sammiñjita.
saṃ + iñjati, see also samiñjati; cp. BSk. sammiñjayati Divy.473. See also Leumann Album Kern, p. 393
neuter bending DN-a.i.196 (opp. pasāraṇa); Vb-a.358.
fr. sammiñjati
bent back MN.i.326 (spelt samiñjita); AN.ii.104, AN.ii.106 sq., AN.ii.210.
pp. of sammiñjati
measured, i.e. just so much, no more or less; ˚-bhānin Thag.209.
saṃ + mita
withered, shrunk MN.i.80.
saṃ + milāta
feminine speaking with smiles Ja.iv.24; name of a girl in Benares Ja.iii.93 sq.
saṃ + milla = mihita, + bhāsin
feminine the state of being mixed, confusion Dhs-a.311.
fr. saṃ + missa
adjective face to face with, in presence; sammukhaciṇṇa a deed done in a person’s presence Ja.iii.27; sammukhā (abl.)
saṃ + mukha
feminine presence, confrontation Vin.ii.93 (sangha˚).
abstr. fr. sammukha
see samucchita.
feminine a broom Ja.i.161; sammuñjanī the same Mil.2.
= sammajjanī
confused MN.i.21; SN.iv.125; SN.v.331; one who has forgotten Vin.iv.4#2 (= na ssarati), Pv.iii.165#13; -ssati id. AN.i.280.
saṃ + muṭṭha
feminine
fr. saṃ + man
delighted, delighting in Vin.i.4; MN.i.503; SN.iv.390.
pp. of sammodati
to be bewildered, infatuated, muddle-headed Ja.iv.385; Mil.42
pp sammūḷha DN.ii.85; MN.i.250; AN.i.165; Snp.583; Caus. sammoheti to befool Mil.224.
saṃ + muyhati
neuter bewilderment DN-a.i.193
saṃ + muyhana
MN.ii.202, read sammuccā (from sammuti).
feminine forgetfulness Dhs.14 Dhs.1349; Pp.21.
fr. saṃ + mussati
infatuated, bewildered DN.ii.85; MN.i.250; AN.i.165; Snp.583; Ja.v.294; Tikp.366.
saṃ + mūḷha
rainy or cloudy weather Ja.vi.51, Ja.vi.52.
saṃ + megha
odour, fragrance; ekagandha˚, filled with fragrance Ja.vi.9.
fr. saṃ + mud
adjective polite DN.i.116; DN-a.i.287; a-sammodaka (f. ˚-ikā) Vin.i.341#2.
fr. sammodati
■ sammodita at Vv-a.186 read samodita.
saṃ + modati
neuter satisfaction, compliment; -ṃ karoti to exchange politeness, to welcome Vv-a.141, Vv-a.259.
saṃ + modana
bewilderment, confusion DN.i.19; AN.i.58; AN.ii.147; SN.ii.224; SN.iv.190; Vin.ii.114; Mil.266, Mil.289; Vism.63 (sati˚ lapse of memory).
for *sam-mṛṣa, of mṛṣ: see mussati. sammosa after moha & musā → mosa
bewilderment, infatuation, delusion MN.i.86, MN.i.136; Vin.i.183; Mnd.193; AN.ii.174; AN.iii.54 sq., AN.iii.416; SN.i.24; SN.iv.206; Dhs.390.
saṃ + moha
see sammuyhati.
? one’s own Ja.vi.414 (= saka-raṭṭha C.).
adverb self, by oneself Vin.i.8; DN.i.12; DN-a.i.175; Snp.57, Snp.320, etc.; p. 57, 100, etc. Mhvs.7, Mhvs.63 (for f.). Also with ref. to several people e.g. Dhp-a.i.13.
see etym. under sa4
at SN.i.14 read saṃyatatta.
which is given in meaning sevā at Dhtp.289] to lean on; to be supported etc.: only in pp. sita, and in prep. cpd. nissayati.
adverb [cp. Sk. sayathā or tadyathā; see sa2. The usual P. form is seyyathā] like, as Thag.412.
neuter
fr. śī
neuter a sleeping-room Vin.i.140 sq.; Vin.iv.160; Ja.i.433; Ja.iii.275, Ja.iii.276.
made to lie down Vb-a.11.
pp. of sayāpeti
lying down Ja.i.338; Ja.v.438. sukha˚; lying in a good position, sleeping well, well-embedded (of seeds) AN.iii.404 = DN.ii.354; Mil.255. sukha-sayitabhāva “having had a good sleep,” being well Ja.v.127.
pp. of seti
see sahati.
cp. Vedic śara
adjective noun
fr. sarati1
masculine neuter a lake Ja.i.221; Ja.ii.10; Ja.vi.518 (Mucalinda); there are seven great lakes (mahā-sarā viz. Anotatta, Sīhapapāta, Rathakāra, Kaṇṇamuṇḍa Kuṇāla, Chaddanta, Mandākini) AN.iv.101; DN.i.54; Ja.ii.92; DN-a.i.164, DN-a.i.283; aṇṇava˚; the ocean DN.ii.89 cp. AN.ii.55; loc. sare Ja.ii.80; sarasmiṃ Snp.1092; sarasi Mhvs.10, Mhvs.7; jātassara a natural lake Ja.i.472 sq.
Vedic saras
adjective remembering MN.i.453; AN.ii.21; DN-a.i.106. -saṅkappa mindfulness and aspiration MN.i.453; MN.iii.132; SN.iv.76, SN.iv.137, SN.iv.190; Ne.16.
fr. sarati2
sound, voice, intonation, accent Vin.ii.108; DN.ii.24 sq. AN.i.227; Pv.ii.12#4 (of birds’ singing = abhiruda C.) Ja.ii.109; Snp.610 (+ vaṇṇa, which is doubtful here whether “complexion” or “speech,” preferably the former); Dhs-a.17; eight qualities DN.ii.211, DN.ii.227; gītāssara song Vin.ii.108; bindussara a sweet voice Snp.350 adj. Ja.ii.439; sīhassara with a voice like a lion’s Ja.v.296 Ja.v.311 (said of a prince). Cp. vissara
■ In combination with vaṇṇa (vowel) at AN.iv.307; Mil.340.
Vedic svara, svar, cp. Lat. su-surrus, Ger. surren
feminine the sun (lit. having rays) Mhvs.18, Mhvs.68.
fr. sa3 + raṃsi
a vessel, a drinking vessel Ja.i.157, Ja.i.266; Ja.iv.384; DN-a.i.134, DN-a.i.136; Mhvs.32, Mhvs.32; Dhp-a.ii.85; Dhp-a.iii.7.
adjective dusty Vin.i.48; AN.ii.54.
sa + rajo
neuter shelter, house Snp.591; refuge, protection DN.iii.187; Snp.503; Ja.ii.28; DN-a.i.229; especially the three refuges—the Buddha, the Dhamma, and the Brotherhood AN.i.56; DN.i.145; Ja.i.28; usually combined with verbs like upeti Vv.53#2; Snp.31; gacchati DN.i.116; AN.iii.242; Vin.i.4; Dhp.190; Snp.p.15, Snp.p.25; Iti.63; or yāti Snp.179; Dhp.188; asaraṇa, asaraṇībhūta without help and refuge Mil.148. See leṇa 2.
cp. Vedic śaraṇa protection, shelter, house, śarman id.; śālā hall; to Idj. *kel to hide, as in Lat celo, Gr. καλύπτω to conceal, Oir. celim, Ohg. Ags. helan Goth. huljan to envelop; Ohg. hella = E. hell; also E. hall, and others
adjective concomitant with war Dhs.1294; Dhs-a.50.
sa + raṇa
neuter remembrance; -tā (f.) remembering Dhs.14, Dhs.23; Pp.21, Pp.25.
fr. smṛ; i.e. sarati2
neuter something to be remembered AN.i.106.
grd. formation fr. saraṇa2
to go, flow, run, move along Ja.iii.95 (= parihāyati nassati C.);
pot sare Ja.iv.284
aor asarā Ja.vi.199
pp sarita1
caus sāreti
sṛ given by Dhtp.248 as “gati”
to remember DN.ii.234; Vin.i.28; Vin.ii.79; Ja.ii.29. A diaeretic form is sumarati Dhp.324;
ger sumariya Mhvs.4, Mhvs.65.
1st pl. saremhase Thig.383;
■ med. sare Ja.vi.227
imper sara Thag.445; & sarāhi Mil.79; 3rd sg. saratu Vin.i.273
ppr saraṃ Mhvs.3, Mhvs.6; & saramāna Vin.i.103
aor sari Ja.i.330;
fut sarissati Ja.vi.496
ger saritvā Ja.i.214
pp sata2 & sarita2
caus sāreti to remind Vin.ii.3 sq., Vin.ii.276; Vin.iii.221; sārayamāna, reminding Ja.i.50;
ppr pass. sāriyamāna Vin.iii.221; w. acc DN.ii.234; w. gen. Dhp.324; Ja.vi.496; with foll. fut. II (in ˚tā) Vin.ii.125, Vin.ii.4; Vin.iii.44, Vin.iii.9, etc
caus 2 sarāpeti Vin.iii.44; Mil.37 (with double acc.), Mil.79.
smṛ cp. smṛti = sati; Dhtp.248 “cintā”; Lat memor, memoria = memory; Gr. μέριμνα care, μάρτυ witness, martyr; Goth. maúrnan = E. mourn to care etc.
to crush: see seyyati. Caus. sāreti Vin.ii.116 (madhu-sitthakena, to pound up, or mix with beeswax). Cp. saritaka.
śṛ Dhtp.248: hiṃsā
autumn the season following on the rains Snp.687; Vv.35#2. --samaya the autumn season DN.ii.183; MN.i.115; AN.iv.102 AN.v.22; Iti.20; SN.i.65; SN.iii.141, SN.iii.155; SN.v.44; Vv-a.134, Vv-a.161.
Vedic śarad (f.) traces of the cons. decl. only in acc. pl. sarado sataṃ “100 autumns” Ja.ii.16
(rohiccasarabhā migā = rohitā sarabhamigā, C. ibid. 538) Sarabhamigajātaka the 483rd Jātaka Ja.i.193, Ja.i.406 (text sarabhanga); Ja.iv.263 sq.
Vedic śarabha a sort of deer Ja.iv.267; Ja.vi.537
adverb eagerly, quickly Dāvs iv.22, Dāvs iv.34 sq., 43.
sa2 + rabhasaṃ
feminine a lizard Vin.ii.110; AN.ii.73; Ja.ii.135, Ja.ii.147; Snp-a.439.
cp. Sk. saraṭa
the tree Pinus longifolia Ja.v.420 (thus read with B instead of salaḷa).
?
adjective
sara5 + vant
adjective with its essential properties (see rasa) Mnd.43; sarasabhāva a method of exposition Dhs-a.71.
sa3 + rasa
feminine a large pond Vin.ii.201 = SN.ii.269; Ja.v.46.
Vedic sarasī
adjective connected with lust, passionate DN.i.79; DN.ii.299; MN.i.59; Vism.410.
sa3 + rāga
adjective including the king Ja.i.126; fem
■ ikā Vin.ii.188; SN.i.162; Ja.ii.113, Ja.ii.114 (sarājika at Ja.iii.453); with the king’s participation Tikp.26 (sassāmika-sarājaka geha).
sa3 + rāja + ka
denomination of a purgatory and its inhabitants SN.iv.309 sq. Various readings Parājita and Sarañjita.
neuter causing somebody to remember Mil.79.
fr. sarāpeti Caus. of sarati2
a cup, saucer AN.i.161; Ja.i.8; MN.iii.235 (for patta); Mil.282; DN-a.i.298; Pv-a.244, Pv-a.251.
Sk. śarāva
= sarāva Vin.i.203; Vin.ii.142, Vin.ii.153, Vin.ii.222.
according to Payogasiddhi = sarisa (sadisa) cp. sarīvaṇṇa Ja.ii.439 (= samāna-vaṇṇa, C.).
adjective like, resembling SN.i.66; Ja.i.443; Ja.iii.262.
cp. Sk. sadṛkṣa, fr. sadṛś = P. sadisa
adjective in accordance with, like Ja.iv.215; Pv-a.206, Pv-a.284. See also kamma˚.
= sarikkha
feminine resemblance, likeness Ja.iii.241 (taṃ˚ being like that); Vv-a.6 (cp. kamma˚).
fr. sarikkha
neuter likeness Dhs-a.63; as sarikkhakatta (kamma˚) at Dhs-a.347.
fr. sarikkha
gone, set into motion Dhp.341 (= anusaṭa, payāta Dhp-a.iv.49).
pp. of sarati1
remembered Vin.ii.85.
pp. of sarati2
neuter powdered stone (pāsāna-cuṇṇa) Vin.ii.116; saritasipāṭika powder mixed with gum Vin.ii.116.
one who remembers DN.iii.268, DN.iii.286; AN.ii.35; SN.v.197, SN.v.225.
n. ag. fr. sarati2
feminine a river Dhs.1059; saritaṃ acc. Snp.3; gen. pl. Ja.ii.442; nom. pl. saritā Mil.125.
cp. Vedic sarit, fr. sarati1
adjective like, resembling Ja.v.159.
= sadisa
various reading of siriṃsapa MN.i.10 etc.
neuter
Vedic śarīra
adjective having a body SN.ii.279.
sarīra + vant
resembling Ja.ii.439 (variant reading sarīra˚). Cp. sari.
adjective
sa2 + rūpa
neuter “lake-born,” a lotus Dāvs iii.13.
Sk. saroja, saras + ja
a Brahmā, an archangel Dāvs i.34.
fr. last
neuter a lotus Dāvs iii.83.
saras + ruha
adjective together with the characteristics Snp.1018.
sa3 + lakkhaṇa
neuter own characteristic, that which is consistent with one’s own nature Mil.205 Ne.20. Opp. vilakkhaṇa.
sa1 + lakkhaṇa
neuter moving, shaking Vv-a.169; Dhs-a.62 (in defn of kusala as “kucchitānaṃ salan’ādīhi atthehi kusalaṃ”).
fr. śal
a moth Ja.v.401; Ud.72(a); Vb-a.146.
cp. Sk. śalabha
to shake Dhs-a.39.
Caus. of śal to leap
a kind of sweet-scented tree Ja.v.420; Bv.ii.51 = Ja.i.13; Vv.35#5; Vv-a.162; Mil.338; MN.ii.184.
feminine
cp. Vedic śalākā
adjective fresh, unripe SN.i.150 = Snp.p.125; Mil.334; Vv-a.288.
cp. *Sk. śalāṭu
one’s own advantage Dhp.365.
sa4 + lābha
neuter water Snp.62, Snp.319, Snp.672; Ja.i.8; Ja.v.169; Vv-a.41; Pv-a.157; Cnd.665 (“vuccati udakaṃ”); Mil.132 (written saliḷa); Sdhp.168. It is also adj. salilaṃ āpo flowing water Ja.vi.534; cp. Mil.114: na tā nadiyo dhuva-salilā.
cp. Sk. salila, to sarati1
neuter an arrow, dart MN.i.429 (˚ṃ āharati to remove the a); MN.ii.216; SN.iv.206; Ja.i.180 Ja.v.49; Snp.331, Snp.767; Mil.112; Vism.503 (visa˚ sting of poison; cp. Vb-a.104 sallaṃ viya vitujjati); often metaphorically of the piercing sting of craving, evil sorrow etc., e.g. antodosa˚; Mil.323; taṇhā˚; SN.i.40, SN.i.192 bhava˚; Dhp.351; rāga˚; Dhp-a.iii.404; Pv-a.230; soka˚ Snp.985; Pv.i.86; Kp-a.153. Cp. also DN.ii.283; Snp.51 Snp.334, Snp.938; Ja.i.155; Ja.iii.157; Dhp-a.iv.70. At Mnd.59 seven such stings are given with rāga˚, dosa˚, moha˚ māna˚, diṭṭhi˚, soka˚, kathankathā˚
■ abhūḷha˚; one whose sting of craving or attachment is pulled out DN.ii.283; Snp.593; Ja.iii.390; Pv.i.8#7 etc. (see abbūḷha). Cp. vi˚.
Vedic śalya, cp. śalākā
a porcupine Ja.v.489.
cp. *Sk. śalala & śallaka
feminine the tree Boswellia thurifera (incense tree) Ja.iv.92; pl. ˚-iyo Ja.vi.535; bahukuṭaja-sallakika Thag.115 (= indasālarukkha [?]).
cp. Class. Sk. śallakī
feminine discernment, testing Dhs.16, Dhs.292, Dhs.555; Pp.25; Vism.278; Vb-a.254; Dhs-a.147; asallakkaṇa non-discernment SN.iii.261.
fr. sallakkheti
realized, thought Dhp-a.i.89.
pp. of sallakkheti
to observe, consider Vin.i.48, Vin.i.271; Ja.i.123; Ja.ii.8; Vism.150; to examine Ja.v.13; to bear in mind Dhs-a.110; Ja.vi.566; to understand realize, conclude, think over Ja.iv.146; Vv-a.185; Vb-a.53; asallakkhetvā without deliberation Vin.ii.215 inadvertently Ja.i.209
caus 2 sallakkhāpeti to cause to be noted Mhvs.9, Mhvs.24; Dhs-a.121; to persuade, bring to reason Ja.vi.393.
saṃ + lakkheti
to talk (with) DN.i.90; DN.ii.109; Mil.4; sallapeti the same Vin.iv.1#2.
saṃ + lapati
pierced, perforated Ja.i.180. Trenckner suggests that this form may have arisen from *sallakīkata (from sallaka, porcupine).
adjective light Ja.i.277; Ja.ii.26; Vism.65; Dhp-a.iv.17; sallahukena nakkhattena on lucky nights Ja.ii.278; sallahukavuttin whose wants are easily met, frugal Snp.144; DN-a.i.207.
saṃ + lahuka
conversation DN.i.89; AN.ii.182; Ja.i.112, Ja.i.189; Mil.94. Often in cpd. kathā & allāpa˚.
saṃ + lāpa
smeared (with) Thag.1175 (mīḷha˚).
saṃ + litta
sluggish, cowering DN.ii.255; asallīna active, upright, unshaken DN.ii.157; SN.i.159; SN.iv.125 Cp.v.68. paṭi˚.
saṃ + līna
feminine stolidity Dhs.1156, Dhs.1236.
austere penance, the higher life MN.i.13, MN.i.40; Vin.i.305; Pts.i.102, Pts.i.103; Pp.69 sq.; DN-a.i.82; Vism.69; Mil.360, Mil.380; adj. Vin.i.45; sallekhitācāra practising austere penance Mil.230, Mil.244, Mil.348 sq. ˚vutti Vin.ii.197; Vism.65 (˚vuttitā). Cp. abhi˚.
fr. saṃ + likh
feminine = sallekha DN.iii.115; Vism.53.
neuter the six organs of sense and the six objects-viz., eye ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind; forms, sounds, odouis tastes, tangible things, ideas; occupying the fourth place in the Paṭiccasamuppāda DN.ii.32; MN.i.52; AN.i.176; SN.ii.3; Vin.i.1; Vism.529, Vism.562 sq., Vism.671; Vb-a.174 Vb-a.176 sq., Vb-a.319.
ṣaḍ˚ for which ordinarily chal˚: see cha
adjective dripping, flowing with (-˚) Pv.ii.9#11 (madhu˚, with honey).
fr. sru, savati
see -saṃ.
a sort of fish Ja.v.405. Cp. satavanka & saccavanka.
(the subject of a) conversation Vin.ii.5, Vin.ii.22, Vin.ii.276.
sa3 + vacanīya
to flow Snp.197, Snp.1034; Ja.vi.278; Dhp.370
ppr fr. savantī Thag-a.109.
sru; cp. Sk. srotas stream; Gr. ῥεϋμα, ῥέω to flow; Ags. strēam = stream; Oir. sruth
neuter
fr. śru: see suṇāti
neuter flowing Dhp.339; Ja.iv.288; Ja.v.257; savana-gandha of the body, having a tainted odour Thig.466.
fr. savati
adjective pleasant to hear DN.ii.211; Ja.i.96 (-ṇ-); Ja.vi.120 = Ja.vi.122 (savaneyya).
grd. of suṇāti
feminine a river Vin.ii.238; Bv.ii.86 = Ja.i.18; Ja.vi.485; Mil.319.
cp. Vedic sravat, orig. ppr. of sru, sravati
an aboriginal tribe, a savage Vin.i.168; Mil.191.
Epic Sk. śabara, cp. śabala = P. sabala
one’s own will Dhs-a.61 (˚vattitā; cp. Expos. 81).
sa4 + vasa
adjective bringing vexation Thig.352; Thag-a.242.
sa3 + vighāta
accompanied by investigation DN.i.37 etc., in the description of the first Jhāna. See vicāra.
adjective accompanied by lightning DN.ii.262.
sa3 + vijju + ka
possessed of consciousness, conscious, animate AN.i.83; -ka the same AN.i.132; Dhp-a.i.6
■ See viññāṇaka.
accompanied by reasoning DN.i.37 etc., in the formula of the first Jhāna. See vitakka.
adjective near; (nt.) neighbourhood Dāvs iv.32; Dāvs v.9.
Sk. savidha
adjective (able) to be classified Dhs-a.134. Savupadana = sa-upadana
sa3 + vibhatti + ka
(AN.ii.163): see upādāna.
adjective angry DN.i.247.
sa3 + vera
adjective with the letters Vin.i.21; DN.i.62; DN-a.i.176; Snp.p.103; Vism.214.
sa3 + vyañjana
adjective called, named Dpvs.4, 7; Tha-ap.109.
sa3 + avhaya
a hare, rabbit Dhp.342; Ja.iv.85; of the hare in the moon Ja.iv.84 sq. sasôlūkā (= sasā ca ulūkā ca) Ja.vi.564.
Vedic śaśa, with Ohg. haso = E. hare to Lat. canus grey, greyish-brown; cp. Ags. hasu
= sasa Ja.ii.26; Ja.iv.85; Cp.i.10#1.
as much as one can MN.i.415, MN.i.514 sq.
sa + sakkaṃ
to slay, slaughter; sassamāna ppr. pass. Ja.v.24 (C. = hiṃsamāna)
inf sasituṃ Ja.vi.291 (read sāsituṃ from sāsati?).
pp sattha.
śas cp. Dhtp.301: gati-hiṃsā-pāṇanesu
to breathe (cp. Dhtp.301: pāṇana): see vissasati.
śvas
with swords Ja.iv.222; Dhs-a.62.
sa3 + sattha
adjective with great confusion Mhvs.5, Mhvs.139.
sa + sambhama
adjective with the ingredients or constituents Vism.20, Vism.352, Vism.353.
sa3 + sambhāra
the moon Dāvs iv.29; Ja.iii.141; Ja.v.33; Vv.81#1 (= canda Vv-a.314), Vv.82#3.
Sk. śaśin, fr. śaśa
adjective together with the head; sasīsaṃ up to the head DN.i.76, DN.i.246; Ja.i.298; sasīsaka head and all DN.ii.324; Snp.p.80.
sa3 + sīsa
father-in-law Vin.iii.137; MN.i.168; AN.ii.78; Vv-a.69, Vv-a.121; Thig.407 (sassura); Ja.i.337 sassu-sasurā mother-and father-in-law Ja.ii.347; Ja.iii.182 Ja.iv.38; Ja.vi.510; the form sassura Thig.407 has probably arisen through analogy with sassu
■ f. sasurī Vv-a.69.
Vedic śvaśura, f. śvaśrū (see P. sassū), Idg. *sṷekuros, *sṷekrū; cp. Gr. ἑκυρός & ἑκυρά; Lat. socer socrus; Goth. swaihra & swaíhrō, Ags. swēor & sweger Ohg. swehur & swigar
adjective accompanied by an army Mhvs.19, Mhvs.27.
sa3 + sena + ka
neuter corn, crop MN.i.116; Ja.i.86, Ja.i.143, Ja.i.152; Ja.ii.135; Mil.2; Dhp-a.i.97; Snp-a.48; sassasamaya crop time Ja.i.143; susassa abounding in corn Vin.i.238; pl. m. sassā Ja.i.340. --kamma agriculture Ja.vi.101; --kāla harvest time Vin.iv.264; --ṭṭhāna ˚-khetta Ja.vi.297; dussassa (having) bad crops Vin.i.238; AN.i.160; Kp-a.218 (= dubbhikkhā).
cp. Vedic sasya
adjective eternal, perpetual DN.i.13; DN.iii.31 sq., DN.iii.137 sq.; MN.i.8, MN.i.426; AN.i.41; Dhp.255; Dhs.1099; Ja.i.468; Mil.413; DN-a.i.112; dhuvasassata sure and certain Bv.ii.111 sq. = Ja.i.19; sassatiyā for ever, Snp.1075 a-sassata Ja.v.176; Ja.vi.315; sassatāyaṃ adv. (dat.) for ever (?) Ja.i.468; Ja.v.172; Fausböll takes it = sassatā ayam (following the C.), and writes sassat’āyaṃ.
Vedic śaśvat
eternalist DN.i.17; Mhbv.110 (ekacca˚ partial eternalist); Vin.iii.312; --ika Ja.v.18, Ja.v.19.
fr. sassata
adverb for ever and ever DN.i.14; MN.i.8; SN.iii.143; also sassatī samā Ja.iii.255; Vv.63#14 (explained by sassatīhi samāna, like the eternal things-viz., earth, sun, moon, etc., Vv-a.265); Ja.iii.256; DN-a.i.105.
cp. Sk. śaśvatīḥ samāḥ
(fem. -ī) together, with samaṇas and brahmins Vin.i.11; DN.i.62; DN.iii.76, DN.iii.135; SN.v.423; Snp.p.100; DN-a.i.174.
imitative of the sound sarasara; chinnasassara giving out a broken or irregular sound of sarasara. MN.i.128 ‣See Journal of the Pali Text Society, 1889, p. 209.
adjective
sa + sāmin + ka
adjective glorious, resplendent Ja.i.95; Ja.ii.1; Ja.iv.189; Ja.vi.270.
sa3 + sirī + ka
and Sassu (f.) mother-in-law Vin.iii.137; AN.ii.78; Thig.407; Snp.125; Ja.i.337; Ja.iii.425 sq.; Ja.v.286 (gen. sassuyā); Dhp-a.i.307; Vv-a.110 Vv-a.121; Pv-a.89. sassu-sasure, see sasura; sassudeva worshipping one’s mother-in-law as a god SN.i.86; Ja.iv.322.
Vedic śvaśrū: see sasura
indeclinable prep. & prefix, meaning: in conjunction with, together, accompanied by; immediately after (with instr.) Vin.i.38; Snp.49, Snp.928 Thig.414 = Thig.425; sahā Snp.231.
fr. sa3; cp. Vedic saha
adjective submitting to, enduring MN.i.33; Thag.659; Ja.vi.379; sabbasaha Ja.v.425, Ja.v.431
■ dussaha hard to endure Sdhp.95, Sdhp.118, Sdhp.196
fr. sah
sah to prevail
one’s own hand Ja.i.68; usually sahatthā (abl.) with one’s own hand Vin.i.18; AN.i.274; DN.i.109; Snp.p.107; Ja.i.286; Pv.ii.9#8; Pv.ii.9#54; Mil.15 instr. sahatthena id. Pv-a.110, Pv-a.124, Pv-a.135; Ja.iii.267 Ja.vi.305. Cp. sāhatthika.
sa4 + hattha
adjective together with the elephant Mhvs.25, Mhvs.70.
sa3 + hatthin
neuter companionship Vv.47#7 (= sahabhāva Vv-a.202). -ūpaga coming into union with DN.i.245.
fr. sahāya, cp. Sk. sāhāyya
feminine companionship DN.i.18, DN.i.235; DN.ii.206; MN.ii.195; MN.iii.99; SN.iv.306; AN.iii.192.
abstr. fr. sahavya
adverb forcibly, hastily, suddenly Snp.123; Dhp-a.iii.381; Pv-a.40, Pv-a.279 inconsiderately Ja.i.173; Ja.iii.441. -kāra violence DN.i.5; DN.iii.176; AN.ii.209; Pp.58; Ja.iv.11; DN-a.i.80.
instr. of sahas (Vedic), force
a thousand, used as a singular with a noun in the plural, sahassaṃ vācā Dhp.100; satasahassaṃ vassāni Ja.i.29; also in the plural after other numerals cattāri satasahassāni chaḷabhiññā Bv.ii.204 = Ja.i.29; also with the thing counted in the genitive, accharānaṃ sahassaṃ Mhvs.17, Mhvs.13; AN.i.227; or ˚-, as sahassa-yakkha-parivāra Snp-a.209. In combination with other numerals, sahassa is sometimes inflected like an adjective, saṭṭhisahassā amaccā sixty thousand ministers Ja.vi.484; satasahassiyo gāvo 100,000 cows Snp.308; the thing counted then precedes in a compound jāti-sahassaṃ 1,000 births DN.i.13; Iti.99 ghaṭa-sahassam pi udakaṃ Mil.189; sindhava-sahasso ratho Ja.vi.103; sahassaṃ sahassena a thousand times a thousand Dhp.103; sahassass’ eva in thousands DN.ii.87- sahassaṃ (nt.), 1,000 gold pieces Dhp.106; Ja.vi.484; Mil.10; satasahassaṃ a hundred thousand Ja.i.28 sahassa (adj.) (fem. ī) worth a thousand Ja.v.484, Ja.v.485 Thag-a.72 (Tha-ap.45, read sahassayo for ˚aso); epithet of Brahmā, the B. of a thousand world systems MN.iii.101 Cp. dasa-sahassī.
-akkha thousand-eyed, the god Sakka SN.i.229; Ja.vi.203; sahassacakkhu the same Ja.v.394, Ja.v.407. -aggha worth a thousand Mil.284. -āra having 1,000 spokes DN.ii.172. -ṭṭhavikā a purse with 1,000 pieces (of money Vism.383; Ja.i.506; Dhp-a.ii.37; Vv-a.33
■ netta thousand-eyed, the god Sakka SN.i.226; Snp.346; Ja.iii.426; Ja.iv.313 Ja.v.408; Ja.vi.174; Vv.30#10; Dhp-a.i.17. -bāhu having a thousand arms, said of Ajjuna Ja.v.119, Ja.v.135, Ja.v.145 (˚-rājā), Ja.v.267, Ja.v.273; Ja.vi.201. -bhaṇḍikā a heap of 1,000 pieces Ja.ii.424; Ja.iii.60; Ja.iv.2. -raṃsi the sun Ja.i.183.
Sk. sahasra, see etym. under saṃ˚
adverb in a thousand ways AN.i.227; Thag.909.
cp. satadhā etc.
adjective thousandfold Ja.i.17; Ja.iv.175 (so for ˚iyo). Sahassi-lokadhatu
fr. sahassa
feminine a thousandfold world, a world system DN.i.46; AN.i.228; DN-a.i.130; dasasahassī-lokadhātu ten world systems Ja.i.51, Ja.i.63; cp. dasasahassī and lokadhātu.
at Snp.1096 is of doubtful meaning (“all-seeing”?), it is explained as “spontaneously arisen omniscience” at Cnd.669 (where spelling is sahajānetta); lit. “coinciding eye”; Snp-a.598 explains as “sahajāta-sabbaññuta-ñāṇa-cakkhu.”
sahāja + netta
companion, friend DN.ii.78; MN.i.86; SN.iv.288; Pp.36; Snp.35, Snp.45 sq.; Ja.ii.29; --kicca assistance (?) Ja.v.339; --matta companion Ja.iv.76; --sampadā the good luck of having companions Snp.47; adiṭṭha-˚; a friend who has not yet been seen personally Ja.i.377; Ja.iii.364; bahu-˚; having many friends Vin.ii.158; nāhaṃ ettha sahāyo bhavis-sāmi I am not a party to that Ja.iii.46; asahāya Mil.225.
cp. Epic Sk. sahāya, fr. saha + i
adjective f. ˚yikā companion, ally, friend Vin.i.18; DN.ii.155; AN.ii.79, AN.ii.186; Ja.i.165; Ja.ii.29; Ja.v.159 Ja.vi.256 (gihī sahāyakā, read gihisahāyakā [?]).
fr. last
feminine companionship Dhp.61; sahāyatta (nt.) the same Mhvs.30, Mhvs.21.
abstr. fr. sahāya
pp. of saṃ + dhā, cp. Sk. sahita = saṃhita
one who endures Snp.42.
n. ag. fr. sahati
adjective possessing gold Snp.102.
sa + hirañña
adjective having a cause, together with the cause Vin.i.2; DN.i.180; DN-a.i.263. See hetu.
sa + hetu
having a cause, accompanied by a cause (especially of good or bad karma) AN.i.82; Dhs.1073.
see under saha1. Sā see under San1.
neuter
Epic Sk. śāka
feminine conversation, talking over, discussing DN.i.103; DN.ii.109; MN.i.72; SN.i.79; AN.ii.140, AN.ii.187 sq. AN.iii.81; Snp.266; Mil.19, Mil.24; Dhp-a.i.90 (˚aṃ karoti) Ja.vi.414.
to converse with, talk over with, discuss DN.ii.237 (+ sallapati); ppr. sākacchanto Vin.i.169; fut. sākacchissanti Vin.ii.75; Vin.iii.159 grd. sākacchātabba Vin.v.123, Vin.v.196; ppr. med. sākacchā yamāna AN.ii.189.
Denom. fr. sākacchā
a carter SN.i.57; Thig.443 (Thag-a.271 = senaka); Ja.iii.104; Mil.66, Mil.164.
fr. sakaṭa1
neuter totality; Kp-a.187 (opp. vekalya); sākalya AN.i.94 is misprint for sākhalya.
fr. sakala
adjective with its characteristics DN.i.13; DN.iii.111; MN.i.35; Pp.60; Vism.423 (+ sa-uddesa).
sa3 + ākāra
a fowler SN.ii.256; AN.iii.303; Pp.56; Ja.i.208. combined with miga-bandhaka & macchaghātaka at Snp-a.289; with māgavika & maccha-ghātaka at Pp.56.
fr. sakuṇa
a fowler, bird-catcher AN.ii.207; Thig.299; Thag-a.227; DN-a.i.162.
fr. sakunta
together with the distinction of letters, with the phonology DN.i.88; AN.i.163; Snp.p.101; Mil.10; DN-a.i.247 (akkharappabhedo ti sikkhā ca nirutti ca).
sa3 + akkhara + pabheda
one with whom one has formerly been friendly Ja.v.448. Sakhalya & Sakhalla;
fr. sakhi + purāṇa˚
neuter friendship MN.i.446 (= tameness); AN.i.94; DN.iii.213; Dhs.1343; DN-a.i.287; Dhs-a.396; Ja.iv.57, Ja.iv.58 (= maṭṭhavacana “smooth words”).
abstr. from sakhila
adjective having branches Ja.iii.493.
sākhā + vant
a branch Vin.i.28; MN.i.135; AN.i.152; AN.ii.165 AN.ii.200 sq.; AN.iii.19, AN.iii.43 sq., AN.iii.200; AN.iv.99, AN.iv.336; AN.v.314 sq.; Snp.791; Ja.v.393; Ja.ii.44; a spur of a hill AN.i.243; AN.ii.140; Mil.36; also sākha (nt.) Mhvs.1, Mhvs.55; Ja.i.52; Ja.iv.350; Ja.i.164 (? yāva aggasākhā)
■ the rib of a parasol Snp.688. adj. sīla-sākha-pasākha whose branches and boughs are like the virtues Ja.vi.324. In compounds sākha˚ & sākhā˚.
Vedic śākhā, cp. also śanku stick, & Goth. hōha plough
indeclinable “greeting of welcome,” hail! DN.i.179 = MN.i.481 (sāgataṃ bhante Bhagavato); DN.ii.173; MN.i.514 (˚aṃ bhoto Ānandassa) DN-a.i.287; Dhp-a.iii.293.
su + āgata, orij. nt. = wel-come
the ocean DN.i.89; AN.ii.56, AN.ii.140; AN.iii.52; AN.v.116 sq.; Vin.i.246; Snp.568; Pv-a.29; sāgara ūmi a wave of the ocean, a flood Ja.iv.165; --vāri the ocean Ja.iv.165; sāgaranta or sāgarapariyanta bounded or surrounded by the ocean (said of the earth) Ja.vi.203 --kuṇḍala the same Ja.iii.32; Ja.vi.278.
cp. Epic Sk. sāgara
adjective living in a house, Iti.111; sleeping under the same roof Vin.ii.279.
sa3 + agāra
adjective full of lust, impure MN.i.24 (var. read sangaṇa; this is also the reading at Snp.279 see above).
sa + angaṇa
neuter name of a science (“the interpretation of omens to be drawn from dogs”) Mil.178.
sā = śvan, dog; + cakka; cp. sopāka & suva
adjective together with one’s teacher DN.i.102.
sa3 + ācariya + ka
crooked ways, insincerity DN.i.5; DN.iii.176; MN.i.180; AN.ii.209; AN.v.206 Pp.58; DN-a.i.80.
sāci + yoga; cp. Sk. sāci crooked
neuter rule of life, precept governing the monastic life of the Buddhist bhikkhus Vin.iii.24#2; adj. ˚-samāpanna ibid.; adj. ˚-kara one who supports Ja.iv.42 (= sa-ājīvakara, C.).
a garment, cloth Thig.245; sāṭi (f.) the same SN.i.115; Dhp.394; Ja.i.230 (udaka˚ bathing mantle) Ja.i.481.
cp. Sk. śāṭa
an outer garment, cloak; cloth Thag-a.246; Ja.i.89, Ja.i.138, Ja.i.195, Ja.i.373, Ja.i.426; Vism.54 (sāṇa˚), Vism.275 (alla˚); Dhp-a.i.393 (thūla˚). Cp. antara˚, alaṃ˚.
sāṭa + ka
feminine = sāṭaka Vin.i.292 sq.; Vin.ii.31; Vin.ii.272, Vin.ii.279 (udaka˚ bathing mantle) Ja.i.330; Vism.339 (in simile); Mil.240 (cp. MN.iii.253). sāṭiya the same Vin.ii.177 (˚gāhāpaka receiver of undergarments).
one who dispels, drives away MN.i.220; AN.v.347 sq., AN.v.351, AN.v.359.
n. ag. fr. sāṭeti
to cut open, to destroy; fig. to torment: Kern’s proposed reading (see Toevoegselen s. v sāveti) for sāveti at Ja.iii.198 (amba-pakkāni); Ja.iv.402 (attānaṃ sāṭetvā dāsakammaṃ karissāni); Ja.vi.486 (kāyaṃ s.). He compares Mvu.iii.385: śāṭeti gātrāni. Cp. visāṭita & visāta.
śat to cut, destroy
neuter craft, treachery MN.i.15, MN.i.36, MN.i.281, MN.i.340; AN.i.95, AN.i.100; Mnd.395; Pp.19, Pp.23; Mil.289. Cp paṭi˚.
abstr. fr. saṭha = *śāṭhya
neuter hemp DN.ii.350; Mil.267; a coarse hempen cloth Vin.i.58; DN.i.166; DN.iii.41; MN.i.78; AN.i.240; SN.ii.202 SN.ii.221; Pp.55; Vism.54 (˚sāṭaka)
■ sāṇavāka the same Thig.252; Ja.iii.394 (var. read).
cp. Sk. śāṇa hempen, fr. śaṇa = P. saṇa; cp. bhanga1
having a debt, indebted, fig. subjected to the kilesas, imperfect MN.iii.127 = SN.ii.221 (= sakilesa sa-iṇa K.S. ii.203); Thag-a.8; cp. anaṇa under aṇa.
sa + iṇa
neuter a kind of play DN-a.i.84 = saṇadhovikā.
feminine a curtain Ja.iii.462.
fr. sāṇī
feminine hemp-cloth DN.ii.350; Vin.iii.17; a screen, curtain, tent Ja.i.58, Ja.i.148 sq., Ja.i.178, Ja.i.419; Dhp-a.i.194; Dhp-a.ii.49. ˚-pākāra a screen-wall Vin.iv.269, Vin.iv.279; Ja.ii.88; Dhp-a.ii.68, Dhp-a.ii.71, Dhp-a.ii.186; Vv-a.173; Pv-a.283 Mhvs.7, Mhvs.27; sāṇipasibbaka a sack or bag of hempcloth Vin.iii.17#2
■ paṭṭa-sāṇī a screen of fine cloth Ja.i.395.
fr. saṇa
adjective pleasant, agreeable Iti.114; Ne.27. Often combined with piya, e.g. Iti.114; Vb.103; DN-a.i.311
■ Opp. kaṭuka
■ sāta (nt.) pleasure, joy MN.i.508; AN.i.81 sq.; SN.ii.220; Ja.i.410; Dhp.341 (˚sita sāta-nissita Dhp-a.iv.49); Snp.867 sq.; Mnd.30 (three, of bhava); Pv.ii.11#3; Pv.iv.5#4 (+ sukha); Dhs.3. asāta disagreeable unpleasant Dhs.1343; Ja.i.410; Ja.i.288; Ja.ii.105; Snp.867 sq.; sātabhakkha Pp.55, read haṭabhakkha.
-odaka with pleasant water DN.ii.129; MN.i.76; Vin.iii.108. -kumbha gold Vv-a.13. See also variant reading under hāṭaka
■ putta a noble son Ja.vi.238 (= amacca-putta C.).
cp. *Sk. śāta
name of a kind of bird Ja.vi.539 (koṭṭhapokkhara-˚, cp. 540); Snp-a.359 (id.).
neuter perseverance MN.i.101; SN.ii.132; AN.iii.249 sq.; AN.iv.460 sq.; AN.v.17 sq.; Thag.585; Vism.4 Vb-a.346. --kārin persevering SN.iii.268, SN.iii.271, SN.iii.277 sq. Dhp.293; --kiriyatā persevering performance Dhs.1367.
fr. satata
adverb continually SN.i.17 = SN.i.57.
fr. satata
feminine happiness SN.i.17.
abstr. fr. sāta
adjective persevering Dhp.23; SN.ii.232; Iti.74; Dhp-a.i.230.
fr. last
neuter tastiness, sweetness AN.i.32.
abstr. fr. sāta
neuter sweet result (of good words) kalyāṇakamma, Com.) Ja.vi.235, Ja.vi.237. Is it misspelling for sādhava (fr sādhu)?
adjective pleasant Snp.853.
fr. sāta
adjective having something in excess DN.ii.93.
sa + atireka, cp. BSk. sātirikta Divy.27
adjective trespassing Vin.i.55.
sa + atisāra
with the meaning, in spirit DN.i.62; DN.ii.48; Iti.79, Iti.111; Snp.p.100; Vin.i.21; DN-a.i.176; Vism.214.
sa3 + attha
adjective (fem. ikā) useful Pv-a.12. Satra-yaga
sa + atthaka
identical with sammāpāsa (Snp.303) Snp-a.322 (? conjecture yātrā˚).
adjective lethargic, lax MN.i.14, MN.i.200 sq.; MN.iii.6; AN.i.71; AN.ii.148; AN.iii.108, AN.iii.179 sq.
śrath, cp. saṭhila & sithila
neuter place, house Ja.iv.405; Yama-sādanaṃ sampatto come to Yama’s abode: dead Ja.iv.405; Ja.v.267, Ja.v.304; Ja.vi.457, Ja.vi.505 (do., the MSS. always read ˚-sādhana).
cp. Vedic sādana, fr. sad
adjective reverential Mhvs.5, Mhvs.246; Mhvs.15, Mhvs.2; Mhvs.28, Mhvs.25; Mhvs.33, Mhvs.82; sādariya (nt.) and sādariyatā (f.) showing regard and consideration Pp.24; cp. Dhs.1327.
sa + ādara
adjective attached to the world, passionate Dhp.406 = Snp.630; Dhp-a.iv.180.
sa + ādāna
one who accepts, appropriates MN.iii.126.
n. ag. fr. sādiyati
lit. to enjoy for oneself, to agree to, permit, let take place DN.i.166; Vin.ii.294; AN.iv.54, AN.iv.347; SN.i.78; SN.iv.226 sq.; Pp.55; Mil.95 sq. aor. sādiyi Vin.iii.38 sq.; fut. sādiyissati Ja.vi.158.
cp. BSk. svādīyati: Mhvs.ii.145; Med. pass fr. *sādeti, Caus. of svad
feminine appropriating, accepting Mil.95.
fr. sādiyati
(fem. -sī) like, similar DN.ii.239; Snp.595; Thig.252 (sa˚ for sā˚); Tha-ap.239; Ja.iv.97; Mil.217 (with instr.).
fr. sadisa
adjective sweet, nice, pleasant Vin.ii.196; MN.i.114; Thig.273; Snp.102; Ja.iv.168; Ja.v.5; Dhs.629; asādu (ka) Ja.iii.145; Ja.iv.509 (text, asādhuka com. on kaṭuka); sādu-karoti makes sweet Ja.iii.319; Pot a-sādu-kiyirā makes bitter, ibid. 319; sādu sweet things Vin.ii.196; sādu-phala see sādhuphala; for -kamyatā see the latter.
Vedic svādu, f. svādvī; fr. svad, cp. Gr. ἡδύς, Lat. suavis, Goth. sūts = E. sweet; also Sk. sūda cook Gr. η ̔́δομαι to enjoy, ήδονή pleasure
feminine sweetness Dāvs i.40.
fr. sādu
to cause to sink, to throw down Dhp-a.i.75 (+ vināseti; variant reading pāteti).
Caus. of sad: see sīdati
to enjoy: see ucchādeti (where better referred to avad) and chādeti2.
Caus. of svad; given as root in meaning “assādane” at Dhtp.147
adjective accomplishing, effecting Ja.i.86; Snp-a.394, Snp-a.415; Sdhp.161; iṇa˚; debt-collector Mil.365 bali˚ tax-collector Ja.iv.366; Ja.v.103, Ja.v.105, Ja.v.106.
fr. sādh
feminine effectiveness, efficiency Sdhp.329.
abstr. fr. sādhaka
adjective noun
fr. sādh
adjective general, common, joint Vin.ii.258; Vin.iii.35; Thig.505; Ja.i.202, Ja.i.302; Ja.iv.7 (pañca˚-bhāva 5 fold connection); Ne.49 sq.; Pv-a.122, Pv-a.194, Pv-a.265. a˚ Ja.i.78; DN-a.i.71.
adjective having something beyond DN.ii.93; Vv.53#5 (˚vīsati) ˚-porisa exceeding a man’s height MN.i.74, MN.i.365; AN.iii.403.
sa + adhika; cp. BSk. sādhika Divy.44
adjective that which can be accomplished Sdhp.258 etc.
fr. sādh
adjective
Vedic sādhu, fr. sādh
adverb well, thoroughly Vin.i.46; Vin.ii.208; DN.i.62
■ instr. sādhukena (as adv.) willingly (opp. with force) Pv.ii.9#2.
fr. sādhu
■ Cp. abhi˚.
Caus. of sādh to succeed. Dhtp.421 = saṃsiddhiyan
masculine & neuter ridge Vv.32#10; Ja.iii.172. The commentary on the former passage (Vv-a.136) translates vana wood, that on the latter paṃsupabbata sānupabbata a forest-hill Ja.iv.277; Ja.vi.415, Ja.vi.540; pabbatasānu-˚ Ja.iii.175; girisānu-˚ Ja.iii.301; Ja.iv.195.
Vedic sānu
adjective together with followers Dhp.294; Ja.vi.172.
sa3 + anucara
adjective blameable AN.ii.3.
sa + anuvajja
to fill (the mind) completely AN.ii.10.
sa (= saṃ) + anuseti
a curse Vv-a.336; Dhp-a.i.41.
fr. sap, cp. Sk. śāpa
neuter property, wealth DN.i.142 DN.ii.180; DN.iii.190; Vin.i.72, Vin.i.274; Vin.iii.66; Ja.i.439, Ja.i.466 Thig.340; Thag-a.240; Ja.v.117 (sāpateya, var. read sāpatiyya); Dhp-a.i.67.
sā (= guṇa of sva) + pateyya (abstr. fr. pati lord), cp. ādhi-pateyya
adjective one who has committed a sin (see āpatti) Vin.i.125; Vin.ii.240; Mnd.102.
sa3 + āpatti + ka
neuter a beast of prey Ja.ii.126; Ja.vi.79.
cp. Sk. śvāpada
adjective with reasons DN.i.4; AN.ii.22; MN.i.180; MN.iii.34, MN.iii.49; Pp.58; DN-a.i.76. Opp. anapadesa MN.i.287.
sa + apadesa
MN.ii.183 = MN.ii.152 (C. = sunakhānaṃ pivanadoṇi a dog’s trough).
longing for DN.ii.77; DN.iii.43.
sa + apekhā
■ See sabala.
cp. Vedic śyāma black & śyāva brown; Av. syāva; Ags. hāēven blue (= E. heaven); Gr. σκοιός, σκιά (shadow) = Sk. chāyā; Goth. skeinan = shine, etc.
neuter song, sacred song, devotion, worship, propitiation DN.ii.288.
perhaps = Vedic sāman
self, of oneself Vin.i.16, Vin.i.33, Vin.i.211 (s. pāka), Vin.iv.121; DN.i.165; MN.i.383; MN.ii.211; MN.iii.253 (sāmaṃ kantaṃ sāmaṃ vāyitaṃ dussayugaṃ); SN.ii.40; SN.iv.230 sq. SN.v.390; Snp.270 (asāma-pāka not cooking for oneself), Snp.889; Ja.i.150; sāmaññeva, i.e. sāmaṃ yeva Snp.p.101.
on etymology, see Andersen Pāli Gloss., p. 268 (contracted from sayamaṃ, Trenckner), cp. Michelson Indog. Forsch., vol. xxiii, p. 235, n. 3 (= avest., hāmō slav., samz)
neuter completeness, concord Snp.810; sāmaggiya-rasa Ja.iii.21 (“the sweets of concord”); adj. asāmaggiya, unpleasant Ja.vi.517 (C. on asammodiya).
fr. samagga
feminine completeness, a quorum Vin.i.105, Vin.i.106; meeting, communion Vin.i.132 sq. Vin.ii.243; unanimity, concord Vin.i.97, Vin.i.136, Vin.i.357; Vin.ii.204; DN.iii.245 sq.; AN.iii.289; Mnd.131; Ja.i.328; Iti.12.
abstr. fr. samagga
adjective together with the ministers DN.i.110.
sa2 + amacca
neuter generality; equality, conformity; unity, company Mil.163; Snp-a.449 (jāti identity of descent), Snp-a.449 (generality, contrasted to visesa detail), Snp-a.548 (id.); Vv-a.233 (diṭṭhi˚, sīla˚, equality) ˚-gata united DN.ii.80; ˚-nāma a name given by general assent Dhs-a.390.
abstr. fr. samāna
neuter Samaṇaship DN.i.51 sq.; DN.iii.72, DN.iii.245; MN.i.281 sq.; SN.v.25; AN.ii.27 = Iti.103; Dhp.19 sq., Dhp.311; DN-a.i.158; Vism.132; adj., in accordance with true Samaṇaship, striving to be a samaṇa Mil.18 Samaṇaship AN.i.142 sq.; Pv.ii.7#18 (explained at Pv-a.104 as “honouring the samaṇas”).
abstr. fr. samaṇa
= sāmañña 1 (identity, congruity etc.) Ja.vi.371 (vaṇṇa˚); Vism.234 (maraṇa˚).
= sāmañña 2 DN.iii.145, DN.iii.169; Dhp.332; Dhp-a.iii.484; Dhp-a.iv.33.
adjective worthy of or needful for a Samaṇa Mhvs.4, Mhvs.26; Mhvs.30, Mhvs.37; assāmaṇaka unworthy of a Samaṇa Vin.i.45.
fr. samaṇa
fem. ˚-rī a novice Vin.i.62 sq.; Vin.iv.121; SN.ii.261; Mil.2 Vb-a.383; are not present at the recital of the Pātimokkha Vin.i.135; -pabbajjā ordination of a novice Vin.i.82. -pēsaka superintendent of Sāmaṇeras Vin.ii.177; AN.iii.275
■ f., also -ā AN.iii.276; as -ī at Vin.i.141.
fr. samaṇa; cp. BSk. śrāmaṇeraka Divy.342
adjective able Ja.ii.29.
= samattha
neuter ability Mhvs.37, Mhvs.243
abstr. fr. samattha
adjective neighbouring, bordering DN.i.101; Vin.i.46 (āpatti˚ bordering on a transgression) Ja.ii.21; Ja.iv.124; connected with MN.i.95; -jappā (or -jappana) roundabout talk Vb.353; Vism.28; Mnd.226 Vb-a.484. abl. sāmantā in the neighbourhood of Vin.iii.36; DN.ii.339; loc. sāmante the same Ja.iv.152 (Kapila-vatthu-˚).
fr. samanta
adjective temporary Snp.54; Mil.302 (so read); see sāmāyika.
fr. samaya
feminine the creeper Ichnocarpus Ja.i.60.
sāma1 + latā; Sk. śyāmalatā
feminine a medicinal plant Ja.iv.92 (bhisasāmā, C. bhisāni ca sāmākā ca); the Priyangu creeper Ja.i.500; Ja.v.405.
Sk. śyāmā Halāyudha 2, 38; see sāma1, sāmalatā, and sāmāka
a kind of millet (Panicum frumentaceum) DN.i.166; MN.i.78, MN.i.156, MN.i.343; AN.i.295 AN.ii.206; Snp.239; Pp.55; Ja.iii.144, Ja.iii.371; Ne.141; Dhp-a.v.81.
cp. Vedic śyāmāka
a member of an assembly Dāvs iii.27.
fr. Sk. samāja: see samajja
adjective consisting in concentration SN.i.120.
fr. samādhi
feminine a black hind Ja.ii.44.
adjective
fr. samaya
Ja.v.489, read sāvi.
fr. sāmin
cp. Sk. svāmin, fr. sva = sa4
husband Ja.i.352; see sāmika.
adjective
sa + āmisa
feminine right, proper course Vin.iii.246; DN.ii.104; AN.ii.56, AN.ii.65; SN.v.261, SN.v.343; Mil.8; Dhp-a.i.57.
fr. sammā2 = Vedic samyac, of which pl. nom. f. samīcīḥ freq. in R.V.
adjective exalting, praising (i.e. the 4 truths), as much as “standard. Kern, Toevoegselen ii.64, takes it to mean “condensed, given in brief.” Usually in phrase -ikā dhammadesanā (thus as f. of -aka !) e.g. Vin.i.16, Vin.i.18; Vin.ii.156; DN.i.110; MN.i.380; AN.iv.186; AN.v.194; DN-a.i.277 (explained); Thag-a.137; Pv-a.38 Pv-a.195; Vv-a.50. Only once with ñāṇa at Dhs-a.9.
fr. samukkaṃsati, cp. ukkaṃsaka. The BSk. is sāmutkarṣikī dharmadeśanā Divy.617
neuter sea salt Vin.i.202; Abhp.461.
fr. samudda
adjective seafaring DN.i.222; SN.iii.155; AN.iii.368 (vāṇijā); AN.iv.127 (nāvā); Vism.63; Dhs-a.320 At Ja.vi.581 s
■ mahāsankha denotes a kind of trumpet.
fr. samudda
see sammati1.
evening, only adverbially sāyaṃ, at night Vin.iii.147; Ja.ii.83; Dhp-a.i.234; usually opposed to pāto (pātaṃ) in the morning early e.g. sāya-pātaṃ DN.ii.188; Mil.419; Ja.i.432, Ja.i.460 Ja.v.462; sāyaṃ-pātaṃ Vin.ii.185; Dhp-a.ii.66; sāyañ ca pāto ca Pv.i.6#3; Pv.ii.9#37; Pv-a.127; sāya-tatiyaka for the third time in the evening DN.i.167; AN.ii.206; AN.v.263, AN.v.266 AN.v.268; MN.i.343; sāyamāsa supper Ja.i.297; Ja.v.461; Dhp-a.i.204. sāyaṃ as quâsi-nominative: sāyaṃ ahosi Ja.vi.505 atisāyaṃ too late Thag.231; Ja.ii.362; Ja.v.94; sāyataraṃ later in the evening (compar.) Ja.vi.366.
cp. Sk. sāyaṃ, on which Aufrecht, Halāyudha p. 380, remarks: “this word seems to be the gerund of sā, and to have signified originally ʻhaving finished.ʼ A masc sāya does not exist.” Cp. Vedic ˚sāya
evening DN.ii.9; Ja.i.144; -samayaṃ at evening time DN.ii.205; MN.i.147; Vin.i.21; sāyaṇhasamaye Ja.i.148, Ja.i.279; Pv-a.33, Pv-a.43 Pv-a.100; --kāle the same Ja.iv.120; sāyaṇhe (loc.) Ja.i.144 Ja.i.237; atisāyaṇha late evening Ja.vi.540.
sāyaṃ + aṇha, cp. Sk. sāyāhna
to taste, eat; pres. sāyati Vin.ii.121; ppr. sāyanto DN.iii.85; grd sāyanīya savoury Vin.i.44; SN.i.162; ger. sāyitvā SN.iv.176; AN.iii.163. Cp. saṃsāyati.
svad, Sk. svādate, cp. sādiyati
neuter tasting, taste Dhtp.229.
fr. sāyati
the Nāga tree (cp. nāga 3) Ja.vi.535 (vāraṇā sā yanā = nāgarukkhā, C., ibid. 535, var. read. vāyana) Kern, Toevoegselen ii.77 conjectures sāsanā “with Asana’s Terminalia’s.”
adjective lying, sleeping, resting in (-˚) Dhp.141; MN.i.328 (vatthu˚); Thag.501 = Mil.367.
fr. śī
(having) tasted, tasting DN.i.70; DN.ii.95, DN.ii.292; MN.i.188, MN.i.461; Mil.378; Vism.258 (khāyita +).
pp. of sāyati, cp. sāditar
adjective lying Dhp.325.
fr. śī
Vedic sāra nt.
adjective (-˚) having as most essential Mil.133; a-sāraka rotten (said of wood) Ja.ii.163.
fr. sāra
a messenger.
fr. sarati1
in the comp. kaṭa-sāraka a mat Ja.iv.248 (variant reading); Ja.iv.474; Ja.v.97 (cp. osāraka). Sarakkhati = samrakkhati
Thag.729.
feminine “standing under protection” (?), a category of married women Vin.iii.139 (cp MN.i.287).
fr. sa3 + rakkha
neuter timidity AN.iii.127, AN.iii.203; AN.iv.359, AN.iv.364; Mil.24, Mil.72, Mil.196 (parisa˚, cp Cnd.470); Ja.i.334; Ja.ii.66; nissārajja undaunted Ja.i.274.
abstr. fr. sārada = *sāradya
to be pleased with, to be attached to AN.i.260; SN.ii.172; SN.iii.69 sq.; SN.iv.10 sq.
saṃ + raj, cp. BSk. sārajyati, Sk. saṃrajyate, cp. sārāga
feminine infatuation, feeling infatuated Dhs.389; Ja.v.446.
fr. sārajjati
to be embarrassed, perplexed, ashamed SN.iii.92; AN.iv.359.
Denom. of sārajja
neuter infatuation, the state of being infatuated Dhs.389.
= sārajjanā
feminine reminding, remonstrating with Vin.v.158, Vin.v.164.
fr. sāreti2
impassioned, enamoured, passionately devoted Vin.iii.118; MN.ii.160 MN.ii.223; SN.i.74, SN.i.77; Dhp.345; Ja.i.288; Ja.ii.140; Mhvs.10, Mhvs.34 (˚mānaso). asāratta unattached Snp.704.
= saṃratta, pp. of sārajjati
charioteer, coachman DN.ii.178, DN.ii.254; SN.i.33; SN.v.6; AN.ii.112; AN.iv.190 sq.; Snp.83; Ja.i.59, Ja.i.180; Pv.iv.3#3. assadammasārathi a coachman by whom horses are driven, a trainer of horses MN.i.124; SN.iv.176; purisadammasārathi a coachman of the driving animal called man, a man-trainer Vin.i.35; DN.i.49; Snp.p.103; Iti.79
■ In similes: Vism.466 Kp-a.21.
fr. sa-ratha; Vedic sārathi
adjective autumnal, of the latest harvest, this year’s, fresh AN.iii.404 = DN.iii.354 (bījāni fresh seeds); AN.i.135, AN.i.181 (badara-paṇḍu) SN.iii.54; SN.v.380; Mil.255; Dhp.149 (but at this passage explained as “scattered by the autumn winds” Dhp-a.iii.112)- asārada stale, old DN.ii.353; SN.v.379. Fig. sārada unripe not experienced, immature (see sārajja shyness) opp. visārada (der. vesārajja) experienced, wise, selfconfident; vīta-sārada id. (e.g. AN.ii.24; Iti.123)
■ Note: At K.S. iii.46 (= SN.iii.54) s. is wrongly taken as sāra + da i.e. “giving sāra”; but ‣Seeds do not give sāra: they contain sāra (cp. sāravant). The Commentarial explanation as sār-ādāyin is nearer the truth, but of course not literal; -da is not ā + ˚da. Moreover, the figuratively meaning cannot be reconciled with this explanation.
Vedic śārada, fr. śarad autumn (of Babyl. origin? cp. Assyr. šabātu corn month)
adjective autumnal Vin.i.199; Vin.ii.41; Dhp.285 = Ja.i.183; Vv.64#17; Dhp-a.iii.428.
fr. sārada
violent, angry AN.i.148, AN.i.282; SN.iv.125; MN.i.21; Vism.134 (opp. passaddha-kāya), Vism.282 (˚kāya); Vb-a.283 (id.).
= saṃraddha
going Dhs-a.133.
fr. sarati1
a dog (lit. “son of Saramā”) Mhbv.111.
Vedic sārameya
= saṃrambha
involving killing or danger to living creatures Vin.iii.149; AN.ii.42 sq. Cp. samārambha.
sa + ārambha
adjective impetuous Ja.iii.259.
fr. sārambha
adjective valuable, having kernel or pith (said of grain or trees) AN.iv.170 (synom. daḷha, opp palāpa); SN.v.163; MN.i.111 = MN.i.233.
fr. sāra
a water bird, Ardea sibirica Vv-a.57, Vv-a.163; at both pass. = koñca.
cp. Epic Sk. sārasa
affection, infatuation Vin.ii.258; MN.i.17, MN.i.498; AN.i.264; SN.iii.69 sq., SN.iii.93; Dhs.1059, Dhs.1230; cp. saṃrāga
■ Neg. a˚; Dhs.32, Dhs.312, Dhs.315.
= saṃrāga, fr. saṃ + raj
adjective attached to MN.i.239 (sukha-˚); sukha-sārāgita ibid. impassioned.
fr. last
adjective courteous polite, friendly (making happy, pleasing, gladdening?) only in combination with kathā, dhamma, or dhammakathā e.g. s. kathā polite speech, either in phrase sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāreti to exchange greetings of friendliness & courtesy DN.i.52; MN.i.16 (explained inter alia as “anussariyamānasukhato s.” at MN-a.110) AN.i.55, AN.i.281; AN.ii.42; cp. BSk. sammodanīṃ saṃrañjanīṃ vividhāṃ k. vyatisārya Avs.i.229
■ sārāṇīyaṃ kathaṃ katheti Dhp-a.i.107; Dhp-a.iv.87; sārāṇīyā dhammā states of conciliation, fraternal living (Dial. iii.231) DN.iii.245; MN.i.322; MN.ii.250; AN.iii.288; AN.v.89; Dhs-a.294; Ja.v.382 cp. BSk. saṃrañjanīyan dharmaṃ samādāya Divy.404- sārāṇīyaṃ dhammakathaṃ suṇāti Dhp-a.iv.168.
the question of derivation is still unsettled. According to Trenckner (Notes 75) fr. saraṇa (i.e. saraṇa1 or sarana2?) with double vṛddhi. Kern (Toevoegselen ii.74) considers the BSk. saṃrañjanīya as the original and derives it fr. saṃ + raj to rejoice, to gladden: see rañjati. The BSk. is divided: Mvu.iii.47, Mvu.iii.60, Mvu.iii.206 etc. has sārāyaṇiya, whereas Avs.i.229 & Divy.404 read; saṃrañjanī and saṃrañjanīya (see below)
■ The C. at Ja.iv.99 derives it fr. saraṇa3 in explaining sārāṇīyā kathā as “sāritabba-yuttakā kathā”
chessman DN-a.i.85.
cp. *Sk. śāri
adjective wandering, going after, following, conforming to (loc.) Ja.v.15; aniketasārin wandering about houseless Snp.844, Snp.970; anokasārin wandering homeless Dhp.404; Snp.628; diṭṭhisārin a partisan of certain views Snp.911; vaggasārin conforming to a party a partisan Snp.371, Snp.800, Snp.912.
fr. sāreti
adjective connected with the body, bodily MN.i.10; AN.i.168 sq.; AN.ii.153; (nt.) bodily relics Mil.341 ˚ṃ cetiyaṃ one of the 3 kinds: paribhogika, s., uddesika Ja.iv.228.
fr. sarīra
neuter equal state; as adj. fit, suitable, proper Vin.i.39, Vin.i.287; DN.ii.277; SN.iv.21 sq.; Ja.i.65, Ja.i.362; Dhs-a.294; Snp.368 Snp.p.79, Snp.p.97, Snp.p.104; Ja.iv.404. (a˚) (nt.) Vism.24; Pv-a.269 paribbājaka-s˚, as befits a Wanderer Ja.v.228.
abstr. fr. sarūpa, BSk. sārūpya & sāropya
is Caus. of sarati1 as well as sarati2. Cp. vīti˚.
adjective healing, curative MN.ii.257 (vaṇa-˚).
saṃ + ropin, cp. ropeti1 & rūhati1
a Sal tree (Shorea robusta) MN.i.488; DN.ii.134; AN.i.202; AN.iii.49, AN.iii.214; Dhp.162.
cp. Sk. śāla & sāla
a brother-in-law Ja.ii.268.
Sk. syāla + ka
a kind of worm Mil.312.
adjective having intentions (on), being attached (to = loc.) Ja.iii.332.
sa3 + ālaya
feminine a large (covered & enclosed) hall large room, house; shed, stable etc., as seen fr. foll examples: aggi˚; a hall with a fire Vin.i.25, Vin.i.49 = Vin.ii.210 āsana˚; hall with seats Dhp-a.ii.65; udapāna˚; a shed over the well Vin.i.139; Vin.ii.122; upaṭṭhāna˚ a service hall Vin.i.49, Vin.i.139; Vin.ii.153, Vin.ii.208, Vin.ii.210; SN.ii.280; SN.v.321; Ja.i.160 kaṭhina˚; a hall for the kaṭhina Vin.ii.117. kīḷa˚; playhouse Ja.vi.332; kutūhala˚; a common room DN.i.179; SN.iv.398. kumbhakāra˚; potter’s hall Dhp-a.i.39; gilāna˚ sick room, hospital SN.iv.210; Vism.259; jantāghāra˚ (large) bath room Vin.i.140; Vin.ii.122; dāna˚; a hall for donations Ja.i.262; dvāra˚; hall with doors MN.i.382 MN.ii.66; pāniya˚; a water-room Vin.ii.153; bhatta˚; refectory Vism.72; yañña˚; hall of sacrifice Pp-a 233; rajana˚ dyeing workshop Vism.65; ratha˚; car shed Dhp-a.iii.121; hatthi˚; an elephant stable Vin.i.277, Vin.i.345 Vin.ii.194; Ja.i.187.
cv. Vedic śālā, cp. Gr. καλία hut, Lat. cella cell, Ohg. halla, E. hall
neuter ophthalmology DN.i.12, DN.i.69; DN-a.i.98.
cp. Sk. śālākya in Suśruta
rice DN.i.105, DN.i.230; DN.ii.293; Vin.iv.264; MN.i.57; AN.i.32, AN.i.145; AN.iii.49; AN.iv.108 (+ yavaka), AN.iv.231; SN.v.10, SN.v.48; Ja.i.66, Ja.i.178; Ja.iv.276; Ja.v.37; Ja.vi.531; Mil.251; Snp.240 sq.; Vism.418; pl. ˚-iyo Ja.i.325; gen. pl. ˚-inaṃ Ja.vi.510
■ lohitaka˚; red rice Mil.252.
cp. Sk. śāli
adjective belonging to rice Dhp-a.iii.33.
fr. sāli
feminine a kind of bird SN.i.190 = Thag.1232; Ja.v.110. See sāliya & sāḷikā.
cp. Epic Sk. sārikā crow, usually combined with śuka parrot
neuter a sling, catapult (?); slinging stones, throwing potsherds etc. Pv.iv.16#7 Pv-a.285; Ja.i.418, Ja.i.420; Dhp-a.ii.69.
fr. Sk. saṃlepa?
excellent Dāvs i.9.
or sāliyā the maina bird (= sālikā) Ja.iii.203; sāliyachāpa (a young bird of that kind), and sāliyacchāpa (i.e. sāliyā which is probably the right form) Ja.iii.202. madhu-sāliyā Ja.v.8 (= suvaṇṇa-sālika-sakunā C. p. 911) Ja.vi.199 (suva-sāliya-˚), Ja.vi.425 (Sāliya-vacana the story of the maina bird, var. read. suva-khaṇḍa; a section of the 546th Jātaka, but sāḷiyā, sālikā, sāliyā is not a paṛrot.
adjective fine (rice) Mil.16 (˚ṃ odanaṃ; cp. śālīnaṃ odanaṃ Divy.559).
fr. sāli
(nt.) the edible root of the water-lily Vin.i.246; Ja.vi.563; Vv-a.142 (˚muṭṭhi).
cp. Sk. śālūka
a dog Ja.iv.438 (˚-saṃgha = sunakhagaṇa, C.; spelling ḷ).
but cp. Sk. śālūra a frog
sight, view, sāloke tiṭṭhati to expose oneself to view in an open door Vin.ii.267.
sa2 + āloka
a kinsman, a blood relation, usually together with ñāti Vin.i.4; DN.ii.26, DN.ii.345; AN.i.139 AN.i.222; AN.ii.115; Snp.p.91; Pv-a.28; Vb-a.108.
fr. sa2 + lohita
a certain dish, perhaps a kind of salad, given as “lambila,” i.e. bitter or astringent at Dhs-a.320 (made of badara or kapiṭṭha); cp Vin.iv.259.
cp. Sk. ṣāḍava, which is given in diff. meaning, viz. “comfits with fruits”
a bird; f. -ā the Maina bird Ja.i.429; Ja.vi.421. Spelt sāḷiyā at Ja.vi.425. See sālikā & sāliya.
juice Vv-a.186.
fr. sru
a hearer, disciple (never an Arahant) DN.i.164; DN.ii.104; DN.iii.47, DN.iii.52, DN.iii.120 sq., DN.iii.133; AN.i.88; MN.i.234; SN.ii.26; Iti.75 sq., Iti.79; Ja.i.229; Vism.214, Vism.411
■ fem sāvikā DN.ii.105; DN.iii.123; Thig.335; SN.iv.379; AN.i.25 AN.i.88. (Cp. ariya-˚, agga-˚, mahā).
fr. śru
neuter the state of a disciple MN.i.379 sq.
abstr. fr. last
adjective blameable, faulty DN.i.163; DN.ii.215; MN.i.119; SN.v.66, SN.v.104 sq.; Snp.534; Pp.30, Pp.41 (nt.) what is censurable, sin Ja.i.130; Mil.392; Vb-a.382 (mahā˚ or appa˚, with ref. to var. crimes).
sa + avajja
feminine guilt Mil.293.
fr. last
neuter name of a certain throw in playing at dice Ja.vi.281 (variant reading sāvaṭṭa).
adjective containing whirlpools Iti.114.
sa3 + āvaṭṭa
neuter shouting out, announcement, sound, word Ja.ii.352; Sdhp.67.
fr. sāveti
adjective with a remainder, incomplete, of an offence which can be done away Vin.i.354 Vin.ii.88; Vin.v.153; AN.i.88
■ Of a text (pāṭha) Kp-a.238; Snp-a.96.
sa3 + avasesa
a porcupine Ja.v.489 (MSS. sāmi and sāsi, cp. Manu v.18).
Sk. śvāvidh, see Lüder’s Z.D.M.G. 61, 643
feminine the Vedic verse Sāvitrī Snp.457, Snp.568 = Vin.i.246 (Sāvitthī); Ja.iv.184.
one who makes others hear, who tells DN.i.56; AN.iv.196.
n. ag. fr. sāveti
is Caus. of suṇāti.
asthma AN.v.110; Ja.vi.295.
Sk. śvāsa, fr. śvas
adjective dangerous, fearful, suspicious SN.iv.175 (opp. khema); Thig.343; Thag-a.241 Vism.107; Ja.i.154; Pv-a.13; Mil.351.
fr. sa3 + āsankā
to instruct, teach, command; tell Ja.vi.472 (dūtāni, = pesesi C.); inf săsituṃ Ja.vi.291 (= anusāsituṃ C.).
śās, Dhtp.300 = anusiṭṭhi
neuter order, message, teaching Ja.i.60, Ja.i.328; Ja.ii.21; Pv.iv.3#54 (Buddhānaṃ); Kp-a.11 sq. the doctrine of the Buddha Vin.i.12; DN.i.110; DN.ii.206; AN.i.294; Dhp.381; Snp.482 etc.; Ja.i.116. sāsanaṃ āroceti to give a message (dūtassa to the messenger) Vin.iii.76.
cp. Vedic śāsana
a mustard seed SN.ii.137; SN.v.464; AN.v.170; Ja.vi.174 (comp. with mt. Meru); Snp.625, Snp.631 Snp.p.122; Dhp.401; DN-a.i.93; Dhp-a.i.107; Dhp-a.ii.51; Dhp-a.iv.166 Vism.306 (ār’agge), Vism.633; Pv-a.198 (˚tela). -kuṭṭa mustard powder Vin.i.205; Vin.ii.151.
cp. Sk. sarṣapa
adjective connected with the āsavas DN.iii.112; AN.i.81; Dhs.990, Dhs.1103; Ne.80.
sa3 = āsava
six days (cp. chāha) Ja.vi.80 (= chadivasa, C.).
adjective with one’s own hand Ja.i.168; Dhs-a.97; Snp-a.493; Kp-a.29.
fr. sahattha
contraction of so ahaṃ.
violent, hasty Snp.329; (nt.) violence, arbitrary action, acts of violence Snp.943; Ja.vi.284; Mhvs.6, Mhvs.39; sāhasena arbitrarily AN.v.177 opp. a˚; ibid.; Dhp.257; Ja.vi.280. sāhasaṃ id. Ja.vi.358 (= sāhasena sāhasikaṃ kammaṃ katvā ibid. 359); adv asāhasaṃ = asāhasena Ja.iii.319 (C. sāhasiyataṇhāya ibid. 320, if we do not have to read sāhasiyā taṇhāya from sāhasī).
fr. sahas power
adjective brutal, violent, savage Ja.i.187, Ja.i.504; Ja.ii.11; Pv-a.209; Dhp-a.i.17.
fr. sāhasa
neuter a brutal act Ja.i.412, Ja.i.438.
adjective with its food SN.iii.54 (viññāṇa s.); DN.ii.96 (Vesālī s.; translation “with its subject territory”).
sa + āhāra
(-˚) adjective enduring Iti.32. See asayha˚.
fr. sah
adjective good, well Vin.i.45; SN.i.8; Pp.71 sq.; Thag.43; Vv-a.284.
= sādhu
neuter a coarse cloth MN.i.509 (cp. Deśīnāmamālā viii.52; Karpūramañjarī p. 19; J.P.T.S. 1891, 5 and Prākrit sāhulī, Z.D.M.G., xxviii., p. 415).
see āhuneyya.
a strip of ragged cloth Pv.iii.1#6; Pv-a.173; J.P.T.S. 1891, 5; var. read. sāhunda.
= sāhuḷa
(-˚) part. of interrogation; e.g. kaṃ-si Dhp-a.i.91.
= svid, for which ordinarily -su
neuter name of a water plant Ja.vi.536 (C. not correct).
Sk. śīrṣaka?
to hope for Dhtp.296 (def. as “icchā”); only in cpd. ā˚; (q.v.).
is Desiderative of sarati1
■ Siṃsati “to neigh” at Ja.v.304 is to be read hiṃsati (for hesati, q.v.).
feminine the tree Dalbergia sisu (a strong & large tree) SN.v.437; Siṃsapā-groves (s- vanā are mentioned near Āḷavi AN.i.136; near Setavyā DN.ii.316 sq.; Dhp-a.i.71; Vv-a.297; and near Kosambi SN.v.437.
cp. Vedic śiṃśapā
feminine sand, gravel; suvaṇṇa˚ gold dust AN.i.253. Sikayasa-maya
cp. Sk. sikatā
adjective made of tempered steel (said of swords) Ja.vi.449 (cp. Note of the translation p. 546).
feminine string, string of a balance Vin.ii.110; Vin.ii.131, Ja.i.9; Ja.ii.399; Ja.iii.13 (text sikkhā); Ja.vi.242; Vv-a.244 (muttā˚ string of pearls); Kv.336 sq.
cp. Sk. śikyā
pp sikkhita.
caus 2 sikkhāpeti to teach, to train Ja.i.162, Ja.i.187, Ja.i.257; DN-a.i.261; Mil.32; Pv-a.3, Pv-a.4.
Vedic śikṣati; Desid. to śak: see sakkoti
■ The Dhtp (12) gives “vijj’ opādāna” as meaning
neuter training, study Ja.i.58.
fr. śikṣ
feminine
Vedic śikṣā
neuter set of precepts, “preceptorial,” code of training; instruction, precept, rule
sikkhā + pada, the latter in sense of pada 3. Cp. BSk. śikṣāpada
adjective teaching Pv-a.252; Mil.164.
fr. sikkhāpeti
neuter teaching Mil.163.
fr. sikkhāpeti
teaching Ja.i.432.
trained, taught Vin.iv.343 (˚sikkha, adj., trained in… ; chasu dhammesu) Mil.40; Pv-a.263 (˚sippa).
pp. of sikkhati
adjective noun
Sk. śikhaṇḍin
the top, summit of a mountain Ja.vi.519; Mil.2; a peak Dhp-a.iii.364 (˚thūpiyo or ˚thūpikāyo peaked domes); the point or edge of a sword MN.i.243; SN.iv.56; crest, tuft Ja.ii.99; (this is a very difficult reading; it is explained by the C. by sundara (elegant); Trenckner suggests singāra, cp. ii.98) a bud Thig.382.
cp. Sk. śikhara
feminine a kind of woman (with certain defects of the pudendum) Vin.ii.271; Vin.iii.129 (text, ˚aṇī).
fr. last
feminine point, edge MN.i.104; crest, topknot DN-a.i.89; Ja.v.406; of a flame Dhp.308; Dhs-a.124 of fire (aggi˚) Snp.703; Ja.v.213; (dhūma˚) Ja.vi.206; of a ray of light Ja.i.88; in the corn trade, the pyramid of corn at the top of the measuring vessel DN-a.i.79; --bandha top-knot DN.i.7; vātasikhā (tikkhā a raging blast) Ja.iii.484; susikha (adj.) with a beautiful crest Thag.211 (mora), Thag.1136.
Vedic śikhā
a master, adept; proficient, professional Ja.vi.449, Ja.vi.450.
n. ag. fr. sikkhati
adjective crested, tufted Thag.22 (mora); Ja.ii.363 (f. ˚inī). Also name of
fr. sikhā
(śṛ˚) a jackal DN.ii.295; DN.iii.24 sq.; AN.i.187; SN.ii.230, SN.ii.271 SN.iv.177 sq. (text singāla); SN.iv.199; Ja.i.502; Ja.iii.532 (Pūtimaṃsa by name)
■ sigālī (f.) a female jackal Ja.i.336 Ja.ii.108; Ja.iii.333 (called Māyāvī); Mil.365
■ See also siṅgāla.
cp. Vedic sṛgāla; as loan-word in English = jackal
adjective belonging to a jackal Ja.ii.108; Ja.iii.113 (˚aṃ nādaṃ, cp. segalikaṃ AN.i.187, where the Copenhagen MS. has sigālakaṃ corrected to segālakaṃ)-(nt.) a jackal’s roar (sigālakaṃ nadati) DN.iii.25. Cp segālaka.
fr. sigāla
neuter name of a tree (Hyperanthera moringa) Ja.iii.161; Ja.v.406.
cp. Vedic śigru, Name of a tribe; as a tree in Suśruta
neuter a horn Ja.i.57, Ja.i.149, Ja.i.194; Ja.iv.173 (of a cow); Vism.106; Vv-a.476.
Vedic śṛnga, cp. Gr. κάρνον, κραγγών; Lat. cornu = E. horn
the young of an animal, calf Ja.v.92; cp. Deśīnāmamālā viii.31.
erotic sentiment; siṅgāratā (f.) fondness of decorations Ja.i.184; an elegant dress, finery Mil.2; (adj.) elegant, graceful (thus read) Ja.ii.99 singāra-bhāva being elegant or graceful (said of a horse) Ja.ii.98.
cp. Sk. śṛngāra
variant reading instead of sigāla SN.ii.231 etc.; Vism.196; Pv.iii.5#2.
adjective having horns Ja.vi.354 (āvelita-˚ having twisted horns).
fr. singa1
adjective having a horn Vin.ii.300; Ja.iv.173 (= cow); clever, sharp-witted, false Thag.959; AN.ii.26; Iti.112; cp. J.P.T.S. 1885, 53.
Vedic śṛngin
a kind of horned bird Ja.iii.73; Dhp-a.iii.22 (variant reading singala).
neuter ginger Vin.i.201; Vin.iv.35; Ja.i.244; Ja.iii.225 (alla-˚); Mil.63; Mhvs.28, Mhvs.21; Dhs-a.320; DN-a.i.81. Singi & singi;
Sk. śṛnga + Tamil vera “root,” as E. loan word = ginger
feminine
cp. Sk. śṛngī
feminine (?) a kind of fish Ja.v.406; plur. singū Ja.vi.537. According to Abhp. singū is m. and Payogasiddhi gives it as nt.
to sniff, to get scent of SN.i.204 = Ja.iii.308; DN-a.i.38. Cp. upa˚.
siṅgh, given as “ghāyana” at Dhtp.34
masculine & neuter
cp. Sk. śṛngāṭaka; fr. śṛnga
feminine mucus of the nose, snot DN.ii.293; MN.i.187; Snp.196–Snp.198 = Ja.i.148 (all MSS. of both books-n-instead of-ṇ-); Mil.154, Mil.382; Pv.ii.2#3 Vism.264 & Vism.362 (in detail); Dhp-a.i.50; Vb-a.68, Vb-a.247.
Sk. singhāṇaka
to boil (intr.), to sweat; ppr. sijjamāna boiling Ja.i.503; Caus. sedeti (q.v.). The Dhtp.162 gives “pāka” as meaning of sid
pp sinna (wet) & siddha1 (cooked).
svid, Epic Sk. svidyate
to succeed, to be accomplished, to avail suit Snp-a.310; Pv-a.58, Pv-a.113, Pv-a.254 (inf. sijjhituṃ)
pp siddha.
sidh; Epic Sk. sidhyate. The Dhtp gives 2 roots sidh, viz. one as “gamana” (170), the other as “saṃsidhi” (419)
watering, one who waters Vv.79#7 (amba˚).
fr. siñcati
inf siñcituṃ Ja.vi.583
pass siccati Thag.50 (all MSS. siñcati);
imper siñca Dhp.369;
ppr med. siñcamāna Mhvs.37, Mhvs.203;
ger sitvā Snp.771 = Ne.6;
pp sitta
caus seceti to cause to sprinkle Mhvs.34, Mhvs.45;
caus 2 siñcāpeti Ja.ii.20, Ja.ii.104. Cp. pari˚.
sic, cp. Av. hinčaiti to pour; Lat. siat “urinate,” Ags. sēon; Ohg. sīhan, Ger. ver-siegen; Gr. ἰκμάς wet Goth saiws = E. sea
■ Dhtp.377: kkharaṇe
adjective sprinkling (water) Snp-a.66 (vāta).
fr. siñcati
see vi˚.
pp. of śiṣ; Sk. śiṣṭha
see seyyati.
adjective sharp Dāvs i.32.
pp. of śā; Sk. śita
pp. of sayati2
bound; sātu-˚ Dhp.341 (bound to pleasure); taṇhā-˚ Mil.248. Perhaps as sita2.
pp. of sinoti
adjective white Dāvs iii.4.
Sk. sita
neuter a smile Vin.iii.105; Vin.iv.159; SN.i.24; SN.ii.254; MN.ii.45; Thag.630; Tha-ap.21 (pātukari), Tha-ap.22 (˚kamma Dhp-a.ii.64 (˚ṃ pātvakāsi); Dhp-a.iii.479; Vv-a.68. -kāra smiling Ja.i.351 (as ˚ākāra).
pp. of smi, cp. vimhāpeti. The other P. form is mihita
sprinkled Dhp.369; Ja.iii.144; Vism.109
pp. of siñcati
neuter a lump of boiled rice Vin.ii.165, Vin.ii.214; Ja.i.189, Ja.i.235; Ja.v.387; Ja.vi.358 (odana˚), Ja.vi.365 (yāgu˚); Pv-a.99; sitthatelaka oil of beeswax Vin.ii.107, Vin.ii.151.
cp. *Sk. siktha
neuter beeswax Vin.ii.116 (madhu˚).
cp. Sk. sikthaka
adjective loose, lax, bending, yielding SN.i.49, SN.i.77 = Dhp.346 = Ja.ii.140; Ja.i.179; Ja.ii.249; Mil.144; Dhp-a.iv.52, Dhp-a.iv.56; Pv-a.13. In compound with bhū as sithilī˚; e.g.
■ -bhāva lax state Vism.502 = Vb-a.100;
■ -bhūta hanging loose Pv-a.47 (so read for sithila˚)
■ -hanu a kind of bird MN.i.429
■ Cp. saṭhila.
Vedic śithira, later śithila
boiled, cooked Ja.ii.435 (= pakka); Ja.v.201 (˚bhojana); Mil.272; Snp-a.27 (˚bhatta = pakk’odana of Snp.18).
a specific Pali formation fr. sijjati (svid) in meaning “to cook,” in analogy to siddha2
ended, accomplished Mhvs.23, Mhvs.45, Mhvs.78; successful Mil.247
■ (m.) a kind of semi-divine beings possessed of supernatural faculties, a magician Mil.120, Mil.267 [cp. Sk. siddha Halāyudha 1, 87; Yogasūtra 3, 33; Aufrecht remarks: “This is a post-vedic mythological fiction formed on the analogy of sādhya”].
pp. of sijjhati
white mustard Thag-a.181 (Tha-ap.24); Ja.iii.225; Ja.vi.537; Dhp-a.ii.273 (in Kisāgotamī story).
Sk. siddhārthaka
feminine accomplishment, success, prosperity Mhvs.29, Mhvs.70; Sdhp.14, Sdhp.17, Sdhp.325, Sdhp.469; Pv-a.63 (attha˚ advantage); padasiddhi substantiation of the meaning of the word DN-a.i.66; cp. sadda˚.
fr. sidh, Vedic siddhi
adjective (-˚) connected with success; nāmasiddhika who thinks luck goes by names Ja.i.401 appasiddhika unprofitable, fatal, etc. Ja.iv.4, Ja.iv.5 (sāgara), Ja.vi.34 (samudda).
fr. siddhi
bathed, bathing MN.i.39; SN.i.169 = SN.i.183; Ja.v.330.
pp. of sināti
(to bind): see sinoti.
to bathe;
imper sināhi MN.i.39;
inf sināyituṃ MN.i.39;
aor sināyi Tha-ap.204
pp sināta.
Vedic snāti, snā. For detail see nahāyati. The Dhtp.426 gives root sinā in meaning “soceyya,” i.e. cleaning
neuter bathing MN.i.39; SN.i.38, SN.i.43; SN.iv.118; Cnd.39; Vism.17; Vb-a.337.
fr. snā
feminine bath-powder (?) MN.ii.46, MN.ii.151, MN.ii.182.
pp. of siniyhati; cp. Epic Sk. snigdha
(to be moist or sticky, fig.) to feel love, to be attached Vism.317 = Dhs-a.192 (in defn of mettā). Caus. sineheti (sneheti, snehayati) to lubricate, make oily or tender (through purgatives etc.) Vin.i.279 (kāyaṃ); Mil.172; DN-a.i.217 (temeti +); to make pliable, to soften Mil.139 (mānasaṃ)
pp siniddha.
Vedic snihyate, snih; cp. Av. snāēƶaiti it snows = Lat. ninguit, Gr. νείγει; Oir. snigid it rains; Lat. nix snow = Gr. νίγα = Goth, snaiws, Ohg. sneo = snow; Oir snige rain; etc
■ The Dhtp.463 gives the 2 forms sinih & snih; in meaning pīṇana. Cp. sineha
Both forms occur without distinction; sneha more frequently (as archaic) in poetry.
fr. snih
a friend Mhvs.36, Mhvs.44.
neuter oiling, softening Mil.229; Dhs-a.335. - Cp. senehika.
adjective softening, oily; -āni bhesajjāni softening medicines Mil.172 (opp lekhaniyāni).
grd. formation fr. sinehana
lustful, covetous Dhp.341; Dhp-a.iv.49.
pp. of sineheti
to bind Dhs-a.219 (sinoti bandhatī ti setu). pp. sita3.
sā or si; Vedic syati & sināti; the Dhtp.505 gives si in meaning “bandhana”
feminine Name of a tree Vism.183, where Kp-a.49 in id. passage reads khajjūrikā. See also Abhp.603 Deśīn viii.29.
etym.?
the tree Vitex negundo DN-a.i.252; Dhs-a.14, Dhs-a.317; also spelt sindhavāra Vv-a.177 sinduvārikā Ja.vi.269; sindhuvāritā (i.e. sinduvārikā? Ja.vi.550 = Ja.vi.553; sinduvārita Ja.iv.440, Ja.iv.442 (variant reading ˚vārakā).
Sk. sinduvāra
belonging to the Sindh, a Sindh horse Ja.i.175; Ja.ii.96; Ja.iii.278; Ja.v.259; Dhp-a.iv.4 (= Sindhava-raṭṭhe jatā assā); (nt.) rock salt Vin.i.202 Sindhavaraṭṭha the Sindh country Thag-a.270; Ja.v.260.
Sk. saindhava
see sinduvāra.
pp. of sijjati; Vedic svinna
feminine
cp. Sk. sṛpāṭikā, beak, BR.
neuter art, branch of knowledge, craft Snp.261; AN.iii.225; AN.iv.281 sq., AN.iv.322; DN.iii.156, DN.iii.189; Ja.i.239, Ja.i.478; Mil.315; excludes the Vedas Mil.10 sabbasippāni Ja.i.356, Ja.i.463; Ja.ii.53; eight various kinds enumerated MN.i.85; twelve crafts Ud.31, cp. dvādasavidha s. Ja.i.58; eighteen sippas mentioned Ja.ii.243 some sippas are hīna, others ukkaṭṭha Vin.iv.6 sq. Vb-a.410. asippa untaught, unqualified Ja.iv.177 Ja.vi.228 = asippin Mil.250
■ sippaṃ uggaṇhāti to learn a craft Vv-a.138.
cp. Sk. śilpa
= sippa Ja.i.420.
one who masters a craft Ja.vi.296.
fr. sippa
an artisan Snp.613, Snp.651; Mil.78; Vism.336. Also sippiya Ja.vi.396, Ja.vi.397.
fr. sippa
feminine a pearl oyster Ja.i.426; Ja.ii.100 (sippikasambukaṃ); Vism.362 (in comp.) = Vb-a.68.
fr. sippī
at Thag.49 is difficult to understand. It must mean a kind of bird (˚abhiruta), and may be (so Kern) a misread pippikā (cp. Sk. pippaka & pippīka). See also; Brethren p. 533.
feminine a pearl oyster Ja.ii.100; sippipuṭa oyster shell Ja.v.197, Ja.v.206. sippi-sambuka oysters and shells DN.i.84; MN.i.279; AN.i.9; AN.iii.395.
cp. Prākrit sippī
Name of a tree Ja.vi.535.
neuter a suture of the skull; plur. --āni Ja.vi.339; sibbinī (f.) the same Vin.i.274.
fr. sīv
to sew Ja.iv.25; Vv-a.251.
pres also sibbeti Vin.ii.116 Vin.iv.61, Vin.iv.280;
ger sibbetvā Ja.i.316;
grd sibbitabba Ja.i.9
aor sibbi Ja.iv.25; & sibbesi Vin.ii.289;
inf sibbetuṃ Vin.i.203
pp sibbita
caus 2 sibbāpeti Ja.ii.197; Vin.iv.61.
sīv, Vedic sīvyati. The root is sometimes given as siv, e.g. Dhtp.390, with defn “tantu-santāna”
neuter sewing Snp.304 = Ja.iv.395; Ja.i.220; Ja.vi.218. sibbanī (f.) “seamstress” = greed, lust Dhs.1059; AN.iii.399; Dhs-a.363; Snp.1040 (see lobha). -magga suture Vism.260; Kp-a.60 (id.).
fr. sīv
neuter causing to be sewn Vin.iv.280.
fr. sibbāpeti
sewn Vin.iv.279 (dus˚); Ja.iv.20 (su˚); Vb-a.252 (˚rajjukā). Cp. vi˚ & pari˚.
pp. of sibbati
one who sews MN.iii.126.
n. ag. fr. sīv
Dhs.1059, read sibbanī. Cp. sibba.
feminine the silk-cotton tree Bombax heptaphyllum Ja.i.203; Ja.iii.397; Vism.206; Dhp-a.i.279. --vana a forest of simbali trees Ja.i.202; Ja.ii.162 (s. ˚-pālibhaddaka-vana); Ja.iv.277. sattisimbalivana the sword forest, in purgatory Ja.v.453.
cp. Vedic śimbala flower of the B., cp. Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 109
see seyyati.
(nt. and m.) head, nom. siraṃ Thig.255, acc. siraṃ AN.i.141; siro Snp.768; sirasaṃ Ja.v.434; instr. sirasā Vin.i.4; DN.i.126; Snp.1027; loc. sirasmiṃ MN.i.32; sire DN-a.i.97; in compounds siro-AN.i.138
■ sirasā paṭiggaṇhāti to accept with reverence Ja.i.65; pādesu sirasā nipatati to bow one’s head to another’s feet, to salute respectfully Vin.i.4, Vin.i.34; Snp.p.15, p.101 siraṃ muñcati to loosen the hair Ja.v.434; cp. Ja.i.47; mutta˚; with loose hair Kp-a.120 = Vism.415; adho-siraṃ with bowed head, head down AN.i.141; AN.iv.133; Ja.vi.298; cp. avaṃ˚; dvedhā˚ with broken head Ja.v.206; muṇḍa˚; a shaven head Dhp-a.ii.125.
cp. Vedic śiras, śīan; Av. sarō, Gr. καράρα head, κέρας horn, κρανίον; Lat. cerebrum; Ohg hirni brain
feminine a bloodvessel, vein Mhvs.37, Mhvs.136; nerve, tendon, gut Ja.v.344, Ja.v.364; --jāla the network of veins Ja.v.69; Pv-a.68.
Sk. sirā
a (long) creeping animal, serpent, a reptile Vin.i.3; Vin.ii.110; DN.ii.57; MN.i.10; SN.i.154; AN.ii.73 AN.ii.117, AN.ii.143; AN.v.15; Snp.52, Snp.964; Ja.i.93; Pv.iii.5#2; Mnd.484 Vb-a.6. -tta (nt.) the state of being a creeping thing DN.ii.57.
Sk. sarīsṛpa
adjective glorious DN.ii.240. Siri (siri)
siri + mant
feminine
■ assirī unfortunate Ne.62 = Ud.79 (reads sassar’iva). sassirīka (q.v.) resplendent Snp-a.91 sassirika Ja.v.177 (puṇṇa-canda˚); opp. nissirīka (a) without splendour Ja.vi.225, Ja.vi.456; (b) unlucky Vv-a.212 (for alakkhika)
■ The composition form is siri˚.
Vedic śrī
neuter the tree Acacia sirissa DN.ii.4; SN.iv.193; Vv.84#32; Vv-a.331, Vv-a.344; --puppha a kind of gem Mil.118. Cp. serīsaka.
cp. Class. Sk. śirṣa
the hair of the head Mhvs.1, Mhvs.34; Sdhp.286.
Sk. śiras + ruha
feminine a stone, rock Vin.i.28; SN.iv.312 sq.; Vin.445; DN-a.i.154; Ja.v.68; Vism.230 (in comparison) Vb-a.64 (var. kinds); a precious stone, quartz Vin.ii.238; Mil.267, Mil.380; Vv.84#15 (= phalika˚ Vv-a.339) pada-silā a flag-stone Vin.ii.121, Vin.ii.154. Cp. sela.
cp. Sk. śilā
to extol, only in Dhtp.30 as root silāgh, with defn “katthana,” i.e. boasting.
Epic Sk. ślāgh
neuter a whip snake Ja.vi.194 (= nīlapaṇṇavaṇṇasappa).
adhering, connected AN.i.103; DN-a.i.91; Ja.iii.154; Dhs-a.15; Sdhp.489 (a˚).
cp. Sk. śliṣṭa, pp. of śliṣ to clasp, to which śleṣman slime = P. silesuma & semha. The Dhtp (443) explains silis by “ālingana”
feminine adherence, adhesion, junction Cnd.137 (byañjana˚, of “iti”).
abstr. fr. siliṭṭha
a rat snake Ja.vi.194 (= gharasappa).
junction, embrace; a rhetoric figure, riddle, puzzle, pun Ja.v.445 (silesūpamā said of women = purisānaṃ cittabandhanena silesasadisā, ibid. 447).
fr. śliṣ
neuter phlegm Pv.ii.2#3 (= semha Pv-a.80).
Sk. śleṣman, fr. śliṣ. This the diaeretic form for the usual contracted form semha
Vedic śloka Dhtp.8: silok = sanghāta
adjective famous MN.i.200.
siloka + vant
adjective noun auspicious, happy, fortunate, blest SN.i.181; Ja.i.5; Ja.ii.126; Mil.248; Pv.iv.3#3; Vv.18#7
Vedic śiva
feminine a jackal DN-a.i.93.
Sk. śivā
various reading instead of sipāṭikā, which see.
feminine a palanquin, litter Bv.17, Bv.16 (text savakā); Pv.i.11#1; Vin.i.192; --gabbha a room in shape like a palanquin, an alcove Vin.ii.152; mañca-˚ Ja.v.136, Ja.v.262 (a throne palanquin?). suvaṇṇa˚; a golden litter Ja.i.52, Ja.i.89; Dhp-a.i.89; Vism.316.
Epic Sk. śibikā
adjective hailing from the Sivi country, a kind of cloth (very valuable) Vin.i.278, Vin.i.280; Ja.iv.401; DN-a.i.133. The two latter passages read sīveyyaka.
adjective cool, cold Dāvs v.33; Vv-a.132. (m.) cold, cold season Vin.ii.47 = Ja.i.93.
Sk. śiśira
a pupil; Snp.997, Snp.1028; Dhs-a.32 (˚ânusissā).
cp. Sk. śiṣya, grd. of śiṣ or śās to instruct: see sāsati etc.
to be left, to remain Vv-a.344. Cp. visissati
caus seseti to leave (over) DN.ii.344 (aor. sesesi); Ja.i.399; Ja.v.107; Dhp-a.i.398 (asesetvā without a remainder)
pp siṭṭha: see visiṭṭha.
Pass. of śiṣ to leave; Dhtp.630: visesana
adjective quick, rapid, swift MN.i.120; AN.i.45; Dhp.29; Pp.42; --gāmin walking quickly Snp.381; sīghasota swiftly running DN.ii.132; AN.ii.199; Snp.319; --vāhana swift (as horses) Ja.vi.22; cp. adv sīghataraṃ Mil.82; sīghaṃ (adv.) quickly Mil.147; Vv-a.6; Vb-a.256; usually redupl. sīgha-sīghaṃ very quickly Ja.i.103; Pv-a.4.
cp. Epic Sk. śīghra
adjective cold, cool DN.i.74, DN.i.148; DN.ii.129; AN.ii.117, AN.ii.143; Snp.467, Snp.1014; Vin.i.31, Vin.i.288. (nt.) cold Vin.i.3; Ja.i.165; Mhvs.1, Mhvs.28; Snp.52, Snp.966. In compound with kṛ & bhū the form is sīti˚; e.g. sīti-kata made cool Vin.ii.122; sīti-bhavati to become cooled tranquillized SN.ii.83; SN.iii.126; SN.iv.213; SN.v.319; Snp.1073 (sīti-siyā, Pot. of bhavati); Iti.38; --bhūta, tranquillized Vin.i.8; Vin.ii.156; SN.i.141, SN.i.178; Snp.542, Snp.642; AN.i.138 AN.v.65; DN.iii.233; Vv.53#24; Pv.i.8#7; Pv.iv.1#32. sīti-bhāva coolness, dispassionateness, calm AN.iii.435; Thig.360; Pts.ii.43; Vism.248; Vb-a.230; Pv-a.230; Thag-a.244. At Ja.ii.163 & Ja.v.70 read sīna (“fallen”) for sīta.
Vedic śīta
neuter sail Ja.iv.21. So also in BSk.: Jtm.94. Sitaka = sita
SN.iv.289 (vāta).
adjective cold, cool Ja.ii.128; DN-a.i.1; Mil.246; tranquil Ja.i.3; (nt.) coolness Mil.76, Mil.323; Vv-a.44, Vv-a.68, Vv-a.100; Pv-a.77, Pv-a.244. sītalībhāva becoming cool Sdhp.33.
cp. Vedic śītala
feminine a furrow Vin.i.240 (satta sītāyo); gambhīrasīta with deep mould (khetta) AN.iv.237, AN.iv.238 (text, ˚-sita).
see sīta. The word sītisiyāvimokkha Pts.ii.43, must be artificial, arisen from the pāda, sīti-siyā vimutto Snp.1073 (on which see expln at Cnd.678).
to subside, sink; to yield, give way SN.i.53; Snp.939 (= saṃsīdati osīdati Cnd.420); Iti.71; Mhvs.35, Mhvs.35 3rd pl. sīdare Ja.ii.393; Pot. sīde Iti.71; fut. sīdissati: see ni˚
pp sanna
caus sādeti (q.v.); Caus. II sīdāpeti to cause to sink Sdhp.43
■ Cp. ni˚, vi˚.
sad, Idg. *si-ƶd-ō, redupl. formation like tiṣṭhati; cp. Lat. sīdo, Gr. ι ̔́ζω; Av. hidaiti
■ The Dhtp (50 gives the 3 meanings of “visaraṇa-gaty-avasādanesu”.
neuter sinking Mhvs.30, Mhvs.54.
fr. sīdati
fallen off, destroyed Mil.117 (˚patta leafless); Ja.ii.163 (˚patta, so read for sīta˚). See also saṃsīna.
pp. of śṛ; to crush; Sk. śīrṇa
congealed; cold, frosty MN.i.79.
pp. of sīyati; Sk. śīna
neuter the Beri disease (elephantiasis) morbid enlargement of the legs; hence sīpadin and sīpadika suffering from that disease Vin.i.91, Vin.i.322.
Sk. slīpada
feminine a woman Ja.iv.310; Ja.vi.142.
feminine boundary, limit, parish Vin.i.106 sq., Vin.i.309, Vin.i.340; Mnd.99 (four); Dhp-a.iv.115 (mālaka˚); antosīmaṃ within the boundary Vin.i.132, Vin.i.167; ekasīmāya within one boundary, in the same parish Ja.i.425; nissīmaṃ outside the boundary Vin.i.122, Vin.i.132; bahisīmagata gone outside the boundary Vin.i.255. bhinnasīma transgressing the bounds (of decency) Mil.122
■ In compound sīma˚ & sīmā˚.
cp. Sk. sīmā
to congeal or freeze: see visīyati & visīveti
pp sīna2.
for Sk. śyāyati
plough Thag-a.270 (= nangala).
Vedic sīra
neuter
-aṅga constituent of morality (applied to the pañcasikkhāpadaṃ) Vb-a.381. -ācāra practice of morality Ja.i.187; Ja.ii.3. -kathā exposition of the duties of morality Vin.i.15; AN.i.125; Ja.i.188. -kkhandha all that belongs to moral practices, body of morality as forming the first constituent of the 5 khandhas or groups (+ samādhi˚ paññā˚, vimutti˚, ñāṇadassana-kkhandha), which make up the 5 sampadās or whole range of religious development; see e.g. Mnd.21, Mnd.39; Cnd.p.277
■ Vin.i.162 sq. Vin.iii.164; AN.i.124, AN.i.291; AN.ii.20; SN.i.99 sq.; Iti.51, Iti.107 Ne.90 sq., Ne.128; Mil.243; Dhp-a.iii.417. -gandha the fragrance of good works Dhp.55; Vism.58. -caraṇa moral life Ja.iv.328, Ja.iv.332. -tittha having good behaviour as its banks SN.i.169, SN.i.183 (translation Mrs. Rh. D. “with virtue’s strand for bathing”). -bbata [= vata2] good works and ceremonial observances Dhp.271; AN.i.225; SN.iv.118; Ud.71; Snp.231, etc.; sīlavata the same Snp.212 Snp.782, Snp.790, Snp.797, Snp.803, Snp.899; Iti.79 sq.; ˚-parāmāsa the contagion of mere rule and ritual, the infatuation of good works, the delusion that they suffice Vin.i.184; MN.i.433; Dhs.1005; AN.iii.377; AN.iv.144 sq.; Mnd.98; Duka-pa.245 , Kp.282 sq.; Dhs-a.348; see also expln at Cpd. 171, n.4 sīlabbatupādāna grasping after works and rites DN.ii.58; Dhs.1005, Dhs.1216; Vism.569; Vb-a.181 sq
■ The old form sīlavata still preserves the original good sense, as much as “observing the rules of good conduct,” “being of virtuous behaviour.” Thus at Thag.12; Snp.212, Snp.782 (explained in detail at Mnd.66), Snp.790, Snp.797, Snp.803; Iti.79; Ja.vi.491 (ariya˚). -bheda a breach of morality Ja.i.296 -mattaka a matter of mere morality DN.i.3; DN-a.i.55 -maya consisting in morality Iti.51; Vv-a.10 (see maya defn 6). -vatta morality, virtue SN.i.143; cp. Ja.iii.360 -vipatti moral transgression Vin.i.171 sq.; DN.ii.85; AN.i.95; AN.i.268 sq.; AN.iii.252; Pp.21; Vism.54, Vism.57. -vipanna trespassing DN.ii.85; Pp.21; Vin.i.227. -vīmaṃsaka testing one’s reputation Ja.i.369; Ja.ii.429; Ja.iii.100, Ja.iii.193 -saṃvara self-restraint in conduct DN.i.69; Dhs.1342; DN-a.i.182. -saṃvuta living under moral self-restraint Dhp.281. -sampatti accomplishment or attainment by moral living Vism.57. -sampadā practice of morality Vin.i.227; DN.ii.86; MN.i.194, MN.i.201 sq.; AN.i.95, AN.i.269 sq. AN.ii.66; Pp.25, Pp.54. -sampanna practising morality virtuous Vin.i.228; DN.i.63; DN.ii.86; MN.i.354; Thig.196 Thag-a.168; DN-a.i.182.
cp. Sk. śīla. It is interesting to note that the Dhtp puts down a root sīl in meaning of samādhi (No 268) and upadhāraṇa (615)
feminine (-˚) character(istic), nature, capacity Dhp-a.iii.272.
abstr. fr. sīla
adjective virtuous, observing the moral precepts DN.iii.77, DN.iii.259 sq., DN.iii.285; AN.i.150; AN.ii.58, AN.ii.76 AN.iii.206 sq., AN.iii.262 sq.; AN.iv.290 sq., AN.iv.314 sq.; AN.v.10 sq., AN.v.71 sq. Vism.58; DN-a.i.286; Tikp.279
■ nom. sg. sīlavā DN.i.114; SN.i.166; Iti.63; Pp.26, Pp.53; Ja.i.187;
■ acc vantaṃ Vin.iii.133; Snp.624;
■ instr vatā SN.iii.167;
■ gen vato SN.iv.303;
■ nom. pl vanto Pp.13; Dhs.1328; Ne.191
■ acc. pl vante Ja.i.187;
■ instr vantehi DN.ii.80;
■ gen. pl. vantānaṃ MN.i.334;
■ gen. pl vataṃ Dhp.56; Ja.i.144;
■ f -vatī DN.ii.12; Thig.449.
■ compar. vantatara Ja.ii.3.
sīla + vant
adjective (-˚) = sīlin Ja.vi.64.
fr. sīla
adjective having a disposition or character; ariyasīlin having the virtue of an Ārya DN.i.115; DN-a.i.286; niddāsīlin drowsy, Snp.96; vuddhasīlin increased in virtue DN.i.114; sabhāsīlin fond of society Snp.96.
fr. sīla
neuter conduct, behaviour, character; said of bad behaviour, e.g. Ja.iii.74 = Ja.iv.71; emphasized as dussīlya, e.g. SN.v.384; AN.i.105; AN.v.145 sq.; opp. sādhu-sīliya Ja.ii.137 (= sundara-sīla-bhāva C.).
abstr. fr. sīla, Sk. śīlya for śailya
feminine a cemetery, place where dead bodies are thrown to rot away Vin.iii.36; DN.ii.295 sq.; AN.iii.268 AN.iii.323; Ja.i.146; Pv.iii.5#2 (= susāna Pv-a.198); Vism.181 Vism.240; Pv-a.195. Sivana & siveti;
etym. doubtful; perhaps = *Sk. śivālaya; Kern derives it as śīvan “lying” + atthi “bone, problematic
see vi˚.
neuter lead DN.ii.351; SN.v.92; Mil.331; Vb-a.63 (= kāḷa-tipu); a leaden coin Ja.i.7; --kāra a worker in lead Mil.331; --maya leaden Vin.i.190.
cp. Sk. sīsa
neuter
Vedic śīrṣa: see under sira
neuter head, as adj - ˚; heading, with the head towards; uttarasīsaka head northwards DN.ii.137 pācīna˚ (of Māyā’s couch: eastward) Ja.i.50. heṭṭhāsīsaka head downwards Ja.iii.13; dhammasīsaka worshipping righteousness beyond everything Mil.47, Mil.117.
= sīsa
a lion DN.ii.255; SN.i.16; AN.ii.33, AN.ii.245; AN.iii.121; Snp.72; Ja.i.165; Mil.400; Cnd.679 (= migarājā) Vb-a.256, Vb-a.398 (with pop. etym. “sahanato ca hananato ca sīho ti vuccati”); Ja.v.425 (women like the lion) Kp-a.140; often used as an epithet of the Buddha AN.ii.24; AN.iii.122; SN.i.28; Iti.123; fem. sīhī lioness Ja.ii.27 Ja.iii.149, and sīhinī Mil.67.
Vedic siṃha
Ceylon; (adj.) Singhalese Mhvs.7, Mhvs.44 sq.; Mhvs.37, Mhvs.62; Mhvs.37, Mhvs.175; Dhvs 9, 1; Kp-a.47, Kp-a.50, Kp-a.78; Snp-a.30, Snp-a.53 sq. Snp-a.397. -kuddāla a Singhalese hoe Vism.255; Vb-a.238 -dīpa Ceylon Ja.vi.30; Dhs-a.103; DN-a.i.1; Kp-a.132 -bhāsā Singhalese (language) DN-a.i.1; Tikp.259. See Dict. of Names.
adjective Singhalese Snp-a.397.
fr. last
indeclinable a part. of exclamation “shoo!”; usually repeated su su Ja.ii.250; Ja.vi.165 (of the hissing of a snake); Thag-a.110 (scaring somebody away), Thag-a.305 (sound of puffing). Sometimes as sū sū, e.g. Tikp.280 (of a snake), cp. sūkara
■ Denom susumāyati (q.v.).
onomat.
indeclinable a particle, combined with adj., nouns, and certain verb forms, to express the notion of “well, happily, thorough” (cp. E. well-bred wel-come, wel-fare); opp. du˚. It often acts as simple intensive prefix (cp. saṃ˚) in the sense of “very,” and is thus also combined with concepts which in themselves denote a deficiency or bad quality (cp. su-pāpika “very wicked”) and the prefix du˚; (e.g. su-duj-jaya, su-duddasa, su-dub-bala)
■ Our usual practice is to register words with su˚; under the simple word, whenever the character of the composition is evident at first sight (cp du˚;). For convenience of the student however we give in the foll. a few compns as illustrating the use of su˚.
-kaṭa well done, good, virtuous DN.i.55; Mil.5; sukata the same DN.i.27; (nt.) a good deed, virtue Dhp.314; AN.iii.245. -kara feasible, easy DN.i.250; Dhp.163; Snp.p.123; na sukaro so Bhagavā amhehi upasaṃkamituṃ SN.i.9. -kiccha great trouble, pain Ja.iv.451. -kittika well expounded Snp.1057. -kumāra delicate, lovely Mhvs.59, Mhvs.29; see sukhumāla. -kumālatta loveliness DN-a.i.282. -kusala very skilful Ja.i.220; -khara very hard (-hearted) Ja.vi.508. (= suṭṭhu khara C.). -khetta a good field DN.ii.353; AN.i.135; SN.i.21. -gajjin shrieking beautifully (of peacocks) Thag.211. -gandha fragrant Ja.ii.20; pleasant odour Dhs.625. -gandhi = sugandha Ja.100. -gandhika fragrant Mhvs.7, Mhvs.27; Ja.i.266. -gahana a good grip, tight seizing Ja.i.223. -gahita and suggahīta, grasped tightly, attentive AN.ii.148, AN.ii.169; AN.iii.179; Ja.i.163, Ja.i.222. -ggava virtuous Ja.iv.53 (probably misspelling for suggata)
■ ghara having a nice house Ja.vi.418, Ja.vi.420. -carita well conducted, right, good Dhp.168 sq. (nt.) good conduct, virtue, merit AN.i.49 sq. AN.i.57, AN.i.102; DN.iii.52, DN.iii.96, DN.iii.152 sq., DN.iii.169; Dhp.231; Iti.55 Iti.59 sq.; Pts.i.115; Vism.199. -citta much variegated Dhp.151; Dhp-a.iii.122. -cchanna well covered Dhp.14 -cchavi having a lovely skin, pleasant to the skin DN.iii.159; Ja.v.215; Ja.vi.269. -jana a good man Mhvs.1, Mhvs.85 -jāta well born, of noble birth DN.i.93; Snp.548 sq. -jāti of noble family Mhvs.24, Mhvs.50. -jīva easy to live Dhp.244 -tanu having a slender waist Vv.64#12 (= sundara-sarīra Vv-a.280). -danta well subdued, tamed DN.ii.254; Dhp.94; AN.iv.376. -dassa easily seen Dhp.252; (m.) a kind of gods, found in the fourteenth rūpa-brahmaloka DN.ii.52; Pp.17; Kv.207. -diṭṭha well seen Snp.178 Snp.p.143 -divasa a lucky day Ja.iv.209. -dujjaya difficult to win Mhvs.26, Mhvs.3. -duttara very difficult to escape from AN.v.232 sq., AN.v.253 sq.; Dhp.86; Snp.358. -dukkara very difficult to do Ja.v.31. -duccaja very hard to give up Ja.vi.473. -duddasa very difficult to see Vin.i.5 Thag.1098; Dhp.36; Dhp-a.i.300; used as an epithet of Nibbāna SN.iv.369. -duppadhaṃsiya very difficult to overwhelm DN.iii.176. -dubbala very weak Snp.4 -dullabha very difficult to obtain Snp.138; Vv.44#19 Vism.2; Vv-a.20. -desika a good guide Mil.354; Dhs-a.123; Vism.465. -desita well preached Dhp.44; Snp.88, Snp.230. -ddiṭṭha [= su + uddiṭṭha] well set out Vin.i.129; Ja.iv.192. -ddhanta well blown MN.iii.243; Dhs-a.326; = saṃdhanta AN.i.253; Vin.ii.59. -dhammatā good nature, good character, goodness, virtue Ja.ii.159; Ja.v.357; Ja.vi.527. -dhota well washed, thoroughly clean Ja.i.331. -nandī (scil. vedanā) pleasing, pleasurable SN.i.53. -naya easily deducted, clearly understood AN.iii.179 = sunnaya AN.ii.148; AN.iii.179 (variant reading). -nahāta well bathed, well groomed DN.i.104; as sunhāta at SN.i.79 -nimmadaya easily overcome DN.i.243 and sq. -nisita well whetted or sharpened Ja.iv.118; as ˚nissita at Ja.vi.248. -nisit-agga with a very sharp point Vv-a.227 -nīta well understood AN.i.59. -pakka thoroughly ripe Mhvs.15, Mhvs.38. -paṇṇasālā a beautiful hut Ja.i.7. -patittha having beautiful banks DN.ii.129; Ud.83 = sūpatittha MN.i.76. See also under sūpatittha
■ parikammakata well prepared, well polished DN.i.76; AN.ii.201; DN-a.i.221 -pariccaja easy to give away Ja.iii.68. -parimaṇḍala well rounded, complete Mhvs.37, Mhvs.225. -parihīna thoroughly bereft, quite done for Iti.35. -pāpa-kammin very wicked Ja.v.143. -pāpa-dhamma very wicked Vv.52#1. -pāpika very sinful, wicked AN.ii.203. -pāyita well saturated, i.e. hardened (of a sword) Ja.iv.118 Cp. suthita
■ pāsiya easily threaded (of a needle Ja.iii.282. -picchita well polished, shiny, slippery Ja.v.197 (cp. Sk. picchala?). Dutoit “fest gepresst (pīḷ?), so also Kern, Toevoegselen ii.85. C. explains as suphassita-pipi good to drink Ja.vi.526. -pīta see suthita
■ pubbaṇha a good morning AN.i.294. -posatā good nature Vin.i.45. -ppaṭikāra easy requital AN.i.123. -ppaṭipanna well conducted AN.ii.56; Pp.48
■ tā, good conduct Ne.50. -ppaṭippatāḷita well played on DN.ii.171; AN.iv.263. -ppaṭividdha thoroughly understood AN.ii.185 -ppatiṭṭhita firmly established Iti.77; Snp.444. -ppatīta well pleased Mhvs.24, Mhvs.64. -ppadhaṃsiya easily assaulted or overwhelmed DN.iii.176; SN.ii.264. Cp. ˚duppadhaṃsiya. -ppadhota thoroughly cleansed DN.ii.324. -ppabhāta a good daybreak Snp.178. -ppameyya easily fathomed DN.i.266; Pp.35. -ppavādita (music) well played Vv.39. -ppavāyita well woven, evenly woven Vin.iii.259. -ppavedita well preached Iti.78; Thig.341; Thag-a.240. -ppasanna thoroughly full of faith Mhvs.34, Mhvs.74. -ppahāra a good blow Ja.iii.83. -phassita agreeable to touch, very soft Ja.i.220; Ja.v.197 (C. for supicchita); smooth Vv-a.275. -bahu very much, very many Mhvs.20, Mhvs.9; Mhvs.30, Mhvs.18; Mhvs.34, Mhvs.15; Mhvs.37, Mhvs.48. -bāḷhika see bāḷhika
■ bbata virtuous, devout DN.i.52; SN.i.236; Snp.220; Dhp.95; Ja.vi.493; Dhp-a.ii.177; Dhp-a.iii.99; Pv-a.226; Vv-a.151. -bbināya easy to understand Nd.326 -bbuṭṭhi abundant rainfall Mhvs.15, Mhvs.97; Dhp-a.i.52 -kā the same DN.i.11. -brahā very big Ja.iv.111. -bhara easily supported, frugal; -tā frugality Vin.i.45; Vin.ii.2; MN.i.13. -bhikkha having plenty of food (nt.) plenty DN.i.11. -vāca called plenty, renowned for great liberality Iti.66. -bhūmi good soil MN.i.124. -majja well polished Ja.iii.282. -majjhantika a good noon AN.i.294. -mati wise Mhvs.15, Mhvs.214. -matikata well harrowed AN.i.239. -mada very joyful Ja.v.328. -mana glad, happy DN.i.3; DN.iii.269; AN.ii.198; Snp.222, Snp.1028; Dhp.68; Vism.174. kind, friendly Ja.iv.217 (opp. disa) -manohara very charming Mhvs.26, Mhvs.17. -manta well-advised, careful Mil.318. -mānasa joyful Vin.i.25 Mhvs.1, Mhvs.76. -māpita well built Ja.i.7. -mutta happily released DN.ii.162. -medha wise Vin.i.5; MN.i.142; AN.ii.49 and sq.; Dhp.208; Snp.117, Snp.211 etc.; Iti.33; Mnd.453. -medhasa wise DN.ii.267; AN.ii.70; Dhp.29. -yiṭṭha well sacrificed AN.ii.44. -yutta well suited, suitable Ja.i.296. -ratta very red Ja.i.119; Dhp-a.i.249. -rabhi fragrant SN.iv.71; Vv.84#32; Ja.i.119; AN.iii.238; Vv.44#12 Vv.53#8, Vv.71#6; Pv.ii.12#3; Vism.195 (˚vilepana); Vv-a.237; Pv-a.77; D Avs.iv.40; Mil.358. -˚karaṇḍaka fragrance box, a fragrant box Thig.253; Thag-a.209. -ruci resplendent Snp.548. -ruddha very fierce Ja.v.425, Ja.v.431 (read -rudda)
■ rūpin handsome Mhvs.22, Mhvs.20. -rosita nicely anointed Ja.v.173. -laddha well taken; (nt.) a good gain, bliss Vin.i.17; Iti.77. -labha easy to be obtained Iti.102; Ja.i.66; Ja.vi.125; Pv-a.87. -vaca of nice speech, compliant MN.i.43, MN.i.126; Snp.143; AN.iii.78; Ja.i.224 Often with padakkhiṇaggāhin (q.v.). See also subbaca & abstr. der.; sovacassa
■ vatthi [i.e. su + asti] hail well-being Cp. 100 = Ja.iv.31; cp. sotthi
■ vammita well harnessed Ja.i.179. -vavatthāpita well known, ascertained Ja.i.279; Mil.10. -vānaya [i.e. su-v-ānaya] easily brought, easy to catch Ja.i.80, Ja.i.124, Ja.i.238. -viggaha of a fine figure, handsome Mhvs.19, Mhvs.28. -vijāna easily known Snp.92; Ja.iv.217. -viññāpaya easy to instruct Vin.i.6. -vidūravidūra very far off AN.ii.50 -vibhatta well divided and arranged Snp.305. -vilitta well perfumed DN.i.104. -vimhita very dismayed Ja.vi.270. -visada very clean or clear Snp-a.195. -visama very uneven, dangerous Thig.352; Thag-a.242. -vihīna thoroughly bereft Ja.i.144. -vuṭṭhikā abundance of rain Ja.ii.80; Snp-a.27; DN-a.i.95; see subbuṭṭhikā-vositaṃ happily ended Ja.iv.314. -saṅkhata well prepared AN.ii.63. -saññā (f.) having a good understanding Ja.v.304; Ja.vi.49, Ja.vi.52, Ja.vi.503 (for ˚soññā? C. sussoṇiya, i.e. having beautiful hips); Tha-ap.307 (id.). -saññata thoroughly restrained Ja.i.188. -saṇṭhāna having a good consistence, well made Snp.28. -sattha well trained Ja.iii.4. -sandhi having a lovely opening Ja.v.204 -samāgata thoroughly applied to AN.iv.271 (aṭṭhanga˚ i.e. uposatha). -samāraddha thoroughly undertaken DN.ii.103; SN.ii.264 sq.; Dhp.293; Dhp-a.iii.452. -samāhita well grounded, steadfast DN.ii.120; Dhp.10; Dhp-a.iv.114; Iti.113; -atta of steadfast mind SN.i.4, SN.i.29 -samucchinna thoroughly eradicated MN.i.102. -samuṭṭhāpaya easily raised SN.v.113. -samudānaya easy to accomplish Ja.iii.313. -sambuddha easy to understand Vin.i.5; Snp.764; SN.i.136. -sāyaṇha a good, blissful evening AN.i.294. -sikkhita well learnt, thoroughly acquired Snp.261; easily trained, docile Ja.i.444; Ja.ii.43 -sikkhāpita well taught, trained Ja.i.444. -sippika a skilful workman Mhvs.34, Mhvs.72. -sīla moral, virtuous SN.i.141. -sukka very white, resplendent DN.ii.18 DN.iii.144; Snp.548. -seyya lying on soft beds SN.ii.268 -ssata well remembered MN.i.520. -ssara melodious Vv.36#4; Snp-a.355. -ssavana good news Ja.i.61. -ssoṇi having beautiful hips Ja.iv.19; Ja.v.7, Ja.v.294; cp. sussoṇiya Ja.vi.503, & see; -saññā
■ hajja friend SN.iv.59; Dhp.219; Snp.37; Ja.i.274; AN.iv.96; Dhp-a.iii.293. -hada friendly good- hearted a friend DN.iii.187 (= sundara-hadaya C. Ja.iv.76; Ja.vi.382; suhadā a woman with child Ja.v.330 -hanna modesty Ja.i.421. See hanna
■ huṭṭhita [su-uṭṭhita] well risen Snp.178. -huta well offered, burnt as a sacrifical offering AN.ii.44.
Vedic su˚, cp. Gr. εὐ-
indeclinable (-˚) a particle of interrogation, often added to interrogative pronouns; thus kaṃ su SN.i.45; kena ssu SN.i.39; kissa ssu SN.i.39, SN.i.161 (so read for kissassa); ko su Snp.173, Snp.181; kiṃ su Snp.1108; kathaṃ su Snp.183, Snp.185 Snp.1077; it is often also used as a pleonastic particle in narration; thus tadā su then DN.ii.212; hatthe su sati when the hand is there SN.iv.171. It often takes the forms ssu and assu; thus tyassu = te assu DN.ii.287 yassāhaṃ = ye assu ahaṃ DN.ii.284 n.5; api ssu Vin.i.5 Vin.ii.7, Vin.ii.76; tad-assu = tadā su then Ja.i.196; tay’assu three Snp.231; āditt’assu kindled DN.ii.264; nāssu not Snp.291 Snp.295, Snp.297, Snp.309; sv-assu = so su Ja.i.196. Euphonic ṃ is sometimes added yehi-ṃ-su Ja.vi.564 n. 3; kacciṃ-su Snp.1045, Snp.1079.
*ssu, fr. Vedic svid, interrog. part., of which other forms are si and sudaṃ. It also stands for Vedic sma, deictic part. of emphasis, for which also sa & assa;
a crocodile SN.iv.198; Thig.241; Thag-a.204; Ja.ii.158 sq.; Vism.446; Snp-a.207 (˚kucchi); Dhp-a.iii.194
■ -rī (f.) a female crocodile Ja.ii.159; suṃsumārinī (f.) Mil.67; suṃsumārapatitena vandeti to fall down in salutation DN-a.i.291.
cp. Sk. śiśumāra, lit. child-killing
a parrot Ja.i.458; Ja.ii.132; instead of suka read sūka SN.v.10. See suva.
Vedic śuka, fr. śuc
planet, star Ud. 9 = Ne.150; (nt.) semen, sukkavisaṭṭhi emission of semen Vin.ii.38; Vin.iii.112; Vin.iv.30; Kv.163.
Vedic śukra; fr. śuc
adjective white, bright; bright, pure, good SN.ii.240; SN.v.66, SN.v.104; Dhp.87; Dhs.1303; Iti.36; Ja.i.129; Mil.200; sukkadhamma Ja.i.129; kaṇhāsukkaṃ evil and good Snp.526; Sukkā a class of gods DN.ii.260.
Vedic śukla
adjective dry, dried up DN.ii.347; Ja.i.228, Ja.i.326; Ja.iii.435; Ja.v.106; Mil.261, Mil.407. Cp pari˚, vi˚.
Vedic śuṣka, fr. śuṣ
to be dried up Mil.152; Ja.v.472; ppr. sukkhanto getting dry Ja.i.498; ppr. med sukkhamāna wasting away Ja.i.104; Caus. ii. sukkhāpeti SN.i.8; Vin.iv.86; Ja.i.201, Ja.i.380; Ja.ii.56; DN-a.i.262 see also pubbāpeti
pp sukkhita.
fr. śuṣka dry; śuṣ
neuter drying up Ja.iii.390 (assu-˚).
fr. sukkha
neuter drying, making dry Ja.vi.420.
fr. sukkhāpeti
dried up, emaciated Mil.303. Cp. pari˚.
pp. of sukkhati
adjective noun agreeable, pleasant, blest Vin.i.3; Dhp.118, Dhp.194, Dhp.331; Snp.383; paṭipadā, pleasant path, easy progress AN.ii.149 sq.; Dhs.178; kaṇṇa-s. pleasant to the ear DN.i.4; happy, pleased DN.ii.233
■ nt. sukhaṃ wellbeing happiness, ease; ideal, success Vin.i.294; DN.i.73 sq.; MN.i.37; SN.i.5; AN.iii.355 (deva-manussānaṃ) Iti.47; Dhp.2; Snp.67; Dhs.10; Dhs-a.117; Pv-a.207 (lokiya worldly happiness)
■ kāyika sukkha bodily welfare Tikp.283; cp. Cpd. 1121; sāmisaṃ s. material happiness AN.i.81; AN.iii.412; Vb-a.268. On relation to pīti (joy see Vism.145 (sankhāra-kkhandha-sangahitā pīti vedanā-kkhandha-sangahitaṃ sukhaṃ) and Cpd. 56 243
■ Defined further at Vism.145 & Vism.461 (iṭṭha-phoṭṭhabb-ânubhavana-lakkhaṇaṃ; i.e. of the kind of experiencing pleasant contacts)
■ Two kinds, viz kāyika & cetasika; at Pts.i.188; several other pairs at AN.i.80; three (praise, wealth, heaven) Iti.67; another three (manussa˚, dibba˚, nibbāna˚) Dhp-a.iii.51; four (possessing, making good use of possessions, having no debts, living a blameless life) AN.ii.69
■ gātha -bandhana-sukh’atthaṃ for the beauty of the verse Ja.ii.224-Opp. asukha DN.iii.222, DN.iii.246; Snp.738; or dukkha, with which often combined (e.g. Snp.67, Snp.873, with spelling dukha at both pass.)
■ Cases: instr. sukhena with comfort happily, through happiness Thag.220; Dhs-a.406; acc sukhaṃ comfortably, in happiness; yathā s. according to liking Pv-a.133; sukhaṃ seti to rest in ease, to lie well SN.i.41; AN.i.136; Dhp.19, Dhp.201; Ja.i.141. Cp. sukhasayita-s. edhati to thrive, prosper SN.i.217; Dhp.193; Snp.298; cp. sukham-edha Vin.iii.137 (with Kern’s remarks Toevoegselen ii.83). s. viharati to live happily AN.i.96; AN.iii.3; Dhp.379
■ Der. sokhya
Vedic sukha; in R.V. only of ratha; later generally
luxurious living Vin.i.10#2 (kāma-˚). See under kāma˚.
same in BSk.
to be pleased Ja.ii.31 (asukhāyamāna being displeased with).
Denom. fr. sukha
happy, blest, glad SN.i.52; SN.iii.11 (sukhitesu sukhito dukkhitesu dukkhito); SN.iv.180; Snp.1029; Pv.ii.8#11; healthy Mhvs.37, Mhvs.128; --atta [ātman happy, easy Snp.145.
pp. of sukheti
adjective happy, at ease DN.i.31, DN.i.73, DN.i.108; AN.ii.185; SN.i.20, SN.i.170; SN.iii.83; Dhp.177; Snp.145; being well, unhurt Ja.iii.541; fem. -nī DN.ii.13; MN.ii.126.
fr. sukha
adjective subtle, minute Vin.i.14; DN.i.182; SN.iv.202; AN.ii.171; Dhs.676; Thig.266; Dhp.125 = Snp.662; Vism.274, Vism.488 (˚rūpā). fine, exquisite DN.ii.17, DN.ii.188; Mil.313; susukhuma, very subtle Thag.71 = Thag.210 (˚-nipuṇattha-dassin); cp. sokhumma; khoma-˚, kappāsa-˚, kambala-˚ (n.?) the finest sorts of linen, cotton stuff, woolwork (resp.) Mil.105
■ Der sokhumma.
Epic Sk. sūkṣma
= sukhuma Pts.i.185.
neuter fineness, delicacy DN.ii.17 sq.
abstr. fr. sukhuma
adjective tender, delicate, refined, delicately nurtured AN.i.145; AN.ii.86 sq.; AN.iii.130; Vin.i.15, Vin.i.179; Vin.ii.180; beautifully young, graceful Ja.i.397; Snp.298; samaṇa-˚ a soft, graceful Samaṇa AN.ii.87; fem. sukhumālinī Thig.217; Mil.68, & sukhumālī Ja.vi.514.
cp. Sk. su-kumāra
feminine delicate constitution Ja.v.295; Dhp-a.iii.283 (ati˚).
abstr. fr. sukhumāla
to make happy DN.i.51; SN.iv.331; DN-a.i.157; also sukhayati Dhs-a.117; Caus. ii. sukhāpeti DN.ii.202; Mil.79
pp sukhita.
Caus. fr. sukha
faring well, happy, having a happy life after death (gati): see under gata; cp. Vism.424 (s. sugati-gata). Freq. Epithet of the Buddha (see Dict. of Names).
su + gata
feminine happiness, bliss, a happy fate (see detail under gati) Vin.ii.162, Vin.ii.195; DN.i.143; DN.ii.141 Pp.60; Iti.24, Iti.77, Iti.112; AN.iii.5, AN.iii.205; AN.v.268; Vism.427 (where defined as “sundarā gati” & distinguished fr; sagga as including “manussagati,” whereas sagga is “devagati”); Vb-a.158; Dhp-a.i.153
■ suggati (in verses), Dhp.18; DN.ii.202 (printed as prose); Ja.iv.436 (= sagga C.); Ja.vi.224. Kern, Toevoegselen ii.83 explained suggati as svargati, analogous to svar-ga (= sagga); doubtful Cp. duggati.
su + gati
adjective righteous Dhp.126; Ja.i.219 = Vin.ii.162 (suggatī).
fr. sugati
masculine & neuter
■ odhisunka stake Ja.vi.279 --gahana Ja.v.254; a-suṃkâraha Ja.v.254.
cp. Vedic śulka, nt.
a receiver of customs Ja.v.254.
sunka + ika
neuter price paid for a wife Ja.vi.266.
abstr. fr. sunka
adjective pure, clean, white DN.i.4; AN.i.293; Snp.226, Snp.410
■ opp. asuci impure AN.iii.226; AN.v.109 AN.v.266
■ (nt.) purity, pure things Ja.i.22; goodness, merit Dhp.245; a tree used for making foot-boards Vv-a.8.
Vedic śuci
adjective pure, an epithet of the Buddha AN.iv.340.
suci + mant
feminine a sacrificial ladle DN.i.120, DN.i.138; SN.i.169; DN-a.i.289, DN-a.i.299.
Vedic sruc, f.
to become clean or pure MN.i.39; SN.i.34, SN.i.166; Mnd.85; Vism.3; cp. pari˚
pp suddha -Caus. sodheti (q.v.).
śudh which the Dhtp (417) defines as “soceyye,” i.e. from cleansing
neuter purification Vism.44.
fr. sujjhati
adjective
cp. Sk. śūnya, fr. Vedic śūna, nt., void
adjective void, empty, devoid of lusts, evil dispositions, and karma, but especially of soul, ego Thig.46; Thag-a.50; Dhs.344; Mhvs.37, Mhvs.7; nibbāna Dhs-a.221; phassa SN.iv.295; vimokkha Dhp.92; Dhp-a.ii.172; Mil.413 vimokkha samādhi, and samāpatti Vin.iii.92 sq. Vin.iv.25 sq.; samādhi (contemplation of emptiness, see Cpd. 216) DN.iii.219 (one of. three samādhis); SN.iv.360 SN.iv.363; Mil.337; anupassanā Pts.ii.43 sq.
i.e. the abl. suññato used as adj. nom.
feminine emptiness, “void,” unsubstantiality, phenomenality; freedom from lust, ill-will and dullness, Nibbāna MN.iii.111; Kv.232; Dhs-a.221; Ne.118 sq., Ne.123 sq., Ne.126; Mil.16; Vism.333 (n’atthi; suñña; vivitta; i, e. abhāva, suññatā, vivitt’ ākāra), Vism.578 (12 fold, relating to the Paṭiccasamuppāda), Vism.653 sq.; Vb-a.262 (atta˚, attaniya˚, niccabhāva˚).
abstr. fr. suñña
neuter emptiness, the state of being devoid Dhs-a.221.
abstr. fr. suñña
indeclinable well; the usual C. expln of the prefix su2 Pv-a.19, Pv-a.51, Pv-a.52, Pv-a.58, Pv-a.77, Pv-a.103 etc. s. tāta well, father Ja.i.170; s. kataṃ you have done well Ja.i.287; DN-a.i.297; suṭṭhutaraṃ still more Ja.i.229; Snp-a.418.
cp. Sk. suṣṭhu, fr. su˚
feminine excellence AN.i.98 sq.; Ne.50.
abstr. fr. suṭṭhu
“dog,” preferable spelling for suna, cp. Geiger, Pali Grammar § 93#1.
to hear.
pres suṇāti DN.i.62, DN.i.152; SN.v.265; Snp.696; Iti.98; Mil.5 suṇoti Ja.iv.443;
pot suṇeyya Vin.i.7; DN.i.79; suṇe Ja.iv.240;
imper suṇa SN.iii.121; sunāhi Snp.p.21; suṇohi DN.i.62; Snp.997; 3rd sg. suṇātu Vin.i.56; 1st pl. suṇāma Snp.354; suṇoma Snp.350, Snp.988, Snp.1110; Pv.iv.1#31. 2nd pl. suṇātha DN.i.131; DN.ii.76; Iti.41; Snp.385; Pv-a.13. suṇotha Snp.997; Mil.1. 3rd pl suṇantu Vin.i.5
ppr sunanto Snp.1023; DN-a.i.261 savaṃ Ja.iii.244
inf sotuṃ DN.ii.2; Snp.384; suṇitum Mil.91
fut sossati DN.ii.131, DN.ii.265; Ja.ii.107; Ja.ii.63 Tha-ap.156; Vv-a.187; 1st sg. sussaṃ Snp.694. 2nd sg. sossi Ja.vi.423
aor 1st sg. assuṃ Ja.iii.572. 2nd sg. assu Ja.iii.541. 3rd sg. suṇi Ja.iv.336; assosi DN.i.87, DN.i.152 Snp.p.103; 1st pl. assumha Ja.ii.79. 2nd pl. assuttha SN.i.157; SN.ii.230. 3rd pl. assosuṃ Vin.i.18; DN.i.111.
ger sutvā Vin.i.12; DN.i.4; Snp.30. sutvāna Vin.i.19; DN.ii.30; Snp.202. suṇitvā Ja.v.96; Mhvs.23, Mhvs.80. suṇiya Mhvs.23, Mhvs.101
pass sūyati MN.i.30; Ja.i.72, Ja.i.86; Mil.152. suyyati Ja.iv.141; Ja.iv.160; Ja.v.459. 3rd pl. sūyare Ja.vi.528
grd savanīya what should be heard, agreeable to the ear DN.ii.211. sotabba DN.i.175; DN.ii.346. pp. suta: see separately
caus sāveti to cause to hear to tell, declare, announce Ja.i.344; Mhvs.5, Mhvs.238; Pv-a.200; Vv-a.66. nāmaṃ s. to shout out one’s name Vin.i.36; DN-a.i.262; maṃ dāsī ti sāvaya announce me to be your slave Ja.iii.437; cp. Ja.iv.402 (but see on this passage and on Ja.iii.198; Ja.vi.486 Kern’s proposed reading sāṭeti); to cause to be heard, to play DN.ii.265. Caus also suṇāpeti Dhp-a.i.206
■ Desiderative sussūsati (often written sussūyati) DN.i.230; MN.iii.133 (text sussūsanti), AN.iv.393 (do.)
ppr sussusaṃ Snp.189 (var read., text sussussā); sussūsamāna Snp.383;
aor sussūsiṃsu Vin.i.10;
fut sussūsissanti Vin.i.150; SN.ii.267 (text sussu-).
śru, Vedic śṛṇoti; cp. Gr. κλέω to praise; Lat. clueo to be called; Oir. clunim to hear; Goth hliup attention, hliuma hearing, and many others
feminine a daughter-in-law Vin.i.240; Vin.iii.136; DN.ii.148; MN.i.186, MN.i.253; Ja.vi.498; Vv.13#5 (= puttassa bhariyā Vv-a.61); Dhp-a.i.355; Dhp-a.iv.8; Pv.ii.46 (pl. suṇisāyo so read for sūtisāye)
■ suṇhā the same Vin.ii.10; AN.iv.91; Thig.406; Ja.ii.347; Ja.vi.506; Pv.iv.3.43
Vedic snuṣā; cp. Gr. νυός; Ohg. snur; Ags. snoru; Lat. nurus
-ādhāra holding (i.e. keeping in mind, preserving) the sacred learning Ja.iii.193; Ja.vi.287. -kavi a Vedic poet a poet of sacred songs AN.ii.230. -dhana the treasure of revelation DN.iii.163, DN.iii.251; AN.iii.53; AN.iv.4 sq.; Vv-a.113 -dhara remembering what has been heard (or taught in the Scriptures) AN.ii.23 (+ ˚sannicaya); AN.iii.152, AN.iii.261 sq -maya consisting in learning (or resting on sacred tradition), one of the 3 kinds of knowledge (paññā) viz. cintā-mayā, s
■ m., bhāvanā-mayā paññā DN.iii.219 Vb.324 (explained at Vism.439); as -mayī at Pts.i.4, Pts.i.22 sq. Ne.8, Ne.50, Ne.60. -ssava far-renowned (Ep. of the Buddha Snp.353.
pp. of suṇāti; cp. Vedic śruta
son Mhvs.1, Mhvs.47; fem. sutā daughter, Thig.384.
neuter the fact of having heard or learnt Snp-a.166.
abstr. fr. suta1
adjective easily contented AN.i.87; Pp.26 (opp. dut˚).
su + grd. of tappati2
adjective one who is learned in religious knowledge Vin.i.14; AN.ii.178; AN.iii.55; AN.iv.68, AN.iv.157; SN.iii.57; Tikp.279; Snp.70 (= āgama-sampanna Snp-a.124), Snp.90, Snp.371; sutavanta-nimmita founded by learned, pious men Mil.1; assutavant, unlearned MN.i.1 (˚vā puthujjano laymen); Dhs.1003; AN.iii.54; AN.iv.157.
suta1 + vant
feminine
cp. śruti revelation as opp. to smṛti tradition
adjective easy to endure Ja.524.
fr. su + titikkhā
asleep Vin.iii.117; Vin.v.205; DN.i.70; DN.ii.130; Dhp.47; Iti.41; Ja.v.328
■ (nt.) sleep DN.ii.95; MN.i.448; SN.iv.169. In phrase --pabuddha “awakened from sleep” referring to the awakening (entrance) in the deva-world, e.g. Vism.314 (brahmalokaṃ uppajjati) Dhp-a.i.28 (kanaka-vimāne nibbatti); Dhp-a.iii.7 (id.); cp SN.i.143.
pp. of supati
neuter
Vedic sūtra, fr. sīv to sew
neuter a string Vin.ii.271; Pv-a.145; a string of jewels or beads Vin.ii.106; Vin.iii.48; Dhs-a.321 a term for lust Dhs-a.364.
fr. sutta
versed in the Suttantas. A suttantika bhikkhu is one who knows the Suttas (contrasted with vinayadhara who knows the rules of the Vinaya) Vin.ii.75 Cp. dhamma C1 & piṭaka
■ Vin.i.169; Vin.ii.75, Vin.ii.161 Vin.iii.159; Ja.i.218; Mil.341; Vism.41, Vism.72, Vism.93; Kp-a.151 -duka the Suttanta pairs, the pairs of terms occurring in the Suttantas Dhs.1296 sq.; -vatthūni the physical bases of spiritual exercise in the Suttantas Pts.i.186.
feminine in kuruvindakasutti a powder for rubbing the body Vin.ii.107; see sotti.
cp. Sk. śukti, given as pearl-shell (Suśruta), and as a perfume
feminine a good saying Sdhp.340, Sdhp.617.
Sk. sūkti
? beaten out, Mil.415 (with vv.ll. suthiketa, suphita & supita). Should we read su-poṭhita? Kern; Toevoegselen ii.85 proposes su-pīta “well saturated” (with which cp. supāyita Ja.iv.118, said of a sword).
indeclinable a deictic (seemingly pleonastic) particle in combination with demonstr. pronouns and adverbs; untranslatable, unless by “even, just,” e.g. tapassī sudaṃ homi, lūkha ssudaṃ [sic] homi etc. MN.i.77 = Ja.i.390; cp. itthaṃ sudaṃ thus Snp.p.59; tatra sudaṃ there Vin.i.4, Vin.i.34; Vin.iv.108; DN.i.87 DN.ii.91; Iti.15; api ssudaṃ DN.ii.264; SN.i.119; api sudaṃ SN.i.113; sā ssudam SN.ii.255.
= Vedic svid, influenced by sma: see su3
(see detail under vaṇṇa 6) a Sūdra Vin.ii.239; DN.i.104; DN.iii.81, DN.iii.95 sq. (origin); MN.i.384; AN.i.162; AN.ii.194; SN.i.102; Pp.60; Snp.314; fem. suddī DN.i.241; AN.iii.226, AN.iii.229; Vin.iii.133.
cp. Vedic śūdra
pp. of sujjhati
neuter a trifle, a minor offence, less than a Sanghādisesa Vin.ii.67.
suddha + ka
feminine purity Snp.435.
abstr. fr. suddha
neuter purity DN.ii.14; Vism.44.
abstr. fr. suddha
feminine purity, purification, genuineness, sterling quality DN.i.54; MN.i.80; MN.ii.132, MN.ii.147; SN.i.166, SN.i.169 SN.i.182; SN.iv.372; Thig.293; Dhp-a.iii.158 (variant reading visuddhi) Vv-a.60 (payoga˚); Vism.43 (fourfold: desanā˚, saṃvara˚ pariyeṭṭhi˚, paccavekkhaṇa˚); Dhs.1005; Snp.478 suddhiṃvada stating purity, Snp.910; Mnd.326; suddhināya leading to purity Snp.910. Cp. pari˚, vi˚.
fr. śudh
adjective
suddhi + ka
feminine
cp. Sk. sudhā
swollen Vin.ii.253; AN.iv.275, AN.iv.470.
Sk. śūna, pp. of śū to swell
a dog, also written suṇa Ja.vi.353, Ja.vi.357 (cp. sunakha).
Sk. śuna; see suvāṇa
a dog AN.i.48; AN.ii.122; Thig.509; Ja.i.175, Ja.i.189; Ja.ii.128, Ja.ii.246; Pv-a.151, Pv-a.206
■ rukkha˚ some sort of animal Ja.vi.538. fem. sunakhī a bitch Ja.iv.400
■ Names of some dogs in the Jātakas are Kaṇha (or Mahā˚) Ja.iv.183; Caturakkha Ja.iii.535; Jambuka Pingiya ibid.; Bhattabhuñjana Ja.ii.246. Cp. suvāṇa.
cp. Sk. śunaka; the BSk. form is also sunakha, e.g. Mvu.iii.361, Mvu.iii.369
beautifully curled at the ends (of hair) Ja.vi.86.
su + agga + vellita; perhaps originally suv-agga˚
adjective beautiful, good, nice, well Ja.ii.11, Ja.ii.98; Snp-a.410, Snp-a.493 (cp. parovara) It is very frequent as Commentary word, e.g. for prefix su˚; Pv-a.57, Pv-a.77; Vv-a.111; for subha Pv-a.14, Pv-a.44; for sādhu Sn-a.176; for sobhana Pv-a.49; for seyyo Pv-a.130.
cp. Epic & Class. Sk. sundara
“Fairwing” a kind of fairy bird, a mythical creature (cp. garuḷa), imagined as winged, considered as foe to the nāgas DN.ii.259; SN.i.148; Ja.i.202; Ja.ii.13, Ja.ii.107; Ja.iii.91, Ja.iii.187, Ja.iii.188; Ja.vi.256, Ja.vi.257 Vism.155 (˚rājā), Vism.400; Mnd.92, Mnd.448; Dhp-a.i.280; Pv-a.272; DN-a.i.51; Mhvs.14, Mhvs.40; Mhvs.19, Mhvs.20. Four kinds SN.iii.246.
Vedic suparṇa
(suppati, soppati) to sleep; supati Snp.110; Ja.ii.61 (sukhaṃ supati he sleeps well); Ja.v.215; Pv.ii.9#38; suppati SN.i.107; soppati SN.i.107, SN.i.110;
pot supe SN.i.111;
ppr supanto Vin.i.15;
ppr med. suppamāna Ja.iii.404;
aor supi Mil.89#2; Vin.ii.78; Pv-a.195 (sukhaṃ);
inf sottuṃ SN.i.111;
pp supita; also sutta1 & sotta.
svap; Vedic svapiti & svapati; svapna sleep or dream (see supina), with which cp. Gr. υ ̔́πνος sleep = Av. xvafna, Lat. somnus, Ags. swefn. Dhtp.481 “saye”
a dog DN.ii.295 = MN.i.58, MN.i.88; Snp.201; Mil.147. Spelt supāna at Ja.iv.400.
= suvāṇa
Ja.iv.118 (read: supāyita). See under su˚.
sleeping; (nt.) sleep SN.i.198 (ko attho supitena) = Snp.331; Snp-a.338; Pv.ii.6#1 (so read for supina?).
pp. of supati
masculine & neuter a dream, vision DN.i.9, DN.i.54; SN.i.198; SN.iv.117 (supine in a dream; variant reading supinena); Snp.360, Snp.807, Snp.927 Mnd.126; Ja.i.334 sq., Ja.i.374; Ja.v.42; DN-a.i.92, DN-a.i.164; Vv.44#14 Vb-a.407 (by 4 reasons), Vb-a.408 (who has dreams); Dhp-a.i.215. The five dreams of the Buddha AN.iii.240; Ja.i.69 dussupina an unpleasant dream Ja.i.335; Pv-a.105 (of Ajātasattu); maṅgala˚; a lucky dream Ja.vi.330; mahā˚ṃ passati to have (lit. see) a great vision Ja.i.336 sq (the 16 great visions); -ṃ ādisati to tell a dream Mnd.381- Supina at Pv.ii.6#1 read supita.
Vedic svapna; the contracted P. form is soppa
a dream Vin.ii.25; DN.ii.333; MN.i.365; Ja.v.354; DN-a.i.92.
supina + ka
read Mil.415 for suthita (Kern’s suggestion). See under su˚.
well beaten; perhaps at Mil.415 for suthita (said of iron); (nt.) a good thrashing Dhp-a.i.48.
su + poṭhita
a winnowing basket Ud.68; Ja.i.502; Ja.ii.428; Vism.109 (+ sarāva), Vism.123; Mil.282; Dhp-a.i.174 (kattara˚); Dhp-a.ii.131; Mhvs.30, Mhvs.9. --ka a toy basket, little sieve Dhs-a.321 (+ musalaka).
cp. Vedic śūrpa
feminine in mugga-s. pea-soup talk, sugared words Mil.370. See under mugga.
fr. sūpa
see under soppa.
at Ja.v.408 is doubtful in spelling & meaning. Perhaps to be read; “suplavantaṃ” gliding along beautifully; C. explained as “sukhena plavan’atthaṃ.”
adjective compliant, meek AN.iii.180. See also suvaca (under su˚). Der. sovacassa.
su + vaca
adjective having beautiful eyebrows Ja.iv.18 (= subhamukhā C.).
su + bhū, Sk. bhrū, see bhūkuṭi
adjective shining, bright, beautiful DN.i.76 = DN.ii.13 = MN.iii.102; Dhs.250; DN-a.i.221; auspicious, lucky, pleasant Snp.341; Iti.80 good Snp.824, Snp.910; subhato maññati to consider as a good thing Snp.199; Ja.i.146; cp. SN.iv.111; (nt.) welfare good, pleasantness, cleanliness, beauty, pleasure
■ vasena for pleasure’s sake Ja.i.303, Ja.i.304; asubha anything repulsive disgusting or unpleasant SN.i.188; SN.v.320; subhâsubha pleasant and unpleasant Mil.136; Ja.iii.243 (niraya = subhānaṃ asubhaṃ unpleasant for the good C.); cp. below subhāsubha.
-aṅgana with beautiful courts Ja.vi.272. -āsubha good and bad, pleasant & unpleasant Dhp.409 = Snp.633.; -kiṇṇa the lustrous devas, a class of devas DN.ii.69; MN.i.2. MN.i.329 MN.i.390; MN.iii.102; AN.i.122; Ja.iii.358; Kv.207; also written ˚kiṇha AN.ii.231, AN.ii.233; AN.iv.40, AN.iv.401; Vism.414, Vism.420 sq. Vb-a.520; Kp-a.86. -gati going to bliss, to heaven Mhvs.25, Mhvs.115. -ṭṭhāyin existing or remaining, continuing in glory DN.i.17; DN-a.i.110; AN.v.60. -dhātu the element of splendour SN.ii.150. -nimitta auspicious sign auspiciousness as an object of one’s thought MN.i.26; AN.i.3, AN.i.87, AN.i.200; SN.v.64, SN.v.103; Vism.20. -saññā perception or notion of what is pleasant or beautiful Ne.27 Opp. asubhasaññā concept of repulsiveness AN.i.42 AN.ii.17; AN.iii.79; AN.iv.46; AN.v.106. See asubha
■ saññin considering as beautiful AN.ii.52.
Vedic śubhas fr. subh; cp. sobhati
adjective lucky; -karaṇa making happy or beloved (by charms) DN.i.11; DN-a.i.96
■ Der. sobhagga
su + bhaga
the great-flowered jasmine Ja.i.62; Ja.iv.455; Dhp-a.iv.12. In composition sumana˚.
see sarati2.
(& sumhati) to push, throw over, strike Ja.iii.185 (sumh˚); Ja.vi.549. pp. sumbhita
■ Cp. ā˚, pari˚.
sumbh (?), cp. Geiger, P.Gr. 60, 128. The Dhtm (306 & 548) only says “saṃsumbhane.” The BSk. form is subhati Mvu.i.14
knocked over, fallen (over) Pv-a.174.
pp. of sumbhati
is Passive of suṇāti.
god Snp.681 (= deva Snp-a.484); name of a Bodhisatta Ja.v.12, Ja.v.13 surakaññā a goddess, a heavenly maid Ja.v.407 (= devadhītā, C.); surinda the king of gods Mhbv.28. Opp asura.
cp. Epic Sk. sura probably after asura
adjective (in good sense:) well-loving, devoted: see soracca; (in bad sense:) sexual intercourse thus wrongly for soracca at Ja.iii.442 C., with expln as “dussīlya.” Cp. sūrata.
su + rata
feminine spirituous (intoxicating) liquor (“drink”) Vin.ii.295; Vin.ii.301; Vin.iv.110; DN.i.146; AN.i.212 AN.i.295; Iti.63; Ja.i.199, Ja.i.252 (tikhiṇaṃ suraṃ yojetvā mixing a sharp drink); Dhp-a.ii.9; Dhp.247; as nt. at Ja.vi.23 (variant reading surā as gloss)
■ Five kinds of surā are mentioned viz. piṭṭha˚, pūva˚, odana˚ (odaniya˚), kiṇṇapakkhitta˚ sambhāra-saṃyutta˚ Vv-a.73; Vb-a.381.
Vedic surā
Vedic sūrya cp. suvar light, heaven; Idg. *sāṷel, as in Gr. η ̔́λιος, Lat. sōl., Goth. sauil sun; Oir. sūil “eye” cp. also Gr. σέλας splendour, σελήνη moon, & many others, for which see Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. sōl
indeclinable a hissing sound (“suru”); surusuru-kārakaṃ (adv.) after the manner of making hissing sounds (when eating) Vin.ii.214; Vin.iv.197.
onamat.
a subterranean passage Mhvs.7, Mhvs.15.
a corruption of σϋριγς
feminine a medicinal plant Vin.i.201; cp. Deśīnāmamālā viii.40.
cp. Sk. surasī, “basilienkraut” BR; fr. surasa
feminine a kind of small deer Ja.vi.437, Ja.vi.438.
a parrot Ja.i.324; Ja.iv.277 sq.; Ja.vi.421; Ja.vi.431 sq. (the two: Pupphaka & Sattigumba); Dhp-a.i.284 (˚rājā). fem. suvī Ja.vi.421.
cp. Sk. śuka
of good colour, good, favoured, beautiful DN.i.82; Dhs.223; Iti.99; AN.iv.255; Pp.60; Ja.i.226; suvaṇṇa (nt.) gold SN.iv.325 sq.; Snp.48, Snp.686 Cnd.687 (= jātarūpa); Kp-a.240; Vv-a.104; often together with hirañña Vin.iii.16, Vin.iii.48; DN.ii.179; ˚-āni pl precious things Ja.i.206
■ Cp. soṇṇa.
Sk. suvarṇa
feminine beauty of colour or complexion Pp.34.
abstr. fr. suvaṇṇa
a dog MN.iii.91 (= supāṇa MN.i.58); Ja.vi.247 (the 2 dogs of hell: Sabala & Sāma); Vism.259 (= supāṇa Kp-a.58). As suvā˚; at Sdhp.379, Sdhp.408
■ See also the var. forms san, suṇa, suna, sunakha, supāṇa, soṇa.
cp. Sk. śvan, also śvāna (f. śvānī): fr. Vedic acc. śuvānaṃ, of śvan. For etym. cp. Gr. κύων, Av. spā, Lat. canis, Oir. cū, Goth. hunds
easy to bring SN.i.124 = Ja.i.80.
su-v-ānaya
a master Snp.666.
metric for sāmin
see sve.
neuter a cemetery Vin.i.15, Vin.i.50; Vin.ii.146; DN.i.71; AN.i.241; AN.ii.210; Pp.59; Ja.i.175; Mnd.466; Cnd.342; Vism.76, Vism.180; Pv-a.80, Pv-a.92, Pv-a.163, Pv-a.195 sq āmaka-s. a place where the corpses are left to rot Ja.i.61, Ja.i.372; Ja.vi.10; Dhp-a.i.176. Cp. sosānika.
cp. Vedic śmaśāna
adjective employed in a cemetery Mhvs.10, Mhvs.91.
fr. last
adjective noun perforated, full of holes, hollow Ja.i.146; Snp.199; Ja.i.172, Ja.i.442; DN-a.i.261; Mil.112; Vism.194 = Dhs-a.199; Kp-a.172; asusira Dhp-a.ii.148 (Bdhgh for eka-ghaṇa). (nt.) a hole; Pv-a.62.
Sk. śuṣira
a boy, youngster, lad Vin.iii.147 = Ja.ii.284; Vv.64#14 (= dahara C.); Snp.420; DN.i.115; MN.i.82; AN.ii.22; Ja.ii.57; ājānīya-susūpama MN.i.445 read ājānīy-ass-ūpama (cp. Thag.72)
■ In phrase susukāḷa the susu is a double su˚, in meaning “very, very black” (see under kāḷa-kesa), e.g. DN.i.115 = MN.i.82; AN.ii.22 = AN.iii.66 = Ja.ii.57; explained as suṭṭhu-kāḷa DN-a.i.284- susunāga a young elephant DN.ii.254.
cp. Sk. śiśu
the sound susu, hissing Ja.iii.347 (cp. su and sū); Thag-a.189.
the name of a sort of water animal (alligator or seacow?) Ja.vi.537 (plur. susū) = Ja.v.255 (kumbhīlā makasā susū).
feminine an alligator Vin.i.200; AN.ii.123 (where id. p. at Cnd.470 has suṃsumāra); MN.i.459; Mil.196.
to be dried, to wither Snp.434; Ja.i.503; Ja.ii.424; Ja.vi.5 (being thirsty); ppr. med. sussamāna Ja.i.498; Snp.434; fut sussissati Ja.i.48; ger. sussitvā Ja.ii.5, Ja.ii.339; Pv-a.152. Cp vissussati & sukkhati
caus soseti (q.v.).
Vedic śuṣyati; śuṣ (= sosana Dhtp.457)
adjective wishing to hear or learn, obedient SN.i.6; Ja.iv.134.
to wish to hear, to listen, attend DN.i.230; AN.i.72; AN.iv.393; aor. sussūsimsu Vin.i.10; ppr. med. sussūsamāna Snp.383.
Desid. fr. suṇāti; Sk. śuśrūṣati
feminine wish to hear, obedience, attendance DN.iii.189; AN.v.136; Thag.588; Snp.186; Ja.iii.526; Mil.115.
Class. Sk. śuśrūṣā
adjective obedient, trusting Ja.iii.525.
cp. Epic Sk. śuśrūṣin
feminine happiness Ja.iii.158.
sukha + tā
adjective satiated MN.i.30; Ja.i.266, Ja.i.361; Ja.v.384; Mil.249.
su + hita
indeclinable an onomat. part. “shoo,” applied to hissing sounds: see su1. Also doubled: sū sū Dhp-a.i.171 Dhp-a.iii.352. Cp. sūkara & sūsūyati.
the awn of barley etc. SN.v.10, SN.v.48; AN.i.8.
cp. Sk. śūka
a hog, pig Vin.i.200; DN.i.5; AN.ii.42 (kukkuṭa +), AN.ii.209; Iti.36; Ja.i.197 (muṇika); Ja.ii.419 (Sālūka); Ja.iii.287 (Cullatuṇḍila Mahā-tuṇḍila); Mil.118, Mil.267; Vb-a.11 (vara-sayane sayāpita)
■ f. sūkarī Ja.ii.406 (read vañjha˚).
Sk. sūkara, perhaps as sū + kara; cp. Av. hū pig, Gr. ̔ϋς; Lat. sūs; Ags. sū = E. sow
a pig-killer, pork-butcher SN.ii.257; AN.ii.207; AN.iii.303; Pp.56; Thig.242; Ja.vi.111; Thag-a.204.
fr. sūkara; BSk. saukarika Divy.505
an informer, slanderer SN.ii.257 (= pesuñña-kāraka C.); Snp.246. Cp. saṃ˚.
fr. sūc to point out
neuter indicating, exhibiting Dhtp.592 (for gandh).
feminine a needle Vin.ii.115, Vin.ii.117, Vin.ii.177; SN.ii.215 sq., SN.ii.257; Ja.i.111, Ja.i.248 Vism.284 (in simile); a hairpin Thig.254; Ja.i.9; a small door-bolt, a pin to secure the bolt MN.i.126; Thig.116; Ja.i.360; Ja.v.294 (so for suci); Thag-a.117; cross-bar of a rail, railing [cp. BSk. sūcī Divy.221] DN.ii.179.
cp. Sk. sūci; doubtful whether to sīv
feminine
fr. sūci
adjective upright Snp.143 = Kp.ix.1 (= suṭṭhu uju Kp-a.236).
su + uju
feminine a slaughter-house Ja.vi.62; see sūnā.
a charioteer Ja.iv.408; a bard, panegyrist Ja.i.60; Ja.v.258.
Sk. sūta
neuter a lying-in-chamber Ja.iv.188; Ja.vi.485; Vism.259 (Kp-a pasūti˚); Vb-a.33, Vb-a.242.
sūti + ghara
a cook DN.i.51; SN.v.149 sq.; Ja.v.292; DN-a.i.157; Vism.150 (in simile); Pv.ii.9#37, Pv.ii.9#50. Sudaka = suda
Sk. sūda; for etym. see sādu
(cook) Ja.v.507.
swollen Mil.357#2; Ja.vi.555; often wrongly spelt suna (q.v.) Vin.ii.253 = AN.iv.275 (cp. Leumann Gött. Anz., 1899, p. 595); Dhs-a.197 (suna-bhāva).
Sk. śūna
feminine a slaughter-house Vin.i.202; Vin.ii.267; asisūnā the same Vin.ii.26; MN.i.130, MN.i.143; also sūna Ja.vi.111; and sūṇā Ja.v.303; sūnāpaṇa Ja.vi.111; sūnaghara Vin.iii.59; sūna-nissita Vin.iii.151; sūnakāraghara Vb-a.252.
Sk. sūnā
a son, child Mhvs.38, Mhvs.87.
Vedic sūnu, fr. sū, cp. sūti
broth, soup, curry Vin.ii.77, Vin.ii.214 sq. Vin.iv.192; DN.i.105; SN.v.129 sq. (their var. flavours) AN.iii.49 (aneka˚); Ja.ii.66; Vism.343. samasūpaka with equal curry Vin.iv.192. Also nt. Vin.i.239#2 (-āni) and f. sūpi Ja.iv.352 (bidalasūpiyo); sūpavyañjanaka a vessel for curry and sauce Vin.i.240.
Vedic sūpa, cp. Ags. sūpan = Ger. saufen; Ohg. sūf = soup
adjective with beautiful banks. Usually spelt su˚; as if su + patittha (see patittha), e.g. Vin.iii.108; Ja.vi.518, Ja.vi.555 (= sobhana˚); DN.ii.129; Ud.83; Pv.ii.1#20 (= sundara-tittha Pv-a.77). But sū˚; at MN.i.76, MN.i.283 Tha-ap.333.
su + upatittha, the latter = tittha, cp. upavana: vana
= su + upadhārita well-known Mil.10.
a cook DN-a.i.157; Ja.vi.62 (variant reading), Ja.vi.277.
sūpa + ika
adjective having curry, together with curry Ja.iii.328.
fr. sūpa
neuter
fr. sūpa = Sk. sūpya
is passive of suṇāti.
valiant, courageous SN.i.21; Ja.i.262, Ja.i.320; Ja.ii.119; (m.) a hero, a valiant man DN.i.51 DN.i.89; DN.iii.59, DN.iii.142, DN.iii.145 sq; AN.iv.107, AN.iv.110; Snp.831; DN-a.157 DN-a.250; (nt.) valour SN.v.227, read sūriya.
Vedic śūra, fr. śū
the sun Thag-a.150 (Tha-ap.90); Ja.v.56.
Vedic sūra
soft, mild Ja.vi.286; Mhbv.75; kindly disposed SN.iv.305. Cp. surata & sorata.
= surata
adjective wise Mhvs.26, Mhvs.23.
fr. sūra1
neuter valour SN.v.227 (text, sūra); Ja.i.282; Mil.4.
abstr. fr. sūra1
masculine & neuter
cp. Vedic śūla
adjective magnificent Mhvs.28, Mhvs.1.
su + uḷāra
to make a hissing sound “sū sū” (of a snake) Dhp-a.ii.257 (variant reading susumāyati).
Denom. fr. sū
pronoun = taṃ: see under sa2.
sprinkling Ja.i.93 (suvaṇṇa-rasa-s.piñjara).
fr. sic, see siñcati
neuter a sandbank Dāvs i.32.
Sk. saikata
feminine (?) Ja.vi.536 (nīlapupphi-˚, C. nīlapupphīti ādikā pupphavalliyo).
belonging to training, in want of training, imperfect Vin.i.17, Vin.i.248; Vin.iii.24; Dhs.1016; one who has still to learn, denotes one who has not yet attained Arahantship DN.ii.143; MN.i.4, MN.i.144; AN.i.63; Pp.14; Iti.9 sq., Iti.53, Iti.71; Snp.970 Snp.1038 = SN.ii.47; definition AN.i.231; SN.v.14, SN.v.145, SN.v.175 SN.v.229 sq., SN.v.298, SN.v.327; Mnd.493 (sikkhatī ti sekkho, etc. = Cnd.689; Vb-a.328. s. pāṭipadā the path of the student MN.i.354; MN.iii.76, MN.iii.300; s. sīla the moral practice of the student AN.i.219 sq.; AN.ii.6, AN.ii.86 sq.; asekha not to be trained, adept, perfect Vin.i.62 sq.; Vin.iii.24 Pp.14 (= arahant). See asekha.
cp. Sk. śaikṣa; fr. siks, sikkhati
? quick Ja.vi.199 (variant reading sīghavant).
connected with training; s. dhamma rule of good breeding Vin.iv.185 sq.
fr. sekha
neuter a jackal’s cry AN.i.187 sq. (˚ṃ nadati); cp. sigālika.
fr. sigāla
sprinkling Ja.vi.69; neg. asecanaka (q.v.).
fr. seceti
see siñcati.
= sa-icchā, Sdhp.249.
best, excellent DN.i.18, DN.i.99; SN.iii.13; Snp.47, Snp.181, Snp.822, Snp.907; Dhp.1, Dhp.26; Ja.i.443; Mnd.84 = Cnd.502 (with syn.) Ja.i.88; cp. seṭṭhatara Ja.v.148.
foreman of a guild, treasurer, banker, “City man”, wealthy merchant Vin.i.15 sq. Vin.i.271 sq.; Vin.ii.110 sq., Vin.ii.157; SN.i.89; Ja.i.122; Ja.ii.367 etc. Rājagaha˚ the merchant of Rājagaha Vin.ii.154; Ja.iv.37; Bārāṇasi˚ the merchant of Benares Ja.i.242 Ja.i.269; jana-pada-seṭṭhi a commercial man of the country Ja.iv.37; seṭṭhi gahapati Vin.i.273; SN.i.92; there were families of seṭṭhis Vin.i.18; Ja.iv.62; --ṭṭhāna the position of a seṭṭhi Ja.ii.122, Ja.ii.231; hereditary Ja.i.231 Ja.i.243; Ja.ii.64; Ja.iii.475; Ja.iv.62 etc.; seṭṭhānuseṭṭhī treasurers and under-treasurers Vin.i.18; see Vinaya Texts i.102.
fr. seṭṭha, Sk. śreṣṭhin
neuter the office of treasurer or (wholesale) merchant SN.i.92.
abstr. fr. seṭṭhi
feminine
Class. Sk. śreṇi in meaning “guild”; Vedic = row
adjective white DN.ii.297 = MN.i.58; Snp.689; AN.iii.241; Vb-a.63 (opp kāḷa); Ja.i.175; Pv-a.157, Pv-a.215. name of a mountain in the Himālayas SN.i.67 = Mil.242; an elephant of King Pasenadi AN.iii.345.
Vedic śveta & śvitra; cp. Av. spaēta white; Lith. szaitýti to make light; Ohg. hwīz = E. white
adjective white, transparent DN.ii.129; MN.i.76, MN.i.167, MN.i.283.
seta + ka
a tree Ja.vi.535; setacchakūṭa adj. Ja.vi.539 (sakuṇa).
feminine a tree Ja.vi.335.
?
to lie down, to sleep; (applied) to be in a condition, to dwell, behave etc
pres seti SN.i.41, SN.i.47, SN.i.198 (kiṃ sesi why do you lie asleep? Cp. Pv.ii.6#1); Ja.i.141; Dhp.79 Dhp.168; Snp.200; Vv-a.42; sayati Vin.i.57; Ja.ii.53; DN-a.i.261.
pot sayeyya Pv.ii.3,9 & saye Iti.120.
ppr sayaṃ Iti.82, Iti.117; Snp.193; sayāna (med.) DN.i.90; DN.ii.292; MN.i.57; Iti.117; Snp.1145; & semāna DN.ii.24; MN.i.88; SN.i.121; Ja.i.180; also sayamāna Thag.95
fut sessati SN.i.83; Snp.970; Dhp-a.i.320
aor sesi Ja.v.70 settha Snp.970; sayi Ja.vi.197, asayittha Ja.i.335
inf sayituṃ Pv-a.157;
ger sayitvā Ja.ii.77
pp sayita (q.v.)
caus 2 sayāpeti to make lie down, to bed on a couch etc. Ja.i.245; Ja.v.461; Mhvs.31, Mhvs.35; Pv-a.104
pp sayāpita
■ sukhaṃ seti to be at ease or happy SN.i.212; Ja.v.242 (raṭṭhaṃ i.e. is prosperous); opp dukkhaṃ s. to be miserable AN.i.137.
śī, Vedic śete & śayate; cp. Av. saēte = Gr. κεϊται to lie, ὠ κεανός (“ocean”) = Sk. ā-śayānah, κοιμάω to put to sleep; Ags. hāēman to marry; also Lat cīvis = citizen. The Dhtp simply defines as saya (374).
a causeway, bridge Vin.i.230 = DN.ii.89, Ja.i.199; Vism.412 (simile) Dhp-a.i.83; Snp-a.357; Pv-a.102, Pv-a.151, Pv-a.215. uttāra˚- a bridge for crossing over MN.i.134; SN.iv.174; Mil.194 naḷa-˚; a bamboo bridge Thag.7.
Vedic setu, to si or sā (see sinoti); cp. Av. haētu dam; Lat. saeta; Ags. sāda rope; etc.
sweat DN.ii.293; AN.ii.67 sq. Iti.76; Snp.196; Ja.i.118, Ja.i.138, Ja.i.146, Ja.i.243; in detaiḷ (physiologically) at Vism.262, Vism.360; Vb-a.66, Vb-a.245 sweating for medicinal purposes, mahā˚ a great steambath; sambhāra˚ bringing about sweating by the use of herbs, etc.; seda-kamma sweating Vin.i.205
■ pl sedā drops of perspiration Dhp-a.i.253.
Vedic sveda, fr. svid, cp. Av. xvaēda, Gr. ἰδρώς, Lat. sudor, Ags. svāt = E. sweat
adjective sweating, transpiring DN.ii.265.
fr. seda
moistened Ja.i.52 (su˚). Cp. pari˚.
pp. of sedeti
to cause to transpire, to heat, to steam Ja.iv.238; Ja.v.271; Kp-a.52, Kp-a.67; Vin.iii.82 (aor sedesi); ger. sedetvā Ja.i.324; Ja.ii.74; pp. sedita. Caus II sedāpeti Ja.iii.122.
Caus. of sijjati
lying, sleeping; couch, bed Ja.v.96 (= sayana).
= sayana
a hawk Ja.i.273; Ja.ii.51, Ja.ii.60; Dhp-a.ii.267.
Sk. śyena
a carter Thag-a.271 (= sākaṭika of Thig.443).
= sena2 Ja.iv.58, Ja.iv.291; Ja.vi.246.
an army Vin.i.241; Vin.iv.104 sq. (where described as consisting of hatthī assā, rathā, pattī), Vin.iv.160; SN.i.112; AN.iii.397; AN.v.82; Ja.ii.94; Mil.4; Mnd.95 (Māra˚), Mnd.174 (id.).
Vedic senā2 perhaps fr. si to bind
a general; only in cpd. --kuṭilatā strategy (lit. crookedness of a general) Dhs-a.151.
neuter sleeping and sitting, bed & chair, dwelling, lodging Vin.i.196, Vin.i.294, Vin.i.356; Vin.ii.146 Vin.ii.150 (˚parikkhāra-dussa); Vin.iii.88 etc.; DN.ii.77; AN.i.60; Iti.103, Iti.109; DN-a.i.208; Ja.i.217; Vb-a.365 (= seti c’eva āsati ca etthā ti senāsanaṃ). See also panta.
sayana + āsana
belonging to an army, soldier Ja.i.314.
fr. senā
at Vin.i.200 is to be read senehika (fr. sineha), i.e. greasy.
feminine name of a tree, Gmelina arborea Ja.i.173, Ja.i.174; Dhp-a.i.145.
Sk. śrīparṇī, lit. having lucky leaves
lying Thag.14; Dhp-a.i.16.
semāna + ka; ppr. of seti
neuter phlegm Vin.ii.137; DN.ii.14, DN.ii.293; AN.ii.87; AN.iii.101; AN.iv.320; Snp.198, Snp.434; Mil.112, Mil.303 Physiologically in detail at Vism.359; Vb-a.65, Vb-a.244.
= silesuma
some sort of animal (monkey?) (explained by makkaṭa) MN.i.429.
adjective a man of phlegmatic humour Mil.298.
fr. semha
adjective better, excellent; nom. masc. seyyo SN.iii.48 sq.; Snp.918; Dhp.308; Dhs.1116; Ja.i.180; nom. fem. seyyasi Ja.v.393; nom. neut. seyyo often used as a noun, meaning good, happiness, well-being Vin.i.33; DN.i.184; DN.ii.330; Snp.427, Snp.440; Dhp.76 Dhp.100; Ja.ii.44; Ja.vi.4 (maraṇaṃ eva seyyo, with abl. of compar. rajjato); Pv.ii.9#43 (dhanaṃ); Pv.iv.1#6 (jīvitaṃ) nom. fem. seyyā Ja.v.94; nom. acc. neutr. seyyaṃ Ja.ii.402 Ja.iii.237; abl. as adv. seyyaso “still better” Dhp.43; Ja.ii.402; Ja.iv.241. Superl. seṭṭha.
Sk. śreyas, compar. formn
adjective lying MN.i.433, see uttānaseyyaka and gabbhaseyyaka.
fr. seyyā
to crush Ja.i.174. See also sarati3 & vi˚;
pp siṇṇa: see vi˚.
śṛ; Vedic śṛṇāti & śīryate
adverb as, just as, s. pi Vin.i.5; DN.i.45; Iti.90, Iti.113; Ja.i.339; seyyathīdaṃ as follows “i.e.” or “viz.” Vin.i.10; DN.i.89; DN.ii.91; SN.v.421; Iti.99.
= taṃ yathā, with Māgadhī se˚ for ta˚; cp. sayathā & taṃyathā
feminine a bed, couch MN.i.502; AN.i.296; Vin.ii.167 (˚aggena by the surplus in beds); Snp.29, Snp.152 Snp.535; Dhp.305, Dhp.309; Pv.ii.3#11; Pv.iv.1#2; Ja.vi.197 (gilāna sick-bed). Four kinds AN.ii.244; Vb-a.345. seyyaṃ kappeti to lie down Vin.iv.15, Vin.iv.18 sq.
■ combined with āvasatha, e.g. at AN.ii.85, AN.ii.203; AN.iii.385; AN.iv.60; AN.v.271 sq.
■ As -˚ used in adj. sense of “lying down, resting, viz. ussūra˚ sleeping beyond sunrise DN.iii.184 = Dhp-a.ii.227; divā˚ noon-day rest DN.i.112, DN.i.167; sīha˚ like a lion DN.ii.134; AN.iv.87; dukkha˚ sleeping uncomfortably Dhp-a.iv.8.
Sk. śayyā; fr. śī
feminine independence, freedom Snp.39 sq.
fr. serin
adjective self-willed, independent, according to one’s liking MN.i.506; Thag.1144; Pv.iv.1#87 Ja.i.5.
cp. Sk. svairin
adjective lodging at one’s own choice MN.i.469 sq.; Vism.66 (˚sukhaṃ).
serin + vihāra
adjective made of Sirīsa wood, name of a hall DN.ii.356 sq.; Vv.84#53; Vv-a.331, Vv-a.351.
fr. sirīsa
a festival in honour of the Serīsaka Vimāna Vv.8437, 53
name of a tree (Barleria cristata) Ja.iii.253.
rocky Dhp.8; (m.) rock, stone, crystal SN.i.127; DN.ii.39; AN.iii.346; Dhp.81; Ja.ii.14; Vin.i.4 sq.; Vin.iii.147; Ja.ii.284.
fr. silā
“rocky,” a kind of copper (cp. pisāca) Vb-a.63.
sela + ka
(selita) shouting, noise, row Ja.ii.218. To this belongs the doubtful der. selissaka (nt.) noise row, mad pranks at SN.iv.117 (variant reading seleyyaka).
pp. of seḷeti
to make a noise, shout, cry exultantly Snp.682; Ja.v.67; Bv.i.36. pp. seḷita
■ Other, diff. explains of the word see in J.P.T.S. 1885, p. 54.
according to Kern, Toevoegselen ii.78 for sveḷayati, cp. Oir. fét whistle, music etc. Idg. *sveiƶd
serving, following; a servant, dependent Ja.ii.12, Ja.ii.125, Ja.ii.420; Snp-a.453. See vipakkha˚.
aor asevissaṃ Ja.iv.178
pp sevita: see ā˚, vi˚.
sev
(-˚) feminine = sevanā Vb-a.282 sq.
abstr, fr. sevati
feminine following, associating with Snp.259; Dhs.1326; Pp.20; Dhtp.285 (as nt.); cohabiting Vin.iii.29.
fr. sevati
feminine service, resorting to SN.i.110; Thag-a.179.
fr. sev
the plant Blyxa octandra moss, AN.iii.187, AN.iii.232, AN.iii.235; Ja.ii.150 = Dhp-a.i.144; Ja.iii.520; Ja.iv.71; Ja.v.462; Mil.35; Dhp-a.iii.199 Tikp.12 (in sim.). (m. and nt.) Ja.v.37; -mālaka (or -mālika) who makes garlands of Blyxa octandra AN.v.263; SN.iv.312
■ Often combined with another waterplant paṇaka (see under paṇṇaka), e.g. AN.iii.187 Vism.261 (simile); Vb-a.244 (id.); Kp-a.61 (cp. Schubring, Kalpasūtra p. 46 sq.).
cp. Epic Sk. śaivala & saivāla
adjective serving, practising Snp.749; Iti.54. See vipakkha˚.
fr. sev
to cause to fall, to throw down Ja.iii.198 (doubtful; C-explains as pāteti & gives saveti as gloss; variant reading also sādeti).
= sāveti, Caus. of; sru to make glide
remaining, left DN.ii.48; Snp.217, Snp.354; Ja.ii.128; (nt.) remainder Pv-a.14, Pv-a.70; --ka the same Mhvs.10, Mhvs.36 Mhvs.22, Mhvs.42; Mhvs.25, Mhvs.19.
fr. śiṣ
see sissati.
see seti.
is instr. pl. of sa4 (his own): Dhp.136; Dhp-a.iii.64.
the flame of fire, later in sense of “burning grief” grief, sorrow, mourning; defined as “socanā socitattaṃ anto-soko… cetaso parijjhāyanā domanassaṃ” at Pts.i.38 = Mnd.128 = Cnd.694; shorter as “ñāti-vyasan’ ādīhi phuṭṭhassa citta-santāpo” at Vism.503 = Vb-a Cp. the foll.: Vin.i.6; DN.i.6; DN.ii.305, DN.ii.103; SN.i.110, SN.i.123 SN.i.137; AN.i.51, AN.i.144; AN.ii.21; AN.v.141; Snp.584, Snp.586; Ja.i.189; Snp-a.155; Dhp-a.ii.166; Kp-a.153 (abbūḷha˚); Pv.i.4#3 (= citta-santāpa Pv-a.18); Pv-a.6, Pv-a.14, Pv-a.38, Pv-a.42, Pv-a.61
■ asoka without grief: see viraja. See also dukkha B iii.1 b.
fr. śuc, to gleam (which to the Dhtp however is known only in meaning “soka”: Dhtp.39); cp. Vedic śoka.
feminine a woman who plays the fool, a comedian Vin.iv.285; Ja.vi.580 (where C. explains as “grief-dispellers”).
soka + ajjhāyaka; this soka perhaps *sūka, as in visūka?
adjective sorrowful Mhvs.19, Mhvs.15.
soka + vant
adjective sorrowful; a-˚ free from sorrow Thag-a.229.
soka + ika
adjective (fem. ˚nī) sorrowful Dhp.28.
fr. soka
neuter happiness Snp.61; Ja.v.205.
abstr. der. fr. sukha
neuter fineness, minuteness AN.ii.17; Thag.437. At AN.ii.18 with double suffix ˚tā.
abstr. fr. sukhuma
neuter the white water-lily (Nymphaea lotus) Ja.v.419; Ja.vi.518 Ja.vi.537 (seta-sogandhiyehi)
■ As m. designation of a purgatory AN.v.173; SN.i.152; Snp.p.126.
Sk. saugandhika; fr. sugandha
to mourn, grieve Snp.34; Dhp.15; Ja.i.168; Pv.i.8#7 (+ rodati); Pv.i.10#15; Pv.i.12#2; Mil.11;
pres 3rd pl. socare Snp.445; Dhp.225;
ppr socamāna Ja.ii.75;
ppr asocaṃ not grieving SN.i.116;
■ mā soci do not sorrow DN.ii.144; Ja.vi.190;
■ plur. mā socayittha do not grieve DN.ii.158
caus socayati to cause to grieve DN.i.52; SN.i.116 Thag.743 (ger. ˚ayitvā); Mil.226; soceti Ja.ii.8
pp socita
caus 2 socāpayati the same SN.i.116.
Vedic śocati, śuc, said of the gleaming of a fire
neuter sorrow, mourning Pv-a.18, Pv-a.62; -nā (f.) the same DN.ii.306; SN.i.108 = Snp.34; Cnd.694.
fr. śuc
neuter grief Thig.462.
fr. socati
neuter sorrowfulness DN.ii.306; Pts.i.38 = Cnd.694.
grieving AN.iv.294 (socī ca = socicca).
fr. socati
deplorable Sdhp.262.
= Sk. śocya
neuter purity SN.i.78; AN.i.94; AN.ii.188; AN.v.263; Vism.8; Ja.i.214; Mil.115, Mil.207 is threefold AN.i.271; Iti.55; DN.iii.219; further subdivided AN.v.264, AN.v.266 sq. In meaning of “cleaning, washing given in the Dhtp as def. of roots for washing, bathing etc. (khal, nahā, sinā, sudh).
abstr. fr. śuc, *śaucya
neuter nobility, high birth Ja.ii.137.
abstr. fr. sujāta
a dog Ja.i.146; Ja.vi.107 (= sunakha); Snp.675; Vism.191; Dhp-a.iii.255 (+ sigāla); soṇi (f.) a bitch Mhvs.7, Mhvs.8 = sona Iti.36.
see suvāṇa
a kind of tree; the Bodhi trees of the Buddhas Paduma and Nārada Bv.ix.22; Bv.x.24; Ja.i.36, Ja.i.37.
cp. śyonāka
neuter blood Thig.467; DN-a.i.120; Vism.259.
Sk. śoṇita, fr. śoṇa red
feminine
cp. Sk. śroṇī
addicted to drink, intoxicated, a drunkard DN.ii.172; Ja.v.436, Ja.v.499; Mil.345; Vism.316 a-soṇḍa AN.iii.38; AN.iv.266; Ja.v.166; (fem. ī) itthisoṇḍī a woman addicted to drink Snp.112 (? better “one who is addicted to women”; Snp-a.172 explains to that effect, cp. Ja.ii.431 itthi-surā-maṃsa-soṇḍa); yuddhasoṇḍa Ja.i.204; dāsi-soṇḍa a libertine Ja.v.436 (+ surā˚) dhamma-soṇḍatā affectionate attachment to the law Ja.v.482.
cp. Sk. śauṇḍa
in cpd. surā˚; a drunkard Ja.v.433; Ja.vi.30.
soṇḍa + ka
feminine an elephant’s trunk Vin.ii.201; = SN.ii.269; MN.i.415; AN.iv.87 (uccā˚ fig. of a bhikkhu] Ja.i.50, Ja.i.187; Ja.iv.91; Ja.v.37; Dhp-a.i.58; Mil.368; soṇḍa (m. the same SN.i.104.
Sk. śuṇḍā
fr. soṇḍa
feminine
feminine a natural tank in a rock Ja.i.462; Dhp-a.ii.56 (soṇḍi); udaka-˚; Ja.iv.333; Vism.119; Kp-a.65 (soṇḍikā).
feminine the neck of a tortoise SN.iv.177 (soṇḍi-pañcamāni angāni); Mil.371; the hood of a snake Ja.vi.166 (nāgā soṇḍi-katā).
neuter gold; (adj.) golden Mhvs.5, Mhvs.87; Vv.5#4, Vv.36#7.
the contracted form of suvaṇṇa, cp. sovaṇṇa
neuter ear, the organ of hearing Vin.i.9, Vin.i.34; DN.i.21; Snp.345 (nom pl. sotā); Vism.444 (defined); Dhs.601; Dhs-a.310-dibba-sota the divine ear (cp. dibba-cakkhu) DN.i.79 DN.i.154; DN.iii.38, DN.iii.281; dhamma˚ the ear of the Dhamma AN.iii.285 sq., AN.iii.350; AN.v.140; SN.ii.43; sotaṃ odahati to listen (carefully) DN.i.230; ohita -s. with open ears AN.iv.115 AN.v.154; Ja.i.129.
Vedic śrotas & śrotra; fr. śru: see suṇāti
masculine & neuter
Vedic srotas, nt., fr.; sru; see savati
scorched Ja.i.390 = MN.i.79, read so tatto (cp. MN.i.536). See sosīta.
a hearer DN.i.56; AN.ii.116; AN.iii.161 sq
■ sotā used as a feminine noun Thag-a.200 (Tha-ap.3).
n. ag. fr. suṇāti
having ears, nom. pl. sotavanto SN.i.138; Vin.i.7; DN.ii.39.
sota1 + vant
wish or wishing to hear AN.i.150; AN.iv.115; Vism.444; f. abstr. -kamyatā desire to listen AN.v.145 sq., Snp-a.135.
sotuṃ (= inf. of suṇāti) + kāma
asleep SN.i.170.
pp. of supati, for sutta
feminine a shell (?) filled with chunam and lac, used for scratching the back, a back-scratcher acting as a sponge MN.ii.46; AN.i.208; see sutti e.g. Vin.ii.107.
Sk. śukti
well versed in sacred learning, a learned man MN.i.280; Snp.533 sq. See sotthiya.
= *śrotriya
see supati.
neuter blessing, well-fare Snp.258; AN.iv.271, AN.iv.285; Ja.v.29 (where the metre requires sotthayanaṃ, as at Ja.iv.75); Ja.vi.139.
cp. Sk. svastyayana
feminine well-being, safety, bless ing AN.iii.38 = AN.iv.266 (“brings future happiness”) Ja.i.335; s. hotu hail! DN.i.96; sotthiṃ in safety, safely Dhp.219 (= anupaddavena Dhp-a.iii.293); Pv.iv.6#4 (= nirupaddava Pv-a.262); Snp.269; sotthinā safely prosperously DN.i.72, DN.i.96; DN.ii.346; MN.i.135; Ja.ii.87; Ja.iii.201 suvatthi the same Ja.iv.32. See sotthika & sovatthika.
Sk. svasti = su + asti
(adj.) happy, auspicious, blessed, safe Vv-a.95; Dhp-a.ii.227 (˚iya; in phrase dīgha˚ one who is happy for long [?]).
fr. sotthi
a learned man, a brahmin Dhp.295; Thag-a.200 (Tha-ap.6); Ja.iv.301, Ja.iv.303; Ja.v.466.
neuter a childbirth rag Vism.63.
der.?
adjective lucky, happy, safe Vv.84#52.
sotthi + vant
adjective containing water Mhvs.30, Mhvs.38; Mhvs.37, Mhvs.200.
sa + udaka
adjective having a common origin (in the same mother’s womb), born of the same mother, a brother Ja.i.308; Ja.iv.434; Pv-a.94 (bhātā).
sa + udariya
one who cleanses Mhvs.10, Mhvs.90; Pv-a.7.
fr. sodheti
neuter cleansing Vism.276 (as f. ˚nā); examining Ja.i.292; payment (see uddhāra) Ja.i.321.
fr. sodheti
to make clean, to purify Vin.i.47; MN.i.39; Dhp.141; DN-a.i.261, DN-a.i.13#2; to examine, search Ja.i.200, Ja.i.291; Ja.ii.123; Ja.iii.528; to search for, to seek Ja.ii.135; to clean away, to remove Ja.iv.404; to correct Ja.ii.48; to clear a debt: in this meaning mixed with sādheti (q.v.) in phrases iṇaṃ s. and uddhāraṃ s.; we read iṇaṃ sodheti at Pv-a.276; uddhāraṃ sodheti at Ja.iv.45; otherwise sādheti
caus 2 sodhāpeti to cause to clean, to clean Vin.iii.208, Vin.iii.248 = Vin.i.206; Ja.i.305 Ja.ii.19; Pass. sodhīyati to be cleansed, to be adorned Bv.ii.40 sq. = Ja.i.12.
Caus. of sujjhati
dog Iti.36; see soṇa.
= sa + upadhika.
= sa + upavāhana.
a man of a very low caste, an outcast Snp.137. See also sapāka.
= sapāka; śva + pāka
masculine & neuter stairs, staircase Vin.ii.117, Vin.ii.152; DN.ii.178; Ja.i.330, Ja.i.348; Ja.iv.265; Vism.10; Vv-a.188; Pv-a.156, Pv-a.275; Vv.78#5; dhura-sopāna the highest step of a staircase (? Ja.i.330.
cp. Sk. sopāna; Aufrecht “sa + upāyana”
neuter sleep, dream SN.i.110; AN.i.261 (i.e. laziness). ˚ante in a dream Ja.v.329 (C. reading for T suppante).
= supina
see supati.
a hole, (deep) pit DN.ii.127; MN.i.11; AN.i.243; AN.ii.140; AN.iii.389 (see papāta); AN.v.114 sq. Ja.vi.166; Thag.229; Snp-a.355, Snp-a.479; a water-pool SN.ii.32; Snp.720; Vism.186; as adj. at SN.iii.109 (+ papāta), i.e. “deep”; kussobbha a small collection of water SN.ii.32 SN.ii.118; Snp.720; mahāsobbha the ocean SN.ii.32, SN.ii.118.
cp. Sk. śvabhra
neuter prosperity, beauty Thig.72; Ja.i.51, Ja.i.475; Ja.ii.158; Ja.iv.133. As sobhagyatā at DN-a.i.161.
abstr. fr. subhaga
the tree Hyperanthica moringa Ja.v.405; sobhañjanaka the same Ja.iii.161 (= siggurukkha, C.), Ja.vi.535.
neuter
fr. śubh
adjective
fr. śubh
to shine, to be splendid, look beautiful Ja.i.89; Ja.ii.93; sobhetha let your light shine (with foll. yaṃ “in that…”) Vin.i.187, Vin.i.349 = Vin.ii.162; Ja.iii.487 = SN.i.217;
ppr -māna Vism.58.
aor sobhi Ja.i.143;
caus sobheti to make resplendent, adorn, grace AN.ii.7; Snp.421; Ja.i.43; Mil.1; Vism.79 (ppr. sobhayanto); to make clear DN.ii.105.
śubh, Vedic śobhate
neuter a kind of game, fairy scenes DN.i.6, DN.i.13; DN-a.i.84.
feminine splendour, radiance, beauty Mhvs.33, Mhvs.30; Ja.iv.333; Thag-a.226; Mil.356.
fr. śubh; Sk. śobhā
a sort of magician or trickster, clown Ja.vi.277 (sobhiyā ti nagarasobhanā sampannarūpā purisā; not correct C.).
cp. Sk. śaubhika; BSk. śobhika Mvu.iii.113
neuter mental ease, happiness, joy DN.i.3; DN.ii.278; DN.iii.270; MN.i.85, MN.i.313; SN.iv.232; AN.ii.69; AN.iii.207, AN.iii.238; Dhp.341; Snp.67; Pp.59 Vb-a.73; Pv-a.6, Pv-a.14, Pv-a.133; DN-a.i.53; it is more than sukha DN.ii.214; defined at Vism.461 (iṭṭh’ārammaṇ’ ânubhavana-lakkhaṇaṃ, etc.). A synonym of it is veda 1. On term see also Cpd. 277.
fr. su + mano; cp. domanassa
adjective satisfied, pleased, contented Vv-a.351.
Caus. pp. formation fr. somanassa
a certain species of tree Ja.vi.530.
soma + rukkha
feminine a puppet, doll Thig.390; explained as sombhakā Thag-a.257.
adjective pleasing, agreeable, gentle Dāvs i.42; DN-a.i.247; Dhs-a.127; Vv-a.205; Snp-a.456; Vism.168.
Sk. saumya, fr. soma
neuter gentleness, restraint, meekness AN.ii.68, AN.ii.113; AN.iii.248; SN.i.100, SN.i.172, SN.i.222; Snp.78, Snp.292; Dhs.1342; Ja.iii.442; Ja.iv.302; Mil.162; Vv-a.347 Often combined with khanti forbearance (q.v.)
■ soracciya (nt.) the same Ja.iii.453.
fr. sorata
adjective gentle, kind, humble, self-restrained MN.i.125; SN.i.65 SN.iv.305 (text, sūrata); AN.ii.43; AN.iii.349, AN.iii.393 sq.; Snp.309 Snp.515, Snp.540; Ja.iv.303; Dhp-a.i.56.
= su + rata, with so˚ for sū˚, which latter is customary for su˚ before r (cp. dūr˚ for dur˚). See du1 2 and Geiger, P.Gr. § 11. The BSk. is sūrata.
cardinal number sixteen DN.i.128; Snp.1006; Ja.i.78 (lekhā); Ja.ii.87; Ja.iii.342 (atappiya-vatthūni); Ja.v.175, Ja.vi.37; Mil.11 (palibodhā); Dhp-a.i.129 (˚salākā); Dhp-a.iv.208 (˚karīsa-matta). instr. soḷasahi DN.i.31, & soḷasehi DN.i.139; gen. soḷasannaṃ Ja.iv.124. Very frequent in measures of time & space.; -vassa˚; (16 years… Ja.i.231, Ja.i.285; Ja.ii.43; Ja.iv.7; Ja.vi.10, Ja.vi.486; Dhp-a.i.25 and passim. The fem. --sī acts as num. ord. “sixteenth, in phrase kalaṃ nagghati soḷasiṃ he is not worth a sixteenth particle of AN.iv.252; SN.iii.156; SN.v.44, SN.v.343; Dhp.70; Iti.19.
Sk. ṣoḍaśa
sixteen times DN-a.i.261; Dhp-a.i.353 = Mhvs.6, Mhvs.37.
sixteenth Mhvs.2, Mhvs.29; Vism.292.
adjective connected with heaven Vin.i.294; DN.i.51; AN.ii.54, AN.ii.68; AN.iii.46, AN.iii.51, AN.iii.259; AN.iv.245; SN.i.90; DN-a.i.158.
fr. sagga = *svarga; cp. the similar formation dovārika = dvāra
neuter gentleness, suavity DN.iii.267; AN.ii.148; AN.iii.180; Ne.40; Ne.127; ˚-karaṇa making for gentleness MN.i.96; AN.ii.148 = AN.iii.180.
fr. suvaca, in analogy to dovacassa
feminine = sovacassa MN.i.126; DN.iii.212, DN.iii.274; AN.i.83; AN.iii.310, AN.iii.423 sq., AN.iii.449; AN.iv.29; Snp.266; Dhs.1327 Pp.24. Sovaccasāya & sovacassiya; the same (Dhs.1327 Pp.24).
adjective golden DN.ii.210; AN.iv.393; Pv-a.ii.12#2; Ja.i.226; --maya golden Vin.i.39; Vin.ii.116; DN.ii.170 etc.; Ja.ii.112.
fr. suvaṇṇa
adjective golden Ja.i.226.
= sovaṇṇaka
adjective safe MN.i.117; Vv.18#7 (= sotthika Vv-a.95); Ja.vi.339 (in the shape of a svastika?); Pv.iv.3#3 (= sotthi-bhāva-vāha Pv-a.250). -ālaṅkāra a kind of auspicious mark Ja.vi.488.
either fr. sotthi with diaeresis, or fr. su + atthi + ka = Sk. svastika
neuter sour gruel Vin.i.210; SN.ii.111; Vv.19#8; Pp-a 232.
dialectical?
drying up, consumption Vin.i.71; Vism.345.
fr. śuṣ
neuter causing to dry (in surgery) Mil.353.
fr. soseti
adjective connected with a cemetery, bier-like Vin.ii.149; m., one who lives in or near a cemetery AN.iii.220; Pp.69 sq.; Mil.342; Vism.61 sq. Dhp-a.i.69.
fr. susāna
adjective well reinstated (opp. dosārita) Vin.i.322.
su + osārita
adjective afflicted with pulmonary consumption Vin.i.93; Vin.iv.8.
fr. sosa
at Ja.i.390 means either “thoroughly chilled” or “well wetted.” It is explained as “him’odakena su-sīto suṭṭhu tinto.” Perhaps we have to read so sīta, or sīna (cp. sīna2), or sinna. The corresponding sotatta (explained as “suriya-santāpena su-tatto”) should then be so tatto.
to cause to dry or wither Mhvs.21, Mhvs.28; Vism.120. See vi˚.
Caus. of sussati
is Fut. of suṇāti.
a friend Mhvs.38, Mhvs.98. See also suhada.
Sk. sauhṛda, fr. su + hṛd
see sineha.
being of good disposition Vin.i.6.
su + ākāra
well preached Vin.i.12, Vin.i.187 Vin.ii.199; MN.i.67; AN.i.34; AN.ii.56; Snp.567. Opp. durakkhāta Vism.213 (in detail).
su + akkhāta; on the long ā cp. Geiger, P.Gr. § 7; BSk. svākhyāta
su + āgata
relating to the morrow; dat. ˚-nāya for the following day Vin.i.27; DN.i.125; Ja.i.11; Dhp-a.i.314; Dhp-a.iv.12.
cp. Sk. śvastana; Geiger, P.Gr. § 6, 54
easily overcome Snp.785; Mnd.76.
su + ativatta
= so assu Ja.i.196.
= so ahaṃ.
adverb to-morrow Vin.ii.77; DN.i.108, DN.i.205; Ja.i.32, Ja.i.243; Ja.ii.47; Vv-a.230; svedivasa Dhp-a.i.103. The diaeretic form is suve, e.g. Pv.iv.1#5; Mhvs.29, Mhvs.17; and doubled suve suve day after day Dhp.229; Dhp-a.iii.329; Ja.v.507.
cp. Sk. śvas
an emphatic particle “hey, oh, hallo I say” Vin.ii.109; Snp.666; iti ha, thus Vin.i.5, Vin.i.12; DN.i.1; a common beginning to traditional instruction Snp.1053; itihītihaṃ (saying), “thus and thus” Snp.1084; Snp-a.416 (ha-kāra); Pv-a.4 (ha re), Pv-a.58 (gloss for su).
freq. in Rigveda, as gha or ha, Idg. *gho, *ghe; cp. Lat. hi-c, Sk. hi
indeclinable an exclamation “I say, hey, hallo, look here!” Vv.50#8 (= nipāta Vv-a.212); Ja.v.422; Vv-a.77. Sometimes as han ti, e.g. Ja.v.203; Dhp-a.iii.108. See also handa & hambho. In combination iti haṃ (= iti) Snp.783; Mnd.71; or with other part. like haṃ dhī Dhp-a.i.179, Dhp-a.i.216 (here as haṃ di).
cp. Sk. haṃ
bristling: see lomahaṃsa Snp.270 etc.
fr. haṃsati
cp. Sk. haṃsa = Lat. (h)anser “goose,” Gr. ξήν = Ags. gōs = E. goose, Ger. gans
to bristle, stand on end (said of the hair) Vin.iii.8; MN.i.79; Caus. haṃseti to cause to bristle Ja.v.154
pp haṭṭha.
cp. Vedic harṣate Idg. *ĝher to bristle (of hair), as in Lat. horreo (“horrid, horripilation”), ēr hedgehog (“bristler”) = Gr. ξήρ id.; Lat. hirtus, hispidus “rough”; Ags. gorst = gorse; Ger. granne & many others, for which see Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. ēr
■ The Dhtp (309) defines as “tuṭṭhi.” See also ghaṃsati2 pahaṃsati2, pahaṭṭha2, pahaṃsita2
adjective noun bristling, see lomahaṃsa Snp.270 etc.
fr. hṛṣ
indeclinable = hañci if, in case that Ja.vi.343.
?
see paṭi˚.
adjective killing, in bhūnahacca killing an embryo AN.iv.98; Ja.vi.579 = Ja.vi.587; Mil.314 (text bhūta-)
fr. han
indeclinable if Kv.1. Hannati & hanchati;
haṃ + ci
see hanati.
taken, carried off Vin.iv.23; Ja.i.498. haṭa-haṭa-kesa with dishevelled hair SN.i.115.
pp. of harati
a kind of water-plant, Pistia stratiotes DN.i.166; MN.i.78, MN.i.156; Pp.55 (text sāta-) AN.i.241, AN.i.295 (variant reading sāta; cp. hāṭaka).
cp. Sk. haṭha & haṭa
pp. of haṃsati
violence.
only as lexicogr. word; Dhtp.101 = balakkāra
struck, killed DN.ii.131; destroyed, spoilt, injured Vin.i.25; Dhs.264; Ja.ii.175; reṇuhata struck with dust, covered with dust Vin.i.32; hatatta (nt.) the state of being destroyed Dhp.390; hatāvakāsa who has cut off every occasion (for good and evil) Dhp.97; Dhp-a.ii.188; hatāvasesaka surviving DN.i.135 pakkha˚; a cripple (q.v.); -vikkhittaka slain & cut up killed & dismembered Vism.179, Vism.194
■ hata is also used in sense of med., i.e. one who has destroyed or killed e.g. nāga˚; slayer of a nāga Vin.ii.195; -antarāya one who removes an obstacle Pv-a.1
■ ahata unsoiled, clean new DN.ii.160; Ja.i.50; Dāvs ii.39.
pp. of hanti
feminine destruction Dāvs iv.17.
fr. han
-aṅguli finger Pv-a.124 (+ pādanguli toe). -aṭṭhika hand-bone Kp-a.49. -antara a cubit Vism.124. -āpalekhana licking the hands (to clean them after eating-cp. the 52nd Sekhiya Vin.iv.198) DN.i.166 DN.iii.40; MN.i.77, MN.i.238, MN.i.307; AN.i.295 (variant reading ˚āva˚); Pp.55 -ābharaṇa bracelet Vin.ii.106. -ābhijappana (nt.) incantations to make a man throw up his hands DN.i.11; DN-a.i.97. -ālaṅkāra a (wrist) bracelet wristlet Vv-a.167. -kacchapaka making a hollow hand Ja.iii.505. -kamma manual work, craft, workmanship labour Ja.i.220; Dhp-a.i.98, Dhp-a.i.395; Dhp-a.iv.64. -gata received come into the possession of Ja.i.446; Ja.ii.94, Ja.ii.105; Vv-a.149; (nt.) possession Ja.vi.392. -gahaṇa seizing by the hand Vin.iv.220. -cchinna whose hand is cut off MN.i.523; Mil.5. -ccheda cutting off the hand Ja.i.155 (read sugatiyā va hatthacchedādi). -cchedana = ˚cheda Ja.iv.192; Dhp-a.iii.482. -tala palm of the hand Vv-a.7 -ttha [cp. Sk. hasta-stha, of sthā ] lit. standing in the hand of somebody, being in somebody’s power (cp hattha-gata); used as abstr. hatthattha (nt.) power captivity, -ṃ gacchati & āgacchati; to come into the power of (gen.), to be at the mercy of [cp. hattha-gata & hatthaṃ gacchati] Ja.ii.383 (āyanti hatthatthaṃ), Ja.iv.420, Ja.iv.459; Ja.v.346 (˚ṃ āgata). As pp. hatth-attha-gata in somebody’s power Ja.i.244; Ja.iii.204; Ja.vi.582. An abstr. is further formed fr. hatthattha as hatthatthatā Ja.v.349 (˚taṃ gata). The BSk. equivalent is hastatvaṃ Mvu.ii.182. -pajjotikā hand-illumination, scorching of the hand (by holding it in a torch), a kind of punishment MN.i.87; AN.i.47; AN.ii.122; Mil.197; Mnd.154. -patāpaka a coal-pan, heating of the hand Vv.33#32; Vv-a.147; see mandāmukhi
■ pasāraṇa stretching out one’s hand Vism.569. -pāsa the side of the hand, vicinity Vin.iv.221, Vin.iv.230. -bandha a bracelet DN.i.7; DN-a.i.89 -vaṭṭaka hand-cart Vin.ii.276. -vikāra motion of the hand Ja.iv.491. -sāra hand-wealth, movable property Dhp-a.i.240; Ja.i.114; DN-a.i.216.
fr. hṛ; cp. Vedic hasta
a handful, a quantity (lit. a little hand) Vv.45#5 (= kalāpa Vv-a.197).
hattha + ka
an elephant Vin.i.218, Vin.i.352; Vin.ii.194 sq (Nālāgiri) = Ja.v.335 (nom. sg. hatthī; gen. hatthissa) DN.i.5; AN.ii.209; Ja.i.358; Ja.ii.102; Dhp-a.i.59 (correct haṭṭhi!), Dhp-a.i.80 (acc. pl. hatthī); size of an elephant Mil.312; one of the seven treasures DN.i.89; DN.ii.174; often mentioned together with horses (˚ass’ādayo), e.g. AN.iv.107; MN.iii.104; Vism.269; Dhp-a.i.392. ekacārika-h., an elephant who wanders alone, a royal elephant Ja.iii.175; caṇḍa h. rogue elephant MN.i.519; DN-a.i.37- hatthinī (f.) a she-elephant Dhp.105. hatthinikā (f. the same Vin.i.277; DN.i.49; DN-a.i.147.
Vedic hastin, lit. endowed with a hand, i.e. having a trunk
gone to the heart, learnt by heart Mil.10 -gama [˚ngama] heart-stirring, pleasant, agreeable DN.i.4; DN.iii.173; MN.i.345; AN.ii.209; AN.v.205; Vin.iii.77 Mnd.446; Dhs.1343; DN-a.i.75. -pariḷāha heart-glow Mil.318. -phālana bursting of the heart Ja.i.282 -maṃsa the flesh of the heart, the heart Ja.i.278, Ja.i.347 Ja.ii.159 etc. (very frequent in the Jātakas); Dhp-a.i.5 Dhp-a.ii.90. -bheda “heart-break,” a certain trick in cheating with measures DN-a.i.79. -vañcana deluding the heart Snp-a.183 (cp. Ja.vi.388 hadaya-tthena), -vatthu 1 the substance of the heart Mil.281; Dhs-a.140 2 “heart-basis,” the heart as basis of mind, sensorium commune Tikp.17, Kp.26, Kp.53 sq., Kp.62, Kp.256; Vism.447; Snp-a.228; Dhs-a.257, Dhs-a.264. See the discussion at Dhs. translation lxxxvi. and Cpd. 277 sq. -santāpa heart-burn i.e. grief, sorrow Vism.54. -ssita stuck in the heart (of salla, dart) Snp.938; Mnd.411.
Vedic hṛdaya, hṛd = Av. ƶərədā, not the same as Lat. cor(dem), but perhaps = Lat. haru entrails (haruspex). See K.Z. xl.419].the heart.
indeclinable see haṃ.
pres 1st sg hanāmi Ja.ii.273; 2nd sg. hanāsi Ja.iii.199; Ja.v.460; 3rd sg. hanti Snp.118; AN.iv.97; Dhp-a.ii.73 (= vināseti) Dhp.72; hanāti Ja.v.461; hanati Ja.i.432; 1st pl. hanāma Ja.i.200; 3rd pl. hananti Snp.669.
imper hana Ja.iii.185 hanassu Ja.v.311; hanantu Ja.iv.42; Dhp.355; Ja.i.368
pot hane Snp.394, Snp.400; haneyya DN.i.123; Snp.705.
ppr a-hanaṃ not killing DN.i.116; hananto Ja.i.274.
fut hanissati Ja.iv.102; hañchati Ja.iv.102; hañchema Ja.ii.418.
aor hani Mhvs.25, Mhvs.64; 3rd pl. haniṃsu Snp.295; Ja.i.256;
ger hantvā Snp.121; Dhp.294 sq.; hanitvāna Ja.iii.185
pass haññati DN.ii.352; SN.iv.175; Snp.312; Ja.i.371; Ja.iv.102; Dhp-a.ii.28.
ppr haññamāna SN.iv.201
grd hantabba DN.ii.173.
aor pass. haññiṃsu DN.i.141
fut haññissati DN-a.i.134
caus hanāpeti to cause to slay, destroy Ja.i.262; DN-a.i.159; ghātāpeti Vin.i.277 ghāteti to cause to slay Dhp.405; Snp.629; a-ghātayaṃ not causing to kill SN.i.116;
pot ghātaye Snp.705; ghātayeyya Snp.394;
aor aghātayi Snp.308; ghātayi Snp.309
pass ghātīyati Mil.186. See also ghāteti. Cp. upahanati, vihanati; ˚gha, ghāta etc., paligha.
han or ghan to smite, Idg. *gṷhen, as in Av. jainti to kill; Gr. χείνω to strike, φόνος murder Lat. de-fendo “defend” & of-fendo; Ohg. gundea Ags. gūd “battle.” The Dhtp (363 & 429) gives “hiṃsā” as meaning of han
to empty the bowels Pv.iv.8#8 (= vaccaṃ osajjate Pv-a 268)
pp hanna. Cp. ūhanati2 & ohanati.
*han for had, probably from pp. hanna. The Dhtm (535) gives had in meaning of “uccāra ussagga”
neuter killing, striking, injuring Mhvs.3, Mhvs.42.
fr. hanati
feminine the jaw DN.i.11; Ja.i.28 (mahā˚), Ja.i.498; Snp-a.30 (˚sañcalana) Vb-a.145 (˚sañcopana). --saṃhanana jaw-binding, incantations to bring on dumbness DN.i.11; DN-a.i.97.
Vedic hanu; cp. Lat. gena jaw, Gr. γένυς chin, Goth. kinnus = Ger. kinn = E. chin, Oir. gin mouth
feminine the jaw Ja.i.498; DN-a.i.97; Mil.229; also nt. Vin.ii.266; Ja.i.461; Ja.ii.127; Ja.iv.188; -aṭṭhika the jaw bone Ja.i.265 sq.; Vism.251; Vb-a.58; Kp-a.49; Snp-a.116.
fr. hanu
a striker, one who kills DN.i.56; AN.ii.116 sq.; AN.iii.161 sq.; SN.i.85; Dhp.389.
n. ag. fr. hanati
indeclinable an exhortative-emphatic particle used like Gr. α ̓́γε δή or French allons, voilà: well then, now, come along, alas! It is constructed with 1st pres. & fut., or imper, 2nd person DN.i.106, DN.i.142; DN.ii.288; Snp.153, Snp.701, Snp.1132; Ja.i.88, Ja.i.221, Ja.i.233 Ja.iii.135; DN-a.i.237 (= vavasāy’atthe nipāto); Cnd.697 (= padasandhi); Pv.i.10#3 (= gaṇha Pv-a.49); Pv.ii.3#21 (= upasagg’atthe nipāta Pv-a.88); Dhp-a.i.16, Dhp-a.i.410 (handa je); Snp-a.200 (vvavasāne), Snp-a.491 (id.); Vv-a.230 (hand’ âhaṃ gamissāmi).
cp. Sk. hanta, haṃ + ta
neuter easing oneself, emptying of the bowels; su˚ a good (i.e. modest) performance of bodily evacuation, i.e. modesty Ja.i.421.
pp. of hanati2
indeclinable a particle expressing surprise or haughtiness Ja.i.184, Ja.i.494. See also ambho.
haṃ + bho
neuter customarily given as “a long, storied mansion which has an upper chamber placed on the top,” a larger building, pāsāda, (store-house Vin.i.58, Vin.i.96, Vin.i.239; Vin.ii.146 (with vihāra, aḍḍhayoga pāsāda, guhā, as the 5 lenāni), Vin.ii.152, Vin.ii.195; Mil.393 Mnd.226 = Vism.25. --gabbha a chamber on the upper storey Vin.ii.152.
cp. Vedic harmya house & BSk. harmikā “summer-house” (?) Divy.244
■ -vāhin drawn by horses Ja.vi.125.
cp. Vedic haya, fr. hi to impel. A diff. etym. see Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. haedus
adjective (-˚) taking, fetching; vayo˚; bringing age (said of grey hairs) Ja.i.138; du˚; SN.i.36.
fr. hṛ.
neuter taking, seizing, removing Ja.i.117, Ja.i.118, Ja.i.232; DN-a.i.71. kucchi˚; n. filling of the belly Ja.i.277 -bhatta a meal to take along Dhp-a.ii.144.
fr. hṛ.
neuter goods in transit, movable goods Vin.iii.51.
fr. haraṇa
feminine
fr. haraṇa
aor ahāsi Snp.469 sq.; Dhp.3; Ja.iv.308; cp. upasaṃhāsi SN.v.214; pahāsi, pariyudāhāsi ajjhupāhari;
ger haritvā DN.ii.160; hātūna Ja.iv.280 (= haritvā C.);
inf harituṃ Ja.i.187; hātave Thag.186 hātuṃ: see voharati; hattuṃ: see āharati;
fut hāhiti Ja.vi.500 (= harissati).
pass harīyati MN.i.33; hīrati Ja.v.254;
■ pret. ahīratha Ja.v.253;
grd haritabba Ja.i.187 Ja.i.281
pp haṭa
caus hāreti to cause to take Snp.395; to cause to be removed, to remove Ja.i.345; Ja.ii.176 Ja.iii.431 (somebody out of office); hāretabba that which should be taken out of the way Ja.i.298;
caus 2 harāpeti to cause to be brought, to offer Vin.i.245; Ja.ii.38 to cause to be taken (as a fine) Mil.193.
Idg. *ĝher; in meaning “take” cp. Gr. ξείρ hand; in meaning “comprise” cp. Lat. cohors. Gr. ξόρτος; Ags. geard = yard
■ The Dhtm explains har laconically by “haraṇa”
Denom. fr. hiri (= hrī), cp. Vedic hrī to be ashamed, Pres. jihreti
■ The Dhtp (438) gives roots hiri & hara; in meaning “lajjā”
adjective green, tawny Dhs.617; Dhs-a.317 --ssavaṇṇa gold-coloured Ja.ii.33 (= hari-samāna-vaṇṇa suvaṇṇa˚ C.).
Idg. *ĝhel, as in Lat. helvus yellow, holus cabbage; Sk. harita, hariṇa pale (yellow or green), hiri (yellow); Av. ƶairi; Gr. ξλόος green, ξλόη “greens” Ags. geolo = E. yellow. Also the words for “gold” hāṭaka & hiraṇya
a deer Ja.ii.26.
fr. hari
adjective
see hari for etym.
neuter a pot-herb DN.ii.342.
harita + ka
neuter greenness Vin.i.96.
abstr. fr. harita
yellow myrobalan (Terminalia citrina or chebula) Vin.i.201, Vin.i.206; Ja.i.80; Ja.iv.363; Mil.11; Dhs-a.320 (T. harīṭaka); Vv-a.5 (ṭ) --kī (f.) the myrobalan tree Vin.i.30; MN.iii.127. pūtiharīṭakī Vism.40; -paṇṇika all kinds of greens Vin.ii.267.
cp. Epic Sk. harītaka
feminine a pea MN.i.245; Ja.v.405 (= aparaṇṇajā ti 406); Ja.vi.537; hareṇuka-yūsa pea-soup MN.i.245 (one of the 4 kinds of soup).
cp. Sk. hareṇukā
= hi alaṃ (q.v.); “halaṃ dāni pakāsituṃ” why should I preach? Vin.i.5 = DN.ii.36 = MN.i.168 = SN.i.136.
a kind of deadly poison, usually as -visa Ja.i.271, Ja.i.273, Ja.i.380; Ja.iii.103 Ja.v.465; Mil.256; Vism.57; Thag-a.287.
onomat.; cp. Sk. halāhala
neuter uproar, tumult Ja.i.47 sq.; Mil.122. Cp. kolāhala. Halidda & Haliddi
onomat.
feminine turmeric.
cp. Sk. haridrā
calling, challenge Dāvs ii.14.
cp. Vedc hava; hū or hvā to call
indeclinable indeed, certainly Vin.i.2; DN.ii.168; SN.i.169; Snp.120, Snp.181, Snp.323, Snp.462; Dhp.104, Dhp.151, Dhp.177, Dhp.382; Ja.i.31, Ja.i.365; Dhp-a.ii.228.
ha + ve
neuter an oblation, offering SN.i.169; Snp.463 sq.; Snp.490.
Vedic havya; fr. hū to sacrifice
owing to similarity of meaning the two roots has to laugh (Sk. hasati, pp. hasita) & hṛṣ to be excited (Sk. hṛṣyati, pp. hṛṣita & hṛṣṭa) have become mixed in Pāli (see also hāsa)
■ The usual (differentiated) correspondent of Sk. hṛṣyati is; haṃsati. The Dhtp (309) gives haṃsa (= harṣa) with tuṭṭhi, and (310 hasa with hasana
neuter laughter Dhtp.31.
fr. hasati
adjective laughing, merry Mhvs.35, Mhvs.55; (nt.) as adv. -ṃ jokingly, for fun Vin.i.185.
ppr. of hasati + ka
laughing, merry; (nt.) laughter, mirth AN.i.261; Pv.iii.3#5 (= hasitavant hasita-mukhin C.); Mil.297 Bv.i.28; Ja.i.62 (? read hesita); Ja.iii.223; Vism.20.
pp. of hasati, representing both Sk. hasita & hṛṣita
adjective is rather doubtful (“of charming speech”? or “smiling”?). It occurs in (corrupted verse at Ja.vi.503 = Tha-ap.40 (& 307), which is to be read as “aḷāra-bhamukhā (or ˚pamhā) hasulā sussoññā tanu-majjhimā.” See Kern’s remarks at Toevoegselen s. v hasula.
fr. has
adjective noun ridiculous Snp.328; (nt.)
fr. has, cp. Sk. hāsya
indeclinable an exclamation of grief, alas! Thag-a.154 (Tha-ap.154); Vv-a.323, Vv-a.324.
neuter gold AN.i.215; AN.iv.255, AN.iv.258, AN.iv.262 (where T reads haṭaka, with sātaka as variant reading at all passages); Thig.382; Ja.v.90.
cp. Sk. hāṭaka, connected with hari; cp. Goth. gulp = E. gold
at Ne.7, Ne.32 may be interpreted as grd. of hā to go (pres. jihīte). The C. explains it as “gametabba netabba” (i.e. to be understood). Doubtful.
see harati.
neuter relinquishing, giving up, falling off; decrease, diminution, degradation. AN.ii.167 AN.iii.349 sq. (opposite visesa), AN.iii.427; Vism.11.
fr. hā, cp. Sk. hāna
feminine
cp. Sk. hāni
at Ja.v.433 is with Kern. Toevoegselen i.132 (giving the passage without reference) to be read as hāpaka “neglectful”.
i.e. fr. hāpeti1
cultivated, attended, worshipped Ja.iv.221; Ja.v.158 (aggihuttaṃ ahāpitaṃ; C. wrongly hāpita); Ja.v.201 = Ja.vi.565. On all passages & their relation to Com. & BSk. see Kern, Toevoegselen i.132, 133.
pp. of hāpeti2
Caus. of hā to leave: see jahati; to which add fut. 2nd sg. hāhasi Ja.iii.172; and aor. jahi Ja.iv.314 Ja.v.469
to sacrifice, to worship, keep up, cultivate Ja.v.195 (aggiṃ; = juhati C.). See Kern, Toevoegselen i.133
pp hāpita.
in form = Sk. (Sūtras) hāvayati, Caus. of juhoti (see juhati), but in meaning = juhoti
is Pass. of jahati, in sense of “to be left behind,” as well as “to diminish, dwindle or waste away, disappear,” e.g. Mnd.147 (+ pari˚, antaradhāyati); Mil.297 (+ khīyati); ppr. hāyamāna Cnd.543 Cp. hāyana.
hā
neuter diminution, decay, decrease DN.i.54; DN-a.i.165. Opposed to vaḍḍhana (increase) at MN.i.518.
fr. hā
neuter year; in saṭṭhi˚; 60 years old (of an elephant) MN.i.229; Ja.ii.343; Ja.vi.448, Ja.vi.581.
Vedic hāyana
adjective abandoning, leaving behind Snp.755 = Iti.62 (maccu˚).
fr. hā
fr. harati
adjective carrying, taking, getting; removing (f. hārikā) MN.i.385; Ja.i.134, Ja.i.479; Pv.ii.9#1 (dhana˚) Snp-a.259 (maṃsa˚)
■ mala˚ an instrument for removing ear-wax Tha-ap.303; cp. haraṇī. sattha˚ a dagger carrier assassin Vin.iii.73; SN.iv.62. See also vallī.
fr. hāra
adjective attractive, charming SN.iv.316; Ja.i.204 (˚sadda).
fr. hṛ; cp. Sk. hāri
adjective carrying DN.ii.348.
fr. hāra
adjective
■ Cp. hāra˚.
fr. hāra
adjective carrying Vv.50#9; Thag-a.200; Vv-a.212.
fr. hāra
adjective dyed with turmeric; a˚; undyed, i.e. not changing colour Ja.iii.88; cp. Ja.iii.148.
fr. haliddā
laughter; mirth, joy Dhp.146; DN-a.i.228 = Snp-a.155 (“āmeṇḍita”); Ja.i.33 Ja.ii.82; Ja.v.112; Mil.390. See also ahāsa.
fr. has, cp. Sk. hāsa & harṣa
adjective giving joy or pleasure. Mil.149
fr. has or hṛṣ; cp. Sk. harṣanīya
of uncertain origin occurs with hāsa˚; in combination with -pañña and is customarily taken in meaning “of bright knowledge” (i.e. hāsa + paññā), wise, clever The syn. javana-pañña points to a meaning like “quick-witted,” thus implying “quick” also in hāsu. Kern Toevoegselen i.134 puts forth the ingenious expln that hāsu is a “cockneyism” for āsu = Sk. āśu “quick,” which does not otherwise occur in Pāli. Thus his expln remains problematic
■ See e.g. MN.iii.25; SN.i.63; SN.v.376; Ja.iv.136; Ja.vi.255, Ja.vi.329
■ Abstr. -tā wisdom SN.v.412; AN.i.45.
see hasati.
is fut. of harati.
indeclinable for, because; indeed, surely Vin.i.13; DN.i.4; Dhp.5; Snp.21; Pv.ii.1#18; Pv.ii.7#10 (= hi saddo avadhāraṇe Pv-a.103); Snp-a.377 (= hi-kāro nipāto padapūraṇa-matto); Pv-a.70, Pv-a.76. In verse Ja.iv.495. h’etaṃ = hi etaṃ; no h’etaṃ not so DN.i.3. hevaṃ = hi evaṃ.
cp. Sk. hi
caus 2 hiṃsāpeti Pv-a.123
■ Cp vi˚.
hiṃs, Vedic hinasti & hiṃsanti
neuter striking, hurting, killing Mhvs.15, Mhvs.28.
fr. hiṃs
feminine injury, killing Ja.i.445; Dhtp.387. hiṃsa-mano wish to destroy Dhp.390. Opp. a˚.
Vedic hiṃsā
one who hurts DN.ii.243; Ja.iv.121.
n. ag. fr. hiṃsati
feminine hiccup Sdhp.279.
cp. Epic Sk. hikkā, fr. hikk to sob; onomat.
= hikkā, Vb-a.70.
hik + kāra
indeclinable an exclamation of surprise or wonder Ja.vi.529 (C. hin ti kāraṇaṃ).
hiṃ = hi, + kāra, i.e. the syllable “hiṃ”
neuter the plant asafetida Vin.i.201; Vv-a.186.
Sk. hingu
vermilion; as jāti˚; Ja.v.67. Ja.v.416; Vv-a.168. Also as -ikā (f.) Vv-a.324.
cp. Sk. hingula, nt.
vermilion Mhvs.27, Mhvs.18.
Sk. hinguli
to roam Dhtp.108 (= āhiṇḍana). See ā˚.
*Sk. hiṇḍ
adjective useful, suitable, beneficial, friendly AN.i.58, AN.i.155 sq.; AN.ii.191; DN.iii.211 sq.; Dhp.163-(m.) a friend, benefactor Mhvs.3, Mhvs.37
■ (nt.) benefit blessing, good Vin.i.4; Snp.233; AN.ii.96 sq., AN.ii.176; Iti.78; Snp-a.500
■ Opp. ahita AN.i.194; MN.i.332.
pp. of dahati1
a kind of palm, Phoenix paludosa Vin.i.190; Dhp-a.iii.451.
hiṃ + tāla
man, only found in the Niddesa in stock defn of jantu or nara; both spellings (with & without h) occur; see Mnd.3 = Cnd.249.
probably for indagu, inda + gu (= ˚ga), i.e. sprung from Indra. The h perhaps fr. hindu. The spelling h˚; is a corrupt one
adjective noun cold frosty Dhs-a.317
■ (nt.) ice, snow Ja.iii.55.
cp. Vedic hima; Gr. ξεϊμα & ξειμών winter, ξιών snow; Av. ƶaya winter; Lat. hiems etc.
adjective snowy Ja.v.63 (= himayutta C.). (m.) Himavā the Himālaya: see Dict. of Names.
hima + vant
adverb yesterday Vin.i.28; Vin.ii.77; Ja.i.70, Ja.i.237; Ja.v.461 Ja.vi.352, Ja.vi.386; Mil.9. In sequence ajja hiyyo pare it seems to mean “to-morrow”; thus at Vin.iv.63, Vin.iv.69; Ja.iv.481 (= sve C.). See para 2c.
Vedic hyaḥ, Gr. ξχές, Lat. heri; Goth. gistradagis “to-morrow,” E. yester-day, Ger. gestern etc.
neuter gold Vin.i.245, Vin.i.276; Vin.ii.159; AN.iv.393; Snp.285, Snp.307, Snp.769; Cnd.11; gold-piece SN.i.89; Ja.i.92. Often together with suvaṇṇa Vin.i.150; DN.ii.179; h˚-suvaṇṇaṃ gold & money MN.iii.175; Ja.i.341 -olokana (-kamma) valuation of gold Ja.ii.272. Hiri & hiri
Vedic hiraṇya; see etym. under hari & cp. Av. ƶaranya gold
feminine sense of shame, bashfulness, shyness SN.i.33; DN.iii.212; AN.i.51, AN.i.95; AN.iii.4 sq., AN.iii.331, AN.iii.352, AN.iv.11, AN.iv.29; Snp.77, Snp.253, Snp.719; Pp.71; Pv.iv.7#3; Ja.i.129 Ja.i.207; Ne.50, Ne.82; Vism.8. Explained Pp.23 sq.; is one of the cāga-dhana’s: see cāga (cp. Jtm.31#1)
■ Often contrasted to & combined with; ottappa (cp. below) fear of sin: AN.i.51; DN.iii.284; SN.ii.206; Iti.36; Ne.39; their difference is explained at Vism.464 (“kāya-duccarit’ ādīhi hiriyatī ti hiri; lajjāy’ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ; tehi yeva ottappatī ti ottappaṃ; pāpato ubbegass’ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ”); Ja.i.129 sq.; Dhs-a.124.
cp. Vedic hrī
(adj.) having shame, only as-˚ in neg. ahirika shameless, unscrupulous AN.i.51, AN.i.85 AN.ii.219; Pp.19; Iti.27 (˚īka); Ja.i.258 (chinna˚ id.); nt -ṃ unscrupulousness Pp.19.
fr. hiri
(adj.) bashful, modest, shy DN.iii.252, DN.iii.282; SN.ii.207 sq.; SN.iv.243 sq.; AN.ii.218 AN.ii.227; AN.iii.2 sq., AN.iii.7 sq., AN.iii.112; AN.iv.2 sq., AN.iv.38, AN.iv.109; AN.v.124, AN.v.148; Iti.97; Pp.23.
fr. hiri
masculine & neuter shame, conscientiousness Vv-a.194.; Hiriyati (hiriyati)
fr. hiri
to blush, to be shy; to feel conscientious scruple, to be ashamed Pp.20, Pp.24; Mil.171; Vism.464 (hirīyati); Dhs-a.149.
see harāyati
neuter a kind of Andropogon (sort of perfume) Ja.vi.537; DN-a.i.81.
cp. Sk. hrīvera
to refresh oneself, to be glad Dhtp.152 (= sukha), Dhtp.591 (id.).
hlād
pp. of jahati
is Pass. of jahati.
cp. late Sk. hīra
a splinter; tāla˚ “palm-splinter,” a name for a class of worms Vism.258.
hīra + ka, cp. lexic. Sk. hīraka “diamond”
is Pass. of harati.
neuter & -ā (f.) scorn(ing), disdain, contempt Mil.357; DN-a.i.276 (of part. “re”: hīlana-vasena āmantanaṃ); as -ā at Vb.353 (+ ohīḷanā); Vb-a.486.
fr. hīḍ
despised, looked down upon, scorned Vin.iv.6; Mil.227, Mil.251; Vism.424 (+ ohīḷita oññāta etc.); DN-a.i.256.
pp. of hīḷeti
pp hīḷita.
Vedic hīḍ or hel to be hostile; cp. Av. ƶēaša awful; Goth. us-geisnan to be terrified. Connected also with hiṃsati
■ The Dhtp (637) defines by “nindā”
indeclinable the sound “huṃ” an utterance of discontent or refusal Dhp-a.iii.108 = Vv-a.77; Vism.96. Cp. haṃ huṅkāra growling, grumbling Vism.105. huṅkaroti to grumble Dhp-a.i.173. huṅkaraṇa = ˚kāra Dhp-a.i.173 sq See also huhuṅka.
the sound uttered by a jackal Ja.iii.113.
sacrificed, worshipped, offered Vin.i.36 = Ja.i.83; DN.i.55; Ja.i.83 (nt. “oblation”); Vv.34#26 (su˚, + sudinna, suyiṭṭha); Pp.21; Dhs.1215; DN-a.i.165; Dhp-a.ii.234.
pp. of juhati
neuter sacrifice: see aggi˚.
cp. Vedic hotra
is grd. of juhati “to be sacrificed,” or “venerable” Vism.219 (= āhuneyya).
adverb there, in the other world, in another existence. As prep. with acc. “on the other side of,” i.e. before Snp.1084; Mnd.109; usually in connection idha vā huraṃ vā in this world or the other SN.i.12; Dhp.20; Snp.224 = Ja.i.96; hurāhuraṃ from existence to existence Dhp.334; Thag.399; Vism.107; Dhp-a.iv.43-The expln by Morris J.P.T.S. 1884, 105 may be discarded as improbable.
of uncertain origin
adjective saying “huṃ, huṃ,” i.e. grumbly, rough; -jātika one who has a grumbly nature, said of the brahmins Vin.i.2; Ud.3 (“proud of his caste Seidenstūcker). nihuhuṅka (= nis + h.) not grumbly (or proud), gentle Vin.i.3; Ud.3. Thus also Kern Toevoegselen i.137; differently Hardy in J.P.T.S. 1901, 42 (“uttering & putting confidence into the word huṃ” Bdhgh (Vin.i.362) says: “diṭṭha-mangaliko mānavasena kodhavasena ca huhun ti karonto vicarati.”
fr. huṃ
feminine calling, challenging SN.i.208.
fr. hū, hvā “to call,” cp. avhayati
indeclinable a vocative (exclam.) particle “eh,” “here,” hey MN.i.125, MN.i.126 (+ je); Dhp-a.i.176 (double).
adverb below, from below Pts.i.84; Dhs.1282, Dhs.1284, Mhvs.5, Mhvs.64.
fr. heṭṭhā
indeclinable down, below, underneath Vin.i.15; DN.i.198; Iti.114; Ja.i.71; Vv-a.78; Pv-a.113. As prep. with gen (abl.) or cpd. “under” Ja.i.176; Ja.ii.103; lower in the manuscript, i.e. before, above Ja.i.137, Ja.i.206, Ja.i.350; Vv-a.203; lower, farther on Ja.i.235.
cp. Vedic adhastāt = adhaḥ + abl. suff. ˚tāt
adjective lower, lowest Vin.iv.168; Dhs.1016; Tikp.41; Pv-a.281; Sdhp.238, Sdhp.240, Sdhp.256. -tala the lowest level Ja.i.202.
compar
■ superl. formation fr. heṭṭhā
adjective noun one who harasses, a robber Ja.iv.495, Ja.iv.498. Cp. vi˚.
fr. heṭheti
feminine harassing DN.ii.243; Vb-a.75.
fr. heṭheti
to harass, worry, injure Ja.iv.446, Ja.iv.471; Pv.iii.5#2 (= bādheti Pv-a.198) ppr. a-heṭhayaṃ Dhp.49; SN.i.21. med. a-heṭhayāna SN.i.7; SN.iv.179; ger. heṭhayitvāna Ja.iii.480
pp heṭhayita Ja.iv.447.
Vedic heḍ = hel or hīḍ (see hīḷeti)
= hi etaṃ.
Vedic hetu, fr. hi to impel
adjective (-˚) connected with a cause, causing or caused, conditioned by, consisting in Mhvs.1, Mhvs.45 (maṇi-pallanka˚); Dhs.1009 (pahātabba˚); Vb-a.17 (du˚, ti˚). usually as sa˚; and a˚; (with & without a moral condition) AN.i.82; Vism.454 sq.; Duka-pa.24 sq sa˚; Dhs.1073 (translation “having root-conditions as concomitants”); Kv.533 (“accompanied by moral conditions”); a˚; SN.iii.210 (˚vāda, as a “diṭṭhi”); Vism.450.
fr. hetu
neuter reason, consequence; abl. in consequence of (-˚) Vism.424 (diṭṭhivisuddhi˚).
abstr. formation fr. hetu
see bhavati.
neuter gold DN.ii.187; Ja.vi.574.
cp. Epic Sk. heman
winter AN.iv.138; Ja.i.86; Mil.274.
hema(= hima) + anta
adjective destined for the winter, wintry, icy cold Vin.i.15, Vin.i.31 (rattiyo), Vin.i.288; MN.i.79; SN.v.51; AN.iv.127; Vism.73.
fr. hemanta
adjective belonging to, living in the Himālaya Ja.i.506; Ja.iv.374, Ja.iv.437; -vatika id. Dpvs.v.54. Herannika (& aka);
fr. himavant
goldsmith (? for which suvaṇṇakāra!), banker, money-changer Vism.515 = Vb-a.91; Ja.i.369; Ja.iii.193; DN-a.i.315; Mil.331 (goldsmith?).
fr. hirañña, cp. BSk. hairaṇyika Divy.501; Mvu.iii.443
see hi.
to neigh Ja.i.51, Ja.i.62 (here hasati); Ja.v.304 (T. siṃsati for hiṃsati; C. explains hiṃsati as “hessati,” cp. abhihiṃsanā for ˚hesanā). pp. hesita.
both heṣ (Vedic) & hreṣ (Epic Sk.); in Pāli confused with hṛṣ (hasati): see hasati2
feminine neighing, neigh Dāvs v.56.
fr. hesati
neuter neighing Ja.i.62 (here as hasita); Mhvs.23, Mhvs.72.
pp. of hesati
is:
is Fut. 3rd sg. of bhavati, e.g. Bv.ii.10 = Ja.i.4 (v. 20).
etc. see bhavati.
neuter (function of) offering; aggi˚; the sacrificial fire Snp-a.436 (variant reading BB ˚hutta).
Vedic hotra
masculine & neuter oblation DN.i.9; DN-a.i.93 (lohita˚).
fr.; hu, juhati
an astrologer Mhvs.35, Mhvs.71.
late Sk. horā “hour” (in astrol. literature, fr. Gr. ω ̔́ρα: cp. Winternitz, Gesch. d. Ind. Lit. iii.569 sq.) + pāṭhaka, i.e. expert